08 09 Honda Accord Manual de Taller en Ingles

INTRODUCTION
- How to Use This Manual

T h i s m a n u a l is divided
General Information
Into m u l t i p l e s e c t i o n s . T h e f i r s t p a g e of
each s e c t i o n is m a r k e d w i t h a black t a b t h a t lines u p w i t h its
Specifications
corresponding t h u m b index tab o n this page and the back cover.
specs
Y o u can quickly find the first page of each section w i t h o u t

l o o k i n g t h r o u g h a full t a b l e o f c o n t e n t s . T h e s y m b o l s p r i n t e d at
the t o p c o m e r of each page can also be used as a quick
Maintenance
reference system.
Each section includes:
1. A table of c o n t e n t s , or a n e x p l o d e d v i e w i n d e x s h o w i n g :
"Engine Electrical
* Parts d i s a s s e m b l y sequence,
* Bolt t o r q u e s a n d t h r e a d sizes.
* Page r e f e r e n c e s t o d e s c r i p t i o n s in text,
2. D i s a s s e m b l y / a s s e m b l y p r o c e d u r e s a n d t o o l s .
3.
Inspection,
4.
Testing/troubleshooting.
5.
Repair.
8.
Adjustments,
Engine Mechanical
MDBh
Engine Cooling
Safety Messages
Fuel and Emissions
Y o u r s a f e t y , a n d t h e s a f e t y o f o t h e r s , is v e r y i m p o r t a n t , T o h e l p
you make i n f o r m e d decisions, w e have provided safety
messages, and other safety information throughout this manual.
O f c o u r s e , it is n o t p r a c t i c a l o r p o s s i b l e t o w a r n y o u a b o u t all t h e
hazards associated w i t h servicing this vehicle. Y o u m u s t use
your o w n good judgment,
Y o u w i l l f i n d i m p o r t a n t safety i n f o r m a t i o n in a variety of f o r m s
including:
Safety Labels on the vehicle.
* S a f e t y M e s s a g e s preceded by a safety alert s y m b o l ^ and
one of three signal words, DANGER, W A R N I N G , or CAUTION,
These signal w o r d s mean:
Suspension
_ik _ D A
_ N_G E
_R
Y o u W I L L b e K I L L E D o r S E R I O U S L Y H U R T if
IBfli'lIIIIlSI
Y o u C A N b e K I L L E D o r S E R I O U S L Y H U R T if
| F ^ | | i | | | 3 3
Y o u C A N b e H U R T if y o u d o n ' t f o l l o w
(IncfudingTPMS)
you don't follow instructions.

you don't follow instructions,
B r a k e s
instructions,
Instructions h o w t o service this vehicle correctly and safely.
A l l i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a i n e d i n t h i s m a n u a l is b a s e d o n t h e l a t e s t
p r o d u c t i n f o r m a t i o n available
at t h e t i m e o f p r i n t i n g . W e r e s e r v e
*Heatsng, Ventilation,
and Air Conditioning
t h e r i g h t t o m a k e c h a n g e s at a n y t i m e w i t h o u t n o t i c e . N o p a r t o f
this publication m a y be r e p r o d u c e d , or stored in a retrieval
s y s t e m , or t r a n s m i t t e d , in a n y f o r m b y a n y m e a n s , e l e c t r o n i c ,
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, w i t h o u t the
prior written p e r m i s s i o n of the publisher. This includes text,
'Bocly;Eleetrica
figures, and tables.

A s y o u r e a d t h i s m a n u a l , y o u w i l l f i n d i n f o r m a t i o n t h a t is
p r e c e d e d b y a j NOTICE j s y m b o l . T h e p u r p o s e o f t h i s m e s s a g e is
to help p r e v e n t d a m a g e t o y o u r vehicle, o t h e r p r o p e r t y , or t h e
environment.
First E d i t i o n 11/2008
H O N D A IViQTOR C O , , LTD,
All Rights Reserved
S e r v i c e P u b l i c a t i o n Office
Specifications apply to U S A and Canada

As s e c t i o n s w i t h * Include SRS c o m p o n e n t s ;
s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d w h a n servicing.
I p l g f l l H m a r k e d s e c t i o n s are n o t i n c l u d e d in t h i s
f l t i f i t l m a n u a l , s e e V o l u m e 2.
2008-09 Accord
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

T h e A c c o r d S R S i n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s airbag in the s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the
glove box, s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s in the front s e a t belt retractors, s i d e curtain a i r b a g s in the s i d e s of the r o o t a n d s i d e
airbags in the front s e a t - b a c k s . Information n e c e s s a r y to s a f e l y s e r v i c e the S R S is i n c l u d e d in this S e r v i c e M a n u a l .
Items m a r k e d w i t h a n asterisk ( * ) on the contents page include or are located near S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or r e p l a c i n g t h e s e i t e m s r e q u i r e s s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a n d tools, a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by an authorized
Honda dealer.
T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g the S R S inoperative, w h i c h c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury or death in the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

or s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e by a n authorized Honda dealer.
* I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , including incorrect r e m o v a l a n d installation of the S R S , c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injuryc a u s e d by unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of the a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , a n d / o r s i d e curtain a i r b a g s .
* Do not b u m p or impact the S R S unit, front impact s e n s o r s , s i d e Impact s e n s o r s , or rear s a t i n g s e n s o r w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h is in O N (II), or for at least 3 m i n u t e s after the ignition s w i t c h is turned to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , the
* s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , or the a i r b a g s m a y deploy.
S R S electrical c o n n e c t o r s a r e identified by y e l l o w color c o d i n g . Related c o m p o n e n t s are located in the steering
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the g l o v e box, in the front s e a t s ,
in the roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d the floor. Do not u s e electrical test e q u i p m e n t on these-circuits.
General Information
Chassis and Paint Codes
'08
'08
'09
'09
4-door
2-door
4-door
2-door
Model
Model
Model
Model
Identification Number Locations
1-2
- 1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations .... 1-7

Under-hood Emission Control Label
1-10
Lift and Support Points
1-11
Towing
1-12
Parts Marking
1-14
General Information
Chassis and Paint Codes
'08 4-door Model
Vehicle Identification Number
1HG CP2 5 3 * 8
l
a
A 000001
c d e f g h
- 1000001
J H M i H o n d a Motor C o . , L t d .
Honda p a s s e n g e r vehicle
a. Engine T y p e
K 2 4 Z 2 : 2.4 L D O H C i - V T E C S e q u e n t i a l Multiport
F u e l - i n j e c t e d , 177HP e n g i n e
K24Z3:
2.4 L D O H C i - V T E C S e q u e n t i a l Multiport
b. S e r i a l N u m b e r
b. L i n e , B o d y , a n d E n g i n e T y p e
CP2: Accord/K24Z2, K24Z3
Body Type and Transmission Type
1000001:
All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in
5:4-door S e d a n / 5 - s p e e d Manual
6:4-door S e d a n / 5 - s p e e d Automatic
1400001:
d. Vehicle G r a d e ISeries!
U S A models
3: L X , L X P Z E V
Canada models
Marysville
Saitama
1500001:
P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in M a r y s v i l l e
1700001:
P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in S a i t a m a
3: L X
4: L X - P , L X - P P Z E V
4: L X - P
7; E X , E X P Z E V
7: E X
8: E X - L , E X - L P Z E V
e. C h e c k Digit
Transmission Wumber
8: E X - L
88E5
- 8000001
Model Year
8/08
g. F a c t o r y C o d e
A ; M a r y s v i f l e , O h i o F a c t o r y in U . S . A .
C : S a i t a m a F a c t o r y in J a p a n
number
h. S e r i a l
000001: U S A models
800001: Canada models
V e h i c l e Identification
Number, Federal M o t o r
Vehicle Safety Standard
Certification, and
Paint Code Label.
V e h i c l e Identification
N u m b e r , C a n a d i a n SVSotor
Certification, and
Paint Code Label.
m
PAINT CODE
1-2
K24Z2
I llll I I
b
a . M a n u f a c t u r e r , M a k e , a n d T y p e f V e h i c l e
1 H G : H o n d a of A m e r i c a Mfg. Inc., U . S . A .
Honda p a s s e n g e r vehicle
f.
Engine Mutnber
a. T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e
88E5:
5-speed Manual
M91A:
5-speed Automatic
B90A:
5-speed Automatic
8000001 - : 8 8 E 5
1000001: M91A, B90A
Paint Code
Code
Color
USA
models
B-92P
N i g h t h a w k B l a c k Pearl
B-536P
R o y a l B l u e Pearl
G-530M
M y s t i c G r e e n Metallic
NH-578
NH-603P-
Taffeta W h i t e
White D i a m o n d Pearl
NH-700M
Alabaster Silver Metallic
NH-737M
P o l i s h e d Metal Metallic
R-530P
YR-574M
B a s q u e R e d Pearl
NH-731P
INTERIOR COLOR CODE
B o l d B e i g e Metallic
Crystal Black Pearl
Canada
models
O
O
o
O
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
'08
Model
1HG CS1
1 3 * 8
000001
g h
K24Z3
Honda passenger vehicle

b. L i n e , B o d y , a n i l E n g i n e T y p e
CS1; Accord Coupe/K24Z3
c B o d y T y p e a n d T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e
1:2-door C o u p e / 5 - s p e e d M a n u a l
2; 2-door C o u p e / 5 - s p e e d A u t o m a t i c
a. Engine Type
K 2 4 A 3 : 2.4 L D O H C i - V T E C S e q u e n t i a l Multiport
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 - -: AH m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V
PZEV
1500001-
Transmission Number
Canada models
7; E X
8: E X - L
- 1400001
II
a , IVianyfacturer, Rflake, a n d T y p e of V e h i c l e
d. V e h i c l e G r a d e ( S e r i e s )
U S A models
3; L X , L X P Z E V
7: E X E X P Z E V
Engine Nymber
8000001
8: E X - L , E X - L P Z E V
e . C h e e k Digit
i
Model Year
8:'08
g, F a c t o r y C o d e
A : M a r y s v i l l e , O h i o F a c t o r y in U . S . A .
h. S e r i a l N u m b e r
/
/
.Vehicle Identification
N y m b s r , Federal
Motor
Certification, and
Paint Code L a b e l
Vehicle Identification
Number,
Canadian M o t o r
Certification, and
Paint Code Label.
Transmission Type
88E5:
5-speed Manual
B90A:
5-speed Automatic
b. S e r i a l N y m b e r
8000001 - : 8 8 E 5
1000001 : B 9 0 A
Paint Code
Code
B-92P
G-551P
NH-578
NH-7Q0M
NH-737M
R-94
PAINT CODE
Color
USA
modtefs
Canada
o
o
o
o
o
o
Nighth'awk B l a c k Pear!
Belize B l u e P e a r l
Taffeta W h i t e
r~
S a n Marino Red
o
o
o
o
INTERIOR COLOR CODE
1-3
General Information
Chassis and Paint Codes (cont'd!
'09 4-door Model
Engine Number
1HG CP2
5 3
cdef
K24Z2
000001
gh
M a n u f a c t u r e r , M a k e , arid T y p e of V e h i c l e
1 H G : H o n d a of A m e r i c a Mfg. I n c . , U . S . A .
J H M : H o n d a Motor C o . , L t d .
U S A models
Canada models
4: L X - P , L X - P P Z E V
7: E X , E X P Z E V
8: E X - L , E X - L P Z E V
3: L X
4: L X - P
a. Engine T y p e
Fuel-injected, 177HP engine
Serial Wumber
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 : All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in
Marysville

Line, Body, and Engine Type
CP2: Accord/K24Z2, K24Z3
B o d y T y p e arid T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e
5:4-door S e d a n / 5 - s p e e d Manual
6:4-door Sedan/5-speed Automatic
Vehicle Grade (Series!
1400001:
Saitama
1500001:
1700001:
P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in M a r y s v i l l e
P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in S a i t a m a
Transmission Nynnfoer
7: E X
8: E X - L
C h e c k Digit
Model Year
9: '09
88E5
Factory Code
C : S a i t a m a F a c t o r y in J a p a n
h. S e r i a l N u m b e r
BtJiTiPr, rSGs38 IV!otor
Paint Code tabeS.
Vehicle identification
Number, Canadian Motor
Certification, and
Paint Cod Label.
Paint Code
Code
PAINT CODE
INTERIOR COLOR CODE
Color
NH-731P
C r y s t a l B l a c k Pearl
B-536P
R o y a l - B l u e Pearl
G-530M
NH-578
USA
Canada
models
models
M y s t i c G r e e n Metallic
Taffeta W h i t e
White D i a m o n d Pearl
R-530P
P o l i s h e d Metal Metallic '

B a s q u e R e d Pearl
YR-574M
B o l d B e i g e Metallic
NH-737M
HDL
- 8000001
Transmission Type
88E5:
5-speed Manual
M91A:
5-speed Automatic
B90A:
5-speed Automatic
Serial dumber
8000001 : 8 8 E 5
1000Q01-:M91A, B90A
NH-603P
NH-700M
1-4
- 1000001
D
'09 2-door Model
1HG CS1
1 3 * 9
c d e
000001
g h
K24Z3
- 1400001
M a n u f a c t u r e r , M a t e , a n d T y p e of V e h i c l e
Line,. B o d y , a n d E n g i n e T y p e
CS1: Accord Coupe/K24Z3
B o d y T y p e arid T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e
1:2-door C o u p e / 5 - s p e ' e d M a n u a l
2:2-door Coupe/5-speed Automatic
Vehicle Grade ISeries)
7: E X , E X P Z E V
8: E X - L , E X - L P Z E V
C h e e k Digit
Model Year
9: '09
F a c t o r y Cd@
Serial Number
800001: C a n a d a models
Vehicle identification
N u m b e r , F e d e r a l M&tm
Certification, and
Pal f i t C o d e L a b e l ,
Vehicle Identification
Number,
Canadian M o t o r
Certification, a n d
Paint C o d e Label.
PAINT CODE
Engine Wyinber
a. Engine T y p e
K 2 4 A 3 : 2.4 L D G H C i - V T E C S e q u e n t i a l Multiport
b, S e r i a l d u m b e r
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 : All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V
1500001: P Z E V
Transmission dumber
88E5
8000001
Transmission Type
88E5:
5-speed Manual
B90A:
5-speed Automatic
Serial
Number
8000001 - ~ : 8 8 E 5
1000001: B90A
Faint Code
Code
Color
USA
moduls
Canada
moduls
B-551P
NH-578
NH-700M
NH-737M
R-94
Belize B l u e Pearl
Taffeta W h i t e
S a n Marino Red
NH-731P
C r y s t a l B l a c k Pearl
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
INTERIOR COLOR CODE
1-5
General Information
1-6
Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations
Front Passenger's C o m p a r t m e n t ;
S R S W A R D I N G lIMFOBIVIATIOISi
SRS I N F O R M A T I O N
USA models
PASSENGER AIHSAG
MODULE DAGGER
SRS W A R N I N G INFORMATION
FRONT PASSENGER
AIRBAG WARMING TAG
(CHILD S E A T !
USA models
SIDE A I R B A G M O D U L E
DANGER
S T E E R I N G C O L U M N NOTICE
Steering
MONITOR
FRONT SEAT BELT

TENSIONER CAUTION
NOTICE
Whmek
Rear P a s s e n g e r s C o m p a r t m e n t :
C A B L E HEEL
CAUTION
/
DRIVER A I R B A G
IVfODULE D A N G E R
ROOF-SIDE A I R B A G
IVIODULE D A N G E R
DRIER AIRBAG
IVIODULE D A N G E R
(cont'd)
1-7
General Information
Danger/Warning/Caution Labe! Locations (cont'd)
2-door
Front Passenger's C o m p a r t m e n t :
STEERING C O L U M N NOTICE
Steering Wheel:
1-8
M O N I T O R NOTICE
TENSIONER CAUTION
Bear Passenger's C o m p a r t m e n t :
i w n i
Mfljli
2-door Model:
4-door Model:
SRS WARNING
EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

and ENGINE COOLANT INFORMATION
SRS W A R N I N G
EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

and ENGINE COOLANT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING
INFORMATION
\
RAOFATOR C A P D A N G E R
/
/
AIR CONDITIONING
INFORMATION
\
RADIATOR CAP DANGER
BATTERY
DANGER
, SIDE AIRBAG C A U T I O N
Located o n driver's and
passenger's doorjamb
HI
i
BATTERY
DANGER
SIDE A I R B A G C A U T I O N
Located on driver's and
passenger's doorjamb
a
is
> >,'
4 | r ^
TIRE I N F O R M A T I O N
TIRE I N F O R M A T I O N
1-9
Genera! Information
Under-hood Emission Control Label
Emission Group Identification
Test Group and Evaporative Family
Example:
Test Group:
MUX
a b
V 02,4
YB3
a. Model Year
8: '08
'OS M o d e l
C O M F O R M S T O R E G U L A T I O N S : 2008 M Y
9: '09
b. M a n u f a c t u r e r S u b c o d e
HNX: H O N D A
'09 M o d e l
C O M F O R M S T O R E G U L A T I O N S : 2009 M Y
c. F a m i l y T y p e
V: L D V
d D i s p l a c e m e n t G r o u p
e. S e q u e n c e C h a r a c t e r s
T K R : '08 m o d e l ( U L E V )
E M C : '08 m o d e l ( S U L E V / P Z E V )
Y B 3 : '09 m o d e l ( U L E V )
T C 3 : '09 m o d e l ( S U L E V / P Z E V )
Evaporative Family:
MUX
a b
R 0150
c d
VEA
a. Model Y e a r
8: '08
9: '09
b. M a n u f a c t u r e r S u b c o d e
HNX: H O N D A
c. F a m i l y T y p e
R: Refueling
d. C a n i s t e r W o r k i n g C a p a c i t y G r o u p
e. S e q u e n c e C h a r a c t e r s
B C A , B B A : '08 m o d e l
V E A , V Z A : '09 m o d e l
1-10
Lift and Support Points

N O T E ; If y o u a r e g o i n g to r e m o v e h e a v y c o m p o n e n t s
s u c h a s s u s p e n s i o n or t h e fuel tank f r o m the rear of the
v e h i c l e , first s u p p o r t t h e front of t h e v e h i c l e w i t h tall
safety s t a n d s , W h e n s u b s t a n t i a l w e i g h t is r e m o v e d
f r o m the r e a r of the v e h i c l e , t h e c e n t e r of gravity c a n
c h a n g e , c a u s i n g t h e v e h i c l e to tip f o r w a r d on the lift.
Vehicle Lift
1 > Position t h e lift b l o c k s (A) u n d e r the v e h i c l e ' s front
s u p p o r t p o i n t s (B) a n d rear s u p p o r t points C O .
Floor Jack
1. W h e n lifting t h e front of the v e h i c l e , s e t the parking
brake. W h e n lifting the rear of the v e h i c l e , put the
shift l e v e r in r e v e r s e for m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n , o r in
the P position for a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n .
2. B l o c k the w h e e l s that a r e not being lifted.
3. Position the floor j a c k u n d e r the front jacking
bracket (A) or the rear j a c k i n g bracket (B). C e n t e r
the j a c k i n g bracket on the j a c k lift platform (G), a n d
j a c k up t h e v e h i c l e high e n o u g h to fit the safety
s t a n d s under
it,
2. R a i s e t h e lift a f e w i n c h e s , a n d rock the v e h i c l e

gently to be s u r e it is f i r m l y s u p p o r t e d .
3, R a i s e the lift to its full height, a n d i n s p e c t the
v e h i c l e s u p p o r t points for s o l i d c o n t a c t w i t h the lift
blocks,
Safety Stands
T o support: t h e v e h i c l e o n s a f e t y s t a n d s , u s e the s a m e
s u p p o r t p o i n t s IB a n d C ) a s for a v e h i c l e lift. A l w a y s u s e
s a f e t y s t a n d s w h e n w o r k i n g on or u n d e r a n y v e h i c l e
t h a t Is o n l y s u p p o r t e d by a j a c k .
LJ
4, Position the s a f e t y s t a n d s u n d e r the s u p p o r t points,

a n d a d j u s t t h e m s o the v e h i c l e is l e v e l
5. L o w e r the v e h i c l e onto the s t a n d s .
1-11
General information
Towing
If t h e v e h i c l e n e e d s to be t o w e d , call a p r o f e s s i o n a l
towing service. Never tow the vehicle behind another
v e h i c l e with j u s t a rope or c h a i n . It is v e r y d a n g e r o u s .
Emergency Towing
T h e r e are three p o p u l a r m e t h o d s of t o w i n g a v e h i c l e .
F l a t - b e d E q u i p m e n t T h e operator l o a d s the v e h i c l e
o n the b a c k of a truck. T h i s Is t h e b e s t w a y of
t r a n s p o r t i n g t h e wehiele.
T o a c c o m m o d a t e flat-bed e q u i p m e n t , the v e h i c l e is
e q u i p p e d with front t o w i n g h o o k s (A), front tie d o w n
h o o k s l o t s (B), rear t o w i n g hook fC), a n d rear tie d o w n
h o o k s l o t s (D).
T h e t o w i n g h o o k s c a n be u s e d with a w i n c h to pull the
v e h i c l e onto t h e truck, a n d t h e tie d o w n hook s l o t s c a n
b e u s e d to s e c u r e t h e v e h i c l e to the truck.
Front:
Rear:
W h e a l Lift E q u i p m e n t T h e t o w truck u s e s t w o
pivoting a r m s that g o u n d e r t h e t i r e s (front or rear) a n d
lifts t h e m off t h e g r o u n d . T h e other t w o w h e e l s r e m a i n
o n t h e g r o u n d . T h i s i s art a c c e p t a b l e w a y of t o w i n g t h e
vehicle,
S l i n g - t y p e E q u i p m e n t T h e t o w truck u s e s m e t a l
c a b l e s with hooks on the ends. T h e s e hooks go around
parts of t h e f r a m e or s u s p e n s i o n , a n d t h e c a b l e s lift that
e n d of the v e h i c l e off the g r o u n d . T h e v e h i c l e ' s
s u s p e n s i o n a n d b o d y c a n be s e r i o u s l y d a m a g e d if t h i s
m e t h o d of t o w i n g i s a t t e m p t e d . T h i s m e t h o d of t o w i n g
the vehicle is unacceptable,
* I m p r o p e r t o w i n g p r e p a r a t i o n will d a m a g e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n . F o l l o w t h e a b o v e p r o c e d u r e e x a c t l y . If
y o u c a n n o t shift the t r a n s m i s s i o n or start the e n g i n e
(automatic t r a n s m i s s i o n ) , the v e h i c l e m u s t be
t r a n s p o r t e d on .a flat-bed.
T r y i n g to lift or t o w t h e v e h i c l e by the b u m p e r s will
c a u s e s e r i o u s d a m a g e . T h e b u m p e r s a r e not
d e s i g n e d to s u p p o r t the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
If the v e h i c l e c a n n o t b e t r a n s p o r t e d b y a flat-bed, it
s h o u l d be t o w e d w i t h the front w h e e l s off the g r o u n d . If
t h e v e h i c l e Is d a m a g e d , a n d m u s t b e t o w e d with t h e
front w h e e l s on t h e g r o u n d , or with all four w h e e l s o n
the ground, do this:
Manual Transmission
* R e l e a s e the parking brake.
Shift t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n in neutral.
* L e a v e the ignition s w i t c h in A C C E S S O R Y (I) s o t h e
s t e e r i n g w h e e l d o e s not lock,
M a k e s u r e all a c c e s s o r i e s a r e t u r n e d off to m i n i m i z e
battery c u r r e n t d r a w .
Automatic Transmission
* R e l e a s e t h e parking b r a k e ,
* S t a r t the e n g i n e ,
* S h i f t to D, t h e n to N.
* T u r n off t h e e n g i n e .
* L e a v e the ignition s w i t c h in A C C E S S O R Y (!) s o t h e
s t e e r i n g w h e e l d o e s not lock.
* M a k e s u r e all a c c e s s o r i e s a r e t u r n e d off to m i n i m i z e
battery c u r r e n t d r a w .
It is b e s t to t o w t h e v e h i c l e no farther t h a n 50 m i l e s
(80 k m ) , a n d k e e p t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d b e l o w 35 m p h
155 k m / h ) .
1-13
General Information
Parts Marking
T o deter v e h i c l e theft, c e r t a i n m a j o r c o m p o n e n t s a r e m a r k e d w i t h the v e h i c l e Identification n u m b e r I V I M l O r i g i n a l
parts h a v e s e l f - a d h e s i v e l a b e l s . R e p l a c e m e n t b o d y parts h a v e g e n e r i c s e l f - a d h e s i v e l a b e l s . T h e s e l a b e l s s h o u l d not be
r e m o v e d . T h e original e n g i n e or t r a n s m i s s i o n VIN plates a r e not t r a n s f e r a b l e to the r e p l a c e m e n t e n g i n e or
transmission.
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the parts m a r k i n g labels d u r i n g body repair. M a s k the l a b e l s before repairing the part.
1-14
Specifications
Standards and Service Limits
Engine Electrical ....................
..
.........................
Engine Assembly ...
...
.......................
..
....
Cylinder Head
_____
Engine Block .........
.......
...
............
Engine Lubrication ..............
*
............
Cooling System ...................
.............
.........
-Fuel and Emissions ............
................
Ciutch ..............
.
Manual Transmission and M/T Differentia! ...............
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential .
..
Steering ..........
..........................
...................
.
Suspension
. .........
.
Brakes
Air Conditioning .........................
...
2-2
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-5
2-6
2-6
2-7
2-9
2-15
2-15
2-16
2-16
Design Specifications
Dimensions (4-door) ............
................................
Dimensions (2-door) ........
Weight (4-door) .
..
..
Weight (2-door)
Engine .............
_____
Starter ...
.
Clutch .
.
Manual Transmission ......
....
....
Automatic Transmission ......
...
..........
...
Steering .......................
......................
..
Suspension
......
Tires
Wheel Alignment ......

Brakes
.........
Air Conditioning ....
...............
................
Electrical Ratings ....
............
Body Specifications .............
..............
.
*.
2-17
2-17
2-17
2-17
2-17
2-17
2-18
2-18
2-18
2-18
2-18
2-18
2-18
2-19
2-19
2-20
2-21

Engine Electrical
_____
fWI@iisijreiTi@rit
!t@tn
Ignition coil
Rated v o l t a g e
Sparkplug
Type
Standard or M e w
Qualification
Service Limit
12V
Firing order
1-3-4-2
All models
NGK:ILZKR7B-11S
e x c e p t PZEV
DENSO:SXU22HCR11S
PZEV
NGK: DILZKR7A11GS
82BTDC
Gap
1 . 0 - 1 . 1 m m ( 0 . 0 3 9 - 0 . 0 4 3 in.)
Ignition t i m i n g
A t idle
M/T(in neutral),
Check t h e r e d m a r k
A / T {in N o r P)
Drive belt
Tension
Alternator
Output
Auto-tenssoner
A t 13.5 V a n d
105A
normal engine
temperature
Coil ( r o t o r ) r e s i s t a n c e
Starter
A t 68 F (20 C)
3.4-3.8 Q
S l i p r i n g O.D.
14.4 m m (0.57 in.)
14.0 m m (0.55 in.)
Brush length
10.5 m m (0.41 in.)
1.5 m m (0.06 in.)
Brush spring tension
3.2 N (0.33 kgf, 2.4 Ibf)
Output
1.6 k W
Commutator mica depth
0.40.5 m m ( 0 . 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 2 0 in.)
0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
Commutator runout
0.02 m m (0.001 in.) m a x .
0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
C o m m u t a t o r O.D.
2 8 . 0 - 2 8 . 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 - 1 . 1 1 in.)
27.5 m m (1.08 in.)
Brush length
11.1 11.5 m m ( 0 . 4 4 0 - 0 . 4 5 3 in.)
4.3 m m (0.17 in.)
Engine Assembly
Item
Compression
2-2
Measurement
S t a n d a r d o r New
Qualification
Minimum
930 kPa (9.5 k g f / c m , 135 psi)
Check t h e engine w i t h t h e starter
Maximum
200 kPa (2.0 k g f / c m , 28 psi)
cranking
variation
Pressure
Cylinder Head
MeBSiifSinsiit
Qualification
Standard or N e w
Service Limit
0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
Head
Warpage
Height
103.95104.05 m m ( 4 . 0 3 3 - 4 . 0 9 6 in.)
Camshaft
End play
0 . 0 5 - 0 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
0,4 m m (0.02 in.)
No. 1 journal
0 . 0 3 0 - 0 . 0 8 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 in.)
0,15 m m (0.006 in.)
No. 2,3, 4,5
0 . 0 6 0 - 0 . 0 9 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 in.)
0,15 m m (0.006 in.)
0,03 m m (0.0012 in,) m a x .
0,04 m m (0.002 in.)
Camshaft-to-holder oil clearance
journals
Total runout
C a m lobe height
Intake, p r i m a r y
33.744 m m (1.3285 in.)
Intake, m i d
35.456 m m (1.3959 in.)
Intake,
33.744 m m (1.3285 in.)
secondary
AfS m o d e l s
34.291 m m (1.3500 in.)
e x c e p t PZEV
Valve
C l e a r a n c e (cold)
S t e m OX).
Stem-to-guide clearance
V a l v e seat
Width
S t e m installed height
Valve spring
Free l e n g t h
PZEV
34.232 m m (1.3477 in.)
Intake
0 . 2 1 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 1 0 in.)
Exhaust
0.25-0.29 m m (0.010-0.011 in.)'

5,445 m m (0.214 in.)
Intake
5 . 4 7 5 - 5 . 4 8 5 m m ( 0 . 2 1 5 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 9 in.)
Exhaust
5 . 4 5 0 - 5 . 4 6 0 m m ( 0 . 2 1 4 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 0 in.)
5.42 m m (0.213 in.)
Intake
0.0300.055 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 2 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 in.)
0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
Exhaust
0 . 0 5 5 - 0 . 0 8 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 1 in.)
0.11 m m (0.004 in.)
Intake
1 . 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 - 0 . 0 6 1 in.)
2.00 m m (0.079 in.)
Exhaust
1 . 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 - 0 . 0 6 1 in.)
2.00 m m {0,079 in.)
Intake
4 4 . 0 - 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 - 1 . 7 5 in.)
44.7 m m (1.76 in.)
Exhaust
4 4 . 0 - 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 - 1 . 7 5 in.)
44,7 m m (1.76 in.)
Intake
NIPPON H A T S U J O :
47.15 m m (1.858 in.)
CHUO HATSUJO:
47.14 m m (1.856 in.)
Exhaust
Valve guide
ID.
Instclted height
Rocker a r m
48.42 m m (1.906 in.)
Intake
5 . 5 1 5 - 5 . 5 3 0 m m ( 0 . 2 1 7 1 - 0 . 2 1 7 7 in.)
5.55 m m (0.219 in.)
Exhaust
5 . 5 1 5 - 5 . 5 3 0 m m ( 0 . 2 1 7 1 - 0 , 2 1 7 7 in.)
5,55 m m (0.219 in.)
Intake
1 5 . 2 - 1 6 . 2 m m ( 0 . 5 9 8 - 0 . 6 3 8 in.)
Exhaust
1 5 . 5 - 1 6 . 5 m m (0.6100.650 in.)
Arm-to-shaft clearance
Intake
0 . 0 1 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 3 in.)
0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
{All m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV)
Exhaust
0 . 0 1 8 - 0 . 0 5 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 in,)
0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
Intake
0 , 0 1 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 3 in.)
Exhaust
0 . 0 1 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 3 in.)
Arm-to-shaft
clearance
2-3

Engine Block
Measurement
item
Block
Qualification
Bore diameter
Standard or
Hew
0.07 m m (0.003 in.) m a x .
Warpage of deck'
A or I
87.010~~87.020 m m ( 3 . 4 2 5 6 - 3 . 4 2 6 0 in,) 87.070 m m (3.4280 in.)
BorSl
8 7 . 0 0 0 - 8 7 . 0 1 0 m m ( 3 . 4 2 5 2 - 3 . 4 2 5 6 in.) 8 7 . 0 7 0 m m (3.4280 in.)'
Bore taper
0.02 m m (0.0008 in.)
Reboring limit
Piston
0.25 m m (0.010 in.)
Skirt O.D. at 11 m m (0.4 in.) f r o m
N o letter o r A
8 6 . 9 8 0 - 8 6 . 9 9 0 m m ( 3 . 4 2 4 4 - 3 . 4 2 4 8 in.) 86.930 m m (3.4224 in.)
b o t t o m o f skirt
Letter B
8 6 . 9 7 0 - 8 6 . 9 8 0 m m ( 3 . 4 2 4 0 - 3 . 4 2 4 4 in.) 86.920 m m (3.4220 in.)
C l e a r a n c e in c y l i n d e r
Ring g r o o v e w i d t h
Piston ring
Piston pin
Service Limit
0.10 m m (0.004 in.)
0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.)
0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
Top
1 . 2 4 5 - 1 . 2 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 0 - 0 . 0 4 9 4 in.)
1.265 m m (0.050 in.)
Second
1 . 2 3 0 - 1 . 2 4 0 m m (0.04840.0488 in.)
1.26 m m (0.050 in.)
Oil
2 . 0 0 5 - 2 . 0 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 7 8 9 - 0 . 0 7 9 7 in.)
2.55 m m (0.100 in.)
Ring-to-groove clearance
Top
0 . 0 6 0 - 0 . 0 8 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 4 - 0 . 0 0 3 3 in.)
0.13 m m (0.005 in.)
Second
0 . 0 4 0 - 0 . 0 6 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 0 2 6 in.)
0.13 m m (0.005 in.)
Ring end g a p
Top
0 . 2 0 - 0 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 1 4 in.)
0.60 m m (0.024 in.)
Second
0 . 5 0 - 0 . 6 5 m m ( 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 2 6 in.)
0.70 m m (0.028 in.)
Oil
0 . 2 0 - 0 J O m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 8 in.)
0.75 m m (0.030 in.)
O.D.
2 1 . 9 6 1 - 2 1 . 9 6 5 m m ( 0 . 8 6 4 6 - 0 . 8 6 4 8 in.) 21.953 m m (0.8643 in.)
Pin-to-piston clearance
0.005 t o + 0 . 0 0 2 m m
0.005 m m (0.0002 in.)
( - 0 . 0 0 0 2 0 t o + 0 . 0 0 0 0 8 in.)
Connecting rod
Crankshaft
Pin-to-rod clearance
0 . 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 1 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 0 6 in.)
Small-end bore diameter
2 1 . 9 7 0 - 2 1 . 9 7 6 m m ( 0 . 8 6 5 0 - 0 . 8 6 5 2 in.)
Large-end bore diameter
51.0 m m (2.01 in.)
End play installed o n crankshaft
0 . 1 5 - 0 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 1 4 in.)
Main journal diameter
N o . 1,2, 4 , 5
0.02 m m (0.0008 in.)
0.40 m m (0.016 in.)
5 4 . 9 8 4 - 5 5 . 0 0 8 m m ( 2 . 1 6 4 7 - 2 . 1 6 5 7 in.)
journals
No. 3 journal
Crankshaft
4 7 . 9 7 6 - 4 8 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 8 8 8 8 - 1 . 8 8 9 8 in.)
R o d / m a i n Journal t a p e r
0.005 m m (0.0002 in.) m a x .
0.010 m m (0.0004 in.)
Rod/main journal out-of-round
0.004 m m (0.0002 in.) m a x .
0.010 m m (0.0004 in.)
End play
0 . 1 0 - 0 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 1 4 in.)
0.45 m m (0.018 in.)
Runout
0.03 m m (0.0012 in.) m a x .
0.04 m m (0.002 in.)
0 . 0 1 7 - 0 . 0 4 1 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.)
0.050 m m (0.0020 in.)
0.0250.049 m m (0.00100.0019 in.)
0.055 m m (0.0022 in.)
0 . 0 3 2 - 0 . 0 6 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 3 - 0 . 0 0 2 6 in.)
0.077 m m (0.0030 in.)
M a i n bearing-to-journal oil clearance
bearing
No. 1,2,4,5
journals
No. 3 journal
Rod bearing clearance
24
5 4 . 9 7 6 - 5 5 . 0 0 0 m m ( 2 . 1 6 4 4 - 2 . 1 6 5 4 in.)
Rod journal diameter
Engine Lybrieation
Item
Engine oil
S t a n d a r d or N e w
Qualification
Measurement
Capacity
Engine overhaul
5.3 L (5.6 U S q t )
Oil c h a n g e
4.2 L (4.4 U S qt)
Service Limit
including filter
Oil change
4.0 L (4.2 U S qt)
w i t h o u t filter
Oil p u m p
0 . 0 5 - 0 . 1 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
Q. 1 5 - 0 . 2 1 m m ( 0 . 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
0.23 m m (0.009 in.)
0 . 0 3 5 - 0 . 0 7 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 0 2 8 in.)
0.12 m m (0.005 in.)
hoysing-to-outer rotor
0.19 m m (0.008 in.)
Inner-to-outer rotor clearance

Pump
radial clearance
P u m p housing-to-rotor axial
clearance
diameter
Balancer shafts, j o u r n a l
No. 1 j o u r n a l , f r o n t
1 9 . 9 3 8 - 1 9 . 9 5 0 m m ( 0 . 7 8 5 0 - 0 . 7 8 5 4 in.) 19.92 m m (0.784 in.)
shaft
N o . 1 j o u r n a l , rear s h a f t
2 3 . 9 3 8 - 2 3 . 9 5 0 m m ( 0 . 9 4 2 4 - 0 . 9 4 2 9 in.) 23.92 m m (0.942 in.)
No, 2 journal, f r o n t and
3 2 . 9 4 9 - 3 2 . 9 8 1 m m (1.29721.2977 in.) 32.93 m m (1.296 in.)
rear s h a f t s
0.005 m m (0.0002 in.) m a x .
Balancer shafts, Journal taper

Front
0 . 0 8 3 - 0 . 1 0 8 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 5 - 0 . 0 0 4 3 in.)
Rear
0 . 0 6 3 - 0 . 1 0 8 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 5 - 0 . 0 0 4 3 in.)
0.14 m m (0.006 in.)
Balancer shafts, shaft-to-bearing
No. 1 journal, front
0 . 0 5 0 - 0 . 0 8 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 0 3 2 in.)
0.10 m m (0.004 in.)
clearance
shaft
N o . 1 J o u r n a l , rear s h a f t
0 . 0 5 0 - 0 . 0 8 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 0 3 2 in.)
0.10 m m (0.004 in.)
No. 2 journal, front and
0 . 0 8 0 - 0 . 1 2 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 4 - 0 . 0 0 4 7 in.)
0L15 m m (0.006 in.)
Balancer shafts, e n d play
0.14 m m (0.008 in.)
rear s h a f t s
Balancer shaft bearings, LB.
No. 1 journal, front
2 0 . 0 0 0 - 2 0 . 0 2 0 m m ( 0 . 7 8 7 4 - 0 . 7 8 8 2 in.) 20.03 m m (0.789 In.)
shaft
No. 1 j o u r n a l , rear shaft
2 4 . 0 0 0 - 2 4 . 0 2 0 m m ( 0 . 9 4 4 9 - 0 . 9 4 5 7 in.) 24.03 m m (0.946 in.)
No, 2 journal, front and
3 3 . 0 2 1 - 3 3 . 0 6 9 m m ( 1 . 3 0 0 0 - 1 . 3 0 1 9 in.) '33.09 m m (1.303 in.)
rear shafts
Relief v a l v e , o i l p r e s s u r e w i t h o i l
C
t e m p e r a t u r e at 176 T (80 C)
Coaling
70 kPa (0.7 k g f / c r n , 1 0 psi) m i n .
A t 3,000 r p m
3 0 0 kPa (3.1 kgf/cnf, 44 psi) m i n .
rstem
Measurement
Radiator
A t idle
Coolant capacities (including
Qualification
M/T: e n g i n e o v e r h a u l
engine,, h e a t e r , h o s e s , a n d
reservoir)
M/T: c o o l a n t c h a n g e
U s e H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e /
A/T: engine overhaul
Coolant Type 2
N O T E : If t h e v e h i c l e is r e g u l a r l y
driven in v e r y l o w t e m p e r a t u r e s
( u n d e r - 3 1 T {-35
A/T: coolant change
*C)), a h i g h e r
S t a n d a r d or N e w
DENSO
8.2 L (2.17 U S gal)
TRAD
8.1 L (2.14 U S gal)
DENSO
6.1 L (1.61 U S gal)
TRAD
6 . 0 1 ( 1 . 5 9 U S gal)
DENSO
8.1 L (2.14 U S gal)
TRAD
8.0 L (2.11 U S gal)
DENSO
6,0 L (1.59 U S g a l )
TRAD
5 . 9 L ( 1 . 5 6 U S gal)
concentration of c o o l a n t s h o u l d be
u s e d (see p a g e 10-8).
Coolant
Coolant capacity
0 . 6 8 L ( 0 . 1 8 0 U S gal)
reservoir
Radiator cap
Opening pressure
Thermostat
Opening temperature
9 3 - 1 2 3 kPa ( 0 . 9 5 - 1 . 2 5 k g f / c r n , 1 4 - 1 8 psi)
Begins t o open
Fully o p e n
V a l v e lift a t f u l l y o p e n
1 6 9 - 1 7 6 F ( 7 6 - 8 0 C)
194 T (90 V)
8.0 m m (0.31 in.) m i n .
2-5
Standards arid Service Limits

Fuel and Emissions
M @iisij r f i t n l i n t
Item
Fuel p r e s s u r e
Qyallfieatson
regulator
disconnected
Fuel t a n k
Capacity
E n g i n e idle
Idle s p e e d w i t h o u t l o a d
Standard or New
2
3 3 0 - 3 8 0 kPa ( 3 . 4 - 3 . 9 k g f / c m , 4 8 - 5 5 psi)
Pressure w i t h r e g u l a t o r v a c u u m hose
7 0 L (18.5 U S gal)
M / T (in n e u t r a l )
780:1:50 r p m
A / T (in N o r P)
80050 rpm
Idle s p e e d w i t h h i g h e l e c t r i c a l l o a d
M / T (in n e u t r a l )
78050 rpm
(A/C s w i t c h O N , t e m p e r a t u r e set t o
A / T (in N or P)
80050 rpm
m a x c o o l , b l o w e r f a n o n H i g h , rear
w i n d o w defogger O N , and headlights
on high beam)
Clutch
ltm
Clutch pedal
IVlasiJr@iTi6iit
Height f r o m floor
Qualification
Standard or
Hem
Service Limit
174 m m (6.85 in.)
Stroke
1 3 0 - 1 4 0 m m ( 5 . 1 2 - 5 . 5 1 in.)
Flywheel
Runout on clutch mating surface
0.05 m m (0.002 in.) m a x .
Clutch disc
Rivet h e a d d e p t h
1 . 1 5 - 1 . 7 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 5 - 0 . 0 6 9 in.)
0.7 m m (0.03 in.)
Thickness
7 . 3 0 - 7 . 9 0 m m ( 0 . 2 8 7 - 0 . 3 1 1 in.)
6.0 m m (0.24 in.)
Warpage
0.03 m m (0.001 in.) m a x .
0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
Evenness of the height of the
0.6 m m (0.02 in.) m a x .
0.8 m m (0.03 in.)
Pressure plate
diaphragm spring fingers
2-6
0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
specs
Manyal Transmission arid M/T Differential
Item
IVi e a s u r e i r i e f i t
Qualification
S t a n d a r d or M e w
Manual
Capacity
Fluid change
1.9 L (2.0 U S qt)
transmission
U s e H o n d a IV1TF
Overhaul
2.0 L (2.1 U S qt)
Service Limit
fluid
Mainshaft
End play
0 . 1 1 - 0 . 1 7 m m (0.0040.007 In.)
D i a m e t e r o f b a l l b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area
2 7 . 9 8 7 - 2 8 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 1 0 1 9 - 1 . 1 0 2 4 in.) 27.93 m m (1.100 In.)
Adjust
( t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g side)
D i a m e t e r o f 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e
3 1 . 9 8 4 - 3 2 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 2 5 9 2 - 1 . 2 5 9 8 in.) 31.93 m m (1.257 in.)
collar contact area

Diameter of needle bearing contact
3 8 . 9 8 4 - 3 9 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 5 3 4 8 - 1 . 5 3 5 4 in.) 38.93 m m (1.533 In.)
area
D i a m e t e r o f ball b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area
2 7 . 9 7 7 - 2 7 . 9 9 0 m m ( 1 . 1 0 1 5 - 1 . 1 0 2 0 in.) 27.92 m m (1.099 in.)
(clutch h o u s i n g side)
D i a m e t e r o f b u s h i n g c o n t a c t area
2 0 . 8 0 - 2 0 . 8 5 m m ( 0 . 8 1 9 - 0 . 8 2 1 In.)
20.75 m m (0.817 In.)
Runout
0.02 m m (0.001 In.) m a x .
0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
Mainshaft
ID.
3rd, 4th, a n d 5th
Clearance
2nd-3rd
0 . 0 8 - 0 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 In.)
0.25 m m (0.010 in.)
gear
E n d p l a y ( d i s t a n c e c o l l a r side)
4th, 5th
0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
0.25 m m (0,010 in.)
fvlainshaft
4 4 . 0 0 9 - 4 4 . 0 2 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 2 6 - 1 . 7 3 3 3 in.) 44.08 m m (1.735 in.)
Thickness
2 3 . 9 2 - 2 3 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 9 4 2 - 0 . 9 4 4 in.)
23.80 m m (0.937 in.)
I.D.
3 2 . 0 0 - 3 2 . 0 1 m m ( 1 . 2 5 9 8 - 1 . 2 8 0 2 In.)
32.02 m m (1.261 In.)
4th/5th g e a r
O.D.
distance collar
Length
3 8 . 9 8 9 - 3 9 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 5 3 5 0 - 1 . 5 3 5 4 in.) 38.94 m m (1.533 in.)

A
5 1 . 9 5 - 5 2 . 0 5 m m ( 2 . 0 4 5 - 2 . 0 4 9 in.)
2 4 . 0 3 - 2 4 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 4 6 - 0 . 9 4 8 in.)
i1
1*
-*
M B S distance
ID.
2 8 . 0 0 - 2 8 . 1 0 m m ( 1 . 1 0 2 - 1 . 1 0 6 In.)
collar
Length
2 3 . 9 5 - 2 4 . 0 5 m m ( 0 . 9 4 3 - 0 . 9 4 7 In.)
Countershaft
D i a m e t e r o f b a l l b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area
3 0 . 0 2 0 - 3 0 . 0 3 3 m m ( 1 . 1 8 1 9 - 1 . 1 8 2 4 In.) 29.97 m m (1.180 in.)
28.12 m m (1.107 in.)
(transmission h o u s i n g side)
D i a m e t e r o f 1st g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r
3 9 . 9 3 7 - 3 9 . 9 5 0 m m ( 1 . 5 7 2 3 - 1 . 5 7 2 8 In.) 39.88 m m (1.570 In.)
contact area
4 0 . 0 0 0 - 4 0 . 0 1 5 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 8 - 1 . 5 7 5 4 In.) 39.95 m m (1.573 in.)
area (clutch h o u s i n g side)

Runout
0.02 m m (0.001 in.) m a x .
0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
3 5 mm s h i m - t o - b e a r i n g i n n e r race
0 . 0 4 0 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 0 3 9 In.)
Adjust
clearance
5 2 . 0 1 0 5 2 . 0 2 9 m m ( 2 . 0 4 7 6 - 2 . 0 4 8 4 In.) 52.08 m m (2.050 in.)
C o u n t e r s h a f t 1st
LD.
and 2nd gear
End play (distance collar side)
1st
0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
0.25 m m (0.010 in.)
Clearance
2nd3rd
0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
0.25 m m (0.010 in.)
Thickness
C o u n t e r s h a f t 1st
1st
2 2 . 9 2 - 2 2 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 9 0 2 - 0 . 9 0 4 in.)
22.87 m m (0.900 in,)
2nd
2 7 . 9 2 - 2 7 . 9 7 m m ( 1 . 0 9 9 - 1 . 1 0 1 in.)
27.87 m m (1.097 in.)
3 9 . 9 5 - 3 9 . 9 6 m m ( 1 . 5 7 2 8 - 1 . 5 7 3 2 In.)
39.97 m m (1.574 in.)
LD,
4 6 . 9 8 9 - 4 7 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 8 5 0 0 - 1 . 8 5 0 4 in.) 46.94 m m (1.848 in.)
and 2nd gear

distance collar
Length
1st
2 3 . 0 3 - 2 3 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 0 7 - 0 . 9 0 9 In.)
2nd
2 8 . 0 3 - 2 8 . 0 8 m m ( 1 . 1 0 4 - 1 . 1 0 6 in.)
(cont'd)
2-7

Manual Transmission and M/T Differential (cont'd)
fVI@asyr@rn@tit
Item
R e v e r s e idler
gear
Qualification
S t a n d a r d o r Mew
Service Limit
I.D.
2 0 . 0 1 6 - 2 0 . 0 4 3 m m ( 0 , 7 8 8 0 - 0 . 7 8 9 1 in.) 20.90 m m (0.823 in.)
Gear-to-reverse idler gear shaft
0 . 0 3 6 - 0 . 0 8 4 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 0 3 3 in.)
0.16 m m (0.006 in.)
0 . 7 0 - 1 . 4 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 in.)
0.4 m m (0.016 in.)
0 . 7 0 - 1 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 4 7 in.)
0.3 m m (0.012 In.)
0 . 5 0 - 1 . 0 4 m m ( 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 1 in.)
0.3 m m (0.012 In.)
0 . 9 5 - 1 . 6 8 m m ( 0 . 0 3 7 - 0 . 0 6 6 in.)
0.6 m m (0.024 In.)
clearance
Synchro ring
Ring-to-gear clearance
Ring pushed
against gear
Double cone
Outer synchro
synchro and
clearance
ring-to-synchro
cone
triple cone
Synchro cone-to-gear clearance
synchro
Ring pushed
against gear
Ring pushed
against gear
Outer synchro ring-to-gear clearance
Ring pushed
against gear
Shift fork
Finger thickness
7 . 4 - 7 . 6 m m ( 0 . 2 9 - 0 . 3 0 in.)
Fork-to-synchro sleeve clearance
0 . 3 5 - 0 . 6 5 m m ( 0 . 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 2 6 in.)
Reverse shift
Fingerwidth
1 3 . 4 - 1 3 . 7 m m ( 0 . 5 2 8 - 0 . 5 3 9 in.)
fork
Fork-to-reverse idler gear clearance
0 . 2 0 - 0 . 5 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 3 in.)
Shift a r m
I.D.
1 3 . 9 7 3 - 1 4 . 0 0 0 m m ( 0 . 5 5 0 1 - 0 . 5 5 1 2 in.)
Fingerwidth
1 6 . 9 - 1 7 . 0 m m . ( 0 . 6 6 5 - 0 . 6 6 9 In.)
Shift arm-to-shift fork clearance
0 . 2 - 0 . 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 0 in.)
Select lever
Fingerwidth
1 4 . 8 5 - 1 4 . 9 5 m m ( 0 . 5 8 5 - 0 . 5 8 9 in.)
C h a n g e lever
Shaft-to-select lever clearance
0 . 0 5 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 1 0 In.)
Groove width
1 5 . 0 0 - 1 5 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 5 9 1 - 0 . 5 9 4 In.)
Shaft-to-shift a r m clearance
0 . 0 1 3 - 0 . 0 7 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 0 2 8 in.)
Backlash
0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 1 0 3 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 1 - 0 . 0 0 4 1 in.)
M/T differential
80 m m s h i m - t o - b e a r i n g o u t e r race
0 - 0 . 1 0 m m ( 0 - 0 . 0 0 3 9 in.)
80 m m shim
c l e a r a n c e in t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
M/T differential
1.0 m m (0.039 In.)
1.2 m m (0.047 in.)
0.6 m m (0.024 In.)
0.50 m m (0.020 in.)
0.1 m m (0.004 In.)
carrier
2-8
Adjust
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential

Standard or N e w
item
Service Limit
Automatic
Capacity
Fluid change
2.5 L (2.6 U S qt)
transmission
Use Honda ATF-Z1
Overhaul
6.5 L (6.9 U S qt)
Line pressure
A t 2,000 r p m i n
927-985 kPa
NorP
{ 9 . 4 5 - 1 0 . 0 5 k g f / c m , 1 3 4 - 1 4 3 psi)
(8.95 kgf/cm , 127 psi)
A t 2,000 r p m in
9 1 7 - 9 9 5 kPa
867 kPa
( 3 . 3 5 - 1 0 . 1 5 k g f / c m , 1 3 2 - 1 4 4 psi)
(8.85 k g f / c m , 1 2 6 psi)
A t 2,000 r p m in
9 1 7 9 9 5 kPa
867 kPa
( 9 . 3 5 - 1 0 . 1 5 k g f / c m , 1 3 2 - 1 4 4 psi)
(8.85 kgf/crn , 126 psi)
A t 2,000 r p m i n
9 1 7 - 9 9 5 kPa
867 kPa
3 r d gear in D
( 9 . 3 5 - 1 0 . 1 5 k g f / c m , 1 3 2 - 1 4 4 psi)
(6,85 kgf/cm% 126 psi)
4th clutch pressure
A t 2,000 r p m i n
9 1 7 - 9 9 5 kPa
867 kPa
4 t h g e a r an D
.(9.3510.15 k g f / c m , 1 3 2 - 1 4 4 psi)
(8.85 k g f / c m , 1 2 6 psi)
5th d u t c h pressure
A t 2,000 r p m i n
9 1 7 - 9 9 5 kPa
867 kPa
5th gear in D
(9.3510.15 kgf/cm ..132~-144 psi)
(8.85 k g f / c m , 1 2 6 psi)
2,100 r p m
1,950-2,250 rpm
fluid
ATF pressure
1st clutch p r e s s u r e
2nd clutch pressure
3 r d clutch p r e s s u r e
Torque converter
Stall speed
877 kPa
2
Check w i t h vehicle o n level g r o u n d

Clutch
Clearance b e t w e e n clutch end-plate
1st
1.38-1.58 m m
(0.0540.062 in.)
and t o p disc
2nd
1.14-1.34
mm
( 0 , 0 4 5 - 0 . 0 5 3 in.)
3rd
1.23-1.43
mm
( 0 . 0 4 8 - 0 . 0 5 6 in.)
4th, 5th
0.931.13 m m
1st, 2 n d , 3 r d
45.1 m m (1.78 in.)
43.1 m m (1.70 in.)
4 t h , 5th
33.5 m m (1.32 in.)
31,5 m m (1.24 in.)
( 0 . 0 3 7 - 0 . 0 4 4 in.)
Clutch return spring free length
Clutch disc thickness

Clutch plate thickness
Clutch wave-plate phase difference
1.94 m m (0.076 in.)

1st, 3 r d
1.6 m m (0.063 in.)
W h e n discolored
2nd
2.0 m m (0.079 in.)
W h e n discolored
4th, 5th
2.0 m m (0.079 in.)
W h e n discolored
1st
0 . 1 5 - 0 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
0.13 m m (0.005 in.)
2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th
<2PLCS>
<2PLCS>
0 . 1 0 - 0 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
<2PLCS>
<2PLCS>
(cont'd)
2-9

Automatic Transmission and A/T Ddifferential I cont'd)
Item
C l u t c h (cont'd)
fIeisijrefi0tTt
1st c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e t h i c k n e s s
2nd clutch end-plate thickness
3rd, 4th, 5th clutch end-plate thickness
2-10
Qualification
Standard or New
Service Limit
Markl
2.6 m m (0.102 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 2
2.7 m m (0.106 in.)
W h e n discolored
SVSarkS
2.8 m m (0.110 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 4
2.9 m m (0.114 in.)
W h e n discolored
MarkB
3.0 m m (0.118 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 6
3.1 m m (0.122 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark?
3.2 m m (0.126 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 8
3.3 m m (0.130 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 9
3.4 m m (0.134 in.)
W h e n discolored
M a r k 10
2.4 m m (0.094 in.)
When discolored
M a r k 11
2.5 m m (0.098 in.)
When discolored
Mark 1
2.6 m m (0.102 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 2
2.7 m m (0.106 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark3
2.8 m m (0.110 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 4
2.9 m m (0.114 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark5
3.0 m m (0.118 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark6
3.1 m m (0.122 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark?
3.2 m m (0.126 in.)
W h e n discolored
Markl
2.1 m m (0.083 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 2
2.2 m m (0.087 in.)
W h e n discolored
MarkS
2.3 m m (0.091 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 4
2.4 m m (0.095 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 5
2.5 m m (0.098 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark6
2.6 m m (0.102 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark?
2.7 m m (0.106 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 8
2.8 m m (0.110 in.)
W h e n discolored
Mark 9
2.9 m m (0.114 in.)
W h e n discolored
specs
Item
Mainshaft
Measurement
Qualification
A t stator shaft
area
ID. o f g e a r s
End play o f gears
4 1 x 83 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r t h i c k n e s s
Standard or N e w
Service Limit
2 2 . 9 8 4 2 3 . 0 0 0 m m ( 0 . 9 0 5 - 0 . 9 0 6 in.)
When worn or damaged
A t 5th gear
51.97551.931 m m { 2 . 0 4 8 - 2 , 0 4 7 In.)
A t 4th gear collar
3 3 . 9 7 5 - 3 3 . 9 9 1 m m ( 1 . 3 3 7 6 - 1 . 3 3 8 2 in.) When worn or damaged
5th gear
5 7 . 0 0 0 - 5 7 . 0 1 9 m m ( 2 . 2 4 4 1 - 2 . 2 4 4 8 In.) When w o r n or damaged
4th gear
5th gear
0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 4 0 in.)
4th g e a r
0 . 1 - 0 . 2 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 9 in.)
No. 1
4.450 m m (0.1752 in.)
No. 2
4.475 m m (0.1762 in.)
No. 3
4.500 m m (0.1772 in.)
When w o r n or damaged
No. 4
4.525 m m (0.1781 in.)
No. 5
4.550 m m (0.1791 in.)
No. 8
4.575 m m (0.1801 in.)
No. 7
4.600 m m (0.1811 in.)
No. 8
4.625 m m (0.1821 in.)
No. 9
4.050 m m (0.1831 in.)
N o . 10
4.675 m m (0.1841 in.)
N o . 11
4.700 m m (0.1850 in.)
N o . 12
4.725 m m (0.1860 in.)
N o . 13
4.750 m m (0.1870 in.)
N o . 14
4.775 m m (0.1880 in.)
N o . 15
4.800 m m (0.1890 in.)
4th gear collar length
6 6 . 3 - 6 6 . 4 m m ( 2 . 6 1 0 - 2 . 6 1 4 in.)
Length o f 4th gear collar flange f r o m
1 9 . 1 5 - 1 9 . 3 0 m m ( 0 . 7 5 4 - 0 . 7 6 0 in.)
end
Countershaft
Sealing ring thickness
1 . 9 1 - 1 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 0 7 5 - 0 . 0 7 8 in.)
1.86 m m (0.073 in.)
W i d t h of sealing ring groove
2 . 0 2 5 - 2 . 0 6 0 m m ( 0 . 0 7 9 7 - 0 . 0 8 1 1 in.)
2.080 m m (0.0819 in.)
C l u t c h f e e d p i p e O.D,
7.977.98 m m ( 0 . 3 1 3 8 - 0 . 3 1 4 2 in.)
7.95 m m (0.313 in.)
Clutch feed pipe bushing I D .
8 . 0 0 0 - 8 . 0 1 5 m m (0.31500.3156 in.)
8.030 m m (0.3161 in.)
At torque
area
converter
housing
L D . of g e a r s
End play of gears
Collar, 3 5 x 47 x 7.8 m m t h i c k n e s s
A t 4th gear
3 4 . 9 8 2 - 3 4 . 9 9 8 m m ( 1 . 3 7 7 2 - 1 . 3 7 7 9 in.) When w o r n or damaged
A t reverse gear
3 9 . 9 7 9 - 4 0 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 0 - 1 . 5 7 4 8 in.) When w o r n or damaged
4th gear
4 1 . 0 0 0 4 1 . 0 1 6 m m ( 1 . 6 1 4 2 - 1 . 6 1 4 8 in.) When w o r n or damaged
Reverse gear
4 6 . 0 0 0 4 6 . 0 1 6 m m (1.81101.8116 in.) When w o r n or damaged
5th gear
0 . 0 0 - 0 . 4 8 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 - 0 . 0 1 9 in.)
4th gear
0 . 0 4 a 12 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 5 in.)
Reverse gear
0 . 1 0 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 1 0 in.)
7.8 m m (0.31 in.)
Collar, 37 x 41 x 54.3 m m l e n g t h
5 4 . 2 5 - 5 4 . 3 0 m m ( 2 . 1 3 6 - 2 . 1 3 8 in.)
Reverse selector h o b w i d t h
2 5 . 4 5 - 2 5 . 6 5 m m (1.0021.010 in.)
R e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b O.D.
5 5 . 8 7 - 5 5 . 9 0 m m ( 2 . 2 0 0 - 2 . 2 0 1 in.)
(cont'd)
2-11

Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
IVi@asyF#nniit
Secondary shaft

area
I.D. o f g e a r s
End play of gears
37 x 58 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r t h i c k n e s s
40 x 51.5 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r t h i c k n e s s
Qualification
Standard or N e w
Service Limit
A t 1st g e a r
A t 2 n d gear
3 9 . 9 8 6 - 3 9 . 9 9 9 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 2 1 . 5 7 4 8 in.) When worn or damaged
A t 3rd gear collar
3 6 . 9 7 5 - 3 6 . 9 9 1 m m (1.45571.4563 i n .
1st g e a r
47.000-47.016 m m (1.8504-1.8510 in.
2nd gear
46.00046.016 m m (1.81101.8116 in.
3rd gear
4 3 . 0 0 0 - 4 3 . 0 1 6 m m ( 1 . 6 9 2 9 - 1 . 6 9 3 5 In.) When worn or damaged
1st g e a r
0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 5 In.)
2nd gear
0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 5 In.)
3rd g e a r
0 . 1 0 - 0 . 2 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 9 In.)
No. 1
3,900 m m (0.154 in.!
Ho. 2
3.925 m m (0.155 in,
No, 3
3.950 m m (0.156 in.;
No. 4
3.975 m m (0.156 i n .
No. 5
4.000 m m (0.157 in.;
No. 6
4.025 m m (0.158 in,
No. 7
4.050 m m (0.159 in.;
No. 8
4.075 m m (0.160 in.;
No. 9
4.100 m m (0.161 in.;
N o . 10
4.125 m m (0.162 in,
N o . 11
4.150 m m (0.163 in.;
N o . 12
4.175 m m (0.164 in,
N o . 13
4.200 m m (0.165 i n .
N o . 14
4.225 m m (0.166 in.'
N o . 15
4.250 m m (0.167 in.
N o . 16
4.275 m m (0.168 in,
N o . 17
4.300 m m (0.169 in.
N o . 18
4.325 m m (0.170 in.
N o . 19
4.350 m m (0.171 in.
N o . 20
4.375 m m (0.172 in.'
No. 1
4.80 m m (0.189 in.)
No. 2
4.85 m m (0.191 in.)
No. 3
4.90 m m (0.193 in,)
No. 4
4.95 m m (0.195 in.)
No. 5
5.00 m m (0.197 in.)
No. 6
5.05 m m (0.199 in.)
3rd gear collar length
4 3 . 9 - 4 4 . 0 m m (1.7281.732 in.)
Length of 3rd gear collar flange f r o m
5 . 2 5 - 5 . 4 0 m m ( 0 . 2 0 7 - 0 . 2 1 3 in.)
end
Sealing ring thickness
1 . 9 1 - 1 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 0 7 5 2 - 0 . 0 7 7 6 In.)
1.86 m m (0.0732 In.)
W i d t h o f s e a l i n g ring g r o o v e
2 . 0 2 5 - 2 . 0 6 0 m m ( 0 . 0 7 9 7 - 0 . 0 8 1 1 in.)
2.080 m m (0.0819 in.)
1 1 . 4 7 - 1 1 . 4 8 m m (0.45160.4520 in.)
11.45 m m (0.4508 in.)
6 . 9 7 - 6 . 9 8 m m ( 0 . 2 7 4 4 - 0 . 2 7 4 8 In.)
6.95 m m (0.2736 in.)
11.500-11.518 m m (0.4528-0.4535 in.
11.530 m m (0.4539 In.)
7 . 0 1 8 - 7 . 0 3 0 m m ( 0 . 2 7 6 3 - 0 . 2 7 6 8 in.)
7.045 m m (0.2774 in.)
C l u t c h f e e d p i p e O.D.
3rd clutch feed

pipe
1st c l u t c h f e e d
pipe
C l u t c h f e e d p i p e b u s h i n g I.D.
3rd clutch feed

pipe
1st c l u t c h f e e d
pipe
A T F g u i d e c o l l a r o f s e a l i n g ring c o n t a c t
LD.
2-12
2 9 . 0 0 0 - 2 9 . 0 2 1 m m ( 1 . 1 4 1 7 - 1 . 1 4 2 6 In.) 29.05 m m (1.144 in.)
specs
Item
Idler g e a r s h a f t
Wessiirsifieiit
Gynlificnti!"!
End cover side
Service Limit
Standard or New
3 2 . 0 0 3 3 2 . 0 1 3 m m ( 1 . 2 6 0 0 - 1 . 2 6 0 4 in.) When worn or damaged
area
Thickness of cotters
1.391.42 m m (0.0550.056 in.)
Reverse idler
Reverse idler gear shaft diameter at
1 4 . 9 9 - 1 5 . 0 0 m m ( 0 . 5 9 0 - 0 . 5 9 1 in.)
gear
needle bearing contact area
LD.
LD, o f r e v e r s e i d l e r g e a r s h a f t c o n t a c t
1 4 . 8 0 0 - 1 4 . 8 1 8 m m ( 0 . 5 8 2 7 - 0 . 5 8 3 4 in,)
area o n t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
ATF pump
Stator shaft
LD, o f r e v e r s e i d l e r g e a r s h a f t h o l d e r
ATF p u m p thrust clearance
0 . 0 3 - 0 . 0 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 - 0 . 0 0 2 in.)
0.07 m m (0.003 in.)
Clearance b e t w e e n ATF p u m p gear
Drive gear
0 . 2 1 0 - 0 . 2 6 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 3 - 0 . 0 1 0 4 in.)
and body
Driven gear
0 . 0 7 0 - 0 . 1 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 0 4 9 in.)
ATF p u m p driven gear LD.
14.01614.034 m m ( 0 . 5 5 1 8 - 0 . 5 5 2 5 in.) When worn or damaged
ATF p u m p driven gear shaft O.D.
Needle bearing contact LD.
Torque converter
side
ATF p u m p side
Reverse shift
2 9 . 0 0 0 - 2 9 . 0 2 1 m m (1.1417 - 1 . 1 4 2 6 In.)
S e a l i n g r i n g c o n t a c t area L D .
2 9 . 0 0 0 - 2 9 . 0 2 1 m m ( 1 . 1 4 1 7 - 1 . 1 4 2 6 in.) 29,05 m m (1,144 in.)
Fork finger thickness
5 . 9 0 - 6 . 0 0 m m ( 0 . 2 3 2 - 0 . 2 3 6 in.)
5.40 m m (0.213 in.)
fork
Path g e a r a n d
pa w i
Servo body
Regulator valve
Shift f o r k shaft bore LD,
1 4 . 0 0 0 - 1 4 . 0 1 0 m m ( 0 . 5 5 1 2 - 0 . 5 5 1 6 in.)
Shift fork shaft valve bore LD.
3 7 . 0 0 0 - 3 7 . 0 3 9 m m ( 1 . 4 5 6 7 - 1 . 4 5 8 2 in.) 37.045 m m (1.4585 in,)
S e a l i n g r i n g c o n t a c t LD.
2 9 . 0 0 0 - 2 9 . 0 2 1 m m ( 1 . 1 4 1 7 - 1 . 1 4 2 6 in.) 29.05 m m (1.144 in.)
body
Item
M m i s i t f im s o t
Qualification
& i a n c m r o o r ro@w
Wire Diameter
M a i n v a l v e foody
0.8 m m
(0.031 in.)
(0.220 in.)
(1.106 in.)
Shift valve B spring
0.8 m m
5.6 m m
28.1 m m
(0.031 in.)
(0.220 in.)
(1.106 in.)
0.8 m m
5.6 m m
28.1 m m
(0.031 in.)
(0.220 in.)
(1.106 in.)
Shift valve C spring
Relief v a l v e s p r i n g
Lock-up control valve spring
Cooler check valve s p r i n g
Servo control valve spring
Shift valve E spring
5.6 m m
Free L e n g t h
Shift valve A spring
s p r i n g (see p a g e
14-322)
O.D.
28.1 m m
1.0 m m
9.6 m m
34.1 m m
(0.039 in.)
(0.378 in.)
(1,343 in.)
0.65 m m
7.1 m m
23.1 m m
(0.026 in.)
(0.280 in.)
(0.909 in.)
0.85 m m
6.6 m m
27.0 m m
(0.034 in.)
(0.260 in.)
(1.063 in.)
0.7 m m
6.6 m m
35.7 m m
(0.028 in.)
(0.260 in.)
(1.406 in.)
5.6 m m
28.1 m m
0.8 m m
(0.031 in.)
. (0.220 in.)
No. o f C o i l s
15.9
15.9
15.9
10.2
12.7
11.3
17.2"
15.9
(1.106 in.)
(cont'd)
2-13

Automatic 1
Iransmission and A/T Ddifferential fcomt^d)
Item
M@8siJF@mfit
Qualification
Standard or N e w
W i r e Drarn@tr
Regulator valve
Stator reaction spring
(see p a g e
Regulator valve spring A
14-324)
Regulator valve spring B
T o r q u e converter check valve spring
Lock-up shift valve spring
3rd accumulator spring
1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g A
1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g B
Servo body
Shift valve D spring
s p r i n g (see p a g e
14-325)
4th a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g B
4th a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g A
2nd accumulator spring B
2nd accumulator spring A
5th accumulator spring
Measurement
Item
A / T differential
carrier
' 35.4 m m
45 mm
body spring
Qualification
O.D.
Ff@B L e n g t h
30.3 m m
(0.177 in.)
(1.394 In.)
(1.193 In.)
1.85 m m
14.7 m m
83.0 m m
(0.073 In.)
(0.579 in.)
(3.268 in.)
16.9
1.6 m m .
9.2 m m
44.0 m m
(0.063 in.)
(0.362 in.)
(1.732 In.)
12.5
1.2 m m
8.6 m m
33.8 m m
(0.047 in.)
(0.339 In.)
(1.331 In.)
1.0 m m
6.6 m m
35.5 m m
(0.039 In.)
(0.260 In.)
(1.398 in.)
2.5 m m
14.6 m m
29.4 m m
(0.098 In.)
(0.575 In.)
(1.157 in.)
2.4 m m
18.6 m m
49.0 m m
(0.094 In.)
( 0 J 3 2 in.)
(1.929 In.)
2.3 m m
12.2 m m
31.5 m m
(0.091 In.)
(0.480 In.)
(1.240 In.)
0.8 m m
5.6 m m
28.1 m m
(0.031 in.)
(0.220 In.)
(1.106 In.)
2.3 m m
12.2 m m
31.5 m m
(0.091 in.)
(0.480 in.)
(1.240 In.)
2.4 m m
18.6 m m
49.0 m m
(0.094 in.)
(0.732 in.)
(1.929 In.)
2.1 m m
10.8 m m
34.0 m m
(0.083 In.)
(0.425 In.)
(1.339 in.)
2.1 m m
16.6 m m
48.7 m m
(0.083 in.)
(0.654 In.)
(1.917 in.)
2.5 m m
14.6 m m
29.9 m m
(0.098 In.)
(0.575 in.)
(1.177 In.)
S t a n d a r d o r Mew
P i n i o n s h a f t c o n t a c t area LD.
1 8 . 0 0 0 - 1 8 . 0 2 5 m m ( 0 . 7 0 8 7 - 0 . 7 0 9 6 In.)
Clearance b e t w e e n carrier a n d p i n i o n
0 . 0 1 3 - 0 . 0 5 4 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 0 2 1 in.)
Mo. of Coils
1.92
12.2
18.2
4.9
7.1
6.6 '
15.9
6.6
7.1
8.2
8.4
4.9
Service Limit
0.1 m m (0.004 in.)
shaft
D r i v e s h a f t c o n t a c t a r e a I.D.
2 8 . 0 2 1 2 8 . 0 5 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 3 2 - 1 . 1 0 4 4 in.)
Clearance b e t w e e n carrier a n d
0 . 0 7 1 - 0 . 1 1 7 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 0 4 6 In.)
0.12 m m (0.005 In.)
2.73.9 N-m
Adjust
driveshaft
Carrier bearing starting t o r q u e
For n e w b e a r i n g
(preload)
( 2 8 - 4 0 kgf-cm, 2 4 - 3 5 Ibf-in.)
For u s e d b e a r i n g
2.53.6 N-m
Adjust
( 2 5 3 7 k g f - c m , 2 2 - 3 2 Ibf-in.)
A/T differential
pinion gear
Final d r i v e n g e a r b a c k l a s h
0 . 0 8 6 - 0 . 1 4 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 3 4 - 0 . 0 0 5 6 In.)
Backlash
0.050.15 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
LD.
1 8 . 0 4 2 - 1 8 . 0 6 6 m m ( 0 . 7 1 0 3 - 0 . 7 1 1 3 In.)
Clearance b e t w e e n p i n i o n gear and
0 . 0 5 5 - 0 . 0 9 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 7 in.)
pinion shaft
2-14
0.2 m m (0.008 In.)
0.12 m m (0.005 In.)
Steering
If HI
Steering wheel
M@asuFinCTt
Qualification
R o t a t i o n a l p l a y m e a s u r e d at o u t s i d e
S t a n d a r d r N e w
010 m m (00.39 in.)
edge w i t h engine running

Initial t u r n i n g l o a d m e a s u r e d at
2 9 N (3.0 k g t 6.6 Ibf)
outside edge with engine running

Gearbox
A n g l e of rack guide screw loosened
155
f r o m locked position
Pump
Output pressure w i t h shut-off valve
8 , 1 4 0 - 8 , 8 3 0 kPa ( 8 3 - 9 0 k g f / c m , 1 , 1 8 0 - 1 , 2 8 0 psi)
closed
Power steering
Capacity
Reservoir
fluid
Use Honda Power Steering Fluid
capacity
System capacity
0.32 L (0.33 U S qt)
1.05 L (1.11 U S q t )
Suspension
item
W h e e l alignment
Qualification
Standard or N e w
Camber
Front
Caster
Front (4-door)
Total toe-in
Front
0 2 m m ( 0 0 . 0 8 in.)
Rear
2 2 m m ( 0 . 0 8 + 0 . 0 8 in.)
Service Limit
Rear
Front (2-door)
Front wheel turning angle
Inward
Outward
31 5 0
(reference)
Wheel
Wheel bearing
A l u m i n u m wheel runout
Axial
00.7 m m ( 0 - 0 . 0 3 In.)
Radial
00.7 m m (00.03 in.)
2.0 m m (0.08 In.)

1.5 m m (0.06 in.)
Steel w h e e l r u n o u t
Axial
0 - 1 . 0 m m ( 0 0 . 0 4 in.)
2.0 m m (0.08 in.)
Radial
01.0 m m (00.04 in.)
1.5 m m (0.06 in.)
End play
Front
0 - 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 - 0 . 0 0 2 in.)
Rear
0 - 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 - 0 . 0 0 2 In.)
2-15

Brakes
Measurement
Item
Parking brake
Qualification
Distance t r a v e l e d w h e n lever p u l l e d
S t a n d a r d r N e w
Service Limit
7 t o 9 clicks
w i t h 196 N (20 kgf, 44 Ibf) o f f e r e e

B r a k e pedaS
Pedal h e i g h t ( c a r p e t m o v e d aside)
M/T
156 m m (6 1/8 in.)
A/T
160 m m (6 5/16 in.)
Front
2 7 . 9 - 2 8 . 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 - 1 . 1 1 in.)
26.0 m m (1.02 in.)
2 2 . 9 - 2 3 . 1 m m ( 0 . 9 0 - 0 . 9 1 in.)
21.0 m m (0.83 in.)
8 . 9 - 9 . 1 m m ( 0 . 3 5 - 0 . 3 6 in.)
8.0 m m (0.31 in.)
1 ~ 5 m m ( 1 / 1 6 - 3 / 1 6 in.)
Free p l a y
Brake disc
Thickness
(NISSIN)
Front
(AKEBONO)
Rear
0.04 m m (0.0016 in.)
Runout
0.015 m m (0.0006 in.)
Parallelism
Brake pad
Front
Thickness
(NISSIN)
1 0 . 5 - 1 1 . 2 m m ( 0 . 4 1 - 0 . 4 4 in.)
1.6 m m (0.06 in.)
1 0 . 5 - 1 0 . 8 m m ( 0 . 4 1 - 0 . 4 3 in.)
1.6 m m (0.06 in.)
8 . 3 - 9 . 0 m m ( 0 . 3 3 - 0 . 3 5 in.)
1.0 m m (0.04 in.)
Front
(AKEBONO)
Rear
îr Conditioning
Measurement
St i n
Standard or N e w
Qualification
Refrigerant
Type
HFC-134a (R-134a)
Capacity of s y s t e m
4 0 0 - 4 5 0 g ( 1 4 . 1 - 1 5 . 9 oz)
Refrigerant oil
Type
Capacity of c o m p o n e n t s
D E N S O N D - O I L 8 (P/N 38897-PR7-A01 A H o r 38997-PR7-A01)

Condenser
25 m L (5/6 fl-oz)
Evaporator
3 5 m L (1 1/5 fl-oz)
Each line a n d
10 m L (1/3 fl-oz)
hose
Compressor
Field c o i l r e s i s t a n c e
Puliey-to-armature-plate clearance
2-16
Reserver/Dryer
1 0 m L ( 1 / 3 fl-oz)
Compressor
7 0 - 8 2 m L (2 3 / 8 - 2 7/9 fl-oz)
A t 68 F (20 O
3.9-4.3 Q
0 . 3 5 - 0 . 6 0 m m ( 0 . 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 2 4 in.)
specs
ftetn
DIMENSIONS
(4-door)
Specification
Qualification
SVfsnstirfsnriSFit
Overall length
4,930 m m (194.1 in.)
Overall width
1,847 m m (72.7 in.)
Overall height
1,475 m m (58.1 in.)
Wheelbase
2,800 m m (110.2 in.)
Track
F r o n t (18 i n c h w h e e l s )
1,580 m m (62.2 in.)
F r o n t (17 i n c h w h e e l s )
1,590 m m (62.6 in.)
Rear (18 i n c h w h e e l s )
1,580 m m (62.2 in.)
Rear (17 i n c h w h e e l s )
1,590 m m (62.6 in.)
Seating capacity
f i v e (5)
DIMENSIONS
Overall length
4,849 m m (190.9 in,)
12-door)
Overall w i d t h
1,848 m m (72.7 in.)
O v e r a l l height
1,432 m m (58,3 in.)
Wheelbase
2,740 m m (107,9 in.)
Track
Front
1,580 m m (82.2 in.)
Rear
1,580 m m (62.2 in.)
Seating capacity
f i v e (5)
WEIGHT
Gross Vehicle W e i g h t Rating
L X , L X PZEV, LX- P,
14-cioor)
IGVWR!
LX- P PZEV
1,350 k g (4,299 lbs)
USA models
E X , E X - L , EX PZEV, E X - L PZEV
LX, L X - P
2,010 k g (4,431 lbs)

1,970 kg (4,343 lbs)
fGVWRI
EX, E X - L
2,030 k g (4,475 lbs)
Canada models
WEIGHT
L X , L X PZEV
1,950 kg (4,299 lbs)
12-door)
IGVWR)
E X , E X - L , EX PZEV, EX-L PZEV
2,000 kg (4,409 lbs)
USA models
LX
1,970 k g (4,343 lbs)
IGVWR)
E X , EX-L
2,020 k g (4,453 lbs)
Canada models
ENGINE
W a t e r c o o l e d , 4 - s t r o k e D O H C i- VTEC g a s o l i n e e n g i n e
Type
Cylinder arrangement
I n l i n e 4-cy Under, t r a n s v e r s e
Bore and stroke
8 7 x 9 9 m m (3.43 x 3.90 in.)

3
Displacement
2,354 c m (144 c u in.)
Compression ratio
10.5
Valve train
C h a i n d r i v e , D O H C i-VTEC 4 v a l v e s p e r c y l i n d e r
Forced, w e t s u m p , w i t h trochoid p u m p
Lubrication s y s t e m
Gil p u m p d i s p l a c e m e n t
A t 6,000 r p m
Water p u m p displacement
A t 6,000 r p m
Fuel r e q u i r e d
54.3 L (57.4 U S q t ) / m i n u t e
8 2 L (87 U S q t ) / m i n u t e
. R e g u l a r U N L E A D E D g a s o l i n e w i t h 87 P u m p O c t a n e
N u m b e r or higher
STARTER
Type
Gear reduction
Normal output
1.6 k W
Normal voltage
12V
Hour rating
30 seconds
R o t a t i o n of d i r e c t i o n
C l o c k w i s e as v i e w e d f r o m d r i v e e n d
(cont'd)
2-17
Item
Qualification
Measurement
peciiscaiion
CLUTCH
Type
Single plate dry, d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g
MANUAL
Type
S y n c h r o n i z e d , five-speed f o r w a r d , o n e reverse
TRANSMISSION
Primary reduction
Gear ratio
Final r e d u c t i o n
AUTOMATIC
D i r e c t 1:1
3,267
1st
2nd
1.778
3rd
1.154
4th
0.870
5th
0.647
Reverse
3.583
Type'
Single helical gear
Gear ratio
4.389
Type
Electronically-controlled automatic, five-speed f o r w a r d ,

one reverse, three-element t o r q u e converter w i t h lock-up
TRANSMISSION
clutch
Primary reduction
Gear ratio
D i r e c t 1:1
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
Final r e d u c t i o n
STEERING
2.651
K24Z2
1.516
K24Z3
1.613
K24Z2
1.037
K24Z3
1.081
K24Z2
0.738
K24Z3
0.772
5th
0.566
Reverse
2.000
Type
Single helical gear
Gear ratio
4.437
Type
H y d r a u l i c p o w e r - a s s i s t e d rack a n d p i n i o n
Overall ratio
13.1
T u r n s , lock t o Sock
2.56
Steering wheel diameter

SUSPENSION
Type
Shock absorber
TIRES
Size (4-door)
3 7 0 m m (14.6 In.)
Front
Independent d o u b l e w i s h b o n e , w i t h stabilizer, coll spring
Rear
I n d e p e n d e n t mufti I ink w i t h stabilizer, coil s p r i n g
Front
Telescopic, hydraulic, nitrogen gas-filled
Rear
Telescopic, hydraulic, nitrogen gas-filled
F r o n t a n d rear ( L X , L X PZEV,
P215/60R16 9 4 H
L X - P , LX-P PZEV)
F r o n t a n d r e a r (EX, E X - L ,
P225/50R17 9 3 V
EX PZEV, EX-L PZEV)

Spare
Size ( 2 - d o o r )
WHEEL
Camber
ALIGNMENT
Caster
Total toe-in
Front w h e e l turning angle
2-18
T135/80D16101M
Front a n d rear
P225/50R17 9 3 V
Spare
T135/80D16101M
Front
0*00'
Rear
~-1
Front (4-door)
348'
Front (2-door)
347'
Front
0 m m (0 in.)
Rear
2 m m (0.08 in.)
Inward
39
O u t w a r d (reference)
3 1 5Q
TO'
specs
Item
BRAKES
Rfensurefifit
T y p e of service brake
Qualification
Power-assisted self-adjusting ventilated disc
Rear
Power-assisted self-adjusting solid disc
F r o n t (NISSIN)
50,6 c m (7.84 s q i n . ) x 2
Front: (AKEBONO)
45.7 c m (7.08 s q i n . ) x 2
Rear
27.3 c m (4.23 s q i n . ) x 2
Type
Swash plate/DENSO
T y p e of p a r k i n g b r a k e
Pad friction surface area
AIR
Compressor
CONDITIONING
Condenser
Sp@iffeirtifi
Front
Mechanical actuating, rear w h e e l s

2
Capacity
154.4 m L (9.42 c u in.)/rev.
M a x i m u m speed
8,400 r p m
Lubricant capacity
7 0 m L ( 2 3/8fl-oz)
Lubricant type
DENSO ND-OIL 8
Type
Corrugated fin
Evaporator
Type
Corrugated fin
Blower
Type
Stabilizer swirling f l o w
Motor type
216W/12V
Speed control
infinitely variable
M a x i m u m capacity
5 0 5 m (17,834 c u f t ) / h
Temperature control
Compressor clutch
Air-mix type
Type
Dry, single plate, poly V-belt drive
Electrical p o w e r c o n s u m p t i o n
3 5 W m a x i m u m a t 12 V
at 68 T (20 <C)
Refrigerant
Type
HFC-134a (R-134a)
Capacity
4 0 0 - 4 5 0 g ( 1 4 . 1 - 1 5 . 9 oz)
(cont'd)
2-19
fVleiisu rennenit
Item
ELECTRICAL
Battery
RATINGS
Fuse
Specification
Qualification
AH m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV
1 2 V - - 4 7 A h / 2 0 HR (12 V - 3 8 A h / 5 HR)
PZEV
12 V - 6 5 A h / 2 0 HR (12 V - - 5 2 A h / 5 HR)
Under-hood fuse/relay box
100 A , 60 A \ 50 A , 4 0 A , 3 0 A , 2 0 A , 15 A , 7.5 A
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay
20 A , 15 A , 10 A , 7.5 A
box
Passenger's under-dash fuse/
20 A , 15 A , 10 A , 7.5 A
relay b o x
Light bulbs
Headlight high beam
12V-60W
Headlight l o w b e a m (4-door)
12 V51 W
Headlight l o w b e a m (2-door)
12V-55W
Front t u r n signal/parking
12V-21/5W
lights (4-door)
Front t u r n signal/parking
12 V 2 4 CP/2.2 CP
lights (2-door)
Front side marker light
1 2 V - 3 CP
(4-door)
Front side marker light
12V-5W
(2-door)
Rear t u r n s i g n a l l i g h t s
Washer reservoir
12V-21W/5W
High m o u n t brake light
12V-21W
Back-up lights (4-door)
12V-21W
Back-up lights (2-door)
12 V21 W
License p l a t e l i g h t s
12V-5W
Ceiling light
12V-8W
T r u n k Sight
12V-5W
Front m a p light
12 V - 8 W
A m b i e n t light
LED
V a n i t y m i r r o r Sights
12V-1.1 W
G l o v e b o x Sight
12V-2CP
Door courtesy light
12V-2CP
Gauge lights
LED
Indicator lights
LED
Capacity (4-door U S A models)
2.5 L (2.64 U S q t )
Capacity (All 2-door m o d e l s
4.5 L (4.75 U S q t )
and 4-door Canada models)

*:
E x c e p t L X , L X PZEV
2-20
12V-21 W
Brake/tail l i g h t s
pecs
Body Specifications
4-door:
1,847 m m 172.6 in.)
4 , 9 3 0 m m f 1 3 4 / 1 in.)
*1:16 inch wheels

*2:17
inch w h e e l s
(cont'd)
2-21
Body Specifications (cont'd)
2-door:
2-22
Maintenance
Lubricants and Fluids
Maintenance Minder
General Information
Maintenance Main Items
Maintenance Sub Items
Lubricants and Fluids
For d e t a i l s of t h e lubrication p o i n t s a n d the t y p e of lubricants to be a p p l i e d , refer to the illustrated i n d e x a n d the

v a r i o u s w o r k p r o c e d u r e s ( s u c h a s A s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y , R e p l a c e m e n t O v e r h a u l , Installation, etc.) c o n t a i n e d in e a c h
section.
Application
A
Engine
L y b r i c a i i t f F l u i d
H o n d a M o t o r Oil:
A m e r i c a n H o n d a P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 2 3 (5W-20)
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N C A 6 6 8 0 6 (5W-20)
L o o k for the API certification s e a l o n the oil c o n t a i n e r . M a k e s u r e
it s a y s " F o r G a s o l i n e E n g i n e / ' S A E V i s c o s i t y : S e e c h a r t
Manual Transmission
Honda Manual T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid (MTF):

A m e r i c a n H o n d a P/N 08798-9031
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 3 1 C
A l w a y s u s e H o n d a M T F . U s i n g m o t o r oil c a n c a u s e stiffer
shifting b e c a u s e it d o e s not c o n t a i n t h e p r o p e r a d d i t i v e s .
H o n d a A u t o m a t i c T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid ( A T F - Z 1 ) :
A m e r i c a n H o n d a P/N 08200-9001
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N C A 6 6 6 8 9
A l w a y s u s e H o n d a A T F - Z 1 . U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a A T F c a n affect
shift quality.
C
D
B r a k e s y s t e m (including V S A lines)
Clutch s y s t e m (manual transmission)
Shift l e v e r ( m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n )
F
G
B r a k e b o o s t e r c l e v i s pin
C l u t c h m a s t e r c y l i n d e r c l e v i s pin
H o n d a D O T 3 B r a k e fluid: P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 8
A l w a y s u s e H o n d a D O T 3 B r a k e F l u i d , U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a brake
fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n a n d d e c r e a s e the life of the s y s t e m .
S u p e r High T e m p U r e a G r e a s e : P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 2
Multipurpose grease
(manual transmission)
H
1
J
K
R e l e a s e fork ( m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n )
Battery t e r m i n a l s
H o o d h i n g e s a n d h o o d latch
F u e l fill d o o r
Trunk hinges'
M
N
Shift c a b l e e n d s ( m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n )
C a l i p e r piston b o o t s , c a l i p e r p i n s , a n d
boots
H o n d a S i l i c o n e G r e a s e : P/N 0 8 C 3 0 - B 0 2 3 4 M
Power steering s y s t e m
Honda Power Steering Fluid:

A m e r i c a n H o n d a P/N 0 8 2 0 6 - 9 0 0 2
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N 0 8 2 0 6 - 9 0 0 2 C
Air conditioning c o m p r e s s o r
A l w a y s u s e H o n d a P o w e r S t e e r i n g F l u i d . U s i n g a n y other t y p e
of p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid or a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid c a n
c a u s e i n c r e a s e d w e a r a n d poor s t e e r i n g in c o l d w e a t h e r .
C o m p r e s s o r oil: D E N S O N D - O I L 8 (P/N 3 8 8 9 7 - P R 7 - A 0 1 A H or
Coolant system
3 8 8 9 9 - P R 7 - A 0 1 ) for refrigerant H F C - 1 3 4 a (R-134a)

H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t - T y p e 2: P/N O L 9 9 9 - 9 0 1 1
H o n d a E x t r e m e C o l d W e a t h e r A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2:
P/N O L 9 9 9 - 9 0 2 0
3-2
IMOTE:
* L u b r i c a t e t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s u s i n g the r e c o m m e n d e d l u b r i c a n t s a n d fluids.
* In c o r r o s i v e a r e a s , m o r e f r e q u e n t lubrication Is n e c e s s a r y .
O
3-3
Maintenance Minder
General Information
Maintenance Display
T h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r is a n important feature of the information d i s p l a y . B a s e d on e n g i n e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n
o p e r a t i n g c o n d i t i o n s , the A c c o r d ' s o n b o a r d c o m p u t e r ( E C M / P C M ) c a l c u l a t e s the r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil a n d the
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid life. T h e s y s t e m a l s o d i s p l a y s the r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life a l o n g with the c o d e s for other s c h e d u l e d
m a i n t e n a n c e Items n e e d i n g s e r v i c e .
MAINTENANCE MINDER INDICATOR
INFORMATION DISPLAY
3-4
SEL/RESET K N O B
Service Information
1. T h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life o n t h e e n g i n e oil life
indicator (A) i s d i s p l a y e d a s a p e r c e n t a g e o n t h e
3.. W h e n t h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life i s 1 % to 5 % ,

the m a i n t e n a n c e m e s s a g e " S E R V I C E " (A) a p p e a r s
a l o n g w i t h t h e s a m e m a i n t e n a n c e Item c o d e f s ) ,
w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h Is O N (II).
i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y . T o s e e t h e c u r r e n t e n g i n e oil
life, turn t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N III), t h e n p u s h
a n d r e l e a s e t h e S e l e c t / R e s e t k n o b r e p e a t e d l y until
t h e e n g i n e oil life is d i s p l a y e d .
Oll_LIFE%
BO
4. W h e n t h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life is 0 % , t h e
e n g i n e oil life indicator blinks.
T h i s d i s p l a y c o m e s o n w h e n t h e Ignition s w i t c h is
O N III). A t t h i s point, t h e Indicated m a i n t e n a n c e
2. W h e n t h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life is 6 % to 15 % ,
t h e e n g i n e oil fife i n d i c a t o r w i l l b e d i s p l a y e d for
s e v e r a l s e c o n d s w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is OSM (II).
T h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r i n d i c a t o r (A) will a l s o
c o m e o n a n d t h e m a i n t e n a n c e item c o d e ( s ) for
other s c h e d u l e d maintenance items needing
s e r v i c e will a p p e a r in t h e i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y .
must be done a s s o o n a s possible.
SERVICI E A
OILLIFE%
* C o m p l e t e list of m a i n t e n a n c e m a i n i t e m s (B)
{ s e e p a g e 3-7).
* C o m p l e t e list of m a i n t e n a n c e s u b i t e m s (C)
( s e e p a g e 3-8),
5. If t h e I n d i c a t e d m a i n t e n a n c e i s not d o n e , t h e e n g i n e
oil life indicator s h o w s a negative
m i l e a g e , for
e x a m p l e " 1 0 " blinking o n t h e d i s p l a y . % n e g a t i v e
m i l e a g e will d i s p l a y after t h e v e h i c l e is d r i v e n 10
m i l e s (for U S A m o d e l s ) or 10 k m (for C a n a d a
m o d e l s ) after t h e d i s p l a y b e g i n s to blink.
T h i s m e a n s that t h e Indicated m a i n t e n a n c e item
s h o u l d h a v e b e e n d o n e 10 m i l e s (for U S A m o d e l s )
or 10 k m (for C a n a d a m o d e l s ) a g o .
*A
AB
345
OILLIFE%
.'5
SERVICE I A
1
t
_
1
i n
u
(cont'd)
3-5
Maintenance Minder
General Information (cont'd)
Resetting the Maintenance Information
Display
NOTE:
T h e v e h i c l e m u s t be s t o p p e d to reset.
* If the required s e r v i c e is d o n e a n d the d i s p l a y is not
r e s e t or if the d i s p l a y is r e s e t w i t h o u t d o i n g t h e
s e r v i c e , t h e s y s t e m will not s h o w t h e p r o p e r
m a i n t e n a n c e t i m i n g . T h i s c a n lead to s e r i o u s
m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m s b e c a u s e t h e r e will be no r e c o r d
of w h e n m a i n t e n a n c e is n e e d e d .
Resetting Individual IViaintenance Items

1. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to t h e
data Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s - w i t h the v e h i c l e
a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e / p o w e r t r a i n control
m o d u l e ( E C M / P C M ) . If it d o e s n ' t c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
4. S e l e c t G A U G E S in t h e B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L .with the
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h O N (II).
HDS.
2. If oil life is m o r e t h a n 15 % , p r e s s the S e l e c t / R e s e t
k n o b r e p e a t e d l y until t h e e n g i n e oil life is d i s p l a y e d .
3. P r e s s t h e S e l e c t / R e s e t k n o b for a b o u t 10 s e c o n d s .
T h e e n g i n e oil life a n d the m a i n t e n a n c e item
c o d e ( s ) will blink.
5. S e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T in t h e G A U G E S with the H D S .
6. S e l e c t S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R in the A D J U S T M E N T
with the H D S .
7. S e l e c t R E S E T in the S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R with t h e
N O T E : If y o u a r e resetting the d i s p l a y w h e n t h e
e n g i n e oil life is m o r e t h a n 15 % , m a k e s u r e t h e
m a i n t e n a n c e items requiring s e r v i c e have been
d o n e before resetting t h i s d i s p l a y ,
4. P r e s s the S e l e c t / R e s e t k n o b for a n o t h e r 5 s e c o n d s .
T h e m a i n t e n a n c e item c o d e ( s ) will d i s a p p e a r a n d
t h e e n g i n e oil life will r e s e t to " 1 0 0 . "
OILLIFE%
/DO
3-6
HDS.
8. S e l e c t the individual m a i n t e n a n c e item y o u w i s h to
reset.

if m e s s a g e " ' S E R V I C E " d o e s not a p p e a r m o r e than 12 m o n t h s after the d i s p l a y Is r e s e t c h a n g e t h e e n g i n e oil e v e r y
year.
MOTE:
I n d e p e n d e n t of the m a i n t e n a n c e m e s s a g e s In t h e s m a r t m a i n t e n a n c e d i s p l a y , r e p l a c e the brake fluid e v e r y 3 y e a r s .
I n s p e c t idle s p e e d e v e r y 160,000 m i l e s (256,000 km).
A d j u s t the v a l v e s during: s e r v i c e s A , 6 , 1, 2, or 3 if t h e y a r e n o i s y .
Symbol
R e p l a c e e n g i n e oil ( s e e p a g e 8-9}=
A
E n g i n e oil c a p a c i t y w i t h o u t oil filter: 4.0 L (4.2 U S qt),
B
R e p l a c e e n g i n e oil a n d oil filter ( s e e p a g e 8-10).
E n g i n e oil c a p a c i t y w i t h oil filter: 4.2 L (4.4 U S qt).
C h e c k front a n d r e a r b r a k e s ( s e e p a g e 19-3).
* C h e c k p a d s a n d d i s c s for w e a r ( t h i c k n e s s ) , d a m a g e , a n d c r a c k s .
* C h e c k c a l i p e r s for d a m a g e , l e a k s , a n d t i g h t n e s s of m o u n t i n g bolts.
C h e c k p a r k i n g brake a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 13-7).
C h e c k t h e n u m b e r of c l i c k s (7 to 9) w h e n t h e parking brake l e v e r is pulled w i t h 196 N (20 k g i 44 Ibf) of
force.
I n s p e c t tie-rod e n d s , s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , a n d g e a r b o x b o o t s ( s e e p a g e 17-3).
* C h e c k s t e e r i n g linkage,
* C h e c k b o o t s for d a m a g e a n d leaking g r e a s e ,
* C h e c k fluid l i n e s for d a m a g e or l e a k s .
I n s p e c t s u s p e n s i o n c o m p o n e n t s ( s e e p a g e 18-3).
* C h e c k bolts for t i g h t n e s s .
* C h e c k c o n d i t i o n of ball joint b o o t s for deterioration a n d d a m a g e .
i n s p e c t d r i v e s h a f t b o o t s ( s e e p a g e 18-4).
C h e c k b o o t s for c r a c k s a n d boot b a n d s for t i g h t n e s s .
I n s p e c t b r a k e h o s e s a n d l i n e s Including V S A fines ( s e e p a g e 19-38),
C h e c k t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r a n d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit for d a m a g e a n d l e a k a g e .
I n s p e c t all fluid l e v e l s a n d c o n d i t i o n of fluids.
* E n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6)
* C l u t c h fluid ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 12-6)
* M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( s e e p a g e 13-5)
* A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( s e e p a g e 14-230)
* P o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid ( s e e p a g e 17-14)
* B r a k e fluid ( s e e p a g e 19-3)
* W i n d s h i e l d w a s h e r fluid ( s e e p a g e 22-296)
Inspect exhaust s y s t e m " (see page S-8).
C h e c k catalytic c o n v e r t e r heat s h i e l d s , e x h a u s t p i p e s , a n d muffler for d a m a g e , l e a k s , a n d t i g h t n e s s .
I n s p e c t fuel l i n e s ( s e e p a g e 11-336) a n d c o n n e c t i o n s * ( s e e p a g e 11-339).
C h e c k for l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s , c r a c k s , a n d deterioration; retighten l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d r e p l a c e
d a m a g e d parts,
N O T E : A c c o r d i n g to state a n d f e d e r a l r e g u l a t i o n s , failure to d o t h e m a i n t e n a n c e i t e m s m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) will
n o t v o i d the c u s t o m e r ' s e m i s s i o n s w a r r a n t i e s . H o w e v e r , H o n d a r e c o m m e n d s that all m a i n t e n a n c e s e r v i c e s be d o n e at
t h e r e c o m m e n d e d interval, to e n s u r e long-term reliability.
3-7
Maintenance Minder
Maintenance Sub Items
Nymber
1
2
Maintenance Sub items

Rotate t i r e s , a n d c h e c k tire inflation a n d c o n d i t i o n .
F o l l o w t h e pattern s h o w n in the O w n e r ' s M a n u a l .
R e p l a c e air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t ( s e e p a g e 11-360).
If the v e h i c l e is d r i v e n p r i m a r i l y in d u s t y c o n d i t i o n s , r e p l a c e e v e r y 15,000 m i l e s (24,000 km).
R e p l a c e d u s t a n d pollen filter ( s e e p a g e 21-77).
* If the v e h i c l e is d r i v e n m o s t l y in a r e a s that h a v e high c o n c e n t r a t i o n s of d u s t , p o l l e n , or s o o t in t h e air,
r e p l a c e e v e r y 15,000 m i l e s (24,000 k m ) .
* R e p l a c e the filter w h e n e v e r a i r f l o w f r o m the heating a n d air c o n d i t i o n i n g - s y s t e m Is l e s s t h a n n o r m a l .
Inspect d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-29).

Look for c r a c k s a n d d a m a g e , t h e n c h e c k t h e position of the d r i v e belt a u t o - t e n s l o n e r indicator.

R e p l a c e m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( s e e page-13-5)
C a p a c i t y : 1.9 L (2.0 U S qt); u s e H o n d a M T F ,
R e p l a c e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( s e e p a g e 14-231)
C a p a c i t y : 2.5 L (2.6 U S qt); u s e H o n d a A T F - 2 1 .
* Driving In m o u n t a i n o u s a r e a s at v e r y l o w v e h i c l e s p e e d s r e s u l t s in h i g h e r t r a n s m i s s i o n t e m p e r a t u r e s .
T h i s r e q u i r e s t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid c h a n g e s m o r e f r e q u e n t l y t h a n r e c o m m e n d e d by the m a i n t e n a n c e
m i n d e r . If t h e v e h i c l e Is r e g u l a r l y d r i v e n u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s , c h a n g e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid at
60,000 m i l e s (100,000 k m ) , t h e n e v e r y 30,000 m i l e s (48,000 km).
R e p l a c e s p a r k p l u g s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).
U s e I L Z K R 7 B - 1 1 S ( N G K ) or 3 X U 2 2 H C R 1 1 3 ( D E N S O ) for all m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V .
* U s e D I L Z K R 7 A 1 1 G S ( N G K ) for P Z E V .
I n s p e c t v a l v e c l e a r a n c e (cold) ( s e e p a g e 6-9).
Intake: 0 , 2 1 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 1 0 in.), E x h a u s t : 0 . 2 5 - 0 . 2 9 m m (0.0100.011 in.).
R e p l a c e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
C a p a c i t y (Including r e s e r v o s r / D E N S O ) :
M/T 6.1 LC1.61 U S gal)
* A / T 6,0 L (1.59 U S gal)
C a p a c i t y (Including r e s e r v e ! r / T R A D ) :
M/T 6.0 L (1.59 U S gal)
* A / T 5.9 L (1.56 U S gal)
U s e H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2, a n d a d d H o n d a E x t r e m e C o l d W e a t h e r A n t i f r e e z e /
C o o l a n t T y p e 2 in s e v e r e c o l d t e m p e r a t u r e .
3-8
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) fif engine electrical maintenance is required)

T h e A c c o r d S R S i n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g in the s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the
g l o v e box, s e a t belt t e n s s o n e r s in t h e front s e a t belt retractors, s i d e curtain a i r b a g s in t h e s i d e s of t h e roof, a n d s i d e
a i r b a g s in the front s e a t - b a c k s . Information n e c e s s a r y to s a f e l y s e r v i c e t h e S R S is i n c l u d e d in t h i s S e r v i c e M a n u a l .
I t e m s m a r k e d with a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) o n t h e c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e or a r e l o c a t e d n e a r S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or r e p l a c i n g t h e s e i t e m s r e q u i r e s s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a n d t o o l s , a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d
Honda dealer.
T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g the S R S i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury or d e a t h in the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

or s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a d e a l e r .
I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , i n c l u d i n g Incorrect r e m o v a l a n d installation of the S R S , c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l injury
c a u s e d by unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of the a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , a n d / o r s i d e curtain a i r b a g s .
Do not b u m p or I m p a c t t h e S R S unit, front I m p a c t s e n s o r s , s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r s , or rear s a f l n g s e n s o r w h e n t h e
ignition s w i t c h Is In O N (II), or for at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s after the Ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , the
s y s t e m m a y fall In a c o l l i s i o n , or the a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
S R S electrical c o n n e c t o r s a r e identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . R e l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d In the s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , In the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e g l o v e b o x , In the front s e a t s ,
in the roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d the floor. Do not u s e electrical test e q u i p m e n t o n t h e s e c i r c u i t s .
Engine Electrical
Engine Electrical
S p e c i a l T o o l s ............................ 4-2
Starting System
C o m p o n e n t Location Index ....
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting
Index ......................................
Circuit Diagram ........................
Starter S y s t e m Circuit
Troubleshooting ...................
Clutch Interlock S w i t c h T e s t ...
Starter Performance T e s t ........
Starter R e m o v a l a n d
Installation ............................
Starter O v e r h a u l ......................
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-7
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-20
Charging System
Symptom; Troubleshooting
Index .....................................
Circuit Diagram ........................
C h a r g i n g S y s t e m Indicator
Circuit Troubleshooting .......
Alternator a n d Regulator
Circuit Troubleshooting .......
8Bao(aa88
aBa88BS
Cruise Control
Ignition System
C o m p o n e n t Location Index ...
Circuit Diagram ........................
Ignition T i m i n g Inspection ......
Ignition Coil R e m o v a l /
Installation
Spark Plug Inspection ..............
Alternator Control
Circuit Troubleshooting ....... 4-28
Drive Belt Inspection ............... 4-29
Drive Belt R e m o v a l /
Installation ............................ 4-30
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
Inspection ......
,
4-30
Removal/installation ............ 4-31
T e n s i o n e r Pulley
Replacement ........
........... 4-32
Alternator R e m o v a l and
Installation
...................... 4-32
Alternator Overhaul ................. 4-34
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-27

Index ........
......
Circuit Diagram *
.......
Cruise Control Input T e s t ........
* Cruise Control Combination
Switch T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t ....
Clutch Pedal Position
Switch T e s t ...........................
4-39
4-40
4-42
4-43
4-45
4-45
Engine Mount Control System

C o m p o n e n t Location Index .... 4-46
Circuit Diagram ..............
. 4-47
Troubleshooting ...................... 4-48
Engine Electrical
Special Tools
Tool Number
Ref. N o .
4-2
07746-0010300
07749-0010000
Description
A t t a c h m e n t 42 x 47 m m
Driver
Qty
1
1
Starting System
Component Location index
STARTER
S t a r t e r S y s t e m CircuIt T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , p a g e 4-7
Performance T e s t page 4-10
R e m o v a l a n d installation, p a g e 4-11
O v e r h a u l , p a g e 4-12
T R A N S M I S S I O N R A N G E SWITCH
I A / T model!
T e s t page 1 4 - 2 7 8
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-280
Starting System
Symptom Troubleshooting Index
Symptom
E n g i n e d o e s not start
1.
( d o e s not crank)
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Diagnostic procedure
C h e c k for l o o s e battery t e r m i n a l s or c o n n e c t i o n s .
T e s t the battery for a l o w state of c h a r g e ( s e e p a g e
22-88).
C h e c k the P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y s (see p a g e 22-91).
C h e c k the starter ( s e e p a g e 4-7).
C h e c k the starter cut relay ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
C h e c k the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( A / T m o d e l )
(see p a g e 14-278).
C h e c k the clutch interlock s w i t c h (M/T m o d e l ) (see p a g e
4-9).
E n g i n e c r a n k s , but d o e s
8.
1.
C h e c k the ignition s w i t c h or w i r e (see p a g e 22-94).

C h e c k for PGM-FS D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
not start
2.
C h e c k for I M M O B l s t a t u s a n d function ( s e e p a g e
22-396).
3.
4.
C h e c k the fuel p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 11-335),

C h e c k for a p l u g g e d or d a m a g e d fuel line ( s e e p a g e
11-336).
C h e c k for a p l u g g e d fuel filter ( s e e p a g e 11-350).
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
E n g i n e is hard to start
Engine cranks slowly
4-4
1.
2.
3.
C h e c k the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).

C h e c k for l o w e n g i n e c o m p r e s s i o n :
All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-6)
P Z E V m o d e l (see p a g e 6-54)
C h e c k for a d a m a g e d or b r o k e n c a m c h a i n .
Do t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n control
m o d u l e ( P C M ) r e s e t in t h e P G M - F I I N S P E C T I O N m e n u
to c a n c e l t h e A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P w i t h the H o n d a
Diagnostic S y s t e m (HDS).
C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
C h e c k the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-335).
C h e c k for a p l u g g e d or d a m a g e d fuel Sine ( s e e p a g e
11-336). .
4.
C h e c k for a p l u g g e d fuel filter ( s e e p a g e 11-350).
1 C h e c k for l o o s e battery t e r m i n a l s or c o n n e c t i o n s .
2.
T e s t the battery for a l o w state of c h a r g e ( s e e p a g e
22-88).
3.
C h e c k t h e starter for binding ( s e e p a g e 4-12).
4.
C h e c k for e x c e s s i v e d r a g in the e n g i n e .
A l s o c h e c k for
P o o r g r o u n d at G101
( A / T m o d e l ) or G 3 0 2
(M/T m o d e l )
Circuit Diagram
M/T
model
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/BEIAf BOX
BATTERY
IGWfON SWITCH
b.1{1<KIA}
WHT
BLIC/WHT
BLK YEL
STARTER
BUC
XL
6302
CLUTCH
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
/ON: Pedal
Starting System
Circuit Diagram (cont'd)
A / T model
O^DER-HOOD FUSE/BELAY BOX
BATTERY
G101
4-6
RANGE
SWITCH
(ON:P,N)
[I Eum
Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting

Special Tools Required
Alternator, Regulator, Battery & Starter tester OTC3131
Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
P r o g r a m 888-424-8857
3. C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the
data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
NOTE:
5. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
a n d t h e E C M / P C M , If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
* A i r t e m p e r a t u r e m u s t b e w i t h i n 5 9 1 0 0 F
11538 C) d u r i n g t h i s p r o c e d u r e ,
* After t h i s i n s p e c t i o n , y o u m u s t r e s e t t h e e n g i n e
c o n t r o l m o d u l e (ECIV!)/po wertratn control m o d u l e
( P C M ) . O t h e r w i s e , t h e E C M / P C M will c o n t i n u e to s t o p
t h e fuel i n j e c t o r s f r o m o p e r a t i n g .
* T h e battery m u s t be in g o o d c o n d i t i o n a n d fully
charged,
4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
6. S e l e c t A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P in the P G M - F I
I N S P E C T I O N m e n u with the H D S .
7. S e t t h e parking b r a k e , t h e n w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in N
or P ( A / T m o d e l ) or the c l u t c h pedal p r e s s e d ( M / T
m o d e l ) , turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to S T A R T (IIS),
1, C o n n e c t t h e alternator, regulator, battery & starter

t e s t e r ( O T C 3 1 3 1 ) t o the battery a s s h o w n ,
Does
N O T E : T h e p r o b e is not u s e d for battery t e s t i n g .
Y E S T h e starting s y s t e m is O K . G o to s t e p 14.
OTC3131
the starter
crank
the engine
normally?
N O G o to s t e p 8.
8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Q).
9. C h e c k t h e electrical c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e battery, the
n e g a t i v e battery c a b l e to t h e b o d y , t h e e n g i n e
g r o u n d c a b l e s , a n d the starter for l o o s e n e s s a n d
c o r r o s i o n . T h e n try c r a n k i n g the e n g i n e a g a i n .
Does
the starter
crank
the engine
normally?
Y E S R e p a i r i n g the l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n c o r r e c t e d the
p r o b l e m . T h e starting s y s t e m is O K , G o to s t e p 14.
N O B a s e d o n the f o l l o w i n g s y m p t o m s , take the
2, D o t h e B A T T E R Y T E S T ,
Does the display
CHARGE?
indicate
a p p r o p r i a t e action:
GOOD
or GOOD,
LOW
Y E S T h e battery is O K . G o to s t e p 3.
MOIf the d i s p l a y i n d i c a t e s B A D B A T T E R Y , r e p l a c e
t h e battery, t h e n retest. If the d i s p l a y i n d i c a t e s
C H A R G E & R E T E S T , c h a r g e the battery, t h e n retest.
* If t h e starter d o e s not c r a n k the e n g i n e at a l l , g o

to s t e p 10.
* Sf t h e starter c r a n k s the e n g i n e erratically or too
s l o w l y , g o to s t e p 12.
* If the starter d o e s not d i s e n g a g e f r o m the
f l y w h e e l ring-gear ( M / T m o d e l ) o r torque
c o n v e r t e r ring g e a r ( A / T m o d e l ) w h e n y o u
r e l e a s e t h e key, r e p l a c e the starter, or r e m o v e
a n d d i s a s s e m b l e it, a n d c h e c k for t h e f o l l o w i n g :
- Starter solenoid a n d switch malfunction
- Dirty d r i v e g e a r or d a m a g e d o v e r r u n n i n g
clutch
(cont'd)
4-7
Starting System
Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
10. M a k e s u r e the shift fever is in N or P ( A / T m o d e l ) or
neutral (M/T m o d e ! ) , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the e n g i n e
w i r e h a r n e s s 1P c o n n e c t o r (A). C o n n e c t a j u m p e r
w i r e f r o m the battery p o s i t i v e t e r m i n a l to the
starter s u b h a r n e s s 1P c o n n e c t o r (B).
11. C h e c k the f o l l o w i n g i t e m s in t h e o r d e r listed until

y o u will find t h e p r o b l e m circuit:
N O T E : After the o p e n circuit or high r e s i s t a n c e in
the circuit is f o u n d a n d r e p a i r e d , go to s t e p 14.
* C h e c k for a n o p e n or s h o r t in the Y E L w i r e a n d
c o n n e c t o r s b e t w e e n the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y box a n d the ignition s w i t c h .
* C h e c k for a n o p e n or s h o r t in the B L K / W H T w i r e
a n d c o n n e c t o r s b e t w e e n the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y box a n d the e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s 1P
connector.
* C h e c k for a n o p e n or s h o r t in the O R N w i r e a n d
connectors between the driver's under-dash
f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d t h e c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h
(M/T m o d e l ) .
B
Does
the starter
crank
the
"A
engine?
Y E S G o to s t e p 11.W O C h e c k the starter s u b h a r n e s s . ff t h e w i r e is O K ,

r e m o v e the starter ( s e e p a g e 4-11), t h e n repair or
r e p l a c e ( s e e p a g e 4-12) it a s n e c e s s a r y .
* C h e c k for a n o p e n or s h o r t in the L T G R N w i r e ,
B L U / W H T w i r e a n d c o n n e c t o r s b e t w e e n the
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box a n d t h e
transmission range switch (A/T model).
* C h e c k for p o o r g r o u n d at G 3 0 2 (M/T m o d e l ) or
G101 (A/T m o d e l ) .
* C h e c k for a faulty ignition s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 22-94).
* C h e c k for a faulty c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h (M/T
m o d e l ) ( s e e p a g e 4-9).
* C h e c k for a faulty t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( A / T
m o d e l ) ( s e e p a g e 14-278).
* C h e c k for a faulty starter cut relay ( s e e p a g e
22-91).
4-8
Clutch Interlock Switch Test

12, Do the S T A R T I N G T E S T w i t h the alternator,
regulator, battery & starter tester.
M/T model
1. D i s c o n n e c t the clutch interlock s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r
OTC3131
(A).
Terminal side of
male terminals
2. R e m o v e the c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h (B).

3. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s
a c c o r d i n g to t h e table.
Does the display
indicate
cranking
voltage
greater
than or equal to 8,5 (M/T model)/!.
7 (A/T
model) and is the current
draw less than or equal
to 380 A (M/T model)/400
A (A/T
model)?
* If t h e continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the

c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 12-9).
* If O K , install t h e c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h a n d
a d j u s t the p e d a l height ( s e e p a g e 12-7).
Y E S G o to s t e p 13.
\
N O R e p l a c e the starter, or r e m o v e a n d
Terminal
Position
%J
kj
d i s a s s e m b l e it, a n d c h e c k for t h e s e p r o b l e m s :
D r a g in the starter a r m a t u r e
* S h o r t in t h e a r m a t u r e w i n d i n g
E x c e s s i v e d r a g in the e n g i n e
C l u t c h Interlock S w i t c h
{PRESSED)
C l u t c h Interlock S w i t c h
(RELEASED)
O p e n circuit in starter a r m a t u r e c o m m u t a t o r
segments
E x c e s s i v e l y w o r n starter b r u s h e s
* O p e n circuit In t h e starter b r u s h e s
* Dirty or d a m a g e d h e l i c a l s p l i n e s or d r i v e g e a r
* Faulty overrunning clutch
13, R e m o v e t h e starter, a n d i n s p e c t its d r i v e g e a r a n d
t h e f l y w h e e l ring g e a r (M/T m o d e l ) or the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r ring g e a r { A / T m o d e l I for d a m a g e .
R e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d parts,
14. S e l e c t E C M / P C M r e s e t ( s e e p a g e 11-4) in the P G M Fl I N S P E C T I O N m e n u to c a n c e l A L L I N J E C T O R S
S T O P w i t h the H D S ,
4-9
Starting System
Starter Performance Test
1. R e m o v e the starter ( s e e p a g e 4-11).
5. F i r m l y c l a m p the starter in a v i s e .
2. M a k e the c o n n e c t i o n s for t h i s t e s t u s i n g the t h i c k e s t
6. C o n n e c t the starter to the battery a s s h o w n , a n d
(gauge) w i r e p o s s i b l e (preferably the s a m e g a u g e
c o n f i r m that the m o t o r r u n s .
a s u s e d on the v e h i c l e ) .
N O T E : T o a v o i d d a m a g i n g the starter, n e v e r l e a v e
the battery c o n n e c t e d for m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s .
7. If the electric c u r r e n t m e e t s the s p e c i f i c a t i o n w h e n

the battery voltage is at 11.5 V , the starter is
w o r k i n g properly.
3. C o n n e c t the battery a s s h o w n . If y o u h e a r the

o p e r a t i o n s o u n d of the starter, it is w o r k i n g
properly.
4. D i s c o n n e c t the battery f r o m the starter body. If y o u
d o not h e a r the o p e r a t i o n s o u n d of the starter, it is
w o r k i n g properly.
4-10
Specification
E l e c t r i c C u r r e n t : 8 0 A r Sess
Starter Removal and Installation

Removal
1. D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90),
Installation
1. Install t h e starter, t h e n tighten t h e t w o bolts.
2. R e m o v e t h e Intake m a n i f o l d { s e e p a g e 9-3).
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p o s i t i v e s t a r t e r c a b l e (A) a n d t h e 8
terminal connector (B).
14.5 kgf-m, 33 Ibf.ft)
12 x 1.25 m m
(6.5 kgf-m, 47 Ibfft)
2, Install t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (A).
4. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (C).
5, R e m o v e t h e t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g t h e starter, t h e n
8 k 1.25 mill
9 N m (0.9 k g f m , 7 Ifof-ft)
B
C
r e m o v e t h e starter.
3. C o n n e c t t h e positive starter c a b l e ( B ) a n d t h e S
t e r m i n a l c o n n e c t o r (C). M a k e s u r e t h e c r i m p e d s i d e
of t h e ring t e r m i n a l f a c e s a w a y f r o m t h e starter
w h e n you connect it
4. install t h e intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-5)..
5. D o t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
22-90).
6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e to m a k e s u r e t h e starter w o r k s
properly.
4-11
Starting System
Starter Overhaul
Disassembly/Reassembly
RING G E A R HOLDER
Apply m o l y b d e n u m disulfide.
4-12
Armature Inspection and T e s t
5. C h e c k the c o m m u t a t o r d i a m e t e r . If t h e d i a m e t e r is
b e l o w the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the a r m a t u r e .
1, R e m o v e the starter ( s e e p a g e 4-11}.

Commutator
2, D i s a s s e m b l e the starter a s s h o w n in t h e e x p l o d e d
view,
Diameter
S t a n d a r d (New):
Service Limit:
2 8 . 0 - 2 8 . 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 2 - 1 . 1 0 6 In.)
2 7 . 5 m m (1.083 In,)
3, I a s p e c t the a r m atu re fo r w e a r o r d a m a g e f r o m
c o n t a c t w i t h the p e r m a n e n t m a g n e t If t h e r e is w e a r
or d a m a g e , r e p l a c e t h e a r m a t u r e .
6. M e a s u r e the c o m m u t a t o r (A) r u n o u t
4, C h e c k t h e c o m m u t a t o r ( A ) s u r f a c e , If t h e s u r f a c e is
dirty or b u r n t r e s u r f a c e it with a n e m e r y cloth or a
lathe to the s p e c i f i c a t i o n s in s t e p 5, or recondition
w i t h # 5 00 o r # 8 0 0 s a n d p a p e r (B).
* If the c o m m u t a t o r runout is within t h e s e r v i c e

limit, c h e c k the c o m m u t a t o r for c a r b o n d u s t o r
brass chips between the s e g m e n t s ,
* If the c o m m u t a t o r runout is not w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e
limit, r e p l a c e the a r m a t u r e .
Commutator Runout
S t a n d a r d {Mew}:
Service Limit:
0.02 m m (0.001 in.) m a x .

0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
(confd)
4-13
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont'd)
7. C h e c k the m i c a depth (A). If t h e m i c a is too high (B),
u n d e r c u t the m i c a w i t h a h a c k s a w blade to the
p r o p e r depth. C u t a w a y all the m i c a CC; b e t w e e n
the c o m m u t a t o r s e g m e n t s . T h e u n d e r c u t s h o u l d
not be too s h a l l o w , too n a r r o w , o r V - s h a p e d (Dh
9. P l a c e the a r m a t u r e (A) o n a n a r m a t u r e tester (B).

Hold a h a c k s a w b l a d e (C) o n the a r m a t u r e c o r e . If
the blade is attracted to t h e c o r e or v i b r a t e s w h i l e
the c o r e is t u r n e d , the a r m a t u r e is s h o r t e d . R e p l a c e
the a r m a t u r e .
Commutator Mica Depth

S t a n d a r d { N e w ) : 0 . 4 0 - 0 . 5 0 m m f 0 . 0 1 @ - 0 . 0 2 In J
Serfce Limit:
0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
8. U s e a n o h m m e t e r to c h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n
the s e g m e n t s of the c o m m u t a t o r . If t h e r e is a n
o p e n circuit b e t w e e n a n y of t h e - s e g m e n t s , r e p l a c e
the armature.
4-14
10. U s e a n o h m m e t e r to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n

t h e c o m m u t a t o r (A) a n d t h e a r m a t u r e coil c o r e (B),
a n d between the commutator a n d armature shaft
(C). If t h e r e is continuity, r e p l a c e the a r m a t u r e .
ENGIM
Starter B r a s h Inspection
Planetary G e a r Inspection
11. M e a s u r e the b r u s h length. If it is s h o r t e r t h a n the
13. C h e c k t h e p l a n e t a r y g e a r s (A) a n d the internal ring

g e a r ( B ) . R e p l a c e t h e m if t h e y a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d .
s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the b r u s h h o l d e r a s s e m b l y .
Brush Length
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1 1 . 1 1 1 . 5 mm
S e r v i c e Limit:
{ 0 , 4 4 - 0 . 4 5 in.)
4 3 m m (0.17 in.)
Starter B r u s h Holder T e s t
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the ( + ) b r u s h e s (A)

a n d t h e {) b r u s h e s ( B ) . Sf t h e r e is continuity,
replace the brush holder a s s e m b l y .
(cont'd)
4-15
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont'd)
Overrunning Clutch inspection
Starter Reassembly
14. W h i l e h o l d i n g the drive g e a r (A), turn the g e a r
17, Install the b r u s h into the b r u s h holder, a n d s e t the
shaft (B) c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . C h e c k that the drive
a r m a t u r e (A) in the b r u s h holder (B).
g e a r c o m e s out to the other e n d . If the drive g e a r

d o e s not m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e the g e a r c o v e r
assembly.
B
N O T E : T o s e a t the n e w b r u s h e s , slip a strip of # 500

or # 6 0 0 s a n d p a p e r , w i t h the grit s i d e u p , b e t w e e n
the c o m m u t a t o r a n d e a c h b r u s h , a n d s m o o t h l y turn
the a r m a t u r e . T h e c o n t a c t s u r f a c e of the b r u s h e s
will be s a n d e d to the s a m e c o n t o u r a s the
commutator.
15. W h i l e h o l d i n g the d r i v e g e a r , turn the g e a r shaft

c l o c k w i s e . T h e g e a r shaft s h o u l d turn freely. If the
g e a r shaft d o e s not turn freely, r e p l a c e the g e a r
cover assembly.
16, If the drive g e a r is w o r n or d a m a g e d ; r e p l a c e the
- o v e r r u n n i n g clutch a s s e m b l y ; the g e a r is not
available separately.
C h e c k the condition of the f l y w h e e l ring g e a r (IV1/T
m o d e l ) or the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r ring g e a r (A/T
m o d e l ) to s e e if the starter d r i v e g e a r teeth a r e
damaged.
18. W h i l e s q u e e z i n g a s p r i n g (C), insert it in the hole on

the b r u s h holder, a n d p u s h it until it b o t t o m s .
R e p e a t this for the other t h r e e s p r i n g s (D, E , a n d F ) .
19. Install the a r m a t u r e a n d the b r u s h holder a s s e m b l y
into the h o u s i n g .
N O T E : M a k e s u r e the a r m a t u r e s t a y s in the holder.
4-16
Ignition System
SPARK PLUG
Inspection., p a g e 4 - 2 0
IGNITION COIL
I g n i t i o n T i m i n g I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 4-19
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 4-20
4-17
Ignition System
Circuit Diagram
UNDER-HOOP FUSE/BELAY BOX

BATTERY
No. 13 (15 A)
4
COIL
RELAY
5V
REP/BLK BLK/WHT
IK3PLS4
UGPLS1
I IGPLS3
WHT/BLU
YEL/GRN
BLU/RED
BLK/WHT
BLK/WSfT
BLK/WHT
1MRLY
A7
C16
BLK/WHT
ICM
ICM
ICM
IGNITION
COSLS
Li
J
SPARK
PLUGS
G101
ICM: Ignition Control Module
4-18
Ignition Timing Inspection

data fink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) { s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ft).
3 . M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the v e h i c l e
a n d t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n
control m o d u l e (PCIVIK If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b i e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
9. A i m t h e tight t o w a r d t h e pointer (A) o n t h e c a m

c h a i n c a s e . C h e c k t h e ignition t i m i n g u n d e r a n o
load-condition ( h e a d l i g h t s , b l o w e r f a n , rear w i n d o w
d e f o g g e r , a n d air c o n d i t i o n e r a r e t u r n e d off).
Ignition T i m i n g :
M / T m@det 8 2 B T D C ( R E D m a r k (B)) a t idle In
neutral
A / T model:
8 2 B T D C f R E D m a r k (B)) a t Idle In
WorP
4. C h e c k for D T C s f s e e p a g e 11-3). If a D T C is p r e s e n t ,
diagnose a n d repair the c a u s e before continuing
with this test.
5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h n o l o a d (in N or P ( A / T m o d e l ) o r
neutral (IV1/T mode!)) until the radiator fan c o m e s
o n , t h e n let it idle,
6. C h e c k the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).
7. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .
M O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect t h e E C M /
P C M from
damage,
8. C o n n e c t t h e t i m i n g light to the s e r v i c e loop (white
tape).
10. If t h e ignition t i m i n g differs f r o m t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,

c h e c k the c a m t i m i n g . If t h e c a m t i m i n g is O K ,
u p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d ECSV1/PCM ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
s y s t e m w o r k s properly, a n d t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-216).
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S a n d the t i m i n g l i g h t
4-19
Ignition System
Ignition Coil Removal/Installation
1. R e m o v e the ignition coil c o v e r (A). -
Spark Plug Inspection

1. R e m o v e the s p a r k p l u g s , a n d i n s p e c t the e l e c t r o d e s
a n d t h e c e r a m i c insulator.
* B u r n e d or w o r n e l e c t r o d e s m a y be c a u s e d by
these conditions:
- A d v a n c e d ignition t i m i n g
- L o o s e s p a r k plug
- P l u g heat range too hot
- Insufficient c o o l i n g
* F o u l e d p l u g s m a y be c a u s e d by t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
- R e t a r d e d ignition t i m i n g
- Oil in c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r
- Incorrect s p a r k plug g a p
- Plug heat r a n g e too c o l d
- E x c e s s i v e idling/low s p e e d running
- C l o g g e d air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t
- Deteriorated ignition c o i l s
W o r n r d e f o r m e d
electrodes
2. D i s c o n n e c t the ignition coil c o n n e c t o r s <B), t h e n

r e m o v e the ignition c o i l s (C).
3. Install the ignition c o i l s in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
2. If the s p a r k plug e l e c t r o d e is dirty or c o n t a m i n a t e d ,

c l e a n the e l e c t r o d e w i t h a plug c l e a n e r .
NOTE:
* D o not u s e a w i r e b r u s h or s c r a p e the i n d i u m
e l e c t r o d e s i n c e t h i s will d a m a g e the e l e c t r o d e .
W h e n u s i n g a s a n d b l a s t e r s p a r k plug c l e a n e r , d o
not c l e a n for m o r e t h a n 20 s e c o n d s to a v o i d
d a m a g i n g the e l e c t r o d e .
4-20
j||
ENGINE
3. R e p l a c e t h e p l u g at t h e s p e c i f i e d interval, if t h e
c e n t e r e l e c t r o d e Is r o u n d e d (A), or if t h e s p a r k plug
g a p I B ) i s o u t of s p e c i f i c a t i o n . U s e only t h e s p a r k
p l u g s listed;
N O T E ; D o not adjust
the gap of i n d i u m tip p l u g s .
All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V
Spark Piys
NGKr
ILZK87B-11S
DENSO: SXU22HCR11S
Electrode G a p
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1 , 0 - 1 . 1 m m 1 0 , 0 3 9 - 0 . 0 4 3 in.)
P Z E V model
Spark Plugs
MG:
DILZKR7A11GS
Electrode S a p
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1 . 0 - 1 , 1 m m f d . i 3 9 - C I . 0 4 3 In.)
AH m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V
A
4. A p p l y a s m a l l a m o u n t of a n t l - s e i z e c o m p o u n d to
the p l u g t h r e a d s , a n d s c r e w t h e p l u g s into t h e
c y l i n d e r h e a d , f i n g e r - t i g h t T o r q u e t h e m to 18 N-m
0 . 8 k g f m , 13lbf-ft).
4-21
Charging System
DRIVE BELT
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 4-29
4-22

Symptom
Charging system
T r o u b l e s h o o t the c h a r g i n g s y s t e m indicator circuit
indicator d o e s not c o m e
( s e e p a g e 4-25).
A l s o e h e c k for
o n w i t h t h e ignition
s w i t c h in O N . (II)
Charging system
indicator s t a y s o n
Battery d i s c h a r g e d
Battery o v e r c h a r g e d
1.
T r o u b l e s h o o t the c h a r g i n g s y s t e m indicator circuit

( s e e p a g e 4-25).
2.
C h e c k for a b r o k e n drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-29).
3.
4.
1..
C h e c k the drive belt a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

C h e c k for a p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at the battery t e r m i n a l .
2,
3,
T e s t t h e battery ( s e e p a g e 22-88).
T r o u b l e s h o o t the alternator a n d regulator circuit
( s e e p a g e 4-27).
4,
5,
C h e c k for a b r o k e n drive belt (see p a g e 4-29).

C h e c k t h e drive belt a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
6,
C h e c k for e x c e s s i v e p a r a s i t i c electrical c u r r e n t d r a w
w i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), a n d the key
r e m o v e d . T h e m u l t i p l e x control units m a y take up to 10
m i n u t e s to turn off ( s l e e p m o d e ) for s o m e m o d e l s .
1.
T e s t t h e battery ( s e e p a g e 22-88).
2,
T r o u b l e s h o o t the alternator a n d regulator circuit

( s e e p a g e 4-27).
4-23
Charging System
Circuit Diagram
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX
4-24
1
Charging System Indicator Cireyit Troubleshooting
N O T E : C h e c k for s t o r e d D T C s In t h e P G M - F I before
7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g t h e c h a r g i n g s y s t e m Indicator,
8. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N ( I t ) ,
Does
the charging
system
indicator
d a t a Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
come
on?
9. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
Y E S G o t o s t e p 2,
control m o d u l e ( P C M ) , If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e (ECfV1)/powertrain

t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit (see p a g e 11-192).
2,000 r p m for 1 m i n u t e .
11. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S , t h e n t u r n t h e

ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Does
the charging
system
indicator
go
off?
N O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect t h e E C M /
Y E S C h a r g i n g ; s y s t e m indicator circuit is O K . G o
PCM from damage.
to the a l t e r n a t o r a n d r e g u l a t o r circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e page 4-27).
12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal B48 and body ground.
3. Do the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c
function p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-304).
Does
the charging
system
indicator
E C M / P C M C O M N E C T 0 R B (49P)
flash?
JTTTfaUlXMTTehiioT;
fflE3EQQE!]iD[QiDBDIQlEI]
Y E S G o to s t e p 4,
W O R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324).
ALTL
JWHT/BLU)
5. D i s c o n n e c t the alternator 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
Terminal side of female terminals

is there
Does
the charging
system
indicator
go
continuity?
off?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to g r o u n d in the w i r e b e t w e e n
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), or
r e p a i r t h e alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-34).
alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d E C M /
N O U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
P C M connector terminal B 4 6 . B
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a

k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
(cont'd)
4-25
Charging System
Charging System Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
14. Do the g a u g e control m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c
19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
function p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-304),
Does
the charging
system
indicator
20. C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C { s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e

11-3).
fiash?
N O R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e

a n d the E C M / P C M . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
22-324).
23. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S , t h e n turn t h e

16. D i s c o n n e c t the alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r .

17. C o n n e c t alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 to
body ground with a j u m p e r wire.
A L T E R N A T O R 4P C 0 M N E C T O R
(WHT/BLU)
N O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect the E C M /
PCM from damage.

t e r m i n a l B 4 6 a n d alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
No. 3.
(1 z)
u 4j
E C M / P C M C O W t M E C T O R B (49P)
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
JUIViPEfR
WIRE
,-'
13 14|l5 16 17118 19
21
24
25 X
28 27 28
31 82|33 34 35J3S
38
><
Wire side of female terminals
(WHT/BLU)

Does
the charging
system
indicator
come
on?
(WHT/BLU)
A L T E R N A T O R 4P C O N N E C T O R
Y E S R e p l a c e the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), or

repair the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-34).
N O D i s c o n n e c t the j u m p e r w i r e , t h e n g o to
s t e p 19.
is there
continuity?
Y E S U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the

r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d scats on g o e s a w a y w i t h
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n alternator 4P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal B46.fi
4-26
ENGI
Alternator arid Regulator Circuit Troubleshooting

S p e c i a l T@0ls B e q y i r eel
Alternator, R e g u l a t o r , Battery & S t a r t e r t e s t e r O T C 3 1 3 1
Available tlirough the Honda Tool and Equipment
P r o g r a m 888-424-0857
5. C h e c k t h e d i o d e c o n d i t i o n on the d i s p l a y .
Does
the display
indicate
GOOD?
Y E S T h e d i o d e is O K . T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
1. M a k e s u r e t h e battery c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d a n d
complete.
the battery is sufficiently c h a r g e d ,

2, C o n n e c t t h e alternator, regulator, battery & starter
t e s t e r ( O T C 3 1 3 1 ) to t h e battery a s s h o w n .
N O I f the d i s p l a y i n d i c a t e s B A D , r e p l a c e the
alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32) or r e p a i r the alternator
(see p a g e 4-34), then r e t e s t If the d i s p l a y i n d i c a t e s
N/A, t h e d i o d e pattern c o u l d not.be d i a g n o s e d . '
OTC3131
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h no load fin N or P ( A / T m o d e l ) or
neutral (M/T m o d e l } ) until the radiator fan c o m e s
o n , t h e n let it idle.
4, D o t h e C H A R G I N G S Y S T E M T E S T .
Does the display
indicate
voltage
within
13.5
15* 1 V and amperage
of 87.5 A or
more?
N O I f t h e v o l t a g e is l e s s t h a n 13.5 V , g o to
a l t e r n a t o r c o n t r o l circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
4-28), If t h e v o l t a g e is o v e r 15,1 V a n d a m p e r a g e is
l e s s t h a n 8 7 . 5 A , r e p l a c e the alternator ( s e e p a g e
4-32} or r e p a i r t h e alternator { s e e p a g e 4-34).
4-27
Charging System
Alternator Control Circuit Troubleshooting
1. C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to t h e
data Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3).

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e
a n d t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n
c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
4. C h e c k for D T G s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). if a D T C is p r e s e n t ,
d i a g n o s e a n d repair the c a u s e before c o n t i n u i n g
with this t e s t
W i r e side of female terminals
6. Start the e n g i n e , a n d turn o n the h e a d l i g h t s to high

beam.
is there
7. M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n alternator 4P

. c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d t h e positive t e r m i n a l
of t h e battery.
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to g r o u n d in the w i r e b e t w e e n
alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d E C M /
P C M connector terminal B 4 5 . H
W O U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the
r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). 11
BATTERY
C (WHT/GRIM)
ALTERNATOR
4P C O N N E C T O R
continuity?
[1 2]
u 4j
W i r e side of
female terminals
11. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S , t h e n turn the

P C M from damage.
12, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
Is there
1 V or
less?
W O G o to s t e p S .
8. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S , t h e n turn the
P C M from damage.
4-28
Drive- Beit Inspection

13,
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B 4 5 a n d alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
N o , 2.
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR B (48P)
ALTIRNATOR
is there
1. Inspect the belt for c r a c k s or damage." If the belt Is

c r a c k e d or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it f s e e p a g e 4-30).
2. C h e c k the position of the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r ' s
pointer (A) is within the s t a n d a r d r a n g e (B) a s
s h o w n , If it is out of the s t a n d a r d r a n g e , r e p l a c e the
drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
Wire side of
female terminals
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e alternator f s e e p a g e 4-32), or
r e p a i r t h e alternator f s e e p a g e 4-34).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n alternator 4P
terminal 845.
4-29
Charging System
Drive Belt Removal/Installation

Inspection

Belt t e n s i o n r e l e a s e tool S n a p - o n Y A 9 3 1 7 or e q u i v a l e n t
commercially available
1. M o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (A) w i t h the belt t e n s i o n
r e l e a s e tool IB) in the direction s h o w n to r e l i e v e
t e n s i o n f r o m the drive belt ( C I t h e n r e m o v e t h e
drive belt
Special Toois Required

Belt t e n s i o n r e l e a s e tool S n a p - o n Y A 9 3 1 7 or e q u i v a l e n t ,
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d m a k e s u r e
the A / C s w i t c h is O F F , t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h
to L O C K (0).
2. C h e c k the position of t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r ' s
pointer (A). Start the e n g i n e t h e n c h e c k the position
a g a i n with the e n g i n e idling. If t h e position of the
indicator m o v e s or f l u c t u a t e s v e r y m u c h , r e p l a c e
the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-31).
2. Install the n e w d r i v e belt in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal
3. C h e c k for a b n o r m a l n o i s e f r o m t h e t e n s i o n e r pulley.
If y o u h e a r a b n o r m a l n o i s e , r e p l a c e t h e t e n s i o n e r
pulley ( s e e p a g e 4-32).
4. R e m o v e the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
5. M o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r w i t h i n its limit with the
belt t e n s i o n r e l e a s e tool in the direction s h o w n .
C h e c k that t h e t e n s i o n e r m o v e s s m o o t h l y a n d
w i t h o u t a n y a b n o r m a l n o i s e . If t h e t e n s i o n e r d o e s
not m o v e s m o o t h l y , or if y o u h e a r a b n o r m a l n o i s e ,
r e p l a c e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-31).
4-30
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Removal/

Installation
8, R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-31).
7, C l a m p t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (A) b y u s i n g t w o 8 m m
bolts IB) a n d a v i s e (C) a s s h o w n , D o not c l a m p the
a u t o - t e n s i o n e r Itself.
1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
2. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g ( P / S ) fluid r e s e r v o i r
f r o m t h e holder.
3. R e m o v e the P / S p u m p (A) w i t h o u t d i s c o n n e c t i n g
the P / S h o s e s , then r e m o v e the P / S h o s e bracket (B).
10 x 1.25 mm
44 Nm (4.5 kgf-m, 33 Ibf.ft)
4. R e m o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
8. S e t t h e t o r q u e w r e n c h ID) on t h e pulley bolt, a n d

align it a s s h o w n ,
9. A l i g n t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r ' s pointer (E) o n
the t e n s i o n e r b a s e w i t h M a x , belt position m a r k (F)
o n t h e t e n s i o n e r a r m by u s i n g the t o r q u e w r e n c h ,
a n d m e a s u r e t h e t o r q u e . Sf t h e t o r q u e v a l u e is out
of s p e c i f i c a t i o n , r e p l a c e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r
( s e e p a g e 4-31).
5. Install the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal.
N O T E : If t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r ' s pointer
e x c e e d s t h e M a x , belt position m a r k , r e c h e c k t h e
torque.
Auto-tensioner Spring Torque:
3 3 . 1 - 4 0 . 5 N-m ( 3 . 3 8 - 4 . 1 3 kgf-m, 2 4 . 4 2 9 . 9 Ibf-ft)
4-31
Charging System
Tensioner Pulley Replacement
1. R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (see p a g e 4-31).
2. C l a m p the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (A) by u s i n g t w o 8 m m
bolts (B) a n d a v i s e (C) a s s h o w n . Do not c l a m p the
a u t o - t e n s i o n e r itself, t h e n r e m o v e the t e n s i o n e r
pulley bolt (D), t h e n r e m o v e the t e n s i o n e r pulley (E).
D
10x1.25
5 6 N-m
mm
Alternator Removal and Installation

Removal
1. Do t h e battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
2. R e m o v e t h e drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
3. R e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the alternator.
(5.7 kgf-m, 41 Ibf-ft)
3. Install the t e n s i o n e r p u l l e y in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal.
4-32
4. D i s c o n n e c t the alternator c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e

positive alternator c a b l e ( B ) , a n d r e m o v e the
h a r n e s s c l a m p ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e the alternator.
Installation
1, Install t h e alternator, t h e n c o n n e c t t h e alternator
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e p o s i t i v e alternator c a b l e (B),
a n d install t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (C). M a k e s u r e the
c r i m p e d s i d e of t h e ring t e r m i n a l f a c e s a w a y f r o m
the alternator w h e n y o u c o n n e c t it.
2. T i g h t e n the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g t h e alternator.
8 x 1.25 mm
22.N-m
f 2 kgf-m,
1 6 Ibf-ft)
1 0 x 1.25 m m
44 N - m
(4.5 k g f - m ,
33 Ibf-ft)
3. Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30K

4. D o the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
Charging System
Alternator Overhaul
Exploded View
FRONT BEARING RETAINER
4-34
5. R e m o v e the e n d c o v e r .

- D r i v e r 07749-0010000
* A t t a c h m e n t 42 x 47 m m 0 7 7 4 8 - 0 0 1 0 3 0 0
M O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d d u r i n g
this procedure.
1. T e s t t h e alternator a n d regulator before y o u
r e m o v e t h e m ( s e e p a g e 4-27),
2. R e m o v e t h e alternator fsee p a g e 4-32),
3. If the front b e a r i n g n e e d s r e p l a c i n g , r e m o v e t h e
pulley lockout w i t h a 10 m m w r e n c h (A) a n d a
22 m i n w r e n c h I B ) . If n e c e s s a r y , u s e a n i m p a c t
wrench.
A
6. R e m o v e the b r u s h holder a s s e m b l y .
4, R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s s t a y a n d the t h r e e f l a n g e nuts
f r o m t h e alternator.
(cont'd)
4-35
Charging System
Alternator Overhaul fcont^ci)
7. R e m o v e the four t h r o u g h bolts, t h e n r e m o v e the
rear h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y (A), a n d w a s h e r (B).
9. Inspect the rotor shaft for s c o r i n g , a n d i n s p e c t the

b e a r i n g journal s u r f a c e in the d r i v e - e n d h o u s i n g for
seizure marks.
* If the rotor is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e the rotor
assembly.
* If the rotor is O K , g o to s t e p 10.
10. R e m o v e the front b e a r i n g retainer.
8. If y o u a r e not replacing the front b e a r i n g , g o to

s t e p 13. R e m o v e the rotor f r o m the d r i v e - e n d
housing.
11. Drive out the front b e a r i n g w i t h a b r a s s drift a n d a

hammer.
4-36
12. Install a n e w front b e a r i n g in t h e d r i v e r - e n d

h o u s i n g w i t h a h a m m e r , the d r i v e r , a n d t h e
a t t a c h m e n t , 43 x 47 m m .
Rotor Slip Ring T e s t

14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the slip rings (A).
* If t h e r e is continuity, g o to s t e p 15.
If t h e r e is no continuity, r e p l a c e t h e rotor
assembly.
07746-0010300
h~
B
ASt@rriatf B r u s h I n s p e c t i o n
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n e a c h slip r i n g , t h e

rotor ( B ) , a n d t h e rotor s h a f t (C).
13. M e a s u r e t h e length of both b r u s h e s (A) w i t h a

vernier caliper IB).
* If t h e r e is no continuity, g o t o s t e p 18.
If t h e r e is continuity, r e p l a c e t h e rotor a s s e m b l y .
* If either b r u s h Is s h o r t e r t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit,
replace the brush holder a s s e m b l y ,
* If b r u s h length is O K , g o to s t e p 14.
Alternator Brysh Length
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 10.5 m m (0.41 in.)
Service Limit:
1.5 m m 10,06 in.)
(cont'd)
4-37
Charging System
Alternator Overhaul (cont'd)
Alternator Reassembly
16. If y o u r e m o v e d the pulley, put the rotor in the d r i v e e n d h o u s i n g , then tighten its lockout to 110 N-m
(11.2 kgf-m, 81.0 Ibf-ft).
17. R e m o v e a n y g r e a s e or oil f r o m t h e s l i p r i n g s .
18. Put the rear h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y a n d the d r i v e - e n d
h o u s i n g / r o t o r a s s e m b l y together, a n d tighten the
four t h r o u g h bolts.
19. P u s h the b r u s h e s (A) i n , t h e n insert a pin or drill bit
(B) (about 1.6 m m (0.06 in.) d i a m e t e r ) to hold t h e m
there.
20. Install the b r u s h h o l d e r a s s e m b l y , a n d pull out t h e

pin or drill bit.
2 1 . Install t h e e n d c o v e r .
22. After a s s e m b l i n g t h e alternator, turn the p u l l e y by
h a n d to m a k e s u r e t h e rotor t u r n s s m o o t h l y a n d
without noise.
2 3 . install the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-33) a n d the d r i v e
belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
4-38
Cruise Control
Component Location Index
T R A N S M I S S I O N RAIMGE S W I T C H ( A / T m o d e ! )
Test, p a g e 14-278
Cruise C o n t r o l I n p u t T e s t p a g e 4-43
4 - 3 9
Cruise Control
Symptom
C r u i s e control c a n n o t be
1.
set
2.
3.
C r u i s e control c a n be s e t
but t h e c r u i s e m a i n
on
C r u i s e control c a n b e s e t
but t h e c r u i s e control
on
V e h i c l e d o e s not
accelerate accordingly
w h e n the r e s u m e / a c c e l
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d
S e t s p e e d d o e s not
c a n c e l w h e n the brake
p e d a l is p r e s s e d
A l s o c h e e k for
P o o r g r o u n d G101
C h e c k the No. 10 (20 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /

r e l a y box, a n d t h e No. 7 (15 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
(M/T model)
Do the c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e
4-45).
4.
Do the c r u i s e control input test ( s e e p a g e 4-43).
1.
2.
Do the g a u g e control m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function

' p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-304).
module
Do t h e c r u i s e control input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 4-43).

T e s t t h e c r u i s e control m a i n s w i t c h s i g n a l i n p u t
1.
F a u l t y g a u g e control
2.
Do the g a u g e control m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function
module
(see p a g e 22-304).
3.
1.
T e s t the c r u i s e control indicator s i g n a l input.

2.
4-45).
3.
1.
T e s t the c r u i s e control r e s u m e / a c c e l s w i t c h s i g n a l i n p u t
2.
Do t h e brake p e d a l position s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e 19-6).

Do the c r u i s e control input test ( s e e p a g e 4-43).
cancel (engine rpm s t a y s
high) w h e n the c l u t c h
p e d a l is p r e s s e d (M/T
model)
1.
2.
3.
T e s t the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h s i g n a l input.

Do the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e 4-45).
Do the c r u i s e c ontrol I n p u t t e s t ( s e e p a g e 4-43).
T e s t the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h s i g n a l i n p u t
c a n c e l w h e n the c r u i s e
control m a i n s w i t c h is
pressed
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
4-40
F a u l t y g a u g e control
3.
3.
c a n c e l w h e n the c a n c e l
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d
( A / T m o d e l ) or G 3 0 2
O p e n c i r c u i t l o o s e or
disconnected
terminals: G R Y ,
LTGRNorLTBLU,
G R Y wire
S h o r t to p o w e r o n
the O R N wire
* Faulty brake pedal
position s w i t c h
S h o r t to g r o u n d in
the B R N wire
Faulty clutch pedal
position switch
" C h e c k f o r P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
4-45).
Do t h e c r u i s e control input test ( s e e p a g e 4-43).
T e s t the c r u i s e control m a i n s w i t c h s i g n a l input.
S h o r t to p o w e r on t h e
LTGRN, YELwire
C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). D o t h e c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e

4-45).
D o t h e c r u i s e control input test ( s e e p a g e 4-43).
T e s t t h e c r u i s e control c a n c e l s w i t c h s i g n a l i n p u t
O p e n c i r c u i t l o o s e or
disconnected
terminals: G R Y ,
L T G R N or L T B L U
G R Y wire
f
Symptom
r e s u m e w h e n the
r e s u m e / a c c e l s w i t c h is
p r e s s e d (with t h e c r u i s e
control m a i n s w i t c h
turned on, a n d set s p e e d
t e m p o r a r i l y c a n c e l e d by
pressing the brake pedal)
resume w h e n the
r e s u m e / a c c e ! s w i t c h is
p r e s s e d {with t h e c r u i s e
turned on, and set s p e e d
temporarily c a n c e l e d by
pressing; the c l u t c h p e d a l )
W / T model)
W i t h the ignition s w i t c h
in O N (II), a n d the lighting
switch turned on, the
c r u i s e control
combination switch
I l l u m i n a t i o n d o e s not
c o m e on
1.
2.
3,
4,
Diagnostic pracedyre
C h e c k for P G M - F f D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
C h e c k t h e b r a k e pedal position s w i t c h a d j u s t m e n t
( s e e p a g e 19-6).
D o t h e c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e
4-45),
Do t h e c r u i s e control input test ( s e e p a g e 4-43).
F a u l t y b r a k e pedal
* O p e n circuit, l o o s e or
disconnected
terminals: L T B L U ,
GRYwire
T e s t the c r u i s e control resume/accel

switch signal input
T e s t the brake pedal position switch s i g n a l i n p u t
1.
2.
C h e c k for P G M - F t D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3),
C h e c k t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h a d j u s t m e n t
( s e e p a g e 12-7).
* O p e n c i r c u i t l o o s e or
disconnected
terminals:
3.
D o the c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e

4-45).
D o the c r u i s e control input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 4-43).
T e s t the r e s u m e / a c c e l s w i t c h s i g n a l i n p u t
T e s t t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h s i g n a l input.
LT B L U , - G R Y w i r e
* Faulty c l u t c h p e d a l
4.
C h e c k the c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e

4-45).
4-41
Cruise Control
Circuit Diagram
UNDERSTOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX
"V-iCAWH
fCAML
f BKSW IBKS
FT
FT
if i j
SG3
C4
C3
BLU/RED
GRN/YEL
OUTPUT SHAFT
{COUNTERSHAFT!
SPEED SENSOR
THROTTLE
ACTUATOR
4-42
C12
BLU
CIO
C21
RED/BLSC RED/BLU
C43
CRM
Cruise Control Input Test

N O T E : A l w a y s m a k e s u r e t h a t y o u h a v e the latest H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) s o f t w a r e .
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N III),
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e a n d t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n control
m o d u l e CPCIVtK If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
4. G o to P G M - F I , - a n d c h e c k for D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
5. D o the f o l l o w i n g t e s t s w h i l e m o n i t o r i n g p a r a m e t e r s in t h e PGIVI-F! D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
N O T E : Intermittent f a i l u r e s a r e often c a u s e d by l o o s e circuit c o n n e c t i o n s . W h i l e m o n i t o r i n g c r u i s e control i n p u t s ,
flex the c i r c u i t w i r e s , a n d note if a n y of t h e t e s t r e s u l t s c h a n g e .
Signal to be tested
Brake pedal
position
switch signal
T e s t condition
Brake pedal pressed,
then released
Parameter: Desired result

CRUISE BRAKE S W
P o s s l b l n cutis if result i s n o t - o b t a i n e d
* F a u l t y b r a k e p e d a l position s w i t c h
s h o u l d indicate O F F
B l o w n No. 7 (15 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s

under-dash fuse/relay box
w h e n t h e brake p e d a l is
pressed and ON when
t h e brake p e d a l is
released.
I
: Clutch pedal
I position
Clutch pedal pressed,

< then released
switch signal
(M/T m o d e l )
Transmission
range switch
signal (A/T
j model)
Cruise control
main switch
signal
Shift fever in D a n d
D3
SHIFT/CLUTCH S W
s h o u l d indicate O N
w h e n the clutch pedal
is p r e s s e d a n d O F F
w h e n the clutch pedal
is r e l e a s e d .
SHIFT/CLUTCH S W
s h o u l d indicate O N in P,
R, N, 2, a n d 1 a n d O F F
in D a n d D3.
, C r u i s e control m a i n
switch pressed and
released
CRUISE MASTER
(MAIN) S W should
i n d i c a t e O N w h e n the
c r u i s e control m a i n
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d a n d
O F F w h e n the cruise
control m a i n s w i t c h is
released.
* A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M a n d the brake pedal position s w i t c h
A w i r e s h o r t e d to g r o u n d b e t w e e n t h e
E C M / P C M a n d the brake p e d a l position
switch
* Faulty c l u t c h pedal position s w i t c h
* A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
a n d the c l u t c h pedal position s w i t c h
* A w i r e s h o r t e d to g r o u n d b e t w e e n t h e
E C M a n d t h e brake p e d a l position s w i t c h
* Poor ground G302
* Faulty t r a n s m i s s i o n range switch
* A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M
a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
* A w i r e s h o r t e d to g r o u n d b e t w e e n the
P C M a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
* P o o r g r o u n d G101
* F a u l t y c r u i s e control m a i n s w i t c h
* A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
control module and the c r u i s e control
main switch
g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e c r u i s e
Set switch
Set/decel switch
CRUISE SET S W
* Faulty c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h
signal
pressed and released
* A n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
w h e n the set/decel
control m o d u l e a n d the c r u i s e control
O F F w h e n t h e set/deceS
s w i t c h is r e l e a s e d .
combination switch
* A w i r e s h o r t e d to g r o u n d b e t w e e n the
g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the c r u i s e
control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h
(cont'd)
4-43
Cruise Control
Cruise Control Input Test (cont'd)
Signal to be tested
Resume
switch signal
T e s t condition
.Resume/accel switch
Parameter: Desired result

CRUISE RESUME S W
w h e n the r e s u m e / a c c e l
O F F w h e n the r e s u m e /
a c c e l s w i t c h Is r e l e a s e d .
Cancel switch
signal
Cancel switch
C r u i s e control
Start the engine,
indicator
p r e s s the c r u i s e
signal
control main switch

o n , a n d drive the
v e h i c l e to s p e e d s
o v e r 2 5 m p h (40 k m /
h). S e t a n d c a n c e l the
cruise control.
4-44
CRUISE CANCEL S W
w h e n the c a n c e l switch
is p r e s s e d a n d O F F
w h e n the cancel switch
C R U I S E INDICATOR
w h e n t h e c r u i s e control
is s e t a n d O F F w h e n
the c r u i s e control is
canceled.
P o s s i b l e c a u s e if r e s u l t i s n o t o b t a i n e d
* F a u l t y c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h
* A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
control m o d u l e a n d t h e c r u i s e control
combination switch
g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the c r u i s e
* F a u l t y c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h
* A n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
control m o d u l e a n d t h e c r u i s e control
combination switch
g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e c r u i s e
F a u l t y g a u g e control m o d u l e
Cruise Control Combination Switch

Test/Replacement
Clutch Pedal Position Switch Test

M/T m o d e !
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d In t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w t h e
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h 3 P
c o n n e c t o r (A).
S R S c o m p o n e n t locations:
* 4 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 24-19)
* 2 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 24-21)
P r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e
Terminal side of
male terminals
doing repairs or service.

1, R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the c a b l e reel s u b h a r n e s s 2 0 P
connector,
2. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h (B).
3. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s
3. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s in e a c h
c r u i s e c o n t r o l c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h position
* If the continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the

c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 12-9).
* If O K , install t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h a n d
a d j u s t t h e p e d a l height ( s e e p a g e 12-7).
Terminal
1
* If t h e r e is continuity, a n d it m a t c h e s t h e t a b l e , but
the c r u i s e c o n t r o l c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h f a i l u r e
o c c u r r e d on t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l input test, c h e c k
and: r e p a i r t h e w i r e h a r n e s s o n t h e s w i t c h circuit.
If t h e r e is n o c o n t i n u i t y In o n e o r both p o s i t i o n s ,
r e p l a c e t h e c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h
( s e e p a g e 17-25}.
\
Termias!
Position
Cwmm c o m r o i
mam mm
11
Position
f\ .
rs
\,
Clutch Pedal
Position Swlteh
(PRESSED!
Clutch Pedal
Position S w i t c h
(RELEASED)
KJ~
12
A
KJ
c\
Cruise mmtml
m a i n fOPR
Set/rfeeei
r\
\j
KJ
Resume/aoeei
IPRESSEDI
r\
KJ
CANCEL
{PRESSED!
L i g h t (ON)
O
KJ
C~*\
KJ
4-45

FRONT ENGINE MOUNT
Replacement, page 5-23
4-46
Circuit Diagram
to. 1(100 A)
No. 3-1 (50 A)

Troubleshooting
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t
Special Tools Reqylred

V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 in.Hg
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
S n a p - o n Y A 4 0 0 0 A or e q u i v a l e n t , c o m m e r c i a l l y
and body ground.
available
ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL
S O L E N O I D V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
N O T E : C h e c k the v a c u u m h o s e s a n d l i n e s for d a m a g e
a n d p r o p e r c o n n e c t i o n s before t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
F o l l o w t h i s p r o c e d u r e if the e n g i n e v i b r a t e s e x c e s s i v e l y
w h e n idling.
IG1
(BLK/YEL)
1. C h e c k the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).

2. R a i s e the e n g i n e s p e e d f r o m idling to 2,000 r p m .
W i r e s i d e of female t e r m i n a l s
3. C h e c k the M O U N T C T R L S O L in t h e P G M - F I D A T A
L I S T w i t h the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) .
Is there
Is ON indicated
2,000
at idling
and OFF
indicated
battery
voltage?
at
rpm?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 4.
M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n e n g i n e
W O U p d a t e the e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) /
t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d t h e No. 7 (15 A ) f u s e in t h e
p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) if it d o e s not
driver's under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B
m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r
h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or

substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n r e c h e c k . If the e n g i n e m o u n t control s y s t e m
w o r k s properly, a n d t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M
(see page 1 1 - 2 1 6 ) .
5. D i s c o n n e c t the e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e e n g i n e m o u n t control
solenoid valve.
4-48
8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.
ENGINE
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No,
a n d N o . 2 w i t h t h e e n g i n e at idle.
ENGINE M O U N T CONTROL
S O L E N O I D V A L V E 2P CONNECTOR
10. R a i s e the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m .

11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1
a n d No. 2.
SOLENOID V A L V E 2P CONNECTOR
MCS
fBLU/YEL)
IG1
(BLK/YEL)
MCS
fBLU/YEL)
IG1
(BLK/YEL)

Is there
battery
voltage?
is there
M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 4 0 a n d the
e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e . If t h e w i r e is
O K , u p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it-does not h a v e the
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), a n d
r e c h e c k . If the e n g i n e m o u n t control s y s t e m w o r k s
p r o p e r l y , a n d the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , the
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
( s e e p a g e 11-216).
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 4 0 a n d e n g i n e m o u n t control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1. If t h e
w i r e i s O K , u p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e
the latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), a n d
r e c h e c k . l i t h e e n g i n e m o u n t control s y s t e m w o r k s
p r o p e r l y , a n d the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t h e
(see page 11-218KH
battery
voltage?
W O G o t o s t e p 12.
(cont'd)
4-49

Troubleshooting (cont'd)
13. D i s c o n n e c t the u p p e r v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m the
14. R e l e a s e the v a c u u m , t h e n a p p l y v a c u u m a g a i n .
e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e (B) a n d
#
c o n n e c t a v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 in.Hg, to the
h o s e . A p p l y a b o u t 20 in.Hg of v a c u u m , a n d w a i t
is there a noticeable
change
with and without vacuum
in idle
applied?
smoothness
20 s e c o n d s .
Y E S G o to s t e p
1 5 >
N O R e p l a c e the front e n g i n e m o u n t
15. C o n n e c t a v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 i n . H g , to the
e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e (A).
Does
the engine
mount
hoid
vacuum?
N O E s t h e r the v a c u u m h o s e or the e n g i n e m o u n t
h a s a v a c u u m leak. R e p a i r a s n e e d e d .
is there manifold
vacuum
at idle, and a
in manifold
vacuum
when you raise the
speed above 1,000
rpm?
decrease
engine
Y E S T h e s y s t e m is O K . B
N O R e p l a c e the e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d
valve.
4-50
Engine Mechanical
Engine Assembly
Special Tools ...
.
....
......................
....
Engine Removal- .............
.......
.............
.
Engine installation ...
.......
.....
.
Engine Mount Replacement
.
.....
. ...........
5-2
5-3
5-12
5-23
Cylinder Head _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
6-1
Engine Block ......................................
7-1
Engine Lubrication
8-1
Intake Manifold and Exhayst System
..... 9-1
Engine Assembly
Special Tools
Tool Number
Ref. N o .
Universal Eyelet
070AG-SJAA10S
S u b f r a m e A l i g n m e n t Pin
5-2
Description
07AAK-SNAA120
Qty
1
1
Engine Removal
* Engine hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 *
* Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256 *
* Front s u b f r a m e adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 8 *
* Universal eyelet 0 7 A A K - S N AA120
* : T h e s e s p e c i a l tools a r e available through the Honda
Tool and E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m , 888-424-6857
6. R e m o v e t h e intake air duct ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e

10-12).
7. R e m o v e t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
8. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (A), t h e n r e m o v e the '
battery b a s e (B).
MOTE:
* U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted
surfaces.
* T o avoid d a m a g i n g the wiring and terminals, unplug
the wiring c o n n e c t o r s carefully while holding the
c o n n e c t o r portion,
* M a r k all w i r i n g a n d h o s e s to a v o i d m i s c o n n e c t i o n .
A l s o , be s u r e t h a t t h e y d o not c o n t a c t o t h e r w i r i n g or
h o s e s , or interfere w i t h other p a r t s .
1, R e m o v e the h o o d s u p p o r t r o d , t h e n u s e it a s s h o w n
to p r o p t h e h o o d in t h e w i d e - o p e n p o s i t i o n .
9, R e m o v e t h e w a t e r s e p a r a t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e
9-3),
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e battery c a b l e s (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
2. R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r :

* 2-door (see page 20-257)
4-door fsee page 20-257)
3 . R e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e
20-289).
4. R e l i e v e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d r e m o v e
5. D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 22-90).
t h e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e bracket (C).
(cont'd)
5-3
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)
12. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) /
powertrasn control m o d u l e ( P C M ) c o v e r (Ah t h e n
r e m o v e the t h r e e bolts (B) s e c u r i n g the E C M / P C M .
13. D i s c o n n e c t the E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s (A) a n d the

e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (Bh
14. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C) a n d the bracket (D).
5-4
15. D i s c o n n e c t the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P )
c a n i s t e r h o s e (A) a n d t h e b r a k e b o o s t e r v a c u u m
hose(B).
16. R e m o v e the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (A), t h e n

d i s c o n n e c t the fuel f e e d h o s e (B) ( s e e p a g e 11-340).
17, R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
2 5 . R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d .
18. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g ( P / S ) p u m p (A) w i t h o u t
d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e P / S h o s e s , a n d the P / S h o s e
bracket (B).
26. L o o s e n the d r a i n plug in the radiator, a n d d r a i n the

e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
19. W a l t until t h e e n g i n e is c o o l , t h e n c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e
27. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e oil ( s e e p a g e 8-9).
the radiator c a p ,
2 8 . D r a i n the t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid:
20. R e m o v e t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
( s e e p a g e 10-13).
M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-5)
A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-231)
2 1 . M/T m o d e l : R e m o v e the t h r e e bolts s e c u r i n g t h e

shift c a b l e h o l d e r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e shift c a b l e a n d
29. R e m o v e e x h a u s t pipe A .
t h e s e l e c t c a b l e . Do not b e n d the c a b l e s e x c e s s i v e l y
( s e e s t e p S o n p a g e 13-8),
2 2 . fvl/T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h s l a v e c y l i n d e r a n d
t h e c l u t c h line bracket m o u n t i n g nut. Do not
o p e r a t e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l o n c e the s l a v e c y l i n d e r h a s
b e e n r e m o v e d ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e 13-7).
2 3 . R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n the lift.
2 4 . R e m o v e t h e front w h e e l s .
(cont'd)
5-5
Engine Assembly
30. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e the shift c a b l e :
8
For S a i t a m a Factory-produced models (see step
44 on p a g e 14-238).
* For Marysville, Ohio Factory-produced models
(see s t e p 46 o n p a g e 14-239).
31. R e m o v e the d a m p e r fork (see p a g e 18-31).
32. S e p a r a t e the k n u c k l e s f r o m the l o w e r a r m s
( s e e p a g e 18-14).
3 3 . R e m o v e the d r i v e s h a f t s (see p a g e 16-4). C o a t all
p r e c i s i o n - f i n i s h e d s u r f a c e s w i t h n e w e n g i n e oil. T i e
a plastic b a g o v e r the d r i v e s h a f t e n d s .
34. R e m o v e t h e bolt (A) s e c u r i n g the P / S fluid line
b r a c k e t a n d u n c l a m p the P / S fluid line c l a m p (B) on
the front s u b f r a m e .
A
5-6
3 5 . R e m o v e the bolts s e c u r i n g the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x

m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t (A) a n d the h e a t s h i e l d (B). (right
side)
38. R e m o v e the bolts securing the steering gearbox

stiffeners (A) a n d t h e w a s h e r s (B). (left s i d e )
40. D i s c o n n e c t t h e h e a t e r h o s e s (A) a n d the u p p e r

radiator h o s e (B).
39, A / T model: Disconnect the A T F cooler h o s e s , then

p l u g the l i n e s a n d h o s e s .
41, D i s c o n n e c t the quick c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e

t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 10-8).
42. A t t a c h t h e e n g i n e h a n g e r a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 )
to t h e t h r e a d e d hole in the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
'
(cont'd)
5-7
Engine Assembly
43. Install the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r ( A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) ,
46. M/T m o d e l : R e m o v e the rear e n g i n e m o u n t
t h e n attach the hook to t h e slotted hole in the
44. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (A) a n d r e m o v e t h e

front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B), t h e n r e m o v e the front
5-8
47. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t (A), t h e n

r e m o v e the r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r bracket (B).
48. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e on t h e lift.
51, R e m o v e the s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t s ,
49. R e m o v e t h e n u t s s e c u r i n g the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n
mount.
50. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h c o n n e c t o r
f A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e A C c o m p r e s s o r (B) w i t h o u t
d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e A / C h o s e s . Do not b e n d the A / C
hoses excessively.
5 2 . A t t a c h t h e front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 )
to t h e s u b f r a m e a n d h a n g the belt (A) of the
s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r o v e r the front of the s u b f r a m e
(B), t h e n s e c u r e the belt with its s t o p (C).
53, R a i s e t h e j a c k a n d line up t h e s l o t s in t h e front

s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r a r m s w i t h the bolt h o l e s o n t h e
j a c k b a s e , t h e n s e c u r e l y attach t h e m with f o u r bolts.
(cont'd)
5-9
Engine Assembly
54. R e m o v e t h e four 12 x 1.25 m m bolts (A), the front
s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (B) s e c u r i n g four
stsffeners (C), t h e n l o w e r the front s u b f r a m e (D).
59. Install the u n i v e r s a l e y e l e t ( 0 7 A A K - S N A A 1 2 0 ) .
60. Attach a c h a i n hoist (A) to the u n i v e r s a l e y e l e t (B),

a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o o k ( C ) , t h e n lift t h e e n g i n e /
t r a n s m i s s i o n until it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d b y the
c h a i n h o i s t a n d r e m o v e the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r .
Replace.
Replace.
A/T model
5 5 . L o w e r the v e h i c l e on t h e lift.
56. S u p p o r t the e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d block
u n d e r the oil p a n .
57. R e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e (A).
M / T model
58. R e m o v e the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket (B).
5-10
61. R e m o v e the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket

m o u n t i n g bolts.
N O T E : Do not r e m o v e the T O R X bolt (A) f r o m the
u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t . If the TORX bolt is
r e m o v e d , the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m u s t be
replaced a s an assembly.
M/T
63. C h e c k that the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n is c o m p l e t e l y

free of v a c u u m h o s e s , fuel h o s e s , c o o l a n t h o s e s ,
a n d electrical w i r i n g .
64. S l o w l y l o w e r the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n a b o u t
150 m m (6 in.). C h e c k o n c e again that all h o s e s a n d
electrical w i r i n g are d i s c o n n e c t e d a n d free f r o m the
e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n , then l o w e r it all the w a y .
model
6 5 . D i s c o n n e c t the c h a i n hoist f r o m t h e e n g i n e /
transmission.
66. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d r e m o v e t h e e n g i n e /
transmission from under the vehicle.
8 2 . R e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e .
5-11
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation
* Universal eyelet 0 7 A A K - S N A A 1 2 0 \
* E n g i n e hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 *
* Engine support hanger, A and R e d s A A R - T 1 2 5 6 *
* Front subframe adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 *
* S u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin 0 7 0 A G - S J A A 1 0 S
'
* - . T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m , 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
1. Install the e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t s a n d the a c c e s s o r y b r a c k e t s , t h e n tighten their bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
R E A R EiMGilME
MOUNT
B R A C K E T (A/T model)
A/C COMPRESSOR BRACKET
5-12
2, R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift, a n d position t h e
e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n u n d e r t h e v e h i c l e ; L o w e r the
v e h i c l e , a n d install t h e u n i v e r s a l e y e l e t ( 0 7 A A K S N A A 1 2 0 ) . A t t a c h a c h a i n h o i s t to t h e u n i v e r s a l
e y e l e t a n d t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n hook, t h e n lift t h e
e n g i n e into p o s i t i o n in t h e v e h i c l e .
to t h e t h r e a d e d h o l e in the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
VSB02C000015
N O T E : R e i n s t a l l t h e m o u n t i n g bolts a n d s u p p o r t
n u t s in t h e s e q u e n c e g i v e n in t h e f o l l o w i n g s t e p s .
Failure to follow this s e q u e n c e m a y c a u s e
e x c e s s i v e noise a n d vibration, a n d reduce engine
m o u n t life.
A / T model
4. Install t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r ( A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) ,
t h e n attach t h e hook to t h e slotted hole in t h e
e n g i n e h a n g e r adapter. T i g h t e n t h e w i n g nut (A) by
h a n d to lift a n d s u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n .
N O T E : B e careful w h e n w o r k i n g a r o u n d t h e
windshield.
M/T modal
(cont'd)
5-13
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)
8. R e m o v e the c h a i n h o i s t .
5. T i g h t e n the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket
m o u n t i n g bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
M/T
9. R e m o v e t h e u n i v e r s a l e y e l e t .
model
10. Install the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t t h e n tighten

the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g bolts in
the n u m b e r e d s e q u e n c e s h o w n .
A / T model
1 2 m 1.25 mm
5 9 N - m (6.0 k g f - m , 4 3 I b f - f t )
Replace.
1 2 M*m
( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f - f t )
1 2 x 1.25 m m
6 4 N-m (6.5 k g f - m , 47 Ibf-ft)
6. Install the g r o u n d c a b l e .
11. Install the g r o u n d c a b l e .
7. S u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d block
5-14
12. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
17. Insert t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin ( 0 7 0 A G S J A A 1 0 S ) t h r o u g h the p o s i t i o n i n g slot (A) o n the
13. U s i n g t h e front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 )
a n d a j a c k , r a i s e the front s u b f r a m e u p to t h e b o d y .
right r e a r stiff e n e r , t h r o u g h the p o s i t i o n i n g hole (B)

o n t h e s u b f r a m e , a n d into the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (C)
on t h e b o d y , t h e n l o o s e l y tighten t h e s u b f r a m e
right r e a r m o u n t i n g bolt.
VSBO2C0OO016
070AG-SJAA10S
N O T E : U s e 15.7 m m s i d e .
B
12 x1.25 m m
5 4 N-m
15,5 k g f . m ,
40 Ibf-ft)
14.
C
12 x 1.25 mm
9 3 N-m
( 9 . 5 k g f - m , 6 9 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
A
1 4 x 1 , 5 mm
1 0 3 N*m
110.5 kgf-m, 7 5 . 9 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
L o o s e l y instal t h e n e w f r o n t s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g
18. Insert the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin t h r o u g h t h e

p o s i t i o n i n g s l o t o n the l e f t r e a r s t i f f e n e d t h r o u g h
the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e s u b f r a m e , a n d into t h e
p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e b o d y , t h e n l o o s e l y tighten
the s u b f r a m e left r e a r m o u n t i n g b o l t
b o l t s t f o u i H A l t h e 1 2 x 1 , 2 5 m m b o l t s ( f o u r ) IB) ( C I
19. U s i n g the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin in p l a c e , tighten
a n d t h e s t i f f e n e r s t f o u r ) CD)
the right r e a r m o u n t i n g bolt.

15. L o o s e l y instal? t h e s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t
20. U s i n g t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin in p l a c e , tighten

A
( \
the left rear m o u n t i n g b o l t

21. T i g h t e n the stsffener m o u n t i n g bolts to the
specified torque.
22. T i g h t e n the front a n d rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts
to the s p e c i f i e d torque.
2 3 . C h e c k that the p o s i t i o n i n g s l o t s o n t h e
right/left
r e a r s t i f f e n e d the positioning h o l e s o n t h e
s u b f r a m e , a n d the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e s o n the b o d y
a r e a l i g n e d u s i n g the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t p i n .
16. R e m o v e the j a c k a n d the front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r .
(cont'd)
5-15
Engine Assembly
Engine installation (cont'd)
24. T i g h t e n the bolts s e c u r i n g the s u b f r a m e m i d d l e
mounts.
28. Tighten the front e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A), t h e n install

the front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B) a n d c o n n e c t the
v a c u u m h o s e "(C).
25. T i g h t e n the nuts s e c u r i n g the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n

mount.
29. A / T m o d e l : Install the A T F c o o l e r pipe b r a c k e t s (D).

30. M/T m o d e l : Install the r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t
4 4 N-m ( 4 . 5 kgf-m, 3 3 Ibf-ft)

26. L o w e r the v e h i c l e on the Sift.
27. R e m o v e the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r a n d the e n g i n e
h a n g e r adapter.
5-16
31. A / T m o d e l : Install the rear e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r

bracket f A h t h e n install t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t (B).
3 3 . L o o s e n t h e m o u n t i n g bolts for the u p p e r

t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t b r a c k e t t h e n retighten t h e m to
the specified torque.
M/T
model
3 2 , L o o s e n t h e m o u n t i n g bolts for the s i d e e n g i n e

m o u n t b r a c k e t , t h e n retighten t h e bolts in the
numbered sequence shown.
A/T
model
12x1.25 m m
5 9 N-m (6.0 kgf-in. 4 3 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
(D 1 2 x 1=25 m m
6 4 N-m | 6 S kgf-m, 47 I b f f t )
(cont'd)
5-17
Engine Assembly
3 4 . C o n n e c t the q u i c k c o n n e c t o r to the t h e r m o s t a t
c o v e r { s e e s t e p 11 o n p a g e 10-8).
3 5 . C o n n e c t the heater h o s e s (A) a n d t h e u p p e r
3 7 . Install the bolts s e c u r i n g the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x

stiffeners (A) a n d t h e w a s h e r s (B). (left s i d e )
10 x 1.25 m m
5 9 N-m |6.0 k g f - m , 4 3 Ibf-ft)
radiator h o s e (B).
3 6 , A / T m o d e l : C o n n e c t the A T F c o o l e r h o s e s (A), a n d
s e c u r e the h o s e s w i t h t h e c l i p s IB) ( s e e p a g e
38, Install t h e t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the p o w e r s t e e r i n g

( P / S ) fluid line b r a c k e t s .
14-260).
B
39. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n the lift.
5-18
40. Install t h e bolts s e c u r i n g t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x

m o u n t i n g bracket (A) a n d t h e h e a t s h i e l d (B). (right
side)
4 1 . Install t h e P / S fly id line b r a c k e t (A), a n d s e c u r e t h e

h o s e w i t h t h e h o s e c l a m p (B).
42. Install t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r 1 A ) , t h e n c o n n e c t the

A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h c o n n e c t o r (B).
4 3 . Install a n e w s e t ring on t h e e n d of e a c h d r i v e s h a f t ,
t h e n install the d r i v e s h a f t s ( s e e p a g e 16-20). M a k e
s u r e e a c h ring " c l i c k s " into p l a c e in t h e differential
a n d t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft.
44. C o n n e c t the l o w e r a r m s to t h e k n u c k l e s ( s e e s t e p 5
6x1.0mm
12 N-m 11.2 tcgfrn, 8 . 7 Ibf-ft)
o n p a g e 18-21).
45. Install the d a m p e r fork ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 18-21).
46. A / T m o d e l : Install t h e shift c a b l e :
* For S a i t a m a Factory-produced models (see step
32 o n p a g e 14-248).
* For Marysville, Ohio Factory-produced models
( s e e s t e p 3 5 o n p a g e 14-249).
(confd)
5-19
Engine Assembly
47. Install e x h a u s t pipe A u s i n g n e w g a s k e t s (B) a n d
50. L o w e r the v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g nuts (C).
51. SV1/T m o d e l : Install the c l u t c h s l a v e c y l i n d e r a n d t h e
c l u t c h line b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g nut ( s e e s t e p 49 o n
p a g e 13-231
5 2 . M/T m o d e l : Install the shift c a b l e a n d t h e s e l e c t
c a b l e , t h e n tighten the t h r e e bolts s e c u r i n g the shift
c a b l e h o l d e r ( s e e s t e p 47 o n p a g e 13-23).
5 3 . Install the A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
( s e e p a g e 10-13).
54. Install t h e P / S p u m p ( A ) a n d the P / S h o s e b r a c k e t
r
(B).
10 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N - m (43 kgf-m, 3 3 I b f - f t )
55. Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
49. Install the front w h e e l s .
5-20
C o n n e c t t h e fuel f e e d h o s e (A) ( s e e p a g e 11-343),

t h e n Install t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (B),
58. C o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) /
p o w e r t r a l n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) c o n n e c t o r s (A)
a n d the engine wire h a r n e s s connector ( B ) .
Connect the evaporative emission fEVAP) canister

h o s e (A) a n d t h e brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e ( B ) .
59. Install t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C) a n d t h e bracket (D).

60. Install t h e E C M / P C M (A), t h e n install the E C M / P C M
cover (B).
S x 1.0 m m
1.2 N - m | 1 . 2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f - f t )
(cont'd)
5-21
Engine Assembly
61. C o n n e c t the battery c a b l e s (A) to the u n d e r - h o o d
.
6 9 . Do the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

22-90).
fuse/relay box.
70. I n s p e c t for fuel l e a k s . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to

O N (SI) (do not o p e r a t e t h e starter) s o the fuel p u m p
r u n s for a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s a n d p r e s s u r i z e s the fuel
Sine. R e p e a t t h i s o p e r a t i o n t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k
for fuel l e a k a g e at a n y point in the fuel line.
7 1 . Refill t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d e n g i n e oil
( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 8-9).
7 2 . Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h fluid:
* M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-5)
* A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-231)
6 2 . C o n n e c t the h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d install t h e
73. A / T m o d e l : M o v e the shift l e v e r to e a c h g e a r , a n d

v e r i f y that t h e A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n indicator f o l l o w s
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r to t h e bracket (C).
the t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h .
6 3 . Install the w a t e r s e p a r a t o r ( s e e s t e p 10 o n p a g e 9-7).
74. M/T m o d e l : C h e c k that the t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t s into
6 4 . Install the battery b a s e {A), then-install the h a r n e s s
all g e a r s s m o o t h l y .
c l a m p s (B).
7 5 . Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d
the air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the h e a t e r
kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft)
v a l v e o p e n ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e 10-6).
76. Do the E C M / P C M r e s e t p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-4).
7 7 . Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
7 8 . Do the c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n ( C K P ) pattern c l e a r / C K P
pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
7 9 . I n s p e c t the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).
80. I n s p e c t the ignition t i m i n g ( s e e p a g e 4-19).
8 1 . C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ( s e e p a g e 18-5).
6 5 . Install t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).

66. Install the intake air d u c t ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 10-12).
6 7 . Install the strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e
20-289).
68. Install the front grille c o v e r :
2-door (see page 20-257)
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 5 7 )
5-22
Engine Mount Replacement

1 6 K 1.2S m m
5 4 N - m (5.5 k g f - m , 4 0 I b f f t )
Replace.
1 2 x 1.25 m m
4 N-m
{63 k g f - m , 4 7 I b f f t )
R E A R E N G I N E M O U N T fA / T m o d e l )
1 0 k 1.26 m m
5 4 N-m
(5,5 k g f . n i , 4 0 I b f - f t )
REAR ENGINE M O U N T ( M / T model)

12 x 1 . 2 5 m m
6 4 N - m IS.5 k g f - m , 4 7 Ibf-ft)
Replace,
F R O N T ENGW4E
MOUNT
1 2 x 1.25 m m
78 N-m
(8.0 k g f - m . 5 8 I b f - f t )
Replace,
1 0 x 1.25 t u r n
S4 N-m
(6.5 k g f - m , 4 7 Ibf-ft}
Replace.
UPPER T R A N S M I S S I O N
M O U N T CA/T m o d s ! )
1 0 x 1.25 m m
54 N-m
(53 k g f - m , 4 0 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
LOWER TRANSMISSION
M O U N T (A/T model)
Do not remove.
10x1.25 m m
5 4 N-m
(5,5 k g f - m , 4 0 Ibf-ft)
Replace,
1 0 x 1.25 m m
5 4 N - m (5.5 k g f m , 4 0 Ibf-ft
Replace,
Do not r e m o / e .
UPPER T R A N S M I S S I O N
M O U N T ( M / T model)
LOWER TRANSMISSION
M O U N T (M/T model!
1 0 x 1.25 m m
5 4 N - m (5.5 k g f - m , 4 0 I b f - f t !
Replace.
5-23
Engine Mechanical
Cylinder Head (AH Models Except PZEV)
Special Tools
...
..........
.........
... 6-2
Component Location Index ..
............
. 6-3
Engine Compression Inspection ..........
6-6
VTEC Rocker Arm Test ...........
............
6-7
VTC Actuator Inspection ..
.........................
.... 6-8
Valve Clearance Adjustment .....
8-9
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation ......
6-12
Cam Chain Removal .
.......
.........
................. 6-13
Cam Chain Installation ................................................. 6-15
Auto-tensioner Removal and Installation .........
.. 6-20
Chain Case Oil Seal Installation ..........
* - . . 8-22
Cam Chain Inspection ...........................
.........
... 6-23
Cylinder Head Cover Removal ...............
..
... 6-24
Cylinder Head Cover Installation
..........
6-25
Cylinder Head Removal ......
...........................
* 6-27
CMP Pulse Plate A Replacement ...........
........
6-29
CMP Pulse Plate B Replacement
........
6-30
VTC Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket
Replacement .............
............................
........ 6-30
Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage ..........
... 6-31
Rocker Arm Assembly Removal
6-32
Rocker Arm and Shaft
Disassembly/Reassembly * ...
.............
.... 6-33
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection
........
6-34
Camshaft Inspection .............
.........
6-35
Valve, Spring, and Vafve Seal Removal .............
6-37
Valve inspection
.
......
.
- 6-38
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection ............... 6-38
Valve Guide Replacement
................
.. 6-39
Valve Seat Reconditioning
*
.
6-41
Valve, Spring/and Valve Seal Installation
6-42
Rocker Arm Assembly Installation ............................... 6-43
Cylinder Head Installation .....................
................. 6-44
Sealing Bolt Installation
...........
.... 6-48
0SBBgB89H
Cylinder Head (PZEV Model) ....
- 6-49
Cylinder Head
Special Tools
Bel. No.
Tool Number
07AAB-RJAA100
07 A A B - R W C A 1 2 0
(D
07HAH-PJ7A100
07JAA-001020A
V a l v e G u i d e R e a m e r , 5.5 m m
S o c k e t 19 m m
07JAB-001020B
Holder Handle
Adjuster
1
1
1
V a l v e G u i d e D r i v e r , 5.5 m m
A t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m
Driver
07757-PJ1010A
1
1
Valve Spring Compressor Attachment
6-2
V T E C Air Stopper
Air Joint Adapter
07746-0010400
07749-0010000
1
1
1
1
1
Locknut W r e n c h
S t e m S e a l Driver
V T E C Air Adapter
07ZAJ-PNAA200
07ZAJ-PNAA300
07742-0010100
1
1
1
C a m Chain Inspection G a u g e
07MAA-PR70110
07MAA-PR70120
07PAD-O01O0O0
07ZAJ-PNAA101
Oty
1
1
C a m s h a f t L o c k Pin S e t
Air Pressure Regulator
07AAJ-PNAA101
07 A A J - R W C A 1 0 0
Description
C r a n k s h a f t P u l l e y Holder
Component Location Indeic

IGNITION COIL C O V E R
CYLINDER HEAD COVER

R e m o v a l p a g e 6-24
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-25
CAM CHAM
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-13
GAM CHAM GUIDE B
CAM
CHAIN GUIDE A
0-R1NC3
VARIABLE VALVE
TIDING CONTROL
fVTCl OIL C O N T R O L
SOLENOID VALVE
T E N S I O N S ARM
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
Removal/Installation,
p a g e 6-12
AUTO-TENSIONER
Removal-Installation,
p a g e 8-20
CHAIN C A S E COVER
CRANKSHAFT
PULLEY BOLT
p a g e 6-12
(confd)
Cylinder Head
Component Location Index (cont'd)
CAMSHAFT HOLDERS
C A M CHAM
GUIDE B
DOWEL PINS
C M P PULSE PLATE B
Replacement
p a g e 6-30
E X H A U S T C A M S H A F T SPROCKET
C M P PULSE PLATE A
Replacement
p a g e 6-29
CMP SENSOR B
IEXHAUST)
VTC ACTUATOR
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT
D O W E L PIMS
ROCKER A R M A S S E M B L Y
V T E C R o c k e r A r m T e s t , p a g e 6-7
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y R e m o v a l ,
p a g e 6-32
Rocker A r m a n d Shaft
Disassembly/Reassembly,
p a g e 6-33
Rocker A r m a n d Shaft Inspection,
p a g e 6-34
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y Installation,
p a g e 6-43
6-4
VALVE COTTERS
CYLINDER HEAD BOLT

INTAKE V A L V E SPRING
EXHAUST VALVE SPRING

INTAKE V A L V E S E A L
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-37
INTAKE VALVE GUIDE

LOST MOTION ASSEMBLY
R O C K E R A R M OIL C O N T R O L
SOLENOID FILTER
HEAT SHIELD
VTC STRAINER
V T C FILTER
CYLINDER HEAD
R e m o v a l p a g e 6-27
EXHAUST VALVE
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-37
R O C K E R A R M OIL
CONTROL SOLENOID
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
COOLANT SEPARATOR
6-5
Cylinder Head
Engine Compression Inspection
N O T E : After t h i s i n s p e c t i o n , y o u m u s t r e s e t the e n g i n e
control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e
( P C M ) , o t h e r w i s e the E C M / P C M w i l l c o n t i n u e to s t o p
t h e fuel injectors f r o m o p e r a t i n g .
11. S t e p on the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to o p e n the throttle

fully, t h e n c r a n k the e n g i n e w i t h the starter m o t o r ,
a n d m e a s u r e the c o m p r e s s i o n .
Compression Pressure:
1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating
A b o v e 9 3 0 k P a (9.5 k g f / c m , 1 3 5 psi)
t e m p e r a t u r e (cooling f a n c o m e s o n ) .
12. M e a s u r e t h e c o m p r e s s i o n o n t h e r e m a i n i n g
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),
cylinders.
IVIaximym V a r i a t i o n :
W i t h i n 2 0 0 k P a (2,0 k g f / c m , 2 8 psi)
d a t a Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
13. If the c o m p r e s s i o n is not w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,

c h e c k t h e f o l l o w i n g stems, t h e n r e m e a s u r e t h e
compression.
a n d the E C M / P C M . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
6. S e l e c t A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P in the P G M - F I ,
I N S P E C T I O N m e n u w i t h the H D S .
* Incorrect v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
* C o n f i r m a t i o n of c a m t i m i n g
* D a m a g e d of w o r n c a m l o b e s
* D a m a g e d or w o r n v a l v e s a n d s e a t s
* Damaged cylinder head gasket
* D a m a g e d or w o r n piston r i n g s

8. R e m o v e the four ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).
* D a m a g e d or w o r n piston a n d c y l i n d e r b o r e
14. R e m o v e t h e c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e f r o m t h e s p a r k
plug hole.
9. R e m o v e the four s p a r k p l u g s .
10. A t t a c h a c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e to t h e s p a r k plug h o l e .
15. Install t h e four s p a r k p l u g s .

16. Install t h e four ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).
17. S e l e c t E C M / P C M r e s e t ( s e e p a g e 11-4) in t h e P G M FI, I N S P E C T I O N m e n u to c a n c e l A L L I N J E C T O R S
S T O P w i t h the H D S .
6-6
VTEC Rocker Arm Test

* V T E C air stopper 0 7 Z A J - P N A A 2 0 0
- V T E C air a d a p t e r 0 7 Z A J - P N A A 1 0 1
5. R e p e a t s t e p 4 on t h e r e m a i n i n g s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r
a r m s w i t h e a c h piston at T D C . W h e n all the
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s p a s s the test, go to s t e p 6.
A i r Joint a d a p t e r 0 7 Z A J - P N A A 3 0 0
A i r p r e s s u r e regulator
07AAJ-PNAA101
1, S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it run for 5 m i n u t e s , t h e n

turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),
6. C h e c k that t h e air p r e s s u r e on the s h o p air

c o m p r e s s o r g a u g e i n d i c a t e s o v e r 400 kPa
(4.0 k g f / c m , 57 psi).
2
7. I n s p e c t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6-9).
2, R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-24).
3, S e t the N o . 1 p i s t o n at top d e a d c e n t e r (TDC) ( s e e
8. R e m o v e the s e a l i n g bolt (A) f r o m the relief h o l e ,

a n d install the V T E C air s t o p p e r (B).
s t e p 5 on p a g e 6-13).
4, Move
the s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m (A) for the No. 1
cylinder. T h e s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s h o u l d m o v e
i n d e p e n d e n t l y of the m i d r o c k e r a r m (B).
* If t h e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m m o v e s freely, g o to
step 5
* If the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m d o e s not m o v e
i n d e p e n d e n t l y , r e m o v e the m i d , p r i m a r y , a n d
s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m s a s an a s s e m b l y , a n d
c h e c k that the p i s t o n s in the rocker a r m s m o v e
s m o o t h l y , If a n y rocker a r m n e e d s r e p l a c i n g ,
r e p l a c e the m i d , p r i m a r y , a n d s e c o n d a r y rocker
a r m s a s an a s s e m b l y , t h e n r e t e s t
07ZAJ-PNAA101
9, R e m o v e the No. 2 a n d No. 3 c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts,
a n d install the V T E C air a d a p t e r s (C) finger-tight.
10. C o n n e c t the air joint a d a p t e r (D) a n d the air
p r e s s u r e regulator ( E h
11. L o o s e n the v a l v e on the air p r e s s u r e regulator, a n d
a p p l y t h e s p e c i f i e d air p r e s s u r e .
S p e c i f i e d Air P r e s s u r e :
2 9 k P a (3.0 k g f / c m , 42 psIJ
2
N O T E : If t h e rocker a r m piston d o e s not m o v e after

a p p l y i n g air p r e s s u r e ; m o v e the r o c k e r a r m u p a n d
d o w n m a n u a l l y by rotating t h e c r a n k s h a f t
clockwise.
(cont'd)
6-7
Cylinder Head
VTEC Rocker Arm Test (cont'd)
12= W i t h the s p e c i f i e d air p r e s s u r e a p p l i e d , m o v e the
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m (A) for t h e No. 1 cylinder.
T h e m i d rocker a r m (B) the p r i m a r y rocker a r m (C),
a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s h o u l d m o v e
together.
#
* If the m i d , p r i m a r y , a n d s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s
m o v e together, go to s t e p 13.
* If the m i d a n d primary rocker a r m s do not m o v e
together with the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m , r e m o v e
the m i d , primary, a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s
a s an a s s e m b l y , a n d c h e c k that the p i s t o n s in the
rocker a r m s m o v e s m o o t h l y . If a n y rocker a r m
. n e e d s r e p l a c i n g , r e p l a c e the m i d , the p r i m a r y ,
a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s an a s s e m b l y ,
then retest.
VTC Actuator inspection

1. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-13).
2. L o o s e n the rocker a r m adjusting s c r e w s (see s t e p 2
on p a g e 6-32).
3. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t holder (see step 3 o n p a g e
6-32).
4. R e m o v e the Intake c a m s h a f t .
5. C h e c k that the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control (VTC)
actuator is locked by turning the V T C actuator
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . If it is not l o c k e d , turn the V T C
actuator c l o c k w i s e until It s t o p s , then r e c h e c k ft If it
is still not l o c k e d , r e p l a c e the V T C actuator.
6. Seal the retard holes (A) In the No. 1 c a m s h a f t
journal with tape a n d a w i r e tie.
A
13. R e p e a t step 12 on the r e m a i n i n g s e c o n d a r y rocker

a r m s with e a c h piston at T D C . W h e n all the
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s p a s s the test, go to s t e p 14.
14. R e m o v e the air p r e s s u r e regulator, the air joint
adapter, the V T E C air a d a p t e r s , a n d the V T E C air
stopper.
15. T i g h t e n the c a m s h a f t holder m o u n t i n g bolts to
22 N-m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 Sbf-ft).
16. T i g h t e n the s e a l i n g bolt to 10 N-m (1.0 kgf-m,
7.2 Ibf-ft).
17. Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-25).
6-8
7. S e a l one of the advance h o l e s ( A ) w i t h t a p e .
Valve Clearance Adjustment

8. Apply air to the u n s e a l e d advance hole to release the
lock
S p e d a l Tools Reqylred
* Lockout w r e n c h 07IVIAA-PR70120
* Adjuster 07MAA-PR70110
N O T E : C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m (HDS) to
the data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) a n d monitor the e n g i n e
c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T ) s e n s o r 1 w i t h the H D S .
A d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e only w h e n the E C T s e n s o r 1
temperature- is l e s s t h a n 100 F (38 C).
1. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (see p a g e 6-24), .
9. C h e c k that the V T C actuator m o v e s s m o o t h l y . If the

V T C a c t u a t o r d o e s not m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e the
V T C actuator,
2. S e t the No. 1 piston at top d e a d center (TDC). T h e

p u n c h mark (A) on the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control
(VTC) actuator a n d the p u n c h mark (B) on the
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t s h o u l d be at the top.
Align the T D C m a r k s (C) on the V T C actuator a n d
t h e e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t sprocket.
10. R e m o v e the w i r e tie, t h e t a p e , a n d the a d h e s i v e

residue from the camshaft journal.
11. Make sure the p u n c h m a r k s on the V T C actuator
arid the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t a r e facing up,
t h e n s e t the c a m s h a f t s in the h e a d (see s t e p 6 o n
page 6 - 4 4 ) .
12. S e t the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s a n d c a m c h a i n guide B in
p l a c e ( s e e s t e p 7 o n p a g e 6-44).
13. T i g h t e n the c a m s h a f t holder bolts to the s p e c i f i e d
t o r q u e ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 6-44),
14. Hold the c a m s h a f t , a n d turn t h e V T C actuator
c l o c k w i s e until y o u h e a r it click, M a k e s u r e to lock
the V T C actuator by turning i t
15. Install the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-15).
18. A d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6-9).
(confd)
6-9
Cylinder Head
Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)
3. S e l e c t the c o r r e c t f e e l e r g a u g e for the v a l v e
c l e a r a n c e y o u a r e g o i n g to c h e c k .
5. If y o u feel too m u c h or too little d r a g , l o o s e n the

locknut w i t h the locknut w r e n c h a n d a d j u s t e r , a n d
turn t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r e w until the d r a g on t h e f e e l e r
g a u g e Is c o r r e c t .
Valve Clearance
Intake:
0 . 2 1 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 1 0 In.)
Exhaust
0 , 2 5 - 0 . 2 9 m m ( 0 . 0 1 0 - 0 , 0 1 1 in.)
O7IVIAA-PR7011O
EXHAUST
Mo. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
No. 4
7IVIAA-PR70120
INTAKE
4. Insert t h e f e e l e r g a u g e (A) b e t w e e n the a d j u s t i n g

s c r e w (B) a n d t h e e n d of t h e v a l v e s t e m , a n d s l i d e it
6. T i g h t e n the locknut to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e , a n d
r e c h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e . R e p e a t the a d j u s t m e n t If
necessary.
b a c k a n d forth; y o u s h o u l d feel a slight a m o u n t of

drag.
Specified Torque
Intake:
7 x 0.75 m m
14 N-m (1.4 k g f - m , 10 Ibf-ft)
A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t t h e n o t t h r e a d s .
Exhaust:
7 x 0.75 m m
14 N-m (1.4 k g f - m , 10 Ibf-ft)
A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e n u t t h r e a d s .
6-10
7. Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t 180 c l o c k w i s e ( c a m s h a f t

pulley t u r n s 9 0 ),

pulley turns 90).
8, C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
on t h e Mo, 3 c y l i n d e r .
12. C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
o n the No, 2 c y l i n d e r ,

pulley t o r n s 9 0 %'
13, Install t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-25).
10. C h e c k a n d ; if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
o n the N o . 4 c y l i n d e r .
6-11
Cylinder Head
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation
Installation

* Holder handle 07JAB-001020B
* C r a n k s h a f t pulley h o l d e r G 7 A A B - R J A A 1 G 0
* S o c k e t , 19 m m 0 7 J A A - 0 0 1 0 2 0 A or a c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e 19 m m s o c k e t
1. C l e a n t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y (A), the c r a n k s h a f t (B),

t h e bolt {}, a n d t h e w a s h e r (D). L u b r i c a t e w i t h n e w
e n g i n e oil a s s h o w n .
O"
Remowal
Clean
#:Lybricate
1. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s .
2 . R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 on p a g e 5-5).
4. Hold the pulley w i t h the h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d the
c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y h o l d e r (B).
07 A A B - R J A A 1 0 0
2. Install the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y , a n d hold the pulley

w i t h t h e h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y
h o l d e r (B).
O7AAB-RJAA10O
O7JAA-0O1020A
for c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e !
5. R e m o v e the bolt w i t h a s o c k e t , 19 m m (C) a n d a

b r e a k e r b a r , t h e n r e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t pulley.
@7JAA-@01@2@A
for c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e )
3. T i g h t e n the bolt to 49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 36 Ibf-ft) with

a t o r q u e w r e n c h a n d s o c k e t , 19 m m (C). Do not u s e
a n i m p a c t w r e n c h . If t h e p u l l e y bolt or c r a n k s h a f t
a r e n e w , tighten the bolt to 177 N-m (18.0 kgf-m,
130 Ibf-ft), t h e n r e m o v e t h e bolt a n d tighten it to
49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 3 6 Ibfft).
4. T i g h t e n the p u l l e y bolt a n additional 90 .
5. Install t h e drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
6. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 o n p a g e 5-20).
6-12
Cam Chain Removal

N O T E ; K e e p the c a m c h a i n a w a y f r o m m a g n e t i c f i e l d s .
7. R e m o v e the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e

( s e e p a g e 11-300).
1, R e m o v e the front w h e e l s ,
8. R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y ( s e e p a g e 6-12).
2, R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 o n p a g e 5-5).
9. S u p p o r t the e n g i n e with a j a c k a n d a w o o d block
3, R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30),
4, R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-24).
10. R e m o v e t h e g r o u n d c a b l e (A), t h e n r e m o v e the s i d e
e n g i n e m o u n t bracket (B).
5, S e t t h e Mo. 1 p i s t o n at top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . T h e
p u n c h m a r k (A) o n the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control
( V T C ) a c t u a t o r a n d the p u n c h m a r k IB) o n the
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t s h o u l d b e at the top.
A l i g n the T D C m a r k s CO o n t h e V T C a c t u a t o r a n d
the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t .
11. R e m o v e the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket m o u n t i n g

bolts.
6 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (B),
(cont'd)
6-13
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Removal (cont'd)
12. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n c a s e (A) a n d the s p a c e r (B),
15. A l i g n the h o l e s o n the lock (A) a n d the autot e n s i o n e r (B), t h e n insert a 1.2 m m (0.05 in.)
d i a m e t e r pin or lock pin (P/W 14511-PNA-003) (C)
into the h o l e s . T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to
s e c u r e the pin.
N O T E : C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n . If the
position a r e not a l i g n e d , s e t the first c a m to t h e first
e d g e of the rack.
13. L o o s e l y install the c r a n k s h a f t pulley.

14. T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to c o m p r e s s
the auto-tensioner.
16. R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
6^ 14
Cam Chain Installation

17, R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e B.
S p e c i a l To@Ss R e q y i r e d
C a m s h a f t lock pin s e t 0 7 A A B - R W C A 1 2 0
NOTE:
* K e e p the c a m c h a i n a w a y f r o m m a g n e t i c fields.
B e f o r e d o i n g this p r o c e d u r e , c h e c k that the v a r i a b l e
v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) actuator is locked by
turning the V T C a c t u a t o r c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . If not
l o c k e d , turn the V T C actuator c l o c k w i s e until it s t o p s ,
t h e n r e c h e c k it. if it is still not locked, r e p l a c e the V T C
actuator.
1. S e t the c r a n k s h a f t to top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) , A l i g n
the T D C m a r k (A) o n the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t w i t h
t h e pointer (B) o n the e n g i n e block.
18, R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e A a n d the t e n s i o n e r
a r m (B).
Hi
2. S e t the c a m s h a f t s to T D C . T h e p u n c h m a r k (A) on
the V T C actuator a n d the p u n c h m a r k (B) on the
A l i g n the T D C m a r k s (C) on the V T C actuator a n d
the exhaust camshaft s p r o c k e t
>''
Ki
19, R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n .
(cont'd)
6-15
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Installation {cont'd)
3. T o h o l d t h e intake c a m s h a f t , insert a c a m s h a f t lock
6. Install t h e c a m c h a i n o n t h e V T C actuator a n d the
pin ( 0 7 A A B - R W C A 1 2 0 ) (A) into the m a i n t e n a n c e
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t w i t h the p u n c h m a r k s
hole in c a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) p u l s e plate A (B)
(A) a l i g n e d w i t h the c e n t e r of the t w o c o l o r e d link
a n d t h r o u g h the N o . 5 rocker shaft holder (C).
plates (B).
7. Install c a m c h a i n g u i d e A a n d the t e n s i o n e r a r m (B).

4. T o hold the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t , insert a c a m s h a f t
lock pin (A) into the m a i n t e n a n c e hole in C M P p u l s e
plate B (D) a n d t h r o u g h the No. 5 rocker shaft
h o l d e r (C).
6 x 1.0 m m
(1.2 kgf-m,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
5, Install the c a m c h a i n on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t

w i t h the c o l o r e d link plate (A) a l i g n e d w i t h the m a r k
(B) o n t h e c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N-m
{2.2 kgf-m,
16 Ibf-ft)
6-16
8. C o m p r e s s t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r w h e n r e p l a c i n g the
10. Install t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
c a m c h a i n . R e m o v e the pin f r o m the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

T u r n t h e plate (A! c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , to r e l e a s e t h e
N O T E : C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n , if the
lock, t h e n p r e s s t h e rod I B ) , a n d s e t t h e first c a m (C)
position is not a l i g n e d , s e t the first c a m to the first
to t h e first e d g e of t h e rack (D). Insert the 1,2 m m
e d g e of t h e rack.
(0,05 in,) d i a m e t e r pin or lock pin (P/N 14511P N A - 0 0 3 ) (E) into the h o l e s (F).
N O T E : If t h e c h a i n t e n s i o n e r i s not s e t u p a s
d e s c r i b e d , the t e n s i o n e r will b e c o m e d a m a g e d .
(1.2 kgf-m, 8 J Ibf-ft)
11. R e m o v e the pin or lock pin f r o m t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

E
9. Install c a m c h a i n g u i d e B.
(cont'd)
6-17
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Installation (cont'd)
12. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t lock pin s e t
16. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to t h e e n g i n e
block m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the c h a i n c a s e , a n d to the
inside e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
c o m p o n e n t within 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the- liquid
gasket.
NOTE:
* If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed within 4 m i n u t e s .
* If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e t h e old liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t
13. C h e c k the c h a i n c a s e oil s e a l for d a m a g e . If the oil

s e a l is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e the c h a i n c a s e oil s e a l
( s e e p a g e 6-22).
14. R e m o v e t h e old liquid g a s k e t f r o m t h e c h a i n c a s e
m a t i n g s u r f a c e s , t h e b o l t s , a n d the bolt h o l e s .
15. C l e a n a n d dry the c h a i n c a s e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .
A p p l y liquid gasket
along the broken line.
17. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t to the e n g i n e block u p p e r

s u r f a c e c o n t a c t a r e a s (A) o n the c h a i n c a s e a n d
l o w e r block u p p e r s u r f a c e c o n t a c t a r e a s (B) o n t h e
chain case.
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the oil pan
m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the c h a i n c a s e , a n d to t h e i n s i d e
e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the liquid
gasket.
NOTE:
If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be i n s t a l l e d within 4 m i n u t e s .
* If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
along t h e broken line.
6-18
19, Install t h e s p a c e r (A), t h e n install t h e n e w O-ring (B)

o n the c h a i n c a s e . S e t t h e e d g e of the c h a i n c a s e (C)
2 0 . Install t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t , t h e n tighten
the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket m o u n t i n g bolts.
to the e d g e of t h e oil p a n (D), t h e n install t h e c h a i n

c a s e o n t h e e n g i n e block ( E ) . W i p e off t h e e x c e s s
liquid g a s k e t on the oil p a n a n d c h a i n c a s e m a t i n g
1 0 x 1.25 mm
44M-m
14,5 kgf-m, 3 3 I b f - f t )
surface.
NOTE:
* W h e n i n s t a l l i n g t h e c h a i n c a s e , d o not s l i d e the
b o t t o m s u r f a c e onto the oil p a n m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e .
* W a i t at l e a s t 30 m i n u t e s before filling the e n g i n e
w i t h 01!
* Do not run the e n g i n e for at l e a s t 3 h o u r s after
i n s t a l l i n g the c h a n c a s e .
2 1 . T i g h t e n t h e n e w s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket .
m o u n t i n g bolts in the n u m b e r e d s e q u e n c e s h o w n .
1 0 K 1.25 m m
44Wm
(4;5 k g f m
33 Ibft
6 x 1.0 m m
12N-m
(1.2 kgf-m, 8 . 7 I b f - f t )
CO12 x 1.25 m m
(5.5 kgf-m* 4 0 I b f - f t )
Replace.
x 1,0 mm
12Um
11 2 kgf.m 8 1 Jbf.ftf
S x 1.0 m m
12N.m
11,2 kgf-m, 8.7 I b f - f t )
(D 1 2 x 1 . 2 5 m m
6 4 N - m 18.5 k g f - m , 4 7 I b f - f t )
2 2 . Install t h e g r o u n d c a b l e .
2 3 . R e m o v e the j a c k a n d the w o o d block.
(cont'd)
6-19
Cylinder Head
Cain Chain Installation (cont'd)
Auto-tensioner Removal and

Installation
24. Install the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y ( s e e p a g e 6-12).

25. Install the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
Removal
11-300).
1. R e m o v e the c h a i n c a s e c o v e r .
26. C o n n e c t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d install the h a r n e s s c l a m p (B).
2 7 . Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-25).

2 8 . Install the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
2 9 . Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 o n p a g e 5-20).
3 1 . Do t h e c r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) pattern c l e a r / C K P
pattern learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
6-20
the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
3. A l i g n t h e h o l e s o n the lock (A) a n d the autot e n s i o n e r | B ) , t h e n i n s e r t a 1.2 m m (0,05 in J

d i a m e t e r pin or lock pin {P/N 14511-PNA-003) (C)
into t h e h o l e s . T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to
Installation
1. Install t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
N O T E : C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m position. If the
position is not a l i g n e d , s e t the first c a m to the first
N O T E : C h e c k t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n . If t h e
position is not a l i g n e d , s e t t h e first c a m to t h e first
e d g e of t h e rack ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 6-17).
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N-m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f - f t I
4, R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
2. R e m o v e the 1.2 m m (0.05 in.) d i a m e t e r pin or lock

pin (P/N 14511-PNA-003) f r o m the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
3. R e m o v e all of the old liquid g a s k e t f r o m the c h a i n

c a s e c o v e r m a t i n g s u r f a c e s , the bolts, a n d the bolt
holes.
4. C l e a n a n d dry the c h a i n c a s e c o v e r m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .
(cont'd)
6-21
CyUnder Head
installation (cont'd!
Chain Case Oil Seal Installation

5. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the c h a i n
c a s e mating s u r f a c e of t h e c h a i n c a s e c o v e r , a n d to
the i n s i d e e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install
t h e - c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t
NOTE:
If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be i n s t a l l e d within 4 m i n u t e s .
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e the old liquid g a s k e t a n d
Driver 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
* A t t a c h m e n t 52 x 55 m m
07746-0010400
1. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d the

crankshaft
2. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the lip of the
c h a i n c a c e oil s e a l .
3. U s e t h e h a n d l e d r i v e r a n d a t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m
to drive a n e w oil s e a l s q u a r e l y into the c h a i n c a s e
to the s p e c i f i e d installed height.
6. Install the c h a i n c a s e c o v e r .
4. M e a s u r e the d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the c h a i n c a s e
NOTE:
s u r f a c e (A) a n d the oil s e a ! (B).
* W a i t at l e a s t 30 m i n u t e s before filling the e n g i n e

w i t h oil.
installing the c h a i n c a s e c o v e r .
Oil S e a l I n s t a l l e d Height:
3 2 . 4 - 3 3 . 1 m m ( 1 . 2 8 1 . 3 0 in.)
32.433.1 mon
( 1 . 2 8 - 1 . 3 0 In.)
6-22
Cam Chain Inspection

S p e c i a l ToIs
Cam
Required
6. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c a m c h a i n (A)

a n d the t e n s i o n e r a r m (B) with t h e c a m c h a i n
chain inspection gauge 0 7 A A J - R W C A 1 0 0
inspection'gauge (07AAJ-RWCA100).
I. R e m o v e t h e front w h e e l s .
* If the c l e a r a n c e is O K , g o t o s t e p 17,
If the c l e a r a n c e is m o r e t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit, go
to s t e p 7.
R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 o n p a g e 5-5),
3, R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-24),
Chain-to-Arm Clearance
4, Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t pulley t w o t u r n s c l o c k w i s e .
M I L o n w i t h P 0 3 4 1 : 4 J m m (0.17 in J
5, S e t the No, 1 piston at top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . T h e

p u n c h m a r k (A) o n the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control
( V T C ) a c t u a t o r a n d t h e p u n c h m a r k (8) on the
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t s h o u l d be at t h e top.
A l i g n the T D C m a r k s IC) on the V T C actuator a n d
W i t h o u t MIL:
5.5. mm
10,22 in.)
07AAJ-BWCA100
7, R e m o v e the oil pan (see p a g e 7-11).

8, S u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d block
u n d e r the e n g i n e block.
N O T E : Do not-hit the oil p u m p a n d the baffle plate
w h e n p l a c i n g the j a c k on the e d g e of the e n g i n e
block,
3. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-13), a n d c h e c k
the teeth on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t , the V T C
actuator, a n d the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t for
w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If a n y of t h e m a r e w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e if n e c e s s a r y .
10. C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e on the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r for
c l o g s . If the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r is c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e it.
(confd)
6-23
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Inspection (cont'd)
11. M e a s u r e the length of the oil p u m p c h a i n auto-
1. R e m o v e the strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

20-289).
t e n s i o n e r rod.
Oil P y m p C h a i n Auto-Tensloner R o d Length
Service Limit
Cylinder Head Cover Removal
13 mm
2. R e m o v e the e n g i n e c o v e r .
(0.51 in.)
12. If the length i s o v e r the s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e the oil

p u m p c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 8-23). W h e n r e p l a c i n g , c h e c k
the teeth o n the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t a n d oil p u m p
s p r o c k e t for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If a n y of t h e m a r e
w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e if n e c e s s a r y .
13. C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e on the oil p u m p c h a i n auto-

4. R e m o v e the dipstick (A) a n d t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g
(P/S) h o s e bracket (B) a n d d i s c o n n e c t the b r e a t h e r
h o s e (C) a n d the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (D).
B
t e n s i o n e r for c l o g s . If the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r is c l o g g e d ,
replace it
14. Install the n e w c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-15).
15. R e m o v e the j a c k a n d the w o o d block.
16. Install the oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-31),
18. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 on p a g e 5-20).
5. R e m o v e the t w o bolts (E) s e c u r i n g the e v a p o r a t i v e
e m i s s i o n (EVAP) canister purge valve b r a c k e t
6-24

8. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r .
1. T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t a n d t h e
groove.
2. Install the h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t (A) in t h e g r o o v e of
the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B).
3. C h e c k that t h e mating s u r f a c e s a r e c l e a n a n d dry.

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , o n t h e c h a i n c a s e a n d
t h e N o . 5 rocker shaft h o l d e r m a t i n g a r e a s . Install
t h e c o m p o n e n t within- 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t
NOTE:
If y o u a p p l y liquid-gasket P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
* If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e
-
liquid g a s k e t r e m o v e the o l d liquid g a s k e t a n d

Apply liquid gasket

to these points.
Apply liquid gasket

to these points.
(cont'd)
6-25
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Cower Installation (cont'd)
5. S e t the s p a r k plug s e a l s (A) on the s p a r k plug t u b e s .
P l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B) on the c y l i n d e r
h e a d , t h e n s l i d e the c o v e r s l i g h t l y back a n d forth to
s e a t the h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t .
8. Install the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the e v a p o r a t i v e

e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e bracket.
9. C o n n e c t the b r e a t h e h o s e (B) a n d the brake b o o s t e r

v a c u u m h o s e (C) a n d install the p o w e r s t e e r i n g
6. I n s p e c t the c o v e r w a s h e r s (C). R e p l a c e a n y w a s h e r
that is d a m a g e d or d e t e r i o r a t e d .
( P / S ) h o s e bracket (D), a n d the dipstick (E).

10. Install the four ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).
7. T i g h t e n the bolts in t h r e e s t e p s . Sn the final s t e p

tighten all bolts, in s e q u e n c e , to 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m,
8.7 Ibf-ft).
11. Install the e n g i n e c o v e r .
NOTE:
W a i t at least 30 m i n u t e s before filling the e n g i n e
w i t h oil.
* D o not run the e n g i n e for at l e a s t 3 h o u r s after
installing the h e a d c o v e r .
6 x 1.0mm
12 N-m
C1.2 kgf.m,
8.7 Ibf-ft!
12. Install the strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

20-289).
6-26
Cylinder Head Removal

NOTE:
surfaces.
* T o a v o i d d a m a g e , u n p l u g the w i r i n g c o n n e c t o r s
c a r e f u l l y w h i l e h o l d i n g the c o n n e c t o r portion.
8. R e m o v e t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (A), t h e n
d i s c o n n e c t t h e fuel f e e d h o s e (B) ( s e e p a g e 11-340).
* C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the
d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) , a n d m o n i t o r t h e e n g i n e
c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e f E C T } s e n s o r 1. T o a v o i d
d a m a g i n g the c y l i n d e r h e a d , w a i t until t h e E C T
s e n s o r 1 t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p s b e l o w 100 T (38 C)
b e f o r e l o o s e n i n g the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts,
* IVlark all w i r i n g a n d h o s e s to a v o i d m i s c o n n e c t i o n .
A l s o , be s u r e that t h e y d o not c o n t a c t other w i r i n g or
1, R e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e
20-283).
2, R e l i e v e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e four fuel injector c o n n e c t o r s (A), the

e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r (B),
a n d r e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e s (C),
3, D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
5, R e m o v e t h e intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-3).
6, R e m o v e the c a t a l y t i c c o n v e r t e r ( s e e p a g e 11-367).
7, D i s c o n n e c t the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P )
c a n i s t e r h o s e {A}.
A
(cont'd)
6-27
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd)
10. R e m o v e the four bolts s e c u r i n g the E V A P c a n i s t e r
p u r g e v a l v e bracket.
12. R e m o v e the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g

pipe.
B
11. D i s c o n n e c t the u p p e r radiator h o s e (A), the heater

h o s e s (B), a n d the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (C).
13. D i s c o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (B).
14. D i s c o n n e c t the f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s
connectors and remove the wire h a r n e s s c l a m p s
f r o m the c y l i n d e r h e a d :
* Engine coolant temperature (ECT) s e n s o r 1
connector
C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r A (Intake)
connector
* C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r B ( E x h a u s t )
connector
R o c k e r a r m oil control v a l v e c o n n e c t o r
R o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
E V A P canister purge valve connector
V a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) oil control
solenoid valve connector
* E n g i n e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
6-28
CMP Pulse Plate A Replacement

15. R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 8-13).
1. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-24).
18, R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y { s e e p a g e 6-32).
2. R e m o v e c a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r A
( s e e p a g e 11-301).
17, R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts. T o p r e v e n t
w a r p a g e , l o o s e n t h e bolts in s e q u e n c e 1/3 t u r n at a
t i m e ; r e p e a t t h e s e q u e n c e until all bolts a r e
loosened.
^
18. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
.5
3. Hold t h e c a m s h a f t w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , t h e n
l o o s e n t h e bolt.
4. R e m o v e C M P p u l s e plate A .
5, Install C M P p u l s e plate A in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

-removal.
6-29
Cylinder Head
VTC Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft

Sprocket Replacement
1. R e m o v e the cylinder h e a d c o v e r (see p a g e 6-24).

2. R e m o v e c a m s h a f t position (CMP) s e n s o r B
( s e e page 11-210).
Removal
3. Hold the c a m s h a f t with a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , then

l o o s e n the bolt.
N O T E : F o r e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t r e m o v a l , do
s t e p s 3 a n d 4.
2. If the V T C actuator will be r e u s e d , d o t h e s e s t e p s to
a v o i d d a m a g i n g the actuator lock pin.
-1
R e m o v e the intake c a m s h a f t f r o m the c y l i n d e r

h e a d , a n d s e a t the retard h o l e s in the No. 1
c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l w i t h tape a n d a w i r e tie (see

s t e p 6 on p a g e 6-8).
- 2 S e a l o v e r o n e of the a d v a n c e h o l e s w i t h tape ( s e e
s t e p 7 o n p a g e 6-8).
- 3 A p p l y air to the u n s e a l e d a d v a n c e hole to r e l e a s e
t h e lock (see s t e p 8 on p a g e 6-9).
R e m o v e t h e w i r e tie, t h e t a p e , a n d t h e a d h e s i v e
r e s i d u e f r o m the c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l .
- 5 T e m p o r a r i l y reinstall the c a m s h a f t a n d the c a m
j o u r n a l s on the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
-4
3.
Hold the c a m s h a f t w i t h a n o p e n e n d w r e n c h , t h e n
l o o s e n the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C )
actuator m o u n t i n g bolt or the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t
s p r o c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt.
4.
R e m o v e the V T C actuator a n d / o r the e x h a u s t

c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t f r o m the c a m s h a f t .
4. R e m o v e C M P p u l s e plate B.
5. Install C M P p u l s e plate B in the r e v e r s e order of

removal.
6-30
Cylinder Head Inspection for

Warpage
Installation
1, Install the V T C actuator a n d / o r the exhaust camshaft
sprocket onto the camshaft.
1 . R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d ( s e e p a g e 6-27).
2. I n s p e c t t h e c a m s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 6-35).
MOTE: T o a v o i d d a m a g e to t h e V T C a c t u a t o r , it
m u s t b e i n s t a l l e d in t h e u n l o c k e d position. If
n e c e s s a r y , t e m p o r a r i l y install t h e V T C a c t u a t o r
m o u n t bolt h a n d - t i g h t , a n d u n l o c k t h e a c t u a t o r
f s e e s t e p 2 of r e m o v a l ) .
3. C h e c k t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d for w a r p a g e . M e a s u r e
a l o n g t h e e d g e s , a n d three w a y s a c r o s s t h e c e n t e r .
* If w a r p a g e is l e s s t h a n 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
c y l i n d e r h e a d r e s u r f a c i n g is not r e q u i r e d .
2. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e t h r e a d s of t h e V T C
a c t u a t o r m o u n t i n g bolt a n d t h e e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t
m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n install t h e m ,
3, Hold t h e c a m s h a f t w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , t h e n
tighten t h e bolts.
* If w a r p a g e is b e t w e e n 0.05 m m (0.002 in.) a n d

- 0=2 m m (0.008 in J , r e s u r f a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
* T h e m a x i m u m r e s u r f a c e limit i s 0 . 2 m m (0.008 in.)
b a s e d o n a height of 104 m m (4,09 in.).
Cylinder Head Height
S t a n d a r d (Mew): 1 0 3 . 9 5 - 1 0 4 = 0 5 m r n
( 4 . 0 9 3 4 . 0 9 6 in.)
Specified Torque
V T C Actuator Mounting BoH:
12x1.25
mm
1 1 3 N - m {11.5 kgfm, 8 3 Ibf-ft)

E x h a u s t C a m s h a f t S p r o c k e t M o u n t i n g Bolt:
10 x 1 . 2 5 mm
72 M~m 17,3 kgf-m, 5 3 Ibf-ft!
4. Hold the camshaft w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , a n d

t u r n t h e V T C a c t u a t o r b y h a n d c l o c k w i s e until y o u
h e a r a n d feel t h e a c t u a t o r lock pin click into
place,
5. install the c a m c h a i n f s e e p a g e 6-15).
6-31
Cylinder Head
3. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts. T o p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g the c a m s h a f t s , l o o s e n the bolts, in
s e q u e n c e , t w o t u r n s at a t i m e .
6-32
4, R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e B (A), the c a m s h a f t
h o l d e r s (B), a n d the c a m s h a f t s (C).
5. Insert the bolts (A) into t h e r o c k e r shaft h o l d e r , t h e n

r e m o v e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y (B).
Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly

NOTE:
* Identify e a c h part a s ft Is r e m o v e d s o that e a c h Item c a n be reinstalled in its original p o s i t i o n .
* I n s p e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m s h a f t a n d r o c k e r a r m s ( s e e p a g e 6-34).
* If r e u s e d , t h e r o c k e r a r m s m u s t b e i n s t a l l e d in t h e s a m e p o s i t i o n s ,
* W h e n r e m o v i n g , o r installing the r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y , d o not r e m o v e the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts. T h e bolts w i l l k e e p
the holders a n d rocker a r m s on the shaft.
* Prior to r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all t h e p a r t s in s o l v e n t , dry t h e m , a n d a p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to a n y c o n t a c t p o i n t s .
* B u n d l e t h e intake r o c k e r a r m s w i t h r u b b e r b a n d s to k e e p t h e m t o g e t h e r a s a s e t .
* W h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e intake r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y , r e m o v e t h e f a s t e n i n g h a r d w a r e f r o m the n e w intake r o c k e r a r m
assembly.
EXHAUST ROCKER
SHAFT
- T V -
EXHAUST ROCKER
ASSEMBLY
No.
ROCKER
SHAFT HOLDER
mmm
SHAFT HOLDER
R U B B E R BAWD
No. 2
ROCKER SHAFT
HOLDER
No, 3
ROCKER SHAFT
HOLDER
No. 4
ROCKER SHAFT
HOLDER
IOTAKE ROCKER
ARM ASSEMBLY
_TL_
INTAKE ROCKER SHAFT
6-33
Cylinder Head
1. R e m o v e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-32).
5. M e a s u r e the i n s i d e d i a m e t e r of the rocker a r m , a n d

c h e c k It for a n out-of-round
condition.
2. D i s a s s e m b l e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
6-33).
Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance

Standard (New):
3. M e a s u r e the d i a m e t e r of the s h a f t at the first rocker
Intake:
location.
Exhaust:
Serwlee L i m i t :
0.0180.059 m m
( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 3 In.)
0,0180.056 m m
f O . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 In.)
0,08 m m (0.003 In.)
4. Z e r o t h e g a u g e (A) to the shaft d i a m e t e r .

6. R e p e a t for all rocker a r m s a n d both s h a f t s . If the
c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the
rocker shaft a n d ail out of s e r v i c e limit rocker a r m s .
If a n y V T E C rocker a r m n e e d s r e p l a c e m e n t , , r e p l a c e
the rocker a r m s ( p r i m a r y , m i d , a n d s e c o n d a r y ) , a s a
set.
7. I n s p e c t the r o c k e r a r m p i s t o n s (A). P u s h on e a c h
piston m a n u a l l y . If It d o e s not m o v e s m o o t h l y ,
r e p l a c e the r o c k e r a r m s e t .
N O T E : A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the r o c k e r a r m
pistons w h e n reassembling.
8. Install the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-43).
6-34
Camshaft Inspection
3. S e a t t h e c a m s h a f t by p u s h i n g it a w a y f r o m t h e
c a m s h a f t pulley e n d of t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
N O T E : D o n o t rotate t h e c a m s h a f t d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n .
1. R e m o v e t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y { s e e p a g e 6-32),
2, Pot t h e r o c k e r s h a f t h o l d e r s , c a m s h a f t , a n d
c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s o n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d , t h e n tighten
the bolts, in s e q u e n c e , to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
N O T E : If t h e e n g i n e d o e s not h a v e bolt @ , s k i p it
4. Z e r o t h e dial indicator a g a i n s t t h e e n d of t h e
c a m s h a f t , t h e n push: t h e c a m s h a f t b a c k a n d forth,
a n d r e a d t h e e n d play. If t h e e n d p l a y i s b e y o n d t h e
s e r v i c e limit, replace t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d a n d r e c h e c k .
If it is still b e y o n d t h e service- limit, r e p l a c e t h e
camshaft.
and continue the torque s e q u e n c e .

C a m s h a f t E n d Play
Specified
Tmque
8 x1.25 m m
S t a n d a r d (New): 0.050.20 m m
2 2 N - m (2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)
K 1,0 m m
12 N-m (1.2 k g f - m , 8,7 Ibf-ft)
6 K 1.0 m m B o l t s : 21 2 , |3
Service Limit:
1}
6,
( 0 . 0 0 2 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
0.4 m m (0.02 in.)
(cont'd)
6-35
Cylinder Head
Camshaft inspection (cont'd)
10. C h e c k the total runout w i t h the c a m s h a f t s u p p o r t e d
on V-blocks.
5. L o o s e n the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts t w o t u r n s at a
t i m e , in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern. T h e n r e m o v e the
camshaft holders from the cylinder head.
* If the total runout of t h e c a m s h a f t is within the

6. Lift the c a m s h a f t s out of t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d , a n d
w i p e t h e m c l e a n , t h e n i n s p e c t the lift r a m p s .
R e p l a c e the c a m s h a f t if a n y l o b e s a r e pitted, s c o r e d ,
or e x c e s s i v e l y w o r n .
7. C l e a n the c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l s u r f a c e s in the c y l i n d e r
h e a d , t h e n s e t the c a m s h a f t s back in p l a c e . P l a c e a
p l a s t i g a g e strip a c r o s s e a c h j o u r n a l
s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
' If the total runout is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit,
r e p l a c e the c a m s h a f t a n d r e c h e c k the c a m s h a f t t o - h o l d e r oil c l e a r a n c e . Sf the oil c l e a r a n c e is still
b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r
head.
Camshaft Total Ryrteyt
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.03 m m (0.0012 in.)
Servloe Limit:
8. Install the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s , t h e n tighten the bolts
mm.
0.04 m m 10.002 in.)
to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e a s s h o w n In s t e p 2.
9. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s . M e a s u r e the w i d e s t
portion of p l a s t i g a g e o n e a c h j o u r n a l .
* Sf the c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n t h e
s e r v i c e limits, g o to s t e p 11.
* If the c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d the
s e r v i c e limit, a n d the c a m s h a f t h a s b e e n r e p l a c e d ,
r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d ,
* If t h e c a m s h a f t - t o - h o i d e r c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d the
s e r v i c e limit, a n d t h e c a m s h a f t h a s not b e e n
r e p l a c e d , g o to s t e p 10.
CamshafMo-Holder Oil Giearance
0.030-0.069 mm
( 0 . 0 0 1 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 in.)
No. 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 Journals: 0 . 0 6 0 - 0 . 0 9 9 m m
C0.002~~0.004 in.)
0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
11. M e a s u r e the c a m lobe height.

C a m L o b e Height S t a n d a r d (New):
PR!
INTAKE
33.744 m m
MID
35.456 m m
SEC
(1.3959 in.)
33.744 m m
(1.3285 in.)
No. 1 Journal:
(1.3285 in.)
PR!: P r i m a r y
MID: M i d
C/C: C a m Chain
EXHAUST
34.291 m m
(1.3500 in J .
S E C : Secondary
INTAKE
PBI
6-36
MIB
SEC
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal

S p e c i a l T o o l s Fteqylred
V a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r attachment: 0 7 7 5 7 - P J 1 0 1 0 A
5. Install the v a l v e g u i d e s e a l
remover.
Identify t h e v a l v e s a n d the v a l v e s p r i n g s a s t h e y a r e
r e m o v e d s o that e a c h item c a n be r e i n s t a l l e d In its
original p o s i t i o n ,
f. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d f s e e p a g e 8-27).
2. U s i n g a n a p p r o p r i a t e - s i z e d s o c k e t (A) a n d plastic
m a l l e t (8), lightly t a p t h e s p r i n g retainer to l o o s e n
the v a l v e c o t t e r s .
6, R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s e a l .
3, Install the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t a n d
the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r . C o m p r e s s the s p r i n g ,
a n d r e m o v e the v a l v e cotters.
07757-PJ1010A
4, R e m o v e the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a n d the v a l v e
s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t t h e n r e m o v e the
s p r i n g retainer a n d t h e v a l v e s p r i n g .
6-37
Cylinder Head
Valve Inspection
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance

Inspection
1. R e m o v e the v a l v e s ( s e e p a g e 6-37).
2. M e a s u r e the v a l v e in t h e s e a r e a s ,
2. S l i d e the v a l v e out of its g u i d e a b o u t 10 m m
intake Valve D i m e n s i o n s
A Standard (New): 3 5 . 8 5 - 3 6 . 1 5
mm
(0.33 in.), t h e n m e a s u r e the s t e m - t o - g u i d e
(1.411-1,423
B Standard (New): 1 0 8 . 5 - 1 0 9 . 1
(4.272-4.295
C Standard (New): 5 . 4 7 5 - 5 . 4 8 5
in.)
mm
in.)
mm
c l e a r a n c e w i t h a dial indicator w h i l e rocking the
C S e r v i c e Limit:
( 0 . 2 1 5 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 9 in.)
5 . 4 4 5 m m (0.214 in.)
s t e m in the direction of n o r m a l t h r u s t ( w o b b l e
method).
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit,
r e c h e c k it u s i n g a n e w v a l v e .
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t is n o w w i t h i n the s e r v i c e
limit, r e a s s e m b l e u s i n g a n e w v a l v e .
Exhayst Valve Dimensions

A Standard (New): 30.8531.15 m m
( 1 . 2 1 5 - 1 . 2 2 6 In.)
B Standard (New): 1 0 8 . 4 - 1 0 9 . 0 m m
( 4 , 2 6 8 - 4 . 2 9 1 in.)
C S t a n d a r d (New): 5 . 4 5 0 - 5 . 4 6 0 m m
C Serwlee L i m i t :
( 0 . 2 1 4 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 0 in.)
5.42 m m 10.213 in.)
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t w i t h a n e w v a l v e still
e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, g o to s t e p 3.
Intake V a l v e S t e m - t o - G o i d e C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New): 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 1 m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 * 0 0 4 in.)
Serviee Limit:
0.16 m m (0.006 in.).
E x h a u s t Vai@ S t e m - t o - G u i d e C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New): 0 . 1 1 - 0 . 1 6 m m
Service Limit:
( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 , 0 0 6 in J
0.22 m m (0.009 in.)
3. S u b t r a c t the O . D . of the v a l v e s t e m , m e a s u r e d w i t h
a m i c r o m e t e r , f r o m the L D . of the v a l v e g u i d e ,
m e a s u r e d w i t h a n i n s i d e m i c r o m e t e r or ball g a u g e .
T a k e the m e a s u r e m e n t s in t h r e e p l a c e s a l o n g the
v a l v e s t e m a n d t h r e e p l a c e s i n s i d e the v a l v e g u i d e .
T h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n the l a r g e s t g u i d e
m e a s u r e m e n t a n d the s m a l l e s t s t e m m e a s u r e m e n t
s h o u l d not e x c e e d the s e r v i c e limit.
Intake V a l v e S t e m - t o - G u i d e C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New): 0 . 0 3 0 - 0 . 0 5 5 m m
( , 0 0 1 2 - 0 , 0 0 2 2 in.)
0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
E i c h a y s t Valwe S t e m - t ~ G u i d e C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New): 0 . 0 5 5 - 0 , 0 8 0 m m
Service Limit
6-38
( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 1 in.)
0.11 m m (0.0043 in.)

5. W o r k i n g f r o m t h e c a m s h a f t s i d e , u s e t h e d r i v e r a n d
a n a i r h a m m e r to drive the g u i d e a b o u t 2 m m
* V a l v e g u i d e d r i v e r , 5.5 m m 0 7 7 4 2 - 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
(0.1 in.) t o w a r d s the c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r . T h i s will
* V a l v e g u i d e r e a m e r , 5.5 m m 0 7 H A H - P J 7 A 1 0 0
k n o c k off s o m e of t h e c a r b o n a n d m a k e r e m o v a l
e a s i e r . Hold the air h a m m e r directly in fine w i t h t h e
1. I n s p e c t the v a l v e s t e m - t o - g u i d e c l e a r a n c e
v a l v e g u i d e to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g t h e d r i v e r .
I s e e p a g e 6-38).
2. A s illustrated, u s e a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e airi m p a c t v a l v e g u i d e d r i v e r (A) m o d i f i e d to fit the
6. T u r n t h e h e a d o v e r , a n d drive t h e g u i d e out t o w a r d
t h e c a m s h a f t s i d e of the h e a d .
d i a m e t e r of trie v a l v e g u i d e s , In m o s t c a s e s , the
s a m e p r o c e d u r e c a n be d o n e u s i n g t h e v a l v e g u i d e
d r i v e r , 5.5 m m a n d a c o n v e n t i o n a l h a m m e r .
5.3 m m
10.21 in.)
_
L
87 m m
\
pt3.43in.rT
M
57 mm
12.24 fii.J
T
10.8 m m
10.43 In.)
S e l e c t t h e p r o p e r r e p l a c e m e n t g u i d e s , a n d chill
t h e m in t h e f r e e z e r s e c t i o n of a refrigerator for at
least an hour.
U s e a hot plate o r o v e n to e v e n l y h e a t t h e c y l i n d e r
head
to 3 0 0 F (150 *). M o n i t o r t h e t e m p e r a t u r e
w i t h a c o o k i n g t h e r m o m e t e r . D o not get the h e a d

hotter t h a n 3 0 0 T (150 *C); e x c e s s i v e h e a t m a y
l o o s e n the v a l v e s e a t s .
7. If a v a l v e g u i d e will not m o v e , drill it o u t w i t h a

8 m m (5/16 in.) bit, t h e n try a g a i n .
N O T E : Drill g u i d e s o n l y in e x t r e m e c a s e s ; y o u
c o u l d d a m a g e the c y l i n d e r h e a d if t h e g u i d e b r e a k s .
8. R e m o v e the n e w g u i d e ( s ) f r o m t h e f r e e z e r , o n e at a
time, a s you need them.
(cont'd)
6-39
Cylinder Head
Valve Guide Replacement (cont'd)
9. A p p l y a thin c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the o u t s i d e of
the n e w v a l v e g u i d e . Install t h e g u i d e f r o m the
10. C o a t both the v a l v e g u i d e r e a m e r , 5.5 m m a n d the

v a l v e g u i d e w i t h cutting o i l
c a m s h a f t s i d e of the h e a d ; u s e the v a l v e g u i d e
d r i v e r to drive the g u i d e in to the s p e c i f i e d installed
height (A) of the g u i d e (B). If y o u h a v e all 16 g u i d e s
11. Rotate the r e a m e r c l o c k w i s e to the full length of the

valve guide bore.
to d o , y o u m a y h a v e to r e h e a t the h e a d .
V a l v e G u i d e Installed H e i g h t
Intake:
1 5 . 2 - 1 6 . 2 m m ( 0 . 5 9 8 - 0 . 6 3 8 in.)
E x h a u s t : 1 5 . 5 - 1 6 . 5 m m ( 0 . 6 1 0 - 0 . 6 5 0 in.)
12. C o n t i n u e to rotate the r e a m e r c l o c k w i s e w h i l e

r e m o v i n g it f r o m the b o r e .
13. T h o r o u g h l y w a s h the g u i d e in d e t e r g e n t a n d w a t e r
to r e m o v e a n y cutting r e s i d u e .
14. C h e c k the c l e a r a n c e s w i t h a v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 6-38).
Verify that a v a l v e s l i d e s into the intake a n d
exhaust valve guides without sticking.
15. I n s p e c t the v a l v e s e a t i n g , if n e c e s s a r y r e n e w the
v a l v e s e a t u s i n g a v a l v e s e a t cutter ( s e e p a g e 6-41).
6-40

1. I n s p e c t the v a l v e stern-to-guide c l e a r a n c e
( s e e p a g e 8-38). If the v a l v e g u i d e s a r e w o r n ,
r e p l a c e t h e m ( s e e p a g e -39) b e f o r e cutting the
valve seats,
2* R e n e w t h e v a l v e s e a t s in the c y l i n d e r h e a d u s i n g a
v a l v e s e a t cutter,
5. M a k e o n e m o r e v e r y light p a s s w i t h t h e 45 cutter
to r e m o v e a n y p o s s i b l e b u r r s c a u s e d by the other
cutters,
Valve Seat Width
S t a n d a r d (New): 1 . 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m CO.O49~-0.O61 .in.)
Service Limit:
2.00 m m (0.079 in.)
6. After r e s u r f a c i n g t h e s e a t i n s p e c t f o r e v e n v a l v e
s e a t i n g . A p p l y P r u s s i a n B l u e c o m p o u n d (A) to t h e
v a l v e f a c e . Insert the v a l v e in its original location in
t h e h e a d , t h e n lift it a n d s n a p it c l o s e d a g a i n s t the
seat several times.
B
3. C a r e f u l l y c u t a 45 s e a t , r e m o v i n g o n l y e n o u g h
m a t e r i a l to e n s u r e a s m o o t h a n d c o n c e n t r i c s e a t .
4, B e v e l t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r e d g e s at t h e a n g l e s
s h o w n in t h e illustration.
C h e c k t h e w i d t h of the s e a t a n d a d j u s t a c c o r d i n g l y .
INTAKE: 35
EXHAUST: 30
7. T h e a c t u a l v a l v e s e a t i n g - s u r f a c e ( B ) , a s s h o w n by
the b l u e c o m p o u n d , s h o u l d be c e n t e r e d o n the s e a t
* If it is too high ( c l o s e r to t h e v a l v e s t e m ) , y o u
m u s t m a k e a s e c o n d cut w i t h t h e 67.5 cutter to
m o v e it d o w n , t h e n o n e m o r e cut w i t h the 45
cutter to r e s t o r e s e a t w i d t h .
* If it is too low ( c l o s e to t h e v a l v e e d g e ) , y o u m u s t
m a k e a s e c o n d cut w i t h the 3 5 c u t t e r (intake
s i d e ) or the 30 cutter ( e x h a u s t s i d e ) to m o v e it
u p , t h e n m a k e o n e m o r e c u t w i t h the 45 c u t t e r
to r e s t o r e s e a t w i d t h .
N O T E : T h e final cut s h o u l d a l w a y s be m a d e w i t h
the 4 5 c u t t e r .
(cont'd)
Cylinder Head
Valve Seat Reconditioning (cont'd)
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal

Installation
8. Insert the Intake a n d e x h a u s t v a l v e s In the h e a d ,

a n d m e a s u r e the v a l v e s t e m installed height (A),
Intake Valve S t e m Installed Height
* S t e m s e a l d r i v e r 07PAD-GO 10QGG
S t a n d a r d (Mew): 4 4 . 0 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 1 . 7 5 In.)
* Valve spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment 07757-PJ1010A
44.7 m m (1.76 In.)

1. C o a t the v a l v e s t e m s w i t h n e w e n g i n e oil. Install
E x h a u s t V a l v e S t e m Installed Height
the v a l v e s In the v a l v e g u i d e s .
S t a n d a r d P e w ) : 4 4 . 0 - 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 - 1 . 7 5 In.)
44,7 m m (1.76 in.)
2. C h e c k that the v a l v e s m o v e up a n d d o w n s m o o t h l y .
3. Install the s p r i n g s e a t s o n the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
4. Install t h e n e w v a l v e s e a l s (A) u s i n g the 5.5 m m
s i d e of the s t e m s e a l d r i v e r (B)..
N O T E : T h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s e a l (C) h a s a black s p r i n g
(D), a n d the intake v a l v e s e a l (E) h a s a w h i t e s p r i n g
(F). T h e y a r e not I n t e r c h a n g e a b l e .
)
L_
)
_
9. If v a l v e s t e m Installed height Is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e

limit, r e p l a c e the v a l v e a n d r e c h e c k . If it Is still
b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d ;
the v a l v e s e a t in the h e a d Is too d e e p .
07PAD-001000
6-42
.L__
Rocker Arm Assembly Installation

5. Install t h e v a l v e s p r i n g a n d the s p r i n g retainer.
P l a c e the end of t h e v a l v e s p r i n g w i t h t h e c l o s e l y
w o u n d c o i l s t o w a r d the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
1. R e a s s e m b l e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
6-32).
2. C l e a n a n d d r y the No. 5 rocker shaft h o l d e r m a t i n g
6. Install the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t a n d
the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r , C o m p r e s s the s p r i n g ,
a n d install t h e v a l v e c o t t e r s .
surface.
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the c y l i n d e r
07757-PJ1010A
h e a d m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the No. 5 rocker shaft

. h o l d e r , a n d to the i n s i d e e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt
h o l e s . Install the c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of
a p p l y i n g the liquid g a s k e t
NOTE:
If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e the old l i q u i d g a s k e t a n d
JTnTI]__JTjLl
7, R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a n d the v a l v e
spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment.
8, Lightly t a p t h e e n d of e a c h v a l v e s t e m t w o or t h r e e
t i m e s w i t h a p l a s t i c m a l l e t (A) to e n s u r e p r o p e r
s e a t i n g of t h e v a l v e a n d the v a l v e c o t t e r s . T a p the
v a l v e s t e m o n l y a l o n g its a x i s s o y o u d o not b e n d
the s t e m .
4. Insert the bolts (A) into the r o c k e r shaft holder, t h e n

install the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y (B) on the c y l i n d e r
head.
5. R e m o v e the bolts f r o m the rocker shaft holder.

(cont'd)
6-43
Cylinder Head
{cont'd)
Cylinder Head Installation

1. Install a n e w c o o l a n t s e p a r a t o r (A) In t h e e n g i n e
block w h e n e v e r t h e e n g i n e block Is r e p l a c e d .
6. M a k e s u r e the p u n c h m a r k s o n t h e v a r i a b l e v a l v e
t i m i n g control ( V T C ) a c t u a t o r a n d t h e e x h a u s t
c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t a r e f a c i n g u p , t h e n s e t the
c a m s h a f t s (A) In t h e holder. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to
the c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l s a n d l o b e s .
2. C l e a n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d a n d t h e e n g i n e block
surface.
3. Install t h e n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d g a s k e t (A) a n d t h e
d o w e l p i n s (B) on the e n g i n e block. A l w a y s u s e a
7. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s (B) a n d the c a m c h a i n
g u i d e B (C) In p l a c e .
8. T i g h t e n t h e bolts to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
Specified Torque
8 x 1.25 m m
2 2 N-m (2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)
x 1,0 m m
12 Nm (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
6 x 1.0 m m B o l t s : @ , ,
<s>
(i)
CD
eg.
CD
CD
(?)
() ( D
9. Install t h e c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-15), t h e n a d j u s t
the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6-9).
6-44
new cylinder head g a s k e t
4. S e t t h e c r a n k s h a f t to top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . A l i g n
the pointer {8} o n t h e e n g i n e block.
8. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the t h r e a d s a n d u n d e r the

bolt h e a d s of all c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts,
9. T i g h t e n the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts in s e q u e n c e to
39 N-m (4.0 kgfm, 29 Ibf-ft). U s e a b e a m - t y p e
t o r q u e w r e n c h . W h e n u s i n g a p r e s e t click-type
torque w r e n c h , be s u r e to tighten s l o w l y a n d d o not
overtighten. If a bolt m a k e s a n y n o i s e w h i l e y o u a r e
torqusng it, l o o s e n the bolt a n d retighten it f r o m the
first s t e p .
5, Install t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d o n the e n g i n e block.

8, M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r of e a c h c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt at
point A a n d point B.
50 mm (2.0 in J |
45
^sg --5Ss>
i
mm (1.8 in.)
10. After t o r q u i n g , tighten all c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts in t w o
s t e p s (90 per step) u s i n g the s e q u e n c e s h o w n in
( B ) ( A )
:J
s t e p 9. If y o u a r e u s i n g a n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt,
tighten the bolt a n extra 90 .
N O T E : R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt if y o u
tightened it b e y o n d the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e , a n d go
b a c k to s t e p 6 of the p r o c e d u r e . D o not l o o s e n it
b a c k to the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e .
7. If either d i a m e t e r i s l e s s t h a n 10.6 m m (0.42 in.),

r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t
(cont'd)
6-45
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd)
11. install the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y fsee page 6-43).
16. C o n n e c t the u p p e r radiator h o s e (A), the heater

12. Install the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-15).

13. C o n n e c t the f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r s , a n d install the w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s to
the c y l i n d e r h e a d :
connector
* C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r A (Intake)
connector
* C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r B ( E x h a u s t )
connector
* R o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r
* R o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
* Evaporative e m i s s i o n (EVAP) canister purge
valve connector
* V a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) oil control
14. Install the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g
pipe.
A
6 x 1.0 mm
15. C o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (B).
6-46
17. Install the four bolts s e c u r i n g the E V A P c a n i s t e r

purge v a l v e b r a c k e t
S x 1.0 mm
12SSf.iT!
18. C o n n e c t t h e four fuel injector c o n n e c t o r s [A), t h e

e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r (B),
a n d install t h e g r o u n d c a b l e s (C).
6x1.0
20. C o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r h o s e (A).
mm
21. Install the catalytic c o n v e r t e r ( s e e p a g e 11-367).

22. Install the intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-5).
19. C o n n e c t t h e fuel f e e d h o s e (A! ( s e e p a g e 11-343),
t h e n install the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (B).
2 3 . Install the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

24. install t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e
20-289).
25. After installation, c h e c k that all t u b e s , h o s e s , a n d
c o n n e c t o r s a r e Installed c o r r e c t l y .
26. I n s p e c t for fuel leaks. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to
O N (If) (do not o p e r a t e t h e starter ) s o the fuel p u m p
r u n s for a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s a n d p r e s s u r i z e s the fuel
line. R e p e a t t h i s operation t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k
for fuel l e a k a g e at a n y point in t h e fuel line,
27. Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t a n d b l e e d
28. C h e c k for fluid leaks.
2 9 . Do t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n
control m o d u l e ( P C M ) idle lean p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 11-317).
30. D o the c r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) pattern c l e a r / C K P
pattern lean p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
3 2 . I n s p e c t the ignition t i m i n g ( s e e p a g e 4-19),
6-47
Cylinder Head
N O T E : W h e n installing the s e a l i n g b o l t a l w a y s u s e a
new washer.
22 x 1.5 m m
7 4 N-m
6-48
I 7 . 5 k g f - m , 5 4 Sbf-ft)
Engine Mechanical
Cylinder Head (All Models Except PZEV)
6-1
Cylinder Head fPZEV Model)

Special Tools ..................
.....................
............ 6-50
Component Location Index .................
*
..... 6-51
Engine Compression Inspection .............
.
.... 6-54
.
.....
.
.......... 6-55
VTC Actuator Inspection
..
.. 6-57
... 6-58
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation .............. 6-61
Cam Chain Removal
.. 6-62
6-64
Auto-tensioner Removal and Installation .................. 6-69
Chain Case Oil Seal Installation ...........
6-71
Cam Chain Inspection
6-72
...... 6-73
6-74
Cylinder Head Removal ............................................... 6-76
6-78
6-79
VTC Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket
Replacement
6-79
Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage
6-80
....
6-81
Rocker Arm and Shaft
6-82
........ 6-83
Camshaft Inspection
.... 6-84
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal
.... 6-86
Valve Inspection
.
6=37
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection
6-88
6-88
Valve Seat Reconditioning ...................
.
.
. 6-90
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation ...
.. .. 6-92
6-93
Cylinder Head Installation .
......................
6-94
6-97
Cylinder Head
Special Toois
Ref. N o .
Tool Nymber
07AAB-RJAA100
07AAB-R WCA120
1
1
07AAJ-RWCA100
C a m C h a i n Inspection G a u g e
07HAH-PJ7A100
07JAA-001020A
07JAB-001020B
07IV1AA-PR70110
V a l v e G u i d e R e a m e r , 5.5 m m '
1
1
07AAJ-PNAA101
(D
S o c k e t 19 m m
Holder H a n d l e
Adjuster
Locknut W r e n c h
07MAA-PR70120
07PAD-0010000
CD
1
1
1
07ZAJ-PNAA101
S t e m S e a l Driver
V T E C Air Adapter
07ZAJ-PNAA200
07ZAJ-PNAA300
V T E C Air Stopper
Air Joint Adapter
07742-0010100
07746-0010400
07749-0010000
07757-PJ1010A
V a l v e G u i d e Driver, 5.5 m m
1
1
1
1
6-50
C a m s h a f t Lock Pin S e t
Air Pressure Regulator
Description
C r a n k s h a f t Pulley Holder
Driver
Valve Spring C o m p r e s s o r Attachment
IGNITION COIL COVER
CYLINDER HEAD COVER

R e m o v a l , p a g e 8-73
GAIV! C H A I N
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-62
C A M CHAIN GUIDE B
C A M CHAIN GUIDE A
0-RING
VARIABLE VALVE
TIMING'CONTROL
(VTC) OIL C O N T R O L
SOLENOID VALVE
Is
"("\
TENSIONER ARM
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
p a g e 6-61
/
SPACER
AUTO-TENSIONER
R e m o v a 1/i r e t a l i a t i o n ,
p a g e 6-69
O-RING
C H A I N CAS
CHAIN CASE COVER
CRANKSHAFT
PULLEY BOLT
p a g e 6-61
(cont'd)
6^51
Cylinder Head
CAMSHAFT HOLDERS
C A M CHAIN GUIDE B
DOWEL PINS
CMP P U L S E P L A T E B
Replacement,
p a g e 6-79
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT SPROCKET

R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 6-79
CMP P U L S E P L A T E A
Replacement,
p a g e 6-78
CMP SENSOR B
fEXHAUST)
VTC ACTUATOR
R O C K E R ARIWI A S S E M B L Y
V T E C Rocker A r m T e s t , p a g e 6-55
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y R e m o v a l ,
p a g e 6-81
Rocker A r m a n d Shaft
p a g e 6-82
Rocker A r m a n d Shaft Inspection,
p a g e 6-83
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y Installation,
p a g e 6-93
6-52
V A L V E COTTERS
CYLINDER HEAD BOLT

SPRING RETAINER
INTAKE V A L V E SPRING
E X H A U S T V A L V E SPRING
($
INTAKE VALVE SEAL
R e m o v a l , p a g e 8-86
I n s p e c t i o n p a g e 6-87
i n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-92
INTAKE V A L V E GUIDE
LOST MOTION ASSEMBLY
ROCKER A R M OIL C O N T R O L
S O L E N O I D FILTER
HEAT SHIELD
VTC STRAINER
V T C FILTER
CYLINDER HEAD
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-76
Installation, p a g e 6-94
EXHAUST VALVE
R e m o v a l , page 6-86
I n s e p c t i o n p a g e 6-87
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e "6-92
H O O K E R ARIVI O I L
CONTROL SOLENOID
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
COOLANT SEPARATOR
6-53
Cylinder Head
Engine Compression Inspection
N O T E : After t h i s i n s p e c t i o n , y o u m u s t r e s e t the
p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) , o t h e r w i s e the PCM
will c o n t i n u e to s t o p the fuel injectors f r o m o p e r a t i n g .
1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
t e m p e r a t u r e (cooling f a n c o m e s on).
. 2, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
11. S t e p on t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to o p e n the throttle

fully, t h e n c r a n k the e n g i n e with the starter m o t o r ,
a n d m e a s u r e the c o m p r e s s i o n .
Compression Pressure:
2
Abowe 93@ k P a (9.5 k g f / e m , 1 3 5 psf)

12. M e a s u r e the c o m p r e s s i o n o n the r e m a i n i n g
cylinders.
3. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC).

( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3).
Maximum Variation:
W i t h i n 2 0 0 k P a (2.0 k g f / c m , 2 8 pslf
2

5. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s , with the v e h i c l e
a n d the P C M . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192),
13. If the c o m p r e s s i o n is not w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,

check the following items, then r e m e a s u r e the
compression.
Incorrect v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
6. S e l e c t A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P in the P G M - F I ,
I N S P E C T I O N m e n u with the H D S .
9. R e m o v e the four s p a r k p l u g s .
C o n f i r m a t i o n of c a m t i m i n g
D a m a g e d of w o r n c a m l o b e s
* Damaged
Damaged
* Damaged
* Damaged
8
or w o r n v a l v e s a n d s e a t s
cylinder head gasket
or w o r n piston rings
or w o r n piston a n d c y l i n d e r bore
14. R e m o v e the c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e f r o m t h e s p a r k
plug hole.
10. A t t a c h a c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e to the s p a r k plug hole.

15. Install the four s p a r k p l u g s .
17. S e l e c t P C M r e s e t ( s e e p a g e 11-4) in the P G M - F I ,
I N S P E C T I O N m e n u A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P with the
HDS.
6-54

* V T E C air s t o p p e r 07Z.AJ~PNA.A200
* V T E C air a d a p t e r 0 7 Z A J - P N A A 1 0 1
* A i r Joint a d a p t e r 0 7 Z A J - P N A A 3 0 Q
* Air p r e s s u r e regulator 0 7 A A J - P N A A 1 0 1
1. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it run for 5 m i n u t e s , t h e n
turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK
2< R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-73).
3. S e t t h e N o . 1 piston at top d e a d c e n t e r (TDC) ( s e e
s t e p 5 o n p a g e 6-62),
5. E x h a u s t s i d e : M o v e the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m (A)

for the No, 1 c y l i n d e r . T h e s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m
s h o u l d m o v e i n d e p e n d e n t l y of the p r i m a r y rocker'
a r m (B).
If the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m m o v e s freely, g o to
s t e p 8,
* If the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m d o e s not m o v e
I n d e p e n d e n t l y , r e m o v e the p r i m a r y a n d the
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , a n d
c h e c k that the pistons in the rocker a r m s m o v e
s m o o t h l y . If a n y rocker a r m n e e d s r e p l a c i n g ,
r e p l a c e the p r i m a r y a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker
a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , t h e n retest.
4, Intake s i d e : M o v e the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m (A) for

t h e No, 1 c y l i n d e r . T h e s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m
s h o u l d m o v e i n d e p e n d e n t l y of the m i d rocker a r m
IBK
* if the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m m o v e s freely, go to
s t e p 5.
* if the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m d o e s not m o v e
independently, remove the mid, primary, and
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , a n d
c h e c k that t h e p i s t o n s In the rocker a r m s m o v e
s m o o t h l y . If a n y rocker a r m n e e d s r e p l a c i n g ,
r e p l a c e the m i d , primary,- a n d s e c o n d a r y rocker
a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , t h e n retest
8. R e p e a t s t e p 4 t h r o u g h 5 on the remaining-.
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s w i t h e a c h piston at T D C .
W h e n all the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s p a s s the test,
g o to s t e p 7.
7, C h e c k that the air p r e s s u r e on the s h o p air ,
c o m p r e s s o r g a u g e indicates o v e r 400 kPa
2
(4.0 k g f / c m , 57 psi).
3. I n s p e c t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6-58).
A*
(cont'd)
6-55
Cylinder Head
VTEC Rocker Arm Test (cont'd)
9. R e m o v e the s e a l i n g bolt (A) f r o m the relief h o l e ,
13. Intake s i d e : W i t h the s p e c i f i e d air p r e s s u r e a p p l i e d ,

m o v e the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m (A) for the N o . 1
a n d install the V T E C air s t o p p e r (B).
c y l i n d e r . T h e m i d rocker a r m (B), the p r i m a r y

rocker a r m (C), a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m
s h o u l d m o v e together.
* If the m i d , the p r i m a r y , a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker
a r m s m o v e t o g e t h e r , go to s t e p 14.
* If the mid a n d p r i m a r y rocker a r m s do not m o v e
t o g e t h e r w i t h the s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m , r e m o v e
the m i d , p r i m a r y , a n d s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s
a n a s s e m b l y , a n d c h e c k that t h e p i s t o n s in the
rocker a r m s m o v e s m o o t h l y . If a n y rocker a r m
n e e d s r e p l a c i n g , r e p l a c e the m i d , p r i m a r y , a n d
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , t h e n
retest.
B
7ZAJ-P!MAA20e
07ZAJ-PWAA1O1
10. R e m o v e the No. 3 c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts, a n d install

t h e V T E C a i r a d a p t e r s (C) finger-tight.
11. C o n n e c t the air joint a d a p t e r (D) a n d the air
p r e s s u r e regulator (E).
12. L o o s e n the v a l v e on t h e air p r e s s u r e regulator, a n d
a p p l y the s p e c i f i e d air p r e s s u r e .
Specified Air Pressure:
2
2 9 0 k P a (3.0 k g f / e m , 4 2 psl)
N O T E : If the rocker a r m piston d o e s not m o v e after
a p p l y i n g air p r e s s u r e ; m o v e the rocker a r m up a n d
d o w n m a n u a l l y by rotating the c r a n k s h a f t
clockwise.
6-56
VTC Actuator Inspection

14, E x h a u s t s i d e : W i t h the s p e c i f i e d air p r e s s u r e
a p p l i e d , m o v e the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m (A) for the
No.. 1 c y l i n d e r . T h e p r i m a r y rocker a r m (B) a n d the
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s h o u l d m o v e together,
If t h e p r i m a r y a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s
m o v e together, g o to s t e p 15.
* If the p r i m a r y rocker a r m s d o not m o v e together
with the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m , r e m o v e the
p r i m a r y a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s a n
a s s e m b l y , a n d c h e c k that the p i s t o n s in the
rocker a r m s m o v e s m o o t h l y , If a n y rocker a r m
n e e d s r e p l a c i n g , r e p l a c e the p r i m a r y a n d the
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , t h e n
retest.
1. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n (see page 6-62).

2. L o o s e n the rocker a r m adjusting s c r e w s (see s t e p 2
on p a g e 6-81).
3. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t holder (see s t e p 3 on p a g e
6-81).
4. R e m o v e the intake c a m s h a f t ,
5. C h e c k that the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control (VTC)
actuator is locked by turning the V T C actuator
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . If it is' not l o c k e d , turn the V T C
actuator c l o c k w i s e until it s t o p s , t h e n r e c h e c k it. If it
is still not l o c k e d , replace the V T C actuator.
6. Seal the retard holes (A) in the No. 1 c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l
with tape a n d a w i r e tie. -
15, R e p e a t s t e p 13 through 14 on the r e m a i n i n g

s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s with e a c h piston at T D C .
W h e n all the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s p a s s the test,
g o to s t e p 16.
16, R e m o v e the air p r e s s u r e regulator, the air joint
a d a p t e r , the V T E C air adapter, a n d the V T E C air
17, T i g h t e n t h e c a m s h a f t holder m o u n t i n g bolts to

22 M*m {2,2 kgf.m, 16 Ibf-ft).
7. S e a l over one of the advance h o l e s (A) w i t h t a p e .
18, T i g h t e n the s e a l i n g bolt to 10 U*m (1,0 kgf-m,

7.4 Ibf.ft).
19, Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r fsee p a g e 6-74).
(cont'd)
6-57
Cylinder Head
VTC Actuator Inspection (cont'd)
8. A p p l y air to the u n s e a l e d a d v a n c e hole to r e l e a s e
lock.

Locknut w r e n c h Q7MAA-PR7Q120
Adjuster 07MAA-PR70110
N O T E : C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m (HDS) to
the data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) a n d monitor the e n g i n e
coolant t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T ) s e n s o r 1 with the H D S .
A d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e only w h e n the E C T s e n s o r 1
t e m p e r a t u r e is l e s s than 100 F (38 C).
1. R e m o v e the cylinder h e a d c o v e r (see page 6-73).
9. C h e c k that the V T C actuator m o v e s s m o o t h l y . If the

V T C actuator d o e s not m o v e s m o o t h l y , replace the
V T C actuator.
2. S e t the No. 1 piston at top d e a d center (TDC). T h e

p u n c h mark (A) on the v a r i a b l e v a l v e timing control
(VTC) actuator a n d the p u n c h mark (B) on the
Align the T D C m a r k s (C) on the V T C actuator a n d
the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t sprocket.
10. R e m o v e the w i r e tie, the t a p e , a n d the a d h e s i v e

r e s i d u e f r o m the No. 1 c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l .
11. M a k e s u r e the p u n c h m a r k s on the V T C actuator
a n d the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t are facing up,
then s e t the c a m s h a f t s in the h e a d ( s e e s t e p 6 on
p a g e 6-93).
12. S e t the c a m s h a f t holders a n d c a m c h a i n guide B in
place ( s e e step 7 on page 6-93).
13. T i g h t e n the c a m s h a f t holder bolts to the s p e c i f i e d
torque ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 6-93).
14. Hold the c a m s h a f t , a n d turn the V T C actuator
c l o c k w i s e until y o u hear it click. M a k e s u r e to lock
the V T C actuator by turning i t
15. Install the c a m c h a i n (see p a g e 6-64).
16. A d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e (see p a g e 6-58).
6-58
3, S e l e c t t h e c o r r e c t f e e l e r g a u g e for the v a l v e
c l e a r a n c e y o u a r e g o i n g to c h e c k .
Valve Clearance
Intake:
0.21 0 . 2 5 mm ( 0 . 0 0 8 0 . 0 1 0 In.)
E x h a u s t : 0 , 2 5 - 0 , 2 9 m m ( 0 . 0 1 0 - 0 . 0 1 1 in.)
5. If y o u f e e l too m u c h or too- little d r a g , - l o o s e n the

locknut w i t h t h e Socknut w r e n c h a n d a d j u s t e r , a n d
turn t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r e w until t h e d r a g on the f e e l e r
g a u g e is c o r r e c t .
O7ItAA-PR7110
EXHAUST
No. 1
No. 2
No
No. 4
Wo. 1
No. 2
Wo. 3
No. 4
O7IIAA-Pfl7012O
INTAKE
4. Insert t h e f e e l e r g a u g e (A) b e t w e e n t h e a d j u s t i n g
s c r e w | B ) a n d t h e e n d of t h e v a l v e s t e m , a n d s l i d e it
b a c k a n d forth; y o u s h o u l d feel a slight a m o u n t of
drag.
6. T i g h t e n the locknut to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e , a n d

r e c h e c k the c l e a r a n c e . R e p e a t the a d j u s t m e n t i f
necessary.
Specif led Torque
Intake:7 x 0 . 7 5 min
14 N-m (1.4 k g f - m ,
Apply n e w engine
Exhaust:
7x0.75 mm
14 M<m f l . 4 k g f m ,
Apply n e w engine
10 Ibf-ft)
oil t o t h e n u t t h r e a d s .
10 Ibf-ft)
oil t t h e nut t h r e a d s .
(cont'd)
6-59
Cylinder Head
Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)
p u l l e y t u r n s 90 %

pulley t u r n s 9 0 ).
o n the No. 3 c y l i n d e r .
o n the No. 2 c y l i n d e r .

pulley t u r n s 9 0 ) .
- o n t h e No. 4 c y l i n d e r .
6-60
h9
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation
Installation

* Holder h a n d l e 0 7 J A B - 0 0 1 Q 2 Q B
* Crankshaft pulley holder 0 7 A A B - R J A A 1 0 0
S o c k e t , 19 m m O7JAA-GO102OA or a c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e 19 m m s o c k e t
1. C l e a n t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y (A), t h e c r a n k s h a f t (B),
t h e bolt ( C ) , a n d t h e w a s h e r (D). L u b r i c a t e w i t h n e w
e n g i n e oil a s s h o w n .
O
Removal
Clean
#:Lybrieate
1, R e m o v e t h e front w h e e l s .
2. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 24 on p a g e 5-5).
ooooc^
4. Hold t h e p u l l e y w i t h t h e h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d t h e
c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y h o l d e r IB).
07 A A B - R J A A 1 0 0
2. Install t h e c r a n k s h a f t pulley, a n d h o l d t h e p u l l e y
w i t h t h e h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y
h o l d e r (B).
07AAB-RJAA100
G7JAA-001O20A
for commercially
available)
5, R e m o v e t h e bolt w i t h a s o c k e t , 19 m m (C) a n d a
b r e a k e r bar, t h e n r e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y .
7JAA-001020A
for c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e )
3. T i g h t e n t h e bolt to 49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 36 Ibf-ft) w i t h

a t o r q u e w r e n c h a n d s o c k e t , 19 m m (C). Do not u s e
a n i m p a c t w r e n c h . If t h e p u l l e y bolt or c r a n k s h a f t
a r e n e w , tighten t h e bolt to 177 N-m (18.0 kgf-m,
130 Ibf-ft), t h e n r e m o v e the bolt a n d tighten it to
49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 3 6 Ibf-ft).
4. T i g h t e n t h e p u l l e y bolt a n additional 90 .
5. Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30),
6. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 on p a g e 5-20).
7. Install t h e front w h e e l s .
6-61
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Removal
N O T E : K e e p the c a m c h a i n a w a y f r o m m a g n e t i c f i e l d s .
7. R e m o v e the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e

( s e e p a g e 11-300).
8. R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y ( s e e p a g e 6-61).
2. R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 o n p a g e 5-5).
4. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-73),
9. S u p p o r t the e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d b l o c k
10. R e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e (A), t h e n r e m o v e the s i d e
e n g i n e m o u n t bracket (B).
5. S e t the No. 1 piston at top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . T h e

p u n c h m a r k (A) o n t h e v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control
( V T C ) actuator a n d the p u n c h m a r k (B) o n the
A l i g n the T D C m a r k s (C) o n the V T C actuator a n d
the exhaust camshaft s p r o c k e t
11. R e m o v e the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket m o u n t i n g

bolts.
C
6. D i s c o n n e c t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d r e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p (B),
6-62
12. R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n c a s e (A) a n d s p a c e r (B).
15, A l i g n the h o l e s on the lock (A) a n d the auto- '

t e n s i o n e r (B), t h e n insert a 1.2 m m (0.05 in.)
d i a m e t e r pin or lock pin (P/N 14511-PNA-0G3) (C)
into t h e h o l e s . T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to
N O T E : C h e c k t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n . If the
p o s i t i o n a r e not a l i g n e d , s e t the first c a m to the first
13. L o o s e l y install t h e c r a n k s h a f t pulley.

14, T u r n t h e c r a n k s h a f t c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to c o m p r e s s
the auto-tensioner,
(cont'd)
6-63
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Removal (cont'd)
17. R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e B.
Speelal Tools Required

Camshaft: lock pin s e t 0 7 A A B - R W C A 1 2 0
NOTE:
K e e p the c a m c h a i n a w a y f r o m m a g n e t i c f i e l d s .
* B e f o r e d o i n g t h i s p r o c e d u r e , c h e c k that the v a r i a b l e
v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) a c t u a t o r is l o c k e d by
t u r n i n g the V T C a c t u a t o r c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . If not
l o c k e d , turn the V T C a c t u a t o r c l o c k w i s e until it s t o p s ,
t h e n r e c h e c k it. If it is still not l o c k e d , r e p l a c e t h e V T C
actuator.
1. S e t t h e c r a n k s h a f t to top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . A l i g n
the pointer (B) o n the e n g i n e block.
18. R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e A a n d the t e n s i o n e r
a r m IB).
2. S e t the c a m s h a f t s to T D C . T h e p u n c h m a r k (A) on
the V T C a c t u a t o r a n d the p u n c h m a r k (B) on t h e
A l i g n the T D C m a r k s (C) o n t h e V T C a c t u a t o r a n d
19. R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n .
6-64
3. T o h o l d t h e intake c a m s h a f t , i n s e r t a c a m s h a f t lock
6. Install t h e c a m c h a i n o n the V T C a c t u a t o r a n d t h e
pin {P/N 0 7 A A B - R W C A 1 2 0 } (A) into the
exhaust camshaft sprocket with the punch marks
m a i n t e n a n c e h o l e in c a m s h a f t p o s i t i o n ( C M P ) p u l s e
(A) a l i g n e d w i t h the c e n t e r of the t w o c o l o r e d link
plate A (B) a n d t h r o u g h the N o , 5 rocker shaft
p l a t e s (B).
holder
(CI
B
7. Install c a m c h a i n g u i d e A a n d the t e n s i o n e r a r m (B).
4, T o h o l d t h e e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t , i n s e r t a c a m s h a f t
lock p i n (A) into t h e m a i n t e n a n c e h o l e in C M P p u l s e
plate B ID) a n d t h r o u g h the N o , 5 r o c k e r s h a f t
holder (C).
5 . Install the c a m c h a i n o n t h e c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t
w i t h the c o l o r e d link plate (A) a l i g n e d w i t h t h e m a r k
(8) o n the crankshaft sprocket.
(2.2 k g f - m ,
.16 Ibf-ft)
(cont'd)
6-65
Cy linear-Head
Cam Chain installation (cont'd)
8. C o m p r e s s the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r w h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e
c a m c h a i n . R e m o v e t h e pin f r o m the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
. T u r n t h e plate (A) c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , to r e l e a s e t h e
lock, t h e n p r e s s t h e rod (B), a n d s e t the first c a m ( O
to t h e first e d g e of t h e rack (D). Insert the 1.2 m m
6-66
10. Install the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

position a r e not a l i g n e d , s e t t h e first c a m to t h e first
12. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t lock pin s e t ,

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the e n g i n e
block m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e c h a i n c a s e , a n d to the
i n s i d e e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g t h e liquid
gasket.
NOTE:
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be i n s t a l l e d w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t .
13, C h e c k the c h a i n c a s e oil s e a l for d a m a g e . If the oil

s e a l is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e c h a i n c a s e oil s e a l
(see p a g e 6-71).
14,. R e m o v e t h e o l d liquid g a s k e t f r o m t h e c h a i n c a s e
m a t i n g s u r f a c e s , t h e bolts, a n d t h e bolt h o l e s .
15, C l e a n a n d d r y t h e chain
c a s e mating surfaces.
17. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t to the e n g i n e block u p p e r

s u r f a c e c o n t a c t a r e a s (A) o n the c h a i n c a s e a n d
l o w e r block u p p e r s u r f a c e c o n t a c t a r e a s (B) on t h e
chain case.
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to t h e oil p a n
m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e c h a i n c a s e , a n d to the i n s i d e
e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
gasket.
NOTE:
If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
* If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t r e m o v e the old liquid g a s k e t a n d
(confd)
6-67
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Installation (cont'd)
19. Install t h e s p a c e r (A), t h e n install the n e w O - r i n g (B)
on the c h a i n c a s e . S e t t h e e d g e of t h e c h a i n c a s e (C)
20. Install t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket, t h e n tighten

the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g bolts.
to t h e e d g e of the oil p a n (D), t h e n install the c h a i n

c a s e o n the e n g i n e block ( E h W i p e off t h e e x c e s s
liquid g a s k e t o n the oil p a n a n d c h a i n c a s e m a t i n g
surface.
NOTE:
W h e n installing t h e c h a i n c a s e , d o not s l i d e the
b o t t o m s u r f a c e onto the oil p a n m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e .
W a i t at least.30 m i n u t e s before filling t h e e n g i n e
w i t h oil.
D o not run the e n g i n e for at feast 3 h o u r s after
installing t h e c h a i n c a s e .
21. T i g h t e n the n e w s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket

m o u n t i n g bolts in the n u m b e r e d s e q u e n c e s h o w n .
1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
6 4 N-m (S.5 kgf-m, 4 7 Ibf-ft)
2 2 . Install t h e g r o u n d c a b l e .
2 3 . R e m o v e the j a c k a n d t h e w o o d block.
6-68

Installation
24. install the c r a n k s h a f t pulley ( s e e p a g e 6-81),
2 5 . Install the V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
Removal
11-300).
1. R e m o v e the c h a i n c a s e c o v e r .
28, C o n n e c t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d install the h a r n e s s c l a m p ( B ) .
2 7 . Install t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-74).
2 8 . Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
29. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 on p a g e 5-20).

3 0 . Install the front w h e e l s .
3 1 . D o the c r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) pattern c l e a r / C K P
pattern learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
(cont'd)
6-89
Cylinder Head
Auto-tensioner Removal and installa ion (cont'd)
3. A l i g n the h o l e s o n the lock (A) a n d the auto-
Installation
t e n s i o n e r | B ) , t h e n insert a 1.2 m m (0.05 in.)

d i a m e t e r pin or lock pin (P/N 1 4 5 1 1 - P N A - 0 0 3 ) (C)
1. Install the auto-tensioner.,
into the h o l e s , T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to

position a r e not a l i g n e d , s e t t h e first c a m to t h e first
N O T E : C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m position. If the
position a r e not a l i g n e d , s e t the first c a m to the first

e d g e of the rack ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 6-66).
S x 1.0 mm
12 N - m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
2. R e m o v e the 1.2 m m (0.05-in.) d i a m e t e r pin or lock

pin (P/N 1 4 5 1 1 - P N A - 0 0 3 ) f r o m t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
3. R e m o v e the old liquid g a s k e t f r o m the c h a i n c a s e

c o v e r m a t i n g s u r f a c e s , the bolts, a n d t h e bolt h o l e s .
4. C l e a n a n d dry t h e c h a i n c a s e c o v e r m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .
6-70
Chain Case Oil Seal Installation

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the c h a i n
c a s e m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e c h a i n c a s e c o v e r , a n d to
t h e i n s i d e e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install
the c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g t h e
liquid g a s k e t

-Driver 07749-0010000
* A t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m
07746-0010400
1. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d t h e
crankshaft.
NOTE:
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be i n s t a l l e d w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s ,
2. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e lip of t h e

c h a i n c a s e oil s e a L
* if too m u c h t i m e l i a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e
3. U s e the d r i v e r a n d a t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m to d r i v e
a n e w oil s e a l s q u a r e l y into t h e c h a i n c a s e to the
specified installed height -
a l o n g the broken line.
6 . Install t h e c h a i n c a s e c o v e r ,
NOTE:
* W a i t at l e a s t 3 0 m i n u t e s b e f o r e filling the e n g i n e
with o i l
installing t h e c h a i n c a s e c o v e r .
4. M e a s u r e the d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e c h a i n c a s e
s u r f a c e a n d t h e oil s e a l .
Oil S e a l i n s t a l l e d Height:
32.433.1 m m ( 1 . 2 8 - 1 . 3 0 in.)
32.433.1 m m
( 1 . 2 8 - 1 . 3 0 In.f
6-71
Cylinder Head
Cain Chain Inspection
6. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c a m c h a i n (A)

a n d the t e n s i o n e r a r m (B) w i t h t h e c a m c h a i n
C a m chain inspection g a u g e 0 7 A A J - R W C A 1 0 0
inspection gauge ( 0 7 A A J - R W C A 1 0 0 ) .
* If the c l e a r a n c e is O K , g o to s t e p 17.
2. R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 on p a g e 5-5).
* If t h e c l e a r a n c e is m o r e t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit, g o
to s t e p 7.
3. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-73).
Chaiii-to-Arm Clearance
Serwice Limit:
4. Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y t w o t u r n s c l o c k w i s e .
M I L o n w i t h P0341:4.3 m m 10,17 in.)
5. S e t the No. 1 piston at top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . T h e
W i t h o u t MIL:
5.5 m m (0.22
in.)
p u n c h m a r k (A) on the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control

( V T C ) actuator a n d t h e p u n c h m a r k (B) on the
07 A A J - R W C A 1 0 0
A l i g n t h e T D C m a r k s (C) o n the V T C a c t u a t o r a n d
7. R e m o v e the oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-11).

8. S u p p o r t the e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d block
u n d e r the e n g i n e block.
N O T E : D o not hit the oil p u m p a n d the baffle plate

w h e n p l a c i n g the j a c k o n the e d g e of t h e e n g i n e
block,
9. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-62), a n d c h e c k
the teeth on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t the V T C
actuator, a n d the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t for
w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If a n y of t h e m a r e w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e if n e c e s s a r y .
10. C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e on t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r for
c l o g s . If the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r is c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e it.
6-72
Cylinder Head Cower Removal

11. M e a s u r e t h e oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r rod
Oil P u m p C h a i n Auto-Tensioner R o d Length

Service Limit:

20-289).
length.
2. R e m o v e t h e intake m a n i f o l d c o v e r .
13 m m 10.51 In,)
12, If the length is o v e r t h e s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e oil
3. R e m o v e t h e f o u r ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).
p u m p c h a i n { s e e p a g e 8-23). W h e n r e p l a c i n g , c h e c k
the t e e t h o n t h e c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t a n d t h e oil
4. R e m o v e t h e dipstick (A), a n d the p o w e r s t e e r i n g
p y m p s p r o c k e t for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If a n y of
( P / S ) h o s e bracket (B) a n d d i s c o n n e c t the breather
t h e m a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e if n e c e s s a r y .
h o s e (C) a n d the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (DK
13. C h e c k t h e oil p a s s a g e o n t h e oil p u m p c h a i n auto-
t e n s i o n e r for c l o g s . If t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r is c l o g g e d ,
r e p l a c e It,
14. Install t h e n e w c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-64).
15, R e m o v e t h e Jack a n d t h e w o o d block.
18. Install t h e oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-31).
17. Install t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-74).
18. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 o n p a g e 5-20).
5. R e m o v e the t w o bolts (E) s e c u r i n g t h e e v a p o r a t i v e
e m i s s i o n (EVAP) canister purge v a l v e b r a c k e t
(cont'd)
6-73
Cylinder Head
(cont'd)
Cylinder Head Cower Installation

1. T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t a n d t h e
groove.
6. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r .
2. Install the h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t (A) in the g r o o v e of
t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B).
3. C h e c k that the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s a r e c l e a n a n d dry.

4. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 ,
08718-0001,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , on t h e c h a i n c a s e a n d
the No, 5 rocker s h a f t h o l d e r m a t i n g a r e a s , a n d to
t h e i n s i d e e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install
t h e c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g t h e
liquid g a s k e t .
NOTE:
to these points.
6-74
to these points.
5. S e t the s p a r k p l u g s e a l s (A) o n t h e s p a r k plug t u b e s .

P l a c e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B) o n the c y l i n d e r
8. Install the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the e v a p o r a t i v e

e m i s s i o n (EVAP) canister purge valve bracket
h e a d , t h e n s l i d e the c o v e r s l i g h t l y b a c k a n d forth to
seat the head c o v e r gasket.
9. C o n n e c t the b r e a t h e r h o s e (B) a n d the brake

b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (C) a n d install t h e p o w e r
6, I n s p e c t t h e c o v e r w a s h e r s (C). R e p l a c e a n y w a s h e r
s t e e r i n g ( P / S ) h o s e b r a c k e t (D), a n d the dipstick ( E ) .
that is d a m a g e d o r d e t e r i o r a t e d .
7, T i g h t e n t h e bolts in t h r e e s t e p s . In the final s t e p
tighten all b o l t s , in s e q u e n c e , to 12 N-m {1.2 kgf-m,
11. Install t h e intake m a n i f o l d c o v e r .
8.7 Ibf-ft).
NOTE:
* W a i t at feast 30 m i n u t e s b e f o r e filling t h e e n g i n e
w i t h oil,
* Do not r u n t h e e n g i n e for at l e a s t 3 h o u r s after
installing t h e h e a d c o v e r .
12. Install t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) (s
page
20-289).
6-75
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal
NOTE:
* U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g paintedsurfaces.
8. R e m o v e t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (A), t h e n
d i s c o n n e c t t h e fuel f e e d h o s e (B) ( s e e p a g e 11-340).
* T o avoid d a m a g e , unplug the wiring-connectors

c a r e f u l l y w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e c o n n e c t o r portion.
* C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to t h e
data Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) , a n d m o n i t o r the e n g i n e
c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T ) s e n s o r 1. T o a v o i d
d a m a g i n g the c y l i n d e r h e a d , w a i t until t h e E C T
s e n s o r 1 t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p s b e l o w 100 F (38 *)
before l o o s e n i n g the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts.
* M a r k all w i r i n g a n d h o s e s to a v o i d m i s c o n n e c t i o n .
A l s o , be s u r e that t h e y d o not c o n t a c t other w i r i n g or
20-289),
2. R e l i e v e the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e four fuel injector c o n n e c t o r s (A), the

a n d r e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e s (C).
3 . Drain the e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

- 5. R e m o v e the intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-3).
6. R e m o v e the c a t a l y t i c c o n v e r t e r ( s e e p a g e 11-367).
c a n i s t e r h o s e (A).
6-76
10. R e m o v e the f o u r bolts s e c u r i n g the E V A P c a n i s t e r

12. R e m o v e the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g
pipe.
B
11, D i s c o n n e c t t h e u p p e r radiator h o s e (A), the h e a t e r

h o s e s (&), a n d t h e w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (C).
13. D i s c o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (B).
14. D i s c o n n e c t the f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e wire" h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r s a n d w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s f r o m the
cylinder head:
connector
connector
* C a m s h a f t position (CMP) s e n s o r B ( E x h a u s t )
connector
* T w o rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r s
* T w o rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r s
* E V A P canister purge valve connector
(cont'd)
6-77
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd)

1. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-73).
16. R e m o v e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-81).
2. R e m o v e c a m s h a f t p o s i t i o n ( C M P ) s e n s o r A
( s e e p a g e 11-301).
17. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts. T o p r e v e n t

w a r p a g e , l o o s e n t h e bolts in s e q u e n c e 1/3 turn at a
3. Hold the c a m s h a f t w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , t h e n
l o o s e n the b o l t
t i m e ; repeat the s e q u e n c e until all bolts a r e

loosened.
18. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
4. R e m o v e C M P p u l s e plate A .
A p p l y n e w engine oil to
the bolt threads.
5. Install C M P p u l s e plate A in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
6-78

Sprocket Replacement
1. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r fsee p a g e 6-73).

2 . R e m o v e c a m s h a f t position (CMP)
sensor B
Removal
( s e e p a g e 11-210).
3. Hold the c a m s h a f t with a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , then
l o o s e n the bolt.
N O T E : For exhaust camshaft sprocket removal,

do s t e p s 3 a n d 4.
2. If the V T C actuator will be r e u s e d , do t h e s e s t e p s to
a v o i d d a m a g i n g the actuator lock pin,
-1
R e m o v e the intake c a m s h a f t f r o m the c y l i n d e r

h e a d , a n d s e a l the retard h o l e s in the No. 1
c a m s h a f t journal with tape a n d a w i r e tie (see
s t e p 6 on p a g e 6-57).
- 2 S e a l o v e r o n e o n e of the a d v a n c e h o l e s with tape
( s e e p a g e 7 o n p a g e 6-57).
- 3 A p p l y air to the u n s e a l e d a d v a n c e hole to r e l e a s e
the lock ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 6-58).
- 4 R e m o v e the w i r e tie, the t a p e , a n d the a d h e s i v e
residue from the camshaft journal.
- 5 T e m p o r a r i l y reinstall the c a m s h a f t a n d the c a m
j o u r n a l s on the cylinder h e a d .
4, R e m o v e C M P p u l s e plate B.
5. Install C M P p u l s e plate B in the r e v e r s e order of

removal.
3. Hold the c a m s h a f t with a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , t h e n

l o o s e n the v a r i a b l e valve-timing control ( V T C )
actuator m o u n t i n g bolt or the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t
sprocket mounting bolt
4. R e m o v e the V T C actuator a n d / o r the e x h a u s t

c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t f r o m the c a m s h a f t .
(cont'd)
6-79
Cylinder Head
Sprocket Replacement (cont'd)
1. Install the V T C actuator or the exhaust camshaft
sprocket onto the camshaft.
Cylinder Head Inspection for

Warpage
1. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d ( s e e p a g e 6-76).
2. Inspect the c a m s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 6-84).
N O T E : T o a v o i d d a m a g e to t h e V T C actuator, it
m u s t b e installed in t h e u n l o c k e d position. If
n e c e s s a r y , t e m p o r a r i l y install t h e V T C a c t u a t o r
m o u n t bolt hand-tight, a n d u n l o c k t h e a c t u a t o r
. ( s e e s t e p 2 of r e m o v a l ) .
3. C h e c k t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d for w a r p a g e . M e a s u r e
a l o n g the e d g e s , a n d t h r e e w a y s a c r o s s the c e n t e r .
* If w a r p a g e is l e s s t h a n 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
c y l i n d e r h e a d r e s u r f a c i n g is not r e q u i r e d .
2. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e t h r e a d s of the V T C
. actuator m o u n t i n g bolt a n d t h e e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t
m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n install t h e m .
3. Hold the c a m s h a f t w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , t h e n
tighten the bolts.
* If w a r p a g e is b e t w e e n 0.05 m m (0.002 in.) a n d

0,2 m m (0.008 in.), r e s u r f a c e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
* T h e m a x i m u m r e s u r f a c e limit is 0.2 m m (0.008 in.)
b a s e d o n a height of 104 m m (4.09 in.).
Cylinder Head Height
Standard (New): 1 0 3 . 9 5 - 1 0 4 . 0 5 m m
( 4 . 0 9 2 5 - 4 . 0 9 6 5 in.)
Specified Torque
V T C A c t u a t o r M o u n t i n g Bolt:
12 x 1.25 mm
113 N-m (11.5 kgfm, 8 3 Ibf-ft)
E x h a u s t C a m s h a f t S p r o e k e t M o u n t i n g Bolt:
10 x 1.25 m m
72 N-m (7.3 k g f - m . 5 3 Ibf-ft)
4. Hold the camshaft w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , a n d

t u r n t h e V T C a c t u a t o r by h a n d c l o c k w i s e until y o u
h e a r a n d feel t h e a c t u a t o r lock pin click into
place.
5. Install the c a m chain (see page 6-64).
6-80

1, R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-82).
3, R e m o v e t h e c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts. T o p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g the c a m s h a f t s , l o o s e n t h e bolts, in
s e q u e n c e , t w o t u r n s at a t i m e .
4. R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e B (A), the c a m s h a f t
. h o l d e r s (8), a n d the c a m s h a f t s (C).
5. Insert t h e bolts (A) into the r o c k e r shaft h o l d e r , t h e n

r e m o v e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y (B).
6-81
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly
NOTE:
* Identify e a c h part a s it is r e m o v e d s o that e a c h stem c a n be reinstalled in its original p o s i t i o n .
* i n s p e c t the rocker a r m shaft a n d rocker a r m s ( s e e p a g e 6-83).
* If r e u s e d , the rocker a r m s m u s t be installed in the s a m e p o s i t i o n s .
* W h e n r e m o v i n g , or installing the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y , do not r e m o v e the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts. T h e bolts will keep
the h o l d e r s a n d rocker a r m s o n the shaft.
* Prior to r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all the parts in s o l v e n t , dry t h e m , a n d a p p l y lubricant to a n y c o n t a c t points.
* B u n d l e the rocker a r m s w i t h r u b b e r b a n d s to k e e p t h e m t o g e t h e r a s a s e t .
* W h e n r e p l a c i n g the V T E C rocker a r m a s s e m b l y , r e m o v e the f a s t e n i n g h a r d w a r e f r o m t h e n e w V T E C rocker a r m
assembly.
- EXHAUST ROCKER
SHAFT
_n
__r\-
RUBBER BAND
^
^
-
^
^
EXHAUST ROCKER ARM

ASSEMBLY
No. 5
ROCKER
SHAFT HOLDER
No. 1
ROCKER
SHAFT HOLDER
RUBBER BAND
No. 2
ROCKER SHAFT
HOLDER
No. 3
ROCKER SHAFT
HOLDER
No. 4
ROCKER SHAFT
HOLDER
INTAKE ROCKER
ARIVi A S S E M B L Y
- INTAKE ROCKER SHAFT
6-82

1. R e m o v e t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-81),
2. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
6-82),
3. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r of t h e s h a f t at the first r o c k e r
location.
5. M e a s u r e t h e i n s i d e d i a m e t e r of the rocker a r m , a n d
c h e c k it for a n out-of-round c o n d i t i o n .
Rocker
Arm-to-Shaft Clearance
S t a n d a r d (Mew):
O.018-0-.059 m m
Service Limit:
0.08 m m (0,003 in.)
( 0 , 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 3 In.)
6. R e p e a t for all intake rocker a r m s a n d intake s h a f t If

the c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
4., Z e r o the g a u g e ( A ) to the shaft d i a m e t e r ,
^ the rocker shaft a n d all out of s e r v i c e limit r o c k e r

a r m s . If a n y V T E C rocker a r m n e e d s r e p l a c e m e n t ,
r e p l a c e the intake rocker a r m s (primary, m i d , a n d
s e c o n d a r y ) , a s a set.
7. R e p e a t for all e x h a u s t rocker a r m s a n d e x h a u s t
shaft. If the c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit,
r e p l a c e the r o c k e r shaft a n d all out of s e r v i c e limit
rocker a r m s . If a n y V T E C rocker a r m n e e d s
r e p l a c e m e n t , r e p l a c e the e x h a u s t rocker a r m s
(primary a n d s e c o n d a r y ) , a s a s e t
(confd)
6-83
Cylinder Head
(cont'd)
Camshaft Inspection
N O T E : Do not rotate the c a m s h a f t d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n .
8. I n s p e c t the rocker a r m p i s t o n s (A). P u s h o n e a c h

piston m a n u a l l y . If it d o e s not m o v e s m o o t h l y ,
r e p l a c e t h e rocker a r m s e t .
1. R e m o v e t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-81).
2. Put t h e rocker shaft h o l d e r s , t h e c a m s h a f t , a n d t h e
c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s o n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d , t h e n tighten
the bolts, in s e q u e n c e , to t h e s p e c i f i e d torque.
N O T E : A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e rocker a r m
pistons w h e n reassembling.
N O T E : If t h e e n g i n e d o e s not h a v e bolt , skip it

a n d c o n t i n u e the t o r q u e s e q u e n c e .
intake side
Specified Torque
8 x 1.25 m m
22 M-m (2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)
6 x 1 . 0 mm
12 N-m (1.2 k g f - m , 8=7 Ibf-ft)
6 is 1.0 mm B o l t s : @ , @ ,
9. install t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y fsee p a g e 6-93).
6-84
dl
CD'
CD
(D @
(D
(D
S e a t t h e c a m s h a f t b y p u s h i n g it a w a y f r o m t h e
c a m s h a f t pulley e n d of t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
Z e r o t h e dial indicator a g a i n s t t h e e n d of t h e
c a m s h a f t , t h e n p u s h the c a m s h a f t b a c k a n d forth,
a n d r e a d the e n d play. If t h e e n d p l a y ' i s b e y o n d the
s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d a n d r e c h e c k .
If it is still b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the
camshaft.
Camshaft E n d Flay
S t a n d a r d CNewi: 0 , 0 5 - 0 . 2 0 m m
Service limit:
1 0 , 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
0.4 m m 10,02 In.}
5. L o o s e n the c a m s h a f t holder bolts t w o t u r n s at a

t i m e , in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern. T h e n r e m o v e the
c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s f r o m the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
6. Lift the c a m s h a f t s out of the c y l i n d e r h e a d , w i p e
t h e m c l e a n , t h e n i n s p e c t the Sift r a m p s . R e p l a c e the
c a m s h a f t if a n y l o b e s are pitted, s c o r e d , or
excessively worn.
7. C l e a n t h e c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l s u r f a c e s in the c y l i n d e r
h e a d , t h e n s e t the c a m s h a f t s back in p l a c e . P l a c e a
p l a s t i g a g e strip a c r o s s e a c h j o u r n a l .
8. Install the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s , t h e n tighten the bolts
to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e a s s h o w n in s t e p 2.
9. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s . M e a s u r e the w i d e s t
portion of p l a s t i g a g e o n e a c h j o u r n a l .
If the c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n the
s e r v i c e limits, g o to s t e p 11.
* If the c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e
s e r v i c e - l i m i t , a n d the c a m s h a f t h a s
r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
* If the c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e
s e r v i c e limit, a n d the c a m s h a f t h a s
r e p l a c e d , go to s t e p 10.
is b e y o n d the
been replaced,
is b e y o n d the
not b e e n
Camshaft-to-Holder Oil C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New):
No. 1 Journal:
0.0300.069 m m
(0.0012-^-0.003-in.)
No, 2 , 3 , 4 . 5 Journals: 0.0600.09S m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 in.)
0.15 m m f0.006 in.)
(confd)
6-85
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Inspection (cont'd)
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal

Removal
10= C h e c k t h e total runout w i t h the c a m s h a f t s u p p o r t e d

on-V-blocks.
* If the total runout of the c a m s h a f t is w i t h i n the
Special Tools Reqyired

Valve spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment
07757-PJ1010A
s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
* If the total runout is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit,
r e p l a c e the c a m s h a f t a n d r e c h e c k the c a m s h a f t to-holder oil c l e a r a n c e . If the oil c l e a r a n c e is still
b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r
head.
Camshaft Total Runout
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.03 m m (0.0012 in.! m a x .
Service Limit:
0.04 m m (0.002 in.)
Identify the v a l v e s a n d the v a l v e s p r i n g s a s t h e y a r e

r e m o v e d s o that e a c h item c a n be reinstalled in its
original position.
1. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d ( s e e p a g e 6-76).
2. U s i n g a n a p p r o p r i a t e - s i z e d s o c k e t (A) a n d plastic
m a l l e t (B), lightly tap the s p r i n g retainer to l o o s e n
the v a l v e cotters.
11. M e a s u r e the c a m lobe h e i g h t

C a m Lobe Height Standard (New):
EXHAUST
34.232 m m
(1.3477 in.)
MID
INTAKE .
33.744 m m
(1.3285 in.)
35.456 m m
SEC
(1.3959 in.)
33.744 m m
Z E R O LIFT
(1.3285 in.)
MID: Mid
S E C : Secondary
PR!
PRI: P r i m a r y
C/C: C a m Chain
IWTAKE
PHI
MID
EXHAUST
SEC
PRI
SEC
4. R e m o v e the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a n d the v a l v e
s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t , t h e n r e m o v e the
s p r i n g retainer a n d the v a l v e s p r i n g .
Z E R O LIFT)
6-86
Valve Inspection
5. Install the v a l v e g u i d e s e a l r e m o v e r .
2. M e a s u r e the v a l v e in t h e s e a r e a s .
Intake V a l v e D i m e n s i o n s
A S t a n d a r d (New): 35.8536.15 m m
(1.411 - 1 . 4 2 3 in.)
B S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 108.5109.1 m m
I 4 . 2 7 2 ~ 4 . 2 9 5 in.)
C S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 5.475-5.485 m m
( 0 . 2 1 5 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 9 in.)
C Service Limit:
5.445 m m (0.214 in.)
Exhayst Valve Dimensions
A Standard (New): 3 0 . 8 5 - 3 1 . 1 5
fl.215-1.226
B S t a n d a r d (New): 108.4109.0
(4.268-4.291
C S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : -5.4505.460
6 . R e m o v e the valve seal.

C Service Limit:
mm
in.)
mm
in.)
mm
( 0 . 2 1 4 6 0 . 2 1 5 0 in.)
5.42 m m (0,213 in.)
6-87
Cylinder Head
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance
Inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s ( s e e p a g e 6-86).
2. S l i d e the v a l v e out of its g u i d e a b o u t 10 m m
(0.39 in.), t h e n m e a s u r e the s t e m - t o - g u i d e

* V a l v e g u i d e driver, 5.5 m m 0 7 7 4 2 - 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
- V a l v e g u i d e r e a m e r , 5.5 m m 0 7 H A H - P J 7 A 1 0 0
(see p a g e 6-88).
c l e a r a n c e w i t h a dial indicator w h i l e rocking the

s t e m in the direction of n o r m a ! t h r u s t ( w o b b l e
method).
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e l i m i t
r e c h e c k it u s i n g a n e w v a l v e .
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t is n o w w i t h i n the s e r v i c e
2. A s illustrated, u s e a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e airi m p a c t v a l v e g u i d e d r i v e r (A) m o d i f i e d to fit the

d i a m e t e r of the v a l v e g u i d e s . In m o s t c a s e s , t h e
s a m e p r o c e d u r e c a n be d o n e u s i n g the v a l v e g u i d e
driver, 5.5 m m a n d a c o n v e n t i o n a l h a m m e r .
limit, r e a s s e m b l e u s i n g a n e w v a l v e .
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t w i t h a n e w v a l v e still
e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, g o to s t e p 3,
Intake V a l v e S t e m - t o - G o i d e C l e a r a n c e
S t a n d a r d {New): 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 1 m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 In.!
0.16 m m (0.006 In.)
Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance

Standard (New): 0 . 1 1 - 0 . 1 6 m m
( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
0.22 m m (0.009 in.)
5.3 m m
(0.21 in
87 m m
r ~ (3.43 in.)"
57 m m
(2.24 In.)
10.8 m m
(0.42 In.)
3. S e l e c t the p r o p e r r e p l a c e m e n t g u i d e s , a n d chill
t h e m in the freezer s e c t i o n of a refrigerator for at
least an hour.4. U s e a hot plate or o v e n to e v e n l y h e a t the c y l i n d e r
h e a d to 300 F (150 C). Monitor the t e m p e r a t u r e
w i t h a c o o k i n g t h e r m o m e t e r . Do not get the h e a d
hotter t h a n 300 F (150 C); e x c e s s i v e heat m a y
l o o s e n the v a l v e s e a t s .
3. S u b t r a c t the O . D . of the v a l v e s t e m , m e a s u r e d w i t h
a m i c r o m e t e r , f r o m the I.D. of the v a l v e g u i d e ,
m e a s u r e d w i t h a n i n s i d e m i c r o m e t e r or ball g a u g e .
T a k e the m e a s u r e m e n t s in t h r e e p l a c e s a l o n g the
v a l v e s t e m a n d t h r e e p l a c e s i n s i d e the v a l v e g u i d e .
T h e difference b e t w e e n the l a r g e s t g u i d e
m e a s u r e m e n t a n d the s m a l l e s t s t e m m e a s u r e m e n t
s h o u l d not e x c e e d the s e r v i c e limit.
Intake V a l v e S t e m - t o - G u i d e C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New): 0 . 0 3 0 - 0 . 0 5 5 m m
( 0 . 0 0 1 2 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 in.)
0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance

S t a n d a r d (New): 0 . 0 5 5 - 0 . 0 8 0 m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 1 in.)
6-88
0.11 m m (0.004 in.)
5, W o r k i n g f r o m t h e c a m s h a f t s i d e , u s e the d r i v e r a n d
a n air h a m m e r to d r i v e t h e g u i d e a b o u t 2 m m
|0.1 i n . | t o w a r d s the c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r . T h i s will
knock off s o m e of t h e c a r b o n a n d m a k e r e m o v a l
e a s i e r . H o l d t h e air h a m m e r directly in line with t h e
v a l v e g u i d e to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g t h e driver.
6. T u r n t h e h e a d o v e r , a n d d r i v e t h e g u i d e out t o w a r d
the c a m s h a f t s i d e of t h e h e a d .
9. A p p l y a thin c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the o u t s i d e of

t h e n e w v a l v e g u i d e . Install the g u i d e f r o m t h e
c a m s h a f t s i d e of the h e a d ; u s e the v a l v e g u i d e
d r i v e r , 5.5 m m to d r i v e t h e g u i d e in to.the s p e c i f i e d
i n s t a l l e d height (A) of t h e g u i d e <B). If y o u have-all
16 g u i d e s to d o , y o u m a y h a v e to reheat the h e a d .
Valve Guide Installed Height
Intake:
Exhaust:
1 5 . 2 - 1 6 . 2 m m ( 0 . 5 9 8 - 0 . 6 3 8 In.)
1 5 . 5 - 1 6 . 5 m m (0.610-0.650 InJ
7, If a v a l v e g u i d e w o n t m o v e , drill it out w i t h a 8 m m
#
(5/16 in J bit, t h e n try a g a i n .

N O T E : Drill g u i d e s o n l y in e x t r e m e c a s e s ; y o u
c o u l d d a m a g e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d if t h e g u i d e b r e a k s .
8, R e m o v e t h e n e w g u i d e ( s ) f r o m t h e f r e e z e r , o n e at a
time, a s you need them.
(cont'd)
Cylinder Head
Valve Guide Replacement (cont'd)
10. C o a t both t h e v a l v e g u i d e r e a m e r , 5.5 m m a n d the
v a l v e g u i d e w i t h cutting oil.

( s e e p a g e 6-88). if the v a l v e g u i d e s a r e w o r n ,
r e p l a c e t h e m ( s e e p a g e 6-88) before cutting the
11. Rotate t h e r e a m e r c l o c k w i s e to the full length of the
valve seats.
v a l v e guide bore.
2. R e n e w the v a l v e s e a t s in the c y l i n d e r h e a d u s i n g a
v a l v e s e a t cutter.
12. C o n t i n u e to rotate the r e a m e r c l o c k w i s e w h i l e

r e m o v i n g it f r o m the b o r e .
3. C a r e f u l l y cut a 45 s e a t , r e m o v i n g o n l y e n o u g h
13. T h o r o u g h l y w a s h the g u i d e in d e t e r g e n t a n d w a t e r
to r e m o v e a n y cutting r e s i d u e .
material to e n s u r e a s m o o t h a n d c o n c e n t r i c s e a t .
4. B e v e l the u p p e r a n d l o w e r e d g e s at the a n g l e s
14. C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e s w i t h a v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 6-88).
Verify t h a t a v a l v e s l i d e s into the intake a n d
s h o w n in the illustration.
C h e c k the w i d t h of the s e a t a n d a d j u s t a c c o r d i n g l y .
e x h a u s t valve guides without sticking.

I N T A K E : 35
6-90
5. M a k e o n e m o r e v e r y light p a s s w i t h the 45 c u t t e r
to r e m o v e a n y p o s s i b l e b u r r s c a u s e d by the other
cutters.
8. Insert the intake a n d e x h a u s t v a l v e s in the h e a d ,

a n d m e a s u r e the v a l v e s t e m installed height (A).
Valve Seat Width

S t a n d a r d P e w ) : 1 , 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m f 0 . i 4 9 - O . O 6 1 in.)
Service Limit:
2.00 m m fO.079 in.)
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 4 4 . 0 - 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 - 1 . 7 5 in.)
Intake V a l v e S t e m Installed Height
8. After r e s u r f a c i n g the s e a t i n s p e c t for e v e n v a l v e

s e a t i n g . A p p l y P r u s s i a n B l u e c o m p o u n d (A) to t h e
v a l v e f a c e . Insert t h e v a l v e in its original location in
t h e h e a d , t h e n lift it a n d s n a p it c l o s e d a g a i n s t the
seat several times.
44.7 m m (1.76 in.)
E x h a u s t V a l v e S t e m Installed Height
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 4 4 . 0 - 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 - 1 . 7 5 in.)
44.7 m m (1.76 in.)
7 . T h e actual v a l v e s e a t i n g s u r f a c e (B), a s s h o w n by
the blue c o m p o u n d , s h o u l d be c e n t e r e d o n the s e a t .
9. If v a l v e s t e m i n s t a l l e d height is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e
limit, r e p l a c e t h e v a l v e a n d r e c h e c k . If it is still
b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d ;
the v a l v e s e a t in t h e h e a d is too d e e p .
;
* If it i s t o o high ( c l o s e r to t h e v a l v e s t e m ) , y o u
m o s t m a k e a s e c o n d cut w i t h t h e 67.5 cutter to
m o v e it d o w n , t h e n o n e m o r e c u t w i t h the 45
cutter to r e s t o r e s e a t w i d t h .
If it is too l o w { c l o s e to t h e v a l v e e d g e ) , y o u m u s t
m a k e a s e c o n d cut w i t h the 3 5 c u t t e r (intake
s i d e ) or the 3 0 c u t t e r ( e x h a u s t s i d e ) to m o v e it
u p , t h e n m a k e o n e m o r e cut w i t h t h e 45 cutter
to restore s e a t w i d t h .
M O T E : T h e final cut s h o u l d a l w a y s be m a d e w i t h
t h e 4 5 cutter.
691
Cylinder Head
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation
5. install the v a l v e s p r i n g a n d the s p r i n g retainer.

* S t e m seal driver 07PAD-0010000
* Valve spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment
P l a c e t h e e n d of the v a l v e s p r i n g w i t h the c l o s e l y
07757-PJ1010A
1. C o a t the v a l v e s t e m s w i t h n e w e n g i n e oil. Install
w o u n d c o i l s t o w a r d the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
6. Install the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t a n d
the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r . C o m p r e s s the s p r i n g ,
the v a l v e s in t h e v a l v e g u i d e s .
a n d install the v a l v e cotters.

2. C h e c k that the v a l v e s m o v e up a n d d o w n s m o o t h l y .
07757-PJ1010A
3. Install the s p r i n g s e a t s o n the c y l i n d e r h e a d .

4. Install the n e w v a l v e s e a l s (A) u s i n g the 5.5 m m
s i d e of t h e s t e m s e a l driver (B).
N O T E : T h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s e a l (C) h a s a black s p r i n g
(D), a n d the intake v a l v e s e a l (E) h a s a w h i t e s p r i n g
IF). T h e y a r e not i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e .
->
>
, )
' - - ^
7. R e m o v e the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a n d t h e v a l v e
spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment.
O7PAD-0O10OO
6-92
8. Lightly tap the e n d of e a c h v a l v e s t e m t w o or t h r e e

t i m e s w i t h a plastic m a l l e t (A) to e n s u r e p r o p e r
s e a t i n g of the v a l v e a n d t h e v a l v e cotters. T a p the
v a l v e s t e m o n l y a l o n g its a x i s s o y o u d o not b e n d
the s t e m .

1, R e a s s e m b l e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y { s e e p a g e
8-82),
2, C l e a n a n d d r y the N o . 5 rocker s h a f t h o l d e r m a t i n g
6. M a k e s u r e t h e p u n c h m a r k s o n the v a r i a b l e v a l v e
t i m i n g control ( V T C ) actuator a n d t h e e x h a u s t
c a m s h a f t sprocket are facing up, then set the
c a m s h a f t s (A) in t h e holder.
surface.
3 , A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y t o t h e c y l i n d e r
h e a d m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e No, 5 r o c k e r s h a f t
h o l d e r , a n d to t h e i n s i d e e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt
h o l e s , Install the c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of
a p p l y i n g t h e liquid g a s k e t .
NOTE:
* If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed within 4 minutes.
* If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e t h e o l d liquid g a s k e t a n d
7. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s (B) a n d c a m c h a i n g u i d e B
(C) in p l a c e .
8, T i g h t e n the bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
along t h e broken line.
4, Insert t h e bolts (A! into t h e rocker shaft h o l d e r , t h e n

Specified Torqye
8 x 1,25 m m
install the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y (B) o n t h e c y l i n d e r
2 2 N-m 12.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)
head.
6x1.0 mm
12 N-m {1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
6 x 1.0 m m B o l t s : @ , @ ,
a>
9. Install t h e c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-64), t h e n a d j u s t
the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6-58),
5. R e m o v e t h e bolts f r o m t h e rocker s h a f t h o l d e r .
6-93
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head installation
1. Install a n e w c o o l a n t s e p a r a t o r (A) in the e n g i n e
block w h e n e v e r the e n g i n e block is r e p l a c e d .
4. S e t the c r a n k s h a f t to top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . A l i g n
the T D C m a r k (A) on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t w i t h
the pointer (B) on the e n g i n e block.
5. Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d o n the e n g i n e block.

2. C l e a n the c y l i n d e r h e a d a n d the e n g i n e block
surface.
3. Install the n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d g a s k e t (A) a n d the
d o w e l pins (B) on the e n g i n e block. A l w a y s u s e a
n e w cylinder head g a s k e t
6. M e a s u r e the d i a m e t e r of e a c h c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt at
point A a n d point B.
J5Q mm (2.0 I n . ^
45 mm (1.8 in.)
7. If either d i a m e t e r is l e s s t h a n 10.6 mm. (0.42 in.),

r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt.
6-94
3, A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the t h r e a d s a n d u n d e r t h e
bolt h e a d s of all c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts.
11. Install t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-93).

12. Install the c a m c h a i n (see p a g e 6-64).
9. T i g h t e n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts in s e q u e n c e to
39 N-m ( 4 . 0 kgf-m, 29 Ibf-ft). U s e a b e a m - t y p e
t o r q u e w r e n c h , W h e n u s i n g a p r e s e t click-type
t o r q u e w r e n c h , b e s u r e to t i g h t e n s l o w l y a n d d o not
overtighten. If a bolt m a k e s a n y n o i s e w h i l e y o u a r e
t o r q u i n g i t l o o s e n the bolt a n d retighten it f r o m the
first s t e p ,
13. C o n n e c t the f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r s , a n d install the w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s to
the cylinder head:
connector
connector
* C a m s h a f t position (CMP) s e n s o r B ( E x h a u s t )
connector
* T w o rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r s
* T w o rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r s
' * E v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) c a n i s t e r purge
valve connector
14. Install the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g
pipe,.
10, After torqutng, tighten all c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts in t w o

s t e p s 190 per step) u s i n g the s e q u e n c e s h o w n in
s t e p 9. If y o u a r e u s i n g a n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t
tighten the bolt a n e x t r a 90 .
8x1.0mm
N O T E : R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt if y o u
t i g h t e n e d it-beyond the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e , a n d go
b a c k to s t e p 6 of the p r o c e d u r e . D o not l o o s e n it
b a c k to the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e .
15. C o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e ( B ) .
(cont'd)
6-95
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd)
16. C o n n e c t t h e u p p e r radiator h o s e (A), the heater
18. C o n n e c t t h e four fuel injector c o n n e c t o r s (A), t h e

a n d install t h e g r o u n d c a b l e s (C).
6x1. m m
12 N-m
17. Install the four bolts s e c u r i n g the E V A P c a n i s t e r

19. C o n n e c t the fuel f e e d h o s e (A) ( s e e p a g e 11-343),

t h e n install the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (B).
S x 1.0 m m
12 N - m
6-96

2 0 , C o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r h o s e (A).
N O T E : W h e n installing the s e a l i n g bolt, a l w a y s u s e a

new washer.
2 2 x 1.5 m m
7 4 N>m (7.5 kgf-m, 5 4 i b f - f t )

2 1 . Install the c a t a l y t i c c o n v e r t e r f s e e p a g e 11-367).
22. Install the intake m a n i f o l d f s e e p a g e 9-5).
2 3 . Install the d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
24. Install t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e
20-289).
2 5 . After i n s t a l l a t i o n , c h e c k that all t u b e s , h o s e s , a n d
c o n n e c t o r s are i n s t a l l e d c o r r e c t l y .
26. I n s p e c t for fuel l e a k s . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to
O N {!!} | d o not o p e r a t e t h e starter) s o t h e fuel p u m p
r u n s for about 2 s e c o n d s a n d p r e s s u r i z e s the fuel
line. R e p e a t t h i s o p e r a t i o n t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k
for fuel l e a k a g e at a n y point in t h e fuel line.
2 7 . Refill the radiator with e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d
the s i r f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the h e a t e r
2 8 . C h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
2 9 . D o the p o w e r t r a i n c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) idle l e a n
p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 11-317).
3 0 . D o t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n ( C K P ) pattern c l e a r / C K P
pattern lean p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
3 2 . I n s p e c t t h e ignition t i m i n g ( s e e p a g e 4-19).
6-97
Engine Mechanical
Engine Block
Special Tools
.......
............
......
Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play
Inspection .......
..........
....
......
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement ........
.......
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement
..............
Oil Pan Removal ..........
....... .................
......
Crankshaft and Piston Removal
...........
Crankshaft Inspection
....
Block and Piston Inspection ...........
......
.
Cylinder Bore Honing =
..
....
.............
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement
Piston Ring Replacement
....
.
Piston installation .
................
.....
.
Connecting Rod Bolt inspection
Crankshaft Installation ........
...................
...........
CKP Pulse Plate Replacement
...
.............
Oil Pan Installation ....
............
Transmission End Crankshaft Oil Seal
installation - In Car ......
Sealing Bolt Installation ......................
.
9
7-2
7-3
7-5
7-6
7-9
7-11
7-14
7-16
7-17
7-19
7-19
7-22
7-24
7-26
7-27
7-30
7-31
7-34
7-35
Engine Block
Special Tools
Raf. No.
Tool dumber
Oil S e a l Driver-Attachmerit 9 6 '
07746-0010700
07749-0010000
Driver
7-2
Description
07ZAD-PNAA100
Qty
1
1
1
(cont'd)
7-3
Engine Block
PISTON
RINGS
PfSTOW
R e m o v a l , p a g e 7-14
M e a s u r e m e n t p a g e 7-17
PISTON PIN
R e m o v a l , p a g e 7-19
CONNECTING ROD
E n d P l a y , p a g e 7-5
S m a l l E n d M e a s u r e m e n t , p a g e 7-20
ENGINE BLOCK
C y l i n d e r B o r e I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 7-17
a r p a g e I n s p e c t i o n , s t e p 6 o n p a g e 7-18
C y l i n d e r B o r e H o n i n g , p a g e 7-19
R i d g e R e m o v a l , s t e p 16 o n p a g e 7-15
CONNECTING BOO
BEARINGS
Oil Clearance Inspection,
p a g e 7-9
S e l e c t i o n , p a g e 7-10
CONNECTING ROD BOLTS

7-4
CONNECTING ROD
BEARING CAP
Connecting Bod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection

1> R e m o v e t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-14},
2. R e m o v e t h e baffle plate ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 7-14).
3. M e a s u r e t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod e n d p l a y with a f e e l e r
5. P u s h the c r a n k s h a f t firmly a w a y f r o m -the dial

indicator, a n d z e r o t h e dial a g a i n s t t h e e n d of the
c r a n k s h a f t . T h e n pull the c r a n k s h a f t firmly b a c k
t o w a r d t h e indicator; t h e dial r e a d i n g s h o u l d not
e x c e e d t h e s e r v i c e limit.
g a u g e b e t w e e n t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod a n d the
crankshaft.
Crankshaft E n d Play
Standard (New): 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 3 5 m m (0.004-0.014
Connecting R o d E n d Play
S t a n d a r d P e w ) : 0 . 1 5 - 0 . 3 5 m m C G . 0 0 6 - 0 , 0 1 4 In.)
Service Limit:
0.4 m m | . 0 1 6 in.)
4. If the c o n n e c t i n g rod e n d play is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e

limit, install a n e w c o n n e c t i n g r o d , a n d r e c h e c k , If it
is still b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e
c r a n k s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 7-14),
Serwlee L i m i t :
In.)
0.45 m m (0.018 in.)
6. If t h e e n d p l a y is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r s a n d r e c h e c k , if it is still b e y o n d
t h e s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c r a n k s h a f t ( s e e p a g e
7-14).
7-5
Engine Block
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement
SVIaio Bearing Clearance Inspection
6, R e m o v e the l o w e r block a n d the b e a r i n g s a g a i n ,

a n d m e a s u r e the w i d e s t part of the p l a s t i g a g e .
1. T o c h e c k the m a i n b e a r i n g - t o - j o u r n a l oil c l e a r a n c e ,
r e m o v e the l o w e r block a n d t h e b e a r i n g h a l v e s
M a i n B e a r i n g - t o - J o u r n a l Oil C l e a r a n c e
( s e e p a g e 7-14).
No. 1,2,-4,5 Journals:

S t a n d a r d ( N e w ! : 0.017 -
2. C l e a n e a c h m a i n j o u r n a l a n d the b e a r i n g half w i t h a
clean shop towel.
0.041
mm
(0.0007 - 0 . 0 0 1 6 In.)
Service Limit:
0.050 m m (0=0020 in.)
No. 3 J o u r n a l :
3. P l a c e o n e strip of p l a s t i g a g e a c r o s s e a c h m a i n
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 0 2 5 0.049 m m
( 0 . 0 0 1 0 - 0 . 0 0 1 9 In.)
journal.
0 . 0 5 5 m m (0.0022 In.)
4. R e i n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g s a n d the l o w e r block, t h e n
tighten the bolts to 29 N-m (3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft).
" NOTE:
* A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e bolt t h r e a d s a n d
flanges.
* Do not rotate the c r a n k s h a f t d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n .
7. If the p l a s t i g a g e m e a s u r e s too w i d e or too n a r r o w ,

r e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t , a n d r e m o v e the u p p e r half
of the b e a r i n g . Install a n e w , c o m p l e t e b e a r i n g w i t h
the a p p r o p r i a t e c o l o r c o d e ( s ) , a n d r e c h e c k t h e
c l e a r a n c e . Do not file, s h i m , or s c r a p e the b e a r i n g s
or the c a p s to a d j u s t c l e a r a n c e .
(D
5. T i g h t e n t h e b e a r i n g c a p bolts a n additional 48 .
7-6
8. If the p l a s t i g a g e s h o w s the c l e a r a n c e is still

i n c o r r e c t , try the next l a r g e r or s m a l l e r b e a r i n g (the
c o l o r listed a b o v e or b e l o w the c u r r e n t o n e ) , a n d
c h e c k a g a i n . If the p r o p e r c l e a r a n c e c a n n o t be
o b t a i n e d by u s i n g t h e a p p r o p r i a t e l a r g e r or s m a l l e r
b e a r i n g s , r e p l a c e the c r a n k s h a f t a n d start o v e r .
tea
Main Bearing Selection

C r a n k s h a f t B o r e Cd L o c a t i o n
Main Journal Code Location

2. T h e m a i n j o u r n a l c o d e s a r e s t a m p e d o n t h e
c r a n k s h a f t in either location.
1, N u m b e r s , letters, o r b a r s h a v e b e e n s t a m p e d o n
the e n d o f t h e e n g i n e block a s a c o d e for t h e s i z e of
e a c h of t h e five m a i n j o u r n a l b o r e s . W r i t e d o w n the
crank bore c o d e s .
If y o u c a n n o t r e a d t h e c o d e s b e c a u s e of
a c c u m u l a t e d dirt a n d d u s t , d o not s c r u b t h e m w i t h
a wire brush or scraper. C l e a n t h e m only with
solvent or d e t e r g e n t
No. 5 J O U R N A L
{TRANSMISSION
No. 1 J O U R N A L
(PULLEY EWDi
END,
No. 5 JOURNAL
No. 1 JOURNAL
(cont'd)
7-7
Engine Block
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
3. U s e the c r a n k bore c o d e s a n d c r a n k j o u r n a l c o d e s
to s e l e c t the a p p r o p r i a t e r e p l a c e m e n t b e a r i n g s
f r o m the f o l l o w i n g table.
K24Z3 engine
B e a r i n g Identification
C o l o r c o d e I s o n t h e e d g e of t h e b e a r i n g
- Larger block bore
K24Z2 engine
1 or
A or I
B e a r i n g Ident'rfication
C o l o r c o d e Is o n t h e e d g e of t h e b e a r i n g
1 r
A or I
2 or
B o r II
3r
C o r III
Pink/
Yellow
Yellow
Pink/
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Yellow
Green
4 or
D o r HIS
Smaller
main
Journal
7-8
Smaller
bearing
{Thicker}
4 or
D o r IIII
S m a l l e r bearing (Thicker)
Red
Bed/
Pink
Pink
Yellow
Red/
Fink
Pink
Yellow
Yellow/
Green
Pink
Yellow
Yellow/
Green
Green
Green
Green/
Brown
Green/
Brown
Brown
Green/
Brown
Brown
Black
Green/
Brown
Brown
Black
Black/
Blue
Brown
Black
Black/
Blue
Blue
Green
3 or
C o r III
Larger block bore
= > S m a l l e r bearing (Thicker)
Pink
2 or
B o r II
N O T E : W h e n using bearing
h a l v e s of d i f f e r e n t c o l o r s ,
it d o e s not m a t t e r w h i c h c o l o r
is u s e d in t h e t o p or b o t t o m .
Smaller
main
Journal
Smaller
bearing
(Thicker)
Yellow
Yellow/
Green
Green
Brown
Yellow/
Green
Green
Brown
Brown/
Black
Green
Brown
Brown/
Black
Black
- - N O T E : W h e n using bearing
h a l v e s of d i f f e r e n t c o l o r s ,
it d o e s not m a t t e r w h i c h c o l o r
is u s e d in t h e t o p o r b o t t o m .
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement

Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
Inspection
1, R e m o v e t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-15).
2, R e m o v e t h e baffle plate ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 7-14).
8. If t h e p l a s t i g a g e m e a s u r e s too w i d e or too n a r r o w ,
r e m o v e t h e c a p , a n d the upper-half of the b e a r i n g ,
install a n e w , c o m p l e t e b e a r i n g w i t h the
appropriate color
c o d e ( s ) , a n d r e c h e c k the c l e a r a n c e . D o not file,
s h i m , or s c r a p e the b e a r i n g s or the c a p s to a d j u s t
clearance.
3, R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod c a p a n d the b e a r i n g
half,
4, C l e a n t h e c r a n k s h a f t rod j o u r n a l a n d t h e b e a r i n g
half w i t h a c l e a n s h o p t o w e l .
5, P l a c e p l a s t i g a g e a c r o s s the rod j o u r n a l .
9. If t h e p l a s t i g a g e s h o w s the c l e a r a n c e is still
i n c o r r e c t try t h e next larger o r s m a l l e r b e a r i n g (the
c o l o r listed a b o v e or b e l o w t h e c u r r e n t o n e ) , a n d
c h e c k c l e a r a n c e a g a i n . If the p r o p e r c l e a r a n c e
c a n n o t b e o b t a i n e d by u s i n g the a p p r o p r i a t e larger
or s m a l l e r b e a r i n g , r e p l a c e the c r a n k s h a f t a n d start
over.
6, R e i n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g half a n d the c a p , a n d tighten

t h e bolts to 41 N - m (4,2 kgf-m, 30 Ibf-ft) + 1 2 0
NOTE:
* A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the bolt t h r e a d s a n d
flanges.
* Do not rotate the c r a n k s h a f t d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n .
7, R e m o v e t h e r o d c a p a n d the b e a r i n g half, a n d
m e a s u r e t h e w i d e s t part of the p l a s t i g a g e .
C o n n e c t i n g R o d Bearlog-to-Joyraa! Oil C l e a r a n c e
Standard P e w ) :
0.032-0.066 mm
( 0 . 0 0 1 3 0 . 0 0 2 6 In.)
0.077 m m (0.0030 in.)
(cont'd)
7-9
Engine Block
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection
1. I n s p e c t e a c h c o n n e c t i n g rod for c r a c k s a n d heat
damage.
Connecting Rod Journal Code Location

3. T h e c o n n e c t i n g rod j o u r n a l c o d e s a r e s t a m p e d on
the c r a n k s h a f t in .either l o c a t i o n .
C o n n e c t i n g Rod B i g E n d B o r e C o d e L o c a t i o n s
2. E a c h c o n n e c t i n g rod h a s a t o l e r a n c e r a n g e f r o m 0
to 0.024 m m (0.0009 in.), in 0.006 m m (0.0002 in.)
- i n c r e m e n t s , d e p e n d i n g o n t h e s i z e of its big e n d
b o r e , ft is t h e n s t a m p e d w i t h a n u m b e r or bar ( 1 , 2 ,
3, or 4/I, II, III, or Sill) indicating the r a n g e . Y o u m a y
find a n y c o m b i n a t i o n of n u m b e r s a n d b a r s in a n y
e n g i n e . (Half the n u m b e r or b a r is s t a m p e d o n the
b e a r i n g c a p , the other half is o n the rod.)
If y o u c a n n o t r e a d t h e c o d e b e c a u s e of a n
a c c u m u l a t i o n of oil a n d v a r n i s h , d o not s c r u b it
w i t h a w i r e b r u s h or s c r a p e r . C l e a n it o n l y w i t h
s o l v e n t or detergent.
N o r m a l B o r e S i z e : 51 J ) m m 12,01 i n . !
No. 4 J O U R W A L
7-10
No. 1 J O U R N A L
OH Pan Removal
4, U s e t h e big e n d b o r e c o d e s a n d rod j o u r n a l c o d e s
to s e l e c t a p p r o p r i a t e r e p l a c e m e n t b e a r i n g s f r o m
the following table.
1. If t h e e n g i n e is a l r e a d y out of t h e v e h i c l e , g o to s t e p
19.
2. R e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e
Bearing identification
Color cod is o n t h e e d g e of t h e b e a r i n g
.
1 or I
2 o r II
20-289).
Larger big end bore

3 o r III
3. D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
4 o r III!
4. R e m o v e t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
Smaller bearing {Thicker)
Red
Pink
Pink/
Yellow
Pink
Yellow
Yellow/
Green
Green
Yellow
Green
Green/
Brown
Brown
Green
Brown
Brown/
Black
Black
Yellow
5. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
battery b a s e ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 5-3).
6. R e m o v e t h e front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (A), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e front e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (B).
A
1f
Smaller
rod
journal
Smaller
bearing
(Thicker!
NOTE: W h e n using bearing

halves of different colors,
it d o e s n o t m a t t e r w h i c h c o l o r
is u s e d in t h e t o p o r b o t t o m .
(cont'd)
7-11
Engine Block
Oil Pan Removal (cont'd)
7. L o o s e n the r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t m o u n t i n g bolts (A).
8. L o o s e n t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket
m o u n t i n g bolts ( A ) .
M/T model
M/T model
A
7-12
9 , R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n the lift,
19, R e m o v e the c l u t c h / t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (A), a n d

r e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the t r a n s m i s s i o n .
10. R e m o v e t h e left front w h e e l .

11. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d f s e e s t e p 25 o n p a g e 5-5).
12. Drain t h e e n g i n e oil ( s e e p a g e 8-9).
13. S e p a r a t e t h e left s i d e k n u c k l e f r o m the l o w e r a r m
f s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 18-21).
14. R e m o v e the left s i d e d a m p e r fork I s e e s t e p 3 o n
p a g e 18-21).
15. R e m o v e t h e left s i d e d r i v e s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 16-4).
C o a t all p r e c i s i o n - f i n i s h e d s u r f a c e w i t h n e w e n g i n e
oil. T i e a p l a s t i c b a g o v e r the d r i v e s h a f t e n d .
18, R e m o v e t h e n u t s s e c u r i n g the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n
m o u n t ( s e e s t e p 49 o n p a g e 5-3),
17. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e shift c a b l e b r a c k e t
20. R e m o v e the bolts s e c u r i n g t h e oil p a n .
* S a i t a m a F a c t o r y p r o d u c e d m o d e l s ( s e e s t e p 44
o n p a g e 14-238).
* Marysville, Ohio Factory produced models (see
s t e p 48 o n p a g e 14-239).
21. U s i n g a flat b l a d e s c r e w d r i v e r , s e p a r a t e the oil p a n

f r o m t h e e n g i n e block in the p l a c e s s h o w n .
18, U s e a t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k to lift: t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
3 0 4 0 m m { 1 . 2 1 . 6 in.).
2 2 . R e m o v e the oil p a n .
7-13
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Removal
1. R e m o v e the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 5-3).
2. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n :
9. R e m o v e the 8 m m bolts.
3. SWT m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e f l y w h e e l ( s e e s t e p 17 on
p a g e 12-19).
4. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e the d r i v e plate ( s e e p a g e
14-257).
6. R e m o v e the o i l . p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-15).
7. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d :
* AS! m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-27)
* P Z E V m o d e l ( s e e p a g e 6-76)
10. R e m o v e the b e a r i n g c a p bolts. T o p r e v e n t w a r p a g e ,

l o o s e n the bolts in s e q u e n c e 1/3 t u r n at a t i m e ;
8. R e m o v e t h e baffle plate.
repeat t h e s e q u e n c e until all bolts a r e l o o s e n e d .
7-14
11. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r b l o c k a n d the b e a r i n g s . K e e p all

t h e b e a r i n g s in o r d e r .
16. If y o u c a n feel a ridge of m e t a l or h a r d c a r b o n

a r o u n d the top of e a c h c y l i n d e r , r e m o v e it w i t h a
ridge r e a m e r (A). F o l l o w the- r e a m e r m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s
i n s t r u c t i o n s . If the ridge is not r e m o v e d , it m a y
d a m a g e the p i s t o n s a s t h e y a r e p u s h e d o u t
12, R e m o v e t h e r o d c a p s / b e a r i n g s , K e e p a l l the c a p s /
b e a r ! r i g s in o r d e r .
17. U s e the w o o d e n h a n d l e of a h a m m e r (A) to d r i v e

out t h e p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g rod a s s e m b l y (B).
13, Lift the c r a n k s h a f t o u t of the e n g i n e . B e c a r e f u l not

to d a m a g e t h e J o u r n a l s a n d the C K P p u l s e plate.
B
18. R e i n s t a l l t h e Sower block a n d the b e a r i n g s on the

e n g i n e block in the p r o p e r order.
19. R e i n s t a l l t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod b e a r i n g s a n d the c a p s
after r e m o v i n g e a c h p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g rod
assembly.
20. M a r k e a c h p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g r o d - a s s e m b l y w i t h its
1 4 . R e m o v e t h e C K P p u l s e plate f r o m the c r a n k s h a f t
( s e e p a g e 7-30).
15. R e m o v e the u p p e r b e a r i n g h a l v e s f r o m the
c y l i n d e r number-to- m a k e s u r e t h e y a r e r e i n s t a l l e d
in t h e original order.
N O T E : T h e e x i s t i n g n u m b e r o n t h e . c o n n e c t i n g rod
c o n n e c t i n g r o d s , a n d s e t t h e m a s i d e w i t h their
d o e s not indicate its position in t h e e n g i n e , it
respective caps,
i n d i c a t e s the rod bore-size.
7-15
Engine' Block
Crankshaft Inspection
Out-0f-Rund a n d Taper
Straightness
1. R e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t f r o m the e n g i n e block
7. P l a c e the V - b l o c k s on a flat s u r f a c e .
( s e e p a g e 7-14).
8. C h e c k the total r u n o u t w i t h t h e c r a n k s h a f t
2. R e m o v e t h e C K P p u l s e plate f r o m the c r a n k s h a f t
s u p p o r t e d on V - b l o c k s .
( s e e p a g e 7-30).
9 . M e a s u r e the runout o n all m a i n j o u r n a l s . Rotate t h e
3. C l e a n t h e c r a n k s h a f t oil p a s s a g e s w i t h pipe
crankshaft two complete revolutions. T h e

difference b e t w e e n m e a s u r e m e n t s o n e a c h j o u r n a l
c l e a n e r s or a s u i t a b l e b r u s h .
m u s t not be m o r e t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit.
4. C l e a n t h e k e y w a y a n d t h r e a d s , a n d c h e c k for
Crankshaft Total Runoyt
damage.
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.03 m m (0.0012 in.) m a x .

5 . . M e a s u r e t h e out-of-round at t h e m i d d l e of e a c h rod
a n d t h e m a i n j o u r n a l in t w o p l a c e s . T h e difference
b e t w e e n m e a s u r e m e n t s o n e a c h j o u r n a l m u s t not
be m o r e t h a n the s e r v i c e limit.
Journal Out-of-Round
0.004 m m (0.0002 in.) m a x .
Serlee Limit:
0.010 m m {0.0004 in.)
L - J ,
6. M e a s u r e the t a p e r at the e d g e s of e a c h rod a n d t h e

main journal. T h e difference between
m e a s u r e m e n t s o n e a c h j o u r n a l m u s t not be m o r e
t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit.
Journal Taper
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.005 m m {0.0002 in.) m a x .
7-16
0.010 m m (0.0004 in.)
0.04 m m (0,0016 in.)
Block and Piston inspection

1. R e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t a n d t h e p i s t o n s ( s e e p a g e
7-14),
2. C h e c k t h e p i s t o n for distortion or c r a c k s .
3. M e a s u r e the p i s t o n d i a m e t e r at a point 13 m m
10,5 in.) f r o m the b o t t o m of t h e skirt. T h e r e a r e t w o
s t a n d a r d - s i z e p i s t o n s ( N o Letter or A , a n d B ) . T h e
letter is s t a m p e d o n t h e top of t h e p i s t o n , L e t t e r s
a r e a l s o s t a m p e d o n t h e e n g i n e block a s the
cylinder bore sizes.
4,- M e a s u r e t h e w e a r a n d t a p e r in direction X a n d Y at
t h r e e l e v e l s i n s i d e e a c h c y l i n d e r a s s h o w n . If the
m e a s u r e m e n t s in a n y c y l i n d e r a r e b e y o n d t h e
O v e r s i z e B o r e S e r v i c e L i m i t r e p l a c e the e n g i n e
block. If t h e e n g i n e block is b e i n g whored,
refer to
s t e p 7 after r e b o r i n g .
CySinder B o r e S i z e
Standard (New):
A r I:
87.01087.020 m m
( 3 . 4 2 5 6 - 3 . 4 2 6 0 in.)
B o r II:
87.000-87.010 mm
( 3 . 4 2 5 2 - 3 . 4 2 5 6 in.)
Piston Skirt Diameter

Standard (New):
Ho L e t t e r for A ) : 8 6 , 9 8 0 - 8 6 , 9 9 0 m m
1 3 . 4 2 4 4 - 3 . 4 2 4 8 In.)
B:
86.970-86.980 mm
( 3 . 4 2 4 0 3 . 4 2 4 4 In.)
8 7 . 0 7 0 m m (3.4279 In.)
Oversize Bore
0.25:
8 7 . 2 5 0 - 8 7 . 2 6 0 m m ( 3 . 4 3 5 0 - 3 . 4 3 5 4 in.)
Service Limit:
N o L e t t e r lor A ) : 86.930' m m (3.4224 In.)
B:
8 6 . 9 2 0 m m (3,4220 in.)
Reboring Limit:
Oversize Piston Skirt Diameter
L i m i t (Difference b e t w e e n first
a n d third measurement):
0.02 m m (0.0008 in.)
0.25 m m (0.01 i n j m a x .
Bore Taper
0.25:
8 7 . 2 3 i - 8 7 . 2 4 0 m m ( 3 . 4 3 4 2 3 . 4 3 4 6 In.)
S mm |0.2 in.)
(cont'd)
7-17
Engine Block
Block and Piston Inspection (cont'd)
.5. S c o r e d o r s c r a t c h e d c y l i n d e r b o r e s m u s t b e h o n e d .
6. C h e c k the top of t h e e n g i n e block for w a r p a g e .
M e a s u r e a l o n g the e d g e s a n d a c r o s s the c e n t e r as"
7. C a l c u l a t e t h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n t h e c y l i n d e r bore
d i a m e t e r a n d t h e piston d i a m e t e r . If t h e c l e a r a n c e
is n e a r o r e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e limit, i n s p e c t t h e
piston a n d c y l i n d e r b o r e for e x c e s s i v e w e a r .
shown.
Piston-to-CySinder B o r e C l e a r a n c e
Engine Block Warpage
Standard (New): 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 0 m m
S t a n d a r d ! ( N e w ) : 0.07 m m (0.003 in.)' m a x .

0.10 m m (0.004 in.)
Service L i m i t :
( 0 . 0 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.)0 . 0 5 m m (0.002 in.)

S E R V I C E LIMIT
0.05 m m 10.002 In.)
PRECISION S T R A I G H T E D G E
7-18
Cylinder Bore Honing
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod

Replacement
O n l y a s c o r e d o r s c r a t c h e d c y l i n d e r b o r e m u s t be h o n e d .
1. M e a s u r e t h e c y l i n d e r b o r e s ( s e e p a g e 7-17).
If t h e e n g i n e block i s to be r e u s e d , h o n e the
cylinders^ a n d remaasure
the b o r e s .
Disassembly
1. R e m o v e the piston f r o m the e n g i n e block ( s e e p a g e
7-14).
2. R e m o v e t h e oil j e t s f s e e p a g e 8-13).
2. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the p i s t o n pin s n a p r i n g s
3 . H o n e the c y l i n d e r b o r e s w i t h h o n i n g oil a n d a fine
(400 grit) s t o n e in a 8 0 d e g r e e c r o s s - h a t c h pattern
(A). U s e o n l y a rigid h o n e w i t h 400 grit or finer
s t o n e s u c h a s S u n n e n , A m m c o , or e q u i v a l e n t . Do
not u s e s t o n e s t h a t a r e w o r n or b r o k e n .
(A), a n d turn t h e m in the ring g r o o v e s until the e n d

g a p s a r e lined up w i t h the c u t o u t s in the piston pin
b o r e s (B).
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e the ring g r o o v e s .
4. W h e n h o n i n g is c o m p l e t e , t h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the
e n g i n e block of all m e t a l p a r t i c l e s . W a s h the
c y l i n d e r b o r e s w i t h hot s o a p y w a t e r , t h e n d r y a n d
oil t h e m i m m e d i a t e l y to p r e v e n t r u s t i n g . N e v e r u s e
s o l v e n t , it will o n l y redistribute t h e grit o n the
cylinder walls.
3. R e m o v e both s n a p r i n g s . Start at the cutout in the

piston pin b o r e . R e m o v e t h e s n a p r i n g s c a r e f u l l y s o
t h e y d o not g o flying or get lost. W e a r e y e
protection.
5. If s c o r i n g or s c r a t c h e s a r e still p r e s e n t in the
c y l i n d e r b o r e s after h o n i n g the e n g i n e block to the
s e r v i c e limit, r e b o r e t h e e n g i n e block. S o m e light
vertical s c o r i n g a n d s c r a t c h i n g is a c c e p t a b l e if it is
not d e e p e n o u g h to c a t c h y o u r f i n g e r n a i l , a n d d o e s
not run t h e full length of the b o r e .
8. Install the oil j e t s ( s e e p a g e 8-13).
(cont'd)
7-19
Engine Block
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement (cont'd)
4. Heat t h e piston a n d t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod a s s e m b l y to
a b o u t 158 F (70 C), t h e n r e m o v e the piston pin.
Inspection
N O T E : I n s p e c t t h e p i s t o n , the piston p i n , a n d the
c o n n e c t i n g rod w h e n t h e y a r e at r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e .
1. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r of the p i s t o n psn.
P i s t o n Pin D i a m e t e r
Standard (New): 2 1 . 9 6 1 - 2 1 . 9 6 5 m m
( 0 . 8 6 4 6 - 0 . 8 6 4 8 in.)
Service Limit:
2 1 . 9 5 3 m m (0.8643 in.)
2. Z e r o t h e dial indicator to t h e p i s t o n pin d i a m e t e r .
7-20
3.- C h e e k t h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n t h e piston pin

d i a m e t e r a n d t h e piston p i n h o l e d i a m e t e r in t h e
piston.
Reassembly
1 . Install a-piston pin s n a p ring (A).
P i s t o n Pin-to-Piston C l e a r a n c e
S t a n d a r d (New): - 0 . 0 0 5 t o + 0 . 0 0 2 m m
Service Limit:
{0.00020 t o + 0 . 0 0 0 0 8 in.}
0.005 m m {0.0002 in.)
2. C o a t the piston pin bore in t h e p i s t o n , t h e b o r e in

the c o n n e c t i n g r o d , a n d t h e piston pin with n e w
e n g i n e oil.
3. Heat the piston to a b o u t 158 F (70 C).
4. M e a s u r e t h e piston p i n - t o - c o n n e c t i n g rod c l e a r a n c e .
Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Clearance
Standard P e w ) : .5-0.015 m m
fO.0TO2-~O.OOOe in.)
Service Limit:
0 , 0 2 m m {0.0008 in.)
(cont'd)
7-21
Engine Block
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod
Replacement (cont'd!
Piston Ring Replacement

1. R e m o v e the piston f r o m t h e e n g i n e block ( s e e p a g e
7-14).
4. A s s e m b l e t h e p i s t o n (A) a n d the c o n n e c t i n g rod (B)

w i t h the a r r o w (C) a n d the e m b o s s e d m a r k (D) on
t h e s a m e s i d e . Install t h e piston pin (E).
2. U s i n g a ring e x p a n d e r (A), r e m o v e the old piston

rings (B).
B
3. C l e a n ail ring g r o o v e s t h o r o u g h l y w i t h a s q u a r e d off broken ring or ring g r o o v e c l e a n e r w i t h a b l a d e

to fit t h e piston g r o o v e s .
T h e top a n d 2 n d ring g r o o v e s a r e 1.2 m m (0.05 in.)
w i d e . T h e oil ring g r o o v e is 2.0 m m (0.08 in.) w i d e .
File d o w n a b l a d e if n e c e s s a r y .
Do not u s e a w i r e b r u s h to c l e a n the ring g r o o v e s ,
or cut the ring g r o o v e s d e e p e r w i t h the c l e a n i n g
tools.
N O T E : If the piston is to be s e p a r a t e d f r o m the
c o n n e c t i n g r o d , do not install t h e n e w r i n g s yet.
5. Install the r e m a i n i n g s n a p ring (F).

6. T u r n t h e s n a p r i n g s in t h e ring g r o o v e s until the
e n d g a p s a r e p o s i t i o n e d at t h e bottom of the p i s t o n .
7-22
4, U s i n g a piston t h a t h a s its r i n g s r e m o v e d , p u s h a
n e w ring (A) into the c y l i n d e r bore 1520 m m
10,60,8 i n . ) f r o m t h e b o t t o m .
Install t h e top ring a n d the s e c o n d ring a s s h o w n .

T h e top ring (A) h a s a 1R m a r k , a n d the s e c o n d ring
IB) h a s a 2RW m a r k . T h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g m a r k s (C)
must face upward.
1 5 - 2 0 m m 1 0 , 6 - 0 . 8 in.)
, M e a s u r e the p i s t o n ring e n d - g a p (6) w i t h a f e e l e r

gauge:
* If the g a p is t o o s m a l l , c h e c k to s e e if y o u h a v e
the p r o p e r r i n g s for y o u r e n g i n e .
* If t h e g a p i s t o o l a r g e , r e c h e c k t h e c y l i n d e r b o r e
d i a m e t e r a g a i n s t t h e w e a r limits { s e e p a g e 7-17).
tf t h e bore is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit, the e n g i n e
block m y st be re b o r e d .
Piston Ring End-Gap
Tep Ring:
Standard (New): 0 . 2 0 - 0 , 3 5 m m
( 0 . 0 0 8 0 . 0 1 4 In.)
0.60 m m fd.024 In.)
Service L i m i t :
Piston Ring Dimensions
Second Ring:
S t a n d a r d {Hew}:
Service Limit:
Oil
0.500.85 m m
f . 0 2 - . 0 2 6 in.)
0.70 m m (0,028 in.)
T o p Ring (Standard):
At 2.7 mm (0.11 In.)
B : 1.2 m m (0.05 In.)
S e c o n d Ring (Standard):
A: 3.4 m m (0.13 In.)
B: 1.2 m m (0.05 in.)
Ring:
S t a n d a r d (New): 0 . 2 0 - 0 . 7 0 m m
( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 8 In.)
0.75 m m (0.030 In.)
Service L i m i t :
(cont'd)
7-23
Engine Block
Piston Ring Replacement (cont'd)
7. After installing a n e w s e t of r i n g s , m e a s u r e the
Piston Installation
if the Crankshaft is Already Installed
ring-to-groove c l e a r a n c e s :
1. S e t the c r a n k s h a f t to bottom d e a d c e n t e r ( B D C ) for
e a c h c y l i n d e r a s its piston is i n s t a l l e d .
Top Ring Clearance

Standard (New): 0.O60--0.085 m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 4 - 0 , 0 0 3 3 in.)
Service Limit:
0.13 m m fO.005 in.)
S e c o n d Ring Clearance
Standard (New): 0 . 0 4 0 - 0 . 0 6 5 m m
( 0 . 0 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 0 2 6 in.)
0.13 m m (0.005 in.)
2. R e m o v e the c o n n e c t i n g rod c a p s , t h e n install the

ring c o m p r e s s o r . C h e c k that the b e a r i n g is s e c u r e l y
in p l a c e .
3. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the p i s t o n , the i n s i d e of the
ring c o m p r e s s o r , a n d the c y l i n d e r b o r e , t h e n attach
the ring c o m p r e s s o r to the p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g rod
assembly.
4. Position the m a r k (A) to f a c e the c a m c h a i n s i d e of
the e n g i n e block.
8. Rotate the r i n g s in their g r o o v e s to m a k e s u r e t h e y

d o not bind.
9. Position the ring e n d g a p s a s s h o w n :
O I L RING G A P
About 9 0
^
S E C O N D RING GAP
A b o u t 45
T O P RING G A P and
S P A C E R RING GAP
OIL RING GAP

P I S T O N PIN
7-24
5. P o s i t i o n t h e p i s t o n In t h e c y l i n d e r , a n d t a p it in
u s i n g t h e w o o d e n h a n d l e of a h a m m e r (A).
P u s h d o w n o n the ring c o m p r e s s o r (B) to p r e v e n t
t h e r i n g s f r o m e x p a n d i n g before entering the
cylinder bore.
7. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod b e a r i n g c l e a r a n c e w i t h
p l a s t i g a g e ( s e e p a g e 7-9),
8. I n s p e c t the c o n n e c t i n g rod bolts ( s e e p a g e 7-26).
9 . A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the bolt t h r e a d s , t h e n
install t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod c a p s w i t h b e a r i n g s .
T i g h t e n the bolts to 41 N-m (4.2 k g f m , 30- Ibfft).
10. T i g h t e n the c o n n e c t i n g rod bolts a n additional 120 .
N O T E : . R e m o v e the c o n n e c t i n g rod bolt if y o u
t i g h t e n e d it b e y o n d the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e , a n d g o
back to s t e p 8 of the p r o c e d u r e . D o not l o o s e n it
back to the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e .
6 . S t o p after t h e ring c o m p r e s s o r p o p s f r e e , a n d
c h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod-to-rod j o u r n a l a l i g n m e n t
before p u s h i n g t h e piston into p l a c e .
(cont'd)
7-25
Engine Block
Piston Installation {cont'd)
If the Crankshaft is Not Installed
Connecting Rod Bolt inspection

1. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r of e a c h c o n n e c t i n g rod bolt
at point A - a n d point B.
1. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod c a p s , t h e n install the

3 5 m m (1.38 in.)
r i n g - c o m p r e s s o r , a n d c h e c k that the b e a r i n g is
s e c u r e l y in p l a c e .
III I
2. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e p i s t o n , the i n s i d e of the
ring c o m p r e s s o r , a n d t h e c y l i n d e r b o r e , t h e n attach
the ring c o m p r e s s o r to t h e p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g rod
assembly.
2 0 m m (0.79 in.)
3. Position t h e m a r k (A) to f a c e t h e c a m chain- s i d e of

t h e e n g i n e block.
2 . C a l c u l a t e the difference in d i a m e t e r b e t w e e n point

A a n d point B.
P o i n t A P o i n t B = D i f f e r e n c e in D i a m e t e r
D i f f e r e n c e in D i a m e t e r
S p e c i f i c a t i o n : 00.1 m m ( 0 0 . 0 0 4 in.)
4. Position the piston in t h e c y l i n d e r , a n d tap it in
u s i n g the w o o d e n h a n d l e of a h a m m e r (A).
P u s h d o w n o n the ring c o m p r e s s o r (B) to p r e v e n t
t h e r i n g s f r o m e x p a n d i n g b e f o r e e n t e r i n g the
cylinder bore.
5. Position all p i s t o n s at top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) .
7-26
3. If the difference in d i a m e t e r is out of s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,

r e p l a c e the c o n n e c t i n g rod b o l t
Crankshaft Installation
* Driver 07749-0010000
* A t t a c h m e n t 24 x 28 m m 07746-0010700
* Oil s e a l d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 9 6 0 7 Z A D - P N A A 1 0 0
1, M/T m o d e l : Install t h e c r a n k s h a f t e n d b u s h i n g
w h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e c r a n k s h a f t . U s i n g the d r i v e r
a n d t h e a t t a c h m e n t , 2 4 x 26 m m , d r i v e in t h e
c r a n k s h a f t e n d b u s h i n g until t h e d r i v e r a n d t h e
attachment bottom against the crankshaft.
4. Install t h e b e a r i n g h a l v e s in t h e e n g i n e block a n d
the connecting rods.
5. A p p l y a c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the m a i n b e a r i n g s
a n d t h e rod b e a r i n g s .
6. Install t h e C K P p u l s e plate to the c r a n k s h a f t
( s e e p a g e 7-30).
7. Hold t h e c r a n k s h a f t s o rod j o u r n a l No. 2 a n d rod
j o u r n a l No. 3 a r e straight up, a n d l o w e r the
c r a n k s h a f t into the e n g i n e block. B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e t h e j o u r n a l s a n d t h e C K P p u l s e plate.
8. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r s u r f a c e s ,
install t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r s (A) in t h e No. 4 j o u r n a l of
t h e e n g i n e block.
2. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod b e a r i n g c l e a r a n c e w i t h
p l a s t i g a g e ( s e e p a g e 7-9}.
3. C h e c k t h e m a i n b e a r i n g c l e a r a n c e w i t h p l a s t i g a g e
( s e e p a g e 7-6),
9. I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod. bolts ( s e e p a g e 7-26).
10. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the t h r e a d s of the
c o n n e c t i n g rod bolts.
11. S e a t t h e rod j o u r n a l s into c o n n e c t i n g rod No. l a n d
c o n n e c t i n g rod N o . 4. L i n e up t h e m a r k (B) on t h e
c o n n e c t i n g rod a n d the c a p , t h e n install the c a p s
a n d bolts f i n g e r - t i g h t
12. Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e , a n d s e a t t h e
j o u r n a l s into c o n n e c t i n g rod No. 2 a n d c o n n e c t i n g
rod No. 3. L i n e u p the m a r k o n t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod
a n d t h e c a p , t h e n install t h e c a p s a n d bolts fingertight.
(cont'd)
7-27
Engine Block
Crankshaft Installation (cont'd)
13. T i g h t e n the c o n n e c t i n g rod bolts to 41 N-m
18. Put t h e l o w e r block o n the e n g i n e block.
(4.2 kgf-m, 30 Ibf-ft).

19. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e t h r e a d s of the b e a r i n g
14. T i g h t e n the c o n n e c t i n g r o d bolts a n additional 1 2 0 '
c a p bolts. T i g h t e n t h e b e a r i n g c a p bolts In
s e q u e n c e , to 29 N-m (3.0 kgf-m, 22
Ibf-ft). -
N O T E : R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod bolt if y o u
tightened it b e y o n d t h e s p e c i f i e d a n g l e , a n d g o
back to s t e p 9 of the p r o c e d u r e . Do not l o o s e n i t
back to the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e .
15. R e m o v e all of the old liquid g a s k e t f r o m t h e l o w e r

block mating s u r f a c e s , t h e bolts, a n d the bolt h o l e s .
16. C l e a n a n d dry the l o w e r block m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .
block m a t i n g s u r f a c e of-the l o w e r block, a n d to the
Inside e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
gasket.
NOTE:
* If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
c o m p o n e n t m u s t b e Installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
a l o n g t h e b r o k e n Sine.
7-28
(D
20. T i g h t e n t h e b e a r i n g c a p bolts a n additional 48 .
21. T i g h t e n t h e 8 m m bolts in s e q u e n c e to 22 N-m

{2.2 kgf-m, 18 Ibf-ft).
2 3 . A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the lip of t h e
25. M e a s u r e the d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the e n g i n e block (A)

a n d the c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l ( B ) .
26. Install t h e baffle plate,
c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l ,
(cont'd)
7-29
Engine Block
Crankshaft Installation (cont'd)
27. Install' t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-21).
CKP Pulse Plate Replacement

1. R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t f r o m the e n g i n e block
(see p a g e 7-14).
28. Install t h e oil p a n fsee p a g e 7-31).

2. R e m o v e the C K P p u l s e plate (A) f r o m the
2 9 . Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d :
crankshaft.
A l l m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-44)
P Z E V m o d e l (see p a g e 6-94)
30. M/T m o d e l : Install the f l y w h e e l ( s e e s t e p 18 on
p a g e 12-19), the c l u t c h d i s c ( s e e s t e p 26 o n p a g e
12-20), a n d the p r e s s u r e plate ( s e e s t e p 27 on p a g e
12-20).
3 1 . A / T m o d e l : Install the d r i v e plate ( s e e p a g e 14-257).
3 2 . Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n :
3 3 . Install the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 5-12).
N O T E : W h e n e v e r a n y c r a n k s h a f t or c o n n e c t i n g rod
b e a r i n g is r e p l a c e d , run the e n g i n e at idle until it
reaches normal operating temperature, then
c o n t i n u e to run It for a b o u t 15 m i n u t e s .
7-30
3. Install the C K P p u l s e plate i n the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal.
Oil Pan Installation

1. R e m o v e all of the o l d liquid g a s k e t f r o m t h e oil p a n
m a t i n g s u r f a c e s , t h e bolts, a n d t h e bolt h o l e s .
2. C l e a n a n d dry t h e oil p a n m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .
3. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N
5. T i g h t e n t h e bolts in t h r e e s t e p s . In the final s t e p ,

tighten all b o l t s , in s e q u e n c e , to 12 Nm
(1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft). W i p e off the e x c e s s liquid
g a s k e t o n t h e e a c h s i d e of c r a n k s h a f t pulley a n d the
f l y w h e e l / d r i v e plate.
08717-0004/08718-0001,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to t h e e n g i n e
block m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e oil p a n , a n d to t h e
I n s i d e e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install t h e
c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g t h e liquid
gasket
NOTE:
* W a i t at l e a s t 30 m i n u t e s before filling t h e e n g i n e
w i t h oil.
* Do not run t h e e n g i n e for at l e a s t 3 h o u r s after
installing t h e oil p a n .
NOTE:
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed within 4 minutes.
* if too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
CD
6. Install t h e c l u t c h / t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (A), a n d
install t h e t w o bolts s e c u r i n g t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .
along tile broken line.
4. Install t h e oil p a n .
4 N-m
|6.S kgf-m, 47 Ibf-ft!
(cont'd)
7-31
Engine Block
Oil Pan Installation (cont'd)
7. If t h e e n g i n e is still in t h e v e h i c l e , d o s t e p s 8
t h r o u g h 24.
8. L o w e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k from, t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .
17. T i g h t e n t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t b r a c k e t
m o u n t i n g bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
M/T model
9. A / T m o d e l : Install t h e shift c a b l e bracket.

* S a i t a m a Factory produced models (see step 33
on p a g e 14-248).
Marysville,"Ohio Factory p r o d u c e d m o d e l s (see
s t e p 36 o n p a g e 14-249).
10. T i g h t e n the nuts s e c u r i n g t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n
m o u n t ( s e e s t e p 25 on p a g e 5-16).
11. Install a n e w s e t ring o n t h e e n d of d r i v e s h a f t , t h e n
install the d r i v e s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 16-20). M a k e s u r e
the ring " c l i c k s " into p l a c e in t h e differential.
12. Install the left s i d e d a m p e r fork ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e
18-21).
A / T model
13. C o n n e c t t h e Sower a r m to t h e left s i d e k n u c k l e ( s e e
s t e p 5 o n p a g e 18-21).
12
JC
1.25
Replace.
14. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 on p a g e 5-20).

15. Install the left front w h e e l .
16. L o w e r the v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
7-32
mm
5 9 N - m (6.0 k g f - m , 4 3 Ibf-ft)
18, T i g h t e n t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t m o u n t i n g bolts to

the specified torque,
1 9 . T i g h t e n t h e front e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A), then install

t h e front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B).
12 x 1.25 mm
M/T model
12 x 1,25 min
7 8 N-m {8. kgf-m, 5 8 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
5 4 N-m
(5.5 kgf-m, 4 Ibf-ft}

Replace.
20. Install the battery b a s e , then- install t h e h a r n e s s
c l a m p s ( s e e s t e p 64 on p a g e 5-22).
21. Install t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359),
22. Do t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
22-90).
2 3 . Install t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e
20-289).
24. Refill t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d e n g i n e oil
( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 8-9).
7-33
Engine Block
Transmission End Crankshaft OiS Seal Installation - In Car
* Driver 07749-0010000
* Oil s e a l d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 96 0 7 Z A D - P N A A 1 0 0
8. M e a s u r e the d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e e n g i n e block (A)

a n d the c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l (B).
OIS S e a l I n s t a l l e d Height:
0.2-1.2 mm
( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 4 7 In.)
1. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n :
l
0 . 2 - 1 . 2 mm
{0.008-0.047 in.)
2. M/T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e f l y w h e e l ( s e e s t e p 17 on
p a g e 12-19), the c l u t c h d i s c ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e
12-17), a n d the p r e s s u r e plate ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e
12-16).
3. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e the d r i v e plate ( s e e p a g e
14-257).4. C l e a n a n d dry the c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l h o u s i n g .
5. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d t h e
c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l .
6. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the lip of the
c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l .
7. U s e t h e d r i v e r a n d t h e oil s e a l d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 9 6
to d r i v e a n e w c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l s q u a r e l y into the
e n g i n e block to the s p e c i f i e d i n s t a l l e d height.
07749-0010000
9. M/T m o d e l : Install t h e f l y w h e e l ( s e e s t e p 18 o n
p a g e 12-19), the c l u t c h d i s c ( s e e s t e p 26 o n p a g e
12-20), a n d the p r e s s u r e plate ( s e e s t e p 27 o n p a g e
12-20).
10. A / T m o d e l : Install t h e d r i v e plate ( s e e p a g e 14-257).
11. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n :
7-34
Sealing Bolt installation

N O T E : W h e n installing t h e s e a l i n g bolt (A), a l w a y s u s e
a new washer,
A
1 8 x 1 . mm
2 0 x 1 .0 mm
34 N-m
(3.5 k g f - m . 2 5 Ibf-ft)
2 8 x 1.5 mm
1 0 0 W*m
( 1 0 . 0 k g f - m , 7 2 . 3 Ibf-ft)
Engine Mechanical
Engine Lubrication
Special Tools ...............
..............................
..........
...................
Symptom Troubleshooting index ...............
...........
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Diagram ...............
Low Oil Pressure indicator Circuit
Troubleshooting (Open)
...
.....
.
......
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit
Troubleshooting (Short) .................................
Oil Pressure Switch Test .........
....................
Oil Pressure Switch Replacement ...........
........
Oil Pressure Test
..................................
.
Engine Oil Replacement ...........................
...
.
Engine Oil Filter Replacement
..........
Oil Filter Base Replacement ....
.............................
Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement
Engine Oil Gallery Cap Replacement ..............
.
Oil Jet Replacement
Oil Jet Inspection .............................
..
................
Oil Pump Overhaul .............
.
Oil Pump Chain Inspection ....
Oil Pump Chain Replacement .........
.......................
8-2
8-3
8-4.
8-5
8-6
8-7
8-8
8-8
8-9
8-3
8-10
8-11
8-12
8-12
8-13
8-13
8-14
8-22
8-23
Engine Lubrication
Special Tools
Ref. N o .
Description
Tool Number
07AAA-PLCA100
Oil Filter W r e n c h
8-2
Qty
1
OIL F A N
R e m o v a l , p a g e 7-11
WASHER
DRAIN BOLT
O I L P U M P CHAM
TENSIONER
OIL C O N T R O L ORIFICE
BAFFLE PLATE
OIL PUMPCHAffli
O I L FILTER
OIL PUMP CHAIN

GUIDE
O I L FILTEFI F E E D PIPE
O I L FILTER B A S E
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

C i r c u i t D i a g r a m , p a g e 8-5
T e s t , p a g e 8-8
O i l P r e s s u r e T e s t p a g e 8-9
ENGINE OIL GALLERY CAP

Engine Lubrication
Symptom
E x c e s s i v e e n g i n e oil
consumption
1.
Verify the e n g i n e oil filler c a p , the oil d r a i n bolt,

a n d the oil filter a r e t i g h t
2.
3.
C h e c k for oil l e a k s .
C h e c k for w o r n v a l v e g u i d e ( s ) :
* All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-38)
P Z E V m o d e l ( s e e p a g e 6-88)
or w o r n v a l v e s t e m s e a l ( s ) :
* A H ' m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-38)
4.
5.
L o w oil p r e s s u r e indicator d o e s
1.
not c o m e o n w i t h the Ignition

s w i t c h in O N (11)
2.
P Z E V m o d e l ( s e e p a g e 6-88)
C h e c k for d a m a g e d or w o r n piston ring(s)
( s e e p a g e 7-22).
C h e c k for d a m a g e d or w o r n e n g i n e Internal parts
(cylinder w a l l , p i s t o n s , etc.) ( s e e p a g e 7-17).
Do the Sow oil p r e s s u r e Indicator circuit
A n o p e n in the w i r e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( O p e n ) ( s e e p a g e 8-6).
between the engine
T e s t t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8).
control m o d u l e ( E C M ) /
p o w e r t r a l n control
m o d u l e ( P C M ) a n d the
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
L o w oil p r e s s u r e Indicator s t a y s
on
8-4
1.
2.
C h e c k the e n g i n e oil l e v e l .
Do the l o w oil p r e s s u r e Indicator circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (Short) ( s e e p a g e 8-7).
3.
T e s t t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8).
4.
5.
C h e c k the e n g i n e oil p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 8-9).

C h e c k the oil filter for c l o g g i n g .
6.
C h e c k the oil s c r e e n for c l o g g i n g .
7.
8.
C h e c k the relief v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 8-14).

T e s t t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-16),
A w i r e s h o r t e d to
g r o u n d b e t w e e n the
E C M / P C M a n d the oil
pressure switch
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Diagram
Engine Lubrication
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open)
1. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the
d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3).
t e r m i n a l B 7 a n d the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r .
Terminal side of female
terminals
OPSW
3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the v e h i c l e

II
a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a t n
control m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
II
H
4. C h e c k for D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). If a D T C is p r e s e n t
22]
29^
fYEL/REO)
II
13 14|15 16 i r | l 8 19 / 21
24
26 27 28
25
31 32J33 34 35|36 / 38 /
43Sy^J45|46
d i a g n o s e , a n d r e p a i r the c a u s e before c o n t i n u i n g
><
32
OPSW
fYEL/REDl
w i t h t h i s test.
5. C h e c k the O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H in the P G M - F I
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR

W i r e side of f e m a l e terminal
D A T A L I S T with the H D S .
Is ON
is there
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
continuity?
Y E S U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a
22-324).
W O G o to s t e p 6.
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original
6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0)=
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
7. C h e c k the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8)=
W O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the oil

pressure switch and E C M / P C M connector terminal
Is the oil pressure
switch
OK ?
W O R e p l a c e the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8).
8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d j u m p the

S C S line with the H D S , t h e n turn the ignition s w i t c h
to L O C K (0).
P C M from damage.
9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P) a n d the oil
pressure switch connector.
8-6
B7.B
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Short)

1, C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to t h e
d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3).
10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d j u m p the

S C S line w i t h the .HDS, t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h
to L O C K (0).
2, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (It).
N O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect t h e E C M /
3, M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e
a n d the engine control m o d u l e (ECM}/powertrain
c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
4, C h e c k for D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). If a D T C is p r e s e n t
d i a g n o s e , a n d r e p a i r t h e c a u s e before c o n t i n u i n g
w i t h t h i s test.
PCM from damage.

12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the oil p r e s s u r e
switch connector and body ground.
OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H C O N N E C T O R
5, Start the e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k t h e O I L P R E S S U R E
S W I T C H in the P G M - F I D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
1_
is OFF
indicated?
I
1
OPSW
fYEL/RED)
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e { s e e p a g e
22-3241
NOGo
to s t e p 6.
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l
8, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK
7, D i s c o n n e c t t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r ,
8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k the O I L P R E S S U R E
S W I T C H in t h e P G M - F I D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal B 7 . B
Is OFF
indicated?
Y E S T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n g o

to s t e p 9.
N O T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n g o
to s t e p 10.
W O U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
9, C h e c k the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8).

is the oil pressure
switch
OK?
Y E S D o the oil p r e s s u r e t e s t ( s e e p a g e 8-9).

N O R e p l a c e the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8).
8-7
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pressure Switch Test
1. D i s c o n n e c t the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A)
" "from the oil p r e s s u r e - s w i t c h (B).
Oil Pressure Switch Replacement

1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A),
t h e n r e m o v e t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (B).
B
18 N - m
2. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the oil p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h t e r m i n a l a n d the e n g i n e (ground). T h e r e
s h o u l d be continuity w i t h the e n g i n e s t o p p e d .
T h e r e s h o u l d be no c o n t i n u i t y w i t h the e n g i n e
2. R e m o v e a n y old liquid g a s k e t f r o m the s w i t c h a n d

switch mounting hole.
running.
3. A p p l y a v e r y s m a l l a m o u n t of liquid g a s k e t to the
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h t h r e a d s , t h e n install the oil
pressure switch,
N O T E : U s i n g too m u c h l i q u i d g a s k e t m a y c a u s e
liquid g a s k e t to e n t e r the oil p a s s a g e or t h e e n d of
t h e n e w oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
8-8
Oil Pressure Test
Engine Oil Replacement
N O T E : If the l o w oil p r e s s u r e w a r n i n g indicator s t a y s on
1. W a r m up the e n g i n e .
w i t h the e n g i n e r u n n i n g , c h e c k the e n g i n e oil l e v e l . If

the oil level i s c o r r e c t d o the f o l l o w i n g test:
2. R e m o v e the drain bolt (A), a n d d r a i n the e n g i n e oil.
1, W i t h the e n g i n e s t o p p e d , r e m o v e the oil p r e s s u r e

s w i t c h f s e e p a g e 8-8), a n d install a n oil p r e s s u r e
g a u g e (A),
Do n o t o v e r t i g h t e n .
3. Reinstall the drain bolt w i t h a n e w w a s h e r (B).

4, Refill t h e e n g i n e w i t h the r e c o m m e n d e d oil
( s e e p a g e 3-2).
2. Start the e n g i n e . S h u t it off i m m e d i a t e l y if the
g a u g e r e g i s t e r s n o oil p r e s s u r e . R e p a i r the p r o b l e m
before c o n t i n u i n g ,
Capacity
A t OH C h a n g e :
4.0 L (4.2 U S qt)
3. A l l o w the e n g i n e to r e a c h o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e
(fan c o m e s o n at l e a s t t w i c e ) . T h e p r e s s u r e s h o u l d
be:
E n g i n e O i l T e m p e r a t u r e : 176
A t Oil C h a n g e Including'Filter:
4.2 L (4.4 U S qt)
After Engine Overhaul:
5.3 L (5.6 U S qt)
TWO)
Engine Oil Pressure:

A t Idle:
7 0 k P a (0.7 k g f / c m , 1 0 psi] ruin.
2
A t 3,000 r p m :
3 0 0 kPa (3.1 k g f / m , 44 psi) m i n .

2
4. If t h e oil p r e s s u r e i s out of s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , i n s p e c t
these items:
* B l o c k i n g of oil
* B l o c k i n g of oil
* I n s p e c t the oil
8-14),
* I n s p e c t the oil
filter.
screen,
p r e s s u r e relief v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-16).
5, R u n the e n g i n e for m o r e t h a n 3 m i n u t e s , t h e n c h e c k
for oil l e a k a g e .
(cont'd)
8-9
Engine Lubrication
Engine Oil Replacement (cont'd)
6. If the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r r e g u i r e d e n g i n e oil
r e p l a c e m e n t , r e s e t the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r
Engine Oil Filter Replacement

Oil filter w r e n c h 0 7 A A A - P L C A 1 0 0
(see p a g e 3-4), a n d this p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e . If

the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r did not reguire e n g i n e oil
1. R e m o v e the oil filter w i t h the oil filter w r e n c h .
r e p l a c e m e n t g o to step 7.
2. I n s p e c t the filter to m a k e s u r e the r u b b e r s e a l is not
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). .
data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3).
s t u c k to the oil filter s e a t i n g s u r f a c e of the e n g i n e .

3. I n s p e c t the t h r e a d s (A) a n d the r u b b e r s e a l (B) on
the n e w filter. C l e a n the s e a t on the oil filter b a s e ,
t h e n a p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the filter
r u b b e r s e a l . U s e o n l y filters w i t h a built-in b y p a s s
system..
a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e
(ECM)/powertrain
control m o d u l e ( P C M ) . Sf it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
11. S e l e c t G A U G E S in the B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L with the
HDS.
12. S e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T in G A U G E S with the H D S .
w i t h the H D S .
14. S e l e c t R E S E T in the S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R w i t h the
HDS.
15. S e l e c t R E S E T T I N G T H E E N G I N E O I L L I F E w i t h the
HDS.
4. Install the oil filter by h a n d .
N O T E : If y o u c h a n g e d the a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n
fluid ( A T F ) at the s a m e t i m e w i t h the e n g i n e oil,
select R E S E T T I N G T H E E N G I N E OIL LIFE A N D A T F
w i t h the H D S i n s t e a d .
5. After the r u b b e r s e a l s e a t s , tighten the oil filter

c l o c k w i s e w i t h the oil filter w r e n c h .
8-10
Tighten:
3/4 Turn Clockwise
Tightening Torque:
12 N-m
(1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
Oil Filter Base Replacement

8. If four n u m b e r s or m a r k s (1 to 4 or to )
a r e printed a r o u n d the o u t s i d e of t h e filter, u s e t h e
f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e to tighten t h e filter.
1. R e m o v e t h e oil filter ( s e e p a g e 8-10).

2. R e m o v e t h e e x h a u s t pipe bracket (A), t h e n r e m o v e
the oil filter b a s e (B).
S p i n the filter o n until its s e a l lightly s e a t s a g a i n s t

t h e oil filter b a s e , a n d note w h i c h n u m b e r or
m a r k is at t h e b o t t o m ,
* T i g h t e n t h e filter by t u r n i n g it c l o c k w i s e t h r e e
n u m b e r s or m a r k s f r o m t h e o n e y o u noted. F o r
e x a m p l e . If n u m b e r 2 is at the b o t t o m w h e n the
s e a l is s e a t e d , tighten t h e filter until the n u m b e r 1
c o m e s a r o u n d the b o t t o m .
C
Replace.
1 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N-m
(43 k g f - m , 3 3 Ibf-ft)
3. C l e a n t h e O-ring g r o o v e s a n d t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e
Number when rubber
seal is seated.
N u m b e r after tightening,
with t h e oil filter b a s e .

4. Install the oil filter b a s e w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (C).
N u m b e r or
Mark w h e n
1
or
2
or
3
or
or
rubber seal
1
or
or
or
3
or
5. Install the oil filter ( s e e p a g e 8-10).
is s e a t e d
Number or
Mark after
tightening
7. After i n s t a l l a t i o n , fill t h e e n g i n e with oil up to the

s p e c i f i e d l e v e l , run t h e e n g i n e for m o r e t h a n
3 m i n u t e s , t h e n c h e c k for oil l e a k s .
8-11
Engine Lubrication
Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement
1. R e m o v e the oil filter b a s e ( s e e p a g e 8-11).
Engine Oil Gallery Cap Replacement

1. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s b r a c k e t (Ah t h e n r e m o v e the
e n g i n e oil g a l l e r y c a p (B).
2. R e m o v e the oil filter f e e d p i p e .
2 2 N-m
41 N-m
(4.2 kgf-m, 3 0 Ibf-ft)
2. C l e a n the O-ring g r o o v e a n d m a t i n g s u r f a c e w i t h
the e n g i n e oil g a l l e r y c a p .
3. Install the e n g i n e oil g a l l e r y c a p w i t h n e w O - r i n g s
(C), t h e n install the h a r n e s s b r a c k e t
4. T i g h t e n the oil filter f e e d pipe to the oil filter b a s e to

49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 3 6 Ibf-ft), t h e n r e m o v e the n u t s
f r o m the oil filter f e e d p i p e .
5. Install the oil filter b a s e ( s e e p a g e 8-11).
8-12
Oil Jet Replacement

1, R e m o v e t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-15).
Oil Jet inspection

1. R e m o v e the oil jet ( s e e p a g e 8-13), a n d i n s p e c t it a s
follows.
2, R e m o v e t h e baffle plate ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 7-14).

3, R e m o v e t h e oil jet bolts (A), t h e n r e m o v e the oil jets
(B).
* M a k e s u r e that a 1.2 m m (0.05 in.) d i a m e t e r drill

will g o t h r o u g h the nozzle hole (A) (1.31 m m
(0.052 in.) d i a m e t e r ) .
* insert t h e other e n d of a 3.7 m m (0.15 in.) drill
into t h e oil Intake (3.8 m m (0.15 in.) d i a m e t e r ) .
M a k e s u r e the c h e c k ball (B) m o v e s s m o o t h l y a n d
h a s a stroke of a b o u t 2.0 m m (0.079 in.).
* C h e c k the oil jet o p e r a t i o n with a n air nozzle. St
2
s h o u l d take at least 3 8 0 kPa (3.9 k g f / c m , 55 psi)

to u n s e a t the c h e c k ball.
N O T E : R e p l a c e the oil jet a s s e m b l y , if t h e nozzle is
d a m a g e d or b e n t
1.31 m m ( 0 . 0 5 2 I n . )
4. C a r e f u l l y install the oil j e t s , a n d tighten the oil jet

bolts,
5. Install t h e baffle plate ( s e e s t e p 26 o n p a g e 7-29).
2. C a r e f u l l y install'the oil j e t T h e m o u n t i n g t o r q u e is
critical.
6. Install t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-21),

Specified Torque:
16 M-m 11.6 k g f - m , 12 ibf-ft)
8-13
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Overhaul
Exploded View
8x1.25 m m
2 7 N m (2.8 kgf-m, 2 0 I b f - f t )
A p p l y n e w engine oil to t h e bolt threads.
8 x 1.0 m m
N-m
(1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f - f t )
BAFFLE PLATES
D O W E L PIN
1 0 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N-m
14.5 k g f - m , 3 3 I b f - f t )
A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil
to the bolt threads.
O-RING
Replace.
8 x 1.0 m m
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 I b f - f t )
UPPER B A L A N C E R
SHAFT HOLDER
REAR BALANCER
SHAFT
FRONT BLANCER
SHAFT
BALANCER SHAFT
BEARINGS
SEALING BOLT
39 N-m
(4.0 k g f - n i , 2 9 Ibf-ft)
RELIEF V A L V E
Valve m u s t slide freely
in h o u s i n g bore.
Replace t h e oil p u m p
a s a s s e m b l y if s c o r e d .
D O W E L PIN
8-14
LOWER BALANCER
SHAFT HOLDER
Oil Pymp Removal

1. T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t pulley s o Its top d e a d c e n t e r
( T D C ) m a r k (A) l i n e s up w i t h the pointer (B).
5, Align t h e h o l e s on the lock (A) a n d the oil p u m p

c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (B), t h e n insert a 3.0' m m
(0.12 in.) d i a m e t e r pin (C) into the h o l e s . T u r n the
c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to s e c u r e the pin.
N O T E : C h e c k the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r
c a m . p o s i t i o n . Sf the position is not a l i g n e d , s e t the
first c a m to the first e d g e of t h e rack.

3. T o hold t h e rear b a l a n c e r shaft, i n s e r t a 6 m m long
pin p u n c h (A) ( S n a p - o n P P C 1 0 8 L A or e q u i v a l e n t )
into the m a i n t e n a n c e hole in the b a l a n c e r s h a f t
h o l d e r a n d t h r o u g h the r e a r b a l a n c e r shaft.
6. L o o s e n the oil p u m p s p r o c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt (A).
4. T u r n t h e c r a n k s h a f t c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to c o m p r e s s
the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
( c o n f d)
8-15
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Overhaul (cont'd)
7. R e m o v e the oil p u m p s p r o c k e t (A) a n d the-oil p u m p
Oil Pomp inspection
(B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e oil- p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r
(C).
1. R e m o v e the p u m p h o u s i n g .
2. A l i g n the i n n e r rotor tooth (A) w i t h the m a r k (B) o n

the outer rotor, then c h e c k t h e inner-to-outer rotor
radial c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e i n n e r rotor a n d the
outer rotor. If the inner-to-outer rotor radial
c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the oil
pump.
Inner R o t o r - t o - O u t e r R o t o r R a d i a l C l e a r a n c e
S t a n d a r d (Mem): 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 1 5 m m
Service Limit:
8-16
( 0 . 0 0 2 0 0 . 0 0 5 9 in.)
0.19 m m ( 075 in.)
s
3, C h e c k the p u m p h o u s i n g - t o - r o t o r a x i a l c l e a r a n c e
b e t w e e n t h e rotor (A) a n d t h e p u m p h o u s i n g (B). If
the p u m p h o u s i n g - t o - r o t o r a x i a l c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s
the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e oil p u m p .
Pump Housing-to-Rotor Axial Clearance
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 0 3 5 0 . 0 7 0 mm
10,0014-0,0028 in.)
Service Limit:
0,12 m m |0005 In.)
Balancer Shaft Inspection

1. S e a t t h e b a l a n c e r shaft by p u s h i n g it a w a y f r o m the
oil p u m p s p r o c k e t e n d of t h e oil p u m p .
2. Z e r o the dial indicator a g a i n s t t h e e n d of the
b a l a n c e r s h a f t , t h e n p u s h the b a l a n c e r shaft b a c k
a n d forth a n d r e a d the e n d play,
Balancer Shaft E n d Play
Front Balancer Shaft:
S t a n d a r d {New):
0.063-0.108 mm
Service Limit:
0.14 m m (0.006 In.)
(0.0025-0.0043
In.)
4, C h e c k the p u m p h o u s i n g - t o - o u t e r rotor radial

c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e outer rotor (A) a n d t h e
p u m p h o u s i n g (B). if the p u m p h o u s i n g - t o - o u t e r
. rotor radial c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit,
r e p l a c e t h e oil p u m p .
P u m p Housing-to-Outer Rotor Radial Clearance
S t a n d a r d (Maw): 0 . 1 5 0 0 . 2 1 0 m m
Service Limit:
3. R e m o v e the p u m p h o u s i n g .
( 0 . 0 0 5 9 0 . 0 0 8 3 in.)
0.23 m m 10,009 in.)
(cont'd)
8-17
Engine Lubrication
4. R e m o v e the u p p e r b a l a n c e r - s h a f t holder (with
5. M e a s u r e t h e inner d i a m e t e r of t h e No. 1 b e a r i n g for
b e a r i n g s ) (A) a n d t h e baffle plates (B), t h e n r e m o v e
the front b a l a n c e r shaft hole a n d t h e rear b a l a n c e r
the front b a l a n c e r shaft (C) a n d t h e rear b a l a n c e r
shaft hole.
s h a f t (D).
Bearing inner Diameter
Front"
Standard (New): 20.0e0-20.020 m m
( 0 . 7 8 7 4 - 0 . 7 8 8 2 in.)
2 0 . 0 3 m m (0.798 in.)
Rear:
Standard (New): 24.000-24.020 m m
(0.9449-0.9457 in.)
24.03 m m (0.946 in.)
Front
8-18
8. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r s of the N o , 1 j o u r n a l s o n the
front b a l a n c e r s h a f t a n d the rear b a l a n c e r s h a f t .
Journal Diameter
Front:
S t a n d a r d P e w ) : 1 9 , 1 3 8 13,950 m m
( 0 . 7 8 5 0 - 0 . 7 8 5 4 in.)
Service Limit:
19.92 m m {0,784 in.)
Rear:
S t a n d a r d (New): 23.9382335 m m
( 0 . 9 4 2 4 - 0 . 9 4 2 9 In,)
Service Limit:
2 3 , 9 2 m m (0,942 In.!
7. C l e a n both b a l a n c e r s h a f t N o . 2 j o u r n a l s a n d the
bearing h a l v e s with a clean s h o p t o w e l then place
both b a l a n c e r s h a f t s into the b a l a n c e r holder.
8. P l a c e o n e strip of p l a s t i g a g e a c r o s s e a c h No. 2
journal.
9. R e i n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g s a n d t h e u p p e r b a l a n c e r s h a f t
h o l d e r , t h e n tighten the bolts.
N O T E : Do not rotate the b a l a n c e r s h a f t s during
inspection.
Front
(cont'd)
8-19
Engine Lubrication
10. R e m o v e the u p p e r b a l a n c e r shaft holder a n d the
b e a r i n g s , a g a i n , a n d m e a s u r e the w i d e s t part w i t h
the p l a s t i g a g e . If b a l a n c e r shaft No. 2 j o u r n a l oil
c l e a r a n c e is out-of-tolerance, install n e w b e a r i n g s ,
a n d r e c h e c k . If it is still out-of-tolerance, r e p l a c e the
balancer shafts.
12. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the t h r e a d s of the 8 m m

bolts (A).
N o . 2 J o u r n a l Oil C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New): 0 . 0 6 0 - 0 . 1 2 0 m m
f O . 0 0 2 4 - 0 . 0 0 4 7 In.)
Servsee Limit:
0.15 m m (0.006 In.)
13. Install t h e u p p e r b a l a n c e r shaft holder IB) w i t h a

n e w O-ring (C).
11. A l i g n the p u n c h m a r k o n the r e a r b a l a n c e r shaft in
the c e n t e r of the t w o p u n c h m a r k s o n the front
b a l a n c e r shaft, t h e n install the b a l a n c e r s h a f t s o n
the l o w e r b a l a n c e r s h a f t h o l d e r .
8-20
14. Install the p u m p h o u s i n g .
Oil Pump Installation

1. M a k e s u r e the N o , 1 piston top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C )
m a r k (A) l i n e s up w i t h the pointer IB),
2. A l i g n the d o w e l p i n (A) on the rear b a l a n c e r s h a f t

w i t h t h e m a r k (B) o n the oil p u m p .
T o hold the rear b a l a n c e r shaft, insert a 8 m m Song

pin p u n c h (A) ( S n a p - o n P P C 1 0 8 L A or e q u i v a l e n t )
into the m a i n t e n a n c e hole in t h e b a l a n c e r s h a f t
h o l d e r a n d t h r o u g h the rear b a l a n c e r shaft.
T u r n the plate (A) c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , to r e l e a s e the

lock, t h e n p u s h the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r
a r m (B), a n d s e t the first c a m (C) to the first e d g e of
the rack (D). Insert a 3.0 m m (0.12 in.) d i a m e t e r pin
(E) into the hole (F).
N O T E : If the c h a i n t e n s i o n e r i s not s e t up a s
d e s c r i b e d , the t e n s i o n e r will b e c o m e d a m a g e d .
(confd)
8-21
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Chain inspection

5. Install t h e oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (A).
10 x 1,25 m m
44 N-m
3 3 Ibf-ft)
E
Replace,
1. R e m o v e t h e oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-11).
2. M e a s u r e t h e oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r rod
length. If t h e length is o v e r t h e s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
the oil p u m p c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 8-23).
Oil P u m p C h a i n A u t o - T e n s i o n e r R o d L e n g t h
S e r v i s e L i m i t : 13 m m (0.51 in.)
6 K 1.0 mm
1 2 N-m
(1.2 k g f - m ,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
8 x 1.25 m m
10 x 1.25 mm
4 4 N-m (43 k g f - m , 3 3 Ibf-ft)
2 2 N-m
(2.2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
6. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e t h r e a d s of t h e oil p u m p
m o u n t i n g bolts (B) a n d t h e oil p u m p s p r o c k e t
m o u n t i n g bolt ( C ) , t h e n L o o s e l y install the oil p u m p
(D) w i t h a n e w O-ring ( E ) , t h e n install t h e oil p u m p
s p r o c k e t (F).
7. T i g h t e n the oil p u m p m o u n t i n g bolts a n d t h e oil
pump sprocket mounting bolt
8. R e m o v e t h e 6 m m pin p u n c h ( G ) .
9. R e m o v e t h e 3.0 m m (0.12 in.) d i a m e t e r pin (A) f r o m
the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
8-22
Oil Pump Chain Replacement

N O T E : K e e p the oil p u m p c h a i n a w a y f r o m m a g n e t i c
fields.
Removal
3, A l i g n the h o l e s o n the lock (A) a n d the oil p u m p

c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (B), t h e n insert a '3.0 m m
(0.12 in.) d i a m e t e r pin (C) into the h o l e s . T u r n the
c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to. s e c u r e the pin.
N O T E : C h e c k the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r
c a m position is not a l i g n e d , s e t t h e first c a m to the
2, R e m o v e t h e oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-11).
first e d g e of the rock.
3, S u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d block
u n d e r t h e e d g e of the e n g i n e block.
N O T E : D o not hit t h e oil p u m p a n d baffle plate
w h e n p l a c i n g t h e j a c k o n the e d g e of the e n g i n e
block,
4, R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n :
* A l l m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-13)
5, L o o s e l y install the c r a n k s h a f t pulley.
10. L o o s e n the oil p u m p s p r o c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt (A).
8, T o hold t h e r e a r b a l a n c e r shaft, i n s e r t a 6 m m long
pin p u n c h (A) f S n a p - o n P P C 1 0 8 L A or e q u i v a l e n t )
into the m a i n t e n a n c e h o l e in t h e b a l a n c e r s h a f t
h o l d e r a n d t h r o u g h t h e rear b a l a n c e r shaft.
7, T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to c o m p r e s s
the oil p o m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
8. R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t pulley.
(confd)
8-23
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Chain Replacement (cont'd)
11. L o o s e n the l o w e r oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r
bolt (A), t h e n r e m o v e the u p p e r oil p u m p c h a i n
a u t o - t e n s i o n e r bolt (B), t h e n turn the oil p u m p
c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c l o c k w i s e (C).
installation
1. S e t the c r a n k s h a f t to top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . A l i g n
^- the T D C m a r k (A) on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t w i t h
the pointer (B) on the e n g i n e block.
12. R e m o v e the oil p u m p s p r o c k e t (A) a n d the oil p u m p

c h a i n g u i d e IB).
13. R e m o v e the oil p u m p c h a i n (C).
8-24
2. Install the oil p u m p c h a i n o n the c r a n k s h a f t

s p r o c k e t w i t h the c o l o r e d link plate (A) a l i g n e d w i t h
the T D C m a r k (B) on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t .
3. C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n . If the
position i s not .aligned, s e t the first c a m to the first
e d g e of the rack ( s e e s t e p 4 on p a g e 8-21).
4, S e t t h e oil p u m p c h a i n on the oil p u m p c h a i n

s p r o c k e t (A) w i t h t h e p u n c h m a r k (B) a l i g n e d w i t h
t h e c e n t e r of the c o l o r e d link p l a t e s (C), t h e n install
the oil p u m p c h a i n s p r o c k e t to t h e oil p u m p .
7. T u r n the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (A)

c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , t h e n install the u p p e r oil p u m p
c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r bolt (B), a n d tighten the l o w e r
oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r bolt (C).
C
S x 1.0 m m
12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8 J Ibf-ft)
5. T o h o l d t h e r e a r b a l a n c e r shaft, insert a pin d r i v e r
8. R e m o v e the 3.0 m m (0.12 in.) d i a m e t e r pin (A) f r o m

t h e oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
(D) ( S n a p - o n P P C T 0 8 L A or e q u i v a l e n t ) into the

m a t n t e n a n c e hole in t h e b a l a n c e r s h a f t h o l d e r a n d
through the rear balancer shaft.
8. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e t h r e a d s of the oil p u m p
s p r o c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt { E h t h e n install the oil
p u m p s p r o c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt a n d oil p u m p c h a i n
g u i d e (F).
9. Install the c a m c h a i n :
All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-15)
10. R e m o v e the w o o d block a n d the j a c k .
11. Install t h e oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-31 ).
12. Install the d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
8-25
Engine Mechanical
intake Manifold and Exhaust System
Intake Manifold Removal and Installation
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement
9-2
9-8

Intake Manifold Removal and Installation
Exploded View
SOLENOID V A L V E
INJECTOR BASE
R e p l a c e If c r a c k e d o r
if m a t i n g s u r f a c e is d a m a g e d .
8 M 1=25 m m
22 N-m
(2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N - m
(1.2 k g f
8.7 ibfft)
FUEL RAIL
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N-m
(2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)
THROTTLE BODY
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N-m
(2.2 k g f - m , 1 6 I b f - f t )
INTAKE MANIFOLD
R e p l a c e if c r a c k e d o r
if m a t i n g s u r f a c e is d a m a g e d .
5 x 0.8 m m
3,4 N - m
( 0 . 3 5 k g f - m , 2 . 5 Ibf-
S x 1.0 m m
12 N - m
(1.2 k g f . n i , 8.7 I b f - f t )
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
8 x 1.25 m m
2 2 N-m (2.2 k g f * m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
MANIFOLD BRACKET
Removal
5. - R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .
(cont'd)
9-
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System

Intake Manifold Removal and Installation {cont'd!
c a n i s t e r h o s e (A) a n d t h e brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m
h o s e (B).
10. R e m o v e the intake m a n i f o l d bracket.
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m t h e intake

8. D i s c o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e s (C), t h e n plug
the water bypass hoses.
9. D i s c o n n e c t the m a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e p r e s s u r e ( M A P )
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e throttle actuator
c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C).
9-4
manifold.
12. R e m o v e t h e intake m a n i f o l d (A), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t

t h e p o s i t i v e c r a n k c a s e v e n t i l a t i o n ( P C V ) h o s e (B)
f r o m the intake m a n i f o l d .
Installation
1, C o n n e c t the. positive c r a n k c a s e ventilation ( P C V )
h o s e (A) to t h e intake m a n i f o l d , t h e n install the
intake m a n i f o l d (B) w i t h n e w g a s k e t s C O , a n d
tighten the bolts a n d nuts in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern in
t h r e e s t e p s , b e g i n n i n g with t h e i n n e r b o l t
22 U-m
(2.2 k g f - m , - 1 6 Ibf-ft)
2. C o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (A) to t h e intake

manifold..
(confd)
9-5

Intake Manifold Removal and Installation (cont'd)
3.- Install the intake m a n i f o l d b r a c k e t
5. C o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e s (A).
8 x 1~25 m m
22 N-m
(2.2 kgf-m, 1 6 Ibf-ft)

6. C o n n e c t the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) c a n i s t e r
4. C o n n e c t the m a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e p r e s s u r e (MAP)
h o s e (B) a n d the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (C).
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d the throttle a c t u a t o r

c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e n install t h e w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s
(C).
7. Install the intake air d u c t (A), t h e n c o n n e c t t h e

b r e a t h e r pipe (B).
N O T E : W h e n t i g h t e n i n g t h e s c r e w of the h o s e b a n d
(C), a l i g n the e d g e of t h e h o s e b a n d (D) w i t h t h e
m a r k (E) p a i n t e d on the h o s e b a n d . If y o u tighten
the s c r e w o v e r the m a r k , r e p l a c e the h o s e b a n d .
9-6
8. Install the e n g i n e c o v e r .

" 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 5 7 )
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-257)
12. Do the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
22-90).
13. After installation, c h e c k that all t u b e s , h o s e s , a n d
c o n n e c t o r s a r e installed correctly.
14. C l e a n up a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t .
15. Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d
9. Install t h e battery b a s e , t h e n Install the h a r n e s s

c l a m p s ( s e e s t e p 84 o n p a g e 5-22),
10. Install t h e w a t e r s e p a r a t o r (A) a n d the intake air
duct {B>.
9-7
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System

Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement
N O T E : U s e n e w g a s k e t s a n d s e l f - l o c k i n g nuts w h e n r e a s s e m b l i n g .
8 x 1.25 m m
2 2 N-m ( 2 . 2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s in steps, a l t e r n a t i n g
9-8
Replace.
side-to-side.
N j f - n \ 2 5 Ibf-ft)
Engine Cooling
Cooling System
Component Location Index ..........
....
Radiator Cap Test ...............
............................
Radiator Test ...........
Fan Motor Test ............
.
....
Thermostat Test ..................................
*
.......
Water Pump Inspection
.............
........
Water Pump Replacement ..
......
...
.
......
Coolant Check ...........
.................
..............
Coolant Replacement .
...............
Thermostat Replacement
................
....
Water Passage Replacement ..................... ..................
Water Outlet Removal and Installation
........
..
Fan, Fan Motor, and Shroud Removal
and Installation ...........................
_____
....
Radiator Replacement ...........................
10-2
10-3
10-3
10-4
10-4
10-5
10-5
10-6
10-6
10-8
10-9
10-12
10-13
10-16
Fan Controls
.
Circuit Diagram ........................................
Radiator Fan Circuit Troubleshooting
...
10-18
....... 10-19
10-20
10-21
Cooling System
E N G I N E COOLANT
T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT) S E N S O R 2
10-2
Radiator Cap Test
Radiator Test
1. W a i t until t h e e n g i n e i s c o o l , t h e n c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e
t h e radiator c a p (A), W e t the radiator c a p s e a l w i t h
e n g i n e c o o l a n t t h e n install it o n a c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e p r e s s u r e t e s t e r (B).
B
1. Wast until the e n g i n e is c o o l , t h e n c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e

t h e radiator c a p a n d fill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e
c o o l a n t to the b a s e of the filler neck.
2. A t t a c h a c o m m e r c i a l f y a v a i l a b l e p r e s s u r e t e s t e r (A)
to the radiator, a n d a p p l y a p r e s s u r e of 9 3 1 2 3 kPa
{ 0 . 9 5 1 . 2 5 k g f / c m , H 1 8 psi).
2
2, A p p l y a p r e s s u r e of 9 3 1 2 3 k P a
2
{ 0 . 9 5 - 1 . 2 5 k g f / c m , 1 4 1 8 psi).
3, C h e c k for a d r o p in p r e s s u r e .
4, If the p r e s s u r e d r o p s , r e p l a c e t h e radiator c a p .
3. I n s p e c t for e n g i n e c o o l a n t l e a k s a n d a d r o p in
pressure.
4. C h e c k for e n g i n e oil in the c o o l a n t a n d / o r c o o l a n t in
the e n g i n e oil.
5. R e m o v e t h e t e s t e r , a n d reinstall the radiator c a p .
10-
Cooling System
Fan Motor Test
1. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r s f r o m the radiator fan
motor and the A / C c o n d e n s e r fan m o t o r
Thermostat Test
R e p l a c e t h e t h e r m o s t a t if it is s t u c k in the o p e n position
at r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e .
T o test a c l o s e d t h e r m o s t a t :
1. S u s p e n d the t h e r m o s t a t (A) in a c o n t a i n e r of w a t e r .
D o not let t h e t h e r m o s t a t a n d the t h e r m o m e t e r (B)
t o u c h the bottom of the hot c o n t a i n e r .
2. T e s t the m o t o r by c o n n e c t i n g battery p o w e r to
t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d g r o u n d to t e r m i n a l No. 1.
3. If t h e motor fails to r u n or d o e s not run s m o o t h l y ,
r e p l a c e it ( s e e p a g e 10-13).
2. Heat t h e w a t e r , a n d c h e c k the t e m p e r a t u r e w i t h a
t h e r m o m e t e r . C h e c k t h e t e m p e r a t u r e at w h e n t h e
t h e r m o s t a t first o p e n s , t h e n c h e c k the t e m p e r a t u r e
a g a i n w h e n the t h e r m o s t a t is fully o p e n ,
3. M e a s u r e the Sift h e i g h t of t h e t h e r m o s t a t w h e n it is
fully o p e n . If the t h e r m o s t a t is not w i t h i n the
specification, replace it
Standard Thermostat
Lift H e i g h t
A b o w e 8.0 m m (0.31 In.)
S t a r t s Opening:
169-176 F ( 7 6 8 0 *C)
Folly O p e n :
194 T 190 C)
10-4
Water Pump Inspection
Water Pump Replacemen
1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt { s e e p a g e 4-30).
1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
2, T u r n t h e w a t e r p u m p p u l l e y c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , a n d
c h e c k t h a t it t u r n s freely a n d s m o o t h l y . If It d o e s not
turn s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e t h e w a t e r p u m p ( s e e p a g e
10-51,
2. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
3. R e m o v e t h e t e n s i o n e r p u l l e y ( s e e p a g e 4-32).
4. R e m o v e t h e w a t e r p u m p p u l l e y (A).
N O T E : W h e n y o u check the water pump, y o u m a y

s e e a s m a l l a m o u n t of " w e e p i n g " f r o m t h e b l e e d
h o l e s (A), T h i s Is n o r m a l .
C
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N - m
(1.2 k g f - m , BJ Ibf-ft)
6 x 1.0 m m
14 N - m
(1.4 k g f - m , 1 0 Ibf-ft)
3, Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30),
5. R e m o v e t h e s i x bolts s e c u r i n g t h e w a t e r p u m p ,
t h e n r e m o v e the w a t e r p u m p ( B ) .
6. I n s p e c t a n d c l e a n t h e O-rsng g r o o v e a n d t h e m a t i n g
s u r f a c e of t h e w a t e r p a s s a g e .
7. Install t h e w a t e r p u m p w i t h a n e w O-rsng (C) a n d
the w a t e r p u m p pulley.
8. C l e a n up a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t
9. Install t h e t e n s i o n e r pulley ( s e e p a g e 4-32).
10. Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
11. Refill t h e radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d
t h e air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e h e a t e r
10-5
Cooling System
Coolant Check
1. C h e c k the c o o l a n t level in the c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r .
M a k e s u r e it is b e t w e e n t h e M A X m a r k (A) a n d MIN
mark(B).
Coolant Replacement
1. W a i t until the e n g i n e is c o o l , t h e n c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e
the radiator c a p .
2. S t a r t the e n g i n e . S e t t h e heater t e m p e r a t u r e control
dial to m a x i m u m heat, t h e n turn the ignition s w i t c h
to L O C K (0). M a k e s u r e the e n g i n e a n d the radiator
a r e c o o l to the t o u c h .
3. L o o s e n t h e drain plug (A), a n d d r a i n the c o o l a n t .
2. If the c o o l a n t level in the c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r is at or

b e l o w the MIN m a r k , a d d c o o l a n t to bring it up to
the M A X m a r k , then i n s p e c t the c o o l i n g s y s t e m for
leaks.
4. After the c o o l a n t h a s d r a i n e d , tighten the radiator
d r a i n plug s e c u r e l y .
5. R e m o v e , d r a i n , a n d reinstall the c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r .
6. Fill the c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r to the M A X m a r k .(A) w i t h
H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2
(P/N O L 9 9 9 - 9 0 1 1 ) .
10-6
7, Pour H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2
Into t h e radiator u p to t h e b a s e of t h e filler neck,
8. L o o s e l y Install the radiator c a p .

9. S e t the h e a t e r t e m p e r a t u r e control dial to
NOTE:
m a x i m u m heat.
* A l w a y s u s e H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t
T y p e 2, U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a c o o l a n t c a n result in
c o r r o s i o n , c a u s i n g t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m to
m a l f u n c t i o n or fail.
* H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2 is a
m i x t u r e of 50 % antifreeze a n d 50 % w a t e r . Do
not a d d w a t e r ,
* If the v e h i c l e Is r e g u l a r l y d r i v e n in v e r y l o w
t e m p e r a t u r e s (under 31 F, 35 C) a 60 %
c o n c e n t r a t i o n of c o o l a n t s h o u l d be u s e d . T o
a c c o m p l i s h t h i s , p o u r 1.6 L (0.4 U S gal) of H o n d a
Extreme C o l d Weather Antifreeze/Coolant T y p e 2
{P/N O L 9 9 9 - 9 0 2 0 ) Into t h e radiator first, t h e n a d d
H o n d a L o n g Life a n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2 until
the radiator Is f u l l
E n g i n e C o o l a n t Refill C a p a c i t i e s (Inducting t h e
c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r c a p a c i t y of 0.68 L f 0.180 U S gal))
At Coolant Change:
DENSO
M/T m o d e l
A/T model
6.1 L
{1,81 U S gal)
8.0 L
(1.59 U S gal)
After Engine Overhaul:
M/T m o d e l
A/T model
DEWSO
8.2 L
(2.17 U S gal)
8.1 L
|2.14USc|al)
TRAD
6.0 L.
(1.59 U S gal)
5.9 L
(1.56 U S gal)
10. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let It run until It w a r m s up (the

radiator fan c o m e s on at least t w i c e ) .
11. T u r n off t h e e n g i n e . C h e c k t h e level in the radiator,
a n d a d d H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2,
if n e e d e d .
12. Install t h e radiator c a p s e c u r e l y , t h e n start the
e n g i n e a g a i n , a n d c h e c k for l e a k s .
13. C l e a n up a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e coolant.
14. If the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r r e q u i r e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t
r e p l a c e m e n t reset the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r
( s e e p a g e 3-6), a n d this p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e . If
t h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r did not r e q u i r e e n g i n e
c o o l a n t r e p l a c e m e n t , g o t o s t e p 15.
15. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 16. C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m (HDS) to the
d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
17. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
TRAD
8.1 L
12.14 U S gal)
8.0 L
(2,11 U S gal)
a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e (ECIVI)/powertraIn
control m o d u l e (PCM)., if It d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
19. S e l e c t G A U G E S in the B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L with the
HDS.
20. S e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T In the G A U G E S w i t h the H D S .
with the HDS.
2 2 . S e l e c t R E S E T in the S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R w i t h t h e
HDS.
23. S e l e c t M A I N T E N A N C E S U B I T E M 5 R E S E T w i t h the
HDS.
10-7
Cool log System

Thermostat Replacement
1. D r a i n the e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
6. C h e c k the quick c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d the s e t ring (B)

for c r a c k s or d a m a g e . If the c o n n e c t o r a n d / o r the
2. C l e a n a n y dirt off the q u i c k c o n n e c t o r (A), the

t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r , a n d the l o w e r radiator h o s e .
s e t ring are c r a c k e d or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e the

connector.
7. M a k e s u r e the s e t ring Is in p l a c e I n s i d e the quick

c o n n e c t o r . If the s e t ring is off the c o n n e c t o r ,
r e p l a c e the quick c o n n e c t o r .
3 . Pull out the lock (B) by h a n d , t h e n w i g g l e the quick
8. R e p l a c e the O-ring (C) in t h e quick c o n n e c t o r .
c o n n e c t o r l o o s e , a n d r e m o v e It f r o m the t h e r m o s t a t
c o v e r . Do not u s e a n y t o o l s to r e m o v e the quick
connector.
9. C h e c k the lock (D). If the lock Is d a m a g e d or

d e f o r m e d , r e p l a c e it. W h e n installing the n e w lock
to the c o n n e c t o r , p u s h it straight d o w n a l o n g the
4. R e m o v e the t h e r m o s t a t a s s e m b l y (A).
groove.
10. C l e a n the c o n n e c t i n g s u r f a c e of the t h e r m o s t a t
cover (E), then apply clean engine coolant around
the connecting surface.
11. P u s h the lock (A) d o w n , t h e n p u s h the q u i c k
c o n n e c t o r (B) onto t h e t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r until y o u
h e a r It click.
12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

5. Install a n e w t h e r m o s t a t w i t h a n e w O-ring (B).
12. Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d

v a l v e o p e n ( s e e s t e p 6 on p a g e 10-6).
10-8
Water Passage Replacement

1, Drain t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-8).
9. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g pipe m o u n t i n g bolts (A)

s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g pipe (B).
2, R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 2 5 o n p a g e 5-5).
3, C l e a n a n y dirt off the quick c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e
t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r , a n d t h e l o w e r radiator h o s e .
10. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g pipe a n d d i s c o n n e c t the

w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (C) a n d t h e ' p o s i t i v e c r a n k c a s e
ventilation ( P C V ) h o s e (D).
11. R e m o v e t h e w a t e r p a s s a g e (A).
4, Pull out t h e lock IB) b y h a n d , t h e n w i g g l e the quick
c o n n e c t o r l o o s e , a n d r e m o v e it f r o m t h e t h e r m o s t a t
c o v e r , D o not u s e a n y t o o l s to r e m o v e t h e q u i c k
connector,
5, R e m o v e the A / C c o m p r e s s o r w i t h o u t d i s c o n n e c t i n g
t h e A / C h o s e s ( s e e s t e p 50 o n p a g e 5-9).
8. R e m o v e the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32).
7. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e
4-31).
8. R e m o v e the intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-3),
12. R e m o v e the t h e r m o s t a t h o u s i n g (B).

13. R e m o v e t h e w a t e r p u m p ( s e e p a g e 10-5).
(confd)
10-9
Cooling System
Water Passage Replacement (cont'd)
14. Install the w a t e r p u m p ( s e e p a g e 10-5).
18. Install the w a t e r p a s s a g e (A) with a n e w O-ring (B).
15. Install the t h e r m o s t a t h o u s i n g (A) w i t h a n e w O-ring

(B).
16. C l e a n a n d dry the w a t e r p a s s a g e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .

block mating s u r f a c e of the w a t e r p a s s a g e , a n d to
the i n s i d e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
c o m p o n e n t within 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the liquid
gasket.
NOTE:
W a l t at l e a s t 30 m i n u t e s before filling the e n g i n e
with c o o l a n t
Do not run the e n g i n e for at least 3 h o u r s after
Installing the w a t e r p a s s a g e .
1 0 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N - m (4.5 kgf-m, 3 3 Ibf-ft)
19. C o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (A) a n d the P C V

h o s e (B).
NOTE:
c o m p o n e n t m u s t b e i n s t a l l e d within 4 m i n u t e s .
Replace.
20. Install the c o n n e c t i n g pipe (C) w i t h a n e w O-ring (D),

t h e n tighten the c o n n e c t i n g pipe m o u n t i n g bolts (E)
s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g pipe.
10-10
7C
21, Install t h e Intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-5).
22, Install t h e drive belt a u t o - t e n s i o n e r { s e e p a g e 4-31).
3 1 . P u s h t h e lock (A) d o w n , t h e n p u s h the q u i c k

c o n n e c t o r (B) onto the t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r until y o u
h e a r It click.
23, Install the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-33).

24, install t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r ( s e e s t e p 42 on p a g e
5-19),
25, Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 on p a g e 5-20).
2 6 , C h e c k t h e q u i c k c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e s e t ring (B)
for c r a c k s or d a m a g e . If the c o n n e c t o r a n d / o r the
s e t ring a r e c r a c k e d or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e the
connector,
3 2 . Refill the radiator with e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d

the air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e h e a t e r
v a l v e o p e n (see s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-6).
27. M a k e s u r e t h e s e t ring Is in p l a c e i n s i d e the q u i c k

c o n n e c t o r . If t h e s e t ring is off t h e c o n n e c t o r ,
replace the quick connector.
28. R e p l a c e the O - r i n g (C) In the q u i c k c o n n e c t o r .
2 9 . C h e c k t h e lock ID). If the lock is d a m a g e d or
d e f o r m e d , r e p l a c e it. W h e n Installing t h e n e w lock
o n the c o n n e c t o r , p u s h it straight d o w n a l o n g the
groove.
30. C l e a n the c o n n e c t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e t h e r m o s t a t
c o v e r (Eh then apply clean engine coolant around
the c o n n e c t i n g s u r f a c e .
10-11
Cooling System
Water Outlet Removal and Installation
1. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
4. R e m o v e the intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e page 9-3).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the b r e a t h e r pipe (Ah t h e n r e m o v e t h e

intake air duct (B).
5. R e m o v e the c o n n e c t i n g pipe m o u n t i n g bolts (A),

then r e m o v e the c o n n e c t i n g pipe (B).
N O T E : W h e n tightening the s c r e w of the h o s e b a n d

(C), align the e d g e of the h o s e b a n d (D) w i t h the
m a r k (E) painted on t h e h o s e b a n d . If y o u tighten
the s c r e w o v e r the m a r k , r e p l a c e the h o s e b a n d .
6. D i s c o n n e c t the e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T )
s e n s o r 1 c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e w a t e r
outlet (B).
3. D i s c o n n e c t the u p p e r radiator h o s e (A), the h e a t e r

h o s e (B), a n d the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (C).
7. Install the w a t e r outlet w i t h a n e w O-rsng (C).

8. Install t h e other p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
9. Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t a n d b l e e d
t h e air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the heater
v a l v e o p e n ( s e e s t e p 6 on p a g e 10-6).
10. C l e a n up a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t
10-12
Fan, Fan Motor and Shroyd Removal and Installation

#
Removal
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f a n motor c o n n e c t o r s (A), t h e n
r e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p (B).
1, Do the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).

2 , R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s , t h e n r e m o v e the
battery b a s e ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 5-3).
3, R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r :
* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 5 7 )
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-257)
4, R e m o v e the w a t e r s e p a r a t o r (A) a n d the intake air
duct (B).
7. R e m o v e t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
(A) , t h e n r e m o v e the radiator f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
(B) .
N O T E : M o v e the radiator fan s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
t o w a r d t h e right s i d e of the v e h i c l e to a l l o w e n o u g h
s p a c e to lift it up a n d a w a y f r o m t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r
fan s h r o u d a s s e m b l y .
5. R e m o v e t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r .
(confd)
10-13
Cooling System
Fan, Fan Motor, and Shroud Removal and Installation (cont'd)
8. D i s a s s e m b l e the fan s h r o u d s .
installation
1. R e a s s e m b l e the fan s h r o u d s .
6 N-m
(0.6 k g f - m , 4 . 4 i b f - f t )
4 N-m (OA k g f - m , 2.9 I b f - f t )
2. Install the radiator fan s h r o u d a s s e m b l y (A), t h e n

install the A / C c o n d e n s e r fan s h r o u d a s s e m b l y (B).
6x1. m m
7 N-m
(0.7 k g f - m , 5 I b f - f t )
10-14
3, C o n n e c t t h e f a n m o t o r c o n n e c t o r s (A), t h e n Install
the h a r n e s s c l a m p IB).
5, Install the w a t e r s e p a r a t o r (A) a n d the intake air

duct (B).
4, Install t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r .

2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-257}
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-257}
7. Install the battery b a s e , t h e n install the h a r n e s s
c l a m p s ( s e e s t e p 64 o n p a g e 5-22).
22-90).
10-15
Cooling System
Radiator Replacement
1. Do the battery removaS p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
2. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s , t h e n r e m o v e the
battery b a s e (see s t e p 8 o n p a g e 5-3).
9. D i s c o n n e c t the fan motor c o n n e c t o r s (A) a n d

engine coolant temperature (ECT) s e n s o r 2
c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e n r e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C).

* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 5 7 )
* 4-door (see p a g e 2 0 - 2 5 7 )
4. R e m o v e the w a t e r s e p a r a t o r (A) a n d the Intake air
duct (B).
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e u p p e r radiator h o s e (A) a n d r e m o v e

the u p p e r b r a c k e t s (B) a n d the c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r (C).
5. Drain the e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

6. R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 on p a g e 5-5).
7. A / T m o d e l : D i s c o n n e c t t h e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n
fluid ( A T F ) c o o l e r h o s e s (A) ( s e e p a g e 14-260), t h e n
plug the c o o l e r h o s e a n d the lines.
8. D i s c o n n e c t the l o w e r radiator h o s e (B) f r o m the

radiator.
10-16
7%.
1-1, R e m o v e t h e radiator,
12. R e m o v e t h e fan s h r o u d a s s e m b l i e s f r o m t h e radiator.
13, Install the radiator in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l . M a k e s u r e t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r c u s h i o n s (4) are s e t s e c u r e l y .

14, D o t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
15, Fill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t a n d b l e e d the air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m with the h e a t e r v a l v e o p e n ( s e e .
s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-6).
16, C l e a n u p a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t
10-17
Fan Controls
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

(ECT) S E N S O R 2
R e p l a c e m e n t page 11-212
10-18
Removal and Installation,

P 9
"
a
Symptom Troubleshooting IndeM

Symptom
Engine overheats
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
T h e A / C c o n d e n s e r fan d o e s not
run at all
C h e c k for e n g i n e c o o l a n t l e a k s (from g a s k e t s ,
h o s e s , G - r i n g s , etc.).
C h e c k for dirt, l e a v e s , or i n s e c t s on radiator
and A / C condenser.
7.
C h e c k for deteriorated c o o l a n t .
C h e c k for d a m a g e d or d e f o r m e d f a n s h r o u d .
I n s p e c t the f a n m o t o r s f s e e p a g e 10-4) or
radiator f a n relay f s e e p a g e 22-91).
C h e c k the radiator c a p f s e e p a g e 10-3).
8.
C h e c k t h e t h e r m o s t a t f s e e p a g e 10-4).
9.
I n s p e c t the w a t e r p u m p f s e e p a g e 10-5).
10.
C h e c k for c l o g g e d or deteriorated radiator

hoses.
C h e c k for c l o g g e d h e a t e r c o r e or h o s e s .
C h e c k for a d a m a g e d c y l i n d e r h e a d g a s k e t
11.
12.
T h e radiator f a n d o e s not run at all
C h e c k the coolant level.
1.
2
C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s f s e e p a g e 11-3).
R a d i a t o r f a n circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
10-21).
A / C c o n d e n s e r fan circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f s e e p a g e
21-47).
P r o p e r radiator a n d
c o n d e n s e r fan
control a n d
operation
Cleanliness and
t i g h t n e s s of all
connectors
* General
troubleshooting
( s e e p a g e 21-10)
* Cleanliness and
t i g h t n e s s of all
connectors
10-19
Fan Controls
Circuit Diagram
IGMIT10M SWITCH

BATTERY
M. 1(100 A)
. No. 3-1 (50 A|
-<ru>f
<rvx>-
-WHT"+0
BAT
ORN:, 18 UWDER-DASH
(7.5 A) FUSE/RELAY
BOX
F2@
IG2 HOT in ON (it)
No. 14 (15 A}
SUB RELAY
No. 21 (7.5 AS
No. 34 (30 A)
No. 5 (2 AS
-GRYRELAY
CIRCUIT
BOARD
A/C
BLU/YEL
(u)
\Lf
BLU/BLK
CONDENSER
(M)
FAMIVfOTQR
Vgf
RADIATOR
FAM
MOTOR
fYEL
sue
BLK
A.
0201
A8
ECM/PCM
G201
FANC
5V
ECU
ECT2
S06
B24
BLK
E COOLANT
lATURE
(ECT) SENSOR 1
10-20
YEL RED
EGOOLAMT
(ECT) SENSOR 2
Radiator Fan Circuit Troubleshooting

1, C h e c k the N o , 3 8 (30 A ) f u s e in the urider-hood
f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d N o , 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s
3, M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n radiator fan r e l a y 4 P

s o c k e t t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
R A D I A T O R FAN B E L A Y 4P S O C K E T
Are
the fuses
OK ?
1
2
M O R e p l a c e the f u s e ( s ) a n d r e c h e c k . if t h e f u s e
c o n t i n u e s to b l o w , locate a n d r e p a i r the s h o r t in the
circuit b e t w e e n t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d
the radiator f a n m o t o r a n d d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
fuse/relay box connector terminal F26 and underhood fuse/relay box connector terminal B6.
4 3
2. R e m o v e t h e radiator f a n relay a n d d i s c o n n e c t a n d
r e m o v e t h e r e l a y circuit b o a r d f r o m t h e u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d test It ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
is the relay
and/or
the relay
circuit
board
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the radiator f a n r e l a y a n d / o r t h e r e l a y
circuit b o a r d ,
is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x . B
4. C o n n e c t radiator fan relay 4P s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s
No. 1 a n d No. 2 with a j u m p e r w i r e .
R A D I A T O R FAN B E L A Y 4P S O C K E T
1
2
JUMPER
WIRE
4 3
Does
the radiator
fan
run?
5. T e s t the radiator fan m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 10-4).
Is the motor
OK?
W O R e p l a c e the radiator fan m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
10-13).
(cont'd)
10-21
Fan Controls
Radiator Fan Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
6. D i s c o n n e c t the radiator fan m o t o r 2P c o n n e c t o r .
9. D i s c o n n e c t the j u m p e r , a n d turn the ignition s w i t c h

to O N (II). C h e c k for v o l t a g e b e t w e e n radiator f a n
7. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n radiator fan r e l a y 4 P
relay 4 P s o c k e t t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
s o c k e t t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d radiator fan m o t o r 2 P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2.
RADIATOR FAN R E L A Y 4P S O C K E T
RADIATOR FAN R E L A Y 4P S O C K E T
T e r m i n a l side of
female terminals
Wire side of
female terminals
JBLU/BLK
RADIATOR FAN IVIOTOR 2P CONNECTOR

is there
Is there
continuity?
battery
voltage?
Y E S G o t o step.8.
W O ~ - R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the u n d e r -
W O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the u n d e r -
f u s e / r e l a y box.
stood f u s e / r e l a y box a n d the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h

h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d radiator fan m o t o r 2P
connector terminal No. 2 . 1
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n radiator f a n m o t o r 2 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ZP CONNECTOR
W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
is there
continuity?
Y E S C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the urider-hood f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e
radiator fan m o t o r a n d b o d y g r o u n d G 2 0 1 . I I
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n radiator fan
m o t o r 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . If the w i r e is O K , c h e c k for a poor g r o u n d at
G201.ll
10-22
10. D i s c o n n e c t u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r B
(UP).
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n radiator f a n relay 4P

data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3).
socket terminal No. 3 and under-hood fuse/relay

box connector terminal 88,
14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
R A D I A T O R F A N R E L A Y 4P S O C K E T

a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M V p o w e r t r a i n
control m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
16. J u m p t h e S C S line with the H D S , t h e n turn t h e
1
1
, ,n
4 5 6
F=l
10 11 12 13 14
L
U N D E R - H O O D F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R B (14P)
is there
continuity?
PCM from damage.
17. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P), t h e n
c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B7 a n d E C M / P C M
connector terminal A6.
U N D E R - H O O D F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R B (14P)
n
6
10 11 12 13 14
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n radiator fan

relay 4P s o c k e t t e r m i n a l Wo, 3 a n d u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y box c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 8 .
YEL
F A N C (YEL)
JTJA
11
> | 9 | 1 0 | J
/ /
/ | 1 5
2 2 23 24
29 30
/ 4 1
16 / 1 8
25
19 20 21
20 2 7 28
></
A 3 2 1 / 34 35 36
42|43|44l/|46
&
AAA
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (48P)
is there
continuity?

latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a
a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminal A 8 and under-hood fuse/relay
box connector terminal B 7 . H
10-23
Fuel arid Emissions

Fuel Supply System
Fuel and Emissions Systems

Special T o o l s
General Troubleshooting Information
.
D T C Troubleshooting Index ..........................
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Index .................
S y s t e m Description .......................................
H o w to S e t R e a d i n e s s C o d e s ........................
11-2
11-3
11-9
11-13
11-15
11-62
PGM-FI System
C o m p o n e n t Location Index ...........................
D T C Troubleshooting .....................................
F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting .....................
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting
..............
..
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting .........................
Injector Replacement .....................................
A/F S e n s o r Replacement ...............................
S e c o n d a r y H G 2 S Replacement .....................
CMP S e n s o r B Replacement .........................
C K P S e n s o r Replacement ..............................
M A P S e n s o r Replacement .............................
M A F S e n s o r / I A T S e n s o r Replacement .........
E C T S e n s o r 1 Replacement ...........................
E C T S e n s o r 2 Replacement ...........................
Output Shaft (Countershaft) S p e e d S e n s o r
Replacement ...............................................
Knock S e n s o r Replacement
E L D Replacement ...........................................
E C M / P C M Update _ , . . , . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . . . . . . . .
E C M / P C M Replacement
11-65
11-87
11-182
11-191
11-192
11-207
11-209
11-209
11-210
11-210
11-211
11-211
11-212
11-212
11-213
11-213
11-214
11-215
11-216
Electronic Throttle Control System

C o m p o n e n t Location Index
A P P S e n s o r Signal Inspection .......................
Accelerator Pedal Module
Removal/installation ..................................
11-219
11-220
11-258
11-259
VTEC/VTC
V T C Oil Control Solenoid Valve
R e m ova I/Test/! nsta Nation ..........................
C M P S e n s o r A Replacement .........................
Rocker A r m Oil Control V a l v e
Removal/Installation ..................................
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure Switch A
Removal/Installation ......................
Rocker Arm: Oil Pressure Switch B
Removal/Installation
11-260
11-261
11-300
11-301
11-302
11-304
11-305
11-305
Idle Control System

Component Location Index ...........................
D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .....................................
A C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting ..............
Alternator FR S i g n a l Circuit
Troubleshooting ....
................
P S P S w i t c h Signal Circuit
Troubleshooting .........................................
Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal Circuit
Troubleshooting .........................................
Idle S p e e d Inspection
E C M / P C M Idle Learn Procedure ....................
11-306
11-307
11-310
11-311
11-312
11-314
11-316
11-317

11-318
D T C Troubleshooting
11-320
Fuel P u m p Circuit Troubleshooting
11-326
Fuel Pressure Relieving .................................. 11-332
Fuel Pressure T e s t
11-335
Fuel Tank Draining
11-335
Fuel Line Inspection ....................................... 11-336
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting
Precautions .................................................. 11-339
Fuel Lsne/Qusck-Connect Fitting
Removal
11-340
installation
11-343
Fuel Tank Unit
R e m o v a l and Installation
11-347
Fuel Pulsation Damper Replacement ........... 11-349
Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement ......... 11-350
Fuel Filter Replacement
11-350
Fuel Pump/Fuel G a u g e Sending Unit
Replacement
......................
11-351
Fuel Tank Replacement
11-352
Fuel Fill Pipe Removal/Installation ................ 11-354
Fuel G a u g e Sending Unit Test
11-355
L o w Fuel Indicator Test .................................. 11-356
intake Air System

Throttle Body Test
Throttle Body Cleaning
Air Cleaner Removal/Installation
..
Air Cleaner Element
Inspection/Replacement
..
.
Intake Air Resonator
Throttle Body Removal/Installation
Throttle Body D i s a s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y .....
11-357
11-358
11-359
11-359
11-360
11-361
11-362
11-363
Catalytic Converter System

11-364
11-365
W a r m Up Three W a y Catalytic Converter
11-367
Under-floor T h r e e W a y Catalytic Converter
Removal/Installation .................................. 11-368
PCV System
Component Location Index ........................... 11-369
PCV Valve Inspection
11-370
PCV Valve Replacement
11-370
EVAP System
.......
Fuel C a p Warning M e s s a g e S y s t e m
Troubleshooting
E V A P Canister Replacement .........................
FTP S e n s o r Replacement
E V A P Canister Vent Shut Valve
Replacement
.....
E V A P Canister Purge Valve
Replacement
11-371
11-372
11-400
11-402
11-404
11-405
11-405

Special Tools
Ref. N o .
~1
-2
-3
-4
Tool Number
07AAA-S0XA100
07AAJ-S6MA150
07JAZ-001000B
07NAJ-P07010A
07ZAJ-S5AA200
07408-0020201
07406-0070301
07MAJ-PY4011A
07MAJ-PY40120
07406-004000B
11-2
Description
Fuel S e n d e r W r e n c h
Fuel Pressure G a u g e Attachment S e t
V a c u u m / P r e s s u r e G a u g e , 04 in.Hg
Pressure Gauge Adapter
Oil P r e s s u r e H o s e
A/T Pressure Hose
A/T Low Pressure Gauge W/Panel
A / T P r e s s u r e H o s e , 2,210
A/T Pressure Adapter
Fuel Pressure G a u g e
mm
Qty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Intermittent'Failures
T h e t e r m intermittent failure m e a n s a s y s t e m m a y h a v e
h a d a failure, but it c h e c k s O K n o w . If the m a l f u n c t i o n
indicator l a m p (MIL) o n t h e d a s h d o e s not c o m e o n ,
c h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at all
c o n n e c t o r s related to t h e circuit that y o u a r e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , If the M I L w a s o n but t h e n w e n t out,
the original p r o b l e m m a y h a v e b e e n intermittent.
2. If t h e M I L s t a y s o n , c o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e data link
c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e
of the d a s h b o a r d .
Service Information
P e r i o d i c a l l y , n e w E C M / P C M s o f t w a r e or n e w s e r v i c e
procedures m a y b e c o m e available. A l w a y s check
o n l i n e for t h e latest s o f t w a r e or s e r v i c e information
related to the D T C s o r s y m p t o m s y o u a r e
troubleshooting.
Opens and Shorts

O p e n a n d s h o r t a r e c o m m o n electrical t e r m s . A n o p e n
is a b r e a k in a w i r e or at a c o n n e c t i o n . A s h o r t is a n
a c c i d e n t a l c o n n e c t i o n of a w i r e to g r o u n d or to a n o t h e r
w i r e . In s i m p l e e l e c t r o n i c s , t h i s u s u a l l y m e a n s
s o m e t h i n g w o n ' t w o r k at aSL W i t h c o m p l e x e l e c t r o n i c s
( s u c h a s ECfVIs o r P C M s ) t h i s c a n s o m e t i m e s m e a n
s o m e t h i n g w o r k s , but not t h e w a y it's s u p p o s e d to.
H o w to U s e t h e HDS (Honda Diagnostic

System)
If t h e MIL ( m a l f u n c t i o n i n d i c a t o r lamp)
h a s mm
4. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M /
P C M a n d other v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t , g o to
t h e D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
5. C h e c k t h e d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e ( D T C ) a n d note it.
A l s o c h e c k the freeze data a n d / o r o n - b o a r d
s n a p s h o t data, and download any data found. T h e n
refer to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , a n d
begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure.
on
1, S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k t h e M I L (A).
M O T E ; If the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II), a n d
the e n g i n e is not s t a r t e d , t h e M I L s t a y s o n for
1 5 2 0 s e c o n d s ( s e e p a g e 11-62).
NOTE:
* F r e e z e d a t a i n d i c a t e s the e n g i n e c o n d i t i o n s w h e n
t h e first s y s t e m m a l f u n c t i o n , m i s f i r e , or fuel t r i m
m a l f u n c t i o n that activated t h e M I L w a s d e t e c t e d .
* T h e H D S c a n r e a d the D T C , f r e e z e d a t a , o n - b o a r d
s n a p s h o t , c u r r e n t d a t a , a n d o t h e r e n g i n e control
m o d u l e ( E C M ) or p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e
. (PCM) data.
* F o r s p e c i f i c o p e r a t i o n s , refer to t h e u s e r ' s
m a n u a l that c a m e w i t h the H D S .
6. If no D T C s a r e f o u n d , g o to M I L t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 11-191).
(cont'd)
11-3

General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)
If t h e M I L d i d n o t s t a y e n
If t h e M i l did not s t a y on but t h e r e is a driveability
p r o b l e m , d o the s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
DTC Clear
1. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S w h i l e the e n g i n e is
stopped.
If y o u c a n ' t d y p l i e a t e t h e D T C
S o m e of the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g r e q u i r e s y o u to r e s e t the
E C M / P C M a n d try to d u p l i c a t e the D T C . If the p r o b l e m is
intermittent a n d y o u c a n ' t d u p l i c a t e the c o d e , d o not
c o n t i n u e t h r o u g h the p r o c e d u r e . T o do s o will o n l y
r e s u l t in c o n f u s i o n a n d p o s s i b l y , a n e e d l e s s l y r e p l a c e d
ECM/PCM.

3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t
30 s e c o n d s .
4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d
disconnect the H D S from the D L C .
HDS Clear Command

ECM/PCM Reset
T h e E C M / P C M s t o r e s v a r i o u s s p e c i f i c data to c o r r e c t the
s y s t e m e v e n if t h e r e is no e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r s u c h a s
w h e n the battery n e g a t i v e t e r m i n a l or No. 17 FS M A I N
(15 A) f u s e are d i s c o n n e c t e d . S t o r e d data b a s e d on
failed parts s h o u l d be c l e a r e d by u s i n g t h e C L E A R
C O M M A N D of t h e H D S , if p a r t s are r e p l a c e d .
1. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S w h i l e the e n g i n e
is s t o p p e d .
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t
T h e H D S h a s three k i n d s of c l e a r c o m m a n d s to m e e t
this purpose. T h e y are D T C clear, E C M / P C M reset, a n d
C K P pattern c l e a r . D T C c l e a r c o m m a n d e r a s e s ail s t o r e d
D T C c o d e s , freeze d a t a , o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d
r e a d i n e s s c o d e s . T h i s m u s t be d o n e w i t h the H D S after
reproducing the D T C during troubleshooting.
T h e E C M / P C M r e s e t c o m m a n d e r a s e s all s t o r e d D T C
c o d e s , freeze d a t a , o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , r e a d i n e s s c o d e s ,
a n d all s p e c i f i c data to c o r r e c t the s y s t e m e x c e p t C K P
pattern. If t h e C K P pattern d a t a in t h e E C M / P C M w a s
c l e a r e d , y o u m u s t d o the C K P pattern learn p r o c e d u r e .
T h e C K P pattern c l e a r c o m m a n d e r a s e s only C K P
pattern d a t a . T h i s c o m m a n d is for repair of a m i s f i r e or
the C K P s e n s o r .
Scan Tool Clear Command

Sf y o u a r e u s i n g a g e n e r i c s c a n tool to c l e a r c o m m a n d s ,
be a w a r e that t h e r e is o n l y o n e setting for c l e a r i n g t h e
E C M / P C M , a n d it c l e a r s all c o m m a n d s at the s a m e t i m e
( C K P pattern l e a r n , idle l e a r n , r e a d i n e s s c o d e s , freeze
d a t a , o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d D T C s ) . After y o u c l e a r all
c o m m a n d s , y o u t h e n n e e d to d o t h e s e p r o c e d u r e s , in
t h i s order: E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317); C K P pattern learn p r o c e d u r e ; test-drive to s e t
r e a d i n e s s c o d e s to c o m p l e t e ( s e e p a g e 11-62).
11-4
30 s e c o n d s .
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d
d i s c o n n e c t the H D S f r o m the D L C .
5. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
CKP Pattern Clear/CKP Pattern Learn

Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS)
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the data fink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
Learn Procedure {without the HDS)

1. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n .
(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d .
2. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e o n a level r o a d : D e c e l e r a t e
(with the throttle fully c l o s e d ) f r o m a n e n g i n e s p e e d
of 2,500 r p m d o w n to 1,000 r p m w i t h t h e A / T in 2,
or the M/T in 2 n d .
3. R e p e a t s t e p 2 s e v e r a l t i m e s .
30 s e c o n d s .
How to End a Troubleshooting Session

(required after any troubleshooting)
1. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with t h e H D S .
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the E C M /
P C M and o t h e r v e h i c l e s y s t e m s , If it d o e s n ' t , g o to
the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f s e e p a g e 11-192).
2. Do the E C M / P C M " idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).
4. D i s c o n n e c t the H D S f r o m the D L C .
4. S e l e c t C R A N K P A T T E R N in the A D J U S T M E N T
M E N U w i t h the H D S ,
5- S e l e c t C R A N K P A T T E R N L E A R N I N G with the H D S ,
a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s ,
N O T E : T h e E C M / P C M is part of t h e i m m o b i l i z e r
s y s t e m . If y o u r e p l a c e the E C M / P C M , it will h a v e a
different i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e . F o r t h e e n g i n e to start,
y o u m u s t rewrite the i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e with the
H D S (immobilizer s y s t e m section).
(cont'd)
11-5

How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the E C M /
PCM Connectors
5. C o n n e c t o n e s i d e of the patch c o r d (A) t e r m i n a l s to

a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e digital m u l t i m e t e r (B),
a n d c o n n e c t t h e o t h e r s i d e to a c o m m e r c i a l l y
N O T E : T h e E C M / P C M o v e r w r i t e s data a n d m o n i t o r s the
E V A P s y s t e m for up to a b o u t 40 m i n u t e s after the
ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0). J u m p i n g the S C S
line after turning the ignition s w i t c h to- L O C K (0) c a n c e l s
this function. D i s c o n n e c t i n g the E C M / P C M d u r i n g this
f u n c t i o n , without j u m p i n g the S C S line first, c a n
d a m a g e the E C M / P C M .
available banana jack ( P o m o n a Electronics Tool

No. 3 5 6 3 or equivalent) ( C ) .
1. J u m p t h e - S C S line w i t h the H D S .
2. R e m o v e the bolts (D).
0
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibfft)
6. G e n t l y c o n t a c t the pin probe -(male) at the t e r m i n a l

test port f r o m the t e r m i n a l s i d e . Do not f o r c e the
tips into the t e r m i n a l s .
[NOTICE]
* F o r a c c u r a t e r e s u l t s , a l w a y s u s e the pin
probe (male).
* T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s , d o not insert t e s t e q u i p m e n t
p r o b e s , p a p e r c l i p s , or other s u b s t i t u t e s a s
t h e y c a n d a m a g e the t e r m i n a l s . D a m a g e d
t e r m i n a l s c a u s e a poor c o n n e c t i o n a n d a n
incorrect m e a s u r e m e n t .
3. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C .
4. W h e n d i a g n o s i s / t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is d o n e at the
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r , u s e the t e r m i n a l test port (A)
a b o v e the t e r m i n a l y o u n e e d to c h e c k .
11-6
* Do not p u n c t u r e the i n s u l a t i o n o n a w i r e .
P u n c t u r e s c a n c a u s e poor or intermittent
electrical c o n n e c t i o n s .
Substituting the ECM/PCM
7. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S , -
8. Do t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
* H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m ( H D S ) tablet t e s t e r
* H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) a n d a n iN w o r k s t a t i o n
w i t h H D S a n d CM u p d a t e s o f t w a r e
9. R e m o v e t h e bolts (D).
* H D S pocket tester
* G N A 6 0 0 a n d a n IN w o r k s t a t i o n w i t h H D S a n d C M
update software
U s e a n y o n e of t h e s e u p d a t e t o o l s .
N O T E : U s e t h i s p r o c e d u r e w h e n y o u h a v e to substitute
a known-good E C M / P C M during troubleshooting
E
procedure.
1, C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
10. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s - A , B, a n d C , t h e n
r e m o v e the E C M / P C M a s s e m b l y (E).
N O T E : E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C h a v e
s y m b o l s ( A = D , B = A , C = 0 ) e m b o s s e d o n t h e m for
identification.
11. R e m o v e the c o v e r (A) a n d t h e b r a c k e t (B) f r o m the
E C M / P C M (C).
2, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),

3, M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M /
P C M a n d other v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t g o to
the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192). If
y o u a r e returning f r o m D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
s k i p s t e p s 4 a n d 5, a n d the c l e a n the throttle b o d y
after substituting the E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
4, S e l e c t the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h t h e H D S ,
5, S e l e c t the E T C S T E S T , t h e n s e l e c t the T P P O S I T I O N
C H E C K , and follow the s c r e e n prompts.
N O T E : If the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
continue this procedure,
12. Install a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M in t h e r e v e r s e
6, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
(cont'd)
11-7

OBD Status
22-90).
T h e O B D s t a t u s s h o w s the c u r r e n t s y s t e m s t a t u s of
e a c h D T C a n d all of the p a r a m e t e r s . T h i s function is

u s e d to s e e if the r e p a i r w a s s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d .
N O T E : D T C P0630 (VIN Not P r o g r a m m e d or
T h e r e s u l t s of d i a g n o s t i c t e s t s for t h e D T C a r e d i s p l a y e d
M i s m a t c h ) m a y be s t o r e d b e c a u s e the V I N h a s not
as:
b e e n p r o g r a m m e d into the E C M / P C M ; ignore I t

a n d c o n t i n u e this p r o c e d u r e .
P A S S E D : T h e o n b o a r d d i a g n o s i s is s u c c e s s f u l l y
finished.
15. M a n u a l l y input the V I N to the E C M / P C M w i t h the

HDS.
F A I L E D : T h e o n b o a r d d i a g n o s i s h a s f i n i s h e d but
failed.
E X E C U T I N G : T h e v e h i c l e is in e n a b l e criteria
16. S e l e c t the SMMOBI S Y S T E M w i t h the H D S .
c o n d i t i o n s for the D T C a n d t h e on b o a r d d i a g n o s i s is
running.
17. E n t e r the i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e that y o u o b t a i n e d f r o m

iN or ISSS u s i n g the E C M / P C M r e p l a c e m e n t
p r o c e d u r e in the H D S ; t h i s a l l o w s y o u to start the
engine.
18. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215).
19. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
20. If the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K failed in s t e p 5, c l e a n
the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
21. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
22. D o the C K P pattern c S e a r / C K P pattern learn
procedure.
11-8
N O T C O M P L E T E D : T h e on b o a r d d i a g n o s i s w a s
r u n n i n g but is out of the e n a b l e c o n d i t i o n s of the D T C .
O U T O F C O N D I T I O N : T h e v e h i c l e h a s s t a y e d out of
the e n a b l e c o n d i t i o n s for the D T C .
DTC Troubleshooting Index

DTC
(MIL i n d i c a t i o n ' )
P0010{56)
T w o Drive Cycle
Detection
o
o
P001K56)
P0101(50)
P01G2(50)
P0103I50)
P0107(3)
P0108(3)
P0111(10)
P0112(10)
P0113H0)
P0116(86)
o
o
o
P0117 m
mnsm
P0122(7)
P0123m
P0125{86)
P0128187}
P0133(61>
P0134<41>
P0135C41)
P0137{83}
o
o
o
o
P0138(63)
P0139(83)
P0141 (85)
P0171 145}
P0172 145}
o
o
P0223C7)
P0300175}
P0222 m
any combination
of the following
P03Q1171)
P03021721
PG3G3173!
P0304C74)
P0301 171)
P0302I72)
P0303C73)
P0304I74)
PH325I23)
P0335C4I
P0340I57)
posse m
o
o
o
o
Detection item
V a r i a b l e V a l v e T i m i n g C o n t r o l (VTC) Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e
Malfunction
V a r i a b l e V a l v e T i m i n g C o n t r o l (VTC) S y s t e m M a l f u n c t i o n
M a s s A i r F l o w (MAF) S e n s o r C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e P r o b l e m
M a s s A i r F l o w (MAF) S e n s o r C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
Mass A i r Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
M a n i f o l d A b s o l u t e Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit L o w Voltage
M a n i f o l d A b s o l u t e Pressure ( M A P ) S e n s o r C i r c u i t H i q h V o l t a a e
Intake A i r - T e m p e r a t u r e (SAT) S e n s o r C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e
Problem
Intake A i r T e m p e r a t u r e (IAT) S e n s o r C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
Intake Asr T e m p e r a t u r e (IAT) S e n s o r C i r c u i t H i q h V o l t a q e
E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e
Problem
E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r A C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r A C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 M a l f u n c t i o n / S l o w
Response
Cooling System Malfunction
A i r F u e l Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) M a l f u n c t i o n / S l o w R e s p o n s e
A i r F u e l Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r S y s t e m M a l f u n c t i o n
A i r Fuel Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
S e c o n d a r y H e a t e d O x y g e n S e n s o r ( S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2))
Circuit L o w Voltage.
Circuit High Voltage
S l o w Response
Heater Circuit Malfunction
Fuel S y s t e m T o o L e a n
F u e l S y s t e m T o o Rich
T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r B C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r B C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
R a n d o m Misfire Detected
No, 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected

N o . 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected
Knock Sensor Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n
C r a n k s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CKP) S e n s o r N o S i g n a l
C r a n k s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CKP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t I n t e r m i t t e n t I n t e r r u p t i o n
C a m s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CMP) S e n s o r A N o S i g n a l
MIL
Note
ON
(see p a g e 11-261)
hoisj
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 11-204)
(see page 11-67)
(see p a g e 11-68)
(see p a g e 11-71)
(see p a g e 11-73)
(see p a g e 11-75)
(see p a g e 11-77)
hoN~~
ON
ON
(see p a g e 11-78)
(see p a g e 11-80)
(see p a g e 11-82)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 11-83)
(see p a g e 11-85)
(see p a g e 11-220)
(see p a g e 11-222)
(see p a g e 11-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
ON
(see p a g e 11-98)
ON
(see p a g e 11-101)
ON
(see p a g e 11-102)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
page
11-105)
11-105)
11-224)
11-227)
11-107)
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
11-110)
11-110)
11-110)
1 1 -110)
11-116)
11-118)
11-121)
11-265)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON ON
ON
page
page
page
page
page
11-88)
11-90)
11-91) '
11-92)
11-96)
NOTE:; T h e a b o v e DTCs are i n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m is s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs c a u s e t h e M I L t o

c o m e o n . If t h e M I L is o n a n d n o DTCs are i n d i c a t e d in t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m , select t h e A / T s y s t e m , a n d check f o r a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs.
* : T h e s e DTCs a r e i n d i c a t e d b y a b l i n k i n g M I L w h e n t h e S C S l i n e is j u m p e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e DTCs d o n o t c a u s e t h e M I L t o b l i n k w h e n t h e
S C S line is jumped. T h e last f o u r c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e s e D T C s a r e s h o w n in t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .
(confd)
11-9

DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
DTC
(MIL I n d i c a t i o n ' )
P0341 (57)
Detection Item
MIL
Note
C a m s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CMP) S e n s o r A a n d C r a n k s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CKP)
S e n s o r I n c o r r e c t Phase D e t e c t e d
C a m s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CMP) S e n s o r A C i r c u i t . I n t e r m i t t e n t I n t e r r u p t i o n
N o . 1 C y l i n d e r I q n i t i o n CoiS C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n .
N o . 2 C y l i n d e r I q n i t i o n Coil C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
N o . 3 C y l i n d e r I q n i t i o n Coil C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
No. 4 C y l i n d e r I g n i t i o n Coil C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor B Circuit No Signal
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor B Circuit Intermittent Interruption
Catalyst S y s t e m Efficiency B e l o w T h r e s h o l d
E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r P u r g e V a l v e C i r c u i t .
Malfunction
Fuel T a n k Pressure (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e P r o b l e m
Fuel T a n k Pressure (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
Fuel T a n k P r e s s u r e (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m L a r g e Leak D e t e c t e d
E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m V e r y S m a l l Leak D e t e c t e d
E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m Leak D e t e c t e d / F u e l Fill C a p
Loose or Missing
Fuel L e v e l S e n s o r (Fuel G a u g e S e n d i n g U n i t ) C i r c u i t R a n g e /
Performance Problem
Fuel Level S e n s o r (Fuel G a u g e S e n d i n g U n i t ) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
Fuel Level S e n s o r (Fuel G a u q e S e n d i n g U n i t ) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m H i g h P u r g e F l o w D e t e c t e d
E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m L o w P u r g e F l o w D e t e c t e d
E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r V e n t S h u t V a l v e C i r c u i t L o w
Voltage
E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r V e n t S h u t V a l v e C i r c u i t H i g h
Voltage
Idle C o n t r o l S y s t e m R P M L o w e r T h a n E x p e c t e d
Idle C o n t r o l S y s t e m R P M H i g h e r T h a n E x p e c t e d
C o l d S t a r t Idle A i r C o n t r o l S y s t e m P e r f o r m a n c e P r o b l e m
Cold Start Ignition T i m i n g Control System Performance Problem
Charging System Low Voltage
E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / P o w e r t r a s n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM)
Power Source Circuit Unexpected Voltage
Engine Control M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain Control M o d u l e (PCM)
P r o g r a m m i n g Error
E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / P o w e r t r a s n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM)
Processor M a l f u n c t i o n
P o w e r t r a i n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM) ( A / T S y s t e m ) I n t e r n a l C o n t r o l
Module Malfunction
E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM)
I n t e r n a l C o n t r o l M o d u l e K e e p Alive M e m o r y (KAM) E r r o r
V I N Not P r o g r a m m e d or M i s m a t c h
E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / P o w e s t r a i n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM)
Power Control Circuit/Internal Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n
ON
(see p a g e 11-288)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
11-269)
11-122)
11-122)
11-122) '
11-122)
11-126)
11-128)
11-365)
11-372)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
page
page
11-376)
11-377)
11-380)
11-383)
11-383)
11-387)
OFF
(see p a g e 11-320)
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(seepage
(see p a g e
ON
(see p a g e 11-396)
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(seepage
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
ON
(see p a g e 11-138)
ON
(see p a g e 11-138)
ON
(see p a g e 11-139)
ON
(see p a g e 11-139)
ON
ON
(see p a g e 11-140)
(see p a g e 11-141)
P0344(57)
P0351 (71)
P0352 (72)
P0353 (73)
P0354 (74)
P0365 (8)
P0389(8)
P0420 (67)
P0443 (92)
P0451
P0452
P0453
P0455
P0458
P0457
T w o Drive Cycle
Detection
o
O
O
(91)
(91)
(91)
(90)
(90)
o
o
o
o
P0461
o
o
o
P0462
P0463
P0496 (92)
P0497 (90)
P0498 0 1 7 )
P0499 0 1 7 )
P0506(14)
P0507(14)
P050A(167)
P050B(167)
P0562
P0563
o
o
o
o
o
P0602(196)
P0606 (0)
P060AC131)*
P062F(131)
P0630 (139)
P0685O35)
11-320)
11-322)
11-388)
11-389) '
11-393)
11-307)
11-309)
11-129)
11-131)
11-134)
11-135)
N O T E : T h e a b o v e DTCs are i n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m is s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n D T C s c a u s e t h e M I L t o
c o m e o n . ff t h e M I L is o n a n d n o DTCs are i n d i c a t e d i n t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m , select t h e A / T s y s t e m , a n d c h e c k f o r a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs.
* : T h e s e DTCs are i n d i c a t e d b y a b l i n k i n g M I L w h e n t h e S C S line is J u m p e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e DTCs d o n o t c a u s e t h e M I L to b l i n k w h e n t h e
SCS line is J u m p e d . T h e last f o u r c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e s e DTCs are s h o w n in t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .
*1:A/T
11-10
DTC
(MIL HKfeatiori'*
P0720I122K
P I 009156)
P11091131
P I ! 1 6 (86)
2
T w o Drive Cycle
Detection
Detection i t e m
MIL
O u t p u t Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction

V a r i a b l e V a l v e T i m i n g C o n t r o l (VTC) A d v a n c e M a l f u n c t i o n
B a r o m e t r i c Pressure- ( B A R O ) S e n s o r C i r c u i t O u t o f Range" H i g h
E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 C i r c u i t R a n g e /
Performance Problem
M a n i f o l d Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Lower T h a n
Expected
M a n i f o l d Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Higher T h a n
Expected
A i r F u e l Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) A F S C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
A i r Fuel Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r "(Sensor 1) C i r c u i t O u t of R a n g e H i g h
Electrical L o a d D e t e c t o r (ELD) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
Electrical L o a d D e t e c t o r {ELD) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e Fuel T a n k Pressure (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e P r o b l e m
E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m P u r g e F l o w M a l f u n c t i o n
Charging System High Voltage
E l e c t r o n i c T h r o t t l e C o n t r o l S y s t e m (ETCS) C o n t r o l Relay O N
Malfunction
E l e c t r o n i c T h r o t t l e C o n t r o l S y s t e m (ETCS) C o n t r o l Relay OFF
Malfunction
Throttle Valve Default Position S p r i n g Performance Problem
Throttle Valve Return S p r i n g Performance Problem
Alternator B T e r m i n a l Circuit L o w Voltage A l t e r n a t o r FR T e r m i n a l CireuIt/iGP C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
E l e c t r o n i c T h r o t t l e C o n t r o l S y s t e m (ETCS) M a l f u n c t i o n
Throttle Actuator Current Range/Performance Problem
A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r A ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP)
S e n s o r D) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r A ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP)
S e n s o r D) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r B ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP)
S e n s o r E) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r B ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP)
S e n s o r E) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r A / B i n c o r r e c t V o l t a g e C o r r e l a t i o n
A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r A / B ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP)
S e n s o r D/E) I n c o r r e c t V o l t a g e C o r r e l a t i o n
T h r o t t l e A c t u a t o r C o n t r o l S y s t e m Idle P o s i t i o n N o t L e a r n e d
E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 2 C i r c u i t R a n g e /
Performance Problem
E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 2 C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 2 C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
A i r Fuel Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) S i g n a l S t u c k L e a n
Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
Problem
Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit L o w Voltage
Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
A i r F u e l Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) A F S + C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) A F S - C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
(see
(see
ON
(see p a g e 11-148)
ON
(see p a g e 11-149)
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
(see
(see
(see
(see
"(see
(see
(see
(see
ON
(see p a g e 11-231)
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(seepage
ON
(see p a g e 11-246)
ON
(see p a g e 11-247)
ON
(see p a g e 11-250)
ON
ON
(see p a g e 11-252)
(see p a g e 11-254)
ON
ON
(see p a g e 11-258)
(see p a g e 11-182)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(seepage
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
11-164)
11-165).
11-168)
11-169)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
.(seepage
11-171)
11-171)
11-172
11-173 1
o
o
o
PI128m
P1157 (48)
P1172C61)
P1297
P1298
P1454191|
P145C(9G)
P1549
PI658(40)
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
P I 6 5 9 (40)
P1683(40)
P1684(40)
P16B8
P I SBC
P2101 (40)
P2118(4Q)
P2122 (37)
P2123C37)
P2127 (37)
P2128(37)
P213517)
P2138(37)
P2176(40)
P2183(192)
o
P2184H92)
P2185I192!
P2195(48)
P2227 (13)
o
o
P2228I13I
P2229H3)
P2238 (48)
P2252 (48)
r>
o
o
Note
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
11-142)
11-270)
11-145)
11-146)
11-150)
11-153)
11-154)
11-155)
11-397)
11-399)
11-157)
11-229)
11-235)
11-238)
11-158)
11-159)
11-237)
11-240)
11-243)
N O T E : T h e a b o v e DTCs a r e i n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m is s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs c a u s e t h e M I L t o

c o m e o n , If t h e M I L is o n a n d n o DTCs are i n d i c a t e d i n t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m , select t h e A / T s y s t e m , a n d c h e c k f o r a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs.
* : T h e s e DTCs a r e i n d i c a t e d b y a b l i n k i n g M I L w h e n t h e S C S line is j u m p e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e DTCs d o n o t c a u s e t h e M I L t o b l i n k w h e n t h e
S C S l i n e is j u m p e d , T h e last f o u r c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e s e DTCs a r e s h o w n i n t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .
*2:M/T
(cont'd)
11-11

DTC
(MIL i n d i c a t i o n ' )
P2422(117)
T w o Drive Cycle
Detection
P2610(132)
3
P2646 (22) *
P2648(22r .
P2647 ( 2 2 ) *
P2647(22)*
P2648(21)*
P2648 C21)*
3
P2649(21)*
P2649'(21)*
O
o
o
P2651 ( 5 2 ) *
P2652 ( 5 2 ) *
P2653 ( 5 1 P
4
P2654 (51V
P2A00 (61)
U0029(126)
U0122 .
U0155(126)
U0300(13ir
Detection Item
E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r V e n t S h u t V a l v e S t u c k C l o s e d
Malfunction
E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / P o w e r t r a i n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM)
I g n i t i o n Off Internal T i m e r M a l f u n c t i o n
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h A C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
Rocker A r m Gil Pressure S w i t c h A C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
Rocker A r m Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
Rocker A r m Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d A (Intake V a l v e S i d e ) C i r c u i t L o w
Voltage
Rocker A r m Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
Rocker A r m OSI C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d A (Intake V a l v e S i d e ) C i r c u i t H i g h
Voltage
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h B "Circuit L o w V o l t a g e '
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h B C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
Rocker A r m Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d B"(Exhaust V a l v e S i d e ) C i r c u i t L o w
Voltage
Rocker A r m Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d B ( E x h a u s t V a l v e S i d e ) C i r c u i t H i g h
Voltage
A i r Fuel Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e
Problem
F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n (BUS-OFF ( E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) /
P o w e r t r a i n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM)))
F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n ( E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrasn
Control M o d u l e (PCM)-VSA Modulator-Control Unit)
F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n ( E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / P o w e r t r a i n
Control M o d u l e (PCM)-Gauge Control Module)
PGM-FI S y s t e m a n d A/T S y s t e m P r o g r a m Version M i s m a t c h
MIL
Not
ON
(see p a g e 11-397)
ON
(see p a g e 11-175).
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
ON
ON
(see p a g e 11-285)
(see p a g e 11-287)
ON
ON
ON <
(see p a g e 11-290)
(see p a g e 11-290)
(see p a g e 11-295)
ON
(see p a g e 11-297)
ON
(see p a g e 11-178)
ON
(see p a g e 11-177)
OFF
(see p a g e 11-177)
ON
(see p a g e 11-179)
ON
(see p a g e 11-181)
page
page
page
page
page
page
11-271)
11-273)
11-278)
11-273)
11-281)
11-283)
N O T E : T h e a b o v e DTCs are I n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m is s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs c a u s e t h e MIL t o

c o m e o n . If t h e M I L is o n a n d n o DTCs a r e I n d i c a t e d in t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m , select t h e A / T s y s t e m , a n d c h e c k f o r a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs.
* : T h e s e DTCs are i n d i c a t e d b y a b l i n k i n g M I L w h e n t h e S C S line is J u m p e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e DTCs d o n o t c a u s e t h e M I L t o b l i n k w h e n t h e
S C S line is j u m p e d . T h e last f o u r c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e s e DTCs are s h o w n in t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .
*1:A/T
* 3: A l l m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV
* 4 : PZEV m o d e l
11-12
4P>
W h e n t h e v e h i c l e h a s o n e of t h e s e s y m p t o m s , c h e c k f o r a d i a g n o s t i c t r o u b l e c o d e ( D T C ) w i t h the H D S . If t h e r e is no
D T C , d o the d i a g n o s t i c p r o c e d u r e for t h e s y m p t o m , in t h e s e q u e n c e listed, until y o u find the c a u s e .
Symptom
E n g i n e will not start
(MIL w o r k s O K , n o D T C s s e t !
E n g i n e will n o t start
1.
2.
T e s t the battery ( s e e p a g e 22-88).

T e s t t h e starter ( s e e p a g e 4-10)=
3.
4.

T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e fuel p u m p circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-326).
T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
* Low compression
No ignition s p a r k
Intake air l e a k s
L o c k e d up e n g i n e
* Broken c a m chain
* Fuel contamination
* No p o w e r to- E C M /
PCM
{MIL c o m e s o n a n d s t a y s o n ,
No g r o u n d to E C M /
no D T C s set)
PCM
* Shorted-reference
voltage
MIL c o m e s on and stays on,
or n e v e r c o m a s o n at all, no
D T C s set
T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e M I L circuit { s e e p a g e 11-191).
E n g i n e will not start

(MIL w o r k s O K n o D T C s s e t ,
i m m o b i l i z e r indicator s t a y s
on o r f l a s h e s )
C h e c k t h e i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 22-392).
E n g i n e s t a r t s but s t a l l s
immediately
C h e c k t h e i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 22-392).
(MIL w o r k s O K , n o D T C s s e t
i m m o b i l i z e r indicator s t a y s
on or f l a s h e s )
E n g i n e is h a r d to start
1.
T e s t the battery ( s e e p a g e 22-88).
Low compression
(MIL w o r k s O K , n o D T C s set)
2.
3.

C l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
* Intake air l e a k s
1.
D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).
Fuel contamination
* W e a k spark
C o l d fast idle too l o w

C o l d f a s t Idle too high

(MIL w o r k s O K n o D T C s set)
2.
C h e c k t h e idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).
3.
1.
2.
3.
C l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
C h e c k the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).
D o the throttle position l e a r n i n g c h e c k ( s e e p a g e
11-358).
Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
D o t h e c a r b o n a c c u m u l a t i o n c h e c k ( s e e p a g e 11-358).
4.
T r o u b l e s h o o t the A / C s i g n a l circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-310).
2.
3.
Idle s p e e d fluctuates
1.
Incorrect v a l v e
t i m i n g or c l e a r a n c e
adjustment
(confd)
11-13

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
Symptom
After w a r m i n g up, idle s p e e d
1. T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e alternator F R s i g n a l circuit
(see p a g e 11-311).
is b e l o w s p e c i f i c a t i o n w i t h o u t
load
(MIL w o r k s O K , no D T C s set)
is a b o v e s p e c i f i c a t i o n w i t h o u t
load-
2.
Do the c a r b o n a c c u m u l a t i o n c h e c k (see p a g e 11-358).
1.
T r o u b l e s h o o t the alternator F R s i g n a l circuit

( s e e p a g e 11-311).
2.
I n s p e c t the A P R s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-258).
1.
Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).
T r o u b l e s h o o t the P S P s w i t c h s i g n a l circuit ( s e e p a g e
11-312).
Incorrect v a l v e
adjustment
d r o p s w h e n s t e e r i n g w h e e l is
turned
2.
3.
Low power
Power steering
system problems
Do the c a r b o n a c c u m u l a t i o n c h e c k (see p a g e 11-358).
* Low compression
* Incorrect c a m s h a f t
timing
Incorrect e n g i n e oil
level
Engine stalls
Difficult to refuel
1.
Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).
2.

4.
T r o u b l e s h o o t the b r a k e p e d a l position s w i t c h s i g n a l
circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-314).
Fuel contamination
1.
C h e c k the fuel v e n t t u b e b e t w e e n the E V A P c a n i s t e r

a n d the fuel tank.
C h e c k the fuel tank v a p o r recirculation t u b e b e t w e e n
the fuel pipe a n d the fuel tank.
Malfunctioning gas
station filling nozzle.
3.
11-14
Faulty harness and

sensor
connections
3.
2.
Fuel overflows during

refueling
(No D T C s set)
Fuel cap warning m e s s a g e
s t a y s on
- H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e
w i t h the E C M / P C M or t h e
vehicle
E x h a u s t restriction
Intake air leaks
R e p l a c e the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-352).
R e p l a c e the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-352).
Malfunctioning gas
station filling nozzle.
T r o u b l e s h o o t the fuel c a p w a r n i n g m e s s a g e s y s t e m
( s e e p a g e 11-400).
T r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
Correct HDS
software
4^
System Description
Electronic Control System
T h e functions- of t h e fuel a n d e m i s s i o n control" s y s t e m s a r e m a n a g e d by the e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) on v e h i c l e s
with m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n s or the p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) o n v e h i c l e s with a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n s .
Self-diagnosis
T h e E C M / P C M d e t e c t s the failure of a s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit a n d s t o r e s a T e m p o r a r y D T C or
a D T C , D e p e n d i n g on the failure, a D T C is s t o r e d in either the first or the. s e c o n d drive c y c l e . W h e n a D T C is s t o r e d , the
E C M / P C M t u r n s o n t h e m a l f u n c t i o n indicator l a m p (MIL) by a signal- s e n t to the g a u g e v i a F - C A N .
* O n e D r i v e C y c l e Detect!!! M e t h o d
W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r control u n i t t h e E C M / P C M s t o r e s a D T C
a n d turns o n the M I L i m m e d i a t e l y .
* T w o Drive C y c l e Detection Method
W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in the s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit in t h e first d r i v e c y c l e , the
E C M / P C M s t o r e s a T e m p o r a r y D T C , T h e M I L d o e s not c o m e o n at this t i m e . If t h e failure c o n t i n u e s in the s e c o n d
d r i v e c y c l e , the E C M / P C M s t o r e s a D T C a n d t u r n s on t h e MIL.
Fail-safe Function
W h e n an a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r control u n i t the E C M / P C M i g n o r e s that s i g n a l
a n d s u b s t i t u t e s a p r e - p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e for t h e m that a l l o w s t h e e n g i n e to c o n t i n u e r u n n i n g . T h i s c a u s e s a D T C to be
s t o r e d a n d t h e M I L to c o m e o n ,
M L B u l b C h e c k a n d R e a d i n e s s Cod C o n d i t i o n
W h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II), the E C M / P C M t u r n s o n the M I L v i a the F - C A N circuit for a b o u t 15 to
2 0 s e c o n d s to c h e c k the bulb c o n d i t i o n . If a n y r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e not s e t to c o m p l e t e , the M I L f l a s h e s five t i m e s . If all
r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e s e t to c o m p l e t e , t h e MIL g o e s off.
Sell Shut O w n (SSD) Mode
After the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0), the E C M / P C M s t a y s on (about 40 m i n u t e s ) . If the E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r is
d i s c o n n e c t e d d u r i n g t h i s t i m e , the E C M / P C M m a y be d a m a g e d . T o c a n c e l t h i s m o d e , d i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e
f r o m t h e battery or J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S after the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0).
(confd)
11-15

System Description (cont'd)
E C M / P C M Electrical Connections
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/BELAY BOX:
~~" . 21 FAN R L Y (7.5 A)
. 14 FI S U B |15 A)
o. 1 8 D B W (THROTTLE
ACTUATOR CONTROL) (15 A)
*1:M/T
*2: A / T
11-16
No. 11NJECTOR
VGC1 C I 3
No. 2 I N J E C T O R
No. 3 I N J E C T O R
O U T P U T SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT!
SPEED SENSOR
Uq, 4 I N J E C T O R
<6 C 8 I N J 4
MAF S E N S O R
SG2 S34
SATS
ECTSENSOR 1
B A R SEMSOR
{Built Into
the ECM/PCM)
KNOCK SENSOR
I
CMP S I M S O B &
OIL PRESSURE
CKP SENSOR
(confd)
11-17

E C M / P C M E l e c t r i c a l C o n n e c t i o n s (cont'd)
EVAP CANISTER
VENT SHUT VALVE
A F S + C29
EVAP CANISTER
PURGE V A L V E
A/FSENSO
(SENSOR i :
SOZSHTC B 4
SECONDARY
H02S
(SENSOR 2)
ALTERNATOR
6 B46 A L T L
a
C M P SENSOR A
To
SPARK
PLUG
Mo. 1 IGNITION COIL
T<#
SPARK
PLUG
ICM
No. 2 IGNITION COIL

V T P S W C22
(VTPSWA)*3
To
SPARK
PLUG
No. 3 IGNITION COIL
T o ^
SPARK
PLUG
V T S B35
(VTSA)*3
No. 4 IGNITION COIL
S-NET5V A 4 6
*3: P Z E V m o d e l
11-18
r
r
r
V T C OIL CONTROL
> VALVE
ROCKER A R M
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH (A)*3
ROCKER A R M
OIL CONTROL
SOLENOID (A)*3
To MICU,
IMMOBIUZER-KEYLESS
CONTROL U N I T
mm
FTP SENSOR
A20VCC6
BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
BKSWNCA41
VSS0UTA3G
* * To NAVIGATION UNIT
To AUDIO UNIT
6 A U 0 E CONTROL M O D U L E
CRMTCLS A 4 3
CLUTCH P
POSITION SWITCH
a
PSPSW A23
A44WEN
DATA U N K
CONNECTOR
PSP SWITCH
A32SCS
ENGINE M O U N T
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
"1: M/T
(cont'd)
11-19

E C M / P C M E l e c t r i c a l C o n n e c t i o n s (cont'd)
C20TPSA
VCC4A26
C4 E T C S M +
THROTTLE
ACTUATOR
C3 E T C S M -
APSBA19
APPSENSOR A / B
THROTTLE
BODY
ROCKER A R M
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH B
VTPSWB 843
*3: P Z E V
11-20
model
r
r
ROCKER A R M
OIL CONTROL
SOLENOID B
I P
*2: A/T
"
E C M / P C M A O ) imp)
E C M / P C M B ( A ) (49P!
Ii
K 0
2S 80 X
,M,u,kVi,'
16 1Tfl8
ECM/PCM C (O) (49P)
II
3,MJ5l6l7
U|15
a I a hp
1 2 2
3*|35|^
l7l
S I
TERMINAL LOCATIONS
(confd)
11-21

Vacuum Hose Routing
ENGINE MOUNT
11-22
Vacuum Distribution
A I R F U E L R A T I O ( A / F ) S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1)
S E C O N D A R Y HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
{ S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ) ( S E N S O R 21
MANIFOLD A B S O L U T E PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
ERK3INE C O O L A N T T E M P E R A T U R E ( E C T ) S E N S O R 1
M A S S AIR F L O W (MAF) S E N S O R a n d
I N T A K E A I R T E M P E R A T U R E ff A T } S E N S O R
C R A N K S H A F T POSITION (CKP) S E N S O R
K N O C K SIEfiSQH
C A M S H A F T POSITION ICMP1 S E N S O R B
C A M S H A F T POSITION fCMP) SENSOR A
THROTTLE BODY
INJECTOR
FUEL P R E S S U R E REGULATOR
F U E L FILTER
FUEL P U M P
FUELTANK
AIR CLEANER
INTAKE AIR RESONATOR
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PV| V A L V E
W A R M UP THREE W A Y CATALYTIC CONVERTER |WUTWC)
UNDER-FLOOR THREE W A Y CATALYTIC CONVERTER (TWC)
E V A P O R A T I V E E M I S S I O N (EVAPJ C A N I S T E R P U R G E V A L V E
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER
E V A P O R A T I V E E M I S S I O N (EVAP) CANISTER
VENT SHUT VALVE
F U E L T A N K P R E S S U R E (FTP) S E N S O R
FUEL T A N K VAPOR CONTROL V A L V E
(cont'd)
11-23

ECM/PCM inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( ) (48P)

N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a b o u t 12 V .
Wire color
Terminal name
RED
V B S O L (POWER S O U R C E
FOR S O L E N O I D V A L V E S )
C A N H (CAN
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
HIGH)
C A N ! (CAN
LOW)
FANC (RADIATOR FAN
CONTROL)
M R L Y (PGM-FI M A I N
R E L A Y 1)
WHT
RED
YEL
RED/BLK
YEL/BLK
10
11
BLK
RED
15
PUR
16
GRY
* 1:A/T
11-24
IGP (POWER S O U R C E )
SG6 (SENSOR GROUND)
VSV (EVAPORATIVE
E M I S S I O N (EVAP)
CANISTER V E N T S H U T
VALVE)
A C C (A/C C O M P R E S S O R
C L U T C H RELAY)
IMOFPR ( I M M O B I L I Z E R
FUEL P U M P RELAY)
Description
Signal
Power source for solenoid

valves
Sends communication
signal
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (li): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
Sends communication
signal
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s ( a b o u t 2.5 V )
D r i v e s r a d i a t o r f a n relay
With
With
With
With
D r i v e s PGM-FI m a i n relay 1
P o w e r s o u r c e f o r DTC
memory
Power source for ECM/PCM
circuit
Sensor g r o u n d
Drives EVAP canister v e n t
shut valve
Drives A/C c o m p r e s s o r
clutch-relay
D r i v e s PGM-FI m a i n r e l a y 2
(FUEL P U M P )
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s ( a b o u t 2.5 V)
radiator
radiator
ignition
ignition
fan running: about 0 V

fan stopped: battery voltage
s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
s w i t c h OFF: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
W i t h , i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h c o m p r e s s o r ON:' a b o u t 0 V
W i t h c o m p r e s s o r OFF: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
A b o u t 0 V f o r 2 seconds after t u r n i n g Ignition switch
O N (II), t h e n b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
With engine running: about 0 V
ECM/PCM Inputs and Oytpyts at Connector A O
(49P)
Terminal side of female-terminals

N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e Is a b o u t 12 V .
Wire color
number
18
19
YEL
ORM
T u r i n i n n ! nand
A P S A (ACCELERATOR
P E D A L P O S I T I O N (APP)
SENSOR A)
A P S B (ACCELERATOR
S E N S O R B)
20
YEL
VCC6 ( S E N S O R VOLTAGE)
21
WHT
22
RED/YEL
23
PNK
E T C S R L Y (ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE CONTROL
S Y S T E M (ETCS) C O N T R O L
BELAY)
S U B R L Y (AIR FUEL R A T I O
(A/F) S E N S O R R E L A Y !
P S P S W (POWER S T E E R I N G
PRESSURE S W I T C H
SIGNAL)
24
BLU/SLK
E L D (ELECTRICAL L O A D
DETECTOR (ELD))
Description
Signal
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r
p r e s s e d : a b o u t 4.8 V
' W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (I!) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r
r e l e a s e d : a b o u t 1,0 V
D e t e c t s A P P s e n s o r B-signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r
p r e s s e d : a b o u t 2.4 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h ON'(II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r
r e l e a s e d : a b o u t 0.5 V
W i t h I g n i t i o n switch" O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
Provides sensor reference
voltage
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
Drives electronic throttle
c o n t r o l s y s t e m (ETCS)
control relay
Detects APP sensor A signal
pedal
pedal
pedal
pedal
Drives A/F sensor relay
D e t e c t s PSP s w i t c h s i g n a l
A t idle w i t h s t e e r i n g w h e e l i n s t r a i g h t a h e a d
position: about 0 V
A t idle w i t h s t e e r i n g - w h e e l at f u l l lock:
battery voltaqe
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 . 1 - 4 . 8 V
( d e p e n d i n g o n electrical l o a d )
D e t e c t s ELD s i g n a l
(cont'd)
11-25

ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( ) (49P)
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
N O T E : S t a n d a r d battery voltage is about 12 V.
Terminal nam
Terminal
Wire color
25
BRN
VCC5 (SENSOR VOLTAGE)
26
RED
27
LTGRN
FTP (FUEL T A N K
PRESSURE (FTP) S E N S O R )
S L S (SHIFT L O C K
SOLENOID)
NEP (ENGINE S P E E D
SIGNAL)
V S S O U T (VEHICLE S P E E D
SIGNAL OUTPUT)
S C S (SERVICE CHECK
SIGNAL)
28"
PNK
29
BLU
30
BLU
32
ORN
34
YEL/RED
35
36
*1:A/T
11-26
GRN
BLU
ECT2 ( E N G I N E C O O L A N T
T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT)
S E N S O R 2)
SG5 (SENSOR GROUND)
SG4 (SENSOR GROUND)
Description
voltage
voltage
Detects F T P s e n s o r signal
Drives shift lock s o l e n o i d
Outputs engine speed
signal
Sends vehicle speed signal
D e t e c t s s e r v i c e check s i g n a l
Detects ECT s e n s o r 2 s i g n a l
Sensor ground
Sensor ground
Signal
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
With ignition switch O N (SI): a b o u t 5.0 V
With i g n i t i o n switch O N (II) a n d f u e l f i l l c a p
r e m o v e d : a b o u t 2.5 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n switch O N (II), in P, b r a k e p e d a l
p r e s s e d , and accelerator r e l e a s e d : about 0 V
With engine running: pulses
Depending on vehicle s p e e d : p u l s e s
With s e r v i c e c h e c k signal shorted u s i n g t h e H D S :
about 0 V
W i t h s e r v i c e c h e c k s i g n a l o p e n e d : a b o u t 5.0 V
With ignition s w i t c h O N (II): about 0 . 1 - 4 . 8 V
(depending on engine coolant temperature)
Less t h a n 0.5 V at ail t i m e s
L e s s than 0.5 V a t all t i m e s
ECM/PCM inputs and Outputs at Connector A { ) I49P)

MOTE: S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e Is a b o u t 12 V .
Terminal
numbm
41
W i r e TOlor
42
LTGRN
43'
ORM
BRN
44
BED
46
LTGRN
Terminal name
Description
Signal
B K S W N C ( B R A K E PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH)
Detects brake p e d a l
position switch signal
B K S W (BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH)
C R M T C L S (CRUISE
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION
SWITCH SIGNAL)
Detects brake pedal

Detects clutch pedal
W E N (WRITE E N A B L E
SIGNAL)
S - N E T 5 V (SERIAL
C O M M U N I C A T I O N FOR
IMMOBILIZER)
Detects w r i t e enable signal
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (11) a n d b r a k e p e d a l
released: battery voltage
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d b r a k e p e d a !
p r e s s e d : a b o u t 0 V...
W i t h brake pedal released: a b o u t 0 V
W i t h brake pedal pressed: battery voltaae
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II)- a n d c l u t c h p e d a l
released' about 0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d c l u t c h p e d a l
p r e s s e d : b a t t e r y voltageW i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
S e n d s serial
communication signal
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h ON'(II): p u l s e s
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h OFF: a b o u t 5.0 V
(confd)
11-27

ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B ( A ) (49P)
Terminal side of f e m a l e terminals

SMOTE: S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a b o u t 12 V.
Terminal
number
1
Wlre color
YEL/BLU
PCS ( E V A P O R A T I V E
E M I S S I O N (EVAP)
CANISTER PURGE VALVE)
BLK/WHT
YEL/RED
S02SHTC (SECONDARY
HEATED O X Y G E N SENSOR
(SECONDARY H02S)
HEATER ( S E N S O R 2))
O P S W (OIL P R E S S U R E '
SWITCH)
OP2SW (2ND CLUTCH
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID
PRESSURE S W I T C H )
O P 3 S W (3RD C L U T C H
PRESSURE S W I T C H )
PG1 (POWER G R O U N D )
BLK
T e r m i n a l nam
Description
PG2 (POWER G R O U N D )
G r o u n d circuit for ECM/

PCM
Drives EVAP canister purge
valve
Drives secondary H 0 2 S
h e a t e r ( s e n s o r 2)
11-
BLU/BLK
S H A (SHIFT S O L E N O I D
VALVE A)
Detects engine oil pressure

signal
Detects 2 n d c l u t c h
transmission fluid pressure
switch input
Detects 3 r d c l u t c h
switch Input
G r o u n d circuit for ECM/
PCM
Drives shift solenoid
valve A
12-
GRN/WHT
S H B (SHIFT S O L E N O I D
V A L V E B)

valve B
13-
RED/BLK
ATPN (TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H N)
14'-
BLU/BLK
15-
WHT
ATPP (TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H P)
ATPR ( T R A N S M I S S I O N
R A N G E S W I T C H R)
16-
RED
Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range
switch N position signal
Input
Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
P position signal input
Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e '
switch R position signal
Input
switch D3 position signal
Input
8*
BLU/RED
9*
10-
* 1:A/T
11-28
BLU/WHT
BLK
ATPD3 (TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H D3)
Signal
i
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g , e n g i n e c o o l a n t b e l o w 131 F
(55 C): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g , e n g i n e c o o l a n t a b o v e 131 T
(55 <C): d u t y c o n t r o l l e d
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (IS): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
-With fully w a r m e d up engine running:
duty controlled
W i t h Ignition switch O N : about 0 V
With enqine running: battery voltage
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II):
W i t h o u t 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e : a b o u t 5.0 V
W i t h 2nd clutch pressure: about 0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (SI):
W i t h o u t 3 r d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e : a b o u t 5.0 V
W i t h 3rd clutch pressure: about 0 V
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in R, D (In 1st, 4th a n d 5 t h
gears) D3 (In 1st), a n d 1: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, N, D, a n d D 3 (in 2 n d a n d
3 r d gears) a n d 2: a b o u t 0 V
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g In P R, N, D, a n d D 3 (in 1st a n d
2 n d g e a r s ) , 2, a n d 1: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in D (In 3 r d , 4 t h , 5 t h g e a r s ) , D3
(In 3 r d g e a r ) , 2 a n d 1: a b o u t 0 V
In N: about 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n N: a b o u t 5.0 V
f
In
In
In
in
P: a b o u t 0 V
a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n P: a b o u t 5.0 V
R: a b o u t 0 V
a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n R: a b o u t 5.0 V
In D3: a b o u t 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D3: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (^) (49P)

N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a b o u t 12 V.
Wire color
number
17*'
Tsfiniiial nam
GRN/RED
ATP2-1 ( T R A N S M I S S I O N
R A N G E S W I T C H 2-1)
WHT/RED
M M (INPUT SHAFT
( M A I N S H A F T ) SPEED
SENSOR)
V C C 2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE)
S H C (SHIFT S O L E N O I D
V A L V E C)
2V
YEL/BLU
GRN
22
YEL/GRN
ATPD (TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H D)
23^
RED/WHT
ATPRVS (TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H RVS)
24
RED/WHT
ECT1 ( E N G I N E C O O L A N T
T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT)
S E N S O R 1)
S H E (SHIFT S O L E N O I D
V A L V E E)
w
%
25"
YEL
LSC ( A / T C L U T C H
PRESSURE C O N T R O L
SOLENOID VALVE Q
S H D (SHIFT S O L E N O I D
V A L V E D)
Description
s w i t c h 2-1 p o s i t i o n s i g n a l
input
Detects i n p u t shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor
signal
Provides sensor voltage
valve C
switch D position signal
input
s w i t c h RVS p o s i t i o n s i g n a l
input
Detects ECT s e n s o r 1 s i g n a l

valve E
26"
BLU/YEL
Drives A/T clutch pressure

control solenoid valve C
27"
GRN/RED
28"
RED/YEL
T A T F (ATF T E M P E R A T U R E
SENSOR) "
Detects A T F t e m p e r a t u r e
signal
29"
BLU/YEL
ATPFWD {TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH FWD)
switch FWD position signal
. Drives shift solenoid

valve D
Signal
In 2 a n d 1 : a b o u t 0 V
Sn a n y p o s i t i o n "other t h a n 2 a n d 1: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t O V
W i t h e n g i n e i d l i n g i n N p o s i t i o n : a b o u t 2.5 V
W i t h i a n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (If): a b o u t 5.0 V
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n N, D (in 1 s t
3 r d , a n d 5 t h g e a r s ) , D3 (in I s l a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) , a n d 1:
battery voltage
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, R, D (in 2 n d a n d 4 t h
g e a r s ) , D3 (in 2 n d a e a r ) , a n d 2: a b o u t 0 V
In D: a b o u t 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
In R: a b o u t 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n R: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 . 1 - 4 . 8 V
(depending on engine coolant temperature)
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in P a n d R: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in R (Reverse i n h i b i t in R), N D,
D3 (in 1st gear),.2, a n d 1 : a b o u t 0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
f
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n D (in 2 n d a n d 5 t h g e a r s ) , D 3
(in 2 n d g e a r ) , a n d 2 : b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, R, N, D (in 1st, 3 r d a n d 4th
g e a r s ) , D3 (in 1st a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) , a n d 1 : a b o u t 0V
( a b o u t 1.8 V at o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e )
(depending on ATF temperature)
In D, D 3 , a n d 2 p o s i t i o n s : a b o u t 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D, D3, a n d 2:
battery voltage
... ... ,
* 1:A/T
(cont'd)
11-29

System Description (cont'd!
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B f A ) (49P)
3
PG2
11
"
S02S
12
SHB
ATPD RVS ECT1
_PG1_
IF
7
P
2T
NM VCC2
2zl
26""
34
i AT V G -
SG2
48
ALTC ALU, ALTF.
LSB
SHC
LSC SHD TATF
SHE
32
10
OPSW
LSA

N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e Is a b o u t 12 V .
Terminal
number
31
W i r e color
Terminal name
RED/BLK
32
RED/YEL
33
BLK/BLU
34
35
GRN/BLK
GRN/YEL
V G + ( M A S S AIR FLOW (MAF) S E N S O R - f SIDE)

SAT ( I N T A K E A I R
T E M P E R A T U R E (IAT)
SENSOR)
V G ( M A S S AIR FLOW
(MAF) SENSOR - S I D E )
SG2 (SENSOR G R O U N D )
V T S ( V T S A ) * (ROCKER A R M OIL C O N T R O L
SOLENOID (A)* )
S H 0 2 S (SECONDARY
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(SECONDARY H02S)
S E N S O R 2)
NC (OUTPUT SHAFT
( C O U N T E R S H A F T ) SPEED
SENSOR)
LSB ( A / T C L U T C H "
S O L E N O I D V A L V E B)
V T P S W B (ROCKER A R M
OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H B)
ALTC (ALTERNATOR
CONTROL)
ALTL (ALTERNATOR L
SIGNAL)
A L T F ( A L T E R N A T O R FR
SIGNAL)
LSA (A/T CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE A)
2
Description
Signal
Detects M A F s e n s o r s i g n a l
A t Idle: a b o u t 1.3 V
Detects l A T s e n s o r s i g n a l
( a b o u t 1.8 V a t n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e )
Ground f o r M A F sensor
signal
Sensor ground
Drives rocker a r m oil
control solenoid ( A ) ' '

A t Idle: a b o u t 0 V
36
WHT/RED
38
BLK/WHT
BRN
40"
43
< 2
BLU
45
WHT/GRN
46
WHT/BLU
47
WHT/RED
48-
RED/BLK
* 1:A/T
* 2: PZEV m o d e l
11-30
Detects s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( s e n s o r 2) s i g n a l
W i t h t h r o t t l e f u l l y o p e n e d f r o m idle w i t h f u l l y
w a r m e d u p e n g i n e : a b o v e 0.8 V
W h i l e t h r o t t l e q u i c k l y c l o s e d : b e l o w 0.1 V
Detects o u t p u t s h a f t
(countershaft) speed sensor
signal
Drives A / T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve B
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (SI): a b o u t 0 V o r 5.0 V
W h i l e driving: pulses
Detects r o c k e r a r m o i l
pressure switch B signal
Sends alternator control
signal
Detects a l t e r n a t o r L s i g n a l
A t idle: about 0 V
Detects a l t e r n a t o r FR s i g n a l '
control solenoid valve A
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t controSSed
"
W i t h f u l l y w a r m e d u p e n g i n e r u n n i n g : a b o u t 7.5 V
( d e p e n d i n g o n efectiicaS Soad)
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (IS): a b o u t 0 V
W i t h engine running: battery voltage
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g : a b o u t 0.52.7 V
( d e p e n d i n g o n electrical l o a d )
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector-C (O) (49P)

Terminal
number
1
Wire color
BLK
GRN/YEL
BLU/RED
5
6
7
8
9
BRN
RED
BLU
GRN
10
11
BLK/RED
GRN/RED
12
BLU
I G 1 E T C S (IGNITION
SIGNAL ETCS)
P G M E T C S (POWER
G R O U N D ETCS)
ETC S M ( T H R O T T L E
ACTUATOR - S I D E )
E T C S M - f (THROTTLE '
ACTUATOR +S1DE)
1NJ1 ( N o , 1 I N J E C T O R )
INJ2 ( N o , 2 INJECTOR)
INJ3 ( N o , 3 I N J E C T O R )
INJ4 ( N o . 4 I N J E C T O R )
A F S H T C (AIR F U E L R A T I O
(A/F) S E N S O R HEATER
C O N T R O L ( S E N S O R 11)
IG1 ( I G N I T I O N S I G N A L )
MAP (MANIFOLD
A B S O L U T E PRESSURE
(MAP) SENSOR)
13
YEURED
14
15
GRN/WHT
YEL/GRN
18
BLU/RED
17
WBT/BLO
18
BRN
20
RED/BLK
21
RED/BLU
I6PL51 (No. 1 IGNITION
COIL PULSE)
IGPLS2 (No. 2 I G N I T I O N
COIL PULSE)
IGPLS3 ( N o . 3 I G N I T I O N
COIL PULSE)
IGPLS4 ( N o . 4 I G N I T I O N
COIL PULSE)
TPSA (THROTTLE
P O S I T I O N (TP) S E N S O R A )
T P S B (THROTTLE
P O S I T I O N (TP) S E N S O R B)
YEl/GRN
YEL
Terminal name
Description
Signal
Detects ignition signal
G r o u n d circuit f o r E C M /
PCM
Ground for throttle actuator

Drives throttle actuator
Drives N o , 1 injector
Drives N o . 2 injector
D r i v e s N o . 3 injector
Drives N o . 4 injector
Drives A/F sensor heater
( s e n s o r 1)
A t idle: d u t y controlled
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h ON (II): battery v o l t a g e
W i t h fully w a r m e d u p engine r u n n i n g : pulses
Detects i g n i t i o n s i q n a !
Detects M A P sensor signal
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (Sf): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 3.0 V
A t i d l e : a b o u t 1.0 V ( d e p e n d i n g o n e n g i n e s p e e d )

voltage
voltage
Sensor ground
Drives N o . 1 ignition coil
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5,0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (If): a b o u t 5,0 V
W i t h engine r u n n i n g : pulses

Drives No. 4 ignition coil
Detects TP sensor A signal
Detects TP sensor B signal
With
With
With
With
throttle
throttle
throttle
throttle
fully
fully
fully
fully
o p e n : a b o u t 3.9 V
c l o s e d : a b o u t 0.8 V
o p e n : a b o u t 4.1 V
d o s e d : a b o u t .1.7 V
(confd)
11-31

ECIVI/PC1V1 Inputs and Outputs at Connector C (O) (49P)

Terminal
- number
22
Wire color
BLU/BLK
Terminal name
Description
VTPSW ( V T P S W A P
(ROCKER A R M OIL
PRESSURE S W I T C H (A)* }
V T C (VTC OIL C O N T R O L
SOLENOID VALVE)
V T S B (ROCKER A R M OIL
C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D B)
A F S + (AIR FUEL R A T I O
(A/F) S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1)
+SIDE)
A F S (AIR FUEL R A T I O
(A/F) S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1)
-SIDE)
CSVfPB ( C A M S H A F T
P O S I T I O N (CMP) S E N S O R
B)
CKP ( C R A N K S H A F T
P O S I T I O N (CKP) S E N S O R )
M C S (ENGINE M O U N T
CONTROL SOLENOID"
VALVE)
SG3 (SENSOR GROUND)
L G 1 (LOGIC G R O U N D )
Signal
Detects r o c k e r a r m o i l
pressure switch (A)* signal
A t idle: a b o u t 0 V
D r i v e s V T C oil c o n t r o l
solenoid valve
Drives rocker a r m oil
control solenoid B
Detects A / F s e n s o r
Detects A/F sensor

A t i d l e : a b o u t 1.8 V
Detects C M P s e n s o r B
signal
BLU/WHT
23
24*
GRN/RED
29
RED
30
RED/YEL
31
GRN
32
BLU/YEL
40
BLU/YEL
43
44
GRN
BRN/YEL
45
BLU/WHT
46
48
RED/BLU
BRN/YEL
* 2: PZEV m o d e l
11-32
CMPA (CAMSHAFT
P O S I T I O N (CMP) S E N S O R
A)
KS ( K N O C K S E N S O R )
LG2 (LOGIC G R O U N D )
A t idle: about 0 V
A t idle: a b o u t 2.2 V
Detects CKP s e n s o r s i g n a l
Drives engine m o u n t
control solenoid
A t idle: about 0 V
A b o v e idle: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
Sensor ground
G r o u n d circuit for E C M /
PCM
Detects C M P s e n s o r A
signal

Detects k n o c k s e n s o r s i g n a l
G r o u n d circuit for E C M /
PCM
W i t h engine knocking: pulses

PGMffl System
T h e p r o g r a m m e d f u e l Injection ( P G M - F I ) s y s t e m Is a
s e q u e n t i a l rnu Iff port fuel injection s y s t e m .
Air C o n d i m m m g J A / C ) C o m p r e s s o r C l y t c h Relay
W h e n t h e E C M / P C M r e c e i v e s a demand
for c o o l i n g
f r o m the A / C s y s t e m , It d e l a y s the c o m p r e s s o r f r o m
b e i n g e n e r g i z e d , a n d e n r i c h e s t h e m i x t u r e to a s s u r e
s m o o t h t r a n s i t i o n to t h e A / C m o d e .
Crankshaft Position (CKP) S e n s o r

T h e C K P s e n s o r d e t e c t s c r a n k s h a f t s p e e d a n d is u s e d b y
the E C M / P C M to d e t e r m i n e ignition t i m i n g , t i m i n g f o r
the fuel injection of e a c h c y l i n d e r , a n d e n g i n e m i s f i r e
detection.
TERMINAL
O-RING
MAGWET
Ah Fuel R a t i o f A/Ff S e n s o r
T h e A / F s e n s o r o p e r a t e s o v e r a w i d e air/fuel r a n g e . T h e
A / F s e n s o r i s i n s t a l l e d u p s t r e a m of the W U - T W C , a n d
s e n d s s i g n a l s to the E C M / P C M w h i c h v a r i e s the
duration of fuel Injection a c c o r d i n g l y .
SENSOR
TERMINALS
Engine Coolant Temperatyre (ECT) S e n s o r s 1 a n d 2

E C T s e n s o r s 1 a n d 2 are t e m p e r a t u r e d e p e n d e n t
r e s i s t o r s (thermistors).. T h e r e s i s t a n c e d e c r e a s e s a s the
engine coolant temperature increases.
THERMISTOR
B a r o m e t r i c P r e s s u r e IBAROI Sensor
T h e B A R O s e n s o r i s i n s i d e the ECM/PCM. ft c o n v e r t s
a t m o s p h e r i c p r e s s u r e into a v o l t a g e s i g n a l that
m o d i f i e s t h e b a s i c d u r a t i o n of t h e fuel Infection
discharge,
C a m s h a f t P o s i t i o n ( C M P ) Sensor B
C M P s e n s o r B d e t e c t s the position of the No. 1 c y l i n d e r
a s a r e f e r e n c e for s e q u e n t i a l fuel Injection to e a c h
cylinder.
TERMINAL
O-RING
TERMINAL
O-RING
Ignition T i m i n g C o n t r o l
T h e E C M / P C M c o n t a i n s the m e m o r y for b a s i c ignition
t i m i n g at v a r i o u s e n g i n e s p e e d s a n d m a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e
p r e s s u r e s . It a l s o a d j u s t s t h e t i m i n g a c c o r d i n g to e n g i n e
c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e a n d intake air t e m p e r a t u r e .
Injector T i m i n g a n d D u r a t i o n
T h e E C M / P C M c o n t a i n s the m e m o r y for b a s i c d i s c h a r g e
duration at v a r i o u s e n g i n e s p e e d s a n d m a n i f o l d
p r e s s u r e s . T h e b a s i c d i s c h a r g e d u r a t i o n , after b e i n g
r e a d out f r o m the m e m o r y , is further m o d i f i e d by
s i g n a l s s e n t f r o m v a r i o u s s e n s o r s to obtain t h e final
discharge duration.
B y m o n i t o r i n g long t e r m fuel t r i m , the E C M / P C M c a n
IVIAGMET
detect long t e r m m a l f u n c t i o n s in the fuel s y s t e m a n d

s e t D T C s ( d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e s ) If n e e d e d .
(cont'd)
11-33

Knock Sensor
T h e knock control s y s t e m a d j u s t s the ignition t i m i n g to
m i n i m i z e knock.
TERMINAL
PIEZO
ELEMENT
DIAPHRAGM
Manifold A b s o l u t e P r e s s u r e (MAP} S e n s o r
M a l f u n c t i o n Indicator L a m p (MIL) I n d i c a t i o n (In r e l a t i o n

to Readiness Codes}
T h e v e h i c l e h a s certain r e a d i n e s s c o d e s that are part of
the o n - b o a r d d i a g n o s t i c s for the e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m s . If
the v e h i c l e ' s battery h a s b e e n d i s c o n n e c t e d or g o n e
d e a d , if D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or if the E C M / P C M h a s
b e e n r e s e t t h e s e c o d e s a r e r e s e t . In s o m e s t a t e s , part
of t h e e m i s s i o n s testing is to m a k e s u r e t h e s e c o d e s a r e
s e t to c o m p l e t e . If all of t h e m a r e not s e t to c o m p l e t e ,
t h e v e h i c l e m a y fail the test, or the test c a n n o t be
finished.
T o c h e c k if the r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e s e t to c o m p l e t e ,
turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), but do not start the
e n g i n e . T h e M I L will c o m e on for 1520 s e c o n d s . If it
t h e n g o e s off, t h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s are c o m p l e t e . If it
f l a s h e s five t i m e s , o n e or m o r e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e not
c o m p l e t e . T o s e t e a c h c o d e , d r i v e the v e h i c l e or run the
e n g i n e a s d e s c r i b e d in t h e p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 11-62).
T h e MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressures

into e l e c t r i c a l s i g n a l s to t h e . E C M / P C M .
IViass A i r F l o w ( M A F ) S e n s o r / I n t a k e A i r T e m p e r a t u r e
(IAT! S e n s o r
T h e m a s s asr f l o w ( M A F ) s e n s o r / i n t a k e asr t e m p e r a t u r e
(IAT) s e n s o r c o n t a i n s a hot w i r e s e n s o r , a c o l d w i r e
s e n s o r , a n d a t h e r m i s t o r . It is l o c a t e d in the intake asr
p a s s a g e . T h e r e s i s t a n c e of the hot w i r e s e n s o r , the c o l d
w i r e s e n s o r , a n d t h e t h e r m i s t o r c h a n g e s d u e to intake
air t e m p e r a t u r e a n d air flow. T h e control circuit in the
M A F s e n s o r c o n t r o l s t h e c u r r e n t to k e e p the hot w i r e at
a s e t t e m p e r a t u r e . T h e c u r r e n t is c o n v e r t e d to v o l t a g e
in the control circuit, t h e n output to the E C M / P C M .
O-RING
I A T SEIMSOR
(THERMISTOR!
COLD WIRE
SENSOR
11-34
O y t p y t Shaft (Countershaft) S p e e d S e n s o r
This sensor detects countershaft speed.
Electron! Throttle Control System

T h e throttle is e l e c t r o n i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d by t h e e l e c t r o n i c
throttle control s y s t e m . R e f e r to the s y s t e m d i a g r a m to
s e e a f u n c t i o n a l layout of the s y s t e m .
Idle control: W h e n the e n g i n e Is Idling, the E C M / P C M
c o n t r o l s t h e throttle actuator to m a i n t a i n the p r o p e r Idle
s p e e d a c c o r d i n g to e n g i n e l o a d s .
A c c e l e r a t i o n control: W h e n the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal Is
p r e s s e d , the E C M / P C M o p e n s the throttle v a l v e
d e p e n d i n g o n the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l p o s i t i o n (APP}
sensor signal.
O-RIIMGS
M/T
model shown
Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor fSecondary H02SI

T h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S d e t e c t s t h e o x y g e n c o n t e n t In the
e x h a u s t g a s d o w n s t r e a m of t h e w a r m u p t h r e e w a y
catalytic c o n v e r t e r ( W U - T W C ) , a n d s e n d s s i g n a l s to the
E C M / P C M w h i c h v a r i e s t h e d u r a t i o n of fuel injection
a c c o r d i n g l y . T o stabilize its output, t h e s e n s o r h a s a n
internal h e a t e r . T h e E C M / P C M c o m p a r e s t h e H 0 2 S
output w i t h t h e A / F s e n s o r output to d e t e r m i n e c a t a l y s t
efficiency. T h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S i s i n s t a l l e d
d o w n s t r e a m of t h e W U - T W C .
C r u i s e control: T h e E C M / P C M c o n t r o l s the throttle

a c t u a t o r to m a i n t a i n s e t s p e e d w h e n the c r u i s e control
i s o p e r a t i n g . T h e throttle a c t u a t o r t a k e s t h e p l a c e of t h e
c r u i s e control actuator.
A c c e l e r a t o r P e d a l P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r
A s t h e a c c e l e r a t o r pedal position c h a n g e s , t h e s e n s o r
v a r i e s t h e s i g n a l v o l t a g e to t h e E C M / P C M .
HEATER
TERMINALS
(cont'd)
11-35

Throttle Body'
T h e throttle b o d y Is a s i n g l e - b a r r e l s i d e draft t y p e . T h e
l o w e r portion of the throttle v a l v e is h e a t e d by e n g i n e
c o o l a n t f r o m the c y l i n d e r h e a d to p r e v e n t icing of the
throttle plate.
Fuel Supply System

F u e l Cutoff C o n t r o l
During d e c e l e r a t i o n w i t h t h e throttle v a l v e c l o s e d ,
c u r r e n t to t h e i n j e c t o r s is c u t off to i m p r o v e fuel
e c o n o m y at e n g i n e s p e e d s o v e r 850 r p m (A/T) or
1,000 r p m | M / T ) . F u e l cutoff a l s o o c c u r s w h e n t h e
e n g i n e s p e e d e x c e e d s 7,000 r p m ( L X ) or 7,300 r p m ( E X ) ,
r e g a r d l e s s of t h e position of t h e throttle v a l v e , to
protect the e n g i n e f r o m o v e r - r e v v i n g . W h e n t h e v e h i c l e
is s t o p p e d , the E C M / P C M c u t s the fuel at e n g i n e s p e e d s
o v e r 5,000 r p m ( A / T ) , 7,000 r p m ( L X M/T), or 7,100 r p m
( E X M/T). T h e e n g i n e s p e e d of fuel cut is l o w e r o n a
cold engine.
Fyel P o m p Gootrol
Idle Control System

W h e n the e n g i n e is c o l d , the A / C c o m p r e s s o r is o n , the
t r a n s m i s s i o n is in g e a r , t h e brake pedal is p r e s s e d , the
p o w e r s t e e r i n g load is h i g h , or the alternator is
c h a r g i n g , the E C M / P C M c o n t r o l s c u r r e n t t o the throttle
actuator to m a i n t a i n t h e c o r r e c t idle s p e e d .
Brake Pedal Position S w i t c h
T h e brake pedal position s w i t c h s i g n a l s the E C M / P C M
w h e n the brake p e d a l is p r e s s e d .
Power Steering Pressure (PSP) S w i t c h
T h e P S P s w i t c h s i g n a l s the E C M / P C M w h e n the p o w e r
s t e e r i n g load is h i g h .
11-36
W h e n the ignition s w i t c h is.turned to O N (II), the E C M /

P C M g r o u n d s P G M - F I m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) w h i c h
f e e d s c u r r e n t to the fuel p u m p for 2 s e c o n d s to
p r e s s u r i z e t h e fuel s y s t e m . W i t h t h e e n g i n e r u n n i n g , the
E C M / P C M grounds PGM-FI main relay 2 ( F U E L PUMP)
a n d f e e d s c u r r e n t to the fuel p u m p , W h e n the e n g i n e is
not r u n n i n g a n d t h e ignition is O N (II), the E C M / P C M
c u t s g r o u n d to P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) w h i c h
c u t s c u r r e n t to the fuel p u m p .
PGM-FI Main Relay 1 and 2
P G M - F I m a i n relay 1 i s e n e r g i z e d w h e n e v e r the ignition
s w i t c h is O N (II) to s u p p l y battery v o l t a g e to the E C M /
P C M , p o w e r to. the i n j e c t o r s , a n d p o w e r for P G M - F I
m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) . P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L
P U M P ) is e n e r g i z e d to s u p p l y p o w e r to the fuel p u m p
for 2 s e c o n d s w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to
O N (II), a n d w h e n the e n g i n e is c r a n k i n g or r u n n i n g .
i-VTEC
* T h e i - V T E C system- h a s a v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) m e c h a n i s m - o n the intake c a m s h a f t in addition to the
usual V T E C .
T h i s s y s t e m I m p r o v e s fuel efficiency a n d r e d u c e s e x h a u s t e m i s s i o n s at all l e v e l s of e n g i n e s p e e d , v e h i c l e s p e e d ,
a n d engine load,
* T h e V T E C s y s t e m c h a n g e s the intake v a l v e lift a n d t i m i n g by u s i n g m o r e t h a n o n e c a m profile.
* P Z E V m o d e l ; T h e V T E C s y s t e m p a u s e s o n e s i d e of the e x h a u s t v a l v e s in addition to c h a n g i n g the intake v a l v e lift
and timing.
* T h e V T C s y s t e m c h a n g e s the p h a s e of the intake c a m s h a f t via oil p r e s s u r e . It c h a n g e s the intake v a l v e t i m i n g
continuously.
LOW
L
0
@
v
t
^ _
Driving Condition
Light-load
Medium/high-load
High s p e e d
ENGINE SPEED
V T C Control
B a s e Position
A d v a n c e Control
A d v a n c e - B a s e Position
HIGH
D@Sfiption
F o r s t a b l e c o m b u s t i o n the c a m a n g l e is r e t a r d e d , a n d
r e d u c e s t h e entry of e x h a u s t g a s Into the c y l i n d e r .
C a m p h a s e a n g l e is c o n t r o l l e d to optimize v a l v e
t i m i n g , i m p r o v i n g fuel efficiency a n d r e d u c i n g
emissions.
T o r e d u c e p u m p i n g l o s s , the intake v a l v e is c l o s e d
quickly. T h i s g i v e s the air/fuel m i x t u r e a c h a r g i n g
effect that h e l p s to m a x i m i z e e n g i n e p o w e r .
(cont'd)
11-37

VTC System
* T h e V T C s y s t e m m a k e s c o n t i n u o u s Intake v a l v e t i m i n g c h a n g e s b a s e d on o p e r a t i n g c o n d i t i o n s .
I n t a k e v a l v e t i m i n g Is o p t i m i z e d to a l l o w the e n g i n e to p r o d u c e m a x i m u m p o w e r .
* C a m a n g l e is a d v a n c e d to obtain the E G R effect a n d r e d u c e p u m p i n g l o s s . T h e Intake v a l v e is c l o s e d q u i c k l y to
r e d u c e the entry of the air/fuel m i x t u r e Into the intake port a n d I m p r o v e the c h a r g i n g effect.
* T h e s y s t e m r e d u c e s the c a m a d v a n c e at Idle, s t a b i l i z e s c o m b u s t i o n , a n d r e d u c e s e n g i n e s p e e d .
* If a m a l f u n c t i o n o c c u r s , the V T C s y s t e m control is d i s a b l e d a n d the v a l v e t i m i n g is f i x e d at the fully r e t a r d e d p o s i t i o n .
11-38
VTC Systein Diagram

T h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n t r o l s oil p r e s s u r e to the a d v a n c e c h a m b e r / r e t a r d c h a m b e r of the V T C actuator
a c c o r d i n g to a s i g n a l f r o m the E C M / P C M . W h e n the V T C actuator v a n e s rotate to t h e a d v a n c e or retard position, t h e
intake c a m s h a f t t i m i n g i s c h a n g e d .
C M P s e n s o r A d e t e c t s the intake c a m s h a f t a n g l e a n d s e n d s the information to t h e E C M / P C M . T h e E C M / P C M c o n t r o l s
t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e a s the intake c a m s h a f t a n g l e c h a n g e s .
VAWE ROTATION
From
OIL
PUMP
(confd)
11-39

V T E C System
I n t a k e waive s i d e (All m o d e l s !
T h e V T E C s y s t e m c h a n g e s t h e c a m profile to c o r r e s p o n d to e n g i n e s p e e d . It m a x i m i z e s t o r q u e at Sow e n g i n e s p e e d
a n d output at high e n g i n e s p e e d .
T h e l o w lift c a m is u s e d a t l o w e n g i n e s p e e d s , a n d t h e high lift c a m is u s e d at high e n g i n e s p e e d s .
T h e rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d (rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A ) s w i t c h e s the Intake v a l v e s i d e of t h e V T E C
s y s t e m o n a n d off; t h e s o l e n o i d Is c o n t r o l l e d b y the E C M / P C M .
T h e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A ) detects V T E C s y s t e m oil p r e s s u r e (intake v a l v e
s i d e ) a n d s e n d s t h i s I n f o r m a t i o n to t h e E C M / P C M .
E x h a u s t waive s i d e ( P Z E V m o d e l )
T h e V T E C s y s t e m s w i t c h e s t h e o p e r a t i o n of o n e of t h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s to p a u s e a n d lift t h e v a l v e .
A t Idle a n d l o w e n g i n e s p e e d , o n e s i d e of t h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s Is p a u s e d , a n d t h e v a l v e lifts w h e n t h e e n g i n e s p e e d
g o e s up.
T h e s y s t e m r e d u c e s h y d r o c a r b o n s ( H Q e x h a u s t e m i s s i o n s at l o w e n g i n e s p e e d .
R o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B s w i t c h e s t h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s i d e of t h e V T E C s y s t e m o n a n d off; t h e s o l e n o i d Is
c o n t r o l l e d by the P C M .
R o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B detects t h e V T E C s y s t e m oil p r e s s u r e ( e x h a u s t v a l v e s i d e ) , a n d s e n d s t h i s
I n f o r m a t i o n to the P C M .
All m o d e l s except P Z E V (Intake v a l v e V T E C )
ENGINE SPEED
11-40
ROCKER A R M OIL P R E S S U R E
SWITCH
ON
INTAKE V A L V E LIFT
LOW
R O C K E R A R M OIL CONTROL
SOLENOID
OFF
HIGH
ON
OFF
HIGH
LOW
P Z E V model ( I n t a k e a n d e x h a u s t v a l v e V T E C f
ENGINE
ROCKER ARM
ROCKER ARM
SPEED
OIL C O N T R O L
OIL P R E S S U R E
SGLf\SOSDA
SWITCH A
OFF
ON
IDLE-LOW
MID
HIGH
INTAKE
ROCKER ARM
ROCKER ARM
V A L V E LIFT
OIL C O N T R O L
SOLENOID B
OIL P R E S S U R E
OFF
ON
SWITCH B
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
LOW
LOW
ON
OFF
HIGH
I D L E - L O W ENGINE SPEED
EXHAUST
VALVE 2
OPERATION
PAUSE
LIFT
LIFT
R O C K E R ARM
OIL C O N T R O L V A L V E
fPZEV m o d e l )
(confd)
11-41

VTEC System Operation
intake valve side
At l o w e n g i n e s p e e d , the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d (rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A ) is t u r n e d off by the E C M /
P C M . Oil p r e s s u r e f r o m the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e d o e s not enter the Intake rocker shaft. E a c h Intake rocker a r m
Is s e p a r a t e d by a return s p r i n g a n d lifted' by e a c h l o w lift c a m lobe.
VALVE
INTAKE IVtiD ROCKER ARM
At high e n g i n e s p e e d , the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d (rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A ) Is t u r n e d o n by the E C M /

P C M . OH p r e s s u r e f r o m the rocker a r m control s o l e n o i d e n t e r s into the p r i m a r y intake r o c k e r a r m v i a t h e intake rocker
shaft, a n d It m o v e s the V T E C s w i t c h i n g piston In the rocker a r m .
T h i s c a u s e s the V T E C s w i t c h i n g piston to s l i d e Into the Intake m i d rocker a r m a n d the intake s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m ,
locking the rocker a r m s together. Both Intake rocker a r m s a r e lifted b y the high lift c a m lobe.
HIGH LIFT CAM LOBE
11-42
Exhaust valve side (PZEV model)

At idle a n d l o w e n g i n e s p e e d , r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B is t u r n e d off by the P C M . Oil p r e s s u r e f r o m the r o c k e r
a r m oil c o n t r o l v a l v e d o e s not e n t e r t h e e x h a u s t r o c k e r s h a f t . E a c h e x h a u s t r o c k e r a r m is s e p a r a t e d by a return s p r i n g ,
a n d lifted by a t i m i n g c a m lobe. T h e e x h a u s t p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m i s m o v e d by t h e n o r m a l Sift c a m lobe (valve a c t i v e ) ,
a n d t h e e x h a u s t s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m is m o v e d by the no lift c a m lobe (valve p a u s e ) .
HQ LIFT C A M LOBE
VALVE
EXHAUST SECONDARY
ROCKER A R M
VTEC SWITCHING
PISTON
W h e n the e n g i n e s p e e d r e a c h e s 2,500 r p m or m o r e , r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B is t u r n e d o n by the P C M . Oil

p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d e n t e r s into the p r i m a r y e x h a u s t r o c k e r a r m v i a the e x h a u s t rocker
s h a f t , a n d it m o v e s t h e V T E C s w i t c h i n g piston In t h e r o c k e r a r m . T h i s c a u s e s the V T E C s w i t c h i n g piston to s l i d e into
t h e e x h a u s t s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m , locking the e x h a u s t rocker a r m s together. Both e x h a u s t rocker a r m s are m o v e d b y
t h e n o r m a l lift c a m lobe ( v a l v e a c t i v e ) .
VALVE
ROCKER ABM
PISTON
(cont'd)
11-43

Catalytic Converter S f stem
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System
W a r m U p T h r e e W a y Catalytic Converter .(WU-TWC)
T h e PCV valve prevents blow-by g a s s e s from escaping
a n d Under-floor T h r e e W a y Catalytic Converter fUnder-
into the a t m o s p h e r e by v e n t i n g t h e m Into t h e intake
floor T W O
manifold.
The WU-TWC/Under-fSoor T W C converts hydrocarbons

( H Q , c a r b o n m o n o x i d e ( C O ) , a n d o x i d e s of nitrogen
( N O x ) in the e x h a u s t g a s to c a r b o n d i o x i d e ( C 0 ) ,
2
nitrogen (N ) a n d w a t e r v a p o r .
2
W U - T W C (ATTACHED T O T H E C Y L I N D E R HEAD)
PCV V A L V E
UNDER-FLOOR TWC
HOUSING
UNDER-FLO0R
T H R E E WAY
CATALYST
11-44
Evaporative Emission {EVAP} Control

System
FyeS T a n k P r e s s u r e (FTP) S e n s o r
T h e F T P s e n s o r c o n v e r t s fuel tank a b s o l u t e p r e s s u r e
into a n electrical Input to-the E C M / P C M .
R e f e r to the s y s t e m d i a g r a m to s e e a functional layout

S E N S O R UNIT
of the s y s t e m : ,
E V A P Canister
T h e E V A P c a n i s t e r t e m p o r a r i l y s t o r e s fuel v a p o r f r o m
t h e fuel tank until It c a n be p u r g e d b a c k Into the e n g i n e
and burned.
E V A P Canister Purge Vaive
W h e n the e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is b e l o w 131 F
(55 C), the E C M / P C M t u r n s off t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
v a l v e w h i c h c u t s v a c u u m to t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r .
O-RING
OUT
E V A P Canister Vent Shut Valve
T h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e is o n the E V A P
canister.
T h e E V A P canister vent shut valve controls the venting
of the E V A P c a n i s t e r .
TERMINAL
O-RIMG
VALVE
O-RING
(cont'd)
11-45

S f stem Description (cont'd)
FyeS Cap Warning Message
To make the message go off {with the HDS)
T h e E C M / P C M will detect a l o o s e or m i s s i n g fuel fill c a p
Procedure
a s a n e v a p o r a t i v e s y s t e m leak, a n d alerts the d r i v e r by

s h o w i n g a w a r n i n g m e s s a g e in the g a u g e d i s p l a y .
1. T i g h t e n t h e fuel fill c a p until It c l i c k s .
T h e first t i m e a leak is d e t e c t e d , a C H E C K F U E L C A P
m e s s a g e a p p e a r s on the g a u g e d i s p l a y (A). T o s c r o l l to
a n o t h e r m e s s a g e , p r e s s the s e l e c t / r e s e t button. T h e
C H E C K F U E L C A P m e s s a g e appears each time you
restart t h e e n g i n e until the s y s t e m t u r n s the m e s s a g e
off. T u r n the e n g i n e off, t h e n r e p l a c e or tighten the fuel
fill c a p until It clicks at l e a s t o n c e .
2. C l e a r the T e m p o r a r y D T C with the H D S .

3. Verify t h e r e is no leak by d o i n g t h e E V A P
F U N C T I O N T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U with
the H D S .
To make the message g If (without the

HDS)
Procedure
1. T i g h t e n the fuel fill c a p until It c l i c k s .
Shows CHECK FUEL CAP
In th gauge display.
2. S t a r t the e n g i n e , t h e n turn the Ignition s w i t c h to

L O C K (0).
3. R e p e a t s t e p 2 t w o m o r e t i m e s .
11-46
Electronic Throttle Control System Diagram

T h e e l e c t r o n i c throttle control s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of the throttle actuator, throttle position (TP) s e n s o r A / B , a c c e l e r a t o r
pedal position ( A P P ) s e n s o r A / B , t h e e l e c t r o n i c throttle control s y s t e m ( E T C S ) control r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
(cont'd)
11-47

Systein Description (cont'd)
Evaporative Emission fEVAP) Control Diagram
T h e E V A P c o n t r o l s m i n i m i z e the a m o u n t of fuel v a p o r e s c a p i n g to the a t m o s p h e r e . V a p o r f r o m the fuel tank is
t e m p o r a r i l y s t o r e d in the E V A P c a n i s t e r until It c a n be p u r g e d f r o m the c a n i s t e r Into the e n g i n e a n d b u r n e d .
T h e E V A P c a n i s t e r is p u r g e d by d r a w i n g f r e s h asr t h r o u g h It a n d Into a port on the intake m a n i f o l d .
T h e p u r g i n g v a c u u m Is c o n t r o l l e d b y the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , w h i c h o p e r a t e s w h e n e v e r e n g i n e c o o l a n t
t e m p e r a t u r e i s a b o v e 131 F (55 C). -
11-48
E C M / P C M Circuit Diagram
24P J U N C T I O N
ECM/PCM
CONNECTOR
r u
I
ii
ii
YEL/BLSC
-YEL/BLSC
K~1
No. 11NJECTOR
-YEL/BLIC
'>
Mo. 2 INJECTOR
-YEL/BL&
C7
No. 3 IPJJECTOR
-YEL/8LK
He. 4 INJECTOR
-BLK/YEL
cmm
-BRN/YEL -
BLU/YEL
CKP
CUP S E N S O R
YEL/ B R N /
YEL
YEL/
BLK
BLK
A
A
A
G
(cont'd)
11-49

E C M / P C M Circuit D i a g r a m (cont'd)
* 1 : P Z E V model
*3: A/T
11-50
111
t t
KNOCKSENSOR
-BLK/RED
=3
BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
CLUTCH PEDAL
j
6302
*1: P Z E V model
*2: M / T
(confd)
11-51

E C M / P C M C i r c u i t D i a g r a m (cont'd)
ra
- RED/BLK -
-RED/BLK - BLK/BLU -
B33
VG
B32
1AT
-YEL/BLK -
BLSC/BLU
- GRN/BLK - RED/YEL-
" RED/YEL
88
- GRN/BLK -
S
*" GRN/BLK
- RED/WHT -
- RED/WHT
ECTSENSOR 1
=* BLK/WHT
24P
JUNCTION
COMNECTOB
m
C13
VCC1
C11
C14
SG1
= YEL/RED '
- YEL/RED
GRIM/RED
GRN/WHT
" GRN/RED
0=1
- GRN/WHT
- YEL/RED
- BLSC/WHT - GRSWWHT OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
MCS
BLU/YEL
- BLU/YEL
*3: A / T
11-52
BLK/YEL
E N G I N E MOUNT
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
-BLK/YEL
-BLK/YEL
In
-BLIC/YEL
-BLK/YEL
2
24P J U N C T I O N
i CONNECTOR
, C I 01
BLSC/YEL
PCS
-YEL/BLU
"YEL/BLU
EVAP CANISTER
I VALVE
RED
BLK/YEL
-WHT/BLU
"BLIC/YEL
- WHT/BLU
WHT/RED
-WHT/RED
ALTF
B4S
ALTC
jI
-WHT/GBN
'HT/GRN .
B47
WHT/BLU
-WHT/RED
ALTERNATOR
24P J U N C T I O N
CONNECTOR
- WHT/GRN
J 1I I I
n
-BLK/WHT
- YEL/GRM
S P
PLUG
No. 11GNITION COIL
C1S
-BLK/WHT
BLU/RED
-BLU/RED -
SPA
PLUG
No. 2 IGNITION COIL
-BLK/WHT '
WHT/BLU <
NT/BLU
s - ^ s
P L U G
Mo. 3 IGNITION COIL
-BLK/WHT
SPA
PLUG
N o . 4 IGNITION COIL
WHT
T
WHT
G102
(confd)
11-53

-REO/YEL
-BLU/BLK
-GRN/WHT
G R N
B48
-RED/BLK.
ORT^
-RED/BLK
A/T CLUTCH F
C O N T R O L SOLENOID V A L V E A
B40
BRN
1
A/T CLUTCH F
C O N T R O L SOLENOID V A L V E B
"BLU/YEL
3
A/T CLUTCH t
C O N T R O L SOLENOID V A L V E C
-YEL/BLU
-YEL/BLU
B18
-WHT/RED
=GRN/BLK >
I N P U T SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
*3: A / T
11-54
EE;7
10
9|
J/
- BLU/BLK
B15
ATFR
WHT
J
-BLU/WHT
-BLU/BLK
- BLU/WHT
BLK/BLU
"WHT
-WHT
B13
RED/BLK
ATPN
YEL/GRN -
RED/BLK
-RED
- GRIM/RED
ATP03
-8LU/YEL
-YEL/RED
- RED/WHT
" W H T / R E D
B17
ATP2-1
R A N G E SWITCH
ATPFWD
2 N D CLUTCH
E SWITCH
BLU/RED
3RD CLUTCH
H SWITCH
LU/WHT
-IE
CLUTCH
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
*2: M/T
*3; A / T
(cont'd)
11-55

TPS
VCC3
-RED/BLSC
C20
IPSA
C21
-RED/BLfC
-RED/BLU
-RED/BLU
-<Bh
=BLU/RED
THROTTLE
ACTUATOR
SG3
C4
ETCSM+
ETCSM
THROTTLE BODY
BLU/RED
"GRW/YEL
-RED
-RED/YL
C30
4HP
"RED/YEL
-WHT/BLK A/F SENSOR

(SENSOR 1)
BRN/
YEL
SH02S
B4
"WHT/RED-
"WHT/RED
-BLK/WHT -
-BLK/WHT
GRN/BLK
-BLK/YEL
" SECONDARY
H02S
ISENSOR 2)
-YEL/REO
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
VCC4
A18
SG4
A25
VCC5
A19
11-56
ORN
A/B
EVAP CANISTER
V E N T SHUT V A L V E
*3: A / T
(cont'd)
11-57

UNDER-HOOP FUSE/RELAYBOiL.
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
YEL/ YEL/
BLK BLK
CONTROL
- YEL/BLK
RADIATOR
FASSS RELAY
88
"WHT"
ETCSRLY
-YEL/BLK
AT
A/C
-RED/BLK
COM
FAW RELAY
-RED/YEL
SUBRLY
A15
-PUR
(D
ram
3
C1
IGISIITSOSM
COIL
RELAY
BLK/WHT -
AB
C101
= YEL/GRS\I"
-0--0-
BLU <
YEL/BLK
WHT
A/C
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
RELAY
-WHT
WHT
-RED
-BLK/RED ^>
A3
-BLU/BLK
A2
ELD
AD
AE
AF
-A*
G1
11-58
PGM-FI
MAIN
RELAY 1
BATTERY
iff]
AB
BLK/RED
AC
1*
I-
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
STARTER
CUT RELAY
1ST CUT)
LT GRIM
(ORN)*2
C 1 0 ,
LS
F3
8UC/RED
1
RED
- WHT
F12
F16
F2
F22
"5Tl
F31
- YEL/BLK
A3
CANL
- LT GR! F28
F25
"WHT "
"RED -
3 5
RELAY 2
(FUEL P U M P )
F24
* 2 : M/T
*3: A / T
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX:

N a 18 D B W ( T H R O T T L E
A C T U A T O R C O N T R O L ) (15 A|
. 1 3 1 G C O I L (15 A )
. 1 7 FI M A I N (15 A )
x 14 FI S U B ( 1 5 A )
N . 21 FAf^ R L Y (7.5 A)
. 1 5 B A C K U P (10 A)
s . 3 i G M A I N 150 A )
10 S T O P / H O R W 120 A )
, 1 B A T T E R Y 1100 Al
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX:
' ^'x7ACG(15A)
-IOVBSOL(IOA)
. 9 F U E L P U M P 120 A )
, 1 8 A / C .(7.5 At
. 5 METER-(7.5 A)
(cont'd)
11-59

E C M / P C M Circuit Diagram (confd)
F7
DRIVER'S
JLMCTSOSM BOX 1
F8
*3
W-
T
CENTER J U N C T I O N B O X
To AUDIO,
N A V I G A T I O N UIMiT
"LT BLU i B3
I J
LT BLU
LT BLU
WHT
GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE
-LTBLU
-WHT -
-WHT -RED
> R E D T_K4
T P M S CONTROL
UNIT
-Mil
CONTROL UMIT
*3: A / T
4 : Wire color mav be B L U or BRH
11-60
I _____
I P A S S E N G E R ' S UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
A19
j22_WHT
_J
~TJ2_ HT
- W H T
_ > _ R E D
-RED
V S A I V I O D U L A "lTORC O N T R O L U UMi
NIT
12P J U N C T I O N
CONNECTOR
_5JT
-WHT *
H29
H13
NAVIGATION
UNIT
IC202
T.
VSA MODULATORCONTROL UNIT
DRIVER'S
JUMCTIO^ BOX
dJT TT
Y A W RATE-LATERAL
ACCELERATION SENSOR
5:
*6:
*7:
*8:
With navigation system

Without navigation system
L X model
All except LX model
11

How to Set Readiness Codes
Maffunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) indication
(In relation to Readiness Codes)
Catalytic Converter Monitor and Readiness

Code
T h e v e h i c l e h a s c e r t a i n r e a d i n e s s c o d e s that a r e part of
the o n - b o a r d d i a g n o s t i c s for the e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m s . If
the v e h i c l e ' s battery h a s b e e n d i s c o n n e c t e d or g o n e
d e a d , if the D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or if the E C M / P C M
h a s b e e n r e s e t t h e s e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e reset to
i n c o m p l e t e . In s o m e s t a t e s , part of the e m i s s i o n s
testing is to m a k e s u r e t h e s e c o d e s a r e s e t to c o m p l e t e .
If all of t h e m a r e not s e t to c o m p l e t e , the v e h i c l e m a y
fail the e m i s s i o n t e s t or t h e t e s t c a n n o t be f i n i s h e d .
NOTE:
T o c h e c k if the r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e s e t to c o m p l e t e ,
turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), but d o not start the
e n g i n e . T h e MIL w i l l c o m e on for 1 5 2 0 s e c o n d s . If it
t h e n g o e s off, the r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e s e t to c o m p l e t e .
Do not turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (!).

during the p r o c e d u r e .
* All r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e c l e a r e d w h e n the battery is
d i s c o n n e c t e d , if the D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or if the
E C M / P C M i s reset w i t h the H D S .
* L o w a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e s or e x c e s s i v e s t o p - a n d - g o
traffic m a y i n c r e a s e the d r i v e t i m e n e e d e d to s w i t c h
the r e a d i n e s s c o d e f r o m i n c o m p l e t e to c o m p l e t e .
T h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e will not s w i t c h to c o m p l e t e until
all the e n a b l e criteria are m e t .
* If a fault in the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S s y s t e m c a u s e d the
MIL to c o m e o n , the r e a d i n e s s c o d e c a n n o t be s e t to
c o m p l e t e until y o u c o r r e c t t h e f a u l t
If it f l a s h e s five t i m e s , o n e or m o r e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s are
not s e t to c o m p l e t e . T o s e t r e a d i n e s s c o d e s f r o m
Enable Criteria
i n c o m p l e t e to c o m p l e t e , d o the p r o c e d u r e for the

appropriate code.
E C T S E N S O R 1 at 158 F (70 C) or m o r e .
IAT S E N S O R at 20 T ( 7 C) or m o r e .
T o c h e c k the s t a t u s of a s p e c i f i c D T C s y s t e m , c h e c k the
O B D s t a t u s In the D T C M E N U w i t h the H D S ( s e e p a g e
11-8). T h i s s c r e e n d i s p l a y s the c o d e , the c u r r e n t data list
of the e n a b l e c r i t e r i a , a n d the s t a t u s of the r e a d i n e s s
testing.'
* V e h i c l e s p e e d ( V S S ) a b o v e 25 m p h (40 k m / h ) .
Procedure
1. C o n n e c t the H D S to the v e h i c l e ' s data link
c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) , a n d bring up the R E A D I N E S S
C O D E s s c r e e n for C a t a l y s t in t h e D T C s M E N U .
2. S t a r t the e n g i n e .
3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e u n d e r s t o p - a n d - g o c o n d i t i o n s
w i t h s h o r t p e r i o d s of s t e a d y c r u i s e . After a b o u t
5 m i l e s (8 k m ) , the r e a d i n e s s c o d e s h o u l d s w i t c h to
complete.
4. Sf the r e a d i n e s s c o d e is still not s e t to c o m p l e t e ,
c h e c k for a T e m p o r a r y D T C w i t h the H D S . If t h e r e is
no D T C , o n e or m o r e of the e n a b l e criteria w e r e
' p r o b a b l y not met; r e p e a t t h e p r o c e d u r e .
11-62
$0
Evaporative Emission fEWAPl Control
System Monitor and Readiness Code
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F)- Sensor Monitor and

Readiness Code
N O T E : A l l r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e c l e a r e d w h e n the battery
NOTE:
Is d i s c o n n e c t e d , If the D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or If the
Do not turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I)
E C M / P C M Is r e s e t w i t h t h e H D S .
d u r i n g the p r o c e d u r e ,
* All r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e c l e a r e d w h e n the battery is
Ermfolii C r i t e r i e
d i s c o n n e c t e d , if the D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or if t h e
E C M / P C M is reset w i t h the H D S .
* Battery v o l t a g e is m o r e t h a n 10.5 V .
* E n g i n e at Idle.
Enable Criteria
* E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d S E N S O R 2 b e t w e e n 176 F (80 C)
a n d 2121= { 1 0 0 * 0 .
E C T S E N S O R 1 at 140 T (60 C) or m o r e .
* M A P s e n s o r l e s s t h a n 46.6 kPa (14 in.Hg, 350 m m H g ) .

* V e h i c l e s p e e d ( V S S ) 0 m p h (0 km/h).
* l A T S E N S O R 1 b e t w e e n 32 F {0 C) a n d 212 T
(100 C),
Procedure
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the D L C ,
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
3. S e l e c t E V A P T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S , t h e n s e l e c t t h e F U N C T I O N T E S T in the
EVAP TEST-MENU.
Procedure
1.. S t a r t the e n g i n e .
2. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e u n d e r s t o p - a n d - g o c o n d i t i o n s
w i t h s h o r t p e r i o d s of s t e a d y c r u i s e . D u r i n g the
d r i v e , - d e c e l e r a t e (with the throttle fully c l o s e d ) for
5 s e c o n d s . After a b o u t 3.5 m i l e s (5.6 k m ) , the
r e a d i n e s s c o d e s h o u l d s w i t c h f r o m i n c o m p l e t e to
complete.
3. C h e c k t h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s s c r e e n for the AIR F U E L
R A T I O (A/F) S E N S O R in the D T C s M E N U w i t h the
HDS.
* If the result i s n o r m a l , r e a d i n e s s is c o m p l e t e .
If the r e s u l t is not n o r m a l , g o to the next s t e p .
4. C h e c k for a T e m p o r a r y D T C . If t h e r e is n o D T C , o n e
or m o r e of t h e e n a b l e criteria w e r e p r o b a b l y not
* If the s c r e e n s h o w s c o m p l e t e , r e a d i n e s s is
complete.
* If the s c r e e n s h o w s not c o m p l e t e , g o to the next
step.
met; repeat the procedure.

4. C h e c k for a T e m p o r a r y D T C . If t h e r e is no D T C , the
e n a b l e criteria w a s p r o b a b l y not m e t . S e l e c t the
D A T A L I S T M E N U . C h e c k the E C T S E N S O R 1 in the
A L L D A T A - L I S T with-the H D S . If the E C T S E N S O R 1
is l e s s t h a n 140 F (60 C), run the e n g i n e until it i s
m o r e t h a n 140 F (60 C) t h e n repeat the p r o c e d u r e .
t
(cont'd)
11-63

How to Set Readiness Codes (cont'd)
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Heater Monitor
Readiness Code
N O T E : All r e a d i n e s s c o d e s are c l e a r e d w h e n the battery
is d i s c o n n e c t e d , if the D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or if the
E C M / P C M Is reset w i t h t h e H D S .
Procedure
1. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let. it Idle for 1 m i n u t e . T h e
r e a d i n e s s c o d e s h o u l d s w i t c h f r o m i n c o m p l e t e to
complete.
2. If the r e a d i n e s s c o d e Is still not s e t to c o m p l e t e ,
c h e c k for a T e m p o r a r y D T C . If t h e r e is n o D T C ,
repeat the p r o c e d u r e .
Misfire Monitor and Readiness Code

* T h i s r e a d i n e s s c o d e Is a l w a y s s e t to a v a i l a b l e
b e c a u s e m i s f i r i n g is c o n t i n u o u s l y m o n i t o r e d .
* M o n i t o r i n g p a u s e s , a n d the misfire c o u n t e r r e s e t s , if
the v e h i c l e is d r i v e n o v e r a r o u g h r o a d .
M o n i t o r i n g a l s o p a u s e s , a n d the m i s f i r e c o u n t e r
h o l d s at its c u r r e n t v a l u e , if the throttle position
c h a n g e s m o r e t h a n a p r e d e t e r m i n e d v a l u e , or if
driving c o n d i t i o n s fall o u t s i d e the r a n g e of a n y
related e n a b l e criteria.
Fuel System Monitor and Readiness Code

* T h i s r e a d i n e s s c o d e is a l w a y s s e t to a v a i l a b l e
b e c a u s e the fuel s y s t e m is c o n t i n u o u s l y m o n i t o r e d
during c l o s e d loop operation.
M o n i t o r i n g p a u s e s w h e n the c a t a l y t i c c o n v e r t e r ,
E V A P control s y s t e m , a n d A / F s e n s o r m o n i t o r s are
active.
M o n i t o r i n g a l s o p a u s e s w h e n a n y related e n a b l e
criteria a r e not b e i n g m e t M o n i t o r i n g r e s u m e s w h e n
the e n a b l e criteria is a g a i n b e i n g m e t
Gomprehensiwe Component Monitor and

Readiness Code
T h i s r e a d i n e s s c o d e is a l w a y s s e t to a v a i l a b l e b e c a u s e
the c o m p r e h e n s i v e component monitor is continuously
r u n n i n g w h e n e v e r t h e e n g i n e is c r a n k i n g or r u n n i n g .
11-64
PGM-FI System
C A M S H A F T P O S I T I O N (CMP)
S E N S O R B ( E X H A U S T SIDE)
(ECT) S E N S O R 1
I G N I T I O N COILS
PGM-FI M A I N RELAY 1
PGM-FI SUBFtELAY
IGNITION COIL RELAY
ELECTRICAL LOAD
D E T E C T O R (ELD)
Replacement
p a g e 11-214
M A S S A I R F L O W (MAF)
S E N S O R / I N T A K E AIR
T E M P E R A T U R E HAT)
SENSOR
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR (M/T)
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ECM)/
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)
U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11-7
C R A N K S H A F T P O S I T I O N (CKP)
SENSOR
WJ1CTORS
Replacement,
p a g e 11-207
KifQClC S E N S O R

(ECT) S E N S O R 2
(confd)
11-65
PGM-FI System
11-66
DTC Troubleshooting
D T C P0101: M A F S e n s o r Circuit R a n g e /
Performance Problem
5- T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d
a n y oo-board s n a p s h o t a n d review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
* If D T C P 1 1 2 8 , P 1 1 2 9 , P 2 2 2 8 , a n d / o r P2229 a r e s t o r e d
at t h e s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 0 1 0 1 , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
D T C s f i r s t t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 0 1 0 1 .
1, C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r d a m a g e to t h e s e
parts:
6. C h e c k t h e M A F S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
is there
about
0.2 gm/s or 0.5 V?
N O G o t o s t e p 13.
* PCV hose
* Intake a i r d u c t
* Air cleaner
8. V a r y t h e e n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 2,000 r p m a n d
3,000 r p m ,
* P u r g e ( P C S ) line
.Brake booster
* Brake booster hose
9. C h e c k the M A F S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T with t h e
HDS.
Are the parts
OK ?
Does
the reading
change?
N O R e p a i r or replace the d a m a g e d parts, then go
to s t e p 15.
2, C h e c k for d a m a g e o r l o o s e n e s s at t h e a i r d u c t in
10. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load
( A / T in P or N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator f a n
c o m e s o n , t h e n let It idle.
the air cleaner.

I s it
OK?
11. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in t h e
r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze d a t a p a r a m e t e r s :
Y E S G o t o step 3,
ENGINE SPEED
N O R e c o n n e c t o r r e p l a c e the a i r d u c t In t h e a i r
c l e a n e r , t h e n g o to s t e p 15,
* vss
MAP SENSOR
* MAFSENSOR .
3, C h e c k for a dirty air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t

I s ii
dirty?
Y E S R e p l a c e the a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t ( s e e p a g e
11-360), t h e n g o t o s t e p 15.
12. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P0101 in t h e
D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
HOGo
to s t e p 4,
N O I f t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F
s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 11 a n d
recheck.
(confd)
11-67
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
DTC P0102:-MAF Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
14. R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
11-211).
and any on-board snapshot, and reviewthe general
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d w a i t
16. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
17. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
2 seconds.
2. C h e c k the M A F S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
11-317).
18. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in t h e
Is about
0 gm/s,
or 0.1 V or less
indicated?
r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d f r e e z e d a t a p a r a m e t e r s :
ENGINE SPEED
WOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M .
VSS
MAP SENSOR
MAF SENSOR
19. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Is DTC
P0101
indicated?

4. D i s c o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P
connector.
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e
5 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
6. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T
s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d b o d y
ground.
P J O G o t o ' s t e p 20.
20. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0101 in t h e
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Does
the screen
indicate
IVIAF S E I M S O R / I A T SEWSOR 5P C O N N E C T O R
PASSED?
1 2 3
Y E S - T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 19,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
IGP (YEL/BLK)
MOIf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the" M A F s e n s o r /
IAT s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p
18.
Is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n
r e l a y 1 a n d the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , t h e n g o to
s t e p 19.
11-68
MP*
7, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
8, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T
s e n s o r 5P connector terminal No. 1 and body
t e r m i n a l B31 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
ground,
MA
S E N S O R / I A T S E M S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
T3 j 14, j i 5 j 1S j 1TJ18
22 23
1 2
3 4
9|/l21
27 28
31 [32 j 33 j 34 j 35
V G - f (RE0/BLK1
VG+
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
is there
Is there
190-210
(RED/BLK)
continuity?
kQ ?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (B31) a n d t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , t h e n g o
to s t e p 20.
3, J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T
sensor 5P connector terminal No. 1 a n d E C M / P C M
connector terminal B31.
M A F S E W S O R / I A T S E N S O R BP C O N N E C T O R
1 2
Y G + (RED/BLtC)
E C M / P C M C O M W E C T O R B (49P)
8 | 9 |10|.
7
21
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
26 27 28
22 23 24
I
38
29
31 32 33 34 35 36
>< >< /
143|/|45|46
47|48|X|
V G + (RED/BLIC)
is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (B31) a n d the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , t h e n go
to s t e p 20.
(confd)
11-69
PGM-FI System
13. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r .
-(see p a g e 11-211).
14. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
2 3 . Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
24. C h e c k . f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC
P0102
indicated?
16. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
t e r m i n a l s at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e
17. Start the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at

2,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T In P or N, M/T in
neutral).
E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
18. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC
P0102
indicated?
YES-Reinstall the original M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ,

t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
26. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
W O R e p l a c e the o r i g i n a l M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 11-211), t h e n g o to s t e p 19.
19. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
is DTC
t e r m i n a l s at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e
E C M / P C M . Sf the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1.

22. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with the H D S .
P0102
indicated?
NO-If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M : ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
11-70
DTC PG103: MAF Sensor Circuit High Voltage
s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d E C M / P C M
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
and any on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3),

M A F S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 4 5
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N III), a n d w a i t
2 seconds.
VG-
fBLK/BLU!
W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a
2 . C h e c k t h e IV1AF S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS,
I s about
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (4SP)
202 gm/s,
or 4.89
or more
indicated?
BDDB
18 17 18 19
25
></
34 35 36
B
B
E
E
U
!
21
38
26 27 28
^|45|46
W O l n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
V G fBLf/BLU)
at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e terminals
3. T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10).
Is there
4. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S G o t o step8.
5. D i s c o n n e c t the MAF
W 0 R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5P
connector,
continuity?
P C M f B33) a n d the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , then go

to s t e p 15.
8, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B I49P).
(cont'd)
11-71
PGM-FI-System
8, R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
Is DTC
9. C o n n e c t M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r
P0103
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No, 2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
Y E S C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
3 4 5
VG+
(RED/BLK)
VG-
indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
fBLK/BLU1

JUMPERWIRE
22. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

11. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
Is DTC
P0103
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the
E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e
s t e p 1.
Is DTC
P0103
indicated?
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to

14. R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
11-211).
16. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).
17. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
11-317).
11-72
NOIf the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting

r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
MP*
PTC P0107: MAP Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
is there
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
about
V?
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N fit),
2. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
HDS,
10, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
is about
less
3 kPa
(1.0 in.Hg,
26 mmHg),
or 0.23
V or
indicated?
terminal C13 and MAP sensor 3P connector

t e r m i n a l No. 1.
P A P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
MOIntermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
at t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
VCC1 fYEL/RED!

4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
VCC1 fYEL/RED!
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),
6. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS,
is about 3 kPa (1.0 in.Hg,
iess
indicated?
26 mmHg),
or 0.23
or
is there
continuity?
T O G Q to s t e p 7.
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n M A P s e n s o r 3 P
. c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 3.
P C M (C13) a n d the M A P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
M A P S E N S O R BP C O N N E C T O R
VCC1 ( Y E L / R E D )
SGI
(GRN/WHT)
H2H
(confd)
11-73
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!
Is DTC
P0107
indicated?
14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
Y E S - C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n M A P s e n s o r 3 P
t e r m i n a l s at the M A P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
MAP S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
W O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to the
24. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest
M A P (GRN/RED!
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

Is DTC
P0107
indicated?
Is there
continuity?
t e r m i n a l s at the M A P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t In the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
P C M (C11) a n d the M A P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
16. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK
17. R e p l a c e the M A P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-211).
21. Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
11-74
WOIf the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
. is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
DTC P0108: MAP Sensor Circuit High Voltage
a n d any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
7. C h e c k the M A P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
is about
160 kPa
(47.1
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),
4.49
V or more
2. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
in.Hg,
1,197 mmHg)
or
indicated?
HDS.
is about 160 kPa
4,49 or more
(47,1 in.Hg,
indicated?
1,197 mmHg),
or
8. R e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e M A P s e n s o r 3 P
connector.
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n M A P s e n s o r 3 P
W O i n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 3.
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
M A P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
5. C o n n e c t M A P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
SG1 (GFtN/WHT)
and No. 3 with a j u m p e r wire.
M A P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R

^X
is there
M A P fGRN/RED)
SGI
about
5 V?
IGRN/WHT)
JUMPER WIRE
(cont'd)
11-75
PGM-FI System
14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
15. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . .
terminal C 1 4 and M A P s e n s o r 3P connector
t e r m i n a l C11 a n d M A P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r
M A P S E N S O R 3 P CONNECTOR
M A P S E N S O R 3 P CONNECTOR
Titn
Wire side of female terminals S G I fGRN/WHT)
M A P CGRN/RED)
ECM/PCM
CONNECTOR C (49P) SGI ( G R N / W H T )

II
II
_
4 | 5 j 6 \ 7 | 8 | 9 110
M A P CORN/RED) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
3 | 4 | 5 j 6 j 7 j 8 | 9 110
.18]14|15|16|17[
14-115 J16 [ 17118 ^120J 21 ^~

22 23 24
22 23
continuity?

Is there
*^7^777
Is there
continuity?
M O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (C14) a n d t h e M A P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 20.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (C11) a n d the M A P s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 0 .
11-76
18, T o m t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK
DTC P011-1: IAT Sensor Circuit Range/

Performance Problem
19, R e p l a c e t h e M A P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-211).
20, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
21, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll),

1. C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at
22, Reset the E C M / P C M with the H D S .
E C T s e n s o r s 1 a n d 2, a n d the I A T s e n s o r .
23, D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
Are
the connections
and terminals
OK?
11-317),
Y E S G o to s t e p 2."
24, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
W O R e p a i r the c o n n e c t i o n s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o
is DTC
P0108
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e MAP s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
to s t e p 15.
2. R e m o v e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
11-211).
3. A l l o w I A T s e n s o r to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
W O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
4. Note t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
5. C o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r to its 5 P
2 5 , R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
c o n n e c t o r , but do not Install t h e s e n s o r onto t h e air

cleaner.
2 8 , U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
8. T u r n t h e i g n i t l o n s w i t c h to O N (SI).
7. Note t h e v a l u e of the IAT S E N S O R q u i c k l y in the
is DTC
P0108
indicated?
D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
8. C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e of t h e I A T S E N S O R a n d the
ambient temperature.
Y E S C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a knowng o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
W O i f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e , if the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). Sf
Does the vaiue of the IAT- SENSOR

(3 C) or
more?
differ
5.4
9. D i s c o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r f r o m its 5 P
connector.
10. U s i n g a h e a t g u n , b l o w hot air o n t h e M A F s e n s o r /
I A T s e n s o r for a f e w s e c o n d s . D o not a p p l y t h e heat
l o n g e r t h a n a f e w s e c o n d s or y o u w i l l d a m a g e t h e
. sensor.
(confd)
11-77
PGM-FI System
11. C o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r to t h e 5 P
DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
c o n n e c t o r , but do not install the s e n s o r onto t h e air

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
cleaner,
12. C h e c k the SAT S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
HDS.
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).
Does
the IAT SENSOR
change
63 F (35
C) or
more?
2. C h e c k t h e I A T S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the .
HDS.
Y E S i n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
14. R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
Is about 356
indicated?
F (180
C) or more,
or 0.08
V or
less
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
11-211).
4. D i s c o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5P
17. Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e - p a g e
11-317).
connector.
6. C h e c k t h e IAT S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
Is DTC
P0111
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the' M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to the
HDS.
Is about
indicated?
356
F (180
C) or more,
or 0.08
11-78
V or
less
w*
sensor 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body
ground.
M A F S E N S O B / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
2 3
17.. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC
P0112
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the M A F s e n s o r / S A T s e n s o r a n d the
IAT fRED/YEL)
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e '11-215), or substitute a k n o w n . g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
I s ?/?ere continuity
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e M A F
s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M (B32>, t h e n g o
to s t e p 13,
12. R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / S A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
11-211).
13. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,
- 20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC
P0112
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the
E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to
s t e p 1.
16. D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
11-79
PGM-FI System
DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit High Voltage
7. C h e c k t h e I A T S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
Is about
higher
-40F
( -40
C) or less,
or 4.90
V or
indicated?
2. C h e c k the I A T S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.- '
Is about -40F(-40
higher indicated
?
C) or less,
or 4.90
V or
9. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the M A F s e n s o r / I A T
s e n s o r 5P connector.
Y E S - G o to s t e p 3.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M .
11. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T
s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5 a n d b o d y
ground.
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P
connector.
12
5. C o n n e c t M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s No. 4 a n d N o . 5 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
3 4 5
IAT (RED/YEL)
1 2 3
SG2 (GRN/BLK)
IAT (RED/YEL)
Is there
JUMPER WIRE
11-80
about
V?
MP*
16. T u r n the ignition-switch to L O C K (0).
17. J u m p t h e - S C S line with the H D S .
15. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T
s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 4 a n d E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m I rial B 3 4 .

s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5 a n d E C M / P C M
M A F S E N S O R / I A T S E M S O R BP C O W M E C T O R
MAP
S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3
1 2 3
IAT f RED/YEL)
SG2 ( G R N / B L K )
Wire side of female termina
E C M / P C M C O M N E C T O H B (49P)
1
e | s | i o L
21
11 12 13 !4|15 16 17 18 19
22 23 24
29
>< >< /
25
31 32|33 34 36 36
26 27 28
m/
14 15
22 23
Mm
26 2 7 2 8
47i48M
IAT (RED/YEL)
SG2 ( G R N / B L K )
is there
17J18
continuity?
T e r m i n a l side o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
is there
continuity?
P C M (834) a n d t h e M A F s e n s o r / S A T s e n s o r , t h e n g o
to s t e p 2 2 .
M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (B32) a n d the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , then go
to s t e p 22.
(confd)
11-81
PGM-FI System
DTC P0116: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Range/

Performance Problem
21. R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
11-211).
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the. g e n e r a l
2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
25. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

is about
11-317).
176 F (80 C) or more,
or 0.78
V or
less
indicated?
Is DTC
P0113
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the
3. Note the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 in the D A T A L I S T

w i t h the H D S .
4. Start t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let It
idle.
5. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
28. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
HDS.
Does
ECT
SENSOR
1 change
18 F (10 C) or
more?
is DTC
P0113
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e
E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute
s t e p 1.
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this
at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d the E C M / P C M . Ill
6. Note the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 In the D A T A L I S T

with the H D S .

is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
8. O p e n the h o o d , a n d Set the e n g i n e c o o l for 3 h o u r s .

11-82
10. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 In the D A T A L I S T w i t h the

HDS.
Does
ECT
SENSOR
1 change
18 F (10 C) or
more?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at this
DTC P0117: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage

a n d any on-board snapshot, and review the general
at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d the E C M / P C M . B
HDS.
is about
356
F (180
C) or more,
or 0.08
V or
iess
11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),
indicated?
12. R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 { s e e p a g e 11-212).
13. T y r o the Ignition s w i t c h to O N fII).
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d the E C M / P C M .
11-317).
4. D i s c o n n e c t the E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
is DTC
P0116
indicated
?
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o to s t e p 1.
' N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
HDS.
is about 356
indicated?
F (180
C) or more,
or 0.08
or
less
(confd)
11-83
PGM-FI System
' 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.

Is DTC
E C T S E N S O R 1 2P C O N N E C T O R
P0117
indicated?
go to s t e p 1.
E C U (RED/WHT)
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
Is there

continuity?
Y E S - R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n E C T
s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( B 2 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p
13.
Is DTC
P0117
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M . Sf the
E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
12. R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212).
16. Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-317).
11-84

a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t I n g . i l
MP*
DTC P0118: E C T S e n s o r 1 Circuit High
Voltage
N O T E ; B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
and a n y on-board snapshot, a n d review the general
HDS.
is about
higher
-40F
(-40
indicated?
C) or ies$
or 4.90 V or
HDS.
is about
higher
- 40 F ( -40
C) or iess
or 4.90 V or
indicated?
9. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P
connector.
WO "-Intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time* C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M . ill

11. M e a s u r e t h e voltage b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P
connector terminal No. 1 a n d body ground.
3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
E C T S E N S O R 1 2P C O N N E C T O R
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
5. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o , 1
and No, 2 with a jumper wire.
1 2
ECT1 ( R E D / W H T )
ECT S E N S O R 1 2P C O N N E C T O R
1CT1 ( R E D / W H T )
S G 2 fGRN/BLK)
Is there
about
5 V?
JUMPER WIRE
W i r e side o f female terminals
(confd)
11-85
PGM-FI System
14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 1 2P
19. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P
terminal B34.
terminal B24.
1
SG2 ( G R N / B L K )
F
E C M I PCM C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
8
14115
8
| 9
<5
|1Q|M
J 1 1
11
17118
?'sui/vit'
29
38
M S
SG2 (GRN/BLK)
|10|J
continuity?
>< ></
c i 32j33 34 35 36
38
143|/|45|45
ECT1 (RED/WHT)
Is there
21
12 13 14 15 16 1 7 1 8 19
25
26 27 28
22 23 24
M M M S ^ ^ 2 8
31|32J33 34 35 38
I ECT1 (RED/WHT)
Is there
continuity?
Y E S G o to s t e p ' 2 7 .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (B34) a n d E C T s e n s o r 1, t h e n g o to s t e p 22.
P C M (B24) a n d E C T s e n s o r 1, t h e n g o to s t e p 2 2 .
11-86
20. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K <0).
DTC P0125: ECT Sensor 1 Malfunction/Slow

Response
2 1 . R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212),
a n d a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3),
2 3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 5 m i n u t e s or
24. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S ,
11-317),
26. C h e e k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC
POi 18
indicated?
g o t o s t e p 1,
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
more.
2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
is about
0F
(-18
C) or iess
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2 , a n d the
E C M / P C M . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l are O K ,
r e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 (see p a g e 11-212), t h e n go to
stepS.
4. A l l o w the e n g i n e to c o o l to 104 F (40 C) or l e s s .
2 8 . U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
5. M a k e s u r e the t e m p e r a t u r e d i f f e r e n c e of E C T
S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R 2 Is a b o u t 50 F
(10 C) in the D A T A L I S T with t h e H D S .
2 9 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC
P0118
6. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let It idle until E C T S E N S O R 1

g o e s up to a b o u t 158 P (70 <C).
indicated?
Does
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the
E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
Is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
(70
ECT
sensor
2 also
show
about
158 F
C)?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the E C M / P C M . ill
(confd)
11-87
PGM-FI System
7. C h e c k t h e t h e r m o s t a t ( s e e p a g e 10-4).
is the thermostat
OK?
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the
E C M / P C M . If the c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l a r e O K ,
r e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), t h e n go to
s t e p 8.
N O R e p l a c e the t h e r m o s t a t ( s e e p a g e 10-8), then
DTC P0128: Cooling System Malfunction

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
3. M a k e s u r e the b l o w e r s w i t c h is O F F .
g o to s t e p 8.
4. C h e c k the F A N C T R L in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.

9. A l l o w the e n g i n e to c o o l to 104 F (40 C) or l e s s .
10. M a k e s u r e t h e t e m p e r a t u r e difference b e t w e e n E C T
S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R 2 is a b o u t 50 F
(10 ) In the D A T A L I S T with the H D S .
is it
OFF?
N O W a s t until the F A N C T R L is off, t h e n g o to s t e p
5.
11. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let It idle until E C T S E N S O R 1

g o e s up to about 158 F (70 C).
Does
(70
ECT
sensor
2 aiso
show
5. C h e c k the radiator f a n o p e r a t i o n .
about
158 F
Does
the radiator
fan keep
running?
C)?
Y E S G o to s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k .
Y E S C h e c k the radiator fan circuit ( s e e p a g e

10-21), a n d the radiator f a n relay ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
If the c i r c u i t s a n d the relay a r e O K , g o to s t e p 19.
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e .
NOGoto step6.
6. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e Is
1 0 4 F ( 4 0 C) or l e s s .
7. Note t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R
2 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
8. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle.
9. Let the e n g i n e idle until E C T S E N S O R 1 g o e s up
41 F (23 C) or m o r e f r o m t h e r e c o r d e d
temperature.
HDS. .
11-88
11, C o m p a r e t h e r e c o r d e d v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 2 a n d

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
the p r e s e n t v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 2,
Did the temperature
rise
14 F (8 C) or
more?.
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the E C M / P C M .
M O T e s t t h e t h e r m o s t a t ( s e e p a g e 10-4), t h e n g o
to s t e p 12.
12, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N 111).
20.. L e t t h e . e n g i n e c o o l until the c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is

b e t w e e n 21 F ( - 6 X ) a n d 104 T (40 ) ,
<
21. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at '

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T In P or N, M/T in
neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.
22. T e s t - d r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 1 5 7 5 m p h
( 2 4 1 2 0 k m / h ) for 10 m i n u t e s ,
13,
Reset the E C M / P C M with the H D S .

23.
14, L e t t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is
b e t w e e n 21 F f - 6 C) a n d 104 1= (40 C).
15,
Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
18,: T e s t - d r i v e at a .steady s p e e d b e t w e e n 1 5 7 5 m p h
( 2 4 1 2 0 k m / h ! for 10 m i n u t e s .
C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
J s DTC
PQ128
indicated?
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M - ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o
to s t e p 20. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1.
17,. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
M O G o t o s t e p 24.
is DTC
P0128
indicated?
24. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 2 8 In the
Y E S C h e c k t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m , t h e n go to s t e p 13.
W O G o to s t e p 18,
Does
18. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 2 8 in the

D T C s M E N U with the H D S ,
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 17,
go to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . I I
NOIf the s c r e e n indicates F A I L E D , check the
c o o l i n g s y s t e m , t h e n g o to s t e p 19. Sf the s c r e e n
I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 14.
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M .
(see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 3 , go-to the i n d i c a t e d
D T C s troubleshooting.
MOSf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1,
E C T s e n s o r 2 , a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M
w a s - u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 20. If the E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 20.
11-89
PGM-FI System
DTC P0133: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1)
Malfunction/Slow Response
10. D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-317).

a n d any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the genera!
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e ! 1-3}.
11. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.

12. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
3. Start t h e e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 158 F (70 C)
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
A / T i n D, in 3 r d or 4th
neutral) until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
Drive the v e h i c l e at 25 m p h (40 km/h) or l e s s for

5 m i n u t e s , then drive at a s t e a d y s p e e d a b o u t
idle.
32 m p h (52 km/h) or m o r e
* E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C)
Is DTC
P0133
indicated?
* A / T in D, M/T in 3 r d o r 4th
* Drive the v e h i c l e at 2 5 m p h (40 km/h) or l e s s for
5 m i n u t e s , t h e n d r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d a b o u t
32 m p h (52 k m / h ) or m o r e
5. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 3 in the
t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M /
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?

Does
N O I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F
s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g until a result
c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 3 a n d
recheck.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 13,
go to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
N O I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p driving until
a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
7. R e p l a c e the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).
11-90
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 11.
J0
DTC P0134: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Heater
System Malfunction
is DTC
P0134
indicated?
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s hoot, r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
* If the v e h i c l e w a s o u t of fuel a n d t h e e n g i n e s t a l l e d
before t h i s D T C w a s s t o r e d , refuel a n d c l e a r t h e D T C
with the H D S ,
* If D T C P 0 1 3 5 is s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 0 1 3 4 ,
t r o u b f e s h o o t D T C P 0 1 3 5 first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C
PQ134,
t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I
s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
11. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 4 In the
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
2, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
3, Start: t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T In

P or N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s
on,
4, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
P0134
N O I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
( S e n s o r 1), the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , keep idling until a result c o m e s o n . .
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ,
and the E C M / P C M .
6, R e p l a c e t h e A/F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).
7< T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
8. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
9, D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317),
11-91
PGM-FI System
DTC P0135: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Heater
Circuit Malfunction
7. R e m o v e t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y (A) f r o m the underh o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data

3. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 rpm w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.
8. T e s t the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
Is DTC
P0135
indicated?
is the relay
OK ?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ,
a n d the E C M / P C M . H
W O R e p l a c e the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , t h e n g o to s t e p
24.
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4P c o n n e c t o r .
10. At t h e s e n s o r s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n
6. C h e c k the No. 14 Fl S U B (15 A ) f u s e in the underh o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
Is the fuse
OK?
' - A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 3
a n d No. 4."
A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 4 P C O N N E C T O R
1 2
3 4 -
+B
AFSHTC
T e r m i n a l side of male terminals
Is there
2,0-2.7
Q at room
11-92
temperature?
J0
11.
At t h e s e n s o r s i d e , c h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n
A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2
a n d N o . 3 , a n d b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s N o . 2 a n d No. 4
individually,
15.
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d E C M / P C M
connector terminal C9.
A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 4P C O N N E C T O R
A / F S E N S O R { S E N S O R 11 4P C O N N E C T O R
AFS-
AFSHTC (GRN)
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P>
AFSHTC (GRN)
AFSNTC
Terminal side of male terminals
Is there
continuity?
Y E S G o to step 23.
is there
12.
J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
13.
D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
s t e p 24.
14.
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal C 9 and body ground.
PCM
continuity
(C9) a n d the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n go to
E C f t l / P C M COMfMECTOR C (49P)
AFSHTC
{mm
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t In the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M <C9) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1 ), t h e n g o to
s t e p 24.
(cont'd)
11-93
PGM-FI System
16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
17. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d P G M - F I s u b r e l a y
4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2.
18. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P G M - F I s u b r e l a y 4 P

connector terminal No. 3 and E C M / P C M connector
A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 4P C O N N E C T O R
terminal A22.
P G M - F I S U B R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R
1
+ B (WHT/BLK)
2
4
P G M - F I S U B R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R
SUBRLY
(RED/YEL)
25 > < J 2 6 27 28
29j30 / j 3 2 " | ^ 3 4 | 8 B ] 3 6
/
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the A / F
SUBRLY
20 21
22 23 24 J X C
continuity
Is there
T e r m i n a l s i d e of
female terminals
A \ A A
Is there
continuity?
s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , t h e n g o
to s t e p 24.
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A22) a n d t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , t h e n g o to
s t e p 24.
11-94
19. R e m o v e the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y (A! f r o m t h e u n d e r hood fuse/relay box.
23. R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).
11-317).
' 28. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Is DTC
2 0 , D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
P0135
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r (Sensor" 1), the P G M - F I
s u b r e l a y , a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
21, D i s c o n n e c t the E V A P canister vent shut valve 2P

connector.
2 2 , C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
A / F S E N S O R f S E N S O R 11 4 P C O N N E C T O R
2 9 . Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 5 In t h e

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
+ B (WHT/BLK)
N O I f t h e s c r e e n Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , keep Idling until a result c o m e s o n .
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the PGfVI-FI
s u b r e l a y , t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), a n d the E V A P
c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e . A l s o r e p l a c e the N o . 14 FI
S U B 0 5 A ) fuse* t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
TOCheck
the under-hood fuse/relay box, a n d

r e p l a c e it If n e e d e d ( s e e p a g e 22-83), t h e n g o to
s t e p 24.
(cont'd)
11-95
PGM-FS System
DTC P0137: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2)
Circuit Low Voltage
3 1 . U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
a n d a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the general
32. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

Is DTC
P0135
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), the P G M - F I
s u b r e l a y , a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 3 2 . If the E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , then let it
Idle.
4. C h e c k t h e H 0 2 S S 2 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
Does
the voltage
stay
at 0.05
V or
less?
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S - I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf the E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M . .
D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 3 3 , g o to the Indicated
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at this
at t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M /
PCM.B
6. D i s c o n n e c t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4P
connector.
7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
N O I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

( S e n s o r 1), the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d the E C M / P C M .
If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 3 2 .
If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the
s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p Idling
until a result c o m e s o n .
8. C h e c k the H 0 2 S S 2 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .

Does
the voltage
stay
at 0.05
V or
less?
11-96
12. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 2 a n d b o d y
ground,
a b o v e 158 T (70 C)
A / T In D, M/T In 4th
S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S f S E M S G f t 214P CONNECTOR
* E n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,5003,000 r p m
B
* D r i v e a b o u t 1 minute or m o r e
SH02S {WHT/RED)
1 2 3 4
21. - C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s - o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC
P0137
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d
the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
Terminal side of m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Is there
continuity?
2 2 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0137 in the

Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
PCM
Does
{B36) a n d the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2),
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
t h e n g o to s t e p 15=
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d In s t e p 2 1 ,
g o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
N O G o to s t e p 2 3 ,
MOIf the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g
until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s O U T '
O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 19,
14. R e p l a c e t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).
18, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),
23.
R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,

11-317).
24. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest

19. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in

P or N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s
on.
25. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T in

P or N, M/T in neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s
on.
a b o v e 158 F (70 <C)
A / T in D, M/T In 4th
E n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,5003,000 r p m
* Drive 1 minute or m o r e
(cont'd)
11-97
PGM-FI System
2 7 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Is DTC
P0137
DTCP0138: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2)

Indicated?
t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 25. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1.
28. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0137 In the

Does
the screen
Indicate

idle.
PASSED?
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 2 7 , g o to the indicated
4. C h e c k t h e H 0 2 S S 2 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
Does
the voltage
stay
at 1.27
V or
more?
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . Sf t h e E C M /
P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 25. If the E C M /
- P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. Sf the s c r e e n
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 2 5 .
PCM.H
6 ; D i s c o n n e c t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4 P
connector.
7. C o n n e c t s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2) 4 P C O N N E C T O R
J U M P E R WIRE
SG2 (GRN/BLK)
1 2
3 4
SH02S (WHT/RED)
11-98
J0
15. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
9. C h e c k t h e H G 2 S S 2 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
Does
the vol tags
stay
at 1,27
or
more?


11. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r ,
12. C o n n e c t s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r
S H 0 2 S (WHT/RED)
t e r m i n a l N o . 2 to body g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2 ) 4 P CONNECTOR
'
1 2h
3 4
SH02SIWHT/REO)

Is there
J U M P E R WIRE
continuity?
P C M (B36) a n d the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2),
t h e n g o t o s t e p 21.
13, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

20., R e p l a c e t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e
14. C h e c k t h e H 0 2 S 8 2 in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
Does
the voltage
stay
at 1.27
V or
more?
11-209).
PCM
(B34) a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2),
t h e n g o to s t e p 21,

11-317).
(cont'd)
11-99
PGM-FI System
25.
Start the e n g i n e , a n d let It Idle without load ( A / T In

P or N, M/T sn neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s
on.
a b o v e 158 F (70 C)
A / T in D, M/T In 4th
31. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let It idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T in

P or N, M/T In neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s
on.
* E n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,500 -3,000 r p m
D r i v e a b o u t 1 m i n u t e or m o r e
32. Test-drive under these conditions:
Is DTC
P0138
a b o v e 158 F (70 C)
* A / T In D M/T In 4th
Indicated?
t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
M O G o to s t e p 28.
the screen
indicate
33.
is DTC
28. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 8 In the
Does
* D r i v e a b o u t 1 m i n u t e or m o r e
PASSED?
Y E S - - T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
P0138
Indicated?
the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 3 1 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go. to s t e p 1.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 7 ,
N O I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p
1. If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g
until a result c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T
O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 25.
N O - G o t o s t e p 34.
34. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 8 In t h e
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
YES~ If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d In s t e p 3 3 , go to the i n d i c a t e d
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the s e c o n d a r y
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M /
PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-good E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 3 1 . If the E C M /
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n
c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N o r N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 3 1 .
11-100
J0
DTC TO139: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2} Slow
Response

11-317).
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u I r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 11-3).
11. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d Set it idle w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in
P or N, M/T in neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s

on.
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
3 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T In P or N, M/T In
idle.
* A / T in D, M/T in 4th
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C)
* Drive at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h
( 8 8 1 2 0 k m / h ) for 1 m i n u t e , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e
(with throttle fully c l o s e d ) for 10 s e c o n d s
Is DTC
P0139
indicated?
a b o v e 158 F (70 <C)

* D r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h
{ 8 8 1 2 0 k m / h ) for 1 m i n u t e , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e
the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
{with throttle fully c l o s e d ) for 10 s e c o n d s

5. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P0139 in t h e
14. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 9 in t h e
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e
s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g until
recheck.
N O I f t h e s c r e e n Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t t h e s e c o n d a r y
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g
until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s O U T
O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 11.

7. R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).
11-101
PGM-FI System
DTC P0141: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2)
Heater Circuit Malfunction
8. A t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) s i d e , m e a s u r e
the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2)
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 3 a n d No. 4.
SECONDARY H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2 ) 4 P CONNECTOR
1 2
3 4
3. Start the e n g i n e .
Is DTC
P0141
indicated?
is there
5A 7 . 3 Q at room
temperature?
NO~Intermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this

PCM.H
9. A t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) s i d e , c h e c k for
continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d s e c o n d a r y
6. C h e c k the No. 7 A C G (15 A) f u s e In the u n d e r - d a s h

Is the fuse
OK ?
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 3 a n d
No. 4 individually.
SECONDARY H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR
W O R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e No. 7 A C G
(15 A ) f u s e . A l s o r e p l a c e the N o . 7 A C G (15 A ) f u s e ,
7. D i s c o n n e c t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4P
connector.
Wire side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
is there
continuity?
I M O - G o t o s t e p 10.
11-102
MP*
10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n . E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal B 4 a n d body ground.
11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( S e n s o r 2} 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 3 a n d N o , 4.
S 0 2 S H T C (BLK/WHT)
S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 21 4 P C O W N E C T O R
e l QI ioL
11 1218 1 4 | l 5 18 J7|18,
1 2
3 4 -
S Q 2 S H T C (BLK/WHT)
32|33jMl35|a6
!G1 f B L K / Y E L !
T e r m i n a l side of female t e r m i n a l s
T e r m i n a l side of male terminals
is there
is there
battery
voltage?
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (B4) a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2), t h e n
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K |0K
13. J y m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S ,
- g o to s t e p 2 3 .
N O G o . t o s t e p 29.
16. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d b o d y
ground.
S E C O N D A R Y H02S-(SENSOR 2) 4 P C O N N E C T O R
1. 2
3 4 -
IG1 f B L K / Y E L )
is there
battery
voltage?
Y E S G o to s t e p 1 7 . ,
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e N o . 7 A C G
(15 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 2 3 .
(confd)
11-103
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting {cont'd!
22. R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).
18. J u m p the S C S Sine w i t h the H D S .

20. C o n n e c t s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 3 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2) 4 P C O N N E C T O R
2 5 . R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
11-317).
1 2
3 4
S 0 2 S H T C (BLK/WHT)
J U M P E R WIRE

Is DTC
P0141
indicated?
28. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0141 in the
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
S 0 2 S H T C f BLK/WHT)
3
UI/I/IT' 8|9|10|
13
14 15 16 17 18
19
24
><
32 33
25
26
27 28
38
31
34 35
36
21
/ | 4 3 1 / | 45146 " l < B | / l
Is there
continuity?
P C M (B4) a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2), t h e n
g o to s t e p 23.
11-104
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 7 ,
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , keep
idling until a result c o m e s o n .
2 9 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
DTC P0171: Fuel System Too Lean

s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M { s e e p a g e 11-7),
DTC P'0172: Fuel System Too Rich
3 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.
3 2 . " C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC
P0141
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d
the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n g o to s t e p 3 1 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1.
N O G o to s t e p 3 3 .
33. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P0141 in t h e
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
* If a n y of the D T C s listed b e l o w a r e Indicated at the
s a m e t i m e a s D T C P0171 a n d / o r P 0 1 7 2 , t r o u b l e s h o o t
t h o s e D T C s first, t h e n r e c h e c k for P0171 a n d / o r P 0 1 7 2 .
P 0 1 0 1 , P 0 1 0 2 , P0103: M a s s a i r f l o w ( M A F ) s e n s o r
P 0 1 0 7 , P 0 1 0 8 , P 1 1 2 8 , P1129: M a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e
pressure (MAP) s e n s o r
P0133, P1172, P1157, P2195, P2238, P2252, P2A00: Air
fuel ratio (A/F) s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
P 0 1 3 4 , P0135: A i r fuel ratio (A/F) s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
heater
P0137,
P0141:
P2646,
P0443,
P 0 1 3 8 , P0139: S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2)
S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) h e a t e r
P2647, P2648, P2849: V T E C s y s t e m
P0498: E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
1. C h e c k the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-335).
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
is the fuel pressure
OK ?
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
{ s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 3 2 , g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d
N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M /
P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M /
PCfvi f s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 1 . Sf t h e E C M /
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a
result c o m e s on.
NO If t h e p r e s s u r e is too h i g h , r e p l a c e t h e fuel
p r e s s u r e regulator ( s e e p a g e 11-350), t h e n g o to
s t e p 7.
If t h e p r e s s u r e is too low, c h e c k the fuel p u m p ,
t h e fuel f e e d pipe a n d t h e fuel, filter. If t h e y a r e
O K , r e p l a c e the fuel p r e s s u r e regulator ( s e e p a g e
11-350), t h e n go to s t e p 7.
(cont'd)
11-105
PGM-FI System
6. W h i l e holding the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m , c h e c k
2. C h e c k for v a c u u m l e a k s at t h e s e parts:
the M A F S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .

* PCV valve
* PCV hose
Is there
about
* E V A P c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e
9.1
gm/s(A/T)?
5.6-
7.8 gm/s
(M/T)
or
6.5-
* Throttle b o d y
Y E S C h e c k the e n g i n e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e s , a n d
a d j u s t t h e m if n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 6-9). If the v a l v e
c l e a r a n c e s a r e O K , r e p l a c e the injectors ( s e e p a g e
11-207), t h e n go to s t e p 7.
* Intake m a n i f o l d
* Brake booster
* Brake booster hose
* Intake air duct
W O R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
Are
the parts
OK ?
11-211), t h e n g o to s t e p 7.
Y E S G o t o stepS.
W O R e p a i r or r e p l a c e parts w i t h l e a k s , t h e n go to
8. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S ,
s t e p 7.

3,000 r p m without l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
11-317).

idle.

3,000 r p m without load ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
4. C h e c k for t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
idle.
a b o v e 158 F (70 C)
* A / T in N, M/T in neutral
. * E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
* All electrical l o a d s off
a b o v e 158 F (70 C)
5. M o n i t o r the E N G I N E S P E E D in the D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S , a n d hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m .
O n c e the e n g i n e s p e e d is m e t hold the a c c e l e r a t o r
p e d a l s t e a d y for m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s .
( 2 4 1 2 0 k m / h ) for 15 m i n u t e s
rpm?
N O T E : D T C P0171 a n d / o r P 0 1 7 2 m a y take up to
80 m i n u t e s of t e s t d r i v i n g to set. U s i n g the H D S ,
m o n i t o r the air fuel f e e d b a c k a v e r a g e ( A F F B A V E ) .
Y E S R e p e a t s t e p 5.
If the A F F B A V E s t a y s within 0 . 8 0 1 . 2 5 , there is no

p r o b l e m at t h i s t i m e .
Did the engine

2,500
speed
vary
more
than
100 rpm
from

Is DTC
P0171
or P0172
indicated?
Y E S - G o t o s t e p 1.
11-106
MP*
DTC P0300: Random Misfire and Any
Combination of the Fof lowing:
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).

DTC P0301: H o . 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected

3. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T in
DTC P03O2: Wo 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected

DTC P0303: Mo. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected
P or N, M/T in neutral).
4. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,
P 0 3 0 3 , or P 0 3 0 4 in the D T C s M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
DTC P0304: No. 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected

Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?

* P r e s s u r e g a u g e adapter 0 7 N A J - P 0 7 0 1 G A
* A / T low pressure gauge w/panei 07406-0070301
* A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e 07406-0020201
* A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e , 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A
* A / T pressure adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
* Oil p r e s s u r e h o s e 0 7 Z A J - S 5 A 0 2 0 0
WOIf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o to s t e p 5. Sf
the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling until
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , wast for s e v e r a l
minutes, then recheck.
NOTE:
* If t h e m i s f i r e is f r e q u e n t e n o u g h to trigger detection
of i n c r e a s e d e m i s s i o n s d u r i n g t w o c o n s e c u t i v e
d r i v i n g c y c l e s , t h e M I L will c o m e o n , a n d D T C P 0 3 0 0
l a n d s o m e c o m b i n a t i o n of P0301 t h r o u g h P 0 3 0 4 ) will
be s t o r e d ,
* If t h e m i s f i r e is f r e q u e n t e n o u g h to d a m a g e t h e
c a t a l y s t , the M I L w i l l f l a s h w h e n e v e r t h e m i s f i r e
o c c u r s , a n d D T C P 0 3 0 0 (and s o m e c o m b i n a t i o n of
P03G1 t h r o u g h P03D4) will b e s t o r e d , W h e n the
m i s f i r e s t o p s , t h e M I L will r e m a i n o n .
* If a n y of t h e D T C s listed b e l o w a r e i n d i c a t e d at the
s a m e time a s the random misfire D T C s , troubleshoot
t h o s e D T C s first, t h e n r e c h e c k for r a n d o m m i s f i r e
DTCs:
PG101, P 0 1 0 2 , P 0 1 0 3 : M a s s a i r f l o w ( M A F ) s e n s o r
P 0 1 0 7 , P0108: M a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e p r e s s u r e ( M A P )
sensor
P0171,
P0335,
P0365,
P0506,
P0172:
P0339;
P0369:
P0507:
Fuel s y s t e m
C r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) s e n s o r
C a m s h a f t position (CMP) s e n s o r B
Idle control s y s t e m
5. C h e c k the C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E in t h e D A T A L I S T
for 10 m i n u t e s with, the H D S .
Does the CYL1 MISFIRE,
MISFIRE,
and/or
CYL4
counts?
CYL2
MISFIRE
MISFIRE,
show
CYL3
misfire
W O G o t o s t e p 6,
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in the
* ENGINE SPEED
*
*
*
*
VSS
RELTP SENSOR
C L V ( c a l c u l a t e d load v a l u e )
APPSENSOR
7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,
P 0 3 0 3 , or P 0 3 0 4 in the D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
P 2 6 4 6 , P 2 6 4 7 , P 2 S 4 S , P2649: V T E C s y s t e m
MOIf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g until
a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
recheck.
(confd)
11-107
PGM-FI System
8. C h e c k t h e C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
14. C h e c k t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-335).
M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E In the D A T A L I S T
Is the fuel pressure
for 10 m i n u t e s with t h e H D S .
Does
the CYL1
MISFIRE,
MISFIRE,
and/or
CYL4
CYL2
MISFIRE,
MISFIRE'show
CYL3
OK?
misfire
NO-
counts?
* If t h e fuel p r e s s u r e is too h i g h , r e p l a c e t h e fuel

p r e s s u r e regulator ( s e e p a g e 11-350), t h e n g o to
s t e p 25.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this
time.B
* If the fuel p r e s s u r e is too l o w , c h e c k t h e fuel

p u m p , t h e fuel f e e d p i p e , a n d t h e fuel filter. If
t h e y a r e O K , r e p l a c e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e regulator
15. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
10. C h e c k the fuel quality.
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or N, M/T In

Is the quality
good ?
idle.
16. C h e c k for t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
N O D r a i n the tank a n d fill with a k n o w n - g o o d f u e l ,
a b o v e 1761= (80 C)
11. - I n s p e c t the s p a r k p l u g s ( s e e p a g e 4-20). If the s p a r k

p l u g s a r e f o u l e d or w o r n , r e p l a c e t h e m .
12. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in the
* A / T In P or N, M/T in neutral
* AH electrical l o a d s off
17. M o n i t o r the E N G I N E S P E E D In the D A T A L I S T w i t h
t h e H D S , a n d h o l d the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m .
O n c e the e n g i n e s p e e d is m e t , hold t h e a c c e l e r a t o r
ENGINE SPEED
VSS
p e d a l s t e a d y for m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s .
RELTP SENSOR
C L V (calculated load value)
APPSENSOR
Did the engine

2,500
rpm?
speed
vary
more
than
100 rpm
from
Y E S R e p e a t s t e p 17.
M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E in t h e D A T A L I S T
for 10 m i n u t e s w i t h t h e H D S .
Does
the CYL1
MISFIRE,
and/or
MISFIRE,
CYL2
MISFIRE,
CYL4
MISFIRE
show
counts?
CYL3
18. W h i l e holding t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m , c h e c k
t h e M A F S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T with t h e H D S .
misfire
Is there
. 9.1 gm/s
about
5.6-
7.8 gm/s
(M/T)
or
6.5
(A/T)?
N O R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
11-211), t h e n go to s t e p 25.
11-108
2 0 . R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
( s e e p a g e 11-304} ( P Z E V m o d e l : R e m o v e r o c k e r
a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A) ( s e e p a g e
2 2 . R e c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h

(rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A ) 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
11-305).
23. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
21, A t t a c h t h e s p e c i a l t o o l s to the rocker a r m oil control
v a l v e a s s h o w n , t h e n attach the r o c k e r a r m oil
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (A) in the p r e s s u r e g a u g e a d a p t e r
idle.
(B).
24. C h e c k the oil p r e s s u r e at e n g i n e s p e e d s of
1,000 r p m a n d 2,000 r p m .
07408-0070301
0 7 4 0 6 4 ) 0 2 0 2 0 1 or
07MAJ-PY4011Aand
07IV1AJ-PY40120
Is the oil pressure

7
below
49 kPa
(0.5
kgf/cnf,
psi)?
Y E S - C h e c k for air in t h e fuel line, t h e n g o to s t e p

A
2 2 Um
(2.2 kgf-m.
18 Ibf-ft)
25.
N O I n s p e c t the V T E C s y s t e m , t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 .
O7WAJ-PO701OA
07JAZ-S5AA200
27. C l e a r t h e C K P pattern w i t h the H D S .

11-317).
2 9 . Do t h e C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
(confd)
11-109
PGM-FI System
r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d f r e e z e data p a r a m e t e r s :

* ENGINE SPEED
* VSS
* RELTP SENSOR
* C L V (calculated load v a l u e )
- A P P SENSOR
Is DTC
P0300,
P03Q1,
P0302,
P0303,
or

P0304
indicated?
Y E S ""--Check for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the ignition c o i l s , t h e i n j e c t o r s , a n d the

E C M / P C M , t h e n go to the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for D T C
P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 , P 0 3 0 3 , or P 0 3 0 4 ( s e e p a g e 11-110).
3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T In
P o r N, M/T in neutral).
P 0 3 0 3 , or P0304 in t h e D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
32. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,
P 0 3 0 3 , or P0304 in the D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Does
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o to s t e p 5. if
the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , keep idling until
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
a result c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , w a i t for s e v e r a l
N O I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G ,
k e e p driving until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 30.
minutes, and recheck.

MISFIRE,
and/or
CYL4
counts?
CYL2
MISFIRE
MISFIRE,
show
CYL3
misfire
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in t h e
r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze data p a r a m e t e r s :
ENGINE SPEED
VSS
RELTP SENSOR
APP S E N S O R
11-110
7, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0301 , P 0 3 0 2 ,

P03G3, o r P 0 3 0 4 in the D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
MISFIRE,
and/or
CYL4
counts?
N O I f the s c r e e n indicates P A S S E D , g o to s t e p 8. If
the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p driving until
a result c o m e s o n - if the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N o r HOT C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6 a n d
recheck,
a
C h e c k the C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
for 10 m i n u t e s w i t h the H D S .
MISFIRE,
and/or
CYL4
counts?
CYL2
MISFIRE
MISFIRE,
show
CYL3
misfire
WOIntermittent failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s in
t h e fuel s y s t e m circuit. S
9, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
10. E x c h a n g e t h e ignition coll f r o m t h e p r o b l e m
cylinder with one from another cylinder.
11, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in the
*
*
*
*
*
M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E in the D A T A L I S T
ENGINE SPEED
VSS
RELTP S E N S O R
APP S E N S O R
CYL2
MISFIRE
MISFIRE,
show
CYL3
misfire
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t misfire d u e to p o o r c o n t a c t at the
ignition coil c o n n e c t o r (no misfire at this t i m e ) .
C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t ' .
the ignition c o l l .
13. D e t e r m i n e w h i c h c y l i n d e r h a d the m i s f i r e .
Does
the misfire
ignition
coil
occur
was
In the cylinder
where
the
exchanged?
Y E S R e p l a c e the faulty Ignition coll (see p a g e

4-20), t h e n g o to s t e p 40.
15. E x c h a n g e the s p a r k plug from" the p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r
w i t h o n e f r o m another c y l i n d e r .
16. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s In the
* ENGINE SPEED
- VSS
* RELTP SENSOR
C L V (calculated load v a l u e )
APP S E N S O R
17. C h e c k t h e C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E In t h e D A T A L I S T
Does
the CYL1
MISFIRE,
and/or
MISFIRE,
CYL2
CYL4
MISFIRE
MISFIRE,
show
CYL3
misfire
counts?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t misfire d u e to s p a r k plug fouling
(no misfire at this time). I I
(cont'd)
11-111
PGM-FI System
25. Do a n e n g i n e c o m p r e s s i o n a n d a c y l i n d e r l e a k d o w n
18. D e t e r m i n e w h i c h c y l i n d e r h a d the misfire.
test ( s e e p a g e 6-6).
Does
spark
the misfire
plug was
occur in the cyUnder

exchanged?
where
the
Did the engine
Y E S R e p l a c e the faulty s p a r k p l u g , then go to s t e p
pass
both
tests?
40.
N O R e p a i r the engine,- t h e n g o to s t e p 40.
N O G o t o step 19.
26. Do the V T E C rocker a r m t e s t ( s e e p a g e 6-7).
Did the engine
pass
the
test?
20. E x c h a n g e the Injector f r o m the p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r

w i t h o n e f r o m the a n o t h e r c y l i n d e r .
N O R e p a i r the V T E C rocker a r m ( s e e p a g e 6-34),
21. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 2 m i n u t e s .
t h e n go to s t e p 40.
ENGINE SPEED
VSS
REL TP SENSOR
C L V (calculated l o a d v a l u e )
APPSENSOR
Does
the CYL1
MISFIRE,
MISFIRE,
CYL2
CYL4
MISFIRE
and/or
MISFIRE,
show
CYL3
misfire
counts?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t m i s f i r e d u e to b a d c o n t a c t at the
Injector c o n n e c t o r (no m i s f i r e at this t i m e ) . C h e c k
for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the
injector.
24. D e t e r m i n e w h i c h c y l i n d e r h a d t h e m i s f i r e .
Does
the misfire
injector
was
occur
in the cylinder
where
the
exchanged?
Y E S R e p l a c e the faulty injector ( s e e p a g e 11-207),

11-112
3 1 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the
a p p r o p r i a t e E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l of t h e
p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r ( s e e table).
DTC
ECM/PCM
WIRE
CYLINDER
Mo. 1
Mo. 2
PROBLEM
P0301
P03O2
COLOR
BRN
RED
No. 3
No. 4
P0303
P0304
TERMINAL
C5
C6
C7
C8
BLU
YEL
3 2 ; T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
3 3 . D i s c o n n e c t the injector 2 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m the
problem cylinder.
3 5 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n injector 2 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d body g r o u n d .
I N J E C T O R 2P C O N N E C T O R
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C W P I
1 2
IGPIYEL/BLIC1

T e r m i n a l s i d e of female terminals
is there
is there
battery
voltage?
battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e Injector
a n d P G M - F I m a i n relay 1, t h e n g o to s t e p 40.
3 6 . T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
(confd)
11-113
PGM-FI System
37. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l of the p r o b l e m
c y l i n d e r ( s e e table).
PROBLEM
DTC
ECM/PCM
WIRE
No. 1
No. 2
P0301
TERMINAL
C5
COLOR
BRN
P0303
P03G4
C6
C7
RED
No. 3
No. 4
CYLINDER
P0302
C8
BLU
YEL
38. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n a p p r o p r i a t e Injector

2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d the E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l of t h e p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r (see
table).
PROBLEM
DTC
ECM/PCM
TERMINAL
CYLINDER
No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
P0301
P0302
P0303
CS
C6
C7
No. 4
P0304
C8
WSRE
COLOR
BRN
RED
BLU
YEL
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C (49P)
I N J E C T O R 2P C O N N E C T O R
is there
ECM/PCM
C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M a n d the Injector, t h e n go to s t e p 40.

Is there
continuity?
P C M a n d the injector, t h e n go to s t e p 40.
11-114
MP*
3 9 . At the injector s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e
b e t w e e n Injector 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d
No, 2.

ENGINE SPEED
INJECTOR 2P CONNECTOR
12
IGP
VSS
RELTP SENSOR
APP SENSOR

INJ
is DTC
P0301,
P0302,
P0303,
or
P0304
indicated?
is there
10-
13 0 ?
Y E S G o to s t e p 5 0 .
N O R e p l a c e t h e injector ( s e e p a g e 11-207), t h e n
g o to s t e p 4 0 ,
t e r m i n a l s at t h e Ignition c o i l s , t h e i n j e c t o r s , a n d the
E C M / P C M , t h e n go to the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for D T C
P0300, P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 , P 0 3 0 3 , or P0304 ( s e e p a g e
11-107).
49. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,
P 0 3 0 3 , or P0304 in the D T C s M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
Does

43. Reset the E C W P C M with the H D S .
44. C l e a r t h e C K P pattern w i t h t h e H D S .
45. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-3171,
46. Do the C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e Ignition c o i l s ,
the i n j e c t o r s , a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
If the s c r e e n Indicates E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g
until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T
O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 47,
51. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
ENGINE SPEED
VSS
RELTP SENSOR
APPSENSOR
(confd)
11-115
PGM-FI System
5 3 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the .HDS.
Is DTC P0301,
indicated?
P0302,
P0303,
or
P0304
t e r m i n a l s at the ignition c o i l s , t h e i n j e c t o r s , a n d t h e
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go
to s t e p 52. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to
s t e p 1.
NOGotostep54.
P 0 3 0 3 , or P0304 in t h e D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Does
the screen
indicate
DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction

1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (I!).
neutral) until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let It
Idle.
4. Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 3 , 0 0 0 4 , 0 0 0 r p m
for at least 10 s e c o n d s .
PASSED?
Y E S I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
- ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 5 3 , g o to the Indicated
MOIf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the Ignition c o l l s ,
the i n j e c t o r s , a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M
w a s updated, substitute a k n o w n - g o o d C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 5 2 . If the E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g until a result c o m e s o n . If
the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5 2 .
is DTC
P0325
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at this
at the knock s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
7. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
8. D i s c o n n e c t the knock s e n s o r 1P c o n n e c t o r
(see p a g e 11-213).
11-116

terminal C 4 6 a n d body ground.

terminal C46 and body ground.
E C M / F C M CONNECTOR C(49P)'
1~|
Y3
| 4 j
8~l 9 |101
| 6 | 7
13 1 4 | l 5 16 1TJ1S
24
/ / /
31
ICS (RED/BLU)
KS ( R E D / B L U )
Is there
continuity
is there
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M ( C 4 6 ) a n d t h e knock s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.
20 21
/ /
continuity?
P C M (C46) a n d the knock s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.
11. C o n n e c t t h e k n o c k s e n s o r 1P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l to
13. R e p l a c e t h e knock s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-213).

KNOCK S E N S O R 1P C O N N E C T O R

ICS (RED/BLU)

11-317).
JUMPER WIRE
18. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 3 , 0 0 0 4 , 0 0 0 r p m
for at l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s . '
W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals
Is DTC
P0325
indicated?
(confd)
11-117
PGIVNFI System
DTC P0335: CKP Sensor No Signal

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e knock s e n s o r
a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n
Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 18.
21. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest
22. Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 3 , 0 0 0 4 , 0 0 0 r p m
3. Start t h e e n g i n e .
Is DTC
P0335
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
for at l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s .
at t h e C K P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M .
23. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s . o r . D T C s with-the H D S .
Is DTC
P0325
indicated?
6. D i s c o n n e c t the C K P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
t e r m i n a l s at the knock s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M ' w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ' ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 22..
If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

8. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C K P s e n s o r 3 P
C K P S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR

Does
.
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
IGP (YEL/BLK)
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s
( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 3 , g o to t h e indicated
Is there
battery
voltage
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e knock s e n s o r
a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 22. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the C K P
g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T
s e n s o r a n d P G M - F I m a i n relay 1, t h e n g o to s t e p 19.
C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 22.
11-118
9, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C K P s e n s o r 3 P
11. T u r n t h e ignition-switch to L O C K (0).

C K P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
2 3
CKP
{BLU}
ECM/PCM'CONNECTOR C (4SP)
Is them
about
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C K P s e n s o r 3 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o , 2 a n d No* 3.
CKP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR
Is there
continuity?
P C M (C32) a n d t h e C K P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 19.
LG (BRN/VEU |
| 1GP f Y E L / B L K )
15. C o n n e c t C K P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 to
body ground with a jumper wire.
C K P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
12
CKP {BLU)
is there
battery
voltage?
JUMPER WIRE
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e C K P
s e n s o r a n d G 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-20), t h e n g o to s t e p
19.
(cont'd)
11-119
PGM-FJ System
Is DTC
P0335
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the C K P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
then go to s t e p 1.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
27. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M If It d o e s not h a v e the latest
Is there
continuity?
Is DTC
P0335
indicated?
N O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (C32) a n d the C K P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 19.
18. R e p l a c e the C K P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-210).
2 0 : T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
22. C l e a r the C K P pattern w i t h the H D S .
11-317).
24. Do the C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
11-120
t e r m i n a l s at t h e C K P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M ' w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
N O I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
go to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
DTC P0339: C K P S e n s o r Circuit Intermittent

Interruption
NOTE: B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
8. R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n c a s e ( s e e p a g e 6-13), a n d
' c h e c k for d a m a g e on the C K P s e n s o r p u l s e r plate.
is the putser
plate-
damaged?
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information f s e e p a g e 11-3).
Y E S R e p l a c e the C K P s e n s o r p u l s e r plate
( s e e p a g e 7-30), t h e n go to s t e p 11.
2, C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
3, S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s .
10. R e p l a c e t h e C K P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-210).
4, C h e e k t h e C K P N O I S E in the D A T A L I S T with the
HDS,
Are 0 counts
indicated?
Y E S G o to s t e p ? .
N O G o to s t e p 5 ,
14. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
5, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s i n the
15. D o the C K P pattern learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

16. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle for 10 s e c o n d s .
* ENGINE SPEED
* VSS
6, C h e c k t h e C K P N O I S E in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
is DTC
HDS,
P0339
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the C K P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
t i m e , C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the C K P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , . g o to the
Are 0 counts
indicated?
7 , C h e c k for p o o r or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s
at t h e s e l o c a t i o n s :
* CKP sensor
* ECM/PCM
* Engine ground
* Body ground
Are
the connections
and terminals
OK?
N O R e p a i r t h e c o n n e c t i o n s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o
to s t e p 11,
11-121
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd}
DTC P0351: No. 1 Cylinder Ignition Coil
Circuit Malfunction
9 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .
10.

Circuit Malfunction
Circuit Malfunction
Circuit Malfunction
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot record all freeze data

and any on-board snapshot and review the general
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
Check the No. 13 IG C O I L

hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse
OK ?
YESGo
to step
(15
A) f u s e in the
under-
11.
11. Test the ignition coil relay (A) in the under-hood

fuse/relay box (see page 22-91).
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

2. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Is DTC
P0351,
P0352,
P0353,
and/or
P0354
indicated?
YESGo
to step
5.
NOIntermittent failure, the system is OK at this

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at the ignition coil and the ECM/PCM.

8. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
at the exchanged
cylinder?
YESReplace the faulty ignition coil (see page

4-20), then go to step 25.
NOGoto step 9.
11-122
OK ?
25.
6. Exchange the ignition coil from the problem

cylinder with one from another cylinder.
indicated
coil relay
N O R e p l a c e the ignition coil r e l a y , t h e n g o to s t e p
5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Is a DTC
Is the ignition
12, R e m o v e t h e ignition coil r e l a y (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r h o o d fuse/relay box.
15. R e i n s t a l l t h e Ignition coil r e l a y .

16. D i s c o n n e c t t h e Ignition coil 3 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e
problem cylinder.
18. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n ignition coil 3 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 of the p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r
a n d b o d y g r o u n d ( s e e table).
PROBLEM
DTC
CYLINDER
No. 1
P0351
No. 2
P0352
No. 3
No. 4
P0353
P0354
13, D i s c o n n e c t all ignition coil 3 P c o n n e c t o r s .

IGNITION COIL 3P CONNECTOR
14, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n N o , 1 ignition coil 3 P
N o . 1 I G N I T I O N C O I L 3 P CONNECTOR
+ B I BLK/WHT)
+ B
fBLK/WHT)
W i r e side of female t e r m i n a l s
is there
battery
voitage?
is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e ignition
coil a n d the ignition coil r e l a y , t h e n g o to s t e p 25.
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e ignition
c o i l s a n d the ignition coil relay. A l s o r e p l a c e t h e
Mo, 1 3 I G C O I L (15 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 .
N O C h e c k t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box, a n d
r e p l a c e it if n e e d e d ( s e e p a g e 22-83), t h e n g o to
step 25.
(cont'd)
11-123
PGM-FI S f stem
19.
T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
23.
C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l of t h e p r o b l e m
20. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n ignition coil 3 P
c y l i n d e r ( s e e table).
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 of t h e p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r
and body ground (see table).
PROBLEM
DTC
ECM/PCM
TERMINAL
WIRE
No. 1
P0351
C15
YEL/GRN
CYLINDER
PROBLEM
DTC
COLOR
No. 2
P0352
C16
BLU/RED
No. 1
P0351
No. 3
P0353
C17
WHT/BLU
No. 2
P0352
No. 4
P0354
C18
BRN
No. 3
P0353
No. 4
P0354
CYLINDER
ECM/PCM C O N N E C T O R C |49P)
IGPLS2 (BLU/RED)
I G N I T I O N COIL 3P C O N N E C T O R
1GPLS3 f W H T / B L U )
IOPLS1 (YEL/GRN)
1GPLS4 ( B R N )
3|4ji5JjsjjJ7
eTT
Dq]
"tall 4-115J18 j 1T118
221
GND (BLK)

Is there
Is there
continuity?
continuity?
PCM
a n d the ignition c o i l , t h e n go to s t e p 25.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e ignition
coif a n d G 1 0 2 , t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 .
21.
J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
22.
D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
11-124
2 4 . C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a p p r o p r i a t e ignition
coil 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d the E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r terminaf of the p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r ( s e e
table).
PROBLEM
CYLINDER
No, 1
DTC
ECM/PCM
TERMINAL
No. 2
P0351
P0352
C15
C16
No. 3
No. 4
P0353
P0354
C17

is DTC
P0351,
P0352,
P0353,
and/or
P0354
indicated?
WIRE
COLOR
YEL/GRN
t e r m i n a l s at the ignition coil a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,

BLU/RED
WHT/BLU
BRN
C18
IGNITION COIL 3P C O N N E C T O R
1
IGPLS
Wire side of female
IGPLS2 (BLU/RED)
1GPLS1 (YEL/GRN)
terminals
IGPLS3
(WHT/BLU)
IGPLS4 (BRN)
ECM/PCM
3 2 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
is DTC
P0351,
P0352,
P0353,
and/or
P0354
indicated?
CONNECTOKCI49P!
t e r m i n a l s at t h e ignition coil a n d the E C M / P C M . Sf
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. '
fs there
terminals
continuity?
N O - R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M a n d t h e ignition c o i l , t h e n g o to s t e p 25.
2 5 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
28. Reset the E C M / P C M with the H D S .
2 9 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
11-125
PGM-FI System
DTC P0365: CMP Sensor B Circuit No Signal
9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r B 3 P

CMP
S E N S O R B 3P C O N N E C T O R
/X
CMPB
(GRN)
Is DTC
P0365
indicated?
Is there
about
V?
M 0 I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
at C M P s e n s o r B a n d t h e E C M / P C M . II
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r 3 P
6. D i s c o n n e c t the C M P s e n s o r B 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2 a n d No. 3.
7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (11).
C M P S E N S O R B 3P C O N N E C T O R
8. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r B 3 P
Zx
1
CMP
S E N S O R B 3P C O N N E C T O R
LG fBRN/YELI
IGP (YEL/BLK)
fYEL/BLK)
is there
IGP
battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r
is there
battery
voltage?
M O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r
B a n d P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1, t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
11-126
B a n d G 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 2 0 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
15. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r B 3 P
connector terminal No. 1 a n d E C M / P C M connector
terminal C31.
CMP S E N S O R B 3P CONNECTOR
14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal C31 a n d body ground.
1
CMPB (GRN)
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C f 4SP)
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C(49P)
3 i 4 j 5 i 8 j 7
IT
i
11 12
8|9|10|
16 17|18
2D 21
22 23 24
29 30 31
143|44|46|46
7y
146M
CMPB IGRN}
CMPB (GRN)
is there
continuity?

is there
continuity?
YES-Repair s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
PCM; (C31) a n d C M P s e n s o r B, t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
N O - R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (C31) a n d C M P s e n s o r B, t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
P J O G o t o s t e p 15,
(confd)
11-127
PGM*F1 System
DTC P0369: CMP Sensor B Circuit Intermittent

Interruption
17. R e p l a c e C M P s e n s o r B ( s e e p a g e 11-210).
19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll).

2 1 . Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
3. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s .
11-317).
Is DTC
P0365
indicated?
4. C h e c k t h e C M P B N O I S E in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Are
0 counts
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r B a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1.
ENGINE SPEED
* VSS
24. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest

Is DTC
P0365
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r B a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
6. C h e c k t h e C M P B N O I S E In the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Are 0 counts
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
at C M P s e n s o r B a n d the E C M / P C M .
7. C h e c k for p o o r or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s
N O i f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
Is c o m p l e t e . Sf t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
CMP sensor B
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). Sf
* ECM/PCM
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d ,
* Engine ground
go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
Body ground
Are the connections
and terminals
OK?
N O R e p a i r t h e c o n n e e t o r s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o to
s t e p 11.
11-128
8, C h e e k for d a m a g e o n t h e CfVIP s e n s o r B p u l s e r
plate ( s e e p a g e 6-30).
is the pulser
pi ate
damaged?
DTC P050A: Cold Start Idle Air Control

System Performance Problem
and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e C M P s e n s o r B p u l s e r plate
{ s e e p a g e 8-30), t h e n g o to s t e p 11.
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e . p a g e 11-3).
2. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y DTCs=or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Are any Temporary
DTCs
or DTCs
other
than
10. R e p l a c e C M P s e n s o r B { s e e p a g e 11-210).
P050A
11. T o r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N {Ilk
Y E S G o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
N O G o to s t e p 3 . .
indicated?
3. C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or b l o c k a g e at t h e
intake a i r d u c t
11-317).
14. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , arid let It idle for 10 s e c o n d s .
is it
15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y - D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
P0369
Indicated?
OK?
N O R e c o n n e c t or repair t h e intake air d u c t , t h e n

g o to s t e p 20.
t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r B a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n
4. C h e c k for d a m a g e at the air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g .
g o t o s t e p 1.
Is it
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o t o t h e
OK?
N O R e p l a c e t h e air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e
11-359), t h e n g o to s t e p 20.
5. C h e c k for dirt or d e b r i s in the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t .
Is It
dirty?
Y E S R e p l a c e the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t or r e m o v e
t h e d e b r i s ( s e e p a g e 11-360), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 0 .
(cont'd)
11-129
PGM-FI System
6. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o ! until t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R
1 is 122 F (50 C) or l e s s .
12. M o n i t o r t h e E N G I N E S P E E D in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S , a n d hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m
7. C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S .
13. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m , c h e c k
8. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s or
the M A F S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T - w i t h the H D S .
more.
Is there about 5.69. Monitor.the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 A in the
gm/s
6.5-9.1
7.8 gm/s
(M/T)
or
(A/T)?
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
11-211), t h e n g o to s t e p 20.
N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle
b o d y , t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , a n d the E C M /
P C M . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p
Idling until a result c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n
g o to s t e p 6.

15. A l l o w the e n g i n e to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
18. Note t h e v a l u e of SAT S E N S O R q u i c k l y in the D A T A
10. Do t h e E T C S T E S T In t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U with
L I S T with the H D S .
the H D S .
19. C o m p a r e the v a l u e of the I A T S E N S O R a n d the
Is the THROTTLE
VALVE
ACTUATOR
CONTROL
normal?
Does
the value
of the IAT SENSOR
differ
(3 C)or
N O R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362),
Y E S R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r

Idle.
11-130
5.4
more?
N O C h e c k for dirt, c a r b o n , or d a m a g e In t h e
throttle bore. If t h e r e is dirt or c a r b o n , c l e a n t h e
throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359), t h e n g o to s t e p 20.
Sf t h e r e is d a m a g e in t h e throttle b o r e , r e p l a c e t h e
20. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N
DTC P050B: Cold Start Ignition Timing

Control System Performance Problem
{III
21. Beset the E C M / P C M with the H D S .

11-317),
2 3 . L e t t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R
1 i s 122 T (50 ) or l e s s .
more,
Are any Temporary

P050B
indicated?
DTCs
or DTCs
other
than
Y E S G o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
is DTC
PQ50A
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y , the M A F s e n s o r / I A T
3. C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or a b l o c k a g e at t h e
s e n s o r , a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1,
intake a i r duct.
Is it
26. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 A in the

D T C s MBHU
OK?
with the H D S ,
N O R e c o n n e c t or r e p a i r the intake air d u c t , t h e n
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
g o to s t e p 25,
4. C h e c k f o r d a m a g e at t h e air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g .
g o t o the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
Is it
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y ,
t h e MAF s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. if t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s
E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling until a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If
the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T
OK?
N O R e p l a c e t h e air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e
11-359), t h e n g o to s t e p 25.
5. C h e c k for dirt or d e b r i s in the air c l e a n e r . e l e m e n t .
is it
dirty?
Y E S R e p l a c e the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t o r r e m o v e
t h e d e b r i s ( s e e p a g e 11-360), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 .
(confd)
11-131
PGM-FI System
6. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R
1 is 122 F (50 C) or l e s s .
12. Do the E T C S T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h

the H D S .
Is the THROTTLE
7. C l e a r t h e D T C with t h e H D S .
VALVE
normal?
ACTUATOR
CONTROL
'
8. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s o r

more.
9. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 B in t h e
Does
the screen
indicate
FAiLED
N O R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362),
'

' 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d .(A/T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n Set it
idle.
N O I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e C K P
s e n s o r , the throttle b o d y , t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T
s e n s o r , E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M /
P C M . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p
idling until a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n
g o to s t e p 6.
14. Monitor the E N G I N E S P E E D in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h

t h e H D S , a n d hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m
for at least 3 0 s e c o n d s .
15. W h i l e h o l d i n g the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m , c h e c k
' t h e M A F S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T with t h e H D S .
is there
6.5-9.1
about
gm/s
5.6- 7.8 gm/s

(A/T)?
(M/T)
or
10. I n s p e c t the Ignition t i m i n g ( s e e p a g e 4-19).

Is the ignition
timing
OK ?
1 1 - 2 1 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 25.
11. C h e c k for d a m a g e at the C K P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e

11-210) a n d the C K P s e n s o r p u l s e r plate ( s e e p a g e
7-30).
is the CKP sensor
plate
damaged?
and/or
the CKP
sensor
pulser
17. Drain t h e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

18. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), a n d E C T
s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212).
19. A l l o w t h e s e n s o r s to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
Y E S R e p l a c e the C K P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-210)
a n d / o r t h e C K P s e n s o r p u l s e r plate ( s e e p a g e 7-30),
21. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d E C T s e n s o r 2 to their 2 P
c o n n e c t o r s , but do not install t h e m .
2 q u i c k l y in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
11-132
MP*
31. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 B in the
24. C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d t h e
a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , a n d t h e v a l u e of E C T
S E N S O R 2 and the a m b i e n t temperature
individually.
Does
either
from
the ambient
sensor
differ
more
than 5 A F (3
Does
C)
temperature?
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated-in s t e p 3 0 ,
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e s e n s o r that differed m o r e t h a n
5.4 F {3 C) f r o m t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e n g o
to s t e p 2 5 .
N O C h e c k a n d repair a n y p r o b l e m s with the
f o l l o w i n g i t e m s , R e p a i r or r e p l a c e t h e m if n e e d e d ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 , If all of the i t e m s a r e O K , g o to
step 32.
* Engine compression and cylinder leakdown
* VTEC system
* E n g i n e oil
* A C system
N O I f t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e C K P s e n s o r ,
t h e throttle b o d y , the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , E C T
s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2 , a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o
to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p
idling until a result c o m e s o n . Sf t h e s c r e e n
g o to s t e p 28.
3 2 . U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
* Power steering
11-317).
"34. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o l until the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R

1 is 122 F (50 C) or l e s s .
2 7 . Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
35. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle for 10 s e c o n d s or
more.
11-317).
2 8 . L e t t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R
1 is 122 F (50 <C) or l e s s .
more.
30. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC
P050B
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e C K P s e n s o r , the throttle b o d y , t h e
M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r
2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

is DTC
P050B
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e C K P s e n s o r , the throttle b o d y , the
M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r
2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 34. Sf t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1.
M O G o to s t e p 3 7 .
(confd)
11-133
PGM-FI System
3 7 . M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 B In t h e
DTC P0562: Charging System Low Voltage
NOTE:
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S i f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substituted, replace the original E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 3 6 , g o to the indicated
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the C K P s e n s o r ,
t h e throttle b o d y , the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , E C T
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
* If a n y high c u r r e n t l o a d a c c e s s o r i e s a r e I n s t a l l e d , t h i s
D T C c a n be s e t .
* If D T C P 1 6 B B a n d / o r P 1 6 B C is s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e
as D T C P0562, troubleshoot D T C P16BB and/or P 1 6 B C
first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 0 5 6 2 .
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 34. If t h e
" E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the
4. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p Idling until a
result c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 34.
* A / C on
* T e m p e r a t u r e control at m a x i m u m c o o l
* B l o w e r fan at m a x i m u m s p e e d
* Rear w i n d o w defogger on
* H e a d l i g h t s o n high b e a m
5. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P or N,
M/T in neutral) for 1 m i n u t e .
Is DTC
P0562
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), t h e n

go to s t e p 7.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
at t h e alternator a n d t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box,
a n d c h e c k t h e battery p e r f o r m a n c e ( s e e p a g e
22-88).
11-134
7, T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
DTC P0563: ECM/PCM Power Source Circuit

Unexpected Voltage
8, R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
9, Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
* A / C on
* B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d
4. W a i t 10 s e c o n d s .
* Headlights on high b e a m
12, Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m { A / T in P or N,
M/T In neutral) for 1 m i n u t e ,
is DTC
P0563
indicated?
is DTC
P0562
Indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the alternator a n d t h e u n d e r - h o o d
MOIntermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
at P G M - F I m a i n relay 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
M O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If a n y other
(confd)
11-135
PGM-fi System
10. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal A7 and body ground.

terminal A7 a n d body ground.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P)
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P)
MRLY (RED/BLK)
MRLY (RED/BLK)
Is there
battery
voltage?
Is there
continuity?
P C M (A7) a n d P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1, t h e n g o t o s t e p
11. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r -
16.
hood fuse/relay box.

13. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
11-136
14
Measure the voltage between E C M / P C M connector
terminal A 9 and body ground.

IGP {YEL/BLK)
11-317).
7T
28 27 28
23
34J35J38
42 14314*1x1*.^S

21. W a i t 10 s e c o n d s .
22. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC
is there
battery
P0563
indicated?
voltage?
t e r m i n a l s at P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 a n d the E C M / P C M ,
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
t h e E C M / P C M <A9) a n d P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1, t h e n
P J 0 - T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
g o to s t e p 16.
Indicated D T C s troubleshooting.il
15. T e s t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
Is PGM-Pi
main
relay
OK?
24. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r substitute a k n o w n -
Y E S G o to s t e p 2 3 ,
M O R e p l a c e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1, t h e n g o to s t e p
16.
is DTC
P0563
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 a n d the E C M / P C M .
If t h e E C M / P C M . w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
g o t o t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
11-137
PGM-FI System
DTC P0602: ECM/PCM Programming Error
DTC P0606: ECM/PCM Processor Malfunction
NOTE:
a n d any on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
T h i s D T C is indicated w h e n a n E C M / P C M update is
not c o m p l e t e d .
D o not turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I)
w h i l e updating the E C M / P C M . If y o u turn t h e Ignition
s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I) before c o m p l e t i o n , the
E C M / P C M c a n be d a m a g e d .
1. Do the E C M / P C M u p d a t e p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
5. W a i t 40 s e c o n d s .
11-215).
2. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .
Is DTC
P0602
Indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e
Is DTC
P0606
indicated?
11-216KB
N O U p d a t e is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other T e m p o r a r y
time.B
D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d
9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (H).
10. W a l t 40 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC
P0606
indicated?
. Y E S i f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to
s t e p 8. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p
1.
11-138
IP
PTC FOSOA: PCM (A/T system) Internal
Control Module Malfunction
DTC P062F: ECM/PCM Internal Control

Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Error
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
3 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC
P060A
is DTC
indicated?
P062F
indicated?
M O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
W O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.a
time.H
4, U p d a t e t h e PCM if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),

5, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
is DTC
PO&GA
is DTC
indicated?
indicated?
Y E S S f the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a
Y E S - H f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1,
P062F
s t e p 1.
HOlf the P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting is

c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216), If a n y other
is c o m p l e t e . Sf the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
11-139
PGM-FI System
DTC P0630: VIN Not Programmed or
Mismatch
is DTC
P0630
indicated?
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
any on-board s n a p s h o t a n d review the general
* T h i s D T C Is s t o r e d o n l y w h e n t h e E C M / P C M d o e s not
h a v e the VIN Information of t h e v e h i c l e . U s e t h e H D S '
to Input the m i s s i n g V I N i n f o r m a t i o n .
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.il
9. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute-a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
10. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .
2. C h e c k t h e VIN w i t h the H D S .
Does
the HDS show
the vehicle's
VIN?
Is DTC
P0630
indicated?
Y E S I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,-substitute a
s t e p 1.
3. Input the V I N to the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
Does
the screen
show
COMPLETE?
4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC
P062F
indicated?
- - Y E S G o to the D T C P 0 6 2 F t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 11-139).
5 seconds.
11-140

a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s are I n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . U
MP*
DTC P0685: ECM/PCM Power Control Circuit/
Internal Circuit Malfunction

NOTE:
15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e HDS.- -

is DTC
P0685
indicated?
* If the p r o b l e m d o e s n ' t return after y o u c l e a r the D T C ,

or it t h i s D T C is s t o r e d intermittently, c h e c k for l o o s e
Y E S I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a
t e r m i n a l s at t h e I G P line c o n n e c t o r s b e f o r e r e p l a c i n g
the E C M / P C M .
s t e p 10. If the E C M / P C M w a s .substituted, g o to s t e p

1.
WOIf t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
3, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 3 0 s e c o n d s .
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216), If
g o t o t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
8. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 30 s e c o n d s .
8. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
is DTC
P0685
indicated?
PiOintermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.B
9. Update the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
10, S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 30 s e c o n d s .
12< S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 3 0 s e c o n d s .
11-141
PGM-FI System
DTC P0720: Output Shaft (Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

O U T P U T S H A F T(COUNTERSHAFT)
S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O M N E C T O R
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in neutral) until the
radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it idle.
VCC1
(YEL/RED)
2. T e s t - d r i v e s e v e r a l m i n u t e s .
3. C h e c k the C S H A F T S P D in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
Is any vehicle
speed
indicated?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
Is there
about
5 V?
at the output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d
the E C M . B
IMORepair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M
NOGoto
s t e p 4.
(C13) a n d the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.

5. D i s c o n n e c t the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r 3P connector.
8. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n output shaft

(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)

S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
NC (BLK/WHT)
Is there
about
V?
11-142
ST I
(countershaft:) s p e e d s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
13. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal B38 and body ground..
Ho, 1 a n d N o , 3,
E C M CONNECTOR B I4SP)
OUTPUT SHAFT ( C O U N T E R S H A F T )
S P E E D SENSOR-3P C O N N E C T O R
40
77
VC1 (YEL/RED)
SG1 (GRN/WHT)
NC ( B L K / W H T )
Is there
Is there
about
77 ,
31 32J3S 34 36138
continuity?
V?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
(B38) a n d t h e output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r , t h e n go to step 18.
W O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
(014) a n d t h e output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
14. C o n n e c t output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r
3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a
jumper wire.
12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
OUTPUT SHAFT fCOUNTERSHAFT)

SPEED S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3
NC (BLK/WHT)
JUMPER WIRE
(cont'd)
11-143
PGiVi-FS System
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r
23. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .

Is DTC
POT20
indicated
ECM CONNECTOR B (49P)

t e r m i n a l s at t h e output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r a n d the E C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
7
38
UC ( B L K / W H T )

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Is there
continuity
go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M
(B38) a n d the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the output s h a f t
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the E C M , t h e n g o
to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
go to s t e p 22.
17. R e p l a c e the output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-213).
26. U p d a t e the E C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
20. R e s e t the E C M with the H D S .
21. Do t h e E C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
a b o v e 176 F (80 C)
T r a n s m i s s i o n in 5th
* Engine s p e e d between 2,0003,000
rpm
* Drive for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e (with

t h e throttle fully c l o s e d ) for 8 s e c o n d s
11-144
a b o v e 1 7 6 F ( 8 0 C)
* T r a n s m i s s i o n In 5th
* Engine s p e e d between 2,0003,000 rpm
* Drive for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e (with
the throttle fully c l o s e d ) for 8 s e c o n d s

Is DTC
POT20
DTC P1109: BARO Sensor Circuit Out of

Range High
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M . If t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
g o to s t e p 2 7 , If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p
1.
2 9 . M o n i t o r flie O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 7 2 0 in t h e
is DTC
P1109
indicated?
Does
the screen
Indicate
PASSED?
Y E S i f t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
time.!
c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original E C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
g o t o the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
N O i f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e output s h a f t
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M . If t h e
E C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good E C M
( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 7 . If t h e E C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 27.

Is DTC
P1109
indicated?
Y E S i f the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a

s t e p 1.
is complete.. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
1
11-145
PGM-FI System
Performance Problem
11. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 1 to Its 2P c o n n e c t o r , but d o
SMOTE:
not Install it.

13. Note the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 quickly in t h e
* If D T C P0111 is s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 1 1 1 6 ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C P0111 f i r s t t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C
P1116.
1. C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at
E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d E C T s e n s o r 2.
Are
the
connections
and
14. C o m p a r e the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d t h e
Does
(3
OK?
terminals
the value
C) or more
of ECT
from
SENSOR
the ambient
1 differ
5A
temperature?
Y E S R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), t h e n
g o to s t e p 27.
N O R e p a i r the c o n n e c t o r s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o to
s t e p 27.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
15. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 m i n u t e s .

HDS.
Are
DTCP1116
and P2183
indicated
at the
same
time?
is about
113
F (45
C) or less
indicated?
g o t o s t e p 27.
4. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 m i n u t e s .

17. Let the e n g i n e idle 10 m i n u t e s .
HDS.
Is about
113
F (45
C) or less
18. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
indicated?
Is about
go to s t e p 27.
113
F (45
g o t o s t e p 27.
7. Drain the c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

8. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212).
9. A l l o w E C T s e n s o r 1 to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
10. Note the a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
11-146
or less
indicated?
C)
20. Drain t h e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
21. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212) a n d E C T
s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212).
2 2 . A l l o w t h e s e n s o r s to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
11-317).
2 3 . Note t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
is DTC
c o n n e c t o r s , but d o not install t h e m .

2 q u i c k l y in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
2 8 , C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d the
P1116
indicated?
a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , a n d t h e v a l u e of E C T
S E N S O R 2 a n d the ambient temperature
individually.
Does one of the sensors
(3 C) from the ambient
differ
more than 5.4 F
temperature?
Y E S R e p l a c e the s e n s o r that differed m o r e t h a n

5,4 f |3 *C) f r o m t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e n g o
to s t e p 2 7 .
c
WOIntermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this

t i m e , C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
11-147
PGM-FI System
DTC P1128: MAP Sensor Signal Lower Than
Expected

NOTE B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d

a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
B e f o r e y o u begin c h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or
b l o c k a g e at the intake air duct.

11-317).

3,000 r p m without load ( A / T In P or N, M/T In
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let It
Idle.
2. C h e c k the M A P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T with the
HDS.
Is less
than 54.1 kPa
1:61 V held
for more
(16.0
in.Hg,
than 5
406 mmHg),
or
seconds?
a b o v e 158 F (70 C)
A / T i n D , M/T in 3rd
V e h i c l e s p e e d a c c e l e r a t e d f r o m 1631
( 2 5 5 0 km/h) u n d e r half throttle
NOGoto step3.
mph
3. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
IsDTCP1128
neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , then let it
Idle.
t e r m i n a l s at the M A P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
a b o v e 1581= ( 7 0 * 0
* A / T In D, M/T In 3rd
* V e h i c l e s p e e d a c c e l e r a t e d f r o m 1631 m p h
(2550 k m / h ) u n d e r half throttle
indicated?
15. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 1 1 2 8 In t h e

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
N O I f t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the M A P s e n s o r
NOIf the s c r e e n indicates P A S S E D ,
intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for

poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the M A P
s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 4 a n d r e c h e c k .
8. R e p l a c e the M A P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-211).
11-148
mP
DTC P1129: MAP Sensor Signal Higher Than
Expected
a b o v e 158 T (70
* D r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h
( 8 8 1 2 0 k m / h ) for 10 s e c o n d s
1, C h e c k f o r v a c u u m l e a k s in t h e s e parts:
' During-the d r i v e , d e c e l e r a t e (with throttle fully

c l o s e d ) for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s
* PCV valve
* PCV hose
6. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 1 1 2 9 In the
* E V A P canister purge v a l v e
* Throttle b o d y
' Does
* Intake m a n i f o l d
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
* Brake booster
* Brake booster h o s e
Are
there
any vacuum
leaks?
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
Y E S R e p a i r or r e p l a c e p a r t s w i t h v a c u u m l e a k s ,
poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r - l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the M A P
t h e n g o to s t e p 9 .
s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o step 5 and recheck.
N O G o to s t e p 2*
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3.000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, IVt/T in
8. R e p l a c e the. M A P s e n s o r .(see p a g e 11-211).

idle.
9. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). -
3, C h e c k t h e W A P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS,
Is more
than 38.9
1.1 V held
kPa
for more
(11.0
in.Hg,
than for 5
277
rnrnHg),
seconds?
or

. 11-317).
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in' P o r N, M/T in
idle.
4. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S ,
(confd)
11-149
PGM-FI System
DTC P1157: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) APS Circuit
High-Voltage
a b o v e 1 5 8 F (70 0
A / T i n D , M/T in 5th
D r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h
( 8 8 1 2 0 km/h) for 10 s e c o n d s
D u r i n g the d r i v e , d e c e l e r a t e (with throttle fully
c l o s e d ) for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (Si).
14. ' C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .

3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t 1 minute.
Is DTC
P1129
Indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
Is DTC
P1157
indicated?
15. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P1129 in the
D T C s * M E N U with the H D S .
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?.
go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 11
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the M A P s e n s o r
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 12.
11-150
at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M .
6. J u m p the S C S line with the H D S .
7. D i s c o n n e c t the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4P c o n n e c t o r .
9, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l Mo. 1 a n d E C M / P C M
A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 4 P CONNECTOR
10." C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)

4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d E C M / P C M
A / F S E N S Q f U S E N S O R 1! 4 P CONNECTOR
A F S (RED/YEL)
AFS-K(RED)
1 2
3 4
1 2
3 4
E C M / P C M C O f W E C T O R C (49P)
7TT
1 3 14J15
5
16
a)
Z2 23
9 30
Terminal side of female terminalscontinuity
10
33
l ÂF SN(RED/YEL)
,rg
A F S + IRED)
I s there
1 7 1 1 8 /

is there
continuity?
Y E S G o to s t e p 10*
P C M (C29) a n d the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1 ) , t h e n g o to
s t e p 12,
N O - - R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (C30) a n d the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), then g o to
s t e p 12.
11. R e p l a c e the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) (see p a g e
11-209).
12* R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS),.
11-317).
(confd)
11-151
TOll-FI System
Is DTC
P1157

is DTC
indicated?
P1157
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M /
P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If the c o n n e c t o r a n d
t e r m i n a l fits are O K , g o to s t e p 18.
Y E S I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
s t e p 19. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
1.
17. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P1157 in the
Does
the screen
indicate
21. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P1157 in t h e

D T C s M E N U with t h e - H D S .
PASSED?
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 16,
go to the I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
Y E S - l f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 20, go to the i n d i c a t e d

( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If
the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , keep idling
19. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let It idle.
11-152
N O I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1. If
the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), then g o t o s t e p 19.
If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the
s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , keep idling
DTC P1172: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1). Circuit Out

of Range High
11. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . /=

IsDTCP1172

indicated
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M /
P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
1. T y r o the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

N O G o to step 12.
3. Start the e n g i n e . H o l d the e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t Soad ( A / T in P or N, M/T In
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n Set it
Idle,
D T C s MEMU w i t h the H D S .
Does
the screen
indicate
FAiLED
failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F
s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M , If the s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , keep idling until a result
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 3 a n d
recheck,
12. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P1172 in t h e

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e .indicated in s t e p 11,
N O I f the. s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to step. 1. If
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling until
a result c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 10.
8, R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).
8. R e s e t t h e
ECM/PCM w i t h
the H D S .
9, D o the ECM/PCM idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).
10, Start t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3/00G r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or H, M/T in
idle.
11-153
PG'M-FI S f stem
DTCP1297: ELD Circuit Low Voltage


ECM/PCM COfy WECTOR A
(49P)
3 | 4 l X [ 6 j /
11
2. C h e c k the E L D in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
22 23
24
29 30
>< /
41 | 4 3 | 4 4 t / | 4 8
Is 72 A or more
indicated?
ZliMoL
16 / p a 19 20 21
26 27 28
25
34 35 36
A /
B
S
AAA
ELD (BLU/BLK)
at t h e E L D a n d the E C M / P C M .
Is there
continuity?

" 4. D i s c o n n e c t the E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r .

6. C h e c k the E L D in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
Is 72 A or more
indicated?
P C M (A24) a n d the E L D , t h e n g o to s t e p 13.

12. R e p l a c e the E L D ( s e e p a g e 11-214).
11-317).
18. T u r n on the h e a d l i g h t s .
11-154
19, C h e e k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S ,
is DTC
P1297
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E L D a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to
s t e p 1.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
DTC PI298: ELD Circuit High Voltage

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e - p a g e 11-3).
2. C h e c k the E L D in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
is 0.2 A or less
indicated?
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-2151, or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
at t h e E L D a n d the E C M / P C M .
22, Start the e n g i n e .
23, T u r n on t h e h e a d l i g h t s .
4. D i s c o n n e c t the E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
24
C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .
5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (11).
is DTC
6. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
P1297
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the E L D a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M /
PCSV1 w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M /
PCM ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 22. If the E C M /
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
ELD 3P C O N N E C T O R
2 3
M O - H I the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting

r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
IG1 C8LK/RED!
is there
battery
voltage?
N O C h e c k t h e No. 7 A C G (15 A) f u s e In the d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box-. If the f u s e is O K , repair
o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e No.-7 A C G (15 A ) f u s e
a n d the E L D , then go to s t e p 12.
(confd)
11-155
PGM-FI System
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r
7. J u m p the S C S fine w i t h the H D S .
terminal No. 2 and body ground,

E L D 3 P CONNECTOR
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. S a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
A24.
ELD 3P CONNECTOR
G N O (BLK)
1
ELD !BLU/BLff
Wire side of f e m a l e terminals
3|4|X|6|7
n
a
//
7|15
2 2 2 3 24
29
30
321/
/|9|L
16 / | 1 8
1 9 2 0 21
25
26 27 28
></
34 35 36
Is there
continuity?
B
ELD ( B L U / B L K )
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E L D a n d
Is there
continuity?
G301 ( s e e p a g e 22-28), t h e n go to s t e p 12.

11. R e p l a c e the E L D ( s e e p a g e 11-214).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A24) a n d the E L D , t h e n g o to s t e p 12.

11-317).
is DTC
P1298
indicated?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e "indicated, g o to t h e
11-156
17. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

is DTC
P1298
indicated?
DTC P1549: Charging System High Voltage

NOTE:
any on-board snapshot, and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information (see p a g e 11-3).
* If a high v o l t a g e battery (24 V , etc.) is c o n n e c t e d to
the v e h i c l e , t h i s D T C c a n be s t o r e d .
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E L D a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M /
P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1-1-216). If
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d ,
g o t o the indicated D T C s . t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
A / C off
H e a d l i g h t s off
R e a r w i n d o w d e f o g g e r off
5. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 2,000 r p m ( A / T i n P or N,
is DTC
P1549
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), t h e n
g o t o s t e p 7.
at the alternator a n d the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box.B
9. Do the E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-317).
(confd)
11-157
I^^^l
System

DTC P16BB: Alternator B Terminal Circuit
Low Voltage
10. S t a r t the e n g i n e ,
A / C off
Headlights off
R e a r w i n d o w d e f o g g e r off

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d . s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
12. Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P or N,

Is DTC
P1549
indicated?
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h H D S .
* A / C on
t e r m i n a l s at t h e alternator a n d t h e u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
* R e a r w i n d o w d e f o g g e r on
IMOTroubleshooting is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
* H e a d l i g h t s on high b e a m

Is DTC
P16BB
indicated?
MOIntermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
at the alternator a n d the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x ,
a n d c h e c k the battery p e r f o r m a n c e ( s e e p a g e
22-88).
the alternator a n d the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box
( + B line).
Are
the connections
and terminals
OK?
s t e p 9.
11-158
8, C h e c k for a n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the
a l t e r n a t o r a n d u r i d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x at the
starter s u b h a r n e s s ,
is the harness
OK ?
DTC PI SBC: Alternator FR Terminal Circuit/

IGP Circuit Low Voltage
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e page 11-3).
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), t h e n
go to s t e p 9,
t h e alternator 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
H O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the
alternator a n d t h e urider-hood f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e n
Are the connections
and terminals
OK?
g o to s t e p 9,
9, T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
N O R e p a i r the c o n n e c t i o n s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o
11. D o the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
to s t e p 18.
2. C h e c k t h e alternator m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e for
corrosion.
11-317).
Is the mounting
surface
corroded?
Y E S R e m o v e the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32). C l e a n

all m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e s , reinstall t h e alternator, t h e n
g o t o s t e p 18.
* A / C on
*
*
*
*
T e m p e r a t u r e control at m a x i m u m c o o l
B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d
Rear w i n d o w defogger on
H e a d l i g h t s on high b e a m
14. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P or N,

6. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s ;
is DTC
P16BB
Indicated?
* A/Con
t e r m i n a l s at t h e alternator a n d t h e u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
M O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
indicated D T C s troubleshooting.'
*
*
*
*
T e m p e r a t u r e control at m a x i m u m c o o l
B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d
Rear w i n d o w defogger on
H e a d l i g h t s on high b e a m

(cont'd)
11-159
PGM-FI System
13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n alternator 4P
Is DTC
P16BC
indicated?
ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this
1 2
3 4
at t h e alternator.
ALTF (WHT/RED)

10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r .
12. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n alternator 4P

Is there
about
5 V?
Y E S R e p l a c e the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), t h e n

g o to s t e p 18.
IG1 (BLK/YEL)
1 2
3 4
Is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the
alternator (IG1 line) a n d t h e No. 7 A C G (15 A ) f u s e
in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , then g o
to s t e p 18.
11-160
MP*
17. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n alternator 4 P
25. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P or N,

t e r m in a! 8 4 7 .
is DTC
1 2
3 4
P16BC
indicated?
ALTF IWHT/RED)
E C M / P C M COWiyECTOe B C49P)
t e r m i n a l s at the alternator a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o to s t e p 1.
W O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s complete.. If a n y o t h e r
s
11 12
14 15 18 17 18 19
:.c
25 X
22 23 24
29 y
3Z|38
35)38
MX
47
1 ho L
21
38
27 28
148 M
A L T F (WHT/RED)
Terminal side of femaleterminals
I s f/iere
continuity?
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - '
30. C h e c k under t h e s e conditions:
H O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
* A / C on
P C M 1847} a n d t h e alternator, t h e n go to s t e p 18.
* R e a r w i n d o w defogger on
* H e a d l i g h t s o n high b e a m
I S . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
3 1 . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P o r N,
2 0 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),
M/T in neutral) for 1 m i n u t e / .

is DTC
P16BC
indicated?
11-317K
2 3 . S t a r t the e n g i n e .
t e r m i n a l s at the alternator.and t h e E C M / P C M . If the

E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
24. C h e c k under t h e s e conditions:
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 2 9 . Sfthe
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1..
* A C on
* T e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l at m a x i m u m c o o l
N O I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,
* B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d
troubleshooting
* H e a d l i g h t s on h i g h b e a m
11-161
PGM-FI System
Performance Problem
11. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 2 to its 2P c o n n e c t o r , but d o

not install i t
NOTE:-
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
13. Note the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 2 quickly in t h e
* If D T C PQ111 is s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 2 1 8 3 ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C P0111 first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C
P2183.
14. C o m p a r e the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 2 a n d t h e
E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d E C T s e n s o r 2.
Are
the
connections
and
terminals
Does
ECT
SENSOR
2 differ
5.4
F (3
C)
or
more?
OK?
go to s t e p 27.
s t e p 27.
at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the E C M / P C M . I I
15. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle for 10 m i n u t e s .
16. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Are
DTC
P1116
and
P2183
indicated
at the
same
time?
Is about
113
F (45
C) or less
indicated?
g o to s t e p 27.
4. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle for 10 m i n u t e s .
17. Let the e n g i n e Idle 10 m i n u t e s .
5. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 in the D A T A L I S T with the
HDS.
18. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Is about
113
F (45
C)
indicated?
is about
g o to s t e p 27.
113
F (45
7. D r a i n the c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
8. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212).
9. A l l o w E C T s e n s o r 2 to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
10. Note the a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
11-162
indicated?
. go to s t e p 27.
C) or less
19, T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10).
2 7 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
20, D r a i n the c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-8).
21
R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 f s e e p a g e 11-212) a n d E C T
11-317).
s e n s o r 2 f s e e p a g e 11-212).
2 2 . A l l o w the s e n s o r s to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
$ 0 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
23. Note t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e ,
is DTC
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2 , a n d t h e
c o n n e c t o r s , but d o not install t h e m .

2 5 . Mote t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R
2 quickly In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
28, C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d t h e
P2183
indicated?
a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , a n d the v a l u e of E C T
S E N S O R 2 and the ambient temperature
individually.
Does one of the sensors
(3 C) from the ambient
C
differ
more than 5,4
temperature?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e s e n s o r that differed m o r e t h a n
5.4 F (3 *C) from the a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e n g o
to s t e p 2 7 .
H O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
11-163
F4^M^ System
DTC Troubleshooting fcont'd)
DTC P2184: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P


E C T S E N S O R 2 2P
CONNECTOR
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),

ECT2 f Y E L / R E D )
HDS.
Is about
356 F (180
C) or more,
or 0.08
V or
less
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at this
Is there
continuity
at E C T s e n s o r 2 a n d the E C M / P C M .
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r
2 a n d the E C M / P C M (A34), t h e n go to s t e p 13.
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
12. R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212).
HDS.
is about 356
Indicated?
F (180
C) or more,
or 0.08
V or
less
16. Do the E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

11-164

is DTC
P2184
DTC P2185: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit High

Voltage
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 2 a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1,
a n d any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting,
f
18. R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s .
2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 In the D A T A L I S T with-the
HDS.
Is about-40F(
more
-40
C) or less,
or 4.90
V or
indicated?

N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s at E C T s e n s o r 2 a n d the E C M / P C M .
Is DTC
P2184
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 2 a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-71 t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
U O I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
Is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
4* D i s c o n n e c t the E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
5. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
a n d No. 2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
ECT2 (YEL/RED)
S G 6 (BLK)
JUMPER WIRE
(cont'd)
11-165
MM^fl System
6. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to ON'(II).
12. T u r n the ignition-switch to L O C K (0).
7. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
. Is about
more
C) or less,
-40F(-40
or 4.90
V or
indicated?
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 2 2P

terminal A10.
E C T S E N S O R 2 2P CONNECTOR
9. R e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the E C T s e n s o r 2 2P
Wire s i d e o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s ! S G 6 ( B L K )
connector.
10.- T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P) I S G 6 (BLK)
11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P
T e r m i n a l s i d e .of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Is there
ECT2 fYEL/RED)
continuity?
P C M (A10) a n d E C T s e n s o r 2, t h e n g o to s t e p 22.
Is there
about
V?
11-166
17. J u m p t h e S C S Sine w i t h t h e H D S ,
21. R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 2 { s e e p a g e 11-212).
19. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 1 a n d : E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal A34,
ECT SENSOR 2 2P CONNECTOR
2 5 . D o t h e E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
| ECT2 fYEL/RED)
26. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S ,
is DTC
P2185
indicated?
ECM/PCM C O N N E C T O R A I49PI
Y E S C h e e k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
g o to s t e p 1.
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o t o t h e
is there
continuity?
2 8 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest
. s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
P C M { A 3 4 ) - a n d E C T s e n s o r 2, t h e n g o to s t e p 22.
Is DTC
P2185
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r - 2 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , If t h e
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M . w a s . s u b s t i t u t e d ,
11-167
IGM-FI System
DTC P2195: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Signal
Stuck Lean

7. R e i n s t a l l t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a !
* If the v e h i c l e w a s out of fuel a n d t h e e n g i n e s t a l l e d
before t h i s D T C w a s s t o r e d , refuel a n d c l e a r t h e D T C
with the HDS.
' If D T C P 2 1 0 1 , P 2 1 1 8 , P 2 1 3 5 , P 2 1 3 8 , P 2 1 7 6 , or a
c o m b i n a t i o n of P 2 1 2 2 a n d P 2 1 2 7 , P 2 1 2 2 , a n d P 2 1 3 8 ,
or P2127 a n d P 2 1 3 8 is s t o r e d at t h e s a m e t i m e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e m f i r s t t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 2 1 9 5 .
11-209).
10. Dot-he E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
Is DTC
P2195
indicated?
1. C h e c k the installation of t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1).

Is the A/F
sensor
exhaust
pipe?
loose
or disconnected
from
the
t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M /
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1..
12. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 1 9 5 in t h e
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
4. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T i n
P o r N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s
on.
Is DTC
P2195
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M /
1
NO Intermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
at t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
11-168
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If
the s c r e e n Indicated N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling
ml
13, U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
DTC P2227: BARO Sensor Circuit Range/

Performance Problem
NOTE;
14. Start the e n g i n e , a n d Set it idle w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in

P o r N, M/T In oeotral) until the radiator fan c o n i e s
on,
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e ' p a g e 11-3).
* If D T C P 0 1 0 7 , P 0 1 0 8 , P 1 1 2 8 , a n d / o r P 1 1 2 9 a r e s t o r e d
at t h e s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 2 2 2 7 , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
D T C s first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 2 2 2 7 .
Is DTC
P2195
indicated?
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t
2 seconds.
P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
2. C h e c k the B A R O S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S .
s t e p 14. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
Is about
1.
101 kPa (29.9
2.9 V at sea level
in.Hg,
760 mmHg),
or
about
indicated?
16, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 1 9 5 in t h e
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
( s e e p a g e 11-216), If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 15, g o to the i n d i c a t e d
N O i f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s
updated, substitute a known-good E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 14, Sf the E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. Sf t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a result c o m e s
on.
3,000 r p m without l o a d ( A / T In P or N, M/T in
idle.
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C)
A / T in D, M/T in 4th
R E L T P S E N S O R b e t w e e n 16 d e g a n d 28 d e g for
at l e a s t 3 s e c o n d s
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
N O f f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for
s o m e t h i n g that m a y h a v e c l o g g e d the Intake air
s y s t e m . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 4 a n d r e c h e c k .
(confd)
11-169
PGM-FI System
7. C h e c k the intake air s y s t e m for c l o g g i n g or
restrictions (foreign m a t e r i a l , dirty air c l e a n e r
12. Monitor the- O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2227 in t h e

e l e m e n t , etc.).
Does
Is the intake
air system
dogged
or
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
restricted?
Y E S R e m o v e the c l o g or restriction, t h e n g o to
s t e p 9..
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M . w a s
( s e e p a g e . 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 11, go to the I n d i c a t e d
8. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
Idle.
a b o v e 158 F (70 C)
A / T In D, M/T in 4th
R E L T P S E N S O R b e t w e e n 16 d e g a n d 28 d e g for
at least 3. s e c o n d s
Is DTC
P2227
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 9. If the E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
11-170
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the E C M / P C M . If
t h e E C M / P C M was- u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 9. If
the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the
s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 9.
MP*
DTC P2228: BARO Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P2229: BARO Sensor Circuit High

Voltage
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
a n d a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n { s e e p a g e 11-3).
2. C h e c k t h e B A R O S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S .
Is about
or less
53 kPa (15,6 in.Hg,

indicated?
397 mmHg),
2. C h e c k t h e B A R O S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S .
or 1.58 V
Is about
160 kPa (47.2
4.5 V or more
YESGoto
in.Hg,
1,200 mmHg),
or
indicated?
step3,
f U O ^ Intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.H
time.B
3. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest

is DTC
P2228
indicated?
Is DTC
Y E S C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
updated, substitute a known-good E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1,
P2229
indicated?
terminals, at the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-216), If

g o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
11-171
KJM-FI
System

DTC P2238: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) A F S +
Circuit Low Voltage
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g - i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
9. R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).
13.
11-317).
is DTC
P2238
Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
indicated?
is DTC
at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
Y E S C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e '
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d
t e r m i n a l fits a r e O K , g o to s t e p 16.
indicated?
4. - T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

15.
P2238
Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 2 3 8 In t h e

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C
(49P)
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 14,
go to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . II
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. if
t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p Idling
until a r e s u l t c o m e s o n .
16. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
17. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let It idle.
Is there
continuity
P C M (C29) a n d the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o to
s t e p 10.
11-172
18, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S ,
Is DTC
P2238
DTC P2252: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) A F S

Circuit Low Voltage :
indicated?
Y E S i f t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
s t e p 17, If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
1.
TOGo
to s t e p
19.
19, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 2 3 8 in t h e
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Is DTC
P2252
indicated?
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e origInaI E C M / P C M
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m - I s O K at t h i s
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 18, g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d
D T C s troubleshooting.!
at t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1. If
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 17,
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. Sf t h e
s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling
until a r e s u l t c o m e s o n .
5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),
8. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P),
(cont'd)
11-173
PGM-FI System

Is DTC
P2252
indicated?
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the c o n n e c t o r a n d
t e r m i n a l fits a r e O K , g o to s t e p 17.
16. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 2 5 2 In t h e
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED
Terminal s i d e of female t e r m i n a l s
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
Is there
continuity
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 15,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . i l
. . P G M (C30) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o to
z s t e p 11.
( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling
10. R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1} ( s e e p a g e
11-209).
17. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M . if it d o e s not h a v e t h e l a t e s t '

18. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let It idle.
Is DTC
P2252
indicated?
11-317).
11-174
.20, Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 2 5 2 In the

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S - l f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,
D T C s w a s indicated in s t e p 13, g o to the i n d i c a t e d
DTC P2610: ECM/PCM Ignition Off Internal

Timer Malfunction
and a n y on-board snapshot, and review the general
N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1. Sf
t h e E C M / P C M : w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p
idling until a result c o m e s o n .
is DTC
P2610
Indicated?
time.B
software (see page 11-215)/or substitute a knowng o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
Is DTC
P2610
indicated?
Y E S I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
s t e p 1.
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
11-175
PGM-FS System
DTC P2A00: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Circuit
Range/Performance Problem

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3),

11-317).
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C)
A / T in D, M/T in 3rd
V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 2 5 5 5 m p h (40
88 k m / h ) for 5 m i n u t e s
Drive at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h
( 8 8 1 2 0 km/h) for 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e
Idle.
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C)
. A / T in D, M/T in 3rd
* V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 2 5 5 5 m p h (40
88 km/h) for 5 m i n u t e s
. (88120 km/h) for 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e
5. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 A 0 0 in the
Is DTC
P2A00
indicated?
13. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 A 0 0 in the
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
' D T C s M E N U with t h e H D S .
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A/F
s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M . If the s c r e e n
c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
recheck.
7. R e p l a c e the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).
11-176

( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p driving until
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 11.
DTC U0029: F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF

(ECM/PCM))
DTC U0122: F-CAN Malfunction (ECM/PCMVSA Modulator-Control Unit)
M O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d - s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3)...
2. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y . D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Is DTC
U0029
Are DTC
time?
U0029
and U0122
indicated
at
the-same
indicated?
Y E S G o to t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for D T C U 0 0 2 9
( s e e p a g e 11-177).
time.H
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
"' Is DTC
U0122
Indicated?
.-
is DTC
UG029
indicated
?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is OK. at this
Y E S i f t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
s t e p 1.
MOIf t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . H
t i m e . Check, for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s

at t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e E C M /
PCM. I T
5. C h e c k for c o m m u n i c a t i o n to the V S A s y s t e m w i t h
the H D S .
Does the HDS communicate
modulator-control
unit?
with the
VSA
N O G o to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 1 1 - 1 9 2 ) .
(confd)
11-177
PGH-F! System
6. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to- L O C K (0)=
t e r m i n a l A 4 a n d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
ECM/PCM COWWECTOR A (49P!
8. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
connector.
CANL(RED)
\Z7\
x i
9 h o I,
34|35|3S|/l//j
t e r m i n a l A 3 a n d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
42 43 44
E C M / P C M G 0 I M N E C T O R A (49P)
V S A M O D U L A T O R - C O I M T R O L UNIT
"
"~ CAUH
H i
rnr*
11
//
22 23 24
2 9 SO
M 4 ,
3 6 P CONNECTOR
(WHT)
/| 15 X
16
>L9jl0i,
/118
28 27 28
25
34 35
1 9 2 0 21
36
421431441/| 46
CANL
(RED)
M3|4|/|6|/l8|9|l"o[Tll
11 ^ l / H / l
125126 j 2 7 \
18119 | / l 2 1 1 / | 2 3 | / |
/ \ / \
301/|//|
341
12
13
35
36
is there
V S A M O D U L A T O R - C O N T R O L U N I T 36P C0NWECTOR
continuity?
Y E S U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it
d o e s ' n o t h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140),
CAfMH
(WHT)
lffi|26|^|/Vl30|/|A^34|
12
13
35
36
or substitute a k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 19-141), t h e n go to s t e p 12 a n d

r e c h e c k . If D T C U 0 1 2 2 is not Indicated after
s u b s t i t u t i o n , r e p l a c e the original V S A m o d u l a t o r control unit ( s e e p a g e 19-141), t h e n go to s t e p 12.
Is there
continuity?
P C M (A4) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit, t h e n

go to s t e p 12.
P C M (A3) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit, t h e n
g o t o s t e p 12.
11-178
12, R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s ,
DTC U0155: F-CAN Malfunction (ECM/PCMGauge Control Module)

H.
Reset the E C M / P C M with the H D S ,

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w t h e general'
16. Do t h e E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).
is DTC
U0122
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a n d
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
at t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the E C M / P C M .
is DTC
U0155
indicated?
4. C h e c k f o r b o d y electrical D T C s in t h e D T C s M E N U
w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
B1168,
B1169,
and/or
B1178
indicated?
N O D o the g a u g e control m o d u l e input test
(see page 2 2 - 3 2 0 ) .
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0)..
7. R e m o v e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324).
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P
connector.
(confd)
11-179
PGM-FI System
12. C o n n e c t g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r
10. C o n n e c t g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 3 0 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
t e r m i n a l No. 29 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
G A U G E CONTROL M O D U L E 32P CONNECTOR
r/ 1 / | L 3 | / l / T L 6 |
1 1 2 1/1/1/16p
1|2|/1>|/|6 /18|9|10
/ | 8 | 9 | 1 0
| 1 7 | 1 8 | 1 9 | / 1 / | 2 2 | 2 3 | 2 4 | 2 6 | 2 6 | 2 7 [ 2 8 | 2 9 | 3 0 | / 1 3 2
CANH
| L 7 | L 8 | L 9 | / ] / | 2 2 | 2 3 | 2 4 | 2 5 | 2 6 | 2 7 | 2 8 | 2 9 | 3 0 | / | 3 2
CM4L
mm)
JUMPER WIRE
JUMPER WIRE

13.
C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
CAWH
ECtVi/PCM C O N W E C T O R A (49P)
(WHT)
CAISIL ( R E D )
m
Y2\
15 16 / I 1 8
VTA
,34|36|36
42[43J44L>l46
\7U
/ s fftere
continuity?
(RED)
15 18 / 1 1 8 19 20 21
32|X|34|36|36
Is there
continuity?
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a known-good gauge control

m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 2 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 14 a n d
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
r e c h e c k . If D T C U 0 1 5 5 is not i n d i c a t e d after
P C M (A3) a n d the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e , t h e n g o to
substitution, replace the original g a u g e control
s t e p 14.
m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 2 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.
P C M (A4) a n d the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e , t h e n g o to
s t e p 14.
11-180
DTC U0300: PGM-FI System and A/T System

Program Version Mismatch

NOTE;
16. B e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
17* D o t h e E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
Is DTC
U0155
* Do not turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I)
w h i l e updating the P C M . If y o u turn the ignition
s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I) before c o m p l e t i o n , the
P C M will be d a m a g e d .
Indicated?
. Y E S C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e
W O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , If a n y other
1. Do the P C M update p r o c e d u r e ( P G M - F I s y s t e m a n d
A / T s y s t e m ) ( s e e p a g e 11-215).
Is DTC
U0300
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
11-181
PGM-FI System
F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s :
G a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P ( s e e p a g e
19-141).
Y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r 5P ( s e e p a g e
4. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
- connector terminals A 3 and A4.
; 19-138).
S R S unit A ( 3 9 P ) ( s e e p a g e 24-221).
T P M S control unit (20P) ( s e e p a g e 18-83).
N a v i g a t i o n unit A (32P) (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

23-240).
CANH (WHT)
terminals A 3 and A4.
CANL (RED)
CANH (WHT)
19 20 2 [
Is there
about
88-
111
26127 28
Q?
M^Tfe
143144 \ / \ * & \ /
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminals A3 and A4.
11-182
MP*
7* C o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m sua S A 3 to b o d y
ground with a jumper wire.
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A . m o d u l a t o r control unit 3 6 P G o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 14 a n d

body ground.
E C M / P C M COfSffMECTQe A I 4 3 P )
cmm
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL U N I T 3 S P C O N N E C T O R
CWHT)
M I / | 3 | 4 1 / 1 6 | / | 8 | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12
J h / I / \ / \ / I I Q I I Q I /\ <?11 y l o ^ l / \
i 1 / - \ / V I 1 l / 1 \/1 !/S
1 4
1 8
1 9
21
23
35
|25|26|27[/l/l30[/|/l/|34|
13
38
J
C A N H (WHT)
J U M P E R WIRE

8. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n g a u g e control
m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 30 a n d b o d y
ground.
Is there
continuity?
G A U G E CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A3) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t
/l8|Tfio
|17]18|191/L/122|23|24|25126|27|28|29|30|/|32
CANB
(WHT)
is there
continuity?
Y E S G o to s t e p 9 .
MQRepair
o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A3) a n d t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e .
(confd)
11-183
PGM-FI System
F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
10. C o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 4 to b o d y
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y
ground with a jumper wire.
ground.
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A ( 4 9 P )
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR
C A N L (RED)
HH/|3|4|/|6M8|9|10|11|
M/|/|/|18|19|/|
2 1
l / l
I/I
125126127 | / t / | 30 l / l / l / l 34 [
12
13
35
36
CANL (RED)

11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n g a u g e control
m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 29 a n d b o d y
Is there
continuity?
ground.
P C M (A4) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t
ykt/ki/[l A
8 I 9 (10
| 1 7 | 1 8 | 1 9 | / 1 / 1 2 2 | 2 3 | 2 4 | 2 5 | 2 6 | 2 7 | 2 8 | 2 9 | 3 0 | / | 3 2
CANL (RED)
Is there
continuity?
P C M (A4) a n d the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e .
11-184
13, R e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the E C M / P C M

connector,
16. D i s c o n n e c t the g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P

connector.
14
17. R e c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
connector.
R e c o n n e c t the g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
1 5 , M e a s u r e the resistance between E C M / P C M

connector terminals A 3 and A 4 .
18. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A C48P)
CAUH
(WHT)
CANL (RED)
CANH (WHT)
f l u t/1/l/|l:5llS I/1l8"
;
Nl30f/l32|/t34T3S!38

I s fftere adoi/f 2 . 3 4 - 2 . 8 6 kQ ?
is there
about
108-132
Q ?
E S G o to s t e p 18.
W O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control
m o d u l e f s e e p a g e 22-324), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M /
P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If t h e H D S identifies the v e h i c l e ,
replace the original gauge control module
f s e e p a g e 22-324).
WO-"Substitute a known-good V S A modulatorcontrol unit ( s e e p a g e 13-141), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M /

P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If the H D S identifies t h e v e h i c l e , "
r e p l a c e the original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
( s e e p a g e 19-141).Ii .
(confd)
11-185
PGM-FI System
22. D i s c o n n e c t t h e y a w - r a t e lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
5P c o n n e c t o r .
connector.
20. R e c o n n e c t the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
5P connector.
23. R e c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P).

connector terminals A 3 and A4.
connector terminals A 3 and A4.

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A
(49P)
CANH
(WHT)
C A N H (WHT)
\z\/\zfa\^/\AA
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s '
Is there
Is there
about
2.34-2.88
about
2.34-
2.86
kQ ?
kQ, ?
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d y a w rate-lateral
a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138), a n d
r e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If the H D S
identifies the v e h i c l e , r e p l a c e t h e original y a w ratelateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). I I
11-186
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d S R S unit ( s e e p a g e
24-221), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If
the H D S identifies t h e v e h i c l e , r e p l a c e the original
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221).
25, D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (33P).
28, D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S control -unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .
28, R e c o n n e c t t h e TPIVIS control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .
29, R e c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r A (32P).
27, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminals A3 and A 4 .
30, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
CANH IWHTJ
CANH (WHT)
^
T e r m i n a l side of female terminals
is there
about
2.34-2,88
kQ ?
YES
* W i t h n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m : G o t o s t e p 28,
* W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m : U p d a t e the E C M /
P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e
( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
H D S identifies the v e h i c l e w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d
E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M
(see page 1 1 - 2 1 8 ) ,
M O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit
fsee p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A , If t h e H D S identifies the v e h i c l e ,
r e p l a c e t h e original T P M S control unit ( s e e p a g e
18-83).
is there
about
2.34-
2.86 kQ ?

latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
r e c h e c k . If the H D S identifies t h e v e h i c l e w i t h a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d n a v i g a t i o n unit
( s e e p a g e 23-240), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A . if the H D S identifies the v e h i c l e ,
r e p l a c e the original navigation unit ( s e e p a g e
23-240)=
(cont'd)
11-187
PGM-FI System
31.. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s :
3 3 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal A 4 and body ground,
G a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
* V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P ( s e e p a g e
19-141).
Y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r 5P ( s e e p a g e
19-138).
C A N L (RED)
lril
* S R S unit A.(39P) ( s e e p a g e 24-221).

* T P M S control unit (20P) ( s e e p a g e 18-83).
N a v i g a t i o n unit A (32P) (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

23-240).
6 | 7 Z|9hol.
19 20 21
e
24
Z6 27 23
25
s
32 \ / 34 S5|36 /
4
n22BEI /
/ | 1 5 18
X
E3
42|43|44|XJ46
V\en
2S
/ \AA\
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A ( 4 9P)
CANH
(WHT)
Is (here
continuity?
P C M (A4) a n d the g a u g e control m o d u l e , t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit, t h e y a w rate-lateral
a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r , the S R S unit, t h e T P M S contr ol
unit, the n a v i g a t i o n unit, or the D L C .
Is there
continuity?
P C M (A3) a n d t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e , the V S A
moduIator-controI unit, t h e y a w rate-lateral
a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r , the S R S unit, t h e T P M S control
unit, the n a v i g a t i o n unit, or the D L C . i l
W O G o t o step 33.
11-188
IP
connector.
3 5 . C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
38, D i s c o n n e c t the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P
connector.
44. D i s c o n n e c t the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r

5 P connector.
45. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d r e a d the
3 7 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d r e a d the
HDS.
HDS.
Does
Does
the HDS
identify
the
the HDS identify
the
vehicle?
vehicle?
Y E S R e p l a c e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
Y E S R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
22-324).
W O G o to s t e p 3 8 .
47. - R e c o n n e c t the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
39. R e c o n n e c t the g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
40. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
connector.
5P connector.
48. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P).
49. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e
41. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e
HDS.
HDS.
Does
Does
the HDS identify
the
the HDS
identify
the vehicle?
vehicle?
Y E S R e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221). Ill
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
(see page 1 9 - 1 4 D . H
WOGoto
s t e p 50.
(confd)
11-189
Sf stem
F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd!
51. R e c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P).
5 2 . D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S c o n t r o l unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .
53. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d r e a d the
HDS.
' Does
the HDS identify
the
vehicle?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e T P M S control unit ( s e e p a g e
18-83).B
NO W i t h navigation s y s t e m : G o to s t e p 54.
Without navigation s y s t e m : Update the E C M /
P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e
( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d
H D S identifies the v e h i c l e w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d
E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M
(seepage 11-216KB
55. R e c o n n e c t the T P M S c o n t r o l unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .

56. D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r A (32P).
57. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e
HDS.
Does
the HDS
identify
the
vehicle?
Y E S R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
r e c h e c k . If the H D S identifies t h e v e h i c l e w i t h a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
11-190
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting

1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N {11}.
2. Do t h e g a u g e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n f s e e p a g e
22-304).
Does
the MIL indicator
flash
TTT
11
/ /
22 23 24
29 30
| / | 41
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control
m o d u l e , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n
g o e s a w a y w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control
m o d u l e , replace t h e o r i g i n a l g a u g e control m o d u l e
( s e e p a g e 22-324).
I s a short
Indicated?
6 | 7
1 9 20
18
25
/
42
I/I
34 35
21
26 27 28
>< /
a
i
86
i*|441/1.45
/ \AA
SCS (ORIM)
3, C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
4, C h e c k t h e S C S in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
| 4
/ | 1 5
I s there
continuity
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A32) a n d t h e D L C . B
N O U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M /
PCM (see page 11-216KB
N O U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e t h e
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n .
r e c h e c k . Sf t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
P C M (see page 11-216KB
6, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P), t h e n
disconnect the H D S ,
11-191
P i M - R System
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting
N O T E : M a k e s u r e the H D S a n d t h e H D S D L C c a b l e a r e
not defective.
6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to ON- (II), a n d w a t c h t h e

S R S indicator.
Does
the SRS indicator
stay
on?
2. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
Y E S G o to the S R S s y s t e m ' s g e n e r a l
N O T E : M a k e s u r e the H D S is properly c o n n e c t e d to
the D L C .
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI), a n d r e a d the
HDS.
8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a t c h t h e
Does
the HDS
identify
the
V S A indicator.
vehicle?
the VSA
Does
indicator
stay
on?
Y E S G o to the V S A s y s t e m ' s g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information (see p a g e 1 9 - 4 6 ) . B
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in the P G M - F I
s y s t e m w i t h the H D S .
Are any Temporary
DTCs
or DTCs
indicated?
Y E S G o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .

10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a t c h the
T P M S indicator.
NO If the H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h the S R S

s y s t e m , g o to s t e p 5.
If the H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e with the V S A
If the H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h the T P M S
If the H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e with the
IMMOBS (Immobilizer) s y s t e m , g o to s t e p 11.
If the H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e with the B O D Y
E L E C T R I C A L s y s t e m , g o to s t e p 13.
11-192
Does
the TPMS
indicator
stay
on?
Y E S G o to the T P M S g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
information ( s e e p a g e 18-57).
11, T o r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10).

12, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a t c h the
i m m o b i l i z e r indicator.
Does
the immobilizer
indicator
stay
on or
flash?
Y E S G o to the i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m ' s
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 22-392).
13, Do the g a u g e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function ( s e e p a g e
22-304).
14, C h e c k t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .
18. C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n D L C

terminal No. 7 a n d body ground while
d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s , o n e at a t i m e :
* S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P)
* V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r
* T P M S c o n t r o l unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r
* I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit 7 P c o n n e c t o r
* A u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P)
* Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector Q
(20P)
Does continuity
connectors
is
go away when one of the

disconnected?
above
Y E S R e p l a c e the part that c a u s e d a n o p e n w h e n it

w a s disconnected.
Is Error
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for B - C A N s y s t e m D T C s ( s e e p a g e
22-96!.
W O R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e D L C
(K-line) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit, t h e
S R S unit, the T P M S control unit, the i m m o b i l i z e r k e y l e s s control unit, the a u d i o unit, or the d r i v e r ' s

16, D i s c o n n e c t the H D S f r o m t h e D L C .
17, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l No. 7
a n d body ground.
D A T A UNK C O N N E C T O R f O L C l
K-LINE ( L T B L U )
Is there
continuity?
N O G o t o s t e p 19,
(confd)
11-193
PGM-FI
System
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

19, C o n n e c t D L C t e r m i n a l No. 7 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a
21. C h e c k for B - C A N s y s t e m D T C s w i t h o u t the H D S

(see p a g e 22-125).
jumper wire.
Is DTC
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)

K L I N E (LT
U0029
and/or
U0100
indicated?
BLU)
J U M P E R WIRE
24. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l No. 16

and body ground.
terminals
D A T A LINK CONNECTOR
(DLC)
20. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d

these connector terminals:
Terminal
Connector
SRSun(tA(39P)
V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
No. 18 ( L T B L U )
No. 3 ( L T B L U )
36P
T P M S control unit 2 0 P
I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control
unit7P
No. 7 ( L T B L U )
No. 5 (LT B L U )
A u d i o unit A (24P)
No. 3 ( L T B L U )
Driver's under-dash fuse/
No. 1 6 ( L T B L U j
12
14
16/
+ 8 (WHT)
terminals
relay box Q (20P)

is there
Is there
each
continuity
of the terminals
between
in the
the body
ground
chart?
Y E S R e p l a c e the part that d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e

with the H D S . B
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the D L C
(K-isne) a n d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e c o n n e c t o r .
11-194
battery
voltage?
and
N O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l
No. 16 a n d the No. 15 B A C K U P (10 A ) f u s e in the
under-hood fuse/relay box.fl
25, M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l s No. 4

a n d N o . 18.
30. C o n n e c t D L C t e r m i n a l N o . 6 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a
jumper wire.
D A T A LINK C O N N E C T O R (DLC)
D A T A LINK C O N N E C T O R (DLC)
C A N H (WHT)
"
G N D (BLK)
JUMPER WIRE
T e r m i n a l s i d e o f f e m a l e terminals
is there
battery
voltage?
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l
No. 4 and body ground (G502) (see page 22-34).B
CANH
|49P)
(WHT)
i r
|^3|4Me|7
2 8 . C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
W7\
22
> <
26 ZTJSB
2 7 . J u m p the S C S fine w i t h the H D S .

42|43|4|>H6"
2 8 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
29. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S f r o m the D L C .
Is there
continuity?
W O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A3) a n d D L C t e r m i n a l No. 6 . B
(confd)
11-195
PGM-FI System
3 2 . C o n n e c t D L C t e r m i n a l No. 14 to b o d y g r o u n d with a
34. T r y to start the e n g i n e .
jumper wire.
Does
D A T A LINK
CONNECTOR
the engine
start and idle
smoothly?
(DLC)
Y E S G o to the F - C A N circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see page 11-182).H
12
N O G o to-step 35.
CANL ( R E D )
3 5 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
JUMPER WIRE
36. C h e c k the No. 3 SG M A I N (50 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
Is the fuse
OK?
Y E S R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the No. 3 SG


CANL (RED)
Terminal side of f e m a l e
Is there
N O R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o , 3 IG
M A I N (50 A ) f u s e a n d t h e ignition s w i t c h . A l s o
r e p l a c e the No. 3 IG M A I N (50 A ) f u s e .
terminals
continuity?
Y E S U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ' ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . Sf the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
P C M (A4) a n d D L C t e r m i n a l No. 1 4 . B
11-196
M A I N (50 A ) f u s e a n d t h e ignition s w i t c h . If the w i r e

is O K , go to s t e p 3 7 .
3 7 , I n s p e c t t h e N o . 17 FI M A I N (15 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
is the fuse

PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminals No. 1
a n d N o , 4 individually.
OK?
PGM-FI M A I N R E L A Y 1 4P C O N N E C T O R
1
N O G o t o step 38,
+B
3a
R e m o v e t h e b l o w n N o . 17 FI M A I N (15 A ) f u s e f r o m
the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x .
231
39, R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 ( A ) f r o m t h e u n d e r hood fuse/relay box.

is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e the under-hood fuse/relay box

(see p a g e 22-83). A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 17 FI M A I N
(15 A ) f u s e .
(confd)
11-197
PGM-FI System
42. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e parts or connectors:'
41. W h i l e d i s c o n n e c t i n g e a c h of the parts or

- c o n n e c t o r s . b e l o w , o n e at a t i m e , c h e c k for
continuity b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n relay 1 4 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d :
*
*
*
*
*
* PGM-FI main relay 2 ( F U E L PUMP)

* E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P)
P G M - F I m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P )
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P)
E a c h injector 2 P c o n n e c t o r
C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r B 3P c o n n e c t o r
C r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r
*
*
*
*
Injectors
C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r B
MAF sensor/IAT sensor
C r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) s e n s o r
* E l e c t r o n i c throttle control s y s t e m ( E T C S ) control

relay
* M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5P connector
* E l e c t r o n i c throttle control s y s t e m ( E T C S ) control
relay
43. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1

4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
P G M - F I M A I N R E L A Y 1 4P C O N N E C T O R
P G M - F I M A I M R E L A Y 1 4P C O N N E C T O R
iGP
IGP
Ed
Does
continuity
parts
or connectors
go away
when
one of the
Is disconnected
above
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e the part t h a t m a d e t h e s h o r t to b o d y
g r o u n d g o a w a y w h e n d i s c o n n e c t e d . If t h e part is
t h e E C M / P C M , u p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not
t h e n r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / I n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y
w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). A l s o r e p l a c e t h e
No. 17 FI M A I N (15 A ) f u s e . B
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P G M - F I
m a i n relay 1 a n d e a c h part. A l s o r e p l a c e t h e No. 17
FI M A I N (15 A ) f u s e . B
N O R e p l a c e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1. A l s o r e p l a c e t h e
No. 17 FI M A I N (15 A ) f u s e . B
44. I n s p e c t the No. 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e in t h e
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
Is the fuse
OK?
45. R e m o v e the b l o w n No. 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e
f r o m the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
11-198
46. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) |A)
from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.

1G1 C B L K / R E D )
47, T e s t P G M - F f m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) ( s e e p a g e
22-91).
Is the relay
OK ?
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the No. 9
N O - R e p l a c e PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) .
b e t w e e n t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d
A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e . B
P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) , or b e t w e e n the
F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d the E C M / P C M (C1G),
N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r
4 8 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2
( F U E L P U M P ) 4P connector terminal No. 2 a n d
control u n i t A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P
(20 A ) f u s e . B
body ground.
N O - R e p l a c e t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e ,
P G M - F I M A I N R E L A Y 2 ( F U E L PUMP1 4P C O N N E C T O R
a n d u p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the
r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / I n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
El
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). fl
3
IG1
is there
continuity?
(confd)
11-199
PGtVhFI System
52. R e m o v e the rear s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).
53.
59. M e a s u r e , the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
R e m o v e the a c c e s s p a n e l f r o m t h e floor ( s e e p a g e
11-347).
E C M / P C M C O N W E C T O R C (49P)
1G1 ( B L K / R E D )
54. D i s c o n n e c t the fuel p u m p 4 P c o n n e c t o r .

55. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n f u e l p u m p 4P
FUEL P U M P 4P C O N N E C T O R
1 2
3 4
TUELPUMP(PNK)
Is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the No. 9

F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d the E C M / P C M (C10).
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e fuel
p u m p and PGM-FI main relay 2 ( F U E L PUMP). A l s o
r e p l a c e the No. 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A) f u s e .
N O C h e c k the fuel p u m p , a n d r e p l a c e it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 11-351). A l s o r e p l a c e t h e No. 9
F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e .
56. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S ,
57. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A (49P) a n d C
(49P).
11-200
MP*
60, M e a s u r e the voltage between E C M / P C M connector
63. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n relay 1
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
P G M - F I MAIN R E L A Y 1 4 P C O N N E C T O R
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A |49P)
MRLY (RED/BLK)
Hsu
is there
battery
voltage?
Is there
battery
voltage?
M O R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x
(see p a g e 22-83).
8!
T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
6 2 . R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
(confd)
11-201
PGM-FI S f stem
64. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n relay 1
66. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 (A) f r o m the u n d e r -
connector terminal A7.
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 1 4P CONNECTOR
1
EE
Terminal side of
jiVSBLV
female terminals ( T V )
ECM/PCM
CONNECTOR A (49P)
MRLY (RED/BLUC)

Is there
67. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1
continuity?
P G M - F I M A I N R E L A Y 1 4P C O N N E C T O R
Y E S T e s t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-91). If
t h e relay is O K , update t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not
t h e n r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y
w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original
E C M / P C M (see page 11-216).B
+B
P C M (A7) a n d P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 . B
Terminal side of femaleterminals
Is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x
(see p a g e 22-83).
11-202
88, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1
connector terminal A S .
PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 1 4 P CGfSffSfECTOR
7 1 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
E C M / P C M connector terminals B1, 810, C 2 , C44,
a n d C 4 8 individually.
ECM/PCM CONNECTORS
IGP
B (49P)
EE
P G 2 (BLK)
P G 1 (BLK)
\\AzU\A7U
Terminal side of
female terminals
14 16
FI~91 IO[
17 18
23
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A C49F1
32J33 34|35|a6
IGP (YEL/BLK)
40 \/\Af> \A ^\mWVm\7\
29 30
C (49P)
P G M E T C S (BLK)
Terminal side of
Is
fftere
female
terminals
continuity?
LG2
CBRN/YEL)
P C M (A9) a n d P G M - F I m a i n relay l . B
89. T e s t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
Is PGM-FI
main
relay
1 OK?
Is there
continuity?
N O R e p l a c e PGM-FS m a i n r e l a y 1 8
N O - R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (61, B10, C 2 , C44, C48) a n d G101 (see page
22-20).
(cont'd)
11-203
PGM-FI System

t e r m i n a l B 19 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (4SP)
VCC1
VCC2
(YEL/RED)
8
(YEL/BLU)
819|10|
18 1 4 | l 5 | 1 6 | l 7 [ l 8
'13|14|15]16]J7|18
3li32|33|M[36T36
terminals
Is there
continuity?
Is there
continuity?
Y E S G o t o step 73.
NO-
* A / T : G o to s t e p 7 4 .
* M/T: G o to s t e p 7 6 .
terminals
7 5 . C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminal B19 and body ground while
7 3 . C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminal C 1 3 a n d body ground, while
d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s , o n e at a t i m e :
d i s c o n n e c t i n g the .input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d

sensor 3P connector.
Is there
continuity?
* MAP sensor 3P connector

* Output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r 3 P
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the - E C M /
P C M (B19) a n d t h e input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
connector
sensor.
Does continuity
connectors
is
go away when one of the above

disconnected?
Y E S R e p l a c e the part that c a u s e d continuity to g o

a w a y w h e n it w a s d i s c o n n e c t e d .
N O R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (C13) a n d the M A P s e n s o r or t h e output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r . i l
11-204
N O R e p l a c e t h e input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-226).
MP*
76* C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n ECiWPCIVI c o n n e c t o r
terminal C 1 2 a n d body ground.
78.- C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal A 2 6 and body ground.
ECSVt/FCM CONNECTOR A (49P)
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C |49P)
V C C 3 CBLU)
.
L _ l
3|4|5[6|T
LI 11i N
16
12 IS
>^
AA
22 23 24
/,
29 30 31
/
| 4 0 j / ^|43[44HB|46
x;
HA
8 |9|10|
20 21
/
/
/
/I
VCC4 (RED)
Av\
terminals
Terminal, side of female
is there
continuity?
is there continuity
N O G o t o s t e p 7a
77. C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M

connector terminal C12 and body ground while
d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e throttle b o d y BP c o n n e c t o r .
is there
continuity?
terminals
7 9 , C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminal A26 and body ground while
d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e A P P s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r .
is there
continuity?
PCM
P C M (A26) a n d the A P P s e n s o r . Ill
( C I 2 ) a n d t h e throttle b o d y .
N O R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
N O R e p l a c e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e
( s e e p a g e 11-259).
(confd)
11-205
PGM-FI S f stem

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (4SP)
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (4SP)
V C C S (YEL)
3
11
/ /
| / |
41
| / |
/ 1 5
22 23 24 >
29 30
<
J 7/ l l l i o j .
16 / 1 8
1 9 2 0 21
5>C
2 6 .27 2 8
3 2 / ; If 3 5 3 6
42|43[44
s
i
/I/I/I
V C C 5 (BRN)

Is there
continuity
Is there
continuity?
M O U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the

latest software, ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
P C M (see p a g e 11-216).

connector terminal A 2 5 and body ground while
d i s c o n n e c t i n g the A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
is there
continuity?
P C M (A25) and-the A P P s e n s o r . NO-Replace the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal, m o d u l e
(see p a g e 11-259).

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A.19 a n d b o d y g r o u n d w h i l e
disconnecting the F T P s e n s o r 3P connector.
' Is there
continuity?
P C M (A20) a n d the F T P s e n s o r . I I
N O R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-404).
11-206
injector Replacement
1, R e l i e v e the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).
2, R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .
3, D i s c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting (A).
4, D i s c o n n e c t the injector c o n n e c t o r s (B) a n d t h e e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r (C).

5. R e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e bolts (G101 a n d G 1 0 2 ) (D).
6, R e m o v e the fuel rail m o u n t i n g nuts (E) f r o m the fuel rail (F).
7, R e m o v e t h e fuel rail a n d the i n j e c t o r s f r o m the injector b a s e .
8. R e m o v e t h e injector c l i p s (G) f r o m the fuel rail.
9. R e m o v e t h e injectors f r o m the fuel rail.
PGM-FI Sf stern
Injector Replacement (cont'd)
10. C o a t the n e w O - r i n g s (black) (A) w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e oil, a n d insert the injectors (B) into the fuel rail (C).
. G
/
22 N-m ( 2 . 2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibff-ft)
11. Install the injector c l i p s (D).

12. C o a t the n e w injector O - r i n g s (brown) (E) w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e o i l
13. Install the fuel rail a n d t h e injectors in the injector b a s e (F).
14. Install the fuel rail m o u n t i n g n u t s (G) a n d the g r o u n d c a b l e bolts (G101 a n d G 1 0 2 ) .
15. C o n n e c t the injector c o n n e c t o r s a n d the e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r .
16. C o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting.
17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll), but d o not o p e r a t e t h e starter. After the fuel p u m p r u n s for a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s , the
fuel rail will be p r e s s u r i z e d . R e p e a t this t w o or t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k for fuel l e a k a g e .
18. R e i n s t a l l t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .
11-208
A/F Sensor Replacement
Secondary H02S Replacement

0 2 s e n s o r w r e n c h , S n a p - o n S 6 1 7 8 or e q u i v a l e n t ,

0 2 s e n s o r w r e n c h , S n a p - o n S 6 1 7 6 or e q u i v a l e n t ,
! . D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r 4P c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n
r e m o v e the A / F s e n s o r (B).
2. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e order of r e m o v a l .
1.. D i s c o n n e c t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S 4P c o n n e c t o r (A),

t h e n r e m o v e t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S (B).
2. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
11-209
PGM-FI System
CMP Sensor B Replacement
1. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d h o s e s (B) f r o m
-
CKP Sensor Replacement

1. Lift the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h j a c k s t a n d s .
the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (C), then r e m o v e the

E V A P c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e a s s e m b l y .
2. R e m o v e the C K P s e n s o r c o v e r (A).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the C M P s e n s o r B c o n n e c t o r (A).
3. D i s c o n n e c t the C K P s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B).
4. R e m o v e the C K P s e n s o r (C).
5. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
w i t h a n e w O-ring (D).
6. Do the C K P pattern c l e a r / C K P pattern learn
p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
12 N-m
(1.2 k g f - m ,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
3. R e m o v e C M P s e n s o r B (B).
w i t h a n e w O-ring (C).
11-210
y0\
MAP Sensor Replacement
1, D i s c o n n e c t t h e MAP
MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor

Replacement
sensor connector ( A ) .
1. D i s c o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r
(A).
2, R e m o v e t h e M A P s e n s o r (B).
3. Install t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (CI,
2. R e m o v e the s c r e w s IB).
3. R e m o v e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r (C).
w i t h a n e w O-ring (D).
11-211
PGM-FI S f stem
ECT Sensor 1 Replacement
- 2. D i s c o n n e c t the E C T s e n s o r 1 c o n n e c t o r (A).
ECT Sensor 2 Replacement

1. R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d .
3. D i s c o n n e c t the E C T s e n s o r 2 c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n
r e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 2 (B).
1 2 N-m
11,2 kgf-m,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
3. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 (B).
4. Install the parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
w i t h a n e w O-ring (C), t h e n refill t h e radiator w i t h
e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
4. Install E C T s e n s o r 2 w i t h a n e w O-ring (C).

5. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d .
6. Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t (see p a g e
10-6).
11-212
4fi
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed
Sensor Replacement
Knock Sensor Replacement

1. R e m o v e the intake manifold (see p a g e 9-3).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the knock s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A).
M O T E : F o r A / T m o d e l s ( s e e p a g e 14-226).
M/T
1. D i s c o n n e c t trie output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r f A).
B
31 N-m
(3.2 k g f - m ,
2 3 Ibf.ft)
11.2 kgf-m,
3. R e m o v e the knock s e n s o r (B).
2, R e m o v e the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r (B).
3 , Install t h e parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
with a n e w O-ring (C).
11-213
PGM-FI System
ELD Replacement
1. Do the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
6. R e m o v e the f u s e s (A) a n d (B).
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
2. R e m o v e the u p p e r c o v e r (A), t h e n r e m o v e the t w o

positive ( + ) t e r m i n a l s (B).
A
7. R e l e a s e the three lock t a b s (A), t h e n r e m o v e the

E L D (B).
_
.B
B
3. R e m o v e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box (C) f r o m the
bracket.
4.. R e m o v e the l o w e r c o v e r (A).
8. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e order of r e m o v a l .

9. Do the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
5. D i s c o n n e c t the E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
11-214
ECM/PCM Update
* H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m ( H D S ) tablet t e s t e r
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), but do not start

the engine.
* H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) a n d a n IN w o r k s t a t i o n
with H D S a n d C M update software
2. C o n n e c t the H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
* H D S pocket t e s t e r
* G N A 6 Q 0 a n d a n iN w o r k s t a t i o n w i t h H D S a n d C M
update s o f t w a r e
(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
NOTE:
* U s e this p r o c e d u r e w h e n y o u n e e d to .update t h e
E C M / P C M at a n y t i m e ,
* M a k e s u r e t h e H D S / H I M h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e
version.
* B e f o r e y o u update t h e E C M / P C M , m a k e s u r e the
battery in t h e v e h i c l e is fully c h a r g e d , a n d c o n n e c t a
j u r o p e r battery (not a battery c h a r g e r ) to m a i n t a i n
s y s t e m voltage.
* N e v e r turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I)
d u r i n g the u p d a t e , If t h e r e i s a p r o b l e m with t h e
u p d a t e , l e a v e t h e ignition s w i t c h O N (II).
* T o p r e v e n t E C M / P C M d a m a g e , d o not operate
anything
electrical (headlights, audio s y s t e m , brakes,
A / C , p o w e r w i n d o w s , m o o n roof fif e q u i p p e d ) , d o o r
l o c k s , etc.} d u r i n g t h e u p d a t e .
* T o e n s u r e t h e latest p r o g r a m i s i n s t a l l e d , d o a n E C M /
P C M u p d a t e w h e n e v e r the E C M / P C M i s substituted or
replaced.
* Y o u c a n n o t u p d a t e a n E C M / P C M w i t h a p r o g r a m it
a l r e a d y h a s . It will o n l y a c c e p t a n e w p r o g r a m .
* High t e m p e r a t u r e in t h e e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t might
c a u s e t h e E C M / P C M to b e c o m e too hot to run the
u p d a t e . If t h e e n g i n e h a s b e e n r u n n i n g before this
p r o c e d u r e , o p e n t h e h o o d a n d c o o ! the e n g i n e
compartment
* If y o u n e e d to d i a g n o s e t h e H o n d a interface m o d u l e
(HIM) b e c a u s e t h e H I M ' s r e d ( # 3) light c a m e o n or
w a s f l a s h i n g d u r i n g t h e u p d a t e , l e a v e t h e ignition
s w i t c h in O N (II) w h e n y o u d i s c o n n e c t the HIM f r o m
t h e d a t a fink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) . T h i s will p r e v e n t E C M /
PCM damage.
3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M /
P C M a n d other v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t g o to
t h e D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g - ( s e e p a g e 11-192), If
y o u a r e returning f r o m t h e D L C .circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , skip s t e p s 4 a n d 5, a n d c l e a n the
throttle b o d y after updating t h e E C M / P C M .
( s e e p a g e 11-359).
4. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U with the H D S .
5. S e l e c t t h e E T C S T E S T , then s e l e c t the T P P O S I T I O N
C H E C K , a n d follow t h e H D S s c r e e n p r o m p t s .
N O T E : Sf the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K , i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
continue this procedure.
6. E x i t the H D S d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m , t h e n s e l e c t the
u p d a t e m o d e , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s to
u p d a t e the E C M / P C M .
(confd)
11-215
PGM-FI System
ECM/PCM Update (cont'd)
7. If the s o f t w a r e in t h e E C M / P C M is the latest,
d i s c o n n e c t the H D S / H I M f r o m the D L C , a n d go b a c k
to t h e p r o c e d u r e that y o u w e r e d o i n g . If the
s o f t w a r e in the E C M / P C M is not the l a t e s t f o l l o w
t h e instructions on t h e s c r e e n . If p r o m p t e d to
c h o o s e the PGM-FS s y s t e m or the A / T s y s t e m , m a k e
s u r e y o u update both.
ECM/PCM Replacement
H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m ( H D S ) tablet tester
H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) a n d a n IN w o r k s t a t i o n
with H D S a n d C M update s o f t w a r e
H D S pocket t e s t e r
G N A 6 0 0 a n d a n IN w o r k s t a t i o n with H D S a n d C M
U s e a n y o n e of t h e s e update t o o l s .
N O T E : If the E C M / P C M u p d a t e s y s t e m r e q u i r e s y o u
to c o o l the E C M / P C M , f o l l o w the i n s t r u c t i o n s o n
s c r e e n . If y o u run into a problem, d u r i n g t h e update
p r o c e d u r e ( p r o g r a m m i n g t a k e s o v e r 15 m i n u t e s ,
s t a t u s bar g o e s o v e r 100 % , D or i m m o b i l i z e r light
f l a s h e s , H D S tablet f r e e z e s , . e t c . ) , f o l l o w t h e s e s t e p s
to m i n i m i z e the c h a n c e of d a m a g i n g the E C M / P C M :
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )

(A) located u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
L e a v e t h e ignition s w i t c h in t h e O N (II) p o s i t i o n .
C o n n e c t a j u m p e r battery (do not c o n n e c t a
battery c h a r g e r ) .
S h u t d o w n the H D S .
"Disconnect the H D S f r o m t h e D L C .
R e b o o t the H D S .
R e c o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C , a n d try the
update p r o c e d u r e again.8. Sf t h e T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K failed in s t e p 5, c l e a n
A
11-317).
10. Do the C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e .

3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the E C M /
P C M a n d other v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t , g o to
the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192). If
y o u a r e returning f r o m t h e D L C circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , s k i p s t e p s 4 t h r o u g h 9, 20 t h r o u g h
2 5 , a n d 28 t h r o u g h 3 0 , a n d d o this after r e p l a c i n g
the E C M / P C M :
* R e p l a c e the e n g i n e oil ( s e e p a g e 8-9) a n d the
' e n g i n e oil filter ( s e e p a g e 8-10).
* R e p l a c e the A T F ( A / T m o d e l ) ( s e e p a g e 14-231).
* C l e a n the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
11-216
4. S e l e c t t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m w i t h t h e H D S .
5. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h the H D S ,
13. R e m o v e the bolts ( D ) .

D
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
6. S e l e c t the E T C S T E S T , t h e n s e l e c t the T P P O S I T I O N
C H E C K , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s .
N O T E : If t h e T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
continue with this procedure.
7. S e l e c t the R E P L A C E E C M / P C M M E N U , t h e n R E A D
DATA, and follow the s c r e e n prompts.
NOTE:
* D o i n g t h i s s t e p c o p i e s ( R E A D S ) t h e e n g i n e oil life
data f r o m the original E C M / P C M s o y o u c a n later
d o w n l o a d ( W R I T E S ) it Into t h e n e w E C M / P C M .
* If R E A D D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c o n t i n u e w i t h
this procedure.
8. A / T m o d e l s : S e l e c t t h e A / T s y s t e m w i t h the H D S .
3, A / T m o d e l s : S e l e c t t h e R E P L A C E T C M / P C M M E N U ,
then select R E A D DATA, and follow the s c r e e n
prompts.
14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C , t h e n
r e m o v e the E C M / P C M a s s e m b l y ( E ) .
NOTE:
* D o i n g t h i s s t e p c o p i e s ( R E A D S ) the A T F life data
f r o m t h e original P C M s o y o u c a n later d o w n l o a d
{ W R I T E S } It into the n e w P C M .
N O T E : E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C h a v e
s y m b o l s ( A = d , B - A , C = 0 ) e m b o s s e d o n t h e m for
identification.
* If B E A D D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c o n t i n u e w i t h
this procedure,
1 1 , J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
12, D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
(cont'd)
11-217
PGM-FI System
ECM/PCM Replacement (cont'd)
15. R e m o v e the c o v e r (A) a n d the bracket (B) f r o m the
E C M / P C M (C).
23. A / T m o d e l s : If the R E A D D A T A ( A T F life) failed in

s t e p 9, g o to s t e p 26. O t h e r w i s e g o to s t e p 24.
24. A / T m o d e l s : S e l e c t the A / T S Y S T E M ' w i t h t h e H D S .
2 5 . A / T m o d e l s : S e l e c t the R E P L A C E T C M / P C M
MENU,
t h e n s e l e c t W R I T E D A T A , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n
prompts.
N O T E : If the W R I T E D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
c o n t i n u e w i t h this p r o c e d u r e .
26. S e l e c t I M M O B I s y s t e m w i t h the H D S .
27. E n t e r the i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e that y o u o b t a i n e d f r o m
iN or I S I S w i t h the E C M / P C M r e p l a c e m e n t
p r o c e d u r e in the H D S ; it a l l o w s y o u to start t h e
engine.
28. If the TP P O S I T I O N C H E C K failed in s t e p 6 c l e a n the
16. Install the E C M / P C M in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
29. If the R E A D D A T A f a i l e d in s t e p 7 or the W R I T E

D A T A f a i l e d in s t e p 2 2 , r e p l a c e t h e e n g i n e oil

22-90).
(see p a g e 8-9) a n d e n g i n e oil filter ( s e e p a g e 8-10),

t h e n go to s t e p 30 ( A / T m o d e l ) or s t e p 31 (M/T
model).
N O T E : W h i l e d o i n g the battery installation
30. If t h e R E A D D A T A failed in. s t e p 9 or the W R I T E

D A T A failed in s t e p 2 5 , r e p l a c e t h e A T F ( s e e p a g e
14-231), t h e n g o to s t e p 3 1 .
19. M a n u a l l y input the V I N to the E C M / P C M w i t h the

HDS.
31. S e l e c t P G M - F I s y s t e m , a n d r e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h
the H D S .
p r o c e d u r e , d o not start the e n g i n e .
N O T E : D T C P0630 " V I N Not P r o g r a m m e d or

M i s m a t c h " m a y be s t o r e d b e c a u s e the VIN h a s not
b e e n p r o g r a m m e d into the E C M / P C M ; ignore it,
a n d c o n t i n u e this p r o c e d u r e .

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215).
11-317).
20. If the R E A D D A T A ( e n g i n e oil life) failed in s t e p 7,

go to s t e p 23 (A/T m o d e l ) or s t e p 26 (M/T m o d e l ) .
O t h e r w i s e , g o to s t e p 21.
21. S e l e c t t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m w i t h the H D S .
22. S e l e c t the R E P L A C E E C M / P C M M E N U , t h e n s e l e c t
W R I T E D A T A , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s .
N O T E : If the W R I T E D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
continue with this procedure.
11-218
34. Do the C K P pattern learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

T H R O T T L E A C T U A T O R and
T H R O T T L E P O S I T I O N {TP} S E I M S O R
U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11 -7
11-219

DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0122: TP Sensor A Circuit Low Voltage
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P


THROTTLE BODY SP CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6
T P S A (RED/BLK)
3. C h e c k T P S E N S O R A in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Is there
about
0.3 V or
less?
at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle

b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( C 2 0 ) , t h e n go to s t e p 18.
Are DTC
P0122
and P0222
indicated
at the
time?
same
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P
THROTTLE B O D Y BP CONNECTOR
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
3 4
VCC3
5 6
(BLU)
7. J u m p the S C S fine w i t h t h e H D S .
8 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
is there
about
V?
Y E S ' G o to s t e p 16.
11-220
MP*
1 1 . T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
21. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
Is DTC
P0122
indicated?
15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C 1 2 a n d throttle b o d y 8 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t e r m i n a l Mo. 2.
T H R O T T L E BODY BP CONNECTOR
2
CC3 (BLU)
3 4
5 6
VCC3 (BLU)
E C M / P C M COWNECTOR C (49P)
if
;t
4 * 5 6 7
3
k
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
11
20
25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S ,
22 23
Is DTC

is there
continuity
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( C 1 2 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
18, T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
P0122
indicated
t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1.
NOSf t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e - E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
a n y other T e m p o r a r y . D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
17, R e p l a c e the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).

2 0 , R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
11-221

DTC P0123: TP Sensor A Circuit High Voltage
8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P

and a n y on-boerd s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
T H R O T T L E B O D Y BP
CONNECTOR
1
3 4
5 6
TPSA (RED/BLK)
3. C h e c k T P S E N S O R A in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Is there
about
4,8 V or more?
at t h e throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M .
Are
DTC
P0123
and P0223
indicated
at the
same
Is there
about
V?
time?
11-222
12, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C I V I / P C M c o n n e c t o r
17. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
T H F t O T T L E B O D Y 6P C O N N E C T O R
T H R O T T L E B O D Y BP C O N N E C T O R
1 2
IPSA flEP/BLICJ
3 4
5 8
12
3 4
5 6
I SG3 (GRN)
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C I49PI
TPSA fRED/BLK!

Is there
continuity
?
is there
continuity?
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e throttle
M 0 - ~ R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e throttle
b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M (C43), t h e n g o to s t e p 20.
13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO).

18. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
14. D i s c o n n e c t the throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
19. R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
2 2 . R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
(cont'd)
11-223

DTGP0222: TP Sensor B Circuit Low Voltage
11-317).
is DTC
P0123
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
3. C h e c k T P S E N S O R B in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Is there
about
0.3 V or
less?
at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . II

is DTC
P0123
indicated?
Are
DTC
P0122
and P0222
time?
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . Sf

E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to-step 1.
11-224
indicated
at the
same
5, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO).
10, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P
8, D i s c o n n e c t t h e throttle b o d y BP c o n n e c t o r .
THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR
7, J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
1 2 3 4 5 6
9, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P
VCC3 (BLU!
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l Mo. 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
THROTTLE BODY BP CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6
T P S B fRED/BLU)
is thereabouts
V?

Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle

W 0 G o to s t e p 2 3 ,
(cont'd)
11-225

11-317).
Is DTC
1 2 3 4
VCC3 (BLU)
P0222
indicated?
5 6
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ,
VCC3 (BLU)
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C
3
4ir
;
5
n
6
(49P)
pZo ]
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , go to the
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t I n g . i l
continuity?

,
is there
Is DTC
P0222
indicated?
b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ( C 1 2 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
17. R e p l a c e the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a knowng o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
11-226

r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M : ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
DTC P0223: TP Sensor B Circuit High Voltage
8. Measure" the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P


THROTTLE BODY BP
CONNECTOR
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N III),
2 3 4 5 6
2, Clear the D T C with the H D S .
T P S B (RED/BLU)
3 , C h e c k T P S E N S O R B in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS,
Is there
about
4,8 or
more?
W i r e side" o f f e m a l e terminals
t i m e , C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
4, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S ,
Are DTC
P0123
and P0223
indicated
at the
same
is there
about
5 ?
9. T u r n - t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
time?
10. J u m p t h e S C S line with t h e H D S .
MQGo
t o s t e p 5,
6, D i s c o n n e c t t h e throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
(cont'd)
11-227

t e r m i n a l C21 a n d throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C 4 3 a n d throttle b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r
THROTTLE B O D Y SP C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 4 5 6
2 3 4 5 6
S G 3 CORN!
T P S B (RED/BLU) I W i r e s i d e o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
W i r e side of f e m a l e termsna
*~<k>
TPSB fRED/BLU!

Is there
continuity?
is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle
b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ( C 4 3 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 20.
'13. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

11-228
23.
Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).

Is DTC
P0223
indicated?
1 8 C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
DTC P1658: ETCS Control Relay ON

Malfunction
2. Do t h e E T C S T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .
25.
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
Is the RELAY
R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
at the E T C S control relay a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
circuit
OK?
26. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
4. R e m o v e the E T C S control r e l a y (A) f r o m the u n d e r is DTC
P0223
indicated?
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
A
t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M , If
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
TOIf
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
Is c o m p l e t e , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-216), If
5. T e s t t h e E T C S control relay ( s e e p a g e 22-91).

Is the ETCS
control
relay
OK?
N O R e p l a c e t h e E T C S control r e l a y , t h e n g o to
s t e p 13.
(cont'd)
11-229

11. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
I G 1 E T C S (YEL/GRN)
t e r m i n a l A21 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
1
ECM/PCM C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
ETCSRLY
H l f I, 1,
6
10
13 14|15 16 17|18
(WHT)
28 27 28
Is there
battery
voltage?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in the w i r e b e t w e e n
the E C M / P C M ( C D a n d the E T C S control r e l a y , t h e n
Is there
continuity?
g o to s t e p 12.
P C M (A21) a n d the E T C S control relay, t h e n go to

s t e p 13.
NOGoto step9.
10. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N III).

11-317).
Is DTC
P1658
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the E T C S c o n t r o l relay a n d the E C M /
W O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
11-230
DTC P1659: ETCS Control Relay OFF

Malfunction
2 0 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest


is DTC
P1658
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E T C S control r e l a y a n d t h e E C M /
Is DTC
P1659
Indicated?
P C M , ff t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
s t e p 1.
IMOIntermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
MOff t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
at t h e E T C S control relay a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
Is c o m p l e t e , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s are Indicated,

g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
5. C h e c k t h e No. 18 D B W ( T H R O T T L E A C T U A T O R
C O N T R O L ) (15 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box.
Is the fuse
OK?
6. R e m o v e t h e E T C S control r e l a y (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
(cont'd)
11-231

7. T e s t t h e E T C S control r e l a y ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
10. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E T C S control r e l a y

Is the ETCS
control
relay
OK?
E T C S C O N T R O L R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R
+ B
N O R e p l a c e the E T C S control r e l a y , t h e n go to
s t e p 23.
3XE

9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E T C S control relay
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
E T C S C O N T R O L R E L A Y 4P C O N W E C T O R
Is there
IGP
battery
voltage?
N O R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x
(see p a g e 22-83), t h e n g o to s t e p 22.

Is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box
11-232
MP*
14, C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y 4 P
16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E T C S control r e l a y 4P
connector terminal No. 2 and E C M / P C M connector
terminal C I ,
terminal A21.
ETCS CONTROL RELAY 4PCONNECTOR
E T C S C O N T R O L R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R
1
IG1ETCS
Id 1 E T C S
(YEL/GRN)
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C
1 | 2
11 12
22 23
29 30
3 j4 j5 | 6
78 I a I
13
16 17 18 / 20 21
24
/
/ / /
31 321/
/
A/
\\S / 143|44|45|46
Is there
Terminal side of
female terminals
Terminal side of
female terminals
mn
io i
terminals
continuity?
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e
is there
terminals
continuity?
M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M ( C D a n d t h e E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y , t h e n g o to
P C M (A21) a n d the E T C S control r e l a y , t h e n g o to
step 23,
s t e p 23.
17. R e m o v e t h e E T C S control r e l a y (A) f r o m the u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
(confd)
11-233

21. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E T C S control r e l a y 4 P

E T C S C O N T R O L R E L A Y 4P COWIMECTOR

+B
EE
E C M / P C M C O N I M E C T O R C (49P)
1G1ETCS (YEL/GRfM)
1
8 |
9 110
17)18
40 l > M 4 3 1 4 4 1
^ 4 6 ^
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x
( s e e p a g e 22-83), t h e n go to s t e p 2 3 .
Is there
continuity
?
P C M ( C D a n d the E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y , t h e n go to
s t e p 23.
N O G o t s t e p 21.
11-317).
Is DTC
P1659
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the E T C S control r e l a y a n d the E C M /
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
11-234
DTC P1S83: Throttle Valve Default Position

Spring Performance Problem

s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
is DTC
P1859
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E T C S control r e l a y a n d t h e E C M /
P C M , If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-71 t h e n
step 1 .
ACAUTION
Do not Insert y o u r f i n g e r s into t h e installed throttle
b o d y w h e n y o u turn the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) or
w h i l e t h e ignition s w i t c h Is O N "(11). If y o u d o , y o u
will s e r i o u s l y injure y o u r f i n g e r s if the throttle v a l v e
is a c t i v a t e d .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
idle.
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d wast
10 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC
P1683
indicated?
MOIntermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M .
8. D i s c o n n e c t the intake air duct f r o m t h e throttle
b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
(confd)
11-235

9. P u s h the throttle v a l v e c l o s e d a s s h o w n .
DTC P1684: Throttle Valve Return Spring

Performance Problem
Do not insert y o u r f i n g e r s into the installed throttle

body w h e n y o u turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) or
w h i l e t h e ignition s w i t c h is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u
10. R e l e a s e the throttle v a l v e .

Does
the throttle
valve
return?
Y E S C l e a n the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359),
t h e n go to s t e p 12 a n d r e c h e c k . if D T C P1683 is
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T In
Indicated, go to s t e p 11,
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n Set It

idle.
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t
10 s e c o n d s .


11-317).
is DTC
P1684
indicated?
10 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC
P1683
indicated?
8. D i s c o n n e c t the Intake air duct from: the throttle
b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . H
11-236
B, P u s h t h e throttle v a l v e o p e n a s s h o w n .
DTC P2101: Electronic Throttle Control

System (ETCS) Malfunction
ACAUTION
D o not insert y o u r f i n g e r s Into the i n s t a l l e d throttle
b o d y w h e n y o u turn the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (I?) or
w h i l e the ignition s w i t c h Is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u

10. R e l e a s e the throttle v a l v e .

Does
the throttle
vaive
return?
Y E S C l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11 -359),
t h e n g o to s t e p 12 a n d r e c h e c k . If D T C P 1 6 8 4 is
2. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S .
3. Do t h e E T C S T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U with
the H D S .
i n d i c a t e d , g o t o s t e p 11.
Is DTC
P2101
indicated?

13. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S ,
5. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s In the
11-317).
* ENGINE SPEED
15. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t
10 s e c o n d s ,
* VSS
* APP SENSOR

is DTC
is DTC
P1884
P2101
indicated?
indicated?
at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n c l e a n

t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 3 5 9 ) . H
(cont'd)
11-237

17. C o n n e c t throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5

a n d No. 6 with a j u m p e r w i r e .
8. D i s c o n n e c t the Intake air duct f r o m the throttle

.. b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-382).
T H R O T T L E B O D Y BP C O N W E C T O R
9. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).
1 2 3 4 5 6
ETCSM(GRN/YEL)
11. Do the E T C S T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U with
ETGStVt+
(BLU/RED)
the HDS.
JUMPER WIRE
12. V i s u a l l y c h e c k the throttle v a l v e o p e r a t i o n .

Does
the throttle
valve
operate
smoothly?
Y E S C l e a n the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362),

t h e n g o to s t e p 22 a n d r e c h e c k . If D T C P2101 Is
i n d i c a t e d , go to s t e p 19.

terminals C3 and C4.
ECM/PCM CONWECTOB C
(49P)

ETCSIVf ( G R N / Y E L )
E T C S M + (BLU/RED)
15. J u m p the S C S line with t h e H D S .

Is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e throttle
b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ( 0 3 , C 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 21.
11-238

21 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
22, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N III).
2 9 . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s In the

2 3 , R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
ENGINE SPEED
24, Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
VSS
APPSENSOR
11-317).
25, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s In the

is DTC
P2101
indicated?
* ENGINE SPEED
* VSS
* APP S E N S O R
is DTC
P2101
Y E S - - C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 29.
If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to step 1 *
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n c l e a n t h e throttle b o d y f s e e p a g e 11-359), a n d
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e Indicated,
g o to s t e p 1,
g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . i l
N O - T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
11-239

DTC P2118: Throttle Actuator Current Range/
Performance Problem

and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general
T H R O T T L E B O D Y 6P C O N N E C T O R
1 2
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (li).
3 4
5 6
SG3 ( G R N )
W i r e side o f f e m a l e terminals

ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C
(49P)
3. S l o w l y p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to the floor.

Is DTC
P2118
indicated?
Is there
continuity?
at t h e throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M .
7. D i s c o n n e c t the throttle b o d y BP c o n n e c t o r .
8. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
11-240
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n throttle b o d y S P

11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n body g r o u n d a n d

throttle b o d y BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5 a n d
No* 6 individually.
THROTTLE B O D Y SP CONNECTOR
T H R O T T L E B O D Y SP C O W N E C T O R
2 3 4 5 6
ETCSff (GRN/YEL)
E T C S M + (BLU/RED!
ETCSM+
CBLU/RED)

is filere
continuity?
is there
YES-Repair s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n throttle

b o d y S P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 5 ( E T C S line) a n d
No, 8 ( E T C S 4 - line), t h e n g o to s t e p 14.
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t In the w i r e b e t w e e n throttle
b o d y BP c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y g r o u n d , t h e n go to
s t e p 14.
M O G o to s t e p 11,
(confd)
11-241

DTC Troubleshooting {cont'd)
12. A t t h e throttle b o d y s i d e , m e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e
b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5
and- No. 6 with the throttle fully c l o s e d .
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
1 2 3 4 5 6
ETCSSVI
ETCSM+
26. S l o w l y p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal to the floor.

Is DTC
P2118
indicated?
Is there
about
1.0 Q or
less?
13. R e p l a c e the throttle body ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
11-317).
20. S l o w l y p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to the floor.
Is DTC
P2118
indicated?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to the
11-242
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 27.
If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
NOSf the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . Sf the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
DTC P2122: APP Sensor A (TP Sensor D)
Circuit L o w Voltage
N O T E ; B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d alt freeze data
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
A P P S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R
HDS,
is there about 0,2 or
iess?
1 2 3 4 5 6
A P S A (YEL)
at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d the ECIV1/PCM.
W i r e side of female
terminals
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
is there
continuity?
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS),

8. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2 a n d N o . 3.
P C M (A18) a n d the A P P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
N O G o to step 11.
APP SEMSOR 6P CONNECTOR
11. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 to
SG4 (BLU)
3 4 5 6
CC4
A P P S E N S O R SP C O N N E C T O R
(RED!
ZX
2 3 4 5 6
APSA (YEL)
Wire side of female
is there about 5
terminals
JUMPER WIRE
?
W i r e side of f e m a l e
terminals
(confd)
11-243


16. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A C49PJ
HDS.
Is there
A P S A (YEL)
about
0.2 V or
less?
Is there
continuity?
MO-Repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /

P C M (A18) a n d the A P P s e n s o r , t h e n go to s t e p 24.
13. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
14. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1
a n d No. 3 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
1 2 3 4 5 6
VCC4 (RED)
JUMPER WIRE
2
A P S A (YEL)
5 6
V C C 4 (RED)
JUMPER WIRE
11-244
MP*
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A
mm
>d Njj
9
lit/' /
22i23 24
2SJ30 /
18 / | 18 IS 20 21
25
27 28
34 35 36
m
s
Mzi^L^j/L*, 1/1/1
V C C 4 (RED)
is there
continuity

is DTC
P2122
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1.
HQRepair
o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-216). If
, g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 11
22, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0L

2 3 , R e p l a c e the a c c e l e r a t o r pedat m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
11-259).
2 5 , T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (Ii),
26, B e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
27, Do the E C M / P C M idle Searn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-3171
is DTC
P2122
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p j .
W O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
11-245
Electronic Throttle Control S f stem

DTC P2123: A P P S e n s o r A (TP S e n s o r D)

N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
and any on-board s n a p s h o t a n d review the general
b o d y g r o u n d with a j u m p e r w i r e .
2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h the
APP S E N S O R 6P CONNECTOR
HDS.
Is there
about
4.9 V or
more?
1 2 3 4 5 6
S 0 4 (BLU)
at the A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
J U M P E R WIRE
4. D i s c o n n e c t the A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (if).
t e r m i n a l A 3 6 a n d body g r o u n d .
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2 a n d N o . 3.
\Z7\
APP S E N S O R 6 P CONNECTOR
IBS
.34-|3g|3S
\/\*lu\43\*\/J^
2
SG4 (BLU)
SG4
(BLU)
V C C 4 (RED)
Is there
continuity?
Is there
about
5 V?
NOGo
11-246
to s t e p 7.
P C M (A36) a n d t h e A P P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.
DTC P2127: APP S e n s o r B (TP S e n s o r E)

Circuit L o w Voltage
13, R e p l a c e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
11-2591

16, R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S ,
2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R B in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
17, D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

is there
11-317).
I s DTC
P2123
indicated?
about
0,2 V or
less?
WOIntermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
Y E S - C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M .
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
1 ^ 0 T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If a n y other
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
6. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6P
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
APP S E N S O R 6P CONNECTOR
^X

1
Is DTC
P2123
indicated?
3 4
S G 5 (GRN)
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . Sf
t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
5 6
VCC5 (BRN)
is there
about
V?
(cont'd)
11-247


A P S B CORN)
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P

1 1
M / 1 / P 5 16 / j 1 8 19 20 21
2 2 | 2 3 [ 2 4 J > < 25 > <
26 27 28
APSB
(ORN)
I s there
continuity?
Is there
continuity?
13. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
P C M (A19) a n d the A P P s e n s o r , t h e n go to s t e p 24.
14. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 4
and No. 6 with a j u m p e r wire.
APP S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R
A P P S E N S O R BP C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 4 5 6
A P S B CORN)
VCC5
6
J U M P E R WIRE
A P S B CORN!
JUMPER WIRE
11-248
(BRN)
15. T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll).
16. C h e e k A P P S E N S O R B in the D A T A L I S T with t h e

HDS,
is there about 0.2 V or
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (JSP)
less?
N O G o to s t e p 22,
18. J u m p t h e S C S line with the H D S .
Terminal side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
20. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 6 to
is there
continuity?

A F P S E N S O R 6P
CONNECTOR
1
2 3 4 5 6

CC5 (BRN)
JUMPER WIRE
2 3 . R e p l a c e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
11-259).
terminals

11-317).
is DTC
P2127
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
(confd)
11-249

DTC P2128: A P P S e n s o r B (TP S e n s o r E)
Circuit High Voltage"


1 . T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R B In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
Is DTC
P2127
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the A P P . s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
HDS.
Is there
about
4,9 V or
more?
NOIf the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). if
go to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
at the A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
4. D i s c o n n e c t the A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR

1
12
SG5
j 8
(GRN)
5 6
VCC5
Is there
about
5 V?
11-250
(GRN)
7, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),
8* J u m p t h e S C S Sine w i t h the H D S .
13. R e p l a c e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
11-259).
A F P S E N S O R BP C O N N E C T O R

.16. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
11-317).
1 2 3 4 5 6
SOS (GRN)
JUMPER WIRE

is DTC
P2128
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,

ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A
(49P)
is DTC
is there
continuity?
M O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A35) a n d t h e A P P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.
P2128
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
11-251

DTC P2135: TP S e n s o r A/B incorrect Voltage
Correlation
CAUTION
Do not insert y o u r f i n g e r s into the installed throttle
b o d y w h e n y o u turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) or
w h i l e the Ignition s w i t c h is O N 111). 'If y o u d o , y o u
is activated.
8. V i s u a l l y c h e c k the throttle v a l v e operation w h i l e

y o u c l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
Does the valve temporarily
closed
position?
move
to its
fully


3. Do the E T C S T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .
r

Is DTC
P2135
indicated?

Is there
6. D i s c o n n e c t the Intake air duct f r o m the throttle

b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
continuity?
11-252
TPSB
fRED/BLU)
MP*
is DTC
P2135
Indicated?

IPSA
(RED/BLKl
3 j4 j 5 j 8 j 7
IMOTroubleshooting is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
||8 110
ts j 14 f i s j i e f i T h a \ / ' m' 21
.
TPSB
(RED/BLU)
Is there
continuity?
. is DTC
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n the E C M /
PCM C 2 0 C T P 5 A line) a n d t h e C21 ( T P S B line), t h e n
g o to s t e p 17.
P2135
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s a t the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . If

17. R e c o n n e c t alt c o n n e c t o r s .

11-317).
11-253

DTC P2138: A P P S e n s o r A / B (TP S e n s o r D/E)
Incorrect Voltage Correlation
terminals A18 and A19.
ECfVi/PCIVI C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 11-3).
A P S A (YEL)
A P S B CORN)
^ 3
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h H D S ,
16 / i18Tl9
25 > <
28
3 . P r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal to the floor.
J34l35|36
27
28
"
7j7l7l
Is DTC
P2138
Indicated?
Is there
continuity?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this
at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M .
5 . C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A a n d A P P S E N S O R B in the
10= D i s c o n n e c t the A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
terminals A18 and A19.
Are
they
the same
voltage?
E C M / P C M C 0 W I M E C T O R A I49P)
YESGotostep6.
A P S A (YEL)
APSB
(ORN)

li
!^3l4lX!6lt'>l7h^
m
20 21
26 27 28
30 ^ / j 32 [ / j 34 j 35 j 36
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s A 1 8 ( A P S A line) a n d A 1 9
( A P S B line), t h e n go to s t e p 14.
11-254
12, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Oh

13, R e p l a c e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
Is DTC
P2138
Indicated?
11-259).
- t e r m i n a l s at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M J f
.the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M (sep p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
16, R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
17, Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e
11-317).
18, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK

19, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N ill),

20, P r e s s t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to t h e floor.
2 1 , C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
P2138
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If a n y o t h e r
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
2 4 , T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
2 5 , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
2 6 , P r e s s t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to the floor.
11-255

D T C P2176: Throttle Actuator Control S y s t e m
Idle Position Not L e a r n e d
ACAUTION
Do not insert y o u r f i n g e r s into the instaSled throttle
b o d y w h e n y o u turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll) or
w h i l e t h e ignition s w i t c h is O N (II).' If y o u d o , y o u
10. V i s u a l l y c h e c k the throttle v a l v e operation w h i l e

p e r f o r m i n g t h e E T C S T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Does
the throttle
valve
move
to its fully
closed
position?
N O ' G o to s t e p 12.
11. C h e c k for s l u d g e or c a r b o n on the throttle v a l v e .
NOTE:
Is there
Y E S C l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359),
If D T C P 2 1 3 5 is s t o r e d at t h e s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 2 1 7 6 ,
sludge
or carbon
on the throttle
valve?
t h e n g o to s t e p 21 a n d r e c h e c k .
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C P 2 1 3 5 first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C
P2176.
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (Si), a n d w a i t
15. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) . -
10'seconds.
16. C o n n e c t throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5
Is DTC
P2176
indicated?
a n d No. 6 with a j u m p e r w i r e .
at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n c l e a n
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e intake air duct f r o m the throttle
b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
8 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
11-256
1 2 3 4 5 6
ETCSM(ORN/YEL)
ETCSM+
(BLU/RED)
JUMPER WIRE
MP*
17, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s C 3 a n d C4<
is DTC
P2176
indicated?
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C <49P)
t h e n c l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359), a n d
ETCSM (GRN/YEL)
ETGSIVI+ fBLU/REO)
g o to s t e p 1.
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf a n y other

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n is there
continuity
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n the throttle
is DTC
P2176
indicated?
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( C 3 , C 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 20.
19. R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y f s e e p a g e 11-362).
2 2 . R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). Sf
11-317).
2 5 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t
10 s e c o n d s .
11-257

APP Sensor Signal Inspection
NOTE:
T h i s p r o c e d u r e c h e c k s the A P P s e n s o r in its fully
c l o s e d p o s i t i o n . In a n y other p o s i t i o n , the A P P s e n s o r
s t o r e s D T C s w h i c h are c o v e r e d in other
troubleshooting procedures.
C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S
before d o i n g this p r o c e d u r e . If a n y D T C s a r e
i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e m first, t h e n d o this
procedure.
P r e s s t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s , to c h e c k its
o p e r a t i o n . Sf it d o e s not o p e r a t e s m o o t h l y , c h e c k the
p e d a l . If y o u find a p r o b l e m , r e p l a c e the a c c e l e r a t o r
pedal m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 11-259).

3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the E C M / .
P C M . If it d o e s n ' t , go to the D L C circuit
4. M a k e s u r e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l is not p r e s s e d ,
t h e n c h e c k the A P P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S .
* If it is 0 % the A P P s e n s o r is O K .
* If it is not 0 % , update the E C M / P C M ' if it d o e s not
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e
11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 5.
11-258
5. M a k e s u r e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l is not p r e s s e d ,
t h e n c h e c k the A P P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S .
If it is 0 % , the A P P s e n s o r is O K .
If it is not 0 % , r e p l a c e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l
m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 11 -259), t h e n go to s t e p 1.
2, R e m o v e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e (B).
N O T E : T h e A P P s e n s o r is not a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y .
D o not d i s a s s e m b l e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e .
3, Install the p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
11-259
VTEC/VTC
All m o d e l s except P Z E V
ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H
ROCKER A R M OIL
CONTROL VALVE
p a g e 11-302
CAMSHAFT POSITION
(CMP) S E N S O R A
(INTAKE SIDE)
V T C OIL CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
Removal/Test/Installation,
p a g e 11-300
VTC STRAINER
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ECM)/
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)
U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
P Z E V model
f ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H A
f ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H B
ROCKER A R M OIL
CONTROL VALVE
p a g e 11-303
- CAMSHAFT POSITION
ICMP) SENSOR A
(INTAKE SIDE!
V T C OIL C O N T R O L
SOLENOID VALVE
R e m o v a I/Test/I r e t a l i a t i o n ,
p a g e 11-300
VTC STRAINER
11-260
- POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)
U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0010: VTC Oil Control Solenoid Vaive
Malfunction
8. A t t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e
b e t w e e n V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2P
V T C O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
1 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
1 2
3* S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
idle.
T e r m i n a l s i d e of m a l e t e r m i n a l s
4, D o t h e V T C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S ,
is there
6.75-
8.25
Q at room
temperature?
5, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC
PO010
indicated?
t i m e , C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a i v e a n d t h e
ECM/PCM.
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P
connector.
(confd)
11-261
VTEC/VTC
9, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V T C oil control
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V T C oil control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d
s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No.. 2 a n d
body ground.
E C M / P C M connector terminal C23.

VTC OIL C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
V T C OIL C O N T R O L SOLENOID V A L V E 2P COMPACTOR
1 2
VTC (BLU/WHT)
Wi r e side of f e m a l e terminals
G N D (BLK)
J t
j 2 |3 | 4
11 12
22 23
13
I5
| 6 j 7 [ 8 I 9 j 10
14115 18117 [18
20 21
29 cD
43 44 45 46
VTC (BLU/WHT)
Is there
continuity?
is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the V T C oil
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d G101 ( s e e p a g e 22-20),

P C M (C23) a n d the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e ,

r

Is there
continuity?
P C M (C23) a n d t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e ,
11-262
14, R e p l a c e t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e
23.
U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
(see p a g e 11-300).
15.
24. D o t h e V T C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .

25.
18. D o t h e E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
is DTC
P0010
indicated?
19. D o t h e V T C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d
t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
the H D S .
g o to s t e p 1.
is DTC
PO010
indicated?
26. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 0 1 0 in the

Does
2 1 . M o n i t o r the O B O S T A T U S f o r D T C PO010 in t h e
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p . 2 0 ,
MOIf t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C oil
control solenoid valve a n d the E C M / P C M , then go
to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o t o s t e p 19.
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
substituted, replace the original E C M / P C M
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 5 , g o to t h e indicated
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 4 . Sf t h e
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the
s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24.
11-263
VTEC/VTC
DTC P0011: V T C S y s t e m Malfunction
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d ail f r e e z e data

Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
N O i f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If the s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go-to s t e p 5 a n d
recheck.
4. W a t c h the l o w oil p r e s s u r e indicator w i t h the
engine running.
10. R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-31).
Is the low oil pressure
indicator
on?
11. R e m o v e the V T C s t r a i n e r (A), a n d c h e c k it for
Y E S C h e c k the oi! p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 8-9), t h e n g o
clogging.
to s t e p 15.
N O G o to step 5.
5. Do the V T C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .
Is the result
OK?
(3060 km/h) for 10 m i n u t e s .
Is the strainer
7. C h e c k the V T C S T A T U S in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
. HDS.
Does
it indicate
ON?
OK ?
N O C l e a n the V T C s t r a i n e r , r e p l a c e the e n g i n e oil
filter a n d the e n g i n e oil, t h e n go to s t e p 14.
12. T e s t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
N O G o to s t e p 6 a n d r e c h e c k .
11-300).
Is the VTC
oil control
solenoid
vaive
OK?
N O - R e p l a c e the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
11-264
13, I n s p e c t the V T C a c t u a t o r ( s e e p a g e 6-8),

is the VTC
actuator
OK?
Y E S C h e c k t h e V T C s y s t e m oil p a s s a g e s , t h e n g o
DTC P0340: C M P S e n s o r A No Signal

to s t e p 14.
N O R e p l a c e t h e V T C a c t u a t o r ( s e e p a g e 6-30),
14, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
15, R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S ,
16, C l e a r the C K P pattern w i t h t h e H D S ,
is DTC
P0340
indicated?.
17, Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-3171
18, Do the C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
t i m e , C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at C M P s e n s o r A a n d the E C M / P C M .
19, Do t h e V T C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .
is DTC
PO011
6. D i s c o n n e c t the C M P s e n s o r A 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
indicated?
8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r A 3 P
C M P S E N S O R A 3P CONNECTOR
21, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0011 in t h e
Does
the screen
indicate
1G1 ( B L K / Y E L )
PASSED?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If a n y other
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . II
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o
is there
battery
voltage?
to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 19.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r
A a n d t h e No. 7 A C G (15 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 18,
(cont'd)
11-265
VTEC/VTC
9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r A 3 P

C M P S E N S O R A 3P C O N N E C T O R
C M P A (BLU/WHT)
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (4SP)
CMPA (BLU/WHT)
Is there
about
V?
E S ~ G o t o s t e p 10.
10. M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r A S P
Is there
continuity?
C M P S E N S O R A 3P C O N N E C T O R
P C M (C45) a n d C M P s e n s o r A , t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
1
LG (BRN/YEL)
IG1 ( B L K / Y E L )
Is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r
A a n d G 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-20), t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
11-266
15, C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r A 3 P
terminal C45.
C M P S E N S O R A 3P CONNECTOR

17. R e p l a c e C M P s e n s o r A ( s e e p a g e 11-301).
I CMP A fBLU/WHTi
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C | 4 9 P !

21. D o t h e E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
Is DTC P0340
CMPA
(BLU/WHT!
is there
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r A a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1.
continuity?
N o R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M ( C 4 5 ) a n d C M P s e n s o r A t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
/
24. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
2 5 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC P0340
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r A a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . Sf t h e
E C M / P C M w a s substituted, g o to s t e p 1.
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e Indicated,
11-267
VTEC/VTC
DTC P0341: CMP Sensor A and CKP Sensor
Incorrect Phase Detected
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the general,
failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C ol!
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M . Sf the
s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6
and recheck.
(3060 km/h) for 10 m i n u t e s .

10. T e s t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
Is DTC
P0341
indicated?
11-300).
is the VTC
oiTcontroi
solenoid
valve
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e

5. Do the V T C T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
11. C h e c k the c a m s h a f t t i m i n g ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 6-9).
the H D S .
Is the result
Is the camshaft
OK?
timing
OK ?
N O R e s e t the c a m s h a f t t i m i n g ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e
6-9), then go to s t e p 14.
( 3 0 6 0 km/h) for 10 m i n u t e s .
12. C h e c k for d a m a g e or stretch at the c a m c h a i n

(see p a g e 6-23).
7. C h e c k the V T C S T A T U S in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the

Is the cam chain
HDS.
damaged
or stretched
Y E S R e p l a c e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-13) a n d
the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 6-20), t h e n go to s t e p
14.
Does
it indicate
ON?
13. Inspect the V T C actuator ( s e e p a g e 6-8).
Is the actuator
OK?
- N O R e p l a c e the V T C a c t u a t o r ( s e e p a g e 6-30),
11-268
14. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),
DTC P0344: C M P S e n s o r A Circuit
Intermittent Interruption
18. C l e a r the C K P pattern w i t h the H D S ,

17, Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317),
18. D o t h e C K P pattern learn p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 11-5).
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let It idle for 10 s e c o n d s .
( 3 0 6 0 k m / h ) for 10 m i n u t e s .
2 0 , C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
PQ341
4. C h e c k the C M P A N O I S E in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the

HDS.
Are 0 counts
indicated?
Indicated
the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
I M O G o t o s t e p 5.
5. ' T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s In the
2 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0341 in the
* ENGINE SPEED
* VSS
Does
the screen
Indicate
PASSED?
6. C h e c k the C M P A N O I S E in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
g o to the I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
HOif t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o
to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 19,
HDS.
Are
0 counts
indicated?
WOIntermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this
at C M P s e n s o r A a n d the E C M / P C M .
7. C h e c k for poor or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s
* CMP sensor A
* ECM/PCM
* Engine ground
* Body ground
Are
the connections
and terminals
OK?
N O R e p a i r t h e c o n n e c t i o n s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n go
to s t e p 11.
(confd)
11-269
VTEC/VTC
8. C h e c k for d a m a g e o n t h e C M P s e n s o r A p u l s e r
DTC P1009: VTC Advance Malfunction
plate ( s e e p a g e 6-29).
NOTE:
Is the pulser
plate
damaged
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d

Y E S R e p l a c e the C M P s e n s o r A p u l s e r plate
If D T C P0341 is s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e a s D T C P I 0 0 9 ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C P 1 0 0 9 first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C
P0341.
10. R e p l a c e C M P s e n s o r A ( s e e p a g e 11-301).
. Is DTC
P1009
indicated?
11-317).
14. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC
P0344
Indicated?
time.B
6. R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-31).
t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r A a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n
go to s t e p 1.
7. R e m o v e the V T C s t r a i n e r (A), a n d c h e c k it for

clogging.
Is the strainer
OK ?
N O C l e a n the V T C s t r a i n e r , r e p l a c e the e n g i n e oil
filter a n d the e n g i n e oil, t h e n g o to s t e p 10.
11-270
4?*
8, T e s t t h e V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e f s e e p a g e
11-300).
is the vaive
OK ?
Y E S - - G o to s t e p 9.
N O R e p l a c e t h e V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
fsee p a g e 11-300), t h e n g o to s t e p 10.
DTC P2646: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch

Circuit Low Voltage (AH models except PZEV)
* Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A
* A / T l o w p r e s s u r e g a u g e w / p a n e l 07406-0070301
* A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e 07406-0020201
* Oil p r e s s u r e h o s e 0 7 Z A J - S 5 A A 2 0 0
9. I n s p e c t t h e V T C a c t u a t o r ( s e e p a g e 6-8).
is the actuator
OK ?
Y E S C h e c k t h e V T C s y s t e m oil p a s s a g e s , t h e n g o
to s t e p 10,
M O R e p l a c e t h e V T C actuator ( s e e p a g e 6-30),
t h e n g o t o s t e p 10,
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a a n d
a n y on-board snapshot, a n d review the general
* If D T C P 2 6 4 8 a n d / o r P 2 6 4 9 a r e s t o r e d at the s a m e
t i m e a s D T C P2646, t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e D T C s f i r s t
t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P2646.
1. C h e c k the e n g i n e oil l e v e l .
10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ii).

is the level
OK?
N O A d j u s t the e n g i n e oil to t h e p r o p e r l e v e l , t h e n
11-317).
g o to s t e p 20.
14. Do t h e C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

is DTC
PI009
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e s at t h e V T C s y s t e m ,
' 4. Do the V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .
.
Is the result
OK?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
at the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e rocker
a r m oil control s o l e n o i d , a n d the E C M / P C M .
6. D i s c o n n e c t the r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2P
connector.
7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). ..
(confd)
11-271
VTEC/VTC
8. C h e c k ' t h e V T E C P R E S S W in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
14. C h e c k t h e oil p r e s s u r e .
the-HDS.
Does
Is SWITCH
ON
the oil pressure
(4.0 kgf/cnf,
indicated?
increase
56.9
to at least
392
kPa
psi)?
Y E S R e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h

NOGo
to s t e p 9.

10. R e m o v e the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (A), a n d
' attach the s p e c i a l t o o l s a s s h o w n , t h e n attach the
rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h to the oil p r e s s u r e
g a u g e a d a p t e r (B).
07406-0070301
7 4 0 8 - 0 0 2 0 2 0 1 or
07tVIAJ-PY4CI11Aancl
@7IVfAJ-PY40120
N O I n s p e c t the V T E C s y s t e m . If it is O K , r e p l a c e
the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 11-302),
18. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n . E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
J 1 | 2
j3
4 I5 | 6
8 | 9
j10j
7NAJ-P07O10A
07ZAJ-S5AA2O0
11. R e c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2 P

connector.
Is there
continuity?
P C M (C22) a n d the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ,
13. D o the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h

the H D S .
11-272

A Circuit Low Voltage (PZEV model)

11-317).
2 3 . Do t h e V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .
is DTC
P2646
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , the
r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o s t e p 1.
i n d i c a t e d DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .

A Circuit High Voltage (PZEV model)
* Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A
* A / T l o w p r e s s u r e g a u g e w / p a n e l 07406-0070301
* A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e 07406-0020201
* Oil p r e s s u r e h o s e 0 7 Z A J - S 5 A A 2 0 0
NOTE:
* If D T C P 2 6 4 8 a n d / o r P2649 a r e s t o r e d at the s a m e
t i m e a s D T C P2646 a n d / o r P 2 6 4 7 , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
D T C s first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 2 6 4 6 a n d / o r P 2 6 4 7 .
1. C h e c k t h e e n g i n e oil l e v e l .
Is the level
OK?
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), o r substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7).
27. D o t h e V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
HQAdjust
the e n g i n e oil level to t h e p r o p e r l e v e l ,
the H D S .
is DTC
P2646
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , the
r o c k e r a m i oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d the E C M / P C M .
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 27.
(confd)
11-273
VTEC/VTC
4. S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d d o the V T E C T E S T .
7. A t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A s i d e of the

c o n n e c t o r , c h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e 2P
connector terminals.
Are
VTECIN-Oand
VTECEX-0
indicated?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A , rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d A , a n d the P C M . H
ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E SWITCH A 2P CONNECTOR

VTPSWA
N O I f the result is
* V T E C I N - 1 : G o to s t e p 5.
* V T E C I N - 3 : G o t o s t e p 14.
* V T E C I N - 3 a n d V T E C E X - 3 indicated at the s a m e
t i m e : C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e b e t w e e n the e n g i n e
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the rocker a r m oil control
v a l v e filter. If it Is O K , go to s t e p 14.
* V T E C I N - 2 , V T E C I N - 4 : I n s p e c t the intake v a l v e
s i d e of the V T E C s y s t e m . If it Is O K , r e p l a c e the
rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 11-303),
* V T E C E X - 1 , 2 , 3 , 4: T h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s i d e V T E C
s y s t e m is faulty. G o to the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for
P2651/P2652 ( s e e p a g e 11-290).
6. D i s c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A 2P
connector.
11-274
GNO
Is there
continuity?
N O R e p l a c e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A
ill
8, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d
body ground.
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil

p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d
P C M connector terminal C22.
R O C K E R ARM O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H A 2 P C O N N E C T O R
VTPSWA IBLU/BLK)
ROCKER mm
OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H A 2P CONNECTOR
^
VTPSWA
(BLU/BLK)
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e
terminals
P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
Wire side of female
terminals
-Terminal side of female
is there
battery
voltage?
Y E S R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n rocker a r m
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A a n d G101 ( s e e p a g e 22-20),
is there
terminals
continuity?
Y E S - C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A ,
rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A , a n d the P C M . If
the c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , go to s t e p
35.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n rocker a r m
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A a n d the P C M (C22), t h e n g o to

12, D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
s t e p 29.
14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .
15. D i s c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A 2P
connector.
(confd)
11-275
VT.EG/VTC
22. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the H D S , a n d d o the V T E C T E S T .
17. C h e c k R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H A In
the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
Is SWITCH
ON
23. C h e c k the oil p r e s s u r e d u r i n g the High V / T / L I F T

( T E S T S T A T U S 4).
indicated?
Does the oil pressure

increase
(2.0kgf/cm ,
27.7psi)?
to at least
191. kPa
Y E S R e p l a c e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A
19. R e m o v e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A ( s e e p a g e
11-305), t h e n reinstall the rocker a r m oil control
v a l v e a n d its filter ( s e e p a g e 11-303) w i t h o u t
Installing rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A .
20. A t t a c h the s p e c i a l t o o l s to t h e rocker a r m oil control
v a l v e a s s h o w n , t h e n attach rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h A to the oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e a d a p t e r (B).
7406-0070301
7406-0020201 or
07MAJ-PY4011A and
07iIAJPY4012O
N O I n s p e c t the Intake v a l v e s i d e of the V T E C

s y s t e m . If It Is O K , r e p l a c e t h e rocker a r m oil control
v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 11-303), t h e n go to s t e p 29.
27. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
PCIVI C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
A
22 N-m
12.2 k g f - m ,
16 lbf-ft)
VTPSWA (BLU/BLK!
07NAJ-P0701OA
07ZAJ-S5AA200
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M
(C22) a n d rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A , t h e n g o
to s t e p 29..
21, R e c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A 2P
connector.
N O C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A , rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d A , a n d the P C M . If the c o n n e c t o r s
a n d the t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , go to s t e p 3 5 .
11-276
w*
3 7 . . S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d d o the V T E C T E S T . '

2 9 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,
Are
VTECIN-0
and
VTECEX'-0
indicated?
30. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N fll).

3 1 . B e s e t the P C M w i t h the H D S .
32. Do the P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
3 3 . S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d d o the V T E C T E S T .
Are
VTECIN-Oand
V TECEX-0
indicated?
N O - C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A , r o c k e r a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d A , a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
N O I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M fsee page 11-7), then r e c h e c k . If the P C M

Are any Temporary
DTCs
or DTCs
indicated?
Y E S I f a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e
i n d i c a t e d , g o to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
N O I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
complete.. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the

Are any Temporary
DTCs
or DTCs
original P C M ( s e e page 1 1 - 2 1 6 ) . H
indicated?
I n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s
troubleshooting.
MOTroubleshooting
is c o m p l e t e . i f
36. U p d a t e the PCM if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7).
11-277
VTEC/VIC
Circuit High Voltage (All models except
PZEV)
5. C h e c k t h e result of s t e p 4.
V T E C Switch Failure
V T E C Switch Open
NOTE:
V T E C Switch S I G Line Open
* Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d

' t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
* If D T C . P 2 6 4 8 a n d / o r P 2 6 4 9 a r e s t o r e d at t h e s a m e
time a s D T C P2647, troubleshoot t h o s e D T C s f i r s t
t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 2 6 4 7 .
V T E C Switch G N D Line Open
Is the level
OK?
Is the test result
any of those
above?
at the r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h . If It is O K ,
r e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
11-302), t h e n , g o to s t e p 15.
N O A d j u s t the e n g i n e oil to the p r o p e r l e v e l , then
7. D i s c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2 P

connector.
g o t o s t e p 17.
8. At the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h s i d e , c h e c k for

continuity b e t w e e n its 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s .
R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H 2P
CONNECTOR
4. Do t h e V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .
VTPSW
N O T E : If D T C s t o r e d d u r i n g V T E C T E S T , c h e c k for
D T C s M E N U . If D T C P 2 6 4 7 . i n d i c a t e d , go to s t e p 6. If
Is the result
OK?
GND
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this

at the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , the rocker
a r m oil control s o l e n o i d , a n d the E C M / P C M . I I
Is there
continuity?
N O R e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h

11-278

p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil
E C M / P C M connector terminal C22.
pressure switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and

R O C K E R ARM O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
body ground.
V T P S W (BLU/BLK)
R O C K E R mm
OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
V T P S W (BLU/BLK)
8 I 9 liol
14|15
22
43 44
@5p
a z i
V T P S W (BLU/BLK)
Wire s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
is there
battery
voltage?
Y E S R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the r o c k e r
is there
continuity?
a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d 6 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-20),
P C M (C22) a n d the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ,
11. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .
12. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S ,
16. R e c o n n e c t aSS c o n n e c t o r s .

11-317).
(cont'd)
11-279
VTEC/VTC
Is DTC
P2647
25.
Is DTC
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , the
rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d , a n d the E C M / P C M ,
P2647
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil- p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , the
r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d , a n d t h e - E C M / P C M . ;
Sf the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
Sf the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
26. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2647 in the
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf a n y other
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
N O I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 1
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , keep idling until a result c o m e s o n .
(see p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 5 , g o to the i n d i c a t e d
23.
U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

" s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
24. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle.
11-280

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M
w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If t h e E C M / P C M
N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idiing until a result c o m e s
on.
MP*
DTC P2648: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid
Circuit Low Voltage (All models except PZEV)
M O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
9. C h e e k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
. M l /
11
3, D o the V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
29
the H D S ,
12 13
22 23 24
14 15
16 17J18 1 9
>< >< /
31 32 33
25
26
34 35|36
21
27 28
38
514S
is the result
OK?
VTS fGRN/YEL)
at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d the
ECM/PCM,
HOGo
is there
to s t e p 4.

5, D i s c o n n e c t the r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d 2 P
connector,
continuity?
YES-Repair s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (B35) a n d the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d ,
8* M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil

c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d
No, 2.
R O C K E R ABM
OIL C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D 2P C O N N E C T O R
10. R e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e

11-302).
11-317).
15. Do the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .
is there
1430
Q at room
temperature?
NOGoto
s t e p 10.
(confd)
11-281
VTEC/VTC

Is DTC
P2648
indicated?
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d
the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
Y E S - H f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , .
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 1 , g o to the Indicated
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S ,
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
1. If the s c r e e n Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
step 15.
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n . g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
20. Do the V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .
Is DTC
P2648
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d
the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e n go to s t e p 20. If the E C M / P C M ' w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1.
11-282
control s o l e n o i d a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M /
P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / .
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 20. If the E C M /
.PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n
Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 2 0 .
MP*
A (Intake Valve Side) Circuit Low Voltage
(PZEV mode!)

9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (43P).
P C M CONNECTOR B (49P)
14(15
3. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
32J33
w i t h t h e H D S , a n d d o the S o l e n o i d V a l v e
u\asi| as y\E
4i> Ue
V T S A (GRIM/YEL)
A C T I V A T I O N of t h e R O C K E R A R M S O L E N O I D A .
is DTC
P2648
indicated
?
YESGo
to s t e p 5.
is there
continuity?
at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A a n d the P C M . B
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the P C M
(B35) a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A , t h e n g o
to s t e p 12.
N O C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A 2 P
at t h e P C M a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A ,

connector,:
7. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil
control solenoid A 2 P connector terminals No. 1
a n d N o , 2.
ROCKER mm
O I L C O N T R O L S O L E M G 1 D A 2P C O N N E C T O R
is there
14 30 Q at room
temperature?
NOGo
to s t e p 11.
(confd)
11-283
VTEC/VTC
11-303).
20. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

with the H D S , a n d do the S o l e n o i d V a l v e
A C T I V A T I O N of the R O C K E R A R M S O L E N O I D A.
14. R e s e t the P C M w i t h the H D S .

15. D o the P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
22. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y . D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

w i t h the H D S , a n d d o the S o l e n o i d V a l v e
A C T I V A T I O N of the R O C K E R A R M S O L E N O I D A .
Is DTC
P2648
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A a n d
the P C M , then go to s t e p 1.
18. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2648 In the

the screen
indicate
PASSED?
g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
N O I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 16.
11-284
P2648
indicated?
the P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), then g o t o s t e p
21. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
Does
Is DTC
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
NOSf the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d A a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
11-7), then g o t o s t e p 21. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1. Sf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
- C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 21.
DTC P2643: Rocker A r m Oil Control S o l e n o i d

Circuit High Voltage (All m o d e l s except
PZEV)
7. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil

c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d
No. 2.
R O C K E R A R M OIL CONTROL SOLENOID 2P CONNECTOR
1 2
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P o r N, M/T in
idle.

is there
is DTC
P2849
1430
Q at room
temperature?
indicated?
at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d t h e
ECM/PCM.
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil control

s o l e n o i d 2 P c o n n e c t o r terminal. No. 1 a n d b o d y
ground.
ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID 2P CONNECTOR
8. D i s c o n n e c t the r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d 2P

connector,
GND (BLK)
is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e rocker
a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d G101 ( s e e p a g e 22-20),
(cont'd)
11-285
VTEC/VTC
t e r m i n a l B 3 5 a n d rocker arm. oil control s o l e n o i d 2 P

11-302).
ROCKER ARM O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D 2P C O N N E C T O R
1
VTS (GRN/YEL)

3 4
9 ll0j
19
11J12 13
17118
14115
24 > < 25 ] > < ^ 28 27
32|33
16. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-317).
Is DTC
P2649
indicated?
ylsslH/tis
&]ZL
VTS fGRN/YEL)

Is there
continuity?
t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d
t h e E C M / P C M , , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
WO-Repair o p e n in t h e wire- b e t w e e n the E C M /

P C M (B35) a n d the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d ,
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
control s o l e n o i d a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
1. If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , keep
Idling until a result c o m e s o n .
11-286
w*
A (Intake Valve Side) Circuit High Voltage
20. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If It d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7).
(PZEV model)
2 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.
Is DTC
P2649
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d
t h e E C M / P C M , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go
to s t e p 1.
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator
f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it idle.
Is DTC
P2649
indicated?
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S - I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated
( s e e p a g e 11-218), If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 2 , g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t "failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
at rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A a n d the P C M .
6. D i s c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A 2 P
connector.
7. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d A 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M /
P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
on,
a n d No. 2.
R O C K E R ARM O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D - A 2P C O N N E C T O R
Terminal side of m a l e terminals
is there
14-30
Q at room
temperature?
(confd)
11-287
VTEC/VTC
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil control
s o l e n o i d A 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d body,
ground.

t e r m i n a l B 3 5 a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A
2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2.
R O C K E R A R M O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D A 2P C O N N E C T O R
R O C K E R A R M O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D A 2P C O N N E C T O R
V I S A IGRN/YEL)
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a
G N D (BLK1
P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
8 i 9 IIOE
13 u | l 6 16
24
25
ITIIS
19
21
X 26 2738 28
31 ><
32(33 34 35|36
/
V T S A (GRW/YEL)
is there
continuity?
is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the rocker
Y E S G o t o step 1 9 .
a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A a n d G 1 0 1 , t h e n g o to
s t e p 13.
9 . J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the P C M
(B35) a n d the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A ,
11-303).
11-288
13,
R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,
14, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ill),
20. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

15,
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
Reset the P C M with the H D S .
16, Do the P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 11-317).
17, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
2 2 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
P2649
indicated?
Is DTC
P2649
indicated?
t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If
t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
t e r m i n a l s at r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A a n d
t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
18, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 6 4 9 in t h e
23.
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 6 4 9 in t h e
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
WOif t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1
a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a result c o m e s o n .
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the.
o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r
NO-If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at r o c k e r a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d A a n d t h e P C M . If the- P C M w a s
updated, substitute a known-good P C M , then
r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling
11-289
VTEC/VTC
DTC P2651: Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h
B Circuit L o w Voltage (PZEV model)
D T C P2652: Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h
B Circuit High Voltage ( P Z E V model)
P r e s s u r e gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A
A / T low pressure gauge w / p a n e l 07406-0070301
A / T pressure hose 07406-0020201
A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e , 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A
4. S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d do the V T E C T E S T .
Are
VTECEX-0
and
VTECIN-0
indicated?
at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B, a n d rocker a r m
oil control s o l e n o i d B, a n d the P C M . B
N O I f t h e result is
A / T pressure adapter 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 2 0
Oil p r e s s u r e h o s e 0 7 Z A J - S 5 A A 2 0 0
V T E C E X - 1 : G o to s t e p 5.
V T E C E X - 3 : G o to s t e p 14.
NOTE:
V T E C E X - 3 a n d V T E C I N - 3 i n d i c a t e d at the s a m e
B e f o r e - y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t ; r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
t i m e : C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e b e t w e e n the e n g i n e
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the r o c k e r a r m oil control
v a l v e filter. If it is O K , g o to s t e p 14.
If D T C P 2 6 5 3 a n d / o r P 2 6 5 4 a r e s t o r e d at the s a m e
t i m e a s D T C P2651 a n d / o r P 2 6 5 2 , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
D T C s f i r s t t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P2651 a n d / o r P 2 6 5 2 .
V T E G E X - 2 , V T E C E X - 4 : I n s p e c t the e x h a u s t s i d e of
t h e V T E C s y s t e m , if it is O K , r e p l a c e the r o c k e r
a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 1-303), t h e n g o
to s t e p 29.
V T E C I N - 1 , 2 , 3 , 4: T h e intake v a l v e s i d e V T E C
s y s t e m is faulty. G o to t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for
Is the level
OK?
- W O A d j u s t the e n g i n e oil l e v e l to the p r o p e r l e v e l ,
11-290
P 2 6 4 6 / P 2 6 4 7 ( s e e p a g e 11-273).
6. D i s c o n n e c t the' r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B 2 P
connector.
MP*
7. At t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B s i d e , c h e c k
for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n its 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s .
R O C K E R mm
O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H B 2P C O N N E C T O R

9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d
body ground.
VTPSWB
R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H B 2P C O N N E C T O R
V T P S W B (BLU)
GNO
Terminal side o f male terminals
is there
continuity
is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p l a c e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B
f s e e p a g e 11-305), t h e n g o to s t e p 29.
Y E S R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n rocker a r m
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B a n d G101 ( s e e p a g e 22-20),
(confd)
11-291
TEC/VTC
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d
P C M connector terminal B43.

17. C h e c k the R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H B
.
In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H B 2P CONNECTOR
Is SWITCH
V T P S W B {BLU)
ON
indicated?
PCIWI C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
8
14 15
ESI
IH
16 17 18
26 27 28
82|33 34I351-36
;29
381
"401X1^1431X145^
VTPSWB

19. R e m o v e rocker arm. oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B ( s e e p a g e
11-305), t h e n reinstall t h e rocker a r m oil control
v a l v e a n d Its filter ( s e e p a g e 11-303) w i t h o u t '
i n s t a l l i n g r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B.
(BLU)
Is there
continuity?
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B,
rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B, a n d the P C M . If
the c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , go to s t e p
35.
20. A t t a c h the s p e c i a l t o o l s to t h e rocker a r m oil control

v a l v e a s s h o w n , t h e n attach rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h B to the oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e a d a p t e r (A).
07406-0070301
07406-0020201 or
07MAJ-PY4011Aand
07MAJ-PY40120
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n rocker a r m
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B a n d the P C M (B43), t h e n g o to
s t e p 29.
07NAJ-P07010A
15. D i s c o n n e c t the r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B 2 P

connector.
07ZAJ-S5AA200
21. R e c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B 2 P

connector.
11-292
2 2 , S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h t h e H D S a n d d o the V T E C T E S T .
r
2 7 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
PCM GOPJPJECTOR B
2 3 , C h e c k t h e oil p r e s s u r e d u r i n g t h e L o w V / T / L I F T a n d
(49P)
t h e High V / T / L I F T ( T E S T S T A T U S 3 a n d 4).
Does
the oil pressure

s
(2.0 kgf/cm ,
27.7
increase
to at least
191
3 | 4 ! / M 7
8 I 9 hO
.hi/
11 12 13 14 15 10 1T|18 19 / 21
kPa
I 22 23 24
psi)?
29 /
26 27 28
25
31 32 33 34 35 36 /
><
IK 7^m,
Y E S R e p l a c e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B
( s e e p a g e 11-305}, t h e n g o to s t e p 29.
VTPSWB
(BLU)
W O I n s p e c t the V T E C s y s t e m . If it is O K , r e p l a c e
t h e rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 11-303),

Is there
continuity?
2 5 . J u m p the S C S fine w i t h the H D S .

(B43) a n d rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B, t h e n g o

to s t e p 29.
WO"-Check for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B, rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d B, a n d the P C M . If the c o n n e c t i o n s
a n d the t e r m i n a l s are O K , g o to s t e p 3 5 . -
(confd)
lt-293
VTEC/VTC
37. S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d do the V T E C T E S T .
2 8 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .
Are
VTECEX-0
and
VTECIN-0
Indicated?

3 1 . R e s e t the P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
3 2 . Do the P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
N O I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M

3 3 . S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
- w i t h the H D S , a n d d o t h e V T E C T E S T .
Are
VTECEX-0
and
VTECIN-0
indicated?
Are any Temporary
DTCs
or DTCs
indicated?
at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B, rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d B, a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
troubleshooting.
I n d i c a t e d , go to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s
N O I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e

Are any Temporary
DTCs
or DTCs
indicated?
Y E S i f a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e
i n d i c a t e d , g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s
troubleshooting.
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d PCM. ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
11-294
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).

B (Exhaust Valve Side) Circuit Low Voltage

PCM CONNECTOR C (49P)
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (if),
T
5
10
13 1 4 1 8 16 17 18
3. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U ,
a n d d o t h e S o l e n o i d V a i v e A C T I V A T I O N of R O C K E R
A R M S O L E N O I D B with the H D S .
V T S B (GRN/RED)
is DTC
P2653
indicated?
W O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B a n d t h e P C M .
Is there
continuity?
(C24) a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B, t h e n g o
to s t e p 12.
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B 2P
W O C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e P C M a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B,
connector,
7. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1
a n d N o . 2.
R O C K E R A R M OIL C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D B 2P C O N N E C T O R
T e r m i n a l side of male t e r m i n a l s
is there
14-30
Q at room
temperature?
(confd)
11-295
VTEC/VTC
11-303).
20. U p d a t e the P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest

w i t h the H D S , a n d do t h e S o l e n o i d V a l v e
A C T I V A T I O N of the R O C K E R A R M S O L E N O I D B.
14. R e s e t the P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
15.
D o t h e P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
16. S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T In t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d d o t h e S o l e n o i d V a l v e
is DTC
P2653
indicated?
A C T I V A T I O N of t h e R O C K E R A R M S O L E N O I D B. '
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B a n d

Is DTC
P2653
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p
indicated?
21. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
YESCheck for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B a n d

t h e P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
23.
M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2653 in the

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
. Y E S I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 2 2 ,
N O I f t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 1
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 16.
11-296
N O If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
control s o l e n o i d B a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s
11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 21. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
D T C P2854: Rocker A r m Oil Control S o l e n o i d

B (Exhaust Valve S i d e ) Circuit High Voltage
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil control

s o l e n o i d B 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y
ground.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
and any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B 2P CONNECTOR

2, Clear t h e D T C w i t h the H D S ,
GND (BLK)
3, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P or N) until the radiator
f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it idle.
is DTC
P2854
indicated?
is there
continuity?
Y E S - - G o t o stepS.
WOIntermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
W O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the rocker
at r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B a n d the P C M . B
a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B a n d G 1 0 1 , t h e n g o t o
s t e p 13.
8. D i s c o n n e c t the r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B 2 P
connector,
7, M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil

control s o l e n o i d 8 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1
a n d No, 2,
ROCICEB mm OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B 2P CONNECTOR
Is there
1430
Q at room
temperature?
(confd)
11-297
VTEC/VTC
t e r m i n a l C 2 4 a n d rocker a r m oil'control s o l e n o i d B
2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2.
R O C K E R ARM O I L CONTROL SOLENOID B 2P C O N N E C T O R
14. R e s e t the P C M w i t h the H D S .
15.
Do the P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
V T S B (GRN/RED)
PCM C O N N E C T O R C
J T T 2 T h T s 1817
13 14
15
16 17 18
43 44 45
46
(49P)
Tnfl
20 21
3ZL

Is DTC
P2054
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B a n d
the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
V T S B (GRN/RED)
Is there

continuity?
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the P C M
(C24) a n d the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B,
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
N O i f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 1
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T
11-298
19. U p d a t e t h e P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7).
20. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.
is DTC
P2854
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s a t r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B a n d
t h e PCM, If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d PCM f s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . if
t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
2 2 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 6 5 4 in t h e
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
o r i g i n a l P C M { s e e p a g e 11-216), Sf a n y other
W O l f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
control s o l e n o i d B a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d PCIVt ( s e e p a g e
11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o
t o s t e p 1, If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s M O T C O M P L E T E D ,
k e e p idling until a result c o m e s o n .
11-299
TEC/TC
VTC Oil Control Solenoid Valve Removal/Test/Installation
1. D i s c o n n e c t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P
5. C o n n e c t the battery p o s i t i v e t e r m i n a l to V T C oil

control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2.
V T C OIL CONTROL SOLENOID V A L V E 2 P CONNECTOR
B
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
BATTERY
6. C o n n e c t the battery n e g a t i v e t e r m i n a l to V T C oil

control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1.
A p p e a r a n c e of the I n n e r v a l v e (A) In t h e port s h o u l d
R e m o v e the bolt (B) a n d t h e V T C oil control
be at least 0.05 in. (1.2 m m ) . If the inner v a l v e d o e s
s o l e n o i d v a l v e (C).
not o p e n , r e p l a c e it; t h e n g o to s t e p 7.
C h e c k the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s t r a i n e r
Open
for c l o g g i n g . If the s t r a i n e r Is c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e t h e
V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e .
Note the a m o u n t of v a l v e o p e n i n g by o b s e r v i n g the
position of the piston s h o u l d e r (A) t h r o u g h the
v a l v e retard d r a i n port. If y o u s e e t h e s h o u l d e r of
the p i s t o n , t h e v a l v e is o p e n a n d m u s t be r e p l a c e d .
Closed
11-300
0.05 In.
(1.2 m m ]
MP*
CMP Sensor A Replacement
7. R e m o v e t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l v a i v e O-ring (A),
1. D i s c o n n e c t the C M P s e n s o r A 3 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
N-m
(1.2 kgf-m,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
2. R e m o v e C M P s e n s o r A f r o m the intake c a m s h a f t
8, C o a t a n e w O - r i n g w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e oil, t h e n install
s i d e of t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
it on t h e v a l v e .
3. Install t h e p a r t s in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
9. C l e a n a n d d r y t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e v a l v e .
w i t h a n e w O-rsng ( C ) .
10. Install t h e V T C oil control v a l v e (B).

N O T E : D o not install t h e v a l v e w h i l e w e a r i n g cloth
f i b r o u s g l o v e s , B e c a r e f u l not to c o n t a m i n a t e t h e
cylinder head opening.
11-301
VTEC/VTC
Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Removal/Installation
All models except PZEV
5. R e m o v e the e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s bracket
(A) ( a l s o
(B) (If equipped)) f r o m the rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l

1. R e m o v e the strut b r a c e ( s e e p a g e 20-289).
3. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C) a n d the bolts (D).

4. R e m o v e the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e a s s e m b l y
(E) a n d the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e filter (F).
11-302
v a l v e (C).
MP*
PZE model
1 . R e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e ( s e e p a g e 20-283).
5. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s bracket (A) ( a l s o
|B) (if e q u i p p e d ) ) f r o m the r o c k e r a r m off control
v a l v e (C).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A
c o n n e c t o r (A),, t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B
c o n n e c t o r I B ) , t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A
c o n n e c t o r ( C ) , a n d t h e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h B c o n n e c t o r ID).
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
6. Install the parts in t h e - r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h a n e w rocker a r m oil control v a l v e filter.
3. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s IE) a n d the bolts (F).

4, R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control v a l v e a s s e m b l y
CG) a n d t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control v a l v e filter (H),
11-303
VTEC/VTC
Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Removal/Installation
All models-except PZEV
1. D i s c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
2. R e m o v e the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (B).

w i t h a n e w O-ring (C).
11-304
Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch A

Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch B

PZEV model
PZEV model
1. R e m o v e the r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
11-303),
1. R e m o v e the rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
2. R e m o v e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A .
2. R e m o v e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B.
3. Install t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
w i t h a n e w O - r i n g IB),
3. Install the parts In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h a n e w O-ring (A).
11-303).
11-305
Kdle&ntrol System
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

Signal Circuit Troubleshooting,
page 11-314
11-306
MP*
DTC Troubleshooting
P T C P0506: idle Control S y s t e m R P M L o w e r
Than Expected
M O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
1,. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N |H).
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d { A / T in P o r N, M/T in
idle.
7. C h e c k for dirt, c a r b o n , or d a m a g e in the throttle

bore,
is there
bore?
dirt, carbon,
or damage
in the
throttle
Y E S I f t h e r e is.dirt or c a r b o n , c l e a n t h e throttle
b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359). A l s o c h e c k for d a m a g e to
the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t f s e e p a g e 11-360), t h e n go
to s t e p 9. If t h e r e is damage
in the throttle b o r e , g o
to s t e p 8.
N O C h e c k the A / C s y s t e m or p o w e r . s t e e r i n g
s y s t e m , t h e n go to s t e p 9.
8. R e p l a c e the throttle body ( s e e p a g e 11-382).
4. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e D A T A L I S T p a r a m e t e r
c o n d i t i o n s with the H D S :
* E C T S E N S O R 1 a b o v e 156 F (70 C)
* I A T S E N S O R a b o v e 32 F ( 0 <C)
* V S S Is 0 m p h (0 km/h)
* S T F U E L TRIM between 0 . 6 9 - 1 . 4 7
* F S S is C L O S E D
5. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 6 in t h e

11-317).
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s o n , then let it
idle.
D T C s M E N U with the HDS.

Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
N O J f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o t o s t e p 15.
If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling
until a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T
O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 4
and recheck.
c o n d i t i o n s w i t h the H D S :
* E C T S E N S O R 1 a b o v e 158 F (70 C)
* I A T S E N S O R a b o v e 32 1= (0 C)
* V S S is 0 m p h (0 km/h)
* S T F U E L T R I M b e t w e e n 0.691.47
* F S S is C L O S E D
8. R e m o v e t h e intake air d u c t f r o m t h e throttle b o d y

( s e e p a g e 11-362),
is DTC
P0506
indicated?
(confd)
11-307
Idle Control System

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED

N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 19. Sf
the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling until
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 11
and recheck.
15. R e m o v e the intake air d u c t f r o m the throttle b o d y
(see p a g e 11-362).
16. C h e c k for dirt, c a r b o n , or d a m a g e in the throttle
bore.

3,000 r p m without l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , then let it
idle.
c o n d i t i o n s with, the H D S :
E C T S E N S O R 1 a b o v e 156 F (70 C)
IAT S E N S O R a b o v e 32 T (0 C)
V S S is 0 m p h (0 km/h)
S T F U E L T R I M b e t w e e n 0.691.47
F S S is C L O S E D

is DTC
is there
bore?
dirt, carbon,
or damage
in the
Y E S I f there is dirt or c a r b o n , c l e a n the throttle

b o d y fsee p a g e 11-359). A l s o c h e c k for d a m a g e to
the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t ( s e e p a g e 11-360), t h e n go
to s t e p 9. If there is d a m a g e in the throttle b o r e , g o
to s t e p 8.
17. R e c h e c k with different load c o n d i t i o n s (turn o n the

h e a d l i g h t s , b l o w e r motor, rear w i n d o w d e f o g g e r
a n d / o r A / C , c h a n g e the g e a r p o s i t i o n , etc.).
18. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0506- in the
the screen
indicate
PASSED?

time, a
N O I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k the A / C
s y s t e m a n d / o r p o w e r s t e e r i n g s y s t e m , then go to
s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
E X E C U T I N G , keep Idling until a result c o m e s o n . If
the s c r e e n indicates O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T
C O M P L E T E D , go to step 17.
11-308
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or loose

t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 20.
Does
P0506
throttie
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 2 , go to the indicated
D T C s troubleshooting.fi
1
NOIf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y
a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
then go to s t e p 20. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G ,
k e e p idling until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n
indicates O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 20.
DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher
Than Expected
7. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M with the H D S .
8. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e - p a g e
11-317).
idle for at l e a s t 20 s e c o n d s .
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d f A / T in P or N, M/T in

is DTC
idle for at l e a s t 20 s e c o n d s .
4. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0507 in the
P0507
indicated?
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
11. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 7 in the
WOIf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D ,
D T C s M E N U with the H D S ,
intermittent
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If t h e s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , keep idling until a result
c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , r e c h e c k w i t h
different l o a d c o n d i t i o n s (electrical, A / C , g e a r
p o s i t i o n , e t c ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 3,
MOIf t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 12. If
the"screen i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling until
5. C h e c k f o r v a c u u m l e a k s at t h e s e parts:
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , r e c h e c k w i t h
* PCV valve
* PCV hose
different l o a d c o n d i t i o n s (turn o n the h e a d l i g h t s ,
* E V A P canister purge valve
t h e n go to s t e p 9 ,
*
*
*
*
b l o w e r m o t o r , or A / C ; c h a n g e t h e g e a r p o s i t i o n , etc.),
Throttle b o d y
Intake m a d i f o i d
Brake booster hose
Brake booster
Are
there
any
leaks?
Y E S R e p a i r o r r e p l a c e t h e leaking part(s), t h e n g o
to s t e p 6,
W O G o t o step a
(cont'd)
11-309
Idle Control System

12, U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
. 13. Start the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
idle for at least 20 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC
P0507
1. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

2. T u r n t h e b l o w e r s w i t c h o n .
3. T u r n the A / C s w i t c h o n .
4. C h e c k the A / C C L U T C H in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Does
it indicate
ON?
Indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . Sf
the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 13.
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
NOGoto
A / C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting
NODo
the A / C s y s t e m t e s t ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 8 8 ) .
5. C h e c k the A / C s y s t e m .
Does
the A/C
system
operate?
Y E S T h e air c o n d i t i o n i n g s y s t e m ' circuit is O K . B
s t e p 15.

NOGoto
s t e p 6.

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 14, g o to the indicated
D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . II
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y
a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7),
t h e n go to s t e p 13. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G ,
k e e p idling until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n
g o t o s t e p 13.
8 . A c t i v a t e the A / C C L U T C H in the I N S P E C T I O N
Is there a clicking
noise
from the A/C
Y E S D o the A / C s y s t e m test ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 8 8 ) . B
NOGoto
step 9.
9 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

11-310
compressor
clutch?
Alternator FR Signal Circuit

Troubleshooting
13. M o m e n t a r i l y c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
A 1 5 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e s e v e r a l
times.

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A I 4 9 P !
2. M o n i t o r the A L T E R N A T O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S .
3. C h e c k if the i n d i c a t e d p e r c e n t a g e v a r i e s w h e n the
h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h is t u r n e d o n .
Does
the percentage
vary?
ACC fPURJ
Y E S T h e alternator s i g n a l circuit is
OKM
J U M P E R WIRE
4. T u r n t h e h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h off a n d ignition s w i t c h to
L O C K (0).
is there a clicking noise from the A/C

clutch?
compressor
Y E S U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e

a known-good E C M / P C M , replace the original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B (4SP)
at t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h r e l a y a n d t h e E C M /
P C M , If the c o n n e c t i o n s a r e O K , c h e c k the A / C
c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h relay ( s e e p a g e 22-91). If n e e d e d ,
r e p a i r o p e n in the
wire between the E C M / P C M
(A 15), t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h r e l a y , a n d t h e
o t h e r AiQ s y s t e m s ,
A L T F (WHT/RED)
Is there
continuity?
P C M (B47) a n d the alternator.
r e c h e c k . Sf the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
P C M (see page 11-216).B
11-311
ldte:jControl System
PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting
1. Start the e n g i n e , a n d Set It idle.
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P S P s w i t c h 2 P

2. A l i g n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l straight a h e a d .
P S P S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
3. C h e c k the P S P S W I T C H in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the

HDS.
Does
PSPSW (PNK)
it Indicate
ON?
4. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l to the full lock position.
terminals
5. C h e c k the P S P S W I T C H in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Is there
Does
it change
to
continuity?
OFF?
Y E S T h e P S P s w i t c h s i g n a l circuit is O K .
6. Turn, the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
7. D i s c o n n e c t the P S P s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r .
P C M (A23) a n d the P S P s w i t c h .
N O U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the
P C M (see page 1 1 - 2 1 6 K B
9. C h e c k the P S P S W I T C H in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
15. D i s c o n n e c t the P S P s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r .
HDS.
Does
it change
to
OFF?
16. C o n n e c t P S P s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1
a n d N o . 2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e , t h e n start the e n g i n e .
Y E S R e p l a c e the P S P s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 17-15).
P S P S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
PSPSW (PNK)
J U M P E R WIRE
G N D (BLK)
11-312
terminals
17, C h e c k t h e P S P S W I T C H in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS,
Does
it change
to

ECM/PCM C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
ON?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e P S P s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 17-15),
22 23
29
26 27 a
42i43|44M46p
PSPSW
(PNK)
19, R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the P S P s w i t c h 2P
connector.
20, J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S ,
21
D i s c o n n e c t ECfVI/PCIVI c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
is there
22, C o n n e c t P S P s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 to
P S P S W I T C H 2P CONNECTOR
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the P S P
s w i t c h a n d the E C M / P C M (A23).
PSPSW
(PNK)
24.' C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P S P s w i t c h 2P

PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR
JUMPER WIRE
GND
(BLK)
is there
continuity?
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P S P
s w i t c h a n d G201 ( s e e p a g e 22-24).
11-313
Idle Control System

Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting
2. C h e c k the B R A K E S W I T C H in the D A T A L I S T w i t h
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A
the H D S .
Does
it indicate
(49P)
OFF?
N O I n s p e c t the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h
(see page 1 9 - 6 ) . B
3. P r e s s the brake p e d a l , a n d c h e c k the B R A K E
S W I T C H in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
Does
it change
to
ON?
Y E S T h e brake p e d a l position s w i t c h s i g n a l circuit
Is there
continuity?
(BKSWIine)isOK.H
P C M (A42) a n d the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h .

R e p l a c e the No. 1 0 H O R N / S T O P (20 A ) f u s e . f i

6. D i s c o n n e c t the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h 4 P
connector.
11-314
9, C o n n e c t brake p e d a l position s w i t c h 4P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l Mo, 2 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR
BKSWflTGRfM)
J U M P E R WIRE
Wire side o f female terminals
terminal A 4 2 and body ground,
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e b r a k e
p e d a l position s w i t c h a n d t h e No, 10 H O R N / S T O P
(20 A ) f u s e . I n s p e c t t h e b r a k e p e d a l position s w i t c h
f s e e p a g e 19-6).
P C M (A42) a n d t h e brake p e d a l position s w i t c h .
Idle Control S f stem

Idle Speed Inspection
NOTE: "
B e f o r e c h e c k i n g the idle s p e e d , c h e c k t h e s e i t e m s :
- T h e m a l f u n c t i o n indicator l a m p (MIL) h a s not b e e n
reported o n , a n d there a r e no D T C s .
- Ignition timing
- Spark plugs
- A i r cleaner

idle.
5. C h e c k the idle s p e e d w i t h o u t load c o n d i t i o n s :
h e a d l i g h t s , b l o w e r f a n , radiator f a n , a n d air
c o n d i t i o n e r off.
- PCV system
* A p p l y the parking b r a k e , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e
h e a d l i g h t s are off.
Idle s p e e d s h o u l d b e :
7 8 0 5 0 rpm
M/T
8 0 0 5 0 r p m (In P r N)
A/T
c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e c o n n e c t o r .
2. C o n n e c t the H D S t o t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
(A) located u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
6. Let the e n g i n e idle for 1 m i n u t e w i t h high electric

load ( A / C s w i t c h o n , t e m p e r a t u r e s e t to m a x c o o l ,
b l o w e r f a n on h i g h , a n d h e a d l i g h t s on high b e a m ) ,
Idle s p e e d s h o u l d b e :
7 8 0 5 0 rpm
M/T
A/T
8 0 0 5 0 r p m (In P r N)
N O T E : If the idle s p e e d is not within s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,

d o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317). If the idle s p e e d is still not within
s p e c i f i c a t i o n , go to the s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
7. R e c o n n e c t the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
connector.
3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the E C M /
P C M . If it d o e s n ' t g o to the D L C circuit
11-316
ECM/PCM Idle Learn Procedure

T h e idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e m u s t be d o n e s o t h e E C M / P C M
c a n l e a r n the e n g i n e idle c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s .
Do t h e idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e w h e n e v e r y o u d o a n y of
these actions:
* Replace
*
*
*
*
ECM/PCM,
Reset E C M / P C M .
Update ECfWPCiV!
R e p l a c e or c l e a n t h e throttle b o d y .
D i s a s s e m b l e the e n g i n e or the t r a n s m i s s i o n .
N O T E : E r a s i n g D T C s w i t h the H D S d o e s not require y o u

to d o the idle learn p r o c e d u r e .
Procedure
1. M a k e s u r e all e l e c t r i c a l i t e m s { A / C , a u d i o , lights, etc.)
a r e off.
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N III), a n d w a i t
2 seconds.
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P o r N , M/T in
neutral)
until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , or until the
e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e r e a c h e s 194 F (90 C),
5. L e t the e n g i n e idle for a b o u t 5 m i n u t e s w i t h the
throttle fully c l o s e d .
N O T E : If the radiator fan c o m e s o n , d o not i n c l u d e
its r u n n i n g t i m e in the 5 m i n u t e s .
Verify o n t h e H D S data list that the idle learn
p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e .
Fuel Syppiy System

F U E L TANK
D r a i n i n g , _p a g e 1 1 - 3 3 5
R e p l a c e mlee n t , p a g e 1 1 - 3 5 2
FUEL T A N K UNIT
FUEL P U M P
FUEL G A U G E SENDING UNIT
Test, p a g e 11-355
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
p a g e 11-350
FILTER
FUEL BAIL
F U E L FILL C A P
F U E L F I L L PIPE
FUEL LINE/
QUICK-CONNECT FITTING
Precautions, p a g e 11-339
R e m o v a l , p a g e 11-340
FUEL LINE/
QUICK-CONNECT FITTING
Precautions, p a g e 11-339
R e m o v a l , p a g e 11-340
11-318
FUEL VAPOR LINE
PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1
CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

Update, page 11-215
Substitution, page 11-7
POWERTRAIN
11-319
Fuel Supply System

DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge
Sending Unit) Circuit Range/Performance
Problem

Sending Unit) Circuit Low Voltage
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d
* B e c a u s e it r e q u i r e s 162 m i l e s (260" km) of d r i v i n g

w i t h o u t refueling to c o m p l e t e t h i s d i a g n o s i s , D T C
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S , a n d w a i t 5 s e c o n d s .
P0461 c a n n o t be d u p l i c a t e d d u r i n g t h i s
troubleshooting.
1. T e s t t h e fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e 11-355).
Is the fuel
gauge
sending
unit
Is DTC
P0462
indicated?
OK?
t e r m i n a l s at the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit a n d the
at the g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the fuel g a u g e
g a u g e control m o d u l e .
sending u n i t H
N O R e p l a c e the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e
1 1 - 3 5 1 1 t h e n go to s t e p 2.
6. R e m o v e the a c c e s s p a n e l f r o m the floor ( s e e p a g e

11-347).
7. D i s c o n n e c t the fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r .
11-317).
Are any Temporary
DTCs
or DTCs
indicated?
Y E S G o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . H
9. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S , a n d wast 5 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC
P0463
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit

( s e e p a g e 11-351), t h e n g o t o s t e p 23.
" N O G o to s t e p 11.
11-320
11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4 P


17. R e m o v e the fuel tank unit ( s e e p a g e 11-347).
FUEL T A N K U N I T 4P COMNECTOFI
18. C o n n e c t t h e fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r .
SG
I NAL \mm
1 2
3 4
2 1 . S e t the float (A) to the E p o s i t i o n .
is there
battery
voltage?
13. R e m o v e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324),
E
0.6 I n .
115.9 m m )
22. C h e c k t h e fuel g a u g e .
Does
connector,
the gauge
move
to the empty
position?
15, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P

M O R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
FUEL T A N K U N I T 4P CONNECTOR
SIGNAL
iPUm
2 2 - 3 2 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 23.
1 2
3 4
25.
Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
c o n t r o l m o d u l e (signal line) a n d t h e f u e l g a u g e
s e n d i n g unit, t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
N O R e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324), t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
(confd)
11-321
Fuel Supply System

26. T u r n t h e ignition-switch to O N (II).

Sending Unit) Circuit High Voltage

11-317).
Is DTC
P0462
indicated?
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S , a n d w a i t 5 s e c o n d s .
t e r m i n a l s at the g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the fuel

g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
is DTC
P0463
indicated?
at the g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the fuel g a u g e

sending u n i t .
3 1 . Install the parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

32. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
6. R e m o v e the a c c e s s p a n e l f r o m t h e floor ( s e e p a g e
7. D i s c o n n e c t the fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r .
is DTC
P0462
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the fuel
g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e n r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o
to s t e p 1.
11-322
11-347).
9, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P

F U E L 1AUK
U N I T 4P CONNECTOR
12. R e m o v e the g a u g e control m o d u l e (see p a g e

22-324).
13. D i s c o n n e c t the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P
connector.
SIGNAL fPUH!
m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 28 a n d b o d y
ground,
3 4
G N D (ORN)
G A U G E C O N T R O L IVIODULE 3 2 P C O N N E C T O R
/]8|9|10
|17|18|19|/|/|22|23|24|25|26|27|28|29|30|/|32
G N D (CRN)
Is there
battery
voltage?
10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK
Is there
1 1 . C o n n e c t fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l H o . 3
to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
F U E L TAMK
U N I T 4P C O N N E C T O R
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
control m o d u l e ( G N D line) a n d the fuel g a u g e
s e n d i n g unit, t h e n go to s t e p 27.
1 2
3 4
G N D (ORN)
JUMPER WIRE
(confd)
11-323
Fuel Supply System

15. C o n n e c t fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1
to b o d y g r o u n d with a j u m p e r w i r e .
FUEL T A N K U N I T 4P C O N N E C T O R
19. T e s t the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e 11-355).

SIGNAL
(PUR)
Is the fuel gauge
1 2
3 4
sending
unit
OK?
JUMPER WIRE
N O R e p l a c e the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e

.
11-351), t h e n go to s t e p 2 6 .
20. C o n n e c t t h e fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r .

21. R e c o n n e c t the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r .

m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 27 a n d b o d y
ground.
p n
r .... .. ...
1 I2 l / l / l / l 6 / ] 8 | 9 | 1 0
"
24. S e t the float (A) to t h e F p o s i t i o n .
5 H
/I/|13|/V116|
17|18|19|/1/122|23|24|2E|26|27|28|29|30|/|32
S I G N A L (PUR)
F
6.1 I n .
(155.2 m m )
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e , t h e n go to s t e p 18.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
25. C h e c k the fuel g a u g e .

Does
the gauge
move
to the full
position?
control m o d u l e ( s i g n a l line) a n d t h e fuel g a u g e

s e n d i n g unit, t h e n g o to s t e p 27.
N O - R e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324), t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
11-324
2 6 , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (01.
28, Install t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
2 3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N III).
11-317),
3 2 , C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .
I s DTC
P0463
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d t h e fuel
g a u g e s e n d i n g unit, t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
3 4 , Install t h e p a r t s in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
3 8 , U p d a t e t h e ECM/PCM
if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7).
is DTC
P0463
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d t h e fuel
g a u g e s e n d i n g unit. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o
to s t e p 1 .
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting
Sf y o u s u s p e c t a p r o b l e m w i t h t h e fuel p u m p , c h e c k that
5. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2
t h e fuel p u m p actually r u n s ; w h e n it is o n , y o u will h e a r
( F U E L P U M P ) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d
s o m e n o i s e if y o u listen to t h e fuel fill port w i t h t h e fuel
body ground.
fill c a p r e m o v e d . T h e fuel p u m p s h o u l d run for

2 s e c o n d s w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d o n . If the
PGMFI M A I N R E L A Y 2 (FUEL P U M P ) 4P COt\fWECT0R
fuel p u m p d o e s not m a k e n o i s e , c h e c k a s f o l l o w s :
IGP
2. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r
( s e e p a g e 20-153).
3. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) (A) in
t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
Is there
battery
voltage?
7. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n relay 1 (A) a n d t h e E T C S
control r e l a y (B) from, the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box.
11-326
8, J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
13. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h

f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l N o . 31
9, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
and body ground.
10, D i s c o n n e c t e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r C 1 0 1 at
D R I V E R ' S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY B O X
the left s i d e of the e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t .
C O N N E C T O R F (33P)
11, D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
c o n n e c t o r F (33P).
12, C o n n e c t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 4 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l N o , 2 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
P G M - F I MAIM
BELAY
1 4P
CONNECTOR
Wire side of female t e r m i n a l s
1GP
Is there
JUMPER WIRE
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84).
NO
* R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e u n d e r - h o o d
fuse/relay box a n d the driver's u n d e r - d a s h f u s e /
relay box.
If t h e w i r e i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84),
(confd)
11-327
Ftiel. Supply System

Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
14, M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n relay 2
16. C o n n e c t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) 4P
( F U E L P U M P ) 4P c o n n e c t o r terminal-'No. 2 a n d
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a
body ground.
jumper wire,
PGM-FI M A I N R E L A Y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) 4 P C O N N E C T O R
P G M - F I M A I N R E L A Y 2 (FUEL P U M P ) 4P C O N N E C T O R
M
IG1
ItVfOFPR
JUMPER WIRE
Terminal side of female-terminals
is there
battery
voltage?
NO
C h e c k the No. 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e in the

driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
* If the f u s e i s O K , r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84). 11
E C M / P C M connector terminal A16.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A
IMOFPR
(49P)
(GRY)
15. T u r n the ignition .switch to L O C K (0).
Is there
continuity?
M O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n
relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) a n d the E C M / P C M (A16).
20. R e i n s t a l l P G M - F I m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) .
11-328
f
2 1 . C o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 7 to b o d y
ground with a j u m p e r wire.
26. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d m e a s u r e the

voltage between driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l N o . 22 a n d b o d y g r o u n d
ECM/PCM GOfWECTQR A
(49P)
within 2 seconds.
M R L Y CRED/BLKI
DRIVER'S U W D E R - D A S H F U S E / R E L A Y B O X
/ZA
\/
A
X
CONNECTOR F (33P)
9 |iol
19 20 21
28 27 28
3Z|/l|36|38
/ \AA
JUMPER WIRE

. W i r e side of female t e r m i n a l s
2 2 , T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

23. M e a s u r e the voltage between E C M / P C M connector
is there
battery
voltage?

ECM/PCM CORRECTOR A |43P}
f M O F P R (GRY)
is there
battery
voltage?
W O - R e p l a c e PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) . B
2 5 . R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (43P).
(cont'd)
11-329
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd!
21. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N (If), a n d m e a s u r e t h e
voltage between driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l N o . 22 a n d b o d y g r o u n d
3 1 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d m e a s u r e the

v o l t a g e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d w i t h i n 2 s e c o n d s .
after 2 s e c o n d s .
FUEL TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR F (33P)
/r~F=
fl
1
I
20
2
7
21 ??
24
9 10 11 12 13 14
26 27 23
31 32
1 2
3 4
19
,| 1S
11@ | I T 118 33
FUEL P U M P
(PNK)
M
I OFPR (GRY)
Wire s i d e o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
is there
Is there
battery
battery
voltage?
voltage?
WOSf n e e d e d , r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y box f s e e p a g e 22-84), t h e n go to s t e p 28.
29. R e m o v e t h e rear s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).
30. R e m o v e the a c c e s s p a n e l f r o m t h e floor ( s e e p a g e
11-347).
11-330

3 3 . R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) .
34, C o n n e c t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) 4 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2 w i t h a j u m p e r
wire,
36. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to LOCK'(O).

37. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P
:
P G M - F I MAM
R E L A Y 2 I F U E L PUMP)
FUEL T A N K UNIT 4P CONNECTOR
4
1 2
3 4
IGI
FUEL P U M P
G N D (BLK)
JUMPER WIRE
3 5 , T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d m e a s u r e the

v o l t a g e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r
terminal No, 2 a n d body ground.
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e the fuel p u m p ( s e e p a g e 11-351 ) .

FUEL T A N K U N I T 4P C O N N E C T O R
1 2
3 4
FUEL P U M P
(PNK)
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the fuel tank

unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r a n d G 6 0 3 ; 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e
22-50), 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 22-52).
is there
battery
voltage?
Y E S R e p l a c e PGM-FS m a i n r e l a y 2
(FUEL PUMP).
NO* R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x (D10) a n d t h e fuel tank
unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
* l i t h e w i r e is O K , r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84). I I
11-331
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Pressure Relieving
B e f o r e d i s c o n n e c t i n g fuel l i n e s or h o s e s , r e l i e v e
p r e s s u r e f r o m the s y s t e m by d i s a b l i n g the fuel p u m p ,

r u n n i n g the e n g i n e until it s t a l l s , t h e n a n d
d i s c o n n e c t i n g the fuel line/quick c o n n e c t fitting in t h e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
engine compartment
10. R e m o v e the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (A)
With the HDS
( s e e p a g e 11-340).
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
11. C h e c k t h e fuel q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting for dirt, a n d

. c l e a n it if n e e d e d .
3. Make s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the E C M /
P C M . If it d o e s n ' t , g o to the D L C circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192),
5. R e m o v e the fuel fill c a p to r e l i e v e the p r e s s u r e in
the fuel tank.
7. F r o m t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U of t h e H D S , s e l e c t
F u e l P u m p O F F , t h e n start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle
until it s t a l l s .
NOTE:
* Do not a l l o w the e n g i n e to idle a b o v e 1,000 r p m
or t h e E C M / P C M will c o n t i n u e to o p e r a t e the fuel
pump.
9
A D T C or a T e m p o r a r y D T C m a y be s e t d u r i n g
t h i s p r o c e d u r e . C h e c k for D T C s , a n d c l e a r t h e m
a s n e e d e d ( s e e p a g e 11-4).
11-332
12. P l a c e a rag or s h o p t o w e l o v e r t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fitting (A).
13." D i s c o n n e c t t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting (A): Hold t h e

c o n n e c t o r | B l w i t h o n e h a n d , a n d s q u e e z e the
retainer t a b s f C | w i t h t h e other h a n d to r e l e a s e
t h e m f r o m the l o c k i n g t a b s I D ) . Pull t h e c o n n e c t o r
off.
Without the HDS

1. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d Sower c o v e r
( s e e p a g e 20-153).
2. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) (A)
NOTE:
f r o m the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the fine IE) o r o t h e r

parts.
* Do not u s e t o o l s ,
* If t h e c o n n e c t o r d o e s not m o v e , k e e p t h e retainer
t a b s p r e s s e d d o w n , a n d alternately pull a n d p u s h
t h e c o n n e c t o r until it c o m e s off e a s i l y .
* D o n o t r e m o v e the retainer f r o m the line; o n c e
r e m o v e d , t h e retainer m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a
new one.
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle until it stalls.

N O T E : If a n y D T C s a r e s t o r e d , c l e a r a n d ignore
them.
5. R e m o v e the fuel fill c a p to r e l i e v e the p r e s s u r e in
14. After d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting, c h e c k
the fuel tank.
It for dirt o r d a m a g e ( s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 11-342),

6. D o the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
15, D o the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
( s e e p a g e 22-89),
(cont'd)
11-333
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Pressure Relieving (cont'd)
7. R e m o v e the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (A)
10. D i s c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting (A): Hold the

c o n n e c t o r (B) w i t h o n e h a n d , a n d s q u e e z e the
( s e e p a g e 11-340).
retainer t a b s (C) w i t h t h e other h a n d to r e l e a s e

t h e m f r o m the locking, t a b s (D). Pull the c o n n e c t o r
off.
NOTE:
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the line (E) or other
parts.
* Do not u s e t o o l s .
* If the c o n n e c t o r d o e s not m o v e , k e e p the retainer
the c o n n e c t o r until it c o m e s off e a s i l y .
* Do not r e m o v e the retainer f r o m the line; o n c e
r e m o v e d , the retainer m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a
new one.
8. C h e c k the fuel q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting for dirt, a n d

c l e a n it if n e e d e d .
9. P l a c e a rag or s h o p t o w e l o v e r the q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fitting (A).
11. After d i s c o n n e c t i n g the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting, c h e c k

it for dirt or d a m a g e ( s e e s t e p 5 on p a g e 11-342).
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
11-334
Fuel Tank Draining
Fuel Pressure Test

Special Touts Required
1. R e m o v e the fuel tank unit ( s e e p a g e 11 -347).
* Fuel pressure gauge 07406-004000B

* F u e l p r e s s u r e g a u g e a t t a c h m e n t s e t G7AAJ-S6fv1A150
2. U s i n g a h a n d p u m p , a h o s e , a n d a c o n t a i n e r
suitable for f u e l , d r a w the fuel f r o m t h e fuel tank.
1, R e l i e v e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).
3. Reinstall the fuel tank unit ( s e e p a g e 11-348).
2. Attach t h e fuel p r e s s u r e g a u g e s e t a n d the fuel
pressure gauge.
* If the e n g i n e s t a r t s , g o to s t e p 5.
* Sf t h e e n g i n e d o e s not start, g o to s t e p 4.
4. C h e c k to s e e if t h e fuel p u m p is r u n n i n g : L i s t e n to
the fuel filler port with t h e fuel fill c a p r e m o v e d .
T h e fuel p u m p s h o u l d run for 2 s e c o n d s w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h i s first t u r n e d o n .
* If the p u m p r u n s , g o t o s t e p 5.
* If t h e p u m p d o e s not r u n , d o the fuel p u m p circuit
5. R e a d the fuel p r e s s u r e g a u g e . T h e p r e s s u r e s h o u l d
be 3 3 0 - 3 8 0 k P a ( 3 . 4 - 3 . 9 k g f / c m , 4 8 - 5 5 p s i ) .
2
* If the p r e s s u r e is O K , the test is c o m p l e t e .

* If the p r e s s u r e i s out of s p e c i f i c a t i o n , r e p l a c e the
fuel p r e s s u r e regulator ( s e e p a g e 11-350) a n d the
fuel filter ( s e e p a g e 11-350), t h e n r e c h e c k the fuel
pressure.
11-335
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Line inspection
C h e c k the fuel s y s t e m lines a n d h o s e s for d a m a g e , l e a k s , a n d deterioration. R e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d parts.
Make sure the connections are

secure and the quick-connect
f i t t i n g c o v e r s are f i r m l y locked in place.
11.-336
MP*
C h e c k all clamps, a n d m a k e sure t h e y a r e properly p o s i t i o n e d a n d t i g h t e n e d .
All m o d e l s eKeepi P 2 E
F U E L TASMIC U N I T L O C K N U T
Replace.
ToEVAPCAWlSTER
PURGE V A L V E
T o P U R G E PIPE
(confd)
11-337
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Line Inspection (cont'd)
C h e c k all c l a m p s , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e y are properly p o s i t i o n e d a n d t i g h t e n e d .
PZEV model
FUEL T A N K UNIT LOCKNUT

Replace.
To EVAP CANISTER
PURGE V A L V E
11-338
T P U R G E PIPE
Fuel Line/Guick-Connect Fitting Precautions

T h e f u e l l i n e / q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings (A), (B), ( C ) , (D), ( E ) ,
a n d IF) c o n n e c t t h e fuel rail I G ) to t h e fuel f e e d h o s e (H),
the fuel f e e d h o s e to the fuel line (I), t h e fuel line (J) to
t h e fuel tank unit {K>, the fuel v a p o r line (L) to the E V A P
c a n i s t e r (M), a n d t h e fuel tank v a p o r r e c i r c u l a t i o n t u b e
iU) I P Z E V m o d e l , a n d f u e l fill n e c k t u b e CO) to t h e fuel
fill p i p e (P)), W h a n r e m o v i n g or i n s t a l l i n g t h e fuel f e e d
h o s e , t h e fuel tank unit, or t h e f u e l tank, it is n e c e s s a r y
to d i s c o n n e c t or c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings.
P a y attention to t h e f o l l o w i n g :
* T h e fuel f e e d h o s e s , fuel line, a n d q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fittings a r e not h e a t - r e s i s t a n t ; be c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e t h e m d u r i n g w e l d i n g o r other heatgenerating procedures.
* T h e fuel f e e d h o s e s , f u e l line, a n d q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fittings a r e not a c i d - p r o o f ; d o not t o u c h t h e m w i t h a
s h o p t o w e l that w a s u s e d for w i p i n g battery
e l e c t r o l y t e . R e p l a c e t h e m if t h e y c o m e in c o n t a c t w i t h
e l e c t r o l y t e or s o m e t h i n g s i m i l a r .
* W h e n c o n n e c t i n g or d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e fuel f e e d
h o s e s , f u e l line, a n d q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings, be c a r e f u l
not to b e n d or t w i s t t h e m e x c e s s i v e l y . R e p l a c e t h e m
If t h e y a r e d a m a g e d .
P Z E V model s h o w n
(cont'd)
11-339
Fuel Supply System

Precautions (cont'd)

Remowal
A d i s c o n n e c t e d q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c a n be
r e c o n n e c t e d , but the retainer o n the m a t i n g line c a n n o t
be r e u s e d o n c e it h a s b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m the line.
R e p l a c e the retainer w h e n :
N O T E : Before y o u w o r k on the fuel lines a n d fittings,

r e a d the F u e l L i n e / Q u i c k - C o n n e c t Fitting P r e c a u t i o n s
(see p a g e 11-339).
1. If e q u i p p e d , r e m o v e the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r
replacing
replacing
replacing
replacing
replacing
replacing
8
the
the
the
the
the
the
f r o m the fuel line. R a i s e t h e c o v e r (A) f r o m the fuel
fuel rail.
fuel fine.
fuel p u m p .
fuel filter.
E V A P canister.
fuel fill pipe.
line (B), a n d r e m o v e it a s s h o w n .
r e p l a c i n g the fuel tank.

it h a s b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m the line.
it is d a m a g e d .
U s e the s a m e m a n u f a c t u r e r retainer a n d the s a m e s i z e
retainer w h e n the r e p l a c i n g the retainer.
Location
Manufacturer
Retainer
eolor
Blue
green
Line
diameter
0.3 in.
(3 m m )
. Tokai
Tokai
Green
0.2 in.
Sanoh
White
(6.3 m m )
0.4 in,
(9.5 m m )
Sanoh
White
0.5 in.
(12 m m )
Tokai
Natural
F
(PZEV
model)
Tokai
Green
0.5 in.
(12 m m )
1.1 in.
(28.6 m m )
11-340
2. R e l i e v e the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).

3. C h e c k the fuel q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings (A) for dirt,
a n d c l e a n t h e m if n e e d e d .
MP*
4. P l a c e a rag or s h o p t o w e l o v e r the q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fitting. Hold t h e c o n n e c t o r (A) with o n e h a n d , a n d
s q u e e z e the retainer t a b s (B) w i t h the other h a n d to
r e l e a s e t h e m f r o m the locking t a b s (C). Pull the
c o n n e c t o r off.
NOTE:
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the Sine (D) or other
parts. D o not u s e tools.
* If t h e c o n n e c t o r d o e s not m o v e , k e e p the retainer
the c o n n e c t o r until it c o m e s off e a s i l y .
* Do not r e m o v e the retainer f r o m the Sine; o n c e
r e m o v e d , the retainer m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a
new one.
PZEV m o d e ! s h o w n
(confd)
11-341
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal (cont'd)
5. C h e c k the c o n t a c t a r e a (A) of the Sine (B) for dirt or
damage.
6. T o prevent d a m a g e a n d k e e p foreign matter out,

c o v e r t h e d i s c o n n e c t e d c o n n e c t o r a n d line e n d s
w i t h plastic b a g s (A).
If it is dirty, c l e a n the c o n n e c t o r w i t h a p r e s s u r e
w a s h e r , a n d d r y it w i t h the c o m p r e s s e d air.
* If it is rusty or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e the fuel filter or
the fuel f e e d line.
N O T E : T h e retainer c a n n o t be r e u s e d o n c e it h a s
b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m the line.
R e p l a c e the retainer w h e n :
* r e p l a c i n g the fuel rail.
* r e p l a c i n g the fuel Sine.
* r e p l a c i n g the fuel p u m p .
* r e p l a c i n g t h e fuel filter.
*
*
*
*
r e p l a c i n g the E V A P c a n i s t e r .
r e p l a c i n g the fuel fill pipe.
r e p l a c i n g the fuel tank.
it h a s b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m the line.
* it is d a m a g e d .
11-342
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation

M O T E : B e f o r e y o u w o r k o n t h e fuel l i n e s a n d fittings,
r e a d t h e F u e l L m e / Q u i c k - C o n n e c t Fitting P r e c a u t i o n s
(see p a g e 11-339).
3. B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g a n e w fuel t u b e / q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fitting a s s e m b l y (A), r e m o v e t h e old retainer (B)
f r o m t h e m a t i n g line.
1. C h e c k t h e c o n t a c t a r e a (A) of t h e line IB) for dirt or

d a m a g e , a n d c l e a n it if n e e d e d .
Insert a n e w r e t a i n e r (A) into t h e c o n n e c t o r (B) if the

retainer is d a m a g e d , o r after:
* r e p l a c i n g t h e fuel ralL
* r e p l a c i n g t h e fuel line.
* r e p l a c i n g the fuel p u m p ,
* r e p l a c i n g t h e fuel filter.
* replacing the E V A P canister.
* r e p l a c i n g t h e foe! fill pipe,
* r e p l a c i n g t h e fuel tank.
* r e m o v i n g t h e retainer f r o m t h e line.
N O T E : W h e n y o u r e p l a c e a retainer, u s e the
s a m e s i z e a n d m a n u f a c t u r e r a s t h e original
retainer ( s e e p a g e 11-340).
(confd)
11-343
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Line/Quick-Connecf Fitting Installation (cont'd)
4. A l i g n the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings with the line (A),
a n d align t h e retainer locking t a b s (B) with t h e
c o n n e c t o r g r o o v e s (C). T h e n p r e s s the quickc o n n e c t fittings onto t h e line until both retainer t a b s
lock with a clicking s o u n d .
N O T E : If It is h a r d to c o n n e c t put a s m a l l a m o u n t of
n e w e n g i n e oil on the line e n d .
Connection w i t h n e w retainer
Connection w i t h n e w retainer:
F u e l fill n e c k t u b e f P Z E V m o d e l )
PZEV m o d e l s h o w n
11-344
C o n n e c t i o n t o n e w f u e l line
Reconnection to existing retainer
Saeoh-macfe
Reeriri@ctIon t o e x i s t i n g r e t a i n e r :
F u e l fiSS n e c k t u b e ( P Z E V m o d e l }
(cont'd)
11-345
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation (cont'd)
5. W h e n y o u r e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r w i t h the old
retainer, m a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e a n d
the t a b s (A) a r e f i r m l y l o c k e d into p l a c e ; c h e c k
v i s u a l l y a n d a l s o by pulling the c o n n e c t o r (B).
W h e n y o u r e p l a c e the fuel line w i t h a n e w o n e ,
m a k e s u r e y o u r e m o v e t h e ring pull (C) u p w a r d s
after y o u c o n f i r m the c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u r e m o v e t h e ring pull, m a k e s u r e
t h e fuel line c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n
is not s e c u r e , t h e ring pull c o u l d break w h e n y o u try
to r e m o v e it.
C o n n e c t i o n t o n e w f u e l line
Tokai-made
11-346
R e c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e to t h e battery, a n d
turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) (but do not
o p e r a t e the starter m o t o r ) . T h e fuel p u m p will run
for a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s , a n d f u e l p r e s s u r e will rise.
R e p e a t t h i s t w o o r t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k for fuel
leaks.
If e q u i p p e d , install the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r .
S e t the g r o o v e of the c o v e r (A) on the fuel line (B)
a s s h o w n , t h e n install i t M a k e s u r e the c o v e r is
firmly l o c k e d in p l a c e .
Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation

7, U s i n g the s p e c i a l t o o l , l o o s e n the locknut (A).

f u e l s e n d e r w r e n c h 07A.AA~S0X.A100
Retnowai
1L R e l i e v e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).
2, R e m o v e t h e fuel fill c a p .
3, R e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n f s e e p a g e 20-225).
4, R e m o v e t h e a c c e s s p a n e l (A) f r o m t h e
floor.
07AAA-S0XA100
8. R e m o v e t h e locknut (A) a n d t h e fuel tank unit (B).

.A
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r CB).

8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting -(C) f r o m t h e
fuel tank unit,
(cont'd)
11-347
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Insta
(cont'd)
Installation
4. U s i n g the s p e c i a l tool, tighten a n e w locknut (A)

w i t h a n e w locknut plate (B) to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
1. T e m p o r a r i l y attach a n e w b a s e g a s k e t (A) to the

fuel tank unit (B), t h e n insert the fuel tank unit
partially into the fuel tank.
NOTE:
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the n e w b a s e g a s k e t .
NOTE:
* After t i g h t e n i n g , m a k e s u r e the m a r k s a r e still
aligned.
* After installation, c h e c k the b a s e g a s k e t , v i s u a l l y
or by h a n d , to m a k e s u r e it is not p i n c h e d .
* B e c a r e f u l not to b e n d t h e fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g
unit.
* Do not c o a t the b a s e g a s k e t w i t h oil.
A.
5. C o n n e c t the fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r , t h e n

c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting.
6. R e c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e to the battery, a n d
turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) (but do not
o p e r a t e the starter motor). T h e fuel p u m p will run
2. T r a n s f e r the b a s e g a s k e t (A) f r o m the f u e l tank unit
to t h e fuel tank.
for a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s , a n d fuel p r e s s u r e r i s e s .
R e p e a t t h i s t w o o r t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k for fuel
leaks.
7. Install the a c c e s s p a n e l .
8. Install the rear s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).
9. Install the fuel fill c a p .
3. A l i g n the m a r k s (B) on the fuel tank a n d fuel tank

unit, t h e n insert the fuel tank unit into the fuel tank
until the fuel t a n k unit r e s t s o n t o p of t h e b a s e
gasket.
N O T E : T o a v o i d ' a fuel leak, c h e c k t h e b a s e g a s k e t ,
v i s u a l l y or by h a n d , to m a k e s u r e it is not p i n c h e d .
11-348
Fuel Pulsation Damper Replacement

PZEV model
5. R e m o v e the fuel p u l s a t i o n d a m p e r (A) f r o m t h e fuel

rail (B).
1. R e l i e v e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).
2. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .
3. P l a c e a w r e n c h CAi o n t h e fuel rail IB),
6, Install t h e parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

with a n e w sealing w a s h e r ( C ) .
4, P l a c e a w r e n c h CO o n the fuel p u l s a t i o n d a m p e r (D),

a n d l o o s e n it.
7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), but d o not

o p e r a t e t h e starter motor. After t h e fuel p u m p r u n s
for a b o u t 2 seconds,- t h e fuel rail will-be p r e s s u r i z e d .
R e p e a t t h i s t w o or t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k for fuel
leakage.
11-349
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Replacement
Fuel Filter Replacement

T h e fuel filter s h o u l d be r e p l a c e d w h e n e v e r the fuel
p r e s s u r e d r o p s b e l o w the s p e c i f i e d v a l u e (see p a g e
11-335), after m a k i n g s u r e that the fuel p u m p a n d the
fuel p r e s s u r e regulator a r e O K .
2. R e m o v e the r e s e r v o i r (A).
2. R e m o v e the fuel filter s e t (A).
3. R e m o v e t h e bracket (B).
4. R e m o v e the fuel p r e s s u r e regulator (C).
w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (D) a n d a n e w b r a c k e t W h e n
installing the fuel tank u n i t align the m a r k s o n the
unit a n d the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-348).
NOTE:
C o a t the O - r i n g s w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e oil; d o not u s e
a n y other oils or f l u i d s .
D o not p i n c h the O - r i n g s d u r i n g installation.
U s e all the n e w parts s u p p l i e d in the p r e s s u r e
regulator r e p l a c e m e n t kit.
3. C h e c k t h e s e i t e m s before installing the fuel tank

unit:
* W h e n c o n n e c t i n g the w i r e h a r n e s s (B), m a k e
s u r e the c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e a n d the c o n n e c t o r s
a r e f i r m l y locked into p l a c e .
* W h e n installing the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit (C),
m a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e a n d the
c o n n e c t o r is f i r m l y l o c k e d into p l a c e . B e c a r e f u l
not to b e n d or t w i s t it e x c e s s i v e l y .
w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (D) a n d a n e w bracket (E). W h e n
installing the fuel tank unit, align the m a r k s o n the
unit a n d the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-348).
NOTE:
* C o a t the O - r i n g s w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e oil; d o not u s e
a n y other oil or fluid.
* Do not p i n c h the O - r i n g s d u r i n g installation,
* U s e all the n e w parts s u p p l i e d in the fuel filter
replacement kit
11-350
Fuel Punnp/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement

1. R e m o v e t h e fuel tank unit f s e e p a g e 11-347).
2, R e m o v e t h e fuel l e v e l s e n s o r (fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g
unit) (A) f r o m t h e f u e l tank unit ( B ) .
3, C h e c k t h e s e i t e m s before installing t h e fuel tank

unit:
* W h e n connecting the wire h a r n e s s , make s u r e
t h e c o n n e c t i o n i s s e c u r e a n d t h e c o n n e c t o r (C) is
firmly l o c k e d into p l a c e .
* W h e n installing t h e fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t
m a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e . B e c a r e f u l
not to b e n d or t w i s t it e x c e s s i v e l y .
4
Install t h e parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
W h e n i n s t a l l i n g the fuel tank u n i t a l i g n t h e m a r k s
o n t h e unit a n d t h e fuel tank { s e e p a g e 11-348).
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Tank Replacement
1. Drain the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-335).
5. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift.
2. R e i n s t a l l the fuel tank unit w i t h o u t c o n n e c t i n g the

fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fitting ( s e e p a g e 11-348).
6. D i s c o n n e c t the h o s e (A) f r o m the E V A P c a n i s t e r .
3. R e m o v e the fuel fill pipe c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 11-354).

4. D i s c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings (A) ( s e e p a g e
11-340) (and on all m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V , d i s c o n n e c t
t h e fuel fill tube (B) f r o m t h e fuel fill pipe).
S l i d e b a c k the c l a m p s , t h e n t w i s t the h o s e a s y o u
pull to a v o i d d a m a g i n g t h e m .
Ail m o d e l s except P Z E V
7. R e m o v e the h o s e (B) f r o m the c l a m p (C).

N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the h o s e .
8. R e m o v e the e x h a u s t pipe ( s e e p a g e 9-8).
9. R e m o v e the right s i d e m i d d l e floor u n d e r c o v e r
( s e e p a g e 20-276).
11-352
10. R e m o v e t h e fuel t a n k protector (A).
11, R e m o v e t h e right p a r k i n g brake c a b l e m o u n t i n g bolts ( s e e p a g e 19-41).

12, P l a c e a Jack or o t h e r s u p p o r t u n d e r t h e fuel t a n k ( B ) .
13, R e m o v e t h e s t r a p bolts (C) a n d t h e s t r a p s (D).
14, R e m o v e t h e fuel tank.
15, Install t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
NOTE:
* N e w fuel t a n k s h a v e a ring pull (E) at t h e f u e l v a p o r h o s e c o n n e c t o r (F). W h e n y o u c o n n e c t t h e h o s e a n d c o n f i r m
that t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e , r e m o v e t h e ring pull by pulling it d o w n .
* B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g t h e f u e l fill pipe a n d t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting, c h e c k for dirt, a n d c l e a n t h e m if n e e d e d , t a k i n g
c a r e not to d a m a g e t h e fuel fill p i p e a n d o t h e r p a r t s ,
* W h e n i n s t a l l i n g t h e f u e l t a n k p r o t e c t o r , m a k e s u r e to Insert it In t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e c l i p ( G ) .
11-353
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Fill Pipe Removal/Installation
1. Drain the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-335).
PZEV model
2. R e m o v e the fuel fill c a p .

3. R e m o v e the left rear w h e e l .
4. R e m o v e the fuel fill pipe c o v e r (A).
6. R e m o v e the fuel fill pipe (C).

5. D i s c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings (A) ( s e e p a g e

11-340) (and on all m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V , d i s c o n n e c t
the fuel fill t u b e (B) f r o m the fuel fill pipe. S l i d e b a c k
the c l a m p , t h e n t w i s t the h o s e a s y o u pull to a v o i d
damaging them).
N O T E : B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g t h e fuel fill pipe a n d

q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting, c h e c k for dirt, a n d c l e a n it if
n e e d e d , taking c a r e not to d a m a g e the fuel fill pipe
a n d other parts.
8. After installing the parts, m e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e (A)
b e t w e e n the fuel filler pipe c o v e r (B) a n d the left
rear d a m p e r s p r i n g outline (C) at a point 5.9 in.
(150 m m ) to 8.2 in. (210 m m ) f r o m the left rear
d a m p e r s p r i n g b a s e (D). M a k e s u r e the c l e a r a n c e
(A) is m o r e t h a n 0.81 in. (20.7 m m ) .
N O T E : T o m e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e , r a i s e the v e h i c l e
on the lift.
11-354
Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test

N O T E : F o r t h e fuel g a u g e s y s t e m circuit diagram,
refer
to t h e G a u g e s C i r c u i t D i a g r a m f s e e p a g e 22-308).
1. C h e c k t h e N o . 5 M E T E R (7,5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s
7. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4 P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 3 with the
ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). T h e r e s h o u l d be battery
voltage.
under-dash fuse/relay box before testing.

2. C h e c k for b o d y e l e c t r i c a l s y s t e m D T C s .
* If n o p r o b l e m i s f o u n d , g o to s t e p 3.
If D T C B l 175 or B 1 1 7 6 is i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
Indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
* If t h e v o l t a g e is O K , g o to s t e p 8.
If t h e v o l t a g e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , c h e c k for:
- a s h o r t in the P U R w i r e to g r o u n d ,
- a n o p e n in t h e P U R or O R N w i r e .
F U E L T A N K U N I T 4P C O N N E C T O R
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K fO).
4
R e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).
PUR
1 2
3 4
5, R e m o v e the a c c e s s p a n e l (A) f r o m t h e floor.

ORN
8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to- L O C K (0),

9. R e m o v e the fuel tank unit f r o m t h e fuel tank
( s e e p a g e 11-347).
6, D i s c o n n e c t t h e fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
(confd)
11-355
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test
(cont'd)
Low Fuel Indicator Test

1. D o t h e g a u g e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c t e s t ( s e e p a g e 22-304).
10. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 3 with the float
at E ( E M P T Y ) , L O W ( L O W F U E L I N D I C A T O R ) , 1/2
(HALF F U L L ) , and F (FULL) positions.
If y o u do not get the f o l l o w i n g r e a d i n g s , r e p l a c e the
fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e 11-351).
* If the l o w fuel Indicator f l a s h e s , g o to s t e p 2.

if the l o w fuel- indicator d o e s not f l a s h , r e p l a c e
the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
2. C h e c k f o r b o d y electrical s y s t e m D T C s ,
* If a n y D T C s a r e indicated,-do the Indicated D T C s
Float
Position
1/2
LOW
E
1.6 in.
0.6 In.
3.8 in.
6.1 in.
(155.2 mm) (97.6 mm) (40.8 m m ) (15.9 m m )
Resistance
19 to
503.8 to
7 7 2 to
196.7 to
21
206.7
589.4
788
(Q)
11. R e c o n n e c t the fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r .

12, R e m o v e the No. 15 B A C K U P (10 A ) f u s e f r o m the
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x for at least 10 s e c o n d s ,
t h e n reinstall it.
14, C h e c k that the pointer of the fuel g a u g e i n d i c a t e s F
with the float at F.
If the pointer of t h e fuel g a u g e d o e s not Indicate F,
r e p l a c e the g a u g e a s s e m b l y .
If the g a u g e Is O K , the test Is c o m p l e t e .
NOTE:
T h e pointer of the fuel g a u g e r e t u r n s to the
bottom of t h e g a u g e dial w h e n the ignition s w i t c h
Is In L O C K (0) a n d A C C (I), r e g a r d l e s s of the fuel
level.
R e m o v e the No. 15 B A C K U P (10 A ) f u s e f r o m the
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x for at least 10 s e c o n d s
after c o m p l e t i n g t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , o t h e r w i s e It
m a y take up to 20 m i n u t e s for t h e fuel g a u g e to
Indicate the c o r r e c t fuel l e v e l .
11-356
troubleshooting.
If no D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 3.
3. Do the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit test ( s e e p a g e
11-355).
Intake Air System

THROTTLE B O D Y
T e s t , p a g e 11 - 3 5 8
C l e a n i n g , p a g e 11-359
D i s a s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 11-363
P 9
11-357
intake Air S f stem

Throttle Body Test
Carbon Accumulation Check
Throttle Position Learning Check
N O T E : If the m a l f u n c t i o n Indicator l a m p (MIL) h a s b e e n
N O T E : If the m a l f u n c t i o n indicator l a m p (MIL) h a s b e e n
reported o n , c h e c k for d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e s ( D T C s ) .
reported o n , c h e c k for d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e s ( D T C s ) .
1. C o n n e c t the H D S to the data fink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d .
3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with t h e E C M /
P C M . if It d o e s n ' t g o to the D L C circuit
3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the E C M /

P C M . If it d o e s n ' t , g o to t h e D L C circuit

- 3,000 r p m without l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
Idle.'
4. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h the H D S .
5. C h e c k the R E L T P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T with
the H D S . T h e r e a d i n g s h o u l d be b e l o w 2.46 d e g . If It
is not, c l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
11-358
5. Do the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K in the E T C S T E S T . If
n e e d e d , c l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
Air Cleaner Removal/Installation
Throttle Body Cleaning
1. D i s c o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r
ACAUTION
Do n o t ! rise it y o j r f i n g e r s into t h e i n s t a l l e d throttle
b o d y w h e n y o u turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ft) or
w h i l e the ignition s w i t c h i s O N (SI), If y o u d o , y o u
will s e r i o u s l y i n j u r e y o u r f i n g e r s if t h e throttle v a l v e
is a c t i v a t e d ,
(A).
\
j
i
1, C h e c k for d a m a g e to t h e air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t . If t h e
air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t i s d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it
f s e e p a g e 11-360),
2, R e m o v e the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-382).
3, C l e a n off t h e c a r b o n f r o m the throttle v a l v e a n d
i n s i d e t h e throttle b o d y with a p a p e r t o w e l s o a k e d
in throttle plate a n d i n d u c t i o n c l e a n e r .
NOTE:
* R e m o v e t h e throttle b o d y to c l e a n it.
* B e c a r e f u l not t o p i n c h y o u r f i n g e r s .
* T o avoid removing the m o l y b d e n u m coating, do
not c l e a n the b e a r i n g a r e a of t h e throttle s h a f t ( A ) .
* D o n o t s p r a y throttle plate a n d induction c l e a n e r

directly o n t h e throttle b o d y .
2. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (B) a n d t h e bolts (C).
* U s e H o n d a g e n u i n e throttle plate a n d i n d u c t i o n
cleaner.
3. L o o s e n the b a n d (D), t h e n r e m o v e t h e air c l e a n e r

h o u s i n g (E).
4. Install t h e parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
N O T E : W h e n torqusng the -screw of t h e h o s e b a n d
( F ) , align t h e e d g e of t h e h o s e b a n d (G) with t h e
m a r k (H) p a i n t e d o n t h e h o s e b a n d .
4, install t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).

5. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S ( s e e p a g e 11-4).
8, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI), a n d w a i t
2 seconds.
7. D o t h e E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317),
11-359
Intake Air System

Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement
1. O p e n the air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g c o v e r (A).
2. R e m o v e the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t (B) f r o m the air

c l e a n e r h o u s i n g (C).
3. C h e c k the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t for d a m a g e or
c l o g g i n g . If it is d a m a g e d or c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e i t
N O T E : Do not u s e c o m p r e s s e d air to c l e a n the air
cleaner element
4. C l e a n a n d r e m o v e a n y d e b r i s f r o m i n s i d e the air
cleaner.
5. Install the parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
If y o u did not r e p l a c e the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t , this
p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e .
If the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r r e q u i r e d air c l e a n e r
r e p l a c e m e n t , r e s e t the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r
( s e e p a g e 3-7).
If y o u r e p l a c e the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t , reset the
E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S , a n d d o t h e E C M / P C M
idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
11-360
Intake Air Resonator Removal/Installation

1 , D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 22-90).
6. R e m o v e t h e front b u m p e r ( s e e p a g e 20-239).
2, R e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r ( s e e p a g e 11-3591
7 . R e m o v e the intake asr r e s o n a t o r (A).
22-90).
4, R e m o v e t h e front grille c o v e r .
* 4-door | s e e page 20-257)
5. R e m o v e the w a t e r s e p a r a t o r (A) a n d t h e intake air
duct ( B ) .
11-361
Intake Air System

Throttle Body Removal/Installation
ACAUTION
Do not insert y o u r f i n g e r s into the installed throttle b o d y w h e n y o u turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (11) or w h i l e t h e
ignition s w i t c h is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u will s e r i o u s l y injure y o u r f i n g e r s if t h e throttle v a l v e is a c t i v a t e d .
N O T E : If y o u a r e r e p l a c i n g or c l e a n i n g the throttle b o d y , start at s t e p 1. If y o u a r e r e m o v i n g the throttle b o d y , start at

s t e p 4.
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C w h i l e the e n g i n e is s t o p p e d .
2. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U on the H D S .
3. Do the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K in the E T C S T E S T .
5. R e m o v e the Intake air d u c t (A).
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e throttle b o d y c o n n e c t o r (B).
7. D i s c o n n e c t a n d plug t h e w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e s (C).
8. R e m o v e the throttle b o d y (D).
9. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l with a n e w g a s k e t ( E ) .
N O T E : W h e n torquing the s c r e w of the h o s e b a n d (F), align the e d g e of the h o s e b a n d (G) with the m a r k (H)
painted on the h o s e b a n d .
After installing the throttle b o d y , d o t h i s :
Refill the radiator with e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
11-362
Throttle Body Disassembly/Reassembly
THROTTLE BODY

* UNDER-FLOOR T H R E E W A Y
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
W A R M UP THREE W A Y
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
11-364
E N G I N E CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/

POWERTRAIN CONTROL M O D U L E (PCM)
U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0420: Catalyst System Efficiency Below
Threshold
NOTE;
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d a!! f r e e z e data a n d
any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general
* If s o m e of t h e D T C s listed b e l o w a r e s t o r e d at t h e
s a m e time a s D T C P0420, troubleshoot t h e m f i r s t
t h e n r e c h e c k f o r D T C PQ420.
P 0 1 3 7 , P 0 1 3 8 : S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2)
P 0 1 4 1 : S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) h e a t e r
* PQ3GQ: R a n d o m m i s f i r e
P 0 3 0 1 P 0 3 Q 4 : N o . 1, N o , 2, No. 3, or No. 4 c y l i n d e r
misfire detected
* P o o r quality fuel m a y c a u s e t h i s D T C .
5. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0420 in the

D T C s M E N U with t h e H D S .
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
Y E S " G o to s t e p 6.
N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s time, If t h e s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p driving until a r e s u l t
c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s O U T O F
recheck.
7. R e p l a c e t h e W U - T W C ( s e e p a g e 11-367).
8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
3, S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T In P o r N, M/T In
idle,
4, T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :

11-317).
a b o v e 158 *F { 7 0 * 0
* Vehicle s p e e d between 4575 mph (72
120 k m / h ) for 5 m i n u t e s or m o r e w i t h c r u i s e
control set
12. T e s t - d r i v e for a b o u t 10 m i n u t e s , v a r y i n g t h e v e h i c l e
* V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h (88
13. C h e c k t h e C A T A M O N I T O R C O N D I T I O N in the
120 k m / h ) f o r 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e (with
t h e throttle folly c l o s e d ) . R e p e a t t h i s t h r e e or
more times
* M a i n t a i n t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d at 5 5 m p h (88 k m / h )
for 5 - m i n u t e s or m o r e with c r u i s e control s e t
idle.
speed.
Is the condition
OK ?
(confd)
11-365

a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C)
V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h (88
120 km/h) for 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e (with
the throttle fully c l o s e d ) . R e p e a t this three or
more times.
Maintain the v e h i c l e s p e e d at 55 m p h (88 km/h)
for 5 m i n u t e s or m o r e w i t h c r u i s e control s e t
15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s with the H D S .
Is DTC
P0420
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k the fuel quality, t h e n go to s t e p 1.

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
N O I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k the fuel
quality, then go to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
E X E C U T I N G , keep driving until a result c o m e s o n . Sf
the s c r e e n indicates O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T
11-366
Warm Up TWC Removal/Installation

1, R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift.
4, R e m o v e the W U - T W C bracket I B ) .
8. R e m o v e the u p p e r c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (A).
10. R e m o v e the c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (A).
5. L o w e r t h e v e h i c l e .
6. R e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e fsee p a g e 20-289).
7. R e m o v e the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).

with n e w gaskets.
11-367

Under-floor TWC Removal/Installation
1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on a lift.
2. R e m o v e the e x h a u s t pipe h a n g e r s (A).
C
3. R e m o v e the under-floor T W C ( B ) .
w i t h n e w g a s k e t s (C) a n d n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g nuts (D).
11-368
w*
PCV System
PCV V A L V E
inspection, page 11-370
Replacement page 11-370
11-369
PCV System
PCV Valve Replacement
PCV Valve Inspection
1. D i s c o n n e c t the P C V h o s e .
1. C h e c k the P C V v a l v e (A), h o s e s (B), a n d

c o n n e c t i o n s for l e a k s or restrictions.
2. R e m o v e the P C V v a l v e (A).
B
2, A t idle, m a k e s u r e t h e r e is a clicking s o u n d f r o m the

P C V v a l v e w h e n the h o s e b e t w e e n the P C V v a l v e
a n d intake m a n i f o l d Is lightly p i n c h e d (A) w i t h y o u r
f i n g e r s or pliers.
If t h e r e Is no clicking s o u n d , c h e c k the P C V v a l v e
w a s h e r for c r a c k s or d a m a g e . If the w a s h e r is O K ,
r e p l a c e the P C V v a l v e a n d r e c h e c k .
11-370

w i t h a n e w w a s h e r (B).
EVAP System
Component Location indeic
U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-21.8
FUEL TANIC V A P O R C O N T R O L V A L V E
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
(EVAP) C A N I S T E R
SHUT VALVE
Replacement,
P^9 1 1 - 4 0 5
11-371
EVAP
System
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0443: E V A P Canister Purge Valve
7. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.
Circuit Malfunction
Is there
vacuum?

V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 in.Hg, S n a p - o n Y A 4 0 0 0 A
or e q u i v a l e n t c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e

and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t a n d review the genera!
9. D i s c o n n e c t the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e 2 P
3. Start t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m without load ( A / T in P o r IM, M/T in
neutral), until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.
connector.
1 0 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
valve 2P connector terminal No. 2 a n d body ground,
EVAP CANISTER P U R G E V A L V E 2 P CONNECTOR
is DTC P0443
PCS fYEL/BLU)
indicated?
Y E S G o to step 5.'
Wire side of f e m a l e
at the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e
ECM/PCM.
Is there
continuity?
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d a l l o w t h e
e n g i n e to c o o l to b e l o w 131 F (55 C).
6. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m t h e purge
v a l v e (B) in the e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t , a n d c o n n e c t a
v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 in.Hg, to t h e h o s e .
11-372
terminals
17. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r purge

v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d ,
EVAP CANISTER PURGE V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
13. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r purge
v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
E V A P C A N I S T E R PURGE V A L V E 2P CONNECTOR
IGI
(BLK/YEL)
PCS f Y E L / B L U l
is there
battery
voltage?
I s there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E V A P
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M (B3), t h e n
g o to s t e p 24,
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E V A P
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d the N o , 7 A C G (15 A) f u s e
In the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n go
to s t e p 24.
1 4 T o r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
20, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P),
15. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e 2 P
connector,
(confd)
11-373
EVAP System
21.. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
22. At the v a l v e s i d e , m e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n
t e r m i n a l B 3 a n d E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e 2P
E V A P c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
No. 1 a n d No. 2.
EVAP CANISTER PURGE V A L V E 2P CONNECTOR

E V A P C A N I S T E R P U R G E V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
1
PCS (YEL/BLU)
1
PCS (YEL/BLU)
8 | 9 110 |_
3
13 1 4 1 5 16 17 18 19 / 21
24
2 6 27 28
25
31 32 33 34 35 38
38 /
>< >< /
/143 H * ! 46
is there
about
2326
Q at room
temperature?
Is there continuity?
1MORepair o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E V A P
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M (B3), t h e n
g o to s t e p 24.
23. R e p l a c e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
11-405).
11-317).
11-374
is DTC
P0443
indicated?
Does
t e r m i n a l s at the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d the
f ^ O G o t o s t e p 29.
29. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 4 4 3 In t h e
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 3 3 , g o to t h e indicated
D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 11
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S - T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
MOIf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. Sf
the screen indicates E X E C U T I N G , O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N , or N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until
a result c o m e s o n .
WOIf t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 3 2 . If the E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
E X E C U T I N G , O U T O F C O N D I T I O N , or N O T
30. R e c o n n e c t at! c o n n e c t o r s .
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M { s e e p a g e 11-7).
3 2 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let It idle.
33.
C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC
P0443
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e
E C M / P C M If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o
to s t e p 3 2 . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1,
MOGo
to s t e p 34,
11-375
EVAP System
DTC P0451: FTP Sensor Circuit Range/
Performance Problem
Is DTC
P0451
indicated?
NOTE:
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ' i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
* If D T C P2422 is s t o r e d at t h e s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 0 4 5 1 ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C P 2 4 2 2 f i r s t , t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C
P0451.
Y E S C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e .
t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o to s t e p 1.
Does
3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 1 m i n u t e .
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
D T C s MENU with the H D S .
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
' poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the F T P
s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
on.
6. R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-404).
9. Do the E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-317).
10, Start the e n g i n e , a n d let It Idle for 1 m i n u t e .
11-376
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r
a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n
I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p Idling until a
result c o m e s o n .
D T C P0452: F T P S e n s o r Circuit L o w Voltage
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
13. C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T with the
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK
HDS.
is about
7.3 kPa (-2.16
in.Hg,
55 mmHg),
or
0.3 or less
indicated?
4, R e m o v e t h e fuel fill c a p .
5, Turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
6, C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
14. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n F T P s e n s o r 3 P
HDS.
is about
- 7,3 kPa (-2,16
0.3 or iess
in.Hg,
- 55 mmHg),
or
F T P S E M S O B 3P C O W M E C T O R
indicated?
V C C S (YEL)
7, Install t h e fuel fill c a p .

8, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
9, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 4 5 2 in the
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
Is there
about
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the F T P
s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
on.
(cont'd)
11-377
EVAP System
18. C o n n e c t F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 to
23. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n F T P s e n s o r 3 P

FTP S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
A \
V C C 6 (YEL)
F T P ( L T GRN)
JUMPER WIRE
is there
continuity?

EClVt/PCfVi C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
VCCS (YEL)
" lr~TL
26 27 28
7fe|/^3*J36l36
Is there
continuity?
P C M (A20) a n d the F T P s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 26.
1.1-378
P C M (A27) a n d the F T P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.


25.
R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r f s e e p a g e 11-404).
35.
C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . .
Is DTC P0452 indicated ?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known- g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 34.
If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
29. D o t h e ECM/PCM
27. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N III).
idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
36. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 4 5 2 In t h e
is DTC P0452 indicated?
Does the screen indicate
Y E S C h e c k f o r poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 3 5 , g o to the indicated
t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1.
PASSED?
3 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 4 5 2 in t h e
PASSED?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e I n d i c a t e d in s t e p 3 0 ,
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P s e n s o r
a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
go to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , keep Idling until a result c o m e s o n .
N O f f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. Sf t h e s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a
result c o m e s o n ,
33.
U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M sf it d o e s not h a v e the latest

34
Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.
11-379
EVAP System
DTC Troubleshooting (confd)
DTC P0453: FTP Sensor Circuit High Voltage
12. C o n n e c t F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2
a n d N o . 3 with a j u m p e r w i r e .
and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information f s e e p a g e 11-3).
F T P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
1
F T P f L T GRIM)
S G 6 (BLK)
JUMPER WIRE
4. R e m o v e the fuel fill c a p .

Wire s i d e of f e m a l e terminals
6. C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T with t h e
HDS.
Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V
14. C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
". or more
indicated?
Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg)

or more indicated?
7. Install t h e fuel fill c a p .
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 3.
indicate
FAILED?
FTP S E N S O R 3PC O N N E C T O R
N O I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P
s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p Idling until a result c o m e s
on.
VCC6 (YEL)
SG6 (BLK)

11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
Is there about 5 V?
11-380
or 4.7 V
15. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n F T P s e n s o r 3 P
9. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0453 In t h e
Does the screen
17. J u m p the S C S line with the H D S ,
2 2 . J u m p the S C S line with the H D S .
13, C o n n e c t F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 to
24. C o n n e c t F T P s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 to
F T P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3
SG6
FTP ( L T G R N )
(BLK)
J U M P E R WIRE
20, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n ECfVI/PCfVI c o n n e c t o r

JUMPER WIRE

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O RA
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A
(49P)
imp}
SGS (BLK)
^ ;i>[/T/V1l5 .S /JtS 19 20 21
; 291 ac y, a? y i "s&; as ji s
FTP (LTGRN)
| iXJ 41 [42'143^JX|46

is there
continuity?
is there continuity
M 0 - R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M ( A I D ) a n d t h e F T P s e n s o r , t h e n go to s t e p 28.
N O - R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A27) a n d the F T P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 28,
(confd)
11-381
EVAP System
27. R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-404).
Is DTC P0453 indicated?
30. R e s e t the E C M / P C M ' w i t h the H D S .
t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M - ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 36.
3 1 . D o the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 3 7 , go to the i n d i c a t e d
t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n
go to s t e p 1.
33.
PASSED?
Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0453 in the

PASSED?
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . H
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r
a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a "
result c o m e s o n .
35. "Update t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
11-382
a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
g o t o s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
DTC P0455: EVAP System Large Leak

Detected
2. C h e c k t h e fuel fill c a p s e a l (A) a n d the fuel fill pipe

m a t i n g s u r f a c e (B). V e r i f y that the fuel fill c a p tether
c o r d (C) is not c a u g h t u n d e r the c a p .
DTC P0456: EVAP System Very Small Leak

Detected
T h e fuel s y s t e m is d e s i g n e d to a l l o w s p e c i f i e d
m a x i m u m v a c u u m a n d p r e s s u r e c o n d i t i o n s . Do not
deviate from the v a c u u m and p r e s s u r e tests a s
i n d i c a t e d in t h e s e p r o c e d u r e s . E x c e s s i v e p r e s s u r e /
v a c u u m w o u l d d a m a g e the E V A P c o m p o n e n t s or
c a u s e e v e n t u a l f u e l tank f a i l u r e .
V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 in.Hg, S n a p - o n Y A 4 0 0 0 A
or equivalent, commercially available
NOTE:
is the fuei
fuei
under
fill cap seal
fiii pipe
the
damaged,
missing
or damaged,
or is the tether
cord
is
the
caught
cap?
* F r e s h f u e l h a s a h i g h e r volatility that will c r e a t e
g r e a t e r p r e s s u r e / V a c u u m . T h e o p t i m u m c o n d i t i o n for
Y E S R e p l a c e the fuel fill c a p or the fuel fill p i p e ,

t e s t i n g is l e s s t h a n a full tank of f r e s h f u e l . If p o s s i b l e ,
to a s s i s t in leak d e t e c t i o n , a d d 1 g a l l o n of f r e s h fuel to
NOGoto step3.
the tank ( a s long a s it will not fill t h e tank), j u s t before

starting t h e s e p r o c e d u r e s .
1, C h e c k t h e fuel fill c a p (the c a p m u s t s a y T I G H T E N
T O C L I C K ) . It s h o u l d turn 1/4 turn after i f s tight,

5. D o t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N
t h e n it c l i c k s .
M E N U with the HDS.

is the correct
fuei
fiii cap installed
and
properly
Is the result
OK?
tightened?
N O R e p l a c e or tighten t h e c a p , t h e n g o to s t e p 29.
at t h e F T P s e n s o r , the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , or
the E V A P canister vent shut v a l v e , and the E C M /
PCM.B
(cont'd)
11-383
EVAP System
7. C h e c k for a poor c o n n e c t i o n or d a m a g e at the fuel
tank v a p o r recirculation t u b e .
Is the tube OK?

YESGotostep8.
9. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (engine s i d e ) (A) f r o m

the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B) in the e n g i n e
compartment, and connect a v a c u u m pump/gauge,
030 in.Hg, to the p u r g e v a l v e a s s h o w n .
A
NO* R e p l a c e the fuel tank v a p o r recirculation t u b e ,

If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e
11-352), t h e n go to s t e p 29.
8. D i s c o n n e c t the fuel tank v a p o r recirculation tube
(A) a n d f r e s h air h o s e (B) f r o m the E V A P c a n i s t e r
(C), a n d plug the E V A P c a n i s t e r port (D).
B

11. S e l e c t E V A P P C S O N in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S .
12. A p p l y v a c u u m to the h o s e until the F T P r e a d s
1.90 V ( - 0 . 5 9 in.Hg, - 1 5 . 1
mmHg).
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to e x c e e d the v a c u u m . If y o u
e x c e e d the v a c u u m , t h e F T P s e n s o r c a n be
damaged.
13. S e l e c t E V A P P C S O F F in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d d i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m p u m p /
gauge.
14. M o n i t o r the F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T for
1 m i n u t e w i t h the H D S .
Does the voltage increase more than 0.2 V

(0.1 in.Hg, 0.5 mmHg)?
11-384
15. R e c o n n e c t toe v a c u u m h o s e ( e n g i n e s i d e ) to the
19. C h e c k for a l o o s e or d a m a g e d E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
line b e t w e e n the E V A P c a n i s t e r a n d the E V A P
E V A P canister purge valve.
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , or a leaking E V A P c a n i s t e r .
18, D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e ( E V A P c a n i s t e r s i d e )
(A) f r o m t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B) in the
engine compartment, and connect a v a c u u m pump
/ g a u g e , 0 3 0 in.Hg, to the v a c u u m h o s e a s s h o w n .
A
Are
the line and the EVAP
canister
OK?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e s e parts, t h e n go to s t e p 28:
F T P s e n s o r O-ring
E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e O-ring
E V A P canister
W O R e c o n n e c t or repair the- E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
line, t h e n go to s t e p 23,
20, R e c o n n e c t t h e f r e s h air h o s e (A) to the E V A P
c a n i s t e r (B).
17. A p p l y v a c u o m to the h o s e until t h e F T P r e a d s

1,90 V (0.59 in.Hg, - 1 5 . 1 m m H g ) .
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to e x c e e d t h e v a c u u m . If y o u
e x c e e d the vacuum,
damaged,
the F T P s e n s o r c a n be
18, M o n i t o r t h e F T P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T for
1 minute with the H D S .
Does
the voltage
(0.1 in.Hg
0.5
increase
more
than 0.2
mmHg)?
N O R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
( s e e p a g e 11 -405), t h e n go to s t e p 28.
(confd)
11-385
EVAP System
21. R e c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (engine s i d e ) to the
E V A P canister purge valve.
26. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O F F in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S .
22. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m , h o s e ( E V A P c a n i s t e r s i d e )
(A) f r o m the E V A P c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e (B) in the
engine compartment, and connect a v a c u u m pump
/ g a u g e , 0 3 0 in.Hg, to t h e v a c u u m h o s e a s s h o w n .
27. C h e c k t h e s e parts for l o o s e n e s s or d a m a g e :
"
F u e l fill pipe
F u e l v a p o r return pipe
Are the parts OK ?
if
Y E S C h e c k the fuel t a n k unit b a s e g a s k e t

( s e e p a g e 11-348), a n d c h e c k the fuel tank, t h e n g o
to s t e p 28.
N O R e p a i r or r e p l a c e t h e d a m a g e d parts, t h e n g o
to s t e p 28.
28. R e c o n n e c t all h o s e s a n d c o n n e c t o r s .
B

11-317).
3 2 . Do the E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N
23. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S .
Is the result
OK?
24. A p p l y v a c u u m to the h o s e until the F T P r e a d s

1.90 V ( - 0 . 5 9 in.Hg, 15.1
mmHg).
N O T E : B e careful not to e x c e e d the v a c u u m . If y o u

e x c e e d the v a c u u m , the F T P s e n s o r c a n be
damaged.
25. Monitor the F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T for
1 m i n u t e w i t h the H D S .
Does the voltage increase

(0.1 in.Hg, 2.5 mmHg)?
more than 0.2 V
Y E S R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e
(see page 11-405), t h e n g o to s t e p 28.
11-386
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
at the F T P s e n s o r , the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e ,
the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e , a n d the E C M /
DTC P0457: EVAP System Leak Detected/Fuel

Fill Cap Loose or Missing
and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 11-3).
1. C h e c k the f u e l fill c a p (the c a p m u s t s a y T I G H T E N
T O C L I C K ) . It s h o u l d t u r n 1/4 turn after it's tight,
t h e n it c l i c k s ,
5. Do t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N
Is the result
OK?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this

at t h e F T P s e n s o r or the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t
v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M .
Is the correct
tightened?
fuei
fiii cap installed
and
properly
7. R e m o v e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e f r o m the
E V A P c a n i s t e r (see page 11-405).
TOReplace
o r tighten t h e c a p , t h e n go to s t e p 19.
8. C o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r to t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t
2. C h e c k the fuel fill c a p s e a l (A) a n d the fuel fill pipe

m a t i n g s u r f a c e IB). Verify that the fuel fill c a p tether
c o r d iC) i s not c a u g h t u n d e r the c a p .
shut valve.
10. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S .
11. C h e c k t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e (A)
operation.
A
is the fuel fiii cap seal

fuel fiii pipe damaged,
under the
cap?
missing
or damaged,
or is the tether cord
is
the
caught
Y E S R e p l a c e the f u e l fill c a p or the fuel fill pipe,

Does
the valve
operate?
Y E S - C h e c k the routing of the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t
t u b e , t h e n go to s t e p 18.
(cont'd)
11-387
EVAP System
DTC P0496: EVAP System High Purge Flow
Detected
12. Turn-the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

13. R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e
N O T E ; B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
( s e e p a g e 11-405).
16. D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e fsee p a g e

11-317).
17. Do the E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N
is the result
Is the result
OK?
OK?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m i s O K at this
at the F T P s e n s o r , the E V A P c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e ,
the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e , a n d the E C M /
at the F T P s e n s o r , the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t
PCM.B
v a l v e , a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
N O G o t o s t e p 4."
18. Reinstall the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e .
5. R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
11-405).
11-317).
8. Do the E C M / P C M idle-learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
Is the result
OK?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . 11
at the F T P s e n s o r , the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t
v a l v e , a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
11-388
9, D o t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N
M E N U with the H D S ,
is the result
OK?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e ,
DTC P0497: EVAP System Low Purge Flow

Detected
* V a c u u m / p r e s s u r e g a u g e , 0 4 in.Hg 0 7 J A 2 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 B
* V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 in.Hg, S n a p - o n Y A 4 0 0 0 A
or e q u i v a l e n t , c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
at t h e F T P s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e ,
t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e , a n d the E C M /
PCM, t h e n g o to s t e p 1,

and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
3. D o t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N
M E N U with the H D S .
is the result
OK?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at this
at the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , the F T P s e n s o r ,
a n d t h e E C M / P C M . II
4. T u r n t h e Ignition switch-to L O C K (0).
5. C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s , b l o c k a g e , or d a m a g e
in the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e line b e t w e e n the throttle
b o d y a n d the E V A P c a n i s t e r .
is the iino
OK?
N O R e c o n n e c t or repair t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
line, t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
(cont'd)
11-389
EVAP System
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m the E V A P
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B).
7. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m the p u r g e

line (at the E V A P c a n i s t e r s i d e ) , a n d c o n n e c t a
T-fitting (B) f r o m the v a c u u m g a u g e a n d the
v a c u u m , p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 in.Hg, to t h e h o s e a s
shown.
7JAZ-00100OB

9. A p p l y a b o u t 2 kPa (0.6 i n . H g , 15 m m H g ) of v a c u u m
to the h o s e .
10. S e l e c t E V A P P C S O N in the I N S P E C T I O N
MENU
w i t h the H D S .
Does
the vacuum
release
immediately?
11. S e l e c t E V A P P C S O F F in the I N S P E C T I O N
w i t h the H D S .
11-390
MENU
12, D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e f A ) f r o m t h e E V A P
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e I B ) . C o n n e c t a T-fitting CO
15. C o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 i n . H g , to
the v a c u u m -hose (A) a s s h o w n .
from the v a c u u m g a u g e and the v a c u u m p u m p /

g a u g e , 0 3 0 i n . H g , to t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
vafve a s s h o w n ,

Is there
vacuum?
07JAZ-OO1OOOB
N O C h e c k for a b l o c k a g e at t h e E V A P p u r g e line
13, A p p l y a b o u t 2 kPa (0.8 in.Hg, 15 m m H g ) of v a c u u m
14
b e t w e e n t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
p u r g e v a l v e , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
to the h o s e .
S e l e c t E V A P P C S O N in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the H D S ,
18. R e m o v e t h e F T P s e n s o r w i t h its c o n n e c t o r
Does
the vacuum
release
immediately?
c o n n e c t e d ( s e e p a g e 11-404).
Y E S C h e c k for a b l o c k a g e in the E V A P c a n i s t e r
p u r g e line b e t w e e n t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
a n d t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
N O R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
(cont'd)
11-391
EVAP System
19. C o n n e c t a T-fitting (A) to the v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e ,
0 3 0 in.Hg, t h e n c o n n e c t the v a c u u m p u m p to the

F T P s e n s o r (B) a s s h o w n .
26. Do t h e E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
27. Do the E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N
Is the result OK?

at the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , the F T P s e n s o r ,
a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

21. C h e c k a n d r e c o r d the F T P S E N S O R r e a d i n g in the
22. S l o w l y a p p l y a b o u t 1.3 kPa (0.4 in.Hg, 10 m m H g ) of
v a c u u m to the h o s e .
23. C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Does the value change?

Y E S C h e c k for d e b r i s or b l o c k a g e at the E V A P
c a n i s t e r port, t h e n go to s t e p 24.
N O R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-404),
11-392
DTC P0498: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve

Circuit Low Voltage
9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t
s h u t v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y
ground.
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w t h e general
E V A P C A N I S T E R V E N T S H U T V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
+ B (WHT)
is DTC
P0498
indicated?
is there
battery
voitage?
4. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S .
canister vent shut valve and the PGM-FI subrelay,
is DTC
P0498
indicated?
11. A t t h e v a l v e s i d e , m e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n
E V A P canister vent shut valve 2P connector
at the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d t h e
t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2,
ECWPCM.B
E V A P C A N I S T E R V E N T S H U T V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2 P
connector.
Is there
about
25 30 Q at room
temperature?
(confd)
11-393
EVAP System


V S V .(RED)
|l|l^3,ljlXl6l7|;
T?P/Y|15|16M18
22 23 24 > < 25 > <

' j29130 XI32|xl84|35j36
V S V (BED)
1X141
42l43l44\A*
xl9hl,
20
m
27 28
l2Z/^M6l7|l8|l9|20|2l|
22 23
2 4
X 25
26 27 28
30
Is there
continuity?
Is there
continuity?
c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M (A11),
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E V A P
c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M (A11),
17. R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e
( s e e p a g e 11-405).
15. C o n n e c t E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a
jumper wire.
E V A P CANISTER V E N T S H U T V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
Xv ,
\\z
V S V (RED)
JUMPER WIRE
11-394
2 5 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,
2 0 . R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

2 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e . p a g e 11-7).
11-317).
27. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S .
w i t h the H D S .
I s DTC
I s DTC
P0498
P0498
indicated?
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d
t h e n g o to s t e p 27. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1.
Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , Sf a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 2 3 ,
29. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0498 In the

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
MOif the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
1, If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
step 22.
D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 28, g o to the indicated
D T C s troubleshooting,

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the E V A P c a n i s t e r
v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-7), then g o to s t e p 27. If the E C M / P C M
11-395
EVAP System
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). .

Does
the screen
indicate
PASSED?
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 7, go to t h e indicated
with the H D S .
Is DTC
P0499
indicated?
at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d the
E C M / P C M . Ill
5. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest
with the H D S .
Is DTC
P0499
indicated?
g o to s t e p 1.
11-396

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the E V A P c a n i s t e r
v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 6. If the E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n Indicates
DTC P14E4: FTP Sensor Range/Performance

Problem


Stuck Closed Malfunction
13. R e m o v e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e f r o m t h e
E V A P c a n i s t e r ( s e e p a g e 11-405).
M O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
and a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w t h e g e n e r a l
14. C o n n e c t the 2P c o n n e c t o r to the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t

shut valve.
15. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI),
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S ,
w i t h the H D S .

17. C h e c k the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e (A)
4. R e m o v e the fuel flit c a p , a n d w a i t 1 m i n u t e .
operation.
A

6. C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS,
Is it between
- 0.67 and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and
0,2 in.Hg, - 5 and 5 mmHg), or 2A and 2.8 V?
7. Install the fuel fill c a p .
Does
9. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
Y E S C h e c k for a b l o c k a g e in t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r ,
v e n t h o s e s , a n d drain joint, t h e n reinstall the E V A P
c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e , a n d g o to s t e p 24.
3,,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
idle,
the valve
operate?
N O R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e
Does
the screen
indicate
FAILED?
WOIf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the F T P
s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e , a n d the
E C M / P C M . A l s o c h e c k for a b l o c k a g e in the v e n t
h o s e s a n d t h e d r a i n joint. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
on.
(cont'd)
11-397
EVAP System
18. D i s c o n n e c t the air t u b e (A) f r o m the F T P s e n s o r (B).
21. R e m o v e the F T P s e n s o r (A) f r o m the E V A P c a n i s t e r

w i t h its c o n n e c t o r c o n n e c t e d ( s e e p a g e 11-404).
19. C h e c k the F T P S E N S O R In the D A T A L I S T w i t h the

HDS.
Is it between - 0,67 and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and
23. C h e c k the F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
0.2 in.Hg, - 5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4 and 2.6 V?
HDS.
Y E S C h e c k for a b l o c k a g e In the F T P s e n s o r air
Is it between - 0.67 kPa and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and

0.2 in.Hg, -5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4 and 2.6 V?
t u b e or v e n t t h e n go to s t e p 24.
Y E S C h e c k for d e b r i s or c l o g g i n g at the E V A P
c a n i s t e r a n d the F T P s e n s o r port, t h e n g o to
s t e p 24.
N O R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-404),
11-398
24. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N fll),
DTC P145C: EVAP System Purge Flow

Malfunction
11-317).
2 7 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
idle,
Is DTC P1454 and/or P2422 Indicated?

t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t
NOTE:
* If D T C P 1 4 5 C is i n d i c a t e d a l o n e , do t h e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for D T C P 0 4 9 6 a n d P0497 u s i n g
freeze data for P 1 4 5 C .
* If D T C P0497 a n d P 1 4 5 C a r e s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e ,
c h e c k for a p o o r c o n n e c t i o n , a b l o c k a g e , or d a m a g e
at the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e line b e t w e e n t h e E V A P
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d the E V A P c a n i s t e r , or a s t u c k
closed E V A P canister purge valve.
* If a n y of D T C s listed b e l o w a r e Indicated at the s a m e
t i m e a s D T C P 1 4 5 C , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e D T C s first,
t h e n r e c h e c k for P 1 4 5 C .
s h u t v a l v e , a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
P0496, P0497: E V A P s y s t e m purge flow
2 9 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P I 454 in t h e
PASSED?
g o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . II
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P s e n s o r ,
the E V A P canister vent shut v a l v e , a n d the E C M /
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a result c o m e s o n .
11-399
EVAP System
Fuel Cap Warning Message System Troubleshooting
3. Reinstall a n d tighten the fuel fill c a p .

V a c u u m / p r e s s u r e g a u g e , 04 in.Hg 0 7 J A Z - 0 0 1 0 0 0 B
* V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 in.Hg, S n a p - o n Y A 4 0 0 0 A
or e q u i v a l e n t , c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
Do this p r o c e d u r e if the fuel c a p w a r n i n g m e s s a g e
c o m e s o n frequently, or if the m e s s a g e d o e s not g o off
after the fuel fill c a p is tightened a n d the v e h i c l e is
driven several days.

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in
Idle for 1 minute.
6. T e s t drive at 45 m p h (72 km/h) for 1 minute or m o r e .
1.. C h e c k the fuel fill c a p (the c a p m u s t s a y T I G H T E N

T O C L I C K ) . It s h o u l d turn 1/4 after it's tight, t h e n it
Does
fuei
cap warning
message
come
on?
clicks.
Is the correct
fuel
fill cap installed
and
properly
tightened?
time.B
N O R e p l a c e or tighten the c a p , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
2. C h e c k the fuel fill c a p s e a l (A) a n d the fuel fill pipe
mating s u r f a c e (B). Verify that the fuel fill c a p tether
c o r d (C) is not c a u g h t u n d e r the c a p .
Is the fuei fiii cap sea! missing

or damaged,
fuei fill pipe damaged,
or is the tether cord
under the
cap?
is
8. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m the E V A P

c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B) In the e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t ,
a n d c o n n e c t a T-fitting (C) f r o m the v a c u u m g a u g e
a n d the v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e 0 3 0 in.Hg, to the
E V A P canister purge valve a s s h o w n .
the
caught
Y E S R e p l a c e the fuel fill c a p or the fuel fill pipe,

11-400
Q7JAZ-00100OB

10. A p p l y a b o u t 2 kPa CO. in.Hg, 15 m m H g ) of v a c u u m
to t h e h o s e .
11. S e l e c t t h e E V A P P C S O N in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the H D S .
Does the vacuum release
Immediately?
Y E S C h e c k for a b l o c k a g e In t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
p u r g e line b e t w e e n t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
a n d t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r , t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
N O R e p l a c e the E V A P canister purge valve
( s e e p a g e 11 -405), t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
12. R e c o n n e c t all h o s e s ,
14. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S ,
11-317),
18. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
idle for 1 m i n u t e .
17. T e s t - d r i v e at 45 m p h (72 k m / h ) for 1 m i n u t e or m o r e .
Does the fuei cap message come on?

NOTroubleshooting is complete.
11-401
EVAP System
EVAP Canister Replacement
6. R e m o v e the bolt (A), a n d d i s c o n n e c t the h o s e s (B),
the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r (C),
2. R e m o v e the w h e e l s e n s o r h a r n e s s c l a m p s (A)
(10.5 kgf-m, 7 6 Ibf-ft)

Replace.
a n d the F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r (D).
27 N m
12.8 kgf-m, 2 0 Ibf-ft)
3. S u p p o r t the rear s u b f r a m e w i t h a t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k
a n d a w o o d e n block a s s h o w n .
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m,
7.2 Ibf-ft)
4. R e m o v e the rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (B) a n d

(O.
7. R e m o v e the bolts ( E ) , t h e n r e m o v e the E V A P

5. L o w e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k a n d rear s u b f r a m e
a b o u t 50 m m .
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the c o n n e c t i n g
parts.
11-402
c a n i s t e r a s s e m b l y (F).
4?*
8. R e m o v e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r (A) f r o m the E V A P
11, Install the E V A P c a n i s t e r a s s e m b l y to the body.
c a n i s t e r bracket (B).
N O T E : A t t a c h the bracket a r m (A) to the b o d y a s
. 9.8 N-m
/
(1,0
kgf-m,
7.2 I W - f t )
shown.
A'
9, R e m o v e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e (A) a n d
F T P s e n s o r IB) f r o m the c a n i s t e r (C).

U s e n e w bolts w h e n y o u install t h e rear s u b f r a m e .
13. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ( s e e p a g e 18-5).
10. R e a s s e m b l e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (D)
a n d a n e w retainer ( E L t h e n install the E V A P
canister bracket
N O T E : Do not c o a t the O - r i n g s w i t h oil.
11-403
EVAP System
2. R e m o v e the bolts ( E L a n d m o v e the E V A P c a n i s t e r

a s s e m b l y (F) to the rear.
11-404
EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve

Replacement
1, D i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2 P
connector I A).
EVAP Canister Purge Valve

Replacement
1. D i s c o n n e c t the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e 2 P
2, R e m o v e the c a p I B ) .
C
2. D i s c o n n e c t the h o s e s (B), t h e n r e m o v e the E V A P
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (C).
3. R e m o v e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e (C).
4. Install the parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
w i t h n e w O - r i n g s ID) a n d a n e w c a p .
N O T E : D o not c o a t the O - r i n g s w i t h oil.
11-405
Transaxle
Clutch
Manual Transmission ....
Driveline/Axie
Clutch
Clutch
Special Tools
.
System Description
Clutch Hydraulic System Bleeding
Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch,
and Clutch Interlock Switch Adjustment
Clutch Pedal Assembly Replacement
Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement
Slave Cylinder Replacement ..............
Clutch Hose Replacement .....................
Clutch Replacement
.
12-2
12-3
12-4
12-6
.......... 12-7
12-9
12-10
12-12
12-14
12-16
Clutch
Special Tools
Tool d u m b e r
Ref. No.
07JAF-PM7011A
07LAB-PV00100
07PAF-0020GG0
07PAF-0020370
07ZAF-PR8A100
07746-0010800
12-2
Description
Clutch Alignment Disc
R i n g G e a r Holder
Clutch Alignment Tool Set
1
1
C l u t c h A l i g n m e n t Pilot, 21. m m
Clutch Alignment Shaft
1
1
1
07749-0010000
07936-3710100
07936-371020A
B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t 22 x 24 m m
Driver H a n d l e , 1 5 x 135L
R e m o v e r Handle
Slide Hammer
07936-3710600
Bearing Remover Shaft
Qty
1
1
1
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER

Clutch H y d r a u l i c S y s t e m B l e e d i n g , p a g e 12-8
RESERVOIR HOSE
CLUTCH ASSIST SPRING

CLUTCH PEDAL A S S E M B L Y
C L U T C H RESERVOIR
CLUTCH INTERLOCK
SWITCH
T e s t , p a g e 4-9
Adjustment,
p a g e 12-7
CLUTCH PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
Test, p a g e 4-45
Adjustment,
p a g e 12-7
CLEVIS PIN
CLUTCH MASTER
CYLINDER SEAL
Replace.
CLUTCH PEDAL
Adjustment,
p a g e 12-7
CLUTCH LINE
CLUTCH DISC
Inspection and
R e m o v a l , s t e p 8 o n p a g e 12-17
installation,
s t e p 24 o n p a g e 12-20
CRANKSHAFT PILOT
PUSHING
Inspection,
step 20 o n p a g e 12-19
Replacement,
s t e p 22 o n p a g e 12-20
PRESSURE PLATE
Inspection and
Installation,
s t e p 24 o n p a g e 12-20
ROLL PINS
Replace,
FLYWHEEL
Inspection,
s t e p 12 o n p a g e 1 2 - 1 8
Replacement,
s t e p 16 o n p a g e 1 2 - 1 9
SLAVE CYLINDER
Replacement,
p a g e 12-12
CLUTCH HOSE
Replacement,
p a g e 12-14
RELEASE BEARING
" n s p e c t i o n , s t e p 4 o n p a g e 12-21
I n s t a l l a t i o n , s t e p 5 o n p a g e 12-22
CLUTCH HOSE CLIPS
Replace.
12-3
Clutch
System Description
Delay Orifice Mechanism
Function
T h e d e l a y orifice m e c h a n i s m i m p r o v e s clutch operation by d e l a y i n g t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r r e l e a s e s p e e d w h e n the clutch
p e d a l is s u d d e n l y r e l e a s e d . T h e d e l a y orifice m e c h a n i s m is built into the s l a v e c y l i n d e r .
D E L A Y ORIFICE M E C H A N I S M
S L A V E CYLINDER
12-4
RuicI B o w Operation
W h e n t h e c l u t c h p e d a l i s p r e s s e d , t h e fluid p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o v e s t h e o n e - w a y v a l v e in the
d i r e c t i o n s h o w n In t h e illustration. T h e fluid f l o w s t h r o u g h t w o p a s s a g e s : the orifice part a n d the filter part. St t h e n
f l o w s out to t h e p i s t o n c y l i n d e r to r e l e a s e the p r e s s u r e plate a n d c l u t c h d i s c joint.
ORIFICE P A R T o f F L O W
ONE-WAY VALVE
FLOW to PISTON CYLINDER
FLUID f r o m
MASTER CYLINDER
FILTER P A R T o f F L O W f B l o c k e d )
W h e n the c l u t c h p e d a l is r e l e a s e d , the f l u i d - p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e piston c y l i n d e r m o v e s the o n e - w a y v a l v e in the direction

s h o w n in t h e illustration. T h e o n e - w a y v a l v e b l o c k s t h e filter-part p a s s a g e a n d d e l a y s the c l u t c h r e l e a s e s p e e d by
returning t h e fluid to the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r t h r o u g h o n l y the orifice-part p a s s a g e .
ORIFICE F A R T o f F L O W
ONE-WAY VALVE
FLUID f r o m
' M CYLINDER
FLUID t o
WASTER CYLINDER
;-
VN * ^ w r ; ; , ^ ^ . ^
>, S%j'
FILTER PART o f F L O W {Blocked')
12-5
Clutch
Clutch Hydraulic System Bleeding
NOTE:
Do not r e u s e the d r a i n e d fluid. A l w a y s u s e H o n d a
D O T S Brake Fluid from an u n o p e n e d container.
U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a brake fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n
a n d s h o r t e n the life of t h e s y s t e m ,
3. A t t a c h o n e e n d of a c l e a r t u b e to the b l e e d e r s c r e w
(A), a n d put t h e other e n d into a c o n t a i n e r . L o o s e n
t h e b l e e d e r s c r e w to a l l o w air to e s c a p e f r o m the
system.
M a k e s u r e no dirt or o t h e r f o r e i g n matter is a l l o w e d
to c o n t a m i n a t e the brake fluid.
Do not spill brake fluid o n the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e
t h e paint or plastic. If brake fluid d o e s c o n t a c t the
paint or p l a s t i c , w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y with w a t e r .
If m a y be n e c e s s a r y to limit the m o v e m e n t of the
r e l e a s e fork with a block of w o o d to r e m o v e all the air
f r o m the s y s t e m ,
U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted
surfaces.
1. D o the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
2. M a k e s u r e the brake fluid level in the c l u t c h
r e s e r v o i r (A) is at the M A X (upper) level line (B).
4. M a k e s u r e t h e r e is a n a d e q u a t e s u p p l y of fluid in
t h e r e s e r v o i r , t h e n s l o w l y p u s h t h e clutch p e d a l all
the w a y d o w n . Before releasing the pedal, have an
a s s i s t a n t t e m p o r a r i l y tighten t h e b l e e d e r s c r e w .
L o o s e n t h e b l e e d e r s c r e w , a n d p u s h the clutch
p e d a l d o w n a g a i n . R e p e a t t h i s s t e p until no m o r e
b u b b l e s a p p e a r at the c l e a r t u b e .
N O T E : M a k e s u r e the fluid level o n the r e s e r v o i r
d o e s not g o b e l o w M I N .
5. T i g h t e n t h e b l e e d e r s c r e w s e c u r e l y .
6. Refill t h e brake fluid in t h e r e s e r v o i r to the M A X
(upper) level Sine.
22-90).
12-6
Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch, and Clutch Interlock Switch
Adjustment
MOTE:
* F o r a c r u i s e control p r o b l e m , c h e c k the c l u t c h pedal
p o s i t i o n s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 4-45).
2. L o o s e n the clutch pedal position s w i t c h locknut (A),

a n d b a c k off the c l u t c h pedal position s w i t c h (B)
until it n o l o n g e r t o u c h e s the c l u t c h pedal (C).
* F o r a c l u t c h interlock o p e r a t i o n p r o b l e m , c h e c k the
c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h { s e e p a g e 4-9).
* R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s floor m a t b e f o r e a d j u s t i n g the
clutch pedal.
* If t h e r e is n o c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r
piston a n d p u s h r o d , t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g will be "held
a g a i n s t the d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g , w h i c h c a n result in
c l u t c h s l i p p a g e or o t h e r c l u t c h p r o b l e m s .
1, D i s c o n n e c t the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r a n d the c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r .
3. L o o s e n the clutch p u s h r o d locknut (D), a n d turn the

p u s h r o d (E) in or out to get the s p e c i f i e d height (F),
a n d the s t r o k e (G) at t h e clutch p e d a l . Sf a d j u s t i n g
t h e p u s h r o d c a u s e s the c l u t c h p e d a l to c o n t a c t the
c l u t c h pedal position s w i t c h , back off the s w i t c h
further.
F C l u t c h P e d a l Height: 174 m m (6.85 in.)
G Clutch Pedal Stroke: 1 3 0 - 1 4 0 m m
( 5 . 1 2 - 5 . 5 1 in.)
(confd)
12-7
Clutch
Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position
Adjustment (cont'd)
4. T i g h t e n the clutch p u s h rod locknut (A).
ch and Clutch Interlock Switch

#
8. L o o s e n t h e clutch interlock s w i t c h locknut (A),

5. W i t h the clutch p e d a l r e l e a s e d , turn in the clutch
p e d a l position s w i t c h (B) until it c o n t a c t s the c l u t c h
pedal.
8. T u r n in the clutch p e d a l position s w i t c h a n
-
additional 3/4 to 1 turn. M a k e s u r e the c l u t c h p e d a l

height didn't c h a n g e .
9. F u l l y p r e s s the c l u t c h p e d a l to the floor, t h e n

r e l e a s e the c l u t c h p e d a l 9 1 2 m m (0.350.47 in.)
7, W h i l e holding the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h ,

tighten the locknut (C).
a n d hold it t h e r e .
10. A d j u s t the position of the c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h (B)
s o the e n g i n e starts w i t h the c l u t c h p e d a l in t h i s
position.
11. W h i l e holding the c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h , tighten
the locknut.
12. C h e c k the c l u t c h o p e r a t i o n .
13. C o n n e c t the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
a n d the clutch interlock s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r , t h e n
c h e c k the c r u i s e control a n d c l u t c h interlock
operation.
12-8
Clutch Pedal Assembly Replacement

1, D i s c o n n e c t the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r (B).
7. Install the c l u t c h p e d a l a s s e m b l y (A).

B
2, Pry out the Sock pin { Q , a n d pull the c l e v i s pin (D)

out of t h e c l e v i s .
8. Install the c l u t c h pedal m o u n t i n g bolt (B) a n d the

m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g nuts (C).
3, R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g nuts IE) a n d

c l u t c h p e d a l m o u n t i n g bolt (F).
4, R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l a s s e m b l y ( G ) .
5, R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h (H) a n d
t h e c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h (I).
8. L o o s e l y Install t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h (A)
9. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to the c l e v i s pin (D) a n d

t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s (E) of the c l e v i s a n d the p e d a l .
S l i d e the c l e v i s pin into the c l e v i s , t h e n install a Sock
pin (F).
10. A d j u s t the c l u t c h p e d a l , the c l u t c h pedal position
s w i t c h , a n d the clutch interlock s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
12-7).
a n d t h e c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h (Bh
N O T E : C o n n e c t the s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r s (G) after
adjusting them.
(Multipurpose)
11. C h e c k the clutch o p e r a t i o n .
12-9
Clutch
Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement
3. R e m o v e the r e s e r v o i r m o u n t i n g bolt (A) a n d t h e
NOTE:
U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d
damaging'painted
surfaces,
* Do not spill brake fluid o n the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e
retaining clip (B) t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the c l u t c h line (C)

f r o m the c l u t c h m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (D), a n d r e m o v e the
O-ring (E), Plug or w r a p the e n d of the clutch line
the paint or plastic. If brake fluid d o e s contact the
w i t h a c l e a n s h o p t o w e l to p r e v e n t brake fluid f r o m
paint or plastic, w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y w i t h w a t e r .
coming out
1. R e m o v e a n d d i s c a r d the brake fluid f r o m the clutch

m a s t e r c y l i n d e r r e s e r v o i r w i t h a s y r i n g e or other
suitable device.
2. Pry out the lock pin (A), a n d pull the c l e v i s pin IB)
out of the c l e v i s . R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r
m o u n t i n g nuts (C).
4. R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (A) a n d clutch m a s t e r

c y l i n d e r s e a l (B).
12-10
7. T o p r e v e n t the retaining clip (A) f r o m c o m i n g off,

pry a p a r t t h e tip of the clip (B) w i t h a s c r e w d r i v e r .
5, Install a n e w m a s t e r c y l i n d e r s e a l (A), t h e n install

the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (B).
6, Install a n e w O - r i n g (A) o n the c l u t c h Sine (B), t h e n

install t h e c l u t c h line in t h e c l u t c h m a s t e r c y l i n d e r
(C) w i t h a n e w retaining clip (D). Install the m a s t e r
c y l i n d e r r e s e r v o i r m o u n t i n g bolt I E ) ,
8. M a k e s u r e the h o s e c l a m p s (A) a r e p o s i t i o n e d on
the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (B) a n d r e s e r v o i r (C) a s s h o w n .
NOTE:
* A p p l y the s i l i c o n e g r e a s e (P/N 0 8 C 3 0 - B 0 2 3 4 M )
t h e O-rsng a n d the e n d of t h e c l u t c h line,
on
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n the

t e r m i n a l part of t h e c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r
h a n d s or g l o v e s .
D
Replace.
S x 1,0 m m
3.8 N - m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7,2 Ibf-ft)
2.83.0 m m
C 0 . 1 1 0 ~ 0 . 1 1 8 In.)
{P/N Q8C30-B0234M*
(P/IM
08C30-B0234M)
(cont'd)
12-11
Clutch
Clutch Master Cylinder
Replacement (cont'd)
9, Install the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g nuts (A).
Slave Cylinder Replacement

NOTE:
surfaces.
* Do not spill brake fluid o n the v e h i c l e ; It m a y d a m a g e
the paint or p l a s t i c . If brake fluid d o e s contact the
paint or p l a s t i c , w a s h It off I m m e d i a t e l y w i t h w a t e r .
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on the
t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r h a n d s
or g l o v e s .
1. Do the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
2. - R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts (A), the bracket
m o u n t i n g nut (B), a n d the s l a v e c y l i n d e r (C).
10. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to the c l e v i s pin (B) a n d

the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s (C) of the c l e v i s a n d the p e d a l .
S l i d e the c l e v i s pin Into the c l e v i s , t h e n install a lock
pin (D).
11. B l e e d the clutch h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 12-6).
12. A d j u s t the c l u t c h p e d a l , t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position
s w i t c h , a n d the clutch Interlock s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
12-7).
13. C h e c k the clutch o p e r a t i o n , a n d c h e c k for l e a k s ,
14. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .
12-12
3 , R e m o v e t h e roll p i n s (A), D i s c o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h line

(8), a n d r e m o v e t h e O - r i n g ( Q . Plug or w r a p the
e n d of t h e c l u t c h line w i t h a c l e a n s h o p t o w e l to
p r e v e n t b r a k e fluid f r o m c o m i n g out.
5. Pull b a c k t h e boot (A), a n d a p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e

(P/N 08C30-B0234IV1) to t h e boot a n d s l a v e c y l i n d e r .
R e i n s t a l l t h e boot.
4, Install a n e w O-ring (A) o n t h e c l u t c h line (B), install

t h e c l u t c h line in t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r ( C ) , a n d install
t h e n e w roll p i n s CD).
Replace.
(P/N
08C3O-BD234P)
mm
08C30-B0234M)
( P / N 08798-9002)
6. A p p l y a light c o a t of s u p e r high t e m p u r e a g r e a s e
(P/N 08798-9002) to the e n d of t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r
p u s h r o d . T i g h t e n t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g bolts
a n d t h e bracket m o u n t i n g n u t
1. B l e e d the c l u t c h h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 12-6).
8. C h e c k t h e c l u t c h o p e r a t i o n , a n d c h e c k for l e a k s .
9. Do t h e battery Installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
22-90).
12-13
Clutch
Clutch Hose Replacement
NOTE:
R e p l a c e the clutch h o s e it is t w i s t e d , c r a c k e d , or if it
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c l u t c h h o s e (A) f r o m the clutch lines

(B).
leaks..
U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g
painted
surfaces.
Do not spill brake fluid o n the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e
the paint or plastic; if brake fluid d o e s c o n t a c t the
paint or p l a s t i c , w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y w a t e r .
1. D o the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
2. R e m o v e the battery b a s e bolts (A), l o o s e n the t w o
bolts (B), r e m o v e the c a b l e c l a m p (C), a n d the
h a r n e s s bracket bolt (D), t h e n r e m o v e the battery
b a s e (E).
4, R e m o v e a n d d i s c a r d the c l u t c h h o s e c l i p s (A) f r o m
the clutch h o s e (B).
5. R e m o v e the clutch h o s e f r o m clutch h o s e b r a c k e t s .
12-14
8. Install t h e c l u t c h h o s e (A) into t h e c l u t c h h o s e
8, B l e e d the c l u t c h h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m f s e e p a g e 12-6).
b r a c k e t s w i t h t h e n e w c l u t c h h o s e c l i p s IB),
9. D o the f o l l o w i n g c h e c k s :
C h e c k the c l u t c h h o s e a n d line joint for l e a k s , a n d
tighten if n e c e s s a r y .
C h e c k the c l u t c h h o s e for interference a n d
twisting.
10, Install the battery b a s e (A) a n d the c a b l e c l a m p (B).
7. C o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h l i n e s (A) to t h e c l u t c h h o s e (B).
15 m - m 11.5 kgl-m, 11 lbfft!
11. D o the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

22-90).
12. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e .
12-15
Clutch
Clutch Replacement
3. Install the ring g e a r h o l d e r (A), the clutch a l i g n m e n t
* Clutch alignment disc 07JAF-PM7011A
tool s e t (B), a n d the 21 m m c l u t c h a l i g n m e n t pilot
* R i n g g e a r holder 0 7 L A B - P V 0 0 1 0 0
* C l u t c h a l i g n m e n t tool s e t 0 7 P A F - 0 0 2 0 0 G 0 .
(C).
* C l u t c h a l i g n m e n t p i l o t 21 m m 0 7 P A F - 0 0 2 0 3 7 0
* C l u t c h a l i g n m e n t shaft 0 7 Z A F - P R 8 A 1 0 0
07PAF-0020370
* B e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t 22 x 24 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 8 0 0
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 135L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
* R e m o v e r handle 07936-3710100
* B e a r i n g r e m o v e r shaft 0 7 9 3 6 - 3 7 1 0 6 0 0
* Slide hammer
07936-371020A
Engine Side
Pressure Plate inspection a n d R e m o v a l
1. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-7).
2. C h e c k the e v e n n e s s of the height of t h e d i a p h r a g m
07LAB-PV00100
s p r i n g f i n g e r s u s i n g the c l u t c h a l i g n m e n t d i s c (A),
clutch a l i g n m e n t shaft (B), r e m o v e r h a n d l e (C), a n d
a feeler g a u g e (D). If the height difference is m o r e
than the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the p r e s s u r e plate.
S t a n d a r d (News-
0.6 m m 10,02 in.) m a x .
s e r v i c e Limit:
0.8 m m 10.03 In.)
4. T o p r e v e n t w a r p i n g , l o o s e n the p r e s s u r e plate
m o u n t i n g bolts (D) in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern in s e v e r a l
s t e p s , t h e n r e m o v e the p r e s s u r e plate (E).
5. i n s p e c t the f i n g e r s of the d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g (A) for
' w e a r at the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g c o n t a c t a r e a .
07ZAF-PB8A100
12-16
6, i n s p e c t the p r e s s u r e plate s u r f a c e I A) for w e a r ,

cracks, and burning.
Clutch Disc Inspection and Removal

8. R e m o v e the clutch d i s c (A), t h e clutch a l i g n m e n t
tool s e t (B), a n d the 21 m m c l u t c h a l i g n m e n t pilot
(C).
7. I n s p e c t for w a r p a g e u s i n g a straight e d g e f A ) a n d a
f e e l e r g a u g e (8). M e a s u r e a c r o s s t h e p r e s s u r e plate
( C h If the m o s t m e a s u r e m e n t difference is m o r e
t h a n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e p r e s s u r e plate.
S t a n d a r d {Mew}:
Service Limit:
0.03 m m
(0.001 in.I m a x .
0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
9. I n s p e c t the lining of the clutch d i s c for s i g n s of

s l i p p a g e or oil. If the clutch d i s c looks burnt or is oil
s o a k e d , r e p l a c e the clutch d i s c . If the clutch d i s c is
oil s o a k e d , find a n d repair the s o u r c e of the oil leak.
10. M e a s u r e t h e clutch d i s c t h i c k n e s s . If the
m e a s u r e m e n t is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
the clutch d i s c .
Standard (New):
7.307.90 m m
( 0 . 2 8 7 - 0 . 3 1 1 In.)
6,0 m m (0.24 in.)
(confd)
12-17
Clutch
Clutch Replacement {cont'd)
11. M e a s u r e t h e d e p t h s of the rivets f r o m the c l u t c h
d i s c lining s u r f a c e (A) to the rivets (B) on both s i d e s .
Sf the m e a s u r e m e n t is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e limit,
r e p l a c e the clutch d i s c .
Flywheel inspection
12. R e m o v e the ring g e a r holder.
13. I n s p e c t the ring g e a r t e e t h for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
1.15-1.75 mm
( . 0 4 5 - 0 = 0 6 9 In.)
0.7 m m (0.03 In.)
14. I n s p e c t the c l u t c h d i s c m a t i n g s u r f a c e o n the

f l y w h e e l for w e a r , c r a c k s , a n d b u r n i n g .
15. M e a s u r e the f l y w h e e l (A) runout u s i n g a dial
indicator (B). T h r o u g h at least t w o full t u r n s w i t h
p u s h i n g a g a i n s t the f l y w h e e l e a c h t i m e y o u turn it
to take up t h e c r a n k s h a f t t h r u s t w a s h e r c l e a r a n c e . If
the m e a s u r e m e n t is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d ,
r e p l a c e the f l y w h e e l , a n d r e c h e c k the runout; t h e n
go to s t e p 16.
12-18
Standard (New):
0.05 m m (0.002 in.) m a x .
0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
Flywheel Replacement
C r a n k s h a f t PISot B o s h i n g I n s p e c t i o n
18, Install t h e ring g e a r h o l d e r (A).
20. i n s p e c t the c r a n k s h a f t pilot b u s h i n g for w e a r a n d

damage.
21. i n s p e c t the i n s i d e s u r f a c e of the c r a n k s h a f t pilot
b u s h i n g w i t h y o u r finger. If the c r a n k s h a f t pilot
b u s h i n g is not s m o o t h , r e p l a c e it; t h e n g o to s t e p
22.
17. L o o s e n the f l y w h e e l m o u n t i n g bolts in a c r i s s c r o s s

pattern in s e v e r a l s t e p s . R e m o v e t h e bolts, t h e n
r e m o v e t h e f l y w h e e l a n d the ring g e a r holder,
18, Install t h e f l y w h e e l o n the c r a n k s h a f t , a n d install
the m o u n t i n g bolts f i n g e r - t i g h t
19, Install t h e ring g e a r h o l d e r (A), t h e n t o r q u e the
f l y w h e e l m o u n t i n g b o l t s IB) in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern
in s e v e r a l s t e p s .
(cont'd)
12-19
Clutch
Clutch Replacement (cont'd!
C r a n k s h a f t Pilot B o s h i n g R e p l a c e m e n t
C i y t e h D i s c a n d P r e s s u r e P l a t e Installation
22.
24. T e m p o r a r i l y install the clutch d i s c onto the s p l i n e s
R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t pilot b u s h i n g (A) u s i n g the

slide h a m m e r (B), the r e m o v e r h a n d l e (C), a n d the
of the t r a n s m i s s i o n m a i n s h a f t . M a k e s u r e the clutch
bearing r e m o v e r shaft (D).
d i s c s l i d e s freely on the masnshaft.

25. A p p l y a light c o a t of s u p e r high t e m p urea g r e a s e
(P/N 08798-9002) to the c r a n k s h a f t pilot b u s h i n g (A).
23. Install a n e w c r a n k s h a f t pilot b u s h i n g (A) into the

c r a n k s h a f t u s i n g the 15 x 1 3 5 L d r i v e r h a n d l e (B)
a n d the 22 x 24 m m b e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t (C).
26. A p p l y s u p e r high t e m p u r e a g r e a s e (P/N

08798-9002) to the s p l i n e s (B) of the clutch d i s c (C),
t h e n install the clutch d i s c u s i n g the clutch
a l i g n m e n t tool s e t (D), a n d t h e 21 m m clutch
a l i g n m e n t pilot (E).
27. Install the p r e s s u r e plate (A) a n d the m o u n t i n g
bolts (B) finger-tight.
12-20
28, T o r q u e t h e m o u n t i n g bolts (A) in a c r i s s c r o s s

pattern. T i g h t e n the bolts in s e v e r a l s t e p s to
p r e v e n t w a r p i n g the d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g .
Specified Torque:
2 5 N-m 12.6 k g f . m , 19 ibfftf
CP
Transmission Side
Release Bearing Removal
1. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-7).
2. R e m o v e the r e l e a s e fork boot (A) f r o m the clutch
h o u s i n g (B).
2 9 , R e m o v e t h e ring g e a r holder (B), the c l u t c h

a l i g n m e n t tool s e t (C), and the 21 m m c l u t c h
alignment pilot
3. R e m o v e t h e r e l e a s e fork (C) f r o m t h e clutch

h o u s i n g by s q u e e z i n g the r e l e a s e fork s e t s p r i n g (D)
w i t h pliers. R e m o v e t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g (E).
Release Bearing inspection
30, Make s u r e t h e d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g f i n g e r s a r e all the

same height
4, C h e c k the play of the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g by s p i n n i n g it

by h a n d . If t h e r e is e x c e s s i v e p l a y or n o i s e , r e p l a c e
3 1 , D o t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g i n s p e c t i o n , a n d r e p l a c e it if
the release bearing.
necessary.
N O T E : T h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g is p a c k e d w i t h g r e a s e .
3 2 , Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f s e e p a g e 13-16).
Do not w a s h it in s o l v e n t .
(cont'd)
12-21
Clutch
Clutch Replacement (cont'd)
Release Bearing
Installation
5, A p p l y s u p e r high t e m p u r e a g r e a s e (P/N
08798-9002) to the r e l e a s e fork (A), the r e l e a s e fork
bolt (B), the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g (C), a n d the r e l e a s e
b e a r i n g g u i d e (D) in the s h a d e d a r e a s , t h e n s e t the
r e l e a s e fork s e t s p r i n g (E).
6. W i t h the r e l e a s e fork (A) slid b e t w e e n the r e l e a s e

b e a r i n g p a w l s (B), install the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g o n the
m a i n s h a f t w h i l e inserting the r e l e a s e fork t h r o u g h the hole (C) in the c l u t c h h o u s i n g .
E
N O T E : R e p l a c e t h e r e l e a s e fork bolt if n e c e s s a r y .
7. A l i g n t h e detent (D) of the r e l e a s e fork w i t h the

r e l e a s e fork bolt (E), t h e n p r e s s the detent of the
r e l e a s e fork o v e r the r e l e a s e fork bolt s q u a r e l y .
8. Install the r e l e a s e fork boot (F). M a k e s u r e the boot
s e a l s a r o u n d the r e l e a s e fork a n d clutch h o u s i n g .
9. M o v e the r e l e a s e fork (A) right a n d left to m a k e
s u r e that it fits p r o p e r l y a g a i n s t the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g
(B) a n d that the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g s l i d e s s m o o t h l y .
W i p e off a n y e x c e s s g r e a s e .
10. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-16).
12-22
Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission
Special Tools ............................
Component Location Index ....
Symptom Troubleshooting
Index ......................................
Transmission Fluid Inspection
and Replacement
............
Back-up Light Switch Test .......
Transmission Removal ...........
Transmission Installation ........
Transmission Disassembly .....
Reverse Shift Fork Clearance
Inspection .......................
.
Change Lever Clearance
Inspection .............................
Change Lever Assembly
Disassembly/Reassembly ...
Shift Fork Clearance
Inspection .............................
Shift Fork
Disassembly/Reassembly ...
Mainshaft Assembly
Clearance Inspection ...........
Mainshaft Disassembly ...........
Mainshaft Inspection ...............
Mainshaft Reassembly ............
Countershaft Assembly
Clearance Inspection .....
Countershaft Disassembly ......
13-2
13-3
13-4
13-5
13-6
13-7
13-16
13-25
13-30
13-30
13-31
Countershaft Inspection
Countershaft Reassembly
Synchro Sleeve and Hub
Inspection and
Reassembly
.........
Synchro Ring and Gear
Inspection
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal
Replacement
...........
Countershaft Bearing
Replacement
Masnshaft Thrust Clearance
Adjustment
.........
Transmission Reassembly ......
Gearshift Mechanism
Replacement
Shift Lever Housing
Replacement
13-46
13-47
13-53
13-53
13-55
13-56
13-57
13-60
13-64
13-65
13-32
M/T Differential
13-33
13-34
13-36
13-37
13-39
13-43
13-45
Component Location Index ....

Backlash Inspection .................
Differential Carrier, Final Driven
Gear Replacement ...............
Carrier Bearing
Replacement
Oil Seal Replacement ..............
Differential Thrust Clearance
Adjustment
13-67
13-68
13-68
13-69
13-70
13-71
Manual Transmission
SpeciaS Tools
Ref. N o .
Tool Number
07GAJ-PG20110
07GAJ-PG2013Q
07JAD-PL90100
07NAD-P20A100
070AG-SJAA10S
07736-A01000B
Description
Oil S e a l Driver, 6 5 m m
Oil S e a l Driver A t t a c h m e n t
1
1
07746-0010300
A d j u s t a b l e B e a r i n g Puller, 2 0 4 0 m m
B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 42 x 47 m m
07746-0030100
Inner Driver H a n d l e , 40 m m
07746-0030300
Inner B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 3 0 m m
* :
Driver H a n d l e , 15 x 135L
07749-0010000
Part of M a i n s h a f t I n s p e c t i o n T o o l S e t , 0 7 G A J - P G 2 0 1 0 2 .
* *:
M u s t be u s e d w i t h c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e 3/8"-16 U N F S l i d e H a m m e r .
13-2
Qty
1
1
Catch Adapter
Base Adapter
1
1

GEARSHIFT M E C H A N I S M
SHIFT LEVER H O U S I N G
BACK-UP L I G H T S W I T C H
Test, p a g e 13-6
TRANSMISSION
R e m o v a l , p a g e 13-7
Installation, page 13-16
D i s a s s e m b l y , page 13-25
Reassembly, page 13-60
TRANSMISSION F L U I D
Inspection a n d Replacement
page 13-5
C H A N G E LEVER A S S E M B L Y
D i s a s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-31
C H A N G E LEVER
Clearance Inspection
p a g e 13-30
SHIFT FORK
Clearance Inspection, page 13-32
Disassembly/Reassembly, page 13-33
DIFFERENTIAL
COUNTERSHAFT ASSEMBLY
COUNTERSHAFT
D i s a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-45
Inspection, page 13-48
R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-47
Bearing Replacement,
page 13-56
MAINSHAFT
Disassembly, p a g e 13-36
R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-39
Bearing a n d Oil Seal Replacement,
p a g e 13-55
Thrust Clearance Adjustment,
p a g e 13-57
SYNCHRO SLEEVE arid H U B
Inspection a n d Reassembly,
page 13-53
SYNCHRO RING a n d GEAR
REVERSE IDLER G E A R
MAINSHAFT ASSEMBLY
Manual Transmission
Symptom
H a r d to shift into 1st g e a r
Hard to shift into 2 n d g e a r
1.
2.
3.
Diagnostic procedyre
C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-5).
C h e c k t h e clutch ( s e e p a g e 12-16).
C h e c k the c h a n g e lever a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 13-30).
4.
C h e c k the 1st s y n c h r o ring a n d 1st g e a r (see p a g e 13-53).
5.
1.
2.
C h e c k the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d hub ( s e e p a g e 13-53).

C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-5).
C h e c k the c h a n g e lever a s s e m b l y (see page 13-30).
3.
C h e c k the 2 n d s y n c h r o ring a n d 2nd g e a r ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
Hard to shift into 3rd g e a r
4.
1.
C h e c k the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d hub ( s e e p a g e 13-53).

C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F ( s e e p a g e 13-5).
Hard to shift into 4th g e a r
2.
3.
4.
1.
C h e c k the c h a n g e l e v e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 13-30)=

C h e c k the 3rd s y n c h r o ring a n d 3rd g e a r ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
C h e c k the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d hub ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e the M T F (see p a g e 13-5).
2.
C h e c k the c h a n g e lever a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 13-30).
Hard to shift into 5th g e a r
3.
4.
1.
C h e c k t h e 4th s y n c h r o ring a n d 4th g e a r (see p a g e 13-53).

C h e c k the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d hub (see p a g e 13-53).
C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e the M T F (see p a g e 1 3 - 5 ) .
Hard to shift into r e v e r s e
N o i s e f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n
2.
C h e c k the c h a n g e l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 1 3 - 3 0 ) .
3.
C h e c k t h e 5th s y n c h r o ring a n d 5th g e a r ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
4.
C h e c k t h e 5th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d hub ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
1.
2.

C h e c k t h e clutch ( s e e p a g e 12-16).
3.
. 4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Shift Sever d o e s not o p e r a t e

smoothly
T r a n s m i s s i o n j u m p s out of g e a r
13-4
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
C h e c k the c h a n g e Sever a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 13-30).

C h e c k the r e v e r s e shift fork a n d r e v e r s e idler g e a r (see p a g e 13-30).
Check reverse gears.
C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e the M T F ( s e e p a g e 13-5).
C h e c k the M T F level (unfilled or in s u r p l u s the t r a n s m i s s i o n with the
MTF).
C h e c k the t r a n s m i s s i o n g e a r s .
C h e c k the t r a n s m i s s i o n b e a r i n g s .
C h e c k t h e differential carrier, the final d r i v e n g e a r , a n d the c a r r i e r
bearings.
C h e c k the shift c a b l e s a n d their joints (see p a g e 13-64).
C h e c k the shift l e v e r h o u s i n g with the shift l e v e r shaft.
C h e c k t h e detent ball s p r i n g s ( s e e p a g e 13-25).
C h e c k t h e teeth of the s y n c h r o rings a n d the g e a r s ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
C h e c k for bent, d e f o r m , or d a m a g e of the shift forks.
Transmission Fluid Inspection and Replacement

1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift, a n d m a k e s u r e it is
securely supported.
7. Install t h e front s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e p a g e 20-274).

8. L o w e r the v e h i c l e on the lift.
2. R e m o v e the front s p l a s h s h i e l d f s e e p a g e 20-274),

3 . R e m o v e t h e oil filler plug (A) a n d s e a l i n g w a s h e r
( B ) , c h e c k the condition of the M T F , a n d m a k e s u r e
it Is at the p r o p e r level (C).
data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).

11. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) . If it d o e s n ' t
c o m m u n i c a t e , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit
( s e e p a g e 11-192).
12. S e l e c t B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L w i t h the H D S .
13. S e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T in the G A U G E S M E N U w i t h
the H D S .
14. S e l e c t R E S E T in the M A I N T E N A N C E M I N D E R w i t h
A'
the H D S .
15. S e l e c t R E S E T T I N G T H E M T F L I F E with-the H D S
4. If the fluid is dirty, r e m o v e the d r a i n plug (A) a n d

the s e a l i n g w a s h e r (B), a n d drain the M T F .
( s e e p a g e 3-6).
5. Install the d r a i n plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r ,

a n d refill t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h M T F to the proper
l e v e l A l w a y s use Honda Manual Transmission
Fluid (MTF).
Fluid Capacity:
1.9 L (2.0 U S qt) a t fluid change
2,0 L 12,1 U S qt) a t overhaul

8, Install the filler plug (C) w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r
(D).
13-5
Manual Transmission
Back-up Light Switch Test
1. D i s c o n n e c t the back-up light s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r
3. R e m o v e the back-up light s w i t c h (A). C h e c k for

continuity b e t w e e n b a c k - u p light s w i t c h 2 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2. T h e r e s h o u l d
be continuity w h e n the s w i t c h e n d (B) is p r e s s e d ,
a n d no continuity w h e n the s w i t c h e n d is r e l e a s e d .
If the result is faulty, r e p l a c e the back-up light
s w i t c h , if the s w i t c h is O K , c h e c k the r e v e r s e shift
piece in the t r a n s m i s s i o n .
2. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n back-up light s w i t c h

2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2. T h e r e
s h o u l d be continuity o n l y w h e n the shift lever is in
r e v e r s e . If the result is faulty, go to s t e p 3.
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH 2 P C O N N E C T O R
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH 2 P CONNECTOR
2.
T e r m i n a l side of m a l e t e r m i n a l s
4. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t (P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 08718-0009) to the
t h r e a d s of the b a c k - u p light s w i t c h , a n d install it o n
the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
5. C o n n e c t the back-up light s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r .
13-6
Transmission Removal
* Engine support hanger, A and R e d s AAR-T1258 *
- Engine hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 *
* Front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 8 *
* : T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m 888-424-6857.
5. R e m o v e the battery b a s e bolts" (A), l o o s e n the t w o

bolts (B), r e m o v e the c a b l e c l a m p CO a n d the
h a r n e s s bracket bolt CD), t h e n r e m o v e the battery
base IE).
N O T E : U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted
surfaces.
1. S e c u r e the hood- in the w i d e o p e n position w i t h the
s u p p o r t strut,
2, R e n i o v e the front grille c o v e r ,
6. R e m o v e t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g bolts (A) a n d
t h e bracket m o u n t i n g nut I B ) , t h e n c a r e f u l l y m o v e
t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r out of the w a y to a v o i d b e n d i n g
the c l u t c h line.
N O T E : Do not p r e s s the c l u t c h p e d a l after the s l a v e
cylinder has been removed.
3, Do the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 22-90),
4, R e m o v e t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y f s e e p a g e 11-359).
(confd)
13-7
Manual Transmission
Transmission Removal (cont'd)
7. R e m o v e the nut (A) a n d the c l a m p (B), t h e n m o v e
the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x (C) out of the w a y .
9. D i s c o n n e c t the output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A), the b a c k - u p light s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d the h a r n e s s c l a m p (C).
8. R e m o v e the lock p i n s f A ) , the shift c a b l e bracket

bolt (B), a n d the shift c a b l e bracket (C), t h e n
d i s c o n n e c t the shift c a b l e s (D) f r o m the c h a n g e
lever a s s e m b l y (E). C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e both c a b l e s
- a n d the bracket t o g e t h e r to a v o i d b e n d i n g the
cables.
10. R e m o v e the bolts (A), the h a r n e s s c l a m p (B), a n d

the bracket (C).
13-8
11. R e m o v e the h o s e f r o m t h e c l a m p (A) a n d the n u t s

IB), t h e n r e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e (C).
13. A t t a c h the e n g i n e h a n g e r a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 )
to t h e t h r e a d e d hole in the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
VSB02C000015
1 2 * R e m o v e the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) c a n i s t e r
h o s e (A) a n d the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (B).
14. Install the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r (A) to the v e h i c l e ,

a n d attach the hook (B) to the e n g i n e h a n g e r
a d a p t e r (C). T i g h t e n the w i n g nut (D) by h a n d , a n d
lift a n d s u p p o r t the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n .
C
VSB02C0O0015
(confd)
13^3
Manual Transmission
15. R e m o v e the front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p nuts (A), t h e
front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B), a n d the v a c u u m h o s e
bracket ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e the front e n g i n e m o u n t
bolt (D), a n d d i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (E).
17. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g line holder m o u n t i n g

bolts (A).
A
18. R e m o v e the t w o heat s h i e l d bolts (A), the heat

s h i e l d (B), a n d the t w o p o w e r s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x
m o u n t i n g bracket bolts (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e p o w e r
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g bracket (D).
13-10
19. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x stiffener bolts

(A) a n d t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g stiffener plates (B).
21. R e m o v e the three upper transmission mount

bracket bolts (A), t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t
b r a c k e t (B), t h e g r o u n d c a b l e m o u n t bolt (C), a n d
t h e g r o u n d c a b l e (D).
2 0 , R e m o v e t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket
bolts (A),
22. R e m o v e - t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bolts (A).
N O T E : D o not r e m o v e the T O R X bolt (B) f r o m the
u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t . If t h e T O R X bolt is
r e m o v e d , t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m u s t be
(cont'd)
13-11
Manual Transmission
23. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on .a lift, a n d m a k e s u r e it is
securely supported.
30, R e m o v e the' r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t bracket bolts..

25. R e m o v e the front s p l a s h s h i e l d .
31. R e m o v e the s u b f r a m e m i d m o u n t bolts (A) a n d the

s u b f r a m e m i d m o u n t (B) f r o m both s i d e s .
26. Drain the M T F . Reinstall the drain plug u s i n g a n e w
s e a l i n g w a s h e r ( s e e p a g e 13-5).
27. R e m o v e the d a m p e r fork ( s e e s t e p 4 on p a g e 18-31).
28. S e p a r a t e the knuckle ball joint f r o m the l o w e r a r m
( s e e p a g e 18-21).
29. R e m o v e e x h a u s t pipe A a n d the g a s k e t s (B).
13-12
3 2 , R e m o v e the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m o u n t i n g
n u t s {A}.
34. A t t a c h t h e front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r (A) to t h e front

s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e a n d h a n g t h e belt of the
s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r o v e r the front of the s u b f r a m e ,
t h e n s e c u r e the belt with its s t o p .
VSB02C000016
3 3 , R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g line h o l d e r bolt (A) a n d
the p o w e r s t e e r i n g line f r o m t h e c l a m p (B).
35, R a i s e t h e j a c k a n d line up the s l o t s in t h e front

s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r a r m s with the bolt h o l e s o n the
j a c k b a s e , t h e n s e c u r e l y attach t h e m with four bolts.
36. R e m o v e t h e four front stiffener. bolts (A), the front
stiffeners (B), the four r e a r s t i f f e n e r s bolts (C), a n d
t h e rear stiffeners (D), t h e n r e m o v e the front
s u s p e n s i o n subframe (Eh
(cont'd)
13-13
Manual Transmission
3 7 . R e m o v e the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bolts (A)
a n d t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t (B).
39. Drive the i n b o a r d joint (A) of t h e right driveshaft off

of the intermediate s h a f t u s i n g a drift a n d a
hammer.
N O T E : Do not pull on the d r i v e s h a f t , or the i n b o a r d
joint m a y c o m e apart.
3 8 . Pry the left driveshaft i n b o a r d joint (A) f r o m the

differential u s i n g a p r y b a r .
NOTE;
Do not pull on t h e driveshaft:, or the i n b o a r d joint
m a y c o m e apart. Pull the i n b o a r d joint straight
out to a v o i d d a m a g i n g t h e oil s e a l .
B e careful not to d a m a g e the oil s e a l w i t h the
prybar.
40. R e m o v e t h e intermediate shaft ( s e e p a g e 16-23).

41. R e m o v e the c l u t c h c o v e r (A) a n d the C K P s e n s o r
c o v e r (Bj.
42. S u p p o r t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h a t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k .
13-14
43. R e m o v e the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t i n g bolts.

Front side
44, Pull the t r a n s m i s s i o n a w a y f r o m t h e e n g i n e until

t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n m a i n s h a f t c l e a r s the clutch
p r e s s u r e plate,
4 5 , S l o w l y l o w e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n a b o u t 150 m m (6 in).
C h e c k o n c e a g a i n that all h o s e s a n d h a r n e s s e s a r e
d i s c o n n e c t e d a n d free f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n
l o w e r it c o m p l e t e l y .
Manual Transmission
Transmission Installation
3. P l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k ,

* Engine support hanger, A a n d Reds A A R - T 1 2 5 6 *
a n d r a i s e it to e n g i n e l e v e l .
4. A l i g n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n m a s n s h a f t a n d t h e c l u t c h
* Front s u b f r a m e adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 *
* Subframe alignment p i n 0 7 0 A G - S J A A 1 0 S
p r e s s u r e plate, t h e n m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i n w a r d
* : T h e s e s p e c i a l tools a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
until t h e r e is n o g a p b e t w e e n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g a n d t h e e n g i n e block.
T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m 888-424-6857=
5. Install t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t i n g bolts.
surfaces.
F r o n t sid
1. I n s p e c t t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g ( s e e p a g e 12-21), a n d
reinstall t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g a n d t h e r e l e a s e fork
w i t h t h e a p p r o p r i a t e g r e a s e ( s e e p a g e 12-22).
2. M a k e s u r e t h e t w o d o w e l
pins
(A) a r e installed
in
12 x 1.25 m m
64M-m
(6,5 k g f - m ,
the c l u t c h h o u s i n g .
4 7 Ibf-ft)
1 2 x 1.25 m m
(6.5 k g f . m
47 Ibf-ft)
Bear side
1 2 M 1.25 m m
64 N-m
(6.5 k g f . m ,
4 7 Ibf-ft)
13-16
6. Install t h e c l u t c h c o v e r (A) a n d the C K P s e n s o r
10. S u p p o r t the front s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e w i t h t h e

front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r a n d a j a c k .
cover IB),
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N-m
<1.2 kgf-m,
8 J Ibf-ft)
VSB02C000016
11
P o s i t i o n t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x w a s h e r s (A) on the
front s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e (B), a n d Sift the
s u b f r a m e u p to the b o d y .
7, Install the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 16-28).

12x1.25 mm
9 3 N-m
(9.5 k g f - m ,
6 9 Ibf-ft)
8, Install both d r i v e s h a f t s ( s e e p a g e 16-20).

3, Install t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t (A) w i t h n e w
Replace.
bolts, t h e n r e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n Jack.
1 0 M 1.25 m m
54 N-m
(5.5 k g f - m ,
40 Ibfft)
Replace.
12 M 1.25 m m
54 Nm
(5.5 k g f - m ,
4 0 Ibf-ft)
1 4 M 1.5 m m
1 0 3 n-m
(10.5 k g f - m ,
75.9 Ibfft)
Replace.
1 2 x 1.25 m m
5 4 N-m
(5.5 k g ^ - m .
40IM-1
12. L o o s e l y install the n e w s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts

C O , t h e n e w r e a r stiffener m o u n t i n g bolts (D), t h e
front stiffener m o u n t i n g bolts ( E ) , the front
s t i f f e n e r s (F), a n d t h e rear stsffeners ( G ) .
(confd)
13-17
Manual Transmission
Transmission Installation (cont'd)
13. Partially tighten the right r e a r s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g
bolt (A); insert t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin t h r o u g h
t h e positioning slot (B) o n t h e r e a r
22. Install the p o w e r s t e e r i n g line h o l d e r bolt (A) a n d

t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g line to t h e c l a m p (B).
stiff ener,
a n d into the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e b o d y , t h e n
A
6 x 1 . 0 "mm
9.8 N - m
tighten the s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
t h r o u g h the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (C) o n t h e s u b f r a m e ,
A
14x1.5 mm
103 N-m (10.5 kgf-m, 7 5 . 9 Ibf-ft)
B
23. Install the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m o u n t i n g
nuts.
0 7 O A G - SJ A A 1 O S
14. Partially tighten t h e
left
rear s u b f r a m e mounting
bolt in t h e s a m e m a n n e r a s in s t e p 13.
15. Partially tighten t h e right a n d left front s u b f r a m e
m o u n t i n g bolts.
16. ' T i g h t e n the right r e a r m o u n t i n g bolt to t h e s p e c i f i e d
t o r q u e w i t h t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin in the
positioning hole.
17. T i g h t e n the left r e a r m o u n t i n g bolt to t h e s p e c i f i e d
t o r q u e w i t h the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin i n the
positioning hole.
18. T i g h t e n the right a n d left front m o u n t i n g bolt to t h e
specified torque.
19. C h e c k that the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e s a n d s l o t s a r e
a l i g n e d u s i n g the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t p i n .
20. T i g h t e n t h e r e a r a n d front stiffener m o u n t i n g bolts
to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
21. R e m o v e the j a c k a n d front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r .
13-18
4 4 N-m
(4.5 kgf-m,
3 3 Ibf-ft)
24. Install t h e s u b f r a m e m i d m o u n t o n both s i d e s w i t h

n e w bolts.
2 6 . Install e x h a u s t pipe A w i t h t h e n e w g a s k e t s (B), t h e

b o l t s , t h e s p r i n g s , a n d t h e n e w nuts a s s h o w n .
22 N-m
12.2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
2 5 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
2 5 , Install t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t bolts w i t h
n e w bolts.
2 7 , C o n n e c t t h e knuckle ball joint onto t h e l o w e r a r m

( s e e p a g e 18-21).
(cont'd)
13-19
Manual Transmission
3 1 . Install the front w h e e l s , a n d s e t t h e m in the
straight-ahead position.
3 5 . Install the n e w u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket

bolts (A).
3 2 . L o w e r the v e h i c l e o n the lift.

3 3 . Install the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bolts (A).
12 x 1.25
S4N-m
mm
(6.5 kgf-m, 4 7 I b f - f t )
36. Install the s t e e r i n g stiffener plates (A)-, a n d l o o s e l y

tighten the n e w p o w e r s t e e r i n g g e a r box m o u n t i n g
34. Install the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket (A)
bolts (B) a n d t h e stiffener plate bolts (C).
w i t h n e w bolts, a n d c o n n e c t the g r o u n d c a b l e (B)

by installing its m o u n t i n g b o l t
N O T E : M a k e s u r e the l o w e r w a s h e r s p l a c e d in s t e p
11 a r e c o r r e c t l y p o s i t i o n e d before installing the
12 x 1.25 m m
5 4 N-m
15.5 k g f - m ,
40 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
bolts.
6x1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
13-20
3 7 . Install the p o w e r s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g
40. Install t h e t h r e e n e w r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t bolts (A)
b r a c k e t (A), a n d tighten t h e bolts to t h e s p e c i f i e d
a n d t h e t w o n e w rear e n g i n e m o u n t bracket bolts
t o r q u e , t h e n install t h e heat s h i e l d (B).
(B).
A
12x1.25 m m
12x1.25
mm
3 8 . T i g h t e n t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the p o w e r s t e e r i n g g e a r
b o x m o u n t i n g bolts a n d the stiffener plate bolts to
the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e a l t e r n a t e l y in t w o s t e p s .
3 9 . install t h e r e a r p o w e r s t e e r i n g line h o l d e r s (A),
41. Install the n e w front e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A), the

front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B), a n d the v a c u u m h o s e
6x1.0 mm
9,8 n-m
11,0 k g f . m ,
1,2 Ibf-ft)
bracket CO w i t h n e w n u t s , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m
h o s e (D).
(cont'd)
13-21
Manual Transmission
42. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r a n d the e n g i n e
4 5 . Install the bracket (A) a n d the h a r n e s s c l a m p (B).
h a n g e r adapter f r o m the e n g i n e .
6 x 1.0 m m
9 . 8 N-m
(1.0 k g f - m ,
7.2 Ibf-ft)
4 3 . Install the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) c a n i s t e r
h o s e (A) a n d the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (B).
46. Install t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (A). C o n n e c t the output

shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B) a n d
the b a c k - u p light s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (C).
Install the strut b r a c e (A) w i t h the nuts (B), t h e n
install the h o s e to the c l a m p (C).
B
8 1 1 . 2 5 mm
22 N-m
(2.2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
13-22
0
47. A p p l y a light c o a t of s i l i c o n e g r e a s e {P/N
0 8 C 3 Q - B 0 2 3 4 M ) to the c a b l e e n d s (A) a n d c o n n e c t
the c a b l e e n d to t h e c h a n g e l e v e r a s s e m b l y (B),
t h e n install t h e shift c a b l e b r a c k e t (C) a n d the lock
p i n s fDL D o not b e n d or d a m a g e t h e shift c a b l e s .
49. A p p l y a light c o a t of s u p e r high t e m p u r e a g r e a s e

(P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 2 ) to the e n d of the s l a v e c y l i n d e r
p u s h rod. install the s l a v e c y l i n d e r a n d the bracket
m o u n t i n g nut. B e careful not to b e n d the clutch line,
N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on
t h e t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
8 x 1.25
mm
50. Install t h e battery b a s e (A) a n d the c a b l e c l a m p (B).
B
48. install the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x (A).
(cont'd)
13-23
Manual Transmission
51. Install the air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
5 2 . D o the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
22-90).
53. Install the front grille c o v e r .
54. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

55. C h e c k the shift lever a n d the c l u t c h o p e r a t i o n .
' 56. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .
13-24
Transmission Disassembly
Exploded View-Clutch Housing
_
(B
<D
DIFFERENTIAL A S S E M B L Y
S H I F T FORK A S S E M B L Y
6 mm F L A N G E B O L T
13 N*fn I O k g f . p i , 9 . 4 I b f - f t !
BEARING S E T P L A T E
COUNTERSHAFT A S S E M B L Y
N E E D L E BEARING
OIL GUIDE PLATE C
1 4 x 2 0 m m D O W E L PM
MAGNET
MAINSHAFT ASSEMBLY
28 m m WASHER
28 m m SPRING WASHER
BALL BEARING
28 x 43 x 7 m m OIL SEAL
Replace.
REVERSE IDLER G E A R S H A F T
REVERSE IDLER G E A R
6 m m SPECIAL BOLT
1 5 N-m ( 1 . 5 k g f m , 1 1 I b f - f t !
REVERSE SHIFT FORK
REVERSE LOCKCAIV!
35 x 8 x 8 m m OIL SEAL
Replace.
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH

2 9 N - m ( 3 . 0 kgf m , 2 2 I b f - f t )
@ CLUTCH HOUSING
@ BAFFLE PLATE
72 m m S N A P RING
(confd)
1 325
IVfetifial Transmiss
f
Transmission Disassembly fcont dJ

Exploded View-Transmission Housing
TRANSMISSION H O U S I N G
10 m m SEALING W A S H E R
Replace.
( S l O m m FLANGE BOLT
4 4 N - m |4.5 k g f - m , 33 Ibf-ft)
8 m m FLANGE BOLT
2 7 N - m 12.8 k g f - m , 2 0 I b f - f t )
TRANSMISSION HANGER A
CD I N T E R L O C K B O L T
3 9 N - m 14.0 k g f - m , 2 9 I b f - f t )
O I L G U I D E P L A T E iS
7 2 m m SHIM
OIL GUTTER PLATE
0 m m SHIM
8 x 1 4 m m DOWEL PIN
C H A N G E LEVER A S S E M B L Y
6mm FLANGE BOLT
12 N - m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
13-26
) DETENT BOLT
2 2 N - m 12.2 k g f - m , 1 6 I b f - f t )
512 m m S E A L I N G W A S H E R
Replace.
) SPRING
) STEEL BALL
) TRANSMISSION HANGER B
) TRANSMISSION HANGER C
) 20 m m SEALING WASHER
Replace.
) FILLER P L U G
4 4 N - m (4.5 kgf-m, 3 3 Ibf-ft)

) 4 0 x 5 6 x 8 m m OIL SEAL
Replace.
) 14 m m S E A L I N G W A S H E R
Replace.
) DRAIN PLUG
3 9 N - m 14.0 k g f - m , 2 9 I b f - f t )
@ 32 m m SEALING CAP
3 4 N - m (3.5 k g f - m , 2 5 Ibf-ft)
10 m m FLANGE BOLT
4 4 N-m ( 4 . 5 k g f - m , 3 3 I b f - f t )
@ 20 m m BOLT
4 4 N - m (4.5 k g f - m , 3 3 I b f - f t )
@ 20 m m SEALING WASHER
Replace.
SPEED SENSOR
O-RING
Replace.
@ PLAIN WASHER
6 m m FLANGE BOLT
1 2 N - m ( 1 . 2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f - f t )
N O T E : P l a c e t h e c l u t c h h o u s i n g o n t w o p i e c e s of w o o d
thick e n o u g h to k e e p t h e m a i n s h a f t f r o m hitting t h e
workbench,
5. R e m o v e the d r a i n plug (A), the filler plug (B), the

10 m m f l a n g e bolt ( Q , a n d the s e a l i n g w a s h e r s (D).
1. R e m o v e t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g a n d t h e r e l e a s e fork
( s e e p a g e 12-21).
2, R e m o v e t h e detent bolts (A), t h e 12 m m s e a l i n g
w a s h e r s (B), t h e s p r i n g s (D), the s t e e l balls ( E ) , a n d
t h e b a c k - u p light s w i t c h (F).
6. R e m o v e the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r ( E L the plain w a s h e r (F), a n d the O-ring (G).
7, L o o s e n the 8 m m f l a n g e bolts in a c r i s s c r o s s
pattern in s e v e r a l s t e p s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e m with
t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r A a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r B.
3. R e m o v e t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r C , t h e 20 m m bolt ( 6 ) ,
a n d the 20 m m s e a l i n g w a s h e r (H).
4. R e m o v e t h e interlock bolt (A), t h e c h a n g e l e v e r
a s s e m b l y (B), a n d t h e 3 x 1 4 m m d o w e l p i n s (C).
(confd)
13-27
Manual Transmission
Transmission Disassembly (cont'd)
8. R e m o v e the 32 m m s e a l i n g c a p (A).
11. R e m o v e the r e v e r s e lock c a m (A).
12. R e m o v e the r e v e r s e idler g e a r (A) a n d the r e v e r s e

idler g e a r shaft (B).
9. W h i l e e x p a n d i n g the 72 m m s n a p ring (B) o n t h e

c o u n t e r s h a f t ball b e a r i n g w i t h s n a p ring pliers, lift
the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (C). R e l e a s e t h e s n a p ring
pliers, and remove the t r a n s m i s s i o n housing and
the t h r e e 14 x 20 m m d o w e l p i n s (D).
10. R e m o v e the baffle plate (A).
13-28
13, R e m o v e the r e v e r s e shift fork (Ah
16. R e m o v e the differential a s s e m b l y (A) a n d the

m a g n e t (B).
14, A p p l y t a p e to t h e m a i n s h a f t s p l i n e s to protect t h e
s e a l , t h e n r e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t a s s e m b l y (A) a n d
the c o u n t e r s h a f t a s s e m b l y (B) w i t h the shift fork
a s s e m b l y (C) f r o m the c l u t c h h o u s i n g (D).
17. R e m o v e the oil gutter plate (A), 72 m m s h i m (B),
a n d oil g u i d e plate M.
15, R e m o v e the 2 8 m m s p r i n g w a s h e r IE) a n d t h e

28 m m w a s h e r IF).
13-2
Manual Transmission
Reverse Shift Fork CSearanee
inspection
Change Lever Clearance inspection

1. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e c h a n g e lever
(A) a n d the s e l e c t lever (B) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e (C). If
1. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the r e v e r s e idler

g e a r (A) a n d the r e v e r s e shift fork (B) w i t h a f e e l e r
the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, go to

s t e p 2.
g a u g e (C). Sf the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit,

Standard:
go to s t e p 2.
0 . 0 5 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 1 0 in.)
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.50 m m (0.020 in.)

Standard:
0 . 2 0 - 0 . 5 9 m m { 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 3 In.)
Serwlce L i m i t : 1.2 m m (0.047 in.)
2. M e a s u r e the g r o o v e w i d t h of the c h a n g e lever.

2. M e a s u r e the w i d t h of the r e v e r s e shift fork.
* If the g r o o v e w i d t h is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d ,

r e p l a c e the c h a n g e lever.
If the w i d t h is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the

r e v e r s e shift fork.
* If the w i d t h is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
r e v e r s e idler g e a r .
S t a n d a r d : 1 3 . 4 - 1 3 . 7 m m ( 0 . 5 2 8 - 0 . 5 3 9 In.)
13-30
If the g r o o v e w i d t h is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e
the s e l e c t lever.
S t a n d a r d : 1 5 . 0 0 - 1 5 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 5 9 1 - 0 . 5 9 4 In.)
Change Lever Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly

N O T E : Prior t o r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all the p a r t s in s o l v e n t , d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y g r e a s e to c o n t a c t s u r f a c e s a s s h o w n .
Do not w a s h t h e r u b b e r p a r t s w i t h s o l v e n t .
DUST SEAL
Replace.
6 x 1,0 mm
1 2 N-m
11.2 kgf-m, 8-7 Ibf-ft)
SELECT LEVER
Be careful, n o t t o d a m a g e t h e d u s t seal
w h e n installing f t
C H A N G E LEVER COVER
BREATHER CAP
T u r n it t o w a r d t h e f r o n t
of t h e vehicle, then install
SHIFT A R M COVER
8 m m SPECIAL BOLT
3 1 N-m
13,2 kgf-m, 23 ibf-ft)
SELECT STOP PLATE
8 m m SPRING W A S H E R
REVERSE LOCK C A M STRIKER
H3^31
Manual Transmission
Shift Fork Clearance inspection
1. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h shift fork (A)
3. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the shift fork (A)

a n d the shift a r m (B). If the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the
a n d Its m a t c h i n g s y n c h r o s l e e v e (B). If the

c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, go to s t e p 2.
Standard:
0 . 3 5 - 0 . 6 5 m m 1 0 . 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 2 6 In.!
S e r v i c e Limit: 1.0 m m (0.039 in.)
s e r v i c e limit, go to s t e p 4.
Standard:
0 . 2 - 0 . 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 0 in.)
A
4. M e a s u r e the w i d t h of the shift a r m .
2. M e a s u r e the t h i c k n e s s of the shift fork f i n g e r s .
If the w i d t h is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
Sf the t h i c k n e s s is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e
the shift fork.
If the t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
synchro sleeve and synchro hub a s a s e t
Sf o n e a r m of the shift fork s h o w s m o r e w e a r t h a n
o t h e r s , the fork m a y be bent a n d n e e d s to be
replaced.
S t a n d a r d : 7 . 4 - 7 , 6 m m ( 0 . 2 9 - 0 . 3 0 in.)
13-32
shift a r m .
* Sf the w i d t h is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
shift fork.
S t a n d a r d : 1 6 . 9 - 1 7 . 0 m m ( 0 . 6 6 5 - 0 . 6 6 9 in.)
Shift Fork Disassembly/Reassembly

N O T E : Prior to r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all the p a r t s in s o l v e n t , d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y M T F to all c o n t a c t s u r f a c e s .
5TH SHIFT FORK
Io
W W
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Assembly Clearance Inspection
1. S u p p o r t the bearing inner r a c e w i t h a n appropriate
3. M e a s u r e the t h i c k n e s s of 3 r d g e a r .
s i z e d s o c k e t (A), a n d p u s h d o w n o n the m a i n s h a f t
(B).
If the t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e limit,

r e p l a c e 3rd g e a r .
* If the t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b a n d 3rd/4th s y n c h r o
s l e e v e a s a set.
Standard:
2 3 . 9 2 - 2 3 . 3 7 m m ( 0 . 9 4 2 - 0 . 9 4 4 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 2 3 . 8 0 m m (0.937 in.)
2. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 2 n d g e a r (C) a n d
3rd g e a r (D) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e (E).
* If the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e l i m i t go to
step 3.
If the c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n the s e r v i c e limit, .go to
step 4.
Standard:
0 . 0 6 - 0 , 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
4. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 4th g e a r (A) a n d

the 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (B) with a dial
Indicator (C).
* If the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, go to
s t e p 5.
* If the c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n the s e r v i c e limit, g o to
s t e p 7.
Standard:
0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 In.)
13-34
5. M e a s u r e the length CD of the 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e

collar a s s h o w n ,
7. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the 4th/5th g e a r
d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (A) a n d 5th g e a r (B) w i t h a dial
indicator (C).
* If t h e length (J)fs not w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e

the 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r .
* If the length (D is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , g o to
s t e p 6.
* If t h e c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, g o to
s t e p 8.
" * If t h e c l e a r a n c e is within the s e r v i c e limit, go to
s t e p 10=
S t a n d a r d : 2 4 , 0 3 - 2 4 , 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 4 6 - 0 . 9 4 8 in.)
Standard:
0 . 0 6 - 0 , 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.25 m m (0.010 i n j
8, M e a s u r e t h e t h i c k n e s s of 4th g e a r .
If trie t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit,
r e p l a c e 4th g e a r ,
If t h e t h i c k n e s s i s within the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
8. M e a s u r e the length o f t h e 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e

collar a s s h o w n .
t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o h u b a n d 3rd/4th s y n c h r o
sleeve a s a set,
* Sf the length @ is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e

t h e 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e - c o l l a r .
Standard:
2 3 . 9 2 2 3 . 9 7 m m f0.942~~0.944 I n j
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 2 3 . 8 0 m m {0*937 In.i
* If t h e length is within t h e s t a n d a r d , g o to
s t e p 9.
S t a n d a r d : 2 4 . 0 3 - 2 4 . 0 8 m m (0.948-0.948 In.}
(cont'd)
13-35
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Assembly Clearance
Inspection (cont'd)
9. M e a s u r e the t h i c k n e s s of 5th g e a r .
* If the t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e limit,
r e p l a c e 5th g e a r .
* If the t h i c k n e s s is within the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
the 5th s y n c h r o h u b a n d 5th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a s a
set.
Mainshaft Disassembly
N O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w in the M a i n s h a f t
Reassembly, as needed, w h e n removing components
p r e s s e d onto the m a i n s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 13-39).
1. R e m o v e the a n g u l a r ball b e a r i n g (A) a n d the
t a p e r e d c o n e ring u s i n g a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e .
b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r (B) a n d a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
b e a r i n g puller (C)'. M a k e s u r e t h e b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r
is u n d e r the t a p e r e d c o n e ring.
Standard:
2 3 . 9 2 - 2 3 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 9 4 2 - 0 . 9 4 4 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 2 3 . 8 0 m m (0.937 In.)
2. S u p p o r t 5th g e a r (A) on steel b l o c k s , a n d p r e s s the

m a i n s h a f t out of t h e 5th s y n c h r o h u b (B) a n d 5th
gear.
10.- M e a s u r e the length of the M B S d i s t a n c e collar.
If the length is not w i t h i n s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
M B S d i s t a n c e collar.
Standard: 23.95-24.05 m m ( 0 . 9 4 3 - 0 3 4 7 I n j
13-36
N O T E : Do not u s e a j a w - t y p e puller; it c a n d a m a g e
the g e a r teeth.
Mainshaft Inspection
3. S u p p o r t 3 r d g e a r (A) o n steel b l o c k s , a n d p r e s s the
m a i n s h a f t out of the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b (B) a n d
3rd g e a r ,
1. I n s p e c t the g e a r a n d b e a r i n g c o n t a c t a r e a s for w e a r
. a n d d a m a g e , t h e n m e a s u r e the m a i n s h a f t at points
A , B , C , D, a n d E . If a n y part of the m a i n s h a f t is l e s s
t h a n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e it.
N O T E : Do not u s e a j a w - t y p e puller; it c a n d a m a g e
t h e g e a r teeth,
Standard:
A Ball Bearing Contact Area
(Transmission Housing Side):
2 7 . 9 8 7 - 2 8 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 1 0 1 9 - 1 . 1 0 2 4 in.)
B 4th/5th G e a r Distance Collar Contact Area:
3 1 . 9 8 4 - 3 2 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 2 5 9 2 - 1 . 2 5 9 8 in.)
C Needle Bearing Contact Area:
3 8 . 9 8 4 - 3 9 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 5 3 4 8 - 1 . 5 3 5 4 in.)
D Ball Bearing Contact Area (Clutch Housing Side):
2 7 . 9 7 7 - 2 7 . 9 9 0 m m - ( 1 . 1 0 1 5 1 . 1 0 2 0 in.)
E Bushing Contact Area:
2 0 . 8 0 2 0 . 8 5 m m ( 0 . 8 1 9 - 0 . 8 2 1 in.)
Service Limit:
A : 2 7 . 9 3 m m (1.100 in.)
B: 31.93 m m f l . 2 5 7 in.)
C : 3 8 . 9 3 m m (1.533 in J
D: 2 7 . 9 2 m m (1.099 in.)
E : 2 0 . 7 5 m m (0.817 in.)
(confd)
13-37
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft inspection (cont'd!
2. I n s p e c t the runout by s u p p o r t i n g both e n d s of the
m a i n s h a f t . T h e n rotate the m a i n s h a f t t w o c o m p l e t e
t u r n s w h i l e m e a s u r i n g w i t h a dial g a u g e . Sf the
runout e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the
mainshaft.
Standard:
0.02 m m (0.001 in.) m a x .
13-38
Mainshaft Reassembly
Exploded View
3RD/4TH
SYNCHRO
SLEEVE
\ o t e the direction
of installation.
ft
3RO/4TH
SYNCHRO HUB
Note the direction
of installation.
^^(^S^^S
SYNCHRO SPRING
ANGULAR BALL BEARING

C h e c k f o r vvea r a n d
operation,
Note the direction of
Installation.
TAPERED CONE RING
WfBS D I S T A N C E C O L L A R
SYNCHRO RING
SYNCHRO SPRING
-SYNCHRO RING*
SYNCHRO CONE*
5TH SYNCHRO SLEEVE

Note the direction
of installation.
STH SYNCHRO H U B
INNER RING*
SYNCHRO SPRING
3RD GEAR
NEEDLE BEARING
Check f o r w e a r and
operation,
HI
4TH/5TH GEAR DISTANCE COLLAR
SYNCHRO RING
5TH GEAR
NEEDLE BEARINGS
Check for w e a r a n d
operation.
IVIAINSHAFT
4TH GEAR
INNER RING*
SYNCHRO CONE*
SYNCHRO RING*
SYNCHRO SPRING
: The c o m p o n e n t s of the double cone synchro assembly.
(confd)
13-39
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Reassembly (cont'd)
3. Install the d o u b l e c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y (A) w i t h

* Inner driver h a n d l e , 40 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0
the s y n c h r o s p r i n g (B) by aligning the s y n c h r o c o n e
Inner bearing driver a t t a c h m e n t , 30 m m

07746-0030300
f i n g e r s (C) w i t h the h o l e s (D> in 3rd g e a r .
N O T E : Refer to the E x p l o d e d V i e w , a s n e e d e d , during

this p r o c e d u r e .
1. C l e a n all the parts in s o l v e n t , dry t h e m , a n d a p p l y
M T F to all contact s u r f a c e s .
2. Install the n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A) a n d 3rd g e a r (B) onto
the m a i n s h a f t (C).
4. Install the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b (A) by a l i g n i n g t h e

s y n c h r o ring f i n g e r s (B) w i t h the g r o o v e s (C) in the
3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b .
N O T E : M a k e s u r e to install the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b
in the direction s h o w n .
A
13-40
5. P r e s s on the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b (A) u s i n g the

40 m m i n n e r driver h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C).
7, Install the d o u b l e c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y (A) w i t h

t h e s y n c h r o s p r i n g (B) by a l i g n i n g the s y n c h r o ring
f i n g e r s (C) w i t h the g r o o v e s (D) in the 3rd/4th
synchro hub.
6. install the 3rd;4th s y n c h r o s l e e v e (A) by a l i g n i n g

the s t o p s CB| of t h e 3rd/4th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d the
3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b . After installing, c h e c k the
8. Install 4th g e a r (A) by a l i g n i n g the s y n c h r o c o n e

f i n g e r s (B) w i t h the h o l e s (C) in 4th g e a r .
o p e r a t i o n of t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o h u b set.
(cont'd)
13-41
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Reassembly (cont'd)
9. Install the 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e collar (A) w i t h the
n e e d l e b e a r i n g s (B) a n d 5th g e a r (C).
12. P r e s s on the 5th s y n c h r o h u b (A) u s i n g the 40 m m

inner driver h a n d l e (B), the 3 0 m m inner b e a r i n g
driver a t t a c h m e n t (C), a n d a p r e s s (D).
B
07746-0030100
07746-0030300
10. Install the s y n c h r o ring (D) w i t h the s y n c h r o s p r i n g

(E) onto 5th gear.
13. Install the 5th s y n c h r o s l e e v e (A) by aligning the

s l o t s of the 5th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d the 5th s y n c h r o
h u b (6). After i n s t a l l i n g , c h e c k the operation of the
5th s y n c h r o h u b set.
N O T E : M a k e s u r e to align the s l o t s in the 5th
11. Install the 5th s y n c h r o h u b (A) b y a l i g n i n g the

5th s y n c h r o h u b .
13-42
s y n c h r o hub a s s h o w n .
Countershaft Assembly Clearance

Inspection
14. install the s y n c h r o ring (A) w i t h the s y n c h r o s p r i n g
(B) fey a l i g n i n g t h e s y n c h r o ring f i n g e r s (C) w i t h the
g r o o v e s (D) in the 5th s y n c h r o h u b .
N O T E : B e f o r e i n s p e c t i o n , m a k e s u r e the s p e c i a l bolt is
t i g h t e n e d to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e ( s e e p a g e 13-47).
1. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 1st g e a r (A) a n d
the 1st g e a r d i s t a n c e collar (B) w i t h a feeler g a u g e
(O.
* if the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, g o to
s t e p 2.
* If the c l e a r a n c e is within the s e r v i c e limit, go to
s t e p 4.
Standard:
0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m { 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 In.)
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.25 m m 10,010 in.)
15, Install the MBS g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (E) a n d t h e

t a p e r e d c o n e ring (F).
16, P r e s s o n the n e w a n g u l a r ball b e a r i n g (A) u s i n g the
4 0 m m i n n e r d r i v e r h a n d l e ( B L the 3 0 m m inner
b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t ( C ) , a n d a p r e s s (D).
2. M e a s u r e the length of the 1st g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r
as shown.
If the length Is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e
the 1st g e a r d i s t a n c e collar.
If the length is within t h e s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p 3.
07746-0030300
S t a n d a r d : 2 3 . 0 3 - 2 3 . 0 8 m m 1 6 . 9 0 7 - 0 3 0 9 in.)
(confd)
13-43
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Assembly Clearance In
3. M e a s u r e the t h i c k n e s s of 1st g e a r .
If the t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e l i m i t
r e p l a c e 1st .gear.
If the t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
;tion (cont'd)
5. M e a s u r e the length of the 2 n d g e a r d i s t a n c e collar.
If the length is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e
t h e 2 n d g e a r d i s t a n c e collar.
* If the length is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , go to s t e p 6.
the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b a n d r e v e r s e g e a r a s a s e t .
S t a n d a r d : 2 8 . 0 3 - 2 8 . 0 8 m m ( 1 . 1 0 4 - 1 . 1 0 6 In.)
Standard:
2 2 . 9 2 - 2 2 . 9 7 m m f 0 . 9 O 2 - 0 . 9 O 4 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 22.87 m m C0.900 In.)
6. M e a s u r e the t h i c k n e s s of 2 n d g e a r .
4. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 2 n d g e a r (A) a n d
3rd g e a r (B) with a-feeler g a u g e (C). If the c l e a r a n c e
e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, g o to s t e p 5.
If the t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e limit,

r e p l a c e 2nd gear..
* If the t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b a n d r e v e r s e g e a r a s a s e t .
Standard:
0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m f 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 In.)
Standard:
2 7 . 9 2 - 2 7 . 9 7 m m ( 1 . 0 9 9 - 1 . 1 0 1 in.)
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 27.87 m m (1.097 In.)
13-44
Countershaft Disassembly
M O T E : R e f e r to t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w in the C o u n t e r s h a f t
Reassembly, as needed, w h e n removing components
p r e s s e d o n t o t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 13-47).
5. S u p p o r t 4th g e a r (A) on s t e e l b l o c k s (B), t h e n u s e a

p r e s s (C) a n d a n a t t a c h m e n t CD) to p r e s s thec o u n t e r s h a f t (E) out of 4th g e a r a n d 5th g e a r .
1, S e c u r e l y c l a m p the c o u n t e r s h a f t a s s e m b l y in a
bench vise with w o o d blocks.
6. S u p p o r t 2 n d g e a r (A) o n s t e e l b l o c k s (B), t h e n u s e a
p r e s s {) a n d a n a t t a c h m e n t (D) to p r e s s the
c o u n t e r s h a f t IE) out of 2 n d g e a r a n d 3rd g e a r .
2. R e m o v e t h e s p e c i a l bolt Heft-hand t h r e a d s ) .
3, S u p p o r t t h e ball b e a r i n g (A) o n s t e e l b l o c k s (B),
then u s e a p r e s s {Q a n d a n a t t a c h m e n t (D) to p r e s s
the c o u n t e r s h a f t o u t of the bail b e a r i n g .
4. R e m o v e t h e 3 5 m m s h i m a n d the d i s t a n c e collar.
13-45
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Inspection
1. I n s p e c t the g e a r a n d b e a r i n g c o n t a c t a r e a s for w e a r
2. Inspect the runout by s u p p o r t i n g both e n d s of the
a n d d a m a g e , then m e a s u r e t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t at
c o u n t e r s h a f t . T h e n rotate the c o u n t e r s h a f t t w o
points A , B , a n d C . If a n y part of the c o u n t e r s h a f t is
c o m p l e t e t u r n s w h i l e m e a s u r i n g w i t h a dial g a u g e .
l e s s than the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e i t
If the runout e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the

countershaft.
Standard:
A Ball B e a r i n g C o n t a c t A r e a
(Transmission Housing Side):
3 0 . 0 2 0 - 3 0 . 0 3 3 m m ( 1 . 1 8 1 9 - 1 . 1 8 2 4 in.)
B 1st G e a r D i s t a n c e C o l l a r C o n t a c t A r e a :
3 9 . 9 3 7 - 3 9 . 9 5 0 m m ( 1 . 5 7 2 3 - 1 . 5 7 2 8 in.)
C Needle Bearing Contact Area
(Clutch H o u s i n g S i d e ) :
4 0 . 0 0 0 - 4 0 . 0 1 5 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 8 - 1 . 5 7 5 4 in.)
A : 29.97 m m (1.180 in.)
B: 39.88 m m f1.570 in.)
C : 39.95 m m (1.573 in.)
C
13-46
Standard:
0.02 m m 10.001 in.) m a x .
S e r v i c e L i m i t : O.05 m m I0.002 in.)
Countershaft Reassembiy
Exploded View
REVERSE GEAR
{1ST/2ND S Y N C H R O SLEEVE1
SPECIAL BOLT
NOTE: Left-hand threads.
1 1 9 U-m { 1 2 . 1 kgf-m, 8 7 . 5 Ibf-ft)

Replace.
BALL BEARING
Check for w e a r a n d operation.
Note the direction of
installation.
1 S T / 2 WD
SYNCHRO HUB
Note the direction
of installation.
35 m m S H I M
DISTANCE COLLAR
SYNCHRO SPRING
SYNCHRO RING*
SYNCHRO C O N E *
5TH G E A R
4TH G E A R
INNER RING*
3RD G E A R
1ST GEAR
NEEDLE BEARING
Check for wear
and operation.
1ST G E A R
DISTANCE COLLAR
2ND G E A R
NEEDLE BEARING
Check for w e a r and
operation.
2ND GEAR
DISTANCE COLLAR
FRICTION DAMPER
Check f o r w e a r and d a m a g e .
Note the direction of installation.
INNER R I N G *
SYNCHRO CONE*
COUNTERSHAFT
SYNCHRO RING*
SYNCHRO SPRING
*: The c o m p o n e n t s of the triple cone synchro assembly.
(cont'd)
13-47
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Reassembly (cont'd)
Inner d r i v e r h a n d l e , 40 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0
Inner b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t , 30 m m
4. Install the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b (A) by aligning t h e

1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b .
07746-0030300
N O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w , a s n e e d e d , d u r i n g
this p r o c e d u r e .
1. C l e a n all parts in s o l v e n t , dry t h e m , a n d a p p l y M T F
to all c o n t a c t s u r f a c e s .
2. Install the 1st g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (A) w i t h the
n e e d l e b e a r i n g (B) a n d 1st g e a r (C) onto the
c o u n t e r s h a f t (D).
c
5. Install r e v e r s e g e a r (A) b y a l i g n i n g the s l o t s of
r e v e r s e g e a r a n d the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b (B). After
installing, c h e c k the o p e r a t i o n of the 1st/2nd
s y n c h r o h u b set.
N O T E : M a k e s u r e to align t h e s l o t s in the 1st/2nd
synchro hub a s s h o w n .
3. install the triple c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y (A) w i t h the

s y n c h r o s p r i n g (B) by a l i g n i n g the s y n c h r o c o n e
f i n g e r s (C) w i t h the g r o o v e s (D) in 1st g e a r .
A
C
13-48
8, Install the triple c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y (A) w i t h the

s y n c h r o s p r i n g IB) by a l i g n i n g t h e s y n c h r o ring
f i n g e r s (C) w i t h t h e g r o o v e s (D) in t h e 1st/2nd
s y n c h r o hub.
8. Install t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A).
7, Install t h e 2 n d g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (A) a n d friction
9. Install 2 n d g e a r (B) by a l i g n i n g the s y n c h r o c o n e

f i n g e r s (C) w i t h the g r o o v e s (D) in 2 n d g e a r ,
d a m p e r IB) b y a l i g n i n g the friction d a m p e r f i n g e r s

(C) w i t h t h e g r o o v e s (D) In the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b .
10. S u p p o r t the c o u n t e r s h a f t (A) o n s t e e l b l o c k s , t h e n

p r e s s o n 3rd g e a r (B) u s i n g the 40 m m inner d r i v e r
h a n d l e (C) a n d a p r e s s (D).
N O T E : Do not e x c e e d the m a x i m u m p r e s s u r e .
D
25,480 N
(2,600 kgf,
5,730 Sbf)
07746-0030190
(confd)
13-49
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Reassembly (cont'd!
11. P r e s s on 4th g e a r (A) u s i n g the 40 m m inner driver
13. Install the d i s t a n c e collar (A), the 3 5 m m s h i m (B),
h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C).
a n d t e m p o r a r i l y p r e s s o n the u s e d old ball b e a r i n g
30 m m inner bearing d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t ( E ) , a n d a
(C) u s i n g the 40 m m i n n e r driver h a n d l e (D), the

p r e s s (F).
NOTE:
U s e a n y size of 3 5 m m s h i m , a n d note s i z e y o u
u s e d . M e a s u r e m e n t s taken in the f o l l o w i n g s t e p s
will d e t e r m i n e the c o r r e c t s h i m to u s e for final
assembly.
M a k e s u r e the ball b e a r i n g is installed in the
c o r r e c t direction.
12. P r e s s on 5th g e a r (A) u s i n g the 40 m m inner driver

h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C).
13-50
1
14. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e b e a r i n g (A) a n d
t h e 3 5 mm
s h i m (B) with a f e e l e r g a u g e C O .
S t a n d a r d : 0.040.10 m m (0.00160.0039
In.)
15. If the m e a s u r e d c l e a r a n c e in s t e p 14 is not w i t h i n

the s t a n d a r d ; s e l e c t a n o t h e r s u i t a b l e 3 5 m m s h i m
f r o m t h e t a b l e , t h e n go to next s t e p to r e p l a c e t h e
3 5 m m s h i m a n d the ball b e a r i n g with a n e w o n e . If
t h e m e a s u r e d c l e a r a n c e in s t e p 14 is w i t h i n the
s t a n d a r d , go to the next s t e p to r e p l a c e t h e o n l y t h e
ball b e a r i n g with a n e w o n e .
35 m m S h i m
Type
Part-Number
Thickness
A
AA
23981-PPP-000
23981 - P P P - 3 0 0
B
AB
23982-PPP-G00
0.91 m m (0,036 in.)

0.95 m m (0.037 in.)
23982-PPP-90O
23983-PPP-000
23983-PPP-900
0.99 m m (0.039 in.)

1,03 m m (0.041 in.)
1.07 m m (0.042 in.)
D
AD
23984-PPP-000
23984-PPP-900
1.11 m m (0.044 in.)

1.15 m m (0.045 in.)
E
AE
23985-PPP-00Q
239S5-PPP-900
1.19 m m (0.047 in.)

1.23 m m (0.048 in.)
F
AF
23986-PPP-000
23988-PPP-900
G
AG
23987-PPP-000
23987-PPP-900
1.39 m m (0.055 in.)
H
AH
23988-PPP-000
23988-PPP-900
1.43 m m (0.056 in.)

1.47 m m (0.058 in.)
J
AJ
23989-PPP-000
23989-PPP-900
1.51 m m (0.060 in,)

1.55 m m (0.061 in.)
K
AK
23990-PPP-000
23990-PPP-900
1,59 m m (0.063 in.)

1.63 m m (0.064 in.)
L
AL
23991-PPP-000
23991-PPP-900
1.67 m m (0.066 in.).

1.71 m m (0.067 in.)
M
AM
23992-PPP-000
23992-PPP-900
23993-PPP-000
23993-PPP-900
23994-PPP-00Q
1 J 9 m m (0.070 in.)'
1.83 m m (0.072 in.)
1.87 m m (0.074 in.)
C
AC
N
AIM
P
AP
Q
23994-PPP-900
23995-PPP-0O0
0.87 m m (0.034 in.)
1.27 m m (0,050 in.)
1.31 m m (0.052 in.)

1.35 m m (0.053 in.)
1 J 5 m m (0.069 in.)
1.91 m m (0.075 in.)

1.95 m m (0.077 in.)
1.99 m m (0.078 in.)
(confd)
13-51
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Reassembly (cont'd)
16. R e m o v e t h e ball b e a r i n g a n d the 3 5 m m s h i m u s i n g
a p r e s s (see s t e p 3 on p a g e 13-45).
19. S e c u r e l y c l a m p the c o u n t e r s h a f t a s s e m b l y in a
b e n c h v i s e w i t h w o o d , b l o c k s (A).
17. Install the c o r r e c t 3 5 m m s h i m (A) a n d n e w ball

b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g t h e 40 m m i n n e r d r i v e r h a n d l e (C),
t h e 30 m m inner b e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t (D), a n d
a p r e s s (E).
NOTE:
* If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the 3 5 m m s h i m w i t h the
correct o n e s e l e c t e d in s t e p 15.
* M a k e s u r e the ball b e a r i n g is i n s t a l l e d in the
correct direction.
20. T i g h t e n the n e w s p e c i a l bolt (B) (left-hand t h r e a d s ) ,

N O T E : A p p l y n e w M T F to the bolt t h r e a d s a n d
flange.
18. C h e c k the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the b e a r i n g a n d the

35 m m s h i m with a feeler gauge.
13-52
00
Synchro Sleeve and Hub Inspection
and Reassembly
Synchro Ring and Gear Inspection

1. I n s p e c t t h e s y n c h r o r i n g s for s c o r i n g , c r a c k s , a n d
d a m a g e (A).
1. I n s p e c t t h e g e a r teeth on all s y n c h r o h u b s a n d
s y n c h r o s l e e v e s for w e a r ( r o u n d e d off c o r n e r s ) .
2 . Install e a c h s y n c h r o h u b (A) in its m a t i n g s y n c h r o
s l e e v e (B), a n d c h e c k for f r e e m o v e m e n t . IVSake
s u r e to m a t c h t h e t h r e e s e t s of l o n g e r teeth (C)
(120 d e g r e e s apart) on the s y n c h r o s l e e v e with the
t h r e e s e t s of d e e p e r g r o o v e s ID) in the s y n c h r o h u b .
NOTE;
* Do not install t h e s y n c h r o s l e e v e with its l o n g e r
teeth In the 1st/2nd a n d 5th s y n c h r o h u b s l o t s (E)
b e c a u s e it w i l l d a m a g e the s p r i n g ring.
* If r e p l a c e m e n t is r e q u i r e d , a l w a y s r e p l a c e the
s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d s y n c h r o hub a s a set.
Example of synchro ring
GOOD
teeth
WORN
2. I n s p e c t t h e i n s i d e of e a c h s y n c h r o ring (B) for w e a r .

I n s p e c t t h e teeth (C) o n e a c h s y n c h r o ring for w e a r
( r o u n d e d off)-.
3. I n s p e c t t h e teeth (A) o n e a c h s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d
m a t c h i n g teeth on e a c h g e a r for w e a r ( r o u n d e d off).
E x a m p l e o f s y n c h r o sfeew teeth a n d g e a r t e e t h
GOOD
WORM
(cont'd)
13-53
Manual Transmission
Synchro Ring and Gear Inspection (cont'd)
4* I n s p e c t the s y n c h r o teeth o n g e a r for s c o r i n g ,
c r a c k s , a n d d a m a g e (A).
5. Inspect the thrust s u r f a c e (B) o n e a c h g e a r h u b for
S y n c h r o ring-to-gear
wear.
6. Inspect the c o n e s u r f a c e (C) o n e a c h g e a r h u b for
wear and roughness.
7. I n s p e c t the teeth on all g e a r s (D) for u n e v e n w e a r ,
scoring, and cracks.
8. C o a t the c o n e s u r f a c e of e a c h g e a r w i t h M T F , a n d
p l a c e its s y n c h r o ring o n it. Rotate the s y n c h r o ring,
m a k i n g s u r e that it d o e s not s l i p .
9. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h g e a r (A) a n d
its s y n c h r o ring (B) all a r o u n d the g e a r . Hold the
s y n c h r o ring a g a i n s t the g e a r e v e n l y w h i l e
m e a s u r i n g the c l e a r a n c e . If the c l e a r a n c e is l e s s
t h a n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the s y n c h r o ring a n d
gear.
Synchro Ring-to-Gear Clearance
Standard:
Service Limit
0 . 7 0 1 . 4 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 in.)
0.4 m m 10=016 In.)
Doyfole C o n e S y n c h r o a n d T r i p l e Crt@ S y n c h r o - t o Gear Clearance

Standard:
: O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g (B) t o S y n c h r o C o n e (C)
0 . 7 0 - 1 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 4 7 in.)
: S y n c h r o C o n e (C) t G e a r (A)
0 . 5 0 - 1 . 0 4 m m ( 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 1 In.)
: O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g IB) t o G e a r (A)
0 . 9 5 - 1 . 6 8 m m ( 0 . 0 3 7 - 0 . 0 6 6 In.)
: 0.3 m m (0.012 In.)
: 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
(D: 0.6 m m (0.024 In.)
13-54
D o y b l e corte s y n c h r o a n d triple c o n e s y n c h r o - t o gear
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement

S p e c i a l T o o l s Recfyfred
3 . Drive in t h e n e w oil s e a l f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n s i d e
* Oil s e a l d r i v e r , 8 5 m m 0 7 J A D - P L 9 G 1 0 0
u s i n g t h e 15 x 1 3 5 L d r i v e r h a n d l e (A) a n d t h e
* A d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller, 2 0 4 0 m m 0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 B
42 x 47 m m b e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t (Bh
* B e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t , 42 x 47 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 3 0 0
* Driver h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
* Slide h a m m e r , 3/8"-16 UMF commercially available
1, R e m o v e t h e ball b e a r i n g (A) f r o m the c l u t c h
h o u s i n g (B) u s i n g the 2 0 4 0 mm a d j u s t a b l e
b e a r i n g puller {) a n d a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
3 / 8 " - 1 6 UMF s l i d e h a m m e r (D).
4. D r i v e in the n e w ball b e a r i n g (A) f r o m the

t r a n s m i s s i o n s i d e u s i n g t h e 6 5 m m oil s e a l d r i v e r
(B).
2, R e m o v e t h e oil s e a l IA) f r o m the c l u t c h h o u s i n g . B e

c a r e f u l w h e n r e m o v i n g the oil s e a l s o the c l u t c h
h o u s i n g is not damaged,
13-55
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Bearing Replacement
3. Position oil g u i d e plate C a n d t h e n e w n e e d l e

* Oil s e a l driver, 6 5 m m 0 7 J A D - P L 9 0 1 0 0
b e a r i n g (A) in the bore of the c l u t c h h o u s i n g (B).
* A d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller, 2 0 4 0 m m 0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 B
* S l i d e h a m m e r , 3/8"-16 UMF c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
1. R e m o v e the b e a r i n g s e t plate (A) f r o m the clutch
h o u s i n g (B).
4. Install the n e e d l e b e a r i n g u s i n g t h e 65 m m oil s e a l

driver (D).
5. Install the b e a r i n g s e t plate (A) w i t h bolts (B).
2. R e m o v e the n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A) u s i n g the
2 0 4 0 m m a d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller (B) a n d a
commercially available 3/8"-16 U N F slide h a m m e r
(D), then r e m o v e oil g u i d e plate C .
.C
13-56
Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment

2. T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the 28 m m s p r i n g w a s h e r (A) a n d
* Catch adapter 0 7 G A J - P G 2 0 1 1 0
the 2 8 m m w a s h e r (B) before installing t h e m on the
* Base adapter 0 7 G A J - P G 2 0 1 3 0
c l u t c h h o u s i n g s i d e ball b e a r i n g (C). Note the

installation direction of the s p r i n g w a s h e r .
1, R e m o v e the 72 m m s h i m (A) a n d oil g u i d e plate M

f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (B}
3. A s s e m b l e all of the m a i n s h a f t c o m p o n e n t s .
N O T E : R e f e r to t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w , a s n e e d e d ,
d u r i n g the a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 13-39).
4. Install the m a i n s h a f t a s s e m b l y into the clutch
housing.
5. P l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g o v e r the m a i n s h a f t
a n d onto the clutch h o u s i n g .
6. T i g h t e n t h e clutch a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g s w i t h
s e v e r a l 8 m m bolts.
N O T E : It is not n e c e s s a r y to u s e s e a l i n g a g e n t
b e t w e e n t h e h o u s i n g for this p r o c e d u r e .
7. Lightly tap o n the m a i n s h a f t w i t h a p l a s t i c h a m m e r .
(cont'd)
13-57
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)
8. A t t a c h the c a t c h a d a p t e r (A) a n d b a s e a d a p t e r (B) to
11. Z e r o a dial g a u g e (A) on the e n d of t h e m a i n s h a f t .
the mainshaft a s follows:

A
* B a c k out the c a t c h a d a p t e r bolt (C), a n d l o o s e n
O7GAJ-PG2011O
the t w o h e x bolts (D).

* Fit the holder o v e r t h e m a i n s h a f t s o its lip is
t o w a r d s the t r a n s m i s s i o n .
* A l i g n the c a t c h a d a p t e r Sip a r o u n d the g r o o v e at
the inside of the m a i n s h a f t s p l i n e s , then tighten
the hex bolts.
A
07GAJ-PG20110
07GAJ-PG20130
12. T u r n t h e c a t c h a d a p t e r bolt (B) c l o c k w i s e ; s t o p

t u r n i n g w h e n the dial g a u g e h a s r e a c h e d its
07GAJ-PG2O130
m a x i m u m m o v e m e n t T h e r e a d i n g on t h e dial
g a u g e is the a m o u n t of m a i n s h a f t t h r u s t c l e a r a n c e .
LL
9. F u l l y s e a t the m a i n s h a f t by t a p p i n g its e n d w i t h a
plastic h a m m e r .
10. T h r e a d the c a t c h a d a p t e r bolt in until it j u s t c o n t a c t s
the w i d e s u r f a c e of t h e b a s e a d a p t e r .
13-58
N O T E : Do not turn t h e c a t c h a d a p t e r bolt m o r e t h a n

60 d e g r e e s after the n e e d l e of the dial g a u g e s t o p s
moving. Applying more p r e s s u r e with the catch
a d a p t e r bolt c o u l d d a m a g e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .
0
13. If the r e a d i n g is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , the c l e a r a n c e
72 m m S h i m
is c o r r e c t If t h e r e a d i n g is not w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d ,
Type
Part Number
Thickness
select the appropriate s h i m n e e d e d from the table,
AA
23957-P21-000
1.38 m m (0.054 i n j
AB
23958-P21-000
1.41 m m (0.056 i n j
AC
23959-P21-000
1.44 m m (0,057 i n j
a n d recheck the thrust clearance,

S t a n d a r d : 0.110.17 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 7 I n j
{Example}
Measure
reading:
1,93 mm (0.076 in.)
S u b t r a c t t h e total c l e a r a n c e m e a s u r e m e n t f r o m the
AD
23960-P21-000
1,47 m m (0.058 i n j
AE
23961-P21-000
1.50 m m (0.059 i n j
AF
23962-P21-000
1.53 m m (0.060 i n j
AG
23963-P21-000
1.56 m m (0.061 in.)
AH
23964-P21-000
Al
23965-P21-000
1 3 9 m m (0.063 i n j
1.62 m m (0.064 in.)
m i d d l e of t h e c l e a r a n c e s t a n d a r d 0,14 m m
AJ
23966-P21-000
1.65 m m (0.065 I n j
(0,0056 i n j .
AK
23967-P21-000
1.68 m m (0.066 i n j
AL
23968-P21-000
1,93 0,14 ( 0 . 0 7 6 0 . 0 0 6 ) = 1,79 mm (0.070 in.)
AM
AN
23969-P21-000
23970-P21-000
S e l e c t t h e s h i m c l o s e s t to the a m o u n t c a l c u l a t e d ,
AO
23971-P21-000
for e x a m p l e t h e 1,80 m m (0.071 i n j s h i m .
AP
23972-PPP-J00
23973-PPP-J00
AG
AR
14. W i t h oil g u i d e plate fvl a n d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e s i z e

s h i m i n s t a l l e d in the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , c h e c k
AS
AT
t h e t h r u s t c l e a r a n c e a g a i n to v e r i f y t h e c l e a r a n c e is
A
B
1.80 m m (0,071 in.)

> m m (0.072 in J
, ; m m (0.073 in.)
1.89 m m (0.074 i n j
1.92 m m (0,076 i n j
1.95 m m (0.077 i n j
AW
AX
-23979-PPP-J00
2.04 m m (0.080 i n j
AY
23980-PPP-J00
2.07 m m (0.081 i n j
0.80 m m (0,024 i n j
AZ
0,63 m m (0.025 i n j
BA
. 2398T-PPP-J00
23982-PPP-J00
AV
Thickness
1.98 m m (0.078 in.)

2.01 m m (0.079 i n j
2.10 m m (0.083 in.)

2.13 m m (0.084 i n j .
23933-P21-000
0.66 m m (0,026 i n j
BB
23983-PPP-JG0
,2.16 m m (0.085 i n j
0,69 m m (0.027 i n j
23984-PPP-J00
2.19 m m (0.086 i n j
0.72 m m (0,028 i n j
BC
BD
F
G
23936-P21-000
23937-P21-00O
0,75 m m (0.030 i n j
0,78 m m (0,031 in.)
23985-PPP-J00
23986-PPP-J00
2.25 m m (0.089 i n j
23938-P21-000
0,81 m m (0.032 i n j
23939-P21-000
0.84 m m (0.033 i n j
J
K
L
23940-P21-000
23941-P21-000
23942-P21-000
23943-P21-000
0.87 m m (0.034 i n j
0,90 m m (0,035 i n j
0.93 m m (0.037 i n j
M
N
O
P
Q
1.77 m m (0.070 i n j
23934-P21-000
23935-P21-G00
r c ~ ~
23931-P21-000
23932-P21-000
1.74 m m (0.069 i n j
23976-PPP-J00
23977-PPP-J00
23978-PPP-J00
within the standard.

72 m m S h i m
Type
Part N u m b e r
23974-PPP-J00
23975-PPP-J00
1.71 m m (0.067 in.)

.
23944-P21-000
23945-P21-000
0,96 m m (0,038 i n j
0,99 m m (0.039 i n j
1.02 m m (0.040 i n j
23946-P21-000
23947-P21-000
1,05 m m (0,041 in.)

1,08 m m (0.043 i n j
R"
23948-P21-000
1,11 m m (0,044 i n j
23949-P21-000
1.14 m m (0.045 i n j
23950-P21-000
1.17 m m (0.046 i n j
U
V
23951-P21-000
1.20 m m (0.047 in.)
23952-P21-000
1.23 m m (0.048 in J
23953-P21-000
1.26 m m (0.050 i n j
23954-P21-000
1,29 m m (0,051 i n j
23955-P21-000
1.32 m m (0.052 in.)
23956-P21-000
1 3 5 m m (0.053 I n j
BE
2.22 m m (0.087 in.)
13-59
M a n u a l Transmission
Transmission Reassembly
N O T E : Prior to r e a s s e m b l y , c l e a n all parts in s o l v e n t
4. install the r e v e r s e shift fork (A).
dry t h e m , a n d a p p l y M T F to a n y c o n t a c t s u r f a c e s .
6 x 1 . 0 mm
15 N-m (1.5 kgf-m, 11 Ibf-ft)
1. Install the m a g n e t (A) a n d differential a s s e m b l y (B).

N O T E : C l e a n the m a g n e t a n y t i m e the t r a n s m i s s i o n
is d i s a s s e m b l e d .
5. Install the r e v e r s e idler g e a r (A) a n d the r e v e r s e

idler g e a r shaft (B) by a l i g n i n g the m a r k (C) on the
clutch h o u s i n g w i t h the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft
hole (D).
2. Install the 28 m m s p r i n g w a s h e r (A) a n d the 28 m m

w a s h e r (B) o v e r t h e ball b e a r i n g (C). Note the
installation direction of the s p r i n g w a s h e r .
3. A p p l y v i n y l t a p e to the m a i n s h a f t s p l i n e s (D) to
protect the s e a l , Install the m a i n s h a f t a s s e m b l y (E)
a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t a s s e m b l y (F) w i t h the shift
fork a s s e m b l y (G), a s a n a s s e m b l y .
13-60
8, Install t h e r e v e r s e lock c a m {Ah
8. S e l e c t - t h e p r o p e r size 72 m m s h i m (A) a c c o r d i n g to
the m e a s u r e m e n t s m a d e d u r i n g the M a i n s h a f t
T h r u s t C l e a r a n c e A d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 13-57).
install the oil gutter plate (B), oil g u i d e plate M, a n d
t h e 7 2 m m s h i m into t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (C).
7. Install t h e baffle plate (A).
9. C l e a n a n y dirt or oil f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g

sealing surface.
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 e v e n l y to the c l u t c h
- h o u s i n g m a t i n g surface-of t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g . Install t h e c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of
a p p l y i n g t h e liquid g a s k e t . .
NOTE:
* If-apply liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
liquid g a s k e t r e m o v e t h e o l d liquid g a s k e t a n d
(confd)
13-61
Manual Transmission
Transmission Reassembly (cont'd)
11. Install the t h r e e 14 x 20 m m d o w e l p i n s (A).

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , o r 08718-0009) to the
t h r e a d s of the 32 m m s e a l i n g c a p , a n d install it o n
16. Install t h e 8 m m f l a n g e bolts finger-tight w i t h
t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r A a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r B.
12. S e t the t a p e r e d c o n e ring (B) a s s h o w n . P l a c e t h e

transmission housing on the clutch housing,
m a k i n g s u r e to line up the s h a f t s .
17. T i g h t e n the 8 mm" f l a n g e bolts in a c r i s s c r o s s

pattern in s e v e r a l s t e p s .
13. W h i l e e x p a n d i n g t h e 72 m m s n a p ring (C) on t h e

c o u n t e r s h a f t ball b e a r i n g u s i n g s n a p ring p l i e r s ,
p u s h the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g d o w n to start the
c o u n t e r s h a f t ball b e a r i n g t h r o u g h t h e s n a p ring.
R e l e a s e the p l i e r s , a n d p u s h d o w n t h e h o u s i n g until
it b o t t o m s a n d the s n a p ring s n a p s in p l a c e in the
c o u n t e r s h a f t ball b e a r i n g s n a p ring g r o o v e .
N O T E : Install the 3 2 m m s e a l i n g c a p (D) after
setting in the 7 2 m m s n a p ring.
14. M a k e s u r e t h e 7 2 m m s n a p ring (A) is s e c u r e l y
s e a t e d in t h e g r o o v e of the c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g .
Dimension a s installed: 3 3 6 . 0 m m
( 0 . 1 3 - 0 . 2 4 in.)
13-62
Specified! T o r q u e :
8x1,25 mm
27 N-m (2.8 k g f - m , 2 0 Ibf-ft)
18. C l e a n a n y dirt or oil f r o m t h e c h a n g e l e v e r

assembly sealing surface.
22,
Install t h e filler p l u g (A) with a n e w w a s h e r fingertight, a n d install the d r a i n plug (B) a n d t h e 10 m m

f l a n g e bolt (C) w i t h n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r s (D).
19, A p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , o r 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 e v e n l y to t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e c h a n g e
l e v e r a s s e m b l y , Install the c o m p o n e n t within
B
39 N-m
5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g t h e liquid g a s k e t .
NOTE:
* If a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
* If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e
M 1.0 mm
1 2 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
23. A p p l y t h e M T F to t h e n e w O-ring ( E ) , a n d Install t h e

n e w O - r i n g , t h e plain w a s h e r (F), a n d t h e output
shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r ( G ) .
24. Install t h e s t e e l balls (A), t h e s p r i n g s (B), t h e detent
_..
20.
Liquid gasket
bolts (D) w i t h n e w 12 m m s e a l i n g w a s h e r s ( E h
install t h e 8 x 1 4 m m d o w e l p i n s (A) a n d t h e c h a n g e
l e v e r a s s e m b l y (B).
44 N-m
6x1.0 m m
12 N - m C O k g f m , 8 , 7 lbf.ft)
(4.5 k g f - m ,
33 Ibf-ft)
25.
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 ) to t h e
t h r e a d s of t h e Interlock bolt (C), a n d install it o n t h e
transmission housing.
44 N - m
(4.5 kgf-m,
33 Ibf-ft)
29 N-m
(3.0 kg!-in,
22 Ibf-ft)
Install t h e 20 m m bolt (F) w i t h t h e n e w 20 m m

sealing w a s h e r (G), a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n hanger C .

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 08718-0009) to t h e
t h r e a d s of the b a c k - u p light s w i t c h (H), a n d install it
in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
13-63
Manual Transmission
Gearshift Mechanism Replacement
N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u
h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r h a n d s or g l o v e s .
LOCK PINS
13-64
Shift Lewer Housing Replacement

K T C trim tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
* : Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
4. U n l o c k t h e retainer (A).
NOTE:
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C trim tool s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components,
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ,
d a s h b o a r d , a n d related parts.
1 . R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l f s e e p a g e 20-146).
2, R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s .
5. Rotate the s o c k e t holder retainer (B)

c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (C) until it s t o p s , a n d p u s h the
retainer lock (D) into the s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer to
lock the retainer.
8, S l i d e the s o c k e t holder ( E ) , a n d t h e shift c a b l e (F)
out of the shift c a b l e bracket (G). Do not r e m o v e the
shift c a b l e b y pulling the shift c a b l e g u i d e (H).
3. R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A), the w a s h e r (B), a n d the
bolts,
7. R e m o v e the shift lever a s s e m b l y (A) f r o m the shift

c a b l e (B) a n d the s e l e c t c a b l e (C).
(confd)
13-65
Manual Transmission
Shift Lever Housing Replacement (cont'd)
8. A l i g n the s o c k e t h o l d e r (A) on the shift c a b l e s (B)
w i t h the siot in the bracket b a s e ( C ) , t h e n s l i d e the
9. Install the bolts, the w a s h e r (A), a n d the cotter pin

(B), t h e n b e n d the cotter pin e n d s .
h o l d e r into the b a s e . Install t h e shift c a b l e e n d s (D)

to t h e shift lever a s s e m b l y (E) t h e n install t h e shift
N O T E : Y o u c a n install the cotter pin f r o m either
lever a s s e m b l y .
direction.
x 1.25 m m
22 N-m (2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)
N O T E : W h e n installing the shift c a b l e (shift lever

s i d e ) , position the s e r r a t e d s i d e (F) f a c i n g up.
'
8 x 1.25 m m
2 2 N - m ( 2 . 2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
10. Install the h a r n e s s c l a m p s .
11. Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-146).
13-66
M/T Differential
IPS
13-67
M/T '-Differential
Backlash Inspection
Differential Carrier, Final Driven

Gear Replacement
1. P l a c e t h e differential a s s e m b l y o n V - b l o c k s (A), a n d
install the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (B) a n d the left
1. L o o s e n the bolts in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern i n s e v e r a l
d r i v e s h a f t (C).
s t e p s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e bolts a n d the final d r i v e n

g e a r (A) f r o m the differential c a r r i e r (B).
1 1 x 1 . 0 m m (10)
1 2 1 N-m (12.3 k g f - m , 8 9 . 0 I b f - f t )
2. M e a s u r e the b a c k l a s h of both pinion g e a r s ID) w i t h

a dial indicator ( E ) . If t h e b a c k l a s h is not w i t h i n the
s t a n d a r d , c h e c k t h e differential c a r r i e r c o n d i t i o n ,
a n d r e p l a c e it if n e c e s s a r y .
Standard (New):
0.028-0.103 mm
{ 0 . 0 0 1 1 - 0 . 0 0 4 1 in.)
2. Install the final d r i v e n g e a r w i t h the c h a m f e r o n the

Inside d i a m e t e r f a c i n g the c a r r i e r . T i g h t e n the bolts
In a c r i s s c r o s s pattern in s e v e r a l s t e p s .
13-68
Carrier Bearing Replacement

S p e c i a l Tudte Required
loner d r i v e r h a n d l e , 4 0 m m 0 7 7 4 8 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0
1, C h e c k the c a r r i e r b e a r i n g s for w e a r a n d r o u g h
rotation, Sf t h e y rotate s m o o t h l y a n d their rollers
s h o w n o s i g n s of w e a r , the b e a r i n g s a r e O K .
3. Install t h e n e w b e a r i n g s (A) w i t h t h e 40 m m inner .

" d r i v e r h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C). P r e s s o n e a c h
b e a r i n g until it bottoms. T h e r e s h o u l d b e no
c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e bearings
a n d t h e differential
carrier,
N O T E : P l a c e t h e s e a l (D) part of t h e b e a r i n g
2, R e m o v e t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g s (A) w i t h a
t o w a r d s t h e o u t s i d e of t h e differential, t h e n Install It.
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e b e a r i n g puller (B).
13-69
M/T Differential
Oil Seal Replacement
* Driver h a n d l e , 15 x 135L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Oil s e a l d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 0 7 N A D - P 2 0 A 1 G 0
3. Install the n e w oil s e a l in the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g

w i t h the 15 x 135L d r i v e r h a n d l e (A) a n d the oil s e a l
driver a t t a c h m e n t (B).
1. R e m o v e the oil s e a l (A) f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n

h o u s i n g IB).
N O T E : B e careful not to d a m a g e the t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g w h i l e r e m o v i n g the oil s e a l s .
4. Install the n e w oil s e a l in the c l u t c h h o u s i n g w i t h

the 15 x 135L driver h a n d l e (A) a n d the oil s e a l
driver a t t a c h m e n t (B).
2. R e m o v e the oil s e a l (A) f r o m the c l u t c h h o u s i n g (B).
13-70
IP
Differential Thrust Clearance Adjustment
Inner d r i v e r h a n d l e , 40 m m 0 7 7 4 8 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0
1 . R e m o v e the left d r i v e s h a f t s i d e oil s e a l f r o m the
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e 13-70).
4. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g onto the clutch

h o u s i n g , t h e n tighten the 8 m m f l a n g e bolts in a
c r i s s c r o s s pattern in s e v e r a l s t e p s ( s e e s t e p 17 o n
p a g e 13-62).
Specified Torque:
2. if y o u r e m o v e d the 80 m m s h i m f r o m the
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , reinstall the s a m e s i z e d
shim,
8 x 1.25
mm
27 Mm {2.8 k g f - m , 2 0 Ibf-ft)
5. ' U s e t h e 40 m m inner driver h a n d l e to b o t t o m the
differential a s s e m b l y in the clutch h o u s i n g .
00746-0030100
2, Install the differential a s s e m b l y into the clutch

housing.
6. M e a s u r e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 80 m m s h i m a n d the
b e a r i n g outer r a c e in the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
S t a n d a r d : 00.10 m m (00.0039 in.)
(confd)
13-71
M/T Differential
Differential Thrust Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)
7. If the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s t a n d a r d , s e l e c t a n e w
80 m m s h i m f r o m the f o l l o w i n g table. If the
c l e a r a n c e m e a s u r e d in s t e p 6 is within the s t a n d a r d ,
g o t o step 10.
80 m m S h i m
Fart Mumber
Type
A
41441-PL3-B00
B
41442-PL3-B00
c E
F
41443-PL3-B00
41444-PL3-B00
41445-PL3-B00
41446-PL3-B00
41447-PL3-B00
H
J
41448-PL3-B00
K
L
IW1
N
41449-PL3-B00
41450-PL3-B00
41451-PL3-BQ0
41452-PL3-B00
41453-PL3-B00
41454-PL3-B00
41455-PL3-B00
R
S
41456-PL3-B00
41457-PL3-B00
Thickness
1.00 m m (0.039 in.)
1.10 m m (0.043 in.)
1.20 m m (0.047 in.)
1.30 m m (0.051 in.)
1.40 m m (0.055 in.)
1.50 m m (0.059 in.)
1.60 m m (0.063 in.)
1.70 m m (0.067 in.)
1.80 m m (0.071 in.)
1.05 m m (0.041 in.)
1.15 m m (0.045 in.)
1.25 m m (0.049 in.)
1.35 m m (0.053 in.)
1.45 m m (0.057 in.)
1.55 m m (0.061 In.)
1.65 m m (0.065 in.)
1.75 m m (0.069 in.)
8. R e m o v e the bolts a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
9. R e p l a c e the thrust s h i m s e l e c t e d in s t e p 1 then
r e c h e c k the c l e a r a n c e .
(
10. Install the n e w left d r i v e s h a f t s i d e oil s e a l to the

11. Reinstall the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
13-72
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT S Y S T E M (SRS) (If automatic transmission maintenance is

required)
T h e A c c o r d S R S I n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g in the s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g In the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the
g l o v e b o x , s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s in the front s e a t belt retractors, s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s in the s i d e s of the r o o t a n d s i d e
a i r b a g s in t h e front s e a t - b a c k s . Information n e c e s s a r y to s a f e l y s e r v i c e t h e S R S is i n c l u d e d in t h i s S e r v i c e M a n u a l ,
I t e m s m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) o n t h e c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e or a r e l o c a t e d n e a r S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or r e p l a c i n g t h e s e stems r e q u i r e s s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a n d t o o l s , a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d
Honda dealer,
* T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g t h e S R S i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury or d e a t h in the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

or s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a deafer.
* I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , i n c l u d i n g i n c o r r e c t r e m o v a l a n d installation of the S R S , c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury
c a u s e d b y unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of the a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , a n d / o r s i d e curtain a i r b a g s .
* Do not b u m p or i m p a c t t h e S R S unit, front i m p a c t s e n s o r s , s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r s , or rear s a f i n g s e n s o r w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h is in O N III), or for at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s after the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , t h e
s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , or t h e a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
* S R S e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t o r s a r e identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . R e l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s are located in the s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e g l o v e b o x , in the front s e a t s ,
in t h e roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d t h e floor. Do not u s e electrical test e q u i p m e n t on t h e s e circuits.
A / T Interlock System
Special Tools
General Troubleshooting Information ......
D T C Troubleshooting Index .......................
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Index .............
S y s t e m Description
DTC Troubleshooting
Road Test
Stall S p e e d Test
Pressure Test
Shift Solenoid Valve T e s t
Shift Solenoid Valve and Shift Solenoid
Wire Harness Replacement
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid
Valve
Solenoid Valve A Test
Solenoid Valve A Replacement .............
Solenoid Valve B T e s t
Solenoid-Valve B Replacement .............
Solenoid Valve C T e s t
Solenoid Valve C Replacement
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) S p e e d S e n s o r
.Replacement
Output Shaft (Countershaft) S p e e d S e n s o r
Replacement
2nd Clutch T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid P r e s s u r e
Switch Replacement
3rd Clutch T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid Pressure
Switch Replacement
A T F Temperature S e n s o r
Test/Replacement ...................................
A T F Level Check
A T F Replacement
T r a n s m i s s i o n R e m o v a l ..............................
T r a n s m i s s i o n Installation
Drive Plate R e m o v a l and Installation ........
A T F Cooler Cleaning ...................................
A T F Cooler Hose Replacement
A T F Filter Replacement
Shift Lever Removal
Shift Lever Installation
Shift Lever D i s a s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y ......
Shift Cable Replacement ............................
Shift Cable Adjustment
14-2
14-4
14-10
14-14
14-25
14-26
14-79
14-206
14-208
14-209
14-212
14-216
14-218
14-220
14-221
14-225
14-223
14-225
14-226
14-226
14-227
14-227
14-228
14-230
14-231
14-232
14-243
14-257
14-258
14-260
14-261
14-262
14-264
14-267
14-269
14-272
A / T Gear Position Indicator

14-276
Circuit Diagram
14-277
T r a n s m i s s i o n Range Switch T e s t .............. 14-278
T r a n s m i s s i o n Range Switch
Replacement
14-280
A / T G e a r Position Indicator Panel
Light H a r n e s s Replacement
14-282

. 14-287
Circuit Diagram
14-288
Shift Lock S y s t e m Circuit
Troubleshooting
14-289
* Key Interlock S y s t e m Circuit
Troubleshooting
14-294
* Key Interlock Solenoid Test
14-295
Shift Lock Solenoid Test
14-296
Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement
14-297
Shift Lock Stop, Shift Lock Stop Cushion
Replacement
,
-14-299
Shift Lock Release, Release S p r i n g , and
Release Shaft Replacement
14-300
Park Pin Switch T e s t
14-301
Park Pin Switch Replacement
14-302
Transmission End Cower

E n d C o v e r Removal
Park Lever Stop
Inspection and Adjustment ....................
Idler G e a r Shaft Bearing Replacement .....
Selector Control Shaft Oil S e a l
Replacement
.................................
Selector Control Shaft Bearing
Replacement
A T F Feed Pipe Replacement
E n d Cover Installation
14-307
14-309
14-309
14-310
14-310
14-311
14-367
Transmission Housing
Housing and Shaft A s s e m b l y Removal ....
Bearing Removal ........................................
Bearing Installation
Reverse Idler G e a r
Shaft A s s e m b l y and Housing
Installation
14-312
14-315
14-316
14-317
14-362
Valwe Body
Valve Body and A T F Strainer R e m o v a l ....
Valve Body Repair
Valve Body Valve Installation ....................
Main Valve Body D i s a s s e m b l y , Inspection,
and R e a s s e m b l y
A T F P u m p Inspection
Regulator Valve Body D i s a s s e m b l y ,
Inspection, and R e a s s e m b l y
S e r v o Body D i s a s s e m b l y , Inspection,
and R e a s s e m b l y ......................................
Shift Solenoid Valve
Valve Body and A T F Strainer
Installation ...............................................
14-318
14-320
14-321
14-322
14-323
14-324
14-325
14-326
14-360
Torque Converter Housing

Mainshaft Bearing and OiS S e a l
Replacement
.............................
Countershaft Bearing R e p l a c e m e n t ..........
S e c o n d a r y Shaft Bearing Replacement ...
Selector Control Shaft Oil S e a l
Replacement ...........................................
14-327
14-328
14-329
14-330
Shafts and Clutches

Mainshaft D i s a s s e m b l y , Inspection,
and R e a s s e m b l y ......................................
Mainshaft 5th G e a r Axial Clearance
Inspection ...............................................
Countershaft D i s a s s e m b l y , Inspection,
and R e a s s e m b l y ..................
...........
Countershaft R e v e r s e Selector Hub and
3rd G e a r R e m o v a l .................................
Countershaft 3rd G e a r and R e v e r s e
Selector Hub Installation .............:..
S e c o n d a r y Shaft D i s a s s e m b l y , Inspection,
a n d R e a s s e m b l y ..............
..................
S e c o n d a r y Shaft Idler G e a r
R e m o v a l a n d Installation ........................
S e c o n d a r y Shaft 2nd G e a r Axial Clearance
Inspection
S e c o n d a r y Shaft 1st G e a r Axial Clearance
Inspection ............................................
idler G e a r Shaft
R e m o v a l and installation ........................
Idler Gear/Idler G e a r Shaft
Replacement ............................................
Clutch D i s a s s e m b l y
Clutch Inspection
..............
Clutch Wave-plate P h a s e Difference
Inspection ....................................
Clutch C l e a r a n c e Inspection ......................
1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch R e a s s e m b l y ........
4th a n d 5th Clutch R e a s s e m b l y .................
14-331
14-332
14-334
14-335
14-336
14-337
14-338
14-333
14-340
14-342
14-343
14-344
14-348
14-349
14-350
14-353
14-357
A / T Differential
C o m p o n e n t Location Index .......................
Backlash inspection ...............................
Carrier Bearing Replacement ....................
Differential Carrier and Final Driven G e a r
Replacement ............................................
Oil S e a l Replacement .................................
Carrier Bearing Outer Race
Replacement
....................
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection ...........
14-374
14-374
14-375
14-375
14-376
14-377
14-378
Special Tools
Description
Tool Number
Ref. N o .
H o u s i n g Puller
1
1
A t t a c h m e n t 40 m m
C l u t c h Spring. C o m p r e s s o r S e t
A / T P r e s s u r e H o s e , 2,210 m m
A / T Pressure Hose Adapter
07MAJ-PY40120
07NAD-PX4G100
07QAD-P0A0100
07ZAE-PRP0100
A t t a c h m e n t , 42 m m L D .
Clutch C o m p r e s s o r Attachment
_ J
070AG-SJAA10S
14-2
1
1
Preload Inspection Tool

Oil S e a l Driver A t t a c h m e n t
07JAD-PH80101
07LAD-PW50601
07LAE-PX40000
Qty
1
M a i n s h a f t Holder
07GAB-PF50101
07HAC-PK40102
07HAJ-PK40201
07MAJ-PY4011A '
3
1
1
<D
1
1-
R e i No.
0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 B or G 7 7 3 8 - A 0 1 0 0 0 A
07746-0010100
07746-0010300
Tool
Number
0 7 4 0 8 - 0 0 2 0 4 0 0 or 0 7 4 0 8 - 0 0 2 0 4 0 1
Description
A / T Oil P r e s s u r e G a u g e S e t
A d j u s t a b l e B e a r i n g Puller, 25-40 m m
A t t a c h m e n t , 32 x 35 m m -
07746-0010400
07746-0010500
07746-0010800
Attachment
Attachment,
Attachment,
Attachment,
07746-001A800
07746-0030100
Attachment, 22 x 24 m m
D r i v e r H a n d l e , 40 m m I.D.
07749-0010000
Driver
42
52
62
72
x
x
x
x
47
55
68
75
mm
mm
mm
mm
Oil S e a l D r i v e r A t t a c h m e n t
07947-SD90101
Oil S e a l D r i v e r A t t a c h m e n t
G7947-ZVG0100
: M u s t b e u s e d w i t h c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e 3/8 " - 1 6 s l i d e h a m m e r .
Qty
T
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
14-3
A u t o m a t i c Transmission
How to Check for DTCs with the Honda
Diagnostic System (HDSJ
W h e n the p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) s e n s e s a n
a b n o r m a l i t y in the input or output s y s t e m / t h e D
indicator (A) in the g a u g e control m o d u l e (B) will
u s u a l l y blink.
If the D indicator or the m a l f u n c t i o n indicator l a m p

(MIL) h a s b e e n reported o n , or if a driveability p r o b l e m
is s u s p e c t e d , f o l l o w this p r o c e d u r e :
1. C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C . ( S e e the H D S u s e r ' s
m a n u a l for s p e c i f i c i n s t r u c t i o n s . )
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M a k e s u r e the
H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If It d o e s not, g o
to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
11-192).
3. S e l e c t A / T s y s t e m , a n d o b s e r v e the D T C in t h e
D T C s M E N U on the H D S s c r e e n .
4. R e c o r d the freeze data a n d the o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t s
for all fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s D T C s a n d A / T D T C s .
5. If there is a fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s D T C , first c h e c k the
fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e D T C .
6. C l e a r the D T C a n d the data.
W h e n the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) is c o n n e c t e d
to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r the
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d , it will indicate the
d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e ( D T C ) w h e n the ignition s w i t c h
is t u r n e d to O N (II) a n d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e m e n u is s e l e c t e d .
7. Drive the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s u n d e r the

s a m e c o n d i t i o n s a s t h o s e indicated b y the freeze
d a t a , a n d t h e n r e c h e c k for a D T C . If t h e A / T D T C
r e t u r n s , g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
If the D T C d o e s not return, t h e r e w a s a n
intermittent p r o b l e m within the c i r c u i t M a k e s u r e
all p i n s a n d t e r m i n a l s in the circuit a r e tight.
S f mptom Troubleshooting Versus DTC

Troubleshooting
S o m e s y m p t o m s will not trigger D T C s or c a u s e the D
indicator to blink. If t h e M I L w a s reported O N or t h e D
indicator h a s b e e n blinking, c h e c k for D T C s . Sf t h e
v e h i c l e h a s a n a b n o r m a l s y m p t o m , a n d t h e r e are no
D T C s s t o r e d , do the s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . C h e c k
the list of p r o b a b l e c a u s e ( s ) for the s y m p t o m , in t h e
s e q u e n c e listed, until y o u find the p r o b l e m .
14-4
H o w to C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e S C S M o d e
(retrieving t h e flash eodes)
If t h e D i n d i c a t o r a n d t h e M I L c o m e on at the- s a m e t i m e ,
or if a drivability p r o b l e m is s u s p e c t e d , f o l l o w t h i s
procedure:
M O T E : T i l e p r e f e r r e d m e t h o d i s to u s e t h e H D S to
retrieve the D T C s .
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the D L C . ( S e e t h e H D S u s e r ' s
m a n u a l for s p e c i f i c instructions.)
W h e n t h e P C M s e n s e s a n a b n o r m a l i t y in.the input o r
output s y s t e m , t h e D i n d i c a t o r (A) in t h e g a u g e control
m o d u l e IB) will u s u a l l y blink.
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II). M a k e s u r e t h e
H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If it d o e s not, g o
to t h e D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
11-192).
3. S e l e c t S C S m o d e , t h e n o b s e r v e t h e D indicator in
t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e . C o d e s 1 t h r o u g h 9 a r e
i n d i c a t e d by individual s h o r t blinks. C o d e 10 a n d
a b o v e a r e indicated, by a s e r i e s of long a n d s h o r t
blinks. O n e long blink e q u a l s 10 s h o r t blinks. A d d
the long a n d s h o r t blinks together to d e t e r m i n e t h e
code.
E M a m p I e : D T C P 0 7 0 5 (51
S h o r t blinks (five!
OH
W h e n t h e D indicator h a s b e e n r e p o r t e d o n , c o n n e c t t h e
H D S to t h e D L C (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e
d a s h b o a r d , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), s e l e c t
S C S m o d e , t h e n t h e D Indicator will indicate (flash) t h e
DTC.
OFF
E x a m p l e : D T C P0717 (15)
LTU
L o n g b l i n k ( o n c e ) Short b l i n k s ( l i v e )
OFF
10
15
4. R e c o r d all fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s D T C s a n d A / T D T C s .
5. If t h e r e is a fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s D T C , first c h e c k t h e
fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e D T C .
6. C l e a r t h e D T C a n d t h e data.
7. D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s u n d e r t h e
s a m e conditions a s those indicated by the freeze
d a t a , a n d t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C s . If t h e A / T D T C
r e t u r n s , g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . .
If t h e D T C d o e s not return, t h e r e w a s a n
intermittent p r o b l e m w i t h i n t h e c i r c u i t M a k e s u r e
all p i n s a n d t e r m i n a l s in the circuit a r e tight.
(confd)
14-5
How t Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM
Connectors
4. W h e n d i a g n o s i s / t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is d o n e at the
P C M c o n n e c t o r , u s e the t e r m i n a l test port (A) a b o v e
the t e r m i n a l y o u n e e d to c h e c k .
N O T E : T h e P C M o v e r w r i t e s data a n d m o n i t o r s the E V A P
s y s t e m for about 40 m i n u t e s after the ignition s w i t c h is
t u r n e d to L O C K (0). J u m p i n g the S C S Sine after turning
the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) c a n c e l s t h i s f u n c t i o n .
D i s c o n n e c t i n g the P C M d u r i n g t h i s f u n c t i o n , without
j u m p i n g the S C S line first, c a n d a m a g e the P C M .
D
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m,
7.2
Ibf-ft)
5. C o n n e c t o n e s i d e of the patch c o r d s (A) t e r m i n a l s to

a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e digital m u l t i m e t e r (B),
a n d c o n n e c t the other s i d e of the patch c o r d
t e r m i n a l s to a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e b a n a n a j a c k
( P o m o n a E l e c t r o n i c s T o o l No. 3 5 6 3 or e q u i v a l e n t )
(C).
3. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C .
c
N O T E : P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C h a v e s y m b o l s
(A=n,
B = A , C = 0 ) e m b o s s e d o n t h e m for
identification.
6. G e n t l y insert the pin p r o b e ( m a l e ) into the t e r m i n a l

test port f r o m the t e r m i n a l s i d e . Do not f o r c e the
tips into the t e r m i n a l s .
* F o r a c c u r a t e r e s u l t s , a l w a y s u s e the pin
p r o b e (male).
* T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s , d o not i n s e r t test e q u i p m e n t
p r o b e s , p a p e r c l i p s , or other s u b s t i t u t e s a s
t h e y c a n d a m a g e the t e r m i n a l s . D a m a g e d
t e r m i n a l s c a u s e a poor c o n n e c t i o n a n d a n
incorrect m e a s u r e m e n t
* D o not p u n c t u r e the i n s u l a t i o n o n a w i r e .
P u n c t u r e s c a n c a u s e poor or intermittent
electrical c o n n e c t i o n s .
14-6
Clear A/T DTCs Procedure

1. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C (A) located u n d e r t h e
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d .
How to End a Troybleshooting Session

(reqyired after any troubleshooting}
N O T E : R e s e t t h e P C M w i t h the H D S w h i l e the e n g i n e is
stopped.
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t for
30 s e c o n d s .
3 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d
d i s c o n n e c t the H D S f r o m t h e D L C .
4. D o the P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
5. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P or N, a n d
w a r m ft up to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the
radiator f a n c o m e s on).
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N 111).

3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M . If
it d o e s not, g o to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 11-1921
6. T o verify that the p r o b l e m is r e p a i r e d , test-drive the

v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s at s p e e d s o v e r 31 m p h
(50 k m / h ) or u n d e r the s a m e c o n d i t i o n s a s t h o s e
indicated by the freeze data.
4. C l e a r t h e D T C ( s ) o n the H D S s c r e e n ,
OBD Status
T h e O B D s t a t u s s h o w s the c u r r e n t s y s t e m s t a t u s of
e a c h D T C a n d all of t h e p a r a m e t e r s . T h i s function is
u s e d to s e e if the t e c h n i c i a n ' s repair w a s s u c c e s s f u l l y
c o m p l e t e d . T h e r e s u l t s of d i a g n o s t i c t e s t s for the D T C
are displayed a s :
* P A S S E D : The on-board diagnosis has successfully
completed,
* F A I L E D : T h e on-board d i a g n o s i s h a s f i n i s h e d but
failed.
* N O T C O M P L E T E D : T h e on-board diagnosis w a s
r u n n i n g but Is out of the e n a b l e c o n d i t i o n s of the D T C .
(cont'd)
Substituting the PCM

H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m ( H D S ) tablet tester
7. Do the battery r e m o v a l ' p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) a n d an iN workstation"

w i t h H D S a n d C M update s o f t w a r e
* G N A 6 0 0 a n d an IN w o r k s t a t i o n w i t h H D S a n d C M
N O T E : U s e t h i s p r o c e d u r e w h e n y o u h a v e to substitute
a known-good P C M during a troubleshooting procedure.
9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C , t h e n
r e m o v e the P C M a s s e m b l y (E).
N O T E : P C M c o n n e c t o r s A, B, a n d C h a v e s y m b o l s
(A=D, B=A
C = 0 ) e m b o s s e d on t h e m for
"
identification.
A
10. R e m o v e the c o v e r (A) a n d the bracket (B) f r o m the
3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M . If
it d o e s not, g o to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 11-192). If y o u a r e returning f r o m D L C
circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , s k i p s t e p s 5 a n d 6, a n d t h e n
c l e a n the throttle b o d y after substituting the P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-359).
4. S e l e c t the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h the H D S .
5. S e l e c t the E T C S T E S T , t h e n s e l e c t the T P P O S I T I O N
C H E C K , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s .
N O T E : If the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
c o n t i n u e this p r o c e d u r e .
14-8
P C M (C).
11, Install a k n o w n - g o o d P C M In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
Failure Reproduction Technique
removal,
M a k e s u r e to f o l l o w t h e s e points w h i l e the v e h i c l e is
12, D o the battery Installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
r a i s e d o n a lift for the test-drive.
22-90),
* D i s a b l e the V S A by p r e s s i n g the V S A O F F s w i t c h .
M O T E : W h i l e d o i n g the battery installation
V S A D T C s m a y c o m e on w h e n t e s t - d r i v i n g o n a lift. Sf
the V S A D T C ( s ) c o m e o n , c l e a r the D T C f s ) w i t h the
p r o c e d u r e , d o not start the e n g i n e ,
HDS.
13, T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h t o O N 111).
N O T E : D T C P 0 6 3 0 "VIM Not P r o g r a m m e d or
M i s m a t c h " m a y be s t o r e d b e c a u s e the V I N h a s not
b e e n p r o g r a m m e d Into t h e P C M ; i g n o r e i t a n d
continue this procedure,
14, M a n u a l l y input t h e V I N to t h e P C M w i t h the H D S .
15, S e l e c t t h e I M M O B I S Y S T E M w i t h t h e H D S ,
18, E n t e r t h e i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e u s i n g t h e P C M
r e p l a c e m e n t p r o c e d u r e in the H D S ; t h i s a l l o w s y o u
to start t h e e n g i n e .
17. U p d a t e t h e P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215),
18. R e s e t t h e PCM: w i t h the H D S .
19. l i t h e T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K failed in s t e p 5 c l e a n
#

2 0 . Do the P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
21. Do t h e C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 11-5).
14-9
N O T E : B e f o r e you t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data and any o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w G e n e r a l
T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
DTC
Two Drive
D
Indicator
Det@tion
Blinks
P 0 6 2 F (0) '
Page
Detection item
MIL
. -ON or
OFF*
( 3 )
Powertrairi Control M o d u l e ( P C M ) Internal

Control M o d u l e K e e p A l i v e M e m o r y
( s e e p a g e 14-79)
(KAM)
Error
P 0 7 0 5 (5)*
P0706 ( 6 )
(2)
P0711 (28)*
P0712(28)*
P0713(28)
P0717(15)
(2)
(2)
M 2 )
P0731 (64)
P0732 (64)
P 0 7 3 3 (64)
P0734 (64)
P0735 (64)
P0741 (40)
P0747 (76)
S h o r t in T r a n s m i s s i o n R a n g e S w i t c h
Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input)
( s e e p a g e 14-80)
OFF
ON
O p e n In T r a n s m i s s i o n R a n g e S w i t c h
( s e e p a g e 14-90)
OFF
Circuit
P r o b l e m in A T F T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 14-93)
Circuit
S h o r t in A T F T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r C i r c u i t
O p e n in A T F T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r C i r c u i t
( s e e p a g e 14-95)
( s e e p a g e 14-97)
OFF
Blinks
ON
P r o b l e m In Input S h a f t (Mainshaft) S p e e d
( s e e p a g e 14-99)
Blinks
ON
S e n s o r Circuit
P r o b l e m in Input S h a f t (Masnshaft) S p e e d
S e n s o r C i r c u i t (No S i g n a l Input)
( s e e p a g e 14-99)
Blinks
ON
Input S h a f t (Mainshaft) S p e e d S e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 14-104)
ON
Intermittent F a i l u r e
P r o b l e m In Output S h a f t (Countershaft)
( s e e p a g e 14-109)
ON
S p e e d S e n s o r Circuit
P r o b l e m In O u t p u t S h a f t ( C o u n t e r s h a f t )
( s e e p a g e 14-109)
ON
S p e e d S e n s o r Circuit (No S i g n a l Input)

Output S h a f t (Countershaft) S p e e d S e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 14-114)
OFF
Intermittent F a i l u r e
P r o b l e m in 1st C l u t c h a n d 1st C l u t c h
( s e e p a g e 14-118)
OFF
H y d r a u l i c Circuit (1st G e a r Incorrect Ratio)

P r o b l e m in 2 n d C l u t c h a n d 2 n d C l u t c h
( s e e p a g e 14-120)
Blinks
Blinks
Blinks
o
o
o
o
o
Blinks
OFF
Blinks
Blinks
Blinks
,(2)
P0722 (9)*
14-10
(2)
(2)
ON
Blinks
M 2 )
P0718(15)*
P0723 ( 9 )
(2)
M 2 )
P0716(15)*'
P0721 ( 9 )
M 2 )
Blinks
Blinks
OFF
Blinks
OFF
Blinks
OFF
Blinks
OFF
H y d r a u l i c Circuit (2nd G e a r Incorrect Ratio)

P r o b l e m in 3rd C l u t c h a n d 3 r d C l u t c h
H y d r a u l i c Circuit (3rd G e a r Incorrect Ratio)
P r o b l e m in 4th C l u t c h a n d 4th C l u t c h
H y d r a u l i c C i r c u i t (4th G e a r Incorrect Ratio)
P r o b l e m in 5th C l u t c h a n d 5th C l u t c h
H y d r a u l i c Circuit (5th G e a r Incorrect Ratio)
Torque Converter Clutch Hydraulic Circuit
( s e e p a g e 14-121)
(see p a g e 14-123)
( s e e p a g e 14-124)
( s e e p a g e 14-126)
Stuck O F F
Blinks
ON
A / T C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d
Valve A Stuck ON
(see page"14-127)
00
OTC'
Two Drive
Cyele
Detection Item
D
Indicator
Page
Detection
o
o
o
o
o
o
P 0 7 5 2 (70)
P0756(71)
P0757 (71)
P0761 (72)
P0771 174)
P 0 7 7 6 (77)
P0777 (77)
Blinks
ON
Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A S t u c k O N
( s e e p a g e 14-129)
Blinks
Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B S t u c k O F F
Blinks
ON
ON
( s e e p a g e 14-130)
( s e e p a g e 14-130)
Blinks
Blinks
Blinks
ON
ON
ON
Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C S t u c k O F F
Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E S t u c k O F F
A / T Clutch P r e s s u r e Control Solenoid
Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B S t u c k O N
( s e e p a g e 14-132).
( s e e p a g e 14-133)
( s e e p a g e 14-135)
Valve B Stuck O F F
Blinks
ON
( s e e p a g e 14-135)
Valve B Stuck O N
PG78CM45)
P0796(78)
P 0 7 9 7 (78)
P0842
m r
P0843{25)*
P0847
mV<*
o
o
Blinks
Blinks
ON
ON
Shift Control S y s t e m
A / T C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d
Blinks
ON
( s e e p a g e 14-136)
( s e e p a g e 14-137) _
Valve C Stuck O F F
Valve C Stuck O N
S h o r t in 2 n d C l u t c h T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid
P r e s s u r e S w i t c h Circuit, or 2 n d C l u t c h
T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
ON
( s e e p a g e 14-137)
Blinks
ON
Blinks
ON
O p e n in 2 n d C l u t c h T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid
P r e s s u r e S w i t c h Circuit, or 2 n d C l u t c h
T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid P r e s s u r e Switch Stuck
OFF
( s e e p a g e 14-141)
Blinks
OFF
S h o r t in 3rd C l u t c h - T r a n s m i s s i o n F l u i d
( s e e p a g e 14-143)
( s e e p a g e 14-139)
Pressure S w i t c h C i r c u i t or 3rd Clutch

P 0 8 4 8 (2&V*>
Blinks
OFF
ON
O p e n in 3 r d C l u t c h T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid
( s e e p a g e 14-145)
P r e s s u r e S w i t c h Circuit, or 3 r d C l u t c h
OFF
NOTE:
* ft); T h e D T C i n p a r e n t h e s e s is the f l a s h c o d e the D indicator i n d i c a t e s w h e n t h e d a t a Sink c o n n e c t o r { D L C ! is
c o n n e c t e d to t h e H D S , a n d in t h e S C S m o d e .
* 12}: T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission.
* (3): T h e M I L c o m e s o n w h e n the P G M - F I s y s t e m d e t e c t s t h e s a m e failure.
(confd)
14-11
DTC Troubleshooting index (cont'd)
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w G e n e r a l
T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
*(11
DTC
Tw Drive
Gyde
Indicator
o
MIL
Detection
M 2 )
P0962(16)
ON
Blinks
P0963(16)*
(2)
Blinks
P0966 ( 2 3 )
M 2 )
Blinks
Detection Item
P r o b l e m in A / T - C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l
Solenoid Valve
P r o b l e m in A / T
Solenoid Valve
P r o b l e m in A / T
ON
.
ON
A Circuit
Clutch Pressure Control
A
Page
( s e e page-14-148)
( s e e p a g e 14-152)
(see p a g e 14-154)
Solenoid V a l v e B Circuit
P0967 ( 2 3 )
M 2 )
Blinks
ON
P0970 ( 2 9 )
M 2 )
Blinks
ON
P r o b l e m in A / T C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l
.Solenoid Valve B
( s e e p a g e 14-157)
( s e e p a g e 14-159)
S o l e n o i d V a l v e C Circuit
P0971 ( 2 9 r
P0973 o r
ON
Blinks
i 2 }
P0974 (7)*
P0976 ( 8 )
(2)
Blinks
Blinks
(2)
ON
ON
( s e e p a g e 14-164)'
( s e e p a g e 14-166).
( s e e p a g e 14-169)
( s e e p a g e 14-172)
Blinks
ON
M 2 )
Blinks
ON
Blinks
ON
O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B Circuit
S h o r t in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C Circuit
O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C Circuit
(2
P0980 (22)*
(2)
Blinks
ON
P0982 (60)*
P0983 (60)
(2>
Blinks
Blinks
Blinks
ON
ON
Blinks
OFF
ON
M2>
P0985 ( 6 1 )
P0986 ( 6 1 )
M2)
M 2 )
P 1 6 C 0 (99)
P1717 ( 6 2 )
M 2 )
Blinks
ON
ON
OFF
( s e e p a g e 14-162)
O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A C i r c u i t
S h o r t in S h i f t . S o l e n o i d V a l v e B C i r c u i t
M2>
P0977 ( 8 )
P0979 (22)* >
14-12
Solenoid Valve C
S h o r t in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A C i r c u i t
S h o r t In Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D Circuit
O p e n in S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e D.Circuit
S h o r t in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E C i r c u i t
O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E Circuit
P C M A / T Control S y s t e m Incomplete
Update
Open in-Transmission Range Switch A T P
R V S S w i t c h Circuit
( s e e p a g e 14-175)
( s e e p a g e 14-177)
( s e e p a g e 14-181)
( s e e p a g e 14-183)
( s e e p a g e 14-187)
( s e e p a g e 14-189)
( s e e p a g e 14-192)
( s e e p a g e 14-193)
DTC
M 1 >
P 1 7 3 0 (45)
Two Drive
Cycle
D
Indicator
Blinks
MIL
Detection item
ON
P r o b l e m in Shift Control S y s t e m :
Page
( s e e p a g e 14-195)
Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s A or D S t u c k O F F
P I 731 (45)
Blinks
Shift V a l v e s A , B, or D S t u c k
P r o b l e m in Shift Control S y s t e m :
* Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E S t u c k O N
ON
(see p a g e 14-197)
* Shift V a l v e E S t u c k
* A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid
Valve A Stuck O F F
P 1 7 3 2 {45)
P 1 7 3 3 {45)
Blinks
Blinks
ON
P r o b l e m in Shift C o n t r o l S y s t e m :
( s e e p a g e 14-198)
Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s B or C S t u c k O N
* Shift V a l v e s B o r C S t u c k
ON
( s e e p a g e 14-200)
* Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D S t u c k O N
* Shift V a l v e D S t u c k
* A / T Clutch Pressure Control-Solenoid
P1734{45)
U 0 0 2 9 1107)
Blinks
Valve C Stuck O F F
ON
Blinks
Shift V a l v e s B or C S t u c k
F - C A N Malfunction
( s e e p a g e 14-203)
( F - C A N B U S - O F F (PCM))
( s e e p a g e 14-204)
O N or
( P C M - V S A M o d u l a t o r - C o n t r o l Unit)
( s e e p a g e 14-205)
OFF*
( P C M - G a u g e Control Module)
O N or
OFF* "
OFF
, 3 }
00122(107)
UQ155(107>
( s e e p a g e 14-201)
Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s B or C S t u c k O F F
Blinks
Blinks
MOTE:
* (1}: T h e O T C in p a r e n t h e s e s is the f l a s h c o d e t h e D indicator i n d i c a t e s w h e n t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) is
c o n n e c t e d to t h e H D S , a n d in t h e S C S m o d e ,
* (2): T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l circuit p r o b l e m a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m In the
transmission.
* {3|: T h e M I L c o m e s o n w h e n t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m d e t e c t s t h e s a m e failure.
14-13
Symptom
W h e n y o u turn the
Ignition s w i t c h to
O N (III the D
indicator c o m e s on
a n d s t a y s on in all
shift l e v e r
p o s i t i o n s , or It
n e v e r c o m e s on at
all
Probable Cause(s)
F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n line error
G a u g e control m o d u l e defective
P C M defective
A / T g e a r position
F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n line e r r o r
indicator d o e s not
* G a u g e control m o d u l e defective
c o m e on w h i l e the
P C M defective
shift l e v e r Is In that
* T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch
position
defective
Motes
C h e c k the F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n line for a D T C
(see page-11-182).
* C h e c k the A / T g e a r position indicator drive circuit
In the g a u g e control m o d u l e by u s i n g t h e g a u g e
control m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function ( s e e p a g e
22-304).
* C h e c k the F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n line for a D T C

( s e e p a g e 11-182).
* C h e c k the A / T g e a r position Indicator d r i v e circuit
in t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e by u s i n g the g a u g e
22-304).
* I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
14-278)."
Shift lever c a n n o t
be m o v e d f r o m P
w h i l e p r e s s i n g on
t h e brake pedal
* A c c e l e r a t o r pedal position s e n s o r
circuit
* A c c e l e r a t o r pedal position s e n s o r
defective
* B r a k e p e d a l position s w i t c h circuit
* B r a k e pedal position s w i t c h
defective
* I n s p e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r s i g n a l ( s e e p a g e 11-258).
* T r o u b l e s h o o t the shift lock s y s t e m circuit
( s e e p a g e 14-289).
* T e s t the shift lock s o l e n o i d ( s e e p a g e 14-296).
14-278).
* Shift lock s o l e n o i d defective

* Shift lock s o l e n o i d control circuit
* Shift lock m e c h a n i s m defective
* Throttle b o d y d e f e c t i v e
* T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch A T P P
switch stuck O F F
Ignition s w i t c h
c a n n o t be m o v e d
from A C C E S S O R Y
(I) to L O C K (0) (keyis p u s h e d In, the
shift lever in P)
H D S d o e s not
c o m m u n i c a t e with
t h e PCSVi: or the
vehicle
14-14
* T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch A T P P
s w i t c h line o p e n e d
* Interlock control s y s t e m circuit
* K e y interlock s o l e n o i d s t u c k O N
* T r o u b l e s h o o t the key Interlock s y s t e m circuit

( s e e p a g e 14-294).
* Park pin s w i t c h stuck O F F

* T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch
14-278).
D L C circuit e r r o r
T r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
Symptom
E n g i n e r u n s , but
v e h i c l e d o e s not
m o v e in a n y g e a r
Probable Causefs!
1.
2.
3.
4.
L o w A T F level
Shift c a b l e broken or out of
adjustment
C o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n the shift
c a b l e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n or b o d y
is w o r n
Notes
* C h e c k the A T F l e v e l , a n d c h e c k the A T F c o o l e r
. l i n e s for l e a k s a n d l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s . If.
n e c e s s a r y , c l e a n the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s .
* C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at the shift lever a n d
the s e l e c t o r control shaft.
* I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of the A T F p u m p a n d the
A T F p u m p w o r n o r binding
- torque converter housing m a y c a u s e A T F p u m p
5,
R e g u l a t o r v a l v e s t u c k or s p r i n g
worn
- s e i z u r e . T h e s y m p t o m s a r e m o s t l y a n rpnrtreSated ticking n o i s e o r a high p i t c h e d s q u e a k .
6.
A T F strainer clogged
* C h e c k the line p r e s s u r e .
7,
M a i n s h a f t w o r n or d a m a g e d
8,
Float g e a r s w o r n or d a m a g e d
9.
Transrntssion-to-engine
a s s e m b l y error
Axle disengaged
* B e careful not to d a m a g e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r

h o u s i n g w h e n r e p l a c i n g the m a i n ball b e a r i n g .
Y o u m a y also damage the A T F pump w h e n you
t o r q u e d o w n the m a i n v a l v e body. T h i s will result
in A T F p u m p s e i z u r e if not d e t e c t e d . U s e the
proper tools.
10.
* Install t h e m a i n s e a l f l u s h w i t h the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . If y o u p u s h It Into t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g until it b o t t o m s out, it will
block the fluid return p a s s a g e a n d result In
damage.
* C h e c k the A T F s t r a i n e r for d e b r i s . If the A T F
s t r a i n e r Is c l o g g e d w i t h particles of s t e e l or
a l u m i n u m , i n s p e c t the A T F p u m p . If the A T F
p u m p is O K , find the d a m a g e d c o m p o n e n t s that
c a u s e d the d e b r i s . If no c a u s e for c o n t a m i n a t i o n
is f o u n d , r e p l a c e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
* I n s p e c t the differential pinion g e a r s for w e a r . If
t h e differential pinion g e a r s a r e w o r n , r e p l a c e the
differential a s s e m b l y , r e p l a c e t h e A T F s t r a i n e r ,
t h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the t r a n s m i s s i o n , a n d c l e a n the
torque converter, cooler, and lines,
V e h i c l e m o v e s in 2
1.
1st a c c u m u l a t o r d e f e c t i v e
a n d R, but n o t in D,
2.
1 st g e a r s w o r n or d a m a g e d
0 3 or 1
3.
1 st c l u t c h d e f e c t i v e
C h e c k the 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e .
I n s p e c t t h e clutch p i s t o n , the c l u t c h piston c h e c k
v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k t h e s p r i n g retainer
a n d t h e retainer s e a l for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l u t c h e n d plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e is out of
t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the clutch d i s c s a n d t h e plates
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a s e t ' I n s p e c t the -
- c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e height.-If the height Is out of
t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e - p l a t e . If the d i s c s a n d
the p l a t e s a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the
c l u t c h end-plate.
I n s p e c t the 1st clutch f e e d pipe. If the 1st clutch
f e e d pipe is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e t h e e n d c o v e r .
R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y shaft if the b u s h i n g for the
1st c l u t c h f e e d pipe Is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .
(confd)
14-15
Symptom
V e h i c l e m o v e s in D,
2 n d a c c u m u l a t o r defective
Notes
* C h e c k the 2 n d clutch p r e s s u r e .
Inspect the c l u t c h p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k
Probable Causefs)
1.
D 3 , 1 a n d R, but
2.
2 n d g e a r s w o r n or d a m a g e d
not in 2
3.
2 n d clutch defective
v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer

a n d the retainer s e a l for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . I n s p e c t
the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the clutch end-plate a n d t h e
top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e Is out of t o l e r a n c e , I n s p e c t
the clutch d i s c s a n d the plates for w e a r a n d
d a m a g e . If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e
t h e m a s a s e t I n s p e c t the clutch w a v e - p l a t e
height
If the h e i g h t is out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e plate. If the d i s c s a n d the plates are O K , a d j u s t the

c l e a r a n c e w i t h t h e clutch end-plate.
V e h i c l e m o v e s in D,
1.
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E defective
D 3 2, a n d 1, but
2.
Shift fork shaft s t u c k
not in R .
3.
Shift v a l v e E defective
4.
4th/reverse accumulator
'
defective
5.
6.
4th c l u t c h defective
R e v e r s e g e a r s w o r n or
damaged
C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
connectors.
Inspect shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the
O - r i n g s for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
C h e c k for a m i s s i n g shift fork bolt on the shift fork
shaft.
C h e c k the 4th clutch p r e s s u r e .
I n s p e c t the c l u t c h p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k
v a l v e , a n d t h e O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer for
w e a r a n d d a m a g e . I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n
the clutch end-plate a n d the top d i s c . If the
c l e a r a n c e is out of t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the clutch
d i s c s a n d t h e plates for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the
d i s c s are w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a set.
Inspect the clutch w a v e - p l a t e height. If t h e height is
out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e - p l a t e , if the d i s c s
a n d the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the
clutch end-plate.
Inspect the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r g e a r teeth c h a m f e r s ,
a n d i n s p e c t the e n g a g e m e n t teeth c h a m f e r s of t h e
c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r a n d the r e v e r s e g e a r . R e p l a c e
the r e v e r s e g e a r s a n d the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r if t h e y
a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d . If the t r a n s m i s s i o n m a k e s a
c l i c k i n g , g r i n d i n g , or w h i r r i n g n o i s e , a l s o r e p l a c e
the m a i n s h a f t 4th g e a r , the r e v e r s e idler g e a r , a n d
the c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r .
* C h e c k the A T F l e v e l , a n d c h e c k the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s
Poor acceleration;
1.
L o w A T F lever
flares w h e n
2.
for l e a k s a n d l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s . If n e c e s s a r y , c l e a n
adjustment
the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s .
starting off In D, D 3 ,
a n d R; stall s p e e d
3.
A T F p u m p w o r n or binding
high in 2 a n d 1,
4.
R e g u l a t o r v a l v e stuck or s p r i n g
a n d In D a n d D3 in
1st a n d 2 n d
worn
. C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at the shift l e v e r a n d

* I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of t h e A T F p u m p a n d the
5.
A T F strainer clogged
6.
Torque converter check valve
torque converter housing m a y c a u s e A T F p u m p

seizure. T h e s y m p t o m s are mostly an rpm-related
defective
ticking n o i s e or a high pitched s q u e a k .

* C h e c k the A T F s t r a i n e r for d e b r i s . If the ATF"
s t r a i n e r is c l o g g e d w i t h p a r t i c l e s of s t e e l or
a l u m i n u m , i n s p e c t the A T F p u m p . If the A T F p u m p
is O K , find the d a m a g e d c o m p o n e n t s that c a u s e d
the d e b r i s . If no c a u s e for c o n t a m i n a t i o n Is f o u n d ,
r e p l a c e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
14-16
Sympftom
Poor acceleration;
Probable Caysefs)
2nd c l u t c h defective
* I n s p e c t the c l u t c h p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k

a n d the retainer s e a l for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l u t c h e n d plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e is out of
t o l e r a n c e , I n s p e c t the c l u t c h d i s c s a n d the plates
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a s e t . . I n s p e c t the
c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e height. If the height Is out of
t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e - p l a t e , Sf t h e d i s c s a n d
clutch end-plate.
flares w h e n
starting off In D, 0 3 ,
h i g h w h e n starting
off in 2
Poor acceleration;
1.
flares w h e n
starting off In D, 0 3 ,

adjustment
2,
4th clutch d e f e c t i v e
h i g h in R
1.
2.
3.
4.
Poor acceleration;
stall s p e e d l o w in R
* C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at t h e shift lever a n d

C h e c k t h e 4th clutch p r e s s u r e in D a n d R.
I n s p e c t the c l u t c h p i s t o n , the c l u t c h piston c h e c k
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e
b e t w e e n the clutch end-plate a n d the top d i s c . If
the c l e a r a n c e Is out of t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the
c l u t c h d i s c s a n d the plates for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m
a s a s e t I n s p e c t the clutch w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t Sf
the height is out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e plate. If the d i s c s a n d the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t
the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the clutch end-plate.
Poor acceleration;
stall s p e e d l o w in 2
a n d 1, a n d in D a n d
0 3 in 1st a n d 2 n d
Notes
C h e c k the 2nd clutch pressure.
Torque converter o n e - w a y clutch
defective
E n g i n e output l o w
T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston
-defective
5.
L o c k - u p shift v a l v e d e f e c t i v e
1.
2.
defective
L o c k - u p shift v a l v e defective
Torque converter o n e - w a y clutch
defective
3.
4.
* C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
connectors.
* I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d t h e
* Replace the torque converter.
Replace the torque converter.
(cont'd)
14-17
Symptom
E n g i n e Idle
vibration
Notes
Probable Caysefsl
1.
2.
L o w A T F level
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E
defective
* C h e c k the A T F l e v e l , a n d c h e c k the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s
for leaks a n d l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s . Sf n e c e s s a r y , c l e a n
the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s .
3.
Drive plate defective or

transmission
misassembled
* I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of the A T F p u m p a n d the t o r q u e
converter housing may c a u s e A T F pump seizure. T h e
s y m p t o m s a r e m o s t l y a n r p m - r e l a t e d ticking n o i s e or
a high pitched s q u e a k .
4.
5.
T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch
piston defective
6.
A T F p u m p w o r n or binding
7.
L o c k - u p s h ift v a I v e
defective
* Inspect
steel or
replace
a n d the
the A T F s t r a i n e r for c l o g g i n g with p a r t i c l e s of

a l u m i n u m . If the A T F s t r a i n e r is c l o g g e d ,
it, a n d c l e a n the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r , the c o o l e r ,
lines.
connectors.
* I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the
O-rsngs for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
* C h e c k for a m i s i n s t a l l e d / d a m a g e d d r i v e plate.
* C h e c k that the Idle rpm in g e a r is the s p e c i f i e d Idle
s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316). If the idle s p e e d is c o r r e c t
a d j u s t the e n g i n e a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t s .
* R e p l a c e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
V e h i c l e m o v e s in N
1.
Excessive ATF
2.
F o r e i g n material in
s e p a r a t o r plate orifice
- 3.
4.
5.
6.
- 7.
8.
9.
Relief v a l v e defective
1st c l u t c h defective
2 n d clutch
3rd clutch
4th clutch
5th clutch
defective
defective
defective
defective
C l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the
c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e a n d the top
d i s c Incorrect
10.
Needle bearing seized,
w o r n , or d a m a g e d
11.
Thrust washer seized, worn,
or d a m a g e d
C h e c k the A T F l e v e l , a n d drain the A T F If it is o v e r filled.

C h e c k the 1st, 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th c l u t c h p r e s s u r e s .
C h e c k the A T F s t r a i n e r for d e b r i s . If the A T F s t r a i n e r
is c l o g g e d w i t h particles of steel or a l u m i n u m ,
I n s p e c t the A T F p u m p . If the A T F p u m p Is O K , find the
d a m a g e d c o m p o n e n t s that c a u s e d the d e b r i s . If no
c a u s e for c o n t a m i n a t i o n is f o u n d , r e p l a c e the torqueconverter. I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , t h e c l u t c h piston c h e c k
v a l v e , and'the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer a n d
the retainer s e a l (1st, 2 n d , a n d 3rd) for w e a r a n d
d a m a g e . I n s p e c t t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e clutch
end-plate a n d the top d i s c . Sf the c l e a r a n c e is out of
t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the c l u t c h d i s c s a n d the plates for
w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d ,
replace t h e m a s a set. Inspect the clutch wave-plate
height. If the height Is out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the
w a v e - p l a t e . If the d i s c s a n d the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t
the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the clutch e n d - p l a t e .
I n s p e c t the 1st c l u t c h f e e d pipe. If the 1st clutch f e e d
pipe Is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e the e n d c o v e r .
I n s p e c t the 3rd clutch f e e d pipe. If the 3rd clutch f e e d
pipe is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e it a n d the O-ring u n d e r the
f e e d pipe g u i d e .
R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y shaft if the b u s h i n g for the 1st
or the 3rd" clutch f e e d pipe is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .
I n s p e c t the 5th clutch f e e d pipe. If the 5th clutch f e e d
pipe Is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e It a n d the O-ring u n d e r the
f e e d pipe g u i d e .
R e p l a c e the m a i n s h a f t If the b u s h i n g for the 5th
clutch f e e d pipe is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .
14-18
Symptom
L a t e shift after
shifting f r o m N to
D and D3, or
excessive shock
Probable Cause(s)
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E d e f e c t i v e
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
Motes
connectors.
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A defective
- I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the

O-rings-for w e a r a n d dam-age.
4,
solenoid valve B defective

NT clutch- p r e s s u r e control
5.
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C defective
w h e n shifted into
0 and D3
6.
* I n s p e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s A , B, a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d i n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s for s e i z u r e .
adjustment
* C h e c k the Input shaft (masnshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r
C o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n t h e shift
a n d the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r

" Installation.
c a b l e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n or b o d y
is w o r n
* C h e c k for a l o o s e -shift c a b l e at the shift Sever a n d

7.
Input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r defective
8,
Output shaft (countershaft)

s p e e d s e n s o r defective
9.
A T F temperature sensor
defective

I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l u t c h e n d -
10,
F o r e i g n material in s e p a r a t o r
plate orifice
t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the clutch d i s c s a n d t h e plates
S e r v o control v a l v e d e f e c t i v e
1st-accumulator defective
for w e a r and" d a m a g e . If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or

d a m a g e d , "replace t h e m a s a s e t I n s p e c t the
11/
12.
* C h e c k the 1st clutch p r e s s u r e .

I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k
plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e is out of
13,
1st c h e c k ball s t u c k
clutch w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t If the height is out of
14.
1 st c l u t c h defective
the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the
clutch e n d - p l a t e .
* I n s p e c t the 1st clutch f e e d pipe. If t h e 1st c l u t c h
f e e d pipe is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e the e n d c o v e r .
* R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y shaft If the b u s h i n g for the
1st c l u t c h f e e d pipe Is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .
(confd)
14-19
Symptom
Late shift after
shifting f r o m N to
1.
2.
R, o r e x c e s s i v e
s h o c k . w h e n shifted
intoR
Probable Caussfs)
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control
3.
Shift c a b l e b r o k e n or out of
adjustment
4.
L o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n
b e t w e e n the shift c a b l e a n d
t r a n s m i s s i o n or b o d y Is w o r n
5.
Input shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d

6.

7.
defective
Shift fork shaft s t u c k
8.
9.
F o r e i g n material In s e p a r a t o r
plate orifice
10.
11.
Shift v a l v e E defective
4th/reverse accumulator
defective
12.
13.
4th clutch defective
Notes
connectors.
O-rsngs for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
* I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A filter/gasket a n d the O - r l n g s for w e a r a n d
d a m a g e , a n d I n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d v a l v e s for
seizure.
* C h e c k the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r
installation.
* C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at the shift l e v e r a n d
* I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k
b e t w e e n the clutch e n d - p l a t e a n d the top d i s c . Sf
the c l e a r a n c e i s out of t o l e r a n c e , I n s p e c t the
clutch d i s c s a n d the plates for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
If-the d i s c s a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m
a s a s e t . I n s p e c t the c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e height. If
the height Is out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e plate. If the d i s c s a n d the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t
the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e .
* C h e c k for a m i s s i n g shift fork bolt on the shift
fork shaft.
* C h e c k the 4th clutch p r e s s u r e .
* I n s p e c t the s e r v o v a l v e a n d the O - r i n g .
Transmission does
1.

connectors.
2.

1.
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B defective
Input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d
O u t p u t shaft (countershaft)
* C h e c k the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r

a n d t h e output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r
Installation.
connectors.
I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s B a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O-rsngs for
w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d i n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d
C h e c k the Input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r
Installation.
not shift
E x c e s s i v e s h o c k or
f l a r e s on all
upshifts a n d
downshifts
2.
3.
4.
14-20
5.
defective
6.
F o r e i g n material in s e p a r a t o r
plate orifice
Symptom
f l a r e s o n 1-2
upshift or 2-1
downshift
Probable Caysefs!
Notes
connectors.
1.
2.
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e E defective
solenoid valve A defective
3.
solenoid valve B defective
4.
5.
2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h defective
* C h e c k t h e 1st a n d the 2 n d clutch p r e s s u r e s .
6.
F o r e i g n m a t e r i a l in s e p a r a t o r
plate orifice
7.
3,
1 st a c c u m u l a t o r defective
2 n d a c c u m u l a t o r defective
9.
10.
1st c h e c k ball s t u c k
2 n d c h e c k ball stuck
11.
12.
13.
1 st c l u t c h defective
2 n d c l u t c h defective

v a l v e s A , B, a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d i n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d
* I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , t h e c l u t c h piston c h e c k

a n d t h e retainer s e a l for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l u t c h e n d plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e Is out of
t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the clutch d i s c s a n d the p l a t e s
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If t h e d i s c s a r e w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a s e t I n s p e c t the
c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t If t h e height is out of
the p l a t e s a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e with the
clutch end-plate.
* I n s p e c t the 1st clutch f e e d pipe. If the 1st clutch
f e e d pipe is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e the e n d c o v e r .
E x c e s s i v e shock or
1.
2.
solenoid valve C defective
3.
3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
pressure switch defective
4.
plate orifice
5.
2nd accumulator defective
f l a r e s o n 2-3
upshift: or 3-2
downshift
6.
3rd a c c u m u l a t o r defective
7.
2 n d c h e c k ball stuck
8. . 2 n d c l u t c h defective - '
9.
3rd clutch d e f e c t i v e
* R e p l a c e t h e s e c o n d a r y shaft i f the b u s h i n g for the

1st c l u t c h f e e d p i p e is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .
* "Check for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
connectors.
v a l v e s B a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for
w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d Inspect the s o l e n o i d
* C h e c k t h e 2 n d a n d the 3rd clutch p r e s s u r e s .
* I n s p e c t t h e c l u t c h p i s t o n , the c l u t c h piston c h e c k
I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e c l u t c h e n d plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e is out of
t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the clutch d i s c s a n d the plates
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a s e t I n s p e c t the
c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t If the height is out of
clutch e n d - p l a t e .
* I n s p e c t the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3 r d c l u t c h
f e e d pipe Is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e it a n d the O - r i n g
u n d e r the f e e d pipe g u i d e .
* R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y shaft if the b u s h i n g for the
3 r d c l u t c h f e e d pipe is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .
(confd)
14-21
Symptom
f l a r e s o n 3-4
upshift or 4-3
downshift
Notes
Probable Causefs}
connectors.
2.
v a l v e s B a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for
3.
plate orifice
1.
. w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d i n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d
4. . 3 r d a c c u m u l a t o r defective
* C h e c k the 3 r d a n d the 4th clutch p r e s s u r e s ,
5.
4 t h / r e v e r s e a c c u m u l a t o r defective
6.
1.
3rd clutch defective

* I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k

a n d the retainer s e a l (3rd) for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l u t c h e n d plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e Is out of
t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the c l u t c h d i s c s a n d the p l a t e s
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the d i s c s are w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a s e t . I n s p e c t the
clutch w a v e - p l a t e height. If the height is out of
the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the
clutch end-plate.
* I n s p e c t the 3rd c l u t c h f e e d pipe. If the 3rd c l u t c h
f e e d pipe Is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e it a n d the O - r i n g
u n d e r the f e e d pipe g u i d e .
* R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y s h a f t if the b u s h i n g for the
3rd clutch f e e d pipe is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .
1.
connectors.
2.
3.
plate orifice
f l a r e s on 4-5
upshift or 5-4
downshift
4.
4th/reverse accumulator defective
5.
6.
7.
5th a c c u m u l a t o r defective
I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
. v a l v e s B a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for
w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d I n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d
* .Check the 4th a n d the 5th clutch p r e s s u r e s .

* I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , the c l u t c h piston c h e c k
b e t w e e n the clutch e n d - p l a t e a n d the top d i s c . If
the c l e a r a n c e Is out of t o l e r a n c e , I n s p e c t the
clutch d i s c s a n d the plates for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m
a s a s e t . I n s p e c t the clutch w a v e - p l a t e height. If
the height is out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e plate. Sf the d i s c s a n d the plates are O K , a d j u s t
the c l e a r a n c e w i t h t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e .
* I n s p e c t the 5th clutch f e e d pipe. If the 5th clutch
f e e d pipe is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e it a n d the O-ring
u n d e r the feed pipe g u i d e .
* R e p l a c e the m a i n s h a f t if the b u s h i n g for the 5th
clutch f e e d pipe Is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .
14-22
Symptom
Noise from
t r a n s m i s s i o n in all
shift l e v e r
positions
Probable Causefs)
1. - A T F p u m p w o r n o r binding
2,
Mainshaft bearing, countershaft

b e a r i n g , o r s e c o n d a r y shaft
bearing defective
Nates
- I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of the A T F p u m p a n d the
torque converter housing m a y c a u s e A T F pump
seizure. T h e s y m p t o m s are mostly an rpmrelated ticking n o i s e o r a high pitched s q u e a k .
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
h o u s i n g w h e n r e p l a c i n g the m a i n ball b e a r i n g .
Y o u m a y a l s o d a m a g e the A T F p u m p w h e n y o u
t o r q u e d o w n the m a i n v a l v e body. T h i s w i l l result
In A T F p u m p s e i z u r e If not detected. U s e the
proper tools.
* Install the m a i n s e a l f l u s h w i t h the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . If y o u p u s h it Into the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r - h o u s i n g until it b o t t o m s out, it will
block the fluid return p a s s a g e a n d result in
damage.
* I n s p e c t the A T F s t r a i n e r for c l o g g i n g w i t h
p a r t i c l e s of s t e e l or a l u m i n u m . If the A T F s t r a i n e r
is c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e it, a n d c l e a n the torque
converter, cooler, and lines,
* Inspect the m a i n s h a f t , the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d the
s e c o n d a r y shaft for w e a r or d a m a g e .
V e h i c l e d o e s not
accelerate above
31 m p h 150 k m / h )
V i b r a t i o n in all
shift l e v e r
positions
Shift l e v e r d o e s
not o p e r a t e
smoothly
T o r q u e converter one-way clutch
D r i v e pfate d e f e c t i v e o r t r a n s m i s s i o n
mlsassemhfed
* C h e c k for a m i s i n s t a 1 f e d / d a m a g e d d r i v e plate.
* C h e c k that the idle r p m in g e a r is t h e s p e c i f i e d
idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316). If the Idle s p e e d Is
c o r r e c t , a d j u s t the e n g i n e a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n
mounts.
1,
T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch
defective or out of a d j u s t m e n t
connectors.
2,
S h i f t c a b l e b r o k e n or out of
adjustment
C o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n . t h e shift
c a b l e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n o r b o d y is
worn
Shift c a b l e - b r o k e n or out of
adjustment
c a b l e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n or b o d y Is
worn"
Park m e c h a n i s m defective
* I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h for
operation.
* C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at the shift l e v e r a n d
the s e l e c t o r control shaft,
3,
Transmission does
R e p l a c e the torque c o n v e r t e r .
defective
1,
not shift into P

2,
3,
' * - C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at t h e shift lever a n d

the t r a n s m i s s i o n control shaft.
* C h e c k the park p a w l s p r i n g Installation a n d the
park l e v e r s p r i n g installation. If Installation is
incorrect, Install the s p r i n g c o r r e c t l y . M a k e s u r e
that the park l e v e r s t o p Is not installed u p s i d e
d o w n . C h e c k the d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the park p a w l
shaft a n d t h e park lever roller pin. If the d i s t a n c e
is out of t o l e r a n c e , a d j u s t the d i s t a n c e w i t h the
park l e v e r stop.
:
Cconfd)
14-23
Symptom
Torque converter
c l u t c h d o e s not
disengage
Probable Causefs)
1.
2.
3.
defective
4.
5.
L o c k - u p control v a l v e defective
1.
2.
3.
4.
Torque converter check vaive
Notes
- C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
connectors.
* Inspect shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the
* Inspect A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for w e a r a n d
seizure.
* R e p l a c e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
Torque converter
clutch d o e s not
operate s m o o t h l y
L o c k - u p shift v a i v e defective
L o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e defective
* Replace the torque converter.
1.
2.
3.

connectors.
* Inspect shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the
4.
O u t p u t shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
defective
5.
6.
Torque converter-check valve

defective
7.
8.
1.
L o c k - u p control v a l v e defective
T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch
defective or out of a d j u s t m e n t
adjustment
2.
3.
Speedometer and
o d o m e t e r do not
work
* Inspect shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the

6.
defective
5.
A / T g e a r position
indicator d o e s not
indicate shift l e v e r
positions
connectors.

v a l v e A filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for w e a r a n d
d a m a g e , a n d Inspect the s o l e n o i d v a l v e s for
seizure.
defective
Torque converter
clutch d o e s not
engage
c a b l e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n or b o d y is
worn
O u t p u t shaft (countershaft) s p e e d

v a l v e A filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for w e a r and.
seizure.
R e p l a c e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
8
C h e c k the input shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r

installation.
connectors.
* I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h o p e r a t i o n .
* C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at the shift lever a n d
the s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l shaft.
connectors.
* I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h o p e r a t i o n .
* C h e c k the output, shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r installation.
E n g i n e d o e s not
rev to high r p m ,
a n d the
transmission
upshifts at l o w rpm
(engine at n o r m a l
operating
temperature)
14-24
V T E C rocker a r m s defective
C h e c k the e n g i n e rocker a r m s .
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

SPEED SENSOR
INPUT S H A F T (MAINSHAFT!
SPEED SENSOR
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
T e s t page 14-218
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
3RD C L U T C H T R A N S M I S S I O N
FLUID P R E S S U R E SWITCH
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
(Behind shift s o l e n o i d
valve cover)
T e s t page 14-212
2ND C L U T C H T R A N S M I S S I O N
FLUID P R E S S U R E SWITCH
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B
(Behind shift s o l e n o i d
valve cover)
T e s t page 14-212
A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E
CONTROL
SOLENOID V A L V E C
T e s t , p a g e 14-223
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
T e s t p a g e 14-221
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE E
{Behind s h i f t s o l e n o i d
valve cover)
T e s t p a g e 14-212
Replacement
page 14-216
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
(Behind shift solenoid
valve c o v e r )
T e s t p a g e 14-212
T e s t p a g e 14-212
Replacement
p a g e 14-216
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR

(Behind shift solenoid valve cover)
T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t page 14-228
14-25
System Description
General Operation
T h e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n is a c o m b i n a t i o n of a t h r e e - e l e m e n t torque c o n v e r t e r a n d triple-shaft e l e c t r o n i c a l l y
controlled unit w h i c h p r o v i d e s five s p e e d s f o r w a r d a n d o n e in r e v e r s e , T h e entire unit is p o s i t i o n e d in line w i t h the
engine.
Torque Converter, Gears, and Clutches
T h e torque c o n v e r t e r c o n s i s t s of a p u m p , turbine, a n d stator a s s e m b l y in a s i n g l e u n i t T h e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g ( p u m p )
Is c o n n e c t e d to the e n g i n e c r a n k s h a f t a n d t u r n s a s the e n g i n e t u r n s . A r o u n d t h e o u t s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r Is a
ring g e a r w h i c h m e s h e s w i t h t h e starter drive g e a r w h e n the e n g i n e is b e i n g started. T h e entire t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
a s s e m b l y s e r v e s a s a f l y w h e e l w h i l e transmitting p o w e r to the t r a n s m i s s i o n m a i n s h a f t , the t r a n s m i s s i o n h a s t h r e e
parallel s h a f t s ; the m a i n s h a f t , the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft. T h e m a i n s h a f t is in line w i t h the e n g i n e
c r a n k s h a f t , a n d i n c l u d e s the 4th a n d 5th c l u t c h e s , a n d g e a r s for 5th, 4th, r e v e r s e , a n d Idler. T h e m a i n s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r
is Integral with the m a i n s h a f t 4th g e a r . T h e c o u n t e r s h a f t i n c l u d e s the g e a r s for 1st, 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, 5th, r e v e r s e , park,
a n d the final drive. T h e final d r i v e g e a r is integral with the c o u n t e r s h a f t . T h e c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r a n d t h e
c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r c a n be l o c k e d to t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t p r o v i d i n g 4th or r e v e r s e g e a r , d e p e n d i n g . o n w h i c h w a y
the s e l e c t o r is m o v e d . T h e s e c o n d a r y shaft i n c l u d e s the 1st, 2 n d , a n d 3 r d c l u t c h e s , a n d g e a r s for 1st, 2 n d , 3 r d , a n d
Idler. T h e Idler shaft is located b e t w e e n the m a i n s h a f t a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft, a n d the idler g e a r t r a n s m i t s p o w e r
b e t w e e n the m a i n s h a f t a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft. T h e g e a r s on the m a i n s h a f t a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft a r e in c o n s t a n t
m e s h w i t h t h o s e on the c o u n t e r s h a f t . W h e n certain c o m b i n a t i o n s of g e a r s in the t r a n s m i s s i o n a r e e n g a g e d by the
c l u t c h e s , p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d through" the m a i n s h a f t , t h e n to the s e c o n d a r y shaft to the c o u n t e r s h a f t , or t h r o u g h
m a i n s h a f t to c o u n t e r s h a f t to p r o v i d e drive.
Electronic Control
T h e e l e c t r o n i c control s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of the p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) , s e n s o r s , a n d s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . Shifting
a n d lock-up are e l e c t r o n i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d for c o m f o r t a b l e driving u n d e r all c o n d i t i o n s . T h e P C M is located In the e n g i n e
compartment.
Hydraulic Control
T h e v a l v e b o d i e s Include the m a i n v a i v e b o d y , the regulator v a l v e body, a n d the s e r v o body. T h e y a r e bolted to the
torque c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . T h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s the m a n u a l v a l v e , shift v a l v e s A , B, C , a n d E , the relief v a l v e ,
the lock-up control v a l v e , the c o o l e r c h e c k v a l v e , the s e r v o control v a l v e , a n d the A T F p u m p g e a r s , T h e regulator v a l v e
b o d y c o n t a i n s the regulator v a l v e , the torque c o n v e r t e r c h e c k v a i v e , the lock-up shift v a l v e , a n d the" 1st a n d 3rd
a c c u m u l a t o r s . T h e s e r v o b o d y c o n t a i n s the s e r v o v a l v e , shift v a l v e D, the a c c u m u l a t o r s for 2 n d , 4th, a n d 5th, a n d shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E . F l u i d f r o m the regulator p a s s e s t h r o u g h the m a n u a l v a l v e to the v a r i o u s control
v a l v e s . T h e 1st, 3 r d , a n d 5th c l u t c h e s r e c e i v e fluid f r o m their r e s p e c t i v e f e e d p i p e s , a n d the 2 n d a n d 4th c l u t c h e s
r e c e i v e fluid f r o m the Internal h y d r a u l i c circuit.
Shift Control M e c h a n i s m
T o shift g e a r s , the P C M c o n t r o l s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E , a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s
A , B, a n d C , w h i l e r e c e i v i n g input s i g n a l s f r o m v a r i o u s s e n s o r s a n d s w i t c h e s located t h r o u g h o u t the v e h i c l e . T h e shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e s shift the p o s i t i o n s of the shift v a l v e s to s w i t c h the port leading h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e to the c l u t c h . A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C regulate their r e s p e c t i v e p r e s s u r e , a n d p r e s s u r i z e the c l u t c h e s to
e n g a g e t h e m a n d their c o r r e s p o n d i n g g e a r s . T h e p r e s s u r e s of the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a l s o
a p p l y to the shift v a l v e s to s w i t c h the port.
Lock-up Mechanism
T h e lock-up m e c h a n i s m o p e r a t e s in D (2nd, 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th g e a r s ) , a n d in D3 (2nd a n d 3rd g e a r s ) . T h e p r e s s u r i z e d
fluid is d r a i n e d f r o m the b a c k of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r t h r o u g h a fluid p a s s a g e , c a u s i n g the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h
piston to be held a g a i n s t the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r . A s this t a k e s p l a c e , the m a i n s h a f t rotates at the s a m e s p e e d a s
the e n g i n e c r a n k s h a f t . T o g e t h e r w i t h the h y d r a u l i c c o n t r o l , the P C M o p t i m i z e s the t i m i n g a n d v o l u m e of the lock-up
m e c h a n i s m . W h e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E is t u r n e d on by the P C M , shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e s w i t c h e s the lock-up
shift v a l v e on a n d off. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the lock-up control v a l v e control the d e g r e e of
lock-up.
14-26
Gear Selection
T h e shift l e v e r h a s s e v e n p o s i t i o n s ; P: P A R K , R: R E V E R S E , N: N E U T R A L , D: 1st t h r o u g h 5th g e a r r a n g e s , D3: 1st
t h r o u g h 3 r d g e a r r a n g e s , 2: 2 n d g e a r , a n d 1: 1st g e a r .
Position
P: P A R K
Description
F r o n t w h e e l s l o c k e d ; park p a w l e n g a g e d w i t h park g e a r on c o u n t e r s h a f t . AS! c l u t c h e s are
R: R E V E R S E
released.
R e v e r s e ; r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r e n g a g e d w i t h c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r a n d 4th clutch e n g a g e d .
N: N E U T R A L
D: D R I V E
{1st t h r o u g h 5th)
D3: D R I V E
(1st t h r o u g h 3rd)
2: S E C O N D
1: F I R S T
All c l u t c h e s a r e r e l e a s e d .
G e n e r a l d r i v i n g ; starts off In 1st, shifts a u t o m a t i c a l l y to 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, t h e n 5th, d e p e n d i n g o n
v e h i c l e s p e e d a n d throttle position. D o w n s h i f t s t h r o u g h 4th, 3 r d , 2 n d , a n d 1st on d e c e l e r a t i o n
to s t o p . T h e lock-up m e c h a n i s m o p e r a t e s in 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th g e a r s .
U s e d for rapid a c c e l e r a t i o n at h i g h w a y s p e e d s a n d g e n e r a l d r i v i n g ; up-hiii a n d d o w n - h i l l
d r i v i n g ; starts off in 1st, shifts a u t o m a t i c a l l y to 2 n d , t h e n 3 r d , d e p e n d i n g o n v e h i c l e s p e e d a n d
throttle position. D o w n s h i f t s t h r o u g h 2 n d to 1st on d e c e l e r a t i o n to s t o p , T h e lock-up
m e c h a n i s m o p e r a t e s in 2 n d a n d 3 r d g e a r s .
U s e d for e n g i n e braking or better traction starting off on l o o s e or s l i p p e r y s u r f a c e s ; s t a y s in
2 n d g e a r ; d o e s not shift up or d o w n ,
U s e d for e n g i n e braking; s t a y s in 1st g e a r ; d o e s not shift up.
Starting is p o s s i b l e o n l y in P a n d N b e c a u s e of a s l i d e - t y p e neutral-safety s w i t c h .
A u t o m a t i c T r a n s m i s s i o n fA / T ) O e a r P o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r
T h e A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n indicator in the g a u g e control m o d u l e s h o w s w h i c h shift lever position h a s b e e n s e l e c t e d
w i t h o u t h a v i n g to look d o w n at the shift lever.
14-27
Clutches and Gears
T h e f i v e - s p e e d a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n u s e s h y d r a u l i c a i l y - a c t u a t e d c l u t c h e s to e n g a g e or d i s e n g a g e the t r a n s m i s s i o n
g e a r s . W h e n h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is i n t r o d u c e d Into the clutch d r u m , the c l u t c h piston m o v e s . T h i s p r e s s e s the friction
d i s c s a n d the steel plates together. Socking t h e m s o t h e y do not slip. P o w e r is t h e n t r a n s m i t t e d t h r o u g h the e n g a g e d
c l u t c h pack to Its h u b - m o u n t e d g e a r . L i k e w i s e , w h e n t h e h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is bled f r o m t h e c l u t c h pack, the piston
r e l e a s e s the friction d i s c s a n d the steel plates, a n d t h e y a r e free to s l i d e p a s t e a c h other. T h i s a l l o w s the g e a r to s p i n
i n d e p e n d e n t l y o n its shaft, t r a n s m i t t i n g no p o w e r .
1st C l u t c h
T h e 1st clutch e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 1st g e a r , a n d is located at the m i d d l e of the s e c o n d a r y s h a f t T h e 1st c l u t c h is
j o i n e d back-to-back to the 3 r d c l u t c h . T h e 1st clutch is s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e by its A T F f e e d pipe within the
s e c o n d a r y shaft.
2nd Clutch
T h e 2 n d clutch e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 2 n d g e a r , a n d is located at the e n d of the s e c o n d a r y shaft, o p p o s i t e the e n d c o v e r .
T h e 2 n d c l u t c h Is s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e by a circuit c o n n e c t e d to the i n t e r n a l h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t
3rd Clutch
T h e 3rd clutch e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 3 r d g e a r , a n d Is located at the m i d d l e of the s e c o n d a r y shaft. T h e 3rd c l u t c h is
j o i n e d back-to-back to the 1st c l u t c h . T h e 3rd clutch Is s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e by its A T F f e e d pipe within the
4th C l u t c h
T h e 4th clutch e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 4th g e a r , a s w e l l a s r e v e r s e g e a r , a n d is located at the m i d d l e of the m a i n s h a f t . T h e
4th clutch is j o i n e d back-to-back to the 5th c l u t c h . T h e 4th c l u t c h i s s u p p l i e d .hydraulic p r e s s u r e by its A T F f e e d pipe
within the m a i n s h a f t .
5th C l u t c h
T h e 5th c l u t c h e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 5th g e a r , a n d is located at the m i d d l e of the m a i n s h a f t . T h e 5th c l u t c h is j o i n e d
back-to-back to the-4th c l u t c h . T h e 5th clutch is s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e by its A T F f e e d pipe within the m a i n s h a f t .
G e a r operation
G e a r s on the m a i n s h a f t :
* 4th g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h the m a i n s h a f t by the 4th c l u t c h .
* 5th g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h t h e m a i n s h a f t by the 5th c l u t c h .
*' R e v e r s e g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h the m a i n s h a f t by the 4th c l u t c h .
* Idler g e a r Is s p l i n e d w i t h the m a i n s h a f t , a n d rotates w i t h the m a i n s h a f t .
G e a r s on the c o u nt e rs h a f t
* F i n a l drive g e a r is integral w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
* 1st, 2 n d , 3 r d , 5th, a n d park g e a r s a r e s p l i n e d w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d rotate w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
* 4th g e a r a n d r e v e r s e g e a r rotate f r e e l y f r o m the c o u n t e r s h a f t . T h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r e n g a g e s 4th g e a r a n d r e v e r s e
g e a r with the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b . T h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b is s p l i n e d to the c o u n t e r s h a f t s o that 4th g e a r a n d the
r e v e r s e g e a r e n g a g e w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
G e a r s o n the s e c o n d a r y shaft:
* 1st g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h the s e c o n d a r y shaft by the 1st c l u t c h .
* 2 n d g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h the s e c o n d a r y shaft by the 2 n d c l u t c h .
8
3rd g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h the s e c o n d a r y s h a f t by the 3rd c l u t c h .
* Idler g e a r Is s p l i n e d with the s e c o n d a r y shaft, a n d rotates w i t h the s e c o n d a r y shaft.

T h e idler g e a r on the idler shaft t r a n s m i t s p o w e r b e t w e e n the m a i n s h a f t a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft.
T h e r e v e r s e Idler g e a r t r a n s m i t s p o w e r f r o m the m a i n s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r to the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r , a n d c h a n g e s
rotational direction of the c o u n t e r s h a f t to r e v e r s e .
14-28
S3
Transmission Cytaway View
TORQUE CONVERTER
COUNTERSHAFT 3RD GEAR
RING GEAR
REVERSE
IDLER
mm
MA&ISHAFT
IDLER G E A R
\
\
IVIAINSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
5TH GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
2ND GEAR
ISLES SHAFT
IDLER G E A B
SECONDARY
SHAFT
SECONDARY
S H A F T IDLER
COUNTERSHAFT
1ST GEAR
mm
2ND CLUTCH
REVERSE
SELECTOR
HUB
SECONDARY
SHAFT
2 N D GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR
REVERSE
SELECTOR
COUNTERSHAFT
4TH GEAR
SECONDARY
SHAFT 3RD GEAR
DIFFERENTIAL
ASSEMBLY
SECONDARY
SHAFT
1ST GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN
GEAR
14-29
Power Flow
P Position
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e Is not a p p l i e d to the c l u t c h e s . P o w e r is not t r a n s m i t t e d to the c o u n t e r s h a f t . T h e c o u n t e r s h a f t is
l o c k e d by the park p a w l interlocking the park g e a r .
W Position
E n g i n e p o w e r t r a n s m i t t e d f r o m the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r d r i v e s the m a i n s h a f t Idler g e a r , the Idler shaft idler g e a r , a n d the
s e c o n d a r y shaft Idler g e a r , but h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is not a p p l i e d to the c l u t c h e s . P o w e r is not t r a n s m i t t e d to the
countershaft.
In this position, the position of the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r differs a c c o r d i n g to w h e t h e r the shift l e v e r shifted f r o m D or R:
* W h e n shifted f r o m D, the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r e n g a g e s w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r a n d the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b , a n d
- 4th g e a r e n g a g e s w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
8
W h e n shifted f r o m R, the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r e n g a g e s w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r a n d the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b ,

a n d the r e v e r s e g e a r e n g a g e s w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
REVERSE
SELECTOR H U B
MAINSHAFT
IDLER G E A R
PARK GEAR
TORQUE
CONVERTER
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
IDLER S H A F T
IDLER S H A F T
IDLER G E A R
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY S H A F T
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER G E A R
COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
4TH G E A R
14-30
in 1 s t G e a r
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to the 1st c l u t c h , t h e n the 1st clutch e n g a g e s the s e c o n d a r y shaft 1st g e a r with the
* T h e m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r d r i v e s the s e c o n d a r y shaft v i a the idler shaft idler g e a r a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft idler g e a r .
* T h e s e c o n d a r y shaft 1st g e a r d r i v e s the c o u n t e r s h a f t 1st g e a r a n d t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t .
* P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d to the final drive g e a r , w h i c h in turn d r i v e s the final d r i v e n gear.
(cont'd)
14-31
Power Flow (confd)
Ii 2 n d G e a r
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to t h e 2 n d c l u t c h , then the 2 n d clutch e n g a g e s the s e c o n d a r y shaft 2nd g e a r w i t h the
T h e m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r d r i v e s the s e c o n d a r y shaft v i a the idler shaft idler g e a r a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t idler g e a r .
* T h e s e c o n d a r y shaft 2 n d g e a r d r i v e s the c o u n t e r s h a f t 2 n d g e a r a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d to the final drive g e a r , w h i c h in turn d r i v e s the final d r i v e n g e a r .
14-32
In 3 r d G e a r
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to t h e 3 r d c l u t c h , t h e n t h e 3rd c l u t c h e n g a g e s the s e c o n d a r y shaft 3rd g e a r w i t h the
s e c o n d a r y shaft,
* T h e m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r d r i v e s t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t v i a the idler shaft idler g e a r a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft Idler g e a r
* T h e s e c o n d a r y shaft 3rd gear drives the countershaft 3rd gear a n d the countershaft.
* P o w e r Is t r a n s m i t t e d to the final d r i v e g e a r , w h i c h in turn d r i v e s t h e final d r i v e n g e a r .
(confd)
14-33
Power Flow (cont'd)
In 4 t h G e a r
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to the s e r v o v a l v e to e n g a g e the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r a n d
the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b w h i l e the shift l e v e r is in f o r w a r d r a n g e (D, D 3 , 2, a n d 1).
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a l s o a p p l i e d to the 4th c l u t c h , t h e n the 4th clutch e n g a g e s the m a i n s h a f t 4th g e a r w i t h the
mainshaft.
* T h e m a i n s h a f t 4th g e a r d r i v e s the c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
* P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d to the final drive g e a r , w h i c h In turn d r i v e s the final d r i v e n g e a r .
14-34
In 5 t h G e a r
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to the 5th c l u t c h , t h e n t h e 5th clutch e n g a g e s the m a i n s h a f t 5th g e a r w i t h the
mainshaft.
* T h e m a i n s h a f t 5th g e a r d r i v e s t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t 5th g e a r a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t ,
* P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d to t h e final d r i v e g e a r , w h i c h in t u r n d r i v e s the final d r i v e n gear.
(cont'd)
14-35
Power Flow (cont'd)
R Position
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to the s e r v o v a l v e to e n g a g e the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r
a n d the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b w h i l e the shift l e v e r is in R.
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e Is a l s o a p p l i e d to the 4th c l u t c h , t h e n the 4th clutch e n g a g e s the m a i n s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r w i t h t h e
mainshaft.
T h e m a i n s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r d r i v e s the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r v i a the r e v e r s e idler g e a r .
T h e rotation direction of the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r Is c h a n g e d by the r e v e r s e idler g e a r .
T h e c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r d r i v e s the c o u n t e r s h a f t v i a the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r , w h i c h d r i v e s t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b .
P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d to the final drive g e a r , w h i c h in turn d r i v e s the final d r i v e n g e a r .
14-36
It
Electronic Control S f stem
Functional Diagram
T h e e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of t h e p o w e r t r a i n c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) , s e n s o r s , a n d s o l e n o i d v a l v e s .
S h i f t i n g a n d l o c k - u p a r e e l e c t r o n i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d f o r c o m f o r t a b l e d r i v i n g u n d e r all c o n d i t i o n s .
T h e P C M r e c e i v e s Input s i g n a l s f r o m s e n s o r s , s w i t c h e s , a n d o t h e r c o n t r o l u n i t s , p r o c e s s e s d a t a , a n d o u t p u t s s i g n a l s
for t h e e n g i n e c o n t r o l s y s t e m a n d t h e A / T c o n t r o l s y s t e m . T h e A / T c o n t r o l s y s t e m i n c l u d e s shift c o n t r o l , g r a d e l o g i c
control, clutch p r e s s u r e control, a n d lock-up control.
T h e P C M s w i t c h e s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a n d t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s to c o n t r o l s h i f t i n g
t r a n s m i s s i o n g e a r s a n d lock-up torque converter clutch.
PCM
Engine R P M Signal
Accelerator Puds! Position
S E N S O R
S I G N A L
Throttle Position
Sensor Signal
PGM-FI Control
System
Control Module
G a u g e Cc
A / T Gear Position Indicator
I E n g i n e Coolant
I Temperature Sensor Signal
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Signal
ManHbidAbsoiufe
Pressure Sensor Signal
A / T Control System
ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal
S h i f t S o l e n o i d Vai@ A
S e r v i c e C h e c k . Signal
P
R_
Transmission
Range
Switch
Signal
Shift Control
Grade Logic Control
Ascending Control
Control
Shift Solenoid Valve B

Shift Solenoid Valve C
Shift Solenoid Valve D
Shift Solenoid Valve E
......
A / T Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve A
........
I n p u t S h a f t {Mainshaft)
Speed Sensor Signal
Clutch Pressure
Control
A/T Clutch Pressure

Control Solenoid Valve B
A/T Clutch
Control Solenoid Valve C
Output Shaft (Countershaft)

Speed Sensor Signal
OP
Lock-up Control
2 n d C l u t c h T m n s m m s m m Fluid
Pressure S w i t c h Sif p a i
Its r e m i s s i o n F l u i d
Swiftah S i g n a l
3rd Clutch
Pressure
Automatic
Five-speed
a n d Reverse
B r a k e Pudaf P o s i t i o n
Switch Signal
Lock-up
Conditions
Fail-safe Function
C o m m u n i c a t i o n and
Output F u n c t i o n
Vehicle Speed Signal

Data Link Connector
Shift Lock Control
Shift Lock Solenoid
Cruise Control Downshift

Request Signal
(cont'd)
14-37
Electronic Control System (confd)
Shift Control
T h e P C M instantly d e t e r m i n e s w h i c h g e a r s h o u l d be s e l e c t e d by v a r i o u s s i g n a l s s e n t f r o m s e n s o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , a n d
It a c t u a t e s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E to control g e a r s e l e c t i o n .
A g r a d e logic control s y s t e m h a s b e e n a d o p t e d to control shifting In D a n d D 3 . T h e P C M c o m p a r e s actual driving
c o n d i t i o n s w i t h p r o g r a m m e d d r i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s , b a s e d on the input f r o m the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l position s e n s o r , t h e
e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r , the b a r o m e t r i c p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , the b r a k e pedal position s w i t c h s i g n a l , a n d t h e
shift Sever position s i g n a l , to control shifting w h i l e the v e h i c l e is a s c e n d i n g or d e s c e n d i n g a s l o p e .
Gauge Control Module
PCM
A / T Gear Position
Indicator
Engine RPM Signal
E n g i n e RPM
Control
Shift Position
Control
P
Transmission
Rang
Switch Signal
[D
Fail-safe C o n t r o l
EL
D3
2
T
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Signal
Output Shaft (Countershaft)

Speed Sensor Signal
Input Shaft (Mainshaft)

Speed Sensor Signal
ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal
Actual Driving
S h i f t Position
Bead of ATF
Temperature
Shift Solenoid
VatweA
Master Target of
Shifting Position
C o r r e c t i o n t
Shifting Mod
Srade Logic I
> Ascending Mode
Descending M o d e
Calculation
of
Brake Pedal Position

Switch Signal
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor Signal
Correction for Engine

Coolant Terrtperatyre
Sensor Signal Data
Sensor Signal
14-38
B
IE
\K
Shift Solenoid
Valve B
Shift Solenoid
Valve C
Shift Solenoid
Valve D
Shift Solenoid
Valve E
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A, B, C , D a n d E ON a n d OFF to control g e a r s e l e c t i o n . T h e c o m b i n a t i o n of driving

R
s i g n a l s to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B C , D, a n d E a r e s h o w n in t h e table.
r
D D3
f
Shifting from H
S t a y s in 1st
S h i f t i n g g e a r s b e t w e e n 1st a n d 2 n d
S t a y s in 2 n d
S h i f t i n g g e a r s b e t w e e n 2 n d a n d 3rd
S t a y s in 3 r d
S h i f t i n g g e a r s b e t w e e n 3 r d a n d 4th
S t a y s in 4th
S h i f t i n g g e a r s b e t w e e n 4th a n d 5th
2
1
R
Shift Solenoid Valwes
G e a r Position
Position
S t a y s in 5th
2nd gear
1st g e a r
Shifting from P a n d N
S t a y s in r e v e r s e
R e v e r s e inhibit
Park
Neutral
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF or ON
OFF o r ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
'
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF"
(confd)
14-39
Electronic Control S f stem (confd)
G r a d e Logic Control: Ascending Control
W h e n the P C M d e t e r m i n e s that t h e v e h i c l e is c l i m b i n g a hill in D a n d D 3 , t h e s y s t e m e x t e n d s t h e e n g a g e m e n t a r e a of
2 n d , 3 r d , a n d 4th g e a r s to p r e v e n t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f r o m frequently shifting b e t w e e n 2 n d a n d 3rd g e a r s , b e t w e e n 3rd
a n d 4th g e a r s , a n d b e t w e e n 4th a n d 5th g e a r s . T h e P C M d o e s this s o the v e h i c l e c a n run s m o o t h a n d h a v e m o r e p o w e r
when needed.
Shift p r o g r a m s s t o r e d in the P C M b e t w e e n 2 n d a n d 3rd g e a r s , b e t w e e n 3rd a n d 4th g e a r s , a n d b e t w e e n 4th a n d 5th
g e a r s , e n a b l e it to a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e l e c t the m o s t s u i t a b l e g e a r a c c o r d i n g to the m a g n i t u d e of a gradient.
100 % i
ASCENDING MODE: Upshift Schedule

4TH
F L A T R O A D 1V1GDE
G R A D U A L A S C E W D I W G IV10DE
50
5TH
MEDIUM ASCENDING MODE

STEEP A S C E N D I N G M O D E
H E A V Y STEEP ASCEWDING M O D E
Vehicle speed
Grade Logic Control: Descending Control

W h e n the P C M d e t e r m i n e s that t h e v e h i c l e is g o i n g d o w n a hill in D a n d D3, t h e upshift s p e e d f r o m 4th to 5th g e a r ,
f r o m 3rd t o 4th g e a r , a n d f r o m 2nd'to 3rd g e a r ( w h e n the throttle is c l o s e d ) b e c o m e s h i g h e r t h a n the s e t s p e e d for flat
road driving to e x t e n d the 4th g e a r , 3 r d g e a r , a n d 2nd g e a r driving a r e a . T h i s , in c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h e n g i n e braking f r o m
the d e c e l e r a t i o n l o c k - u p , a c h i e v e s s m o o t h d r i v i n g w h e n the v e h i c l e is d e s c e n d i n g . T h e r e a r e t h r e e d e s c e n d i n g m o d e s
w i t h different 4th g e a r d r i v i n g a r e a s , 3rd g e a r driving a r e a s , a n d 2nd g e a r driving a r e a s a c c o r d i n g to the m a g n i t u d e of
a g r a d i e n t s t o r e d in the P C M . W h e n the v e h i c l e is in 5th g e a r or 4th g e a r , a n d y o u are d e c e l e r a t i n g w h e n y o u a r e
a p p l y i n g the b r a k e s on a s t e e p hill, the t r a n s m i s s i o n will d o w n s h i f t to l o w e r g e a r . W h e n y o u a c c e l e r a t e , the
t r a n s m i s s i o n will t h e n return to a h i g h e r g e a r .
100%
DESCENDING MODE: Downshift Sehedyle
5TH
FLAT ROAD M O D E
GRADUAL DESCENDING MODE
50
M E D I U M DESCEWDIWG M O D E
STEEP DESCENDING M O D E
Vehicle speed
14-40
Shift-Hold Control
W h e n negotiating w i n d i n g r o a d s , t h e throttle is s u d d e n l y r e l e a s e d a n d the b r a k e s a r e a p p l i e d , a s is the c a s e w h e n
d e c e l e r a t i n g at t h e e n t r a n c e of a c u r v e , shift-hold control k e e p s t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n In its c u r r e n t (lower) ratio a s itn e g o t i a t e s t h e c o r n e r a n d a c c e l e r a t e s out.
W h e n t h e v e h i c l e i s d r i v e n a g g r e s s i v e l y o n a w i n d i n g r o a d , t h e P C M will e x t e n d the e n g a g e m e n t t i m e of 3rd g e a r a n d
4th g e a r to p r e v e n t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f r o m f r e q u e n t l y shifting b e t w e e n 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th g e a r s . T h i s a l l o w s the d r i v e r to
h a v e m o r e c o n t r o l for both a c c e l e r a t i o n a n d d e c e l e r a t i o n .
T h e P C M m o n i t o r s t h e a v e r a g e c h a n g e In the v e h i c l e s p e e d a n d throttle o v e r t i m e . W h e n t h e s e v a l u e s e x c e e d t h o s e
for n o r m a l d r i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s , the upshift f r o m 3 r d to 4th g e a r a n d 4th to 5th g e a r is d e l a y e d . T h i s g i v e s m o r e control
o v e r p o w e r , a n d t h e e n g i n e braking w h e n t h e d r i v e r is d r i v i n g a g g r e s s i v e l y a r o u n d w i n d i n g r o a d s . T h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
will r e s u m e t h e n o r m a l upshift pattern after t h e P C M d e t e r m i n e s that n o r m a l driving h a s r e s u m e d ,
^ / ^ : T h r o t t l e r e l e a s e d a n d b r a k e s a p p l i e d
O p e r a t i o n p a t t e r n f
S h i f t p a t t e r n of
conventional
3rd
automatic transmission
Shift p a t t e r n of
Shift-hold C o n t r o l
automatic transmission
(cont'd)
14-41
Electronic Control System fcont^d}
T h e P C M a c t u a t e s A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C to c o n t r o l t h e c l u t c h p r e s s u r e . W h e n shifting
b e t w e e n Sower a n d h i g h e r g e a r s , t h e c l u t c h p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t e d by A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B,
and C e n g a g e s and d i s e n g a g e s the clutch smoothly.
T h e P C M r e c e i v e s input s i g n a l s f r o m t h e v a r i o u s s e n s o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , p r o c e s s e s d a t a , a n d o u t p u t s c u r r e n t to A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C .
PCM
Input Shaft IMaioshaft)

Speed Sensor Signal
O u t p u t Shaft
(Countershaft}
Speed Sensor Signal
PGM-FI
Control
System
Ignition Timing
Requirement
Ji
ii
Actual
Driving Shift
Position
Decision of
Shifting
"Mode
1f
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor
Signal
Master Target of
Controlling Current
Current
Feedback
A / T Clutch
Pressure Control
Solenoid Valves
A, B and C
f
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor Signal
Engine RPM Signal
2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
Pressure S w i t c h Signal
3rd Clutch.
Transmission Fluid
Pressure S w i t c h Signal
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor Signal
ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal
14-42
^ \
|
Correction of
Data

Torque Signal Data
Correction for Hydraulic

Pressure A p p l y i n g
Timing

Coolant Temperature
Sensor Data
Correction for ATF

Temperature Sensor
Signal Data
Lock-up Control
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e E c o n t r o l s t h e h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e to s w i t c h t h e l o c k - u p shift v a l v e O N a n d O F F . T h e P C M a c t u a t e s
s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A to s t a r t l o c k - u p . A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l
s o l e n o i d valve- A a p p l i e s a n d r e g u l a t e s h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e to t h e l o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e to c o n t r o l t h e v o l u m e of t h e
lock-up.
T h e l o c k - u p m e c h a n i s m , o p e r a t e s in D ( 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th g e a r s ) , a n d in D 3 ( 2 n d a n d 3 r d gears)..
PCM
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor Signal
Engine Coolant
Temperature Control
Shifting Position
Control
Transmission Range
Switch Signal
Gradient Control
b y fVIagrsItode
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Signal
Output Shaft
{Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Signal
Control
Actual
Driving
Shift
Position
Lock-yp Control
Input Shaft
iiwiainsfiaftf
Speed Sensor Signal
ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal
Correction
from ATF
Temperature
Sensor Data
E n g i n e BPM S i g n a l
Driving
Shift
Position
Lock-yp ON/OFF
Control
Lock-up Condition
Control
Shift Solenoid
Valve E
Master Target of
Controlling Current
Current Feedback
A / T Clutch Pressyre
Control Solenoid
Valve A
(confd)
14-43
#
Electronic Control System (cont d)

Self-diagnosis
If t h e P C M detects the failure of a s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r , a s w i t c h , a s o l e n o i d v a l v e , or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit it s t o r e s
.a T e m p o r a r y D T C or a D T C . D e p e n d i n g on the failure, a D T C is s t o r e d in either t h e first or the s e c o n d drive c y c l e . W h e n
a D T C is s t o r e d , the P C M blinks t h e D indicator a n d / o r t u r n s o n the m a l f u n c t i o n indicator Samp (MIL) by a s i g n a l s e n t to
the g a u g e control m o d u l e v i a F - C A N .
O n e Drl@ C y c l e D e t e c t i o n M e t h o d :
W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r , a s w i t c h , a s o l e n o i d v a l v e , or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit, the
P C M s t o r e s a D T C for t h e failure a n d blinks the D indicator a n d / o r t u r n s on t h e MIL i m m e d i a t e l y .
T w o Drive Cycle Detection Method:
W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r , a s w i t c h , a s o l e n o i d v a l v e , or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit in
the first drive c y c l e , t h e P C M s t o r e s a T e m p o r a r y D T C . T h e D indicator a n d t h e M I L d o not t u r n s on at t h i s t i m e . If t h e
failure c o n t i n u e s in t h e s e c o n d d r i v e c y c l e , the P C M s t o r e s a D T C a n d blinks the D indicator a n d / o r t u r n s on the MIL.
Fail-safe Function
W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in the s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r , a s w i t c h , a s o l e n o i d v a l v e , or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit, the
P C M i g n o r e s that s i g n a l a n d s u b s t i t u t e s a p r e - p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e for t h e m that a l l o w the a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n to
c o n t i n u e d r i v i n g , T h i s c a u s e s a D T C to be s t o r e d a n d t h e D indicator to blink a n d / o r t h e M I L to c o m e o n .
14-44
PCM A / T Control S y s t e m Electrical Connections

A/T CLUTCH PRESSOR
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE A
A/T CLUTCH F
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE 8
m
< <r\j>-|
6 SLS
A/T CLUTCH F
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE C
.
-OT^w
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
Of^
B R A K E LIGHTS
DATA L1MK CONNECTOR (DLC)

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
-
CANH
CANL
ATF
TEMPE RATURE
SENSC R
INPUT' SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
ATPP
ATPR
ATPN
ATPD
6 ATPD3
4 ATP2-1
IA19
ATPFWD
ATPRVS
vcc 52E
5
> CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
PRESSURE SWITCH
3RD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
P R E S S U R E SWITCH
KTNO--.
LG1
LG2
PCM Connector Terminal Locations
Ifif
uTl5|18 17118
8J4.U2
J 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 | 5 | Sj T 8 irpoT
fivJ L
A
I49PJ
B A
C49P}
O (49P)
(confd)
14-45
Electronic Control System (cont'd)
P C M A / T Control S y s t e m Inputs and Outputs
PCM C o n n e c t o r T e r m i n a l L o c a t i o n s
1I
4
8 | 9 110
1 9 L / ] 21
13 j 14-115J1611T j 18"
22 23
26 27
25
Ml
11 12
^31
29
31 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5
36
17I
iX|4ljWjX|44|7R
A
B A
(49P)
(49P)
Description
Turin! m l
Number
A1
Wire Color
T o r m i n a ! Nam
RED
A3
WHT
A4
RED
A7
RED/BLK
V B S O L (POWER S O U R C E
FOR S O L E N O I D V A L V E S ) "
C A N H (CAN
HIGH)
C A N L (CAN COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
LOW)
M R L Y (PGM-FI M A I N
R E L A Y 1)
A9
YEL/BLK
IGP (POWER S O U R C E )
A18
YEL
A P S A (ACCELERATOR
SENSOR A)
A19
ORN
A P S B (ACCELERATOR
P E D A L P O S I T I O N (APR)
S E N S O R B) .
Detects A P P s e n s o r B s i g n a l
A25
BRN
A28
RED
A28
PNK
A32
ORN
S L S (SHIFT L O C K
SOLENOID)
S C S (SERVICE CHECK
SIGNAL)

voltage
voltage
D r i v e s s h i f t lock s o l e n o i d
A35
A36
A42
GRN
BLU
LT G R N
14-46
SG4 (SENSOR GROUND)
B K S W (BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH)
Signal
Power source for solenoid

valves
Sends a n d receives
c o m m u n i c a t i o n signal
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h LOCK (0): A b o u t 0 V
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): Pulses ( a b o u t 2.5 V)
Sends and receives

c o m m u n i c a t i o n signal
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (IS): Pulses ( a b o u t 2.5V)
D r i v e s PGM-FI m a i n relay 1
P o w e r s o u r c e f o r DTC
memory
Power source for PCM
circuit
Detects APP sensor A signal
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (IS): A b o u t 0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h LOCK (0): B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
Detects s e r v i c e c h e c k s i g n a l
Sensor ground
Sensor ground
Detects brake pedal
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h L O C K (0): A b o u t 0 V
W i t h . i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l
f u l l y p r e s s e d : A b o u t 4.8 V
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l
r e l e a s e d : A b o u t 1.0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l
f u l l y p r e s s e d : A b o u t 2.4 V
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l
r e l e a s e d : A b o u t 0.5 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 5.0 V
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h LOCK (0): A b o u t 0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h L O C K (0): A b o u t 0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II), i n P, b r a k e p e d a l
pressed, and accelerator pedal released: A b o u t 0 V
W i t h the service check signal shorted using HDS:
About 0 V
W i t h t h e s e r v i c e c h e c k s i g n a l o p e n e d : A b o u t 5.0 V
W i t h brake pedal released: A b o u t 0 V
W i t h brake pedal pressed: Battery voltage
C M C O N N E C T O R B ^ 149 PI
Wire Color
B1
B8
BLK
BLU/RED
B9
BLU/WHT
810
B11
BLK
BLU/BLK
B12
GRN/WHT
B13
RED/BLK
B14
BLU/BLK
B15
WHT
B16
RED
B17
GRN/RED
B18
WHT/RED
B19
YEL/BLU
Description
Signal
PG2 (PCM G R O U N D )
OP2SW (2ND CLUTCH
PRESSURE SWITCH)
O P 3 S W {3RD C L U T C H
PRESSURE SWITCH)
PG1 <PCM G R O U N D )
S H A (SHIFT S O L E N O I D
VALVE A)
G r o u n d circuit for PCM

Detects 2 n d clutch
switch signal
Detects 3rd clutch
switch signal
valve A
S H B (SHIFT S O L E N O I D
V A L V E B)

valve B
ATPW ( T R A N S M I S S I O N
R A N G E S W I T C H N)
ATPP (TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H P)
ATPR (TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H R)
ATPD3 (TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H D3)
ATP2-1 {TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H 2-1)
switch N position signal
Detects transmission range
switch P position signal
s w i t c h R po-sitfon s i g n a l
s w i t c h D3 position signal
switch 2 and 1 positions
signal
Detects i n p u t shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor
signal
- Provides sensor voltage
Less t h a n 0,5 V a t all t i m e s

W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (IS):
* W i t h o u t 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e : A b o u t 5.0 V
W i t h 2nd clutch pressure: A b o u t 0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II):
W i t h o u t 3 r d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e : A b o u t 5.0 V
W i t h 3rd clutch pressure: A b o u t 0 V
Less t h a n 0.5 V a t all t i m e s
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g In R, D (In 1 s t 4 t h , a n d 5 t h
g e a r s ) , D 3 (in 1st g e a r ) , a n d 1 : B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, N , D a n d D3 (in 2 n d a n d
3rd g e a r s ) , a n d 2: A b o u t 0 V--W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g In P, R, N D a n d D 3 (In 1st a n d
2 n d g e a r s ) , 2, a n d 1: B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in D (3rd, 4th, a n d 5th gears)
a n d D3 (3rd gear): A b o u t 0 V
In N: A b o u t 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n N : M o r e t h a n 5.0 V
In P: A b o u t 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n P: M o r e t h a n 5.0 V
In R: A b o u t 0 V
In a n y - p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n R: M o r e t h a n 5.0 V
In D3: A b o u t 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D 3 : B a t t e r y v o l t a g e .
In 2 a n d 1 : A b o u t 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n 2 a n d 1 : B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
T e r m i n a l Mam&
MM ( I N P U T S H A F T
( M A I N S H A F T ) SPEED
SENSOR)
VCC2ISENSOR VOLTAGE)
W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 0 V o r a b o u t
5.0 V
W i t h e n q i n e r u n n i n g i n N : A b o u t 2.5 V ( p u l s e s )
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h LOCK (0): A b o u t 0 V
(confd)
14-47
System Description
(Gont'd)
Electronic Control Systenn (cont'd)

P C M Ail
C o n t r o l S y s t e m I n p u t s a n d O u t p u t s (cont'd)
PCIVi C o n n e c t o r T e r m i n a l L o c a t i o n s
II
1 = 1
8
. h i /
10
llXi4lkM44|/^6p
A
(49P)
31 32|33
>< /
34 35 36
38
II
6|7
8 | 9 [10 1
/ 20 21
22 23 /
/ /
><
2 9 3 0 31 3 2 /
/ / / /
/
1 I/I
] 43144145 146
11 12 13 14 15 18 17|18 19
21
22 23 2 4
25
26 27 28
29
I i11| 12 13 14
2
15 16 17118
/ ><
M7\
4 8
(49P)
O (49P)
T e r m i n a l side-of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Terminal
Number
B21
W i r e Color
B22
YEL/GRN
B23
RED/WHT
B25
YEL
B26
BLU/YEL
B27
GRN/RED
B28
Terminal Name
Description
S H C (SHIFT S O L E N O I D
V A L V E C)

valve C
ATPD (TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H D)
ATPRVS (TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H RVS)
S H E (SHIFT S O L E N O I D
V A L V E E)
switch D position signal
Deteets t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
switch R position signal
valve E
LSC ( A / T C L U T C H
S O L E N O I D V A L V E C)
S H D (SHIFT S O L E N O I D
V A L V E D)

control solenoid valve C
valve D
RED/YEL
T A T F (ATF T E M P E R A T U R E
SENSOR)
Detects A T F t e m p e r a t u r e
sensor signal
B29
BLU/YEL
ATPFWD (TRANSMISSION
R A N G E S W I T C H FWD)
B34
B38
GRN/BLK
BLK/WHT
B40
BRN
B48
RED/BLK
SG2 (SENSOR GROUND)

NC (OUTPUT SHAFT
( C O U N T E R S H A F T ) SPEED
SENSOR)
LSB ( A / T C L U T C H
S O L E N O I D V A L V E B)
LSA (A/T CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE A)
s w i t c h D, D3, a n d
2 positions signal
Sensor ground
Detects o u t p u t s h a f t
(countershaft) speed sensor
signal
Drives A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve B
14-48
GRN

control solenoid valve A
Signal
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in N, D (in 1 s t 3 r d , a n d 5 t h
g e a r s ) , D3 (in 1st a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) , a n d 1: B a t t e r y
voltage
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in P, R, D (in 2 n d a n d 4 t h
g e a r s ) , D3 (in 2 n d g e a r ) , a n d 2: A b o u t 0 V
In D: A b o u t 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D: B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
In R: A b o u t 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n R: B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in P a n d R: B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in N, D a n d D3 (in 1st g e a r ) , 2,
a n d 1: A b o u t 0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): C u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in D (in 2 n d a n d 5 t h g e a r s ) , D3
(in 2 n d g e a r ) , a n d ' 2 : B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in P, R, N, D (in 1st, 3 r d , a n d
4 t h g e a r s ) , a n d D3 (in 1st a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) : A b o u t 0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 0 . 2 - 4 . 8 V
depending on ATF temperature
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h L O C K (0): A b o u t 0 V
In D, D3, a n d 2: A b o u t 0 V
In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D, D3, a n d 2: B a t t e r y
voltage
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 0 V o r a b o u t
5.0 V
W i t h d r i v i n g : A b o u t 2.5 V (pulses)
Terminal Name
Signal
Description
T@ffulfill
Number
C10
Wire Color
8LK/RED
IG1 ( I G N I T I O N S I G N A L )
C13
YEL/RED
Detects ignition switch

signal
Provides sensor voltage
C14
C44
C48
GRN/WHT
BRN/YEL
BRN/YEL
S G I (SENSOR GROUND)
Sensor ground
Ground circuit for PCM
With ignition
With iqnition
With i g n i t i o n
With ignition
Less t h a n 0.5
Less t h a n 0.5
Less t h a n 0.5
s w i t c h O N (II): B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
s w i t c h LOCK (0): A b o u t 0 V
s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 5.0 V
s w i t c h LOCK (0): A b o u t 0 V
V at all t i m e s
V at all t i m e s
V at all t i m e s
14-49
Hydraulic Controls
Valve Bodies
T h e v a l v e b o d y I n c l u d e s the m a i n v a l v e b o d y , the regulator v a l v e b o d y , a n d the s e r v o body. T h e A T F p u m p is d r i v e n
by s p l i n e s o n the e n d of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r w h i c h Is a t t a c h e d to the e n g i n e . Fluid f l o w s t h r o u g h the regulator v a l v e
to m a i n t a i n s p e c i f i e d p r e s s u r e t h r o u g h the m a i n v a l v e b o d y to the m a n u a l v a l v e , directing p r e s s u r e to the shift v a l v e s
a n d to e a c h of the c l u t c h e s v i a the s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E a r e bolted on the s e r v o b o d y .
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C a r e m o u n t e d on the o u t s i d e of the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
14-50
Main Valve Body

T h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s t h e m a n u a l v a l v e , shift v a l v e s A , B, C , a n d E, the relief v a l v e , the lock-up control v a l v e ,
the c o o l e r c h e c k v a l v e , t h e s e r v o c o n t r o l v a l v e , a n d the A T F p u m p g e a r s . T h e p r i m a r y function of the m a i n v a l v e bodyi s to s w i t c h fluid p r e s s u r e o n a n d off a n d to control h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e g o i n g to the h y d r a u l i c control s y s t e m .
MAIN V A L V E B O D Y
SHIFT V A L V E A
CHECK VALVE
ATF PUfIP DRIVEN GEAR
Regylator Valve Body

T h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s the r e g u l a t o r v a l v e , the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c h e c k v a l v e , t h e lock-up shift v a l v e , a n d
the 1 s t a n d 3rd accumulators.
(cont'd)
14-51
Hydraulic Controls (cont'd)
Regulator Valve
T h e regulator v a l v e m a i n t a i n s c o n s t a n t h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e from' the A T F p u m p to the h y d r a u l i c control s y s t e m , w h i l e
a l s o providing fluid to the lubrication s y s t e m a n d the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r . T h e fluid f r o m the A T F p u m p f l o w s t h r o u g h B
a n d C . Fluid entering f r o m B f l o w s t h r o u g h the v a l v e orifice to the A cavity. T h i s p r e s s u r e in the A c a v i t y p u s h e s the
regulator v a l v e t o w a r d the v a l v e s p r i n g s i d e , a n d this m o v e m e n t of the regulator v a l v e u n c o v e r s the fluid port to the
torque c o n v e r t e r a n d the relief v a l v e . T h e fluid f l o w s out to the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r a n d the relief v a l v e , a n d the regulator
v a l v e returns u n d e r s p r i n g f o r c e . A c c o r d i n g to the level of the h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e t h r o u g h B, the position of the
regulator v a l v e c h a n g e s , a n d the a m o u n t of fluid f r o m C t h r o u g h t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r a l s o c h a n g e s . T h i s o p e r a t i o n is
c o n t i n u o u s , m a i n t a i n i n g the line p r e s s u r e .
To TORQUE
CONVERTER
To LUBRICATION and
T o RELIEF V A L V E
1'
I'
From ATF PUMP
REGULATOR VALVE
I n c r e a s e s in h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e a c c o r d i n g to torque a r e r e g u l a t e d by the regulator v a l v e u s i n g stator t o r q u e reaction.

T h e stator shaft Is s p l i n e d w i t h the stator in the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r , a n d the stator shaft a r m e n d c o n t a c t s t h e regulator
s p r i n g c a p . W h e n the v e h i c l e is a c c e l e r a t i n g or c l i m b i n g (torque c o n v e r t e r r a n g e ) , stator t o r q u e reaction a c t s on the
stator shaft, a n d the stator shaft a r m p u s h e s t h e regulator s p r i n g c a p in the direction of the a r r o w in proportion to the
reaction. T h e stator reaction s p r i n g c o m p r e s s e s , a n d the regulator v a l v e m o v e s to I n c r e a s e the line p r e s s u r e w h i c h is
r e g u l a t e d by the regulator v a l v e . T h e line p r e s s u r e r e a c h e s its m a x i m u m w h e n the stator t o r q u e reaction r e a c h e s its
maximum.
STATOR SHAFT
ARM E N D
14-52
S e r v o Body
T h e s e r v o b o d y c o n t a i n s the s e r v o v a l v e , shift v a l v e D, the a c c u m u l a t o r s for 2 n d , 4th, a n d 5th, a n d shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s A, B, C, D, a n d E.
Accumulator
T h e a c c u m u l a t o r s a r e l o c a t e d in the regulator v a l v e b o d y a n d the s e r v o body. T h e regulator v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s the
1st a n d 3 r d a c c u m u l a t o r s , a n d the s e r v o b o d y c o n t a i n s t h e 2 n d , 4th, a n d 5th a c c u m u l a t o r s .
14-53
System Description (confd)
Hydraulic Flow
D i s t r i b u t i o n of H y d r a u l i c P r e s s u r e
A s the e n g i n e t u r n s , t h e A T F p u m p starts to o p e r a t e . A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) is d r a w n t h r o u g h t h e A T F
s t r a i n e r (filter) a n d d i s c h a r g e d into the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t T h e n , A T F f l o w i n g f r o m the A T F p u m p b e c o m e s line p r e s s u r e
that is regulated b y the regulator v a l v e . T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e regulator v a l v e e n t e r s the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r t h r o u g h t h e lock-up shift v a l v e , a n d it is d i s c h a r g e d f r o m the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r . T h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c h e c k
valve prevents torque converter pressure from rising.
T h e P C M t u r n s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s O N a n d O F F . T h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e intercepts line p r e s s u r e f r o m the A T F
p u m p v i a the m a n u a l v a l v e w h e n the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e is O F F . W h e n t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e is t u r n e d O N by t h e
P C M , line p r e s s u r e c h a n g e s to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e at the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e , t h e n t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e
p r e s s u r e f l o w s to the shift v a l v e . A p p l y i n g shift s o l e n o i d p r e s s u r e to the shift v a l v e s m o v e s the position of the shift
v a l v e , a n d s w i t c h e s the port of the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t T h e P C M a l s o c o n t r o l s A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s
A , B , a n d C . T h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s regulate h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e , a n d a p p l i e s the p r e s s u r e to
the c l u t c h e s to e n g a g e s m o o t h l y . T h e c l u t c h e s r e c e i v e o p t i m u m clutch p r e s s u r e w h i c h is r e g u l a t e d b y the A / T clutch
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s f o r c o m f o r t a b l e driving a n d shifting u n d e r all c o n d i t i o n s .
Hydraulic pressure a t t h e p o r t f o r use in t h e h y d r a u l i c
Port
Hydraulic Pressure
circuit
Port
No,
SB
Hydraulic Pressure
No.
1,
Line
Line
3'
Line
Line
4'
Line
10
1st clutch
4"
Line
20
Line
Line o r A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
30
2 n d clutch
3 r d clutch
4th c l u t c h
7
1A
SC
SD
SE
40
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E
valve A
Line
Line
50
55
. 5th clutch
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
3B
Line
55'
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
3C
Line
Line
Line
56
Line
Line
L i n e or A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
valve B
L i n e or A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
valve A o r B
91
93
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
Torque converter
Torque converter
Torque converter
A T F cooler
94
Torque-converter
1B
3A
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
57
90
92
5G
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
95
Lubrication
5H
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
96
Torque converter
5J
A / T - d u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
97
Torque converter
5K
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
99
Suction
5L
5N
HX
High position drain
SA
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
AX
Air drain
14-54
Drain
N Position
T h e P C M c o n t r o l s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . T h e c o n d i t i o n s of the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a n d the p o s i t i o n s of the shift
valves are a s follows:
* S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A : O F F , a n d shift v a l v e A r e m a i n s o n the right s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B: O N , a n d shift v a l v e B m o v e s to t h e left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C : O N , a n d shift v a l v e C m o v e s to t h e left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D: O F F , a n d shift v a l v e D r e m a i n s o n the left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E : O F F , a n d shift v a l v e E r e m a i n s o n the left s i d e
L i n e p r e s s u r e 11) f l o w s to t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A . U n d e r this
c o n d i t i o n , h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is not a p p l i e d to the c l u t c h e s ,
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , ''left" o r " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c circuit.
(cont'd)
14-55
System Description (confd)
Hydraulic Flow (cont'd)
0 Position: 1 st gear shifting from W position
T h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s r e m a i n the s a m e a s in N w h e n shifting to D f r o m M T h e m a n u a l v a l v e is m o v e d to D, and.
u n c o v e r s the line p r e s s u r e port (4) l e a d i n g to A / T clutch p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l ' s o l e n o i d v a l v e C . H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e to the
1st clutch f r o m A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A is c r e a t e d a s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A is O F F , B a n d C r e m a i n
O N . A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (55) c h a n g e s to 1st clutch p r e s s u r e (10) at shift v a l v e B, a n d
f l o w s to the 1st c l u t c h . T h e 1st c l u t c h is e n g a g e d gently w h e n shifting to D f r o m N.
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t
14-56
D P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g in 1 s t g e a r
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A O N , B a n d C r e m a i n O N , a n d D a n d E r e m a i n O F F , Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
p r e s s u r e I S A ) i s a p p l i e d to t h e right s i d e of shift v a l v e A . Shift v a l v e A i s m o v e d to the left s i d e to u n c o v e r the line
p r e s s u r e port l e a d i n g to t h e 1st c l u t c h , a n d to c o v e r t h e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e c ontr ol s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e port.
F l u i d f l o w s to t h e 1st c l u t c h by w a y of:
L i n e p r e s s u r e { 1 } - Shift v a l v e D L i n e p r e s s u r e (1 A ) - * S h i f t v a l v e A L i n e p r e s s u r e (1B>
p r e s s u r e (5A) ~* Shift v a l v e C L i n e p r e s s u r e (5B)
Manual valveLine
Shift v a l v e B 1 s t c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (10) -~* 1 s t c l u t c h
1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (10) is a p p l i e d to the 1st c l u t c h , a n d t h e 1st c l u t c h is e n g a g e d s e c u r e l y .

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s d i r e c t i o n on t h e h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t
(cont'd)
14-57
Hydrayilc Flow (cont'd)
0 P o s i t i o n : S h i f t i n g b e t w e e n 1st g e a r a n d 2 n d g e a r
A s the s p e e d of the v e h i c l e r e a c h e s t h e p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e , the P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A O F F , B a n d C r e m a i n
O N , a n d D a n d E r e m a i n O F F . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e I S A ) in the right s i d e of shift v a l v e A is r e l e a s e d . Shift
v a l v e A m o v e s to the right s i d e u n c o v e r i n g the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e port l e a d i n g to the
1st a n d 2nd c l u t c h e s . T h e P C M c o n t r o l s the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s to regulate h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e .
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (55) c h a n g e s to 1st clutch p r e s s u r e {10) at shift v a l v e B , a n d A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e (56) c h a n g e s to 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20) at shift v a l v e A . T h e 1st a n d
2 n d c l u t c h e s a r e e n g a g e d gently.
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t
14-58
D Position: Driving in 2 n d gear

T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s C O F F , D O N , A a n d E r e m a i n O F F , a n d B r e m a i n s O N , Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
p r e s s u r e ( S O in t h e right s i d e of shift v a l v e C is r e l e a s e d . Shift v a l v e C m o v e s to t h e right s i d e to s w i t c h the ports. T h i s
m o v e m e n t c o v e r s the ports to block t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e at shift v a l v e s C a n d A ,
a n d u n c o v e r the line p r e s s u r e port l e a d i n g to the 2 n d c l u t c h .
F l u i d f l o w s to 2 n d clutch by w a y of:
L i n e p r e s s u r e (11 - * M a n u a l v a l v e L i n e p r e s s u r e (4) ~* Shift v a l v e C L i n e p r e s s u r e ( 5 E )
p r e s s u r e ( 5 F ) - * S h i f t v a l v e A 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20)
Shift v a l v e B L i n e
2nd clutch
2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (201 is a p p l i e d to the 2 n d c l u t c h , a n d t h e 2 n d c l u t c h is e n g a g e d s e c u r e l y .
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " o r " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c circuit.
(cont'd)
14-59
Hydraylic Flow (cont'd)
D Position: Shifting b e t w e e n 2 n d gear a n d 3rd gear
A s the s p e e d of the v e h i c l e r e a c h e s the p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e , the P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C O N , A a n d E r e m a i n
O F F , a n d B a n d D r e m a i n O N . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e ( S O Is a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of shift v a l v e C . Shift
v a l v e C m o v e s to the left s i d e u n c o v e r i n g the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e ports l e a d i n g to the
2 n d a n d 3rd c l u t c h e s . T h e P C M c o n t r o l s the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s to regulate h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e *
A / T clutch- p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e (56) c h a n g e s to 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20) at shift v a l v e A , a n d A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (57) c h a n g e s to 3rd c l u t c h p r e s s u r e "(30) at shift v a l v e A . T h e 2 n d a n d
3 r d c l u t c h e s a r e e n g a g e d gently.
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on the h y d r a u l i c circuit.
14-60
D P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g In 3 r d g e a r
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d D O F F , A a n d E r e m a i n O F F , a n d C r e m a i n s O N . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
p r e s s u r e ( S B ) in t h e right s i d e of shift v a l v e B i s r e l e a s e d , a n d shift v a l v e B m o v e s to the right s i d e . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e
D p r e s s u r e (SDI in the left s i d e of shift v a l v e D is r e l e a s e d , a n d shift v a l v e D is m o v e d to the left s i d e . T h i s v a l v e
m o v e m e n t c a u s e s A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e to be d i r e c t e d to the port l e a d i n g to the 3rd
clutch.
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (57) c h a n g e s to (5J) at shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d to (5K) at shift
v a l v e B, a n d b e c o m e s 3rd c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (30) at shift v a l v e A . 3rd. clutch p r e s s u r e (30) is a p p l i e d to the 3rd c l u t c h , a n d
the 3rd c l u t c h i s e n g a g e d s e c u r e l y .
(confd)
Hydraulic Flow (cont'd}
D Position: Shifting b e t w e e n 3rd gear a n d 4th gear
A s the' s p e e d of the v e h i c l e r e a c h e s the p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e , the P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C O F F , a n d A , B, D, a n d
E r e m a i n O F F . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e ( S C ) in the right s i d e of shift v a l v e C is r e l e a s e d . Shift v a l v e C is m o v e d
to the right s i d e u n c o v e r i n g the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d C p r e s s u r e ports l e a d i n g to the 3rd
a n d 4th c l u t c h e s . T h e P C M c o n t r o l s the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s to regulate h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e . A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (57) c h a n g e s to 3rd clutch p r e s s u r e (30) at shift v a l v e A , a n d A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e (56) c h a n g e s to 4th clutch p r e s s u r e (40) at shift v a l v e B. T h e 3rd a n d
4th c l u t c h e s a r e e n g a g e d gently.
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c circuit.
14-62
D P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g In 4 t h g e a r
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A O N , a n d B, C , D, a n d E r e m a i n O F F . S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e ( S A ) is
a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of shift v a l v e A . Shift v a l v e A is m o v e d to the left s i d e to c o v e r the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d C p r e s s u r e ports l e a d i n g to the 2 n d a n d 3 r d c l u t c h e s .
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e (56) c h a n g e s to (5G) at shift v a l v e C , a n d b e c o m e s 4th c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e (40) at shift v a l v e B< 4th c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (40) is held high by A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l - s o l e n o i d v a l v e B, a n d
the 4th c l u t c h Is e n g a g e d s e c u r e l y .
.
NOTE: W h e n
u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n t h e h y d r a u l i c circuit.
(confd)
14-63
D P o s i t i o n : Shifting b e t w e e n 4th g e a r a n d 5th g e a r
A s the s p e e d of the v e h i c l e r e a c h e s the p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e , the P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D O N , A r e m a i n s O N ,
a n d B, C , a n d E r e m a i n O F F . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D p r e s s u r e (SD) is a p p l i e d to the left side- of shift v a l v e D. Shift
v a l v e D is m o v e d to the right s i d e u n c o v e r i n g the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e port leading to
the 5th clutch. A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e (56) c h a n g e s to 4th clutch p r e s s u r e (40) at shift
v a l v e B. A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (57) c h a n g e s to (5L) at shift v a l v e D a n d to IBM) at shift
v a l v e B, a n d b e c o m e s 5th clutch p r e s s u r e (50) at shift v a l v e A . T h e 4th a n d 5th c l u t c h e s are e n g a g e d gently.
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " Indicates direction on the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t
14-64
D P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g In 5 t h g e a r
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C O N , A a n d D r e m a i n O N a n d B a n d E r e m a i n O F F . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
p r e s s u r e ( S C I i s a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of shift v a l v e C . Shift v a l v e C is m o v e d to the left s i d e . T h i s d i r e c t s A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e to shift v a l v e B w h e r e it i s b l o c k e d . T h e p r e s s u r e in the 4th c l u t c h is
r e l e a s e d t h r o u g h shift v a l v e C .
#
5th c l u t c h p r e s s u r e 150) is h e l d h i g h by A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C , a n d the 5th c l u t c h is e n g a g e d

securely.
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " o r " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n t h e h y d r a u l i c circuit-
(cont'd)
14-65
'Automatic Transmission
2 Position
T h e P C M t u r n s the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s O F F a n d O N . T h e c o n d i t i o n s of the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a n d the p o s i t i o n s of
the shift v a l v e s a r e a s f o l l o w s :
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A : O F F , a n d shift v a l v e A r e m a i n s on the in right s i d e
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B: O N , a n d shift v a l v e B m o v e s to t h e left side"
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C : O F F , a n d shift v a l v e C r e m a i n s on the in right s i d e
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D: O N , a n d shift v a l v e D m o v e s to the right s i d e
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E: O F F , a n d shift v a l v e E r e m a i n s on the in left s i d e
L i n e p r e s s u r e (1) c h a n g e s to line p r e s s u r e (4) at the m a n u a l v a l v e , a n d f l o w s to shift v a l v e C . L i n e p r e s s u r e (4) f l o w s to
shift v a i v e A v i a shift v a l v e B, a n d b e c o m e s 2 n d clutch p r e s s u r e (20). 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20) is a p p l i e d to the 2 n d
c l u t c h , a n d the 2 n d c l u t c h is e n g a g e d .
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on the h y d r a u l i c circuit.
14-66
1 Position
T h e P C M t u r n s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s O F F a n d O N , T h e c o n d i t i o n s of the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a n d the p o s i t i o n s of
t h e shift v a l v e s a r e a s f o l l o w s :
* S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A : O N , a n d shift v a l v e A m o v e s to the left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B: O N , a n d shift v a l v e B m o v e s to t h e left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C : O N , a n d shift v a l v e C m o v e s to the left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D: O F F , a n d shift v a l v e D r e m a i n s o n the in left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E : O F F , a n d shift v a l v e E r e m a i n s o n the in left s i d e
L i n e p r e s s u r e (1) b e c o m e s 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e HO) at shift v a l v e B.
F l u i d f l o w s to 1st c l u t c h by w a y of:
L i n e P r e s s u r e {1} - * S h i f t V a l v e D L i n e P r e s s u r e (1A) - * Shift V a l v e A L i n e P r e s s u r e (1B)
Manual Valve Line
P r e s s u r e (5A) Shift V a l v e C L i n e P r e s s u r e (5B) ~* S h i f t V a l v e B 1 s t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e (10) - 1st C l u t c h

1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (10) is a p p l i e d to t h e 1st c l u t c h , a n d t h e 1st c l u t c h is e n g a g e d .
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c circuit.
(cont'd)
14-67
R P o s i t i o n : S h i f t i n g t R p o s i t i o n f r o m P or N p o s i t i o n
W h e n shifting to R, the PCIV1 t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d E ON, a n d A , C , a n d D a r e t u r n e d OFF. Shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e B p r e s s u r e ( S B ) is a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of shift v a l v e B, a n d shift v a l v e B is m o v e d to the left s i d e . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e ( S E ) is a p p l i e d to the left s i d e of shift v a l v e E , a n d shift v a l v e E is m o v e d to the right s i d e .
L i n e p r e s s u r e (1) c h a n g e s to (3) at the m a n u a l v a l v e , a n d f l o w s to the s e r v o v a l v e v i a shift v a l v e E . T h e s e r v o v a l v e is.
m o v e d to the r e v e r s e r a n g e position. M o v e m e n t of shift v a l v e s B a n d E , a n d the s e r v o v a l v e c r e a t e s 4th clutch line
p r e s s u r e b e t w e e n the 4th c l u t c h a n d A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A . 4th clutch p r e s s u r e (40) is a p p l i e d to
the 4th c l u t c h , a n d the 4th c l u t c h is e n g a g e d gently.
14-68
<3
R P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g in r e v e r s e g e a r
After s t a r t i n g off in r e v e r s e g e a r , t h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A O N , B a n d E r e m a i n O N , a n d C a n d D r e m a i n
O F F . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e I S A ) is a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of shift v a l v e A to c o v e r the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e . .
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e port, a n d u n c o v e r s the line p r e s s u r e port leading to the 4th clutch c r e a t i n g full.line
p r e s s u r e . T h e 4th c l u t c h is e n g a g e d s e c u r e l y w i t h line p r e s s u r e .
R e v e r s e Inhibitor C o n t r o l
W h e n Ft is s e l e c t e d w h i l e t h e v e h i c l e is m o v i n g f o r w a r d , the P C M c o m m a n d s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A to turn O F F , a n d E
to r e m a i n O F F . S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e ( S A ) Is not a p p l i e d to shift v a l v e A s o that line p r e s s u r e (3A) is not
a p p l i e d to the s e r v o v a l v e , A l s o shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e ( S E ) is not a p p l i e d to shift v a l v e E s o that line p r e s s u r e
(21 is not a p p l i e d to t h e s e r v o v a l v e , T h e s e r v o v a l v e c a n n o t be shifted to the r e v e r s e position, a n d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e
is not a p p l i e d to t h e 4th c l u t c h f r o m t h e s e r v o v a l v e for r e v e r s e ; a s a result, p o w e r is not t r a n s m i t t e d to the r e v e r s e
direction.
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on the h y d r a u l i c circuit.
(cont'd)
14-69
P Position
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d E O N , a n d A , C , a n d D O F F . L i n e p r e s s u r e (1) f l o w s to the shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s a n d A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A . L i n e p r e s s u r e (3) c h a n g e s to {31 at shift v a l v e E , a n d f l o w s to
the s e r v o v a l v e . T h e s e r v o v a l v e is m o v e d to the r e v e r s e / p a r k position. H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is not a p p l i e d t o the
clutches.
14-70
Lkyp S f stem
T h e l o c k - u p m e c h a n i s m of t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h o p e r a t e s In D ( 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th g e a r s ) , a n d in D3 (2nd a n d
3 r d g e a r s ) . T h e p r e s s u r i z e d fluid i s d r a i n e d f r o m the b a c k of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r t h r o u g h a fluid p a s s a g e , c a u s i n g the
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h p i s t o n to b e h e l d a g a i n s t the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r . A s t h i s t a k e s p l a c e , t h e m a i n s h a f t rotates
at the s a m e s p e e d a s t h e e n g i n e . T o g e t h e r w i t h t h e h y d r a u l i c c o n t r o l , the P C M o p t i m i z e s the t i m i n g a n d v o l u m e of the
lock-up m e c h a n i s m . W h e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E is t u r n e d o n b y the P C M , shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e s w i t c h e s the
l o c k - u p shift v a l v e o n . A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e lock-up control v a l v e control the a m o u n t of
the l o c k - u p ,
T o r q u e C o n v e r t e r C l u t c h L o e k - u p OH ( E n g a g i n g T o r q u e C o n v e r t e r C l y t c h )
F l u i d in t h e c h a m b e r b e t w e e n the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r a n d t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch piston is d r a i n e d off, a n d
fluid e n t e r i n g f r o m t h e c h a m b e r b e t w e e n the p u m p a n d the stator e x e r t s p r e s s u r e t h r o u g h t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch
piston a g a i n s t the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r . T h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston e n g a g e s w i t h t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r ;
t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h lock-up is O N , a n d t h e m a i n s h a f t rotates at the s a m e s p e e d a s the e n g i n e .
Power flow
The power flows by w a y
of:
Engine
Drive plate
Torcpe converter
cover
Torqy converter cloteb piston

Damper
spring
Turbine
1
Mainshaft
MAINSHAFT
T o r c p e Converter Clytch Lock-up O F F (Disengaging Torque Converter Clutch!

F l u i d e n t e r s into t h e c h a m b e r b e t w e e n the" t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r a n d the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston a n d p a s s e s
t h r o u g h t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r a n d g o e s out t h r o u g h t h e c h a m b e r s b e t w e e n the turbine a n d the stator, a n d b e t w e e n t h e
p u m p a n d t h e stator. A s a result, the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston m o v e s a w a y f r o m t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r , a n d
t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r l o c k - u p c l u t c h is r e l e a s e d ; the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h lock-up is O F F .
fVIAI^SHAFT
(confd)
Lock-up Sf stem {cont'd!
M L o c k - u p
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E O F F , a n d shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e C8E) is not a p p l i e d to the lock-up shift
v a l v e . T h e Sock-up shift v a l v e r e m a i n s to the right u n c o v e r i n g the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e ports l e a d i n g to the left
s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r a n d r e l e a s i n g p r e s s u r e f r o m the right s i d e of the t o r q u e - c o n v e r t e r . T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
p r e s s u r e '(9.2) c h a n g e s to ( 9 4 ) at t h e lock-up shift v a l v e , a n d e n t e r s into the left s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r to
d i s e n g a g e the torque c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h . T h i s k e e p s the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch piston k e e p s a w a y f r o m the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r c o v e r a n d the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch lock-up Is O F F .
14-72
Partial Lock-yp
A s t h e s p e e d of t h e v e h i c l e r e a c h e s t h e p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e , the P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E O N , a n d shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e (SE) Is a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of the l o c k - u p shift v a l v e . T h e lock-up shift v a l v e is m o v e d to
trie left s i d e to s w i t c h t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e ( 9 1 ) port, w h i c h g o e s to t h e right s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r , a n d
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e (94) is r e l e a s e d f r o m t h e left s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r . T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e (91)
f l o w s to t h e right s i d e of t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r to e n g a g e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h . T h e P C M a l s o c o n t r o l s A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A to regulate A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (55) w h i c h Is
a p p l i e d to t h e l o c k - u p shift v a l v e a n d t h e lock-up control v a l v e . T h e position of t h e lock-up control v a l v e d e p e n d s o n
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (55) a n d t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e r e l e a s e d f r o m t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r , T h e l o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e c o n t r o l s the a m o u n t of t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h lock-up until fluid between- t h e
c l u t c h p i s t o n a n d the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r is fully r e l e a s e d ; t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h is in partial lock-up.
N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on t h e h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t
(cont'd)
14-73
Lock-up System (cont'd)
Full L o e k - i i p
W h e n the v e h i c l e s p e e d I n c r e a s e s , the P C M c o m m a n d s A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A to i n c r e a s e A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (55), a n d the lock-up control v a l v e Is m o v e d to t h e left by the
I n c r e a s e d p r e s s u r e . T h e n t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e (94) f r o m the left s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r Is c o m p l e t e l y
r e l e a s e d at the lock-up control v a l v e , a n d torque c o n v e r t e r pressure- (91) e n g a g e s the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch s e c u r e l y ;
the torque c o n v e r t e r clutch Is In full lock-up.
SMOTE: W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t
14-74
Shift Lock System

T h e shift lock s y s t e m p r e v e n t s t h e shift lever f r o m m i s - s h i f t i n g . T h e shift lock s o l e n o i d is u s u a l l y O F F . After starting
t h e e n g i n e in P, the shift l e v e r c a n n o t m o v e to a n y other position f r o m P b e c a u s e the shift lock s t o p s t o p s the lock "pin
u n l e s s t h e brake p e d a l is p r e s s e d . W h e n the-brake p e d a l is p r e s s e d a n d t h e a c c e l e r a t o r pedal Is not p r e s s e d , t h e shift
lock s o l e n o i d is O N ; the shift lock s o l e n o i d p l u n g e r in the shift lock s o l e n o i d pulls the shift Sock s t o p to r e l e a s e the lock
pin, P r e s s i n g t h e shift Sever button, a l l o w s the shift l e v e r to m o v e to a n y other position. W h e n the brake p e d a l a n d the
a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l a r e p r e s s e d at t h e s a m e t i m e , t h e shift lock s y s t e m is not u n l o c k e d .
SHIFT LOCIC S O L E M O I D : O F F
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID: O N
*: T h i s illustration s h o w s the T y p e B shift lever.
(cont'd)
14-75
Shift Lock System (cont'd)
W h e n the shift lock s y s t e m d o e s not o p e r a t e for a m e c h a n i c a l or electrical t r o u b l e , y o u c a n u n l o c k the shift lock
t e m p o r a r i l y by inserting the ignition key into the shift lock r e l e a s e hole a n d p r e s s the shift lock r e l e a s e . W h e n the shift
lock r e l e a s e is p r e s s e d , t h e shift lock s t o p r e l e a s e s the lock pin, a n d the shift l e v e r c a n m o v e to a n y other p o s i t i o n .
*: This illustration shows the Type B shift lever.
14-76
Circuit Diagram - P C M A / T Control S y s t e m

UN0EB-H0OP FUSE/RELAY B O X
PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1
(R-MAIN)
RED/BLK
No. 1 7 1 1 5 1
> YEL/BLK
No. 1*100 Al
No. 3 i50 A)
WHT"
No, 10 |2 A)
"""KTXjO
cs
\IG1
O f |
I G I HOT In OH (ll)
a n d S T A R T (III)
G A U G E CONTROL M O D U L E
E
DRIVER'S UMPEB-DASH FUSE/RELAY B O X
IGNITION SWITCH
BAT /
-fo
No. 9 (20 A l
< r \ j > ~
No, 10(10 A|
Mo. 5 (7.5 A)
P2
POWERTRAffM CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)
12V
AT
DIM
CIRCUIT
VBSOL
IGI
- BLK/RED
AT-fMD
DRIVER
CIRCUIT
CANH
CANL
44
G501 G502
WHT
D A T A LINK
CONNECTOR
(DLC?
'r ~
" 1
iTYPE A
! SHIFT
LEVER
' TYPE B
j SHIFT
I LEVER
RED -JH
\XjJ^
:
4H
BLK
BRIÎ
- P N K H
LT GRM *
PEDAL
POSITION
SWITCH
DRIVER'S
MULTIPLEX
CONTROL U N I T
{MICUi
mm
rTTTTTI 7 j s j 9 h o f
niEEEEtaJDSElBlElEl
26 27 28
143144-14SJ 46
;
(40PI
(49P)
148
CO(49P)
T e r m i n a l s i d e o f female t e r m i n a l s
(confd)
14-77
C i r c u i t D i a g r a m - PCM
A / T C o n t r o l S y s t e m ( c o n f d)
O U T P U T SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED-SENSOR .
ACCELERATOR
PEDAL
A / T CLUTCH
PRESSURE
CONTROL
P C M C o n n e c t o r T e r m i n a l Locations
3 J 4 I / M 7
!Sj14J15
3l|32|33
38L
s2L
A
(49P)
B A
(49P)
14-78
HIIDI
e I a I to l
1E1E1E3BI
IBBE3E
13 2
C O
(49P)
DTC Troubleshooting
D T C P062F: Povvertrain Control Module
(PCM) Internal Control Module Keep Alive
M e m o r y (KAM) Error
8. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 6 2 F In the D T C s
Does

and a n y on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
the HDS Indicate
PASSED?
original P C M { s e e p a g e 11-218). If a n y other
2, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S ,
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
3, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in t h e P G M - F I
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e P C M . If t h e
P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
S Y S T E M with the H D S ,
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 8. If t h e P C M w a s
Is DTC
P082F
indicated
In the
PGM-FI
SYSTEM?
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
YES-Go t o t h e D T C P 0 6 2 F t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g in t h e
PGM-FI system,
MOGo
to s t e p 4,
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s in t h e A / T
is DTC
P082F
indicated
in the A/T
SYSTEM?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
t i m e , If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e
Indicated, g o to the indicated D T C s
troubleshooting,
5. U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-2151, o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 14-8),
8, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 2 m i n u t e s .
7. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s in t h e A / T
S Y S T E M with the H D S .
is DTC P062F indicated
in the A/T
SYSTEM?
t e r m i n a l s at the P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n
g o to s t e p 6, If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
1.
W O - G o to s t e p S ,
14-79
DTC P0705: Short In Transmission Range
Switch Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input)

9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 6 a n d No. 10.
NOTE:
a n y on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review
T R A N S M I S S I O N RANGE
SWITCH CONNECTOR
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see p a g e 14-4).

T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m In t h e
transmission.
10
G N D (BLK)
ATPP fBLK/BLU)

4. W i t h the brake p e d a l p r e s s e d , m o v e t h e shift l e v e r

t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s . S t o p for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d In
is there
e a c h position.
5. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 0 5 in the D T C s
more
than 5,0
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e s
b e t w e e n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d the
P C M . If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to
s t e p 3.
7. I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
14-278).
Is the switch
OK?
Y E S W i t h the s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r d i s c o n n e c t e d , g o
to s t e p 8.
N O R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
14-80
V?
10.. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e

s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 10 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
11, J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S ,

TRANSMISSION R A N G E SWITCH CONNECTOR
12, D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
13, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n PCfVl c o n n e c t o r
9 10

PQM C O ^ f P J E G T O R B ( 4 3 P )
5
! GND (BLK)
A T P P (BLU/BLK)
J1>2 t3JAlts|l6[l7{l8"
is there
continuity?
M O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n
r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 10 a n d b o d y
is there
continuity?
g r o u n d ( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 2 2 ) , o r r e p a i r poor'
b o d y g r o u n d (G101 ), t h e n g o to s t e p 50.
b e t w e e n PCIVI c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 4 a n d t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 50.
(confd)
14-81
15, M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n range
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 7 a n d No. 10.

PCM CONNECTOR B (49P)
T R A N S M I S S I O N RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

' ATPR (WHT)
10
GND
ATPR ( W H T )
31121
(BLK)

Is there
more
than 5.0
V?
Is there
continuity?
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , t h e n go to s t e p 50.
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 5 a n d the

14-82
2 0 . M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No, 2 a n d N o . 10.

terminal B13 and body
ground.
PCM C O N N E C T O R B ( 4 9 P )
TRANSMISSION HANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
A T P N {RED/BLK)
JTJJGJ
A T P N (RED/BLK)
10
(\
G N D {BLK}

is there
more
Y E S G o to
NOGo
than 5 , 0
V?
step 25.
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
to s t e p 2 1 .
21. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Qt
2 2 . J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
23. D i s c o n n e c t PCfVi c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
(confd)
14-83
25. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 8 a n d N o . 10.

terminal B22 a n d body ground.
P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
jTITf
E3EJE2I33IE3I3SIEE2E3
I
10
ATPD {PNK)
Wire side of female
Is there
battery
ATPD (YEL/GRN)
GND (BLK)
terminals
voltage?
Is there
terminals
continuity?
NO"Gotostep26.
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 5 0 .
between P C M connector terminal B22 and the
26. T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

27. J u m p t h e S C S line with t h e H D S .
14-84
M O G o t o step 57.
30, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 3 a n d N o . 10.
34. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
PCM CONNECTOR B (4SF)

ATPD3
(RED)
ITTIW
ATPD3 {BLU)
1
32|33J34i^|86
8
GND
10
/M7
mSZL
(BLK)

Is there
battery
voltage?
is there continuity?
between P C M connector terminal B16 a n d the
3 2 , J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S ,
33* D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
(confd)
14-85
35.
M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n range

t e r m i n a l B17 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
ATP2-1 CGRN/RED)
9 10
I GND
ATP2-1 (BRN)
12 13|U|15|16|17|18'
82133] 34
(BLK)
LT
Is there battery
voltage?
NOGoto step36.
3 7 . J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
3 8 . D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
14-86
Is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B17 a n d the
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o , 5 a n d N o . 10.
TRANSMISSION R A N G E S W I T C H
C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
PCM C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
CONNECTOR
ATPFWD { Y E L / R E D !
9 10
ATPFWD ( B L U / Y E L )
GND (BLK)
is there
battery
voltage?
Y E S G o to step 45,
Is there
continuity?

4 3 . D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (43P),
(cont'd)
14-87
Mit@matic Transmission
45. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n - r a n g e
49. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n PCM- c o n n e c t o r

PCM C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
TRANSMISSION R A N G E S W I T C H C O N N E C T O R
ATPRVS fWHT/RED)
10
ATPRVS (RED/WHT)
G N D (BLK)
Is there
battery
voltage?
14-88
Is there
continuity?
00
50, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,
51, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (III.
is DTC
52, C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S ,
Y E S C h e c k for intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d
in the w i r e s b e t w e e n the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
53,
Start t h e e n g i n e ,
54, W i t h the b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d , m o v e the shift l e v e r

t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s . S t o p for at least 1 s e c o n d in
each position,
55,
C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC
P0705
indicated?
2,
Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0705 in the D T C s

indicated?
Does
in the w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1,
M 0 G o to s t e p 5 S .
58, Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 0 5 in t h e D T C s
Does
P07Q5
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
N O - l f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e s
between the transmission range switch and the
P C M . Sf the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t s t e p 59. If the
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e s
b e t w e e n the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d t h e
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s MOT
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5 3 ,
58, U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M { s e e p a g e 14-8).
59, Start the e n g i n e .
SO, W i t h the b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d , m o v e the shift l e v e r
t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s . S t o p for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d in
e a c h position.
14-89
DTC P0706: Open in Transmission Range
Switch Circuit

NOTE:
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission.
11. Start the e n g i n e , d i s a b l e t h e V S A by p r e s s i n g the

V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r
in D until the v e h i c l e s p e e d r e a c h e s 25 m p h
(40 k m / h ) , t h e n s l o w d o w n a n d s t o p the w h e e l s .
12. Monitor the. O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 0 6 in the D T C s

Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
3. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , m a k e s u r e it is
s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d , a n d a l l o w the front w h e e l s to
rotate freely, or r a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift.
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
go to s t e p 11.
4. Start the e n g i n e , d i s a b l e the V S A by p r e s s i n g the

V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift lever
in D until t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d r e a c h e s 25 m p h
(40 k m / h ) , t h e n - s l o w d o w n a n d s t o p the w h e e l s .
5. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0706 in the D T C s
13. Shift to D, a n d c h e c k the F o r w a r d S w i t c h ( A T P

F W D ) a n d A / T D S w i t c h in the Data List w i t h the
HDS.
A r e Forward Switch (ATPFWD) and A / T D Switch

ON?
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
"
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d the P C M . If the H D S
14. Shift to D 3 , a n d c h e c k the F o r w a r d S w i t c h ( A T P

F W D ) a n d A / T D3 S w i t c h in the Data List with the
HDS.
Are Forward Switch

Switch
(ATPFWD)
and A/T
D3
ON?

7. Inspect the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (see p a g e
14-278).
is the switch
OK?
15. Shift to 2, a n d c h e c k the F o r w a r d S w i t c h ( A T P F W D )

a n d A / T 2-1 S w i t c h in the Data List w i t h the H D S .
Y E S G o to s t e p S .
N O R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
A r e Forward S w i t c h (ATPFWD) and A / T 2-1

Switch ON?
(see p a g e 14-280), then go to s t e p 27.

8. A d j u s t the shift c a b l e ( s e e p a g e 14-272).
14-90
17, D i s c o n n e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
connector.
13, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
ATPFWD ( Y E L / R E D )
10
9 10
G N D (BLK)
G N D (BLK)
is there
battery
voltage?
Is there
continuity?
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n
r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o , 10 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d { 6 1 0 1 } ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair p o o r
g r o u n d ( G 1 0 7 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
W O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the
transmission range switch and P C M connector
t e r m i n a l - B 2 9 , t h e n go to s t e p 24.
21. M e a s u r e t h e voltage b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
9 10
T P D (PNK)
G N O (BLK)
Is there
battery
voltage?
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the
transmission range switch and P C M connector
terminal B 2 2 t h e n go to s t e p 24.
r
(cont'd)
14-91
2 2 . M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
ATPD3 (BLU)
9 10
G N D (BLK) |
27. Start t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e t h e V S A by p r e s s i n g t h e
V S A O F F s w i t c h , run t h e v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r
in D until t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d r e a c h e s 30 m p h
(48 k m / h ) , t h e n s l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
Is DTC P0706
indicated?
Is there
battery
terminals between the transmission range switch
a n d the P C M , then g o to s t e p 1.
voltage?
transmission range switch a n d P C M connector
29. ' Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 0 6 in t h e D T C s

t e r m i n a l B 1 6 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 24.
Does
G N D (BLK)
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , ff a n y other
NOSf t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to
s t e p 1. if t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
s t e p 27.
is there
battery
voltage
3 1 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8).
3 2 . Start the e n g i n e , d i s a b l e t h e V S A by p r e s s i n g t h e
V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r
in D until t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d r e a c h e s 3 0 m p h
(48 k m / h ) , t h e n s l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h a n d P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B 1 7 , then g o to s t e p 24.
14-92
is DTC
P0706
DTC P0711: Problem in ATF Temperature

Sensor Circuit
indicated?
NOTE:
and t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d PCfVl f s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with t h e H D S , a n d r e v i e w
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
transmission.
NOGoto step34,
34, Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 0 6 in t h e D T C s
2. C h e c k the A T F T e m p S e n s o r in t h e Data List w i t h

the H D S .
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
Does
original P C M f s e e p a g e 11-218). If a n y other
WOIf t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d the P C M . If t h e P C M
w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 3 2 . If t h e P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. if t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
the ATF
temperature
exceed
the ambient
air
temperature?
Y E S R e c o r d the A T F temperature. L e a v e the
e n g i n e off for at least 30 m i n u t e s , t h e n g o to s t e p 3.
M O R e c o r d the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e . T e s t the stall
s p e e d R P M ( s e e p a g e 14-208) t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n g o
to s t e p 3.
3. C h e c k the A T F T e m p S e n s o r in t h e Data List w i t h
the H D S .
Did the ATF
temperature
change?
--
Y E S L e a v e the e n g i n e off for at feast 30 m i n u t e s ,

W O R e p l a c e the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
4. C h e c k the E C T S e n s o r i n the Data L i s t w i t h the H D S .
Does the ECT
ambient air
Sensor
read
temperature?
about
the same
as
the
N O L e a v e the e n g i n e off until t h e E C T S e n s o r
r e a d s t h e s a m e a s t h e a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e ,
(cont'd)
14. U p d a t e the P C M If It d o e s not h a v e the latests o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
5. C h e c k the A T F T e m p S e n s o r In the Data List w i t h

the HDS.
Does
the ATF
ECT
temperature
read
about
the same
as
15.
Sensor?
Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It up to n o r m a l
operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .
N O R e p l a c e the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
16. A l l o w the e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e to c o o l to the

a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e .
fsee page 14-228), t h e n go to s t e p 6.

17. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It up to n o r m a l

operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) ,
a n d w a i t for at least 20 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive the
v e h i c l e at s p e e d s o v e r 19 m p h (31 km/h) for at l e a s t
5 minutes.
9. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a !
10. A l l o w t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e to c o o l to the
a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e .
11. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) ,
a n d w a i t for at least 20 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive the
v e h i c l e at s p e e d s o v e r 19 m p h (31 k m / h ) for at l e a s t
5 minutes.
Is DTC
P0711
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d
k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p
15. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1.

Is DTC
P0711
Does
indicated?
terminals between the A T F temperature s e n s o r and
the P C M , then go to s t e p 1.
13.
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0711 In t h e D T C s
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the A T F
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
Does
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 15. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o t o s t e p 15.
N O I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
If the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 9.
14-94
PTC P0712: Short in ATF Temperature Sensor

Circuit
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e

h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 6 a n d body g r o u n d .
MOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d ail freeze data a n d
a n y on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4),
a n d c a n n o t b e c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission.
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
TATF (RED/YEL)

2. C h e c k the A T F T e m p S e n s o r v o l t a g e in t h e Data List
w i t h the H D S .
is the ATF Temp Sensor voltage 0.07 V or less?

is there
continuity?
NO-Intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for a n intermittent s h o r t to b o d y
g r o u n d in the T A T F w i r e b e t w e e n the A T F
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the P C M . B
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 2 8 a n d shift
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 6,
then g o to s t e p 11.
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift: s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
connector.
S. Check: t h e A T F T e m p S e n s o r v o l t a g e in the Data List
with the H D S .
is the ATF Temp Sensor voltage 0.07 V or less?

N O R e p l a c e the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 14-228), then g o to s t e p 11.
8. J u m p t h e S C S line with the H D S .
(confd)
14-95
11. R e c o n n e c t aSS c o n n e c t o r s .
is DTC
in the w i r e b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
a n d the P C M . Sf the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p
14. S t a r t the e n g i n e with t h e shift l e v e r In P, a n d wast

for at least 20 s e c o n d s .
15.
P0712
indicated?
C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

Is DTC
P0712
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d
i n the w i r e b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
Does
Y E S i f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 2 0 ,
16. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 2 In the D T C s

Does
the HDS indicate
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the P C M ,
then g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
18. U p d a t e the P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
19. Start the e n g i n e with the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t
14-96
indicate
PASSED?
PASSED?
the HDS
N O - I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y ground-in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the P C M .
If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 19. If the P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 19,
DTC P0713: Open In ATF Temperature Sensor

Circuit
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d a l l freeze d a t a a n d
any on-board snapshot with the H D S , and review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
transmission,
7. C h e c k t h e A T F T e m p S e n s o r v o l t a g e in t h e Data List
with the H D S .
Does the ATF Temp Sensor voltage

4,93 ?
exceed
PJOReplace the A T F temperature s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 14-228), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 1 .
1. T o m t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N III).
2. C h e c k t h e A T F T e m p S e n s o r v o l t a g e in t h e Data List
with the H D S .
9. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e - f r o m the shift s o l e n o i d
wire harness connector.
Does the ATF Temp Sensor voltage

4.93
exceed
V?
11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e .
harness connector terminal No. 6 and body ground.
b e t w e e n t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the
PCM.B

1
TATF (RED/YEL)
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
connector,
5. C o n n e c t shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r
terminals No. 6 a n d No. 7 with a jumper wire.
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE H A R N E S S CONNECTOR
T A T F IRED/YELI
Is there about 5 V?
W O G o to s t e p f y
S G 2 CGRN/BLK!
J U M P E R WIRE
8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (if).
(confd)
14-97
15. C o n n e c t shift: s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l B 2 8 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
t e r m i n a l No. 7 a n d b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
S G 2 (GRN/BLK)
JUMPER IRE
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

HARNESS CONNECTOR
1
5
2
6
3
7
PCM CONNECTOR R (49P)
/
8
TATF
IRED/YELJ
s | * | /
/ a
11 12
31 32[33 3A38\m,
26 27 28
TI il (RED/Y EL)
Wire side of
female terminals
Terminal side of
female terminals

EIEEIEZSEHEDEEIEQCHÊ]
m
S G 2 (GRN/BLtCt
is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
connector terminal B 2 8 and the A T F temperature
2 3 . C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S .

24. Start the e n g i n e with the shift l e v e r in P, a n d wast
for a t least 20 s e c o n d s .
Is there
continuity?
Is DTC
P0713
indicated?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
connector terminal B34 and the A T F temperature
terminals between the A T F temperature s e n s o r and

t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
14-98
26. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for PQ713 in t h e D T C s

Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , If a n y other
MOIf t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p
24.
DTC P0716: Problem In Input Shaft

(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC P0717: Problem in Input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal
Input)
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a a n d
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
transmission.1. C h e c k for p r o p e r Input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r installation ( s e e p a g e 14-226).
29. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t

for at l e a s t 2 0 s e c o n d s .
is DTC
P0713
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d
the P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
W O G o t o step 31.
the HDS
indicate
5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e the V S A by p r e s s i n g t h e
V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r
In D, at s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) for at l e a s t 10
s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n and stop the w h e e l s .
6. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 6 or P0717 In the
Does
31. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 3 in the D T C s

Does
4. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , m a k e s u r e it is

s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d , a n d a l l o w t h e front w h e e l s to
rotate f r e e l y , or r a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift.
PASSED?
Y E S I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-218). If a n y other
g o to the I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e
input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M .
If the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5.
WOIf t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e A T F
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . if t h e P C M w a s
updated, substitute a known-good P C M (see page
14-81 t h e n g o to s t e p 2 9 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1. if the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 2 9 .
(confd)
14-99
11. C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
8. J u m p the S C S fine w i t h t h e H D S .
12. D i s c o n n e c t the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d

sensor connector.
terminal C44 and body ground, and between
PCM C O N N E C T O R C
14. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n input shaft

(mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1
and body ground.
(49P)
I N P U T S H A F T (fVIAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
LG1 (BRN/YEL]
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
LG2 ( B R N / Y E L )
Terminal side of female t e r m i n a l s

Is there
continuity?
Is there
about
5 V?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e s b e t w e e n P C M
connector terminals C44, C 4 8 , and body ground
( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair poor g r o u n d
( G 1 0 1 ) , then go to s t e p 26.
14-100
15. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n input s h a f t
(mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r connector terminals

N o , 2 a n d N o . 3.
If^PUT SHAFT ( M A I N S H A F T )
S P E E D S E N S O R CONNECTOR
19. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n input s h a f t
1
(WHT/RED)
and body ground.
' S G 2 tGFtfWBLK)
INPUT SHAFT fMAlNSHAFT)

1
is there
about
2 3
N M (WHT/RED)
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-226), t h e n g o to s t e p 26,
W O - G o to s t e p 18.
is there
continuity
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 8 a n d the input
s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
(confd)
14-101
t e r m i n a l B 1 8 a n d Input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d
2 2 . J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2.
INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
t e r m i n a l B 1 9 a n d input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1.
(WHT/RED)
Terminal side of
female terminals
Wire side of
female terminals
PCM CONNECTOR B (49P!
CC2 (YEL/BLU)
VCC2 ( Y E L / B L U )
}\A*U\AA?
Is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
INPUT S H A F T
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
Ill
Terminal side of
female terminals
Wire side of
female terminals
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 8 a n d the Input s h a f t
(mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
is there
continuity?
M O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 9 a n d t h e Input shaft
(mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
14-102
25, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l B 3 4 a n d Input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3,
PCM CONNECTOR B |49P)
J I f ^ s H
7?sj
INPUT S H A F T
fMAtWSHAFTJ
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
shot
29. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e the V S A by p r e s s i n g the
in D, a t s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) for at l e a s t
10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p the w h e e l s .
SG2
(GRN/BLK)
SG2
30. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
{GRN/BLK)
is DTC
Terminal side of
female terminals
Wire side of
female terminals
P0718
or P0717
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t )
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
is there
continuity?
M O G o to s t e p 3 1 .
3 1 . Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 8 or P0717 in the

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 3 4 a n d t h e input shaft
( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 28.
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
g o t o t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input
shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
go to s t e p 29.
3 3 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
3 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e the V S A b y p r e s s i n g the
in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 km/h) for at least
10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p the w h e e l s .
(confd)
14-103
3 5 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .
Is DTC
P0716
or POT 17 indicated?
DTC P0718: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed

Sensor Intermittent Failure
'
NOTE:
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input shaft (mainshaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n
g o to s t e p 34. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
1.

a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with t h e H D S , a n d r e v i e w
G e n e r a l - T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
transmission.
36. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 6 or POT 17 in the
3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r in D at
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) , a n d let t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

Does
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If the
P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good P C M
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 34. If the P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e
input shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M .
If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 3.
6, D i s c o n n e c t the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r connector, and inspect the connector and
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e m a k i n g
g o o d contact.
Are
the connector
terminals
OK?
N O R e p a i r the c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s , t h e n go to
s t e p 24.
14-104
0
7, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10).
11. C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
J u m p t h e SCS
Sine w i t h t h e
HDS,
9 , D i s c o n n e c t PCM c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n input s h a f t
{ m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1
10, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
and body ground.
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)

PCiVI CONNECTOR C (49P)
UN
^5J6i7J8!s.hGf
V C C 2 (YEL/BLU)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)

is there about 5 V?
Is there
continuity?
WORepair o p e n in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n P C M
connector terminals 44, C48, and body ground
( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 2 2 ) , or r e p a i r p o o r g r o u n d
( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
(cont'd)
14-105
14. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n input shaft
( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
and body ground.
INPUT SHAFT ( M A I N S H A F T )
18. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n Input shaft
(masnshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
and body ground.
NM (WHT/RED)
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)
is there
about
N M (WHT/RED)
5 V?
Y E S R e p l a c e the input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-226), t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
is there
continuity
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 8 a n d t h e input
s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
14-106
19, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o , 2.
PCM
C O N N E C T O R 8 f49PI
INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
21.
J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .
22.
D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
23.
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y - b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
NM (WHT/RED)
IWHT/RED!
13|f4glS||i
L'Jfgf
H 2
PCM CONNECTOR B (49P!
is i a j / ] 2 t
48
Vj
481>1
Terminal side of
female terminals
Wire side of
female terminals
VCC2 (YEL/BLU 1
if
8
/ s (here
continuity?
INPUT SHAFT
CMAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
22 3
2%/
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
1/1*
1 1 12
SM
1 17|18 %/i
B
BIT 2
4 35|S6,/ , ?
Terminal side of
female terminals
Wire side of
female terminals
fy-Repair o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 8 a n d t h e input s h a f t
Is there
continuity?
M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
connector terminal B19 and the input shaft
(confd)
14-107
3 1 . U p d a t e the P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
27. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D at
3 2 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r In D at
Is-DTCPOIW
is DTC
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t )
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
P0718
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e Input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t )
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
go to s t e p 3 2 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p
1.

Does the HDS indicate
PASSED?
34. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 8 In the D T C s

PASSED?
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . I I
N O I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the Input
s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n
g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
c o m p l e t e . Sf t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M . If t h e
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 2 . If the P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
14-108
<2
DTC P0721: Problem In Output Shaft
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit
8. J u m p the S C S Sine w i t h t h e H D S .
DTC P0722: Problem in Output Shaft

(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No
Signal input)
NOTE:
terminal G44 and body ground, and between "
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d
any on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review
General T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
terminal G48 and body ground.
* T h i s c o d e i s c a u s e d by a n e l e c t r i c a l circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t b e c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission,
1. C h e c k for p r o p e r output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r installation ( s e e p a g e 14-228).
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BBN/YEL)
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II)."
4. R a i s e t h e front of the v e h i c l e , m a k e s u r e it Is
s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d , a n d a l l o w t h e front w h e e l s to
rotate f r e e l y , or r a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift.
5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e t h e V S A by p r e s s i n g t h e
in D w i t h t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 2,000 r p m for at
l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
F
Is there
continuity?
M O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n P C M
connector terminals C44, C48, and body ground
( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair a p o o r g r o u n d
6. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0721 or P 0 7 2 2 in t h e
D T C s M E N U with the HDS.
Does
the HDS
indicate
( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
FAILED?
MOIf the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e
output s h a f t {countershaft} s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e
P C M , If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
s t e p 5.
(cont'd)
14-109
1 1 . C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
No. 2 a n d No. 3 .
sensor connector.


(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
I SGI (GRN/WHT)

VCC1 (YEL/RE01
is there
about
5 V?
Y E S R e p l a c e the output s h a f t (countershaft)

s p e e d s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-226), t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
Is there
about
5 V?
14-110

t e r m i n a l B 3 8 a n d output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
17, J u m p the S C S Sine w i t h t h e H D S .

18, D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
19= C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n output shaft

(countershaft! s p e e d s e n s o r connector terminal
No, 2 and body ground.
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
\ i^3UM>Xl7'i'8|9ll0l
:
E3E3E3I3SIE3ES!IEIE2ED
O U T P U T S H A F T fCOUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED S E N S O R CONNECTOR
UC I BLK/WHT)
MC (BLK/WHT!
Terminal side of
female terminals
is there
3
NC
(BLK/WHT)
Wire side of
female terminals
continuity?
M O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 3 3 a n d t h e output s h a f t
is there
continuity?
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
Y E S - R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , then go
to s t e p 26,
P I O G o to s t e p 20.
(cont'd)
14-111
2 1 . T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

t e r m i n a l C 1 4 a n d output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
2 2 . J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
.23. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
VCC1
(YEL/REO)
SGI
VCCT(YEL/RED)
Wire side of
female terminals
(GRN/WHT)
J 1 j 2 ? a I M S T e"TT"7 8 |. 9 j io j
\w \AA*\44
j*j *j>i
LTI.
Terminal side of
female terminals
h la T l a U l B l B I T e l s l i o l
11J12
SGI
(GRN/WHT)
18jull5|l8J17|
Is there
continuity?
|A|>1^48l^|^pBpTC^
Wire side of
female terminals
Terminal side of
female terminals
N O R e p a i r o p e n i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the output
shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r a n d
Is there
continuity?
IMORepair o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 1 3 a n d t h e output s h a f t
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n go to s t e p 26.
14-112
P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 1 4 , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
2.7, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
is DTC
28. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S ,

29. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e the V S A b y p r e s s i n g t h e
in D at s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h {20 k m / h ) for at l e a s t
10 s e c o n d s , S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s ,
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t )
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
g o to s t e p 34. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p
1.
is DTC
P0721
or P0722
indicated?
P0721
or P0722
indicated?
36. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0721 or P 0 7 2 2 In the

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input s h a f t f m a i n s h a f t )
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e

3 1 . M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0721 or P0722 In the
PASSED?
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . II
WOif t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n
g o to s t e p 1, If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
N O I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M . If the
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 3 4 . If the PCM' w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
3 3 . U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
3 4 , S t a r t the e n g i n e , d i s a b l e t h e V S A by p r e s s i n g the
in D at s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) for at least
10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
14-113
DTC P0723: Output Shaft (Countershaft)
S p e e d S e n s o r Intermittent Failure
NOTE:
* B e f o r e you- t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a a n d
- G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
- a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission,
P C M C O N N E C T O R C (4SP)

- 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, w i t h
the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 2,000 r p m , a n d let t h e
L G 1 (BRN/YEL)
L G 2 (BRN/YEL)
4. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 2 3 In the D T C s

Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED
ES-~Gotostep5.
Is there
continuity?
N O I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
:
" p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e s b e t w e e n P C M
output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the
connector terminals C44, C48, and body ground
P C M . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to
( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair p o o r g r o u n d
s t e p 3.
( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r , a n d i n s p e c t the c o n n e c t o r a n d
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e m a k i n g
good contact
Are
the connector
terminals
OK?
N O R e p a i r the c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o to
s t e p 24.
14-114
11. C o n n e c t PCM c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
14, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n output shaft

12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N 111).

O U T P U T S H A F T (COUNTERSHAFT)
No. 1 a n d body ground.
O U T P U T SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT).
S P E E D S E W S O R CONNECTOR
VCC1
NC (BLK/WHT)
(YEL/RED)
Is thereabouts
V?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e output shaft (countershaft)

s p e e d s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-226), t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
is there
about
5 V?
(confd)
14-115

t e r m i n a l B 3 8 a n d output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
16. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S ,

P C M CONNECTOR B (49P)
18. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n output shaft

J i I^Ta I 4
Ul^l
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
T T S | 9 ho"^
E3E1E3ISSIEIISIE3E3I3
OUTPUT S H A F T fCOUNTERSHAFT)
NC f BLK/WHT)
14Q ISyis^j
4514aj4?1 te ( / I
NC IBLIC/WHT)
T e r m i n a l side of
female terminals
is there
NC
f BLK/WHT)
W i r e side of
female terminals
continuity?
N O R e p a i r open i n the w i r e between P C M

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 3 8 a n d the output shaft
Is there
continuity?
output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n go
to s t e p 24.
14-116
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
20. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),
2 1 . J u m p t h e S C S line with t h e H D S .
2 2 . D i s c o n n e c t PCM
c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
23. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n PCIVl c o n n e c t o r
27. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r In D at
s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 km/h), a n d let t h e
O U T P U T SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
P C M CQWPJECTOR C ( 4 9 P )
is DTC P0723
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the output shaft (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , then g o to s t e p 1.
Wire side o f
female terminals
Termirial side o f
female terminals

M E N U with t h e H D S .
Does the HDS

is there
indicate
PASSED?
continuity?
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 1 3 a n d t h e output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24,
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , if a n y other
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e output
s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
(cont'd)
14-117
3 1 . U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
DTC P0731: Problem in 1st Clutch and 1st

Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (1st Gear Incorrect
Ratio)
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

3 2 . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D at
s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) , a n d l e t the

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to t h e
Is DTC
P0723
p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid leaks.
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e output shaft (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
3. Drain t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
strainer. I n s p e c t t h e s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
e x c e s s i v e clutch m a t e r i a l .
g o to s t e p 32. Sf the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
Does
1.
clutch
Y E S R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o t o s t e p 12.

Does
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
the strainer
have metal
debris
or
excessive
material?
W O R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o t o
s t e p 4.
4. T e s t stall s p e e d in D ( s e e p a g e 14-208).
Does
the stall speed
test within
the service
limits?
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the output
s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M . If
the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 32. if the P C M
w a s substituted, go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 32,
W O S h i f t v a l v e s A a n d D are stuck. R e p a i r t h e s e
v a l v e s a n d the h y d r a u l i c circuit, or r e p l a c e t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
5. M e a s u r e the line p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).
Is the line pressure
within
the service
limit?
W O R e p a i r t h e A T F p u m p a n d t h e regulator v a l v e ,
or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 12.
14-118
6. M e a s u r e t h e 1st clutch p r e s s u r e fsee p a g e 14-209).

Is the 1st clutch
pressure
within
the
11. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0731 in t h e D T C s

service
limits?
Does
M O S h i f t v a l v e s B a n d C a r e stuck, R e p a i r t h e s e
v a l v e s a n d the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t o r r e p l a c e t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o to s t e p 12.
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , repair the 1st

c l u t c h , o r r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o to s t e p
12. If the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to

s t e p 9.
9. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 1st g e a r , w i t h t h e shift
l e v e r in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) , a n d
w i t h t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least
12 s e c o n d s .
12. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 1st g e a r , with the shift '

lever in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12- km/h), a n d
w i t h t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at l e a s t
12 s e c o n d s .
i s D T C P0731 indicated?
Is DTC P0731
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
Y E S R e p a i r t h e 1st c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e t h e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input shaft (mainshaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e output shaft (countershaft)

s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 4.
14. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0731 in t h e D T C s
Does
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . B
N O I f t h e H D S Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the Input
shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , then g o
to s t e p 4. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go
to s t e p 12.
14-119
DTC P0732: Problem in 2nd Clutch and 2nd
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (2nd Gear Incorrect
Ratio)
6. M e a s u r e the 2nd clutch p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 14-209).
is the 2nd clutch pressure within the service

limits?

G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
N O S h i f t v a l v e s A a n d B a r e stuck. R e p a i r t h e s e
v a l v e s a n d the h y d r a u l i c circuit, or r e p l a c e the

2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n Is filled to the
p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
3. Drain the A T F ( s e e step 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
s t r a i n e r . Inspect the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
9. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e In 2 n d g e a r , with the shift
l e v e r In D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) , a n d
e x c e s s i v e clutch material.
with the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 rpm for at least
Does the strainer have metal debris or

clutch material?
excessive
12 s e c o n d s .
Y E S R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 12.
is DTC P0732 indicated?

N O R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n go to
Y E S R e p a i r the 2 n d c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the
s t e p 4.
t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o to s t e p 12.
4. T e s t stall s p e e d i n D (see p a g e 14-208).
Is the stall speed within the service
limits?
N O S h i f t v a l v e C Is stuck. R e p a i r shift v a l v e C a n d
the h y d r a u l i c circuit, or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
t h e n go to step 12.
Is the line pressure within the service limit?

N O R e p a i r the A T F p u m p a n d the regulator v a l v e ,
or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
14-120
11, Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 3 2 in the D T C s

MENU w i t h the H D S ,
Does
the HDS
indicate
N O - I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , repair the 2 n d
c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p
12. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to
s t e p 9.
12, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r , w i t h the shift
l e v e r in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h |12 k m / h ) , a n d
w i t h t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least
12 s e c o n d s .
P0732
DTC P0733: Problem in 3rd Clutch and 3rd

Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (3rd Gear Incorrect
Ratio)
PASSED?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , if a n y o t h e r
go to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
is DTC
indicated?

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
1. W a r m up t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a ! operating
2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to the
3. Drain t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
s t r a i n e r . I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or

clutch
material?
excessive
Y E S R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 11.
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input shaft (mainshaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r arid t h e output s h a f t (countershaft)
s t e p 4.
4. M e a s u r e t h e line p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).
is the line pressure
14, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 3 2 in the D T C s
within the service
limits?
Does
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input
s h a f t f m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e output s h a f t
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o
to s t e p 4. if the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go
to s t e p 12,

or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 11.
5. M e a s u r e t h e 3rd clutch p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).
Is the 3rd clutch pressure

limits?
within the
service
N O S h i f t v a l v e s A a n d D a r e stuck. R e p a i r t h e s e
v a l v e s a n d the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t or r e p l a c e the
(confd)
14-121

PASSED?
8. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 3 r d g e a r , with the shift

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in-step 9,
lever in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) , a n d
with the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least
12 s e c o n d s .
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , repair the 3rd

c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p
11. Sf t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o
s t e p 8.
Is DTC P0733
indicated?
Y E S R e p a i r the 3 r d c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 11.
11. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 3rd g e a r , with the shift

lever in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) , a n d
with the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at l e a s t
12 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC P0733
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input shaft (mainshaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e output shaft (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 4.
N O - G o to s t e p 13.
13.
Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 3 3 in the D T C s

PASSED?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s . o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 12,
shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o
to s t e p 4. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go
to s t e p 11.
14-122
DTC P0734: Problem In 4th Clutch and 4th

Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (4th Gear Incorrect
Ratio)
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
and any on-board snapshot with the H D S , and review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information fsee p a g e 14-4).
8. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 4th g e a r , w i t h the shift

w i t h the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least
12 s e c o n d s .
1, W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating
t e m p e r a t u r e {the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ! .
2, M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i s filled to the
Is DTC
PG734
indicated?
Y E S R e p a i r the 4th c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the
3, Drain the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231} t h r o u g h a
s t r a i n e r , I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
Does
the strainer
dutch
have
meiai
debris
or
excessive
maieriai?
W O R e p l a c e t h e A T F f s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o t o
s t e p 4.
4, M e a s u r e the line p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-203).
is the line pressure
within
the service
limits?
N O R e p a i r t h e A T F p u m p a n d the regulator v a l v e ,
or r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 11.
5, M e a s u r e t h e 4th c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).
Is the 4th clutch
limits?
pressure
within
the
service
W O S h i f t v a l v e s B a n d C , a n d the s e r v o control
v a l v e a r e stuck. R e p a i r t h e s e v a l v e s a n d the
h y d r a u l i c circuit, or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n
g o to s t e p 11.
(confd)
14-123
10. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0734 in the D T C s
PASSED?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 9,
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . I I
N O - l f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , repair t h e 4th
c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to step
11. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
s t e p 8.
11. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 4th g e a r , with t h e shift
w i t h the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least
12 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC P0734
DTC P0735: Problem In 5th Clutch and 5th

Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (5th Gear Incorrect
Ratio)
indicated?

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with t h e H D S , and- r e v i e w
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
proper l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid leaks.
3. - Drain the A T F (see s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
strainer. Inspect the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s o r
Does the strainer have metal debris

clutch
material?
or
excessive
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input s h a f t (mainshaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the output shaft (countershaft)
N O R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), then g o t o

s t e p 4.
Is the line pressure
within the service
limits?
Y E S - G o t o s t e p 5,
PASSED?
N O I f the H D S indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , then g o
to s t e p 4. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o
to s t e p 11.
14-124

or r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o to s t e p 11.
5. M e a s u r e the 5th clutch p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).
is the 5th clutch pressure

limits?
within the
service
N O S h i f t v a l v e s A , B, a n d / o r D a r e stuck. R e p a i r
t h e s e v a l v e s a n d t h e h y d r a u l i c circuit, o r r e p l a c e
the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 11.
10. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0735 In the D T C s

Does
8. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 5th g e a r , with the shift
l e v e r in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h 112 k m / h ) , a n d
12 s e c o n d s .
0, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s with the H D S .
is D T C P0735 indicated?
Y E S R e p a i r t h e 5th c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 11.
the
HDS
indicate
PASSED?
NOif the H D S indicates F A I L E D , repair the 5th
c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p
11. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s .NOT C O M P L E T E D , g o t o
s t e p 8.
11. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 5th g e a r , w i t h the shift
Sever in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h {12 k m / h ) , a n d
12 s e c o n d s .
is DTC P0735
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the Input shaft (mainshaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the output shaft (countershaft)
N O G o to step 13.
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
N O I f t h e H D S indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , then go
to s t e p 4. Sf the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , go
to s t e p 11.
14-125
DTC P0741: Torque Converter Clutch
Hydraulic Circuit Stuck OFF
7. R u n the e n g i n e until t h e E C T S e n s o r t e m p e r a t u r e

8. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l (Linear) S o l e n o i d
V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d t e s t
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A w i t h
the H D S .
r e a c h e s 1 7 6 F ( 8 0 <C).
Does

the HDS
indicate
NORMAL
3. Drain the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
strainer. Inspect the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
N O F o l l o w the instructions indicated on the H D S

a c c o r d i n g to the test result. G o t o step 11 if a n y part
is r e p l a c e d .
9. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e on a level road w i t h a s t e a d y
Does
the strainer
clutch
have
metal
debris
or
excessive
s p e e d at 60 km/h (96 m p h ) for at least 20 s e c o n d s .
material?
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
s t e p 4.
6. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E
o p e r a t e s with the H D S .
Is a clicking
sound
heard?
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E (see p a g e
14-216), then go to s t e p 11.
14-126
Y E S R e p a i r the faulty t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch m e c h a n i s m , the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch h y d r a u l i c

circuit, the lock-up shift v a l v e , or the lock-up control
v a l v e , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to step
13.
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 9.
11. T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),
DTC P0747: A/T Clutch Pressure Control

Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON
13. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on a level road with a s t e a d y
s p e e d at 80 m p h {96 k m / h ) for at l e a s t 20 s e c o n d s ,
or t e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s u n d e r
t h e s a m e c o n d i t i o n s a s t h o s e i n d i c a t e d by t h e
freeze data.
Is DTC
P0741
a n d a n y on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review
indicated?
3. Drain the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
strainer. I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for m e t a l d e b r i s or
15. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0741 in the D T C s
Does the strainer

have
clutch
material?
metal
debris
or
excessive
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 13,
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
N O R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o to
s t e p 4.
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . H
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 5. If
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 13.
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e with t h e shift l e v e r in D, a n d
Set the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0747 i n the D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
(cont'd)
14-127
^ t o m a t i c Transmission
9. S e l e c t Clutch P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l (Linear) S o l e n o i d
V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
the H D S .
Is DTC
P0747
indicated?
Does
the HDS
indicate
NORMAL?

15. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for POT47 in the D T C s
time.!.
NO-Follow t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s indicated o n the H D S
Does
a c c o r d i n g to the test result, if t h e H D S h a s not
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
d e t e r m i n e d the c a u s e of the failure, g o t o s t e p 10. If

. a n y part is r e p l a c e d , g o to s t e p 11.
10. I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a i v e A ( s e e p a g e 14-218).
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 8. If
Does
work
A/T
dutch pressure
properly?
control
solenoid
vaive
Y E S R e p a i r the h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m related to shift

v a l v e s B a n d E , o r r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , then
go to s t e p 13.
N O R e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e 14-220), t h e n g o to s t e p 11.
13. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift lever in D, a n d
let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h ail five g e a r s .
14-128
the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 13.
DTC P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON

G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 14-4).
9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S .
Is a clicking sound heard ?

1, W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
2, M a k e s u r e that t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i s filled to the
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
10. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift lever In D, a n d
3, Drain the A T F f s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
strainer. I n s p e c t t h e s t r a i n e r for m e t a l d e b r i s or
let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .


dutch material?
excessive
FAILED?
Y E S R e p a i r shift v a l v e A , or r e p l a c e the
N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o to
s t e p 4.
4, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
N O I f t h e H D S Indicates P A S S E D , intermittent
I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 10.
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).
8. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, a n d

14. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r In D, a n d

FAILED?
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
(cont'd)
14-129
DTC Troubleshooting f cont'd)
15.
C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .
DTC P0756: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF
Is DTC
DTC P0757: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON
P0752
indicated?
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a

Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?_

. p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid leaks.
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , if a n y other

N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If
the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 14.
Does
clutch
the strainer
have
metal
debris
or
excessive
material?
s t e p 4,
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r in D, a n d
7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 5 6 or P0757 in the
Does
the HDS indicate
FAILED
14-130
9. S e l e c t Shift: S o l e n o i d V a l v e B in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
I s a clicking
sound
heard
Is DTC P0756
or P0757
indicated?
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e
14-216), the n g o to s t e p 12.
10. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift lever in D, a n d
16. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0756 or P0757 in the

PASSED?
let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

11. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 5 8 or P0757 in t h e
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f the H D S Indicates F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If
the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 14.
Y E S R e p a i r shift v a l v e B, o r r e p l a c e the
N O i f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
14. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift lever in D, a n d
14-131
DTC P0761: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see page 14-4).

proper l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
3. Drain the A T F (see s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
the strainer
have metai
debris
or
Is a clicking sound
heard?
Does
9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C (see p a g e
14-216), then go to s t e p 12.
10. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift Sever in D, a n d
excessive
clutch material?
Does
Y E S R e p a i r shift v a l v e C , or r e p l a c e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n , then go to s t e p 14.
N O R e p l a c e the A T F (see p a g e 14-231), then go to

s t e p 4.
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f the H D S indicates P A S S E D , intermittent

indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 10.
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift lever in D, a n d


Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f the H D S indicates P A S S E D , intermittent
14-132

<?0
15, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .
Is DTC
P0761
DTC P0771: Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck OFF

indicated?
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and. r e v i e w

1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .

2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n : is filled to t h e

p r o p e r l e v e l , . a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
3. D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , Sf a n y other
Does
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If
the strainer
dutch
have
metai
debris
or
excessive
material?
s t e p 4.
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e - w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, a n d
7. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0771 in t h e D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D ,
intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
(cont'd)
14-133
9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
Is DTC
I s a clicking
sound
heard?
P0771
indicated?
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E ( s e e p a g e
14-216), then go to s t e p 12.

PASSED?
11. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0771 in the D T C s
FAILED?
N O i f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If
Y E S R e p a i r shift v a l v e E , or r e p l a c e the
let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h 1st to 3rd g e a r s ,
t h e n drive the v e h i c l e at s p e e d s o v e r 19 m p h
(30 km/h) for at least 20 s e c o n d s .
14-134

Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF
9. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control (Linear) S o l e n o i d
V a l v e B in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B w i t h

S jlenoid Valve B Stuck ON
the H D S .
Does
M O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l
operating

2, M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i s filled to the
the HDS
indicate
NORMAL?

time.H
N O F o l l o w the instructions indicated on the H D S
a c c o r d i n g to the t e s t result, if the H D S h a s not
d e t e r m i n e d t h e c a u s e of the failure, g o to s t e p 10. If
a n y part w a s r e p l a c e d , g o to s t e p 11.
10. I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
3, Drain the A T F (see s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
s t r a i n e r , i n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for m e t a l d e b r i s or
B ( s e e p a g e 14-221).
Does
A/T
work
Does the strainer
have
clutch
material?
metal
debris
or
clutch
pressure
control
solenoid
valve
properly?
excessive
v a l v e B, or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 13.
s t e p 13.
M O R e p l a c e t h e A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o to
s t e p 4.
v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o to s t e p 11.
6, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift Sever in D, a n d
Set t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all f i v e g e a r s .
13. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, a n d

7, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 7 6 or P0777 in the

Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If t h e H D S
(confd)
Is DTC
P0776
or P0777
indicated?
DTC P0780: Shift Control System

NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
* T h i s c o d e is s t o r e d w h e n e v e r D T C s P1730, P 1 7 3 1 ,
P 1 7 3 2 , P 1 7 3 3 , a n d P1734 a r e d e t e c t e d .
15. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 7 6 or P0777 In the

Does
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all-five g e a r s .
4. C h e c k for other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s i n d i c a t e d
N O l f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If
a l o n g w i t h D T C P0780.
N O T E : D T C P0780 m e a n s t h e r e is o n e or m o r e A / T
D T C s r e g a r d i n g the shift control s y s t e m .
Are
there
other
DTCs?
Y E S G o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
P1730 ( s e e p a g e 14-195)
P1731 ( s e e p a g e 14-197)
P1732 ( s e e p a g e 14-198)
P1733 ( s e e p a g e 14-200)
P1734 ( s e e p a g e 14-201)
5. U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
14-136
is DTC
P0780
indicated?
Y E S I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 6, If the

8. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 8 0 in t h e D T C s
Does
the HDS

Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF
indicate

Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON
.NOTE: B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
1. W a r m up t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
PASSED?

c o m p l e t e , if t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original P C M f s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 7,

Does
N O I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d a n d t h e H D S
indicates F A I L E D , substitute a known-good P C M
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 6, If the P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
the strainer
clutch
have
metal
debris
or
excessive
material?
Y E S - R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 13.
N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n -go to
s t e p 4.<
7. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 9 S or P0797 In the
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
(confd)
14-137
9. S e l e c t Clutch P r e s s u r e Control ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d
V a l v e C in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
" A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h
the HDS.

Is DTC
P0796
or P0797
indicated?
Does
the HDS
indicate
NORMAL?
YES-Intermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this

tlme.il
15. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0796 or P0797 In the

N O F o l l o w the I n s t r u c t i o n s i n d i c a t e d on the H D S
a c c o r d i n g to the test result, if t h e H D S h a s not
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
d e t e r m i n e d the c a u s e of the failure, go to s t e p 10. If

10. I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e

C ( s e e p a g e 14-223).
N O I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 8. If
Does A/T dutch pressure
work
properly?
control
solenoid
valve

v a l v e s B a n d C , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 13.
N O R e p l a c e ' A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e C ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o to s t e p 11.
11. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 12. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
13. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r In D, a n d
let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h a l l five g e a r s .
14-138
the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 13.
DTC P0842: Short In 2nd Clutch Transmission

Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
ON
NOTE:
* T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
transmission.
10. C h e c k the 2 n d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h In t h e Data List w i t h
the H D S .
is the 2nd Pressure
Switch
OFF?
' Y E S R e p l a c e t h e 2nd clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d

p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-227), t h e n go to s t e p
15.
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II).
11. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) /
2. Clear the D T C with the H D S ,
3 . C h e c k the 2 n d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h In the Data List w i t h

the H D S w h e n n o t in 2 n d g e a r .
Is the 2nd Pressure
Switch
OFF ?

PCM CONNECTOR B-449P)

(BLU/RED)
HQGo
OP2SW
to s t e p 7,
14|15|ie|l7|l8 1 9 , / 21
4. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up t o n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .
i/yyyi,r
5. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 4th g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r
In D f o r a t l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s .
6. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 2 in t h e D T C s
Does
the HDS indicate
FAILED?
Is there
continuity?
MOIf the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s time, C h e c k f o r
intermittent s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 8 a n d the 2 n d
c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e n g o
to s t e p 15.
7., T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
(cont'd)
14-139
15.
Is DTC
P0842
indicated?
18. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l
fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s
in the w i r e b e t w e e n the 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
19. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r with the shift
g o t o s t e p 1.
l e v e r in D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n d r i v e in 4th
g e a r for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC
P0842
27. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0842 In the D T C s

Indicated?
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n
fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M , t h e n go to s t e p
1.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 2 6 ,
21. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 2 In t h e D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b S e s h o o t i n g . i l
N O I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
b e t w e e n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S
23.
U p d a t e the P C M if st d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
24. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It up to n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
25. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r with the shift
l e v e r In D for at least 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive in 4th
g e a r for at least 2 s e c o n d s .
14-140
Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n the 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p
24.
DTC TO843: Open In 2nd Clutch Transmission

Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit or 2nd Clutch
OFF
8. T u r n the.ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
9. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
NOTE:
* Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d

1T. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the 2 n d clutch
T h i s c o d e i s c a u s e d by a n e l e c t r i c a l circuit p r o b l e m
a n d cannot be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission,
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
terminal and body ground.
2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID

P R E S S U R E SWITCH CONNECTOR
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to ON f 11),
2, C l e a r t h e DTC
w i t h the H D S ,
OP2SW (BLU/RED)
3, Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .
4, Shift to 2 w h i l e p r e s s i n g t h e brake p e d a l , a n d c h e c k
If the Shift C o n t r o l i n d i c a t e s 2 in the Data List w i t h
the
HDS.
5, C h e c k t h e 2 n d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h in the Data List w i t h

is there
the H D S .
is the 2nd
Pressure
Switch
about
V?
Y E S R e p l a c e the 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
ON?
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-227), t h e n go to s t e p
16.
MOGo
to s t e p 8.
6, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift
l e v e r In D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s .
7, M o n i t o r t h e OBD S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 3 in the D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the
2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d
t h e - P C M , If the H D S i n d i c a t e s NOT
C O M P L E T E D , go
to s t e p 8.
(confd)
14-141
20. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e In 2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift
lever In D for at least 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive in 4th

13. J u m p t h e S C S Sine w i t h t h e H D S .
21. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . '
is DTC
P0843
indicated?
t e r m i n a l B 8 a n d the 2 n d clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid

pressure switch connector terminal.
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n
PCM CONNECTOR B I49P!
2ND CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
PRESSURE
SWITCH CONNECTOR
OP2SW
(BLU/RED)
fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
1.
Does
Terminal side of
female terminals
Wire side of
female terminals
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
Is there
continuity?
W O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
N O I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 2 n d
clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the
P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B8 a n d t h e 2 n d clutch
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e n go to s t e p
16.
16. R e c o n n e c t a l ! c o n n e c t o r s .


25. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It u p to n o r m a l
operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
26. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift
lever In D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive in 4th
14-142

Is DTC
P0843
indicated?
DTC P0847: Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission

Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit or 3rd Clutch
ON
terminals between the 2nd clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n
fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e PCIVL If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d PCfVI f s e e p a g e
14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 5 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
NOTE:
transmission.
g o t o s t e p 1.
N O G o to s t e p 28..
28, Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 3 in the D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
3. C h e c k the 3 r d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h in the Data List w i t h
original PCM ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
g o to t h e I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
t h e H D S w h e n the t r a n s m i s s i o n is not in 3rd g e a r .
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 2nd
c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e
P C M . If the PCM w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d PCM ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 . If the
i n d i c a t e s HOT C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 2 5 .
is the 3rd
Pressure
Switch
OFF?
4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e {the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
5. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 4th g e a r w i t h t h e shift.lever
in D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s .
6. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S f o r P0847 in the D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
NOSf the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n t h e 3rd clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d the P C M , If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
(confd)
14-143
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'dJ
15.. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
8. D i s c o n n e c t the 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid

17. ' C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
10. C h e c k the 3rd P r e s s u r e S w i t c h in the Data L i s t w i t h
the H D S .
19. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e In 3 r d g e a r w i t h t h e shift
Is the 3rd
Pressure
Switch
OFF?
lever In D for at least 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n d r i v e In 4th

Y E S R e p l a c e the 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-227), t h e n g o to s t e p
15.
is DTC
P0847
indicated?
in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the 3 r d clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n
fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p
1.

OP3SW (BLU/WHT)"
i f

Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
18[l4fl5 1 8 ] l 7 | i a
b e t w e e n the 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S
Is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B9 a n d the 3 r d
clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e n g o
to s t e p 15.
14-144
23, U p d a t e t h e P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
DTC
Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit or 3rd Clutch
OFF
g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 14-8).
NOTE:
24, Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e {the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .
25, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 3 r d g e a r w i t h the shift
l e v e r In D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive in 4th
g e a r for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s ,
is DTC
P0847
indicated?
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d

transmission.
Y E S C h e c k f o r intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d
in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n
fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s

4. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 3rd g e a r w i t h the shift
l e v e r in D, a n d c h e c k If the Shift C o n t r o l i n d i c a t e s 3
g o to s t e p 1.
In the Data List w i t h the H D S .
5. C h e c k the 3rd P r e s s u r e S w i t c h In t h e Data List w i t h

the HDS..
27, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0847 in t h e D T C s

M E N U with the HDS,
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S I f the P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting-is

c o m p l e t e , If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 6 ,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , I I
N O - i f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
b e t w e e n t h e 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n
g o to s t e p 24. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p
24.
is the 3rd Pressure
Switch
ON?
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 3rd g e a r w i t h the shift
lever In D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s .
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the
3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d
the P C M . If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o
to s t e p 6.
(cont'd)
12. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .
9, D i s c o n n e c t the 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid

11. M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n t h e 3rd clutch
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B 9 a n d the 3rd clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid

pressure switch connector terminal.
terminal and body ground.

3RD CLUTCH T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID
P R E S S U R E SWITCH CONNECTOR
3RD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
PRESSURE
SWITCH CONNECTOR
OP3SW
(BLU/WHT)
OP3SW (BLU/WHTI
Terminal side of
female terminals
Wire side of
female terminals

is there
Is there
about
continuity?
V?
Y E S R e p l a c e the 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-227), t h e n g o to s t e p
16.
connector terminal B9 a n d t h e 3rd clutch
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e n go to s t e p
16.
19. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p to n o r m a l
14-146
20. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 3 r d g e a r w i t h the shift
27. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the- H D S .
lever in D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n d r i v e in 4th

is DTC
P0848
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
is DTC
P0848
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
go to step 1.
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
N O ~ G o t o s t e p 28.
28. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 8 in t h e D T C s
2 2 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 8 in the D T C s
- M E N U with the H D S .
Does
Does
the HDS
indicate
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
PASSED?
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 3rd
c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 3rd
c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n - f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the
P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8), then g o t o s t e p 25, Sf the
I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 25.
24. U p d a t e the P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
25. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) .
26. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 3 r d g e a r w i t h t h e shift
lever in D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n d r i v e in 4th
14-147
DTC P0962: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve A Circuit

NOTE:
transmission.
10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s A (49P) a n d C (49P).

12. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s A1 a n d C 4 4 .
PCM C O N N E C T O R S
J T T T J 3 | 4 j 5 | 6 I 7 T 8 | 9 110 \
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
fflESSnBEiHIIMEEl
Is DTC
P0962
C [ASP)
Indicated?
LG1 fBRN/YEL)
N O G o to step 5.
Is there
battery
voltage?
the H D S .
Does
the HDS
indicate
NORMAL?
6. In the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e
Control m e n u , s e l e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A at 1.0 A .
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the
P C M . If the H D S indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
s t e p 5.
14-148
N O C h e c k for a b l o w n No. 10 f u s e (10 A) in the

d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. If the f u s e is O K ,
repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l A1 a n d the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
box, t h e n go to s t e p 21.
13. T o r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e

control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
14. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

valve A connector,
and body ground.
A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL
SOLENOID V A L V E A CONNECTOR
15. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s No, 1 a n d No. 2.
r i
1
Is there
continuity?
W O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n .A/T clutch
Is there
3 10
Q?
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d b o d y g r o u n d
CG101) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair p o o r g r o u n d
( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 21.
M O R e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A fsee p a g e 14-220), t h e n g o to s t e p 21.
(cont'd)
14-149
20. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e

18., D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
and P C M connector terminal B48.
a n d body g r o u n d .
CONTROL SOLENOID
V A L V E A CONNECTOR
P r ^ / 3 | M / | 7 8[9|l0|j
11 tafia U | 1 5 16 17(18 1 9 / 2 1
22 23 24
4
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL

SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
LSA (RED/BLK)
LSA
(RED/BLK)
L S A (RED/BLK)
Terminal side of
female terminals
Is there
Wire side of
female terminals
continuity?

Is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 4 8 ,
b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
A connector terminal No. 1 and body ground, then

g o t o s t e p 21.
14-150
21, R e c o n nect a! I c o n necto rs.
28. U p d a t e the PCM: If It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

23,
C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
24. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
Is DTC
P0962
indicated?
Is DTC
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
I M O G o t o s t e p 26.
26. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 6 2 In the D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
P0962
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d PCM- ( s e e p a g e
g o t o step-1.
3 1 . Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0962 in t h e D T C s
Does
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e control solenoid valve A and the P C M ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. if the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
g o t o the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
connections or loose terminals between A / T clutch
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M , If
t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 29. If t h e P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 29,
?
14-151
Aytomatic Transmission
D T C P0963: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve A
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all-freeze data a n d

valve A connector.
10. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2.
* T h i s c o d e - i s c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be . c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission,
SOLENOID V A L V E ' A CONNECTOR
n f 21

3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 1 s e c o n d .

Is DTC
P0963
indicated?
Is there
W O G o t o step 5.
5. S e l e c t Clutch P r e s s u r e Control (Linear) S o l e n o i d

A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A with
the H D S .
3-10
Q?
v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e 14-220), t h e n go to step 12.
Does
the HDS
indicate
NORMAL?
and body ground.
6. In the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A at 0.2 A .
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
Is there
continuity?
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
P C M . If the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d b o d y g r o u n d
s t e p 5.
(G101) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair poor g r o u n d

(G101), then g o t o s t e p 12.
14-152
13, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (Ii),
14., C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
15, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
is DTC
P0963
is DTC
P0983
indicated?
14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 20. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1.
indicated?
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the PCfVI, t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
17, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 0 3 6 3 In t h e D T C s
the HDS
indicate
Does
J M O G o t o s t e p 17,
Does
PASSED?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d In s t e p 16,
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). Sf a n y other
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If
P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 20. If the P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. Sf the H D S i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to step-20.
19, U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d PCM {see p a g e 14-8).
20, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
14-153
DTC P0966: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve B Circuit
9= D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

valve B connector.
NOTE:
T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
transmission.
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r
SOLENOID V A L V E B CONNECTOR
I 1 I 2 I
Is DTC
P0966
indicated?
is there
V a l v e B in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B w i t h
the H D S .
Does
the HDS
indicate
NORMAL?
3-JO
Q ? -
v a l v e B (see p a g e 14-225), t h e n go to s t e p 16.
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
and body ground.
NOGoto step8.
6. In the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d V a l v e
Control m e n u , s e l e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B at 1.0 A .
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAiLED?
is there
continuity?
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
P C M . If the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d b o d y g r o u n d
s t e p 5.
(G101) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair p o o r g r o u n d

( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n go to s t e p 16.
14-154
12, J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .

13, D i s c o n n e c t PCfVI c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
14, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
arid b o d y g r o u n d .

control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r terminal-No. 1
J)
3l
9 110 |
EflGaEBiDiEEufflSEiIjEEj
CONTROL SOLENOID
V A L V E B CONNECTOR
L S B (BRN)
LSB
(BEN)
L S B (BRN)
Terminal side of
female terminals
is there
Wire side of
female term!rials
continuity?.

i s there
continuity?
between A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control solenoid valve
B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d , t h e n
go to s t e p 16,
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n A/T clutch

p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d P C M ' c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 4 0 ,
(confd)
14-155
23.
U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

19. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
24. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 1 s e c o n d .
25.
Is DTC
P0966
is DTC
indicated?
Y E S C h e e k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T clutch
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M ,
then go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
P0966
indicated?
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a" k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 24. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1.
- Does
the HDS indicate
PASSED
Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M . If
P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S Indicates
14-156
DTCP0967: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure

Control Solenoid Valve B

valve B connector.
NOTE:
* Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
transmission.
1 2
3, Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
is DTC
YESGo
P0967
indicated?
Is there
to s t e p 8,
3 10
Q?
5, S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control (Linear) S o l e n o i d
V a l v e B in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
A/T" c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B w i t h
the H D S ,
v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o to step 12,
Does
the HDS
indicate
NORMAL?
and body ground.
S, In the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d V a l v e
Control m e n u , s e l e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B at 0.2 A.
1 j
2
| GND
{BLK)

Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
Is there
continuity?
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the
PCM, If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d b o d y g r o u n d
s t e p 5,

( G 1 0 1 ) , then g o to s t e p 12.

(cont'd)
14-157
is DTC
P0967
indicated?
terminals- b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control
15. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 1 s e c o n d .
- s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
14-8), then g o to s t e p 20. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,

go to s t e p 1.
Is DTC
P0967
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A/T clutch p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
Does
Does
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M ,
then g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
19. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
14-158

the HDS indicate
PASSED?
original P C M (see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s . o r D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 2 1 ,
g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b S e s h o o t i n g . i l
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M . If
the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
P C M (see p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 20. If the P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s
#0
DTC PQB7Q: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve C Circuit
NOTE:
3, D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

valve C connector.
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 2.
T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by an electrical circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission.
SOLENOID V A L V E C CONNECTOR
I 2I
2, C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
3, Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d ,
Is DTC
P0970
indicated?
Is there
5, S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l (Linear) S o l e n o i d
V a l v e C in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
3-
10
Q?
v a l v e C ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o t o s t e p 16.
A T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h
the H D S .
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2
Does
the HDS
indicate
NORMAL?
and body ground.
6, Sri the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C at 1.0 A .
7, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0970 in the D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
Is there
continuity
N O I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the
P C M . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d b o d y g r o u n d
s t e p 5.

( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 16,

(confd)
14-159
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A/T clutch p r e s s u r e

control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1
14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A/T clutch p r e s s u r e
PCIVI CONNECTOR B (49P)'
CONTROL SOLENOID
V A L V E C CONNECTOR
,17|'
S O L E N O I D V A L V E C CONNECTOR
E5 i p
2
L S C fBLU/YEL)
L S C fBLU/YEL)
\
L S C fBLU/YELl
Terminal side of
female terminals
is there
Wire side of
female terminals
continuity?

Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r short to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n A/T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d , then
. go to step 16.
14-160
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 2 6 ,
then go to s t e p 16.
0
17, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N III),
23.
U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

19, Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d wast for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
24. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 1 s e c o n d .
25.
I s DTC
P0970
C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the HDS."

is DTC
indicated?
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e PCM, t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
P0970
indicated?
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e
14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p 24. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1.
21, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 0 in t h e D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?

p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S S f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M . Sf
the P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
14-161
DTC P0971:.Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve C

valve C connector.
NOTE:
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see p a g e 14-4),
* T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
transmission.
A / T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
TT2
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ( H ) .
_5>
3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d wast for at least 1 s e c o n d .

Is DTC
P0971
indicated?
Is there
V a l v e C In the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
3-10
Q?
N O R e p l a c e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e C ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h
11.- C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n .A/T clutch p r e s s u r e
the H D S . -
Does
the HDS indicate
NORMAL?
and body ground.
A / T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL

SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
6. In-the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e
. Control . m e n u , s e l e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C at 0.2 A .
Does
the HDS indicate
FAILED?
Is there
continuity?
N O i f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the
P C M . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o
s t e p 5.
N O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d b o d y g r o u n d
(G101) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair p o o r g r o u n d
( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
14-162
21. - C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (11).
is DTC
go to s t e p 1.

I s DTC
P0971
P0971
indicated?
indicated?
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e PCfVI, t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
Does

Does
the HDS
indicate
22. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0971 in t h e D T C s

PASSED?
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
go to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . *
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . i l
NOSf t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
NOSf t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If
the P C M w a s updated,-substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8).
14-163
DTC P0973: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve A
Circuit

NOTE:
transmission.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (li).
10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P).

11. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s B11 a n d C 4 4 .
SHA (BLU/BLK!
3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 1st g e a r with the shift Sever
In D for at least 1 s e c o n d .
C (49P)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
Is DTC
P0973
indicated?
Is there
less
than
12 Q ?
T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A w i t h the
HDS.
Is a clicking
sound
heard?
NOGoto stepS.
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r
in D for at least 1 s e c o n d .
Does
the HDS indicate
FAILED?
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If the
H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5.
14-164
12, D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e harnessconnector,
2 0 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . is DTC
P0973
indicated?
13* C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n PCfVI c o n n e c t o r

in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the
PCfVI C O N N E C T O R S
PCfVI, t h e n g o to step. 1.
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
N O - I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
is there
continuity?
Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M , t h e n
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B11 a n d t h e shift
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n go to s t e p
16.
14, I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the shift s o l e n o i d
g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o t o s t e p 19.
2 3 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 14-212).
15. R e p l a c e either shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A or the shift
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s f s e e p a g e 14-216),
w h i c h e v e r f a i l e d the t e s t , t h e n g o to s t e p 16,
24. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r In P, a n d wast

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n test-drive the v e h i c l e in
1st g e a r w i t h the shift fever In D for at l e a s t
1 second.
17, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK
18, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
19, S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t
for at feast 1 s e c o n d , T h e n t e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in
1st g e a r w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D for at l e a s t
1 second,
(confd)
14-165
Is DTC
P0973
DTC P0974: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve A

Circuit
indicated?
NOTE:
In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e A a n d the
P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 24. If the

transmission.
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
3. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever in P, a n d w a i t

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

is DTC
P0974
indicated?
N O I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good P C M

(see p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A w i t h t h e
HDS.
Is a clicking
sound
heard
6. Start the e n g i n e with t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t
for at least 1 s e c o n d .
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s
14-166
8, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10).
12. D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s

connector.
9. J u m p t h e S C S fine w i t h the H D S .
t e r m i n a l B11 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r - t e r m i n a l No. 5.
11, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s 811 a n d C 4 4 .
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

H A R N E S S CONNECTOR
PCM CONNECTOR B [ASP)
SUA fBLU/BLKl
j 1 j 2 ? 3 j 4 J S j 8 U j s 1 9 jtGj
24J><2S[><
SNA (BLU/BLK)
l / f s U i ^ l ^ T T a |9|iol
EQEQESEEIESEQESCQEElSiEl
E3BEIE3E3E3E3E]fiE3Bl
Ha
B |4SP|
C |49P)
LG1 fBRN/YEL)
SHA (BLU/BLK)
Wire side of
female terminals
Terminal side of
female terminals

Is there
Is there
12-25
Q ?
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n
PCM
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B11 a n d the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e

h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 16.
(cont'd)
14-167
14. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e
16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . .
14-216).
17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to ON; (II).
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5 a n d the shift
solenoid valve A connector terminal.

19. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift lever In P, a n d w a i t
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
CONNECTOR
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

HARNESS CONNECTOR
for at least 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in

1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r In D for at least
1 second.
SHA (BLU)
Is DTC
P0974
indicated?
' Y E S C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e
Wire side of
female terminals
Terminal side of
male terminals
Is there
continuity?
2 1 . M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0974 In the D T C s

Y E S R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 16.
Does
W O R e p l a c e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
(see p a g e 14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 16.
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
N O I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 19.
14-168
DTC F0976: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve B

Circuit
.22, R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s ,
23, U p d a t e the PCfVI if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d PCM { s e e p a g e 14-8),
24
Start t h e e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t

for at feast 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in
1st g e a r w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D for at least
1 second.

is DTC
P0974
NOTE:
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information .(see p a g e 14-4).
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical- circuit p r o b l e m
transmission.
indicated?
Y E S - C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever in P, a n d w a i t

P C M . If t h e PCM was u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d PCM ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the

PCM
is DTC
MQGo
P0976
indicated?
to s t e p 26.

Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B w i t h t h e
Y E S I f t h e PCfVI w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
HDS.
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r
is a clicking
sound
heard?
WOIf the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
go to s t e p 24,
NOGoto step8.
6. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift lever in P, a n d wast
7. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0976 In the D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M . Sf the
H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5.
(confd)
14-169
connector.
terminals B12 and C44.
PCIVI C O N N E C T O R S
terminals B12 and C44,

SHB
P4
(GRN/WHT)
3
12 1314(15 16 T r n i
SIS
SHB (GRN/WHT)
3l|32l33l34|35|36
| 3 j 4-ISL^l 7 j 8 | 9 |10[
m 30
\7p<7><.
my/Al
X|4a|44|45l46
C (49P)
C (49P)
B (49P)
'
'
6 | 7
4 3 . 4(45146
11
W\ 23
B (4SP)
U !
11 12 13 1415 16 1718 / 20 21
/
/ / /
9?23 /
29 SO 31 3 2 / /
/ / /
LG1 (BRW/YEL)
LG1 f BRN/YEL)
terminals
Is there
continuity?
Is there
less
than
12
Q?
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 2 a n d t h e shift
16.
14. I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the shift s o l e n o i d
15. R e p l a c e either shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B or the shift
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 14-216),
w h i c h e v e r failed the test, t h e n g o to s t e p 16.
19. Start the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t
for at least 1 s e c o n d . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the
shift fever In D t h r o u g h 1st to 3 r d g e a r s , t h e n drive
In 3rd g e a r for at l e a s t 1 ' s e c o n d .
14-170
20, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .

is DTC
P0976
25,
C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .
is DTC
indicated?
P0976
indicated?
in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e
in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e
PCM,
P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M fsee p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24, If the

P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
f y 0 G o t o s t e p 21.
26. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0976 in t h e D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting,
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
M 0 ~ ~ i f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M , t h e n
g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
N O I f t h e H D S Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for
g o to s t e p 19,
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If the
23,
U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 24. If t h e P C M w a s
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 14-8),
24, S t a r t the e n g i n e with t h e shift l e v e r in P a n d w a i t

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e with t h e
shift l e v e r In D t h r o u g h 1st to 3 r d g e a r s , t h e n drive
in 3rd g e a r for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
f
14-171
DTC P0977: Open In Shift Solenoid
Circuit
Valve

NOTE:
a n y on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review

terminals B 1 2 a n d C44.
transmission.
PCM CONNECTORS
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N {SI).
SHB ( G R N / W H T )
slTjioI
3|4|5|8l7
14115
11 12 18 t4|is 18 17116 19Z

L
3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D
t h r o u g h 1st to 3rd g e a r s , t h e n d r i v e in 3rd g e a r for
iî7 ffllffiiyMaBJaa\ AfV
B (49P)
C (49P)
LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
Is DTC
P0977
indicated?
Y E S G o to. s t e p &
Is there
N O G o t o step 5.
5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B In the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B w i t h t h e
HDS.
Is a clicking
sound
heard?
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r In D
t h r o u g h 1st to 3rd g e a r s , t h e n d r i v e in 3rd g e a r for
at least 1 s e c o n d .
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
i,
poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s
14-172
elTTT
|l7^7r20J21
12-25
Q ?
<^0
connector,
14, R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e

14-216).
13,. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B T 2 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d t h e shift
solenoid valve B connector terminal.
S H U T SOLENOID WIRE
HARNESS CONNECTOR
013
Wire side of
female terminals
Is there
SHB (ORN)
.i.kyi.T
34
!Cli3Uil5l6W|l9/
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

SHB (GRN/WHT!
S H E (GRN/WHT)
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE 8
CONNECTOR
S2
Terminal side of
female terminals
continuity?
Wire side of
female terminals
is there
Terminal side of
male terminals
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n g o to s t e p 16.
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 2 a n d t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e
W 0 R e p l a c e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
(cont'd)
14-173

g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

for at least 1 s e c o n d . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the
shift lever in D t h r o u g h 1st to 3rd g e a r s , t h e n drive
in 3 r d g e a r for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
24. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever In P, a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the

shift lever In D t h r o u g h 1st to 3rd g e a r s , t h e n d r i v e
In 3rd g e a r for at least 1 s e c o n d .
20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S ,
Is DTC
P0977
Is DTC
indicated?
P0977
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e
P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. Sf the

W O G o to step 21.
2 1 . Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0977 In the D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED
MOIf the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r

s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 19.

s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s
g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 24.
14-174
DTC P0973: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve C

Circuit
NOTE:
10, D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P).

G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n { s e e p a g e 14-4).
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l circuit p r o b l e m
and c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission.
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N fit).
SHC
g i ^ l g ' l g ^
3, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r

in 0 for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d ,
Jilt
11 12
mm
.
.8i|a2l88|a*ta6|/nl/1
(GRN)
'sMi 1
m u\w 20 21
/
1^
31
/
/
]m\4 <||
C I49P)
B149P)
L G 1 fBRN/YEL)
is DTC
P0979
indicated?
Is there
less
than
12
Q?
N O G o to s t e p 5 .
5, S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C In the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h the
HDS.
is a clicking
sound
heard?
6, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e In 1st g e a r w i t h t h e shift lever
in D for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d ,
7, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 9 in the D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . Sf t h e
H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5.
(cont'd)
14-175
12= D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s

connector.
is DTC
P0979
indicated?

in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e
PCM CONNECTORS
SHC ( G R N )
1 IXj3|4iX|XTTlVr9
s
H Z
29 SO 31
4146(46
mi
B (49P)
1 '18 71
3
4 ! 5
6
11 12 13 u|l5 18 i i | i a
C (49P)
21
|10|
LG1.(BRN/YEL)
21. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 9 In t h e D T C s

Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
N O - l f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
Is there
continuity?
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d i n t h e w i r e .
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M , t h e n
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B21 a n d the shift
go to s t e p 19.
16.
2 3 . U p d a t e t h e P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a - k n o w n -
14. I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the shift s o l e n o i d
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
24. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d wast
15. R e p l a c e either shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C or the shift
for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e In
1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r in D for at l e a s t
w h i c h e v e r failed the t e s t t h e n g o to s t e p 16.
1 second.
19. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t
for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in
1st g e a r w i t h t h e shift l e v e r In D for at l e a s t
1 second.
14-176
0
25, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .
is DTC
P0979
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k f o r intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d
in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the
PCM. If t h e PCM w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d PCM f s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the
PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1,
NOGo
D T C P0980: O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d Valve C

Circuit
NOTE:
a n y on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d review
transmission.
to s t e p 26.
28, Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 9 in the D T C s

IV1ENU w i t h t h e H D S .
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift Sever in P, a n d w a i t

Y E S I f t h e PCM w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e

T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 5 ,
is DTC
Indicated?
P0980
NO-lf
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C In t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h t h e
HDS.
is a clicking
sound
heard?
6. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r In P, a n d w a i t
for a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M , If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s
(confd)
14-177
9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S ,
12. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n ' P G M c o n n e c t o r

S H C (GRIM)
V B S O L (RED)
A (49P)
ami
C (49P)
C (49P!
L G 1 (BRN/YEL)
L G 1 (BRN/YEL)
Is there
Is there battery
voltage?
N O C h e c k for a b l o w n No. 10 f u s e (10 A ) in the
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. If the f u s e is O K ,
b o x , t h e n g o to s t e p 2 1 .
14-178
12-25
Q ?
<2
17, D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
connector,
14-216).
18, C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
20. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e
t e r m i n a l B21 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d t h e shift
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o , 1.
solenoid valve C connector terminal.
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

HARNESS CONNECTOR
SHC ( G R N )
Wire side of
female terminals
Is there
PCM CONNECTOR B
(49P)
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
CONNECTOR
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

SHC (GRN)
S H C (GRN!
E W E
;t2fl3|l4h5Jt6gt7Jt8J19|/1a,
Terminal side of
female terminals
continuity?
Wire side of
female terminals
is there
Terminal side of
male terminals
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 21.
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B21 a n d t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e
N O R e p l a c e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r / t h e n g o to s t e p 2 1 .
2 3 . C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
24. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t
for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in
1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r in D for at l e a s t
1 second.
Is DTC P0980
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the
(cont'd)
14-179
26. " M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0980 in the D T C s
30= C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with-the H D S ,
Is DTC
Does
the HDS
indicate
P0980
indicated?
PASSED?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e
P C M . If the PCM. w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 29. If t h e

s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24.
3 1 . Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 0 in the D T C s

Does
28. U p d a t e the P C M If It d o e s not h a v e the latest
29. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r In P, a n d w a i t
for at least 1 s e c o n d . T h e n test-drive the v e h i c l e in
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r in D for at least

1 second.

14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 29. if the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D /
go to s t e p 29.
14-180
00
DTC P0982: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve D
Circuit

NOTE:
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n { s e e p a g e 14-4),
* T h i s c o d e i s c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
and c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m In the
transmission,
PCM CONNECTORS
1, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (Ii).
B (49P)
C(49P)
3, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift
l e v e r In D for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
fa V]/\/\A
^JJl l i d
L 0 1 f BRN/YEL)
SHD (GRN/RED)
is DTC
P0982
indicated?
Is there
less
than
12
Q?
5, S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D In the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d t e s t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D w i t h t h e
HDS.
is a clicking
sound
heard?
P J O G o t o s t e p 8.
6, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r with the shift
l e v e r in D for at feast 1 s e c o n d ,
7, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0982 In the D T C s
FAILED?
Y E S G o to s t e p a
failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the P C M . If the
H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 5.
(confd)
14-181
connector.

Is DTC
P0982
indicated?

PCM
CONNECTORS
B (49P)
C (49P)
in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the
SHD (GRN/RED)
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e terminals
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
Is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B27 a n d the shift
g o t o s t e p 19.
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o to s t e p
16.

14. I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the shift s o l e n o i d

15. R e p l a c e either shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D or the shift
w h i c h e v e r failed the t e s t , t h e n go to s t e p 16.
for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in
2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r in D for at least
1 second.
14-182
24. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever, a n d w a i t for at

least 1 s e c o n d . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r
with the shift lever In D for at least 1 s e c o n d .
25,
C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC P0982
DTC P0983: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve D

Circuit
indicated?
in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the
PCfVl If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all f r e e z e data a n d
transmission.
26, Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 2 in the D T C s
PASSED?
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d wast

Y E S i f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e , if t h e PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
is DTC P0983
indicated?
N O - l f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the P C M . If the
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24, if the P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D w i t h the
HDS.
is a ctieking sound
heard?
6. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever in P, a n d w a i t
7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 3 i n t h e D T C s
FAILED?
N O - l f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the P C M . If the H D S Indicates
(cont'd)
8. T u r n the ignition switch.to L O C K (0).
"

12. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
B (49P)
C (49P)
V B S O L (RED)
EE
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
JZL
A (4SP)

Is there
Is there
battery
voltage?
. Y E S G o to s t e p 13.
N O C h e c k for a b l o w n No. 10 f u s e (10 A) i n the
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. If the f u s e Is O K ,
box, t h e n g o to s t e p 21.
14-184
12-25
Q ?
N O G o to-step 17.
connector.
19. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e
18. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n PCIVI c o n n e c t o r

h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 8 a n d the shift
solenoid valve D connector terminal.
t e r m i n a l 8 2 7 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

HARNESS CONNECTOR
r1
14-216).
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

PCM CONNECTOR 8 (49P)
SHB ( G R N / R E D )
Wire side of
female terminals
Is there
SHD (GRN/RED)
SHD (YEL)
Terminal s i d e o f
female terminals
continuity?
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE D
CONNECTOR
Wire side of
female terminals
Terminal side o f
male terminals
'
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 21.
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B27 a n d the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e
N O R e p l a c e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
h a r n e s s connector, then g o t o step 21.
24. S t a r t the e n g i n e with the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t
for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n test-drive t h e v e h i c l e in
2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r in D for at l e a s t
1 second.
Is DTC
P0983
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e
(confd)
14-185
26. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 3 In t h e D T C s
i s DTC P0983 indicated?

PASSED?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e
P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 29. Sf t h e

s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
t h e H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24.
IMOGo to s t e p 31.
3 1 . Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 3 in the D T C s
' Does the HDS indicate

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8).
29. Start the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t
for at least 1 s e c o n d . T h e n test-drive the v e h i c l e in
2nd g e a r w i t h the shift Sever in D for at least
1 second.
14-186
PASSED?
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
go to s t e p 29.
DTC P0385: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve E

Circuit
8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

NOTE:
* Before y o u troubleshoot,. r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see p a g e 14-4),
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m In the
transmission,
PCM C0MWECTORS
1, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (11).
BJ49P)
CC49P)
s i s :
3, Start t h e e n g i n e w i t h the shift Sever in P, a n d w a i t
8i|ag|lk|JBl/laB|/|
]^g^Tg46j>l4BV|
4, Check
m m
J7J18 19,
S H E (YEL)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
P0985
indicated?
is there
less
than
12
Q?
5, S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d t e s t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E w i t h the
HDS,
isacii
eking
sound
heard?
8. Start t h e e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the P C M . If the
H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 5.
(confd)
14-187
connector.
20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . '
Is DTC P0985
indicated?
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n PCM c o n n e c t o r

In the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the
P C M , then g o to s t e p 1.
B (49P)
C (49P)
314151617
12 13 14|lS
mm.

140
\yiyyiAl^ûSl^l
SHE (YEL)
MA
Does
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
the
HDS Indicate
PASSED?
Is there
N O - l f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the P C M , t h e n
go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
go to s t e p 19.
continuity?
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 2 5 a n d the shift
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o to step
16.
14. I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the shift s o l e n o i d
22.

15. R e p l a c e either shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E or the shift
w h i c h e v e r failed the test, t h e n g o to s t e p 16.
19. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever In P, a n d w a i t
for at least 1 s e c o n d . T h e n shift to N, a n d w a i t for at
least 1 s e c o n d .
14-188
24. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift Sever In P, a n d w a i t

for at least 1 s e c o n d . T h e n shift to N, a n d w a i t for at
28. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
P098S
DTC P0986: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve E

Circuit
indicated?
In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the
PCIVI. If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. if the
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
T h i s c o d e i s c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
transmission.
PASSED?
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in N, a n d w a i t
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated sn s t e p 2 5 ,
g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. H
is DTC
P0986
Indicated?
MO-If the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
PCIVI w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
(see p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M w a s
5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E In t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E with the
HDS.
is a clicking
sound
heard?
6. Start the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in N, a n d wast
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the P C M . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
(confd)

connector.

t e r m i n a l B 2 5 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
PCM
P C M CONNECTOR B (4SP)
CONNECTORS
SHE ( Y E L )
C (49P)
B (49P)
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

HARNESS CONNECTOR
^
Ma],
3 | 4 | /
it 12 13 14J15 6 17|18 1 9 / 21
77
22 28
/
/
1'y
36
38
ft ,!
47
145|46
LG1 f BRN/YEL)
SHE (YEL)
Terminal side of
female terminals
Wire side of
female terminals

Is there
Is there
12-25
Q ?
14-190
continuity?
- N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 2 5 a n d the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e
80
14-216).
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 3 a n d the shift
solenoid valve E connector terminal.
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE E
COMNECTOR

19. Start the e n g i n e , w i t h the shift lever in P, a n d w a i t
for at feast 1 s e c o n d . T h e n shift to N, a n d w a i t for at
S H E (RED)
Is DTC
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the
Terminal side of
male terminals
P0988
Wire side of
female terminals
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e E fsee p a g e
Does
the HDS Indicate
PASSED?
14-216), t h e n g o to s t e p 16.
M O R e p l a c e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
( s e e p a g e 14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 16,
g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . ! !
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
the H D S indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to step 19.
(confd)
14-191
DTC P16C0: PCM A/T Control System
incomplete Update
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e page 14-8).
24. Start the e n g i n e , with the shift l e v e r in P, a n d wait
for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n shift to N, a n d w a i t for at
feast 1 s e c o n d .

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the
P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 24. If the

PASSED?
N O I f the H D S Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
14-8), then go to s t e p 24. Sf the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 24.
14-192
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d

T h i s c o d e is indicated w h e n P C M updating Is
Incomplete.
Do not turn the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or
A C C E S S O R Y (I) w h i l e u p d a t i n g t h e P C M . If y o u turn
the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) or A C C E S S O R Y (I)
before c o m p l e t i o n , the P C M c a n be d a m a g e d .
1. U p d a t e the P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-215).
Is DTCP16C0
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
N O G o to step-26.
Does the HDS Indicate
NOTE:
N O - P C M updating is c o m p l e t e .
DTC P1717: Open in Transmission Range

Switch ATPRVS Switch Circuit
MOTE:
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4),
.switch c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 10 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
transmission,
9 10
5
GND |BLK)
2. Shift to R, a n d c h e c k t h e A / T R S w i t c h in t h e Data
List w i t h t h e H D S ,
Is the A/T
R Switch
ON?
is there
continuity?
N O C h e c k for p r o p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
installation ( s e e p a g e 14-280), a d j u s t the shift c a b l e
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n
r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 10 a n d b o d y
(see p a g e 14-272), t h e n r e c h e c k . i i
g r o u n d ( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), o r repair p o o r
3. C h e c k the R e v e r s e S w i t c h ( A T P R V S ) in the Data List
g r o u n d ( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n go to s t e p 10.
w i t h the H D S ,
is the Reverse
Switch
(ATPRVS)
ON?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.
N O - - G o to s t e p 4,
ATPRVS (WHT/RED)
5. D i s c o n n e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
connector.
10
GND (BLK)
is there battery
voltage?
M O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 2 3 a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 10.
(confd)
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 10 w h e n
the shift lever is In R, a n d w h e n the shift lever is
Is DTC
P1717
indicated?
shifted to a n y position other than R.

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
ATFRVS
9 10
GND
Is there continuity
when the shift
no continuity
when the shift lever
position
other than R?
lever is in R, and
is shifted
to any
IMORepSace the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
N O I f the H D S Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to
s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
s t e p 13.
(see page 14-280), t h e n g o t o s t e p 10.

17. U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M (see page-14-8).

18. Start the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift lever in P. Shift to N
13. S t a r t the e n g i n e with the shift l e v e r In P. Shift to N
f r o m P, t h e n shift to R, a n d w a i t for at least
2 seconds.
14-194
f r o m P, t h e n shift to R, a n d w a i t for at least

2 seconds.
i
is DTC
P1717
DTC P1730: Problem in Shift Control System:

Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s A or D S t u c k O F F
indicated?
a n d the P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d PCIVI ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p
18. If t h e PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
Shift V a l v e s A , B, or D S t u c k
t h e G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
14-4).
2. M a k e s u r e that t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to the
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S I f t h e PCM w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If the PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
o r i g i n a l PCIVI ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 19,

3. Drain t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
Does
the strainer
clutch
connections or loose terminals between the
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. If the P C M w a s
have
metai
debris
or
excessive
material?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 16.
N O R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231 ) t h e n go to
r
s t e p 4.
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r in D, a n d
Does
the HDS indicate
FAILED?
N O I f the H D S Indicates P A S S E D , intermittent
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6,
(confd)
14-195
8, C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
Is a clicking
sound
heard?
v a l v e s A , B, a n d D, or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
N O I f the H D S Indicates P A S S E D , Intermittent
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S

Is a clicking
16. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r In D, a n d

sound
heard?
- N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B (see p a g e
14-216), t h e n g o t o s t e p 14,
11. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D
Is a clicking
sound
heard?
Is DTC
P1730
indicated?
Does
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
12. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift lever in D, a n d
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
NOSf the H D S Indicates F A I L E D , go to s t e p 8. If
14-196
0
* Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E S t u c k O N
9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
* Shift Valve E Stuck
* A/T Clutch P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d Valve A Stuck
o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S ,
OFF
Is a clicking
sound
heard?
and any on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E ( s e e p a g e
1, W a r m up t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l
14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 12.
operating

2, Make
s u r e that t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to the
V a l v e A in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d t e s t
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A w i t h
the H D S .
3< D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
s t r a i n e r , I n s p e c t t h e s t r a i n e r for m e t a l d e b r i s or
NORMAL?
Does
the strainer
clutch
have
metal
debris
or
excessive
time.H
material?
N O F o l l o w the i n s t r u c t i o n s i n d i c a t e d on the H D S
a c c o r d i n g to the test r e s u l t , if the H D S h a s not

d e t e r m i n e d t h e c a u s e of the failure, g o to s t e p 11, If
a n y part w a s r e p l a c e d , go to s t e p 12,
s t e p 4.
11. I n s p e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
4, T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll).
A ( s e e p a g e 14-218).
5< C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
Does A/T clutch pressure

work
properly?
control solenoid
valve A
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D, a n d

v a l v e E , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p
7, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P1731 in the D T C s
14.
N O R e p l a c e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e 14-220), t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
NO-If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
(confd)
14-197
DTC PI732: Problem in Shift Control System:
* Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s B or C S t u c k O N
Shift V a l v e s B or C S t u c k
14. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r in D a n d

r

Is DTC
P1731

Indicated?
Does
the HDS indicate

e x c e s s i v e c l u t c h material..
PASSED?
Does
the strainer
clutch
have
metal
debris
or
excessive
material?
N O I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 8. If
the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 14.
s t e p 4.
4. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (H).
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift lever In D, a n d
Does
the HDS indicate
FAILED?
N O I f the H D S Indicates P A S S E D , Intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
14-198
12. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 1 7 3 2 in the D T C s

9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
Does
the HDS
Indicate
FAILED?
operates with the H D S .

is a clicking
sound
heard?
v a l v e s B a n d C , o r r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n
g o to s t e p 15,
N O I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at this t i m e , Sf the H D S
14-2181, t h e n g o to s t e p 13.
10. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e C in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
13. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k t h a t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
Is a clicking
15. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r In D, a n d
sound
heard?
let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all f i v e g e a r s .

16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C fsee p a g e
14-218), t h e n g o to s t e p 13.
11. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D, a n d
Is DTC
P1732
indicated?

17. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 1 7 3 2 in t h e D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
N O I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 15.
14-199
* Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D S t u c k O N
9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
* Shift V a l v e D S t u c k
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D
* A / T C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d V a l v e C S t u c k
OFF
Is a clicking
sound
heard?
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D ( s e e p a g e
1 4 - 2 1 6 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
proper l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s ,
Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test

A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h
the H D S .
3. Drain the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on page-14-231) t h r o u g h a

strainer. I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
Does
the HDS
indicate
NORMAL?
Does
the strainer
clutch
have
metai
debris
or
excessive
N O F o l l o w the i n s t r u c t i o n s indicated o n the H D S
material?
- a c c o r d i n g to the test result, If the H D S h a s not

d e t e r m i n e d the c a u s e of the failure, g o to s t e p 11. If

N O R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o t o
11. Inspect A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e -
s t e p 4.
C ( s e e p a g e 14-223).
Does
work
A/T
clutch pressure
properly?
control
solenoid
valve

v a l v e D, or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to
s t e p 14.

C ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O I f the H D S Indicates P A S S E D , intermittent
f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
14-200
0
12, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ill}.
13, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s B or C S t u c k O F F
* Shift V a l v e s B or C S t u c k
14, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e with t h e shift l e v e r in D, a n d

Set t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
15, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .
Is DTC
PI733
indicated?
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) .
Y E S G o t o stepS,
2. M a k e s u r e that t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to t h e
p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s . .
3. D r a i n the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
Does
Y E S " " T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
the strainer
clutch
have
metal
debris
or
excessive
material?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 15,
N O i f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 14.
s t e p 4, -

7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 1 7 3 4 in the D T C s
Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?
N O - l f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If t h e H D S
(cont'd)
14-201

Does
the HDS
indicate
FAILED?

Is a clicking
sound
heard?
v a l v e s B a n d C , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 15.
WOIf the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B f s e e p a g e
failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
14-216), then g o to s t e p 13.
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 11. "
10. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s

T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
Is a clicking
sound
heard?

14. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S ,
W O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C f s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n g o to s t e p 13.
Is DTC
P1734
Indicated?
'
Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
WOIf the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If
the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 15.
14-202
DTC U0029: F-CAN Malfunction (F-CAN BUSOFF (PCM))

3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in the P G M - F I
6. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 2 m i n u t e s .

7. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in the A / T
S Y S T E M w i t h the H D S .
Is DTC
U0029
indicated
in the A/T
SYSTEM?
t e r m i n a l s at the P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
1.
Is DTC
U0029
indicated
in the PGM-FI
SYSTEM?
8. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for U 0 0 2 9 in the D T C s
YESGo
to t h e D T C U 0 0 2 9 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g in t h e
PGM-FI S Y S T E M (see page 11-177).B

Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in t h e A / T
Is DTC
U0029
indicated
in the A/T
SYSTEM?
t i m e . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e
i n d i c a t e d , g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s
troubleshooting.
N O i f t h e H D S Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the P C M . If t h e
(see p a g e 14-8), then g o to s t e p 6. If t h e P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11 -21 -5), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
14-203
DTC U0122: F-CAN Malfunction (PCM-VSA
Modulator-Control Unit)
6. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 2 m i n u t e s .


3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s In the P G M - F I
Is DTC
U0122 indicated
in the A/T
SYSTEM?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p
Is DTC
U0122
indicated
in the PGM-FI
SYSTEM?
8. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for U 0 1 2 2 in the D T C s
Y E S G o to the D T C U 0 1 2 2 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g in t h e
PGM-FI S Y S T E M (see page 1 1 - 1 7 7 ) .

Does
the HDS
indicate
PASSED?
Y E S I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s
Is DTC
U0122
indicated
in the A/T
SYSTEM?
t i m e . If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e
i n d i c a t e d , go to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s
troubleshooting.
14-204
NOSf t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a n d the P C M . If the P C M
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S Indicates N O T
DTC U0155: F-CAN Malfunction (PCM-Gauge

Control Module)
6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d wast for at least 2 m i n u t e s .

S Y S T E M with t h e H D S .
and any on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review

3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in t h e P G M - F I
is DTC
U0155
indicated
in the A/T
SYSTEM?
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d
t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), then go to s t e p
8. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
is DTC
U0155
indicated
in the PGM-FI
SYSTEM?
8. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for U 0 1 5 5 in the D T C s
Y E S G o to t h e D T C U 0 1 5 5 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g in the
PGM-FI S Y S T E M (see page 11-179).B

Does
the HDS indicate
PASSED?
I s DTC
U0155
indicated
in the A/T
SYSTEM?
Y E S I f the P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting is

original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-218). If a n y other.
g o t o the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
NOSf t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the g a u g e
N O I n t e r m ttent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
t i m e , If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e
i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s
troubleshooting,
control m o d u l e a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s

14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 6. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 6.
5. U p d a t e t h e PCIV1 if It d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8),
14-205
Road Test
. operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
6. P r e p a r e the H D S to take a H I G H S P E E D S N A P S H O T
(refer to the H D S u s e r ' s g u i d e for m o r e details if
needed):
2. A p p l y the parking brake, a n d block both rear

w h e e l s . Start the e n g i n e , t h e n shift to D w h i l e
* S e l e c t the High S p e e d Icon.
p r e s s i n g the brake p e d a l . P r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r
* Select these parameters:
p e d a l , a n d r e l e a s e it s u d d e n l y . T h e e n g i n e s h o u l d
- Vehicle S p e e d
not s t a l l
- Output S h a f t (Countershaft) S p e e d (rpm)

- Input S h a f t (Mainshaft) S p e e d (rpm)
3. R e p e a t s t e p 2 In all shift lever p o s i t i o n s .

4. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C (A) located u n d e r the
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
- Engine Speed
- Relative T P S e n s o r
- A P P S e n s o r A (V)
- A T F T e m p S e n s o r (V)
- Battery Voltage
- Shift Control
- Brake Switch
* S e t the T r i g g e r T y p e to P a r a m e t e r .
* A d j u s t the P a r a m e t e r setting to A P P S e n s o r A
a b o v e 1.2 V.
* S e t the r e c o r d i n g t i m e to 60 s e c o n d s .
* S e t the trigger point to 30 s e c o n d s .
7. F i n d a suitable level r o a d . W h e n y o u a r e r e a d y to
begin the test, p r e s s O K o n the H D S .
8. Monitor the H D S a n d a c c e l e r a t e quickly until the
A P P S e n s o r A r e a d s 1.3 V. M a i n t a i n a steadythrottle until the t r a n s m i s s i o n shifts to 5th g e a r ,
t h e n s l o w the v e h i c l e a n d c o m e to a s t o p .
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N 111), a n d go to the A / T

Data List. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h
the P C M . if st d o e s not, g o to the D L C circuit
9. S a v e the s n a p s h o t If the entire e v e n t w a s r e c o r d e d

or i n c r e a s e the r e c o r d i n g t i m e setting a s n e c e s s a r y
a n d repeat s t e p 8.
10. A d j u s t the p a r a m e t e r setting to 2.4 V . T e s t - d r i v e the
v e h i c l e a g a i n . W h i l e m o n i t o r i n g the H D S ,
a c c e l e r a t e q u i c k l y until the A P P S e n s o r A r e a d s
2.5 V. Maintain a s t e a d y throttle until the
t r a n s m i s s i o n shifts to 5th g e a r (or r e a s o n a b l e
s p e e d ) , t h e n s l o w the v e h i c l e a n d c o m e to a s t o p .
11. S a v e the s n a p s h o t if the entire e v e n t w a s r e c o r d e d
or i n c r e a s e the r e c o r d i n g t i m e setting a s n e c e s s a r y
a n d repeat s t e p 10.
12. A c c e l e r a t e quickly until the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal Is to
' the floor. M a i n t a i n a s t e a d y pedal until the
t r a n s m i s s i o n shifts to 3rd g e a r , t h e n s l o w to a s t o p ,
a n d s a v e the s n a p s h o t
14-206
R e v i e w e a c h snapshot individually, and c o m p a r e

the Shift C o n t r o l t h e A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e , a n d the
V e h i c l e S p e e d to f o l l o w i n g t h e t a b l e .
U p s h i f t : D p o s i t i o n CSC24Z2 E n g i n e M o d e l )
A F P S e n s o r A voltage: 1 3
1st - * 2 n d
911 m p h 1 1 4 - 1 8 k m / h )
2nd 3rd
3 r d - * 4th
1 7 - 2 1 m p h ( 2 7 - 3 3 km/h)
2 5 - 3 0 m p h ( 4 1 - 4 9 km/h)
4th * 5th
3 9 - 4 5 m p h ( 6 2 - 7 2 km/h)
3 0 - 3 5 m p h (4856 km/h)
L o c k - u p OH
A P P S e n s o r A ! t a i : 2.5 V
D o w n s h i f t : P p o s i t i o n (BC24Z2 E n g i n e M o d e l )
A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 1.3 V
L o c k - u p O F F 2 9 - 3 4 m p h ( 4 7 - 5 5 km/h)
5th 4th
4th 3rd
2 9 - 3 5 m p h ( 4 7 - 5 7 km/h)
1 8 - 2 2 m p h ( 2 9 - 3 5 km/h)
3 r d - * 1st
4 - 8 m p h ( 7 - 1 3 km/h)
Lock-up O F F
7 1 - 8 0 m p h ( 1 1 5 - 1 2 9 km/h)
Fully-opened throttle
5th 4th
1 1 3 - 1 2 3 m p h ( 1 8 2 - 1 9 8 km/h)
1st * 2 n d
1 9 - 2 3 m p h {31 37 k m / h )
4th 3 r d
3rd
2nd
8 6 - 9 4 m p h ( 1 3 8 - 1 5 2 km/h)
51 - 5 8 m p h ( 8 2 - 9 4 k m / h )
2nd 3rd
3 r d 4th
3 8 - 4 4 m p h ( 6 1 - 7 1 km/h)
2 n d - - * 1st
2 5 - 3 1 m p h ( 4 0 - 5 0 km/h)
4th 5th
1 0 9 - 1 1 9 m p h ( 1 7 6 - 1 9 2 km/h)
116126 m p h ( 1 8 6 - 2 0 2 km/h)
Lock-up ON
5 5 - 6 3 m p h ( 8 9 - 1 0 1 km/h)
>owrtshift:'P p o s i t i o n IIC24Z3 E n g i n e M o d e l !
Fuliv-opefisd throttle
Lock-up O F F
5th 4th
2 9 - 3 4 m p h ( 4 7 - 5 5 km/h)
1st 2 n d
3 7 - 4 3 m p h ( 5 9 - 6 9 km/h)
4th - * 3rd
2nd - * 3rd
6 7 7 3 m p h ( 1 0 6 - 1 1 8 km/h)
3rd - * 1st
1 8 - 2 2 m p h ( 2 9 - 3 5 km/h)
4 - 8 m p h ( 7 - 1 3 km/h)
3rd
1 0 2 - 1 1 2 m p h ( 1 6 4 - 1 8 0 km/h)
Lock-up O F F
8 4 - 9 3 m p h ( 1 3 5 - 1 4 9 km/h)
4th
Jpshift: P p o s i t i o n I K 2 4 2 3 E n g i n e M o d e l !
2 9 - 3 5 m p h ( 4 7 - 5 7 km/h)
A F P S e n s o r A woftage: 1.3 V
Fully-opened throttle
1 s t - * 2nd
2nd 3rd
9 - 1 1 m p h ( 1 4 - 1 8 km/h)
1 7 - 2 1 m p h ( 2 7 - 3 3 km/h)
5th
4th.
3rd
4th
4th - * 5 t h
2 5 - 3 0 m p h { 4 1 - 4 9 km/h)
3 9 - 4 5 m p h ( 6 2 - 7 2 km/h)
3rd
2nd
2 n d - * 1st
3 0 - 3 5 m p h ( 4 8 - 5 6 km/h)
L o c k - u p OU
A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 23 V
1 s t - * 2nd
2 n d -* 3 r d
3 r d -> 4th
4th - > 5th
2 1 - 2 5 m p h ( 3 4 4 0 km/h)
4 0 - 4 5 m p h (6472 km/h) "
6 5 - 7 2 m p h ( 1 0 4 - 1 1 6 km/h)
1 1 4 - 1 2 4 m p h ( 1 8 4 - 2 0 0 km/h)
Lock-up O N
1 1 9 - 1 3 0 m p h ( 1 9 2 - 2 1 0 km/h)
Fufiy-opened throttle
3 9 - 4 5 mph ( 6 2 - 7 2 km/h)
1st
2nd
2 n d 3rd
6 5 7 2 m p h (104116 km/h)
3 r d -> 4th
102112 m p h (164180 km/h)
4th
3rd
1 1 3 - 1 2 3 m p h ( 1 8 2 - 1 9 8 km/h)
8 3 - 9 1 m p h ( 1 3 3 - 1 4 7 km/h)
5 1 - 5 8 m p h ( 8 2 - 9 4 km/h)
2 5 - 3 1 m p h ( 4 0 - 5 0 km/h)
14. D r i v e the v e h i c l e in 4th or 5th g e a r with the shift

l e v e r in D, t h e n shift into 2 n d g e a r . T h e v e h i c l e
s h o u l d i m m e d i a t e l y b e g i n to s l o w down-from- t h e
e n g i n e b r a k i n g , t h e n s l o w to a s t o p .
15. Shift to R, a c c e l e r a t e f r o m a s t o p at full throttle
momentarily, and check for a b n o r m a l noise and
clutch s l i p p a g e .
16. Park the v e h i c l e on a n u p w a r d s l o p e (about
1 6 - d e g r e e s ) , a p p l y t h e b r a k e , a n d shift into P.
R e l e a s e the b r a k e ; t h e v e h i c l e s h o u l d not m o v e .
N O T E : A l w a y s u s e t h e parking brake to hold the
v e h i c l e w h e n s t o p p e d o n a n incline in g e a r .
D e p e n d i n g on t h e g r a d e of t h e incline, the v e h i c l e
c o u l d roll b a c k w a r d s if the b r a k e is r e l e a s e d ,
14-207
Stall Speed Test
1. M a k e s u r e the t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid is filled to the
proper level ( s e e page 14-230).
2. A p p l y the parking brake, a n d block all four w h e e l s .
8. A l l o w 2 m i n u t e s for c o o l i n g , t h e n repeat the test

w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, 1, a n d R.
NOTE:
* Do not test stall s p e e d for m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s
3. C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C (A) located u n d e r the

at a t i m e .
* Stall s p e e d t e s t s s h o u l d be u s e d for d i a g n o s t i c
p u r p o s e s only.
*" Stall s p e e d test r e s u l t s s h o u l d be the s a m e in D,
2,1,andR.
* Do not test stall s p e e d w i t h the A / T oil p r e s s u r e
g a u g e s Installed.
Stall S p e e d rpm
S p e c i f i c a t i o n : 2,100 r p m
S e r v i c e Limit: 1 , 9 5 0 - 2 , 2 5 0 rpm
3. If the stall s p e e d s a r e out of the s e r v i c e limit,
p r o b l e m s a n d probable c a u s e s a r e listed In the
table.
Problem
Stall s p e e d rpm high
In D, 2 , 1 , a n d R
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI), a n d go to the A / T

Data List. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with
the P C M . If It d o e s not, go to t h e D L C circuit
Probable C a u s e s
* A T F p u m p output
low
. * C l o g g e d A T F strainer
* Regulator v a l v e stuck

In 1
* S l i p p i n g clutch
S l i p p a g e of 1st clutch .
5. M a k e s u r e the A / C swatch is O F F .

In 2
S l i p p a g e of 2nd clutch
6. Start the e n g i n e , a n d warm, it up to n o r m a l
S l i p p a g e 4th clutch
inR
Stall s p e e d rpm l o w
* E n g i n e output l o w

7. Shift to 2 w h i l e p r e s s i n g the brake pedal firmly,
t h e n p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal for 6 to 3 s e c o n d s ,
a n d note the e n g i n e s p e e d . - D o not m o v e the shift
lever or take y o u r foot off of the brake p e d a l , w h i l e
raising the e n g i n e s p e e d .
14-208
In D, 2 , 1 , a n d R
* E n g i n e throttle v a l v e
closed
* Torque converter
o n e - w a y clutch
slipping
Pressure Test
* A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e s e t
0 7 4 0 8 - 0 0 2 0 4 0 0 or 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 2 0 4 0 1
* A / T pressure hose adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
NOTE:
* D i s a b l e t h e V S A (if e q u i p p e d ) by p r e s s i n g the V S A
1. C o n n e c t the A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e to the line

p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (A). Do-not a l l o w d u s t or
other f o r e i g n p a r t i c l e s to enter the port w h i l e connecting the gauge.
A / T OIL P R E S S U R E
GAUGE SET
07406-0020400 or
07408-0020401
OFF switch.
* V S A D T C t e ) m a y c o m e o n d u r i n g t h e t e s t - d r i v e . If t h e
V S A D T C ( s ) c o m e o n , c l e a r t h e D T C f s ) with the H D S .
1. M a k e s u r e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid is filled to t h e
p r o p e r level ( s e e p a g e 14-230).
2. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift, or a p p l y t h e parking
b r a k e , block t h e r e a r w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of
the v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .
A/T PRESSURE
H O S E , 2,210 mm
A/T PRESSURE
H O S E ADAPTER
07MAJ-PY4011A
(3 r e q u i r e d )
07MAJ-PY40120
(3 required)
3. A l l o w t h e front w h e e l s to rotate freely.

4. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .
5. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e
: >
C i T i IV
8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It up to n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on),
9. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m w i t h the shift
l e v e r in P or N.
10. M e a s u r e the line p r e s s u r e at the line p r e s s u r e
i n s p e c t i o n port (A).
6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d g o to the A / T
D a t a List. M a k e s o r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with
t h e P C M . If it d o e s not, g o to t h e D L C circuit
N O T E : H i g h e r p r e s s u r e m a y be i n d i c a t e d If
m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e m a d e in shift l e v e r p o s i t i o n s
other t h a n P or N.
Pressyre
Ffyid P r e s s y r e
Service Limit
Standard
L i n e (A)
877 kPa
927-985 kPa
(9.45-10.05 kgf/cm ,
(8.95 k g f / c m ,
134-143 psi)
127 psi)
(cont'd)
14-209
Pressure Test (cont'd)
11. T u r n the e n g i n e off, t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the A / T oil
15. Start the e n g i n e , a n d shift into D.
p r e s s u r e g a u g e f r o m the line p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n
port.
16. Shift to 1st g e a r , a n d m e a s u r e the 1st clutch

p r e s s u r e at the 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port
12. Install the s e a l i n g bolt in the line p r e s s u r e
(B) w h i l e holding e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m .
inspection port w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r , a n d
tighten the s e a l i n g bolt to 18 N-m (1.8 kgf-m,
' 13 Ibf-ft). Do not r e u s e the old s e a l i n g w a s h e r .
17. Shift up to 2 n d g e a r , a n d m e a s u r e the 2nd c l u t c h

p r e s s u r e at the 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port
(C) w h i l e holding e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m .
13. C o n n e c t the A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e to the 1st clutch

p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (B).
Pressure
1st-clutch
(B)
2 n d clutch
(O
Fluid Pressure
Standard
917-995 kPa
Service Limit
867 kPa
2
(9.35-10.15 kgf/cm ,
(8.85 k g f / c m ,
133-144 psi)
126 psi)

p r e s s u r e g a u g e s f r o m the 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e a n d
the 2nd clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n ports.
19. Install the s e a l i n g bolts in the 1st clutch p r e s s u r e
a n d the 2 n d clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n ports w i t h
n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r s , a n d tighten the s e a l i n g bolts
to 18 N-m (1.8 kgf-m, 13 Ibf-ft). Do not r e u s e the old
sealing w a s h e r s .
14. R e m o v e the intake air d u c t a n d the air c l e a n e r
a s s e m b l y , a n d c o n n e c t the A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e
to the 2nd clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (C). T h e n
t e m p o r a r i l y install the air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y a n d the
intake air duct.
14-210
20, C o n n e c t t h e A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e to the 3 r d

clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port ID) a n d the 5th
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (F).
2 6 . P r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal v e r y s l o w l y to i n c r e a s e
the e n g i n e s p e e d to 2,000 rpm. o v e r 5 s e c o n d s , a n d
hold the a c c e l e r a t o r . Shift to 3rd g e a r , a n d m e a s u r e
-
the 3rd clutch p r e s s u r e at t h e 3rd c l u t c h p r e s s u r e

i n s p e c t i o n port (D) w h i l e holding e n g i n e s p e e d at
2,000 r p m .
27. Shift to 4th g e a r , a n d m e a s u r e t h e 4th c l u t c h

p r e s s u r e at the 4th clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port
(E).
28. Shift to 5th g e a r , a n d m e a s u r e . 5 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
at t h e 5th clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (F) w h i l e
h o l d i n g e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m .
Pressure
3rd c l u t c h
(D)
21,. C o n n e c t the A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e to the 4th c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (E),
4th c l u t c h
(E)
5th c l u t c h
Fluid P r e s s u r e
Standard
Service Limit
917-995 kPa
(9,35-10.15 kgf/cm ,
867 kPa
133-144 psi)
126 psi)
(8.85 k g f / c m ,
(F)
23. Bring the e n g i n e b a c k to a n idle, t h e n a p p l y the
brake pedal to s t o p the w h e e l s f r o m rotating.
30. Shift to R, t h e n r e l e a s e the brake p e d a l . R a i s e the .
e n g i n e s p e e d to 2,000 r p m , a n d m e a s u r e 4th c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e at the" 4th c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port
(E).
Pressure
Fluid P r e s s u r e
Service Limit
867 kPa
4th c l u t c h
Standard
917-995 kPa
(E) in R
(9.35-10.15 kgf/cm ,
(8.85 k g f / c m ,
133-144 psi)
126 psi)
2 2 , S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, w h i l e

p r e s s i n g the b r a k e p e d a l ,

2 3 . Shift to D, a n d r e l e a s e t h e brake p e d a l ; the
t r a n s m i s s i o n is in 1st g e a r .
24, P r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to i n c r e a s e the e n g i n e
s p e e d to 2,500 r p m , t h e n shift to 2 n d g e a r .
p r e s s u r e g a u g e s f r o m the 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th clutch

p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n ports.
32. Install the s e a l i n g bolts in the 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n ports w i t h n e w s e a l i n g
w a s h e r s , a n d tighten the s e a l i n g bolts to 18 N-m
2 5 . R e l e a s e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l s l o w l y to c l o s e t h e
throttle o v e r 5 s e c o n d s ; t h e e n g i n e s p e e d
(1.8 kgf-m, 13 Ibf-ft). D o not r e u s e the old s e a l i n g

washers.
d e c r e a s e s to 1,000 r p m w i t h t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n in
2nd gear.
(confd)
14-211
Pressure Test (cont'd)
3 3 . ff the p r e s s u r e s a r e out of the s e r v i c e limit,
p r o b l e m s a n d p r o b a b l e c a u s e s are listed in the
Shift Solenoid Valve Test

1. C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C (A) located u n d e r t h e
table.
No or l o w line
Probable c a u s e s
Torque converter
pressure
A T F pump
Problem
Regulator valve
Torque converter
check valve
Clogged A T F strainer
No or l o w 1st clutch
* 1st clutch
pressure
No or l o w 2 n d c l u t c h
O-rings
2 n d clutch
pressure
. No or l o w 3rd clutch
O - r i n g s
3rd clutch
pressure
* O-rings
A
No or l o w 4th clutch
4th clutch .
pressure
No "or l o w 5th clutch
* O-rings
* 5th clutch
pressure
No or l o w 4th clutch
O-rings
Servo valve
p r e s s u r e in R
4th clutch
11-192).
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M a k e s u r e the

H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M . If it d o e s not, g o
O-rings
3. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E in the
34. Install the air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y a n d the intake air
M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u on the H D S .
duct.
4. C h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E
operate w i t h the H D S . A clicking s o u n d s h o u l d be

heard.
36. C h e c k the A T F level ( s e e p a g e 14-230).

If a clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , the v a l v e s a r e O K .
T h e test is c o m p l e t e , d i s c o n n e c t the H D S .
* If no clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , g o to s t e p 5.
5. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift, or a p p l y the parking
brake, block the rear w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of
the v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e st is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .
14-212
00
connector.
10. R e m o v e t h e d r a i n plug I A ) , a n d drain the a u t o m a t i c

t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) .
11. Reinstall the drain plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r

(B).
12. R e m o v e the left front w h e e l .
13. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (A), the

d o w e l p i n s (B), a n d t h e g a s k e t (C).
8, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h of the
following terminals and body ground:
* No. 1 t e r m i n a l : S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
* N o . 2 t e r m i n a l : Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
* No. 3 t e r m i n a l : Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E
* N o , 5 t e r m i n a l : Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
* No. 8 t e r m i n a l : S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D
Standard: 1 2 - 2 5
* If t h e r e s i s t a n c e i s w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p
9.
* If the r e s i s t a n c e is out of s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p 10.
9, C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the battery positive
t e r m i n a l to e a c h shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l individually. A clicking s o u n d
s h o u l d be h e a r d ,
* If a clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , t h e v a l v e s a r e O K .
T h e test is c o m p l e t e , r e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r .
* If n o clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , g o to s t e p 10.
(cont'd)
14-213
Shift Solenoid Valve Test (cont'd)
14. D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r s .
C

c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d r e m o v e the bolt s e c u r i n g the
shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (B). Install a n e w O - r i n g
(C) on a n e w shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s , a n d install
the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s in the t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g . T h e n go to s t e p 2 3 .
15. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e of e a c h shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e

b e t w e e n the c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s a n d b o d y g r o u n d :
Standard: 1 2 - 2 5
18. R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts (F), t h e n hold the shift

s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y , a n d r e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d
* If the r e s i s t a n c e is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p
16.
* If the r e s i s t a n c e Is out of s t a n d a r d , go to s t e p 18.
16. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the positive battery
t e r m i n a l to e a c h shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e t e r m i n a l
Individually.
* If a clicking s o u n d Is h e a r d , go to s t e p 17.
* If no clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , g o to s t e p 18.
14-214
v a l v e s . Do not hold the c o n n e c t o r to r e m o v e the

shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s ,
$0
19. Install n e w O - r i n g s (two O - r i n g s p e r shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e ) (G) o n t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s .
N O T E : A n e w shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o m e s w i t h n e w
24. Install a n e w g a s k e t , the d o w e l p i n s , a n d the shift

solenoid valve cover.
25. Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 on p a g e
O - r i n g s . If y o u install a n e w shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e ,
u s e the O - r i n g s p r o v i d e d w i t h it,
20. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) ,
14-231).
shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D (black c o n n e c t o r ) , a n d shift

s o l e n o i d v a l v e E (black c o n n e c t o r ) by holding the
shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e the m o u n t i n g
bracket c o n t a c t s t h e s e r v o b o d y .
M O T E : Do not hold t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r to install t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e . B e s u r e
to hold t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y .
21. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) by
h o l d i n g the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e
t h e m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t c o n t a c t s t h e bracket of shift
s o l e n o i d v a i v e D.
N O T E : D o not install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A b e f o r e
installing shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D, If shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A is i n s t a l l e d b e f o r e installing shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e D, it m a y d a m a g e t h e h y d r a u l i c control
system.
22, Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) by
h o l d i n g t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e
t h e m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t c o n t a c t s the bracket of shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E.
N O T E ; D o not install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B b e f o r e
installing shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E . If shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e B is i n s t a l l e d b e f o r e installing shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e E , it m a y d a m a g e the h y d r a u l i c control
system,
23. C o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r s :
* R E D w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E .
* G R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e C .
* O R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B.
* B L U w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A .
* Y E L , W H T , a n d W H T w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D.
14-215
Shift Solenoid Valve and Shift Solenoid Wire Harness Replacement
1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on a lift, or a p p l y the parking
b r a k e , block the rear w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of
6. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (A), the

7. D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r s .
5. Reinstall the drain plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r
(B).
If r e p l a c i n g shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e ( s ) , go to s t e p 8.
* Sf r e p l a c i n g the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (A),
r e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s . Install a
n e w O-ring (B) o n the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r , a n d install it in the t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g , t h e n g o to s t e p 13.
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
14-216
<Z0
8, R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts (F), t h e n h o l d the shift
s o l e n o i d v a i v e b o d y , a n d r e m o v e t h e shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s . Do not hold t h e c o n n e c t o r to r e m o v e the
shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e ,
11. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) by

h o l d i n g the s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e the
m o u n t i n g bracket c o n t a c t s t h e bracket of shift
solenoid valve E.
N O T E : Do not install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B b e f o r e
installing shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e E . if shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e B is installed before installing shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e E , it m a y d a m a g e the h y d r a u l i c control
system.
12. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e A ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) by
h o l d i n g the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e
t h e m o u n t i n g bracket c o n t a c t s the b r a c k e t of shift
N O T E : Do not install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A before
installing shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s D. If shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A is i n s t a l l e d before installing shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e D, it m a y d a m a g e the h y d r a u l i c control
system.
13. C o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r s :
R E D w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E .
* G R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C .
B L U w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A .
Y E L , W H T , a n d W H T w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift
9, Install n e w O - r i n g s (two O - r i n g s per shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e ) (G) o n the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e ,

M O T E : A n e w shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o m e s w i t h n e w
O - r i n g s , If y o u install a n e w shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e ,
use the O-rings provided with it
15. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, c l e a n or

repair a s n e e d e d , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r
securely.
16. Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e
10, Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) ,

shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D (black c o n n e c t o r ) , a n d shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E (black c o n n e c t o r ) by h o l d i n g the
shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e t h e m o u n t i n g
bracket c o n t a c t s the s e r v o b o d y .
14-231).
17. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .
N O T E : D o not hold t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e

c o n n e c t o r to install the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e . B e s u r e
to hold the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y .
14-217
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M a k e s u r e the

H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M . If it d o e s n o t go
to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e
11-192).
6. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
valve A connector.
t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d N o . 2.
Standard: 3 - 1 0
If the r e s i s t a n c e Is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , go to s t e p
8.
- V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u o n the
HDS.
If the r e s i s t a n c e Is out of s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
4. T e s t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
(see p a g e 14-220).
w i t h the H D S .
* If the v a l v e t e s t s O K , the test is c o m p l e t e .
D i s c o n n e c t the H D S .
* If the v a l v e d o e s not test O K , f o l l o w the
instructions on the H D S .
* If the v a l v e d o e s not test O K , a n d the H D S d o e s
not d e t e r m i n e the c a u s e , g o to s t e p 5.
5. R e m o v e the Intake air duct.
8. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the n e g a t i v e battery
t e r m i n a l to A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2, a n d c o n n e c t
a n o t h e r j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the positive battery
t e r m i n a l to A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1.
If a clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , the v a l v e Is O K , a n d
the test is c o m p l e t e , g o to s t e p 18.
If no clicking s o u n d Is h e a r d , go to s t e p 9.
14-218
9. R e m o v e the bolts s e c u r i n g t h e A T F c o o l e r inlet line
brackets (B), then r e m o v e A / T clutch pressure
t e r m i n a l to A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A .
v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2, a n d c o n n e c t
t e r m i n a l to A/T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1. M a k e s u r e A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A m o v e s ,
13. D i s c o n n e c t o n e of the j u m p e r w i r e s , a n d c h e c k the

v a l v e m o v e m e n t at the fluid p a s s a g e in the v a l v e
b o d y m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e . If the v a l v e b i n d s or m o v e s
B
(1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
s l u g g i s h l y , or if the s o l e n o i d v a l v e d o e s not o p e r a t e ,
r e p l a c e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
10. R e m o v e the A T F pipe (C), t h e A T F joint p i p e s (D),
A.
t h e Q - r l n g s (E), a n d the g a s k e t (F).

14. C l e a n the m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d the fluid p a s s a g e
11, C h e c k t h e fluid p a s s a g e of A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A for c o n t a m i n a t i o n .
of the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
b o d y a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
15. Install a n e w g a s k e t on the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ,
a n d Install the A T F pipe a n d the A T F joint p i p e s .
Install n e w O - r i n g s o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .
N O T E : B e s u r e to Install a n e w g a s k e t w i t h the blue
s i d e t o w a r d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
18. Install A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A .
17. S e c u r e the A T F c o o l e r Inlet line b r a c k e t s w i t h the
bolts.
18. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, c l e a n or
repair If n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r
securely.
19. Install the intake air d u c t
14-219
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement
1. R e m o v e the intake air duct.
11. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n

or repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r
securely,
valve A connector.
12. Install the intake air duct.
3. R e m o v e the bolts s e c u r i n g the A T F c o o l e r inlet line
b r a c k e t s (B).
4. R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
A.
5. R e m o v e the A T F pipe ( C ) , t h e A T F joint p i p e s (D),
the O - r i n g s ( E ) , a n d the g a s k e t (F).
6. C l e a n the m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d the fluid p a s s a g e s
of the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
a n d install t h e A T F pipe a n d t h e A T F joint p i p e s .
N O T E : B e s u r e to install a n e w g a s k e t w i t h t h e blue
8. Install n e w O - r i n g s o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .
9. Install a n e w A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
valve A.
10. S e c u r e the A T F c o o l e r inlet line b r a c k e t s w i t h the
bolts.
14-220
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test

1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the D L C (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r the
6. L o o s e n the t w o bolts located b e h i n d the battery

b a s e , a n d r e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the
battery b a s e , t h e n r e m o v e the battery b a s e .
valve B connector.
2, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M a k e s u r e the

H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If it d o e s n o t g o
11-192).
3, S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d
V a l v e B in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u o n the H D S .
4, T e s t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
with the H D S .
* If the v a l v e t e s t s O K , t h e test is c o m p l e t e .
D i s c o n n e c t the H D S .
* If t h e v a l v e d o e s not t e s t O K , f o l l o w the
instructions on the H D S .
* If t h e v a l v e d o e s not test O K , a n d t h e H D S d o e s
8. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
Standard: 310 Q
* If the r e s i s t a n c e is within the s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p
9.
* If the r e s i s t a n c e is out of s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
( s e e p a g e 14-225).
not d e t e r m i n e t h e c a u s e , g o to s t e p 5,
5, Do the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 2, a n d c o n n e c t
a n o t h e r j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e positive battery
v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1.
* Sf a clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , the v a l v e Is O K , a n d
the test is c o m p l e t e , g o to s t e p 18.
* If no clicking s o u n d Is h e a r d , g o t o s t e p 10.
(cont'd)
14-221
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test (cont'd)
v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r , t h e n r e m o v e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C .
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
13. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the negative battery

v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2, a n d c o n n e c t
t e r m i n a l to c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1. M a k e s u r e
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B m o v e s .

r e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s
BandC.
11. R e m o v e the A T F joint p i p e s (A), the O - r i n g s (D), a n d

the g a s k e t (E).
12. C h e c k the fluid p a s s a g e of A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e

of the s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing.
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C for c o n t a m i n a t i o n .
16. Install a n e w g a s k e t o n the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ,
a n d install the A T F joint p i p e s . Install n e w O - r i n g s
o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .
N O T E : B e s u r e to install a n e w g a s k e t w i t h the blue
17. Install A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B
and C.
18. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s for rust, dirt, or oil, c l e a n or
repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s
securely.
19. Install the battery b a s e .
22-90).
14-222
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test

1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the D L C (A) located u n d e r the
6. L o o s e n the t w o bolts located b e h i n d the battery

battery b a s e , then r e m o v e the battery b a s e .
valve C connector.
2, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to ON ill), M a k e s u r e the

H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M , If it d o e s not, go
11-192).
3, S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d
V a l v e C in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u o n t h e H D S .
8. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 2.
4, T e s t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
w i t h the H D S ,
* If t h e v a l v e t e s t s OK, the test is c o m p l e t e .
Disconnect the HDS.
* If the v a l v e d o e s not t e s t OK, f o l l o w the
i n s t r u c t i o n s o n the H D S .
* If t h e v a l v e d o e s not test OK, a n d the H D S d o e s
not d e t e r m i n e the c a u s e , g o to s t e p 5.
5, D o the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
Standard: 3 - 1 0
* If the r e s i s t a n c e Is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p
9.
* If the r e s i s t a n c e is out of s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
( s e e p a g e 14-225).
v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2, a n d c o n n e c t
v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1.
* If a clicking s o u n d Is h e a r d , the v a l v e is OK,
the test Is c o m p l e t e , g o to s t e p 18.
and
* If no clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , g o t o s t e p 10.
(cont'd)
14-223
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test (cont'd)
v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t h e n r e m o v e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C .
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
13, C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the negative battery

v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2, a n d c o n n e c t
t e r m i n a l to c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1. M a k e s u r e
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C m o v e s .

r e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s
B a n d C.
11. R e m o v e the A T F joint p i p e s (A), t h e O - r i n g s (D), a n d

the gasket (E).
12. C h e c k the fluid p a s s a g e of A / T clutch p r e s s u r e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C for c o n t a m i n a t i o n .

of the s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing.
a n d install the A T F joint p i p e s . Install n e w O - r i n g s
o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .
N O T E : B e s u r e to install a n e w g a s k e t with the blue
17. Install A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B
and C.
18. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s for rust, dirt, or oil, c l e a n or
repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s
securely.
22-90).
14-224
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement

1, D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
6. C l e a n the m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d t h e fluid p a s s a g e s
of t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
2 L o o s e n t h e t w o bolts l o c a t e d b e h i n d the battery

b a s e , a n d r e m o v e t h e t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the
3, D i s c o n n e c t t h e A^T clutch p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
7. Install a n e w g a s k e t o n the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ,
a n d install t h e A T F joint p i p e s .
N O T E : B e s u r e to install a n e w g a s k e t w i t h the blue
valves B and C connectors.

4, R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
8. Install n e w O - r i n g s o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .
valves B and C,
9. Install n e w A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
valves B and C.
Replace.
10. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s for rust, dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n

or repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s
securely.
12. D o t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
22-90).
{1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

5. R e m o v e the A T F joint p i p e s (A), the O - r i n g s (D), a n d
the g a s k e t (E).
14-225
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed
Sensor Replacement
1. R e m o v e the nut s e c u r i n g t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box, a n d s w i n g it out of the w a y .
2. R e m o v e the intake air duct a n d the air c l e a n e r
assembly.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r , a n d r e m o v e the input shaft
(mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r (A).
4. Install a n e w O-ring (B) o n a n e w input shaft

(mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n install the input
shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r in the t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing.
or repair if n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r
securely.
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed

Sensor Replacement
1. R e m o v e the nut s e c u r i n g the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
2. R e m o v e the intake air duct a n d t h e air c l e a n e r
assembly.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r , a n d r e m o v e the output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r (A).
4. Install a n e w O-ring (B) on a n e w output shaft

(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r w i t h the s p e e d s e n s o r
. w a s h e r (C), t h e n install the output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r in the t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing.
6. Install the intake air duct a n d the air c l e a n e r

assembly.

securely.
7. Install the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
6. Install the intake air duct a n d the air c l e a n e r

assembly.
14-226
2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid

Pressure Switch Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e intake air duct.
2, D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the 2 n d c l u t c h
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid

Pressure Switch Replacement
brake, block t h e r e a r w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of
t h e v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h IB), a n d r e m o v e
t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the 3rd clutch
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (B), t h e n r e m o v e
t h e 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
B
20 N-m
12.0 k g f m ,
Hlbf.ft)
JW
C
Replace.
3. Install a n e w 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r (C), a n d tighten
t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h to
t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e b y t u r n i n g the m e t a l part, not
t h e p l a s t i c part.
4, C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r for r u s t dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n
securely.
4. Install a n e w 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r (C), a n d tighten
t h e 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h to
the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e by t u r n i n g t h e m e t a l part, not
6. install t h e intake a i r duct.
the plastic part.

5. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n
or repair If n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r
securely.
6. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .
14-227
ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement
6. R e m o v e t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (A), t h e
the v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e It is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .
4. R e m o v e the drain plug (A), a n d drain the a u t o m a t i c
A
18 x 1.5 mm
49 N-m
15.0 kgf-m, 36 Ibf-ft)
1.0 mm
12ra.n1
( 1 . 2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

Replace.
5. R e i n s t a l l the drain plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r

(R).
14-228
7, D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r , a n d r e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e
h a r n e s s from the t r a n s m i s s i o n housing.
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s f r o m the shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s . T h e n r e p l a c e the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
a n d the O - r i n g (F) w i t h n e w o n e s .
N O T E : T h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r is not a v a i l a b l e
s e p a r a t e l y f r o m the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (G).
8. M e a s u r e t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r r e s i s t a n c e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r
12 N<m
(1.2 kgf m, 8.7 Ibfft)
t e r m i n a l s No. 6 a n d No* 7.
S t a n d a r d : 50 Q 2 5 k Q
* if t h e r e s i s t a n c e is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , install the
shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s a n d a n e w O - r i n g ,
* If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is out of t h e s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p
9,
10. C o n n e c t the s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r s :
* G R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C .
* R E D w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E.
12. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, c l e a n or
repair if n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r
securely.
13. Refill t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 on p a g e
14-231).
14-229
ATF Level Check
N O T E : K e e p all f o r e i g n p a r t i c l e s out of t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .
1. Park the v e h i c l e on level g r o u n d .
2. W a r m up t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
6. If the A T F level is b e l o w t h e l o w e r m a r k , c h e c k for

fluid l e a k s at t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , the A T F c o o l e r
h o s e s a n d t h e line j o i n t s , a n d the c o o l e r l i n e s . If a
p r o b l e m is f o u n d , fix it before filling the
transmission with A T F .
t e m p e r a t u r e (the. radiator fan c o m e s o n ) , a n d turn

the e n g i n e off. Do not a l l o w the e n g i n e to w a r m up
N O T E : If the v e h i c l e is d r i v e n w h e n the A T F level is
m o r e t h a n t w o c y c l e s of t h e c o o l i n g f a n .
b e l o w the l o w e r m a r k , o n e or m o r e of t h e s e
s y m p t o m s m a y occur:
N O T E : C h e c k the A T F level w i t h i n 6 0 9 0 s e c o n d s
* T r a n s m i s s i o n d a m a g e will result.
after t u r n i n g the e n g i n e off. Higher A T F level m a y
V e h i c l e d o e s not m o v e in a n y g e a r .
be indicated if the radiator f a n c o m e s on t w i c e or
V e h i c l e a c c e l e r a t e s poorly, a n d f l a r e s w h e n
more.
starting off in D a n d R.
* Vibration w h e n t h e e n g i n e is idling.
3. R e m o v e t h e A T F dipstick ( y e l l o w loop) (A) f r o m the

t r a n s m i s s i o n , a n d w i p e it w i t h a c l e a n cloth.
7. If the level is a b o v e t h e u p p e r m a r k , drain t h e A T F

to p r o p e r level ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231).
N O T E : If the v e h i c l e is d r i v e n w h e n the A T F level is
a b o v e the u p p e r m a r k , t h e v e h i c l e m a y c r e e p
f o r w a r d in N, or h a v e p r o b l e m s shifting.
.8. If n e c e s s a r y , fill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F t h r o u g h
the dipstick hole to bring the fluid level b e t w e e n t h e
u p p e r m a r k a n d t h e l o w e r m a r k of the dipstick. Do
not fill the fluid a b o v e the u p p e r mark. A l w a y s u s e
H o n d a A T F - Z 1 a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) .
U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a A T F c a n affect shift quality.
9. Insert t h e dipstick (A) b a c k into the t r a n s m i s s i o n
w i t h t h e letters " A T F " pointing t o w a r d the front of
the v e h i c l e .
4. Insert the dipstick into the t r a n s m i s s i o n .

5. R e m o v e t h e dipstick, a n d c h e c k the A T F l e v e l . It
s h o u l d be b e t w e e n t h e u p p e r m a r k (A) a n d the
l o w e r m a r k (B).
14-230
ATF Replacement
N O T E : K e e p alt f o r e i g n p a r t i c l e s out of the t r a n s m i s s i o n .
1, W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) .
2, Park the v e h i c l e o n level g r o u n d , a n d turn the
e n g i n e off,
3, R e m o v e t h e d r a i n plug (A), a n d d r a i n the a u t o m a t i c
4. R e m o v e the A T F dipstick, a n d refill the

t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h the r e c o m m e n d e d fluid a m o u n t
t h r o u g h t h e dipstick hole to bring t h e fluid level
b e t w e e n t h e u p p e r m a r k a n d t h e l o w e r m a r k of the
dipstick. A l w a y s use Honda ATF-Z1 automatic
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) . U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a A T F
c a n affect shift quality.
Automat! Transmission Fluid Capacity:
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) . T h e n reinstall t h e d r a i n
2 . 5 L 12.6 U S qt) a t c h a n g e
plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r IB).
6.5 L 16.9 U S qt) a t werhaul
N O T E : If A T F c o o l e r c l e a n i n g is n e c e s s a r y , refer to
A T F c o o l e r c l e a n i n g ( s e e p a g e 14-258).
5. Insert the dipstick (A) b a c k into t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n

w i t h t h e letters " A T F " pointing t o w a r d t h e front of
the v e h i c l e .
A
1 8 x 1.5 i n i n
49 N-m
15 0 kgf m, 3 6 Ibf-ft)
6. C h e c k t h e A T F level ( s e e p a g e 14-230).
14-231
Transmission Removal
5. R e m o v e the air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359)

* Engine hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5
* Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256
* Front subframe adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6
T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
Tool a n d Equipment Program 888-424-6857,
a n d the intake air duct.

6. R e m o v e the nut s e c u r i n g the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
7. L o o s e n the t w o bolts l o c a t e d b e h i n d the battery
NOTE:
surfaces.
* S p e c i a l tool R e d s e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r A A R - T 1 2 5 6
m u s t be u s e d w i t h the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t i n s t a l l e d . '
1. S e c u r e the h o o d in the w i d e o p e n position w i t h the
8. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on a lift, a n d m a k e s u r e it is
securely supported.
s u p p o r t rod.
2. Do the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
11. R e m o v e the drain plug (A), a n d drain the a u t o m a t i c
3. R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r .
4. R e m o v e the strut b r a c e (A).
12. R e i n s t a l l the d r a i n plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r

(B).
14-232
13. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e 2 n d c l u t c h
t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (B),
a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (Q f r o m the c l a m p
b r a c k e t s (D).
15. R e m o v e t h e A / F s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (C) f r o m its

bracket (D), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t it.
16. D i s c o n n e c t the input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (E) a n d the output s h a f t
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (F).
17. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c o v e r m o u n t i n g bolt, a n d
r e m o v e the e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c o v e r (G) f r o m the
A T F filter bracket (H).
c o n n e c t o r (A), the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r (B), the A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r (C),
a n d r e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p (D) f r o m the c l a m p
bracket (E).
14. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h s u b h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m its bracket (B), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t
it
G
(cont'd)
14-233
19. R e m o v e the A T F c o o l e r h o s e s (A)- f r o m the A T F
c o o l e r l i n e s (B). T u r n the e n d s of the A T F c o o l e r
h o s e s up to p r e v e n t A T F f r o m f l o w i n g out, t h e n
plug the A T F c o o l e r h o s e s a n d t h e lines.
22. R e m o v e the v a c u u m h o s e (A).
23. D i s c o n n e c t the A T F c o o l e r h o s e (A) f r o m the A T F

line (B). T u r n the e n d of the A T F c o o l e r h o s e up to
p r e v e n t A T F f r o m f l o w i n g o u t t h e n plug the h o s e
a n d line.
20. C h e c k for a n y s i g n s of l e a k a g e at t h e h o s e joints.
21. D i s c o n n e c t the 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d r e m o v e the
h a r n e s s c l a m p (B) f r o m the c l a m p b r a c k e t (C).
24. R e m o v e the A T F c o o l e r h o s e (C) f r o m the h o s e

c l a m p (D).
14-234
25, R e m o v e the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket

bolts.
N O T E : Do not r e m o v e t h e T O R X bolt (A) f r o m t h e
u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t If t h e T O R X bolt is
r e m o v e d , t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m u s t be
27. Install t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r ( A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) to
t h e v e h i c l e , a n d attach t h e h o o k (A) to the slotted
h o l e in the e n g i n e hanger a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 ) .
T i g h t e n t h e w i n g nut (B) by h a n d to lift a n d s u p p o r t
the engine.
NOTE:
* B e careful w h e n working around the w i n d s h i e l d .
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the h o o d o p e n e r c a b l e
w h e n Installing t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r
f A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) at the front b u l k h e a d .
26, A t t a c h t h e e n g i n e h a n g e r a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 )
to the t h r e a d e d h o l e l o c a t e d o n t h e rear s i d e of t h e
cylinder head.
(cont'd)
14-235
28. R e m o v e t h e v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m its c l a m p I B ) .
3 2 . R e m o v e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid return h o s e c l a m p

bolt (A),
33. R e m o v e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid line c l a m p bolt (B).

34. R e m o v e the r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t bolts (A), t h e n
r e m o v e the rear e n g i n e m o u n t (B).
29. R e m o v e the front m o u n t s t o p (C) a n d the c l a m p
bracket (D), a n d r e m o v e the front m o u n t bolt ( E ) .
30. R e m o v e the heat s h i e l d m o u n t i n g bolts (A), t h e n
r e m o v e the heat s h i e l d (B).
3 1 . R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g bracket
bolts ( C h
14-236
3 5 . R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e

rear engine mount upper bracket IB).
37. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid Sine c l a m p bolt (A).

A.
38. R e m o v e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid line (B) f r o m its

c l a m p (C).
39. R e m o v e the bolts (B), a n d the s e l f - l o c k i n g nuts ( C ) .
3 6 . R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x stiffeners.
40. R e m o v e e x h a u s t pipe A .
(confd)
14-237
41. R e m o v e - t h e cotter p i n s (Ah the c a s t l e nuts (B), t h e
d a m p e r p i n c h bolts ( C ) , t h e d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g
nuts (D), t h e bolts ( E ) , a n d t h e d a m p e r forks (F),
t h e n s e p a r a t e the ball j o i n t s (G) f r o m the Sower
a r m s ( s e e p a g e 18-21).
43. R e m o v e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (A), a n d

r e m o v e t h e d r i v e plate bolts (B) (8) w h i l e rotating
t h e c r a n k s h a f t pulley.
44. V I N b e g i n s w i t h JHM: R e m o v e t h e shift c a b l e c o v e r

(A), t h e n r e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the shift
c a b l e bracket (B).
42. R e m o v e the cotter p i n s (H) a n d the nuts (I), t h e n

s e p a r a t e t h e tie-rod e n d ball j o i n t s f r o m t h e
"fa|yckles ( s e e s t e p 2 6 o n p a g e 17-40).
45. V I N b e g i n s w i t h J H M : R e m o v e t h e s p r i n g clip (C)

a n d the control pin (D), t h e n s e p a r a t e t h e shift c a b l e
(E) f r o m t h e s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l fever (F). Do not b e n d
t h e shift c a b l e e x c e s s i v e l y .
14-238
48. V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G : R e m o v e the shift c a b l e c o v e r
48. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n l o w e r m o u n t nuts.
(A), a n d r e m o v e t h e t w o bolts s e c u r i n g t h e shift

c a b l e b r a c k e t IB).
F
49. R e m o v e both front s u b f r a m e m i d - m o u n t bolts.
47, VIM b e g i n s w i t h I H G : P r y up t h e lock tab of t h e lock

w a s h e r ( C ) , a n d r e m o v e the lock bolt f D) a n d t h e
lock w a s h e r , t h e n s e p a r a t e the shift c a b l e (E) f r o m
t h e s e l e c t o r control shaft (F). D o not b e n d t h e shift
cable excessively.
(cont'd)
14-239
50. H a n g the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x to the b o d y w i t h a s t r a p .
51. A t t a c h the front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 )
to the front s u b f r a m e by looping the s t r a p (A) o v e r
the front of the front s u b f r a m e , t h e n s e c u r e the
s t r a p with the s t o p (B), t h e n tighten the w i n g nut (C).
53. R e m o v e the four bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the stiffeners,

a n d r e m o v e t h e four bolts (B) s e c u r i n g the front
s u b f r a m e , t h e n Sower the front s u b f r a m e .
54. P l a c e a j a c k u n d e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n .
52. R a i s e a j a c k a n d Sine up the s l o t s in the a r m s w i t h
the- bolt h o l e s on the c o r n e r of t h e j a c k b a s e , t h e n
tighten the bolts.
14-240
55. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n l o w e r m o u n t
58s R e m o v e t h e left s i d e d r i v e s h a f t f r o m the differential
58, R e m o v e the rear e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t
a n d the right s i d e d r i v e s h a f t f r o m t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e
shaft. C o a t all p r e c i s i o n m a c h i n e d s u r f a c e s w i t h
c l e a n e n g i n e o i l , t h e n put p l a s t i c b a g s o v e r t h e
d r i v e s h a f t e n d s . H a n g the d r i v e s h a f t s to the b o d y
with a strap.
57. R e m o v e the i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft. C o a t ail p r e c i s i o n

m a c h i n e d s u r f a c e s w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e oil, t h e n put
p l a s t i c b a g s o v e r the i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft e n d s .
(cont'd)
14-241
59. R e m o v e the front e n g i n e m o u n t bracket.
62. L o w e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n by l o o s e n i n g the w i n g nut

on the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r , a n d tilt t h e e n g i n e
just e n o u g h for t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n to c l e a r the s i d e
f r a m e . C h e c k that the t r a n s m i s s i o n Is c o m p l e t e r y
free of the A T F a n d c o o l a n t h o s e s , v a c u u m h o s e s ,
a n d the electrical w i r i n g .
63. P l a c e the j a c k u n d e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n .
64. R e m o v e the front t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
bolts.
60. R e m o v e the j a c k .
61. R e m o v e the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
bolts.
65. R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) s e n s o r c o v e r .
14-242
Transmission Installation
6 8 . R e m o v e t h e rear t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
bolts.
N O T E : Be
c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the C K P s e n s o r
and the s e n s o r harness.

* Engine hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5
* Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256
* Front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6
T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
Tool and Equipment Program 888-424-6857.
surfaces.
1. If y o u did not c l e a n the A T F c o o l e r w h e n y o u
r e m o v e d the t r a n s m i s s i o n , a n d y o u a r e installing
a n o v e r h a u l e d or r e m a n u f a c t u r e d t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
c l e a n the A T F c o o l e r ( s e e p a g e 14-258).
2. install a n e w O-ring.(A) o n the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r (B),
t h e n install the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r o n the m a i n s h a f t
(C).
6 7 . C h e c k o n c e a g a i n that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is free of

v a c u u m hoses, A T F and coolant hoses, and
electrical wiring.
8 8 , S l i d e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a w a y f r o m the e n g i n e to
r e m o v e it f r o m the v e h i c l e .
6 9 . R e m o v e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r , t h e O - r i n g , a n d t h e
dowel pins.
3. Install the 14 x 20 m m d o w e l p i n s (D) in t h e t o r q u e

converter housing.
4. P l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n on a j a c k , a n d r a i s e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n to the e n g i n e l e v e l , t h e n fit the
t r a n s m i s s i o n to the e n g i n e .
70-, I n s p e c t the d r i v e plate, a n d r e p l a c e it if it is

damaged,
(confd)
14-243
5. Install t h e rear t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
7. Install t h e front t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
bolts.
bolts.
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e c r a n k s h a f t
64 N-m (6.5 kgf-m, 4 7 Ibf-ft)
position ( C K P ) s e n s o r a n d the s e n s o r h a r n e s s .
12 x 1.25 mm
12 x 1.25 mm
12 x1.25 mm
6 4 N-m (6.5 kgf-m, 47 Ibf-ft)
6. Install the C K P s e n s o r c o v e r .
8. R e m o v e t h e jack.
9. Install t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
bolts.
12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

12 x 1.25 mm
6 4 SHI-iB (6.5 kgf-m, 4 7 Ibf-ft)
10. P l a c e the j a c k u n d e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .
14-244
<3
11. Install the front e n g i n e m o u n t bracket w i t h n e w
bolts.
13. install a n e w s e t ring (A) on the i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft

<B).
12 x 1.25 mm
64!Si.ni
16,5 kgf-m,
47 Ibf-ftl
Replace.
A
""""
A
Replace.
14.0 kgf-m, 29 Ibf-ftl
12, install t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t bracket w i t h n e w

bolts.
12x1.25 m m
IBM
kgf-m,
14. C l e a n the a r e a s w h e r e the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t

c o n t a c t s the t r a n s m i s s i o n (differential) w i t h s o l v e n t ,
a n d dry w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. A p p l y A T F to the
i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft s p l i n e s (C), t h e n install the
i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft. B e s u r e not to a l l o w d u s t or
o t h e r f o r e i g n particles to e n t e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .
15. Install n e w s e t ring (A) on the left d r i v e s h a f t (B).
8 5 Ibf-ftl
Replace.
A
Replace.
(cont'd)
14-245
Transmission installation (cont'd)
16. C l e a n the a r e a s w h e r e t h e left d r i v e s h a f t c o n t a c t s
20. S e t the front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 ) to
t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n (differential) w i t h s o l v e n t , a n d dry
the front s u b f r a m e by l o o p i n g t h e s t r a p (A).over t h e
w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. T h e n install the left d r i v e s h a f t .
front of the front s u b f r a m e , t h e n s e c u r e the s t r a p
B e s u r e not to a l l o w d u s t or o t h e r foreign p a r t i c l e s
w i t h the s t o p (B), t h e n t i g h t e n the w i n g nut (C).
to e n t e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n . T u r n t h e s t e e r i n g knuckle
fully o u t w a r d , a n d s l i d e the d r i v e s h a f t into the
differential until y o u feel its s e t ring fully e n g a g e
the s i d e g e a r .
17. A p p l y the s u p e r h i g h - t e m p u r e a g r e a s e
(P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 2 ) to t h e right d r i v e s h a f t i n b o a r d joint s p l i n e s .
18. S l i d e the right d r i v e s h a f t o v e r t h e
intermediate
s h a f t s p l i n e s until y o u feel t h e d r i v e s h a f t fully

e n g a g e the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t s e t ring.
19. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n l o w e r m o u n t s w i t h n e w
bolts.
10 x 1.25 rnrri
5 4 N - m (5.5 k g f - m , 4 0 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
14-246
2 1 , R a i s e t h e front s u b f r a m e up to t h e b o d y , t h e n
l o o s e l y install n e w front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts
(A),, the s t i f f e n e r m o u n t i n g bolts (B), a n d n e w
stiffener m o u n t i n g bolts (C).
N O T E : Be careful w h e n connecting these items:
* F r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t a n d its bracket
* T r a n s m i s s i o n l o w e r m o u n t a n d front s u b f r a m e
* D a m p e r forks a n d lower a r m s
22. L o o s e l y tighten the front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt

{A) in t h e right rear stiffener until t h e front
s u b f r a m e i n s u l a t o r c o n t a c t s the b o d y ; i n s e r t t h e
s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin ( 0 7 0 A G - S J A A 1 OS) t h r o u g h
the p o s i t i o n i n g slot (B) o n t h e right r e a r stiffener,
t h r o u g h t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (C) o n t h e front
s u b f r a m e , a n d Into the positioning h o l e on the
body.
C
23. L o o s e l y tighten t h e front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt

In the left r e a r stiffener In t h e s a m e m a n n e r i n s t e p
22.
Replace.
Replace.
24. R e i n s e r t t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin t h r o u g h t h e
p o s i t i o n i n g slot o n t h e right r e a r stiffener, t h r o u g h
t h e p o s i t i o n i n g hole o n the front s u b f r a m e , a n d Into
t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n the b o d y , t h e n tighten t h e
front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt to the s p e c i f i e d
torque.
25. T i g h t e n the s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt in t h e left rear
stiffener in the s a m e m a n n e r in s t e p 24.
26. T i g h t e n the front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts In the
right front stiffener a n d t h e left front stiffener to t h e
specified torque.
(cont'd)
14-247
27. C h e c k that the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e s a n d s l o t s a r e
aligned using the subframe alignment pin.
3 2 . V I N . b e g i n s with J H M : A p p l y m o l y b d e n u m g r e a s e
to the hole in the b u s h i n g (A) in t h e shift c a b l e e n d
(B) . A t t a c h t h e shift c a b l e e n d to the control l e v e r
28. T i g h t e n the rear a n d front stiffener m o u n t i n g bolts

to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
(C) , t h e n insert the control pin (D) into the control

l e v e r hole t h r o u g h the shift c a b l e e n d , a n d s e c u r e
the control pin with t h e s p r i n g clip (E). D o not b e n d
29. R e m o v e the j a c k a n d t h e front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r .
the shift c a b l e e x c e s s i v e l y .
30. R e p l a c e the front s u b f r a m e m i d - m o u n t m o u n t i n g

bolts.
6 x 1 . 0 mm
1 2 N-m
C1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
9.8 N-m
fl.O k g f m ,
7.2 Ibf-ft)
33. V I N b e g i n s with J H M : Install t h e shift c a b l e bracket

(F) with t h e bolts ( G ) .
34. V I N b e g i n s with J H M : Install the shift c a b l e c o v e r
(H).
10 x 1.25 m m
44 N-m 14.5 kgf-m, 33 Ibf-ft)
14-248
<30
35. V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G ; Install t h e control l e v e r (A)
o v e r the s e l e c t o r control s h a f t (B), S e c u r e the
control l e v e r w i t h a n e w lock w a s h e r (C) a n d t h e
lock bolt (D), t h e n b e n d t h e lock tab of the Sock j
w a s h e r a g a i n s t t h e bolt h e a d .
38. A t t a c h the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r to t h e d r i v e plate with

t h e eight bolts (A). Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t pulley a s
n e c e s s a r y to tighten t h e bolts to 1/2 of t h e s p e c i f i e d
t o r q u e , t h e n to the final t o r q u e , in a c r i s s c r o s s
pattern. After tightening t h e last bolt, c h e c k that the
c r a n k s h a f t rotates freely.
A
6 M 1.0 m m
12IM.ni 11.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
1.0 m m
12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
- 6 K
0
8 x 1.0 m m
%4U>m
{1.4 k g f - m ,
3 9 . Install t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (B).
10.1 Ibf-ft)
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8 . 7 Ibf-ft)
6 x 1.0 m m
9 . 8 N-m
(1.0 k g f - m ,
7.2 Ibf-ft)
36, V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G : Install the shift c a b l e bracket

I E ) with the b o l t s (F).
37, V I N b e g i n s with I H G : install t h e shift c a b l e c o v e r ( G ) .
(confd)
14-249
40. Install e x h a u s t pipe A w i t h t h e bolts, n e w selfl o c k i n g n u t s , a n d n e w g a s k e t s (B) (C).
41. Install the d a m p e r forks (A) o v e r t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d

onto the l o w e r a r m s (B) ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 18-33).
L o o s e l y install the d a m p e r p i n c h bolts (C) into t h e
d a m p e r forks.
'10 x 1.25 m m
49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 36 Ibf-ft)
D
Replace.
12x1.25
64 N-m
(6.5 kgf-m,
47 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
10 x 1.25 mm
33 N-m
I3.4 kgf-m,
25 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N-m
(2.2 kgf-m,
16 Ibf-ft)
12 x 1.25 mm
54 N-m
(5.5 kgf-m,
40 Ibf-ft)
J
Replace.
H
Replace.
G"
14 x 1.5 m m
7888 N-m
( 8 . 0 - 9 . 0 kgf-m, 5 8 - 6 5 Ibf-ft)
42. C o n n e c t the d a m p e r forks a n d the l o w e r a r m s w i t h
n e w d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g bolts (D), t h e n l o o s e l y
tighten a n e w m o u n t i n g n u t s ( E ) .
43. Install the ball joints (F) o n t h e l o w e r a r m s w i t h the
c a s t l e nuts (G) ( s e e p a g e 18-21).
N O T E : Do not install t h e n e w cotter p i n s (H) onto
the c a s t l e nuts until t h e c a s t l e nuts t i g h t e n e d to the
specified torque.
44. Install the tie-rod e n d ball j o i n t s to e a c h knuckle
w i t h t h e nuts (I) a n d n e w cotter p i n s (J) ( s e e s t e p 3 2
on p a g e 17-62).
14-250
#0
45, P o s i t i o n t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x o n t h e r e a r e n g i n e
m o u n t b a s e bracket,
48, S e c u r e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid line c l a m p (A) w i t h
the b o l t
8 x 1.0 in in
9,8 N-m
11.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
48. Install t h e w a s h e r s (A) b e t w e e n t h e s t e e r i n g

g e a r b o x a n d t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t b a s e b r a c k e t
t h e n install t h e g e a r b o x stiffeners IB) a n d t h e bolts
o n t h e left s i d e of t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , a n d l o o s e l y
tighten t h e bolts.
14 M 1.5 mm
74 N-m
10 x 1.25 m m
(6.0 kgf m, 43 Ibf-ft)
10 x 1.25 m m
59 U-m
47. S e c u r e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid line (B) w i t h t h e

clamp (Ch
1 4 x 1.5 m m
74 N-m
49. Install t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g bracket bolts
(A), t h e n tighten t h e bolts o n t h e left s i d e of t h e
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
10 x 1.25 m m
38 M-m (3,9 kgf-m, 28 Ibf-ft)
S i 1.0 m m
9.8 U-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

50. Install t h e heat s h i e l d w i t h t h e bolts (B).
(confd)
14-251
5 1 . InstaSS t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r b r a c k e t (A), t h e
bolts (B), a n d a n e w bolt ( C ) , a n d tighten t h e bolts.
54. S e c u r e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid line c l a m p (A) a n d

the fluid return h o s e c l a m p (B) w i t h t h e bolts.
6x1.@ m m
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
52. Install the rear e n g i n e m o u n t w i t h n e w bolts (A).

A
10 x 1.25 m m
54 N-m (53 kgf-m, 4 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
B
12x1.25 mm
78 N-m (8.0 kgf-m, 58 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
53. L o o s e l y install a n e w r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (B).
(cont'd)
14-253
Transmission installation (cont'd)
5 9 . T i g h t e n the front e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A).
64. C o n n e c t t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e (A) to the A T F c o o l e r

line (B), a n d s e c u r e It w i t h the clip ( s e e p a g e
14-260).
6 5 . Install t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e (C) on t h e c l a m p (D) at

t h e m a r k (E).
60. Install the front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B) a n d the
v a c u u m h o s e c l a m p bracket (C).
6 1 . Install the v a c u u m h o s e (D) o n its c l a m p (E) at the
m a r k (F).
6 2 . T i g h t e n t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t bolt to 78 N-m
(8.0 kgf-m, 58 Ibf-ft).
6 3 . T i g h t e n the t r a n s m i s s i o n u p p e r m o u n t bolts to
59 N-m (6.0 kgf-m, 43 Ibf-ft).
14-254
6 6 . Install the v a c u u m h o s e (A).
87. C o n n e c t t h e 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d Install the h a r n e s s c l a m p
IB) o n the c l a m p b r a c k e t (C).
6 9 . C o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r
(A), the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
B c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r (C), a n d Install the
h a r n e s s c l a m p (D) o n t h e c l a m p bracket (E).
68, C o n n e c t t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e s (A) to t h e A T F c o o l e r
l i n e s (B), a n d s e c u r e t h e h o s e s w i t h the c l i p s
( s e e p a g e 14-260).
B
7 0 . C o n n e c t the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e Input shaft
( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B).
\
i
\
:>W/
^7
(cont'd)
1 425
71. C o n n e c t the A / F s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (C), then install it
7 5 . Install the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
o n its bracket (D).

76. Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e
7 2 . C o n n e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h s u b h a r n e s s
14-231).
c o n n e c t o r (E), t h e n install it o n its bracket (F).

73. Install the e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c o v e r (G) o n the A T F
filter bracket (H).
78. Install the air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359)

a n d the intake air d u c t
74. C o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e 2 n d c l u t c h
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (B),

22-90).
a n d install the h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C) on the h a r n e s s

c l a m p b r a c k e t s (D).
80. L o o s e l y install the front strut b r a c e m o u n t i n g n u t s

(A) on the front strut b r a c e (B), a n d install the h o s e
(C) on its c l a m p s (D).
A
8 x 1 . 2 5 mm
22 N-m
14-256
A
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N-m
Drive Plate Removal and

Installation
81, S e t t h e p a r k i n g b r a k e . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d shift
t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n t h r o u g h all g e a r s t h r e e t i m e s .
1. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
82, C h e c k the shift l e v e r o p e r a t i o n , t h e A / T g e a r
p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r o p e r a t i o n , a n d t h e shift c a b l e
adjustment
14-232).
2. R e m o v e t h e drive plate (A) a n d the w a s h e r (B) f r o m
the engine.
83, P l a c e a floor j a c k u n d e r t h e l o w e r a r m , a n d r a i s e
t h e front s u s p e n s i o n to l o a d it w i t h t h e v e h i c l e ' s
w e i g h t Do n o t p l a c e t h e j a c k a g a i n s t the ball joint
pin of t h e k n u c k l e .
T i g h t e n t h e d a m p e r p i n c h bolt a n d t h e d a m p e r fork
m o u n t i n g nut w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e m o u n t i n g bolt to
the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
34, T i g h t e n t h e l o w e r a r m m o u n t i n g c a s t l e n u t s to t h e
s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e , t h e n install t h e n e w cotter p i n s
onto t h e c a s t l e nuts ( s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 18-21).
85. T i g h t e n t h e front strut b r a c e m o u n t i n g nuts o n top
of the d a m p e r to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e ,
86. Install t h e front w h e e l s .
87. Instal 1 t h e s p l a s h s h i e i d .
12 x 1.0 m m
U>m 1 7 . 5 kgf-m,
74
8 8 . Install t h e front grille c o v e r .

89. C h e c k a n d a d j u s t t h e front w h e e l a l i g n m e n t
( s e e p a g e 18-5).
54
Ibf-ft)
3. Install t h e d r i v e plate a n d the w a s h e r o n t h e e n g i n e ,

'and tighten the eight bolts in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern in
at l e a s t t w o s t e p s .
90. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P or N , a n d

w a r m it up to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the
radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) .
4. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-243).
9 1 . T u r n t h e e n g i n e off, a n d c h e c k t h e A T F l e v e l
( s e e p a g e 14-230).
9 2 . D o t h e r o a d test ( s e e p a g e 14-206).
14-257
ATF Cooler Cleaning
* A T F cooler cleaner GHTTTCF6H
M a g n e t i c n o n b y p a s s s p i n - o n filter G T H G N B P 2
2. Plug the c o o l e r c l e a n e r into a 110 V g r o u n d e d

electrical outlet.
T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s are a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m 888-424-6857.
B e f o r e Installing a n o v e r h a u l e d or r e m a n u f a c t u r e d
a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n , y o u m u s t t h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the
A T F c o o l e r to p r e v e n t s y s t e m c o n t a m i n a t i o n . F a i l u r e to
M a k e s u r e the outlet h a s no other a p p l i a n c e s

(light f i x t u r e s , d r o p lights, e x t e n s i o n c o r d s )
p l u g g e d Into it. A l s o , n e v e r plug the c o o l e r
c l e a n e r into a n e x t e n s i o n c o r d or drop-light;
y o u c o u l d d a m a g e the unit.
do s o could c a u s e a repeat automatic t r a n s m i s s i o n

failure.
T h e cleaning procedure Involves heated ATF-Z1
d e l i v e r e d u n d e r high p r e s s u r e (100 psi). C h e c k the
s e c u r i t y of all h o s e s a n d c o n n e c t i o n s . A l w a y s w e a r
s a f e t y g l a s s e s or a f a c e s h i e l d , a l o n g w i t h g l o v e s a n d
p r o t e c t i v e clothing. If y o u get A T F In y o u r e y e s or o n
your skin, rinse with water Immediately.
A WARNING
* I m p r o p e r u s e of the A T F c o o l e r c l e a n e r c a n result
in b u r n s a n d other s e r i o u s i n j u r i e s .
A l w a y s w e a r e y e protection a n d protective
c l o t h i n g , a n d follow t h i s p r o c e d u r e .
1. C h e c k the fluid in the c o o l e r c l e a n e r tank. (The fluid

level s h o u l d be 4.5 i n c h e s f r o m the top of the filler
neck.) A d j u s t the level if n e e d e d ; do not overfill.'
U s e o n l y H o n d a A T F - Z 1 ; do not u s e a n y a d d i t i v e s .
3. Flip t h e H E A T toggle s w i t c h to O N ; the g r e e n

indicator a b o v e the t o g g l e s w i t c h c o m e s o n . W a i t
1 h o u r for t h e c o o l e r c l e a n e r to r e a c h its o p e r a t i n g
t e m p e r a t u r e . (The c o o l e r c l e a n e r is r e a d y to u s e
w h e n the t e m p e r a t u r e g a u g e r e a d s 140 F to 150 F.)
N O T E : If t h e red Indicator a b o v e the H E A T toggle
s w i t c h c o m e s o n , the fluid level in t h e tank is too
l o w for t h e tank h e a t e r to w o r k ( s e e step-1 of t h i s
procedure).
4. -Select the a p p r o p r i a t e pair of fittings, a n d attach
t h e m to t h e radiator, to the h o s e s , or to t h e b a n j o
bolts for f l o w t h r o u g h the A T F c o o l e r c l e a n e r .
TO HOSE
B A N J O BOLT
COOLER C L E A N E R
14-258
5. C o n n e c t t h e r e d h o s e to the c o o l e r outlet line (the
12. Flip t h e M O T O R toggle s w i t c h to O N , and" let the
line that n o r m a l l y g o e s to t h e e x t e r n a l filter on the
p u m p run for 5 m i n u t e s . W h i l e the p u m p is r u n n i n g ,
t r a n s mi s s i o n ) ,
o p e n a n d c l o s e the air p u r g e v a l v e periodically.

A l w a y s o p e n the v a l v e s l o w l y . At the e n d of the
8. C o n n e c t the b l u e h o s e to the c o o l e r inlet line.
5 - m i n u t e c l e a n i n g p e r i o d , l e a v e the air p u r g e v a l v e
open.
7, C o n n e c t a s h o p air h o s e (regulated to 100 to

125 psi) to t h e air p u r g e v a l v e .
N O T E : W h i l e t h e p u m p is r u n n i n g w i t h the air
p u r g e v a l v e o p e n , it is n o r m a l to s e e v a p o r c o m i n g
f r o m the filler/breather t u b e v e n t s .
T h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting h a s a o n e - w a y
c h e c k v a l v e to k e e p A T F f r o m entering y o u r
s h o p ' s air s y s t e m . Do not r e m o v e or r e p l a c e
t h e fitting. A t t a c h the c o u p l e r p r o v i d e d w i t h
the c o o l e r c l e a n e r to y o u r s h o p air line if
y o u r c o u p l e r is not c o m p a t i b l e .
13. W i t h the air p u r g e v a l v e - o p e n , flip t h e M O T O R

toggle s w i t c h to O F F . L e a v e the air p u r g e v a l v e
o p e n for at least 15 s e c o n d s to p u r g e the Sines a n d
h o s e s of r e s i d u a l A T F , t h e n c l o s e t h e v a l v e .
14. D i s c o n n e c t the red a n d blue h o s e s f r o m the A T F
8. Flip t h e M O T O R toggle s w i t c h to O N ; the g r e e n

indicator a b o v e t h e toggle s w i t c h c o m e s o n . Let t h e
p u m p run for 5 m i n u t e s . W h i l e the p u m p is r u n n i n g ,
o p e n a n d c l o s e t h e air p u r g e v a l v e p e r i o d i c a l l y to
c a u s e agitation a n d i m p r o v e t h e c l e a n i n g p r o c e s s .
A l w a y s o p e n t h e v a l v e s l o w l y . At the e n d of the
5-ml note c l e a n i n g p e r i o d , l e a v e the air p u r g e v a l v e
open,
cooler lines.
15. C o n n e c t the red a n d blue h o s e s to e a c h other.
16. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s h o p asr f r o m the air p u r g e v a l v e .
D i s c o n n e c t a n d s t o w the c o u p l e r if u s e d ,
17. D i s c o n n e c t a n d s t o w the fittings f r o m the A T F
c o o l e r Inlet a n d outlet l i n e s .
N O T E : W h i l e the p u m p is r u n n i n g w i t h the air

p u r g e v a l v e o p e n , it Is n o r m a l to s e e v a p o r c o m i n g
f r o m t h e filler/breather t u b e v e n t s .
18. U n p l u g the c o o l e r c l e a n e r f r o m the 110 V outlet.

Tool Maintenance
F o l l o w t h e s e i n s t r u c t i o n s to k e e p the A T F c o o l e r c l e a n e r
w o r k i n g properly:
* R e p l a c e the t w o m a g n e t i c n o n b y p a s s s p i n - o n filters
after e v e r y 20 h o u r s of u s e . B a s e d on the h o u r - m e t e r ,
or w h e n y o u notice a restriction in the A T F flow,
* C h e c k the level a n d the condition of the fluid in the
tank before e a c h u s e .
* R e p l a c e the A T F in the tank w h e n It looks dark or dirty.
9. W i t h t h e air p u r g e v a l v e o p e n , flip the M O T O R

t o g g l e s w i t c h to O F F ; t h e g r e e n Indicator g o e s off.
L e a v e the air p u r g e v a l v e o p e n for at least
15 s e c o n d s to p u r g e the l i n e s a n d h o s e s of r e s i d u a l
A T F , t h e n c l o s e the v a l v e ,
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e red a n d blue h o s e s from: the A T F
c o o l e r . Mow c o n n e c t the red h o s e to the c o o l e r inlet
line.
11. N o w c o n n e c t t h e blue h o s e to the c o o l e r outlet line.
14-259
N O T E : W h e n installing the h o s e c l a m p s , m a k e s u r e not to interfere to the s u r r o u n d i n g parts,

1. Install the A T F c o o l e r h o s e s o v e r the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s w i t h the c l i p s at appropriate points in r e f e r e n c e to the
f o l l o w i n g list. A l i g n the pink paint m a r k (J) to the u p s i d e , a n d the w h i t e paint m a r k (K) to the d o w n s i d e .
Point
A
6 - 8 m m ( 0 . 2 4 - 0 . 3 1 In.)
D i s t a n c e f r o m H o s e E n d t o C l i p (L)
H o s e E n d C o n t a c t Point
A T F Filter
6 - 8 m m ( 0 . 2 4 - 0 . 3 1 In.)
Bulge
2 - 4 m m ( 0 . 0 8 - 0 . 1 6 In.)
Bulge
C
D
E
F
G
H
1
2. S e c u r e the A T F c o o l e r h o s e w i t h the c l a m p (M) at the pink paint line (N).

3. Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F to the proper level ( s e e p a g e 14-230).
14-260
ATF Filter Replacement

N O T E : T h e A T F filter is not a s c h e d u l e d m a i n t e n a n c e
Item. R e p l a c e the filter o n l y if it i s l e a k i n g , or
c o n t a m i n a t e d , o r w h e n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is b e i n g
o v e r h a u l e d or r e p l a c e d w i t h a r e m a n u f a c t u r e d u n i t
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e s (A) f r o m the A T F
filter I B ) .

b r a k e , block t h e r e a r w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of
t h e v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e It is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d ,
3 R e m o v e t h e d r a i n plug (A), a n d d r a i n the
A.
6. R e m o v e the A T F filter h o l d e r (C), a n d r e m o v e the

A T F filter.
7. Install a n e w A T F filter, a n d s e c u r e It w i t h Its h o l d e r
4. R e i n s t a l l the d r a i n plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r
a n d bolt.
IB).,
8. C o n n e c t the A T F c o o l e r - h o s e s to the A T F filter, a n d
s e c u r e the h o s e s w i t h the c l i p s "(see p a g e 14-260).
10. Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 on p a g e
14-231).
14-261
Shift Lever Removal
1. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
2. M o v e t h e shift l e v e r to R.
5. Rotate the s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (A)

c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (B) until it s t o p s , a n d p u s h t h e
retainer lock (C) Into t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer to
lock the retainer.
3. R e m o v e t h e nut s e c u r i n g t h e shift c a b l e e n d .
6. S l i d e (A) the s o c k e t h o l d e r (B) to r e m o v e the shift

4. U n l o c k the retainer (A).
c a b l e (C) f r o m t h e shift c a b l e bracket (D). Do not

r e m o v e the shift c a b l e by pulling the shift c a b l e
g u i d e (E).
D.
14-262
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r (A)

a n d t h e park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position indicator
p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r (B).
8. R e m o v e the shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r / t h e park

pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position Indicator p a n e l light
c o n n e c t o r , a n d the h a r n e s s c o v e r (G) f r o m the shift
lever b r a c k e t b a s e .
T y p e A S h i f t Lewer
9. R e m o v e the shift l e v e r m o u n t i n g bolts (D), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y (E).
14-263
Shift Lever Installation
1. Install the shift lever a s s e m b l y (A).
3. P u s h the shift c a b l e (A) until it s t o p s , t h e n r e l e a s e i t

Pull the shift c a b l e b a c k o n e s t e p s o that the shift
T y p e A Shift Lever
position is in FL Do not hold the shift c a b l e g u i d e (B)

to a d j u s t the shift c a b l e .
T y p e B Shift Lever
2. C o n n e c t the shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r (B) a n d

the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position indicator
p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r (C), a n d install the h a r n e s s
c o v e r (D) on the shift l e v e r bracket b a s e .
14-264
5, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO),
7. A l i g n t h e c l e a r a n c e (A) b e t w e e n t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r
(B) a n d t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (C) w i t h t h e
6. P l a c e t h e shift l e v e r in R, t h e n i n s e r t a 6.0 m m
10.24 in.) pin (A) into t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (B) o n t h e
o p e n i n g (D) in the shift c a b l e bracket ( E ) , t h e n s l i d e

' the h o l d e r into t h e bracket w h i l e installing t h e s h i f t '
shift l e v e r , t h r o u g h t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n the shift
c a b l e e n d (F) o v e r the m o u n t i n g s t u d (G) by
l e v e r , a n d into t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e bracket.
a l i g n i n g its s q u a r e hole (H) w i t h t h e s q u a r e fitting
U s e o n l y a 6.0 m m (0.24 in,) p i n w i t h no b u r r s .
(I) at the bottom of t h e s t u d . D o not install the shift

c a b l e by h o l d i n g the shift c a b l e g u i d e ( J ) .
T y p e A Shift Lever
N O T E : W h e n the s o c k e t holder is i n s t a l l e d in t h e
shift c a b l e bracket, t h e retainer lock is u n h i n g e d
a n d r e l e a s e s t h e h o l d e r retainer lock, t h e n t h e
h o l d e r retainer r e t u r n s u n d e r s p r i n g f o r c e to s e c u r e
t h e shift c a b l e .
Type B Shift Lever

8. P u s h the retainer lock (A) fully to lock the s o c k e t
h o l d e r retainer (B), a n d m a k e s u r e that the retainer
lock fits Into the hinged-joint (C). If the retainer lock
d o e s not fit w i t h t h e e d g e of the hinged-joint, rotate
the h o l d e r retainer c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e w h i l e p u s h i n g
the retainer lock until it locks.
(confd)
14-265
Shift Lever Installation (cont'd)
9. C h e c k that the shift c a b l e e n d (A) is p r o p e r l y
installed o n the m o u n t i n g s t u d (B).
Improperly installed:
Cable end
positions
out of the
mounting stud.
10. If i m p r o p e r l y i n s t a l l e d , r e m o v e the shift c a b l e f r o m

the shift lever bracket b a s e , a n d reinstall the shift
c a b l e . Do not Install the shift c a b l e e n d on the
m o u n t i n g s t u d w h i l e the shift c a b l e is on the shift
Sever bracket b a s e .
11. Install a n d tighten the nut on the shift c a b l e e n d .
Cable end rides

on the bottom
of the mounting
stud.
1
Properly installed:
8 x 1.25 min
22 N-m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft)
12. R e m o v e the 6.0 m m (0.24 in.) pin that w a s installed
to hold the shift lever.
13. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M o v e the shift
l e v e r to e a c h p o s i t i o n , a n d c h e c k that t h e A / T g e a r
position Indicator f o l l o w s the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
switch.
14. Shift the shift lever to P, a n d c h e c k that the shift
lock w o r k s properly. P u s h the shift lock r e l e a s e , a n d
c h e c k that the shift lever r e l e a s e s , a n d a l s o c h e c k
that the shift lever locks w h e n It is shifted b a c k to P.
15. R e i n s t a l l the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
14-266
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly

Type A Shift Lever
M O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n t h e t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u
h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r h a n d s of g l o v e s .
' SCREWS
5 x 0.8 m m
3 N-m |0.3 kgf-m, 2 Ibf-ft!
Replace.
SHIFT LEVER KNOB
SHIFT L E V E R
iCNOB C O V E R
SHIFT L E V E R ROD
SHIFT LOCK
R E L E A S E SPRING
SCREW
0.4 Nm
(0.04 kgfm, 0.3 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
HARNESS
WIRE TIE
A / T G E A R POSITION
INDICATOR PANEL
A/T GEAR POSmON

INDICATOR PAMEL
BASE
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
PLUNGER
SPRING
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
PLUNGER
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N-m
I2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft)
SILICONE G R E A S E
8 M 1.25 mm
22 N-m
(confd)
14-267
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly ( c o n t ' d )
Type B Shift Lewer
N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u
h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r h a n d s of g l o v e s .
> SCREWS
5 x 0.8 mm
3 N-m I0.3 kgf-m, 2 Ibf-ft)
>lace.
SHIFT LEVER
KNOB
SHIFT L E V E R R O D
INDICATOR PANEL
LIGHT B U L B
SHIFT LOCH
STOP
A / T GEAR POSITION
INDICATOR PANEL
LEVER COVER
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
PLUNGER
SPRING
INDICATOR PANEL B A S E
SHIFT LOGIC
SOLENOID
PLUNGER
SHIFT L E V E R
BRACKET B A S E
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N-m
(2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ftl
14-268
8 x 1.25 min
22 N-m
12.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ftl
Shift Cable Replacement

1. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift, or a p p l y t h e parking
6, Rotate t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (A)
brake, b l o c k t h e rear w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e t h e front of
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (B) until it s t o p s , a n d p u s h the
the v e h i c l e , M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .
retainer lock (C) into the retainer to lock t h e retainer.

A
3. M o v e the shift l e v e r to R,
4. R e m o v e the nut s e c u r i n g the shift c a b l e e n d .
7, S l i d e (A) the s o c k e t h o l d e r (B) to r e m o v e the shift

c a b l e (C) f r o m t h e shift c a b l e bracket (D). Do not
r e m o v e the shift c a b l e by pulling t h e shift c a b l e
g u i d e (E).
D,
(confd)
14-269
Shift Cable Replacement (cont'd)
8. VIM b e g i n s w i t h J H M : R e m o v e the shift c a b l e c o v e r
11. V I N b e g i n s w i t h SHG: Pry up the lock t a b of the lock

w a s h e r (C), a n d r e m o v e the lock-bolt CD) a n d the
lock w a s h e r , t h e n s e p a r a t e the shift c a b l e (E) f r o m
the control shaft (F).
12. R e m o v e the heat s h i e l d .
9. V I N b e g i n s w i t h J H M : R e m o v e the s p r i n g clip (B)

- a n d the control pin ( C ) , a n d s e p a r a t e the shift cable,
13. R e m o v e the bolts s e c u r i n g the shift c a b l e b r a c k e t

(A).
e n d ID) f r o m the control l e v e r I E ) . R e m o v e the t w o

bolts s e c u r i n g the shift c a b l e bracket (F).
10. V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G : R e m o v e t h e shift c a b l e c o v e r
(A), a n d r e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the shift
c a b l e bracket I B ) .
14. R e m o v e the shift c a b l e g r o m m e t ( B ) , a n d pull out

the shift c a b l e (C).
15. Insert a n e w shift c a b l e t h r o u g h the g r o m m e t h o l e
CD), a n d install the g r o m m e t in its h o l e . Do not b e n d
the shift c a b l e e x c e s s i v e l y .
16. S e c u r e the shift c a b l e g r o m m e t
14-270
21
17. Install t h e shift c a b l e bracket.
VIM b e g i n s w i t h I H G : Install the control l e v e r (A)

o v e r t h e s e l e c t o r control s h a f t (B). S e c u r e t h e
18, VIM b e g i n s w i t h J H M ; A p p l y m o l y b d e n u m g r e a s e
control Sever w i t h a n e w l o c k - w a s h e r (C) a n d t h e
t o t h e h o l e in t h e b u s h i n g (A) in the shift c a b l e e n d
lock bolt (D), t h e n b e n d the lock t a b of t h e Sock
(B). Attach t h e shift c a b l e e n d to t h e control l e v e r
w a s h e r a g a i n s t the bolt h e a d . Do not b e n d the shift
C O , t h e n i n s e r t t h e c o n t r o l pin (D) into t h e control
cable excessively.
l e v e r h o l e t h r o u g h t h e shift c a b l e e n d , a n d s e c u r e
t h e c o n t r o l pin w i t h t h e s p r i n g clip I E ) . Do not b e n d
t h e shift c a b l e e x c e s s i v e l y .
D
S x 1.0 mm
14 N-m
(1.4 kgf-m.
8 x 1.0 mm
12 N-m
11.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
G
S x 1.0 mm
9,8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m,
7.2 ibf-ft)
19, V I N b e g i n s w i t h J H M ; Install the shift c a b l e b r a c k e t

I F ! w i t h the bolts ( G ) .
S x 1.0 m m
12 M-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
S x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m,
7.2 Ibf-ftl
22. V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G : Install t h e shift c a b l e bracket

(E) w i t h t h e bolts (F).
23. V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G : Install t h e shift c a b l e c o v e r ( G ) .
20, V I N b e g i n s w i t h J H M : Install t h e shift c a b l e c o v e r

(HI
24. Install the shift c a b l e on the shift lever, a n d a d j u s t

the shift c a b l e ( s e e p a g e 14-272),
2 5 . Install t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
14-271
Shift Cable Adjustment
2. M o v e the shift l e v e r to R.
5. Rotate the s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (A)

c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (B) until it s t o p s , a n d p u s h the
retainer lock (C) into the retainer to lock the retainer.
A
3. R e m o v e the nut s e c u r i n g the shift c a b l e e n d .
6. S l i d e (A) the s o c k e t h o l d e r (B) to r e m o v e the shift

c a b l e (C) f r o m the shift c a b l e bracket (D). Do not
r e m o v e the shift c a b l e b y pulling the shift c a b l e

g u i d e (E).
D,
14-272
7. P u s h t h e shift c a b l e (A) until it s t o p s , t h e n r e l e a s e it.
10. P l a c e the shift l e v e r in R, t h e n i n s e r t a 6.0 m m
PuSl the shift c a b l e b a c k o n e s t e p s o that t h e shift
{0.24 in.) pin (A) into t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (B) on the
position is in F t D o not h o l d t h e shift c a b l e g u i d e (B)
shift l e v e r , t h r o u g h the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e shift
to a d j u s t t h e shift c a b l e .
l e v e r , a n d into t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e b r a c k e t
U s e o n l y a 6.0 m m (0.24 in.) pin w i t h no b u r r s .
Type A Shift Lever
8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k that

t h e Ft position i n d i c a t o r c o m e s o n .
T y p e B Shift Lever
(cont'd)
14-273
Shift Cable Adjustment (cont'd)
11. C h e c k that t h e shift l e v e r is s e c u r e d in R
14. A l i g n the c l e a r a n c e (A) b e t w e e n the s o c k e t h o l d e r

(B) a n d the s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (C) w i t h the
12, U n l o c k the retainer (A).
o p e n i n g (D) in the shift c a b l e bracket ( E ) , t h e n s l i d e

t h e h o l d e r into the bracket w h i l e installing t h e shift
c a b l e e n d (F) o v e r the m o u n t i n g s t u d (G) by
a l i g n i n g its s q u a r e hole (H) w i t h the s q u a r e fitting
(I) at the-bottom of the s t u d . D o not install the shift
c a b l e by holding the shift c a b l e g u i d e ( J ) .
N O T E : W h e n the s o c k e t h o l d e r is installed in t h e
shift c a b l e b r a c k e t the r e t a i n e r lock is u n h i n g e d
a n d r e l e a s e s the h o l d e r retainer lock, t h e n the
h o l d e r retainer r e t u r n s u n d e r s p r i n g f o r c e to s e c u r e
the shift c a b l e .
13; Rotate the s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (A)

c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (B) until it s t o p s to c r e a t e
c l e a r a n c e (C) b e t w e e n t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r (D) a n d the
h o l d e r retainer, a n d p u s h in the retainer (E) to lock
it.
14-274
15. P u s h the retainer lock I A ) fully to lock t h e s o c k e t

h o l d e r retainer I B ) , a n d m a k e s u r e that t h e retainer
lock fits into the hinged-joint (C). If the retainer lock
d o e s not fit w i t h the e d g e of the hinged-joint, rotate
the holder retainer counterclockwise while pushing
the retainer lock until it locks.
18, install a n d tighten the nut on the shift c a b l e e n d .
8 JC 1.25 mm
22 N<m {2.2 kgf-m, 18 ibf-ft)
19. R e m o v e the 6.0 m m (0.24 in.) pin t h a t w a s i n s t a l l e d
to hold the shift lever.
16, C h e c k that t h e shift c a b l e e n d is p r o p e r l y installed

on t h e m o u n t i n g s t u d .
Cable end
positions
out of the
mounting stud.
20. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), M o v e t h e shift

l e v e r to e a c h p o s i t i o n , a n d c h e c k that the A / T g e a r
position indicator f o l l o w s the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
switch.
2 1 . Shift the shift lever to P, a n d c h e c k that the shift
lock w o r k s properly. P u s h t h e shift lock r e l e a s e , a n d
c h e c k that the shift lever r e l e a s e s , a n d a l s o c h e c k
that the shift Sever l o c k s w h e n it is shifted back to P.
2 2 . Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-143).
Cable end rides

on the bottom
of the mounting
stud.
Properly installed:
17, If the cable, e n d is out of position o n the m o u n t i n g

s t u d , r e m o v e t h e shift c a b l e f r o m the bracket, a n d
reinstall the shift c a b l e . Do not install t h e shift c a b l e
e n d on t h e m o u n t i n g s t u d w h i l e the shift c a b l e is o n
t h e bracket.
If t h e c a b l e e n d r i d e s o n the b o t t o m of the
m o u n t i n g s t u d , rotate the s t u d a n d align the s q u a r e
fitting w i t h the h o l e .
14-275
A/T-Gear Position Indicator

A / T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR

F-CAN Communication Circuit
Troubleshooting, page 11-182
Gauge Control Module Self-diagnostic Function
Indicator Drive Circuit Check, page 22-305
Communication Line Check, page 22-306
A / T GEAR POSITION
INDICATOR PANEL LIGHT HARNESS
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
T e s t page 14-278
Replacement page 14-28D
POWEFfTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE ( P C M )
14-276
Circuit Diagram
UHDER-HQQD
FUSE/RELAY BOX
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
P C M C o n n e c t o r Terminal
Locations
IfT
01
R I 5j6I7
8 I 9 110
BIlSIOEQDilSISIEIBiEIEI
E!IBIS3IB(SBIBIfil
IE)
H
AD(49P)
B A (49P)
C O ( 49P)
14-277
A/T Gear Position Indicator

Transmission Range Switch Test
b r a k e , block the rear w h e e l s , a n d raise the front of
5. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s at the

h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity
b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s in the f o l l o w i n g t a b l e for
e a c h s w i t c h position.

Transmission Range Switch Sobharness
Connector
s u b h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n r e m o v e the
c o n n e c t o r f r o m the c o n n e c t o r bracket (B).
P o s i t i o n / C o n n e c t o r Terminal/Signal Connections
8
6
ATP ATP
FWD
GIMD ATP
2J_
R
N
0
03
2
1
RVSl
10
ATP
D3
a
a
o
oo
o
a
6. T r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h test is c o m p l e t e d if the
test r e s u l t s a r e O K .
if there is no continuity b e t w e e n a n y t e r m i n a l s , g o
to s t e p 7.
7. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r .
4. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s CO f r o m the c l a m p
bracket (D).
6 x 1,0 mm
12 N-m
14-278
11. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , a n d c h e c k
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
t h e e n d of the s e l e c t o r control shaft (A).
connector.
Selector Control Shaft Specifications:

W i d t h IB!:
6.1 - 6 . 2 m m 1 0 . 2 4 0 - 0 . 2 4 4 in.)
E n d G a p CO: 1 . 8 - 2 . 0 m m IO.07-~0.08 In.)
3 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s at the

transmission range switch connector. There should
be continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s in the
f o l l o w i n g t a b l e for e a c h t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
posit ion,
12. If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t s of the s e l e c t o r control shaft
e n d a r e w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
Transmission Range Switch Connector
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-280). If the
PosiHon/Cofineetor Terminal/Signal Connections
8
ATP
D3
ATP ATP
MP FWD
O
R
U
2S_
o
9
ATP
m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e out of the s t a n d a r d , repair the

10
03
2
1
o
o
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h continuity.
GND
o
s e l e c t o r control shaft e n d , a n d r e c h e c k the
13. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s for r u s t dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n

or repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r
securely.
14. Install the h a r n e s s c l a m p s to the c l a m p bracket.
o
o
OK)
15. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r .

16. Install the left front w h e e l
oo
10. If the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h continuity c h e c k is

O K , r e p l a c e the faulty t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
subharness.
If there is n o continuity b e t w e e n a n y t e r m i n a l s , go
to s t e p 11,
14-279

Transmission Range Switch Replacement
1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on a lift, or a p p l y the parking
M a k e s u r e the s e l e c t o r control shaft is in the N

position. If n e c e s s a r y , m o v e the shift lever f r o m P
toN.
N O T E : Do not u s e the s e l e c t o r control shaft to

a d j u s t the shift position. If the s e l e c t o r control shaft
tips a r e s q u e e z e d t o g e t h e r it will c a u s e a faulty
s i g n a l or position d u e to play b e t w e e n the s e l e c t o r
control shaft a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h .
3. M o v e the shift lever to N.

4. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r .
connector.
S e t a n e w t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (A) to the N
position. A l i g n the c u t o u t s (B) on the r o t a r y - f r a m e
w i t h the neutral positioning c u t o u t s (C) on the
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h . T h e n put a 2.0 m m
(0.08 in.) feeler g a u g e b l a d e (D) in the cutouts to
hold the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h in the N
position.
N O T E : B e s u r e to u s e a 2.0 m m (0.08 In.) blade or
e q u i v a l e n t to hold the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h in
the N position.
6. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h .
14-280
9. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (A) gently o n

the s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l s h a f t IB) w h i l e h o l d i n g it in the
N position w i t h the 2.0 m m (0.08 in.) b l a d e (C).
11. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r for r u s t d i r t or oil, a n d c l e a n

or repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the
transmission range switch connector securely.
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), M o v e t h e shift
l e v e r t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s , a n d c h e c k the
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h s y n c h r o n i z a t i o n w i t h the
A / T g e a r position indicator.
13. C h e c k that the e n g i n e will start w i t h the shift l e v e r
in P a n d N, a n d will not start in a n y o t h e r shift l e v e r
position.
14. C h e c k that the back-up lights c o m e on w h e n the
shift l e v e r is in R.
15. A l l o w t h e front w h e e l s to rotate f r e e l y , t h e n start
the e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k the shift l e v e r o p e r a t i o n .
16. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r (A).
6 x 1.0 mm
6x1.0 mm
1 2 N - m {1.2-ltgf-m, 8,7 Ibf-ft)
12 N-m
(1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f f t )
14-281

A/T Gear Position Indicator Pane! Light Harness Replacement
Type A Shift Lever
4. R e m o v e the s c r e w s (B), a n d r e m o v e the shift l e v e r

knob (C) f r o m the shift lever.
N O T E : T h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light

h a r n e s s a n d the park pin s w i t c h a r e not a v a i l a b l e
s e p a r a t e l y . R e p l a c e the A / T g e a r position Indicator
p a n e l light h a r n e s s a n d the park pin s w i t c h a s a s e t
5. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position indicator panel light

s o c k e t (D) f r o m the p a n e l b a s e (E).
6. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position Indicator panel (F),
a n d d i s a s s e m b l e the Indicator p a n e l a n d the panel
base.
2. R e m o v e the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262).

7= R e l e a s e the lock (A) of t h e shift lock r e l e a s e , a n d
3. W r a p the e n d of a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r w i t h t a p e , pry
off the shift lever k n o b c o v e r l o c k s , a n d r e m o v e the
shift l e v e r knob c o v e r (A).
14^282
r e m o v e the shift lock r e l e a s e a n d the r e l e a s e s p r i n g

(B).
8,. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w (A), t h e h a r n e s s w i r e tie (B), a n d

r e m o v e the light bulb (C) f r o m the s o c k e t ,
10. Install a n e w park pin s w i t c h , a n d s e c u r e t h e s w i t c h

with a n e w screw.
13. Install t h e shift lock r e l e a s e s p r i n g (A) In the shift

lock r e l e a s e (B).
14. Install the shift lock r e l e a s e a n d the r e l e a s e s p r i n g

o n t h e r e l e a s e shaft e n d .
11. T i e the h a r n e s s e s of t h e park pin s w f t c h / A / T g e a r

position indicator p a n e l light a n d t h e shift lock
s o l e n o i d at t h e g u i d e w i t h the h a r n e s s w i r e tie.
12. Install t h e A / T g e a r position Indicator p a n e l light
bulb in the s o c k e t .
(cont'd)
14-283

A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Li
Harness Replacement (cont'd)
15. M a k e s u r e that the r e l e a s e s p r i n g e n d (A) is
17. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light
installed in the shift lock r e l e a s e (B), a n d the

h o o k e d e n d (C) is o n the s t o p (D).
s o c k e t (B) in the indicator p a n e l b a s e .

18. R o u t e the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position
indicator panel light h a r n e s s e s . T a k e the s l a c k out
of the h a r n e s s e s , a n d s e c u r e the h a r n e s s e s w i t h the
h a r n e s s w i r e tie at the g u i d e .
19. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l (C).
20. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to the top (D) of the shift l e v e r
rod.
t h e t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r
h a n d s of g l o v e s .
21. Install the shift lever k n o b (E) o v e r the shift lever.
16. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator panel b a s e

(A).
22. Install the shift lever k n o b c o v e r (F) on the shift

lever knob w i t h n e w s c r e w s (G).
23. Install the shift lever ( s e e p a g e 14-264).
24. Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
14-284
Type B Shift Lever

knob (C) f r o m the shift lever.
N O T E : T h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light

h a r n e s s a n d the park p i n s w i t c h a r e not a v a i l a b l e
s e p a r a t e l y . B e p l a e e the A / T g e a r position Indicator
p a n e l light h a r n e s s a n d the park pin s w i t c h a s a s e t
5. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position Indicator p a n e l light

s o c k e t (D) f r o m the indicator p a n e l b a s e (E).
6. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position Indicator p a n e l (F),
a n d d i s a s s e m b l e the Indicator p a n e l a n d the p a n e l
base.
2. R e m o v e t h e shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262).
7. R e m o v e the light bulb (A) f r o m the s o c k e t .
3. W r a p t h e e n d of a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r w i t h t a p e , pry
the shift l e v e r k n o b c o v e r locks, a n d r e m o v e the
shift l e v e r k n o b c o v e r (A),
8. R e m o v e the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position

indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s (B) a n d the shift lock
s o l e n o i d h a r n e s s (C) f r o m the h a r n e s s g u i d e (D).
9. Install a n e w park pin s w i t c h (E).
10. Route the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position
indicator panel Sight h a r n e s s a n d the shift Sock
s o l e n o i d h a r n e s s in the h a r n e s s g u i d e .
bulb In the s o c k e t
(cont'd)
14-285

A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel
Harness Replacement (cont'd)
12. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l b a s e
18. Install the shift lever knob c o v e r (F) o n the shift

lever knob w i t h n e w s c r e w s (G).
19. Install the shift lever a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).
20. install- the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
13. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator panel light

s o c k e t (B) In the Indicator p a n e l b a s e .
Indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s e s . T a k e the s l a c k out
of the h a r n e s s e s , a n d s e c u r e t h e h a r n e s s e s In the
guide.
15. Install the A / T g e a r position Indicator panel (C).
rod.
the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
h a n d s of g l o v e s .
17. Install the shift l e v e r knob (E) o v e r the shift lever.
14-286
A/T interlock System

i STEERING LOCK A S S E M B L Y
KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID
Key Interlock-System Circuit Troubleshooting, page 14-294
Key Interlock Solenoid Test, page 14-296
DRIVER'S UNPER-OASH
F U S E / R E L A Y BOX
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

Shift Lock System Circuit
P A T A LINK CONNECTOR
PLC)
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
Shift Lock System Circuit
T e s t page 14-298
Shift Lock Stop, Shift Lock Stop Cushion
Shift Lock Release, Release Spring and
Release Shaft Replacement, page 14-300
PARK PIN SWITCH

Key Interlock System Circuit
Test, page 14-301
14-287
A / T Interlock System
Circuit Diagram
UNDER-HOODFUSE/FtELAY BOX
DRIVER'S UIMDEFt-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
KEY
INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY B O X
No. 32 (7.5 A)
PARK PIN
SWITCH
PCtVt Cnoctr Terminal Locations

3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 ' |9|10|
8
16/J18J19 20 21
25 > < 26 27 28
13
J4|15
31 3 2 /
35 36
/
A
14-288
(49P)
B A (4SP)
C O C49P!
/ 21
/ ></ / /
/ A/ / /
/
16
1718
Si
mm
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting
1, C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C (A) located u n d e r the
8, M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n shift lock s o l e n o i d

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d body g r o u n d .
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR
IGI
(RED)
(Type A Shift Lever)

IGI (BRN)
(Type B Shift Lever)
is there
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (if). M a k e s u r e the
H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M If it d o e s not, g o
to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g { s e e p a g e
11-192),
3. S e l e c t Shift L o c k S o l e n o i d T e s t In t h e
M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that the shift
lock s o l e n o i d o p e r a t e s with the H D S ,
Does
the shift
lock
solenoid
work
properly?
battery
voltage?
N O C h e c k for a b l o w n No, 5 (7,5 A ) f u s e in the
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. Sf the f u s e is O K ,
repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the shift Sock
s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r a n d the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
fuse/relay box.
9. Shift the shift lever to P, a n d p r e s s the brake p e d a l ,
Do not p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r .
10. M e a s u r e t h e voltage b e t w e e n shift lock s o l e n o i d
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2 w h i l e p r e s s i n g
the brake p e d a l .
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0)..
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID C O N N E C T O R
5 R e m o v e t h e shift lever a s s e m b l y fsee p a g e 14-262),

8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r
{see page 14-297h
IGI (RED)
IG1 (BRN)
(Type B Shift Lever;
S L S (BLK)
S L S (PNK!
is there
battery
voltage?
N O G o to step 12.
(confd)
14-289

Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
11. R e l e a s e t h e brake p e d a l , a n d m e a s u r e the v o l t a g e
b e t w e e n shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
N o . 1 a n d N o . 2. T h e shift l e v e r m u s t be in P.
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR

14. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
t e r m i n a l A 2 8 a n d shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r
IG1 ( R E D )
IG1 (BRN)
( T y p e B Shift Lever)
SLS (BLK)
S L S (PNK)
PCIVI CONNECTOR A (49P)
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID C O N N E C T O R
SLS (BLK)

S L S (PNK)
rl
1
Is there battery
\ 1/? *J\ R^l , 1 Ki .1 . I
voltage?
S L S (PNK)
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 2 8 a n d the shift
lock s o l e n o i d .
N O C h e c k the shift lock m e c h a n i s m . If the
m e c h a n i s m is O K , r e p l a c e the shift lock s o l e n o i d
( s e e p a g e 14-297).
Wire side of
female terminals
Is there
Terminal side of
female terminals
continuity?
Y E S R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . T h e n update the

( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m g o e s
a w a y w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). I I
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 2 8 a n d the shift lock s o l e n o i d
connector.
14-290
18, M o n i t o r the B r a k e S w i t c h in t h e D a t a L i s t w i t h t h e
H D S , a n d p r e s s t h e brake p e d a l
21. M e a s u r e the voltage between P C M connector

terminal A 4 2 a n d body ground w h e n pressing the
brake p e d a l a n d w h e n t h e brake p e d a l i s r e l e a s e d .
is the Brake Switch
ON?
MOIf t h e b r a k e lights c o m e o n , g o to s t e p 17. If
the brake lights d o not w o r k , r e p a i r t h e faulty brake
light circuit,
17. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO).
PCIVI C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
FIT*
/, / / J 1 5 16
&><
1
\A
Z1
\r
4
9 hil.
19 20 21
28 27
/
k1
BKSW ( L T G R N )

19,. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
20. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N III}.
Is there battery voltage when pressing the brake

pedal, and about 0 V when the pedal is released?
Y E S R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . T h e n update t h e
P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e
(see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
(see p a g e 14-8), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m g o e s
PCM (seepage 11-216).
l \ I O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 4 2 a n d t h e brake pedal
position s w i t c h .
(confd)
14-291
A/T Interlock System

Shift Lock S f stem Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
2 2 . M o n i t o r the A / T P S w i t c h in the Data List w i t h the
27. Inspect the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
H D S with the shift l e v e r in P.
14-278).
Is the A/T
Is the switch
P Switch
ON?
ON?
t e r m i n a l s at the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h .
N O R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h
(see p a g e 14-280).
connector.
- s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 6 a n d No. 10.
3 1 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
30. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).


ATPP (BLU/BLK)
10
GND (BLK)
ATPP (BLK/BLU)
1 >
\/y\^[^j^LmZL

T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e
Is there
battery
terminals
voltage?
Is there
continuity?
t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r .
14-292
3 2 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
3 4 . C h e c k t h e A P P S E N S O R in the Data List w i t h the
terminal B14 and t r a n s m i s s i o n range switch
H D S . Do not p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r .
Is the accelerator
TRANSMISSION R A N G E
SWITCH CONNECTOR
PCM CONNECTOR B I49P)
18
25
?3
-1
I-i f
t?|!8 19 /
i s /
9 10
47
pedal
position
or the sensor
sensor
voltage
opening
1.16 V
and
above?
Y E S C h e c k t h e A P P S E N S O R f s e e p a g e 1.1-258).
ATPP (BLK/BLU)
3TT7
n 12 ia
5 % and above,
-1
ATPP fBLK/BLU!
M O R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . T h e n u p d a t e t h e
(see
p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n r e c h e c k , If t h e s y m p t o m g o e s
Wire side of
female terminals
Terminal side of
female terminals
is there
continuity?
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i i i a I B 1 4 a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
switch connector.
3 3 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
T R A N S M I S S I O N RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
9 10
5
I GND (BLK)
is (here
continuity?
Y E S R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . T h e n u p d a t e t h e
PCM
If it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e
f s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
{ s e e p a g e 14-81 t h e n r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m g o e s
PCM
( s e e p a g e 11-216).
M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n
r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 10.and b o d y
g r o u n d ( G 1 0 1 ) , or r e p a i r p o o r g r o u n d CG101
14-293

Key Interlock System Circuit Troubleshooting
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d In t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the
7. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g lock
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s for 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-19),
a s s e m b l y BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d b o d y
for 2-door ( s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d the p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
ground.
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before d o i n g repair or

service.
S T E E R I N G LOGIC A S S E M B L Y SP CONNECTOR
1. R e m o v e the d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
20-153), a n d t h e c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-168).
1
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to A C C E S S O R Y (I). T h e
1CEYSOL (BLU)
shift l e v e r m u s t b e in P.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g lock a s s e m b l y BP
connector.
4. C h e c k if the ignition s w i t c h c a n be t u r n e d to
L O C K (0).
Can the ignition
switch
he turned
to LOCK
(0)?
is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n the key interlock s o l e n o i d a n d the d r i v e r ' s
N O R e p l a c e the ignition key c y l i n d e r / s t e e r i n g lock
MICU.B
a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 17-34).
5. M a k e s u r e the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0).
8. R e m o v e the shift lever a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262).
6. M o v e the shift l e v e r out of P.
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n park pin s w i t c h / A / T
g e a r position indicator p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r
PARK PIN S W I T C H /
A / T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
PANEL LIGHT CONNECTOR
PPIN
(WHT)
is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position Indicator
p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d the d r i v e r ' s
MICU.B
14-294
10, Shift t h e shift l e v e r to P.
12. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
11, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n park pin s w i t c h / A / T

g e a r position indicator p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No, 2, Do not p u s h the shift
l e v e r button,
P A R K PIN S W I T C H /

14. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l No, 4 a n d
body ground.
A / T G E A R POSITION INDICATOR
P A N E L LIGHT CONNECTOR
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH F U S E /
RELAY BOX CONNECTOR F (33P)
ATPP (GRN)
PPIN (GRN)
i t 5 118117 118 P
GND {GRN)
2 2 23 24 25 26 27
33

is there continuity
Y E S R e p l a c e the park pin s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e

14-302).
is there about 0 V when the shift lever is in P, and

is there battery voltage when the shift lever is out
of P?
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a known-good driver's MICU and
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m g o e s a w a y w i t h a k n o w n g o o d d r i v e r ' s M I C U , r e p l a c e the original d r i v e r ' s
M I C U ( s e e p a g e 22-84).
N O R e p a i r or s h o r t to body g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 4 , the
t r a n s m i s s i o n range switch, and the driver's
MICU.H
15. Install t h e d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 5 3 ) ,
_ a n d the c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-168),
14-295

Key Interlock Solenoid Test
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in this a r e a . R e v i e w the
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s for 4-door f s e e p a g e 24-19),
for 2-door ( s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d the p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before d o i n g r e p a i r s or
service.
Shift Lock Solenoid Test

1. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r
(see p a g e 20-153) a n d the c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
20-168).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s t e e r i n g lock a s s e m b l y 6 P
connector.
3. Insert the Ignition key in the key c y l i n d e r , then turn
the Ignition key to A C C E S S O R Y (I).
4. C o n n e c t the p o s i t i v e battery t e r m i n a l to s t e e r i n g
lock a s s e m b l y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4, a n d
c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e battery t e r m i n a l to No. 3

t e r m i n a l . C h e c k that the ignition key c a n n o t be
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M a k e s u r e the
t u r n e d to L O C K (0). R e l e a s e the battery t e r m i n a l s ,
H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the P C M . if it d o e s not, g o
a n d c h e c k that t h e key c a n be t u r n e d to L O C K (0)
a n d r e m o v e d f r o m the c y l i n d e r .
11-192).
S T E E R I N G L O C K A S S E M B L Y BP
CONNECTOR
3. S e l e c t Shift L o c k S o l e n o i d T e s t in the
M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that the shift
lock s o l e n o i d o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S .
4. C h e c k that the shift l e v e r c a n be m o v e d out of P
w h e n the Shift L o c k S o l e n o i d is O N . M o v e the shift
lever back to P, a n d c h e c k that it l o c k s w i t h the Shift
L o c k S o l e n o i d is O F F .
5. C h e c k that the shift lock r e l e a s e s w h e n the shift
lock r e l e a s e is p u s h e d , a n d c h e c k that it l o c k s w h e n
the shift lock r e l e a s e is r e l e a s e d .
6. If the shift lock s o l e n o i d d o e s not w o r k properly, g o
5. If the key interlock s o l e n o i d w o r k s I m p r o p e r l y ,

r e p l a c e the ignition key c y l i n d e r / s t e e r i n g lock
a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 17-34).
6. Install t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r
( s e e p a g e 20-153) a n d t h e c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
20-168).
14-296
to the shift lock s y s t e m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e

14-289).
Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement

Type A Shift Lever
1. R e m o v e the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y f s e e p a g e 14-262),
4. D i s c o n n e c t the shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r (D).

5. R e p l a c e the shift lock s o l e n o i d , the s o l e n o i d
p l u n g e r ( E ) , a n d the p l u n g e r s p r i n g (F) a s s e m b l y .
2. R e l e a s e t h e Sock t a b s (A) retaining the shift lock

solenoid using thin-bladed screwdrivers.
6. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to the tip (G) of the shift lock

s t o p a n d the s o l e n o i d plunger.
N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n
7. C o n n e c t the shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r .
8. Install the shift lock s o l e n o i d by a l i g n i n g t h e joint of
t h e shift lock s o l e n o i d p l u n g e r w i t h the tip of t h e
shift lock s t o p , t h e n p u s h the shift lock s o l e n o i d Into
t h e shift l e v e r s e c u r e l y .
9. install the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).
(cont'd)
14-297
A/T Interlock S f stem

Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement {cont'd)
Type B Shift Lewer
7. Install t h e shift lock s o l e n o i d b y aligning the joint of

the shift lock s o l e n o i d p l u n g e r w i t h the tip of the
shift lock s t o p , t h e n p u s h t h e shift Sock s o l e n o i d into

the shift Sever s e c u r e l y .
2. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l f r o m

t h e shift lever ( s e e p a g e 14-268).- -
8. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l on t h e

shift lever ( s e e p a g e 14-268).
3. R e m o v e the shift lock s o l e n o i d h a r n e s s (A) f r o m

the h a r n e s s g u i d e .
9. T i e the h a r n e s s e s of the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r

position indicator p a n e l light a n d the shift lock
s o l e n o i d at the h a r n e s s d a m p .
10. Install the shift Sever a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-268).
4. R e l e a s e the lock t a b (B) retaining the shift Sock

solenoid using a thin-bladed screwdriver.
5. R e p l a c e the shift lock s o l e n o i d (C), the s o l e n o i d
p l u n g e r (D), a n d the p l u n g e r s p r i n g (E) a s s e m b l y .
6. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to t h e tip (F) of the shift lock
s t o p a n d the s o l e n o i d p l u n g e r .
14-298
Shift Lock Stop, Shift Lock Stop Cushion Replacement

Type A Shift Lever
Type B Shift Lever
1. R e m o v e the shift lock s o l e n o i d ( s e e p a g e 14-297).
2, R e m o v e t h e shift lock s t o p (A) a n d t h e s t o p c u s h i o n

as a s e t
2. R e l e a s e t h e lock t a b (A) retaining the shift lock
3. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to t h e pin (B) o n the shift

l e v e r bracket, a n d install the shift lock s t o p o v e r t h e
pin,
N O T E : Make s u r e not to g e t a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n
hands or gloves,
'solenoid using a thin-bladed screwdriver.
3. R e m o v e the shift lock s t o p (B) a n d the s t o p c u s h i o n

a s a set.
4. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to the pin ( C ) o n the shift
l e v e r bracket, a n d install the shift lock s t o p o v e r the
pin.
4. Install a n e w shift lock s t o p .
t h e t e r m i n a l part of t h e c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
5. Install the shift lock s o l e n o i d ( s e e p a g e 14-296).
5 . Install a n e w shift lock s t o p .
6, Install t h e shift lock s o l e n o i d by aligning the joint of
the shift lock s o l e n o i d p l u n g e r w i t h t h e tip of the
shift lock s t o p , t h e n p u s h the shift lock s o l e n o i d into
the shift l e v e r s e c u r e l y .
7. Install the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).
14-299
A/T,Interlock System
Shift Lock Release, Release Spring, .
Type A Shift Lever
Release Shaft Replacement

6. Install t h e shift lock r e l e a s e s p r i n g (A) in t h e shift
T R e m o v e t h e shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262).
2. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l f r o m
the shift l e v e r
3. R e l e a s e the lock (A) of t h e shift lock r e l e a s e , a n d
r e m o v e the shift lock r e l e a s e a n d t h e r e l e a s e s p r i n g
(B).
7. Install t h e shift lock r e l e a s e s h a f t (C) in t h e shift

lever, a n d install t h e shift lock r e l e a s e a n d t h e
r e l e a s e s p r i n g o n t h e r e l e a s e shaft e n d .
4. R e l e a s e the lock (C) of t h e shift lock r e l e a s e s h a f t ,
a n d r e m o v e t h e shaft (Dh
8. M a k e s u r e that t h e r e l e a s e s p r i n g e n d (A) is
installed in t h e shift Sock r e l e a s e (B), a n d t h e
5 . R e p l a c e the shift lock r e l e a s e , t h e r e l e a s e s p r i n g , or
h o o k e d e n d (C) is o n t h e s t o p (D).
the r e l e a s e shaft.
9. Install t h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l o n t h e

shift lever.
10. Install t h e shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).
14-300
Park Pin Switch Test

1. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e { s e e p a g e 20-148).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position
indicator p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r .
3. S h i f t the shift l e v e r to P, a n d c h e c k for continuity
b e t w e e n park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position indicator
p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 2,
T h e r e s h o u l d be no continuity.
4. Shift o u t of P, a n d c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 2.
T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity,
5. If the park pin s w i t c h t e s t s O K , g o to s t e p 6.
If the park pin s w i t c h f a i l s the t e s t r e p l a c e the park
pin s w i t c h f s e e p a g e 14-302).
6< Install t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e f s e e p a g e 20-148).
14-301

Park Pin Switch Replacement
Type A Shift Lever
5. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l Sight

s o c k e t (D) f r o m the indicator p a n e l b a s e (Eh
N O T E : T h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l Sight

h a r n e s s a n d the park pin s w i t c h a r e not a v a i l a b l e
6. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l (F),
s e p a r a t e l y . R e p l a c e the A / T g e a r position indicator
a n d d i s a s s e m b l e the indicator p a n e l a n d the p a n e l
p a n e l fight h a r n e s s a n d t h e park pin s w i t c h a s a s e t
base.
7. R e l e a s e the lock (A) of the shift lock r e l e a s e , a n d

r e m o v e the shift Sock r e l e a s e a n d the r e l e a s e s p r i n g

3. W r a p the e n d of a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r w i t h t a p e , pry
the shift Sever knob c o v e r Socks, a n d r e m o v e the
shift lever knob c o v e r (A).

knob (C) f r o m t h e shift lever.
14-302
(B).
8> R e m o v e t h e s c r e w (A), the h a r n e s s w i r e tie-(B), a n d

r e m o v e t h e fight bulb (Q f r o m the s o c k e t
10, Install a n e w park pin s w i t c h , a n d s e c u r e the s w i t c h

with a n e w s c r e w ,
13. Install the shift lock r e l e a s e s p r i n g (A) in the shift

14. Install t h e shift lock r e l e a s e a n d t h e r e l e a s e s p r i n g

o n the r e l e a s e s h a f t e n d .
11, T i e t h e h a r n e s s e s of t h e park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r

p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r p a n e l light a n d the shift lock
s o l e n o i d at t h e g u i d e w i t h the h a r n e s s w i r e tie.
12, Install t h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light
b u l b in t h e s o c k e t .
(cont'd)
14-303
A/T-Interlock System
Park Pin Switch Replacement (cont'd)
15. M a k e s u r e that the r e l e a s e s p r i n g e n d (A) is
installed in t h e shift lock r e l e a s e (B), a n d the

h o o k e d e n d (C) is o n the s t o p (D).

indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s e s . T a k e the s l a c k out
of the h a r n e s s e s , a n d s e c u r e the h a r n e s s e s w i t h the
h a r n e s s w i r e tie at the g u i d e .
19. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l (C).
20. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to the top CD) of the shift l e v e r

rod.
2 1 . Install the shift Sever knob IE) o v e r the shift lever.

22. Install the shift Sever knob c o v e r (F) o n the shift
l e v e r knob w i t h n e w s c r e w s (G).
23. Install the shift Sever a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).
24. Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
14-304
Type B Shift Lewr
4. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s (B), a n d r e m o v e the.shift l e v e r
k n o b (C) f r o m t h e shift lever.
N O T E : T h e A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n indicator p a n e l light
h a r n e s s arid t h e park pin s w i t c h a r e not a v a i l a b l e
s e p a r a t e l y . R e p l a c e t h e A / T g e a r position indicator
5. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n indicator p a n e l Sight

s o c k e t (D) f r o m the indicator p a n e l b a s e ( E h
p a n e l light h a r n e s s a n d t h e park pin s w i t c h a s a s e t .

6. R e m o v e t h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l (F),
1. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
a n d d i s a s s e m b l e the indicator p a n e l a n d t h e p a n e l
base.
2. R e m o v e t h e shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262).
7. R e m o v e t h e light bulb (A) f r o m the s o c k e t .
3. W r a p t h e e n d of a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r w i t h t a p e , pry
t h e shift l e v e r k n o b c o v e r l o c k s , a n d r e m o v e t h e
shift l e v e r k n o b c o v e r (A).
8. R e m o v e the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position

indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s (B)
a n d the shift lock
s o l e n o i d h a r n e s s (C) f r o m the h a r n e s s g u i d e (Dh

9. Install a n e w park pin s w i t c h ( E ) .
indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s a n d t h e shift lock
s o l e n o i d h a r n e s s in the h a r n e s s g u i d e .
b u l b in t h e s o c k e t
(confd)
14-305

Park Pin Switch Replacement (cont'd)
(A).
18. Install the shift l e v e r k n o b c o v e r (F) on the shift

Sever knob w i t h n e w s c r e w s (G),
19. Install the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).
20. Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e f s e e p a g e 20-148).

indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s e s . T a k e the s l a c k out
of the h a r n e s s e s , a n d s e c u r e t h e h a r n e s s e s in the
guide.
15. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator panel (C).
rod.
e s p e c i a l l y sf y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r
17. Install the shift Sever knob (E) o v e r the shift lever.
14-306

End Cower Removal
S p e d a ! Tools Required
fVialrtshaft h o l d e r 0 7 G A B - P F 5 0 1 0 1
1. R e m o v e the t h r e e bolts (D) s e c u r i n g the A T F c o o l e r inlet line b r a c k e t s , the A T F filter bracket bolts ( E ) , the A T F
c o o l e r line b a n j o bolts (F), a n d r e m o v e the A T F c o o l e r f i n e / A T F filter (G) a n d t h e filter b r a c k e t s (H).
2 , R e m o v e t h e A T F c o o l e r outlet line (IK

3 , R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A , the A T F joint p i p e s , the O - r i n g s , t h e A T F p i p e , a n d the
gasket.
4, R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C w i t h the h a r n e s s b r a c k e t s , t h e A T F joint p i p e s , the
O-rings, and the gasket,
5 , R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r ( J ) .
6, R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h h a r n e s s c l a m p s (K) f r o m the c l a m p bracket (L), t h e n r e m o v e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (M).
7, R e m o v e t h e e n d c o v e r (N), the d o w e l p i n s , the O - r i n g s , a n d the e n d c o v e r g a s k e t .
( c o n f d )
14-307
T r a n s m i s s i o n End Cover
End Cover Removal (cont'd)
8. Install the m a i n s h a f t h o l d e r onto the m a i n s h a f t .
12. S e t a t w o - j a w (or t h r e e - j a w ) puller (A) on the

c o u n t e r s h a f t (B) w i t h a s p a c e r (C) b e t w e e n the puller a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t , t h e n r e m o v e t h e park
gear(D).
9. E n g a g e the park p a w l w i t h the park g e a r .

13. Install a puller (A) w i t h t w o 6 x 1.0 m m bolts (B) o n
10. C u t the lock tab (A) of the e a c h shaft locknut (B)
the m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r (C). S e t a s p a c e r (D)
u s i n g a c h i s e l (C). T h e n r e m o v e the l o c k n u t s a n d
b e t w e e n the puller a n d the m a i n s h a f t (E), t h e n
the c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r s f r o m e a c h shaft.
r e m o v e the m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r .
NOTE:
* C o u n t e r s h a f t a n d s e c o n d a r y shaft locknuts h a v e
left-hand t h r e a d s .
* K e e p all of the c h i s e l e d p a r t i c l e s out of the
transmission.
* C l e a n the old m a i n s h a f t a n d the old c o u n t e r s h a f t

locknuts; t h e y a r e u s e d to install the p r e s s fit idler
g e a r on the m a i n s h a f t , a n d the park g e a r o n the
countershaft.
B
14. R e m o v e the park p a w l (F), the park p a w l s p r i n g ( G ) ,
the park p a w l shaft (H), a n d the s t o p shaft (I).
15. R e m o v e the park l e v e r (J) f r o m the control shaft (K).
11. R e m o v e the m a i n s h a f t h o l d e r f r o m the m a i n s h a f t .
14-308
Park Lever Stop Inspection and

Adjustment
1. S e t the park l e v e r in t h e P position.
2, M e a s u r e the d i s t a n c e (A) b e t w e e n the park p a w l
s h a f t (B) a n d t h e park l e v e r roller pin (C),
Idler Gear Shaft Bearing

Replacement
A d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller, 2 5 4 0 m m
07736-A01000B or07736-AQ1000A
Driver 07749-0010000
A t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 4 0 0
S t a n d a r d : 5 7 . 7 5 8 . 7 m m (2.272.31 I n J
1. R e m o v e the idler g e a r shaft b e a r i n g (A) f r o m the
e n d c o v e r (B) u s i n g the 2 5 4 0 m m a d j u s t a b l e
b e a r i n g puller a n d a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
3/8 " - 1 6 s l i d e h a m m e r (C).
V
3. If the m e a s u r e m e n t Is out of s t a n d a r d , s e l e c t a n d
install t h e a p p r o p r i a t e park l e v e r s t o p (A) f r o m t h e
table.
2. Install a n e w b e a r i n g in t h e e n d c o v e r u s i n g the
d r i v e r a n d the 52 x 55 m m a t t a c h m e n t
PARK LEVER STOP

Mark
Part t i m b e r
11.00 m m
11,00 m m
(0,433 in.)
(0.433 in.)
10.80 m m
10=65 m m
(0.419 in.)
24537-PA9-003
24538-PA9-003
24539-PA9-GG3
( 0 . 4 2 5 in.)
10.60 m m
(0.417 in.)
10.30 m m
(0.406 in.)
4. After r e p l a c i n g the park l e v e r s t o p , m a k e s u r e the

d i s t a n c e is w i t h i n t o l e r a n c e .
14-309

Selector Control Shaft Oil Sea!
Replacement
Selector Control Shaft Bearing

Replacement

* Driver 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
* Driver 07749-0010000
- A t t a c h m e n t , 22 x 24 m m
07746-001A800
1. R e m o v e t h e oil s e a l (A) f r o m t h e e n d c o v e r (B).
3}
* A t t a c h m e n t , 22 x 24 m m
07746-001A800
1 . R e m o v e the oil s e a l f r o m the e n d c o v e r , t h e n

r e m o v e the b e a r i n g .
2. Install a n e w oil s e a l f l u s h to t h e e n d c o v e r u s i n g
the driver a n d the 22 x 24 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
2. Install a n e w b e a r i n g f l u s h to the e n d c o v e r u s i n g
the driver a n d the 22 x 24 m m
3. Install a n e w oil s e a l .
14-310
attachment
ATF Feed Pipe Replacement

1, R e m o v e t h e s o a p r i n g s (A), the A T F f e e d p i p e s (B),
a n d t h e f e e d p i p e f l a n g e s (C) f r o m t h e e n d c o v e r fD).
N O T E : R e p l a c e t h e e n d c o v e r , if t h e 1st c l u t c h A T F
f e e d pipe I E ) r e p l a c e m e n t is r e q u i r e d .
2. Install n e w O - r i n g s I F ) o v e r t h e A T F f e e d p i p e s .
3. Install t h e A T F f e e d p i p e s in t h e e n d c o v e r b y
a l i g n i n g the f e e d pipe t a b s w i t h t h e i n d e n t a t i o n s in
the e n d c o v e r .
4. Install n e w O - r i n g s CG) in t h e e n d c o v e r , t h e n install
the f e e d pipe f l a n g e s o v e r the A T F f e e d p i p e s .
5. S e c u r e the A T F f e e d p i p e s a n d t h e f e e d pipe
flanges with the s n a p rings.
Housing and Shaft Assembly Removal
H o u s i n g puller 0 7 H A C - P K 4 0 1 0 2
1. R e m o v e the A T F f e e d pipe (A) f r o m the idler g e a r shaft, a n d r e m o v e the A T F lubrication pipe (B) f r o m the
B
2. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (C), the d o w e l p i n s (D), a n d the g a s k e t (E).

3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s f r o m the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s , a n d r e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (F) with the
O-ring.
4. R e m o v e the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (G) w i t h the O - r i n g , a n d r e m o v e the output shaft (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r (H) w i t h the O-ring a n d the w a s h e r (I).
5. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g bolts (19 bolts) (J) a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r (K).
14-312
8, A l i g n the s p r i n g pin (A) o n the s e l e c t o r control shaft

(B) w i t h the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g g r o o v e (C) by
t u r n i n g the s e l e c t o r control s h a f t w i t h the s e l e c t o r
c o n t r o l lever.
3. R e m o v e the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r a n d the
needle bearing.
9. R e m o v e the lock bolt s e c u r i n g the r e v e r s e shift fork,
t h e n r e m o v e the r e v e r s e shift fork with the r e v e r s e
M O T E : D o not s q u e e z e the e n d of the s e l e c t o r

control s h a f t tips t o g e t h e r w h e n turning
the
s e l e c t o r control shaft.
s e l e c t o r together.
-
10. R e m o v e t h e s e l e c t o r control l e v e r f r o m the s e l e c t o r

control shaft,
11. U n l o c k the detent s p r i n g (A) f r o m the detent a r m
(B).
7, Install the h o u s i n g puller o v e r the m a i n s h a f t , t h e n

r e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
(confd)
14-313
Housing and Shaft Assembly Removal ( c o n t ' d )
12. R e m o v e t h e s e l e c t o r control s h a f t (A) f r o m the
torque converter housing.
14. R e m o v e the m a s n s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y ( A ) the

c o u n t e r s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y (B) a n d the s e c o n d a r y
shaft s u b a s s e m b l y (C) together. Do not b u m p the
c o u n t e r s h a f t on the baffle plate (D).
f
13. T u r n the detent a r m IB) a w a y f r o m the

c o u n t e r s h a f t (C).
15. R e m o v e the baffle plate.

16. R e m o v e the differential a s s e m b l y (E).
14-314
Bearing Removal
* A t t a c h m e n t 73 x 80 m m 07NAD-PX40100
* Driver 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
* A t t a c h m e n t 42 x 47 m m 0 7 7 4 8 - 0 0 1 0 3 0 0
3. T o r e m o v e the s e c o n d a r y shaft b e a r i n g a n d the

idler g e a r shaft b e a r i n g , e x p a n d e a c h s n a p ring
u s i n g s n a p ring pliers, t h e n d r i v e t h e b e a r i n g out
u s i n g t h e d r i v e r a n d the 42 x 47 m m a t t a c h m e n t
1. R e m o v e t h e Idler g e a r s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 14-3421
w h e n r e m o v i n g the m a i n s h a f t b e a r i n g a n d the idler
g e a r shaft b e a r i n g ,
N O T E : If y o u a r e o n l y r e m o v i n g t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t
b e a r i n g , t h e idler g e a r shaft r e m o v a l is not n e e d e d .
2, T o r e m o v e the mainshaft bearing and the
countershaft bearing from the t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g , e x p a n d e a c h s n a p ring u s i n g s n a p ring
p l i e r s , t h e n d r i v e the b e a r i n g out u s i n g t h e d r i v e r
a n d t h e 7 8 x 80 m m a t t a c h m e n t
N O T E : D o not r e m o v e t h e s n a p ring u n l e s s it's
n e c e s s a r y to c l e a n t h e g r o o v e s in the t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing.
14-315
Bearing Installation
* A t t a c h m e n t 78 x 8 0 m m 0 7 N A D - P X 4 0 1 0 0
D r i v e r 07749-0010000
* A t t a c h m e n t 42 x 47 m m
07746-0010300
4. E x p a n d the s n a p ring of t h e s e c o n d a r y shaft

b e a r i n g (A) the idler g e a r s h a f t b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g
the s n a p ring p l i e r s , a n d install the b e a r i n g partw a y into the h o u s i n g u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d the
42 x 47 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
1. Install the b e a r i n g s in the direction s h o w n ,

07749-0010000
2. E x p a n d e a c h s n a p ring u s i n g s n a p ring p l i e r s , a n d
install the m a i n s h a f t b e a r i n g (A) a n d the
c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g (B) p a r t - w a y into the h o u s i n g
u s i n g the driver a n d the 7 8 x 80 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
7749-001000
07NAD-PX40100
07746-0010300
R e l e a s e s n a p ring p l i e r s , t h e n p u s h t h e b e a r i n g s
d o w n into the h o u s i n g until the s n a p ring s n a p s in
place around it
R e l e a s e the s n a p ring p l i e r s , t h e n p u s h the b e a r i n g

d o w n into the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g until the s n a p
ring s n a p s in p l a c e a r o u n d i t
After installing the b e a r i n g s c h e c k that the s n a p

rings (A) a r e s e a t e d in t h e b e a r i n g a n d t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g g r o o v e s , a n d that the s n a p
ring e n d g a p s (B) a r e c o r r e c t .
B: 0 - 7 mm ( 0 - 0 . 2 8 In.)
7. Install the idler g e a r s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 14-342).
14-316
Reverse Idler Gear Removal and Installation

Removal
Installation
1. R e m o v e the bolt (A) s e c u r i n g the r e v e r s e idler g e a r

s h a f t h o l d e r (B).
1. Install the r e v e r s e idler g e a r in the t r a n s m i s s i o n

housing.
2. Lightly c o a t the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft (A), n e e d l e
b e a r i n g (B), a n d n e w O - r i n g s (C) w i t h lithium
grease.
2, Install a 5 x 0,8 m m bolt (C) in t h e r e v e r s e idler g e a r

s h a f t (D) and pull it to r e m o v e the r e v e r s e idler
g e a r shaft a n d the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft h o l d e r
together,
f
3, R e m o v e t h e r e v e r s e idler g e a r (A),
3. A s s e m b l e n e w O - r i n g s a n d the n e e d l e bearing o n
the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft, t h e n install the r e v e r s e
idler g e a r shaft in the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft
h o l d e r (D). A l i g n the D - s h a p e d cut out (E) of the
r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft with the D - s h a p e d a r e a (F)
of the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft holder.
4. Install t h e r e v e r s e idler g e a r s h a f t / h o l d e r a s s e m b l y
on the t r a n s m i s s i o n housing.
14-317
Valve Body
Valve Body and ATF Strainer Removal
1. R e m o v e the A T F f e e d p i p e s (A) a n d the A T F joint p i p e s (B).
2. R e m o v e the A T F s t r a i n e r (C) (two bolts).

3. R e m o v e the regulator v a l v e b o d y (D) (eight bolts).
14-318
4, R e m o v e the stator s h a f t (E) a n d t h e stator shaft
11. T e s t the A T F s t r a i n e r by p o u r i n g - c l e a n A T F t h r o u g h
s t o p {} t h e n r e m o v e t h e regulator s e p a r a t o r plate
t h e inlet o p e n i n g , a n d r e p l a c e it if it is c l o g g e d or
( G ) a n d the t w o d o w e l p i n s (H).
damaged.
5 , R e m o v e t h e s e r v o b o d y (I) (12 bolts), t h e n r e m o v e
1 2 . R e m o v e t h e O - r i n g s (W) (X) f r o m the s t a t o r shaft
t h e s e r v o s e p a r a t o r plate (J) a n d the t w o dowef
a n d the A T F strainer, install n e w o n e s w h e n
p i n s IKK
installing t h e v a l v e b o d i e s .
6 R e m o v e the c o o l e r c h e c k v a l v e s p r i n g (L) a n d t h e
c o o l e r c h e c k v a l v e {M} t h e n r e m o v e the m a i n v a l v e
b o d y INI (three bolts). D o not let t h e t w o c h e c k b a l l s
10) fall out, a n d d o not u s e a m a g n e t to r e m o v e t h e
c h e c k b a l l s , it m a y m a g n e t i z e t h e m .
r
1\ R e m o v e t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r shaft (P), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r (Q) a n d the A T F
pump d r i v e g e a r (R).
8. R e m o v e t h e m a i n s e p a r a t o r plate I S ) a n d t h e t w o
dowel pins 0 1 ,
9. R e m o v e the A T F m a g n e t f U ) , c l e a n a n d reinstall it
in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g IV).
C l e a n t h e inlet o p e n i n g (A) of the A T F s t r a i n e r (6)

t h o r o u g h l y w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air, t h e n c h e c k that it
is in-good c o n d i t i o n a n d that the inlet o p e n i n g is
not c l o g g e d .
B
14-319
Valve Body
Valve Body Repair
N O T E : T h i s r e p a i r is only n e c e s s a r y if o n e or m o r e of
the v a l v e s in a v a l v e body do not .slide s m o o t h l y in their
b o r e s . U s e this p r o c e d u r e to free the v a l v e s .
1. S o a k a s h e e t of # 600 a b r a s i v e p a p e r in A T F for
a b o u t 30 m i n u t e s .
2. C a r e f u l l y tap the v a l v e b o d y s o the sticking v a l v e
5. R e m o v e the # 6 0 0 p a p e r . T h o r o u g h l y w a s h the
entire v a l v e b o d y in s o l v e n t , t h e n dry it w i t h
c o m p r e s s e d air.
6. C o a t the v a l v e w i t h A T F , t h e n d r o p it into its b o r e . It
s h o u l d drop to the bottom of the bore u n d e r its
o w n w e i g h t if not, repeat s t e p 4, t h e n r e t e s t if the
v a l v e still s t i c k s , r e p l a c e the v a l v e b o d y .
d r o p s out of its bore. It m a y be n e c e s s a r y to u s e a

s m a l l s c r e w d r i v e r to pry the v a l v e free. B e careful
not to s c r a t c h the bore.
3. I n s p e c t the v a l v e for a n y s c u f f m a r k s . U s e the A T F s o a k e d # 600 p a p e r to p o l i s h off a n y b u r r s that are
on the v a l v e , t h e n w a s h the v a l v e in s o l v e n t a n d
dry it with c o m p r e s s e d air.
4. Roll up half a s h e e t of A T F - s o a k e d # 6 0 0 p a p e r a n d
insert it in the v a l v e bore of the sticking v a l v e .
T w i s t the p a p e r slightly, s o that it u n r o l l s a n d fits
the bore tightly, t h e n p o l i s h the b o r e by twisting the
p a p e r a s y o u p u s h it in a n d o u t
N O T E : T h e v a l v e b o d y is a l u m i n u m a n d d o e s not
require m u c h p o l i s h i n g to r e m o v e a n y b u r r s .
7. R e m o v e the v a l v e , a n d t h o r o u g h l y c l e a n it a n d t h e
v a l v e b o d y w i t h s o l v e n t . Dry all p a r t s w i t h
c o m p r e s s e d air, t h e n r e a s s e m b l e u s i n g A T F a s a
lubricant
14-320
Valve Body Valve installation

1. C o a t all parts w i t h A T F before a s s e m b l y ,
2, Install the v a l v e s a n d the s p r i n g s in the s e q u e n c e
s h o w n for the m a i n v a l v e b o d y f s e e p a g e 14-322),
the regulator v a l v e b o d y ( s e e p a g e 14-3241 a n d the
s e r v o b o d y { s e e p a g e 14-325}, R e f e r to the
f o l l o w i n g v a l v e c a p illustrations, a n d install e a c h
v a l v e c a p s o t h e e n d s h o w n f a c i n g u p will be f a c i n g
t h e o u t s i d e of the v a l v e b o d y .
3. Install all the s p r i n g s a n d t h e s e a t s . Insert the

s p r i n g (A) in t h e v a l v e , t h e n install the v a l v e in the
v a l v e b o d y (B), P u s h the s p r i n g in u s i n g a
s c r e w d r i v e r , then install the s p r i n g s e a t (C).
ValveBody
Main Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1. C l e a n all parts t h o r o u g h l y in s o l v e n t a n d dry t h e m w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. B l o w out a l l p a s s a g e s .
2. D o not u s e a m a g n e t to r e m o v e the c h e c k b a l l s , it m a y m a g n e t i z e the b a l l s .
3. Inspect the v a l v e b o d y for s c o r i n g a n d d a m a g e .
4. C h e c k all v a l v e s for f r e e m o v e m e n t If a n y fail to s l i d e freely, d o the v a l v e b o d y repair p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-320),
5. C o a t all parts w i t h A T F during a s s e m b l y .
SPRING SPECIFICATIONS
Springs
Wire Diameter
0.8 (0.031)
0.8 (0.031)
0.8 (0.031)
S t a n d a r d ( N e w hUnlti mm (In.)
Free Length
O.D.
28.1 (1.106)
5.6 (0.220)
28.1 (1.106)
5.6 (0.220)
28.1 (1.106)
5.6 (0.220)
N o . of C o l l s
15.9
15.9
15.9
A
B
C
D
Shift v a l v e A s p r i n g
Shift v a l v e B s p r i n g
Shift v a l v e C s p r i n g
Relief v a l v e s p r i n g
34.1 (1.343)
10.2
L o c k - u p control v a l v e s p r i n g
1.0 (0.039)
0.65 (0.026)
9.6 (0.378)
7.1 (0.280)
23.1 (0.909)
12.7
Cooler check valve spring
0.85 (0.033)
6.6 (0.260)
27.0(1.063)
S e r v o control v a l v e s p r i n g
0.7 (0.028)
6.6 (0.260)
35.7(1.406)
11.3
17.2
Shift v a l v e E s p r i n g
0.8 (0.031)
5.6 (0.220)
28.1 (1.106)
15.9
14-322
ATF Pump Inspection

1. Install t h e A T F p o m p d r i v e g e a r (A), t h e d r i v e n g e a r
(B), a n d t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t (CI in the
m a i n v a l v e b o d y f DK L u b r i c a t e ail p a r t s with A T F ,
a n d install t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r w i t h its
grooved a n d c h a m f e r e d side facing up.
B
2. M e a s u r e t h e s i d e c l e a r a n c e of the A T F p u m p drive
g e a r (A) a n d the d r i v e n g e a r (B).
A T F P u m p G e a r s S i d e (Radial) C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New)
A T F P u m p Drive Gear:
0.210-0.265 m m (0.0083-0.0104
A T F P u m p Driven Gear:
0.070-0.125 m m (0.0028-0.0049
in.)
in.)
B
0
3. R e m o v e t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r shaft. M e a s u r e
the thrust clearance between the A T F pump driven
g e a r (A) a n d the m a i n v a l v e b o d y (B) u s i n g a
s t r a i g h t e d g e (C) a n d a f e e l e r g a u g e (D).
A T F P u m p D r i y e / D r i v e n G e a r T h r u s t (Axial)
Clearance
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 0 3 - 0 . 0 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 - 0 . 0 0 2 in.)
Service Limit:
0.07 m m (0.003 in,)
C
14-323
Valve-Body
Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1. C l e a n all parts t h o r o u g h l y in s o l v e n t a n d dry t h e m w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. B l o w out all p a s s a g e s .
2. Inspect the v a l v e b o d y for s c o r i n g a n d d a m a g e .
3. C h e c k all v a l v e s for free m o v e m e n t . If a n y fas! to s l i d e freely, d o the v a l v e b o d y repair p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-320),
4. Hold the regulator s p r i n g c a p in p l a c e w h i l e r e m o v i n g the stop b o l t T h e regulator spring, c a p is s p r i n g l o a d e d .
5. C o a t all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g a s s e m b l y .
6. R e p l a c e the O - r i n g s w i t h n e w o n e s .
7. W h e n r e a s s e m b l i n g the v a l v e b o d y , align the hole in the regulator s p r i n g c a p w i t h the hole in the v a l v e b o d y , t h e n
p r e s s the s p r i n g c a p into the v a l v e body, a n d tighten the s t o p b o l t
V A L V E CAP
V
E CAP C U P
Springs
Wire Diameter
S t a n d a r d ( N e w )-Unit: m m (in.)
Free Length
O.D.
N o . of C o i l s
1.92
Stator reaction s p r i n g
4.5 (0.177)
35.4(1.394)
30.3(1.193)
Regulator valve spring A
1.85 (0.073)
14.7 (0.579)
83.0 (3.268)
16.9
C
D
Regulator valve spring B
1.6 (0.063)
9.2 (0.362)
44.0(1.732)
12.5
Torque converter check valve spring
1.2(0.047)
1.0(0.039)
8.6 (0.339)
33.8(1.331)
12.2
6.6 (0.260)
2.5 (0.098)
14.6 (0.575)
35.5(1.398)
29.4(1.157)
18.2
L o c k - u p shift v a l v e s p r i n g
3rd a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g
1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g A
2.4 (0.094)
18.6 (0.732)
49.0(1.929)
7.1
- H
1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g B
2.3 (0.091)
12.2 (0.480)
31.5(1.240)
6.6
14-324
4.9
Servo Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. C l e a n all p a r t s t h o r o u g h l y in s o l v e n t , a n d d r y t h e m w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. B l o w out all p a s s a g e s ,
2. I n s p e c t the v a l v e b o d y for s c o r i n g a n d d a m a g e .
3. C h e c k shift v a l v e D for f r e e m o v e m e n t If it fails to s l i d e freely, d o t h e v a l v e b o d y repair p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
14-320).
4.. W h e n r e m o v i n g a n d installing the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s , refer to the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s r e m o v a l a n d installation
f s e e p a g e 14-326).
5. C o a t all parts with A T F d u r i n g a s s e m b l y .
8, R e p l a c e the O - r i n g s w i t h n e w o n e s .
Springs
A
Shift v a l v e D s p r i n g
Wire Diameter
0.8 (0.031)
4th a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g B
2.3(0.091)
4th a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g A
2.4 (0.094)
2nd accumulator spring B
2.1 (0.083)
2nd accumulator spring A
2.1 (0.083)
5th a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g
2.5 (0.098)
S t a n d a r d ( N e w |-Unlt: m m (in.)
O.D.
Free Length
28.1 (1.106)
5.6 (0.220)
31.5(1.240)
12.2 (0.480)
49.0 (1.929)
18.6 (0.732)
-34.0(1.339)
10.8 (0.425)
48.7(1.917)
16.6 (0.654)
29.9(1.177)
14.6 (0.575)
N o . of C o i l s
15.9
6.6
7.1
8.2
8.4
4.9
14-325
Valve Body
Shift Solenoid Valve Removal and Installation
NOTE:
* D o not hold the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r to
. r e m o v e a n d to install the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . Hold
5. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E by holding the shift

s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; be s u r e that the m o u n t i n g
bracket c o n t a c t s the s e r v o b o d y ,
the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y .
Do not install the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A before
installing the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D, a n d do not install
6. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B by holding the shift

shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B before shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E . If
bracket c o n t a c t s the bracket o n shift s o l e n o i d
shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d B a r e installed before shift
vaive E.
s o l e n o i d v a l v e s D a n d E, it m a y d a m a g e the h y d r a u l i c
control s y s t e m .
7. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C b y holding the shift

s o l e n o i d v a l v e body; be s u r e that the m o u n t i n g
1. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s by holding the

s o l e n o i d v a l v e body.
2.; Install n e w O - r i n g s (two O - r i n g s per shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e ) (F) on the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s .
N O T E : A new solenoid valve c o m e s with n e w
O - r i n g s . If y o u install a n e w s o l e n o i d v a l v e , u s e the
O - r i n g s p r o v i d e d w i t h it.
3. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D by holding the shift

4, Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A by holding the shift
bracket c o n t a c t s the bracket o n shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e D.
14-326

Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement
S p e c i a l Tciols Recfyfred
Install a n e w oil s e a l f l u s h w i t h the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
* A d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller, 2 5 4 0 m m
0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 6 or 0 7 7 3 8 - A 0 1 0 0 0 A
h o u s i n g u s i n g t h e driver a n d the 72 x 7 5 m m
attachment,
* Driver 07749-0010000
* A t t a c h m e n t 62 x 6 8 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 5 0 0
* Attachment 72
75 m m 07746-0010600
N O T E : D o not drive the oil s e a l into the t o r q u e

c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g until it b o t t o m s out; it will block
the fluid return p a s s a g e a n d c a u s e t r a n s m i s s i o n
1, R e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t b e a r i n g a n d the oil s e a l
damage..
u s i n g the a d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller a n d a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e 3/8 " - 1 6 s l i d e h a m m e r (A).
07749-0010000
7746-0010600
07736-AO1O00B or
07738-A01000A
2. Install a n e w m a i n s h a f t b e a r i n g until it b o t t o m s in
the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g u s i n g t h e d r i v e r a n d
t h e 82 x 88 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
07749-0010000
07748-0010500
14-327

Countershaft Bearing Replacement
A d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller, 2 5 4 0 m m
0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 B or 0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 A
4. Install the c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g s e c u r e l y in t h e
torque c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d the
62 x 68 m m
attachment
D r i v e r 07749-0010000
* A t t a c h m e n t 62 x 68 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 5 0 0
1. R e m o v e the c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g u s i n g the
a d j u s t a b l e bearing puller a n d a c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e 3/8 "-16 s l i d e h a m m e r (A).
5. M a k e s u r e that the b e a r i n g outer r a c e notch-cut (A)

is installed at a height of 0 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 0 . 0 0 2 in.)
(B) a b o v e the torque c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g s u r f a c e (C).
Do not install the c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g h i g h e r t h a n
0.05 m m (0.002 in.) a b o v e t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
housing surface.
A
07736-A01000B
07736-A01000A
2. R e m o v e the A T F g u i d e plate (A), a n d c h e c k it for

w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the g u i d e plate is w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it.
3. Install the A T F g u i d e plate in the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r

h o u s i n g , a n d install a n e w c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g (B).
14-328
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement

Special Toois Required
* Driver 07749-0010000
* A t t a c h m e n t 6 2 x 68 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 5 0 0
1. R e m o v e the s e t plate b o l t t h e n r e m o v e the lock
w a s h e r (A) a n d t h e b e a r i n g s e t plate (B).
3. R e m o v e t h e A T F g u i d e c o l l a r w i t h the O - r i n g s .
C l e a n a n d d r y the A T F g u i d e c o l l a r s u r f a c e s a n d the
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g if n e c e s s a r y .
4. Install n e w O - r i n g s (A) on the A T F g u i d e c o l l a r (B),
t h e n install the A T F g u i d e c o l l a r in the t o r q u e
converter housing.
5. Install a n e w s e c o n d a r y shaft b e a r i n g (C) in the

direction s h o w n .
2, R e m o v e the s e c o n d a r y shaft b e a r i n g f A) by heating
the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g to a b o u t 212 F
:
(100 ) u s i n g a h e a t g u n (B). Do not h e a t the
6, Install the s e c o n d a r y shaft b e a r i n g u s i n g the d r i v e r

a n d the 62 x 68 m m a t t a c h m e n t a n d install it
s e c u r e l y in the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g .
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g m o r e t h a n 212 F
J 100*0.
N O T E ; Let the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g c o o l to
n o r m a l t e m p e r a t u r e before installing the
s e c o n d a r y shaft b e a r i n g .
7746-001050
7. C h e c k that the b e a r i n g g r o o v e a l i g n s w i t h the
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g s u r f a c e , t h e n install the
b e a r i n g set plate w i t h a l i g n i n g the b e a r i n g g r o o v e .
8. Install a n e w lock w a s h e r a n d s e t plate b o l t t h e n
b e n d the lock tab of the lock w a s h e r a g a i n s t the
bolt h e a d .
14-329

Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal Replacement
* Driver 07749-0010000
* Oil s e a l driver a t t a c h m e n t
07947-ZV00100
1. R e m o v e the oil s e a l (A) f r o m t h e torque c o n v e r t e r

h o u s i n g (B).
2. Install a n e w oil s e a l (A) in the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r

h o u s i n g to a depth (B) of 0 . 5 1 . 5 m m
(0.020.06 in.) b e l o w the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g
s u r f a c e u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d the oil s e a l d r i v e r
attachment.
14-330
00
Shafts and Clutches

Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1, i n s p e c t t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g s a n d t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g s for g a l l i n g a n d r o u g h m o v e m e n t
LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)
24 M 1.25 mm
226 N-m (23.0 kgf-m, 166 Ibf-ft)-* 0 - *
167 N-m (17.0 kgf-m, 123 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
THRUST N E E D L E BEARING
CONICAL SPRING
I WASHER
Replace.
k
4TH G E A R
IDLER G E A R
N E E D L E BEARING
THUUST N E E D L E BEARING
4TH G E A R COLLAR
TRANSMISSION
HOUSING BEARING
4TH/5TH C L U T C H
THRUST WASHER, 41 x 8 mm
Selective part
MAINSHAFT
T H R U S T N E E D L E BEARING
N E E D L E BEARING
SEALING RINGS,
29 mm
Replace.
5TH G E A R
N E E D L E BEARING
- S E T RING
T H R U S T N E E D L E BEARING
\j
2. I n s p e c t the s p l i n e s for e x c e s s i v e w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
3. C h e c k the s h a f t b e a r i n g s u r f a c e for s c o r i n g a n d e x c e s s i v e w e a r .
4, B e f o r e installing n e w O - r i n g s , w r a p t h e shaft s p l i n e s w i t h t a p e to p r e v e n t the O-ring d a m a g e .
5, L u b r i c a t e all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g a s s e m b l y .
8, Install t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r a n d t h e 41 x 68 m m thrust w a s h e r In the direction s h o w n .
7. R e p l a c e t h e locknut a n d t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r w i t h n e w o n e s w h e n a s s e m b l i n g t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
8. C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e of 5th g e a r f s e e p a g e 14-332).
14-331
Shafts and Clutches

Mainshaft 5th Gear Axial Clearance Inspection
R e m o v e the m a i n s h a f t t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
5. S e t the dial indicator (A) o n 5th g e a r (B).
b e a r i n g ( s e e p a g e 14-315),
Install the thrust n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A), 5th g e a r (B),
the n e e d l e bearing (C), the t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g
(D), the 41 x 68 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r ( E ) , the 4th/5th
c l u t c h (F), the 4th g e a r c o l l a r ( G ) , a n d the
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g b e a r i n g (H) on the m a i n s h a f t
(I). Do not install the O - r i n g s d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n .
T H R U S T WASHER,
41 x 63 mm
24 x 1.25 msn
29 N-m
13.0 kgf-m,
22 Ibf
.ft)
6. Lift 5th g e a r (A) up w h i l e h o l d i n g the m a i n s h a f t ,

a n d u s e the dial indicator (B) to r e a d the 5th g e a r
axial clearance.
7. M e a s u r e the 5th g e a r axial c l e a r a n c e in at least

t h r e e p l a c e s w h i l e m o v i n g 5th g e a r . U s e the
" a v e r a g e a s the a c t u a l c l e a r a n c e .
S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 in.)
3. Install the idler g e a r (J) o n t h e m a i n s h a f t w i t h a

p r e s s , t h e n install the c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r (K) a n d
the locknut (L).
4. T i g h t e n the locknut to 29 N-m (3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft).
14-332
8. If t h e c l e a r a n c e is out of s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e t h e
41 x 88 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r a n d m e a s u r e its
t h i c k n e s s (A).
9, S e l e c t a n d install a n e w t h r u s t w a s h e r , t h e n
recheck.
T H R U S T W A S H E R , 41 K 6 8 m m
No.
1
2
3
4
Fart: N u m b e r
90414-RCT-O00
Thickness
4,450 m m (0.1752 in.)
90415-RCT-OGO
90416-RCT-000
4 . 4 7 5 m m (0.1762 in.)
4,525 m m (0.1781 in.)
4.550 m m (0.1791 in.)
4 . 5 7 5 m m (0.1801 i n j "
4,500 m m . ( 0 . 1 7 7 2 in.)
90417-RCT-OGO
9041&-RCT-000
6
7
90419-RCT-000
9042&.RCT-000
. 90421-RCT-000
4.625 m m (0.1821 in.)

4.650 m m (0.1831 in.)
4.675 m m (0.1841 in.)
90422-RCT-000
10
11
90423-RCT-000
90424-RCT-000
12
90425-RCT-000
90426-RCT-000
90427-RCT-000
90428-RCT-000
13
14
15
4.600 m m (0.1811 in.)
4.700 m m (0.1850 in.)

4.725
4.750
4,775
4.800
mm
mm
mm
mm
(0.1860
(0.1870
(0.1880
(0.1890
in.)
in.)
in.)
in.)
10, After r e p l a c i n g t h e thrust w a s h e r , m a k e s u r e t h e

c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d .
11, D i s a s s e m b l e t h e i n s t a l l e d parts f r o m the m a i n s h a f t .
12, R e i n s t a l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g b e a r i n g in t h e
Shafts and Clutches

Countershaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1. I n s p e c t the n e e d l e b e a r i n g s for galling a n d r o u g h
movement
LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)
24 x 1.25 mm
226 N-m 123.0 kgf-m, 166 I b f - f t ) - * 0 -
167 N-m (17.0 kgf-m, 123 Ibf-ft)
2. I n s p e c t the s p l i n e s for e x c e s s i v e w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
3. C h e c k the shaft b e a r i n g s u r f a c e for s c o r i n g a n d e x c e s s i v e w e a r .
4. L u b r i c a t e all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g a s s e m b l y .
5. Install the c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r , the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r , the 35 x 47 x 7.8 m m collar, a n d all g e a r s in the direction
shown.
6. R e p l a c e the locknut a n d t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r w i t h n e w o n e s w h e n a s s e m b l i n g the t r a n s m i s s i o n . T h e
c o u n t e r s h a f t locknut h a s left-hand t h r e a d s .
7. S o m e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b s a n d 3rd g e a r s are press-fitted to the c o u n t e r s h a f t ; s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e n e e d e d to r e m o v e
t h e m ( s e e p a g e 14-335) a n d to Install t h e m ( s e e p a g e 14-336),
14-334
Countershaft Reverse Selector Hub and 3rd Gear Removal

1. Install a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r
3. S e t the c o u n t e r s h a f t (A) on a p r e s s w i t h a s p a c e r (B)
o n 4th g e a r (A). S e t t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t (B) o n a p r e s s
b e t w e e n t h e p r e s s a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d
w i t h a s p a c e r {} b e t w e e n the p r e s s a n d the
r e m o v e 3rd g e a r (C),
countershaft, a n d r e m o v e the reverse selector hub

<D).
N O T E : S o m e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b s a r e not p r e s s fitted, a n d c a n b e r e m o v e d w i t h o u t u s i n g t h e
bearing separator a n d a press.
4, R e m o v e the 37 x 41 x 54.3 m m c o l l a r , 5th g e a r , 1st

gear, and 2nd gear.
2, R e m o v e t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g , t h e s e t ring, the
3 5 x 47 x 7.8 r u m c o l l a r , a n d t h e 31 m m c o t t e r s .
14-335
Shafts and Clutches

Countershaft 3rd Gear and Reverse Selector Hub Installation
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 40 m m I.D. 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0
4, S l i d e the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b (A) o v e r the

c o u n t e r s h a f t , t h e n .press it In p l a c e u s i n g the 40 m m
driver a n d a p r e s s .
1. Install 2 n d g e a r , 1st g e a r , 5th g e a r , a n d the

37 x 41 x 54.3 m m c o l l a r on the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
N O T E : S o m e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b s are not p r e s s fitted, a n d c a n be installed w i t h o u t u s i n g the 40 m m
2. S l i d e 3rd g e a r (A) o v e r the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d p r e s s

it in place u s i n g the 40 m m d r i v e r a n d a p r e s s .
3. Install the 31 m m c o t t e r s , the 35 x 47 x 7.8 m m

collar, the s e t ring, the n e e d l e b e a r i n g , a n d 4th g e a r .
14-336
driver a n d a p r e s s .
Secondary Shaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1, I n s p e c t t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g s a n d t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g s for galling a n d r o u g h m o v e m e n t
L O C K N U T I F L A N G E NUT)
24 M 1.25 m m
226 N-m
(23 kgf-m, 166 Ibf-ft) 167 N-m 117.0 kgf-m, 123 Ibfft)
Replace.
Left-hand threads
THRUST NEEDLE BEARING
CONICAL
SPRING
WASHER
Replace.
IDLER G E A R
3RD G E A R
SECONDARY SHAFT
NEEDLE BEARING
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING
SEALING RINGS,
29 m m
Replace.
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING
TRANSMISSION
HOUSING BEARING
3RD G E A R C O L L A R
1ST/3RD C L U T C H
NEEDLE BEARING
2ND G E A R
O-RINGS
Replace.
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING
THRUST WASHER,
40 M 51.5 m m
Selective part
THRUST WASHER,
37 x 58 m m
Selective part
O-BIIMGS
Replace.
1ST G E A R
NEEDLE BEARING
2ND C L U T C H
S E T RING
2, I n s p e c t t h e s p l i n e s for e x c e s s i v e w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
3 , C h e c k t h e s h a f t b e a r i n g s u r f a c e for s c o r i n g a n d e x c e s s i v e w e a r .
4, B e f o r e Installing n e w O - r i n g s , w r a p t h e s h a f t s p l i n e s w i t h t a p e to p r e v e n t O-ring d a m a g e .
5, L u b r i c a t e all p a r t s w i t h A T F d u r i n g a s s e m b l y .
8, Install t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r , a n d the idler g e a r in t h e direction s h o w n .
7. R e p l a c e the locknut a n d t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r w i t h n e w o n e s w h e n a s s e m b l i n g the t r a n s m i s s i o n . T h e locknut
h a s left-hand t h r e a d s .
8, C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e of 2 n d g e a r f s e e p a g e 14-339) a n d 1st g e a r f s e e p a g e 14-340).
14-337
Shafts and Clutches

Secondary Shaft Idler Gear Removal and Installation
Installation

A t t a c h m e n t 42 m m I.D.
07QAD-P0A0100
Removal
P l a c e a s p a c e r (A) on the s e c o n d a r y shaft (B), a n d . s e t a
14-338
Install the idler g e a r (A) in the direction s h o w n on the

s e c o n d a r y shaft (B) u s i n g the 42 m m a t t a c h m e n t a n d a
press.
Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

1. Install the t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A), t h e n e e d l e
b e a r i n g (B), 2 n d g e a r ( C ) , the thrust n e e d l e b e a r i n g
CD), t h e 37 x 58 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r <E), a n d t h e 2 n d
c l u t c h | F ) o n the s e c o n d a r y s h a f t ( G ) , t h e n s e c u r e
t h e m w i t h the s e t ring (H). Do not install t h e O - r i n g s
during inspection.
2. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the s e t ring (A) a n d

the 2 n d c l u t c h g u i d e (B) u s i n g a f e e l e r g a u g e (C), in
at l e a s t t h r e e p l a c e s . U s e the a v e r a g e a s the actual
clearance.
S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 5 In.)
tl
/ T H R U S T WASHER,
' 37 x 58 m m
(cont'd)
14-339
Shafts and Clutches

Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Axial
Clearance Inspection (cont'd)
'3. If t h e c l e a r a n c e is out of s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e the
.
37 x 58 m m thrust w a s h e r , a n d m e a s u r e its
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial

Clearance Inspection
A t t a c h m e n t 42 m m I.D. 0 7 Q A D - P 0 A 0 1 0 0
thickness.
1. R e m o v e the s e c o n d a r y s h a f t t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
4. S e l e c t a n d install a n e w t h r u s t w a s h e r , then
b e a r i n g ( s e e p a g e 14-315).
recheck.
2, Install the t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A), the n e e d l e
b e a r i n g (B), 1st g e a r ( C ) , the thrust n e e d l e b e a r i n g
T H R U S T W A S H E R , 37 x 5 8 m m
Wo.
1
Thiekness
Part N u m b e r
90511-PRP-010
(D), the 40 x 51.5 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r ( E L t h e 1st/3rd
3.900 m m (0.154 in.)
clutch (F), a n d the 3rd g e a r c o l l a r (G) on the
90512-PRP-010
3.925 m m 10.155 in.)
s e c o n d a r y shaft (H). Do not install the O - r i n g s
3.950 m m (0.156 in.)

3.975 m m (0.156 in.)
during i n s p e c t i o n .
90513-PRP-01O
90514-PRP-010
90515-PRP-010
6
7
90516-PRP-010
90517-PRP-010
4.000 m m (0.157 in.)

4.025 m m (0.158 in.)
90518-PRP-010
4.075 m m (0.160 in.)
4.100 m m (0.161 in.)
10
11
90519-PRP-010
90520-PRP-010
90521-PRP-010
12 "
90522-PRP-010
4.125 m m (0.162 in.)

4.150 m m (0.163 in.)
4.175 m m (0.164 in.)
13
14
90523-PRP-000
4.200 m m (0.165 in.)
90524-PRP-000
4.225 m m (0.166 in.)
15
16
17
90525-PRP-0Q0
90526-PRP-000
90527-PRP-000
4.250 m m (0.167 in.)
18
90528-PRP-00O
19
90529-PRP-000
4.300 m m (0.169 in.)

4.325 m m (0.170 in.)
4.350 m m (0.171 in.)
20
90530-PRP-000
4.375 m m (0.172 in.)
4.050 m m (0.159 in.)
4.275 m m (0.168 in.)
After r e p l a c i n g the t h r u s t w a s h e r , m a k e s u r e the

c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n s t a n d a r d .
D i s a s s e m b l e the installed parts f r o m the s e c o n d a r y
shaft.
14-340
24 M 1,25 mm
29 M-m 13.0 kgf-m, 22 lb!-ft!
4. Install t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r f K) a n d t h e locknut
( I t t h e n tighten t h e locknut to 29 N-m' (3.0 kgf-m,
2 2 Ibf-ft},
7. M e a s u r e the 1st g e a r axial c l e a r a n c e in at least

t h r e e p l a c e s w h i l e m o v i n g 1st gear. U s e the
a v e r a g e a s the actual c l e a r a n c e .
5, T u r n the s e c o n d a r y shaft a s s e m b l y u p s i d e d o w n ,
a n d s e t the dial indicator (A) o n 1st g e a r IB),
S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 4 0 . 1 2 m m (0.0020.005 In.}
4 0 x 5 1 , 5 mm
(cont'd)
14-341
Shafts and Clutches

Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial
Clearance Inspection (cont'd)
8. If the c l e a r a n c e Is out of s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e the
Idler Gear Shaft Removal and

Installation
1. R e m o v e the s n a p ring (A), the cotter retainer (B),
40 x 51.5 m m thrust w a s h e r a n d m e a s u r e its
a n d the 17 m m cotters (C). Do not distort the s n a p
thickness.
ring.
9. S e l e c t a n d install a n e w t h r u s t w a s h e r , t h e n
recheck.
T H R U S T W A S H E R , 40 % 51.5 m m
Thickness
Part N u m b e r
No.
4.80 m m (0.189 in.)
90503-RCT-000
1
2
90504-RCT-OOG
4.85 m m (0.191 in.)
3
4
905.05-RCT-00Q
9Q506-RCT-G00
4.90 m m (0.193 in.)

4.95 m m (0.195 in.)
5
6
9G507-RCT-000
90508-RCT-000
5.00 m m (0.197 in.)

5.05 m m (0.199 in.)
10. After r e p l a c i n g the t h r u s t w a s h e r , m a k e s u r e the

c l e a r a n c e is within s t a n d a r d .
11. D i s a s s e m b l e the installed parts f r o m the s e c o n d a r y
shaft.
12. Reinstall the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g b e a r i n g in the
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e 14-316),
2. R e m o v e the idler g e a r shaft/idler g e a r a s s e m b l y (D)

f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
3. C h e c k the s n a p ring a n d the cotter retainer for w e a r
a n d d a m a g e . R e p l a c e t h e m if t h e y are w o r n ,
distorted, or d a m a g e d .
4. Install the idler g e a r shaft/idler g e a r a s s e m b l y in
the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
14-342
Idler Gear/IdSer Gear Shaft Replacement

4, R e p l a c e the idler g e a r a n d / o r the idler g e a r shaft,
-Driver 07743-0010000
a n d attach t h e idler g e a r s h a f t to the idler g e a r .
* A t t a c h m e n t 32 x 3 5 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
1, R e m o v e t h e s n a p ring f r o m the idler g e a r / i d l e r
s h a f t a s s e m b l y . Do not distort t h e s n a p ring.
5. Install t h e idler g e a r shaft (A) in t h e idler g e a r (B)

u s i n g the d r i v e r , the 32 x 3 5 m m a t t a c h m e n t a n d a
press.
2, C h e c k the s n a p ring for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . R e p l a c e
it if it is w o r n , d i s t o r t e d , or d a m a g e d .
3, R e m o v e t h e idler g e a r shaft (A) f r o m the idler g e a r
(8) u s i n g t h e d r i v e r , t h e 32 x 3 5 m m a t t a c h m e n t ,
and a press.
6. Install the s n a p ring.
14-343
Shafts and Clutches

Clytch Disassembly
Clutch spring c o m p r e s s o r set 0 7 L A E - P X 4 0 0 0 0
1. R e m o v e the s n a p ring u s i n g a s c r e w d r i v e r .
4. R e m o v e the clutch e n d - p l a t e (A), the d u t c h d i s c s

(B) (6), the clutch w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (5), the flat-plate
CD), a n d the w a v e d s p r i n g (E) f r o m the 2nd c l u t c h
d r u m (F).
2. R e m o v e the clutch e n d - p l a t e (A), the clutch d i s c s

(B) (5), the clutch w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (4), the clutch flatplate (D), a n d the w a v e d s p r i n g (E) f r o m the 1st
c l u t c h d r u m IF).
5. M a k e a r e f e r e n c e m a r k on the flat-plate.
6. R e m o v e the clutch e n d - p l a t e (A), the clutch d i s c s
(B) (6), the clutch w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (5), the clutch flatplate (D), a n d the w a v e d s p r i n g (E) f r o m the 3rd
clutch d r u m (F).
3. M a k e a r e f e r e n c e m a r k o n the c l u t c h flat-plate.
7. M a k e r e f e r e n c e m a r k s on the clutch flat-plate.
14-344
8, R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (A), the c l u t c h d i s c s
IB) (4), t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (4) a n d the w a v e d
s p r i n g ID) f r o m the 4th c l u t c h d r u m ( E L
10. Install the c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t
-07LAE-PX400O0
9. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h end-plate (A), the clutch d i s c s

(B) (4), t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s {) (4), a n d the w a v e d
s p r i n g ID) f r o m t h e 5th c l u t c h d r u m I E ) .
11. S e t the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t (A) on

the s p r i n g retainer (B) of t h e 1st, 2 n d , a n d 3rd
c l u t c h e s s o that it p u s h e s on the c l u t c h return
s p r i n g (C).
(cont'd)
14-345
Shafts and Clutches

Clutch Disassembly (cont'd)
12. B e s u r e the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t
(A) is a d j u s t e d to h a v e full c o n t a c t w i t h the s p r i n g
14. C o m p r e s s the return s p r i n g until the s n a p ring c a n

be r e m o v e d .
retainer (B) on the 4th a n d 5th c l u t c h e s .
B
15. R e m o v e the s n a p ring u s i n g s n a p ring pliers.
13. C h e c k the p l a c e m e n t of the clutch s p r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t . If either e n d of the clutch
s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t is s e t o v e r an a r e a
of the s p r i n g retainer w h i c h . Is u n s u p p o r t e d by the
return s p r i n g , the s p r i n g retainer m a y be d a m a g e d .
16. R e m o v e the c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r set.
14-346
17, R e m o v e t h e s n a p ring (A), t h e s p r i n g retainer (B),

a n d the return s p r i n g (C).
19. 1 s t 2 n d , a n d 3rd c l u t c h e s :
R e m o v e the c l u t c h piston (A), r e m o v e the O-ring (B)
f r o m the p i s t o n , a n d r e m o v e the O-ring (C) f r o m t h e
clutch d r u m (D).
18. W r a p a s h o p r a g a r o u n d t h e c l u t c h d r u m (A), a n d
a p p l y air p r e s s u r e to t h e fluid p a s s a g e to r e m o v e
t h e p i s t o n I B ) . P l a c e a f i n g e r tip o n t h e other
p a s s a g e w h i l e a p p l y i n g air p r e s s u r e .
20. 4th a n d 5th c l u t c h e s :
R e m o v e t h e clutch piston (A), a n d r e m o v e the outer
O-rsng (B) a n d the inner O-ring (C) f r o m t h e p i s t o n .
14-347
Shafts and Clutches

Clytch Inspection
1. Inspect the 4th a n d 5th c l u t c h p i s t o n s a n d the clutch
piston c h e c k v a l v e s (A).
1. Inspect the clutch d i s c s , the clutch plates, a n d the

clutch end-plate for w e a r , d a m a g e , a n d
discoloration.
C l u t c h D i s c s for All M o d e l s
S t a n d a r d T h i c k n e s s : 1.94 m m (0.076 in.)
Clotch Plates
Standard Thickness:
1st C l y t c h
Wave-plates:
Fiat-plates:
1.6 m m (0.063 in.)

1,6 m m (0.063 in.)
2nd Clytch
Wave-plates:
2.0 m m (0.079 in.)
3rd Clutch
Flat-plate:
Wave-plates:
2.0 m m 10.079 in.)

1.6 m m (0.063 in.)
Flat-plates:
1 M mm (0.063 in.)
4th C l u t c h ( w a v e - p l a t e s } :
2.0 m m (0.079 in.)
5th C l y t c h ( w a v e - p l a t e s ! :
2.0 m m (0.079 in.)
2. If the clutch piston c h e c k v a l v e Is l o o s e or d a m a g e d ,

r e p l a c e the clutch piston.
8. If the clutch d i s c s are w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e

t h e m a s a s e t . If the clutch d i s c s a r e r e p l a c e d , do
3. C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .

4. If the s p r i n g retainer is w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it.
5. C h e c k the oil s e a l (A) o n the s p r i n g retainer of the
1st, 2 n d , a n d 3rd c l u t c h e s for w e a r , d a m a g e , a n d
peeling.
the clutch c l e a r a n c e I n s p e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-350).

9. If a n y plate is w o r n , d a m a g e d , or d i s c o l o r e d ,
r e p l a c e the d a m a g e d plate w i t h a n e w plate, a n d
Inspect the other w a v e - p l a t e s for a p h a s e
difference ( s e e p a g e 14-349). If the clutch plate Is
r e p l a c e d , d o the clutch c l e a r a n c e Inspection
( s e e p a g e 14-350).
10. If the clutch end-plate, is w o r n , d a m a g e d , or
d i s c o l o r e d , d o the clutch c l e a r a n c e Inspection
( s e e p a g e 14-350), t h e n r e p l a c e the clutch end-plate.
6. If the oil s e a l is w o r n , d a m a g e d , or p e e l i n g , r e p l a c e
the s p r i n g retainer.
14-348
Clutch Wave-plate Phase Difference Inspection

1, P l a c e t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e (A) o n a s u r f a c e plate,
a n d s e t a dial indicator (B) on t h e w a v e - p l a t e , :
5. Rotate the w a v e - p l a t e a b o u t 6 0 - d e g r e e s . T h e dial

indicator s h o u l d be at the bottom of a p h a s e
difference (F a n d G ) , a n d zero the dial indicator.
6. M e a s u r e t h e p h a s e difference at t h e o t h e r t w o t o p s
(H a n d I) of the w a v e - p l a t e by f o l l o w i n g s t e p s 3 thru
5.
7. If t w o of the three m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e w i t h i n t h e
s t a n d a r d , t h e w a v e - p l a t e Is O K . If t w o of the t h r e e
m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e out of the standard,, r e p l a c e the
wave-plate.
2. F i n d t h e b o t t o m | C ) of a p h a s e difference of t h e
w a v e - p l a t e , z e r o t h e dial indicator a n d m a k e a
r e f e r e n c e m a r k on the bottom of the w a v e - p l a t e .
3. Rotate the w a v e - p l a t e a b o u t 6 0 - d e g r e e s apart f r o m
t h e bottom^ w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e w a v e - p l a t e by its
e d g e s . T h e dial indicator s h o u l d be at the top (D) of
a p h a s e d i f f e r e n c e . D o not rotate t h e w a v e - p l a t e
w h i l e h o l d i n g Its s u r f a c e , a l w a y s rotate it w h i l e
holding its e d g e s .
4. H e a d t h e dial indicator. T h e dial Indicator r e a d s the
p h a s e d i f f e r e n c e IE) of the w a v e - p l a t e b e t w e e n
bottom: a n d top.
S t a n d a r d P h a s e Difference:
1st C l u t c h : 0.150.2 m m IO.0O6-O.CIO8 I n j
2 n d Clutch:
J - 0 , 2 m m f0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 8 I n j
3 r d C l u t c h : 0,1 - . 2 m m 10.0040*008 I n j
4 t h C l u t c h : 0.1 - . 2 m m 10.11114-0.008 I n j
5 t h d u t c h : 0,1 . 2 m m (0.0040.008 In.)
14-349
Shafts and Clutches

Clutch Clearance Inspection
Clutch c o m p r e s s o r attachment 07ZAE-PRP0100
1. Inspect the clutch p i s t o n , the clutch d i s c s , the clutch
p l a t e s , a n d the clutch e n d - p l a t e for w e a r a n d
d a m a g e ( s e e p a g e 14-348), a n d - I n s p e c t the c l u t c h
w a v e - p l a t e p h a s e difference ( s e e p a g e 14-349), If
necessary,
4. Install the w a v e d s p r i n g (A) in the 2 n d clutch d r u m

(B). Install the flat-plate ( C ) , t h e n starting w i t h the
clutch d i s c , alternately Install the clutch d i s c s (D) (6)
a n d the w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (5), t h e n install the c l u t c h
end-plate (F) w i t h the flat s i d e t o w a r d the top d i s c .
2. Install the clutch piston In t h e c l u t c h d r u m . Do not

Install the O - r i n g s d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n .
3. Install the w a v e d s p r i n g (A) in the 1st clutch d r u m

(B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), t h e n starting
with the c l u t c h d i s c , alternately Install the cluteh
d i s c s (D) (5) a n d the clutch w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (4), t h e n
install the clutch end-plate (F) w i t h the flat s i d e
t o w a r d the top d i s c .
14-350
5. Install the w a v e d s p r i n g (A) in t h e 3 r d c l u t c h d r u m

(B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), t h e n starting
w i t h the clutch d i s c , alternately Install the clutch
d i s c s (D) (6) a n d the c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (5), t h e n
Install the clutch end-plate (F) w i t h the flat s i d e
t o w a r d the top d i s c .
8, install the w a v e d s p r i n g f A ) In t h e 4th c l u t c h d r u m
8, Install the s n a p ring u s i n g a s c r e w d r i v e r .
(B). S t a r t i n g w i t h t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e , alternately
install t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (C) 14} a n d t h e c l u t c h
d i s c s ID) (4), t h e n install t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e IE)
w i t h t h e flat s i d e t o w a r d t h e top d i s c .
9. S e t a dial indicator (A) on t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (B).

A
7, Install the w a v e d s p r i n g (A) in t h e 5th c l u t c h d r u m
| B h S t a r t i n g with the clutch w a v e - p l a t e , alternately
install t h e c l u t c h w a ^ e - p l a t e s (C) (4) a n d the clutch
d i s c s ID) (41 t h e n install the c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (E)
w i t h the flat s i d e t o w a r d the top d i s c .
10. Z e r o the dial indicator w i t h t h e c l u t c h end-plate

lifted up to the s n a p ring (Ch
"
(confd)
14-351
Shafts and Clutches

Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont'd)
11. R e l e a s e t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e to l o w e r the c l u t c h
e n d - p l a t e , t h e n put the c l u t c h c o m p r e s s o r
a t t a c h m e n t on the c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (A).
07ZAE-PBP0100
1ST CLUTCH END-PLATES

fViark
Part N u m b e r
T h i c k n e s s (t)
22571-R90-003.or
2.6mm(0.102.inJ
22571-RZH-003
2 2 5 7 2 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
22572-RZH-0O3
2.7 m m (0.106 in.)
2 2 5 7 3 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
2.8 m m (0,110 I n j
22573-RZH-003
22574-R90--OO3 or
22574-RZH-003
2.9 m m (0.114 i n j
2 2 5 7 5 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
3.0 m m (0.118 i n j
22575-RZH-003
22576-R90-0O3 or
3.1 m m (0.122 I n j
22576-RZH-003
2 2 5 7 7 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
3.2 m m (0.126 in.)
22577-RZH-003
22578-R90-O03 or
3.3 m m ' ( 0 . 1 3 0 I n j
22578-RZH-003
2 2 5 7 9 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
3.4 m m (0.134 I n j
22579-RZH-003
12. P r e s s the c l u t c h c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t d o w n with
147 N (15 kgf, 3 3 Ibf) (B) u s i n g a f o r c e g a u g e , a n d
r e a d the dial indicator (C).
MB C L U T C H E N D - P L A T E S
IViark
Part N u m b e r
' 10
13. T h e dial indicator r e a d s the c l e a r a n c e (D) b e t w e e n

the c l u t c h end-plate a n d t h e top d i s c (E). T a k e
m e a s u r e m e n t s in at l e a s t three" p l a c e s , a n d u s e the
a v e r a g e a s the actual c l e a r a n c e .
22569-RZH-003
2 2 5 7 0 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
22570-RZH-003
22571-R90-003or
22571-RZH-003
2 2 5 7 2 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
11
Clearance between Clutch End-Plate and Top Disc

Standard:
1st C l u t c h : 1 . 3 8 - 1 . 5 8
2nd Clutch: 1 . 1 4 - 1 . 3 4
3rd Clutch: 1 . 2 3 - 1 . 4 3
4th Clutch: 0 . 9 3 - 1 . 1 3
5th Clutch: 0 . 9 3 - 1 . 1 3
3
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
f0.054-0.062
fO.045-~O.O53
{0.048-0.056
(0.037-0.044
(0.0370.044
in.)
in.)
inj
inj
inj
4
5
6
14. If the c l e a r a n c e Is out of the s t a n d a r d , s e l e c t a n e w

c l u t c h end-plate f r o m t h e f o l l o w i n g t a b l e .
14-352
2 2 5 6 9 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
22572-RZH-003
2 2 5 7 3 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
22573-RZH-003
2 2 5 7 4 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
22574-RZH-003
2 2 5 7 5 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
22575-RZH-003
2 2 5 7 6 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
T h i c k n e s s ft)
2.4 mm- (0.094 in.)
2.5 m m (0.098 in.)
2.6 m m (0.102 in.)
2.7 m m (0.106 in.)
2.8 m m (0.110 i n j
2.9 m m (0.114 in.)
3.0 m m (0.118 in.)
3.1 m m (0.122 I n j
22576-RZH-003
7
2 2 5 7 7 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
22577-RZH-003
3.2 m m (0.126 i n j
1st 2nd, and 3rd Clytch

Reassembly
3RD C L U T C H END-PLATES
Part Number
1
22551-R9Q-Q03 or
2.1 m m (0,083 In.)
22551-RZH-003
22552-R9O-O03 or
2.2 m m (0.087 in.)
22552-RZH-003
22553-R90-OO3 o r
2,3 m m (0.091 in.)
22553-RZH-0G3
4
2 2 5 5 4 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
2.4 m m (0.094 in.)
22554-RZH-003
2 2 5 5 5 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
2.5 m m (0.098 in.)
22555-RZH-Q03
22556-R90-003 or
2.6 m m (0.102 in.)
22556-RZH-'003
2 2 5 5 7 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
2.7 m m (0.108 in.)

N O T E : Hold t h e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t in a v i s e
with soft j a w s . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e clutch
drum.
1. S o a k the c l u t c h d i s c s t h o r o u g h l y in A T F for at least
30 m i n u t e s .
2. Install a n e w O-ring (A) in the 1st, 2 n d , a n d 3 r d
clutch p i s t o n s (B), a n d install a n e w O-ring (C) on
the c l u t c h d r u m s (D).
22557-RZH-003
8
9
2 2 5 5 8 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
22558-RZH-003
22559-R90-003 or
2,8 m m (0.110 in.)
2.9 m m (0.114 i n j
22559-RZH-003
T H a n d 5TH C L U T C H EfMD-PLATES
Mark
.
Part t i m b e r
2 , 1 m m (0.083 in.)
1
22581R90~003or
!
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
22581-R91-003
22582-R9G-Q03 or
22582-R91-003
22583-R90-003 or
22583-R91-003
22584-R30-GG3 o r
22584-R91-003
2 2 5 8 5 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
22585-R91-0G3
22588-R9O-0G3 or
22538-R91-G03
22587-R90-003 or
22587-R91-003
22588-R30-QG3 or
2.2 m m (0.087 in.)

C
2.3 m m (0.091 in.)
2.4 m m (0.094 in.)
2.5 m m (0.098 in,)

2,6 m m (0.102 in.)
2.7 m m (0.106 in.)
2,8 m m (0.110 in.)
22588-R91-003
9
22589-R90-003 or
22589-R91-003
2.9 m m (0,114 in.)
15. Install a n e w c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e , a n d r e c h e c k the

c l e a r a n c e . If t h e t h i c k e s t c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e is
i n s t a l l e d , but t h e c l e a r a n c e i s still o v e r the s e r v i c e
limit, r e p l a c e t h e c l u t c h d i s c s a n d t h e c l u t c h p l a t e s .
(confd)
14-353
Shafts and Clutches

1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Reassembly (cont'd)
3. Install the clutch piston (A) in the clutch d r u m (B).
A p p l y p r e s s u r e a n d rotate to e n s u r e proper s e a t i n g .
L u b r i c a t e the piston O - r i n g w i t h A T F before
installing. Do-not pinch the O - r i n g by installing the
piston with too m u c h force.
5. Install the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t

-O7LAE-PX40O0
4. S e t the return s p r i n g (A) a n d the s p r i n g retainer (B)

on the clutch piston, a n d position the s n a p ring (C)
o n the s p r i n g retainer.
6. S e t the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t (A) o n

the s p r i n g retainer (B) s o that it c o m p r e s s e s the
clutch return s p r i n g (C).
N O T E : C o a t the c i r c u m f e r e n c e of the s p r i n g
retainer a n d a r e a s w h e r e the s p r i n g retainer
c o n t a c t s the clutch piston w i t h A T F before
installation.
14-354
7, C o m p r e s s the return s p r i n g c a r e f u l l y until the s n a p

ring c a n be I n s t a l l e d . C h e c k that t h e s p r i n g retainer
(A) is p r o p e r l y i n s t a l l e d o n the c l u t c h h u b (B). If
i m p r o p e r l y I n s t a l l e d , c h a n g e the position of the
spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment and the spring
retainer,.
10. M a k e s u r e the oil s e a l of the s p r i n g retainer (A) is

-properly Installed o n t h e clutch piston (B). If the oil
s e a l w a s d a m a g e d o r c r a c k e d , r e p l a c e the s p r i n g
retainer.
M O T E : Insert the s p r i n g retainer s o it c a n be

a d j u s t e d (center of t o l e r a n c e ) to p r e v e n t
damaging
t h e s p r i n g retainer oil s e a l .
8, Install t h e s n a p ring u s i n g s n a p ring pliers.
9, R e m o v e the c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t
(cont'd)
14-355
Shafts and Clutches

1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Reassembly (cont'd)
11. Install the w a v e s p r i n g (A) in t h e 1st clutch d r u m (B).
Install the clutch flat-plate ( C ) , t h e n starting w i t h the
clutch d i s c , alternately install the c l u t c h d i s c s (D) 15)
a n d the w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (4). Install the clutch e n d plate (F) with the flat s i d e t o w a r d the top d i s c .
12. Install the w a v e s p r i n g (A) in the 2 n d clutch d r u m

(B). Install the c l u t c h flat-plate (C), t h e n starting
w i t h the clutch d i s c , alternately Install the clutch
d i s c s (D) (6) a n d the w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (5). Install the
clutch end-plate (F) w i t h the flat s i d e t o w a r d the top
disc.
13. Install t h e w a v e s p r i n g (A) in t h e 3rd clutch d r u m

(B). Install the c l u t c h flat-plate ( C ) , t h e n starting
with the clutch d i s c , alternately install t h e c l u t c h
d i s c s (D) (6) a n d the w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (5). Install the
clutch e n d - p l a t e (F) w i t h the flat s i d e t o w a r d t h e t o p
disc.
14. Install t h e s n a p ring u s i n g a s c r e w d r i v e r to s e c u r e

the clutch e n d - p l a t e .
15. C h e c k that the c l u t c h piston m o v e s by a p p l y i n g air

p r e s s u r e into fluid p a s s a g e .
14-356
4th and 5th Clytch Reassembly

4. S e t t h e return s p r i n g (A) a n d s p r i n g retainer (B) on

the c l u t c h p i s t o n , a n d position the s n a p ring (C) on
the s p r i n g retainer.
1. S o a k the c l u t c h d i s c s t h o r o u g h l y in A T F for at l e a s t
30 m i n u t e s .
2. Install n e w O - r i n g s (A) o n the clutch piston (B). Do
not t w i s t t h e O - r i n g s .
5. Install the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t

07LAE-PX40000
3, Install t h e c l u t c h piston (A) in the clutch d r u m (B)

w h i l e a p p l y i n g p r e s s u r e a n d rotating to e n s u r e
p r o p e r s e a t i n g . Do not p i n c h the O - r i n g .
(confd)
14-357
Shafts and Clutches

4th and 5th Clutch Reassembly (cont'd)
6. B e s u r e the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t
(A) is a d j u s t e d to h a v e full c o n t a c t with the s p r i n g
8. C o m p r e s s the return s p r i n g until the s n a p ring c a n

be Installed.
retainer (B).
>
Or
9. Install the s n a p ring u s i n g s n a p ring pliers.

7. C h e c k the p l a c e m e n t of the clutch s p r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t . If either e n d of the clutch
s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t is s e t o v e r a n a r e a
of the s p r i n g retainer that is u n s u p p o r t e d by the
return s p r i n g , the retainer m a y be d a m a g e d .
10. R e m o v e the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r set.
14-358
12; Install the w a v e s p r i n g (A) in t h e 5th c l u t c h d r u m

| B ) , S t a r t i n g w i t h t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e , alternately
Install t h e w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (4) a n d t h e c l u t c h d i s c s
(D) C4K Install t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (E) with the flat
s i d e t o w a r d the top d i s c .
14-359
Valve- Body
Valve Body and ATF Strainer installation
Exploded View
Torque S p e c i f i c a t i o n s :
6 x 1.0 mm: 12 N-m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ftl
8 x 1.25 mm: 18 Nm (1.8 kgf-m, 13 Ibf-ftl
6 x 1.0 mm
Eight Bolts
ATF FEED P I P E S , .
8 x 1 9 8 mm
/ 6 x 1.0 m m
/ T w o Bolts
ATF STRAINER
O-RING
Replace.
STATOR SHAFT STOP
STATOR S H A F T REGULATOR
6 x 1 . 0 mm
SEPARATOR PLATE
12 B o l t s
DOWEL P I N S ,
T w o Pins
C O O L E R CHECK
V A L V E SPRING
COOLER CHECK
VALVE
S E R V O BODY
CHECK BALL
MAIN V A L V E BODY
DOWEL PINS,
Two Pios
ATF PUMP DRIVEN

G E A R SHAFT
ATF PUIVtP DRIVEN
GEAR
DOWEL PINS,
T w o Pins
MAIN
SEPARATOR
PLATE
TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING
14-360
N O T E : R e f e r to t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d d u r i n g t h e
following p r o c e d u r e s ,
5. If the A T F p u m p drive g e a r a n d the A T F p u m p

d r i v e n g e a r shaft do not m o v e s m o o t h l y , l o o s e n t h e
m a i n v a l v e b o d y bolts. R e a l i g n the A T F p u m p
d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t , a n d retighten the bolts to t h e
1 . M a k e s u r e that t h e A T F m a g n e t is c l e a n a n d
i n s t a l l e d in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g .
s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e , t h e n r e c h e c k . F a i l u r e to align the
A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t c o r r e c t l y will result in
2. Install t h e m a i n s e p a r a t o r plate (A) a n d t h e t w o
a s e i z e d A T F p u m p d r i v e g e a r or A T F p u m p d r i v e n
dowel pins on the torque converter housing. T h e n
g e a r shaft.
install the A T F p u m p d r i v e g e a r (B), the A T F p u m p

d r i v e n g e a r ( C ) , a n d the A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r
6. M a k e s u r e that t h e t w o c h e c k b a l l s a n d the c o o l e r
s h a f t (Dh Install t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r w i t h its
c h e c k v a l v e a r e in t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y , t h e n install
grooved and chamfered side facing down.
the c o o l e r c h e c k v a l v e s p r i n g in t h e c o o l e r c h e c k
valve.
7. Install'the s e r v o s e p a r a t o r plate a n d t h e t w o d o w e l
pins on the main v a l v e body.
8. Install the s e r v o b o d y (12 bolts).
9. Install a n e w O-ring o n t h e A T F s t r a i n e r , a n d i n s t a l l
A
the A T F s t t a i n e r (two bolts) o n the s e r v o b o d y
BAFFLE PLATE BOLT HOLE
3 , Install the m a i n v a l v e b o d y (three bolts).

4, M a k e s u r e the A T F p u m p d r i v e g e a r (A) rotates
s m o o t h l y in t h e n o r m a l b p e r a t i n g d i r e c t i o n , a n d t h e
A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t (B) m o v e s s m o o t h l y in
t h e axial a n d n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g d i r e c t i o n .
1 2 N - m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)

10. Install t h e regulator s e p a r a t o r plate a n d the t w o
d o w e l p i n s o n the m a i n v a l v e b o d y .
11. Install a n e w O-ring o n the stator shaft, a n d install
the stator shaft a n d t h e stator shaft s t o p .
12. Install t h e regulator v a l v e b o d y (eight bolts).
13. Install the. A T F joint p i p e s (one bolt).
14. Install the A T F f e e d p i p e s in t h e regulator v a l v e
body a n d the servo body.
14-361
Shaft Assembly and Housing Installation
Exploded View
Torque Specifications:
6 x 1 , 0 mm: 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft!
TRANSMISSION HOUSING
MOUNTING B O L T S
10 x
1,25 m i n
4 4 N-m (4.5 kgf-m, 3 3 Ibf-ft)

19 Bolts
ATF FEED PIPE
6 x 1.0 mm
14 N-m
ATF LUBRICATION PIPE

SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE COVER
6x1.0 mm
COUNTERSHAFT
SUBASSEMBLY
INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
6 x 1.0 m m
SHIFT SOLENOID
WIRE H A R N E S S
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
DETENT
SPRING
O-RING
Replace.
TRANSMISSION
HANGER
MAINSHAFT
SUBASSEMBLY
O-RING.
Replace.
S E N S O R WASHER
S x 1,0 m m
SECONDARY
SHAFT
SUBASSEMBLY
6 x 1.0 m m
14 N-m
(1.4 kgf-m,
10 Ibf-ft)
T O R Q U E CONVERTOR HOUSING
14-362
N O T E : R e f e r to t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d d u r i n g t h e
following- p r o c e d u r e ,
1, Install the differential a s s e m b l y in the t o r q u e
converter housing.
6. if the detent a r m w a s r e m o v e d , install the detent

a r m (A) w i t h t h e a r m .collar (B) on the s e r v o b o d y
C O , a n d install a n e w lock w a s h e r (D) by aligning its
c u t o u t (E) w i t h the a l i g n m e n t t a b (F) of the s e r v o
b o d y . Install a n d tighten t h e bolt, t h e n b e n d the
lock tab of the lock w a s h e r a g a i n s t the bolt h e a d .
2, Install the baffle plate o n t h e s e r v o b o d y f s e e s t e p 9

o n p a g e 14-3611,
3, A s s e m b l e the m a i n s h a f t , the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d the
s e c o n d a r y shaft,
4, J o i n the m a i n s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y ( A ) , the
countershaft s u b a s s e m b l y IB), and the secondary
s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y {) together. T h e n install t h e m
in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . D o not b u m p the
c o u n t e r s h a f t on the baffle plate (D).
5, M a k e s u r e t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y a n d t h e
differential a s s e m b l y (E) a r e c l e a r of the baffle plate.
(cont'd)
14-363
Shaft Assembly and Housing InstaS
7. Install the s e l e c t o r control shaft (A) in the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g a l i g n i n g the m a n u a l v a l v e lever
pin ( B ) on the s e l e c t o r control shaft w i t h the g u i d e
of the m a n u a l v a l v e (C). Pull the m a n u a l v a l v e
gently w h e n a l i g n i n g the m a n u a l v a l v e w i t h the
s e l e c t o r control shaft.
8. Hook the detent s p r i n g (A) to the detent a r m
(B).
i (cont'd)
9. T u r n the shift fork s h a f t (A)" s o the large c h a m f e r e d
hole (B) is f a c i n g the fork bolt hole (C) of the
r e v e r s e shift fork (D).
Properly iosta 1 led:
10. Install the r e v e r s e shift fork a n d the r e v e r s e

s e l e c t o r together o n the shift fork shaft a n d the
c o u n t e r s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y . S e c u r e t h e r e v e r s e shift
fork to the shift fork shaft w i t h the lock bolt a n d a
n e w lock w a s h e r ( E ) , t h e n b e n d the lock tab of the
lock w a s h e r a g a i n s t the bolt h e a d .
11. Install the n e e d l e b e a r i n g a n d the countershaft"
r e v e r s e gear-on the c o u n t e r s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y .
12. Install t h e r e v e r s e idler g e a r in the t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e 14-317) if it w a s r e m o v e d .
13. Install the idler g e a r shaft/idler g e a r a s s e m b l y
(see p a g e 14-342), if it w a s r e m o v e d .
14-364
14. Install t h e t h r e e d o w e l p i n s (A) a n d a n e w g a s k e t (B)

o n t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g (C).
10 x 1,25 m m
4 4 N-m (4.5 kgf-m, 3 3 Ibf-ft)
17, W r a p a . s c r e w d r i v e r tip w i t h t a p e to p r e v e n t
d a m a g e to the r e v e r s e idler g e a r teeth. E n g a g e t h e
r e v e r s e idler g e a r with r e v e r s e g e a r s b y rotating
the r e v e r s e idler g e a r u s i n g t h e s c r e w d r i v e r .
18. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g bolts,

a n d tighten t h e 19 bolts to 44 N-m (4,5 kgf-m,
33 Ibf-ft) in at l e a s t t w o s t e p s , in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern.
15. A l i g n t h e s p r i n g pin of t h e s e l e c t o r control shaft (D)

w i t h t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g g r o o v e (E) by
t u r n i n g t h e s e l e c t o r control shaft. D o not s q u e e z e
the e n d of t h e s e l e c t o r control s h a f t tips together
w h e n t u r n i n g the s e l e c t o r control shaft. If t h e tips
a r e squeezed
t o g e t h e r , it will c a u s e a faulty shift
position s i g n a l or position d u e to t h e play b e t w e e n
t h e s e l e c t o r control shaft a n d t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
range switch.
16. P l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g IF) o n the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . Do not install t h e m a i n s h a f t a n d
c o u n t e r s h a f t s p e e d s e n s o r s before installing t h e
transmission housing on the torque converter
housing.
(cont'd)
14-365
Transmission H o u s i n g
Shaft Assembly and Housing Installation (cont'd)
2 2 . C o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r s
19. Install a n e w O-ring (A) o n t h e input shaft

( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (B), a n d Install the input
to t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s :
s h a f t (masnshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing.
* GRN
w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C .
6 M 1.0 min
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m,
8.7 Ibfft)
* R E D w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E ,
2 3 . Install a n e w g a s k e t ( A ) a n d the d o w e l p i n s ( B ) , t h e n
s e c u r e the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (C) w i t h t h e
bolts.
6 M 1.0 mm
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-i
Ibf-ft)
S x 1.0 mm
12 U>m (1.2 kgf.m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
20. Install a n e w O-ring (C) on the output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r (D), a n d install the
output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r w i t h the
w a s h e r (E).
21. Install the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (F) in the
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g w i t h a n e w O-ring ( G ) .
BED
- BLU
WHT
"6x 1.0
12 N-m
m m
(1.2 k g f . m ,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
14-366
Transmission End Cover

End Cover Installation
Exploded View
Torque Speeif icatisns:
8 x 1.i mm: 12 M<m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 ibf-ft!
6 x 1 0 mm
SPECIAL B O L T S
28 t4>m (2.9 kgf-m, 21 Ibf-ftl
TRANSMISSION
S W I T C H COVER
S x 1.0 m m
12 B O L T S
TRANSMISSION END C O V E R
CLUTCH
CONTROL
SOLEWOID V A L V E S B and C
H A R N E S S CLAMP
BRACKETS
x 1.0 m m
28 N-m
(2.9 kgf-m,
21 Ibfftl
LOCK WASHER
Replace,
PAftfC PAWL
PARK PAWL SPRING
1.0 m m
PARK PAWL SHAFT

A / T CLUTCH
P R E S S U R E CONTROL
SOLENOID V A L V E A
x 1.0 m m
SHIFT C A B L E
C O V E R BRACKET
PARK L E V E R
SPRIMG
S x 1.0 m m
ATF PIPE
28 N-m
(2.9 kgf.m, 21 Ibf-ft)
ATF FILTER B R A C K E T S
(cont'd)
14-367

End Cover installation ( c o n t ' d )
Special Tool Required
M a i n s h a f t h o l d e r O7GAB-PF501O1
4. Install the park lever s p r i n g (A), the park lever I B ) ,

a n d the park lever s t o p (C) o n the s e l e c t o r control
shaft (D), t h e n install the lock bolt with a. n e w lock
N O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d d u r i n g the
w a s h e r . (E). Do not b e n d the lock tab of the lock
following procedure.
w a s h e r until s t e p 18.
1. Install the m a i n s h a f t h o l d e r onto the m a i n s h a f t .
2. L u b r i c a t e the f o l l o w i n g parts w i t h A T F :
* S p l i n e s a n d t h r e a d s of the m a i n s h a f t .
5. Install the park p a w l shaft I F ) , the park p a w l s p r i n g
* S p l i n e s of the m a i n s h a f t Idler g e a r .
( G ) , the park p a w l (H), a n d the s t o p shaft- (I) on the
.. T h e old c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r a n d the old l o c k n u t
3. Install the m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r (A), the old c o n i c a l

s p r i n g w a s h e r (B), a n d the old locknut (C) on the
m a i n s h a f t (D) a n d tighten the locknut to 226 N-m
(23.0 kgf-m, 166 Ibf-ft).
f
NOTE:
* Do not tap the m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r to i n s t a l l
* U s e a t o r q u e w r e n c h to tighten the locknut. Do
not u s e a n i m p a c t w r e n c h .
6. L u b r i c a t e the f o l l o w i n g parts w i t h A T F :
* T h r e a d s a n d s p l i n e s of t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t .
* T h e old c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r a n d the old l o c k n u t
* A r e a s w h e r e the park g e a r c o n t a c t s the c o n i c a l
spring washer.
7. Install the park g e a r (J), the old c o n i c a l s p r i n g
w a s h e r (K), a n d the old locknut (L) on the
c o u n t e r s h a f t (M).
8. Lift the park p a w l u p , a n d e n g a g e it with" the park
g e a r , t h e n tighten the locknut to 226 N-m
(23.0 kgf-m, 166 Ibfft).
NOTE:
* Do not tap the park g e a r to install.
* U s e a torque w r e n c h to tighten the locknut. Do
not u s e a n i m p a c t w r e n c h .
* C o u n t e r s h a f t locknut h a s left-hand t h r e a d s .
9. R e m o v e the l o c k n u t s a n d the c o n i c a l s p r i n g
w a s h e r s f r o m the m a i n s h a f t a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
14 368
10, L u b r i c a t e the t h r e a d s of the s h a f t s , n e w l o c k o u t s ,

a n d n e w conical spring w a s h e r s with A T F .
15. V I N b e g i n s w i t h J H M : Install the s e l e c t o r control

l e v e r (A) on t h e s e l e c t o r c ontr ol s h a f t (B), a n d
install t h e bolt w i t h a n e w lock w a s h e r (C), t h e n
11. Install n e w c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r s (A) w i t h f a c i n g

s t a m p e d m a r k s i d e u p in the d i r e c t i o n s h o w n , a n d
b e n d t h e Sock tab of the lock w a s h e r a g a i n s t the

bolt h e a d .
install a n e w m a i n s h a f t l o c k n u t (8},, a n e w
Properly Installed:
c o u n t e r s h a f t lockout { } , a n d a n e w s e c o n d a r y
s h a f t locknut (D).
y B
C
Left-hand threads
Replace,
itSh
Replace.
Left-hand tbs&ads
Replace.
16. S e t the park l e v e r in the P p o s i t i o n , t h e n c h e c k that
12. T i g h t e n the l o c k o u t s to 167 N-m (17.0 kgf-m,
123
t h e park p a w l (A) e n g a g e s t h e park g e a r (B).
Ibf-ft).
Properly installed:
NOTE:
* B e s u r e to install t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r s in
the d i r e c t i o n s h o w n .
* U s e a t o r q u e w r e n c h to tighten the l o c k n u t Do
not use an impact w r e n c h .

* C o u n t e r s h a f t a n d s e c o n d a r y shaft lockouts h a v e
left-hand t h r e a d s ,
13. R e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t h o l d e r f r o m t h e m a i n s h a f t .
14. S t a k e the l o c k o u t s into t h e s h a f t s to a depth (A) of
0 . 7 1 . 3 m m ( 0 , 0 3 - - 0 , 0 5 i n j u s i n g a 3.5 m m p u n c h
(El
17. Sf t h e park p a w l d o e s not e n g a g e fully, d o the park

lever stop inspection a n d adjustment (see page
14-309).
18. T i g h t e n the lock bolt (C) a n d b e n d the lock t a b of
#
the lock w a s h e r (D) a g a i n s t the bolt h e a d .

(cont'd)
14-369

End Cower installation (cont'd)
19. Install t h e A T F f e e d pipe (A) into t h e idler g e a r shaft,
2 3 . M o v e the selector-control shaft I A ) f r o m the P
a n d install the A T F lubrication pipe (B) into t h e
position to the N position by turning the s e l e c t o r
control shaft o n the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r s i d e .

N O T E : D o not s q u e e z e t h e e n d of the s e l e c t o r
control shaft tips t o g e t h e r w h e n turning the shaft. If
the tips a r e s q u e e z e d t o g e t h e r It will c a u s e a faulty
shift position s i g n a l or position d u e to the play
b e t w e e n the s e l e c t o r control shaft a n d the
transmission range switch.
20. Install a n e w g a s k e t (A) o n the t r a n s m i s s i o n

h o u s i n g , a n d Install the t w o d o w e l p i n s IB) a n d n e w
O - r i n g s (C) o v e r the top of the A T F f e e d p i p e s .
24. A l i g n the c u t o u t s (A) o n t h e rotary-frame with the

neutral positioning c u t o u t s IB) on the t r a n s m i s s i o n
r a n g e s w i t c h (C), t h e n put a 2.0 m m (0.08 in.) f e e l e r
g a u g e b l a d e (D) In the c u t o u t s to hold In the N
position.
N O T E : B e s u r e to u s e a 2.0 m m (0.08 In.) b l a d e or
e q u i v a l e n t to hold the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h In
the N p o s i t i o n .
2 1 . Install the e n d c o v e r (D), a n d tighten the t h r e e

s p e c i a l bolts (E) a n d the 6 x 1.0 m m bolts (F)
(12 bolts).
2 2 . Install the h a r n e s s c l a m p bracket (G) on the e n d
c o v e r w i t h the b o l t ( H ) .
14-370
25, Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (A) g e n t l y o n

the s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l s h a f t ( B ) w h i l e h o l d i n g it in t h e
N position w i t h t h e 2.0 m m (0.08 i n . ) b l a d e (C).
not m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h w h e n
t i g h t e n i n g the b o l t s ; R e m o v e t h e f e e l e r g a u g e ,
27. C o n n e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
(A) s e c u r e l y , t h e n install the h a r n e s s c l a m p s (B) on

the c l a m p bracket (C).
28. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r (D).
8 x 1,0 mm
12 N-m
11,2 kgf.m. 8.7 Ibf-ftl
(confd)
14-371

End Cover Installation (cont'd)
2 9 . C l e a n t h e m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d t h e fluid p a s s a g e
of A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d
3 2 . C l e a n t h e m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d t h e fluid p a s s a g e
of A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B
and C and the transmission housing.
30. Install a n e w g a s k e t (B) o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
33. Install a n e w g a s k e t (A) a n d the A T F joint p i p e s (D)
h o u s i n g , a n d install t h e A T F pipe (C) a n d t h e A T F
on the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , a n d install n e w
joint p i p e s (D).
O - r i n g s (E) o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .
side toward the t r a n s m i s s i o n housing.

6 x 1 . 0 mm
12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
6 x1.0 mm
12 N-m 11.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
31. Install a n e w O - r i n g s (E) o v e r t h e A T F joint p i p e s ,

a n d install A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
valve A.
34. Install A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B

a n d C w i t h t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t s (F).
14-372
3 5 . Install t h e A T F filter b r a c k e t (A) o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n

h o u s i n g , t h e n install t h e A T F c o o l e r l i n e / A T F filter
18) w i t h t h e line b a n j o bolt {} a n d n e w s e a l i n g
w a s h e r s (D). S e c u r e t h e A T F filter w i t h its bracket
(E).
H
28 N-m
(23 kgf-m, 21 Ibf-ft)

38, S e c u r e the line b r a c k e t s (F) with t w o bolts.
3 7 , Install t h e A T F c o o l e r outlet line (G) with t h e line
b a n j o bolt (Hi a n d n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r s (I).
38. Install t h e b r e a t h e r c a p I A ) o n t h e b r e a t h e r pipe I B ) .
3 9 , Install the dipstick.
A/T^Differential
Backlash Inspection
1. Install both a x l e s into t h e A / T differential, t h e n
T H R U S T SHIM, 76 mm
Preload Inspection,
page 14-378
T H R U S T W A S H E R , 76.2 mm
p l a c e the a x l e s o n V - b l o c k s .
2. C h e c k the b a c k l a s h of the pinion g e a r s (A) u s i n g a
dial indicator (B).
BEARING O U T E R RACE
CARRIER BEARING
S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 1 5 m m { . 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 In.}
FINAL DRIVEN G E A R
Replacement
page 14-375
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER
Backlash Inspection,
page 14-374
3. Sf the b a c k l a s h is out of s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
CARRIER BEARING
BEARING OUTER RACE
T H R U S T W A S H E R , 80 mm
14-374
differential c a r r i e r ( s e e p a g e 14-375).
Carrier Bearing Replacement
Differential Carrier and Final-Driven

Gear Replacement
Special ?0@Is Required

A t t a c h m e n t 40 m m
07LAD-PW50601
1. R e m o v e t h e final d r i v e n g e a r (A) f r o m t h e
differential c a r r i e r (B).
MOTE:
* T h e bearing a n d the bearing outer race s h o u l d be
N O T E : Differential c a r r i e r - b o l t s h a v e left-hand
replaced a s a set.
* Inspect a n d adjust the carrier bearing preload
threads.
w h e n e v e r bearing is replaced.
10 x 1.0 m m
101 N-m
(10.3 kgf-m, 74.5 Ibf-ftl
* C h e c k t h e b e a r i n g for w e a r a n d r o u g h rotation. If t h e
b e a r i n g i s O K , r e m o v a l i s not n e c e s s a r y .
1, R e m o v e t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g (A) u s i n g a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e puffer I B ) , a b e a r i n g
s e p a r a t o r f C h a n d a s p a c e r (D).
2. Install t h e final d r i v e n g e a r in t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n
Install n e w c a r r i e r b e a r i n g s u s i n g t h e 40 m m
o n the differential c a r r i e r .
attachment with the small end a n d a press. Press

t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g o n s e c u r e l y s o t h e r e is no
c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the carrier bearing a n d the
3. S e c u r e t h e final d r i v e n g e a r a n d t h e differential
c a r r i e r w i t h t h e bolts. T i g h t e n t h e bolts'to the
s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern in at l e a s t
differential c a r r i e r ,
two steps.
07LAD-PW50601
14-375
A/T Differential
Oil Seal Replacement
D r i v e r 07749-0010000
Oil s e a l d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 0 7 9 4 7 - S D 9 0 1 0 1
* Of! s e a ! d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 0 7 J A D - P H 8 0 1 0 1
1. R e m o v e the oil s e a l f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
2. R e m o v e the oil s e a l f r o m the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r

housing.
14-376
3. Install a n e w oil s e a l (A) f l u s h w i t h the t r a n s m i s s i o n

h o u s i n g u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d the oil s e a l d r i v e r
attachment.
Carrier Bearing Outer Race Replacement

2. R e m o v e the b e a r i n g outer r a c e (A) a n d the 80 m m
* Driver 07749-0010000
thrust w a s h e r (B) f r o m the torque c o n v e r t e r
* A t t a c h m e n t , 7 8 x 80 m m Q 7 N A D - P X 4 G 1 0 0
h o u s i n g (C).
* A t t a c h m e n t , 72 x 7 5 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 8 0 0
MOTE:
* T h e b e a r i n g a n d t h e b e a r i n g outer r a c e s h o u l d be
replaced a s a set,
* Replace the bearing with a n e w one w h e n e v e r the

outer r a c e i s r e p l a c e d ,
* Do not u s e t h e t h r u s t s h i m f r o m the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
housing,
* A d j u s t b e a r i n g p r e l o a d after r e p l a c i n g the b e a r i n g
a n d t h e outer r a c e .
* C o s t all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g installation.
1. R e m o v e t h e b e a r i n g outer r a c e (A), t h e 7 6 . 2 m m
t h r u s t w a s h e r | B ) , a n d the 76 m m t h r u s t s h i m (C)
f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (D) b y h e a t i n g the
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g to a b o u t 2 1 2 F (100 C) u s i n g
a h e a t g u n ( E ) . D o not h e a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g m o r e t h a n 212 F (100 C).
3. Install the 8 0 m m thrust w a s h e r a n d a n e w b e a r i n g

outer r a c e in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g .
N O T E : Let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g c o o l to r o o m
4. Install t h e b e a r i n g outer r a c e s e c u r e l y in the t o r q u e
t e m p e r a t u r e before installing t h e b e a r i n g outer
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d t h e
race.
78 x 8 0 m m a t t a c h m e n t
(confd)
14-377
A/TDifferential
Carrier Bearing Outer Race
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection

* Driver 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
5, Install the 76 m m thrust s h i m (A), the 76.2 m m

t h r u s t w a s h e r (B), a n d a n e w b e a r i n g outer r a c e (C)
* A t t a c h m e n t 7 2 x 75 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 6 0 0
* P r e l o a d i n s p e c t i o n tool 0 7 H A J - P K 4 0 2 0 1
in the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (D).
NOTE:
N O T E : B e s u r e to install the 76.2 m m thrust w a s h e r
w i t h the " 4 1 3 3 2 R K Y " m a r k f a c i n g d o w n w a r d .
* If the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
h o u s i n g , the differential c a r r i e r , the c a r r i e r b e a r i n g
a n d the outer r a c e , or the thrust s h i m w e r e r e p l a c e d ,
the b e a r i n g p r e l o a d m u s t be a d j u s t e d .
* C o a t all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g installation.
* Do not u s e the thrust s h i m f r o m the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
housing.
1. R e m o v e the b e a r i n g outer r a c e (A), the 76.2 m m
thrust w a s h e r (B), a n d the 76 m m thrust s h i m (C)
f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (D) by heating the
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g to a b o u t 212 F (100 C) u s i n g
a heat g u n ( E L Do not heat the t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g m o r e t h a n 212 F (100 C).
N O T E : Let the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g c o o l to r o o m
t e m p e r a t u r e before a d j u s t i n g the b e a r i n g p r e l o a d .
6. Install the b e a r i n g outer r a c e s e c u r e l y s o there is no

c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the b e a r i n g outer r a c e , the
76.2 m m thrust w a s h e r , the 76 m m thrust s h i m , a n d
the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , u s i n g the driver a n d the
72 x 7 5 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
14-378
2,
Install the 7 6 m m thrust s h i m (A> In the

t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g IB). If y o u r e p l a c e the 7 6 m m
thrust s h i m w i t h a n e w o n e , u s e t h e s a m e t h i c k n e s s
s h i m a s the old o n e .
5. Install the differential a s s e m b l y (A) in the t o r q u e

c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g IB), a n d Install t h e g a s k e t (C) a n d
the d o w e l p i n s CD) o n the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g .
10 x 1-25 mm
44 N-m (4.5 kgf-m 33 Ibf-ft)
3. install t h e 76,2 mm t h r u s t w a s h e r (C) a n d t h e

b e a r i n g outer r a c e ID) in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ,
N O T E : B e s u r e to install the 76,2 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r
w i t h the " 4 1 3 8 2 EKY"
mark facing downward.
4. Install the b e a r i n g outer r a c e s e c u r e l y s o t h e r e is n o

c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the b e a r i n g outer r a c e , the
76.2 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r , t h e 7 6 m m t h r u s t s h i m , a n d
the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d the
72 x 7 5 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
A-
6. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (E) a n d the

t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r (F), t h e n t i g h t e n t h e bolts.
O7746-@@10@
(confd)
14-379
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection (cont'd)
7. Rotate the differentia! a s s e m b l y In both d i r e c t i o n s
to s e a t the b e a r i n g s .
8. M e a s u r e the starting t o r q u e of t h e differential
a s s e m b l y in both d i r e c t i o n s u s i n g the p r e l o a d
i n s p e c t i o n tool, a t o r q u e w r e n c h (A), a n d a s o c k e t
(B) at n o r m a l r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e .
Standard
New
Bearing:
2 . 7 3 . 9 N-tn
If the starting t o r q u e is out of s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e t h e

76 m m thrust s h i m a n d s e l e c t a 7 6 m m t h r u s t s h i m
f r o m the f o l l o w i n g table. Install a n e w 76 m m t h r u s t
s h i m a n d r e c h e c k . T o i n c r e a s e the starting t o r q u e ,
i n c r e a s e the t h i c k n e s s of the 76 m m t h r u s t s h i m . T o
d e c r e a s e t h e starting t o r q u e , d e c r e a s e the
t h i c k n e s s of the 76 m m t h r u s t s h i m . C h a n g i n g t h e
76 m m thrust s h i m to the next s i z e will i n c r e a s e or
d e c r e a s e starting t o r q u e a b o u t 0.30.4 N-m
( 3 - 4 kgf-cm, 2 - 3 Ibf-in.).
1 2 8 - 4 0 k g f - c m , 2 4 - 3 5 Ibf-in.)
R e u s e d B e a r i n g : 2 . 5 3 . 6 N-m
1 2 5 - 3 7 k g f - c m , 2 2 - 3 2 Ibf-in.)
T H R U S T S H I M , 76 m m
Wo.
S
T
P a r t Wytnber
41438-PX4-700
41439-PX4-7G0 "
41440-PX4-700
A
B
C
D
41441-PK4-000
41442-PK4-0Q0
E
F
G
41443-PK4-00O
41444-PK4-000
41445-PK4-0QQ
41446-PK4-000
41447-PK4-0O0
41448-PK4-000
H
1 - 41449-PK4-0OO
41450-PK4-000
J
41451-PK4-QQ0
K
07HAJ-PK402O1
L
M
N
0
P
Q
R
OA
OB
Thickness
2.05 m m (0.080 in.)
2.10 m m (0.082 in.)
2.15 m m (0.084 in.)
2.20 m m (0.086 in.)
2.25 m m (0.088 in.)
2.30 m m (0,090 in.)
2.35 m m (0.092 in.)
2.40 m m (0.094 in.)
2.45 m m (0.096 in.)
2,50 m m (0.098 in.)
2.55 m m (0.099 in.)
2.60 m m (0.101 in.)
2.65 m m (0.103 in.)
2.70 m m (0.105 In.)
2.75 m m (0.107 in.)
41452-PK4-00O
41453-PK4-000
2.80 m m (0.109 In.)
41454-PK4-0Q0
41455-PK4-Q00
41456-PK4-0OO
2.85 m m (0.111 in.)

2.90 m m (0.113 in.)
2.95 m m (0.115 in.)
41457-PK4-000
41458-PK4-000
3.00
3.05
1.55
1.60
1.65
1.70
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
(0.117
(0.119
(0.061
(0.063
(0.065
(0.067
in.)
In.)
in.)
in.)
In.)
in.)
oc
41428-PRP-000
41429-PRP-00O
41430-PRP-000
0D
0E
OF
41431-PRP-O00
41432-PRP-00G
41433-PRP-000
0G
41434-PRP-000
1.75 m m (0.069 in.)

1.80 m m (0.071 in.)
1,85 m m (0.073 in.)
OH
01
41435-PRP-000
41436-PRP-000
1,95 m m (0.077 In.)
0J
41437-PRP-00Q
2.00 m m (0.079 In.)
1.90 m m (0.075 in.)
(cont'd)
14-380
T H R U S T S H I M , 7 8 m m (cont'd)
No,
Part
Uumbm
Thickness
1,575 mm (0.062 in.)
A
B
41428-PAX-000
41429-PAX-0GO
C
D
E
4143G-PAX-000
41431-PAX-000
41432-PAX-G00
F
G
41433-PAX-000
41434-PAX-000
41435-PAX-000
I
J
4143&PAX-000
41437-PAX-00O
K
L
41438-PAX-000
41439-PAX-O00
2 . 0 7 5 m m (0.082 in.)
M
N
0
p
41440-PAX-000
41441-PAX-000
41442-PAX-000
41443-PAX-00G
2.175
2.225
2.275
2.325
41444-PAX-000
R
S
41445-PAX-000
41446-PAX-000
2,375 m m (0.094 i n j
2.425 m m (0.095 i n j
2 , 4 7 5 m m (0.097 i n j
J
U
V
41447-PAX-000
41448-PAX-000
41449-PAX-000
2.525 m m (0.099 i n j
2.575 m m (0.101 i n j
2.625 m m (0.103 in.)
41450-PAX-000
2.675 m m (0.105 i n j
41451-PAX-000
2,725 m m (0.107 in.)
Y
Z
OA
41452-PAX-000
41453-PAX-000
41454-PAX-000
2.775 m m (0.109 i n j
2.825 m m (0.111 i n j
OB
41455-PAX-000
2.875 m m (0.113 i n J
2 . 9 2 5 m m (0.115 i n j
OC
OD
41456-PAX-000
41457-PAX-0OO
2.975 m m (0,117 i n j
3 . 0 2 5 m m (0.119 i n j
1.625 m m (0,064 in.)

1.675 m m (0.066 in.)
1.725 m m (0,068 in.)
1.775 m m (0.070 in.)
1.825 m m (0.072 i n j
1,875
1.925
1.975
2,025
mm
m m
mm
mm
(0.074
(0.070
(0.078
(0.080
in.)
in.)
in.)
in.)
2.125 m m (0,084 in.)

m m
mm
mm
mm
(0.086
(0.088
(0.090
(0.092
in.)
inj
inj
in.)
Driveline/Axle
Driveline/Axle
Special Tools ..........,..........
...........
..........
Component Location Index ...........
...
Driveshaft Inspection .............
............
Driveshaft Removal
...
Driveshaft Disassembly
......................
Dynamic Damper Replacement
...............
..
Driveshaft Reassembly ................ ................................
Driveshaft installation
.
Intermediate Shaft Removal
.........
Intermediate Shaft Disassembly
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly
Intermediate Shaft Installation
16-2
16-3
16-4
16-4
16-7
16-10
16-11
16-20
16-23
16-23
16-25
16-28
Driveline/Axle
Special Tools
Ref. No.
Tool
07GAD-PH70201
07MAC-SL0A202
07MAD-PR90100
07NAF-SR30101
07XAC-001030A
07746-0010400
07746-0030400
07749-0010000
07947-SB00100
16-2
Number
Description
Oil S e a l Driver, 64 m m
Bali J o i n t R e m o v e r , 28 m m
Installer A t t a c h m e n t 45 m m
Half S h a f t B a s e
T h r e a d e d A d a p t e r , 26 x 1.5 m m
B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m
Inner B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 3 5 m m
Driver H a n d l e , 15 x 135L
Oil S e a l Driver, 44.5 m m
Qty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
D Y N A M I C BAmmn
HVTERMEDIATE SHAFT
Removal, page 16-23
Disassembly, page 18-23
DRIVESHAFT
Removal, page 16-4
Disassembly, page 16-7
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Inspection
1. C h e c k the Inboard boot (A) a n d t h e o u t b o a r d boot
Driveshaft Removal
(B) o n the d r i v e s h a f t (C) for c r a c k s , d a m a g e , leaking

g r e a s e , a n d l o o s e boot b a n d s (D). Sf a n y d a m a g e Is
Ball j o i n t r e m o v e r , 28 m m O 7 M A C - S L O A 2 0 2
f o u n d , r e p l a c e the boot a n d boot b a n d s .

C
3. Pry up t h e locking tab (A) o n the s p i n d l e nut (B),
t h e n r e m o v e the n u t
2. C h e c k the d r i v e s h a f t for c r a c k s a n d d a m a g e . If a n y
d a m a g e Is f o u n d , r e p l a c e the d r i v e s h a f t .
3. C h e c k the Inboard joint (E) a n d the o u t b o a r d joint

(F) for c r a c k s a n d d a m a g e . If a n y d a m a g e Is f o u n d ,
r e p l a c e the Inboard joint or t h e o u t b o a r d joint a s a n
assembly.
4, Drain the t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid, t h e n reinstall t h e d r a i n
4. Hold the i n b o a r d joint a n d turn the front w h e e l by
plug with a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r :
h a n d , t h e n m a k e s u r e the joint is not e x c e s s i v e l y

l o o s e . If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the i n b o a r d joint or the
o u t b o a r d joint a s a n a s s e m b l y .
* A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n f s e e p a g e 14-231)
5. Hold the stabilizer Sink joint pin (A) w i t h a h e x
w r e n c h (B), a n d r e m o v e t h e f l a n g e nut (C).
S e p a r a t e the front stabilizer Sink (D) f r o m the l o w e r
arm.
16-4
6. R e m o v e the d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g nut (A), t h e

d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g bolt (B), a n d t h e d a m p e r
p i n c h bolt C O , t h e n r e m o v e t h e d a m p e r fork (Dh
8. Pull t h e k n u c k l e o u t w a r d , a n d s e p a r a t e t h e
o u t b o a r d joint f r o m t h e front h u b u s i n g a plastic
hammer.
9. Left d r i v e s h a f t : Pry the i n b o a r d joint (A) f r o m t h e

differential w i t h a prybar. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e s h a f t a s
an assembly.
7, R e m o v e the cotter pin (A) f r o m t h e knuckle ball
joint, then r e m o v e t h e c a s t l e nut I B ) . S e p a r a t e t h e
NOTE:
r e m o v e r {see p a g e 13-11),
* Do not pull on the d r i v e s h a f t (B), or t h e i n b o a r d

joint m a y c o m e apart. Pull the i n b o a r d joint
straight out to a v o i d d a m a g i n g the oil s e a l .
NOTE:
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e oil s e a l with t h e

prybar.
hali joint f r o m t h e l o w e r a r m (C) u s i n g t h e ball joint
* Be c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n

installing t h e r e m o v e r .
* Do not f o r c e or h a m m e r o n t h e l o w e r a r m , o r pry
between the lower arm and the knuckle. Y o u
c o u l d d a m a g e t h e ball j o i n t
(confd)
16-5
Drfvefine/Axle
Driveshaft Removal (cont'd)
10. R i g h t d r i v e s h a f t : .Drive t h e i n b o a r d joint (A) off of
t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft u s i n g a drift a n d a h a m m e r .
R e m o v e t h e driveshaft a s a n a s s e m b l y .
N O T E : Do not pulf o n t h e d r i v e s h a f t (B), or t h e
i n b o a r d joint m a y c o m e apart.
11. R e m o v e the s e t ring (A) f r o m t h e left d r i v e s h a f t

inboard joint
16-6
12. R e m o v e the s e t ring (A) f r o m t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t .
Driveshaft Disassembly
L o w profile t y p e

* T h r e a d e d a d a p t e r , 26 x 1.5 m m 0 7 X A C - Q 0 1 0 3 0 A
* S l i d e h a m m e r , 5 / 8 " - 1 8 UNF
* Fuller, commercially available
f
* Boot b a n d p l i e r s , c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
Inboard Joint Side

1, R e m o v e t h e boot b a n d s . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e
the boot,
* If t h e boot b a n d is a w e l d e d t y p e (A), cut the boot
band.
* If t h e boot b a n d i s a d o u b l e loop t y p e (B), lift up
t h e b a n d e n d { Q , a n d p u s h it Into t h e clip (D).
* If t h e boot b a n d i s a l o w profile t y p e ( E ) , p i n c h the
boot: b a n d o s i n g c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e boot
b a n d pliers IF).
2. M a k e m a r k s (A) o n e a c h roller (B) a n d t h e I n b o a r d

joint (C) to identify t h e l o c a t i o n s of t h e rollers to the
g r o o v e s In t h e i n b o a r d j o i n t T h e n r e m o v e t h e
Welded type
I n b o a r d joint on a c l e a n s h o p t o w e l (D). B e c a r e f u l
not to d r o p t h e rollers w h e n s e p a r a t i n g t h e m f r o m
the i n b o a r d j o i n t
M O T E : Do not e n g r a v e - o r s c r i b e a n y m a r k s on the
rolling s u r f a c e .
Double loop type
(confd)
16-7
Drivelihe/Axle
Driveshaft Disassembly (cont'd)
3. M a k e m a r k s (A) on the rollers (B) a n d the s p i d e r (C)
Oytboard Joint Side
to Identify the l o c a t i o n s of the rollers on the s p i d e r ,

t h e n r e m o v e the rollers.
1. R e m o v e the boot b a n d s (A). Lift up the t h r e e t a b s

(B) w i t h a s c r e w d r i v e r , t h e n r e l e a s e the b a n d . B e
N O T E : Do not e n g r a v e or s c r i b e a n y m a r k s on the
c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the b o o t
rolling s u r f a c e .
4. R e m o v e the circlip (D).

5. M a k e . m a r k s (E) on t h e s p i d e r a n d d r i v e s h a f t (F) to
identify the position of the s p i d e r o n the shaft.
6. R e m o v e the s p i d e r .
N O T E : If n e c e s s a r y , u s e a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
puller.
7. W r a p the s p l i n e s o n the d r i v e s h a f t w i t h v i n y l t a p e
(A) to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g the b o o t
8. R e m o v e the I n b o a r d b o o t B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e
t h e boot.
9. R e m o v e the v i n y l t a p e .
16-8
2. S l i d e the o u t b o a r d boot (A) partially to the i n b o a r d

joint s i d e . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the boot.
A
3, W i p e off the g r e a s e to e x p o s e the d r i v e s h a f t a n d

t h e o u t b o a r d joint i n n e r r a c e ,
8, R e m o v e the s t o p ring f r o m the d r i v e s h a f t .
4. M a k e a m a r k I A ) on the d r i v e s h a f t (B) at the s a m e

level a s the o u t b o a r d joint rim (C).
9. W r a p the s p l i n e s o n the d r i v e s h a f t w i t h v i n y l tape

(A) to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g the boot.
5, S e c u r e l y c l a m p t h e d r i v e s h a f t in a b e n c h v i s e w i t h
a shop towei.
6. R e m o v e t h e o u t b o a r d joint (A) u s i n g the
26 x 1,5 mm threaded a d a p t e r (Bf a n d a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e 5/8"--18 USMF s l i d e h a m m e r
(C).
10. R e m o v e the o u t b o a r d b o o t B e c a r e f u l not to

d a m a g e the b o o t
11. R e m o v e the v i n y l tape.
7. R e m o v e the d r i v e s h a f t f r o m the b e n c h v i s e .
16
Driveline/Axle
Dynamic Damper Replacement
5. A d j u s t the s p e c i f i e d d i s t a n c e (A) b e t w e e n t h e
1. R e m o v e the Inboard joint ( s e e p a g e 16-7).
o u t b o a r d joint s i d e a n d the d y n a m i c d a m p e r e d g e .
2. R e m o v e the d y n a m i c d a m p e r b a n d ( s e e s t e p 1 o n
.NOTE: C h e c k the t y p e of d y n a m i c d a m p e r by its
p a g e 16-7).
shape.
3. R e m o v e the d y n a m i c d a m p e r (A).
Left d f ivershfift
Left d r i v e s h a f t
A: 298.5-303.5 mm f l l . 7 5 - 1 1 . 9 5 In.)
R i g h t driwerslmft
A: 292.5-297.5 m m (11.52-11.71 i n . )
6. Install the d y n a m i c d a m p e r b a n d ( s e e s t e p 10 o n
p a g e 16-14).
7. Install the i n b o a r d joint ( s e e p a g e 16-12).
4. Install the n e w d y n a m i c d a m p e r .
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to s w a p t h e d y n a m i c d a m p e r s .
C h e c k the t y p e of d y n a m i c d a m p e r by Its s h a p e .
16-10
Driveshaft Reassembly
Exploded View
INBOARD JOINT
ROLLERS
EAR CLAMP BANDS

Replace.
Use the grease included

in the outboard boot s e t
(confd)
16-11
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Reassembly (cont'd)
* B o o t b a n d tool, KD-3191 or e q u i v a l e n t , c o m m e r c i a l l y
available
3. Install t h e s p i d e r (A) onto the d r i v e s h a f t by a l i g n i n g

the m a r k s (B) y o u m a d e o n t h e s p i d e r a n d t h e e n d
of the d r i v e s h a f t
* B o o t b a n d p l i e r s , K e n t - M o o r e J - 3 5 9 1 0 or e q u i v a l e n t
* Boot b a n d pliers, c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
N O T E : Refer to the E x p l o d e d V i e w , a s n e e d e d , d u r i n g
this procedure.
inboard Joint Side

1. W r a p the s p l i n e s w i t h v i n y l t a p e (A) to p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g the I n b o a r d b o o t
4. Install a n e w circlip (C) Into the d r i v e s h a f t g r o o v e .

A l w a y s rotate the circlip in its g r o o v e to m a k e s u r e
It Is fully s e a t e d .
5. Fit the rollers (A) onto t h e s p i d e r (B) w i t h t h e high
s h o u l d e r s f a c i n g o u t w a r d a n d note t h e s e Items:
R e i n s t a l l the rollers in their original p o s i t i o n s o n
the s p i d e r by a l i g n i n g the m a r k s (C) y o u m a d e .
* Hold the d r i v e s h a f t pointed up to p r e v e n t the
rollers f r o m falling off.
2. Install t h e i n b o a r d boot onto the d r i v e s h a f t , t h e n
r e m o v e the v i n y l t a p e . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the
inboard b o o t
16-12
6 , P a c k t h e i n b o a r d joint w i t h t h e joint g r e a s e
i n c l u d e d In t h e n e w i n b o a r d boot s e t .
8. Fit t h e boot e n d s (A) onto t h e d r i v e s h a f t (B) a n d the

i n b o a r d joint (C).
7, Fit t h e i n b o a r d joint onto the d r i v e s h a f t a n d note

these items:
* R e i n s t a l l t h e i n b o a r d joint onto the d r i v e s h a f t b y
a l i g n i n g t h e m a r k s (A) y o u m a d e o n t h e i n b o a r d
joint a n d t h e rollers.
* Hold t h e d r i v e s h a f t s o t h e i n b o a r d joint is
pointing up to p r e v e n t It f r o m falling off.
(confd)
16-13
Driveline/Axle
A d j u s t the length (A) of the d r i v e s h a f t s to the figure
a s s h o w n , t h e n a d j u s t the boots to h a l f w a y
b e t w e e n full c o m p r e s s i o n a n d full e x t e n s i o n . B l e e d
11. Fit the boot e n d s onto t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d the

i n b o a r d joint, t h e n install a n e w d o u b l e loop b a n d
(A) onto t h e boot (B).
e x c e s s air f r o m the b o o t s by inserting a flat-tipped

s c r e w d r i v e r b e t w e e n the boot a n d the joint.
N O T E : P a s s the e n d of the n e w d o u b l e loop b a n d

t h r o u g h the d i p (C) t w i c e in the direction of t h e
f o r w a r d rotation of the d r i v e s h a f t .
Right driveshaft
12. Pull up the s l a c k in the b a n d by h a n d ,

Model
K24Z2
engine
model
M/T
A/T
K24Z2 engine
model
Left/Right
Speelffed L e n g t h
Driveshaft
Left
(A)
554559 m m
Right
( 2 1 . 8 1 - 2 2 . 0 1 in.)
480-485 mm
Left
(18.9019.09 in.)
554559 m m
( 2 1 . 8 1 - 2 2 . 0 1 in.)
Right
477-482 mm
( 1 8 . 7 8 - 1 8 . 9 8 in.)
Left
554559 m m
( 2 1 . 8 1 - 2 2 . 0 1 in.)
480485 m m
Right
(18.9019.09 in.)
10. Install n e w boot b a n d s .
F o r the d o u b l e loop t y p e , g o to s t e p 11.
F o r the l o w profile t y p e , go to s t e p 20.
16-14
13. Mark position (A) o n the. b a n d 1 0 1 4

( 0 . 4 - 0 . 6 in.) f r o m the clip (B).
mm
14. T h r e a d t h e f r e e e n d of t h e b a n d t h r o u g h the n o s e
17. U n w i n d the boot b a n d t o o l , a n d c u t off the e x c e s s
s e c t i o n of t h e c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e boot b a n d
f r e e e n d of t h e b a n d to l e a v e a 510 m m
tool KD-3191 or e q u i v a l e n t (A), a n d Into t h e s l o t on
(0.20.4 In.) tail protruding f r o m the clip.
'
t h e w i n d i n g m a n d r e l (6).
18. B e n d t h e b a n d e n d (A) by t a p p i n g It d o w n w i t h a
hammer.
NOTE:
15, U s i n g a w r e n c h o n the w i n d i n g m a n d r e l of t h e boot
b a n d t o o l , tighten the b a n d until t h e m a r k e d s p o t
IC) on t h e b a n d m e e t s t h e e d g e of t h e c l i p .
* M a k e s u r e the b a n d a n d t h e clip do not Interfere

with a n y t h i n g on the v e h i c l e a n d the b a n d d o e s
not m o v e .
* Clean, a n y g r e a s e r e m a i n i n g o n the s u r r o u n d i n g
16. Lift y p t h e b o o t b a n d tool to b e n d t h e f r e e e n d of
surfaces.
t h e b a n d 90 d e g r e e s to t h e clip. C e n t e r - p u n c h t h e
c l i p , t h e n fold o v e r t h e r e m a i n i n g tail onto t h e clip.
19. R e p e a t s t e p s 11 t h r o u g h 18 for the b a n d on the

other e n d of the b o o t
(confd)
16-15
Driveline/Axle
20. Install the n e w l o w profile b a n d (A) onto t h e boot
Outboard Joint Side
(B), t h e n hook the tab (C) of the b a n d .

B
1. W r a p t h e s p l i n e s w i t h v i n y l t a p e (A) to p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g the o u t b o a r d boot.
2 1 . C l o s e the hook portion of the b a n d w i t h

c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e boot b a n d pliers f A ) , t h e n
hook the t a b s (B) of t h e b a n d .
2. Install the n e w e a r c l a m p b a n d s (B) a n d the

o u t b o a r d boot, t h e n r e m o v e the v i n y l t a p e . B e
careful not to d a m a g e the o u t b o a r d boot.
3. Install a n e w s t o p ring (A) in the d r i v e s h a f t g r o o v e
(B).
22. Install t h e boot b a n d on the other e n d of the boot,

a n d r e p e a t s t e p s 20 a n d 21.
16-16
A
Replace.
4. P a c k a b o u t . 3 5 g (1.2 oz) g r e a s e i n c l u d e d in t h e n e w
o u t b o a r d boot s e t into t h e d r i v e s h a f t h o l e in t h e
outboard joint
6. T o c o m p l e t e l y s e a t t h e o u t b o a r d j o i n t pick up t h e
d r i v e s h a f t a n d - j o i n t a n d tap or hit the a s s e m b l y
onto a h a r d s u r f a c e f r o m a h e i g h t of a b o u t 10 c m
(4 in.).
N O T E : If y o u a r e installing a n e w o u t b o a r d joint,
t h e g r e a s e is a l r e a d y i n s t a l l e d .
N O T E : D o not u s e a h a m m e r a s e x c e s s i v e f o r c e
m a y d a m a g e the d r i v e s h a f t . B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e t h e t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n (A) of the o u t b o a r d
joint
A,
10 cm
(4 I n j
5, Insert t h e d r i v e s h a f t (A) into t h e o u t b o a r d joint (B)
until t h e s t o p ring CO is c l o s e to t h e joint.
7. C h e c k t h e a l i g n m e n t of t h e paint m a r k (A) y o u
m a d e w i t h t h e o u t b o a r d joint rim (B).
(cont'd)
16-17
DriweSirse/AxIe
Driveshaft Reassembly (cont'd!
8. Pack the outboard joint (A) w i t h the r e m a i n i n g joint
g r e a s e i n c l u d e d in the n e w o u t b o a r d boot s e t
10. I n s p e c t the length (A) of the d r i v e s h a f t s to the

figure a s s h o w n , t h e n a d j u s t the- b o o t s to h a l f w a y
b e t w e e n full c o m p r e s s i o n a n d full e x t e n s i o n .
Total grease quantity

Model
K24Z2
M/T
A/T
engine
model
K24Z3 engine model
Quantity
- 1 4 0 1 5 0 g (4.95.3 oz)
1 0 5 1 1 5 g -(3.74.1 oz)
1 4 0 1 5 0 g (4.95.3 oz)
r=3(
m m
Right driveshaft
m m
Left/Right
Model
Use the grease included
in the outboard boot set.
9. Fit the boot e n d s (A) onto the d r i v e s h a f t (B) a n d the
o u t b o a r d joint (C). B l e e d a n y e x c e s s air f r o m the
boot by inserting a flat-tipped s c r e w d r i v e r b e t w e e n
the boot a n d the j o i n t -
K24Z2
engine
model
M/T
A/T
Specified Length
Driveshaft
Left
(A)
554559 m m
Right
(21.8122.01 in.)
480485 m m
Left
( 1 8 . 9 0 - 1 9 . 0 9 in.)
554559 m m
Right
( 2 1 . 8 1 - 2 2 . 0 1 in.)
477482 m m
( 1 8 . 7 8 - 1 8 . 9 8 in.)
K24Z3 engine
model
Left
Right
16-18
554559 m m
( 2 1 . 8 1 - 2 2 . 0 1 in.)
480485 m m
( 1 8 . 9 0 - 1 9 . 0 9 in.)
11. C l o s e t h e e a r portion (A) of t h e b a n d w i t h

c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e boot b a n d pliers {KentM o o r e J - 3 5 9 1 0 or e q u i v a l e n t ) I B ) .
12. C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l o s e d e a r portion

of t h e b a n d . If t h e c l e a r a n c e Is not w i t h i n t h e
s t a n d a r d , c l o s e t h e e a r portion of t h e b a n d tighter.
13. R e p e a t s t e p s 11 a n d 12 for t h e b a n d o n t h e other

e n d of t h e b o o t
Drfveline/Axle
Driveshaft Installation
N O T E : B e f o r e starting installation, m a k e s u r e the
m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of the joint a n d the s p l i n e d s e c t i o n a r e
clean.
3. Install a n e w s e t ring (A) onto-the s e t ring g r o o v e

(B) of the intermediate shaft.
1. A p p l y a b o u t 5 g (0.18 oz) m o l y 60 p a s t e
(P/N 08734-0001) to t h e c o n t a c t a r e a (A) of the
o u t b o a r d joint a n d t h e front w h e e l b e a r i n g .
N O T E : T h e p a s t e h e l p s to p r e v e n t n o i s e a n d
vibration.
2. Install a n e w s e t ring (A) onto the s e t ring g r o o v e

(B) of the left d r i v e s h a f t i n b o a r d j o i n t
4. A p p l y 0.51.0 g (0.020.04 oz) of s u p e r high t e m p

u r e a g r e a s e (P/N 08798-9002) to the w h o l e s p l i n e d
s u r f a c e (A) of the right d r i v e s h a f t . After a p p l y i n g
g r e a s e , r e m o v e the g r e a s e f r o m the s p l i n e d
g r o o v e s at intervals of 2 3 s p l i n e s a n d f r o m t h e
s e t ring g r o o v e (B) s o that air c a n b l e e d f r o m t h e
Intermediate shaft.
A
Replace.
16-20
5, C l e a n the a r e a s w h e r e the d r i v e s h a f t c o n t a c t s t h e
differential t h o r o u g h l y w i t h s o l v e n t or brake
c l e a n e r , a n d d r y w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air.
7. Install t h e o u t b o a r d joint (A) into the front h u b o n

the knuckle.
N O T E : D o not w a s h t h e r u b b e r p a r t s w i t h s o l v e n t
6, Insert t h e i n b o a r d e n d f A ) of t h e d r i v e s h a f t Into the
differential (B) or i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (Q until the s e t
ring (D) l o c k s In the g r o o v e I E ) .
N O T E : I n s e r t t h e d r i v e s h a f t horizontally to p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g t h e oil s e a l .
Left
/ /
Eight
3t
8. W i p e off a n y g r e a s e c o n t a m i n a t i o n f r o m the ball

joint t a p e r e d s e c t i o n a n d t h r e a d s , t h e n Install the
knuckle (A) onto the l o w e r a r m (B). B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e the ball joint boot (C). W i p e off t h e g r e a s e
b e f o r e tightening the nut at t h e ball j o i n t T o r q u e
t h e c a s t l e nut CD) to t h e l o w e r t o r q u e s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,
t h e n tighten it only far e n o u g h to a l i g n t h e slot with
the ball joint pin hole.
NOTE:
* M a k e s u r e the ball joint boot is not d a m a g e d or
cracked.
* D o not align the nut by l o o s e n i n g it.
14 M 1.5 mm
7 8 - 8 8 N-m
( 8 . 0 - 9 . 0 kgf-m,
5 8 - 6 5 Ibf-ft)
E
Replace,
9. Install a n e w cotter pin (E) Into the ball joint pin

h o l e , a n d b e n d the cotter pin a s s h o w n .
(confd)
16-21
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Installation (cont'd)
10. Install the d a m p e r fork (A) o v e r t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d
onto the l o w e r a r m . Install the d a m p e r in the
d a m p e r fork s o the a l i g n i n g t a b (B) is a l i g n e d with
the slot in the d a m p e r fork. L o o s e l y install the
d a m p e r pinch bolt (C).
13. P l a c e a floor j a c k u n d e r t h e l o w e r a r m , a n d r a i s e
the s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
N O T E : Do not put the floor j a c k u n d e r the ball j o i n t
14. T i g h t e n the d a m p e r p i n c h bolt a n d t h e d a m p e r fork
m o u n t i n g nut w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e d a m p e r fork
m o u n t i n g bolt to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s .
15. A p p l y a s m a l l a m o u n t of e n g i n e oil to t h e s e a t i n g
s u r f a c e of the. n e w s p i n d l e nut (A).
Replace.
11. L o o s e l y install a n e w d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g bolt

(D) a n d a n e w d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g nut ( E ) .
12. C o n n e c t the front stabilizer link (A) to the l o w e r a r m ,
a n d l o o s e l y install a n e w f l a n g e n u t Hold the
stabilizer link joint pin (B) w i t h a h e x w r e n c h { Q ,
a n d tighten the n e w f l a n g e nut (D),
16. Install the s p i n d l e nut, t h e n tighten it. After

. t i g h t e n i n g , u s e a drift to s t a k e the s p i n d l e nut
s h o u l d e r (B) a g a i n s t the d r i v e s h a f t .
17. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of t h e brake d i s c a n d t h e
w h e e l t h e n install the front w h e e l s .
18. T u r n the w h e e l by h a n d , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e r e is no
interference b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d
surrounding parts.
19. Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid:
(4.0 kgf.m,
29 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
20. R e m o v e the floor j a c k , t h e n l o w e r t h e v e h i c l e on
the lift.
21. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).
16-22
Intermediate Shaft Removal

1, D r a i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid. R e i n s t a l l the d r a i n
plug using a n e w sealing w a s h e r :
* M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n { s e e p a g e 13-5)
Intermediate Shaft Disassembly

S p e c i a l Tools R e q y i r e d
* Half shaft b a s e 0 7 N A F - S R 3 0 1 0 1
* Oil s e a l d r i v e r , 4 4 . 5 m m 0 7 9 4 7 - S B 0 0 1 0 0
1. R e m o v e the h e a t s h i e l d (A).
2 . R e m o v e t h e right d r i v e s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 16-4),
3, R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolt (A) a n d t h e t w o d o w e l bolts
(BK
4. R e m o v e the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (A) f r o m the

differential. Hold the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t horizontally
until it is c l e a r of t h e differential to p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g the oil s e a l (B).
(confd)
16-23
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft Disassembly (cont'd)
3. P r e s s the Intermediate shaft (A) out of the
intermediate shaft b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g the half shaft
b a s e (C) a n d a p r e s s . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e
b e a r i n g s u p p o r t ring (D) o n the Intermediate s h a f t
during d i s a s s e m b l y .
07NAF-SR30101
4. R e m o v e the internal s n a p ring (A) f r o m the b e a r i n g
s u p p o r t (B).
16-24
5. P r e s s the Intermediate s h a f t b e a r i n g (A) out of t h e

b e a r i n g s u p p o r t (B) u s i n g the 44,5 m m oil s e a l
d r i v e r (C), the half shaft b a s e (D) a n d a p r e s s ,
r
PRESS
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly

exploded View
(cont'd)
16-25
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly (coi
3. Install the Internal s n a p ring (A) in t h e g r o o v e (B) of

O i l s e a l driver, 64 m m 0 7 G A D - P H 7 0 2 0 1
the b e a r i n g s u p p o r t .
* Half shaft b a s e 0 7 N A F - S R 3 0 1 0 1
* B e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m
07746-0010400
* Inner b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t 3 5 m m
07746-0030400
* Driver h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
* Installer a t t a c h m e n t 4 5 m m 0 7 M A D - P R 9 0 1 0 0
N O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w , a s n e e d e d , d u r i n g
this procedure.
1. C l e a n the d i s a s s e m b l e d parts with s o l v e n t , a n d dry
t h e m with c o m p r e s s e d air.
N O T E : Do not w a s h t h e r u b b e r parts with s o l v e n t .
2. P r e s s the n e w i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t b e a r i n g (A) into
the b e a r i n g s u p p o r t (B) u s i n g t h e 52 x 55 m m
b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t ( C ) , the 15 x 1 3 5 L driver
h a n d l e (D), the half s h a f t b a s e ( E ) , a n d a p r e s s .
PRESS
16-26
4. P r e s s the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (A) Into the shaft

b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g the 3 5 m m I n n e r b e a r i n g driver
a t t a c h m e n t (C) a n d a p r e s s .
5. Install the e x t e r n a l s n a p ring I A ) m the g r o o v e of

t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t f B).
7. Install t h e h e a t s h i e l d (A).
6 M 1.0 m m
9.8 U-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
6* Install a n e w outer s e a l (A) into t h e b e a r i n g s u p p o r t

| B ) u s i n g t h e 45 m m installer a t t a c h m e n t ( C ) ,
8 4 m m oil s e a l d r i v e r <D>, t h e half s h a f t b a s e ( E ) ,
a n d a p r e s s . P r e s s in t h e s e a l until it i s 4 0.2 m m
(0.16 6 . 0 0 8 in.) (F) b e l o w the s u r f a c e of the
bearing support end.
PRESS
E
07NAF-SR30101
16-27
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft installation
5. Install t h e right d r i v e s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 16-20).
1. C l e a n the a r e a s w h e r e the i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft
c o n t a c t s the differential t h o r o u g h l y with s o l v e n t or
brake c l e a n e r , a n d dry with c o m p r e s s e d air.
N O T E : Do not w a s h t h e r u b b e r parts with s o l v e n t .
2. Install a n e w s e t ring (A) onto t h e s e t ring g r o o v e
(B) of the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (C).
6. Refill t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid:
3. Insert the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t into the differential

correctly.
N O T E : Insert the i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft c a r e f u l l y to
p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g the oil s e a l (D).
4. Install the f l a n g e bolt (A) a n d t w o d o w e l bolts (B).
B
16-28
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
" Portions of materials contained herein have been reprinted under

license from America Honda Motor Co., Inc. License Agreement AH220 ."
INTRODUCTION
- H o w to U s e T h i s
Manual
This manual Is divided Into multiple sections, The first page of

each section is marked with a black tab that lines up with its
corresponding thumb index tab on this page and the back cover,
You can quickly find the first page of e a c h section without
looking through a full table of contents. The symbols printed at
the top corner of each page can also be used a s a quick
reference s y s t e m ,
Each section includes:
1, A table of contents, or an exploded view index showing:
* Parts d i s a s s e m b l y sequence,
* Bolt torques and thread sizes.
* Page references to descriptions in text,
2, D i s a s s e m b l y / a s s e m b l y procedures and tools,
3, Inspection,
4, Test!ng/troubIeshootrng.
5, Repair.
8. Adjustments,
Maintenance
Engine Mechanical'.
Engine Cooling
* Safety IVIessages
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. To help
you make informed decisions, w e have provided safety
m e s s a g e s , and other safety information throughout this manual.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with servicing this vehicle. You must use
your own good judgment.
Y o u will find important safety information in a variety of forms
including:
* Safety L a b e l s on the vehicle,
* Safety M e s s a g e s preceded by a safety alert symbol j j ^ and
one of three signal words, D A N G E R , W A R N I N G , or C A U T I O N .
T h e s e signal w o r d s m e a n :
*Transaxle
'Steering
tS93J[flPil
Suspension
(Including TPMS)
W3I11I53
Brakes
(Including VSA)
Y o u W I L L be KILLED or S E R I O U S L Y HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
Y o u C A N be KILLED or S E R I O U S L Y H U R T if
you don't follow instructions,
Y o u C A N be H U R T if you don't follow
instructions,
* Instructions how to service this vehicle correctly and safely.
Body
All information contained in this manual is based on the latest
product information available at the time of printing, W e reserve
the right to make c h a n g e s at anytime without notice, No part of
this publication may be reproduced, or stored in a retrieval
s y s t e m , or transmitted, in any form by any m e a n s , electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of the publisher. T h i s includes text,
figures, and tables.
A s you read this m a n u a l you will find information that is
preceded by a MOTICE s y m b o l . The purpose of this m e s s a g e is
to help prevent d a m a g e to your vehicle, other property, or the
environment.
First E d i t i o n
11-2008
All Rights Reserved

Specifications apply to USA and Canada
H O N D A IVIOTQR CO., L T D .
*Heating, Ventilation,
and Air Conditioning
Body Electrical
*Audio, Navigation,
and Telematics
^Restraints
Service Publication Office
As sections with * include S R S components;

p&cial precautions are required when servicing.
I l p i p i l marked sections are not included in this
- V manual, see Volume 1.
2008-09 Accord
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If steering maintenance is required)

T h e A c c o r d S R S i n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s airbag in the s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e
g l o v e b o x , s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s in the front s e a t belt retractors, s i d e curtain a i r b a g s in the s i d e s of the roof, a n d s i d e
a i r b a g s in the front s e a t - b a c k s . Information n e c e s s a r y to s a f e l y s e r v i c e the S R S is i n c l u d e d in t h i s S e r v i c e M a n u a l .
I t e m s m a r k e d with a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) on the c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e or are located n e a r S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or replacing t h e s e i t e m s r e q u i r e s s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a n d t o o l s , a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d
Honda dealer.
T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g the S R S i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury or death in the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

or s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a d e a l e r .
* I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , i n c l u d i n g incorrect r e m o v a l a n d installation of the S R S , c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury

* Do not b u m p or i m p a c t the S R S unit, front i m p a c t s e n s o r s , s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r s , or rear s a f i n g s e n s o r w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h is in O N (II), or for at least 3 m i n u t e s after the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , the
s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , or the a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
* S R S electrical c o n n e c t o r s are identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . R e l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in the s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e g l o v e box, in the front s e a t s ,
in t h e roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d the floor. Do not u s e electrical test e q u i p m e n t on t h e s e c i r c u i t s .
Steering
Power Steering
Special Tools ..
.........
....
. 17-2
Component Location Index ........
......
............ 17-3
1 7 - 4
Symptom Troubleshooting ....
....................
... 17-7
Steering Wheel Rotational Play Check .........
...... 17-9
Power Assist Check
...
17-9
Steering Linkage and Gearbox Inspection
17-10
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
1 7 - 1 1
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-001000A or
T/N
0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1
.....................
Fluid Leakage Inspection .........................

.....
Fluid Replacement ............
Power Steering Hose, Line, and
Pressure Switch Replacement ....
*
...
...
Pump Replacement .............
....
.......
............
Pump Overhaul ..........
.....
* Steering Wheel Removal ......
.........
Steering Wheel Disassembly/Reassembly
* Steering Wheel Installation .........
......
* Steering Column Removal and Installation
....
Steering Column Inspection ........................
.
Steering Lock Replacement .....
.........
.
Rack Guide Adjustment .................
......
........
Steering Gearbox Removal .....
.
Steering Gearbox Overhaul
Steering Gearbox Installation
.....
Tie-rod Ball Joint Boot Replacement
....
......
Gearbox Mount Cushion Replacement
1 7 - 1 2
17-13
17-14
17-15
17-16
17-17
17-24
17-25
17-27
17-28
17-32
17-34
17-35
17-36
17-43
17-58
17-66
17-67
Power Steering
Special Tools
B e l No.
17-2
Tool Number
07HAG-SF1020A
07JAD-PL9A100
07MAA-SL00100
Description
Piston S e a l Ring S i z i n g T o o l
Oil s e a l Driver 65 mm'
L o c k n u t W r e n c h , 40 m m
07MAC-SL0A202
07NAG-SR3090A
Ball J o i n t R e m o v e r , 28 m m
V a l v e S e a l Ring S i z i n g T o o l
S l e e v e S e a l Ring Guide
S l e e v e S e a l Ring Sizing T o o l , 36 m m
07YAG-S2X0100
G7ZAG-S5A0100
07RAK-S040111
07RAK-S040122
07TAF-SZ50100
07XAG-S0KA200
070AG-SJAA10S
07406-0010001
0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A or 07406-001A101
07746-0010100
07746-0030300
07946-1870100
07749-0010000
07965-SA50500
Qty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
P/S Joint Adapter (Pump)

P / S J o i n t A d a p t e r (Hose)
Cylinder End Seal Remover Attachment

Piston S e a l Ring G u i d e
P/S Pressure Gauge
P/S Pressure Gauge
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A t t a c h m e n t , 30 m m I.D.
Driver H a n d l e , 1 5 x 1 3 5 L
Front Hub D i s / A s s e m b l y T o o l
1
1
DRIVER'S AIRBAG
POWER S T E E R I N G FLUID RESERVOIR

Fluid Leakage Inspection, page 17-13
Fluid R e p l a c e m e n t ! , page 17-14
Power Steering Hose, Line, and
Pressure Switch Replacement, page 17-15
f STEERING WHEEL
R e m o v a l page 17-24
page 17-25
P O W E R STEERING PUMP
Drive Belt Inspection, page 4-29
Drive Belt Replacement, page 4-30
Pump Pressure Test
with T/N 07406-0010001, page 17-11
Pump Pressure Test
with T/N 07406-001000A or 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 ,
page 17-12
Pump Replacement page 17-18
Pump Overhaul, page 17-17
STEERING C O L U M N
Removal and Installation,
page 17-28
Steering Lock Replacement
page 17-34
POWER STEERING G E A R B O X
Rack Guide Adjustment page 17-35
R e m o v a l , page 17-38
Overhaul, page 17-43
Tie-rod Ball Joint Boot Replacement page 17-66
Gearbox IV!aunt Cushion Replacement page 17-67
17-3
Power Steering
Symptom Troubleshooting SndeM
Find the s y m p t o m in the c h a r t b e l o w , a n d do the related p r o c e d u r e s Sn the o r d e r listed until y o u find the c a u s e .
Proeedurefs!
Symptom
Hard s t e e r i n g
T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 17-7).
Modified s u s p e n s i o n
Damaged
suspension
Incorrect tire s i z e s ,
tire v a r i e t i e s , a n d air
pressure
Assist
(excessively
light s t e e r i n g at
high s p e e d )
S h o c k or
vibration w h e n
the steeringw h e e l is t u r n e d
to full lock
Steering wheel
will not return
smoothly
U n e v e n or rough
C h e c k the rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 17-35),
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
steering
2.
3.
4.
Steering wheel
kicks b a c k during
wide turns
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
17-4
Front w h e e l alignment
( s e e p a g e 18-5)
C h e c k t h e drive belt for s l i p p a g e ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p fluid p r e s s u r e w i t h T / N 0 7 4 0 6 0010001 ( s e e p a g e 17-11), T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A or
T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 17-12).
C h e c k the rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 17-35).
O v e r h a u l t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-43).
C h e c k c y l i n d e r lines for d e f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 17-15).
C h e c k the ball joints for b i n d i n g .
C h e c k w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ( s e e p a g e 18-5).
C h e c k for l o w fluid level in t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g r e s e r v o i r d u e to
p o s s i b l e l e a k s in s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 17-14).
Damaged suspension
C h e c k the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

C h e c k for l o w or erratic e n g i n e idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).
C h e c k for air in the p o w e r s t e e r i n g s y s t e m d u e to air e n t e r i n g
the inlet s i d e of the p u m p .
C h e c k the rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 17-35).
C h e c k for l o w fluid level in the p o w e r s t e e r i n g r e s e r v o i r d u e to
p o s s i b l e l e a k s in t h e s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 17-14).
C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p fluid p r e s s u r e with T / N 074060010001 ( s e e p a g e 17-11), T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A o r
T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 17-12).
....
_ L.. ...
Symptom
Humming noise
f r o m the p o w e r
steering s y s t e m
1,
2,
3,
4,
5,
Power steering
Hissing from the

power steering
system/foaming
fluid
Noise from the

power steering
pump
Squeaking from
the p o w e r
steering pump
Fluid leaks from
the steering
gearbox
* Pump pressure
* If t h e n o i s e is h e a r d during the first 2 3 m i n u t e s after starting

the e n g i n e in c o l d w e a t h e r , t h i s is n o r m a l ,
* If t h e n o i s e is h e a r d w h e n t h e w h e e l is t u r n e d w i t h the v e h i c l e
s t o p p e d , t h i s is n o r m a l d u e to the fluid p u l s a t i o n .
C h e c k for air b u b b l e s in the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid, leak on the
inlet s i d e of the p u m p .
* Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
-
Restriction in t h e
h i g h - p r e s s u r e line
Restriction in the
l o w - p r e s s u r e line
C h e c k for particle c o n t a m i n a t i o n of fluid a n d a restricted filter in

the reservoir,
C h e c k f o r t h e h i g h - p r e s s u r e h o s e t o u c h i n g t h e s u b f r a m e or body.
C h e c k for a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n torque c o n v e r t e r n o i s e .
1*
C h e c k for l o o s e s t e e r i n g c o m p o n e n t s (tie-rod a n d ball joints).

T i g h t e n or r e p l a c e a s n e c e s s a r y .
2,
C h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n shaft for w o b b l i n g . If the s t e e r i n g

c o l u m n w o b b l e s , replace the steering c o l u m n a s s e m b l y
f s e e p a g e 17-28),
3,
C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p pulley on the s h a f t c o m p , for

d a m a g e a n d deterioration, r e p l a c e t h e shaft c o m p , if n e c e s s a r y
( s e e p a g e 17-17).
rack, rattle or
chattering
Pmcedumis)
C h e c k w h e n the n o i s e o c c u r s :
4,
C h e c k t h e rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t { s e e p a g e 17-35),
* C h e c k t h e fluid l e v e l . If low, fill the r e s e r v o i r to the p r o p e r level
a n d c h e c k for l e a k s ( s e e p a g e 17-14).
* C h e c k the r e s e r v o i r for leaks.
* C h e c k for c r u s h e d inlet h o s e or l o o s e h o s e c l a m p a l l o w i n g air into
the s u c t i o n s i d e of t h e s y s t e m f s e e p a g e 17-15).
* C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p shaft oil s e a l for l e a k s .
* C o m p a r e t h e p u m p n o i s e at n o r m a l operating t e m p e r a t u r e to
a n o t h e r like v e h i c l e ( p u m p n o i s e d u r i n g t h e first 2 3 m i n u t e s
after starting the e n g i n e in c o l d w e a t h e r is n o r m a l ) .
* A i r in the P / S fluid
* Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
* P/S pump pressure

* A i r in the P / S fluid
* R e m o v e a n d i n s p e c t t h e p u m p for w e a r a n d d a m a g e ( s e e p a g e
17-16).
* F l u i d l e a k s f r o m the top of the v a l v e b o d y u n i t O v e r h a u l the v a l v e

b o d y unit ( s e e s t e p 2 3 o n p a g e 17-48).
* F l u i d l e a k s f r o m the d r i v e r ' s s i d e boot. R e p l a c e the v a l v e oil s e a l
on the pinion shaft. R e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l on the g e a r b o x
s i d e ( s e e p a g e 17-43).
* F l u i d l e a k s f r o m the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e boot. R e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r
e n d s e a l o n t h e c y l i n d e r s i d e ( s e e p a g e 17-43).
* F l u i d l e a k s f r o m pinion shaft n e a r the l o w e r s t e e r i n g joint b o l t
O v e r h a u l t h e v a l v e b o d y unit ( s e e s t e p 2 3 o n p a g e 17-48).
* F l u i d l e a k s f r o m t h e s t e e r i n g d a m p i n g v a l v e c o v e r s on the v a l v e
b o d y u n i t R e p l a c e the v a l v e h o u s i n g .
Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
(confd)
17-5
Power Steering
Symptom
Proeedurefs)
F l u i d l e a k s f r o m the c y l i n d e r line c o n n e c t i o n s (flare nuts). T i g h t e n
the c o n n e c t i o n a n d retest ( s e e p a g e 17-15).
Fluid l e a k s f r o m a d a m a g e d c y l i n d e r line(s). R e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r
line(s) ( s e e p a g e 17-15).
Fluid l e a k s f r o m the p u m p outlet h o s e or return Sine fitting on the
v a l v e b o d y unit (flare nuts). Tighten.the fitting a n d r e t e s t If it still
l e a k s , r e p l a c e the h o s e , the line (see p a g e 17-15), or v a l v e b o d y
unit a s n e c e s s a r y .
Fluid l e a k s f r o m
the p o w e r
steering pump
Fluid l e a k s f r o m the p u m p s e a l . R e p l a c e t h e p u m p s e a l ( s e e p a g e
17-17).
F l u i d l e a k s f r o m the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p h o u s i n g . R e p l a c e the
leaking O - r i n g s or s e a l s ( s e e p a g e 17-17), a n d if n e c e s s a r y r e p l a c e
the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p (see p a g e 17-16).
Fluid leaks from

the power
steering
reservoir
F l u i d l e a k s f r o m a r o u n d the r e s e r v o i r c a p b e c a u s e fluid level is too

h i g h . Drain the r e s e r v o i r to the proper level ( s e e p a g e 17-14). If the
fluid is a e r a t e d c h e c k for a n air leak on the inlet s i d e of p u m p .
Fluid contamination
the p o w e r
s t e e r i n g line
the p o w e r
steering p u m p
outlet h o s e
(high-pressure)
Fluid leaks from
the power
steering p u m p
inlet h o s e
(low-pressure)
17-6
Fluid l e a k s f r o m r e s e r v o i r . C h e c k the r e s e r v o i r for c r a c k s a n d

replace a s necessary.
* C h e c k the fitting for l o o s e bolts. If the bolts are tight, r e p l a c e the
fitting O - r i n g ( s e e p a g e 17-15).
Fluid l e a k s at the s w a g g e d j o i n t R e p l a c e the p u m p outlet h o s e
(see p a g e 17-15).
C h e c k the h o s e for d a m a g e , deterioration, or i m p r o p e r a s s e m b l y
(see p a g e 17-15). R e p l a c e or repair a s n e c e s s a r y .
Hard Steering
4. M e a s u r e t h e p u m p relief p r e s s u r e at idle.
NOTE:
is the pressure
* C o m p a r e to a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e that is the s a m e
trim level.
* C h e c k for s u s p e n s i o n d a m a g e ,
* C h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g align merit,
* C h e c k t h e tire condition a n d p r e s s u r e .
1,180-
8,140-
1,280 psi) or
8,830
kPa (83-
90
kgf/crrf,
more?
5 . U s i n g a s p r i n g s c a l e , m e a s u r e t h e p o w e r a s s i s t in
1, C h e c k the p o w e r a s s i s t f s e e p a g e 17-9).
both d i r e c t i o n s , to the left a n d to t h e right.

Is the initial
BM ibf) ?
turning
load
more
than 29 N (3.0
kgf,
Are the two measurements
1.12 ibf) of each
other?
within
5.0 N (0,51
kgf,
M O P o w e r a s s i s t is O K at t h i s t i m e . C o m p a r e to a
known-good vehicle.
2, C o n n e c t the P / S joint a d a p t e r ( p u m p ) , P / S joint
a d a p t e r Chose), a n d P / S p r e s s u r e g a u g e T / N 0 7 4 0 6 0010001 f s e e p a g e 17-11), T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A or
T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 f s e e p a g e 17-12) to the p u m p .
3, M e a s u r e s t e a d y - s t a t e fluid p r e s s u r e f r o m the p u m p
at idle.
is the pressure
less?
1,470 kPa (15 kgf/cm ,213
psi)
or
6= M e a s u r e the fluid p r e s s u r e w i t h both p r e s s u r e

g a u g e v a l v e s o p e n (if s o e q u i p p e d ) , w h i l e turning
the s t e e r i n g w h e e l fully to the left a n d fully to the
right.
is the pressure
8,1408,830 kPa (83- 90
kgf/cnf,
1,180 1,280 psi) or more in both
directions?
Y E S G o to s t e p 7
N O F a u l t y s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x . O v e r h a u l the
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (see p a g e 17-43).
(confd)
17-7
Power Steering
Symptom Troubleshooting (cont'd)
7. A d j u s t the rack g u i d e ( s e e p a g e 17-35), a n d r e t e s t
11. C h e c k the c y l i n d e r l i n e s for d e f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e

17-15).
Is the steering
OK ?
Are any of the iine(s)
deformed?
Y E S R e p a i r is c o m p l e t e d . B
Y E S R e p l a c e the d e f o r m e d l i n e ( s ) . B
N O F a u l t y steering g e a r b o x . O v e r h a u l the
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-43).
8. C h e c k the outlet a n d return h o s e s a n d lines
b e t w e e n the p u m p a n d the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x for
clogging and deformation.
Are
the iines
dogged
or
deformed?
12. C h e c k for a bent rack s h a f t or m i s a d j u s t e d rack
g u i d e (too tight).
Is the rack shaft
too
tight?
N O F a u l t y v a l v e body u n i t O v e r h a u l the s t e e r i n g
g e a r b o x ( s e e page 17-43).
10. C h e c k the f l o w control v a l v e for s m o o t h m o v e m e n t

a n d l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 12 on p a g e 17-18).
vaive
OK?
Y E S F a u l t y p u m p a s s e m b l y . R e p l a c e the p u m p
a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 17-16).
N O F a u l t y flow control v a l v e . R e p l a c e the f i o w
control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 7 - 1 7 ) .
17-8
adjusted
N O F a u l t y v a l v e b o d y u n i t R e p l a c e the v a l v e
body u n i t . B
9. D i s a s s e m b l e the p u m p ( s e e p a g e 17-17).
controi
guide
Y E S R e p l a c e the rack s h a f t , or r e a d j u s t the rack

g u i d e p r e l o a d , If
Y E S R e p l a c e the lines.
is the fiow
bent or the rack
Steering Wheel Rotational Play

Cheek
Power Assist Check

N O T E : T h i s test s h o u l d be d o n e w i t h original e q u i p m e n t
tires a n d w h e e l s at the c o r r e c t tire p r e s s u r e .
1 * T u r n the front w h e e l s to the s t r a i g h t a h e a d position.

1. C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid level ( s e e p a g e
2, M e a s u r e h o w f a r y o u c a n t u r n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l
17-14),
left and right w i t h o u t m o v i n g t h e front w h e e l s .

2. Start t h e e n g i n e , let it Idle, a n d turn t h e s t e e r i n g
If the play is w i t h i n t h e
limit,
the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x
a n d the s t e e r i n g l i n k a g e s a r e O K ,
w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l t i m e s to w a r m up
the fluid.
* If t h e play e x c e e d s the limit, a d j u s t the rack g u i d e

{ s e e p a g e 17-35), If the play Is still e x c e s s i v e after
3. A t t a c h a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e s p r i n g s c a l e to the
rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t , i n s p e c t the s t e e r i n g
s t e e r i n g w h e e l . W i t h the e n g i n e idling a n d the
linkage a n d s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 1 7 - 1 0 ) .
v e h i c l e on a c l e a n , dry floor, pull the s c a l e a s

s h o w n a n d r e a d it a s s o o n a s the tires begin to turn.
Rotational play:
1 0 trim ( 0 - - 0 . 3 9 in.)
If t h e s c a l e r e a d s no m o r e t h a n the s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,
the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x a n d p u m p a r e O K .
* If the s c a l e r e a d s m o r e t h a n the s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the s t e e r i n g s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 17-7).
Initial t u r n i n g l o a d :
2 9 N {3.0 k g i 6.6 Ibf)
17-9
Power Steering
Steering Linkage and Gearbox Inspection
17-10
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-0010001

P/S joint a d a p t e r (pump) 0 7 R A K - S 0 4 0 1 1 1
5. Fully o p e n t h e shut-off v a l v e (A).
P / S joint adapter (hose) 0 7 R A K - S 0 4 0 1 2 2

P / S pressure g a u g e 07408-0010001
C h e c k the fluid p r e s s u r e a s f o l l o w s to d e t e r m i n e
w h e t h e r t h e trouble Is in the p u m p or s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .
1. C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid level ( s e e p a g e
17-14).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the p u m p outlet h o s e (A) f r o m t h e

p u m p outlet with c a r e s o a s not to spill t h e p o w e r
s t e e r i n g fluid on the f r a m e a n d other parts, t h e n
install the P>'S joint a d a p t e r { p u m p } o n t h e p u m p
outlet (BU
Sx
1.0
mm
1 1 N - m 11.1 k g f - m , 8 , 0 I b f f t )
'.-S040122
6. Fully o p e n t h e p r e s s u r e control v a l v e (B).

7. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.
07406-0010001
8. T u r n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l
t i m e s to w a r m t h e fluid to o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e at
1 5 8 T (70 ).
c
9. M e a s u r e s t e a d y - s t a t e fluid p r e s s u r e w h i l e the
e n g i n e is idling. If the p u m p i s in g o o d c o n d i t i o n ,
the g a u g e s h o u l d r e a d n o m o r e t h a n 1,470 kPa
(15kgf/cm ,213pssK
2
07RAK-S040111
S x 1.0 m m
11 N-m
(1.1 k g f - m
8.0 i b f f t )
3, C o n n e c t the P/S faint a d a p t e r (hose) to t h e P / S

p r e s s u r e g a u g e , t h e n c o n n e c t the p u m p outlet h o s e
to t h e P/S joint a d a p t e r Chose).
4, install t h e P/S p r e s s u r e g a u g e to t h e P / S joint
adapter
(pump).
If the r e a d i n g i s h i g h , c h e c k for:
C l o g g e d or d e f o r m e d inlet or return line b e t w e e n
t h e p u m p a n d the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .
* C l o g g e d v a l v e body u n i t
10. C l o s e t h e shut-off v a l v e , then c l o s e t h e p r e s s u r e
control v a l v e g r a d u a l l y until t h e p r e s s u r e g a u g e
n e e d l e i s stable. R e a d t h e p r e s s u r e .
[NOTICE]
D o not keep t h e shut-off v a l v e c l o s e d m o r e
t h a n 5 s e c o n d s or t h e p u m p c o u l d be
d a m a g e d by o v e r - h e a t i n g .
11. I m m e d i a t e l y o p e n t h e shut-off v a l v e fully."
If t h e p u m p Is in g o o d condition, t h e g a u g e s h o u l d
r e a d at least 3 , 1 4 0 - 8 , 8 3 0 kPa ( 8 3 - 9 0 k g f / c m ,
1,1801,280 psi). A l o w reading m e a n s t h e p u m p
output is too l o w for full a s s i s t R e p a i r or r e p l a c e
the p u m p .
2
17-11
Power Steering
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 0740(
D00A or T/N 07406-001A101

P / S joint a d a p t e r (pump) 0 7 R A K - S 0 4 G 1 1 1
P / S joint a d a p t e r (hose) 0 7 R A K - S 0 4 0 1 2 2
P / S p r e s s u r e g a u g e 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A or 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1
5. F u l l y o p e n the shut-off v a l v e (A),
C h e c k t h e fluid p r e s s u r e a s f o l l o w s to d e t e r m i n e
w h e t h e r the trouble is in the p u m p or s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .
1. C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid.level ( s e e p a g e
17-14).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the p u m p outlet h o s e (A) f r o m the
p u m p outlet with c a r e s o a s not to spill the p o w e r
s t e e r i n g fluid on the f r a m e a n d other p a r t s , t h e n
install the P / S joint a d a p t e r ( p u m p ) on the p u m p
o u t l e t
(B).
8 x 1.0 mm
6 . Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.
7. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l
t i m e s to w a r m the fluid to o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e at
153 F (70 0 .
8. M e a s u r e s t e a d y - s t a t e fluid p r e s s u r e w h i l e the
e n g i n e is idling. If t h e p u m p is in g o o d c o n d i t i o n ,
the g a u g e s h o u l d r e a d no m o r e t h a n 1,470 kPa
(15 k g f / c m , 213 p s i ) .
If the r e a d i n g is h i g h , c h e c k for:
2
* C l o g g e d or d e f o r m e d inlet o r return line b e t w e e n

the p u m p a n d the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .
* Clogged valve body unit
3, C l o s e the shut-off v a l v e g r a d u a l l y , a n d r e a d the
pressure.
[NOTICE l
Do not keep the shut-off v a l v e c l o s e d m o r e
than 5 s e c o n d s or the p u m p c o u l d be
d a m a g e d by o v e r - h e a t i n g .
3. C o n n e c t the P / S joint a d a p t e r ( h o s e ) to the P / S
p r e s s u r e g a u g e , t h e n c o n n e c t the p u m p outlet h o s e
to the P / S joint a d a p t e r . ( h o s e ) .
10. I m m e d i a t e l y o p e n the shut-off v a l v e fully.

If the p u m p ' i s in g o o d c o n d i t i o n , the g a u g e s h o u l d
r e a d at least 8 , 1 4 0 - 8 , 8 3 0 kPa ( 8 3 - 9 0 k g f / c m ,
1,1801,280 psi). A l o w r e a d i n g m e a n s the p u m p
output is too Sow for full a s s i s t . R e p a i r or r e p l a c e
the p u m p .
2
4. Install the P / S p r e s s u r e g a u g e to the P / S joint

adapter (pump).
17-12
Fluid Leakage inspection
PUMP
ASSEMBLY
Check f o r leaks at the pump

seal, and the Inlet and outlet fittings.
H O S E S and LINES
Inspect hoses for damage, leaks, Interference, and twisting.
Inspect fluid lines for damage, rusting, and leaks.
Check for leaks at the hose and line Joints, and at connections.
GEARBOX and
V A L V E BODY UNIT
Check for leaks
at the mating surface
and flare nut connections.
H O S E S and LIMES
Inspect hoses for damage, leaks, interference, and twisting.
Inspect fluid lines for damage, rusting, and leaks.
Check for leaks at hose and the line Joints, and at the connections.
17-13
Power Steering
Fluid Replacement
C h e c k the reservoir (A) at regular intervals, a n d a d d the
r e c o m m e n d e d fluid a s n e c e s s a r y . A l w a y s u s e H o n d a
P o w e r S t e e r i n g Fluid. U s i n g a n y other t y p e of p o w e r
s t e e r i n g fluid or a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid c a n c a u s e
i n c r e a s e d w e a r , fluid l e a k s , a n d poor s t e e r i n g in c o l d
weather.
1. R e m o v e the r e s e r v o i r f r o m its holder. R a i s e the

r e s e r v o i r , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the return h o s e (A) to
drain the r e s e r v o i r . T a k e c a r e not to spill the fluid
on the v e h i c l e . W i p e off a n y spilled fluid at o n c e .
N O T E : Inspect the r e s e r v o i r s c r e e n for a n y debris. If
the r e s e r v o i r s c r e e n is c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e the
reservoir.
N O T E : If the fluid is c o n t a m i n a t e d , the s c r e e n in the

r e s e r v o i r m a y be partially b l o c k e d . Inspect the r e s e r v o i r
s c r e e n for a n y d e b r i s . If the r e s e r v o i r s c r e e n is c l o g g e d ,
replace the reservoir.
S y s t e m capacity:
1.05 L ( 1 . 1 1 U S . qt) a t d i s a s s e m b l y
Reservoir capacity:
0.32 L (0.34 U S . qt)
2 . C o n n e c t a h o s e (B) of suitable d i a m e t e r to the

d i s c o n n e c t e d return h o s e , a n d put the h o s e e n d In a
suitable container.
3. Start the e n g i n e , let it run at Idle, a n d turn the
s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l t i m e s .
W h e n fluid s t o p s r u n n i n g out of the h o s e , s h u t off
the e n g i n e . D i s c a r d the fluid.
N O T E : S t o p the motor i m m e d i a t e l y o n c e the fluid
s t o p s running out of the h o s e to p r e v e n t p u m p
damage.
4.
Reinstall the return h o s e on the reservoir,
5. Fill the r e s e r v o i r to the u p p e r level line (C).

6. Start the e n g i n e a n d run it at Idle, t h e n turn the
s t e e r i n g f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l t i m e s to bleed air
f r o m the s y s t e m .
7. R e c h e c k the fluid level a n d a d d s o m e If n e c e s s a r y .
Do not fill the r e s e r v o i r b e y o n d the upper level line,
8. If the fluid is c o n t a m i n a t e d , dark, or d i s c o l o r e d ,
repeat the p r o c e d u r e a s n e c e s s a r y until the s y s t e m
is c l e a n .
17-14
Power Steering Hose, Line, and Pressure Switch Replacement

N o t e t h e s e i t e m s d u r i n g installation:
* C o n n e c t e a c h h o s e to t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g line s e c u r e l y until it c o n t a c t s t h e s t o p o n the Sine. Install t h e c l a m p or
a d j u s t a b l e c l a m p at t h e s p e c i f i e d d i s t a n c e f r o m the h o s e e n d a s s h o w n ,
* C h e c k all c l a m p s for deterioration or d e f o r m a t i o n ; r e p l a c e t h e c l a m p s w i t h n e w o n e s if n e c e s s a r y .
* A d d t h e r e c o m m e n d e d p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the s p e c i f i e d level on t h e r e s e r v o i r a n d c h e c k for l e a k s .
A D J U S T A B L E HOSE CLAMP (A)
HOSE CLAMP (B)
2.55,5 mm
f@J0-O.22 I n j
2.4. m m
C0.@8O.16 In.)
2,55,5 mm
( 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 2 2 in.)
POWER STEERING
Sic 1.0 m m
P R E S S U R E SWITCH
12 N-fti 11,2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf .ft)
9.8 N-m
I N L E T LIME
(1.0 k g f - m , 7 . 2 Ibf-ft)
RETURN LINE
6x1.0 mm
11 N m
16 x 1,5 mm
N-m (2S k g f - m , 21 Ibf-ft)
(1.1 k g f - m , 8.0 Ibf-ftl

x
R E T U R N OSE
18 x 1,6 mm
47 N - m
{4.8 kgfm 35 Ibf-ft)
17 N-m
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
H.O k g f - m , 12, Ibf-ft)
17-15
Power Steering
Pump Replacement
1, P l a c e a suitable c o n t a i n e r u n d e r the v e h i c l e to
c a t c h a n y s p i l l e d fluid.
2. Drain t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid f r o m the r e s e r v o i r
9. T i g h t e n the p u m p m o u n t i n g bolts to the s p e c i f i e d

torque.
10. Install the drive belt (A).
( s e e p a g e 17-14).
3. R e m o v e the drive belt (A) f r o m the p u m p pulley
( s e e p a g e 4-30).
Note t h e s e i t e m s d u r i n g d r i v e belt installation:

Inspect the belt for w e a r a n d c r a c k s . R e p l a c e the
belt if n e c e s s a r y .
M a k e s u r e that the belt Is properly p o s i t i o n e d o n
the p u l l e y s (B).
Do not get p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid or g r e a s e o n t h e
a u t o - t e n s i o n e r , alternator, A / C c o m p r e s s o r , a n d
drive belt, or pulley f a c e s . C l e a n off a n y fluid or
g r e a s e before Installation.
4. C o v e r the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r , alternator, a n d A / C
c o m p r e s s o r with s e v e r a l s h o p t o w e l s to protect
t h e m f r o m s p i l l e d p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid. D i s c o n n e c t
the p u m p inlet h o s e (B) a n d p u m p outlet h o s e (C)
f r o m the p u m p (D), a n d plug t h e m . T a k e c a r e not to
spill the fluid on t h e b o d y or parts. W i p e off a n y
spilled fluid at o n c e . Do not turn the s t e e r i n g w h e e l
with t h e p u m p r e m o v e d .
5. R e m o v e the p u m p m o u n t i n g bolts (E).
6. C o v e r the o p e n i n g of the p u m p w i t h a p i e c e of t a p e
to p r e v e n t foreign material f r o m entering the p u m p .
7. T r a n s f e r the p u m p inlet h o s e a n d p u m p outlet h o s e
f r o m the original p u m p onto the n e w p u m p with a
n e w O-ring (F).
8. L o o s e l y install the p u m p In the p u m p bracket with
the m o u n t i n g bolts, t h e n tighten the p u m p fittings
to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
17-16
11. Fill the r e s e r v o i r to the u p p e r level line ( s e e p a g e

17-14).
12. Start the e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
Pump Overhaul
Exploded View
Replace t h e pump as an assembly if any of the parts indicated with an asterisk (*) are worn or damaged.
8 x 1.25
mm
2d N - m
(2.0 k g f - m , U B r f - f t )
14.8 x 1.9 mm
O-RING
Rep-lace.
6 x 1 . 0 rum
1 N-m
(1.1 kgf.m, 8.0 Ibf-ft)
V A N E S 19 plates)
SLIPPER S E A L
(White color)
Replace.
RUBBER S E A L
f Black color)
Replace.
57.2 K 1.9 m m
O-RING
Replace.
* P U M P H O U S I N G CAP
S N - m (0.9 k g f - m , 7 Ibf-ft)
P R E S S U R E CONTROL
V A L V E SPRING
* P R E S S U R E CONTROL V A L V E
18.7 x 1,8 m m
O-RING
Replace,
* P R E S S U R E CONTROL V A L V E CAP
43 N-m (5.0 kgi>m 36 Ibf-ft)
(
(confd)
17-17
Power Steering
Pump Overhaul (cont'd)
Inspection
* A t t a c h m e n t 32 x 35 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 135 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
10. C h e c k the p r e s s u r e control v a l v e for w e a r , b u r r s ,

a n d other d a m a g e to the e d g e s of the g r o o v e s In
Disassembly
the v a l v e .
N O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d during the

following procedure.
1. R e m o v e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p ( s e e p a g e 17-16).
2. Drain the r e m a i n i n g fluid f r o m the p o w e r s t e e r i n g
pump.
" 3. R e m o v e the Inlet joint a n d O - r i n g .
4. R e m o v e the p r e s s u r e control v a l v e c a p , O - r i n g ,
p r e s s u r e control v a l v e , a n d s p r i n g .
5. R e m o v e the p u m p h o u s i n g c a p a n d p u m p p r e l o a d
spring.
11. Inspect the bore of the p r e s s u r e control v a l v e on

the p u m p h o u s i n g for s c r a t c h e s a n d w e a r .
6. R e m o v e the p u m p c o v e r , p u m p c o v e r s e a l , a n d
O-rings.
7. R e m o v e the s n a p ring, t h e n r e m o v e the rotor,
.
v a n e s , c a m ring, outer c a s e , s i d e plate, a n d O - r i n g s .
12. S l i p the p r e s s u r e control v a i v e back in t h e p u m p

h o u s i n g , a n d c h e c k that it m o v e s In a n d out
s m o o t h l y . If O K , go to s t e p 13; if not, r e p l a c e the
p u m p a s an a s s e m b l y . T h e p r e s s u r e control v a l v e
(A) Is not a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y .
8. R e m o v e the-shaft c o m p . by t a p p i n g the shaft e n d

w i t h a soft f a c e h a m m e r .
9. R e m o v e the p u m p s e a l f r o m the p u m p h o u s i n g .
17-18
13,. A t t a c h a h o s e I A ) to the e n d of t h e p r e s s u r e control

v a l v e 181 a s s h o w n . T h e n s u b m e r g e t h e p r e s s u r e
c o n t r o l v a i v e in a c o n t a i n e r of p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid
{Ch and a p p l y c o m p r e s s e d air in the h o s e .
If air b u b b l e s leak t h r o u g h the v a l v e at l e s s t h a n
9 8 kPa (1.0 k g f / c m , 1 4 . 2 p s i ) , r e p l a c e the p u m p
a s a n a s s e m b l y . T h e p r e s s u r e control v a l v e i s not
available separately.
2
Reassembly
14. Install t h e n e w p u m p s e a l (A) (with its g r o o v e d s i d e
f a c i n g in) into the p u m p h o u s i n g (B) by h a n d , t h e n
d r i v e it in u s i n g the driver h a n d l e a n d a t t a c h m e n t
until the p u m p s e a l is f l u s h w i t h the p u m p h o u s i n g ,
a n d the s e a l Is fully s e a t e d in the p u m p h o u s i n g .
07746-0010100
07749-0010000
If the p r e s s u r e control v a l v e is O K , s e t it a s i d e for

r e a s s e m b l y later.
15. Install the shaft conrsp. Into the p u m p h o u s i n g .

16. C o a t t h e n e w O-ring (A) with p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid,
a n d Install It into the g r o o v e In the p u m p h o u s i n g
(B).
(confd)
17-19
Power Steering
17. C o a t the n e w 57.2 m m O-ring (A) with p o w e r
s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d install it into t h e g r o o v e in the
s i d e plate (B).
18. S e t the s i d e plate with t h e slot (C) f a c i n g up, a n d

align the hole ID) in the s i d e plate a n d the slot (E) in
the p u m p h o u s i n g .
19. Install the outer c a s e (A) b y a l i g n i n g the slot (B)
i n s i d e the p u m p h o u s i n g with the roll pin hole (C)
o n the s i d e plate.
20. Install the roll pin (D) into the s e t h o l e .
17-20
21. Install the c a m ring (A) by a l i g n i n g t h e slot (B).

o u t s i d e of t h e c a m ring w i t h t h e slot (C) in t h e outer
case.
22. A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the r u b b e r s e a l (D)

(black) a n d s l i p p e r s e a l (E) (white), a n d install them'
in the slot (F) of the c a m ring.
2 5 , S e t the 9 v a n e s (C) into the g r o o v e s In the rotor.

M a k e sum that the g o l d - c o l o r e d e n d s (D) of the
v a n e s a r e In c o n t a c t w i t h t h e s l i d i n g s u r f a c e of the
c a m ring,
(confd)
17-21
Power Steering
28. P u s h in the c a m ring (A) f r o m the p u m p h o u s i n g
c a p hole (B) w i t h a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r to m a k e s u r e
the c a m ring is fully s e a t e d a g a i n s t the outer c a s e .
3 1 . A l i g n the bolt h o l e s in the c o v e r (A) w i t h the

t h r e a d e d h o l e s in the p u m p h o u s i n g . Install the
f l a n g e bolts l o o s e l y f i r s t t h e n tighten the f l a n g e
bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e alternately in t w o or
more steps.
8 x 1.25 mm
20 N-m (2.0 kgf.m, 14 Ibf-ftl
29. C o a t the n e w p u m p c o v e r s e a l (A) with p o w e r

s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d install it into the g r o o v e in the
p u m p c o v e r IB).
32. Install the p u m p p r e l o a d s p r i n g (A) in the p u m p

h o u s i n g (B).
30. Install the p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y o v e r the p u m p

h o u s i n g (C).
33. Install the p u m p h o u s i n g c a p (C) on the p u m p

h o u s i n g , a n d tighten it to the s p e c i f i e d torque.
N O T E : B e careful not to d a m a g e the p u m p outlet
h o s e c o n n e c t i n g s u r f a c e (D) p u m p h o u s i n g w h e n
installing the h o u s i n g c a p .
17-22
34. Install t h e s p r i n g (A) in the p u m p h o u s i n g .

,B
.Â
3 9 . C h e c k that the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p t u r n s
s m o o t h l y by turning t h e pulley by h a n d . If it is h a r d
to t u r n , l o o s e n t h e four f l a n g e bolts o n t h e p u m p
c o v e r , t h e n retighten t h e m in t h e s a m e m a n n e r a s
in s t e p 3 1 . Retest. If the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p Is still
h a r d to t u r n , r e p l a c e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p .
40. R e i n s t a l l the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p ( s e e - p a g e 17-16).
D
48 N*m
IS.d icgf m,
38 ibf-ftl
35, C o a t t h e p r e s s u r e control v a l v e (B| with p o w e r

s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d install it in t h e p u m p h o u s i n g .
36. C o a t the n e w 18.7 m m O-ring (C) w i t h p o w e r
s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d install it o n t h e p r e s s u r e control
v a l v e c a p (D),
3 7 , Install the p r e s s u r e control v a l v e c a p o n t h e p u m p
h o u s i n g , a n d tighten It to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
3 8 . C o a t t h e n e w 14,8 m m O - r i n g (A) with p o w e r
s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d install it o n t h e inlet joint IB).
Install the inlet joint w i t h a f l a n g e bolt (C) on t h e
p u m p h o u s i n g , a n d tighten to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
C
6 x 1.0 m m
11 N-m
(1,1 kgf-m,
17-23
Power Steering
Steering Wheel Removal
S R S c o m p o n e n t s are located in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w t h e
S R S c o m p o n e n t locations: 4-door ( s e e p a g e 24-19),
2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-21} a n d the p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
service.
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
2. A l i g n the front w h e e l s straight a h e a d , t h e n r e m o v e
t h e d r i v e r ' s airbag f r o m the s t e e r i n g w h e e l
( s e e p a g e 24-205).
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c a b l e reel s u b h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (A).
4. L o o s e n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l bolt (B).
17-24
5. Install a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e s t e e r i n g w h e e l
puller (A) on the s t e e r i n g w h e e l (B). F r e e the
s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n shaft by
turning the p r e s s u r e bolt (C) of the puller.
Note t h e s e i t e m s w h e n r e m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g
wheel:
Do not tap o n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l or t h e s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n shaft w h e n r e m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g w h e e l .
If y o u t h r e a d t h e puller bolts (D) into the w h e e l
h u b m o r e t h a n five t h r e a d s , t h e bolts will hit the
c a b l e reel a n d d a m a g e i t T o p r e v e n t t h i s , install
a pair of j a m nuts five t h r e a d s up on e a c h puller
bolt.
6. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l puller, t h e n r e m o v e the

s t e e r i n g w h e e l bolt a n d s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m the
steering column.
Steering Wheel Disassembly/Reassembly

4-door
A
: Screw, 3
r
COVER
n o
: Ssrew, 6
: Screw, 2
1 3
: S&ew,
0^2220
: Screw, 2
: Serew, 2
(Jon
C A B L E REEL S U B H A R N E S S
A C C E S S PANEL
*: With N a v i g a t i o n
(confd)
17-25
Power Steering
Steering Wheel Disassembly/Reassembly (cont'd)
2-door
A
17-26
: Screw, 3
: Screw, 6
: Screw, 2
: Screw, 6
: Screw, 2
: Screw, 1
Steering Wheel Installation

1, B e f o r e installing the s t e e r i n g w h e e l , m a k e s u r e the
front w h e e l s a r e pointing straight a h e a d , t h e n
c e n t e r t h e c a b l e reel (A). D o this by first rotating the
c a b l e reel c l o c k w i s e until it s t o p s . T h e n rotate it
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e a b o u t t h r e e full t u r n s . T h e a r r o w
m a r k f 8 l o n the c a b l e reel label s h o u l d point
straight up,
B.
3. Install t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l bolt (A), a n d tighten It to

the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e . C o n n e c t the c a b l e reel
s u b h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B). M a k e s u r e the w i r e
h a r n e s s is routed a n d f a s t e n e d properly.
4, Install the d r i v e r ' s airbag ( s e e p a g e 24-205).
2. P o s i t i o n the t w o t a b s (A) of the turn s i g n a l

c a n c e l i n g s l e e v e IB) a s s h o w n . Install the s t e e r i n g
w h e e l o n to the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n shaft, m a k i n g s u r e
t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b (C) e n g a g e s t h e p i n s (D) of
the c a b l e reel a n d t a b s of the turn s i g n a l c a n c e l i n g
s l e e v e . D o not tap on t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l or s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n shaft w h e n installing the s t e e r i n g w h e e l .
5, Do the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89), a n d do t h e s e t a s k s :
* T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) a n d c h e c k that
the S R S indicator c o m e s on for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
a n d t h e n g o e s off.
* M a k e s u r e the horn a n d turn s i g n a l s w i t c h e s
w o r k properly.
* M a k e s u r e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l s w i t c h e s w o r k
properly.
6, After installation, c h e c k the s t e e r i n g w h e e l s p o k e
a n g l e . If the s t e e r i n g s p o k e a n g l e s to the right a n d
left a r e not e q u a l (steering w h e e l Is not c e n t e r e d ) ,
c o r r e c t the e n g a g e m e n t of the w h e e l / c o l u m n shaft
splines.
17-27
Power Steering
Steering Column Removal and Installation
S R S c o m p o n e n t s are located in this a r e a . R e v i e w the
S R S c o m p o n e n t locations: 4-door ( s e e p a g e 24-19),
2-door ( s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
service.
Removal
1. A d j u s t the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n to the full tilt d o w n
position, a n d to the full t e l e s c o p i c out position.
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
3. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205), a n d
the s t e e r i n g w h e e l ( s e e p a g e 17-24).
4. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e
20-168).
5. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r (A).
17-28
6. L o o s e n the u p p e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (A), a n d

r e m o v e the l o w e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (B). D i s c o n n e c t
the s t e e r i n g joint (C) by m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g joint
t o w a r d the c o l u m n . Do not d i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g
joint f r o m the c o l u m n shaft (D).
NOTE:
* If the c e n t e r g u i d e (E) is in p l a c e a n d h a s not
m o v e d , l e a v e it in p l a c e .
* If the c e n t e r g u i d e h a s c o m e off, d i s c a r d i t
A
8 x 1 , 2 5 mm
7, D i s c o n n e c t the w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r s f r o m the c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h a s s e m b l y / c a b l e reel (A).
8 x 1,25 mm
16 N-m (1.6 kgf-m, 12'Ibf-ft)
8. R e m o v e t h e c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h a s s e m b l y / c a b l e reel f r o m the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n shaft by r e m o v i n g the t h r e e
s c r e w s (B),
9, D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s f r o m t h e ignition s w i t c h , a n d r e l e a s e the w i r e h a r n e s s c l i p s f r o m the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n .
10. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n (C) b y r e m o v i n g the attaching nuts a n d bolts.
(confd)
17-29
Power Steering
Steering Column Removal and Installation fcont^d)
Installation
A l i g n the bolt h o l e (A) on the s t e e r i n g joint w i t h the

g r o o v e (B) a r o u n d the pinion s h a f t , t h e n l o o s e l y
1. Install the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e I t e m s :
install the- l o w e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (C). B e s u r e t h a t

the joint bolt is s e c u r e l y in t h e g r o o v e in the pinion
shaft.
* M a k e s u r e the w i r e s a r e not c a u g h t or p i n c h e d by
a n y parts.
T i g h t e n the t h r e e s c r e w s (A) In the s e q u e n c e
.
shown.
8 x 1.25 mm
28 N-m
(23 kgf-m, 21 ibf-ft!
8 x 1.25 mm
28 N-m
(2.9 k g f - m , 21 I b f - f t )
5. Pull o n the s t e e r i n g joint to m a k e s u r e that the

2. C e n t e r the s t e e r i n g rack w i t h i n Its s t r o k e .
s t e e r i n g joint Is fully s e a t e d , t h e n tighten the l o w e r

joint bolt to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
3. S l i p the l o w e r e n d of the s t e e r i n g joint (A) on to the

. pinion s h a f t (B).
6. T i g h t e n the u p p e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt to the

specified torque.
NOTE:
* Pinion shaft w i t h c e n t e r g u i d e ; install the s t e e r i n g
joint by a l i g n i n g t h e c e n t e r g u i d e .
* Pinion s h a f t w i t h o u t c e n t e r g u i d e ; position the
s t e e r i n g c o l u m n by a l i g n i n g the g a p (C) w i t h i n
the a n g l e .
17-30
7, Install t h e s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r (A).

A
8. Install the s t e e r i n g w h e e l f s e e p a g e 17-27), a n d the

d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205),
9. Install the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n c o v e r s f s e e p a g e
20-168).
10. D o t h e battery termirial r e c o n n e c t ! o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89), a n d d o t h e s e t a s k s :
* T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N Hi) a n d c h e c k that
t h e S R S indicator c o m e s o n for a b o u t 8 s e c o n d s
* Make s u r e the horn a n d turn signal s w i t c h e s
work properly,
* Make s u r e the steering wheel s w i t c h e s work
properly.
11, After i n s t a l l a t i o n , d o t h e s e c h e c k s :
* C h e c k the s t e e r i n g w h e e l s p o k e a n g l e . If t h e
s t e e r i n g s p o k e a n g l e s to t h e right a n d left a r e not
e q u a l ( s t e e r i n g w h e e l a n d rack a r e not c e n t e r e d ) ,
c o r r e c t t h e e n g a g e m e n t of the joint/pinion shaft
splines,
* S e t t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n to t h e c e n t e r tilt p o s i t i o n ,
a n d to t h e c e n t e r t e l e s c o p i c p o s i t i o n , t h e n d o the
front toe I n s p e c t i o n f s e e p a g e 18-5).
Power Steering
Steering Column Inspection
Inspection
1. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n ( s e e p a g e 17-28).
2. Do t h e s e c h e c k s :
C h e c k for l o o s e b e a r i n g m o u n t i n g nuts (A). If t h e y a r e l o o s e , r e p l a c e the c o l u m n a s a n a s s e m b l y .
C h e c k the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n ball b e a r i n g s (B) a n d t h e s t e e r i n g joints (C) for play a n d p r o p e r m o v e m e n t If a n y
b e a r i n g is n o i s y or h a s e x c e s s i v e play, r e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n a s a n a s s e m b l y .
C h e c k the sliding c a p s u l e s (D) for distortion or b r e a k a g e . Sf t h e r e is distortion or b r e a k a g e , r e p l a c e t h e s t e e r i n g
column a s an a s s e m b l y .
C h e c k the tilt m e c h a n i s m a n d t e l e s c o p i c m e c h a n i s m for m o v e m e n t a n d d a m a g e .
3. Install the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n ( s e e p a g e 17-30).
17-32
Check of Tilting Force

1. S e t t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l In t h e straight a h e a d driving
position,, a n d l o o s e n t h e lock lever fully.
2. A t t a c h t h e s p r i n g s c a l e to t h e h i g h e s t point of t h e
s t e e r i n g w h e e l , a n d tilt t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n to t h e
Cheek of Telescoping Force

1. S e t t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l in t h e straight a h e a d driving
p o s i t i o n , a n d l o o s e n t h e lock l e v e r fully.
2. A t t a c h t h e s p r i n g s c a l e to t h e c e n t e r point of t h e
steering w h e e l a s s h o w n .
lowest position.
3 , Pull t h e spring: s c a l e straight u p , a n d r e a d t h e f o r c e

r e q u i r e d t o m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n .
3. Pull t h e s p r i n g s c a l e , a n d r e a d t h e f o r c e required to
m o v e the steering column during telescoping.
4, A t t a c h t h e s p r i n g s c a l e to t h e l o w e s t point of t h e
steering wheel.
T e l e s c o p i n g fore:
S t a n d a r d : 135 N (13.8 kgf, 3 0 , 3 IMj m a x .
5, Poll t h e s p r i n g s c a l e straight d o w n , a n d r e a d t h e
f o r c e required
to m o v e the steering c o l u m n .
4. If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t is h i g h e r t h a n s p e c i f i e d ,
replace the steering column a s an a s s e m b l y
( s e e p a g e 17-28).
Tilting
feree
(tifiward/ctownward):
S t a n d a r d : 7 0 N {7.1 kgf, 1 5 Itrf) m a x .

8,. If the m e a s u r e m e n t is h i g h e r t h a n s p e c i f i e d ,
r e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n a s a n a s s e m b l y
f s e e p a g e 17-28).
(confd)
17-33
Power Steering
Steering Column Inspection
(cont'd)
Steering Lock Replacement

1. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n ( s e e p a g e 17-28).
Check of Lock Lever Force

1, M o v e the lock lever (A) f r o m the l o o s e n e d position
to the l o c k e d position t h r e e to five t i m e s , t h e n
r e l e a s e the Sock lever. A d j u s t the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n
to the c e n t e r tilt position a n d a l s o to the full
t e l e s c o p i c out p o s i t i o n , a n d hold the s t e e r i n g w h e e l .
2. C e n t e r - p u n c h both of the t w o s h e a r bolts, a n d drill

their h e a d s off w i t h a 5 m m (3/16 in.) drill bit. B e
c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the s w i t c h b o d y w h e n
r e m o v i n g the s h e a r bolts.
3. R e m o v e the s h e a r bolts f r o m the s w i t c h body.

4. Install the s w i t c h b o d y w i t h o u t the key i n s e r t e d .
5. L o o s e l y tighten t h e n e w s h e a r bolts.
6. Insert the ignition key, a n d c h e c k for p r o p e r
2. U s i n g a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e p u s h - p u l l g a u g e ,
p u s h up the lock l e v e r at 10 m m (0.39 in.) f r o m its
e n d , a n d m e a s u r e the f o r c e r e q u i r e d to m o v e the
lock lever.
o p e r a t i o n of the s t e e r i n g w h e e l lock a n d that the

ignition key t u r n s freely.
7. T i g h t e n the s h e a r bolts (A) until the h e x h e a d s (B)
t w i s t off.
Lock lever force:

5 0 - 8 5 N 15.1 8.7 kgf, 1 1 - 1 9 Ibf)
mm,
3. If the m e a s u r e m e n t is h i g h e r t h a n s p e c i f i e d ,
r e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n a s a n a s s e m b l y
(see p a g e 17-28).
8. R e w r i t e the n e w i m m o b i l i z e r control u n i t - r e c e i v e r
( s e e p a g e 22-402), a n d m a k e s u r e the i m m o b i l i z e r
s y s t e m w o r k s properly.
9. Install the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n ( s e e p a g e 17-30).
17-34
Rack Gyide Adjustment

Special T o o l s Ftecfyirad
L o c k n u t w r e n c h , 40 m m G 7 M A A - S L 0 0 1 0 0
4. T i g h t e n the rack g u i d e s c r e w (A) to 2 5 N-m

(2,5 kgf-m, 18 Ibf-ft), t h e n l o o s e n it.
155
1. S e t t h e w h e e l s in t h e s t r a i g h t a h e a d p o s i t i o n .
2 . L o o s e n t h e r a c k g u i d e s c r e w locknut (A) w i t h t h e
locknut w r e n c h , t h e n r e m o v e t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w
IB).
\
O7MAA-SL0O10O
A'
5. Retighten t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w to 3.9 N-rrs

(0,4 kgf-m, 4 Ibf-ft), then back it off to t h e s p e c i f i e d
angle.
Specified retyrn angle: 1 5 5
3. R e m o v e t h e o l d s e a l a n t f r o m t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w
{A}, a n d a p p l y n e w s e a l a n t ( T h r e e B o n d 1215 or
Loctite 5 9 9 ) to t h e middle of t h e t h r e a d s (B).
L o o s e l y install t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w on t h e s t e e r i n g
gearbox,
M O T E : If m o r e t h a n 5 m i n u t e s h a s p a s s e d after
a p p l y i n g t h e s e a l a n t , r e m o v e t h e old s e a l a n t a n d
6. Hold t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w s t a t i o n a r y w i t h a w r e n c h ,
a n d tighten t h e locknut by h a n d until it's fully
seated.
7. Install t h e locknut w r e n c h o n the locknut (B), a n d
h o l d the rack g u i d e s c r e w s t a t i o n a r y w i t h a w r e n c h .
T i g h t e n t h e locknut to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
residue, a n d reapply n e w s e a l a n t
8. C h e c k for u n u s u a l s t e e r i n g effort t h r o u g h t h e
complete turning range.
9. C h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l rotation p l a y ( s e e p a g e
17-9) a n d the p o w e r a s s i s t ( s e e p a g e 17-9).
17-35
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Removal
* B a l l joint r e m o v e r , 28 m m 07IV1AC-SL0A202
* Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256 *
7. L o o s e n the u p p e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (A), a n d

r e m o v e the l o w e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (B). D i s c o n n e c t
the s t e e r i n g joint (C) by m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g joint
t o w a r d the c o l u m n . Do not d i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g
joint f r o m the c o l u m n s h a f t (D).
* : T h e s e s p e c i a l tools a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m , 888-424-6857.
N o t e t h e s e stems d u r i n g r e m o v a l :
* U s i n g s o l v e n t a n d a b r u s h , w a s h a n y oil a n d dirt off
the v a l v e b o d y unit, it's l i n e s , a n d the e n d of the
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x . B l o w dry w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air.
* B e s u r e to r e m o v e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l before
. d i s c o n n e c t i n g the s t e e r i n g joint, or d a m a g e to the
c a b l e reel c a n o c c u r .
* L o w e r the front s u b f r a m e f r o m the b o d y a n d r e m o v e
t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x t h r o u g h t h e g a p p r o d u c e d by
l o w e r i n g the front s u b f r a m e .
1. D r a i n the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid ( s e e p a g e 17-14).
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
3. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h s a f e t y s t a n d s
in the p r o p e r locations ( s e e p a g e 1-11).
8. R e m o v e the c e n t e r g u i d e (A) (if e q u i p p e d ) f r o m the

top of the pinion shaft (B), a n d d i s c a r d it. T h e c e n t e r
g u i d e is for f a c t o r y a s s e m b l y u s e only.
5. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205), a n d
t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l ( s e e p a g e 17-24).
6. R e m o v e s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r (A).
A
9. A p p l y v i n y l t a p e to the s p l i n e s on the pinion shaft.
17-36
10. R e m o v e the h o o d s u p p o r t r o d , t h e n u s e it a s s h o w n
to p r o p t h e h o o d in t h e w i d e - o p e n p o s i t i o n .
I
to t h e t h r e a d e d hole in t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
VSB02C000015

* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-257)
* 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-2571
12. R e m o v e the strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) f s e e p a g e
15, Install t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r ( A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) ,
t h e n attach t h e hook to the slotted h o l e in the
h a n g e r adapter. T i g h t e n the w i n g nut (A) b y h a n d to
lift a n d s u p p o r t the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
20-289).
13. R e m o v e t h e P / S heat s h i e l d (A).
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l w h e n w o r k i n g a r o u n d the
windshield.
(confd)
17-37
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Removal (cont'd)
16. R e m o v e t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t (A).
17. A / T : R e m o v e the rear e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r bracket

(A) f r o m the b a s e bracket (B). "
A/T
10 x 1.25 mm
Replace.
M/T
18. R e m o v e the inlet line c l a m p bolt (A) a n d the return
line c l a m p bolt (B).
1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
Replace.
12 x 1.25 m m
Replace.
12 x 1.25 m m
Replace.
19. L o o s e n the flare n u t s , a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e inlet line
CO a n d the return line (D).
17-38

20. R e m o v e t h e inlet line c l a m p bolt (A) a n d t h e return
h o s e c l a m p bolt i B h
2 1 , R e l e a s e t h e return h o s e c l a m p (C), a n d r e m o v e the

return hose CD),
24. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolts f r o m t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e

of t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , t h e n r e m o v e t h e g e a r b o x
. m o u n t i n g bracket (A) a n d m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n (B).
25. R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts (A) a n d t h e f l a n g e bolts

(B) f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ,
a n d r e m o v e t h e stiffener p l a t e s (C) a n d the w a s h e r s
(Dl
22, R e m o v e the return line c l a m p bolt (A).

A
14 x 1.5 mm
Replace.
C
2 3 . R e l e a s e the return line d a m p I B ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e
return line (CK
(confd)
17-39
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Removal ( c o n t ' d )
26. R e m o v e cotter pin (A) f r o m t h e tie-rod ball j o i n t
t h e n r e m o v e the nut (B) on both s i d e s .
3 2 . Attach t h e front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 )
to the s u b f r a m e by looping the s t r a p (A) o v e r the

29. R e m o v e the front s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e page 20-274).
17-40
3 3 . R e m o v e t h e front s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t i n g bolts
on the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e .
3 4 , R e m o v e t h e front s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t (A) o n
the d r i v e r ' s s i d e ,
3 6 . R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolts (A) f r o m the front

s u b f r a m e front stiffeners (B).
14 x 1.5 m m
Replace,
10 x 1 . 2 & m m
Repl88,
12.x 1.25 m m
Replace,
12x1.25 mm
3 5 . R e m o v e the f l a n g e n u t s <A) f r o m the l o w e r

transmission mount
3 7 . L o o s e n t h e front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (C) s o
t h e y a r e a b o u t 20 m m (13/16 in.) f r o m the m o u n t i n g
s u r f a c e . Do not l o o s e n the front s u b f r a m e
m o u n t i n g bolts m o r e t h a n n e c e s s a r y .
<5>
3 8 . R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolts (A) a n d front s u b f r a m e

m o u n t i n g bolts (B) f r o m t h e front s u b f r a m e rear
s t i f f e n e r s (C).
10 x 1 . 2 5 m m
(confd)
17-41
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Removal (cont'd)
39. L o w e r the j a c k s l o w l y until the front s u b f r a m e h a s
d r o p p e d a b o u t 69 m m (2 11/16 in.).
41. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (A) t h r o u g h the

f e n d e r w e l l o p e n i n g on t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e .
42. R e m o v e the pinion s h a f t g r o m m e t (A) f r o m the top

of the v a l v e h o u s i n g .
A
40. C a r e f u l l y m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (A) t o w a r d the
d r i v e r ' s s i d e until the pinion s h a f t c l e a r s the
f e n d e r w e l l o p e n i n g on the b o d y .
43. After r e m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , m a k e s u r e

that no p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid g e t s on the g e a r b o x
m o u n t c u s h i o n s , the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g , t h e s u r f a c e
of t h e front s u b f r a m e , a n d stiffener. W i p e off a n y
s p i l l e d fluid at o n c e .
17-42
Steering Gearbox Overhaul

Exploded V i e w
CYLINDER LINE A
FLARE NUTS
17
M*m
(1.7 k g f m , 12 Ibf-ft!
SNAP RING
Replace.
FLARE
HUTS
SLEEVE SEAL
RINGS
Replace.
28 N-rn
I2.7 k g f - m , 20 Ibf - f t )
SLEEVE
V A L V E OIL S E A L
RING
Replace,
CYLINDER END S E A L
Replace.
\
BACKUP MUG
PINION SHAFT
V A L V E OIL S E A L
Replace.
LOCKNUT
CYLINDER END
98.1 N - m
{1CM>kgf*m, 7 2 . 3 Ibf-ft)
RACK GUIDE
SCREW
GEARBOX 'MOUNTING
CUSHION
nspectfor damage
and deterioration.
C Y L I N D E R EUB S E A L
Replace.
RUBBER S T O P
Replace,
LOCK
CO
fyui
44 Nm
145 k g f - m , 33 Ibf-ft)
TIE-ROD END
RACK END
93 N-m 19.5 kgf-m, 69 Ibf-ft)
Inspect for faulty
movement and damage.
PISTON S E A L RING
Replace.
BOOT
Inspect for damage and deterioration.
BALL JOINT BOOT

Inspect for damage and deterioration.
(confd)
17-43
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Overhaul (cont'd)
* Cylinder end seal remover attachment
07TAF-SZ50100
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
4. R e m o v e the e n d plug (A) f r o m t h e g e a r b o x h o u s i n g ,

t h e n r e m o v e the self-locking nut (B) f r o m the pinion
shaft e n d .
V a l v e s e a l ring sizing tool 0 7 N A G - S R 3 0 9 0 A

S l e e v e s e a l ring guide G 7 Y A G - S 2 X 0 1 0 0
S l e e v e s e a l ring sizing tool, 36 m m 0 7 Z A G - S 5 A 0 1 0 0
Attachment, 2 8 x 3 0 m m 07946-1870100
Driver h a n d l e , 1 5 x 135 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 .
Piston s e a l ring guide 0 7 X A G - S 0 K A 2 0 0
Oil seal-driver, 65 m m 0 7 J A D - P L 9 A 1 0 0
A t t a c h m e n t 30 m m L D . 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 3 0 0
Piston s e a l ring sizing tool 0 7 H A G - S F 1 0 2 0 A
P i n c e r s Oetiker 1098 or e q u i v a l e n t c o m m e r c i a l l y
available
Disassembly
1. R e m o v e the steering g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-36).
2. R e m o v e the tie-rod e n d f r o m the rack e n d .
3. Drill a 4.0 m m (0.16 in.) d i a m e t e r hole about 2 . 5
3.0 m m (0.100.12 in.) in depth in the staked-points
(A) o n the e n d plug (B) a n d the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g (C).
5. R e m o v e the boot b a n d s (A) a n d tie-rod c l i p s (B).

Pull the boot a w a y f r o m the e n d s of the s t e e r i n g
gearbox.
A
Replace.'
17-44
6, H o l d the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g u s i n g a C - c l a m p (A) a n d
w o o d e n b l o c k s IB) a s s h o w n . Do not c l a m p the
c y l i n d e r part of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g in a v i s e .
8. Hold the flat s u r f a c e s e c t i o n s (A) of the s t e e r i n g

rack IB) w i t h o n e w r e n c h , a n d u n s c r e w both rack
e n d s (C) w i t h a n o t h e r w r e n c h . B e c a r e f u l not to
9. R e m o v e the lock w a s h e r (D) a n d r u b b e r s t o p (E).
11. R e m o v e the s p r i n g {C}, a n d the rack g u i d e ID) f r o m

the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g .
(confd)
17-45
Power Steering
12. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r fine A a n d B f r o m the s t e e r i n g
gearbox.
A
15. A p p l y v i n y l tape (A) to the e n d of the s t e e r i n g rack

a n d the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g . Drill a 3 . 0 4 . 0 m m (0.12
0.16 in.) d i a m e t e r hole a b o u t 2 . 5 3 . 0 m m (0.10
0.12 in.) in depth in the s t a k e d point (B) o n the
c y l i n d e r . Do not a l l o w metal s h a v i n g s to enter the
c y l i n d e r s i d e o n the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g . After
r e m o v i n g the c y l i n d e r e n d {}, r e m o v e a n y b u r r s at
the s t a k e d point.
N O T E : A p p l y v i n y l tape (D) to the drill, a n d do not
drill t h e depth m o r e t h a n n e c e s s a r y .
B
B
13. Drain the fluid f r o m the c y l i n d e r fittings by s l o w l y
m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g r a c k b a c k a n d forth.
14. R e m o v e the t w o f l a n g e bolts, t h e n r e m o v e the
v a l v e b o d y unit (A) f r o m the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g IB).
R e m o v e the O-ring (C).
16. Hold the

wooden
cylinder
Remove
e n d (C).
g e a r b o x h o u s i n g u s i n g a C - c l a m p (A) a n d
b l o c k s (B) a s s h o w n . Do not c l a m p the
part of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g in a v i s e .
the v i n y l t a p e . T h e n r e m o v e the c y l i n d e r
17-46
17, Install a c o m m e r c i a l t y a v a i l a b l e b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r
f A'l o n t h e g e a r b o x h o u s i n g a s s h o w n .
2 1 . T u r n the c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l r e m o v e r a t t a c h m e n t s o it
will fit t h r o u g h the rack g u i d e hole of the g e a r b o x
h o u s i n g , t h e n position t h e s e a l r e m o v e r o n the
b a c k u p ring (A). M a k e s u r e that the s e a l r e m o v e r is
s e c u r e l y p o s i t i o n e d o n the b a c k u p ring.
A.
18. P l a c e a n appropriate size d e e p s o c k e t w r e n c h IB)

o n the s t e e r i n g rack {Q,
19. S e t t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x in a p r e s s s o t h e g e a r b o x
h o u s i n g s i d e points u p w a r d , t h e n p r e s s the
c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l (D) a n d s t e e r i n g rack out of the
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , Hold the s t e e r i n g rack to k e e p It
f r o m falling w h e n p r e s s e d c l e a r . B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e t h e inner s u r f a c e of the c y l i n d e r s i d e o n
t h e g e a r b o x h o u s i n g w i t h the tool,
2 0 . C a r e f u l l y pry t h e p i s t o n s e a l ring (A) a n d O-ring (B)
off t h e r a c k p i s t o n . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e
i n s i d e of t h e s e a l ring g r o o v e a n d p i s t o n e d g e s
w h e n removing: t h e s e a l ring.
22. Insert a 2 4 " long 3 / 8 " d r i v e e x t e n s i o n (A), on t h e

cylinder e n d seal remover a t t a c h m e n t Place the
g e a r b o x h o u s i n g in a p r e s s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
b a c k u p ring (B) a n d c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l (C) f r o m t h e
g e a r b o x h o u s i n g by p r e s s i n g on t h e 2 4 " long 3 / 8 "
drive extension.
Note t h e s e items, w h e n p r e s s i n g the b a c k u p ring
and cylinder end seal:
* K e e p t h e tool straight to a v o i d d a m a g i n g the
c y l i n d e r w a l l C h e c k the tool a n g l e , a n d c o r r e c t it
if n e c e s s a r y , w h e n r e m o v i n g t h e b a c k u p ring a n d
cylinder end seal.
* U s e a p r e s s to r e m o v e t h e b a c k u p ring a n d
c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l . Do not try to r e m o v e t h e
b a c k u p ring a n d c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l by striking t h e
tool; striking the tool w o u l d b r e a k t h e b a c k u p ring
a n d c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l , a n d t h e b a c k u p ring a n d
c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l w o u l d r e m a i n In the g e a r b o x
housing.
Replace,
Replace.
(confd)
17-47
Power Steering
2 3 . A p p l y v i n y l tape (A) to the s p l i n e s o n the pinion
shaft.
2 5 . W i t h y o u r finger, c h e c k t h e inner w a l l of the v a l v e

h o u s i n g w h e r e the s e a l ring s l i d e s . If t h e r e is a s t e p
in the w a l l , the h o u s i n g is w o r n . R e p l a c e i t
26. C h e c k for w e a r , b u r r s , a n d o t h e r d a m a g e to the

e d g e s of the g r o o v e s in the s l e e v e .
N O T E : T h e pinion shaft a n d s l e e v e a r e a p r e c i s i o n
m a t c h e d s e t . If either t h e pinion shaft or s l e e v e
m u s t be r e p l a c e d , r e p l a c e both parts a s a s e t
17-48
2 7 . R e m o v e t h e s o a p ring (A) a n d s l e e v e IB) f r o m the

p i n i o n s h a f t (C).
29, U s i n g a cutter or a n e q u i v a l e n t tool, cut the v a l v e

s e a l ring (A) a n d O-ring (B) at the cutting g r o o v e
position { } in t h e pinion shaft. R e m o v e the v a l v e
s e a l ring a n d O - r i n g . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the
e d g e s of the pinion shaft g r o o v e a n d outer s u r f a c e
w h e n r e m o v i n g the v a l v e s e a l ring a n d O-ring,
28. U s i n g a cutter or a n e q u i v a l e n t tool, c u t a n d

r e m o v e t h e four s e a l r i n g s f r o m t h e s l e e v e . B e
c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e e d g e s of t h e s l e e v e
g r o o v e s a n d outer s u r f a c e w h e n r e m o v i n g the s e a l
rings.
30. R e m o v e the v a l v e oil s e a l (A) a n d roller b e a r i n g (B)

out of t h e v a l v e h o u s i n g u s i n g a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s
a n d a n a p p r o p r i a t e size s o c k e t w r e n c h .
31. C l e a n the d i s a s s e m b l e d parts w i t h s o l v e n t a n d dry

t h e m w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. Do not dip r u b b e r parts
in the s o l v e n t
(confd)
17-49
Power Steering
Reassembly
3 2 . A p p l y vinyl tape (A) to the s p l i n e s a n d s t e p p e d
portion of the shaft, a n d c o a t the s u r f a c e of the
v i n y l t a p e with p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid.
37. A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the s u r f a c e of the

s l e e v e s e a l ring g u i d e . S l i p t w o n e w s e a l rings (A)
o v e r the ring guide f r o m t h e s m a l l e r d i a m e t e r e n d ,
a n d e x p a n d t h e m . Install o n l y t w o rings at a t i m e
f r o m e a c h e n d of the pinion shaft s l e e v e (B).
Note t h e s e i t e m s w h e n Installing the s e a l ring:
Do not o v e r - e x p a n d the s e a l ring. Install the r e s i n
s e a l rings w i t h c a r e s o a s .not to d a m a g e t h e m .
After Installation, m a k e s u r e y o u c o n t r a c t the s e a l
rings u s i n g the sizing tool.
* T h e r e a r e t w o t y p e s of s l e e v e s e a l rings; black
a n d b r o w n . Do not m i x the different t y p e s of
rings a s t h e y are not c o m p a t i b l e .
Replace.
3 3 . Fit the n e w O-ring (B) in the g r o o v e of the pinion
shaft. T h e n s l i d e the n e w v a l v e s e a l ring (C) o v e r
the shaft a n d in the g r o o v e on the pinion s h a f t
34. R e m o v e the vinyl t a p e , a n d a p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g
fluid to the s u r f a c e of the v a l v e s e a l ring (A).
38. A l i g n the ring g u i d e w i t h e a c h g r o o v e in the s l e e v e ,

a n d slide a s l e e v e s e a l ring Into e a c h g r o o v e . After,
installation, c o m p r e s s the s e a l r i n g s w i t h y o u r
fingers temporarily.
39. A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the s e a l rings on the
s l e e v e , a n d to the entire Inside s u r f a c e of the s l e e v e
s e a l ring sizing tool, t h e n s l o w l y insert t h e s l e e v e
into the sizing tool.
35. A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the i n s i d e of the v a l v e

s e a l ring sizing tool. S e t the larger d i a m e t e r e n d of
the sizing tool o v e r the v a l v e s e a l ring, a n d m o v e
the sizing tool up a n d d o w n s e v e r a l t i m e s to m a k e
the v a l v e s e a l ring fit in the pinion shaft g r o o v e .
36. R e m o v e the sizing tool, turn it o v e r , s l i d e the
s m a l l e r d i a m e t e r e n d o v e r the v a l v e s e a l ring.
M o v e st up a n d d o w n s e v e r a l t i m e s to m a k e the
v a l v e s e a l ring fit s n u g l y in t h e pinion shaft g r o o v e .
40. M o v e the s l e e v e b a c k a n d forth s e v e r a l t i m e s to

m a k e s u r e the s e a l r i n g s fit s n u g l y in t h e s l e e v e .
M a k e s u r e the s e a l rings a r e not t w i s t e d .
17-50
41. A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the s u r f a c e of the

pinion s h a f t !AK S l i d e t h e s l e e v e (B) onto t h e pinion
shaft b y a l i g n i n g t h e locating pin (C) o n the pinion
shaft w i t h the c u t o u t CD) In the s l e e v e . T h e n install
the n e w s n a p ring (E> s e c u r e l y in t h e pinion shaft
g r o o v e . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e v a l v e s e a l
ring w h e n installing the s l e e v e .
44. A p p l y v i n y l t a p e (A) to the pinion s h a f t / s l e e v e (B),

t h e n c o a t the v i n y l tape w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid.
45. insert the pinion s h a f t / s l e e v e into the v a l v e h o u s i n g

CO, B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e v a l v e s e a l rings
ID).
4 2 . A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to t h e s e a l ring lip of the
n e w v a l v e oil s e a l (A), t h e n install the s e a l in t h e
v a l v e h o u s i n g (B) u s i n g a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s a n d
driver h a n d l e . Install the s e a l w i t h its g r o o v e d s i d e
f a c i n g the tool.
46. R e m o v e the vinyl tape f r o m the pinion shaft, t h e n

r e m o v e a n y r e s i d u e f r o m the t a p e a d h e s i v e .
47. P r e s s the n e w v a l v e oil s e a l (A) into the v a l v e
h o u s i n g w i t h a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s . C h e c k that the
pinion s h a f t / s l e e v e t u r n s s m o o t h l y by h a n d after
installing it.
43. P r e s s the roller b e a r i n g (Q into the v a l v e h o u s i n g

with a hydraulic press and attachment.
48. C o a t the piston s e a l ring g u i d e w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g

fluid, t h e n s l i d e it onto the rack, big e n d first.
(cont'd)
17-51
Power Steering
49. Position the n e w O-ring (A) a n d n e w piston s e a l
ring (B) o n the piston s e a l ring g u i d e , t h e n s l i d e
t h e m d o w n t o w a r d the big e n d of t h e tool.
Note t h e s e stems during r e a s s e m b l y :
* Do not o v e r e x p a n d t h e r e s i n s e a l rings. Install
the r e s i n s e a l rings w i t h c a r e s o a s not to d a m a g e
t h e m . After installation, m a k e s u r e y o u contract
t h e s e a l ring u s i n g t h e s i z i n g tool.
53. W r a p v i n y l t a p e a r o u n d t h e rack teeth a n d rack e n d

e d g e s , t h e n c o a t the s u r f a c e of t h e t a p e w i t h p o w e r
s t e e r i n g fluid. M a k e s u r e that t h e v i n y l t a p e is
w r a p p e d c a r e f u l l y s o that t h e r e is no s t e p p e d
portion.
* R e p l a c e the p i s t o n ' s O-ring a n d s e a l ring a s a s e t .
50. Pull the O-ring off into t h e piston g r o o v e , t h e n pull

t h e piston s e a l ring off into t h e piston g r o o v e on
top of the O - r i n g .
54. C o a t the i n s i d e s u r f a c e of t h e n e w c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l
(A) w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid, t h e n install It onto the
s t e e r i n g rack with its g r o o v e d s i d e t o w a r d the
p i s t o n . W h e n installing the c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l , be
c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e lip of the s e a l w i t h the
e d g e s or teeth of t h e s t e e r i n g rack.
A
Replace.
51. C o a t the piston s e a l ring (A) a n d the Inside of the

piston s e a l ring s i z i n g tool w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid,
t h e n c a r e f u l l y s l i d e t h e tool onto t h e rack a n d o v e r
t h e piston s e a l ring.
07HAG-SF1020A
52. M o v e the sizing tool back a n d forth s e v e r a l t i m e s to

m a k e t h e piston s e a l ring fit s n u g l y In t h e piston.
17-52
55. R e m o v e the v i n y l tape f r o m the s t e e r i n g rack, t h e n

remove any adhesive residue.
El
56. Install the n e w b a c k u p ring (A) o n the s t e e r i n g rack,
t h e n place the b a c k u p ring a n d c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l IB)
a g a i n s t the piston (C).
5 7 . A p p l y s t e e r i n g g r e a s e to the s t e e r i n g rack teeth,

t h e n insert t h e s t e e r i n g rack into the g e a r b o x
h o u s i n g . B e careful not to d a m a g e the i n n e r
s u r f a c e of t h e c y l i n d e r w a l l w i t h t h e rack e d g e s .
58. Insert a n appropriate s i z e s o c k e t w r e n c h (A) onto

the s t e e r i n g rack a s s h o w n .
59. Install the b a c k u p ring -(B) a n d c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l (C)

Into the bottom of the c y l i n d e r by p r e s s i n g on the
tool w i t h a p r e s s . D o not p u s h o n the tool w i t h
e x c e s s i v e force a s it m a y d a m a g e the b a c k u p ring
and cylinder end seal.
60. R e m o v e the tool, a n d c e n t e r t h e s t e e r i n g rack.
61
C o a t t h e Inside s u r f a c e of the n e w c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l
(A) a n d s t e e r i n g rack w i t h p o w e r steering fluid,
t h e n install the c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l onto the s t e e r i n g
rack w i t h its g r o o v e d s i d e t o w a r d the c y l i n d e r .
(08C35-B0534L)
62. P u s h in the c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l with y o u r finger. B e

careful not to d a m a g e the s u r f a c e of the s e a l w i t h
the t h r e a d s a n d b u r r s at the s t a k e d position of the
cylinder housing.
(confd)
17-53
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Overhaul (cont'd}
63. Hold the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g u s i n g a C - c l a m p (A) a n d
w o o d e n b l o c k s (B). Do not c l a m p the c y l i n d e r part
66. C o a t the n e w O-ring.(A) w i t h s t e e r i n g g r e a s e , a n d

c a r e f u l l y fit it on the v a l v e h o u s i n g .
of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g in a v i s e .
64. C o a t the i n s i d e s u r f a c e of the c y l i n d e r e n d (A) with

p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid, t h e n Install the c y l i n d e r e n d
by s c r e w i n g It Into the c y l i n d e r (B). T i g h t e n the
c y l i n d e r e n d to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
67. A p p l y s t e e r i n g g r e a s e to the ball b e a r i n g (B) In the

g e a r b o x h o u s i n g , then install t h e v a l v e b o d y unit
(C) by e n g a g i n g the g e a r s . Note the v a l v e b o d y unit
installation position (direction of the Sine
connections}.
68. L o o s e l y Install the f l a n g e bolts (D).
69. Install the c y l i n d e r line A a n d B to t h e s t e e r i n g
gearbox.
Note t h e s e i t e m s d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y :
* T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n t h e j o i n t s of t h e c y l i n d e r lines.
T h e joints m u s t be free of foreign m a t e r i a l .
* Install the c y l i n d e r lines by tightening the flare
nuts b y h a n d first, t h e n tighten the flare nuts to
A
65. S t a k e the point of the c y l i n d e r s h o w n {opposite

f r o m w h e r e the stake w a s r e m o v e d during
disassembly).
17-54
70, A p p l y s t e e r i n g g r e a s e to the s l i d i n g s u r f a c e of the

rack g u i d e (A), a n d install it onto the g e a r b o x
housing.
7 1 . R e m o v e the o l d s e a l a n t f r o m the rack g u i d e s c r e w

|B)> t h e n a p p l y n e w s e a l a n t ( T h r e e B o n d 1215 or
Loctite 56991 to the m i d d l e of the t h r e a d s . Install
the s p r i n g (CI, rack g u i d e s c r e w , a n d locknut (D).
N O T E : If m o r e t h a n 5 m i n u t e s h a s p a s s e d after
a p p l y i n g the s e a l a n t , r e m o v e the old s e a l a n t a n d
residue, a n d reapply n e w s e a l a n t
7 2 . A d j u s t t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w ( s e e p a g e 17-35). After
a d j u s t i n g , c h e c k that the rack m o v e s s m o o t h l y by
s l i d i n g it right a n d left,
74. Install a n e w rubber stop (A) a n d a n e w lock w a s h e r

(B). Align the lock w a s h e r t a b s (C) w i t h the s l o t s (D)
o n the rack e n d (E) w h i l e h o l d i n g the Sock w a s h e r in
p l a c e . R e p e a t t h i s s t e p for t h e other s i d e of the rack.
7 5 . Hold the flat s u r f a c e s e c t i o n s of the s t e e r i n g rack

w i t h o n e w r e n c h , a n d tighten both rack e n d s with
another w r e n c h . B e careful not to d a m a g e the rack
s u r f a c e w i t h the w r e n c h .
76. B e n d the lock w a s h e r (A) b a c k a g a i n s t the flat s p o t s
o n the rack e n d joint h o u s i n g .
7 3 . Hold t h e g e a r b o x h o u s i n g u s i n g a C - c l a m p (A) a n d
w o o d e n b l o c k s IB) a s s h o w n . D o not c l a m p the
c y l i n d e r part of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g in a v i s e .
(confd)
17-55
Power Steering
77. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to t h e c i r c u m f e r e n c e of
t h e rack e n d joint h o u s i n g (A).
82. T i g h t e n the flange bolts (A) to the s p e c i f i e d torque.
A
20 Hm (2.0 kgf-m, 14 Ibf-ft)
78. A p p l y a light c o a t of s i l i c o n e g r e a s e (P/N

0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 1 3 ) to the boot g r o o v e s (B) on the rack e n d .
7 9 . C e n t e r the s t e e r i n g rack w i t h i n its stroke.
80. Install the n e w self-locking nut (A) onto the pinion
s h a f t e n d , a n d tighten to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
81. R e m o v e the old s e a l a n t f r o m the t h r e a d s on the

g e a r b o x h o u s i n g (B), a n d a p p l y n e w s e a l a n t (Three
B o n d 1215 or Loctite 5699) all the w a y a r o u n d the
t h r e a d s on the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g a n d the n e w e n d
plug (C). Install the e n d p l u g onto the g e a r b o x
h o u s i n g , a n d tighten it to the s p e c i f i e d torque.
N O T E : If m o r e t h a n 5 m i n u t e s h a s p a s s e d after
a p p l y i n g the s e a l a n t , r e m o v e the old s e a l a n t a n d
r e s i d u e , a n d reapply n e w s e a l a n t
17-56
8 3 . After tightening, u s e a drift to s t a k e (A) the g e a r b o x

h o u s i n g s h o u l d e r a g a i n s t the e n d plug (B).
8 4 , C l e a n off a n y g r e a s e or c o n t a m i n a t i o n f r o m t h e
boot installation g r o o v e s (A) a r o u n d on t h e
g e a r b o x h o u s i n g . Install t h e b o o t s (B) o n the rack
e n d s with t h e tie-rod c l i p s ( C ) , a n d fit t h e boot e n d
in the installation g r o o v e s in t h e h o u s i n g p r o p e r l y .
87. C l o s e t h e e a r portion (A) of t h e boot b a n d (B) with

c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e p i n c e r s , Oetiker 1098 or
e q u i v a l e n t (C).
D
88. S l i d e t h e rack right a n d left to be c e r t a i n that t h e
8 5 , After i n s t a l l i n g t h e b o o t s , w i p e t h e g r e a s e off t h e
b o o t s a r e not d e f o r m e d or t w i s t e d .
t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n (D) of the rack e n d .

89. Install t h e tie-rod e n d to the rack e n d .
8 6 . Install the n e w boot b a n d s (A) by a l i g n i n g the t a b s
(B) with t h e h o l e s fC) o n the b a n d .
90. Install t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-58).
17-57
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox installation
4. T u r n the lip (A) of the pinion shaft g r o m m e t
E n g i n e hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 *
Front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 *
Engine support hanger, A and R e d s AAR-T1256 *
* : T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
Tool and Equipment Program, 888-424-6857.
1. B e f o r e installing the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , m a k e s u r e
that no p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid is o n t h e mating
s u r f a c e of the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x a n d the front
s u b f r a m e . T o prevent t h e g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g bolts
f r o m l o o s e n i n g after the installation, r e m o v e a n y
p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid f r o m the m o u n t c u s h i o n s a n d
the bolt h o l e s .
2. W r a p v i n y l t a p e o v e r the s p l i n e s o n the pinion shaft
5. S l i d e the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (B) b e t w e e n the front
s u b f r a m e a n d the b o d y f r o m the d r i v e r ' s s i d e .
6. C a r e f u l l y m o v e the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (A) t o w a r d the
p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e until the pinion shaft c l e a r s the
f e n d e r w e l l o p e n i n g on the body.
3. Install the pinion shaft g r o m m e t (B). A l i g n the slot

(C) in the pinion shaft g r o m m e t w i t h the lug portion
(D) o n the v a l v e h o u s i n g . M a k e s u r e t h e r e is no g a p
b e t w e e n the g r o m m e t a n d the v a l v e h o u s i n g .
7. C o n t i n u e m o v i n g the g e a r b o x t o w a r d the
p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e until the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x Is in
position.
17-58
Install t h e w a s h e r s (A), the stiffener p l a t e s (B), t h e
12. Install the front s u b f r a m e front s t i f f e n s r s (A) a n d
n e w m o u n t i n g bolts ( C ) , a n d the f l a n g e bolts CD) o n
t h e front s u b f r a m e rear s t i f f e n e r s I B ) , t h e n l o o s e l y
t h e drh/efs
install t h e n e w front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (C),
s i d e of the g e a r b o x . T h e n l o o s e l y install
the m o u n t i n g bolts a n d the f l a n g e bolts.

10 x 1,25 mm
59 N-m |6 0 kgf-m, 43 Ibf-ft)
n e w t h e f l a n g e bolts (D), a n d the f l a n g e bolts (E).
12 x 1.25 mm
C
14 x 1.5 m m
74 Nm
17.5 kgf-m,
54 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
10 x 1.25 mm
IBM kgf-m,
43 Ibfft)
14 M 1.5 mm
Replace.
14 x 1.5 mm
Replace.
SBO2C@0OO1@
12 x 1.25 mm
Replace.
1 4 K 1.5 mm
Replace.
P o s i t i o n the cutout (A) o n the m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n (B)

a s s h o w n , a n d install it o n the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e of
13. A l i g n t h e front s u b f r a m e u s i n g the 15.7 m m e n d of

t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t p i n . V e r t i c a l l y Install the
s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin, a n d a l i g n t h e right r e a r
the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .
c o r n e r of the front s u b f r a m e a n d t h e v e h i c l e f r a m e
D
10 K 1.25 in
38 M*m
C3.S kgf-m,
28 Ibf-ft!
10. install the g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t (C) o v e r the

m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n , a n d tighten the f l a n g e bolts (D)
11, T i g h t e n t h e f l a n g e bolts o n t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e
h o l e s , t h e n l o o s e l y tighten t h e s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g
bolt (A) until the front s u b f r a m e c o n t a c t s the b o d y
frame.
70AG-SJAA10S
A
14 x 1.5 mm
Replace,
14. L o o s e l y tighten the left rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e a l t e r n a t e l y
bolt w i t h the s a m e p r o c e d u r e a s the right r e a r
in t w o s t e p s .
u s i n g t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin.
(confd)
17-59
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Installation (cont'd)
15. T i g h t e n the right rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g boSt (A)
to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e w i t h t h e s u b f r a m e
a l i g n m e n t pin Installed.
19. T i g h t e n the f l a n g e bolts (A) to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
12 x 1.25 mm
93 N-m
Replace.
16. T i g h t e n t h e left rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt to t h e

s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e w i t h the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin
Installed.
20. Install the f l a n g e n u t s (A) to t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n

m o u n t , a n d tighten t h e m to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
17. T i g h t e n the s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (A) to the

specified torque.
B
1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
A
1 0 x 1 25 untn
44 N-m (4.5 kgf.m, 33 Ibf-ft)
f 10.5 kgf.m, 75.9 Ibf-ft)

Replace.
18. T i g h t e n t h e f l a n g e bolts (B) to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
17-60
21. install t h e n e w front s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t i n g

bolts on t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e , a n d tighten t h e m to t h e
specified torque,
24. A / T : Install t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r bracket (A)

to t h e b a s e b r a c k e t (B) with a n e w m o u n t i n g bolt (C)
a n d m o u n t i n g bolts (D), a n d tighten t h e m to the
specified torque.
44 M>m {43 kgf-m, 33 Ibf-ft)

Replace.
2 2 , Install t h e n e w front s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t i n g
bolts o n t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e , a n d tighten t h e m to
23, L o w e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n jack s u p p o r t i n g the front

subframe.
(confd)
17-61
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Installation (cont'd)
25. Install t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t (A) w i t h n e w
m o u n t i n g bolts, a n d lightly tighten t h e m .
28. Install t h e n e w d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g bolt (A) a n d

the n e w m o u n t i n g nut (B), a n d l o o s e l y tighten the
nut.
A/T
10 x 1.25 mm
16.5 icgf-m, 47 Ibf-ft)

Replace.
29. Install e x h a u s t pipe A ( s e e p a g e 9-8).
M/T
30. Install t h e front s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e p a g e 20-274).
1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
78 IM-m f8.0 kgf-m, 58 Ibf-ftl
Replace.
12 M 1.25 mm
78 N-m
31. L o w e r the vehicle.

32. O n both s i d e s , w i p e off a n y g r e a s e c o n t a m i n a t i o n
f r o m the ball joint t a p e r e d s e c t i o n a n d t h r e a d s .
R e c o n n e c t t h e tie-rod ball joint (A) to t h e k n u c k l e .
Install the nut (B), a n d tighten it to t h e s p e c i f i e d
torque.
26. R e m o v e the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r , t h e h a n g e r
b a l a n c e bar, a n d the h a n g e r a d a p t e r s e t .
27. T i g h t e n the rear e n g i n e m o u n t m o u n t i n g bolts to
33. Install a n e w cotter pin (C), a n d b e n d it a s s h o w n .
17-62
34* L o o s e l y c o n n e c t t h e return
valve housing by hand,
line a n d inlet line to the
39. Install t h e inlet line c l a m p bracket bolt (A) a n d t h e

return line c l a m p bolt (B), a n d tighten t h e m to the
specified torque.
3 5 , Install t h e return fine c l a m p bolt (A), a n d tighten it

47 N-m
28 N-m
12.9 kgfm, 21 Ibf-ft)
40. T i g h t e n t h e flare nuts to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
41. Install t h e P / S h e a t s h i e l d (A) w i t h t h e f l a n g e bolts,

3 6 . Install the return line (B) to t h e return
hose clamp
a n d tighten t h e m to the s p e c i f i e d torque.
(C), a n d c l a m p i t
37, i n s t a l l t h e inlet line c l a m p bracket bolt (A) a n d t h e
return h o s e c i a r n p b r a c k e t bolt (B), a n d tighten
t h e m to the specified torque.
38. Install t h e return h o s e (C) t o t h e return h o s e c l a m p

(D), a n d c l a m p it.
(confd)
17-63
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox installation (cont'd)
42. Install the strut b r a c e ( s e e p a g e 20-289).
^ 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-257)
44. P l a c e a floor j a c k u n d e r the l o w e r a r m , a n d r a i s e
t h e s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
Do not p l a c e the j a c k a g a i n s t the ball joint pin of the
knuckle.
45. T i g h t e n the d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g nut w h i l e
holding the m o u n t i n g bold to t h e s p e c i f i e d torque
(see s t e p 28).
46. Install the front w h e e l s , t h e n s e t the w h e e l s in t h e
straight a h e a d position.
N O T E : Before installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d the i n s i d e of the
wheel.
47. C e n t e r the s t e e r i n g rack w i t h i n its stroke.
17-64
48. S l i p the l o w e r e n d of t h e s t e e r i n g joint (A) onto the

pinion shaft (B) taking c a r e to align the g a p (C)
within the a n g l e .
N O T E : Pick up t h e t a b s (D) of t h e pinion shaft
g r o m m e t , a n d turn up t h e Sip of the pinion shaft
g r o m m e t s e c u r e l y in p l a c e . M a k e s u r e that light
d o e s not enter f r o m the s p a c e b e t w e e n the pinion
s h a f t g r o m m e t a n d t h e body.
4 9 , A l i g n t h e bolt hole (A) on t h e s t e e r i n g joint w i t h the

g r o o v e fBl a r o u n d the pinion s h a f t , t h e n l o o s e l y
install the l o w e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (C). B e s u r e that
t h e joint bolt i s s e c u r e l y in the g r o o v e in the pinion
shaft.
53. Install t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l ( s e e p a g e 17-27), a n d the

d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205).
54. Do t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
(see p a g e 22-89), a n d d o t h e s e t a s k s :
* T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS) a n d c h e c k that
* M a k e s u r e t h e horn a n d turn s i g n a l s w i t c h e s
w o r k properly.
* M a k e s u r e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l s w i t c h e s w o r k
properly.
55. Fill the s y s t e m w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d b l e e d
air f r o m the s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 17-14).
56. After installation, d o t h e s e c h e c k s .
* S t a r t the e n g i n e , a l l o w it to idle,- a n d turn the
s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l t i m e s to
w a r m up t h e fluid. C h e c k t h e g e a r b o x for l e a k s
( s e e p a g e 17-13).
50. Poll o n the s t e e r i n g joint to m a k e s u r e that t h e

s t e e r i n g joint i s fully s e a t e d , t h e n tighten t h e l o w e r
joint bolt t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
51, T i g h t e n t h e u p p e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt ID) to the
specified torque.
5 2 , Install t h e s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r (A).
* C h e c k the steering w h e e l spoke angle.

* if s t e e r i n g s p o k e a n g l e s to t h e right a n d left a r e
not e q u a l (steering w h e e l a n d rack are not
c e n t e r e d ) , c o r r e c t the e n g a g e m e n t of the joint/
pinion shaft serrations.
* S e t the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n to t h e c e n t e r tilt p o s i t i o n ,
a n d to the c e n t e r t e l e s c o p i c p o s i t i o n , t h e n d o t h e
' front toe i n s p e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 18-5).
17-65
Power Steering
Tie-rod Bail Joint Boot Replacement
F r o n t h u b d s s / a s s e m b l y tool 0 7 9 6 5 - S A 5 0 5 0 0
1. D i s c o n n e c t the tie-rod ball joint f r o m the knuckle "
( s e e s t e p 26 on p a g e 17-40).
6. Install the n e w tie-rod ball joint boot (A) u s i n g the

front h u b d i s / a s s e m b l y tool. T h e boot m u s t not
h a v e a g a p at the boot installation s e c t i o n s (B).
After installing the b o o t c h e c k t h e ball pin t a p e r e d
s e c t i o n for g r e a s e c o n t a m i n a t i o n , a n d w i p e it if
necessary.
2. R e m o v e the tie-rod e n d f r o m t h e rack e n d .

07965-SA50500
3. R e m o v e the tie-rod ball joint boot f r o m the tie-rod
e n d , a n d w i p e the old g r e a s e off the ball pin.
4. Pack t h e l o w e r a r e a of the ball pin (A) w i t h f r e s h
multipurpose grease.
7. Install the t i e - r o d e n d to t h e rack e n d .

8. C o n n e c t t h e tie-rod ball joint to the knuckle ( s e e
s t e p 3 2 on p a g e 17-62).
5. Pack the interior of t h e n e w tie-rod ball joint boot
(B) a n d lip (C) w i t h f r e s h m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e .
Note t h e s e i t e m s w h e n installing n e w g r e a s e :
* K e e p g r e a s e off t h e boot m o u n t i n g a r e a (D) a n d
the t a p e r e d s e c t i o n (E) of t h e ball pin.
* Do not a l l o w d u s t dirt, or other foreign m a t e r i a l s
to enter the boot.
17-66
9. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a n d a d j u s t it if
Gearbox Mount Cushion Replacement

1. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-36).
2.
Position a 40 m m s o c k e t w r e n c h (A) o n t h e f l a n g e
part: of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g with a w a s h e r (B), a
10 x 150 m m f l a n g e bolt \Q a n d a 10 m m nut (D) a s
shown.,
4. A p p l y a m i l d s o a p a n d w a t e r s o l u t i o n to the n e w
g e a r b o x m o u n t c u s h i o n s u r f a c e (A), t h e n p l a c e it on
the g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n h o l e .
5. Position a 40 m m s o c k e t w r e n c h o n the flange part

of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g with a w a s h e r , a flange b o l t
a n d a nut a s s h o w n .
3, Hold t h e f l a n g e bolt w i t h a w r e n c h , a n d tighten t h e
nut w i t h a w r e n c h . R e m o v e the g e a r b o x m o u n t
cushion IE),
6 . Install the g e a r b o x m o u n t c u s h i o n by tightening the

nut until t h e m o u n t c u s h i o n e d g e s (B) c o n t a c t t h e
gearbox flange surface.
.
7. Install the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x f s e e p a g e 17-58).
17-67
Suspension
Front and Rear Suspension
Special Tools .............................
Wheel Alignment *
..........
....
.
Wheel Bearing End Play inspection
Wheel Runout Inspection
......................
Wheel Bolt Replacement .....
...
Bali Joint Removal
. .
Bail Joint Boot Inspection/Replacement
18-2
18-3
18-5
........ 18-8
.... 18-8
.
18-3
18-11
..... 18-12
Front Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement
Upper Arm Replacement
Lower Arm Removal/Installation
Stabilizer Link Removal/Installation
Stabilizer Bar Replacement
Damper/Spring Removal and Installation
Damper/Spring Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly
18-13
18-19
..... 18-21
18-24
. 18-25
18-31
18-34
Rear Suspension
Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement .
Lower Arm A Replacement
Control Arm Replacement
Lower Arm B Replacement ..
Stabilizer Link Removal/installation
Damper/Spring Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly ...........
.
. 18-38
18-42
18-45
18-45
............ 18-46
18-47
18-48
18-49
18-52
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) ...... 18-55

Special Tools
Tool
Ref. N o .
Description
Oty
07AAF-SDAA100
Ball J o i n t T h r e a d Protector, 12 m m
07GAD-SD40101
07GAF-SD40100
B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t 78 x 90 m m
Hub D i s / A s s e m b l y T o o !
Ball J o i n t R e m o v e r , 32 m m
1
1
1
1 1
07MAC-SL0A102
07MAC-SL0A202
G7GAG-5JAA10S
070AG-SJAQ300
Ball J o i n t Boot Clip G u i d e , 45 m m

B u s h i n g Driver
Bushing Receiver Set
070AF-TA0A220
07746-0010600
07749-0010000
Bali J o i n t R e m o v e r , 28 m m
070AF-TA0A100
18-2
Uumber
07965-SD90100
B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 72 x 7 5 m m
Driver Handle
Support Base
07974-SA50700
Ball J o i n t Boot C l i p G u i d e , 39 x 41 m m
1
1
1
1
1

Front S u s p e n s i o n
DAMPER/SPRING
Removal, page 18-31
Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly,
page 13-34
UPPER ARM
BALL JOINT
Boot Inspection/Replacement,
page 18-12
KÛCfCLE/HUB/
WHEEL BEARING
(MAGNETIC ENCODER)
Knuckle/Hub Replacement,
page 18-14
Wheel Bearing Replacement,
page 18-17
BALL
JOINT
Boot Inspection/Replacement,
page 18-12
STA1!UZ1SA
Replacement,
page 18-2
STABtUZERUNK
page 18-24
LOWER ARM
Removal/Installation, page 18-21
Compliance Bushing Replacement, page 18-23
WHEEL BOLT
Front and Bear Suspension

Rear Syspension
DAMPER/SPRING
R e m o v a l , p a g e 18-49
Disassembly, Inspection, a n d Reassembly,
p a g e 18-52
18-4
Wheel Alignment
T h e s u s p e n s i o n c a n be a d j u s t e d for front a n d rear toe,
Pre-AIignment Checks
6. C h e c k the s u s p e n s i o n ball j o i n t s . (Hold a tire with

y o u r h a n d s , a n d m o v e it up a n d d o w n a n d right a n d
left to c h e c k for m o v e m e n t )
F o r p r o p e r I n s p e c t i o n and a d j u s t m e n t of the w h e e l
a l i g n m e n t , do t h e s e c h e c k s :
1. R e l e a s e the parking b r a k e to a v o i d a n Incorrect
measurement,
2 ; M a k e s u r e t h e s u s p e n s i o n is not m o d i f i e d .
3. M a k e s u r e the fuel tank is full, a n d that t h e s p a r e
tire, t h e j a c k , a n d the t o o l s a r e in p l a c e on the
vehicle.
4. C h e c k the tire s i z e a n d tire p r e s s u r e .
T i r e s i z e (4-door):
LX, LX-P,L X PZEV, and LX-P PZEV models:
Front/Rear: P215/60R16 94H
E X , E X - L , E X PZEV, and E X - L P Z E V models:
t r a i t / R e a r : P225/50R17 93V
T i r e s i z e (2-door):
Front/Rear: P225/50R17 93V
T i r e p r e s s u r e (4ndoor) fat c o l d ! :
L X , L X - P , L X P Z E V , a n d LXP P Z E V
F r o n t / R e a r : 2 1 0 k P a 12,1 k g f / c m
E X , EX-L, E X PZEV, and EX-LPZEV
F r o n t / R o a r : 2 2 0 k P a {2.2 k g f / c m
T i r e p r e s s u r & (2-door) (at c o l d ! :
7. B e f o r e d o i n g a l i g n m e n t i n s p e c t i o n s , be s u r e to
r e m o v e all extra w e i g h t f r o m t h e v e h i c l e , a n d no
o n e s h o u l d be inside the v e h i c l e (driver or
passengers).
8. B o u n c e the v e h i c l e up a n d d o w n s e v e r a l t i m e s to
stabilize the s u s p e n s i o n .
models:
, 3 0 psi)
models:
, 3 2 psi)
9. C h e c k that the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n is s e t at the c e n t e r

tilt a n d t e l e s c o p i c position.
Caster Inspection
F r o n t / R e a r : 2 2 0 k P a (2.2 k g f / o m , 3 2 psi)
5 . C h e c k t h e r u n o u t of the w h e e l s a n d t i r e s ( s e e p a g e
18-8).
U s e c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e c o m p u t e r i z e d four w h e e l
a l i g n m e n t e q u i p m e n t to m e a s u r e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t
(caster, c a m b e r , toe, a n d turning a n g l e ) . F o l l o w t h e
e q u i p m e n t m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s instructions.
1. C h e c k the c a s t e r a n g l e .
C a s t e r angle:
Q
4-dor:3 48
r + 0
2 5
'-iw
+ 0
2-door:347'
^-ôs
f M a x i m y m difference b e t w e e n t h e right a n d left
side: 0 4 5 ' )
If the m e a s u r e m e n t is w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
m e a s u r e the c a m b e r a n g l e ,
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t is not within s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
c h e c k for bent or d a m a g e d s u s p e n s i o n
components.
(confd)
18-5
F r o n t - a n d Rear Suspension
Wheel Alignment (cont'd)
Camber Inspection
Front Toe Inspection/Adjustment
(caster, c a m b e r , toe, a n d turning a n g l e ) . F o l l o w the
e q u i p m e n t m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s instructions.
(caster, c a m b e r , toe, a n d turning a n g l e ) . F o l l o w the
equipment manufacturer's instructions.
1. C h e c k the c a m b e r a n g l e .
C a m b e r angle:
Front
O00
.-45<
Rear: - 1
{Mammum
difference b e t w e e n t h e right a n d left
side: 0 3 0 ' )
1 . S e t the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n to the m i d d l e tilt a n d

t e l e s c o p i c p o s i t i o n s . C e n t e r the s t e e r i n g w h e e l
s p o k e s , a n d install a s t e e r i n g w h e e l holder tool.
# + 3 & ,
2 . C h e c k the toe with the w h e e l s pointed straight

ahead.
F r o n t toe-in: 0 2 m m f 0 0 . 0 8 i n j
If the m e a s u r e m e n t is within s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
m e a s u r e the toe-in.
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t is not within s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
c h e c k for bent or d a m a g e d s u s p e n s i o n
components.
* If a d j u s t m e n t is r e q u i r e d , g o to s t e p 3 .
* If no a d j u s t m e n t is r e q u i r e d , g o to rear toe
inspection/adjustment
3 . L o o s e n the tie-rod locknuts (A) w h i l e holding t h e
flat s u r f a c e s e c t i o n s (B) of the tie-rod e n d w i t h a
w r e n c h , a n d turn both t i e - r o d s (G) until the front toe
is within s p e c i f i c a t i o n s .
4. After a d j u s t i n g , tighten the tie-rod locknuts to the

s p e c i f i e d torque v a l u e . R e p o s i t i o n the r a c k - e n d
boot if it is t w i s t e d or d i s p l a c e d .
5. G o t o rear toe i n s p e c t i o n / a d j u s t m e n t .
18-6
Rear Toe Inspection/Adjustment
Turning Angle Inspection
(caster, c a m b e r , t o e , a n d turning a n g l e ) . F o l l o w t h e
e q u i p m e n t m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s instructions,
( c a s t e r c a m b e r , t o e , a n d turning a n g l e ) . F o l l o w the
1u R e l e a s e t h e parking brake to a v o i d a n i n c o r r e c t
1. T u r n the w h e e l right a n d left w h i l e a p p l y i n g the

b r a k e , a n d m e a s u r e the t u r n i n g a n g l e of both
wheels.
measurement.
2, C h e c k the toe.
R e a r toe-in: 2 2 m m ( 0 . 0 8 0 . 0 8 i n j
forming angle:
Inward:
O y t w a r d freference):
3S0O'2
31 5 0 '
* if a d j u s t m e n t is r e q u i r e d , g o to s t e p 3.
* If n o a d j u s t m e n t is r e q u i r e d , g o to turning a n g l e
inspection.
3. Hold t h e a d j u s t i n g bolt (A) o n the rear control a r m
( 8 ) , a n d l o o s e n the s e l f - l o c k i n g nut (C).
B
2 . If the m e a s u r e m e n t is not within t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,

e v e n up both s i d e s of the tie-rod t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n
length w h i l e a d j u s t i n g the front toe. If st is c o r r e c t ,
but the turning a n g l e is not within the
s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , c h e c k for bent or d a m a g e d
suspension components.
4, R e p l a c e the self-locking nut w i t h a n e w o n e , a n d

lightly tighten It.
N O T E : A l w a y s u s e a n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g nut w h e n e v e r
ft h a s b e e n t i g h t e n e d to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
5, A d j u s t the rear toe by turning the a d j u s t i n g bolt
until the toe is c o r r e c t
8, T i g h t e n the s e l f - l o c k i n g nut w h i l e holding the
a d j u s t i n g bolt to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .
18-7
Front arid Bear Suspension

Wheel Bearing End Play Inspection
Wheel Runout Inspection
1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t ft w i t h s a f e t y stands"
in t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 1-11).
2. R e m o v e the w h e e l s .
2. C h e c k for a bent or d e f o r m e d w h e e l .
3. Install s u i t a b l e flat w a s h e r s (A) a n d the w h e e l nuts.

T i g h t e n the nuts to the s p e c i f i e d torque to hold the
brake d i s c s e c u r e l y a g a i n s t t h e h u b .
3 . S e t up t h e dial g a u g e a s s h o w n , a n d m e a s u r e the.
Front
4. Attach the dial g a u g e . P l a c e the dial g a u g e a g a i n s t

t h e hub flange.
5. M e a s u r e the b e a r i n g e n d p l a y w h i l e m o v i n g t h e
brake d i s c i n w a r d a n d o u t w a r d .
W h e e l bearing end play:
F r o n t / R e a r : 0 - 0 . 0 5 m m CO0,002 in.)
6. If the b e a r i n g e n d play m e a s u r e m e n t is m o r e t h a n
t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the w h e e l b e a r i n g or the h u b
b e a r i n g unit.
18-8
in the proper l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 1-11).
axial runout by turning the w h e e l .

Front a n d rear w h e e l axial runoyt:
Standard:
S t e e l w h e e l : 0 1 . 0 m m f 0 - 0 . 0 4 in.)
A l u m i n u m w h e e l : 00.7 m m (00.03 i n j
S e r v i c e limit: 2.0 m m {0.08 in.)
Wheel Bolt Replacement

4, B e s e t t h e dial g a u g e to the position s h o w n , a n d
m e a s u r e the radial runout.

Ball joint r e m o v e r , 28 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 2 0 2
F r o n t a n d rear w h e e l r a d i a l r u n o u t :
Standard:
Steal wheel: 0 - 1 . 0 m m
In.)
A l u m i n u m w h e e l : 00.7 m m (00.03 i n j
S e r v i c e limit. 1.5 m m (0,06 i n j
* Do not u s e a h a m m e r or i m p a c t tools ( p n e u m a t i c
or electric) to r e m o v e a n d install the w h e e l bolts.
B e careful not to d a m a g e t h e t h r e a d s of the
w h e e l bolts,
Front
1. R e m o v e the front hub ( s e e p a g e 18-14).
2. S e p a r a t e the w h e e l bolt (A) f r o m t h e h u b (B) u s i n g
a hydraulic press. Support the hub with hydraulic
p r e s s a t t a c h m e n t s (C) or e q u i v a l e n t t o o l s .
N O T E : Before installing t h e - n e w w h e e l bolt, c l e a n
t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s on the bolt a n d t h e hub.
Press
5. If t h e w h e e l runout is not within the s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,
c h e c k t h e w h e e l b e a r i n g e n d p l a y ( s e e p a g e 18-8),
a n d m a k e s o r e the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s on the brake
d i s c a n d t h e i n s i d e of the w h e e l a r e c l e a n .
6. If t h e b e a r i n g e n d p l a y is w i t h i n the s p e c i f i c a t i o n
but t h e w h e e l runout is m o r e t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit,
replace the w h e e l .
3. Insert the n e w w h e e l bolt into t h e h u b w h i l e

aligning the s p l i n e d s u r f a c e s on the h u b hole with
the w h e e l bolt,
NOTE:
* D e g r e a s e all a r o u n d the w h e e l bolt.
* M a k e s u r e the w h e e l bolt is installed v e r t i c a l l y in
relation to the hub d i s c s u r f a c e .
4. Install the w h e e l bolt u s i n g a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s until
the w h e e l bolt s h o u l d e r is fully s e a t e d .
5. Install the front hub (see p a g e 18-14).
. N O T E : If y o u c a n n o t tighten the w h e e l nut to the
s p e c i f i e d torque v a l u e w h e n installing the w h e e l ,
r e p l a c e the front hub a s a n a s s e m b l y .
(confd)
18-9
front and Rear Suspension

Wheel Bolt Replacement (cont'd)
Rear
1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with safety s t a n d s
in the p r o p e r locations ( s e e p a g e 1-11).
2. R e m o v e the rear brake d i s c ( s e e p a g e 19-34).
4. Insert the n e w w h e e l bolt (A) into t h e h u b (B) w h i l e

a l i g n i n g the s p l i n e d s u r f a c e s (C) on t h e h u b hole
w i t h the w h e e l b o l t A d j u s t the m e a s u r e m e n t (D)
with the w a s h e r s (P/N 9 4 1 0 1 - 1 2 8 0 0 or equivalent)
(E), then install a nut (P/N 9 0 3 0 4 - S C 2 - 0 0 0 or
e q u i v a l e n t ) (F) h a n d - t i g h t
3. S e p a r a t e the w h e e l bolt (A) f r o m the hub (B) u s i n g

t h e ball joint r e m o v e r ( C ) , a n d keep t h e j a w (D) of
ball joint r e m o v e r vertical a g a i n s t the w h e e l bolt
(see page 18-11).
NOTE:
* D e g r e a s e all a r o u n d t h e w h e e l bolt a n d the
t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n of t h e nut.
* M a k e s u r e the w h e e l bolt Is installed vertically in
relation to the h u b d i s c s u r f a c e .
NOTE:
* If the a n g l e of t h e r e m o v e r a g a i n s t the w h e e l bolt
is not s q u a r e , r e a d j u s t the ball joint r e m o v e r by
turning the h e a d (E) of the a d j u s t i n g bolt (F).
* Before installing t h e n e w w h e e l bolt, c l e a n the
mating s u r f a c e s on the bolt a n d the h u b .
* Do not Install the nut a n d w a s h e r s that h a v e b e e n

u s e d a s t o o l s on a v e h i c l e .
o
1114 m m
( 0 . 4 3 - 0 . 5 5 In.)
5. T i g h t e n t h e nut until the w h e e l bolt is d r a w n fully

Into the hub. Do not e x c e e d the m a x i m u m t o r q u e
limit. M a k e s u r e t h e r e is no g a p (G) b e t w e e n t h e
bolt a n d the h u b .
Limited torque:
7MAC-SL0A202
108 N-m (11.0 kgf-m, 79.6 Sbfft) m a x .

6. Install the rear brake d i s c ( s e e p a g e 19-34).
NOTE:
* If y o u c a n n o t tighten the w h e e l nut to the
s p e c i f i e d torque v a l u e w h e n installing the w h e e l ,
r e p l a c e the rear h u b b e a r i n g unit a s a n a s s e m b l y .
Before installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d the Inside of the
wheel.
18-10
Ball Joint Removal

S p a e l a l T o o l s RcKiiiired
Ball joint t h r e a d protector, 12 m m 0 7 A A F - S D A A 1 0 0
- B a l l joint r e m o v e r , 3 2 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 1 0 2
* Ball joint r e m o v e r , 2 8 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 2 0 2
3. L o o s e n t h e p r e s s u r e bolt (A), a n d install the ball

joint r e m o v e r a s s h o w n . Insert t h e j a w s carefully,
m a k i n g s u r e not to d a m a g e the ball joint b o o t
A d j u s t the j a w s p a c i n g by turning the a d j u s t i n g bolt
(BK
A l w a y s u s e a ball joint r e m o v e r to d i s c o n n e c t a ball

j o i n t D o not strike the h o u s i n g or a n y other part of
t h e ball joint c o n n e c t i o n to d i s c o n n e c t it,
N O T E : F a s t e n the safety c h a i n (C) s e c u r e l y to a

s u s p e n s i o n a r m or the s u b f r a m e (D). Do not f a s t e n
it to a brake line or w i r e h a r n e s s .
1. install a h e x nut (A) o r the ball joint t h r e a d protector

| B | onto t h e t h r e a d s of the ball joint iC),
N O T E : Using: a h e x nut, m a k e s u r e the nut i s f l u s h
w i t h the ball joint pin e n d to p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the
t h r e a d e d e n d of the ball joint p i n .
4. After a d j u s t i n g the adjusting bolt, m a k e s u r e the

h e a d of the adjusting bolt is in the position s h o w n
to a l l o w the j a w (E) to pivot.
2. A p p l y g r e a s e to t h e bail joint r e m o v e r on the a r e a s

s h o w n {Ah T h i s w i l l e a s e Installation of t h e tool a n d
p r e v e n t damage to the p r e s s u r e bolt (B) t h r e a d s .
5. W i t h a w r e n c h , tighten the p r e s s u r e bolt until the

ball joint psn p o p s l o o s e f r o m the ball joint
c o n n e c t i n g hole. If n e c e s s a r y , a p p l y penetrating
t y p e lubricant to l o o s e n the ball joint psn,
N O T E : Do not u s e p n e u m a t i c or electric t o o l s on
the pressure bolt
6. R e m o v e the ball joint r e m o v e r , t h e n r e m o v e the
nut f r o m the e n d of the ball joint p i n , a n d pull t h e
ball joint out of the ball joint c o n n e c t i n g hole.
I n s p e c t the ball joint boot, a n d r e p l a c e It if
damaged.
07M AC-SL0A102 or 07MAC-SL0A202
18-11

Ball Joint Boot Inspection/Replacement
* Ball joint boot clip g u i d e , 45 m m O 7 O A G - S J A 0 3 O 0
Ball joint boot clip g u i d e , 3 9 x 41 m m
07974-SA50700
1. C h e c k . t h e ball joint boot for w e a k n e s s , d a m a g e ,

c r a c k s , a n d g r e a s e leaks.
7, T h e front knuckle ball joint or the rear u p p e r a r m

ball joint: A d j u s t the depth by t u r n i n g the ball joint
boot clip g u i d e (A) until its b a s e is j u s t a b o v e the
g r o o v e a r o u n d (B) the bottom of the b o o t T h e n
slide the clip (C) o v e r the ball joint boot clip g u i d e
a n d into position on the b o o t
NOTE;
* If t h e ball joint boot is d a m a g e d with g r e a s e l e a k s ,
r e p l a c e the appropriate part a s a n a s s e m b l y .
* If the ball joint boot is soft a n d c r a c k e d without
g r e a s e l e a k s , go to s t e p 2. R e p l a c e the
appropriate ball joint b o o t
2. D i s c o n n e c t the a p p r o p r i a t e ball joint c o n n e c t i o n ,
a n d r e m o v e the c o m p o n e n t including the ball j o i n t
* T h e front knuckle ( s e e p a g e 18-14}
* T h e front u p p e r a r m ( s e e p a g e 18-19)
* T h e rear upper a r m ( s e e p a g e 18-42)
3. R e m o v e the boot clip a n d the b o o t
4. Pack the interior a n d lip (A) of a n e w boot with
g r e a s e . K e e p the g r e a s e off of the boot-to-housing
mating s u r f a c e s ( B ) .
8, T h e front u p p e r a r m ball joint: A d j u s t the ball joint

boot clip g u i d e with t h e a d j u s t i n g bolt (A) until its
b a s e is j u s t a b o v e the g r o o v e a r o u n d (B) the
bottom of the b o o t T h e n s l i d e the clip (C) o v e r the
ball joint boot clip g u i d e a n d into position o n the
boot
5. P a c k f r e s h g r e a s e into the b a s e (C). Do not let dirt

or other foreign m a t e r i a l s get into the b o o t
6. Install the boot on the ball joint, t h e n s q u e e z e it
After installing a boot, w i p e a n y g r e a s e off the

e x p o s e d portion of the ball joint pin.
gently to force out a n y air, t h e n w i p e the g r e a s e off

t h e t a p e r e d portion of t h e ball joint pin (D).
18-12
10. Install all the r e m o v e d parts.
Front Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement
Exploded View
KNUCKLE
Check for deformation and damage.
WHEEL B E A R I N G
CMAGNETIC ENCODER)
Replace.
SPLASH GUARD
Check for corrosion,
deformation,
and damage.
Replace if rusted.
F R O N T KNUCKLE
RING
Check for deformation
and damage.
Replace,
6 K 1.0 m m
9.8 U>m (1..0 kgf.m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
BALL JOINT BOOT

Check for deterioration
and damage.
C A S T L E UUJ
14 x 1.5 m m
7 8 - 8 8 N-m
I8.O--9.0 k g f - m , 5 8 - - 6 5 Ibf-ftl
FRONT BRAKE DISC

Check for wear, damage, and rust.
FLAT S C R E W
8 x 1M m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 k g f m ,
7.2 Ibf-ft)
FRONT
HUB
Check for damage and cracks,
SPINDLE NUT
2 6 x 1 . 6 mm
329 N-m
C33.5 kgf-ni, 242 Ibf-ft)
Replace,
Apply a small amount

of engine oil to the seating
surface of the nut
(confd)
18-13
Front Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
3. R e m o v e the brake h o s e b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt (A).
B a l l joint r e m o v e r , 2 8 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 2 0 2
H u b d i s / a s s e m b l y tool 0 7 G A F - S D 4 0 1 0 0
* Bearing driver attachment, 72 x 75 m m
* Driver handle
8 x 1,25 m m
22 N - m
{2.2 kgf-m,
16 Ibf-ft)
07746-0010600
07749-0010000
Bearing driver attachment, 78 x 90 m m

07GAD-SD40101
* Support base 07965-SD90100
Knoekle/Hyb Replacement
1. R a i s e t h e front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s In t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).
2. R e m o v e t h e w h e e l n u t s a n d t h e front w h e e l .
12 x 1,25 m m
108 N-m
(11.0 kgf-m, 79.6 Ibf-ft)
R e m o v e t h e brake c a l i p e r bracket m o u n t i n g bolts
I B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y (C) f r o m t h e
k n u c k l e . T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e c a l i p e r
a s s e m b l y or t h e brake h o s e , u s e a s h o r t p i e c e of
w i r e to h a n g t h e c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y f r o m t h e
u n d e r c a r r i a g e . D o not t w i s t t h e brake h o s e
excessively.
R e m o v e t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r h a r n e s s bracket
(A) a n d t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r (B) f r o m t h e
knuckle. D o not d i s c o n n e c t t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
connector.
108 N-m
111.0 k g f - m ,
79.6 Ibf-ft)
18-14
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
8. R a i s e the s t a k e (A), then r e m o v e t h e s p i n d l e nut IB),
11. R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A) f r o m the knuckle ball

joint, t h e n r e m o v e t h e c a s t l e nut (B>.
N O T E : D uring installation, insert the n e w cotter pin
into the ball joint pin h o l e f r o m the front to the rear
of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d b e n d its e n d a s s h o w n . C h e c k
the ball joint pin hole direction' before c o n n e c t i n g
the ball joint.
FRONT
26 x 1,5 m m
329 N-m
(333 kgf-m,
242-lbf-ft>
Replace.
FROiSiT
7* R e m o v e the front brake d i s c { s e e p a g e 19-22),
8, C h e c k the front h u b for d a m a g e a n d c r a c k s .
07MAC-SL0A2Q2
9. R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A) f r o m the tie-rod e n d ball

joint, t h e n r e m o v e t h e nut (8).
14 M 1.5 mm
7 8 - 8 8 N-m
( 8 . 0 - 9 . 0 kgf-m,
5 8 - 8 5 Ibf-ft)
N O T E : D u r i n g installation, install the n e w cotter pin

after tightening the nut, a n d b e n d Its e n d a s s h o w n .
/*
07fiAC-SL0A2@2
12. D i s c o n n e c t the knuckle ball joint f r o m the l o w e r

a r m u s i n g t h e ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e 18-11).
NOTE:
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n
installing t h e r e m o v e r .
Do not force o r h a m m e r o n t h e l o w e r a r m , o r pry
b e t w e e n t h e l o w e r a r m a n d t h e knuckle. Y o u
c o u l d d a m a g e t h e ball joint.
12 x 1,25 mm
54 M m
A
Replace,
10. D i s c o n n e c t the tie-rod e n d bail joint f r o m the

knuckle u s i n g t h e ball joint t h r e a d protector a n d t h e
ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e 18-11).
(confd)
18-15
Front Suspension
13. R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A) f r o m the u p p e r a r m ball
j o i n t t h e n r e m o v e the c a s t l e nut (B).
N O T E : During installation, insert the n e w cotter pin
into the ball joint pin hole f r o m the front to t h e rear
of the v e h i c l e , a n d b e n d its e n d a s s h o w n . C h e c k
the ball joint pin hole direction before c o n n e c t i n g
the ball j o i n t
16. Install the k n u c k l e / h u b in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
* First install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly
tighten the bolts a n d the n u t s , t h e n r a i s e the
s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
b e f o r e fully tightening to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e
v a l u e s . Do not p l a c e the j a c k a g a i n s t the ball joint
pin of the knuckle.
* B e careful not to d a m a g e the ball joint boot w h e n
c o n n e c t i n g the knuckle.
* Before c o n n e c t i n g t h e "ball joint, d e g r e a s e the
t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d the t a p e r e d portion of the
ball joint pin, the ball joint c o n n e c t i n g h o l e , a n d
the t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of
the c a s t l e nut.
O7MAC-SL0A2O2
10 x 1.25 m m
4 4 - 5 2 U-m
14.5-5,3 kgf-m,
A
Rsplscs.
3 3 - 3 8 Ibf-ft)
14. D i s c o n n e c t the u p p e r a r m ball joint f r o m the

knuckle u s i n g the ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e
18-11).
15. R e m o v e the d r i v e s h a f t o u t b o a r d joint (A) f r o m the
knuckle (B) by t a p p i n g the d r i v e s h a f t e n d (C) with a
soft f a c e h a m m e r w h i l e d r a w i n g the h u b o u t w a r d ,
then r e m o v e the k n u c k l e / h u b .
NOTE:
Do not pull the d r i v e s h a f t e n d o u t w a r d . T h e
d r i v e s h a f t i n b o a r d joint m a y c o m e apart,
* During installation, a p p l y g r e a s e to t h e m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s of the w h e e l b e a r i n g a n d the driveshaft
o u t b o a r d joint ( s e e s t e p 1 on p a g e 16-20).
18-16
* T o r q u e the c a s t l e nut to t h e l o w e r t o r q u e
s p e c i f i c a t i o n , t h e n tighten It o n l y far e n o u g h to
align the. slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the c a s t l e nut by l o o s e n i n g I t
* U s e a n e w s p i n d l e nut on r e a s s e m b l y .
* Before Installing the s p i n d l e nut, a p p l y a s m a l l
a m o u n t of e n g i n e oil to the s e a t i n g s u r f a c e of the
nut. After t i g h t e n i n g , u s e a drift to s t a k e the
s p i n d l e nut s h o u l d e r a g a i n s t the driveshaft.
* Before installing the brake d i s c , c l e a n the mating
s u r f a c e s of the front h u b a n d the Inside of the
brake d i s c .
* B e f o r e installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the mating
s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d the Inside of the
wheel.
17. C h e c k t h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ; a n d a d j u s t It If
Wheel Bearing Replacement
3. R e m o v e t h e s n a p ring (A) a n d t h e s p l a s h g u a r d (B)

f r o m the knuckle (C).
1. S e p a r a t e the h u b (A) f r o m t h e k n u c k l e fB) u s i n g the

h u b d i s a s s e m b l y tool a n d a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s . Hold
t h e knuckle with the a t t a c h m e n t (C) of the h y d r a u l i c
p r e s s or e q u i v a l e n t tool. B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e
or d e f o r m t h e s p l a s h g u a r d CD), Hold onto the h u b
to k e e p it f r o m falling w h e n p r e s s e d c l e a r .
4. P r e s s the w h e e l bearing, (A) out of t h e knuckle (B)

u s i n g the b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t the driver
handle, and a press.
Press
07749-0010000
2, P r e s s t h e w h e e l b e a r i n g inner r a c e (A) off of t h e

hub 18} u s i n g the h u b d i s / a s s e m b l y tool, a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r (C), a n d a
press.
5. W a s h the knuckle a n d the h u b t h o r o u g h l y in high

f l a s h point s o l v e n t before r e a s s e m b l y .
(confd)
18-17
Front Suspension
6. P r e s s a n e w w h e e l b e a r i n g (A) into the knuckle (B)
u s i n g the old b e a r i n g ( C ) , a s t e e l plate (D), the
b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t the s u p p o r t b a s e , a n d a
press.
NOTE:
Install the w h e e l b e a r i n g w i t h the w h e e l s p e e d
s e n s o r m a g n e t i c e n c o d e r (E) (brown c o l o r ) ,
t o w a r d t h e i n s i d e of the k n u c k l e .
7. C h e c k the front knuckle ring (A) for d a m a g e or

d e f o r m a t i o n , a n d r e p l a c e it if n e c e s s a r y .
N O T E : W h e n installing the n e w front knuckle-ring,
position the knuckle ring notch portion (B) t o w a r d
cut out (C) n e a r the ball joint in the knuckle, a n d
align the c e n t e r of the knuckle ring ledge portion
(D) w i t h t h e c e n t e r of the w h e e l s e n s o r hole (E) on
the knuckle a s s h o w n .
* R e m o v e a n y oil, g r e a s e , d u s t , metal d e b r i s , a n d
other foreign m a t e r i a l f r o m the e n c o d e r s u r f a c e .
K e e p a n y m a g n e t i c t o o l s a w a y f r o m the e n c o d e r
surface.
* B e careful not to d a m a g e the e n c o d e r s u r f a c e
w h e n y o u insert the w h e e l b e a r i n g .
07GAD-SD4O1O1
07965-SD90100
8. Install the s n a p ring (A) s e c u r e l y in the k n u c k l e (B).
9, Install the s p l a s h g u a r d (C), a n d tighten the s c r e w s

(D) to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .
18-18

10. Install the h u b (A) onto t h e knuckle (B) u s i n g t h e
b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t , the d r i v e r h a n d l e , the
s u p p o r t b a s e , a n d a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s , B e c a r e f u l not
to d a m a g e the s p l a s h g u a r d (C).

Bail Joint r e m o v e r , 28 m m 0 7 M A G - S L 0 A 2 0 2
1, R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
Press
1-11).
2 . R e m o v e , the front w h e e l .
3. R e m o v e t h e front d a m p e r / s p r i n g ( s e e p a g e 18-31),
4, R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A) f r o m the u p p e r a r m ball
joint, t h e n r e m o v e the c a s t l e nut IB),
07965-SD90100
1 0 x 1 . 2 5 mm
Replace.
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e u p p e r a r m ball joint f r o m the
18-11).
6. R e m o v e the u p p e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolts (A), t h e n
r e m o v e the u p p e r a r m (B).
(confd)
18-19
Front Suspension
Upper Arm Replacement (cont'd)
7. Install the u p p e r a r m (A), a n d lightly tighten the
n e w u p p e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolts (B), t h e n c o n n e c t
11. P l a c e the floor j a c k u n d e r the l o w e r a r m , a n d r a i s e

the s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
the k n u c k l e , a n d lightly tighten t h e c a s t l e nut (C).

12. T i g h t e n the c a s t l e nut (A) o n t h e u p p e r a r m ball
joint to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .
NOTE:
B e careful not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n
8
c o n n e c t i n g the k n u c k l e .
NOTE:
B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g the ball joint, d e g r e a s e the
t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d t h e t a p e r e d portion of the
s p e c i f i c a t i o n , t h e n tighten it o n l y far e n o u g h to
a l i g n the slot w i t h the ball joint pin h o l e . Do not
align t h e c a s t l e nut b y l o o s e n i n g It
* Insert the n e w cotter pin (B) Into the ball joint pin
hole f r o m the front to the r e a r of the v e h i c l e , a n d

b e n d Its e n d a s s h o w n . C h e c k t h e ball joint pin
hole direction b e f o r e - c o n n e c t i n g the ball j o i n t
B
10 x 1.25 m m
31 N - m (3.2 k g f - m , 23 I b f f t )
Replace.
13. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of the b r a k e d i s c a n d the
I n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n Install the front w h e e l .
the s u s p e n s i o n until t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e top

(D) of the u p p e r a r m ball joint a n d t h e b a c k s i d e of
the f e n d e r cut out point (E) is 40 m m (1.6 in.), t h e n
tighten the u p p e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolts to the
specified torque value.
N O T E : T o m e a s u r e the s p e c i f i e d c l e a r a n c e ,
t e m p o r a r i l y r e m o v e the front i n n e r f e n d e r
( s e e p a g e 20-273).
9. L o w e r t h e floor j a c k
10. Install the front d a m p e r / s p r i n g ( s e e p a g e 18-32).
18-20
14. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t st if

5. R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A) f r o m the knuckle ball
joint, t h e n r e m o v e the c a s t l e nut (B).
Sp#ef s i T r o t s R e q u i r e d
* B a l l joint r e m o v e r , 28 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 2 0 2
* B u s h i n g driver 070AF-TA0A100
* B u s h i n g r e c e i v e r set G 7 0 A F - T A O A 2 2 0
1. R a i s e t h e front of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It with
N O T E : D u r i n g Installation, insert the n e w cotter pin

Into the ball joint pin hole f r o m the front to the rear
of the v e h i c l e , a n d b e n d its e n d a s s h o w n . C h e c k
the ball joint pin hole direction before c o n n e c t i n g
t h e ball j o i n t
s a f e t y s t a n d s In the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).
2. R e m o v e the front w h e e l .
FROISfT
3. R e m o v e the clamper p i n c h bolt (A) a n d the d a m p e r

fork m o u n t i n g nut (B) w h i l e holding t h e m o u n t i n g
bolt (C>, then r e m o v e t h e d a m p e r fork ID) f r o m t h e
d a m p e r a n d the l o w e r a r m .
NOTE:
D u r i n g installation, Insert t h e a l i g n i n g tab (E) on
t h e d a m p e r unit into t h e slot (F) of the d a m p e r
fork.
* U s e t h e n e w damper fork m o u n t i n g bolt a n d t h e
n e w m o u n t i n g nut, a n d torque the nut w h i l e
h o l d i n g t h e bolt d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .
10x1.25 mm
FROfHtr
7MAC SL0A2O2
14K 1.5 m m
7 8 - 8 8 N-m
(8.09.0 kgf-n
5 8 - 6 5 Ibf-ft)
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e knuckle ball joint f r o m the l o w e r
a r m u s i n g t h e ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e 18-11).
mm*m
M* kgf-m, 36 ibf-ft)
NOTE:
* B e careful not to d a m a g e the ball joint boot w h e n
installing the r e m o v e r .
* Do not f o r c e or h a m m e r on t h e l o w e r a r m , or pry
b e t w e e n t h e l o w e r a r m a n d the knuckle. Y o u
c o u l d d a m a g e the ball j o i n t
8
12 x 1 . 2 5 mm
m N-m ($.5 k9f-m, 4 7 Ibfft!
Replace.
Replace,
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e stabilizer link f r o m the l o w e r a r m

( s e e p a g e 18-24$,
(confd)
18-21
Front Suspension
Lower Arm Removal/Installation ( c o n t ' d )
7. R e m o v e the l o w e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolts, a n d
r e m o v e the l o w e r a r m (A).
N O T E : U s e n e w l o w e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolts during
reassembly.
8. Install the l o w e r a r m in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e stems:
First install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly
s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
before fully tightening it to the s p e c i f i e d torque
v a l u e s . Do not p l a c e the j a c k a g a i n s t the ball joint
pin of the knuckle.
B e careful not to d a m a g e the ball joint boot w h e n
c o n n e c t i n g the k n u c k l e .
B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g t h e ball joint, d e g r e a s e the
t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d t h e t a p e r e d portion of the
the t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of
T o r q u e the c a s t l e nut to the l o w e r torque
align the slot w i t h the ball joint pin hole. Do not
align the c a s t l e nut by l o o s e n i n g i t .
14 x 1.5 mm
88IM-m
Replace.
12 x 1.25 mm
64 N-m
(6.5 kgf-m, 47 Ibf-ft!
Replace.
B e f o r e installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g

s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d the i n s i d e of the
wheel.
18-22
1
Compliance Bushing Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r a r m .
2. M a r k a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (A) o n the bottom of the
l o w e r arm n e x t to t h e a l i g n i n g m a r k s (8) o n the
compliance boshing.
3, P r e s s out t h e c o m p l i a n c e b u s h i n g (A) w i t h t h e
b u s h i n g d r i v e r , the b u s h i n g r e c e i v e r s e t
(attachment A ) , and a hydraulic press, and r e m o v e
t h e b u s h i n g f r o m t h e l o w e r a r m (B).
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e i n s i d e of t h e
b u s h i n g h o l e on the l o w e r a r m .
N O T E : T h e compliance bushing h a s a specific

Installation p o s i t i o n . T u r n the l o w e r a r m s o that its
b o t t o m s i d e i s u p . P o s i t i o n the b u s h i n g identifying
m a r k | C ) f a c e u p a n d n e a r the tab CD) o n the l o w e r
a r m , T h e n align t h e b u s h i n g a l i g n i n g m a r k s o n the
b u s h i n g a n d the l o w e r a r m .
If the a l i g n m e n t m a r k s a r e g o n e , align the a n g l e (E)
between the lower a r m a n d the bushing a s s h o w n .
Aligning the marking position
A l i g n i n g t h e a n f s (reference)
(confd)
18-23
Front Suspension
(cont'd)

1. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It with
4. C l e a n the mating s u r f a c e s of t h e n e w c o m p l i a n c e
1-11).
b u s h i n g (A) a n d the l o w e r a r m (B).

3. R e m o v e the s e l f - l o c k i n g nut (A) a n d the flange nut
(B) w h i l e holding the r e s p e c t i v e joint pin (C) w i t h a
h e x w r e n c h ( D ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e stabilizer link (E).
5. M a k e s u r e of the c o m p l i a n c e b u s h i n g Installation
direction, align t h e b u s h i n g a l i g n i n g m a r k s with the
Sower a r m , t h e n p r e s s In t h e b u s h i n g Into the l o w e r
a r m u s i n g the b u s h i n g d r i v e r , t h e b u s h i n g r e c e i v e r
set (attachments A and B), and a hydraulic press.
NOTE:
P r e s s in t h e b u s h i n g f r o m t h e bottom s i d e of the
Sower a r m .
* After Installation, c h e c k the protrusion (C) of the
b u s h i n g outer s l e e v e (D) t h r o u g h the l o w e r a r m
b u s h i n g hole (E).
6. Install the l o w e r a r m .
4. Install t h e stabilizer link on. the stabilizer bar ( R a n d

the l o w e r a r m (G) with the joint p i n s s e t at the
c e n t e r of their r a n g e of m o v e m e n t
N O T E : T h e stabilizer link h a s a paint m a r k (H). T h e
left stabilizer link Is m a r k e d with y e l l o w p a i n t a n d
t h e right stabilizer link Is m a r k e d with w h i t e p a i n t
5. Install the n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g nut a n d t h e n e w f l a n g e
nut, a n d tighten t h e m to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s
w h i l e holding the r e s p e c t i v e joint pin w i t h a h e x
wrench.
6. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d t h e
I n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n Install the front w h e e l ,
8. After 5 m i n u t e s of d r i v i n g , tighten the s e l f - l o c k i n g
nut a g a i n to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .
18-24
fH
S p e c i a l T#is R e q u i r e d
*-Engine h a n g e r a d a p t e r V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 *
* Engine support hanger, A and R e d s AAR-T1256 *
* S u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin 0 7 O A G - S J A A 1 O S
* : A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d
Equipment Program, 888-424-6357.
7. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g a n d the s t e e r i n g w h e e l

( s e e p a g e 17-24).
3. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r (A).
/ B
8 M 1.25 m m
/
28 N * m (2.9 k
/
g f m ,
21 Ibf-ft)
1. Note t h e s e i t e m s d u r i n g r e p l a c e m e n t :
* B e s u r e to r e m o v e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l before
d i s c o n n e c t i n g the s t e e r i n g j o i n t D a m a g e to the
c a b l e reel can o c c u r .
* L o w e r t h e front s u b f r a m e f r o m the body, a n d
r e p l a c e the front stabilizer b a r t h r o u g h the g a p
c r e a t e d by l o w e r i n g the front s u b f r a m e .
2 . R e m o v e t h e h o o d s u p p o r t rod, t h e n u s e it a s s h o w n
to p r o p the h o o d in the w i d e o p e n position.
28 N-m {23 kgf-m, 21 Ibf-ft)

3. L o o s e n the s t e e r i n g joint u p p e r bolt (B), a n d
r e m o v e the s t e e r i n g joint l o w e r bolt (C), t h e n
d i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g joint f r o m t h e pinion shaft.
NOTE:
* If the c e n t e r guide is in p l a c e a n d h a s not m o v e d ,
l e a v e st in p l a c e .
If the c e n t e r g u i d e h a s c o m e off d i s c a r d i t
10. D i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p r e s s u r e ( P S P )
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A).
A
3, R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r :

* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-257}
* 4-door fsee page 20-257)
4, Do the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
fsee p a g e 22-89).
5, R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h s a f e t y s t a n d s
in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 1-11).
(confd)
18-25
Front Suspension
Stabilizer Bar Replacement (cont'd)
11. R e m o v e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p outlet h o s e
m o u n t i n g bolt (A).
A
6 M 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf.m,
13. Attach the e n g i n e h a n g e r a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 T 5 )

to the t h r e a d e d hole in the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
,<^>v_
12. R e m o v e the front strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d )

( s e e p a g e 20-289).
14. Install the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r ( A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) ,

t h e n attach the hook to the slotted hole in the
h a n g e r a d a p t e r . T i g h t e n the w i n g nut (A) by h a n d to
lift a n d s u p p o r t the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n .
N O T E : B e careful w h e n w o r k i n g a r o u n d t h e
windshield.
18-26
SI
15. R e m o v e the e n g i n e m o u n t bo ft (A) f r o m t h e rear
e n g i n e m o u n t IB) a n d t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t
b r a c k e t {CK
N O T E : U s e a n e w e n g i n e m o u n t bolt d u r i n g
16. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n the lift to full height.

17. R e m o v e t h e front s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e p a g e 20-274).
18. R e m o v e t h e nuts (A) s e c u r i n g of the l o w e r
transmission mount
reassembly.
A/T
12 x 1.25 m m
78 N-m (8.0 kgf-m, 58 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N-m (4.5 kgf-m, 33 Ibf-ft)
19. R e m o v e the e x h a u s t pipe A h a n g e r (A) f r o m the
front s u b f r a m e .
M/T
1 2 x 1 , 2 5 mm
IB H-m {8.0 kgf-m, 58 Ibf-ft!
Replace.
(confd)
18-27
Front Suspension
20. A t t a c h the front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r I V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 )
to the s u b f r a m e , h a n g t h e belt of t h e s u b f r a m e
a d a p t e r o v e r the front of the s u b f r a m e , t h e n s e c u r e
the belt with its s t o p .
23. D i s c o n n e c t both s i d e s of t h e stabilizer link f r o m the

stabilizer bar ( s e e p a g e 18-24).
24. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolts (A) on both s i d e s of the
front s u b f r a m e front b r a c k e t (B).
VSB02CO0O016
12 x 1.25 m m
21. R a i s e the j a c k , Sine up the s l o t s in the front
s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r a r m s w i t h the bolt h o l e s on the
jack b a s e , t h e n s e c u r e l y a t t a c h t h e m w i t h four bolts.
25. L o o s e n the front s i d e of the front s u b f r a m e

m o u n t i n g bolts (C) until t h e r e Is 20 m m (13/16 in.)
d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e bolt s e a t a n d the m o u n t i n g
22. R e m o v e the front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (A) on

both s i d e s of the m i d d l e m o u n t
N O T E : U s e n e w m o u n t i n g bolts d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .
10 x 1.25 mm
49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 38 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
18-23
s u r f a c e . Do not l o o s e n t h e m o u n t i n g bolts m o r e
than necessary.
1
2 8 , R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolts (A) on both s i d e s of t h e
front s u b f r a m e r e a r b r a c k e t (B).
N O T E : D u r i n g Installation, align the paint m a r k s <D)

o n the stabilizer bar w i t h the s i d e of the b u s h i n g s .
12 x 1.25 mm
Replace,
29. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolts (A) a n d the b u s h i n g

h o l d e r s I B ) , t h e n r e m o v e the b u s h i n g s (C).
14 x 1.5 mm
Replace.
27. L o o s e n the r e a r s i d e of the front s u b f r a m e

m o u n t i n g bolts (C) until t h e r e is 30 m m (1 3/16 in.)
d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e bolt s e a t a n d the m o u n t i n g
s u r f a c e . D o not l o o s e n the m o u n t i n g bolts m o r e
than necessary.
2 8 , L o w e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k w i t h t h e front
s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r s l o w l y until t h e front s u b f r a m e
(D) h a s d r o p p e d a b o u t 30 m m (1 3/16 in.).
M O T E : Do not try to l o w e r t h e front s u b f r a m e
b e y o n d t h e l o o s e n e d s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts
clearance.
30. M o v e the stabilizer b a r t o w a r d the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e ,

a n d r e m o v e the stabilizer bar,
31. Install the stabilizer bar.
NOTE:
* Note the right a n d left direction of t h e stabilizer
bar.
. * Note the direction of installation for the b u s h i n g s .
(confd)
18-29
Front Suspension
3 2 . A l i g n the front s u b f r a m e u s i n g the s u b f r a m e
a l i g n m e n t pin. V e r t i c a l l y Install t h e s u b f r a m e
a l i g n m e n t p i n , a n d align t h e right-rear c o r n e r of the
front s u b f r a m e a n d v e h i c l e f r a m e h o l e s , t h e n
l o o s e l y tighten.the n e w s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt (A)
until the front s u b f r a m e c o n t a c t s t h e b o d y f r a m e .
35. T o r q u e t h e s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts to the

s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s starting with t h e right-rear
b o l t ' U s e t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin w h e n
tightening t h e rear s i d e bolts (A).
NOTE:
* T o r q u e t h e bolts in t h e s e q u e n c e s h o w n .
* B e f o r e tightening the n e w front s i d e s u b f r a m e
m o u n t i n g bolts (B), r a i s e t h e j a c k a n d l o o s e l y
install t h e 12 m m f l a n g e bolts (C) to align t h e
s u b f r a m e front bracket.
12 x 1.26 m m
93 N-m 19.5 kgf.m, 69 Ibf-ft)
Replace,
^ /
/
/
/
14x1.5 mm
1 0 3 N - m ( 1 0 . 5 k g f m , 7 5 . 9 Ibf-ft)
mm
Replace.
3 3 . L o o s e l y tighten the left-rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g
bolt u s i n g t h e s a m e p r o c e d u r e a s t h e right-rear
with the subframe alignment pin.
34. L o o s e l y Install the n e w 12 m m f l a n g e bolts (B) to
the s u b f r a m e rear bracket.
103 N-m
110.5 kgf-m, 75.9 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
54 N-m
(5.5 k g f - m , 40 Ibf-ft)
36. C h e c k all of t h e front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts, a n d

retighten if n e c e s s a r y .
18-30
D
Damper/Spring Removal and
Installation
3 7 . Install all of the r e m o v e d p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
of r e m o v a l , s o d note t h e s e i t e m s :
Removal
* R e f e r to stabilizer link r e m o v a l / i n s t a l l a t i o n to
c o n n e c t the stabilizer b a r to the finks ( s e e p a g e
18-24).
* If t h e c e n t e r g u i d e is in p l a c e , u s e it to d e t e r m i n e
the s t e e r i n g joint installation a n g l e .
* If the c e n t e r g u i d e i s g o n e , c h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g
1. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t st w i t h

s a f e t y s t a n d s in the proper l o c a t i o n s (see p a g e
1-11).
joint installation a n g l e f s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 17-30).

* C h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l installation (see p a g e
17-27).
3. R e m o v e the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r h a r n e s s bracket
m o u n t i n g bolt (A).
* W h e n c o n n e c t i n g the r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t to the
rear e n g i n e m o u n t bracket, first lightly tighten
t h e m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n r e m o v e t h e e n g i n e
s u p p o r t h a n g e r , a n d tighten it to the s p e c i f i e d
torque value.
* B e f o r e installing t h e w h e e l , c l e a n t h e m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l .
3 8 . D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t t o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89), t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to
O N {!!) a n d c h e c k that the S R S indicator s h o u l d
c o m e o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s a n d t h e n g o off.
3 9 . C h e c k t h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y f s e e p a g e 18-5).
4. R e m o v e the d a m p e r p i n c h bolt (A) a n d t h e d a m p e r
fork m o u n t i n g nut (B) w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e m o u n t i n g
bolt (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e d a m p e r fork (D) f r o m the
d a m p e r a n d the Sower a r m .
A
10 x 1.25 mm
Replace.
(confd)
18-31
Front'Suspension
Damper/Spring Removal and Installation (cont'd)
5. R e m o v e t h e front strut b r a c e m o u n t i n g nuts (A) (if
installation
equipped).
1. Position the d a m p e r / s p r i n g (A) in t h e b o d y w i t h the
A
8 x 1.25 mm
1 0 x 1 . 2 5 mm
Replace.
a l i g n i n g tab (B) f a c i n g i n s i d e .
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the body.
6. R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r m o u n t i n g nuts (B) f r o m t h e
top of t h e d a m p e r . Do not let the d a m p e r / s p r i n g
d r o p d o w n u n d e r its o w n w e i g h t
7. R e m o v e the d a m p e r / s p r i n g (A).
N O T E : B e careful not to d a m a g e the body.
2. L o o s e l y install the n e w d a m p e r m o u n t i n g nuts (A)

to the top of t h e d a m p e r .
B
8 M 1.25 mm
22 N-m
12.2 kgf.m, 16 Ibf -ft)
A
10 x 1.25 mm
55 N-m
|5.6 kgf-m,
41 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
3. L o o s e l y Install t h e front strut b r a c e m o u n t i n g nuts

(B) (if e q u i p p e d ) .
18-32
1
4, Install the clamper fork (A) o v e r the d r i v e s h a f t a n d
onto t h e l o w e r a r m IB). Install the a l i g n i n g t a b (C)
o n t h e d a m p e r unit into t h e slot (D) of t h e d a m p e r
fork,
10x1.25
mm
the s u s p e n s i o n to load it with t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
8. T i g h t e n t h e d a m p e r p i n c h bolt a n d the d a m p e r fork
m o u n t i n g nut w h i l e h o l d i n g the m o u n t i n g bolt to
t h e s p e c i f i e d torque v a l u e s .
mm*m
C5.&k:gfm, 36 Ibf-ft}
9. T i g h t e n the d a m p e r m o u n t i n g n u t s a n d front strut

b r a c e m o u n t i n g nuts (if e q u i p p e d ) on top of t h e
d a m p e r to t h e s p e c i f i e d torque v a l u e s .
10. Install t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r h a r n e s s bracket (A).
.A
12 x 1,25 m m
84 N m |6 5 kgf m, 47 lbf-ftj
Replace.
5. L o o s e l y install t h e d a m p e r p i n c h bolt (E) into t h e
d a m p e r fork.
6. C o n n e c t the d a m p e r fork a n d t h e l o w e r a r m w i t h
t h e n e w d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g bolt (F), t h e n lightly
tighten t h e new m o u n t i n g nut ( G ) .
6 x 1.0 mm
9,8 N-m
d.Okgfm,
7.2 Ibfft)
11. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of t h e b r a k e d i s c a n d t h e
i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e front w h e e l .
12. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a n d a d j u s t it if
18-33
Front Suspension
Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
Exploded View
SELF-LOCKING NUT
10 M 1.25 mm
29 N-m (3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
DAMPER MOUNTING WASHER
Check for deformation.
DAMPER MOUNTING BUSHING
Check for weakness
and damage.
DAMPER MOUNTING COLLAR
DAMPER MOUNTING B A S E
Check for weakness
and damage.
DAMPER SPRING
Check for damage.
SPRING MOUNTING CUSHION

and damage.
BUMP STOP PLATE

BUMP STOP
Check for weakness,
oil contamination, and damage.
DUST COVER PLATE
DUST COVER LOWER MOUNT
and damage.
D U S T COVER E N D / S L E E V E
Check for deterioration and damage
DAMPER UNIT
Check for oil leaks, gas leaks,
and smooth operation.
18-34
N O T E ; W h e n c o m p r e s s i n g the c l a m p e r s p r i n g / u s e a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e strut s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r
( B r a n i c k M S T - 5 8 0 A or M o d e l 7 2 0 0 , or equivalent)
a c c o r d i n g to the m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s instructions.
Disassembly
1. C o m p r e s s t h e d a m p e r s p r i n g , t h e n r e m o v e the selflocking nut (A) w h i l e holding t h e d a m p e r shaft w i t h
a h e x w r e n c h (B). Do not c o m p r e s s the d a m p e r
s p r i n g m o r e t h a n n e c e s s a r y to r e m o v e the selflocking nut.
2, R e l e a s e the p r e s s u r e f r o m the strut s p r i n g

c o m p r e s s o r , t h e n d i s a s s e m b l e the d a m p e r a s
s h o w n in t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w .
Inspection
1. R e a s s e m b l e all the parts, e x c e p t for the d a m p e r
spring,
2. C o m p r e s s the d a m p e r a s s e m b l y by h a n d , a n d
c h e c k for s m o o t h operation t h r o u g h a full stroke,
both c o m p r e s s i o n a n d e x t e n s i o n . T h e d a m p e r
should extend smoothly and constantly w h e n
c o m p r e s s i o n is r e l e a s e d . Sf it d o e s not, the g a s is
leaking a n d the d a m p e r s h o u l d be r e p l a c e d .
3. C h e c k for oil l e a k s , a b n o r m a l n o i s e s , a n d binding

during these tests.
(confd)
18-35
Front Suspension
Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly (cont'd)
Reassembly
1. Install t h e s p r i n g m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n (A) on the
d a m p e r m o u n t i n g b a s e (B) by a l i g n i n g the tab (C)
a n d notch (D).
5. Position the tab (A) o n the s p r i n g m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n

f a c i n g f o r w a r d but t o w a r d the i n s i d e of t h e v e h i c l e .
Left
FROfMT
Right
FROfSIT
2. Install all the parts e x c e p t the d a m p e r m o u n t i n g

w a s h e r a n d the s e l f - l o c k i n g nut onto the d a m p e r
unit by referring to the E x p l o d e d V i e w .
3. C o m p r e s s the d a m p e r s p r i n g u s i n g a strut s p r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r . Do not c o m p r e s s the s p r i n g
excessively.
@3
4. A l i g n the l o w e r e n d (A) of the d a m p e r s p r i n g w i t h

the s t e p p e d part (B) of the d u s t c o v e r l o w e r m o u n t
a n d the l o w e r s p r i n g s e a t o n d a m p e r unit.
6. A l i g n the a n g l e of the s t u d (B) on the d a m p e r
m o u n t i n g b a s e (C) w i t h the a l i g n i n g tab (D) on the
bottom of t h e d a m p e r unit a s s h o w n .
18-36
7 . install the d a m p e r m o u n t i n g w a s h e r (A) a n d the

n e w self-locking nut (B).
8
1Qx1*25mm
m N-m |3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
8, H o l d t h e d a m p e r shaft w i t h a h e x w e n c h ( C ) , a n d
tighten; t h e self-locking nut to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e
value.
9, R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r / s p r i n g f r o m the strut s p r i n g
compressor.
Rear Suspension
Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement
Exploded View
FLAT S C R E W
6 x 1,0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
1 S^SO

Ball joint r e m o v e r , 32 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 1 0 2
6. R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (Ah

8 x 1.25 m m
22fM-m
(2.2 k g f - m ,
16 Ibf-ft)
Hub Bearing Unit Replacement

1. R a i s e t h e r e a r of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s in t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).
2. R e m o v e the w h e e l n u t s , a n d the rear w h e e l .
12 M 1.25 m m
108 M-m
(11.0 kgf-m,
73,6 Ibf ft)
(11.0 kgf.m,
" ibf-ft)
7, R e m o v e the brake c a l i p e r bracket m o u n t i n g bolts

<B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y (C) f r o m the
k n u c k l e . T o prevent d a m a g e to the c a l i p e r
a s s e m b l y o r the brake h o s e , u s e a s h o r t piece of
w i r e to h a n g the c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y f r o m the
u n d e r c a r r i a g e . Do not t w i s t the brake h o s e
excessively.
8. R e m o v e the t w o w a s h e r s (A).
3, R e l e a s e t h e parking brake l e v e r fully,

4, L o o s e n the p a r k i n g b r a k e c a b l e a d j u s t i n g nut
fsee p a g e 19-8).
N O T E : During installation, m a k e s u r e the w a s h e r s

a r e Installed b e t w e e n t h e brake c a l i p e r bracket a n d
the k n u c k l e .
5, f l e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolt (A) f r o m the a r m (BK T h e n

d i s c o n n e c t t h e parking brake c a b l e f r o m t h e lever
8 x 1,25 mm
22 n-m
[2.2 kgf.ni,
9. R e m o v e the rear brake d i s c ( s e e p a g e 19-34),
16 Ibf-ft)
(cont'd)
18-39
Rear -Suspension
Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement (cont'd)
10. R e m o v e the hub b e a r i n g unit (A) a n d the O-rsng (B).
Knuckle Replacement
1. R e m o v e the hub b e a r i n g u n i t
2. R e m o v e the s p l a s h g u a r d (A),
12 x 1.5 mm
98.1 N-m
(10.0 kgf-m, 7Z3 Ibf-ft)
11. C h e c k the h u b b e a r i n g unit for d a m a g e a n d c r a c k s .

6 M 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 Ibf-ft}
12. Install the h u b b e a r i n g unit in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of

3. R e m o v e the lock psn (A) f r o m the u p p e r a r m ball

* U s e a n e w O-rsng on r e a s s e m b l y .
* After installing t h e brake c a l i p e r , m a k e s u r e the
c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n l o w e r a r m B a n d the parking
b r a k e c a b l e is m o r e t h a n 5 mm, (3/16 in.).
* - B e f o r e installing the brake d i s c , c l e a n the m a t i n g

N O T E : D u r i n g installation, install the lock psn a s
s h o w n after tightening the n e w c a s t l e n u t
s u r f a c e s of the h u b b e a r i n g unit and-the brake

disc.
* B e f o r e installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the mating
s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d t h e - i n s i d e of the
wheel.
07MAC-SL0A102
13. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a n d a d j u s t It if
n e c e s s a r y (see p a g e 18-5).
14 M 1.5 m m
6 9 - 7 8 N-m
(7.0-8.0 kgf-m,
5 1 - 5 8 Ibf-ft!
Replace.
4. D i s c o n n e c t the u p p e r a r m ball joint f r o m the

knuckle u s i n g t h e ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e
18-11).
NOTE:
B e careful not to d a m a g e the ball joint boot w h e n
installing the r e m o v e r .
* During installation, to c o n n e c t t h e ball j o i n t r a i s e
the s u s p e n s i o n w i t h a j a c k ( s e e s t e p 9 o n p a g e
18-43).
18-40
5, R e m o v e t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r (A) f r o m t h e
k n u c k l e , D o not d i s c o n n e c t t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
connector,
8. R e m o v e the control a r m m o u n t i n g s e l f - l o c k i n g nut

(A) a n d the w a s h e r f B).
N O T E : U s e a n e w self-locking nut d u r i n g
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7,2 Ibf-ft)
reassembly.
6* R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e nut (A) w h i l e h o l d i n g the joint

pin fB> w i t h a h e x w r e n c h ( C ) , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e
stabilizer link CD) f r o m the k n u c k l e , a n d r e m o v e the
brake h o s e bracket I E ) ,
12 x 1.25 mm
59 M-m
(6.0 kgf-m,
43 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
9. R e m o v e the l o w e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolt (A), a n d t h e
l o w e r a r m B m o u n t i n g bolt (B), t h e n r e m o v e the
knuckle (Ch
N O T E : U s e the n e w f l a n g e nut d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .
N O T E : U s e n e w m o u n t i n g bolts d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y ,
12 x 1,25 m m
84 U*m C8.5 kgf-m, 47 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
,
x 1.25 mm
(4.5 kgf-m,
33 ibf-ft)
Replace.
12 x 1,25 mm
59 U-m
C6.0 kgf-m,
43 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
5 9 N-m (6.0 kgf-m, 43 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
7. R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r l o w e r m o u n t i n g bolt (F).
N O T E : U s e t h e n e w m o u n t i n g bolt during
reassembly,
(confd)
18-41
Rear Suspension
Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit

Ball joint r e m o v e r , 32 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 1 G 2
10. Install the knuckle In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

a n d note t h e s e Items:
1. R a i s e t h e rear of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with

s a f e t y s t a n d s In t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
* First Install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly

s u s p e n s i o n to l o a d it w i t h the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
before fully tightening to the s p e c i f i e d torque
values.
* B e careful not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n
connecting the knuckle.
* B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g the ball joint, d e g r e a s e the
ball joint pin, t h e ball joint c o n n e c t i n g h o l e , a n d
the c a s t l e n u t
align t h e slot w i t h t h e ball joint pin hole. Do not
align the c a s t l e nut by l o o s e n i n g it.
* B e f o r e Installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s o n the brake d i s c a n d the Inside-of the
wheel.
11. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t It If
n e c e s s a r y { s e e p a g e 18-5),
18-42
1-11).
2. R e m o v e the rear w h e e l .
3. R e m o v e t h e rear d a m p e r / s p r i n g f s e e p a g e 18-49).
4. R e l e a s e the parking brake l e v e r fully.
5. L o o s e n the parking brake c a b l e a d j u s t i n g nut
(see p a g e 19-8),
6. R e m o v e t h e flange bolt (A) f r o m the a r m IB). T h e n
d i s c o n n e c t t h e parking brake c a b l e f r o m the lever
(C).
7, R e m o v e t h e brake c a l i p e r bracket m o u n t i n g b o l t s
fA), t h e n r e m o v e t h e c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y (B) f r o m the
k n u c k l e . T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e c a l i p e r
a s s e m b l y or t h e brake h o s e , u s e a s h o r t p i e c e of
w i r e to h a n g t h e c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y f r o m the
u n d e r c a r r i a g e . Do not t w i s t the b r a k e h o s e
excessively.
8. R e m o v e t h e lock pin (A) f r o m the u p p e r a r m ball

N O T E : D u r i n g Installation, install the lock pin a s
s h o w n after tightening the c a s t l e n e w n u t
N O T E : M a k e s u r e t h e w a s h e r s CO position o n
r e a s s e m b l y , if t h e y a r e r e m o v e d ( s e e s t e p 8 o n
p a g e 18-33).
(7.08.0 kgf-m,
5 1 - 5 8 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
9. D i s c o n n e c t the upper a r m ball joint f r o m the

18-1 I K
NOTE:
* B e careful not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n
Installing the r e m o v e r .
* D u r i n g installation, to c o n n e c t t h e ball joint,
p o s i t i o n a floor jack u n d e r t h e c o n n e c t i n g point
of t h e knuckle a n d l o w e r a r m A , a n d r a i s e the
s u s p e n s i o n with the jack.
(confd)
18-43
Rear-Suspension
Upper Arm Replacement (cont'd)
10. R e m o v e the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r h a r n e s s bracket
(A).
12. Install t h e u p p e r a r m in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s ;
* First install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly
s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
values.
B e careful not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n
c o n n e c t i n g the knuckle.
Before c o n n e c t i n g the ball joint, d e g r e a s e the
ball joint pin, the ball joint c o n n e c t i n g h o l e , and.
the c a s t l e n u t
11. R e m o v e the upper a r m m o u n t i n g bolts (A), then

r e m o v e the u p p e r a r m (B).
* T o r q u e the c a s t l e nut to the l o w e r t o r q u e

align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not
align the c a s t l e nut by l o o s e n i n g it,
* After installing t h e brake c a l i p e r , m a k e s u r e the
c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n l o w e r a r m B a n d t h e parking
brake c a b l e is m o r e t h a n 5 m m (3/16 in.).
s u r f a c e s on the brake d i s c a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e
wheel.
n e c e s s a r y (see p a g e 18-5).
A
1 2 x 1.25 mm
59 N-m (6.0 kgf-m, 43 ibf-ft!
Replace.
18-44
Lower Arm A Replacement
Control Arm Replacement
1. R a i s e t h e rear of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s in t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s f s e e p a g e
1-11).
1. R a i s e the rear of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It with
2 . R e m o v e the r e a r w h e e l ,
3, R e m o v e t h e parking b r a k e c a b l e m o u n t i n g bolt (B).
3* R e m o v e t h e control a r m m o u n t i n g s e l f - l o c k i n g nut
fA) a n d t h e w a s h e r IB) f r o m t h e k n u c k l e s i d e .
/ 12 x 1.25 mm
/ mum
>
1-11).
N O T E : U s e a n e w self-locking nut d u r i n g
reassembly.
16.0 kgf-m, 43 Ibf.ft)

Replace
C
Replace.
A
/ 12x1.25 m m
y
CO
M.m
Replace,
4, R e m o v e the l o w e r a r m A m o u n t i n g bolts, t h e n
remove lower arm A.
Replace.
5, Install l o w e r a r m A In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
* First install all of t h e c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly
tighten t h e bolts, t h e n r a i s e t h e s u s p e n s i o n to
l o a d It with t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t before fully
tightening to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s *
* B e f o r e installing t h e w h e e l , c l e a n t h e m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s o n t h e brake d i s c a n d t h e i n s i d e of the
wheel
4. M a r k the c a m p o s i t i o n s of the a d j u s t i n g bolt ( Q a n d

t h e a d j u s t i n g c a m plate CD) with t h e f r a m e ,
5, R e m o v e t h e self-Socking nut (E) w h i l e h o l d i n g the
a d j u s t i n g bolt, t h e n r e m o v e t h e a d j u s t i n g c a m plate,
t h e a d j u s t i n g bolt, a n d the control a r m IF),
N O T E : U s e a n e w a d j u s t i n g bolt a n d a n e w selfl o c k i n g nut d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .
6, C h e c k t h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5),
(confd)
18-45
Bear Suspension
Control Arm Replacement (cont'd)
6. Install t h e control a r m in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
Lower Arm B Replacement

1. R a i s e the rear of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with
1-11).
First install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly

tighten the bolts a n d t h e n u t s , t h e n r a i s e t h e
s u s p e n s i o n to load it with t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
values.
Position the e x t e n d e d s u r f a c e s of the c a m on t h e
a d j u s t i n g bolt a n d t h e a d j u s t i n g c a m plate f a c i n g
down.
2. R e m o v e t h e rear w h e e l .
3. R e m o v e the l o w e r a r m B m o u n t i n g bolts, t h e n
r e m o v e l o w e r a r m B.
A l i g n the c a m p o s i t i o n s of the a d j u s t i n g bolt a n d

t h e a d j u s t i n g c a m plate w i t h the m a r k e d
p o s i t i o n s on t h e f r a m e w h e n tightening the selflocking n u t
s u r f a c e s on the b r a k e d i s c a n d the i n s i d e of the
wheel.
59 M-m (6.0 kgf-m, 43 ibfft)

Replace.
4. Install l o w e r a r m B In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
* First Install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly
tighten the bolts, t h e n r a i s e the s u s p e n s i o n to
load It with the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t before fully
tightening to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s .
* M a k e s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n l o w e r a r m B
a n d the parking brake c a b l e Is m o r e t h a n 5 m m
(3/16 In.).
' B e f o r e Installing t h e w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s o n t h e b r a k e d i s c a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e
wheel.
18-46

1. R a i s e t h e r e a r of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It with
1-11).
8. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of t h e - b r a k e d i s c - a n d the
i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e rear w h e e l
2 . R e m o v e the r e a r w h e e l
8. After 5 m i n u t e s of d r i v i n g , tighten t h e s e l f - l o c k i n g
3. R e m o v e the flange nut (A) a n d t h e self-locking nut
{8) w h i l e h o l d i n g the r e s p e c t i v e j o i n t pin (C) w i t h a
hex w r e n c h {D), t h e n r e m o v e the stabilizer link I E ) .
nut a g a i n to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .
4, Install t h e stabilizer link o n the stabilizer b a r IF) a n d

the knuckle a d d i n g in the brake h o s e bracket (G)
w i t h the joint p i n s s e t at t h e c e n t e r of their r a n g e of
movement.
MOTE:
* T h e stabilizer link h a s a paint m a r k CHh T h e paint
m a r k i n d i c a t e s t h e difference b e t w e e n the left
a n d right stabilizer links.
* Install the e n d of t h e stabilizer link w i t h the paint
m a r k in t h e u p p e r p o s i t i o n .
5. Install t h e f l a n g e nut a n d the n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g n u t
a n d tighten t h e m to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s
w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e r e s p e c t i v e joint pin with a h e x
wrench.
18-47
Rear Suspension
1. R a i s e the rear of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
5. Install the stabilizer bar in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

1-11).
2. R e m o v e the rear w h e e l s .
* Note the right a n d left direction of the stabilizer

bar.
* Note the direction of installation for the b u s h i n g .
3. D i s c o n n e c t both stabilizer links f r o m the stabilizer

bar ( s e e p a g e 18-47).
4. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolts (A) a n d the b u s h i n g
h o l d e r s (B), t h e n r e m o v e the b u s h i n g s (C) a n d the
stabilizer bar (D),
N O T E : During installation, align the paint m a r k s (E)
on the stabilizer bar w i t h the s i d e of the b u s h i n g s .
18-48
R e f e r to the stabilizer link r e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n to
c o n n e c t the stabilizer b a r to the links ( s e e p a g e

18-47).
* B e f o r e installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e
wheel.
6. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it If

Removal
4, R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r m o u n t i n g nuts (A) f r o m t h e
top of the d a m p e r .
1. R a i s e the r e a r of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
Ml).
2. R e m o v e t h e r e a r w h e e l ,
3. F o l d d o w n t h e rear s e a t - b a c k , t h e n r e m o v e the lid
(A).
N O T E : F o r 4-door, lift up the t a b (B) i n s i d e
u n d e r n e a t h t h e lid first u s i n g a flat-tipped
screwdriver, then release the hooks.
4~door
5. R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e nut (A) w h i l e h o l d i n g the joint

pin (B) with a h e x w r e n c h (C), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the
stabilizer link (D) f r o m the k n u c k l e , a n d r e m o v e the
brake h o s e bracket (E).
N O T E : U s e a n e w f l a n g e nut d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .
6, R e m o v e the d a m p e r l o w e r m o u n t i n g bolt (F).

N O T E : U s e t h e n e w m o u n t i n g bolt d u r i n g
reassembly.
(confd)
18-49
Rear Suspension
Damper/Spring Removal arid installation (cont'd!
7. R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r / s p r i n g (A) by l o w e r i n g the rear
installation
suspension.
1. L o w e r t h e rear s u s p e n s i o n , a n d position t h e
N O T E : Be careful not to d a m a g e the body.
d a m p e r / s p r i n g (A) In the b o d y w i t h the w e l d e d nut

(B) on the bottom of t h e d a m p e r f a c i n g f o r w a r d .
NOTE:
B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e b o d y .
* M a k e s u r e the d a m p e r is installed in t h e c o r r e c t
direction.
FRONT
2. L o o s e l y Install the n e w d a m p e r m o u n t i n g nuts (A)
to t h e top of the d a m p e r .
10 x 1.25 mm
55 N-m
(5.6 kgf-m,
41 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
18-50
1
3 . L o o s e l y Install t h e n e w c l a m p e r l o w e r m o u n t i n g
bolt | A | o n the bottom of t h e d a m p e r , C o n n e c t t h e
s t a b i l i z e r link IB) to the brake h o s e bracket (C) to t h e
knuckle, a n d l o o s e l y install t h e n e w f l a n g e nut (D).
7. Install the lid (Ah a n d s e t the r e a r s e a t - b a c k to the

original p o s i t i o n .
4, P l a c e a floor j a c k u n d e r t h e c o n n e c t i n g point of t h e
knuckle and lower a r m A, and raise the suspension
to l o a d w i t h the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t .
5. Tighten the d a m p e r l o w e r m o u n t i n g bolt a n d t h e
f l a n g e nut w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e joint pin I E } w i t h t h e
h e x w r e n c h {F) to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s .
8. Tighten: the d a m p e r m o u n t i n g n u t s o n top of t h e
damper to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .
8. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d t h e
i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install the r e a r w h e e l ,
9, C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a n d a d j u s t it if
18-51
Bear Suspension
Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
Exploded View
SELF-LOCKING NUT
1 x 1.25.mm
29 N-m (3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
DAMPER MOUNTING WASHER
Check for weakness
and damage.
DAMPER MOUNTING COLLAR
DAMPER MOUNTING B A S E
Check for weakness
and damage.
DAMPER SPRING
Check for damage,
SPRING MOUNTING
CUSHION
and damage.
Check for oil leaks, gas leaks,

and smooth operation.
18-52
N O T E : W h e n c o m p r e s s i n g the d a m p e r spring, u s e a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e strut s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r
( B r a n l c k M S T - 5 8 0 A o r M o d e l 7 2 0 0 , or e q u i v a l e n t )
a c c o r d i n g to t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s i n s t r u c t i o n s ,
Disassembly
1. C o m p r e s s t h e d a m p e r s p r i n g , t h e n r e m o v e t h e selflocking out {A} w h i l e holding t h e d a m p e r s h a f t w i t h
a h e x w r e n c h ( B l . D o not c o m p r e s s the d a m p e r
s p r i n g m o r e t h a n n e c e s s a r y to r e m o v e t h e selflocking o u t
Inspection
1. R e a s s e m b l e all p a r t s , e x c e p t for t h e d a m p e r s p r i n g ,
2. C o m p r e s s the d a m p e r a s s e m b l y b y h a n d , a n d
c h e c k for s m o o t h o p e r a t i o n t h r o u g h a full s t r o k e ,
both c o m p r e s s i o n a n d e x t e n s i o n . T h e d a m p e r
should extend smoothly and constantly w h e n
c o m p r e s s i o n is r e l e a s e d . If it d o e s not, t h e g a s is
leaking a n d the d a m p e r s h o u l d be r e p l a c e d .
2 . R e l e a s e t h e p r e s s u r e from t h e strut s p r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r then d i s a s s e m b l e the d a m p e r a s
s h o w n in the E x p l o d e d V i e w ,
3. C h e c k for oil l e a k s , a b n o r m a l n o i s e s , a n d b i n d i n g
during these tests.
(confd)
18-53
Rear-Siispension
Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly fcont'd)
Reassembly
1. Install the s p r i n g m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n (A) o n t h e
d a m p e r m o u n t i n g b a s e (B) by a l i g n i n g t h e t a b s (C)
a n d n o t c h e s (D).
5. A l i g n the a n g l e of t h e s t u d (A) o n t h e d a m p e r
m o u n t i n g b a s e (B) w i t h t h e w e l d e d nut (C) on t h e
bottom of t h e d a m p e r unit a s s h o w n .
Flight
Left
FRONT
FRONT
83
2. Install all the parts e x c e p t t h e d a m p e r
mounting
83
6. Install the d a m p e r m o u n t i n g w a s h e r (A), a n d

l o o s e l y install t h e n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g nut (B).
w a s h e r a n d the s e l f - l o c k i n g nut onto t h e d a m p e r

unit b y referring to t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w .
3. C o m p r e s s the d a m p e r spring- u s i n g a strut s p r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r . D o not c o m p r e s s t h e s p r i n g
excessively.
4. A l i g n t h e l o w e r e n d (A) of t h e d a m p e r s p r i n g w i t h
t h e s t e p p e d part (B) of t h e d u s t c o v e r l o w e r m o u n t
a n d the l o w e r s p r i n g s e a t o n t h e d a m p e r unit.
10 x 1.25 m m
29 N-m(3.0 kgf-m 22 Ibf-ftl
Replace.
y
7. Hold t h e d a m p e r shaft w i t h a h e x w r e n c h (C), a n d

tighten t h e self-locking nut to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e
value.
8. R e m o v e the d a m p e r / s p r i n g f r o m t h e strut s p r i n g
compressor.
18-54
Suspension
Front and Rear Suspension ............
Front Suspension
...................
18-2
.
Rear Suspension
18-13
18-38
TPMS fTire Pressure Monitoring System)

*
.....
.....
Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID
...........
Tire Pressure Sensor Location ...........
.......
DTC Troubleshooting Index ....
.....
.....
Symptom Troubleshooting Index .............
System Description ......
..
.............
...
Circuit Diagram
......................
.
DTC Troubleshooting
........
......
.......
T P M S Control Unit Replacement
Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
..........
18-56
18-57
18-60
18-61
18-63
18-64
18-65
18-69
18-71
18-79
18-83
18-84
TPMS
TIRE POSITION No. 1
18-56

System Indicator
DTC 11,13,15,17
T h e T P M S (tire p r e s s u r e m o n i t o r i n g s y s t e m ) h a s t h e
If the s y s t e m d e t e c t s l o w p r e s s u r e in a n y of t h e four
t i r e s , the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator c o m e s o n , a n d the
control unit s e t s o n e or m o r e of t h e s e c o d e s : D T C 11,
1 3 , 1 5 , 1 7 . W h e n the tire p r e s s u r e returns to n o r m a l ,
a n d t h e T P M S control unit r e c e i v e s the n o r m a l p r e s s u r e
s i g n a l f r o m t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , the control unit
t u r n s off the i n d i c a t o r s .
l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator a n d the T P M S indicator.
H o w e v e r TPIV1S control unit still r e t a i n s the D T C ( s ) .

N O T E : It is n e c e s s a r y to test-drive the v e h i c l e at 28 m p h
(45 k m / h ) or m o r e for at least 1 m i n u t e s o that tire
pressure s e n s o r transmits the signal.
Pressure Changing by Temperature

T i r e p r e s s u r e s i n c r e a s e slightly a s t h e t e m p e r a t u r e in
the t i r e s r i s e s d u r i n g d r i v i n g ,
P r e s s u r e s c a n a l s o i n c r e a s e or d e c r e a s e slightly with
c h a n g e s in o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e .
A t e m p e r a t u r e c h a n g e of a b o u t 18 F (10 C) c h a n g e s
tire p r e s s u r e by a b o u t 10 kPa (0.1 k g f / c m , 1 . 5 psi), Sf the
t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p s , tire p r e s s u r e c o u l d d e c r e a s e j u s t
e n o u g h to turn o n the low tire p r e s s u r e indicator, but
later, the tire t e m p e r a t u r e c o u l d i n c r e a s e e n o u g h to
turn t h e indicator off. T o r e s o l v e a c o m p l a i n t of s u c h
intermittent i n d i c a t i o n s , confirm- a n d c l e a r t h e s t o r e d
D T C ( s ) a n d c h e c k the.tire p r e s s u r e s . T h e n e x p l a i n to the
c u s t o m e r h o w t e m p e r a t u r e c h a n g e s c a n affect the
system.
2
t o w Tire Pressure
Indicator
TPMS
Indicator
The Low Tire Pressure Indicator

* If the s y s t e m d e t e c t s l o w p r e s s u r e In a n y of t h e four
tires, the low tire p r e s s u r e indicator c o m e s o n .
* W h e n t h i s h a p p e n s , inflate the air a n d test-drive the
v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 k m / h ) or m o r e for at l e a s t 1
m i n u t e , a n d the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator will g o off,
* If t h e control unit d e t e c t s a p r o b l e m In the s y s t e m
d u r i n g a n indication of l o w tire p r e s s u r e , it t u r n s off
the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator, s t o r e s the D T C ( s ) , a n d
t u r n s o n t h e T P M S indicator.
Kf/cro'. kPa)
The TPMS Indicator

* If a p r o b l e m is d e t e c t e d in the s y s t e m , the T P M S
indicator c o m e s o n .
* If l o w tire p r e s s u r e a n d a p r o b l e m in t h e s y s t e m a r e
d e t e c t e d , o n l y the T P M S indicator c o m e s o n .
If t h e s y s t e m is O K , t h e T P M S i n d i c a t o r a n d the l o w tire
p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d c o m e o n w h e n y o u turn the
ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),. a n d t h e n g o off 2 s e c o n d s
later. If t h e y d o n ' t t h e r e is a p r o b l e m with t h e s y s t e m .
11.4,140$
w
-4
o
32
ats
68
w
104
m
1*0
(confd)
18-57
TPMS
Genera! Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)
Problems That Are Mot
System Faylts
* Tire S e a l a n t
Fluid s e a l a n t u s e d to repair a p u n c t u r e d tire c a n
d a m a g e t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r m o u n t e d o n e a c h
w h e e l . It c a n p r e v e n t the s y s t e m f r o m detecting the
c o r r e c t tire p r e s s u r e , w h i c h s e t s a D T C 1 1 , 1 3 , 15, or
17 e v e n t h o u g h the s y s t e m is n o r m a l .
* Cold Weather
W h e n t h e w e a t h e r is e x t r e m e l y c o l d , about 40 F
(40 C) or c o l d e r , the output of t h e lithium battery in
e a c h tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r m a y d r o p far e n o u g h that
the control unit s e t s a D T C for Sow battery v o l t a g e (31,
3 3 , 3 5 , or 37) e v e n t h o u g h the s y s t e m is n o r m a l .
* N o n - T P M S W h e e l s (Including S p a r e T i r e )
Vehicles equipped with T P M S must use w h e e l s made
for the s y s t e m . E v e r y T P M S w h e e l h a s a n e x c l u s i v e
m a r k ; do- not u s e a n y other t y p e of w h e e l .
W h e n a flat tire is r e p l a c e d w i t h the s p a r e tire, t h e
T P M S indicator c o m e s o n ( D T C 3 2 , 3 4 , 36, or 38)
b e c a u s e t h e s y s t e m is no l o n g e r r e c e i v i n g the s i g n a l
f r o m the flat tire's transmitter.
T h i s is not a p r o b l e m w i t h the s p a r e tire.
How a Diagnostic Trouble Code {DTC) Is Set

* W h e n the s y s t e m d e t e c t s a p r o b l e m , the T P M S
control-unit s e t s a c o d e , but shifts to fail-safe m o d e ,
a n d d o e s not alert t h e d r i v e r to low-tire p r e s s u r e s .
* If the T P M S control unit l o s e s p o w e r , or fails, the
T P M S indicator c o m e s o n , but no D T C a r e set.
* T h e m e m o r y c a n hold all the D T C s that c o u l d
p o s s i b l y be s e t . H o w e v e r , w h e n the s a m e D T C is
d e t e c t e d m o r e t h a n o n c e , the m o s t recent o n e '
o v e r w r i t e s the p r e v i o u s o n e , s o o n l y the latest D T C of
e a c h t y p e is s t o r e d .
* D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d in a s c e n d i n g o r d e r , not in the
order they occurred.
* S e t D T C s a r e s t o r e d in the E E P R O M (nonvolatile
m e m o r y ) , t h e y c a n n o t be c l e a r e d by d i s c o n n e c t i n g
the battery. T o c l e a r a D T C , c o n n e c t t h e H D S (Honda
D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ) to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ,
a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s .
18-58
How t Troubleshoot DTCs

D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e s a s s u m e the c a u s e of
the p r o b l e m is still p r e s e n t a n d the T P M S indicator is
still o n . Do not u s e a t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e u n l e s s
the s y s t e m h a s s e t the D T C listed for it.
N O T E : F o r D T C s 11, 13, 15, a n d 17 (tire l o w tire
p r e s s u r e ) , t h e T P M S indicator c o m e s o n o n l y if the
D T C s a r e c a u s e d by a s y s t e m p r o b l e m rather t h a n l o w
tire p r e s s u r e .
1. A s k t h e c u s t o m e r to d e s c r i b e the c o n d i t i o n s w h e n
the indicator c a m e o n , a n d try to r e p r o d u c e the
s a m e c o n d i t i o n s for t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . F i n d out if the
c u s t o m e r c h e c k e d a n d / o r a d j u s t e d tire p r e s s u r e s
s i n c e the indicator c a m e o n .
2. If a n indicator d o e s not c o m e o n d u r i n g the testd r i v e , c h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s , p o o r c o n t a c t d u e
to d a m a g e d t e r m i n a l s , etc. before y o u start
troubleshooting.
3. After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , repair a n d c l e a r the D T C s ,
a n d test-drive the v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e no i n d i c a t o r s
c o m e on.
4. C h e c k for D T C s f r o m other control units that a r e
c o n n e c t e d v i a F - C A N . If t h e r e a r e D T C s that a r e
related to F - C A N , the m o s t likely c a u s e w a s that the
ignition s w i t c h w a s t u r n e d to O N (IS) w i t h the T P M S
control unit c o n n e c t o r d i s c o n n e c t e d . C l e a r the
D T C s . C h e c k for P G M - F I a n d T P M S c o d e s , a n d
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e first.
1
How to Clear DTCs
Mom to Retrieve DTCs

1. W i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K 10), c o n n e c t t h e
1. W i t h t h e ignition- s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t t h e
H D S { H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ) to t h e d a t a link
H D S to the d a t a Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) located
c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) fA ) located under the d r i v e r ' s s i d e
u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
of the d a s h b o a r d .
A
A
2, T y r o t h e ignition s w i t c h to OH
(ill
2, M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e
a n d t h e T P M S control u n i t If it d o e s n ' t ,
a n d the T P M S control unit. If it d o e s n ' t ,
4. C l e a r the D T G ( s ) by f o l l o w i n g t h e s c r e e n p r o m p t s
4, F o l l o w t h e p r o m p t s o n the H D S to d i s p l a y the
D T C f s ) o n t h e s c r e e n . After d e t e r m i n i n g the D T C ,
refer to t h e D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
o n the H D S .
N O T E : S e e t h e H D S Help m e n u for s p e c i f i c
instructions.
N O T E : S e e the H D S Help m e n u for s p e c i f i c

Instructions.
18-59
TPMS
Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID
5. F o l l o w H D S s c r e e n p r o m p t s to turn on t h e T P M S
T P M S s e n s o r initializer tool A K S 0 6 2 0 0 0 6
s e n s o r initializer tool (A). V e r i f y that the p o w e r
Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
s w i t c h (B) is in t h e " L o w " p o s i t i o n .
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
All four tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r IDs m u s t be m e m o r i z e d to
the T P M S control unit w h e n e v e r y o u do a n y of t h e s e
actions:
N O T E : If the p o w e r s w i t c h is in the " H i g h " position,

m o r e t h a n o n e s e n s o r or s e n s o r s on other v e h i c l e s
m a y be a c t i v a t e d . M a k e s u r e the p o w e r s w i t c h is in
the " L o w " position.
R e p l a c e the T P M S control unit.

R e p l a c e the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ,
S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d w h e e l w i t h tire p r e s s u r e
sensor.
NOTE:
T o e n s u r e the control unit m e m o r i z e s the c o r r e c t ID,
t h e v e h i c l e with the n e w s e n s o r m u s t be at l e a s t 10 ft
(3 m ) a w a y f r o m other v e h i c l e s that h a v e tire
pressure sensors.
W h e n d o i n g a tire rotation, m e m o r i z i n g the s e n s o r s
in not n e e d e d .
1. W i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t the
HDS .to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) located
A
AKSO62O0O6
u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d .
Hold the T P M S s e n s o r initializer tool n e a r o n e
w h e e l , m e m o r i z e the p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ID by
following the s c r e e n prompts on the H D S .
NOTE:
* If y o u turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) before
m e m o r i z i n g all four s e n s o r I D s , the m e m o r i z i n g
ID is c a n c e l e d .
* If m o r e t h a n o n e s e n s o r ID is d i s p l a y e d on t h e
H D S , verify that t h e p o w e r s w i t c h is in the
" L O W " p o s i t i o n , the v e h i c l e h a s not b e e n d r i v e n
for 5 m i n u t e s , a n d t h e r e a r e no other v e h i c l e s
w i t h i n 10 ft (3 m ) .
* S e e the H D S Help m e n u for s p e c i f i c i n s t r u c t i o n s .

a n d the T P M S control unit. If it d o e s n ' t
4. S e l e c t S e n s o r ID L e a r n i n g f r o m t h e m o d e m e n u on
the H D S .
18-60
AKS6206
Tire Pressure Sensor Location

7 . R e p e a t s t e p 8 for e a c h w h e e l until all four s e n s o r
IDs a r e m e m o r i z e d , W h e n all f o u r IDs a r e
m e m o r i z e d , t h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator blinks,
8.

T P M S s e n s o r initializer tool A K S 0 6 2 0 0 0 6
A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
NOTE:
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S f r o m t h e D L C ,
10. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 km/h) or m o r e
for at l e a s t 1 m i n u t e ,
* T h i s p r o c e d u r e l o c a t e s w h e r e the tire p r e s s u r e
s e n s o r s 1, 2 , 3 , 4 a r e m o u n t e d , w h e n a c t i v a t e d by the
T P M S s e n s o r initializer tool.
* Position t h e v e h i c l e at least 10 ft (3 m) a w a y f r o m
other v e h i c l e s that h a v e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s .
11. Make s u r e t h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator d o e s not

blink.
1 2 . M a k e s u r e t h e tires a r e inflated to the s p e c i f i e d tire
p r e s s u r e fisted o n t h e d o o r j a m b sticker.
1, W i t h the ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t the

H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) located
u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
2, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N f i l l
3, M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
a n d t h e T P M S control u n i t If it d o e s n ' t ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit f s e e p a g e 11-192).
4, S e l e c t F u n c t i o n T e s t f r o m the m o d e m e n u , t h e n
s e l e c t S e n s o r Position C h e c k o n t h e H D S .
(confd)
18-61
TPMS
Tire Pressure Sensor Location (cont'd)
5. F o l l o w H D S s c r e e n p r o m p t s to turn on the T P M S
s e n s o r initializer too! (A). Verify that the p o w e r
s w i t c h (B) is in t h e " L o w " p o s i t i o n .
N O T E : If t h e p o w e r s w i t c h is in t h e " H i g h " p o s i t i o n ,
m o r e t h a n o n e s e n s o r or s e n s o r s o n other v e h i c l e s
m a y be a c t i v a t e d . M a k e s u r e the p o w e r s w i t c h is in
the " L o w " position.
6. F o l l o w the p r o m p t s o n the H D S to activate the tire

p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s u s i n g the T P M S s e n s o r initializer
tool. Start with t h e left-front (LF) w h e e l .
NOTE:
* S e e the H D S Help m e n u for s p e c i f i c i n s t r u c t i o n s .
* Initialize the w h e e l in the s e q u e n c e s h o w n .
AKS0620006
A
AKS082000S
INITIALIZATION S E Q U E N C E :
Bight-front (RF)
CD R i g h t - r e a r ( R R )
(D L e f t - f r o n t ( L F )
Left-rear.(LR)
7. C h e c k the H D S s c r e e n , a n d note the a c t i v e s e n s o r

reception o r d e r of tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r 1, 2, 3, 4.
NOTE:
* If the s e n s o r d o e s not r e s p o n d to the T P M S
s e n s o r initializer t o o l , m a k e s u r e the tool w a s
t u r n e d on properly. R e f e r to the H D S .
* If the tool start m o d e is O K , t h e n rotate the tire
1/4 turn a n d retry.
* If the s e n s o r still d o e s not r e s p o n d after o n e full
rotation of the tire, t h e n c h e c k for D T C 3 2 , 34, 3 6 ,
a n d 38 w i t h t h e H D S .
18-62
* TPMS

* ~
DTC
11
13
15
17
21
22
23
24
Detection Item
Tire 1 L o w Air Pressure
Tire 2 L o w Air Pressure
JI re 3 L o w Ai r P r e s s u re
Tire
Tire
Tire
Tire
4
1
2
3
L o w Air Pressure
P r e s s u r e S e n s o r A b n o r m a l l y High T e m p e r a t u r e
Troubleshooting
p a g e
.18-71)
( s e e p a g e 18-71)
( s e e p a g e 18-71)
(see p a g e 18-71)
( s e e
(see p a g e 18-72)
(see p a g e 18-72)
(see. p a g e 18-72)
31
T i r e 4 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r A b n o r m a l l y High T e m p e r a t u r e
T i r e 1 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r L o w Battery V o l t a g e
(see p a g e 18-72)
( s e e p a g e 18-73)
32
33
34
Tire 1 Pressure S e n s o r S i g n a l Failure

Tire 2 Pressure S e n s o r Signal Failure
(see p a g e 18-74) .
(see p a g e 18-73)
( s e e p a g e 18-74)
35
38
( s e e p a g e 18-73)
( s e e p a g e 18-74)
37
38
41
51
Abnormal Signal Reception Error
Tire 1 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r Registration Error
( s e e p a g e 18-73)
( s e e p a g e 18-74)
( s e e p a g e 18-75)
( s e e p a g e 18-75)
53
55
57
Tire 2 Pressure S e n s o r Registration Error

( s e e p a g e 18-75)
( s e e p a g e 18-75)
(see
(see
(see
(see
81
83
85
91
93
85
97
T P M S Control Unit F a i l u r e
Ho V S P S i g n a l
F-CAN Communication Failure
T i r e 1 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r Internal E r r o r
Tire 2 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r Internal E r r o r
page
page
page
page
18-75)
18-76)
18-77)
18-77)
( s e e p a g e 18-78)
( s e e p a g e 18-78)
( s e e p a g e 18-78)
( s e e p a g e 18-78)
18-63
TPMS
Symptom Troubleshooting index
Symptom
H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e with the
T P M S control unit or t h e v e h i c l e
L o w tire p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r d o e s not c o m e
o n , a n d no D T C s a r e s t o r e d
L o w tire p r e s s u r e - i n d i c a t o r d o e s not g o off,
T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e
11-192)
S y m p t o m T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 18-79)
and no D T C s are stored

T P M S indicator d o e s not c o m e o n , a n d no
D T C s are stored
T P M S indicator d o e s not go off, a n d no
D T C s are stored
18-64
A l s o e h e e k for
1
System Description
T P M S Control Unit inputs and O u t p u t s for 20P C o n n e c t o r
W i r e side o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Terminal
W i r e color
number
1
WHT
Terminal sign
(Terminal name)
CAN H (F-CAN
communication
BLK
LT BLU
BRN
10
WHT
s i g n a l high)
G N D (Ground)
BED
Signal
F-CAN
communication
circuit
Ignition s w i t c h O N (If): p u l s e s
G r o u n d for t h e
T P M S - c o n t r o l unit
L e s s t h a n 0,1 V at all t i m e s
K - L I N E (Data link
connector)
IG1 (Ignition
Communications
with the H D S
Power source for
Ignition s w i t c h O N (II): battery v o l t a g e
s w i t c h 1)
activating t h e
Ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0): l e s s t h a n 0.1 V
+B
(Battery
positive)
11
Description
C A N L (F-CAN
communication
signal low)
system
P o w e r s o u r c e for
the TPIV1S control
unit
F-CAN
Battery v o l t a g e at a 11 t i m e s
Ignition s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s
communication
circuit
(confd)
18-65
TPMS
S y s t e m Description ( c o n t ' d )
System Structure
O n c e the v e h i c l e s p e e d e x c e e d s 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) the T P M S control unit m o n i t o r s all four tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s a n d
the s y s t e m function. Sf it d e t e c t s l o w p r e s s u r e in a tire, it alerts the driver b y turning on the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator.
If it d e t e c t s a p r o b l e m in t h e s y s t e m , it t u r n s on the T P M S indicator.
r
C o n t r o l unit
M o u n t e d o v e r the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e , t h e T P M S c o n t r o l unit r e c e i v e s w i r e l e s s p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ID s i g n a l s e v e r y
t i m e t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d s e x c e e d s 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) . It a l s o r e c e i v e s w i r e l e s s s i g n a l s f r o m the t r a n s m i t t e r s for tire
p r e s s u r e a n d the s e n s o r c o n d i t i o n , a n d it c o n t i n u o u s l y m o n i t o r s a n d c o n t r o l s the s y s t e m . T h e T P M S control unit
c a n n o t directly d e t e r m i n e the position (location) of a tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) on the v e h i c l e s i n c e it is a w i r e l e s s s y s t e m .
T h e T P M S control unit a s s u m e s a s e n s o r is in the s a m e location on the v e h i c l e a s it w a s w h e n it w a s last m e m o r i z e d .
T P M S s e n s o r l o c a t i o n s will c h a n g e d u r i n g s c h e d u l e d v e h i c l e m a i n t e n a n c e (tire rotation).
N O T E : T o d e t e r m i n e the a c t u a l location of e a c h T P M S w h e e l s e n s o r on the v e h i c l e , do the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
location p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 18-61). O n c e the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r l o c a t i o n s a r e i d e n t i f i e d / w r i t e the s e n s o r ID on t h e
s i d e w a l l of the tire with a tire c r a y o n to e l i m i n a t e c o n f u s i o n .
indicators
T w o i n d i c a t o r s a r e in the g a u g e control m o d u l e : T h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator c o m e s on w h e n a n y tire p r e s s u r e i s
low, a n d the T P M S indicator that c o m e s on o n l y if t h e r e ' s a p r o b l e m with t h e s y s t e m .
T h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator alerts the d r i v e r that a tire(s) p r e s s u r e is low, but d o e s not s p e c i f y the tire(s) location.
Tire Position No. 1
Vehicle
Tire Position No. 4
Gauge Control Module
Indicators (LED)
Tire Pressure Sensor

(sensor-transmitter
with acceleration sensor)

fsensor-transsnltter
Communication
via F-CAW
Wheel
(TPMS type!
Control Unit
(with radio
freqyenev
Tire Position No. 2

m

(sensor-transmitter
Wheel
{TPMS t y p e )
18-66
Wheel
(TPMS type)
Tire Position No. 3

(sensor-transmitter
Wheel
CTPtVIStype)
1
Tire pressure sensor
E a c h s e n s o r is a n integrated unit m a d e u p of t h e tire v a l v e s t e m , a p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , a n d a transmitter. T h e unit is
a t t a c h e d t o the i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , a r o u n d t h e v a l v e s t e m . T h e s e n s o r t r a n s m i t s t h e internal tire information to t h e
c o n t r o l unit o n c e e v e r y 80 s e c o n d s w h e n t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d e x c e e d s 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) . W h e n t h e T P M S control unit
r e c e i v e s a tire p r e s s u r e s i g n a l that i s l e s s t h a n 188 kPa (1.7 k g f / c m , 2 4 psi) w i t h 16 inch w h e e l s , o r 175 kPa (1.8 k g f / c m ,
2 5 psi) w i t h 17 i n c h w h e e l s , t h e T P M S control unit t h e n t u r n s o n t h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator, W h e n that t i r e ' s
p r e s s u r e i s i n c r e a s e d to m o r e t h a n 190 kPa (1.9 k g f / e m , 28 psi) with 16 i n c h w h e e l s , o r 200 kPa (2,0 k g f / c m , 2 9 psi)
w i t h 17 i n c h w h e e l s , a n d t h e v e h i c l e i s d r i v e n a b o v e 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) t h e t r a n s m i t t e r s e n d s t h e tire p r e s s u r e s i g n a l to
the control u n i t a n d t h e n t h e control unit t u r n s t h e indicator off,
2
N O T E : D o not m i x t h e T P M S tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s or w h e e l s w i t h other T P M S t y p e s . B e s u r e to u s e t h e c o r r e c t t y p e

s e n s o r s a n d w h e e l s for this s y s t e m .
S e n s o r are active:
* W h e n t h e w h e e l rotates o v e r 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) the s e n s o r d e t e c t s t h e m o m e n t u m , a n d s w i t c h e s t h e s e n s o r to t h e
normal function m o d e .
* T h e L F ( l o w f r e q u e n c y ! s i g n a l o f t h e T P M S initializer tool m a k e s t h e s e n s o r a c t i v e e v e n t h o u g h t h e v e h i c l e is s t o p p e d .
T h e t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r g o e s into s l e e p m o d e w h e n the a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r detects the w h e e l is s t a t i o n a r y for
5 m i n u t e s or m o r e .
Wheels
T h e T P M S w i l l not w o r k u n l e s s T P M S t y p e w h e e l s a r e installed o n t h e v e h i c l e . T h e r e a r e s i x different t y p e of w h e e l s
used,
* A l u m i n u m w h e e l t y p e : T h e original e q u i p m e n t w h e e l s h a v e a " T P M S " , ' T A C T , o r " T E O " m a r k (A) o n t h e m . T h e
w h e e l s a l s o h a v e c o u n t e r w e i g h t s I B ) i n c o r p o r a t e d o n t h e o p p o s i t e s i d e of t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r (C), to
counterbalance the w e i g h t of t h e s e n s o r .
* S t e e l w h e e l t y p e : T h e original e q u i p m e n t w h e e l s h a v e a " T P M S " m a r k (A) o n t h e m , a n d a c o u n t e r w e i g h t (B)
b a l a n c e s t h e w e i g h t of t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r (C) b y a size difference in t h e w h e e l d i s c h o l e s .
Aluminum wheels
(cont'd)
18-67
TPMS
System Communication
* W h e n the v e h i c l e is t r a v e l i n g m o r e t h a n 28 m p h (45
f r o m e a c h tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r to the control unit.
km/h),
a n R F (radio f r e q u e n c y ) b a n d w a v e s i g n a l is t r a n s m i t t e d
* W h e n the w h e e l s rotate, t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s m o m e n t u m is d e t e c t e d , s w i t c h i n g t h e m f r o m s l e e p m o d e to

n o r m a l function ( a w a k e ) m o d e . After the v e h i c l e is s t a t i o n a r y for 5 m i n u t e s , the s e n s o r s . s w i t c h f r o m n o r m a l
function m o d e back to s l e e p m o d e to e x t e n d their battery life,
* E a c h tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r h a s its o w n ID to p r e v e n t j a m m i n g by s i m i l a r s y s t e m s on other v e h i c l e s . After m e m o r i z i n g
ail the s e n s o r IDs, t h e control unit r e c o g n i z e s o n l y t h o s e s p e c i f i c s i g n a l s .
* A n ID c a n n o t be m e m o r i z e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y . T h e control unit k n o w s w h i c h ID b e l o n g s to e a c h tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r .
T h i s r e c u r r i n g ID c o n f i r m a t i o n p r e v e n t s a n y c o n f u s i o n in the s y s t e m a s a result of n o r m a l tire rotation.
N O T E : B e careful not to b e n d the b r a c k e t s on t h e T P M S control unit. M i s a l i g n m e n t of the control unit c o u l d interfere
with s e n d i n g and receiving signals.
Control Unit
(with an internal Radio Frequency Antenna)
18-68

(Sensor-transmitter with acceleration sensor)
1
Circuit Diagram
UNDEB-HQOD
FUSE/RELAY B O X
DRIVER'S U N D E R - D A S H
FUSE/RELAY B O X
N o , 29
173 A)
BLK/REO -
IGNITION S W I T C H
17.8 A)
SGI H O T I n O M f i l l a
POWER CIRCUIT
T P M S CONTROL UM!T
LOWTti
INDICATOR
-WHTCANH
11
WMS INDICATOR
INDICATOR
RIVER
CIRCUIT
ECM/PCM
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
-RED
D A T A LINK
C O N N E C T O R IDLCJ
- LT B L U **
K-L1ME
BLK
-*-:12V
-0:5V
(cont'd)
18-69
TPHS
Circuit Diagram {cont'd!
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH
F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R N (16P)
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH
F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R P (20P)
n
13
10
S
5
14 15
16
17
10
18 19
20
G A U G E C O N T R O L M O D U L E 32P CONNECTOR
17
18
10,
16
1 9 / / '22 I 21\ 24I 2E> 2i3 2 1 2 2> 2 9 3 0

R
/'32
T P M S C O N T R O L U N I T 20P - C O N N E C T O R
V77
10
/ / / / /\/ / / /
11
D A T A LINK C O N N E C T O R fDLC)
12
117X1X1X1151161/1181191201211
3 & >
22 23
26 27 28
29 30
0 i l
32|X 3 4 3 5 36J/1X/
421431441X146 L X I X I /
18-70
14
f
11
12
1
DTC Troubleshooting
D T C 11,13,15,17: Tire Low Air Pressure
N O T E : if l o w tire p r e s s u r e is d e t e c t e d , t h e control unit
s e t s o n e o r m o r e of t h e s e D T C s a n d t u r n s o n t h e l o w
tire p r e s s u r e Indicator, if the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator
c o m e s o n d u e to true l o w tire p r e s s u r e , a n d t h e
c u s t o m e r c o r r e c t s it before bringing t h e v e h i c l e in, t h e
D T C s w i l l h a v e been s t o r e d , but t h e indicator will b e off.
?
2 . Make s u r e t h e t i r e s a r e inflated to t h e s p e c i f i e d tire
p r e s s u r e listed o n t h e d o o r j a m b sticker,
3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 2 8 m p h (45 km/h) or m o r e
for at least 1 m i n u t e .
Does
the low ike pressure
indicator
go
5. Note t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) n u m b e r b y t h e
indicated D T C .
DTC
11
Tire Pressure S e n s o r Number

No. 1
No. 2
13
15
- 17
No. 3
No. 4
6. Do t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to
d e t e r m i n e t h e affected tire location a n d relate it to
the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r n u m b e r ( s e e p a g e 18-61).
1. C h e c k t h e T I R E 1, T I R E 2, T I R E 3 , o r T I R E 4 A I R
P R E S S U R E in t h e T P M S D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S ,
a n d c o m p a r e it w i t h t h e actual m e a s u r e d tire
pressure.
off?
Y E S T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for a n d
repair t h e c a u s e of air l o s s .
is the -indicated
tire pressure
on the HDS
within
40 kPa (0.4 kgf/cm ,
6 psi) of the actual
tire
pressure?
4. C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .
ISIOReplace t h e appropriate tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r

fsee page 18-84KH
9. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 k m / h ) o r m o r e
for at l e a s t 1 m i n u t e .
10. C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC 11, 13, 15, or 17
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e T P M S control unit ( s e e p a g e
18-83).
N O I f a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t
the a p p r o p r i a t e D T C . If no D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , t h e
s y s t e m i s O K at this t i m e .
18-71
TPMS
DTC 21,22.23,24: Tire Pressure Sensor
Abnormally High Temperature
6. Do the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r l o c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e to
d e t e r m i n e the affected tire location a n d relate it to

7. C h e c k t h e T I R E 1, T I R E 2, T I R E 3, or T I R E 4 A I R
2. M a k e s u r e the tires h a v e c o o l e d d o w n .
T E M P E R A T U R E in the T P M S D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS,
N O T E : A n a b n o r m a l rise in t h e internal t e m p e r a t u r e
of the tires c a n be c a u s e d by
* E x c e s s i v e braking
* F a i l u r e to r e l e a s e the p a r k i n g brake (rear t i r e s
only)
* L e a v i n g the v e h i c l e r u n n i n g w h i l e p a r k e d (front
tires only)
* I m p r o p e r a s s e m b l y of a w h e e l a n d tire
is 176 F (80 C) or more
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
(see p a g e 1 8 - 8 4 ) . B
NOGo
to s t e p 8,
3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 k m / h ) or m o r e
9. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 km/h) or m o r e
Does
the TPMS
indicator
go
off?
10. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Y E S T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C l e a r the D T C
w i t h the H D S .
5 . Note the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) n u m b e r by the
indicated D T C .
22
23
24
18-72
21,22,23,
or 24
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d poor
c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e T P M S control unit. If n e c e s s a r y ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit
(see p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k .
W O G o to step 4,
DTC
21
Is DTC

No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
MOIf a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t
t h e a p p r o p r i a t e D T C . If no D T C a r e i n d i c a t e d , the
s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e .
1
DTC 31,33,35,37: Tire Pressure Sensor Low
Battery Voltage
Do the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to

d e t e r m i n e the'affected tire location a n d relate it to
N O T E : T h i s problem o c c u r s w h e n the temperature

a r o u n d the s e n s o r Is 4 0 F {40 * C ) or l e s s , N o t e t h a t
Did each
the d i a g n o s i s m u s t b e m a d e In a p l a c e w h e r e a m b i e n t
TPMS
t e n i p e r a t u r e i s 40
tire pressure
initializer
sensor
respond
to
the
too!?
(40 C) or m o r e .
1, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 2 8 m p h 145 k m / h } o r m o r e
for at l e a s t 1 m i n u t e .
N O C h e c k that the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r is p r o p e r l y

m o u n t e d . If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tire
Does
the TPMS
indicator
go
off?
Y E S T h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s t i m e . C l e a r t h e D T C
w i t h the H O S . B
p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 18-84KM
C h e c k t h e T I R E 1, T I R E 2, T I R E 3 , or T I R E 4
P R E S S U R E S E N S O R T R A N S M I T T E R B A T T E R Y in
t h e T P M S D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
M O G o to s t e p 2 .
Is LOW
indicated?
2 , C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
3, Mote the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r f s ) n u m b e r by the
( s e e p a g e 18-84).
indicated D T C ,
N O C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d p o o r
DTC
31
No. 1
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S c o n t r o l unit
33 .
No. 2
( s e e p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . i l
35
No. 3
37
No, 4
c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e T P M S control unit. If n e c e s s a r y ,
18-73
TPMS
DTC 32,34,36,38: Tire Pressure Sensor
Signal Failure
6. D o t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to
N O T E : I n s p e c t for a n aftermarket electrical d e v i c e

interfering w i t h the R F s i g n a l f r o m the s e n s o r s w h e n
d r i v i n g the v e h i c l e (inverter, battery c h a r g e r ,
r a d i o t e l e g r a p h , etc).
Did each tire pressure sensor

TPMS initializer
tool?
respond
to the
2. M a k e s u r e all four w h e e l s a r e T P M S w h e e l s with
the m o u n t e d tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s .
Are TPMS type wheels with a tire pressure

mounted on the vehicle?
sensor
NO-Cheek for a n aftermarket electrical d e v i c e

interfering w i t h the R F s i g n a l s f r o m the s e n s o r s . If
t h e r e a r e no electrical d e v i c e s c a u s i n g i n t e r f e r e n c e ,
r e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 18-84).
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t 5

m i n u t e s or m o r e .
N O I n s t a l l the T P M S w h e e l , a n d t h e n m e m o r i z e
t h e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ID w i t h t h e H D S ( s e e p a g e
18-60).B
S. C h e c k t h e T I R E No. 1 , T I R E No. 2 , T I R E No. 3 , or
T I R E No. 4 P R E S S U R E S E N S O R T R A N S M I T T E R
S T A T U S in t h e T P M S D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .

5. Note the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) n u m b e r by t h e
indicated D T C .
is NORMAL indicated for all four tires within one

full turn of each tire?
Y E S T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C l e a r the D T C
DTC
32
34
36
38
18-74
Tire Pressure Sensor Number

No.
No.
No.
No.
1
2
3
4
with the H D S . H
N O R e p l a c e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
(see p a g e 18-84).
1
DTC 41: Abnormal Signal Reception Error

Registration Error
NOTE:
* I n s p e c t for a n a f t e r m a r k e t e l e c t r i c a l d e v i c e interfering
w i t h t h e B F s i g n a l f r o m the s e n s o r s w h e n d r i v i n g t h e
v e h i c l e {inverter, battery c h a r g e r , r a d i o t e l e g r a p h ,
etc!.
NOTE:
* T h e r e D T C s will o n l y s e t d u r i n g initialization w i t h the
HDS.
I n s p e c t for a n aftermarket e l e c t r i c a l d e v i c e interfering
If D T C 3 2 , 3 4 , 3 6 , or 3 8 is a l s o s e t , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
D T C s first.
with the R F s i g n a l f r o m the s e n s o r s w h e n d r i v i n g the

v e h i c l e (inverter, battery c h a r g e r , r a d i o t e l e g r a p h , etc).
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).-
2. M a k e s u r e all four w h e e l s a r e TPfVIS w h e e l s with
2. M a k e s u r e all four w h e e l s a r e T P M S w h e e l s w i t h
p r o p e r l y m o u n t e d tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s .
Are
TPMS
mounted
type
wheels
on the
the m o u n t e d tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s .
with tire pressure
sensors
vehicle?
Are
TPMS
mounted
type
wheels
on the
with a tire pressure
sensor
vehicle?
N O i n s t a l l the T P M S w h e e l , a n d then m e m o r i z e
N O I n s t a l l the T P M S w h e e l , a n d t h e n m e m o r i z e
t h e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ID with the H D S ( s e e p a g e
the p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ID with the H D S ( s e e p a g e
18-60}.
18-6G).H
3. M e m o r i z e the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r IDs with the H D S
f s e e p a g e 18-60).
Did each
TPMS
tire pressure
initializer
sensor
respond
to
the
tool?
5. Note t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) n u m b e r by t h e
indicated D T C .
Y E S T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e , c l e a r t h e D T C
with t h e H D S . B
DTC
51
N O R e p l a c e the T P M S control unit fsee p a g e
53
18-83KB
55
57

No. 1
No. 2
|
No. 3
No. 4
(confd)
18-75
TPMS
6. Do the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to
Did each tire pressure
sensor
TPMS
initializer
tool?
respond
to
the
DTC 81: TPMS Control Unit Failure

N O T E : L o w battery v o l t a g e c a n c a u s e t h i s D T C . M a k e
s u r e t h e battery is fully c h a r g e d a n d in g o o d condition
(see p a g e 22-88).
N O C h e c k f o r a n aftermarket electrical d e v i c e
interfering with the R F s i g n a l s f r o m the s e n s o r s . If
t h e r e are no electrical d e v i c e s c a u s i n g interference,
r e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
(see p a g e 18-84).
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t 5
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to' L O C K (0), t h e n turn the

Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) a g a i n .
Is DTC
81
indicated?
m i n u t e s or m o r e .
Y E S R e p l a c e the T P M S control unit ( s e e p a g e
18-83). 11
for at least 1 minute.

is DTC
51, 53, 55, or 57
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S control unit. If n e c e s s a r y ,
(see p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . N O T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C l e a r the D T C
withtheHDS.il
18-76
N O T h e s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s a n d poor c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S
control u n i t
I
DTC 83: No VSP Signal
DTC 85: F-CAN Communication Failure
M O T E : If D T C 85 s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e a s D T C 8 3 ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C 8 5 first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C 8 3 .
N O T E : C h e c k the fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s y s t e m s D T C s w i t h
t h e H D S , a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t the E C M / P C M a n d F - C A N
c o m m u n i c a t i o n e r r o r s first ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N I!!},
2. Clear the D T C with the H D S .
3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h 110 km/h) or m o r e .
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn the
ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) a g a i n .
4. C h e c k the s p e e d o m e t e r ,
Does
the speedometer
register
speed?
4. W a l t a b o u t 5 s e c o n d s ,
N O U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the
latest s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d
a n d D T C s a r e not I n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d a n d
D T C s a r e not i n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M /
P C M f s e e p a g e 11-216).
is DTC
35
indicated?
N O T h e s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s a n d poor c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S
control u n i t s
5. C h e c k t h e V E H I C L E S P E E D in the T P M S D A T A L I S T
Does
w i t h the H D S .
is the vehicle
speed
indicated?
Y E S T h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s t i m e .
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit
f s e e p a g e 13-83), a n d r e c h e c k .
the speedometer
work?
8. D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .
Does
the speedometer
work?
Y E S - C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d p o o r
( s e e p a g e 18-83), a n d recheck- I I
N O T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d
r e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , t h e n c h e c k a n d
t r o u b l e s h o o t the fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m s
( s e e p a g e 11-3).
(confd)
18-77
TPMS
Internal Error

11. S h o r t t h e S C S line with t h e H D S .

2. C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S .
14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the T P M S control unit
2 0 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s a n d the E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A (43P) t e r m i n a l s individually ( s e e table).
Terminal
T P M S Control
Unit 20P
Connector
Name
DTC
91
93
95
97
ECM/PCM
Connector A
(49P) T e r m i n a l
Terminal
No. 11
No. 1
CAN L
CAN H
3. Note the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) n u m b e r by t h e

indicated D T C .
No. 4
No. 3
TPMS CONTROL UNIT 20P CONNECTOR

Tire Pressors S e n s o r Nyrnber

No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
4. Do t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to
Did each tire pressure
sensor
TPMS initializer
tool?
CAN H (WHT)
respond
to the
CAN L (RED)
CAN H (WHT)
TH7

m o u n t e d . If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire
p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 18-84).
CAN L (RED)
11 / / i / ] 1 5 18
22 23 24
25
29 30 /
34 3536
M41
Ai
/19
hoi
19 20 21
26 27 28 i
></
42143144 \ X \ 48

Is there
continuity?
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 k m / h ) or m o r e
is DTC
91, 93, 95, or 97
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
(see p a g e 18-84) a n d r e c h e c k . Sf D T C s a r e still
p r e s e n t , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control
unit ( s e e p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . H
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e T P M S control unit a n d G 5 0 3 . If
NO-If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t
n e c e s s a r y , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control
the a p p r o p r i a t e D T C . If no D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , the
unit ( s e e p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . 11
s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e .
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the T P M S
control unit a n d the E C M / P C M .
18-78
Low tire pressure Indieator does not
on, arid no DTCs are stored
come
M O T E : C h e c k for g a u g e D T C s with t h e H D S ( s e e p a g e
22-3K If g a u g e D T C s a r e s t o r e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
D T C s first,
ill).
, D o t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to
d e t e r m i n e t h e affected tire location a n d relate it to
Did each tire pressure sensor respond

TPMS initializer
tool?
to the
2, C h e c k the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator for s e v e r a l
s e c o n d s w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to
m o u n t e d . If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire
O N (If).
p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 18-84). I I
Did
the indicator
come
on and then go off?
N O D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for t h e g a u g e control
m o d u l e f s e e p a g e 22-304). Sf n e c e s s a r y , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324), a n d r e c h e c k .
3, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 k m / h ) or m o r e
for at l e a s t 1 m i n u t e ,
6 . C h e c k the T I R E 1, T I R E 2, T I R E 3, or T I R E 4 A I R
P R E S S U R E in the T P M S D A T A L I S T with the H D S ,
a n d c o m p a r e with the actual m e a s u r e d tire
pressure.
is the indicated tire pressure on the HDS within

40 kPa (OA kgf/cm , 6 psi) of the actual tire
pressure?
2
N O R e p l a c e the appropriate tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
4. S t o p the v e h i c l e , a n d l o w e r t h e p r e s s u r e in e a c h
tire until t h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator c o m e s on
( s e e p a g e 18-84).B
(see table).
NOTE:
* Reinflate the tire before c o n t i n u i n g to t h e next
tire.
* After noting w h e t h e r t h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e
i n d i c a t o r c a m e o n , m a k e s u r e it g o e s off w h e n
y o u reinflate t h e tire before p r o c e e d i n g to the
next tire,
* If 5 m i n u t e s l i a s p a s s e d s i n c e f i n i s h i n g the last
test-drive, reactivate t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tire
p r e s s u r e s e n s o r u s i n g t h e T P M S s e n s o r initializer
too! ( s e e p a g e 13-81).
Model
18 i n c h w h e e l s
17 I n c h or
larger w h e e l s
Does
drops
the indicator
below
Specified Tire Pressure L o w e r

Limit
168 kPa (1.7 k g f / c m , 24 psi)
175 kPa (1.8 k g f / c m , 2 5 psi)
2
come
the specified
on when
the
tire pressure
pressure
lower
iimit?
Y E S T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e .
(confd)
18-79
TPMS
8. D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r ,
9. M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n T P M S control unit
2 0 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 4 a n d No. 8.
TPMS CONTROL UNIT 2 0 P CONNECTOR
Low tire pressure indicator does not go off,

and no DTCs are stored
GND (BLK)
IGI (BRN)
4. C h e c k the Sow tire p r e s s u r e indicator for s e v e r a l

O N (II).
Did the indicator
Is there
battery
on and then go
off?
c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e T P M S control unit. Sf n e c e s s a r y ,
voltage?
t h e T P M S control unit a n d the No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in
t h e driver's under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B
W O C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d poor
c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S control u n i t If n e c e s s a r y ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S c o n t r o l unit
18-80
come
N O D o the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for the g a u g e control

m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-304). If n e c e s s a r y , substitute a
22-324), a n d r e c h e c k .
1
TPMS indicator does not come on, and no
DTCs are stored
1. T y r o t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
TPMS indicator does not go off, and no DTCs

are stored
N O T E : C h e c k for g a u g e D T C s w i t h the H D S (see p a g e
22-3). If g a u g e D T C s are s t o r e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
D T C s first.
4. C h e c k the T P M S indicator for s e v e r a l s e c o n d s
2. C h e c k t h e T P M S indicator for s e v e r a l s e c o n d s
w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II).
Did the indicator come on?
Did the indicator come on and then go off?
( s e e p a g e 18-831 a n d r e c h e c k ,
MOGoto step3.
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0)..
N O D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for the g a u g e control

m o d u l e f s e e p a g e 22-304). If n e c e s s a r y , substitute a
22-324), a n d r e c h e c k ,
4. C h e c k the N o . 29 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
is the fuse blown?

Y E S R e p l a c e the No. 2 9 (7.5 A ) f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k .
If the f u s e b l o w s a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t to b o d y
g r o u n d in the w i r e b e t w e e n the T P M S control unit
a n d the No. 29 (7.5 A) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. a
W O R e i n s t a l l the f u s e , t h e n go to s t e p 5.
5. C h e c k the No. 5 (7.5 A) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
is the fuse blown?

Y E S R e p l a c e the N o . 5 (7.5 A) f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k . If
the f u s e b l o w s a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t to b o d y
g r o u n d in the w i r e b e t w e e n the T P M S control unit
a n d the No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
W O R e i n s t a l l the fuse,"then go to s t e p 6.
(confd)
18-81
TPMS
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
T P M S c o n t r o l unit 20P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 10.

11. R e c o n n e c t the T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .
T P M S C O N T R O L UISSIT 2P C O N N E C T O R

13. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
T P M S control unit 20P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4.
T P M S C O N T R O L UNIT 2 0 P C O N N E C T O R
GND
II
(B LX)
n
7
8 '10
/
'A/
is there battery voitage?

W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the TPIVIS
control unit a n d the No. 29 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box,
T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 8.
T P M S C O N T R O L U N I T 2 0 P CONNECTOR
i|/l/ifiZklZ
is there battery voltage?

M O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the T P M S
control unit a n d the No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s
under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B
18-82
is there 0.1 or more?

Y E S R e p a i r o p e n or high r e s i s t a n c e in the w i r e
b e t w e e n the T P M S control unit a n d b o d y g r o u n d
(G503KB
N O D o the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for t h e g a u g e control
m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-304). If t h e g a u g e control
m o d u l e is O K , c h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d poor
c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S control u n i t If n e c e s s a r y ,
( s e e p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k .
TPMS Control Unit Replacement

N O T E : M&kB sum t h e T P M S control unit m o u n t i n g
b r a c k e t is not bent or t w i s t e d a s this m a y affect its
c o m m u n i c a t i o n : with the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s .
2, R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolt (A), then r e m o v e the T P M S
control unit f B) w i t h t h e bracket (C).
4. R e m o v e the T P M S control unit (A) f r o m the bracket

(B).
N O T E : W h i l e s e p a r a t i n g the T P M S control unit
f r o m t h e b r a c k e t r e l e a s e t h e hook (C) on the T P M S
control unit u s i n g a"flat-tipped s c r e w d r i v e r (D), a n d
p u s h it up to r e m o v e the bracket.
N O T E : T h e T P M S control unit is located o v e r the

a c c e l e r a t o r pedal m o d u l e .
A
6 x 1.0 mm
5. Install t h e n e w T P M S control unit i n the r e v e r s e

N O T E : M a k e s u r e the T P M S control unit is properly
installed. Y o u will h e a r a click w h e n the T P M S
control unit is s e c u r e l y m o u n t e d o n the bracket.
3 . D i s c o n n e c t the TPfviS control unit c o n n e c t o r (D).
6. C o n n e c t the H D S , a n d m e m o r i z e the tire p r e s s u r e

s e n s o r IDs u s i n g the T P M S initializer tool ( s e e p a g e
18-60).
18-83
TPMS
Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
Removal
1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h safety s t a n d s
in the proper locations ( s e e p a g e 1-11).
Position the w h e e l s o the tire m a c h i n e (A) a n d tire

iron (B) a r e next to the v a l v e s t e m (C) a n d will m o v e
a w a y f r o m it w h e n the m a c h i n e s t a r t s . T h e n
r e m o v e the tire f r o m the w h e e l .
2. R e m o v e the w h e e l with the faulty s e n s o r .

3. R e m o v e the tire v a l v e s t e m c a p a n d the v a l v e s t e m
c o r e , a n d let the tire deflate.
4. R e m o v e a n y b a l a n c e w e i g h t s , a n d t h e n break the
b e a d l o o s e f r o m the w h e e l w i t h a c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e tire c h a n g e r (A).
Note t h e s e i t e m s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g the tire

pressure sensor:
* Do the outside of the w h e e l f i r s t
* Position the w h e e l a s s h o w n s o the v a l v e
s t e m (B) is 90 d e g r e e s f r o m the b e a d
b r e a k e r (C) a s s h o w n .
* Do not position the b e a d b r e a k e r of the tire
c h a n g e r too c l o s e to t h e r i m .
6. R e m o v e the v a l v e s t e m nut (A) a n d the w a s h e r (B),

t h e n r e m o v e the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r w i t h the v a l v e
s t e m (C) f r o m the w h e e l .
N O T E : C h e c k the nut a n d the w a s h e r ; if t h e y h a v e
deterioration or d a m a g e , r e p l a c e w i t h n e w o n e s
during r e a s s e m b l y .
18-84
7. R e m o v e a n d d i s c a r d t h e v a l v e s t e i n g r o m m e t (A)
f r o m t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r I B ) .
Installation
' NOTE:
NOTE:
* T h e v a l v e stern g r o m m e t m i g h t s t a y in the w h e e l ;
m a k e e y r e y o y r e m o v e it.
* Always use a n e w valve stem grommet
w h e n e v e r t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r h a s b e e n
r e m o v e d f r o m the w h e e l . W h e n o n l y r e m o v i n g a
tire f r o m t h e w h e e l , r e p l a c e t h e v a l v e s t e m
g r o m m e t if It Is p o s s i b l e .
* U s e o n l y w h e e l s that h a v e a " T P M S " , " T A G " , or

" T E G " s t a m p (A) on the i n s i d e of the a l u m i n u m
w h e e l s , a n d the o u t s i d e of the s t e e l w h e e l s .
T h e v e h i c l e m a y be e q u i p p e d w i t h o n e of the s i x
t y p e s of w h e e l s .
Type 1 falymirtum wheel!
Type 2 falyminum
Typ 3 falomlnym wheel)
JfpB
wheel)
4 ( a l u m i n u m wh@@l|
T y p e 6 (steel w h e e l )
(cont'd)
18-85
TPMS
Tire Pressure Sensor.Replacement (cont'd)
1. B e f o r e installing the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , c l e a n the
m a t i n g s u r f a c e s on the s e n s o r a n d the w h e e l .
2. Install the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r (A) a n d the w a s h e r
(B) to the w h e e l (C), a n d tighten the v a l v e s t e m nut
(D) finger tight. M a k e s u r e the p r e s s u r e s e n s o r is
resting on the w h e e l .
L u b e the tire b e a d s p a r i n g l y w i t h a p a s t e - t y p e tire

m o u n t i n g lubricant, a n d position the w h e e l s o the
tire m a c h i n e (A) a n d tire iron (B) a r e next to the
v a l v e s t e m (C) a n d will m o v e a w a y f r o m it w h e n
the m a c h i n e starts. T h e n install the tire onto t h e
wheel.
N O T E : Install the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s o that the

s e n s o r h o u s i n g s u r f a c e (E) d o e s not e x t e n d b e y o n d
the protrusion (F) on the w h e e l to p r e v e n t the
s e n s o r h o u s i n g f r o m b e i n g c a u g h t on the b e a d of
the tire w h e n a s s e m b l i n g the tire.
OUTSIDE
5. W i t h a dry air s o u r c e , inflate the tire to 300 kPa

(3.1 k g f / c m , 44 psi) to s e a t the tire b e a d to the r i m ,
t h e n a d j u s t the tire p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 18-5), a n d
install the v a l v e s t e m c a p .
2
WHEEL CENTER
D
4
N-m
(0.4 k g f - m , 3 ibf-ft)
N O T E : M a k e s u r e the tire b e a d is s e a t e d on both

s i d e s of the rim uniformly.
6. C h e c k a n d a d j u s t the w h e e l b a l a n c e , t h e n install the
w h e e l s on the v e h i c l e .
7. R e m o v e the j a c k s t a n d s , a n d l o w e r the v e h i c l e .
T o r q u e the w h e e l nuts to s p e c i f i c a t i o n s . '
8. C o n n e c t the H D S , a n d m e m o r i z e the p r e s s u r e
s e n s o r IDs u s i n g the T P M S s e n s o r initializer tool
( s e e p a g e 18-60).
3. T i g h t e n the v a l v e s t e m nut to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e
w h i l e holding the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r .
NOTE:
Do not u s e air or electric i m p a c t t o o l s to tighten a
v a l v e s t e m nut.
Do not twist the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r to a d j u s t its
position w i t h the w h e e l , a s t h i s will d a m a g e or
d e f o r m the v a l v e s t e m g r o m m e t .
18-86
Brakes
Conventional Brake Components
Special Tools .........................
.............
.....
*****
.
...
Brake System Inspection and Test ............
......
..
Symptom Troubleshooting ..
...........
.
Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch
Adjustment ..........
..............
.
Parking Brake Inspection and Adjustment
*
Brake System Bleeding .........
............
Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram
...
Parking Brake Switch Test
......
...........
Brake Fluid Level Switch Test ..........
Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement
Front Brake Disc Inspection
......
Front Brake Disc Replacement
..
Front Brake Caliper Overhaul .................
...............
Master Cylinder Replacement ....
........
Master Cylinder Inspection ................
...
....
Brake Booster Test
.............
...............
.
Brake Booster Replacement ...............
......
...
Rear Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement .....
Rear Brake Disc Inspection
-.
Rear Brake Disc Replacement ..............
.........
Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul
Brake Pedal Replacement ......................
Brake Hose and Line Inspection
....
Brake Hose Replacement ..........
.........
...
Parking Brake Cable Replacement .............
...
VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist)

System Components
19-2
19-3
19-4
19-5
19-6
19-7
19-9
19-10
19-11
19-11
19-12
19-20
19-22
19-23
19-25
19-26
19-27
19-28
19-29
19-32
19-34
19-36
19-37
19-38
19-39
19-41
19-43

Special Tools
Ret
19-2
No.
Tool Wymber
07AAE-SEPA101
Description
B r a k e C a l i p e r Piston C o m p r e s s o r
Qty
1
MASTER CYLINDER
Brake System Bleeding, page 19-9
BRAKE BOOSTER
Test, page 19-27
BRAKE S Y S T E M INDICATOR
Circuit Diagram, page 19-10
Parking Brake Switch Test, page 19-11
Brake Fluid Level Switch T e s t page 19-11
BRAKE HOSE and LINE
Brake Hose
REAR BRAKE
Pad Inspection and
Disc inspection, page 19-32
Disc Replacement, page 19-34
Caliper Overhaul, page 19-36
FRONT BRAKE
Pad Inspection and Replacement, page 19-12
Disc inspection, page 19-20
Disc Replacement, page 19-22
Caliper Overhaul, page 19-23
PARKING BRAKE
Inspection and Adjustment, page 19-7
Cable Replacement page 19-41
BRAKE PEDAL
Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal
Position Switch Adjustment, page 19-8
19-3
C o n v e n t i o n a l Brake Components
Brake System Inspection and Test
I n s p e c t the brake s y s t e m c o m p o n e n t s listed. R e p a i r or r e p l a c e a n y parts that are leaking or d a m a g e d .
C o m p o n e n t Inspections:
Procedure
Component
Master Cylinder
L o o k for d a m a g e or s i g n s of fluid l e a k a g e at:
* R e s e r v o i r or r e s e r v o i r g r o m m e t s .
B u l g i n g s e a l at r e s e r v o i r c a p . T h i s is a
s i g n of fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n .
* Line joints.
* B e t w e e n master cylinder and booster.
Brake Hoses
B u l g i n g , t w i s t e d , or'bent l i n e s .
L i n e j o i n t s a n d banjo bolt c o n n e c t i o n s .
* H o s e s a n d l i n e s , a l s o i n s p e c t for t w i s t i n g or
damage.
Caliper
V S A ModuSatorcontroS Unit

Piston s e a l .
S e i z e d or sticking c a l i p e r p i n s .
B a n j o bolt c o n n e c t i o n s .
Bleed screw.
Line joints.
* Modulator-control
unit
Brake System Test

Brake pedal sinks/fades w h e n braking
1. S e t the parking b r a k e , a n d start t h e e n g i n e , t h e n turn off the A / C . A l l o w the e n g i n e to w a r m up to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
t e m p e r a t u r e (radiator f a n c o m e s o n t w i c e ) .
2. Attach a 50 m m (2 in.) p i e c e of m a s k i n g t a p e a l o n g the bottom of the s t e e r i n g w h e e l , a n d d r a w a horizontal
r e f e r e n c e m a r k a c r o s s it.
3. W i t h the t r a n s m i s s i o n in neutral f M/T) or P or N ( A / T ) , p r e s s a n d hold the brake pedal Sightly (about the s a m e
p r e s s u r e n e e d e d to k e e p a n A / T - e q u t p p e d v e h i c l e f r o m c r e e p i n g ) , t h e n r e l e a s e the parking brake.
4. W h i l e still holding t h e brake p e d a l , hook t h e e n d of the t a p e m e a s u r e b e h i n d the brake p e d a l , t h e n pull t h e t a p e up
to the s t e e r i n g w h e e l Note the m e a s u r e m e n t b e t w e e n the brake pedal a n d the r e f e r e n c e m a r k o n the s t e e r i n g
wheel.
5. A p p l y s t e a d y p r e s s u r e to the brake p e d a l for 3 m i n u t e s .
6. W a t c h the tape m e a s u r e .
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t i n c r e a s e s 10 m m (3/8 in.) or l e s s , the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r is O K .
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t i n c r e a s e s m o r e t h a n TO m m (3/8 in.), r e p l a c e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .
19-4
Rapid brake pad wear, vehicle vibration
Carter a long drive), or high, hard brake pedal
N O T E : M a k e s u r e that t h e c a l i p e r p i n s a r e Installed
5. L o o s e n t h e h y d r a u l i c l i n e s at the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r ,
t h e n s p i n the w h e e l s to c h e c k for brake d r a g ,
is there
brake
drag
at any of the
wheels?
correctly.
U p p e r c a l i p e r pin 8 a n d l o w e r c a l i p e r pin A a r e different,
if t h e p i n s a r e Installed In t h e w r o n g l o c a t i o n , it w i l l
c a u s e v i b r a t i o n , u n e v e n or rapid b r a k e p a d w e a r ; a n d
p o s s i b l y u n e v e n tire w e a r , F o r p r o p e r c a l i p e r pin
l o c a t i o n : N I S S I N t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-23), A K E B O N O type
f s e e p a g e 19-24),
1. D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e until t h e b r a k e s d r a g or until the
p e d a l i s h i g h a n d hard, T h i s c a n take 20 or m o r e
brake p e d a l a p p l i c a t i o n s d u r i n g a n e x t e n d e d testdrive,
N O C h e c k the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r r e s e r v o i r for
c o n t a m i n a t i o n in t h e brake fluid. If y o u find
c o n t a m i n a t i o n , f l u s h the entire brake s y s t e m of all
c o n t a m i n a t e d fluid, If t h e b r a k e fluid is O K , r e p l a c e
t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r ( s e e p a g e 19-25). M
6. L o o s e n t h e b l e e d s c r e w s at e a c h c a l i p e r , t h e n s p i n
the w h e e l s to c h e c k for brake d r a g .
I s there
2. W i t h the e n g i n e r u n n i n g , r a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift,
a n d s p i n all f o u r w h e e l s b y h a n d .
Is there
brake
drag
at any of the
wheels?
brake
drag
at any of the
wheels?
Y E S C h e c k the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r r e s e r v o i r for
c o n t a m i n a t i o n in the brake fluid. If y o u find
c o n t a m i n a t i o n , f l u s h t h e entire brake s y s t e m of all
c o n t a m i n a t e d fluid. If the brake fluid is O K ,
d i s a s s e m b l e a n d repair the c a l i p e r o n t h e w h e e l ( s )
withbrakedrag.il
N O L o o k for other c a u s e s of p a d w e a r , h i g h p e d a l ,
N O L o o k for a n d r e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d b r a k e lines.
or v e h i c l e vibration:.
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to LOCK (0), p r e s s t h e
brake p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s to d e p l e t e t h e v a c u u m in
the brake booster, a n d then spin the w h e e l s again
to c h e c k for b r a k e d r a g .
Is there
brake
drag
at any of the
If all brake l i n e s a r e O K , r e p l a c e t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 19-141).
wheels?
N O R e p l a c e the b r a k e b o o s t e r { s e e p a g e 19-28).
4. W i t h o u t r e m o v i n g the b r a k e l i n e s , unbolt a n d
s e p a r a t e t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r f r o m t h e brake
b o o s t e r , t h e n s p i n t h e w h e e l s to c h e c k for brake
drag,
is there
brake
drag
at any of the
wheels?
Y E S G o t o stepS,
M O C h e c k t h e brake p e d a l position s w i t c h
a d j u s t m e n t a n d p e d a l free p l a y ( s e e p a g e 19-6),
19-5

Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch Adjustment
Pedal Height
1= T u r n the brake pedal position s w i t c h
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , a n d pull it b a c k until it is no
l o n g e r t o u c h i n g the brake p e d a l .
4. L o o s e n the p u s h r o d locknut (A), a n d s c r e w the

p u s h r o d (B) in or out w i t h p l i e r s until t h e s t a n d a r d
pedal height f r o m t h e floor is r e a c h e d . After
a d j u s t m e n t , tighten t h e locknut firmly. Do not
a d j u s t the pedal h e i g h t w i t h t h e p u s h r o d p r e s s e d .
2. R e m o v e the footrest ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 20-141),

then, r e m o v e - t h e s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
17-28).
3. Pull b a c k the c a r p e t , a n d find the cutout (A) in the
insulator. M e a s u r e the p e d a l height (B) f r o m left
s i d e m i d d l e of the p e d a l p a d (C) to the floor (D)
without the insulator a s s h o w n .
Standard pedal height (with carpet
M / T : 156 m m ( 6 1 / 8 I n j
A / T : 155 m m (6 1/18 I n j
removed):
M/T
0
Brake Pedal Position S w i t c h C l e a r a n c e

5. Lift up on t h e brake p e d a l by h a n d . P u s h in the
brake p e d a l position s w i t c h until its p l u n g e r is fully
p r e s s e d (threaded e n d (A) t o u c h i n g the p a d (B) o n
the p e d a l a r m ) . T u r n the s w i t c h 45 c l o c k w i s e to
lock i t T h e g a p b e t w e e n t h e b r a k e p e d a l position
s w i t c h a n d the p a d is a u t o m a t i c a l l y a d j u s t e d to
0.7 m m (0.028 in.) by locking the s w i t c h . M a k e s u r e
the brake lights go off w h e n the p e d a l is r e l e a s e d .
6. Install all r e m o v e d p a r t s in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal.
7. C h e c k the brake p e d a l free play.
19-6

Parking Brake Inspection and
Adjustment
Pedal Free Play
1. W i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), i n s p e c t t h e
p l a y (A) at t h e brake p e d a l p a d (B) b y p u s h i n g t h e
b r a k e p e d a l by h a n d . If t h e b r a k e p e d a l f r e e p l a y is
o u t of s p e c i f i c a t i o n , a d j u s t t h e brake p e d a l position
s w i t c h CC). If t h e brake p e d a l free p l a y i s insufficient,
it m a y r e s u l t in b r a k e d r a g ,
F r e e p l a y : 15 m m 1 1 / 1 6 3 / 1 6 in.)
Inspection
1. Pull t h e p a r k i n g brake l e v e r (A) w i t h 196 N (20 kgf,
44 Ibf) of f o r c e to fully a p p l y t h e p a r k i n g brake. T h e
parking brake l e v e r s h o u l d be l o c k e d w i t h i n the
s p e c i f i e d n u m b e r of c l i c k s .
Lever locked clicks: 7 to 9
Puffed back with
2. If t h e n u m b e r of l e v e r c l i c k s i s not a s s p e c i f i e d ,
adjust the parking brake.
(confd)
19-7

Parking Brake Inspection and Adjustment (cont'd)
Adjustment
6. M a k e s u r e t h e l e v e r (A) on t h e rear brake c a l i p e r

c o n t a c t s the a r m (B).
1. R e l e a s e the parking b r a k e l e v e r fully.

N O T E ; T h e l e v e r will c o n t a c t t h e a r m w h e n t h e
2. Pull out t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e rear t r i m (A) ( s e e p a g e
parking brake a d j u s t i n g nut is l o o s e n e d .
20-149).
3. L o o s e n the parking b r a k e a d j u s t i n g nut (B).
7. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the b r a k e d i s c
a n d the i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e rear wheels.

8. Pull t h e parking brake l e v e r 1 click.
1-11).
9. T i g h t e n the parking brake a d j u s t i n g nut until the

parking b r a k e s d r a g slightly w h e n t h e rear w h e e l s
are turned.
10. R e l e a s e the parking b r a k e Sever fully, a n d c h e c k
that the parking b r a k e s d o not d r a g w h e n the rear
w h e e l s a r e t u r n e d . R e a d j u s t if n e c e s s a r y .
11. M a k e s u r e the parking brake l e v e r is w i t h i n the
s p e c i f i e d n u m b e r of c l i c k s (7 to 9 clicks).
12. Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e rear t r i m ( s e e p a g e
20-149).
19-8
Brake System Bleeding

NOTE;
* D o not r e u s e the d r a i n e d fluid. U s e o n l y c l e a n H o n d a
D O T 3 Brake Fluid from an u n o p e n e d container,
U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a brake fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n
a n d s h o r t e n the life of the s y s t e m .
* M a k e s u r e no dirt o r other foreign matter i s a l l o w e d
to c o n t a m i n a t e the brake fluid,
* D o not spill b r a k e fluid o n t h e v e h i c l e , it m a y d a m a g e
the paint; If brake fluid d o e s c o n t a c t t h e paint, w a s h it
off i m m e d i a t e l y with w a t e r ,
* T h e r e s e r v o i r c o n n e c t e d to the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m u s t
be at t h e M A X (upper) level m a r k at t h e start of t h e
b l e e d i n g p r o c e d u r e a n d c h e c k e d after b l e e d i n g e a c h
w h e e l l o c a t i o n . A d d fluid a s r e q u i r e d .
4. A t t a c h a length of c l e a r d r a i n t u b e (A) to t h e b l e e d
s c r e w ( B ) t h e n l o o s e n t h e b l e e d s c r e w to a l l o w asr
to e s c a p e f r o m t h e s y s t e m . T h e n tighten the b l e e d
screw securely.
r
N O T E : T h e illustrations s h o w t h e N I S S I N t y p e .
Front
B
NISSIN type:
S N-m (0.9 kgf-m, 7 Ibf-ft)
Afceeoiyotype:
8 N-m (0.8 kgf-m, 8 Ibf-ft)
1, IVIake s u r e the brake fluid level in t h e r e s e r v o i r (A)

is at the M A X (upper) level line I B ) .
B
9 N-m 10.9 kgf-m, 7 fbfftj
2 , H a v e s o m e o n e s l o w l y p u m p t h e brake p e d a l
several times, then apply steady pressure.
3, Start t h e b l e e d i n g at t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the front
brake s y s t e m ,
N O T E : B l e e d t h e c a l i p e r s in t h e s e q u e n c e s h o w n .
BLEEDIMG S E Q U E M C E :
CD F r o n t R i g h t
(1; Rear R i g h t
5. Refill t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r r e s e r v o i r to t h e M A X
(upper) level line.
6. R e p e a t t h e p r o c e d u r e for e a c h brake circuit until
t h e r e a r e n o air b u b b l e s in t h e fluid.
0
Front Left
19-9

Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram
G A U G E CONTROL MODULE
3@
INDICATOR D R I V E R C I R C U I T
= WHT
B R A K E S Y S T E M INDICATOR
29
B
RED
23
LTGRN
GRN
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SWITCH
C L O S E D : Float d o w n
O P E N : Float op
BLK
G302
19-10
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

C L O S E D : Parking brake applied
O P E N : Parking brake released
V S A MODULATORC O N T R O L UNIT
I E B D INDICATOR!
Parking Brake Switch Test

N O T E : If both t h e A B S / V S A Indicator a n d t h e b r a k e
s y s t e m : indicator c o m e o n at t h e s a m e t i m e , c h e c k the
V S A s y s t e m for D T C s first f s e e p a g e 19-461.
Brake Fluid Level Switch Test

1. D i s c o n n e c t the brake fluid level s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r ,
2. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s (1) a n d
(2) w i t h t h e float in the d o w n p o s i t i o n a n d in t h e up
1 R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
position.
2. D i s c o n n e c t the parking brake s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A)
NOTE:
f r o m the parking brake s w i t c h (B).
* R e m o v e the b r a k e fluid c o m p l e t e l y f r o m the

r e s e r v o i r . W i t h the float d o w n , t h e r e s h o u l d be
continuity,
Fill t h e r e s e r v o i r w i t h brake fluid to the M A X
{upper) level (A). W i t h t h e float up, there s h o u l d
be no continuity. .
If both t h e A B S / V S A indicator a n d t h e brake
s y s t e m indicator c o m e o n at t h e s a m e t i m e ,
c h e c k the V S A s y s t e m for D T C s first ( s e e p a g e
19-46).
* If t h e parking brake s w i t c h a n d brake fluid level
s w i t c h a r e O K , but t h e brake s y s t e m indicator
- d o e s not f u n c t i o n , d o the g a u g e control m o d u l e
s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function (see p a g e 22-304).
3, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e s w i t c h t e r m i n a l
{) a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
* W i t h the p a r k i n g brake l e v e r p u l l e d , t h e r e s h o u l d
be continuity.
* W i t h the parking b r a k e l e v e r r e l e a s e d , t h e r e
s h o u l d be no continuity,
N O T E : If the parking b r a k e s w i t c h a n d t h e b r a k e
fluid l e v e l s w i t c h a r e O K , but the brake s y s t e m
indicator d o e s not f u n c t i o n , d o the g a u g e control
m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function f s e e p a g e 22-304)=
3. R e c o n n e c t t h e brake fluid level s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r .
4, R e c o n n e c t the p a r k i n g brake s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r .
5, Install t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
19-11

Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement
B r a k e c a l i p e r piston c o m p r e s s o r 0 7 A A E - S E P A 1 0 1
5. C h e c k the t h i c k n e s s (A) of the i n n e r p a d (B) a n d the

outer p a d ( C ) . Do not i n c l u d e t h e t h i c k n e s s of the
b a c k i n g plate.
Brake pad thickness:
F r e q u e n t inhalation of brake p a d d u s t r e g a r d l e s s of
Standard:
1 0 . 5 1 1 . 2 m m 1 0 . 4 1 - 0 . 4 4 in.)
m a t e r i a l c o m p o s i t i o n , c o u l d be h a z a r d o u s to y o u r
Service limit
1.6 m m f0.06 i n j
health.
* A v o i d breathing d u s t p a r t i c l e s .
N e v e r u s e a n air h o s e or b r u s h to c l e a n brake
assemblies. U s e an O S HA-ap proved v a c u u m
cleaner.
inspection - WfSSlW Type

1. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It w i t h
1-11).
3. R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (A).
6. If a n y of the brake p a d t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the

s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the front brake p a d s a s a s e t
A
Sx
1.25 mm,
7. Pivot the c a l i p e r d o w n into p o s i t i o n . Install the

f l a n g e bolt (A), a n d tighten it to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e
w h i l e h o l d i n g the c a l i p e r pin (B) w i t h a w r e n c h . B e
c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the pin b o o t
A
10 x 1.0 mm
50 N-m
15.1 kgf-m
3 7 Ibf-ft) A.
10 x 1.0 mm
R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolt (B) w h i l e h o l d i n g the

c a l i p e r pin (C) with a w r e n c h . B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e the psn boot, a n d pivot the c a l i p e r (D) up
out of the w a y . C h e c k t h e h o s e a n d pin boots for
d a m a g e a n d deterioration.
8. Install the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (C).

9. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the brake d i s c
a n d t h e i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install the front
wheels.
19-12

Replacement - NISSIN Type
7. R e m o v e t h e p a d retainers (A).
1. R e m o v e s o m e b r a k e fluid f r o m the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .
2, R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s f s e e p a g e
1-11).
3. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s ,
4, R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt f A ) .
8. C l e a n the c a l i p e r bracket (B) t h o r o u g h l y ; r e m o v e

a n y r u s t a n d c h e c k for g r o o v e s a n d c r a c k s .
Verify that t h e c a l i p e r p i n s (C) m o v e in a n d out
s m o o t h l y . C l e a n a n d lube if n e e d e d .
9. I n s p e c t the brake d i s c , a n d c h e c k for d a m a g e a n d
c r a c k s ( s e e p a g e 19-20).
c
5, R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolt (B) w h i l e holding the
c a l i p e r pin fC) w i t h a w r e n c h . B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e t h e pin boot, a n d pivot the c a l i p e r (D) up
out of t h e w a y , C h e c k the h o s e a n d the pin boots
for d a m a g e a n d deterioration.
6. R e m o v e t h e p a d s h i m s (A) a n d t h e brake p a d s (B).
10. A p p l y a thin coat of M-77 a s s e m b l y p a s t e (P/N

08798-9010) to the retainer m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the
c a l i p e r b r a c k e t (indicated by the a r r o w s a n d s h a d e d
area).
11. Install t h e p a d retainers. W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y
p a s t e off the retainers. K e e p the a s s e m b l y paste off
the brake d i s c a n d the brake p a d s .
(confd)
19-13

Front Brake Pad inspection and Replacement (cont'd)
12. M o u n t the brake c a l i p e r piston c o m p r e s s o r tool (A)
on the c a l i p e r b o d y (B).
15. A p p l y a thin c o a t of lvl-77 a s s e m b l y p a s t e (P/N

08798-9010) to the pad s i d e of the s h i m s (A), the
back of the brake p a d s (B) a n d the other a r e a s
indicated by the a r r o w s . W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y
p a s t e off the p a d s h i m s a n d the brake p a d s friction
m a t e r i a l . K e e p g r e a s e a n d a s s e m b l y paste off the
brake d i s c s a n d the brake p a d s . C o n t a m i n a t e d
brake d i s c s or brake p a d s r e d u c e s t o p p i n g ability.
13. P r e s s in the piston w i t h the brake c a l i p e r piston

c o m p r e s s o r tooS s o the c a l i p e r will fit o v e r t h e
brake p a d s . M a k e s u r e the piston boot is in position
to prevent d a m a g i n g it w h e n pivoting the c a l i p e r
down.
N O T E : B e careful w h e n p r e s s i n g in the p i s t o n ;
brake fluid might o v e r f l o w f r o m the m a s t e r
c y l i n d e r ' s r e s e r v o i r . If b r a k e fluid g e t s on a n y
painted s u r f a c e , w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y with w a t e r .
14. R e m o v e the brake c a l i p e r piston c o m p r e s s o r tool.
16. Install the brake p a d s a n d the p a d s h i m s correctly.
Install the brake p a d w i t h the w e a r indicator (C) on
the u p p e r i n s i d e . If y o u a r e r e u s i n g the brake p a d s ,
a l w a y s reinstall t h e brake p a d s in their original
p o s i t i o n s to p r e v e n t a m o m e n t a r y l o s s of braking
efficiency.
19-14
17. Pivot the c a l i p e r d o w n into p o s i t i o n . Install t h e

f l a n g e b o i l (A), a n d tighten it to t h e s p e c i f i e d torque
w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e c a l i p e r pin IB) w i t h a w r e n c h
b e i n g c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the p i n boot.

a n d t h e i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install the front
wheels.
20. P r e s s the brake p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s to m a k e s u r e
t h e b r a k e s work.
N O T E : E n g a g e m e n t m a y require a g r e a t e r pedal
stroke i m m e d i a t e l y after t h e brake p a d s h a v e b e e n
r e p l a c e d a s a s e t S e v e r a l a p p l i c a t i o n s of t h e brake
p e d a l will r e s t o r e the n o r m a l p e d a l stroke.
21. A d d brake fluid a s n e e d e d .
2 2 . After installation, c h e c k for l e a k s at h o s e a n d line
j o i n t s or c o n n e c t i o n s , a n d retighten if n e c e s s a r y .
T e s t - d r i v e the V e h i c l e , t h e n r e c h e c k for l e a k s
( s e e p a g e 19-38).
18. Install t h e brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (C).
(confd)
19-15

f
Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement (cont d)

inspection - A K E B O N O Type
4. Sf a n y of the brake p a d t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the

s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the front brake p a d s a s a s e t .
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s fsee p a g e
1-11).
3. C h e c k the t h i c k n e s s (A) of the inner p a d (B) a n d the
outer p a d (C). Do not i n c l u d e the t h i c k n e s s of the
Standard:
1 0 . 5 1 0 . 8 m m 10.41 0,43 i n j
S e r v i c e limit: 1.6 m m (0.06 in.)
19-16

a n d the i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install the front
wheels.
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t-A
K
E
B
O
N
OT
y
p
e
7. R e m o v e the p a d retainers (A).
1. R e m o v e s o m e brake fluid f r o m the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .

1-11).

a n y rust, a n d c h e c k for g r o o v e s a n d c r a c k s .
Verify that the c a l i p e r p i n s (C) m o v e in a n d out
9. I n s p e c t t h e brake d i s c , a n d c h e c k for d a m a g e a n d
c r a c k s ( s e e p a g e 19-20).
5. R e m o v e the flange bolt (B), a n d pivot the c a l i p e r (C)

up out of the w a y . C h e c k the h o s e a n d pin boots for
d a m a g e a n d deterioration.
6. R e m o v e the p a d s h i m s (A) a n d the b r a k e p a d s (B).
10. A p p l y a thin c o a t of M-77 a s s e m b l y paste (P/N

08798-9010) to the retainer m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the
c a l i p e r bracket (indicated by the a r r o w s a n d s h a d e d
area).
11. Install the p a d retainers. W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y
paste off the retainers. K e e p the a s s e m b l y paste off
(confd)
19-17

Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement (cont'd)
12. M o u n t the brake c a l i p e r piston c o m p r e s s o r tool (A)
o n the c a l i p e r body (B).
15. A p p l y a thin c o a t of M-77 a s s e m b l y p a s t e (P/N

08798-9010) to the p a d s i d e of the s h i m s (A), the
back of the brake p a d s (B) a n d t h e other a r e a s
indicated by the a r r o w s . W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y
paste off the p a d s h i m s a n d t h e brake p a d s friction
m a t e r i a l K e e p g r e a s e a n d a s s e m b l y p a s t e off the
brake d i s c s a n d the brake p a d s . C o n t a m i n a t e d
brake d i s c s or brake p a d s r e d u c e s t o p p i n g ability.
13. P r e s s in the piston w i t h the brake c a l i p e r piston

c o m p r e s s o r tool s o the c a l i p e r will fit o v e r the
b r a k e p a d s . M a k e s u r e t h e piston boot is in position
to prevent d a m a g i n g it w h e n pivoting the c a l i p e r
down.
N O T E : B e careful w h e n p r e s s i n g in the p i s t o n ;
brake fluid might o v e r f l o w - f r o m the m a s t e r
c y l i n d e r ' s r e s e r v o i r . Sf brake fluid g e t s o n a n y
painted s u r f a c e , w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y w i t h w a t e r .
14. R e m o v e the brake c a l i p e r piston c o m p r e s s o r tool.
16. Install the brake p a d s a n d p a d s h i m s c o r r e c t l y .
Install the brake p a d w i t h t h e w e a r indicator CO on
the u p p e r i n s i d e . Sf y o u a r e r e u s i n g the brake p a d s ,
efficiency.
19-18
ti
17, Pivot the c a l i p e r d o w n into position, install the
f l a n g e bolt f A), a n d tighten it to the s p e c i f i e d torque.

wheels.
20. P r e s s the b r a k e pedal s e v e r a l t i m e s to m a k e s u r e
the b r a k e s w o r k .
N O T E : E n g a g e m e n t m a y require a greater pedal
stroke i m m e d i a t e l y after the b r a k e p a d s h a v e b e e n
r e p l a c e d a s a s e t S e v e r a l a p p l i c a t i o n s of the brake
pedal will restore the n o r m a l p e d a l stroke.
22. After installation, c h e c k for l e a k s at h o s e a n d line
joints or c o n n e c t i o n s , a n d retighten if n e c e s s a r y .
T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e , t h e n r e c h e c k for leaks
fsee p a g e 19-38).
18. install the b r a k e h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (B).
19-19

Front Brake Disc Inspection
Runout
1. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
1-11).
7. If the brake d i s c is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit, refinish

the brake d i s c w i t h a H o n d a - a p p r o v e d c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e o n - c a r brake lathe.
Ilax* r e f i n i s h i o g limit:
MISSIS type:
26.0 m m f 1.02 So.)
A K E B O W O t y p e : 2.1.0 m m (0.83 in.)
3. R e m o v e the brake p a d s : N I S S I N type ( s e e p a g e

19-13), A K E B O N O t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-17).
NOTE:
* If the brake d i s c is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit for
4. I n s p e c t the brake d i s c to w h e e l s u r f a c e for d a m a g e

a n d c r a c k s . C l e a n the brake d i s c t h o r o u g h l y , a n d
r e m o v e all rust.
* If the brake d i s c is r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w o n e ,
c h e c k t h e n e w d i s c for r u n o u t If the n e w d i s c is
out of s p e c i f i c a t i o n , r e f i n i s h the d i s c
5. Install suitable flat w a s h e r s (A) a n d the w h e e l nuts

I B ) , a n d tighten t h e w h e e l nuts to the s p e c i f i e d
torque to hold t h e brake d i s c s e c u r e l y a g a i n s t the
hub.
8. Install the brake p a d s : N I S S I N t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-13),

A K E B O N O t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-17).
r e f i n i s h i n g , r e p l a c e it ( s e e p a g e 19-22).
12 x 1.5 mm
108 N-m (11.0 kgfm, 7S.6 Ibf-ft)
6. S e t up t h e dial g a u g e a g a i n s t the brake d i s c a s
s h o w n , a n d m e a s u r e the runout at 10 m m (3/8 in.)
f r o m the outer e d g e of the brake d i s c .
Brake disc ronout:
S e r v l e e limit: 0=04 m m {.0016 In.)
19-20

wheels.
Thickness and Parallelism

1. R a i s e t h e front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with
5. If t h e b r a k e d i s c is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit for

p a r a l l e l i s m , refinish t h e b r a k e d i s c w i t h a H o n d a a p p r o v e d c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e on c a r brake lathe.
1-11).
N O T E : If t h e brake d i s c is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit

for r e f i n i s h i n g , r e p l a c e it ( s e e p a g e 19-22).
2 . R e m o v e t h e front w h e e l s .
6. Install t h e brake p a d s : NISSSN t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-13),
3. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p a d s : N I S S I N t y p e f s e e p a g e
19-13), A K E B O N O t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-17).
4. U s i n g a m i c r o m e t e r , m e a s u r e t h e brake d i s c
t h i c k n e s s at eight p o i n t s , a b o u t 45 apart a n d
A K E B O N O type ( s e e p a g e 19-17).
7. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e brake d i s c
a n d the i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install t h e front
wheels.
10 m m C3/8 in.) m f r o m t h e o u t e r e d g e of t h e brake

d i s c . R e p l a c e t h e b r a k e d i s c if the s m a l l e s t
m e a s u r e m e n t i s l e s s t h a n the m a x . refinishing limit.
Brake disc thickness:
Standard:
N i S S I N type:
2 7 . 9 - 2 8 . 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 - 1 , 1 1 In.!
A K E B O N O t y p e : 2 2 . 9 - 2 3 . 1 mm f O . 9 0 - 0 . 9 1 in.)
M a x , r s f i f i i s l i i n g limit:
mSSm
type:
IBM mm 11,02 In.)
A K E B O N O t y p e : 2 1 . 0 m m (0.83 In.f
B r a k e d i s c p a r a l l e l i s m : , 0 1 5 m m (0,0008 in.) m a x .
N O T E : T h i s is the m a x i m u m a l l o w a b l e difference
b e t w e e n the t h i c k n e s s m e a s u r e m e n t s .
19-21

Front Brake Disc Replacement
N O T E : K e e p a n y g r e a s e off the brake d i s c a n d brake
5. R e m o v e the brake d i s c f l a t h e a d s c r e w s (A).
pads.
1. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s (see p a g e
1-11).
S x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
6. R e m o v e the brake d i s c (B) f r o m the front hub.
N O T E : Sf the brake d i s c is s t u c k to t h e front h u b ,
t h r e a d t w o 8 x 1.25 m m bolts (C) into the brake d i s c
to p u s h it a w a y f r o m the front h u b . T u r n e a c h bolt
90 d e g r e e s at a t i m e to p r e v e n t t h e brake d i s c f r o m
binding.
7. Install the brake d i s c in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
4. R e m o v e the brake c a l i p e r bracket m o u n t i n g bolts
(B), then r e m o v e the c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y (C) f r o m the
knuckle. T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e c a l i p e r
a s s e m b l y or brake h o s e , u s e a s h o r t p i e c e of w i r e
to h a n g the c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y f r o m the
u n d e r c a r r i a g e . Do not t w i s t the brake h o s e
excessively.
removal.
N O T E : B e f o r e installing t h e brake d i s c , c l e a n t h e
mating s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the front hub a n d the
inside of the brake d i s c .
8. I n s p e c t the brake d i s c r u n o u t ( s e e p a g e 19-20).
a n d the i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install t h e front
wheel.
19-22
Front Brake Caliper Overhaul
ACAUTION
F r e q u e n t inhalation of brake p a d d u s t , r e g a r d l e s s of m a i e i al c o m p o s i t i o n , c o u l o be? h a z a r d o u s 10 y o u r health.
* A v o i d breathing d u s t particles.
* N e v e r u s e a n air h o s e or b r u s h to c l e a n b r a k e a s s e m b l i e s , U s e a n O S H A - a p p r o v e d v a c u u m c l e a n e r .
8
NISSIN Type
.-ij
R e m o v e , d i s a s s e m b l e , I n s p e c t r e a s s e m b l e , a n d install the c a l i p e r , a n d note t h e s e items:

N O T E : P a k e s u r e that t h e c a l i p e r p i n s a r e installed c o r r e c t l y . U p p e r c a l i p e r pin B a n d lower c a l i p e r pin A a r e d i f f e r e n t
If t h e s e c a l i p e r p i n s a r e Installed in the w r o n g l o c a t i o n , it w i l l c a u s e v i b r a t i o n , u n e v e n or rapid p a d w e a r , a n d p o s s i b l y
u n e v e n tire w e a r ,
* Do not spill brake fluid on the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, w a s h it off
Immediately with water,
* T o p r e v e n t d r i p p i n g brake fluid, c o v e r d i s c o n n e c t e d h o s e joints w i t h r a g s or s h o p t o w e l s ,
* C l e a n all parts in brake fluid a n d air dry; b l o w out all p a s s a g e s w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air.
* B e f o r e r e a s s e m b l i n g , c h e c k that all parts a r e free of dirt a n d other f o r e i g n particles.
* R e p l a c e parts w i t h n e w o n e s a s s p e c i f i e d in the illustration.
* Make s u r e no dirt or other foreign m a t t e r g e t s in the brake fluid.
* M a k e s u r e n o g r e a s e o r oil g e t s o n t h e brake d i s c s or t h e p a d s . .
* W h e n r e u s i n g b r a k e p a d s , a l w a y s reinstall t h e m in their original p o s i t i o n s to p r e v e n t l o s s of braking efficiency.
* D o not r e u s e d r a i n e d brake fluid, U s e only c l e a n H o n d a D O T 3 B r a k e Fluid f r o m a n u n o p e n e d c o n t a i n e r . U s i n g a
n o n - H o n d a brake fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n a n d s h o r t e n the life of the s y s t e m .
* C o a t t h e p i s t o n , t h e piston s e a l g r o o v e , a n d the c a l i p e r bore w i t h c l e a n brake fluid.
* U s e r e c o m m e n d e d g r e a s e s in t h e front c a l i p e r s e t .
* After installing t h e c a l i p e r , c h e c k the brake h o s e a n d line for l e a k s , i n t e r f e r e n c e , a n d t w i s t i n g .
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e
s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r h a n d s or g l o v e s .
c=*=3SlDi : Honda s i l i c o n grease t P / N
08C30B0234M)
(confd)
19-23

Front Brake Caliper Overhaul (cont'd)
AKEBONO Type
R e m o v e , d i s a s s e m b l e , i n s p e c t r e a s s e m b l e , a n d install the c a l i p e r , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
N O T E : M a k e s u r e that the c a l i p e r p i n s a r e installed c o r r e c t l y . U p p e r c a l i p e r psn B a n d l o w e r c a l i p e r pin A a r e different.
Sf t h e s e c a l i p e r p i n s a r e i n s t a l l e d in t h e w r o n g location, it will c a u s e v i b r a t i o n , u n e v e n or rapid p a d w e a r , a n d p o s s i b l y
u n e v e n tire w e a r .
* Do not spill brake fluid on t h e v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e t h e paint; if b r a k e fluid g e t s o n t h e paint, w a s h st off
i m m e d i a t e l y with w a t e r .
* T o p r e v e n t dripping b r a k e f l u i d , c o v e r d i s c o n n e c t e d h o s e j o i n t s w i t h r a g s or s h o p t o w e l s ,
* C l e a n all parts In brake fluid a n d air dry; b l o w out all p a s s a g e s with c o m p r e s s e d air.
* B e f o r e r e a s s e m b l i n g , c h e c k that all parts a r e free of dirt a n d other foreign particles.
* R e p l a c e parts with n e w o n e s a s s p e c i f i e d In the illustration.
* M a k e s u r e no dirt or other f o r e i g n matter g e t s In the brake fluid.
* M'ake s u r e no g r e a s e or oil g e t s o n t h e brake d i s c s or t h e p a d s .
* W h e n r e u s i n g brake p a d s , a l w a y s reinstall t h e m in their original p o s i t i o n s to p r e v e n t l o s s of braking efficiency.
* Do not r e u s e d r a i n e d brake fluid. U s e o n l y c l e a n H o n d a D O T 3 B r a k e F l u i d f r o m a n u n o p e n e d c o n t a i n e r . U s i n g a
n o n - H o n d a brake fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n a n d s h o r t e n the life of the s y s t e m .
* C o a t the p i s t o n , the piston s e a l g r o o v e , a n d the c a l i p e r bore w i t h c l e a n brake fluid.
* U s e r e c o m m e n d e d g r e a s e s in t h e front c a l i p e r s e t .
* After installing the c a l i p e r , c h e c k t h e brake h o s e a n d line for l e a k s , Interference, a n d t w i s t i n g .
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e
s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r h a n d s or g l o v e s .
c^SlSb : Honda silicone grease {PM 08C30-B0234M)
19-24
Master Cylinder Replacement

3. D i s c o n n e c t the brake fluid level s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
* Do not spill brake fluid o n t h e v e h i c l e ; It m a y
d a m a g e the paint; if brake fluid g e t s o n t h e p a i n t
w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y w i t h w a t e r ,
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e o r d e f o r m t h e brake
l i n e s d u r i n g r e m o v a l a n d installation.
* Plug t h e e n d s of t h e h o s e s a n d the joints to
p r e v e n t spilling brake fluid.
1. R e m o v e t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box m o u n t nut
(A) a n d r e l e a s e the c l i p I B ) , t h e n m o v e t h e u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x IC) a s i d e .
A
9,8 IM-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7 2 Ibf ft)
4. D i s c o n n e c t the brake l i n e s (B) f r o m the m a s t e r

c y l i n d e r (C). T o prevent s p i l l s , c o v e r t h e h o s e j o i n t s
w i t h c l e a n r a g s or s h o p t o w e l s .
B
5. R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g nuts (D) a n d

the w a s h e r s (E).
2, R e m o v e t h e r e s e r v o i r c a p a n d t h e brake fluid f r o m
the master cylinder reservoir with a syringe.
6. R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r f r o m the brake b o o s t e r

(F). B e careful not to b e n d or d a m a g e the brake
l i n e s w h e n r e m o v i n g the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .
7. R e m o v e the rod s e a l (G) f r o m the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .
N O T E : During installation, s e t a n e w rod s e a l onto
the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r with its g r o o v e d s i d e (H)
t o w a r d the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .
(confd)
19-25

Master Cylinder Replacement
(cont'd)
Master Cylinder inspection

1. R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r ( s e e p a g e 19-25),
8. Install the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
2. Inspect a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
* C o a t the inner bore lip a n d the outer
c i r c u m f e r e n c e of the n e w rod s e a l w i t h the S h i n E t s u s i l i c o n e g r e a s e (P/N 08798-9013).
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n the
t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
* B e f o r e r e a s s e m b l i n g , c h e c k that all parts are free

of dirt a n d other f o r e i g n particles.
* Do not try to d i s a s s e m b l e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r
a s s e m b l y . R e p l a c e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r a s s e m b l y
w i t h a n e w part if n e c e s s a r y .
* Do not-allow dirt or foreign m a t t e r to
c o n t a m i n a t e the brake fluid.
* C h e c k the brake p e d a l height a n d free play after

installing the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r , a n d a d j u s t it if
RESERVOIR CAP
Check for blockage
of vent holes.
RESERVOIR S E A L
Check for damage
and deterioration.

10. B l e e d the brake s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 19-9).
STRAIWER
Remove accumulated
sediment
11. S p i n the w h e e l s to c h e c k for brake d r a g .
RESERVOIR
Check for damage.
MASTER
CYLINDER
Check for leaks,

rust, and damage.
3. Install the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r ( s e e p a g e 19-25).
19-26

Brake Booster Test
Functional Test
1, W i t h the ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), p r e s s the
b r a k e p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s to deplete t h e v a c u u m
r e s e r v o i r , t h e n p r e s s the brake p e d a l h a r d , a n d h o l d
it for 15 s e c o n d s . If t h e brake p e d a l s i n k s , either the
m a s t e r c y l i n d e r i s b y p a s s i n g internally, or t h e
b r a k e s y s t e m : is leaking. I n s p e c t the brake h o s e s
arid l i n e s f s e e p a g e 13-38).
3. D i s c o n n e c t the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (A) at

the b o o s t e r . T h e c h e c k v a l v e (B) is built into the
hose.
N O T E : If the c h e c k v a l v e is faulty, r e p l a c e the brake
booster v a c u u m hose/check valve a s an a s s e m b l y .
A
2, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h the brake p e d a l p r e s s e d . If t h e
b r a k e p e d a l s i n k s slightly, the v a c u u m b o o s t e r is
o p e r a t i n g n o r m a l l y . If the brake p e d a l height d o e s
not v a r y , d o the brake s y s t e m t e s t ( s e e p a g e 19-4).
Leak Test
1. P r e s s the brake p e d a l w i t h t h e e n g i n e r u n n i n g , then
s t o p t h e e n g i n e . T h e brake p e d a l height s h o u l d not
v a r y w h i l e p r e s s e d for 3 0 s e c o n d s .
* If t h e p e d a l height r i s e s , g o to s t e p 6.
* If it d o e s not r i s e , g o to s t e p 2.
2. Start the e n g i n e a n d let it idle for 3 0 s e c o n d s . T u r n
t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t
3 0 s e c o n d s , P r e s s the brake p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s
u s i n g n o r m a l p r e s s u r e , W h e n t h e p e d a l is first
p r e s s e d , it s h o u l d be Sow. O n c o n s e c u t i v e
a p p l i c a t i o n s , t h e p e d a l height s h o u l d g r a d u a l l y r i s e .
D o e s the p e d a l rise o n e a c h c o n s e c u t i v e
application?
* If is r i s e s , the b o o s t e r is O K ,
* If it d o e s not r i s e , g o to s t e p 3.
4. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle. T h e r e s h o u l d be

v a c u u m available.
* If n o v a c u u m is a v a i l a b l e , the c h e c k v a l v e is not
w o r k i n g properly. R e p l a c e the brake b o o s t e r
v a c u u m h o s e a n d the c h e c k v a l v e , a n d retest.
* If v a c u u m is f o u n d , g o to s t e p 5.
5. W i t h the ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), r e c o n n e c t t h e
v a c u u m h o s e to the brake booster,
6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d then p i n c h the brake b o o s t e r
v a c u u m h o s e b e t w e e n the c h e c k v a l v e a n d the
booster.
30 s e c o n d s . P r e s s the brake p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s
u s i n g n o r m a l p r e s s u r e . W h e n the pedal is first
p r e s s e d , it s h o u l d be low. O n c o n s e c u t i v e
a p p l i c a t i o n s , the p e d a l height s h o u l d g r a d u a l l y rise.
* If the p e d a l position d o e s not v a r y , i n s p e c t the
s e a l b e t w e e n the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r a n d the booster.
If the s e a l is O K , r e p l a c e the brake b o o s t e r .
* If the p e d a l position v a r i e s , r e p l a c e the brake
booster v a c u u m hose/check valve a s an
assembly.
19-27

Brake Booster Replacement
1. R e m o v e the c o w l c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-261).
6. R e m o v e the brake l i n e s (A) f r o m the h o s e c l a m p (B).

20-289).
3. R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r ( s e e p a g e 19-25).
4. D i s c o n n e c t the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (A)
f r o m the brake b o o s t e r .
7. R e m o v e the lock pin (A) a n d the c l e v i s pin (B), t h e n

d i s c o n n e c t the y o k e f r o m the brake p e d a l .
5. R e m o v e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box bracket (A),

t h e n r e m o v e the e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (B).
6K 1.0 m m
8 x 1.25 mm
12 N-m
(1.2 k g f - m ,
8.7 I b f - f t )
8. R e m o v e the brake b o o s t e r m o u n t i n g nuts (C).
S x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 k g f m , 7.2 I b f - f t )
19-28
Rear Brake Pad Inspection and

Replacement
9, R e m o v e the brake b o o s t e r (A) f r o m the e n g i n e
compartment.
m a m
* B e c a r e f u l n o t to d a m a g e t h e brake
b o o s t e r m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e s a n d the
t h r e a d s o n the b o o s t e r bolts.
* B e c a r e f u l not to b e n d or d a m a g e the
brake l i n e s ,
N O T E : U s e t h e n e w b r a k e b o o s t e r g a s k e t IB)
during reassembly.
ACAUTION
F r e q u e n t inhalation of brake p a d d u s t , r e g a r d l e s s of
material c o m p o s i t i o n , c o u l d be h a z a r d o u s to y o u r
health.
* A v o i d breathing dust particles.
* N e v e r u s e a n air h o s e o r b r u s h to c l e a n b r a k e
a s s e m b l i e s . U s e an O S H A - a p p r o v e d v a c u u m
cleaner.
Inspection
1. R a i s e the r e a r of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
safety s t a n d s in the proper l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).
2. R e m o v e t h e rear w h e e l s .
3. C h e c k the t h i c k n e s s (A) of the Inner p a d IB) a n d the
outer p a d (C). Do not I n c l u d e the t h i c k n e s s of the
10. Install the b r a k e b o o s t e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

Standard:
8 3 - 9 , 0 mm (0.33-0,35 Inj
S e r v i c e limit: 1.0 m m 10=04 I n j
r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e items:
* install the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r after installing t h e
brake b o o s t e r f s e e p a g e 19-25,1
* C h e c k the brake p e d a l height a n d free p l a y after
installing t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y f s e e p a g e 13-6).
* B l e e d t h e brake s y s t e m fsee p a g e 19-9),
4. If a n y of the brake p a d t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the

s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the rear brake p a d s a s a set,
5. C l e a n the mating s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the brake d i s c
a n d the i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install the rear
wheels.
(confd)
19-29

Rear Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement (cont'd)
Replacement
6. R e m o v e the p a d s h i m (A) a n d the brake p a d s (B).
1. R e m o v e s o m e brake fluid f r o m the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .

1-11).
.25 mm
7. R e m o v e the p a d r e t a i n e r s (A).
.0 mm
5. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolts (B) w h i l e holding

r e s p e c t i v e c a l i p e r pin (C) w i t h a w r e n c h . B e careful
not to d a m a g e the pin b o o t a n d r e m o v e the c a l i p e r
(D). C h e c k the h o s e , the pin b o o t s , a n d the parking
brake c a b l e boots for d a m a g e a n d deterioration.
N O T E : Do not twist the brake h o s e a n d the parking
brake c a b l e to p r e v e n t d a m a g e .

a n y r u s t a n d c h e c k for g r o o v e s a n d c r a c k s .
Verify that the c a l i p e r p i n s (C) m o v e in a n d out
9. I n s p e c t the brake d i s c , a n d c h e c k for d a m a g e a n d
c r a c k s ( s e e p a g e 19-32).
10. A p p l y a thin c o a t of M-77 a s s e m b l y p a s t e (P/N
0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 1 0 ) to the retainer m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the
c a l i p e r bracket (indicated by the a r r o w s a n d s h a d e d
area).
11. Install the p a d r e t a i n e r s . W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y
p a s t e off the r e t a i n e r s . K e e p the a s s e m b l y p a s t e off
19-30
12. A p p l y a thin c o a t of M-77 a s s e m b l y p a s t e

(P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 1 0 ) to t h e p a d s i d e of t h e s h i m s (A),
the b a c k of t h e b r a k e p a d s (B), a n d the other a r e a s
indicated by the arrows. W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y
p a s t e off t h e p a d s h i m a n d the brake p a d s friction
m a t e r i a l K e e p g r e a s e a n d a s s e m b l y p a s t e off t h e
brake d i s c s a n d t h e p a d s . C o n t a m i n a t e d brake
d i s c s o r b r a k e p a d s r e d u c e s t o p p i n g ability.
14. Rotate t h e c a l i p e r piston (A) c l o c k w i s e into the

c y l i n d e r , t h e n align the cutout (B) in t h e piston w i t h
t h e t a b (C) o n t h e i n n e r p a d by t u r n i n g the piston .
back. L u b r i c a t e the boot w i t h r u b b e r g r e a s e to
a v o i d t w i s t i n g the piston boot. If t h e piston boot is
t w i s t e d , back it out s o it is p o s i t i o n e d properly.
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l w h e n m o v i n g the piston b a c k in
t h e c a l i p e r ; brake fluid m i g h t o v e r f l o w f r o m the
master cylinder's reservoir.
E
8 x 1 . 2 5 mm
22 N-m
(2.2 kgff-m, 16 Ibf.ft)
13. Install t h e b r a k e p a d s a n d p a d s h i m c o r r e c t l y ,
Install the brake p a d w i t h the w e a r indicator (C) o n
t h e b o t t o m i n s i d e , If y o u a r e r e u s i n g t h e b r a k e p a d s ,
efficiency,
D
8 x1,0 mm
23 N-m
(2.3 kgf-m.
15. Install t h e c a l i p e r . Install t h e f l a n g e bolts CD), a n d

tighten it to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e w h i l e h o l d i n g the
r e s p e c t i v e c a l i p e r pin w i t h a w r e n c h b e i n g c a r e f u l
not to d a m a g e the pin boots a n d parking b r a k e
cable boots.
16. Install t h e brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (E).
(confd)
19-31

Rear Brake Pad inspection and
Replacement {cont'd!
Rear Brake Disc Inspection

Rynout
17. C l e a n the mating s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the brake d i s c

a n d t h e i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install the rear
wheels.
18. P r e s s the brake pedal s e v e r a l t i m e s to m a k e s u r e

the brakes work.
safety s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).
3. R e m o v e the brake p a d s ( s e e p a g e 19-30).

N O T E : E n g a g e m e n t m a y require a greater p e d a l
stroke i m m e d i a t e l y after the brake p a d s h a v e b e e n
r e p l a c e d a s a s e t S e v e r a l a p p l i c a t i o n s of the brake
p e d a l will restore the n o r m a l p e d a l stroke.
20. After installation, c h e c k for l e a k s at h o s e a n d line
joints or c o n n e c t i o n s , a n d retighten if n e c e s s a r y .
T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e , t h e n r e c h e c k for l e a k s
( s e e p a g e 19-38).
4. Inspect the brake d i s c to- w h e e l s u r f a c e for d a m a g e

a n d c r a c k s . C l e a n the brake d i s c t h o r o u g h l y , a n d
r e m o v e all rust.
5. Install s u i t a b l e flat w a s h e r s (A) a n d the w h e e l nuts
(B), a n d tighten the w h e e l nuts to the s p e c i f i e d
torque to hold the brake d i s c s e c u r e l y a g a i n s t the
hub,
(11.0 kgf-m, 79.6 Ibf-ft)

6. S e t up the dial g a u g e a g a i n s t the brake d i s c a s
s h o w n , a n d m e a s u r e the runout at 10 m m (3/8 in.)
f r o m the outer e d g e of the brake d i s c .
Brake disc runout:
S e r v i c e limit: 0.04 m m (0.0016 in.)
19-32
7. If t h e brake d i s c Is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit, refinish

t h e brake d i s c w i t h a H o n d a - a p p r o v e d c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e o n - c a r b r a k e lathe.
Thickness and Parallelism

1. R a i s e the r e a r of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with
M a x . reflfilsfilrtg limit:
8.0 m i n (0.31 I n j
NOTE:
* If the brake d i s c is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit for
r e f l n i s h i n g , r e p l a c e it f s e e p a g e 19-34).
* If t h e brake d i s c is r e p l a c e d with a n e w o n e ,
c h e c k the n e w d i s c for r u n o u t If the n e w d i s c is
out of s p e c i f i c a t i o n , refinish t h e d i s c .
B, Install the b r a k e p a d s f s e e p a g e 19-30).
a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e r e a r
wheels^*
1-11).
3. R e m o v e t h e brake p a d s ( s e e p a g e 19-30).
4. U s i n g a m i c r o m e t e r , m e a s u r e t h e b r a k e d i s c
t h i c k n e s s at eight points, a b o u t 45 apart a n d
10 m m (3/8 in.) in f r o m t h e outer e d g e of t h e brake
d i s c . R e p l a c e t h e brake d i s c if t h e s m a l l e s t
m e a s u r e m e n t is l e s s t h a n t h e m a x i m u m - r e f i n i s h i n g
limit.
Brake disc thickness:
S t a n d a r d : 8 . 9 - 9 . 1 m m (0.350.36 in.)
Max. reflrtishiog limit: 8.0 m m 10.31 In.)
Brake disc parallelism:
0.015 m m 10.0000 in.) m a x .
N O T E : T h i s is t h e m a x i m u m a l l o w a b l e difference
between the thickness.measurements.
5. If the brake d i s c is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit for

p a r a l l e l i s m , refinish t h e brake d i s c w i t h a
Honda-approved commercially available on-car
brake lathe.
N O T E : If t h e brake d i s c is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit for
r e f i n i s h i n g , r e p l a c e it ( s e e p a g e 19-34),
6. Install t h e brake p a d s ( s e e p a g e 19-30).
a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e rear
wheels.
19-33

Rear Brake Disc Replacement
N O T E : K e e p a n y g r e a s e off the brake d i s c a n d brake
pads.
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s f s e e p a g e
A
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N-m
1-11).
3. R e l e a s e the parking brake l e v e r fully.
4. L o o s e n the parking brake c a b l e a d j u s t i n g nut
( s e e p a g e 19-8).
5, R e m o v e the flange bolt (A) f r o m the a r m (B).
8. R e m o v e the brake c a l i p e r bracket m o u n t i n g bolts

(B), a n d r e m o v e the c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y (C) f r o m t h e
knuckle. T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the c a l i p e r
a s s e m b l y or brake h o s e , u s e a s h o r t p i e c e of w i r e
to h a n g the c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y f r o m the
u n d e r c a r r i a g e . Do not t w i s t the brake h o s e a n d the
parking brake c a b l e e x c e s s i v e l y .
N O T E : M a k e s u r e the p l a t e s (D) a r e in position on
r e a s s e m b l y , if t h e y a r e r e m o v e d ( s e e s t e p 8 on
p a g e 18-39).
19-34
9 , R e m o v e t h e brake d i s c ffathead s c r e w s (A),
C
8
1.25 m m
10. R e m o v e the b r a k e d i s c (B) f r o m the h u b b e a r i n g

unit
N O T E : If the b r a k e d i s c i s s t o c k to t h e h u b b e a r i n g
u n i t t h r e a d t w o 8 x 1.25 m m bolts {) into t h e brake
d i s c t o p u s h It a w a y f r o m t h e h u b b e a r i n g unit.
T u r n e a c h bolt 30 d e g r e e s at a t i m e to p r e v e n t the
brake disc from binding.
11. Install t h e b r a k e d i s c in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
* A d j u s t t h e parking b r a k e ( s e e p a g e 19-8).
* B e f o r e installing t h e brake d i s c , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e h u b b e a r i n g unit a n d t h e
I n s i d e of the b r a k e d i s c ,
12. I n s p e c t the b r a k e d i s c r u n o u t ( s e e p a g e 19-32).
13. After install t h e b r a k e c a l i p e r , m a k e s u r e the
c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e l o w e r a r m B a n d parking
b r a k e c a b l e is m o r e t h a n 5 m m (0.20 in.).
14. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e brake d i s c
a n d t h e i n s i d e of the w h e e l then install t h e rear
wheel.
19-35

Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul
F r e q u e n t inhalation of brake p a d d u s t r e g a r d l e s s of material c o m p o s i t i o n , c o u l d be h a z a r d o u s to y o u r h e a l t h .

* A v o i d breathing dust particles.
* N e v e r u s e a n air h o s e or b r u s h to c l e a n brake a s s e m b l i e s . U s e a n O S H A - a p p r o v e d v a c u u m c l e a n e r .
R e m o v e , d i s a s s e m b l e , i n s p e c t , r e a s s e m b l e , a n d install the c a l i p e r , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

* Do not spill brake fluid on the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e t h e paint; if brake fluid g e t s on the paint, w a s h it off
i m m e d i a t e l y with w a t e r .
* T o p r e v e n t dripping brake fluid, c o v e r d i s c o n n e c t e d h o s e joints with r a g s or s h o p t o w e l s .
* C l e a n all parts in brake fluid a n d air dry; b l o w out all p a s s a g e s with c o m p r e s s e d air.
* B e f o r e r e a s s e m b l i n g , c h e c k that all parts a r e free of dirt a n d other foreign p a r t i c l e s .
* R e p l a c e parts with n e w o n e s a s s p e c i f i e d in the illustration.
* M a k e s u r e no dirt or other foreign matter g e t s in the brake fluid.
* M a k e s u r e no g r e a s e or oil g e t s on the brake d i s c s or t h e p a d s .
* W h e n r e u s i n g brake p a d s , a l w a y s reinstall t h e m in their original p o s i t i o n s to p r e v e n t l o s s of braking efficiency.
* D o not r e u s e d r a i n e d brake fluid. U s e o n l y c l e a n H o n d a D O T 3 B r a k e Fluid f r o m a n u n o p e n e d c o n t a i n e r . U s i n g a
n o n - H o n d a brake fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n a n d s h o r t e n t h e life of the s y s t e m .
* C o a t the piston, the piston s e a l g r o o v e , a n d the c a l i p e r bore w i t h c l e a n brake fluid.
* U s e r e c o m m e n d e d g r e a s e s in the rear c a l i p e r s e t
* After installing the c a l i p e r , c h e c k the brake h o s e a n d line for l e a k s , interference, a n d t w i s t i n g .
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e
s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r h a n d s or g l o v e s .
(P/N 08C3O-BO234SVS)
BLEED SCREW
(0.9 kgf-m, 7 Ibfft)
BRAKE HOSE
/
X
/
CALIPER PSN
19-36
PIM BOOT
Replace.
/
WEAR INDICATOR
Install inner brake pad

with its wear indicator
BRAKE PADS
/ B A N J O BOLT
Brake Pedal Replacement

1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h
2 , R e m o v e t h e lock pin (B) a n d the c l e v i s pin (C).

3, R e m o v e the b r a k e p e d a l s u p p o r t m e m b e r CD).
4. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p e d a l b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt (E)
a n d nuts {F>,
5, R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p e d a l w i t h b r a c k e t ( G ) .
6 . R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h (H) by
t u r n i n g It c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e .
7. Install in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
8, A d j u s t the b r a k e p e d a l arid t h e b r a k e p e d a l position
s w i t c h f s e e p a g e 13-6).

Brake Hose and Line Inspection
1. I n s p e c t the brake h o s e s for d a m a g e , d e t e r i o r a t i o n , l e a k s , i n t e r f e r e n c e , a n d t w i s t i n g .
2. C h e c k the brake l i n e s for d a m a g e , r u s t i n g , a n d l e a k s . A l s o c h e c k for bent brake Sines.
3. C h e c k for l e a k s at h o s e a n d line j o i n t s a n d c o n n e c t i o n s , a n d retighten If n e c e s s a r y .
4. C h e c k the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit for d a m a g e a n d l e a k s .
Connection
Point
A
Component
Front brake caliper
Connected to
Brake hose
Bleed s c r e w
Specified Torque Value

3 5 N-m (3.6 kgf-m, 2 6 Ibf-ft)
Mote
B a n j o bolt
( N I S S I N type)
Bleed screw
( A K E B O N O type)
B
R e a r brake c a l i p e r
Brake hose
3 5 N-m (3.6 kgf-m, 2 6 Ibf-ft)
Bleed s c r e w

15 N-m (1.5 kgf.m, 11 Ibf-ft)
22 N-m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft)
22 N-m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft)
C
D
Brake hose
Master cylinder
B r a k e line
B r a k e line
V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
B r a k e line
(12 m m nut)
B r a k e Sine
(10 m m nut)
1938
15 N-m (1.5 kgf-m, 11 Ibf-ft)
B a n j o bolt
F l a r e nut
F l a r e nut
F l a r e nut
Brake Hose Replacement

NOTE:
5. Install t h e b r a k e h o s e (A) with t h e m o u n t i n g bolt
* B e f o r e r e a s s e m b l i n g , c h e c k that all p a r t s a r e f r e e of
dirt and o t h e r f o r e i g n p a r t i c l e s ,
* R e p l a c e parts w i t h n e w o n e s w h e n e v e r s p e c i f i e d to
do s o .
* Do not s p i l l b r a k e fluid on the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e
t h e paint; if b r a k e fluid g e t s o n t h e p a i n t w a s h it off
immediately with water,
(B).
* Plug t h e e n d s of t h e h o s e s a n d t h e j o i n t s to p r e v e n t
s p i l l i n g b r a k e fluid,
Front
1 , R e m o v e t h e front w h e e l .
2 , D i s c o n n e c t the b r a k e line {A} f r o m the brake h o s e
(B), t h e n r e m o v e the b r a k e h o s e clip (C).
6. C o n n e c t t h e brake h o s e to the c a l i p e r with t h e

b a n j o bolt (C) a n d n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r s (D),
7. Install a n e w brake h o s e clip (A) to t h e b r a k e h o s e
(B) o n t h e b r a c k e t t h e n c o n n e c t the b r a k e line i C h
D o not t w i s t the brake h o s e .
c
A
Rer lace.
10 K 1.0 m m
15 N-m {1.5 kgf-m, 11 Ibf-ft)
3 . R e m o v e the b a n j o bolt (A), a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e

brake h o s e iB) o m the c a l i p e r .
l r
8. After installing the brake h o s e , b l e e d the b r a k e

s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 19-9).
9. D o t h e f o l l o w i n g c h e c k s :
* C h e c k the brake h o s e a n d line joint for l e a k s , a n d
* C h e c k the brake h o s e s for i n t e r f e r e n c e a n d
twisting.
10. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e brake d i s c
a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e front
4. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt ( C ) t h e n
f
wheel.
r e m o v e the b r a k e h o s e .
(confd)
19-39

Brake Hose Replacement (cont'd)
Rear
5. Install the brake h o s e (A) w i t h t h e m o u n t i n g bolt (B).
1. R e m o v e t h e rear w h e e l
. 2. D i s c o n n e c t the b r a k e line (A) f r o m the brake h o s e
(B), t h e n r e m o v e the b r a k e h o s e clip (C).
10 x 1 . 0 mm
3 5 N-m
6. C o n n e c t t h e brake h o s e to the c a l i p e r w i t h the

b a n j o bolt (C) a n d n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r s (D).
7. Install a n e w brake h o s e clip (A) to the brake h o s e
(B) o n the b r a c k e t t h e n c o n n e c t the brake line (C).
Do not t w i s t the brake h o s e .
8. After installing the brake h o s e s , b l e e d t h e brake

4. R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt ( B ) , t h e n
s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 19-9).
r e m o v e the brake h o s e .
9. Do t h e f o l l o w i n g c h e c k s :
* C h e c k t h e brake h o s e a n d line joint for l e a k s , a n d
C h e c k t h e brake h o s e for i n t e r f e r e n c e a n d
twisting.
10. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e b r a k e d i s c
a n d the i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install t h e rear
wheel.
19-40
Parking Brake Cable Replacement

Exploded View
R I G H T PARKING B R A K E C A B L E
Check f o r faulty m o v e m e n t .
8 M 1,25 m m
22 N<m
(2.2 k g f . m , 16 Ibf-ft)
BOOT
Check f o r deterioration
and damage.
8x1.25 m m
32 N - m
(3.3 k g f . m , 24 Ibf-ftl
1.4N.m
C0.14 kgf-i
1.0 Ibf4t|
PARKING B R A K E L E V E R
C h e c k f o r smooth
operation.
LINK WIRE
Do not scratch t h e
wire while handling
and assembling.
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N - m
( 2 . 2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
PARKING BffAKE
SWITCH
(confd)
19-41
Conwentional Brake Components

Parking Brake Cable Replacement (cont'd)
NOTE:
* T h e parking brake c a b l e s m u s t not be bent or
d i s t o r t e d . T h i s w i l l lead to stiff o p e r a t i o n a n d
p r e m a t u r e c a b l e failure.
R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d d u r i n g t h i s
procedure.
1. R e l e a s e the parking b r a k e l e v e r fully.
2. L o o s e n t h e parking b r a k e c a b l e a d j u s t i n g nut
( s e e p a g e 19-8).
3. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolt (A) f r o m t h e a r m (B).
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N - m
(2.2 kgf-m,
10 Ibf-ft)
4. D i s c o n n e c t the parking b r a k e c a b l e f r o m t h e Sever

(C).
5. R e m o v e the parking b r a k e c a b l e m o u n t i n g
h a r d w a r e , then r e m o v e the c a b l e .
6. Install the parking brake c a b l e in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e stems:
* B e c a r e f u l not to b e n d or distort t h e c a b l e a n d
boot (D).
* M a k e s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the l o w e r a r m
B a n d parking b r a k e c a b l e is m o r e t h a n 5 m m
(3/16 in.).
* A d j u s t t h e parking brake ( s e e p a g e 19-8).
19-42
Brakes
Conventional Brake Components ..................... 19-1
VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components

Component Location Index ...
........
...
General Troubleshooting Information ...........
.......
DTC Troubleshooting Index ...
......
.
Symptom Troubleshooting Index ..............
System Description .............
...................
.
..
Circuit Diagram ..................
............
DTC Troubleshooting
Steering Angle Sensor Replacement ..............
Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration
Sensor Replacement .........................
VSA Sensor Neutral Position Memorization ..
VSA OFF Switch Test
VSA Modulator-Control Unit Update
....
VSA Modulator-Control Unit
Removal and installation .........................................
Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement ....
.
.....
19-44
19-46
19-49
19-55
19-56
19-64
19-67
19-133
19-137
19-138
19-138
19-139
19-140
19-141
19-144
VSA System Components

f V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT
Update, page 19-140
Removal and Installation, page 19-141
/HUB BEARING UNIT

(MAGNETIC ENCODER)
' RIGHT-REAR W H E E L
SPEED SENSOR
HUB BEARING UNIT

(MAGNETIC ENCODER)
WHEEL BEARING
(MAGNETICI ENCODER)
Ef
Replacement,, fpage 18-13
LEFT-REAR W H E E L
SPEED SENSOR
RIGHT-FRONT W H E E L
SPEED SENSOR
W H E E L BEARING
(MAGNETIC ENCODER)
LEFT-FRONT W H E E L
SPEED SENSOR
19-44
/ STEERING ANGLE S E N S O R
/ Replacement, page 19-137
/
YAW RATE-LATERAL
ACCELERATION S E N S O R
WSA System Components

System Indicator
ABS
Indicator
T h i s s y s t e m h a s four indicators:
T h e A B S indicator c o m e s o n w h e n t h e A B S function is
lost. T h e b r a k e s still w o r k like a c o n v e n t i o n a l s y s t e m .
*
*
A B S indicator (A)
B r a k e s y s t e m Indicator (B)
V S A indicator (C)
V S A activation indicator (D)
B r a k e S y s t e m Indicator
T h e brake s y s t e m indicator c o m e s on w h e n the E B D
function is lost, the parking b r a k e is a p p l i e d , a n d / o r the
brake fluid level is low.
N O T E : If t w o or m o r e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r s fail, t h e
brake s y s t e m indicator will c o m e o n .
VSA
Indicator
T h e V S A indicator c o m e s o n w h e n the V S A function is

lost.
V S A A c t i v a t i o n Indicator
W h e n the s y s t e m is O K , e a c h indicator c o m e s on for

a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s after t u r n i n g t h e ignition s w i t c h to
O N (If), then g o e s off.
W h e n the s y s t e m d e t e c t s a p r o b l e m , a D T C will be s e t
a n d , d e p e n d i n g u p o n the f a i l u r e , the V S A m o d u l a t o r control unit will d e t e r m i n e w h i c h indicator(s) will be
t u r n e d o n . Sf the p r o b l e m g o e s a w a y ( s y s t e m returns to
n o r m a l ) , the indicator(s) will be c o n t r o l l e d in the
f o l l o w i n g w a y d e p e n d i n g u p o n the D T C that w a s set:
* T h e indicator(s) will c o m e o n a n d s t a y on w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h is O N (II).
* T h e indicator(s) will a u t o m a t i c a l l y go off.
* T h e i n d i c a t o r s ) will go off after t h e v e h i c l e is d r i v e n .
19-46
T h e V S A activation indicator blinks w h e n the V S A

function is activating. T h e V S A activation indicator
c o m e s on a n d s t a y s o n w h e n the V S A is t u r n e d O F F by
u s i n g the V S A O F F s w i t c h , or w h e n t h e V S A function is
lost.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
How to Troubleshoot DTCs
* T h e m e m o r y c a n hold all D T C s . H o w e v e r , w h e n t h e
s a m e D T C is detected more than once, the more
recent D T C is written o v e r t h e e a r l i e r o n e . T h e r e f o r e ,
w h e n t h e s a m e p r o b l e m is d e t e c t e d r e p e a t e d l y , it is
memorized a s a s i n g l e D T C ,
T h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e s a s s u m e that t h e c a u s e
of the p r o b l e m i s still p r e s e n t a n d t h e A B S a n d / o r V S A
indicator is still o n . F o l l o w i n g a t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
p r o c e d u r e for a c o d e that h a s b e e n c l e a r e d but d o e s not
reset c a n result in incorrect d i a g n o s i s .
* T h e D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d in a s c e n d i n g n u m b e r o r d e r ,
not i n t h e o r d e r t h e y o c c u r ,
* T h e D T C s a r e m e m o r i z e d in t h e E E P R O I V L T h e r e f o r e ,
the memorized D T C s c a n n o t b e e r a s e d by
d i s c o n n e c t i n g the battery. D o t h e s p e c i f i e d
procedures to c l e a r the D T C s .
Self-diagnosis
* S e l f - d i a g n o s i s c a n be c l a s s i f i e d into t w o c a t e g o r i e s :
- Initial d i a g n o s i s : D o n e right after t h e ignition s w i t c h
is turned to OH III) a n d until the A B S a n d V S A
i n d i c a t o r s g o off.
- R e g u l a r d i a g n o s i s : D o n e right after t h e initial
d i a g n o s i s until t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to
L O C K (0).
* W h e n the s y s t e m detects a problem, the V S A
modulator-control unit shifts to f a i l - s a f e m o d e .
Kickback
T h e p u m p motor operates w h e n the V S A modulatorc o n t r o l unit is functioning, a n d t h e fluid in t h e r e s e r v o i r
is f o r c e d out to the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r , c a u s i n g kickback at
the b r a k e p e d a l
Pump Motor
* T h e p u m p motor operates w h e n the V S A modulatorc o n t r o l unit Is f u n c t i o n i n g .
* T h e V S A modulator-control unit c h e c k s t h e p u m p
m o t o r o p e r a t i o n o n e t i m e after c o m p l e t i n g initial
diagnosis during regular diagnosis w h e n the vehicle
is driven o v e r 10 m p h ( 1 5 k m / h ) .
Brake Fluid Replacement/Air Bleeding
1 . Question the customer about the conditions w h e n

the p r o b l e m o c c u r r e d , a n d try to r e p r o d u c e t h e
s a m e c o n d i t i o n s f o r t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . F i n d out
w h e n t h e A B S a n d / o r V S A indicator c a m e o n , s u c h
a s d u r i n g activation, after a c t i v a t i o n , w h e n t h e
v e h i c l e w a s t r a v e l i n g at a c e r t a i n s p e e d , etc. If
necessary, have the c u s t o m e r demonstrate the
concern.
2. W h e n t h e A B S or V S A indicator d o e s not c o m e o n
d u r i n g t h e test-drive, c h e c k for l o o s e c o n n e c t o r s ,
p o o r c o n t a c t of the t e r m i n a l s , etc. in the circuit
i n d i c a t e d by t h e D T C before y o u start
troubleshooting.
3. After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , or the r e p a i r s a r e d o n e , c l e a r
the D T C s , a n d test-drive t h e v e h i c l e u n d e r t h e s a m e
c o n d i t i o n s that originally s e t the D T C s . M a k e s u r e
the A B S a n d V S A indicators d o not c o m e o n .
4. C h e c k for D T C s f r o m other s y s t e m s w h i c h a r e
c o n n e c t e d v i a F - C A N . If t h e r e a r e D T C s that a r e
related to F - C A N , t h e m o s t likely c a u s e w a s that t h e
ignition s w i t c h w a s t u r n e d to O N (II) with t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r d i s c o n n e c t e d .
C l e a r t h e D T C s . C h e c k for fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s c o d e s
first, t h e n V S A c o d e s ,
Intermittent Failures
T h e t e r m "intermittent f a i l u r e " m e a n s a s y s t e m m a y
h a v e h a d a failure, but it c h e c k s O K n o w . If t h e
i n d i c a t o r s ) of t h e s y s t e m d o e s not c o m e o n , c h e c k for
l o o s e c o n n e c t o r s or poor c o n t a c t s in t h e t e r m i n a l s
related to the circuit that y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
B r a k e fluid r e p l a c e m e n t a n d a i r b l e e d i n g p r o c e d u r e s
a r e identical t o t h e p r o c e d u r e s u s e d o n v e h i c l e s w i t h o u t
t h e V S A s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 19-9),
(confd)
19-47
V S A - S y s t e m Components
How to Use the HDS (
H
o
n
d
a Diagnostic
System)
1. If t h e s y s t e m indicators s t a y o n , c o n n e c t t h e H D S to
t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r the
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d ,
How to Retrieve D
T
C
s
1. W i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t the
H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) u n d e r t h e
a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t If it d o e s n ' t
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192),
4. F o l l o w the p r o m p t s on the H D S to d i s p l a y the

D T C ( s ) o n t h e s c r e e n . After d e t e r m i n i n g the D T C ,
refer to the D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Do t h e all
s y s t e m s D T C check, and troubleshoot any
powertrain D T C s first
How to Clear D
T
C
s
2. Turn-the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
1. W i t h the ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t the

H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) u n d e r the

4. C h e c k the d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e ( D T C ) for all

s y s t e m s , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e p o w e r t r a i n D T C s first
a n d note it. T h e n refer to t h e indicated D T C s
troubleshooting, and do the appropriate
troubleshooting procedure.
NOTE:
* T h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i l l be s t o p p e d w h e n
the v e h i c l e s p e e d is at 31 m p h (50 k m / h ) or m o r e ,
* T h e H D S c a n r e a d the D T C , t h e c u r r e n t d a t a , a n d
other s y s t e m d a t a .
* F o r s p e c i f i c o p e r a t i o n s , refer to the Help m e n u
that c a m e with the H D S .
19-48
4. C l e a r the D T C ( s ) by f o l l o w i n g the s c r e e n p r o m p t s
on the H D S .

Detection Item
DTC
11
1 - 1 3 Right-front W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
1
14
-11
12
-12
-21
-22
-23
~~13
-14
~14
-12
-21
-22
-23
15
-13
-14
-11
~~16~
. -21
-22
-23
17
-13
-14
18
-11
-12
-21
-22
-23
-11
22
-11
23
-11
24
-11
* : Brake
Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor Power Source

Malfunction
R i g h t - f r o n t W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Electrical N o i s e o r
Intermittent Interrtiptron
Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor Short t o the Other
Sensor Circuit
Right-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error
Right-front Wheel S p e e d Sensor Installation Error
119 m p h {30 k m / h i o r M o r e )
Right-f rent W h e e l Speed Sensor installation Error
(0 t o 9 m p h 10 t o 15 km/h))
Left-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction
Left-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Power Source
Malfunction
L e f t - f r o n t W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Electrical N o i s e o r
left-front Wheel Speed Sensor Short t o the Other
.Sensor Circuit
_
__
Left-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error
(19 m p h (30 k n V h * o r W o r e )
10 t o 9 m p h ( 0 t o 1 5 k n V h ) >
Risht-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
Right-rear W h e e l Speed S e n s o r P o w e r S o u r c e
Malfunction
R i g h t - r e a r W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Electrical N o i s e o r
Right-rear W h e e l Speed Sensor S h o r t t o t h e Other
Sensor Circuit
Right-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r I n s t a l l a t i o n E r r o r
Right-rear W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error
\19 m p h 130 km/h? o r M o r e )
Right-rear W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error
C Q t o S m p M O t o 15 k m / h } )
Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
Left-âar W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r P o w e r S o u r c e
Malfunction
Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Electrical N o i s e o r
Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r S h o r t t o t h e O t h e r
Sensor Circim
Left-rear W h e e l S o e e d S e n s o r I n s t a l l a t i o n E r r o r
Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r I n s t a l l a t i o n E r r o r
i 19 m p h (30 km*h> o r M o r e )
Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r I n s t a l l a t i o n E r r o r
10 t o 9 m p h < 0 t o 15 k m / h ) )
Right-front Magnetic Encoder Malfunction
(Pulse Missing)
Left-front Magnetic Encoder Malfunction
(Pulse M i s s i n g )
R i g h t - r e a r M a g n e t i c E n c o d e r M a l f u n c t i o n (Pulse
Left-rear M a g n e t i c E n c o d e r M a l f u n c t i o n (Pulse
fVlissinq)
s y s t e m inenrator t u r n s 0 U w h e n t w o o r m o r e w h e e l s f a i l .
VSA
Indicator
ON
ON
Brake
System
Indicator
ON/OFF*
; OFF
ON
ON
VSA
Activation
Indicator
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-67)
(see-page 19-71)
ON
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-72)
ON
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-73)
ON
ON
ON/OFF*
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-74)
(see p a g e 19-75)
ON
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-76)
ON
ON
ON/OFF'
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a p e 19-67)
(see p a g e 19-71)
ON
ON/OFF *
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-72)
ON
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
(see page. 19-73)
OH
ON
ON/OFF
ON/OFF"
ON
ON.
ON
ON
(see p a a e 19-74)
(see p a g e 19-75)
ON
ON/OFF'
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-76)
ON
ON
ON/OFF'
OFF -
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a p e 19-07)
'(see p a g e 19-71)
ON
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-72)
ON
ON/OFF"
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-73)
ON/OFF'
ON/OFF"
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-74)
(see p a g e 19-75)
ON
ON/OFF'
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-76)
ON
ON
ON/OFF*
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-67)
(see p a g e 19-71)
ON/OFF *
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-72)
ABS
ON
ON
ON
Note
ON
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-73)
ON
ON
: ON/OFF'
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a p e 19-74)
( s e e p a g e 19-75)
ON
ON/OFF *
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-70)
ON
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
- ( s e e p a g e 19-77)
ON
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-77)
ON
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-77)
ON
ON/OFF*
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-77)
(confd)
19-49

DTC
-12
25
-13
-17
-18
-21
-22
-23
-24
-25
12
26
-13
-21
-22
-23
. 27
31
-24
-25
-11
-21
-22
-23
-24
-26
. -01,
-02
-11
-21
-22
-23
-24
32
-01
-21
-22
-23
33
-01
-02
-11
-21
-22
-23
-24
19-50
D e t e c t i o n Stem
Y a w Rate S e n s o r I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
(Open, Short)
Y a w Rate S e n s o r I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
Y a w Rate-Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r P o w e r
Source Voltage Malfunction
Y a w Rate-Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r I n t e r n a !
Circuit Malfunction
Y a w Rate S e n s o r N e u t r a l P o s i t i o n M a l f u n c t i o n
Y a w Rate S e n s o r S t u c k
Y a w Rate S e n s o r C i r c u i t I n t e r m i t t e n t I n t e r r u p t i o n
Y a w Rate S e n s o r G a i n L o w
Y a w Rate S e n s o r G a i n H i g h
Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t
Malfunction {Open, Short)
Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t
Malfunction
Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r N e u t r a l P o s i t i o n
Malfunction
Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r S t u c k
Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r C i r c u i t I n t e r m i t t e n t
Interruption
Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r G a i n L o w
Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r G a i n H i g h
S t e e r i n g A n g l e S e n s o r D l A G S i g n a l E r r o r (Initial)
Steering Angle Sensor Stuck Neutral Position
Steering A n g l e Sensor Stuck Offset Position
Steering Angle Sensor Counter Malfunction
Steering Angle'Sensor Exchange Malfunction
Steering A n g l e Sensor DlAG Signal Error (Main)
A B S R i g h t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n
( S o l e n o i d Initial Pulse)
(Initial F e e d b a c k S i g n a l )
(Feedback S i g n a l )
( S o l e n o i d Pulse)
(Solenoid Speculative)
(Solenoid Stuck ON)
(Feedback S i g n a l / S o l e n o i d Stuck ON)
A B S Right-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction
(Solenoid Stuck O N )
A B S L e f t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n
( S o l e n o i d i n i t i a l Pulse)
(initial F e e d b a c k S i g n a l )
A B S Left-front Inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n
(Solenoid Stuck ON)
(Feedback S i g n a l / S o l e n o i d S t u c k O N )
ABS
Indicator
VSA
Indicator
OFF
Brake
System
Indicator
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF.
ON
OFF
Wote
VSA
Activation
Indicator
ON
(see p a g e 19-78)
O N
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-78)
(see p a g e 19-78)
OFF
ON
O N
(see p a g e 19-78)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
O N
O N
O N
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-80)
OFF
OFF
O N
ON
(see p a g e 19-80)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-81)
(see p a g e 19-80)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
O N
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(seepage
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
O N
O N
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
O N
O N
O N
19-78)
19-79)
19-79)
19-80)
19-80)
19-80)
19-80)
19-80)
19-82)
19-84)
19-84)
19-85)
19-86)
19-82)
19-87)
. ( s e e p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON -
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
QN-
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
O N
ON
ON
O N
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
O N
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
O N
ON
page
page
page
page
page
page
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
O N
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
O N
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
DTC
Detection Item
34
i -01
-21
-22
-23
35
-01
-02
-11
-21
-22
-23
-24
36
-01
-21
-22
-23
37
-01
-02
-11
-21
-22
-23
-24
33
-01
-21
-22
-23
41
42
43
44
51
A B S Left-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction

f S o l e n o i d I n i t i a l Pulse)
{ S o l e n o i d Pulse)
(Solenoid Stuck ON)
A B S B i g h t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n
I S o l e n o I c l Initial Pulse)
A B S R i g h t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n
(initial F e e d b a c k S i q o a f )
(Feedback Signal)
{ S o l e n o i d Pulse)
{Solenoid Speculative)
{ S o l e n o i d Stuck ON)
A B S Right-rear Inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n
(Feedback Signet/Solenoid Stuck O N )
A B S Right-rear Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction
(Solenoid Stuck ON)
A B S Left-rear I n l e t S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n
A B S Left-rear Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n
(initial F e e d b a c k S i g n a l )
A S S Left-rear Inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n
A B S Left-rear Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n
^Solenoid Poise)
A B S L e f t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n
A B S Left-rear i n l e t S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n
( S o i e n o i d S t u c k ON)
A B S Left-rear inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n
(Feedback Signal/Solenoid Stuck O N )
A B S Left-rear Outlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n
( S o l e n o i d I n i t i a l Pulse)
A B S Left-rear O u t l e t S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n
(Soienoid Speculative)
(Solenoid Stuck ON)
Riant-front W h e e l L o c k
Left-front W h e e l L o c k
Right-rear W h e e l Lock
Left-rear W h e e l Lock
M o t o r Lock
Motor D r i v e C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
M o t o r Drive Circuit Malfunction
M o t o r S t u c k OFF
-21
-21
-21
-21
-11
-12
-IS
52
-12
53
-01
Motor R e l a y Stuck O N 1
-12
Motor R e l a y Stuck O N 2
* : Brake system indicator turns O N w h e n t w o or m o r e wheels fail.
ON
VSA
ActiVation
Indicator
ON-
(see p a g e 19-87)
Mote
ON
Brake
System
Indicator
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see page 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see page 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
( s e e p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-87)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
QN
=
;
A B S
Indicator
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON/OFF'
ON/OFF*
ON/OFF*
ON/OFF*
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
.
OFF
V S A
Indicator
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
19-88)
19-88)
19-88)
19-88)
19-90)
19-91)
19-90)
19-93)
19-94)
19-94) . .
(confd)
19-51

DTC
54
56
61
62
64
65
66
68
71
19-52
Detection item
Fail-safe Relay 1 S t u c k O N
-03
-04
Fail-safe Relay 1 S t u c k OFF (Initial)
-21
Fail-safe Relay 1 S t u c k OFF ( M a i n )
-01 . initial V I G FET S t u c k OFF (Initial)
Initial VSG FET S t u c k O N
-02
-11
VIG FET S t u c k OFF ( M a i n )
-01
V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l U n i t Initial IG L o w V o l t a g e
-21
VSA Modulator-control Unit Power Source Low
Voltage 1
-22
VSA Modulator-control Unit Power Source L o w
Voltage 2
-23
VSA Modulator-control Unit Power Source L o w
Voltages
-21
V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l U n i t IG H i g h V o l t a g e
-11
Steering A n g l e Sensor Power Circuit L o w Voltage
Steering A n g l e Sensor Power Circuit High Voltage
-12
-21
Brake F l u i d Level S t u c k O N
-11
Pressure S e n s o r ( I n s i d e o f V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
Unit) Malfunction
-12
Pressure S e n s o r (Inside o f V S A ModuSator-controS
Unit) Malfunction
-14
Pressure S e n s o r (Inside o f V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
Unit) Malfunction
-15
Unit) Malfunction
-16
Pressure S e n s o r ( I n s i d e o f V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
Unit) M a l f u n c t i o n
-17
-18
-19
-21
Brake Pedal P o s i t i o n S w i t c h S t u c k OFF
Brake Pedal P o s i t i o n S w i t c h S t u c k O N
-22
-21
R i g h t - f r o n t o r Left-rear D i f f e r e n t D i a m e t e r T i r e .
- Malfunction
-22
Left-front or Right-rear Different Diameter Tire
Malfunction
-23
Right-front and Right-rear Different Diameter Tire
Malfunction
-24
Left-front a n d Left-rear Different Diameter Tire
Malfunction
-25
Right-front and Left-front Different Diameter Tire
Malfunction
-26
R i g h t - r e a r a n d Left-rear D i f f e r e n t D i a m e t e r T i r e
Malfunction
-27
R i g h t - f r o n t o r Left-rear D i f f e r e n t D i a m e t e r T i r e
Malfunction
-28
Left-front or Right-rear Different Diameter Tire
Malfunction
-29
Right-front and Right-rear Different Diameter Tire
Malfunction
L e f t - f r o n t a n d Left-rear D i f f e r e n t D i a m e t e r T i r e
-2A
Malfunction
Right-front and Left-front Different Diameter Tire
-2B
Malfunction
-2C
R i g h t - r e a r a n d Left-rear D i f f e r e n t D i a m e t e r T i r e
Malfunction
VSA
Indicator
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Brake
System
Indicator
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-105)
ON
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-104)
ON
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-108)
ON
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-104)
ON
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-104)
ON
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-104)
ON
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-104)
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-109)
(see p a g e 19-112)
(see p a g e 19-114)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-114)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-114)
ON
ON
ON
ON.
(see p a g e 19-114)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-114)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-114)
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-114)
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-114)
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-114)
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-114)
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-114)
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-114)
ABS
Indicator
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
VSA
Activation
Indicator
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
-
Note
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
19-95)
19-95)
19-95)
19-97)
19-97)
19-97)
19-98)
19-98)
(see p a g e 19-98)
(see p a g e 19-98)
(see p a g e 19-99)
(see p a g e 19-100)
(see p a g e 19-101)
(see p a g e 19-102)
(see p a g e 19-104)
DTC
81
-01
-02
-03
-05
-08
-07
-09
11
-21
-22
-23
-24
-25
-31
-32
-33
-35
-36
-37
-38
-39
-3A
-3C
-3D
-3
-42
-51
-52
Detection Item
C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t {CPU) I n t e r n a l
Malfunction
Malfunction
C e n t r a l P i o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a !
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
i Malfunction
. Malfunction
' Centra? P r o c e s s i n g U n i t ( C P U ! I n t e r n a l
Malfunction
> Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
Malfunction
i:
ABS
Circuit
ON
Brake
System
Indicator
ON
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-116)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-117)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
O N -.
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see page-19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
( s e e p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
( s e e p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-120)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-120)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-118)
Circuit
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-117)
Circuit
VSA
Indicator
ON
VSA
Activation
Indicator
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
Note
(cont'd)
19-53

DTC
81 -
83
84
86
107
108
121
122
123
124
*1:
A/T
19-54
Detection Item
Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t
Malfunction
-54
C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t
Malfunction
-55
Malfunction
Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a ! C i r c u i t
-56
Malfunction
-57
Malfunction
-58
Malfunction
-59
Malfunction
-71
Malfunction
Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) i n t e r n a l C i r c u i t
-72
Malfunction
Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t
-80
Malfunction
ECM/PCM C o m m u n i c a t i o n Error (Engine
-13
Malfunction)
E C M / P C M C o m m u n i c a t i o n E r r o r (A/T M a l f u n c t i o n )
- i r
V S A Sensor Neutral Position not W r i t i n g
-21
F-CAN B u s - o f f M a l f u n c t i o n
-01
F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h E C M / P C M M a l f u n c t i o n
-11
F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h E n g i n e M a l f u n c t i o n
-21
I
-22
-23
-24
-25
F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h G a u g e C o n t r o l M o d u l e
-31
Malfunction
- 4 1 - F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h E A T M a l f u n c t i o n
-71
F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h Y a w Rate-Lateral
Acceleration Sensor Malfunction
-22
Malfunction
Steering Angle Sensor Malfunction
-21
VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction
-01
-02
-11
-24
V S A Solenoid Valve Malfunction
-01
-21
VSA Solenoid Vaive Malfunction
-22
-23
-01 V S A S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n
-02
-11
-21
-24
-01
-21
-22
-23
VSA Solenoid Vaive Malfunction
l_
-53
Brake
System
Indicator
ON
VSA
Indicator
ON
Note
ON
VSA
Activation
indicator
ON
(see p a g e 19-118)
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-117)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-118)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-117)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-118)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-117)
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-120)
ON
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-115)
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-121)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see p a g e 19-124)
(see p a g e 19-128)
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
(see p a g e 19-130)
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
ABS
Indicator
ON
ON
O F F I
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON ,
ON
I
,
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
_
ON
ON
ON
.j
ON
ON
ON
"
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
QN
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
paqe
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
19-121)
19-122)
19-123)
19-124)
19-124)
19-124)
19-124)
19-124)
19-124)
19-126)
19-131)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)
19-132)

W h e n the v e h i c l e h a s o n e of t h e s e s y m p t o m s , c h e c k for V S A d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e s ( D T C s ) w i t h the H D S . If t h e r e
a r e n o D T C s , d o t h e d i a g n o s t i c p r o c e d u r e for t h e s y m p t o m , in t h e s e q u e n c e listed, until y o u find t h e c a u s e .
Symptom
H P S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r c o n t r o l unit or t h e v e h i c l e
T r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit f s e e p a g e 11-192),
V S A activation indicator d o e s not c o m e o n at start-up

(bulb c h e c k )
1.
Do the g a u g e control m o d u l e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 22-304).
2.
U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s not

h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140), or
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
f s e e p a g e 19-141), then r e t e s t If it Is O K , the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
Is c o m p l e t e , If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original V S A m o d u l a t o r control unit ( s e e p a g e 19-141).
V S A a c t i v a t i o n indicator d o e s not g o off, a n d no D T C s - 1.

are stored
2.
S y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-133).
U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s not
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
( s e e p a g e 19-141), then r e t e s t If it is O K , the V S A
Is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
substituted., r e p l a c e t h e original V S A m o d u l a t o r control -unit ( s e e p a g e 19-141).
A B S indicator, b r a k e s y s t e m indicator, a n d V S A
indicator d o not c o m e o n
D o the g a u g e control m o d u l e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 22-304).
U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s not
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
( s e e p a g e 19-141), t h e n retest. If it is O K , the V S A
is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original V S A m o d u l a t o r c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e 19-141).
1.
2,
A B S indicator, brake s y s t e m Indicator, a n d V S A

indicator d o not g o off
1,
2,
3,
C h e c k for F - C A N D T C s , a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t a n d r e p a i r
t h o s e first ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
D o the g a u g e control m o d u l e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 22-304).
S y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 19-134),
19-55

System Description
V S A Modulator-Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 36P Connector
1 / 3
4 /
/ / /
18 1
25 26 27 /
14
6 / B
9 10 11
/I 2 1 .
34
12
13
35
36
Terminal
number
1
Wire color
Terminal
RED
3
4
LT B L U
PUR
sign
CAN-L
K-LINE
RR-GNO
GRN
FL-GND
RED
RL-GND
ORN
svcc
10
PUR
FR-GND
11
GRN
STR-A
12
WHT
FSR+B
13
RED
MR+B
18
14
WHT
PNK
CAN-H
RR+B
19
ORN
FL+B
19-56
D@scriptin
Signal
F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n circuit
Communication with H D S
Detects right-rear w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
Detects left-front w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
Detects left-rear w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
P o w e r s o u r c e for the s t e e r i n g
angle sensor
Detects right-front w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
Detects s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
signal
P o w e r s o u r c e for the fail-safe
relay
P o w e r s o u r c e for the m o t o r
relay
F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n circuit
Detects right-rear w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
Detects left-front w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (SI): a b o u t 5.0
Battery v o l t a g e at all t i m e s
Battery v o l t a g e at all t i m e s
Terminal
number
W i r e color
Terminal
sign
21
BLU
RL+B
D e t e c t s left-rear w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
D e t e c t s right-front w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
23
LT G R N
FR+B
25
26
RED
BLU
WEN
STR-D
27
LTGRN
STR-B
30
GRY
IG1
34
BRN
SGlMD
35
BLK
GND
38
BLIC
MR-GMD
Signal
Description
Detects write enable signal

Detects steering angle s e n s o r
signal
Detects steering angle s e n s o r
signal
P o w e r s o u r c e for activating t h e
system
G r o u n d for the s t e e r i n g a n g l e
sensor
Ground for the V S A modulatorc o n t r o l unit
G r o u n d for the p u m p m o t o r
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II):
battery v o l t a g e
C o u n t i nutty
C o u n t i nuity
(confd)
19-57
VISA System Components

System Outline
T h i s s y s t e m is c o m p o s e d of the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r s , t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r , t h e
y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r , a n d t h e s y s t e m i n d i c a t o r s in t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e . T h e V S A m o d u l a t o r c o n t r o l unit c o n t r o l s t h e A B S , E B D , T C S V S A , a n d brake a s s i s t w i t h t h e brake p r e s s u r e of e a c h w h e e l a n d r e d u c e s
engine torque.
f
VSA
OFF
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
BRAKE
PEDAL
POSITION!
FLUID
LEVEL
SWITCH
ECM/PCM
P a r k i n g forsk
s w i t c h signal
lmBl
8
SSl! 8 u y
witch s i g n a l
, Engine t o r q u e c o n t r o l r e q u e s t
Control m o d e signal
Y A W RATETE-LATERAL
ACCELERA*
V S A cofitfol suable/disable
T h r o t t l e pen anal s l a n a l
E n g l n s revoluti
Brake pedal _
p o s i t i o n s w i t c h stiff na
Service c h e c k s i g n a l
Yawr
STEERING A N G L E
CONTROL
UNIT
II
11
TPMS
indicator
signal
V
CONTROL UW8T
VSA MODULATORC O N T R O L UWIT
V
MODULATOR UNIT
i via F-CAN
19-58
A B S Features
Anti-lock Control
W i t h o u t A B S , w h e n the b r a k e p e d a l i s p r e s s e d w h i l e d r i v i n g , t h e w h e e l s s o m e t i m e s lock before the v e h i c l e c o m e s to a
s t o p . In s u c h a n e v e n t , t h e m a n e u v e r a b i l i t y of t h e v e h i c l e is r e d u c e d if t h e front w h e e l s are l o c k e d , a n d t h e stability of
t h e v e h i c l e Is reduced if the r e a r w h e e l s are l o c k e d , c r e a t i n g a n e x t r e m e l y u n s t a b l e c o n d i t i o n . W i t h A B S , t h e s y s t e m
p r e c i s e l y c o n t r o l s t h e s l i p rate of t h e w h e e l s to e n s u r e m a x i m u m grip f o r c e f r o m t h e t i r e s , a n d it t h e r e b y e n s u r e s
m a n e u v e r a b i l i t y a n d stability of t h e v e h i c l e . T h e A B S c a l c u l a t e s the s l i p rate of t h e w h e e l s b a s e d on the four w h e e l
s p e e d s , a n d t h e n it c o n t r o l s t h e brake fluid p r e s s u r e to r e a c h t h e target s l i p rate."
G r i p f o r c e of t i r e a n d r o a d s u r f a c e
COEFFICIENT O F
FRiCTiOfM
T A R G E T SLIP BATE
ROTATIONAL
DIRECTION
SLIP RATE
Main Control
T h e control unit d e t e c t s t h e w h e e l s p e e d b a s e d on t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r s i g n a l s it r e c e i v e s , t h e n it c a l c u l a t e s the
v e h i c l e s p e e d b a s e d o n t h e d e t e c t e d w h e e l s p e e d . T h e control unit d e t e c t s t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d d u r i n g d e c e l e r a t i o n
b a s e d o n the w h e e l s p e e d s ,
T h e c o n t r o l unit c a l c u l a t e s t h e s l i p rate of e a c h w h e e l , a n d t r a n s m i t s t h e control s i g n a l to the m o d u l a t o r unit s o l e n o i d
v a l v e w h e n t h e s l i p rate is h i g h ,
T h e h y d r a u l i c control h a s t h r e e m o d e s : P r e s s u r e i n t e n s i f y i n g , p r e s s u r e r e d u c i n g , a n d p r e s s u r e retaining.
(cont'd)
19-59

EBD Features
T h e e l e c t r o n i c b r a k e distribution ( E B D ) feature h e l p s control v e h i c l e braking b y a d j u s t i n g t h e rear brake f o r c e in
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e a r w h e e l load before t h e A B S o p e r a t e s . B a s e d on t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r s i g n a l s , t h e controlunit u s e s t h e m o d u l a t o r to control t h e rear b r a k e s individually. W h e n t h e r e a r w h e e l s p e e d is l e s s t h a n t h e front w h e e l
s p e e d , t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit retains t h e c u r r e n t rear brake fluid p r e s s u r e b y c l o s i n g t h e inlet v a l v e in t h e
m o d u l a t o r . A s t h e r e a r w h e e l s p e e d i n c r e a s e s a n d a p p r o a c h e s t h e front w h e e l s p e e d , t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
i n c r e a s e s t h e r e a r b r a k e fluid p r e s s u r e b y m o m e n t a r i l y o p e n i n g t h e inlet v a l v e . T h i s w h o l e p r o c e s s i s r e p e a t e d v e r y
rapidly. W h i l e this is h a p p e n i n g , kickback m a y be felt at t h e b r a k e p e d a l .
W i t h EBD under HEAVY LOAD
at REAR WHEELS
REAR W H E E L
BRAKE PRESSURE
W i t h EBD ynder LIGHT LOAD

at REAR WHEELS
FRONT WHEEL BRAKE PRESSURE
TCS Features
W h e n a drive w h e e l l o s e s traction o n a s l i p p e r y road s u r f a c e a n d starts to s p i n , t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a p p l i e s
b r a k e p r e s s u r e to t h e s p i n n i n g w h e e l a n d s e n d s a n e n g i n e t o r q u e control r e q u e s t to t h e E C M / P C M to s l o w the
s p i n n i n g w h e e l a n d keep traction.
AWTI-POWER of BRAKE
FORCE
DRIVING POWER
BRAKE
FORMAL ROAD
I960
SURFACE
FORCE
SLIPPERY R O A D
SURFACE
V S A System Features
Oversteer control
A p p l i e s t h e b r a k e to the front a n d rear o u t s i d e w h e e l s
with V S A
The brake makes the y a w rat opposite

to the tyrsilog direction
Ulicf 0 F S t 0 f 0 H t F 0 l
A p p l i e s the b r a k e to t h e r e a r i n s i d e w h e e l
Controls the engine torque w h e n accelerating
without V S A
The brake increases the yaw rate toward

the turning direction
The throttle control effect;
redyces vehicle speed
Increases c o r n e r i n g force

Brake Assist Features
B r a k e a s s i s t h e l p s e n s u r e that a n y d r i v e r c a n a c h i e v e the f u l l braking potential of the v e h i c l e by i n c r e a s i n g brake
s y s t e m p r e s s u r e in a p a n i c s i t u a t i o n , bringing t h e v e h i c l e Into a full A B S s t o p .
If d u r i n g a p a n i c s t o p the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit d e t e r m i n e s that t h e brake s y s t e m p r e s s u r e I n c r e a s e s . a b o v e a
t h r e s h o l d in l e s s t h a n a c e r t a i n a m o u n t of t i m e , the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit e n g a g e s b r a k e a s s i s t .
B e c a u s e the brake s y s t e m p r e s s u r e c r o s s e d the p r e s s u r e t h r e s h o l d before the t i m e t h r e s h o l d h a d e x p i r e d , the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit g o e s Into brake a s s i s t m o d e .
B r a k e Pedal
Panic Stop with Brake Assist
Pressure
Brake A
# ssist
Begins
19-62
Panic Stop without Brake Assist
VSA
Modulator Unit
T h e m o d u l a t o r unit c o n s i s t s of the inlet s o l e n o i d v a l v e , t h e outlet s o l e n o i d v a l v e , the V S A N O ( n o r m a l l y o p e n )
s o l e n o i d v a l v e , t h e V S A N C I n o r m a l l y c l o s e d ) s o l e n o i d v a l v e , t h e r e s e r v o i r , the p u m p , a n d t h e p u m p m o t o r .
T h e h y d r a u l i c control h a s three m o d e s of A B S a c t i o n ; p r e s s u r e i n t e n s i f y i n g , p r e s s u r e retaining, a n d p r e s s u r e r e d u c i n g .
P r e s s u r e i n t e n s i f y i n g m o d e ( V S A ) is a c o m b i n a t i o n of the T C S , V S A , a n d brake a s s i s t a c t i o n .
T h e h y d r a u l i c circuit i s a n i n d e p e n d e n t four c h a n n e l t y p e ; o n e c h a n n e l for e a c h w h e e l .
Mode
V S A WO
Pressure
intensifying
mods
Pressure
Valve
VSA NC
Valve
open
closed
Inlet
Solenoid
Valve
open
closed
open
closed
closed
closed
open
closed
closed
open
Pressure
closed
open
open
closed
mode JVSA)
M a s t e r c y l i n d e r fluid is p u m p e d out to
the c a l i p e r .
refeiriifig
mode
Pressure
reducing
mode
intensifying
Brake Fluid
Outlet
Solenoid
Valve
C a l i p e r fluid is retained b y the inlet

a n d outlet v a l v e s .
9
C a l i p e r fluid f l o w s t h r o u g h the
outlet v a l v e to the r e s e r v o i r ,
* T h e m o t o r p u m p s the r e s e r v o i r fluid
t h r o u g h the d a m p i n g c h a m b e r to
the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r * .
* M a s t e r c y l i n d e r fluid is p u m p e d out
by p u m p w i t h m o t o r t h r o u g h V S A
WC v a l v e to the c a l i p e r .
* Caliper fluid pressure e x c e e d s
master cylinder pressure.
* : T h e m o t o r will k e e p r u n n i n g until t h e o p e r a t i o n of the o n e anti-lock brake control is f i n i s h e d w i t h the first p r e s s u r e

reducing mode,
19-63
VSA-System Components
Circuit Diagram
BATTERY
) UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY B O X
IGNITION SWITCH
No. 1 (100 A)
No. 3 (50 A)
DRIVER'S UWDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
C5
No.
6 (7.5
Al
IG1 HOT in O N (IS) a n d START (III)
T
J
K 2 (40 A)
r<rvi>
No. 2 (30 A)
No. 10 (20 A)
Y A W RATELATERAL
POSITION SWITCH
GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE
BRAKE SYSTEM
INDICATOR
88
V S A OFF SWITCH
GRY
LT
RED *
WHT
INDICATOR
VSA
INDICATOR
@
VSA ACTIVATION
INDICATOR
LT GRN
GRN
BRAKE FLUID
/ f \
LEVEL SWITCH
U U j
Closed: L o w f l u i d
BLK
BRAKE SWITCH
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR {DLC)
* LT BLU W H T *
6302
19-64
GUN
RED
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT
CONTROL UNIT
MODULATOR UNIT
5V
REGULATOR
88
WHT '
FAIL-SAFE RELAY
ECM/PCM
RED *
PUMP MOTOR RELAY
A42
LT G R N
A3
WHT '
* RED *
vcc
STft-A
2?
A4
' m
LTG
I L U
PUR
ORN
WHT
** RED '
"RED *
RED *
RED >
*ORN
vcc
smo
CAN
CONTROLLER
CAN-H
ffi
'
RIGHT-FRONT
FL+B
IG1
WHEEL SPEED
ELECTRIC
CURRENT
LIMITATION
LT GRf>
PUR *
HF
RL+B
8
RIGHT-REAR
1^
"3- B - : 12 V
-O-
:5V
(confd)
19-65

DRIVER'S U N D E R - D A S H F U S E / R E L A Y
B O X C O N N E C T O R P (20P)
13
14
6
16
15
17
11
20
19
18
10
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION

S W I T C H 4P C O N N E C T O R
12
G A U G E C O N T R O L M O D U L E 3 2 P CONNECTOR
o
1
2 ,
17
18
T77A/
19
VSA OFF SWITCH

//
8 9 10,
6, /
! 23 24 2E 2t>
'22
13,
2 7 2 > 2 9 3 0
32
BRAICE FLUID
LEVEL SWITCH
YAW RATE-LATERAL
ACCELERATION SENSOR
BP C O N N E C T O R

IP C O N N E C T O R
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

f
1
VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL
/I 3
14,/
25
6 /
/ /
{12}
UNIT 36P C O N N E C T O R
' l 8 19 / ' 2 1 /
26 2 7 / /
30
11
9 10
23
///>
12
13
35
36
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A
(49P)
DATA LINK C O N N E C T O R
r
3
1
11
A/
/ 1 5
22 23 24
29 30
41
16
25
/
42
4 / 6
34 3 5 3 6
43
44
46
19
2 0 21
26
27 28
i
7
/ / /
19-66
(DLC)
14
16J
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC 11-13: Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor
Circuit Malfunction
DTC 13-13: Left-front Wheel Speed Sensor
Circuit Malfunction
8, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the a p p r o p r i a t e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r w h e e l s p e e d
s e n s o r + B a n d G N D t e r m i n a l s ( s e e table).
PTC
>
DTC 15-13: Right-rear Wheel Speed Sensor

Circuit Malfunction
DTC 17-13: Left-rear Wheel Speed Sensor
Circuit Malfunction
11-13
13-13
V S A Modylator-eontr! Unit 36P

Connector Terminal
No. 10
No. 2 3
No. 6
No. 4
No. 8
No. 19
No, 18
No. 21
15-13
17-13
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL U N I T 3 6 P CONNECTOR
PL-GMD (GRN)
RR-GND (PUB)
RL-GMD (RED)
FR-GND
3=
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn St to

O N (ill a g a i n ,
4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
is DTC
11-13, 13-13
15-13, and/or
(PUR)
12
35
+ B (PNK)
FL + B (ORN)
17-13
indicated?
FR + B (LT GRN)
RL -f B
(BLU)
is there
t i m e , C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e w h e e l
s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r , R e f e r to intermittent
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47).
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n the
appropriate w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r and the V S A
modulator-control u n i t !
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P
connector.
(confd)
19-87

9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e a p p r o p r i a t e V S A
modulator-control
unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e a p p r o p r i a t e V S A

modulator-control
unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d
the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l ( s e e
the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l ( s e e
table).
table).
DTC
VSA Modulator-
Apprapriats wneoi
Speed Sensor 2P
control Unit 38P
DTC
Connector Terminal
11-13
Counselor Tsruiinal
No. 23
Right-front
11-13
13-13
No. 19
13-13
15-13
No. 18
No. 21
Left-front
Right-rear
Left-rear
17-13
BIGHTBEAR
RIGHTFRONT
LEFTREAR
FR + B
(LT GRN)
RR+B
(PNK)
RL4-B
CBLU)
HTWf 1/1 6l7T8l9ll0llll 12
13
35
38
fel2SJZ7|/Hl30|/1Kl/|^.l
Conri8tor luminal
No, 10
Right-front
'
Speed Sensor 2P
Left-front
15-13
No. 4
Right-rear
17-13
No. 8
Left-rear
W H E E L S P E E D S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR
LEFTFRONT
RIGHTREAR
<2|T>
FL+B
CORN)
Appropriate wneei
control Unit 36P

Cnri@stof Tur mini!
No. 8
W H E E L S P E E D S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR
LEFTFRONT
VSA Modulator-
RR-GND
(PUR!
<2p>
FL-GND
(GRN)
FL-GND(GRN)
RR-GNDfPUR)
LEFTREAR
RIGHTFRONT
<2|T>
RL-GND
(RED)
<2p>
FR-GND
(PUR)
RL-GND
(RED)
FR-GNP(PUR)
-1
R R + B (PNK)
FL + B (ORN)
|14 l / i / l / 1 1 8 1 1 9 | / t 21 l / | 2 3 | / l
|25|26|27[/L/|30L/l/|/|34|
RL + B (BLU)

is there
J 1 | / | 3 | 4 M 6 | / | 8 | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 |
F R + B (LTGRN)
12
13
35
36
J

continuity?
is there
continuity?
M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
appropriate wheel s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the V S A
modulator-control u n i t
19-68
appropriate wheel s p e e d s e n s o r and the V S A
modulator-control unit. I I
11. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e
a p p r o p r i a t e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
connector terminal (see table}.
DTC
V S A Modylator-eontrel Unit 3P
Connector Terminal
N o . 10
11-13
13-13
15-13
17-13
No, 23
No, 19
N o , 18
No, 8
No. 4
N o , 21
No, 8

13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the
connector terminal (see table).
DTC
V S A Modulator-control Unit 36P

Connector Terminal
No. 2 3
11-13
13-13
15-13
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 3SP CONNECTOR

FL-ONO (GRN)
RL-GND (RED)
PR-GWP (PUR)
12
13
17-13
N o . 10
No. 6
No. 4
N o . 19
N o , 18
No. 21
No.e

FL-GND (GRN)
RR-GND (PUR)
RL-GND-(RED)
FR-GND (PUR)
12
13
FR 4-B ( L T G R N )
FL + B
iQHN}
F R + e (LT GRN)
RR+B(PNK)
F L + B (ORN)
R L ' + B (BLU)

is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e

is there 0.1 V or
more?
between the appropriate w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r and

the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t . B
the appropriate wheel s p e e d sensor and the V S A
modulator-control unit.B
(confd)
19-69

15. S u b s t i t u t e the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r w i t h
o p p o s i t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r , or with a k n o w n good wheel speed sensor.
21. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s

not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
the unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest softwear,. s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141).
22. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
O N (SI) a g a i n .
23. C h e c k for D T C s with the H D S .

Is DTC 11-13,
indicated?
13-13,
15-13,
and/or
17-13
O N (IS) a g a i n .
Is DTC
indicated
that is indicated
in step
4?
M O R e p l a c e the original w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 19-144).
19-70
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A modulator-controS unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), t h e n retest. Sf the V S A m o d u I a to r-co nt ro I
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
WOIf the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original V S A modulator-controS unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). Sf a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to the

Power Source Malfunction
DTC 15-14: Right-redr Wheel Speed Sensor
5. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if It d o e s
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140). If
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
19-141).
6. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II).
7. C h e c k f o r D T C s with the H D S .

is DTC 11-14, 13-14, 15-14, and/or
17-14
indicated?
1
T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S ,
3. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn It to
O N <!> a g a i n .
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
is DTC 11-14, 13-14, 15-14, and/or

indicated?
17-14
WOIf t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e indicated,--go to t h e
WOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t i m e . Check, for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e w h e e l
s p e e d s e n s o r 2P connector and the V S A modulatorcontrol unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f s e e p a g e 19-47).
19-71
Electrical Noise or Intermittent Interruption
Electrical Noise or intermittent Interruption
6. C h e c k that the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r Is
p r o p e r l y m o u n t e d ( s e e p a g e 19-144).
DTC
12-11
14-11
Appropriate Wheel S p e e d Sensor

Right-front
Left-front
Right-rear
16-11
18-11
Left-rear
is the wheel speed sensor installation OK?

N O T E : T h e s e D T C s m a y be c a u s e d by electrical
i n t e r f e r e n c e . C h e c k for a f t e r m a r k e t d e v i c e s installed in
the v e h i c l e w h e n t h e s e D T C a r e i n d i c a t e d .
NO-Reinstall t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r , a n d c h e c k
the m o u n t i n g position ( s e e p a g e 1 9 - 1 4 4 ) .

N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift.
is DTC 12-11,
indicated?
14-11, 16-11,
and/or
7. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if It d o e s
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
the unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
19-141).
18-11
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift.

Y E S I f D T C 1 2 - 1 2 , 1 4 - 1 2 , 1 6 - 1 2 , or 18-12 is
indicated at the s a m e t i m e , d o t h e D T C 12-12,
14-12, 16-12, or 18-12 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g first
(see p a g e 19-73). If D T C 1 2 - 1 2 , 1 4 - 1 2 , 1 6 - 1 2 , or
18-12 is not i n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 5.
N O I f a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Sf D T C s a r e not
Indicated, there is a n Intermittent failure, the
s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
b e t w e e n the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d
the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
Refer to intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 19-47).
is DTC 12-11,
indicated?
14-11, 16-11,
and/or 18-11
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . Sf t h e V S A
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
N O I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A .
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
19-72

Short to the Other Sensor Circuit

FL-GND (GRN)

DTC 12-12
RR-GMD fFURJ
PR-GND CPUR)
Itl/l3|4|/|-6|/f8|9|l0|ll|

I'4|/i/t/|l8h9l/l2ll
|25|26|27|/|/[30|/V
1/M
12
13
36
36
RL-GND (RED)

DTC 14-12
FL-GND IGRWI
1, Turn; t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N fit),
F R - 6 N D (PUR)
BR-GND (PUR)
rn7raT4T7[6
13
3, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 13 m p h
35
120 k m / h i o r m o r e , a n d go a d i s t a n c e of 3 2 8 ft
(100 m ) o r m o r e .
RL-GND (RED)
M O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not on a lift.

DTC 16-12
4, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
RR-GND (PUR)
FR-GND(PUR)
is DTC
12-12,
14-12,
16-12,
and/ or
18-12
12
indicated?
36
MMMZlZp
13
FL-GND (GRN)
RL-GND (REDI
t i m e , C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e w h e e l
s p e e d s e n s o r 2P connector and the V S A modulator-
DTC 18-12
RL-GND (RED)
c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r , R e f e r to intermittent
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47),
RR-GWD
PR-GNP (PUR)
rj/l3l4j^8|^8|9|l0
13
36
6, D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
connector (see step 3 on page
FL-GND (GRN)
19-142),
7, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the a p p r o p r i a t e V S A

m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r w h e e l s p e e d
is there
continuity?
s e n s o r G N D t e r m i n a l s (see table).
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n the
DTC
V S A M d y l a t o r e @ r i t r o l Urtft 3 6 P
Connector Terminal
Appropriate
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit.
Other Terminals
Terminal
12-12
a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the V S A
No. 10
No. 8
14-12
Mo. 6
18-12
No. 4
18-12
No, 8
No. 4
No. 8
No, 10
Wo. 4
No. 8
M a 10
No. 6
No. 8
No. 10
No. 6
No, 4
(confd)
19-73

8. R e c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 8 P
connector.
not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-1401 if
the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
19-141).
10. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . Drive the v e h i c l e at 13 m p h
(20 km/h) or m o r e , a n d g o a d i s t a n c e of 3 2 8 ft
(100 m) or m o r e .

Installation Error
Installation Error
Installation Error
Installation Error
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not on a lift.

Is DTC 12-12, 14-12, 16-12, and/or 18-12

indicated?
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. N O I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
modulator-control unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . B
19-74
(10 km/h) or m o r e .
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e on t h e r o a d , not o n a lift.
2. C h e c k the R F , L F , R R , L R W H E E L S P E E D in the V S A
A r e all four values the
same?

t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the w h e e l
s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47). i i
4, C h e e k that t h e a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r is
DTC .12-22: Right-front Wheel
S p e e d Sensor
Installation Error (19 mph" (30 km/h) or More)
12-21
Appropriate Wheel S p e e d Sensor

Right-front-

Installation Error (19 mph (30 km/h) or More)
14-21
16-21
18-21
Left-front
Right-rear
Left-rear

Installation Error (19 mph (30 km/h) or More)
PTC
is the wheel
speed
sensor
installation
OK?
DTC 18-22: Left-rear Whee! Speed Sensor

Installation Error (19 mph (30 km/h).or More)
Y E S R e p l a c e the appropriate w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
fsee page 1 9 - 1 4 4 ) .
N O R e i n s t a l l the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r , a n d c h e c k
1. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e b e t w e e n
19 m p h (30 k m / h ) a n d 31 m p h (50 km/h) for
70 s e c o n d s o r m o r e .
t h e m o u n t i n g p o s i t i o n ( s e e p a g e 19-144),
N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a Sift,
2. C h e c k the R F , L F , R R , L R W H E E L S P E E D in t h e V S A
D A T A L I S T with t h e H D S .
A r e ail four
values
the
same?
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47),
MOGo
to s t e p 3.

4. C h e c k that the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r i s
DTC
12-22
14-22
16-22
18-22
is the wheel
Appropriate Wheel S p e e d S e n s o r
Right-front
Left-front
Right-rear
Left-rear
speed
sensor
installation
OK?
Y E S R e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 19-144).
W O R e i n s t a l l the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r , a n d c h e c k
t h e m o u n t i n g position ( s e e p a g e 19-144).
19-75

Installation Error (0 to 9 mph (0 to 15 km/h))
Installation Error (0 to 9 mph (0 to 15 km/h))-
4. C h e c k that the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r is

DTC
12-23
Appropriate Wheel S p e e d S e n s o r
Right-front
14-23
16-23
18-23
Left-front
Right-rear
is the wheel
Left-rear
speed
sensor
installation
OK?
Y E S - R e p l a c e the appropriate w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
1. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . Drive t h e v e h i c l e b e t w e e n
1 m p h (1 k m / h ) a n d 9 m p h (15 k m / h ) .
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a Sift.
2. C h e c k the R F , L F , R R , L R W H E E L S P E E D in t h e V S A
D A T A LIST with the H D S .
Are ail four
values
the
same?
NOGoto stepS.
19-76
(see page 1 9 - 1 4 4 ) .
N O R e i n s t a l l the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r , a n d c h e c k
t h e m o u n t i n g position ( s e e p a g e 1 9 - 1 4 4 ) .
DTC 21-11: Right-front Magnetic Encoder

Malfunction {Pulse Missing)
DTC 22-11: Left-front Magnetic Encoder
Malfunction (Pulse Missing)
DTC 23-11: Right-rear Magnetic Encoder
Malfunction (Pulse Missing)
6. I n s p e c t t h e a p p r o p r i a t e m a g n e t i c e n c o d e r for
d a m a g e , d e b r i s , a n d c o r r e c t installation.
DTC
Appropriate
Magnetic
Encoder
21-11
22-11
Right-front
Left-front
DTC 24-11: Left-rear Magnetic Encoder

Malfunction {Pulse Missing)
23-11
24-11
2 , C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S .
3, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 13 m p h
(20 k m / h ) or m o r e , a n d g o a d i s t a n c e of 3 2 8 ft
(100 m ) or m o r e .
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift.
is the magnetic
Right-rear
Left-rear
encoder
Note
R e m o v e the
driveshaft
o u t b o a r d joint
from the
appropriate w h e e l
hub (see page
18-14).
R e m o v e the hub
b e a r i n g unit
( s e e p a g e 18-39).
surface
OK?
Y E S R e m o v e the d e b r i s f r o m t h e m a g n e t i c
e n c o d e r , or r e p l a c e the w h e e l b e a r i n g (front) or t h e
h u b b e a r i n g unit (rear):H
is DTC 21-11,
indicated?
22-11
23-1 f, and/or
24-11
* Front: R e p l a c e the front w h e e l b e a r i n g ( s e e p a g e

18-14).
R e a r : R e p l a c e the rear h u b b e a r i n g unit ( s e e p a g e
18-39).
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e w h e e l
s p e e d s e n s o r 2P connector a n d the V S A modulatorc o n t r o l unit 3 8 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent
N O C l e a n off d u s t or dirt f r o m the a p p r o p r i a t e

m a g n e t i c e n c o d e r s u r f a c e o n t h e w h e e l b e a r i n g or
the h u b b e a r i n g unit, t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k .
If the D T C is stiff" p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
w h e e l b e a r i n g or h u b b e a r i n g u n i t
19-77
VSA'System Components
#
DTC Troubleshooting (cont d)

DTC 25-12: Yaw Rate Sensor Interna! Circuit
Malfunction (Open, Short)
DTC 25-17: Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration

Sensor Power Source Voltage Malfunction
DTC 25-13: Yaw Rate Sensor internal Circuit

Malfunction
DTC 25-18: Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration

Sensor Internal Circuit Malfunction
DTC 25-21: Yaw Rate Sensor Neutral Position

Malfunction
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (Ii).

3. Do t h e V S A s e n s o r neutral position m e m o r i z a t i o n
(see p a g e 19-138).
3. Do the V S A s e n s o r neutral position m e m o r i z a t i o n
4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

fsee p a g e 19-138).
O N (II) a g a i n .
I s DTC 25-17 or 25-18
indicated?

is DTC 25-12,
25-13,
or 25-21
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the y a w r a t e - l a t e r a l ' a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
time.B
Y E S I f D T C 61-01, 6 1 - 2 1 , 6 1 - 2 2 , 6 1 - 2 3 , a n d / o r
62-21 is Indicated at the s a m e t i m e , c h e c k the
battery p e r f o r m a n c e ( s e e p a g e 22-88), a n d d o the
alternator a n d regulator circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g first
( s e e p a g e 4-27). If D T C 6 1 - 0 1 , 6 1 - 2 1 , 61-22, 6 1 - 2 3 ,
a n d / o r 62-21 Is not i n d i c a t e d at t h e s a m e t i m e ,
r e p l a c e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 19-138).
timej
19-78
DTC 25-22: Yaw Rate Sensor Stuck
DTC 25=23: Yaw Rate Sensor Circuit

1. T o r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N til),

3 . Do the V S A s e n s o r neutral p o s i t i o n m e m o r i z a t i o n
( s e e p a g e 19-138).
( s e e p a g e 19-138).
4. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e , D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h

"ON (II) a g a i n .
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a lift.

5. W a i t 10 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
6. C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
25-22
indicated?
is DTC
25-23
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
N O I f a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , If D T C s a r e not
i n d i c a t e d . Intermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at
this t i m e . H
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
WOIntermittent failure, the s y s t e m ss O K at this

time.H
6. C h e c k t h e L A T E R A L A C C E L E R A T I O N S E N S O R a n d
Y A W R A T E S in t h e V S A D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
is Q/s
indicated?
N O R e p l a c e t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
7. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . C h e c k the Y A W R A T E S in
t h e V S A D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S w h i l e d r i v i n g in
corners.
Does
the indicated
value
change?

fmie.fi
N O R e p l a c e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
sensor (see page 19-138).
19-79

DTC 25-24: Yaw Rate Sensor Gain Low
DTC 26-12: Lateral Acceleration Sensor

Internal Circuit Malfunction (Open, Short)
DTC 25-25: Yaw Rate Sensor Gain High

DTC 26-24: Lateral Acceleration Sensor Gain
Low
DTC 2625: Lateral Acceleration Sensor Gain
High

Neutral Position Malfunction
Circuit Intermittent Interruption
N O T E : W h i l e d o i n g this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , a v o i d
vibration or s h a k i n g of t h e v e h i c l e .
( s e e p a g e 19-138).
(15 k m / h ) or m o r e .
4.. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn It to


Is DTC
25-24,
25-25,
26-24,
or 26-25
(see p a g e 19-138).
indicated?
5. W a i t 15 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
Y E S R e p l a c e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
Is DTC
26-12,
26-13,
26-21,
or 26-23
indicated?
tsme.B
Y E S - R e p l a c e t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
time.B
19-80
DTC 26-22: Lateral Acceleration Sensor Stuck

1, Torn, t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Does
2 , C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
3, D o the V S A s e n s o r neutral position
7. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . C h e c k the Y A W R A T E S in
the V S A D A T A L I S T with the H D S w h i l e driving In
corners.
memorization
{ s e e p a g e 19-138).
4, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . Drive t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
H O k m / h ) or m o r e .
the indicated
value
change?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
time, H
N O R e p l a c e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
N O T E ; D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on the r o a d , not o n a lift.

is DTC
26-22
indicated?
N O I f a n y other D T C s a r e Indicated, go to the
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If D T C s a r e not
I n d i c a t e d , intermittent failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at
this t i m e . B
6, C h e c k the L A T E R A L A C C E L E R A T I O N S E N S O R a n d
Y A W R A T E S in the V S A D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
is 0 /s
indicated?
N O R e p l a c e t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
19-81

DTC 27-11: Steering Angle Sensor DIAG
Signal Error {Initial}
DTC 27-26: Steering Angle Sensor DIAG
Signal Error (Main)
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2
No. 3, No. 4, a n d No. 5 individually.
STEERING A.N OLE S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR

1
5
[SVCC(ORN)
STR-B

Is DTC 27-11 or 27-26 indicated?
is there
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e V S A
modulator-controS unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to
Intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
19-47).
6. D i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
( s e e p a g e 19-137).
19-82
continuity?
b e t w e e n t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A
modulator-control u n i t . B
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d t h e

steering angle s e n s o r 5P connector terminal
i n d i v i d u a l l y { s e e table).
Sign
svcc
STR-A
STR-B
SOND
V S A ttdiatr~
control Unt36P
Connector
Terminal
No. 9
N o . 11
N o . 28
Steering Angle
Sensor 5P
Connector
Terminal
No. 5
No. 2
No. 3
N o . 27
No. 34
No. 4
No. 1
S11ER1NG A N G L E S E N S O R 5 P CONNECTOR
Wire sicie of female terminals
10. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 19-137).
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ft).
is DTC 27-11 or 27-26
indicated?
Y E S - G o to s t e p 16,
SGND
mm}
STR~A
1 2
(mm
N O R e p l a c e the original s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 19-137).
5
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
19-141).
O N (II) a g a i n . .
is DTC 27-11 or 27-26
V S A M O D U L A T O R - C O N T R O L U N I T 3 6 P COfyiMECTOR

is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the s t e e r i n g
angle s e n s o r a n d the V S A modulator-control
unit
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s In t h e V S A
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t Sf t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
N O I f the V S A modulator-control unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
original V S A modulator-control unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
19-83
DTC..27-21: Steering Angle Sensor Stuck
Neutral Position
DTC 27-22: Steering Angle Sensor Stuck
Offset Position
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2,
No. 3, a n d No. 4 Individually.
STEERING ANGLE S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ft).

1
2. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l left a n d right 90 d e g r e e s or

m o r e . C h e c k the S T E E R I N G A N G L E in the V S A
5
STR-B
(PUR)
is there + 90 or more, and -90 or less?

Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r S P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to
intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
19-47).
is there 0.1 V or more ?

Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r In the w i r e b e t w e e n
the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r control u n i t . B

N O R e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
4. D i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
(see p a g e 19-137).
19-84
19-137LB
DTC 27-23: Steering Angle Sensor Counter

Malfunction
10, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r

5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2 a n d No. 4.
S T E E R I N G A N G L E S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR
2, Clear the D T C with the HDS.

r
1
4, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e ,
STR-A ( G R N ) ^ ^ STR-B fPUR!
5, T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l
times.
a
C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
I s DTC 27-23
indicated?
is there
continuity?
NO-intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at this
time, C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A
19-47).
7, T y r o t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),
8, D i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r control u n s t . B
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5 a n d No. 2 , a n d No. 5
a n d N o . 4 individually.
STEERING ANGLE S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR
( s e e p a g e 19-137).
9, D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
STR-A
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142),
SVCC
2
STR-B (PUR)
is there
continuity?
steering angle s e n s o r and the V S A modulatorcontrol u n i t . f l
(confd)
19-85

5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2, a n d No.. 1
a n d No. 4 individually.
STEERING A N G L E S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR
SGND
STR-A (GRN)
i
f
1
5
S T R - B (PUR)
DTC 27-24: Steering Angle Sensor Exchange

Malfunction
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d s e t the front
w h e e l s to the straight a h e a d position.
2. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l o n e turn to the left. C h e c k
the S T E E R I N G A N G L E in the V S A D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S .
is there about 288 degrees
to 432
degrees
positive?
time.B

M O R e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
19-137KH
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n the "

s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A - m o d u l a t o r control u n i t . H
N O R e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
19-137).B
19-86
DTC31-xx*: A B S Right-front Inlet Solenoid

Valve Malfunction
DTC32-xx*: ABS Right-front Outlet Solenoid

Valve Malfunction
DTC 33-xx*: ABS Left-front Inlet Solenoid
Valve Malfunction

4. C h e c k for D T C s with the H D S ,
DTC 34~xx*: ABS Left-front Outlet Solenoid

Valve Malfunction
Is DTC 31 -xx, 32-xx, 33-xx, 34-xx

37-xx, or 38-xx
indicated?
DTC-35-xx*: ABS Right-rear inlet Solenoid

Valve Malfunction
DTC 36-xx*: A B S Right-rear Outlet Solenoid

Vafve Malfunction
time.a
36-xx,
DTC37-xx*: ABS Left-rear Inlet Solenoid

Valve Malfunction
DTC 38-xx*: ABS Left-rear Outlet Solenoid
Valve Malfunction
* : A n y t w o - c h a r a c t e r s u b c o d e ( s e e table)
Subcode
01
Willnii0tiii
S o l e n o i d Initial
Pulse
11
Initial F e e d b a c k
Signal
Feedback Signal
21
Solenoid Pulse
22
Solenoid
Speculative
23
Solenoid Stuck
ON
24
Feedback Signal/
Solenoid Stuck
ON
02
Note SDTC}
31-01,32-01,33-01,
34-01,35-01,36-01,
37-01,38-01
31-02,33-02, 35-02,
37-02
31-11,33-11,35-11,
37-11
31-21,32-21,33-21,
34-21,35-21,38-21,
37-21,38-21
31-22, 32-22, 33-22,
34-22, 35-22, 36-22,
37-22, 38-22
3 1 - 2 3 , 3 2 - 2 3 , 33-23,
34-23, 35-23, 36-23,
37-23, 38-23
3 1 - 2 4 , 3 3 - 2 4 , 35-24,
37-24
(confd)
19-87

DTC 41-21: Right-front Wheel Lock

t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
DTC 42-21: Left-front Wheel Lock
DTC 43-21: Right-rear Wheel Lock
19-141).
DTC 44-21: Left-rear Wheel Lock
O N (IS) a g a i n .
T h e D T C s m a y be indicated u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
T h e v e h i c l e g o e s into a s p i n .
Is DTC 31-xx, 32-xx, 33-xx, 34-xx, 35-xx,

37-XX,
or 38-xx
36-xx,
indicated?
T h e A B S or V S A c o n t i n u e s to o p e r a t e for a l o n g t i m e .
S n o w , dirt, or d e b r i s b u i l d - u p on t h e w h e e l s p e e d
s e n s o r or m a g n e t i c e n c o d e r .
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s In the V S A
IV11 s a d j u s t e d b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h .
C o n t a m i n a t e d b r a k e fluid.
in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 1-11).
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
2. T u r n the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l by h a n d .
DTC
Appropriate Wheel
41-21
Right-front
42-21
Left-front
19-141). Sf a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , go to the
43-21
Right-rear
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . I I
44-21
Left-rear
is there
brake
drag?
Y E S R e p a i r t h e brake d r a g . B
19-88
3. C h e c k that t h e a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r is
p r o p e r l y m o u n t e d f s e e p a g e 13-144),
is the wheel
speed
sensor
instaiiaiion
OK ?
NOReinstall the w h e e l s p e e d sensor, and check
t h e m o u n t i n g position f s e e p a g e 1 9 - 1 4 4 ) .
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N ill),
S* T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . Drive the v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
(10 k m / h ) for 20 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on t h e r o a d , not on a lift.

is DTC 41-21,
indicated?
42-21,
43-21,
and/or
44-21
19-141), t h e n retest. If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . :
7, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC 41-21,
indicated?
42-21
43-21,
and/or
44-21
NO-If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If D T C s a r e not
i n d i c a t e d , intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at
this time.
8, U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140). if
19-1411.
9, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . D r i v e the v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
CIO km/h} for 2 0 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on the r o a d , not o n a lift.
19-89

DTC 51-11: Motor Lock
DTC 51-13: Motor Drive Circuit Malfunction
3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), then turn it to
O N (If) a g a i n .
5. O p e r a t e a n y o n e of the four s o l e n o i d s , a s listed, in

the V S A F U N C T I O N T E S T five t i m e s with t h e H D S .
-LFT FT SOLENOID
-RT FT SOLENOID
-LFT REAR SOLENOID
-RT REAR SOLENOID
or 51-13
9. W a i t 5 s e c o n d s .
-LFT FT SOLENOID
-RT FT SOLENOID
-LFT REAR S O L E N O I D
-RT REAR SOLENOID
51-11
8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n t u r n it to

10. O p e r a t e a n y o n e of the four s o l e n o i d s , a s listed, In

t h e V S A F U N C T I O N T E S T five t i m e s with the H D S .
4. W a i t 5 s e c o n d s .
is DTC
7. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit If it d o e s
the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
19-141).
indicated?
t i m e , 11
Is DTC
51-11
or 51-13
indicated?
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. H
19-90
DTC 51-12: Motor Drive Circuit Malfunction
8, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 13 a n d
3 . T o r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), t h e n t u r n it to
D M (III a g a i n .
body ground.
V S A MOOULATOR-COMTROL UNIT 3SP COPJNECT0R
MR + B (RED) I
r-i
| 1 1 / | 3 | 4 | / | 6 | / | 8 | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12
I'-I/1/H18|19I/121|/|23|/1
\*\*\WV\*VV\A*\
35
13
36
Is DTC 51-12 indicated?

Y E S G o to step 5,.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i i u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
t i m e , C h e c k f o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t the V S A
intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g { s e e p a g e
19-47).
5. Turn t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
b e t w e e n t h e N o . 2 (30 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d
fuse/relay box and the V S A modulator-control
6. C h e c k t h e N o . 2 !30 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
unit.H
relay box,
W O I n s t a l l a n e w N o . 2 (30 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r -
is the fuse blown?

h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e n g o to s t e p S .
connector.
PI0~rleInstafi t h e c h e c k e d f u s e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
1, D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r f s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).
is DTC 51-12 indicated?

( s e e p a g e 19-141).
W O T h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . H
(confd)
19-91
15. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r -
16. R e c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P

connector.
c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 13 a n d
body ground.
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A moduSator-control unit ( s e e p a g e

MB + B (RED)
t.
i
| 1 | / 1 3 ] 4 | / 1 8 M 8 | 9 | 1 0 [ 1 1 | 12 13
I
19-141).
|14|/1/1/|18|19|/|21|/|23|/|
|25|26|27|/|/|30|/|/|/|34|
35
38
Is DTC51-12
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s In the V S A
19-141), t h e n retest. If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
Is there battery voltage?
N O I f t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o . 2
(30 A ) f u s e in the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d
the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t . B
19-141). If a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
19-92
P T C 52-12: Motor Stuck OFF
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (ii).
is DTC
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn It to

O N III) a g a i n ,
4, O p e r a t e a n y o n e of t h e four s o l e n o i d s , a s l i s t e d , In
t h e V S A F U N C T I O N T E S T five t i m e s with t h e H D S .
-LFT FT SOLENOID
-RT FT S O L E N O I D
-LFT REAR SOLENOID
-RT REAR SOLENOID
52-12
indicated?
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A
o r i g i n a l V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
5* C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC
52-12
indicated?
time.B
6. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit If It d o e s
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140). If
19-141).
O N (11) a g a i n ,
8. O p e r a t e a n y o n e of the four s o l e n o i d s , a s listed, in
the V S A F U N C T I O N T E S T five t i m e s with t h e H D S .
-LFT FT SOLENOID
-RT FT SOLENOID
-LFT REAR SOLENOID
-RT REAR SOLENOID
19-93
VSA S f stem Components

DTC 53-01: Motor Relay Stuck ON 1
7. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 6 a n d
DTC 53-12: Motor Relay Stuck ON 2

body ground.
V S A M O D U U I T O R - C O N T R O L UNIT 3SP C O N N E C T O R
f
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

ri
r" " I
I H / 1 3 | 4 H 6 | / | 8 [ 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12
|14 | / 1 / | / | l 8 | l 9 | / | 21 l / l 2 3 [ / ]
35
|25|26|27|/1/| 301/1/1/134|
1
'
'
13
36
J
M R - G N D CBLIC)
Is DTC 53-01 or 53-12
indicated?
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the V S A
Is there
continuity?
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r t o
19-47).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the V S A
19-94
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a n d b o d y g r o u n d ( G 2 0 2 ) . l
8, R e c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
connector,
9. U p d a t e t h e V S A modulator-controf unit if it d o e s
not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 19-140). If
19-141).
OH (111 a g a i n .
is DTC
53-01
or 53-12
indicated?
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
MOIf the V S A modulator-controf unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e * If the V S A
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
Indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
DTC 54-03: Fail-safe Relay 1 Stuck ON

DTC 54-04: Fail-safe Relay 1 Stuck OFF
(Initial)
DTC 54-21: Fail-safe Relay 1 Stuck OFF (Main)
3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
is DTC
54-03,
54-04,
or 54-21
indicated?
MOIntermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.fl
6. C h e c k t h e N o . 2 (40 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
relay box.
is the fuse
hi
own?
N O R e i n s t a l ! t h e c h e c k e d f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.
(confd)
19-95

8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 12 a n d
body ground.
connector.
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 3SP CONNECTOR

FSB + B (WHT)
\
[11/13(41/161/18191101111 12 13
MH/I/|18|19L/21/123M
| 2 5 | 2 6 | 2 7 [ / | / | 30
[/I/I/34|
35
12. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn It to

36
is DTC 54-03,
54-04,
or 54-21
indicated?
( s e e p a g e 19-141).
N O T h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
Is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n the N o . 2 (40 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d
fuse/relay box and the V S A modulator-control
unitH
N O I n s t a l l a n e w N o . 2 (40 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o to s t e p 9.
19-96
14. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit If it d o e s
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140), If
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e
19-1411..
O N (I!) a g a i n .
DTC 56-01: Initial VIG FET Stuck OFF (Initial)

DTC 56-02: Initial VIG FET Stuck ON
DTC 56-11: VIG FET Stuck OFF (Main)

is DTC
54-03,
54-04,
or 54-21
indicated?
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r , If t h e V S A
k n o w n - g o o d S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-1411 then r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn

O N (fl) a g a i n .
It to
is DTC
56-01
56-02,
or 56-11
indicated?
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e
tirne.B
19-141).
is DTC
56-01,
56-02,
or 56-11
indicated?
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , go to the
19-97

D T C 61-01: VSA Modulator-control Unit Initial
IG Low Voltage
D T C 61-21: VSA Modulator-control Unit
Power Source Low Voltage 1
7. C o m p a r e t h e v o l t a g e n o t e d in s t e p 5 to t h e v o l t a g e
in s t e p 6.
Is the difference
readings
less
between
the two
voltage
then 3 V?
.19-47). If the c o d e r e s e t s after c l e a r i n g , g o to s t e p 8.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (It).

3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n start the
engine.
8. U p d a t e the V S A modulator-controS unit If it d o e s

19-141).
Is DTC
61-01,
61-21,
61-22,
or 61-23
indicated?
19-47KB
5. C h e c k a n d note B A T T E R Y v o l t a g e In the V S A D A T A
L I S T w i t h the H D S ,
6. U s i n g a v o l t m e t e r , m e a s u r e a n d note the v o l t a g e
b e t w e e n the battery t e r m i n a l s .
N O T E : If the v o l t a g e Is b e l o w 9.5 V , c h e c k t h e
battery ( s e e p a g e 22-88), a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t the
alternator regulator circuit ( s e e p a g e 4-27).
19-98
engine,
is DTC
61-01,
61-21,
61-22,
or 61-23
indicated?
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to the
DTC 62-21: V S A Modulator-control Unit IG

High Voltage
1 T u r n i l i a ignition s w i t c h to O N ill),
19-141).
2 . C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n start the
engine.
engine.
10, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC
62-21
indicated?
is DTC 6 2 - 2 1 indicated?
' m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
time.S
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1,
5. C h e c k a n d note B A T T E R Y v o l t a g e in t h e V S A D A T A
L I S T with the H D S ,
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
6. U s i n g a v o l t m e t e r , m e a s u r e a n d note the v o l t a g e
b e t w e e n t h e battery t e r m i n a l s ,
M O T E : If t h e v o l t a g e is b e y o n d 15.1 V , t r o u b l e s h o o t
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o t o the

t h e a l t e r n a t o r regulator c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 4-27),
7. C o m p a r e t h e v o l t a g e n o t e d in s t e p 5 to the v o l t a g e
in s t e p 6 ,
is the difference
readings
less
between
than
the two
voitage
BY?
Y E S Intermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e V S A
m o d u i a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 8 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to
13-47}, If the c o d e r e s e t s after c l e a r i n g , g o to
s t e p 8 . II
MOGo
to s t e p 8.
19-99
VSA S fstem Components

DTC 64-11: Steering Angle Sensor Power
Circuit Low Voltage
10. U p d a t e the V S A modulator-controS unit if it d o e s
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (11).
not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). Sf

the unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
19-141).
3. ' T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
Is DTC
64-11
indicated?
Is DTC
64-11
indicated?
t i m e . !

6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
( s e e p a g e 19-137).
19-141). If a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o t o t h e
S P connector terminal No. 5 a n d body ground.
S T E E R I N G A N G L E S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR
5
S V C C CORN)
Is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A
modulator-controS u n i t . H
19-100
DTC 64-12: Steeping Angle Sensor Power

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to OH (SI).
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e
s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d b o d y
ground.
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) , t h e n turn It to
OH ill) a g a i n .
4
S T E E R I N G AfSfGLE S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
2
1
is DTC
64-12
indicated?
5
SVCC
(ORN)
Y E S G o to s t e p 5 ,
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P connector. R e f e r to
intermittent failures t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
19-47). I I
, D i s c o n n e c t t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r
{ s e e p a g e 19-1371
is there
0.1 V or
more?.
t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r controS u n i t . H
7, Disconnect the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P

c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142),
(confd)
19-101

DTC 65-21: Brake Fluid Level Stuck ON
N O T E : B l e e d i n g the brake s y s t e m w h i l e t h e ignition

s w i t c h is O N c a n c a u s e t h i s D T C .
12. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
19-141).
Is DTC 64-12
indicated?
modulator-control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
modulator-control unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
19-141), then r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
1. C h e c k t h e brake fluid level in t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r

reservoir.
Is the brake fluid level
OK?
N O D o t h e brake p a d i n s p e c t i o n : F r o n t ( s e e p a g e
19-12), rear (see p a g e 19-29), c h e c k for brake fluid
leaks or r e p l a c e w o r n brake p a d s , t h e n g o to s t e p 2
and recheck.
modulator-control unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
Is DTC 65-21
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f ailu r e, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.H
6. R e l e a s e t h e parking b r a k e .
8. C h e c k t h e brake s y s t e m indicator In t h e g a u g e
control m o d u l e .
Does the indicator
come on then go
19-102
off?
9. C h e c k t h e B R A K E F L U I D L E V E L S W I T C H i n t h e V S A
Does
the HDS indicate
SWITCH
as
the BRAKE
FLUID
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b r a k e fluid-level
switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body
ground.
LEVEL
OFF?
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH 2F CONNECTOR
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control
m o d u l e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k , If n o D T C s
a r e i n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l g a u g e control
m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b r a k e fluid l e v e l s w i t c h 2 P
connector, then check the B R A K E F L U I D L E V E L
S W I T C H in t h e V S A D A T A L I S T .
Does
the HDS
indicate
OFF?
is there
continuity
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e b r a k e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (the brake
fluid l e v e l s w i t c h Is i n c l u d e d ) ( s e e p a g e 19-25).
NOGo
fluid level s w i t c h .
b e t w e e n the g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the brake

to s t e p 11.
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P
connector,
m o d u l e , t h e n g o to s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k . If n o D T C s
a r e i n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l g a u g e control
m o d u l e f s e e p a g e 22-324).
(confd)
19-103

19-141).
DTC 6 6 - 1 1 : Pressure Sensor (Inside of VSA

Modulator-control Unit) Malfunction
DTC 6 6 - 1 4 : Pressure Sensor (inside of VSA


m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . Sf the V S A
DTC 6 6 - 1 9 : Pressure Sensor (inside of VSA


WOIf the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s

o r i g i n a l V S A modulator-controS unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). Sf a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
is DTC 66-11, 66-14, 66-16, 66-17, 66-18, or 66-19

indicated?
fMOIntermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . II
19-104
not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140). If
DTC 68-12: Pressure Sensor (Inside of VSA

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ft).
19-141).
6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 1 0 ) , t h e n start t h e
engine,
7. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S ,
I s DTC 66-11, 66-14,
indicated?
66-16, 66-17,
66-18,
or
66-19
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r , l i t h e V S A
updated, t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
o r i g i n a l V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e
19-141), If a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
is DTC
66-12
indicated?
time.B
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r
( s e e p a g e 19-137).
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 19-142).
(confd)
19-105
V S A . S y s t e m Components
8. C h e c k for continuity between steering angle sensor
BP Gonnector terminal N o . 5 and body ground.
S T E E R I N G A1MGLE S E N S O R 5 P
CONNECTOR
9. T u r n t h e ignition -switch to O N (IS).

10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e
s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d b o d y
ground.
S T E E R I N G A N G L E S E P J S 0 R 5P C O N W E C T O R
SVCC (ORN)
c
1
5
SVCC
Wire
Is there
(OEM)
side of female terminals
continuity
Wire
side
of female terminals
between the steering angle sensor a n d the V S A
modulator-control
is there
0.1 V or
more?
unit.H
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
the steering angle s e n s o r and the V S A modulatorcontrol unit.
19-106
VSA
13. .-Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 9 a n d

s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5.
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140), If
19-141).
STEERIMG A N G L E SENSOR 5F CONNECTOR

s
1
?
3
JSVCC (ORN)

S C (ORN)
-1
UA\
A A , / l i a h o l Aot
Ao^'= A
12
13
35
36
is DTC 66-12
J
VSA M O D U L A T O R - C O N T R O L UNIT36P CONNECTOR
is there
continuity?
Y E S G o to'step 1 3 .
1\10Repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the s t e e r i n g
a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
umt
indicated?
-\
MOIf the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s

indicated D T C s troubleshooting.II
19-107

DTC 66-15: Pressure Sensor (Inside of VSA
N O T E : B r a k e fluid l e a k s f r o m b r a k e s y s t e m c a n c a u s e
this D T C , C h e c k for b r a k e fluid l e a k s first.
19-141).

N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift.


3. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It w i t h s a f e t y s t a n d s
In t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 1-11).
4. T u r n all f o u r w h e e l s by h a n d .
Is there brake drag?
Y E S R e p a i r the b r a k e d r a g . I I
5. - T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
6. C h e c k the B R A K E P R E S S In the V S A D A T A L I S T
w i t h t h e H D S w h i l e m o v i n g the brake p e d a l .
Does the indicated value change?

Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
time.H
19-108
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o t o the
DTC 68-21: Brake

OFF
Pedal
Position Switch Stuck
6. C o n n e c t the brake pedal position s w i t c h 4 P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d N o . 2 w i t h a j u m p e r
wire.
2 . C h e c k t h e B R A K E P R E S S in t h e V S A D A T A L I S T
w i t h t h e H D S , D o not p r e s s the brake p e d a l .
is there
10 MP a or
J U M P E R WIRE
BED
less?
1
i LTOBN
4
N O C h e c k for b r a k e d r a g or a m i s a d j u s t e d b r a k e
pedal
p o s i t i o n s w i t c h . If t h e y a r e n o r m a l , g o to s t e p
25.
Wire ssde of female t e r m i n a l s
3. C h e c k t h e B R A K E S W I T C H in t h e V S A D A T A L I S T
with the H D S while moving the brake pedal,
Does it indicate
and OFF when
ON when the pedai is

the pedai is
reieased?
pressed,
8. C h e c k the B R A K E S W I T C H in the V S A D A T A L I S T
with the HDS.

t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e brake
pedai position switch 4P connector, E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A C49P), a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r t o intermittent f a i l u r e s
troubleshooting (see page 19-47l.il
TOGo
to s t e p 4 ,
4 . T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 1
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b r a k e p e d a l position s w i t c h 4 P
connector,
Does
it indicate
ON?
Y E S C h e c k t h e brake pedal position s w i t c h

a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 19-8). If it i s O K , r e p l a c e the
brake pedal position s w i t c h .
9. Disconnect the j u m p e r wire,
(confd)
19-109
V S A S f stem Components
11. C h e c k t h e No. 10 (20 A ) f u s e In the u n d e r - h o o d
Is the fuse
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n brake pedal position

s w i t c h 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d b o d y
ground.
blown?
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4 P CONNECTOR
LT G R N
IMO-Reinstall t h e c h e c k e d f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 21.
1
3
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n brake p e d a l position

s w i t c h 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y
ground.
[X 4
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4 P CONNECTOR

Wire s i d e of female terminals
RED
1
3
><
is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h a n d the
ECM/PCM.
WOInstall a n e w No. 10 (20 A ) f u s e in the underh o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o to s t e p 16.
is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n the No. 10 (20 A ) f u s e in the u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y box a n d the brake p e d a l position
switch.
13. S h o r t the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
19. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . D r i v e the v e h i c l e at 7 m p h

(10 k m / h ) or m o r e .
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not o n a lift.
is DTC
68-21
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A (49P). If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e n retest. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1.
N O T h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
19-110
2 1 , M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n brake p e d a l position
switch 4P connector terminal No, 1 and body
ground,
24. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n brake pedal position

s w i t c h 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l No. 42.
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A C49P)

BED
f1
1
2
3
TxtlTTTTTe
*-
22 23 24
29 30
X9|10|.
19 20 21
2 6 2 7 28
BKSW (LT GRN)
LTGRN
is there
battery
USE
voltage?
M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the N o . 10
(20 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d
t h e brake p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h .
22. S h o r t t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .
2 3 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
BRAICE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR

Wire side-of female terminals
Is there
continuity
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), then go to
s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s updated
a n d D T C s a r e not i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s
c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d a n d
D T C s a r e not i n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
P C M a n d the brake pedal position s w i t c h .
(confd)
19-111

25. U p d a t e t h e V S A moduIator-controS unit sf it d o e s
19-141).
26. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
DTC 68=22: Brake Pedal Position Switch Stuck

ON
2. C h e c k the B R A K E P R E S S in t h e V S A D A T A L I S T
w i t h the H D S . D o not p r e s s the brake p e d a l .
(10 k m / h ) or m o r e .
Is there
10 MP a or
more?
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on t h e r o a d , not on a lift.
Is DTC
68-21
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k the brake p e d a l h e i g h t ( s e e p a g e 19-6).

If the brake p e d a l height is O K , go to s t e p 10.
3. C h e c k the B R A K E S W I T C H In the V S A D A T A L I S T
w i t h the H D S w h i l e m o v i n g the brake p e d a l .
Does it indicate
and OFF when
ON when the pedal is

the pedal is
released?
pressed,
NOIf t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
time.H
4. C h e c k the B R A K E S W I T C H In the V S A D A T A L I S T
w i t h the H D S , a n d d i s c o n n e c t the brake pedal
position s w i t c h 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
Does
the indicator
change
from
ON to
OFF?
Y E S R e p l a c e the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h

(see p a g e 19-6).
19-112
6. S h o r t the S C S Sine w i t h the H D S .
8. T o r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N III).
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b r a k e pedal position
switch 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body
ground.
19-141).
is DTC 68-22 indicated ?

LTGRfy
1
X4
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s In t h e V S A
N O l f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
Is there 0,1 or more?

Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
t h e E C M / P C M a n d t h e brake p e d a l position
switch,
N O U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the
latest s o f t w a r e fsee p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to
s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d
a n d D T C s a r e not i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
complete, l i t h e E C M / P C M w a s substituted and
D T C s a r e not I n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e the o r i g i n a l E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
19-113

DTC 71-21: Right-front or Left-rear Different
Diameter Tire Malfunction
1. C h e c k the t i r e s for p r o p e r inflation a n d t h e c o r r e c t
DTC 71-22: Left-front or Right-rear Different

size ( s e e p a g e 18-5).
DTC 71-23: Right-front and Right-rear

Different Diameter Tire Malfunction
DTC 71-24: Left-front and Left-rear Different
N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a lift.
DTC 71-25: Right-front and Left-front

DTC 71-26: Right-rear and Left-rear Different
Is DTC 71-21,
71-27, 71-23,
indicated?
71-22, 71-23,
71-29, 71-2A,
71-24,
71-2B,
71-25,
71-26,
or
71-2C
Y E S R e p l a c e t i r e s a s n e e d e d until all their
DTC 71-27: Right-front or Left-rear Different

diameters match fsee page 1 8 - 5 ) . l
DTC 71-28: Left-front or Right-rear Different

time.B
IMOIntermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
DTC 71-29: Right-front and Right-rear

DTC 71-2A: Left-front and Left-rear Different
DTC 71-2B: Right-front and Left-front
DTC 71-2C: Right-rear and Left-rear Different
N O T E : T h e D T C will be i n d i c a t e d w h e n the v e h i c l e h a s a
different d i a m e t e r tire(s) c o m p a r e d to t h e other t i r e s .
DTC
71-21
71-22
71-23
71-24
Sectional
Right-front or left-rear
Left-front or right-rear
Right-front a n d right-rear
71-25
Left-front a n d left-rear
Right-front a n d left-front
71-26
71-27
Right-rear a n d left-rear
Right-front or left-rear
71-28
Left-front or right-rear
71-29
71-2 A
71-2B
Right-front a n d right-rear
71-2C
Right-rear a n d left-rear
19-114
Left-front a n d left-rear
Right-front a n d left-front
IMote
DTC 81-KJC*: Central Processing Unit (CPU)

* : A n y two-character subcode (Except these
combinations: D T C 81-07,81-11, 81-3D, 81-3E,
81-51,81-52, 81-53, 31-54, 81-55, 81-56, 81-57,
8 1 - 5 8 , a n d 81-591
19-141).
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N III).
is DTC
81-XX
indicated?
3, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

OM (if) a g a i n ,
is DTC
81-xx
indicated?
Y E S - i f D T C 81-07, 81-11, 81-3D, 81-3E, 81-51,

8 1 - 5 2 , 8 1 - 5 3 , 8 1 - 5 4 , 8 1 - 5 5 , 8 1 - 5 6 , 8 1 - 5 7 , 8 1 - 5 8 , or
8 1 - 5 9 is i n d i c a t e d at t h e s a m e t i m e , d o the
a p p r o p r i a t e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g first. Sf D T C 8 1 - 0 7 ,
8 1 - 1 1 , 8 1 - 3 D , 8 1 - 3 E , 8 1 - 5 1 , 8 1 - 5 2 , 8 1 - 5 3 , 81-54,
8 1 - 5 5 , 8 1 - 5 6 , 8 1 - 5 7 , 81-58, or 8 1 - 5 9 is not i n d i c a t e d .
G o to s t e p 5,
N O I f t h e V S A modulator-controS unit w a s
19-141). Sf a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
time.*
19-115

DTC 81-07: Central Processing Unit (CPU)
9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e
s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5 a n d b o d y
ground.
STEERING A N G L E S E N S O R BP CONNECTOR
Is DTC
81-07
S V C C CORN)
indicated?
time.B
Is there
0.1 V or
more?

6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
( s e e p a g e 19-137).
19-116
the steering angle s e n s o r and the V S A modulatorcontrol u n i t

internal Circuit Malfunction
11, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,
12, U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s

not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140), If


19-141).
13, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n t u r n it to
QH {!!} a g a i n .

Interna! Circuit Malfunction
Is DTC
81-07
indicated?
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 S P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit { s e e p a g e
N O i f t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , If the V S A
19-141). if a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
N O T E : Drive t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not o n a lift,
is DTC
81-11
81-52,
81-54,
81-56,
or
81-58
indicated?
time.H
(confd)
19-117

19-141).



N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift.
Is DTC 81-11, 81-52, 81-54, 81-56, or 81-58

indicated?

unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e on the r o a d , not on a lift.
is DTC 81-51, 81-53, 81-55, or 81-57
indicated?
time.H
19-118
8, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s ( s e e table),
10. R e c o n n e c t t h e V S A modulator-controS unit 3 6 P
connector.
PTC
81-51
81-53
81-55
81-57
V S A Modulator-control Unit 36P

Coiinsctor Terminal
Mo. 23
No. 19
N o . 18
No* 21
not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140), If
19-141).
is DTC 81-51, 81-53, 81-55, or 81-57

is there
0.1 V or
to s t e p 9.
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1,
more?
t h e a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the V S A
m o d y Iator-controI u n It.
MQGo
indicated?
19-119

DTC 81-3D: Centra! Processing Unit (CPU)
Interna! Circuit Malfunction
DTC 81-3E: Central Processing Unit (CPU)
19-141).
times.
Is DTC
times.
81-3D,
81-3E,
or 81-59
indicated?
Is DTC
81-3D,
81-3E,
or 81-59
indicated?
N O i n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time, a
19-120
moduIator-controI unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
DTC 83-13: ECM/PCM Communication Error

(Engine Malfunction)
DTC 83-14: ECM/PCM Communication Error

!A/T Malfunction}
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK
Is DTC 83-13 or 83-14
indicated?
N O I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
troubleshooting
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not o n a Sift.
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e ' 1 1 - 2 1 6 ) .
is DTC 83-13 or 83-14 indicated?

t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector A !48P| a n d the V S A modulator-control
ytiff 3 S F c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent f a i l u r e s
troubleshooting fsee page 19-47XH
5. U p d a t e the E G M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7).
6. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S ,
(confd)
19-121

not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140).- If
19-141).
DTC 84-21: VSA Sensor Neutral Position not

Writing
3. Do t h e V S A s e n s o r neutral p o s i t i o n m e m o r i z a t i o n
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a .lift.
( s e e p a g e 19-138).
is DTC
83-13
or 83-14
indicated?
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If t h e V S A moduSator-control
Is DTC
84-21
indicated?
N O T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e .
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). Sf
19-141).
7. D o t h e V S A s e n s o r neutral position m e m o r i z a t i o n
( s e e p a g e 19-138).
Is DTC
84-21
indicated?
19-122
DTC 86-01: F-CAN Bus-off Malfunction
9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d E C M / P C M
1, T y r o t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),
c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l ( s e e table).
Sign
V S A Modulator-
ECM/PCM
control U n r t 3 6 P
Connector A
Connector
(4SP) T e r m i n a l
3, T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n t u r n it to
O N (ll) a g a i n .
Terminal
4, C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
I s DTC 86-01
indicated?
CAN-L
CAN-H
No. 3
CAN-L (RED)
CAN-H
(WHT)
.1
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A (49P) a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
No. 4

No. 1
No. 14
"'"
--V-^H
i / l 3 | 4 M 6 | / l 8 | 9 | l 0 | l l |
|25|26|27M/|30|/M/|34|
12
13
35
36
unit 3 8 P c o n n e c t o r , R e f e r to intermittent f a i l u r e s
5, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
CAN-H (WHT)
CAN-L (RED!
8, S h o r t t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
222324
7, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
20
28 27 28
29 3 0
|>"|4lk2t43i44M^p
8, D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 8 P
c o n n e c t o r f s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).
is there
continuity?
M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M a n d t h e V S A modulator-controS u n i t
(confd)
19-123

DTC 86-11: F-CAN Communication with

ECM/PCM Malfunction
DTC 8 6 - 2 1 : F-CAN Communication with
Engine Malfunction
DTC 8 ~ 2 2 : F-CAN Communication with

Engine Malfunction
19-141).

Engine Malfunction
is DTC 86-01
indicated?
modulator-controS unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A

Engine Malfunction
Engine Malfunction
DTC 8 6 - 4 1 : F-CAN Communication with EAT
Malfunction
NOif t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
(10 k m / h ) or m o r e .
N O T E : Drive t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not o n a- Sift.
Is DTC 88-11 86-21, 86-22, 86-23, 86-24,

and/or 86-41
indicated?
86-25,
Y E S I f D T C 86-01 is i n d i c a t e d at the s a m e t i m e , do
the D T C 86-01 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g first ( s e e p a g e
19-123). If D T C 86-01 is not i n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 5.
MOIf a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If D T C s a r e not
i n d i c a t e d , intermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at
t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n E C M /
P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P) a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47). Ill
19-124
6. S h o r t t h e S C S Hoe w i t h the H D S .

7. D i s c o n n e c t ECiWPCfVf c o n n e c t o r A C49P),
c o n n e c t o r { s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).
13. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
9. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r -
(10 k m / h ) o r m o r e .
c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d E C M / P C M
N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a lift.
c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l ( s e e table).
Sign
VSA
ECM/PCM
Modulator-
control Unit 36P
Connector A
Connector
I49P) T e r m i n a l
Terminal
CAN-L
CAN-H
No. 1
No. 4
Mo. 14
No. 3
V S A M O D U L A T O R - C O N T R O L UNIT 36P CONNECTOR

is DTC
86-11,
and/or
86-41
86-21,
86-22,
86-23,
86-24,
88-25,
indicated?
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-218). W
CAN-L {RED)
H*4''l. ' / i - 8 N l / | y ! ^ 2 3 l / I
y
|25;26|27yi*l30!/V1/l3i|
U'':3ML*i6|/l8|9|lO|ltJ
mm)
12
13
35
36
CAN-H fWHTf
*
CAIM-L (RED)
3; ^
s 7 ^ ] 9 )ioL
2 3 21
2 7 28
I-
4Û^4o!44^^4eLlL ^
i
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R AI49P1
is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the
E C M / P C M a n d the V S A modulator-control u n i t I
(confd)
19-125

15. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit If it d o e s
t h e a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
19-141).
DTC 86-31: F-CAN Communication with

Gauge Control Module Malfunction
16. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . D r i v e the v e h i c l e at 7 m p h



Is DTC
Is DTC
86-11
and/or
86-41
86-21,
86-22,
86-23,
86-24,
86-31
indicated?
86-25,
Indicated?
MOIf the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
Y E S I f D T C 86-01 is i n d i c a t e d at the s a m e t i m e , d o
19-123). Sf D T C 86-01 is not i n d i c a t e d , go to s t e p 5.
N O I f a n y other D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If D T C s a r e not
i n d i c a t e d , intermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at
this t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e
g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e V S A
19-47).B
Does
the gauge
indicators
come
on?
N O D o the g a u g e control m o d u l e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 22-304). I I
connector.
19-126
9 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the V S A m o d u l a t o r -
c o n t r o l unit 3P c o n n e c t e r t e r m i n a l a n d g a u g e
c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r terminal
(see
table),
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140), If
Sign
V S A Modulator-
G a y g e Control
control Unit 3 6 F
Module 32P
Connector
Connector
Terminal
Terminal
No, 1
No. 29
No, 14
No. 30
CAN-H
V S A WlQDUt A T C R - C O N T R O L UNIT 36P CONNECTOR

\ \ ire Side of female terminals
19-141).
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO), t h e n turn it to
is DTC
. l !
1 3 ^ J *b
{
\Zk2*\r\
; ' K
S | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12
13
35
36
1/|/|34
86-31
indicated
CAW-H fWHT!
L ... , .
J
/ i s i s ho
[l7|l8J19[/1/'i22|23i24|S|26|2?iî29!30|/J32
N O - ~ l f t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If t h e V S A
CAM-L fREDJ
CAM-H (WHTJ
G A U G E C O N T R O L M O D U L E 32P CONNECTOR
is there,
continuity?
E S C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s In t h e g a u g e
c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r . If n e c e s s a r y ,
substitute a known-good gauge control module,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k . If n o D T C s a r e
indicated, replace the original g a u g e control
m o d u l e { s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 2 4 ) . If D T C 88-31 r e s e t s , g o
to s t e p 10.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit.B
19-127
V S A System Components
DTC 86-71: F-CAN Communication with Yaw
Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor Malfunction
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d t h e y a w

rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r
terminal (see table)..
Sign
V S A Modulatorcontrol Unit 36P

Connector
Terminal
CAN-L
CAN-H
No. 1
No. 14

Is DTC 86-71
indicated?
Y E S I f D T C 86-01 is i n d i c a t e d at t h e s a m e t i m e , d o
" 19-123). If D T C 86-01 is not i n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 5.
N O I f a n y other D T C s are. i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If D T C s .are not
indicated, intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at
this t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e y a w ratelateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r a n d the
V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . Refer to
19-47).
Y a w Rate-lateral
Acceleration
Sensor 5P
Connector
Terminal
No. 4
No. 3

CAN-L (RED)
MH3|4|/|6|/l8|9h0|lT]
]141/1/I/I181191/1211/1231/|
|25|26|27^|30|/W|34|
12
13
35
38
CAN-H (WHT)
ma
CAN-H (WHT)
| CAN-L (RED)
6.. D i s c o n n e c t t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
5P c o n n e c t o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
7.. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION

SENSOR 5P CONNECTOR
Is there
continuity?
N 0 ~ ~ R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e y a w ratelateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r control u n i t . B
19-128
9 , T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o O H III),
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n y a w rate-lateral
a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1
and body ground,

12. R e c o n n e c t t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
5P c o n n e c t o r .
Y A W RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION
S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR
14. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n y a w rate-lateral
acceleration s e n s o r 5P connector terminal No. 5
and body ground.
YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION

S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR
BLK
is there battery
voitage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the N o . 6
(7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
b o x a n d t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r . I
Wire s i d e o f female terminals
is there 0.1 V or iess?

Y E S R e p l a c e t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
W O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the y a w ratelateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r a n d b o d y g r o u n d
(G503).
19-129
MSA S f stem Components

DTC 107-22:Central Processing Unit(CPU)
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) to c o o l the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t a n d w a i t 1 h o u r or m o r e .
19-141).
Is DTC
Is DTC
107-22
indicated?
107-22
indicated?
1 9 - 1 4 1 ) t h e n r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
r
NOSf t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf the V S A
19-130
DTC 108-21: Steering Angle Sensor

Malfunction

1, Turn: the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If),
19-141).
3, Test-drive the vehicle,
N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not o n a lift.
M O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on the r o a d , not o n a lift.
is DTC
is DTC
108-21
108-21
indicated?
indicated?
N O i n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s . u p d a t e d , substitute a
time.B
5, T o r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO),
6, S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , if the V S A
( s e e p a g e 19-137).
7 , T o r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N
111).

9, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e ,
N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift,
10, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
108-21
indicated?
N O R e p l a c e t h e original s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 19-137). I I
19-131

DTC 121-xx*: VSA Solenoid Valve
Malfunction
Malfunction
19-141).

Malfunction


Malfunction
*:
A n y t w o - c h a r a c t e r s u b c o d e ( s e e table)
Sectional
DTC
121
-01
-02
-11
Right-front
and
I eft-rear
Valve
Regulator
-21
-24
122
-01
-23
-01
Left-front
-02
-11
and
right-rear
Regulator
-24
-01
-21
-22
Suction
-23
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Oh t h e n turn it to
I s D T C 121-xx, 122-xx, 123-xx, or 124-xx

indicated?
time.B
19-132
-21
124
Suction
-21
-22
123
Is DTC 121-xx, 122-xx, 123-xx, or 124-xx

indicated?
SA activation Indicator does riot go off, and
no DTCs are stored
7. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n V S A O F F s w i t c h 5 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d ,
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II).
V S A O F F SWITCH 5P C O N M E C T 0 B
2. C h e c k t h e V S A a c t i v a t i o n i n d i c a t o r for s e v e r a l
O N (II).
BEN
Does
the indicator
come
on then go
off?
Y E S T h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . a
N O G o to step 3.
3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
4. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A O F F s w i t c h 5 P c o n n e c t o r .
is there
continuity
5. C h e c k t h e V S A O F F s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 19-139).
b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e V S A
Is the VSA OFF
switch
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the V S A O F F s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
19-139KB
O F F switch.
m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324), t h e n g o to s t e p 1 a n d
r e c h e c k . If it is O K , r e p l a c e t h e original g a u g e
control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
connector,
19-133

A B S indicator^ brake system indicator, and
V S A indicator-do not go off
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II).

8. C h e c k the A B S indicator, the brake s y s t e m
2. C h e c k the No. 6 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r -
indicator a n d the V S A i n d i c a t o r for s e v e r a l s e c o n d s
d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
Is the fuse
Does
blown?
the indicators
come
on then go
off?
Y E S T h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
M O R e i n s t a l l the c h e c k e d f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 9.
N O R e p l a c e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
(see page 19-141).B
unit
3. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A modulator-controS unit 3 6 P

BP c o n n e c t o r ( s e e p a g e
19-138).
5. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r -
11. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r -
control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 0 a n d
control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 0 a n d
body ground.
body ground.
V S A MQDULATOR-COfMTROL
OMIT 36P CONNECTOR
M1/|3|4|/|6L/|8|9|10|11|
|14|/VI/118|19|/1211/|23|/]
|25|26|27|/1/l3*W\A\
1
12
13
35
36
V S A IVIODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR
M/13|4MBM8|9|10|11|
Il4l/ly1/h8|l9|/|2l|/l23l/|
|25|28|27|/l/l3 I / W l i
13
35
<
1G1 (GRY)
36
IG1 (GRY)
is there
"' >
12
continuity?
is there
battery
voltage?
b e t w e e n the No. 6 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d the V S A
modulator-control
unit or the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the No. 6
(7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
box a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
N O I n s t a l l the n e w No. 6 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s

u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o to s t e p 6.
19-134
12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to- L O C K (0).
unit.
13, C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 5 a n d

body ground,
V S A IVfODUtATOH-COWTROL U N I T 3P COPJWECT0H
14 \A/YW^[A^
35
16, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d g a u g e

control m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l ( s e e t a b l e ) .
Sign
13
\AMA

connector.
36
mm
(BLK)
CAN-L
CAN-H
V S A ModulatorG a u g e Control
Module 32P
control U n i t S S P
Connector
Connector
Terminal
Terminal
No. 1
~
Nof29
No. 30..
No. 14
V S A fIODULATGR~COMTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR

Is there
continuity?
|25|26|27|/|/|30M/1/134|
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a n d b o d y g r o u n d ( G 2 0 2 ) . l
12
13
35
36
CAIM H (WHT)
CA!*
14. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 12 a n d
body ground,
/l8|9|lO/l/h3L/Ml6|
|17|18|191/V122|23|24|25|26|27|28|29|30|/13Z
CAN-L (RED)
CAN-H ( W H T )
V S A IVIGDULATOR-GQOTRGl UNIT 3P CONNECTOR

FSR+B(WHT)
1 1 | / | 3 U | / I 6 | / 1 8 | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12
I f i / t f ,K ! , \ f v\ If < i f f I Z !
1
35
13
is there
continuity?
36
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
control m o d u l e a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unitB
is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o , 2
(40 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box a n d
the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t B
(confd)
19-135

not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). Sf
19-141).
20. C h e c k the A R S indicator, t h e b r a k e s y s t e m
indicator a n d t h e V S A indicator for s e v e r a l s e c o n d s
Does
the indicators
come
on then go
off?
Y E S I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
19-14D.H
N O C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
19-141), t h e n retest. Sf t h e V S A modulator-controS
19-136
Steering Angle Sensor Replacement

N O T E : D o not d a m a g e o r d r o p the c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h a s t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r is s e n s i t i v e to s h o c k a n d v i b r a t i o n .
1. W i t h t h e w h e e l s in the s t r a i g h t - a h e a d p o s i t i o n a n d the s t e e r i n g w h e e l c e n t e r e d , r e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l
( s e e p a g e 17-24),
2. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n c o v e r s f s e e p a g e 20-168) a n d the c a b l e reel ( s e e p a g e 24-218).
3. R e m o v e t h e c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h a s s e m b l y ( s e e s t e p 7 o n p a g e 17-29),
4. R e m o v e t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h (A) a n d t h e w i p e r / w a s h e r s w i t c h (B) f r o m the c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h b o d y
a s s e m b l y (C).
A
5, Install t h e c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h b o d y a s s e m b l y in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
NOTE:
* Do not r e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r f r o m the c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h b o d y .
* W h e n installing t h e c a b l e r e e l , s e t t h e turn s i g n a l c a n c e l i n g s l e e v e position s o that the a r r o w points straight up
f s e e p a g e 24-219).
* N o t e t h a t t h e t i g h t e n i n g o r d e r is s p e c i f i e d for t h e c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h m o u n t i n g s c r e w s ( s e e p a g e 17-30).
19-137

Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration
Sensor Replacement
VSA Sensor Neutral Position

Memorization
NOTE:
* D o not d a m a g e or d r o p t h e s e n s o r a s it is s e n s i t i v e .
D o not u s e p o w e r t o o l s w h e n r e p l a c i n g the s e n s o r .
procedure.
N O T E : Do not p r e s s the brake p e d a l d u r i n g this
1. Park t h e v e h i c l e o n a flat a n d level s u r f a c e , w i t h the

s t e e r i n g w h e e l in the straight a h e a d p o s i t i o n .

2. W i t h the ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t the

H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) u n d e r t h e
3. R e m o v e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
(A) m o u n t i n g bolts.
A
a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit. If it d o e s n ' t ,
5 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
5. C h e c k for d e f o r m a t i o n In the bracket (C). If
n e c e s s a r y r e p l a c e it.
6. Install the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r in
t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
7. Do the V S A s e n s o r neutral position
( s e e p a g e 19-138).
19-138
memorization
5. " S e l e c t V S A A D J U S T M E N T w i t h the H D S , a n d
f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s .
N O T E : S e e the H D S Help m e n u for s p e c i f i c
instructions.
VSA OFF Switch Test

5. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A O F F s w i t c h 5P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 4 a n d No. 5. T h e r e s h o u l d
be c o n t i n u i t y at all t i m e s .
f s e e p a g e 20-153).
3. P u s h out t h e VSA O F F s w i t c h (A) f r o m the d r i v e r ' s
dashboard lower cover.
V S A O F F SWITCH 5 P CONNECTOR
S I
u
I!
6. Install t h e V S A O F F s w i t c h in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
4, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the VSA O F F s w i t c h

5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 2. T h e r e
s h o u l d b e continuity w h e n the button is p r e s s e d ,
a n d n o continuity w h e n the button i s r e l e a s e d .
V S A OFF SWITCH BP COWWECTOR
it
1 f t
5
si
19-139

VSA Modulator-Control Unit Update
* H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m ( H D S ) tablet tester
* H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) a n d a n iN w o r k s t a t i o n
w i t h H D S a n d C M update s o f t w a r e
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), but d o not start

the engine.
2, C o n n e c t the H D S to the d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
* G N A - 6 0 0 a n d a n iN w o r k s t a t i o n w i t h H D S a n d C M
update software
NOTE:
* U s e t h i s p r o c e d u r e w h e n y o u n e e d to update the
V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit at a n y t i m e .
* M a k e s u r e the H D S / H I M h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e
version.
* B e f o r e y o u update t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit,
m a k e s u r e the battery in t h e v e h i c l e is fully c h a r g e d ,
a n d c o n n e c t a j u m p e r battery (not a battery c h a r g e r )
to m a i n t a i n s y s t e m v o l t a g e .
* N e v e r turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I)
d u r i n g the u p d a t e . If t h e r e is a p r o b l e m w i t h the
u p d a t e , l e a v e the ignition s w i t c h in O N (II).
* T o p r e v e n t V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit d a m a g e , d o
not o p e r a t e a n y t h i n g e l e c t r i c a l ( h e a d l i g h t s , a u d i o
s y s t e m , b r a k e s , A / C , p o w e r w i n d o w s , d o o r l o c k s , etc.)
d u r i n g the update.
* T o e n s u r e the latest p r o g r a m is i n s t a l l e d , d o a V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit u p d a t e w h e n e v e r the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit is s u b s t i t u t e d or r e p l a c e d .
* Y o u c a n n o t update a V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w i t h
a p r o g r a m it a l r e a d y h a s . It will o n l y a c c e p t a n e w
program.
* High t e m p e r a t u r e in the e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t m i g h t
c a u s e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit to b e c o m e too
hot to run the u p d a t e . If t h e e n g i n e h a s b e e n r u n n i n g
before t h i s p r o c e d u r e , o p e n t h e h o o d a n d c o o l the
engine compartment.
* If y o u n e e d to d i a g n o s e t h e H o n d a interface m o d u l e
(HIM) b e c a u s e the H I M ' s red ( # 3 ) light c a m e o n or
w a s f l a s h i n g d u r i n g t h e u p d a t e , l e a v e the ignition
s w i t c h in O N (II) w h e n y o u d i s c o n n e c t the HIM f r o m
the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) . T h i s will p r e v e n t V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit d a m a g e .
* D T C s s t o r e d in m e m o r y a r e c l e a r e d w h e n the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit is u p d a t e d .
19-140
a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit. Sf it d o e s n ' t ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g the D L C c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
4. S e l e c t t h e u p d a t e m o d e , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n
p r o m p t s to update t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit.
5. If t h e s o f t w a r e in t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit is
t h e latest, d i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S / H I M f r o m the D L C . If
t h e s o f t w a r e in the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit is
not t h e latest, f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s on t h e s c r e e n .
6. Do t h e V S A s e n s o r neutral position m e m o r i z a t i o n
VSA Modulator-Control Unit Removal and Installation

NOTE:
* D o not s p i l l b r a k e fluid o n the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e
t h e paint; if b r a k e fluid g e t s o n t h e paint, w a s h it off
Immediately with water,
2, R e m o v e t h e s u c t i o n line m o u n t bolt (A) f r o m the

bracket.
* B e c a r e f u l not to damage o r d e f o r m t h e b r a k e l i n e s
d u r i n g r e m o v a l a n d installation,
* P i y g t h e e n d s of the h o s e s a n d j o i n t s to p r e v e n t
s p i l l i n g b r a k e fluid,
Renidwa!
(confd)
19-141

VSA Modulator-Control Unit Removal and Installation (cont'd)
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r (A) by p u s h i n g the Sock (B) a n d pulling d o w n the l e v e r
(C); the c o n n e c t o r d i s c o n n e c t s itself.
G
4. D i s c o n n e c t the s i x brake l i n e s f r o m the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t

N O T E : B r a k e lines a r e c o n n e c t e d to the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (D) a n d to the left-rear ( E ) , the right-front (F), the left-front
( G ) , a n d the right-rear (H) brake s y s t e m s .
5. R e m o v e t h e 6 x 1 2 m m f l a n g e bolts (I) a n d 6 x 1 6 m m f l a n g e bolt ( J ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
(K) w i t h t h e bracket (L) f r o m the b o d y .
6. R e m o v e the r e c e i v e r line (M) f r o m the b r a c k e t t h e n r e m o v e the c l i p s (N).
7. R e m o v e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f r o m the bracket.
19-142
Installation
1, Install the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit onto the bracket.
2, Install the c l i p s to t h e bracket, t h e n install t h e r e c e i v e r line.
3, install t h e b r a c k e t w i t h t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit to the b o d y .
4, R e c o n n e c t t h e s i x b r a k e l i n e s , t h e n tighten t h e flare n u t s to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
5, A l i g n the c o n n e c t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r to the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit.
6, Pull up t h e l e v e r of t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r , t h e n c o n f i r m the c o n n e c t o r is fully s e a t e d .
7, install t h e s u c t i o n line m o u n t bolt to the bracket.
8, B l e e d the brake s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 19-9).
9, D o t h e V S A s e n s o r neutral p o s i t i o n m e m o r i z a t i o n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
10, Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e A B S a n d t h e V S A i n d i c a t o r s g o off.
11, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e , a n d m a k e s u r e the A B S a n d t h e V S A i n d i c a t o r s d o not c o m e o n ,
M O T E : Sf t h e b r a k e p e d a l i s s p o n g y , t h e r e m a y b e air t r a p p e d in t h e m o d u l a t o r w h i c h c o u l d t h e n be i n d u c e d into
t h e n o r m a l brake s y s t e m d u r i n g m o d u l a t i o n . B l e e d t h e b r a k e s y s t e m a g a i n ( s e e p a g e 19-9).
19-143

Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
Front
2. R e l e a s e the c l a m p (A), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B).
c
3. R e m o v e t h e bolts a n d t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r (C).
4. Install the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
* Install t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c a r e f u l l y to a v o i d t w i s t i n g the w i r e s .
* If the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c o m e s in c o n t a c t w i t h the w h e e l b e a r i n g , it is faulty, i n v e s t i g a t e the c a u s e before
r e p l a c i n g the s e n s o r .
5. Start the e n g i n e , a n d m a k e s u r e the A B S a n d the V S A Indicators g o off.
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e , a n d m a k e s u r e the A B S a n d the V S A Indicators d o not c o m e o n .
19-144
Rear
2. R e l e a s e the c l a m p (A), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B).
3, R e m o v e the c l a m p s , the bolt, a n d t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r (C).

4, Install the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e items:
* Install the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c a r e f u l l y to a v o i d t w i s t i n g the w i r e s .
* If t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c o m e s in c o n t a c t w i t h the h u b b e a r i n g unit, it is faulty. Investigate the c a u s e before
replacing the sensor.
5, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e A B S a n d the V S A i n d i c a t o r s g o off.
6, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e A B S a n d the V S A i n d i c a t o r s d o not c o m e o n .
19-145
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT S Y S T E M (SRS) f If body maintenance is required)

T h e A c c o r d S R S i n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the
g l o v e b o x , s e a t b e i i t e n s i o n e r s in t h e front s e a t belt retractors, s i d e curtain a i r b a g s in the s i d e s of t h e roof, a n d s i d e
a i r b a g s in t h e front s e a t - b a c k s . Information n e c e s s a r y to s a f e l y s e r v i c e the S R S is I n c l u d e d in t h i s S e r v i c e M a n u a l ,
i t e m s m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) o n t h e c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e or a r e l o c a t e d n e a r S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or r e p l a c i n g t h e s e stems r e q u i r e s s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a n d t o o l s , a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d
Honda dealer,
* T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g t h e S R S I n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l injury or d e a t h In the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

o r s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e b y a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a d e a l e r .
* I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , i n c l u d i n g i n c o r r e c t r e m o v a l a n d Installation of t h e S R S , c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l Injury
c a u s e d b y unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of the a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , a n d / o r s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s .
* D o not b u m p or i m p a c t t h e S R S unit, front i m p a c t s e n s o r s , s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r s , or rear safsng s e n s o r w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h i s in O N (II), or for at feast 3 m i n u t e s after t h e ignition s w i t c h Is t u r n e d to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , the
s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , or the a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
* S R S e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t o r s a r e Identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . R e l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h e s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the g l o v e b o x , in t h e front s e a t s ,
in t h e roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d the floor. Do not u s e electrical t e s t e q u i p m e n t on t h e s e c i r c u i t s .
EH
Body
Special T o o l s
.. 20-2
Interior Trim
Doors
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation .....
Front Door Outer Handle Replacement ....
Front Door Latch Replacement
Front Door G l a s s and Regulator
Replacement .
Front Door S a s h Inner Trim
Replacement
Front Door S a s h Outer Trim
Replacement
...................
Front Door G i a s s Outer Weatherstrip
Replacement
Front Door Outer Molding
Replacement
.............
Front Door Weatherstrip
Replacement
Rear Door Panel Removal/Installation
Rear Door Outer Handle Replacement .....
Rear Door Latch Replacement
Rear Door G l a s s and Regulator
Replacement
Rear Door S a s h Inner Trim
Replacement
Rear Door S a s h Outer Trim
Replacement
Rear Door G l a s s Outer Weatherstrip
Replacement
Rear Door Outer Molding Replacement ...
Rear Door Weatherstrip Replacement
Door G l a s s Adjustment
Door Position Adjustment
Door Striker Adjustment
20-3
20-12
20-19
20-23
*
*
*
20-26
20-29
20-31
20-31
*
*
Center Console Panel

Center Console Removal/Installation .......
Center Console Rear Trim
Console A r m r e s t Removal/Installation
20-42
20-45
20-119
20-123
20-126
20-127
20-129
20-131
20-140
20-46
20-47
20-48
20-49
20-50
20-51
20-53
20-54
20-55
20-56
20-57
20-57
*
*
20-59
20-61
20-66
20-67
20-76
20-81
20-82
20-83
20-83
20-84
20-85
20-86
20-87
20-88
20-88
20-91
20-93
20-146
20-148
20-149
20-150
Dashboard
Moonroof
C o m p o n e n t Location Index ............
G l a s s Position Adjustment
G l a s s Replacement
G l a s s Weatherstrip Replacement
W i n d Deflector Replacement
Drain Channel Replacement ......................
S u n s h a d e Replacement
Motor Replacement
* F r a m e and Drain T u b e Replacement ........
Drain Channel Slider and .
Cable A s s e m b l y Replacement
Closing Force and Opening Drag Check ...
20-118
Consoles
20-34
20-35
20-38
20-40
Glass
Windshield Replacement
R e a r v i e w Mirror Harness C o v e r B a s e
Replacement
Rear W i n d o w Replacement
Quarter G l a s s Replacement
20-95
20-97
20-101
20-33
Mirrors
Component Location Index .......................
Power Mirror Replacement
Mirror Holder Replacement
. Mirror Housing Cover Replacement .........
Rearview Mirror Replacement ..................

Trim Removal/Installation - Door A r e a s ...
Trim Removal/Installation- Pillar A r e a s ...
Trim Removal/Installation
- Rear Side A r e a
- R e a r Shelf A r e a
-TrunkArea
Trim Removal/installation
- T r u n k Lid
Sunvssor Removal/Installation
G r a b Handle Removal/Installation ............
Headliner Removal/Installation
Carpet Replacement
Instrument Visor Removal/Installation

Driver's Dashboard Lower C o v e r
Removal/Installation ...............................
Driver's Outer Dashboard Trim
Driver's Inner Dashboard Trim
Center Pocket Removal/Installation
Dashboard Center Lower Cover
R e m ova S/Snsta Station
Center Display Visor
P a s s e n g e r ' s Dashboard Trim
Glove Box Lock Cylinder Replacement ....
Glove Box Removal/Installation ................
Glove Box Striker Replacement
Dashboard Side Vent
Dashboard Center Vent
Side Defogger Vent Trim
Driver's Outer Middle Pad
Driver's Inner Middle Pad
P a s s e n g e r ' s Middle Pad
C o l u m n Cover Removal/Installation
Dashboard/Steering Hanger B e a m
Dashboard/Steering Hanger B e a m
20-152
20-153
20-154
20-154
20-155
20-157
20-158
20-160
20-160
20-161
20-163
20-163
20-164
20-165
20-166
20-166
20-167
20-168
20-169
20-175
Exterior Trim
Seats
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Front S e a t Active Head Restraint
Inspection ................................................
Front S e a t Removal/Installation ................
Front S e a t Recline Motor Replacement ...
Front S e a t L u m b a r Support
Replacement ...............
.......................
Front S e a t Slide Motor Replacement .......
Front S e a t Slide Lever Replacement ........
Front S e a t Torsion Bar Replacement ........
Rear S e a t A c c e s s Cable Replacement ......
Front S e a t f r a m e Replacement .................
Front Seat-back C o v e r Replacement ........
Front S e a t C u s h i o n C o v e r
Replacement ............................................
Rear S e a t Removal/Installation .................
Rear Seat-back Latch Replacement ..........
Rear Seat-back R e l e a s e Lever/Cable
Rear S e a t A r m r e s t Replacement ...............
Trunk Pass-through Lid
Lock Cylinder Replacement ...................
Trunk Pass-through Lid Replacement ......
Rear S e a t A r m r e s t B e v e r a g e Holder
Replacement ..........................................
Rear Seat-back: C o v e r Replacement .........
Rear S e a t Side Bolster C o v e r
Replacement .........................................
Rear S e a t C u s h i o n C o v e r Replacement ....
20-178
20-180
20-181
20-187
20-188
20-189
20-191
20-191
20-192
20-193
20-199
20-209
20-223
20-226
20-227
20-228
20-230
20-231
20-231
20-232
20-236
20-237
Bumpers
Front B u m p e r Removal/Installation ..........
Front B u m p e r F o g Light Cover
Replacement ...................................
Front Air Spoiler Replacement ..................
Rear B u m p e r Removal/Installation ...........
Rear B u m p e r Finisher Cover
Replacement ..........
.............................
20-239
20-242
20-243
20-244
20-247
Hood
Hood Adjustment ....................................... 20-248
Hood S e a l and Hood Molding
Replacement ................................
20-249
Hood Insulator Replacement ..................... 20-250
Trunk Lid
Trunk Lid Adjustment .................................
Trunk Lid T o r s i o n Bar Replacement .........
Trunk Lid Weatherstrip Replacement .......
Trunk Lid C u s h i o n Replacement ...............
Trunk Lid D y n a m i c Damper
Replacement
..............
20-251
20-252
20-253
20-253
20-254
Fuel Fill Door

Fuel Fill Door Adjustment .......................... 20-255
Fuel C a p Adapter Replacement
20-256
Front Grille Cover Replacement

.
Front Grille Replacement
Front Fender Trim-Replacement ................
Cowt Cover Replacement
Roof Molding Replacement .......................
Side SHI Protection T a p e Replacement ....
Trunk Lower Trim Replacement ................
Emblem/Sticker Replacement
20-257
20-258
20-260
20-261
20-263
20-267
20-269
20-271
Feriderwe!!
Front Inner Fender Replacement ..............
Front S p l a s h S h i e l d Replacement
Front Fender Fairing Replacement ...........
Middle Floor Undercover Replacement ...
Fuel Pipe Protector Replacement
Rear Inner Fender Replacement ................
Rear Air Outlet Replacement .....................
20-273
20-274
20-275
20-276
20-277
20-277
20-278
Openers
Hood Opener Cable Replacement
* Trunk Lid Opener Cable/Fuel Fill Door
Opener Cable Replacement
Hood Latch Replacement
Hood Release Handle Replacement ..........
Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill DoorOpener Replacement
Trunk Lid Latch Replacement ....................
20-279
20-280
20-281
20-285
20-286
20-286
20-288
Frame
F r a m e Brace Replacement ..............
Rear W h e e l h o u s e G u s s e t
Replacement
Middle C r o s s - m e m b e r G u s s e t
Replacement
S u b f r a m e Replacement .............................
F r a m e Repair Chart .................
.
20-289
20-289
20-290
20-291
20-294
Body
Special Tools
Ref. N o .
Tool Wumber
07 A A F - S N A A 1 0 0
Q70AG-SJAA10S
20-2
Description
Torsion Bar A s s e m b l y Tool
Qty
1
1
Doors
2-lKIf
POWER W1MDOW SWITCH
(cont'd)
20-3
Doors
2-door (cont'd!
DOOR
Position Adjustment, page 20-51
PLASTIC C O V E R
SPEAKER
20-4
DOOR WEATHERSTRIP
20*5
Doors
4-door Front Door
DOOR GLASS-INNER
WEATHERSTRIP
206
:ER
DOOR S A S H INNER T R I M
(confd)
20-7
JP'QOfS
Component Location index (cont'd)
4-door F r o n t D o o r ( c o n f d )
GLASS
Adjustment, page 20-50
IMMOBILIZER and
SECURITY LABEL
G L A S S R U N CHANNEL
DOOR PANEL BRACKET

CENTER LOWER CHANNEL
FRONT LOWER CHANNEL
LOCK CYLINDER
(Driver's)
INNER HANDLE
STRIKER
INNER HANDLE CAP
LATCH
INNER HANDLE CABLE
20-8
4-cto? R e a r
Bom
DOOR G L A S S INNER
WEATHERSTRIP
POWER WINDOW SWITCH
(com
2
Doors
4 - d o o r R e a r D o o r (cont'd)
20-10
INNER HANDLE CAP
20-11
Doors
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation
K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
T r i m p a d r e m o v e r , S n a p - o n A 1 7 7 A or e q u i v a l e n t
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
5. R e m o v e the front pull pocket c a p (A), a n d r e m o v e

the s c r e w .
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
2-door
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r a n d related parts.
U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C trim tool s e t to
avoid damage when removing components.
1. R e m o v e the t w e e t e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-55).
2. R a i s e t h e g l a s s fully.
3. P u s h o n the bottom of the i n n e r h a n d l e c a p (A)
w h i l e p u s h i n g on the u p p e r h o o k (B) w i t h t h e
appropriate t r i m tool, t h e n pull b a c k the c a p to
r e m o v e ft
6. Pry up t h e notch (A) of the front d o o r p a n e l c a p (B),
t h e n pull b a c k t h e c a p to d e t a c h the h o o k s ( C ) , a n d
r e l e a s e the h o o k s {D) t h e n r e m o v e the c a p .
f
Fastener Location
: Serew, 1
4. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s (A, B) s e c u r i n g the i n n e r h a n d l e
(O.
Fastener Locations
A
: Screw, 2
B : Screw, 1
7. R e m o v e the s c r e w , a n d d i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r
w i n d o w s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (E) a n d t h e p o w e r m i r r o r
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (F).
20-12
Am*
8. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) w i t h a s little b e n d i n g a s
p o s s i b l e to a v o i d c r e a s i n g o r b r e a k i n g it.
10. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) w h i l e pulling, the i n n e r

h a n d l e (B) out t h r o u g h the h o l e In the d o o r p a n e l .
-1 S t a r t at t h e b o t t o m e d g e of t h e d o o r p a n e l ,
release the clips with a commercially available
trim pad remover.
~2 D e t a c h t h e y p p e r c l i p s .
- 3 S t a r t i n g at t h e r e a r , pull the d o o r p a n e l u p w a r d .
N O T E : T h e Inner h a n d l e c a b l e (B) a n d t h e latch
c a b l e (C) a r e c o n n e c t e d to the inner h a n d l e (D).
Do not pull t h e d o o r p a n e l up t o o far, or t h e s e
c a b l e s w i l l be d a m a g e d .
Fastener Locations
i > : Clip, 10
{Gray}
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e inner h a n d l e c a b l e (A) a n d the latch

c a b l e (B) f r o m t h e i n n e r h a n d l e ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e
the handle.
- 4 D e t a c h t h e Inner h a n d l e c a b l e f a s t e n e r s (D, E ) ,
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e f r o m
the cable fasteners.
-2 D e t a c h t h e latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r I F ) , a n d r e m o v e
t h e latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r ( G ) f r o m the Inner
h a n d l e by p i n c h i n g its t a b s out.
N O T E : If t h e c a b l e f a s t e n e r s a r e d a m a g e d or
stress-whitened, replace t h e m with n e w ones.
9, W h i l e h o l d i n g the d o o r p a n e l (A) a w a y f r o m t h e
d o o r , r e m o v e t h e Inner h a n d l e {8} f r o m t h e d o o r
p a n e l b y r e l e a s i n g t h e h o o k s fC).
C
(confd)
20-13
Doors
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (cont'd)
12. R e m o v e t h e o r n a m e n t p a n e l (A).
13. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s (A, B, C ) , t h e n r e m o v e the grip

b a s e (D) a n d the u p p e r grip bracket (E) f r o m t h e
-1 R e m o v e the s c r e w s f r o m b a c k of the d o o r
p a n e l (B).
-2 R e l e a s e the h o o k s (C) f r o m b a c k of the d o o r
panel.
-3 D e t a c h the h o o k s (D) a n d t h e c l i p s f r o m t h e
grip b a s e (E).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 4
20-14
> : Clip, 3
d o o r p a n e l (F).
Fastener Locations
A . Screw,
B : Seerw, 3
C : Serew, 1
14,
R e m o v e the s w i t c h p a n e l (A) a n d t h e a r m r e s t (B) a s

a n a s s e m b l y f r o m t h e d o o r p a n e l (C).
-1 R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s f r o m b a c k of the d o o r
panel.
-2 Poll out
release
-3 Pull out
release
: Screw, 7
* If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace t h e m with n e w ones.
a l o n g t h e e d g e of the a r m r e s t to
all of t h e h o o k s (D).
a l o n g t h e e d g e o f t h e switch p a n e l to
t h e h o o k s (E) a n d to d e t a c h the c l i p s .
Fastener Loeatians
16. Install the d o o r panel in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

f > : Clip, 3
* Replace any d a m a g e d cable fasteners with n e w

ones.
* T h e latch c a b l e (A) s h o u l d be f i x e d to the c a b l e
f a s t e n e r (B) w i t h the latch in the u n l o c k e d
position a s s h o w n .
* M a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t o r s a r e p l u g g e d in
properly, and the c a b l e s are connected securely.
* M a k e s u r e t h e w i n d o w a n d p o w e r d o o r lock
o p e r a t e properly.
* W h e n reinstalling the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e the
plastic c o v e r is installed properly a n d s e a l e d
a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l out w a t e r .
B
4 7 m m 11.85 in.)
15. R e m o v e the s c r e w s , a n d r e l e a s e the hook (A), t h e n

s e p a r a t e the s w i t c h p a n e l (B) a n d the a r m r e s t (C).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 3
20-15
Doors
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (confd)
Special T o o l s R e q u i r e d
* K T C t r i m too! s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
* T r i m p a d r e m o v e r , S n a p - o n A 1 7 7 A or e q u i v a l e n t
* Available through the Honda Tool a n d Equipment
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
5. Pry up the n o t c h (A) of t h e lid (B), t h e n pull back t h e

l i d , and r e m o v e the s c r e w .
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
4-door
NOTE:
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d o o r a n d related parts,
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C trim tool s e t to
avoid damage when removing.components.
1 . R e m o v e t h e t w e e t e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-55).
3. P u s h on the b o t t o m of the i n n e r h a n d l e c a p (A)
w h i l e p u s h i n g o n t h e u p p e r h o o k (B) with the
a p p r o p r i a t e trim t o o l , t h e n pull back the c a p to
r e m o v e it.
6. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l (A) with a s little b e n d i n g a s

p o s s i b l e to a v o i d c r e a s i n g or b r e a k i n g st
-1 S t a r t at the bottom e d g e of the d o o r p a n e l ,
r e l e a s e the c l i p s w i t h a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
trim pad remover.
-2 D e t a c h t h e u p p e r c l i p s .
-3 S t a r t i n g at the r e a r , pull the d o o r p a n e l u p w a r d .
N O T E : T h e i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e (B) a n d the latch
c a b l e (C) a r e c o n n e c t e d to t h e i n n e r h a n d l e CD).
Do not pull t h e d o o r p a n e l up too far, o r t h e s e
c a b l e s will be d a m a g e d .
>:Clip,8
IGray)
4. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s s e c u r i n g t h e i n n e r h a n d l e (A).
FustimOT Loci
: Screw, 2
20-16
7 . W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) a w a y f r o m the
d o o r , r e m o v e t h e i n n e r h a n d l e IB) f r o m t h e d o o r
p a n e l b y r e l e a s i n g t h e h o o k s (C).
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e (A) a n d t h e latch
c a b l e I B ) f r o m t h e i n n e r h a n d l e (C), t h e n r e m o v e
the handle.
-1 D e t a c h t h e i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e f a s t e n e r s (D, E ) ,
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e - f r o m
the cable fasteners.
-2 D e t a c h t h e latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r (F), a n d r e m o v e
t h e latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r (G) f r o m t h e i n n e r
h a n d l e by p i n c h i n g Its t a b s o u t
N O T E : If t h e c a b l e f a s t e n e r s a r e d a m a g e d or
8, R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) w h i l e pulling t h e i n n e r
h a n d l e |B1 o u t t h r o u g h t h e h o l e In the d o o r p a n e l
W h i l e h o l d i n g the d o o r p a n e l a w a y f r o m t h e d o o r ,
d i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (C),
t h e p o w e r m i r r o r s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (D), a n d t h e
c o u r t e s y light b u l b s o c k e t ( E ) , a n d d e t a c h t h e
h a r n e s s c l i p (F).
10, R e m o v e t h e s w i t c h p a n e l (A) f r o m t h e d o o r p a n e l
B
(B).
-1 D e t a c h t h e rear clip.
-2 Pull out a l o n g the e d g e of t h e p a n e l to r e l e a s e
all of t h e h o o k s (C).
-3 Pull t h e s w i t c h p a n e l r e a r w a r d t o r e l e a s e t h e
front h o o k (D).
Fastener Location
t>: Clip, 1
(confd)
20-17
Doors
Front Door Pane! Removal/Installation (cont'd)
11.
R e m o v e a n d l o o s e n t h e s c r e w s f r o m b a c k of t h e
d o o r p a n e l (A), a n d r e l e a s e t h e h o o k (B), t h e n
r e m o v e the a r m r e s t (C).
replace them with n e w ones.
Fastener Locations
13. Install the d o o r p a n e l In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
: Screw, 5
Replace any d a m a g e d cable fasteners with n e w

ones.
T h e latch c a b l e (A) s h o u l d be f i x e d to the c a b l e
f a s t e n e r (B) w i t h t h e latch in the u n l o c k e d
* M a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t o r s a r e p l u g g e d in
properly, and the c a b l e s are c o n n e c t e d s e c u r e l y .
* M a k e s u r e t h e w i n d o w a n d p o w e r d o o r Sock
operate properly.
W h e n reinstalling t h e d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e t h e
plastic c o v e r is i n s t a l l e d p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
12.
R e m o v e the s c r e w s f r o m b a c k of the d o o r p a n e l (A),

a n d r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B,
C, D), t h e n r e m o v e the
o r n a m e n t p a n e l (E).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 6
46.5 m m {1.83 In.)
20-18
Front Door Outer Handle Replacement

N O T E : Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
4. R e m o v e t h e m a i n t e n a n c e c a p (A) (2-door) or t h e
h o l e s e a l IB) (4-door).
1. B e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l :
2-door
2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-12}
4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-16}
2.
D i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r d o o r lock a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r
f A ) , a n d d e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s c l i p s (B).
2-door
3, R e m o v e t h e r e a r plug c a p {Q, t h e n r e m o v e t h e
p l a s t i c c o v e r CD} a s n e e d e d .
N O T E : R e m o v e t h e g l u e f r o m t h e d o o r s u r f a c e . If
t h e p l a s t i c c o v e r is d a m a g e d o r t o r n , r e p l a c e it.
(confd)
20-19
Doors
Front Door Outer Handle Replacer
5. D r i v e r ' s door: Pull both s i d e f l a n g e s (A) of the
retainer (B) o u t w a r d , a n d pull t h e m i d d l e f l a n g e
portion CO of the o u t e r c a s i n g c o v e r (D) o u t t h e n
d i s c o n n e c t t h e c y l i n d e r c a b l e (E) f r o m the latch.
4-door is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
(cont'd!
6. 2-door: Pull the g l a s s run c h a n n e l (A) a w a y a s
n e e d e d , a n d r e m o v e t h e bolt, t h e n r e m o v e the
c e n t e r l o w e r c h a n n e l (B) by pulling it d o w n w a r d .
Fastener Location
: Bolt 1
6 x 1.0 mm
8 N-m
(0.8 kgf-m, 6 IbMt)
20-20
7. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e o u t e r h a n d l e c o v e r (A) f r o m
o u t s i d e of t h e d o o r , l o o s e n t h e bolt ( d r i v e r ' s door)
until it c a n b e p u l l e d o u t h a l f - w a y b y h a n d , or
r e m o v e t h e bolt ( p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r ) , a n d t h e n
r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s ( B ) of t h e outer h a n d l e c o v e r ,
then r e m o v e the cover,
8. R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A), t h e n r e m o v e the lock

c y l i n d e r (B) ( d r i v e r ' s d o o r ) or the o u t e r h a n d l e
h o l d e r (C) ( p a s s e n g e r ' s door) f r o m t h e outer h a n d l e
b a s e (D).
Driver's door
Driver's door
Fastener Location
: Bolt, 1
x 1.0 film
3.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7,2 Ibf-ft)
P a s s e n g e r ' s door
Fastener Location
: Bolt, 1
/ 8 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
11.0 kgf-m, 7,2 Ibf-ft)
(confd)
20-21
Doors
Front Door Outer Handle Replacement (cont'd)
9. D r i v e r ' s door: If t h e retainer (A) of t h e lock c y l i n d e r
11. R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A, B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e outer
c a b l e (B) is d a m a g e d , r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s ( C ) , t h e n
h a n d l e front s e a l (C) a n d t h e outer h a n d l e rear s e a l
r e p l a c e it.
(D).
12. R e m o v e t h e outer h a n d l e b a s e (A).

-1 D e t a c h t h e rod f a s t e n e r (B).
-2 W i t h a clip r e m o v e r , d i s c o n n e c t t h e outer
10. Pull the outer h a n d l e (A) b a c k , a n d out a s s h o w n to
r e m o v e it f r o m the d o o r . T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h
the d o o r .
h a n d l e rod (C).
-3 L o o s e n t h e n u t
-4 R e l e a s e the h o o k ID), a n d s l i d e the outer
h a n d l e b a s e f o r w a r d to r e l e a s e t h e s p e c i a l bolt
(E) f r o m t h e d o o r p a n e l
Fast@ii6f L o c a t i o n
20-22
Front Door Latch Replacement

13. R e m o v e t h e rod f a s t e n e r (A) f r o m t h e outer h a n d l e
b a s e (B), t h e n r e p l a c e ft w i t h a n e w o n e .
1. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l a n d t h e i n n e r h a n d l e :
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-12)
* 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-16)
2. R e m o v e t h e plastic c o v e r , a s n e e d e d ( s e e s t e p 2 o n
p a g e 20-19).
3. D e t a c h the rod f a s t e n e r , a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e outer
h a n d l e rod f r o m the outer h a n d l e b a s e ( s e e s t e p 12
o n p a g e 20-22).
4. D r i v e r ' s door: D i s c o n n e c t the c y l i n d e r c a b l e f r o m
t h e latch ( s e e s t e p 5 on p a g e 20-20).
5. 2-door: Pull the g l a s s run c h a n n e l a w a y a s n e e d e d ,
a n d r e m o v e t h e bolt, t h e n r e m o v e the c e n t e r l o w e r
c h a n n e l by pulling it d o w n w a r d ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e
20-20).
14
Install t h e h a n d l e m the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
* R e i n s t a l l the lock c y l i n d e r ( d r i v e r ' s door) or the
o u t e r h a n d l e h o l d e r ( p a s s e n g e r ' s door) before
installing t h e outer h a n d l e c o v e r .
6. 4-door: Pull t h e g l a s s run c h a n n e l (A) a w a y a s

n e e d e d , a n d r e m o v e the bolt, t h e n r e m o v e t h e
c e n t e r Sower c h a n n e l (B) by pulling it d o w n w a r d .
Fastener Loeatioo
: Bolt, 1
* M a k e s u r e t h a t the actuator c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d
in p r o p e r l y , a n d t h a t t h e c y l i n d e r c a b l e a n d the
o u t e r h a n d l e rod a r e c o n n e c t e d s e c u r e l y .
* M a k e s u r e the d o o r key c y l i n d e r / d o o r l o c k s
operate properly,
* Make s u r e t h e d o o r handle w o r k s p r o p e r l y .
* W h e n r e i n s t a l l i n g the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e the
p l a s t i c c o v e r is Installed p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
(cont'd)
20-23
Doors
Front Door Latch Replacement fcont'd)
7. D e t a c h the c a b l e c l i p s (A). R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s
(B, C ) s e c u r i n g t h e latch (D), t h e n r e m o v e t h e latch
t h r o u g h t h e hole in t h e d o o r . T a k e c a r e not to b e n d
t h e outer h a n d l e rod ( E h t h e latch c a b l e (F), a n d t h e
inner handle cable (G).
4-door
Fastener Locations
B : Screw, 3
C : Screw, 1
2-door
Fastener Locations
B
: Screw, 3
: Screw, 1
6 x 1.0 mm
6 N-m
10.6 kgf-m,
4lbf
~" f-ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
6M.nn
(0.6 kgf-m,
4 Ibf-ft)
x 1.0 m m
6 N-m
8 M 1.0 m m
6 N-m
20-24
8. R e m o v e t h e s p o n g e s e a l (A), a n d r e m o v e t h e s c r e w ,
t h e n r e m o v e t h e latch protector (B) by r e l e a s i n g t h e
h o o k (C), a n d r e m o v e the s p o n g e s e a l ID) f r o m the
latch,
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
10. Install t h e latch in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

note t h e s e i t e m s :
* B e f o r e reinstalling the c a b l e s to t h e Satch f A ) ,
c l e a n t h e fatch s u r f a c e w h e r e t h e n e w s p o n g e
s e a l s will be a t t a c h e d w i t h isopropyf a l c o h o l , a n d
attach t h e n e w s p o n g e s e a l s (B, C ) to t h e fatch a s
shown.
* After reinstalling t h e latch c a b l e "(D) a n d t h e o u t e r
h a n d l e c a b l e (E) to the latch, attach t h e n e w
s p o n g e s e a l IF) to the c a b l e c o n n e c t i n g p o r t i o n s
on t h e latch a s s h o w n .
* B e f o r e reinstalling the latch protector ( G ) , r e p l a c e
the i n s i d e s p o n g e s e a l CM) a n d t h e o u t s i d e
s p o n g e s e a l II) w i t h n e w o n e s :
. - S c r a p e off t h e old s p o n g e s e a l s f r o m the
protector, a n d c l e a n the protector s u r f a c e s w i t h
isopropyf a l c o h o l .
- A t t a c h the n e w inside s p o n g e s e a l to the i n s i d e
f a c e of the protector a s s h o w n .
- After reinstalling the fatch protector to t h e latch,
a t t a c h t h e n e w o u t s i d e s p o n g e s e a l to the
protector a n d t h e latch a s s h o w n .
* M a k e s u r e that t h e a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d
in p r o p e r l y , a n d that the c y l i n d e r c a b l e a n d the
outer h a n d l e rod a r e c o n n e c t e d s e c u r e l y .
3* D i s c o n n e c t the latch c a b l e (A) a n d the inner h a n d l e

c a b l e (B) f r o m the latch (C), a n d r e m o v e t h e s p o n g e
s e a l s (D, E l
* M a k e s u r e t h e d o o r l o c k s a n d o p e n s properly.
W h e n reinstalling the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e the
plastic c o v e r is installed p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
8
20-25
Doors
Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement
N O T E : Put on g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
1. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l :
3. D i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r d o o r lock actuator c o n n e c t o r

(A), a n d d e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s c l i p s (B). R e m o v e t h e
plug c a p s (C). 4-door: D i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r m i r r o r
c o n n e c t o r (Dh
2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-12}
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-16)
2-efoor
2. 2-door: R e m o v e the s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e the d o o r

p a n e l bracket (A).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 2
4-door
4. P a s s the w i r e h a r n e s s (E) t h r o u g h t h e slit (F) in the

plastic c o v e r ( G ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e p l a s t i c c o v e r .
N O T E : R e m o v e the g l u e f r o m the d o o r s u r f a c e . Sf
t h e plastic c o v e r is d a m a g e d or t o r n , r e p l a c e i t .
20-26
5. 4-door: R e m o v e t h e b o l t s , arid r e l e a s e the h o o k (A)>

t h e n r e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l b r a c k e t (B).
Fasttnar Locations
6. C a r e f u l l y r a i s e t h e g l a s s (A) until y o u c a n s e e the

bolts, t h e n r e m o v e t h e m . C a r e f u l l y pull the g l a s s
out t h r o u g h t h e w i n d o w s l o t . T a k e c a r e not to d r o p
the g l a s s i n s i d e the door.
:Bolt 2
2dor
Fastener Locations
:BoIt2
6 M 1.0 m m
9.8:N-m 11.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
4-door
Fastener Locations
: Bolt 2
S x 1.0
mm
9,8 N-m {1.0 k g f - m , 7.2 IfeMt)
(confd)
20-27
Poors
Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement (cont'd)
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the r e g u l a t o r (B).
9. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to all t h e s l i d i n g
s u r f a c e s of t h e r e g u l a t o r (A) w h e r e s h o w n . 4 - d o o r
2-d0@r
is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
Fastener Locations
C
: Bolt 5
(Black)
: Bolt 1
(Silver)
6 x 1.0 rnsn
9.8 M>m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
10. Install t h e g l a s s a n d r e g u l a t o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e stems:
* Roll t h e g l a s s up a n d d o w n to s e e if it m o v e s
freely without binding.
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
* M a k e s u r e that t h e r e i s n o c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e
g l a s s a n d g l a s s r u n c h a n n e l w h e n t h e g l a s s is
4d0r
closed.
* A d j u s t t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e g l a s s a s n e c e s s a r y
Fastener Locations
C :Bolt,5
(Black)
( s e e p a g e 20-50).
D ^ : Bolt 1
(Sliver)
* D o t h e p o w e r w i n d o w c o n t r o l unit r e s e t
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-i
! Ibf-ft)
procedure (see page 22-251).

* W h e n reinstalling the door panel, m a k e s u r e the
* C h e c k for w a t e r - l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 9 o n p a g e 20-51).
* T e s t - d r i v e a n d c h e c k for w i n d n o i s e a n d rattles.
* Make s u r e the power door locks, w i n d o w s a n d
power mirror operate properly.
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
8. R e m o v e t h e bolts ( C ) , a n d l o o s e n t h e bolts (D).

R e l e a s e t h e hook ( E ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e r e g u l a t o r
t h r o u g h t h e h o l e in t h e d o o r .
20-28
eg
Front Door Sash inner Trim Replacement
2-door
4. install t h e t r i m in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r .
* If the clip is d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e
1. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-12).
it w i t h a n e w o n e .
* P u s h t h e h o o k s a n d t h e c l i p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
2, L o w e r t h e g l a s s fully.
3, R e m o v e t h e d o o r s a s h i n n e r t r i m (A).
-1 D e t a c h t h e c l i p s f a s t e n i n g t h e t r i m .
-2 Pull b a c k a l o n g t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of the t r i m to
r e l e a s e the h o o k strip (B) f r o m the d o o r g l a s s
o p e n i n g f l a n g e at t h e A-pilfar portion a n d t h e
roof portion of t h e d o o r s a s h .
-3 R e l e a s e t h e hook (C) f r o m t h e g l a s s run
c h a n n e l ID) at the rear c o r n e r portion of t h e
door s a s h .
-4 Pull b a c k a l o n g t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of t h e t r i m to
r e l e a s e t h e h o o k strip I E ) f r o m t h e d o o r g l a s s
o p e n i n g f l a n g e at the B-pillar portion of t h e
door s a s h ,
-5 R e l e a s e t h e r e a r h o o k (F) f r o m t h e d o o r .
Fastener Location
t> : Clip, 1
fGrayf
20-29
Doors
Front Door Sash Inner Trim Replacement (cont'd)
4-door
N O T E : T a k e e a r e not to s c r a t c h the door,
USA-procfyced models
Location
>:Clip,1
(Gray)
2. L o w e r t h e g l a s s fully.
3. R e m o v e t h e front d o o r s a s h i n n e r t r i m (A).
-1 D e t a c h the clip f a s t e n i n g t h e t r i m .
-2 Pull b a c k a l o n g t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of the t r i m to
r e l e a s e the h o o k s or t h e hook s t r i p s (B) f r o m
t h e d o o r g l a s s o p e n i n g f l a n g e at the A - p i l l a r
portion a n d the roof portion of t h e d o o r s a s h .
-3 R e l e a s e the hook (C) f r o m t h e g l a s s run
c h a n n e l (D) at t h e r e a r c o r n e r portion of the
door s a s h .
-4 Pull back a l o n g the o u t s i d e e d g e of the trim to
r e l e a s e the h o o k s or the hook s t r i p s (E) f r o m
t h e d o o r g l a s s o p e n i n g f l a n g e at t h e B-pillar
portion of the d o o r s a s h .
-5 R e l e a s e the rear hook (F) f r o m the door.
Japan-produced models
4. install the t r i m in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
Fastener Location
t>: Clip, 1
(Gray)
20-30
* If t h e c l i p is d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e
* P u s h the h o o k s a n d t h e c l i p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
Front Door Sash Outer Trim

Replacement
Front Door Glass Outer

Weatherstrip Replacement
NOTE;
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d o o r .
4-door is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r Is s i m i l a r .
1. R e m o v e t h e d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g ( s e e p a g e 20-33).
2. Pull t h e d o o r s a s h o u t e r t r i m (A) u p to r e l e a s e t h e
h o o k s (B) f r o m t h e d o o r , a n d r e l e a s e the t r i m f r o m
b e t w e e n t h e d o o r g l a s s outer w e a t h e r s t r i p (C) a n d
t h e d o o r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e t r i m . T a k e c a r e not to
d a m a g e the door g l a s s outer weatherstrip.
NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r .
1. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :
* Door panel
- 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-12)
- 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-18)
* Plastic c o v e r , a s n e e d e d ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e
20-19)
* P o w e r m i r r o r ( s e e p a g e 20-55)
3 . R e m o v e the s c r e w s f r o m the front a n d rear e d g e s
of t h e d o o r .
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 2
3 . Install t h e t r i m in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
(confd)
20-31
Doors
Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement
4. F r o m the inside of t h e d o o r , s l i d e the c l i p s (A) of t h e
d o o r g l a s s outer w e a t h e r s t r i p (B) to r e l e a s e t h e
h o o k s (C) f r o m the f l a n g e s (D) of t h e d o o r p a n e l
(cont'd)
5, Pull up t h e d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p (A), t h e n
r e m o v e it.
2-door
6. If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e
them with n e w ones.
7. B e f o r e installing t h e d o o r g l a s s outer w e a t h e r s t r i p ,
align t h e c l i p s of the w e a t h e r s t r i p to t h e f l a n g e s
w h e r e t h e c l i p s s h o u l d be e n g a g e d by s l i d i n g t h e m .
A'
(Engaged
position!
A
(Released
position!
4-ctoor
A
(Engaged
position)
20-32
A
(Released
position)
8. P u s h the clip p o r t i o n s of the front d o o r g l a s s o u t e r

w e a t h e r s t r i p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
Front Door Outer Molding Replacement

3. W h i l e r e m o v i n g the u p p e r e d g e o f the d o o r o u t e r
m o l d i n g (A) f r o m t h e e d g e of t h e s a s h , c u t the
* A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h t h e H o n d a Toot a n d E q u i p m e n t
d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e t a p e (B) w i t h a utility knife,

t h e n r e m o v e the m o l d i n g f r o m the s a s h , a n d
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
r e m o v e t h e m o l d i n g f r o m b e t w e e n the d o o r g l a s s
o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p (C) a n d t h e d o o r .
NOTE:
* If y o u r e m o v e t h e d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g , r e p l a c e It w i t h
a n e w o n e b e c a u s e it will b e n d d u r i n g r e m o v a l .
* Put o n g l o v e s t o p r o t e c t y o u r h a n d s ,
* U s e t h e appropriate
a v o i d damage
tool f r o m the K T C t r i m tool s e t to
w h e n removing components.
* 4-door is s h o w n ; 2-door is similar.

1. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r m i r r o r f s e e p a g e 2 0 - 5 5 ) .
2. U s i n g a c l i p r e m o v e r , d e t a c h t h e c l i p , t h e n pull b a c k
t h e d o o r w e a t h e r s t r i p {A) a n d r e m o v e t h e s c r e w .
t
Fastener Locations
|>:isp,1
fBiackl
: S c r e w , 1'
4. S c r a p e off r e m a i n i n g d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e t a p e
f r o m the s a s h , t h e n c l e a n t h e s a s h s u r f a c e with a
s h o p t o w e l d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l .
5. Install t h e n e w d o o r outer m o l d i n g in the r e v e r s e
o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
* I n s e r t t h e front e d g e of the m o l d i n g b e t w e e n the

d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p a n d the d o o r
properly.
* P u s h a d h e s i v e portions into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
* fvlake s u r e t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r s i d e s of the
m o l d i n g a r e c a t c h i n g t h e e d g e s of t h e s a s h
properly.
* P u s h the d o o r w e a t h e r s t r i p c l i p into p l a c e
securely.
20-33
Doors
Front Door Weatherstrip Replacement
NOTE:
4-door
Fastener Locations
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d o o r .
A ^
T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e t h e front u p p e r c o r n e r clip
: Bolt 1
(black) (4-door) a n d the r e a r u p p e r c o r n e r c l i p s (black)
B D> C l i p , 16
(Left: O r a n g e !
(Right; Purple!
C > : Clip, 4
(Gray)
in t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p b e c a u s e t h e s e c l i p s a r e not a b l e to
replace with n e w ones,
* U s e a clip r e m o v e r to r e m o v e t h e c l i p s .
O j > : Clip, 2
(Black)
1. A t t h e A-pillar, r e m o v e t h e d o o r c h e c k e r m o u n t i n g
bolt (A).
2cior
Fastener Locations
A
: Bolt 1
D > : Clip, 1
(Black!
B 0 : Clip, 17
(Left: Psnfc!
(Right: I
E [> : Ciip 1
(White!
r
C >:Clip,5
(White!
Blue)
>:Clip,1
(Orange)
8x1.25 m m
29 N - m
(3.0 kgf'm, 22 Ibf-ft)

2. D e t a c h the c l i p s ( B , C , D, E , F ) , a n d r e l e a s e t h e d o o r
w e a t h e r s t r i p (G) f r o m the h o l d e r (H) of t h e d o o r
s a s h , t h e n r e m o v e the w e a t h e r s t r i p .
3. Install t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
* If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
* M a k e s u r e the w e a t h e r s t r i p is i n s t a l l e d in the
holder securely.'
8 x 1 . 2 5 mm
29 N-m
20-34
* A p p l y m e d i u m s t r e n g t h liquid t h r e a d lock to the

d o o r c h e c k e r m o u n t i n g bolt b e f o r e - i n s t a l l a t i o n .
9
C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 9 o n p a g e 20-51).
Rear Door Panel Removal/Installation

* K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
* T r i m p a d r e m o v e r , S n a p - o n A 1 7 7 A or e q u i v a l e n t
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
4. Pry up t h e n o t c h (A) of t h e lid (B), t h e n pull b a c k t h e

lid, a n d r e m o v e the s c r e w .
Fsstn@f Location
4-door
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d o o r a n d related p a r t s .
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e t o o l f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components.
1, R a i s e the g l a s s folly.
2, P u s h o n the b o t t o m of t h e i n n e r h a n d l e c a p (A)
w h i l e p u s h i n g o n t h e u p p e r h o o k (B) w i t h the
a p p r o p r i a t e t r i m tool, t h e n pull b a c k t h e c a p to
remove it
5, R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) w i t h . a s little b e n d i n g a s
p o s s i b l e to a v o i d c r e a s i n g or b r e a k i n g i t
-1 S t a r t at the bottom, e d g e of t h e d o o r p a n e l ,
release the clips with a c o m m e r c i a l l y available
trim pad remover.
-2 D e t a c h the u p p e r c l i p s .
-3 S t a r t i n g at t h e rear, pull t h e d o o r p a n e l u p w a r d .
N O T E : T h e inner h a n d l e c a b l e (B) a n d latch
c a b l e (C) a r e c o n n e c t e d to t h e I n n e r h a n d l e <D).
D o not pull the d o o r p a n e l up too far, or t h e s e
c a b l e s w i l l be d a m a g e d .
Fast@of L o c a t i o n s
>:Clip.8
IGrayl
3. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s s e c u r i n g t h e i n n e r h a n d l e (A).
Fastener Legations
: Ssr@w 2
r
(confd)
20-35
Doors
Rear Door Panel Removal/Installation (cont'd)
6. W h i l e h o l d i n g the d o o r p a n e l (A) a w a y f r o m the
d o o r , r e m o v e the i n n e r h a n d l e (B) f r o m t h e d o o r
p a n e l b y r e l e a s i n g the h o o k s (C).
D i s c o n n e c t the i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e (A) a n d t h e Satch

c a b l e (B) f r o m t h e i n n e r h a n d l e (C), t h e n r e m o v e
the h a n d l e .
-1 D e t a c h t h e i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e f a s t e n e r s (D, E ) ,
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e f r o m
the c a b l e f a s t e n e r s .
-2 D e t a c h t h e latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r (F), a n d r e m o v e
the latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r (G) f r o m the i n n e r
h a n d l e by p i n c h i n g its t a b s out.
N O T E : If the c a b l e f a s t e n e r s a r e d a m a g e d or
7. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) w h i l e pulling t h e i n n e r
h a n d l e (B) out t h r o u g h t h e h o l e in the d o o r p a n e l
W h i l e h o l d i n g the d o o r p a n e l a w a y f r o m t h e d o o r ,
d i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (C).
9. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h p a n e l (A) f r o m
t h e d o o r p a n e l (B).
-1 D e t a c h the rear clip.
-2 Pull out a l o n g the e d g e of t h e p a n e l to r e l e a s e
all of t h e h o o k s (C).
-3 Pull the s w i t c h p a n e l r e a r w a r d to r e l e a s e t h e
front hook (D).
Fasten?" Location
t> : Clip, 1
20-36
10, R e m o v e a n d l o o s e n t h e s c r e w s f r o m back of t h e
d o o r p a n e l (A), a n d r e l e a s e t h e hook (B), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e a r m r e s t a s s e m b l y ().
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 5
12, Install t h e d o o r p a n e l in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
. replace t h e m with n e w ones.
* R e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d c a b l e f a s t e n e r s with n e w
ones.
* T h e latch c a b l e (A) s h o u l d be f i x e d to t h e c a b l e
f a s t e n e r IB) w i t h the latch in t h e u n l o c k e d
* M a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in properly,
a n d the c a b l e s are connected securely.
* M a k e s u r e t h e w i n d o w a n d p o w e r d o o r lock
o p e r a t e properly.
* W h e n reinstalling t h e d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e the
p l a s t i c c o v e r is installed p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
11. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s f r o m b a c k of t h e d o o r p a n e l (A),
a n d r e l e a s e the h o o k s { B , C , D), t h e n r e m o v e the
ornament panel IE).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 5
0=
47
m m
(1.85 in.)
20-37
Doors
Rear Door Outer Handle Replacement
4-door
1. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e ! ( s e e p a g e 20-35).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r d o o r lock a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r
(A), a n d d e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s c l i p s (B).
3. R e m o v e the rear plug c a p ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e the

p l a s t i c c o v e r (D) a s n e e d e d .
5. W h i l e h o l d i n g the outer h a n d l e c o v e r (A) f r o m

o u t s i d e of the d o o r , r e m o v e t h e bolt, a n d t h e n
r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B) of t h e outer h a n d l e c o v e r ,
t h e n r e m o v e the c o v e r .
Fastener Location
: Bolt, 1
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
6. R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e outer
h a n d l e h o l d e r (B) f r o m the outer h a n d l e b a s e (C).
N O T E : R e m o v e the g l u e f r o m t h e d o o r s u r f a c e . If
t h e p l a s t i c c o v e r is d a m a g e d or t o r n , r e p l a c e it.
4. R e m o v e t h e hole seat (A).
20-38
1, Pull the o u t e r h a n d l e (A) b a c k , a n d out a s s h o w n to

r e m o v e It f r o m t h e d o o r , T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h
the d o o r .
9. R e m o v e the outer h a n d l e b a s e (A).

-1 D e t a c h t h e rod f a s t e n e r (B).
-2 W i t h a clip r e m o v e r , d i s c o n n e c t the outer
h a n d l e rod (C).
-3 L o o s e n t h e nut.
-4 R e l e a s e the hook (Q) a n d s l i d e the outer
f
h a n d l e b a s e f o r w a r d to r e l e a s e t h e s p e c i a l bolt
IE) f r o m the d o o r p a n e l .
Fastener Location
: Nut 1
8. R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A, B) t h e n r e m o v e the outer

h a n d l e front s e a l (C) a n d the outer h a n d l e r e a r s e a l
(D).
f
(cont'd)
20-39.
Doors
Rear Door Outer Handle
Rear Door Latch Replacement

4-door
10. R e m o v e the rod f a s t e n e r (A) f r o m the outer h a n d l e
SMOTE: Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
b a s e (B), then replace'it w i t h a n e w o n e .

1. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l a n d the i n n e r h a n d l e
( s e e p a g e 20-35).
2. R e m o v e t h e plastic c o v e r a s n e e d e d ( s e e s t e p 2 on
p a g e 20-38).
3. D e t a c h t h e rod f a s t e n e r , a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e outer
h a n d l e rod f r o m the outer h a n d l e b a s e ( s e e s t e p 9
o n p a g e 20-39).
A
Replace.
4. D e t a c h the c a b l e clip (A), a n d r e m o v e t h e s c r e w s

(B, C ) s e c u r i n g t h e latch (D), t h e n r e m o v e latch
t h r o u g h the hole in t h e d o o r . T a k e c a r e not to b e n d
the outer h a n d l e rod ( E ) , the latch c a b l e (F), or the
i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e (G).
Fastener Locations
B
: Screw, 3
: Screw, 1
11. Install t h e h a n d l e in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
* R e i n s t a l l the outer h a n d l e h o l d e r before installing
t h e outer h a n d l e c o v e r .
* M a k e s u r e the outer h a n d l e rod is c o n n e c t e d
securely.
* M a k e s u r e the d o o r l o c k s o p e r a t e properly.
* M a k e s u r e the d o o r h a n d l e w o r k s properly.
* W h e n reinstalling the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e t h e
plastic c o v e r is installed p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
6 x 1.0 mm
6 N-m
(0.6 kgf.m,
4 lb!-ft)
20-40
6 x 1.0 m m
6 N-m
5, R e m o v e t h e s p o n g e s e a l f A ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e s c r e w ,
t h e n r e m o v e t h e latch protector IB) by r e l e a s i n g t h e
h o o k i C h arid r e m o v e t h e s p o n g e s e a l CD) f r o m t h e
latch.
Fastener Location
; Screw, 1
7. Install t h e latch in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

note t h e s e stems:
* B e f o r e r e i n s t a l l i n g the c a b l e s to t h e latch (A),
c l e a n t h e latch s u r f a c e w h e r e t h e n e w s p o n g e
s e a l s will b e a t t a c h e d w i t h i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l , a n d
attach t h e n e w s p o n g e s e a l s ( B , C ) to the Satch a s
shown.
* After reinstalling the latch c a b l e (D) a n d t h e o u t e r
h a n d l e c a b l e (E) to t h e l a t c h , attach t h e n e w
s p o n g e s e a l IF) to t h e c a b l e c o n n e c t i n g p o r t i o n s
o n the latch a s s h o w n .
* B e f o r e reinstalling t h e Satch protector ( G ) , r e p l a c e
t h e i n s i d e s p o n g e s e a l |H) a n d t h e o u t s i d e
s p o n g e s e a l (I) w i t h n e w o n e s :
- S c r a p e off t h e old s p o n g e s e a l s f r o m t h e
protector, a n d c l e a n t h e protector s u r f a c e s w i t h
isopropyl alcohol.
- A t t a c h t h e n e w i n s i d e s p o n g e s e a l to t h e i n s i d e
f a c e of t h e protector a s s h o w n . "
- After reinstalling t h e latch protector to the latch,
attach t h e n e w o u t s i d e s p o n g e s e a l to the
protector a n d t h e Satch a s s h o w n .
* M a k e s u r e the actuator c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in
p r o p e r l y , a n d t h e outer h a n d l e rod is c o n n e c t e d
securely.
8, D i s c o n n e c t t h e latch c a b l e (A) a n d t h e i n n e r h a n d l e
c a b l e IB) f r o m t h e latch ( C ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e s p o n g e
s e a l s (D, E h
* Make s u r e the door locks a n d o p e n s properly.

* W h e n reinstalling the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e t h e
plastic c o v e r i s i n s t a l l e d p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
B
20-41
Doors
Rear Door Glass and Regulator Replacement
4-door
1. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-35),
2. D i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r d o o r lock a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r
(A), a n d d e t a c h the h a r n e s s c l i p s (B). R e m o v e the
plug c a p s (C).
4. C a r e f u l l y m o v e the g l a s s (A) until y o u c a n s e e t h e

bolts, t h e n r e m o v e t h e m . R e l e a s e the g l a s s f r o m
t h e h o l d e r (B), t h e n r e m o v e it f r o m the r e g u l a t o r (C),
a n d c a r e f u l l y l o w e r t h e g l a s s . T a k e c a r e not to d r o p
the g l a s s inside the door.
Fnst0P@r L o c a t i o n s
;B!t,2
6 M 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m (1.0 k g f - m , 7.2 Ibf-ft)

R e m o v e t h e bolt (A) f r o m the r e a r l o w e r c h a n n e l (B),
Pull the g l a s s run c h a n n e l (C) a w a y a s n e e d e d , a n d
r e m o v e the s c r e w (D).
Fastener Locations
3. P a s s the w i r e h a r n e s s (D) t h r o u g h t h e hole (E) in t h e

p l a s t i c c o v e r (F), t h e n r e m o v e t h e p l a s t i c c o v e r .
: Bolt, 1
N O T E : R e m o v e the g l u e f r o m t h e d o o r s u r f a c e . Sf
t h e plastic c o v e r is d a m a g e d or t o r n , r e p l a c e it.
6x1
8 N-m
20-42
8. Pull t h e g l a s s r u n c h a n n e l (A) a w a y a s n e e d e d . Pull

t h e rear Sower c h a n n e l I B ) f o r w a r d f r o m the quarter
g l a s s s e a l ( C ) , t h e n r e l e a s e the u p p e r h o o k ID) f r o m
t h e d o o r R e m o v e t h e rear l o w e r c h a n n e l f r o m t h e
rear d o o r g l a s s I E ) , t h e n pull the c h a n n e l u p to
r e m o v e it.
8. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e the g l a s s (A) out t h r o u g h the

w i n d o w s l o t T a k e c a r e not to d r o p t h e g l a s s i n s i d e
the door.
A
9. R e m o v e t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s (A). T a k e c a r e not to
d a m a g e t h e outer w e a t h e r s t r i p (B).
7. R e m o v e t h e r e a r l o w e r c h a n n e l (A) f r o m t h e g l a s s
r u n c h a n n e l {8},
(confd)
20-43
Doors
Rear Door Glass and Regulator Replacement (cont'd)
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e regulator (B).
12. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to all t h e s l i d i n g
s u r f a c e s of the regulator (A) w h e r e s h o w n .
Fast@n6i* Locations
C>:Bolt,4
(Black)
D^:BoIt1
(Silver)
6 x 1.0 mm
'S.SN-m (1.0 kgf-m,
7.2 Ibf-ft)
13. Install the g l a s s a n d regulator in the r e v e r s e o r d e r

of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
11. R e m o v e t h e bolts (C), a n d l o o s e n the bolt (D), t h e n
r e m o v e the regulator t h r o u g h t h e h o l e in the d o o r .
* Roll the g l a s s up a n d d o w n to verify that if it

m o v e s freely without binding.
* M a k e s u r e that t h e r e is no c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e
g l a s s a n d g l a s s run c h a n n e l w h e n t h e g l a s s is
closed.
* A d j u s t the position of t h e g l a s s a s n e c e s s a r y
( s e e p a g e 20-50).
* Do t h e p o w e r w i n d o w control unit r e s e t
* W h e n r e i n s t a l l i n g the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e t h e
* C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 9 o n p a g e 20-51).
* T e s t - d r i v e a n d c h e c k for w i n d n o i s e a n d rattles.
* M a k e s u r e the p o w e r d o o r l o c k s a n d w i n d o w s
operate properly.
20-44
Rear Door Sash Inner Trim Replacement

4-door
USA-produced models
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not t o s c r a t c h t h e d o o r .
1. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l f s e e p a g e 20-35).
2. L o w e r t h e g l a s s fully.
3. R e m o v e t h e rear d o o r s a s h I n n e r t r i m (A).
-1 Pull b a c k t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of t h e trim to r e l e a s e
the r e a r h o o k I B ) f r o m t h e d o o r .
-2 Poll b a c k a l o n g t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of the t r i m to
r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s o r t h e hook s t r i p s (C) f r o m
t h e d o o r g l a s s o p e n i n g f l a n g e at t h e q u a r t e r
g l a s s portion a n d t h e roof portion of t h e d o o r
sash,
-3 R e l e a s e t h e h o o k CD) f r o m t h e g l a s s run
c h a n n e l (E) at t h e front c o r n e r o f t h e d o o r s a s h .
-4 Pull b a c k a l o n g t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of t h e t r i m to
r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s o r h o o k strip IF) f r o m the
d o o r g l a s s o p e n i n g f l a n g e at t h e B-pillar
portion of t h e d o o r s a s h .
-5 R e l e a s e t h e front h o o k (G) f r o m t h e d o o r .
4. Install t h e t r i m in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
p u s h t h e h o o k s or hook s t r i p s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
Japan-produced models
20-45
Doors
Rear Door Sash Outer Trim Replacement
4-door
If the d o o r s a s h outer t r i m (A) w i l l be r e p l a c e d , or

t h e c l i p s (B) a r e r e m o v e d f r o m the d o o r , i n s e r t the
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r .
t r i m b e t w e e n the d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p ' ( C )
a n d t h e d o o r , a n d install t h e t r i m by p u s h i n g o n the
1. R e m o v e the d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g ( s e e p a g e 20-48).
clip p o r t i o n s until t h e c l i p s s n a p into p l a c e .
2. ' Pull t h e d o o r s a s h o u t e r t r i m (A) u p to r e l e a s e the

t r i m f r o m the c l i p s , a n d r e l e a s e t h e t r i m f r o m
b e t w e e n t h e d o o r g l a s s outer w e a t h e r s t r i p (B) a n d
t h e d o o r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e t r i m . T a k e c a r e not to
d a m a g e the d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p .
Fastener L o c a t i o n s
>:Clip,2
If the c l i p s (A) a r e not r e m o v e d f r o m the d o o r ,

install the d o o r s a s h o u t e r t r i m (B) b y i n s e r t i n g it to
the clips a n d between the d o o r glass weatherstrip
(C) a n d the d o o r .
3. If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , or the
t r i m will be r e p l a c e d , r e m o v e t h e c l i p s f r o m the
door.
4. If t h e o l d t r i m w i l l be r e i n s t a l l e d , a n d the c l i p s a r e
d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e t h e m w i t h
new ones.
7. R e i n s t a l l the d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g ( s e e p a g e 20-48).
20-46
Rear Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement

4-cfoor
4. F r o m t h e i n s i d e of the d o o r , s l i d e t h e c l i p s (A) of the

d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p (B) to r e l e a s e the
h o o k s (C) f r o m t h e f l a n g e s (D) of the d o o r p a n e l .
NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s ,
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d o o r .
1. R e m o v e t h e s e I t e m s :
* D o o r p a n e l f s e e p a g e 20-351
* P l a s t i c c o v e r , a s n e e d e d ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e
20-38)
3. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s f r o m the front a n d r e a r edge
of t h e d o o r ,
Fastener Locations
(Engaged
position)
5. Pull u p t h e d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p (A) w h i l e
p a s s i n g t h e front a n d r e a r e d g e s of the
w e a t h e r s t r i p o v e r the d o o r s a s h o u t e r t r i m (B) a n d
t h e d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g (C), t h e n r e m o v e the
weatherstrip.
6. If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e
t h e m with n e w ones.
7. B e f o r e installing the d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p ,
a l i g n the c l i p s of t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p to t h e f l a n g e s
w h e r e t h e c l i p s s h o u l d be e n g a g e d by s l i d i n g t h e m .
8. P u s h the clip portions of t h e rear d o o r g l a s s o u t e r
w e a t h e r s t r i p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-47
Doors
Rear Door Outer Molding Replacement
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
4-door
W h i l e r e m o v i n g the u p p e r e d g e of the d o o r outer

m o l d i n g (A) f r o m the e d g e of t h e s a s h , cut t h e
d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e t a p e (B) w i t h a utility knife,
then remove the molding from the s a s h , and
r e m o v e t h e m o l d i n g f r o m b e t w e e n the d o o r g l a s s
outer w e a t h e r s t r i p (C) a n d the d o o r .
NOTE:
If y o u r e m o v e the d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g , r e p l a c e it w i t h
a n e w o n e b e c a u s e it will b e n d d u r i n g r e m o v a l .
Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r .
U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C trim tool s e t to
1. U s i n g a clip r e m o v e r , d e t a c h t h e c l i p s (A), t h e n pull
b a c k the d o o r w e a t h e r s t r i p (B), a n d r e m o v e t h e
s c r e w s ( C , D).
Fastener Locations
A > : Clip, 3
(Black)
: Screw, 1
: Screw, 2
3. S c r a p e off r e m a i n i n g d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e tape
f r o m the s a s h , t h e n c l e a n t h e s a s h s u r f a c e w i t h a
s h o p t o w e l d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l .
4. Install t h e n e w d o o r outer m o l d i n g in t h e r e v e r s e
* Insert the r e a r e d g e of t h e m o l d i n g b e t w e e n the
d o o r g l a s s outer w e a t h e r s t r i p a n d t h e d o o r
properly.
P u s h a d h e s i v e p o r t i o n s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
* M a k e s u r e t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r s i d e s of t h e
m o l d i n g a r e c a t c h i n g t h e e d g e s of the s a s h
properly.
P u s h the d o o r w e a t h e r s t r i p c l i p s into p l a c e
securely.
20-48
Rear Door Weatherstrip Replacement

2. D e t a c h t h e c l i p s ( B , C , D), a n d r e l e a s e the d o o r
w e a t h e r s t r i p (E) f r o m t h e h o l d e r (F) of the d o o r
s a s h , t h e n r e m o v e the w e a t h e r s t r i p .
MOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e the front u p p e r c o r n e r clip
(black) a n d rear u p p e r c o m e r c l i p s (black) in t h e
w e a t h e r s t r i p b e c a u s e t h e s e c l i p s a r e not a b l e to
replace with n e w ones.
* U s e a c l i p r e m o v e r t o r e m o v e the c l i p s .
1, At the B-piilar, r e m o v e t h e d o o r c h e c k e r m o u n t i n g
bolt (A).
3, Install t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
* M a k e s u r e t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p is i n s t a l l e d in t h e
holder securely.
A p p l y m e d i u m strength liquid t h r e a d lock to the
d o o r c h e c k e r m o u n t i n g bolt b e f o r e installation.
C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 9 o n p a g e 20-51).
Fastener Locations
A
. Bolt, 1
B f> : Clip, 14
(Left: Yellow!
{Right: Green!
C > : Clip, 4
{Gray}
20-49
Doors
Door Glass Adjustment
N O T E : C h e c k the w e a t h e r s t r i p a n d the g l a s s run
4-door rear
c h a n n e l for d a m a g e or d e t e r i o r a t i o n , a n d r e p l a c e t h e m
if n e c e s s a r y .
1. P l a c e the v e h i c l e o n a f i r m , level s u r f a c e .
Door panel:
- 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-12)
- 4-door front d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-16)
- 4-door rear d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-35)
* Plastic c o v e r :
- F r o n t d o o r ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 20-19)
- R e a r d o o r ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 20-38)
3. C a r e f u l l y m o v e the g l a s s (A) until y o u c a n s e e t h e
g l a s s m o u n t i n g bolts (B), t h e n l o o s e n t h e m .
B
6 x 1.0 mm
2-cIoor
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 ibf-ft)
4. P u s h the g l a s s a g a i n s t t h e run c h a n n e l (C), t h e n

tighten t h e g l a s s m o u n t i n g bolts.
5. C h e c k that the g l a s s m o v e s s m o o t h l y .
6. R a i s e the g l a s s fully, a n d c h e c k for g a p s . A l s o m a k e
s u r e that the g l a s s (A) c o n t a c t s t h e g l a s s run
c h a n n e l (B) e v e n l y .
6 x 1.0
mm
9.8 N-m (1.0 k g f m , 7.2 Ibfft)
4-door
front
B
7. A t t a c h the p l a s t i c c o v e r m a k i n g s u r e ft is s e a l e d
a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l c u t w a t e r .
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
20-50
Door Position Adjustment

8. R e i n s t a l l the d o o r p a n e l :
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-12).
* 4 - d o o r front d o o r ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 6 L
* 4-door r e a r d o o r f s e e p a g e 20-35),
N O T E : C h e c k for a f l u s h fit w i t h t h e b o d y , t h e n c h e c k for

e q u a l g a p s b e t w e e n t h e front, r e a r , a n d b o t t o m d o o r
e d g e s a n d t h e b o d y . C h e c k that t h e d o o r a n d b o d y
e d g e s are parallel.
1. P l a c e t h e v e h i c l e on a f i r m , level s u r f a c e w h e n
9. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s , R u n w a t e r o v e r t h e roof a n d
o n t h e s e a l i n g a r e a a s s h o w n , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
adjusting the doors,

2. A d j u s t at t h e h i n g e s (A):
*
*
*
*
U s e a 12 m m (1/2 in.) d i a m e t e r h o s e (A).

A d j u s t the rate of w a t e r f l o w a s s h o w n (B).
D o not u s e a nozzle,
H o l d t h e h o s e a b o u t 300 m m (12 in.) a w a y f r o m
t h e d o o r (C).
* P a d a floor j a c k (B) w i t h s h o p t o w e l s ( C ) , t h e n u s e
t h e j a c k to s u p p o r t the d o o r to p r e v e n t d a m a g e to
t h e d o o r w h i l e a d j u s t i n g it.
* O n t h e front door: R e m o v e t h e front i n n e r f e n d e r
( s e e p a g e 20-273). L o o s e n t h e h i n g e m o u n t i n g
bolts (D) s l i g h t l y , a n d m o v e t h e d o o r b a c k w a r d or
f o r w a r d , up or d o w n a s n e c e s s a r y to e q u a l i z e the
gaps.
* O n t h e r e a r door: L o o s e n the h i n g e m o u n t i n g
bolts (E) slightly, a n d m o v e t h e d o o r b a c k w a r d or
f o r w a r d , up o r d o w n a s n e c e s s a r y to e q u a l i z e the
gaps.
2-cfoor
(confd)
20-51
Doors
Door Position Adjustment (cont'd)
4-door front
3. If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e t h e d o o r m o u n t i n g bolts w i t h
t h e a d j u s t i n g bolts {P/N 9 0 1 0 2 - S F A - 3 0 5 ) m a d e
s p e c i f i c a l l y for d o o r a d j u s t m e n t , t h e n a d j u s t at t h e
door: L o o s e n t h e d o o r m o u n t i n g bolts (F) slightly,
a n d m o v e t h e d o o r u p or d o w n a s n e c e s s a r y to
e q u a l i z e the g a p s , a n d m o v e it in or out until is not
flush with the body.
4. C h e c k that the d o o r a n d t h e b o d y e d g e s a r e p a r a l l e l .
Sf n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e d o o r c u s h i o n s (A) to m a k e
t h e rear of t h e d o o r s f l u s h w i t h t h e b o d y .
8 x 1.25 mm
29 N-m
C3.0 k g f - m ,
22 l b ! - f t )
F
8x1.25 mm
29 N-m
(3.0 k g f - m , 2 2 Ibf-ft)
4-door rear
5. A p p l y t o u c h - u p paint to t h e h i n g e m o u n t i n g bolts,
a n d a r o u n d the hinges.
6. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 9 on p a g e 20-51).
E
8 x 1.25 m m
2 9 N - m (3.0 k g f - m , 2 2 Ibf-ft)
20-52
Door Striker Adjustment

Make s u r e the door latches securely without s l a m m i n g
it. If n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e striker (A): T h e striker n u t s
a r e f i x e d , but t h e s t r i k e r c a n be a d j u s t e d slightly u p or
d o w n , a n d in o r o u t
1. L o o s e n the s c r e w s (B).
18 N-m 11,8 k g f m , 13 Ibf-ft)

2* W r a p t h e striker w i t h a s h o p t o w e l , t h e n a d j u s t the
striker b y t a p p i n g it w i t h a p l a s t i c h a m m e r (C). D o
not t a p the striker t o o h a r d .
3. Lightly t i g h t e n t h e s c r e w s ,
4. H o l d t h e o u t e r h a n d l e o u t a n d p u s h t h e d o o r
a g a i n s t t h e b o d y to b e s u r e t h e striker a l l o w s a
f l u s h f i t . If the d o o r l a t c h e s p r o p e r l y , tighten the
s c r e w s and recheck.
Mirrors
T W E E T E R COVER
Without aytoroati dimming mirror
20-54
With automatic dimming mirror
S3
Power Mirror Replacement
5. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e mirror, s q u e e z e the retaining
t a b s o n the c o n n e c t o r clip (A), t h e n p u s h out to
r e m o v e t h e m i r r o r (B). T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the
1, L o w e r t h e d o o r g l a s s fully.
door.
2. W i t h y o u r h a n d , c a r e f u l l y pull the t o p e d g e of t h e
d o o r t w e e t e r c o v e r (A) out to d e t a c h the u p p e r
h o o k s IB) a n d t h e clip, a n d r e m o v e t h e c o v e r b y
lifting it u p w a r d to r e l e a s e t h e b o t t o m h o o k s { Q .
D i s c o n n e c t t h e d o o r t w e e t e r c o n n e c t o r ID).
Fastener Location
[ > ; Clip, 1
{Gray!
6. Install the m i r r o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d note t h e s e stems:
C
* M a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in properly.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (A).
F a s t e n e r Locations
. Hut 3
* If the clip is d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e
* P u s h the clip a n d the u p p e r h o o k s o n the c o v e r
into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
4. W h i l e h o l d i n g the m i r r o r , r e m o v e the nuts s e c u r i n g

t h e niirror.
20-55
Mirrors
Mirror Holder Replacement
1. C a r e f u l l y p u s h on t h e top e d g e of t h e m i r r o r h o l d e r
(A) by h a n d .
5. B e f o r e reinstalling t h e m i r r o r h o l d e r to t h e i n n e r
h o l d e r (A) on the a c t u a t o r , c h e c k the a c t u a t o r r o d s
(B) a n d t h e a c t u a t o r b o o t s (C). M a k e s u r e t h e
a c t u a t o r r o d s a r e s e c u r e l y m o u n t e d in t h e h o l e s ,
a n d that t h e boots p r o p e r l y c o v e r e a c h r o d .
A
2. Put a s h o p t o w e l in the o p e n i n g b e t w e e n the

b o t t o m e d g e of the m i r r o r h o l d e r a n d t h e m i r r o r
h o u s i n g (B) to p r e v e n t s c r a t c h e s . Insert a flat-tip
s c r e w d r i v e r w r a p p e d w i t h protective tape to t h e
g u i d e n o t c h e s CQ of the m i r r o r h o l d e r , a n d d e t a c h
the bottom c l i p s (D).
3. U s e a heat g u n to a p p l y h e a t to t h e o p e n i n g
b e t w e e n t h e mirror h o l d e r (A) a n d the m i r r o r
h o u s i n g . C a r e f u l l y pull out t h e b o t t o m e d g e of the
m i r r o r h o l d e r to s e p a r a t e the a d h e s i v e (B), a n d
t h e n r e l e a s e the s i d e c l i p s (C).
N O T E : Do not heat t h e p l a s t i c p a r t s too m u c h or
you may damage them.
6. If e q u i p p e d , r e c o n n e c t t h e m i r r o r d e f o g g e r
connectors.
7. R e a t t a c h the h o o k s of t h e m i r r o r h o l d e r to the
a c t u a t o r , t h e n position the m i r r o r h o l d e r o n t h e
actuator. C a r e f u l l y p u s h o n t h e clip p o r t i o n s of the
m i r r o r h o l d e r until t h e m i r r o r h o l d e r l o c k s into
place.
8. C h e c k the a c t u a t o r o p e r a t i o n .
4. S e p a r a t e the m i r r o r h o l d e r f r o m t h e a c t u a t o r (D) by
r e l e a s i n g the h o o k s ( E ) . If e q u i p p e d , d i s c o n n e c t t h e
m i r r o r d e f o g g e r c o n n e c t o r s (F).
20-56
E3
Mirror Housing Cower Replacement
1. R e m o v e the m i r r o r h o l d e r ( s e e p a g e 20-56).
2 , F r o m t h e m i r r o r h o l d e r o p e n i n g , r e l e a s e the h o o k s
(A) of t h e m i r r o r h o u s i n g c o v e r I B ) .
Rearview Mirror Replacement

Without Automatic Dimming Mirror
1. T u r n t h e r e a r v i e w m i r r o r b a s e (A) 90 .
B.
3 . R e l e a s e the h o o k s (A), t h e n r e m o v e the m i r r o r

housing c o v e r (B).
2. S l i d e the r e a r v i e w mirror (A) d o w n t o w a r d the
b o t t o m of the w i n d s h i e l d to d e t a c h it f r o m the
s p r i n g (B) in t h e m o u n t (C).
4. Install the m i r r o r h o u s i n g c o v e r sn the r e v e r s e o r d e r

of r e m o v a l .
3. Sf n e c e s s a r y , r e m o v e the s p r i n g f r o m the m o u n t .
4. Install the r e a r v i e w m i r r o r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
(cont'd)
20-57
M i r r o r s
Rearview Mirror Replacement (cont'd)
With Automatic Dimming Mirror
3= U s i n g a T O R X T 2 0 bit, l o o s e n t h e T O R X s c r e w , t h e n
slide the r e a r v i e w m i r r o r (A) r e a r w a r d a n d off the
1. P r y out the r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s l o w e r c o v e r (A)

to d e t a c h the h o o k s (B), t h e n s l i d e the l o w e r c o v e r
r e a r w a r d , a n d r e m o v e the l o w e r c o v e r by
d e t a c h i n g the h o o k s (C) of the r e a r v i e w m i r r o r
h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e (D).
m o u n t (B).
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
3/8-24
UNF
4l\|.m
( 0 . 4 k g f . m , 3 Ibf-ft)
2. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (A).
4. install the mirror in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

B e f o r e installing the mirror, r e m o v e the T O R X
s c r e w , a n d a p p l y m e d i u m s t r e n g t h liquid t h r e a d
lock to it.
M a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in properly.
20-58
Glass
WINDSHIELD UPPER S E A L
WINDSHIELD F O L D I N G
UPPER CLIP, 2
(Self-adhesive-type, glass side}
REARVIEW MIRROR
H A R N E S S COVER B A S E
|4-d0r)
RUBBER DAM A
WINDSHIELD
Replacement, p a g e 20-61
RUBBER DAM B
2-door
FASTENER, 2
{ S e f i F - a d h e s i v e - t Y p e , glass i
C R e q u i r a d for r e p l a c e m e n t or reinstallation)
UPPER CLIP, 2
{Self-adhesive-type* glass side)
UPPER RUBBER DAM
RUBBER DAM, 2
REAR WINDOW
(confd)
20-59
Glass
4-door

2-door
( S e l f - a d h e s i v e - t y p e , glass side)
20-60
Windshield Replacement
SMOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to p r o t e c t y o u r h a n d s .
* W e a r e y e protection w h i l e cutting g l a s s a d h e s i v e
with a piano wire,
* U s e s e a t c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g the s e a t .
* W h e n replacing a broken windshield, a commercially
a v a i l a b l e w i n d s h i e l d cutter c a n be efficiently u s e d for
cutting a d h e s i v e . F o r d e t a i l s , f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s
of t h e tool m a n u f a c t u r e r .
* C o w l c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 20-261)
* Rearview mirror
- Without automatic d i m m i n g mirror fsee page
20-57)
5. A p p l y protective t a p e a l o n g the e d g e of the

d a s h b o a r d a n d b o d y . U s i n g a n a w l , m a k e a hole
through the rubber d a m a n d a d h e s i v e from inside
t h e v e h i c l e at a c o r n e r of t h e w i n d s h i e l d . P u s h a
p i e c e of p i a n o w i r e t h r o u g h t h e h o l e , a n d w r a p
e a c h e n d a r o u n d a p i e c e of w o o d .
6. W i t h a h e l p e r o n t h e o u t s i d e , pull t h e p i a n o w i r e (A)
b a c k a n d forth in a s a w i n g m o t i o n . Hold the p i a n o
w i r e a s c l o s e to the w i n d s h i e l d (B) a s p o s s i b l e to
p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the b o d y a n d d a s h b o a r d .
C a r e f u l l y c u t t h r o u g h the r u b b e r d a m a n d a d h e s i v e
(C) a r o u n d the entire w i n d s h i e l d .
- With automatic d i m m i n g mirror (see page

20-58)
* A - p i l t a r t r t m , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e 20-101)
* R o o f m o l d i n g s , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e 20-263)
2, R e m o v e the m o l d i n g (A) f r o m t h e u p p e r e d g e of t h e
w i n d s h i e l d f B}. If n e c e s s a r y , c u t t h e m o l d i n g w i t h a
utility knife.
3. If t h e old w i n d s h i e l d w i l l b e r e i n s t a l l e d , m a k e
a l i g n m e n t m a r k s a c r o s s the g l a s s a n d t h e b o d y
with a grease pencil.
7. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e the w i n d s h i e l d .
4. Pull d o w n t h e front portion of t h e h e a d l i n e r

( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 3 1 ) , T a k e c a r e not to b e n d t h e
headliner e x c e s s i v e l y , or y o u m a y c r e a s e or break
it
(confd)
20-61
Glass
Windshield Replacement (cont'd)
8. U s e a putty knife to s c r a p e old a d h e s i v e s m o o t h to
a t h i c k n e s s of a b o u t 2 m m (0.08 i n j on the b o n d i n g
s u r f a c e a r o u n d the entire w i n d s h i e l d o p e n i n g
flange:
D o not s c r a p e d o w n to the p a i n t e d s u r f a c e of t h e
b o d y ; d a m a g e d paint will interfere with p r o p e r
bonding.
' R e m o v e - t h e r u b b e r d a m s f r o m the b o d y . .
9, C l e a n t h e b o d y b o n d i n g s u r f a c e w i t h a s h o p t o w e l
d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l , After c l e a n i n g ,
k e e p oil, g r e a s e , a n d w a t e r f r o m getting o n t h e
clean surface.
10. If t h e old w i n d s h i e l d will be r e i n s t a l l e d , u s e a putty
knife to s c r a p e off old a d h e s i v e , u p p e r c l i p s , a n d
rubber d a m s from the w i n d s h i e l d . C l e a n the inside
f a c e a n d the e d g e of t h e w i n d s h i e l d w i t h i s o p r o p y l
a l c o h o l w h e r e n e w a d h e s i v e will be a p p l i e d . M a k e
s u r e t h e b o n d i n g s u r f a c e is kept free of w a t e r , oil,
and grease.
11. W i t h a u t o m a t i c d i m m i n g r e a r v i e w mirror. If the
w i n d s h i e l d will be r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w o n e , attach
the n e w r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e to the
i n s i d e f a c e of the w i n d s h i e l d ( s e e p a g e 20-66).
20-62
12. A t t a c h the r u b b e r dam. A , a n d the u p p e r c l i p s (B)

with a d h e s i v e t a p e to the i n s i d e f a c e of t h e
w i n d s h i e l d (C) a s s h o w n . B e f o r e installing t h e
u p p e r c l i p s , a p p l y p r i m e r to t h e a r e a w h e r e t h e
a d h e s i v e t a p e will be a p p l i e d to the- i n s i d e f a c e of
the windshield:
B e s u r e the r u b b e r d a m a n d the u p p e r c l i p s line
up w i t h the a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (D).
W i t h the printed d o t s (E) o n t h e w i n d s h i e l d a s a
g u i d e , attach the r u b b e r d a m A to both bottom
c o r n e r s of the w i n d s h i e l d .
* B e s u r e t h e c o n v e x portion (F) of the left a n d right
c l i p s f a c e s the right s i d e .
* B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e w i n d s h i e l d w h e r e
a d h e s i v e will be a p p l i e d .
Bobber dam adhesive tape:
T h i c k n e s s 0.16 m m (0.006 in.)
W i d t h 3.5 m m 10.14 I n j
Upper clip adhesiwe tape:
T h i c k n e s s 0.4 m m - (0.016 In.)
W i d t h 10 m m (0.39 in.)
13, A t t a c h t h e r u b b e r d a m B w i t h a d h e s i v e t a p e to t h e
i n s i d e s u r f a c e of the w i n d s h i e l d (A) a s s h o w n .
* B e s u r e t h e r u b b e r d a m l i n e s up w i t h the
14. Attach the m o l d i n g (A) w i t h a d h e s i v e t a p e (B) to the

u p p e r e d g e of the w i n d s h i e l d (C). B e c a r e f u l not to
t o u c h the w i n d s h i e l d w h e r e a d h e s i v e will be
applied.
a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (C).
* W i t h the e d g e CD) of the black c e r a m i c on t h e
w i n d s h i e l d a s a g u i d e , attach the rubber d a m B to
the windshield.
* B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h the w i n d s h i e l d w h e r e
a d h e s i v e w i l l be a p p l i e d .
fielding adhesive tape:

T h i c k n e s s 0.8 m m I0.03 in.)
W i d t h 4 m m (0.16 In.)
2dr
Rubber dam adhesive tape:

T h i c k n e s s 0.16 m m (0.006 In.!
W i d t h 3.5 m m (0.14 in.)
(confd)
20-63
Glass
15. A t t a c h the m o l d i n g u p p e r s e a l (A) w i t h a d h e s i v e
t a p e to the i n s i d e s u r f a c e of the m o l d i n g (B) a s
shown.
18. W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , a p p l y a light c o a t of g l a s s
p r i m e r to t h e w i n d s h i e l d (A) a l o n g t h e e d g e of t h e
m o l d i n g (B) a n d r u b b e r d a m s ( Q a s s h o w n , t h e n
lightly w i p e it off w i t h g a u z e or c h e e s e c l o t h :
A p p l y g l a s s p r i m e r to t h e m o l d i n g .
* Do not a p p l y b o d y p r i m e r to the w i n d s h i e l d , a n d
do not get b o d y a n d g l a s s p r i m e r s p o n g e
a p p l i c a t o r s m i x e d up.
Never touch the primed surfaces with your h a n d s .
If y o u d o , a d h e s i v e m a y not b o n d to t h e
w i n d s h i e l d p r o p e r l y , c a u s i n g a leak after the
w i n d s h i e l d is i n s t a l l e d .
* Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials a w a y
from the primed s u r f a c e s .
'/////////
Apply glass primer here.
16. S e t t h e w i n d s h i e l d in t h e o p e n i n g , a n d c e n t e r it.
M a k e a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (A) a c r o s s the w i n d s h i e l d
a n d t h e b o d y w i t h a g r e a s e p e n c i l at the four points
s h o w n . M a k e s u r e the p i n s (B) of both u p p e r c l i p s
(C) c o n t a c t w i t h the e d g e of t h e b o d y h o l e s . B e
c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e w i n d s h i e l d w h e r e a d h e s i v e
will be a p p l i e d .
20-64
E2
19. W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , c a r e f u l l y a p p l y a fight
c o a t of b o d y p r i m e r to a n y e x p o s e d paint or m e t a l
a r o u n d t h e f l a n g e w h e r e n e w a d h e s i v e w i l l be
a p p l i e d . L e t t h e p r i m e r d r y for at l e a s t 10 m i n u t e s ;
* D o not a p p l y b o d y p r i m e r to a n y r e m a i n i n g
original a d h e s i v e o n t h e f l a n g e .
* B e c a r e f u l not to m i x u p the b o d y a n d g l a s s
primer sponge applicators.
* N e v e r t o u c h the p r i m e d s u r f a c e s w i t h y o u r h a n d s .
2 1 . Put t h e . c a r t r i d g e in a c a u l k i n g g u n , a n d run a
c o n t i n u o u s b e a d of a d h e s i v e (A) a r o u n d the
w i n d s h i e l d (B) a l o n g the e d g e of t h e m o l d i n g (C)
a n d t h e r u b b e r d a m s CD) a s s h o w n . A p p l y a d h e s i v e
w i t h i n 3 0 m i n u t e s after a p p l y i n g t h e g l a s s p r i m e r .
M a k e a slightly thicker b e a d at e a c h c o r n e r .
2 mm. 10.08 In.)
: Apply body primer t exposed paint as s h o w n .

20 m m
20. C u t a " V " in t h e e n d of the nozzle (A) o n t h e

adhesive cartridge a s s h o w n .
A'
8 m m 10.31 In.)
(confd)
20-65
Glass
22. U s e s u c t i o n c u p s to hold the w i n d s h i e l d o v e r the
o p e n i n g , align it with the a l i g n m e n t m a r k s m a d e in
s t e p 16, a n d s e t it d o w n on a d h e s i v e . Lightly p u s h
o n t h e w i n d s h i e l d until its e d g e s a r e fully s e a t e d o n
a d h e s i v e all the w a y a r o u n d .
Rearview Mirror Harness Cover

Base Replacement
4-door with Automatic Dimming Rearwiew
IVIirror
NOTE:
N O T E : Do not o p e n or c l o s e a n y of the d o o r s for

a b o u t a n h o u r until a d h e s i v e is dry.
23. S c r a p e or w i p e the e x c e s s a d h e s i v e off w i t h a putty
knife or t o w e l . T o r e m o v e a d h e s i v e f r o m a p a i n t e d
s u r f a c e or the w i n d s h i e l d , w i p e w i t h a soft s h o p
towel d a m p e n e d with isopropyl alcohol.
24. After a d h e s i v e h a s d r i e d , s p r a y w a t e r o v e r the
w i n d s h i e l d a n d c h e c k for l e a k s . M a r k leaking a r e a s ,
a n d let the w i n d s h i e l d d r y , t h e n s e a l w i t h s e a l a n t .
Let t h e v e h i c l e s t a n d for at l e a s t 4 h o u r s after
w i n d s h i e l d installation. If the v e h i c l e h a s to be u s e d
w i t h i n the first 4 h o u r s , it m u s t be d r i v e n s l o w l y .
25. R e i n s t a l l all r e m a i n i n g r e m o v e d parts.
N O T E : A d v i s e the c u s t o m e r not to do the f o l l o w i n g
t h i n g s for 2 to 3 d a y s :
* S l a m the d o o r s with all the w i n d o w s rolled up.
T w i s t the body e x c e s s i v e l y ( s u c h a s w h e n g o i n g
e
in a n d out of d r i v e w a y s at a n a n g l e or driving
over rough, uneven roads).
* Put on g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
W e a r e y e protection w h i l e cutting the g l a s s a d h e s i v e
with piano wire.
1. R e m o v e t h e s e stems:
H e a d l i n e r ( s e e p a g e 20-131)
R e a r v i e w mirror ( s e e p a g e 20-58)
2. C a r e f u l l y c u t t h r o u g h a d h e s i v e t a p e u n d e r the
r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e u s i n g the p i a n o
wire, then remove the b a s e .
3. U s e a putty knife to scrape" off all of old a d h e s i v e
t a p e f r o m the w i n d s h i e l d . C l e a n the i n s i d e f a c e of
the w i n d s h i e l d w i t h i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l w h e r e the
n e w r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e is to be
a p p l i e d . M a k e s u r e the b o n d i n g s u r f a c e is kept free
of w a t e r , oil a n d g r e a s e .
4. If the old r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e ( A ) '
will be r e i n s t a l l e d , u s e a putty knife to s c r a p e off all
of old a d h e s i v e t a p e f r o m t h e b a s e . C l e a n t h e b a s e
s u r f a c e w i t h i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l . A p p l y p r i m e r to the
a r e a w h e r e the n e w d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e t a p e (B)
w i l l be a p p l i e d to the b a s e , a n d attach a d h e s i v e
t a p e to the b a s e .
Adhesive tape:
(0.04 In.)
20-66
T h i c k n e s s 0.8 m m (0.031 in.)

W i d t h 7 m m ( 0.28 In.)
Rear Window Replacement

5< B e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r
b a s e {A},, a p p l y p r i m e r to the a r e a w h e r e the
h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e will be applied to the inside
f a c e of the w i n d s h i e l d . L e t the p r i m e r d r y at l e a s t
10 m i n u t e s , then a t t a c h the m i r r o r to the
w i n d s h i e l d w i t h i n 12 h o u r s ,
: Apply primer
NOTE:
* W e a r e y e protection w h i l e cutting t h e g l a s s a d h e s i v e
with a piano wire.
* U s e s e a t c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g a n y s u r f a c e s .
* Do not d a m a g e t h e r e a r w i n d o w d e f o g g e r grid l i n e s ,
w i n d o w a n t e n n a grid l i n e s , a n d t e r m i n a l s .
here.
1, R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :
- T r u n k lid
* C - p i l l a r t r i m , both s i d e s :
- 2-door (see page 20-110)
- 4-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 115}
* R e a r s h e l f ( s e e p a g e 20-119)
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e w i n d o w a n t e n n a c o n n e c t o r s (A) a n d
r e a r w i n d o w d e f o g g e r c o n n e c t o r s (B). 4 -door is
s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
12,99 i n j
8 mm
10,31 in.)
6 mm
(0,24 in.)
3. If t h e old r e a r w i n d o w will be r e i n s t a l l e d , m a k e
alignment m a r k s a c r o s s the g l a s s a n d the body
with a g r e a s e pencil.
8. A t t a c h t h e r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e w i t h
a d h e s i v e t a p e (B) to t h e i n s i d e f a c e of t h e
windshield a s s h o w n , then press a d h e s i v e portions
Into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
7. R e i n s t a l l all r e m a i n i n g r e m o v e d p a r t s .
(confd)
20-67
Glass
Rear Window Replacement {cont'd)
4. Pull d o w n t h e r e a r portion of t h e h e a d l i n e r (A) b y
d e t a c h i n g t h e c l i p s . T a k e c a r e not to b e n d t h e
h e a d l i n e r e x c e s s i v e l y , o r y o u m a y c r e a s e or b r e a k
i t 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
6. R e m o v e the l o w e r r u b b e r d a m (A) f r o m t h e l o w e r
e d g e of the r e a r w i n d o w (B). Sf n e c e s s a r y , c u t t h e
r u b b e r d a m w i t h a utility knife. 4-door is s h o w n ;
2 - d o o r Is s i m i l a r .
Fast6fi6r Locutions
>:Clip,2
5. A p p l y protective t a p e a l o n g t h e i n s i d e a n d o u t s i d e
e d g e s of t h e b o d y . U s i n g a n a w l , m a k e a h o l e
t h r o u g h a d h e s i v e f r o m i n s i d e t h e v e h i c l e at a
c o r n e r of t h e r e a r w i n d o w . P u s h a p i e c e of p i a n o
w i r e t h r o u g h the h o l e , a n d w r a p e a c h e n d a r o u n d a
p i e c e of w o o d .
20-68
7. W i t h a h e l p e r o n the o u t s i d e , pull the p i a n o w i r e (A)

b a c k a n d forth In a s a w i n g m o t i o n . Hold the p i a n o
w i r e a s c l o s e to t h e r e a r w i n d o w (B) a s p o s s i b l e to
p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the b o d y , a n d c a r e f u l l y cut
t h r o u g h t h e a d h e s i v e (C) a r o u n d t h e entire r e a r
w i n d o w . 4-door Is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
A
C u t t i n g p o s i t i o n s - 2-dor
8. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e r e a r w i n d o w .
A

a t h i c k n e s s of a b o u t 2 m m (0.08 in.) o n t h e b o n d i n g
s u r f a c e a r o u n d the entire r e a r w i n d o w o p e n i n g
flange:
D o not s c r a p e d o w n to t h e p a i n t e d s u r f a c e of the
b o d y ; d a m a g e d paint will interfere w i t h p r o p e r
bonding.
R e m o v e the fasteners from the body.
10. C l e a n t h e b o d y b o n d i n g s u r f a c e w i t h a s h o p t o w e l
d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l . After c l e a n i n g ,
k e e p o i l , g r e a s e , a n d -water f r o m getting - on t h e
surface."
11. If t h e old r e a r w i n d o w will be r e i n s t a l l e d , u s e a
putty knife to s c r a p e off all of o l d a d h e s i v e , the
fasteners, and the rubber d a m s f r o m the rear
w i n d o w . C l e a n t h e i n s i d e f a c e a n d t h e e d g e of the
rear w i n d o w with isopropyl alcohol w h e r e n e w
a d h e s i v e will b e a p p l i e d . M a k e s u r e t h e b o n d i n g
s u r f a c e is kept f r e e of w a t e r , o i l , a n d g r e a s e .
Cutting positions - 4-door
(cont'd)
Glass
Rear Window Replacement (cont'd)
12. A p p l y p r i m e r to the e d g e of t h e rear w i n d o w (A)
w h e r e the l o w e r r u b b e r d a m a d h e s i v e t a p e will b e
attached a s s h o w n . Attach the lower rubber d a m
(B) w i t h a d h e s i v e t a p e (C) to the l o w e r e d g e of the
rear window:
13. A t t a c h t h e u p p e r r u b b e r d a m (A), t h e s i d e r u b b e r
d a m s (B), t h e u p p e r c l i p s ( C ) , a n d the f a s t e n e r s (D)
with a d h e s i v e t a p e to t h e i n s i d e f a c e of the rear
w i n d o w (E) a s s h o w n . B e f o r e installing the u p p e r
c l i p s , a p p l y p r i m e r to.the a r e a w h e r e a d h e s i v e t a p e
will be a p p l i e d to the i n s i d e f a c e of the w i n d s h i e l d :
* After installing the r u b b e r d a m , c u t the e n d s (D)

of t h e r u b b e r d a m a s s h o w n .
* B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e w i n d s h i e l d w h e r e
* 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r i s s i m i l a r .
First attach t h e u p p e r r u b b e r d a m , t h e n attach the

s i d e r u b b e r d a m s a r o u n d t h e e d g e of the rear
w i n d o w . B e s u r e t h e top of t h e s i d e r u b b e r d a m
c o n t a c t s w i t h t h e b o t t o m of t h e u p p e r r u b b e r
d a m . Sf n e c e s s a r y , c u t the e x c e s s r u b b e r d a m s .
L o w e r rubber d a m a d h e s i v e tape:
T h i c k n e s s 0.2 m m (0.008 in.)
W i d t h 4 m m (0.16 in.)
WM
: Apply primer here.
B e s u r e t h e u p p e r c l i p s a n d the f a s t e n e r s line u p
w i t h t h e a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (F).
B e s u r e t h e c o n v e x portion (G) of t h e left a n d
right c l i p s f a c e t h e right s i d e .
B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e rear w i n d o w w h e r e
U p p e r clip a d h e s i v e tape:
T h i c k n e s s 0.4 m m (0.016 in.)
W i d t h 10 m m (0.39 in.)
Rubber dam adhesive tape:
T h i c k n e s s 0.1.6 m m (0.006 in.)
W i d t h 3.5 m m (0.14 in.)
Fastener adhesive tape:
T h i c k n e s s 0.8 m m (0.03 in.)
W i d t h 7 m m {0.28 In.)
2-d@r
F
20-70
4-door
14. A t t a c h t h e f a s t e n e r s (A) w i t h a d h e s i v e t a p e to the

r e a r w i n d o w o p e n i n g f l a n g e CB) of the b o d y o n both
sides.
Fastener adhesive tape:
T h i c k n e s s 0.6 m m (0.024 i n j
W i d t h 7.5 m m (0.3 i n j
2-door
(035 i n j
4-door
(1.2 in.)
(cont'd)
20-71
Glass
15. S e t t h e r e a r w i n d o w in t h e o p e n i n g , a n d c e n t e r i t
M a k e a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (A) a c r o s s the r e a r w i n d o w
a n d b o d y w i t h a g r e a s e p e n c i l at t h e four points
s h o w n . M a k e s u r e t h e p i n s (B) of both u p p e r c l i p s
(C) c o n t a c t with the e d g e of t h e b o d y h o l e s . B e
c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e r e a r w i n d o w w h e r e
a d h e s i v e will be a p p l i e d . 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is
similar.
17. W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , a p p l y a light c o a t of g l a s s
p r i m e r to the r e a r w i n d o w (A) a l o n g the e d g e of t h e
r u b b e r d a m s (B) a s s h o w n , t h e n lightly w i p e it off
w i t h g a u z e or c h e e s e c l o t h :
* W i t h the printed d o t s (C) o n t h e rear w i n d o w a s a
g u i d e , a p p l y the g l a s s p r i m e r to both c o r n e r '
p o r t i o n s of the rear w i n d o w .
* Do not a p p l y b o d y p r i m e r to the r e a r w i n d o w ,
a n d d o not get b o d y a n d g l a s s p r i m e r s p o n g e
a p p l i c a t o r s m i x e d up.
N e v e r t o u c h the p r i m e d s u r f a c e s w i t h y o u r h a n d s .
If y o u d o , a d h e s i v e m a y not b o n d to t h e r e a r
w i n d o w p r o p e r l y , c a u s i n g a leak after the rear
w i n d o w is i n s t a l l e d .
Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials a w a y
from the primed surfaces.
2-door
////////. " Apply glass primer here.
B
11 mm
10.43 In.)
16. R e m o v e t h e r e a r w i n d o w .
20-72
f
I
12 mm
(0.47 In.)
4-door
: Apply glass primer here.
12 m m
11 m m
(0.43 in.)
*
I_
18. W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , c a r e f u l l y a p p l y a light
a r o u n d t h e f l a n g e w h e r e n e w a d h e s i v e wilt be
a p p l i e d . L e t t h e p r i m e r dry for at l e a s t 10 m i n u t e s :
original a d h e s i v e o n the f l a n g e .
* B e c a r e f u l not to m i x up the b o d y a n d g l a s s
primer sponge applicators.
* Never touch the primed surfaces with y o u r
hands.
2-door
V//////// : Apply body primer to any exposed

shown.
/20 mm
(0.79 i n j
20 mm
(0.79 in.]
20 mm
(0.79 in.)
(confd)
20-73
Glass
4-door
20. Put t h e c a r t r i d g e o n a c a u l k i n g g u n , a n d run a
: Apply foody primer t any exposed paint as

shown,
/ 2 0 mm
_
(0.79 in.)
mm
20 m m
10.2 in.) (0.79 in.)
c o n t i n u o u s b e a d of a d h e s i v e (A) to the r e a r w i n d o w
(B) a l o n g the e d g e of t h e r u b b e r d a m s (C) a s
shown:
* W i t h t h e printed d o t s (D) o n the 'rear w i n d o w a s a
g u i d e , a p p l y a d h e s i v e to both s i d e p o r t i o n s of the
rear w i n d o w .
* A p p l y a d h e s i v e w i t h i n 30 m i n u t e s after a p p l y i n g
t h e g l a s s p r i m e r . M a k e a s l i g h t l y t h i c k e r b e a d at
each corner.
2-door
2 m m (0.08 in.)
13 mm
(0.51 in.)
8 m m (0.31 in.)
3 mm
(0.12 in.)
19. C u t a " V " in the e n d of t h e nozzle (A) o n the

a d h e s i v e cartridge a s s h o w n .
13 mm (0.51 In.)
3 mm
(0.12 in.)
c
8 m m (0.31 in.)
1 mm
10.04 in.)
2 mm
(0.08 in.)
20-74
2 mm
(0.08 in
1 mm
(0.04 in.]
1 mm
(0.04 in.)
4-door
2 m m (0.08 in.)
13 mm
T i ^ - A
C051 in.) ^ l i |
8 mm 10,31 in.)
21. U s e s u c t i o n c u p s to h o l d the r e a r w i n d o w o v e r the

o p e n i n g , a l i g n it w i t h the a l i g n m e n t m a r k s y o u
. m a d e in s t e p 15, a n d s e t st d o w n o n a d h e s i v e .
Lightly p u s h o n the rear w i n d o w until Its e d g e s a r e
fully s e a t e d o n a d h e s i v e all t h e w a y a r o u n d .
N O T E : D o not o p e n or c l o s e a n y of t h e d o o r s for
a b o u t a n h o u r until a d h e s i v e is dry.
2 2 . S c r a p e or w i p e the e x c e s s a d h e s i v e o f f . with a putty
knife or t o w e l . T o r e m o v e a d h e s i v e f r o m a painted
s u r f a c e or the r e a r w i n d o w , u s e a soft s h o p t o w e l
d a m p e n e d with isopropyl alcohol.
2 3 . After a d h e s i v e h a s d r i e d , s p r a y w a t e r o v e r t h e rear
w i n d o w a n d c h e c k for l e a k s . M a r k t h e leaking a r e a s ,
let the rear w i n d o w dry, t h e n s e a l w i t h s e a l a n t . Let
t h e v e h i c l e s t a n d for at l e a s t 4 h o u r s after rear
w i n d o w installation. If the v e h i c l e h a s to- be u s e d
w i t h i n t h e first 4 h o u r s , it m u s t be d r i v e n s l o w l y .
24. R e i n s t a l l all r e m a i n i n g r e m o v e d parts.
N O T E : A d v i s e the c u s t o m e r not to d o the f o l l o w i n g
S l a m t h e d o o r s with all the w i n d o w s rolled up.
* T w i s t the b o d y e x c e s s i v e l y ( s u c h a s w h e n g o i n g
in a n d out of d r i v e w a y s at a n a n g l e o r d r i v i n g
20-75
Glass
Quarter Glass Replacement
2-door
NOTE:
3. A p p l y protective t a p e a l o n g t h e i n s i d e a n d o u t s i d e
e d g e s of t h e b o d y . F r o m pillar s i d e t h e v e h i c l e , u s e
a utility knife (A) to c u t t h e front c l i p s (B) of t h e
q u a r t e r g l a s s m o l d i n g (C).
W e a r e y e protection w h e n r e m o v i n g t h e g l a s s w i t h
piano wire.
U s e s e a t c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g a n y s u r f a c e s .
T h e q u a r t e r g l a s s c l i p s a n d t h e m o l d i n g c l i p s will
n e e d r e p l a c e m e n t b e c a u s e t h e y will be d a m a g e
during glass removal.
f. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :
C - p i l l a r t r i m (see page 2 0 - 1 1 0 )
R e a r s i d e t r i m p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-118)
B-pillar u p p e r trim ( s e e p a g e 20-105)
2. R e m o v e t h e front s e a l (A) f r o m t h e front e d g e of t h e
q u a r t e r g l a s s (B). If n e c e s s a r y , c u t t h e s e a l w i t h a
utility knife.
4. U s i n g a n a w l , m a k e a h o l e t h r o u g h a d h e s i v e f r o m
i n s i d e the v e h i c l e at a front c o r n e r portion of t h e
q u a r t e r g l a s s . P u s h a p i e c e of p i a n o w i r e t h r o u g h
t h e h o l e , a n d w r a p e a c h e n d a r o u n d a p i e c e of
wood.
5. W i t h a h e l p e r o n t h e o u t s i d e , pull t h e p i a n o w i r e (A)
b a c k a n d forth in a s a w i n g m o t i o n . Hold t h e p i a n o
w i r e a s c l o s e to the q u a r t e r g l a s s (B) a s p o s s i b l e to
p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e b o d y , a n d c a r e f u l l y cut
t h r o u g h t h e a d h e s i v e ( C ) in t h e s t r a i g h t a r e a s a n d
t h e front c o r n e r s , but not t h e r e a r c o r n e r (D).
20-76
Cutting positions

a t h i c k n e s s of a b o u t 2 m m (0.08 in.) o n t h e b o n d i n g
s u r f a c e a r o u n d t h e entire q u a r t e r g l a s s o p e n i n g
flange:
Do not s c r a p e d o w n to t h e p a i n t e d s u r f a c e of t h e
b o d y ; d a m a g e d paint w i l l interfere w i t h p r o p e r
bonding.
* R e m o v e t h e c l i p s from-the b o d y .
d a m p e n e d in I s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l . After c l e a n i n g ,
k e e p o i l , g r e a s e , a n d w a t e r f r o m getting o n the
surface.
9. R e m o v e t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s m o l d i n g f r o m t h e q u a r t e r
8, F r o m I n s i d e t h e v e h i c l e , c u t t h r o u g h t h e a d h e s i v e
(A) of quarter g l a s s r e a r c o r n e r a n d t h e r e a r c l i p ( B )
w i t h a utility knife (C>.
g l a s s . If t h e o l d q u a r t e r g l a s s m o l d i n g is to be
r e i n s t a l l e d , r e p l a c e the m o l d i n g c l i p s w i t h n e w
ones.
10. If t h e old q u a r t e r g l a s s is to be r e i n s t a l l e d , u s e a
putty knife to s c r a p e off all of o l d a d h e s i v e a n d t h e
d a m a g e d c l i p s f r o m the q u a r t e r g l a s s . C l e a n the
i n s i d e f a c e a n d the e d g e of t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s w i t h
I s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l w h e r e n e w a d h e s i v e is to be
a p p l i e d . M a k e s u r e t h e b o n d i n g s u r f a c e is kept f r e e
of w a t e r , o i l , a n d g r e a s e .
(confd)
20-77
GlassQuarter Glass Replacement (cont'd)

11. A t t a c h t h e front s e a l ( A ) , t h e u p p e r c l i p (B), t h e
l o w e r clip (C), a n d t h e r e a r c l i p (D) w i t h a d h e s i v e
t a p e to t h e i n s i d e f a c e of t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s (E) a s
s h o w n . B e f o r e Installing t h e front s e a l , a p p l y
p r i m e r to t h e i n s i d e f a c e of t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s .
* B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e g l a s s w h e r e a d h e s i v e
will b e a p p l i e d .
* B e s u r e to Install t h e u p p e r clip a n d rear clip w i t h
12. Install t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s m o l d i n g (A).

-1 Hold t h e m o l d i n g u p o n t h e g l a s s , a n d fit t h e
h o o k s (B) of t h e m o l d i n g to t h e e d g e of t h e
g l a s s rear c o r n e r first.
- 2 F r o m t h e rear c o r n e r to t h e front, h o o k t h e
l o w e r c l i p s (C) a n d u p p e r c l i p s (D) of t h e
m o l d i n g to a l o n g t h e e d g e s of t h e g l a s s .
-3 P u s h t h e m o l d i n g Into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
their c o n v e x p o r t i o n s (F) d o w n w a r d .
* B e s u r e to install t h e l o w e r clip w i t h its c o n v e x
portion ( G ) u p w a r d .
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or d a m a g e t h e
molding.
Clip adhesive tape:

T h i c k n e s s 1.2 m m (0.047 i n j
W i d t h 10 m m (0.39 i n j
Front seal adhesive tape:
* B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e g l a s s w h e r e
a d h e s i v e will b e a p p l i e d .
* B e s u r e t h e front s e a l c o n t a c t s t h e u p p e r a n d
l o w e r e n d s of t h e m o l d i n g .
T h i c k n e s s 0.16 m m (0.006 in.)

B
W i d t h 3.5 m m (0.14 in.)

Apply primer here.
20-78
1 3 , W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , a p p l y a light c o a t of g l a s s
p r i m e r a l o n g t h e e d g e of the q u a r t e r g l a s s (A) a n d
t h e front s e a l ( B ) a s s h o w n , t h e n lightly w i p e it off
with gauze or c h e e s e c l o t h :
* W i t h t h e printed d o t s {) o n t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s a s a
guide, apply the g l a s s primer to the rear corner,
u p p e r c o r n e r a n d l o w e r c o r n e r p o r t i o n s of t h e
quarter glass.
* Do not a p p l y b o d y p r i m e r to the q u a r t e r g l a s s ,
14. W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , c a r e f u l l y a p p l y a light
a r o u n d t h e f l a n g e w h e r e n e w a d h e s i v e will be
a p p l i e d . L e t the p r i m e r dry for at l e a s t 10 m i n u t e s :
o r i g i n a l a d h e s i v e o n the f l a n g e .
* B e c a r e f u l not to m i x up t h e b o d y a n d g l a s s
primer s p o n g e applicators.
* N e v e r touch the primed s u r f a c e s with your hands.
a n d d o not get b o d y a n d g l a s s p r i m e r s p o n g e
a p p l i c a t o r s m i x e d up,
'''>','
: A p p l y b o d y p r i m e r t o a n y e x p o s e d p a i n t as
shown.
* N e v e r touch the primed s u r f a c e s with your h a n d s ,

10 m m
If y o u d o , a d h e s i v e m a y not b o n d to the q u a r t e r
(0.39 i n . )
g l a s s p r o p e r l y , c a u s i n g a leak after t h e q u a r t e r
g l a s s Is installed.
20 m m
(0.79 in.)
* K e e p water, dust, and abrasive materials a w a y

f r o m the p r i m e d s u r f a c e s .
i A p p l y glass printer here.
4.5 m m
10,18 I n . !
20 m m
(0.79 i n j
20 m m
(0.79 i n j
10 m m
(0.39 i n j
15. C u t a " V " in t h e e n d of the nozzle (A) on t h e

a d h e s i v e cartridge a s s h o w n .
2 m m ( 0 . 0 8 In,
13 m m (0.51 in.)
8 m m 10.31 I n . )
(confd)
20-79
Glass
Quarter Glass Replacement (cont'd!
16. Put t h e cartridge in a c a u l k i n g g u n , a n d run a b e a d
of a d h e s i v e (A) a r o u n d the e d g e of the q u a r t e r
17. U s e s u c t i o n c u p s (A) to hold the q u a r t e r g l a s s (B)

o v e r the o p e n i n g , align it w i t h the c l i p s ( C ) , a n d s e t
g l a s s (B) a n d a l o n g t h e front s e a l -(C) a s s h o w n .
it d o w n o n a d h e s i v e . Lightly p u s h on the q u a r t e r
W i t h the printed dots o n the q u a r t e r g l a s s a s a
g l a s s until Its e d g e s a r e fully s e a t e d o n a d h e s i v e a l l
g u i d e , a p p l y a d h e s i v e to the r e a r c o r n e r , u p p e r
the w a y a r o u n d .
c o r n e r a n d l o w e r c o r n e r p o r t i o n s of the q u a r t e r
g l a s s . A p p l y a d h e s i v e w i t h i n 30 m i n u t e s after
N O T E : Do not o p e n or c l o s e a n y of the d o o r s for
a p p l y i n g the g l a s s p r i m e r . M a k e a slightly t h i c k e r
a b o u t a n h o u r until a d h e s i v e Is dry.
b e a d at e a c h c o r n e r .
2 mm 10.08 In.)
13 m m
10.51
8 mm (0.31 In.)
6.5 m m
(0.26 in.)
18. S c r a p e or w i p e t h e e x c e s s a d h e s i v e off w i t h a putty

knife or t o w e l . T o r e m o v e a d h e s i v e f r o m a painted
s u r f a c e or the q u a r t e r g l a s s , u s e a soft s h o p t o w e l
d a m p e n e d with Isopropyl alcohol.
19. After a d h e s i v e h a s d r i e d , s p r a y w a t e r o v e r the
q u a r t e r g l a s s a n d c h e c k for l e a k s . M a r k the leaking
a r e a s , let the q u a r t e r g l a s s dry, t h e n s e a l w i t h
s e a l a n t . L e t the v e h i c l e s t a n d for at l e a s t 4 h o u r s
after q u a r t e r g l a s s installation. If t h e v e h i c l e h a s to
be u s e d within the first 4 h o u r s , it m u s t be d r i v e n
slowly.
2 0 . Reinstall a l l remaining r e m o v e d parts.
N O T E : A d v i s e the c u s t o m e r not to d o t h e f o l l o w i n g
S l a m the d o o r s w i t h all t h e w i n d o w s rolled u p .
* T w i s t the b o d y e x c e s s i v e l y ( s u c h a s w h e n g o i n g
in a n d out of d r i v e w a y s at a n a n g l e or .driving
20-80
Moonroof
Component Location i n d e x
G L A S S WEATHERSTRIP
D R A I N CHANNEL
GLASS
Position Adjustment, page 20-83
Replacement p a g e :
Closing Force and Opening
Drag
C
Check, page 20-93
BRACKET C O V E R
SUNSHADE
S U N S H A D E REAR HOOK
W I N D DEFLECTOR
REAR S U N S H A D E B A S E SLIDER
R e p l a c e m e n t , page 20-85
S U N S H A D E SLIDER SPACER
FRONTSUNSHADE
B A S E SLIDER
CABLE TUBE
REAR B R A C K E T
CABLE A S S E M B L Y
IWIOTOR
DRAIN CHANNEL SLIDER
\ \
/ BEAR DRAIN T U B E
\ \J
Replacement
\\
page 20-88
FRONT DRAIN VALVE
7
i
FRONT DRAIN T U B E
REAR
DRAIN V A L V E
R*'
FRAIVtE
MOONROOF S U B H A R N E S S
20-81
Moonroof
Symptom
Water leaks from moonroof
1.
C h e c k for a c l o g g e d d r a i n t u b e .
2.
C h e c k for a g a p b e t w e e n the g l a s s w e a t h e r s t r i p a n d the roof p a n e l
3.
C h e c k for a d e f e c t i v e or a n I m p r o p e r l y installed g l a s s w e a t h e r s t r i p or d r a i n
( s e e p a g e 20-83).
channel.
4.
C h e c k for a g a p b e t w e e n the d r a i n s e a l a n d t h e roof p a n e l ,
Wind noise from moonroof
5.
1.
A d j u s t the m o o n r o o f p o s i t i o n .
C h e c k for e x c e s s i v e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the g l a s s w e a t h e r s t r i p a n d the roof
Motor noise from moonroof
2.
1.
A d j u s t the m o o n r o o f p o s i t i o n .
C h e c k for a l o o s e m o t o r .
2.
C h e c k for a w o r n g e a r or b e a r i n g .
panel.
M o o n r o o f g l a s s d o e s not m o v e ,
but m o t o r t u r n s
3.
C h e c k for a d e f o r m e d c a b l e a s s e m b l y .
4.
1.
C h e c k for dirt or d e b r i s .
C h e c k for f o r e i g n m a t t e r s t u c k b e t w e e n the g u i d e rail a n d the s l i d e r .
2.
M a k e s u r e t h e c a b l e a s s e m b l y is a t t a c h e d p r o p e r l y .
3.
4.
C h e c k for a l o o s e i n n e r c a b l e .
C h e c k for a d e f e c t i v e g e a r or inner c a b l e .
M o o n r o o f g l a s s d o e s not m o v e
1.
C h e c k for a run d o w n battery.
a n d m o t o r d o e s not turn ( g l a s s
2.
C h e c k for a b l o w n f u s e .
c a n be m o v e d w i t h 4 m m
3.
C h e c k for a faulty m o o n r o o f s w i t c h .
hexagonal wrench)
4.
C h e c k for a d e f e c t i v e m o t o r control unit.
M o o n r o o f g l a s s d o e s not s t o p at
proper flush closed position
1.
R e s e t the m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).
2.
C h e c k g l a s s position adjustment.
M o o n r o o f g l a s s m o v e s in a
R e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).
j e r k i n g m o t i o n ( m o v e s 40 m m
(1.57 in.), s t o p s for 0.4 s e c o n d s ,
and repeats)
D u r i n g auto c l o s e o p e r a t i o n ,
moonroof glass reverses w h e n
1.
2.
C h e c k for dirt a n d d e b r i s in t h e track.

R e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).
no o b j e c t is t r a p p e d
M o o n r o o f g l a s s m o v e s , but
t h e r e Is- n o A U T O f u n c t i o n
20-82
R e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).
Glass Position Adjustment

T h e roof p a n e l (A) s h o u l d be e v e n w i t h t h e g l a s s
Glass Replacement
1.
C l o s e t h e g l a s s fully.
w e a t h e r s t r i p I B ) , to w i t h i n 0 + 1 / 1 m m
( 0 + 0 . 0 4 / 0 . 0 4 In,) all t h e w a y a r o u n d . If n o t m a k e t h e
2. S l i d e t h e s u n s h a d e all the w a y b a c k .
following adjustment:
3. Pry out t h e lid (A), r e m o v e t h e s c r e w ( B ) , a n d
0+1/-1 m m
r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e b r a c k e t
c o v e r (D). R e p e a t o n the o p p o s i t e s i d e . U s e a
T O R X T 2 5 bit to r e m o v e t h e bolts (E) f r o m t h e g l a s s
b r a c k e t s (F) on both s i d e s .
Fastener Locations
1. R e m o v e t h e b r a c k e t c o v e r ,
2 , A d j u s t t h e g l a s s (A).
-4 U s i n g a T O R X T 2 5 bit, s l i g h t l y l o o s e n t h e bolts.
-2 M o v e the g l a s s u p o r d o w n .
-3 T i g h t e n a l l bolts s e c u r e l y .
:
4. R e m o v e t h e g l a s s (A) by lifting it u p . D o not

d a m a g e t h e roof p a n e l .
Bolt, 4
5. Install t h e g l a s s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
then do t h e s e items:
D o t h e g l a s s position a l i g n m e n t p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 20-83).
R e s e t t h e m o o n roof c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
3, If n e c e s s a r y , r e p e a t o n t h e o p p o s i t e s i d e .
4, R e s e t t h e m o o n roof c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).
22-342).
6. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s . U s e f r e e - f l o w i n g w a t e r f r o m
a h o s e w i t h o u t a nozzle. Do not u s e h i g h - p r e s s u r e
water.
N O T E : It is n o r m a l for s o m e w a t e r to s e e p p a s t t h e
m o o n roof into t h e m o o n roof f r a m e , a n d exit
t h r o u g h the d r a i n s .
20-83
Moonroof
Glass Weatherstrip Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e m o o n r o o f g l a s s ( s e e p a g e 20-83).
5. A l i g n t h e s e a m (A) of t h e n e w w e a t h e r s t r i p (B) to
t h e m a r k (C) o n the m a s k i n g t a p e (D). M a k e s u r e t h e
2. P l a c e a p i e c e of m a s k i n g t a p e (A) o n the m i d d l e of
t h e front e d g e of t h e m o o n r o o f g l a s s (B). M a k e s u r e
that the t a p e is o n t h e g l a s s o n l y a n d not t o u c h i n g
t h e soft r u b b e r of t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p .
h o l e s a r e pointed In t h e s a m e direction a s n o t e d in
s t e p 4.
B
3. P l a c e a m a r k (C) o n t h e m a s k i n g t a p e that a l i g n s
w i t h the s e a m (D) of t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p .
4. P u s h d o w n on the t o p of t h e old w e a t h e r s t r i p with
y o u r t h u m b until a s m a l l s e c t i o n s e p a r a t e s f r o m the
m o o n r o o f g l a s s . O n c e a s e c t i o n h a s s t a r t e d to
s e p a r a t e , grip it a n d pull o u t w a r d , w o r k i n g a r o u n d
t h e m o o n r o o f g l a s s until t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p Is
c o m p l e t e l y r e m o v e d (note t h e l o c a t i o n s of t h e
h o l e s in t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p ) .
6. P r e s s t h e ridge of t h e n e w w e a t h e r s t r i p Into t h e
groove on the moonroof g l a s s w h e r e the m a s k i n g
t a p e Is m a r k e d . W o r k t o w a r d o n e c o r n e r ; t h e n go
b a c k to t h e m i d d l e a n d w o r k t o w a r d t h e o p p o s i t e
c o r n e r . B e c a r e f u l not to s t r e t c h the w e a t h e r s t r i p .
7. C o n t i n u e p r e s s i n g a l o n g o n e s i d e , f r o m c o r n e r to
corner; then press along the opposite side, from
c o r n e r to c o r n e r .
8. A t the rear of t h e m o o n r o o f g l a s s , c o n t i n u e
p r e s s i n g f r o m o n e c o r n e r to t h e m i d d l e ; t h e n p r e s s
f r o m the o p p o s i t e c o r n e r to t h e m i d d l e until the
strip Is c o m p l e t e l y I n s t a l l e d .
9. R e i n s t a l l t h e m o o n r o o f g l a s s ( s e e p a g e 20-83).
10. C h e c k for p r o p e r fit of t h e n e w w e a t h e r s t r i p by
opening a n d c l o s i n g the moonroof.
20-84
Wind Deflector Replacement

1. O p e n t h e g l a s s fully,
2. R e m o v e t h e links (A) f r o m both s i d e s .
4= Pry up o n t h e d e f l e c t o r b a s e s (A), a n d r e l e a s e t h e
h o o k s (B), t h e n r e m o v e the b a s e s w i t h s p r i n g s (C)
from- both s i d e s .
3 . R e m o v e t h e w i n d d e f l e c t o r (A).
A
5. Install t h e d e f l e c t o r In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
6. R e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).
20-85
IVkioffiroof
Drain Channel Replacement
. 1. R e m o v e the moonroof g l a s s ( s e e p a g e 20-83).
4. PuSI the rear e d g e of the d r a i n c h a n n e l (A) up w h i l e

p u s h i n g both c l i p s (B), a n d r e l e a s e t h e c h a n n e l
2. W i t h t h e m o o n r o o f s w i t c h , m o v e both g l a s s
b r a c k e t s (A) to the position w h e r e t h e m o o n r o o f
f r o m both h o o k s (C) of t h e d r a i n c h a n n e l s l i d e r by
pulling it r e a r w a r d .
n o r m a l l y tilts up a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e d r a i n c h a n n e l
r o d s (B) on both s i d e s .
>^
3. S l i d e the d r a i n c h a n n e l (A) f o r w a r d .
A
5. R e m o v e the d r a i n c h a n n e l .
6. Install t h e c h a n n e l in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
* P u s h the clip p o r t i o n s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
* C h e c k the g l a s s p o s i t i o n a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e
20-83).
7. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s . L e t the w a t e r run f r e e l y f r o m
a h o s e w i t h o u t a nozzle. D o not u s e a h i g h - p r e s s u r e
spray.
20-86
Sunshade Replacement
1, R e m o v e t h e d r a i n c h a n n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-88).
6. R e m o v e t h e s u n s h a d e (A).
2, S l i d e t h e s u n s h a d e (A) until y o u c a n s e e both

s u n s h a d e s l i d e r s p a c e r s (B).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 4
7 . R e m o v e both front s u n s h a d e b a s e s l i d e r s (A) a n d

both r e a r s u n s h a d e b a s e s l i d e r s (B).
3. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e both s p a c e r s .
4, W h i l e lifting t h e front portion of t h e s u n s h a d e (A),
m o v e t h e s u n s h a d e f o r w a r d until y o u c a n s e e both
s u n s h a d e r e a r h o o k s IB). Do not d a m a g e t h e
s u n s h a d e and the hooks.
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 4
8. Install the s u n s h a d e in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

C h e c k t h e g l a s s position a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e
20-83).
R e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e
22-342).
9. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s . Let t h e w a t e r run f r e e l y f r o m
spray.
5 , R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e both h o o k s .
20-87
Moohfoof
Motor Replacement
Frame and Drain Tube Replacement
1. R e m o v e the h e a d l i n e r ( s e e p a g e 20-131).
S R S c o m p o n e n t s , a r e l o c a t e d In t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s , 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-21),
2. Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . D i s c o n n e c t the

c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d r e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n
r e m o v e the motor (B).
Fastener Locations
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e d o i n g r e p a i r s or
service.
: Screw, 3
* H e a d l i n e r ( s e e p a g e 20-131)
M o o n r o o f g l a s s ( s e e p a g e 20-83)
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r a i n t u b e s (A).
A
4 N-m
3. Install t h e m o t o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
M a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d In p r o p e r l y .
R e s e t the m o o n r o o f c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
22-342).
C h e c k the m o t o r o p e r a t i o n .
20-88
3. W i t h a n a s s i s t a n t h o l d i n g t h e f r a m e (A), r e m o v e the
bolts I B , C ) s t a r t i n g at t h e rear, a n d r e l e a s e t h e rear
h o o k s (D) by m o v i n g t h e f r a m e f o r w a r d ,
2-door
: Bolt 8
9
Fastener Locations
B
F r o n t D r a i n Tub
: Bolt 1
Front d o o r sill trim
- 2-door { s e e p a g e 20-97)
- 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
* Kick p a n e l
- 2 - d o o r ( s e e s t e p 5 on p a g e 20-98)
- 4-door ( s e e s t e p 5 on p a g e 20-99)
6. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s f r o m t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e :
* G l o v e box (see page'20-161)
* S t e r e o amplifier (see page 23-115).
7. D e t a c h the clip (A) s e c u r i n g the front d r a i n t u b e (B).
T o r e m o v e a front d r a i n v a l v e (C) f r o m the b o d y , tie
a string to the t o p e n d of the d r a i n t u b e , t h e n pull
the d r a i n tube d o w n out of the A-pillar. L e a v e the
s t r i n g in the pillar to u s e w h e n reinstalling the d r a i n
tube.
4-door
Fastener Locations
B
: Bolt, 9
4, W i t h t h e h e l p of a n a s s i s t a n t c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e
f r a m e t h r o u g h t h e front d o o r o p e n i n g . T a k e c a r e
not to s c r a t c h t h e interior t r i m a n d b o d y , or t e a r the
seat covers.
(confd)
20-89
Mbonlroof
Frame and Drain Tube Replacement
Bear Drain Tube
8. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s f r o m the trunk c o m p a r t m e n t
( s e e p a g e 20-123):
S p a r e tire lid
T r u n k rear trim p a n e l
T r u n k rear s i d e t r i m p a n e l
9. D e t a c h the clip (A) s e c u r i n g t h e r e a r d r a i n t u b e (B)
(2-door). T o r e m o v e a r e a r d r a i n v a l v e (C) f r o m t h e
b o d y , tie a string to the top e n d of the rear d r a i n
t u b e , t h e n pull the drain t u b e d o w n out of the
C-pillar. L e a v e the string in t h e pillar to u s e w h e n
reinstalling the drain t u b e .
2-door
20-90
:'d)
4-door
Drain-Channel-Slider and Cable

Assembly Replacement
10. Install t h e f r a m e a n d t h e d r a i n t u b e In t h e r e v e r s e
1. R e m o v e t h e f r a m e ( s e e p a g e 20-88).
* Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes
a n d t h e d r a i n v a l v e s u s i n g c o m p r e s s e d air,
* W h e n i n s t a l l i n g , t i e t h e string that w a s left in t h e
pillar to t h e t o p e n d of t h e n e w dram t u b e a n d
pull i t u p into t h e r o o t
2. R e m o v e t h e s e parts f r o m t h e f r a m e :
* S u n s h a d e ( s e e p a g e 20-87)
* M o o n r o o f m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 20-88)
* Check the frame seal,

* C l e a n t h e s u r f a c e of t h e f r a m e .
* W h e n Installing t h e f r a m e , first a t t a c h t h e r e a r
h o o k s into the b o d y h o l e s .
3. R e m o v e t h e a l u m i n u m t a p e (A). 4-door: D e t a c h t h e
c l i p s (B) s e c u r i n g the m o o n r o o f s u b h a r n e s s (C).
4 - d o o r i s s h o w n ; 2-door is s i m i l a r .
* M a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t o r s a r e p l u g g e d in
properly.
* W h e n c o n n e c t i n g t h e d r a i n t u b e , s l i d e it o v e r t h e
f r a m e n o z z l e at l e a s t 10 m m (0.39 in.).
* Install the t u b e c l i p (A) o n t h e dram tube (B) a s
shown.
* After all p a r t s a r e I n s t a l l e d , i n c l u d i n g t h e
h e a d l i n e r , r e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f control unit
(see page 22-342).
* Do the g l a s s position alignment procedure
f s e e p a g e 20-83).
A
4, Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . R e m o v e the

s c r e w s (A, B) s e c u r i n g t h e c a b l e t u b e r e a r b r a c k e t s
(C). R e m o v e the c a b l e t u b e s i d e b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g
bolts (D) a n d t h e c a b l e t u b e m o u n t i n g s c r e w s (E)
f r o m both s i d e s of the f r a m e (F). 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ;
2-door is similar.
Upward
Fastener Locations
B
A^:Screw,2
B^:Serew,2
: Bolt,2
11. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s , Let the w a t e r run f r e e l y f r o m

spray.
(confd)
20-91
Moonroof
Drain Channel Slider and Gable Assembly Replacement ( c o n t ' d )
5. T u r n both c a b l e t u b e s i d e b r a c k e t s (A) up to r e l e a s e
the h o o k s fB) f r o m t h e h o l e s in both s i d e s of the frame.
8. R e m o v e the drain c h a n n e l s l i d e r s (A) f r o m both

sides.
9. S l i d e the c a b l e a s s e m b l y (A) a n d both g l a s s

b r a c k e t s (B) back, r e m o v e the deflector s l i d e r s (C)
f r o m both g l a s s b r a c k e t s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e m f r o m
the f r a m e ID).
6. Pivot the g l a s s b r a c k e t s (C) d o w n by s l i d i n g the link

lifters (D) b a c k , t h e n s l i d e both g l a s s b r a c k e t s b a c k
w i t h the link lifters.
7. S l i d e the c a b l e a s s e m b l y (E) h a l f - w a y back.
20-92
Closing Force and Opening Drag

Check
10. Install t h e s l i d e r a n d c a b l e a s s e m b l y in the r e v e r s e
1. R e m o v e t h e h e a d l i n e r ( s e e p a g e 20-131).
* D a m a g e d p a r t s s h o u l d be r e p l a c e d .
* A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to the g l a s s bracket
(A) a n d t h e g u i d e rail portion of the f r a m e (B)
Indicated b y t h e a r r o w s ,
* B e f o r e r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e m o t o r , m a k e s u r e both
link lifters a r e p a r a l l e l , a n d in the tilt-up position.
* B e f o r e r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e m o t o r , install t h e f r a m e
a n d the g l a s s , then c h e c k the opening drag
f s e e p a g e 20-93).
* After r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e motor, r e s e t the m o o n r o o f
c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).
2. C l o s i n g f o r c e c h e c k :
* W i t h a s h o p t o w e l (A) o n t h e l e a d i n g e d g e of t h e
g l a s s (B), attach a s p r i n g s c a l e (C) a s s h o w n .
* H a v e a n a s s i s t a n t h o l d the s w i t c h to c l o s e the
g l a s s w h i l e y o u m e a s u r e the f o r c e r e q u i r e d to
s t o p It.
* R e a d t h e f o r c e a s s o o n a s the g l a s s s t o p s m o v i n g ,
then Immediately release the switch a n d the
spring scale.
C l o s i n g f o r c e : 2 0 0 - 2 9 0 N ( 2 0 - 3 0 kgf, 4 4 - 6 6 IbfJ
3. If t h e f o r c e in not w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n , r e m o v e the
m o o n r o o f m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 20-88), a n d c h e c k t h e
following items:
C h e c k t h e g e a r teeth a n d the i n n e r c a b l e for
b r e a k a g e a n d d a m a g e . If the g e a r teeth a r e
b r o k e n , r e p l a c e the motor. If t h e Inner c a b l e is
d a m a g e d , r e m o v e the f r a m e ( s e e p a g e 20-88),
a n d r e p l a c e the c a b l e ( s e e p a g e 20-91).
C h e c k the m o o n r o o f motor ( s e e p a g e 22-344). If
t h e m o t o r fails to run or d o e s n ' t t u r n s m o o t h l y ,
r e p l a c e it.
C h e c k t h e o p e n i n g d r a g . G o t o s t e p 4.
(confd)
20-93
Moonroof
Closing Force and Opening Drag Check (cont'd)
4. O p e n i n g d r a g c h e c k : Protect t h e l e a d i n g e d g e of the
g l a s s w i t h a s h o p t o w e l (A). M e a s u r e the effort
r e q u i r e d to o p e n t h e g l a s s u s i n g a s p r i n g s c a l e (B)
as shown.
5. If the load is o v e r 40 N (4 kgf, 9 Ibf), c h e c k :

T h e s i d e c l e a r a n c e a n d g l a s s position a d j u s t m e n t
( s e e p a g e 20-83).
* F o r b r o k e n or d a m a g e d s l i d i n g parts. If a n y
s l i d i n g parts a r e d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m .
6. R e s e t the m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342)
after reinstalling the m o o n r o o f motor.
20-94
Interior Trim
2-door
/ C-P1LLAR TRIM
REAR S H E L F
HEAR SIDE TRIM PANEL
GRAB HANDLE
DOOR OPENING S E A L
Removaf/fnstallatson, page 20-97
SUNVISOR
A-PILLARTRIM
page 20-101
HEAOLINER
page 20-131
FRONT CARPET
" Replacement, page 20-140
TRUNK U D
TRIM PANEL
Bamoval/I nsta 11 at to n
page 20-126
KICK PANEL
page 20-98
DOOR SILL TRIM
REAR TRIM PANEL

Removai/instaliatlon
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM

p a g e 20-124
TOOL BOX SPACER
page 20-125
REAR CARPET
SPARE TIRE LID

SPARE TIRE PAN CARPET
TRUNK SIDE TRIM PANEL
page 20-125
page 20-124
20-95
Interior Trim
4-d@r
/ C E L L A R TRIM
/BEAR SHELF
I REAR DOOR OPENING S E A L
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , page 20-100
/B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM
<
. GRAB HANDLE
* FRONT DOOR OPENING S E A L
- S U N VISOR
- A-PiLLAR TRIM
page 20-101
TRUNK LID
TRIM PANEL
Removal/
Installation,
page 20-126
TRUNK SIDE
TRIM PANEL
Removal/
Installation,
page 20-124
CARPET ( o n e - p i e c e type)/
FRONT CARPET
(two-piece type)
KICK PANEL
page 20-99
* FRONT DOOR SILL TRIM
REAR TRIM PANEL

Removal/installation,
page 20-124
^ B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM

TOOL BOX S P A C E R
page 20-125
* REAR CARPET (two-piece type)

REAR DOOR SILL TRIM

S P A R E TIRE PAN CARPET
SPARE TIRE LID
page 20-125
20-96
HEADLINER
page 20-131
Trim Removal/Installation - Door Areas

Special Toots Required
K T C t r i m too! s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
Program; call 888-424-6857
Door Sill Area - 2-door
D e t a c h t h e h o o k s (A) a n d t h e t a b s IB) f r o m t h e kick

p a n e l (C) a n d the rear s i d e t r i m p a n e l (D), a n d pull
the d o o r sill t r i m (E) up by h a n d to d e t a c h t h e c l i p s ,
t h e n r e m o v e it.
Driver's side
Fastener Locations
D>:fip,6
NOTE:
(Orange!
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d o r s c r a t c h t h e t r i m a n d the
panels,
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e too! f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage when removing components,
1, D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e the front s i d e c a p f r o m t h e
d o o r sill t r i m f s e e s t e p 1 o n p a g e 20-286).
2 , D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e the trunk ltd/fuel fill d o o r
o p e n e r lock c y l i n d e r , a n d l o o s e n t h e o p e n e r
m o u n t i n g bolt f s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 20-286).
3, D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s e c u r i n g t h e d o o r
sill t r i m a n d trunk lid o p e n e r / f u e l fill d o o r o p e n e r
( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 20-287).
Passenger's side
Fastener Locations
E>:CIfp,6
(Orange}
(cont'd)
20-97
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Door >
5. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s kick p a n e l (A) or the
p a s s e n g e r ' s kick p a n e l (B).
(cont'd)
6. Pull out the d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l (A) f r o m the t r i m
h o o k s (B) a n d a r o u n d the d o o r o p e n i n g f l a n g e , t h e n
r e m o v e the s e a l .
~1 Pull out the door o p e n i n g s e a ! (C) a s n e e d e d

f r o m the kick p a n e l h o o k s (D) a n d the d o o r
o p e n i n g flange.
-2 Pull the kick p a n e l b a c k b y h a n d to d e t a c h the
clips, then r e m o v e i t .
Driver's side
Fastener Locations
>:Clip,2
(Gray)
7. install the trim in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

replace them with n e w o n e s .
* P u s h the c l i p s , the h o o k s ; a n d the t a b s into p l a c e
securely.
* D r i v e r ' s s i d e : B e f o r e t i g h t e n i n g the trunk lid/fuel
fill d o o r o p e n e r m o u n t i n g b o l t position the d o o r
sill t r i m a g a i n s t t h e o p e n e r f i r m l y by s c r e w i n g
the t r i m onto the o p e n e r .
Passenger's side
Fastener Locations
>:Clip,2
(Gray!
20-98
1
* Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
Passenger's side
Fastener Locations
>:Clip,4
Front Door Sill Area -4-door
NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s t o protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or s c r a t c h t h e t r i m a n d t h e
panels,
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e t o o ! f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
1. D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e the front s i d e c a p f r o m t h e
f r o n t d o o r sill t r i m ( s e e s t e p 1 o n p a g e 20-286).
2, D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e the trunk lid/fuel fill d o o r
o p e n e r lock c y l i n d e r , a n d l o o s e n t h e o p e n e r
m o u n t i n g bolt f s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 2 0 - 2 8 8 ) .
8* D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s e c u r i n g the front
d o o r sill t r i m a n d trunk lid o p e n e r / f u e l fill d o o r
5. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s kick p a n e l (A) or t h e . p a s s e n g e r ' s kick p a n e l (B).
o p e n e r f s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 20-287).
-1 Pull out t h e d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l (C) a s n e e d e d
4. D e t a c h t h e h o o k s (A) a n d t a b s (B) f r o m t h e kick
p a n e l ! C ! a n d t h e B-pillar l o w e r t r i m (D), a n d pull
t h e f r o n t d o o r sill t r i m I E ) u p b y h a n d to d e t a c h t h e
c l i p s , t h e n r e m o v e it.
Driver's side
f r o m ' t h e kick p a n e l h o o k s (D) a n d t h e d o o r

opening flange.
-2 Pull t h e kick p a n e l b a c k by h a n d to d e t a c h t h e
clips, then remove it
Driver's side
Fastener Locations
t> : Clip, 4
{Orange]
>:Clip,2
(Gray)
(confd)
20-99
interior Trim
Trim Removal/installation - Door Areas (cont'd)
Passenger's side

Fastener Locations
>:Clip,2
(Gray)
* Available through the Honda Tool and E q u i p m e n t

P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
R
e
a
rD
o
o
r Sill A
r
e
a
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to bend-or s c r a t c h the t r i m a n d t h e
panels.
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
1. R e m o v e t h e rear s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).
2. D e t a c h t h e h o o k s (A) a n d t h e t a b (B) f r o m t h e
B-pillar l o w e r t r i m (C), a n d pull the r e a r d o o r sill
t r i m CD) up by h a n d to d e t a c h the c l i p s ( E , F ) , t h e n
r e m o v e it f r o m the r e a r d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l ( G ) .
Pull out the front d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l (A) f r o m the
t r i m h o o k s (B) a n d a r o u n d t h e front d o o r o p e n i n g
Fastener Locations
flange, then r e m o v e the seal.
E t> ; Clip. 3
(Gray)
Install the t r i m in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
P u s h the c l i p s , the h o o k s , a n d t h e t a b s into p l a c e
securely.
D r i v e r ' s s i d e : B e f o r e t i g h t e n i n g the trunk lid/fuel
fill d o o r o p e n e r m o u n t i n g bolt, p o s i t i o n the front
d o o r sill t r i m a g a i n s t t h e o p e n e r f i r m l y by
s c r e w i n g t h e t r i m onto t h e o p e n e r .
20-100
F t> : Clip, 1
(Green)
Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar

Areas
3 . Pull o u t t h e r e a r d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l (A) f r o m t h e
t r i m h o o k s f B) a n d a r o u n d t h e r e a r d o o r o p e n i n g
flange, then r e m o v e the seal.

* A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
A-PilSar Trim
4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
service.
4, Install t h e t r i m In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
* Sf the clips a r e d a m a g e d o r s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace t h e m with n e w o n e s .
* P u s h t h e c l i p s , the h o o k s , a n d t h e t a b into p l a c e
securely.
NOTE:
* F o l l o w t h e A-ps liar t r i m Installation p r o c e d u r e
c a r e f u l l y ; i m p r o p e r installation c o u l d c a u s e the s i d e
c u r t a i n a i r b a g s to d e p l o y i m p r o p e r l y a n d p o s s i b l y
c a u s e injury.
8
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to

9
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the t r i m a n d the p a n e l s .

T h e u p p e r c l i p in t h e A - p i l l a r t r i m (A) c o n s i s t s of a
p l a s t i c g r o m m e t (B) a n d a m e t a l psn (C). T h e g r o m m e t
e x p a n d e d by t h e pin s e c u r e s it t o t h e b o d y p a n e l (D).
T h e p r o j e c t i o n s (E) o n t h e psn b r e a k d u r i n g r e m o v a l ,
s o the clip m u s t b e r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w o n e w h e n the
t r i m is r e i n s t a l l e d .
(confd)
20-101
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas (cont'd)
1. Pull the d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l a w a y f r o m the A-pillar
as needed:
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e 20-98)
* ^ 4-door ( s e e s t e p 6 on p a g e 20-100)
2. Hit the u p p e r clip In the A - p i l l a r t r i m (A) with a
r u b b e r mallet. T h e clip Is l o c a t e d u n d e r the point
w h e r e t h e triangle m a r k (B) o n t h e e d g e of t h e t r i m
i n d i c a t e s . Hitting t h e clip b r e a k s t h e p r o j e c t i o n s (C)
o n t h e pin (D) a n d p u s h e s It into t h e g r o m m e t (E) o n
t h e b o d y (F).
N O T E : T h e u p p e r c l i p m u s t be r e p l a c e d with a n e w
o n e w h e n the A - p i l l a r t r i m is r e i n s t a l l e d .
20-102
3. Pull the top of t h e A - p i l l a r t r i m ( A ) back by h a n d to

r e m o v e the u p p e r clip (B) f r o m t h e b o d y (C).
4. Pull t h e A-pillar t r i m (A) by h a n d to d e t a c h t h e c l i p s .

Pull t h e t r i m up f r o m t h e d a s h b o a r d (B), t h e n
remove it
Fastener Locations
>:Clip,2
5. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s b e e n d e p l o y e d ,
replace the A-pillar trim with a n e w one (see page
24-202).
6. If the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g h a s not b e e n d e p l o y e d ,
c h e c k t h e A-psSlar trim (A) a n d note t h e f o l l o w i n g ;
(Green)
* T o p r e v e n t the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s f r o m
deploying improperly and possibly causing
injury, i n s p e c t t h e A - p i l l a r t r i m a n d r e p l a c e it if it
h a s a n y of the f o l l o w i n g d a m a g e :
- A n y cracks, deformations, or stress-whitened
a r e a s in t h e A-pillar trim
- A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n i n g in the clip
s e a t i n g s u r f a c e s (B)
* R e p l a c e the u p p e r clip (C) w i t h a n e w o n e .
* If the c l i p s (D) a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e m with n e w o n e s .
(confd)
20-103
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar /
7. If t h e n e w A-pillar t r i m (A) will be i n s t a l l e d , before
installing t h e t r i m , t e m p o r a r i l y r e m o v e t h e n e w
u p p e r clip (B).
(cont'd)
10. R e i n s t a l l the A - p i l l a r t r i m (A).
A
Insert t h e bottom of t h e t r i m into the

d a s h b o a r d (B).
-2 P l a c e t h e t r i m o v e r t h e A - p i l l a r ( C ) , a n d fit its
u p p e r clip (D), the l o w e r c l i p s , a n d the pin (E)
into t h e h o l e s (F) in t h e A - p i l l a r , t h e n lightly
p u s h t h e trim' into p l a c e .
NOTE:
M a k e s u r e the s i d e curtain a i r b a g is not
t u c k e d u n d e r t h e c l i p s or t r i m ribs.
Do not p u s h too h a r d o n t h e A - p i l l a r t r i m . If
y o u p u s h too h a r d , the clip will be d a m a g e d ,
a n d it will not h o l d t h e t r i m p r o p e r l y .
* G e n t l y tug on t h e A - p i l l a r t r i m to verify that
all c l i p s a r e s e c u r e l y f a s t e n e d .
8. C h e c k the o v e r l a p b e t w e e n t h e h e a d l i n e r a n d the
A-pillar t r i m , a n d if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t it ( s e e p a g e
Fastener Locations
24-204).
9. C a r e f u l l y install t h e n e w u p p e r clip (A) to t h e
A-pillar t r i m (B). B e s u r e that the g r o m m e t (C) is
n e a r e s t to the top of t h e pin (D) a s s h o w n .
11. R e i n s t a l l the d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l .
20-104
7
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
B-Pillar Upper Trim 2-door
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d t h e
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s { s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e
doing repairs O F service,
4. R e m o v e the B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (A).

-1 D e t a c h t h e l o w e r h o o k s (B) a n d the l o w e r clip
(C).
-2 Pull the bottom of the t r i m b a c k to r e l e a s e the
u p p e r pin (D) f r o m the hole in the body.
-3 D e t a c h t h e u p p e r clip (E).
-4 Pull t h e t r i m d o w n to r e l e a s e t h e u p p e r hook
- (F) f r o m the hole in t h e b o d y .
Fastener Locations
C>:Clip,1
(Green)
E > : Clip, 1
(Gray)
MOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d o r s c r a t c h t h e t r i m a n d the
panels,
* D o o r sill t r i m f s e e p a g e 20-97)
* Door opening seal, a s needed fsee step 6 on page
20-98)
* F r o n t s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r bolt, d r i v e r ' s s i d e
{ s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 24-5)
* F r o n t s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r plate, p a s s e n g e r ' s
s i d e ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 24-5)
* R e a r side trim panel, a s needed (see page
20-118)
2. L o w e r t h e c o a t h a n g e r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e s c r e w f s e e
s t e p 1 o n p a g e 20-110).
3 , Pull d o w n the roof portion of t h e C-piffar t r i m f r o m

t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m b y d e t a c h i n g t h e h o o k s a n d
the c l i p f s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 20-111).
(confd)
20-105
.Interior Trim
Left B-pillar u p p e r t r i m : R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A), t h e n
r e m o v e the c a p (B) f r o m t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (C).
Install t h e t r i m in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
* if t h e c l i p s (A) a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h s t e n e d ,
* If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e
t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m a n d all c l i p s on the t r i m
with n e w o n e s ( s e e p a g e 24-202).
injury, i n s p e c t t h e t r i m a n d r e p l a c e it if it h a s a n y
of the f o l l o w i n g d a m a g e :
- A n y c r a c k s or d e f o r m a t i o n s in t h e B-pillar
u p p e r t r i m (B) a n d t h e u p p e r h o o k ( C ) , or a n y
s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in t h e u p p e r part of the
trim
- A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in the c l i p s
s e a t i n g s u r f a c e s (D)
* Replace any d a m a g e d parts with n e w ones.
* M a k e s u r e the t o p of t h e t r i m o v e r l a p s with the
h e a d l i n e r c o r r e c t l y ( s e e p a g e 24-204).
6. P a s s t h e front s e a t belt (A) l o w e r a n c h o r out

t h r o u g h a h o l e in t h e B-pillar u p p e r trim. (B), t h e n
r e m o v e the trim.
* M a k e s u r e t h e pin on t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m is
e n g a g e d to t h e h o l e in the b o d y w h e n installing
the trim.
* M a k e s u r e t h e u p p e r h o o k is i n s t a l l e d into t h e
hole in the b o d y s e c u r e l y .
* P u s h the clip a n d the l o w e r h o o k s into p l a c e
securely.
* B e f o r e installing t h e l o w e r a n c h o r , m a k e s u r e
- t h e r e a r e no t w i s t s or kinks in the s e a t b e l t
Trim Inspection
20-106

P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
3. R e m o v e the B-pillar l o w e r t r i m (A).

-1 Pull the u p p e r portion of t h e t r i m b a c k to
d e t a c h the u p p e r h o o k s (B).
-2 D e t a c h t h e l o w e r clip by pulling the bottom of
B-Pillar Upper/Lower Trim -
the t r i m b a c k by h a n d .
Fastener Location
> : Clip, 1
(Gray)
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s f s e e p a g e 24-19} a n d t h e
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before
doing repairs or service,
MOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or s c r a t c h t h e t r i m a n d the
panels,
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C t r i m tool s e t to
* F r o n t d o o r s i l l t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
* R e a r d o o r sill t r i m ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 0 0 )
* Front door opening seal, a s needed (see step 6
on page 20-100)
* R e a r d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l , a s n e e d e d { s e e s t e p 3 on
page 20-101)
2. S l i d e the front s e a t f o r w a r d fully.
4. R e m o v e the front s e a t belt Sower a n c h o r ( s e e p a g e
24-8).
(confd)
20-107
Interior Trim
5. R e m o v e t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (A).
-1 Pull the bottom of t h e t r i m b a c k b y h a n d to
d e t a c h the l o w e r h o o k s (B).
20-108
6. P a s s t h e front s e a t belt (A) l o w e r a n c h o r out

t h r o u g h a hole in t h e s l i d e r (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e
B-piilar u p p e r t r i m (C).
7. Install t h e t r i m In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
Slider engagement with shoulder anchor adjuster
* If t h e c l i p f A ) Is d a m a g e d o r s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
r e p l a c e It with a n e w o n e ,
* If t h e s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e
t h e B-piliar u p p e r t r i m , the B-pIISar l o w e r t r i m ,
a n d the clip on the trim with n e w o n e s fsee page
24-202).
* T o prevent the s i d e curtain airbags from
injury, i n s p e c t t h e t r i m a n d r e p l a c e It If it h a s a n y
of t h e f o l l o w i n g d a m a g e :
- A n y c r a c k s or d e f o r m a t i o n s In t h e B-pillar
u p p e r t r i m IB) a n d the u p p e r h o o k s C O , or a n y
s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in t h e u p p e r part of t h e
trim
- A n y c r a c k s o r d e f o r m a t i o n s in t h e B-pillar
l o w e r t r i m | D | , o r a n y b r e a k a g e s In t h e part (E)
fitted w i t h the B-pillar u p p e r t r i m
- A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in the clip
s e a t i n g s u r f a c e (F)
* R e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d parts with n e w o n e s .
* M a k e s u r e t h e t o p of t h e t r i m o v e r l a p s with t h e
h e a d l i n e r c o r r e c t l y f s e e p a g e 24-204).
* M a k e s u r e t h e pin (G) o n t h e front s e a t belt
s h o u l d e r a n c h o r a d j u s t e r (H) and the hole ft) o n
t h e b a c k of t h e s l i d e r a r e e n g a g e d w h e n
installing t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m .
* Make s u r e t h e u p p e r h o o k s a r e i n s t a l l e d Into t h e
h o l e s In the b o d y s e c u r e l y .
* P u s h the c l i p a n d t h e h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
* B e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e a n c h o r bolt, m a k e s u r e t h e r e
a r e n o t w i s t s or kinks in t h e s e a t belt.
Trim inspection
C
20-109
interior Trim
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
1. L o w e r the c o a t h a n g e r (A), t h e n r e m o v e the s c r e w .

Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
C-Pillar Trim - 2-door
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d the
d o i n g r e p a i r s or s e r v i c e .
NOTE:
F o l l o w the C - p i l l a r t r i m installation p r o c e d u r e
c a r e f u l l y ; i m p r o p e r installation c o u l d c a u s e the s i d e
c u r t a i n a i r b a g to d e p l o y i m p r o p e r l y a n d p o s s i b l y
c a u s e injury.
Put on g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C trim tool s e t to
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the t r i m a n d the p a n e l s .
T h e rear clip in the C - p i l l a r t r i m (A) c o n s i s t s of a
p l a s t i c g r o m m e t (B) a n d a m e t a l pin (C). T h e g r o m m e t
e x p a n d e d by the pin s e c u r e s it to the b o d y p a n e l (D).
T h e p r o j e c t i o n s (E) on the pin break d u r i n g r e m o v a l ,
s o the clip m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w o n e w h e n the
t r i m is r e i n s t a l l e d .
20-110
2. Pry out the C-pillar lid c a p (A) w i t h the a p p r o p r i a t e

t r i m tool, t h e n r e m o v e it.
3, U s i n g a pair of p l i e r s , r e m o v e the C-pillar lid clip (A)

b y p i n c h i n g its h o o k s .
Pull d o w n the front e d g e of the C-pillar t r i m (A)

f r o m t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (B) b y d e t a c h i n g the
h o o k s (C), a n d pull d o w n t h e roof portion of t h e
C-pillar t r i m by d e t a c h i n g the c l i p s a n d r e l e a s i n g
the projection (D).
Fastener Locations
t>:Clip,2
(Gray)
Hit t h e s u r f a c e of t h e C-pillar t r i m (A) j u s t u p o n t h e

rear c l i p w i t h a r u b b e r m a l l e t Hitting the clip b r e a k s
the p r o j e c t i o n s | B ) o n t h e pin fC) a n d p u s h e s it into
the g r o m m e t (D) o n the b o d y ( E ) .
N O T E : T h e r e a r c l i p m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w
o n e w h e n t h e C-pillar t r i m i s r e i n s t a l l e d .
(confd)
20-111
Interior Trim
6. R e m o v e the C-pillar t r i m (A).
-1 Pull the top of the t r i m b a c k by h a n d to r e m o v e
the rear clip IB) f r o m the b o d y (C).
-2 Pull the bottom of the t r i m out by h a n d to
d e t a c h the h o o k s (D) f r o m t h e rear s i d e t r i m
p a n e l (E) a n d the r e a r s h e l f (F).
-3 R e l e a s e the rear hook (G) f r o m the rear s h e l f by
pulling the t r i m f o r w a r d .
7, If the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g h a s b e e n d e p l o y e d ,
r e p l a c e the C-pillar t r i m , t h e C-pillar lid G a p , a n d the
t r i m c l i p s w i t h n e w o n e s ( s e e p a g e 24-202).
8. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s not b e e n d e p l o y e d ,
c h e c k the C-pillar t r i m (A) a n d note the f o l l o w i n g :
Injury, I n s p e c t the C-pillar t r i m a n d r e p l a c e It if It
- A n y c r a c k s , d e f o r m a t i o n s , or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d
a r e a s In the C-pillar t r i m , t h e C-pIilar lid (B), or
the C-pillar b r a c k e t s (C).
- A n y C-pillar b r a c k e t s w h i c h h a v e c o m e off t h e
C-pillar t r i m or the C-pillar lid.
A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in t h e clip
s e a t i n g s u r f a c e s (D).
- A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in the
C-pillar lid c a p (E).
* R e p l a c e the rear clip (F) w i t h a n e w o n e .
* If the c l i p s (G) are d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
20-112
9, If n e w C - p i l l a r t r i m (A) w i l l be i n s t a l l e d , before
installing t h e t r i m , t e m p o r a r i l y r e m o v e t h e n e w
r e a r c l i p (B).
1 2 . R e i n s t a l l the C-pillar lid clip (A) to the C-psllar lid (B).
10. C h e c k t h e o v e r l a p b e t w e e n the h e a d l i n e r a n d t h e
C - p i l l a r trim:, a n d i f n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t it f s e e p a g e
24-204}.
11. C a r e f u l l y reinstall t h e n e w r e a r clip (A) to the
C-pillar t r i m (8). B e s u r e that t h e g r o m m e t (C) is
n e a r e s t to t h e t o p of t h e pin ID) a s s h o w n .
(confd)
20-113
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar At
(cont'd)
14. R e i n s t a l l the C-pillar t r i m (A).
15. Fit the projection (A) a n d the c l i p s into the h o l e s in

the b o d y , t h e n p u s h the roof portion of the C-pillar
-1 Insert the rear h o o k (B) a n d the bottom h o o k s
t r i m (B) until its c l i p s s n a p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y , a n d
(C) of the t r i m into the r e a r s h e l f (D) a n d t h e
p u s h the front e d g e of the t r i m until Its h o o k s (C)
rear s i d e trim p a n e l (E).
s n a p Into the B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (D) s e c u r e l y .
2 P l a c e the trim o v e r the C-pillar (F), a n d fit its

r e a r clip (G) into the hole in the body. A l i g n the
C-pillar lid clip (H) w i t h the h o l e s in the
h e a d l i n e r (I) a n d the s i d e curtain a i r b a g bracket
Fastener Locations
>:C!ip,2
CGray)
( J ) , t h e n lightly p u s h t h e t r i m into p l a c e .
-3 Install the C-pillar lid c a p (K) fully into the clip.
NOTE:
* M a k e s u r e t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g is not
t u c k e d u n d e r t h e c l i p s or trim. ribs.
* Do not p u s h too h a r d o n the C-pillar t r i m . If
y o u p u s h too h a r d , the clip w i l l be d a m a g e d ,
a n d it will not h o l d t h e t r i m properly.
* G e n t l y tug on t h e C-pillar t r i m to verify that
16. R e i n s t a l l the s c r e w u n d e r t h e c o a t h a n g e r (A).

Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
20-114

R e a r seat c u s h i o n (see page 20-225)
R e a r s e a t s i d e bolster ( s e e p a g e 20-225)
Rear door opening s e a l , a s needed (see step 3 on
C-PHIar Trim - 4-door
p a g e 20-101)
2. F o l d t h e s e a t - b a c k d o w n .
3. Hit t h e u p p e r clip in the C-pillar t r i m (A) w i t h a
r u b b e r mallet. T h e clip Is l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e point
" w h e r e t h e triangle m a r k IB) o n t h e e d g e of the t r i m

I n d i c a t e s . Hitting the clip b r e a k s the p r o j e c t i o n s (C)
o n t h e pin (D) a n d p u s h e s it into t h e g r o m m e t (E) o n
the b o d y (F).
d o i n g r e p a i r s or s e r v i c e ,
NOTE:
* F o l l o w t h e C-pillar t r i m installation p r o c e d u r e
c a r e f u l l y ; i m p r o p e r installation c o u l d c a u s e t h e s i d e
c u r t a i n airbag: to d e p l o y i m p r o p e r l y a n d p o s s i b l y
c a u s e injury.
N O T E : T h e u p p e r clip m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w
o n e w h e n the C-pillar t r i m Is r e i n s t a l l e d .
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C t r i m too! s e t to
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the t r i m a n d the p a n e l s .

* T h e u p p e r c l i p in t h e C-pillar t r i m (A) c o n s i s t s of a
p l a s t i c g r o m m e t | B l a n d a m e t a l pin (C). T h e g r o m m e t
expanded
b y t h e pin s e c u r e s It to the b o d y p a n e l (D).
T h e u p p e r c l i p m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w o n e
w h e n t h e t r i m is r e i n s t a l l e d .
A
(confd)
20-115
Interior Trim
Pull the top of the C-pillar t r i m (A) back by h a n d to
r e m o v e the u p p e r clip (B) f r o m the b o d y (C).
6. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s b e e n d e p l o y e d ,
r e p l a c e the C-pillar t r i m a n d all of its c l i p s w i t h n e w
parts ( s e e p a g e 24-202).
7. If the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g h a s not b e e n d e p l o y e d ,
c h e c k the C-pillar t r i m (A) a n d note the f o l l o w i n g :
injury, i n s p e c t the C-pillar t r i m a n d r e p l a c e it if it
- A n y c r a c k s , d e f o r m a t i o n s , or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d
a r e a s in the C-pillar t r i m
- A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in the clip
s e a t i n g s u r f a c e s (B)
R e p l a c e the u p p e r clip (C) w i t h a n e w o n e .
' * If the c l i p s (D) a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
5. Pull the C-pillar t r i m (A) by h a n d to d e t a c h the c l i p s

a n d to r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B), t h e n pull the t r i m out
f r o m the rear s h e l f (C).
Fastener Locations
>:Clip,3
(Gray!
20-116
8. If n e w C-ptliar t r i m (A) w i l l b e i n s t a l l e d , before

installing t h e t r i m , t e m p o r a r i l y r e m o v e the n e w
upper clip IB),
11. R e i n s t a l l the C-pillar t r i m (A).

-1 S e t t h e b o t t o m h o o k s (B) of the t r i m to t h e r e a r
shelf (C).
-2 P l a c e t h e t r i m o v e r the C-pillar (D), a n d fit its
u p p e r clip (E) a n d the l o w e r c l i p s into t h e h o l e s
(F) in the C-pillar, t h e n lightly p u s h t h e t r i m into
place.
NOTE:
* M a k e s u r e the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g is not
t u c k e d u n d e r t h e c l i p s o r t h e t r i m ribs.
* Do not p u s h too h a r d o n t h e C-pillar t r i m . If
y o u p u s h too h a r d , the c l i p w i l l b e d a m a g e d ,
a n d it w i l l not h o l d t h e t r i m p r o p e r l y .
* G e n t l y tug o n t h e Capillar t r i m to verify that
9. C h e c k t h e o v e r l a p b e t w e e n t h e h e a d l i n e r a n d
C - p i l l a r t r i m , a n d If n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t it f s e e p a g e
24-204).
Fastener Locations
>:Clip,3
(Gray)
10. C a r e f u l l y reinstall the n e w u p p e r clip (A) to the

C - p i l l a r t r i m CBh B e s u r e that the g r o m m e t (C) is
n e a r e s t to the top of the pin {0} a s s h o w n .
13. R e i n s t a l l the rear d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l .
20-117
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Rear Side Area
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
2-door
3. R e m o v e the r e a r s i d e t r i m p a n e l (A).
-1 R e m o v e t h e clip (B).
-2 G e n t l y pull the r e a r s h e l f (C) b a c k to r e l e a s e the
p r o j e c t i o n s (D) a n d d e t a c h t h e h o o k (E) f r o m
the p a n e l .
-3 D e t a c h the c l i p s (F) by pulling the p a n e l back.
~4 R e l e a s e the h o o k s (G) a n d the t a b s (H) f r o m the
B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (I),
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s { s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d t h e
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before *
Fastener Locations
B > : Clip, 1
F [> : Clip, 6
(Gray)
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or s c r a t c h the t r i m a n d t h e
panels.
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C t r i m tool s e t to
'
* Door sill t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
* C-pillar t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-110)
* R e a r s e a t - b a c k ( s e e p a g e 20-223)
* R e a r s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225)
2. L o w e r the rear s e a t pivot b r a c k e t (A).
Install the p a n e l in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

a n d note t h e s e I t e m s :
* P u s h the c l i p s a n d the h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-118
Trim Removal/Installation - Rear Shelf Area

* Available through the Honda Tool a n d E q u i p m e n t
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-8857
3. F o r s o m e m o d e l s : D i s c o n n e c t t h e A c t i v e N o i s e
C a n c e l l a t i o n ( A N C ) rear m i c r o p h o n e s u b h a r n e s s
2-door
Rear Shelf
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w t h e
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s , 2-door ( s e e p a g e 24-21),
4 - d o o r I s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d the p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
service,
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d o r s c r a t c h t h e r e a r s h e l f a n d t h e
trim.
U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
* R e a r s e a t c u s h i o n , 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-225)
* R e a r s e a t s i d e b o l s t e r , both s i d e s , 4-door
( s e e p a g e 20-225)
R e a r d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l , a s n e e d e d , 4-door ( s e e
s t e p 3 on: p a g e 20-101)
C - p i i l a r t r i m , both s i d e s :
- 2-door fsee page 20-110)
- 4-door {see page 20-115)
2. F r o m the trunk c o m p a r t m e n t turn t h e high m o u n t
brake light s o c k e t (A) 4 5 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to
r e m o v e t h e s o c k e t . 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is
S i m liar.
(confd)
20-119
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/installation - Rear Shelf Area (cont'd)'
4. R e m o v e the c l i p s s e c u r i n g the rear s h e l f (A), a n d
r e m o v e the w a s h e r s (B) f r o m b e t w e e n the rear
5. R e m o v e the rear s h e l f (A). B e c a r e f u l not to

d a m a g e the s p e a k e r s .
s h e l f a n d body. 4-door is s h o w n ; 2-door is s i m i l a r .

-1 Pull up the entire r e a r s h e l f to d e t a c h the c l i p s .
Fastener Locations
> : Clip, 3
-2 Lift the rear s h e l f u p w a r d a n d f o r w a r d to

r e l e a s e the rear h o o k (B) from, t h e b o d y , a n d
r e l e a s e e a c h a n c h o r rod (C) out t h r o u g h the
hole in the rear s h e l f .
-3 Pull both rear s e a t belts (D) (4-door) a n d rear
c e n t e r s e a t belt (E) out t h r o u g h the slits (F) in
the rear shelf.
2-do@r
Fastener Locations
t> : Clip, 7
(Gray)
20-120
6. D e t a c h the h o o k s (A) f r o m u n d e r the rear s h e l f (B),

a n d r e l e a s e the h o o k s (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e rear
s p e a k e r grille (D). T h e left s i d e is s h o w n ; the right
s i d e is s y m m e t r i c a l .
Fastener L0catis
> : Clip, 8
IGrayl
2-door
(confd)
interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Rear Shelf Area (cont'd)
7." Install t h e s h e l f in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
Rear Parcel Shelf Dynamic Damper - 2-door
note t h e s e Items:
U s i n g a clip r e m o v e r , r e m o v e a n y c l i p s left In the
b o d y , a n d reinstall t h e m on the rear shelf.
NOTE:
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the b o d y .
If the c l i p s are d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
B e careful not to d a m a g e the s p e a k e r s .
1. R e m o v e the rear shelf.
W h e n installing the r e a r s h e l f , s l i p the r e a r s e a t

belt a n d the rear c e n t e r s e a t belt t h r o u g h the slits
in the rear s h e l f properly.
2. R e m o v e the bolts (A), t h e n r e m o v e the rear p a r c e l

s h e l f d y n a m i c d a m p e r (B). T a k e c a r e not to hit the
rear w i n d o w w h e n r e m o v i n g the bolts.
P u s h the c l i p s a n d the h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .

M a k e s u r e the high m o u n t brake light s o c k e t is
c o n n e c t e d s e c u r e l y , a n d the A c t i v e N o i s e
Cancellation (ANC) rear microphone s u b h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r (for s o m e m o d e l s ) is p l u g g e d in
properly.
A
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 U-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
3. install t h e d a m p e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
20-122
Trim Removal/installation - Trunk Area

S p e c i a l Tols R e q u i r e d
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
3. R e m o v e t h e s p a r e tire lid (A). 4-door is s h o w n ;

2-door is s i m i l a r ,
MOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or s c r a t c h t h e t r i m a n d the
panels,
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e t o o l f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
1. F o l d the r e a r s e a t - b a c k d o w n ,
2, R e m o v e t h e c l i p that s e c u r e s t h e s p a r e tire lid (A)
a n d t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (B) to the b o d y . 2 - d o o r is
s h o w n ; 4 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
(confd)
20-123
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Area (cont'd!
4. R e m o v e the trunk lid w e a t h e r s t r i p n e a r the trunk
rear trim panel.
5. D e t a c h the c l i p s (A, B ) , a n d r e l e a s e the h o o k s (C)
6. R e m o v e the c l i p s (A, B ) , a n d pull t h e trunk s i d e t r i m

panel (C) out f r o m u n d e r the rear s h e l f CD) a n d t h e
rear s e a t - b a c k ( E ) , t h e n r e m o v e the p a n e l . 4-door is
s h o w n ; 2-door Is similar..
a n d the p r o j e c t i o n s (D) by pulling the trunk rear

t r i m p a n e l (E) up, t h e n r e m o v e it.
Fastener Locations
A > : Clip, 2
2-door
Fastener Locations
A >
: Clip, 1
B > : Clip. 4
(Gray)
4-dr
Fastener
Locations
B > : Clip, 4
(Gray)
20-124
B > : Clip, 3
7. R e m o v e the tool b o x s p a c e r (A). 4-door Is s h o w n ;

2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
10. D e t a c h t h e c l i p s (A) a n d the h a r n e s s h o l d e r s (B)

f r o m the s t u d bolts, t h e n r e m o v e the rear
w h e e l h o u s e Insulator (C). 4-door i s s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r
Is s i m i l a r .
Fastener Locations
A t> ' Clip
2-door, 3
4-door, 2
B [> : Harness holder

2-door, 1
4-door, 2
8. R e m o v e t h e s p a r e tire.
9, R e m o v e t h e c l i p s , t h e n r e m o v e the s p a r e tire p a n
c a r p e t (A). 4-door is s h o w n ; 2-door is s i m i l a r .
Fastener Locations
t > : Clip, 2
C,
11. Install the t r i m In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

note t h e s e I t e m s :
* P u s h the c l i p s a n d the h o o k s Into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-125
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Lid
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
4-door
Fastener Locations
A > : Clip, 11
B >:Clip,1
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d - o r s c r a t c h t h e p a n e l .
1. R e m o v e t h e c l i p s (A, B ) , a n d p a s s the trunk Sid
h i n g e s IC) of both s i d e s a n d t h e trunk lid h a n d l e (D)
t h r o u g h the slits (E) a n d t h e h o l e (F) In the trunk lid
trim panel (G), then r e m o v e the panel.
2-door
Fastener Locations
A O : Clip, 13
2. Pivot the trunk lid h a n d l e (A) d o w n on t h e f o r w a r d

h o o k s IB) w h i l e p r y i n g t h e rear hook CC), t h e n
r e m o v e the h a n d l e .
3. Install the p a n e l In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
* P u s h the c l i p s a n d the h o o k into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-126
Sunvisor Removal/Installation
NOTE:
3. Pull t h e s u n v i s o r (A) d o w n to r e l e a s e the pin (B)

of t h e bracket c o v e r (C) f r o m t h e h o l e in the b o d y ,
a n d d i s c o n n e c t the v a n i t y m i r r o r light c o n n e c t o r (D).
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d o r s c r a t c h t h e h e a d l i n e r ,
1, Insert a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r w r a p p e d w i t h
protective t a p e t h r o u g h the h o l e in t h e front s i d e of
t h e b r a c k e t c o v e r ( A ) , a n d p u s h in o n t h e h o o k (B).
4. T u r n t h e h o l d e r (A) 45 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , a n d
r e m o v e it f r o m the h o l d e r g r o m m e t (B) by pulling
the holder d o w n .
2* W h i l e p u s h i n g In o n the h o o k (A), r e l e a s e t h e
s u n v i s o r f Bf f r o m t h e h o l d e r (C) a n d rotatate t h e
tlhe s u n v i s o r b a c k w a r d a b o u t 4 5 . M a k e s u r e t h e
h o o k s l i d e s i n t h e bracket c o v e r a s y o u rotate t h e
sunvisor.
c-
(confd)
20-127
Iiiterlor Trim
Sunvisor Removal/Installation (cont'd)
Pry out t h e h o l d e r g r o m m e t (A) f r o m t h e b o d y by '
p i n c h i n g its h o o k s (B).
Install the h o l d e r (A) to t h e h o l d e r g r o m m e t (B) by

t u r n i n g it 45 c l o c k w i s e , a n d Install t h e m to the
b o d y a s a n a s s e m b l y by p u s h i n g it until the h o o k s
(C) s n a p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
6. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e t h e
s u n v i s o r w i t h a n e w o n e f s e e p a g e 24-202).
7. If t h e s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s not d e p l o y e d , I n s p e c t
the s u n v i s o r for d a m a g e . A d a m a g e d s u n v i s o r m a y
c a u s e the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s to d e p l o y i m p r o p e r l y ,
p o s s i b l y c a u s i n g Injury. R e p l a c e t h e s u n v i s o r if it
h a s a n y of t h e f o l l o w i n g d a m a g e :
* A n y c r a c k s In the s u n v i s o r bracket (A)
*
*
*
*
Any
Any
Any
Any
cracks
bends
cracks
cracks
in
or
In
in
the s u n v i s o r bracket c o v e r (B) *

c r a c k s in t h e s u n v i s o r s t a y s h a f t (C)
the s u n v i s o r b a s e (D)
the v a n i t y m i r r o r b a s e (E)
8. Sf t h e h o l d e r g r o m m e t is d a m a g e d or s t r e s s w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e it w i t h a n e w o n e .
20-128
10. C o n n e c t t h e v a n i t y m i r r o r light c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d

s e t t h e s u n v i s o r (B) by I n s e r t i n g t h e bracket (C) a n d
the pin (D) of the b r a c k e t c o v e r (E) into the h o l e s In
the body.
Grab Handle Removal/Installation

11. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e b r a c k e t c o v e r (A), rotate t h e
s u n v i s o r (B) f o r w a r d until t h e hook (CI s n a p s into
p l a c e . T h e n m a k e s u r e t h e s u n v i s o r d o e s not c o m e
off t h e b o d y b y pulling it d o w n . S e t t h e s u n v i s o r to
t h e h o l d e r (D).

P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
N O T E : U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C t r i m tool
s e t to a v o i d d a m a g e w h e n r e m o v i n g c o m p o n e n t s .
1 . L o w e r t h e g r a b h a n d l e (A), t h e n pull out t h e c a p s
CB) by p r y i n g up at the n o t c h e s '(C) w i t h a s m a l l flattip s c r e w d r i v e r .
B
2. W h i l e p i n c h i n g t h e c l i p s (AJ, r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (B),
t h e n r e m o v e t h e g r a b h a n d l e (C).
(confd)
20-129
Interior Trim
Grab Handle Removal/Installation (cont'd)
3. U s i n g a pair of p l i e r s , r e m o v e t h e c l i p s (A) by
p i n c h i n g the h o o k s .
4. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e the

g r a b h a n d l e w i t h a n e w o n e ( s e e p a g e 24-202).
6. Install the c l i p s (A) to the g r a b h a n d l e (B), t h e n

Install the c a p s (C) fully Into the c l i p s .
7. P o s i t i o n the g r a b h a n d l e (A) o n t h e bracket (B), a n d

p u s h on the g r a b h a n d l e until the c l i p s (C) s n a p Into
5. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s not d e p l o y e d , to

p r e v e n t the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s f r o m d e p l o y i n g
i m p r o p e r l y a n d p o s s i b l y c a u s i n g injury, I n s p e c t
r e m o v e d p i e c e s a n d r e p l a c e t h e m If t h e y h a v e a n y
of t h e s e t y p e s of d a m a g e :
* A n y c r a c k s or d a m a g e In the g r a b h a n d l e (A).
A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n i n g In the c a p s (B).
20-130
place securely.
K T C trim too! set S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
P r o g r a m ; calf 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 8 8 5 7
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in this a r e a , R e v i e w t h e
4 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s { s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e d o i n g r e p a i r s or
service,
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d a n d s c r a t c h t h e h e a d l i n e r ,
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e d a s h b o a r d a n d o t h e r
interior t r i m .
4. R e m o v e t h e roof c o n s o l e (A).
-1 R e m o v e the l e n s e s (B).
-2. R e m o v e the s c r e w s (C), t h e n puff o u t t h e front
I n d i v i d u a l m a p light (D).
-3 D i s c o n n e c t t h e front i n d i v i d u a l m a p fight
- c o n n e c t o r ( E ) . If e q u i p p e d , d i s c o n n e c t t h e
m o o n r o o f s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (F).
-4 R e m o v e the s c r e w s (GK Pull out t h e front s i d e
of t h e c o n s o l e , a n d r e l e a s e the r e a r h o o k s (H).
-5 If e q u i p p e d , d i s c o n n e c t the n a v i g a t i o n
m i c r o p h o n e c o n n e c t o r or the A c t i v e N o i s e
C a n c e l l a t i o n ( A N C ) front m i c r o p h o n e
c o n n e c t o r (I).
Fastener Locutions
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C trim tool s e t to

avoid damage w h e n removing components,
1. R e m o v e t h e froot s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r f r o m t h e
d r i v e r ' s s e a t , a n d r e m o v e t h e drwer's
seat
m o u n t i n g bolts f s e e p a g e 20-181),
2. D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
f s e e p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 ) , t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s
before beginning work.
* 2-door:
- A-piflar t r i m , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e 20-101)
- C e i l i n g light { s e e p a g e 22-233)
- B-piilar u p p e r t r i m { s e e p a g e 20-105)
- C - p i l l a r t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-110)
- S u n v i s o r s a n d h o l d e r s , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e
20-127)
- G r a b h a n d l e s , t w o p l a c e s ( s e e p a g e 20-129)
'A
- Driver's d a s h b o a r d lower cover (see page

20-153)
- P a s s e n g e r ' s kick p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
- G l o v e b o x { s e e p a g e 20-161)
* 4-door:
- A-pi!far t r i m , b o t h s i d e s ( s e e p a g e 20-101)
- C e i l i n g light f s e e p a g e 22-233)
- B-pillar l o w e r t r i m , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e
20-107)
- B-pillar u p p e r t r i m , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e
20-107)
- C-pillar t r i m , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e 20-115)
- S u n v i s o r s a n d h o l d e r s , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e
20-127)
- G r a b h a n d l e s , f o u r p l a c e s ( s e e p a g e 20-129)
- Driver's dashboard lower cover (see page
20-153}
- P a s s e n g e r ' s kick p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
- G l o v e b o x ( s e e p a g e 20-181)
- D r i v e r ' s front s e a t ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 8 1 )
(confd)
20-131
Interior Trim
Headliner Removal/Installation (cont'd)
5, W i t h a u t o m a t i c d i m m i n g r e a r v i e w mirror: R e m o v e
the rearview mirror h a r n e s s cover. Disconnect the
connector from the rearview mirror, and release
the w i r e h a r n e s s f r o m t h e r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s
c o v e r b a s e ( s e e p a g e 20-58).
8. R e m o v e the roof w i r e h a r n e s s (A) by d e t a c h i n g the

h a r n e s s c l i p s (B) f r o m the d r i v e r ' s s i d e A-pi-llar (C).
6. If n e c e s s a r y , r e m o v e t h e roof c o n s o l e s c r e w
g r o m m e t (A) b y p i n c h i n g out the h o o k s (B).
9. R e m o v e the a n t e n n a l e a d (A) by d e t a c h i n g the

h a r n e s s c l i p s (B) f r o m the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e A - p i l l a r
(C).
If n e c e s s a r y , d e t a c h t h e h o o k s (C) by p r y i n g out the

m a p light clip (D), t h e n r e m o v e t h e clip.
20-132
10, F r o m u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h , r e m o v e t h e bolt, a n d

d e t a c h t h e hook (A), t h e n m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box (Bh
Fastener Location
12. F r o m u n d e r t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h , d i s c o n n e c t a n d
d e t a c h the a n t e n n a l e a d c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d d e t a c h
t h e h a r n e s s clip CB).
B
: Bolt 1
11, F r o m u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h , d i s c o n n e c t t h e roof

w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r ( s ) (A), a n d d e t a c h t h e
h a r n e s s c l i p IB) a n d t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r <C).
13. 2 - d o o r : F r o m the right C-pillar a r e a , d i s c o n n e c t t h e

a n t e n n a l e a d c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e a n t e n n a
m o d u l e unit CB), a n d d e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s clip (C).
P a s s the h a r n e s s c l i p a n d t h e c o n n e c t o r t h r o u g h
t h e g a p b e t w e e n the projection (D) of t h e s i d e
c u r t a i n a i r b a g bracket a n d t h e g l a s s a n t e n n a
c o n n e c t o r (E) b y pulling the a n t e n n a l e a d (F) to the
headliner side.
C
(confd)
20-133
Interior Trim
14. 4-door: F r o m the right C-pillar a r e a , d i s c o n n e c t the
a n t e n n a l e a d c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e a n t e n n a
m o d u l e unit (B), a n d d e t a c h the h a r n e s s clip (C).
18. 2-door: L o w e r the h e a d l i n e r (A).

1 R e m o v e the d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l s IB) f r o m e a c h
roof portion.
-2 F r o m both C-pillar a r e a s , d e t a c h the h o o k s (C)
of t h e h e a d l i n e r b r a c k e t s (D) f r o m the h o l e s In
the side curtain airbag brackets.
-3 W i t h the h e l p of a n a s s i s t a n t , d e t a c h the rear
c l i p s (E) by pulling the r e a r portion of the
headliner down.
-4 W i t h m o o n r o o f : D e t a c h the front c l i p s (F), the
m a g n e t ( G ) , a n d t h e V e l c r o f a s t e n e r s (H) b y
l o w e r i n g the m o o n r o o f o p e n i n g e d g e of the
headliner.
Without
m o o r i r o o f
Fastener Locations
15. F o r s o m e m o d e l s : F r o m roof c o n s o l e o p e n i n g ,
d i s c o n n e c t the m o o n r o o f s u b h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (A),
a n d d e t a c h the h a r n e s s c l i p (B).
16. 2-door: S l i d e both front s e a t s all the w a y back, a n d

recline their s e a t - b a c k s fully.
17. 4-door: S l i d e the p a s s e n g e r ' s front s e a t all the w a y
b a c k , a n d r e c l i n e the s e a t - b a c k fully.
20-134
Without
With mooriro!
moonroof
Fastener Locations
Fastener Locations
E t> Clip, 2
fGreen)
D>:Cllp,2
(Grayl
F > : Clip, 2
(Gray)
With moonroof
Fastener Locations
19. 4 - d o o r : L o w e r the h e a d l i n e r (A).
D, E > : Clip, 4
(Gray)
-1 R e m o v e the front d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l s (B) a n d

r e a r d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l s (C) f r o m e a c h roof
portion,
-2 W i t h the h e l p of a n a s s i s t a n t , d e t a c h t h e r e a r
c l i p s CD) b y pulling t h e r e a r portion of t h e
headliner down,
-3 W i t h m o o n r o o f : D e t a c h t h e front c l i p s ( E ) , t h e
m a g n e t s | F | , a n d t h e V e l c r o f a s t e n e r s (G) by
l o w e r i n g t h e m o o n r o o f o p e n i n g e d g e of t h e
h e a d liner,
(confd)
20-135
Interior Trim
20. 2-door: R e m o v e the h e a d l i n e r (A) f r o m the v e h i c l e .
-1 L o w e r t h e h e a d l i n e r .
-2' M o v e the h e a d l i n e r r e a r w a r d .
-3 L o w e r the front of t h e h e a d l i n e r b e l o w t h e
steering w h e e l .
-4 Rotate the h e a d l i n e r s o a s to point the right
front c o r n e r to t h e o u t s i d e of t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s
d o o r a n d t h e left r e a r c o r n e r to t h e o u t s i d e of
the driver's door.
-5 Pull t h e h e a d l i n e r a l o n g w i t h t h e roof w i r e
2 1 . 4-door: R e m o v e t h e h e a d l i n e r (A) f r o m the v e h i c l e .

-1 L o w e r t h e h e a d l i n e r .
-2 M o v e t h e h e a d l i n e r r e a r w a r d .
-3 L o w e r t h e front of t h e h e a d l i n e r b e l o w t h e
steering wheel.
-4 Rotate t h e h e a d l i n e r s o a s to point t h e right
front c o r n e r to t h e o u t s i d e of t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s
front d o o r a n d t h e left r e a r c o r n e r to t h e
o u t s i d e of t h e left p a s s e n g e r ' s r e a r d o o r .
-6 P u l l t h e h e a d l i n e r a l o n g w i t h the roof w i r e
h a r n e s s (B) a n d t h e a n t e n n a l e a d (C) out
h a r n e s s (B) a n d t h e a n t e n n a l e a d (C) out

through the p a s s e n g e r ' s door.
t h r o u g h t h e left p a s s e n g e r ' s r e a r d o o r .
N O T E : D o not b e n d t h e h e a d l i n e r . B e n d i n g t h e
N O T E : Do not b e n d t h e h e a d l i n e r . B e n d i n g t h e
h e a d l i n e r will c r e a s e a n d d a m a g e it.
h e a d l i n e r will c r e a s e a n d d a m a g e i t
20-136
22, If necessary, r e m o v e t h e c u s h i o n t a p e (A, B, C )

f a s t e n i n g t h e roof w i r e h a r n e s s CD) a n d t h e a n t e n n a
l e a d IE) to t h e h e a d l i n e r I F ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e m
f r o m t h e headliner.
With moonroof-2-door
A,
C > : Cushion tape
C t i s i i i o n t a p e A: P / N 91902-S2XHQQ3
100 x 5 0 m m 13,94 x. 1.97 in.)
C u s h i o n t a p e B: P / N 9 1 9 0 2 - S 3 N 4 0 3
5 0 x 5 m m (1.97 x 1.97 I n j
C u s h i o n tape C: P/N 9 1 9 0 3 - S J A - 0 0 0
5 0 x 2 5 m m 11.97 x 0.98 in.)
Without moonroof - 2-door
Fastener Locations
A, B, Cf> :Cushion taps
(confd)
20-137
Iriterior Trim
Without moonroof - 4-door
23. Install t h e h e a d l i n e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
Fastener
A , B, C | > :
Locations
Cushion tape
If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e
the headliner a n d r e m o v e d trim p i e c e s with n e w
o n e s ( s e e p a g e 24-202).
injury, i n s p e c t r e m o v e d p i e c e s a n d r e p l a c e t h e m
if t h e y h a v e a n y of t h e s e t y p e s of d a m a g e :
- A n y c r e a s e or t e a r s in t h e h e a d l i n e r (A)
- A n y c r a c k s or b r e a k a g e s in the g r a b h a n d l e (B)
- A n y d a m a g e s a r o u n d t h e g r a b h a n d l e h o l e s (C)
or s u n v i s o r h o l e s in the h e a d l i n e r
- A n y c r a c k s in t h e s u n v i s o r s t a y b a s e (D)
- A n y c r a c k s in t h e s u n v i s o r b r a c k e t c o v e r (E)
- A n y b e n d s or c r a c k s in the s u n v i s o r s t a y s h a f t
<F)
- A n y c r a c k s in t h e s u n v i s o r b a s e (G)
- A n y c r a c k s or b r e a k a g e s in the v a n i t y m i r r o r
b a s e (H)
W i t h moonroof - 4-door
Fastener
A, B , C > :
Locations
Cushion tape
- A n y f a s t e n e r b a s e s (I), s t i f f e n e r s ( J ) , m a g n e t s
(K), a n d clip b a s e s (L) w h i c h h a v e c o m e off t h e
headliner
- 2-door: A n y h e a d l i n e r b r a c k e t s (Svl) w h i c h h a v e
c o m e off t h e h e a d l i n e r
* W h e n installing the g r a b h a n d l e , p u s h on the
h a n d l e a g a i n s t t h e b r a c k e t (N) until t h e c l i p s (O)
s n a p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
Replace the r e m o v e d c u s h i o n tape with n e w
ones.
C h e c k that both s i d e s of t h e h e a d l i n e r a r e
s e c u r e l y a t t a c h e d to t h e t r i m .
* M a k e s u r e t h e h e a d l i n e r o v e r l a p s the t r i m p i e c e s
c o r r e c t l y ( s e e p a g e 24-204).
W h e n reinstalling t h e h e a d l i n e r t h r o u g h the front
p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r o p e n i n g (2-door) or the left rear
d o o r o p e n i n g (4-door), be c a r e f u l not to fold or
b e n d it. A l s o , b e c a r e f u l not to s c r a t c h the body.
* If the m a p light c l i p s a r e r e m o v e d , r e p l a c e t h e m
with n e w o n e s .
* If the roof c o n s o l e s c r e w g r o m m e t s a r e r e m o v e d
or if t h e y a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , .
20-138
* R e i n s t a l l t h e roof c o n s o l e (P) a s f o l l o w i n g
procedures:
- Install t h e roof c o n s o l e s c r e w g r o m m e t s ( Q ) to
t h e c o n s o l e w i t h t h e s c r e w s fRh
- If e q u i p p e d , c o n n e c t t h e n a v i g a t i o n
microphone c o n n e c t o r o r the Active Noise
C a n c e l l a t i o n { A N Q front m i c r o p h o n e
c o n n e c t o r (S).
- S e t t h e r e a r h o o k s IT), a n d f i t . t h e g r o m m e t s
into t h e h o l e s in t h e b o d y , t h e n p u s h o n t h e
c o n s o l e until t h e g r o m m e t s s n a p into p l a c e
securely.
* D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
(see p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 ) .
* C h e c k for a n y D T C s that m a y h a v e b e e n s e t
during repairs, and clear them.
(cont'd)
20-139
Interior Trim
(cont'd)
Carpet Replacement
G r a b handle
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
One-piece Type Carpet (4-door)/Two-piece

Type Front Carpet (2door/4-d0or)
service.
NOTE:
8
T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e , w r i n k l e , or t w i s t t h e c a r p e t .
B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e d a s h b o a r d a n d o t h e r
interior t r i m p i e c e s .
1 R e m o v e t h e front s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r s f r o m the
front s e a t s ( e x c e p t 2 - d o o r d r i v e r ' s s e a t ) , a n d
r e m o v e t h e s e a t m o u n t i n g bolts ( s e e p a g e 20-181).
( s e e p a g e 22-89), t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s
before b e g i n n i n g w o r k ,
Roof console
s
*
*
*
*
F r o n t s e a t s , both ( s e e p a g e 20-181)
R e a r s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225)
D o o r sill t r i m , both s i d e s , 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
F r o n t d o o r sill t r i m , both s i d e s , 4-door ( s e e p a g e
20-99)
R e a r d o o r sill t r i m , both s i d e s , 4-door ( s e e p a g e
20-100)
Kick p a n e l s , both s i d e s :
- 2 - d o o r ( s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 20-98)
- 4-door ( s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 20-99)
B-pillar l o w e r t r i m , 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-107)
* C e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148)
S t e e r i n g joint c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 17-28)
Parking brake l e v e r ( s e e p a g e 19-41)
Driver's dashboard center lower cover (see page
20-157)
* Passenger's dashboard center lower cover
( s e e p a g e 20-157)
20-140
4, R e m o v e t h e f o o t r e s t (A) b y p u l l i n g it t o d e t a c h t h e
M/T
model
clips.
Fast@ii@r Locations
|>:CIip,2
8, R e m o v e t h e c l i p , a n d r e m o v e t h e right r e a r h e a t e r
j o i n t d u c t (A). D i s c o n n e c t t h e floor w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r s (B),
a n d d e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s c l i p s (C)
f a s t e n i n g t h e floor w i r e h a r n e s s (D).
5, M / T m o d e l ; R e m o v e t h e b o l t s , t h e n m o v e the s h i f t
A / T model
l e v e r h o u s i n g a s n e e d e d f s e e p a g e 13-65).
Fastener Location
6. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e the bolts s e c u r i n g t h e shift
>:Clip,1
l e v e r m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t ( s e e p a g e 14-267).
7* D e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s c l i p s (A) f a s t e n i n g t h e
d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s (B),
and u s i n g a T O R X T 3 0
bit, r e m o v e t h e g r o u n d bolt ( C ) , D i s c o n n e c t t h e y a w
rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (D).
A/T m o d e l
(confd)
20-141
IntCKfor
Trim
Carpet Replacement (cont'd)

M/T model
T w o - p i e c e t y p e front c a r p e t
Fastener Location
Fastener Locations
> : Clip, 1
D>:CIIp,2
9. R e l e a s e t h e V e t e r a f a s t e n e r ( A ) , a n d r e l e a s e t h e
c a r p e t (B) f r o m t h e h o o k s (C) of both rear h e a t e r
ducts. O n the two-piece type c a r p e t remove the
c l i p s ( D ) . D e t a c h t h e c l i p s (E) f a s t e n i n g t h e c a r p e t to
both d o o r sill a r e a s :
* R e p l a c e t h e c l i p s (E) w i t h n e w o n e s .
* 4~door is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
O n e - p i e c e t y p e c a r p e t (4-door)
Fastener Locations
E[>:Cf!p,5
(Pink)
20-142
|2d0r/4-door)
E >:Clip,3.
(Pink)
10. W h i l e lifting the shift l e v e r (A) u p , pull t h e c a r p e t (B)

out f r o m u n d e r the d a s h b o a r d , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
c a r p e t . O n e - p i e c e t y p e c a r p e t : Pull t h e s e a t
h a r n e s s e s (C) out t h r o u g h t h e h o l e s in t h e c a r p e t
11, If n e c e s s a r y , f r o m b a c k of t h e c a r p e t , r e l e a s e t h e
h o o k s (A) of t h e b a s e ( B ) w i t h a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r ,
a n d p u s h up the projections-of the holder f r o m the
b a s e to r e m o v e t h e floor m a t h o l d e r (C).
13. Sf t h e hook (A) is r e m o v e d , reinstall the hook to t h e

c a r p e t ( B ) w i t h n e w s t a p l e s (C); fit the projection (D)
of the hook to the notch in t h e c a r p e t , t h e n s t a p l e
t h e hook. B e n d the p r o j e c t e d s t a p l e w i t h a flat-tip .
screwdriver.
S t a p l e ffor o n e - p i e c e t y p e c a r p e t ) :
H e i g h t 9 m m (0.35 i n j
W i d t h 12 m m (0.47 ism.)
T h i c k n e s s 0.5 m m (0*02 i n j
S t a p l e ffor t w o - p i e c e t y p e f r o n t c a r p e t ) :
H e i g h t 13 m m (0.51
inj
W i d t h 12 m m (0.47 i n j
T h i c k n e s s 0.5 m m (0.02 i t i j
One-piece type carpet
Two-piece type carpet
12. If n e c e s s a r y , r e m o v e the s t a p l e s (A) b y p r y i n g t h e m

w i t h a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e h o o k
14. Install t h e c a r p e t in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e , w r i n k l e or t w i s t t h e
carpet
M a k e s u r e t h e s e a t h a r n e s s e s a r e routed
correctly (one-piece type carpet).
S l i p t h e h o l e s in the c a r p e t o v e r the rear h e a t e r
ducts (one-piece type carpet).
If the c l i p s f a s t e n i n g the c a r p e t to the floor a r e
n e w o n e s ( t w o - p i e c e t y p e front c a r p e t ) .
R e p l a c e the c l i p s f a s t e n i n g t h e c a r p e t to both
d o o r sill a r e a s w i t h n e w o n e s .
P u s h t h e V e l c r o f a s t e n e r a n d t h e c l i p s into p l a c e
securely.
D o the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
fsee page 22-89).
If n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e p a r k i n g b r a k e c a b l e
( s e e p a g e 19-7).
(confd)
20-143
Interior Trim
Carpet Replacement (cont'd)
Two-piece Type Rear Carpet
4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
service.
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e , w r i n k l e , o r t w i s t the c a r p e t .
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the d a s h b o a r d a n d other
interior trim" p i e c e s .
4. R e m o v e the r e a r c a r p e t (A).
-1 R e m o v e the c l i p s (B).
-2 O n bottom of both, r e a r s i d e t r i m p a n e l s (C)
(2-door) or b o t t o m of both B-piliars (4-door),
pull t h e c a r p e t out to d e t a c h the c l i p s (D).
-3 2-door: PuSI out t h e e d g e of the c a r p e t f r o m
u n d e r both r e a r s i d e t r i m p a n e l s .
-4 Pull t h e s e a t h a r n e s s e s (E) out t h r o u g h the
h o l e s in t h e c a r p e t .
-5 R e m o v e the g r o m m e t s (F) f r o m the b o d y .
N O T E : R e p l a c e t h e c l i p (D) a n d the g r o m m e t (F)
as an a s s e m b l y with a n e w one.
2-door
1. R e m o v e t h e front s e a t belt Sower a n c h o r s f r o m the

front s e a t s (except 2 - d o o r d r i v e r ' s s e a t ) , a n d
r e m o v e the s e a t m o u n t i n g bolts ( s e e p a g e 20-181).
before b e g i n n i n g w o r k .
3. R e m o v e t h e s e items:
F r o n t s e a t s , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e 20-181)
R e a r s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225)
D o o r sill t r i m , both s i d e s , 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
D r i v e r ' s front s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r , 2 - d o o r ( s e e
s t e p 2 o n p a g e 24-5)
F r o n t d o o r sill t r i m , both s i d e s , 4-door ( s e e p a g e

20-99)
R e a r d o o r sill t r i m , both s i d e s , 4-door ( s e e p a g e
20-100)
B-pillar l o w e r t r i m , 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-107)
..Center c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148)
20-144
Fastener Locations
B > : Clip, 2
D t> : Clip, 2
Ha
Fastener Locations
8 t> : Clip, 2
D>:Clip,2
8. If t h e h o o k (A) is r e m o v e d , reinstall t h e hook to t h e

c a r p e t (B) w i t h n e w s t a p l e s ( C ) ; fit t h e projection (D)
of t h e h o o k to t h e n o t c h in t h e c a r p e t , t h e n s t a p l e
t h e hook, F r o m f a c e of the c a r p e t b e n d the
p r o j e c t e d s t a p l e w i t h a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r .
Staple:
H e i g h t 13 m m (0.51 in.)
W i d t h 12 m m {0.47 i n j
T h i c k n e s s 0.5 m m 10.02 i n j
7. Install t h e c a r p e t in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
* T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e , w r i n k l e or t w i s t the
carpet.
* M a k e s u r e t h e s e a t h a r n e s s e s a r e routed
correctly.
5, If n e c e s s a r y , r e m o v e t h e s t a p l e s (A) b y p r y i n g t h e m
w i t h a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e hook
CB).
* S l i p t h e h o l e s in t h e c a r p e t o v e r the r e a r h e a t e r
ducts.
* If the c l i p s f a s t e n i n g t h e c a r p e t to the floor a r e
new ones.
* R e p l a c e t h e c l i p s f a s t e n i n g t h e c a r p e t to both
d o o r sill a r e a s w i t h n e w o n e s .
* P u s h t h e c l i p s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
* 2-door: S l i p t h e c a r p e t u n d e r both rear s i d e t r i m
panels properly.
* D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
f s e e p a g e 22-89).
20-145
Consoles
Center Console Panel Removal/Installation
K T C t r i m too! s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
2. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l (A).
-1 O p e n the utility p o c k e t lid (B), the f r o n t
a c c e s s o r y p o w e r s o c k e t lid (C), a n d the c o n s o l e
armrest.
-2 Hold the utility pocket lid a n d the front
a c c e s s o r y p o w e r s o c k e t lid, a n d gently pull
t h e m up to d e t a c h the front c l i p s (D).
NOTE:
-3 D e t a c h t h e c l i p s (E) a n d the hook (F) a l o n g t h e

e d g e of the p a n e l .
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the front s e a t the d a s h b o a r d ,

a n d related parts.
-4 Pry up o n the r e a r c o r n e r e d g e s of the c o n s o l e

b o x t r i m (G) w i t h the a p p r o p r i a t e t r i m tool to
d e t a c h t h e c l i p s (H), a n d pull the p a n e l up to
d e t a c h the clip (I).

1. M/T m o d e l : L o w e r the shift l e v e r boot (A) to r e l e a s e
-5 D i s c o n n e c t the front a c c e s s o r y p o w e r s o c k e t
c o n n e c t o r ( J ) . W i t h s e a t h e a t e r (for s o m e
the h o o k s (B) f r o m the b o o t t h e n r e m o v e t h e shift
m o d e l s ) : D i s c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s s e a t h e a t e r
knob (C).
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (K) a n d the front p a s s e n g e r ' s

s e a t h e a t e r s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (L).
-6 M/T m o d e l w i t h s e a t heater: D e t a c h t h e
h a r n e s s clip (M) f a s t e n i n g the p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
h e a t e r s w i t c h h a r n e s s f r o m the boot plate (N),
Fastener Locations
D >
20-146
: Clip, 2
E >
: Clip, 7
H, 11> : Clip, 3
3 , R e m o v e t h e utility i n n e r p o c k e t f A ) f r o m the c e n t e r
c o n s o l e p a n e l IB) b y pulling it u p to d e t a c h t h e
h o o k s ( C ) , R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e the
b e v e r a g e h o l d e r CD) a n d the c o n s o l e b o x t r i m (E)
from the panel.
5 . install t h e c o n s o l e p a n e l in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
* M a k e s u r e e a c h c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in properly.
* l i t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
Fastener Locations
* P u s h the c l i p s a n d the h o o k into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
: Screw
A/T model 9
M/T m o d e l 1 3
4, M/T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
shift i e v e r boot (F).
20-147
Consoles
Center Console Removal/Installation
4. R e m o v e the s c r e w s (A) a n d the bolts (B) s e c u r i n g
t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e (C).
NOTE:
T a k e c a r e not to- s c r a t c h the front s e a t , the d a s h b o a r d ,
' a n d related parts.
Fastener Locations
A
: Screw, 2
B >: Bolt 4
* C e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-146}
* C e n t e r c o n s o l e r e a r t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-149)
2. If e q u i p p e d , d e t a c h the h a r n e s s c l i p s (A) f a s t e n i n g
the front s e a t h e a t e r s w i t c h h a r n e s s e s (B) f r o m the
c e n t e r c o n s o l e . M/T m o d e l w i t h s e a t heater: D e t a c h
t h e h a r n e s s clip f r o m the d r i v e r ' s s i d e only.
5. D e t a c h the c l i p s by pulling the front b o t t o m e d g e s

of t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e (A) out f r o m both s i d e s , a n d
pull up the c o n s o l e to r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B), t h e n
remove the console.
Fastener Locations
> : Clip, 2
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n s o l e a c c e s s o r y p o w e r s o c k e t
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d the a u x i l i a r y j a c k a s s e m b l y
c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d d e t a c h the h a r n e s s clip (C).
C
20-148
Center Console Rear Trim Removal/

installation
6 . Install the c o n s o l e in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
* M a k e s u r e e a c h c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in properly.
* If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m w i t h n e w
ones.

K T C trim tool set S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a Toot a n d E q u i p m e n t
P r o g r a m ; calf 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
* P u s h the c l i p s a n d t h e h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
NOTE:
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the c e n t e r c o n s o l e a n d t h e
r e l a t e d parts.
U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
1. G e n t l y pull out t h e c o n s o l e rear t r i m (A) to d e t a c h
the clips, then r e m o v e the trim.
Fastener Locations
>:Clip,6
2. Install t h e t r i m in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
20-149
Consoles
Center Console Armrest Replacement
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
4. R e m o v e the s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e the left b o x rail

(A) a n d the right b o x rail (B) by pulling t h e m u p
f r o m t h e c o n s o l e b o x (C).
Fastener Locations
NOTE:
: Screw, 8
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the c o n s o l e .
* U s e the appropriate tool f r o m the K T C t r i m tool s e t to
2. R e m o v e the s c r e w s s e c u r i n g the d r i v e r ' s s i d e p a n e l
(A) a n d the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e p a n e l (B) f r o m the
c o n s o l e box (C), a n d slide the driver's side panel
a n d the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e p a n e l f o r w a r d to r e l e a s e
t h e ribs (D) of t h e p a n e l s f r o m t h e h o o k s (E) of the
b o x , t h e n r e m o v e the p a n e l s .
Fastener Locations
5. R e m o v e the E - c l i p s (A) a n d the h i n g e pin (B) f r o m

the c o n s o l e a r m r e s t (C) a n d the c o n s o l e b o x (D).
3. F o r s o m e m o d e l s : O p e n t h e c o n s o l e a r m r e s t (F),
a n d r e m o v e the b o x t r a y (G) b y pulling it up.
20-150
8* F r o m b o t h rear s i d e s of the c o n s o l e box (A), r e l e a s e

t h e o p e n i n g s p r i n g s (B) f r o m the b o s s e s C O of t h e
b o x , a n d c l o s e t h e c o n s o l e a r m r e s t CD). T h i s rotates
t h e o p e n i n g s p r i n g s into t h e n o t c h e s (E) o n the box.
8. Install t h e ' a r m r e s t in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

* R e p l a c e the E - c l i p s w i t h n e w o n e s .
* M a k e s u r e t h e ribs of the d r i v e r ' s s i d e p a n e l a n d
the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e p a n e l a r e e n g a g e d to the
h o o k s of t h e c o n s o l e b o x s e c u r e l y .
7 . O p e n the c o n s o l e a r m r e s t (A). W h i l e p a s s i n g the

g e a r p o r t i o n s CB) of b o t h s i d e s t h r o u g h the n o t c h e s
(C) in t h e c o n s o l e b o x ID) a n d r e l e a s i n g the e n d s of
the o p e n i n g s p r i n g s (E) f r o m t h e n o t c h e s I F ) , s l i d e
the a r m r e s t r e a r w a r d , t h e n r e m o v e it. R e m o v e the
o p e n i n g s p r i n g s f r o m t h e box.
20-151
Dashboard
instrument Visor Removal/Installation
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
3. G e n t l y pull out a l o n g t h e e d g e of the i n s t r u m e n t

v i s o r (A) to d e t a c h t h e c l i p s (B, C) a n d t h e h o o k s (D),
a n d r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (E) by pulling t h e v i s o r out,
t h e n r e m o v e the v i s o r .
Fastener Locations
B > : Clip, 2
C > : Clip, 4
NOTE:
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d a s h b o a r d a n d its related
parts.
1. D e t a c h t h e c l i p s f a s t e n i n g t h e c o l u m n blind c o v e r
(A) f r o m t h e u p p e r c o l u m n c o v e r IB) by h a n d .
Fastener Locations
4. Install the v i s o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
P u s h t h e c l i p s a n d t h e h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
2. If n e c e s s a r y , d e t a c h t h e h o o k s (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e
c o l u m n blind c o v e r (B) f r o m t h e i n s t r u m e n t v i s o r
(C).
20-152
MB*
Driver's Dashboard Lower Cover Removal/installation
K T C trim tool set S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 * >
3. If n e c e s s a r y , r e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , a n d d e t a c h t h e
h o o k s (A), t h e n r e m o v e the pocket t r i m IB) f r o m t h e
d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r (C).
Program; call S 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 8 5 7
Fastener Locations
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d a s h b o a r d a n d its related
: Screw, 3
parts.
1. A d j u s t the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n u p w a r d ,
2, R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r (A).
4 Puff out the b o t t o m of the c o v e r to d e t a c h t h e
c l i p s <B).
-2 Pull out a l o n g t h e e d g e of t h e c o v e r to d e t a c h
t h e c l i p s (C>.
-3 R e l e a s e t h e b o t t o m h o o k s CO),
-4 D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A O F F s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (E).
4. Install t h e c o v e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
Fastener Locations
B,C[>:C!ip,8
M a k e s u r e t h e V S A O F F s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r is
p l u g g e d in properly.
* If the bottom h o o k s a r e d a m a g e d o r s t r e s s w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e the c o v e r w i t h a n e w o n e .
P u s h t h e c l i p s a n d the h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-153
Dashboard
Drivers Outer Dashboard Trim
Driver's Inner Dashboard Trim


K T C t r i m tool set S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7

P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
NOTE:
parts.
NOTE:
* U s e t h e appropriate tool f r o m the K T C trim tool s e t to


1. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s outer d a s h b o a r d t r i m (A).

parts.
1. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s i n n e r d a s h b o a r d t r i m (A).

- 1 U s i n g t h e a p p r o p r i a t e t r i m t o o l , pry u p o n t h e
e d g e of the t r i m at the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n s i d e .
-2 D e t a c h the c l i p s .
-3 R e l e a s e the hook (B) f r o m u n d e r the c e n t e r
p a n e l (C).
-1 U s i n g the a p p r o p r i a t e t r i m t o o l , pry up on the

e d g e of the trim at the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n s i d e .
-5 D e t a c h the c l i p s .
>:Clip,3
Fastener
Locations
>:Clip,2
2. Install the t r i m in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

P u s h the c l i p s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
2. Install the trim in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

9
First insert the h o o k u n d e r the c e n t e r p a n e l , t h e n

p u s h the c l i p s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-154
Center Pocket Removal/Installation

Without Navigation System
4. O p e n t h e lid, a n d r e m o v e t h e bolts s e c u r i n g t h e
c e n t e r pocket (A).
Fnst@nf Locutions
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not t o s c r a t c h t h e d a s h b o a r d and. its

related parts,
: Bolt, 4
5 K 0.8 m m
SNkn
(0.5 k g f - m , 4 Ibfft)
1, R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-146).
2, A / T m o d e l : M o v e t h e shift l e v e r to 1st.
M / T m o d e l : IVIove t h e shift l e v e r to R.
3, A p p l y protective t a p e s (A) to t h e entire pocket lid
f a c e a n d t h e front portion of t h e A / T g e a r position
indicator p a n e ! IB) (AfT m o d e l ) .
5. Pull t h e c e n t e r pocket,(A) out, t h e n r e m o v e it. T a k e

c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e shift l e v e r k n o b a n d t h e A / T
g e a r position indicator p a n e l ( A / T m o d e l ) .
6. Install t h e p o c k e t in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
20-155
Dashboard
Center Pocket Removal/Installation (cont'd)
With Navigation S
y
s
t
e
m
4. Pull the c e n t e r pocket (A) o u t t h e n r e m o v e it. T a k e

c a r e not to s c r a t c h the shift l e v e r knob a n d t h e A / T
g e a r position indicator p a n e l ( A / T m o d e l ) .
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d a s h b o a r d a n d its

related parts.
1. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-146).
2. A / T m o d e l : M o v e the shift l e v e r to 1 s t
M/T m o d e l : M o v e t h e shift l e v e r to R.
3. O p e n the lid, a n d r e m o v e t h e bolts s e c u r i n g the
c e n t e r pocket (A).
Fastener Locations
: Bolt 4
5. Install t h e pocket in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
20-156
B3
Dashboard Center Lower Cower Removal/Installation
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s , 2-door f s e e p a g e 24-21),
4-door ( s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d the p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
service.
3. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r l o w e r c o v e r
(A).
-1 R e m o v e t h e clip (B).
-2 G e n t l y pull the rear u p p e r e d g e of the c o v e r to
d e t a c h the clip (C).
-3 Pull up the r e a r portion of the c o v e r to r e l e a s e
the hook (D) f r o m t h e r e a r h e a t e r d u c t (E).
-4 Pull the c o v e r r e a r w a r d to r e l e a s e the hook (F)
f r o m the heater unit ( G ) .
Fastener Locations
NOTE:
parts.
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C trim tool s e t to
8 [> : Clip, 1
C > : Clip, 1
1. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-146).
2. R e l e a s e both front p o r t i o n s of the c e n t e r c o n s o l e
(A) f r o m t h e d a s h b o a r d .
-1 R e m o v e the s c r e w s .
-2 D e t a c h t h e c l i p s by pulling t h e front b o t t o m
e d g e s of t h e c o n s o l e out f r o m both s i d e s .
-3 G e n t l y pull u p both front portions of the
c o n s o l e to r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B) f r o m the
dashboard.
Fastener Locations
Screw, 2
0=
> : Clip, 2
3=
(cont'd)
20-157
Dashboard
Dashboard Center Lower Cower
Removal/Installation (cont'd)
4. R e m o v e the p a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r l o w e r
c o v e r (A).
-1 R e m o v e the clip (B).
-2 G e n t l y pull the front u p p e r e d g e of the c o v e r to
d e t a c h the clip (C).
-8 Pull up the c o v e r to r e l e a s e the hook f D) f r o m
the rear heater d u c t (E).
Fastener Locutions
B>:CI8p,1
Center Display Visor Removal/

Installation
Speeial Tools Required
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
Without Navigation S y s t e m
NOTE:
C>:Clip 1
f
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d a s h b o a r d a n d its related

parts.
* C e n t e r pocket ( s e e p a g e 20-155}
* D r i v e r ' s inner d a s h b o a r d t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-154)
* P a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d trim ( s e e p a g e 20-160)
* A u d i o - H V A C m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 23-111)
2. R e m o v e the c e n t e r d i s p l a y v i s o r (A).
-1 R e m o v e the s c r e w s .
-2 Pull out the v i s o r to d e t a c h the c l i p s .
5. Install the c o v e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

Fastener Locations
: Screw, 2
> : Clip, 6
* P u s h the c l i p s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
* M a k e s u r e the h o o k s a r e s e t properly.
3. Install the v i s o r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

a n d note t h e s e items:
If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m w i t h n e w
ones.
20-158
S p e c i a l T0ls R e q u i r e d
K T C trim: tool s e t 5 O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 8 8 5 7
With Navigation S f stem
MOTE:
parts,
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e toot f r o m t h e K T C trim tool s e t to
avoid d a m a g e w h e n removing components.
1. R e m o v e t h e d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r v e n t ( s e e p a g e
20-104)
2 R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r d i s p l a y v i s o r (A),
-1 R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s (B).
-2 Pull out t h e u p p e r e d g e of t h e v i s o r to d e t a c h
the u p p e r c l i p s (C).
-3 Pull out t h e v i s o r to d e t a c h t h e s i d e c l i p s (D).
N O T E : If t h e n o n - w o v e n f a b r i c I E ) o n the u p p e r
c l i p s i s d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it.
Fastener Locations
B
: Screw, 2
3. Install t h e c o v e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
ones. "
* If the u p p e r clip is r e p l a c e d , attach the n e w
n o n - w o v e n fabric (A) a r o u n d n e w clip (B) a s the
following procedures.
- After installing n e w clip to t h e v i s o r C O , c l e a n
the clip a n d the v i s o r s u r f a c e s w i t h a s h o p
t o w e l d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l . After
c l e a n i n g , keep oil, g r e a s e , a n d w a t e r f r o m
- getting on t h e s u r f a c e .
- A t t a c h the n o n - w o v e n fabric w i t h a d h e s i v e
t a p e a r o u n d t h e clip.
Wort-woven fabric:
T h i c k n e s s 0.5 m m (0.02 I n j
W i d t h 2 0 m m (0.79 in.)
L e n g t h 2 5 m m (0,98 i n j
Won-wovert f a b r i c a d h e s i v e tap:
T h i c k n e s s 0.16 m m {0.006 I n j
W i d t h 2 0 m m (0.79 i n j
L e n g t h 2 5 m m (0.98 I n j
A
C , D > : Clip, S
20-159
Dashboard
Passenger's Dashboard Trim
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
Glove Box Lock Cylinder

Replacement
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e g l o v e box.
1. R e m o v e the g l o v e b o x ( s e e p a g e 20-161).
NOTE:
parts.
U s e t h e appropriate tool f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
2. Lift t h e g l o v e box h a n d l e (A), a n d u s e a hooks h a p e d tool to pull o n e e n d of the retainer (B) out of
its slot.
N O T E : D o not r e m o v e t h e retainer entirely. L e a v e
o n e e n d of t h e retainer in its original position w h e n
r e m o v i n g the l o c k c y l i n d e r .
1. R e m o v e the p a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d trim (A).

-1 O p e n the g l o v e box.
-2 PulS out on the o u t s i d e b o t t o m e d g e of t h e trim
by h a n d .
-3 D e t a c h the c l i p s a l o n g the t r i m .
-4 R e l e a s e the hook (B) f r o m u n d e r the c e n t e r
p a n e l (C).
Fastener Locations
3. R e m o v e the g l o v e box lock c y l i n d e r (A).

note t h e s e stems:
9
Sf t h e c l i p s are d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
* First insert t h e h o o k u n d e r t h e c e n t e r p a n e l , t h e n
p u s h t h e c l i p s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-160
Glove BOM Removal/Installation

4. R e i n s t a l l t h e e n d of t h e r e t a i n e r (A) in its s l o t t h e n
reinstall t h e lock c y l i n d e r (8). P u s h t h e c y l i n d e r into
p l a c e s e c u r e l y until t h e r e t a i n e r s n a p s into p l a c e .
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e located in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the
S R S c o m p o n e n t locations, 2-door (see page 24-21),
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before d o i n g r e p a i r s o r
service.
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d a s h b o a r d a n d its
related p a r t s .
1. O p e n t h e g l o v e box.
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e g l o v e b o x d a m p e r (A) f r o m the
pivot CB) o n t h e g l o v e box.
3. C l o s e t h e g l o v e box.
4. R e m o v e t h e bolts.
Fastener Locations
:Eolt2
5x0.8 m m
/ ///
N-m
I0.5 kgfm, 4 Ibf ft)
(confd)
20-161
Dashboard
Glove Box Removal/Installation (c<
5. W h i l e holding the g l o v e b o x (A), r e l e a s e t h e g l o v e
b o x stop (B) on e a c h s i d e f r o m the d a s h b o a r d by
p u s h i n g t h e m in, t h e n r e m o v e t h e g l o v e box.
:'d)
7. F r o m the d a s h b o a r d s i d e Sid o p e n i n g , d e t a c h t h e
clip (A), t h e n r e m o v e the g l o v e b o x d a m p e r (B).
8. Install the g l o v e box in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of

6. O p e n the front d o o r , a n d r e m o v e the p a s s e n g e r ' s
d a s h b o a r d s i d e lid (A).
-T Pull out the front d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l (B) a s
needed.
-2
G e n t l y pry the r e a r e d g e of the lid w i t h t h e

appropriate t r i m tool to d e t a c h the c l i p s a n d
the h o o k s (C).
-8 R e l e a s e the h o o k s (D).
Fastener Locations
t> : Clip, 3
20-162
If the d a s h b o a r d s i d e lid c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or
stress-whitened, replace them with n e w ones.
Glove Box Striker Replacement

S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a , R e v i e w the
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s , 2-door f s e e p a g e 24-21),
4-door f s e e p a g e 24-19} a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s { s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e d o i n g r e p a i r s or
service,
Dashboaid Side Went Removal/

Installation
* A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a Toot a n d E q u i p m e n t
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
M O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d a s h b o a r d a n d its
related p a r t s .
1, D i s c o n n e c t t h e g l o v e b o x d a m p e r f r o m the pivot o n
t h e g l o v e b o x f s e e p a g e 20-161),
2, W h i l e h o l d i n g the g l o v e b o x , r e l e a s e the g l o v e b o x
s t o p o n e a c h s i d e f r o m t h e d a s h b o a r d by p u s h i n g
t h e m i n s i d e ( s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 20-162).
NOTE:
parts.
* T h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e v e n t is s h o w n ; t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e
v e n t is s i m i l a r .
3, R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e the g l o v e b o x
striker (A).
Fastener Locations
: Serew, 2
1, R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :
* D r i v e r ' s s i d e : D r i v e r ' s outer d a s h b o a r d t r i m
{ s e e p a g e 20-154)
* P a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e : P a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d trim
f s e e p a g e 20-160)
* P a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e : P a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d s i d e ltd
f s e e s t e p 6 on p a g e 20-162)
2, D r i v e r ' s s i d e : O p e n the front d o o r , a n d r e m o v e the
d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d s i d e iid (Ah
-1 Pull out the front d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l (B) a s
needed.
-2 G e n t l y pry the r e a r e d g e of the lid w i t h the
a p p r o p r i a t e t r i m tool to d e t a c h t h e c l i p s a n d
t h e h o o k s (C).
-3 R e l e a s e the h o o k s ID).
Fastener Locations
! > : Clip, 3
4, Install the striker in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
(cont'd)
20-163
Dashboard
Dashboard Side Vent Removal/
Installation (cont'd)
3. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w (A).
Dashboard Center Vent Removal/

Installation
Fastener Locations
A
: Screw, 1
C >:Clip,3

P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
With Navigation System
NOTE:
parts.
1. A p p l y protective t a p e (A) to t h e d a s h b o a r d m i d d l e
p a d b e s i d e both s i d e e d g e s of t h e d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r
v e n t (B). Pry up on the e d g e of t h e c e n t e r v e n t w i t h
t h e a p p r o p r i a t e trim tool to d e t a c h the c l i p s ( C , D).
4. Pull out t h e s i d e v e n t (B) to r e l e a s e the c l i p s (C),
t h e n r e m o v e the v e n t
Fastener Locations
C > : Clip, 2
5. Install t h e s i d e v e n t in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d p u s h t h e c l i p s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-164
D [> : C l i p , 2
Side Defogger Vent Trim Removal/

installation
2, Pull out t h e d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r v e n t (A) by h a n d to
d e t a c h l o w e r c l i p s a n d r e l e a s e t h e p r o j e c t i o n s (B)
f r o m t h e h o l e s in t h e c e n t e r d i s p l a y v i s o r (C), t h e n
r e m o v e the panel.
Fastener Locations

P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
f>: Clip, 4
Drlwer's Side
NOTE:
parts.
avoid damage-when removing components.
1. Insert t h e appropriate t r i m tool into a g a p b e t w e e n
t h e s i d e d e f o g g e r v e n t t r i m (A) a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s
outer m i d d l e p a d (6), a n d d e t a c h t h e l o w e r c l i p s (C).
Fasten!* Locations
C,D>:CI8p, 3
3, D i s c o n n e c t the h a z a r d w a r n i n g s w i t c h / p a s s e n g e r ' s
a i r b a g cutoff indicator c o n n e c t o r (D) a n d t h e
n a v i g a t i o n s u b d i s p i a y c o n n e c t o r <E). D e t a c h the
h a r n e s s c l i p I B , a n d r e l e a s e the w i r e h a r n e s s (G)
f r o m the h a r n e s s h o l d e r (H).
4, Install the v e n t in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
* If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d o r s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
* M a k e s u r e all c o n n e c t o r s a r e p l u g g e d in p r o p e r l y ,
* P u s h t h e h a r n e s s clip a n d the c l i p s into p l a c e
securely.
2. Pull out t h e t r i m to d e t a c h the u p p e r clip (D), t h e n

r e m o v e the t r i m .
* if t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
20-165
Dashboard
Driver's Outer Middle Pad Removal/
Installation
Driver's Inner Middle Pad Removal/

Installation

* A v a i l a b l e - t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
NOTE:
NOTE:

parts.
parts.
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C trim tool s e t to
1. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d s i d e v e n t ( s e e p a g e
20-163).
2. Gently- pull out a l o n g t h e e d g e of t h e d r i v e r ' s outer
m i d d l e p a d (A) to d e t a c h t h e h o o k s (B), t h e n
r e m o v e the p a d .

* C e n t e r pocket:
- W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 20-155)
- W i t h n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 20-156}
* D r i v e r ' s i n n e r d a s h b o a r d t r i m ( s e e page. 20-154}
* P a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-160)
* D a s h b o a r d c e n t e r v e n t (with n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m )
( s e e p a g e 20-164)
* Audio-HVAC module:
- W i t h n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 23-110)
2. G e n t l y pull out a l o n g t h e e d g e of t h e d r i v e r ' s i n n e r
m i d d l e p a d (A) to d e t a c h t h e h o o k s (B), t h e n
remove the pad.
B
3. Install the p a d in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

p u s h the h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
3. Install t h e p a d in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
p u s h the h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-166
E3
Passenger's Middle Pad Removal/Installation
G e n t l y pull out a l o n g the e d g e of the p a s s e n g e r ' s

m i d d l e p a d (A) to d e t a c h the h o o k s (B), then
r e m o v e the p a d .
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23} before d o i n g r e p a i r s or
service.
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d a s h b o a r d , a n d its
related p a r t s ,
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C trim tool s e t to
1, D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
before beginning work.
* Center pocket:
* P a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-160)
* D a s h b o a r d c e n t e r v e n t (with n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m )
( s e e p a g e 20-164)
* Aodio-HVAC module:
Install t h e p a d in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
8
P u s h t h e h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y ,
* Do t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
* P a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d side vent (see page
20-163)
* P a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-206)
20-167
Dashboard
Column Cover Removal/Installation
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h or d a m a g e the c o l u m n
covers.
5. Insert a s u i t a b l e s i z e d s c r e w d r i v e r or e q u i v a l e n t
tool (A) a l o n g t h e g u i d e rib (B) into t h e l e v e r hole
(C) in the l o w e r c o l u m n c o v e r (D).
G
* D o not pry the c o v e r s u r f a c e w i t h a n y t o o l s .

1. A d j u s t the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n s o that it is fully tilted
d o w n a n d fully pulled out.
2. R e m o v e the c o l u m n blind c o v e r by d e t a c h i n g t h e
c l i p s f r o m the u p p e r c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e s t e p 1 o n
p a g e 20-152).
3. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l to t h e left, a n d r e l e a s e t h e
left tab (A) of t h e u p p e r c o l u m n c o v e r (B) w h i l e
p u s h i n g the l o w e r c o l u m n c o v e r (C) f r o m the front
side.
C a r e f u l l y r e l e a s e t h e t a b s , a n d note t h e
h o o k s (D) m a y break w h e n t h e u p p e r c o l u m n
c o v e r is p u l l e d up too h a r d .
A
6. R e l e a s e the hook (E) locating o n t h e left s i d e of the

u p p e r c o l u m n c o v e r (F). T h e right s i d e hook (G) of
t h e u p p e r c o l u m n c o v e r c a n ' t be r e l e a s e d f r o m t h e
inside.
D'
7. R e m o v e t h e u p p e r c o l u m n c o v e r (A) by lightly
pulling it up w h i l e r e l e a s i n g t h e right s i d e hook (B,
C ) of t h e c o v e r .
A,
4. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l to t h e right, a n d r e l e a s e t h e
right tab of t h e u p p e r c o l u m n c o v e r the s a m e w a y
a s in s t e p 3.
20-168
Dashboard/Steering-Hanger Beam
8. R e m o v e t h e t h r e e s c r e w s (A, B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
l o w e r c o l u m n c o v e r (C).
Fastener Locations
A
; Screw, 1
: Screw, 2
* Available through the Honda Tool and E q u i p m e n t

P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w - t h e
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s , 2-door ( s e e p a g e 24-21),
4-door f s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d the p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 24-23) before d o i n g r e p a i r s or
service.
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d a s h b o a r d , t h e b o d y a n d
t h e other related parts.
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d t h e b r a c k e t s .
* Have a n assistant help y o u w h e n removing a n d
installing t h e d a s h b o a r d / s t e e r i n g h a n g e r b e a m .
9, Install t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r c o l u m n c o v e r s in t h e
f s e e p a g e 22-89), t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s
before b e g i n n i n g w o r k ,
r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d p o s h the h o o k s into
place securely.
* Driver's dashboard lower cover fsee page
20-153)
* C e n t e r c o n s o l e f s e e p a g e 20-148}
* D a s h b o a r d c e n t e r l o w e r c o v e r , both s i d e s
fsee p a g e 20-157}
* G l o v e b o x f s e e p a g e 20-161}
* Kick p a n e l s , both s i d e s :
- 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
- 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
* A - p i l l a r t r i m , both s i d e s f s e e p a g e 20-101)
* S t e e r i n g c o l u m n ( s e e p a g e 17-28)
* Shift l e v e r h o u s i n g , M/T m o d e l f s e e p a g e 13-65)
* Shift l e v e r , A / T m o d e l f s e e p a g e 14-262)
(confd)
20-169
Dashboard
Dashboard/Steering Hanger Beam Removal/Installation ( c o n t ' d )
Driver's side
3. F r o m u n d e r the d a s h , d i s c o n n e c t t h e left e n g i n e
c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r s (A), the
d r i v e r ' s d o o r w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B), the roof
w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r s ( C ) , a n d t h e left s i d e w i r e
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (D). D i s c o n n e c t the left e n g i n e
c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r s (E) a n d t h e
left s i d e w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (F) f r o m t h e
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box (G).
M i d d l e p o r t i o n (shift Sever p o r t i o n )
5. R e m o v e the c l i p , a n d r e m o v e the left rear h e a t e r
joint duct (A). D i s c o n n e c t the floor w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r (B), the S R S unit c o n n e c t o r (C), the
parking brake s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (D), a n d the y a w
rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (E), a n d
d e t a c h the w i r e h a r n e s s c l i p s (F). U s i n g a T O R X T 3 0
bit, r e m o v e the g r o u n d bolt (G).
Fastener Location
> : Clip, 1
G
S x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 k g f m ,
7.2 Ibf-ft)
Use a TORX T30 bit.
20-170
9, D e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s clip (A) a n d the clip f a s t e n i n g

the r e l a y (B) f r o m the brake p e d a l s u p p o r t m e m b e r
(C). R e m o v e t h e bolts (D, E ) , t h e n r e m o v e the
m e m b e r , a n d d i s c o n n e c t the T P M S c o n t r o l unit
c o n n e c t o r (F).
Middle portion (passenger's side)

6. F r o m u n d e r t h e d a s h , d i s c o n n e c t the A / C w i r e
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (A).
Fastener Locations
D
: Bolt, 1
: Bolt, 1
P a s s e n g e r ' s side
7. F r o m u n d e r t h e d a s h , d i s c o n n e c t t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s
d o o r w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e right s i d e w i r e
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r s IB), t h e a n t e n n a l e a d c o n n e c t o r
(Q, a n d t h e right e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r s (D). D i s c o n n e c t t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r s (E) a n d t h e a u d i o w i r e h a r n e s s
connector |F) from the p a s s e n g e r ' s under-dash
f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( G ) . D e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s clip (H), W i t h
p r e m i u m s o u n d s y s t e m : D i s c o n n e c t the s t e r e o
a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r s (f).
8 M 1.25 m m
22 N*m
(2.2 kgf-rn, 16 Ibf-ft)
10. R e m o v e bolts (A, B ) , t h e n r e m o v e the c e n t e r joint

b r a c k e t (C).
Fastener Locations
A
: Bolt, 2
: Bolt, 2
8* D e t a c h aft of t h e h a r n e s s a n d t h e c o n n e c t o r c l i p s .
(confd)
20-171
Dashboard
Dashboard/Steering Hanger Beam Removal/Installation (cont'd)
11. R e m o v e the s p e c i a l bolts (A) f r o m o u t s i d e the
p a s s e n g e r ' s door.
-1 R e m o v e the c a p s (B).
-2 L o o s e n the s p e c i a l bolts until t h e y d i s e n g a g e
f r o m t h e t h r e a d s o n the h a n g e r b e a m s i d e
bracket ( C ) , a n d e n g a g e t h e i n s i d e t h r e a d s of
the c o l l a r bolts (D). T h e t h r e a d Sock o n t h e
s p e c i a l bolts m a k e s t h e s p e c i a l bolts a n d
c o l l a r bolts turn t o g e t h e r .
C o n t i n u e l o o s e n i n g t h e s p e c i a l bolts to turn
the collar bolts into t h e f i x e d s p a c e a d j u s t e r s (E)
until the c o l l a r bolts e n g a g e t h e s t o p p e r s (F).
T h i s c r e a t e s a g a p (G) b e t w e e n t h e c o l l a r bolts
and the body.
L o o s e n the s p e c i a l bolts to d i s e n g a g e t h e m
f r o m t h e c o l l a r bolts, t h e n r e m o v e t h e m .
A
8 x 1.25 mm
A
8 x 1.25 mm
20-172
12. C h e c k that t h e c o l l a r bolts (A) a r e s e a t e d in t h e s p a c e

a d j u s t e r s (B).
-1 Insert a n 8 m m h e x w r e n c h in t h e c o l l a r bolt.
-2 G e n t l y turn t h e w r e n c h c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e .
-3 If the w r e n c h turns easily, continue turning until the
the c o l l a r bolt s e a t s a n d e n g a g e s t h e s t o p p e r (C).
-4 If the w r e n c h d o e s not t u r n e a s i l y , t h e c o l l a r bolt is
seated.
N O T E : If e i t h e r c o l l a r bolt w a s not s e a t e d , r e p l a c e the
s p e c i a l bolts.
13. F r o m o u t s i d e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r , r e m o v e t h e c a p s (A),

t h e n r e m o v e t h e bolts ( B , C ) f r o m o u t s i d e t h e
driver's door.
Fastener Locations
B
: Bolt, 3
14. Lift u p o n t h e d a s h b o a r d (A) to r e l e a s e it f r o m the

g u i d e p i n s (B). C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e d a s h b o a r d
t h r o u g h t h e front d o o r o p e n i n g . T a k e c a r e not to
- scratch the body with the collar nuts on the
passenger's side.
: Bolt, 2
N O T E : D o n o t rest t h e d a s h b o a r d o n its l o w e r
c e n t e r c o v e r o p e n i n g , o r it m a y b e d a m a g e d . L a y it
o n its front o r back.
8K
1,25 min
22 N-m
8K
1.25 m m
22 Nm
(2.2 kgf.m, I S Ibf-ft)
(confd)
20-173
Dashboard
Dashboard/Steering Hanger Beam Removal/Installation (cont'd)
15. Install t h e d a s h b o a r d In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
S p e c i a l bolt t i g h t e n i n g o n p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e
* M a k e s u r e the d a s h b o a r d fits onto the g u i d e p i n s
correctly
* B e f o r e tightening t h e b o l t s , m a k e s u r e t h e w i r e
h a r n e s s e s a r e not p i n c h e d .
* M a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t o r s a r e p l u g g e d in
properly.
* M a k e s u r e t h e c o l l a r bolts (A) turn e a s i l y by h a n d
in t h e fixed s p a c e a d j u s t e r s (B). T i g h t e n t h e c o l l a r
bolts by h a n d until t h e y e n g a g e t h e s t o p p e r s (C)
before reinstalling the d a s h b o a r d .
* Before reinstalling the d a s h b o a r d , s c r e w the
s p e c i a l bolts (D) into t h e c o l l a r b o l t s a n d c h e c k
that t h e y turn t o g e t h e r . If t h e y d o not turn
t o g e t h e r , r e p l a c e t h e s p e c i a l bolts.
* A f t e r setting t h e d a s h b o a r d in t h e b o d y , reinstall
all of t h e m o u n t i n g bolts but d o not tighten t h e m .
First,, tighten t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e b r a c k e t bolts to t h e
s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e . Next,.tighten t h e s p e c i a l bolts
to turn t h e c o l l a r bolts out of t h e s p a c e a d j u s t e r s
until t h e c o l l a r bolts c o n t a c t t h e b o d y . C o n t i n u e
t i g h t e n i n g t h e s p e c i a l bolts to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
8
*
*
*
T i g h t e n all r e m a i n i n g m o u n t i n g bolts to t h e
specified torque.
A p p l y m e d i u m s t r e n g t h liquid t h r e a d lock to t h e
bolts s e c u r i n g t h e c e n t e r joint b r a c k e t a n d the
d a s h b o a r d before reinstallation.
After t i g h t e n i n g t h e d a s h b o a r d m o u n t i n g bolts,
tighten t h e c e n t e r joint b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g bolts,
a n d t h e n tighten t h e c e n t e r f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts.
D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t ! o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
If n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e shift c a b l e ( s e e p a g e
14-272).
C h e c k for a n y D T C s that m a y h a v e b e e n s e t
during repairs, and clear t h e m .
20-174
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N-m
Dashboard/Steering Hanger Beam Disassembly/Reassembly

K T C t r i m toot s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
With navigation s y s t e m : R e m o v e the bolts, then
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d a s h b o a r d , t h e b o d y a n d
the other related parts.
: Bolt, 2
r e m o v e t h e c e n t e r pocket f r a m e (A) from, t h e

dashboard.
Fastener Locations
5 x 0.8 m m
' 5 N-m
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d t h e b r a c k e t s .
a v o i d damage
w h e n removing components.
1. R e m o v e t h e d a s h b o a r d / s t e e r i n g h a n g e r b e a m
(see p a g e 20-169).
2. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s f r o m the d a s h b o a r d :
* I n s t r u m e n t v i s o r f s e e p a g e 20-152)
* Center pocket:
- W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m f s e e p a g e 20-155)
- W i t h n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m f s e e p a g e 23-114)
* D r i v e r ' s o u t e r d a s h b o a r d t r i m f s e e p a g e 20-154)
4. R e m o v e t h e s e stems f r o m the d a s h b o a r d :
* D r i v e r ' s i n n e r d a s h b o a r d t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-154)
* D r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d s i d e lid ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e
20-183}
* D r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d s i d e v e n t ( s e e p a g e 20-163)
* Driver's side defogger vent trim fsee page
20-165)
* P a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d t r i m { s e e p a g e 20-160)
* P a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d s i d e lid ( s e e s t e p 6 o n
p a g e 20-162)
* P a s s e n g e r ' s dashboard side vent fsee page
20- 163)
* G a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324)
* S u n l i g h t s e n s o r , w i t h c l i m a t e c o n t rol ( s e e p a g e
2 1 - 176)
* I n - c a r temperature
s e n s o r , with climate control
(see page 21-174)
* A u d i o disk c h a n g e r , with navigation s y s t e m
(see page 23-113)
* P a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-206)
* Center display visor:

* Audio-HVAC module:
* A u d i o - H V A C display:'"
- W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n "system ( s e e p a g e 23-114)
Drlwer*s s i d e
5. D e t a c h the h a r n e s s clip (A) f r o m t h e d a s h b o a r d .
A
(cont'd)
20-175
Damftboard
Dashboard/Steering Hanger Beam Disassembly/Reassembly (cont'd)
M i d d l e portion
6. D e t a c h the h a r n e s s clip (A) f r o m t h e d a s h b o a r d
- d u c t , a n d r e l e a s e the h a r n e s s h o l d e r (B) f r o m the
dashboard.
Passenger's side
7. D i s c o n n e c t the g l o v e b o x light b u l b s o c k e t (A), a n d
d e t a c h the h a r n e s s c l i p s (B) f r o m t h e d a s h b o a r d d u c t D e t a c h the h a r n e s s c l i p (C) f r o m t h e
dashboard.
8. R e m o v e the s c r e w a n d t h e c l i p s , t h e n r e m o v e the
d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r d u c t (A).
Fastener Locations
20-176
: Screw, 1
O : Clip, 2
9, R e m o v e t h e bolts (A) f r o m t h e front of the

d a s h b o a r d , a n d r e m o v e t h e s c r e w s IB) f r o m the
b a c k of t h e d a s h b o a r d , t h e n s e p a r a t e the
d a s h b o a r d C O f r o m t h e s t e e r i n g h a n g e r b e a m (D).
Fastener Locations
A
: Bolt 10
i Sersw, 3
10, A s s e m b l e t h e d a s h b o a r d a n d t h e s t e e r i n g h a n g e r
b e a m in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of d i s a s s e m b l y , a n d note
these items:
* M a k e s u r e t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s is not
pinched,
* M a k e s u r e t h e g l o v e b o x light bulb s o c k e t i s
c o n n e c t e d properly.
* P u s h the h a r n e s s clips a n d the h a r n e s s holder
20-177
Seats
2-dor
REAR S E A T
Seat-back Latch Replacement page 20-226
Seat-back Release Lever/Cable
Removal/lnatallation, page 20-227
Seat-back Cover Replacement page 20-232
Seat Cushion Cover Replacement page 20-237
FRONT S E A T
(Driver's)
Front Seat Active Head Restraint Inspection, page 20-180
Recline Motor Replacement page 20-187
Slide Motor Replacement page 20-189
Slide Lever Replacement page 20-191
Torsion Bar Replacement, page 20-191
Seat Frame Replacement page 20-193
FRONT S E A T
(Passenger's)
Slide Lever Replacement, page 20-191
Rear Seat Access Cable Replacement, page 20-192
Seat Frame Replacement, page 20-196
Seat-back Cover Replacement, page 20-199
Seat Cushion Cover Replacement, page 20-209
20-178
REAR S E A T
Seat-back Latch Replacement, page 20-226
Seat-back Release Lever/Cable
Armrest Replacement page 20-228
Trunk Pass-through Lid Lock Cylinder
Trunk Pass-through Lid Replacement page 20-231
Armrest Beverage Holder Replacement page 20-231
Seat Side Bolster Cover Replacement page 20-236
FRONT S E A T
FRONT S E A T
(Driver's!
front Seat Active Head Restraint Inspection, page 20-180
Recline Motor Replacement, page 20-187
Lumbar Support Replacement page 20-188
Slide Motor Replacement, page 20-189

Seat-back Cover Replacement, page 20-205
20-179
Seats
Front Seat Active Head Restraint Inspection
N O T E : If the v e h i c l e h a s b e e n in a c o l l i s i o n , a l w a y s
i n s p e c t the a c t i v e h e a d restraint, e v e n if t h e y a p p e a r
r e u s a b l e , by d o i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e .
1. M a n u a l s e a t / m a n u a l height a d j u s t a b l e s e a t : F o l d
the s e a t - b a c k f o r w a r d , t h e n r e c l i n e the s e a t - b a c k to
the first lock p o s i t i o n , a n d a d j u s t the h e a d restraint
to t h e h i g h e s t p o s i t i o n .
2. 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t : W i t h the r e c l i n e s w i t c h , m o v e
the s e a t - b a c k fully f o r w a r d .
5. P u s h the h e a d restraint (A) f o r w a r d , a n d c h e c k :

W i t h a s c a l e , m e a s u r e t h e level a m o u n t of the h e a d
restraint m o v e m e n t . T h e h e a d restraint s h o u l d
m o v e m o r e t h a n 50 m m (2.0 in.) w i t h o u t r e s i s t a n c e .
Sf it is l e s s t h a n 50 m m (2.0 in.), or the h e a d restraint
d o e s n ' t m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e the s e a t - b a c k
frame:
* D r i v e r ' s s e a t ( s e e p a g e 20-193)
* Passenger's seat:
- 2-door (see page 2 0 - 1 9 6 )
-4-door (see page 20-198)
3. A p p l y m a s k i n g t a p e o n the top of the h e a d restraint.

Above 50 nrtrrt |2.0 in.)
(Level)
4. M a k e m a r k s (A) o n both s i d e s at 255 m m {10.0 in.)
u p w a r d f r o m the roots of the h e a d restraint f r a m e
(B) a l o n g the b a c k of t h e h e a d restraint (C) s u r f a c e .
M a k e a c e n t e r of t h e s e points a s a d a t u m point (D).
255 mm}
(10. In.)
20-180
Front Seat Removal/Installation

P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in this a r e a . R e v i e w t h e
2. 2 - d o o r p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t : C a r e f u l l y i n s e r t the tip of a

s m a l l s c r e w d r i v e r (A) t h r o u g h t h e . h o l e in the b a c k
of t h e front s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r c o v e r (B) a n d
into t h e hole in the front s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r (C).
U n l o c k the l o w e r a n c h o r by p u s h i n g in o n the
s c r e w d r i v e r . R e m o v e the s c r e w d r i v e r , a n d t h e n
d e t a c h the front s e a t belt a n c h o r plate (D) a n d t h e
a n c h o r c o v e r f r o m the l o w e r a n c h o r .
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s , 2 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 24-21),
4-door fsee page 24-19) and the precautions a n d
p r o c e d u r e s { s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 3 ) before d o i n g r e p a i r s or
service.
* C h e c k t h e o p e r a t i o n of the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position
s e n s o r after a n y of t h e s e a c t i o n s f s e e p a g e 24-40):
- Driver's s e a t position s e n s o r replacement
- C o v e r plate (front s i d e of d r i v e r ' s s e a t s l i d e rail)
replacement
* C a l i b r a t e t h e O D S unit after a n y of t h e t h e s e a c t i o n s
fsee. p a g e 24-38):
- F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t r e p l a c e m e n t (including a n y
seat components)
- R e p l a c e m e n t of t h e s e a t w e i g h t s e n s o r s
- After a v e h i c l e c o l l i s i o n
NOTE:
* W h e n p r y i n g w i t h a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r , w r a p it w i t h
protective t a p e to p r e v e n t d a m a g e .
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the b o d y o r t e a r t h e s e a t
covers.
3. 4-door: S l i d e the front s e a t all the w a y f o r w a r d .

C a r e f u l l y pry up on the bottom of the a n c h o r c o v e r
(A) to r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B) a n d the tab (C), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e c o v e r by pulling it u p w a r d .
Driver's seat
1. Tift the s t e e r i n g w h e e l all the w a y up* a n d p u s h it

all t h e w a y in, A d j u s t t h e s e a t - b a c k recline to a
middle position.
B
A
(cont'd)
20-181
Seals
Front Seat Removal/Installation (cont'd)
5. R e m o v e the s e a t track outer e n d c o v e r s (A) a n d t h e
Passenger's seat
s e a t track inner e n d c o v e r s (B) f r o m the back of

B
both s e a t t r a c k s .
2dor d r i v e r ' s s e a t 110-way p o w e r s e a t )
4. 4-door: R e m o v e the l o w e r a n c h o r bolt (A).
A
7/16-20 UMF
32 N-m
I3.3 kgf-m,
24 Ibf-ft)
2-door d r i v e r ' s s e a t ( m a o y a l h e i g h t a d j u s t a b l e
seat)
20-182
(confd)
20-183
SfJ8tS
9. Lift up t h e front s e a t t h e n d e t a c h the h a r n e s s c l i p s
6. R e m o v e the r e a r bolts.
(A). D i s c o n n e c t t h e floor w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B),

Fastener Locations
t h e s i d e a i r b a g c o n n e c t o r ( C ) , a n d t h e s e a t belt
:Bd!t,2
b u c k l e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (D). D r i v e r ' s m a n u a l height

a d j u s t a b l e s e a t : D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e a t position
s e n s o r connector (E).
2 - d o o r d r i v e r s s e a t (10way p o w e r s e a t !
C
10 x 1.25 m m
7. S l i d e the front s e a t all t h e w a y b a c k , a n d r e m o v e

the front bolts.
Fastener Locations
: Bolt 2
4-door driver's s e a t (10-way p o w e r seat)

B
10 x 1.25 m m
before removing the s e a t
20-184
(confd)
20-185
Seats
12. Install the s e a t in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
* T i g h t e n the s e a t m o u n t i n g bolts to the s p e c i f i e d
torque in the s e q u e n c e s h o w n . S l i d e the s e a t all
the w a y b a c k a n d tighten a n d (D, t h e n s l i d e it
f o r w a r d a n d tighten (D a n d . T h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t is
s h o w n ; the p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t is s y m m e t r i c a l .
* T h e triangle m a r k s (A) o n the a n c h o r plate (B)
a n d the l o w e r a n c h o r (C) m u s t f a c e the s a m e s i d e .
Insert the a n c h o r plate into the l o w e r a n c h o r , a n d
m a k e s u r e that it is l o c k e d s e c u r e l y . M a k e s u r e
e a c h c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in properly.
* T i g h t e n t h e bolts by h a n d f i r s t t h e n tighten t h e m
to s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e w i t h a t o r q u e w r e n c h .
* Do the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
(see p a g e 22-89).
* C h e c k for a n y D T C s t h a t m a y h a v e b e e n s e t
during r e p a i r s , a n d c l e a r t h e m .
S e a t mounting bolts tightening s e q u e n c e
Fastener Locations
:Bolt,2
10 x 1.25 m m
41 N-m
(4.2 kgf-m,
30 Ibf-ft)
01
20-186
2 - d o o r p a s s e n g e r ' s front s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r

installation
Front S e a t Recline Motor Replacement

Driver's Seat 118-way Power SeatJ
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d In t h i s a r e a , R e v i e w the
4-door ( s e e p a g e 24-19} a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
service,
6. R e m o v e t h e bolt, t h e n r e m o v e the recline m o t o r (A).

4-door d r i v e r ' s s e a t is s h o w n ; 2-door d r i v e r ' s s e a t is
similar,
Fastener Location
: Bolt, 1
N O T E : Pot o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
1, R e m o v e t h e front s e a t f s e e p a g e 20-181 ).
2, R e m o v e t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r a n d p a d :
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-199)
* 4-door f s e e p a g e 20-205)
3 , 4-door d r i v e r ' s s e a t w i t h l u m b a r s u p p o r t :
D i s c o n n e c t a n d d e t a c h the l u m b a r s u p p o r t m o t o r
c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d d e t a c h the h a r n e s s clip (B).
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
7. Install the m o t o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
* R e p l a c e the p u s h nut w i t h a n e w o n e . M a k e s u r e
the p u s h nut is i n s t a l l e d c o r r e c t l y .
* 4-door d r i v e r ' s s e a t M a k e s u r e the l u m b a r
s u p p o r t m o t o r c o n n e c t o r i s p l u g g e d in p r o p e r l y ,
a n d p u s h t h e h a r n e s s clip into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
* A p p l y m e d i u m strength liquid t h r e a d lock to t h e
m o u n t i n g bolt before reinstallation.
4. R e l e a s e the p u s h nut (A) f r o m t h e m o t o r s i d e e n d of
t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod I B ) , g e n t l y t a p o n the m o t o r sidp
of the c o n n e c t i n g rod to r e m o v e it f r o m the r e c l i n e
m o t o r (C) a n d both r e c l i n e a d j u s t e r s (D).
5. R e m o v e t h e rod c o v e r IE) a n d t h e c o l l a r s (F).
20-187
Seats
Front Seat Lumbar Support Replacement
4-door Driver's Seat (For Some Models)
5. R e l e a s e the u p p e r w i r e (A) f r o m both s e a t - b a c k s i d e

f r a m e s (B) of i n s i d e the s e a t - b a c k .
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-19} a n d the
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23} before
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to kink the c a b l e ,
* T a k e c a r e not to tear the s e a m s or d a m a g e t h e s e a t
covers.
1. R e m o v e the front s e a t ( s e e p a g e 20-181),
2. R e m o v e the b a c k c o v e r ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 20-205).
3. R e l e a s e the hook s t r i p s a s n e e d e d , t h e n turn o v e r
the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r ( s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 20-206).
4. R e m o v e the c a b l e b a n d (A) f a s t e n i n g the l u m b a r
s u p p o r t c a b l e (B).
6. R e l e a s e the l o w e r w i r e (A) f r o m both a c t i v e h e a d

restraint links (B) of i n s i d e t h e s e a t - b a c k .
20-188
Fraiit Seat Slide Motor

Replacement
7. R e m o v e t h e l u m b a r s u p p o r t m o t o r c o v e r (A).
-1 R e l e a s e t h e c o v e r f r o m t h e l o w e r h o o k s (B).
-2 Pull t h e c o v e r u p w a r d to r e l e a s e it f r o m the
u p p e r h o o k (C).
4-door Driwer's Seat (10-way Power Seat)

NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to tear the s e a m s or d a m a g e the s e a t
covers,
1. R e m o v e the front s e a t ( s e e p a g e 20-181).
2. R e m o v e t h e flex c a b l e (A) a n d the c a b l e h o u s i n g (B).
-1 R e l e a s e the h o u s i n g f r o m the h o o k s (C).
-2 D i s c o n n e c t the c a b l e f r o m the w o r m g e a r (D) in
t h e inner s e a t track b y pulling t h e h o u s i n g o u t
-3 D i s c o n n e c t the c a b l e f r o m the s l i d e m o t o r ( E ) .
8. D i s c o n n e c t the l u m b a r s u p p o r t m o t o r c o n n e c t o r (A),
a n d d e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s clip I B ) , R e m o v e the n u t s ,
t h e n r e m o v e t h e l u m b a r s u p p o r t m o t o r (C).
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to kink t h e c a b l e .
F a s t e n @f L o c a t i o n s
9. Install the l u m b a r s u p p o r t in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

* M a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in properly.
* T o p r e v e n t w r i n k l e s w h e n installing a s e a t - b a c k
c o v e r , m a k e s o r e the m a t e r i a l is s t r e t c h e d e v e n l y
o v e r t h e p a d before s e c u r i n g t h e h o o k s t r i p s .
* R e p l a c e the b a c k p a n e l c l i p s w i t h n e w o n e s .
(confd)
20-189
Seats
Front Seat Slide Motor Replacement (cont'd)
3. D i s c o n n e c t the s l i d e m o t o r c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n
r e m o v e the s l i d e m o t o r (B) f r o m the s l i d e m o t o r
-bracket (C) w h i l e d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e m o t o r f r o m t h e
s h o r t flex c a b l e (D)..
5. R e m o v e the m o t o r e n d m o u n t i n g (A) f r o m the s l i d e

m o t o r (B).
6. Install the m o t o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l ,
a n d note t h e s e i t e m s : '
4. R e m o v e the s h o r t flex c a b l e (A) f r o m the w o r m
g e a r (B) in the outer s e a t track b y pulling it o u t
* A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to the w o r m g e a r
portions in both s e a t t r a c k s .
* B e f o r e installing the s l i d e m o t o r to the s l i d e
m o t o r b r a c k e t install the s h o r t flex c a b l e to the
slide motor.
* B e f o r e installing t h e s l i d e m o t o r b r a c k e t to the
s e a t t r a c k s , m a k e s u r e both s e a t t r a c k s a r e
l o c a t e d f o r w a r d fully.
* M a k e s u r e the s h o r t flex c a b l e a n d the flex c a b l e
a r e c o n n e c t e d properly.
20-190
Front Seat Slide Lever Replacement
Front Seat Torsion Bar

Replacement
Manual Height Adjustable Seat/Manual Seat

NOTE:
2-door Manual Height Adjustable Seat
* T a k e c a r e not to t e a r the s e a m s or d a m a g e the s e a t
covers,
NOTE:
1. R e m o v e t h e front s e a t { s e e p a g e 20-181).
2, Lift up the front s e a t , a n d pull t h e s l i d e lever (A) out
w h i l e p r y i n g up t h e s p r i n g (8) f r o m the l e v e r
h o l d e r s (C) of both s e a t t r a c k s , t h e n r e m o v e the
lever.
covers.
2. A d j u s t the s e a t to its m a x i m u m
height
3. R e l e a s e the h o o k s t r i p s f r o m both s i d e s a n d u n d e r
of the s e a t c u s h i o n f r a m e , t h e n l o o s e n the s e a t
c u s h i o n c o v e r ( s e e s t e p 21 o n p a g e 20-216).
4. L e v e r a h o o k e d s h a p e d e n d of the front s e a t t o r s i o n
b a r (A) d o w n u s i n g a large flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r .
3 , Install t h e s l i d e l e v e r b y p u s h i n g o n it into t h e l e v e r
h o l d e r s of b o t h s e a t t r a c k s until t h e s p r i n g s s n a p
the s l i t s in t h e l e v e r ,
4, A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to the pivot portions of
the s l i d e l o c k s .
(confd)
20-191
Seats
Front Seat Torsion Bar
5. W h i l e holding the t o r s i o n bar (A) t w i s t e d , pull the
Rear Seat Access Cable

Replacement
2 - d o o r Passenger's Seat (Manual Seat)
e n d of it out of the s e a t f r a m e , t h e n c a r e f u l l y l o o s e n
NOTE:
the t o r s i o n bar.
B
* T a k e c a r e not to kink the c a b l e .

* T h e right rear s e a t a c c e s s c a b l e is s h o w n ; the left rear
s e a t a c c e s s c a b l e is s y m m e t r i c a l .
2. R e m o v e the s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r / p a d ( s e e p a g e
20-209).
3. Note p o s i t i o n s of the r e a r s e a t a c c e s s c a b l e (A),
t h e n r e m o v e the c a b l e .
6. R e m o v e the other s i d e e n d of the torsion- bar f r o m

the hook (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e t o r s i o n bar f r o m the
seat frame.
7. Install the t o r s i o n b a r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
20-192
13
Front Seat Frame Replacement
4, R e m o v e t h e s c r e w , t h e n r e m o v e t h e rear s e a t
a c c e s s c a b l e (A),
Fastener Location

P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
: Screw, 1
Driver's Seat
C h e c k the o p e r a t i o n of the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r
after a n y of t h e s e a c t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-40):
* D r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r r e p l a c e m e n t
C o v e r plate ( f r o n t s i d e of d r i v e r ' s s e a t s l i d e rail)
replacement
NOTE:
U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C trim tool s e t to
Sf t h e s i d e a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e the s e a t
f r a m e a n d related parts w i t h n e w o n e s ( s e e p a g e
24-202).
5, Install t h e r e a r s e a t a c c e s s c a b l e in t h e r e v e r s e
* M a k e s u r e t h e c a b l e is c o n n e c t e d s e c u r e l y .
* install t h e c a b l e in t h e s a m e p o s i t i o n s noted in
s t e p 3. C h e c k t h e r e a r s e a t a c c e s s o p e r a t i o n :
M a k e s u r e b o t h of t h e s e a t t r a c k s u n l a t c h e s
simultaneously and the seat slides forward w h e n
t h e s e a t - b a c k is f o l d e d d o w n .
* Front seat-back cover/pad:
*
*
*
- 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 9 9 )
- 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20- 205)
Front seat cushion cover/pad:
- 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 209)
- 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20- 218)
S e a t belt b u c k l e ( s e e p a g e 24-10)
S e a t position s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 24-232)
S i d e a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-208)
(confd)
20-193
Seats
Front Seat Frame Replacement f
3. D e t a c h t h e c l i p s , then r e m o v e t h e height outer
c o v e r (2-door)/the u p p e r rail o u t e r c o v e r (A)
(4-door).
:'d)
4. D e t a c h the c l i p , t h e n r e m o v e height i n n e r c o v e r
(2-door)/the u p p e r rail i n n e r c o v e r (A) (4-door).
10-way power seat
10-way power seat

Fastener Location
Fastener Locations
> : Clip, 1
> : Clip, 4
Manual height adjustable s e a t

Fastener Location
> : Clip, 1
Fastener Location
> : Clip, 1
20-194
5, R e m o v e t h e r e c l i n e i n n e r c o v e r (A) a n d the c e n t e r
i n n e r c o v e r IB) f r o m t h e s e a t f r a m e (CK
8, 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t : R e m o v e the r e a r g e a r o u t e r
c o v e r (A) a n d the rear g e a r .inner c o v e r I B ) ,
18-way power seat

C
7. Install t h e n e w s e a t f r a m e in- t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal
and note t h e s e i t e m s :

20-195
Seats
Front Seat Frame Replacement (cont'd)
K T C trim toolset S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
4. W h i l e r e l e a s i n g the t a b s (A), d i s e n g a g e the h o o k s

(B) f r o m the rear outer s e a t w e i g h t s e n s o r c o v e r ( C I
t h e n r e m o v e the front outer s e a t w e i g h t s e n s o r
c o v e r (D).
2-door Passenger's Seat

C a l i b r a t e the O D S unit after a n y of t h e t h e s e a c t i o n s
( s e e p a g e 24-38):
* F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t r e p l a c e m e n t (including a n y
seat components)
* R e p l a c e m e n t of the s e a t w e i g h t s e n s o r s
* After a v e h i c l e c o l l i s i o n
NOTE:
* If the s i d e a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e t h e s e a t
f r a m e a n d related parts w i t h n e w o n e s ( s e e p a g e
24-202).
* Front s e a t - b a c k c o v e r / p a d ( s e e p a g e 20-199)
*
*
*
*
Front s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r / p a d ( s e e p a g e 20-209)
S e a t belt buckle ( s e e p a g e 24-10)
O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 3 0 ) .
3. S l i d e t h e front s e a t f r a m e r e a r w a r d fully.
20-196
5. R e l e a s e t h e t a b s (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e front inner

s e a t w e i g h t s e n s o r c o v e r (B).
6. S l i d e the front s e a t f r a m e f o r w a r d fully, d e t a c h the

clips, then r e m o v e the rear outer seat weight
7. R e m o v e t h e r e c l i n e i n n e r c o v e r (A) a n d the c e n t e r
i n n e r c o v e r (B) f r o m t h e s e a t f r a m e (C).
s e n s o r c o v e r (A) a n d t h e r e a r i n n e r s e a t w e i g h t
s e n s o r c o v e r IB) f r o m the b a c k of both s e a t t r a c k s .
Fnst&n6f Locations
l> : Clip, 3
8. Install t h e n e w s e a t f r a m e in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
Fastener Locations
> : Clip, 3
ones.
20-197
Seats
Front Seat Frame Replacement (cont'd)
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 8 8 5 7
3. R e m o v e the recline i n n e r c o v e r (A) a n d the c e n t e r

inner c o v e r (B) f r o m the s e a t f r a m e (C).
4-door Passenger's Seat

C a l i b r a t e the O D S unit after a n y of the t h e s e a c t i o n s
( s e e p a g e 24-38):
* F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t r e p l a c e m e n t (including a n y
seat components)
NOTE:
* If t h e s i d e a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e the s e a t
f r a m e a n d related parts"with n e w o n e s ( s e e p a g e
24-202).
* F r o n t s e a t - b a c k c o v e r / p a d ( s e e p a g e 20-205)
*
*
*
*
Front s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r / p a d ( s e e p a g e 20-218)
O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-230)
S e a t belt b u c k l e ( s e e p a g e 24-10)
20-198
4. Install the n e w s e a t f r a m e in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
Front Seat-back Cower Replacement

2-d0or
2. D r i v e r ' s s e a t ( 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t ) : R e m o v e the rear

s e a t a c c e s s k n o b (A). R e m o v e t h e s c r e w , t h e n
r e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t a c c e s s t r i m (B).
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s f s e e p a g e 24-21} a n d the
* C h e c k the o p e r a t i o n of t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t position
s e n s o r after a n y of t h e s e a c t i o n s f s e e p a g e 24-40):
- Driver's s e a t position s e n s o r replacement
replacement
* C a l i b r a t e the O D S unit after a n y of the t h e s e a c t i o n s
( s e e p a g e 24-38):
seat components)
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to t e a r the s e a m s of d a m a g e the s e a t
covers.
3. F r o m u n d e r the s e a t c u s h i o n , r e l e a s e t h e e l a s t i c
s t r a p (A) f r o m the s e a t c u s h i o n f r a m e s p r i n g s (B),
t h e n pull, the u n d e r c o v e r (C) of the b a c k c o v e r back.
* O n the p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t , d o not t o u c h the O P D S

s e n s o r in t h e s e a t - b a c k p a d , a n d k e e p it a w a y f r o m o i l .
Oil c a n c o r r o d e the s e n s o r c a u s i n g it to f a i l .
avoid d a m a g e w h e n removing components.
1, R e m o v e the front s e a t ( s e e p a g e 20-181).
(cont'd)
20-199
Seats
Front Seat-back Cower Replacement (cont'd)
4. F r o m u n d e r the s e a t c u s h i o n , d i s c o n n e c t a n d / o r
Passenger's seat (manual seat)
d e t a c h the c o n n e c t o r ( s ) :
Driver's seat (10-way power seat):
- S i d e a i r b a g c o n n e c t o r (A)
- R e c l i n e m o t o r h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B)
- S e a t - b a c k heater c o n n e c t o r (C)
* D r i v e r ' s s e a t ( m a n u a l height a d j u s t a b l e s e a t ) /
P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t : S i d e a i r b a g c o n n e c t o r (D)
D r i v e r ' s s e a t f 10=way p o w e r s e a t )
5. D e t a c h the h a r n e s s clip(s) ( E ) , a n d r e m o v e the w i r e

ties (F). O n the m a n u a l height a d j u s t a b l e s e a t , pry
up the h o o k s ( G ) of t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r (H), t h e n
r e l e a s e the h o l d e r f r o m t h e s e a t c u s h i o n f r a m e
s p r i n g (I).
6. D r i v e r ' s s e a t ( 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t ) : R e l e a s e the w i r e
tie (J) of the h a r n e s s clip f a s t e n i n g the recline m o t o r h a r n e s s , the s e a t - b a c k heater h a r n e s s , a n d
the s e a t c u s h i o n h e a t e r h a r n e s s together.
Driver's s e a t {manual height adjustable seat)
7. R e m o v e the s c r e w s , t h e n g e n t l y pull d o w n the b a c k

c o v e r (A) to r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (B) f r o m the s e a t back f r a m e , a n d r e m o v e the c o v e r .
Fastener Locations
20-200
: Screw, 2
8, Pull t h e s i d e a i r b a g h a r n e s s (A) o n all t y p e s of s e a t s ,

t h e r e c l i n e m o t o r h a r n e s s (B) a n d t h e s e a t - b a c k
h e a t e r h a r n e s s (C) o n t h e d r i v e r ' s 1 0 - w a y p o w e r
s e a t out t h r o u g h t h e ioop(s) (D). R e l e a s e t h e V e l c r o
f a s t e n e r s (E) e x c e p t o n t h e l e a t h e r s e a t c o v e r , t h e
hook strip (F), pull t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (G) b a c k ,
t h e n pull t h e harness(es) out t h r o u g h t h e h a r n e s s
hotels) (H) in t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r .
P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t {manual
seat)
Driver's seat f i t - w a y power seat)
9. R e l e a s e t h e hook strips (A), t h e n l o o s e n t h e s e a t b a c k c o v e r (B).

N O T E : T h e front s e a t with leather s e a t c o v e r is
s h o w n ; t h e other t y p e s of s e a t s a r e s i m i l a r .
D r i v e r s s e a t fmanyal height adjustable seat!
(confd)
20-201
Seats
Front Seat-back Cower Replacement (cont'd)
10=
R e m o v e the n u t t h e n r e l e a s e the bracket (A) of

a i r b a g w i r e C f r o m the s e a t - b a c k f r a m e (B).
Fastener L o c a t i o n
12. E x c e p t d r i v e r ' s m a n u a l h e i g h t a d j u s t a b l e s e a t
R e m o v e t h e l u m b a r s u p p o r t m o t o r c o v e r (A)
(driver's s e a t ) or the O D S unit c o v e r (B) ( p a s s e n g e r ' s
seat).
# : Nut 1
-1 T u r n o v e r the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (C) a n d the pad
(D) a s n e e d e d .
-2 R e l e a s e the c o v e r f r o m the l o w e r h o o k s (E).
-3 Pull the c o v e r u p w a r d to r e l e a s e it f r o m the
u p p e r hook (F).
Driver's seat
11.
R e l e a s e a i r b a g w i r e A a n d a i r b a g w i r e B f r o m the
s e a t - b a c k f r a m e (C).
Passenger's seat
13. P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t D i s c o n n e c t the O D S unit h a r n e s s

c o n n e c t o r (G) a n d t h e O D S s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r s (H) o n
the p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t .
20-202
14. P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t : D e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s c l i p s (A)

f a s t e n i n g t h e O P D S s e n s o r h a r n e s s e s (B), a n d
release the w i r e h a r n e s s f r o m the h a r n e s s holder
16. Pull out t h e h e a d restraint g u i d e s (A) w h i l e

p i n c h i n g t h e t a b s on the e n d of t h e g u i d e s , a n d
remove them.
(C).
A
17. R e m o v e t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r / p a d (A) f r o m the s e a t b a c k f r a m e (B).

15. E x c e p t d r i v e r ' s m a n u a l h e i g h t a d j u s t a b l e s e a t :
D e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s c l i p (A), t h e n pull the s e a t w i r e
h a r n e s s (B> in t h r o u g h a h o l e in t h e s e a t f r a m e , a n d
pull it out t h r o u g h t h e h a r n e s s h o l e (C) in the s e a t b a c k c o v e r CD), T h e p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t is s h o w n ; t h e
driver's s e a t is similar.
(confd)
20-203
Seats
Front Seat-back Cover Replacement (cont'd)
18. Pull back t h e e d g e of t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r all t h e
w a y a r o u n d , a n d r e l e a s e t h e u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s (A),
t h e n r e m o v e the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r .
20. Install the c o v e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

* Reinitialize the O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-38).
N O T E : T h e feather s e a t c o v e r i s s h o w n ; t h e other
t y p e s of s e a t c o v e r s a r e s i m i l a r .
c o v e r , m a k e s u r e t h e m a t e r i a l is s t r e t c h e d e v e n l y
o v e r t h e p a d before s e c u r i n g t h e u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s ,
the h o o k s , a n d t h e hook s t r i p s .
* B e f o r e installing t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r , m a k e s u r e t h e
a i r b a g a t t a c h m e n t w i r e s (A, B, C ) a r e i n s t a l l e d in
t h e r e i n f o r c i n g c l o t h s (D) c o r r e c t l y , a n d w i r e A a n d
wire C are s e c u r e l y a s s e m b l e d .
* R e p l a c e all of t h e u p h o l s t e r y rings ( E ) f a s t e n i n g
t h e s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r ( F ) a n d p a d w i r e s (G) w i t h
new ones using commercially available
u p h o l s t e r y ring p l i e r s (H).
* R e i n s t a l l a i r b a g a t t a c h m e n t w i r e s A a n d B, a n d t h e
b r a c k e t (I) of a i r b a g a t t a c h m e n t w i r e C s e c u r e l y .
* U s e o n l y original H o n d a r e p l a c e m e n t s e a t - b a c k
covers.
* M a k e s u r e the s i d e a i r b a g h a r n e s s a n d the s e a t
w i r e h a r n e s s a r e routed properly.
19. R e m o v e a i r b a g w i r e a t t a c h m e n t B f r o m t h e
o u t s i d e r e i n f o r c i n g c l o t h s (D). Pull a i r b a g
a t t a c h m e n t w i r e A o u t t h r o u g h l o o p s (E) of t h e
i n s i d e r e i n f o r c i n g c l o t h s (F) a n d t h r o u g h l o o p (G)
of a i r b a g a t t a c h m e n t w i r e C . R e m o v e a i r b a g
attachment wires A and C.
20-204
8, Release airbag attachment wire A and airbag

a t t a c h m e n t w i r e B f r o m the s e a t - b a c k f r a m e {C)
11.
P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t : D e t a c h the h a r n e s s c l i p s (A)

f a s t e n i n g the O P D S s e n s o r h a r n e s s e s I B ) , a n d
release the wire h a r n e s s from the h a r n e s s holder
(C).
9 , P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t : R e m o v e t h e O D S unit c o v e r (A).

-1 T u r n o v e r t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r IB) a n d p a d
as needed.
CO
-2 R e l e a s e t h e c o v e r f r o m t h e l o w e r h o o k s (D).
-3 Pull t h e c o v e r u p w a r d to r e l e a s e it f r o m the
u p p e r h o o k (E).
B
12. Pull out the h e a d restraint g u i d e s (A) w h i l e

p i n c h i n g the t a b s o n the e n d of t h e g u i d e s , a n d
remove them.
10. P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t : D i s c o n n e c t t h e O D S s e n s o r
c o n n e c t o r s IF),
(confd)
20-207
Seats
4. W i t h o u t back c o v e r : R e l e a s e t h e bottom h o o k (A),
and- unzip the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (B).
6. D r i v e r ' s s e a t w i t h s e a t heater: D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e a t back h e a t e r c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d d e t a c h the h a r n e s s

clip (B).
7. R e m o v e t h e n u t t h e n r e l e a s e the bracket fA) of

a i r b a g w i r e C f r o m t h e s e a t - b a c k f r a m e (B).
Fastener Location
5. R e l e a s e the V e l c r o f a s t e n e r s (A) a n d the h o o k s t r i p s

( B ) , t h e n l o o s e n t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (C).
N O T E : T h e front s e a t w i t h leather s e a t c o v e r a n d
the b a c k c o v e r Is s h o w n ; t h e other t y p e s of s e a t s
are similar.
20-206
: Nut, 1
6 M 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m,
7.2 Ibfrt)
8 . R e l e a s e a i r b a g w i r e A a n d a i r b a g w i r e B f r o m the
seat-back frame (C).
11. P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t : D e t a c h the h a r n e s s c l i p s (A)

fastening the O P D S s e n s o r h a r n e s s e s (B), and
r e l e a s e t h e w i r e h a r n e s s f r o m the h a r n e s s h o l d e r
(C).
A
9. P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t : R e m o v e the ODS
unit c o v e r (A).
-1 T u r n o v e r the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (B) a n d p a d (C)

as needed,
-2 R e l e a s e t h e c o v e r f r o m t h e l o w e r h o o k s ID).
-3 Pull the c o v e r u p w a r d to r e l e a s e it f r o m the
upper hook IE).
12. Pull out the h e a d restraint g u i d e s (A) w h i l e

p i n c h i n g the t a b s on the e n d of the g u i d e s , a n d
remove them.
1 0 , P a s s e n g e r ' s seat: Disconnect the O P D S s e n s o r

c o n n e c t o r s (F),
(confd)
20-207
Seats
13. R e m o v e the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r / p a d (A) f r o m the s e a t b a c k f r a m e (B).
14. Puff back t h e e d g e of the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r all t h e

w a y a r o u n d , a n d r e l e a s e t h e c l i p s (A), t h e n r e m o v e
the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (B).
N O T E : T h e leather s e a t c o v e r is s h o w n ; t h e other
t y p e s of s e a t c o v e r s a r e s i m i l a r .
20-208
15. R e m o v e a i r b a g a t t a c h m e n t w i r e B f r o m t h e o u t s i d e
r e i n f o r c i n g c i o t h s (D). PulS a i r b a g a t t a c h m e n t w i r e A
o u t t h r o u g h l o o p s ( E ) of t h e i n s i d e r e i n f o r c i n g c l o t h s
(F) a n d t h r o u g h loop (G) of airbag a t t a c h m e n t w i r e C .
R e m o v e a i r b a g a t t a c h m e n t w i r e s A a n d B.

Front Seat Cushion Cower
Replacement
18, Install t h e c o v e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
* Reinitialize t h e O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-38).
c o v e r , m a k e s u r e the m a t e r i a l is s t r e t c h e d e v e n l y
over the pad before securing the clips, the hooks,
a n d the hook strips.
* Before installing the seat-back cover, make s u r e
t h e a i r b a g a t t a c h m e n t w i r e s (A, B , C ) a r e i n s t a l l e d
in t h e r e i n f o r c i n g c l o t h s (D) c o r r e c t l y , a n d w i r e A
a n d wire are securely a s s e m b l e d .
* R e p l a c e a n y c l i p s y o u r e m o v e d w i t h n e w o n e s (E).
* R e i n s t a l l a i r b a g a t t a c h m e n t w i r e s A a n d B, a n d
the b r a c k e t f F) o f a i r b a g a t t a c h m e n t w i r e C
securely.
* U s e only original Honda replacement seat-back
covers,
* M a k e s u r e t h e s e a t - b a c k h e a t e r h a r n e s s (if
equipped), and O P D S s e n s o r h a r n e s s
( p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t ) a r e r o u t e d properly.
* R e p l a c e the b a c k c o v e r c l i p s w i t h n e w o n e s .

* Available through the Honda Tool a n d E q u i p m e n t
2-door
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e located in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e
* C h e c k the o p e r a t i o n of the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position
s e n s o r after a n y of t h e s e a c t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-40):
- D r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r r e p l a c e m e n t
replacement
* C a l i b r a t e the O D S unit after a n y of t h e t h e s e a c t i o n s
( s e e p a g e 24-38):
- Front p a s s e n g e r ' s seat replacement (including a n y
seat components)
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to t e a r the s e a m s of d a m a g e t h e s e a t
covers.
1. R e m o v e t h e front s e a t ( s e e p a g e 20-181).
(confd)
20-209
Front Seat Cushion Cower Replacement (cont'd)

2. 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t : R e m o v e the s c r e w , a n d r e l e a s e
t h e hook (A), t a b s (B), a n d pin (C), t h e n r e m o v e the
front c o v e r (D).
4 . M a n u a l height a d j u s t a b l e s e a t : Pull back the c a p (A)

to r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (B), a n d r e m o v e the s c r e w s ,
t h e n r e m o v e the height h a n d l e (C).
Fastener Location
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 1
: Screw, 2
3. 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t : R e m o v e the recline c o v e r (A).

-1
-2
-3
-4
R e m o v e the s c r e w , a n d d e t a c h the clip.

D e t a c h the t a b s ' ( B ) .
Pull up t h e c o v e r , t h e n r e l e a s e the hook (C). '
D i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r s e a t a d j u s t m e n t s w i t c h
5. M a n u a l height a d j u s t a b l e s e a t : R e m o v e the recline

c o v e r (A).
-1 R e m o v e the r e c l i n e k n o b (B) a n d s c r e w .
-2 G e n t l y pull out the c o v e r to d e t a c h the c l i p , a n d
r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s ( C , D) a n d the t a b s (E).
c o n n e c t o r (D) a n d the l u m b a r s u p p o r t s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r (E).
-5 R e m o v e the w i r e h a r n e s s (F) f r o m the h o o k s
(G).
Fastener Locations
Fastener Locations
: Serew, 1
20-210
> : Clip, 1
: Screw, 1
f> : Clip, 1
6. fvlanuat s e a t : R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
r e a r s e a t a c c e s s k n o b (A),
8. 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t : R e m o v e . t h e c e n t e r c o v e r (A).
-1 R e m o v e t h e s c r e w .
Fastener Location
-2 D e t a c h t h e t a b s (B), t h e n r e m o v e the c e n t e r
: Serew, 1
cover.
Fastener Location
: Serew, 1
7 . M a n u a l s e a t : R e m o v e t h e r e c l i n e c o v e r (A).
-1 R e m o v e t h e r e c l i n e k n o b (8) a n d s c r e w .
-2 G e n t l y pull out t h e c o v e r , t h e n d e t a c h t h e c l i p s ,
a n d r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (C) of t h e r e c l i n e I n n e r
c o v e r (D).
- 3 R e l e a s e t h e r e a r s e a t a c c e s s l e v e r (E).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 1
t> : Clip, 4
(cont'd)
20-211
Seats
Front Seat Cushion Cover Replacement (cont'd)
9. M a n u a l h e i g h t a d j u s t a b l e s e a t G e n t l y pull out the
c e n t e r c o v e r (A) to d e t a c h t h e c l i p , a n d r e l e a s e the
h o o k s ( B ) of t h e c e n t e r i n n e r c o v e r (C), r e l e a s e the
h o o k (D), t h e n r e m o v e t h e c o v e r .
Fastener Location
> : Clip, 1
m
10. M a n u a l s e a t : G e n t l y pull out t h e c e n t e r c o v e r (A) to

d e t a c h t h e c l i p , a n d r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (B) of the
c e n t e r i n n e r c o v e r ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e the c o v e r .
Fastener Location
> : Clip, 1
20-212
11. F r o m u n d e r t h e s e a t c u s h i o n , r e l e a s e the e l a s t i c
s t r a p (A) f r o m the s e a t c u s h i o n f r a m e s p r i n g s (B),
t h e n pull the u n d e r c o v e r (C) of the b a c k c o v e r back.
12. F r o m u n d e r t h e s e a t c u s h i o n , d i s c o n n e c t a n d / o r
P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t (rsrsarsyal s e a t )
detach the c o n n e c t o r s ) :
* Driver's s e a t (10-way p o w e r seat):
- S i d e a i r b a g c o n n e c t o r (A)
- R e c l i n e m o t o r h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B)
- S e a t - b a c k h e a t e r c o n n e c t o r {)
- S e a t c u s h i o n h e a t e r c o n n e c t o r ID)
* Driver's seat (manual height adjustable seat):
S i d e a i r b a g c o n n e c t o r (E)
* Passenger's seat:
- S i d e a i r b a g c o n n e c t o r (F)
- S e a t c u s h i o n h e a t e r c o n n e c t o r (G) (for s o m e
models)
D r i v e r s s e a t 110-way p o w e r s e a t I
13. D e t a c h the h a r n e s s clip(s) (H) a n d r e m o v e the w i r e

t i e s (I). O n the m a n u a l h e i g h t a d j u s t a b l e s e a t pry
up the h o o k s (J) of the h a r n e s s h o l d e r ( K ) , t h e n
r e l e a s e the holder f r o m the s e a t c u s h i o n f r a m e
s p r i n g ft).
14. D r i v e r ' s s e a t ( 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t ) : R e l e a s e t h e w i r e
tie (M) of t h e h a r n e s s clip f a s t e n i n g the recline
m o t o r h a r n e s s , the s e a t - b a c k h e a t e r h a r n e s s , a n d
the s e a t c u s h i o n h e a t e r h a r n e s s t o g e t h e r .
15. E x c e p t d r i v e r ' s m a n u a l height a d j u s t a b l e s e a t :
R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n g e n t l y pull d o w n the
c o v e r to r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B) f r o m the s e a t - b a c k
f r a m e , a n d r e m o v e the c o v e r .
Driver's s e a t (manual height adjustable seat!
Fastener
Locations
(cont'd)
20-213
Seats
Front Seat Cushion Cover Replacement (cont'd!
R e l e a s e t h e l o w e r a n d i n s i d e hook s t r i p s (A). T h e
d r i v e r ' s s e a t is s h o w n ; the p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t is
similar.
R e m o v e the l u m b a r s u p p o r t m o t o r c o v e r (A)
(driver's seat) or the O D S unit c o v e r (B) ( p a s s e n g e r ' s
seat).
-1 T u r n o v e r the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (C) a n d the p a d
(D) a s n e e d e d .
-2 R e l e a s e t h e c o v e r f r o m the Sower h o o k s (E).
-3 Pull the c o v e r u p w a r d to r e l e a s e It f r o m the
u p p e r hook (F).
D r i v e r ' s s@at
20-214
Passenger's seat
18. P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t : D i s c o n n e c t the s e a t w i r e h a r n e s s

connector (G).
D e t a c h the h a r n e s s clip (A), t h e n pull the s e a t w i r e
h a r n e s s (B) In t h r o u g h a h o l e In the s e a t f r a m e , a n d
pull it out t h r o u g h t h e h a r n e s s hole (C) In the s e a t b a c k c o v e r (D). T h e p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t Is s h o w n ; t h e
d r i v e r ' s s e a t Is s i m i l a r .
(confd)
20-215
Seats
2 1 . R e l e a s e the hook s t r i p s (A) f r o m both s i d e s of the
seat cushion frame.
22. R e l e a s e the hook s t r i p s (A) f r o m u n d e r the s e a t

c u s h i o n . T h e m a n u a l h e i g h t a d j u s t a b l e s e a t is
s h o w n ; t h e other t y p e s of s e a t s a r e s i m i l a r .
Driver's s e a t ( 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t / m a n u a l h e i g h t
adjustable seat)
Passenger's s e a t (manual s e a t !
23. R e m o v e the s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r / p a d (A) f r o m t h e
s e a t f r a m e (B).
20-216
24, R e l e a s e t h e u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s (A) f r o m u n d e r t h e
s e a t c u s h i o n (B).
26. Install the c o v e r In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

* T o prevent w r i n k l e s w h e n Installing a s e a t
c u s h i o n c o v e r , m a k e s u r e the m a t e r i a l is
s t r e t c h e d e v e n l y o v e r the p a d b e f o r e s e c u r i n g
the upholstery rings and hook strips,
* R e p l a c e all of the u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s (A) f a s t e n i n g
t h e s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r (B) a n d p a d w i r e (C) w i t h
n e w o n e s using commercially available
u p h o l s t e r y ring pliers (D).
2 5 , Pull b a c k t h e e d g e of t h e s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r all t h e
w a y a r o u n d , a n d r e l e a s e the u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s (A),
t h e n r e m o v e t h e s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r (B).
20-217
Setts
Front Seat Cushion Cower Repiacen

Special Tools-Required
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
(cont'd)
3. 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t : R e m o v e the recline c o v e r (A).
-1 R e m o v e the s c r e w , a n d d e t a c h the c l i p .
-2 D e t a c h the t a b s (B).
-3 Pull u p the c o v e r , t h e n r e l e a s e the hook (C) a n d
the tab (D). .
-4 R e m o v e t h e u p p e r r e c l i n e inner c o v e r (E).
-5 D i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r s e a t a d j u s t m e n t s w i t c h
4d0r:
* C h e c k the operation of the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position
s e n s o r after a n y of t h e s e a c t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-40):
c o n n e c t o r (F) a n d t h e l u m b a r s u p p o r t s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r (G).
-6 R e m o v e the w i r e h a r n e s s (H) f r o m the h o o k s (I).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 1
|> : Clip, 1
- D r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r r e p l a c e m e n t
replacement
* C a l i b r a t e the O D S unit after a n y of t h e t h e s e a c t i o n s
( s e e p a g e 24-38):
seat components)
- R e p l a c e m e n t of the s e a t w e i g h t s e n s o r s
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to t e a r the s e a m s of d a m a g e the s e a t
covers.
2. 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t : R e m o v e the s c r e w , a n d r e l e a s e
the h o o k s (A), t a b s (B), a n d pin (C), t h e n r e m o v e the
front c o v e r (D).
4. M a n u a l height a d j u s t a b l e s e a t : Pull back the c a p (A)

to r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (B), a n d r e m o v e the s c r e w s ,
t h e n r e m o v e the height a d j u s t e r h a n d l e (C).
Fastener Locations
Fastener L o c a t i o n
: Screw, 1
20-218
: Screw, 2
5, M a n u a l h e i g h t a d j u s t a b l e s e a t : R e m o v e the r e c l i n e
c o v e r (A),
7. 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t : R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o v e r (A).
-1 R e m o v e t h e s c r e w .
-1 R e m o v e the r e c l i n e k n o b IB) a n d s c r e w .
-2 D e t a c h t h e t a b s (B).
-2 G e n t l y pull out t h e c o v e r , t h e n d e t a c h the c l i p ,
~3 Pull up t h e c o v e r , t h e n r e l e a s e the tab (C).
arid r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s ( C , D) a n d t a b s ( E ) .
Fastener Location
Fastener Locations
: Serew, 1
: Screw, 1
f> : Clip, 1
6. M a n u a l s e a t : R e m o v e t h e r e c l i n e c o v e r (A).
A R e m o v e t h e r e c l i n e k n o b IB) a n d s c r e w .
-2 G e n t l y pull out the" c o v e r , t h e n d e t a c h t h e clip
a n d h o o k ( C ) , a n d r e l e a s e t h e t a b s (D),
8. M a n u a l height a d j u s t a b l e s e a t / m a n u a l s e a t : G e n t l y
pull out the c e n t e r c o v e r (A) to d e t a c h the c l i p , a n d
r e l e a s e t h e t a b s (B), t h e n r e m o v e the c o v e r . T h e
m a n u a l s e a t is s h o w n ; t h e m a n u a l height
adjustable seat is similar.
Fastener Location
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 1
>:Clip,1
J> : Clip, 1
(confd)
20-219
Seats
Front Seat Cushion Cower Replacement (cont'd)
9. W i t h b a c k c o v e n F r o m u n d e r t h e s e a t c u s h i o n ,
r e l e a s e the e l a s t i c s t r a p (A) f r o m the s e a t c u s h i o n
11. R e l e a s e the V e l c r o f a s t e n e r s (A), t h e n pull b a c k t h e

h a r n e s s h o l d e r c o v e r s (B) f a s t e n i n g the s i d e a i r b a g
f r a m e s p r i n g s (B), t h e n pull t h e u n d e r c o v e r (C) of
h a r n e s s (C) a n d the s e a t w i r e h a r n e s s (D) (except
t h e b a c k c o v e r back.
driver's m a n u a l height-adjustable seat).
12. 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t : G e n t l y pull out the c e n t e r i n n e r

c o v e r (A) a s n e e d e d , a n d r e l e a s e the s e a t c u s h i o n
c o v e r (B) f r o m the s e a t c u s h i o n f r a m e (C).
10. W i t h s e a t heater: D i s c o n n e c t the s e a t - b a c k h e a t e r
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d d e t a c h the h a r n e s s clip (B). Pry
up the h o o k s (C) of the h a r n e s s h o l d e r (D), t h e n
release the holder from the seat c u s h i o n f r a m e
s p r i n g (E).
20-220.
13. 10-way p o w e r s e a t : R e l e a s e t h e hook strips (A)

f r o m both s i d e s of t h e s e a t c u s h i o n f r a m e .
15. R e l e a s e t h e "hook strips (A) f r o m u n d e r the s e a t

cushion.
10-way power seat
14. Manual h e i g h t a d j u s t a b l e s e a t / m a n u a l seat:

R e m o v e t h e c l i p , a n d r e l e a s e h o o k s t r i p s (At f r o m
both s i d e s of t h e s e a t c u s h i o n f r a m e . T h e m a n u a l
s e a t is s h o w n ; the m a n u a l height a d j u s t a b l e s e a t i s
similar.
Fastener Location
t > : Clip, 1
IVlanya! h e i g h t a d j u s t a b l e s e a t / m a r t y a S s e a t
A
(confd)
20-221
Seats
16. R e m o v e the s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r / p a d (A) f r o m the
s e a t f r a m e (B).
18. Pull back the e d g e of the s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r all t h e

w a y a r o u n d , a n d r e l e a s e the c l i p s (A), t h e n r e m o v e
the s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r (B).
17. R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A) f r o m u n d e r the s e a t c u s h i o n

(B).
Replace.
Replace.

T o . p r e v e n t w r i n k l e s w h e n installing a s e a t - b a c k
o v e r the p a d b e f o r e s e c u r i n g the c l i p s , the h o o k s ,
a n d the hook s t r i p s .
R e p l a c e a n y c l i p s (A) y o u r e m o v e d w i t h n e w
ones.
20-222
Rear Seat Removal/Installation

Seat-back
3. R e m o v e t h e s e a t - b a c k (A).
-1 Pufl the rear c e n t e r s e a t belt (B) out t h r o u g h t h e
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e b o d y or t e a r the s e a t
covers,
1, F o l d the r e a r s e a t - b a c k d o w n .
2. D e t a c h the c l i p that s e c u r e the s p a r e tire lid (A) a n d
t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (B) to t h e b o d y . 2 - d o o r is
s h o w n ; 4-door is s i m i l a r .
F a s t e n e r Location
t> ' Clip, 1
slit (C) in the s e a t belt g u i d e (D).

-2 2-door: PuSI the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (E) out f r o m
b e t w e e n the s e a t - b a c k a n d t h e trunk s i d e t r i m
p a n e l s (F), t h e n r e m o v e the bolts,
-3- 4-door: R e l e a s e the V e l c r o f a s t e n e r s ( G ) , a n d
pull b a c k t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (H), t h e n r e m o v e
t h e bolts.
-4 R e l e a s e the h o o k s (!) of the pivot b r a c k e t s ( J ) .
2-dor
Fastener Locations
;Boft,2
(confd)
20-223
Seats
Rear Seat Removal/Installation {cont'd)
4-cfoor
4. 2-door: R e m o v e the r e a r s i d e trim p a n e l ( s e e p a g e

20-118).
Fastener Locations
Bolt 2
5. D e t a c h the h a r n e s s clip (A), a n d r e m o v e the b o l t

t h e n r e m o v e the pivot bracket (B). 4-door is s h o w n ;
2-door is s i m i l a r .
Fastener Location
: Bolt 1
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N-m
6. Install the s e a t - b a c k in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

* G u i d e the belt o v e r the front of the s e a t - b a c k a s
y o u install the s e a t - b a c k .
* B e f o r e attaching the r e a r s e a t - b a c k , m a k e s u r e
t h e r e are no t w i s t s or kinks in the rear c e n t e r s e a t
belt.
20-224
Seat Cushion
Seat Side Bolster - 4d@r
MOTE:
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e b o d y or t e a r t h e s e a t
S R S - c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d t h e
precautions a n d p r o c e d u r e s (see page 24-23) before
covers,
* 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r ,
1, R e m o v e t h e bolt b e t w e e n t h e s e a t - b a c k (A) a n d t h e
s e a t c u s h i o n (8).
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e b o d y or t e a r t h e s e a t
covers.
F a s t # o 6 f Location
1. R e m o v e the s e a t c u s h i o n .
: Bolt, 1
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 M>m
{1. kgf.m, 1.2 Ibf-ftl
2. R e m o v e t h e bolt s e c u r i n g t h e s e a t s i d e b o l s t e r (A).
Fastener Location
: Bolt 1
3, Install t h e s e a t c u s h i o n in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
* Before attaching the seat c u s h i o n , make s u r e
t h e r e a r e n o t w i s t s or k i n k s in t h e s e a t belts.
* W h e n installing the s e a t c u s h i o n , slip the seat
belt b u c k l e s t h r o u g h t h e s l i t s in t h e s e a t c u s h i o n .
(confd)
20-225
Seats
Bear Seat Removal/Installation
(cont'd)
Rear Seat-back Latch Replacement

NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or s c r a t c h the interior t r i m .
3. F o l d the s e a t - b a c k d o w n .
* 4-door is s h o w n ; 2-door is s i m i l a r .
4. Lift t h e s e a t s i d e bolster s i d e bolster (A) up to

r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B), t h e n r e m o v e the s e a t s i d e '
bolster.
. 1. R e m o v e the rear s h e l f ( s e e p a g e 20-119).

2. D i s c o n n e c t the s e a t - b a c k r e l e a s e c a b l e (A) f r o m the
s e a t - b a c k latch (B), a n d r e m o v e the bolts, t h e n
r e m o v e t h e latch. T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e the
c a b l e f a s t e n e r (C).
Fastener Locations
:B@It,2
5. Install the s e a t s i d e b o l s t e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e 'items:
8
* G u i d e the belts o v e r t h e front of the s e a t s i d e
bolster a s y o u Install the bolster.
* B e f o r e attaching t h e s e a t s i d e bolster, m a k e s u r e
t h e r e a r e no t w i s t s or kinks in the s e a t belts.
3. Install the latch In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

M a k e s u r e the r e l e a s e c a b l e Is c o n n e c t e d
securely.
* M a k e s u r e the s e a t - b a c k l o c k s s e c u r e l y a n d
u n l o c k s properly.
20-226
Rear Seat-back Release Lever/Cable

NOTE:
T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or s c r a t c h t h e interior t r i m .
* 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
4. F r o m t h e trunk c o m p a r t m e n t p u s h the tab (A) to
r e l e a s e the h o o k (B), a n d s l i d e t h e s e a t - b a c k r e l e a s e
l e v e r () i n w a r d to r e l e a s e the hook (D), t h e n
r e m o v e it b y pulling it out.
1. R e m o v e t h e r e a r s h e l f ( s e e p a g e 20-119).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e a t - b a c k r e l e a s e c a b l e (A) f r o m t h e
s e a t - b a c k latch <B), a n d d e t a c h the c a b l e clip (C)
(2-door> o r t h e c a b l e clip ID) (4-door), T a k e c a r e not
to d a m a g e t h e c a b l e f a s t e n e r ( E h
Fastener Locations
C t> : Clip, 1
I2-d@rl
D !> : Clip, 1
(4-door)
5. Install t h e r e l e a s e Sever/cable in the r e v e r s e o r d e r

* M a k e s u r e the r e l e a s e c a b l e is c o n n e c t e d
securely.
* M a k e s u r e the s e a t - b a c k l o c k s s e c u r e l y a n d
u n l o c k s properly.
3 , O p e n t h e trunk lid.
20-227
Seats
Rear Seat Armrest Replacement
KTCtrimtool.setSOJATP2014*
4. R e m o v e the clip (A) f r o m t h e left portion of the

=
a r m r e s t pivot (B).
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
4-door
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to t e a r t h e s e a m s of d a m a g e the s e a t
covers.
1. F o l d the s e a t - b a c k d o w n .
2. R e m o v e the t r u n k p a s s - t h r o u g h lid ( s e e p a g e
20-231).
. 3. R e l e a s e the hook strip (A), t h e n turn o v e r the s e a t b a c k c o v e r (B) a s n e c e s s a r y .
20-228
5. R e m o v e the a r m r e s t clip (B) f r o m the slit In the

c o l l a r A by p i n c h i n g t h e clip.
6, S l i d e t h e a r m r e s t (A) t o w a r d t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e
8. R e m o v e t h e c o l l a r s (A) f r o m the s e a t - b a c k (B).
v e h i c l e , a n d r e m o v e t h e pivot s h a f t <B) f r o m t h e
c o l l a r CO o n t h e right s i d e of t h e v e h i c l e b y pulling
back on the armrest.
9. Install the a r m r e s t In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
7, R e m o v e t h e pivot s h a f t (A) f r o m t h e c o l l a r (B) o n

t h e left, t h e n r e m o v e t h e a r m r e s t (C).
20-229
Seats
Trunk Pass-through Lid Lock Cylinder Replacement
2. R e m o v e the h a n d l e (A) f r o m the trunk p a s s - t h r o u g h

Sid (B) by s l i d i n g it up.
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
4-door
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e t r u n k p a s s - t h r o u g h lid.
1. U s i n g t h e a p p r o p r i a t e t r i m t o o l , pry the h a n d l e (A)
up at both h o o k portions (B) o n t h e f o r w a r d s i d e of
the t r u n k p a s s - t h r o u g h lid (C). T h e n s l i d e the
h a n d l e h a l f - w a y up.
3 . ' R e m o v e the retainer clip (A), t h e n r e m o v e the trunk

p a s s - t h r o u g h lid lock c y l i n d e r (B) f r o m the h a n d l e
(C).
4. Install the lock c y l i n d e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

Install the retainer c l i p o n the h a n d l e , t h e n install
t h e lock c y l i n d e r . B e s u r e the c l i p is fully s e a t e d
in the s l o t on t h e lock c y l i n d e r .
9
M a k e s u r e t h e t r u n k p a s s - t h r o u g h lid o p e n s
properly and locks securely.
20-230
Trunk Pass-through Lid

Replacement
Rear Seat Armrest Beverage Holder

Replacement
4-door
Special Tools
Bequired
N O T E ; T a k e c a r e not to t e a r t h e s e a m s or d a m a g e t h e
seat covers.

1. F o l d t h e r e a r s e a t - b a c k d o w n .
4-door
2, R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , a n d d e t a c h t h e h o o k s (A), t h e n
NOTE:
r e m o v e t h e t r u n k p a s s - t h r o u g h lid (B).

covers.
Fasi#n@r Locations
: Screw, 2

_

1. U s i n g the a p p r o p r i a t e t r i m t o o l , p u s h o n the rear
h o o k s (A) to r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s f r o m the w i r e ( C ) ,
t h e n lift u p t h e r e a r e d g e of t h e b e v e r a g e h o l d e r ( B ) .
B
3. Install t h e t r u n k p a s s - t h r o u g h lid in t h e r e v e r s e
(confd)
20-231
Seats
Rear Seat Armrest Beverage Holder
Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement

2-door
2. R e l e a s e the front h o o k s (A) f r o m the w i r e (B), t h e n

r e m o v e the b e v e r a g e h o l d e r (C).
NOTE:
T a k e c a r e not to t e a r the s e a m s or d a m a g e the s e a t
covers.
1. R e m o v e the s e a t - b a c k ( s e e p a g e 20-223).
2. R e m o v e all of the "head r e s t r a i n t s .
3. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w , t h e n r e m o v e the c e n t e r belt
g u i d e (A).
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
3, Install the b e v e r a g e h o l d e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
r e m o v a l . M a k e . s u r e the front h o o k s a r e installed
s e c u r e l y to t h e w i r e , t h e n p u s h d o w n o n t h e
b e v e r a g e h o l d e r , a n d Install t h e rear h o o k s Into the
wire securely.
20-232
R e l e a s e t h e l o w e r h o o k s t r i p s (A) a n d t h e s i d e hook
strips IB),
5. P y 11 b a c k t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (A), t h e n r e l e a s e t h e
hook strips IB).
6. Pull out the. s e a t - b a c k f r a m e (A) f r o m the p a d (B),

t h e n r e m o v e t h e h e a d restraint g u i d e s (C) a n d t h e
c e n t e r h e a d restraint g u i d e s (D) w h i l e p i n c h i n g t h e
e n d of t h e g u i d e s .
7. R e m o v e t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r a n d t h e p a d f r o m the
seat-back frame.
(confd)
20-233
S#ats;
Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement (cont'd)
Pull b a c k t h e e d g e of the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (A) all the
4-dor
w a y a r o u n d , a n d r e m o v e t h e u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s (B).
R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (C) of the horizontal w i r e s (D)
f r o m t h e v e r t i c a l w i r e s (E) o n t h e p a d , a n d r e m o v e
t h e r e m a i n i n g u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s , t h e n r e m o v e the
seat-back cover. '
N O T E : T h e seat cover except the leather seat c o v e r
NOTE:
covers.
1. R e m o v e the s e a t - b a c k f s e e p a g e 20-223).
is s h o w n ; t h e leather s e a t c o v e r is s i m i l a r .
AH of the h e a d r e s t r a i n t s
A r m r e s t ( s e e p a g e 20-228)
T r u n k p a s s - t h r o u g h lid ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 3 1 ) '
3. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w , t h e n r e m o v e the c e n t e r belt
g u i d e (A).
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
Install the c o v e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

c o v e r , m a k e s u r e t h e m a t e r i a l is s t r e t c h e d e v e n l y
o v e r the p a d before s e c u r i n g the u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s
a n d hook s t r i p s .
* R e p l a c e all of t h e u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s (A) f a s t e n i n g
the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (B) a n d p a d w i r e (C) w i t h n e w
ones using commercially available upholstery
ring pliers (D).
20-234
4, R e l e a s e t h e l o w e r V e l c r o f a s t e n e r s (A) a n d the s i d e
h o o k s t r i p s (B),
6. Pull out the s e a t - b a c k f r a m e (A) f r o m the p a d (B),

t h e n r e m o v e t h e h e a d restraint g u i d e s (C) a n d t h e
c e n t e r h e a d restraint g u i d e s (D) w h i l e p i n c h i n g t h e
e n d of t h e g u i d e s .
A
5. Pull b a c k t h e seat-baek. c o v e r ( A t t h e n r e l e a s e t h e
hook strips (B), a n d r e m o v e the clips.
7. R e m o v e t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r a n d p a d f r o m the s e a t back frame.
Fastener Locations
>:Clip,8
8. Pull b a c k the e d g e of t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (A) all t h e

w a y a r o u n d , a n d r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (B) of the
horizontal w i r e s (C) f r o m t h e v e r t i c a l w i r e s (D) o n
t h e p a d , a n d r e m o v e the u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s ( E ) , t h e n
r e m o v e the seat-back cover.
N O T E : T h e l e a t h e r s e a t c o v e r is s h o w n ; t h e o t h e r
t y p e s of the s e a t c o v e r s a r e s i m i l a r .
E
(confd)
20-235
Seats:
Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement
(cont'd)
9 ; Install the c o v e r In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
Rear Seat Side Bolster Cover

Replacement
4-door
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to t e a r t h e s e a m s or d a m a g e t h e
seat covers.
o v e r the p a d b e f o r e s e c u r i n g t h e u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s
1. R e m o v e t h e s e a t s i d e b o l s t e r f s e e p a g e 20-225).
a n d hook s t r i p s .
* R e p l a c e ail of t h e u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s (A) f a s t e n i n g
2. R e l e a s e all the h o o k s t r i p s (A), fold b a c k t h e s e a t
the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (B) a n d p a d w i r e (C) w i t h n e w
s i d e bolster c o v e r (B), a n d r e l e a s e t h e c o v e r f r o m
o n e s using commercially available upholstery
the retaining h o o k s (C).
ring pliers (D).
3. Install t h e c o v e r in the. r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l T o
p r e v e n t w r i n k l e s w h e n installing a s i d e b o l s t e r
o v e r t h e p a d before s e c u r i n g t h e hook s t r i p s a n d
the retaining h o o k s .
20-236
Hear Seat Cushion Cower Replacement

NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to t e a r t h e s e a m s o r d a m a g e t h e s e a t
covers,
3. Pull b a c k t h e e d g e of the s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r (A) all

the w a y a r o u n d , a n d r e l e a s e the u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s
CB), a n d r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (C) of t h e horizontal
w i r e s (D) f r o m - t h e v e r t i c a l w i r e s (E) o n the p a d ,
then r e m o v e the seat c u s h i o n cover.
1, R e m o v e t h e s e a t c u s h i o n f s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 2 5 ) .
2, F r o m the b a c k of t h e s e a t - b a c k , r e l e a s e all the
N O T E : T h e -leather s e a t c o v e r is s h o w n ; t h e o t h e r
t y p e s of t h e s e a t c o v e r a r e similar.- .
u p h o l s t e r y r i n g s (A), a n d f o l d b a c k t h e s e a t c u s h i o n
c o v e r (B).
2door
2-cfocir
(confd)
20-237
Seats
Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement (cont'd!
4. Install the c o v e r In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
T o p r e v e n t w r i n k l e s w h e n Installing a s e a t
c u s h i o n c o v e r , m a k e s u r e t h e m a t e r i a l is
s t r e t c h e d e v e n l y o v e r the p a d before s e c u r i n g
the upholstery rings.
* R e p l a c e all of t h e u p h o l s t e r y rings (A) f a s t e n i n g
the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (B) a n d p a d w i r e (C) w i t h new"
ones using commercially available upholstery
ring pliers (D).
20-238
B u m p e r s
Front Bumper
4-door
Fastener Locations
NOTE:
* Have a n assistant help you w h e n removing and
: Screw, 2
B t> ' Clip, 8
C > : Clip, 2
i n s t a 11 i n g the front b u m p e r .
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e front b u m p e r a n d t h e
body.
* Put on g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s ,
1. R e m o v e t h e front grille c o v e r :
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-257)
2, R e m o v e the s c r e w s f A ) a n d t h e c l i p s (B, C ) s e c u r i n g
t h e front b u m p e r (D).
N O T E : T o r e m o v e t h e c l i p s , pry t h e inner clip p i n s
u p at the e d g e n e a r t h e Sine (E) o n t h e clip h e a d s .
Fastener Locations
A
: Screw, 2
3. Pull o n the front b u m p e r (A) at t h e w h e e l a r c h a r e a s
B > : Clip, 8
C S>: Clip, 2
to r e l e a s e it f r o m the h o o k s (three p l a c e s ) (B) on the

s i d e s p a c e r s (C).
2-door
(confd)
20-239
Bumpers
Front Bumper Removal/Installation (cont'd)
4-cteor
5. 4-door: W i t h the h e l p of a n a s s i s t a n t w h i l e pulling

both w h e e l a r c h p o r t i o n s of t h e front b u m p e r (A)
a w a y f r o m t h e s i d e s p a c e r s ( B ) , starting at t h e
o u t s i d e h o o k s (C) o n both u p p e r b e a m s ID), r e l e a s e
the h o o k s a l o n g t h e u p p e r b e a m s b y pulling out t h e
b u m p e r , a n d r e l e a s e t h e b u m p e r f r o m t h e p i n s (E)
o n both h e a d l i g h t s .
N O T E : W h e n r e l e a s i n g t h e last hook, r e l e a s e it
w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e front b u m p e r to p r e v e n t d a m a g e
the pin.
4. 2-door: W i t h t h e h e l p of a n a s s i s t a n t w h i l e pulling
both w h e e l a r c h p o r t i o n s of t h e front b u m p e r (A)
a w a y f r o m the s i d e s p a c e r s (B), r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s
(C) a l o n g the u p p e r b e a m s (D) o n both s i d e s by
pulling t h e b u m p e r o u t
20-240
8, R e m o v e t h e front b u m p e r (A).
2-door
7. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s , a n d r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e front b u m p e r a b s o r b e r (B) f r o m t h e
front b u m p e r b e a m (C),
S x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 k g f m , 7.2 Ibf-ft)
(confd)
20-241
Bumpers
Front Bumper Removal/Installation
(cont'd)
8. 2-door: R e m o v e t h e bolts (A) a n d the clip (B)
s e c u r i n g the front b u m p e r c e n t e r u p p e r b e a m (C).
D e t a c h the clip (D), a n d r e l e a s e t h e hook ( E ) , t h e n
r e m o v e the b e a m f r o m t h e b o d y .
Front Bumper Fog Light Cower

Replacement
2-door
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e front b u m p e r .
1. R e m o v e t h e front b u m p e r ( s e e p a g e 20-239),
N O T E : T o r e m o v e t h e c l i p s (B), pry the i n n e r clip up

at t h e e d g e n e a r t h e line (F) o n t h e clip h e a d s .
Fastener Locations
2. R e m o v e the s c r e w s (A, B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e front

b u m p e r fog light c o v e r (C) f r o m t h e front b u m p e r
(D).
Fastener Locations
: Bolt, 2
B > : Clip, 1
D > : Clip, 1
: Screw, 2
: Screw, 1
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N - m
(1.0 k g f - m , 7.2 ibf-ft)
D
9. Install the b u m p e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
3.. Install the b u m p e r fog light c o v e r in t h e r e v e r s e

* M a k e s u r e t h e front b u m p e r e n g a g e s t h e h o o k s
(of both u p p e r b e a m s a n d s i d e s p a c e r s ) a n d the
p i n s (4-door) (of both h e a d l i g h t s ) on e a c h s i d e
securely.
20-242
Front Air Spoiler Replacement

NOTE:
4-door
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e front b u m p e r .
Fastener Locations
>:Clip,4
1, R e m o v e the c l i p s s e c u r i n g t h e f r o n t air s p o i l e r (A)

f r o m u n d e r t h e f r o n t b u m p e r (B)..
N O T E : T o r e m o v e t h e c l i p s , pry the i n n e r clip u p at
t h e e d g e n e a r t h e l i n e (C) o n t h e c l i p h e a d s ,
2-door
Fastener Locations
{ > : Clip, 4
2. P u l l the^ f r o n t a i r s p o i l e r b a c k t o d e t a c h t h e h o o k s
(six p l a c e s ) (D), a n d r e m o v e t h e s p o i l e r .
3. Install t h e s p o i l e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l :
if the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace t h e m with new ones.
* P u s h t h e h o o k s a n d the c l i p s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-243
Bumpers
Rear Bumper Removal/Installation
NOTE:
* Have an assistant help y o u w h e n removing and
installing the rear b u m p e r .
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the rear b u m p e r a n d t h e
body.
1. R e m o v e the c a p s (A). R e m o v e t h e c l i p s (B), the
s c r e w s ( C , D), a n d t h e bolts (E) s e c u r i n g t h e rear
b u m p e r (F).
N O T E : T o r e m o v e the c l i p s , pry the Inner clip up at
the e d g e n e a r the line (G) o n t h e clip h e a d s .
2-f0f
Ffsst@nf Locations
B \> Clip, 2
C -Screw,6
E :Bolt 2
4-door
Fastenor Locations
B > : Clip, 2
20-244
0>.
: Bolt 2
C ^ : Screw, 4
: Screw, 2
2. Pull o n the rear b u m p e r (A) at the w h e e l a r c h a r e a s

to r e l e a s e It f r o m t h e h o o k s (B)-on the s i d e s p a c e r s
(C).
2-cfr
B
3, W i t h t h e h e l p of a n a s s i s t a n t , w h i t e polling t h e
w h e e l a r c h portion a w a y f r o m t h e s i d e s p a c e r s (A),
pull t h e r e a r b u m p e r (B) to r e l e a s e t h e b u m p e r
f r o m t h e h o o k s (C) o n t h e s i d e b r a c k e t (D).
4. W i t h the h e l p of a n a s s i s t a n t , pull t h e r e a r bumperto r e l e a s e t h e b u m p e r (A) from, t h e h o o k s (four

p l a c e s ) (B) o n t h e u p p e r b r a c k e t s (C). 2-door:
D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e a r l i c e n s e plate light
c o n n e c t o r (D).
2-door
2-door
C
4-door
C
(confd)
20-245
Bumpers
Rear Bumper Removal/Installation (cont'd)
R e m o v e the rear b u m p e r a b s o r b e r (A) f r o m the
r e a r b u m p e r b e a m (B) by pulling the a b s o r b e r to
6, Install t h e . b u m p e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
.- -
r e l e a s e the p r o j e c t i o n s (C) o n both s i d e s ,

* M a k e s u r e the rear b u m p e r e n g a g e s t h e h o o k s
2-dr
(of both the s i d e b r a c k e t a n d s i d e s p a c e r s ) on

each side securely.
* P u s h t h e c l i p s a n d the h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
4dor
20-246
Rear Bumper Finisher Cover Replacement

2-door
NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to p r e v e n t d a m a g e .
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e r e a r b u m p e r a n d t h e
body,
1. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w a n d the c l i p s . Pull the r e a r
b u m p e r f i n i s h e r c o v e r (A) f o r w a r d to r e l e a s e t h e
h o o k s (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e c o v e r f r o m t h e r e a r
b u m p e r {Ch
N O T E : T o r e m o v e t h e c l i p s , pry t h e i n n e r clip up at
t h e e d g e n e a r t h e line CD) o n t h e clip h e a d s .
Fastener Locations
: Scmw
i>: Clip, 2
A
2 . Install t h e c o v e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
arid note t h e s e i t e m s :
* If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d o r s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace t h e m w i t h n e w o n e s .
20-247
Hood
Hood Adjustment
* F r o n t grille c o v e r :
- 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20- 257)
- 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20- 257)
* C o w l c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 20-261)
* H o o d latch c o v e r , 4 - d o o r ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 20-285)
2. S l i g h t l y l o o s e n e a c h bolt (A).
6 x 1.0 min
9.8 U-m
(1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 Ibf -ft)
3. A d j u s t the h o o d (B) a l i g n m e n t in t h e f o l l o w i n g s e q u e n c e :
A d j u s t t h e h o o d right a n d left, a s w e l l a s f o r w a r d a n d r e a r w a r d , by u s i n g t h e e l o n g a t e d h o l e s in t h e h o o d h i n g e s
(C).
* T u r n the h o o d e d g e c u s h i o n s (D), in o r out a s n e c e s s a r y , to m a k e t h e h o o d fit f l u s h w i t h the b o d y at t h e front
and side edges.
4. A d j u s t t h e h o o d latch (E) to obtain the p r o p e r h e i g h t at t h e f o r w a r d e d g e , a n d m o v e t h e h o o d latch right or left
until the striker (F) is c e n t e r e d in t h e h o o d latch.
5. T i g h t e n t h e bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
20-248
Hood Seal and Hood Molding

Replacement
6, C h e c k that t h e h o o d o p e n s p r o p e r l y a n d c l o s e s
s e c y rely,
1. U s i n g a clip r e m o v e r , d e t a c h t h e c l i p s (A), then7* A p p l y t o u c h - u p paint to t h e h i n g e m o u n t i n g bolts
a n d a r o u n d t h e h i n g e s , a n d let t h e paint dry.
r e m o v e the h o o d s e a l (B). O n C a n a d a m o d e l s :
Detach the clips (C), then r e m o v e the hood molding
(D). T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the h o o d .
8. A p p l y multipurpose
g r e a s e to t h e h o o d latch a n d
the hood hinges a s indicated by the a r r o w s .
2-door - E x c e p t C a n a d a
models
Fastener Locations
A > : Clip, 9
2-door - C a n a d a m o d e l s
Fastener Locations
C > : Clip, 9
9, R e i n s t a l l ail of t h e r e m o v e d p a r t s .
(confd)
20-249
Hood
Hood Seal and Hood Molding
Hood insulator Replacement

For Some Models
4-door - E x c e p t C a n a d a m o d e l s
1. U s i n g a clip r e m o v e r , d e t a c h the c l i p s . R e m o v e the

i n s u l a t o r (A) b y pulling it a w a y f r o m the h o o k s (B).
Fastener Locations
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e h o o d .
A > : Clip, 9
Fastener Locations
O: Clip, 9
4-cfoor-Canada models
Fastener Locations
C > : Clip, 7
2. Install the insulator in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

2. install the s e a l or the m o l d i n g in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r

* P u s h the c l i p s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y . '
20-250
Trunk Lid
H6N
Trunk Lid Adjustment

1, R e m o v e t h e r e a r s h e l f ( s e e p a g e 20-1191.
2, Pry u p o n t h e n o t c h e s (A) to r e l e a s e the r e a r h o o k s (B), a n d pull t h e c a p (C) up to r e l e a s e t h e s i d e h o o k s (D), t h e n
r e m o v e the c a p ,
F
8 x 1,0 mm
9.8 N - m
3. S l i g h t l y l o o s e n t h e trunk lid h i n g e bolts (E) a n d the striker bolts (F).
4. A d j u s t t h e trunk lid (G) a l i g n m e n t in the f o l l o w i n g s e q u e n c e :
* A d j u s t t h e trunk lid h i n g e s (H) right a n d left, a s w e l l a s f o r w a r d a n d r e a r w a r d , by u s i n g the e l o n g a t e d h o l e s .
T a k e c a r e not to hit t h e r e a r w i n d o w w h e n l o o s e n i n g t h e bolts.
* T u r n t h e t r u n k lid e d g e c u s h i o n s (I), in or out a s n e c e s s a r y , to m a k e t h e trunk lid fit f l u s h w i t h the b o d y at the
rear and side edges.
* A d j u s t t h e fit b e t w e e n the t r u n k lid a n d t h e t r u n k lid o p e n i n g by m o v i n g t h e striker ( J ) .
5. T i g h t e n t h e bolts to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
6. M a k e s u r e t h e trunk lid o p e n s p r o p e r l y a n d l o c k s s e c u r e l y .
7. R e i n s t a l l all r e m o v e d p a r t s .
20-251
Try rile Lid

Trunk Lid Torsion Bar Replacement
3. R e m o v e t h e t o r s i o n b a r c e n t e r clip (A) f r o m t h e

T o r s i o n b a r a s s e m b l y tool 0 7 A A F - S N A A 1 0 0
body.
1. R e m o v e t h e t o r s i o n b a r s (A) f r o m the t o r s i o n b a r
c e n t e r c l i p (B).
4. Install t h e t o r s i o n b a r s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . R e m o v e t h e
t o r s i o n b a r s w i t h t h e t o r s i o n b a r a s s e m b l y tool
' f r o m both trunk lid h i n g e s . First r e m o v e t h e left
t o r s i o n b a r (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e right t o r s i o n b a r
(B).
T h e s h a p e s of the right t o r s i o n bar (A) a n d the

left t o r s i o n bar (B) a r e s h o w n . Install the t o r s i o n
bars properly.
* A d j u s t t h e t o r s i o n b a r s f o r w a r d or r e a r w a r d w i t h
the t o r s i o n bar a s s e m b l y t o o l .
P o s i t i o n s w h e r e e a c h t o r s i o n b a r w a s Installed in
the f a c t o r y a r e following:.
- Left t o r s i o n bar: N o r m a l position
- Right t o r s i o n bar: N o r m a l p o s i t i o n
* M a k e s u r e the trunk lid o p e n s p r o p e r l y a n d Socks
securely.
07AAF-SNAA100
OsI\frmaI position
@-Higher tension
20-252
a
Trunk Lid Weatherstrip
Replacement
Trunk Lid Cushion Replacement

1, R e m o v e t h e trunk lid c u s h i o n (A) b y pulling it out to
detach the clips.
N O T E ; 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
1. R e m o v e t h e trunk lid w e a t h e r s t r i p (A) by pulling it
off.
Fastener Locations
D>:Clip,3
2. R e p l a c e t h e trunk lid c u s h i o n w i t h a n e w o n e ,
2. L o c a t e t h e p a i n t e d a l i g n m e n t m a r k (B o r C ) o n t h e
trunk lid w e a t h e r s t r i p . A l i g n t h e p a i n t e d m a r k in t h e
c e n t e r of t h e trunk lid o p e n i n g , a n d install t h e trunk
lid w e a t h e r s t r i p all t h e w a y a r o u n d in the direction
s h o w n . M a k e s u r e t h e r e a r e no w r i n k l e s in t h e
weatherstrip.
3, Install t h e n e w trunk lid c u s h i o n b y p u s h i n g o n t h e

c l i p p o r t i o n s until the c l i p s s n a p into p l a c e .
3.. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s .
20-253
Trunk Lid
Trunk Lid Dynamic Damper Replacement
4-door
2-door
R e m o v e t h e c o v e r (A) by r e l e a s i n g the h o o k s (B).
R e m o v e the bolts, a n d d e t a c h t h e c l i p s , t h e n
r e m o v e the trunk lid d y n a m i c d a m p e r bracket (C)
w i t h t h e trunk Sid d y n a m i c d a m p e r . T a k e c a r e not to
s c r a t c h t h e trunk lid.
Fastener Locations
: Bolt 4
[> " Clip, 2
R e m o v e t h e c o v e r (A) b y r e l e a s i n g t h e h o o k s ( B ) .
R e m o v e t h e bolts (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e trunk lid
d y n a m i c d a m p e r (D). T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e
trunk lid.
C
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
Install t h e d a m p e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d p u s h t h e h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibfft!
2. Install t h e d a m p e r In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
* If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d o r s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
* P u s h t h e c l i p s a n d t h e h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-254
Fuel Fill Door

Fuel Fill Door Adjustment
1, S l i g h t l y l o o s e n the h i n g e m o u n t i n g bolts (A).
5. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to e a c h location
indicated by t h e a r r o w s .
6. A p p l y t o u c h - u p paint to the h i n g e m o u n t i n g bolts

a n d a r o u n d the h i n g e s .
2, A d j u s t the fuel fill d o o r IB) in or out until is not f l u s h

w i t h t h e b o d y , a n d up or d o w n a s n e c e s s a r y to
e q u a l i z e the g a p s .
3, T i g h t e n the h i n g e m o u n t i n g bolts.
4, C h e c k t h a t t h e f u e l fill d o o r o p e n s p r o p e r l y a n d
locks s e c u r e l y , a n d c h e c k that t h e r e a r of t h e d o o r Is
f l u s h w i t h the b o d y .
20-255
Fuel Fill Door

Fuel Cap Adapter Replacement
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e body.
4. T u r n t h e fuel c a p a d a p t e r (A), t h e n r e m o v e it.
1. R e m o v e the fuel pipe protector ( s e e p a g e 20-277).

2. R e m o v e the fuel c a p (A) b y t u r n i n g it
counterclockwise, a n d r e m o v e the s c r e w .
Fasterif Location
: Screw, 1
5. Install the a d a p t e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
* M a k e s u r e the fuel c a p a d a p t e r is s e t the fuel
filler pipe properly. T a k e c a r e not to d e f o r m t h e
p a c k i n g of t h e fuel c a p a d a p t e r .
3. R e m o v e the bolts, a n d l o w e r the fuel filler pipe (A),
t h e n r e m o v e it f r o m t h e fuel c a p a d a p t e r (B).
Fastener Locations
^ : Bolt, 2
S x 1.0 mm
9.3 N m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
20-256

fuel filler pipe m o u n t i n g bolts before
reinstallation.
Exterior Trim
Front Grille Cover Replacement
4-door
2-door
N O T E ; T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e front grille a n d t h e
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e front grille a n d the
body.
body.
1. R e m o v e t h e front grille c o v e r (A).

-1 R e m o v e the c l i p s (B, C ) .
-2 P a s s both h o o d e d g e c u s h i o n s (D) t h r o u g h t h e
h o l e s in t h e c o v e r b y pulling t h e r e a r e d g e of
the c o v e r u p , a n d s l i d e t h e entire c o v e r
r e a r w a r d to r e l e a s e t h e front e d g e of it f r o m
u n d e r t h e front grille I E ) .
~3 P a s s t h e h o o d fatch h a n d l e (F) t h r o u g h t h e h o l e
in t h e c o v e r .
M O T E : T o r e m o v e t h e c l i p s , pry t h e i n n e r clip
p i n s u p at t h e e d g e n e a r t h e line (G) o n t h e clip
heads.
1. R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r (A).

-1 R e m o v e the c l i p s ( B , C ) .
-2 D e t a c h the h o o k s (D) f r o m both front f e n d e r
t r i m (E).
-3 P a s s both h o o d e d g e c u s h i o n s (F) t h r o u g h t h e
h o l e s in t h e c o v e r b y pulling up t h e r e a r e d g e
of the c o v e r , a n d s l i d e t h e entire c o v e r
r e a r w a r d to r e l e a s e it f r o m t h e g r o o v e (G) of
t h e front grille (H).
-4 P a s s t h e h o o d latch h a n d l e (I) t h r o u g h t h e h o l e
in t h e c o v e r .
Fastener Locations
B>:ClIp,6
C > : Clip, 2
Fasten? L o c a t i o n s
BD>:Clip, 11
C > : Clip, 2
2. Install t h e c o v e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
2, Install t h e c o v e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
and note t h e s e items:

20-257
Exterior Trim
Front Grille Replacement
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
Grille Replacement - 4-door
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e front b u m p e r a n d
the body.
Grille Replacement - 2-door
1. R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-257).

N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e front b u m p e r .
2. R e m o v e t h e front grille (A).

-1 R e m o v e t h e c l i p s .
1. R e m o v e the front b u m p e r ( s e e p a g e 20-239).
-2 D e t a c h both h o o k s (B) o n t h e gr ille f r o m the

2. R e m o v e the front grille (A).
front b u m p e r (C), a n d r e l e a s e t h e ribs (D) o n

t h e grille f r o m the g r o o v e (E) of the b u m p e r by
A R e m o v e the c l i p s .
-2 D e t a c h both h o o k s (B) o n the gr ille f r o m the
front b u m p e r (C), a n d r e l e a s e the ribs (D) on
t h e grille f r o m the g r o o v e (E) of the b u m p e r by
pulling out the grille.
pulling out the grille.

Fastener Locations
>:CIip,4
Fastener Locations
B.
3. Install the grille In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

C
If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , a n d
3. Install the grille in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

20-258
replace them.with n e w ones.

P u s h the c l i p s a n d the h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
Molding Replacement - 2-door
Molding Replacement - 4-door
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e front grille.
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e front grille.
1. R e m o v e t h e front grille.
1. R e m o v e t h e front grille,
2* F r o m b e h i n d t h e grille, r e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , a n d p r y
2. F r o m b e h i n d t h e grille, r e m o v e t h e s c r e w , a n d pry
u p t h e h o o k s (22 p l a c e s ) (A) by u s i n g a flat-tip
s c r e w d r i v e r w r a p p e d w i t h protective t a p e , t h e n
r e m o v e t h e front grille m o l d i n g (B) f r o m t h e front
grille b a s e (C),
u p t h e t w o h o o k s f A ) b y u s i n g a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r
w r a p p e d w i t h protective t a p e , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
front grille m o l d i n g (B) f r o m t h e front grille b a s e (C).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 9
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
3, Install t h e m o l d i n g in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
A (22 places)
3. Install t h e m o l d i n g in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
20-259
"Ekt^rior Trim
Front Fender Trim Replacement
2-door
4-door
NOTE:
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the front grille c o v e r a n d the
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the front grille c o v e r a n d the

body.
body.
T h e left s i d e is s h o w n ; t h e right s i d e is s i m i l a r .
* T h e left s i d e Is s h o w n ; the right s i d e Is s i m i l a r . 1. R e m o v e the front f e n d e r t r i m (A).1. R e m o v e t h e front f e n d e r t r i m (A).

-1 R e m o v e the clip (B) f r o m the front grille c o v e r
(C).
-1 R e m o v e the c l i p s (B, C ) f r o m the front grille
-2, R e m o v e the c l i p s (D) s e c u r i n g the t r i m .

-3 Pull the t r i m up to r e l e a s e the p r o j e c t i o n s (E) of
t h e t r i m f r o m the h o l e s in the b o d y , a n d pull
out the trim f r o m u n d e r the front grille c o v e r .
N O T E : T o r e m o v e the c l i p s (B), pry the Inner
clip pins up at the e d g e n e a r the line (F) on the
^ clip h e a d s .
c o v e r (D).
-2 R e m o v e the c l i p s (E) s e c u r i n g the trim.
-3 Pull the front grille c o v e r up to d e t a c h t h e h o o k
(F) f r o m the front f e n d e r c o v e r .
-4 Pull t h e t r i m up to r e l e a s e the p r o j e c t i o n s (G)
on the trim^ f r o m the h o l e s in the body.
Fastener Locations
B > : Clip, 1
C , E > : Clip, 3
Fastener Locations
B > : Clip, 1
D > : Clip, 2
2. Install the t r i m in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
note t h e s e Items:
* If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , a n d
P u s h the c l i p s Into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-260

* P u s h the c l i p s a n d the hook Into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
C o w l Cover Replacement
3. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s c o w l c o v e r ( A ) ,
K T C trim tool set S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *

P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
-1 R e m o v e t h e c l i p s (B),
-2 D e t a c h t h e c l i p s - ( C ) a n d t h e hook (D) by
c a r e f u l l y pulling up the c o v e r , a n d d e t a c h the
Cowl Cower Replacement
h o o k s (E) f r o m the p a s s e n g e r ' s c o w l c o v e r (F)

b y c a r e f u l l y pulling up the d r i v e r ' s c o w l c o v e r .
NOTE;
-3- R e l e a s e t h e e d g e s of t h e h o o d h i n g e c o v e r CG)
f r o m t h e front f e n d e r (H), a n d r e l e a s e the h i n g e
* T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e t h e b o d y .
c o v e r f r o m t h e roof m o l d i n g (I).
1, R e m o v e t h e w i n d s h i e l d w i p e r a r m s { s e e p a g e
22-293).
Fastener Locations
B O : Clip, 2
C O : Clip, 2
(Blue)
2, R e m o v e t h e h o o d r e a r s e a l I A ) b y pulling it out.
(confd)
20-261
Exterior Trim
Cowl Cower Replacement (cont'd!
4. R e m o v e the p a s s e n g e r ' s c o w ! c o v e r (A).
-1
H
o
o
dH
i
n
g
eC
o
v
e
r Replacement
NOTE:
R e m o v e the c l i p s (B).
-2 D e t a c h the c l i p s (C, D, E ) b y c a r e f u l l y pulling up

- the cover.
-3 R e l e a s e t w o front h o o k s (F) f r o m the body.
-4 R e l e a s e the e d g e s of t h e h o o d h i n g e c o v e r (G)
f r o m t h e front f e n d e r ( H ) , a n d r e l e a s e the h i n g e
c o v e r f r o m the roof m o l d i n g (I).
* T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e the body.
1.
R e m o v e t h e h o o d h i n g e c o v e r (A) by pulling it out

to d e t a c h the p r o j e c t i o n s (B) (11
Fastener Locations
.B>:Clip,3
places) and the
projection (C) (one p l a c e ) f r o m the c o w l c o v e r (D).
C[>-Ciip 3
(Hue)
D > : Clip, 1
(Light Elm)
2. R e l e a s e the e d g e s of the h i n g e c o v e r f r o m the front

fender (E), and release the hinge cover from the
roof m o l d i n g (F).
5. Install the c o v e r s in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,


P u s h the p r o j e c t i o n s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
* If the c l i p s are d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
* M a k e s u r e the h o o d h i n g e c o v e r is s e a t e d o n the
cowl cover securely.
20-262
M a k e s u r e the h o o d h i n g e c o v e r is s e a t e d o n the
cowl cover securely.
Roof Molding Replacement

S p e c i a l Tools Required
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-8857
Molding Replacement
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e the w i n d s h i e l d ,
* Do not u s e a n y m e t a l l i c t o o l s to r e m o v e the
w i n d s h i e l d portion of t h e roof m o l d i n g , or y o u m a y
c h i p o r c r a c k the w i n d s h i e l d ,
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d the roof m o l d i n g ,
1. R e l e a s e the h o o d h i n g e c o v e r (A) f r o m the b o t t o m
e d g e of t h e roof m o l d i n g CB) a n d u n d e r the front
f e n d e r (C).
2. R e m o v e the w i n d s h i e l d portion of t h e roof m o l d i n g

(A).
-1
C a r e f u l l y insert the large trim tool (B) a n d the

plastic s p a t u l a (C) in u n d e r t h e m o l d i n g next to
the l o w e r clip (D).
-2 W h i l e pulling up the clip portion of t h e m o l d i n g
b y h a n d , p u s h e a c h of the s i x s m a l l h o o k s (E) i n
t h e n u m b e r e d s e q u e n c e s h o w n to r e l e a s e t h e
clip f r o m the retainer (F) on the A-piSSar.
D o not pry u p o n t h e clip or t h e m o l d i n g .
-3 G r a d u a l l y w o r k y o u r w a y up to r e l e a s e e a c h of
t h e u p p e r c l i p s ( G , H, I).
2-door
Fasten!* Locations
D |> : Clip (Green)
G t > : Clip (Blue)
H > : Clip (Purple)
I > : Clip (Gray) .
- - - i r 7 mm
J - * (0.28 i n j
= 3 - 4
mm
I (0.039 in.)
B'
(confd)
20-263
Exterior Trim
Roof Molding Replacement (cont'd)
3. Pull up the roof portion of the roof m o l d i n g (A) to
4-door
r e l e a s e It f r o m the r e t a i n e r s (B).
Fastener Locations
GO
i 0
Fastener Legations
Clip (White)
Clip (Orange)
Clip (Red)
Clip (Blue!
B > : Retainer, 3
(White)
7 mm
(0.28 i n j
1 mm
( 0 . 0 3 9 in.]
4. Pull up a n d r e l e a s e t h e r e a r e n d of the roof m o l d i n g

(A) f r o m the pin (B) o n the b o d y , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
roof m o l d i n g .
5. Install t h e m o l d i n g In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d note t h e s e Items."
M a k e s u r e t h e roof m o l d i n g is i n s t a l l e d s e c u r e l y .
20-264
g. J
Retainer Replacement fWIndshield Portion Adhesiwe Type!
3, Install t h e u p p e r retainer (A) a n d l o w e r r e t a i n e r s (B).

A
1. G r a d u a l l y s c r a p e off the a d h e s i v e tape (A) u n d e r

t h e r e t a i n e r s IB) w h i l e h e a t i n g it w i t h a h e a t g u n to
2 1 2 2 4 8 F (100 120 C).
NOTE:
* T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e , d o not h e a t t h e p a i n t e d
surface around the retainers too m u c h .
* T o k e e p the e x t e r i o r p l a s t i c p a r t s n e a r the A - p i l i a r
f r o m b e i n g o v e r h e a t e d by t h e h e a t g u n , w r a p
t h e m w i t h a l u m i n u m foil.
R e m o v e t h e f a c t o r y - a p p l i e d a d h e s i v e f r o m the
retainers.
-2 W i p e t h e retainer b o n d i n g s u r f a c e s w i t h 3 M
A u t o m o t i v e A d h e s i o n P r o m o t e r (06396), a n d
a l l o w to dry for at least 5 m i n u t e s .
-3 A p p l y a n 80 m m (3.2 in.) strip of 3 M
Automotive" A c r y l i c Plus A t t a c h m e n t T a p e
(06386) to e a c h retainer.
-4 W i p e the b o d y b o n d i n g s u r f a c e s w i t h 3IV1
A u t o m o t i v e A d h e s i o n P r o m o t e r (06396), a n d
a l l o w to dry for at l e a s t 5 m i n u t e s .
-6 L i n e up the r e t a i n e r s w i t h the a l i g n m e n t m a r k s
(C) o n t h e b o d y . P e e l t h e protective c o v e r off
the a d h e s i v e t a p e (D), a n d attach t h e r e t a i n e r s
to the b o d y .
NOTE:
* Do not a p p l y e p o x y or a n y o t h e r s u b s t a n c e
to t h e r e t a i n e r s e x c e p t the s p e c i f i e d
adhesion promoter and double-sided tape.
* T h e a d h e s i v e t a p e r e q u i r e s at l e a s t 24 h o u r s
to fully a d h e r e . Do not pull o n t h e w i n d s h i e l d
s i d e t r i m for at l e a s t 24 h o u r s after
installation.
Adhesive tape:
T h i c k n e s s 1 m m (0.04 In.)
W i d t h 8 m m I0.32 I n j
d a m p e n e d in 3 M G e n e r a l P u r p o s e A d h e s i v e
C l e a n e r (08987) o r i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l . After c l e a n i n g ,
k e e p oil, g r e a s e , a n d w a t e r f r o m getting on t h e
surface.
(confd)
20-265
Exterior Trim
Roof Molding Replacement (cont'd)
Retainer Replacement (Windshield Portion <
Pin Type}
4-dbor
1. W h i l e prying the m i d d l e h o o k s (A) with a flat-tip

s c r e w d r i v e r , s l i d e the u p p e r retainer (B) a n d the
l o w e r r e t a i n e r s (C) u p w a r d to r e l e a s e t h e m f r o m
t h e p i n s (D) o n the A - p i l l a r . T a k e c a r e not to
s c r a t c h the b o d y or d a m a g e the w i n d s h i e l d .
2-door
2. Install the r e t a i n e r s In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
20-266
Side Sill Protection Tape

Replacement
Retainer Replacement (Roof Portion!
1 , W h i l e p r y i n g t h e m i d d l e h o o k s (A) w i t h a flat-tip
2-door
s c r e w d r i v e r , s l i d e t h e r e t a i n e r s I B ) r e a r w a r d to
r e l e a s e t h e m f r o m t h e T - s t u d s (C) o n the b o d y .
1. S l o w l y r e m o v e t h e old s i d e sill protection t a p e .
T a k e c a r e n o t to s c r a t c h t h e b o d y .
2. C l e a n the b o d y b o n d i n g s u r f a c e w i t h a s h o p t o w e l
d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l . After c l e a n i n g ,
k e e p o i l , g r e a s e , a n d w a t e r f r o m getting o n t h e
surface.
3. R e m o v e t h e a d h e s i v e b a c k i n g B f r o m t h e s i d e silt
protection t a p e ( C ) .
N O T E : D o not r e m o v e a d h e s i v e b a c k i n g A .
2. Install t h e r e t a i n e r s in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
A-
(confd)
20-267
Exterior Trim
Side SiS! Protection Tape Replacemi
4. A l i g n the c o r n e r (A) of the a d h e s i v e b a c k i n g (B)
(cont'd)
4=door
w i t h t h e b o d y fine ( Q . T h e n a l i g n a d h e s i v e b a c k i n g
e d g e (D) w i t h b o d y line ( E L P r e s s t h e e x p o s e d
1. S l o w l y r e m o v e up the old s i d e sill protection t a p e .
a d h e s i v e portion t h e sill protection t a p e (F) a g a i n s t

the body.
d a m p e n e d in I s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l . After c l e a n i n g ,
B
k e e p o i l , g r e a s e , a n d w a t e r f r o m getting o n t h e
surface.
3. R e m o v e the a d h e s i v e b a c k i n g B f r o m t h e s i d e sill
protection t a p e (C).
N O T E : Do not r e m o v e t h e a d h e s i v e b a c k i n g A .
A.
B
5. R e m o v e the a d h e s i v e b a c k i n g A f r o m t h e s i d e sill
protection t a p e (B), a n d p r e s s t h e t a p e into p l a c e .
20-268
Trunk Lower Trim Replacement

4-door
4, A l i g n t h e a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (A) of t h e a d h e s i v e
b a c k i n g ( 6 ) w i t h t h e b o d y fine CQ, T h e n a l i g n t h e
a l i g n m e n t m a r k ID) o n t h e a d h e s i v e b a c k i n g w i t h
the round body bulge IE), Press the e x p o s e d
a d h e s i v e p o r t i o n of sill p r o t e c t i o n t a p e IF) a g a i n s t
NOTE:
the body,
Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . "
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e trunk lid.
1. R e m o v e t h e l i c e n s e plate f r o m t h e trunk lid.

2 . R e m o v e t h e c l i p s f a s t e n i n g the trunk l o w e r t r i m (A),
Fastener Locations
>:Clip,2
5, R e m o v e the a d h e s i v e b a c k i n g A f r o m t h e s i d e sill
p r o t e c t i o n t a p e (B)
3. R e m o v e t h e bolts f r o m i n s i d e t h e trunk lid.
a n d p r e s s t h e t a p e into p l a c e .
Fastener Locations
: Bolt, 4
'A
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf.m, 7,2 Ibf-ft)
(confd)
20-269
Exterior Trim
Trunk Lower Trim Replacement (cont'd)
4. W h i l e gently pulling out o n the b o t t o m e d g e of the
A t t a c h the n e w d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e t a p e (A) a n d
trunk l o w e r trim (A), c u t t h e d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e
the n e w b o t t o m E P D M s p o n g e ( f o a m rubber) (B) to
t a p e (B) in the b o t t o m e d g e of the t r i m . T a k e c a r e
the bottom of the t r i m ( C ) .
not to s c r a t c h the t r u n k lid.
H? >
Fastener Locations
C L > : Clip, 4
D > : Clip, 1
Doyble-sided adhesive tape:

T h i c k n e s s 1.2 m m 10.047 I n j
W i d t h 15 m m (0.59 in.)
L e n g t h 2 5 0 m m (9.84 in.)
EPDM sponge:
T h i c k n e s s 3 m m (0.12 in.)
W i d t h 4 m m 10.16 in.)
L e n g t h 2 5 0 m m (9.84 i n j
20 m m (0.79 in J
1 mm
(0.039 In.)
5. Pull the t r i m out to r e l e a s e t h e c l i p s ( C , D), t h e n
r e m o v e the t r i m f r o m t h e trunk Sid.
6. If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e
t h e m with n e w o n e s .
10. F o l d the e d g e of e a c h a d h e s i v e b a c k i n g f r o m the
7. R e m o v e the g r o m m e t s (E) f r o m t h e trunk lid, t h e n

Insert the g r o m m e t s Into the c l i p s o n the trunk
l o w e r trim.
11. Hold the t r i m u p , a n d fit t h e c l i p s Into t h e hole In the

trunk lid, t h e n p u s h o n the t r i m until the c l i p s s n a p
8. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e r e m a i n i n g d o u b l e - s i d e d
adhesive tape and bottom E P D M sponge (foam
r u b b e r ) f r o m the t r i m . A l s o , c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e
remaining double-sided a d h e s i v e tape from the
12. R e i n s t a l l the bolts a n d the c l i p s , a n d l o o s e l y t h r e a d

the bolts.
t r u n k lid. C l e a n t h e t r i m a n d t r u n k lid s u r f a c e s
double-sided adhesive tape.
N O T E : A p p l y m e d i u m s t r e n g t h liquid t h r e a d lock to
the bolts before reinstallation.
w i t h a s h o p t o w e l d a m p e n e d In I s o p r o p y a l c o h o l .
13. C a r e f u l l y pull the a d h e s i v e b a c k i n g a w a y , a n d p u s h
o n the d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e t a p e portions to
m a k e a d h e s i v e stick s e c u r e l y .
14. T i g h t e n the bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
15. R e i n s t a l l the r e a r l i c e n s e plate.
20-270
Emblem/Sticker Replacement
2-door
M O T E : W h e n r e m o v i n g e m b l e m s / s t i c k e r , t a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the b o d y .
1. T o r e m o v e t h e front " H " e m b l e m , r e m o v e the front b u m p e r ( s e e p a g e 20-239).
2. C l e a n t h e b o d y s u r f a c e s w h e r e e m b l e m s / s t i c k e r a r e a p p l i e d w i t h a s h o p t o w e l d a m p e n e d in isopropyf a l c o h o l .
After c l e a n i n g , k e e p oil, g r e a s e , a n d w a t e r f r o m getting o n the s u r f a c e .
3 . A p p l y t h e e m b l e m s / s t i c k e r w h e r e s h o w n . W h e n installing t h e U L E V / P Z E V sticker on the inside s u r f a c e of the left
q u a r t e r g l a s s , a l i g n the sticker w i t h the e d g e of t h e black c e r a m i c a s s h o w n , a n d p r e s s the sticker into p l a c e , t h e n
r e m o v e the application tape.
REAR " H " E M B L E M
PROMT " H " E^BLEfVI
Unit: m m fin,!
Adhesive tape: Thickness 0,8 m m (0.03 i n j
Accord EMBLEIV1
U L E V / P Z E V STICKER
PUSH WCJTS
FRONT " H "

EMBLEM
ADHESIVE T A P E
s J J ^
FROMT GRILLE
BASE
Accord E M B L E M
Edge of the trunk lid
ADHESIVE T A P E
1
CLIP
TRUNK LID
REAR " H " EfVIBLEIVf
U L E V / P Z E V STICKER
Trynk lid line
ALIGNMENT MARK
Edge of the black ceramic
20-271
Exterior Trim
Emblem/Sticker Replacement (cont'd)
4-door
N O T E : W h e n r e m o v i n g e m b l e m s / s t i c k e r , take c a r e not to s c r a t c h the b o d y .
1. T o r e m o v e the front " H " e m b l e m , r e m o v e t h e front grille ( s e e p a g e 20-258).
2. C l e a n the b o d y s u r f a c e s w h e r e e m b l e m s / s t i c k e r a r e a p p l i e d w i t h a s h o p t o w e l d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l .
After c l e a n i n g , k e e p o i l , g r e a s e , a n d w a t e r f r o m getting o n the s u r f a c e .
3. A p p l y the e m b l e m s / s t i c k e r w h e r e s h o w n . W h e n installing t h e U L E V / P Z E V s t i c k e r o n t h e i n s i d e s u r f a c e of the left
rear d o o r q u a r t e r g l a s s , a l i g n t h e s t i c k e r w i t h t h e e d g e of t h e g l a s s m a r k a n d the r e a r d o o r q u a r t e r g l a s s s e a l a s
s h o w n , a n d p r e s s t h e s t i c k e r into p l a c e , t h e n r e m o v e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n t a p e . -
Unit: mm (in.)
Adhesive tape: Thickness 0.8 mm (0.03 In.)
PUSH N U T S
Edge f the trunk lower trim
20-272
Edge of the rear door

quart!" gluss sent
Fenderwell
Front Inner Fender Replacement
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e b o d y .
1, R e m o v e t h e front i n n e r f e n d e r (A),
1 O n t h e b a c k of t h e w h e e l a r c h , r e m o v e t h e s c r e w s (B) a n d t h e clip C O , a n d r e m o v e t h e front s p l a s h g u a r d (D)
(Canada models).
-2 F r o m u n d e r t h e front b u m p e r ( E ) , r e m o v e t h e clip (F) s e c u r i n g t h e front b u m p e r , t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( G ) , a n d t h e
front i n n e r f e n d e r , a n d r e m o v e the c l i p s (H) s e c u r i n g t h e front b u m p e r a n d t h e i n n e r f e n d e r .
- 3 F r o m t h e w h e e l a r c h , r e m o v e t h e c l i p s {I, J , K) that s e c u r e t h e front i n n e r f e n d e r l a n d s p l a s h s h i e l d ) to t h e
body.
-4 F r o m the; w h e e l a r c h , r e m o v e t h e clip (L) that s e c u r e t h e front i n n e r f e n d e r to t h e r e s o n a t o r c h a m b e r (left s i d e )
or the b o d y (right s i d e ) .
-5 R e l e a s e t h e h o o k (M) of t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d , t h e n r e m o v e t h e front I n n e r f e n d e r .
N O T E : T o r e m o v e t h e c l i p s ( C , F , H, I, K, L ) , pry t h e I n n e r c l i p p i n s u p at t h e e d g e n e a r t h e line IN) o n t h e c l i p
heads.
B
: Screw,3
C, F J > : Clip
H, I, K, L [ > : Clip
I > : Clip,i
Except Canada models, 1
E x c e p t Canada m o d e l s , 5
Canada models, 2
Canada m o d e l s , 4
"N
J > : Clip,3
K
(except Canada m o d e l s only}
Canada m o d e l s
2 . Install t h e toner f e n d e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

* If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e t h e m w i t h n e w o n e s .
* P u s h t h e c l i p s Into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
20-273
fmderwell
Front Splash Shield Replacement
NOTE:
* 4-door is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
1. R e m o v e the front s p l a s h s h i e l d (A).
-1 R e m o v e the clip (B) that s e c u r e s the front s p l a s h s h i e l d to the b o d y .
-2 R e m o v e the c l i p s CQ that s e c u r e the front i n n e r f e n d e r (D) -and the front s p l a s h s h i e l d to t h e b o d y . -3 F r o m u n d e r the front b u m p e r ( E ) , r e m o v e t h e c l i p s (F) that s e c u r e t h e front b u m p e r , the front i n n e r f e n d e r , a n d
the front s p l a s h s h i e l d to t h e b o d y .
-4 F r o m u n d e r the front b u m p e r , r e m o v e the c l i p s (G) that s e c u r e the front b u m p e r a n d the front s p l a s h s h i e l d to
the b o d y . -6 -From" u n d e r the b o d y , r e m o v e the c l i p s (H) that s e c u r e the front s p l a s h s h i e l d to t h e front s u b f r a m e .
-6 R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (I) of t h e front s p l a s h s h i e l d , t h e n pull the s p l a s h s h i e l d o u t
- N O T E : T o - r e m o v e t h e c l i p s , pry the i n n e r c l i p p i n s up at the e d g e n e a r the line (J) o n t h e clip h e a d s .
Fastener Locations
B, C, G, H > : Clip, 14
F [ > ; Clip, 2
2. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

Sf the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e t h e m w i t h n e w o n e s .
20-274
Front Fender Fairing Replacement

For Some Models
4 . R e m o v e t h e front f e n d e r fairing (A).
NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to p r o t e c t y o u r h a n d s ,
1.. R e m o v e t h e front I n n e r f e n d e r a s n e e d e d ( s e e p a g e
20-273),
2. F r o m t h e w h e e l a r c h , r e l e a s e t h e c l i p s f a s t e n i n g the
front f e n d e r f a i r i n g {A},
Fastener Locations
D>:Cfip,2
5. Install t h e f e n d e r fairing in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
3, O p e n t h e front d o o r . D e t a c h t h e h o o k s (A) f a s t e n i n g
the front f e n d e r f a i r i n g (B).
20-275
Fenderwell
Middle Floor Undercover Replacement
NOTE:
Right side
Fastener Locations
1. R e m o v e the bolts a n d the nut, a n d r e l e a s e t h e

h o o k s (A), then r e m o v e the left m i d d l e floor
u n d e r c o v e r (B) a n d the right m i d d l e floor
u n d e r c o v e r (C).
Bolt 4
i N u t l
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
11.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
Leftside
Fastener Locations
:BoIt4
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
2. Install the u n d e r c o v e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
r e m o v a l , a n d first attach the h o o k s , a n d s e t the
bolts starting at the rear.
6 M 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
11.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibfft)
20-276
Fuel Pipe Protector Replacement
Rear Inner Fender Replacement
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e n o t to s c r a t c h t h e b o d y .
body.
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the r e a r b u m p e r a n d the
1. R e m o v e the s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e r e a r f e n d e r
1 . R e m o v e t h e left r e a r w h e e l ( s e e p a g e 18-39),
c o v e r f A) f r o m t h e rear b u m p e r (B) a n d t h e body.
2 , R e m o v e t h e c l i p s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e fuel pipe
protector (A).
: Screw, 3
Fastener Locations
Fastener Locations
l > : Clip, 3
2 . Install t h e f e n d e r c o v e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
3, Install t h e protector in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
20-277
Fenderwell
Rear Air Outlet Replacement
1. R e m o v e the rear b u m p e r ( s e e p a g e 20-244).
2. D e t a c h the h o o k s (A), t h e n r e m o v e the rear air
outlet (B). T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the b o d y .
3. Install t h e air outlet by p u s h i n g on the hook

portions until the h o o k s s n a p into p l a c e .
20-278
Openers
HOOD R E L E A S E HANDLE
20-279
Openers
Hood Opener Cable Replacement
4. D i s c o n n e c t the h o o d o p e n e r c a b l e (A) f r o m the
NOTE:
h o o d r e l e a s e h a n d l e (B) ( s e e p a g e 20-286). T a k e
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e b o d y a n d the related
c a r e not to kink the c a b l e .
parts.
Front grille c o v e r :
- 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20- 257)
- 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20- 257)
Front f e n d e r t r i m , left s i d e :
- 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20- 260)
- 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20- 260)
F r o n t i n n e r f e n d e r , left s i d e a s n e e d e d ( s e e p a g e
20-273)
Kick p a n e l , d r i v e r ' s s i d e :
- 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
- 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e h o o d o p e n e r c a b l e (A) f r o m the
h o o d latch (B) ( s e e p a g e 20-285). T a k e c a r e not to
kink the c a b l e .
Fastener Locations
> " Clip, 6
5. R e m o v e the g r o m m e t (C) f r o m t h e b o d y , t h e n
r e m o v e the h o o d o p e n e r c a b l e f r o m t h e v e h i c l e .
T a k e c a r e not to kink t h e c a b l e .
6,. Install t h e c a b l e in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
* If the d i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e m with, n e w o n e s .
W h e n installing the o p e n e r c a b l e u n d e r the
d a s h b o a r d , route t h e c a b l e u n d e r t h e left e n g i n e
c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s (D).
3. U s i n g a clip r e m o v e r , d e t a c h the c l i p s . T a k e c a r e
' not to kink t h e c a b l e .
20-280
Trunk Lid Opener Cable/Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable Replacement

S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s , 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-21 ),
4 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 24-19} a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 24-23} b e f o r e d o i n g r e p a i r s or
service.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the trunk Sid o p e n e r c a b l e / f u e l fill d o o r

o p e n e r c a b l e (A) f r o m the trunk lid o p e n e r / f u e l fill
d o o r o p e n e r (B) f s e e p a g e 20-286). T a k e c a r e not to
kink the c a b l e .
2-door
MOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the b o d y a n d the related
parts.
C>:Clip,1
D > : Cyshion tape, 1
* R e a r s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225}
* R e a r s e a t s i d e bolster, 4-door f s e e p a g e 20-225}
* F r o n t d o o r sill t r i m , d r i v e r ' s s i d e :
- 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
- 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-93)
* R e a r d o o r sill t r i m , both s i d e s , 4-door f s e e p a g e
20-100}
* B-pillar l o w e r t r i m , 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-107}
* R e a r s i d e t r i m p a n e l , 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-118)
* T r u n k s i d e t r i m p a n e l , left s i d e f s e e p a g e 20-123)
* R e a r w h e e l h o u s e i n s u l a t o r ( s e e s t e p 10 o n p a g e
20-125)
* F u e l c a p a d a p t e r f s e e p a g e 20-256)
2 , Pull the c a r p e t b a c k a s n e e d e d .
4-cteor
8
Location
C j> i Clip, 1
4. R e l e a s e the o p e n e r c a b l e f r o m the clip (C). 2-door:

R e m o v e the c u s h i o n t a p e (D).
(confd)
20-281
Openers
Trunk Lid Opener Cable/Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable Replacement (cont'd)
5. 2 - d o o n R e m o v e the trunk lid o p e n e r c a b l e / f u e l fill
d o o r o p e n e r c a b l e (A) f r o m t h e trunk c o m p a r t m e n t
a n d the trunk fid.
-1 D e t a c h t h e o p e n e r c a b l e j u n c t i o n box (B) f r o m
the body.
-2
6. 4-door: R e m o v e the trunk lid o p e n e r c a b l e / f u e l fill

d o o r o p e n e r c a b l e (A) f r o m the trunk c o m p a r t m e n t
a n d the trunk l i d
-1 D e t a c h the clip (B) a n d t h e o p e n e r c a b l e
j u n c t i o n b o x (C) f r o m t h e b o d y , a n d r e m o v e t h e
R e l e a s e the trunk lid o p e n e r c a b l e / f u e l fill d o o r
o p e n e r c a b l e f r o m t h e clip ( C ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e
c u s h i o n t a p e (D).
-3 D i s c o n n e c t the trunk lid o p e n e r c a b l e (E) f r o m
t h e trunk lid latch (F) ( s e e p a g e 20-288).
-4 R e l e a s e the trunk lid o p e n e r c a b l e f r o m the
c u s h i o n t a p e (D).
-2 D i s c o n n e c t the trunk lid o p e n e r c a b l e (E) f r o m
the trunk lid latch (F) ( s e e p a g e 20-288).
-3 R e l e a s e the trunk lid o p e n e r c a b l e f r o m t h e
c l i p s ( G ) , a n d d e t a c h the clip (H).
Fastener Locations
c l i p s (G).
B, H >
Fastener Locations
C \> Clip. 1
20-282
D > : Cushion tape, 1
G > : Clip, 6
: Clip, 2
D > : Cushion tape, 1
G > : Clip, 5
7. W h i l e p i n c h i n g t h e h o o k s (A) f r o m Inside t h e
v e h i c l e , r e m o v e t h e g r o m m e t IB) by r e l e a s i n g the
seal CO f r o m the body,
11. Install t h e o p e n e r c a b l e in the r e v e r s e order of

* R e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d c l i p s , a n d r e p l a c e the
cushion tape.
* A l i g n the m a r k s (A) o n the o p e n e r c a b l e (B) w i t h
the c a b l e c l i p s (C) a n d the c u s h i o n tape (D) a s
shown.
* 4-door: R o u t e t h e o p e n e r c a b l e b e s i d e the
h a r n e s s c l i p s (E) c o r r e c t l y .
* 4-door: A p p l y the c u s h i o n t a p e (F) a s s h o w n .
* B e f o r e installing the g r o m m e t c l e a n the b o d y
bonding surface with isopropyl alcohol.
* Install the g r o m m e t b y p u s h i n g o n the hook
p o r t i o n s until the h o o k s s n a p into p l a c e .
2-d@r
8, R e l e a s e t h e hook (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e g r o m m e t (B)
f r o m t h e fuel fill d o o r latch (C).
' Front
9* R e m o v e the f u e l fill d o o r o p e n e r c a b l e f r o m i n s i d e
the body,
10. R e m o v e t h e trunk lid o p e n e r c a b l e / f u e l fill d o o r
o p e n e r c a b l e f r o m t h e v e h i c l e . T a k e c a r e not to kink
the cable.
(confd)
20-283
Openers
20 284
Hood Latch Replacement

NOTE:
5. Install t h e latch in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e b o d y a n d t h e related
parts,
* A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to e a c h location of
t h e h o o d latch i n d i c a t e d b y the a r r o w s .
1. R e m o v e t h e front grille c o v e r :
* M a k e s u r e the h o o d o p e n e r c a b l e is c o n n e c t e d
p r o p e r l y a n d h o o d latch s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r is
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-2571
* 4-door fsee page 20-257)
p l u g g e d in p r o p e r l y (for s o m e m o d e l s ) .
* A d j u s t t h e h o o d latch a l i g n m e n t ( s e e s t e p 4 o n
p a g e 20-248).
2. 4 - d o o r : R e m o v e t h e h o o d latch c o v e r (A),
* Make s u r e the hood o p e n s properly a n d locks

securely.
-4
D e t a c h t h e c l i p s b y p u l l i n g b a c k the c o v e r .
-2 R e l e a s e t h e h o o k IB) by l o w e r i n g the c o v e r .
* 4-door: If t h e c o v e r c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s whitened, replace them with n e w ones.

* 4-door: P u s h the c o v e r c l i p s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
Fastener Locations
D>: Clip, 2
B
3. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e h o o d latch (A)
f r o m t h e b o d y , a n d d i s c o n n e c t the h o o d o p e n e r
c a b l e (B) f r o m the h o o d latch,
Fastener Locations
''
6 x 1 , 0 mm
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft}
4, W i t h h o o d latch s w i t c h : D i s c o n n e c t t h e h o o d latch
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (C).
20-285
Openers
Hood Release Handle Replacement
Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door

Opener Replacement
NOTE:
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the b o d y .

1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s kick p a n e l :
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
NOTE:
* 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
2. R e m o v e t h e bolts, t h e n r e m o v e t h e h o o d r e l e a s e
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e r e a r b u m p e r .
h a n d l e (A).

Fastener Locations
:BoIt,2
1. Pry out t h e b o t t o m e d g e of t h e front s i d e c a p (A) at

the notch w i t h the t r i m tool to d e t a c h t h e h o o k s (B),
a n d r e l e a s e the h o o k s (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e c a p
f r o m the front d o o r sill t r i m (D).
Fastener Location
^
: Bolt 1
(1.0 k g f . m , 7.2 ibf-ft)
3. D i s c o n n e c t the h o o d o p e n e r c a b l e (B) f r o m the

h o o d r e l e a s e h a n d l e . T a k e c a r e not to kink the c a b l e .
4. Install t h e h o o d r e l e a s e h a n d l e In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
* M a k e s u r e t h e h o o d o p e n e r c a b l e is c o n n e c t e d
properly.
* Make s u r e the hood o p e n s properly.
9 . 8 N-m
(1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

2. R e m o v e the o p e n e r lock c y l i n d e r ( E ) , a n d l o o s e n
t h e bolt.
20-286
3. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s e c u r i n g t h e front d o o r sill t r i m
(A) a n d t h e t r u n k lid o p e n e r / f u e l fill d o o r o p e n e r .
6 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e trunk lid o p e n e r / f u e l fill d o o r o p e n e r

c a b l e (A), t h e n r e m o v e the o p e n e r (B). T a k e c a r e
not to kink t h e c a b l e .
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
7. Install the o p e n e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

4. R e m o v e t h e front d o o r sill t r i m :
* M a k e s u r e t h e o p e n e r c a b l e is c o n n e c t e d
properly.
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 20-97}
* 4 - d o o r f s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 20-99)
* M a k e s u r e the trunk lid a n d fuel fill d o o r o p e n

p r o p e r l y a n d lock s e c u r e l y .
* Install t h e c a b l e e n d o n t h e t r u n k Sid o p e n e r / f u e l fill
5. R e m o v e t h e b o l t t h e n r e m o v e t h e trunk lid o p e n e r /
fuel fill d o o r o p e n e r f A ) f r o m the bolt CB).
d o o r o p e n e r in t h e s a m e p o s i t i o n a s w h e n y o u
r e m o v e d it. C h e c k the o p e r a t i o n of t h e o p e n e r s . If
n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t the: p o s i t i o n of t h e c a b l e e n d .
Fastener Location
* R e i n s t a l l t h e s c r e w s e c u r i n g t h e front d o o r sill t r i m
: Bolt, 1
a n d t h e trunk lid o p e n e r / f u e l fill d o o r o p e n e r , t h e n

position the trim a n d the o p e n e r before tightening
the rear mounting b o l t
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
20-287
Openers
Trunk Lid Latch Replacement
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
3. D i s c o n n e c t the trunk lid o p e n e r c a b l e (A). T a k e c a r e

not to kink the c a b l e .
NOTE:
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the trunk lid.
U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C t r i m tool s e t to
1. F r o m the latch c o v e r (A) o p e n i n g , pry the c o v e r to
r e l e a s e the p r o j e c t i o n s (B) of t h e trunk lid latch (C)
w i t h the a p p r o p r i a t e t r i m tool w h i l e pulling the
c o v e r , a n d r e l e a s e the p r o j e c t i o n s (D) of the c o v e r
f r o m the latch, t h e n r e m o v e the c o v e r .
Fastener Locations
^ : Bolt 2
4. Install the latch in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

* M a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t o r .is p l u g g e d in p r o p e r l y
a n d the o p e n e r c a b l e is c o n n e c t e d properly.
* M a k e s u r e the trunk lid o p e n s p r o p e r l y a n d l o c k s
securely.
* Install t h e c a b l e e n d (A) to t h e trunk lid Satch-in t h e
s a m e p o s i t i o n a s w h e n y o u r e m o v e d it. C h e c k the
o p e r a t i o n of trunk lid o p e n e r . If n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t
t h e p o s i t i o n of the c a b l e e n d .
S x 1.0 mm
9.8 U-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft!
2. D i s c o n n e c t the trunk lid Satch c o n n e c t o r ( E ) , a n d
r e m o v e the bolts, t h e n r e m o v e t h e trunk lid latch.
20-288
Frame
Frame Brace Replacement
Rear Wheelhouse Gusset
Replacement
Strut Brace Torque

8 x 1,25 mm
22U-m
(2,2 k g f - m , I S Ibf .ft)
4-door
8 x 1 . 2 5 Rim
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the b o d y a n d related p a r t s .
1. R e m o v e t h e s e Items:
* R e a r s e a t - b a c k ( s e e p a g e 20-223)
* R e a r s e a t s i d e bolster, 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-225)
* T r u n k s i d e trim p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-123)
* R e a r w h e e l h o u s e Insulator, a s n e e d e d ( s e e s t e p
10 o n p a g e 20-125)
2, D e t a c h t h e w i r e h a r n e s s c l i p s (A), a n d r e m o v e t h e
bolts (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e r e a r w h e e l h o u s e g u s s e t
<C).
B
8x1,25 mm
22 N-m
(2.2 kgf-ni, 16 Ibf-ftl
8
1.25 m m
22 N - m
(2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibf-ft)
8 JC
8 M 1.25 m m
22 N-m
|22 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft)
3. Install t h e g u s s e t i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
20-289
Frame
Middle Cross-member Gusset Replacement
2-door
4. Install t h e g u s s e t in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
W h e n i n s t a l l i n g the m o u n t i n g bolts for the m i d d l e
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e b o d y .
c r o s s - m e m b e r g u s s e t (A), t o r q u e the m o u n t i n g
h a r d w a r e in t h e s e q u e n c e s h o w n . If the m o u n t i n g
1. R e m o v e the rear s i d e t r i m p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-118).
bolts a r e not t o r q u e d in t h i s s e q u e n c e , d a m a g e to
the q u a r t e r p a n e l will o c c u r .
2. Pull b a c k the rear part of the c a r p e t a s n e e d e d .

3. R e m o v e the bolts (A, B ) , t h e n r e m o v e the m i d d l e
c r o s s - m e m b e r g u s s e t (C).
20-290
Subframe Replacement
S u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin 0 7 0 A G - S J A A 1 0 S
Front Subframe Torque

After r e m o v i n g t h e s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts, t h e front s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e m i d d l e r u b b e r m o u n t m o u n t i n g b o l t s ,
the front s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e r e a r b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g b o l t s , a n d t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t i n g b a s e b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g
b o l t s , b e s u r e to r e p l a c e t h e m w i t h n e w o n e s .
FRONT S U S P E N S I O N
SUBFRAME
14x1.5 mm
64 N-m
1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
54 N-m
(5.5.-kgf-m, 40 Ibf-ft)
(A/T models)
Replace.
12 x 1.25 m m
54 N-m
(A/T models)
10 x 1.25 m m
59 N-m
10 x 1.25 m m
49 N-m
&M k g f m , 36 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
STEERING GEARBOX
STIFFENER
12 x 1.25 m m
44fi*ro
(4,5 k g f m , 33 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
REAR ENGINE MOUNTING

UPPER B A S E B R A C K E T
(A/T models)
12x1.25 mm
64 N-m (.5 kgf-m, 47 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
UPPER INSULATOR
FROWT S U S P E N S I O N
SUBFRAME
UPPER INSULATOR
Bottom view
L O W E R INSULATOR
Bottom view
FRONT S U S P E N S I O N
S U B F R A M E REAR
BRACKET
12 x 1.25 m m
93 N-m
(9.5 kgf-m, 89 ibf-ft)
Replace.
1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
54 N-m
(5.5 k g f m , 40 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
S P E C I A L BOLT
1 4 M 1.5 m m
103 N-m
HQS kgf-m, IB Ibfft)
Replace.
SPECIAL BOLT
14x1.5 mm
103-N-m
(10,5 kgf-m, 76 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
(confd)
20-291
Frame
Subframe Replacement (cont'd)
Front Subframe Alignment
N O T E : U s i n g the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin, m a k e the front s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t a s t h e f o l l o w i n g s e q u e n c e ,
1. M a k e the front s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e (A) a l i g n m e n t
-1 Lift t h e front s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e up to the b o d y , a n d l o o s e l y install t h e n e w s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts a n d
the b r a c k e t s (B).
-2 Insert the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin (C) into t h e a l i g n m e n t h o l e in the right rear of the s u b f r a m e , a n d t h e n align
the s u b f r a m e w i t h t h e b o d y .
-3 L o o s e l y tighten t h e s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt (D) until t h e l o w e r i n s u l a t o r (E) c o n t a c t s to t h e b o d y at t h e right
rear.
-4 Insert the g u i d e pin into t h e a l i g n m e n t hole in t h e left r e a r of the s u b f r a m e , a n d t h e n a l i g n t h e s u b f r a m e w i t h
the body.
-5 L o o s e l y tighten the s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt (F) until t h e l o w e r i n s u l a t o r c o n t a c t s to t h e b o d y at t h e left rear.
-6 Insert the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin Into t h e a l i g n m e n t h o l e In t h e right r e a r of t h e s u b f r a m e , a n d t h e n tighten
the m o u n t i n g bolt to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s .
- ? Insert the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin Into the a l i g n m e n t hole in the left r e a r of the s u b f r a m e , a n d t h e n tighten t h e
m o u n t i n g bolt to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s .
- 8 T i g h t e n both front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (G) to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s .
~B T i g h t e n all of the b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g bolts (H) to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s .
2. S e t the front s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e m i d d l e r u b b e r m o u n t (I) on both s i d e s , a n d tighten t h e m o u n t i n g bolts (J) that

s e c u r e the r u b b e r m o u n t s to the b o d y to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s . T i g h t e n both s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (K)
s e c u r i n g the s u b f r a m e a n d t h e r u b b e r m o u n t s to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s .
3. After reinstalling all r e m o v e d p a r t s , c h e c k a n d a d j u s t the front w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ( s e e p a g e 18-5).
20-292
Rear Subframe Torque

NOTE:
* W h e n i n s t a l l i n g , a l i g n both installation r e f e r e n c e h o l e s in t h e s u b f r a m e w i t h t h e r e f e r e n c e h o l e s in t h e b o d y u s i n g
t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t p i n , a n d a l i g n both installation h o l e s in t h e rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g front s t a y s with t h e
r e f e r e n c e h o l e s in t h e b o d y u s i n g t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin.
* After r e m o v i n g t h e s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts, be s u r e to r e p l a c e t h e m w i t h n e w o n e s .
REAR S U S P E N S I O N
SUBFRAME
Reference h s i e alignment
SUBFRAfVIE
R E F E R E N C E HOLE
CBedy side)
INSTALLATION
R E F E R E N C E HOLE
fSubframe side]
070AG-SJAA1QS
INSTALLATION
REFERENCE HOLES
Bottom view
REAR
INSULATOR
8x1.25
27 N-m
20 Ibf.
REAR S U B F R A M E
MOUNTING FRONT
STAY
SPECIAL BOLT
14 x 1.5 mm
103 N-m
(10.5 kgfm, 76 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
REAR SUBFRAIVIE
MOUNTING W A S H E R
SPECIAL BOLT
14 x 1.5 m m
f ^ m
110.5 kgf-m, 76 Ibf-ft}
Replace.
20-293
Frame
Frame Repair Chart
Top View
Unit: m m (in.)
0: Inner diameter
a1
For front subframe mount 020 10.79) front
d2
For transmission mount 011 (0.43) middle
a2
For front subframe mount 016 (0.63! rear
d3
For transmission mount .011 (0.43) rear
bl
Front side frame locating hole 25 (0.98) front
e1
For ypper a r m mount 011 (0.431 front
b2
Front side frame locating hole 015 10.59) rear
fo3
Front side frame rear end locating hole 025 10.981
cl
For engine side mount 013 (0.51) front
c2
For engine side m o u n t 0 I 3 (0.511 middle
For engine side mount 013 (0.511 rear
d1
For transmission m o u n t 011 10,431 front
950 (37.41
50S(19.9La1,b1
, 3 8 4 (15.121 cl
, 383 115.081 2
194 17.64) hi
CENTER
|
LINE " " -o-
e2
For ypper a r m mount 011 (0.431
f1
Front damper center hole 050 (1.97)
12
For front damper rrtoynt 011.5 (0.45) front
13
For front damper m o u n t 0 I I . 5 (0.45) center side
f4
For front damper mount 011.5 (0.45) rear
gi
Front floor locating hole 0 2 5 (0.98) front
hi
Front floor tunnel frame locating hole 013 10.51) front
20-294
VERTICAL
g2
Front floor locating hole 025 10,98) rear
kl
For rear s y b f r a m e mount 028.2 (1.031 front
h2
Front floor tunnel frame locating hole 013 10,511 rear
c2
For rear subframe mount 026.2 (1.031i
Rear frame A locating hole 0 2 5 C038f
Rear floor locating hoi 025 (0.98)
Rear damper center hole 052 (2.051
3350(131.9)
2-door
2285 (89.98)
274 (10731
2923(115,1}
3052 (120.2)
3290 (129.51
4-door
2240 (88.191
2519 (99.171
2980(117.61
3260(128.31
2-door
2180 (85.831
2459 196.81!
292S (115,2)
3200 (126.01
4-door
2345 192.321
(D 2809(110.21
2983 (117.41
> 3112(122.51
(D<D
CD
(D
in 1
R e a r floor c r o s s - m e m b e r locating hole 015 10.591 right side
Rear frame B locating hole 025 10.98)
m2
Rear floor c r o s s - m e m b e r locating hole 015 (0.591 left side
S p a r e tire pan locating hole .25 10,981
(confd)
20-295
Frame
Frame Repair Chart (cont'd)
Side View
Unit: m m (in.)
0: inner diameter
a1
For front subframe mount 020 (0.79) front
a2
For front subframe mount 0I6 (0.63) rear
bl
Front side frame locating hole 025 (0.98) front
" b2
fo3
For t o w e r bar m o u n t 010 (0.39)
Front side frame locating hole.015 (0.59) rear

Front side frame rear e n d locating hole 025 (0.98)
cl
For engine side m o u n t 013 (0.51) front
c2
For engine side m o u n t 013 10.51) middle
c3
For engine side m o u n t 013 (0.51) rear
d1
For transmission mount 011 (0.43) front
d2
For t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t 011 (0.43) middle
d3
For t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t 011 (0.43) rear
el
For upper arm mount 011 (0.43) front
@2
For upper a r m mount 011 (0.43) rear
f1
Front damper center hole 050 (1.97)
f2
For front damper mount 011.5 (0.45) front
13
For front damper m o u n t 011.5 (0.45) center side
14
For front damper m o u n t 011.5 (0.45) rear
gl
Front floor locating hole 025 (0.98) front
hi
Front floor tunnel frame locating hole @13 (0.51) front
129.1
[Section A A ]
e1
55
55 (2.2)
256(10.1)
[Section B B ]
BASE
LIWE ~
d3
Ml x 1.25
VERTICAL
e3
L1WE
M12x1.25
20-296
Front floor locating hole 025 10.981 rear
ti2
Front floor tunnel frame locating hole @13 10.51) rear
Rear frame A locating hole @25 I0.981
Rear floor locating hole 0 2 5 fO.98)
k1
For rear subframe m o y n t 026.2 |1,03! front
k2
For rear subframe m o y n t 026.2 f 1.03! rear
Rear d a m p e r center hole 052 (2.05)
rrt1
Rear floor c r o s s - m e m b e r locating hole @15 10,53! right side
ml
Rear floor c r o s s - m e m b e r locating hole @15 f0.59) left side
Rear frame B locating hole 025 (0.98!
S p a r e tire pan locating hole 025 10,98!
20-297
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT S Y S T E M (SRS) {If HVAC maintenance Is required)

T h e A c c o r d S R S i n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g In the s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e
g l o v e box, s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s In t h e front s e a t belt r e t r a c t o r s , s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s in the s i d e s of the roof, a n d s i d e
I t e m s m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) o n t h e c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e or a r e l o c a t e d n e a r S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
Honda dealer.
T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g t h e S R S i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l injury or d e a t h in t h e e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal
or s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e b y a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a d e a l e r .
* I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , i n c l u d i n g i n c o r r e c t r e m o v a l a n d installation of t h e S R S , c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l injury
c a u s e d by unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of t h e a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , a n d / o r s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s .
* Do not b u m p or i m p a c t t h e S R S unit, front i m p a c t s e n s o r s , s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r s , or rear s a f i n g s e n s o r w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h is in O N (II), or for at least 3 m i n u t e s after t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , t h e
s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , o r t h e a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
* S R S electrical c o n n e c t o r s a r e identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . R e l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in the s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e g l o v e b o x , In the front s e a t s ,
in the roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d t h e floor. D o not u s e e l e c t r i c a l test e q u i p m e n t o n t h e s e c i r c u i t s .
HVAC fHeating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning!

Climate Control
HVAC {Heating, Ventilation, and

Air Conditioning)
S p e c i a l T o o l s ...................................................
21-2
Heating/Air Conditioning
C o m p o n e n t Location index ...........................
A C S e r v i c e T i p s a n d Precautions
A / C Refrigerant Oil R e p l a c e m e n t ..................
A C Line R e p l a c e m e n t ....................................
A C S y s t e m Inspection ...................................
G e n e r a l Troubleshooting Information .........
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Index .................
S y s t e m Description ........................................
Circuit D i a g r a m
D T C Troubleshooting ...............
Recirculation Control Motor
Circuit Troubleshooting .............................
H V A C Control P o w e r a n d G r o u n d
A / C Condenser Fan
Circuit T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .............................
Radiator a n d A C C o n d e n s e r F a n C o m m o n
Circuit Troubleshooting ...........................
A / C C o m p r e s s o r Clutch
Circuit T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .............................
A / C Pressure Switch
Circuit Troubleshooting ..............
...
Evaporator T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r T e s t ..........
P o w e r T r a n s i s t o r T e s t ....................................
Air Mix Control Motor T e s t ............................
Air Mix Control Motor R e p l a c e m e n t
M o d e Control Motor T e s t ..............................
M o d e Control Motor R e p l a c e m e n t ...............
Recirculation Control Motor T e s t ..................
R e p l a c e m e n t ...............................................
H V A C Control Unit
B l o w e r Unit Removal/installation .................
B l o w e r Unit C o m p o n e n t R e p l a c e m e n t ........
E v a p o r a t o r C o r e R e p l a c e m e n t ......................
E x p a n s i o n V a l v e R e p l a c e m e n t ......................
* Heater Unit/Core R e p l a c e m e n t .....................
A / C C o m p r e s s o r R e p l a c e m e n t ......................
A / C C o m p r e s s o r Clutch C h e c k
A C C o m p r e s s o r Clutch O v e r h a u l .................
A / C C o m p r e s s o r Relief V a l v e
R e p l a c e m e n t ...............................................
A C C o n d e n s e r R e p l a c e m e n t ........................
Receiver/Dryer D e s i c c a n t R e p l a c e m e n t .......
Dust and Pollen Filter R e p l a c e m e n t .............
Refrigerant R e c o v e r y
S y s t e m E v a c u a t i o n ........................................
S y s t e m C h a r g i n g ...........................................
Refrigerant Leak Check ..................................
A C S y s t e m Noise Check ...............................
A / C S y s t e m T e s t .............................................
21-3
21-8
21-6
21-8
21-9
21-10
21-12
21-15
21-20
21-22
21-44
21-46
21-47
21-48
21-49
21-52
21-54
21-55
21-56
21-57
21-57
21-59
21-59
21-61
21-61
21-62
21-64
21-64
21-66
21-67
21-69
21-71
21-72
21-74
21-75
21-76.
21-77
21-78
21-79
21-80
21-81
21-86
21-88
G e n e r a l Troubleshooting Information
D T C Troubleshooting Index
........
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Index
S y s t e m Description .......................
Circuit Diagram ...............................................
Climate Control P o w e r and G r o u n d
Circuit Troubleshooting
Navigation C o m m u n i c a t i o n Line
A u d i o C o m m u n i c a t i o n Line
Climate Control S w i t c h C o m m u n i c a t i o n Line
Circuit Troubleshooting
A / C Pressure S w i t c h Circuit
Troubleshooting
In-car T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r Test ...................
In-car T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r Replacement ....
Outside Air T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r T e s t .........
Outside Air T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r
Replacement
.......................................
Sunlight S e n s o r T e s t
Sunlight S e n s o r R e p l a c e m e n t ......................
P a s s e n g e r ' s Air Mix Control Motor T e s t ......
P a s s e n g e r ' s Air Mix Control MotorReplacement
Mode Control Motor T e s t
Recirculation Control Motor T e s t ..................
Climate Control Unit
Climate Control S w i t c h
21-35
21-99
21-106
21-107
21-110
21-118
21-122
21-164
21-165
21-167
21-168
21-172
21-174
21-174
21-175
21-175
21-176
21-176
21-177
21-178
21-178
21-179
21-180
21-181
HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning)

Special Tools
Ref. No.
Tool Number
07SAZ-001000A
Description
Backprobe Set
21-2
Qty
2
SERVICE VALVE
( L O W - P R E S S U R E SIDE!
A / C COMPRESSOR
Clutch Check, page 21-67
Clutch Overhaul, page 21-68
Relief Valve Replacement, page 21-69
(confd)
21-3
A / C P R E S S U R E SWITCH
21-4
A / C C O N D E N S E R FAN
i HEATER U N I T / C O R E
BLOWER UNIT
page 21-62
Component Replacement,
page 21-64.
BUSTARD
POLLEN FILTER
Replacement,
page 21-77
RECIRCULATION
CONTROL MOTOR
Test {4-door with M/T, 2-door),
page 21-60
Test (4-door with A/T),
page 21-59
MODE CONTROL MOTOR
Test (4-door with SVf/T, 2-door),
page 21-58
Test (4-door with A/T),
page 21-57
AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR

T e s t page 21-56
POWER TRANSISTOR
Test, page 21-55
HVAC CONTROL UNIT

page 21-61
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
T e s t page 21-54
21"!
A / C Service Tips and Precautions
A / C Refrigerant Oil Replacement

R e c o m m e n d e d P A G oil: D E N S O N D - O I L 8
C o m p r e s s e d air m i x e d w i t h the R-134a f o r m s a

combustible vapor.
P/N 3 8 8 9 7 - P R 7 - A 0 1 A H : 120 m L (4 fl-oz)

P/N 3 8 8 9 9 - P R 7 - A 0 1 : 40 m L (1 1/3 fl-oz)
T h e v a p o r c a n burn or e x p l o d e c a u s i n g s e r i o u s
injury.
N e v e r u s e c o m p r e s s e d air to p r e s s u r e test
ft Is i m p o r t a n t to h a v e the c o r r e c t a m o u n t of refrigerant
oil in the A / C s y s t e m to e n s u r e p r o p e r lubrication of the
R-134a s e r v i c e e q u i p m e n t or v e h i c l e air
A/C compressor.
conditioning s y s t e m s .
T o o little oil d a m a g e s t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r ; too m u c h oil

r e d u c e s t h e c o o l i n g c a p a c i t y of the s y s t e m , a n d c a n
produce high vent temperatures.
T o a v o i d c o n t a m i n a t i o n , d o not return t h e oil to t h e
A i r c o n d i t i o n i n g refrigerant or lubricant v a p o r
c a n irritate y o u r e y e s , n o s e , or throat.
Be careful w h e n connecting service e q u i p m e n t
Do not b r e a t h e refrigerant or v a p o r .
c o n t a i n e r o n c e d i s p e n s e d , a n d n e v e r m i x It w i t h o t h e r
refrigerant oils.
I m m e d i a t e l y after u s i n g the o i l , reinstall the c a p on
the c o n t a i n e r , a n d s e a l it to a v o i d m o i s t u r e
absorption.
Do" not spill t h e refrigerant oil o n t h e v e h i c l e ; it m a y
T h e air c o n d i t i o n i n g s y s t e m u s e s H F C - 1 3 4 a (R-134a)
d a m a g e the paint; if it g e t s o n t h e paint, w a s h St off
refrigerant a n d p o l y a l k y l e n e g l y c o l ( P A G ) refrigerant o i l ,
immediately.
w h i c h a r e not c o m p a t i b l e with C F C - 1 2 (R-12) refrigerant

or m i n e r a l oil. Do not u s e R-12 refrigerant or m i n e r a l oil
in t h i s s y s t e m , a n d d o not a t t e m p t to u s e R-12 s e r v i c i n g
e q u i p m e n t ; d a m a g e to t h e air c o n d i t i o n i n g s y s t e m or
y o u r s e r v i c i n g e q u i p m e n t will r e s u l t
U s e o n l y s e r v i c e e q u i p m e n t that is U X . - l i s t e d a n d is
certified to m e e t the r e q u i r e m e n t s of S A E J 2 2 1 0 to
r e m o v e R-134a f r o m t h e air c o n d i t i o n i n g s y s t e m .
If a c c i d e n t a l system- d i s c h a r g e o c c u r s , ventilate the
w o r k a r e a before r e s u m i n g s e r v i c e .
R - 1 3 4 a . s e r v i c e e q u i p m e n t or v e h i c l e air c o n d i t i o n i n g
s y s t e m s s h o u l d not be p r e s s u r e t e s t e d or leak t e s t e d
with c o m p r e s s e d air.
A d d i t i o n a l health a n d s a f e t y i n f o r m a t i o n m a y be
o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e refrigerant a n d l u b r i c a n t
manufacturers*
* A l w a y s d i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m the
battery w h e n e v e r r e p l a c i n g air c o n d i t i o n i n g parts.
* K e e p m o i s t u r e a n d dirt out of t h e s y s t e m . W h e n
d i s c o n n e c t i n g a n y l i n e s , plug or c a p t h e fittings
i m m e d i a t e l y ; don't r e m o v e the c a p s or p l u g s until
j u s t before y o u r e c o n n e c t e a c h line.
* B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g a n y h o s e or line, a p p l y a f e w d r o p s
of refrigerant oil to t h e O - r i n g .
* W h e n tightening or l o o s e n i n g a fitting, u s e a s e c o n d
w r e n c h to s u p p o r t the m a t c h i n g fitting.* W h e n - d i s c h a r g i n g the s y s t e m , u s e a n R-134a
refrigerant r e c o v e r y / r e c y c I i n g / c h a r g I n g s t a t i o n ; don't
r e l e a s e refrigerant Into t h e a t m o s p h e r e .
21-6
BD
A d d the r e c o m m e n d e d r e f r i g e r a n t oil in t h e a m o u n t
listed if y o u r e p l a c e a n y of t h e f o l l o w i n g p a r t s .
A/C condenser
(including Dryer
Desiccant)
........
Evaporator
.......
L i n e or h o s e
.....
L e a k a g e r e p a i r ..
A C compressor
.35 m L ( 1 1/5 fi-oi)

,35 m L ( 1 1/5 fl-oz)
. 1 G m L ( 1 / 3 fl-oz)
.25 m L {5/6 fl-oz)
.For A / C c o m p r e s s o r r e p l a c e m e n t
s u b t r a c t t h e v o l u m e of oil d r a i n e d
from the removed A / C
c o m p r e s s o r from 82 m L
(2 7/9 fl-oz), a n d d r a i n t h e
c a l c u l a t e d v o l u m e of oil f r o m t h e
n e w A / C c o m p r e s s o r : 82 m L
(2 7/9 fl-oz) V o l u m e of r e m o v e d
A C c o m p r e s s o r = V o l u m e to
drain from n e w A / C c o m p r e s s o r .
M O T E : E v e n if n o oil is d r a i n e d
from the r e m o v e d A / C
c o m p r e s s o r , don't drain m o r e
t h a n 50 m L {1 2/3 fl-oz) f r o m t h e
new A/C compressor.
R E M O V E D
N E W
A / C COMPRESSOR
A / C COMPRESSOR
A : 82 m L f2 7 / 9 f h o z )
21-7
A / C Line Replacement
(D
(D
(D
Discharge hose to the A / C compressor {6 x 1.0 mm): 9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
Discharge hose to the A / C condenser (S x 1.0 mm): 9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
Receiver line to the A / C condenser (6 x 1.0 mm): 9.8 N-m fl.O kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
A / C pressure switch to the receiver line 111 x 1.0 mm): 10.8 N-m (1.1 kgf-m, 8.0 Ibf-ft)
Receiver line t the A / C line ( I S x 1.5 mm): 13.7 N-m (1.4 kgf-m, 10.1 Ibf-ft)
A / C lines t the evaporator (6 x 1.0 mm): 9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
A / C line to the suction hose (6 x 1.0 mm): 8.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft!
Suction hose to the A / C compressor 16x1.0 mm): 9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 1.2 Ibfft)
A / C compressor to the A / C compressor bracket (8 x 1.25 mm): 22 N-m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft)
A / C compressor bracket t the engine block (1 x 1.25 mm): 44 N-m (4.5 kgf-m, 32.5 Ibf-ft)
21-8
A / C System Inspection
B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g a n y p r o b l e m with t h e a i r
c o n d i t i o n i n g s y s t e m , d o the f o l l o w i n g ;
1. W i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K 10), i n s p e c t t h e A / C
c o m p o n e n t s , t h e p r e s s u r e l i n e s a n d the h o s e s for
s t a i n s t h a t m a y i n d i c a t e a r e f r i g e r a n t or a
c o m p r e s s o r oil leak.
5. C h e c k t h e d u s t a n d pollen filter, a n d r e p l a c e it if it is
c l o g g e d ( s e e p a g e 21-77).
6. C h e c k for kinks or s h a r p b e n d s in t h e A / C l i n e s a n d
h o s e s , w h i c h c a n greatly reduce s y s t e m
p e r f o r m a n c e . R e p l a c e t h e A / C l i n e s a n d h o s e s if
t h e y a r e kinked or d a m a g e d ( s e e p a g e 21-8).
7. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , turn t h e air c o n d i t i o n i n g s y s t e m
Check for stains.
o n , a n d a l l o w it to run for a f e w m i n u t e s a n d r e a c h
stable operation.
8. C h e c k that t h e A / C o p e r a t e s at e a c h p o s i t i o n of t h e
b l o w e r f a n s w i t c h ( e x c e p t O F F ) , if t h e A / C d o e s not
o p e r a t e , refer to t h e s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
9. C h e c k t h a t t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h (A) i s
e n g a g e d . T h e p r e s s u r e plate s h o u l d be rotating at
t h e s a m e s p e e d a s t h e pulley. If t h e p r e s s u r e plate
d o e s not e n g a g e , refer to t h e s y m p t o m
troubleshooting.
2. C h e c k t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r for m a t e r i a l c l o g g i n g t h e
f i n s o r for d a m a g e to t h e f i n s :
* Carefully c l e a n a n y material f r o m the A / C
c o n d e n s e r f i n s w i t h w a t e r a n d d e t e r g e n t Sf
d e e p e r c l e a n i n g Is r e q u i r e d , c l e a n the f i n s w i t h
H o n d a b r i t e M o t o r c y c l e C l e a n e r (P/N 0 8 7 3 2 - 0 0 3 2 ) .
* B e s o r e to d r y t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r (A) c o m p l e t e l y .
* R e f e r to t h e r e f r i g e r a n t leak t e s t ( s e e p a g e 21-81)
t o c o n f i r m l e a k s if t h e r e is v i s i b l e d a m a g e to t h e
A/C condenser,
A
10. C h e c k that t h e c o o l i n g f a n s (B) o p e r a t e w h e n t h e

A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h is e n g a g e d . If e i t h e r f a n f a l l s
t o o p e r a t e w h e n t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h Is
e n g a g e d , refer to t h e s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g *
11. C h e c k that t h e e n g i n e Idle s p e e d is c o r r e c t w h e n
t h e A / C is s w i t c h e d o n a n d off, a n d w h e n t h e A / C
c o m p r e s s o r clutch i s e n g a g e d a n d d i s e n g a g e d .
3, I n s p e c t t h e d r i v e belt f s e e p a g e 4-29).
4 , M a k e s u r e n o m a t e r i a l is b l o c k i n g t h e a i r f l o w to t h e
A/C condenser.
21-9
HeiErtirig/Air Conditioning
How to Use the Self-diagnostic Function
T h e H V A C control unit h a s a s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function for the h e a t i n g , v e n t i l a t i o n , a n d air c o n d i t i o n i n g s y s t e m . T o run
the self-diagnostic function, do the following:
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to O N (II).
2. S e t the F A N C O N T R O L dial to O F F , the T E M P E R A T U R E C O N T R O L dial o n M a x C o o l , a n d s e l e c t the V E N T m o d e .
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to O N (II).
4. P r e s s a n d h o l d t h e R E C I R C U L A T I O N C O N T R O L button, t h e n w i t h i n 10 s e c o n d s p r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the R E A R
W I N D O W D E F O G G E R / M I R R G R D E F O G G E R button five t i m e s . R e l e a s e the R E C I R C U L A T I O N C O N T R O L button; t h e
recirculation i n d i c a t o r b l i n k s t w o t i m e s , t h e n t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c b e g i n s .
NOTE:
* T h e b l o w e r m o t o r w i l l run at v a r i o u s s p e e d s w h e n in t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c m o d e .
O n c e the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n is f i n i s h e d , the r e c i r c u l a t i o n i n d i c a t o r b l i n k s , a n d t h e n u m b e r of b l i n k s
i n d i c a t e s the D i a g n o s t i c T r o u b l e C o d e ( D T C ) n u m b e r . If t h e r e a r e m u l t i p l e D T C s , the i n d i c a t o r b l i n k s e a c h D T C in
s e q u e n c e f r o m t h e l o w e s t D T C n u m b e r to the h i g h e s t .
* T h e indicator p a u s e s 3 s e c o n d s , t h e n r e p e a t s the D T C blink s e q u e n c e .
If n o D T C s a r e f o u n d , t h e indicator d o e s not blink.
RECIRCULATION INDICATOR
/ V E N T BUTTON
T E M P E R A T U R E CONTROL DIAL
RECIRCULATION CONTROL B U T T O N
REAR WINDOW D E F O G G E R /
MIRROR D E F O G G E R BUTTON
FAN CONTROL DIAL
E x a m p l e f D T C I n d i c a t i o n P a t t e r n ( D T C 3)
0.3 sec
0.3 s
0.3 i
Recirculation
Reelrcylatlon or
A / C Indicator
comes on
Recirculation
Indicator
goes off
Reelrcylatlon or
A / C indicator
goes off
tor
ion
3.0i
Self-diagnostic begin
21-10
Self-diagnostic finished
0.3 s
3.01
w
E x a m p l e of D T C s I n d i c a t i o n P a t t e r n f D T C 2 a n d 41
0,31
0.31
Recirculation
indicator -
0.3 i
Rmhzulailon
0.3 s
or
A / C Indicator
comes on
gomes on
Recirculation
indicator
g o e s off
R e c i r c u l a t i o n or
A / C Indicator &
>
I
o f f
1.5
3.0 s
Self-diagnostic begin
S e l f - d i a g n o s t i c finished
Detection Item
DTC (Recirculation
indicator Blinks!
A n o p e n In t h e air m i x control m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-22)

A s h o r t in the air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-23!
A p r o b l e m in t h e air m i x control l i n k a g e , d o o r , o r m o t o r c i r c u i t f s e e p a g e
1
2
3
21-24)
21-26)
21-27)
A n o p e n In t h e m o d e control m o t o r circuit { s e e p a g e
A s h o r t in t h e m o d e control m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e
A p r o b l e m in t h e m o d e control l i n k a g e , d o o r s , or m o t o r c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 21-28)
7*
8*
9
A n o p e n in the r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e
10*
ir
12
13
14
15
*1:
*2:
21-30)
A s h o r t in the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-31)

A p r o b l e m in t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l l i n k a g e , d o o r , or m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e
21-32)
A n o p e n o r s h o r t in the m o d e c o n t r o l circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-34)
A p r o b l e m in the m o d e c o n t r o l l i n k a g e , d o o r s , or m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-36)
A p r o b l e m in t h e b l o w e r m o t o r c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e
21-37)
H V A C control unit Internal e r r o r f s e e p a g e 21-41)

A n o p e n in t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit ( s e e p a g e
A s h o r t in t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit ( s e e p a g e
21-41)
21-43)
4 - d o o r w i t h M/T, 2 - d o o r
4-door with A / T
Clear the DTCs

W h e n t h e p r o b l e m i s r e p a i r e d , D T C s wilt a u t o m a t i c a l l y c l e a r .
Max Cool Position Function

W h e n the m o d e c o n t r o l button i s In the M A X A / C p o s i t i o n , t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit will a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e l e c t the
r e c i r c u l a t i o n m o d e a n d t u r n t h e A / C o n . If t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n s w i t c h is p r e s s e d w h e n in M A X A / C m o d e , M A X A / C t u r n s
off. If t h e A / C s w i t c h is p r e s s e d w h e n in M A X A / C m o d e , the A / C t u r n s off.
21-11
Symptom Troubleshooting index
A l s o bck for
Symptom
T h e blower and heater
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : H V A C control m a l f u n c t i o n
* H V A C D T C s ( s e e p a g e 21-10)
c o n t r o l s a n d the A / C
* Do t h e H V A C control p o w e r a n d g r o u n d circuit
* B l o w n f u s e No. 16 (7.5 A ) in t h e
driver's under-dash fuse/relay
box
s y s t e m do not w o r k
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 21-46)
* Faulty blower motor relay

* P o o r g r o u n d at G 4 0 1 (with
navigation and premium audio:
s e e page 22-40, with p r e m i u m
audio: s e e page 22-42, without
p r e m i u m a u d i o : s e e p a g e 22-44)
* P o o r or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s at the"
terminals
The A/Ccompressor
c l u t c h a n d the A / C
condenser/radiator
fans are Inoperative,
but t h e b l o w e r a n d
heater controls work
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h circuit
malfunction
A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 21-52)
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : No p o w e r to t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r
clutch
The A/C compressor

clutch d o e s not e n g a g e ,
but the A / C c o n d e n s e r /
radiator f a n s o p e r a t e ,
a n d the b l o w e r a n d
Do the A / C c o m p r e s s o r clutch circuit

T h e A / C c o n d e n s e r fan
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n circuit
is i n o p e r a t i v e , but t h e
radiator fan r u n s w i t h
the A / C on. T h e blower
P o o r or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e
terminals
* B l o w n f u s e N o . 20 (7.5 A ) in the
under-hood fuse/relay box
* A / C s y s t e m p r e s s u r e is n o r m a l
( s e e p a g e 21-88)
* P o o r or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e
terminals
malfunction
* D o t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 21-47)
and heater controls
* Powertrain D T C s (see page
11-3)
* B l o w n f u s e No. 5 (20 A ) in t h e
* P o o r g r o u n d at G 3 0 2 ( s e e p a g e
22-30)
work normally
The A/C condenser and

radiator f a n s a r e
inoperative with the
A / C on. The blower and
normally
H V A C D T C s ( s e e p a g e 21-10)
Powertrain D T C s (see page
11-3)
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : R a d i a t o r / A / C c o n d e n s e r fan
c o m m o n circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
D o t h e radiator a n d A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n c o m m o n
circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 21-48)
terminals
* Powertrain D T C s (see page
11-3)
* B l o w n f u s e s No. 5 (20 A ) a n d
N o . 3 - 0 (MAIN F A N M T R ) (30 A )
In t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box.
* P o o r g r o u n d at G 3 0 2 ( s e e p a g e
22-30)
terminals
21-12
Symptom
The A/C compressor
clutch c y c l e s rapidly on
a n d off
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : A / C s y s t e m is v e r y l o w o n
r e f r i g e r a n t indicating a p o s s i b l e leak
* D o t h e refrigerant leak c h e c k f s e e p a g e 2 1 - 8 1 ) ,
W a r m air c o m e s out of
p r e s s u r e liquid line is
v e r y hot
* If there i s no leak a n d t h e '

refrigerant level is n o r m a l , d o
a n d repair a n y leaks. R e p l a c e the receiver/dryer
the A / C c o m p r e s s o r clutch
{ s e e p a g e 21-76), t h e n r e c h a r g e the s y s t e m to
circuit troubleshooting
s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 21-80)
the vents, a n d the high
* H V A C D T C s f s e e p a g e 21-10)
P r o b a b l e c a u s e s : T h e A / C s y s t e m is o v e r c h a r g e d
ftoo m u c h refrigerant), or the c o n d e n s e r is
malfunctioning
* R e c o v e r A C refrigerant f s e e p a g e 21-78), t h e n
c h e c k t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r for r e s t r i c t i o n s or p o o r
airflow. Repair a s n e e d e d . R e c h a r g e the s y s t e m
to s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 21-80)
( s e e p a g e 21-49), a n d look f o r
a n intermittent p r o b l e m
* Incorrect t e n s i o n or a b n o r m a l
w e a r o n t h e d r i v e belt. R e p l a c e
t h e belt a n d / o r t h e belt
tensioner as needed
* P r o p e r o p e r a t i o n of t h e A / C
condenser/radiator fans. Repair
as needed
* S i g n s of a n o v e r h e a t e d e n g i n e .
Repair a s needed
W a r m air c o m e s o u t of
the vents. T h e suction
line is c o o l to w a r m ,
a n d t h e d i s c h a r g e line
is w a r m to hot
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : A / C s y s t e m is l o w o n r e f r i g e r a n t
Indicating a p o s s i b l e leak
* Do t h e refrigerant leak c h e c k f s e e p a g e 2 1 - 8 1 ) ,
a n d r e p a i r a n y l e a k s . R e c h a r g e t h e s y s t e m to
.
* A d d refrigerant oil d e p e n d i n g
on the part y o u r e p l a c e d
( s e e p a g e 21-6)
line i s c o o l to w a r m ,
t h e d i s c h a r g e fine is
w a r m to hot, a n d t h e r e
is n o frost o n t h e
expansion; valve
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : E x c e s s i v e air a n d / o r m o i s t u r e in
. H V A C D T C s ( s e e p a g e 21-10)
W a r m a i r c o m a s o u t of
t h e v e n t s . T h e liquid
line or the c o n d e n s e r
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : A restriction in t h e h i g h - p r e s s u r e
s i d e of t h e s y s t e m
outlet is a b n o r m a l l y
c o o l , o r t h e r e is f r o s t o r
c o n d e n s a t i o n on t h e
receiver/dryer
T h e r e i s h e a v y f r o s t or
c o n d e n s a t i o n o n the
expansion valve, and
f r o s t o n t h e s u c t i o n line
t h e s y s t e m ^ i n d i c a t i n g a p o s s i b l e leak
* D o t h e r e f r i g e r a n t leak c h e c k f s e e p a g e 21-81),
* C h e c k t h e a m o u n t of refrigerant
oil in the s y s t e m
a n d repair a n y leaks. Replace the receiver/dryer

( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 7 6 ) , t h e n r e c h a r g e the s y s t e m to
H V A C D T C s f s e e p a g e 21-10)
* R e c o v e r A / C refrigerant ( s e e p a g e 21-78), t h e n
c h e c k t h e liquid line, t h e r e c e i v e r / d r y e r , a n d t h e
c o n d e n s e r for restrictions. Repair a s n e e d e d .
R e c h a r g e t h e s y s t e m to s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
21-80)
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : A ' r e s t r i c t i o n in t h e l o w - p r e s s u r e
s i d e of t h e s y s t e m
* R e c o v e r A / C refrigerant f s e e p a g e 21-78), t h e n .
c h e c k t h e s u c t i o n line, a n d t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e
for r e s t r i c t i o n s . R e p a i r a s n e e d e d . R e c h a r g e t h e
s y s t e m to s p e c i f i c a t i o n s f s e e p a g e 21-80)
H V A C D T C s f s e e p a g e 21-10)
(confd)
21-13
Symptom
t h e v e n t s , a n d t h e r e is
P r o b a b l e c a u s e : T h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e is s t u c k
closed
f r o s t o n the e x p a n s i o n
R e p l a c e the e x p a n s i o n v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 21-66)
valve
T h e t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e
liquid line is the s a m e
o n both s i d e s of t h e
t h e e v a p o r a t o r coll or
s u c t i o n line h a s h e a v y
condensation
C h e c k t h e old e x p a n s i o n v a l v e .
for c o n t a m i n a t i o n . If
contaminants are found,
replace the A / C s y s t e m
c o m p o n e n t that c a u s e d t h e
contamination
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : T h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e is s t u c k
open
* R e p l a c e t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 21-66)
* C h e c k t h e old e x p a n s i o n v a l v e
for c o n t a m i n a t i o n . If
contaminants are found,
replace the A / C s y s t e m
contamination
"Warm air c o m e s out of
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : A / C c o m p r e s s o r failure
t h e v e n t s , but
* D o t h e A / C s y s t e m test ( s e e p a g e 21-88), a n d
* A d d refrigerant oil d e p e n d i n g
on t h e part y o u r e p l a c e d
( s e e p a g e 21-6).
o p e r a t i o n is n o r m a l
c o r r e c t a n y p r o b l e m s . If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e t h e
otherwise -
A / C c o m p r e s s o r ( s e e p a g e 21-69)
Driver's and
passenger's side vent
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e s : T h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control d o o r
or t h e air m i x d o o r Is m a l f u n c t i o n i n g
temperatures vary by
Do the following troubleshooting:
m o r e t h a n 20 F (11 C)
R e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r circuit
Insufficient heating
C h e c k t h e c o o l a n t level ( s e e - p a g e 10-6)
C h e c k the radiator c a p ( s e e p a g e 10-3)
3.
C h e c k the coolant temperature during normal

operation
4.
C h e c k the h e a t e r c o r e inlet h o s e t e m p e r a t u r e :
* If it is C O L D , c h e c k for r e s t r i c t i o n s in the h o s e ,
a d a m a g e d or leaking t h e r m o s t a t , or a
d a m a g e d or leaking w a t e r p u m p
* If it is H O T , c h e c k for r e s t r i c t i o n s In t h e
h e a t e r c o r e . B a c k f l u s h or r e p l a c e the h e a t e r
core
6.
7.
21-14
* P o o r or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s at the..
terminals
A i r m i x control m o t o r test ( s e e p a g e 21-56)
1.
2.
5.
D o t h e air. m i x control m o t o r test ( s e e p a g e

21-56)
C h e c k the b l o w e r m o t o r unit for o b s t r u c t i o n s
C h e c k for air l e a k s a r o u n d t h e d u c t s a n d v e n t s
D a m a g e d cylinder head gasket
e
System Description
T h e air c o n d i t i o n i n g ( A / C ) s y s t e m r e m o v e s heat f r o m t h e p a s s e n g e r c o m p a r t m e n t by t r a n s f e r r i n g h e a t f r o m the
a m b i e n t air to t h e e v a p o r a t o r . T h e A / C s y s t e m refrigerant e x p a n d s in the e v a p o r a t o r , a n d t h e e v a p o r a t o r b e c o m e s
v e r y c o l d a n d a b s o r b s t h e h e a t f r o m t h e a m b i e n t air. T h e b l o w e r fan p u s h e s air a c r o s s the e v a p o r a t o r w h e r e t h e h e a t
is a b s o r b e d , a n d t h e n it b l o w s t h e c o o l air into t h e p a s s e n g e r c o m p a r t m e n t ,
EXPANSION VALVE
fMeters the required amount of
refrigerant into the ewaporatorj
BLOWER FAN
EVAPORATOR
(Absorption of heat)
EVAPORATOR T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R
VALVE
at the A / C
when the pressure is too high!
When the refrigerant is below
198 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm , 28 psi)
or above 3 , 1 3 8 kPa 132 k g f / c m ,
455 p s i ) , the E C M / P C M turns the
corn pressor relay off to protect
the A / C compressor.
2
A / C COMPRESSOR
(Section arid compression)
HIGH P R E S S U R E VAPOR
HIGH P R E S S U R E LIQUID
A / C CONDENSER
{Radiation of heat)
RECEIVER/DRYER
DESICCANT
(Traps debris, arid
removes moisture)
1
.,
,
?M$^:^
w v
LOW P R E S S U R E LIQUID
LOW P R E S S U R E VAPOR
T h i s v e h i c l e u s e s H F C - 1 3 4 a (R-134a) r e f r i g e r a n t w h i c h d o e s not c o n t a i n c h l o r o f l u o r o c a r b o n s . P a y attention to t h e

following s e r v i c e Items:
* D o not m i x r e f r i g e r a n t s C F C - 1 2 (R-12) a n d HFC~134a ( R - 1 3 4 a ) . T h e y a r e not c o m p a t i b l e .
* U s e o n l y t h e r e c o m m e n d e d p o l y a l k y l e n e g l y c o l ( P A G ) refrigerant oil ( D E N S O N D - O I L 8) d e s i g n e d for t h e R - 1 3 4 a A / C
c o m p r e s s o r . I n t e r m i x i n g t h e r e c o m m e n d e d ( P A G ) refrigerant oil w i t h a n y o t h e r refrigerant oil will result in A / C
c o m p r e s s o r failure.
* All A C s y s t e m p a r t s ( A / C c o m p r e s s o r , d i s c h a r g e l i n e , s u c t i o n line, e v a p o r a t o r , A / C c o n d e n s e r , r e c e i v e r / d r y e r ,
e x p a n s i o n v a l v e , O - r i n g s f o r j o i n t s ) a r e d e s i g n e d for refrigerant R - 1 3 4 a , Do not e x c h a n g e w i t h R-12 parts.
* U s e a h a l o g e n g a s leak detector d e s i g n e d for refrigerant R--134a,
* R-12 a n d R - 1 3 4 a r e f r i g e r a n t s e r v i c i n g e q u i p m e n t a r e not i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e , U s e o n l y a r e c o v e r y / r e c y c l i n g / c h a r g i n g
s t a t i o n that is U . L . - l i s t e d a n d is certified to m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s of S A E J 2 2 1 0 to s e r v i c e t h e R-134a air
* A l w a y s r e c o v e r refrigerant R - 1 3 4 a w i t h a n a p p r o v e d r e c o v e r y / r e c y c l i n g / c h a r g i n g station before d i s c o n n e c t i n g a n y
A / C fitting.
(confd)
21-15
Heating/Air Conditioning Door Positions
21-16
{cont'd)
21-17
HVAC Control
Unit
Inputs and Outputs

HVAC CONTROL UNIT 24P CONNECTOR
13
14
15
17
16
18
19
20
10
21
11
22
23
12
24
Cavity
r
Terminal
GRN
name
MODE 4
Detects m o d e control motor position
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (SI): a b o u t 0 V
or a b o u t 5.0 V ( d e p e n d i n g o n m o d e
control motor position)
BLU
MODE 3
MODE 2
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
or a b o u t 5.0 V ( d e p e n d i n g on m o d e
. control'motor position)
."With ignition s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
3*
PUR
4*
ORN
MODE 1
PNK
AIR
D r i v e s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r to H O T
Signal
Description
Wire color
MIX
HOT
6
LT B L U
AIR MIX
COOL
GRN
M-DEF
WHT
M-VENT
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N {ll}: a b o u t 0 V
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II) a n d air
m i x c o n t r o l - m o t o r m o v i n g to H O T :
D r i v e s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r to C O O L

m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r m o v i n g to C O O L :
D r i v e s m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r to D E F
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II) a n d m o d e
c o n t r o l m o t o r m o v i n g to D E F : battery
voltage
D r i v e s m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r to V E N T
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II) a n d m o d e
c o n t r o l m o t o r m o v i n g to V E N T :
- battery v o l t a g e
ORN
M-REC
Drives
recirculation
c o n t r o l m o t o r to
RECIRCULATE
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II) a n d
r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r m o v i n g to
R E C I R C U L A T E : battery v o l t a g e .
9*
ORN
M-REC
D r i v e s r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r to
RECIRCULATE
R E C I R C U L A T E : about 0 V
* 1:
4-door w i t h M/T, 2 - d o o r
* 2:
4-door w i t h A / T
21-18
Cavity
Wire color
Terminal
name
10
PUR
M-FRS
11
LTGRN
1G2
12
GRY
SMALL
13
BLK
14
BRN
Description
Signal
Drives recirculation control motor

F R E S H side
r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r c h a n g e to
t h e R E C E R C U p o s i t i o n : c o n n e c t e d to
g r o u n d at s e v e r a l s e c o n d s
IG2 power source

Inputs v o l t a g e f o r i l l u m i n a t i o n
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II): battery

voltage
W i t h c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h O N :
S5V
Output s e n s o r 5 V
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t
Teva
Detects evaporator temperature

sensor signal
5.0 V
RED
SENSCO M
Sensor ground
LT G R N
MDD-P
Outputs m o d e control motor

potentiometer signal
17
GRY
AMD-P
O u t p u t s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
18
YEL
BLW-G
Outputs p o w e r transistor gate voltage
19
BLU
BLW-V
F e e d b a c k s i g n a l of p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r
15
16*
drain voltage
PNK
RFD-P
21
LT B L U
ACS
22
RED
BLK
RED
RrDEF By
GND
ILL
20
23
24
* 1:
4 - d o o r w i t h M/T, 2 - d o o r
* 2:
4-door with A / T
1.04.0 V ( d e p e n d i n g o n e v a p o r a t o r
temperature)
L e s s t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
0 . 5 4 . 5 V ( d e p e n d i n g o n asr m i x
m o t o r position)
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II) a n d f a n
control s w i t c h O F F : l e s s t h a n 0.5 V
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II) a n d f a n
control s w i t c h O N : a b o u t 4.0 V battery
voltage (depending on blower motor
control)
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
battery v o l t a g e ( d e p e n d i n g o n b l o w e r
motor speed)
Outputs recirculation control motor

O u t p u t s A / C on/off s i g n a l
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II), A / C
pressure switch O N , and A / C
c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h O N : l e s s t h a n 0.5 V
pressure switch O N , and A / C
c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h O F F : battery
voltage
Drives rear w i n d o w defogger relay

G r o u n d for H V A C c o n t r o l unit ( G 4 0 1 )
Detects illumination control signal
With illumination switch O N : c h a n g e d
v o l t a g e ( d e p e n d i n g o n d a s h light
b r i g h t n e s s controller)
21-19
Circuit Diagram
21-20
21-21
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC Indicator 1: An Open in the Asr Mix
Control Motor Circuit
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e f o l l o w i n g
t e r m i n a l s of the H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r
a n d the air m i x control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r . -
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to
O N 111).
2. D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h t h e H V A C
control unit fsee p a g e 21-10).
24P:
No. 13
No. 15
No. 17
No. 3
HVAC CONTROL UNIT 24P COWWECTOR
3. C h e c k for D T C s .
IsDTC
7P:
No. 5
No. 7
Undicated?
2
r1
5
6
10
11
12
BLK
NO-Intermittent f a i l u r e , c h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
circuit
5. T e s t the air m i x control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-56).
Is the air mix control
motor
OK?
AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR 7P CONNECTOR

YES-~Gotostep6.
Is there
continuity
N O R e p l a c e t h e air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
21-57).
6. D i s c o n n e c t the air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r ,
7. D i s c o n n e c t the H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
the H V A C control unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r , a n d at t h e air
m i x control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s
are good, substitute a known-good H V A C control
unit a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s
a w a y , r e p l a c e the original H V A C c o n t r o l u n i t . i l
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e H V A C
control unit a n d t h e air m i x control motor.
21-22
DTC Indicator 2: A Short in the Air Mix

8. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the
H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r N o . 13 a n d No. 17
terminals individually.
1. T o m t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to
O N (UK
2. D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h the H V A C
c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 21-1G).
HVAC COPJTROL UMIT 24P CONNECTOR
Ft
mi
13
3. C h e c k for D T C s ,
is DTC
14
15
16
17
18
GRY
BLK
19
20
10
21
11
22
12
23
24
indicated?
NO-Intermittent f a i l u r e , C h e c k for d a m a g e d w i r e s
or c o n n e c t i o n s in t h e air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
circuit.
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d i n t h e w i r e ( s )
5. T e s t t h e air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-56).
' b e t w e e n t h e H V A C control unit a n d the air mixc o n t r o l motor.
motor
OK ?
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the H V A C control unit
M O R e p l a c e t h e air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
2 1 - 5 7 1 III
2 4 P . c o n n e c t o r No. 13 a n d N o . 17 t e r m i n a l s .
HVAC CONTROL UIMIT 24P CONNECTOR

8, D i s c o n n e c t t h e air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r IP c o n n e c t o r .
7, D i s c o n n e c t t h e H V A C control unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
pa
1
13
14
15
16
I
5
18
17
BLK
19
10
20
21
12
11
22
23
24
GRY
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e s .
(confd)
21-23
10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k t h e
s a m e t e r m i n a l s for v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e a c h t e r m i n a l
and body ground.
H V A C C O N T R O L UNIT 24P C O N N E C T O R
1
2
13
5
14
BLK
4
15 16
11
5
17 18
-9
19 20
10
11
21 22
12
D T C indicator 3 : A Problem in the Air Mix

Control Linkage, Door, or Motor Circuit
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to
O N (II).
control unit ( s e e p a g e 21-10).
23 24
GRY
is DTC
indicated?
Is there
any
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , c h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
circuit
voltage?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n
the H V A C control unit a n d t h e air m i x control motor.
T h i s s h o r t m a y a l s o d a m a g e H V A C control u n i t
R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r b e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e H V A C
control u n i t B
5. T e s t the air m i x control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-56).

motor
OK?
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d H V A C control unit
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y ,
a n d the air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r r u n s , r e p l a c e the
original H V A C control u n i t H
N O R e p l a c e t h e air m i x control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
21-57), or repair the a i r m i x c o n t r o l linkage or
door.B
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e air m i x control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r .
21-24
on
8. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e f o l l o w i n g
t e r m i n a l s of t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r
H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r N o . 5 a n d N o . 6
a n d t h e a i r m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r IP c o n n e c t o r .
IP:
24P:
Ho. 5
No. 1
No, 8
No, 2
HVAC C O N T R O L UNIT 24P C O N N E C T O R

PNK
H V A C C O N T R O L UUI124P
CONNECTOR
LTBLU
5
1 0 11 1 2
Wire side of femaleterminals

13
1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4
LTBLU
JE
10
13 i 14
1 5 1 6 17 18
19 20
11 1 2
21 2 2 2 3 2 4
dp
PNK
mm
LTBLU
is there
continuity?
Y E S - R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e ( s )
AIR MIX C O N T R O L MOTOR 7P C O N N E C T O R

b e t w e e n t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e air m i x
control motor.
Is there
continuity?
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d H V A C c o n t r o l unit,
r e p l a c e t h e original H V A C control unit.

M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e H V A C
c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e a i r m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r .
21-25
Heafing/Air Conditioning
DTC indicator 4: An Open in the Mode
a n d the m o d e control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r .
4-door with M/T, 2-door

1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to
O N (II).
24P:
7P:
No. 13
No. 15
No. 16
No. 5
No. 7
2. D o the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h the H V A C
HVAC C O N T R O L - U N I T 24P CONNECTOR
control unit f s e e p a g e 21-10).
Wire-side of female terminals
~ \
Is DTC
No. 3
10
11
12
indicated?
BLK
RED
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e m o d e control m o t o r
circuit
5. T e s t the m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-58).
IVIODE CONTROL MOTOR 7P C O N N E C T O R
Wi r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
is the mode
control
motor
OK?
is there
continuity?
N O R e p l a c e the m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
21-59KM
6. D i s c o n n e c t the m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r .
7. D i s c o n n e c t the H V A C control unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
t h e H V A C control unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r , a n d at the
m o d e control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e
connections are good, substitute a known-good
H V A C control unit a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m /
indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original H V A C
control u n i t Hi
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the wsre(s) b e t w e e n t h e H V A C
control unit a n d t h e m o d e control motor.
21-26
D T C indicator 5: A S h o r t in the M o d e Control

Motor Circuit
8. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e
H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r No. 13 a n d No. 16
4-door w i t h M i l , 2-door
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (G), a n d t h e n to
ON
(111
Hi
c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e 21-10).
13
3
14
15
18
BLK
17 18
19
9
20
10
11
21 22
12
23
24
LT G R N
3. C h e c k f o r D T C s ,
Is DTC
indicated?
N O " - I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e . C h e c k for d a m a g e d w i r e s
o r c o n n e c t i o n s in t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r circuit.
' is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e ( s )
5. T e s t t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r f s e e p a g e 21-58),
control m o t o r .
b e t w e e n the H V A C control unit a n d t h e m o d e
is the mode
control
motor
OK?
9, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e H V A C contr ol unit
2 4 P c o n n e c t o r No. 13 a n d No. 16 t e r m i n a l s .
N O R e p l a c e the m o d e control motor (see page

21-50).
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r ,
r
7, D i s c o n n e c t t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
2
13
14
BLK
4
15
18
6
17 18
7
19
9
20
10
11
21 22
23
12
24
LTGRN
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s .
(confd)
21-27
10. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k t h e
and body ground.
4-door with M/T, 2 door

r
13
14
15 16
BLK
DTC indicator 6: A Problem in the Mode

Control Linkage, Door, or Motor Circuit
17 18
LT
19 20
10
11
21 22
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to
O N (IS).
12
23 24
GRN
2. D o the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h t h e H V A C
is DTC 6 indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , c h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s o r
I s there any voltage?
. poor c o n n e c t i o n s on the m o d e control motor

circuit
t h e H V A C control unit a n d t h e m o d e control motor.
4 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
T h i s s h o r t m a y a l s o d a m a g e t h e H V A C control u n i t
R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r b e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e H V A C
5. T e s t t h e m o d e control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-58).
control u n i t B
Is the mode control motor OK?

N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d H V A C control unit
a n d r e c h e c k , If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y
a n d t h e m o d e control m o t o r r u n s , r e p l a c e t h e
original H V A C control u n i t B
21-59), or r e p a i r t h e m o d e c o n t r o l linkage or
door.B
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e m o d e control m o t o r IP c o n n e c t o r .
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
21-28
*fl
7P:
No, 7
Ho. 1
No. 8
No. 2
- terminals individually.
and the m o d e control motor 7P connector.

24P:
9. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the
H V A C C O N T R O L UMIT 24P C O N N E C T O R
mm
H V A C C O N T R O L U N I T 2 4 P CONNECTOR
2
13
GRN
3
13
14
8
18
GRY
17 18
16
8
17
7
18
8
19
9
20
10
21
11
22
12
23
24
19
9
20
10
21
22
fl
12
23
24
Wire side of female terminals'
YEL
1
.3
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e wire(s)
M O D E C O N T R O L M O T O R W COPJMECTOR
is them
4
15
WHT
j 16
3
14
WHT
1L
b e t w e e n t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e m o d e
controlmotor.il
continuity?
" N O S u b s t i t u t e - a k n o w n - g o o d H V A C c o n t r o l unit,
r e p l a c e t h e original H V A C c o n t r o l u n i t . H
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e f s j b e t w e e n the H V A C
c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r .
21-29
DTC indicator 7: An Open In the Recirculation
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the f o l l o w i n g t e r m i n a l s of t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r

a n d the r e c i r c u l a t i o n , c o n t r o l motor 7 P c o n n e c t o r .
4-door w i t h M/T, 2-door

24P:
O N (II).
7P:
No. 7
No. 13
No. 15
No. 5
No. 20
2. Do the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h the H V A C
No. 3
i
Is DTC
r
5
10
11
12
indicated?
BLK
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r
circuit
5. T e s t the recirculation control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR 7P CONNECTOR
21-60).
Is the recirculation
control
motor
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r
(see page 2 1 - 6 D . B
6. D i s c o n n e c t the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r 7 P
connector.
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H V A C control unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
21-30
Is there
continuity?
the H V A C control unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r , a n d at the
r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r . If the
H V A C c o n t r o l unit a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m /
indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original H V A C
control u n i t . H
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n the H V A C
control unit a n d t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control motor.
DTC indicator 8: A Short in the Recirculation

H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r N o , 13 a n d N o . 20
4-door w i t h M/T, 2-door

HVAC CONTROL UNIT 24P QONNECTOR
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to
ON
111),
1
1
2, D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h t h e H V A C
13
c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 0 ) .
15
14
17
16
18
20
19
BLK
22
21
12
11
10
24
23
PNK
3 , C h e c k for D T C s ,
is DTC
indicated?
NOIntermittent failure, C h e c k for d a m a g e d w i r e s

o r c o n n e c t i o n s in t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r
circuit.
I s there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w s r e f s )
4 , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
b e t w e e n t h e H V A C control.unit a n d . t h e
r e c i r c u l a t i o n control motor.
5, T e s t the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
21-60).
is the recirculation
Y E S G o to
control
motor
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the H V A C c o n t r o l unit
OK?
24.P c o n n e c t o r N o . 13 a n d No. 20 t e r m i n a l s .
step 6,
M O R e p l a c e the recirculation control motor

f s e e p a g e 21-81 K B
8, D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r
connector,
IP
13
14
15
16
17
BLK
18
19
10
20
21
11
22
12
23
24
PMK
1, D i s c o n n e c t t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
is there
continuity?
(confd)
21-31
10. T u r n the ignition-switch to O N (SI), a n d c h e c k the .
same-terminals for voltage b e t w e e n e a c h terminal
and body ground.

i
2
4"
16
.
5
17
10
19"
11
22
23
4-door with M/T, 2-door

O N (II).
r
7
DTC indicator 9: A Problem in the

Recirculation Control Linkage, Door, or Motor
Circuit
12
24
PfMK
2. Do t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function w i t h t h e H V A C
Is DTC 9
indicated?

is there any
voltage?
Y E S - " R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r In the w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n
the H V A C control unit a n d the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control
motor. T h i s s h o r t m a y a l s o d a m a g e the H V A C
control unit. R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r before r e p l a c i n g
the H V A C control unit.
HOIntermittent
f a i l u r e , c h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
poor c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r
circuit.
21-60).
WOSubstitute a k n o w n - g o o d H V A C c o n t r o l unit
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y
a n d the recirculation control m o t o r r u n s , r e p l a c e
the original H V A C control u n i t B
control motor
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r
( s e e p a g e 21-61), or r e p a i r t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control
linkage or door.
connector.
21-32
8 . C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e f o l l o w i n g
a n d the recirculation control motor 7P connector.
24P:
7P:
No. 9
N o . 10
No, 2
No. 1
terminals individually,
H V A C C O N T R O L U N I T 24P C O N N E C T O R
H V A C CONTROL U N I T 2 4 P C O N N E C T O R
1 2
13
ORf 1
1 2
13
3
U
15 I 16
8
17 18
8r
19
20
ORf
f
p
3
14
4
15
10
8
17 18
8
19
20
PUR
PS
10
11 12
21 22
23
pa
10 11
21 22
23
12
24
is there
R E C I R C U L A T I O N C O N T R O L M O T O R 7P C O N N E C T O R
is there
24
PUR
continuity?
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e f s )
b e t w e e n t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit a n d the
recirculation control motor.
MOSubstitute
a k n o w n - g o o d H V A C control unit,
a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y ,
r e p l a c e t h e original H V A C control u n i f . H
c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r .
21-33
H'eatihg/Air.Conditioning
DTC indicator 10: An Open or Short in the
Mode Control Motor Circuit
a n d t h e m o d e control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r .
4-door with A / T
O N (II).
2. D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function w i t h t h e H V A C
24P:
7P:
No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
No. 3 .
No. 5
No. 4
No. 6
No. 15
No. 7
HVAC CONTROL UtMIT 24P C O N N E C T O R
is DTC
10
BLU
indicated?
PUB
ORN
GRN
1
2
13
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n the m o d e control m o t o r
14
4
15
5
16
6
17
18
8
19
9
20
10
21
11
22
23
12
24
RED
circuit.
Is the mode
control
motor
LT GEN
WHT
5. T e s t t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-57).
1
OK ?
LT BLU
WHT
p
5
GRY
MODE CONTROL MOTOR 7P CONNECTOR

NO--Replace t h e m o d e control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
21-59).
Is there
continuity?
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e m o d e control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r ,
control unit a n d t h e m o d e control motor.
21-34
H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r No. -1, 2 , 3 , ' a n d 4
11, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k t h e

and body ground.
H V A C CONTROL UNIT 24P C O N N E C T O R

BLU
PUR
GRN
BLU
0Bf4
14
15
16
6
17
18
8
19
9
20
11
to
21
22
23
12
ORN
1
24
2
13
14
4
15
5
16
17 18
8
19
9
20
10
11 12
21 2 2
23
24
IS
is there
continuity?
is there
b e t w e e n the HVAC c o n t r o l unit a n d the m o d e
control motor.
NOGo
to s t e p 10.
10, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e H V A C control unit

24P connector terminals a s follows.
From terminal
1
To terminals
2, 3 , 4
3,4
4
3
is there
PUR
GRN
4 ; 5
continuity
between
any of the
any
voltage?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in the w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n
t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit a n d the m o d e control m o t o r .
T h i s s h o r t m a y a l s o d a m a g e the H V A C control unit.
R e p a i r the s h o r t to p o w e r before r e p l a c i n g t h e
H V A C control u n i t B
N O C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r , a n d at t h e
m o d e control m o t o r IP c o n n e c t o r . Sf t h e
H V A C control unit, a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m /
indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original H V A C
control u n i t
terminals?
Y E S R e p a i r the s h o r t in the w i r e s .
N O G o to step 11.
21-35
DTC indicator 11: A Problem in the Mode
Control Linkage, Doors, or Motor Circuit
a n d the m o d e control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r ,
4-door w i t h A / T
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to
O N (SI)/
24P:
7P:
No. 7
No. 1
No. 8
No. 2
2. Do t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h the H V A C
VIfHT
GRN
n
Is DTC
11
"
1
3
1 2
13
indicated?
14
"15
16
17
18
19
9
20'
10
21
11
22
12
23
24
GRY
YEL
poor connections on the m o d e control motor

1

Is the mode
control
motor
OK ?
circuit
MODE CONTROL'MOTOR 7 P C O N N E C T O R
Is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n the H V A C
control unit a n d the m o d e c o n t r o l motor.
N O R e p l a c e the m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
21-59), or repair the m o d e control, l i n k a g e or
doors.
6. D i s c o n n e c t the m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r IP c o n n e c t o r
21-36
*f
9 . C h e e k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e
DTC Indicator 12: A Problem in the Blower

Motor Circuit
mm
2
13
14
15
IS
18
ill).
2. D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h t h e H V A C
WHT
7
1?
ON
19
10
20
21
11
22
12
23
3 . C h e c k for D T C s .
is DTC 12
indicated?
poor connections on the blower motor c i r c u i t
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e ( s )
5. C h e c k t h e N o . 8 (40 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d
b e t w e e n t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e m o d e
f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d t h e N o . 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the
control motor,
driver's u n d e r - d a s h fuse/relay box.
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d H V A C c o n t r o l unit,
A r e the fuses
OK ?
replace the original H V A C control u n i t
N O R e p l a c e t h e f u s e ( s ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e f u s e ( s )
b l o w a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t in t h e N o . 8 (40 A )
f u s e a n d t h e N o . 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e c i r c u i t s .
6. C o n n e c t t h e b l o w e r m o t o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r N o . 2
t e r m i n a l to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
B L O W E R M O T O R 2P CONNECTOR
flan
(Mm
JUMPER W I R E
(confd)
21-37
H e a t i n g / A i r Conditioning
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to ON.(II).
Does the blower motor run?
Does the blower motor run at high speed?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 14. .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e G R N w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
p o w e r transistor and the blower motor.

9. D i s c o n n e c t the j u m p e r w i r e .
10. D i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r
4P c o n n e c t o r No. 2 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
P O W E R T R A N S I S T O R 4P C O N N E C T O R
H V A C control unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r No. 18 a n d No. 19
t e r m i n a l s Individually.
BLK
i
2
10
11
12
is there
N O C h e c k for a n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r a n d b o d y g r o u n d . If the w i r e is O K ,
c h e c k for p o o r g r o u n d at G 3 0 2 ( s e e p a g e 22-30).
12. C o n n e c t t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r 4 P c o n n e c t o r No. 2
a n d No. 4 t e r m i n a l s w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
POWER TRANSISTOR 4P CONNECTOR
BLK
J U M P E R WIRE
GRN
21-38
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e ( s )
b e t w e e n the H V A C c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e p o w e r
transistor.!
18, C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e f o l l o w i n g
and the p o w e r transistor 4P connector.
24P:
4P:
N o . 18
No.. 1
OK?
t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r , a n d at t h e
p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r 4P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s
are good, substitute a known-good H V A C control
-r
transistor
H V A C CONTROL UNIT 24P CONNECTOR

2 2 . T e s t t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-55).
is the power
-No. 3
N o . 19
21. R e c o n n e c t t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
10
11
unit, a n d r e c h e c k . Sf t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s
12
a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original H V A C c o n t r o l u n i t B
N O R e p l a c e t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r . 11
23. D i s c o n n e c t the j u m p e r wire.
24. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b l o w e r m o t o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
25. M e a s u r e the voltage between the blower motor 2P
connector No. 1 terminal and body ground.
BLU
P O W E R T R A N S I S T O R 4P C O N N E C T O R
B L O W E R I I O T O H 2P C O N N E C T O R
is there
continuity?
1
M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e H V A C
c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r . i l
1
2
X
WHT

20. M e a s u r e the voltage between body ground a n d the
H V A C c o n t r o l unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r N o . 18 a n d No. 19

n
2
1
13
4|6
14
15
16
6
17
13
8
19
9
20
10
21
11
22
23
12
is there
battery
voltage?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e b l o w e r m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-64).
24
27. R e m o v e the blower motor relay from the underWire side of female terminals
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d t e s t it ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
Is the relay
is there
any
OK ?
voltage?
Y E S - R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in t h e w i r e s . i
N O R e p l a c e t h e b l o w e r m o t o r relay.
N O G o to step 21.
(confd)
21-39
28. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n ..blower m o t o r relay
4P socket terminal No. 1 a n d body ground.

32. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b l o w e r , m o t o r r e l a y 4 P
BLOWER MOTOR R E L A Y 4P S O C K E T
s o c k e t t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
2
8
2
T e r m i n a l side of female terminals'
Is there

battery
voltage?
is there
continuity?
N O R e p l a c e the under-hood fuse/relay box

( s e e p a g e 22-83).
Y E S R e p a i r o p e n in t h e W H T w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
b l o w e r m o t o r r e l a y a n d t h e b l o w e r motor.
30. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b l o w e r m o t o r r e l a y
O K , c h e c k for p o o r g r o u n d at G 3 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-28).
b l o w e r m o t o r r e l a y a n d b o d y g r o u n d . If t h e w i r e is
4P socket terminal No. 4 a n d body ground.
Is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e No. 16
b o x a n d the b l o w e r m o t o r r e l a y . I I
21-40
DTC Indicator 13: HVAC Control Unit Internal

Error
DTC indicator 14: An Open in the Evaporator

Temperature Sensor Circuit
N O T E : C h e c k t h e battery c o n d i t i o n f s e e p a g e 22-88} a n d
trie c h a r g i n g s y s t e m o u t p u t f s e e p a g e 4-27),
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to
ON mi
O N (II).
2. D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function w i t h t h e H V A C
c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e 21-10).
is DTC 14
Indicated?
3, C h e c k for D T C s .
Is DTC
13
indicated?
WOIntermittent f a i l u r e , c h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
Y E S - T h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit is faulty, r e p l a c e t h e
H V A C c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e 21-81),
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit is
O K at t h i s t i m e , C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e
H V A C c o n t r o l unit a n d at G 4 0 1 ( w i t h n a v i g a t i o n
arid p r e m i u m a u d i o : s e e p a g e 2 2 - 4 0 , w i t h p r e m i u m
audio: s e e page 22-42, without premium audio:
see page 22-44).
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n the e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e
sensor circuit
5. R e m o v e the e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 21-64) a n d test it ( s e e p a g e 21-54).
is the evaporator
temperature
sensor
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the evaporator temperature s e n s o r
(see page 21-64).H
(confd)
21-41
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the H V A C c o n t r o l unit

2 4 P c o n n e c t o r No. 15 t e r m i n a l a n d the e v a p o r a t o r
7. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e H V A C control unit

2 4 P c o n n e c t o r N o . 14 t e r m i n a l a n d the e v a p o r a t o r ,
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r No. 2 t e r m i n a l .
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r No. 1 t e r m i n a l .
HVAC C O N T R O L UNIT 24P C O N N E C T O R

2
1
13
3
14
4
15
16
6
17
18
8
19
2
13
20
10
21
11
22
23
1
1
12
3
14
4
15
16
6
17
18
8
19
20
10
21
11
22
12
23
24
RED
24
BRN
WHT
1
J'
BRN
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR

EVAPORATOR T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R 2P C O N N E C T O R
Is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e H V A C
control unit a n d t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e
sensor.
is there
continuity?
Y E S C h e c k f o r l o o s e w i r e s or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e
H V A C control u n i t a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m /
indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original H V A C
control u n i t B
sensor.
21-42
DTC indicator I i : A Short In the Evaporator

Temperature Sensor Circuit
7, C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n ' b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e
H V A C control unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r N o . 14 t e r m i n a l .
OH
HVAC CONTROL UJMIT 24P CONNECTOR
mi
13
14
3
15
17 18
16
19
10
11
21 22
20
23
12
24
BRM
3. C h e c k f o r D T C s .
is DTC 15 indicated?
Y E S G o t o step 4 ,
M O ! n t e r m i t t e n t failure. C h e c k for d a m a g e d w i r e s
or c o n n e c t i o n s in t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e
s e n s o r circuit.
5. R e m o v e t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
f s e e p a g e 21-84) a n d test it ( s e e p a g e 21-54).
is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n t h e H V A C control unit a n d t h e e v a p o r a t o r
temperature sensor.
is the evaporator temperature sensor OK?

8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e H V A C control unit

2 4 P c o n n e c t o r N o . 14 a n d N o . 15 t e r m i n a l s .
N O R e p l a c e the evaporator temperature sensor

fsee page 2 1 - 6 4 K B
HVAC CONTROL UNIT 24P COWNECTOR
n
1
2
13
BRM
14
n_
8
15 18 17 18
19 20
10
11 12
21 22 23 24
RED
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e H V A C
sensor.il
NOSubstitute a known-good H V A C control u n i t
r e p l a c e t h e original H V A C c o n t r o l u n i t . B
21-43
Recirculation Control Motor Circuit Troubleshooting
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to LOCK (0).
4-door with-A/T
1. C h e c k the No. 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
Is the fuse

21-59).
OK?
control
motor
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e f u s e
N O R e p l a c e the r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r
b l o w s a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t in the N o . 16 (7.5 A )
( s e e p a g e 21-61), or r e p a i r the recirculation control.

linkageordoor.il
fuse c i r c u i t !
connector.


t e r m i n a l s individually.
4. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n
control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r No. 1 t e r m i n a l a n d
HVAC C O N T R O L UNIT 24P CONNECTOR
body ground.
ORN
PUR
RECIRCULATION CONTROL IVIOTOR I P CONNECTOR
12
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
RED
is there battery
voltage?
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e wsre(s)
b e t w e e n the H V A C c o n t r o l unit a n d the
recirculation control m o t o r . !
(7.5 A) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
b o x a n d the r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r .
21-44
9. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N ( I I ) , a n d c h e c k t h e
11. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e f o l l o w i n g t e r m i n a l s of t h e H V A C control unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r

a n d t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r IP c o n n e c t o r .
and body ground,
HVAC C O N T R O L UNIT 24P CONNECTOR

ORN
PUR
IP:
24P:
No. 9
No. 7
N o . 10
No. 5
1L
8
' 3 j 14
15 IB
17
18
19
9
20
10
11 12
21 22
23

24
ORN
PUR
3L
1
2
13
14
15 18
17 18
7
19
8
20
10
11 12
21 22
23
is there
any
voltage?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in the w i r e Is) b e t w e e n
t h e H V A C c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l
m o t o r . T h i s s h o r t m a y a l s o d a m a g e the H V A C
control u n i t Repair short to p o w e r before replacing
the H V A C control u n i t B
PUR
RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR 7P CONNECTOR

is there
continuity?
10. T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),
r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e
H V A C control unit, a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m /
indication g o e s a w a y , replace the original H V A C
control u n i t B
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n the H V A C
control unit a n d the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r . i l
21-45
HVAC Control Power and Ground Circuit Troubleshooting
6. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the H V A C control unit
Is the fuse
OK?
2 4 P c o n n e c t o r No. 23 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
P J 0 R e p l a c e the f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k . If the f u s e
fuse circuit
b l o w s a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t in t h e No. 16 (7.5 A )

13
4
15
6
17 18
8
19
10
11
22
12
23
24
BLK

4. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e H V A C control
unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r No. 11 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y
ground.

LT G R N "~
10
13
14
17
20
11
22
23
Is there
continuity?
12
24
the H V A C control unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r . Sf the

H V A C control unit, a n d r e c h e c k . II
N O - C h e c k for a n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the
H V A C control unit a n d b o d y g r o u n d . If t h e w i r e is
O K , c h e c k for poor g r o u n d at G 4 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-40).
is there
battery
voltage?
(7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
b o x a n d the H V A C control u n i t . i l
21-46
HI
A / C Condenser Fan Circuit Troubleshooting
MOTE:
* D o not u s e this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e if t h e
radiator fan a n d / o r t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r is i n o p e r a t i v e .
R e f e r to t h e s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n d e x .
5. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r C (5P) No. 3 t e r m i n a l a n d t h e
A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n 2 P c o n n e c t o r No. 2 t e r m i n a l .
UNDER-HOOD F U S E / R E L A Y BOX
CONNECTOR C ( 5 P )
* B e f o r e d o i n g s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , c h e c k for
p o w e r t r a i n D T C s f s e e p a g e 11-3).
p..
.n
1. C h e c k t h e No, 5 ( 2 0 A ) a n d No. 21 (7.5 A ) f u s e s in

the under-hood fuse/relay box,
Ln
Aretha
fuses
Y E S G o t o
BLU/YEL
OK?
step2.
BLU/YEL
I S I O R e p l a c e t h e f u s e ( s ) , a n d r e c h e c k . ff the ftise(s)
b l o w a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t in t h e No. 5 (20 A )
f u s e a n d t h e N o . 21 (7.5 A ) f u s e c i r c u i t s .
2 . T e s t t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n r e l a y ( s e e p a g e 22-92).
f
1
A / C C O N D E N S E R FAN 2 P CONNECTOR
is the relay OK ?
is there
continuity?
YESGo to s t e p 3.
N O R e p l a c e t h e r e l a y circuit b o a r d . !
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the u n d e r hood fuse/relay box a n d the A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n . !
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
6. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r
4. D i s c o n n e c t u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box c o n n e c t o r C
(14PK
fan 2 P c o n n e c t o r No. 1 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
A / C C O N D E N S E R FAN 2 P CONNECTOR
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e the A / C c o n d e n s e r fan motor. II

N O C h e c k for a n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e A / C
c o n d e n s e r f a n a n d b o d y g r o u n d . If t h e w i r e is O K ,
c h e c k for p o o r g r o u n d at G 3 0 2 ( s e e p a g e 22-30).
21-47
Radiator and A / C Condenser Fan Common Circuit Troubleshooting
NOTE:
Do not u s e this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e if o n l y o n e
fan is inoperative, or if the A / C c o m p r e s s o r is
i n o p e r a t i v e . R e f e r to the s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
index.
B e f o r e d o i n g s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , c h e c k for
p o w e r t r a i n D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
1. C h e c k the No. 3 - 6 ( M A I N F A N IVSTR) (30 A ) , N o . 5
(20 A ) , a n d No. 21 (7.5 A ) f u s e s in the u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y box, a n d t h e No. 16 (7.5 A) f u s e in the
Are
the fuses

N O T E : T h i s step' m u s t be d o n e to protect the e n g i n e
(PCM) from d a m a g e .
7. C o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l No. 6
to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
YEL
OK ?
i
I
N O R e p l a c e the f u s e ( s ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If a n y of
41
Vl
t h e f u s e s b l o w a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t in t h e
"i.
/ /
22 28
1
/ 32 j /
42 | 43 j *
No. 3-6 (30 A ) , No. 5 (20 A ) , or N o . 21 (7.5 A ) f u s e
/
/
27 28
/ 7
i t k A
47
J U M P E R WIRE
circuits.
3. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
relay b o x c o n n e c t o r B (14P) t e r m i n a l No. 7 a n d
body ground.

Do the A/C
CONNECTOR B (14P)
n
F=3
10
11
12
13
XI
8
I
14
condenser
and the radiator
fans
run?
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or poor c o n n e c t i o n s at
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l No. 6 if t h e
c o n n e c t i o n s are g o o d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d
E C M / P C M , a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n
g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-216).
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d the E C M / P C M .

N O - R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x
( s e e p a g e 22-83).
21-48
A / C Compressor Clytch Circuit Troubleshooting

MOTE:
* f t i s n o r m a l for t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r to turn off u n d e r
c e r t a i n c o n d i t i o n s , s u c h a s l o w idle, high e n g i n e
c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e , h a r d a c c e l e r a t i o n , or h i g h / l o w
refrigerant p r e s s u r e .
* D o not u s e t h i s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e if t h e f a n s
a r e a l s o i n o p e r a t i v e w i t h the A / C o n . R e f e r to t h e
s y m p t o m troubleshooting index.
* Before doing any s y m p t o m troubleshooting, check
f o r p o w e r t r a i n D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). A l s o c h e c k for
B-CAN c o d e s (see page 22-120).
6. U s i n g ' t h e H D S , c o n f i r m t h e f o l l o w i n g v a l u e s in t h e
P G M - F I D a t a List at idle.
TPSENSOR
RPM
ECTSENSOR 2
A b o u t 0.5 V
A/T
750-850
M/T
730-830
1 7 6 - 2 1 2 F
A/C SWITCH
A/C CLUTCH
( 8 0 - 1 0 0 C)
ON
ON
Are all the values within specifications?

1, C h e c k t h e N o . 2 0 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d the N o . 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e
A r e the fuses O K ?
" M O T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e v a l u e that i s not w i t h i n t h e

specifications.
7. R e m o v e the A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h relay f r o m the

u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d test it ( s e e p a g e
MOReplace
t h e f u s e ( s ) a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e f u s e ( s )
22-91).
b l o w a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t in t h e N o . 2 0 (7.5 A )
f u s e a n d t h e N o , 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e c i r c u i t s ,
Is the relay
OK?
2, C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C .
3, S t a r t the e n g i n e ,
N O R e p l a c e the A / C c o m p r e s s o r clutch relay.
4, Turn on the A / C .
5, C h e c k t h e A / C s w i t c h in t h e P G M - F I d a t a list w i t h
the H D S ,
Is the A/C
switch
on?
N O - G o to A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h circuit
troubleshooting (see page 2 1 - 5 2 ) .
(confd)
21-49
A / C Compressor Clutch Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / C c o m p r e s s o r
c l u t c h r e l a y 4 P s o c k e t t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y
ground.
A / C C O M P R E S S O R C L U T C H R E L A Y 4P S O C K E T
12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e n A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h
r e l a y 4P s o c k e t t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
LT
GRN
Is there
battery
voltage?
W O R e p l a c e the under-hood fuse/relay box
Is there
battery
voltage?
( s e e p a g e 22-83).
9. C o n n e c t A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h r e l a y 4P s o c k e t
b o x a n d t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h relay.
JUMPER WIRE
14. R e i n s t a l l the A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h relay.
BLU/RED

Does
the A/C
compressor
clutch
N O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect the e n g i n e
(PCM.) f r o m d a m a g e .
click?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 10=
21-50
17. C o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l
N o . 15 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
2 1 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the A / C c o m p r e s s o r

c l u t c h relay 4P s o c k e t No. 2 t e r m i n a l a n d t h e A / C
c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h 1P c o n n e c t o r N o . 1 t e r m i n a l .
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A {4BP}
JCZZli
19l 2f
1
\m
m{/\m\/\m\m\m\
PUR
1
BLU/RED
JUMPER WIRE
RED/WHT
18. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N 111),

Does
the A/C
compressor
click?
A / C C O M P R E S S O R C L U T C H I P CONNECTOR
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e
g o o d , c h e c k t h e E C M / P C M g r o u n d s . If t h e g r o u n d s
are good, substitute a known-good E C M / P C M , and
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y ,
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-216).
Y E S C h e c k the A / C c o m p r e s s o r clutch c l e a r a n c e ,
a n d t h e c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h field coil ( s e e p a g e
21-71). R e p a i r a s n e e d e d .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the A / C
c o m p r e s s o r clutch relay a n d the E C M / P C M .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e A / C
c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h relay a n d the A / C c o m p r e s s o r
19. D i s c o n n e c t t h e j u m p e r w i r e .
clutch.
2 0 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h 1P c o n n e c t o r .
21-51
A / C Pressure Switch Circuit Troubleshooting
NOTE:
* Do not u s e t h i s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e if a n y of
the f o l l o w i n g i t e m s a r e o p e r a t i v e : T h e c o n d e n s e r f a n ,
the radiator f a n , or t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r , or if the
h e a t e r is i n o p e r a t i v e . R e f e r to t h e s y m p t o m
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g index.
* C h e c k the A / C high-side p r e s s u r e .
* Before doing any s y m p t o m troubleshooting, check
for p o w e r t r a i n D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). A l s o c h e c k for
B - C A N c o d e s ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
10. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e A / C p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r No. 2 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y
ground.
A / C P R E S S U R E SWITCH 2 P C O N N E C T O R
/ ^ \ P U R

2. C h e c k if t h e b l o w e r m o t o r o p e r a t e s at all s p e e d s .
Does the blower motor operate at all speeds?

M O R e p a i r the p r o b l e m in the b l o w e r m o t o r
i s there battery voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the A / C
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the M I C U . If the w i r e is O K ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d M I C U a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
s y m p t o m g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original M I C U . B

6. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e H V A C control
unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r No. 21 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the No. 1 a n d No. 2

t e r m i n a l s of the A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
ground.
1
2
A / C PRESSURE SWITCH
F
5
17
13
10
11
18
12
23
24
LT BLU
N O R e p l a c e the A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ,
8. D i s c o n n e c t the A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
21-52
BUD
12. C o n n e c t the A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r
No, 2 t e r m i n a l to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .

15. M e a s u r e t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
r e s i s t a n c e - b e t w e e n the H V A C control unit 2 4 P
c o n n e c t o r N o . 14 a n d N o , 15 t e r m i n a l s .
A / C PRESSURE S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
r
3
JUMPER WIRE
13
14
BRN
15
16
17
18
19
20
11
10
21
22
12
23
24
RED

Do the compressor
and fans
operate?
is resistance
N O C h e c k for B - C A N c o d e s f s e e p a g e 22-120).
13, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e H V A C control unit

2 4 P c o n n e c t o r N o . 21 t e r m i n a l a n d t h e A / C
pressure switch 2P connector No. 1 terminal.
H V A C CONTROL U N I T 2 4 P C O N N E C T O R
1
2
15
17
19
20
to
22
11
less
than24
kQ?
the H V A C control unit 24P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e
c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
H V A C control unit a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m
g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original H V A C control
unitB
NOTest the evaporator temperature s e n s o r
{ s e e p a g e 21-54).
12
23
24
LT BLU
LT BLU
A / C P R E S S U R E S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
I s there
continuity?
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s o r poor c o n n e c t i o n s at
the H V A C control unit 2 4 P c o n n e c t o r a n d at t h e A / C
pressure switch 2P connector.
P J 0 R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e H V A C
c o n t r o l unit a n d A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
21-53
Evaporator Temperature Sensor Test
(see p a g e 21-64).
4. C o m p a r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e r e a d i n g s w i t h t h e
s p e c i f i c a t i o n s s h o w n in t h e g r a p h ; t h e r e s i s t a n c e
s h o u l d be w i t h i n t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s .
2. Dip t h e s e n s o r in ice w a t e r , a n d m e a s u r e the

r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n its t e r m i n a l s .
RESISTANCE
3. T h e n p o u r w a r m w a t e r o n t h e s e n s o r , a n d c h e c k for
a c h a n g e In the r e s i s t a n c e .
14
-10
32
0
50
10
68
20
88
3
104
40
F
C
TEMPERATURE
5. Sf the r e s i s t a n c e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e
e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 21-64).
21-54
Power Transistor Test

1, R e m o v e t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r l o w e r
c o v e r (see p a g e 20-157),
4. Carefully, r e l e a s e the lock t a b o n t h e No. 1 t e r m i n a l

( P U R ) (A) in t h e 4 P c o n n e c t o r , t h e n r e m o v e the
t e r m i n a l a n d i n s u l a t e it f r o m b o d y g r o u n d .
2, D i s c o n n e c t t h e 4 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m the p o w e r
transistor,
3, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s N o . 3
a n d N o , 4 of t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r , It s h o u l d be
a b o u t 1.5 k Q .
* If the r e s i s t a n c e is w i t h i n t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , g o to
s t e p 4.
* If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is not w i t h i n t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
replace the power transistor.
N O T E : A l s o c h e c k t h e b l o w e r motor. P o w e r
transistor failure c a n be c a u s e d by a defective
blower motor.
J U M P E R WIRE
V
(To 12 Power soyrce on hiele)
POWER TRANSISTOR
5. R e c o n n e c t t h e 4P c o n n e c t o r to t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r .
8. M a k e s u r e the P U R w i r e is c o m p l e t e l y i s o l a t e d ,
t h e n s u p p l y 12 V to t h e No. 1 c a v i t y w i t h a j u m p e r
.wire.
7, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS), a n d c h e c k that
t h e blower motor runs.
If t h e b l o w e r m o t o r d o e s not r u n , r e p l a c e the
power transistor.
N O T E : A faulty b l o w e r m o t o r c a n c a u s e t h e
p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r to fail. If t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r is
r e p l a c e d , a l s o c h e c k t h e b l o w e r m o t o r for
b i n d i n g , a n d r e p l a c e it if n e c e s s a r y .
If t h e b l o w e r m o t o r r u n s , t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r i s
OK.
21-55
Weiting/Air Conditioning
Air Mix Control Motor Test
N O T E : B e f o r e t e s t i n g , c h e c k for H V A C D T C s ( s e e p a g e
3. If t h e air m i x control m o t o r did not run in s t e p 2,

r e m o v e j t , t h e n c h e c k the air m i x control linkage
21-10).
a n d d o o r for s m o o t h m o v e m e n t . .
1. D i s c o n n e c t the 7 P c o n n e c t o r from: t h e air m i x
control motor.
If the linkage a n d d o o r m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e
the air m i x control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-57).
Incorrectly a p p l y i n g p o w e r a n d g r o u n d to
t h e air m i x control motor will d a m a g e i t
F o l l o w the i n s t r u c t i o n s c a r e f u l l y .
C o n n e c t battery p o w e r to t h e N o . 1 t e r m i n a l of the
air m i x control motor, a n d g r o u n d the No. 2
If t h e linkage or d o o r s t i c k s or b i n d s , r e p a i r t h e m
as needed.
If the air m i x control m o t o r r u n s s m o o t h l y , g o to
s t e p 4.
4. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e No. 5 a n d
No. 7 t e r m i n a l s . It s h o u l d be b e t w e e n 4.2 to 7.8
kQ.
t e r m i n a l ; t h e air m i x control m o t o r s h o u l d r u n , a n d
s t o p at M a x Hot. If it d o e s n ' t , r e v e r s e the
c o n n e c t i o n s ; t h e air m i x control m o t o r s h o u l d r u n ,
5. R e c o n n e c t the air m i x control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r ,

t h e n turn the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
a n d s t o p at M a x C o o l . W h e n the air m i x control

m o t o r s t o p s r u n n i n g , d i s c o n n e c t battery p o w e r
immediately.
6. U s i n g t h e b a c k p r o b e s e t , m e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e
b e t w e e n t h e No. 3 a n d No. 7 t e r m i n a l s of the 7 P
connector.
AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR

M a x C o o l : A b o u t 0.5 V
IVtaxHot: A b o u t 4.5 V
7. If either the r e s i s t a n c e or the v o l t a g e r e a d i n g s a r e
not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e air m i x control m o t o r
( s e e p a g e 21-57).
21-56
Air Mix Control Motor Replacement

1 . R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r Sower
c o v e r (see p a g e 20-157),
2 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e 7 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e asr m i x
c o n t r o l m o t o r (B). R e m o v e t h e s e l f - t a p p i n g s c r e w s
a n d the a i r m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r f r o m the h e a t e r unit.
Mode Control Motor Test

4~d00r with A / T
21-10).
1. D i s c o n n e c t the 7 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e m o d e c o n t r o l
motor.
I n c o r r e c t l y a p p l y i n g p o w e r a n d g r o u n d to
the m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r will d a m a g e it.
Follow the instructions carefully.
C o n n e c t battery p o w e r to t e r m i n a l N o . 1 of t h e
m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r , a n d g r o u n d t e r m i n a l N o , 2.
T h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r s h o u l d run s m o o t h l y , a n d
s t o p at D e f r o s t , if it d o e s n ' t , r e v e r s e the c o n n e c t i o n s ;
t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r s h o u l d run s m o o t h l y , a n d
s t o p at V e n t . W h e n t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r s t o p s
r u n n i n g , d i s c o n n e c t t h e battery p o w e r i m m e d i a t e l y .
3 , Install t h e m o t o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
M a k e s u r e t h e pin o n t h e m o t o r is p r o p e r l y
e n g a g e d w i t h t h e l i n k a g e . After i n s t a l l a t i o n , m a k e
sure the motor runs smoothly.
MODE CONTROL MOTOR
Li
3
3. If t h e m o d e control m o t o r did not run in s t e p 2 ,

r e m o v e it, t h e n c h e c k the m o d e c o n t r o l l i n k a g e a n d
d o o r s for s m o o t h m o v e m e n t .
* If t h e linkage a n d d o o r s m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e
t h e m o d e control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-59),
* If the linkage or d o o r s stick or b i n d , repair t h e m
as needed.
* If t h e m o d e control m o t o r r u n s s m o o t h l y , g o to
s t e p 4.
4. U s e a digital m u l t i m e t e r w i t h a n output of 1 m A or
l e s s at t h e 20 kQ r a n g e . W i t h t h e m o d e c o n t r o l
m o t o r r u n n i n g a s in s t e p 2, c h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y
b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l N o . 7 a n d t e r m i n a l s N o . 3, 4, 5,
a n d 6 i n d i v i d u a l l y . T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y for a
m o m e n t at e a c h t e r m i n a l a s t h e m o t o r m o v e s
t h r o u g h its t r a v e l .
5. Sf t h e r e is n o continuity for a m o m e n t at e a c h
t e r m i n a l , r e p l a c e t h e m o d e control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
21-59).
21-57
Mode Control Motor Test (cont'd)
4-door with M/T, 2c!or
4. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the No. 5 a n d
No. 7 t e r m i n a l s of the m o d e control m o t o r . It
s h o u l d be b e t w e e n - 4 . 2 a n d 7.8 kQ..
21-10).
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 7 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e m o d e control
5. R e c o n n e c t t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r ,
t h e n turn t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
motor.
iPJOTfCEl
b e t w e e n t h e No. 3 a n d N o . 7 t e r m i n a l s of t h e 7 P
connector.
t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r will d a m a g e i t
Vent:
Defrost:
2. C o n n e c t battery p o w e r to t h e No. 1 t e r m i n a l of t h e
m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r , a n d g r o u n d t h e No. 2
terminal; the m o d e control motor s h o u l d run, and
s t o p at D e f r o s t . If it d o e s n ' t , r e v e r s e the
c o n n e c t i o n s ; t h e m o d e c o n t ro l m o t o r s h o u l d r u n ,
a n d s t o p at V e n t W h e n t h e m o d e c on trol m o t o r
s t o p s r u n n i n g , d i s c o n n e c t battery p o w e r
immediately.
iVfODE C O N T R O L I V I O T O R
3. If t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r did not run in s t e p 2,

r e m o v e it, t h e n c h e c k t h e m o d e c o n t r o l linkage a n d
d o o r for s m o o t h m o v e m e n t
* If t h e l i n k a g e a n d d o o r m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e
t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-59)..
* If t h e l i n k a g e o r d o o r s t i c k s or b i n d s , repair t h e m
as needed.
* If t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r r u n s s m o o t h l y , g o to
s t e p 4.
21-58
A b o u t 0.5 V
A b o u t 4.5 V
7. Sf either the r e s i s t a n c e o r t h e v o l t a g e r e a d i n g s a r e
not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e m o d e contr o l m o t o r
( s e e p a g e 21-59).
ma
mode Control Motor Replacement
1, R e m o v e t h e b l o w e r unit ( s e e p a g e 21-62).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e IP c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e m o d e
c o n t r o l m o t o r (Bh R e m o v e t h e s e l f - t a p p i n g s c r e w s
a n d t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r f r o m t h e h e a t e r unit.
Recirculation Control M o i u i i
4-door with A / T
21-10),
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e IP c o n n e c t o r - f r o m - t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n
control motor.
t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r will d a m a g e it.
Follow the instructions carefully.
2.
C o n n e c t battery p o w e r to t e r m i n a l 'No. 1 of t h e
recirculation control motor, a n d g r o u n d either
t e r m i n a l N o . 5 or t e r m i n a l N o . 7. T h e - m o t o r s h o u l d
run s m o o t h l y to t h e F r e s h p o s i t i o n ( t e r m i n a l N o . 5
c o n n e c t e d to g r o u n d ) , or t h e R e c i r c u l a t e p o s i t i o n
( t e r m i n a l N o . 7 c o n n e c t e d to g r o u n d ) . D i s c o n n e c t
battery p o w e r i m m e d i a t e l y w h e n t h e m o t o r s t o p s
running.
N O T E : D o not r e v e r s e t h e p o w e r a n d g r o u n d
c o n n e c t i o n s , or l e a v e t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l
3. Install t h e m o t o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
M a k e s u r e t h e pin o n t h e m o t o r i s p r o p e r l y
e n g a g e d w i t h t h e l i n k a g e . After i n s t a l l a t i o n , m a k e
s u r e the motor runs smoothly.
m o t o r c o n n e c t e d to p o w e r a n d g r o u n d after it h a s
s t o p p e d r u n n i n g . T h e s e a c t i o n s w i l l d a m a g e tl
motor,
RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR.
3. If t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r did not run in s t e p

2, r e m o v e it, t h e n c h e c k t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control
l i n k a g e a n d d o o r s for s m o o t h . m o v e m e n t
* If t h e linkage a n d d o o r s m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e
t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-61).
* If t h e linkage or d o o r s stick or b i n d , r e p a i r t h e m
as needed.
21-59
Recirculation Control Motor Test (cont'd)
4-door with-M/T, 2dor
4. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e No. 5 a n d
N o . 7 t e r m i n a l s of t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r . It
s h o u l d be b e t w e e n 4.2 a n d 7.8 k Q .
21-10).
1.. D i s c o n n e c t the 7 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n
5. R e c o n n e c t t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r 7 P
c o n n e c t o r , t h e n turn t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
control motor.
NOTICE I
the r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r will d a m a g e It.
C o n n e c t battery p o w e r to t h e N o . 1 t e r m i n a l of t h e
r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r , a n d g r o u n d t h e No. 2
t e r m i n a l ; t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r s h o u l d r u n ,
a n d s t o p a t F r e s h . If It d o e s n ' t , r e v e r s e t h e
c o n n e c t i o n s ; the r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r s h o u l d
r u n , a n d s t o p at R e c i r c u l a t e . W h e n t h e
recirculation
c o n t r o l m o t o r s t o p s r u n n i n g , d i s c o n n e c t battery
power Immediately.
RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR
3. If t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r d i d not run In s t e p
2, r e m o v e It, t h e n c h e c k t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l
l i n k a g e a n d d o o r for s m o o t h m o v e m e n t
* Sf t h e l i n k a g e a n d d o o r m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e
t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-61).
If t h e l i n k a g e or d o o r s t i c k s or b i n d s , r e p a i r t h e m
as needed.
Sf t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r r u n s s m o o t h l y ,
g o to s t e p 4.
21-60
b e t w e e n t h e No. 3 a n d N o . 7 t e r m i n a l s of t h e 7 P
connector.
A b o u t 1.0 V
R e c i r c u l a t e : A b o u t 4.0 V
If e i t h e r t h e r e s i s t a n c e or t h e v o l t a g e r e a d i n g s a r e
not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l
m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-61).
Ill
Replacement
HAC Control Unit R e m o v a l /

Installation
1, R e m o v e trie g l o v e b o x f s e e p a g e 20-161).
1. R e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-111).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 7 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e
r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r (B). R e m o v e t h e selft a p p i n g s c r e w s a n d t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r
from the heater unit
2. R e m o v e t h e s e l f - t a p p i n g s c r e w s . If n e c e s s a r y ,
r e p l a c e t h e b u l b s (A).
3. W h i l e h o l d i n g the H V A C control unit (A), f i r m l y

3* Install t h e m o t o r In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
Make s u r e t h e pin o n t h e m o t o r i s p r o p e r l y
e n g a g e d with t h e l i n k a g e . After i n s t a l l a t i o n , m a k e
sure the motor runs smoothly.
p r e s s t h e c e n t e r of o n e of t h e d i a l s ( B ) to r e m o v e
t h e o u t e r d i a l . R e p e a t for t h e other o u t e r d i a l , t h e n
r e m o v e t h e unit.
4. Install t h e c o n t r o l unit in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
r e m o v a l . After installation, o p e r a t e t h e v a r i o u s
f u n c t i o n s to m a k e s u r e t h e y w o r k p r o p e r l y .
5. R u n t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function to c o n f i r m that
t h e r e a r e no p r o b l e m s in t h e s y s t e m .(see p a g e
21-11).
21-61
Blower Unit Removal/Installation
1. R e m o v e the g l o v e b o x ( s e e p a g e 20-161)=
2. R e m o v e the p a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r l o w e r
c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-157).
3. R e m o v e the right kick p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-99).
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s (A): P a s s e n g e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r D (28P), the
s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r s (with p r e m i u m a u d i o
s y s t e m ) , t h e A M / F M a n t e n n a l e a d , a n d right s i d e
w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r C 4 1 0 (20P). R e m o v e the .
w i r e h a r n e s s c l i p s (B).
4. R e m o v e t h e d u s t a n d p o l l e n filter a s s e m b l y f r o m
the b l o w e r unit.
5. R e m o v e the bolts (A) a n d the w i r e h a r n e s s clip (B).
T h e n cut the plastic c r o s s b r a c e (C) in t h e g l o v e b o x

o p e n i n g w i t h d i a g o n a l c u t t e r s in t h e a r e a s h o w n .
7. R e m o v e the t w o s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e c o v e r (A).
Cut here.
8. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (B) f r o m t h e b l o w e r
m o t o r a n d the w i r e h a r n e s s clip (C). R e m o v e the
s e l f - t a p p i n g s c r e w a n d t h e m o u n t i n g nut.
21-62
9,: R e m o v e t h e s e l f - t a p p i n g s c r e w s , a n d t h e
p a s s e n g e r ' s h e a t e r d u c t (Ah
11. Pull t h e b l o w e r unit (A) out w h i l e rotating it

c l o c k w i s e a s s h o w n , s o that t h e g l o v e b o x bracket
(B) p a s s e s t h r o u g h t h e d u s t a n d p o l l e n filter a r e a .
12. Install t h e unit in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

M a k e s u r e that t h e r e is n o air l e a k a g e .
as
m-m
(1.0 kgf m, 7,2 lbf.ft)
21-63
Blower Unit Component
Replacement
Evaporator Core Replacement

1. R e c o v e r the refrigerant w i t h a r e c o v e r y / r e c y c l i n g /
c h a r g i n g station ( s e e p a g e ' 2 1 - 7 8 ) .
N o t e t h e s e stems w h e n o v e r h a u l i n g t h e b l o w e r u n i t
* T h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r (A), the b l o w e r m o t o r
(B), a n d t h e d u s t a n d p o l l e n filter (C) c a n be r e p l a c e d
w i t h o u t r e m o v i n g the b l o w e r u n i t
2. R e m o v e the bolt f r o m t h e A / C Sine c l a m p (A).

A
6x1,0
mm
* B e f o r e r e a s s e m b l y , m a k e s u r e that the r e c i r c u l a t i o n
c o n t r o l linkage a n d d o o r m o v e s m o o t h l y w i t h o u t
binding.
* After r e a s s e m b l y , m a k e s u r e t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control
m o t o r r u n s s m o o t h l y ( s e e p a g e 21-61).
3. R e m o v e t h e bolt, t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the A / C line (A)

f r o m the e v a p o r a t o r c o r e .
8 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgff-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
21-64
JB
4, R e m o v e t h e b l o w e r unit ( s e e p a g e 21-62).
7, C a r e f u l l y pull out the e v a p o r a t o r c o r e (A) w i t h o u t

bending the lines.
5, R e m o v e t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s c o n s o l e c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
20-146).
8, D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s (A): T h e e v a p o r a t o r
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r , the p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r , a n d the
p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r (with c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l ) . R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t o r c l i p (B) a n d t h e
h a r n e s s c l i p (C). R e m o v e t h e s e l f - t a p p i n g s c r e w s ,
t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e c o v e r (D), a n d t h e s e a l ( E ) .
8. R e m o v e the c l i p s (A) a n d the e v a p o r a t o r

t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r (B).
N O T E : A t t h e f a c t o r y , the e v a p o r a t o r
temperature
s e n s o r is i n s t a l l e d at t h e 13th r o w of f i n s f r o m t h e
right s i d e .
(confd)
21-65
Evaporator Core Replacement
(cont'd)
Expansion Valve Replacement

1. R e m o v e the e v a p o r a t o r c o r e ( s e e p a g e 21-64).
9. W h e n the e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r (A) is
r e i n s t a l l e d onto a n e w e v a p o r a t o r c o r e , s e t the
2. R e m o v e t h e I n s u l a t o r (A) a n d bolts, t h e n r e m o v e
the e x p a n s i o n v a l v e (B) a n d O - r i n g s ( C ) .
e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r in t h e 13th fin f r o m
the right s i d e .
N O T E : If y o u a r e installing t h e s e n s o r onto the old
e v a p o r a t o r c o r e , install the s e n s o r onto the 14th fin,
b e c a u s e the 13th fin m a y be d e f o r m e d f r o m the
p r e v i o u s installation.
5 x 0.8 m m
3.2 N-m
(0.3 kgf-m,
2.2 Ibf-ft)
3. Install t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
* R e p l a c e the O - r i n g s w i t h n e w o n e s at e a c h fitting,
a n d a p p l y a thin c o a t of refrigerant oil before
installing t h e m . B e s u r e to u s e t h e c o r r e c t O - r i n g s
for H F C - 1 3 4 a (R-134a) to a v o i d l e a k a g e .
75 mm
(3.0 in.)
10. Install the c o r e In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

If you're. Installing a n e w e v a p o r a t o r c o r e , a d d
refrigerant oil ( D E N S O N D - O I L 8) ( s e e p a g e 21-6).
R e p l a c e the O - r i n g s w i t h n e w o n e s at e a c h fitting,
Installing t h e m . B e s u r e to u s e the c o r r e c t O - r i n g s
I m m e d i a t e l y after u s i n g the oil, reinstall t h e c a p
on the c o n t a i n e r , a n d s e a l it to a v o i d m o i s t u r e
absorption.
Do not spill t h e refrigerant oil o n t h e v e h i c l e ; it
m a y d a m a g e t h e paint; if t h e refrigerant oil
c o n t a c t s t h e paint, w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y .
M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e r e is n o air l e a k a g e .
C h a r g e t h e s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 21-80).
21-66
* I m m e d i a t e l y after u s i n g t h e oil, reinstall the c a p

o n the c o n t a i n e r , a n d s e a l it to a v o i d m o i s t u r e
absorption.
* D o not spill the refrigerant oil o n the v e h i c l e ; It
m a y d a m a g e the paint; If the refrigerant oil
c o n t a c t s t h e paint, w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y .
* M a k e s u r e that t h e r e is n o air l e a k a g e .
* C h a r g e t h e s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 21-80).
urn
Heater Unit/Core Replacement
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s f s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d t h e
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e
5. R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g nut f r o m t h e h e a t e r unit.
T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e or b e n d t h e fuel Sines or
brake lines, etc..
(see page 22-89).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A/C line f r o m t h e e v a p o r a t o r c o r e
(see page 21-64).
3 , W h e n t h e e n g i n e is c o o l , d r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t
f r o m t h e radiator f s e e p a g e 10-6),
4. F r o m u n d e r t h e h o o d , r e m o v e t h e c l a m p (A). S l i d e
t h e h o s e c l a m p s (B) b a c k . D i s c o n n e c t the inlet
h e a t e r h o s e (C) a n d t h e outlet h e a t e r h o s e (D) f r o m
t h e h e a t e r unit. N o t e t h e orientation of t h e h o s e s .
(1.3 kgf-m, 3.0 Ibf-ft)
E n g i n e c o o l a n t will run out w h e n t h e h o s e s a r e

d i s c o n n e c t e d ; d r a i n it into a c l e a n drip p a n . B e s u r e
not to let c o o l a n t spiff o n t h e e l e c t r i c a l parts o r t h e
6. R e m o v e t h e d a s h b o a r d ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 6 9 ) .
p a i n t e d s u r f a c e s . If a n y c o o l a n t s p i l l s , r i n s e it off
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (A). R e m o v e t h e c l i p s (B),
immediately.
d u c t s ( C ) , a n d t h e d r a i n h o s e (D). T h e n r e m o v e t h e
m o u n t i n g bolt, the m o u n t i n g n u t s , a n d t h e b l o w e r h e a t e r unit ( E ) .
(confd)
21-67
Heater Unit/Core Replacement (cont'd)
8. R e m o v e the t w o s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e the c o v e r (A).
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e air m i x

control motor. R e m o v e t h e w i r e h a r n e s s c l i p s (B),
the c o n n e c t o r clip ( C ) , and-the w i r e h a r n e s s (D),
9 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (B) f r o m the b l o w e r
motor. R e m o v e t h e w i r e h a r n e s s clip (C).
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s (A): T h e m o d e control
m o t o r , the p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r , t h e e v a p o r a t o r
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r , t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
control m o t o r (with c l i m a t e c o n t r o l ) , a n d the
recirculation c o n t r o l m o t o r . R e m o v e t h e w i r e
h a r n e s s c l i p s (B).
21-68
12. R e m o v e t h e s e l f - t a p p i n g s c r e w s a n d the p a s s e n g e r ' s

h e a t e r d u c t (A). R e m o v e t h e s e l f - t a p p i n g s c r e w s
a n d t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e c o v e r (B). R e m o v e the
self-tapping s c r e w and the heater core c o v e r (CL
R e m o v e the s e l f - t a p p i n g s c r e w s , t h e h e a t e r pipe
b r a c k e t (D), a n d the g r o m m e t ( E ) , a n d c a r e f u l l y pull
out the h e a t e r c o r e (F).
A / C Compressor Replacement
N O T E : D o not install t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r into a s y s t e m
13. Install t h e h e a t e r c o r e a n d t h e e v a p o r a t o r c o r e in
t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
u n l e s s y o u a r e c o m p l e t e l y s u r e t h a t t h e s y s t e m is f r e e
14. Install t h e h e a t e r unit In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
c o n t a m i n a t e d s y s t e m c a n result in p r e m a t u r e A / C
of c o n t a m i n a t i o n . Installing the A / C c o m p r e s s o r into a

* D o not i n t e r c h a n g e t h e inlet a n d outlet h e a t e r
h o s e s , a n d install t h e h o s e c l a m p s s e c u r e l y .
* Refill t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t
(see page-10-6),
1. tf t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r Is m a r g i n a l l y o p e r a b l e , run
the e n g i n e at Idle s p e e d , a n d let t h e a i r
c o n d i t i o n i n g w o r k for a f e w m i n u t e s , t h e n s h u t t h e
e n g i n e off.
* M a k e s o r e t h a t t h e r e is n o c o o l a n t l e a k a g e .
* M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e r e i s n o air l e a k a g e .
2. R e c o v e r the refrigerant w i t h a r e c o v e r y / r e c y c l i n g /
c h a r g i n g station ( s e e p a g e 21-78).
15. D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t ! o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
3. R e m o v e the d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

4. R e m o v e the c o n d e n s e r fan s h r o u d ( s e e p a g e 10-13).
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h c o n n e c t o r
(A). R e m o v e the bolts a n d the nut, t h e n d i s c o n n e c t
t h e s u c t i o n h o s e (B) a n d the d i s c h a r g e h o s e (C)
f r o m the A / C c o m p r e s s o r . Plug o r c a p the l i n e s
i m m e d i a t e l y after d i s c o n n e c t i n g - t h e m to a v o i d
moisture and dust contamination.
1.0
fix
9.8
mm
N-m
9.8 Mm
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
(confd)
21-69
Heiting/Air Conditioning
A / C Compressor Replacement (cont'd)

6. R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g bolts a n d t h e A / C
c o m p r e s s o r (A). B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e
radiator f i n s w h e n r e m o v i n g the c o m p r e s s o r .
7. Install t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
r e m o v a l , a n d note these- i t e m s :
* I n s p e c t t h e A / C Sines for a n y s i g n s of contamination.
* If y o u ' r e installing a n e w A / C c o m p r e s s o r , y o u
m u s t c a l c u l a t e t h e a m o u n t of refrigerant oil-to b e
r e m o v e d f r o m it ( s e e p a g e 21-6). A n e w A / C
c o m p r e s s o r c o m e s w i t h a full c h a r g e of o i l
* R e p l a c e t h e O - r i n g s w i t h n e w o n e s at e a c h fitting,
installing t h e m . - B e s u r e to u s e t h e c o r r e c t O - r i n g s
for HFC~134a (R-134a) to a v o i d l e a k a g e .
* U s e o n l y P A G refrigerant oil ( D E N S O N D - O I L 8)
for H F C - 1 3 4 a A / C s y s t e m s .
* T o a v o i d c o n t a m i n a t i o n , d o not return t h e oil to
t h e c o n t a i n e r o n c e d i s p e n s e d , a n d n e v e r m i x It
w i t h other refrigerant oils.
* I m m e d i a t e l y after u s i n g t h e o i l , reinstall t h e c a p
o n t h e c o n t a i n e r , a n d s e a l it to a v o i d m o i s t u r e
absorption.
* Do not spill the refrigerant oil o n t h e v e h i c l e ; it
m a y d a m a g e the paint; if t h e refrigerant oil
c o n t a c t s t h e paint, w a s h it off I m m e d i a t e l y .
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N-m
{2.2 kgf-m,
16.2 Ibf-ft)
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e radiator f i n s w h e n
Installing t h e c o m p r e s s o r a n d t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r
fan s h r o u d .
* C h a r g e the s y s t e m (see page.21-80).
21-70
A / C Compressor Clutch Check

1. C h e c k t h e p r e s s u r e plate for d i s c o l o r a t i o n , p e e l i n g ,
o r o t h e r d a m a g e . If t h e r e is d a m a g e , r e p l a c e t h e
clutch set ( s e e page 21-72).
2. C h e c k t h e p u l l e y b e a r i n g p l a y a n d d r a g b y rotating
t h e p u l l e y by h a n d . A l s o c h e c k for g r e a s e l e a k a g e
from the bearing. Replace the clutch set with a n e w
o n e if it i s n o i s y , h a s e x c e s s i v e p l a y / d r a g , o r h a s
3. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e p u l l e y (A) a n d
t h e p r e s s u r e plate (B) w i t h a dial Indicator. Z e r o out
t h e i n d i c a t o r , t h e n a p p l y battery v o l t a g e to t h e A / C
c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h . M e a s u r e t h e m o v e m e n t of t h e
p r e s s u r e plate w h e n t h e v o l t a g e is a p p l i e d . If t h e
c l e a r a n c e Is not w i t h i n the s p e c i f i e d limits, t h e
p r e s s u r e plate m u s t be r e s h i m m e d ( s e e p a g e '
21-72).
bearing g r e a s e contamination on the clutch f a c e s

( s e e p a g e 21-72),
Clearance:
0 3 5 - 0 = 6 0 m m ( 0 , 0 1 4 - 0 , 0 2 4 in.)
M O T E : T h e p u l l e y a n d t h e p r e s s u r e plate w e r e
N O T E : T h e s h i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e in t h r e e
m a t e d at t h e f a c t o r y by a b u r n i s h i n g o p e r a t i o n .
t h i c k n e s s e s : 0,1 m m , 0.3 m m , a n d 0.5 m m .
A l w a y s r e p l a c e t h e p u l l e y a n d t h e p r e s s u r e plate a s
a s e t . R e p l a c i n g o n l y o n e part of t h e c l u t c h s e t w i l l
c a u s e clutch slippage.
4. R e m o v e t h e p r e s s u r e plate ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 7 2 ) , a n d
i n s p e c t t h e p r e s s u r e plate a n d p u l l e y friction
s u r f a c e s for w e a r . If t h e r e is e x c e s s i v e w e a r ,
r o u g h n e s s , or s c o r i n g , r e p l a c e t h e c l u t c h s e t
5, I n s p e c t t h e friction s u r f a c e s a n d the A / C
c o m p r e s s o r s h a f t h u b for e x c e s s oil. If e x c e s s oil is
p r e s e n t , a n d it Is not f r o m t h e e n g i n e o r p o w e r
steering s y s t e m , then the A / C c o m p r e s s o r shaft
s e a l is l e a k i n g . R e p l a c e t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r
( s e e p a g e 21-69).
(confd)
21-71
A / C Compressor Clutch Check
(cont'd)
A / C Compressor Clutch Overhaul

A / C c l u t c h holder: R o b i n a i r 1 0 2 9 0 , K e n t - M o o r e J37872,-
6.' C h e c k r e s i s t a n c e of t h e field c o i l . If r e s i s t a n c e Is not

- w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , r e p l a c e t h e field coil
H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t A C T - 4 9 9 A , or a
commercially available equivalent
( s e e p a g e 21-72).
Field Coll Resistance:
3 . 9 4 . 3 Q a t 6 8 F (20 C)
1. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r bolt w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e p r e s s u r e
plate (A) w i t h a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e A / C c l u t c h
h o l d e r (B).
NOTE:
* D o not u s e a h a m m e r to r e m o v e t h e s n a p r i n g s .
U s i n g a h a m m e r d a m a g e s the A / C c o m p r e s s o r .
* Do not h a m m e r or pry on t h e p u l l e y to r e m o v e it.
If t h e p u l l e y is difficult to r e m o v e , u s e a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e p u l l e y r e m o v i n g tool.
M a k e s u r e t h e j a w s of t h e pulling tool e n g a g e t h e
b a c k f a c e of t h e p u l l e y , not t h e p u l l e y g r o o v e s .
21-72
2. R e m o v e t h e p r e s s u r e p l a t e (A) a n d the s h i m ( s ) ( B ) ,
t a k i n g c a r e not t o l o s e t h e s h i m { s h If t h e c l u t c h
needs adjustment, increase or decrease the
n u m b e r a n d t h i c k n e s s of s h i m s a s n e c e s s a r y , t h e n
r e i n s t a l l t h e p r e s s u r e plate, a n d r e c h e c k Its
c l e a r a n c e f s e e p a g e 21-71),
3. If y o u a r e r e p l a c i n g t h e field c o i l , r e m o v e t h e s n a p
ring (A) w i t h s n a p ring p l i e r s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
p u l l e y (B). B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e p u l l e y o r
the A / C c o m p r e s s o r .
NOTE:
* D o not u s e a h a m m e r to r e m o v e t h e s n a p r i n g s .
NOTE:
* T h e s h i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e in t h r e e t h i c k n e s s e s :
0,1 m m , 0,3 m m , a n d 0.5 m m ,
* D o n o t p r y t h e o n t h e p r e s s u r e plate w i t h
U s i n g a h a m m e r d a m a g e s the A / C c o m p r e s s o r .
* D o not h a m m e r o r p r y o n t h e p u l l e y to r e m o v e i t
If t h e p u l l e y Is difficult to r e m o v e , u s e a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e p u l l e y r e m o v i n g tool.
screwdrivers or similar tools. Prying d a m a g e s
M a k e s u r e t h e j a w s of t h e p u l l i n g t o o l e n g a g e t h e
t h e p r e s s u r e plate a n d t h e p u l l e y .
b a c k f a c e of t h e p u l l e y , not t h e p u l l e y g r o o v e s .
* W h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e c l u t c h s e t , p l a c e a trial s t a c k
of s h i m s , 1 m m total t h i c k n e s s , o n t h e A / C
c o m p r e s s o r s h a f t . Install t h e p r e s s u r e plate, a n d
c h e c k its c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 21-71). If t h e
c l e a r a n c e is n o t w i t h s p e c i f i c a t i o n , a d d o r
sabstract s h i m s a s needed.
(confd)
21-73
A / C Compressor Clutch Overhaul
(cont'd)
4. R e m o v e the s c r e w , t h e w i r e h a r n e s s clip (A), a n d
t h e h o l d e r (B). R e m o v e t h e s n a p ring (C) w i t h s n a p
A / C Compressor Relief Valve

Replacement
1. R e c o v e r t h e refrigerant w i t h a r e c o v e r y / r e c y c l i n g /
c h a r g i n g station ( s e e p a g e 21-78).
ring p l i e r s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e field coil (D). B e c a r e f u l

not to d a m a g e t h e field coil or t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r .
3. R e m o v e t h e relief v a l v e (A) a n d t h e O - r i n g (B). P l u g
the o p e n i n g to k e e p f o r e i g n m a t t e r f r o m e n t e r i n g
t h e s y s t e m , a n d t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r oil f r o m
r u n n i n g out.
5. R e a s s e m b l e t h e c l u t c h in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
1 3 . 2 N-m
( 1 . 3 5 k g f - m , 9.7 Ibf-ft)
d i s a s s e m b l y , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
4. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .
W h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e field c o i l , c h e c k that t h e n e w
coil h a s t h e c o r r e c t r e s i s t a n c e ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e
21-72).
Install t h e field cost w i t h t h e w i r e s i d e f a c i n g
d o w n , a n d a l i g n t h e b o s s o n t h e field coil w i t h t h e
h o l e in t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r .
C l e a n the pulley a n d A / C c o m p r e s s o r sliding
s u r f a c e s w i t h c o n t a c t c l e a n e r or o t h e r n o n petroleum solvent.
Install n e w s n a p r i n g s , note t h e installation
d i r e c t i o n , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e y a r e fully s e a t e d in
the grooves.
M a k e s u r e that t h e p u l l e y t u r n s s m o o t h l y after it's
reassembled.
R o u t e a n d c l a m p t h e w i r e s p r o p e r l y , or t h e y c a n
be d a m a g e d b y t h e p u l l e y .
6. C y c l e t h e A / C c l u t c h a p p r o x i m a t e l y 20 t i m e s by
r u n n i n g t h e e n g i n e at 1 , 5 0 0 2 , 0 0 0 r p m a n d setting
t h e A / C s y s t e m to M A X A / C m o d e . T h i s p r o c e d u r e
s e a t s t h e c l u t c h friction s u r f a c e s , a n d I n c r e a s e s
clutch torque capacity.
21-74
5. R e p l a c e t h e O - r i n g o n t h e relief v a l v e , a n d a p p l y a
thin c o a t of refrigerant oil b e f o r e installing it.
6. R e m o v e t h e plug i n s t a l l e d in s t e p 2, t h e n Install a n d
tighten t h e relief v a l v e .
7. C h a r g e t h e s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 21-80).
A/C Condenser Replacement

1. R e c o v e r t h e r e f r i g e r a n t w i t h a r e c o v e r y / r e c y c l i n g
charging station (see p a g e 21-781
5. R e m o v e t h e bolt, t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e d i s c h a r g e
h o s e (A) f r o m the A / C c o n d e n s e r .
2. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t grille c o v e r a n d the air intake

duct (see page 20-257).
3. R e m o v e t h e c l i p s (A) a n d t h e d u c t (BK R e m o v e t h e
bolts a n d t h e r a d i a t o r u p p e r m o u n t b r a c k e t s (C).
6 x 1,0 mm
9.8 Wm
S.8 N-m
11.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
6. R e m o v e t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r (A).
B
4 . R e m o v e t h e bolt, t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e r e c e i v e r pipe
(A) f r o m t h e A/C c o n d e n s e r .
iUi_UM
(1.0 k g f - m , 7.2 Ibf-ft)

7. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r
u p p e r m o u n t b r a c k e t s (B). R e m o v e the A / C
c o n d e n s e r (C) b y lifting It u p . B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e t h e radiator or c o n d e n s e r f i n s w h e n
r e m o v i n g the A / C c o n d e n s e r .
(confd)
21-75
A / C Condenser Replacement
(cont'd)
8. Install-the A / C c o n d e n s e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
Receiver/Dryer Desiccant
Replacement
N O T E : Install the r e c e i v e r / d r y e r a s quickly a s p o s s i b l e
to p r e v e n t the s y s t e m f r o m a b s o r b i n g m o i s t u r e f r o m
t h e air.
* Sf y o u ' r e installing a n e w A / C c o n d e n s e r , a d d
refrigerant oil ( D E N S O N D - O I L 8 ) ( s e e p a g e 21-6).
* R e p l a c e the O - r i n g s w i t h n e w o n e s at e a c h fitting,
installing t h e m . B e s u r e to u s e the c o r r e c t O - r i n g s
1. R e m o v e the A / C c o n d e n s e r ( s e e p a g e 21-75).
2. R e m o v e the bolts f r o m the A / C c o n d e n s e r , t h e n
r e m o v e t h e r e c e i v e r / d r y e r (A), the bracket (B), a n d
the O - r i n g s (C).
* I m m e d i a t e l y after u s i n g t h e oil, reinstall the c a p

on the c o n t a i n e r , a n d s e a l it to a v o i d m o i s t u r e
absorption.
6 x 1 . 0 mm
9.8 N-m
Do not spill the refrigerant oil o n the v e h i c l e ; it

m a y d a m a g e t h e paint; if the refrigerant oil
c o n t a c t s the paint, w a s h It off I m m e d i a t e l y .
* B e careful not to d a m a g e the radiator or the A / C
c o n d e n s e r fins w h e n installing the A / C c o n d e n s e r .
* C h a r g e the s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 21-80).
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

3. Install the r e c e i v e r / d r y e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal." R e p l a c e t h e O - r i n g s w i t h n e w o n e s , a n d
a p p l y a thin c o a t of refrigerant oil ( D E N S O
N D - O I L 8) before installing t h e m . B e s u r e to u s e the
c o r r e c t O - r i n g s for H F C - 1 3 4 a (R-134a) to a v o i d
leakage.
21-76
Dust and Pollen Filter Replacement

1. O p e n the g l o v e b o x . R e m o v e t h e g l o v e b o x s t o p o n
t h e right s i d e , t h e n let t h e g l o v e b o x h a n g d o w n
(see page 20-161),
2, R e m o v e the d u s t a n d p o l l e n fitter a s s e m b l y (A)
f r o m t h e b l o w e r unit.
4, Install t h e filter in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
M a k e s u r e that t h e r e is n o air l e a k i n g out of t h e
blower unit
Refrigerant Recovery
ACAUTION
* Asr c o n d i t i o n i n g refrigerant or lubricant v a p o r
c a n Irritate y o u r e y e s , n o s e , or t h r o a t
* Be careful w h e n connecting service equipment.
* D o not b r e a t h e refrigerant or v a p o r .
NOTE:
If a c c i d e n t a l s y s t e m d i s c h a r g e o c c u r s , ventilate the
A d d i t i o n a l health a n d s a f e t y Information m a y be
o b t a i n e d f r o m the- refrigerant a n d lubricant
manufacturers.
1. C o n n e c t a n R-134a refrigerant r e c o v e r y / r e c y c l i n g /
c h a r g i n g station (A) to the h i g h - p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e
port (B) a n d the l o w - p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e port ( C ) , a s
s h o w n , following the equipment manufacturer's
instructions.
21-78
2. M e a s u r e t h e a m o u n t of refrigerant oil r e m o v e d
f r o m the A / C s y s t e m after t h e r e c o v e r y p r o c e s s is
c o m p l e t e d . B e s u r e to put t h e s a m e a m o u n t of n e w
refrigerant oil b a c k into t h e A / C s y s t e m b e f o r e
charging.
System Evacuation
ACAUTION
* Air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant v a p o r
c a n irritate y o u r e y e s , n o s e , o r t h r o a t
2. C o n n e c t a n R - 1 3 4 a refrigerant r e c o v e r y / r e c y c l i n g /
c h a r g i n g s t a t i o n (A) to the h i g h - p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e
port (B) a n d t h e l o w - p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e port { C L a s
s h o w n , f o l l o w i n g the e q u i p m e n t m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s
* B e careful w h e n connecting service e q u i p m e n t
i n s t r u c t i o n s . R e c o v e r t h e r e f r i g e r a n t if a n y , f r o m
* D o not b r e a t h e r e f r i g e r a n t or vapor.
t h e A / C s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 21-78).
NOTE;
* If a c c i d e n t a l s y s t e m d i s c h a r g e o c c u r s , ventilate t h e
work area before r e s u m i n g service,
* A d d i t i o n a l h e a l t h a n d s a f e t y i n f o r m a t i o n m a y be
manufacturers.
* Do not a l l o w m o i s t u r e to c o n t a m i n a t e t h e A / C s y s t e m
oil. M o i s t u r e in t h e oil is difficult to r e m o v e , a n d it c a n
d a m a g e the A/C c o m p r e s s o r .
1. W h e n a n A/C s y s t e m h a s b e e n o p e n e d to the
a t m o s p h e r e , s u c h a s d u r i n g installation or r e p a i r , it
m u s t b e e v a c u a t e d u s i n g a n R - 1 3 4 a refrigerant
recovery/recyclmg/charging s t a t i o n . If t h e s y s t e m
h a s b e e n o p e n for s e v e r a l d a y s , t h e r e c e i v e r / d r y e r
s h o u l d b e r e p l a c e d , r e f r i g e r a n t oil s h o u l d b e
d r a i n e d a n d r e p l a c e d w i t h n e w oil, a n d t h e s y s t e m
s h o u l d b e e v a c u a t e d for s e v e r a l h o u r s .
3. E v a c u a t e t h e s y s t e m . T h e v a c u u m p u m p s h o u l d
r u n for a m i n i m u m of 45 m i n u t e s t o e l i m i n a t e ail
moisture from the s y s t e m . W h e n the suction g a u g e
r e a d s 9 3 . 3 k P a (700 m m H g , 2 7 , 6 in.Hg) for at
l e a s t 45 m i n u t e s , c l o s e all v a l v e s , a n d t u r n off the
vacuum pump.
4. If t h e s u c t i o n g a u g e d o e s not r e a c h a p p r o x i m a t e l y
- 9 3 . 3 k P a (700 m m H g , 2 7 . 6 In.Hg) in
15 m i n u t e s , t h e r e is p r o b a b l y a leak in t h e s y s t e m .
Partially c h a r g e the s y s t e m , a n d c h e c k for l e a k s
( s e e p a g e 21-81).
21-79
System Charging
ACAUTION
2. R e c o v e r t h e refrigerant in t h e A / C s y s t e m ( s e e ' p a g e
21-78).
Asr c o n d i t i o n i n g refrigerant o r lubricant v a p o r

c a n irritate y o u r e y e s , n o s e , or t h r o a t Be careful w h e n connecting service e q u i p m e n t
D o not breathe refrigerant or v a p o r .
NOTE:
If a c c i d e n t a l s y s t e m d i s c h a r g e o c c u r s , ventilate t h e
work area before resuming service.
* A d d i t i o n a l health a n d s a f e t y i n f o r m a t i o n m a y be
o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e refrigerant a n d lu b rica n t
manufacturers.
3. E v a c u a t e the s y s t e m until t h e s u c t i o n g a u g e r e a d s
approximately 93.3 kPa (700-mmHg,
2 7 . 6 In.Hg). C h e c k that t h e s y s t e m h o l d s a
v a c u u m for 15 m i n u t e s .
8
If the A / C s y s t e m h o l d v a c u u m for 15 m i n u t e s ,
t h e s y s t e m d o e s not h a v e a leak. F i n i s h t h e
s y s t e m e v a c u a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 21-79), t h e n g o to
s t e p 4.
* If t h e A / C s y s t e m d o e s not h o l d v a c u u m for
15 m i n u t e s , the A / C s y s t e m h a s a leak. F i n d a n d
- - r e p a i r leak ( s e e p a g e 21-81).
c h a r g i n g station (A) to t h e h i g h - p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e
4. A d d t h e s a m e a m o u n t of n e w r e f r i g e r a n t oil to t h e
port (B) a n d the l o w - p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e port (C), a s
s y s t e m that w a s r e m o v e d d u r i n g r e c o v e r y . U s e
s h o w n , following the e q u i p m e n t manufacturer's
o n l y D E N S O N D - O I L 8 refrigerant oil.
instructions.
5. C h a r g e the s y s t e m w i t h t h e s p e c i f i e d a m o u n t of
R-134a r e f r i g e r a n t Do not o v e r c h a r g e the s y s t e m ;
the A / C c o m p r e s s o r will be d a m a g e d .
S e l e c t the a p p r o p r i a t e units of m e a s u r e for y o u r
refrigerant c h a r g i n g s t a t i o n .
Refrigerant Capacity:
400 to 450 g
0.40 t o 0.45 k g
0.9 t o 1.0 l b s
14.1 t o 15.9 o z
6. C h e c k for refrigerant l e a k s ( s e e p a g e 21-81).
7. C h e c k the s y s t e m p e r f o r m a n c e ( s e e p a g e 21-88).
21-80
Refrigerant Leak Test

Speeial Tools Required
* Leak detector Y G K - H - 1 0 P M
* L e a k d e t e c t o r HLD-100
* Leak detector T1FZX-1, or c o m m e r c i a l l y available
* OPTffVfAX.Jr. A / C L e a k Detection Kit CTRP124393)
T h e s e tools are available through the Honda Tool a n d
E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
ikCAUTION
* A i r c o n d i t i o n i n g refrigerant or l u b r i c a n t v a p o r
c a n irritate y o u r e y e s , n o s e , or t h r o a t
* Be careful w h e n connecting service equipment.
* D o not o p e r a t e t h e leak d e t e c t o r n e a r f l a m m a b l e
v a p o r s . Its s e n s o r o p e r a t e s at h i g h t e m p e r a t u r e s ,
a n d c o u l d ignite t h e v a p o r s , r e s u l t i n g in p e r s o n a l
injury a n d / o r d a m a g e to t h e e q u i p m e n t
NOTE:
* If a n a c c i d e n t a l s y s t e m d i s c h a r g e o c c u r s , v e n t i l a t e
the work a r e a before r e s u m i n g service.
* Additional health a n d safety information m a y be
manufacturers.
* C h e c k t h e s y s t e m for l e a k s u s i n g a n R - 1 3 4 a
refrigerant leak d e t e c t o r w i t h a n a c c u r a c y of 14 g
CO.5 o z | p e r y e a r or better.
L e a k D e t e c t o r U s a g e T i p s (Refer to the O p e r a t o r ' s

M a n u a l for c o m p l e t e o p e r a t i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s ) :
* P o s i t i o n the v e h i c l e in a w i n d - f r e e w o r k a r e a . T h i s will
a i d in d e t e c t i n g s m a l l l e a k s .
* W h e n u s i n g t h e leak d e t e c t o r for t h e first t i m e , a l l o w
it to w a r m up for 2 m i n u t e s w i t h t h e p r o b e in a c l e a n
a t m o s p h e r e . T h i s lets t h e t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r in the
d e t e c t o r stabilize.
* T h e c a l i b r a t i o n c h e c k s h o u l d be d o n e in t h e " S e a r c h
2 " m o d e . O n c e that is d o n e , t h e o t h e r c h e c k m o d e s
d o not n e e d c a l i b r a t i n g .
* W h e n leak c h e c k i n g t h r o u g h the H V A C m o d u l e d r a i n
h o s e , a v o i d d r a w i n g w a t e r into t h e p r o b e . W a t e r c a n
d a m a g e t h e internal p u m p a n d s e n s o r .
* A v o i d c r e a s i n g t h e flexible p r o b e e x t e n s i o n . C r e a s e s
c a n restrict air f l o w a n d g i v e f a l s e r e a d i n g s .
* B e c a u s e t h e detector r e c a l i b r a t e s itself for a m b i e n t
g a s e s , it m a y be n e c e s s a r y to m o v e t h e d e t e c t o r
a w a y f r o m the leak to c l e a r the s e n s o r . O n c e the
s e n s o r h a s c l e a r e d , r e c h e c k the s u s p e c t e d leak.
* W h e n r e m o v i n g t h e c l e a r p r o b e tip, be c a r e f u l not to
l o s e t h e f l o w ball.
* R-134a i s h e a v i e r t h a n air; a l w a y s c h e c k b e l o w a n d to
t h e s i d e s of all potential leak s o u r c e s .
* H a l o g e n leak d e t e c t o r s a r e s e n s i t i v e to c h e m i c a l s :
windshield washing solutions, solvents/cleaners, and
s o m e v e h i c l e a d h e s s v e s . K e e p t h e s e c h e m i c a l s out of
t h e a r e a w h e n d o i n g leak d e t e c t i o n .
(confd)
21-81
Refrigerant Leak Test (cont'd)
Flooreseent Dye Usage Tips
c h a r g i n g station (A) to the h i g h - p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e
* U s e only Tracer-Stick single d o s e fluorescent dye

c a p s u l e s f r o m Tracerline. O t h e r d y e s c o n t a i n
s o l v e n t s that m a y c o n t a m i n a t e t h e refrigerant oil,
l e a d i n g to c o m p o n e n t f a i l u r e .
port (B) a n d the l o w - p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e port (C), a s

s h o w n , f o l l o w i n g the e q u i p m e n t
manufacturer's
Instructions.
* A d d i n g e x c e s s i v e a m o u n t s of d y e c a n d a m a g e the
compressor.
* P A G oil is w a t e r s o l u b l e , s o c o n d e n s a t i o n on t h e
e v a p o r a t o r c o r e . o r the refrigerant l i n e s m a y w a s h the
P A G oil a n d f l u o r e s c e n t d y e a w a y f r o m the a c t u a l
leak. C o n d e n s a t i o n m a y a l s o c a r r y d y e t h r o u g h the
H V A C module drain.
* After checking and repairing leaks, thoroughly clean
any residual dye from the a r e a s w h e r e leaks w e r e
f o u n d . U s e G L O - A W A Y d y e c l e a n e r , f r o m Tracerline,
a n d hot w a t e r to r e m o v e the d y e (follow the
i n s t r u c t i o n s o n the bottle). R e s i d u a l d y e s t a i n s c a n
c a u s e m i s d i a g n o s i s of a n y future A / C s y s t e m l e a k s .
8
If a n y refrigerant d y e c o n t a c t s a n exterior paint

s u r f a c e , r e m o v e it b y d o i n g t h i s :
- C a r e f u l l y w a s h t h e affected s u r f a c e s to r e m o v e a n y
dirt, a n d to p r e v e n t paint s c r a t c h i n g .
- M i x w a t e r a n d i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l In a 5 0 / 5 0 m i x t u r e .
S o a k a soft 100 percent-cotton t o w e l w i t h t h e w a t e r /

a l c o h o l m i x t u r e , a n d p l a c e the cloth o n t h e affected
a r e a s to r e m o v e the d y e .
' - After r e m o v i n g the d y e w i t h t h e w a t e r / a l c o h o l s o a k e d c l o t h , c a r e f u l l y w a s h the affected a r e a s , a n d
c h e c k that t h e r e Is no r e m a i n i n g d y e .
2. R e c o v e r refrigerant f r o m the A / C s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e
21-78), a n d e v a c u a t e t h e s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 21-79). If
the s y s t e m a c h i e v e s a v a c u u m of a p p r o x i m a t e l y
9 3 . 3 kPa ( - 7 0 0 m m H g , 2 7 . 6 in.Hg) in
15 m i n u t e s , a n d h o l d s t h e v a c u u m for 15 m i n u t e s ,
t h e n the s y s t e m ' d o e s not h a v e a leak at t h i s t i m e . If
the s y s t e m c a n n o t a c h i e v e or hold a v a c u u m ,
c o n t i n u e the refrigerant leak c h e c k .
3. O p e n the high p r e s s u r e v a l v e to c h a r g e t h e s y s t e m
to the s p e c i f i e d c a p a c i t y . S e l e c t the a p p r o p r i a t e
units of m e a s u r e for y o u r refrigerant c h a r g i n g
station.
Refrigerant Capacity:
400 to 450 g
0.40 t o 0.45 k g
0.9 to 1.0 l b s
14.1 t o 15.9 o z
21-82
W i t h t h e e n g i n e O F F , u s e a h a l o g e n l e a k d e t e c t o r first to detect t h e leak s o u r c e . F o l l o w a c o n t i n u o u s path in o r d e r

to e n s u r e t h a t y o u w i l l not m i s s a n y p o s s i b l e l e a k s . T e s t t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s of the s y s t e m for l e a k s :
Possible Leak Area
Diagnostic Procedure with
litotes
the Leak Detector

S e r v i c e Ports
Condenser
* C h e c k t h e s e r v i c e ports
w i t h t h e detector.
W h e n c a p p i n g t h e s e r v i c e ports, e n s u r e that t h e s e a l s o n
t h e port c a p s a r e in p l a c e , a n d that t h e c a p s a r e tight. T h e
* If t h e detector " s n i f f s "

leak, u s e f l u o r e s c e n t d y e
to c o n f i r m it.
c a p s a r e u s e d a s t h e final s e a l s in t h e s y s t e m .
If t h e d e t e c t o r " s n i f f s " a
* C h e c k for Joints or c o n n e c t i o n s c o a t e d w i t h oily d u s t
leak, u s e f l u o r e s c e n t d y e to
* C h e c k for d a m a g e d a n d corroded a r e a s .
c o n f i r m it.
* C h e c k all fittings, c o u p l i n g s , b r a z e d / w e l d e d a r e a s a n d
a r e a s a r o u n d a t t a c h m e n t points.
* M o v e t h e p r o b e s l o w l y (1 I n c h / s e c o n d o r l e s s ) , a n d k e e p
it w i t h i n 1/4 i n c h of t h e c o m p o n e n t b e i n g c h e c k e d . T h i s
m a x i m i z e s t h e c h a n c e of detecting a leak.
* If y o u d e t e c t a leak, b l o w c o m p r e s s e d air o v e r t h e a r e a ,
t h e n r e c h e c k for l e a k s . F o r large l e a k s , c l e a r i n g t h e a r e a
w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air m a y h e l p y o u pinpoint t h e leak
source.
A/C Lines f Low

pressure side}
* Wiggle the hose when

checking crimped metal
e n d s o n .rubber h o s e s .
* C h e c k all fittings, c o u p l i n g s , p r e s s u r e s w i t c h e s , b r a z e d /
w e l d e d areas, a n d a r e a s around attachment points on
A / C lines a n d c o m p o n e n t s ,
If t h e d e t e c t o r " s n i f f s " a
leak, u s e f l u o r e s c e n t d y e
to c o n f i r m it.
* C h e c k for d a m a g e d a n d c o r r o d e d a r e a s ,
* M o v e t h e p r o b e s l o w l y (1 i n c h / s e c o n d or l e s s ) , a n d k e e p
it w i t h i n 1/4 i n c h of t h e c o m p o n e n t b e i n g c h e c k e d . T h i s
m a x i m i z e s t h e c h a n c e of detecting a leak.
(confd)
21-83
Refrigerant Leak Test (cont'd)
5. C l o s e the quick c o u p l e r v a l v e s , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the quick c o u p l e r s f r o m the v e h i c l e s e r v i c e ports.
6. A t t a c h t h e u n i v e r s a l c o n n e c t s e t , f r o m t h e O p t i m a x J r . L e a k Detection Kit, to t h e s e r v i c e v a l v e fitting. C l o s e t h e
control v a l v e (the black k n o b o n the c o n n e c t set).
7. A t t a c h the c h a r g i n g station l o w p r e s s u r e h o s e q u i c k c o u p l e r to the s e r v i c e v a l v e fitting, a n d o p e n the q u i c k
c o u p l e r v a l v e . E v a c u a t e t h e c o n n e c t s e t u s i n g t h e c h a r g i n g station v a c u u m p u m p , t h e n c l o s e the quick c o u p l e r
valve.
8. D e t a c h the u n i v e r s a l c o n n e c t s e t , a n d install a Tracer-Stick d y e c a p s u l e b e t w e e n t h e c o n n e c t s e t a n d the s e r v i c e
v a l v e fitting ( s e e the m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s Instructions for m o r e detail).
9. A t t a c h the quick c o u p l e r on t h e u n i v e r s a l c o n n e c t s e t to t h e l o w p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e port o n the v e h i c l e . O p e n the
c h a r g i n g station l o w p r e s s u r e h o s e quick c o u p l e r v a l v e , but d o not o p e n t h e control v a l v e .
10.
Start the e n g i n e , a n d s e t the A / C s y s t e m to M A X A / C . O p e n the control v a l v e to let refrigerant a n d the d y e enter

the A / C s y s t e m t h r o u g h t h e l o w - p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e p o r t C l o s e the control v a l v e w h e n the Tracer-Stick d y e c a p s u l e
Is e m p t y .
11. R u n the e n g i n e a n d A / C s y s t e m for 15 m i n u t e s to t h o r o u g h l y c i r c u l a t e the d y e . T h e n s h u t the e n g i n e off, a n d

I n s p e c t the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s of the s y s t e m for l e a k s :
NOTE:
C h e c k for leaks in a dark w o r k a r e a , a n d u s e the U V light a n d the s p e c i a l g l a s s e s f r o m the leak c h e c k k i t O t h e r
U V lights m a y not w o r k w e l l w i t h the Tracer-Stick d y e .
* S m a l l leaks m a y take up to 1 w e e k of v e h i c l e operation (with n o r m a l A / C u s e ) to b e c o m e v i s i b l e .
Possible Leak Area
S e r v i c e Ports
Diagnostic Procedure with Fluorescent Dye

Sf a leak is f o u n d , r e p l a c e the s c h r a d e r v a l v e on the s e r v i c e port.
A/C Lines
* U s e a p e r m a n e n t m a r k e r p e n to c i r c l e the leak a r e a .
A/C Condenser
If a leak Is f o u n d , r e m o v e a n d r e p l a c e the A / C line ( s e e p a g e 21-8).

If a leak Is f o u n d , r e m o v e the A / C c o n d e n s e r ( s e e p a g e 21-75).
D e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r leak is.in the A / C c o n d e n s e r or t h e r e c e i v e r / d r y e r .
U s e a p e r m a n e n t m a r k e r p e n to c i r c l e the leak a r e a .
R e p l a c e either the r e c e i v e r / d r y e r ( s e e p a g e 21-76), or the A / C c o n d e n s e r ( s e e p a g e
21-75), d e p e n d i n g u p o n w h i c h Is l e a k i n g .
21-84
Possible Leak Area

A/C C o m p r e s s o r
Diagnostic Procedure w i t h Fluorescent B Y B

* C h e c k for l e a k s at all of t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r j o i n t s , the c l u t c h c e n t e r , t h e A / C
c o m p r e s s o r front h o u s i n g bolts, a n d t h e s c r o l l bolts on t h e b a c k of t h e A / C
compressor.
* If a leak is f o u n d , u s e a p e r m a n e n t m a r k e r p e n to c i r c l e the leak a r e a .
* If t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r relief v a l v e a p p e a r s to be l e a k i n g , d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r t h e leak
is c o m i n g f r o m t h e relief v a l v e , or t h e joint b e t w e e n t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c a s i n g a n d
t h e v a l v e . If t h e leak is f r o m t h e relief v a l v e , c h e c k t h e A / C s y s t e m p r e s s u r e s , a n d
refer to t h e p r e s s u r e t e s t t a b l e in the A / C s y s t e m t e s t ( s e e p a g e 21-88). If the leak is
f r o m t h e c a s i n g / v a l v e joint, r e p l a c e the A / C c o m p r e s s o r relief v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
21-74).
* If t h e leak is c o m i n g f r o m t h e s u c t i o n h o s e a n d / o r d i s c h a r g e h o s e fittings o n the A / C
c o m p r e s s o r , c l e a n the A / C fittings a n d r e p l a c e t h e s u c t i o n / d i s c h a r g e fitting O - r i n g s .
* F o r all other A / C c o m p r e s s o r l e a k s , r e m o v e a n d r e p l a c e t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r
{ s e e p a g e 21-69).
Evaporator
* S t a r t c h e c k i n g for e v a p o r a t o r l e a k s b y illuminating t h e e v a p o r a t o r d r a i n t u b e a r e a . <

* If a leak is f o u n d , r e m o v e t h e e v a p o r a t o r c o r e ( s e e p a g e 21-64).
* D e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r leak is f r o m e v a p o r a t o r o r e x p a n s i o n v a l v e .
* U s e p e r m a n e n t m a r k e r p e n to c i r c l e leak a r e a .
* R e p l a c e the e x p a n s i o n v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 21-66), o r the e v a p o r a t o r c o r e ( s e e p a g e
2 1 - 6 4 ) , d e p e n d i n g u p o n w h i c h is l e a k i n g .
21-85
A / C System Noise Check
ik CAUTION
* Asr c o n d i t i o n i n g refrigerant or l u b r i c a n t v a p o r
c a n Irritate y o u r e y e s , n o s e , or t h r o a t
* B e careful w h e n connecting s e r v i c e e q u i p m e n t
3. O p e r a t e the b l o w e r at e a c h s p e e d w i t h the e n g i n e
a n d A / C off, a n d c h e c k for u n u s u a l n o i s e s a n d
e x c e s s i v e v i b r a t i o n . If n o i s e a n d / o r v i b r a t i o n a r e
present, do the following checks:
-1 If the n o i s e or vibration o c c u r s o n l y in a
s p e c i f i c m o d e or s e t t i n g , t h e n c h e c k t h e s e
items:
T h e A / C s y s t e m noise c h e c k will help y o u determine the

s o u r c e of a b n o r m a l A / C s y s t e m n o i s e .
* O p e r a t i o n of t h e m o d e control m o t o r , d o o r ,
a n d linkage.
* O p e r a t i o n of t h e air m i x control m o t o r ( s ) ,
NOTE:
* If a n a c c i d e n t a l s y s t e m d i s c h a r g e o c c u r s , ventilate
t h e w o r k a r e a before r e s u m i n g s e r v i c e .
o b t a i n e d f r o m the refrigerant a n d lubricant
manufacturers.
* Identify the c o n d i t i o n s w h e n t h e n o i s e o c c u r s . T h e
d o o r ( s ) , a n d linkage.
* O p e r a t i o n of t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r ,
d o o r , a n d linkage.
-2 If t h e r e is a s q u e a k i n g or c h i r p i n g n o i s e , but n o
unusual vibration, replace the blower motor
( s e e p a g e 21-64).
w e a t h e r , the v e h i c l e s p e e d , t h e v e h i c l e b e i n g in g e a r
; or in n e u t r a l , the e n g i n e t e m p e r a t u r e , or o t h e r
c o n d i t i o n s m a y be f a c t o r s In d e t e r m i n i n g the n o i s e
source.
* D o a n A / C s y s t e m I n s p e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 21-9), a n d
c o r r e c t a n y p r o b l e m s f o u n d prior to d i a g n o s i n g
abnormal noises.
* A b n o r m a l A / C n o i s e s c a n be m i s l e a d i n g . F o r e x a m p l e ,
a s o u n d s i m i l a r to a f a i l e d b e a r i n g m a y be c a u s e d b y
l o o s e f a s t e n e r s , l o o s e m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t s , or a faulty
A / C c o m p r e s s o r clutch a s s e m b l y .
-3 R e m o v e the b l o w e r unit ( s e e p a g e 21-62), a n d

c h e c k for foreign m a t e r i a l ( l e a v e s or t w i g s , for
e x a m p l e ) o n the b l o w e r m o t o r a n d f a n . If
foreign m a t e r i a l is p r e s e n t , r e m o v e It, a n d
r e c h e c k for n o i s e . If y o u don't find a n y f o r e i g n
material, r e m o v e the blower motor (see page
21-64), a n d c h e c k t h e s e I t e m s :
* C h e c k if t h e f a n b l a d e s a r e c r a c k e d or b r o k e n .
* M a k e s u r e t h e f a n r e t a i n e r Is tight.
* I n s p e c t t h e fan a l i g n m e n t o n t h e b l o w e r
1. I n s p e c t the air Inlet grille In t h e c o w l c o v e r for
m o t o r shaft.
d e b r i s . If d e b r i s is p r e s e n t , r e m o v e It.
2. S i t i n s i d e t h e v e h i c l e , c l o s e t h e d o o r s a n d w i n d o w s , ,
a n d turn the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), but d o not
start the e n g i n e . C y c l e t h e H V A C s y s t e m t h r o u g h all
b l o w e r s p e e d s a n d ail air distribution m o d e s to
determine w h e r e and w h e n the noise occurs.
21-86
R e p l a c e t h e b l o w e r m o t o r if a n y p r o b l e m s a r e
present
4. S e t up the v e h i c l e for t h e r u n n i n g A / C c h e c k s :
* S e l e c t a quiet a r e a for t e s t i n g .
* Apply the parking brake.
* S h i f t t h e v e h i c l e In P A R K or in N e u t r a l .
* Start the engine,
* S e t the t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l dial to M a x C o o l .
* S e t t h e m o d e c o n t r o l s w i t c h to V e n t
* S e t t h e f a n c o n t r o l dial to m i n i m u m (but not O F F ) .
* T u r n the A / C s w i t c h O N .
7. C h e c k the o p e r a t i o n of the A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h :
* IVlake s u r e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h e n g a g e s
w i t h o u t s l i p p i n g . If the c l u t c h d o e s not e n g a g e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h circuit
f s e e p a g e 21-49). If the A / C c o m p r e s s o r clutch
s l i p s , r e p l a c e the c o m p l e t e c l u t c h a s s e m b l y
( s e e p a g e 21-72).
* M a k e s u r e the A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h d i s e n g a g e s ,
if the c l u t c h d o e s not d i s e n g a g e , d o the A / C
c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h c h e c k ( s e e p a g e 21-71). If the
Switch t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r o n a n d off s e v e r a l
t i m e s to c l e a r l y identify t h e s o u n d d u r i n g A / C
c o m p r e s s o r o p e r a t i o n . L i s t e n to the n o i s e w h i l e the
A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h is e n g a g e d a n d d i s e n g a g e d .
P r o b e t h e A / C s y s t e m w i t h a s t e t h o s c o p e to
pinpoint the n o i s e ,
N O T E : If the n o i s e d o e s not c h a n g e w h e n t h e A / C
c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h e n g a g e s o r d i s e n g a g e s , the
n o i s e m a y b e c a u s e d by a n e n g i n e - r e l a t e d
c o m p o n e n t Probe the engine area with a
s t e t h o s c o p e to p i n p o i n t the n o i s e .
5.. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d c h e c k t h e
A C c o m p r e s s o r clutch is O K , r e p l a c e the A / C
c o m p r e s s o r ( s e e p a g e 21-63).
* IVlake s u r e the A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h c y c l e s
n o r m a l l y . If the A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h is c y c l i n g
rapidly, the A / C s y s t e m is p r o b a b l y l o w o n
refrigerant d u e to a leak. D o t h e refrigerant leak
c h e c k ( s e e p a g e 21-81). if the refrigerant c h a r g e
is O K , a n d t h e r e a r e no l e a k s , t r o u b l e s h o o t the
A / C c o m p r e s s o r clutch circuit
8. L i s t e n w i t h a s t e t h o s c o p e for n o i s e s c o m i n g f r o m
t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r , a n d c h e c k t h e s e stems:
* T h e n o i s e c h a n g e s w h e n the A / C c o m p r e s s o r
d r i v e belt for e x c e s s i v e w e a r , oil c o n t a m i n a t i o n ,
c l u t c h d i s e n g a g e s . Sf t h e n o i s e d o e s not c h a n g e
i m p r o p e r routing, or a faulty belt t e n s i o n e r
w h e n the A / C c o m p r e s s o r d i s e n g a g e s , t h e n o i s e
{ s e e p a g e 4-30), C o r r e c t a n y p r o b l e m s f o u n d . S t a r t
m a y b e c a u s e d by a n e n g i n e - r e l a t e d
t h e e n g i n e , run t h e A C s y s t e m , a n d c h e c k if t h e
P r o b e t h e e n g i n e a r e a w i t h a s t e t h o s c o p e to
n o i s e is c o m i n g f r o m the d r i v e belt, the belt

t e n s i o n e r or a n y of t h e p u l l e y s . R e p a i r or r e p l a c e
a n y faulty components.
8. L i s t e n f o r n o i s e s c o m i n g f r o m t h e A / C l i n e s , the A / C
h o s e s , the A / C c o n d e n s e r , the evaporator, the
receiver-drier, or the expansion valve, a n d check
these items:
* N o i s e s c a u s e d by A / C c o m p o n e n t s t o u c h i n g
o t h e r c o m p o n e n t s or t h e b o d y . R e r o u t e or
insulate the A C c o m p o n e n t s ) a s needed, and
r e c h e c k for n o i s e .
* L o o s e , d a m a g e d or e x c e s s i v e l y w o r n A / C
c o m p o n e n t s or m o u n t i n g h a r d w a r e . R e p a i r or
r e p l a c e t h e faulty c o m p o n e n t s } o r h a r d w a r e , a n d
recheck for noise.
component
pinpoint t h e n o i s e .
* T h e A / C s y s t e m operating p r e s s u r e s are normal.
If the s y s t e m p r e s s u r e s a r e a b n o r m a l ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e p r o b l e m u s i n g the p r e s s u r e t e s t
t a b l e in t h e A / C s y s t e m t e s t ( s e e p a g e 21-88).
C o r r e c t the p r e s s u r e - r e l a t e d p r o b l e m ( s ) , a n d
r e c h e c k for n o i s e .
* The A / C c o m p r e s s o r hose connections, mounting
b r a c k e t s , a n d f a s t e n e r s a r e in g o o d c o n d i t i o n , If
a n y of t h e s e c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o o s e , d a m a g e d , o r
e x c e s s i v e l y w o r n , repair or r e p l a c e the faulty
c o m p o n e n t ( s ) , a n d r e c h e c k for n o i s e . If t h e s e
c o m p o n e n t s a r e in g o o d c o n d i t i o n , a n d t h e n o i s e
is s t i l l p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e the A / C c o m p r e s s o r
( s e e p a g e 21-69).
* A m o a n i n g n o i s e c o m i n g f r o m the A / C s u c t i o n
fine. If t h e r e Is a m o a n i n g n o i s e , c h e c k the
s y s t e m refrigerant c h a r g e ( s e e p a g e 21-80). If the
refrigerant c h a r g e is O K , r e p l a c e t h e r e c e i v e r /
dryer.
21-87
A / C System Test
Performance Test
5. Insert a t h e r m o m e t e r (A) in the c e n t e r v e n t
ACAUTION
-
/-XII
U U K U I U U
ICM
IU
c a n irritate y o u r e y e s , n o s e , or throat.
* Be careful w h e n connecting service e q u i p m e n t
D o not b r e a t h e refrigerant or v a p o r .
T h e p e r f o r m a n c e test will help d e t e r m i n e if the A / C

s y s t e m is operating w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s .
NOTE:.
* If a c c i d e n t a l s y s t e m d i s c h a r g e o c c u r s , ventilate the
o b t a i n e d f r o m the refrigerant a n d lubricant
6. P l a c e a n o t h e r t h e r m o m e t e r (B) n e a r t h e b l o w e r
u n i t ' s r e c i r c u l a t i o n inlet d u c t
manufacturers,
7. T e s t c o n d i t i o n s :
1. Do the A / C s y s t e m i n s p e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 21-9), a n d
correct any problem found..
c h a r g i n g station to t h e h i g h - p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e port
a n d the l o w - p r e s s u r e s e r v i c e port, f o l l o w i n g the
* M o v e the v e h i c l e out of direct s u n l i g h t a n d let it

c o o l d o w n to t h e s u r r o u n d i n g (ambient)
t e m p e r a t u r e . If n e c e s s a r y , w a s h t h e v e h i c l e to
c o o l it d o w n m o r e q u i c k l y .
* T h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e m u s t be at feast 60 F
(16C).
* Open hood.
3. D e t e r m i n e the relative h u m i d i t y a n d air

temperature.
4. O p e n the g l o v e box. R e m o v e the d a m p e r a n d t h e
g l o v e box s t o p o n e a c h s i d e , t h e n l e t the g l o v e b o x
hang d o w n (see page 20-161).
* O p e n front d o o r s .
* S e t the t e m p e r a t u r e control dial to M a x C o o l , the
m o d e c o n t r o l s w i t c h to V e n t , a n d the
r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l s w i t c h to R e c i r c u l a t e .
* T u r n t h e A / C s w i t c h O N a n d the f a n s w i t c h to
Max.
* R u n the e n g i n e at 1,500 r p m .
* No d r i v e r or p a s s e n g e r s in the v e h i c l e .
8. I n s p e c t the A / C c o m p o n e n t s for t h e f o l l o w i n g
conditions: * A / C c o m p r e s s o r c u l t c h not e n g a g e d .
* A b n o r m a l frost areas.
* Unusual noises.
If y o u o b s e r v e a n y of t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s , refer to t h e
symptom troubleshooting.
9. After r u n n i n g the air c o n d i t i o n i n g for 10 m i n u t e s
u n d e r the a b o v e t e s t c o n d i t i o n s , r e a d t h e d e l i v e r y
t e m p e r a t u r e f r o m the t h e r m o m e t e r in t h e c e n t e r
v e n t , t h e intake t e m p e r a t u r e n e a r the b l o w e r unit,
a n d the high a n d l o w s y s t e m p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e A / C
gauges.
21-88
10. T o c o m p l e t e t h e v e n t ( d e l l v e r y l / a m b i e n t air (intake) t e m p e r a t u r e c h a r t :

* M a r k t h e v e n t { d e l i v e r y ) t e m p e r a t u r e o n t h e v e r t i c a l line.
* M a r k t h e a m b i e n t a i r (intake) t e m p e r a t u r e o n t h e b o t t o m line,
* D r a w a v e r t i c a l line f r o m t h e a m b i e n t a i r (intake) t e m p e r a t u r e m a r k .
* D r a w a h o r i z o n t a l line from t h e v e n t ( d e l i v e r y ) t e m p e r a t u r e m a r k until It i n t e r s e c t s t h e v e r t i c a l Sine.
1
N O T E : T h e v e n t t e m p e r a t u r e a n d a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e s h o u l d i n t e r s e c t in t h e s h a d e d a r e a . A n y
m e a s u r e m e n t s o u t s i d e t h e a r e a m a y i n d i c a t e t h e n e e d f o r further i n s p e c t i o n .
Ambient Air (intake) Temperature v s . Vent (Delivery! Temperature
37
(31
65
(18!
70
121)
75
(24)
80
|27)
85
(29)
9@
(32)
95
(35)
100
(38)
105
(41)
I
TO
AMBIENT AIR (INTAKE) T E M P E R A T U R E
(confd)
21-89
-Heating/Air Conditioning
A / C System Test (cont'd)
11. T o compSete t h e high s i d e ( d i s c h a r g e ) p r e s s u r e / a m b i e n t air (intake) t e m p e r a t u r e chart:
M a r k t h e high s i d e ( d i s c h a r g e ) p r e s s u r e on t h e vertical line.
* M a r k the a m b i e n t air (intake) t e m p e r a t u r e o n t h e bottom line.
D r a w a vertical line f r o m t h e a m b i e n t air (intake) t e m p e r a t u r e mark.
* D r a w a horizontal line f r o m t h e high- s i d e ( d i s c h a r g e ) p r e s s u r e m a r k until it I n t e r s e c t s t h e vertical line.
N O T E : T h e high s i d e p r e s s u r e a n d a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e s h o u l d I n t e r s e c t In the s h a d e d a r e a . A n y
m e a s u r e m e n t s o u t s i d e t h e a r e a m a y Indicate t h e n e e d for further i n s p e c t i o n .
Ambient Air (Intake) Temperature vs. High Side (Discharge) Pressure
AMBIENT AIR ( I N T A K E ) T E M P E R A T U R E
21-90
1 2 , T o c o m p l e t e t h e l o w s i d e ( s u c t i o n ) p r e s s u r e / a m b i e n t a i r (intake) t e m p e r a t u r e chart: * M a r k t h e l o w s i d e (suction) p r e s s u r e a l o n g t h e v e r t i c a l line.

* M a r k t h e a m b i e n t a i r (intake) t e m p e r a t u r e a l o n g the bottom line,
* D r a w a v e r t i c a l line f r o m t h e a m b i e n t air (intake) t e m p e r a t u r e m a r k .
* D r a w a horizontal Sine f r o m t h e l o w s i d e (suction) p r e s s u r e m a r k until it i n t e r s e c t s the v e r t i c a l line.
N O T E : T h e l o w s i d e p r e s s u r e a n d a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e s h o u l d i n t e r s e c t in t h e s h a d e d a r e a . A n y
m e a s u r e m e n t s o u t s i d e t h e a r e a m a y indicate t h e n e e d for further i n s p e c t i o n .
A m b i e n t Air ( i n t a k e ) Temperature v s . L o w S i d e ( S u c t i o n ) Pressure
AfVIBtEWT A I R (INTAKE) T E M P E R A T U R E
(confd)
21-91
A / C System Test (cont'd)
Pressure Test
Test results
Suction and
discharge
p r e s s u r e s are
normal
Related s y m p t o m s
W a r m air f r o m t h e v e n t s .
Probable cayse
The A / C system contains
t o o m u c h refrigerant oil
T h e a i r m i x d o o r is n o t
operating properly
Suction and
discharge
roughly equal
and steady
The suction and discharge pressures

e q u a l i z e w h e n t h e e n g i n e Is r e v v e d .
The A/C compressor clutch or

t h e d r i v e b e l t is s l i p p i n g , o r
t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r s h a f t seal
is l e a k i n g
Suction and
discharge
roughly equal
but fluctuate
Suction and
discharge
roughly equal
and
abnormally
low
Suction and
discharge
abnormally
high, but
normalize
w h e n the A/C
c o n d e n s e r is
cooled
Suction and
discharge
abnormally
high, and
r e f r i g e r a n t line
temperatures
are a b n o r m a l
Suction and
discharge
abnormally
high, but drop
rapidly w h e n
the A/C
compressor
disengages
Suction and discharge pressures fluctuate

w h i l e r u n n i n g . P r e s s u r e s e q u a l i z e as s o o n
as t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r d i s e n g a g e s .
The A/C compressor

discharge valve or the A/C
c o m p r e s s o r g a s k e t is f a u l t y
The suction and discharge pressures do

not change during continued operation.
T h e A / C s y s t e m is
undercharged
R e c o v e r r e f r i g e r a n t (see p a g e 21-78), t h e n
d o t h e r e f r i g e r a n t leak c h e c k (see p a g e
21-81). R e p a i r a n y leaks, t h e n r e c h a r g e t h e
s y s t e m (see p a g e 21-80).
The suction pressure decreases w h e n cool

w a t e r is s p r a y e d o n t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r .
T h e A / C s y s t e m is
overcharged
R e c o v e r r e f r i g e r a n t (see p a g e 2 1 - 7 8 ) ,
e v a c u a t e t h e s y s t e m (see p a g e 2 1 - 7 9 ) , a n d
recharge the system t o specifications
(see p a g e 21-80).
T h e h i g h p r e s s u r e v a p o r line t o t h e A / C
c o n d e n s e r is t o o h o t
T h e l o w pressure liquid line f r o m the
e x p a n s i o n v a l v e is n o t c o l d .
T h e r e is a n a b r u p t t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p
a l o n g a r e f r i g e r a n t l i n e , o r in t h e A / C
condenser or evaporator.
The A / C system refrigerant

f l o w is r e s t r i c t e d
R e p l a c e t h e r e s t r i c t e d line o r c o m p o n e n t .
After stopping the A/C compressor, the

discharge pressure quickly drops about
196 kPa (28 p s i ) , t h e n f a l l s g r a d u a l l y .
T h e i n p u t a n d o u t p u t t e m p e r a t u r e s at t h e
e x p a n s i o n valve are n o t similar.
T h e r e is e x c e s s air in t h e A / C
system
R e c o v e r r e f r i g e r a n t (see p a g e 2 1 - 7 8 ) ,
e v a c u a t e t h e s y s t e m (see p a g e 21-79), a n d
r e c h a r g e t h e s y s t e m (see p a g e 2 1 - 8 0 ) .
21-92
Rertindy
* R e c o v e r r e f r i g e r a n t (see p a g e 2 1 - 7 8 ) , a n d
e v a c u a t e t h e s y s t e m (see p a g e 21-79).
A d j u s t t h e a m o u n t o f o i l in t h e s y s t e m ,
t h e n r e c h a r g e t h e s y s t e m (see p a g e
21-80).
* C h e c k air m i x d o o r o p e r a t i o n (see p a g e
21-56), a n d r e p a i r as n e e d e d .
Check w h e t h e r the A / C c o m p r e s s o r
c l u t c h o r t h e d r i v e b e l t is s l i p p i n g .
If t h e d r i v e b e l t Is s l i p p i n g , r e p l a c e t h e
d r i v e b e l t (see p a g e 4-30).
If t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h is s l i p p i n g ,
r e p l a c e it (see p a g e 21-72).
C h e c k t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r s h a f t seal. If
It's l e a k i n g , r e p l a c e t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r
(see p a g e 21-69).
R e p l a c e t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r (see p a g e
21-69).
9
Test results
Suction and
discharge
pressures are
abnormally high,
a n d t h e r e Is little o r
n o a i r f l o w through
the A/C condenser
The suction
p r e s s u r e is h i g h
and the discharge
p r e s s u r e is l o w ,
Both pressures are
steady
The suction
p r e s s u r e Is l o w , t h e
discharge pressure
is h i g h , a n d t h e
refrigerant
temperature
changes
abnormally
s o m e w h e r e rn t h e
system
The section
pressure ishrgh,
the discharge
p r e s s u r e i s low,
and t h e r e a r e
particle
contaminants In
the refrigerant
lines
T h e suction
p r e s s u r e is h i g h ,
the discharge
p r e s s u r e is l o w ,
and t h e p r e s s u r e s
quickly change
w h e n the A/C
disengages
Suction and
discharge
pressures are both
low" a n d n o n e o f
t h e refrigerant
lines are c o l d
Suction and
discharge
pressures are both
low, and the
expansion valve or
t h e s u c t i o n line is
abnormally cold
Initially, t h e suction
and discharge
pressure are
normal, but both
become
abnormally low
during operation
* T h e l i q u i d l i n e t e m p e r a t u r e is s i m i l a r
o n both sides of expansion valve.
* System pressures d o not vary at a
steady engine speed,
Probable cause
The A/C condenser and/
or radiator fins are
clogged
The A/C condenser fins
are d a m a g e d
The A/C condenser a n d /
or radiator fans are n o t
working properly
T h e e x p a n s i o n v a i v e is
stuck open
Remedy
* Clean debris f r o m the A/C condenser
and/or radiator fins.
* C o m b the A/C condenser fins t o repair
any damage.
* Troubleshoot the A/C condenser fan and/
o r t h e radiator f a n circuit(s).
Replace t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e (see p a g e
21-66).
* T h e high pressure liquid line g o i n g

i n t o t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e is c o l d .
* T h e r e is a n a b r u p t t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p i n
the l i n e b e t w e e n t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r
a n d t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r , o r i n t h e line
between the A/C condenser and the
expansion valve,
The A/C system refrigerant

f l o w is r e s t r i c t e d
Replace t h e restricted line o r c o m p o n e n t
The expansion valve and/or the A/C

c o m p r e s s o r discharge hose are
c o n t a m i n a t e d w i t h metal flakes or
desiccant particles.
T h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r is
malfunctioning
Replace t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r fsee p a g e
21-69). If t h e s y s t e m is c o n t a m i n a t e d w i t h
d e s i c c a n t replace t h e receiver/dryer
(see p a g e 21-76).
T h e discharge a n d suction pressures

equalize s o o n after t h e A/C c o m p r e s s o r
stops,.
T h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r seal is
faulty
R e p l a c e t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r (see p a g e
21-69).
T h e r e is n o f r o s t o n t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e ,
a n d t h e l o w - p r e s s u r e l i q u i d l i n e is n o t
cold,
T h e A / C s y s t e m h a s a leak
( v e r y Sow r e f r i g e r a n t
charge)
D o t h e r e f r i g e r a n t leak c h e c k (see p a g e
2 1 - 8 1 L r e p a i r a n y leaks, a n d r e c h a r g e t h e
A / C s y s t e m (see p a g e 2 1 - 8 0 ) .
* T h e temperature
around the
e x p a n s i o n v a l v e is t o o low c o m p a r e d
to the temperature around the
receiver/dryer.
* T h e l o w p r e s s u r e ( s u c t i o n ) h o s e / l i n e is
cooler than the evaporator.
T h e d i s c h a r g e h o s e / f i n e is
clogged or kinked, which
is r e s t r i c t i n g r e f r i g e r a n t
flow
* T h e s u c t i o n h o s e / l i n e is
clogged or kinked, which
is r e s t r i c t i n g r e f r i g e r a n t
flow
T h e e v a p o r a t o r is f r e e z i n g
up
R e p a i r o r r e p l a c e t h e f a u l t y A/C
(see p a g e 21-8).
D u r i n g extended o p e r a t i o n , t h e air
f r o m t h e vents decreases.
flow
line
Run t h e fan w i t h A/C compressor off t o

w a r m t h e evaporator, t h e n test t h e
e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r (see p a g e
21-54). If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e t h e e v a p o r a t o r
temperature sensor.
(confd)
21-93
A/C System Test (cont'd)
T e s t resyfts
Suction and
discharge
p r e s s u r e s are b o t h
l o w a n d t h e r e are
abnormal
temperature
c h a n g e s at t h e
expansion valve
The discharge
p r e s s u r e is l o w , t h e
s u c t i o n p r e s s u r e Is
e x t r e m e l y Sow, a n d
the expansion
v a l v e o u t l e t is
abnormally w a r m
The discharge
p r e s s u r e is l o w , t h e
extremely low, and
t h e s u c t i o n line Is
abnormally cold
The discharge
extremely low, and
the refrigerant
temperature
doesn't change
going through the
expansion valve
The discharge
extremely low, and
the expansion
v a l v e Is a b n o r m a l l y
cold
The discharge
s u c t i o n p r e s s u r e Ss
extremely low, and
the high pressure
l i q u i d line Is
abnormally cold .
21-94
D u r i n g e x t e n d e d o p e r a t i o n , w a r m air
comes out of the vents, the suction
pressure decreases, and heavy frost
occurs o n the l o w pressure liquid line.
T h e l o w p r e s s u r e l i q u i d line is c o l d a t
t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e , b u t w a r m after
the valve.
T h e r e is f r o s t o n t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e .
T h e r e is n o f r o s t o n t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e
o u t l e t , a n d t h e l i q u i d line t e m p e r a t u r e
changes significantly across the
expansion valve.
Probable cayse
T h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e Is
stuck closed
Remedy
R e p l a c e t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e (see p a g e
2 1 - 6 6 ) , a n d t h e r e c e i v e r / d r y e r (see p a g e
21-76).
* Check the old expansion valve for
c o n t a m i n a t i o n . IF contaminants are
f o u n d , replace the c o m p o n e n t that
caused the contamination.
T h e r e is e x c e s s i v e m o i s t u r e
in t h e A / C s y s t e m
R e c o v e r r e f r i g e r a n t (see p a g e 2 1 - 7 8 ) , t h e n
r e p l a c e t h e r e c e i v e r / d r y e r (see p a g e 21-76).
E v a c u a t e t h e s y s t e m (see p a g e 21-79), a n d
r e c h a r g e t h e A / C s y s t e m (see p a g e 21-80).
T h e r e is f r o s t o n t h e line f r o m t h e
evaporator to the A/C compressor.
T h e e v a p o r a t o r Is i n t e r n a l l y
contaminated or plugged
R e c o v e r r e f r i g e r a n t (see p a g e 2 1 - 7 8 ) , t h e n
replace t h e evaporator. Evacuate t h e
s y s t e m (see p a g e 2 1 - 7 9 ) . a n d r e c h a r g e t h e
A/C system (seepage 2 1 - 8 0 ) .
T h e r e is n o f r o s t o n t h e e x p a n s i o n
v a l v e , a n d t h e Sow p r e s s u r e l i q u i d line
is n o t c o l d .
T h e l i q u i d line t e m p e r a t u r e s are
similar o n both sides of expansion
valve.
T h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e is
faulty
R e p l a c e t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e (see p a g e
21-66).
T h e r e is f r o s t o n t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e .
Excessive m o i s t u r e in t h e
s y s t e m is f r e e z i n g t h e
expansion valve
R e c o v e r r e f r i g e r a n t (see p a g e 2 1 - 7 8 ) , t h e
replace the receiver/dryer. Evacuate the
s y s t e m (see p a g e 2 1 - 7 9 ) , a n d r e c h a r g e t h e
A / C s y s t e m (see p a g e 2 1 - 8 0 ) .
T h e r e is f r o s t o n t h e line f r o m t h e
receiver/dryer to the expansion valve.
T h e r e c e i v e r / d r y e r Is
clogged
R e c o v e r r e f r i g e r a n t (see p a g e 21-78), t h e n
replace the receiver/dryer. Evacuate the
s y s t e m (see p a g e 2 1 - 7 9 ) . a n d r e c h a r g e t h e
A / C s y s t e m (see p a g e 21-80).
Climate Control
SERVICE VALVE
CLOW-PRESSURE SIDE)
A / C COMPRESSOR
Clutch Check, page 21-71
Clutch Overhaul, page 21-72
Relief Valve Replacement, page 21-74
(cont'd)
21-95
Climate Control
21-96
A/C CONDENSER FAN
ma
With navigation
, EVAPORATOR CORE
/ ( L o c a t s d in the h e a t e r y n i t )
EXPANSION V A L V E
IVIODE C O N T R O L I V I O T O R
T e s t page 21-178
RECIRCULATION
CONTROL MOTOR
T e s t page 21-179
R e p l a c e m e n t page
21-61
DUST AND
POLLEN FILTER
Replacement
p a g e 21-77
BLOWER UNIT
page 21-62
Component Replacement
page 21-84
CLIMATE CONTROL
UNIT
page 21-180
DRIVER'S AIR M I X
CONTROL MOTOR
Test,
page 2 1 - 5 6
Replacement,
page 2 1 - 5 7
P A S S E N G E R ' S CLIMATE
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
DRIVER'S C L I M A T E
CONTROL SWITCH
p a g e 21-181
Bulb R e p l a c e m e n t
p a g e 21-181
CONTROL SWITCH
p a g e 21-181
SENSOR
T e s t page
21-54
(confd)
21-97
Climate Control
Without
navigation
EXPANSION V A L V E
I EVAPORATOR CORE
(Located In the heater unit)
Replacement page 21-64-
RECIRCULATION
CONTROL MOTOR
T e s t page 21-179
BLOWER UNIT
page 21-62
Component Replacement
page 21-64
D U S T AMD
P O L L E D FILTER
Replacement
page 21-77
MODE CONTROL MOTOR
T e s t page 21-178
Replacement
page 21-59
AUDIO-HVAC
DISPLAY UNIT
Replacement
page 23-114
DRIVER'S AIR MIX

CONTROL MOTOR
Test,
page 21-56
Replacement
page 21-57
PASSENGER'S AIR MIX

CONTROL MOTOR
Test,
page 21-177
Replacement
page 21-178
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Test,
page 21-174
Replacement
page 21-174
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
T e s t page 21-54
21-98
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT

Removal/installation,
page 21-181

How to C
h
e
c
k for DTCs with the
HDS
T h e r e a r e t h r e e m e t h o d s u s e d t o c h e c k for D T C s . T h e r e c o m m e n d e d m e t h o d is to u s e the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m
( H D S ) w i t h t h e a p p r o p r i a t e s o f t w a r e , p l u g g e d into t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) .
T h e s e c o n d m e t h o d i s t o run t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n built into t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit.
T h e third m e t h o d is to u s e the B - C A N s y s t e m d i a g n o s t i c t e s t m o d e A ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 1 2 0 ) .
1, M a k e s u r e t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .
2. C o n n e c t the H D S t o the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d .
A
3, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
4, Make s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e a n d the c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit. If It d o e s n ' t t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C
circuit { s e e p a g e 1 1 - 1 9 2 ) .
5, S e l e c t H V A C / C L I M A T E C O N T R O L in t h e B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L m e n u .
6, S e l e c t D T C s in t h e H V A C / C L I M A T E C O N T R O L m e n u .
7, C h e c k for D T C s , If a n y D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , w r i t e d o w n t h e D T C s , t h e n g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If '
n o D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , refer to s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
MOTE:
* A f t e r t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , c l e a r the D T C s w i t h the H D S .
* F o r s p e c i f i c o p e r a t i o n s , refer to t h e u s e r ' s m a n u a l that c a m e w i t h the H D S .
(confd)
21-99
Climate Control
How t Use the Self-diagnostic Function with the HDS
1. M a k e s u r e the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
2. C o n n e c t the H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) .
4. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e a n d t h e c l i m a t e control u n i t If it d o e s n ' t t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C
5. S e l e c t H V A C / C L I M A T E C O N T R O L in the B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L m e n u .
6. S e l e c t I N S P E C T I O N in t h e H V A C / C L I M A T E C O N T R O L m e n u .
7. S e l e c t C L I M A T E C O N T R O L S E L F T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N m e n u .
8. C h e c k for D T C s . If a n y D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , w r i t e d o w n the D T C s , t h e n go to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
NOTE:
* After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , c l e a r the D T C s w i t h the H D S .
F o r s p e c i f i c o p e r a t i o n s , refer to the u s e r ' s m a n u a l that c a m e w i t h the H D S .
21-100
How to U s e t h e Self-diagnostic F u n c t i o n w i t h o u t t h e H D S
T h e climate control
unit
h a s a s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n , T o run t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n , d o t h e f o l l o w i n g :
1 . T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Oh a n d t h e n to O N (II).

2, P r e s s a n d h o l d t h e O F F button, t h e n w i t h i n 10 s e c o n d s p r e s s a n d r e l e a s e t h e R E A R W I N D O W D E F O G G E R /
M I R R O R D E F O G G E R button f i v e t i m e s , R e l e a s e t h e O F F button; t h e n t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c b e g i n s .
NOTE;
* T h e b l o w e r m o t o r w i l l r u n at v a r i o u s s p e e d s r e g a r d l e s s of w h a t t h e p a n e l is d i s p l a y i n g .
* If t h e r e is a p r o b l e m w i t h t h e s y s t e m , t h e t e m p e r a t u r e indicator f l a s h e s 3 8 , a n d t h e A / C O N i n d i c a t o r or t h e
A U T O i n d i c a t o r for both) a l s o f l a s h e s . S e g m e n t s in t h e t e m p e r a t u r e indicator t h e n indicate w h i c h D T C s a r e
present,
* If t h e r e i s m o r e t h a n o n e D T C , t h e y a r e d i s p l a y e d o n e at a t i m e in s e q u e n c e f o l l o w e d by a p a u s e (all t h e d i s p l a y
indicator s e g m e n t s illuminate) between the D T C s .
* If t h e r e a r e n o p r o b l e m s d e t e c t e d , t h e s e g m e n t s will not i l l u m i n a t e , a n d t h e s y s t e m will a p p e a r to b e t u r n e d off,
A U D I O - H V A C S U B D I S P L A Y ( W i t h navigation)
CLIMATE C O N T R O L UNIT
(Without navigation!
Canceling t h e Self-diagnostic Function

3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) to c a n c e l t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n . After c o m p l e t i n g r e p a i r w o r k , run t h e
s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n a g a i n to m a k e s u r e that t h e r e a r e n o other D T C s .
(confd)
21-101
Climate Control
Cheeking for DTCs
T h e t e m p e r a t u r e d i s p l a y I n d i c a t e s s i n g l e or multiple D T C s . If n o D T C s a r e p r e s e n t , t h e i n d i c a t o r r e m a i n s blank.
N O T E : If indicator s e g m e n t s A , C , D, E , G , K, a n d the A U T O indicator or the A / C O N Indicator a r e on at the s a m e t i m e ,
t h e r e m a y b e a n o p e n in t h e s e n s o r c o m m o n g r o u n d circuit or t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit g r o u n d circuit.
DRIVER'S T E M P E R A T U R E I N D I C A T O R
r
L
A U T O INDICATOR
A / C ON INDICATOR
B D
AUTO
A/C ON
IT
HP
DTC
(Dfwefs
T e m p e r a t y r e Indicator
S e g m e n t A U T O arid
A / C Indicatorl
Detection Item
A and A U T O
A n o p e n in the i n - c a r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit f s e e p a g e 21-134)
B and A U T O
C and A U T O
A s h o r t in t h e In-car t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-135)

A n o p e n In t h e o u t s i d e asr t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-137)
D and A U T O
A s h o r t In t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-138)
E and A U T O
F and A U T O
A n o p e n in t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-139)
G and A U T O
H and A U T O
A and A / C ON B a n d A/C ON
C and A / C
D and A / C
Eand A/C
F and A / C
ON
ON
ON
ON
A s h o r t in t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-141)
A n o p e n in t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-142)
A s h o r t in t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-144)
A n o p e n In t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-145)
A s h o r t In t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-146)
A p r o b l e m in the d r i v e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l linkage, d o o r , or m o t o r c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 21-149)
A n o p e n In the p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 21-150)
A s h o r t In t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-152)
A p r o b l e m In the p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control l i n k a g e , d o o r , or m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e
21-155)
G a n d A / C ON
A n o p e n in the m o d e control m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-125)
H a n d A/C ON
A s h o r t In t h e m o d e control m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-127)
J and A / C ON
A p r o b l e m in the m o d e control l i n k a g e , d o o r s , or m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-122)
K and A / C ON
A n o p e n In t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-162)
L a n d A/C ON
A s h o r t In the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-130)
M and A / C ON
A p r o b l e m in the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control l i n k a g e , d o o r , or m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-161)
N a n d A / C ON
A problem. In the b l o w e r m o t o r circuit ( s e e p a g e 21-157)
21-102
Detection item
D T C (Driver's
T e m p e r a t u r e indicator
S@fiH!lf J
A
B
C l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit Internal e r r o r ( s e e p a g e 21-122)

O u t p u t s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r s i g n a l . e r r o r . C h e c k for D T C s In t h e A / T
s y s t e m a n d g o to t h e I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If n o - D T C s a r e f o u n d , r e p l a c e
t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 21-180)
E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T ) s e n s o r s i g n a l error. C h e c k for D T C s In t h e P G M - F I
s y s t e m a n d g o to t h e I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If n o D T C s a r e f o u n d , r e p l a c e
t h e c l i m a t e control unit ( s e e p a g e 21-180)
C o m m u n i c a t i o n b u s line e r r o r (bus-off) ( s e e p a g e 22-135)
Displaying Sensor Inputs at the Climate Control Unit

T h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit h a s a m o d e that d i s p l a y s s e n s o r Inputs it r e c e i v e s . T h i s m o d e s h o w s y o u w h a t the c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l unit i s r e c e i v i n g f r o m e a c h of t h e s e n s o r s , o n e at a t i m e , a n d It c a n h e l p y o u d e t e r m i n e If a s e n s o r is faulty.
Cheek these items before ysing the sensor input display mode
1, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d c h e c k t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n d o o r f u n c t i o n ; p r e s s t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n button to
s w i t c h f r o m F R E S H to R E C I R C , T h e air v o l u m e a n d s o u n d s h o u l d c h a n g e slightly.
2, S e t t h e t e m p e r a t u r e u s i n g the d r i v e r ' s control s w i t c h to t h e d e s i r e d t e s t t e m p e r a t u r e :
* P r e s s A U T O button o n , t h e L E D t u r n s o n .
* P r e s s D U A L button off, t h e L E D t u r n s off,
W h e n s e l e c t i n g t h e t e s t t e m p e r a t u r e , note t h e s e I t e m s :
* " t o " t e m p e r a t u r e setting will default to M A X C O O L , V E N T , a n d R E C I R C .
* " H i " t e m p e r a t u r e s e t t i n g w i l l default to M A X H O T , F L O O R , a n d F R E S H .
* 53 through 8 8 F s e t t i n g s will u s e t h e a u t o m a t i c c l i m a t e c o n t r o l logic.
3, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
(confd)
21-103
Climate Control
To run the sensor input display mode,, follow these steps
2.. P r e s s a n d hold both t h e A U T O - a n d R E C I R C U L A T I O N C O N T R O L b u t t o n s , t h e n start, t h e e n g i n e .
3., After t h e e n g i n e s t a r t s , r e l e a s e both buttons. T h e d i s p l a y p a n e l control unit w i l l f l a s h t h e s e n s o r n u m b e r , a n d t h e n
t h e v a l u e for that s e n s o r . R e c o r d t h e v a l u e d i s p l a y e d .
4. T o a d v a n c e to the next s e n s o r , p r e s s t h e R E A R W I N D O W D E F O G G E R button.
Item.
Sensor
Displayed Value
1
2
Mode Positioning
I n-car T e m p e r a t u r e
Outside Air Temperature
S o l a r R a d i a t i o n S e n s o r V a l u e : Dark = 0 0 , F l a s h l i g h t = 0 4 , C l o u d y = 10,
S u n n y = 65
5
6
E v a p o r a t o r Outlet A i r T e m p e r a t u r e
D r i v e r ' s A i r M i x O p e n i n g ( L o w v a l u e i n d i c a t e s c o o l e r air d i s t r i b u t i o n , h i g h e r
c
2
10kcal/m h
% of o p e n i n g
v a l u e i n d i c a t e s w a r m e r air distribution)
7
P a s s e n g e r ' s A i r M i x O p e n i n g ( L o w v a l u e i n d i c a t e s c o o l e r air d i s t r i b u t i o n ,
% of o p e n i n g
h i g h e r v a l u e i n d i c a t e s w a r m e r air distribution)
8
Recirculation Control Opening
9
A
V e h i c l e S p e e d ( V e h i c l e m u s t be d r i v e n to d i s p l a y s p e e d )
Engine Coolant Temperature
V e n t T e m p e r a t u r e Asr O u t ( T A O )
% of o p e n i n g
10 k m / h
C
NOTE:
* T h e s e n s o r v a l u e s will be d i s p l a y e d in d e g r e e s C e l s i u s (C) or a n a l p h a n u m e r i c c o d e . U s e t h e c h a r t to c o n v e r t
the v a l u e to d e g r e e s F a h r e n h e i t (F).
e
If t h e s e n s o r v a l u e d i s p l a y s " E r " t h i s i n d i c a t e s t h e r e is a n o p e n or s h o r t in the circuit or s e n s o r . C h e c k for D T C s

u s i n g t h e H D S , or u s e t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 0 1 ) .
* If n e c e s s a r y , c o m p a r e t h e s e n s o r input d i s p l a y to a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e u n d e r t h e s a m e t e s t c o n d i t i o n s .
* If t h e s e n s o r Is out of t h e n o r m a l r a n g e , refer to the s e n s o r t e s t or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d s e n s o r , a n d r e c h e c k .
5. T o c a n c e l t h e s e n s o r Input d i s p l a y m o d e , p r e s s t h e A U T O button or turn the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
21-104
C e l s i u s to Fahrenheit C o n v e r s i o n Table
F
C
F
32
0
1
2
34
36
37
3
4
68
C
30
70
72
31
32
23
24
73
75
33
34
12
50
52
54
C
20
21
22
13
14
55
57
10
1-1
F
.
op
.
op
104
40
41
42
86
88
90
91
106
108
109
111
43
44
93
39
41
15
59
25
77
35
95
45
113
43
16
61
26
79
' 97
45
46
27
46
47
115
117
18
48
48
19
81
82
84
36
37
118
120
122
60
140
70
158
80
176
124
61
71
160
62
72
162
81
82
178
126
127
142
144
180
90
91
92
63
64
145
73
163
83
181
93
147
149
165
167
84
65
74
75
183
185
94
95
66
67
151
152
76
77
169
86
87
187
96
97
68
154
78
88
190
69
158
79
89
192
8
9
C
50
51
52
53
54
128
131
55
56
57
133
58
59
136
139
135
..
B0 thru 8 9
CO t h r u
DO thru
E 0 thru
FOthru
C9
D9
E9
F9
28
29
66
Alphanumeric Conversion Table

Display Reading
{Alphanumeric)
A1 thru A 9
83
64
17
170
172
174
.<C
1 thru - 9
10 thru 2 0 thru 3 0 thru 40 thru -
19
29
39
49
5 0 thru - 5 9
3 0 t h r u 16
14 thru - 2
- 4 thru - 2 0
- 2 2 thru - 3 8
40 thru 58
- 5 8 t h r u 74
38
39
85
99
100
102
"
49
op
188
98
99
194
- 196
198
199
201
203
.
205
207
208
210
%
1 thru - 9
10 thru - 1 9
2 0 thru - 2 9
3 0 thru - 3 9
4 0 thru - 4 9
+ 1 0 0 thru + 1 0 9
Alphanumeric Conversion Table (Mode Positioning!

Display Reading
(Alphanumeric)
0
20
40
60
80
FO
M o d e Position
VENT
HEAT/VENT-1
HEAT/VENT-2
HEAT
HEAT/DEF
DEF
21-105
C l i m a t e
C o n t r o l

C h e c k i n g the D T C s by H D S
D e t e c t i o n Stem or S y m p t o m
DTC
C o m m u n i c a t i o n b u s line e r r o r (bus-off)
U1280
U0155
.B121A
B121B
ECU
C l i m a t e control
unit
DTC type
L o s s of
Page
(see p a g e 22-135)
communication
C l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n
L o s s of
( s e e p a g e 21-124)
with gauge control m o d u l e

A n o p e n in t h e m o d e control m o t o r
unit.
communication
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-125)
Signal error
( s e e p a g e 21-127)
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-130)
Signal error
( s e e p a g e 21-134)
unit
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-135)
circuit
unit
A s h o r t In the m o d e control m o t o r circuit
unit
B1220
A s h o r t in t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r
unit
B1225
circuit
A n o p e n In t h e i n - c a r t e m p e r a t u r e
-B1226
s e n s o r circuit
A s h o r t In t h e i n - c a r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
circuit
unit
B1227
A n o p e n In the. o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e
unit
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-137)
B1228
s e n s o r circuit
A s h o r t In t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-138)
s e n s o r circuit
unit
A n o p e n In t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r circuit
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-139)
unit
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-141)
B1229
unit
B1230
A s h o r t In the s u n l i g h t s e n s o r circuit
B1231
A n o p e n in t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e
Signal error
( s e e p a g e 21-142)
B1232
s e n s o r circuit
A s h o r t in t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e
unit
Climate control
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-144)
unit
B1233
s e n s o r circuit
A n o p e n in t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x control
B1234
B1235
B1236
B1237
B1238
B1241
B2983
B2986
21-106
unit
Signal error
( s e e p a g e 21-145)
motor circuit
A s h o r t in t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x control
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-146)
motor circuit
A p r o b l e m in t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x control
l i n k a g e , d o o r , or m o t o r circuit
A n o p e n in t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
c o n t r o l m o t o r circuit
unit
unit
unit
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-149)
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-150)
A s h o r t in t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
c o n t r o l m o t o r circuit
A p r o b l e m in t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
control l i n k a g e , d o o r , or m o t o r circuit
A p r o b l e m in t h e b l o w e r m o t o r circuit
unit
unit
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-152)
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-155)
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-157)
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-161)
Signal error
(see p a g e 21-162)
unit
A p r o b l e m in t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control
l i n k a g e , d o o r , or m o t o r c i r c u i t
unit
A n o p e n in t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control
m o t o r circuit
unit
Symptom
T h e blower and heater
c o n t r o l s a n d the A C
s y s t e m d o not w o r k
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : C l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit
malfunction
* Do t h e c l i m a t e control p o w e r a n d
g r o u n d circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f s e e p a g e
21-164)
* B l o w n f u s e No. 16 (7.5 A ) in t h e d r i v e r ' s
* P o o r g r o u n d at G401 (with n a v i g a t i o n
and p r e m i u m audio: s e e page 22-40,
w i t h p r e m i u m audio: s e e page 22-42,
without premium audio: s e e page
22-44)
* P o o r or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s - at the
terminals
The A/C compressor

clutch a n d the A C
condenser/radiator fans
a r e i n o p e r a t i v e , but t h e
* Probable cause: A / C pressure switch

circuit malfunction
* A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h circuit
* P o w e r t r a i n D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3)
terminals
blower and heater

controls work
The A/C compressor
c l u t c h d o e s not e n g a g e ,
but the A / C c o n d e n s e r /
radiator f a n s o p e r a t e ,
and the blower and
T h e A / C c o n d e n s e r fan is
i n o p e r a t i v e , but t h e
radiator f a n r u n s w i t h t h e
A/C on. The blower and
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : N o p o w e r to the A / C
c o m p r e s s o r clutch
* D o the A C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f s e e p a g e 21-49)
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : A / C c o n d e n s e r fan
circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
* D o t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f s e e p a g e 21-47)
radiator f a n s a r e
* Probable cause: Radiator/A/C condenser.

fan c o m m o n circuit m a l f u n c t i o n ..
D o t h e radiator a n d A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n
on. T h e blower and
c o m m o n circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
f s e e p a g e 21-48}
normally
V o i c e c o m m a n d s d o not
work
B l o w e r fan r u n s s l o w e r
t h a n e x p e c t e d in c o l d
w e a t h e r ( w h e n in A U T O
mode)
B l o w n f u s e No. 20 (7.5 A ) in t h e
u n d e r - h o o d fuse/relay box
* P o o r or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s at the
normally
i n o p e r a t i v e w i t h the A / C
* P o o r g r o u n d at G 3 0 2 ( s e e p a g e 22-30}
The A/C condenser and
* H V A C D T C s f s e e p a g e 21-99)
* - B l o w n f u s e No. 20 (7.5 A).in t h e
* A / C s y s t e m p r e s s u r e is n o r m a l
( s e e p a g e 21-88)
* P o o r o r l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e
terminals
H V A C D T C s . ( s e e p a g e 21-99)
P r o b a b l e cause': C o m m u n i c a t i o n
p r o b l e m b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e control
unit a n d the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m
* Do t h e n a v i g a t i o n c o m m u n i c a t i o n line
circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f s e e p a g e 21-165)
* Probable c a u s e : Engine coolant
t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T ) circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e E C T s e n s o r circuit:
-
terminals
* B l o w n f u s e No.. 5 (2QA) a n d N o . 3-6
- (MAIN F A N M T R ) (30 A ) in t h e u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box
* P o o r g r o u n d at G 3 0 2 ( s e e p a g e 22-30)
* P o o r or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s at the
terminals
* N a v i s y s t e m fink ( s e e p a g e 23-170)
* P o o r o r l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s a t the
terminals
P o w e r t r a i n D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3)
B l o w e r motor operation
E C T s e n s o r 2 circuit low voltage

( s e e p a g e 11-164)
E C T s e n s o r 2 circuit high v o l t a g e
( s e e p a g e 11-165)
(confd)
21-107
Climate Control
Symptom
The A/C compressor
c l u t c h c y c l e s rapidly on
a n d off
Diagnostic procedore
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : T h e A / C s y s t e m is v e r y
l o w o n refrigerant, indicating a p o s s i b l e
leak
Do t h e refrigerant leak c h e c k ( s e e p a g e
21-81) a n d r e p a i r a n y l e a k s . R e p l a c e t h e
r e c e i v e r / d r y e r ( s e e p a g e 21-76), t h e n
r e c h a r g e the s y s t e m to s p e c i f i c a t i o n s
( s e e p a g e 21-80)
t h e v e n t s , a n d t h e high
p r e s s u r e liquid line is
v e r y hot
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : T h e A / C s y s t e m is
o v e r c h a r g e d (too m u c h refrigerant), or
t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r is m a l f u n c t i o n i n g
* If t h e r e is no leak a n d t h e refrigerant
l e v e l is n o r m a l , do the A / C
c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 21-49), a n d
look for a n intermittent p r o b l e m .
* Incorrect t e n s i o n or a b n o r m a l w e a r o n
t h e d r i v e belt. R e p l a c e the belt a n d / o r
t h e belt t e n s i o n e r a s n e e d e d .
the vents. T h e suction,
R e c o v e r A / C refrigerant ( s e e p a g e 21-78), * P r o p e r o p e r a t i o n of t h e A / C
t h e n c h e c k the c o n d e n s e r for r e s t r i c t i o n s c o n d e n s e r / r a d i a t o r f a n s . R e p a i r a s "
or p o o r airflow. R e p a i r a s n e e d e d .
needed.
R e c h a r g e the s y s t e m to s p e c i f i c a t i o n s
S i g n s of a n o v e r h e a t e d e n g i n e . R e p a i r
( s e e p a g e 21-80)
as needed.
P r o b a b l e c a u s e : T h e A / C s y s t e m is Sow
o n refrigerant, indicating a p o s s i b l e leak
* A d d refrigerant oil d e p e n d i n g on t h e
line is c o o l to w a r m , a n d
* D o t h e refrigerant leak c h e c k ( s e e p a g e
t h e d i s c h a r g e line is
21-81) a n d repair a n y l e a k s . R e c h a r g e
w a r m to hot
the s y s t e m to s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
part y o u r e p l a c e d ( s e e p a g e 21-6)
21-80)
line is c o o l to w a r m , t h e
d i s c h a r g e line is w a r m to
hot, a n d there is no f r o s t
on t h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : E x c e s s i v e air a n d / o r
C h e c k t h e a m o u n t of refrigerant oil in
m o i s t u r e in the s y s t e m , indicating a
p o s s i b l e leak
t h e s y s t e m . A d j u s t t h e oil level a s
* D o t h e refrigerant leak c h e c k ( s e e p a g e
needed.
21-81) a n d repair a n y l e a k s . R e p l a c e t h e
r e c e i v e r / d r y e r ( s e e p a g e 21-76), t h e n
r e c h a r g e t h e s y s t e m to s p e c i f i c a t i o n s
t h e v e n t s . T h e liquid line
or the c o n d e n s e r outlet is
a b n o r m a l l y c o o l , or t h e r e
is frost or c o n d e n s a t i o n
o n the r e c e i v e r / d r y e r
T h e r e is h e a v y frost or
c o n d e n s a t i o n on t h e
frost on the s u c t i o n line
( s e e p a g e 21-80)
P r o b a b l e c a u s e : A restriction in t h e h i g h p r e s s u r e s i d e of t h e s y s t e m
* R e c o v e r A / C refrigerant ( s e e p a g e 21-78),
t h e n c h e c k t h e liquid line, the r e c e i v e r /
d r y e r , a n d the A / C c o n d e n s e r for
restrictions. Repair a s n e e d e d . R e c h a r g e
the s y s t e m to s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
21-80)
P r o b a b l e c a u s e : A restriction, in t h e lowp r e s s u r e s i d e of t h e s y s t e m
R e c o v e r A / C refrigerant ( s e e p a g e 21-78),
t h e n c h e c k the s u c t i o n line a n d t h e
e x p a n s i o n v a l v e for r e s t r i c t i o n s . R e p a i r
a s n e e d e d . R e c h a r g e t h e s y s t e m to
21-108
Symptom
W a r m air c o m e s o u t of
t h e vents^ a n d t h e r e i s
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : T h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e is s t u c k
closed
frost on the e x p a n s i o n
* R e p l a c e the e x p a n s i o n v a l v e f s e e p a g e
valve
T h e t e m p e r a t u r e of the
liquid line i s t h e s a m e o n
b o t h s i d e s of t h e
e x p a n s i o n v a i v e , a n d the
e v a p o r a t o r c o i l or s u c t i o n
line h a s h e a v y
condensation
21-66)
P r o b a b l e c a u s e : T h e e x p a n s i o n v a l v e is s t u c k
open
* R e p l a c e the e x p a n s i o n v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
21-66}
C h e c k the-old e x p a n s i o n v a l v e for
c o n t a m i n a t i o n . If c o n t a m i n a n t s
a r e f o u n d , r e p l a c e the A / C s y s t e m
c o m p o n e n t that c a u s e d the
contamination.
H V A C D T C s (see page 2 1 - 9 9 )
* C h e c k t h e o l d e x p a n s i o n v a l v e for
c o n t a m i n a t i o n . If c o n t a m i n a n t s
are found, replace the A / C s y s t e m
contamination.
W a r m a i r c o m e s out of
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e : A / C c o m p r e s s o r failure
H V A C D T C s (see page 2 1 - 9 9 )
the v e n t s , but o p e r a t i o n
D o t h e A / C s y s t e m test ( s e e p a g e 21-88), a n d
A d d refrigerant oil d e p e n d i n g o n
c o r r e c t a n y p r o b l e m s . If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e
the part y o u r e p l a c e d ( s e e p a g e
is n o r m a l o t h e r w i s e
Driver's and p a s s e n g e r ' s
side vent temperatures
vary b y more than 2 0 T
the A / C c o m p r e s s o r ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 6 9 )
* P r o b a b l e c a u s e s : T h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control
d o o r or t h e air m i x d o o r is m a l f u n c t i o n i n g
* Do the following troubleshooting:
-
21-6)
H V A C DTCs-(see page 2 1 - 9 9 ) ;
;
terminals
R e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r test ( s e e p a g e
21-179)
D r i v e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r test

(see p a g e 2 1 - 5 6 )
P a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r t e s t

(see page 2 1 - 1 7 7 )
H D S d o e s not
communicate with the
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit or t h e
vehicle
insufficient h e a t i n g
T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 1 9 2 )
1,
C h e c k t h e c o o l a n t level ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 6 )
2,
3=
C h e c k t h e radiator c a p ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 3 )
C h e c k the coolant temperature during .
normal operation
4.
5.
6.
7.
Damaged cylinder head gasket
C h e c k t h e h e a t e r c o r e inlet h o s e
. temperature:
* If It is C O L D , c h e c k for r e s t r i c t i o n s in t h e
h o s e , a d a m a g e d or leaking t h e r m o s t a t ,
o r a d a m a g e d or leaking w a t e r p u m p
* If it is H O T , c h e c k for r e s t r i c t i o n s in t h e
h e a t e r c o r e . B a c k f l u s h or r e p l a c e t h e
heater core
Do t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r t e s t
f s e e p a g e 2 1 - 5 6 ) a n d p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
control motor test (see page 2 1 - 1 7 7 )
C h e c k t h e b l o w e r m o t o r unit for
obstructions
C h e c k for air l e a k s a r o u n d t h e d u c t s a n d
vents
21-109
Climate Control
System Description
T h e air c o n d i t i o n i n g (A/C) s y s t e m r e m o v e s h e a t f r o m t h e p a s s e n g e r c o m p a r t m e n t by t r a n s f e r r i n g heat f r o m t h e
a m b i e n t air to the e v a p o r a t o r . T h e A / C s y s t e m refrigerant e x p a n d s in the e v a p o r a t o r , a n d t h e e v a p o r a t o r b e c o m e s
v e r y c o l d a n d a b s o r b s t h e h e a t f r o m the a m b i e n t air. T h e b l o w e r fan p u s h e s air a c r o s s the e v a p o r a t o r w h e r e t h e heat
is a b s o r b e d , a n d then it b l o w s t h e c o o l air Into t h e p a s s e n g e r c o m p a r t m e n t .
EXPANSION V A L V E
(Meters the required arrtoynt of
r e f r i g e r a n t into the evaporator)
BLOWER FAN
EVAPORATOR
(Absorption of heat)
RELIEF V A L V E
{Relieves pressure at the A / C compressor
when the pressure is too high)
When the refrigerant is below
2
196 kPa (2.0 k g f / c m , 28 psi)

2
or above 3,138 kPa (32 kgf/cm ,

455 p s i ) , t h e ECM/PCM turns the
compressor relay off to protect
the A / C compressor.
A / C COMPRESSOR
ISyction and ompressioti!
HIGH P R E S S U R E VAPOR
1 HIGH P R E S S U R E LIQUID
A / C CONDENSER
(Radiation of heat)
RECEIVER/DRYER
DESICCANT
CTraps debris, and
removes moisture)
LOW P R E S S U R E LIQUID
i:
LOW P R E S S U R E VAPOR
T h i s v e h i c l e u s e s H F C - 1 3 4 a ( R - 1 3 4 a ) refrigerant, w h i c h d o e s not c o n t a i n c h l o r o f l u o r o c a r b o n s . P a y attention to t h e

following s erv ic e Items:
Do not m i x refrigerants C F C - 1 2 (R-12) a n d H F C - 1 3 4 a (R-134a). T h e y a r e not c o m p a t i b l e .
U s e o n l y the r e c o m m e n d e d p o l y a l k y l e n e g l y c o l ( P A G ) refrigerant oil ( D E N S O N D - 0 1 L 8 ) d e s i g n e d for the R~134a A / C
c o m p r e s s o r . I n t e r m i x i n g t h e r e c o m m e n d e d (PAG), refrigerant oil w i t h a n y other refrigerant oil will result In A / C
All A / C s y s t e m parts ( A / C c o m p r e s s o r , d i s c h a r g e line, s u c t i o n line, e v a p o r a t o r , A / C c o n d e n s e r , r e c e i v e r / d r y e r ,
e x p a n s i o n v a l v e , O - r i n g s for joints) a r e d e s i g n e d for refrigerant R - 1 3 4 a . Do not e x c h a n g e w i t h R-12 parts.
U s e a h a l o g e n g a s leak d e t e c t o r d e s i g n e d for refrigerant R - 1 3 4 a .
R-12 a n d R-134a refrigerant s e r v i c i n g e q u i p m e n t a r e not i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e . U s e o n l y a r e c o v e r y / r e c y c l i n g / c h a r g i n g
station that is U.L.-IIsted a n d Is certified to m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s of S A E J 2 2 1 0 to s e r v i c e t h e R-134a air
A l w a y s r e c o v e r refrigerant R-134a w i t h a n a p p r o v e d r e c o v e r y / r e c y c 1i n g / c h a rg I rig station before d i s c o n n e c t i n g a n y
A / C fitting.
21-110
21.-111
Climate Control
21-112
Dual Air Mix Control S f stem

Driver's side: HOT
Passenger's side: COOL
Driver's side: COOL

Passenger's side: HOT
(confd)
21-113
Climate Control
i-Dual Zone Climate Control System
T h i s s y s t e m a u t o m a t i c a l i y c o n t r o l s t h e t e m p e r a t u r e a n d the v e n t m o d e of the asr direction to t h e d r i v e r a n d p a s s e n g e r ' s
s i d e d e p e n d i n g o n the a n g l e of t h e s u n a n d the direction of the v e h i c l e . It c a l c u l a t e s i n f o r m a t i o n s u c h a s d a t e , t i m e ,
l o n g i t u d e , a n d latitude f r o m the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m , a s w e l l a s t h e radiative s t r e n g t h of t h e s u n f r o m t h e s u n l i g h t
s e n s o r , to d e t e r m i n e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e m o d e position a n d t e m p e r a t u r e to be d i r e c t e d to e a c h s i d e .
DATE
LONGITUDE
LATITUDE
DIRECTION OF THE VEHICLE
RADIATIVE STRENG1
DUAL AIR MIX CONTROL
COOL V E N T
DOOR
DRIVER'S
AIR MIX DOOR
PASSENGER'S
AIR MIX DOOR
In the e v e n t that t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m m a l f u n c t i o n s , or w h e n d r i v i n g in a r e a s w h e r e the n a v i g a t i o n c a n n o t d e t e r m i n e

the v e h i c l e position ( n o n - c o v e r a g e a r e a s , t u n n e l s , etc.), the c l i m a t e control s y s t e m will o p e r a t e the s a m e a s a v e h i c l e
without navigation.
21-114
Climate Control Unit Inputs and Outputs

CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT C O N N E C T O R A (28PJ
i
1
J 2
A /
6
6
19
18
7
20
8
21
23
12
11
24
25
28
13
14
28
Cavity
1
Wire color
Terminal
LT GRN
name
M-HOT A S
Description
D r i v e s p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r m i x control
m o t o r to H O T
M-COOL
2
2
WHT*
RED
AS
M-FRS
4 1
PUR"
Drives p a s s e n g e r ' s air mix control

m o t o r to C O O L
Drives recirculation control motor
to F R E S H
Signal
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N ( I I ) a n d
p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r m i x contr ol m o t o r
m o v i n g to H O T : battery v o l t a g e
p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
m o v i n g to C O O L : battery v o l t a g e
F R E S H : battery v o l t a g e
M-COOL
DR
LTBLU
D r i v e s d r i v e r ' s a i r m i x control m o t o r
to C O O L
W i t h Ignition s w i t c h O N (II) a n d
driver's air m i x control motor m o v i n g
to C O O L : battery v o l t a g e
PUR
ORN*
M-REC
M-HOT DR
PUK
M-VENT
YEL" ,
1
D r i v e s r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r to
RECIRCULATE
recirculation control motor m o v i n g
to R E C I R C U L A T E : battery v o l t a g e
D r i v e s d r i v e r ' s a i r m i x control m o t o r
to H O T
driver's air mix control motor m o v i n g
to C O O L : battery v o l t a g e
Drives m o d e control motor to V E N T
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (If) a n d m o d e
control m o t o r to V E N T : battery
WHT*
voltage
GRY*
12
BLU
IG2
IG2 power source
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II): battery

voltage
MDD-P
0,5 - 4.5 V ( d e p e n d i n g o n m o d e
control m o t o r position)
RF D-P .
Detects recirculation control motor
0.5 - 4.5 V (depending" o n recirculation
c o n t r o l m o t o r position)
PNK*
With ignition switch O N (II) and m o d e

c o n t r o l m o t o r m o v i n g to D E F : battery
voltage
RED*
LT GRIST
11
D r i v e s m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r to D E F
RED*'
IT GRN*
M-DEF
GRN*
* 1:
With navigation
* 2:
Without navigation
position
'(confd)
21-115
Climate Control
Climate Control Unit inputs and Outputs (cont'd)
C L I M A T E CONTROL UNIT C O N N E C T O R A C28P)
-T
r
3
16
5
18
6
19
20
8
21
23
12
11
24
25
13
26
14
28
Cavity
Wire color
M
LT BLU
13
Terminal
name
AMD-PAS
YEL*
14
GRY
A M D - P DR
16
RED
ILL
BULB
18
GRY
SMALL
19
LT B L U *
RED*
D1SPCLK
20
BLU*
21
DISPSI
2
PUR*
23
BRN
24
LT G R N *
BLU*
YEL*
25
Signal
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (IS)
p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x d o o r at
a b o u t 4.5 V
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II)
p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x d o o r at
a b o u t 0.5 V
and
HOT:
and
COOL:
D e t e c t s d r i v e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
-position
d r i v e r ' s air m i x d o o r at H O T : a b o u t
4.5 V
W i t h Ignition s w i t c h O N (II) a n d
d r i v e r ' s air m i x d o o r at C O O L : a b o u t 0.5 V
Detects illumination control signal
v o l t a g e v a r i e s a s d a s h lights
brightness varies
Inputs v o l t a g e for illumination
Communication signal from

subdispSay
W i t h Ignition s w i t c h O N (II) p u l s e s
( a b o u t 2.5 V )
C o m m u n i c a t i o n s i g n a l to s u b d i s p l a y
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (11): p u l s e s
( a b o u t 2,5 V )
ACS
O u t p u t s A / C on/off s i g n a l
Teva
Detects evaporator temperature

sensor signal

m i x d o o r at H O T : a b o u t 4.5 V
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (11) a n d air
m i x d o o r a t C O O L : a b o u t 0.5 V
D e t e c t s o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e
1.0-4.0 V ( d e p e n d i n g o n o u t s i d e air
temperature)
TAM
PUR*
D e t e c t s p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l
motor position
PUR*
LTBLU*
Description
sensor signal .
TSUN
Detects sunlight s e n s o r signal
pressure switch closed, and A / C
r e q u e s t O F F : battery v o l t a g e . W h e n
A / C request switches O N , voltage
c h a n g e s to a b o u t 0 V .
W i t h Ignition s w i t c h O N (ll)-and s e n s o r
out of direct s u n l i g h t 3 . 6 - 3 . 7 V or
more
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II) a n d s e n s o r
in. direct s u n l i g h t : 3 . 3 - 3 . 5 V o r l e s s
BLK*
26
WHT*
28*
TR
GRN
BUS
DATA
* 1:
With navigation
* 2:
Without navigation
21-116
Detects in-car temperature s e n s o r

signal
C o m m u n i c a t i o n s i g n a l to d r i v e r ' s
c l i m a t e control s w i t c h
1.0-4.0 V (depending on sn-car
temperature)
With Ignition s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s
(about 2.5 V )
Climate Control Unit inputs and Outputs feomt^d}
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (12P)

r
1
7
-r
5
2
8
10
6
12
Cavity
1
mlm
Wire
WHT*
PNK'
BLK
PUR"
YEL*
B - C A N HI
B - C A N communication
B-CAM L O
B-CAN communication signal
signal
RED*!
BLU*
Description
Terminal
mi in
GND
BLW-G
G r o u n d for c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit (G4G1)

O u t p u t s p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r gate v o l t a g e
Signal
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N III): p u l s e s
(about 2,5 V) "
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (Si): p u l s e s
( a b o u t 2.5 V)
. W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (IS): a n d
b l o w e r O F F : 0 V.
Voltage increases a s blower s p e e d
increases
BLU
BLW-V
F e e d b a c k s i g n a l of p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r
drain voltage
b b l o w e r O F F : b e t w e e n 5 V a n d 12 V .
Voltage decreases a s blower s p e e d
increases
7
8
BEU
LT
NAVI S O
GEH
NAVI S I

navigation
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N III): p u l s e s
(about 2.5 V)
C o m m u n i c a t i o n s i g n a l to n a v i g a t i o n
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s

navigation
W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s
( a b o u t 2.5 V)
S e n s o r ground
Outputs s e n s o r 5 V
(about 2.5 V)
9
RED
10
WHT*
RED*
12
NAVI C L K
1
BLK
SENSCOM
S5V
5.0 V
* 1:
With navigation
* 2:
Without navigation
21-117
Climate Control
Circuit Diagram
With Navigation
21-118
21-119
Climate Control
Without Navigation
21-120
21-121
Climate Control
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC indicator A: Climate Control Unit Internal
Error
DTC indicator J and A / C ON: A Problem in

the Mode Control Linkage, Doors, or Motor
Circuit
N O T E : C h e c k the battery c o n d i t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-88) a n d

t h e c h a r g i n g s y s t e n o u t p u t ( s e e p a g e 4-27).

O N (II).
2. Do the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h the climate-
O N (II).
control unit ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 0 1 ) .
2. Do t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h t h e c l i m a t e
is DTC
indicated?
Y E S T h e c l i m a t e control unit is faulty; r e p l a c e the

c l i m a t e control unit.
Is DTC
J and A/C
ON
indicated?
W O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , c h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s on the m o d e control m o t o r
circuit
NOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e c l i m a t e control unit Is

O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at the
c l i m a t e control unit a n d at G 4 0 1 (with n a v i g a t i o n

a n d p r e m i u m audio: s e e page 22-40, with p r e m i u m
5. T e s t t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 7 8 ) .
audio, s e e page 22-42, without p r e m i u m audio, s e e

p a g e 22-44).
Is the mode
control
motor
OK ?
21-59), or repair the m o d e control linkage or
doors.
7. D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P).
21-122
8, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e f o l l o w i n g
t e r m i n a l s of c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P)
a n d t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r IP c o n n e c t o r .
28P:
Ho,
IP:
CLIMATE CONTROL UPJIT CONNECTOR A |28P}
No. 2
No. 8
No. 1
YEL*
WHT*
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (2BP)

YEL*
WHT*
1
l / h e
B. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (2SP) No. 7 a n d
No. 8 terminals individually.
I4
23
| / | 16 | / |
GRY*
GRN
GRY*
GRIM*
11 | 12 | 13 u l '
9
28 | 24 | 25 | 26 | / | 23
1 I\/\1
18 | 19 | 20 | 21
rr
5
7 | 8
il
9 /
12 13 14
f / i l 8 l l 9 J 2 0 | 2 l | / | 23| 24 | 25 | 26 | / | 23

*1: With navigation
*2: Without navigation
YEL
is there
GRY
MODE C O N T T R O L M O T O R 7P CQfSfMECTOR
*1: With navigation
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d i n t h e w i r e ( s )
b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e control unit a n d t h e m o d e
control motor.
MOSubstitute a known-good climate control u n i t
r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e control u n i t . B
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e is) b e t w e e n t h e
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r .
21-123
Climate Control
DTC U0155: Climate Control Unit Lost
Communication with Gauge Control Module
N O T E : If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g m u l t i p l e D T C s , be
s u r e to f o l l o w the i n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N s y s t e m
c o n n e c t o r P (20P).
connector.
d i a g n o s i s t e s t m o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
9. D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P).
10. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the f o l l o w i n g
t e r m i n a l s of d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box
c o n n e c t o r P (20P), t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P
O N (SI).
c o n n e c t o r , a n d c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B
3. Do the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h the H D S
(12P).
(see p a g e 21-100).
Is DTC
U0155
20P:
32P:
No. 5
No. 1 8
No. 6
No. 19
indicated?
N O T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e
w i r e s or poor c o n n e c t i o n s at the g a u g e control
12P:
32P:
No. 1
No. 19
No. 2
No. 18
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY B O X

C O N N E C T O R P(20P)
module and the climate control u n i t . B

PNK
BLU
5. S e l e c t U N I T I N F O R M A T I O N in t h e B O D Y
ELECTRICAL menu.
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
6. S e l e c t C O N N E C T E D U N I T in t h e U N I T
INFORMATION menu.
Is the gauge
control
module
detected?
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control unit,
r e p l a c e the original c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
, 1
/|.|.|io /l/l'l/1/ll
|l7|l8|ls|ao|zi|2z|^|2|2B|2s|zr7|2B|2a|30 j / ] 32
BLU
PNK
21-180).B
NOGoto step?.
21-124

G A U G E C O N T R O L M O D U L E 32P COWNECT0R
/ V I l / l / l |
|r
'? M? ; 1 0 j
DTC B121A or DTC indicator G and A / C ON:

An Open in the Mode Control Motor Circuit
22 j 23 | 24 j 2S j 28 | 27 | 28 j 29 j 30 \ / \ 32
O N (II).
BLU
3. D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function w i t h t h e H D S
WHT
1
2
7
5
10
/I
8
12
(see p a g e 21-100) or c l i m a t e control unit ( s e e p a g e

21-101).
RED
C L I M A T E CONTROL UNIT C O N N E C T O R 8 I12PI
is DTC
B121A
or G and A/C
ON
indicated?
Is there
continuity?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , c h e c k f o r l o o s e w i r e s or
Y E S G o to t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e input t e s t
(see p a g e 2 2 - 3 2 0 ) .
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the M I C U
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n the m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r
circuit.
a n d t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e , o r o p e n in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e g a u g e
control m o d u l e . f l
is the mode control
motor
OK?
W O R e p l a c e the m o d e control motor (see page
21-59).
(confd)
21-125
Climate Control
8. D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r s A (28P)
andB(12P).
WHT*
RED*
t e r m i n a l s of c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r s A (28P),
B (12P), a n d the r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r 7 P
connector.
28P:
No. 11
n
1
7
7P:
No. 3
S
12P:
No. 10
No. 12
.7P:
No. 7
No. 5
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (28P)

]
1
| 2. | 3 | 4 |
r
6 |7 |8| 9
LT G R N *
ULZ
! rn
6
10 /
12
? BLK
5
WHT

*1: With navigation
/ | 11 | 12 | 13 114 |
| / | 16 | / | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | / | 23 | 24
25 | 26 | / | 28
c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r s A (28P), B (12P),
RED
@EZE
a n d at the m o d e control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r . If the

c l i m a t e control unit a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m /
indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e
control u n l t . i l
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n the
1 : With navigation
21-126
c l i m a t e control unit a n d t h e m o d e control motor.
DTC B121B or DTC indicator H and A / C O N :

A Short in the Mode Control Motor Circuit
is the mode
control
motor
OK?
N O R e p l a c e t h e m o d e control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
OH
mi
21-59).
3, D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h t h e H D S
( s e e p a g e 21-100} o r c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e m o d e control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r .
21-101),
4, C h e c k for D T C s ,
is DTC
B121B
and B(12P).
or H and A/C
ON
10, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
indicated?
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) N o . 11
terminal.
M O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
CLIMATE CONTROL UWIT CONWECTOR A
(28P)
poor c o n n e c t i o n s on the m o d e control motor

circuit,
]
1 [ 2 f 3 1 4 | 5
1/1
Are these
DTCs
ON, and/or
or Band
A/C
also present;
81234
B1220
or B and A/C
or L and
ON, and/or
16
I/)
RED*
LT GRN**
Tj
6
1 1 1 11
12
18 119 | 20 | 21 | / j 23 j 24 j 26
13 14
f^T/}
A^C
B1237
ON?
NOGo
t o s t e p 6.
6 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK
* 1 : With navigation
*2: Without nawigatfon
is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d the m o d e
control motor.
IMGGo to s t e p 11,
(confd)
21-127
Climate Control
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n c l i m a t e control unit
c o n n e c t o r A (28P) No. 11 t e r m i n a l a n d c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) No. 12 t e r m i n a l
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI), a n d m e a s u r e t h e

v o l t a g e b e t w e e n c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r A
(28P) No. 11 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
,.
1 j 2
I
3
8 | 7 | 8 | 9
4 | 5
| / | 18 | / |
18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | / |
r
1
/ I "
12
13
23 | 24 25 | 26 | / |
28
2 | 3 | 4 | 5
l / l
l / l 18 | 19 | 20 |
L
8 | 9
21 | / |
LTGRN*
/I
11 | 12 | 13 114
23 j 24 | 25 | 26 / j
28
t
3
2
7
RED*
LTGRN*
5
9
10

12
BLPC
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B'(12P)

1:W"rth navigation
is there
any
voltage?
t h e c l i m a t e control unit a n d the m o d e control m o t o r .
T h i s s h o r t m a y a l s o d a m a g e the c l i m a t e control
Is there
continuity?
unit. R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r b e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e
c l i m a t e control u n i t . B
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control unit,
r e p l a c e the original c l i m a t e c o n t r o l u n i t . H
d i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P).
14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e i t e m s :
D r i v e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r
* P a s s e n g e r ' s asr m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
R e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r
* M o d e control m o t o r
21-128
15, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n c l i m a t e control unit

c o n n e c t o r 8 (12P) No, 12 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

18. R e c o n n e c t c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P).
CLIMATE C O N T R O L UNIT C 0 M W E C T O R B f 12P)

19. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d m e a s u r e the
v o l t a g e b e t w e e n c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B
p
7
A*
to
12
CLIMATE CONTROL UWIT CONNECTOR B f 12P)
p
1
2
7
3
8
/
9
10
6
,/ 1 2
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e . f l
is there
about
voiis?
1 6 , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k t h e
s a m e t e r m i n a l for v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l
a n d body ground.
N O C h e c k for a l o o s e w i r e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at
CLIMATE CONTROL U N I T COWNECTOR B f 12P)
c l i m a t e control-unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P). If t h e
c o n n e c t i o n is g o o d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d
n
1
7
./
2
8
=3.
5
1 0 /
n
8
12
i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e
control u n i t
Is there
any
voltage?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in t h e w i r e . T h i s s h o r t
m a y h a v e a l s o d a m a g e d t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit.
Repair short to p o w e r before replacing the climate
control u n i t B
(confd)
21-129
Climate Control
20. W h i l e c h e c k i n g the s a m e t e r m i n a l for v o l t a g e to
ground, reconnect these items individually a n d note the v o l t a g e r e a d i n g e a c h t i m e :
DTC B1220 or DTC Indicator L and-A/C ON:

A Short in the Recirculation Control Motor
Circuit
* D r i v e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
* P a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
* R e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r
O N (II).
* M o d e control m o t o r
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L U N I T C O N N E C T O R B C12F)
3. Do t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h t h e H D S
21-101).
p...
7
,,_r
5
10
12
Is DTC
B1220
or L and A/C
ON
indicated?
WOIntermittent f a i l u r e . C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s - o r
poor c o n n e c t i o n s on the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r
circuit.
Does
the voltage
remain
at about
volts?
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control unit
r e p l a c e the original c l i m a t e control u n i t . H
Are these DTCs

also present;
B121B or H and
A/C
ON, and/or
B1234 or B and A/C ON, and/or
B1237
or E and A/C
ON?
W O R e p l a c e the c o m p o n e n t that c a u s e d t h e
voltage d r o p . H
7. T e s t the r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
21-179).
control
motor
OK?
W O R e p l a c e the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r
( s e e p a g e 21-61).
21-130
8, D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r 7 P
connector,
11. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n c l i m a t e control unit

c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) No. 12 t e r m i n a l .
9. D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r s A (28P)
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT C O N N E C T O R A (28P)
and B{12P).
10. Check: for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) N o . 1 2
terminal,
BLU*
1
| 2 | 34
/ \
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A
BLU*
1
2 S
' IS /
4 1 56
7 | 8 |9
r/
18
119
20 [
211/
11 12 ( 18
23 j 24 j 25 ! 26
114
38
(28P)
1
12 | 13 14
18 19 20 | 21 \ / 2Z 24 25 28 /
16
el 7J8|g /
28
JTl
5
10
12
BLK

Wire side of female
terminals
1 : With navigation
2 : Without navigation
:*1: With navigation

b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e
recirculation control m o t o r .
(cont'd)
21-131
Climate Control
12. T u r n t h e .ignition s w i t c h t o - O N (If), a n d m e a s u r e t h e
v o l t a g e b e t w e e n c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r A
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit

c o n n e c t o r B (12P) No. 12 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (12P)'

n
1
BLU*
1
I2
] / |
| 3
18 | /
4 | 5 8 | 7 | 8 | 9
18 | 19 | 20 | 21 j
11 | 12 | 13
14
... r
8
10
12
/ 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | / | 8

* 1 : With n a v i g a t i o n
*2: W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n
Is there any voltage?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e . H
Y E S - R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in the w i r e b e t w e e n
t h e c l i m a t e control unit a n d t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n
c o n t r o l motor. T h i s s h o r t m a y a l s o d a m a g e t h e
c l i m a t e control unit. R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r before
r e p l a c i n g t h e c l i m a t e control u n i t 11
a n d r e c h e c k . Sf the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y ,
r e p l a c e the original c l i m a t e c o n t r o l u n i t B
16. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d c h e c k the

s a m e t e r m i n a l for v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l
and body ground.
CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (12P)

n
13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d

f
z
/
d i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P).
10
*
*
*
*
D r i v e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
P a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
Recirculation control motor
M o d e control m o t o r
Is there any voltage?

m a y h a v e a l s o d a m a g e d t h e c l i m a t e control u n i t
R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r before r e p l a c i n g t h e c l i m a t e
control u n i t . B
21-132
17. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (01.

19. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll), a n d m e a s u r e t h e
v o l t a g e b e t w e e n c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B
(12P) N o , 12 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (12P)

1
2
7
10
2 0 . W h i l e c h e c k i n g t h e s a m e t e r m i n a l for v o l t a g e to
ground, reconnect these items individually and
note t h e v o l t a g e r e a d i n g e a c h t i m e :
*
*
*

P a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r

1
12
2
7
5
1 0
//
n
6
1 2

is there
about
volts?
Does
the voltage-remain
at about
volts?
N O C h e c k for a l o o s e w i r e o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B C12P). If t h e
connection is g o o d , substitute a known-good
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m /
i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e
control u n i t . B
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit
r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e control u n i t . B
N O R e p l a c e t h e c o m p o n e n t that c a u s e d the
voltage d r o p . B
21-133
Climate Control
DTC B1225 or DTC indicator A and AUTO:
An Open in the-1n-car Temperature Sensor
Circuit

c o n n e c t o r A (28P) No. 26 t e r m i n a l a n d the i n - c a r
temperature sensor 2P connector No. 1 terminal.
1 [ 2
ON(II).
i
6 | 7 | 8 | 9
/ \
| 20 | 21 \ /
23 |
11 | 12 | 13
241
25 | 26 \ / \
21-101).
BLK*
WHT*

LTBLU
Is DTC
28
1
14
B1225
or A and AUTO
indicated?
M-CAR T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R 2 P CONNECTOR
* 2 : Without navigation
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s on t h e i n - c a r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
c i r c u i t 11
Is there

6. R e m o v e the in-car t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
21-174), a n d test it ( s e e p a g e 21-174).
Is the in-car
temperature
sensor
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the i n - c a r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r .
andB'(12P).
21-134
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the c l i m a t e
control unit a n d the i n - c a r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r .
9 . C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit
c o n n e c t o r 8 (12P) N o , 10 t e r m i n a l a n d t h e i n - c a r
temperature s e n s o r 2P connector No. 2 terminal.
CLIMATE C O N T R O L U N I T C O N N E C T O R B f 12P)
=1 6
n
1
2
7
10 ;/*
I
ON;
DTC B1226 or DTC Indicator B and AUTO:

A Short In the In-car Temperature Sensor
Circuit
12
WHT*
(ii).
3. D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h t h e H D S
f s e e p a g e 21-100) or c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
RED#1
21-101).
RED
Is DTC
IN-CAR T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R 2P
B1226
or B and AUTO
indicated?
CONNECTOR
*1: With navigation
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e . C h e e k for l o o s e w i r e s or
circuit
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n the i n - c a r t e m p e r a t u r e - s e n s o r
c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r s A {28P)
B (12P),
and a t t h e tn-car t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r 2P connector.

If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
6. R e m o v e t h e i n - c a r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
2 1 - 1 7 4 ) , a n d t e s t it ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 7 4 ) .
g o o d c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit, a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , replace the
original climate control u n i t
Is the in-car
temperature
sensor
OK?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e i n - c a r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r .
N O R e p l a c e t h e sn-car t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r , i i
andB(12P).
(confd)
21-135
Climate Control
c o n n e c t o r A (28P) No. 26 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
CL1IVSATE C O N T R O L U N I T C O N N E C T O R A
(2SP)

control unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) No. 10 t e r m i n a l .
C L I M A T E CONTROL UNIT C O N N E C T O R A (28P)
i
2
111
r
/ |
11 | 12 | 13
14
| / | 16 | / |
5
18
BLK*
WHT
r
/
6 | 7 | 8 | 9
119 | 20 |
11 | 12 | 13
211/| 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | / |
28
1
BLK*
WHT*
n
14
I
2
3
8
10
*1: With navigation

WHT*
RED*
*2: W I t h o y t n a v i g a t i o n
,_n
12
CLIMATE C O N T R O L UNIT C O N N E C T O R B
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y "ground in the w i r e
b e t w e e n the c l i m a t e control unit a n d the i n - c a r
temperature sensor.
*1:WHh n a v i g a t i o n
(12P)
*2: W I t h o y t n a v i g a t i o n
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t i n the w i r e s b e t w e e n the c l i m a t e
control" unit and-the i n - c a r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r .
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control u n i t
r e p l a c e the- original c l i m a t e control u n i t B
21-136
DTC B1227 or DTC indicator C and AUTO:

A n O p e n in the Outside Air T e m p e r a t u r e
S e n s o r Circuit
8. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit
c o n n e c t o r A (28P) No. 24 t e r m i n a l a n d the o u t s i d e
a i r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r No. 1 t e r m i n a l .
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L U N I T CO!Stt\IGTOR A (28P)
2, T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to
O N (If).
\ / \
16
6 17
\/\ I j j
18
19
20
9
21
11
12
\/\ 23 |
13
24 |
14
25 | 28
LTGRN*
BLU*
f s e e p a g e 21-100) or c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
21-101).
4, C h e c k for D T C s ,
is DTC
B1227
or C and AUTO
indicated?
O U T S I D E AIR T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R 2 P C O N N E C T O R
*1:Wtth n a v i g a t i o n
poor c o n n e c t i o n s on the outside air temperature

sensor circuit.
is there
5, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO).
continuity?
6, R e m o v e t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
f s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 7 5 ) , a n d t e s t it ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 7 5 ) .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the climate'
c o n t r o l unit a n d the o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e
sensor.
is the outside
air temperature
sensor
OK?
N O R e p l a c e t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r .
7, D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r s A (28P)
andB{12PK
(confd)
21-137
Climate Control
c o n n e c t o r B (12P) No. 10 t e r m i n a l a n d t h e o u t s i d e
air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r No. 2 t e r m i n a l .
JT
H
1
2.
7
/
9
10
DTC B1228 or DTC indicator D and AUTO:

A Short in the Outside Air Temperature
Sensor Circuit
O N (II).
12
WHT*
( s e e p a g e 21-100) or c l i m a t e control unit ( s e e p a g e
21-101).
Is DTCB1228
or D and AUTO
indicated?
[RED
OUTSIDE AIR T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR
*1: With navigation
Is there
continuity?
a n d at the o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r 2 P
c o n n e c t o r . If the c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control unit, a n d r e c h e c k . Sf
the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the
original c l i m a t e control u n l t . i l
IMOIntermittent failure. C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or

p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s on t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e
sensor Circuit
6. R e m o v e t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 7 5 ) , a n d test It ( s e e p a g e 21-175).
Is the outside
air temperature
sensor
OK?
I M O R e p l a c e the o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r .
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l unit a n d the o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e
sensor.
21-138
and B(12P).
c o n n e c t o r A (28?) Mo, 2 4 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L UWIT COMNECTOR
(28P)
DTC B1229 or DTC indicator E and AUTO:

A n O p e n In the Sunlight S e n s o r Circuit
/ h NNhr
1 j 2 j & [ 4 1 6 6 | 7 | 8 | 9
J / l 16 ! /
18
113
| 20 1 21 | /
23 |
341
O N (II).
2S | 26 | / | 2B
LTGRN*
BLU*
3. Do t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h the H D S
21-101).
is DTC
*1: W i t h n a v i g a t i o n
*2: WIthoyt navigation
B1229
or E and AUTO
indicated?
is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e o u t s i d e air
temperature sensor.
PJO~GQto s t e p 9 ,
9 . C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit
c o n n e c t o r A (28P) N o , 24 t e r m i n a l a n d c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) N o . 10 t e r m i n a l .
WOIntermittent f a i l u r e , c h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
poor c o n n e c t i o n s on the sunlight s e n s o r c i r c u i t
6 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r (with
a u t o m a t i c fighting) or 2 P c o n n e c t o r (without
a u t o m a t i c lighting).
andB(12P).
C O ff A T E CONTROL U N I T C O N N E C T O R A |28P)
/ j
18 | / | 18 | 19 8| i207 ! |218 /
r/
^;
9
1!
12
, BLU*
p....
1
7
2
a
5
9
WHT*
RED*
10
1
13 | 14 |
: d : 5 ! i * j /
&
s
12
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L UWIT C O N N E C T O R B
(12P
*1: W i t h n a v i g a t i o n
*2: WIthoyt navigation
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t In t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e o u t s i d e a i r t e m p e r a t u r e
sensor.
P I O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control u n i t
arid r e c h e c k . Sf t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y ,
replace the original climate control unit.H
(confd)
21-139
Climate Control
c o n n e c t o r A (28P) No. 2 5 t e r m i n a l a n d the s u n l i g h t
s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r N o . 4 t e r m i n a l (with a u t o m a t i c
lighting), or the s u n l i g h t s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r No. 1
t e r m i n a l (without a u t o m a t i c Sighting).
W i t h a u t o m a t i c lighting
With a u t o m a t i c lighting
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L U N I T C O N N E C T O R A I28PJ
| |s
| / | 16 | / | 18
119
| 20 | 21 | / | 23 |
241
25 | 28 /
1
7
28
3 / U
10
YEL*
i PUR*
(12P)
J R
p.
U
13 |
8 | 7 | 8 | 9 / | I I | K
4 | .
CLIMATE C O N T R O L UNIT C O N N E C T O R B
t
,

c o n n e c t o r B (12P) No. 10 t e r m i n a l a n d t h e s u n l i g h t
s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r No. 2 t e r m i n a l (with a u t o m a t i c
lighting), o r the s u n l i g h t s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r No. 2
t e r m i n a l (without a u t o m a t i c lighting).
12
WHT*
, RED*
RED
S
1
r*
3
S U N L I G H T S E N S O R BP C O N N E C T O R
S U N L I G H T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
*1:W"rth n a v i g a t i o n
*1: With navigation
*2: Withoyt navigation
W i t h o y t a u t o m a t i c lighting
W i t h o u t a o t o m a t f e fighting
CLIMATE C O N T R O L UNIT C O N N E C T O R A
I
1 l
/
4 | 5
l .
16
1/
i
6 | 7 | 8 | 9 / |
18 | 19 | 20 21 | /
11 | 12 | 13
23 | 24 | 25
(28P)
114
26 | /
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L U N I T C O N N E C T O R B (12P)
1
7
23
3
8
' 5
9
.12
YEL*
, PUR
PUR
/W H I P
10
RED
S U N L I G H T S E N S O R 2P C O N N E C T O R
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e - t e r m i n a l s
SUNLIGHT S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR
*1: With n a v i g a t i o n
*1: With navigation
*2: Without
navigation
Is there
continuity?
Is there
continuity?
MORepair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e
control unit a n d t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r .
21-140
10, R e c o n n e c t t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r S P c o n n e c t o r (with
a u t o m a t i c lighting} o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r (without
DTC B1230 r DTC indicator F and AUTO:

A Short in the Sunlight Sensor Circuit
a u t o m a t i c fighting).
11, R e c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r s A (28P)
andB(12P).
O N (II).
12, T e s t t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 21-176).
Is the sunlight
sensor
( s e e p a g e 21-100) or c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
OK ?
21-101).
Y E S C h e c k f o r l o o s e w i r e s o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r a n d a t t h e s u n l i g h t
s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r (with a u t o m a t i c fighting), o r
t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r (without
is DTC
B1230
or F and AUTO
indicated?
a u t o m a t i c lighting), If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit, a n d
r e c h e c k , If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y ,
replace the original climate control u n i t
WO-Intermittent failure. C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or

p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s on t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r c i r c u i t H
MO~~~Repface t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 21-176).
8, D i s c o n n e c t t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r (with
a u t o m a t i c fighting) or 2 P c o n n e c t o r (without
andB(12P).
c o n n e c t o r A (28P) N o . 25 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
| / |
16 | / | 18
119
8 | 7 | 8 | .9 / | 1 1 | 1 2 | 1 3 | 1 4 |
| 20 | 21 | /
23 | 24| 25 | 26 | / | 1 28
YEL*
PUR*
*1:With navigation
*2: W i t h o y t navigation
is there
continuity
b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e control unit a n d t h e s u n l i g h t
sensor.
(confd)
21-141
Climate Control
c o n n e c t o r A (28P) N o . 2 5 t e r m i n a l a n d c l i m a t e
control unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) N o . 10 t e r m i n a l .
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L UNIT C O N N E C T O R A ( 2 8 P !
\ /
3 | 4 | 5
16 /
18
I I I >
11
2 0 | 21 /
19
23
24
112
O N (SI).
1 3 14
25 | 26 /
DTC B1231 or DTC indicator G and AUTO:

An Open in the Evaporator Temperature
Sensor Circuit
28
21-101).
p
1
7
WHT*
1 0 /
12
Is DTC B1231 or G and AUTO
indicated?
I
RED*"
CLIMATE C O N T R O L U N I T C O N N E C T O R B (12P)
1: W i t h n a v i g a t i o n
*2: W I t h o y t navigation
poor connections on the evaporator temperature
s e n s o r circuit.
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r short' in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e
10. R e c o n n e c t the s u n l i g h t s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r (with
a u t o m a t i c lighting) o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r (without
11. R e c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r s A (28P)
a n d B (12P).
12. T e s t the s u n l i g h t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 21-176).
is the sunlight
sensor
OK?
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control unit,
r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e c o n t r o l u n i t B
N O R e p l a c e t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 21-176).
21-142
andB(12P).
nn
7, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit
c o n n e c t o r A (28P) N o . 2 3 t e r m i n a l a n d the
c o n n e c t o r B (12P) N o . 10 t e r m i n a l a n d t h e
evaporator temperature s e n s o r 2P connector No. 2
evaporator temperature s e n s o r 2P connector No. 1
terminal
terminal
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L U N I T C O N N E C T O R A (28P1
1 I2
34
L_.,
6
1/118 j / ] 18 119
I7
S_ 9 /
11
12 | 13
114
20J2l/l23j24|25|2s|/8
'
10 /
BRiy
12
WHT*
RED*
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

*1: With navigation

is there
continuity?
Is there
continuity?
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e
M Q R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e
sensor.
c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e
sensor.
9.
R e m o v e the evaporator temperature s e n s o r

(see
p a g e 2 1 - 6 4 ) , a n d test it ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 5 4 ) .
Is the evaporator
temperature
sensor
OK?
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r s A ( 2 8 P ) B C12P),
r
a n d at t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r 2 P
c o n n e c t o r . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit, a n d r e c h e c k . If
the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e
original climate control u n i t . B
WOReplace the evaporator temperature
sensor.fi
21-143
Climate Control
DTC B1232 or DTC indicator H and AUTO:
A Short in the Evaporator Temperature'
Sensor Circuit

c o n n e c t o r A (28P) No.-23 t e r m i n a l a n d c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) No. 10 t e r m i n a l .
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L U N I T C O N N E C T O R A (28P)
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0>, a n d t h e n to
2
O N (II).
l / l
3
16
j/]
5
18
6 | 7
119
| 20 | 21
[/I
or H and AUTO
14
28
indicated?
jn
B1232
13
BRN
21-101).
Is DTC
12
23 | 24 | 25 | 28 | / |
2
7
10
WHT*
RED*
6
12
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e . C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
poor connections on the evaporator temperature

*1: With navigation
sensor circuit
Is there
andB(12P).
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e
sensor.
c o n n e c t o r A (28P) No. 2 3 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
( s e e p a g e 21-64), a n d t e s t it ( s e e p a g e 21-54).
r
1 | 2 | 3
| / | 16
[/I
4 | 5
1 1 1
7
11
9
12
13
14
Is the evaporator
temperature
sensor
OK?
18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | / | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | / | 28
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control u n i t
r e p l a c e the o r i g i n a l c l i m a t e c o n t r o l u n i t !
is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e control unit a n d the
evaporator temperature sensor.
21-144
N O R e p l a c e the e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e
sensor.il
D T C B1233 or D T C indicator A a n d A / C ON:

A n O p e n in the Driver's Air Mix Control
Motor Circuit
9, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e f o l l o w i n g
t e r m i n a l s of c l i m a t e control- unit c o n n e c t o r s A (28P),
' B (12P), a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r 7 P
connector.
2, Turn
the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n to

f
28P:
7P:
N o . 14
No. 3
12P:
7P:
O N III).
3, D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h the H D S
{ s e e p a g e 21-100} o r c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
N o , 10
No. 7
N o . 12
No. 5
21-101).
Is DTC
81233
GRY
or A and A/C
ON
i l i l s l j i B ^ T l e l . /liiWiaJul
J/1 l a l / h e l L l l / M * l l ] / 23
indicated?
M O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , c h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
poor c o n n e c t i o n s on the driver's air m i x control
m o t o r circuit,
AIR MIX C O N T R O L M O T O R 7P C O N N E C T O R
8. T e s t t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r f s e e p a g e
21-56).
is the driver's
air mix
control
motor
OK?
vs.
N O R e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
( s e e p a g e 21-57).
]WHT
7, D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r 7 P

connector,
8, D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P)
D R I V E R ' S AIR M I X C O N T R O L M O T O R IP C O N N E C T O R
*1:
Wi
*2: Withoyt
andB(12P).
is there
continuity?
Y E S - C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
a n d at the d r i v e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r 7 P
c o n n e c t o r . If the c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control unit a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the
original c l i m a t e control u n s t u
c l i m a t e control unit a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l
motor.
21-145
CSitriate Control
DTC B1234 or DTC Indicator B and A / C ON:
A Short-in the Driver's Air Mix Control Motor
Circuit

c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) No. 14 '
terminal.

GRY
O N (II).
1 | 2 | 3 | 4
/I
6 | 7 | 8 | 9
11 | 12 | 13
|/| 16 | / 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 /
14 |
23 | 241 25 | 26 \/ j 28

21-101).
is DTC
B1234
or B and A/C
ON
indicated?
Is there
continuity?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure. C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x control
motor circuit H
b e t w e e n the c l i m a t e control unit a n d the d r i v e r ' s air

m i x control motor. H
Are these DTCs
ON, and/or
or Band
also present;
B1220
A/C
B121B
or L and A/C
or H and
ON, and/or
A/C
B1237
ON?

control unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) No. 12 t e r m i n a l .
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A ( 2 8 P )
N O G o t o step 6 .
7. T e s t the d r i v e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
21-56).
Is the driver's
air mix control
motor
or
| 2 | 3 | 4T | 5 f / | 11 | 12 | 13 114 |
6M8J9
| / 16 |/| 18 1
19 | 20 | 21 |/| 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 |/| 28
OK?
N O R e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r
(see p a g e 2 1 - 5 7 ) .
8. D i s c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r 7 P
5
10
6
12
BLK
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B ( 1 2 P )

connector.
is there
continuity?

andB(12P).
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s .
NOGoto
21-146
s t e p 12.
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),- a n d m e a s u r e the

v o l t a g e b e t w e e n c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A
(28P) N o . 14 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

CLIMATE C O N T R O L UNIT C O N N E C T O R
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT C O N N E C T O R A
1-415
\ / \ 18 \ / \ 18
1 1 1
/ '
1-1
(12P)
(28P)
12 | 13 j 14
JTj
5
10
12
BLK
119 | 20 j 21 \ / \ 23 ( 24 j 25 j 28 | / | 28
is there
I s there
any
continuity
voltage?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e .
the c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d the d r i v e r ' s asr m i x
control motor. T h i s s h o r t m a y a l s o damage
the
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l u n i t R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r before
r e p l a c i n g the c l i m a t e control u n i t . B
a n d r e c h e c k , if t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y ,
r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e control u n i t . l
16. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k the
s a m e t e r m i n a l for v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l
and body ground.
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B

d i s c o n n e c t t h e c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B
r
1
(12P).
(12P)
2
7
5
8
to
12
BLK
*
*
Driver's air mix control motor

IVIode c o n t r o l m o t o r
Is there
any
voltage?
m a y h a v e a l s o d a m a g e d t h e c l i m a t e control unit.
R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r b e f o r e r e p l a c i n g the c l i m a t e
control u n i t . H
-(confd)
21-147
Climate Control
20. W h i l e c h e c k i n g the s a m e t e r m i n a l for v o l t a g e to

ground, reconnect these items individually a n d
note the v o l t a g e r e a d i n g e a c h time:

p
7
JT1
5
10
r
1
12
BLK
"1
5
10
6
12
Is there
about
V?
Does
the voltage
remain
at about
5 V?
N O C h e c k for a l o o s e w i r e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at
- c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P). If the
indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e
control u n i t
21-148
r e p l a c e the original c l i m a t e control u n i t B
N O R e p l a c e t h e c o m p o n e n t that c a u s e d the
voltage-drop.
DTC B1235 or DTC Indicator C and A / C ON:

A Problem in the Driver's Air Mix Control
Linkage, Door, or Motor Circuit
2, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10), a n d t h e n to
ON (I!).
9. C h e c k for continuity -between t h e f o l l o w i n g

t e r m i n a l s of c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P)
a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r IP c o n n e c t o r .
28P:
No. 4
No. 6
IP:
No. 2
No. 1
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A-(28P)

{ s e e p a g e 21-100) o r c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e
21-101),
PNK
p.
is DTC B1235
~..,...;^..z. r
4
2
8
or C and A/C ON
16
\A
7 | 8 |/ 9 ,11 | 12 | 13
18 | 19 | 20 | 21 /
237A
114
25 26 \ / \ 28
indicated?
YESGotostep5
M O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, c h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s o r
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r m i x control
motor c i r c u i t
PNK
LTBLU
to
DRIVER'S AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR I P CONNECTOR
6, T e s t t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r m i x control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
is there
continuity?
21-56).
is the drivers
air mix control
motor
OK?
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e
c l i m a t e control unit a n d t h e driver's
air m i x control
motor.
M O R e p l a c e the driver's air m i x control motor
f s e e p a g e 21-57), o r r e p a i r t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r m i x
c o n t r o l linkage o r d o o r . H
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r m i x control m o t o r 7 P
connector.
8, D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P).
(cont'd)
21-149
Climate Control
climate- control unit c o n n e c t o r A (2SP) No. 4 a n d
C L I M A T E CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A ( 2 8 P )
DTC B1236 or DTC indicator D and A / C ON:

An Open in the Passenger's Air Mix Control
Motor Circuit
LT BLU |
16
/I
18
119
O N (II).
nl
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 6
6 | 7 | 8 | 9
| 20
| 21 [ / ]
A
23
11
24
1 2 13
114
25 | 28 / \
28
3. Do the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h t h e H D S
21-101).
Is DTC
B1236
or D and A/C
ON
indicated?
Is there
continuity?
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s on t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d the d r i v e r ' s air
control m o t o r circuit.
m i x control motor. M
r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e control u n i t . i l
6. T e s t the p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r

( s e e p a g e 21-177).
Is the passenger's
air mix control
motor
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r

(see page 2 1 - 1 7 8 ) .
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s asr m i x control m o t o r
7 P connector.
andB(12P).
21-150
3 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e f o l l o w i n g
B U 2 P ) , a n d t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r m i x control m o t o r
7P connector.

7P:
No. 3
28P:
No. 1 3
12P:
7P:
N o . 10
No. 5
N o . 12
No, 7
WHT"
RED*
5
10
12
qp WHT
j BLK
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L UNIT CONNECTOR A (28P)

. ,
,,
| 2
\ / \
jn
J
1 1 1 / " ] 11
16 \/\ 18 119
I 211/1 j j /j ]
6
YEL*
] 3
[ 12
| 20
23
24
13
25
P A S S E N G E R ' S AIR M I X CONTROL IVIOTOR

7P CONNECTOR
14
26
*1: W i t h navigation
* 2 : Withoyt navigation
Is there
LT8LU
i
continuity?
P A S S E N G E R ' S A I R MIX CONTROL MOTOR


*1: With navigation
a n d at t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r 7 P

c o n n e c t o r . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control unit a n d r e c h e c k , Sf the
symptom/indication goes a w a y , replace the
original c l i m a t e control u n i t
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e wireCs) b e t w e e n t h e
c l i m a t e control unit a n d the p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
c o n t r o l motor.
21-151
Climate Control
DTC B1237 or DTC Indicator E and A/C ON:
A Short in the Passenger's Air Mix Control
Motor Circuit
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r

7P connector.
andB(12P).
O N (II).
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) N o . 13
terminal.
3. D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h the H D S
CLIMATE C O N T R O L UNIT C O N N E C T O R A (28P)
21-101).
LT B L U *
YEL*
1
Is DTC
B1237
or E and A/C
ON
indicated?
3 |4
16 /
| 5
18
r
6 | 7 | 8 | 9
19
20
A*
21 / ]
23
24
12 [ 13 [ 14 |
25 | 26 / ]
28
WOIntermittent f a i l u r e . C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s on t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
control m o t o r c i r c u i t
*1:With navigation
*2: W i t h o u t navigation
Are
these
DTCs
ON, and/or
or Band
also
B1220
A/C
present;
B121B
or L and A/C
or H and
ON, and/or
A/C
Is there
continuity?
B1234
ON?
b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e
p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r .
NOGoto

7. T e s t t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
( s e e p a g e 21-177).
Is the passenger's
air mix control
motor
OK?
N O R e p l a c e t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r
( s e e p a g e 21-178).
21-152
s t e p 11.
C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n c l i m a t e control unit

c o n n e c t o r A (28P) t e r m i n a l N o . 13 a n d c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) t e r m i n a l Mo. 12.
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d m e a s u r e the

v o l t a g e b e t w e e n c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A
( 2 8 P ) t e r m i n a l N o . 13 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
CLIMATE CONTROL U N I T C O N N E C T O R A (28P)

C L I M A T E C O N T R O L U N I T C O N N E C T O R A (28PJ

LT B L U *
YEL*
LT B L U *
YEL
1
j / |
3
18
| / l
8 [ 7 | 8 | 9
4 | 6
IS | IS [ 2D | 1 j / | 23
2
7
b
10
11 j 12
118
pi
14
1 24 | 25 | 28 | / |
28
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT C O N N E C T O R B f 12P)

is there
continuity?
18
19
20
11 | 12 | 13 114 |
| 21 | / | 23 24 |
26
| 28 /
28

12
I BLK
2 : Without n a v i g a t i o n
/I
| 2 3 |4 | 5
| / | 16 | / |
# a
*1:With navigation
is there any voitage ?

Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in t h e wire(s) b e t w e e n
t h e c l i m a t e control unit a n d t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
c o n t r o l m o t o r . T h i s short- m a y a l s o d a m a g e t h e
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit. R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r before
r e p l a c i n g t h e c l i m a t e control u n i t
Y E S R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e , I
M O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit,
r e p l a c e the original c l i m a t e control u n i t B
d i s c o n n e c t the c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B
(12P).
14, D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e i t e m s :
*
*
*
*

P a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
(confd)
21-153
Climate Control

CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR R
p
1
2
7
10
(12P)

12
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B
n
7
10
12
BLK
Is there
JT
(12P)
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e .
is there about 5 V?
s a m e t e r m i n a l for v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l
GLIIVIATE C O N T R O L U N I T C O N N E C T O R B
p
7
\ . r
(12P)
6
1 0
/ 1 2
BLK
Is there any
voltage?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in the w i r e . T h i s s h o r t
m a y h a v e a l s o d a m a g e d the c l i m a t e control u n i t
R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r b e f o r e r e p l a c i n g the c l i m a t e
control u n i t B
21-154
N O C h e c k for a l o o s e w i r e or poor c o n n e c t i o n at
c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P). I f the
c l i m a t e control unit a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m /
indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original c l i m a t e
control u n i t . H
tp
2 0 , W h i l e c h e c k i n g t h e s a m e t e r m i n a l for v o l t a g e to
ground, reconnect t h e s e items individually and
note t h e v o l t a g e r e a d i n g e a c h t i m e :
* Driver's air mix control motor
DTC B1238 or DTC indicator F and A / C ON:

A Problem in the Passenger's Air Mix Control
* P a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control motor

* Recirculation control motor
2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n to
* M o d e control motor
CLIMATI
O N Iff).
umn C O N N E C T O R
commi
B O 2PJ
3. D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h the H D S
f s e e p a g e 21-100) or c l i m a t e control unit ( s e e p a g e
21-101).
Ft
1
7
3
8
/ " 5
9
10
4 . C h e c k for D T C s ,
12
is DTC
B1238
or F and A/C
ON
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, c h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s o r
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s on the p a s s e n g e r ' s asr m i x
control m o t o r c i r c u i t
Does
the voltage
remain
at about

6. T e s t t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
( s e e p a g e 21-177).
r e p l a c e the o r i g i n a l c l i m a t e c o n t r o l u n i t . B
is the passenger's
air mix control
motor
OK?
N O R e p l a c e t h e c o m p o n e n t that c a u s e d t h e
voltage drop. M
N O R e p l a c e the p a s s e n g e r ' s air mix control motor
( s e e p a g e 21-178), or r e p a i r t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
c o n t r o l linkage or door.
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r
7P connector.
8 . D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e control unit connector
A (28PK
(cont'd)
21-155
Climate Control
t e r m i n a l s of c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P)
c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) No. 1 a n d
a n d the p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r 7 P
No. 2 t e r m i n a l s i n d i v i d u a l l y .
connector. -

28P:
7P:
No. 1
No. 2
No. 2
No. 1
LT G R N
1
BRN*
WHT*
6 | 7 | 8
| j P /
11
| / | 18 | / | 1 8 | 1 9 | 2 0 | 2 1 | / | 2 3 | 2 4 | 2 5 | 2 6 | / |
LT G R N
BRN*
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 6 | 7 | 8 j 9
| / | 16 | / | 18 | 19 | 20 |
/ |
11 | 12 | 13
211/| 23 j 2 4
| 25
14 |
26 | / |
28
*1: With navigation

Is there
continuity?
LTGRN
BRN
b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d the
PASSENGER'S AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR

7P CONNECTOR
p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l motor.
*1: With n a v i g a t i o n
* 2 : W I t h o y t navigation
Is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
21-156
r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e control u n i t . H
DTC BT241 or DTC indicator N a n d A / C ON:

A Problem in the Blower Motor Circuit
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r
4P connector No. 2 terminal a n d body ground.
O M CiiK
{ s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 0 0 } o r c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
21-101),
POWER TRANSISTOR 4P CONNECTOR
is DTC
B1241
or N and A/C
ON
indicated?
BLIC
H O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , c h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s o r
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e b l o w e r m o t o r circuit.
5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K |0).
6. C h e c k t h e N o . 8 (40 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d
is there
continuity?
f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d t h e N o . 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e
driver's u n d e r - d a s h fuse/relay box,
Are
N O C h e c k for a n o p e n in t h e B L K w i r e b e t w e e n .
t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r a n d b o d y g r o u n d . If t h e w i r e is
O K , c h e c k for p o o r g r o u n d at G 3 0 2 . B
the fuses
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the fuses, and recheck.
13. C o n n e c t t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r 4 P c o n n e c t o r No. 2
a n d No. 4 t e r m i n a l s w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
7. C o n n e c t t h e b l o w e r m o t o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r No. 2
t e r m i n a l to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
P O W E R TRAWS1ST0R 4P C O M S E C T O R
BLOWER IVIOTOH 2P CONNECTOR
BLtcF
1
/
JUMPER WIRE
JUMPER WIRE
GRN[_
Does
the biower
motor
run?
(confd)
21-157
Climate Control
19. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n the f o l l o w i n g
t e r m i n a l s of t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B
Does
the blower
motor
run at high
speed?
(12P) a n d t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r 4P c o n n e c t o r
12P:
" N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e G R N w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
p o w e r transistor and the blower motor.
4P:
No. 5
No. 1
No. 6
No. 3

PUR*
YEL*
BLU
rI
17. D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P).
1
7
,,}
6
10
18. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e
12
c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) N o . 5 a n d

PUR
J i
1
2

PUR*
YEL*
BLU
BLU
n
1
2
7
POWER TRANSISTOR 4 P CONNECTOR

6
8
10
*1:With navigation
* 2 : Without n a v i g a t i o n
Is there
continuity?
*1:With navigation
Is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e p o w e r
transistor.il
21-158
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r .
2 0 . T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o O N ( I I ) .
21. M e a s u r e the voltage between body ground and the
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) N o . 5 a n d
No. 6 t e r m i n a l s i n d i v i d u a l l y ,
27. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e b l o w e r m o t o r 2 P
connector No. 1 terminal a n d body ground.
BLOWER MOTOR 2 P CONNECTOR
CLIMATE C G W T R O L UMVf CONNECTOR B ( 1 2 P )

PUR*
YEL*
t
WHT
BLU
i3
3
8
\
2
10
12
Wire side of female
is there battery
Wire side o f female
terminals
voltage?
terminals
YES"Replace the blower m o t o r . H
*1:
With navigation
2 : Withoyt navigation
is there
wait
age?
2 8 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10).
YESRepair s h o r t t o p o w e r in t h e w i r e ( s ) - . B
29. R e m o v e the blower motor relay from the underh o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d test it ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
is the relay OK ?
2 3 , R e c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P>.
24, T e s t t h e p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r f s e e p a g e 21-55).
N O R e p l a c e the blower motor relay.
is the power
transistor
OK ?
YESCheck for l o o s e w i r e s o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) a n d at t h e
p o w e r t r a n s i s t o r 4 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s
are good, substitute a known-good climate control
unit, a n d r e c h e c k , Sf t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s
a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e control u n i t . B
N O R e p l a c e the power transistor.
25. Disconnect the j u m p e r wire.
28. Disconnect the blower motor 2 P connector.
(confd)
21-159
Climate Control
D T C Troubleshooting (cont'd)
30. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e b l o w e r m o t o r
r e l a y 4P s o c k e t No. 2 t e r m i n a l a n d b l o w e r m o t o r 2 P
c o n n e c t o r No. 1 t e r m i n a l .
3 2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
33.
M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b l o w e r m o t o r relay
4P socket No. 4 terminal a n d body ground.
B L O W E R IVIOTOR R E L A Y 4 P S O C K E T
B L O W E R M O T O R RELAY 4P SOCKET
WHT
WHT
nan
LTGRN
B L O W E R IVIOTOR 2 P C O N N E C T O R
YESGo
Is there battery
voltage?
Y E S C h e c k for a n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
b l o w e r m o t o r r e l a y 4P s o c k e t No. 4 t e r m i n a l a n d
b o d y g r o u n d . Sf t h e w i r e is O K , c h e c k for poor
g r o u n d at G 3 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-28).
to s t e p 31.
W O R e p a s r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e b l o w e r
motor relay and blower motor,
31.
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e b l o w e r m o t o r
r e l a y 4 P s o c k e t No. 1 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
B L O W E R IVIOTOR R E L A Y 4 P S O C K E T
1
2
4
is there battery
voltage?
tSIOReplace the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x
( s e e p a g e 22-83).
21-160
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e No. 16
(7,5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y '
b o x a n d b l o w e r m o t o r r e l a y 4P s o c k e t ! !
DTC B2983 or DTC Indicator M and A / C O N :

A Problem in the Recirculation Control
1 . C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
2 . T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d t h e n to
O N {III,
3 . D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h the H D S
(see
p a g e 2 1 - 1 0 0 } o r c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e
21-101}.
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the f o l l o w i n g

a n d the r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r .
28P:
No. 3
No. 5
7P:
No. 1
No. 2
RED*
PUR*
11
4. C h e c k t h e D T C s ,
PUR*
ORN*
el_7_
/ \ 16 \ / \ 18 | 19 |
Is DTC B2983 or M and A/C ON
20 | 21
8 Is
| /
12 13
23 | 24 25
26
14
28
indicated?
RED
poor connections o n the recirculation control motor
circuit.
PUR
RECIRCULATION CONTROL
5. Turn
MOTOR 7 P
CONNECTOR
the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .
1: With n a v i g a t i o n
6 . T e s t the r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
*2: W I t h o y t
navigation
21-179}.
is there
control motor
continuity?
OK?
YESGoto step?.
N O R e p l a c e the recirculation control motor
f s e e p a g e 2 1 - 6 1 ) , or r e p a i r t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l
l i n k a g e or d o o r . B
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n the
c l i m a t e control unit a n d t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control
motor.
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r 7 P
connector,
(confd)
21-161
Climate Control
DTC Troubleshooting fcont'd)
c l i m a t e control; unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) No, 3 a n d
No, 5 t e r m i n a l s i n d i v i d u a l l y .
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L U N I T C O N N E C T O R A (28PJ
RED*
PUR*
PUR*
ORN*
D T C B2986 or D T C indicator K a n d A / C O N :
A n O p e n in the Recirculation Control Motor
Circuit
L Clear the D T C with the H D S ,

O N (II),
3. Do the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n w i t h t h e H D S
21-101).
is DTC
B2986
or K and A/C
ON
indicated?
* 2 : Withoyt navigation
Is there
continuity?
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r
circuit.
Y E S - - R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in-the w i r e ( s )
b e t w e e n the c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d the
S T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
recirculationcontrolmotor.il
8. T e s t the r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
N O - S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control u n i t ,
r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e control unit. I I
21-179).
control
motor
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r
(see page 2 1 - 6 1 ) .
7, D i s c o n n e c t the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r 7 P
connector.
andB(12P).
21-162
9, C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e f o l l o w i n g
B (12P), a n d t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l m o t o r 7 P
connector.

pJTI
28P:
N o . 12
7P:
Uo.3
12P:
N o . 10
N o , 12
7P:
No. 5
No. 7
3
8
2
'
15
10
12
18
13
2D
21
2 3 1 24
| / 1
11
12
| 25 |
13
14
26 \ / \
jn
28
BLU
2
S f
RECIRCULATION C O N T R O L MOTOR I P CONNECTOR

*1:WHfi navigation
2: m t h o t i t navigation
BLK
*1: With navigation

2 : WIthoyt navigation
Is there
WHT
RECIRCULATION CONTROL IVIOTOR 7P CONNECTOR

BLU*
PNK*
1
WHT*"
RED"

continuity?
a n d at t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n "control m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r .
If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d c l i m a t e control unit a n d r e c h e c k . If the
original c l i m a t e control u n i t
M O R e p a i r o p e n in the wire(s) b e t w e e n the
c l i m a t e control unit a n d t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control
motor.
21-163
Climate Control
Climate Control Power and Ground Circuit Troubleshooting
1. C h e c k t h e No. 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.

6. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e control
Is the fuse
unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d - b o d y
OK?
ground.
N O ' R e p l a c e the f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k . If the f u s e
b l o w s a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t in the No. 16 (7.5 A )
f u s e circuit.
BLIC
5 | 6
10
12
4. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit
c o n n e c t o r A (28P) t e r m i n a l N o . 9 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
1
BED*
LT G R N *
1
1 2
is there
4 | 5 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 / \ 11 | 12 | 13 114 j
/ \ 18 | / | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 \ / \ 23 | 24 | 25 | 28
continuity?
|/1 28
c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P). If t h e
c l i m a t e control unit, a n d r e c h e c k .
N O C h e c k for a n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the
c l i m a t e control unit a n d b o d y g r o u n d . If the w i r e is

1: With navigation
O K , c h e c k for p o o r g r o u n d at G401 (with n a v i g a t i o n

a n d p r e m i u m audio: s e e page 22-40, with p r e m i u m
audio: s e e page 22-42, without p r e m i u m audio: s e e
s e e p a g e 22-44).
Is there
battery
voltage?
box and the climate control u n i t
21-164
Navigation Communication Line Circuit Troubleshooting

8 . C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e f o l l o w i n g
1, O p e r a t e t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l s y s t e m In s e v e r a l
t e r m i n a l s of c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P)
modes.
a n d n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P).
Is the climate
control
system
OK?
12P:
M O D o the self-diagnostic function with the H D S
f s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 0 0 } o r c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e
21-10D.B
2,
32P:
No. 7
N o . 20
No. 8
No. 4
No, 9
N o . 21
CLIMATE C O N T R O L UNIT C O N N E C T O R B (12P)

BRN
rr
D o t h e N a v i s y s t e m links ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
is the Air-Con
or TALK/BACK
icon
red?
2
1
/*
3
9
r
6
10 /
12
YES
* If A i r - c o n i c o n is r e d , g o to s t e p 3 .
* If T A L K / B A C K i c o n i s r e d , g o to " V o i c e c o n t r o l
d o e s not w o r k / r e s p o n d " in t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m
s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f s e e p a g e 23-227).
ORN
ri
4 | . | / / | e | . | l 0
MOGo
to s t e p 9 ,
3, T o m t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK
|IT||i,|ao|
PUR |
/V\A/AA
* | / | | * \ * \ \ / \ / \ / \ / \ A /
| BRN
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR B (32P)

4, D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P).
Is there
continuity?
5, D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P).
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit.
(confd)
21-165
Climate Control
Navigation Communication Line Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
7. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e
- c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P) No. 7, 8, a n d
10. C o n n e c t the n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P) No. 4,

2 0 , a n d N o . 21 t e r m i n a l s w i t h j u m p e r w i r e s .
No. 9 t e r m i n a l s i n d i v i d u a l l y .
CLIMATE CONTROL UW1T COWNECTOB B (12P)
J U M P E R WIRE
n
5
10
_ ORN
ATÂAA
12
T,7Ui.| .||,1 Ms|[-t

a
PUR
\AAAA
ts
BRM

Is there
continuity?
12. P r e s s a n d hold t h e A U T O button, t h e n p r e s s a n d
hold t h e O F F button.
b e t w e e n the c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e . n a v i g a t i o n
unit!
8. R e c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P).
9. D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P).
is the HE AT/VENT
remaining
icons
indicator
blinking?
soiid
with
the
Y E S D o t h e Unit c h e c k w i t h the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m
(see p a g e 2 3 - 1 7 7 ) .
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e
the original c l i m a t e c o n t r o l u n i t B
21-166
Audio Communication Line Circuit Troubleshooting

1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (OK
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) t e r m i n a l s
2,
D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P)
No. 19 a n d N o . 20 i n d i v i d u a l l y .
a n d t h e a u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y 12P c o n n e c t o r
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A < 2 8 P )
{with n a v i g a t i o n ) o r t h e a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y unit
12P c o n n e c t o r ( w i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n ) .
8
3 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e f o l l o w i n g
a n d the a u d i o - H V A C s u b d l s p S a y o r d i s p l a y unit 12P
connector.
28P:
PUR*
12P:
No. 7
No, 20
No. 8
C L I M A T E C O N T R O L UNIT C O N N E C T O R A (28P)
Wire side offemale terminals
n
3
5
IS
LT BLU*
REFJ*
N o , 19
I 7 I 8 I 9/111 j t Z ]13 [14 j

|/M 3Z0
n
7
18
20
2 3 24
21 /
continuity?
Y E S - R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
is there
12
13
26
14
b e t w e e n c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) a n d

28
the a u d i o - H V A C s u b d l s p i a y o r d i s p l a y unit 12P

connector.
r
2
rs
1
7
=3
9
| P U R 10
BEPJ
6
12
A U D I O - H V A C S U B D i S P L A Y U N I T 12P C O l N f S i E C T O R * 1
5, R e c o n n e c t c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P).

6. C o n n e c t a u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y or display unit 1 2 P
connector terminals No. 7 a n d No, 8 with a j u m p e r
wire.
A U D I O - H V A C DISPLAY UNIT 12P C O N N E C T O R * 2

AUDIO-HVAC SUBDiSPLAY UNIT 12P C

AUDlO-HAC DISPLAY U M T 1 2 P C0NWECTOR*2
*1:Wrth navigation
|T|e|.|*|/l
is there
continuity?
TORepair
o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) a n d t h e a u d i o - H V A C
s u b d l s p i a y o r d i s p l a y unit 12P c o n n e c t o r .
8. P r e s s a n d h o l d t h e D E F button a n d O F F button.
is the DEF button
LED
blinking?
Y E S A u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y unit o r d i s p l a y unit
is faulty, r e p l a c e t h e a u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y unit
(see p a g e 23-114) o r a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y unit
(see p a g e 23-114).
N O C l i m a t e control unit i s faulty, r e p l a c e t h e
c l i m a t e control unit ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 8 0 ) .
21-167
Climate Control
Climate Control Switch Communication Line Circuit Troubleshooting
1. O p e r a t e t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l s y s t e m w i t h the
p a s s e n g e r ' s c l i m a t e control s w i t c h in all m o d e s .
Does
the climate
control
system
operate?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure. C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e d r i v e r ' s a n d p a s s e n g e r ' s
8. D i s c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e control s w i t c h 16P

connector.
t e r m i n a l s of t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s c l i m a t e c o n t r o l s w i t c h
12P c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e control
s w i t c h 16P c o n n e c t o r .
c l i m a t e control s w i t c h e s , a n d at t h e c l i m a t e control
12P:
No, 7
16P:
No. 4
No. 8
No. 9
No. 3
No. 2
O p e r a t e the c l i m a t e control s y s t e m w i t h t h e d r i v e r ' s
No. 10
No. 1
c l i m a t e control s w i t c h in all m o d e s .
No. 11
No. 5
No. 12
No. 6
unitH
Does
the climate
control
system
operate?
P A S S E N G E R ' S CLIMATE CONTROL SWITCH

12P CONNECTOR
YEL
ORN

WHT
4. D i s c o n n e c t the p a s s e n g e r ' s c l i m a t e control s w i t c h

12P c o n n e c t o r
12
10
BRN L T G R N
LT
BLU

LT
BLU
p a s s e n g e r ' s c l i m a t e c o n t r o l s w i t c h 12P c o n n e c t o r
No. 1 t e r m i n a l .
2/ \
/"
I 14
11
\ / \ 16
YEL
DRIVER'S CLIMATE C O N T R O L SWITCH

LT G R N
1
ORN
P A S S E N G E R ' S CLIMATE CONTROL SWITCH

12P CONNECTOR
BRN
LTGRN
WHT
10
11
12
Is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s
climate control switch a n d the p a s s e n g e r ' s climate

control s w i t c h .
Is there battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the L T G R N w i r e .
21-168
10, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e

p a s s e n g e r ' s c l i m a t e c o n t r o l s w i t c h 12P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s Mo, 7, N o , 8, N o . 9, N o . 10, N o . 11, a n d
Ho. 12.
PASSENGER'S CLIMATE CONTROL
SWITCH
12P CONNECTOR
LTBLU
1/1
\A*
11. D i s c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e control s w i t c h 16P

connector. 12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
' d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e control s w i t c h 16P c o n n e c t o r
N o . 11 t e r m i n a l .
D R I V E R ' S C L I M A T E C O N T R O L S W I T C H 1SP
CONNECTOR
LTGRN
STL
1
9
11
/ 1 3
/
4
<,
LTGRN

is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e c o n t r o l s w i t c h a n d the
p a s s e n g e r ' s climate control s w i t c h .
NOSubstitute a known-good passenger's climate
c o n t r o l s w i t c h , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m g o e s
a w a y , r e p l a c e the original p a s s e n g e r ' s c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 21-181 ) .
is there battery
terminals
voitage?
NO-Repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s
c l i m a t e control s w i t c h a n d t h e N o . 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e in
the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.B
(cont'd)
21-169
Climate Control
Climate Control Switch Communication Line Circuit Troubleshooting
(cont'd)
d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e control s w i t c h 16P c o n n e c t o r

17. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e c o n t r o l
s w i t c h 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 13 a n d c l i m a t e
DRIVER'S CLIMATE CONTROL SWITCH 16P COWWECTOR
2
9
4
11
8
13
14
c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) t e r m i n a l N o . 28.
DRIVER'S CLIMATE C O N T R O L SWITCH 16P C O N N E C T O R

8
16
p
1
BLK
2
9
4
/
6
13
_J|
16
, 4 /
LTGRN
j 3 I 4 I 65 | 7
1/1 16 / I 18 11920 |
1 | 2
Is there
continuity?
| 8 | 9 / j
21
/\
11 | 12 | 13 | 14 |
23 | 24 j 25 | 26 / |
28
GRIM
d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e c o n t r o l s w i t c h a n d b o d y g r o u n d . If
t h e w i r e is O K , c h e c k for p o o r g r o u n d at G401
(with n a v i g a t i o n a n d p r e m i u m a u d i o : s e e p a g e
22-40, w i t h p r e m i u m a u d i o : s e e p a g e 2 2 - 4 2 ,
w i t h o u t p r e m i u m a u d i o : s e e p a g e 22-44).
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT COWIMECTOR A ( 2 8 P )

. Wire side of female terminals
is there
continuity?
N O - R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the d r i v e r ' s
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l s w i t c h a n d t h e c l i m a t e control
unit.B
21-170
18, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e

c o n t r o l s w i t c h 1 6 P c o n n e c t o r N o . 13 a n d No. 14
terminals.
21. P r e s s a n d hold t h e F A N U P s w i t c h , t h e n p r e s s t h e
OFF switch.
is the REC button
LED blinking
DRIVER'S CLIMATE CONTROL S W I T C H 16P C O N N E C T O R

p
1
p.
2
9
3
11
LTGRN
13
14
16
BLK
NOSubstitute a known-good driver's climate

control s w i t c h , - a n d r e c h e c k t h e f u n c t i o n . If t h e
s y m p t o m is still p r e s e n t ' r e p l a c e t h e c l i m a t e
control u n i t . B
2 2 . C h e c k t h e d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e control s w i t c h L E D s .
is there
continuity?
Are the REC button

blinking?
and AUTO
button
LEDs
Y E S - D r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e control s w i t c h is faulty,

replace the driver's climate control switch
(see p a g e 21-1811.11
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e . B
2 3 . C h e c k t h e d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e control s w i t c h L E D s .
19, R e c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s c l i m a t e c o n t r o l s w i t c h 16P
connector,
Are the REC button

blinking?
and DUAL
button
LEDs
20. R e c o n n e c t c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P).

Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a known-good driver's climate
control s w i t c h , a n d r e c h e c k t h e f u n c t i o n . If the
s y m p t o m is still p r e s e n t r e p l a c e t h e c l i m a t e
control u n i t . B
N O C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) a n d d r i v e r ' s
c l i m a t e control s w i t c h 16P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e
c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , r e p l a c e t h e c l i m a t e control
unit.B
21-171
Climate Control
A / C Pressure Switch Circuit Troubleshooting
NOTE:
If t h e b l o w e r m o t o r d o e s not run at all s p e e d s , t h e A / C
c o m p r e s s o r will be i n o p e r a t i v e . R u n t h e selfd i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n , a n d c h e c k for D T C B 1 2 4 1 . B e f o r e
p e r f o r m i n g a n y other t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , r e p a i r t h e
c a u s e of the i n o p e r a t i v e b l o w e r m o t o r .
* D o not u s e t h i s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e if a n y of
the following items are operative: T h e c o n d e n s e r fan,
t h e radiator f a n , or the A / C c o m p r e s s o r , or if t h e
h e a t e r is I n o p e r a t i v e . R e f e r to t h e s y m p t o m
troubleshooting index.
8. D i s c o n n e c t the A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
9.. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the A / C p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r No. 2 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y
ground.
A / C PRESSURE S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
* C h e c k the A / C h i g h - s i d e p r e s s u r e .
* B e f o r e d o i n g s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , c h e c k for
p o w e r t r a i n D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). A l s o c h e c k for
B - C A N c o d e s ( s e e p a g e 22-96),
2. C h e c k If t h e b l o w e r m o t o r o p e r a t e s at all s p e e d s .
Does the blower motor operate at all speeds?

N O R e p a i r t h e p r o b l e m in t h e b l o w e r m o t o r
circuit (see page 2 1 - 1 5 7 ) .
WO-Repair o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e A / C
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e M I C U . If t h e w i r e is O K ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d M I C U a n d r e c h e c k . If the
s y m p t o m g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original M l C U . i l

6. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e control
unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) N o . 21 t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y
ground.
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e N o . 1 a n d No. 2

t e r m i n a l s of t h e A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
A / C PRESSURE S W I T C H

*1: With navigation
N O R e p l a c e the A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
21-172
12, C o n n e c t t h e A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r
No, 2 terminal to body ground with a jumper wire.
A/C PRESSURE SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR

15. M e a s u r e t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit
c o n n e c t o r A (28P) N o . 2 3 t e r m i n a l a n d t h e
c o n n e c t o r B (12P) No. 10 t e r m i n a l .
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A !28P)
\PUR
JUMPER WIRE
1/|16
i / | l 8 | l
1 | |
1
1 /1 11 | 12
T
2 ( 3 ( 4
13 14 I
| 2 0 | 2 l | / | 2 3 | 2 4 | 2 5 | 2 6 | / l 2 8
BRN

p
'
1
Do the compressor
and fans
operate?
3 /
2
8
WHT*
RED*
10
1
N O C h e c k for B - C A N c o d e s ( s e e p a g e 22-96).
13, C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e c l i m a t e control
unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) N o , 21 t e r m i n a l a n d t h e A / C
p r e s s u r e switch 2P connector No. 1 terminal.

Is the resistance
less
than 24 kQ ?
1
1/116
3 [4
H
f8 |
7| 8
j S/
11 12 13 14
18 1 W | M j 21 \ / \ 2 3 #J1 2 4 J 2 6 | 2 8 \ / \ 28
PUR
LT BLU*
Y E S C h e c k f o r l o o s e w i r e s o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
t h e c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r s , if t h e
c l i m a t e control unit a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m
g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original c l i m a t e control
unit.B
N O T e s t the e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 21-54).
LTiLU
A/C PRESSURE SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR
*1: With navigation

is there
continuity?
t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P) a n d at
the A C pressure switch 2P connector.
c o n t r o l unit a n d A / C p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .
21-173
Climate Control
lo-car Temperature Sensor Test
in-car Temperature Sensor

Replacement
21-99).
1. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s i n n e r d a s h b o a r d t r i m
1. R e m o v e the in-car t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
( s e e p a g e 20-154).
21-174).
2. R e m o v e the in-car t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r (A) f r o m the
2. T e s t the in-car t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r w h i l e holding it
i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l (B).
in front of the d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r v e n t .
9
M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e w i t h the s y s t e m s e t to
Max Cool.
M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e w i t h the s y s t e m s e t to
M a x Hot.
3. C o m p a r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e r e a d i n g b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s
N o . 1 a n d No. 2 of t h e sn-car t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
w i t h the s p e c i f i c a t i o n s s h o w n in the g r a p h ; the
r e s i s t a n c e s h o u l d be w i t h i n the s p e c i f i c a t i o n s .
IN-CAR T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R
1
LJ
3. Install the s e n s o r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
Li
B e s u r e to c o n n e c t the air h o s e s e c u r e l y .
12
11
10
9
8
RESISTANCE
(kQ)
6
5
4
3
2
14
-10
32
68
86
0
10 2 30
TEMPERATURE
104
40
4. If the r e s i s t a n c e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the snc a r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 21-174).
21-174
Outside Air Temperature Sensor

Test
21-99).
1. R e m o v e t h e o u t s i d e a i r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r

Replacement
1. Lift t h e t a b (A) to r e l e a s e the lock, t h e n r e m o v e the
o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r (B) f r o m the front
b u m p e r b e a m . D i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r (C)
f r o m t h e o u t s i d e asr t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r .
( s e e p a g e 21-175),
2. Dip t h e s e n s o r In ice w a t e r , a n d m e a s u r e t h e
r e s i s t a n c e , T h e n p o u r w a r m w a t e r o n the s e n s o r ,
a n d c h e c k for a c h a n g e In r e s i s t a n c e .
3. C o m p a r e the r e s i s t a n c e r e a d i n g b e t w e e n the No. 1
a n d No, 2 t e r m i n a l s of t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e
s e n s o r w i t h t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s s h o w n in the g r a p h ;
the r e s i s t a n c e s h o u l d b e w i t h i n the s p e c i f i c a t i o n s .
OUTSIDE AIR T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R
2, Install the s e n s o r In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
12
1
HESiSTAWCE
llcQI
14
10
32
0
50
10
SB
20
8S 104 T
30 40 C
TEMPERATURE
4. if t h e r e s i s t a n c e Is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the
o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r f s e e p a g e 21-175).
21-175
Climate Control
Sunlight Sensor Replacement
Sunlight Sensor Test

1 . R e m o v e the s u n l i g h t s e n s o r (A) f r o m the

d a s h b o a r d , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (B). B e
21-99).
c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the s e n s o r a n d the

1. R e m o v e the s u n l i g h t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 7 6 ) .
W i t h a u t o m a t i c lighting s e n s o r
dashboard,
2. Install the s e n s o r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
BED
PUB
W i t h o y t a u t o m a t i c lighting s e n s o r
P U R
R E D
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M e a s u r e the

v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s w i t h the ( + ) p r o b e
o n the No. 4 (with a u t o m a t i c fighting s e n s o r ) or
No. 1 (without a u t o m a t i c lighting s e n s o r ) t e r m i n a l
a n d the () p r o b e o n the No. 2 t e r m i n a l w i t h the
connector connected.
N O T E : T h e v o l t a g e r e a d i n g s will not c h a n g e u n d e r
the light of a f l a s h l i g h t or a f l u o r e s c e n t l a m p .
V o l t a g e s h o u l d be:
* 3.63.7 V or m o r e w i t h the s e n s o r out of direct
sunlight
* 3 . 3 3 . 5 V or l e s s w i t h the s e n s o r in direct
sunlight.
3. If the v o l t a g e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the
s u n l i g h t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 21-176).
21.-176
Passenger's Air Mix Control Motor Test

M O T E : B e f o r e t e s t i n g , c h e c k for H V A C D T C s f s e e p a g e
21-99),
1, D i s c o n n e c t t h e 7 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s
air mix control motor.
t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r will
d a m a g e i t Follow the instructions carefully.
4. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e No. 5 a n d
No. 7 t e r m i n a l s . It s h o u l d be b e t w e e n 4.2 to 7.8 k Q .
5. R e c o n n e c t the p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r 7 P
c o n n e c t o r , t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
6. U s i n g t h e b a c k p r o b e s e t m e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e
b e t w e e n t h e No. 3 a n d No, 5 t e r m i n a l s of the 7 P
connector.
M a x Cool: a b o u t 1.5 V
2, C o n n e c t tottery p o w e r to t h e N o , 1 t e r m i n a l of t h e
p a s s e n g e r ' s air mix control motor, and ground the
N o . 2 t e r m i n a l ; t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l
m o t o r s h o u l d r u n , a n d s t o p at M a x C o o l . If it
d o e s n ' t , r e v e r s e t h e c o n n e c t i o n s ; the p a s s e n g e r ' s
air m i x control m o t o r s h o u l d r u n , a n d s t o p at M a x
H o t W h e n t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r
immediately.
M a x Hot:
a b o u t 4.5
7. If either t h e r e s i s t a n c e or the v o l t a g e r e a d i n g s a r e
not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r m i x
c o n t r o l m o t o r "(see p a g e 21-178).
P A S S E N G E R ' S AIR M I X CONTROL M 0 T 0 P
____
i
i
I
1
3. If t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r d i d not run

in s t e p 2 , r e m o v e it, t h e n c h e c k t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air
m i x c o n t r o l linkage a n d d o o r for s m o o t h
move meet.
* l i t h e linkage and door m o v e smoothly, replace
t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
21-178).
* If t h e l i n k a g e or d o o r s t i c k s or b i n d s , r e p a i r t h e m
as needed.
* ff t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r r u n s
s m o o t h l y , g o t o s t e p 4,
21-177
Climate Control
Passenger's Air Mix Control Motor
Replacement
Mode Control Motor Test

21-99),
1. R e m o v e the g l o v e b o x ( s e e p a g e 20-161).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 4 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e p o w e r
t r a n s i s t o r (B), a n d t h e 7 P c o n n e c t o r (C) f r o m t h e
p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r (D). R e m o v e t h e
self-tapping s c r e w s a n d t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x
control motor f r o m t h e h e a t e r unit.
1. D i s c o n n e c t the 7 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e m o d e c o n t r o l
motor.
the m o d e control m o t o r will d a m a g e it.
2. C o n n e c t battery p o w e r to the No. 1 t e r m i n a l of t h e
m o d e control m o t o r , a n d g r o u n d t h e No. 2
t e r m i n a l ; the m o d e control m o t o r s h o u l d r u n , a n d
s t o p at Defrost. I f it d o e s n ' t , r e v e r s e the
c o n n e c t i o n s ; the m o d e control m o t o r s h o u l d r u n ,
a n d s t o p at V e n t . W h e n t h e m o d e control m o t o r
immediately.
MODE C O N T R O L M O T O R
3. Install the m o t o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
M a k e s u r e t h e pin on t h e m o t o r is p r o p e r l y
e n g a g e d w i t h the linkage. After installation, m a k e
s u r e the m o t o r r u n s s m o o t h l y .
3. If t h e m o d e control m o t o r did not run in s t e p 2,

r e m o v e it, t h e n c h e c k the m o d e control linkage a n d
d o o r for s m o o t h m o v e m e n t .
If t h e linkage a n d d o o r m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e
the m o d e control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-59).
If t h e linkage or d o o r s t i c k s or b i n d s , r e p a i r t h e m
as needed.
If t h e m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r r u n s s m o o t h l y , g o to
s t e p 4.
21-178
Recirculation Control Motor Test

M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e N o . 5 a n d
N o . 7 t e r m i n a l s of t h e m o d e c o n t r o l motor. It
s h o u l d be b e t w e e n 4,2 a n d 7.8 k Q ,
21-99).
1
R e c o n n e c t the m o d e c o n t r o l m o t o r 7 P c o n n e c t o r ,
t h e n turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N Iff),
D i s c o n n e c t the 7 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e recirculation
INOTICEI
U s i n g the backprobe set, m e a s u r e the voltage
b e t w e e n t h e N o . 3 a n d N o , 7 t e r m i n a l s of t h e 7 P
connector.
Vent:
A b o u t 0.5 V
Defrost:
A b o u t 4.5 V
' 7 . If either the r e s i s t a n c e or t h e v o l t a g e r e a d i n g s a r e

not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e m o d e control m o t o r
{ s e e p a g e 21-59),
. I n c o r r e c t l y . a p p l y i n g p o w e r a n d g r o u n d to
t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r will d a m a g e it.
Follow the instructions carefully,
2. C o n n e c t battery p o w e r to the No. 1 t e r m i n a l of t h e
r e c i r c u l a t i o n control motor, a n d g r o u n d t h e No. 2
t e r m i n a l ; t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r s h o u l d r u n ,
a n d s t o p at F r e s h . If i t d o e s n ' t , r e v e r s e t h e
c o n n e c t i o n s ; the recirculation control m o t o r s h o u l d
r u n , a n d s t o p at R e c i r c u l a t e . W h e n the r e c i r c u l a t i o n
control m o t o r s t o p s running,
d i s c o n n e c t battery
power immediately.
RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR
3. If the recirculation control m o t o r did not run in s t e p

2, r e m o v e it, t h e n c h e c k the recirculation c o n t r o l
l i n k a g e a n d d o o r for s m o o t h m o v e m e n t
* If t h e linkage a n d d o o r m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e
t h e recirculation control m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 21-81).
* If the linkage or d o o r s t i c k s or b i n d s , repair t h e m
as needed.
* If t h e recirculation control m o t o r r u n s s m o o t h l y ,
g o to s t e p 4.
(confd)
21-179
Climate Control
Recirculation Control Motor Test
(cont'd)
4. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s No, 5
a n d N o . 7 of t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n c o n t r o l motor. It
s h o u l d b e b e t w e e n 4.2 a n d 7.8 k Q .
5. R e c o n n e c t the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control motor 7 P
c o n n e c t o r , then turn t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Climate Control Unit Removal/

Installation
With Navigation
1. R e m o v e t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r l o w e r
cover (see page 20-157),
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s (A). L o o s e n t h e bolt (B)
a n d r e m o v e the bolts (C) f r o m the c l i m a t e c o n t r o l
6. U s i n g the b a c k p r o b e s e t , m e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e
b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s N o . 3 a n d No. 7 of t h e 7 P
connector.
Fresh:
unit (D).
A b o u t 1,0 V
R e c i r c u l a t e : A b o u t 4,0 V
7. If either the r e s i s t a n c e or t h e v o l t a g e r e a d i n g s a r e
not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e recirculation control
m o t o r { s e e p a g e 21-61).
3. Install the control unit in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

r e m o v a l . After Installation, o p e r a t e t h e v a r i o u s
f u n c t i o n s to m a k e s u r e t h e y w o r k p r o p e r l y .
4. R u n t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n to c o n f i r m that
t h e r e a r e no p r o b l e m s In the s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e
21-100).
21-180
im
Climate Control Switch Removal/
Installation
Without Navigation
1* R e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit f s e e p a g e 23-111).
2, R e m o v e t h e s e l f - t a p p i n g s c r e w s a n d t h e c l i m a t e
With
Navigation
1. R e m o v e the a u d i o unit-{see p a g e 23-110).
control unit {Ah If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the b u l b s (B).

2. R e m o v e t h e s e l f - t a p p i n g s c r e w s a n d t h e c l i m a t e
control s w i t c h e s (A). If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the b u l b s
(B).
3. Install the s w i t c h e s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
3. Install t h e c o n t r o l unit in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal
4. R u n t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function to c o n f i r m that
t h e r e a r e no p r o b l e m s in t h e s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e
21-100).
4. R u n t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n to c o n f i r m that
t h e r e a r e n o p r o b l e m s in the s y s t e m f s e e p a g e
21-1001,
21-181
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT S Y S T E M (SRS) (If electrical maintenance is required)

T h e A c c o r d S R S i n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g In the s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e
g l o v e b o x , s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s in t h e front s e a t belt r e t r a c t o r s , s i d e curtain a i r b a g s In t h e s i d e s of the roof, a n d .side
a i r b a g s in t h e front s e a t - b a c k s . Information n e c e s s a r y to s a f e l y s e r v i c e the S R S is i n c l u d e d in t h i s S e r v i c e M a n u a l .
I t e m s m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) on t h e c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e or a r e l o c a t e d n e a r S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
Honda dealer.
T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g the S R S i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l Injury or d e a t h in the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

o r s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a d e a l e r .
I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , i n c l u d i n g i n c o r r e c t r e m o v a l a n d installation of the S R S , c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l injury
c a u s e d by unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of t h e a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , a n d / o r s i d e curtain a i r b a g s .
D o not b u m p or i m p a c t t h e S R S unit, front i m p a c t s e n s o r s , s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r s , or rear s a f i n g s e n s o r w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h is in O N (M), or for at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s after the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , the
s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , or t h e a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
S R S electrical c o n n e c t o r s a r e Identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . R e l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h e s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the g l o v e b o x , in t h e front s e a t s ,
in t h e roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d t h e floor. Do not u s e e l e c t r i c a l t e s t e q u i p m e n t on t h e s e c i r c u i t s .
Body Electrical
Body Electrical
Special T o o l s ......................................
G e n e r a l Troubleshooting Information
22-2
22-3
Relay and Control Unit

Locations ...............................
22-7
Connectors and Harnesses
22-15
Fuse/Relay Boxes ...
22-74
Power Distribution -
22-78
Groond Distribution
22-82
..................
22-83
< Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box

Driver's U n d e r - d a s h F u s e / R e l a y Box
R e m o v a l a n d Installation ....................... 22-84
P a s s e n g e r ' s U n d e r - d a s h F u s e / R e l a y Box
R e m o v a l a n d Installation ....................... 22-87
Battery
Battery T e s t ................................................ 22-88
Battery Terminal Disconnection arid
Reconnection
............................ 22-89
Battery R e m o v a l and Installation ............. 22-90
Relays
Power Relay Test
.................... . 22-91
* Ignition Switch
Test .............................................................
R e p l a c e m e n t ............................................
22-94
22-94
Multiplex Integrated Control System

C o m p o n e n t Location Index ......................
G e n e r a l Troubteshooting Information ......
S y s t e m Description ...................................
Troubleshooting - B - C A N S y s t e m
Diagnosis T e s t M o d e A ..........................
D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e B ...........................
D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e C ...........................
Troubleshooting - B-CAN S y s t e m
Diagnosis T e s t Mode D .......................
Troubleshooting - B-CAN S y s t e m
Diagnosis Test Mode 1 and
T e s t f V i 0 d e 2 ...........................................
S t e e p a n d W a k e - u p M o d e T e s t .................
Circuit Diagram .........................................
D T C Troubleshooting ...................
M I C U Input T e s t ..........................................
.
S y s t e m Description ....................................
Circuit Diagram
Control Unit Input T e s t
Door Lock Actuator Test
Door Lock Knob Switch T e s t
Door K e y Cylinder S w i t c h T e s t ..
Hood S w i t c h T e s t .
Trunk Lid R e l e a s e Actuator T e s t
Transmitter Test
..
22-143
22-149
22-150
22-154
22-158
22-161
22-171
22-172
22-173
22-173
22-174
22-175
* Horns
Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box

Kejless/Power Door Locks/Security

System
22-95
22-96
22-99
22-102
22-120
22-1.22
22-123
22-124
22-125
22-127
22-128
22-130
22-138
Circuit Diagram
Horn T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t
Horn S w i t c h T e s t
. 22-178
....... 22-179
.. 22-179
22-180
Exterior Lights
" C o m p o n e n t Location Index
Circuit Diagram
M I C U Input T e s t
Combination Light Switch
Test/Replacement
Headlight Adjustment
Headlight Replacement
Bulb Replacement
Taillight R e p l a c e m e n t
License Plate Light Replacement
High Mount Brake Light Replacement
Brake Pedal Position Switch Test
22-181
22-187
22-188
22-194
22-203
22-208
22-209
22-210
22-211
22-214
22-215
22-216
22-216
Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Lights

22-217
Circuit Diagram
22-218
MSCU Input T e s t .......................................... 22-221
Hazard Warning S w i t c h
Test/Replacement
..........
.
22-224
Interior Lights
..........
Circuit Diagram
...
.........................
Front Individual Map Light
Test/Replacement
Ceiling Light T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t
Trunk Light Test/Replacement
Interior Light Switch T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t ...
A m b i e n t Light T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t .............
Courtesy Light Replacement .....................
G l o v e Box Light Replacement
Vanity Mirror Light T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t .....
Trunk Lid Latch S w i t c h T e s t
Gayges
22-225
22-230
22-232
22-233
22-233
22-234
22-234
22-235
22-235
22-236
22-236
Entry Lights Control System

-
Circuit Diagram
Control Unit Input Test
Ignition Key Switch Test ..
Ignition Key Light Test
22-238
22-240
22-242.
22-247
22-247
Power Windows
Component Location Index .......................
Resetting the Power W i n d o w
Control Unit
Circuit Diagram
Power W i n d o w Master S w i t c h
Input T e s t
Front P a s s e n g e r ' s Power W i n d o w Switch
Input T e s t
Driver's Power W i n d o w Motor T e s t .........
Front P a s s e n g e r ' s Power W i n d o w Motor
. Test
.................
Rear P o w e r W i n d o w Motor T e s t
Replacement
Front P a s s e n g e r ' s Power W i n d o w Switch
Replacement
Rear P o w e r W i n d o w Switch
Test/Replacement
22-248
22-250
22-251
22-252
22-255
22-262
22-265
22-268
22-270
22-274
22-275
22-276
22-277
22-302
22-304
22-308
22-312
22-320
22-323
22-324
22-325
22-326
22-326
Safety Indicators Systems

22-327
Circuit Diagram ........................................... 22-329
MICU Input T e s t
22-331
Reminder Systems
22-335
Circuit Diagram
22-336
Control Unit Input T e s t ............................... 22-338
IVioonroof
Resetting the Moonroof Control Unit
Circuit Diagram ...........................................
Moonroof Control Unit Input T e s t
Moonroof Switch T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t
22-341
22-342
22-343
22-344
22-347
Accessory Power Sockets

Circuit Diagram
Front A c c e s s o r y Power Socket
Test/Replacement
Console A c c e s s o r y P o w e r Socket
Test/Replacement
22-348
22-349
22-350
22-351
Power IViirrors
Wipers/Washers
Circuit Diagram
M I C U input T e s t
W i p e r / W a s h e r Switch
T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t ...................................
Wiper Motor T e s t
W a s h e r Motor T e s t
W a s h e r Fluid Level S w i t c h T e s t
Wiper Motor Replacement
W a s h e r Reservoir Replacement
Wiper Blade Replacement
Wiper Arm/Nozzle Adjustment
W a s h e r T u b e Replacement .......................

Self-diagnostic Function
Circuit Diagram
G a u g e Control Module input T e s t
Rewriting the O D O Data and
Transferring Maintenance Minder
Data to a- N e w G a u g e Control
Module
.
G a u g e Control Module Replacement
Outside Air Temperature Indicator
Calibration
.
Outside Air Temperature S e n s o r
T e s t ...............................
Outside Air Temperature S e n s o r
Replacement
22-278
22-280
22-282
22-286
22-290
22-291
22-292
22-292
22-293
22-296
22-297
22-299
22-301
Circuit Diagram ............................................
Function T e s t
Input Test
Front P a s s e n g e r ' s Power W i n d o w S w i t c h
Input T e s t
Power Mirror Switch
Test/Replacement
Power Mirror Actuator T e s t
Power Mirror Actuator R e p l a c e m e n t ........
22-352
22-354
22-357
22-358
22-360
22-362
22-362
22-363
Automatic Dimming Inside Mirror

Circuit D iagra m ...................................... 22-365
S y s t e m Description ................................ 22-366
T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t ................................
22-366
Power Seat
Circuit Diagram .......................................
Power Seat Adjustment Switch
T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t ..................................
Motor T e s t
....
................................
22-367
22-368
22-369
22-370
Power Lumbar Sypport

Circuit Diagram
Power Seat Adjustment Switch
T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t ...................................
Motor T e s t ...............................................
22-372
22-373
22-374
22-374
Seat Heaters
Circuit Diagram .........................................
S e a t Heater T e s t .........................................
S w i t c h T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t ..........................
22-375
22-378
22-380
22-381
Rear Window Defogger

Circuit Diagram ........................
Function T e s t ..............................................
Defogger Wire Repair .................................
22-382
22-383
22-385
22-386
Immobilizer S f stem
Circuit D i a g r a m
....................
D T C Troubleshooting ......
...................
Information ..............................................
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting .......................
S y s t e m Check .............................................
Status L o g
tmmobiiizer-keyiess Control Unit
Input T e s t .................................................
Immobilizer K e y Registration ....................
Immobilizer-keyiess Control Unit
R e p l a c e m e n t .........................................
22-387
22-388
22-389
22-390
22-392
22-394
22-397
22-399
22-400
22-402
22-403
Body Electrical
Special Tools
Ref. Wo.
T o o l IMymber
07WAZ-001010A
07TAZ-001020A
07AAC-000A1A0
22-2
Description
Qtv
M P C S (MCIC) S e r v i c e Connector
B a c k Probe A d a p t o r
R e l a y Puller
General Troubleshooting information

Tips and
Precautions
Before T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
1, C h e c k a p p l i c a b l e f u s e s in the a p p r o p r i a t e f u s e / r e l a y
box.
* S o m e c o n n e c t o r s h a v e a clip on their s i d e used-to attach t h e m to a m o u n t bracket o n the b o d y or o n

a n o t h e r c o m p o n e n t T h i s clip h a s a pull t y p e lock.
* S o m e m o u n t e d c o n n e c t o r s c a n n o t be d i s c o n n e c t e d
u n l e s s y o u first r e l e a s e the lock a n d r e m o v e the
c o n n e c t o r f r o m its m o u n t b r a c k e t (A).
2. C h e c k t h e battery for d a m a g e , state of c h a r g e , a n d

c l e a n a n d tight c o n n e c t i o n s ,
* D o not q u i c k - c h a r g e a battery u n l e s s the

battery g r o u n d c a b l e h a s b e e n
disconnected, otherwise y o u will d a m a g e
t h e alternator d i o d e s .
* D o not a t t e m p t to c r a n k the e n g i n e w i t h
t h e battery g r o u n d c a b l e l o o s e l y
c o n n e c t e d or y o u will s e v e r e l y d a m a g e t h e
wiring.
Handling C o n n e c t o r s
* N e v e r try to d i s c o n n e c t c o n n e c t o r s b y pulling o n their
M a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t o r s are c l e a n a n d have no
loose wire terminals,
w i r e s ; pull o n the c o n n e c t o r h a l v e s i n s t e a d .
* A l w a y s reinstall plastic c o v e r s .
* Make s u r e multiple cavity connectors are packed with

dielectric g r e a s e êxcept w a t e r t i g h t c o n n e c t o r s ) .
* All c o n n e c t o r s h a v e p u s h - d o w n r e l e a s e t y p e l o c k s {Ah
B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g c o n n e c t o r s , m a k e s u r e the
t e r m i n a l s (A) a r e in p l a c e a n d not bent.
(cont'd)
22-3
Body Electrical
C h e c k for l o o s e retainers (A) a n d r u b b e r s e a l s (B).
Handling W i r e s and H a r n e s s e s
* S e c u r e w i r e s a n d w i r e h a r n e s s e s to the f r a m e w i t h
their r e s p e c t i v e w i r e ties at the d e s i g n a t e d l o c a t i o n s .

* R e m o v e c l i p s c a r e f u l l y ; d o n ' t d a m a g e their l o c k s (A).
T h e b a c k s of s o m e c o n n e c t o r s a r e p a c k e d w i t h
dielectric g r e a s e . A d d g r e a s e If n e c e s s a r y . Sf the
g r e a s e is c o n t a m i n a t e d , r e p l a c e i t
After installing h a r n e s s c l i p s , m a k e s u r e the h a r n e s s
d o e s n ' t interfere w i t h a n y m o v i n g parts.
Keep wire h a r n e s s e s a w a y from exhaust components
a n d other hot parts, f r o m s h a r p e d g e s of b r a c k e t s a n d
h o l e s , a n d f r o m e x p o s e d s c r e w s a n d bolts.
S e a t g r o m m e t s In their g r o o v e s p r o p e r l y (A). D o not
l e a v e g r o m m e t s distorted (B).
Insert the c o n n e c t o r all t h e w a y a n d m a k e s u r e it Is

s e c u r e l y locked.
P o s i t i o n w i r e s s o that t h e o p e n e n d of t h e c o v e r f a c e s
down.
22-4
Fiwe-step Troubieshooting
Testing and Repairs

* D o not u s e w i r e s o r h a r n e s s e s w i t h b r o k e n I n s u l a t i o n .
R e p l a c e t h e m o r r e p a i r t h e m b y w r a p p i n g the b r e a k
with electrical tape.
* N e v e r a t t e m p t t o m o d i f y , s p l i c e , o r repair S R S w i r i n g ,
if t h e r e is a n o p e n o r d a m a g e Is S R S w i r i n g o r
terminals, replace the harness.
* After installing p a r t s , m a k e s u r e t h a t no w i r e s a r e
pinched u n d e r t h e m ,
* W h e n u s i n g e l e c t r i c a l t e s t e q u i p m e n t , f o l l o w the
m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s i n s t r u c t i o n s a n d t h o s e d e s c r i b e d in
this manual.
* If p o s s i b l e , i n s e r t t h e p r o b e of t h e t e s t e r f r o m t h e w i r e
side (except waterproof connector).
1. Verify T h e C o m p l a i n t
T u r n o n all the c o m p o n e n t s in t h e p r o b l e m circuit
to v e r i f y the c u s t o m e r c o m p l a i n t Note the
s y m p t o m s . D o not b e g i n d i s a s s e m b l y or testing
until y o u h a v e n a r r o w e d d o w n the p r o b l e m a r e a .
2. Analyze The Schematic:
L o o k u p the s c h e m a t i c for the p r o b l e m c i r c u i t
D e t e r m i n e h o w t h e circuit is s u p p o s e d to w o r k b y
t r a c i n g t h e c u r r e n t p a t h s f r o m the p o w e r f e e d
t h r o u g h the circuit c o m p o n e n t s to g r o u n d . If
s e v e r a l c i r c u i t s fail at t h e s a m e t i m e , the f u s e o r a
g r o u n d is a likely c a u s e .
B a s e d o n t h e s y m p t o m s a n d y o u r u n d e r s t a n d i n g of
the circuit o p e r a t i o n , identify o n e o r m o r e p o s s i b l e
c a u s e s of the p r o b l e m .
3 . Isolate T h e P r o b l e m B y T e s t i n g T h e C i r c u i t
M a k e circuit t e s t s to c h e c k t h e d i a g n o s i s y o u m a d e
in s t e p 2 . K e e p In m i n d that a l o g i c a l , s i m p l e
p r o c e d u r e is the k e y to efficient t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
T e s t for t h e m o s t likely c a u s e of failure first. T r y to
m a k e t e s t s at points that a r e e a s i l y a c c e s s i b l e .
4. F i x T h e P r o b l e m :
O n c e t h e s p e c i f i c p r o b l e m i s identified, m a k e the
repair. B e s u r e to u s e p r o p e r tools, a n d s a f e
* U s e back probe a d a p t o r
07TAZ-001020A.
procedures.
5. M a k e S u r e T h e C i r c u i t W o r k s :
T u r n o n all c o m p o n e n t s in the r e p a i r e d circuit in all
m o d e s to m a k e s u r e y o u ' v e f i x e d the entire
p r o b l e m . If the p r o b l e m w a s a b l o w n f u s e , be s u r e
to t e s t all of t h e c i r c u i t s on t h e f u s e . IVlake s u r e n o
n e w p r o b l e m s turn up a n d the o r i g i n a l p r o b l e m
d o e s not r e c u r .
* R e f e r to t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s in t h e H o n d a T e r m i n a l Kit for
Identification a n d r e p l a c e m e n t of c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s .
(confd)
22-5
Body Electrical
How to Check for DTCs with the Honda
Diagnostic System (HDS)
Wire Color Codes

T h e f o l l o w i n g a b b r e v i a t i o n s a r e u s e d to identify w i r e
N O T E : F o r s p e c i f i c o p e r a t i o n s , refer to the u s e r ' s
c o l o r s in the circuit s c h e m a t i c s :
m a n u a l that c a m e w i t h the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m
WHT.............
YEL....
White
Yellow
BLK.....
Black
BLU
Blue
GRN........
RED......
ORN
.........
(HDS).
Green
Red
Orange
PNK.....................................
BRN
Pink
Brown
GRY.....................................
PUR
Gray
Purple
LT BLU
Light B l u e
L T G R N ...............................
Light G r e e n
T h e w i r e insulation h a s o n e c o l o r or o n e c o l o r w i t h
a n o t h e r c o l o r stripe. T h e s e c o n d c o l o r is the stripe.
WHT/BLK
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h O N (II).
3.
M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e ,
if it d o e s n ' t t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e
11-192).
4. E n t e r the B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L t h e n s e l e c t the
desired T E S T M O D E menu.
N O T E : If the D T C s d o not pertain to the s e l e c t e d
m e n u , s e l e c t the All D T C C h e c k scon to v i e w all
Body DTCs.
6. If a n y D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , note t h e m , a n d g o to the
indicated D T C troubleshooting.
22-6
Relay and Control Unit Locations

Engine Compartment
PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y
22-7
Belay and Control Unit Locations
22-8
IMMOBILIZER-KEYLESS
CONTROL UNIT
S U S UNIT
(cont'd)
22-9

Dashboard (cont'd)
With Navigation S y s t e m
N A V I G A T I O N DISPLAY UW1T
PASSENGER'S UWDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
P A S S E N G E R ' S IVIICU
f By lit into-the passenger's

under-dash fuse/relay box)
22-10
Withoyt Navigation S y s t e m
AUDIO-HVAC DISPLAY UNIT
* P A S S E N G E R ' S UfSIDElFt-DASH
F U S E / R E L A Y BOX
P A S S E N G E R ' S MICU
fByiit into t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s
y n d e r - d a s h fyse/relay box)
22-11

Roof and Trunk
22-12
Seat
Driver's seat
Belay arid Control Unit Locations

Door
DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT

(Built into the power window master switch)
22-14
C o n n e c t o r s a n d
H a r n e s s e s
Connector Index
Identification numbers have b e e n a s s i g n e d to in-line c o n n e c t o r s , junction c o n n e c t o r s ,
for connectors " G " for ground terminals or " T " for n o n - g r o u n d t e r m i n a l s .
a n d t e r m i n a l s . T h e n u m b e r is p r e c e d e d by the letter " C "
Harness
Engine
Compartment
Dashboard
Notes
C351,C409
4-door:
(see p a g e 22-46)
2-door:
(see p a q e 22-48)
(see p a g e 22-70)
C351,C409
(see p a g e 22-71)
C351,C409
C 4 0 T , C 4 0 2 , C403,
C404, C4G5, C406,
C407, C408, C409
C410, C411
G401,G402
C 4 0 1 , C402, C403,
C405 C4G8, C407,
C408, C403, C410
G 4 0 1 , G402
C 4 0 1 , C 4 0 3 , C4G9
C410
G401.G402
(see p a g e 22-72)
( s e e p a g e 22-40)
A N C rear m i c r o p h o n e subharness
A C w i r e h a r n e s s {climate c o n t r o l s y s t e m
with n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m )
A C w i r e h a r n e s s ( c l i m a t e control s y s t e m
w i t h o u t navigation s y s t e m )
A / C w i r e h a r n e s s <HVAC c o n t r o l system)
A u d i o w i r e h a r n e s s {with p r e m i u m a u d i o a n d
navigation system)
Local Ion
Others {floor,
Boor,
Trunk, and Roof)
C653
A u d i o w i r e h a r n e s s (with p r e m i u m a u d i o
without n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m )
Audio w i r e h a r n e s s (without p r e m i u m
a n d navigation system)
audio
Battery g r o u n d cable
Cable reel subharness
CKP s e n s o r s u b h a r n e s s
Dashboard w i r e harness
fview of driver's side!
(see p a g e 22-42)
(see p a g e 22-44)
(see
(see
(see
(see
<->,G1
C104
C30T,C302,C303,
C501,C502, C601,
C751
G501,G502
C401.C402, C403,
C503
G503
paqe
paqe
paqe
page
22-17)
22-73)
22-24)
22-32)
C701
G504
(see p a g e 22-36)
Driver's door w i r e harness
C751
Driver's seat position sensor harness

( w i t h o u t p o w e r seat)
Driver's s e a t w i r e h a r n e s s
(with p o w e r seat)
Engine ground cable
Engine w i r e harness
C702
4-door:
(see p a g e 22-60)
2-door:
(see p a q e 22-61)
(see p a g e 22-67)
C702
(see p a g e 22-66)
( v i e w of m i d d l e t o p a s s e n g e r ' s side)
T3, G2
C101,C102,C103,
C104
G101,G102
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r w i r e h a r n e s s (4-door)
Front passenger's seat w i r e harness
Left e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s
Left rear d o o r w i r e h a r n e s s (4-door)

Left s i d e w i r e h a r n e s s
Moonroof subharness
P a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r w i r e h a r n e s s (2-door)
C761
C703
C101,C151,C20T
G301
C 3 0 1 , C 3 0 2 , C303,
C3G4, C351
G302
C304, C601
C771
C771
G801,G6G2, G603
C551
C761
(see p a g e
M/T:
(see p a g e
A/T:
(see p a q e
(see p a q e
4-door:
(see p a g e
2-door:
(see p a q e
(see p a g e
(see p a q e
4-door:
(see p a g e
2-door:
(see p a g e
(see p a q e
(see p a q e
22-17)
22-20)
22-22)
22-62)
22-68)
22-69)
22-28)
22-64)
22-50)
22-52)
22-58)
22-63)
(confd)
22-15

Connector Index (cont'd)
Harness
Engine
Compartment
Rear window defogger ground wire
Right engine compartment wire harness
unsnooara
Location
Others (Floor, Door,
Trynk, arid Roof)
G801
C201
G202, G203
Right rear door wire harness {4-door)

Right side wire harness
4-door:
(see page 22-50)
2-door:
(see page 22-52)
(see page 22-26)
C202, C203
G201
C781
C 4 1 0 , C 4 1 1 , C651
C 6 5 2 , C 6 5 3 , C781
G651
Roof wire harness
Shift solenoid wire harness (A/T)

SRS floor wire harness
C501,C502
G551
C105
C 7 0 1 , C 7 0 2 , C703
G701,G702
Starter subharness
Transmission ground cable
Transmission range switch subharness (A/T)
22-16
( + ) , T 1 , T2, T 1 0 1 ,
T102,C102,C151
T 4 , G3
C106
Notes
(see page 22-65)

4-door:
(see page 22-46). 2-door:
(see page 22-48)
With moonroof.
(see page 22-58)
Without moonroof:
(see page 22-59)
(see page 22-24)
4-door:
(see page 22-54)
2-door:
(see page 22-56)
(see page 22-18)
(see page 22-17)
(see page 22-24)
Connector to Harness Index

Battery Ground Cable
Ref
1
4
Cavities
Location
Left side of engine compartment
Connects t
Battery negative terminal
Body ground, via battery
ground cable
Notes
I Ref
l 5
Canities
Location
Right side of engine compartment
Right side of engine compartment
Connects to
Engine
Body ground, via engine
ground cable
Notes
Connects to
Transmission housing
Body ground, via
transmission ground cable
Notes
Connector or Terminal
G1
Engine Ground Cable

Connector ox Terminal
Tl
G2
Transmission Ground Cable

T2
G3
Ref
2
3
Cavities
Location
22-17

Connector to Harness index (cont'd)
Starter Sufoharness
9
10
8
2
7
Cavities
- 1
4
1
1
6
C151
T1
T101 (Battery)
11
1
3
Right front of engine compartment

Front of engine
T102 (Alternator)
Connector or Term Inn!

A/C compressor
Alternator
Knock sensor
Starter solenoid
C102
T2
22-18
Ref
Location
Front of engine
Front of engine
Front of engine
- Left side of engine compartment
Connects to
Engine wire harness

M/T (see page 22-20)
A/T (see page 22-22) Left engine compartment
wire harness (see page
22-28)
Alternator + B terminal
Starter motor
(see page 22-74)
(see page 22-74)
Battery positive terminal
Notes
22-

Engine Wire Harness (M/T)
Connector r Terminal
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
Back-up light switch
Camshaft position (CMP) sensor A
Camshaft position (CMP) sensor B
ECM connector B
ECfVI connector C
Engine coolant temperature (ECT)
sensor 1
Engine mount control solenoid
EVAP canister purge valve
Ignition col! No. 1
Ignition coil No. 2
Ignition coil No. 3
Ignition coil No. 4
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
'Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
sensor
Mass air flow (MAF) sensor/Intake air
temperature (IAT) sensor
Oil pressure switch
Output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor
Rocker arm oil control solenoid
Rocker arm oil pressure switch
Secondary H02S
Throttle position sensor/Throttle
actuator
VTC oil control solenoid valve
Location
Middle of engine compartment
On the transmission housing
12
17
22
11
19
18
20
Cavities
4
2
3
3
49
49
2
30
16
6
7
8
9
29
28
27
26
25
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3

15
Air cleaner housing cover
2
21
1
3

Front of transmission housing
4
5
2
2
4
6

Ref
23
C101
1.4
2
23

C102
24
C103 (junction connector)

C104
10
13
24
3

G101
31
G102
32
22-20
Connects to
Left engine compartment

22-28)
Starter subharness
(see page 22-18)
CKP sensor subharness
(see paae 22-24)
wire harness
wire harness
Motes
22-21

Connector to Harness Index (cont'd)
Engine Wire Harness (A/T)
C o n n e c t o r r T e r m i n a l
A i r f u e l r a t i o (A/F) s e n s o r
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
valve A
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
valve B
A / T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve C
C a m s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CMP) s e n s o r A
C a m s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CMP) s e n s o r B
E n g i n e c o o l a n t temperature (ECT)
sensor 1
E n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d
E V A P canister p u r g e v a l v e
Ignition c o i l N o . 1
Ignition coil N o . 2
Ignition coil No. 3
Ignition c o i l No. 4
Injector N o . 1
Injector N o . 2
Injector N o . 3
Injector N o . 4
Input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r
Manifold absolute p r e s s u r e ( M A P )
sensor
M a s s a i r f l o w ( M A F ) s e n s o r / I n t a k e air
temperature (SAT) s e n s o r
OH p r e s s u r e switch
O u t p u t s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
sensor
PCM connector B
PCM connector C
Rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d ( E X )
Rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d (IN)
Rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( E X )
Rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (IN)
Secondary H 0 2 S
Throttle position sensor/Throttle
actuator
V T C o i l control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
2nd clutch p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
3rd clutch p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
C101
Ref
12
22
Cavities
4
2
Location
E x h a u s t manifold
26
25
31
11
28
3
3
2
Middle of e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t
M i d d l e of engine compartment
Middle of engine c o m p a r t m e n t
37
19
5
7
9
36
35
34
33
15
32
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
Middle of engine compartment'
17
1
14
1
3
21
20
4
3
6
2
38
29
49
49
2
2
2
2
4
6
Left side of e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t
Left s i d e of e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t
M i d d l e of e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t
E x h a u s t manifold
39
23
24
16
2
1
1
23
M i d d l e of e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t
Left side of engine c o m p a r t m e n t
C102
30
Left s i d e of engine c o m p a r t m e n t
C 1 0 3 (junction connector)
C104
10
13
' 24
3
C105
27
Transmission housing .
C106
18
10
G101
40
G102
41
22-22
"
Connects to
Left e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t
w i r e h a r n e s s (see p a g e
22-28)
Starter s u b h a r n e s s
(see p a g e 22-18)
CKP s e n s o r s u b h a r n e s s
(see p a g e 22-24)
Shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
(see page 22-24)
T r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h
s u b h a r n e s s (see p a g e
22-24).
B o d y g r o u n d , v i a engine
wire harness
wire harness
Notes
22^23

CKP Sensor Subharness
CKP sensor
C104
Ref
1
2
Cavities
3
3
Location
Under the engine
Ref
9
8
6
5
7
10
Cavities
Location
In the transmission
In the transmission
In the transmission
In the transmission
In the transmission
Connects to
IMofes
Engine wire harness

M/T (see page 22-20)
A/T (see page 22-22)
Shift Solenoid Wire Harness (A/T)

ATF temperature sensor
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Shift solenoid-valve C
Shift solenoid valve E
C105
1
1
1
1
8
Connects to
swtes
Engine wire harness

(see page 22-22)
T r a n s m i s s i o n Range S w i t c h S u b h a r n e s s (A/T)
Transmission range switch
C106
22-24
Ref
4
3
Cavities
10
8
. Location
Left side of transmission
Connects t
Engine wire harness
(see paqe 22-22)
Motes
CKP S E N S O R S U B H A R N E S S

Right Engine Compartment Wire Harness
A/C pressure switch
O p t i o n a l c o n n e c t o r (for f o g l i g h t )
Passenger's under-dash fuse/relay b o x
c o n n e c t o r E (see p a g e 22-76)
P o w e r s t e e r i n g p r e s s u r e (PSP) s w i t c h
Right front impact sensor
Right front wheel speed sensor
R i g h t f r o n t p a r k i n g / t u r n s i g n a l Sight
R i g h t f r o n t side m a r k e r l i g h t
Right headlight (low)
Right headlight (high)
V S A modulator-control unit
W a s h e r fluid level switch
Washer motor
C201
Ref
4
12
17
Cavities
2
1
18
Location
Right front of engine c o m p a r t m e n t
Under right side of dash
2
6
16
5
14
- 11
13
15
10
9
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
22
2
2
2
Right side of engine c o m p a r t m e n t

B e h i n d right s i d e o f f r o n t b u m p e r
B e h i n d right h e a d l i g h t
Behind right side of f r o n t b u m p e r
Right f r o n t of engine c o m p a r t m e n t
C202
19
20
U n d e r right s i d e o f d a s h
C203
18
G201
G202
G203
B e h i n d right s i d e o f f r o n t b u m p e r
*:
Canada models
22-26
Connects t o
Notes
*
22-28)
- Dashboard w i r e harness
(see p a g e 22-36)
(see page 22-36)
Body g r o u n d , via right
engine compartment wire
harness
harness
harness
22-27

Left E n g i n e C o m p a r t m e n t W i r e H a r n e s s (Engine c o m p a r t m e n t branch)
9
18
Cavities
2
2
49
2
Location
Front of engine c o m p a r t m e n t
Left s i d e o f e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t
21
23
19
14
8
16
10
11
15
12
22
9
17
3
2
1
1
2
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
49
2
3
B e h i n d left s i d e o f f r o n t b u m p e r
B e h i n d left h e a d l i g h t
Left f r o n t o f e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t
. 5
14
7
2
5
23
C151
C201
24
G301
13
A/C condenser fan motor
Brake f l u i d level switch
ECM connector A
E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e (ECT)
sensor 2
Hood switch
Horn (high)
Horn (low)
Left f r o n t I m p a c t s e n s o r
Left f r o n t w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
Left f r o n t p a r k i n g / t u r n s i g n a l t i g h t
Left f r o n t side m a r k e r l i g h t
Left h e a d l i g h t ( l o w )
Left h e a d l i g h t ( h i g h )
O p t i o n a l c o n n e c t o r (for f o g Sight)
O u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
PCM connector A
Radiator fan motor
Under-hood fuse/relay box connector
A (electrical l o a d d e t e c t o r ) (see p a g e
22-74)
B (see p a g e 22-74)
C (see p a g e 22-74)
Wiper motor
C101
22-28
Bel
20
B e h i n d left s i d e o f f r o n t b u m p e r
COflfl6Cf TO
Notes
M/T
Security
A/T
Engine w i r e harness
M/T (see p a g e 22-20)
A / T (see p a g e 22-22)
Starter w i r e harness
(see p a g e 22-18)
Right engine c o m p a r t m e n t
22-26)
B o d y g r o u n d , v i a left
harness
22-29

Left E n g i n e
C o m p a r t m e n t Wire Harness (Dash branch)
Ref
Accelerator p e d a l position sensor
11
Brake p e d a l position switch
12
Clutch p e d a l position switch (for cruise 14
control)
Clutch interlock switch (for starter cut)
13
Diode (for A/T)
8
Diode (for A/T)
9
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
7
connector F (see p a g e 22-75)
connector G
C301
(see p a g e
22-75)
Location
Cavities
6
4
3
U n d e r left side o f d a s h
U n d e r leftside of d a s h
2
2
2
33
Under leftside of dash

Under left side of dash
13
U n d e r leftside of dash
20
Connects to
Notes
M/T
M/T
A/T
A/T
(see p a g e
22-32)
C302
C303
C304
Under left side of d a s h
C351
10
G302
* 1: With c l i m a t e c o n t r o l a n d navigation s y s t e m
* 2: With c l i m a t e c o n t r o l without navigation s y s t e m

* 3: With HVAC c o n t r o l
22-30
22-32)
22-32)
Left s i d e w i r e harness
(see p a g e
(see p a g e
A/C w i r e harness (see page 22-70)

A/C wire harness (see page 22-71)
A/C wire harness (see paqe 22-72)
B o d y ground, via left engine
compartment wire harness
*1
*2
*3
22-31

Dashboard Wire Harness (View of driver's side)
Data Sink connector (DLC)

Driver's crossover network unit
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector B (se
e page 22-75)
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector C (se
e page 22-75)
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector M (sc
?e page 22-75)
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector N (see page 22-75)
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector P (see page 22-75)
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector Q (se
e page 22-75)
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector R (se
e page 22-75)
Driver's junction box 1 connector A
Driver's junction box 1 connector B
Driver's junction box 1 connector C
Driver's junction box 1 connector D
Driver's junction box 1 connector E
Driver's junction box 1 connector F
Driver's junction box 1 connector G
Driver's junction box 1 connector H
Driver's junction box 2 connector A
Driver's junction box 2 connector B
Driver's junction box 2 connector C
Driver's junction box 2 connector D
Driver's junction box 2 connector E
Driver's junction box 2 connector F
Driver's junction box 2 connector G
Driver's junction box 2 connector H
Driver's junction box 2 connector J
Driver's junction box 2 connector K
Gauge controS module
HandsFreeLinkcontroS unit
V S A OFF switch
* 1: With premium audio system
22-32
Ref
32
27
31
28
26
24
22
25
23
13
14
15
16
17
19
18
20
1
2
3
4
10
5
6
9
8
7
21
29
30
Cavities
16
8
2
5
2
16
20
20
24
6
6
8
4
10
8.
10
10
4
4
4
6
6
6
4
8
10
32
28
5
Location

Behind gauge panel
Left side of dashboard
Connects to
Notes
*1
Driver's MICU
Driver's MICU
(confd)
22-33

Dashboard Wire
Harness
( V i e w o f d r i v e r ' s side)
C o n n e c t o r or T e r m i n a l
*
*
*
*
C301
Ref
33
Cavities
20
Location
U n d e r left side of d a s h
C302
34
U n d e r left s i d e of d a s h
C303
.35
C501
38
20
C501
38
*3
C502
37
U n d e r left s i d e of
*2
C601
36
28
C601
36
12
C751
39
20
U n d e r left side of
G501 '
11
U n d e r left side-of
G502
12
U n d e r left side of
2: With m o o n r o o f
3: Without m o o n r o o f
4: E x c e p t L X , L X P Z E V , L X - P , L X - P P Z E V , L X - S , L X - S P Z E V
5: L X , L X P Z E V , L X - P , L X - P P Z E V , L X - S , L X - S P Z E V
22-34
Connects to
w i r e h a r n e s s (see page
22-30)
22-30)
22-30)
Roof w i r e h a r n e s s
(see page 22-58)
(see page 22-59)
dash
(see p a g e 22-58)
dash
2-door (see p a g e 22-52)
dash
2-door (see page 22-52) dash
Driver's door w i r e
harness
dash- " B o d y g r o u n d , v i a
d a s h b o a r d w i r e harnessdash
B o d y g r o u n d , via
dashboard wire harness
IMotes
*2
* 4
* 5
22-35

D a s h b o a r d W i r e H a r n e s s ( V i e w of m i d d l e t o p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e )
A / T gear position indicator panel light/
park-pin switch
A / T s h i f t lock s o l e n o i d
A u x i l i a r y jack
Cable reel connector A
Ref
26
Cavities
6
Location
Under center console
28
30
4
2
5
20

Rear o f c e n t e r c o n s o l e
In s t e e r i n g c o l u m n
C e n t e r J u n c t i o n box connector
Center Junction box connector
Center j u n c t i o n box connector
Center j u n c t i o n box connector
C e n t e r j u n c t i o n box connector
C e n t e r J u n c t i o n box connector
C e n t e r j u n c t i o n box connector
C e n t e r j u n c t i o n box c o n n e c t o r
C e n t e r j u n c t i o n box c o n n e c t o r
Center junction b o x connector
C o m b i n a t i o n Sight switch
Driver's airbag inflator
D r i v e r ' s seat heater switch
39
40
41
42
38
43
44
37
36
35
3
5
33
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
4
8
10
12
4
6
Under middle o f dash

Under middle of dash
F r o n t a c c e s s o r y power socket
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s airbag i n f l a t o r
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s seat heater switch
26
16
25
2
4
7
Under c e n t e r c o n s o l e
Under right side o f dash
U n d e r center c o n s o l e
Ignition key switch

I g n i t i o n switch
I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit
P a r k i n g brake switch
P a s s e n g e r ' s under-dash f u s e / r e l a y b o x
c o n n e c t o r A (see page 22-75)
c o n n e c t o r B (see page 22-75)
Rear a c c e s s o r y power socket
Rear a c c e s s o r y power socket r e l a y
S R S unit connector A
S t e e r i n g angle sensor
T P M S control unit
Yaw rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n sensor
Wiper/washer switch
8
1
7
32
21
6
5
7
1
38
In s t e e r i n g column
Center console
22
31
9
24
2
10
29
6
2
4
39
5
20
5
8
22-36
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
Rear o f c e n t e r c o n s o l e
Connects to
Notes
A/T
A/T
Cable reel s u b h a r n e s s v i a
cable reel (see p a g e 22-73)
With seat
heater
W i t h seat
heater
(confd)
22-37

D a s h b o a r d W i r e H a r n e s s ( V i e w of m i d d l e t o p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e ) (cont'd)
C202
Ref
19
Cavities
20
Location
C203
23
C401
14
24'
C402
C403
*
*
*
*
13
15
18
16
C503 (B-CAN junction connector)

C651
12
20
12
16

C701
27
13
C701
27
C761
18
13
C761
18
13
G503
11
G504
34
G505
17
1: With premium audio system and navigation system

2: With premium audio system without navigation system
3: Without premium audio system
4: With premium audio system or climate control
22-38
Connects to
Right engine compartment
22-26)
Right engine compartment
22-26)
Audio wire harness
(see page 22-40)
Audio wire harness
(see page 22-42)
Audio wire harness
(see page 22-44)
Audio wire harness
(see page 22-40)
Audio wire harness
(see page 22-42)
Audio wire harness
(see page 22-40)
Audio wire harness
(see page 22-42)
Audio wire harness
(see page 22-44)
Notes
*1
*2
*3
*1
*2
*1
*2
*3
*4
Right side wire harness

Front passenger's door wire
harness (see page 22-62)
Passenger's door wire
Body ground, via
Body ground, via
Body ground, via
With
power
seat
Without
power
seat
4-door
2-door
22-3

Audio W i r e Harness (With P r e m i u m A u d i o S y s t e m a n d Navigation S y s t e m )
A n t e n n a lead c o n n e c t o r .
A u d i o disc changer
Audio-HVAC subdisplay unit
A u d i o unit connector A
A u d i o unit connector B
A u d i o unit connector C
A u d i o unit connector D
A u d i o unit"connector E
A u d i o unit connector F
A u d i o unit connector G
Automatic lighting/sunlight sensor
Driver's climate control switch
Glove box light
Hazard w a r n i n g s w i t c h / P a s s e n g e r ' s
airbag cutoff indicator
Interface d i a !
Navigation display unit
Passenger's climate control s w i t c h
Passenger's n e t w o r k unit
c o n n e c t o r D (see p a g e 22-76)
Stereo amplifier connector A "
Stereo amplifier connector B
C401
Ref
11
24
2
26
28
31
25
27
29
30
4
32
15
1
Cavities
3
14
12
24
20
16
8
' 14
3
14
5
16
2
6
Location
Middle of dash
U n d e r m i d d l e of dash
Under m i d d l e of dash
Middle of dash
Glove box
Middle of dash
33
3
34
23
14
5
28
12
8
28
M i d d l e of dash
Middle of dash
10
9
6
24
18
24

Middle of dash
C402
.5
18
Middle of dash
C403
16
Middle of dash
Middle of dash
16
17
18
19
22
12
12
12
12
20
Under
Under
Under
Under
Under
C410
13
20
C411
14
20
G401
20
G402
21
U n d e r m i d d l e of dash
C404 (optional
camera)
C405 ( j u n c t i o n
C406 (junction
C407 ( j u n c t i o n
" C408 ( j u n c t i o n
C409
connector for rearview

connector)
connector)
connector)
connector)
* 1: W i t h a u t o m a t i c Sighting
* 2: W i t h X M r a d i o
22-40
middle
middle
middle
middle
middle
of
of
of
of
of
dash
dash
dash
dash
dash
C o n n e c t s t
A M / F M antenna amplifier
Notes
*2
* 1
Dashboard wire harness

(see p a g e 22-36)
(see p a g e 22-36)
(see p a g e 22-36)
A / C w i r e h a r n e s s (see p a g e
22-70)
Right side w i r e harness
4 - d o o r (see p a g e 22-46)
2 - d o o r (see p a g e 22-48)
4 - d o o r (see p a g e 22-46)
2 - d o o r (see p a g e 22-48)
Body g r o u n d , via audio wire
harness
Body g r o u n d , via audio wire
harness
22-41

A u d i o W i r e H a r n e s s (With P r e m i u m A u d i o S y s t e m w i t h o u t N a v i g a t i o n S y s t e m )
Ref
11
24
26
28
23
25
27
3
5
4
1
15
A n t e n n a lead c o n n e c t o r
A u d i o unit connector A
A u d i o unit connector B
A u d i o unit connector C
A u d i o unit connector D
A u d i o unit connector E
A u d i o unit connector F
Automatic lighting/sunlight sensor
Audso-HVAC display unit
Climate control unit connector A
Climate control unit connector B
Glove box light
Hazard w a r n i n g switch/Passenger's
Passenger's n e t w o r k unit
Passenger's under-dash fuse/relay b o x .
c o n n e c t o r D (see p a g e 22-76)
Stereo amplifier connector A'
Stereo amplifier connector B
Sunlight sensor
C401
Cavities
3
24
20
16
8
14
3
5
12
28
12
2
6
Location
U n d e r right side of dash
Under m i d d l e of dash
Middle of dash
Middle of dash
Middle of dash
Middle of dash
Glove box
M i d d l e of dash
22
14
8
28
Under middle of dash Under right side of dash
10
9
3
7 -
24
18
24
Under
Under
Middle
Middle
18
Middle of dash
16
Middle of dash
15
16
17
18
21
12
12
12
12
20
Under
Under
Under
Under
Under
C410
12
20
G401
19
G402
20
C402
C403
C405
C406
C407
C408
C409
(Junction
(junction
(junction
(junction
connector)
connector)
connector)
connector)
* 1:With automatic lighting

* 2: W i t h o u t a u t o m a t i c Sighting
22-42
'
right s i d e o f d a s h
right s i d e o f d a s h
of dash
of dash
middle
middle
middle
middle
middle
of
of
of
of
of
dash
dash
dash
dash .
dash
Connects t o
A M / F M antenna amplifier
Notes
* 1 '
*3
*3
*2
(see p a g e 22-36)
(see p a g e 22-36)
(see p a g e 22-36)
- A / C w i r e h a r n e s s (see p a g e
22-71)
4 - d o o r (see p a g e 22-46)
2 - d o o r (see p a g e 22-48)
Body g r o u n d , via a u d i o w i r e
harness
Body g r o u n d , via audio w i r e
harness
22-43

Audio Wire Harness (Without Premium Audio S y s t e m )
Antenna lead c o n n e c t o r
A u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A
A u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r B
A u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C
Ref
6
14
15
16
Cavities
3
24
20
16
A u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r F
A u d i o - H V A C display unit
G l o v e box Sight
Hazard w a r n i n g s w i t c h / P a s s e n g e r ' s
HVAC control unit
P a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h fuse/relay box
c o n n e c t o r D (see page 22-76)
C401
13
3
9
1
3
12
2
6
U n d e r middle of d a s h
Middle of d a s h
Glove box
Middle of d a s h
2
8
24
28
Middle of d a s h
U n d e r right s i d e of d a s h
24
Middle of d a s h
C403
16
Middle of d a s h
C409
12
20
C410
20
U n d e r right side of d a s h
G401
10
G402
11
22-44
Under
Under
Under
Under
Location
right side of d a s h
middle of d a s h
middle of d a s h
middle of d a s h
C o n n e c t s t
A M / F M a n t e n n a amplifier
Notes
6 CD
type
D a s h b o a r d wire h a r n e s s
(see page 22-36)
(see page 22-36)
A/C wire h a r n e s s (see page
22-72)
Right s i d e w i r e h a r n e s s
B o d y g r o u n d , via audio w i r e
harness
B o d y g r o u n d , via audio w i r e
harness
6 CD
type
22-45

R i g h t Side W i r e H a r n e s s (4-door)
Connector orTerminal
Electrical c o m p a s s
unit
Location
Ref
Cavities
U n d e r rear shelf
Connects t o
Motes
* 6
Front passenger's door switch
12
Right B-pillar
Navigation service check connector
Under rear shelf
Navigation unit connector A
Under rear shelf
Navigation unit connector B
32
Under rear shelf
* 4
Navigation unit connector C
16
* 4
Navigation unit connector D

c o n n e c t o r G (see page
* 4
16
16
* 1
16
38
* 2
22-76)

c o n n e c t o r H (see page
22-76)
Right rear door switch
18
Right C-pillar
Right rear speaker
Right side of rear shelf
20
Under
Middle o f rear shelf
21
14
Right side o f trunk
14
20
Right rear w h e e l speed
sensor
Subwoofer
XM
* 4
* 4
receiver
C410
right
side o f floor
*3
Audio wire
(see p a g e
harness
Audio wire
(see p a g e
harness
C411
13
20
harness
harness
(see p a g e
harness
(see p a g e
16
Right kick panel
19
12
Under rear shelf
10
2-
R i g h t s i d e o f rear shelf
C781
11
13
Right B-pillar
G651
17
*3
harness
*5
22-44)
Dashboard wire
(see p a g e
C653
*4
22-42)
Audio wire
15
*3,
22-40)
Audio wire
C651
*5
22-44)
Audio wire
(see p a g e
* 6
22-42)
Audio wire
(see p a g e
* 4
22-40)
harness
22-36)
* 4
ANC
rear microphone
*2
subharness
Right rear door wire
harness (seepage
U n d e r front passenger's seat
22-65)
Body ground, via right side

wire
harness
* 1:LX, L X PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV

* 2: E x c e p t L X , L X P Z E V , LX-P,
* 3: W i t h p r e m i u m a u d i o
LX-PPZEV
system
* 4: W i t h n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m
* 5: W i t h o u t p r e m i u m a u d i o
system
* 6: W i t h p r e m i u m ' a u d i o s y s t e m w i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m
A N C B e a r M i c r o p h o n e S u b h a r n e s s 14-door! l E x c e p t L X , L X P Z E V . L X - P , L X - P P Z E V )
Connector orTerminal
Active noise cancellation rear
Location
Ref
Cavities
Left side o f rear shelf
10
Right side o f rear shelf
Connects t o
microphone
C653
22-46
Riant side w i r e
harness
Notes
22-47

R i g h t S i d e W i r e H a r n e s s (2-door)
Electrical compass unit
Navigation-service check connector
Navigation unit connector A
Navigation unit connector B
Navigation unit connector C
Navigation unit connector D
Passenger's door switch
Passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box
connector G (see page 22-76)
Passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box .
connector H (see page 22-76)
Right rear speaker
Right rear wheel speed sensor
Subwoofer
X M receiver
C410
C411
Ref
9
7
1
2
3
4
12
16
Cavities
6
2
8
32
16
5
1
16
Location
Under rear shelf
Under rear shelf
Under rear shelf
Under rear shelf
Under rear shelf
Under rear shelf
Right B-piflar
16
38
*2
8
18
5
19
14
2
2
2
14
20
Right side of rear shelf

Under right side of floor
Middle of rear shelf
*3
13
20
Connects t o
notes
*6
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*1
Right side of trunk
C651
15
16
Right kick panel

C653
10
11
12
2
Under rear shelf

Right side of rear shelf .
G651
17
Under front passenger's seat
Audio .wire harness (secs page

22-40)
Audio wire harness (sec3 page
22-42)
2Audio wire harness (sc3e page
22-44) Audio wire harness (sec3 page
22-40) Audio wire harness (sec3 page
22-42)
Audio wire harness (sec3 page
22-44)
Dashboard wire harnes s
(see page 22-36)
ANC rear microphone
subharness
Body ground, via right side wire
harness
*4
*6
*5
*3, * 4
*3
*5
*4
*2
* 1 : L X - S , LX-S PZEV
*
*
*
*
*
2: Except LX-S, LX-S PZEV

3: With premium audio system
4: With navigation system
5: Without premium audio system
6: With premium audio system without navigation system
ANC R e a r M i c r o p h o n e S y b h a r r i e s s |2-dorl ( E x c e p t LXS, L X - S P Z E V )

Active noise cancellation rear microphone

C653
22-48
Ref
6
11
Cavities
3
2
Location
Left side of rear shelf
Ripht side of rear shelf
Connects to
Riqht side wire harness
Notes
22-49

"*-
_ = =

Left Side Wire Harness (4-door)
Driver's door switch
Driver's under-dash f u s e / r e l a y box
connector D (see page 22-75)
Driver's under-dash f u s e / r e l a y box
connector E (see page 22-75)
E V A P canister vent s h u t v a l v e
Fuel tank p r e s s u r e (FTP) s e n s o r
Fuel tank unit
High mount brake light
Left back-up light
Left license plate light
Left rear door switch
Left rear s p e a k e r
Left rear turn signal Sight
Left rear w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
Lefttaillight/brake light .
Optional connector (for trailer)
R e a r w i n d o w defogger connector A ( + )
Right back-up light
Right license plate light
Right rear turn signal Sight
Right taillight/brake Sight
Trunk lid release actuator/trunk lid latch
switch
Trunk Sight
C304
Ref
5
4
Cavities
1
16
Location
Left B-piSSar
20
26
27
8
13
24
19
7
10
23
28"
25
21
9
15
18
16 17
20
2
3
4
. 2
2
2
1
2
3
2
4
2
1
2
2
3
4
3
C o n n e c t s t
Notes
U n d e r floor (Fuel tank)

U n d e r floor (Fuel tank)
U n d e r rear s e a t c u s h i o n Middle of rear shelf
Left s i d e of trunk
Trunk lid
Left C-pillar
Left s i d e of rear shelf
Left s i d e of trunk
U n d e r floor
L e f t s i d e of trunk
Left rear side of trunk
Right side of trunk
T r u n k lid
Right side of trunk
Right side of trunk
Trunk lid
14
1
2
8

C601
28
U n d e r left s i d e of dash-
C601
12
C771
13
Left B-piSSar
G601
30
Left side of floor
G602
22
Left rear side of trunk
G603
29
Rear of floor
Left e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e
h a r n e s s (see page 22-30)
(see p a g e 22-32)
(see page 22-32)
Left rear d o o r w i r e h a r n e s s
(see p a g e 22-64)
B o d y g r o u n d , via left side w i r e
harness
B o d y g r o u n d , via left side wire
harness
B o d y g r o u n d , v i a left side w i r e
harness
* 1
*2
* 1: E x c e p t L X , L X P Z E V , L X - P , L X - P P Z E V
*
2:
L X , L X P Z E V ,
L X - P L X - P
P Z E V
R e a r W i n d o w D e f o g g e r G r o u n d W i r e (4-door)
R e a r w i n d o w defogger c o n n e c t o r B ()
G801
22-50
Ref
11
12
Cavities
1
Location
Right C-pillar
Right C-piliar
Connects to
B o d y g r o u n d , via rear w i n d o w
defogger g r o u n d w i r e
Notes
22-51

L e f t S i d e W i r e H a r n e s s (2-door)
Ref
4
3
Cavities
1
16
Location
Left B-pillar
22
23
5
8
21
7
19
15
2
3
4
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
2
1
2
3
4
3
Under floor (fuel tank)

Under floor (fuel tank)
Under rear seat cushion
Leftside of trunk
Leftside of rear shelf
Left side of trunk
Under floor
Left side of trunk
Middle of rear bumper
Leftside of trunk
Right side of trunk
Right side of trunk
Right side of trunk
Trunk lid
9
1

C801
28
G601
26
Left side of floor
G602
17
Leftside of trunk
G603
25
Rear of floor
connector D (see page 22-75)
EVAP canister vent shut valve
Fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor
Fuel tank unit
High mount brake light
Left back-up light
Left rear speaker
Left rear turn signal light
Left rear wheel speed sensor
Lefttaillight/brake light
License plate Sight
Optional connector (for trailer)
Rear window defogger connector A (+)
Right back-up light
Right rear turn signal fight
Right taillight/brake light
Trunk lid release actuator/trunk lid latch
switch
Trunk light
C304
24
20
16
18
6
12
13
14
Connects to
Notes
Left engine compartment wire

(see page 22-32)
Body ground, via left side wire
harness
harness
harness
R e a r W i n d o w D e f o g g e r G r o u n d W i r e (2-door)
Rear window defogger connector B ()
G801
22-52
Ref
10
11
Cavities
1
Location
Right C-pillar
Right C-pillar
Connects to
Body ground, via rear window
defogger ground wire
Notes
22-53

S R S F l o o r W i r e H a r n e s s (4-door)
*
*
*
*
Location
Ref
2
17
19
5
9
7
14
16
15
11
10
12
13
3
4
Cavities
2
4
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
39
18
C701
C702
18
U n d e r d r i v e r ' s seat
C702
C703
18
U n d e r f r o n t passenger's seat
C703
G701
18
G702
D r i v e r ' s seat b e i t buckle s w i t c h

D r i v e r ' s seat b e l t t e n s i o n e r
Driver's side airbag inflator
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s seat b e l t b u c k l e s w i t c h
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s seat belt t e n s i o n e r
Front passenger's side airbag inflator
Left side c u r t a i n a i r b a g i n f l a t o r
Left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
Left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
Right side curtain airbag inflator
R i g h t s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
Right side impact sensor (second)
Roll" rate s e n s o r
SRS unit
C701
1 : W i t h p o w e r seat
2: W i t h o u t p o w e r seat
3: W i t h seat h e a t e r
4: W i t h o u t s e a t h e a t e r
22-54
U n d e r driver's seat
Left B-pillar
U n d e r f r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s seat
R i g h t B-pillar
Left C - p i l l a r
Left B-pillar
Left C-pillar
R i g h t C-pillar
R i g h t B-pillar
R i g h t C-pillar
U n d e r r e a r seat c u s h i o n
Connects to
(see p a g e 22-36)
(see p a g e 22-36)
D r i v e r ' s seat wire h a r n e s s
(see p a g e 22-66)
D r i v e r ' s s e a t position
s e n s o r h a r n e s s (see p a g e
22-67)
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s seat w i r e
h a r n e s s (see p a g e 22-68)
Front passenger's seat w i r e
h a r n e s s (see p a g e 22-68)
Body g r o u n d , via SRS floor
wire harness
Body g r o u n d , via SRS floor
wire harness
1TOI6S
* 1
*2
* 1
*2
*3
*4

S R S F l o o r W i r e H a r n e s s (2-door)
Driver's seat belt buckle switch
Driver's seat belt tensioner
Driver's side airbag inflator
Front passenger's seat belt buckle switch
Front passenger's seat belt tensioner
Front passenger's side airbag inflator
Left side curtain airbag inflator
Left side impact sensor (first)
Left side impact sensor (second)
Right side curtain airbag inflator
Right side impact sensor (first)
Right side impact sensor (second)
Roll rate sensor
SRS unit
C701
Ref
2
17
19
5
9
7
14
16
15
11
10
12
13
3
4
Cavities
2
4
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
39
18
C701
C702
18
Under driver's seat
C702
- 1
Under driver's seat
C703-
18
C703
G701
18
Under driver's seat
G702
* 1:With power seat

* 2: Without power seat
* 3: With seat heater
* 4: Without seat heater
22-56
Location
Under driver's seat
Left B-pillar
Under driver's seat
Right B-pillar
Left C-pillar
Left B-piilar
LeftC-pillar
Right C-pillar
Right B-pillar
Right C-pillar .
Under rear seat cushion
Under center console.
Connects to

(see page 22-36)
(see page 22-36)
Driver's seat wire harness
(see page 22-66)
Driver's seat position sensor

Front passenger's seat wire
Front passenger's seat wire
Body ground, via SRS floor wire
harness
Body ground, via SRS floor wire
harness
notes
*1
*2
*1
*2
*3
*4
S R S FLOOR WIRE HARNESS
22-57

Roof Wire Harness (With moonroof}
Connector or Terminal A u t o m a t i c d i m m i n g inside m i r r o r
Front individual m a p light
Left v a n i t y m i r r o r l i g h t
HandsFreeLink/navigation microphone
Moonroof switch
O p t i o n a l c o n n e c t o r (for a u t o m a t i c
d i m m i n g inside mirror)
R i g h t v a n i t y m i r r o r Sight
C501
C502
C551
* : W i t h navigation or HandsFreeLink
Ref
2
4
7
3
5
10
Cavities
7
3
2
7
12
4
Location
Middle of roof
Middle of roof
Left f r o n t o f r o o f
M i d d l e of roof
Middle of roof
Middle of roof
1
11
2
20
Right f r o n t of roof
U n d e r left s i d e o f d a s h
12
U n d e r left s i d e o f d a s h
13
Middle of roof
Cavities
3
14
13
Roof
Roof
Middle of roof
Connects to
Notes
(see p a g e 22-32)
(see p a g e 22-32)
Moonroof subharness
IVIoonroof S u b h a r n e s s
Ceiling light
Moonroof control unit/motor
C551
Ref
8
- 9
6
22-58
Location
Connects t o
Roof w i r e harness
Notes
Roof Wire Harness (Without moonroof!

Celling light
f r o n t individual m a p light
Left v a n i t y m i r r o r l i g h t
Right vanity mirror light
C501
Ref
3
2
4
1
5
Cavities
3
3
2
2
4
. .
Middle of
Middle of
Middle of
Middle of
U n d e r left
Location
roof
roof
roof
roof
side of dash
Connects t o
Notes

(see p a p e 22-32)
22-59

D r i v e r ' s D o o r W i r e H a r n e s s (4-door)
Driver's door courtesy light
Driver's door lock actuator/knob
switch/key cylinder switch
Driver's power window motor
Left front speaker
Left front tweeter
Left power mirror
' Power mirror switch
Power window master switch (door
multiplex control unit)
C751
Ref
8
9
7
Cavities
2
10
8
Location
2
1
13
37
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
20
6
3
2
2
DRIVER'S DOOR WIRE H A R N E S S
22-60
C o n n e c t s to-
Driver's door
Driver's door
door
door
door
door
door
door

(see page 22-32)
3
Motes
D r i v e r ' s D o o r W i r e H a r n e s s (2-door!
Driver's door lock actuator/knob
switch/key cylinder switch
Driver's power window motor
Left front speaker
Left front tweeter
Left power mirror
Power mirror switch
Power window master switch (door
multiplex control unit)
C751
Location
Ref
8
Cavities
10
6
.3
4
2
1
2
2
8
13
37
Driver's door
Driver's door .
Driver's door
Driver's door
Driver's doo-r
Driver's door
20
Connects to
Notes
Driver's door

(see paqe 22-32)
3
DRIVER'S DOOR WIRE H A R N E S S
22-61

F r o n t P a s s e n g e r ' s D o o r W i r e H a r n e s s (4-door)
Front passenger's door courtesy light
Front passenger's door lock actuator/
knob switch
Front passenger's door lock actuator
Front passenger's power window
motor
motor
switch
Right front speaker
Right front tweeter
Right power mirror
C761
*
*
*
*
Ref
6
5
Cavities
2
10
Location
Front passenger's door
5
7
10
6

*2
*3
*4
37
8
3
2
1
2
2
8
13

Connects to
* 1

(see P A Q E 22-36)
1:With security
2*. Without security
3: With AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN function
4: Without AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN function
WIRE H A R N E S S
22-62
Notes
P a s s e n g e r ' s D o o r W i r e H a r n e s s 12-door!
P a s s e n g e r ' s door lock actuator/knob
switch
P a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w motor
P a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w motor
Passenger's power w i n d o w switch
Right front s p e a k e r
Right front tweeter
Right p o w e r
C781
mirror
Ref
5
Cavities
10
6
6
4
7
6
2
37
3
2
2
2
8
13
Location
Connects to
Notes
P a s s e n g e r ' s door P a s s e n g e r ' s door
P a s s e n g e r ' s door .
Passenger's door
*1
*2

(see p a g e 22-36)
* 1: W i t h A U T O U P / A U T O D O W N function
* 2: W i t h o u t A U T O U P / A U T O D O W N function
P A S S E N G E R ' S DOOR WIRE H A R N E S S
22-63

L e f t R e a r D o o r W i r e H a r n e s s (4-door!
Left rear door lock actuator/knob
switch
Left rear door Sock actuator
Left rear power window motor
Left rear power window switch
C771
Ref
1
Cavities
10
Left rear door
1
4
2
3
10
2
14
13
Left rear door

Left rear door
- Left rear door
Left B-pillar
Location
* 1: With security
* 2: Without security
1
22-64
Connects to
Notes
*1
*2
Left side wire harness

(see paqe 22-50)
R i g h t R e a r D o o r W i r e H a r n e s s (4-doorJ
C o n n e c t o r OF T e r m i n a l
Right rear d o o r lock actuator/knob
switch
B i g h t rear d o o r lock actuator
B i g h t rear p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r
Right rear p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h
C781
* 1 : With security
i Ref ! C a v i t i e s
10
Location
R i g h t rear d o o r
'
Right
Right
Right
Right
3
4
2
]
j
10
2
14
13
rear d o o r
rear d o o r
rear d o o r
B-pillar
Connects t o
Notes
* 1
*2
R i g h t side w i r e h a r n e s s
(see p a g e 22-46}
* 2: W i t h o u t security
2
22-85

Driver's S e a t Wire H a r n e s s (With p o w e r seat)
- Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
Driver's
C702
power lumbar support switch
power lumbar support motor
p o w e r seat a d j u s t m e n t s w i t c h
seat-back h e a t e r
seat c u s h i o n h e a t e r
seat heater relay ( h i g h )
seat heater relay ( l o w )
seat f r o n t u p - d o w n m o t o r
seat p o s i t i o n s e n s o r
seat rear u p - d o w n m o t o r
seat recline m o t o r
seat s l i d e m o t o r
Ref
3
13
4
12
9
8
7
10
11
2
1
5
6
Cavities
5
2
12
2
4
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
18
Location
Left s i d e o f d r i v e r ' s seat
R i g h t s i d e o f seat-back
Left s i d e o f d r i v e r ' s seat
D r i v e r ' s seat
Driver's seat
B o t t o m o f seat back
* 1: W i t h p o w e r l u m b a r s u p p o r t
* 2: W i t h seat heater
DRIVER'S S E A T WIRE HARNESS
22-66
Connects'to
Notes
* 1
* 1
*2
*2
*2
#2
SRS floor w i r e harness .

4 - d o o r (see p a g e 22-54) 2 - d o o r (see p a g e 22-56)
Driver's S e a t Position S e n s o r H a r n e s s W i t h o y t p o w e r seatl

Driver's s e a t p o s i t i o n s e n s o r
C702
Ref
1
2
Cavities
2
2
Location
Driver's seat
U n d e r driver's seat
C o n n e c t s to
Ptotes
SRS floor w i r e harness

4 - d o o r (see p a g e 22-54}
2 - d o o r (see p a g e 22-56}
22-67

F r o n t P a s s e n g e r ' s S e a t W i r e H a r n e s s (4-door)
Front passenger's seat cushion heater
Front passenger's seat heater relay
(high)
(low)
Front passenger's weight sensor (front
inner side)
Front passenger's weight sensor (front
outer side)
Front passenger's weight sensor (rear
inner side)
Front passenger's weight sensor (rear
outer side)
ODS unit
C703
C703
Ref
2
4
Cavities
3
4
Location
Front passenger's seat
1
7
18
18

Connects to
*1
SRS
(see
SRS
(see
* 1: With seat heater

* 2: Without seat heater
22-68
Notes
*1
*1
floor wire harness

page 22-54)
floor wire harness
page 22-54)
* 1
*2
F r o n t P a s s e n g e r ' s S e a t W i r e H a r n e s s (2-door!
Front passenger's seat c u s h i o n heater
(high)
(low)
Front passenger's w e i g h t sensor (inner
side)
Front passenger's w e i g h t sensor
(outer side)
ODS unit
C703
C703
Location
Ref
6
3
Cavities
3
4
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s seat
. Motes
* 1
* 1
* 1
1
5
18
18

Connects t o
SRS
(see
SRS
(see
floor
page
floor
page
wire harness
22-56)
wire harness
22-50)
* 1
*2
* 1:WJth seat heater

* 2: W i t h o u t s e a t h e a t e r
22-69

A / C W i r e Harness (Climate Control S y s t e m w i t h Navigation)
Blower motor
Climate control unit connector A
Climate control unit connector B
Evaporator temperature sensor
Mode control motor
Passenger's air mix control motor
Power transistor
C351
Ref
C409
10
6
7
1
3
4
11
9
5
2
Location
Cavities
2
28
12
7
'Under middle of dash
2
1
1
4
7
2
20
Connects to

Audio wire harness (see page
22-40)
A / C WIRE HARNESS
Notes
11
22-70
10
A / C Wire Harness {Climate Control S y s t e m without Navigation!
C351
9
7
5
2
Cavities
2
7
2
7
7
4
7
2
C409
20
Blower motor
Mode control motor
Passenger's air mix control motor
Power transistor
Ref
6
1
4
3
Connects t
Location

harness fsee page 22-30)
22-42)
Notes
A / C WIRE H A R N E S S
22-71

A / C Wire Harness (HVAC Control S y s t e m )
Air mix control motor
Blower motor
Mode control motor
Power transistor
C351
C409
Ref
1
6
4
3
7
5
2
Cavities
7
2
2
7
4
7
- 2
20
Under
Under
Under
Under
Under
Under
Under
Location
middle of dash
right side of dash
middle of dash
middle of dash
middle of dash
middle of dash
middle of dash
Connects t

22-44)

4
22-72
Motes
A/C WIRE HARNESS
Cable Reel Subharness

Audio remote switch
Cable reel connector C
Cruise control set/resume/cancel switch
HandsFreelink/Voice control switch
Horn switch
Ref
1
4
2
5
3
Cavities
12
20
12
5
2
Steering
Steering
Steering
Steering
Steering
Location
wheel
wheel
wheel
wheel
wheel
Notes
Connects t o
Navigation
C A B L E R E E L SUBHARPJESS
22-7
Fuse/Relay Boxes
Connector to Fuse/Relay Box Index
Ref
11
12
14
1
Terminal
3
4
14
4
C o n n e c t s to
Left e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s (se e p a g e 22-28)
13
Electronic throttle control system

(ETCS) control relay
Horn relay
Ignition coil relay
P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 (Fl MAIN)
PGM-FI subrelay
Radiator fan relay
Rear w i n d o w defogger relay
T101
T102
2
5
3
4
7
8
9
10
4
4
4
4
4
4
Socket
A {electrical l o a d d e t e c t o r (ELD))
A/C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h relay
B
B l o w e r m o t o r relay
Notes
Starter s u b h a r n e s s (see page 22-18)

S t a r t e r s u b h a r n e s s (see p a g e 22-18)
V i e w of f r o n t s i d e
V i e w of b a c k s i d e
22-74
Driver's Under-dash F u s e / R e l a y Box

Terminal
Accessory power socket relay

B
C
D
Ref
1
4
2
3
11
10
20
F
G
H (optional connector)
K {MICU service check connector)
M
N
P
PGM-FI main relay 2 {FUEL PUMP)
Q
R
Starter cut relay
9
8
7
6
13
14
15
12
17
16
5
33
13
12
3
2 '
16
20
4
20
24
4
Socket
A
Connects t o
Notes
Not used
4
2
5
16
Dashboard wire harness (see page 22-32)

Dashboard wire harness {see page 22-32)
* 4-door (see page 22.-50)
2-door (Not used)
Left engine-compartment wire harness (see page 22-28)
Left engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-28)
Not used
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH F U S E / R E L A Y BOX
8
View of front side
View of back side
22-75
Fuse/Relay Boxes
Connector to Fuse/Relay Box Index (cont'd)
Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box
Socket
A
B
C
D
*
*
*
*
*
Ref
1
8
7
2
Triilnitl
38
1
12
28 -
E
F
G
18
2
16
38
Connects t o
D a s h b o a r d wire h a r n e s s (see page 22-36)
D a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s (see page 22-36)
D a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s (see page 22-36)
A u d i o w i r e h a r n e s s (see page 22-40)
R i g h t e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s (see p a g e 22-26)
Not used
2-door (see p a q e 22-48)
1: LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV

2: E x c e p t LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV
3: With p r e m i u m audio system a n d navigation system
4: With p r e m i u m audio s y s t e m without navigation s y s t e m
5: Without p r e m i u m audio s y s t e m
PASSENGER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
22-76
Notes
*3
*4
*5
* 1
*2
22-77
Power Distribution
Fuse to Components Index
1
2
F u s e lMumber
MAIN
ASF/B
ABS/VSA
2-2
V S A MTR
2-3
2-4
ASF/BOP
IG M A I N
3-1
DRF/B
3-2
3-3
A S LT M A I N
DRF/B
3-4
DR LT M A I N
3-5
MAIN FAN
3-6
MTR
3-7
WfP MTR
4
5
6
7
8
Amps
100 A
40 A
40 A
30 A
40 A
BOA
40 A *
30A
60 A "
30 A
30 A
Relay c i r c u i t b o a r d (in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x )
Rear w i n d o w d e f o g g e r r e l a y , Rear w i n d o w d e f o g g e r
Not used
Not used
Blower m o t o r relay, Blower m o t o r
40 A
15A
Driver's MICU (HAZARD)
9
20 A
Brake p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h , H o r n relay
10
11
Not used
12
Not used
13
15A
I g n i t i o n cos! r e l a y , I g n i t i o n c o i l s
14
15A
A / F s e n s o r , E C M / P C M ( S U B R L Y ) , PGM-FI s u b r e l a y
10A
Driver's MICU (VBU), Gauge control m o d u l e , HandsFreeLink control unit, Immobilizer-keyiess
15
control unit, Passenger's M I C U , Power w i n d o w master switch
7.5 A
16
C e i l i n g l i q h t , I q n i t i o n key liqht. M a p l i g h t s , T r u n k l i g h t
17
15A
CKP s e n s o r , C M P s e n s o r , E C M / P C M (ETCSRLY), E C M / P C M (IGP), E C M / P C M ( I M O F P R ) , E C M /
P C M ( M R L Y ) , ETCS c o n t r o l r e l a y , I n j e c t o r s , M A F s e n s o r , P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1(FI M A I N ) , P G M - F I
m a i n r e l a y 2 (FUEL P U M P )
18
15 A
E C M / P C M ( V B E T C S ) , ETCS c o n t r o l r e l a y
19
Not used
20
- 7.5A
A/C c o m p r e s s o r clutch relay, A/C c o m p r e s s o r clutch
21
7.5 A
A/C condenser f a n relay
* 1 : L X , L X PZEV, L X - P , LX-P PZEV, L X - S , L X - S PZEV
* 2: E x c e p t L X , L X PZEV, L X - P , LX-P PZEV, L X - S , L X - S PZEV
22-78
30 A
40 A
20 A
Compon@nt(sl orCIrcyltfs) Protected

Battery, Power supply
V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t (FSR)
V S A modulator-control unit (MTR)
D r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
(confd)
22-79
Power ..Distribution
Fuse to Components Index (cont'd)
Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box
Fuse
Mymfoer
1
2
3 4
Amps
7.5A
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
7.5A
15A
7,5 A
20 A
10A
10A
7.5 A
10A
7.5 A
7.5 A
17
18
7.5 A
7.5 A
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
20 A
20 A
20 A
20 A
15A
20 A
10A
10A
10A
10A
7.5 A
10A
30
31
15A
7.5 A
Componeiit(s) or Circuit(s) Protected

Not used
Not used
Washer motor relay circuit (in the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box)
Wiper intermittent relay circuit Wiper motor high/low relay circuit, Wiper motor relay circuit (in the under-hood
fuse/relay box)
Automatic dimming inside mirror, Back-up lights. Driver's MICU, Electrical compass unit, Gauge control module,
Navigation unit Passenger's MICU, Reverse relay circuit (in the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box), Shift lock
solenoid (A/T), TPMS control unit
VSA modulator-control unit, Yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor
Electrical load detector (ELD), EVAP canister purge valve, Secondary H02S,
STS
ECM/PCM (FUEL PUMP), Immobilizer-keyless control unit PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP)
ECM/PCM (VBSOL)
SRS unit
Front passenger's airbag cutoff indicator, ODS unit, SRS unit
Not used
ACM .
Driver's MICU (DAY LT)
Audio-HVAC subdisplay unit, Climate control unit, Center information display, Driver's seat heater, Front
passenger's seat heater, HVAC control unit, Rear window defogger relay, Recirculation control motor
Driver's MICU (ACC KEY LOCK)
Audio unit, Center information display, Front accessory power socket relay, HandsFreeLink control unit, HFIV
Navigation microphone, Ignition key switch (A/T), Interface dial, Navigation display unit, Navigation unit
Driver's power seat slide motor, Driver's power seat front up-down motor
Moonroof control unit/motor
Driver's power seat recline motor, Driver's power seat rear up-down motor
Driver's MICU, Left rear power window switch (4-door)
Front accessory power socket relay, Front accessory power socket
Power window master switch
Driver's door lock actuator, Left rear door lock actuator (4-door), Trunk lid release actuator
Left front fog light
Driver's MICU, Left front parking light, Left front side marker light, License plate light(s), TaiSSights
Driver's MICU (LEFT H/L HI)
TPMS control unit
Driver's MICU (LEFT H/L LO)
Not used
D R I V E R ' S UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
22-80
BODY
Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box

Fyse
dumber
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15*
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
* 1: W i t h
Amps
C o m p o n e n t ! s | o r Circuit(s) P r o t e c t e d
10 A
10 A
10A
10 A
P a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U { R I G H T H/L HI)

P a s s e n g e r ' s fvllCU. R i g h t f r o n t p a r k i n g l i g h t , R i g h t f r o n t s i d e m a r k e r f i g h t
Right front f o q light
P a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U ( R I G H T H/L LO)
Not used
7,5 A
A m b i e n t l i g h t , A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r p a n e l l i g h t . C l i m a t e c o n t r o l u n i t l i g h t , D r i v e r ' s seat h e a t e r s w i t c h l i g h t ,
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s seat h e a t e r s w i t c h Sight, G l o v e b o x Sight, H a z a r d w a r n i n g s w i t c h l i g h t , H V A C c o n t r o l u n i t l i g h t ,
M o o n r o o f s w i t c h l i g h t , N a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y u n i t . N a v i g a t i o n u n i t , S t e e r i n g w h e e l s w i t c h e s l i g h t s , V S A OFF s w i t c h
tight
Not used
20 A
Front passenger's p o w e r seat recline m o t o r
Not used
10A
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r lock a c t u a t o r , P a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U , R i g h t r e a r d o o r lock a c t u a t o r ( 4 - d o o r )
20 A
Right rear p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h (4-door)
15 A
Console accessory p o w e r socket relay, Console accessory p o w e r socket
Front passenger's power w i n d o w switch
20 A
Not used
Stereo amplifier*
20 A
Mot used
Not used
Driver's lumbar support motor
10 A
15A
Driver's seat heater, Front passenger's seat heater
Not used
Not used
Not used
premium audio system
1
PASSENGER'S UNDER-DASH
FUSE/BELAY BOX
j
! is
18 i
1?
16
Ii
L_i3_J
IS
i
i
12 1
14 !
11 S
l _ J
EX3
22-81
Ground Distribution
Ground to Components Index
Groyne!
G1
C o m p o n e n t or c i r c u i t g r o u n d e d
Battery
G2
Engine
G3
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C , C K P s e n s o r , C M P s e n s o r A , C M P s e n s o r B, Data link
G101
c o n n e c t o r , E C M / P C M , I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control unit, R o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d (M/T), R o c k e r

a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A ( A / T ) , R o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B ( A / T ) , R o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
(M/T), R o c k e r a r m 'oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A (A/T), R o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h C ( A / T ) T r a n s m i s s i o n
f
r a n g e s w i t c h ( A / T ) , V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
S h i e l d i n g b e t w e e n the E C M / P C M a n d the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2)
S h i e l d i n g b e t w e e n the E C M / P C M a n d the knock s e n s o r
Ignition c o l l s
G102
P a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U I P G ) (2 w i r e s ) , P o w e r s t e e r i n g p r e s s u r e ( P S P ) s w i t c h , Right front parking Sight Right

front s i d e m a r k e r l i g h t R i g h t front turn s i g n a l Sight Right h e a d l i g h t ( h i g h ) * , Right h e a d l i g h t (low),
W a s h e r fluid level s w i t c h , W a s h e r m o t o r
G201
V S A modulator-control
G202
G203*
unit
Right h e a d l i g h t (high)
G301
B l o w e r m o t o r r e l a y , E l e c r i c a l l o a d detector ( E L D ) , W i p e r motor, U n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box (wiper r e l a y
G302
circuit)
A / C c o n d e n s e r fan motor, B r a k e fluid level s w i t c h , C l u t c h s w i t c h ( M / T ) , H o o d s w i t c h (with s e c u r i t y ) , Left
front parking light, Left front s i d e m a r k e r light, Left front turn s i g n a l light, Left h e a d l i g h t (high), Left
headlight (low), P o w e r t r a n s i s t o r , R a d i a t o r f a n m o t o r
G401
A u d i o u n i t * , A u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y unit, A u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y unit, C l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit, G l o v e b o x

Sight, H V A C c o n t r o l unit, Interface d i a l , N a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit, N a v i g a t i o n unit, S t e r e o a m p l i f i e r *
3
G402
G501
G502
G503
G504
G505
G601
G602
G603
G651
G701
A u d i o unit, S t e r e o amplifier'"
A u t o m a t i c d i m m i n g i n s i d e mirror, C a b l e reel (steering w h e e l s w i t c h e s g r o u n d ) , D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock k n o b
s w i t c h / k e y c y l i n d e r s w i t c h , D r i v e r ' s M I C U (2 w i r e s ) , D r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r , G a u g e control
m o d u l e , H a n d s F r e e L I n k control unit, H F L / N a v i g a t i o n m i c r o p h o n e , Left p o w e r m i r r o r d e f o g g e r , M a p
lights, M o o n r o o f s w i t c h , O p t i o n a l c o n n e c t o r (for a u t o m a t i c d i m m i n g i n s i d e m i r r o r ) , P o w e r m i r r o r
s w i t c h , P o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h (Including d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock s w i t c h ) , V a n i t y m i r r o r lights, V S A
OFF switch
Data Sink c o n n e c t o r , D r i v e r ' s M I C U (2 w i r e s ) , G a u g e control m o d u l e , M I C U s e r v i c e c h e c k c o n n e c t o r ,
P o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h , M o o n r o o f control unit/motor
A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n Indicator p a n e l l i g h t C o n s o l e a c c e s s o r y p o w e r s o c k e t C o n s o l e a c c e s s o r y p o w e r
s o c k e t relay, D r i v e r ' s s e a t h e a t e r s w i t c h , F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t h e a t e r s w i t c h , F r o n t a c c e s s o r y p o w e r
s o c k e t Ignition key s w i t c h , Park-pin s w i t c h , T P M S control unit, Y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
S R S unit (2 w i r e s )
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r lock knob s w i t c h , Front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h , P a s s e n g e r ' s MSCU
(2 w i r e s ) , Right p o w e r m i r r o r d e f o g g e r
D r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x (door lock r e l a y circuit), Front a c c e s s o r y p o w e r s o c k e t r e l a y , High
m o u n t brake light, Left r e a r d o o r lock knob s w i t c h (4-door), Left rear p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h (4-door)
Left b a c k - u p light, Left brake light/tat I light, Left r e a r turn s i g n a l light, L i c e n s e plate Hght(s), Right backup light, Right b r a k e light/taillight. Right rear turn s i g n a l light, T r u n k lid latch s w i t c h
Fuel pump
E l e c t r i c a l c o m p a s s unit, N a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit, N a v i g a t i o n unit, P a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
b o x (door lock r e l a y circuit, w a s h e r m o t o r r e l a y circuit), Right rear d o o r lock knob s w i t c h (4-door), Right
rear p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h (4-door)
D r i v e r ' s l u m b a r s u p p o r t s w i t c h , D r i v e r ' s p o w e r s e a t s w i t c h , D r i v e r ' s s e a t - b a c k h e a t e r , D r i v e r ' s s e a t belt
b u c k l e s w i t c h , D r i v e r ' s s e a t h e a t e r r e l a y s , D r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r
G702
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt buckle s w i t c h , F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t h e a t e r , O D S unit

Rear w i n d o w defogger
* 1:EX-L, E X - L PZEV
G801
* 2: E x c e p t E X - L , E X - L P Z E V
* 3: W i t h p r e m i u m a u d i o s y s t e m
22-82

Remowal andlnstallation
R e l a y puller 0 7 A A C - 0 0 0 A 1 A 0
6. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e the r e l a y s u s i n g the r e l a y puller

f s e e p a g e 22-91).
N O T E : T h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x Is a part of t h e
N O T E : Do not u s e p l i e r s . P l i e r s w i l l d a m a g e t h e
left e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s , a n d it c a n n o t be
r e l a y s , w h i c h c o u l d c a u s e the e n g i n e to stall or not
r e p l a c e d b y itself.
start.
Installation
Removal
{see page
22-891.
2. O p e n t h e c o v e r (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e s c r e w s (B) for

t h e a l t e r n a t o r a n d battery c a b l e t e r m i n a l s .
1. Install t h e r e l a y s a n d c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s to the.
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e n install t h e u n d e r h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
2. Install t h e r e m o v e d p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e .order of
removal.
3, Do t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
4, C o n f i r m that all s y s t e m s w o r k p r o p e r l y .
3. R e m o v e t h e nut ( C ) , and r e l e a s e t h e t a b (D) b o t t o m

c o v e r I E ) f r o m t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box,
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s (F) f r o m t h e u n d e r - h o o d
5. R e m o v e t h e r e l a y circuit b o a r d (G) f r o m t h e u n d e r h o o d fuse/relay box,
22-83
Under-dash Fuse/Relay BOM

Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation
R e l a y puller 0 7 A A C - 0 0 0 A 1 A 0
USA models
N O T E : S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a .
6. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e r e l a y s u s i n g t h e r e l a y puller
( s e e p a g e 22-91).
N O T E : D o not u s e p l i e r s . Pliers will d a m a g e the
r e l a y s , w h i c h c o u l d c a u s e t h e e n g i n e to stall or not
start.
R e v i e w the S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s 4-door ( s e e p a g e
24-19), 2-door ( s e e p a g e 24-21), a n d p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
Installation
p r o c e d u r e s . ( s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e d o i n g r e p a i r s or
servicing.
Removal
1. Install t h e r e l a y s a n d c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s to the

d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n install the
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x in the r e v e r s e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
2. Install t h e r e m o v e d parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal.
2. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r
( s e e p a g e 20-153), a n d the left kick p a n e l :
s t e p s 1 to 4 ( s e e p a g e 22-89).
4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
4. R e g i s t e r the i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m w i t h the H D S
( s e e p a g e 22-402).
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s f r o m the f u s e s i d e of the

d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x (A).
N O T E : T h e I m o e s unit is built into the d r i v e r ' s M I C U

w h i c h is part of the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
box. B e c a u s e of t h i s c o n s t r u c t i o n , the "smoes m u s t
be r e g i s t e r e d , or the v e h i c l e will not start.
5. C o n f i r m that all s y s t e m s w o r k properly.
4. R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolt (B), r e l e a s e the tab (C),

a n d pull the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
a w a y f r o m the b o d y .
5. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s f r o m t h e back s i d e of t h e
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, then r e m o v e
the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
22-84
Canada models
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s f r o m t h e f u s e s i d e of the
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x (A).
N O T E : S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d In t h i s a r e a .
R e v i e w the S R S c o m p o n e n t locations 4-door (see page
2 4 - 1 9 ) , 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-21), a n d p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s I s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e d o i n g r e p a i r s o r
servicing.
Removal
(see p a g e 22-89).
( s e e p a g e 20-1531, a n d t h e left kick p a n e l :
* 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
3. L o o s e n t h e bolts (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e bolt (B) f r o m
t h e b r a c k e t (C).
6. R e m o v e the s c r e w s a n d c o v e r (B) f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s

7. R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g bolt (C), r e l e a s e t h e tab(D),
a n d pull the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
a w a y f r o m the b o d y .
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s f r o m t h e b a c k s i d e of t h e
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, then r e m o v e
the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
4, R e m o v e t h e b r a c k e t f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y b o x ID),
9. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e the r e l a y s u s i n g t h e r e l a y puller
( s e e p a g e 22-91).
N O T E : D o not u s e p l i e r s . Pliers-will d a m a g e the
r e l a y s , w h i c h c o u l d c a u s e the e n g i n e to stall or not
start.
(confd)
22-85
Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box

Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation (cont'd)
installation
1. install the r e l a y s a n d c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s to the
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n install the
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box in t h e r e v e r s e
2. Install the r e m o v e d parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
s t e p s 1 to 4 f s e e p a g e 22-89).
4. R e g i s t e r the i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m w i t h the H D S
( s e e p a g e 22-402).
N O T E : T h e i m o e s unit is built into the d r i v e r ' s M I C U
w h i c h is part of the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
box. B e c a u s e of t h i s c o n s t r u c t i o n , the i m o e s m u s t
be r e g i s t e r e d , or the v e h i c l e will not start.
5. C o n f i r m that all s y s t e m s w o r k properly.
22-86
Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay
K (MICU) Removal/Installation
N O T E : S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d In t h i s a r e a .
R e v i e w the S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s 4-door ( s e e p a g e
24-19), 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 1 ) , a n d p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e d o i n g r e p a i r s o r
servicing.
installation
1. Install t h e r e l a y s a n d c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s to the
p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n install
the p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x in the
r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
Removal
2. Install the r e m o v e d parts i n the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
1. Do t h e b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
removal.
f s e e p a g e 22-89),
2. R e m o v e t h e right kick p a n e l :
* 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
* 2 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 20-97)
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
4. C o n f i r m that all s y s t e m s w o r k p r o p e r l y .
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s f r o m the p a s s e n g e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x (A).
4. L o o s e t h e m o u n t i n g bolt f r o m the l o w e r s i d e of
p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
5. R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g bolt f r o m t h e u p p e r s i d e of
p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h fuse/relay box, a n d
r e m o v e t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
22-87
Battery
Battery Test
A WARNING
A battery c a n e x p l o d e if y o u do not f o l l o w the
p r o p e r p r o c e d u r e , c a u s i n g s e r i o u s injury to a n y o n e
n e a r b y . F o l l o w all p r o c e d u r e s c a r e f u l l y a n d . k e e p
s p a r k s a n d o p e n f l a m e s a w a y f r o m the battery,
Required Test Equipment

H o n d a E l e c t r i c a l S y s t e m A n a l y z e r ( E D - 1 8 Battery
tester): T/N I N B E D 1 8 L L H
Ordering Information
T o o r d e r a n E l e c t r i c a l S y s t e m A n a l y z e r , g o to the H o n d a
T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t c a t a l o g o n t h e IN, or call
888-424-6857.
Software Version
M a k e s u r e y o u h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e in the E D - 1 8 . T o
c h e c k the v i r s i o n o n the d o this:
P r e s s the P O W E R button.
Select Reports, then press E N T E R .
Select i Version, then press E N T E R .
If y o u d o not h a v e the c o r r e c t v e r s i o n , call the T o o l s
Hotline at 8 0 0 - 3 4 6 - 6 3 2 7 .
Using the ED-18 Battery Tester
N O T E : F o r s e t up, c u s t o m i z a t i o n , a n d other a v a i l a b l e
f e a t u r e s , refer to the E D - 1 8 u s e r ' s m a n u a l .
1. C o n n e c t the l e a d s to t h e p o s i t i v e a n d n e g a t i v e
t e r m i n a l of the battery.
2. U s e the a r r o w k e y s to s e l e c t t h e battery test, t h e n
p r e s s enter, t h e n f o l l o w the p r o m p t s .
N O T E : M a k e s u r e to e n t e r the c o r r e c t c o l d c r a n k i n g
a m p e r e rating of t h e battery. If t h e n u m b e r is not
e n t e r e d c o r r e c t l y , the redult w i l l not be a c c u r a t e .
22-88
3, Here a r e the five p o s s i b l e battery c o n d i t i o n s :

* G o o d Battery: T h e battery h a s at least 60 p e r c e n t
of its c h a r g e a n d r e q u i r e s n o a c t i o n .
* G o o d - R e c h a r g e : T h e battery c o n d i t i o n a p p e a r s to
be g o o d , but c h a r g i n g is r e c o m m e n d e d a n d t h e n
retest. S e e . y o u r battery c h a r g e r ' s i n s t r u c t i o n s t o
fully c h a r g e the battery, t h e n r e c h e c k . D o not
c h a r g e the battery u s i n g t h e v e h i c l e ' s alternator.
* C h a r g e a n d Retest: T h e battery c o n d i t i o n is not
not k n o w n b e c a u s e its c h a r g e is too low.
R e c h a r g e the battery, t h e n retest. S e e y o u r
battery's i n s t r u c t i o n s to fully c h a r g e the battery,
t h e n r e c h e c k . D o not c h a r g e the battery u s i n g t h e
v e h i c l e ' s alternator.
* R e p l a c e Battery: T h e battery c o n d i t i o n is poor.
Replace it
* B a d C e l l : T h e r e is a p r o b l e m w i t h the battery.
R e p l a c e it.
BODY
Battery Terminal Disconnection and Reconnection

Reconnection
Disconnection
N O T E : S o m e s y s t e m s s t o r e d a t a in m e m o r y that is lost
w h e n the battery is d i s c o n n e c t e d , D o t h e f o l l o w i n g
w h e n t h e battery Is d i s c o n n e c t e d . D o the f o l l o w i n g
p r o c e d u r e s b e f o r e d i s c o n n e c t i n g the battery.
p r o c e d u r e s to r e s t o r e the s y s t e m back to n o r m a l
operation.
1. M a k e s u r e y o u h a v e t h e anti-theft c o d e ( s ) for the

a u d i o a n d / o r t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m {if e q u i p p e d ) .
2. if y o u a r e r e p l a c i n g t h e a u d i o unit, w r i t e d o w n t h e
1. C l e a n t h e battery t e r m i n a l s .
2. T e s t the battery ( s e e p a g e 22-88).
a u d i o p r e s e t s { A M a n d F M ) , a n d t h e XfVI a u d i o
p r e s e t s (if e q u i p p e d ) , b e c a u s e t h e a u d i o unit d o e s
3. R e c o n n e c t the p o s i t i v e c a b l e (A) to t h e battery (B)
not retain t h e p r e s e t s after t h e battery is
first, t h e n r e c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e (C) to t h e
disconnected.
battery.
3 . M a k e s u r e t h e Ignition s w i t c h i s in L O C K (0).
N O T E : A l w a y s c o n n e c t the p o s i t i v e c a b l e to the
battery first.
4. D i s c o n n e c t a n d i s o l a t e t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e
battery.
N O T E : A l w a y s d i s c o n n e c t the negative
2 . 9 - 5 3 N-m
( . 3 - 0 . 6 kgf-m, 2 . 1 - 4 . 4 Ibf-ft)
cable from
t h e battery first.
5. D i s c o n n e c t the p o s i t i v e c a b l e f r o m the battery.
4. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to t h e t e r m i n a l s to
prevent corrosion.
5. E n t e r the anti-theft c o d e ( s ) for the a u d i o s y s t e m
a n d / o r t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m (if e q u i p p e d ) .
6. E n t e r the a u d i o p r e s e t s (if a p p l i c a b l e ) , a n d enter the
X M a u d i o p r e s e t s (if e q u i p p e d ) .
7. Set t h e c l o c k (for v e h i c l e s w i t h o u t navigation).
22-89
Battery
Battery Removal and Installation
N O T E : T h e battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n / r e c o n n e c t i o n
p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-89) m u s t be d o n e before a n d
after d o i n g t h i s p r o c e d u r e . S o m e s y s t e m s s t o r e data in
m e m o r y that is lost w h e n t h e battery is d i s c o n n e c t e d .
Installation
1. Install t h e battery (A), t h e n install the battery
setting plate (B).
2. T i g h t e n the t w o nuts (C) e q u a l l y until the battery is

stable,
N O T E : Do not d e f o r m the battery setting plate by
tightening the n u t s too m u c h .
3. D o the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t ! o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
N O T E : M a k e s u r e the p o s i t i v e t e r m i n a l a n d the
n e g a t i v e t e r m i n a l a r e not r e v e r s e - c o n n e c t e d .
22-90
Relays
Power Relay Test
Normally-open type

R e l a y puller 0 7 A A C - 0 G 0 A 1 AO
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s :
U s e t h i s c h a r t to identify t h e t y p e of relay, t h e n d o the
t e s t listed for it,
Relay
A / C c o m p r e s s o r clutch relay
Blower motor relay
Console accessory power socket
Test
Normallyopen type
relay
E T C S control r e l a y
Front a c c e s s o r y p o w e r socket
* T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s .
N o . 1 a n d N o , 2 w h e n battery p o w e r i s c o n n e c t e d to
t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 4, a n d b o d y g r o u n d is c o n n e c t e d to
t h e t e r m i n a l No. 3.
* T h e r e s h o u l d b e n o continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s
No. 1 a n d N o . 2 w h e n p o w e r is d i s c o n n e c t e d .
Resistance type
Diode type
relay*
Horn relay
Ignition c o i l r e l a y
PGM-FI main relay 1
e
2
PGM-FI m a i n relay 2
( F U E L PUMP)*
PGM-FI subrelay
Radiator fan relay
R e a r w i n d o w defogger relay
S e a t h e a t e r r e l a y s (high)
Starter cut relay*
S e a t h e a t e r r e l a y (low)
Five-terminal
type
* : Carefully r e m o v e the relay from the driver's underd a s h f u s e / r e l a y box u s i n g t h e relay puller. D o not
u s e p l i e r s . P l i e r s will d a m a g e t h e relay.
(cont'd)
22-91
Belays
Power Relay Test (cont'd)
Five-terminal type
Relay Circuit Board Test
C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s :
T h e r e l a y circuit b o a r d i s part of t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
r e l a y b o x , a n d it c o n t a i n s t h e s e r e l a y s :
* T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity between the terminals

N o . 1 a n d N o . 2 w h e n battery p o w e r Is c o n n e c t e d to
t h e t e r m i n a l No. 5, a n d b o d y g r o u n d i s c o n n e c t e d to
t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 3.
T h e r e s h o u l d be no c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s
No. 1 a n d N o . 4 w h e n p o w e r is d i s c o n n e c t e d .
*
*
*
*
A / C c o n d e n s e r fan relay
W i p e r motor relay
W i p e r intermittent r e l a y
W i p e r h i g h / l o w relay
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e battery c a b l e , t h e n
Diode type
disconnect the under-hood fuse/relay box

c o n n e c t o r s B ( U P ) a n d C (5P).
CONNECTOR C (5P)
C O N N E C T O R B (14P)
22-92
1 0
11
12
13
1 4
r
3
ri
II
If a n y of t h e s e r e l a y s f a i l s t h e t e s t r e p l a c e t h e r e l a y
BODY
|j
- A / C c o n d e n s e r fan relay
circuit b o a r d ,
A / G c o n d e n s e r fan relay
T h e r e s h o u l d b e c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s
1 a n d C 3 w h e n battery p o w e r is c o n n e c t e d to the
t e r m i n a l B 1 1 , a n d b o d y g r o u n d is c o n n e c t e d to t h e
t e r m i n a l 0 7 for B 8 ) . T h e r e s h o u l d be no c o n t i n u i t y
b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s C1 a n d C 3 w h e n p o w e r is
disconnected.
W i p e r m o t o r r e l a y circuit test:
T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity between the terminals
C 4 a n d B10, and terminals C 4 and B12 w h e n
battery p o w e r i s c o n n e c t e d to t h e t e r m i n a l B 9 , ' a n d
b o d y g r o u n d is c o n n e c t e d to t h e t e r m i n a l B 3 . T h e r e
s h o u l d be no continuity between the terminals C 4
a n d B I O , a n d t e r m i n a l s C 4 a n d B 1 2 w h e n p o w e r is
disconnected.
Wiper motor relay, Wiper intermittent relay, Wiper

high/Sow relay
W i p e r intermittent r e l a y circuit test:

T h e r e s h o u l d b e battery v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e
t e r m i n a l 5 a n d b o d y g r o u n d w h e n battery p o w e r
is c o n n e c t e d to t h e t e r m i n a l s B 9 a n d C 4 , a n d b o d y
g r o u n d is c o n n e c t e d to t h e t e r m i n a l s B 3 a n d B 1 2 .
T h e r e s h o u l d be no voltage between the terminal
5 a n d b o d y g r o u n d w h e n t h e t e r m i n a l B 1 2 is
disconnected.
W i p e r h i g h / l o w relay circuit test:
T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity between the terminals
B 3 a n d C 2 w h e n battery p o w e r i s c o n n e c t e d to t h e
t e r m i n a l s B 9 a n d C 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d Is c o n n e c t e d
?
to the t e r m i n a l s B 3 a n d B 1 0 .
T h e r e s h o u l d be n o continuity b e t w e e n t h e
t e r m i n a l s B 3 - a n d C 2 , a n d t h e r e s h o u l d be
continuity between the terminals B 3 a n d 5 w h e n
p o w e r is disconnected.
22-93-
ignition Switch
Test
Replacement
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h e a r e a . R e v i e w the
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d In t h e a r e a . R e v i e w t h e
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-19),
S R S c o m p o n e n t locations 4-door (see page 2 4 - 1 9 ) ,
2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-21), a n d p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-21), a n d p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 3 ) before d o i n g r e p a i r s or
servicing.
servicing.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the 5 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the ignition
BED
4 . R e m o v e the t w o s c r e w s a n d the Ignition s w i t c h .
4. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s In e a c h

s w i t c h position a c c o r d i n g to t h e t a b l e .
Terminal RED WHT BLU

\ (ACC) (BAT) (IGI)
ORN
(IG2)
YEL
(ST)
0 CLOCK)
I
(ACC)
IS ( O N )
ill (START!
O
O
O
- 0
o H
5 . If t h e c o n t i n u i t y is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the
ignition s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 9 4 ) .
6. D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
(see p a g e 22-89).
22-94
3 . D i s c o n n e c t the 5 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e Ignition

s w i t c h (B).
s w i t c h (B).
Position
2 . R e m o v e the steering c o l u m n c o v e r s (see page

20-168).
20-168).
1 . .Do the b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
(see p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 ) .
(see p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 ) .
5 . Install the parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

(see p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 ) .

DRIVER'S IVfiCU
fBuilt into the driver's u n d e r - d a s h fyse/relay b o x )

Input T e s t page 22-138
(Built into the passenger's yrider-dash fuse/relay box)
input Test, page 22-142

I By lit into the power window master switch I
Input T e s t page 22-282
Replacement {2-door), page 22-275
Replacement (4-door),. page 22-275
22-95

Troubleshooting CAN Circuit Related Problems
N O T E : C h e c k the E C M / P C M f o r D T C s a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-3) or F - C A N l o s s of c o m m u n i c a t i o n
e r r o r s first.
Using the HDS (Preferred method)

1. G o t o B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A to c h e c k for " C o n n e c t e d u n i t s " a n d D T C s ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
2. 'If no D T C s a r e r e t r i e v e d , g o to B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e C ( s e e p a g e 22-123) or D ( s e e p a g e 22-124).
Using the B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode 1 (Use only if the HDS is unavailable)
1. C h e c k for c o m m u n i c a t i o n circuit p r o b l e m s u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s t i c T e s t M o d e 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-125).
3. S o r t , a n d t h e n t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D T C s in t h i s o r d e r .
-1 Battery v o l t a g e D T C s
-2 Internal e r r o r D T C s
-3 L o s s of c o m m u n i c a t i o n D T C s
N O T E : If the D T C U 1 2 8 0 is s t o r e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C U 1 2 8 0 first.
-4 S i g n a l e r r o r D T C s
4. If n o D T C s a r e r e t r i e v e d , u s e B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s t i c T e s t M o d e 2 to c h e c k all inputs r e l a t e d to the failure
( s e e p a g e 22-125).
22-96
II
BODY
II
H o w t o display DTCs on the gauge control module

E n t e r t h e B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-125). W h i l e in T e s t M o d e 1, t h e D T C s w h i c h h a v e - b e e n
d e t e c t e d a n d s t o r e d i n d i v i d u a l l y b y v a r i o u s B - C A N ( B o d y - c o n t r o l l e r Area" N e t w o r k ) units, will -be s h o w n o n e b y o n e o n
t h e L C D d i s p l a y w h e n t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the M I C U a n d t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e Is n o r m a l T o s c r o l l
t h r o u g h t h e D T C s , p r e s s the s e l e c t / r e s e t button.
b i ns
SG
no
DTC detected (the lower four digits

a decimal number representing
ig the DTC)
Uo DTCs detected
end
All DTCs have beep displayed
T h e unit that h a s s t o r e d t h e c o d e c a n be identified by t h e n u m b e r s h o w n o n t h e o d o m e t e r d i s p l a y .

Control Unit
Driver's M I C U
Passenger's MICU
D o o r m u l t i p l e x c o n t r o l unit
G a u g e control module
Control Unit
L D . Wiimber
13
14
.
30 50
C l i m a t e co n t ro l unit
H a n d s F r e e L I n k c o n t r o l unit
51
94
i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s c o n t ro l unit
96
H o w t o clear t h e DTC
E n t e r t h e B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-125). W h i l e in T e s t M o d e 1, p r e s s a n d h o l d d o w n the
S E L E C T / R E S E T button for m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s .
(confd)
22-97
Multiplex
Integrated Control
System

Loss of Communication DTC cross-reference chart
W h e n a n E C U is u n a b l e to c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h the other E C U s o n the C A N c i r c u i t the other control units will s e t l o s s of
c o m m u n i c a t i o n D T C s . U s e t h i s c h a r t to find the control unit that is not c o m m u n i c a t i n g .
1. F i n d t h e T r a n s m i t t i n g C o n t r o l Unit that is in t h e s a m e r o w a s all of the l o s s of c o m m u n i c a t i o n D T C s r e t r i e v e d .
2. Do the input test for the t r a n s m i t t i n g control u n i t
B U S O F F a n d Internal E r r o r C o d e s
Related Unit
Door
imiTiopiiizGrMultiplex
Keyless
Control
Control
DTC type
Driver's
Passenger's
Gauge
MICU
MICU
Control
Module
BUS OFF
E C U ( E E P R O M ) Error
U1280
B10A2
U1280
B11A2 -
Driver's
Passenger's
MSCU
L o s s I ' C o m m u n i c a t i o n
Transmitting Control
Unit
MICU
Driver's MICU
Passenger's MICU
G a u g e Control Module
D o o r Multiplex Control
Unit
C l i m a t e C o n t r o l Unit
ECM/PCM
TX
U1283
U0155
Unit
U1280
U1280
nSfraSrfSSLinK
Unit
Unit
U1280
U1280
Control
B1152
R e c e i v i n g U n i t / L o s s of C o m m u n i c a t i o n D T C
Immobilizer
Door
Gauge
Control
Module
U1282
U1282
TX
U1283
U0155
TX
U0199
Multiplex
Control Unit
U1282
U1283
U0155
TX
U0164
U0100
U0151
S R S Unit
V S A Modulator-Control
U0122
Unit
U0127
T P M S Control Unit
T X : T r a n s m i t t i n g unit d o e s not s e t a l o s s c o m m u n i c a t i o n D T C .
22-98
Unit
U1280
Climate
Control
Keyless
Control Unit
U1282
U0155
U0199
Climate
Control Unit
U0155
| |
BODY

N O T E : R e c o r d all D T C s , a n d s o r t t h e m by D T C t y p e u s i n g t h e D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Index, t h e n t r o u b l e s h o o t the D T C ( s )
In t h i s order:
* Battery v o l t a g e D T C s
* Internal error D T C s
* L o s s of c o m m u n i c a t i o n D T C s
* Signal
error
DTCs
Driver's M$m
DTC
Description
B10A2
B10CF
Driver's M I C U f E E P R O M ) error
Left d a y t i m e running lights circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
B1036
D r i v e r ' s M I C U IG1 line input e r r o r

Wiper (As) signal error
Combination light switch OFF position circuit malfunction
C o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h parking { S M A L L ) p o s i t i o n
B1077
B1275
B1276
B1277
B1278
circuit malfunction
Combination light switch A U T O position circuit malfunction
C o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h O N position circuit
DTC Type
Internal e r r o r Signal error
Page
f s e e p a g e 22-130)
(see p a g e 22-194)
Signal error
(see p a g e 22-131)
Signal error
Signal error
Signal error
(see p a g e 22-282)
Signal error
Signal error
(see p a g e 22-198)
(see
(see
(see(see
page
page
page
page
22-200)
22-220)
22-284)
22-284)
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
22-284)
22-284)
22-133)
22-134)
(see p a g e 22-198)
(see p a g e 22-198)
(see p a g e 22-138)
malfunction
B1279
B1280
B1231
B1282
H e a d l i g h t s w i t c h D I M M E R position circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
T u r n s i g n a l s w i t c h circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
W i p e r s w i t c h M I S T p o s i t i o n circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
W i p e r s w i t c h I N T ( A U T O ) p o s i t i o n circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
Signal error
Signal error
Signal error
81283
81284
110155
W i p e r s w i t c h L O W p o s i t i o n circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
W i p e r s w i t c h H I G H p o s i t i o n circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
Signal error
S i g n a l error"
U0199
Driver's MICU lost communication with gauge control module

D r i v e r ' s M I C U lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h d o o r m u l t i p l e x
L o s s of c o m m u n i c a t i o n
L o s s .of c o m m u n i c a t i o n
U1280
c o n t r o l unit
C o m m u n i c a t i o n b u s line e r r o r ( B U S - O F F )
U1283
Driver's MICU lost communication with passenger's MICU
Signal error
L o s s of c o m m u n i c a t i o n (see p a g e 22-135)'
- L o s s of c o m m u n i c a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-137)
'assenaer's W1CU
Description
DTC
B11A2
B11C7
B11CF
B1575
U0155
U1280
U1282
P a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U ( E E P R O M ) error
P a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U IG1 line input e r r o r
R i g h t d a y t i m e r u n n i n g lights circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
A u t o m a t i c lighting s e n s o r circuit m a l f u n c t i o n
P a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h g a u g e
control module
Passenger's MICU lost communication with driver's MICU'
Description
DTC
U0155
I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s c o n t r o l unit lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n
DTC Type
Internal e r r o r
Page
Signal error
(see p a g e 22-130)
(see p a g e 22-132)
Signal error
Signal error
(see p a g e 22-196)
(see p a g e 22-202)
(see p a g e 22-133)
(see p a g e 22-137)
DTC Type
(see p a g e 22-390)
( s e e p a g e 22-390)
(see p a g e 22-135)
(see p a g e 22-135)
Page
w i t h g a u g e control m o d u l e
U0199
i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control unit lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n

w i t h d o o r m u l t i p l e x c o n t r o l unit
U1280
U1282
I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s c o n t r o l unit lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n
(see p a g e 22-391)
with driver's M I C U
(cont'd)
22-99

Door Multiplex Control Unit
DTC Type
Description
DTC
Pag
(see p a g e 22-255)
B1125
B1126
D r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r p u l s e A error
Driver's power w i n d o w motor pulse B error
Signal error
Signal error
B1127
B1128
Driver's door key cylinder switch signal error (LOCK/UNLOCK)
Signal error
(see p a g e 22-154)
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock s w i t c h s i g n a l e r r o r ( L O C K / U N L O C K )
Driver's door lock knob switch signal error (LOCK/UNLOCK)
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r p u l s e A e r r o r
Signal error
Signal error
Signal error
( s e e p a g e 22-155)
( s e e p a g e 22-156)
(see p a g e 22-256)
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s power w i n d o w motor pulse B error

D r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w position information e r r o r
Signal error
(see p a g e 22-256)
(see p a g e 22-258)
B1129
B1130
B1131
B1140
B1142
B1145
U0155
U0164
U1280
U1282
U1283
C o m m u n i c a t i o n line ( U A R T line) c o m m u n i c a t i o n e r r o r
Front passenger's power window position information error
D o o r multiplex control unit lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h
g a u g e control m o d u l e
D o o r multiplex control unit lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n with
c l i m a t e control unit
C o m m u n i c a t i o n b u s Sine error ( B U S - O F F )
driver's MICU
(see p a g e 2 2 - 2 5 5 )
Signal error
Signal error
(see p a g e 22-258)
Signal error
(see p a g e 22-259)
(see p a g e 22-260)
(see p a g e 22-260)
( s e e ' p a g e 22-135)
(see p a g e 22-261)
DTC Type
( s e e p a g e 22-261)
passenger's MICU
Gauge-control m o d u l e ( E E P R O M ) error
Internal e r r o r
Page
(see p a g e 22-312)
B1175
F u e l level s e n s o r (Fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit) circuit o p e n
Signal error
( s e e p a g e 22-312)
B1176
U0029 "
F u e l level s e n s o r ( F u e l g a u g e s e n d i n g unit) circuit s h o r t
( s e e p a g e 22-313)
F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n Sine e r r o r ( B U S - O F F )
Signal error
U0100
U0122
Gauge control module lost communication with ECM/PCM

G a u g e control m o d u l e lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n with V S A
( s e e p a g e 22-315)
( s e e p a g e 22-316)
(see p a g e 22-317)
Loss
Loss
Loss
Loss
(see
(see
(see
(see
DTC
B1152
U0127
U0151
U1280
U1282
U1283
Description
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
G a u g e control m o d u l e lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n with T P M S
control unit
Gauge control module lost communication with S R S unit
Gauge control module lost communication with driver's MICU
G a u g e control m o d u l e lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h
of
of
of
of
communication
communication
communication
communication.
(see p a g e 22-314)
page
page
page
page
22-318)
22-135)
22-319)
22-319) "
passenger's MICU
HandsFreeLBnk Control Unit
DTC
Description
B1775
M i c r o p h o n e input/output s h o r t to p o w e r / o p e n
DTC Type
Page
Signal error
(see p a g e 23-270)
B1776
M i c r o p h o n e input/output s h o r t to g r o u n d / o p e n
Signal error
(see p a g e 23-271)
B1779
H F L - v o i c e control s w i t c h ( H F L T A L K / H F L B A C K buttons)
Signal error
(see p a g e 23-273)
circuit o p e n / s h o r t
B1780
H F L - v o i c e control s w i t c h ( H F L T A L K / H F L B A C K buttons)
Signal error
( s e e p a g e 23-275)
B1792
circuit s h o r t
H a n d s F r e e L s n k c o n t r o l unit internal e r r o r
Signal error
(see p a g e 23-276)
, U1280
(see p a g e 22-135)
22-100
Climate Control Unit

DTC
Description
A n o p e n In t h e m o d e control motor circuit
B121A
B121B
A s h o r t in t h e m o d e control m o t o r circuit
A s h o r t in t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r c i r c u i t
B1220
A n o p e n in the i n - c a r t e m p e r a t u r e c i r c u i t
B1225
81226
A s h o r t in t h e in-car t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit
B1227
A n o p e n In t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit
A s h o r t in t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit
B1228
A n o p e n in the s u n l i g h t s e n s o r circuit
B1229
A s h o r t In t h e s u n l i g h t s e n s o r circuit
B1230
A n o p e n in t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit
B1231
A s h o r t In t h e e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r circuit
B1232
A n o p e n in the d r i v e r ' s a i r m i x control m o t o r circuit
B1233
B1234
A s h o r t in the d r i v e r ' s a i r m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r circuit
A p r o b l e m In t h e d r i v e r ' s air m i x control linkage, d o o r ,
B1235
B1238
B1237
B1238
B1241
m o t o r or m o t o r circuit
A n o p e n In t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x c o n t r o l m o t o r circuit
A s h o r t in t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s air m i x control m o t o r circuit
A p r o b l e m In the p a s s e n g e r ' s air max control linkage,
d o o r , m o t o r o r m o t o r circuit
U0155
A p r o b l e m In t h e b l o w e r m o t o r circuit
A p r o b l e m In the r e c i r c u l a t i o n control l i n k a g e , d o o r ,
m o t o r , or m o t o r circuit
A n o p e n in t h e r e c i r c u l a t i o n control m o t o r circuit
C l i m a t e control unit lost c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h g a u g e
U1280
control m o d u l e
B2983
B2986
DTC Type
S i g n a l error
" Signal error
S i g n a l error
S i g n a l error
S i g n a l error
Signal error
S i g n a l error
S i g n a l error
S i g n a l error
S i g n a l error
Signaferror
S i g n a l error
S i g n a l error S i g n a l error
Page
- ( s e e p a g e 21-125) .(see
.(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
page
21-127)
21-130)
21-134)
21-135)
21-137)
21-138)
21-139)
21-141)
21-142)
21-144)
21-145)
21-146)
(see p a g e 21-149)
Signal error
Signal error
S i g n a l error
( s e e p a g e 21-15-0) (see page 21-152)

( s e e p a g e 21-155)
S i g n a l error
S i g n a l error
( s e e p a g e 21-157)
S i g n a l error
(see p a g e 21-162)
( s e e p a g e 21-124)
(see p a g e 22-135)-
(see-page-21-161}-
22-101

System Description
MICU Control Functions Index
T h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U (buiSt into the u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box) is o n e of the B - C A N c o m p o n e n t s . T h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U
c o n t r o l s m a n y s y s t e m s related to the b o d y controller a r e a n e t w o r k a n d the s e c u r i t y s y s t e m , a n d a l s o w o r k s a s a
g a t e w a y to d i a g n o s e the other B - C A N c o n n e c t e d E C U s w i t h the H D S .
R e f e r to e a c h s y s t e m circuit d i a g r a m for d e t a i l s .
System
Fynetion
M u l t i p l e x Control
S e n d s s w i t c h input/output s i g n a l information to t h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U . T h e d r i v e r ' s IV1ICU

c o n t r o l s t h e E C U ' s electric load a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n b a s e d u p o n t h e information r e c e i v e d v i a the B - C A N .
On-Board Diagnosis
T h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U h a s a g a t e w a y function w h i c h s e n d s the r e s u l t s of the d r i v e r ' s M I C U
Self-Diagnosis
Interior Light(s)
T e s t m o d e 1 d i a g n o s e s t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n line b e t w e e n the d r i v e r ' s M I C U a n d - B - C A N

c o n n e c t e d units. T e s t m o d e 2 c h e c k s t h e s w i t c h Inputs c o n n e c t e d to the d r i v e r ' s M I C U .
T h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U c o n t r o l s t h e interior lights O N , O F F a n d d i m m i n g b a s e d u p o n t h e
S l e e p Function
T h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U h a s a s l e e p f u n c t i o n , w h i c h it e n t e r s d u r i n g the p o w e r d o w n m o d e .
Internal d i a g n o s i s a n d the B - C A N c o n n e c t e d E C U ' s d i a g n o s i s to t h e H D S .
i n f o r m a t i o n of the related s w i t c h e s a n d / o r t h e B - C A N related
T h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U a l s o c o n t r o l s t h e function of t h e s e c i r c u i t s :
E n t r y lights (front individual m a p lights a n d c e l l i n g fight)
* E x t e r i o r lights (Including t h e d a y t i m e r u n n i n g lights, a n d a u t o - h e a d l i g h t s off)
* Horns
e
Interlock s y s t e m
* K e y l e s s entry
* P o w e r d o o r locks
* P o w e r w i n d o w key-off t i m e r
* Security alarm
* T u r n s i g n a l / h a z a r d w a r n i n g lights
* Wiper/washer
22-102
Information.
Bodf Controller Area Network (B-CAN) and Fast Controller Area Network (F-CAN)
T h e b o d y c o n t r o l l e r a r e a network. I B - C A N ) a n d the f a s t c o n t r o l l e r a r e a n e t w o r k ( F - C A N ) s h a r e i n f o r m a t i o n
between
multiple e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l units ( E C U s ) . B - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n m o v e s at a s l o w e r s p e e d (125 k b p s ) for c o n v e n i e n c e

r e l a t e d i t e m s a n d for o t h e r f u n c t i o n s . F - C A N i n f o r m a t i o n m o v e s at a f a s t e r s p e e d (500 kbps) for " r e a l t i m e " f u n c t i o n s
s u c h a s f u e l a n d e m i s s i o n s d a t a . T o a l l o w both s y s t e m s to s h a r e i n f o r m a t i o n , t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e t r a n s l a t e s
i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m B - C A N to F - C A N a n d f r o m F - C A N to B - C A N .
(confd!
22-103

Gateway Function
T h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a c t s a s a g a t e w a y to a l l o w both s y s t e m s to s h a r e i n f o r m a t i o n . T h e g a u g e control m o d u l e
t r a n s l a t e s information f r o m B - C A N to F-CAN a n d f r o m F - C A N to B - C A N .
BAT
CPU (I It in CAM
B-CAN
HI
B-CAN
LO
CANH
CANL
Network *Toss of Communication" Error Cheeking Function

T h e E C U s o n t h e C A N circuit s e n d m e s s a g e s to e a c h other. If t h e r e a r e a n y c o m m u n i c a t i o n m a l f u n c t i o n s o n t h e
n e t w o r k , t h e L C D d i s p l a y o n t h e g a u g e c ont rol m o d u l e c a n indicate t h e e r r o r m e s s a g e s b y e n t e r i n g t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l
m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-304).
22-104
Self-diagnostic Function fOn-board diagnosis)

B y c o n n e c t i n g t h e H D S to t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) , the H D S c a n retrieve the d i a g n o s t i c i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m t h e
d r i v e r ' s M I C U v i a a d i a g n o s t i c line c a l l e d K - L I N E . T h e K - L I N E is s e p a r a t e d f r o m t h e C A N l i n e s , a n d c o n n e c t e d to the
C A N related E C U s . T h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U is a g a t e w a y b e t w e e n t h e H D S a n d B - C A N related E C U s , a n d s e n d s B - C A N
d i a g n o s t i c i n f o r m a t i o n to t h e H D S . W h e n d o i n g a f u n c t i o n test w i t h the H D S , the H D S s e n d s a n o u t p u t s i g n a l t h r o u g h
t h e K-LINE to t h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U , T h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U either r e l a y s t h e r e q u e s t to a n o t h e r E C U , or c o m m a n d s t h e
f u n c t i o n itself.
(confd)
22-105

Wake-up and Sleep Function
T h e m u l t i p l e x integrated control s y s t e m h a s " w a k e - u p " a n d " s l e e p ' ' ' f u n c t i o n s to d e c r e a s e p a r a s i t i c d r a w o n the
battery w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is to L O C K (0).
* In t h e s l e e p m o d e , the m u l t i p l e x integrated control s y s t e m s t o p s f u n c t i o n i n g ( c o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d C P U control)
w h e n it is not n e c e s s a r y for the s y s t e m to o p e r a t e .
* A s s o o n a s a n y o p e r a t i o n is r e q u e s t e d (for e x a m p l e , a d o o r is u n l o c k e d ) , t h e related control units in the s l e e p m o d e
i m m e d i a t e l y w a k e up a n d b e g i n to f u n c t i o n .
* W h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0), a n d the d r i v e r ' s d o o r is o p e n e d , t h e n c l o s e d , t h e r e Is a d e l a y a b o u t
40 s e c o n d s before the c o n t r o l unit g o e s f r o m the w a k e - u p m o d e to t h e s l e e p m o d e .
* T h e s l e e p m o d e will not f u n c t i o n if a n y d o o r Is o p e n e d o r if a key is in t h e ignition.
* T h e d r a w is r e d u c e d f r o m a b o u t 200 m A to l e s s t h a n 3 5 m A w h e n in t h e s l e e p m o d e .
N O T E : S l e e p a n d W a k e - u p M o d e T e s t ( s e e p a g e 22-127).
Fail-safe Function
T o p r e v e n t i m p r o p e r o p e r a t i o n , t h e M I C U s h a v e a f a i l - s a f e f u n c t i o n . In t h e f a i l - s a f e m o d e , t h e output s i g n a l is f i x e d
w h e n a n y part of the s y s t e m m a l f u n c t i o n s (for e x a m p l e , a faulty control unit or c o m m u n i c a t i o n line).
E a c h control unit h a s a h a r d w a r e f a i l - s a f e function that f i x e s the output s i g n a l w h e n t h e r e Is a C P U m a l f u n c t i o n , a n d a
s o f t w a r e fall-safe function that I g n o r e s the s i g n a l f r o m a m a l f u n c t i o n i n g control u n i t , w h i c h a l l o w s the s y s t e m to
operate normally.
Hardware Fail-safe Control

Fail-safe function
W h e n a C P U p r o b l e m or a a b n o r m a l p o w e r s u p p l y v o l t a g e Is d e t e c t e d , t h e M I C U s m o v e to t h e h a r d w a r e f a i l - s a f e
m o d e , a n d e a c h s y s t e m output load is s e t to the p r e - p r o g r a m m e d f a l l - s a f e v a l u e .
Software Fail-safe Control

W h e n a n y of the data f r o m t h e B - C A N circuit c a n n o t be r e c e i v e d w i t h i n a s p e c i f i e d t i m e , or a n u n u s u a l c o m b i n a t i o n of
t h e data Is r e c o g n i z e d , t h e M I C U s m o v e to t h e s o f t w a r e f a l l - s a f e m o d e . T h e data that c a n n o t . b e r e c e i v e d is f o r c e d to a
pre-programmed value.
22-106
Driver's MICU
Power Supply Voltage Monitoring Function
The driver's MICU monitors the power supply voltage (back-up voltage). If the voltage goes below 10 V, the driver's MICU will not store a DTC.
Input
Driver's
Ootpyt
Battery voltage (VBU)
MICU
B-CAN
M I C U ( U n d e r 10 V) m e s s a q e
Entry Lights Control System (Ceiling Lights, Map Lights* Ignition

The driver's MICU control of the ceiling
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
Key Light)
light ON/OFF is based on input signals from each switch.
Inpirt
IG1 power supply
Ignition key switch
Keyless LOCK/UNLOCK signal
Driver's door lock knob switch (LOCK)
Ootpyt
. Interior lights
Ignition key fight
Collision Detection Signal CCDS)

The driver's MICU control of the door lock actuators is based on IG1 and the SRS (CDS) signals.
Driver's
1G1 power supply
MICU
B-CAN
CDS sicinal
Input
Output
Door lock actuators (UNLOCK)
Key Interlock .(A/T)

The driver's MICU control of the key interlock solenoid is based on ignition switch ACCESSORY (I) position, the transmission range switch P
position, and the park-pin switch signals.
Drivers
MICU
Input
Ignition switch (!)
Transmission range switch (P) position
Park-pin switch
Output
Key interlock solenoid
Rear Window Defogger Timer Operation {With Climate Control)

The driver's MICU control of the rear window defogger timer is based on ignition switch and the rear window defogger switch signals.
Input
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
Ignition switch <IG1)
Output
Rear window defogger relay
Rear window defogqer switch
M I C U (rear w i n d o w defogger) m e s s a g e
Rear Window Defogger Timer Operation (With HVAC Control)

The driver's sWCU control of the rear window defogger timer is based on the ignition switch and the rear window defogger switch signals.
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
Input
Rear window defogger switch
Ignition switch (161)
Ootpyt
Rear window defogger relay
MICU (Rear window defoqger) messaqe
(confd)
22-107
Multiplex Integrated! Control System

Combination Light Switch
T h e driver's M I C U control of the lighting s y s t e m is b a s e d o n input s i g n a l s f r o m e a c h c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h .
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
Input
Combination light switch (OFF)
Combination light switch (ON)
Combination tight switch (PARKING)
Combination Sight switch (PASSING)
Combination light switch (DIMMER)
Output
Parking light
Headlight (high beam, low beam passing)
Taillights
Headlight (Back-up) to passenger's MICU
Parking light
Headlight (high beam, low beam passing)
Daytime Rynrting Lights

The driver's MICU control of the headlights as daytime running lights is based on input signals from each switch.
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
IG2 power supply
Input
Parking brake signal

Transmission range switch P signal
IG1 meter signal
Headlight (high beam)
Oytpyt
Headlight (high beam)

DRL message
Headlight Ayto-OFF Function

The driver's MICU control of the lighting system is based on input signals from each switch.
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
Input
IG1 power supply
Ignition key switch
Driver's door lock knob switch
Output
Parking lightHeadlight (high beam, low beam)
Taillights
Parking light
Headlight (high beam, low beam)
Tyro Signal/Hazard Warning Lights

The driver's MICU control of the turn signal/hazard warning lights Is based on Input signals from the turn signal switch and the hazard warning
switch.
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
SG1 power supply

Turn signal switch (left)
Turn signal switch (right)
Hazard warning switch
Turn signal switch (left)
Turn signal switch (right)
input
Turn signal lights (left)

Turn signal Sights (right)
Output
HAZARDSW message
TURNLRLY message
TURNRRLY message
TURNRSW message
T U R N L S W message
Courtesy Light
The driver's MICU control of the driver's and left rear-door courtesy lights is based on Input signal from the driver's and left rear door switches,
Driver's
MICU
22-108

Input
Output
Driver's door courtesy light
Left rear door courtesy light
Wiper
T h e driver's M I C U control of the w i p e r is b a s e d o n input s i g n a l s f r o m e a c h switch.
Drivers
MICU
B-CAN
Input
IGI power supply
Brake pedal position switch
Transmission range switch P position (A/T)
Wiper switch (INT & LO)
Wiper switch (HI & LO)
Wiper switch (MIST)
Wiperswitch (As)
Wiper switch intermittent dwell time controller
Parking brake signal (A/T)
IG1 meter signal (A/T)
Washer signal
Wiper intermittent relay

Wiper motor high relay
Output
WIPSW messages
Power W i n d o w Relay
The driver's MICU control of the power windows is based on input signals from each switch.
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
Input
IGI power supply
Power window relay signal
Power window timer signal
Output
Power window relay (rear)
Keyless A n s w e r Back
The driver's MICU control of the lighting system and horns is based on keyless signals sent by B-CAN.
Input
Drivers
MICU
IG1 power supply
B-CAN
KEYLESS DOOR LOCK signal

ANSWERBACK DISABLE signal
Parking light "

Taillights
Horns
Parking light
Output
Security A n s w e r Back
B-CAN
Output
Parking light
Taillights
Horns
Parking light
Answer back buzzer message
Input
Driver's
MICU
KEYLESS DOOR LOCK signal

ANSWER BACK DISABLE signal
A n s w e r B a c k R e s p o n s e Operation
Input
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
ANSWER BACK signal
Parking light
Taillights
Horns
Parking light
Output
(cont'd)
22-109

Power Door Locks
T h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U control of the door lock actuators is b a s e d on input s i g n a l s of e a c h s w i t c h .
Inpyt
SG1 p o w e r s u p p l y
I g n i t i o n key s w i t c h
Left rear d o o r s w i t c h
T r u n k lid latch s w i t c h (2-door)
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock s w i t c h ( L O C K / U N L O C K )
Driver's door key cylinder switch (LOCK/UNLOCK)
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock k n o b s w i t c h (LOCK)
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r lock s w i t c h ( L O C K / U N L O C K )
Front passenger's d o o r switch
Rictht rear d o o r s w i t c h
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
Output
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock a c t u a t o r ( U N L O C K )
D o o r l o c k a c t u a t o r s (LOCK)
D o o r lock a c t u a t o r s ( U N L O C K )
T r u n k lid release a c t u a t o r
D o o r lock s i g n a l (LOCK)
D o o r lock s i g n a l ( U N L O C K )
Door Lock Response Operation

T h e d r i v e r ' s MSCU c o n t r o l o f t h e d o o r lock a c t u a t o r s LOCK, U N L O C K , DRIVER'S U N L O C K , T R U N K U N L O C K is b a s e d o n B - C A N d o o r lock s w i t c h
signals.
lupyt
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
Output
Driver's d o o r lock actuator (UNLOCK)
D o o r lock a c t u a t o r s (LOCK)
T r u n k l i d release a c t u a t o r
D o o r lock s i g n a l s
Keyless Entry System

T h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U c o n t r o l o f t h e d o o r lock a c t u a t o r s is b a s e d o n i n p u t s i g n a l s o f e a c h s w i t c h .
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
Input
IG1 p o w e r s u p p l y
Ignition key switch
Driver's d o o r switch
Left rear d o o r s w i t c h
T r u n k lid latch s w i t c h
Front passenger's d o o r switch
R i g h t rear d o o r s w i t c h
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock k n o b s w i t c h (LOCK)
Driver's d o o r lock switch (LOCK/UNLOCK)
Driver's d o o r key cylinder switch (LOCK/UNLOCK)
Front passenger's d o o r lock switch (LOCK/UNLOCK)
KevSess L O C K / U N L O C K s i a n a l
Ootptit
D r i v e r ' s d o o r Sock a c t u a t o r ( U N L O C K )
D o o r lock a c t u a t o r s (LOCK)
T r u n k l i d release a c t u a t o r
D o o r lock s i g n a l (LOCK)
D o o r lock s i g n a l ( U N L O C K )
Relock s i g n a l
Keyless PAWiC Operation

T h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U c o n t r o l o f t h e k e y l e s s P A N I C o p e r a t i o n is b a s e d o n B - C A N s i g n a l s .
Ootpyt
-Input
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
PANIC signals
Headlight (low beam)

Parking light
Taillights
Horns
Parkina liaht
22-110
Auto Power Door Locks {LOCK operation}

The driver's MICU control of the door lock actuators is based on input signals from each switch.
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
Input
IGI power sup-ply
Transmission range switch CP position)
Trunk lid latch switch
Left rear door lock knob switch (LOCK)
Driver's door lock knob switch (LOCK)
Front passenger's door lock knob switch (LOCK)
Right rear door lock knob switch (LOCK)
Vehicle speed pulse signal
Engine speed signal
Output
Door lock actuators (LOCK)
Auto Power Door Locks fUMLOCK operation)

The driVer's MICU control of the door lock actuators is based on input signals from each switch.
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
Input
IG1 power supply
Transmission range switch (P position)
Brake pedal position switchLeft rear door lock knob switch {UNLOCK)
Driver's door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)
Front passenger's door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)
Right rear door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)
Output
Driver's door lock actuators (UNLOCK)
Door Sock actuators (UNLOCK)
Security Alarm System

The driver's MICU control of the lighting system and horns is based on. input signals of each switch and the B-CAN signals.
Input
Driver's
MICU
B-CAN
IGI power supply

Ignition key switch
Left rear door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)
Hood switch
Audio switch
Driver's door key cylinder switch (LOCK/UNLOCK)
Driver's door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)
Front passenger's door lock switch (LOCK/UNLOCK)
Front passenger's door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)
Right rear door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)
Keyless LOCK/UNLOCK signal
Output
Headlights (low beam)
Parking light
Taillights
Horns
Driver's MICU (SET 1) message

Driver's MICU (SET 2) message
ALARM (ACTION) message
Parking light
(cont'd)
22-11

Passenger's MICU
Power Supply Voltage Monitoring Function
The passenger's MICU monitors the power supply voltage (back-up voltage). If the voltage goes below 10 V, the passenger's MICU will not
store DTCs.
Output
Input
Passenger's
MICU
Battery voltage (VBU)
Courtesy Light {Front passenger's side}

The passenger's MICU control of the front passenger door courtesy light is based on input signals from the front passenger door switch.
Passenger's
MICU
. Input
Output
Front passenger's door courtesy light
Power Door Locks fLOCK}

The passenger's MICU control of the front passenger's side door Sock actuators is based on input signals from the driver's MICU.
Input
Passenger's
MICU
B-CAN
Output
Door lock (LOCK) signal
Power Door Locks (UNLOCK)

The passenger's MICU control of the front passenger's side door lock actuators is based on input signals from the driver's MICU.
Input
Passenger's
MICU
B-CAN
Output
Door lock (UNLOCK) s i g n a l
Exterior Lights
The passenger's MICU control of the front passenger's side headlight and parking lights is based on input signals from the driver's MICU.
Input
MICU
B-CAN
Output
Parking light
Passenger's
Headlight (high b e a m , low b e a m p a s s i n g )
Position light signal

Headlight (hiqh beam, low beam passing) signal
Automatic Lighting
The passenger's MICU control of the headlights and the parking lights is based on input signals from the automatic lighting sensor.
Passenger's
MICU
B-CAN
22-112
Input
IG1 power supply
Automatic licjhtinci sensor (SIO) siqnal
MICU (ignition key switch) signal
MICU (IG1) signal
Lighting switch signal
Vehicle speed siqnal
Output
Headlight back-up signal
AUTOLT signal
Washer Operation
The passenger's MICU control of the washer motor Is based on Input signals from the wiper switch.
Input
Passenger's
Output
I G I power supply
Washer motor
Wiper switch stcpoaf
Washer signal
MICU
B-CAN
Kef less Buzzer Operation

The passenger's MICU control of the keyless buzzer Is based on input from the answer back signals.
Output
Input
Passenger's
MICU
B-CAN
Keyless buzzer
Answer back signals
Power Window Relay Circuit

The passenger's MICU control of the power window relay circuit In the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box i s based on Input signals from
the power window switches.
Input
Passenger s
MICU
B-CAN
IG1 power supply
Output
Power window relay circuit
Power window signals
(cont'd)
22-113
M u l t i p l e x I n t e g r a t e d Control System
HDS Inputs and Commands
Certain inputs happen so quickly that the HDS cannot update fast enough. Hold the switch that is being tested while monitoring the Data List.
This should give the HDS time to update the signal on the Data List.
Because the HDS software is updated to support the release for newer vehicles it is not uncommon to see system function tests that are not
supported.
IVlake sure that the most current software is loaded.
Input:
System IVIenu
Gauges
22-114
Data List
Vehicle Speed Input Signal
Cruise Control Main Switch (ACC switch)
Cruise Control Set Switch
Cruise Control Resume Switch
Washer Fluid Level Switch
VSA/TCS Off Switch
Gauge Select/Reset Switch
Parking Brake Switch
Brake Fluid Level Switch
Fuel Sending Unit Input 1
Fuel Sending Unit Input 2
VSA/TCS Active Indicator
VSA/TCS Indicator (Warning)
ABS Indicator
EBD Indicator (Electronic Brake Distribution)
Cruise Control Main Switch Indicator
MIL Indicator
Washer Fluid Level indicator (Canada)
DRL Indicator
Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Charging System Indicator
Cruise Main Switch Lamp
Maintenance Required Indicator
Maintenance Minder Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Parking Liqht ON Indicator
Low Fuel Warning Indicator
Security Indicator
Fog Light Indicator
Auto-light Trouble Lamp
SeatbeSt indicator
Low Tire Pressure Indicator
TPMS Indicator
Speed Indicator (km/h) Command
Speed indicator (mph) Command
Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch
A/T Gear Position Switch (R)
A/T Gear Position Switch (P)
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
deq
V
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
km/h
mile/h
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
Data List Indication
HDS Inputs and Commands

o y s cin M e n u
Lighting
Data List
Passing Input Signal
Headlight ON Input Signal
Driver's Door Switch
Hazard Switch
Headlight Switch (OFF)
Headlight Switch (PARKING)
Headlight Switch (HEADLIGHT)
Headlight Switch (AUTO)
Headlight Switch (High Beam)
Headlight Switch (PASSING)
Turn Signal Switch (LEFT)
Turn Signal Switch (RIGHT)
Fog Light Switch
Interior Light Command
Left Torn Signal Command
Right Turn Signal Command
DR Courtesy Light Output
Headlight Command
Headlight High Beam Command
Parking Light Command
DRL Command
Autoliaht Sensor Input Voltage
Autolight Sensor Malfunction Detection Voltage Max
Autolight Sensor Malfunction Detection Voltage Mm
Autolight Small Command
Autolight Headlight Command
Autolight Warning Command
Autolight Headlight Backup Line Command
A S Courtesy Light Output-

OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON"
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
V
V
V
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON -
OFF/ON "
OFF/ON
(confd)
22-115

H D S Inputs and Commands
System Menu
Door
Keyless
Power windows
22-116
Data List
Driver's Door Key Cylinder Switch (LOCK)
Driver's Door Key Cylinder Switch (UNLOCK)
Driver's Door Lock Switch (LOCK)
Driver's Door Lock Switch (UNLOCK)
Driver's Door Lock Knob Switch (LOCK)
Driver's Door Lock Knob Switch (UNLOCK)
Driver's Rear Door Switch
Driver's Rear Door Lock Knob Switch (UNLOCK)
Door LOCK Command
Door UNLOCK Command
Driver's Door UNLOCK Command
Front Passenger's Door Switch
Passenger's Rear Door Switch
Passenger's Rear Door Lock" Knob Sw. (UNLOCK)
Driver's Door Key Cylinder.Switch (LOCK)
Trunk Lid/Tailgate Switch
Door LOCK Command
Door UNLOCK Command
Trunk Lid Release Command
Passenger's Rear Door Lock Knob Sw. (UNLOCK)
P/W Main Switch
P/W Master Switch (Driver's Window AUTO)
P/W Master Switch (Driver's Window UP)
P/W Master Switch (Driver's Window DOWN)
P/W Master Sw. (Front Passenger's Wndw UP)
P/W Master Sw. (Front Passenger's Wndw DOWN)
P/W Master Switch (Left Rear Window UP)
P/W Master Switch (Left Rear Window DOWN)
P/W Master Sw. (Right Rear Wndw UP)
P/W Master Sw. (Right Rear Wndw DOWN)
P/W Master Sw. (Passenger's Wndw AUTO)
Driver's P/W Motor Pulse A
Driver's P/W Motor Pulse B
Driver's P/W Motor Command
Power Window Timer Output
Power Window Timer Output
D a t a L i s t Indication
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
. .
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
NOT EXIST/EXIST
NOT EXIST/EXIST
OFF/UP/DOWN
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
System Menu
Wipers
Data List
Brake Pedal Position Switch
Windshield Wiper Switch (LOW)
Windshield Wiper Switch (HIGH)
Windshield Wiper Switch (MIST)
Windshield Wiper Switch (INT)
Windshield Washer Switch
Windshield Wiper Motor PARK Switch
Intermittent Wiper Dwell Timer
Windshield Wiper Motor HI Command
Windshield Wiper Motor LO Command
Windshield'Washer Motor Command
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON OFF/ON
OFF/ON
'
0.01.0 kQ/OPEN
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
(cont'd)
22-117
Multiplex integrated Control System

System M e n u
Security
A/C
22-118
Data List
Driver's Door Key Cylinder Switch (LOCK)
iqnition Key Cylinder Switch
Trunk Lid/Tailgate Switch
Radio Switch
Hazard Switch
Hood Switch
Door LOCK Command
Door UNLOCK Command
Trunk Lid Release Command
Headlight Command
Headlight High Beam Command
Horn Command
Front Passenger's D o o r Switch
Passenger's Rear Door Lock Knob S w . (UNLOCK)
A/C Pressure Switch/Thermal Protector
Rear Window Defogger Input Switch
Rear Window Defogger Output
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
A/C
System Menu
Rear Defroster RLY

Rear Defogger
HDS Description
Door
LOCK AH Doors
UNLOCK All Doors
UNLOCK Drivers Side Door
Keyless
Lighting
Trunk Lid/Tailgate Release Command

interior Light Command
Hazard Flasher (Turn left and right)
LEFT Turn Signal Command
RIGHT Turn Siqnal Command
Headlight Command
Headlight HIGH Beam Command
Headlight (high) ON for Daytime Running Light
Courtesy Light (DR)
Small Light
Rear Fog Light
Headlight Backup
Courtesy Light (AS)
Daytime Running Lights Signal (Canada)
Trunk Light
Power Window RLY Rr
Driver's Window Up
Driver's Window Down
Front Passenger's Window Up
Front Passenger's Window Down
Left Rear Window Up
Left Rear Window Down
Right Rear Window Up
Riqht Rear Window Down
Horn Command
Windshield Wiper Motor LOW Command
Windshield Wiper Motor HIGH Command
Windshield Washer Command
Windshield Wiper Motor LOW Command
Windshield Wiper Motor HIGH Command
Windshield Washer Command
P/W
Security
Wiper
Not
Outputs for 60 seconds
Operates the rear window defogger relay for 60
seconds
Outputs LOCK sianal 1 time (0.6 sec) to all door
Outputs UNLOCK signal 1 time (0.6 sec) to all door
Outputs UNLOCK signal 1 time (0.6 sec) to driver side
door
Unlock trunk
Illuminates for 30 seconds
Blinks turn sianal (left and right) for 15 seconds
Blinks for 5 seconds
Blinks for 5 seconds
Operates headlight (low) for 15 seconds
Operates headlight (high) for 15 seconds
Turns on daytime running Sight (KA/KC)
Operates small lights for 15 seconds
Outputs for 15 milliseconds
Operates for 15 seconds
Operates for 15 seconds
Outputs for 30 seconds
Drives for 3 seconds
Operates horn for 1 second
Operates windshield wiper for 5 seconds (low speed)
Operates windshield wiper for 5 seconds (high speed)
Operates windshield washer for 5 seconds
Operates windshield wiper for 5 seconds (low speed)
Operates windshield wiper for 5 seconds (high speed)
Operates windshield washer for 5 seconds
22-119

Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A
C h e c k t h e E C M / P C M for D T C s a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t E C M /
PCM' { s e e p a g e 11-3) or F - C A N l o s s of c o m m u n i c a t i o n
3. F r o m the B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L m e n u , s e l e c t U N I T
I N F O R M A T I O N , and then select C O N N E C T E D U N I T
e r r o r s f i r s t t h e n do t h i s d i a g n o s i s If the s y m p t o m is
listed to s e e sf the f o l l o w i n g control units a r e
r e l a t e d to the B - C A N s y s t e m .
c o m m u n i c a t i n g with the H D S .
N O T E : A l w a y s c y c l e the ignition s w i t c h w i t h i n
. Driver's MICU
3 s e c o n d s w h e n p r o m p t e d in the D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
Passenger's MICU
p r o c e d u r e s in t h i s s e c t i o n .
D o o r m u l t i p l e x control unit
G a u g e control m o d u l e
1.
C o m p a r e the s y m p t o m w i t h t h i s list of B - C A N
I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit
related s y s t e m s :
C l i m a t e control unit
H a n d s F r e e L I n k control unit U S A m o d e l s (with
navigation)
* G a u g e control m o d u l e
9
A u d i o unit (with p r e m i u m a u d i o s y s t e m )
E x t e r i o r lights
* Turn signals
* E n t r y light control
NOTE:
* Interior lights
Sf a unit is c o m m u n i c a t i n g with the H D S , D E T E C T
* Safety indicators
will be d i s p l a y e d .
If a unit is not c o m m u n i c a t i n g or the v e h i c l e is
* H o r n s (security a n d p a n i c )
* C h i m e s (key-In, s e a t belt, Hghts-on, a n d parking
not e q u i p p e d , " N o t A v a i l a b l e " will be d i s p l a y e d .
brake)
* P o w e r w i n d o w / m o o n roof t i m e r
Are
all control
units
communicating
with
the
HDS?
* Wiper/washer
* Security
* P o w e r d o o r locks
N O I f a n y of t h e c o n t r o l units a r e not
* K e y interlock
c o m m u n i c a t i n g , g o to B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s
* D a s h fight b r i g h t n e s s
T e s t M o d e B f s e e p a g e 22-122). If all units a r e not
c o m m u n i c a t i n g or o n l y the d r i v e r ' s M I C U is
Immobilizer
c o m m u n i c a t i n g , g o to D T C U 1 2 8 0 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is the symptom
related
to the B-CAN
system?
N O G o to the s y s t e m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for the
s y s t e m w i t h the s y m p t o m . S
2. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (A),
t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h O N (II).
22-120
( s e e p a g e 22-135).
4. S e l e c t t h e s y s t e m that h a s t h e p r o b l e m f r o m t h e
B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L m e n u , then select D T C s .
Are any DTCs
indicated?
MOIf t h e p r o b l e m Is related to o n e of t h e
f o l l o w i n g i t e m s a n d t h e s y s t e m d o e s not s t o p or
t u r n off, g o t o B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e
C ( s e e p a g e 22-123), If t h e p r o b l e m i s related to o n e
of t h e f o l l o w i n g I t e m s a n d t h e s y s t e m d o e s not run
or turn o n , g o to B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t
M o d e D f s e e p a g e 22-124),
* E x t e r i o r lights
*
*
*
*
*
Turn signals
E n t r y lights
Interior lights
Horns (security and panic)
Wiper/washer
If t h e p r o b l e m is related to o n e of the f o l l o w i n g
i t e m s , g o to t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for that individual
system,
* G a u g e control module
* Safety indicators
* C h i m e s ( k e y - i n , s e a t b e l t l i g h t s - o n , a n d parking
brake)
* Security
*
*
*
*
K e y interlock
D a s h light b r i g h t n e s s
Audio system
N a v i g a t i o n (Sf e q u i p p e d )
5. R e c o r d all D T C s , a n d s o r t t h e m b y D T C t y p e .
6 . T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D T C ( s ) in t h i s order:
* Battery voltage D T C s .
* Internal e r r o r D T C s ,
* L o s s of c o m m u n i c a t i o n D T C s .
* Signal error D T C s ,
22-121
Multiplex
Integrated
Control
System
Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode B

Do this d i a g n o s i s if a n y of the control units are not
c o m m u n i c a t i n g (Not A v a i l a b l e is d i s p l a y e d in the H D S )
a s f o u n d by the B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A
(see p a g e 22-120).
1. U s i n g the H D S , s e l e c t the s y s t e m that h a s the
symptom from the B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L menu.
2. S e l e c t D T C s , a n d t h e n c h e c k for l o s s of
communication DTCs.
Are any loss
of communication
DTCs
indicated?
I M O R e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s iV1SCU.ll
3. Do t h e p o w e r , g r o u n d , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n part of
t h e in put t e s t for the unit(s) not c o m m u n i c a t i n g
with the H D S .
U n i t not c o m m u n i c a t i n g
D r i v e r ' s M I C U ( s e e p a g e 22-138)
G a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-320)
I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control unit ( s e e p a g e
22-400)
P a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U ( s e e p a g e 22-142)
D o o r m u l t i p l e x control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-282)
C l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 21-184)
A u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-13)
22-122
Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test ModeC

D o t h i s d i a g n o s i s if a c o m p o n e n t that i s c o n t r o l l e d by
t h e B - C A N s y s t e m d o e s not s t o p or t u r n off.
5. C h e c k t h e r e l a y , if a p p l i c a b l e , t h e n c h e c k for a s h o r t
in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the relay a n d the c o m p o n e n t
the relay a n d c o n t r o l unit, or the c o m p o n e n t a n d
NOTE:
* If t h e c o m p o n e n t d o e s not turn o n , g o to B - C A N
S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e D ( s e e p a g e 22-124).
* S e e t h e B - C A N s y s t e m unit input/output i n d e x for a
list of input a n d output d e v i c e s a n d t h e control units
that m o n i t o r t h e input a n d c o n t r o l s t h e output d e v i c e s
f s e e p a g e 22-114).
* A l w a y s c y c l e t h e ignition s w i t c h w i t h i n 3 s e c o n d s
w h e n p r o m p t e d in t h e D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
control u n i t
Are
the relay
and the wire
harness
OK?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e control unit that c o n t r o l s t h e

c o m p o n e n t that will not turn O F F , M
N O R e p l a c e t h e r e l a y or repair t h e w i r e
harness.
p r o c e d u r e s In t h i s s e c t i o n ,
1. C h e e k for D T C s b y s e l e c t i n g the T E S T M O D E m e n u
from the H D S .
Are any DTCs
6. C h e c k t h e s w i t c h , t h e n c h e c k for a s h o r t in the w i r e
b e t w e e n the s w i t c h a n d the control unit that
m o n i t o r s the s w i t c h .
Are
indicated?
the switch
and wire
harness
OK?
Y E S G o to B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A
Y E S R e p l a c e the control unit that m o n i t o r s the
{ s e e p a g e 22-120).
switch.
i ^ O G o t o s t e p 2,
N O R e p l a c e the s w i t c h or repair the w i r e

harness. II
2. T u r n off the s w i t c h that c o n t r o l s t h e m a l f u n c t i o n i n g

component.
3. S e l e c t D A T A L I S T f r o m t h e T E S T M O D E m e n u , a n d
c h e c k t h e input of t h e s w i t c h that c o n t r o l s t h e
component,
Does
the HDS
indicate
the switch
is
OFF?
^ O G o to s t e p 8.
4. In t h e D A T A L I S T , c h e c k t h e output s i g n a l of the
malfunctioning component.
I s the output
signal
OFF?
N O R e p l a c e t h e control unit that c o n t r o l s t h e
d e v i c e that will not turn O F F .
22-123

Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode D
D o this d i a g n o s i s if a c o m p o n e n t that is controSSed b y
6 . D o t h e function test for t h e m a l f u n c t i o n i n g
t h e B - C A N s y s t e m d o e s not run or c o m e o n .
component.
NOTE:
* If the c o m p o n e n t d o e s not turn off or s t o p , g o to BC A N S y s t e m Diagnosis T e s t Mode C (see page
22-123).
* S e e the B - C A N s y s t e m unit input/output i n d e x for a
list of input a n d output d e v i c e s a n d t h e control units
that m o n i t o r the input a n d c o n t r o l s the output d e v i c e s
( s e e p a g e 22-114).
Does the output device pass the function test?
* A l w a y s c y c l e the ignition s w i t c h within 3 s e c o n d s

w h e n p r o m p t e d in the D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
p r o c e d u r e s in t h i s s e c t i o n .
1. C h e c k t h e f u s e of the m a l f u n c t i o n i n g output d e v i c e .
is the fuse
N O R e p l a c e the c o m p o n e n t
7. W i t h the m a l f u n c t i o n i n g output d e v i c e c o n n e c t e d ,
connect a voltmeter between the malfunctioning
output d e v i c e a n d b o d y g r o u n d o n the w i r e that the
control unit u s e s to control the output d e v i c e circuit.
8. S e l e c t M I S C . T E S T f r o m the T E S T M O D E m e n u ,
a n d d o t h e f o r c e d o p e r a t i o n test of t h e
OK?
Is there a change in voltage (12 V to 0 V or

0 V to 12 V)?
N O R e p l a c e the fuse and recheck.
Y E S I n s p e c t the g r o u n d for t h e c o m p o n e n t . If O K ,
r e p l a c e the c o m p o n e n t
2. C h e c k for D T C s b y s e l e c t i n g the T E S T M O D E m e n u
N O R e p l a c e t h e control unit that c o n t r o l s t h e
from the H D S .
Are any DTCs
indicated
Y E S G o to B - C A N S y s t e m Diagnosis T e s t Mode A
(see p a g e 22-120).
9. S e l e c t D A T A L I S T f r o m t h e T E S T M O D E m e n u , a n d
m a k e s u r e the s w i t c h s i g n a l input for the
malfunctioning s y s t e m indicates a change w h e n
operated.
Does the switch input indicated ON when the

3. T u r n ON the s w i t c h that c o n t r o l s the
4. S e l e c t D A T A L I S T f r o m the T E S T M O D E m e n u , a n d
c h e c k output s i g n a l for t h e m a l f u n c t i o n i n g
.switch
is ON?
Y E S R e p l a c e the control unit that c o n t r o l s t h e

component
10. C h e c k the s w i t c h a n d its g r o u n d (if a p p l i c a b l e ) , then
Is there
an output
signal?
c h e c k for a n o p e n o r a s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n
the s w i t c h a n d the control unit that m o n i t o r s i t
Are
the switch and the wire harness
OK?
5. C h e c k t h e relay a n d g r o u n d , t h e n c h e c k for a n o p e n
or a s h o r t in the circuit for t h e m a l f u n c t i o n i n g
Y E S R e p l a c e the control unit that m o n i t o r s the

switch.
component.
N O R e p l a c e the s w i t c h o r repair the w i r e
Are the relay and circuit OK?

N O R e p l a c e the relay or r e p a i r t h e w i r e circuit.
22-124
harness.
BODY
Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode 1 and Test Mode 2

(without the HDS)
MFCS
(MCIC) service connector 07WA2-001010A
Test Mode 1
C h e c k t h e E C M / P C M for D T C s a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t E C M /
P C M { s e e p a g e 11-3) or F - C A N l o s s of c o m m u n i c a t i o n
e r r o r s first, then d o t h i s d i a g n o s i s if t h e H D S is not
available.
6. C h e c k for B - C A N D T C s indicated by the g a u g e

control m o d u l e odo/trip d i s p l a y w h i l e still in T e s t
M o d e 1. P u s h t h e o d o m e t e r s e l e c t / r e s e t button to
d i s p l a y the next c o d e . After you- get to the last c o d e ,
the d i s p l a y s h o w s E N D . If no D T C s a r e s t o r e d , the
d i s p l a y will read N O .
Are any DTCs
indicated?
1. C h e c k t h e No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e in the u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d No. 5 {7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s
7. R e c o r d all D T C s a n d sort t h e m .
Are the fuses
OK?
8. T r o u b l e s h o o t the D T C s In this order:
Battery v o l t a g e D T C s
N O F i n d a n d repair the c a u s e of the b l o w n f u s e .
f s e e p a g e 20-153),
3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d m o v e the
c e i l i n g light s w i t c h to the m i d d l e {door) position.
4. C o n n e c t t h e M F C S s e r v i c e c o n n e c t o r (A) to the
M I C U s e r v i c e c h e c k c o n n e c t o r s o c k e t (B) in the
* Internal error D T C s
L o s s of c o m m u n i c a t i o n D T C s
* S i g n a l error D T C s
. 9. C l e a r the D T C s by p r e s s i n g a n d holding the s e l e c t /
reset button for about 10 s e c o n d s . Y o u will h e a r a
b e e p to c o n f i r m the c o d e s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d .
O p e r a t e the d e v i c e s that failed, a n d r e c h e c k for
codes.

Test Mode 2
10. R e m o v e t h e M F C S s e r v i c e c o n n e c t o r f r o m the
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
service
c h e c k c o n n e c t o r s o c k e t for 510 s e c o n d s , then reinsert it to enter M o d e 2. W h e n t h e s y s t e m e n t e r s
M o d e 2, the ceiling light will f l a s h t w o t i m e s quickly
a n d t h e n go off.
MICU
(07WAZ-001010A)
W a i t 5 s e c o n d s , a n d w a t c h the ceiling light. W h e n

the c e i l i n g light f l a s h e s quickly o n c e a n d t h e n g o e s
off, the s y s t e m is in T e s t M o d e 1.
N O T E : If the M F C S s e r v i c e c o n n e c t o r is
d i s c o n n e c t e d for too short or too long of a t i m e , or
the ignition s w i t c h is turned to L O C K (0), the
s y s t e m will return to T e s t M o d e 1.
11. T h e f o l l o w i n g t a b l e s list t h e circuits that c a n be
c h e c k e d In T e s t M o d e 2. O p e r a t e the s w i t c h that is
m o s t c l o s e l y related to the p r o b l e m , if the circuit Is
O K , the ceiling light will blink o n c e . If the circuit Is
faulty, there will be no
indication.
(confd)
22-125.
Integrated Control System
Multiplex
Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode 1 and Test Mode 2

(without the HDS) (cont'd)
Driver's M I C U
Item
B r a k e pedal position s w i t c h (ON)
D r i v e r ' s door s w i t c h
Left r e a r d o o r s w i t c h (4-door)
T r u n k lid latch s w i t c h
Left rear d o o r lock knob s w i t c h ( U N L O C K )
(4-door)
"
W i p e r s w i t c h (HI/LO)
Wiper switch (INT/LO)
Wiper switch (MIST)
W a s h e r switch
W i p e r Intermittent d w e l l t i m e controller
Turn signal switch (LEFT)
Turn signal switch (RIGHT)
Hazard w a r n i n g s w i t c h (ON)
Headlight s w i t c h (ON)
Headlight s w i t c h ( O F F )
Lighting s w i t c h (ON)
D i m m e r s w i t c h (ON)
P a s s i n g s w i t c h (ON)
A / C pressure switch
T r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (P) (A/T)
Ignition key s w i t c h
Hood switch
B a c k - u p light s w i t c h
W i p e r m o t o r park position (Auto stop)
Poor Multiplex Control Unit

Item
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock s w i t c h ( U N L O C K )
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock s w i t c h ( L O C K )
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock knob s w i t c h ( U N L O C K )
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock knob s w i t c h ( L O C K )
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock key c y l i n d e r s w i t c h
(UNLOCK)*
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock key c y l i n d e r s w i t c h ( L O C K ) *
* A s e c o n d key is n e c e s s a r y to c h e c k the key
c y l i n d e r inputs. B e s u r e to rotate the key c y l i n d e r
s w i t c h t w o t i m e s to e a c h position (lock a n d lock,
unlock a n d unlock) to e n s u r e the d o o r lock knob
s w i t c h is in the a p p r o p r i a t e position.
Front P a s s e n g e r ' s P o w e r W i n d o w S w i t c h
Item
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r lock s w i t c h ( U N L O C K )
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r lock s w i t c h ( L O C K )
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r lock knob s w i t c h
(UNLOCK)
Does
the ceiling
light
work
properly
in all
switch
positions?
Y E S G o to function a n d input test for the s y s t e m
related to t h e failure.
R e a r w i n d o w d e f o g g e r s w i t c h ( H V A C only)
N O R e p a i r the o p e n , s h o r t , or r e p l a c e the faulty
Passenger's MICU
Item
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r s w i t c h
Right rear d o o r s w i t c h (4-door)
Right rear d o o r lock knob s w i t c h ( U N L O C K )
(4-door)
22-126
switch.
Sleep and Wake-up Mode Test

1. Shift to t h e s l e e p m o d e :
T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e key, t h e n o p e n a n d c l o s e t h e d r i v e r ' s door. If t h e M I C U
r e c e i v e s n o s i g n a l s f r o m t h e inputs listed b e l o w , it will g o into s l e e p m o d e in l e s s t h a n ' 4 0 s e c o n d s .
T r u n k lid latch s w i t c h {Trunk fid c l o s e d ) ( O F F )
Hazard warning switch (OFF)
2. C o n f i r m t h e s l e e p m o d e :
M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e o n t h e B - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n line ( P N K a n d B L U w i r e s ) ; t h e r e s h o u l d be battery v o l t a g e in
t h e s l e e p m o d e . C h e c k t h e p a r a s i t i c d r a w at t h e battery while- shifting into the s l e e p m o d e ; a m p e r a g e s h o u l d
c h a n g e f r o m a b o u t 200 m A to l e s s t h a n 3 5 m A ,
3, Shift to t h e w a k e u p m o d e :
W h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d O N (II), the d r i v e r ' s M I C U , p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U , g a u g e control m o d u l e ,
i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control unit, a n d E C M / P C M w a k e up at t h e s a m e t i m e w i t h o u t " t a l k i n g " to e a c h other t h r o u g h
t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n - l i n e s . W h e n a n y s w i t c h in t h e multiplex integrated control s y s t e m is t u r n e d o n , it w a k e s up its
related c o n t r o l unit w h i c h , in turn, w a k e s up t h e other units. After c o n f i r m i n g the s l e e p m o d e , look in the f o l l o w i n g
table- for t h e s w i t c h m o s t related to t h e p r o b l e m . O p e r a t e that s w i t c h a n d s e e if its control unit w a k e s up.
N O T E : If a n y c o n t r o l unit is faulty a n d w i l l not w a k e u p , s e v e r a l c i r c u i t s in t h e system, w i l l m a l f u n c t i o n at the s a m e
t i m e . In t h e t a b l e b e l o w , the c o n t r o l unit is f o l l o w e d by a list of the s w i t c h e s a n d input s i g n a l s t h a t c a n w a k e it up.
D r i v e r ' s d o o r s w i t c h (door o p e n )
Left r e a r d o o r s w i t c h ( d o o r o p e n ) (4-door)
T r u n k fid latch s w i t c h (Trunk fid o p e n )
Left r e a r d o o r Sock k n o b s w i t c h (4-door)
Hood switch (hood open)
H a z a r d w a r n i n g s w i t c h (ON)
C o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h ( Pa rk ing , H e a d l i g h t D i m m e r , P a s s i n g O N )
Ignition k e y s w i t c h (key i n s e r t e d )
22-127
iVluIt!ptex Integrated Control System

Circuit Diagram
X L
22-128
jl_
LTBLU
7
_o_.
.a.
-n_
_L
G505
G505
G1
G501
22-129
M u l t i p l e x
integrated Control
System
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC B10A2: Driver's MICU (EEPROM) Error
N O T E : Sf y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , be
s u r e to f o l l o w the instructions in B - C A N S y s t e m
D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
DTC B11A2: Passenger's MICU (EEPROM)

Error
N O T E : If y o u are troubleshooting multiple D T C s , be
sure to follow t h e instructions in B - C A N S y s t e m
Diagnosis Test Mode A ( s e e page 22-120).
1. C l e a r the D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
1. Clear the D T C s with t h e H D S .
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n back
to O N (SI).
2. Turn the ignition switch to L O C K (0) and then back

to ON (II).
3. W a i t for 6 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
3. Wait for 6 seconds or more.
4 . C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S .
4 . Check for D T C s with the H D S .
7 s DTC B10A2
indicated?
is DTC B11A2
Y E S F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s M I C U ; r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s

N O - - I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
time.H
22-130
indicated?
Y E S F a u l t y passenger's M I C U ; replace t h e
passenger's under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B
NOIntermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K a t this"
time.H
BODY
DTC B1036: Driver's MICU IG1 Line Input

Error
5. M e a s u r e t h e voltage b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e control
m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 3 2 a n d N o . 17.
N O T E : If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , b e
s u r e to f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N S y s t e m
D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120),
1. C l e a r t h e D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR
11
17
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n b a c k
toONfllK-
22 23 24
"^T
1/Ji/l/! 1/1 1 1 H / l / l l/T/T^

18
19
GND
(BLK)
l/l/l
1 3
28 | 27
28 29 30 ^
IG1
(BRN)
3. W a i t for 8 s e c o n d s o r m o r e .
Is DTC B1036
indicated?
is there
battery
voitage?
N O i n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k f o r l o o s e o r poor c o n n e c t i o n s a t t h e
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r C (5P).
If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , c h e c k t h e battery
c o n d i t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-88) a n d t h e c h a r g i n g
system,
Y E S F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s M I C U ; substitute a k n o w n good driver's under-dash fuse/relay box and

recheck.
N O C h e c k t h e N o . 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x . If t h e f u s e i s O K , c h e c k
for a n o p e n in the B L K w i r e o r . a poor c o n n e c t i o n at
G 5 G 2 , or a n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d t h e g a u g e control
m o d u l e , o r repair a s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box and the gauge
control m o d u l e .
22-131
Multiplex I n t e g r a t e d
Control
System

DTC B11C7: Passenger's MICU IG1 Line Input
Error
N O T E : If y o u are t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , be
s u r e to f o l l o w the instructions In B - C A N S y s t e m
9 . M e a s u r e the voltage between the p a s s e n g e r ' s

u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r A (38P)
terminal No. 3 5 and body ground.
PASSENGER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY

BOX CONNECTOR A (38P)
1. C l e a r the D T C s with t h e H D S .
2. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n back
to O N (II).
3 . W a i t for 6 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
Is DTC B11C7
indicated?
Is there battery
NOIntermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this

t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e o r poor c o n n e c t i o n s . If t h e
c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , c h e c k t h e battery condition
( s e e p a g e 22-88) a n d t h e c h a r g i n g s y s t e m .
Y E S F a u l t y p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U ; substitute a
known-good passenger's under-dash fuse/relay
box a n d r e c h e c k .
5. C h e c k the D T C s with the HDS.
Is DTC B11C7 indicated with DTC U1282?

Y E S G o t o DTC U1282 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^
N O G o to step 6.
7. D i s c o n n e c t p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e f a y b o x
c o n n e c t o r A (38P).
22-132
NOCheck
under-dash
for a n o p e n
under-dash
under-dash
voltage?
the No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s

f u s e / r e l a y box. If the f u s e i s O K , c h e c k
In t h e B R N w i r e b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s
fuse/relay box and the passenger's
fuse/relay box.B
DTC U0155: Driver's MICU Lost

DTC U0155: Passenger's MICU Lost

N O T E : If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , be
1. C l e a r t h e D T C s w i t h the H D S .
2. T u r n - t h e ignition switch; to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N fill.
to O N (II).
3, W a i t for 6 s e c o n d s o r m o r e ,
Is DTC
U0155
indicated?
is DTC
U0155
indicated?
Y E S G o to t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e input t e s t ,
a n d d o alt p o w e r , g r o u n d , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n
i n p u t t e s t s f s e e p a g e 22-320). If t h e t e s t s p r o v e O K ,
replace the gauge control module. II
Y E S G o to the g a u g e c o n t r o l - m o d u l e input test,
WOIntermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or poor c o n n e c t i o n s at the
g a u g e control m o d u l e (32P) a n d the related units.
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at the
g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e I32P) a n d t h e related u n i t s .
a n d d o all p o w e r , g r o u n d , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n
input t e s t s ( s e e p a g e 22-320). If the tests- p r o v e O K ,
r e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e . 11
22-133
Multiplex integrated Control System

DTC U0199: Drivers MICU Lost
Communication with Door Multiplex Control
Unit
s u r e to f o l l o w the i n s t r u c t i o n s In B - C A N S y s t e m
1. C l e a r the D T C s with the H D S .
to O N (II).
Is DTC
U0199
indicated?
Y E S G o to the d o o r m u l t i p l e x control unit input

t e s t , a n d d o all p o w e r , g r o u n d , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n
input t e s t s ( s e e p a g e 22-262). If the t e s t s p r o v e O K ,
r e p l a c e the p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h .
NOIntermittent failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k f o r l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at the
d o o r multiplex control unit 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r a n d the
related u n i t s .
22-134
DTC U1280: Communication Bus Line Error

(BUS-OFF)
is DTC
U1280
indicated
with each
individual
unit
disconnected?
3. W a i t f o r 6 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
N O G o to t h e input test for t h e c o n t r o l unit that

w a s d i s c o n n e c t e d w h e n D T C U 1 2 8 0 did not r e s e t
a n d d o all p o w e r a n d g r o u n d input t e s t s . If the t e s t s
p r o v e O K , r e p l a c e that u n s t . B
P a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 22-142).
to O N III).
Is DTC
U1280
indicated?
G a u g e control m o d u l e input t e s t ( s e e p a g e
22-320).
* D o o r multiplex control unit input t e s t ( s e e p a g e
22- 262).
* C l i m a t e control unit input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 21-164).

t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s , or w o r n /
s h o r t e d w i r e s . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , c h e c k
t h e battery c o n d i t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-88) a n d t h e
I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s c o n t r o l unit input test

( s e e p a g e 22-400).
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit input t e s t ( s e e p a g e
8
2 3 - 266).
chargingsystem.il
8, D i s c o n n e c t e a c h control unit c o n n e c t o r in t h e t a b l e .
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a p p r o p r i a t e c o n n e c t o r at e a c h
control unit in t h e t a b l e o n e at a t i m e . C l e a r the D T C ,
t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C s after e a c h unit is
Connector
Control Unit
Passenger's MICU
P a s s e n g e r ' s underd a s h f u s e / r e l a y box
disconnected.
Door multiplex
c o n n e c t o r A (38P)
37P connector
d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box
control unit
G a u g e control
32P connector
37 P c o n n e c t o r
module
Immobilizer-keyiess
7P connector
Connector
Control Unit
Passenger's MICU
P a s s e n g e r ' s under-
Door multiplex
control unit
control unit
G a u g e control
module
Immobilizer-keyiess
c o n t r o l unit
Audio unit'
Climate control unit*
HandsFreeLink
32P connector
C o n n e c t o r B (20P)
Audio unit*
C l i m a t e control u n i t *
28P connector
HandsFreeLink
control u n i t *
* 1:With p r e m i u m a u d i o s y s t e m
* 2: W i t h c l i m a t e control s y s t e m
* 3: U S A m o d e l s with c l i m a t e control s y s t e m
1
7P connector
28P connector
control unit*
* 1:With p r e m i u m a u d i o s y s t e m
* 2: W i t h c l i m a t e c o n t r o l s y s t e m
* 3: U S A m o d e l s w i t h c l i m a t e control s y s t e m
3
(cont'd)
22-135
Integrated Control
M u l t i p l e x
System

c o n n e c t o r P (20P).
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e

driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector P
( 2 0 P ) t e r m i n a l s N o . 5 a n d N o . 6 individually.
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h

f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r P (20P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 5
a n d No. 6 .
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY

BOX CONNECTOR P ( 2 0 P )
B-CAN LQ (BLU)

B-CAN HI (PNK)
5
1U
12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 ?n
B-CAN HI (PNK)
3
13 14 15
1U
16 17 18 19 ?n
12
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r a short to ground in the w i r e .

Is there
continuity?
N O G o to step 12.
Y E S R e p a i r short b e t w e e n t h e B - C A N w i r e s .
N O G o to step 11.
12. T u r n the ignition switch O N (II).

13. Measure the voltage between body ground a n d the
driver's under-dash fuse/relay b o x connector P
(20P) terminals No. 5 and No. 6 individually.
:

B-CAN LQ CBLUj
B-CAN Hi (PNK)
3 4 5 8 7 8 9 1U
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 ?n
12
Is there
voltage?
Y E S R e p a s r a short to p o w e r in the w i r e . i l
N O F a u l t y driver's M I C U , replace the driver's

u n d e r - d a s h fuse/relay b o x . B
22-136
DTC U1282: Passenger's MICU Lost

Communication with Driver's MICU
DTC U1283: Driver's MICU Lost

Communication with Passenger's MICU
N O T E : If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g m u l t i p l e D T C s , b e
N O T E : If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple. D T C s , be
s u r e to f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N S y s t e m -
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n b a c k

to O N (SI),
to O N (II).
3. W a i t for 6 s e c o n d s or m o r e ,
Is DTC
U1282
indicated?
Y E S G o to t h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U input test, a n d d o all

p o w e r , g r o u n d , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n input t e s t s
( s e e p a g e 22-138), If t h e t e s t s p r o v e O K , r e p l a c e the
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.M
is DTC
U1283
indicated?
Y E S G o to the p a s s e n g e r ' s MSCU input test, a n d

d o all p o w e r , g r o u n d , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n input
t e s t s ( s e e p a g e 22-142). If the t e s t s p r o v e O K ,
r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x . B
JN0Intermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at d r i v e r ' s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r P (20P) a n d
t h e related units.
the related units.
22-137

MICU Input Test
N O T E : B e f o r e t e s t i n g , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e multiplex integrated control unit first, u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t
M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
Driver's MICU
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d r e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-153).
2. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r s N, P, Q, a n d R.
N O T E : A l l c o n n e c t o r v i e w s a r e w i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s .
COWWECTOR N (16P}
CONNECTOR Q |20P)
BLK
pj
TL
11
12
/ / / /
13
14
BLK
15
16
^8
17
BLU
PNK
20
COfMPJECTOR R (24P)
BLK
WHT
n
3
13
14
15
16
17
18
10
19
20
11
12
2-
. n
4
13
14
15
16
17
18
//
BRN
3. I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d contact.
* If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e o r c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
If t h e t e r m i n a l s look O K , g o to s t e p 4.
22-138
/ /
LT BLU
CONNECTOR P (20P)
18
n
9
10
21
22
4. W i t h t h e c o n n e c t o r s still d i s c o n n e c t e d , , m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r s .
* If a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
If all t h e input t e s t s p r o v e O K , g o to s t e p 5.
Cavity
Wire
P5
BLU
T e s t condition
Test: Desired resylt
rOSSlOI G l o s s IT G6Str@u
result Is not obtained
PS
Immobilizer-keyiess
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l
c o n t r o l unit IP
P5 a n d the i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s c o n t r o l
connector
unit 7 P c o n n e c t o r - t e r m i n a l N o . 3 : .
disconnected
T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity.
PNK
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l
A n o p e n in t h e w i r e
A n - o p e n in t h e w i r e
P6 a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s c o n t r o l
. unit 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4:
P5
BLU
Gauge control
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e terminal"
module 32P
P5 a n d the g a u g e - c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P
connector
c o n n e c t o r terminal--No. 18:
disconnected
PNK
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y - b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l
P S a n d the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P ,
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 19:
T h e r e s h o u l d b e continuity.
P5
P6
BLU
Door multiplex
c o n t r o l unit 3 7 P
P 5 a n d the d o o r . m u l t i p l e x c o n t r o l unit 3 7 P
connector
connector terminal No. 33:
disconnected
T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y .
PNK
A n o p e n i n the wire
P6 a n d t h e d o o r m u l t i p l e x control unit 3 7 P
P5
BLU
P a s s e n g e r ' s under-
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l "
d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box
P5 a n d t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e /
r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r A (38P) t e r m i n a l
disconnected
N o . 29:
P6
PNK
P5
BLU
P6 a n d the p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e /
r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r A (38P) t e r m i n a l
N o . 11:
C l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit
c o n n e c t o r B (12P)
P5 a n d t h e c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B
disconnected
(12P)
t e r m i n a l
No.
2:
P6
PNK
P 6 a n d t h e c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B
(12P) t e r m i n a l N o . 1:
(confd)
22-139

MICU Input Test (cont'd)
Cavity
Wire
T e s t condition
P5
BLU
A u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
B(20P)*
Test: Desired result

C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the terminal-
Possible cause If desired

result is not obtained
P5 a n d the a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P)
disconnected .
t e r m i n a l No. 8:
. P6
PNK
P5
BLU
P6 a n d the a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P) t e r m i n a l No. 18:
A n o p e n In the w i r e
HandsFreeLink
C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l
c o n t ro l unit 2 8 P
P5 a n d the H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 2 8 P
connector*
disconnected
P6
Q16
PNK
LT
U n d e r all c o n d i t i o n s
BLU
* 1: W i t h p r e m i u m a u d i o s y s t e m
* 2:-USA m o d e l s with navigation s y s t e m
22-140
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No 17:
P6 a n d the H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 2 8 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 18:
A n o p e n In t h e w i r e
C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l
Q 1 6 a n d t h e data link c o n n e c t o r 16P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 7:
A n o p e n In t h e w i r e '
5. R e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s to the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t u r n the ignition s w i t c h to ON (II), a n d m a k e

t h e s e input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r s .
* If a n y test i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
* If all t h e input t e s t s p r o v e O K , g o to s t e p 6.
N O T E : T h e s e a r e p o w e r a n d g r o u n d t e s t s for the multiplex Integrated control u n i t
T e s t condition
Cavity
Wire
N12
BLK
M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e to g r o u n d :
01
BLK
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.5 V .
T h e r e s h o u l d b e l e s s t h a n 0.5 V .
02
BRN
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e t o ; g r o u n d :
R2
BRN
Possible cause if desired result is not

obtained
P o o r g r o u n d CG5G2)
* Poor ground (G502)
* A n o p e n in the w i r e
Poor ground (G501)
* A n o p e n In t h e w i r e
' Poor g r o u n d ( G 5 0 1 )
Poor g r o u n d ( G 5 0 2 )
* B l o w n No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e In the
R5
BLK
P9
WHT
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e to- g r o u n d :
T h e r e s h o u l d be battery v o l t a g e .

* Faulty driver's u n d e r - d a s h f u s e /
'relay b o x ....
P20
BRN
Ignition s w i t c h O N
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e to g r o u n d :
(ID
T h e r e s h o u l d be battery v o l t a g e ,
* A n o p e n in t h e w i r e
B l o w n N o . 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e In the
-driver's, u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
box
Faulty driver's under-dash f u s e /
relay b o x .
(cont'd)
22-141
-Multiplex I n t e g r a t e d Control
System

Passenger's MICU
6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d r e m o v e t h e right kick p a n e l .
* 2-door (see p a g e 20-97)
4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
7. D i s c o n n e c t p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r s A a n d E .
CONNECTOR E C18P)
CONNECTOR A (38P)
WHT
JZ
If
BRN BLK
10
/
12 13
6 7 8
15 16
BLK
BLK
BLK
8. I n s p e c t the c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d contact.

* If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e o r c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* If t h e t e r m i n a l s look O K , g o to s t e p 9.
9. - R e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s to the p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box, turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d
m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s a t t h e c o n n e c t o r s .
8
If a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* If all the input t e s t s p r o v e O K , g o to s t e p 10.

Cavity
Wire
T e s t condition
A14
WHT
U n d e r ail
A35
BRN
A36
BLK
A37
E15
conditions
O N (IS)
P o s s i b l e c a u s e If d e s i r e d r e s y l t i s n o t
obtained
* B l o w n No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r hood fuse/relay box
* Faulty driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
* B l o w n N o . 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s
U n d e r all
Poor ground (G505)
conditions
BLK
U n d e r all
BLK
conditions
U n d e r all
conditions
E16
BLK
Poor ground (G201)
U n d e r all
conditions
10. If multiple f a i l u r e s a r e f o u n d o n m o r e t h a n o n e control unit, r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x

( i n c l u d e s t h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U ) ( s e e p a g e 22-84). If input f a i l u r e s a r e related to a particular control unit, r e p l a c e t h e
control u n i t .
22-142
Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System
BODY

4~doOT
IGNITION KEY
LOGIC BUTTON
PANIC BUTTON
UNLOCK BUTTON
TRANSMITTER
Test page 22-175
Registration, page 22-402
II!fVIOBILIZR-IEYLE8S CONTROL
UNIT (Buift-iff receiver)
GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE
NAVIGATION
AUDIO UNIT
UNIT
or
DRIVER'S MICU
(Built into the driver's
ynder-dash fyse/relay box)
Input Test page 22-161
HORNS
Test/Replacement
page 22-179
HOOD SWITCH*
Test page 22-173
; With security
PASSENGER'S MICU
(Built into the passenger's under-dash fyse/reiav box)
ie22-164
Input Test page
HEADLIGHTS
B u l b Replacement page 22-211
(confd)
22-143
Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security
System

4-door
LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR/KNOB SWITCH*

Actuator Test page 22-171
Knob Switch Test, page 22-172
FRONT PASSENGER'S POWER

WINDOW SWITCH
(With built-in control unit and
front passengers door lock
switch)
Input Test, page 22-170
TRUNK LID RELEASE

ACTUATOR/LATCH SWITCH
Latch Switch Test, page 22-236
FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR/KNOB SWITCH
Actuator Test, page 22-171
Knob Switch Test page 22-172
RIGHT REAR DOOR SWITCH
: With secyiitv
22-144
FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR SWITCH
RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR/KNOB SWITCH*

Knob Switch Test, page 22-172
TAILLOHT
Bulb Replacement, page 22-211
22-145
Keyless/Power Door
Locks/Security
System

2-door
IGNITION KEY
LOCK BUTTON
PANIC BUTTON
UNLOCK BUTTON
TRANSMITTER
Test, page 22-175
Registration, page 22-402
IMMOBILIZER-KEYLESS CONTROL
UNIT (Built-in receiver)
GAUGE CONTROL
IVIODULE
NAVIGATION UNIT o r -
AUDIO UNIT
DRIVER'S MICU
yrider-dash fuse/relay box)
HORNS
Test/Replacement,
page 22-179
HOOD SWITCH*
Test page 22-173
*: With security
22-146
PASSENGER'S MICU
(Built into the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box)
HEADLIGHTS
Adjustment page 22-209
Bulb Replacement page 22-211
DRIVER'S DOOR SWITCH
FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR SWITCH

*: With security
(confd)
22-147
Keyless/Power
Door Locks/Secyrity

2-door
TA1LLIOHT
22-148
System
S f stem Description
Security Alarm
T h e s e c u r i t y a l a r m s y s t e m Is a r m e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y after
t h e d o o r s , h o o d , a n d trunk lid a r e c l o s e d a n d l o c k e d .
F o r t h e s y s t e m to a r m , t h e ignition s w i t c h m u s t be in
the L O C K (0) p o s i t i o n , t h e k e y m u s t b e r e m o v e d f r o m
t h e ignition s w i t c h , a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s a n d p a s s e n g e r ' s
M I C U s m o s t r e c e i v e s i g n a l s that t h e d o o r s , h o o d , a n d
trunk Sid a r e c l o s e d and l o c k e d , T h e a l a r m c a n b e
d i s a r m e d at a n y t i m e b y u n l o c k i n g t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r
w i t h t h e k e y o r p r e s s i n g t h e U N L O C K button o n t h e
transmitter.
W h e n e v e r y t h i n g is c l o s e d a n d Socked, the o n l y i n p u t s
that a r e g r o u n d e d , a n d h a v e 0 V , a r e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r
lock k n o b s w i t c h CLOCK, position) a n d t h e a u d i o unit o r
n a v i g a t i o n unit (if e q u i p p e d ) , Sn o t h e r w o r d s , all of the
o t h e r s w i t c h e s a r e o p e n , a n d h a v e a b o u t 10 to 12 V ,
including the key cylinder switches, T h e security
i n d i c a t o r in t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e b e g i n s to f l a s h
i m m e d i a t e l y after t h e v e h i c l e is c o m p l e t e l y c l o s e d a n d
l o c k e d , a n d 15 s e c o n d s later, t h e s e c u r i t y s y s t e m a r m s .
If t h e s e c u r i t y i n d i c a t o r d o e s not f l a s h , t h e s y s t e m is not
a r m i n g , A b e e p s o u n d s a n d the p a r k i n g lights f l a s h to
c o n f i r m t h e s e c u r i t y a l a r m s y s t e m i s a r m e d if t h e L O C K
button is p r e s s e d a s e c o n d t i m e w i t h i n 5 s e c o n d s .
If o n e of t h e s w i t c h e s i s m i s a d j u s t e d o r s h o r t e d
internally, or t h e r e is a s h o r t in t h e circuit, t h e s e c u r i t y
s y s t e m w i l l not a r m , A s l o n g a s t h e c o nt rol unit
c o n t i n u e s to r e c e i v e a g r o u n d s i g n a l (0 V ) , it s e n s e s that,
t h e v e h i c l e i s not c l o s e d a n d l o c k e d , a n d t h e s y s t e m will
not a r m . A s w i t c h t h a t is s l i g h t l y m i s a d j u s t e d c a n c a u s e
t h e a l a r m to s o u n d for n o a p p a r e n t r e a s o n . In t h i s c a s e ,
a s i g n i f i c a n t c h a n g e in o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e
v i b r a t i o n of a p a s s i n g truck, or s o m e o n e b u m p i n g into
t h e v e h i c l e c o u l d c a u s e t h e a l a r m to s o u n d . T h e r e is no
g l a s s breakage or motion detector feature.
If a n y t h i n g is o p e n e d o r i m p r o p e r l y u n l o c k e d after the
s y s t e m i s a r m e d , t h e c o n t r o l unit r e c e i v e s a g r o u n d
s i g n a l f r o m that s w i t c h , a n d t h e 10 to 12 V r e f e r e n c e
d r o p s to 0 V, If t h e a u d i o unit o r n a v i g a t i o n unit (if
e q u i p p e d ) is d i s c o n n e c t e d , t h e input l o s e s its g r o u n d ,
a n d the Input v o l t a g e g o e s to 10 to 12 V. T h e s y s t e m
s o u n d s t h e a l a r m w h e n a n y of t h e s e o c c u r :
W h e n t h e s y s t e m s o u n d s t h e a l a r m , the h o r n s o u n d s
a n d t h e e x t e r i o r lights f l a s h for 2 m i n u t e s . T h e a l a r m
c a n be s t o p p e d at a n y t i m e b y u n l o c k i n g the d r i v e r ' s
d o o r w i t h t h e key or b y p r e s s i n g a n y button on.the
transmitter.
Keyless Entry System

T h e k e y l e s s entry s y s t e m is integrated w i t h t h e
multiplex integrated control s y s t e m . T h e m u l t i p l e x
integrated c o n t r o l unit ( M I C U ) r e c e i v e s L O C K , U N L O C K ,
a n d P A N I C s i g n a l s f r o m the i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control
unit ( k e y l e s s r e c e i v e r ) ,
T h e k e y l e s s entry s y s t e m a l l o w s y o u to lock a n d unlock
t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e transmitter. W h e n y o u p r e s s the
L O C K button, all d o o r s lock. W h e n y o u p r e s s the
U N L O C K button o n c e , o n l y t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r u n l o c k s .
T h e other d o o r s will u n l o c k w h e n y o u p r e s s the button
a s e c o n d t i m e . T h e d o o r s will not lock w i t h t h e
t r a n s m i t t e r if a d o o r i s not fully c l o s e d , or if t h e key is in
t h e ignition s w i t c h .
W h e n the s w i t c h for the c e i l i n g light is in t h e c e n t e r
( D O O R ) p o s i t i o n , it will c o m e o n w h e n t h e U N L O C K
button is p r e s s e d . If a d o o r is not o p e n e d , the light will
g o off a n d t h e d o o r s will relock in a b o u t 30 s e c o n d s . If
t h e d o o r s a r e l o c k e d w i t h t h e t r a n s m i t t e r w i t h i n 30
s e c o n d s , t h e light w i l l go off i m m e d i a t e l y .
Panic Mode
T h e p a n i c m o d e s o u n d s the a l a r m in o r d e r to attract
attention. W h e n the P A N I C button on t h e t r a n s m i t t e r is
p r e s s e d a n d h e l d for 2 s e c o n d s , the' h o r n s o u n d s a n d
t h e e x t e r i o r fights f l a s h for a b o u t 20 s e c o n d s .
T h e p a n i c m o d e c a n be c a n c e l l e d at a n y t i m e by
p r e s s i n g a n y button on the t r a n s m i t t e r o r b y t u r n i n g t h e
ignition s w i t c h O N (II). T h e p a n i c m o d e will not f u n c t i o n
if t h e ignition s w i t c h is O N (II).
* A d o o r or t h e trunk Sid i s f o r c e d o p e n ,
* A d o o r i s u n l o c k e d w i t h o u t u s i n g t h e key or t h e
transmitter.
* T h e h o o d is o p e n e d .
* T h e a u d i o unit or n a v i g a t i o n unit (if e q u i p p e d ) is
disconnected,
* T h e t r a n s m i t t e r P A N I C button is p r e s s e d .
22-149

Circuit Diagram
22-150
(confd)
22-151

0.3-3
SLTW
WOJIASF/BI
FUSE/RELAY BOX!
22-152
V V
22-153
keyless/Power
Door
Locks/Security System
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC B1127: Driver's Door Key Cylinder
Switch Signal Error (LOCK/UNLOCK)

10. D i s c o n n e c t the d o o r m u l t i p l e x control unit 3 7 P
connector.
SMOTE: If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , be
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the d o o r m u l t i p l e x

control unit 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2 8 , No. 29
a n d b o d y - g r o u n d individually.
1. C l e a r the D T C s w i t h the H D S .
2 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N (II).
DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT 37P CONNECTOR

!
1
3. Insert the ignition key into the d r i v e r ' s d o o r key

c y l i n d e r s w i t c h , a n d turn the key to the L O C K a n d
U N L O C K p o s i t i o n s 10 t i m e s .
4.
12
25
B1127
3
'16
26
LJ
Is DTC
27
28
17 /
30
29
LJ
LOCK (ORN)
I
6
8
2
19
31 3 2
2 1
33
9
2
11
10
2
34
35
LJ
24
36
37
- LJ
UNLOCK (BRN)
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the d r i v e r ' s d o o r key

c y l i n d e r s w i t c h s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e .
Is there
continuity?
. Y E S R e p a i r a s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e L O C K or
5. W i t h the d r i v e r ' s d o o r key c y l i n d e r in the neutral .

p o s i t i o n , s e l e c t K E Y L E S S w i t h the H D S , a n d e n t e r
DATA LIST.
UNLOCK wire.
N O R e p l a c e the power w i n d o w master switch
6. C h e c k the O N / O F F information of the D R I V E R ' S

DOOR K E Y CYLINDER S W I T C H (LOCK) and .
DRIVER'S DOOR K E Y CYLINDER SWITCH
( U N L O C K ) in the D A T A L I S T .
(see p a g e 22-275).
13.
Are
both information
indicators
OFF?

connector.
7. D i s c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock a c t u a t o r 10P
connector.
8. C h e c k the O N / O F F information of the D R I V E R ' S
DOOR K E Y C Y L I N D E R S W I T C H (LOCK) and
DRIVER'S DOOR K E Y CYLINDER SWITCH
( U N L O C K ) in the D A T A L I S T .
Are
both information
indicators
OFF?
Y E S F a u l t y driver's door key cylinder switch;

r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock actuator. I I
22-154
D i s c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock actuator 10P

connector.
II
15.
BODY
C h e e k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e d o o r multiplex
DTC-B1128: Driver's Door Lock Switch Signal
c o n t r o l unit 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 28 a n d
Error ( L O C K / U N L O C K )
II
No. 29.
N O T E : if y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , be
D O O R M U L T I P L E X C O N T R O L U N I T 37P
12
[/]
1 45
18 [14
25
l/ll
CONNECTOR
I
6
1 0 11
24
9 [2 0 j 2112J[23
2. L o c k a n d u n l o c k t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r w i t h t h e d r i v e r ' s
26127 2 8 2 9 3 0 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6
LOCK {ORN!
37
UMLOCIC <BRN)
d o o r lock s w i t c h .
is DTC

is there
B1128
indicated?
Y E S G o t o step 4 .
continuity?
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or poor c o n n e c t i o n . -
Y E S R e p a i r a short between the L O C K and
UNLOCK wires.
4 . W i t h t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock s w i t c h in t h e neutral

position, select D O O R L O C K from the B O D Y
NOSubstitute a known-good power window
E L E C T R I C A L s y s t e m s e l e c t m e n u , . a n d enter D A T A
m a s t e r s w i t c h . If t h e s y m p t o m g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e
LIST.
t h e o r i g i n a l p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h . Sf n o t
r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock actuator.
5 . C h e c k t h e O N / O F F i n f o r m a t i o n of t h e D R I V E R ' S
DOOR LOCK SWITCH (LOCK) and DRIVER'S DOOR
LOCK SWITCH (UNLOCK).
Are
both
information
..
indicators
OFF?.
N O R e p l a c e the p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h ,
6. O p e r a t e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock s w i t c h in the L O C K
and U N L O C K position; and c h e c k the O N / O F F
i n f o r m a t i o n of t h e D R I V E R ' S D O O R L O C K S W I T C H
(LOCK) and DRIVER'S DOOR L O C K S W I T C H
(UNLOCK).
Are both
(LOCK)
DRIVER'S
(UNLOCK)
time
when
UNLOCK
DOOR
and DRIVER'S
information
the door
LOCK
DOOR
lock
indicators
switch
SWITCH
LOCK
SWITCH
ON at the
is in the LOCK
same
or
position?
Y E S R e p l a c e the p o w e r w i n d o w master switch.

WO~Intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s .
22-155

DTC B1129: Driver's Door Lock Knob Switch
Signal Error (LOCK/UNLOCK)
7. D i s c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock a c t u a t o r 10P
8. C h e c k the O N / O F F I n f o r m a t i o n of the D R I V E R ' S
connector.
s u r e to f o l l o w the i n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N S y s t e m
DOOR L O C K KNOB SWITCH-(LOCK) and DRIVER'S
D O O R L O C K K N O B S W I T C H ( U N L O C K ) in the'
DATA LIST.
Are
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0) a n d t h e n b a c k

to O N (IS).
3. O p e r a t e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock k n o b s w i t c h s e v e r a l
both
information
YESGoto
indicators
OFF?
s t e p 12.
W O G o t o step 9.
times,
Is DTC B1129
connector.
indicated?
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e d o o r m u l t i p l e x
control unit 37P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 3 0 , N o . 31

MOIntermittent failure, the d r i v e r ' s d o o r Sock
and body ground
individually.
knob s w i t c h s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
loose or poor connections.
DOOR IVIULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT 37P CONNECTOR
5. S e l e c t K E Y L E S S f r o m t h e B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L m e n u ,
1
a n d e n t e r the D A T A L I S T .
12
6. C h e c k the O N / O F F i n f o r m a t i o n of the D R I V E R ' S
D O O R L O C K K N O B S W I T C H ( L O C K ) a n d the
DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH (UNLOCK).
Is the DRIVER'S
(LOCK)
DOOR
information
DRIVER'S
DOOR
(UNLOCK)
information
driver's
and
door
lock
LOCK
(LOCK)
the DRIVER'S
driver's
switch
lock
knob
LOCK
9 10 11
LJ
LJ
LOCK (YEL)
I J
UNLOCK (WHT)
24
37
LJ
position,
Is there
KNOB
indicator
KNOB
OFF and
SWITCH
ON with
in
the
the
continuity?
YESRepair
a s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e L O C K or
U N L O C K wire.
UNLOCK
N O R e p l a c e the p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r switch
(see page
Y E S R e p l a c e the p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h
( s e e p a g e 22-275). I I
22-156
with
position?
NOGoto
SWITCH
in LOCK
indicator
switch
1 617
9 20 21 22 23
13 14
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
SWITCH
OFF
LOCK
information
information
door
KNOB
DOOR
DOOR
(UNLOCK)
KNOB
ON and the
indicator
knob
is the DRIVER'S
SWITCH
LOCK
indicator
25
step7.
22-275).
12. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e d o o r multiplex

control unit 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 3 0 a n d
No. 3 1 ,
POOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT 37P CONNECTOR
1 0 . 1 1
12
l]T^[7Tl 6~) ~\T{/\\ 9 120[2?1^|23
24
25
2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 35 3 6
37
OP
LOCK (YEL)
UNLOCK (WHT)
is there
continuity
Y E S R e p a i r a short between the L O C K a n d

UNLOCK wires.
W O C h e c k for a n o p e n in t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock
s w i t c h ( L O C K ) w i r e o r t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock knob
s w i t c h ( U N L O C K ) w i r e b e t w e e n t h e d o o r multiplex
c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock k n o b s w i t c h .
If O K , r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock actuator.

Power Door Locks/Keyless
1, C h e c k for B - C A N D T C s . If a n y B - C A N D T C s a r e Indicated, t r o u b l e s h o o t a n d r e s o l v e t h e m first.
2. If the d o o r lock s y s t e m a n d the k e y l e s s operation do not w o r k , t r o u b l e s h o o t the door l o c k s first.
N O T E : T h e s y s t e m d o e s not function w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is O N (II).
No.
1
Cheek Items
Symptom
All the d o o r s will not lock or
unlock.*
Poor g r o u n d ( G 5 0 1 , G 5 0 2 , G 5 0 5 , G 6 0 1 , G 6 5 1 )
D r i v e r ' s d o o r key c y l i n d e r s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e 22-173).
Door switch test (check the door switch ON/OFF information with the HDS)
D o o r lock s w i t c h t e s t ( c h e c k the d o o r s w i t c h O N / O F F information
w i t h the H D S )
A l s o , c h e c k for continuity of t h e U A R T line b e t w e e n the d o o r

multiplex control unit 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r No. 27 t e r m i n a l a n d the front
p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r No. 29 t e r m i n a l .
2
D r i v e r ' s a n d left rear (4-door)

d o o r s will not lock or unlock.
Poor ground (G501, G502, G 5 0 5 , G601)

s
B l o w n No. 24 (20 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box

B l o w n No. 25 (10 A) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
Driver's- M I C U input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 22-138).
D o o r multiplex control unit input test ( s e e p a g e 22-167).
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s a n d right rear

(4-door) d o o r s w i l l not lock or
unlock.
4
5
K e y l e s s o p e r a t i o n d o e s not
work (LOCK, U N L O C K , PANIC).
D o o r s will not u n l o c k w i t h the
transmitter, but will unlock w i t h
the d o o r Sock s w i t c h a n d the
d o o r key c y l i n d e r s w i t c h .
D o o r s will not lock w i t h the
transmitter, but will lock w i t h
the door lock s w i t c h a n d the
d o o r key c y l i n d e r s w i t c h .
* Poor ground ( G 5 0 1 , G 5 0 2 , G 5 0 5 , G 6 0 1 )
B l o w n No. 1 ( A S F / B ) ( 4 0 A ) f u s e in the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x
Blown N o . 10 (10 A) fuse in the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box
* Blown N o . 13 (20 A ) fuse in the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay b o x
P a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U input test ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 1 4 2 ) .
* D o o r multiplex control unit input test ( s e e p a g e 22-167).
* S y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 22-160).
* D o o r lock s w i t c h test ( c h e c k the d o o r s w i t c h O N / O F F information
w i t h the H D S )
S y m p t o m troubleshooting (see page 2 2 - 1 6 0 ) .
D o o r lock s w i t c h test (check the d o o r s w i t c h O N / O F F information
w i t h the H D S )
D o o r s a u t o m a t i c a l l y relock 30
s e c o n d s after b e i n g u n l o c k e d
w i t h the t r a n s m i t t e r e v e n
though a door has been opened.
O n l y d r i v e r ' s d o o r will u n l o c k or
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock knob s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 1 7 2 ) .
d o o r Socks relock i m m e d i a t e l y
after u n l o c k i n g w i t h the r e m o t e .
9
T h e horn d o e s not s o u n d w h e n
S y m p t o m troubleshooting (see page 2 2 - 1 5 9 ) .
P A N I C button o n the t r a n s m i t t e r
10
pressed ( U S A only).
K e y l e s s o p e r a t i o n will w o r k
Ignition key s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e 22-247).
e v e n t h o u g h the ignition key is

in the ignition s w i t c h .
* : If o n l y o n e d o o r is not w o r k i n g properly, c h e c k that d o o r ' s lock actuator first, t h e n c h e c k the other i t e m s listed
in t h i s table.
22-158
The horn does not sound and/or the

headlights do.not flash w
h
e
n the PANIC
button on the transmitter Is pressed
D
o
o
r
s automatically relock 30 s
e
c
o
n
d
s after
being unlocked with the transmitter e
v
e
n
though a door has b
e
e
no
p
e
n
e
d
N O T E : Before troubleshooting, check the B-CAN DTCs.
NOTE:
* B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , c h e c k the B - C A N D T C s . if a n y
D T C i s i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e . i n d i c a t e d D T C first.
If a n y D T C Is i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C
first.
1. P r e s s t h e P A N I C button.
Do the horns
sound?
* T h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r s w i t c h a n d t h e left rear d o o r s w i t c h

a r e c o n n e c t e d to t h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U , a n d t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r s w i t c h a n d t h e right r e a r d o o r
s w i t c h a r e c o n n e c t e d to the p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U .
1. P l a c e t h e c e i l i n g light s w i t c h in t h e D O O R p o s i t i o n .
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (If),
3. W a t c h t h e c e l l i n g light a n d the d o o r i n d i c a t o r s o n
2, P r e s s t h e h o r n button.
Do the horns sound ?
the gauge control module.

Do the ceiling
when
each
light
door
and door
is opened,
indicators
and go off
come
when
door
N O D o t h e h o r n s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e 22-180).
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d d r i v e r ' s (or
is
on
each
closed?
p a s s e n g e r ' s ) M I C U a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m
3. T u r n t h e h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h to O N (If).
Do the headlights
come on ?
g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original M I C U . B
N O R e p a i r a n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s
(or p a s s e n g e r ' s ) M I C U a n d e a c h d o o r s w i t c h . If t h e
w i r e is O K , r e p l a c e t h e d o o r s w i t c h .
N O C h e c k t h e lighting c i r c u i t
4, D o t h e t r a n s m i t t e r t e s t ( s e e p a g e 22-175).
Is the transmitter
OK?
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a known-good immobilizerk e y l e s s c o n t r o l unit a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e r e is still a

problem, substitute a known-good driver's M I C U
a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e p r o b l e m g o e s a w a y , replace t h e
o r i g i n a l i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit or
MICU.B
WOReplace the transmitter. H
22-159
K e y l e s s / P o w e r Door Locks/Security System

Keyless operation does not work (LOCK,
U N L O C K , PANIC)
Doors will not unlock {or lock) with the

transmitter, but will unlock (lock) with the
door switch
NOTE:
* B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , c h e c k t h e B - C A N D T C s . Sf a n y
DTC
is i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t the i n d i c a t e d D T C first.
N O T E : Before troubleshooting, check the B - C A N D T C s .

If a n y D T C is i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C
* Before troubleshooting, do the keyless transmitter

first
test ( s e e p a g e 22-175).
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Oh
2.
T r y to start t h e e n g i n e .
2.
Does
3. C l o s e a n d lock t h e d o o r s .
the engine
start?
R e m o v e the Ignition k e y f r o m t h e ignition s w i t c h .
4 . T r y to l o c k / u n l o c k t h e d o o r s w i t h t h e k e y l e s s
Y E S T h e i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m is O K , g o to s t e p 3.
transmitter.
W O G o to the I m m o b i l i z e r s y m p t o m
Do
the door
lock
actuators
work
normally?
Y E S i n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.H
4. T e s t the t r a n s m i t t e r ( s e e p a g e 22-175).
is the transmitter
OK ?
5= O p e n the d r i v e r ' s d o o r .
Y E S R e p l a c e the I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control
Does
the key-in
reminder
chime
sound?
linita
Y E S F a u l t y Ignition k e y s w i t c h , or s h o r t to g r o u n d
N O R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i t t e r .
o n t h e Ignition s w i t c h w i r e . R e p a i r a s n e c e s s a r y .
6. Do the t r a n s m i t t e r t e s t ( s e e p a g e 22-175).
Is the transmitter
OK ?
YES-Substitute a known-good driver's under-dash

-fuse/relay b o x a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e r e is still a
problem, substitute a known-good immobilizerk e y i e s s control unit a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e p r o b l e m
g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original i m m o b i l i z e r k e y i e s s control unit.
N O R e p l a c e the t r a n s m l t t e r . i l
22-160
|||
BODY
Control Unit input Test

N O T E : B e f o r e t e s t i n g , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e m u l t i p l e x integrated control unit first, u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t
M o d e A f s e e p a g e 2 2 - 1 2 0 ) , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e lighting s y s t e m w o r k s properly.
Driver's fVHCU
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO), a n d r e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r .
2. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r s D, F, G , N, Q, a n d R.
CONNECTOR D (16P)
YEL
LTGRN
2
10
ORN
CONNECTOR N(16P)
WHT
J
6 7 8
11 12 13 14 15 18
5
BRN
ORN
YEL
BLK
GRY
10
CONNECTOR Q (20P)
GRN
BRN
BLK
21
22 2 3 24 25
10 11 12
2? 28 2 9 30
14
ORN
CONNECTOR F!33P)
^20
12
13
1.4
at
32
15 16
17
18
/ / / /
/
/
\
~8~
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
7
20
WHT
GRN/YEL
CONNECTOR R (24P)
CONNECTOR G (13P)
BLK
BRN
p.
JL.
13 14 15 16 17 18
/ /
10
21 22
/
/
3 . I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to b e s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t
* If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e b e n t , l o o s e o r c o r r o d e d , r e p a i r t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
(confd)
22-161

Control Unit Input Test (cont'd)
4. R e c o n n e c t c o n n e c t o r F, a n d m a k e t h e s e Input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r s .
If a n y test i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
N O T E : Before t e s t i n g , m a k e s u r e t h e No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x is O K .
Cavity
Wire
D2
(4-door)
YEL
D9
ORN
(4-door)
T e s t condition
P o s s i b l e cause If d e s i r e d
T e s t : D e s i r e d result
Connect terminal
Check actuator operation:
F11 to t e r m i n a l D2
T h e left rear d o o r lock
(or D9), a n d
a c t u a t o r s h o u l d U N L O C K (or
t e r m i n a l D 9 1 o r D2)
LOCK).
r e s u l t Is n o t o b t a i n e d
F a u l t y left rear d o o r lock
actuator
to b o d y g r o u n d .
D16
ORN
F23
G R N / Y E L " ' U n d e r all
Connect terminal
F11 to t e r m i n a l
D16 m o m e n t a r i l y
conditions

T h e trunk lid r e l e a s e a c t u a t o r
should work.
A t t a c h to g r o u n d :
* B l o w n No. 10 (20 A ) f u s e in
the under-hood fuse/relay box
* F a u l t y horn relay
Faulty horn
The horns should sound.
P o o r g r o u n d (G602)
F a u l t y trunk lid r e l e a s e '
actuator
N1
N2
22-162
YEL
ORN
Connect terminal
F11 to t e r m i n a l N1
(or N2), a n d
t e r m i n a l N2 (or N1)
to b o d y g r o u n d .

T h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock
LOCK).
F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock
actuator
5. R e c o n n e c t the r e m a i n i n g c o n n e c t o r s to the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the

connectors.
* If a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , then r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
* If all t h e input t e s t s p r o v e O K , g o to step 6 .
Cavity
Wire
T e s t condition
Test: Desired
result
D8
BLK
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e to. g r o u n d :
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s than.0.5 V .
Q1
BLK
Q2
BRN
R2
BRN
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.5 V
P o s s i b l e c a u s e if d e s i r e d
, * A n o p e n in. the w i r e
* P o o r g r o u n d CG502)
* A n . o p e n in the w i r e
* Poor g r o u n d CG5G2)
R5
BLK
D4
LT
{4-doorl
GRN
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.5 V.
Left r e a r d o o r o p e n
T h e r e s h o u l d be less than 1 V.
Left rear d o o r c l o s e d
T h e r e s h o u l d be m o r e t h a n 5 V.
D5
D12
D15
G3
Q18
WHT
BRN
GRY
GRN/
BLK
WHT
T r u n k lid o p e n
'. * A n o p e n in t h e w i r e
* F a u l t y left r e a r d o o r s w i t c h
* F a u l t y left rear d o o r s w i t c h
* A s h o r t to g r o u n d In the w i r e
* F a u l t y trunk lid latch s w i t c h
- T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1 V .
T r u n k lid c l o s e d
Driver's door open
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1 V,
Driver's door closed
Left r e a r d o o r lock
k n o b s w i t c h in
UNLOCK
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1 V .
Left r e a r d o o r lock
k n o b s w i t c h in L O C K
T h e r e s h o u l d be m o r e t h a n 5 V ,
Hood open
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e to g r o u n d : .
Hood closed
result
is n o t o b t a i n e d v Poor ground (G801)
* P o o r g r o u n d (G6G2)
' * F a u l t y trunk lid latch s w i t c h
* Faulty d r i v e r ' s d o o r s w i t c h
* A n o p e n In the w i r e
Faulty driver's door switch
A s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
* Poor g r o u n d ( G 6 0 1 )
* F a u l t y left rear d o o r lock k n o b
switch
F a u l t y left r e a r d o o r lock k n o b
switch
* A s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
Ignition s w i t c h L O C K
* Faulty hood switch "

* Poor g r o u n d ( G 3 0 2 )
* Faulty hood switch
Faulty ignition key s w i t c h
Faulty ignition key s w i t c h
(0), a n d the ignition
T h e r e s h o u l d be m o r e t h a n 5 V ,
A s h o r t to g r o u n d In the w i r e
Ignition key i n s e r t e d
into t h e ignition
switch
key r e m o v e d from
t h e ignition s w i t c h
(cont'd)
22-163

(cont'd)
Passenger's MICU
6. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d r e m o v e the right kick p a n e l .
* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
1
7, D i s c o n n e c t p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r s A a n d G * for H* ).
* 1: L X , L X PZEV, L X - P , L X - P PZEV, L X - S , L X - S P Z E V
* 2: E x c e p t L X , L X P Z E V , L X - P , L X - P P Z E V , L X - S , L X - S P Z E V
N O T E : All c o n n e c t o r v i e w s a r e w i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s .
CONNECTOR A C33P)
RED
[/
/ / /
/ /// /
27
WHT
LTGRN
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I
2 8 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
BRN
RED
CONNECTOR G (16P) (LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV!
BLK
1
2
3 4 5 8 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
/ / v
9
LTGRN
LT GRN
GRN
CONNECTOR H (38P) (Except LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV)
LTGRN
GRN
1
2 3 4 5 8
2 1 22 23 24 25 26
r
[
LTGRN
BLK
27
13 14 15 18 17 18
P
RED
8. i n s p e c t the c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t .
If the t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e or c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
* If the t e r m i n a l s look O K , g o to s t e p 9.
22-164
9. W i t h t h e c o n n e c t o r s still d i s c o n n e c t e d , m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r s .
* If a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , then r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* If all t h e input t e s t s p r o v e O K g o t o s t e p 10.
f
M O T E : B e f o r e t e s t i n g , m a k e s u r e t h e N o . 15 (10 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x is O K .
Cavity
Wire
T e s t condition
LTGRN
RED
Connect
terminal A14
to t e r m i n a l
A 2 0 (or A S S ) ,
and terminal
A S S (or A 2 0 ) to
body ground.
C h e c k actuator operation:
T h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r lock
LOCK).
RED
Connect
terminal A14
to t e r m i n a l G1
(or G9), a n d
terminal G 9
(or 6 1 ) to b o d y
ground.
T h e right rear d o o r Sock actuator
s h o u l d L O C K (or U N L O C K ) .
* F a u l t y right rear d o o r lock

actuator
Connect
T h e right rear d o o r lock actuator
terminal A 1 4
LTGRN
to t e r m i n a l
s h o u l d L O C K (or U N L O C K ) .
H27 (or H I ) ,
and terminal
H1 (or H27) to
body ground.
* 1: L X , L X P Z E V , L X - P , L X - P P Z E V , L X - S , L X - S P Z E V
* F a u l t y right r e a r d o o r lock
actuator
A2Q
A38
GV
(4-door)
G9
(4-door)
8 1
mi*
(4-door)
HI*
(4-door)
2
LTGRN
RED
result Is not obtained
* F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s
door.lock actuator
(cont'd)
22-165

10. R e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s to the p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box, a n d m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the
connectors. If a n y test I n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
Cavity
Wire
A9
RED
T e s t condition
U n d e r all
conditions
WHT
A14
* B l o w n No. 1 ( A S F / B ) (40 A )
f u s e In the u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y box....
U n d e r all
* Faulty driver's under-dash

f u s e / r e l a y box
* B l o w n No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e in
conditions
the under-hood fuse/relay

box
.
Faulty driver's under-dash

fuse/relay box .
* A n o p e n in t h e wireBRN
A35
O N (SI)
* B l o w n No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e In
the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
fuse/relay box
fuse/relay box
G8*
BLK
U n d e r all
LTGRN
conditions
Right rear
door open
F a u l t y right rear d o o r
switch
* F a u l t y right rear d o o r
switch
* A short:to g r o u n d In the
wire
door switch
door switch
* A s h o r t to g r o u n d In the
wire
H7*
G14*
(4-door)
H25*
(4-door)
G15*
H3*
GRN
Right r e a r
door closed
T h e r e s h o u l d be m o r e t h a n 5 V .
Front
passenger's
door open
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1 V.
Front
passenger's
door closed
22-166

11. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), and o p e n and c l o s e the driver's door, then remove the power window master
switch,
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 22-275)
* 4 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 22-275)
12, D i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e d o o r m u l t i p l e x control u n i t
DOOR IVSULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT 37P CONNECTOR
WHT
12
25
LTGRN
13 [ U
I
3
/16
17 /
9 10 11
l 9 20 21 22 23
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
24
37
r / /\\\x^\ ^
LJ
BRN
BLU
ORN BRN
\
YEL
\
BLK BLU
\
PNK
WHT
BLK

13. I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to b e s u r e t h e y a r e a l l m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t .
* If the t e r m i n a l s a r e b e n t l o o s e o r c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
If t h e t e r m i n a l s look O K , g o t o s t e p 14.
(confd)
22-167

14. W i t h the c o n n e c t o r still d i s c o n n e c t e d , m a k e t h e s e Input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r .
* If a n y test i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* If the Input t e s t p r o v e s O K , g o to s t e p 15.
Cawlty
Wire
T e s t condition
27
BLU
Disconnect the
front
passenger's,
power window
switch 37P
connector
33
35
BLU
PNK
C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e
d o o r m u l t i p l e x control"unit 3 7 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 27 a n d t h e
front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
switch 37P connector terminal
No. 29:
C h e c k for continuity to g r o u n d :
A s h o r t in the w i r e
Disconnect the
C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the
driver's under-
d o o r m u l t i p l e x control unit 3 7 P
dash fuse/
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 3 a n d t h e
relay box
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box
connector P
c o n n e c t o r P (20P) t e r m i n a l No. 5:
(20P)
Disconnect the
C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n the
driver's under-
d o o r m u l t i p l e x control unit 3 7 P
dash fuse/
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 5 a n d the
r e l a y box
connector P
(20P)
T h e r e s h o u l d be no continuity. -
22-168
A s h o r t In t h e w i r e
15. R e c o n n e c t t h e 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r to the d o o r multiplex control unit, a n d m a k e t h e s e Input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r .

* If a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
Cavity
Wire
32
BLK
37
BLK
13
WHT
T e s t condition

T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0,5 V .
P o s s i b l e e a u s e If d e s i r e d r e s u l t i s
not obtained
* B l o w n No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e in t h e

* Faulty driver's under-dash f u s e /
relay b o x
14
LT
GRN
(ID
T h e r e s h o u l d be battery voltage-
Blown No. 16(7.5 A) fuse in the

relay b o x
25
BRN
Blown No. 24 (20 A) fuse In the

relay b o x
28
ORN
D r i v e r ' s d o o r key
c y l i n d e r s w i t c h in
LOCK
. P o o r g r o u n d ( G 5 0 1 )
* Faulty driver's key cylinder switch

* Faulty driver's key cylinder switch

Poor g r o u n d ( G 5 0 1 )
29
BRN
UNLOCK
Faulty d r i v e r ' s d o o r key c y l i n d e r
UNLOCK
switch
e
30
31
YEL
WHT
Driver's door key

c y l i n d e r s w i t c h In
neutral or L O C K
D r i v e r ' s d o o r lock
k n o b s w i t c h in L O C K
T h e r e s h o u l d be m o r e than 5 V.
Faulty driver's door key cylinder
switch
D r i v e r ' s d o o r Sock
neutral or U N L O C K
F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock k n o b
switch
switch
Poor ground (G501)
switch
UNLOCK
neutral
or L O C K
* F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s d o o r Sock k n o b
switch
* A s h o r t to g r o u n d in the w i r e
(cont'd)
22-169
keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System

Front Passenger's Power W i n d o w S w i t c h
16. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d r e m o v e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h .
2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 22-276)
* 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 22-276)
17. D i s c o n n e c t the 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h .
FRO INT PASSENGER'S POWER WINDOW SWITCH 37P CONNECTOR
GRN
WHT
BLK"
18. I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t .
* If the t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e or c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* Sf the t e r m i n a l s look O K , go to s t e p 19.
19. R e c o n n e c t the 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r to t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h , a n d d o t h e s e Input t e s t s at the
following connector.
* Sf a n y test I n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* If all the Input t e s t s p r o v e O K , g o to s t e p 20.
T e s t condition
Cavity
Wire
37
BLK
U n d e r all
25
GRN
conditions
U n d e r all
P o s s i b l e e a y s e if d e s i r e d
conditions
* B l o w n No. 13 (20 A ) f u s e In
T h e r e s h o u l d b e battery v o l t a g e .
Poor ground (G505)
the p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
fuse/re lay b o x
34
WHT
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s
Poor ground (G505)
d o o r lock-knob
F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s
s w i t c h in U N L O C K
d o o r Sock k n o b s w i t c h
An- o p e n in t h e w i r e
d o o r lock knob
s w i t c h In neutral or
LOCK
d o o r lock k n o b s w i t c h
A s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e
wire
2 0 / If multiple f a i l u r e s a r e f o u n d o n m o r e t h a n o n e c o n t r o l unit, r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x

( i n c l u d e s the d r i v e r ' s M I C U ) ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 8 4 ) . If input f a i l u r e s a r e related to- a p a r t i c u l a r c ontr ol unit, r e p l a c e the
c o n t r o l unit.
22-170
Door Lock Actuator Test

Driwer's Door and Left Rear Door {4-cioorl
1.
Front Passenger's Door and Right Rear Door

(4-door)
R e m o v e the door p a n e l
1. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l .
* F r o n t f s e e p a g e 20-16)
* F r o n t ( s e e p a g e 20-16)
R e a r ( s e e p a g e 20-35)
R e a r ( s e e p a g e 20-35)
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 1 0 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e a c t u a t o r
CB).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 10P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the a c t u a t o r

(B).
N O T E : T h e illustration s h o w s t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r .
N O T E : T h e illustration s h o w s the front p a s s e n g e r ' s
door.
3, C h e c k t h e a c t u a t o r o p e r a t i o n by c o n n e c t i n g p o w e r
a n d g r o u n d a c c o r d i n g to t h e t a b l e . T o p r e v e n t
d a m a g e to t h e a c t u a t o r , a p p l y battery v o l t a g e o n l y
momentarily.
\ ^
Terminal
Position
\ ^
LOCK
UfMLOCK
3. C h e c k t h e a c t u a t o r o p e r a t i o n by c o n n e c t i n g p o w e r
. a n d g r o u n d a c c o r d i n g to the table. T o p r e v e n t
d a m a g e to the a c t u a t o r , a p p l y battery v o l t a g e o n l y
momentarily.
X
Terminal
Position
\
LOCK
UNLOCK
4* If t h e a c t u a t o r d o e s not o p e r a t e a s s p e c i f i e d ,
replace it
4, If the a c t u a t o r d o e s not o p e r a t e a s s p e c i f i e d ,
r e p l a c e it.
22-171

Door Lock Knob Switch Test
Driver's Door
1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-16).
Passenger Doors (With Security J

1. R e m o v e t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r p a n e l .
F r o n t ( s e e p a g e 20-16)
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 10P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e d o o r
R e a r ( s e e p a g e 20-35)
lock actuator (B).

2.
D i s c o n n e c t t h e 10P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e d o o r
lock a c t u a t o r (B).
door, Right
rear d o o r
Left
rear
door
3. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s .
T h e r e s h o u l d b e continuity b e t w e e n t h e
t e r m i n a l s N o . 6 a n d N o . 5 w h e n t h e d o o r lock
k n o b s w i t c h i s in t h e L O C K p o s i t i o n a n d n o
c o n t i n u i t y w h e n t h e s w i t c h Is in t h e U N L O C K
position.
T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity between the
t e r m i n a l s N o . 7 a n d N o . 5 w h e n t h e d o o r lock
knob s w i t c h i s in t h e U N L O C K position a n d n o
continuity w h e n t h e s w i t c h i s in t h e L O C K
position.
4. If t h e c o n t i n u i t y Is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e d o o r
lock actuator.
3. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s .
T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s
No. 8 [ N o . 7 ] a n d N o . 10 [ N o . 5] w h e n t h e
d o o r lock knob s w i t c h in t h e U N L O C K position a n d
n o continuity w h e n t h e s w i t c h is in t h e L O C K
position.
[ ] : Left rear d o o r
4. If t h e continuity i s not s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e d o o r
lock actuator.
22-172
Door Key Cylinder Switch Test

1.
R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-16).
2, D i s c o n n e c t t h e 10P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the d o o r

lock a c t u a t o r (key c y l i n d e r s w i t c h ) (6),
Hood Switch Test

1. O p e n t h e h o o d .
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m the h o o d s w i t c h .
3. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s .

* T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity b e t w e e n the
t e r m i n a l s No, 1 a n d No. 2 w h e n t h e h o o d Is
3, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s .
o p e n e d (latch r e l e a s e d ) .
* T h e r e s h o u l d be no continuity b e t w e e n the
* T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the
t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2 w h e n t h e h o o d i s
t e r m i n a l s Mo. 9 a n d N o . 5 w h e n the d o o r key

c y l i n d e r s w i t c h is in L O C K p o s i t i o n . (With
c l o s e d (latch p u s h e d d o w n ) .
security)
* T h e r e s h o u l d be n o continuity b e t w e e n t h e
t e r m i n a l s No. 9 arid N o . 5 w h e n t h e d o o r key
c y l i n d e r s w i t c h is in t h e neutral or U N L O C K
p o s i t i o n , (With s e c u r i t y )
4. if the continuity Is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the

h o o d latch a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 20-285).
* T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the
t e r m i n a l s No. 8 a n d No. 5 w h e n the d o o r k e y
c y l i n d e r s w i t c h i s in U N L O C K p o s i t i o n .
* T h e r e s h o u l d be no continuity between the
t e r m i n a l s No. 8 a n d N o . 5 w h e n the d o o r k e y
c y l i n d e r s w i t c h i s in t h e neutral or L O C K p o s i t i o n .
4. If t h e c o n t i n u i t y is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e d o o r
l a t c h / a c t u a t o r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 20-23).
22-173

Trunk Lid Release Actuator Test
With Keyless Entry
1. Open the trunk lid.
2.
D i s c o n n e c t the 3P c o n n e c t o r f r o m the trunk lid Satch

switch/trunk release actuator.
3. C h e c k actuator o p e r a t i o n b y c o n n e c t i n g p o w e r to
t h e t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d g r o u n d to the t e r m i n a l N o , 2
momentarily. T h e actuator s h o u l d work.
4. Sf the a c t u a t o r d o e s not w o r k , r e p l a c e t h e trunk lid
latch s w i t c h / r e l e a s e a c t u a t o r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
20-286).
22-174
Transmitter Test
5. O p e n t h e t r a n s m i t t e r , a n d c h e c k for w a t e r d a m a g e .
NOTE:
* If the d o o r s u n l o c k or lock w i t h t h e t r a n s m i t t e r , but
the L E D o n t h e t r a n s m i t t e r d o e s not c o m e o n , t h e L E D
Is faulty; r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i t t e r ,
* If a n y d o o r Is o p e n , y o u c a n n o t lock t h e d o o r s w i t h
the t r a n s m i t t e r .
* Sf y o u f i n d a n y w a t e r d a m a g e , r e p l a c e the
t r a n s m i t t e r , t h e n - r e g i s t e r it ( s e e p a g e 22-402).
- * If t h e r e is no w a t e r d a m a g e , g o to s t e p 6.
* Sf y o u u n l o c k e d t h e d o o r s w i t h t h e t r a n s m i t t e r , but d o
not o p e n a n y of t h e d o o r s w i t h i n 3 0 s e c o n d s , t h e
d o o r s relock a u t o m a t i c a l l y ,
* T h e d o o r s d o not Jock o r u n l o c k w i t h t h e t r a n s m i t t e r if
t h e ignition key i s i n s e r t e d in t h e ignition s w i t c h .
With HDS
1. P r e s s t h e lock o r u n l o c k button
reset the transmitter,
f i v e
or s i x t i m e s to
* If the l o c k s w o r k , t h e transmitter, i s O K .
* If a n y of t h e t r a n s m i t t e r b u t t o n s d o not w o r k ,
r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i t t e r , t h e n r e g i s t e r the
transmitter fsee page 22-402).
* If t h e l o c k s d o n ' t w o r k , g o to s t e p 2.
6. R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i t t e r battery (A) w i t h a n e w o n e ,
a n d p r e s s - t h e lock or u n l o c k button a n d c h e c k t h e
r e s p o n s e o n t h e s c r e e n of t h e H D S .
2. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r .
If K E Y L E S S E N T R Y T R A N S M I T T E R C O D E I S
3. S e l e c t K E Y L E S S f r o m t h e B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L m e n u ,
then select I N S P E C T I O N , then K E Y L E S S C H E C K .
R E C E I V E D is I n d i c a t e d , t h e t r a n s m i t t e r i s O K .
Sf K E Y L E S S E N T R Y T R A N S M I T T E R C O D E IS N O T
R E C E I V E D i s I n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 7,
4. P r e s s t h e lock, u n l o c k , or p a n i c button a n d c h e c k
t h e r e s p o n s e o n t h e s c r e e n of t h e H D S .
N O T E : T h e d o o r lock a c t u a t o r s m a y o r m a y not
c y c l e w h e n r e c e i v i n g input f r o m t h e t r a n s m i t t e r .
* if K E Y L E S S E N T R Y T R A N S M I T T E R C O D E I S
R E C E I V E D i s I n d i c a t e d , t h e t r a n s m i t t e r is O K .
* If D I F F E R E N T K E Y L E S S E N T R Y T R A N S M I T T E R
C O D E IS R E C E I V E D Is i n d i c a t e d , t h e t r a n s m i t t e r Is
not r e g i s t e r e d to t h e v e h i c l e . If n e c e s s a r y ,
r e g i s t e r t h e t r a n s m i t t e r f s e e p a g e 22-402).
* If K E Y L E S S E N T R Y T R A N S M I T T E R C O D E IS N O T
R E C E I V E D Is i n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 5.
(confd)
22-175

Transmitter Test (cont'd)
7, U s e a "different k n o w n - g o o d k e y l e s s t r a n s m i t t e r
Without HDS
a s s e m b l y a n d r e p e a t s t e p s 3 a n d 4.'
1.
Start the engine.
N O T E : T h e k e y l e s s t r a n s m i t t e r d o e s not n e e d to be
p r o g r a m m e d to t h e v e h i c l e for t h i s t e s t
Sf t h e e n g i n e d o e s not start, g o to t h e i m m o b i l i z e r
* If ( D I F F E R E N T ) K E Y L E S S E N T R Y T R A N S M I T T E R
If the e n g i n e s t a r t s , g o to s t e p 2.
s y s t e m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 22-394).
C O D E SS R E C E I V E D is i n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
keyless transmitter a n d do the immobilizer
s y s t e m registration ( s e e p a g e 22-402).
2. P r e s s t h e Sock or u n l o c k button five or s i x t i m e s to

reset the transmitter.
If K E Y L E S S E N T R Y T R A N S M I T T E R C O D E I S N O T
R E C E I V E D Is i n d i c a t e d , t h e I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s
Sf t h e Socks w o r k , t h e t r a n s m i t t e r is O K ,
control unit Is faulty/ r e p l a c e It a n d d o t h e
Sf t h e Socks d o n ' t w o r k , g o to s t e p 3.
i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m registration ( s e e p a g e
22-402).
N O T E : T h e k e y l e s s t r a n s m i t t e r is c o m b i n e d w i t h
the immobilizer transponder, s o w h e n the
t r a n s p o n d e r Is r e g i s t e r e d b y t h e H D S , t h e k e y l e s s
. t r a n s m i t t e r p r o g r a m m i n g is c o m p l e t e d
automatically.
22-176
3. O p e n t h e t r a n s m i t t e r , a n d c h e c k for w a t e r d a m a g e .
If y o u find a n y w a t e r d a m a g e , r e p l a c e t h e
transmitter.
If t h e r e is n o w a t e r d a m a g e , g o to s t e p 4.
4. R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i t t e r battery {A) w i t h a n e w o n e ,
a n d try to lock a n d u n l o c k t h e d o o r s w i t h t h e
t r a n s m i t t e r b y p r e s s i n g the lock or u n l o c k button
five o r s i x t i m e s .
* If t h e d o o r s lock arid u n l o c k , t h e t r a n s m i t t e r is O K .
* If t h e d o o r s d o n ' t lock a n d u n l o c k , g o to s t e p 5.
5. R e p r o g r a m a n d r e g i s t e r the t r a n s m i t t e r f s e e p a g e
2 2 - 4 0 2 ) , t h e n try to lock a n d u n l o c k the d o o r s .
* If t h e d o o r s lock a n d u n l o c k , t h e t r a n s m i t t e r is O K .
* If t h e d o o r s d o n ' t lock arid u n l o c k , s u b s t i t u t e a
known-good transmitter and recheck fsee page
22-402). If still not o p e r a t i n g , r e p l a c e the
immobilizer-keyiess control u n i t
22-177
Horns
22-178
Circuit Diagram
Horn Test/Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e grille c o v e r :
2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-257)
* 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-257)
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 1P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m e a c h h o r n (B).
3. T e s t t h e h o r n by c o n n e c t i n g battery p o w e r to t h e
t e r m i n a l (A) a n d g r o u n d i n g t h e b r a c k e t (B). T h e
horn should s o u n d .
4. If it f a i l s to s o u n d , r e p l a c e It.
22-179
Horns
Horn Switch Test
N O T E : C h e c k for a b l o w n No. 10 (20 A ) f u s e in the
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box. If It is b l o w n , c h e c k for a
7, D i s c o n n e c t the c a b l e reel s u b h a r n e s s 2 0 P
f a u l t y horn relay.
Terminal side of
male terminals
1. T u r n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l 180 d e g r e e s f r o m the
c e n t e r position a n d r e m o v e the c o v e r (A),
Wire side of
female terminals
8. C o n n e c t the c a b l e reel s u b h a r n e s s 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r
(A) t e r m i n a l s N o . 11 a n d No. 12 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
The horns should sound.
2. D i s c o n n e c t the horn s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
If the h o r n s s o u n d , r e p l a c e the c a b l e reel
3. C o n n e c t the h o r n s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
If the h o r n s d o n ' t s o u n d , g o to s t e p 9.
subharness.
No. 1 a n d N o . 2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e . T h e h o r n s
should sound.
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 2 0 P
* If the h o r n s s o u n d , c h e c k or a d j u s t the
installation of the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g a s s e m b l y a n d
the horn s w i t c h plate.
If the h o r n s don't s o u n d , g o to s t e p 4.
t.
/is
' 13
A\
,/
/
> t \1
/ /
/.,/ y /
5
10
4 . R e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the horn s w i t c h 2 P

connector.
20-108).
6. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
24-205).
10; C o n n e c t the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e . T h e
horns should sound.
If the h o r n s s o u n d , r e p l a c e t h e c a b l e reef.
If the h o r n s d o n ' t s o u n d , repair a n o p e n in the
t e r m i n a l No. 2 or N o . 1 w i r e , or a faulty d r i v e r ' s
MICU.
22-180
Exterior Lights
4-door
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (A/T)

Test, page 14-278
FRONT PARKING LIGHT

FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT
Replacement page 2 2 - 2 1 0
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT
(confd)
22-181
Exterior Lights
4-cfr
TA1LLIGHT and BRAKE LIGHT

REAR TURPI SIGNAL LIGHT
BACK-UP LIGHT
Bulb Replacement page -22-211
IMfcllllll
I VkyjS MLm
DRIVER'S MICU
(Built Into the driver's tmdr-dash fyse/relav box)
Input Test p a g e 22-203

22-183
Exterior Lights
2-door
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (A/T)

Test, page 14-278
>
22-184
FRONT PARKING LIGHT

FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT
8 0 D Y
II
HIGH MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT

LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

TAILLIGHT and BRAKE LIGHT
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT
BACK-UP LIGHT
(confd)
22-185
Exterior Lights
2-cfoor
DRL INDICATOR
DRIVER'S fVIlCU
(Built into the driver's yrider-dash fuse/relay box)
22-186

System Description
Headlights System Description
T h e h e a d l i g h t s y s t e m is c o m p o s e d of the d r i v e r ' s M I C U , the p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U , t h e h e a d l i g h t a n d d i m m e r / f l a s h - t o p a s s s w i t c h e s ( i n s i d e t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h ) , t h e left a n d right h e a d l i g h t s , a n d the high b e a m indicator.
E a c h IVliCU c o n t r o l s e a c h s i d e of t h e h e a d l i g h t s w i t h a built-in l o w b e a m control circuit a n d a built-in high b e a m control
circuit b a s e d u p o n t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e h e a d l i g h t a n d d i m m e r / f l a s h - t o - p a s s c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h e s . T h e taillights
a n d l i c e n s e plate lights a r e c o n t r o l l e d by the d r i v e r ' s M I C U only.
Low Beams
W h e n y o u m o v e t h e h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h to the O N position a n d the d i m m e r / f l a s h - t o - p a s s s w i t c h to the l o w p o s i t i o n , a
g r o u n d s i g n a l i s s u p p l i e d to t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 8 of the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r R (24P). T h e . d r i v e r ' s
M I C U t h e n e n e r g i z e s t h e l o w b e a m c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s u p p l y i n g battery v o l t a g e to the Sow b e a m of the left h e a d l i g h t
t u r n i n g it o n . A l s o the d r i v e r ' s M I C U s e n d s t h e m e s s a g e to the p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U b y B - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n l i n e s . T h e
p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U t h e n e n e r g i z e s t h e l o w b e a m control c i r c u i t s u p p l y i n g battery v o l t a g e to the l o w b e a m of t h e right
h e a d l i g h t t u r n i n g it o n .
High B e a m s
W h e n y o u m o v e t h e h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h to t h e O N position a n d the d i m m e r / f l a s h - t o - p a s s s w i t c h to the high p o s i t i o n ,
g r o u n d s i g n a l s a r e s u p p l i e d to t h e t e r m i n a l s No. 8 a n d No. 22 of t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( d r i v e r ' s M I C U )
c o n n e c t o r R (24P). T h e d r i v e r ' s a n d p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U s t h e n e n e r g i z e the e a c h s i d e of the high b e a m h e a d l i g h t control
c i r c u i t s , s u p p l y i n g battery v o l t a g e to t h e high b e a m h e a d l i g h t s , t u r n i n g t h e m o n .
Flash-to-Pass
W h e n y o u pull t h e d i m m e r / f l a s h - t o - p a s s s w i t c h to the p a s s i n g p o s i t i o n , a g r o u n d s i g n a l is s u p p l i e d to t e r m i n a l No. 21
of the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( M I C U ) c o n n e c t o r R (24P). T h e d r i v e r ' s a n d p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U s t h e n e n e r g i z e
t h e h i g h b e a m c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s for a s long a s t h e s w i t c h i s h e l d , s u p p l y i n g battery v o l t a g e to t h e high b e a m h e a d l i g h t s ,
turning t h e m on,
Daytime Running Lights S f stem Description

T h e d a y t i m e r u n n i n g l i g h t s s y s t e m i n c l u d e s t h e d r i v e r a n d p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U s , t h e left a n d right h i g h b e a m h e a d l i g h t s ,
t h e p a r k i n g b r a k e s w i t c h , a n d t h e D R L indicator. T h e d a y t i m e r u n n i n g lights o p e r a t e w i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h O N (II),
t h e h e a d l i g h t s off ( h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h O F F o r in t h e p a r k i n g p o s i t i o n ) , a n d t h e parking brake r e l e a s e d .
W h e n t h e d a y t i m e r u n n i n g lights a r e o n , the M I C U t u r n s t h e h i g h b e a m h e a d l i g h t control c i r c u i t o n a n d off (duty c y c l e ) ,
w h i c h p r o v i d e s a r e d u c e d v o l t a g e ( a p p r o x i m a t e l y 6 8 volts) to the h i g h b e a m h e a d l i g h t s (via t h e No. 1 a n d No. 28
f u s e s in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d N o . 1 f u s e in t h e . p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x ) ; t h e high
b e a m h e a d l i g h t s c o m e o n w i t h r e d u c e d b r i g h t n e s s . T h e g a u g e control m o d u l e c o n t r o l s t h e D R L i n d i c a t o r to turn it o n .
MOTE;
* T h e d a y t i m e r u n n i n g lights a r e d i s a b l e d w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0). T o k e e p t h e d a y t i m e r u n n i n g
lights f r o m c o m i n g o n , a p p l y t h e parking brake s w i t c h w h i l e the ignition s w i t c h is in L O C K (0) p o s i t i o n . W h e n y o u
t h e n turn: t h e ignition s w i t c h b a c k t o O N (II), t h e d a y t i m e r u n n i n g lights will not c o m e on until t h e parking brake is
released,
* T h e h e a d l i g h t s revert to n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n w h e n y o u turn t h e m o n w i t h the h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h .
22-187
Exterior Lights
Circuit Diagram
W i t h a u t o m a t i c lighting
0 . 3 - 1 0 6 MAIN) (50 A)
-~-<Ai3
No.
IGlHOTtaOl^W
and STMT 11}
IG2HOTin(ffl(!l!
15 (10 A)
Na3-6(DRLTMMN)0OA)
No.3-3(ASLTMAiN)(30A)
cr\j3
) No.15
C (7.SAI
^
Q18
B22
R21
R6
R7
es
>o.B
C I7.5A)
BACK"*
RS
I F3
I F4
V V
-4^
B-CAN
B-CAN
B-CAN
"ST
*2
*3
ODE
Ewpulied)
22-188
22-189
Exterior Lights
W i t h o u t a u t o m a t i c lighting
No. 1 (MAIN) (WO A)
No. 3-1 (10 MAIMS (50 A)
0 "
- WHT T O BAT
! O5
KM HOT in ON (I)
and START
IGZHOTfnONflU
No.3-5(OTLTMAIN)(30A|
. (7.5 A)
GEY BRN
f i r
C I7.5A)
BACK-UP
BLK
D2 BOX1
. F3
F*
-. l=-fe
B-CAN
*1
T *2
J *3
QD
S5U
XL
22-190
XL
XL
XL
22-191
Exterior Lights
Circuit Diagram - Back-up Lights

BATTERY
Ho. 1 (MAIN) (100 A)
No. 3 - 1 (16 MAW (50 A)
@-
IGNITION SWITCH
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/BELAY BOX
CI
IG1 HOT in ON (SI)

and START (III)
BLU
(A/T)
r"
mm
I
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
FUSE/RELAY BOX
5
(7.5 A)
' No.
F27
IT BLU
LTBLU
LTBLU
LTBLU
GRY
LT BLU
LTBLU
GRN/WHT
YEL
BACK-UP
LIGHT SWITCH
(On the transmit
1 (Cd-lnR
AUTOMATIC
INSIDE MIRROF
NAVIGATION
LTBLU
WHT/F
Of
1
G1Q1
22-192
LTBLU
LTBLU
LEFT
(21W)
RIGHT
BACK-UP
LIGHT
^1 (21W)
Of
G02
NAVIGATION
Circuit Diagram - Brake Lights
BATTERY
FU$E/filiA SOX
No. 10 {20 A)
POSITION SWITCH
LTGRN
F20
ECM/PCM
A ) LEFTBRAKE
*J UGHTKIWI
BMKi LIGHT
B1WJ
mm
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
LIGHT (21W?
22-193
Exterior Lights
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC B10CF: Left Daytime Running Lights
Circuit Malfunction
8. M e a s u r e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector Q
(20P) t e r m i n a l s No.1 a n d No. 2, a n d b e t w e e n b o d y
NOTE:
* If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g muStipSe D T C s , be s u r e to
f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s
T e s t M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
' * M a k e s u r e t h e No. 15 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x is O K .
g r o u n d a n d t h e c o n n e c t o r R (24P) t e r m i n a l s No, 2
and No. 5 individually.

CONNECTOR Q (20P)
PG (BLK)
SG (BRN)
2
1
/ / /
11 12 13
14 15
/
20
16 17 18
3. R e l e a s e t h e parking brake Sever.

4. T u r n t h e h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h O F F .

Is DTC
B10CF
Indicated?

CONNECTOR R (24P)
W O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
SG (BRN)
PG (BLK)
P.O.-
13 14 15 16 17
18
1
6. T u r n t h e h e a d l i g h t high b e a m O N .
Does
the left headlight
(high
beam)
come
/ /
10
21 22
/7
//
on?
Y E S G o to-step 7.

is there
0.5 V or
less?
Y E S F a u l t y driver's M I C U ; replace the driver's

N O A n o p e n in t h e w i r e or p o o r g r o u n d ( G 5 0 1 ,
G502).H
22-194
16. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n t h e left headlight

{high b e a m ) 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y
ground.
9, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
11. C h e c k t h e N o , 2 8 (10 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r dash fuse/relay box,
is the fuse
LEFT HEADLIGHT f HIGH BEAM) 2P COMIMECTOR
OK?
YESGo to s t e p 12.
OTD
V ,n I n J
QUn (BLK)
N O R e p l a c e t h e f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e f u s e is
b l o w n a g a i n , r e p a i r a s h o r t in t h e w i r e . B
12. C h e c k t h e left h e a d l i g h t bulb.
is the bulb
OK?
YESGo t o s t e p 1 3 ,
Is there
continuity?
NOReplace t h e b u l b a n d r e c h e c k ,
14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e left h e a d l i g h t thigh b e a m ) 2 P
connector.
YESFaulty d r i v e r ' s M I C U ; r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s

NORepair a n o p e n in t h e w i r e o r poor g r o u n d
{G302KH
15. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l

N o . 13 a n d t h e left h e a d l i g h t (high b e a m ) 2 P
connector terminal No. 2.
LEFT HEADLIGHT (HIGH BEAM} 2P C0PJIMECTGR
070
H/L HIGH fWHT/RED)
1 2 3 4 5
20 21 22 3 M
6|7
10 11 12 13 14
mm 27J2B 29 30
31 32
19
33

COMM1CT0R F I33PI
is them
continuity?
YESGot s t e p 16.
NORepair a n o p e n in t h e w i r e . H
22*195
Exterior Lights
DTC B11CF: Right Daytime Running Lights
Circuit Malfunction
N O T E : If you a r e troubleshooting multiple D T C s , b e
s u r e to follow the instructions in B - C A N S y s t e m
Diagnosis T e s t Mode A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
8. M e a s u r e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e
passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box connector A
(38P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 3 6 a n d - N o . 3 7 , a n d b e t w e e n
b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e c o n n e c t o r E (18P) t e r m i n a l s
No. 15 a n d No. 16 i n d i v i d u a l l y .
BOX CONNECTOR A (38P)
2. T u r n t h e ignition switch t o L O C K (0).

3. Release the parking brake lever.
SG (BLK)
5. T u r n t h e ignition switch to O N (IS).
Is DTC B11CF
indicated?
NOIntermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this
time. Check for loose or poor connections.
P A S S E N G E R ' S UNDER-DASH F U S E / R E L A Y
BOX CONNECTOR E (18P)
6. T u r n t h e headlight high b e a m O N .
Does the right headlight come on?

10
12 13
6 7
15 16
S G ( B L K ^ ^ G (BLK)
N O G o t o step 9.
7. T u r n the ignition switch to L O C K (0).
Is there 0.5 V or
less?
Y E S F a u l t y passenger's M I C U ; replace the

passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box.H
N O R e p a i r an o p e n in t h e w i r e or poor g r o u n d
(G201,G5Q5).B
22-196
16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the right h e a d l i g h t

(high b e a m ) 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d b o d y
ground.
9. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK
10, T u r n t h e h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h O F F .
11, C h e c k t h e N o . 1 (10 A ) f u s e in t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s
RIGHT HEADLIGHT (HIGH BEAM) 2P CONNECTOR
is the fuse
OK?
EEEL
2
: GND (BLK)
N O R e p l a c e t h e f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e f u s e i s
b l o w n a g a i n , r e p a i r a s h o r t in t h e w l r e . H
12. C h e c k t h e right h e a d l i g h t bulb.
is the bulb
OK?
is there
continuity?
N O - R e p l a c e t h e bulb a n d r e c h e c k ,
Y E S F a u l t y p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U ; r e p l a c e the
13, D i s c o n n e c t p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
passenger's under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B
connector E(18P).
N O R e p a i r a n o p e n in the w i r e o r p o o r g r o u n d
(G203KB
14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e right h e a d l i g h t {high b e a m ) 2 P

connector,
15. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r E (13P)
t e r m i n a l Mo. 2 a n d t h e right h e a d l i g h t (high b e a m )
2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 .
BIGHT HEADLIGHT (HIGH BEAM} 2P CONNECTOR
(Tf?)
H/L HIGH CORN!
Hit
HIGH fORN)
10
/ /
12 13
7.
15 18
PASSENGER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/BELAY

BOX COWNECTOR E (18P)
is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r a n o p e n in t h e w i r e . 1
22-197
Exterior Lights
D T C B1275: Combination Light Switch OFF
Position Circuit Malfunction .
D T C B1276: Combination Light Switch
Parking (SMALL) Position Circuit Malfunction
D T C B1277: Combination Light Switch AUTO
Position Circuit Malfunction
D T C B1278: Combination Light Switch ON
N O T E ; If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , be
W h e n t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h i s t u r n e d t
AUTO
Value
OFF
Data List
Headlight S w i t c h (OFF)
Headlight S w i t c h ( P A R K I N G )
OFF
Headlight S w i t c h ( A U T O )
Headlight S w i t c h ( H E A D L I G H T )
ON
OFF
W h e n t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h i s t y m e d O N
(HEADLIGHT!
Value
Data L i s t
Headlight S w i t c h ( O F F )
OFF
ON
OFF
list
values
ON
Are all data
correct?
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n back
Y E S ""-Faulty d r i v e r ' s M I C U ; r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s

u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84).
to O N (II).
N O G o t o step-8.
3. T u r n the c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h to the P A R K I N G

( S M A L L ) / A U T O , a n d O N (low b e a m ) p o s i t i o n s , a n d
t h e n to the O F F p o s i t i o n .
9. D i s c o n n e c t the c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h 12P

connector.
is DTC
B1275,
B1276,
B1277,
or
B1278
indicated?
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s . 11
6. S e l e c t L I G H T I N G f r o m t h e B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L
s y s t e m s e l e c t m e n u , a n d e n t e r the D A T A L I S T .
7. C h e c k e a c h c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h position v a l u e
w i t h the D A T A L I S T m e n u .
W h e n t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h i s t u r n e d O F F
Data List
s y s t e m s e l e c t m e n u , a n d enter the D A T A L I S T .
with the D A T A L I S T m e n u .
W h e n t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h i s t y r r t e d O F F
Value
Data List
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Are ail data
list
values
W h e n t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h i s t y m e d t
PARKING (SMALLj
Data L i s t
Headlight S w i t c h (OFF)
Value
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
22-198
OFF
Value
11. S e l e c t L I G H T I N G f r o m the B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L
indicated
OFF?
II

14,
Disconnect driver's under-dash fuse/relay box

connector R (24PL
Driver's under-dash
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector R
c o n n e c t o r R (24P)
a n d No. 8 individually.

CONNECTOR R {24P)
SMALL LT SIM (GRY
H/L OFFSWfftEP)
II
19. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r R (24P) t e r m i n a l s

a n d t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h 12P c o n n e c t o r
terminals as shown:
15, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the

(24P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 8, No. l
BODV
C o m b i n a t i o n light
s w i t c h 12P c o n n e c t o r
8
7
10
11
12
H/L ON S W CBHIMI
COMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH 12P CONNECTOR

13 14 15 16
17 18
A/
10
21 22
10
I COMBI GND (BLK)

SMALL
LTSW
(GRY)
H/L OFF SW (RED)

H/L
ONSW
(BRN)
Is (here
continuity?
Y E S - R e p a i r a s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e w i r e . _ J
N O - F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s M I C U ; r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s

u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x { s e e p a g e 22-84).
13 14 15 16
17 18
/ /
10
21
22

CONNECTOR R (24P)
- Wire side of female terminals
18. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Oh

17. D o the c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e
SMALL
LTSW
(GRY)
H/L
H/L
OFF SW ON SW
(BRN!
(RED)
COMBI
GND (BLK)
11 12
is there
continuity?
22-208).
Is the combination
light
switch
OK ?
M O R e p a i r a n o p e n in the w i r e .
2 0 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r W O R e p l a c e the c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h .
d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r R (24P) t e r m i n a l s a s
shown:
18, D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box

c o n n e c t o r R (24P),
F r o m terminal
6
8,21,22
is there
continuity
T o terminal
7,8,21,22
Y E S R e p a i r a s h o r t b e t w e e n the w i r e s .
N O F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s M I C U ; r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box ( s e e p a g e 22-84).
22-199
Exterior Lights
DTC B1279: Headlight Switch DIMMER
9. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). -
10. D i s c o n n e c t the c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h 12P

connector.
s y s t e m select m e n u , then enter the D A T A LIST.
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n back

to O N (II).

w i t h the D A T A L I S T m e n u .
3. T u r n the c o m b i n a t i o n light (headlight) s w i t c h O N .

W h e n t h e combination light s w i t c h is t u r n e d O F F
4. C h a n g e the d i m m e r s w i t c h f r o m l o w b e a m to high
beam.
Data List
Headlight S w i t c h ( P A S S I N G )
Headlight S w i t c h (High b e a m )
5. T u r n the c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h O F F , a n d t h e n to
Value
-
OFF
OFF
OFF
t h e p a s s i n g p o s i t i o n , a n d w a i t for at least 6 s e c o n d s .
Are ail data
list
values
indicated
OFF?
Is DTC
B1279
Indicated?
YES-Gotostep7.
15. D i s c o n n e c t u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r R
(24P).
s y s t e m s e l e c t m e n u , t h e n e n t e r the D A T A L I S T .
with the D A T A L I S T m e n u .
W h e n the p a s s i n g s w i t c h is operated
D a t a List
H e a d l i g h t S w i t c h (High b e a m )

. driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector R
(24P) t e r m i n a l s No. 8, N o . 2 1 , a n d No. 22.
DRIVER'S UfMDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX

COPJIMECTOR Ft (24P)
Value
ON
OFF
W h e n t h e h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h Is t u r n e d O N , a n d t h e
H/L ON SW (BRN)
p.
13 14 15 16 17
18
OFF
Headlight S w i t c h (High b e a m )
ON
ON
list
values
3.
10
21
22
/ /
DIMMER SW
(LTBLU)
.
Value
A r e ail data
PASSING SW (GRN)
d i m m e r s w i t c h c h a n g e d f r o m l o w b e a m to h i g h
Data L i s t
HL
correct?
is there
Y E S F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s M I C U ; r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s

continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r a s h o r t to g r o u n d in the w i r e .
N O F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s M I C U ; r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s
22-200
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84). I I
17, T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

18. D o t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e
21. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r R (24P) t e r m i n a l s a s

shown:
22-208).
F r o m terminal
is the combination
light
switch
OK ?
21
22
To terminal
6,7,8,22
6,7,8
Is there
continuity?
M O R e p l a c e the c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h .
Y E S R e p a i r a short between the w i r e s .
19, D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
NOFaulty driver's MICU; replace the driver's
c o n n e c t o r R (24P).
u n d e r - d a s h fuse/relay box (see page 2 2 - 8 4 ) .

20. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r R (24P) t e r m i n a l s
a n d t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h 12P c o n n e c t o r
terminals as s h o w n :
Driver's under-dash
fuse/relay box
c o n n e c t o r R (24P)
12
10
21
6
4
22
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOM

CONNECTOR R (24P)
COMB! GIMP (BLK)
^ H/L ON SWf BRN)

10
13
14
15
16
17
13
22
21
PASSING SW IGRIMI
H/L I
SW (LT BLU)
1
/
9
(ST
H/L I
SW (LTBLU)
PASSING
SW (GRN)
/
10
11
12
H/L ON SW (BRN)
COWBI GND (BLK)
COMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH 12P CONNECTOR
is there
continuity?
S\IORepair a n o p e n in the w i r e . i l
22-201
Exterior Lights
DTC B1575: Automatic Lighting Sensor
Circuit Malfunction
1. C l e a r the D T C s w i t h t h e H D S ,
10. D i s c o n n e c t p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
c o n n e c t o r D (28P).
11. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s

u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r D (28P) N o . 9
to O N (IS).
t e r m i n a l a n d the a u t o m a t i c l i g h t i n g / s u n l i g h t s e n s o r
5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1.
3. W a l t for o n e s e c o n d .
AUTOMATIC LIGHTING/SUNLIGHT
SENSOR 5P CONNECTOR
Is DTC B1575
indicated?
r
SIP (WHT)
MOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s .
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a u t o m a t i c l i g h t i n g / s u n l i g h t s e n s o r
5P connector.
//
/ / / / /
/
8
20
>/
21
22
SIP (WHT)
7 //
12
9
23
24
//
21

BOX CONNECTOR D (28P)
is there
continuity
8. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the
a u t o m a t i c lighting/sunlight s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r
AUTOMATIC LIGHTING/SUNLIGHT
SENSOR 5P CONNECTOR
jj
SIP (WHT)
Is there
about
5V?
Y E S R e p l a c e the automatic lighting/sunlight

sensor.il
N O G o t o step 3.
22-202
Y E S F a u l t y p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U . Substitute a
known-good passenger's under-dash fuse/relay
box a n d r e c h e c k .
N O R e p a i r a n o p e n in t h e w i r e .
II
BODY
MICU Input Test

NOTE:
* B e f o r e t e s t i n g , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e m u l t i p l e x integrated control unit f i r s t u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A
fsee page 22-120),
* B e f o r e t e s t i n g , m a k e s u r e t h e N o . 15 (7.5 A ) f u s e In t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x is O K .
?
Orier sMCU
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d r e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r .
2. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r s B,D, F Q, a n d R,
f
CONNECTOR B |2P)
SB
CONNECTOR Q (20P)
.CONNECTOR D(16P)
11
12
GRN
V/
13
14
15
18 17
18
/
/
10
11 12 13 14 15 16
RED
CONNECTOR R C24P)
BRN
BRN BLK
CONNECTOR F f33P)
WHT
WHT/RED
BLU
BLK/RED
13 14
BLK
RED GRY BRN
15
16
17
18
//
10
21
22
GRN
15
2 23
28
2?
20
WHT
RED
BRN
BLK
BLU
28 29
30
18
17
/
LTBLU
18
32
"X
RED/YEL
3. I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to b e s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d contact.
* l i t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e b e n t l o o s e o r c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* ff t h e t e r m i n a l s look O K , go to s t e p 4.
(confd)
22-203
Exterior Lights
MICU input Test (cont'd)
4. W i t h t h e c o n n e c t o r s still d i s c o n n e c t e d , m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r s .
If a n y test i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m ,
Cavity
Wire
D11
RED
F10
F13
RED
WHT/
T e s t condition
RED
P o s s i b l e c a u s e if r e s u l t i s n o t
obtained
C o n n e c t the t e r m i n a l F 1 9 a n d
t e r m i n a l D11 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e :
T h e taillights a n d t h e l i c e n s e plate
lights s h o u l d c o m e o n .
B l o w n bulb
Poor ground (G602)
C o n n e c t the t e r m i n a l F I 9 a n d
terminal F10 with a jumper wire:
T h e left front parking light a n d t h e
left front s i d e m a r k e r light s h o u l d
c o m e on,
B l o w n bulb
Poor ground (G302)

C o n n e c t the terminal F19 a n d
B l o w n bulb
terminal F13 with a jumper wire:
Poor ground (G302)
T h e left h e a d l i g h t (high b e a m )
should c o m e on.
F21
RED/
YEL
Q8
GRN
P a s s e n g e r ' s underd a s h fuse/relay box

disconnected
C o n n e c t the terminal F19 a n d

t e r m i n a l F21 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e :
T h e left h e a d l i g h t ( l o w b e a m )
should c o m e on.
Poor ground (G302)

C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n t h e
terminal Q 8 and the p a s s e n g e r ' s
c o n n e c t o r A (38P) t e r m i n a l No. 1 7 : .
A s h o r t in t h e w i r e
22-204
B l o w n bulb
5, R e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s to t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r .

* If a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
* If all t h e input t e s t s p r o v e O K , g o to s t e p .
Cavity
Wire
Q1
BLK
Q2
BRIM
Test condition
P o s s i b l e c a u s e if r e s u l t Is riot
obtained
R2
BRN
R5
BLK
U n d e r ail c o n d i t i o n s
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.5- V .
M e a s u r e the voltage"to g r o u n d :
T h e r e s h o u l d b e l e s s t h a n 0.5 V . -
81
BLU
* Poor g r o u n d (G501)
* P o o r g r o u n d (G501)
* P o o r g r o u n d (G502)
* A n o p e n in the w i r e '
- B l o w n No. 3 ( A S L T M A I N )
(30 A) f u s e in the u n d e r - h o o d
D12
BRN
Driver's door open

T h e r e s h o u l d be less than 1 V.
* Faulty driver's door switch

(cont'd)
22-205
Exterior Lights
Cavity
Wire
F11
WHT
T e s t condition
obtained

w n No. 1 5 (10 A ) f u s e In
. the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box
F17
BLU
B l o w n No. 3 ( A S L T M A I N )
- (30 A ) f u s e in the u n d e r - h o o d
T h e r e s h o u l d - b e battery v o l t a g e .
F19
BLK/
T h e r e s h o u l d be battery v o l t a g e ,
RED
B l o w n N o . 3 (DR L T M A I N )
(30 A ) f u s e in the u n d e r - h o o d '

fuse/relay box
QT8
R6
R3
WHT
RED
into the ignition
switch -
10), a n d the ignition
key r e m o v e d f r o m
the ignition s w i t c h
R7
GRY
R3
BLK
BRN
R3
BLK
R21
GRN
R3
BLK
R22
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n
terminals R6 and R3:
M e a s u r e the voltage between
* F a u l t y Ignition key s w i t c h
F a u l t y c o m b i n a t i o n light
switch
A n .open in the. w i r e
s w i t c h in a n y other
position t h a n O F F

T h e r e s h o u l d be 5 V or m o r e .
* A s h o r t to g r o u n d in the w i r e .
switch ( S M A L L
t e r m i n a l s R7 a n d R 3 :
switch
position) O N
s w i t c h (headlight)
ON
switch O F F
* F a u l t y c o m b i n a t i o n light
switch
* F a u l t y c o m b i n a t i o n Sight
switch
switch
switch
switch
switch lever pulled
(Passing)

switch lever released
(OFF)
switch
LT
BLU
s w i t c h ( D i m m e r ) in
high b e a m position
s w i t c h ( D i m m e r ) in
l o w b e a m position
R3
BLK
22-206
T h e r e s h o u l d be m o r e t h a n 5 V,
switch O F F
switch O F F
R8
BLK
* F a u l t y ignition key s w i t c h
switch
switch
BODY
Passenger's MICU
6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Oh a n d r e m o v e t h e right kick p a n e l .
* 2 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 20-97}
* 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-39)
7. D i s c o n n e c t p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r s A a n d E .
CONNECTOR A (38P)
C O N N E C T O R E (18P)
10
//
12 18
15 18
71
4A
GRY
8, W i t h t h e c o n n e c t o r s still d i s c o n n e c t e d , m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r s .
If a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , f i n d a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* if all t h e input t e s t s p r o v e O K , g o to s t e p 9.
Cavity
Wire
A8
BLU
T e s t condition

obtained
* B l o w n No. 3 ( A S L T M A I N )
(30 A ) f u s e in the u n d e r - h o o d
- f u s e / r e l a y box
fuse/relay box
A17
GRN
P a s s e n g e r ' s underd a s h fuse/relay box

disconnected
E2
ORN
E10
BRN
E12
GRY
A17 terminal and the driver's
c o n n e c t o r Q (20P) t e r m i n a l N o . 8:
C o n n e c t the terminals A 8 a n d E 2
with a j u m p e r wire:
T h e right h e a d l i g h t ( h i g h b e a m )
should c o m e on.
C o n n e c t the terminals A 8 and E10
T h e right h e a d l i g h t ( l o w b e a m )
should c o m e on.
Connect the terminals A 8 and E 1 2
with a jumper wire:
T h e right front parking light a n d
B l o w n bulb
1
P o o r g r o u n d ( G 2 0 3 ) * or
(G201)*
* B l o w n bulb
2
B l o w n bulb
Poor ground (G201)
e
t h e right front s i d e m a r k e r light'

should come on.
* 1:EX-L E X - L PZEV
* 2: E x c e p t E X - L , E X - L P Z E V
f
9, If multiple f a i l u r e s a r e f o u n d o n m o r e t h a n o n e c o n t r o l u n i t r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
( i n c l u d e s t h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U ) ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 8 4 ) . If Input f a i l u r e s a r e -related to a p a r t i c u l a r control unit, r e p l a c e the
control unit
22-207
Exterior Lights
Combination Light Switch Test/Replacement
1. R e m o v e the d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-153).
2. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 17-28).
3. D i s c o n n e c t the 12P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h (B).
H?
u
//
9 10 11 12
4. R e m o v e the t w o s c r e w s , t h e n s l i d e out the c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h .

5. I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e they, a r e all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t
* If the t e r m i n a l s a r e b e n t l o o s e or c o r r o d e d , r e p a i r t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y , a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
If the t e r m i n a l s look O K , c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s In e a c h s w i t c h position a c c o r d i n g t the
tables.
Light switch
Terminal
Position
10
11
12
-o-
-o
OFF
switch
LOW
=0=
HIGH
OFF
Passing
ON
\ y
Terminal
Position
12
"*^\
o o
LEFT
PJeytral
RIGHT
o-
6. If t h e continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the s w i t c h .
22-203
BODY
Headlight Adjustment
AUTION
H e a d l i g h t s b e c o m e v e r y hot d u r i n g u s e ; d o not
3. T u r n the l o w b e a m s o n .
4, D e t e r m i n e if the h e a d l i g h t s a r e a i m e d properly.
touch t h e m or any attaching hardware immediately

Vertical a d j u s t m e n t :
after t h e y h a v e b e e n t u r n e d off,
M e a s u r e the h e i g h t of the h e a d l i g h t s (A).

A d j u s t t h e cut line (B) to the lighf s height.
Before adjusting the headlights:
* P a r k t h e v e h i c l e o n a level s u r f a c e ,
* M a k e s u r e t h e tire p r e s s u r e s a r e c o r r e c t .
* T h e d r i v e r or s o m e o n e w h o w e i g h s t h e s a m e s h o u l d
sit in t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t
1.
C l e a n t h e o u t e r l e n s s o that y o u c a n s e e the c e n t e r
{A) of the h e a d l i g h t s ,
5.
If n e c e s s a r y , o p e n the h o o d a n d a d j u s t t h e
h e a d l i g h t s by turning the vertical a d j u s t e r .
2. Park the v e h i c l e in front of a w a l l or a s c r e e n (A).
22-209
Exterior Lights
Headlight Replacement
4-door
1.
R e m o v e the parts s h o w n .
2-door
1.
R e m o v e the parts s h o w n .
* U p p e r f e n d e r t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-260)
U p p e r f e n d e r t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-260)
* F r o n t b u m p e r ( s e e p a g e 20-239)
* F r o n t b u m p e r a b s o r b e r ( s e e p a g e 20-239)
Front b u m p e r ( s e e p a g e 20-239)
F r o n t b u m p e r a b s o r b e r ( s e e p a g e 20-239)
2. R e m o v e the three bolts, a n d pull the h e a d l i g h t (A)

out slightly.
2. R e m o v e the t h r e e bolts, a n d pull the h e a d l i g h t (A)

out slightly.
3. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s clip (B) f r o m the h e a d l i g h t

h o u s i n g , a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s (C) f r o m
the bulb s o c k e t s .
3. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s clip (B) f r o m t h e h e a d l i g h t

h o u s i n g , a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s (C) f r o m
the bulb s o c k e t s .
4. R e m o v e the h e a d l i g h t w i t h the c o r n e r u p p e r b e a m
4. R e m o v e the h e a d l i g h t w i t h t h e c o r n e r u p p e r b e a m
(D).
(D).
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to s c r a t c h the headlight l e n s

and the fender.
a n d the f e n d e r .
5. R e m o v e the t w o bolts (E) a n d t h e c o r n e r u p p e r

b e a m f r o m the h e a d l i g h t
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to s c r a t c h t h e h e a d l i g h t l e n s
5. R e m o v e t h e t w o bolts (E) a n d t h e c o r n e r u p p e r
beam from the headlight
6. Install the h e a d l i g h t in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
6. Install the h e a d l i g h t In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
7. After r e p l a c e m e n t a d j u s t t h e h e a d l i g h t
7. After r e p l a c e m e n t , a d j u s t t h e h e a d l i g h t
22-210
B0DY
Bulb Replacement
Headlight (High Beam)
Headlight (Low Beam)
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the headlight.

Headlight
(High B e a m ) : SO
1. R e m o v e t h e i n n e r f e n d e r ( s e e p a g e 20-273).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e headlight.
Headlight ( L o w B e a m ) :
51 W (4-dor)
5 5 W (2-door)
2. T u r n t h e b u l b s o c k e t 4 5 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to
r e m o v e the bulb.
3, Install a n e w b u l b In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
3. T u r n t h e bulb s o c k e t 45 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to
r e m o v e t h e bulb.
4. Install a n e w bulb in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
(confd)
22-211
Exterior Lights
Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Front Torn Signal/Parking Lights
1. D i s c o n n e c t the 3 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the front turn
Front Side Marker Light

-1. R e m o v e t h e Inner f e n d e r ( s e e p a g e 20-273). -
s i g n a l / p a r k i n g Sights.
F r o n t Turn S i g n a l / P a r k i n g L i g h t s :
21 W / 5 W (4-door)
2 4 C P / 2 . 2 C P (2-door)
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the front s i d e

m a r k e r light.
Front S i d e Marker Light: 3 C P
N O T E : T h e illustration s h o w s 4-door m o d e l s .
2. T u r n the bulb s o c k e t 45 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to
3. T u r n the bulb s o c k e t 45 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to
3. Install a n e w bulb In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
22-212
4. Install a n e w bulb In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
BODY
Taillights (4-door)
1 . O p e n t h e t r u n k Sid, a n d r e m o v e t h e trunk s i d e t r i m
p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-123).
2, D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s f r o m t h e lights,
i r a t e Ughts/Taillighls:21/5 W
B e a r T y r o S i g n a l L i g h t : 21 W
Baek-yp Light:
21 W
Taillights (2-door)
1.. O p e n t h e trunk lid, a n d r e m o v e the trunk s i d e t r i m
p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-123).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s f r o m t h e fights,
Brake Lights/Taillights:21/5 W
R e a r T y r o Signal L i g h t : 21 W
Back-up L i g h t :
21 W
3. T u r n t h e b u l b s o c k e t 4 5 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to
3. ' T u r n t h e bulb s o c k e t 4 5 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to
4. Install n e w bufbfs) in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
4, Install n e w bufb(s) in t h e r e v e r s e order, of r e m o v a l .
22-213
Exterior Lights
Taillight Replacement
4-door
2-door
2. R e m o v e the trunk s i d e t r i m p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-123).
2. R e m o v e the trunk s i d e t r i m p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-123).
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s ( A ) f r o m the taillights (B).
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s ( A ) f r o m the taillights ( B ) .
4. T u r n t h e b u l b s o c k e t s 4 5 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to
4. T u r n the bulb s o c k e t s 45 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to
r e m o v e t h e b u l b s o c k e t s (C).
r e m o v e t h e bulb s o c k e t s - ( C ) .
5. R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g n u t s a n d bolts, t h e n r e m o v e
the t a i l l i g h t
5. R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g n u t s a n d bolts, t h e n r e m o v e
the t a i l l i g h t
6. R e m o v e the s c r e w a n d s e p a r a t e the taillight a n d

bracket ( D ) .
6. R e m o v e the s c r e w a n d s e p a r a t e the taillight a n d
7 . I n s p e c t the g a s k e t (E); r e p l a c e it if it is distorted or

stays compressed.
7. I n s p e c t the g a s k e t ( E ) ; r e p l a c e it sf it is distorted or
stays compressed.
8. Install the taillight in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

a n d tighten the nuts to 5 N-m (0.5 kgf-m, 4 Ibf-ft).
8. Install the taillight in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

a n d tighten the nuts to 5 N-m (0.5 kgf-m, 4 Ibf-ft).
22-214
bracket ( D ) .
License Plate Light Replacement

4-door
1, Pull the l i c e n s e plate light a s s e m b l y - o u t , a n d
d i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the light,
2-door
1. R e m o v e the l i c e n s e plate light (A),-and d i s c o n n e c t
- the 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B) f r o m the light.
License Plate Light:
2. S e p a r a t e t h e l e n s IB) a n d h o u s i n g (C), t h e n r e m o v e
2. S e p a r a t e the lens-(C) a n d h o u s i n g (D), t h e n r e m o v e

the b u l b .
t h e bulb.
3 . Install t h e Sight in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
5 W
3.
Install t h e Sight in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
22-215
Ixtf mm Lights
High Mount Brake Light
Replacement
Brake Fecial Position Switch T e s t

1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 4P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the brake
p e d a l position s w i t c h ( B ) .
1. O p e n the trunk-lid.
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the high
m o u n t brake l i g h t
H i g h M o u n t B r a k e L i g h t : 21 W
2. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s N o . 1

a n d No. 2.
* T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y w h e n t h e brake p e d a l
is p r e s s e d .
3. T u r n the bulb s o c k e t (B) 45 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to
* T h e r e s h o u l d be n o continuity w h e n t h e brake
p e d a l is r e l e a s e d .
r e m o v e t h e bulb (C).
4. R e m o v e t h e rear s h e l f ( s e e p a g e 20-119),
5. R e m o v e t h e high m o u n t brake light (A).
3. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s N o . 3

a n d N o . 4.
* T h e r e s h o u l d be no c o n t i n u i t y w h e n the brake
p e d a l is p r e s s e d .
* T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y w h e n the brake p e d a l
4. If n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t or r e p l a c e the s w i t c h , or a d j u s t
the p e d a l height ( s e e p a g e 19-6).
6. Install t h e light in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
22-216
Turn Signal/Hazard
Warning
Lights
TURPI S I G N A L
INDICATORS
DRIVER'S MICU
f B u i l t i n t o t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f y s e / r e l a y bmt]
I n p u t T e s t p a g e 22-221
22-217

Circuit Diagram
BATTERY
>.1{MAN)(100A)
).9(15A)
22-218
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
U N D E R - H O O D FUSE/RELAY BOX
Ho. 3-1II6MATO (50 AS
c r v x >
Mo. 15 (10
A|
F18
CI
BAT
[ j: 2-ctoor
No. 617.5
A) FUSE
(PASSENGER'S
FOSE/RELAY BOX)
DRIVER'S UMDEH-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
li IY
4
11
HAZARD
^
LIGHT
7 ) (LED)
-M02
f^
0
WARNING
SWITCH
IN
DASH LIGHTS
BRIGHTNESS
CONTROLLER
LEFT
TURN
SIGNAL
SWITCH
HON LIGHT SWITCH
22-219
Tyro Signal/Hazard Warning Lights

DTC Troubleshooting
DTC B1280: Turn S i g n a l S w i t c h Circuit
Malfunction
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h 1 2 P
9= D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
connector.
D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A (see page 22-120).
10. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
(24P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 13 a n d N o . 14.
to O N (II).
DRIVER'S UfMDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX

CONNECTOR R (24P)
3. O p e r a t e t h e turn s i g n a l s w i t c h In left a n d right

p o s i t i o n s , a n d w a i t for 6 s e c o n d s o r m o r e .
Is DTC B1280
13
14
(LT
16
17
18
RIGHT ( B R N )
LEFT
Indicated?
15
mm
//
10
21
22
/ /
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s .
Is there
continuity?
s y s t e m select m e n u , then enter the D A T A L I S T .

Y E S R e p a i r a s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e w i r e .
6. C h e c k e a c h turn s i g n a l s w i t c h position v a l u e - w i t h
NOGotostep 11.
the D A T A L I S T m e n u .
11. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h

Value
Data List
ON
OFF
f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r R (24P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 13
a n d N o . 14.
D R I V E R ' S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
CONNECTOR R (24P)
Data List
Value
OFF
ON
Are
all data
list
values
correct?
Y E S F a u l t y driver's M I C U ; replace the driver's

13
14
15
16
17
18
LEFT
(LT GRN)
RIGHT (BRIM)
//
10
21
22
/
/ /
is there
continuity
Y E S R e p a i r a short between the wires.

N O R e p l a c e t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h , I
22-220
BODY
j|
MICU input Test

NOTE;
B e f o r e t e s t i n g , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e m u l t i p l e x Integrated control unit first, u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A
( s e e p a g e 22-120),
* B e f o r e t e s t i n g , m a k e s u r e the No, 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x is O K .
Driver's MSCU
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (01, a n d r e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-153).
2. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r s D, F, N, P, Q, a n d R.
CONNECTOR P (20PI
C O N N E C T O R D(16P)
GRN
10
3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 18
GUM
3
,-jnL-,
1 3
BLU
1 4
15 16 17 18
10
12
1 9
BLU
CONNECTOR F (33P)
C O N N E C T O R Q (20P)
BRN
n1 2
11
1 2
13
v/ z
14
15
16
1 7
1 8
/7
/
2 0
GRN
CONNECTOR R(24P)
WHT
3_
10
12
ZZ14
BRN
n.
1 2
1 3
14
BLK
3
1 5
1 6
17 18
//
10
21
22
LTGRN BRN
3.
I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t .
* If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e o r c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
(confd)
22-221

4. W i t h the c o n n e c t o r s still d i s c o n n e c t e d , m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the a p p r o p r i a t e c o n n e c t o r .
* If all the input t e s t s p r o v e ' O K , g o to s t e p 5.
Cavity
Wire
F11
'WHT
Under all c o n d i t i o n s
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e to "
ground:
T h e r e s h o u l d be battery
voltage.
F32
WHT
M e a s u r e the voltage to
ground:
voltage.
D7
GRN
C o n n e c t t e r m i n a l s F 3 2 a n d D7
T h e right rear turn s i g n a l light
should c o m e on.
D13
F1
BLU
BLU
T e s t condition
Connect terminals F32 and
P o s s i b l e c a u s e if d e s i r e d r e s u l t
Is n o t o b t a i n e d
B l o w n No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e In
the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box
* B l o w n No. 9 (15 A) f u s e in-theu n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box
* P o o r g r o u n d (G602)
* B l o w n bulb
' * P o o r g r o u n d (G602)
D13 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e :
B l o w n bulb
T h e left rear turn s i g n a l light
should c o m e on.
C o n n e c t t e r m i n a l s F 3 2 a n d F1
with a jumper wire:
T h e left front turn s i g n a l light
should c o m e on.
* P o o r g r o u n d (G302)
* B l o w n bulb
P3
GRN
C o n n e c t t e r m i n a l s F 3 2 a n d P3
with a jumper wire:
T h e right front turn s i g n a l
light a n d the right turn s i g n a l
indicator s h o u l d c o m e o n .
*
.
*
P14
BLU
Connect terminals F32 and

P14 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e :
T h e left turn s i g n a l indicator
should c o m e on.
*
*
22-222
- -
B l o w n bulb
F a u l t y indicator
F a u l t y indicator
5. R e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s to t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box, a n d m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r s .

* If a n y test i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m ,
* If all the input t e s t s p r o v e O K , t h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U m u s t be faulty; r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
( s e e p a g e 22-84),
Cavity
Wire
Q2
BRN
R2
BRN
T e s t condition
Test: Desired
result
M e a s u r e t h e voltage to
ground:
P o s s i b l e c a y s e if d e s i r e d r e s u l t
.i$ n o t o b t a i n e d
T h e r e s h o u l d be 0,5 V or l e s s .
N7
Q17
WHT
GRN
Hazard w a r n i n g s w i t c h
pressed
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e to
ground:
T h e r e s h o u l d be 0.5 V or l e s s . M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e to
ground:
v P o o r g r o u n d (G501)
fuse/relay box
T h e r e s h o u l d be battery voltage.
A s h o r t to g r o u n d in the w i r e
* Faulty-hazard w a r n i n g switch
ground:
R13
LTGRN
R3
BLK
R14
R3
BRN
BLK
Ignition s w i t c h O N III),
turn s i g n a l s w i t c h in
left position
ignition s w i t c h O N (II),
right or neutral position
Ignition s w i t c h O N OIL
t u r n s i g n a l s w i t c h in
right p o s i t i o n
voltage.
terminals R13 and R3: T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1 V.
Faulty c o m b i n a t i o n light
switch
* Faulty c o m b i n a t i o n light
switch
* Faulty c o m b i n a t i o n light
switch'
* - Faulty c o m b i n a t i o n , light
switch
left or neutral p o s i t i o n
* A s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e w i r e "
Ignition s w i t c h O N (11),
' M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n
22-223

Hazard Warning Switch Test/Replacement
1. R e m o v e the c e n t e r v e n t ( s e e p a g e 20-164).
2. R e m o v e the h a z a r d w a r n i n g s w i t c h (A).
3. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s In e a c h

s w i t c h position a c c o r d i n g to the table.
N O T E : M a k e s u r e t h e c o r r e c t t e s t l e a d ( + or ) is
p l a c e d o n the t e r m i n a l .
\ y
Terminal
rOSITIOii
OFF
on
o- ho
@-
-0
H3
4. If the continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the

hazard warning switch.
22-224
Interior Lights
Component Legation Index
4-door
INDIVIDUAL HAP LIGHTS {With moonroof)

Test/Replacement, page 2 2 - 2 3 2
INDIVIDUAL MAP LIGHTS (Withoyt moonroof)
Test/Replacement, page 22-232
INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH (Built into the moonroof
AMBIENT LIGHT (With moonroof)
/CEILING LIGHT (Without moonroof)
Test/Replacement page 22-233
' FRONT P A S S E N G E R ' S DOOR SWITCH
' CEILING LIGHT (With moonroof)
T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t , page 2 2 - 2 3 3
f RIGHT REAR DOOR SWITCH

/ T R U N K LIGHT
Test/Replacement,
page 22-233
TRUNK LID
LATCH SWITCH
DRIVER'S DOOR COURTESY LIGHT

T e s t , page. 2 2 - 2 3 6
FRONT P A S S E N G E R ' S
DOOR C O U R T E S Y LIGHT
LEFT REAR DOOR SWITCH
(confd)
22-225
Inferior Lights
DRIVER'S VANITY
MIRROR LIGHTS
Test/Replacement
page 22-238
22-226
PASSENGER'S VANITY
MIRROR LIGHTS
Test/Replacement,
page 22-236
2-door
INDIVIDUAL MAP LIGHTS (With moonroof!

INDIVIDUAL MAP LIGHTS (Without moonroof)
INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH (Built into the moonroof switch)
AMBIENT LIGHT (With moonroof)
CEILING LIGHT (Without moonroof)
CEILING LIGHT (With moonroof)
'TRUNK LIGHT
Test/Replacement
page 22-233
TRUNK LID
LATCH SWITCH
Test, page 22-236
PASSENGER'S DOOR SWITCH
(cont'd)
22-227
Interior Lights
22-228
BODY
22-229
Interior Lights
Circuit Diagram
22-230
DC, UraSuSt-P, LX-P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S P2EV

Ejcespt LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX~P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV
22-231
Interior Lights
Front Individual Map Light Test/Replacement
Without moonroof
With moonroof
1. T u r n the m a p light s w i t c h O F F .
1.
2. C a r e f u l l y pry the l e n s (A) off w i t h a s m a l l
2. C a r e f u l l y pry the l e n s (A) off w i t h a s m a l l

screwdriver.
screwdriver.
F r o n t Map
T u r n the m a p Sight s w i t c h O F F .
Front M a p
Light: 8 W x 2
Light:8Wx2
3. R e m o v e the s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e the m a p lights (B).

3. R e m o v e the s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e the m a p lights (B).
4. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s (C) f r o m the m a p lights.
4. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (C) f r o m the m a p lights.
5. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s In e a c h
RIGHT
LEFT
-o
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
oo-
--
-o
-o
6. If t h e continuity Is not a s s p e c i f i e d , c h e c k the
5. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s .

* T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n . t h e
t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2 w i t h the s w i t c h in t h e
O N position.
T h e r e s h o u l d be n o c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e
t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d N o . 2 w i t h t h e s w i t c h In t h e
O F F position.
6. If the continuity Is not a s s p e c i f i e d , c h e c k the bulb.
If t h e bulb is O K , r e p l a c e t h e m a p light.
bulb(s). If t h e buSb(s) a r e O K , r e p l a c e the m a p l i g h t

7. Install the light In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
7. Install the light In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
22-232
Ceiling Light Test/Replacement
Trunk Light Test/Replacement
1. T u r n t h e c e l l i n g light s w i t c h O F F ,
1.. O p e n the trunk lid.
2. C a r e f u l l y pry t h e l e n s (A) off w i t h a s m a l l

screwdriver.
2. C a r e f u l l y pry out the trunk light (A).

Tronic Light: 5 W .
Cellini Light:
81
Not used
f+l
3.
R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e the c e i l i n g light
(-)
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B) f r o m t h e l i g h t
(B).
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 P c o n n e c t o r (CI f r o m the c e i l i n g
light.
4. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s No. 1

( + ) a n d N o . 2 (). T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y . If
t h e r e is n o continuity, c h e c k t h e bulb. If t h e bulb is
O K , r e p l a c e the trunk light a s s e m b l y .
5. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s .
5. Install t h e light in the r e v e r s e o r d e r o f - r e m o v a l .
* T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity b e t w e e n t h e
t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d Ho. 2 w i t h the s w i t c h in t h e
M I D D L E position.
* T h e r e s h o u l d b e continuity b e t w e e n t h e
t e r m i n a l s N o , 2 a n d N o . 3 (body g r o u n d ) w i t h t h e
s w i t c h in t h e O N p o s i t i o n .
* T h e r e s h o u l d b e n o continuity b e t w e e n the
t e r m i n a l s N o , 1 a n d No. 2, a n d b e t w e e n the
terminals No. 2 a n d No. 3 (body ground) with the
s w i t c h in t h e O F F p o s i t i o n .
8, If t h e continuity Is not a s s p e c i f i e d , c h e c k the b u l b .
If t h e bulb i s O K , r e p l a c e the c e i l i n g light.
7. Install t h e light in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
22-233
Interior Lights
Interior Light Switch Test/
Replacement
Ambient Light Replacement

With moonroof
With moonroof
N O T E : T h e a m b i e n t light i s built into-the m o o n r o o f

switch.
N O T E : T h e interior fight s w i t c h is built into the

m o o n r o o f s w i t c h , a n d it s w i t c h e s the front individual
m a p light O F F a n d D O O R p o s i t i o n s .
1. R e m o v e t h e front i n d i v i d u a l m a p lights ( s e e p a g e
22-232).
1. R e m o v e the front i n d i v i d u a l m a p lights ( s e e p a g e

22-232).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e m o o n r o o f s w i t c h 12P c o n n e c t o r (A)
a n d the m a p light 3 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the m o o n r o o f s w i t c h 12P c o n n e c t o r (A)

a n d the m a p light 3 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
3. R e m o v e the m o o n r o o f s w i t c h (C) f r o m the m a p

light h o u s i n g .
3. R e m o v e the m o o n r o o f s w i t c h (C) f r o m the m a p
light h o u s i n g .
4. A t the m o o n r o o f s w i t c h 12P c o n n e c t o r , c h e c k for
continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s No. 9 a n d No. 7.
* T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity w h e n the interior light
s w i t c h is in the D O O R p o s i t i o n .
* T h e r e s h o u l d be no c o n t i n u i t y w h e n t h e interior
light s w i t c h is in the O F F p o s i t i o n .
5. If t h e continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e
. moonroof switch a s s e m b l y .
22-234
4. At t h e m o o n r o o f s w i t c h T2P c o n n e c t o r , c h e c k the
light by c o n n e c t i n g battery p o w e r to the t e r m i n a l
No. 3 a n d g r o u n d to t h e t e r m i n a l No. 1. T h e
a m b i e n t Sight s h o u l d c o m e o n . If t h e light d o e s not
c o m e o n , r e p l a c e the m o o n r o o f s w i t c h a s s e m b l y .
5. Install t h e parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
[
Courtesy Light Replacement
1. C a r e f u l l y pry off t h e l e n s (A) w i t h a s m a l l
screwdriver.
C o u r t e s y Light:
2 CP
Glove Box Light Replacement

1. R e m o v e the g l o v e b o x s t o p s a n d d a m p e r ( s e e p a g e
20-161).
2. T u r n t h e bulb s o c k e t (A) 45 c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to'
r e m o v e It.
Gtowe B o x L i g h t : 2 C P
2 , R e m o v e t h e b u l b (B) f r o m t h e s o c k e t .
3. Install t h e light in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
3. R e m o v e the bulb (B) f r o m the s o c k e t

4. Install the light In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
22-235
Interior Lights
Trunk Lid Latch Switch Test
Vanity Mirror Light Test/

Replacement
1.
O p e n t h e trunk lid.
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 3 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e trunk lid
1. R e m o v e the s u n v i s o r ( s e e p a g e 20-127).
latch a s s e m b l y (B).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the s u n v i s o r
(B).
V a n i t y Mirror L i g h t :
1.1 W x 2
A-

a n d No. 2.
T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y w i t h the trunk lid

open.

a n d No. 2.
* W i t h the v a n i t y m i r r o r c o v e r (C) o p e n e d , t h e r e
s h o u l d be continuity.
* With the vanity mirror c o v e r c l o s e d , there s h o u l d
be n o continuity.
4. If the continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , c h e c k the b u l b s
(D). If the b u l b s a r e O K , r e p l a c e t h e v a n i t y m i r r o r
light
22-236
T h e r e s h o u l d be no c o n t i n u i t y w i t h the trunk lid

closed.
4. If the continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e
trunk lid latch a s s e m b l y .
LZZrZZ
^ A a o a J
Entry.4jghts Control System

4-door w i t h moooroof
INTD1V1DUAL IV1AP LIGHTS

PASSENGER'S MICU
CBuilt into the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box)
input Test page 22-244
CEILING LIGHT
PROMT PASSENGER'S
DOOR SWITCH
DOOR MULTIPLEX
CONTROL UNIT
(Built Into the power
master switch!
RIGHT REAR
DOOR SWITCH
IGNITION KEY SWITCH

Test page 22-247
IGNITION KEY LIGHT
Test page 22-247
DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH
Test page 22-172
4-door w i t h o y t moonroof
. DRIVER'S MICU
(Built into the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box)
Input Test page 22-242 '
CEILING LIGHT
PASSENGER'S MICU
(Built into the passenger's
under-dash fuse/relay box)
Input Test
age 22-244
eplacement page 22-87
FRONT PASSENGER'S
DOOR SWITCH
DOOR MULTIPLEX
CONTROL UNIT
(Built into the power wind'
master switch)
RIGHT REAR
DOOR SWITCH
IGNITION KEY SWITCH

Test page 22-247
IGNITION KEY LIGHT
Test page 22-247
DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH
Test page 22-172
22-238
11
2 - d o o r w i t h rn 000 roof
INTDIVIDUAL MAP LIGHTS


CEILING LIGHT

f Built Into the power window
master swiieh)
IGNITION KEY SWITCH
Test, page 22-247
IGNITION KEY LIGHT
DRIVER'S DOOR LOOK KNOB SWITCH
Test page 22-247
Test, page 22-172
2-door w i t h o y t moonroof
f DRIVER'S MICU
(Built Into the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box)
PASSENGER'S MICU
CEILING LIGHT

{Built Into the power window
fiaSIr SWIfCalf

IGNITION KEY SWITCH
Test, page 22-247
IGNITION KEY LIGHT
DRIVER'S DOOR LOOK KNOB SWITCH
Test, page 22-247
Test page 22-172
22-239

Circuit Diagram
22-240
22-241

N O T E : B e f o r e t e s t i n g , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e m u l t i p l e x integrated control unit f i r s t u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t
M o d e A { s e e p a g e 22-120).
Driver's MICU.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d r e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-153)=
2. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r s D, P, Q, a n d R.
N O T E : All c o n n e c t o r v i e w s a r e s h o w n f r o m w i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s .
CONNECTOR D (16P)
CONNECTOR Q (20P)
LTGRN
BLK
BRN
F = l
1
10
11
12
13
14 15
8
11
16
\
PNK
BRN
i
8
9 1U
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
WHT
CONNECTOR R (24P)
CONNECTOR P (20P)
r/l
4 5
17 18
15
RED
BRN
12 13
BLK
n
1 2 3 4 5 6
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
11
12
/ /
3. I n s p e c t the c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t
* If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e b e n t l o o s e o r c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
if the t e r m i n a l s look O K , g o to s t e p 4.
22-242
n
10
9
21 22
7
/
4. R e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s to t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r s .

* If a n y t e s t I n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
Cavity
Wire
Q1
BLK
Q2
BRN
R2
T e s t condition
P o s s i b l e c a u s e if d e s i r e d r e s u l t i s
not obtained
M e a s u r e the voltage to g r o u n d :

BRN
R5
BLK
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.5 V ,
* P o o r g r o u n d (G502)
D4
LT
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1 V ,
Left rear d o o r o p e n
GRN
D12
P4
Q11
Q18
BRN
PNK
RED
WHT
Left r e a r d o o r c l o s e d
Driver's door open
Faulty left rear d o o r s w i t c h
* Faulty left rear d o o r s w i t c h
- * Faulty d r i v e r ' s d o o r s w i t c h
C e i l i n g light s w i t c h in
the middle position,
Inter!of light s w i t c h
in the D O O R p o s i t i o n ,
IVIap lights in t h e
D O O R position
T h e c e i l i n g light a n d m a p tight*
should c o m e on.
T h e ignition key Sight s h o u l d
B l o w n No. 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the
come on.
F a u l t y ignition key Sight
A n o p e n in t h e w i r e . .
* Faulty ignition key s w i t c h
* Poor g r o u n d CG5G3)
* F a u l t y ignition key s w i t c h
into t h e ignition
switch
(0), a n d t h e ignition
key r e m o v e d f r o m
t h e ignition s w i t c h
* : With moonroof
* B l o w n -No. 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the
* Faulty c e i l i n g light
* Faulty m a p Sight*
* F a u l t y interior light s w i t c h *
* B l o w n bulb.
(confd)
22-243

Passenger's MICU
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d r e m o v e the right kick p a n e l .
* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
1
6. D i s c o n n e c t p a s s e n g e r ' s - u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box c o n n e c t o r s A , E , a n d G * (or H* ).

* 1:LX, L X P Z E V , L X - P , L X - P P Z E V , L X - S , L X - S P Z E V
N O T E : AH c o n n e c t o r v i e w s a r e w i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s ,
CONNECTOR G (16P) (LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV,
LX-S, LX-S PZEV)
CONNECTOR A (38P)
WHT
BRN
CONNECTOR E (18P)
10 11 12 13 14 15
BLK BLK
3 4
6 7
16
LTGRN GRN
CONNECTOR H (38P) (Except LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV,

LX-S, LX-S PZEV)
GRN
/
10
/
12 13
8 7 "8
15 16
BLK
1 2
BLK
3 4 5 0 7
22 23 24 25 26 27
il/Mr
11 1
2 13 14 15 16 17 . 8 /
29
4=
LTGRN
7. Inspect the c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e ail m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t .

* If the t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e or c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
22-244
/,
/
R e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s to the p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the

connectors.
* If a n y t e s t I n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
* If at! the input t e s t s p r o v e O K , g o to s t e p 3.
T a s t condition
Cavity
Wire
A36
BLK
U n d e r ali c o n d i t i o n s
A37
BLK
E15
BLK
M e a s u r e t h e voltage to g r o u n d :
E16
BLK
A14
WHT
A35
BRN
ignition s w i t c h O N
(ID
P o s s i b l e c a u s e if d e s i r e d r e s u l t i s
not obtained
Poor ground (G505)
*
*
*

* B l o w n No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e in the
* Faulty driver's under-dash f u s e /
relay b o x
* B l o w n No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the
box
* Faulty d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e /
relay box
G14*
or
2
H25*
G1*
or
H3*
LT
GRN
GRN
Right rear d o o r o p e n
Right rear d o o r
closed
M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e to' g r o u n d :
door open
T h e r e should be less than 1 V.
Front passenger's
door closed
F a u l t y right rear d o o r s w i t c h
* F a u l t y r i g h t rear d o o r s w i t c h
* F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r
switch
* Faulty front p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r
switch
* 1: L X L X P Z E V , L X - P , L X - P P Z E V , L X - S , L X - S P Z E V
f
(cont'd)
22-245

9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d r e m o v e t h e p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 22-275).
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e d o o r multiplex control u n i t
DOOR M U L T I P L E X C O N T R O L UNIT 37P CGfMWECTOR
WHT
\ jTTTTiTT
1 3 114 [X|16
8.
10
11
|17 [ / ] 1 9 [ 2o| 21122123
'26127128129130J311321 331 34| 35J36
YEL
WHT
BLK
BLK

If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e b e n t l o o s e or c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
9
12. R e c o n n e c t t h e 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r to t h e d o o r multiplex control u n i t a n d m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r .

* Sf a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
Cavity
Wire
32
BLK
37
BLK
13
WHT
30
YEL
knob s w i t c h in L O C K
neutral o r U N L O C K
knob s w i t c h in
UNLOCK
T h e r e should be less than 1 V.
neutral or L O C K
31
WHT
T e s t condition

Possible cause if desired resylt is not

obtained
* B l o w n N o , 15 (10 A ) f u s e in the
* Faulty driver's under-dash fuse/
relay b o x
* P o o r g r o u n d (G501)
* F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock knob
switch
switch
T h e r e s h o u l d b e battery v o l t a g e .
* P o o r g r o u n d (G501)
switch
F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s d o o r lock knob
switch
13. If multiple f a i l u r e s a r e f o u n d o n m o r e t h a n o n e control unit, r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x

( i n c l u d e s t h e d r i v e r ' s MSCU) ( s e e p a g e 22-84). If input f a i l u r e s a r e related to a particular control unit, r e p l a c e t h e
control u n i t
22-246
Ignition Key Switch Test
Ignition Key Light Test
1. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n u p p e r a n d l o w e r
c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 20-168),
1, R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n u p p e r a n d Sower
2, D i s c o n n e c t t h e S P c o n n e c t o r (A),
2, D i s c o n n e c t the 6 P c o n n e c t o r (A).
c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 20-168).
(-)
3 , C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the N o . 1 a n d No, 2
terminals.
* T h e r e s h o u l d b e continuity w i t h t h e key in t h e
ignition s w i t c h ,
T h e r e s h o u l d be n o continuity w i t h the key
removed.
(+)
3 . T h e L E D s h o u l d c o m e o n w h e n p o w e r is c o n n e c t e d
to the t e r m i n a l No. 6 a n d g r o u n d is c o n n e c t e d to
4. If t h e L E D d o e s not c o m e o n , r e p l a c e t h e ignition
switch.
4, If the continuity Is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the

ignition s w i t c h .
22-247
Power Windows
1
J
DRIVER'S MICU
{Built into the driver's yrtder-dash fuse/relay box!
22-248
Power Windows
System Description
Anti-pinch Power Window Operation
T h e s y s t e m is c o m p o s e d of the d r i v e r ' s M I C U , p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U , d o o r multiplex control unit (built into the p o w e r
w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h ) , front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w control unit (built into the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
switch) * , and power w i n d o w motors.
* : Except LX, L X PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV, LX-S, L X - S PZEV
T h e d r i v e r ' s a n d front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r s i n c o r p o r a t e a hall IC unit (pulser) w h i c h g e n e r a t e s p u l s e s
d u r i n g the m o t o r ' s o p e r a t i o n a n d s e n d s p u l s e s to the d r i v e r ' s a n d p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w control units. A s s o o n
a s the p o w e r w i n d o w c o n t ro l units detect a c h a n g e in the p u l s e f r e q u e n c y f r o m t h e hall IC unit ( p u l s e r ) , the p o w e r
w i n d o w control units m a k e t h e p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r s t o p a n d r e v e r s e . T h i s p r e v e n t s p i n c h i n g y o u r h a n d or f i n g e r s
during auto-up operation.
Sensor
Threshold valye for

Judgment of pinching
Key Cylinder Operation
W i t h the key i n s e r t e d in the d r i v e r ' s d o o r key c y l i n d e r , turn the key a s e c o n d t i m e within 15 s e c o n d s a n d hold it to
o p e r a t e the w i n d o w s a n d m o o n r o o f ( c l o c k w i s e to o p e n , c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to c l o s e ) . T h e w i n d o w s a n d m o o n r o o f s t o p
m o v i n g w h e n the key is r e l e a s e d . T h e anti-psnch o p e r a t i o n is not a c t i v e w h e n c l o s i n g t h e w i n d o w s a n d m o o n r o o f w i t h
the key c y l i n d e r . Keyless Operation
B y p r e s s i n g a n d h o l d i n g t h e U N L O C K button of t h e k e y l e s s t r a n s m i t t e r a s e c o n d t i m e w i t h i n 15 s e c o n d s , the w i n d o w s
a n d m o o n r o o f o p e n . T h e w i n d o w s a n d m o o n r o o f s t o p m o v i n g w h e n t h e U N L O C K button is r e l e a s e d . T h e w i n d o w s d o
not c l o s e w i t h t h e L O C K button.
22-250
Resetting the Power Window Control Unit

R e s e t t i n g t h e p o w e r w i n d o w s a r e r e q u i r e d w h e n a n y of
the following have occurred:
* Power w i n d o w regulator replacement, removal/
i n s t a l l a t i o n , or r e p a i r
* Power w i n d o w motor replacement, removal/
Installation, or r e p a i r
* W i n d o w run c h a n n e l r e p l a c e m e n t or r e m o v a l /
installation
* Front p a s s e n g e r ' s power w i n d o w switch replacement
or r e m o v a l / i n s t a l l a t i o n *
* D o o r g l a s s re pi a c e merit, r e m o v a l / i n s t a l l a t i o n , or
repair
* P o w e r Is r e m o v e d f r o m the d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
m a s t e r s w i t c h o r front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
s w i t c h w h i l e t h e p o w e r w i n d o w t i m e r is OIM,
* : W i t h front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w A U T O
U P / A U T O D O W N function
N O T E : If t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w h a s lost
p o w e r w h e n t h e key off t i m e r is O N , it c a n n o t be
o p e r a t e d f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s w i t c h a n d m u s t be r e s e t
f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h .
Using the HDS

1, C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r .
Without the HDS

NOTE:
* T o start t h e r e s e t p r o c e d u r e , d o t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r
w i n d o w m a s t e r switch first (steps 1-8), t h e n d o the
p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w switch ( s t e p s 9-1 1), if
equipped.
Do e a c h bullet in s t e p 4 w i t h i n 5 s e c o n d s of e a c h
other.
Bfmefs
Power Window

2. M o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w all t h e w a y d o w n
by u s i n g t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w D O W N s w i t c h .
3. O p e n t h e d r i v e r ' s door.
4. Do the f o l l o w i n g t h r e e t i m e s before g o i n g to s t e p 5:
T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
P u s h and hold t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w D O W N
switch.
T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h O N (II).
R e l e a s e t h e d r i v e r ' s power w i n d o w D O W N switch.
5. C o n f i r m that A U T O U P no longer w o r k s . If A U T O
U P still w o r k s , g o b a c k to s t e p 1.
6. M o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w all t h e w a y down
u s i n g the d r i v e r ' s power w i n d o w D O W N switch.
2* T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N 111), t h e n e n t e r t h e

v e h i c l e ' s V I N a n d m i l e a g e at t h e p r o m p t s .
3. S e l e c t B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L f r o m t h e S Y S T E M
S E L E C T menu.
4. F r o m t h e B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L S Y S T E M S E L E C T
menu, s e l e c t P O W E R W I N D O W S .
5. F r o m t h e MODE m e n u , s e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T S .
6. F r o m t h e A D J U S T M E N T m e n u , s e l e c t W I N D O W
R E S E T for d r i v e r ' s s i d e f p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e ) w i n d o w .
7. Pull up a n d h o l d t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w U P
s w i t c h until the d r i v e r ' s power w i n d o w is all the w a y up,
t h e n c o n t i n u e to hold the .switch for 1 second. "
'8. C o n f i r m that t h e p o w e r w i n d o w c o n t r o l unit is r e s e t
by u s i n g t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w A U T O U P and '
A U T O D O W N function.
If t h e p o w e r w i n d o w still d o e s not w o r k in A U T O ,
r e p e a t the p r o c e d u r e s e v e r a l t i m e s , p a y i n g c l o s e
attention to t h e 5 s e c o n d t i m e limit b e t w e e n
steps.
If it still d o e s not w o r k , g o to- B - C A N S y s t e m
7. F o l l o w t h e p r o m p t s o n the s c r e e n .
F r o n t P a s s e n g e r ' s P o w e r W i n d o w 111 e q u i p p e d )
8. C o n f i r m that t h e p o w e r w i n d o w control unit is r e s e t
by using the p o w e r w i n d o w A U T O U P and A U T O
D O W N function.
9. M o v e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w i n d o w all t h e w a y d o w n

u s i n g t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s power w i n d o w D O W N
switch.
10. Pull up and hold the front p a s s e n g e r ' s power w i n d o w U P
s w i t c h until the front p a s s e n g e r ' s power w i n d o w is all
t h e w a y u p , t h e n c o n t i n u e to h o l d t h e s w i t c h for 1
second.
11. C o n f i r m that t h e p o w e r w i n d o w c o n t r o l unit i s r e s e t
by u s i n g the front p a s s e n g e r ' s power w i n d o w A U T O U P
and D O W N function.
22-251
Power Windows
252
(confd)
22-253
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC B1125: Driver's Power Window Motor
Pulse A Error
DTC B1126: Driver's Power Window Motor
Pulse B Error
M O T E ; If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s be
Diagnosis T e s t M o d e A fsee page 22-120).
f
1.
C l e a r the D T C s w i t h t h e H D S ,
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d o o r m u l t i p l e x control unit 3 7 P
connector.
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r 6 P
connector.
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e d o o r m u l t i p l e x
control unit 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s a n d d r i v e r ' s
p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s a s
shown:
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0! a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N (II).
3. O p e n a n d c l o s e t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w by
using the power w i n d o w m a s t e r switch manually.
Does
the window
motor
Driver's power
D o o r mwltipleic
eontrot u n i t 3 7 P
coeneetor
w i n d o w motor 6P
connector
20
3
6
22
operate?
DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UW1T 37P COWMECTOB

N O T e s t the driver's power w i n d o w motor
1 | / l 3 | 4| 5 | 6 | 7 j 6 I iTiolTl
(see p a g e 22-268).
T3|l4l/l6!l7|/ll9|20l
Are DTC
81125
and/or
B1126
21|22|23
T
'26 27|28(29|30|3l|32ll33|34i|35 38
PLSA
indicated?
PLSA (PNK)
imm
3
t i m e . C h e c k f o r l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s .
5. S e l e c t t h e P O W E R W I N D O W S f r o m the B O D Y
E L E C T R I C A L s y s t e m select m a n y , and enter the
DATA LIST.
SVCC X
(PUR)
Does
while
when
the information
indicator
display
the window
is moving,
and display
the window
is stopped ?
DETECT
NONE
PLSA
{PNK)
DRIVER'S POWER WINDOW MOTOR SP CONNECTOR

Is there
6. C h e c k t h e D E T E C T / N O N E i n f o r m a t i o n of t h e d r i v e r ' s
w i n d o w m o t o r A - p h a s e a n d B - p h a s e s i g n a l in t h e
DATA LIST,
continuity?
M O R e p a i r a n o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e d o o r
m u l t i p l e x control unit a n d the d r i v e r ' s p o w e r
window motor.il
Y E S R e p l a c e the power w i n d o w master switch.

(confd)
22-255
Power Windows
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s No. 3,
No. 5, a n d No. 6 of the d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
motor 6P connector and body ground.
DRIVER'S POWER WINDOW IVIOTOR

BP CONNECTOR
^PLSBjORN)
DTC B1130: Front Passenger's Power

Window Motor Pulse A Error
Window Motor Pulse B Error
to O N (II).
3. O p e n a n d c l o s e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r

w i n d o w b y u s i n g the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r
window switch manually.
Is there
continuity
?
Does
the window
motor
operate?
Y E S R e p a i r a s h o r t to g r o u n d in the w i r e .
N O T e s t t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
12. T e s t the d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r ( s e e p a g e
motor ( s e e p a g e 22-270).
22-268).
Is the motor
OK ?
Are DTC
B1130
and/or
B1131
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h .
W O R e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w motor.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t ..failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or poor c o n n e c t i o n s .
5. S e l e c t the P O W E R W I N D O W S f r o m the B O D Y
E L E C T R I C A L s y s t e m select m e n u , and enter the
DATA LIST.
6. C h e c k the D E T E C T / N O N E i n f o r m a t i o n of t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s w i n d o w motor A - p h a s e and B-phase
s i g n a l in the D A T A L I S T .
Does
the information
while
the windows
when
the window
indicator
is moving,
is
display
and display
DETECT'
NONE
stopped?
Y E S R e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w

switch.il
22-256
11,

8= D i s c o n n e c t t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
s w i t c h 37 P c o n n e c t o r .
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
motor SP connector.
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No. 3,

N o , 5, a n d No.6 of the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r
w i n d o w motor 6P connector a n d body ground.
FRONT P A S S E N G E R ' S POWER WINDOW MOTOR

BP CONNECTOR
PLSB CORN)
f
2
6 .
J
10. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s

power w i n d o w switch 37P connector terminals and
SVCC
IPUR)
front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r BP
connector terminals a s s h o w n :
Front p a s s e n g e r s
p o w e r w i n d o w 37P
connector
PLSA
(PNK)
Front passenger's
power w i n d o w motor
P eortneetor
28
27
5
6
3
28
Is there
PROMT PASSENGER'S POWER WINDOW SWITCH
37 P CONNECTOR
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r a s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e w i r e . H
1
12
25
26
27 28 29
6 7
8 9 10|11
12. T e s t t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r
24
30 31 3 2 33 3 4 35 3 6
(see p a g e 22-270).
37
Is the motor
PLSB (ORN)
SVCC
(PUR)
PLSA (PNK)
OK
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
s w i t c h ,11
W O R e p i a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
motor*
FRONT PASSENGER'S POWER WINDOW MOTOR
SP CONNECTOR
Is there
continuity?
M O R e p a i r a n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h a n d t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w motor.
22-257
Power Windows
DTC B1140: Driver's Power Window Position
Detect Circuit Ma If unction-
DTC B1142: Communication Line (UART Line)

Communication Error
s u r e to f o l l o w the i n s t r u c t i o n s In B - C A N S y s t e m
1. C l e a r the D T C s w i t h the H D S *
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h O F F , a n d t h e n b a c k O N (If).
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n b a c k

to O N (li).
3. O p e n a n d c l o s e t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w by
u s i n g the d r i v e r ' s s w i t c h m a n u a l l y .
3. O p e n a n d c l o s e the d r i v e r ' s a n d front p a s s e n g e r ' s

w i n d o w s by o p e r a t i n g the p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r
Are
DTCs
B1125
or B1126
switch.
indicated?
Y E S - T r o u b t e s h o o t t h e D T C B 1 1 2 5 or B 1 1 2 6
is DTC
B1142
indicated?
( s e e p a g e 22-255).
N O G o t o step 5.
5. R e s e t the p o w e r w i n d o w control unit ( s e e p a g e
time.B
22-251).
6. C h e c k for D T C s a g a i n w i t h the H D S .
Is DTC
B1140
indicated?
connector.
7. D i s c o n n e c t the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
switch 37P connector.
W O T h e s y s t e m is r e c o v e r e d at t h i s t i m e . B
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the d o o r multiplex
7.
Substitute a known-good power w i n d o w master
control unit 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 27 a n d
switch,
body ground.
8. O p e n a n d c l o s e the d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w by
u s i n g the d r i v e r ' s s w i t c h m a n u a l l y .
Is DTC
B1140
indicated?
12
25
LJ
6 | 7
8 | 9 |10 1 1 |
113 114 M 1 6 117 M 1 9 120 211221231

|26|27|28|29
LJ
301 31132
UART (BLU)
3 3 | 34| 35|36|
LJ
24
37
LJ
Y E S F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w motor; r e p l a c e
itm
N O F a u l t y d o o r m u l t i p l e x c o n t r o l unit; r e p l a c e the
power window master switch.
is there
continuity?
Y E S - R e p a i r a s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e w i r e .
N O G o to step 9.
22-258
3, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e d o o r multiplex

control unit 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o , 27 a n d t h e
front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h 3 7 P
connector terminal No. 23.
BOOB MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT 27P CONNECTOR
| i j / 1 aiTsfiTTTsig[toJul

Window Position Detect Circuit Error
s u r e to f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
|l3lu|^t6TT7L/|tpl2D|2l[22|23]
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h O F F , a n d t h e n b a c k O N (II).
[26{z?l^J29|30|3Tl32[33|34|^l^
UART (BUM
12
24
\
25
\m\zi\m\n\A\A\A\A
L-T
IUART (BUM
3*1/1 sei
37
LZT
FRONT PASSENGER'S POWER WINDOW SWITCH

31P COiWECTOR
Is there

w i n d o w by u s i n g the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s w i t c h
manually.
Are DTCs
B1130 or B1131
indicated?
Y E S - T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D T C B 1 1 3 0 or B1131
f s e e p a g e 22-256).
continuity?
N O R e p a i r a n o p e n in t h e w i r e ,
5. R e s e t t h e p o w e r w i n d o w control unit a n d t h e front

p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w control unit ( s e e p a g e
22-251).

11, M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e d o o r multiplex
control unit 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 27 a n d
body ground.
DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT 37P COMMECTOR
6. C h e c k for D T C s a g a i n w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC B1145
indicated?
nT7T3l4is|8|7|8|9ll0|lll
12
25
LJ
is there
Jt3|l4|/ll6[l7|/|t9|20|2l|22|23|
24
W O T h e s y s t e m is r e c o v e r e d at this t i m e .
37
j 26127 j 23 f 29 j 801 31! 32 j 331 341 351361

jLJ
' LJ
LJ
less
I UART fBLUJ
7. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r
window switch.

w i n d o w by u s i n g the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s w i t c h
manually.
than
1 V?
Y E S G o to t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h
input test, a n d d o all t h e p o w e r a n d g r o u n d input
t e s t s ( s e e p a g e 22-265). ff the t e s t s p r o v e O K ,
substitute a known good p a s s e n g e r ' s power
w i n d o w s w i t c h . If t h e D T C g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e
original p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h . If t h e
D T C i s still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e p o w e r w i n d o w
masterswitch.il
is DTC B1145
indicated?
Y E S F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s w i n d o w motor;'

replace it.H
N O F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
s w i t c h ; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r
windowswitch.il
N O R e p a i r a s h o r t to p o w e r in t h e w i r e .
22-259
Power Windows
DTC U0155: Door Multiplex Control Unit Lost

Communication with Climate Control Unit
N O T E : If you. a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , be
s u r e to f o l l o w the I n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N S y s t e m

to O N (II).
3. W a i t for 6 s e c o n d s o r m o r e .
Is DTC U0155
indicated?
to O N (II).
Is DTC U0164
indicated?
Y E S - G o to the g a u g e control m o d u l e Input test,

a n d d o all p o w e r , g r o u n d a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n input
t e s t s ( s e e p a g e 22-320). If the t e s t s p r o v e O K ,
r e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e .
Y E S G o to the d o o r m u l t i p l e x control unit Input

test a n d c h e c k the p o w e r a n d g r o u n d s . If O K ,
replace the driver's p o w e r w i n d o w master
switch.
NOIntermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e o r poor c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e
g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e related u n i t s .
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n
the d o o r multiplex control unit a n d c l i m a t e control
unit!
22-260


1.
2- T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N (II).
to O N (II).
is DTC
U1282
C l e a r the D T C s w i t h the H D S .
indicated
Y E S G o to t h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U Input test, a n d d o all

p o w e r , g r o u n d a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n input t e s t s
f s e e p a g e 22-138). If t h e t e s t s p r o v e O K , r e p l a c e the
N O I n t e r o i i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at d r i v e r ' s
the r e l a t e d units.
is DTC
U1283
indicated?
Y E S G o to the p a s s e n g e r ' s M I C U input test, a n d

d o air p o w e r , g r o u n d a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n input
t e s t s ( s e e p a g e 22-142), If the t e s t s p r o v e O K ,
r e p l a c e the p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
box.
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
p a s s e n g e r ' s under-dash fuse/relay box connector A
(38P) a n d the related units. H
22-261
Power Windows
Power Window Master Switch Input Test
N O T E : Before t e s t i n g , t r o u b l e s h o o t the multiplex integrated control unit first, u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t '
M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
1.
T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), o p e n a n d c l o s e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r , t h e n r e m o v e the p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r

s w i t c h (see p a g e 22-275)=
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the d o o r p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h (B).
Wire side of
female terminals
YEL
WHT
PNK
BLU
BLK
BLU /
LTGBPy
PNK
LTBLU
BLK
The illustration shows 4-door models.

3, I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t .
22-262
4,. Reconnect the connector to the power window master switch, turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and make these input tests at the
connector.
* if any test Indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
* If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 5.
Cavity
Wire
32
BLK
37
BLK
13
WHT
14
LTGRN
25
WHT
PUR
20
ORN
22
PNK
Test condition
Test; Desired result
Possible cause If desired result Is

not otaioeo
Measure the voltage to ground:
Under all conditions
There should be less than 0.5 V.
An open in the wire
Poor ground (G502)
There should be less than 0,5 V.
An open in the wire
* Blown No. 15 (10 A) fuse in the
There should be battery voltage.
relay box
* An open in the wire
* Blown No. 16 (7.5 A) fuse in the
Ignition switch ON (II)
box
relay box
Blown No, 24 (20 A) fuse in the
box
Faulty driver's under-dash fuse/
relay box
An open in the wire
Faulty power window master
switch
* A short to ground in the wire
Ignition switch ON (II), and driver's Measure the voltage between the Faulty power window- master
power window moving up or
terminals No. 20 and No. 37:
switch
An analog voltmeter should read
down
* Faulty driver's power window
about 0 Vabout 5 V0 Vabout
motor
5 V repeatedly (a digital voltmeter * An open in the wire
should read about- 2.5 V while the * A short to ground in the wire
window moves).
Ignition switch ON (II), and driver's Measure the voltage between the
Faulty power window master
switch
power window moving up or
terminals No. 22 and No. 37:
An analog voltmeter should read
down
Faulty driver's power window
about 0 Vabout 5 V0 V-about
motor
5 V repeatedly fa digital voltmeter An open in the wire
should read about 2.5 V while the A short to ground In the wire
window moves).
8
(cont'd)
22-283
Power Windows
Power Window Master Switch Input Test (cont'd!
5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), open and close the driver's door, then disconnect the 37P connector from the power window master
switch again.
6. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.
If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
* If all the input-tests prove OK, the door multiplex control unit must 'be faulty, replace the power window master switch.
NOTE: After replacing the power window master switch, reset the power window control unit (see page 22-251).
Cawity
Wire
12
24
YEL
GRN
23
(4-door)
36
(4-door)
GRN
21
(4-door)
34
(4-door)
LTBLU
LTBLU
LTGRN
26
(4-door)
PNK
27
BLU
33
BLU
35
PNK
22-264
Test condition
Ignition switch ON (II), connect
terminals No. 25 and No. 24 (or
No. 12).. and terminals No. 12 (or
No. 24) and No. 37 with jumper
wires.
No. 23), and terminals No. 23 (or
No. 36) and No. 37 with jumper
wires.

Check driver's power window
motor operation:
The driver's power window
should open (or close).'
Check left rear power window
motor operation:
The left rear power window
should open (or close).
Possible cause if desired result is

not obtained
* Faulty driver's power window
motor

* Faulty left rear power window
switch
* Faulty left rear power window
motor
* Faulty passenger's under-dash
Ignition switch ON (If), connect
Checkrightrear power window
fuse/relay box
motor operation:
No. 21), and terminals No. 21 (or
The right rear power window
No. 34} and No. 37 with jumper
should open (or close).
* Faulty right rear power window
wires.
switch
* Faulty right rear power window
motor
* Faulty LED
Check left and right rear power
* Poor ground (G601, G651)
terminals No. 25 and No. 26 with a window switch lights:
jumper wire.
The left and right rear power
* Faulty left or right rear power
window switch
window switch lights should come
on.
Check for continuity between the
Disconnect the front passenger's
An open in the wire
terminal No. 27 and the front power window switch 37P
passenger's power window switch
connector.
37P connector terminal No. 29:
There should be continuity.
Check for continuity to ground:
A short in the wire
There should be no continuity.
Disconnect the driver's underAn open in the wire
terminal No. 33 and the driver's
dash fuse/relay box connector P
(20P)
connector P (20P) terminal No. 5:
A short in the wire
Disconnect the driver's underCheck for continuity between the
An open in the wire
dash fuse/relay box connector P
terminal No. 35 and the driver's
(20P)
connector P (20P) terminal No. 6:
A short in the wire
Front Passenger's Power Window Switch input Test

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), o p e n a n d c l o s e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r
w i n d o w s w i t c h (see page 22-278),
2 , D i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r {A} f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h (B).
ilnals
GEM
PUR
PMK
OEM
BLU
BLK
BLK
3. i n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a S s to h e s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d contact.
* If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e or c o r r o d e d , r e p a i r t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k the s y s t e m ,
(confd)
22-265
Power Windows
Front Passenger's Power Window Switch Input Test (cont'd)
4. R e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r to t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h , turn t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d
m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r .
8
If a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find -and c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* If all t h e Input t e s t s p r o v e O K , g o to s t e p 5=
T e s t condition
Cawlty
Wire
37
BLK
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.5 V.'

25
GRN
* B l o w n N o . 13 (20 A ) f u s e in
is not obtained
the p a s s e n g e r ' s under-dash

fuse/relay box
fuse/relay box
* Faulty passenger's underd a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
26*
PUR
(ID
power w i n d o w switch
t h e t e r m i n a l s N o . 27 a n d No. 37:
An analog voltmeter should
r e a d a b o u t 0 V a b o u t 5 V~~0 V
a b o u t 5 V r e p e a t e d l y (a digital
voltmeter should read about
2.5 V w h i l e t h e w i n d o w m o v e s ) .
power window switch

t h e t e r m i n a l s No. 28 a n d No. 37:
A n analog voltmeter should
read about 0 V a b o u t 5 V 0 V
a b o u t 5 V r e p e a t e d l y (a digital
voltmeter should read about
2.5 V w h i l e t h e w i n d o w m o v e s ) .
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y to g r o u n d :
power window switch
27*
28
PNK
ORN
(11), a n d front
passenger's power
window switch
m o v i n g up or d o w n
Ignition s w i t c h O N (SI), a n d front

passenger's power
window switch
m o v i n g up or d o w n
36*
BLK
U n d e r all -conditions,
d i s c o n n e c t the front
passenger's power
w i n d o w m o t o r BP
connector.
* : Front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w A U T O U P / A U T O D O W N function
22-266
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10), o p e n a n d c l o s e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e

front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h a g a i n .
8. W i t h t h e c o n n e c t o r still d i s c o n n e c t e d , m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r .
* If a n y test i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
If all the input t e s t s p r o v e O K , r e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 7..
Cavity I
Wire
T e s t condition
BLU
BED
U n d e r all c o n d i t i o n s ,
connect terminals
N o . 2 5 a n d N o . 24 for
N o . 12), a n d
t e r m i n a l s N o . 12 (or
N o . 24) a n d N o . 37
with j u m p e r w i r e s .
C h e c k front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r
w i n d o w motor operation:
T h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r
w i n d o w s h o u l d o p e n for c l o s e ) .
12
24
|
I
!
29
BLU
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n
d i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 29 a n d the
window master
' power window master switch
s w i t c h 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r . 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 27:
P o s s i b l e e a y s e if d e s i r e d r e s u l t
7, W i t h the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w A U T O U P / A U T O D O W N f u n c t i o n , r e s e t t h e p o w e r w i n d o w c o n t r o l unit

fsee p a g e 22-251).
22-267
Power Windows
Driver's Power Window Motor Test
2-door
Motor Test
1. R e m o v e the p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h
( s e e p a g e 22-275).
2. T e s t the m o t o r In e a c h d i r e c t i o n by c o n n e c t i n g
battery p o w e r a n d g r o u n d t o t h e p o w e r w i n d o w
m a s t e r s w i t c h 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r (A) a c c o r d i n g t o the
table.
Terminal
12
24
UP
DOWN
Direction
4-door
3. If t h e m o t o r d o e s not run o r falls to run s m o o t h l y ,
g o to s t e p 4, if t h e m o t o r r u n s s m o o t h l y , g o to s t e p
8.
4. F o r 4 - d o o r m o d e l s : R e m o v e the d o o r panel
( s e e p a g e 20-16).
5. D i s c o n n e c t the BP c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the d r i v e r ' s
p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r (B).
22-263
n
11
6, C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e d o o r m u l t i p l e x
Bom
Pulser T e s t
c o n t r o l unit 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s a n d d r i v e r ' s
power w i n d o w motor 6P connector terminals a s
8, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r
w i n d o w motor 6P connector terminal No. 2 a n d
shown:
body g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity.
Door multiplex control
DriVer's p o w e r w i n d o w
unit 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r
m o t o r BP c o n n e c t o r
12
24
* If t h e r e i s c o n t i n u i t y , g o t o s t e p 9.
If t h e r e is n o c o n t i n u i t y , c h e c k f o r a n - o p e n in t h e
B L K w i r e o r p o o r g r o u n d (G5Q1).
DRIVER'S POWER WINDOW MOTOR SP CONNECTOR

DRIVER'S POWER WINDOW IVIOTOR 6P CONNECTOR
3
DOWN+
GND (BLK)
6
UP+
(YEU
7 | 6 [ 9 [ 10 [ 11
DOWN-f
(GRN)
1 3 | l 4 [ / i l 6 [ l 7 [ X l l 9 | 2 Q l 2l|22J23
' 26127 281291301 31 [ 321331 34| 3S| 36

7. If t h e w i r e h a r n e s s is O K , r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s p o w e r
9. D o t h e p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h input t e s t
terminals No. 3 , No. 20, a n d No. 22 (see page
22-2621
w i n d o w motor.
22-269
Power Windows
Front Passenger's Power Window Motor Test
With AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN function
2-door
Motor Test
1. R e m o v e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w
switch:
4-door ( s e e p a g e 22-276)
* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 22-276)
2. T e s t t h e m o t o r in e a c h direction-by c o n n e c t i n g
battery p o w e r a n d g r o u n d to t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r (A) a c c o r d i n g
to t h e table.
\
Terminal
Direction
\
UP
DOWN
12
24
i \AAAAAAAAAAA

3. If t h e m o t o r d o e s not run or fails to r u n s m o o t h l y ,
g o to s t e p 4, If t h e m o t o r r u n s s m o o t h l y , g o to s t e p
8.
4. F o r 4 - d o o r m o d e l s : r e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l
( s e e p a g e 20-16).
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 6 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r (B).
25
LJ
||^||/|^/l/|M|
87
22-270

power window switch 37P connector terminals and
front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r BP
connector terminals a s shown:
Front passenger's p o w e r Front passenger's p o w e r
w i n d o w switch 37P
w i n d o w m o t o r BP
connector
conneetor
4
12
1
24
FRONT PASSENGER'S POWER WINDOW IVIOTOR
i P CONNECTOR
DOWN-j(RED)
UP+1
(BLU)
UP+
CBLUI
DOWN-f
(RED)
1 y] a 14
12
25
24
26127[28l^l/l/]/]/}
34|/|36
37

37P CONNECTOR
7, If the w i r e h a r n e s s i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e front
Pulser T e s t
8. Do the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h
input t e s t at t e r m i n a l s N o . 26, N o . 2 7 , a n d N o , 2 8
f s e e p a g e 22-265),
Power Windows
Front Passengers Power Window Motor Test (cont'd)
Without AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN function
2-door
1. R e m o v e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w

switch.
4-door ( s e e p a g e 22-276)
2-door ( s e e p a g e 22-276)
2. T e s t t h e m o t o r in e a c h d i r e c t i o n by c o n n e c t i n g
battery p o w e r a n d g r o u n d to t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r (A) a c c o r d i n g
to t h e table.
V
Direction
Terminal
\
UP
DOWN
12
24
3. If the m o t o r d o e s not run o r fails t o run s m o o t h l y ,

g o to s t e p 4.
4 - d oo r
4. F o r 4-door m o d e l s : r e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l
(see p a g e 20-16).
5. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the front
p a s s e n g e r ' s - p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r (B).
Wire side of f e m a l e t e m i n a l s
22-272

power w i n d o w switch 37P connector terminals and
front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r 2P
connector terminals as shown:
Front passenger's p o w e r Front passenger's p o w e r
w i n d o w s w i t c h 37P
w i n d o w motor 2 P
connector
connector
12
24
2
1
FRONT PASSENGBt'S POWER WINDOW MOTOR

DOWN+
(RED)
12
25
\/\/y\/yyv\.AAAA
37
24
26)27 28|29[ao[8l|82i/1
34135136
FRONT P A S S E N G E R ' S POWER WINDOW SWITCH

S I P CONNECTOR
7, If t h e w i r e h a r n e s s is O K , r e p l a c e t h e front
22-273
Power Windows
Rear Power Window Motor Test
1. R e m o v e the rear p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
22-277).
2. T e s t the motor in e a c h d i r e c t i o n by c o n n e c t i n g
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the rear p o w e r

w i n d o w s w i t c h 14P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s a n d r e a r
p o w e r w i n d o w motor 2P connector terminals a s
shown:
battery p o w e r a n d g r o u n d to the rear p o w e r

w i n d o w s w i t c h 14P c o n n e c t o r (A) a c c o r d i n g to t h e
Rear power w i n d o w
Rear power w i n d o w
table.
1
7
motor 2P connector
Terminal
UP
DOWN
Direction
' 1
2
REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR 2P CONNECTOR

DOWN-+
(BRN)
UP+
MRED)
REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH 14P CONNECTOR

7. If t h e w i r e h a r n e s s Is O K , r e p l a c e the rear p o w e r
w i n d o w motor.
p - n
^ 1/1 1 /
4
A AA A A
8
14

3. If t h e motor d o e s not run or f a i l s to run s m o o t h l y ,
g o to s t e p 4.
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e rear
p o w e r w i n d o w m o t o r (B).
22-274
Power Window Master Switch Replacement

2d0r
4-door
1. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h
1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r p a n e ! ( s e e p a g e 20-12).
(A).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e p o w e r
w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h ( B ) a n d t h e 13P c o n n e c t o r
from the power mirror switch.
2, D i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r IB) f r o m the p o w e r
w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h , a n d the 13P c o n n e c t o r (C)
f r o m t h e p o w e r m i r r o r s w i t c h (D).
3 , R e m o v e the four s c r e w s and the power w i n d o w
m a s t e r s w i t c h I A).
3 . R e m o v e the switch panel a n d a r m r e s t from the

d o o r p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-12).
f
4. R e m o v e t h e four s c r e w s a n d t h e p o w e r w i n d o w
m a s t e r s w i t c h (A).
4. Install t h e s w i t c h in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
5. R e s e t t h e p o w e r w i n d o w c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
22-251).
6. R e s e t t h e p o w e r w i n d o w c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
22-251).
22-275
Power Windows
Front Passenger's Power W i n d o w S w i t c h Replacement
4-door
1. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r
w i n d o w s w i t c h (A).
2-door
1. R e m o v e the p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r p a n e l ( s e e p a g e
20-16).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the
p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h (B).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r ( B ) f r o m t h e front
passenger's power window switch.
3. R e m o v e the four s c r e w s a n d t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h (A).
3. R e m o v e the s w i t c h p a n e l a n d a r m r e s t f r o m t h e
d o o r p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-16).
4. R e m o v e t h e four s c r e w s a n d the p a s s e n g e r ' s
p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h (A).
4. Install the s w i t c h In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
5. W i t h A U T O U P / A U T O D O W N f u n c t i o n : R e s e t the
p o w e r w i n d o w control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-251).
5. Install the s w i t c h in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
6. W i t h A U T O U P / A U T O D O W N f u n c t i o n : R e s e t t h e
p o w e r w i n d o w control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-251).
22-276
Rear Power Window Switch Test/Replacement
1. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e r e a r p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h (A).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 14P c o n n e c t o r {Bj f r o m t h e r e a r
power window switch.
3 . R e m o v e the three s c r e w s and the rear power
w i n d o w s w i t c h (A),
4 . S w a p the rear p o w e r w i n d o w switch with another

k n o w n - g o o d r e a r p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h a n d test. If
t h e o r i g i n a l p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h is faulty; r e p l a c e
it.
22-277
Wipers/Washers
> PASSENGER'S MICU

IBuiif into the passenger's ynder-dash fuse/relay box)
R e p l a c e m e n t , page 2 2 - 8 7
* WIPER BLADES
t WIPER/WASHER SWITCH
Test/Replacement
page 22-290
WIPER ARMS
and LINKAGE
Replacement
page 22-293
Adjustment
4-door, page 22-299
2-door, page 22-300
WIPER CONTROL CIRCUIT
(Built into the under-hood fuse/
Test page 22-91
22-278
DRIVER'S MICU
ynder-dash fuse/relay box)
Test page 22-286
box)
WIPER MOTOR
Test,
4-door, page 22-291
2-door, page 22-291
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

ICanada models!
Test page 22-292
WASHER MOTOR
Test, page 22-292
22-279
Wipers/Washers
Circuit Diagram
22-280
22-281
Wipers/Washers
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC B1077: Wiper Auto-stop (AS) Signal
Circuit Malfunction
D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A fsee p a g e 22-120).
5 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .
6 . C h e c k the N o . 3 (WIP M T R ) ( 3 0 A ) f u s e in t h e underh o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
is the fuse
OK?
1 . C l e a r the D T C s with t h e H D S .
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Oh a n d t h e w i p e r
switch O N .
N O R e p l a c e t h e f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
7 . D o t h e w i p e r motor test ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 2 9 2 ) .
3. T u r n t h e w i p e r s w i t c h to L O W o r H I G H for at least
15 s e c o n d s , then turn t h e s w i t c h O F F .
N O T E : If the w i p e r m o t o r d o e s not r u n , g o to s t e p 7.
Does the wiper arms
(park)
position?
stop at the AUTO
STOP
Is the wiper
motor
OK?
NOReplace the wiper motor and recheck.
8. R e c o n n e c t the w i p e r m o t o r S P c o n n e c t o r .
IMOGo to s t e p 5.
Is DTC B1077
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for l o o s e or poor c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e
d r i v e r ' s M I C U a n d t h e w i p e r motor. If the
c o n n e c t i o n s a r e O K , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
d r i v e r ' s M I C U (driver's u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box),
a n d recheck. If the D T C d o e s not r e a p p e a r , replace
the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. I I
9. M e a s u r e t h e voltage b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e
w i p e r m o t o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 with t h e
w i p e r s w i t c h O N ( L o w ) , a n d m e a s u r e the voltage
b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e w i p e r motor 5 P
connector terminal No. 5 with the wiper switch O N
(High) r e s p e c t i v e l y .
WIPER MOTOR 5P CONNECTOR

4-door
2-door
time. C h e c k for l o o s e o r poor c o n n e c t i o n s .
Is there
battery
voltage?
N O T e s t the w i p e r relay circuit ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 9 1 ) . If
the relay circuit is O K , c h e c k the t e r m i n a l s F 7 a n d
F8 of d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r
F ( 3 3 P ) by t h e input test ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 2 8 6 ) . If t h e
input t e s t s prove O K , r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s underd a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84). If the relay
circuit is faulty, r e p l a c e t h e left e n g i n e
compartment wire h a r n e s s . i l
22-282
10,
M e a s u r e the voltage between body ground and the

w i p e r m o t o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 [ N o . 4 ] .
[ ] : 2-door
WIPER M O T O R P CONNECTOR
2-door
4-door
GND
<BLK)
XJEJ
Is there
iess
than 0.5 V?
Y E S R e p a i r a n o p e n or high r e s i s t a n c e in t h e BLU
{low} o r Y E L (high) w i r e . H
W O R e p a i r a n o p e n In t h e BLK w i r e or poor
ground ( G 3 0 D . B
Wipers/Washers
DTC B1281: Windshield Wiper Switch MIST

DTC B1282: Wiper Switch INT Position Circuit
Malfunction
DTC B1283: Wiper Switch LOW Position

Circuit Malfunction
DTC B1284: Wiper Switch HIGH Position

Circuit Malfunction
N O T E : I f y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , be
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r R (24P) t e r m i n a l s a s
shown:
From terminal
15
17
Is there
T
terminal
1, 16, 17
1,16
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r a s h o r t b e t w e e n the w i r e s .
to O N (II).
NOFaulty driver's M I C U ; replace the driver's

3. T u r n t h e w i p e r s w i t c h to t h e M I S T , INT, L O W , H I G H ,
a n d O F F p o s i t i o n s , a n d w a i t for 6 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 8 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m the w i p e r s w i t c h .
is DTC B1281,
B1282,
B1283,
or B1284
indicated?
13. C h e c k e a c h w i p e r s w i t c h position v a l u e w i t h t h e
DATA LIST menu.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the w i p e r s y s t e m is O K at
t h i s time. C h e c k for l o o s e or poor c o n n e c t i o n s .
5. S e l e c t W I P E R S f r o m t h e B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L m e n u ,
a n d enter the D A T A L I S T .
6. C h e c k e a c h w i p e r s w i t c h position v a l u e w i t h t h e
DATA LIST menu.
W h e n t h e w i p e r s w i t c h Is turned O F F
Value
Data List
Wiper switch (LOW)
OFF
W i p e r s w i t c h (HIGH)
OFF
Wiper switch (MIST)
OFF
W i p e r s w i t c h (INT)
OFF
Are all data list values
correct?
YESReplace the wiper/washer switch. H

W h e n t h e w i p e r s w i t c h I s turned
Data List
Wiper switch (LOW)
W i p e r s w i t c h (HIGH)
Wiper switch (MIST)
W i p e r s w i t c h (INT)
Are ail data list values
YESGoto step?.
22-284
correct?
OFF
Value
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
I ~ 1
II
14, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K f G i
15, D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box
16, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the
(24P) t e r m i n a l s No. 15, N o . 16, a n d No. 17.
BODY
jj
17. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s underd a s h f u s e / r e l a y box c o n n e c t o r R (24P) t e r m i n a l

N o . 4 a n d t e r m i n a l s No. 15, No. 16, a n d No. 17
individually.

CONNECTOR R ( 2 4 P )
COMB1 G N D (BLK)

C O N N E C T O R Ft C24P)
p
rs
13
14
15
18
17
18
WIP I N T & L O
SW ( O R N )
\
1 8
//
WIP HI & L 0
SW fWHT)
q
9
10
2?
2Z
n- 2.
1
13
14 1 5
In
4
16
17
18
/ /
10
21
22
WIP MIST
SW ( G R N )
WIP
INT&LO
SW CORN)
/ z
/ /
WIP WIST
SW CORN!
WIP HI Si LO
SW IWHTI
Is there
W S r @
f f
t e r m
n a
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r a s h o r t b e t w e e n the w i r e . H
is there
continuity?
W O F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s SV1SCU; r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s

Y E S R e p a i r a s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e w i r e .
22-285
Wipers/Washers
MICU Input Test
NOTE: Before testing, troubleshoot the multiplex integrated control unit first, using B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A (see page 22-120).
Driver's MICU
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and remove the driver's dashboard Sower cover (see page 20-153).
2. Disconnect driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connectors F, Q, and Ft.
NOTE: AS! connector views are wire side of female terminals.
CONNECTOR F (33P)
YEL/BLU ,
GRN
20
LTGRN
CONNECTOR Q (20P)
WHT
22 23
26 27
12
29 30
BRN
WHT
13 14
15 18 17 18 19
32
33
////
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
PUR
20
CONNECTOR R (24P)
BRN
BLK
\
3
13 14 15 16 17 18
ORN
WHT
//
V
GRN
10
21 22
"7
3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
* If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary and recheck the system.
* If the terminals look OK, go to step 4.
4. With the connectors still disconnected, make these input tests at the connectors.
* If any test Indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
* If all the Input tests prove OK, go to step 5.
Cavity
Wire
Test condition
F7
ORN
F30
PUR
F8
YEL/
BLU
F9
WHT
22-286
Connect the terminals F11 and F30 and

the terminal F7 to body ground:
The wiper motor should run at high
speed.
Run the wiper motor by

connecting the terminals
F11 and the F30 and the
terminal F7 and body
ground.
Run the wiper motor by
connecting the terminals
F11 and the F30 and the
terminal F7 and body
ground.
Connect the terminal F8 to body ground:

The wiper motor speed should change
from high speed to Sow speed.
The needle of the ohmmeter should
pulse.
NOTE: Use an ohmmeter.
Possible 3 u $ @ if desired result is not

obtained
' * Blown No. 3 (WIP M T R ) (30 A) fuse in
the under-hood fuse/relay box
Faulty under-hood fuse/relay box
Faulty relay circuit board
Faulty wiper motor
Poor ground (G301)
An open in the wire
Faulty under-hood fuse/relay box
Faulty relay circuit board
Faulty wiper motor
A n open in the wire
Faulty wiper motor
A n open in the wire
5. R e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s t o t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (IS), a n d m a k e t h e s e i n p u t t e s t s at t h e
connectors.
* If a n y t e s t I n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , - f i n d a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* If all t h e i n p u t t e s t s p r o v e OK, g o t o s t e p 6.
Cavity
Wire
Q2
BRN
B2
BRN
F11
WHT
F4
GRN

inP
T h e r e s h o u l d b e less t h a n 1 V .

in any other position than P

T h e r e s h o u l d b e m o r e t h a n 5 V.
T e s t condition

Measure the voltage to g r o u n d :
T h e r e s h o u l d be less t h a n 0.5 V .
T h e r e s h o u l d b e less t h a n 0,5 V.
There s h o u l d be battery v o l t a g e .
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
s
F20
LTGRN
Brake pedal pressed
Brake pedal released

R15
ORN
R4
BLK
W i p e r s w i t c h (INT o r 1 0 }
ON
W i p e r s w i t c h OFF
R16
WHT
R4
BLK
W i p e r s w i t c h (LO o r HI) O N
R17
GRN
R4
BLK
W i p e r switch (MIST) O N
R18
YEL
R4
BLK
Washer switch ON
W a s h e r s w i t c h OFF

There s h o u l d be battery voltage.

There s h o u l d be n o v o l t a g e .
Measure the voltage between the
t e r m i n a l s R15 a n d t h e R4:
T h e r e s h o u l d b e less t h a n 1 V.
t e r m i n a l s R15 a n d t h e R 4 ;
T h e r e s h o u l d be m o r e t h a n 5 V,
T h e r e s h o u l d b e less t h a n 1 V .
M e a s u r e t h e voltage" b e t w e e n t h e
T h e r e s h o u l d b e less t h a n 1 V ,
T h e r e s h o u l d b e m o r e t h a n 5 V.
T h e r e s h o u l d b e less t h a n 1 V ,
*
*
P o s s i b l e aos@ If d e s i r e d r e s u l t Is n o t
obtained
B l o w n N o . 15 (10 A ) f u s e i n t h e u n d e r h o o d fuse/relay b o x
Poor ground (G101)
Faulty or i m p r o p e r l y adjusted
transmission range switch
A n open-in t h e w i r e
B l o w n N o . 10 (20 A ) f u s e i n t h e u n d e r h o o d fuse/relay b o x
Faulty brake pedal p o s i t i o n s w i t c h
A short t o p o w e r in t h e w i r e
B l o w n N o . 10 (20 A ) f u s e i n t h e u n d e r hood fuse/relay box
Faulty brake pedal position switch
A n open in the w i r e
Faulty brake pedal position switch
A s h o r t t o p o w e r in t h e w i r e
Faulty w i p e r / w a s h e r s w i t c h
* Faulty w i p e r / w a s h e r switch
A s h o r t t o g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
* A n open in the w i r e
* Faulty w i p e r / w a s h e r s w i t c h
* A s h o r t t o g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
8
8
Faulty w i p e r / w a s h e r s w i t c h
(confd)
22-287
Wipers/Washers

r's MICU
6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and remove the right kick panel.
* 2-door (s j page 20-97)
4-door (s *, page 20-99)
7. Disconnect passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box connectors A, E, G * and H *
* 1: LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV
* 2: Except LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV
1
NOTE: All connector views are wire side of female terminals.

CONNECTOR G(16P)
(LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV,
LX-S, LX-S PZEVl
CONNECTOR A (33P)
HBSiniEEElEE
PIMIC
BLK
BRN
CONNECTOR H (38P)
(Except LX, LX PZEV, LX-P,
LX-P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV)
CONNECTOR E (18P)
GRN
/
10
6|6
/ A*
1
16
21 22 2&.M m 26 27 -- - BaEiBiHBiBieaeaaBB
1 kL
BLK
kr
BLK
8. With the connectors still disconnected, make these input tests at the connectors.
If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
Cavity
. Wire.
E9
GRN
22-288
Test condition

Connect the terminals A31 and the E3:
The washer motor should run.
Possible cause If desired result is not

obtained
Faulty washer motor
9
9, Reconnect the connectors to the passenger's under-dash f use/reSay box,, and make these input tests at the connectors.
if any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
* if all the input tests prove OK, Go to step 10.
Cavity
Wire
E15
BLK
Under ail conditions
BLK
BLK
A31
PNK
Ignition switch ON |H)
A35
BRN
G16*"
mr
Test condition

Possible eayse if desired result is not

Poor ground (G201)
An open in the wire
An open In the wire
Blown No. 3 (15 A) fuse in the driver's
* Faulty driver's under-dash fuse/relay
box
An open in the wire
* Blown No. 5 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's
under-dash-fuse/relay box
* Faulty driver's under-dash fuse/relay
box
8
Measure the voltagetoground:

* 1: LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV

* 2: Except LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV
10. If multiple failures are found on- more than one control unit, replace the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box (includes the driver's MICU)
fsee page 2 2 - 8 4 ) , If input failures are related to a particular control unit, replace the control unit
22-289
Wipers/Washers
Wiper/Washer Switch Test/Replacement
1.
R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e
20-168).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 8 P
c o n n e c t o r ( A ) f r o m t h e w i p e r / w a s h e r s w i t c h (B).
3. R e m o v e t h e t w o s c r e w s , t h e n s l i d e out t h e w i p e r /
washer switch.
4. I n s p e c t the c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e
all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t .
* Sf t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e or c o r r o d e d ,
repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y , a n d r e c h e c k t h e
system.
* If the terminals look OK, go to step 5 .

5. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s in e a c h
s w i t c h position a c c o r d i n g to t h e t a b l e .
\ ^
Terminal
Position
OFF
INT
LO
\J
Oj o
HI
Mist ON
Washer ON
Intermittent dwell
timer turned
a
o
f o
o
vJ
a
\o
6. If t h e continuity i s not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e
switch.
22-290
Wiper Motor I est

4-door
2-dom
1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e w i p e r a r m ( s e e p a g e
22-233).
1.
R e m o v e the driver's side w i p e r a r m fsee page

22-293).
s i d e c o w l c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 22-293).
2. R e m o v e t h e left s i d e c o w l c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 22-293).
3. D i s c o n n e c t 5 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e w i p e r m o t o r
IB),
3. D i s c o n n e c t 5 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e w i p e r m o t o r
2. R e m o v e t h e
left
(B).
4. T e s t t h e m o t o r b y c o n n e c t i n g battery p o w e r to t h e
t e r m i n a l N o , 3 a n d g r o u n d to t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 2 of
t h e w i p e r m o t o r c o n n e c t o r 5P. T h e m o t o r s h o u l d
run at l o w s p e e d .
4. T e s t t h e m o t o r by c o n n e c t i n g battery p o w e r to t h e
5. T e s t t h e m o t o r b y c o n n e c t i n g battery p o w e r to t h e
t e r m i n a l N o , 5 a n d g r o u n d to t h e t e r m i n a l No. 2 of
the w i p e r m o t o r c o n n e c t o r 5P. T h e m o t o r s h o u l d
run at h i g h s p e e d .
5. T e s t t h e m o t o r by c o n n e c t i n g battery p o w e r to t h e
t e r m i n a l No. 5 a n d g r o u n d to the t e r m i n a l No. 4 of
run at high s p e e d .
t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d g r o u n d to t h e t e r m i n a l No. 4 of
run a t l o w s p e e d .
. 6. C o n n e c t a n a n a l o g o h m m e t e r to t h e t e r m i n a l s
N o , 4 a n d N o . 2, a n d run t h e m o t o r at l o w or high
s p e e d . T h e n e e d l e of t h e o h m m e t e r s h o u l d p u l s e .
6. C o n n e c t a n a n a l o g o h m m e t e r to t h e t e r m i n a l s
N o . 1 a n d No. 4, a n d run the m o t o r at l o w or high
s p e e d . T h e n e e d l e of t h e o h m m e t e r s h o u l d p u l s e .
7. ff t h e m o t o r d o e s not run or f a i l s to run s m o o t h l y ,

o r t h e r e is n o p u l s e , r e p l a c e t h e motor.
7. If t h e m o t o r d o e s not run or fails to run s m o o t h l y ,

or t h e r e is no p u l s e , r e p l a c e t h e motor.
22-291
Wipers/Washers
Washer Motor Test
1.
R e m o v e the right Inner f e n d e r ( s e e p a g e 20-273).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 2P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the w a s h e r

motor
Washer Fluid Level Switch Test

C
a
n
a
d
am
o
d
e
l
s
1. R e m o v e the right i n n e r f e n d e r ( s e e p a g e 20-273).
(B).
4-door USA
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the w a s h e r
fluid l e v e l - s w i t c h (B).
models
A
ASI 2 - d o o r m o d e l s a n d 4 - d o o r C a n a d a m o d e l s
3. R e m o v e the w a s h e r fluid level s w i t c h f r o m the

w a s h e r reservoir.
N O T E : F l u i d m a y f l o w out of the o p e n i n g .
a n d N o . 2 in e a c h float p o s i t i o n .
T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity w h e n the float is
8
5.
down.
T h e r e s h o u l d be n o continuity w h e n the float is
up.
If the continuity Is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the

switch.
3, T e s t the m o t o r by c o n n e c t i n g battery p o w e r to the

t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d g r o u n d to the t e r m i n a l No. 1 of
the w a s h e r m o t o r . T h e m o t o r s h o u l d r u n .
* If the m o t o r d o e s not run or f a i l s to run s m o o t h l y ,
r e p l a c e it.
If the m o t o r r u n s s m o o t h l y , but little or no
w a s h e r fluid is p u m p e d , c h e c k for a d i s c o n n e c t e d
or b l o c k e d w a s h e r h o s e , or a c l o g g e d w a s h e r
m o t o r outiet-
22-292
Wiper Motor Replacement

Removal
4 . R e m o v e t h e h o o d s e a l a n d c o w l c o v e r s (A).
1. O p e n t h e h o o d . R e m o v e t h e c a p s (A) a n d n u t s (B).
N O T E : T h e illustration s h o w s 4 - d o o r m o d e l s .
N O T E : T h e Illustration s h o w s 4 - d o o r m o d e l s .
2. C l o s e t h e h o o d , t h e n s p r e a d protective c l o t h s (A)
o n t h e h o o d to a v o i d s c r a t c h i n g t h e h o o d e d g e .
3. R a i s e t h e w i p e r a r m s (B) off t h e w i n d s h i e l d , t h e n
r e m o v e the wiper a r m s .
(confd)
22-293
Wipers/Washers
Wiper Motor Replacement (cont d)
#
5. D i s c o n n e c t the h a r n e s s c l i p a n d 5 P c o n n e c t o r (A)
7. S e p a r a t e t h e linkage (A) f r o m the link (B).
from the wiper motor ( B ) .

4-dor
0
31.5 N-m
(3.2 kgf-m, 23.2 Ibf-ft)
- 9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft!
7.3 N-m
(0,7 kgf-m, 5.4 Ibf-ft)
2-dor
.9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 lbf.ft)
2-door
0
18 N-m
B
5.4 N-m
(0.6 kgf-m, 4.0 Ibf-ft)
6. R e m o v e the f o u r bolts a n d w i p e r linkage a s s e m b l y

(B).
8. Note t h e position ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e the nut (D) a n d

the link f r o m t h e w i p e r m o t o r ( E h
9. R e m o v e t h e t h r e e b o l t s , a n d s e p a r a t e the w i p e r
m o t o r f r o m t h e l i n k a g e (F).
22-294
Installation
4. After Installation, a d j u s t t h e w i p e r a r m s ( s e e p a g e
22-299).
1, B e f o r e Installing t h e m o t o r , c o n n e c t t h e 5P
c o n n e c t o r to t h e w i p e r motor,- a n d turn the w i p e r /
w a s h e r s w i t c h O N to (LO) or CHI) p o s i t i o n , t h e n O F F
to return the m o t o r s h a f t to t h e park p o s i t i o n .
NOTE:
* D o not u s e t h e w i p e r / w a s h e r s w i t c h (INT)
p o s i t i o n in t h i s s t e p .
* If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d c l i p s .
* A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to the m o v i n g p a r t s .
2, Install the w i p e r m o t o r to t h e w i p e r linkage
a s s e m b l y In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
3, Install t h e link t o t h e w i p e r m o t o r s h a f t , t h e n a l i g n
t h e m a r k (A) of t h e link a n d the m a r k IB) of the
w i p e r l i n k a g e a s s e m b l y (4-door), or align t h e link
(A) a n d t h e m a r k IB) of t h e w i p e r linkage a s s e m b l y
(2-door).
4-door
2-door
22-295
Wipers/Washers
Washer Reservoir Replacement
1. R e m o v e the right Inner f e n d e r ( s e e p a g e 20-273).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 2P c o n n e c t o r ( s ) (A) f r o m the w a s h e r
m o t o r (B) a n d the w a s h e r fluid level s w i t c h ( C a n a d a
models).
Washer Reservoir Capacity:
2.5 L (2.64 U S qt): 4 - d o o r U S A m o d e l s
4.5 L (4.75 U S qt): All 2 - d o o r m o d e l s a n d 4-door
Canada models
3. D i s c o n n e c t the w a s h e r t u b e (C), t h e n If n e c e s s a r y ,
r e m o v e the w a s h e r m o t o r a n d the w a s h e r fluid
level s w i t c h (D) ( C a n a d a m o d e l s ) .
N O T E : Fluid m a y f l o w out of the o p e n i n g .
4. R e m o v e the clip (A) a n d t h r e e bolts f r o m the
w a s h e r r e s e r v o i r (B),
4-door U S A m o d e l s
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

5. Install the w a s h e r r e s e r v o i r In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
r e m o v a l C h e c k the w a s h e r m o t o r o p e r a t i o n .
22-296
Wiper Blade Replacement

Removal
1.
Lift t h e w i p e r a r m s off t h e w i n d s h i e l d .
2. Pull up a n d h o l d t h e t a b (A), a n d s l i d e the w i p e r

b l a d e a s s e m b l y IB) t o w a r d t h e t a b s until it r e l e a s e s
f r o m the w i p e r a r m (C).
Installation
1. A l i g n t h e g r o o v e (A) of the e a c h rail (B) a n d a n e w
b l a d e (C).
4-door
3. Pull b a c k t h e e n d of the b l a d e a n d s l i d e out t h e old

b l a d e (A).
2. Install the n e w blade w i t h the rails Into the b l a d e

h o l d e r In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
(confd)
22-297
Wipeis/Washers
Wiper Blade Replacement ( c o n t ' d )
3. Install the w i p e r b l a d e a s s e m b l i e s onto the w i p e r
a r m s In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
4. T e s t the w i p e r s by t u r n i n g the w i p e r s w i t c h o n . If
t h e b l a d e s slip, turn t h e w i p e r s w i t c h off a n d s e a t
t h e w i p e r blade s e c u r e l y .
22-298
Wiper Arm/Nozzle Adjustment

4-door
1. T u r n t h e w i p e r s w i t c h O N , a n d t h e n back O F F .
2. W h e n t h e w i p e r a r m s s t o p at t h e park p o s i t i o n , c o n f i r m that t h e y a r e at the s t a n d a r d p o s i t i o n .
a:
P o s i t i o n at a b o u t 1.4 srt. (35.5 m m ) f r o m the top of c o w l c o v e r (A),
b:
P o s i t i o n at a b o u t 1.4 in. (35.5 m m ) f r o m the top of c o w l c o v e r (A).
3. W h e n y o u t u r n o n t h e w a s h e r ( s ) , c o n f i r m 50 % or m o r e of the w a s h e r fluid l a n d s w i t h i n the s p r a y a r e a . If t h e s p r a y

a r e a is not w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d p o s i t i o n s , a d j u s t t h e nozzle(s).
d:
P o s i t i o n at a b o u t 6.6 i n . (167.6" m m ) f r o m the top of t h e black c e r a m i c a r e a (B).at t h e l o w e r w i n d s h i e l d ,
e:
P o s i t i o n at a b o u t 6.6 i n . (167.6 m m ) f r o m t h e top of t h e black c e r a m i c a r e a (B) at the l o w e r w i n d s h i e l d ,
f:
P o s i t i o n at a b o u t 9.8 I n . (250 m m ) f r o m the w i n d s h i e l d c e n t e r line (C).
22-29:
Wipers/Washers
Wiper Arm/Nozzle Adjustment (cont'd)
2-door
1. T u r n the w i p e r s w i t c h O N , a n d t h e n back O F F .
2. W h e n the w i p e r a r m s s t o p at the park p o s i t i o n , c o n f i r m that t h e y a r e at the s t a n d a r d p o s i t i o n .
a:
b:
Position at a b o u t 1.3 in. (32.2 m m ) f r o m the top of c o w l c o v e r (A),

Position at a b o u t 1.4 In. (34.5 m m ) f r o m the top of c o w l c o v e r (A).
3. W h e n y o u turn on the w a s h e r ( s ) , c o n f i r m 50 % or m o r e of the w a s h e r fluid l a n d s w i t h i n t h e s p r a y a r e a . If t h e s p r a y

a r e a i s not w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d p o s i t i o n s , a d j u s t t h e nozzfe(s).
d:
e:
fi
g:
Position
Position
Position
Position
22-300
at
at
at
at
about
about
about
about
5.9 In. (149 m m ) f r o m the top of t h e black c e r a m i c a r e a (B) at the l o w e r w i n d s h i e l d ,

5.9 in. (149 m m ) f r o m the top of t h e black c e r a m i c a r e a (B) at the l o w e r - w i n d s h i e l d ,
9.8 In. (250 m m ) f r o m the w i n d s h i e l d c e n t e r line (C).
14.6 In. (370 m m ) f r o m the w i n d s h i e l d c e n t e r line (C).
Washer Tube Replacement

1. R e m o v e t h e right front Inner f e n d e r ( s e e p a g e 20-273),
2. R e m o v e t h e w a s h e r n o z z l e s a n d c l i p s , t h e n r e m o v e the t u b e s .
1:4-door USA models

*2: All 2-door models
and 4-door Canada models
3 , Install in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l . T a k e c a r e not to p i n c h t h e w a s h e r t u b e s . C h e c k t h e w a s h e r o p e r a t i o n .
22-301
Gauges
22-302
22-303
Clayges
N O T E ; B e f o r e t e s t i n g , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e multiplex integrated control unit first, u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t
M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
T h e g a u g e control m o d u l e h a s a s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function w h i c h c o n s i s t s of the f o l l o w i n g c h e c k s :
* T h e b e e p e r drive circuit c h e c k .
* T h e indicator drive circuit c h e c k .
* T h e s w i t c h input t e s t
* The L C D segments check.
* T h e g a u g e s drive circuit c h e c k ( T a c h o m e t e r , F u e l g a u g e , S p e e d o m e t e r , E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e g a u g e .
* T h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n line c h e c k (of t h e b o d y - c o n t r o l l e r a r e a n e t w o r k ( B - C A N ) c o m m u n i c a t i o n line a n d the f a s t c o n t r o l l e r a r e a network ( F - C A N ) c o m m u n i c a t i o n line b e t w e e n the g a u g e s ) .
NOTE:
I n d i c a t o r s are a l s o c o n t r o l l e d v i a the c o m m u n i c a t i o n line.
Entering the self-diagnostic function with the HDS

U s i n g the H D S , select B o d y Electrical, G a u g e s , then Function T e s t and do the self-diagnostic function.
Entering the self-diagnostic function {manyal method}

B e f o r e d o i n g the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n , m a k e s u r e the No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e In the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box
a n d t h e No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e In t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a r e O K .
1. P u s h a n d hold t h e S E L / R E S E T s w i t c h button.
2. T u r n the c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h (9>Gj) O N .
4. W i t h i n 5 s e c , turn t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h (0<) O F F , t h e n O N a n d O F F a g a i n .
5. W i t h i n 5 s e c , r e l e a s e t h e S E L / R E S E T s w i t c h button, a n d t h e n p u s h a n d r e l e a s e the button t h r e e t i m e s r e p e a t e d l y .
NOTE:* W h i l e In the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c m o d e , the d a s h lights b r i g h t n e s s controSSer o p e r a t e s n o r m a l l y .
* W h i l e in the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c m o d e , the S E L / R E S E T button is u s e d to start the B e e p e r D r i v e C i r c u i t T e s t a n d the G a u g e
D r i v e Circuit C h e c k .
If t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d e x c e e d s 1.2 m p h (2 km/h) or the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0), t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c m o d e
ends.
8
OM (111
OFF
Lighting
Switch
SEL/RESET
Switch
22-304
IVtov t self-diagnostic m o d e .
The indicator Driwe Circuit Check

W h e n e n t e r i n g t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c m o d e , t h e f o l l o w i n g I n d i c a t o r s blink:
A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n Indicator, A B S Indicator, b r a k e s y s t e m indicator, c h a r g i n g s y s t e m indicator, c r u i s e control indicator,
c r u i s e m a i n indicator, d o o r indicator, D R L indicator, high b e a m indicator, i m m o b i l i z e r Indicator, lights-on indicator,
l o w oil p r e s s u r e Indicator, l o w fuel indicator, l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator, m a l f u n c t i o n Indicator l a m p (MIL),
m a i n t e n a n c e r e q u i r e d i n d i c a t o r , s e a t belt indicator, s e c u r i t y indicator, s i d e a i r b a g cutoff Indicator, S R S indicator,
T P M S indicator, t r u n k indicator, V S A activation Indicator, V S A indicator, a n d w a s h e r fluid level Indicator ( C a n a d a models),
Switch Input Check

At t h e initial s t a g e of t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n , the b e e p e r s o u n d s intermittently. T h e b e e p e r s o u n d s c o n t i n u o u s l y
w h e n a n y of t h e f o l l o w i n g s w i t c h i n p u t s a r e s w i t c h e d f r o m O F F to O N :
C r u i s e control m a s t e r , S E T , R E S U M E , C A N C E L s w i t c h e s , S E L / R E S E T s w i t c h , parking brake s w i t c h , a n d V S A O F F
switch.
The Beeper Drive Cireyit Check

W h e n e n t e r i n g t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c m o d e , the b e e p e r s o u n d s five t i m e s .
The LCD Segment Check

W h e n e n t e r i n g t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c m o d e , all t h e s e g m e n t s blink five t i m e s .
The Gauge Drive Circuit Check

W h e n e n t e r i n g t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c m o d e , the s p e e d o m e t e r , t h e t a c h o m e t e r , t h e fuel g a u g e , a n d t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t
t e m p e r a t u r e g a u g e n e e d l e s s w e e p f r o m t h e m i n i m u m p o s i t i o n to m a x i m u m p o s i t i o n , t h e n return to t h e m i n i m u m
position.
NOTE:
After the b e e p e r s t o p s s o u n d i n g a n d t h e g a u g e n e e d l e s return to t h e m i n i m u m p o s i t i o n , p u s h i n g t h e S E L / R E S E T
s w i t c h s t a r t s t h e B e e p e r D r i v e C i r c u i t C h e c k (one b e e p ) a n d t h e G a u g e D r i v e C i r c u i t C h e c k a g a i n .
T h e c h e c k c a n n o t be s t a r t e d a g a i n until the g a u g e n e e d l e s return to t h e m i n i m u m p o s i t i o n .
5 sec.
The needles sweep from the

minimum position to the
" maximum position, then return
to the minimum position.
If t h e n e e d l e s fail to s w e e p , o r t h e b e e p e r d o e s not s o u n d , r e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e .
(confd)
22-305
Gauges
Self-diagnostic Function (cont'd)
The Communication Line Check
W h i l e In the self-d I a g n o s t i c m o d e , t h e C o m m u n i c a t i o n L i n e C h e c k s t a r t s after the L C D S e g m e n t s C h e c k .
If a l l s e g m e n t s c o m e o n , t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n line is O K . If faulty, the w o r d E r r o r will be i n d i c a t e d on the o d o m e t e r
d i s p l a y f o l l o w e d by a n u m b e r ( s ) .
Error C o d e List
T y p e of c o m m u n i c a t i o n line(s) e r r o r
Error code
Error 1
F-CAN communication
Error 2
B-CAN communication
E r r o r 12
F-CAN and B-CAN communication
E x a m p l e Indication
Normal (all segments mme on.!:
Faulty (Error II
$Z f
(T Of
If E r r o r 1 Is I n d i c a t e d , t h e r e Is a m a l f u n c t i o n In t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n line b e t w e e n the F - C A N a n d t h e g a u g e control

m o d u l e . T h e B - C A N is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for D T C s in the F - C A N c o n n e c t e d units a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t a n y D T C s
f o u n d . If no D T C s a r e f o u n d , g o to B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
If E r r o r 2 is I n d i c a t e d , t h e r e Is a m a l f u n c t i o n In t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n line b e t w e e n the B - C A N a n d t h e g a u g e control
m o d u l e . T h e F - C A N line Is O K at t h i s t i m e . G o to B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
If E r r o r 12 is i n d i c a t e d , t h e r e Is a m a l f u n c t i o n In t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n line b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e , t h e FC A N , a n d the B - C A N . C h e c k t h e D T C s In t h e F - C A N c o n n e c t e d units a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t a n y D T C s f o u n d . If no D T C s a r e
f o u n d , g o to B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
Ending the self-diagnostic function

T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
N O T E : If the v e h i c l e s p e e d e x c e e d s 1.2 m p h (2 k m / h ) , t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n e n d s .
22-306
22-307
Gauges
Circuit Diagram
FUSE/BELAY BOX
Mo. 5 {7.5 A)
-crvo
P20
F7
-M-
FUELGAUGE
GAUGE
Jg!L
!R SUPPLY CIRCUIT/
"
R AREA NETWORK 0
2 M a
B-CAN
i-aw
2.6k2
19
18
V V
22-308
(confd)
22-309
Gauges
22-310
22-31
Gauges
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC B1152: Gauge Control Module
(EEPROM) Error
DTC B1175: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge

Sending Unit) Circuit Open
N O T E : If y o u a r e troubleshooting, multiple D T C s , be
s u r e to f o l l o w the Instructions in B - C A N S y s t e m
D i a g n o s i s . T e s t M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n back

to O N (II).
to O N (II).
3. Wast for 6 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
is DTC
81152
indicated?
Y E S - - R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324).
Is DTC
B1175
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the fuel level s e n s o r
circuit is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or p o o r
connections.
WOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s .
time.B
4. T e s t the fuei g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e 11-355).

Is the fuel
gauge
sending
unit
OK?
IMOReplace the fuel tank u n i t

6. W i t h o u t d i s c o n n e c t i n g the c o n n e c t o r s , m e a s u r e the
v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the No. 27 a n d No. 28 t e r m i n a l s of
t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d the
t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 3 of the fuel tank unit 4P
connector.
Is there
less
than 0 . 5
V?
Y E S - R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e .
N O R e p a i r the l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n or o p e n in the
P U R or O R N w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e control
m o d u l e a n d fuel tank unit,
22-312
DTC B1176: Fuel Level Sensor {Fuel Gauge

Sending Unit) Circuit Short
connector.
M O T E : If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s b e
s u r e t o f o l l o w t h e I n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N S y s t e m
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l

" module 32P connector terminal No. 27 a n d body
ground.
to O N (II).
1
3. W a i t f o r 3 0 s e c o n d s .
2
1 7 1 8 1 9
/ /
22 2 3
is DTC B1176
24
25 26 27 26 29 30
FUEL UNIT |
(PUR)
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e f u e l l e v e l s e n s o r
circuit is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for w o r n / m i s s i n g
I n s u l a t i o n o r a n Internal s h o r t In t h e w i r e . H
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r a s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
control m o d u l e a n d t h e fuel tank u n i t . B
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
W O ^ R e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e .
9. W a l t f o r 3 0 s e c o n d s ,
10,
Check for D T C s with the H D S .

is DTC 81178
indicated?
Y E S G o to step
11.
W O - R e p l a c e t h e fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e
22-313
Gauges
DTC U0029: F-CAN Communication Line
Error (BUS-OFF)
7. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control m o d u l e .
NOTE:
M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the E C M / P C M
a n d other v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If It d o e s n o t g o t o D L C
Circuit T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
* If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , be s u r e to
f o l l o w the Instructions In B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s
T e s t M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
to O N (II).
10. S t a r t a n d run the e n g i n e for at l e a s t 5 s e c o n d s , t h e n
turn t h e e n g i n e off.
Is DTC
U0029
indicated?
to O N (II).
N O T h e original g a u g e control m o d u l e Is faulty;

r e p l a c e it.H
Is DTC
U0029
indicated?
12. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M If It d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
NOIntermittent failure, the F - C A N
c o m m u n i c a t i o n line is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
D T C s In the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . If F - C A N D T C s
a r e p r e s e n t c h e c k for l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
c o n n e c t i o n s are g o o d , c h e c k t h e battery c o n d i t i o n
a n d the c h a r g i n g s y s t e m , t h e n c l e a r all D T C s .
5. C h e c k for D T C s in t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
Are any DTCs
indicated?
Y E S - G o t o the indicated E C M / P C M D T C s
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
I M G G o t o s t e p 6.
6. Do the g a u g e control m o d u l e input test.
Are all inputs
OK ?
N O R e p a i r t h e faulty i n p u t t h e n r e c h e c k t h e
DTCs.B
22-314
Is DTC
U0029
indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at the g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e
E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e
s t e p 1.
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
DTC U0100: Gauge Control Module Lost

Communication with ECM/PCM
8. C l e a r the D T C s w i t h t h e HDS.'
M O T E : If y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , be
s u r e to f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s In B - C A N S y s t e m
D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120},
1,
C l e a r t h e D T C s with t h e H D S .

to O N (II).
10. S t a r t a n d run t h e e n g i n e for at feast 5 s e c o n d s , t h e n
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10} a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N (II).
3, S t a r t a n d run t h e e n g i n e for at l e a s t 5 s e c o n d s , then
is DTC
U0100
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the E C M / P C M . I I
N O T h e original g a u g e control m o d u l e Is faulty;
is DTC
UQ100
indicated?
replace it
NOIntermittent failure, the F - C A N
c o m m u n i c a t i o n line i s O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
D T C s in t h e E C M / P C M with t h e H D S . If F - C A N D T C s
a r e p r e s e n t , c h e c k f o r l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d , c h e c k t h e battery c o n d i t i o n
a n d t h e c h a r g i n g s y s t e m , t h e n c l e a r all D T C s .
5. C h e c k for D T C s in t h e E C M / P C M with the H D S .
Are any DTCs
indicated?
Y E S G o to t h e E C M / P C M I n d i c a t e d D T C s
troubleshooting.
W O G o t o s t e p 6,
6. D o t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e Input test.
Are ail inputs
OK?
N O R e p a i r the faulty input, t h e n r e c h e c k the
DTCs.H
22-315
Gauges
Communication with VSA Modulator-Control
Unit (VSA message)
s u r e to f o l l o w the I n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N S y s t e m
9. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N (II).
is DTC U0122
indicated?

Y E S R e c h e c k E C M / P C M for D T C s , t h e n r e c h e c k
to O N (II).
the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit for D T C s . B

N O T h e original g a u g e control m o d u l e is faulty;
Is DTC
U0122
indicated?
NOIntermittent failure, t h e F - C A N
c o m m u n i c a t i o n line is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
D T C s in the E C M / P C M a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r control unit with t h e H D S . If F - C A N D T C s a r e
p r e s e n t c h e c k for a l o o s e V S A g r o u n d or p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s at the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit or
g a u g e control m o d u l e . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s are g o o d ,
c h e c k the battery c o n d i t i o n a n d t h e c h a r g i n g
s y s t e m , t h e n c l e a r all D T C s . B
5. C h e c k for D T C s In the E C M / P C M or V S A with the
HDS.
Are any DTCs
indicated?
Y E S - G o to the E C M / P C M or V S A Indicated D T C s ,
troubleshooting.
6. Do t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e input test.
Are all inputs OK ?

N O R e p a i r the faulty Input, t h e n r e c h e c k the
DTCs.B
22-316
replace it.B
BUL
DTC 110127: Gauge Control Module Lost

Communication with TPMS Control Unit
fTPMS message)
M O T E : Sf y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , b e
s u r e to f o l l o w t h e I n s t r u c t i o n s In B - C A N S y s t e m
1. C l e a r t h e D T C s with t h e H D S .
9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e control
m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 29 a n d N o . 3 0
a n d t h e T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
No. 1 a n d N o . 11 r e s p e c t i v e l y .
p
1
17
7/V 6
18 19
. 23 24
10
25
77-/
26
27
3. W a l t f o r 6 s e c o n d s o r m o r e .
M O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
time. C h e c k for l o o s e o r poor connections.
5. C h e c k for T P M S D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is any DTCs
indicated?
indicated?
Y E S G o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
then recheck.
5 0 / 3 2
CANH
(WHT)
CANH
4. C h e c k f o r D T C s with t h e H D S .
U0127
28 <
CANL
(RED)
2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N III).
is DTC
yy
GAUGE CONTROL IVIODULE 32P CONNECTOR

Wire side of female terminals.-
/
11
1
10
//
///,
CANL (RED)
////
TPMS CONTROL UNIT 20P CONNECTOR

is there
continuity?.
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control u n i t
a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e Indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e
t h e original T P M S control unit. If t h e D T C i s still
p r e s e n t r e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e
( s e e p a g e 22-324).
N O R e p a i r a n o p e n in t h e w i r e .
8. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO).
connector.
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .
22-317
Gauges
Communication with S R S Unit (SRS
message)
N O T E : If y o u are t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g multiple D T C s , b e
s u r e to f o l l o w the Instructions in B - C A N S y s t e m
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the g a u g e control

m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 29 a n d N o . 3 0
a n d the S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) t e r m i n a l s

n,
, , n
17
18 19
0Z
22
to O N (IS). ...
Is DTC U0151 indicated?
NOIntermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e o r poor c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n
t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the S R S unit.
28 27 28 29
'(
\
CAN L
(REDP
/ / 3
// / /
CAN H
(WHT)
CAN L
32
2 3 24 2S 26 2 7 28 29
CANH
(WHT)*
4
16
17 18
31
8
20
. _
9
10
/
// /
36 37 38 39
SRS UNIT CONNECTOR A (39P)

: BLU, BRN, or GRN wire may be used at the SRS unit.
5. C h e c k for S R S D T C s with t h e H D S .
Is any DTCs
indicated?
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d S R S unit, a n d
r e c h e c k . If the indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e
original S R S unit. If t h e D T C is still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e
Y E S G o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
then recheck.
N O R e p a i r a n o p e n In t h e w i r e .
connector.
8. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (28P).
22-318


D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A { s e e p a g e 22-120).
1, C l e a r t h e D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
1.
2, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO) a n d t h e n b a c k

to QH (II).
3. Wait for 6 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
is DTC
U1282
indicated?
Y E S G o to t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e input t e s t
a n d d o all p o w e r , g r o u n d , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n
input t e s t s f s e e p a g e 22-320). If t h e t e s t s p r o v e O K ,
r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or poor c o n n e c t i o n s at d r i v e r ' s
t h e r e l a t e d units,
C l e a r t h e D T C s w i t h the H D S .
to O N (II).
is DTC
U1283
indicated?
Y E S G o to the g a u g e control m o d u l e Input t e s t

a n d do all p o w e r , g r o u n d , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n
input t e s t s ( s e e p a g e 22-320). ff t h e t e s t s p r o v e O K ,
r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or poor c o n n e c t i o n s at
p a s s e n g e r ' s under-dash fuse/relay box connector A
(38P) a n d the related units.
22-319
Gauges
Gauge Control module input Test
N O T E : Before" t e s t i n g , d o t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s i s f u n c t i o n , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e B - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n
l i n e s are" O K .
2. R e m o v e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324), a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r ( A ) i r o m it

RED ORIM
BRN
WHT
/
/
1
17 18
19
///
y
22
10
23 24 25 26
13
27
28
29
30
32
Wire side of
female terminals
3. I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to b e s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d contact.
* If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e or c o r r o d e d , r e p a i r t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y , a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , g o to s t e p 4.
22-320
4, W i t h t h e c o n n e c t o r still d i s c o n n e c t e d , m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r .

Cavity
wwir
RED
switch ON
T h e d a s h lights, a u d i o unit light,
a n d c l i m a t e for H V A C ) control unit
light s h o u l d c o m e on full bright.
* Faulty L E D s a n d bulbs
ORN
switch ON
T h e m o o n r o o f s w i t c h light a n d
s e a t h e a t e r s w i t c h Sights s h o u l d
c o m e o n full b r i g h t
* Faulty L E D s a n d b u l b s
GRN
ignition s w i t c h O N
(H), t u r n s i g n a l
s w i t c h in R I G H T
T h e r e s h o u l d be battery v o l t a g e
w h e n the lights a r e f l a s h i n g .
* Faulty d r i v e r ' s M I C U
s w i t c h in L E F T
T h e r e s h o u l d be battery v o l t a g e
w h e n the lights a r e f l a s h i n g .
D i s c o n n e c t the
driver's underdash fuse/relay
box connector P
(2QP)

t e r m i n a l No. 18 a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s
c o n n e c t o r P (20P) t e r m i n a l N o . 5:
Disconnect the
driver's underdash fuse/relay
box connector P
(20P)
C h e e k for continuity b e t w e e n the
t e r m i n a l No. 19 a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s
T e s t condition
P o s s i b l e e a y s e if d e s i r e d r e s u l t i s
not obtained
10
BLU
III), turn s i g n a l
18
BLU
19
PNK
*
*
Faulty c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h
Faulty d r i v e r ' s M I C U
F a u l t y c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h
A s h o r t In the w i r e
T h e r e s h o u l d be n o continuity.
(cont'd)
22-321
Gauges
Gauge Control Module input Test (cont'd)
5. R e c o n n e c t the 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r to t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e , a n d m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r .
* If a n y test i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
If the Input test p r o v e s O K , t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e m u s t be faulty; r e p l a c e it ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
Cavity
Wire
13
BRN
Test condition
U n d e r all
conditions'
U n d e r all
P o s s i b l e c a y s e if d e s i r e d r e s u l t i s
not obtained
* P o o r g r o u n d (G501)
17
BLK
conditions
T h e r e s h o u l d b e l e s s t h a n 0.5 V.
16
WHT
U n d e r all
conditions
* B l o w n No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e In the

u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box
32
BRN
(ID
B l o w n No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the

(II), w a s h e r fluid Is
half or m o r e In the
w a s h e r reservoir
T h e r e - s h o u l d be 5 V or m o r e .
Faulty w a s h e r fluid level s w i t c h
F a u l t y w a s h e r fluid level s w i t c h
8*
BLU
(II), w a s h e r fluid is
e m p t y in t h e
w a s h e r reservoir
22
(II), b r a k e fluid is
full level in the
reservoir
T h e r e s h o u l d b e 5 V or m o r e .
F a u l t y b r a k e fluid level s w i t c h
(II), brake fluid is '
l o w e r level in t h e reservoir
LT
.
23
GRN
(II), p a r k i n g brake
lever pulled
(II), p a r k i n g brake
lever released
* : Canada models
F a u l t y brake fluid level s w i t c h
F a u l t y parking brake s w i t c h
T h e r e s h o u l d be 5 V m o r e .
F a u l t y parking brake s w i t c h
22-322
GRN
Rewriting the ODO Data and Transferring the Maintenance Minder Data to a
New Gauge Control Module
NOTE:
* O b t a i n a n e w g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e before starting
t h e rewriting p r o c e s s .
* R e w r i t i n g is not p o s s i b l e o n a g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e
that w i l l not c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h the H D S .
3. W i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), r e c o n n e c t the

original g a u g e control m o d u l e .
4. C o m p l e t e l y re-boot the H D S .
* M a k e s u r e that t h e H D S s h o w s t h e c o r r e c t V I N for the

vehicle y o u are working on.
5. C l e a r a n y s t o r e d D T C s .
* O n c e y o u have started this procedure, y o u must

c o m p l e t e it b e f o r e r e m o v i n g t h e H D S f r o m the D L C .
6. N a v i g a t e to B O D Y E L E C T R I C / G A U G E S /
.ADJUSTMENT/INSTRUMENT PANEL
* C o n n e c t a battery j u m p e r b o x (not a battery c h a r g e r )
REPLACEMENT.
to i n s u r e that c o r r e c t battery v o l t a g e will be

maintained.
7. S e l e c t 3. R E L E A S I N G L O C K E D O D O V A L U E .
1. B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e ,
connect the H D S .
8. F o l l o w t h e p r o m p t s a n d the o d o m e t e r m i l e a g e will
2. S e l e c t G A U G E S from the B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L
s y s t e m select m e n u with the H D S .
9. S t a r t o v e r a n d m a k e s u r e the s c r e e n p r o m p t s a r e
be r e s t o r e d .
followed.
3. S e l e c t G a u g e C o n t r o l M o d u l e R e p l a c e m e n t ( O D O
Rewrite) from the A D J U S T M E N T m e n u , and follow
t h e I n s t r u c t i o n s o n t h e d i s p l a y to retrieve t h e O D O
v a l u e a n d the Maintenance Minder Information.
4. R e p l a c e t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e .
5. F o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s o n t h e d i s p l a y to w r i t e t h e
n e w O D O v a l u e a n d M a i n t e n a n c e M i n d e r Data to
t h e n e w g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e . If t h e data t r a n s f e r
fails, refer to t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s b e l o w to r e l e a s e t h e
locked O D O value.
Release Locked odometer mileage to the

original gauge control module.
If, after y o u a t t e m p t to t r a n s f e r m i l e a g e , the o d o m e t e r
d i s p l a y h a s d a s h e s ( - ~ - ) , i s g a r b l e d , or s h o w s a n
incorrect v a l u e , the original gauge control module
n e e d s t o b e u n l o c k e d a n d r e s t o r e d to its o r i g i n a l state:
1.
C o n f i r m that y o u h a v e the latest H D S v e r s i o n of

software.
2, M a k e s u r e that t h e H D S s h o w s t h e c o r r e c t V I N for
the vehicle y o u are working on.
22-323
Gauges
Gauge Control Module Replacement
N O T E ; B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e , retrieve t h e O D O v a l u e a n d t h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r i n f o r m a t i o n
f r o m the g a u g e control m o d u l e w i t h the H D S ( s e e p a g e 22-323).
1.
R e m o v e the I n s t r u m e n t v i s o r ( s e e p a g e 20-152).
2. R e m o v e the t h r e e s c r e w s f r o m t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e (A).
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B) f r o m t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e .
4. install the g a u g e control m o d u l e in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
5. W r i t e the O D O v a l u e a n d m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r information to the n e w g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-323).
22-324
BOD'
H U H
Outside Air Temperature Indicator Calibration

N O T E : T o test t h e o u t s i d e a i r t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
fsee page 21-175),
Description
T h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r is l o c a t e d b e h i n d
t h e c e n t e r of t h e front b u m p e r . T h e g a u g e control
m o d u l e u s e s m e a s u r e m e n t s f r o m t h i s s e n s o r to d i s p l a y
t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e .
B e c a u s e of the l o c a t i o n of t h e s e n s o r , it m a y b e affected
by h e a t reflection f r o m t h e r o a d , e n g i n e a n d radiator
h e a t , or hot e x h a u s t f r o m s u r r o u n d i n g traffic.
T h e s e c o n d i t i o n s c a n h e a t s o a k t h e o u t s i d e air
temperature s e n s o r and cause inaccurate readings.
L o g i c h a s b e e n w r i t t e n Into t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e to
help p r e v e n t a b n o r m a l or fluctuating o u t s i d e air
temperature indicator readings.
Outside Air Temperature Indicator Logic

Initial o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e i n d i c a t i o n after the
Ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II).
If t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is 140 F (80 C) or
h i g h e r w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II), t h e
o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e i n d i c a t e d t h e last t i m e the k e y
w a s t u r n e d off w i l l be d i s p l a y e d r e g a r d l e s s of the
c u r r e n t t e m p e r a t u r e m e a s u r e d b y t h e o u t s i d e air
temperature sensor.
If t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is 139 F (59 C) or
l o w e r w h e n the ignition s w i t c h Is t u r n e d to O N (IS), t h e
c u r r e n t t e m p e r a t u r e m e a s u r e d by t h e o u t s i d e air
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r will b e I n d i c a t e d .
Update t the outside air temperature

Indicator while driving
If the t e m p e r a t u r e m e a s u r e d by the o u t s i d e air
temperature
s e n s o r is greater than t h e t e m p e r a t u r e o n
t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e indicator, t h e o u t s i d e
t e m p e r a t u r e indicator will I n c r e a s e by 1 F (1 C) per
m i n u t e after t h e v e h i c l e - s p e e d Is g r e a t e r t h a n 19 m p h
(30 k m / h ) for m o r e t h a n 1 m i n u t e a n d 30 s e c o n d s . It w i l l
c o n t i n u e to i n c r e a s e until the c u r r e n t o u t s i d e air
t e m p e r a t u r e Is i n d i c a t e d . S o , t h e first c h a n g e to t h e
o u t s i d e a i r t e m p e r a t u r e indicator is 1 m i n u t e a n d
3 0 s e c o n d s after t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d Is g r e a t e r t h a n
19 m p h (30 k m / h ) . If the v e h i c l e s p e e d d r o p s b e l o w
19 m p h (30 k m / h ) , t h e Indicator will not u p d a t e a g a i n
until t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d is i n c r e a s e d t o 19 m p h (30 k m / h )
or m o r e for m o r e t h a n 1 m i n u t e a n d 30 s e c o n d s a g a i n .
if t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e is l e s s t h a n 140 F (60 C),
the t e m p e r a t u r e i n c r e a s e s 1 F (1 C) every 2 s e c o n d s
until t h e c u r r e n t o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e is d i s p l a y e d .
If t h e o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e is l e s s t h a n t h e I n d i c a t e d
t e m p e r a t u r e , the t e m p e r a t u r e will d e c r e a s e 1 F (1 C)
e v e r y 2 s e c o n d s until the c u r r e n t o u t s i d e air
t e m p e r a t u r e Is Indicated r e g a r d l e s s of v e h i c l e s p e e d .
Troubleshooting
if the i n d i c a t o r d i s p l a y s
" for m o r e t h a n
2 s e c o n d s after s e l e c t i n g the o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e
d i s p l a y m o d e , c h e c k the c l i m a t e control s y s t e m o r
m u l t i p l e x integrated control s y s t e m for D T C s ( s e e
B - C A N S y s t e m Diagnosis Test M o d e A) (see page
22-120).
Calibration
T h e outside air temperature indicator's displayed
t e m p e r a t u r e c a n be r e c a l i b r a t e d 5 F or 3 C to
meet the c u s t o m e r ' s expectations.
22-325
Gauges
Test
1. R e m o v e the o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r

Replacement
1. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the o u t s i d e
air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r (B).
( s e e p a g e 22-326).
2 . Dip the s e n s o r in Ice w a t e r , a n d m e a s u r e the

r e s i s t a n c e . T h e n p o u r w a r m w a t e r on the s e n s o r ,
a n d c h e c k for a c h a n g e in r e s i s t a n c e .
3. C o m p a r e the r e s i s t a n c e r e a d i n g b e t w e e n the
t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2 of t h e o u t s i d e air
temperature s e n s o r with the specifications s h o w n
in the" g r a p h ; the r e s i s t a n c e s h o u l d be w i t h i n the
specifications.
OUTSIDE AIR T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R
2. Lift the t a b (C) to r e l e a s e the lock, t h e n r e m o v e the

o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r f r o m the front
bumper.
12
11
10
S
8
3. Install the s e n s o r In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
RESISTANCE
(kQ)
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
14
-10
32
0
50
1
68
20
86 104 F
30 40 *C
TEMPERATURE
4. If the r e s i s t a n c e Is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the
o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 22-326).
22-326
Safety Indicator System

4-door
page 22-236
Replacement,
page 20-288
22-327

page 22-236
Replacement,
page 20-288
22-328
Circuit Diagram
to. 5 (7.5 A)
V8U
[
02
3G1
I B2 I 01
a PS
I PS
Y I!
Uttm
1 LEFT BEAR
BEA
I L
QD
J L
L:
(cont'd)
22-329
22-330
11 BODY j l
ftrtiCU input Test

NOTE:
* B e f o r e t e s t i n g , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e m u l t i p l e x integrated control unit f i r s t u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A
(see page 22-120).
* B e f o r e t e s t i n g , d o t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s i s function ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 0 4 ) , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e s a f e t y
Indicator L E D s a n d B - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n line a r e O K .
Driver's
MICU
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO), a n d r e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r (see. p a g e 2 0 - 1 5 3 ) .

2. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r s D, Q, a n d Ft
CONNECTOR DC16PI
LTGRN
12
10
WHT
13
14
15
18
BRN
CONNECTOR Q (20P1
BRN
BLK
11
12
/ / / /
1-3
14
15
16
17
18
7
20
CONNECTOR R |24F|
BRN
BLK
A_F
10
13
14
15
18
17
18
21
22
3, i n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t
If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e b e n t l o o s e or c o r r o d e d , r e p a i r t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
* if t h e t e r m i n a l s look O K , g o to s t e p 4,
(confd)
22-331

4. R e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s to the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d m a k e t h e s e Input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r .
* If a n y test I n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
Cavity
Wire
T e s t condition
Q1
BLK
U n d e r all c o n d i t i o n s .
Q2
BRN
R2
BRN
Test: Desired
resylt
P o s s i b l e c a o s e if r e s y l t i s n o t
obtained
R5
BLK
D4
(4-door)
LT
D5
D12
BRN
Poor ground (G502)

Poor ground (G501)
Poor g r o u n d ( G 5 0 1 )
Poor ground (G502)
Left rear d o o r o p e n
Left r e a r d o o r c l o s e d
F a u l t y left r e a r d o o r s w i t c h
F a u l t y left rear d o o r s w i t c h
T r u n k lid o p e n
( R e m o v e the trunk
light bulb)
* F a u l t y trunk Sid fatch s w i t c h

T r u n k lid c l o s e d

F a u l t y trunk Hd latch s w i t c h
( R e m o v e the trunk

A s h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e w i r e
light bulb)
Driver's door open
22-332
to g r o u n d :
t h a n 0.5 V.
to g r o u n d :
t h a n 0.5 V.
GRN
WHT
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s
M e a s u r e the voltage
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s
II
Passenger's
MICU
5, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d r e m o v e the right kick p a n e l .

* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-37)
* 4 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 20-99)
1
8, D i s c o n n e c t p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box c o n n e c t o r s A , E , a n d G * (or H * ) .

* 1: L X , L X P Z E V , LX-P, L X - P P Z E V , L X - S , L X - S P Z E V
* 2; E x c e p t L X , L X P Z E V , LX-P, L X - P P Z E V , L X - S , L X - S P Z E V
CONNECTOR A (38P)
CONNECTOR G (16P)
(LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV,
LX-S, L X - S PZEV)
WHT
K 7/
/
//
//
1
27 JS
so
rTT^ a UI s I eTrlTl
JHEHDEIEEHBEI
IS 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
I I 28 28 30 31 32 as 34 35 m 37 36
LTGRN
BRN BLIC BLK
GRN
CONNECTOR H (38P)
(Except LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV,
L X - S , L X - S PZEV)
CONNECTOR E(18P)
GRN
5 8 7j8 9
isj/Hiet/i/
BLK
BLK
m...
LTGRN
7. I n s p e c t the c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to b e s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d contact.

* If t h e t e r m i n a l s iook O K , g o to s t e p 8.
(confd)
22-333

8. R e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s to the p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box, a n d m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the
connectors.
If a n y test i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
Sf all the Input t e s t s p r o v e O K , go to s t e p 9.
T e s t condition
Cawfty
Wire
A36
BLK
A37
BLK
P o s s i b l e G a o s e if r e s u l t i s riot
obtained
E15
BLK
BLK
E16
A14
WHT
Poor ground'(G505)
* P o o r g r o u n d (G505)
Poor-ground (G201)
* P o o r g r o u n d (G201)
* B l o w n No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e In
- the under-hood fuse/relay

box
* Faulty under-dash fuse/relay
box
BRN
A35
(ID
* B l o w n No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the

box
* FatsIty> under-dash
fuse/relay
box
614*
(4-door)
H25*
LT
(4-door)
1
* F a u l t y right r e a r d o o r s w i t c h
Right r e a r d o o r
* F a u l t y right r e a r d o o r s w i t c h
closed
door open
* F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r
switch
. F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r
door closed
GRN
G15*
or
H3*
Right r e a r d o o r o p e n
GRN
switch
A s h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e w i r e
9. If multiple f a i l u r e s a r e f o u n d o n m o r e t h a n o n e control unit, r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box
( i n c l u d e s the d r i v e r ' s M I C U ) ( s e e p a g e 22-84). If input f a i l u r e s a r e related to a particular control unit, r e p l a c e t h e
control unit.
22-334
Reminder Systems
22-335
Reminder Systems
Circuit Diagram
22-336
22-337
Reminder Systems
N O T E : B e f o r e t e s t i n g , t r o u b l e s h o o t the multiplex Integrated control unit first, u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t
M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
Driver's M I C U
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d r e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-153).
2. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r s D, Q, a n d FL
CONNECTOR D f 1 6 P )
5 -6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
BUM
COfJMECTOB Q (20P)
11 12 13
// /
14
15
pTL
/
20
16 17 18
\
WHT
CONNECTOR R (24P)
BLK
RED
GRY
8
13 14 15 16 17 18
BUM
10
21 22
If the t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e or c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
* If the t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , g o t o s t e p 4.
22-338
4. R e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s , turn t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d m a k e t h e s e Input t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r s .

* If a n y test i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
Cavity
Wire
D12
BRN
Q18
R6
R3
WHT
RED
T e s t condition
Driver's door open
There should be less than 1 V.
There should be 5 V or more, .
into t h e ignition
switch
Ignition s w i t c h in
L O C K (0) p o s i t i o n
a n d ignition k e y
r e m o v e d from the
ignition s w i t c h
T h e r e s h o u l d be 5 V o r m o r e .
switch O F F

BLK
s w i t c h in a n y o t h e r
position than O F F
R7
R3
GRY
BLK

T h e r e s h o u l d be 5 V o r m o r e .
switch (PARKING
terminals R7 a n d R3:
position) O N
switch O F F
R8
R3
BRN
BLK
P o s s i b l e c a y s e if r e s u l t i s n o t
obtained
* A s h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e w i r e
* F a u l t y Ignition key s w i t c h
F a u l t y "ignition key s w i t c h
switch
switch
switch
switch
switch (Headlight

position) O N
switch O F F

h e r e s h o u l d be 5 V o r m o r e .
switch
switch
(cont'd)
22-339
Reminder Systems
Gauge Control Modol
5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
6. Remove the gauge control module (see page 22-324), and disconnect the 32P connector from it.
BRN
2
17
/ / /
18
19
/ /
8
22
23
24
10
25
/ /
26
27
WHT
/ A*
13
28
29
30
LTGRN
32
\
BRN

7. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
* If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.
If the terminals are OK, goto step 8.
8. Reconnect the connector to the gauge control module, turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and make these input tests at all connector.
If any test Indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
If the input tests prove OK, go to step 9.
Cavitv
13
Wire
BRN
Test condition

16
WHT
32
BRN

23
LT
GRN
Parking brake switch ON

(Level pulled)
Parking brake switch OFF
(Lever released)

There should be less than 1 V.
There should be 5 V or more.
Possible cause If desired resylt Is not obtained

Poor ground (G501)
* A n open in the wire
Blown No. 15 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood
fuse/relay box
Faulty driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
An open in the wire
Blown No. 5 (7.5 A) fuse i n the driver's underdash fuse/relay box
An open in the wire
* Faulty parking brake switch
An open in the wire
Faulty parking brake switch
* A short to ground i n the wire
9
9. Do the Gauge Control Module Self-diagnostic Function (see page 22-304), and check the beeper and the seat belt reminder indicator.
* If the beeper sounds and the seat belt reminder indicator flashes, go to step 10.
9
If the beeper does not sound or the seat belt reminder indicator does not flash, replace the gauge control module (see page 22-324),
10. Substitute a known-good gauge control module, and recheck the system.
" If the symptom is gone, the gauge control module is faulty; replace it.
* Sf the symptom is still present, the driver's MICU is faulty; replace the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box (see'page 22-84).
22-340
Moonroof
'ftflOOWROOF
SWITCH
Test/Replacement page
fB u i l t i n t o the p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r
I n p u t T e s t , p a g e 22-262
R e p l a c e m e n t (4-door), p a g e 22-275
R e p l a c e m e n t (2-door), p a g e 22-275
22-347
switehl
SSB
22 341
Moonroof
Resetting the Moonroof Control Unit
R e s e t t i n g the m o o n r o o f is r e q u i r e d w h e n a n y of t h e f o l l o w i n g h a v e o c c u r r e d :
* T h e m o o n r o o f w a s m o v e d m a n u a l l y w h i l e t h e battery w a s d e a d or d i s c o n n e c t e d .
* T h e moonroof motor w a s replaced with a n e w o n e .
* A n y c o m p o n e n t s related to t h e m o o n r o o f w e r e r e p l a c e d or r e m o v e d a n d r e i n s t a l l e d .
- W i n d deflector
- Moonroof glass
- Moonroof seal
- Moonroof glass bracket
- Moonroof cables, etc.
T o r e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f c o n t ro l u n i t , d o t h e s e s t e p s :
1. C l o s e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r , a n d l e a v e it c l o s e d until t h e p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e .
3. P r e s s a n d hold t h e tilt s w i t c h , a n d turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
- 4. R e l e a s e t h e tilt s w i t c h , a n d turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
5. R e p e a t s t e p s 3 a n d 4 four t i m e s .
6. C h e c k If t h e A U T O O P E N a n d A U T O C L O S E f u n c t i o n s still w o r k . If t h e y still w o r k , t h e A U T O f u n c t i o n s h a v e not
b e e n c l e a r e d , g o b a c k to s t e p 1. If t h e A U T O f u n c t i o n s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , g o to s t e p 7.
7. P r e s s a n d h o ld t h e m o o n r o o f o p e n s w i t c h for 3 additional s e c o n d s after t h e m o o n r o o f Is fully o p e n e d .
8. P r e s s a n d hold t h e m o o n r o o f c l o s e s w i t c h for 3 additional s e c o n d s after t h e m o o n r o o f Is fully c l o s e d (tilted).
9. C o n f i r m that t h e m o o n r o o f c o n t ro l unit Is r e s e t by u s i n g t h e m o o n r o o f A U T O O P E N a n d A U T O C L O S E f u n c t i o n .
22-342
22-343
Moonroof
Moonroof Control Unit input Test
N O T E : If the m o o n r o o f w o r k s O K m a n u a l l y , but w i l l not w o r k in A U T O , or r e v e r s e s f r e q u e n t l y (obstacle detection),
r e s e t the m o o n r o o f (see p a g e 2 2 - 3 4 2 ) before p r o c e e d i n g w i t h the input t e s t
2 . R e m o v e the h e a d l i n e r ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 3 1 ).
3 , D i s c o n n e c t the 1 4 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the m o o n r o o f control unit (B).
22-344
5 . W i t h t h e c o n n e c t o r stiil d i s c o n n e c t e d , m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r .
* If a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
Cavity
Wire
11
BLU
Test
condition
T e s t ; D e s i r e d resort
P o s s i b l e c a u s e If d e s i r e d r e s u l t
U n d e r all
conditions

m o o n r o o f s w i t c h 14P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l N o . 11 a n d p o w e r
w i n d o w master switch 37P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 27:
A n o p e n in t h e w i r e .
m o o n r o o f s w i t c h 14P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 11 --and b o d y g r o u n d :
T h e r e s h o u l d b e no continuity.
(confd)
22-345
Moonroof
Moonroof Control Unit input Test (cont'd)
6. R e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r to the control unit, a n d m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at the c o n n e c t o r
* If a n y test i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , find a n d c o r r e c t the c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
Cavity
Wire
GRN
T e s t condition
U n d e r all
conditions
BLK
U n d e r all
conditions
GRY
O N (ff),
LTGRN
O N (IS),
ground:
moonroof switch
released
O N (If),
T h e r e s h o u l d be
battery v o l t a g e .
B l o w n No. 2 (20 A ) f u s e i n the d r i v e r ' s

moonroof switch
In TSLT position
T h e r e s h o u l d be 0.5 V
or l e s s .
ground:
moonroof switch
LTBLU
PUR
T h e r e s h o u l d be .
* A n o p e n In the w i r e "
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e to = Poor g r o u n d (G501)
ground:
' A n o p e n i n the w i r e
T h e r e s h o u l d be 0.-5 V
or l e s s .
Faulty moonroof switch
O N (11),
M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e to
ground:
P o s s i b l e c a u s e If d e s i r e d r e s u l t i s n o t
obtained
* B l o w n No. 20 (20 A ) f u s e In t h e d r i v e r ' s
M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e to
ground:
or l e s s .
moonroof switch
in C L O S E
position
released
O N (II),
moonroof switch
in O P E N position
O N (II),
moonroof switch
released
ground:
ground:
or l e s s .
A s h o r t to g r o u n d In the w i r e
* Faulty moonroof switch
. B l o w n N o . 2 (20 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s
*
*
*
*
Faulty moonroof switch
Poor ground (G501)
ground:
* B l o w n No. 2 (20 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s

* Faulty d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
* A s h o r t to g r o u n d i n t h e w i r e
* Faulty m o o n r o o f s w i t c h
O N (II),
ground:
* Poor g r o u n d ( G 5 0 1 )
moonroof switch
in A U T O O P E N
'or l e s s .
or A U T O C L O S E
position
O N (II),
ground:
moonroof switch
* Faulty d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
released
* A s h o r t to g r o u n d i n t h e w i r e
* B l o w n No. 2 (20 A ) f u s e In t h e d r i v e r ' s

7. ff all the input t e s t s a r e O K a n d multiple f a i l u r e s a r e f o u n d , r e p l a c e the m o o n r o o f control unit/motor a s s e m b l y . If

the p r o b l e m is related to t h e key-off o p e r a t i o n , g o to the d r i v e r ' s M I C U input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 22-161), a n d
p a s s e n g e r ' s MSCU input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 22-164).
22-346
Moonroof Switch Test/Replacement

1= R e m o v e t h e front I n d i v i d u a l m a p lights f s e e p a g e
22-232).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e m o o n r o o f s w i t c h 12P c o n n e c t o r (A)
and m a p light S P c o n n e c t o r IB).
4. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s in e a c h

Terminal
Position
OPEN
CLOSE
O-
TILT
CLOSE+AUTO
OPEM+AUTO
10
ID
n- \o

i l l u m i n a t i o n bulb (E) or t h e s w i t c h .
6. Install the s w i t c h a n d light in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
3 , R e m o v e t h e m o o n r o o f s w i t c h (C) f r o m the m a p
light h o u s i n g (D).
22-347

22-343
Circuit Diagram
* 1 : DC, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX~P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV
. *2: Except LX, LX PZEV, LX-P, LX-P PZEV, LX-S, LX-S PZEV
BATTERY
FUSE/RELAY BOX
UNDER-HOOD mmmiM BOX
82
m.
1 mm
NO. 3 ne H A R D m
AI
A)
" WHT
-^KAJD
YI60A}*
ACCHOTInGNi
YEL
No. 2 3
USA)
We. 18
(7.5 A)
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
PUR
4
POWER SOCKET
RELAY
BLK
eoc
BLK
22-349
Front Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement

N O T E : If a!! of the front a n d c o n s o l e a c c e s s o r y p o w e r
6. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e front a c c e s s o r y
s o c k e t s d o not w o r k , c h e c k t h e N o . 18 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e
power socket terminal No. 2 and body ground.
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box and ground (G503)
T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y .
first.
If t h e r e is c o n t i n u i t y , r e p l a c e the p o w e r s o c k e t ;
1. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 4 6 ) .
g o to s t e p 7.
* If t h e r e is no continuity, c h e c k for:
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the front

accessory power socket ( B ) .
- P o o r g r o u n d (G 503). - A n o p e n in the w i r e .
7. R e m o v e the s o c k e t (A).
A
WHT
BLK
8 . R e m o v e t h e h o u s i n g (A) f r o m t h e p a n e l .
3. I n s p e c t the c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e
all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t .
If the t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e , or c o r r o d e d ,
repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
If the t e r m i n a l s look O K , g o to s t e p 4.
4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to A C C (I).
5. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e front a c c e s s o r y
p o w e r s o c k e t 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be battery v o l t a g e .
If t h e r e is battery v o l t a g e , g o to s t e p 6.
If t h e r e is no battery v o l t a g e , c h e c k for:
- B l o w n N o . 2 3 (15 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h fuse/relay box.
- F a u l t y front a c c e s s o r y p o w e r s o c k e t relay.
- P o o r g r o u n d (G 6 0 1 ) .
- A n o p e n in the w i r e .
22-350
9. Install t h e p o w e r s o c k e t in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
T
I
Console Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement
N O T E : Sf all of t h e front a n d c o n s o l e a c c e s s o r y p o w e r
s o c k e t s d o not w o r k , c h e c k t h e N o . 1817.5 A ) f u s e in t h e
driver's u n d e r - d a s h fuse/relay box a n d ground (G503)
6. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n t h e c o n s o l e
a c c e s s o r y p o w e r s o c k e t t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity.
first.
* If t h e r e i s continuity, r e p l a c e t h e p o w e r s o c k e t ;
t
R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
2, D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 P c o n n e c t o r f A ) f r o m the c o n s o l e
a c c e s s o r y p o w e r s o c k e t CB).
g o to s t e p 7.
* if t h e r e i s n o continuity, c h e c k for:
- P o o r g r o u n d {G 503).
- A n o p e n in t h e w i r e .
7 . R e m o v e the s o c k e t (A).
PNK
BLK
3. I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s to b e s u r e t h e y a r e
all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t
8 . R e m o v e t h e h o u s i n g (A) f r o m the p a n e l .
* Sf t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e , o r c o r r o d e d ,
r e p a i r t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y a n d r e c h e c k the s y s t e m .
* If t h e t e r m i n a l s look OK, g o to s t e p 4.
4. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to A C C (I).
5. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e c o n s o l e
accessory power socket 2P connector terminal
N o . 1 arid b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be.battery
voltage.
* If t h e r e i s battery v o l t a g e , g o to s t e p 6.
* If t h e r e i s n o battery v o l t a g e , c h e c k for:
- B l o w n Mo. 12 (15 A ) f u s e in t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s
- Faulty c o n s o l e a c c e s s o r y p o w e r socket relay.
- P o o r g r o u n d f G 503).
- A n o p e n in t h e w i r e ,
9. Install t h e p o w e r s o c k e t in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal
22-351
Power Stirrers
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH/

MIRROR DEFOGGER SWITCH
CHas built-in eontroS unit)
> POWER MIRRORS/POWER
MIRROR DEFOGGER5
Function Test page 22-357
Actuator Replacement
page 22-363
POWER WINDOW MASTER SWITCH

(Has byilt-in control unit)
POWER MIRROR SWITCH
DRIVER'S MICU
(Built into the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box)
22-352
22-353
Power Mirrors
Circuit Diagram
22-354
UD
iG2
P/WCQWT
U+
MRSW
AS
cm
MULTIPLEX 0^1ROL UNIT
Be HEAT
i
:
B-cmm
B-
CAN LO
33
GRY
PW?
UART
va
BLU
PG
SG
32
37
BLK
A A
it 1
co*m.u
L^!L
.XL
-D-
G501
G52
(confd)
22-355
Power Mirrors
DOOR MULTIPLEX
CONTROL UNIT
V
FUSE/RELAY BOX
: H2
CENTER
JUNCTION
BOX
mz
29
FRONT PASSENGER '8 POWER WINDOW SWITCH
UART
MR ACT
ASUD
MIR ACT
AS COM
MIR ACT
ASLR
!
j
MIR ACT
AS HEAT
PG
RIGHT
<fl>
DOWN j
iLEFT
.J
22-356
n
II
BODY
||
Function Test
N O T E : T h e right p o w e r m i r r o r is c o n t r o l l e d by t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h . W h e n the p o w e r
m i r r o r s w i t c h is o p e r a t e d , t h e d o o r m u l t i p l e x control
unit r e c e i v e s t h e s i g n a l s f r o m t h e p o w e r m i r r o r s w i t c h
arid s e n d s t h e s i g n a l s to the front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r
w i n d o w s w i t c h . If t h e r e i s m a l f u n c t i o n of the right
p o w e r m i r r o r a c t u a t o r o p e r a t i o n , d o the d o o r m u l t i p l e x
control unit input t e s t i s e e p a g e 22-358) a n d front
p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h input test f s e e p a g e
22-360).
4. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e
N o . 2 t e r m i n a l of the p o w e r m i r r o r s w i t c h 13P
c o n n e c t o r w i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h O N (II). T h e r e
s h o u l d be battery v o l t a g e .
Left Power M i r r o r F u n c t i o n Test
5. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l N o . 6

a n d b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity.
* If t h e r e is no battery v o l t a g e , c h e c k for:
- B l o w n No, 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r dash fuse/relay box.
- A n o p e n in the L T G R N w i r e .
* If t h e r e is battery v o l t a g e , g o to s t e p 5.
1, R e m o v e t h e p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h
I s e e page 22-275).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 13P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e p o w e r
m i r r o r s w i t c h IB) arid 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r (C) f r o m t h e
p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h (D).
N O T E : T h e illustration s h o w s 4 - d o o r m o d e l .
* If t h e r e is no continuity, c h e c k for:
- A n o p e n in the B L K w i r e .
- P o o r g r o u n d (G 501).
. * If t h e r e is continuity, g o t o s t e p 8 ,
6. C o n n e c t the t e r m i n a l s No, 2 a n d No. 10, a n d t h e
No. 5 (or N o . 12) a n d t e r m i n a l s No. 6 w i t h j u m p e r
w i r e s . T h e left m i r r o r s h o u l d tilt d o w n (or s w i n g
left) with t h e ignition s w i t c h O N (II).
* If the left m i r r o r d o e s not tilt d o w n (or d o e s not
s w i n g left), c h e c k for a n o p e n in t h e G R Y (or Y E L )
w i r e b e t w e e n t h e left m i r r o r a n d t h e 13P
c o n n e c t o r . If t h e w i r e is O K , c h e c k t h e left m i r r o r
actuator.
* If the m i r r o r n e i t h e r tilts d o w n n o r s w i n g s left,
repair the P U R w i r e .
* If t h e m i r r o r w o r k s p r o p e r l y , c h e c k t h e m i r r o r
switch.
Wire side o f
female terminals
BLK
PNK
9 to 11 12 13
PUR
WHT YEL
RED
22-357
Power M i r r o r s
Power Window Master Switch Input Test
N O T E : B e f o r e t e s t i n g , t r o u b l e s h o o t the m u l t i p l e x integrated control unit f i r s t u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t
M o d e A (see page 2 2 - 1 2 0 ) .
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) , o p e n a n d c l o s e the d r i v e r ' s d o o r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r
switch,
* 4-door (see page 2 2 - 2 7 5 )
* 2-door (see page 2 2 - 2 7 5 )
2 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h (B).
N O T E : T h e Illustration s h o w s 4 - d o o r m o d e l s ,
PNK
BLK
BLK
*: With mirror defogger

3 . I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to b e - s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t
* If the t e r m i n a l s a r e b e n t l o o s e or c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y , a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* If the t e r m i n a l s look O K , g o to s t e p 4 .
22-358
4. Reconnect the connector to the power window master switch, turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and make these input tests at the
connector.
* If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
Cavity
Wire
Test condition
32
BLK
37
BLK
14
LTGRN

Possible cause If desired result Is

not obtained
. * An open in the wire
An open in the wire
* Blown Mo. 16 (7.5 A) fuse in the
5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), open and close the driver's door, then disconnect the 37P connector from the power window master
switch again.
8. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.
If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system,
* If all the input tests prove OK, the power window master switch must be faulty, replace it.
MOTE: After replacing the power window master switch, reset the power window control unit (see page 22-251).
Cavity
Wire
Test condition
Ignition switch ON (II), power
mirror switch in RIGHT mirror
position

There should be battery voltage
when the power mirror switch LEFT
or DOWN is pressed.
10
ignition switch ON (IF), power
RED
position
when the power mirror switch
RIGHT is pressed.
11
Ignition switch ON (II), power
GRY
when the power mirror switch UP is
position
pressed.
ignition switch ON (II), connect
Check the left power mirror
r
ORN
terminals No. 14 and No. 1 with a defogger operation:
The left power mirror defogger
Jumper wire
should work (the inside Sower edge
becomes warm).
PHK
Check the power mirror switch light
ignition switch ON (II), connect
26
terminals No. 14 and No. 26 with a operation:
Jumper wire
The power mirror switch light
should come on.
* : With mirror defogger
9
WHT
Possible eayse If desired resyft Is

* Faulty power mirror switch
An open in the wire
Blown No. 16 (7.5 A) fuse in the
Faulty power mirror switch
An open in the wire
* Faulty left power mirror defogger
8
* Faulty LED
Poor ground ( G 5 0 D An open in the wire
22-359
Power Mirrors
Front Passenger's Power Window Switch Input Test
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), o p e n a n d c l o s e the d r i v e r ' s d o o r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
( p a s s e n g e r ' s ) p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 22-276).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the front p a s s e n g e r ' s ( p a s s e n g e r ' s ) p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h (B).
GBW
BLU
BLK
3. I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t
* If the t e r m i n a l s a r e b e n t l o o s e , or c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y , a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
If the t e r m i n a l s look O K , g o to s t e p 4.
22-360
4. R e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r to t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h , turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS), a n d

m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r .
If all t h e input t e s t s p r o v e O K , go to s t e p 5.
Wire
T e s t condition
Cavity
37
BLK
25
GRN
P o s s i b l e c a u s e If d e s i r e d
result i s n o t o b t a i n e d
* B l o w n No. 13 {20 A ) f u s e in
the p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
fuse/relay box
fuse/relay box
* Faulty passenger's under-dash
fuse/relay box
5 , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), o p e n a n d c l o s e t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the 3 7 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m the

front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h a g a i n .
6> W i t h t h e c o n n e c t o r still d i s c o n n e c t e d , m a k e t h e s e input t e s t s a t t h e c o n n e c t o r .
* If all t h e input t e s t s p r o v e O K , r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h , a n d g o to s t e p 7.
Cavity
Wire
T e s t condition
3
LT
BLU
4
PNK
PNK
RED
ORN
29
BLU
Ignition s w i t c h O N (III,
connect terminals
N o . 2 5 a n d N o . 3 (or
. N o . 4), a n d t e r m i n a l s
N o , 4 (or N o . 3) a n d
No, 3 7 w i t h j u m p e r
wires.
C h e c k t h e right p o w e r m i r r o r
operation:
T h e right p o w e r m i r r o r s h o u l d U P
(or D O W N ) .

* F a u l t y right p o w e r m i r r o r
Ignition s w i t c h O N (II),
connect terminals
N o , 2 5 a n d N o . 4 (or
N o . 5), a n d t e r m i n a l s
N o , 5 (or N o , 4) a n d
N o . 37 w i t h j u m p e r
wires.
operation:
T h e right p o w e r m i r r o r s h o u l d
L E F T (or R I G H T ) .
Connect terminals
No. 2 5 a n d N o . 1 w i t h a
jumper wire
defogger operation:
T h e right p o w e r m i r r o r d e f o g g e r
s h o u l d w o r k (the i n s i d e l o w e r
edge becomes warm).
defogger
C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e
disconnect the p o w e r
t e r m i n a l N o . 29 a n d t h e p o w e r
window master switch
w i n d o w master switch 37P
37P connector

* : With mirror defogger

7. W i t h t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s p o w e r w i n d o w A U T O U P / A U T O D O W N f u n c t i o n , r e s e t t h e p o w e r w i n d o w c o n t r o l unit
( s e e p a g e 22-2511.
22-361
Power Mirrors
Power Mirror Actuator Test
Power Mirror Switch Test/

Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e m i r r o r m o u n t c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-55).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 8 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e p o w e r
1. R e m o v e the p o w e r w i n d o w m a s t e r s w i t c h .
m i r r o r a c t u a t o r (B).
4 - do or ( s e e p a g e 22-275)
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 22-275)
1
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 13P c o n n e c t o r f r o m the p o w e r
?
6
i Terminal side of
male terminals
m i r r o r s w i t c h (A).
3. C h e c k a c t u a t o r o p e r a t i o n b y c o n n e c t i n g battery
p o w e r a n d g r o u n d a c c o r d i n g to t h e table.
3. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s in e a c h
Terminal
Position
\
UP
DOWN
LEFT
RIGHT
UP
DOWN
LEFT
BIGHT
10
11
12
-o o -o
o- o-o
D
o
-o
KJ
o
-o
o- -o
o- -o oKJ
o
-o
-o
f\
o
ho
U
o~
13
22-362
4. If the m i r r o r fails to w o r k p r o p e r l y , c h e c k for a n

o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e
m i r r o r h o l d e r . If the w i r e is O K , r e p l a c e the m i r r o r
actuator.
Defogger T e s t
5. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s
N o . 1 a n d No. 3 of t h e 8P c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d
be a b o u t 7 Q.
6. If the r e s i s t a n c e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , c h e c k for a n
o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d the
m i r r o r holder. If t h e w i r e is O K , r e p l a c e the m i r r o r
holder.
2
-o
4. If the continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e m o v e t h e

s c r e w s and replace the power mirror switch.
Terminal
Position
\
TILT UP
TSLT DOWN
SWING LEFT
SWING RIGHT
Power Mirror Actuator Replacement

Removal
7. R e m o v e t h e c o v e r (A).
8 . R e m o v e t h e t h r e e s c r e w s , a n d s e p a r a t e the m i r r o r
h o u s i n g (B) f r o m the bracket (C).
4 . R e m o v e the s c r e w s from the p o w e r mirror 8 P

c o n n e c t o r IB),
5. R e c o r d the p o w e r mirror 8 P connector terminal
locations a n d wire colors.
6. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e p o w e r m i r r o r 8 P c o n n e c t o r (Ah
a n d r e m o v e all t e r m i n a l s f r o m it.
(confd)
22-363
Power Mirrors
Power Mirror Actuator Replacement (cont'd)
9. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s a n d t h e a c t u a t o r (A).
Installation
1.
R o u t e t h e w i r e h a r n e s s (A) of a n e w a c t u a t o r
t h r o u g h t h e h o l e In t h e b r a c k e t ( B ) .
2. Install t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
3. Insert t h e n e w a c t u a t o r t e r m i n a l s into t h e
c o n n e c t o r in the original a r r a n g e m e n t
Left
Bight
BLK
BLK
PR
YEL/BLK
YEL/WHT
BLK
BLK
BLU/BLK \
YEL/RED
YEL/WHT
BLU/GRI^

4. A p p l y E P T s e a l e r to the i n t e r s e c t i o n of t h e w i r e
h a r n e s s a n d the 8P c o n n e c t o r , t h e n install the S P
c o n n e c t o r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
5. Install the g a s k e t in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
6. R e a s s e m b l e in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of d i s a s s e m b l y .
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to b r e a k the m i r r o r w h e n
reinstalling it to the actuator.
7. R e i n s t a l l t h e m i r r o r a s s e m b l y on t h e d o o r .
8. O p e r a t e the p o w e r m i r r o r to e n s u r e s m o o t h
operation.
22-364

Circuit Diagram
DRIVER'S
UMBER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
UNDBt-KOOB FUSHREIAV BOX

BATTERY
Mo. 1 mm 1110 AI
C r x x * ~
NO.
3-1
mm w
Cr\j3-
A>
ISiOIOi SWITCH
m f O
IAT
Of
IS1
BLU -
SGI HOT in ON (III

and START (III)
(M/T)
(A/TJ
-"1
r"
FUSE/RELAY BOX
FUSS/RELAY BOX
No. 5
(7.5 A)
(ISA)
F28
P20
IT BUS '
F2?
SHY
LTBLU
LTBLU
BACK-UP
LIGHTS
LTBLU
GRN/WHT
P DIODE
BACK-UP
LIGHTS
I.
WHT
JUNCTION
BOX 2
2
r
h
T ,
BACK-UP
LIGHT
(Onthotn
&
.J
JUNCTION
BOX1
LTBLU
GRY
-f\
Jl/
RANGE SWITCH
(Back-up lights
(Closed:In Row
BLK
ILK
GIN
6S81
22*3

System Description
Test/Replacement
EX-L,
EX-L,
EX-L
P
Z
E
Vm
o
d
e
l
s
T h e a u t o m a t i c d i m m i n g i n s i d e m i r r o r h a s a front-facing
lux level s e n s o r (A), r e a r - f a c i n g lux level s e n s o r s (B),
EX-L
P
Z
E
Vm
o
d
e
l
s
1. R e m o v e the c o v e r (A), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t 6 P
a n d a control u n i t T h e c o n t r o l unit r e c e i v e s s i g n a l s
f r o m e a c h s e n s o r . B a s e d o n t h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n the
t w o lux l e v e l s (the light o u t s i d e t h e v e h i c l e a n d t h e light
f r o m t h e - h e a d l i g h t s of the o t h e r v e h i c l e , etc.), t h e
c o n t r o l unit c o n t r o l s t h e e l e c t r o - c h r o m i c gel to r e d u c e
t h e g l a r e . T h i s d i m m i n g f u n c t i o n is c a n c e l e d w h e n t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n is in r e v e r s e , or w h e n the a u t o m a t i c
d i m m i n g off s w i t c h (C) is t u r n e d O F F .

3. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No. 2
and body ground.
* If t h e r e Is l e s s t h a n 0.5 V , g o to s t e p 4.
* If t h e r e is m o r e t h a n 0.5 V , c h e c k for:
- A n o p e n In t h e w i r e .
- P o o r g r o u n d (G 501).
4. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No. 1
and body ground.
* If t h e r e Is battery v o l t a g e , g o to s t e p 5.
* Sf t h e r e Is no v o l t a g e , c h e c k for:
- B l o w n No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
5. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No. 3
and body ground with the t r a n s m i s s i o n range
s w i t c h In R p o s i t i o n .
* If t h e r e Is battery v o l t a g e , r e p l a c e t h e m i r r o r
assembly.
* If t h e r e Is no v o l t a g e , c h e c k for:
- Faulty driver's u n d e r - d a s h fuse/relay box.
- Faulty transmission range switch.
22-366
Power Seats
22-367
Power; Seats
Circuit Diagram
UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY BOX
No.3-4(DRF/B)(60A)
F18
> m. i s
8.21
(20 AS
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
OA)
P12
POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT SWITCH
UP
BLK
FORWARD
YEL
WHT
SLIDE MOTOR
G701
22-368
UP
DOWN
BACKWARD
FORWARD
GRY
ORN
REAR UP-DOWN MOTOR
BLK
RECLINE MOTOR
G701
Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement

1.
R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t ( s e e p a g e 20-181).
2. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s e a t a d j u s t m e n t s w i t c h k n o b s (A) a n d t h e r e c l i n e c o v e r f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t ( s e e p a g e 20-205),

t h e n r e m o v e t h e t w o s c r e w s a n d t h e p o w e r s e a t a d j u s t m e n t s w i t c h (B).
..7
10
11 12
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e p o w e r s e a t a d j u s t m e n t s w i t c h .
4. R e i n s t a l l t h e a d j u s t m e n t s w i t c h k n o b s to t h e s w i t c h .
5. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s in e a c h s w i t c h p o s i t i o n a c c o r d i n g to t h e table.
Terminal
10
11
12
Position
SLIDE
SWITCH
RECLINE
SWITCH
FRONT
UP-DGWtM
SWITCH
REAR
UP-DOWN
SWITCH
Forward
Backward
forward
Backward
UP
Down
UP
DOWN
6, If t h e c o n t i n u i t y Is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e s w i t c h .
22-369
Power Seats
Driver's Power Seat Motor Test
1. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s s e a t ( s e e p a g e 20-181).
2. - R e m o v e the p o w e r s e a t a d j u s t m e n t s w i t c h k n o b s
a n d the recline c o v e r f r o m the s e a t ( s e e p a g e
20-205).
4. A t the 12P c o n n e c t o r of t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t w i r e

h a r n e s s s i d e , test the m o t o r by a p p l y i n g battery
p o w e r a n d g r o u n d to the t e r m i n a l s a c c o r d i n g to t h e
table.
Slide motor
3. D i s c o n n e c t the 12P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the p o w e r

\
s e a t a d j u s t m e n t s w i t c h (Bh
Terminal
Position
Wire side of
female terminals
_f==L_
8
Forward
10
11
12
Backward
11
12
Recline motor
\y
Terminal
Position
Forward
Backward
Front up-down motor
\
Terminal
Position
UP
cowry
Rear u p - d o w n motor
\
Terminal
Position
UP
DOWIM
5. If the m o t o r d o e s not run o r fails t o run s m o o t h l y ,

g o to s t e p 6.
22-370
6, D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2P c o n n e c t o r f r o m e a c h motor.
7. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n e a c h m o t o r 2 P
c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t w i r e h a r n e s s 12P
NOTE:
c o n n e c t o r . If t h e r e is continuity, r e p l a c e the
* F o r t h e r e c l i n e m o t o r , r e m o v e the s e a t - b a c k
c o v e r , 2 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 9 9 ) , 4-door ( s e e p a g e
20-205},
A l l c o n n e c t o r v i e w s a r e w i r e s i d e of f e m a l e
terminals,
a p p r o p r i a t e motor:
* S l i d e m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 20-189)
R e c l i n e m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 20-187)
N O T E : T h e front a n d rear u p - d o w n m o t o r s a r e part
of t h e u p - d o w n a d j u s t e r .
Slide motor 2P
connector terminal
No. 1
Driver's seat wire

h a r n e s s 12P c o n n e c t o r
No. 7
No. 2
No. 11
Recline motor 2P
connector terminal
No. 1
No. 2
Driver's seat wire

No. 6
Front up-down motor

2P connector
terminal
Driver's seat wire

No. 1
No. 9
No. 2
No. 3
Rear up-down motor

2 P Gonnector
terminal
No. 1
No. 2
No. 12
Driver's seat wire

h a r n e s s 12P connector
No. 1
No. 5
HECILIWE MOTOR
22-371
Power Lumbar Support

22-372
Circuit Diagram
BATTERY
Noi-4(ASF/BOP!(40AI
(10 A)
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/BELAY
BOX
SUPPORT SWITCH
PNK
BLK
BLK
DRIVER'S LU WAR
SUPPORT MOTOR
mi
22-373
Power Lumbar Support

Switch Test/Replacement
Motor Test
1. S e p a r a t e the l u m b a r s u p p o r t s w i t c h c o v e r (A) f r o m
the s w i t c h (B).
1. R e m o v e t h e front s e a t - b a c k c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 0 5 ) ,
a n d s e a t - b a c k p a d ( s e e p a g e 20-188).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 2P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the l u m b a r
support, m o t o r (B).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 5 P c o n n e c t o r (C) f r o m the s w i t c h .

3. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s in e a c h
Terminal side of male term ia Is
FT
Terminal
Position
3. T e s t the m o t o r by a p p l y i n g battery p o w e r a n d b o d y
o
OaiCW3ra
-o
g r o u n d to the t e r m i n a l s .
o
o

switch.
Terminal
Position
\
Forward
Backward
e
e
4. If the m o t o r d o e s not run or fails to run s m o o t h l y ,

r e p l a c e it ( s e e p a g e 20-188).
22-374
Seat Heaters
DRIVER'S SEAT HEATER BELAY (LOW) ISP)

Test page 22-91
(confd)
22-375
Seat Heaters
22-31B
22-377
Seat Heaters
Circuit Diagram
22-378
22-379
Seat Heaters
Seat Heater Test
Driver's Seat
1.
R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s s e a t ( s e e p a g e 20-181).
2. R e m o v e the s e a t - b a c k ( s e e p a g e 20-199).
4. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e s e a t heater

c o n n e c t o r B (2P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2. T h e r e
s h o u l d be continuity.
5. If the continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e s e a t back heater.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r A (4P) a n d c o n n e c t o r B
(2P) f r o m the s e a t h e a t e r s .
6. R e c o n n e c t s e a t heater c o n n e c t o r B (2P) to t h e s e a t b a c k heater.

7. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e s e a t heater
c o n n e c t o r A (4P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 2 a n d N o . 3, a n d
t e r m i n a l s No. 3 a n d N o . 4. T h e r e s h o u l d be
continuity.
8. If the continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e s e a t
c u s h i o n heater.
COMNECTOR B (2P)
22-380
III
B0DY
Switch Test/Replacement
Front P a s s e n g e r ' s S e a t
1, R e m o v e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t ( s e e p a g e
20-131).
1. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
2, D i s c o n n e c t the 6P (or 7 P * ) c o n n e c t o r f r o m the s e a t
h e a t e r s w i t c h , t h e n r e m o v e the s w i t c h .
* : Front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t h e a t e r s w i t c h
2. D i s c o n n e c t the 3 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the s e a t

heater.
Drivers seat heater switch

Terminal side of
male terminals
Wire side of
female terminals
Terminal side of
male-terminals
Front passenger's seat heater switch

3. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the s e a t heater 3 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d Mo, 3 a n d t e r m i n a l s
No, 2 a n d Mo, 3 , T h e r e s h o u l d b e continuity.
4 , If t h e continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the s e a t
heater.
3. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s in e a c h

N O T E : M a k e s u r e the c o r r e c t test l e a d ( + o r ) is
p l a c e d o n the t e r m i n a l .
\
Terminal; 1
2
3
Position
\ [2] [3] [4]
HIGH
KJ
f*>
U)
KJ
M
AAA-
tfT\
-o
..hJ..
bf\
fTS
u
f l
\ J
AAA, , JjSv ...JA*

MA
KJ
u>
kj
tyA,
kj
OFF
6
ill
cs
KJ
\J
AAA
- fVt
o
LOW
4
B
[5] [6]
ff%
/Tfc
A.A.A,'
|M
,^6
, III
M|
AAA
w
KJ
'
[ .3 : Front passenger's seat heater switch

4, If t h e continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e
switch.
22-381

REAR WINDOW D E F O G G E R S W I T C H /
MIRROR DEFOGGER SWITCH
22-382
Circuit Diagram
W i t h clifiraiit c o n t r o l u n i t

With H V A C control unit
22-384
Function Test
NOTE:
* With climate control: Before testing, troubleshoot the
B-CAN S y s t e m Diagnosis T e s t Mode A fsee page
22-120).
* B e f o r e t e s t i n g , c h e c k t h e No. 4 (40 A ) f u s e in t h e
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d t h e N o . 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e
in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
* B e c a r e f u l not to s c r a t c h or d a m a g e the d e f o g g e r
w i r e s with the tester probe.
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n turn t h e r e a r
6. R e c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e t e r m i n a l to the r e a r
w i n d o w defogger.
7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n turn the rear
w i n d o w defogger switch O N .
8. T o u c h t h e v o l t m e t e r p o s i t i v e p r o b e to e a c h point
o n e a c h d e f o g g e r w i r e , a n d t h e n e g a t i v e p r o b e to
the negative terminal.
* If t h e v o l t a g e is a s s p e c i f i e d , t h e d e f o g g e r w i r e
up to that point is O K .
w i n d o w defogger switch O N .
2. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e p o s i t i v e t e r m i n a l
(A) a n d b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be battery
voltage.
* If t h e v o l t a g e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p a i r the
defogger wire.
- If it is m o r e t h a n s p e c i f i e d at o n e of the p o i n t s ,
t h e r e is a b r e a k in the n e g a t i v e half of the w i r e .
- If it is l e s s t h a n s p e c i f i e d - a t o n e of the p o i n t s , '
t h e r e is a b r e a k in the p o s i t i v e half of t h e w i r e .
* If t h e r e is n o v o l t a g e , c h e c k for:
- Faulty rear w i n d o w defogger relay.
- F a u l t y c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit o r H V A C control unit.
- A n o p e n in t h e G R N w i r e to t h e p o s i t i v e
terminal,
* If t h e r e i s v o l t a g e , g o to s t e p 3.
About 2,0 V
About 6 V
About 4.2 V
About 11
Aboyt 8.S V
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e t e r m i n a l (B) f r o m t h e r e a r
w i n d o w d e f o g g e r,
5. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e n e g a t i v e t e r m i n a l
(B) a n d b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d b e c o n t i n u i t y .
If t h e r e i s n o c o n t in u it y , c h e c k for a n o p e n in t h e
B L K w i r e or p o o r g r o u n d ( G 8 0 1 ) . If t h e r e is
c o n t i n u i t y , g o to s t e p 6.
22-385
Rear Window
Defogger
Defogger Wire Repair

. N O T E : T o m a k e a n effective repair, the broken s e c t i o n
m u s t be no l o n g e r t h a n 1 i n c h (25 m m ) ,
1.
Lightly rub the a r e a a r o u n d t h e b r o k e n s e c t i o n (A)

w i t h fine steel w o o l , t h e n c l e a n it w i t h i s o p r o p y l
alcohol
C
2. C a r e f u l l y m a s k a b o v e a n d b e l o w the broken portion
of the d e f o g g e r w i r e (B) w i t h c e l l o p h a n e t a p e (C).
3. U s i n g a s m a l l b r u s h , a p p l y a h e a v y c o a t of s i l v e r
c o n d u c t i v e paint ( c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e ) (A)
e x t e n d i n g a b o u t 1/8" on both s i d e s of the break.
A l l o w 25 m i n u t e s to dry.
4. Do the function test to
c o n f i r m
that the w i r e is
repaired.
5. A p p l y a s e c o n d c o a t of paint in t h e s a m e w a y . Let it
d r y 3 h o u r s before r e m o v i n g t h e t a p e .
22-386
Immobilizer System
IMOES UNIT f Beit Into the driver's MICU)

VALET KEY
ECM/PCM
Substitute known-good for testing,
page 11-7
22-387
Immobilizer System
System Description
T h e v e h i c l e is e q u i p p e d w i t h a T y p e VII i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m that will d i s a b l e t h e v e h i c l e u n l e s s a p r o g r a m m e d ignition
key is u s e d .
T h i s s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of a t r a n s p o n d e r c o m b i n e d with a k e y l e s s t r a n s m i t t e r , a n i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control u n i t the
d r i v e r ' s M I C U ( h a s built-in i m o e s unit), a n i m m o b i l i z e r indicator, a n d the E C M / P C M .
W h e n the i m m o b i l i z e r key ( p r o g r a m m e d by t h e H D S ) is i n s e r t e d into the ignition s w i t c h a n d t u r n e d to O N (II), t h e
i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control unit s e n d s p o w e r to the t r a n s p o n d e r . T h e t r a n s p o n d e r t h e n s e n d s a c o d e d s i g n a l back to
t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control unit w h i c h t h e n s e n d s a c o d e d s i g n a l to the E C M / P C M a n d the d r i v e r ' s M I C U ( i m o e s
unit).
T h e E C M / P C M a n d d r i v e r ' s M I C U ( i m o e s unit) identify this c o d e d s i g n a l , t h e n v o l t a g e is s u p p l i e d to the fuel p u m p .
Steering lock assembly
Smmobillzer-keyI@ss
control unit
(Built-in receiver)
ECM/PCM
If the w r o n g key h a s b e e n u s e d or the c o d e w a s not r e c e i v e d or r e c o g n i z e d by the u n i t t h e indicator will f l a s h o n c e ,

t h e n it will blink until the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0). W h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to the L O C K (0)
p o s i t i o n , t h e indicator will blink t e n t i m e s to s i g n a l that unit h a s r e s e t c o r r e c t l y , t h e n the indicator will g o off.
22-388
Circuit Diagram
vv
No.9(20A)
SGI HOT in OM (i
and START (!!!)
CONTROL
MAIM RELAY 2
(FUEL PUÎ?)
B-CAN
YEL
WHT
F8
2
IQ1
VBU
B-CAN
.-CAN
N
r
PNK
F3
F4
"3
| CAW B-CAN
1UWTIS
A A
* A4
* A3
1 C2
I CU
I C48
uiii-J
22.389
Immobilizer System
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC U0155: Immobilizer-keyless Control Unit
Lost Communication with Gauge Control
Module
DTC U0199: Immobilizer-keyless Control Unit

Lost Communication with Door Multiplex
Control Unit
1.
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o - L O C K (0) a n d t h e n b a c k
C l e a r the D T C s with the H D S .
to O N (II).
to O N (II).
Is DTC
U0155
indicated?
Y E S G o to the g a u g e control m o d u l e input test,
Is DTC
U0199
indicated?

r e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e .
Y E S G o to the d o o r m u l t i p l e x control unit input

test, a n d do all p o w e r , g r o u n d , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n
replace the power w i n d o w master switch.
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e
g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e related units.
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at the
d o o r multiplex control unit a n d the related units.
a n d do all p o w e r , g r o u n d , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n
22-390
_l
DTC U1282: Immobilizer-keyiess Control Unit
Lost Communication with Driver's MICU
s o r e to follow t h e I n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N S y s t e m
D i a g n o s i s T e s t M o d e A { s e e p a g e 22-120).
2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N
(II).
is DTC
U1282
indicated?
Y E S G o to t h e d r i v e r ' s M I C U input t e s t , a n d d o all

p o w e r , g r o u n d , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n input t e s t s
f s e e p a g e 22-138). If t h e t e s t s p r o v e O K , r e p l a c e t h e
driver's under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B
MOIntermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at d r i v e r ' s
t h e r e l a t e d units.
22-391
Immobilizer System
Symptom Troubleshooting Information
General Check Before Troubleshooting
B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g t h e i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m , c h e c k t h e f o l l o w i n g g e n e r a l i t e m s a n d s o l v e a n y if a p p l i c a b l e :
* T h e battery is low; c h a r g e the battery fully, t h e n t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m ,
* T h e ignition key is not a g e n u i n e H o n d a part; u s e a H o n d a - a p p r o v e d key blank, r e g i s t e r t h e key, t h e n t r o u b l e s h o o t
the i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m .
* A key ring, k e y s , or a k e y c a s e is u s e d ; r e m o v e the key f r o m it, a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t the i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m w i t h a k e y
only.
* A n aftermarket electrical part is a t t a c h e d ; r e m o v e it, t h e n t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m .
Symptom Troubleshooting Using the Immobilizer Indicator Lighting Pattern

T h e pattern of the i m m o b i l i z e r indicator c a n help t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e c o n d i t i o n of t h e i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m . H e r e a r e
d e s c r i p t i o n s of the four p o s s i b l e patterns:
Normal operation
If t h e i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e is identified, the i m m o b i l i z e r indicator q u i c k l y f l a s h e s o n c e w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d
to O N {!!}.
T h e i m m o b i l i z e r indicator d o e s not c o m e on w h e n the ignition s w i t c h i s t u r n e d to L O C K (0).
I m m o b i l i z e r c o d e I s n o t Identified
If the i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e is not identified, the i m m o b i l i z e r indicator will q u i c k l y f l a s h o n c e , t h e n will blink until t h e
ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0). W h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0), t h e indicator will blink ten t i m e s ,
t h e n go O F F ,
T h e state of the i m m o b i l i z e r key registration a n d the I M O C D ( S - N E T ) line c a n be c h e c k e d by d o i n g a S Y S T E M C H E C K
a n d S T A T U S L O G C H E C K w i t h the H D S ( s e e p a g e 22-397).
Immobilizer indicator d o e s not c o m e on
If the i m m o b i l i z e r indicator d o e s not c o m e on after t u r n i n g the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e r e is a n o p e n or s h o r t in the
F - C A N l i n e s b e t w e e n t h e E C M / P C M a n d the g a u g e control m o d u l e . W a t c h the m a l f u n c t i o n i n d i c a t o r l a m p (MIL). If the
M I L s t a y s o n , go to t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-62).
i m m o b i l i z e r i n d i c a t o r d o e s n o t g o off
If the i m m o b i l i z e r indicator d o e s not go off after t u r n i n g t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), d o t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e
s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function ( s e e p a g e 22-304). If the indicator d r i v e circuit is O K , d o the S Y S T E M C H E C K a n d S T A T U S L O G
C H E C K w i t h the H D S .
22-392
Symptom Troubleshooting Using Malfunctioning Circuit Fynctiorts

If a m a l f u n c t i o n o c c u r s in t h e i m m o b i l i z e r c i r c u i t u s e t h e table to c r o s s - r e f e r e n c e t h e m a l f u n c t i o n criteria t o t h e line(s)
that s h o u l d b e c h e c k e d t a b l e :
Function
Litis Error
Terminal
Cause of
No.
fWire Color)
Immobilizer
indicator
Engine Start
Registration
Tester
Communication
Keyless Operation
Key
Malfunction
1
fWHTi
VBU line open

or short
Comes on,
then goes off.
Possible
impossible
Possible
impossible
I G I line pen
or short
Blinking
Impossible
Impossible
Impossible
Possible
B-CAW line
pee or short
Comes on,
then goes ff.
Possible
Impossible
S-CAN l i n e
open or short
Comes o n ,
then goes off.
Possible
impossible
Comes o n ,
then goes off.
Possible
Impossible
impossible
Possible
Blinking
Impossible
Impossible
impossible
Possible
Blinking
Impossible
Impossible
Impossible
Impossible
(YEL)
3
IBLU1
(LT
5
BLU)
8
( L T QHU)
7
IBRN)
K - L I N E line
pen r short
mom
(S-NET)
line open or short

GMD (LG1 line
pen
Inrnnobitlzer*
Possible
Keyless^
impossible
Immobilizer:
Possible
ICeyless*
Impossible
Impossible
Impossible
System Check and Status Log

N O T E : T h e H D S c a n b e u s e d to:
* C h e c k t h e s t a t e of t h e i m m o b i l i z e r k e y registration a n d t h e I M O C D (S-NET) line by d o i n g a S Y S T E M C H E C K .
* C h e c k t h e n u m b e r of t i m e s the- i m m o b i l i z e r control u n i t - r e c e i v e r d o e s n ' t p e r m i t t h e e n g i n e to r u n b y c h e c k i n g t h e
STATUS LOG,
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the d a t a link c o n n e c t o r , t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) a n d f o l l o w t h e p r o m p t s to t h e
MAIN M E N U ,
N O T E : If t h e H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h t h e v e h i c l e , g o to t h e D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
2. A t MAIN M E N U , e n t e r I M M O B I L I Z E R , t h e n s e l e c t I M M O B I L I Z E R S E T U P .
3. D o t h e S Y S T E M C H E C K , If t h e r e i s a s y s t e m c h e c k n u m b e r , d o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for t h e item i n d i c a t e d .
4. C h e c k t h e S T A T U S L O G u s i n g t h e H D S . T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e line w i t h t h e h i g h e s t c o u n t s f i r s t If a l l t h e Sines a r e 0
(zero), t h e p r o b l e m m a y not b e c a u s e d b y t h e i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m , c h e c k for ignition or fuel p r o b l e m s .
N O T E : O n c e repaired^ c l e a r t h e s t a t u s fog b y r e m o v i n g t h e N o . 15 (10 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x o r
d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e battery.
22-393
Immobilizer System
1. T r o u b l e s h o o t the i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m by t h e o r d e r of the priority s h o w n :
Symptom
O r d e r of
Priority
1
2
3
22-394
Possible cause
I m m o b i l i z e r i n d i c a t o r blinks after t h e
ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0).
E n g i n e d o e s not start w i t h the

i m m o b i l i z e r key.
I m m o b i l i z e r indicator d o e s not c o m e
Check the MIL indication.
on.
If t h e M I L c o m e s o n , g o t o t h e P G M - F I S y s t e m M I L
circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-191).
I m m o b i l i z e r indicator d o e s not g o off.
Immobilizer indicator blinks

N O T E : B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , c h e c k the i t e m s listed in
" G e n e r a l C h e c k before Troubleshooting".
3. B a c k - p r o b e a n d m e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e
i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit 7 P c o n n e c t o r
terminal No. 2 and body ground.
IMMOBILIZER-KEYLESS CONTROL UNIT7P CONNECTOR
2. C o n n e c t t h e HDS., t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to

O N III).
IG1 (YEL)
3. F r o m t h e m a i n m e n u , e n t e r I M M O B I L I Z E R , t h e n
select the IMMOBILIZER S E T U P .
4. S e l e c t t h e S Y S T E M C H E C K .
Is the SYSTEM
CHECK
indicated?
YESTroubfeshoot
immobilizer s y s t e m
a c c o r d i n g to t h e result of t h e S Y S T E M C H E C K
(see page 22-397). B
m
is there
battery
voltage?
HOGo
to s t e p 5.
8. E n t e r t h e v e h i c l e , a n d r e m o v e t h e ignition k e y f r o m
t h e ignition s w i t c h , t h e n c l o s e t h e all d o o r s .
7, O p e r a t e t h e k e y l e s s t r a n s m i t t e r L O C K a n d U N L O C K
s e v e r a l t i m e s in t h e v e h i c l e .
Do the door
iock
actuators
work
N O C h e c k for a b l o w n N o . 9 (20 A ) f u s e in t h e
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x . if the f u s e is O K ,
repair o p e n in t h e Y E L w i r e b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s
under-dash fuse/relay box and the immobilizerk e y l e s s c o n t r o l unit.
10. B a c k - p r o b e a n d m e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e
terminal No. 7 a n d body ground.
normally?
IfVIfVIOBtLlZER-KEYLESS CONTROL UNIT 7P CONNECTOR
W O C h e c k for a p o o r g r o u n d a n d / o r a n o p e n in t h e
w i r e b e t w e e n t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit
7P connector terminal No. 7 a n d body ground
(G10D.H
LG (BRN)
-Wire side of female terminals
is there
0.5 V or
more?
Y E S R e p a i r poor c o n n e c t i o n o r o p e n b e t w e e n t h e
terminal No. 7 and G 1 0 1 . l t
N O R e p l a c e t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit
(see p a g e 22-403).
22-395
Immobilizer System
(cont'd)
Engine does not start with the immobilizer

key
Immobilizer indicator does not go off

N O T E : B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , c h e c k the i t e m s listed in
" G e n e r a ! C h e c k before T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g " ( s e e p a g e
2. C o n n e e t the H D S to the d a t a link c o n n e c t o r .
22-392).
1.
T r y to start the e n g i n e .
Does
the engine
4. F r o m t h e m a i n m e n u , enter I M M O B I L I Z E R , t h e n
select IMMOBILIZER setup, then select S y s t e m
C h e c k , N u m b e r of K e y s , a n d S t a t u s L o g . .
start?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the v e h i c l e is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k s t a t u s log ( s e e p a g e 22-399).
5. Do the S Y S T E M C H E C K w i t h the H D S .
Is A M OK
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324).
i m m o b i l i z e r indicator.
Does
the indicator
biink
once,
then stay
off?
M O G o to the i m m o b i l i z e r indicator blinks
troubleshooting (see page 2 2 - 3 9 5 ) .
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to S T A R T (III).
Does
the starter
motor
run?
N O G o to Starting S y s t e m , a n d c h e c k the starter
m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 4-10).
5. T r y to start the e n g i n e w i t h the i m m o b i l i z e r key.
Does
the engine
start?
N O G o to the P G M - F I S y s t e m S y m p t o m
T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
6. W a i t for a f e w m i n u t e s w i t h the e n g i n e r u n n i n g .
Does
the engine
stop ?
Y E S G o to the P G M - F I S y s t e m S y m p t o m
T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
22-396
NOSubstitute a known-good immobilizer-keyiess

control unit, t h e n r e g i s t e r it a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
s y m p t o m g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original
i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control units ( s e e p a g e 22-403).
System Check
1.
C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r .
2. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (H),
3 . M o n i t o r t h e S Y S T E M C H E C K in t h e I M M O B I L I Z E R I N F O w i t h t h e H D S ,
4. if t h e H D S d i s p l a y s N O R M A L N-1, t h e i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e , refer to the S T A T U S L O G . Sf the H D S
displays any other m e s s a g e s , check a s follows:
- S f stem
Check No.
A-1
T h e key is not
registered
A-2
A-3
Possible C a u s e
S y s t e m Cheek
C o m m u n i c a t i o n error
between the key and
i m m o b i l i z e r unit
No communication
b e t w e e n the k e y a n d
* T h i s key i s not r e g i s t e r e d in t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control unit.

T r y to register k e y s u s i n g t h e H D S .
* No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the a n t e n n a a n d the i m m o b i l i z e r
key b e c a u s e of i n t e r f e r e n c e f r o m metal s u c h a s key c h a i n s / k e y
rings/other keys.
* L o w battery v o l t a g e .
* intermittent interruption b e t w e e n t r a n s p o n d e r a n d i m m o b i l i z e r k e y i e s s control u n i t
* T h e i m m o b i l i z e r k e y t y p e is i n c o r r e c t n o n - H o n d a key.
* K e y failure ( t r a n s p o n d e r failure)
* N o c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the a n t e n n a a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r
key b e c a u s e of i n t e r f e r e n c e f r o m metal s u c h a s key c h a i n s / k e y
rings/other keys.
* T h e ignition s w i t c h w a s t u r n e d O N (II) w i t h a n o n - i m m o b i l i z e r
key.
* T h e i m m o b i l i z e r k e y t y p e is i n c o r r e c t n o n - H o n d a key.
* K e y failure ( t r a n s p o n d e r failure)
* No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n t h e . a n t e n n a a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r
key b e c a u s e of I n t e r f e r e n c e f r o m m e t a l s u c h a s key c h a i n s / k e y
rings/other keys.
B-1
T h e E C M / P C M is not
registered
* I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control unit failure

T h e E C M / P C M w a s not r e g i s t e r e d . T r y to r e g i s t e r the E C M / P C M
using the H D S .
N o c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the E C M / P C M a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r k e y i e s s control unit b e c a u s e of low battery v o l t a g e .
* N o c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s contr ol
unit a n d the E C M / P C M b e c a u s e of interference.
B-2
E r r o r of
communication format
in E C M / P C M
* O p e n in t h e IG1 line
T h e E C M / P C M w a s not r e g i s t e r e d . T r y to r e g i s t e r the E C M / P C M
u s i n g the H D S .
No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n t h e E C M / P C M a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r k e y i e s s control unit b e c a u s e of Sow battery v o l t a g e .
No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control
unit a n d the E C M / P C M b e c a u s e of Interference.
(confd)
22-397
Immobilizer System
System Check {cont'd)
System
Cheek No.
C-1
N o registration of
i m o e s unit
C-2
D-1
Possible C a u s e
System Check
* Smoes unit w a s not r e g i s t e r e d .

* No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n t h e i m o e s unit a n d the i m m o b i l i z e r k e y l e s s control unit b e c a u s e of l o w battery v o l t a g e . * N o c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the i m o e s unit a n d the i m m o b i l i z e r k e y l e s s control unit b e c a u s e of i n t e r f e r e n c e .
E r r o r of
communication format
in i m o e s unit
* Smoes unit w a s not r e g i s t e r e d .

* No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n t h e i m o e s unit a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r k e y l e s s control unit b e c a u s e of l o w battery v o l t a g e .
* No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the i m o e s unit a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r k e y l e s s control unit b e c a u s e o f interfere nee.
IMOCD (S-NET)
H a r n e s s short from the E C M / P C M to the immobilizer-keyless

control u n i t ( I M O C D (S-net) line short)
Sine short
No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the E C M / P C M a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r k e y l e s s control unit b e c a u s e of l o w battery v o l t a g e ,

No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s unit a n d
the E C M / P C M b e c a u s e of i n t e r f e r e n c e . I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit failure
E C M / P C M failure
D~2
No communication
b e t w e e n i m o e s unit
a n d i m m o b i l i z e r unit
Blown fuse
* H a r n e s s o p e n f r o m the i m o e s unit to t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s
control u n i t I I M O C D (S-net) line o p e n )
-No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n t h e i m o e s unit a n d the i m m o b i l i z e r k e y l e s s control unit b e c a u s e of l o w battery v o l t a g e .
* No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the i m o e s unit a n d the i m m o b i l i z e r k e y l e s s control unit b e c a u s e of i n t e r f e r e n c e .
* I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control-unit failure
I m o e s unit failure
D-3
No c o m m u n i c a t i o n
* Blown fuse
between E C M / P C M and
* H a r n e s s o p e n f r o m the E C M / P C M to t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s
control unit.
* No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the E C M / P C M a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r k e y l e s s control unit b e c a u s e of Sow battery v o l t a g e .

* No c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n the i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control
unit a n d t h e E C M / P C M b e c a u s e of i n t e r f e r e n c e .
E-1
E-2
E-3
Initial registration of
i m m o b i l i z e r unit is not
completed
* I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit failure

* E C M / P C M failure
T h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit is not r e g i s t e r e d . T r y to
register t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit u s i n g t h e H D S .
E-4
E-5
F-1
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
22-393
Special Mode
T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) a n d to L O C K (0) w i t h t h e

r e g i s t e r e d key.
Status Log
If y o u s u s p e c t t h e r e is a i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m p r o b l e m , c h e c k t h e s t a t u s l o g .
1, C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r .
2* T u r n t h e I g n i t i o n s w i t c h to O N (it).
3. O n t h e H D S s c r e e n , a t M A I N M E N U , e n t e r I M M O B I L I Z E R , t h e n s e l e c t I M M O B I L I Z E R S E T - U P , s e l e c t S Y S T E M C H E C K , N u m b e r o f K e y s a n d
Status L o g , t h e n select S T A T U S LOG.
4, C h e c k t h e S T A T U S L O G c o u n t . T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e s t a t u s w i t h t h e h i g h e s t c o u n t f i r s t . Sf n o c o u n t s a r e l i s t e d , t h e Immobilizer s y s t e m is O K .
Continue with n o r m a l s y m p t o m troubleshooting.
S t a t e L o g No.
A-1
A-2
A-3
B-1
D e f e c t e d itrti
KEY CODE M I S M A T C H
C o d e format normal, but code
d a t a is m i s m a t c h )
(Code f o r m a t failure)
( N o key c o d e o r n o n immobtlizer key)
ECM/PCM CODE M I S M A T C H
(Code f o r m a t n o r m a l , but code
d a t a is m i s m a t c h )
*
e
B-2
ECM/PCM MISMATCH
I Code f o r m a t failure)
C-1
IMOES U N I T m i s m a t c h (Code
f o r m a t n o m a ! , b u t d a t a is '
mismatch)
*
*
*
C-2
I M O E S U N I T m i s m a t c h (Code
f o r m a t failure)
*
*
*
D-1
S E C U R I T Y - N E T LINE P R O B L E M
IMOCD (S-NET)
(Short t o ground)
D-2
SECURITY-NET LINE PROBLEM

(No communication)
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
D-3
SECURITY-NET LINE P R O B L E M
IIVIOCD ( S - N E T )
( O p e n line o r E C M / P C M f a i l u r e )
*
*
*
*
*
Probable Cayse
T h e key w a s n o t r e g i s t e r e d
Interference f r o m m e t a l such as key chains
L o w battery voltage
I g n i t i o n s w i t c h w a s t u r n e d t o O N (II) w i t h a n o t h e r t y p e o f I m m o b i l i z e r k e y o r
aftermarket key
I n t e r f e r e n c e f r o m m e t a l s u c h as k e y c h a i n s
I g n i t i o n s w i t c h w a s t u r n e d t o O N (II) w i t h a n o t h e r t y p e o f I m m o b i l i z e r k e y o r
aftermarket key Interference f r o m metal such as key chains
Key failure
Immobilizer-keyless control unit failure
ECM/PCM w a s not registered correctly
Poor o r loose terminal'connections at the immobilizer-keyless control unit
C o m m u n i c a t i o n line electrical noise
ECM/PCM w a s not registered correctly
L o w battery voltage. '
Poor o r loose t e r m i n a l connections at the immobilizer-keyless control unit
Imoes unit w a s not registered
The c o m m u n i c a t i o n w a s n o t g o o d between Imoes unit and Immobilizerkeyless control unit b y battery v o l t a g e l o w
The c o m m u n i c a t i o n w a s n o t g o o d between Imoes unit and immobilizerkeyless control unit b y influence o f s o m e noise
Imoes unit w a s n o t registered correctly
The c o m m u n i c a t i o n was"not g o o d between Imoes unit and immobilizerkeyless control unit b y battery voltage l o w
The c o m m u n i c a t i o n w a s not g o o d between imoes unit and smmobilizerkeyiess control unit b y influence o f s o m e noise
Poor o r loose terminal connections at the immobilizer-keyless control unit a n d
the ECM/PCM
Blown fuse
Harness open f r o m i m o e s unit t o immobilizer unit
The c o m m u n i c a t i o n w a s not g o o d between imoes unit and immobilizerkeyless c o n t r o l unit b y battery voltage l o w
The c o m m u n i c a t i o n w a s not g o o d between Imoes unit and immobilizerkeyless c o n t r o l unit b y influence o f s o m e noise
Imoes unit failure
Immobilizer-keyless control unit failure
Open or short in t h e harness from-the ECM/PCM to t h e Immobilizer-keyless
control unit
Poor o r loose terminal connections at the immobilizer-keyless control unit a n d
the ECM/PCM
22-399
Immobilizer System
Immobilizer-keyiess Control Unit Input Test
N O T E : B e f o r e t e s t i n g , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e multiplex integrated control unit first, u s i n g B - C A N S y s t e m D i a g n o s i s T e s t
M o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120),
1. R e m o v e t h e d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-153).
2. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 20-168).
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 7 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s control unit (B).
IG1
B-CAIMLO
B-CAI^HI
IIVIOCD
(YEu
(BLU)
(pum
Hi mm
(S-NET)
4. I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e all m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t .
If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e bent, l o o s e or c o r r o d e d , repair t h e m a s n e c e s s a r y , a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
22-400
5. W i t h t h e c o n n e c t o r s t i l l d i s c o n n e c t e d , m a k e t h e s e i n p u t t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r .
* if a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , f i n d a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m ,
If all t h e i n p u t t e s t s p r o v e O K , g o t o s t e p 8.
Cavity
Wire
BLU
Terminal
name
B - C A N LO
Test condition
Disconnect the gauge control
m o d u l e 32P connector
Disconnect driver's under-dash

f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r P (20P)
PNK
B - C A N HI
Disconnect the gauge control

m o d u l e 32P connector
Disconnect driver's under-dash

LT
GRN
IMOCD
<S-NET)
Disconnect ECM/PCM connector

A(49P)(seepaoe11-3> Disconnect the battery negative
terminal
D i s c o n n e c t EClvl/PCIvl c o n n e c t o r
A <49P> (see p a g e 11-3)

Check f o r continuity between t h e
terminal and the gauge control
module-32P connector terminal
N o , 18: '
There s h o u l d be continuity.
Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e
t e r m i n a l a n d driver's" u n d e r - d a s h
t e r m i n a l N o . 5:
Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e
terminal and the gauge control
.module 32P connector t e r m i n a l
N o . 19:
Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the
terminal and driver's under-dash
f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r P (2QP)
There s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y .
There s h o u l d be about 5 V.
Measure the resistance b e t w e e n
the terminal and body ground:
There s h o u l d b e m o r e t h a n 50 k Q .
terminal and ECM/PCM connector
A (49P) t e r m i n a l N o . 46:
is n o t o b t a i n e d
A s h o r t t o g r o u n d In t h e w i r e
Faulty I m o e s unit
fuse/relay box
8
6. R e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r t o t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s c o n t r o l u n i t , a n d m a k e t h e s e i n p u t t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r .
* If a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , f i n d a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
If all t h e i n p u t t e s t s p r o v e O K , r e p l a c e t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s c o n t r o l u n i t (see p a g e 22-403).
N O T E : A f t e r r e p l a c i n g t h e I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y i e s s c o n t r o l u n i t , d o t h e i m m o b i l i z e r r e g i s t r a t i o n (see p a g e 22-402),
Cavity
Wire
WHT
Terminal
name
VBU
YEL
7
5
Test condition
M e a s u r e -the v o l t a g e t o g r o u n d :
1G1
I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II)

BRN
LG
LT
BLU
K-LINE

T h e r e s h o u l d b e less t h a n 0.2 V .
There s h o u l d be 9 - 1 2 V.
P o s s i b l e c a y s e If d e s i r e d r e s y l t
B l o w n N o . 15 (10 A) fuse i n
t h e under-hood-fuse/relay b o x
* B l o w n N o . 9 (20 A ) f u s e in t h e
box
A n open in the w i r e
F a u l t y ' c o n t r o l - ' u n i t o n t h e K~
line
S h o r t t o a r o u n d In t h e w i r e
22-401
Immobilizer System
Immobilizer Key Registration
SMOTE:
* T h e H D S is r e q u i r e d for registration of the
immobilizer keys.
* P r o g r a m m i n g the i m m o b i l i z e r a l s o p r o g r a m s the
k e y l e s s transmitter.
* C h e c k f o r a f t e r m a r k e t e l e c t r i c a l e q u i p m e n t that c a n
c a u s e problems with t r a n s p o n d e r operation.
* T h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s c o n t ro l unit c a n s t o r e up to
six immobilizer keys.
Acid one new key/Keyless transmitter

1. H a v e a r e g i s t e r e d k e y , a n e w i m m o b i l i z e r key, a n d
5. S e l e c t A d d a n d Delete K e y s , or Delete o r A d d
Multiple K e y s .
6. Do t h e registration a c c o r d i n g to the I n s t r u c t i o n s o n
the H D S screen.
7. C h e c k sf t h e e n g i n e c a n be s t a r t e d by all t h e
registered keys.
8= W h e n prompted, by t h e H D S , d o the k e y l e s s
transmitter programming.
All keys are lost
the first p a s s w o r d f r o m t h e IN s y s t e m .
1. P r e p a r e all n e w k e y s a n d h a v e the i m m o b i l i z e r
2. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r .
PCM code.
2. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r .
4. S e l e c t I M M O B I L I Z E R f r o m t h e S Y S T E M S E L E C T
menu.
- 5. S e l e c t A d d a n d Delete k e y s , t h e n A d d 1 key.
6. D o the registration a c c o r d i n g to t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s o n
menu.
5. S e l e c t A d d a n d Delete k e y s , t h e n A L L K E Y S L O S T .
the H D S s c r e e n .
6. Do the registration a c c o r d i n g to the I n s t r u c t i o n s o n
7. C h e c k if the e n g i n e c a n be s t a r t e d by t h e n e w l y
the H D S s c r e e n .
r e g i s t e r e d key.
7. C h e c k if t h e e n g i n e c a n be s t a r t e d by all the
8. W h e n p r o m p t e d b y t h e H D S , d o t h e k e y l e s s
transmitter p r o g r a m m i n g .
Add and Delete keys/Keyless transmitters^

Then select Delete or Add keys
1. H a v e all r e g i s t e r e d k e y s , all n e w k e y s , a n d the first
p a s s w o r d f r o m t h e IN s y s t e m .
2. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r .
menu.
22-402
registered keys.
8. W h e n p r o m p t e d by t h e H D S , d o the k e y l e s s
transmitter p r o g r a m m i n g .
Immobilizer-keyless Control Unit Replacement

1 . R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d Sower c o v e r
fsee p a g e 20-153).
2. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e
20-168),
3 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e IP c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e
i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s c o n t r o l unit |B).
4. R e m o v e t h e t w o s c r e w s a n d t h e I m m o b i l i z e r k e y l e s s c o n t r o l unit.
5. Install t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit in t h e
6. After r e p l a c e m e n t , r e g i s t e r t h e i m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s
c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e 2 2 - 4 0 2 ) , and m a k e s u r e t h e
immobilizer s y s t e m w o r k s properly.
7. P r o g r a m all of t h e c u s t o m e r ' s k e y s / k e y l e s s
t r a n s m i t t e r s f s e e p a g e 22-402).
22-403
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) fif HVAC maintenance required)

T h e A c c o r d S R S i n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the
g l o v e b o x , s e a t belt t e n s ! o n e r s in t h e front s e a t belt r e t r a c t o r s , s i d e curtain a i r b a g s in the s i d e s of the roof, a n d s i d e
I t e m s m a r k e d with a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) o n t h e c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e or a r e l o c a t e d n e a r S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or r e p l a c i n g t h e s e I t e m s r e q u i r e s s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a n d t o o l s , a n d s h o u l d be d o n e b y a n a u t h o r i z e d
Honda dealer.
* T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g the S R S i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l injury or death in the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

or s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e b y a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a d e a l e r .
* I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , I n c l u d i n g Incorrect r e m o v a l a n d installation of t h e S R S , c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l Injury
* D o not b u m p or i m p a c t t h e S R S unit, front i m p a c t s e n s o r s , s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r s , or rear s a f i n g s e n s o r w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h is in O N (II), or for at least 3 m i n u t e s after the Ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , t h e
s y s t e m m a y fail In a c o l l i s i o n , or t h e a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
* S R S electrical c o n n e c t o r s a r e identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . R e l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in the s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the g l o v e b o x , in t h e front s e a t s ,
i n t h e roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d t h e floor. Do not u s e electrical t e s t e q u i p m e n t on t h e s e c i r c u i t s .
Audio,
Navigation,
and
Telematics
Electrical Compass
Audio* Navigation, and Telematics

Special T o o l s ............................................... 23-2
Audio System
Circuit Diagram ...........................................
Self-diagnostic Function ............................
Error C o d e s .................................................
S o u n d Quality Diagnosis
A u d i o Unit Removal/Installation ...............
A u d i o S w i t c h Panel
Removal/installation ...............................
Audio disc c h a n g e r
A u d i o - H V A C S u b d i s p l a y Unit
A u d i o - H V A C Display Unit
Stereo Amplifier Removal/Installation .....
XM Receiver Removal/Installation ............
Active Noise Cancellation Microphone
C r o s s o v e r Network Control Unit
Removal/installation
...
....
S p e a k e r T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t ........................
Audio Remote S w i t c h Test ........................
AM/FM Antenna Amplifier
R e p l a c e m e n t ..........................................
A M / F M A n t e n n a Repair .............................
XM Antenna Replacement .........................
Auxiliary J a c k A s s e m b l y R e p l a c e m e n t ....
23-3
23-5
23-7
23-36
23-46
23-56
23-58
23-105
23-110
23-112
23-113
23-114
23-114
23-115
23-115
23-116
23-117
23-118
23-121
23-121
23-122
23-122
23-123
Navigation System
General Troubleshooting Information ......
Circuit Diagram ..........................................
S y s t e m Diagnostic Mode ...........................
D T C Troubleshooting .................................
Forced Starting of Display .........................
DVD-RQIVf Replacement .............................
Navigation Unit Removal/Installation ......
Navigation Display Unit
Removal/Installation .......................
.
Interface Dial Removal/Installation ...........
H F L - N a v i g a t i o n - A N C Microphone
Removal/Installation .............................
GPS A n t e n n a R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n ..........
Voice Control S w i t c h Test ..........................
Voice Control S w i t c h Replacement ..........
23-124
23-126
23-135
23-137
23-141
23-166
23-170
23-193
23-218
23-239
23-239
23-240
23-241
23-241
23-242
23-242
23-243
23-243

Circuit Diagram
Electrical C o m p a s s Z o n e Selection and
Calibration
Electrical C o m p a s s Unit Input Test ...........
23-244
23-245
23-246
23-248
23-249
23-251
HandsFreeLink System
C o m p o n e n t Location Index .................
General Troubleshooting Information .......
D T C Troubleshooting index
..
HFL S y s t e m Troubleshooting
Circuit Diagram
.................
....
..
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting .
.
HFL S w i t c h Test
Control Unit Input Test/Replacement
23-252
23-253
23-263
23-264
23-266
23-267
23-268
23-270
23-276
23-280
23-281
Audio, Navigation, and Telematics

Special Tools
Qty
1
07AAZ-SDBA100
07AAZ-SDBA200
Diagnostics C D
Skip Test C D
07 A A Z - S D B A 3 0 0
Skip Test C D
07PAZ-0010100
S C S Service Connector
, ,(D
23-2
Description
Tool Number
Ref. No.
Audio System
Component Location IndeM
/AUDIO-HVAC SUBDISPLAY UNIT (With navigation)

Connector Inputs and Outputs, page 23-34
AUDIO-HVAC DISPLAY UNIT (Without navigation)
Connector Inputs and Outputs,.page 23-35
/AUDIO UNIT With navigation!
AUDIO UNIT (Without navigation)
Removal/Installation,-page 23-111
ECM/PCM
(Enginei SSpeed
Poise and
p
Pulse]
Vehicle S~p e e d*~
* *
AM/FM ANTENNA S U B L E A D
- AM/FM ANTENNA LEAD

KM
ANTENNA

AM/FM ANTENNA
Repair, page 23-122
AM/FM ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
Replacement
page 23-121
XM ANTENNA LEAD
(WithXM)
XM RECEIVER
Connector Inputs
and Outputs,
page 23-27
page 23-115
DRIVER'S DOOR
SPEAKER CROSSOVER
NETWORK
CONTROL UNIT
Connector Inputs
and Outputs,
page 23-33
page 23-117
AUDIO REMOTE
SWITCH
T e s t page 23-121
AUXILIARY JACIC ASSEMBLY

Connector Inputs and Outputs,
DOOR SPEAKER CROSSOVER
page 23-29
NETWORK CONTROL UNIT
page 23-33
INTERFACE DIAL
page 23-117
page 23-165
(confd)
23-3
Audio System
/ DRIVER'S DOOR TWEETER

/DRIVER'S DOOR SPEAKER
/LEFT REAR SPEAKER
Test/Replacement
page 23-120
/SUBWOOFER
' Test/Replacement,
page 23-120 .
/ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION

FRONT M I C R O P H O N E
page 23-30
/AUDIO SWITCH PANEL
v0
DOOR TWEETER
Test/Replacement
page 23-118
STEREO A M P L I F I E R
page 23-25
page 23-115
FRONT PASSENGER'S
DOOR SPEAKER
ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION
REAR MICROPHONE
page 23-30
page 23-116
AUDIO DISC CHANGER (With navigation)

RIGHT REAR SPEAKER
ELECTRICAL COMPASS UNIT
23-4

Symptom
P o o r A M o r F M radio r e c e p t i o n o r
Interference
( s e e p a g e 23-58)
A u d i o unit p o w e r s w i t c h w i l l not turn o n (No

i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y a n d no s o u n d )
A u d i o unit p o w e r s w i t c h w i l l not turn off
Symptom
(see page
Symptom
(see page
Symptom
No s o u n d is heard
( d i s p l a y Is n o r m a ! )
N o s o u n d Is h e a r d
( d i s p l a y is n o r m a l )
from the speakerfs)

(with p r e m i u m a u d i o )
f r o m the s p e a k e r f s )
(without p r e m i u m a u d i o )
* A n t e n n a l e a d s h o r t or o p e n in
the w i r e
A f t e r m a r k e t w i n d o w tinting
( s e e p a g e 23-61)
Troubleshooting
23-62)
Troubleshooting
23-63)
Troubleshooting
A u x i l i a r y input s o u n d is l o w or c a n n o t be
( s e e p a g e 23-68) S y m p t o m Troubleshooting
heard
A u d i o s y s t e m s o u n d is w e a k or distorted
( s e e p a g e .23-70)
(display is normal)
( s e e p a g e 23-72)
R a d i o p r e s e t m e m o r y i s lost
V o l u m e d o e s not c h a n g e
( s e e p a g e 23-72)
V o l u m e d o e s not I n c r e a s e with s p e e d
( s e e p a g e 23-73)
V o l u m e i s t o o high or too l o w w h e n d r i v i n g
at f r e e w a y s p e e d s
R a d i o t u n e r d o e s not c h a n g e s t a t i o n s
A u d i o s y s t e m i n f o r m a t i o n d o e s not d i s p l a y
(see page
Symptom
(see page
Symptom
o n t h e a u d i o - H V A C (sub) d i s p l a y unit
S e c u r i t y i n d i c a t o r d o e s not w o r k p r o p e r l y
( s e e p a g e 23-75)
* Battery: c o n d i t i o n
* Battery c a b l e c o n d i t i o n
( s e e p a g e 23-73)
A u d i o unit button illumination d o e s not w o r k

(1 CD t y p e )
A u d i o unit button i l l u m i n a t i o n d o e s not w o r k
( E x c e p t 1 CD t y p e )
A u d i o r e m o t e s w i t c h d o e s not w o r k p r o p e r l y
A u d i o d i s c d o e s not l o a d
A u d i o d i s c d o e s not e j e c t
A u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r d o e s not l o a d all s i x
discs
A u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r d o e s not m o v e b e t w e e n
discs
23-74)
Troubleshooting
23-75)
Troubleshooting
B - C A N D T C s ; r e s o l v e before
troubleshooting
( s e e p a g e 23-78)
Symptom: Troubleshooting
( s e e p a g e 23-78)
( s e e p a g e 23-79)
(see page
Symptom
(see page
Symptom
23-80)
Troubleshooting
23-81)
Troubleshooting
( s e e p a g e 23-81)
( s e e p a g e 23-82)
T i r e p r e s s u r e (over-inflated), d i s c
s m u d g e d , dirty, or s c r a t c h e d
( s e e p a g e 23-82)
(confd)
23-5
Audio System
Symptom
( s e e p a g e 23-83)
F o r e i g n o b j e c t s s u c h c o i n s or
p a p e r i n s e r t e d into t h e C D
changer/player
Audio disc skips
T i r e p r e s s u r e (over-Inflated), d i s c
s m u d g e d , dirty, or s c r a t c h e d
A u d i o unit button d o e s not w o r k
( s e e p a g e 23-83)
A u d i o unit d i s c indicator d o e s not w o r k
( s e e p a g e 23-84}
B o o m i n g s o u n d w h i l e d r i v i n g w i t h a u d i o unit
o n or off
( s e e p a g e 23-85)
E r r o r c o d e : X M N O S I G N A L Is d i s p l a y e d
( s e e p a g e 23-97)
E r r o r c o d e : X M A N T E N N A is d i s p l a y e d .
( s e e p a g e 23-98}
A u d i o d i s c d o e s not p l a y
( s e e p a g e 23-85}
X M radio d i s p l a y Is blank a n d n o station

Information Is d i s p l a y e d
( s e e p a g e 23-99)
A l s o refer to A u d i o s y s t e m
i n f o r m a t i o n d o e s not d i s p l a y on
t h e a u d i o - H V A C ( s u b ) d i s p l a y unit
( s e e p a g e 23-75)
X M radio p r e s e t m e m o r y Is lost
( s e e p a g e 23-102)
P o o r or no s o u n d w i t h X M radio ( A u d i o unit
( s e e p a g e 23-103)
does display X M channels)
23-6
System Description
Overview
T h e a u d i o unit a c t s a s t h e p r o c e s s o r for all a u d i o f u n c t i o n s . Y o u c a n s e l e c t t h e a u d i o f u n c t i o n s from: the front p a n e l ,
t h e a u d i o r e m o t e Ion t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l ) , o r by u s i n g t h e n a v i g a t i o n v o i c e c o n t r o l s y s t e m . T h e a u d i o d i s p l a y p r o v i d e s
t h e c u r r e n t front a n d r e a r a u d i o status.. F o r v e h i c l e s w i t h t h e n a v i g a t i o n o p t i o n , additional a u d i o Information Is
a v a i l a b l e b y t o u c h i n g t h e a u d i o button. ( S e e the o w n e r ' s m a n u a l for m o r e details.)
T h e X M r e c e i v e r a n d a u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r p a s s their s i g n a l s Is to t h e a u d i o unit. In a d d i t i o n , t h e y c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h t h e
a u d i o unit v i a t h e G A - N e t b u s . A n y o p e n c o n n e c t i o n s o r s h o r t In t h e w i r i n g in t h e G A - N e t b u s circuit will c a u s e a u d i o
( i n c l u d i n g t h e a u d i o a c c e s s o r i e s ) a n d n a v i g a t i o n f u n c t i o n s to a p p e a r I n o p e r a t i v e .
W i t h t h e p r e m i u m s o u n d s y s t e m , an a u d i o a m p l i f i e r unit p o w e r s t h e s p e a k e r s , o t h e r w i s e t h e s p e a k e r s a r e p o w e r e d
directly b y t h e a u d i o u n i t
T h e p r e m i u m s o u n d a u d i o unit h a s a built-in EEPROM (electrically e r a s a b l e p r o g r a m m a b l e r e a d - o n l y m e m o r y ) . T h i s
m e m o r y h o l d s t h e a u d i o p r e s e t d a t a ( A M / F M radio f r e q u e n c y , s o u n d s e t t i n g s ) e v e n w h e n the battery p o w e r Is
removed.
T h e s y s t e m I n c l u d e s an a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n ( A N C ) s y s t e m to c a n c e l s o m e of the v e h i c l e n o i s e . It u s e s a s i n e w a v e - s o u n d output to c a n c e l l o w f r e q u e n c y n o i s e . T w o m i c r o p h o n e s detect t h e l o w f r e q u e n c y s o u n d , a n d t h e s y s t e m
o u t p u t s a c a n c e l i n g s o u n d t h r o u g h the a u d i o s p e a k e r s .
CANCELS L O W - F B E G U E N C Y NOISE
TIME
S p e e d - s e n s i t i v e Molume
TIME
Compensation (SVC)
T h e a u d i o s y s t e m is e q u i p p e d w i t h s p e e d - s e n s i t i v e v o l u m e c o m p e n s a t i o n ( S V C ) . T h e a u d i o unit r e c e i v e s t h e v e h i c l e
s p e e d p u l s e (SPJ f r o m t h e E C M / P C M . T h e s y s t e m p r o c e s s e s t h e s p e e d Input a n d I n c r e a s e s the a u d i o s y s t e m v o l u m e
l e v e l a s t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d i n c r e a s e s to c o m p e n s a t e for t h e v a r i o u s Interior n o i s e s that o c c u r at h i g h e r s p e e d s . W h e n
t h e v e h i c l e s l o w s d o w n , t h e v o l u m e r e t u r n s to Its n o r m a l l e v e l . T h e S V C h a s four s e t t i n g s : S V C O F F , L O W , M I D a n d
H I G H that c a n b e a d j u s t e d u s i n g t h e a u d i o u n i t T h e S V C c o m e s f r o m t h e factory w i t h MID s e t a s t h e default ( s e e t h e
o w n e r ' s m a n u a l for m o r e information).
(confd)
23-7
Audio. System
Telematics M u t i n g Logic
T h e navigation s y s t e m a l l o w s v o i c e control for the a u d i o , the X M , a n d the C D player. T h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m u s e s the
G A - N e t b u s to c o m m u n i c a t e t h e v o i c e control c o m m a n d s to the a u d i o u n i t W h e n u s i n g the- n a v i g a t i o n T A L K / B A C K
button, the a u d i o Is m u t e d o n all s p e a k e r s a n d y o u h e a r navigation s o u n d on the front c h a n n e l s . W h e n u s i n g the
n a v i g a t i o n or route g u i d a n c e (RG), t h e front s p e a k e r s p r o v i d e s t h e n a v i g a t i o n s o u n d a n d t h e r e a r s p e a k e r s c o n t i n u e to
p l a y the a u d i o . F o r m o r e I n f o r m a t i o n , s e e the n a v i g a t i o n a n d H F L s e c t i o n s , T h e outline of the m u t i n g logic Is s h o w n in
this table.
Ayciio o u t p u t
Contents
L e f t front C H
R i g h t front C H
R i g h t rear C H
Left r e a r C H
Subwoofer CH
Navigation
TALK/BACK
Buttons
Navigation voice
output
Navigation voice
Muted
Muted
Muted
Route G u i d a n c e
Navigation voice
Navigation voice
Audio
Audio
Audio
output
output
Telephone
Telephone
sound
MUTE
MUTE
MUTE
sound
Navigation
sound
Telephone
sound
MUTE
MUTE
MUTE
HFL
H F L a n d Route
G u i d a n c e or talk
back
23-8
output
System Diagram
With X I
AUDIO UNIT -
L.
GAUGE
CONTROL V
IO
I DULE
NAVIGATION
DSIPLAY UNT
I
MAN
(GArNET)
AUDIO D
AUDO
I-HVAC
SUM
UNT
I
CUMATE
DASH LG
I HTS
BRG
IHTNESS
COWRQi
CONTROLLER
n{AH
JSASSWBLY
ACTIVE NOISE
CANCELLATION
ExeeptlCDtype
ECM/PCM
ACTV
IE MOS
IE
Br*-"**
CANCELLATION
ELECTRC
IAL
COMPASSUN
UT
I!
CURATE
CONTROL
AUDO
I-HVAC
DSIPLAY UNIT
UNIT
C01TE0L OUT
SHAKERS
DASH L
G
IHTS
BRG
IHTNESS
CONTROLLER
ECM/PCM'
(Vehicles sp
(VSP)
ICDtypa
(confd)
23-9
Audio System
NOTE: All items may not a p p l y to this vehicle. See the owner's manual for more information.
Audio Glossary
Definition
item
Active noise cancellation
T h e active n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n s y s t e m c a n c e l s s o m e of the v e h i c l e n o i s e . T h i s
o c c u r s in the 1,5002,400 r p m r a n g e . M i c r o p h o n e s detect the l o w f r e q u e n c y
s o u n d , a n d the s y s t e m outputs a c a n c e l i n g s o u n d f r o m the a u d i o s p e a k e r .
A M {Amplitude M o d u l a t i o n )
Amplifier
Antenna
A T A (PC C a r d )
The type of transmission used in the standard radio broadcast band from 530 to 1710 kHz.
A d e v i c e that i n c r e a s e s the level of a s i g n a l by i n c r e a s i n g the c u r r e n t or v o l t a g e .
A d e v i c e u s e d to s e n d or r e c e i v e e l e c t r o m a g n e t i c w a v e s t h r o u g h the air.
A t y p e of c a r d that h a s b e e n t e s t e d for u s e in playing W M A , a n d M P 3 m u s i c
A u x i l i a r y jack
files in the P C C a r d slot. S i z e s of up to 1 G B h a v e b e e n t e s t e d .

T h e s w i t c h e s on the s t e e r i n g w h e e l that control the a u d i o s y s t e m .
A l l o w s the c u s t o m e r to u s e a portable a u d i o d e v i c e to input a u d i o r e c o r d i n g s .
Balance
Band
A control that c h a n g e s the relative v o l u m e of the left a n d right c h a n n e l s .

A r a n g e of f r e q u e n c i e s b e t w e e n t w o definite limits. B a n d s a r e a s s i g n e d b y the
Audio remote switch
Bass
Byte
F e d e r a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s C o m m i s s i o n for s p e c i f i c u s e s . "
A n a d j u s t m e n t for the l o w f r e q u e n c y s o u n d s of a r o u n d 160 Hz a n d b e l o w .
A unit of s t o r a g e for c o m p u t e r files a n d m e m o r y . A C D h o l d s a p p r o x i m a t e l y
Cassette
7 0 0 million b y t e s .
A u d i o or v i d e o m a g n e t i c tape c o n t a i n e r h a v i n g t w o r e e l s . C u s t o m e r s c a n insert
C o m p a c t flash
A s t a n d a r d for s m a l l - s i z e ( 3 x 4 c m ) , m e m o r y c a r d s u s e d in m o b i l e c o m p u t e r s ,
it for play back

P D A s , digital c a m e r a s . C o m p a c t f l a s h m e m o r y c a r d s a r e a v a i l a b l e in size of
32 M B up to 4 G B or m o r e a n d c a n be p l a y e d in the a u d i o P C slot. S i z e s a b o v e
C D (Compact Disc)
1 G B h a v e not b e e n t e s t e d .
A 4,5-inch plastic d i s c c o n t a i n i n g digital a u d i o r e c o r d i n g that is p l a y e d optically
on a l a s e r e q u i p p e d player. N e v e r u s e d i s c s w i t h a p a p e r label. In a hot v e h i c l e ,
l a b e l s c a n curl up a n d j a m the u n i t
C D (audio d i s c ) c h a n g e r
C D p l a y e r that c a n store a n d play m o r e t h a n o n e C D . T w o t y p e s a r e a v a i l a b l e .

S o m e units a c c e p t C D s fed into the c h a n g e r o n e at a t i m e , a n d o t h e r s a c c e p t a
m a g a z i n e (with C D s s t a c k e d in a container).
C D player
A c o m p o n e n t d e s i g n e d to p l a y c o m p a c t d i s c r e c o r d i n g s u s i n g a l a s e r optical
pickup. T h e s i g n a l f r o m a C D p l a y e r u s u a l l y r e q u i r e s amplification.
A method of measuring sound or radio signal strength received by the audio unit antenna. Inexact reproduction of a n a u d i o s i g n a l c a u s e d by p l a y i n g m u s i c at l e v e l s the
D e c i b e l s (db)
Distortion
D o l b y (noise reduction)
DUET
D V D (Digital V e r s a t i l e D i s c )
audio s y s t e m cannot handle.

A p r o c e s s i n g s y s t e m d e v e l o p e d by Dolby L a b o r a t o r i e s that r e d u c e s the
b a c k g r o u n d n o i s e on r e c o r d i n g m e d i a . T h e result is a c l e a n e r p l a y b a c k f r o m the
audio s y s t e m .
A s e r i a l data c o m m u n i c a t i o n line u s e d for s u b d i s p l a y .
A 4.5-inch CD-like f o r m a t u s e d for storing m o v i e s w i t h digital a u d i o a n d v i d e o
f e a t u r e s . T h e D V D - A f o r m a t is a D V D f o r m a t d e s i g n e d for D V D a u d i o s y s t e m s .
S o m e v e h i c l e s c a n play D V D a n d D V D - A f o r m a t s .
Equalizer
A d e v i c e that c h a n g e s the relative v o l u m e of individual f r e q u e n c y b a n d s to suit
Fader
T h e control that a d j u s t s the relative v o l u m e l e v e l s of front a n d rear s p e a k e r s in
Format
T o p r e p a r e a P C C a r d to r e c e i v e files this function is d o n e on a P C . A l w a y s
p e r s o n a l t a s t e s of the listener.
a four-speaker s y s t e m .
c h o o s e either F A T or F A T 3 2 , a s the N T F S f o r m a t is not a c c e p t e d by the s y s t e m .
Pick the default s e c t o r s for the f o r m a t m e t h o d s e l e c t e d .
F M ( F r e q u e n c y Modulation)
T h e f o r m of m o d u l a t i o n u s e d for radio a n d t e l e v i s i o n s o u n d t r a n s m i s s i o n in
m o s t of the w o r l d . L e s s p r o n e to interference than AM'. T h e F M b r o a d c a s t b a n d
in North A m e r i c a c o v e r s r o u g h l y 87.7 to 107.9 MHz.
23-10
Audio Glossary
Item
GA-Net
Definition
T h e G A - N e t a l l o w s the a u d i o unit to c o m m u n i c a t e with all t h e a u d i o a n d
n a v i g a t i o n c o m p o n e n t s i n a v e h i c l e . If t h e r e is a n o p e n in t h e G A - N e t or
c o m p o n e n t s , t h e entire a u d i o a n d n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m m a y a p p e a r inoperative.-
G B (Gigabyte)
HDD
A unit of m e m o r y or d i s k s t o r a g e e q u a l to billion b y t e s (1000 m i l l i o n b y t e s ) .

A b b r e v i a t i o n for h a r d d i s c d r i v e . T h e y are, s e n s i t i v e to heat a n d it is not
r e c o m m e n d e d that t h e y be u s e d in t h e P C c a r d slot for p l a y i n g a u d i o f i l e s .
Hertz (HZ)
T h e unit of f r e q u e n c y e q u a l to-one c y c l e per s e c o n d (cps). O n e kilohertz (kHz)

e q u a l s 1,000 c p s ; o n e m e g a h e r t z (MHz) e q u a l s 1 million c p s .
A c o m p o n e n t that c o m b i n e s a pre a m p a n d a p o w e r a m p into a s i n g l e unit. A
r e c e i v e r c o m b i n e s a n integrated a m p a n d a t u n e r into a s i n g l e unit-
Integrated a m p l i f i e r
Jewel case
T h e h a r d p l a s t i c c a s e that c o n t a i n s a c o m p a c t d i s c or D V D . A l w a y s u s e a j e w e l
L C D (Liquid Crystal Display)
A t y p e of digital d i s p l a y that c h a n g e s r e f l e c t a n c e or t r a n s m i t t a n c e w h e n a n
e l e c t r i c a l field I s a p p l i e d to it.
C i r c u i t r y o r d e v i c e s that h o l d information in electrical or m a g n e t i c f o r m , s u c h
a s t h e A M / F M radio p r e s e t s .
O n e m i l l i o n b y t e s . Written a s 1 M B . M e g a b y t e s a r e u s e d a s a m e a s u r e of digital
c a s e to p r e v e n t s c r a t c h e s o n t h e u n d e r s i d e of a C D or D V D .
Memory
MB
(Megabyte)
s t o r a g e s p a c e . F o r e x a m p l e , a C D c a n h o l d 650 M B .
iVlic
A n a b b r e v i a t i o n for m i c r o p h o n e . F o r v e h i c l e s with n a v i g a t i o n , t h e m i c r o p h o n e
M P S m u s i c flies
a c c e p t s n a v i g a t i o n v o i c e c o m m a n d s to control a u d i o a n d n a v i g a t i o n f u n c t i o n s .
M P S is a n audio- c o d i n g f o r m a t . M P S is a p o p u l a r a u d i o c o m p r e s s i o n f o r m a t o n
t h e Internet a n d c o m p u t e r s . C D s a n d P C C a r d s w i t h t h e s e files c a n be p l a y e d o n
Mute
s o m e vehicle's audio system.

W h e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n g i v e s g u i d a n c e , t h e front s p e a k e r s a r e m u t e d (no m u s i c ) .
W h e n y o u u s e t h e v o i c e control s y s t e m , all of the s p e a k e r s a r e m u t e d .
Noise
PC card
PCMCIA
Processor
Radio
Route guidance (RG)
S C F (Cold Start Fix) s c r e e n s
Stereo
S D ( S e c u r e Digital) c a r d
Shield
U n w a n t e d r a n d o m s o u n d s like b u z z i n g , h i s s , p o p s , static, w h i n e , etc.

T h e s l o t u s e d for p l a y i n g M P S a n d W M A m u s i c files. T h e P C C a r d is u s u a l l y a
c o m b i n a t i o n of a s m a l l f l a s h c a r d in a P C M C I A a d a p t o r that s l i d e s into t h e s l o t
T h e A T A , S D , a n d c o m p a c t f l a s h t y p e s of c a r d s h a v e b e e n t e s t e d up to 1 G B .
A c o m p u t e r s t a n d a r d f o r t h e s l o t that t h e P C c a r d s l i d e s into. A n o t h e r t e r m for
t h e P C c a r d slot.
T h e part of a n a u d i o d e v i c e that p e r f o r m s t a s k s / c a l c u l a t i o n s . Sn t h e a u d i o u n i t
t h e p r o c e s s o r h a n d l e s m u t i n g to a l l o w t h e navs to s p e a k its v o i c e c o m m a n d s ,
a n d t h e d e c o d i n g / p l a y b a c k , of t h e s o u n d files etc.
A h e a d unit that c o m b i n e s a.tuner, a p r e a m p l i f i e r , a n d often a p o w e r - a m p l i f i e r .
S p o k e n v o i c e u s e d f o r turn-by-turn n a v i g a t i o n f r o m the a u d i o s p e a k e r s .
T h e s e s c r e e n s a r e d i s p l a y e d if t h e s y s t e m r e q u i r e s a G P S initialization. T h e
v e h i c l e s h o u l d be m o v e d o u t s i d e into a n o p e n a r e a a w a y f r o m b u i l d i n g s / p o w e r
Sines.
A r e c o r d i n g of at l e a s t t w o c h a n n e l s w h e r e y o u c a n h e a r s o u n d or m u s i c f r o m
t h e left or right s i d e .
T h i s c o m p a c t t y p e of m e m o r y c a r d a l l o w s for fast data t r a n s f e r a n d h a s built-in
s e c u r i t y f u n c t i o n s . S D c a r d s h a v e a s m a l l write-protection s w i t c h o n t h e s i d e .
A m e t a l lie foil or b r a i d e d w i r e l a y e r s u r r o u n d i n g c o n d u c t o r s w h i c h a r e
d e s i g n e d to p r e v e n t e l e c t r o s t a t i c or e l e c t r o m a g n e t i c i n t e r f e r e n c e ( n o i s e ) f r o m
e x t e r n a l s o u r c e s s u c h a s b u z z i n g , or p o p p i n g s o u n d s h e a r d o n t h e s p e a k e r s .
Speaker (Loudspeaker)
A d e v i c e that c o n v e r t s e l e c t r i c a l e n e r g y into a c o u s t i c a l e n e r g y ( s o u n d ) .
Speed-sensitive volume
T h e S V C i n c r e a s e s t h e a u d i o v o l u m e to c o m p e n s a t e for i n c r e a s e d interior n o i s e
compensation (SVC)
w h e n t h e v e h i c l e d r i v e r s at f r e e w a y s p e e d s .
Subwoofer
A l o u d s p e a k e r m a d e to r e p r o d u c e the l o w e s t a u d i o f r e q u e n c i e s , a b o u t 2 5 Hz to
125 Hz.
(confd)
23-11
Audi System
Audio Glossary
It@ITI
Definition
Track
A s o u n d r e c o r d i n g on a C D , t a p e , or P C C a r d .
Treble
A n a d j u s t m e n t to control-the v o l u m e of t h e high f r e q u e n c y s o u n d s .
Tuner
A c o m p o n e n t (or part of a c o m p o n e n t ) that r e c e i v e s r a d i o s i g n a l s a n d s e l e c t s
Tweeter
A s p e a k e r d e s i g n e d to r e p r o d u c e t h e h i g h e r f r e q u e n c i e s (treble) only.
V o i c e coil
A coil of w i r e w r a p p e d a r o u n d a t u b e a n d t h e n a t t a c h e d to the s p e a k e r c o n e or
one broadcast from many.
d i a p h r a g m . W h e n a n a u d i o s i g n a l Is a p p l i e d , the coil b e c o m e s a n
e l e c t r o m a g n e t a n d i n t e r a c t s w i t h t h e p e r m a n e n t m a g n e t c a u s i n g t h e c o m e or
d i a p h r a g m to v i b r a t e . W e interpret t h i s v i b r a t i o n s a s s o u n d .
V o l u m e control
A l l o w s y o u to control the l o u d n e s s of the m u s i c .
W M A m u s i c file
W i n d o w s M e d i a A u d i o File. T h i s Is a n a c c e p t e d f o r m a t for m u s i c files to be
Woofer
A s p e a k e r that Is d e s i g n e d to r e p r o d u c e -low ( b a s s ) f r e q u e n c i e s o n l y .
X M radio
Satellite b a s e d r a d i o t r a n s m i s s i o n , w h i c h a l s o u s e s a g r o u n d b a s e d r e p e a t e r
p l a y e d o n either a C D - R , a C D - R W or a P C C a r d .
n e t w o r k to e n s u r e s e a m l e s s r e c e p t i o n . T h e c h a n n e l s o r i g i n a t e f r o m XfVTs
b r o a d c a s t c e n t e r , in W a s h i n g t o n . D C , a n d uplink to t w o s a t e l l i t e s . T h e s e
s a t e l l i t e s t r a n s m i t t h e s i g n a l a c r o s s the entire c o n t i n e n t a l U n i t e d S t a t e s .
X M receiver
T h e e x t e r n a l c o m p o n e n t that r e c e i v e s a n d p r o c e s s e s t h e X M s i g n a l s f r o m the
X M s a t e l l i t e s , a n d terrestrial (land) s t a t i o n s . T h e a u d i o unit c o m m u n i c a t e s to
the X M receiver over the G A - N e t bus.
23-12
Audio Unit C o n n e c t o r for Inputs and Outputs

W i t h P r e m i u m A u d i o S y s t e m (With W a v l g a t l o n S y s t e m !
AUDIO U N I T
CONNECTOR CC1SP)
P-i
3
[ 9
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR G (14P)
1
1
fl
3 | 4 [ 5 | 8
| 9 1/1 11 112113
110
AUDIO UNIT
1
5
CONNECTOR D (8P)
I 11 j j
12
13
114 115
/
14
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR F |3P|
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR B I20P1
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR A (24P)
i
n
8 | S |l0 |
1 I 2 I 43 | 5 1 6 | 7
rj
|ll j /
n
/ | 3 | 4
1 3 | u | l 5 | l 6 j 17 j 18 119 j 20
j 14 | / | 18
5 | 8 | 7 | 8
117 118 119
r
9
110 111
12
|
24
| 20 | 21 | 22 | 23
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR E (14P)
1
/ /
10
11
13
14
(confd)
23-13
Audio System
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR A (24P)
n
3
14
I
8
4
16
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR B (20P)
17
7
18
8
19
9
2 0
1 0
21
11
22 23
12
2 4
11
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A14
A16
A17
~7
1 3
1 4
1 5
1 6
1 7
1 8
1 0
1 9
2 0
Cavity
A3
Wire
LT
BLU
YEL
C o n n e c t s to
Data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (K-line)
Cavity
B1
B2
Wire
GRN
GRY*
N a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit ( S C T Y
B3
BLK
Auxiliary jack a s s e m b l y ( A U X S I G
BRN
RED
'GRN
GRY*
Audio remote switch ground

B4
GRY*
GND)
Auxiliary jack a s s e m b l y ( A U X S H
GND)
B5
YEL
Auxiliary jack a s s e m b l y ( A U X
GND)
B6
RED
A u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y unit
( D U E T T X (UART))
B7
GRN
B8
BLU
( D U E T R X (UART))
B - C A N b u s c o m m u n i c a t i o n (B-
B9
RED
GRY*
RED
GRN
BRN
PUR
PNK
WHT
RED
A18
A19
A20
GRN
GRY*
A21
A22
A23
A24
GRY*
RED
GRN
WHT
Stereo
Stereo
Stereo
Stereo
amplifier
amplifier
amplifier
amplifier
(RR
(RR
(SH
(SH
PRE)
PRE+)
RR GND)
RL GND)
Stereo amplifier (RL P R E )

Stereo amplifier (RL P R E + )
G r o u n d (G402) ( M A I N G N D )
A C C (audio p o w e r s u p p l y )
Audio remote switch
C A N L)
Stereo amplifier ( S W D + B )
S t e r e o a m p l i f i e r (FR P R E )
S t e r e o a m p l i f i e r (FR P R E + )
Stereo amplifier (SH FR G N D )
B10
GRY*
Stereo amplifier (SH F L GND)

Stereo amplifier (FL P R E )
Stereo amplifier (FL P R E + )
B11
B13
RED
RED*
WHT*
GRY
Constant power ( + B )
T h e shielded wires have a heat-shrink
i n s u l a t i n g the o u t s i d e of the w i r e . T h e
i n s u l a t i n g t u b e , t y p i c a l l y b l a c k or dark
not m a t c h the c o l o r of t h e w i r e s h o w n
diagram.
tube
c o l o r of the
gray, m a y
o n the circuit
Connects to
N a v i g a t i o n unit (NAVI G N D )
N a v i g a t i o n unit (NAVI S H G N D )
B14
B15
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit ( T E L M
SIG-)
SIGSH)
N a v i g a t i o n unit (NAVI L CH)
Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX L SH)
B17
Auxiliary jack assembly (AUX R SH)

DET)
BLK*
A u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y unit ( S H
D U E T GND)
B L U . , A u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y unit
B18
PNK
B16
(DUET CONT)
B-CAN bus communication
( B - C A N H)
B19
GRN
SIG+)
LT
B20
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit ( H F L
GRN
MUTE)
T h e shielded w i r e s have a heat-shrink tube
i n s u l a t i n g the o u t s i d e of the w i r e . T h e c o l o r of the
i n s u l a t i n g t u b e , t y p i c a l l y black or dark g r a y , m a y
not m a t c h t h e c o l o r of the w i r e s h o w n o n t h e circuit
diagram.
23-14
AUDIO UNIT C O N N E C T O R D (8P)
A U D I O U N I T C O P J M E O T 0 R C C18PJ
i
1
n
r
I
l
12 13 U
15
Audio U n i t Corameefor C f I S P i
Cavity
Wire
Connects to
Cl
GRN
Stereo amplifier ( A N C R)
C2
BLK
Stereo amplifier (ANC R + )
Stereo amplifier (SH A N C G N D )
C3
GRY'
C4
WHT
A c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n front
microphone-(ANC F MIC 8 V)
m i c r o p h o n e ( A N C R IV1IC 8 V)
C5
BLU
C9
CIO
C11
WHT
C12
BLK"
S t e r e o a m p l i f i e r ( A N C F)
Stereo amplifier (ANC F + )
microphone (SH AN C M F GND)
C13
C14
BRN
LTBLU
YEL
microphone (SH AN C M R G N D )
Not u s e d
Not u s e d
ECM/PCM (ENGINE SPEED
C15
P U L S E ) (NEP)
T h e shielded w i r e s have a heat-shrink
i n s u l a t i n g t h e o u t s i d e of t h e w i r e . T h e
i n s u l a t i n g t u b e , t y p i c a l l y black o r dark
not m a t c h t h e c o l o r of t h e w i r e s h o w n
diagram.
RED
BUT
oO
9 MO
Cavity
D5
D8
D7
Wire
LT GRN
RED
BLK*
Connects to
S t e r e o amplifier ( A M P M U T E )
S t e r e o amplifier ( S U B W P R E )
S t e r e o amplifier ( S H S U B W
GND)
GRN
S t e r e o amplifier ( S U B W P R E + )
D8
T h e s h i e l d e d w i r e s h a v e a heat-shrink t u b e
i n s u l a t i n g t h e o u t s i d e of the w i r e . T h e c o l o r of t h e
insulating t u b e , t y p i c a l l y black or d a r k g r a y , m a y
not m a t c h t h e c o l o r of t h e w i r e s h o w n o n t h e circuit
diagram.
tube
c o l o r of t h e
gray, m a y
on t h e circuit
(confd)
23-15
Audio System
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R G (14P)
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R E (14P)
/ /
3
9
10
11
13
14
11 12 13
Terminal
side
of male terminals
AodI U n i t C o n n e c t o r E (14P)
Cavity
E1
E2
E3
Wire
WHT
LT B L U
GRY*
Cawlty
Wire
X M receiver ( + B )
X M receiver ( S Y S ON)
G1
WHT
X M receiver (GA-NET B U S SH)
G2
- RED
signal)
A u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r (6 C D G A -
Connects to
Connects to
A u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r (Light-on
NET BUS)
E4
GRY
X M receiver (AUDIO SH)
E5
E6
GRN
X M receiver (AUDIO R + )
X M receiver (AUDIO L + )
G3
GRY*
A u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r (6 C D GA-
G4
WHT
NET B U S S H )
A u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r (6 C D
G5
GRN
AUDIO L - )
G6
GRY*
A U D I O R)
i n s u l a t i n g the o u t s i d e of t h e w i r e . T h e c o l o r of t h e
G7
BLK
AUDIO SH)
A u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r (6 C D G N D )
insulating t u b e , t y p i c a l l y black or dark g r a y , m a y
G8
BLU
A u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r (Light-on
G9
GRN
signal+)
A u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r (6 C D G A -
G11
RED
G12
BLK
G13
LTBLU
BLK
RED
E9
E10
GRN
X M receiver ( G A - N E T B U S + )
X M receiver ( G A - N E T B U S - )
- E11
BLK
X M receiver (GND)
WHT
X M receiver (AUDIO R - )
E13
RED
X M receiver (AUDIO L - )
E14
* : T h e shielded w i r e s have a heat-shrink tube
not m a t c h t h e c o l o r of t h e w i r e s h o w n o n the circuit

diagram.
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R F (3P)
NET B U S + )
AUDIO L + )
AUDIO R + )
A u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r (6 C D S Y S
ON)
ORN
A u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r (6 C D + B )
G14
i n s u l a t i n g the o u t s i d e of t h e w i r e . T h e c o l o r of the
A u d i o U n i t C o n n e c t o r F f3P}
Cavity
Wire
C o n n e c t s t
F1
A M / F M a n t e n n a amplifier ( R F
IN)
F2
A M / F M a n t e n n a amplifier ( R F
F3
A M / F M a n t e n n a amplifier ( A N T
SH)
+B)
23-16
diagram.
A u d i o Unit C o n n e c t o r for inputs a n d O u t p u t s

With P r e m i u m Audio S y s t e m (Without Navigation S y s t e m !
A U D I O UM1T
C O N N E C T O R B I20P1
AUDIO
UWIT
CONNECTOR C(16P)
>;7 7 ^
p
1
10
11
5
12
13
10
11
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR F f3P)
P!<1 . .
9 h o \ 11
13
14
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR E(14P)
,
4
3
14
r
5
18
17 18 19 20
21 22 23
14
15
Audio System
S y s t e m Description (cont'd)
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R B (20P)
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R A (24P)
ri
3
10
11
11
Connects to
13
5
14
15
//
8
17
16
18
A u d i o U n i t C o n n e c t o r A (24P)
12
n
4
A u d i o U n i t C o n n e c t o r B {20P)
Wire
Cavity
C o n n e c t s t
Cavity
Wire
A3
LTBLU
Data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
B1
RED
A4
GRN
(K-line)
Passengers MICU (SCTY)
B2
ORN
A5
BRN

BLK
Auxiliary jack a s s e m b l y (AUX
B4
GRY*
SIGGND)
A8
RED
GRN
GRY*
(REMOTE GND)
S t e r e o a m p l i f i e r (RR P R E )
S t e r e o a m p l i f i e r (RR P R E + )
S t e r e o a m p l i f i e r ( S H RR G N D )
B3
A6
A7
A9
GRY*
Stereo amplifier (SH R L G N D )
B5
YEL
Stereo amplifier (RL P R E )

Stereo amplifier (RL P R E + )
Auxiliary jack a s s e m b l y (AUX

GND)
B6
RED
A10
A11
A12
A14
A16
A17
A18
RED
GRN
BRN
E l e c t r i c a l c o m p a s s unit
(COMPASS TX+)
SH GND)
G r o u n d (G402) ( M A I N G N D )
PUR
Audio power supply (ACC)
B7
GRN
PNK
Audio remote switch ( R E M O T E )

Stereo amplifier ( S W D + B )
B8
BLU
B - C A N b u s c o m m u n i c a t i o n (BC A N L)
B11
PNK
B12
LT BLU
B13
RED
(COMPASS RX)
(COMPASS RX+)
Auxiliary jack a s s e m b l y ( A U X L
B14
WHT*
B15
GRY
B16
BLK*
B17
BLU
B18
PNK
WHT
RED
GRN
A19
Stereo amplifier (SH FR GND)
GRY*
A20
A21
Stereo amplifier (SH F L G N D )
GRY*
A22
RED
A23
GRN
A24
WHT
insulating the o u t s i d e of the w i r e . T h e c o l o r of the
CH)
Auxiliary jack a s s e m b l y ( A U X R
CH)
DET)
not m a t c h the c o l o r of the w i r e s h o w n on the circuit

diagram.
(COMPASS T X - )
(SH D U E T GND)
(DUET CONT)
B-CAN bus communication
( B - C A N H)
not m a t c h the c o l o r of the w i r e s h o w n on the circuit
diagram.
23-18
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R C (16P)
A U D I O UWIT C O N N E C T O R D (8P)
a
1
2
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
A u d i o U n i t C o n n e c t o r C (16P1
Wire
Cavity
C o n n e c t s t
GRN
CI
S t e r e o a m p l i f i e r { A N C R)
C2
BLK
Stereo amplifier (ANC R + )
GRY*
Stereo amplifier (SH A N C GND)
C3
C4
WHT
C5
BLU
microphone ( A N C F MIC 8 V)
C9
WHT
Aycflo U n i t C o n n e c t o r D I8P]
Wire
Connects to
Cavity
D5LTGRN
Stereo amplifier (AMP M U T E )
RED
Stereo amplifier ( S U B W P R E - )
D6
D7
BLK*
Stereo amplifier (SH S U B W
GND)
D8
GRN
Stereo amplifier ( S U B W P R E + )
m i c r o p h o n e ( A N C R M I C 8 V)
i n s u l a t i n g t h e o u t s i d e of the w i r e . T h e c o l o r of the
Stereo amplifier (ANC F)
CIO
RED
Stereo amplifier I A N C F + )
not m a t c h the c o l o r of the w i r e s h o w n o n the circuit
C11
GRY*
diagram.
C12
BLK*
microphone (SH AN C M F GND)

C13
C14
BRN
LTBLU
C15
YEL
microphone (SH A N C M R GND)

Not u s e d
Not u s e d
P U L S E ) (NEP)
T h e shielded w i r e s h a v e a heat-shrink
i n s u l a t i n g t h e o u t s i d e of t h e w i r e , T h e
i n s u l a t i n g t u b e , t y p i c a l l y black or d a r k
not m a t c h the c o l o r of the w i r e s h o w n
diagram.
tube
c o l o r of t h e
gray, m a y
o n t h e circuit
(confd)
23-19
A u d i o System
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R F C3P)
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R E (14P)
3
1
/ /
10
11
4-
13
14
2
A y d i o U n i t C o n n e c t o r E (14P)
Cavity
Wire
E1
E2.
E3
E4
WHT
LTBLU
GRY
C o n n e c t s t
X M receiver { S Y S ON)
X M receiver ( G A - N E T B U S SH)
GRY*
GRN
BLK
E9
RED
X M receiver ( G A - N E T B U S + )
E10
GRN
X M receiver ( G A - N E T B U S - )
E11
BLK
WHT
X M receiver (GND)
RED
X M receiver (AUDIO
X M receiver (AUDIO
R+)
L+)
X M r e c e i v e r ( A U D I O R)
X M r e c e i v e r ( A U D I O L)
* : T h e shielded wires have a heat-shrink tube

not m a t c h the c o l o r of t h e w i r e s h o w n on the circuit
diagram.
23-20
C o n n e c t s t
F1 .
A M / F M antenna amplifier (RF
F2
A M / F M a n t e n n a amplifier (RF
SH)
A M / F M antenna amplifier (ANT
IN)
X M receiver (AUDIO SH)
E5
E6
E13
E14
A o d i o U n i t C o n n e c t o r F (3P)
Wire
Cavity
F3
+B)
Audio Unit Connector for Inputs and Outputs

Without Premiyrn Audio S y s t e m
1 C D type
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR A (24P)
AUDIO UNIT
CQIMMECTOIFt B (12P)
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR F (3P)
C D type
AUDIO UUiT
CONNECTOR F (3P1
AUDIO UNIT
COWNECTOR C (16P)
l / 4 | B
\ / \ / \
|ik
/
113
115
\ /
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR A I24P)
1
U
3 | 4
18 /
//
18 19
10
11
22 23
Audio System
A U D I O UWfT C O N N E C T O R A (24P) (1 C D T y p e )
A U D I O U N I T C O N W E C T O R B f 12P) 11 C D T y p e !
p
3
14 15
5
18
18
/
19
22
23
n
!
r
2
11
,/JlO
3
8
n
6
5
11
12
A u d i o U n i t C o n n e c t o r B (12P) (1 C D T y p e !
C o n n e c t s t
Cavity
Wire
B1
BLK
SIG GND)
C o n n e c t s to
D a s h lights b r i g h t n e s s
controller ( I L L - B U L B )
Cavity
Wire
A1
RED
A3
LTBLU
Data Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
(K-Isne)
B2
GRY*
SH GND)
A4
A5
' GRN
BRN
Passenger's MICU (SCTY)

Audio remote switch
ground ( R E M O T E GND)
B3
YEL
GND)
GRY
A6
ORN
B5
BLK*
DET)
(SH D U E T GND)
B6
RED
B7
RED
CH)
A7
BLU
A10
A11
A12
BRN
A13
A14
GRY
YEL
BRN
A15
PUR
BLU
A16
PNK
A18
RED
A19
GRY
Right rear s p e a k e r
(RR SP~-~)
(RRSP+)
Left rear s p e a k e r ( R L S P )
Left r e a r s p e a k e r ( R L S P + )
PNK
Lights-on signal ( I L L + )
E C M / P C M (Vehicle s p e e d
s i g n a l ) (VSP)
Audio remote switch
(REMOTE)
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s door
s p e a k e r (), Right front
d o o r t w e e t e r () (FR S P )
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s door
d o o r t w e e t e r ( + ) (FR S P + )
D r i v e r ' s door s p e a k e r (),
Left front d o o r t w e e t e r
(---)
(FL S P )
A23
LTGRN
Driver's door speaker ( + ) ,

Left front d o o r t w e e t e r
(FLSP+)
A24
23-22
WHT
G r o u n d (G402) ( M A I N G N D )
s p e a k e r ( + ) , Right front
A22
B4
Constant power
(+B)
()
B8
" WHT
CH)
B11
BLU
(DUETCONT)
B12
GRN
not m a t c h the c o l o r of the w i r e s h o w n o n the circuit
diagram.
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R A {24PJ (B C D T y p e )
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R B (20P) (6 C D T y p e )
22
Cavity
Wire
A3
LTBLU
A4
GRN
A5
BRN
C o n n e c t s t
Data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (K-
1 3
A6
A7
A10
A11
A12
A14
ORN
BLU
BRN
Right rear s p e a k e r (RR S P )

R i g h t r e a r s p e a k e r (RR S P + )
Left r e a r s p e a k e r ( R L S P )
YEL
GRY*
B5
'YEL
SH GND)
B8
RED
GRN
(DUET-RX(UART)) -
BLU -
B-CAN b u s c o m m u n i c a t i o n (BC A N L) .
B8
A16
A18
RED
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s door speaker
B13
RED
<-> (FR S P )
B14-
WHT
{ + ) , Right front d o o r t w e e t e r
B15
GRY
<+) (FR S P + )
D r i v e r ' s d o o r s p e a k e r { ) , Left
B18
BLK*
A23
LTGRN
A24
WHT
GND)
(DUET T X (UART))
:
{ ) , R i g h t front d o o r t w e e t e r
front d o o r t w e e t e r () ( F L S P )
D r i v e r ' s d o o r s p e a k e r { + ) , Left
front d o o r t w e e t e r ( + ) ( F L S P + )
//
B4

Audio remote switch ( R E M O T E )
PNK
Conneetsto
SIG GND)
B7
A22
Wire
BLK*
Left r e a r s p e a k e r ( R L S P + )
G r o u n d (G402) (MAIN G N D )
GRY
Cavity
B3
BRN
PUR
PNK
A19
14 15 16 17 18
line)
P a s s e n g e r ' s fVliCU ( S C T Y )
(REMOTE GND)
CH)
CH)
DET)
(SH D U E T G N D )
B17
B18
'
BLU
PNK
( D U E T C O NT)
B-CAN b u s c o m m u n i c a t i o n (B-
C A N H) "
T h e shielded w i r e s have a heat-shrink
i n s u l a t i n g t h e o u t s i d e of t h e w i r e . T h e
i n s u l a t i n g t u b e , typically black or dark
not m a t c h t h e c o l o r of t h e w i r e s h o w n
diagram.
tube
c o l o r of t h e
gray, m a y
o n t h e circuit
(cont'd)
23-23
Audio System
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R C (16P) (6 C D T y p e )
A U D I O U M I T C 0 W N E C T 0 R F (3P)
3
n_.
1
3
10
11 12 13 14
Z
15
2
A u d i o U n i t C o n n e c t o r C (16P) ( 6 C D T y p e !
C o n n e c t s to
Wire
Cavity
A c t i v e n o i s e " c a n c e l l a t i o n front
C4
WHT
m i c r o p h o n e ( A N C F M I C 8 V)
C5
BLU
C11
BLK*
C12
BLK*
C13
C14
- BRN
C15
LTBLU
YEL
A c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n rear
m i c r o p h o n e ( A N C R M I C 8 V)
A c t i v e n o i s e ' c a n c e l l a t i o n front
microphone (SH A N C M F GND)
microphone (SH A N C M R GND)
.
Not u s e d
Not u s e d
P U L S E ) (NEP)
* : T h e shielded w i r e s h a v e a heat-shrink
i n s u l a t i n g the o u t s i d e of t h e w i r e . T h e
insulating t u b e , t y p i c a l l y black or dark
not m a t c h the c o l o r of the w i r e s h o w n
diagram.
23-24
tube
c o l o r of the
gray, may
on the circuit
A u d i o U n i t C o n n e c t o r F (3P)
Cavity
F1
F2
F3
Wire
Connects to
IN)
SH)
A M / F M a n t e n n a amplifier ( A N T
+B)
Stereo Amplifier Connector for Inpyts and Outputs

Premiym Audio S f stem
STEREO AMPLIFIER
<X)NNECTOR B (18P)
STEREO AMPLIFIER
CONNECTOR AI24PI
i
2 1 3 4
\
13 14 15
116
5
17
r
8 9
13 19 20
11 12
22 23 24
10
ri
I
3
ri
4
12
A
13
9"
7
15 16
18
U u U U U UL4,J
(P^~|)!;v;::::.:l
JUL
JUUL
(confd)
23-25
Audio System
S T E R E O A M P L I F I E R C O N N E C T O R B 18Pj
S T E R E O A M P L I F I E R C O N N E C T O R A (24P)
2
13
3
14
4
15
5
16
6
17
7
18
8
19
9 / 11
20
22
12
6
12
23
Wire
BRN
RED
A3
A4
GRY*
A5
RED
GRY
A6
A7
A8
A9
A11
A12
RED
RED
RED
BLK*
WHT
GRN
Connects to
G r o u n d (G402) (GND)
A u d i o unit ( F L P R E )
A u d i o unit ( S H F L G N D )
16
S t e r e o A m p l i f i e r C o o n e e t o r B (18P)
Wire
Connects to
Cavity
B1
LTBLU
Subwoofer ( S U B W SP-)
- ORN
Right r e a r s p e a k e r (RR S P )
B3
B4
Left rear s p e a k e r ( R L S P )
A u d i o unit ( R L PRE)
A u d i o unit (FR P R E - )
A u d i o unit ( S H F R G N D )
B6
BRN
WHT
A u d i o unit (RR P R E - )
A u d i o unit ( S U B W P R E - )
B7
PUR
Driver's door speaker crossover
BLK
GRY
A u d i o unit .(ANC F )
B9
B10
A u d i o unit ( A N C R )
B12
B13
B15
" BLU
YEL
A u d i o unit ( S H S U B W G N D )
A13
A14
LTGRN
A u d i o unit ( A M P M U T E )
GRN
A15
A16
A17
A u d i o unit ( R L P R E + )
A u d i o unit (FR P R E + )
A18
GRY*
GRN
GRN
GRY*
A u d i o unit ( F L P R E + )
A u d i o unit ( S H R L G N D )
A19
A20
A22
A23
A24
GRN
GRN
RED
BLK
WHT
Audio
Audio
Audio
Audio
Audio
unst(RR P R E + )
unit ( S U B W P R E + )
unit ( A N C F + )
unit ( A N C R + )
unit ( S W D + B )

c r o s s o v e r n e t w o r k control unit
(AMP-)
n e t w o r k control unit ( A M P )
B16
PNK
GRN
Subwoofer ( S U B W S P + )
Right r e a r s p e a k e r (RR S P + )
Left rear s p e a k e r ( R L S P + )
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r s p e a k e r
c r o s s o v e r n e t w o r k control unit
(FRSP+)
Driver's door speaker crossover
n e t w o r k control unit (FR S P + )
A u d i o unit ( S H RR G N D )

i n s u l a t i n g t h e o u t s i d e of t h e w i r e . T h e c o l o r of t h e
insulating t u b e , t y p i c a l l y black of dark g r a y , m a y
diagram.
23-26
15
Cavity
A1
A2
13
B18
WHT
XM Receiver Connector for inpyts and Outpyts

P r e m i u m Audi S y s t e m
4-Door
M.
E3
/ /
XIVI RECEIVER
CONNECTOR 8 C2P)
9 10 11
13 14
XIVI RECEIVER
COIWJECTRA{14Pf
/ /
XIVI RECEIVER
CONNECTOR S (2P)
2
9
10 11
13 14
XM RECEIVER
COfWJECTORAf14P)
(confd)
23-27
Audio System
X M R E C E I V E R C O N N E C T O R B (2P)
XM RECEIVER CONNECTORA ( U P )
X
9 10
/ /
11
13 14
2"
X M R e c e i v e r C o n n e c t o r A (14P)
Wire
Connects to
Cavity
A1
WHT
A2
LTBLU
A3
BRN*
X M receiver (ACC) ( S Y S
ON)
Audio u n i t Navigation
unit* , Navigation display
unit* ( G A - N E T B U S S H )
1
A4
A5
A6
A9
GRY*
GRN
BLK
RED
A u d i o unit ( A U D I O S H )
A u d i o unit ( A U D I O R + )
A u d i o unit ( A U D I O L + )
A u d i o unit, N a v i g a t i o n
1

1
A10
GRN
unit* ( G A - N E T B U S + )
A u d i o unit, N a v i g a t i o n
unit* ( G A - N E T B U S )
1
A11
BLK
. WHT
A u d i o unit ( A U D I O R - )
A13
A14
RED
A u d i o unit ( A U D I O L )
* 1: W i t h n a v i g a t i o n
* 2: T h e s h i e l d e d w i r e s h a v e a h e a t - s h r i n k t u b e
Insulating the o u t s i d e of t h e w i r e . T h e c o l o r of t h e
i n s u l a t i n g t u b e , t y p i c a l l y b l a c k o r dark g r a y , m a y
diagram.
23-28
X M R e c e i v e r C o n n e c t o r B (2P)
Cavity
Wire
B1
C o n n e c t s t
X M antenna (TER-SAT)
B2
X M antenna (SH-GND)
Auxiliary Jack Assembly Connector for Inputs and Outputs
AUXILIARY JACK ASSEMBLY

5P COWNECTOR
(
1
Cavity
1
Wire
GRY
)
3
Connects to
A u d i o unit ( A U X D E T )
2
3
4
YEL
BLK
RED
A u d i o unit ( A U X G N D )
A u d i o unit ( A U X S I G G N D )
A u d i o unit ( A U X L C H )
WHT
A u d i o unit ( A U X R C H )
(confd)
23-29
Audio System
Active Noise Canceliation Microphone Connector for inputs and Outputs
Front (Without navigation 6 CD type)
Front (With Navigation)
rh
2 3
HI
4
Til
m
I
LLii
Rear
<
23-30
I I )
A c t i v e N o i s e C a n c e l l a t i o n F r o n t M i c r o p h o n e I P (or 3P1 C o n n e c t o r
Cavity
Wire
Connects to
1
BLK
Ground {6501)*
BLK'
A u d i o unit ( S H A N C M F G N D ) *
.,
GRY
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit ( M I C )
1
BRN*
4
5*
6
M
1
WHT*
WHT
LTGRN
PUR
WHT
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit (SV1IC+)*

A u d i o unit ( A N C F M I C 8 V ) *
A u d i o unit ( A N C F MSG 8 V)
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control u n i t a u d i o unit ( H F L M U T E )
A C C {HFL-navigatlon-ANC microphone power supply)
Constant power (HFL-navigation-ANC microphone)
* 1: W i t h n a v i g a t i o n
* 2: W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n
* 3: T h e s h i e l d e d w i r e s h a v e a h e a t - s h r i n k t u b e i n s u l a t i n g t h e o u t s i d e of the w i r e . T h e c o l o r of the I n s u l a t i n g
t u b e , t y p i c a l l y b l a c k o r d a r k g r a y , m a y not m a t c h t h e c o l o r of t h e w i r e s h o w n o n the circuit d i a g r a m .
< ): W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n 6 C D t y p e
A c t i v e Noise
Cancellation Rear Microphone 3P Connector
Cavity
Wire
C o n n e c t s t
GRY*
A u d i o unit ( S H A N C M R G N D )
1
WHT
3
A u d i o unit ( A N C R M I C 8 V)
* : T h e s h i e l d e d w i r e s h a v e a h e a t - s h r i n k t u b e i n s u l a t i n g the o u t s i d e of t h e w i r e . T h e c o l o r of the I n s u l a t i n g
t u b e , t y p i c a l l y b l a c k o r d a r k g r a y , m a y not m a t c h the c o l o r of t h e w i r e s h o w n o n t h e circuit d i a g r a m .
(confd)
23-31
Audio System
Audio Disc Changer Connector for Inputs and Outputs (With Navigation)
AUDIO DISC CHAMGEH

14P CONNECTOR
1
3
9
10
11
12 13 14
A u d i o D i s c C h a n g e r 14P C o n n e c t o r
Wire
Cavity
1
2
ORN
LTBLU
3
4
GRY*
GRY*
A u d i o unit (6 C D G A - N E T B U S S H )
A u d i o unit (6 C D A U D I O S H )
BLK
A u d i o unit (6 C D A U D I O R + )
6
8
RED
A u d i o unit (6 C D A U D I O L + )
BLU
GRN
RED
A u d i o unit (6 C D I L L + )
A u d i o unit (6 C D G A - N E T B U S + )
9
10
11
12
13
14
BLK
WHT
GRN
WHT
Connects to
A u d i o unit (6 C D + B )
A u d i o unit (6 C D S Y S O N )
A u d i o unit (6 C D G A - N E T B U S - )
A u d i o unit (6 C D G N D )
A u d i o unit (6 C D I L L )
A u d i o unit (6 C D A U D I O R - )
A u d i o unit (6 C D A U D I O L - )
* : T h e s h i e l d e d w i r e s h a v e a h e a t - s h r i n k t u b e i n s u l a t i n g t h e o u t s i d e of the w i r e . T h e c o l o r of t h e i n s u l a t i n g
t u b e , t y p i c a l l y black o r d a r k g r a y , m a y not m a t c h the c o l o r of t h e w i r e s h o w n o n t h e circuit d i a g r a m .
23-32
. .
Speaker Crossower Network Control Unit Connector for Inputs and Outputs
SPEAKER NETWORK CONTROL UNIT

BP COM1MECTOR
D r i v e r ' s D o o r S p e a k e r C r o s s o v e r N e t w o r k C o n t r o l U n i t BP C o n n e c t o r
Cavity
2
Wire
GRN
PUR
RED
GRN
5
8
7
8
LTGRM
PNK
Connects to
S t e r e o a m p l i f i e r (FL S P + )
Stereo amplifier {FL S P }
Left front d o o r t w e e t e r ( T W E E T E R + )
Left front d o o r t w e e t e r ( T W E E T E R )
Driver's door speaker ( S P K R + )
Driver's door speaker ( S P K R - )
-root P a s s e n g e r ' s D o o r S p e a k e r C r o s s o w e r N e t w o r k C o n t r o l U n i t BP C o n n e c t o r
Wire
Cavity
Connects to
2 ~ "
PNK
S t e r e o a m p l i f i e r (FR S P + )
3
WHT
S t e r e o a m p l i f i e r (FR S P - ~ )
5
6
7
8
BRIM
WHT
GRY
RED
Right front d o o r t w e e t e r ( T W E E T E R + )
Right front d o o r t w e e t e r ( T W E E T E R )
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s door speaker ( S P K R + )
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s door speaker ( S P K R - )
(confd)
23-33
Audio System
Audio-HVAC Subdisplay Unit Connector for Inputs and Outputs (With Navigation)
A u d i o - H V A C S u b d i s p l a y Unit 12P C o n n e c t o r
Cavity
Wire
GRN
Connects to
A u d i o unit ( D U E T R X ( U A R T ) )
RED
A u d i o unit ( D U E T T X ( U A R T ) )
BLU
A u d i o unit ( D U E T C O N T )
LTGRN
WHT
RED
C l i m a t e control unit ( A C - C L K )
PUR
C l i m a t e control unit ( A C - S O )
BLK
10
RED
D a s h lights b r i g h t n e s s c o n t r o l l e r ( I L L )
12
GRY
Lights-on signal (1LL+)
23-34
A u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y unit p o w e r s u p p l y (IG2)
Aydio-HVAC Display Unit Conneetor for Inpyts and Oytpyts {Withoyt Navigation)
Aucfio-HVAC Display Unit 12P

Connector
Cavity
Wire
C o n n e c t s t
1
GRN
A u d i o unit ( D U E T R X ( U A R T ) !
2
RED
A u d i o unit ( D U E T T X ( U A R T ) }
4
BLU
A u d i o unit ( D U E T C O N T )
5
LTGRN
A u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y unit p o w e r s u p p l y (IG2)
WHT
Constant power (+B)
8
7*
8*
RED
PUR
9
10
BLK
RED
GRY
12
C l i m a t e control unit ( A C - C L K )
C l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( A C - S O )
G r o u n d (G401)
D a s h lights b r i g h t n e s s c o n t r o l l e r ( I L L )
Lights-on signal ( I L L + )
* : W i t h c l i m a t e control
23-35
Audi System
Circuit Diagram
Premium Audio S y s t e m with navigation
UPJDER-HO0D FUSE/RELAY BOX
DUET
mm
4
BED
<7
23-36
A^ A
PUR
RED
DUETIX
(mm
:2
DUET RX
WARD
: i
GRY
WHT
WHT
PUS
PUR
EH
(confd)
23-37
Audio System
Premium Audio S y s t e m w i t h navigation
DOOR
DOOR
1 T
I' h
I' T
DRIVER'S DOOR SPEAKER
PUR
S E
4
i
a.-
A14
------
y & &- a? ^
A23
f-
t-l
j ^
i
A1S
BLK*
| A18
SE-
A11
8? ft*
A1
ff
ff
A1
At
j A8
A11
A2
AS
E-
ar
3 -
IB
23-38
A14
ff"
C9
C10
GRY*
C2
i r
r
A5
s r
GFSY*
A13
j C3
ff ff ff ff s r
ff.'v as"
C1
' f-1
GRY*
h
A1
ir
f-i
SE- S
AUDIO UMIT
fr
&7
A18
* , GRY* i
A3
A21
A19
SHY*
A20
& -
f-l :
!
j
A18
A4
A15
- - - - - , guy* ,
A22
"A j A6
j GRY* i
A1?
! ft* fe- 3?
&t
GRY*
C ^
A2
[ A3
, GRY* i
f-
A17
BLK*
1 A4
sr
1
' BLU>
1
(
UWIRXSD
FUSE/RELAY BOX
No. 18 (75
A)
Mo, 6 [7.5 A)
UWISSH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
Y T TY
ICU
14
812
B3
ill
UNDERDASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
Bl
y y
V
08
rf
sir
Di
J 07
is iff ir* a AUDOI UNTI
J E3
|E3
: :E9m
11
i -
G401
A4
: :E1Q
EIO
H "4as;
Bit
us? %r
BLK
Audio System
Premium Audio S y s t e m without
navigation
to, (7,5 A)
(MAW) (100 A)
0~
Jo. 16 (7.5 AS
0.3 (K3 MAIN) (50 A)
<*B***crxj3
io. 18(7.5 A}
ACC HOT in
ACC (I) and ON (II)

to. 15 (10 A)
PASSENGER'S UNDER-DASH
z s s
FUSE/RELAY BOX
No. 15 (20 A)
No.2f+BASF/BOP)(40A)
ervjo
AUDIO-HVAC DISPLAY UNIT

ILL-
i"
ILL+
1" 1*
<7
DUETTX
(UART)
DUET RX
(UART)
11
I 1
r-T-v.-.-.t.-
4-
(In the gauge

FUSE RELAY
MffiL.
DUET
COPIT
I B6
DUETTX
(UART)
-B
8
B7
DUETRX SH DUET
(UART) GND
WHT
'n
PASSENGER S
23-40
D16
A15
A35
D21
HS
II
SUA
A14
RED D A S H LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLER
WR
(cont'd)
23-41
Audio System
Premium Audio S y s t e m without navigation
DOOR
LTGRN
hT
FT'
Tj
lP
DOOR
GUY
FUR
B15
S*
A24
RE-
A14
S fe- S j A3
A2
H
A22
fe
.fc-
:J
I A21
T
JB18
FB
SP
-B
i r fcTST'sj a- s?ffffs
C
I A0
A16
A4
: : : :
J H
JA19 | AW
A11
A10
| A20
A22
A11
4>
A12
tin
j A9
AS
J A7
cs
CIO
CI
C2
C3
ff a
SE- RSE- 87 fe+ fe-JS^ St-* SO"
Ta
Jr.
h
A1
AUDIO
SH
a"
ANC
H i
..ru
i
GUV*..
" r
A19
A15
H i
I
I**
A17
1 A17
GRv-r-i
h ! |
EA5
B6
FR
SP+
ff
LJL
B7
B16
TTji
BRN
A11
A2
sf
A-;
A14
AS
sp
ff*
sr
A13
J A4
r sp
r^r
ft;
A2 | AS
08
/
r-i
A4
ILK*
AUDIO UNET
iusS
GA-NET
BUS-i-
S"
10
GA-IU
BUS-
Audio System
Circuit Diagram (cont'd!
Without Premium Audio S y s t e m
23-44
[2]
PAGER'S
LU
DATA UM
AA
IT
AM/FM ANTENNA SUBLEAD
[ j j : B7
0 : B13
AMT+B
I
S.
RFSH
3?
RFM
LU:
LD: B1
AUX
88
||T]:B2
B14 H I : B3
0 : B4
~AUX
UkU I
B-CAN H
km? mkmrn
xev FG*~
1F"~p
CS
-
A11
j C12
IA10 S
BLK*
=!
U U
SLK>
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
H17
n
3
LU:
r
'WHTJ
ki-
|1
M< M<
FRONT
DOOR
l._
^ 3 "
DOOR
LEFTRI
IB
.J
23-45
Audio ..System
T h e a u d i o s y s t e m h a s a s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function.
NOTE:
Not all s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n s a p p e a r o n all m o d e l s ,
T h e r e m a y be other s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n s that a r e for factory u s e only.
How t Use the Audio System Self-diagnostic Function

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). T u r n the a u d i o unit off.
2. P u s h a n d hold the No. 1 a n d No. 6 buttons. W h i l e h o l d i n g the buttons, p u s h the V O L P U S H P W R knob to o n .
R e l e a s e the buttons a n d the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function b e g i n s .
With navigation
Without navigation 6 CD type

Audio-HVAC Display
23-46
3, B y p r e s s i n g a p r e s e t b u t t o n , t h e input s t a r t s t h e d i a g n o s t i c m o d e that Is a s s i g n e d to that p r e s e t s w i t c h .

No. 2 button
A u d i o button, k n o b , a n d r e m o t e s w i t c h d e t e c t i o n : A l l o w s individual m a n u a l s e l e c t i o n of all a u d i o p a n e l k n o b s ,
b u t t o n s , a n d r e m o t e s w i t c h e s to v e r i f y if t h e y a r e f u n c t i o n a l W h e n p r o p e r l y d e t e c t e d , t h e a p p l i e d knob button, or
r e m o t e s w i t c h n a m e a n d / o r v a l u e is d i s p l a y e d . T o exit t h i s m o d e , g o to s t e p 4.
No, 3 button
E n t i r e L C D iighting/light-out m o d e : T u r n s on/off t h e entire L C D to s h o w t h e p r e s e n c e or a b s e n c e of a n L C D failure.
No. 4 button
I l l u m i n a t i o n l e v e l i n d i c a t i o n m o d e : I n d i c a t e s t h e duty c y c l e f o r t h e illumination d i m m e r control of the g a u g e
. assembly,
G a u g e d i m m e r control v a l u e s :
H e a d l i g h t s off: O F F
H e a d l i g h t s o n : 01 ( m a x l o w ) t h r o u g h 22 ( m a x high)
No. 5 button
Vehicle s p e e d pulse indication mode: Indicates the Vehicle s p e e d pulse.
A M / F M or F M button fPush and hold 5 sec.)
R e c e p t i o n l e v e l c h e c k m o d e : I n d i c a t e s t h e r e c e p t i o n l e v e l . W h e n e n t e r i n g t h e reception level c h e c k m o d e , t h e AIV!/
F M button o r FIV1 button is u s e d to c h a n g e t h e m a i n / s u b a n t e n n a .
H o w to Obtain the Audio Unit Serial Number
N O T E : T h i s p r o c e d u r e c a n o n l y be d o n e after t h e p o w e r h a s b e e n d i s c o n n e c t e d o n c e a n d r e c o n n e c t e d to the a u d i o
unit, a n d t h e a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y d i s p l a y s C O D E . W i t h the a u d i o unit s w i t c h e d off, p u s h a n d hold the p r e s e t button
Ho, 1, Mo, 8 a n d t h e V O L P U S H P W R k n o b , t h e n r e l e a s e . T h e a u d i o unit d i s p l a y s the eight digit s e r i a l n u m b e r ( e x a m p l e
12345878), U s e t h e eight digit s e r i a l n u m b e r w h e n u s i n g the interactive n e t w o r k (IN) to get the 5 digit anti-theft c o d e s .
Serial Number
Without navigation (Premium, 6 CD, 1 CD)
With navigation
S/N
IE3H5E13
S/N
IE3H551B
(confd)
23-47
Audio System
4. T h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n e n d s w h e n y o u turn the a u d i o unit off or turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
N O T E : A n y other d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n s s h o w n a r e for f a c t o r y u s e o n l y .
Display Specifications
Entry LCD lighting mode fpress No. 3 button)

This diagnostic screen checks for segments that may be dead (off).
The entire display must appear. If there are dead segments, replace the applicable display unit.
With navigation
Withoyt navigation (Premium, 6 CD, 1 CD)
TffiffiuuWmM*{am
r-aBam
Entry LCD fights-outs mode (press No. 3 button)

This diagnostic screen checks for segments that may be stuck on.
The entire display must black. If the segments are stuck on, replace the applicable display unit.
With navigation
Without navigation fPremium, 6 CD, 1 CO)
Illumination level (for the gauge Illumination) Indication fpress No. 4 button)
This diagnostic screen checks the gauge illumination. If the headlights are off, the display reads OFF.
Sf the headlight are on, you should see a values between 01 (max low) and 22 max high.
When you dim and brighten the gauge, you should see this value change accordingly.
If it doesn't, check for B-CAN DTCs.
With navigation
Withoyt navigation (Premium, 6 CD, 1 CD)
O f f J B IBBBB
OFF
Vehicle speed poise Indication fpress Wo. 5 button)

This diagnostic screen checks that the audio unit Is receiving the VSP indication.
When you drive the vehicle, the VSP Indicates the vehicle speed in km/h.
With navigation
/SP
23-48
Withoyt navigation (Premfym, 6 CD, 1 CD)
0 10 IBBBB
'/SP
Reception level Indication (Push and hold 5 se AM/FM or FM bytton.l

This diagnostic screen checks the audlio units reception level that can be used in diagnosis to check the audio reception quality.
WIthoyt navigation fPremlym, 6 CD, 1 CD)
With navigation
a
BJJJ
m a m
a
mil
WIthoyt
navigation
T o c h e c k t h e AM o r F M r e c e p t i o n , p r e s s a n d h o l d t h e a p p l i c a b l e h a n d button for 5 s e c o n d s , t h e n r e l e a s e . T h e r e c e p t i o n
level is d i s p l a y e d in d e c i b e l s (db). Y o u c a n c h e c k t h e reception-with or w i t h o u t the amplifier. P r e s s t h e A . S E L button to
t o g g l e b e t w e e n t u r n i n g the a m p l i f i e r o n a n d off. T h e a m p l i f i e r is o n w h e n the letter A a p p e a r s next to the d b i n d i c a t i o n .
Y o u c a n c h a n g e t h e station w i t h t h e t u n e r button to c h e c k t h e r e c e p t i o n level of a n y s p e c i f i c radio s t a t i o n . C o m p a r e
t h i s v a l u e w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e to c h e c k t h e a u d i o unit r e c e p t i o n ,
With Navigation
T o c h e c k t h e FfVf r e c e p t i o n , p r e s s a n d h o l d the AM/FIV1 button for 5 s e c o n d s , t h e n r e l e a s e . T o c h e c k t h e A M b a n d , p r e s s
a n d h o l d t h e AIvl/Ffvl button for a n o t h e r five s e c o n d s , t h e n r e l e a s e . T h e r e c e p t i o n level Is d i s p l a y e d in d e c i b e l s (db).
Y o u c a n c h e c k the r e c e p t i o n with o r w i t h o u t t h e amplifier. P r e s s t h e A . S E L button to toggle b e t w e e n t u r n i n g the
a m p l i f i e r on a n d off. T h e a m p l i f i e r Is on. w h e n t h e Setter A a p p e a r s next to the d b indication. Y o u c a n c h a n g e t h e
station w i t h the t u n e r button to c h e c k t h e r e c e p t i o n level of a n y s p e c i f i c radio station. C o m p a r e this v a l u e with a
k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e to c h e c k t h e a u d i o unit r e c e p t i o n .
(confd)
23-49
Audio S f stem
Speaker Check Mode
NOTE:
* Not all s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n s a p p e a r on all m o d e l s .
* T h e r e m a y be other s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n s that a r e for f a c t o r y u s e only.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll) T u r n t h e a u d i o unit off.
0
2, P u s h a n d hold the No. 1 a n d No. 3 buttons. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e buttons, p u s h the V O L P U S H P W R knob to o n .

R e l e a s e the buttons a n d the s p e a k e r c h e c k m o d e b e g i n s . A t o n e test s h o u l d s o u n d f r o m o n e s p e a k e r .
N O T E : IVlake s u r e the v o l u m e is s e t to a n o r m a l or slightly h i g h e r t h a n n o r m a l v o l u m e a n d s e t t h e b a l a n c e a n d
f a d e r to the c e n t e r p o s i t i o n .
- 3. E a c h t i m e y o u p r e s s t h e S K I P button, the test m o v e s to the next s p e a k e r in the o r d e r listed.
W i t h navigation
W i t h o u t navigation 6 CD t y p e
Aydio-HVAC Subdisplay
A u d i o - H V A C Display
W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n 1 CD t y p e
A y d i o - H V A C Display
No. 3 b u t t o n
23-50
SKIP b u t t o n
Display Specifications
With Premium Audio S y s t e m
(INN) is p r e s s e d :
CD^^^^CI)-~*@
fMMI} is p r e s s e d ;
^^@-*----
Without Premium Audio S y s t e m

fMM) is p r e s s e d ;
^@^^^<t>
f H W ) is p r e s s e d :
-(D-----^
Speaker
Driver's door speaker and tweeter
Front P a s s e n g e r ' s door speaker
Remarks
Displayed S e g m e n t s
S P K FR-L
Y o u should hear a low frequency
S P K FR-R
tone
S P K RR-R
tone
SPKSUBW
tone
and tweeter
Right r e a r s p e a k e r
Subwoofer*
Left r e a r s p e a k e r
S P K RR-L
tone
All s p e a k e r s
SPK ALL
tone
Y o u should hear a low
frequency tone
* - T h e s u b w o o f e r d o e s not s o u n d
a tone
* : With P r e m i u m Audio S y s t e m
4, T h e s p e a k e r c h e c k m o d e e n d s w h e n y o u t u r n t h e a u d i o unit off or t u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
N O T E : A n y o t h e r d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n s a r e s h o w n for f a c t o r y u s e o n l y .
(confd)
23-51
Audio System
Actlwe Noise Cancellation (ANC) System Check Mode
NOTE:
Not aSS s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n s a p p e a r on all m o d e l s .
T h e r e m a y be other s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n s that a r e for factory u s e only.
O n l y p e r f o r m t h i s test w h e n y o u a r e g u i d e d f r o m a t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e ,
T h e A N C function is not s u p p o r t e d for 1 C D t y p e .
T o restart the A N C c h e c k m o d e , turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n e n t e r the c h e c k m o d e .
N O T E : IVlake s u r e the a u d i o s y s t e m is t u r n e d off.
2. P u s h a n d hold t h e N o . 1 a n d N o . 6 buttons. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e b u t t o n s , p u s h the V O L P U S H P W R knob to O N .
With navigation
No. 1 button
Ho. 6 button
VOL PUSH PWR knob
3. ' P r e s s t h e No. 1 button, t h e a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n ( A N C ) s y s t e m c h e c k m o d e b e g i n s .

H o w t o c h e c k t h e a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n s y s t e m in t h i s c h e c k m o d e
* W h i l e in t h i s s y s t e m c h e c k m o d e , p r e s s the No. 1 button to m o v e to the next test Item.
* Y o u m u s t r e m e m b e r h o w m a n y t i m e s y o u p r e s s e d t h e No. 1 button. T h e s y s t e m w i l l not s h o w w h i c h test Item y o u
are doing.
* F o r t e s t I t e m s 1st to 10th, t h e s p e a k e r will m a k e a l o w - f r e q u e n c y h u m (50 Hz) w h e n the s y s t e m Is n o r m a l for m o r e
t h a n 5 s e c o n d s up to 1 m i n u t e .
* W h e n t h e r e is a failure in t h e s y s t e m , t h e s p e a k e r will not m a k e a l o w - f r e q u e n c y h u m (50 Hz) or t h e h u m will s t o p
w i t h i n 5 s e c o n d s for test I t e m s 1st to 10th.
* T h e c h e c k m o d e will b e - a u t o m a t i c a l l y c a n c e l l e d w h e n the t i m e r e a c h e s 1 m i n u t e after t h e starting e a c h test i t e m s .
* W h e n y o u o n c e r e a c h to t e s t item 11th, the test will loop O N a n d O F F In t e s t Item 11th.
* T h i s c h e c k m o d e e n d s w h e n y o u start the e n g i n e (Ignition s w i t c h in start (III) or turn the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0)),
b e c a u s e the p o w e r to t h e a u d i o s y s t e m will be cut off.
* If y o u n e e d to c h e c k t e s t item 2 n d , 7th a n d / o r 11th, start the c h e c k m o d e w i t h the e n g i n e Idling. O t h e r test I t e m s a r e
a v a i l a b l e w i t h t h e e n g i n e Idling or s t o p p e d .
23-52
Test
Item
No,
Test Item
Button
Operation
Self-Diagnostic
T u r n the a u d i o
m o d e enter
unit off, p r e s s
Number
of T i m e s
No. 1
button is
pressed
Display
ON/OFF
S o u n d from Speakers
w h e n S y s t e m is
Normal
Test Available
Condition
None
and hold
p r e s e t buttons
No, 1 and
N o . 6, t h e n
turn the audio
unit o n
1st
M i c r o p h o n e Input,
s p e a k e r output
No. 1
No. 1
1
2
ON
OFF
None
50 Hz h u m for 1 m i n u t e
Any conditions
2nd
NEP i n p u t door/
t r u n k s w i t c h input
No. 1
3
4
ON
OFF
None
E n g i n e idling
* All d o o r s / t r u n k
closed
F r o n t s p e a k e r output
No. 1
No.1
No. 1
5
7
ON
OFF
ON
None
None
No. 1
OFF
5 0 Hz h u m for 1 m i n u t e
No. 1
No. 1
3
10
ON
OFF
None
5 0 Hz h u m for 1 m i n u t e
Any conditions
ON
OFF
None
Any conditions
None
E n g i n e idling
All d o o r s / t r u n k
3rd
4th
R e a r s p e a k e r output
Wo, 1
5th
A N C front
m i c r o p h o n e input
6th
A N C rear
No. 1
No. 1
11
12
7th
m i c r o p h o n e input
N E P (engine
speed
No. 1
13
ON
s i g n a l ) Input
No. 1
14
OFF
Door/trunk s w i t c h
No. 1
15
input
9th
No. 1
No. 1
No, 1
18
17
ON
OFF
ON
18
OFF
None
None
None
10th
No. 1
ON
OFF
None
11th
No. 1
No. 1
No. 1
19
20
21
22
ON
OFF
None
Engine noise reduced
8th
A N C operation O N /
OFF
Any conditions
Any conditions
closed
None
* Engine speed
a b o u t 2,500 r p m
(A/T in P or N
M/T in neutral)
* Repeatedly
pressing the
N o . 1 button
s w i t c h e s the
A N C o n a n d off
f
(confd)
23-53
Audio System
Active Norn Control
OU
With navigation
NP
! I
WIthoyt navigation 6 CO type

ON
IB
IBBB0
Active Noise Control OFF

With navigation
NP I I O f f 18 10000
BP
is
OFF
4. T h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n e n d s w h e n t h e a u d i o s y s t e m is t u r n e d off, or t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0).
23-54
Communication Connection Check M o d e

MOTE:
* Not all s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n s a p p e a r on all m o d e l s .
* T h e r e m a y b e o t h e r s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n s that a r e for factory u s e o n l y .
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N 111), T u r n t h e a u d i o unit off.
2. P u s h a n d h o l d t h e No. 1 a n d No. 6 buttons. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e b u t t o n s , p u s h t h e V O L P U S H P W R k n o b to o n .
R e l e a s e the buttons.
3. P r e s s t h e N o , 8 button, a n d t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n c o n n e c t i o n c h e c k m o d e b e g i n s .
With navigation
WIthoyt navigation 6 CD type
Audio-HVAC Subdisplay
No. 1 button
Audio-HVAC Display
No. 6 button
VOL PUSH PWR knob

Audio-HVAC Display
VOL PUSH PWR knob
(cont'd)
23-55
Audio System
4. E a c h t i m e y o u p r e s s the No. 6 button, the c o m m u n i c a t i o n c o n n e c t i o n state is d i s p l a y e d in the f o l l o w i n g order.
N O T E : If the a u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y or t h e a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y Is blank In all h e a d l i g h t p o s i t i o n s , or blank o n l y
w h e n the h e a d l i g h t s a r e t u r n e d o n , c h e c k for B - C A N D T C s .
DSP OK
State
T h e a u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y unit or the a u d i o -
DSP NG
H V A C d i s p l a y unit is c o n n e c t e d .
T h e a u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y unit or the a u d i o -
AC OK
Remarks
H V A C d i s p l a y unit i s not c o n n e c t e d .
T h e c l i m a t e control unit is c o n n e c t e d .
T h e c l i m a t e control unit is not c o n n e c t e d .
A C NG
A M P O K 00
T h e s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r Is c o n n e c t e d .
A p p l i c a b l e to the p r e m i u m a u d i o
A M P O K 04
T h e s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r Is c o n n e c t e d (Error h a s
system
o c c u r r e d four t i m e s In the past).

T h e s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r is not c o n n e c t e d .
. AMP NG
system
system
) i s p l a y S p e c i f i c a t i o n s {Without
01 119
n a v i g a t i o n f P r e m i u m , 6 C D , 1 CD))
State
T h e X M r e c e i v e r unit Is not c o n n e c t e d .
Remarks
system.
02 183
ANT
T h e n a v i g a t i o n unit is not c o n n e c t e d .
ANT CHK
AMP
T h e a n t e n n a a m p l i f i e r Is not c o n n e c t e d .
A p p l i c a b l e to t h e p r e m i u m a u d i o
AMP CHK
T h e s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r Is not c o n n e c t e d .
system.
A M P 0100
A M P N G 04
AC OK
A C NG
CMP OK
T h e a n t e n n a a m p l i f i e r Is c o n n e c t e d .
The
has
The
The
s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r is not
o c c u r r e d four t i m e s in
c l i m a t e control unit Is
c l i m a t e control unit is
c o n n e c t e d (error
the past).
connected.
not c o n n e c t e d .
T h e electrical c o m p a s s unit is c o n n e c t e d .
CMP NG
T h e electrical c o m p a s s unit is not c o n n e c t e d .
L C D 0100
T h e a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y unit Is c o n n e c t e d .
system.
system.
system.
system.
system.
LCD NG
T h e a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y unit Is not c o n n e c t e d .
N O T E : A n y other d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n s are s h o w n for the m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s p u r p o s e only.

5. T h e s e l f diagnostic f u n c t i o n e n d s w h e n y o u turn the a u d i o unit off or turn the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
23-56
Error Codes
T h e a u d i o s y s t e m c a n d i s p l a y e r r o r c o d e s w h e n a p r o b l e m Is d e t e c t e d w i t h the a u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r , the a u d i o d i s c , the
X M r a d i o , or t h e anti-theft c o d e .
C D Error C o d e s
Error Code
P o s s i b l e Cays
Solution
Displayed
HEAT ERROR
D i s c p l a y e r Is h o t T h i s c a n h a p p e n if the
Park the v e h i c l e in a c o o l e r p l a c e for a w h i l e a n d
v e h i c l e is p a r k e d out in the hot s u n all
try t h e d i s c p l a y e r a g a i n . If t h e e r r o r c o d e Is still
day.
p r e s e n t , try a n o t h e r d i s c . If the e r r o r c o d e is still

p r e s e n t r e p l a c e the a u d i o u n i t
UNSUPPORTED
T r a c k / F i l e f o r m a t not s u p p o r t e d .
* C u r r e n t track is s k i p p e d . T h e next s u p p o r t e d
track of file p l a y s a u t o m a t i c a l l y .
* Verify that C D , C D - R , or C D - R W file n a m e s e n d
SnCD-AorWAV.
* Verify that C D , C D - R , or C D - R W w i t h
c o m p r e s s e d m u s i c f o r m a t s e n d In M P S or'
WfVfA.
* O t h e r file f o r m a t s like I - T u n e s or O g g a r e not
recognized.
* WSV1A files m a y h a v e ( D R M ) c o p y protection
a n d c a n n o t be r e a d .
BAD DISC/PLEASE
CHECK/OWNERS
MANUAL/PUSH
EJECT
* C D label j a m m e d in the m e c h a n i s m .
* C D e j e c t m e c h a n i s m or m o t o r is
P r e s s t h e E J E C T button a n d h o l d It for 5 s e c o n d s .
If the C D d o e s not eject, try a g a i n . Sf the C D still
won't e j e c t replace the unit
inoperative,
* C D spindle motor won't spin up the C D .
XM E r r o r C o d e s
Error C o d e
Displayed
LOADING
Solution
Possible C a u s e
X M r a d i o Is a c q u i r i n g audio"or program"
W a l t until t h e radio r e c e i v e s t h e
information.
information.
O F F AIR
NO S I G N A L
XIVI c h a n n e l not in s e r v i c e .
L o s s of s i g n a l .
T r y a n o t h e r X M channel."
Both terrestrial a n d satellite a n t e n n a s h a v e lost
s i g n a l . Park the v e h i c l e o u t s i d e w i t h a c l e a r v i e w
UPDATING
CHECK ANTENNA
ANTENNA ERROR
X M radio is r e c e i v i n g I n f o r m a t i o n
u p d a t e f r o m t h e network.
XIVI a n t e n n a error.
of t h e s o u t h e r n h o r i z o n .
T h i s m e s s a g e disappears once the update
finishes.
R e p a i r o p e n or s h o r t in the satellite a n t e n n a .
- S u b s t i t u t e the XM- a n t e n n a w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d
o n e , a n d r e c h e c k . If the error Is g o n e , r e p l a c e the
original X M a n t e n n a . If the e r r o r is still p r e s e n t ,
r e p l a c e t h e antenna- l e a d .
No signal from X M .
C h e c k a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e w i t h X M radio. If t h e
known-good vehicle has the s a m e s y m p t o m s ,
c o n t a c t X M Satellite R a d i o at (300) 8 5 2 - 9 6 9 6 . .
Audio Unit Error C o d e s

Error C o d e
Solution
Possible C a u s e
Displayed
st
CODE ERROR 1
Anti-theft c o d e m i s m a t c h {1 try).
CODE ERROR E
Anti-theft c o d e m i s m a t c h (10
th
try).
E n t e r the c o r r e c t ants-theft c o d e .
R e m o v e f u s e "No. 15 (10 A)-In t h e u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n r e i n s e r t it. Y o u w i l l h a v e 10
m o r e tries to enter the c o r r e c t anti-theft c o d e .
23-57
Audio System
Poor AM or FM radio reception or
interference
6. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i o n s f r o m t h e A M / F M a n t e n n a
a m p l i f i e r to the w i n d o w a n t e n n a w i r e .
Are
NOTE:
there
any loose
or damaged
connections?
* C h e c k t h e v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n f i r s t
* C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
Y E S R e p a i r the c o n n e c t i o n s , or s u b s t i t u t e a
known-good A M / F M antenna amplifier and retest
terminals.
* C h e c k t h e radio r e c e p t i o n in a n o p e n area-. P o o r
If y o u s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d A M / F M a n t e n n a
r e c e p t i o n / I n t e r f e r e n c e c a n be c a u s e d by a n y of t h e s e
a m p l i f i e r , a n d the s y m p t o m / c o n d i t i o n g o e s a w a y ,
conditions:
replace the original A M / F M antenna amplifier

( s e e p a g e 23-121).
* - T h e radio station is far a w a y .

* Atmospheric conditions are unfavorable.
N O ~ ~ G o t o s t e p 7.
* Aftermarket w i n d o w tint
* A tall b u i l d i n g , m o u n t a i n s , or h i g h - v o l t a g e p o w e r
7. W i t h the h e l p of a n a s s i s t a n t i n s i d e t h e v e h i c l e ,
lines are nearby.
h a v e the a s s i s t a n t s h i n e a f l a s h l i g h t (A) a l o n g e a c h ,
w i n d o w a n t e n n a w i r e (B). C h e c k f r o m t h e o u t s i d e
2. Do the S e e k S t o p T e s t ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 0 9 ) .
window antenna wires.
of t h e v e h i c l e for a n y b r e a k s or o p e n i n g s in the
Is the test vehicle
within
10%
of the
known-good
vehicle?
Y E S M u t t s p a t h i n t e r f e r e n c e or w e a k s t a t i o n .
O p e r a t i o n Is n o r m a l .
3. C h e c k the r e c e p t i o n / I n t e r f e r e n c e i s t h e s a m e In
several locations.
is the reception/interference
the
same?
Are
N O M u l t i p a t h interference or w e a k station.
there
any breaks
or cuts
in the
window
antenna.wire?
O p e r a t i o n Is n o r m a l .
Y E S R e p a i r t h e w i n d o w a n t e n n a . G o to A M / F M
4. C h e c k the r e c e p t i o n / i n t e r f e r e n c e w h i l e the e n g i n e
is there
noise
engine
(static
or whine)
only
with
the
running?
Y E S C h e c k t h e a n t e n n a a n d r a d i o g r o u n d s . If O K ,
c h e c k t h e c h a r g i n g s y s t e m a n d t h e ignition
system.
23-58
a n t e n n a r e p a i r ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 2 2 ) , or r e p l a c e t h e
right q u a r t e r g l a s s .
is running.
NOGoto step8.
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A M / F M a n t e n n a a m p l i f i e r 3 P
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e p a g e 23-121).
14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r

F (3P) t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d t h e A M / F M a n t e n n a
a m p l i f i e r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3.
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR F (3P)

10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e A M / F M a n t e n n a
amplifier 3P connector terminal No. 3 and body
ground.
ANF+B
AM/FM ANTEfMNA AMPLIFIER 3P CONNECTOR
0
ANT+B
A M / F M ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 3 P C O N N E C T O R
is there
continuity?
W O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o
Is there
battery
voliage?
unit a n d the A M / F M a n t e n n a a m p l i f i e r . . A l s o c h e c k
the A M / F M ' a n t e n n a l e a d / s u b l e a d c o n n e c t o r ,
11. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0),
12. R e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit.
W i t h n a v i g a t i o n f s e e p a g e 23-110)
* W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111)
13. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r F (3P).
(confd)
23-59
Audio System
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting (cont'd)
F (3P) t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

F (3P) terminal No. 1 a n d body ground.
A U D I O UNIT CONNECTOR F |3P)
[El
ANT + B
RF IN
Terminal side of female terminals '

Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In t h e w i r e
Is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o unit a n d A M / F M a n t e n n a
amplifier.
Y E S ' R e p l a c e t h e A M / F M a n t e n n a lead and/or
sublead.il
N O R e p l a c e t h e a u d i o unit.
-
* W i t h n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-110)
* W i t h o u t navigation- ( s e e p a g e 23-111)

F (3P) t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d t h e A M / F M . a n t e n n a .
16. R e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit.
* W i t h navigation ( s e e p a g e 23-110)
17. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r F (3P).
RF SH

F -(3P) t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d t h e A M / F M a n t e n n a
ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 3P CONNECTOR

AM/FM
RF IN
Is there
ED
3P CONNECTOR
AM/FM ANTENNA A M P L I F I E R
Is there
continuity?
N O - R e p l a c e t h e A M / F M a n t e n n a l e a d and/or
sublead.il
23-60
continuity?
N O R e p l a c e t h e A M / F M a n t e n n a Seed and/or
sublead.B
2 1 , C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
F (3P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2 .
AUDIO
UNIT C O N N E C T O R
|3P|
Audio unit power switch will not turn n (No

information display and no sound)
NOTE:
C h e c k t h e v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n f i r s t
* C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
terminals.
RF S H
I F IN
2. P u s h the p o w e r s w i t c h O N to s e e if a u d i o unit t u r n s
ON.
Does
the audio
unit display
does
the audio
unit sound
operate
proper
iy, and
normal?
I s there
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e AM/FM a n t e n n a l e a d a n d / o r
time.B
WO~-Gotostep3.
subiead.H
H O R e p l a c e t h e AM/FM a n t e n n a a m p l i f i e r
{ s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 2 1 ) a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e r e c e p t i o n still
poor, replace the audio u n i t B
4. C h e c k t h e N o . 15 (10 A) f u s e In t h e u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d t h e N o . 18 (7.5 A) f u s e In t h e
driver's u n d e r - d a s h fuse/relay box.
* With navigation (see page 23-110}

Are
the fuses
OK ?
N O R e p l a c e the f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k .
5. R e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit w i t h n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e
23-110), without navigation (see page 23-111).
C h e c k that the a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r s a r e p r o p e r l y
connected.
Are
they
connected
properiy?
M O R e p a i r poor connections a n d reconnect the
c o n n e c t o r s , and recheck the function.
6. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
N O T E : E j e c t all t h e C D s before d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e
a u d i o unit a n d C D c h a n g e r to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g
t h e C D p l a y e r ' s load m e c h a n i s m .
(confd)
23-61
Audio System
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 14 a n d
No. 2 4 Individually.
H
3
13
10 11
12
14 15 18 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
+B
A C C (PUR)
Audi unit power switch will not turn off

NOTE:
* C h e c k the v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n first.
* C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals.
* C h e c k for aftermarket a c c e s s o r i e s p l u g g e d info t h e
vehicle's accessory power sockets.
(WHT)
2. P u s h t h e p o w e r s w i t c h off or turn t h e ignition

s w i t c h to L O C K (0) to s e e if the a u d i o unit t u r n s off.
Is there battery
Does the audio unit turn
off?
N O R e p l a c e the audio unit.il
W i t h n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-110)
voitage?
W O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e N o . 15
(10 A ) f u s e In t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e
No. 18 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h fuse/
relay box and the audio unit.H
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), p u s h t h e p o w e r
s w i t c h o n , t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Does the audio unit-turn
off?
YES~Operation is n o r m a l .
W O G o to step 4.
9. R e c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
A (24P) t e r m i n a l N o . 12 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
A U D I O U N I T COWNECTOR A |24P)
23-110), w i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111).
D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
N O T E : E j e c t all t h e C D s before d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e
the C D p l a y e r ' s load m e c h a n i s m .
M A I N G N D (BLK)
3
14
10 11
5. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
A (24P) t e r m i n a l N o . 14 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1.
13
n
A
3 | 4
5 | 6 ( 7 [ 8 9 110
I 11 I VI
1A
114 115 116 117 118 119 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23

A C C iPum
is there iess than 0.1 V?

YES~Replace t h e a u d i o unit.H
Is there battery
W O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o
unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P) t e r m i n a l N o . 12 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d (G402) ( s e e p a g e 22-40).
Y E S C h e c k for s h o r t to p o w e r o n t h e P U R w i r e .
N O R e p l a c e the audio u n i t
W i t h navigation ( s e e p a g e 23-110)
W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111)
23-62
voitage?
Wo sound is heard f r o m t h e speakerfs)

(display m norma!) { w i t h p r e m i u m audio)
NOTE:
* C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals.
* S e t the fader a n d balance positions to the center.
* B e f o r e d o i n g t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , d o t h e A u d i o unit
p o w e r s w i t c h will not turn o n t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 23-61),
4. Do t h e s p e a k e r c h e c k m o d e w i t h t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c
function ( s e e p a g e 23-50).
Do ail speakers
produce
tone?
Y E S S y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e a u d i o unit, s p e a k e r s a n d s t e r e o
amplifier.
N O G o to
s t e p
5.
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (if).
2. T u r n o n t h e a u d i o unit, a n d m a k e s u r e t h e v o l u m e
button i s not s e t t o t h e M I N l e v e l .
6. C h e c k t h e s p e a k e r f s ) w i t h n o s o u n d for a n y
damage.
Is there any
is it at the MiN
damage?
level?
YESRaise the v o l u m e level, a n d recheck the

function,
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e s p e a k e r ( s e e p a g e 23-118), a n d
recheck.
3. O n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l , c h e c k t h e n a v i g a t i o n talk
c o m m a n d , a n d / o r t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k talk
c o m m a n d function.
Are the navigation
talk command
taik command function
set?
and/or
7. R e m o v e t h e s p e a k e r f s ) w i t h no s o u n d f s e e p a g e
23-118), a n d d i s c o n n e c t its c o n n e c t o r .
8. C h e c k t h e s p e a k e r 2 P c o n n e c t o r f o r a l o o s e or p o o r
connection.
the HFL
YESCancel t h e n a v i g a t i o n talk c o m m a n d b y
pressing the navigation B A C K button, and/or the
H F L talk c o m m a n d , p r e s s t h e H F L B A C K button,
then recheck the f u n c t i o n .
Reconnect
symptom;
the speaker connector, and recheck

is the condition still
present?
the
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure. O p e r a t i o n is n o r m a l .
(confd)
23-63
Audio System
9. T e s t the s p e a k e r s ) ( s e e p a g e 23-118).
Is the speaker
STEREO AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR B (18P)

OK ?
n
1 3 l 4 l / [ 6 =7
12 I 13 X h o
N O R e p l a c e the s p e a k e r ( s ) .
1/|
1
1 0 . D i s c o n n e c t s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r B (18P) a n d
the s p e a k e r c o n n e c t o r .

s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r B (18P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e
table. T h e n c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n both p a i r s
SPEAKER NETWORK CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR fSP)
of s p e a k e r w i r e s ( + ) a n d {) at the d o o r s p e a k e r
n e t w o r k control unit c o n n e c t o r (8P).
Stereo
amplifier
teriniiifil
Speaker
Driver's door speaker,
B16(+)
Left t w e e t e r
B7 ( - )
B15C+)
"
PUR
B6(-)
B12(+)
BLU
B 3 ( - )
Subwoofer
B10(+)
ORN
GRY
(-)
B13(+)
B4(-)
F
Driwer s
door
speaker
network
unit
terminal
Front
ssencje
door
LTBLU
YEL
Wire
olor
Driver's
door
speaker
7{+)
LT
GRN
PNK
Driver's
5(+)
RED
door tweeter
6(-)
GRN
passenger's
GRY
8{~)
RED
door
speaker
Front
5(+)
BRN
passenger's
door tweeter
6 ( - )
WHT
23-64
'I
8
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n the
s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r a n d the d o o r s p e a k e r n e t w o r k
control unit or s p e a k e r ( s ) or s h o r t b e t w e e n the
a n d () s p e a k e r w i r e s . i l
BRN
network
control unit
Front
continuity?
Speaker

Is there
tweeter
B1
GRN
PNK
WHT
door speaker, Right
Wire
color
(+)
12, C o n n e c t t h e s p e a k e r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l ( + ) a n d
15. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r
c o n n e c t o r B (18P) t e r m i n a l N o . 18 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
() w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e ,
13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r
S T E R E O A M P L I F I E R C O N N E C T O R B C18P)
c o n n e c t o r 8 (18P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e t a b l e .
Stereo
Speaker
Wire
amplifier
10
Left t w e e t e r
door speaker, Bight
B16{+)"
B7{-}
GRN
B15(+)
B6<~)
PNK
WHT
B12<+)
B3C-)
B10 { + }
BLU
ORN
GRY
B1 { - )
LTBLU
B13(+)
YEL
BRN
color
terminal
12
13
HI
6
'l5
16
18
+ B (WHT)
PUR
tweeter
Subwoofer
B4{~)
JL
3
12
13
n
6
'16
is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n - N o . 15 (20 A )
f u s e in t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
a n d s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r B (18P) t e r m i n a l
No.18.il
7
16
is there
continuity?
Y E S - G o to s t e p 14,
M O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e s t e r e o
amplifier a n d the s p e a k e r o r d o o r s p e a k e r n e t w o r k
control u n i t . B
(confd)
23-65
Aydio
System

16. D i s c o n n e c t s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
22. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r
Gonnector A (24P) t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d ,
a n d b e t w e e n c o n n e c t o r B (18P) t e r m i n a l No. 9 a n d
body ground.
18. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r
c o n n e c t o r A (24P) t e r m i n a l No. 2 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
STEREO AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR A (24P)
STEREO AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR A !24P)

j GNB (BRN) \\I
I
5
13
14
15
16
7.
17
18
19
20
22
23
24

Is there
battery
voltage?
GND ( B L K )
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n s t e r e o
1
a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A (24P) t e r m i n a l No. 2 4 a n d
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P) t e r m i n a l No. 17.
10
12
/
13
15
/
/
16
18

20. R e c o n n e c t s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
Is there
less
than 0.1 V?
N O R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A (24P)
t e r m i n a l No. 1, c o n n e c t o r B (18P) t e r m i n a l No. 9
a n d b o d y g r o u n d (G401, G 4 0 2 ) ( s e e p a g e 22-42).
23-66
23.
D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P), s t e r e o
Is there
continuity?
a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A (24P), a n d a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r D (8P).
N O T E : E j e c t all t h e C D s b e f o r e d i s c o n n e c t i n g the
the C D player's load m e c h a n i s m ,
t h e a u d i o unit a n d s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r ( r e p l a c e the
24, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r

A ( 2 4 P ) , c o n n e c t o r D (8P) a n d s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r
c o n n e c t o r A (24P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e table.
Audio unit
connector
Stereo
amplifier
Wire color
connector
A7
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e a p p l i c a b l e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n
affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s ) .
25. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r
. c o n n e c t o r A (24P) a n d b o d y g r o u n d a c c o r d i n g to
-' t h e t a b l e .
Wire color
RED
S t e r e o amplifier coorieetor
A2
RED
A4A5
'
RED
GRN
. A7
A8
A19
A18
RED
" RED
GRY
A9
A10
A15
A4
GRY
A8
A14
GRN
A11
A16
A5
A17
GRN
RED
GRN
A16
A17
GRN
GRN
A19
A20
GRN
A20
A8
A21
A22
A3
A2
A14
GRY
GRY
A6
A7
A18
A19
A23
RED
S T E R E O A M P L I F I E R C O N N E C T O R A (24P)
GRN
RED
A8
A9
BLK
D8
A20
GRN
2
1 3 ]
3
1 4
J 1 5
116 117
AUDIO UNIT COMPACTOR A |24Pf
14
GRN
RED
D8
D7
/ /
RED
10
11
16 17 13 19 20 21 22 23
7
1 8
8
19
9
2 0
11 12
2
23 24
Wire side o ffemale terminals
VI
24
is there
continuity?
A U D I O UNIT COM SECTOR D (8P)
ITn
5
b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o unit a n d s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r
( r e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s ) .

S T E R E O A M P L I F I E R C O N N E C T O R A (24Pf
1
1
T
5
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
/
/
11 12
22 23 24
(confd)
23-67
Audio System
26. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s of
s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A (24P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e
No S
o
u
n
d is heard from the speakerfs!
(display is norma!) (without p
r
e
m
i
u
m audio)
table.
NOTE:
T o terminals
F r o m t e r m I oat
A u d i o unit
Stereo
connector
amplifier
connector
Stereo
A u d i o unit
amplifier
connector
A21 ( G R Y )
A6(GRN)
A20 ( G R Y )
A15 (GRY)
A9 (GRY)
A7 (BLK)
A9 (BLK)
STEREO
A2 (RED)
A22 (RED)
A14 (GRN)
A23 (GRN)
A18 ( R E D )
A 5 (RED)
A8 (GRY) -
A18 (GRY)
A17 ( G R N )
A19 (GRN)
A4 (RED)
A10(RED)
A16 (GRN)
A11 ( G R N )
A7 (RED)
A 6 (RED)
A19 (GRN)
A7 (GRN)
A8 (RED)
A 6 (RED)
A20 (GRN)
A8 (GRN)
AMPLIFIER C O W W E C T O R
(24P)
2
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
11
20
22
terminals.
unit p o w e r s w i t c h will not turn on t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g

( s e e p a g e 23-61).
2. T u r n on the a u d i o unit a n d m a k e s u r e the v o l u m e
button is not s e t to the MIN l e v e l .
is it at the MIN
level?
function. <
12
23
B e f o r e d o i n g s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , do the a u d i o
Y E S R a i s e the v o l u m e l e v e l , a n d r e c h e c k the
J l = r f l
1
C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
S e t the f a d e r a n d b a l a n c e p o s i t i o n s to t h e c e n t e r .
connector
A3 (GRY)
C h e c k the v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n .
24
NOGoto stepS.
Wire side of f e m a l e terminals"
' 3. G o to t h e s p e a k e r c h e c k m o d e in the a u d i o s y s t e m
AUDIO
UNIT C O N N E C T O R
///
6
s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function ( s e e p a g e 23-50).
(8P1
Do all speakers
produce
a tone ?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e ; t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e a u d i o unit
and speakers/

3
14
5
16
17
18
19
20
10
21
NOGoto s t e p 4 .
11
22
23
Is there
continuity
between
any of the
5. C h e c k the s p e a k e r ( s ) w i t h n o s o u n d for a n y
terminals?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o
damage.
Is there
any
damage?
unit a n d s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r ( r e p l a c e t h e affected
shielded h a r n e s s ) .
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e the s p e a k e r ( s e e p a g e 23-118) a n d
recheck.
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit w i t h
navigation (see page 23-110), without navigation
( s e e p a g e 23-111), a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m /
indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original a u d i o
unit w i t h n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-110), w i t h o u t
n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111). If t h e s y m p t o m is still
present, substitute a known-good stereo amplifier,
r e p l a c e the original s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r ( s e e p a g e
23-115).
23-63
6. R e m o v e the s p e a k e r f s ) w i t h no s o u n d ( s e e p a g e
23-118), a n d d i s c o n n e c t its c o n n e c t o r .
7, C h e c k t h e s p e a k e r 2 P c o n n e c t o r for a l o o s e or p o o r
connection.
Reconnect
the speaker
the symptom;
2P connector
is the problem
still
and
9. R e m o v e the a u d i o unit w i t h n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e
2 3 - 1 1 0 ) , w i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111),
recheck
present?
N O O p e r a t i o n is n o r m a l .
N O T E : E j e c t all the C D s b e f o r e r e m o v i n g t h e a u d i o
unit a n d C D c h a n g e r to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g t h e C D
player's load m e c h a n i s m ,
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n ' t h e f o l l o w i n g
t e r m i n a l s of a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P) a c c o r d i n g
8. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s
to t h e t a b l e .
No. 1 a n d N o . 2 of t h e s p e a k e r .
Speaker
N O T E : If t h e p r o b l e m is in t h e front d o o r s p e a k e r s ,
m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e of the d o o r s p e a k e r a n d the
door tweeter.
SPEAKER 2 P CONNECTOR

.
Left t w e e t e r
Terminal
Wire
color
A23 (+)
A22 ( - )
LTGRN
(+)
PNK
GRY
A18(-)
RED
A1K+)
AIO(-)
BRN
A7 (+)
A6(-)
BLU
ORN
A19
d o o r s p e a k e r , Right
tweeter
YEL

1
3
T W E E T E R 2P CONNECTOR
13
14
15
18
r
10
18
19
11
22
23
24
is there
is there
about
4 Q ?
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o
unit a n d s p e a k e r ( s ) . B
N O - R e p l a c e t h e faulty s p e a k e r f s ) .
(confd)
23-69
Audio System
AuicIIIary Input sound is low or cannot be
heard
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s p e a k e r 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
A (24P) a n d b o d y g r o u n d a c c o r d i n g to t h e t a b l e .
Wire color
ORN
Audio unit c o n n e c t o r
A6
A7
-
A10
A11
A18
BLU
BRN
YEL
RED
A19
A22
A23
GRY
PNK
LTGRN
14 15 16
6
1 8
7
1 9
10
2 2
11
2 3
NOTE:
C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals.
U s e a u x i l i a r y s t e r e o c a b l e s w i t h 3.5 m m e n d s only.
Auxiliary a c c e s s o r i e s m a y be played on the audio
unit u s i n g t h e a u x i l i a r y input.
2. T u r n t h e a u d i o unit on,, a n d c o n n e c t a n a u x i l i a r y
a c c e s s o r y to t h e a u x i l i a r y input j a c k .
3. C h e c k t h e v o l u m e o p e r a t i o n .
Is the sound
normal?
Y E S O p e r a t i o n is n o r m a l a t t h i s t i m e . i l
4. IVlake s u r e a u x i l i a r y a c c e s s o r y v o l u m e i s s e t to h i g h .
Is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o unit a n d t h e s p e a k e r ( s ) . B
(see p a g e 23-111), a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m /
navigation (see page 2 3 - 1 1 1 ).
is the volume set to high?

N O R a i s e t h e a u x i l i a r y a c c e s s o r y v o l u m e i s s e t to
h i g h . M a k e s u r e t h e a u d i o unit v o l u m e is t u r n e d
d o w n before r e t e s t i n g . i l
5. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d a u x i l i a r y a u d i o a c c e s s o r y
and/or auxiliary stereo cable, a n d recheck.
Does the auxiliary
audio accessory
operate
properly?
Y E S O r i g i n a l a u x i l i a r y a u d i o a c c e s s o r y or
a u x i l i a r y s t e r e o c a b l e is faulty.
NOGoto stepS.
7. R e m o v e t h e a u x i l i a r y j a c k a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
23-123) a n d c h e c k that t h e a u x i l i a r y j a c k a s s e m b l y
is p r o p e r l y c o n n e c t e d .
Is the auxiliary
jack
assembly
connected
properly?
N O R e c o n n e c t the connector, a n d recheck the
function.
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a u x i l i a r y j a c k a s s e m b l y 5 P
connector.
23-70
9, D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P).
10. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
12. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r

B (20P) a n d a u x i l i a r y j a c k a s s e m b l y 5 P c o n n e c t o r
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e t a b l e .
A u d i o unit
connector
Wire color
BLK
RED
WHT
GRY
B3
B13
B14
B15
B3
B5
B13
B14
B15
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR B I20P)
3 n4
2
11
5 - 8
14 15
13
17
16
5
1
GRY
20
i
1
is there
BLK
YEL
RED
WHT
10
19
18
Wire color
AUDIO UMIT CONNECTOR B (20P)
n
8
Auxiliary jack
assembly
connector
3
2
4
Audio unit
connector
2
11 /
r
4
10
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n
t h e a u d i o unit a n d t h e a u x i l i a r y j a c k a s s e m b l y .
R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s . i l
AUXILIARY JACK ASSEMBLY 5P CONNECTOR

11, C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
B I20PJ a c c o r d i n g t o t h e table.
From terminal
B3(BLK)
T o terminals
B 4 ( G R Y ) , B 1 3 (RED)-,
B14IWHT)
B 4 mm}
B13CREP)
B13(RED),B14(WHT)
B14CWHT)
AUDIO U N I T CONNECTOR 8 (ZOP)
is there
ft
1
2
11
3
13
5
14
15
7
16
8
17 18
10
19
20
is there
continuity?
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a known-good auxiliary jack

a s s e m b l y a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n
g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original a u x i l i a r y j a c k
a s s e m b l y , ff the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n Is still p r e s e n t ,
r e p l a c e t h e a u d i o unit w i t h n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e
23-110), w i t h o u t navigation ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 1 ) , H
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o unit
a n d the auxiliary jack a s s e m b l y . Replace the
affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
M O O p e n In t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o unit
and the auxiliary jack a s s e m b l y . Replace the
23-71
A u d i o System
Audio system sound is weak or distorted
(display is norma!)
NOTE:
Radio preset memory is lost

N O T E : If o n l y X M s t a t i o n s a r e lost, g o to X M radio
p r e s e t m e m o r y is lost ( s e e p a g e 23-102).
* C h e c k the v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n f i r s t
* C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals.
2. T u r n on the a u d i o unit a n d s e t e a c h of the radio
station p r e s e t buttons.
2. T u r n on the a u d i o u n i t a n d c h e c k for s o u n d In e a c h
mode (AM, F M , X M , and CD).
Do each of the buttons set properly?

I s there sound from the speakers, and is the sound

quality normal in each mode?
W O R e p l a c e the a u d i o u n i t . i l
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure. T h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s at the a u d i o unit,
the amplifier, a n d e a c h s p e a k e r . f i
N O S p e a k e r s all w o r k , s o u n d quality is p o o r . H
* If s o u n d quality Is p o o r o n l y with the X M radio, or
the X M radio d o e s not f u n c t i o n , go to p o o r or no
s o u n d with X M radio ( s e e p a g e 23-103).
* If t h e s o u n d quality is p o o r o n l y w i t h A M or F M ,
g o to poor A M or F M radio r e c e p t i o n or
Interference ( s e e p a g e 23-58).
* If the s o u n d is p o o r in all m o d e s , go to s o u n d
quality d i a g n o s i s ( s e e p a g e 23-105).
23-72
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) for 1 m i n u t e ,

t h e n turn it back to O N (II).
4. T e s t the p r e s e t buttons f o r p r o p e r recall o p e r a t i o n .
Do the preset buttons recall the set radio stations?

Y E S S y s t e m is n o r m a l at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k
c o n n e c t i o n s at the a u d i o u n i t . H
NO- S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit with
( s e e p a g e 23-111), a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m /
Indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original a u d i o
unit with n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-110), w i t h o u t
n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111).
Volume d
o
e
s not c
h
a
n
g
e
V
o
l
u
m
ed
o
e
s not increase with s
p
e
e
d
NOTE:
* C h e c k t h e v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n first.
terminals.
* S e t the fader a n d balance positions to the center.
NOTE:
* C h e c k t h e v e h i c l e battery condition first.
* C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
terminals.
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ii).
2. T u r n o n t h e a u d i o u n i t a n d c h e c k for s o u n d In e a c h
mode ( A M , FM, X M , and CD).
is the sound
1. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at h i g h w a y s p e e d s , a n d
m o n i t o r If t h e v o l u m e i n c r e a s e s .
Does
the voiume
increase?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
time.il
normai?
MO-Go t o S o u n d Q u a l i t y D i a g n o s i s ( s e e p a g e
23-105) o r n o s o u n d i s h e a r d f r o m s p e a k e r ( s ) w i t h
p r e m i u m a u d i o s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 23-63), w i t h o u t
p r e m i u m a u d i o s y s t e m f s e e p a g e 23-68).
3. O p e r a t e t h e v o l u m e k n o b to s e e if t h e v o l u m e
changes,
2. Verify S V C m o d e setting in a u d i o unit s o u n d

adjustment set-up.
is the SVC set to
off?
Y E S C h a n g e setting to M I D , a n d r e t e s t . i l
Does
the voiume
change
Y E S O p e rati on is n o r m a l .
( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 1 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m /
i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e a u d i o unit w i t h
n a v i g a t i o n { s e e p a g e 23-110), w i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n
(seepage 23-111KB
3. D o t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function for t h e v e h i c l e
s p e e d p u l s e indication ( s e e p a g e 23-46).
Does seif-diagnostic
signai?
function
indicate
a VSP
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit w i t h
n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-110), w i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n
( s e e p a g e 23-111), a n d r e t e s t If the s y m p t o m /
unit w i t h n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-110), without
n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111)-.
N0* 1 C D type: G o to s t e p 4.
E x c e p t 1 C D type: C h e c k for B - C A N D T C s
( c o m m u n i c a t i o n B U S L i n e Error) w i t h t h e H D S
a n d g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If
no B - C A N D T C s or c o m m u n i c a t i o n b u s line'
e r r o r s a r e found,.substitute a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o
unit w i t h navigation ( s e e p a g e 23-110), w i t h o u t
navigation ( s e e p a g e 23-111), a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
s y m p t o m g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original a u d i o
navigation (see page 23-111).
(confd)
23-73
Audio System
23-110), w i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111), a n d
Volume is too h i g h
at freeway speeds
or to
low when
driwlng
d i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
NOTE:
N O T E : E j e c t all the C D s b e f o r e r e m o v i n g the a u d i o
C h e c k the v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n first.
unit a n d C D c h a n g e r to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g the C D
terminals.
p l a y e r ' s load m e c h a n i s m .
1 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at h i g h w a y s p e e d s , a n d
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II).
monitor v o l u m e level.
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e a n d h a v e a n a s s i s t a n t
m e a s u r e the v o l t a g e at a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A
Is the volume level too high, or too low?
(24P) t e r m i n a l N o . 15.
N O T E : S o m e volt m e t e r s m a y s h o w a n a v e r a g e of
2.5 V , a n d o t h e r s m a y s h o w a c o n s t a n t v o l t a g e ,
d e p e n d i n g on the m e t e r ' s m e a s u r e m e n t s p e e d .
time.B
2. C h a n g e S V C m o d e setting in s o u n d a d j u s t m e n t s e t -
3
13
14 15
6 7
2 0
18 19
VSP (BLU)
//
10 11
up to M i d a n d retest.
12
22
Is the volume level still too high or too low?

indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e a u d i o unit w i t h
( s e e p a g e 23-1

N O I m p r o p e r SVC s e t t i n g for c u s t o m e r ' s s o u n d
taste.
is there a 05 V
pulse?
i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e a u d i o unit w i t h
(see page 23-11D.B
N O R e p a i r o p e n s o r s h o r t s in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
t h e a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P) t e r m i n a l N o . 15
a n d the E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l
N o . 30. If n o o p e n s a r e f o u n d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t e d g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the o r i g i n a l
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).
23-74
Audio system information does not display

on the audio-HVAC (sub) display unit
Radio tuner does not change stations

NOTE:
* C h e c k the- c o n n e c t o r s f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals.
NOTE:
terminals.
1. R e m o v e t h e a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y unit ( s e e p a g e
23-114),
2. T u r n o n t h e a u d i o unit, a n d note t h e a u d i o
information on the display p a n e l
Does
the audio
information
display
properly?
2. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i o n s at the a u d i o - H V A C (sub)
d i s p l a y unit 12P c o n n e c t o r a n d a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r B (20P).
N O G o t o A u d i o s y s t e m i n f o r m a t i o n d o e s not
d i s p l a y o n t h e a u d i o - H V A C ( s u b ) d i s p l a y unit
fsee page 23-75).
Are
the connectors
and terminals
connected
properly?
3. O p e r a t e t h e t u n i n g k n o b to s e e If t h e radio station
N O R e p a i r the connection a n d recheck.
changes.
Does
the radio
station
change?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e t u n i n g k n o b i s O K at
this time,
4. G o t o t h e a u d i o button, k n o b , a n d r e m o t e s w i t c h
d e t e c t i o n m o d e in t h e a u d i o s y s t e m s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c
4. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n a u d i o - H V A C (sub)
d i s p l a y unit 12P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . -6 a n d b o d y
ground.
AUDIO-HVAC (SUB) DISPLAY UWIT 12P CONNECTOR
f u n c t i o n f s e e p a g e 23-46).
is the rotating
(sound)
knob
directions?
portion
of the selector
knob
iCD) detected
when operated
+B (WHT)
LJ
(tune
in both
n a v i g a t i o n { s e e p a g e 23-110), w i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n
f s e e p a g e 23-111), a n d r e c h e c k . if t h e s y m p t o m /
i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original a u d i o
n a v i g a t i o n { s e e p a g e 23-111).
NOSubstitute a known-good audio switch panel,
a n d r e c h e c k . if t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y ,
replace the original audio s w i t c h panel (see page
23-112). If t h e s y s t e m is still p r e s e n t , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit w i t h n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e
23-1 I G I w i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111) a n d
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l a u d i o unit w i t h n a v i g a t i o n
( s e e p a g e 23-110), w i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e
10
12
is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o . 15
(10 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d
a u d i o - H V A C (sub) d i s p l a y unit 12P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l N o . 6.
23-111 K B
(confd)
23-75
Audio System
5.
Measure the v o l t a g e
b e t w e e n the a u d i o - H V A C
(sub) d i s p l a y unit 12P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 9 a n d
body ground.

B (20P) a n d the a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y unit 12P.
c o n n e c t o r a c c o r d i n g to the t a b l e .
A u d i o unit
enneetor
AUDIO-HVAC (SUB) DISPLAY UNIT 1 2 P CONNECTOR
1
7
-r
2
8
5
10
GND
d i s p l a y unit
connector
. 2
1
B.6
[B12]
B17 [ B 1 1 ]
B7
8
12
(BLK)
Wire color
Aydio-HVAC
RED
GRN
BLU
[ ] : 1 C D type
Except 1 CD type
AUDIO U N I T CONNECTOR B (20P)
i
13
11
Is there less than 0.1 V?

r
4
5
14
15
7
16
8
1-7
10
9
18
19
20

1 CD
type

NO-Repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o - H V A C
(sub) d i s p l a y 12P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 9 a n d
body ground (G401).
1
7

7. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P) a n d the
a u d i o - H V A C (sub) d i s p l a y unit 12P c o n n e c t o r .
-r
/ /
11
12

AUDIO-HVAC (SUB) DISPLAY UNIT 1 2 P CONNECTOR
i
7
4
9
5
10
6
12

Is
there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n the a u d i o
unit a n d a u d i o - H V A C (sub) d i s p l a y unit ( r e p l a c e the
23-76
9 . C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of t h e
a u d i o - H V A C ( s u b ) d i s p l a y unit 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d
10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of a u d i o
. unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P) a c c o r d i n g to the table.
b o d y g r o u n d according to the table.

To terminals
From terminal
W i r e c@Ir
Audio-HVAC ( s u b ) display
u n i t edrtrtector
B7
B16 [B5]
[ B 1 2 ] (GRN), B6 (RED)
(BLK)
GRN
RED
BLU
[ ] : 1 C D type
Exeept 1 CD t y p e
A U D I O - H V A C {SUB) DISPLAY UNIT 1 2 P CONNECTOR
t
2
11 y/
2
/
8
10
f
6
10
13 14 15 18 17 18 19 20

12
1 CD type
n "T2
is there
continuity?
3
8
//
6
11
12
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e ( s )
b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o unit a n d a u d i o - H V A C (sub)
d i s p l a y unit ( r e p l a c e t h e a f f e c t e d s h i e l d e d
Is there continuity
between
any of the
terminals?
hariiessl.il
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n the a u d i o
unit a n d a u d i o - H V A C (sub) d i s p l a y unit ( r e p l a c e t h e

N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o - H V A C (sub)
d i s p l a y unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 4 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
symptom/indication goes away, replace the
original a u d i o - H V A C (sub) d i s p l a y unit ( s e e p a g e
2 3 - 1 1 4 ) , - I f t h e s y m p t o m Is still p r e s e n t , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit w i t h n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e
23-110), without navigation ( s e e p a g e 23-111) a n d
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y ,
r e p l a c e t h e original a u d i o unit w i t h n a v i g a t i o n
(see p a g e 23-110), without navigation (see page
23-111KB
23-77
Audio System
Security indicator does not work properly
Audio unit button illumination does not

work (1 CD type)
NOTE:
T h e s y s t e m will not o p e r a t e w i t h o u t t h e 5 - d i g i t
* B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , c o n f i r m that a 5-digit s e c u r i t y
1. T u r n off the a u d i o s y s t e m .
indicator
(LED)
terminals.
(anti-theft) c o d e is r e c o r d e d .
Is the security
NOTE:
s e c u r i t y (ants-theft) c o d e .
on
(blink)?
2. T u r n the c o m b i n a t i o n lighting s w i t c h to t h e p a r k i n g
light p o s i t i o n .
Y E S G o t o 8*ep2.
3. C h e c k t h e i l l u m i n a t i o n of the a u d i o unit buttons.
Are
the buttons
illuminated?
(see p a g e 23-111), a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m /
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t p r o b l e m ; the a u d i o unit is O K at
Indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original a u d i o
t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
unit with n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-110), w i t h o u t
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111). If the s y m p t o m Is still

present, substitute a known-good audio switch
p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 2 ) a n d r e c h e c k . If the
symptom/indicated g o e s a w a y , replace the original
a u d i o s w i t c h p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 23-112).
4. C h e c k t h e i l l u m i n a t i o n of s e v e r a l other buttons not
related to the a u d i o s y s t e m .
2. T u r n o n the a u d i o s y s t e m .
is the security
indicator
(LED)
Are
out?
the buttons
illuminated?
Y E S T h e a u d i o unit Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e interior lights. S t a r t b y
l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e a u d i o unit a n d the
c h e c k i n g t h e No. 6 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the p a s s e n g e r ' s

u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x . If t h e f u s e Is OK, c h e c k
audio p a n e l .
for a n o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the p a s s e n g e r ' s

under-dash fuse/relay box and audio u n i t . B
(see p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 1 ) , a n d recheck.- If t h e s y m p t o m /
I n d i c a t e d g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original a u d i o unit

with navigation (see page 23-110), without
6.
n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 1 ) . If t h e s y m p t o m Is still
present, substitute a k n o w n - g o o d audio switch
N O T E : E j e c t all the C D s b e f o r e r e m o v i n g t h e a u d i o
p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 2 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If the
unit a n d C D c h a n g e r to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g t h e C D
s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t e d g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original
player's load m e c h a n i s m .
a u d i o s w i t c h p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 23-112). i i
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
23-78
8, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
A (24P) t e r m i n a l No, 1 a n d g a u g e control m o d u l e
Audio unit button illumination d o e s not

w o r k f E x c e p t 1 C D typej
32'P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1.
NOTE:
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R AI24P!

^'/l3ifB|6|Tl7t7T
terminals.
i ILL BULB
<I*I/VVI
AAAAA*<
251 29 1 3 0 1 / | 32
117 [ la h a
22-j 23 | S j 2S | 23 | 27 j
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 32F CONNECTOR

Wire stde.of female terminals
is there
continuity
2. T u r n t h e c o m b i n a t i o n lighting s w i t c h to the p a r k i n g
light p o s i t i o n .
3. C h e c k t h e illumination of t h e a u d i o unit b u t t o n s .
Are
the buttons
illuminated?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t p r o b l e m ; the a u d i o unit is O K at
N O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
this t i m e . i l
control module a n d the audio u n i t B

9 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II),
1 0 . W i t h t h e h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h stiff o n , m e a s u r e the
v o l t a g e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P)
4. C h e c k t h e i l l u m i n a t i o n of s e v e r a l o t h e r buttons not
r e l a t e d to t h e a u d i o s y s t e m .
Are
A U D I O mm
the buttons
illuminated?
mm
CONNECTOR A
Y E S C h e c k for B - C A N D T C s { c o m m u n i c a t i o n B U S
3a
L i n e E r r o r ) w i t h the H D S a n d go'to t h e i n d i c a t e d
D T S ' s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If no D T C s or
e is|7[/|22l2?]st
c o m m u n i cat! o n . b u s line e r r o r s a r e f o u n d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit w i t h n a v i g a t i o n
(see page 23-110), without navigation (see page
2 3 - 1 1 1 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n
g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original a u d i o unit w i t h

is there
battery
voltage?
( s e e p a g e 23-111111
Y E S C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r A I 2 4 P K If all c o n n e c t i o n s a r e O K
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit w i t h n a v i g a t i o n
W O T r o u b l e s h o o t the interior lights. S t a r t by

c h e c k i n g the N o . 6 (7,5 A) f u s e in the p a s s e n g e r ' s
( s e e p a g e 23-1101, w i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n { s e e p a g e
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x . If t h e f u s e is O K , c h e c k
2 3 - 1 1 1 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n
for a n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the p a s s e n g e r ' s
g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l a u d i o unit w i t h
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d the a u d i o u n i t
navigation { s e e page 23-110), without navigation

f s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 1 ) . If t h e s y m p t o m is still p r e s e n t substitute a known-good audio switch panel
f s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 2 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m /
indication g o e s a w a y , replace the original audio
s w i t c h panel (see page 23-112),
W O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
p a s s e n g e r ' s under-dash fuse/relay box and the
audio u n i t B
23-79
Audio System
Audio remote switch does not work properly
NOTE:
terminals.
8. R e c o n n e c t the a u d i o r e m o t e s w i t c h , a n d m e a s u r e
the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A
(24P) t e r m i n a l s No. 5 a n d No. 16 a s s p e c i f i e d in the
table.
A U D I O UIMST C O N N E C T O R A (24P)
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (11).
R E M O T E G N D (BRN)
-n
n l
2. T u r n o n the a u d i o unit a n d c h e c k the a u d i o unit

o p e r a t i o n ( v o l u m e up, v o l u m e d o w n , C H ( U P ) , C H
(DOWN), MODE).
13 J
14
3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | T\/
/\1oJTl
115 116 [/] 18 119 \ / \ / \
^
22 [ 23 24
R E M O T E (PNK)
Is the audio unit operation OK?
Y E S O p e r a t i o n is n o r m a l .
W O G o t o step 3.
3. G o to the a u d i o button, k n o b , a n d r e m o t e s w i t c h
detection m o d e in the a u d i o s y s t e m s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c
f u n c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-46).
AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH TABLE

Button held down VOL VOL UP CH { - ) CH (+) MODE (No button
DOWN
pressed)
about
about about about about about
Resistance
10 LQ
100 Q 357 Q 775 2 1,7 kQ 3.7 k 2
is the resistance OK ?
A r e the remote switch functions detected and
functioning properly?
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit with
( s e e p a g e 23-111), a n d c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m /
n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111).
N O R e p a i r s h o r t or high r e s i s t a n c e in the circuit
b e t w e e n the a u d i o unit a n d the a u d i o r e m o t e
s w i t c h . Sf the w i r e s a r e O K , r e p l a c e t h e c a b l e reel
( s e e p a g e 24-218).B
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P) t e r m i n a l s No, 5 a n d
N o . 16 individually.
4. T e s t the a u d i o r e m o t e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 23-121).
R E M O T E G N D (BRN)
1
is the audio remote switch OK?
13
H m M l/l/> h I
| 14 |15
116
\ / \ 18
119 \/\/\
VI
24
22 | 23
| R E M O T E (PNK)
N O R e p l a c e the a u d i o r e m o t e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
17-25).
6. R e m o v e the a u d i o unit.
- Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the circuit
b e t w e e n the a u d i o unit a n d the a u d i o r e m o t e
s w i t c h . If the w i r e s a r e O K , r e p l a c e the c a b l e reel

( s e e p a g e 24-218).
7. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
N O R e p l a c e the a u d i o u n i t II
s
23-80
Audio disc does not load
Audio disc does not eject
NOTE:
NOTE:
terminals,
D i s c labels, s h o u l d not b e u s e d in t h e a u d i o u n i t T h e y
* D i s c l a b e l s s h o u l d not be u s e d in t h e a u d i o u n i t T h e y
m a y d a m a g e the player m e c h a n i s m .
* M a k e s u r e t h e a u d i o d i s c is c o m p a t i b l e w i t h t h e
s y s t e m ( s e e t h e o w n e r ' s m a n u a l for m o r e
information).
C h e c k t h e v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n first.
terminals.
2. T u r n o n t h e a u d i o u n i t
1 , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Does
the system
turn
on?
2, T u r n o n the a u d i o unit a n d i n s e r t a k n o w n - g o o d
d i s c to s e e if t h e s y m p t o m c a n b e d u p l i c a t e d .
Does
N O G o to A u d i o unit p o w e r s w i t c h w i l l not turn o n
the disc
ioad?
( s e e p a g e 23-61 ) .
Y E S O p e r a t i o n is n o r m a l . If the d i s c l o a d s
n o r m a l l y , but w i l l not p l a y , g o to a u d i o d i s c d o e s
not p l a y ( s e e p a g e 23-83),
3, Insert a n o t h e r d i s c ,
Does
the disc
load?
Y E S T h e original d i s c is f a u l t y . i l
NO
* With navigation: Substitute a known-good audio
d i s c c h a n g e r ( s e e p a g e 23-113),, a n d r e c h e c k . If
the symptom/indication g o e s a w a y , replace the
original audio disc c h a n g e r (see page 2 3 - 1 1 3 K B
* Without navigation: Substitute a known-good
a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-111) a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
symptom/indication g o e s a w a y , replace the
o r i g i n a l a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-111).
3. C h e c k to s e e if t h e d i s c e j e c t s c o r r e c t l y w i t h no
b i n d i n g w h e n y o u p u s h the E J E C T button.
Does
the disc
eject
properly?
Y E S ~Ope rati o n is n o r m a l .
NO
With navigation: Substitute a known-good audio
d i s c c h a n g e r ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 3 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If
t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the
original a u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r ( s e e p a g e 23-113).
a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-111) a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
original a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 1 K B
23-81
Audio System
Audio disc changer does not load all six discs
Aydio disc changer does not move between

discs
NOTE:
NOTE:
terminals.
* D i s c l a b e l s s h o u l d not be u s e d In the a u d i o u n i t T h e y
m a y d a m a g e the p l a y e r m e c h a n i s m .
* D i s c l a b e l s s h o u l d not be u s e d In t h e a u d i o u n i t T h e y
terminals.
2. T u r n on the a u d i o u n i t a n d try l o a d i n g s i x d i s c s
Into the a u d i o unit ( i n - d a s h d i s c c h a n g e r ) .
2. Insert s i x d i s c s into t h e a u d i o unit ( I n - d a s h d i s c

c h a n g e r ) , a n d s e e if t h e c h a n g e r m o v e s b e t w e e n
Does
the audio
unit accept
all six
discs.
discs?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e a u d i o unit Is O K at
Does
the changer
operate
normally?
this tlme.n
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e d i s c c h a n g e r Is O K at
thistime.il
NOGoto step3.
3. T r y l o a d i n g the d i s c p l a y e r w i t h s i x k n o w n - g o o d
NOGoto step3.
discs.
3. Insert s i x k n o w n - g o o d d i s c s Into t h e a u d i o u n i t
Does
ail six
the audio
unit (in-dash
disc
changer)
accept
discs?
Does
the changer
operate
normally?
Y E S A t least o n e of t h e original d i s c s is faulty.
Y E S A t l e a s t o n e of t h e o r i g i n a l d i s c s is faulty.
NO
NO-
With navigation: Substitute known-good audio

t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the
o r i g i n a l a u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r ( s e e p a g e 23-113).
* Without navigation: Substitute known-good
a u d i o unit ( I n - d a s h d i s c c h a n g e r ) ( s e e p a g e
23-111), a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / I n d i c a t i o n
g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l a u d i o unit (Ind a s h d i s c c h a n g e r ) ( s e e p a g e 23-111).
With navigation: Substitute known-good audio

the s y m p t o m / I n d i c a t i o n g o e s away,- r e p l a c e the
* Without navigation: Substitute known-good
a u d i o unit ( I n - d a s h d i s c c h a n g e r ) ( s e e p a g e
23-111), a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n
- g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original a u d i o unit (ind a s h d i s c c h a n g e r ) ( s e e p a g e 23-111).
23-82
Special tools required

D i a g n o s t i c s C D 07AAZ-SDBA100

* Diagnostics C D 07AAZ-SDBA100
* Skip test C D 0 7 A A Z - S D B A 2 0 0
Audio disc does riot play
Skip test C D 0 7 A A Z - S D B A 3 0 0
NOTE:
Audio disc skips
* C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
terminals,
* D i s c l a b e l s s h o u l d not b e u s e d in t h e a u d i o u n i t T h e y
m a y d a m a g e the C D player m e c h a n i s m .
1 , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
2, T u r n o n t h e a u d i o unit, a n d try l o a d i n g a d i s c .
Does
the disc
load ?
NOTE:
C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
terminals.
* D i s c l a b e l s s h o u l d not be u s e d in t h e a u d i o unit. T h e y
m a y d a m a g e the C D player m e c h a n i s m . .
1. C o n f i r m t h e v e h i c l e s t i r e s a r e p r o p e r l y inflated.
2. C h e c k t h e c u s t o m e r ' s d i s c for s c r a t c h e s a n d
fingerprints.
N O G o to A u d i o d i s c d o e s not l o a d ( s e e p a g e
N O T E : T h e f o l l o w i n g test s h o u l d b e d o n e w i t h t h e
a u d i o unit b a s s a n d treble s e t to t h e c u s t o m e r ' s
l i s t e n i n g s e t t i n g s . W h e n c o m p a r i n g to k n o w n - g o o d
23-81 ) .
vehicles, do the comparison on the s a m e model

3, I n s e r t a n o t h e r d i s c to s e e if t h e s y m p t o m c a n b e
a n d trim level.
duplicated.
3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e to identify w h e n t h e
Does
the disc
play ?
customer's disc skips. T h e audio diagnostic C D

(T/N 07 AAZ-S DBA 100) c a n b e u s e d if t h e c u s t o m e r ' s
YESOperation is normaI.il
C D i s not a v a i l a b l e ; u s e t r a c k s 1 0 1 2 .
Does
4 , I n s e r t a u d i o d i a g n o s t i c C D (T/N 0 7 A A Z - S D B A 1 0 0 )
in t h e a u d i o unit,
the disc
skip?
N O O p e r a t i o n is n o r m a l .
Does
the disc
pi
ay?
Y E S - T h e o r i g i n a l d i s c is f a u l t y o r h a s a n
unreadable format
N O * With navigation: Substitute a known-good audio
d i s c c h a n g e r ( s e e p a g e 23-113), a n d r e c h e c k . If
/the symptom/indication goes away, replace the
o r i g i n a l a u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r ( s e e p a g e 23-113).
a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 1 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . ff t h e
symptom/indication goes away, replace the
o r i g i n a l a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 1 ) .
4. C o m p a r e t h e c u s t o m e r ' s C D that s k i p s to a k n o w n good vehicle under the s a m e conditions.

Does the disc skip
under the same
in the known-good
conditions?
vehicle
Y E S T h e disc player operation is n o r m a l , the

problem' i s w i t h t h e c u s t o m e r ' s d i s c . l
N O T E : Do the following test with vehicle parked
and the engine running.
(confd)
23-83
Audio S y s t e m
5. Insert the d i a g n o s t i c s k i p t e s t C D (T/N 0 7 A A Z -
Audio unit button does not work
S D B A 3 0 0 ) . P l a y t r a c k s 2 1 1 , a n d note on w h i c h
track n u m b e r ( s ) w h e r e t h e d i s c s t a r t s s k i p p i n g . Do
t h e s a m e test on a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e .
Does the disc skip on the same track(s) as the

known-good vehicie?
Y E S O p e rati on is n o r m a l .
6. Insert t h e d i a g n o s t i c s k i p t e s t C D (T/N 0 7 A A Z S D B A 2 0 0 ) . P l a y t r a c k s 711 a n d t r a c k s 1 3 1 5 a n d
NOTE:
In o r d e r to t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e m a i n p o w e r s w i t c h , go to
P o w e r s w i t c h will not turn o n ( s e e p a g e 23-61).
1. G o to the a u d i o button, k n o b , a n d r e m o t e s w i t c h
detection m o d e in t h e a u d i o s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c
function ( s e e p a g e 23-46). O p e r a t e all I t e m s sn t h e
appropriate switch list
S w i t c h list
With navigation:
note on w h i c h track n u m b e r ( s ) the d i s c s t a r t s

s k i p p i n g . Do the s a m e test o n a k n o w n - g o o d
vehicle.
Does the disc skip on the same track number(s) as

the known-good vehicie?
YESOperation is n o r m a l .
NO* With navigation: Substitute a known-good audio
d i s c c h a n g e r ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 3 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . Sf
t h e s y m p t o m / I n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the
Without navigation: Substitute a known-good
a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 1 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
symptom/Indication g o e s a w a y , replace the
original a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-111).
With premium:
T I T L E , XM, F M / A M , P W R / V O L ,
S O U N D , C D , A U X , 1-6,
C A T E G O R Y , T U N E , SKIP,
SCAN/A.SEL, MAP/GUIDE,
CANCEL, MENU, AUDIO,
- # O , I N F 0 , SETUP
1-6, L O A D , E J E C T , F M , A M , X M ,
CD/AUX,TITLE, C L O C K , S C A N ,
C A T E G O R Y , PWR, SKIP, A . S E L ,
RETURN, ENTER, MENU ,
W i t h o u t p r e m i u m : -1-6, E J E C T , F M , A M , C D , T U N E /
SOUND/CD, AUX, TITLE,
C L O C K , SCAN,'FOLDER, R D T /
RDM,
A.SEL, SKIP, PWR/VOL
A r e all the items in the appropriate switch list

detected?
Y E S O p e r a t i o n Is n o r m a l
(see p a g e 23-111), a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m /
Indicated g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original a u d i o unit
w i t h n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-110), w i t h o u t
n a v i g a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-111). If t h e s y m p t o m Is still
p r e s e n t , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o s w i t c h
p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 23-112), a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
original a u d i o s w i t c h p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 23-112),
23-84
Audio unit disc indicator does not work
Booming sound while driving with audio

unit on or off
NOTE:
* C h e c k t h e v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n first,
NOTE:
* D i s c s w i t h l a b e l s s h o u l d not be u s e d in the a u d i o u n i t
* C h e c k for all s y s t e m ' s D T C s first w i t h t h e H D S . If
T h e y m a y d a m a g e the p l a y e r m e c h a n i s m .
t h e r e a r e a n y D T C s s t o r e d , g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s
! , Turn on the audio s y s t e m ,
* C h e c k the v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n
troubleshooting.
first
* C h e c k the" c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
2, Insert a k n o w n - g o o d d i s c o r p r e s s t h e E J E C T button.
is the DISC
indicator
(LED)
indicated?
Y E S T h e a u d i o unit i s O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at a u d i o unit a n d a u d i o
" terminals.
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (Si).
2. O p e r a t e the a u d i o unit, a n d c h e c k t h e f u n c t i o n of
the s p e a k e r s .
panel,II
is a booming
MO-
from
the
sound
or a low-frequency
hum
heard
speakers?
With navigation: Substitute a known-good audio

d i s c c h a n g e r ( s e e p a g e 23-113), a n d r e c h e c k . If
the symptom/Indication g o e s a w a y , replace the

o r i g i n a l a u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r ( s e e p a g e 23-113). II
W O G o to s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g No s o u n d is
heard from speakerfs),
a u d i o unit f s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 1 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
symptom/indicated g o e s a w a y , replace the
* With p r e m i u m audio (see page 23-63).
o r i g i n a l a u d i o unit f s e e p a g e 23-111), If the

s y m p t o m is still p r e s e n t , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n g o o d a u d i o s w i t c h p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 23-112) a n d
* W i t h o u t p r e m i u m a u d i o ( s e e p a g e 23-68).
3. T u r n the a u d i o s y s t e m o f f .
replace the original audio switch panel (see page

23-112). S
4. M a k e s u r e all d o o r s , h o o d , a n d t h e t r u n k a r e c l o s e d .
6. Do the a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n ( A N C ) s e l f d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-52).
(confd)
23-85
Audio System
14. P r e s s the No. 1 button severaS t i m e s to turn the
7. C h e c k for test i t e m s o n t e s t s 1 t h r o u g h 8,
A N C on a n d off.
N O T E : M o v e on to t h e next test Item within 50
s e c o n d s , or the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c test e n d s .
Do you hear
and off
Does-low-frequency
speakers
hum sound-heard
than 5 second
for more
for ail
the low-frequency
while
pressing
hum sound
the No. 1
turn
from
test
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m ' is O K at this

items?
b e t w e e n the a u d i o unit, t h e E C M / P C M , a n d t h e
Y E S G o to s t e p 8
u n d e r d a s h f u s e box. T h e n , g o to s t e p 1 a n d
recheck.
- N O G o to the a p p r o p r i a t e s t e p listed.
N O R e p l a c e the audio u n i t
If the all t e s t s failed:

W i t h p r e m i u m a u d i o , g o to s t e p 15.
W i t h o u t p r e m i u m a u d i o , r e p l a c e the a u d i o unit
* W i t h p r e m i u m a u d i o ( s e e p a g e 23-110).
( s e e p a g e 23-111).
Sf the 3rd test f a i l e d :
W i t h p r e m i u m a u d i o , go to s t e p 23.
W i t h o u t p r e m i u m a u d i o , r e p l a c e the a u d i o unit
( s e e p a g e 23-111).
Sf the 4th test f a i l e d ,
- W i t h p r e m i u m a u d i o , go to s t e p 34,
- W i t h o u t p r e m i u m a u d i o , r e p l a c e the a u d i o unit
( s e e p a g e 23-111).

16. C o n n e c t a v o l t m e t e r b e t w e e n s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r
c o n n e c t o r A (24P) t e r m i n a l s No. 11 a n d No. 22.
N O T E : U s e the v o l t m e t e r in A C r a n g e .
STEREO AMPLIFIER CONWECTOR A (24PI
If the 5th test f a i l e d ,

- W i t h n a v i g a t i o n : G o to s t e p 33.
- W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n : G o to s t e p 48.
If the 6th test f a i l e d , go to s t e p 59.
Sf the 7th test f a i l e d , go to s t e p 70.
Sf the 8th test f a i l e d , g o to s t e p 80.
ANC F (WHT)
12
13 14 15
- r
8
16 1 7 18 19
20 /
11
12
22 23 24
AWC F + (RED)
9. D i s c o n n e c t the H D S f r o m the D L C ,

11. Do t h e a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n ( A N C ) selfd i a g n o s t i c function ( s e e p a g e 23-52).

18. P r e p a r e to do t h e a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n ( A N C )
12. Do the 10th t e s t by p r e s s i n g t h e No. 1 button.

13. S e t the parking b r a k e , a n d hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-52).
19. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e d u r i n g t h e 1st test w i t h t h e .
2,500 rpm, (A/T in P or N, M/T in neutral), a n d m o v e
display indicating O F F ( p r e s s t h e No. 1 button to
on to the 11th test b y p r e s s i n g t h e No. 1 button.
s w i t c h f r o m O N to O F F ) .
N O T E : M e a s u r e v o l t a g e w i t h i n 50 s e c o n d s after
y o u started the 1st test.
23-86
on
button?
Is there about 0.5 ?
Y E S R e p l a c e the stereo amplifier (see page

23-115KB
26. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d s t e r e o

a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A (24PK
2 7 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r

C (16P) a n d s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A (24P)
a c c o r d i n g to the table.
20, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o LOCK COK

21, C o n n e c t a v o l t m e t e r b e t w e e n s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r
c o n n e c t o r A (24P) t e r m i n a l s No. 12 a n d No. 2 3 .
Audi unit
connector
N O T E : U s e t h e v o l t m e t e r in A C r a n g e .
C1
C2
C9
C10

R - (GRN)
AHC
13
14
15
16
17
18
11
,19
ANC
20
R-f
22
GRN
BLK
WHT
RED
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR C (IBP)
12
23
24
11
10
( B L K )
14
12
22. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK

2 3 . P r e p a r e t o d o t h e active n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n ( A N C )
self-diagnostic function ( s e e p a g e 23-52).
24. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e d u r i n g the 1st test w i t h the
d i s p l a y indicating O F F ( p r e s s t h e No, 1 button t o
s w i t c h f r o m O N to O F F ) .
N O T E : M e a s u r e v o l t a g e within 5 0 s e c o n d s after
y o u s t a r t e d t h e 1st test, or the s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c test
ends,
15
is there about
Wire color
Stereo
amplifier
conneetor
A12
A23
A11
A22
r
5
11
12

is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A
(24P).B
0,2 ?
Y E S R e p l a c e the s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r ( s e e p a g e
23-115).
(confd) .
23-87
Audio System
Symptom Troubleshooting (cont'd!
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a c c o r d i n g to the table.
Wire color
GRN
BLK
WHT
RED
A u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
C1
C2
C9
C10

30. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d s t e r e o
amplifier c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
C (16P) a n d s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A (24P)
a c c o r d i n g to the table.
C9
C10
9
10
11
12
13
14
WHT
RED
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR C (16P)

15
2i
1
9
10
-r
12 13
11
14
15
ANC F+(RED)
ANC F - (WHT)
b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d s t e r e o
a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
N O R e p l a c e the a u d i o
Wire color
Stereo
amplifier
connector
A11
A22
Audi u n i t
connector
unitH
W i t h p r e m i u m a u d i o ( s e e p a g e 23-110).
i
2
1
13
3
14 15
r
5
16 17
18
8
19
9
20
11
2
12
3
ANC F + (RED)
Is there continuity? Y E S G o t o step 32.

N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
(24P).B
23-88
3 2 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) t e r m i n a l s N o , 9 a n d
N o . 10 I n d i v i d u a l l y .
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR C f 16P)
34. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 3 5 . D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d s t e r e o

a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
C (16P) a n d s t e r e o .amplifier c o n n e c t o r A (24P)
a c c o r d i n g to the table,
'A u d i o unit
ANC F
fWHTi
C1
C2

ANC R
GRN)
Is there
continuity?
GRN
BLK
A12 "
A23

Wire side "of female terminals
ANC R + (BLK)
i
m
2
Wire color
Stereo
amplifier
connector
connector
11
10
b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d s t e r e o
5
12
/ / /
14
13
15
amplifiencon-nector A (24P).B
ANC R (GRN)
C 0 6 P ) t e r m i n a l s N o . 9 a n d No. 10.
1 2
13
14 15
5
16 17
18 19 20
ANC R +
"
' i
; 9 p
IWHT)
I 3
11 12
/ / /
13 .14
AWC F f (RED)
15
12
(BLK)

is there
11
22 23 24
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the. w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
(24P).B
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r C 11 6P) a n d s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r c o n n e c t o r A
(24PJ.B
W O R e p l a c e the a u d i o u n i t . i l
W i t h n a v i g a t i o n f s e e p a g e 23-110)
(confd)
23-89
Audio System
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d
N o . 2-individually.

40. C o n n e c t a v o l t m e t e r b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
C ( 1 6 P ) t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d N o . 11.
N O T E : U s e t h e v o l t m e t e r in A C r a n g e .
ANC R
(GRN)
A N C R + (BLK)
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR C(16P)
ANCFMIC8V(WHT)
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
3
1 0
4
11
13
14
15
S H ANCM F G N D (BLK)
Is there
5
12
continuity?
b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d the
s t e r e o amplifier c o n n e c t o r A (24P).
41. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to A C C E S S O R Y (I),

42. M a k e a loud n o i s e in front of the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n A N C microphone.
C C16P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2.
Does
noise
the voltage change when making

in front of the
microphone?
a loud
Y E S R e p l a c e the audio u n i t B
(GRN)
A N C R + (BLK)
HI
n
2
3
10
11
5
12
/ / /
1 3
1 4
15
44. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d t h e
HFL-navigation-ANC microphone 7P connector.
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
(24P).B
N O R e p l a c e t h e a u d i o unit .
23-90
4 5 . C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
C (16P) t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d t h e H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C
m i c r o p h o n e 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4.
46. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r

C (16P) t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR C I ISP!

F WIC+ WHT)
ANC F MIC 8 V (WHT)
1L
12
10
13
14
15
1 I 2
9~[l0
4
11 12
13
u[l5
F SVSSC+ J W H T )
Jt
1
Wire-side of female terminals
HFL-NAVIGATION-ANC MICROPHONE 7P CONNECTOR

is there
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d t h e H F L -
navigation-ANC microphone 7P connector. Replace

t h e affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
N O O p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r C f16P) a n d t h e H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C
m i c r o p h o n e 7 P c o n n e c t o r . R e p l a c e the affected
shielded h a r n e s s .
47. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n - H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C

microphone 7P connector terminal No. 1 and body
ground.
GND (BLK)

is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C
m i c r o p h o n e ( s e e p a g e 23-242).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n H F L navigation-ANC microphone and body ground
(G50D.H
(confd)
23-91
AucSio S fstem
'
54. C o n n e c t a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n front m i c r o p h o n e
3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 3 w i t h a
C C16P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 4 a n d N o . 11.
N O T E : U s e the v o l t m e t e r in A C r a n g e .
jumper wire.
ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION FRONT
MICROPHONE 3P CONNECTOR
n==a

SHANCM
FOND ( B L K )
ANC F MIC 8V (WHT)
ANC F MIC 8V
(WHT)
JUMPER WIRE
10
11
12
13
14
15
SH ANCIV! F GND {BLK}

C (16P) t e r m i n a l s No. 4 a n d No. 11.
ANC F MIC 8V (WHT)
50. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to A C C E S S O R Y (I).

5 1 . IVlake a loud n o i s e in front of t h e a c t i v e n o i s e .
c a n c e l l a t i o n rear m i c r o p h o n e .
2
9
10 11 12 13 14 15
Does the voltage change when making a loud

noise in front of the
SH A N C M F G N D (BLK)
microphone?
Y E S R e p l a c e the audio u n i t
Is there
continuity?

5 3 . D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d the
a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n front m i c r o p h o n e 3 P
connector.
23-92
N O O p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d t h e a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n
front m i c r o p h o n e 3 P c o n n e c t o r . R e p l a c e the
56. R e m o v e the j u m p e r wire.
58. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r '

C (16P) t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
5 7 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
C (16P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 4 a n d N o . 11.

ANC F MIC 8 (WHT)
ANC F MIC 8V (WHT)
1 2
3
10
4
11
12
5
12
13
13
14
14 15
121
SH AWQVI F GND ( B L K )
is there
is there
continuity?
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d t h e active n o i s e
Y E S S h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
c a n c e l l a t i o n front m i c r o p h o n e 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s . I I
front m i c r o p h o n e 3 P c o n n e c t o r . R e p l a c e t h e
MO"Replace t h e a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n front
(confd)
23-93
Audio System
65. C o n n e c t a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n rear m i c r o p h o n e
3P connector terminals No. 1 a n d No. 3 with a

jumper wire.
C (16P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 5 a n d N o . 12.
ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION REAR
IVIICROPHONE 3P CONNECTOR
N O T E : U s e t h e v o l t m e t e r In A C r a n g e .
ANC R1VIIC 8V (WHT)
SH ANC1VI
R GND (GRY)
]]_
It
10
12
13
14 15
ANCRfiIC8V
(WHT)
JUMPER WIRE
SH ANCIVf R GND (BLK)
C (16P) t e r m i n a l s N o , 5 a n d N o . 12.
6 1 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to A C C E S S O R Y (S).
62= M a k e a l o u d n o i s e in front of t h e a c t i v e n o i s e
c a n c e l l a t i o n rear m i c r o p h o n e .
Does
the voltage
noise
in front
change
of the
when
making
ANC R MIC 8V (BLU)

1
a loud
microphone?
2
9
3
10
11 12
/ / /
13
14 15
SH ANCIVf R GND (BLK)
Y E S R e p l a c e the audio u n i t
9
is there
continuity?

64. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d t h e
active noise cancellation rear microphone 3 P
connector.
IMO~~Open In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
rear microphone 3P connector. Replace the wire
h a r n e s s or t h e u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e
22-84).
67. R e m o v e the j u m p e r wire.
23-94
6 8 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
C (16P) t e r m i n a l s N o , 5 a n d N o , 12.
7 1 . S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle.
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR C I16P1
7 2 . M e a s u r e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C
(16P) t e r m i n a l No. 15 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
ANC R MIC 8V (BLU)

10
11
12
13
14
15
\A7 /
SH ANCM R GND (BLK)
10
3 i * j 5
11 12 13
14 15
NEP (YEL)
Is there
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r C {IBP} and the a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n
r e a r m i c r o p h o n e 3 P c o n n e c t o r . R e p l a c e the w i r e
h a r n e s s or the u n d e r - d a s h fuse/relay box (see page
22-84),
Y E S R e p l a c e the a u d i o unit.
M O G o to step 69,
89. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
Is there about 5 V
(pulses)?
C (16P) t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
ANC R MIC 8 (BLU)
1 0
12
13
14
15
7 5 . D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d E C M /
P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
76. C o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l
No. 29 t o b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .

Ir
is there
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
T?1
NEP
(BLU)
il
s j 4 |7TJ1 "7 7 f
~7\/\ "t6 L/flT 19 20
^><C 25 ^><C _EL
\A
111
22
2 3 2 4
2 6
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d t h e a c t i v e n o i s e
cancellation rear microphone 3P connector.
R e p l a c e t h e w i r e h a r n e s s or t h e u n d e r - d a s h f u s e /
JUMPER WIRE
r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84).
N O R e p l a c e the active noise cancellation rear
(confd)
23-95
Audio Sy stem
77. C h e c k continuity b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C
(16P) t e r m i n a l N o . 15 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
8 1 . Do t h e M I C U input t e s t ( s e e s t e p 1 o n p a g e 22-138).
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR C ( 1 6 P )
Is the B-CAN line between the audio unit and the

MICU
2
9
3
10
11
12
/ / /
14 15
/
OK?
Y E S R e p l a c e the a u d i o u n i t . H
13
NEP
( Y E L )
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r B (20P) a n d M I C U c o n n e c t o r P ( 2 0 P ) . B
Is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A
(49P).H
7 8 . R e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e .
7 9 . C h e c k continuity b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C
(16P) t e r m i n a l No. 15 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
Is there
continuity?
b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) a n d E C M /
P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
N O U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215) o r s u b s t i t u t e a
known-good E C M / P C M (see page 11-216).H
23-96
Error code: XM NO SIGNAL is displayed
NOTE:
C h e c k t h e v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n first,
7. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n X M r e c e i v e r
c o n n e c t o r A (14P) t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
* C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals.
XM RECEIVER CONNECTOR A (14P)
1. Park v e h i c l e o u t s i d e w i t h a c l e a r v i e w of the
~1 GA-fB (WHT)
southern horizon,
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll).
3. T u r n o n t h e a u d i o unit, a n d s e l e c t X M radio.
Does
the
XM
radio
receive
/ /
X
9 10
11
13
14
a signal ?
Y E S R e c e p t i o n i n t e r f e r e n c e operation is
normal. I I
is there battery voitage ?
5. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i o n at X M a n t e n n a 2P c o n n e c t o r
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n - a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r E (14P) t e r m i n a l No. l a n d X M r e c e i v e r
c o n n e c t o r A (14P) t e r m i n a l No.
a n d X M r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r B (2P).
Are the connectors
connected?
N O R e c o n n e c t the connectors and recheck X M
radio o p e r a t i o n . If t h e s i g n a l is r e s t o r e d , the s y s t e m
is O K , If t h e s i g n a l i s not r e s t o r e d g o to s t e p 6.
(confd)
23-97
Audio .-System
Error code: XM ANTENNA is displayed
NOTE:

terminals.
* C h e c k X M radio reception in a n o p e n a r e a . Poor
//
3
9
10
11
r e c e p t i o n / i n t e r f e r e n c e c a n be c a u s e d by tall b u i l d i n g s ,
13
14
m o u n t a i n s , or high-voltage p o w e r l i n e s .
GA GND {ELK}
1. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r at the X M r e c e i v e r .
is the connector
connected?
N O R e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r . If the error m e s s a g e
Is there
less
than 0,1
d o e s not go a w a y , go to s t e p 2.
V?
2. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r at the X M a n t e n n a .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
is the connector
connected?
c o n n e c t o r E (14P) t e r m i n a l No. 11 a n d X M r e c e i v e r
c o n n e c t o r A (14P)-terminal No. 11.
9. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d X M a n t e n n a .
N O R e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r . If the error m e s s a g e
d o e s not go a w a y , go to s t e p 3. -
Does
the XM
radio
receive
signal?
Y E S R e p l a c e the X M a n t e n n a f s e e p a g e 23-122).
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d X M a n t e n n a l e a d . If
the X M r e c e i v e r r e c e i v e s s i g n a l , r e p l a c e the
o r i g i n a l X M a n t e n n a l e a d . If the X M r e c e i v e r d o e s
not r e c e i v e s i g n a l , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d X M
r e c e i v e r ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 5 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If the
original X M r e c e i v e r ( s e e p a g e 23-115).
23-98
3. C h e c k the pin locations In the X M r e c e i v e r

c o n n e c t o r a n d the X M a n t e n n a c o n n e c t o r .
Are
the pins
in the correct
locations?
N O C o r r e c t the pin l o c a t i o n s . If the error m e s s a g e
d o e s not g o a w a y , g o to s t e p 4.
4. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d XIVI a n t e n n a ( s e e p a g e
23-122},
Is the error
message
gone?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e X M a n t e n n a ( s e e p a g e 23-122),
MM r a d i o d i s p l a Y i s b l a n k a n d n s t u t i o n
information is displayed
NOTE:
* C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s for poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
terminals.
5. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d X M r e c e i v e r ( s e e p a g e
23-115),
Is the error
message
2. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n X M r e c e i v e r
gone?
X M RECEIVER CONNECTOR A (14P)
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a known-good X M receiver
indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e X M r e c e i v e r
( s e e p a g e 23-115J.
1G A + B
/ /
N O R e p l a c e the X M antenna lead.B
(WHT)
3
9
10
11
13 14
Is there
battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n X M r e c e i v e r
c o n n e c t o r A (14P) t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r E (14P) t e r m i n a l N o . 1 . B
(confd)
23-99
Audio S f stem
1 G A S Y S ON (LT BLU)
1
//
*5<r
9
10
11
13
14
G A GND (BLK)
less
than 0,1 V?
10
11
13 14
Is there
is there
10 V or more
present?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n X M r e c e i v e r
c o n n e c t o r A (14P) t e r m i n a l N o . 11 a n d a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r E (14P) t e r m i n a l N o . 1 1 . 1
NOSubstitute a known-good X M receiver (see

p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 5 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If 10 V o r m o r e i s p r e s e n t ,
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l X M r e c e i v e r ( s e e p a g e 23-115).
4 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),
23-100
6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N f II).
9. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r E (14P) a n d X M
r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r A (14P).
7- M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r
E |14P) t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR E (14P)
10. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r

E (14P) a n d X M r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r A (14P) a s
shown.
AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR E (14P)
X
9 10
3
11
13
14
GA BUS SH (GRY)
than 0.1 V?
/ /
x
10
GA B U S + (RED)
3
11
13 14
GA B U S - (GRN)

Wire side of female terminals .
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e
23-110), a n d r e c h e c k . if 0.1 V o r l e s s a r e p r e s e n t ,
r e p l a c e t h e original a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-110),
GA B U S (GRN)
GA BUS SH ( G R Y ) |
iess
13 14
10 11
GA BUSH- (RED)
Is there
Is there
continuity?
N O O p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o unit
a n d t h e X M r e c e i v e r . R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d
harness.
(confd)
23-101
Audio System
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n X M r e c e i v e r
c o n n e c t o r A (14P) a n d b o d y g r o u n d a s s h o w n .
XIVI radio preset memory is lost

NOTE:
//
10
GA BUS+ (RED)
11
13
14
* C h e c k the v e h i c l e battery condition first.

terminals.
GA B U S - (GRIM)
2. T u r n o n t h e a u d i o u n i t a n d s e t e a c h of the X M
radio c h a n n e l p r e s e t buttons.
Does
set
each of the XM radio

properly?
channel
preset
buttons
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e ( s )
b e t w e e n the a u d i o unit a n d X M r e c e i v e r . .
NOSubstitute a known-good X M Receiver

(see p a g e 23-115), a n d r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m /
Indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original X M
R e c e i v e r ( s e e p a g e 23-115).
N O G o to step 12.
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of X M
r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r A (14P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e table.
T t e r m i n a l s
A9(RED) AIO(GRN)
A10 (GRN)
From terminal
A3 (GRY)
A 9 (RED)
3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) for 1 m i n u t e ,

t h e n turn it back to O N (II).
4. T e s t all of t h e X M radio c h a n n e l preset buttons for
p r o p e r recall o p e r a t i o n .
Do the preset
stations?
buttons
recall
the XM
radio

Y E S S y s t e m is n o r m a l at this t i m e . C h e c k
c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e a u d i o u n i t . H
1
/
W I R E
is there
continuity
3
9
S I D E
10
11
O F F E M A L E
between
13
14
T E R M I N A L S
any of the
6. D i s c o n n e c t X M r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r A (14P).
terminals?
Y E S S h o r t in t h e wsre(s) b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o unit
a n d t h e X M r e c e i v e r . R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d
harness.
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e
g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original a u d i o unit
(see p a g e 23-110). If the s y m p t o m is still p r e s e n t ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d X M r e c e i v e r ( s e e p a g e
g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original X M r e c e i v e r
( s e e p a g e 23-115).
23-102
7, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n X M r e c e i v e r
c o n n e c t o r A (14P) t e r m i n a l Mo. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
/ /
10
11
13 14
NOTE:
* C h e c k the v e h i c l e battery condition first.
* C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s f o r poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
terminals.
* C h e c k the radio r e c e p t i o n in a n o p e n a r e a . C o m p a r e it
to a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e w h e n e v e r p o s s i b l e . P o o r
r e c e p t i o n / I n t e r f e r e n c e c a n be c a u s e d by tall b u i l d i n g s ,
m o u n t a i n s , or h i g h - v o l t a g e p o w e r lines that a r e
nearby.
* If y o u c a n only t u n e to c h a n n e l 000, 001,174., a n d 247,
m a k e s u r e that the a u d i o unit i s s e t to t h e c h a n n e l
m o d e ( s e e o w n e r ' s m a n u a l ) , if It Is s e t to t h e c h a n n e l
m o d e , call X M Satellite R a d i o c u s t o m e r s u p p o r t a n d
c h e c k t h e a c c o u n t activation s t a t u s .
is there battery
Poor or no: sound with XiVI radio f Audio unit

does display KM channels}
voltage?
2. T u r n o n t h e a u d i o unit, a n d s e l e c t X M radio.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r E i 14P) t e r m i n a l N o , 1 a n d X M r e c e i v e r
connector A U 4 P ) terminal No. 1 . B
3. C h e c k for a n error m e s s a g e o n t h e d i s p l a y .
Are there any messages displayed ?

8. R e c o n n e c t X M r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r A (14P).
Y E S G o to error c o d e list ( s e e p a g e 23-57).
3. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n X M r e c e i v e r
c o n n e c t o r A114P} t e r m i n a l N o . 11 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
XIV! RECEIVER CONNECTOR A (14P)
/ /
X
9 10
3
11
13
14
GA GND CBLKI
is there
less
than 0 , 5 ?
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit
( s e e p a g e 23-115), a n d r e c h e c k . Sf the s y m p t o m /
indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e a u d i o unit
( s e e p a g e 23-115),
N G R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r E (14P) t e r m i n a l N o . 11 a n d X M r e c e i v e r
c o n n e c t o r A (14P) t e r m i n a l N o . 11.
(confd)
23-103
Audio System
5. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r E ( 1 4 P ) a n d X M
r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r A (14P).
c o n n e c t o r A ( 1 4 P ) a n d b o d y g r o u n d a c c o r d i n g to
the table. T h e n c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the
s a m e t e r m i n a l s listed In t h e table a n d a u d i o unit
c o n n e c t o r E (14P) t e r m i n a l No. 4 (the h a r n e s s
shield).
Wire color
BLK
GRN
WHT
RED,
X M receiwer c o n n e c t o r
A6
A5
A13
A14
/ /
3
9
10
11
13 14
/ /
Y E S S h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o unit a n d
t h e X M r e c e i v e r . R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d
harness.
A u d i o unit
connector
E1
E2
E5
E0
E9
E10
E11
E13
E14
Wire color
WHT
LTBLU
GRN
BLK
RED
GRN
BLK
WHT.
RED
X M RECEIVER CONNECTOR A(14P)
1 "2
continuity?
N O G o to s t e p ? .
X M receiver
Gonrteefor
A1
A2
A5
A6
A9
A10
A11
A13
A14 .
Is there
c o n n e c t o r A (14P) a n d a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r E (14P)
3
- 9 10
11
13
14
is there continuity
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a known-good X M receiver
indication g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original X M
r e c e i v e r ( s e e p a g e 23-115). If s y m p t o m / I n d i c a t i o n i s
still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e
23-110).
N O O p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o unit a n d
the X M r e c e i v e r ; r e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d
harness.
23-104
Sound Quality Diagnosis

S p e c i a l tools r e q u i r e d
Diagnostics C D 0 7 A A Z - S D B A 1 0 0
Special tools r e q y i r e d
D i a g n o s t i c s C D 07 A A Z - S D B A 100
U s e t h e f o l l o w i n g t e s t s to c h e c k s o u n d quality.
U s e the f o l l o w i n g t e s t s to c h e c k s o u n d quality.
N O T E : Before beginning the following tests, write d o w n

the c u s t o m e r ' s b a s s , t r e b l e , f a d e r a n d b a l a n c e s e t t i n g s ,
t h e n s e t t h e m to t h e i r c e n t e r p o s i t i o n s for the t e s t i n g .
N O T E : B e f o r e b e g i n n i n g t h e following t e s t s , w r i t e d o w n
the c u s t o m e r ' s b a s s , treble, f a d e r a n d b a l a n c e s e t t i n g s ,
then s e t t h e m to their c e n t e r p o s i t i o n s for the t e s t i n g .
Left/Bight Channel ID
Phase Test
D o t h i s t e s t to c o n f i r m p r o p e r c h a n n e l routing.
D o t h i s test to c o n f i r m p r o p e r s p e a k e r p h a s i n g .
1, I n s e r t t h e a u d i o d i a g n o s t i c C D (T/N 0 7 A A Z S D B A 1 0 0 ) into t h e a u d i o unit.

2, P l a y track N o , 1 ( l e f t both, right c h a n n e l ID) at a
n o r m a l , or slightly h i g h e r t h a n n o r m a l , v o l u m e
1. Insert the a u d i o d i a g n o s t i c C D (T/N 0 7 A A Z S D B A 1 0 0 ) into the a u d i o u n i t

2. P l a y t r a c k N o . -2 ( p h a s e ) at a n o r m a l , or slightly
higher than normal, v o l u m e level.
level
3. T h e v o i c e s h o u l d s o u n d c e n t e r e d a n d f o c u s e d
3, T h e v o i c e s h o u l d b e a u d i b l e o n l y f r o m the c h a n n e l
w h e n it i s I n - p h a s e .
or c h a n n e l s w h e n indicated.
4. T h e v o i c e s h o u l d s o u n d d i f f u s e d , a n d h a v e l e s s
* If t h e c h a n n e l ID i s c o r r e c t for e a c h s i d e , g o to
b a s s w h e n It is out of p h a s e .
p h a s e test,
Sf t h e c h a n n e l ID is not c o r r e c t , c h e c k for
- Shorted speaker wire
- Faulty amplifier
- F a u l t y a u d i o unit
If t h e v o i c e c h a n g e s f r o m i n - p h a s e to out of
p h a s e a s indicated by t h e p r o m p t , t h e p h a s i n g i s
c o r r e c t . G o to electrical n o i s e t e s t ( s e e p a g e
23-106).
* Sf t h e v o i c e a l w a y s s o u n d s out of p h a s e , p h a s i n g
is not c o r r e c t . C h e c k for:
- Crossed speaker wire
- Faulty amplifier'
23-105
Audio System
Sound Quality Diagnosis (cont'd)
7. O p e r a t e a n y electrical d e v i c e that m a y c r e a t e
electrical n o i s e in the a u d i o s y s t e m , Including
starting the e n g i n e .
Electrical Noise Test

Do t h i s t e s t to c h e c k for electrical n o i s e being I n d u c e d
* If no a b n o r m a l n o i s e Is h e a r d , g o to the
Individual s p e a k e r test ( s e e p a g e 23-107).
into t h e a u d i o s y s t e m .
* If the n o i s e is p r e s e n t o n l y d u r i n g the S N R track,

r e p l a c e the a u d i o u n i t
N O T E : E l e c t r i c a l n o i s e m a y be c a u s e d by o u t s i d e
s o u r c e s that c a n n o t be h a n d l e d by t h e a u d i o s y s t e m .
M a k e s u r e y o u r e m o v e a n y cell p h o n e s a n d / o r turn off
a n y a f t e r m a r k e t d e v i c e s before b e g i n n i n g t h i s t e s t
* If t h e n o i s e is h e a r d d u r i n g t h e digital z e r o or
n e a r digital zero track, c h e c k for:
1. Insert t h e a u d i o d i a g n o s t i c C D (T/N 0 7 A A Z S D B A 1 0 0 ) Into the a u d i o u n i t

2. P l a y track No. 4 (digital zero) at a n o r m a l , or slightly
higher than normal, volume level.
e l e c t r i c a l n o i s e In the a u d i o s y s t e m , Including
starting t h e e n g i n e .
4. P l a y track No. 5 (near digital zero) at a n o r m a l , or
slightly higher than normal, v o l u m e l e v e l
e l e c t r i c a l n o i s e in the a u d i o s y s t e m , i n c l u d i n g
starting t h e e n g i n e .
6. P l a y track N o . 6 ( S N R ) at a n o r m a l , or slightly
higher than n o r m a l volume l e v e l
23-106
- P o o r g r o u n d at the a u d i o unit, amplifier,

e n g i n e , or battery c a b l e
- P i n c h e d or s h o r t e d s p e a k e r or a m p l i f i e r w i r e
- Faulty amplifier
- O t h e r faulty c o m p o n e n t s c a u s i n g e x c e s s i v e
electrical n o i s e (ignition c o i l s , alternator, d o o r
lock a c t u a t o r s , etc.). D i s c o n n e c t a n y s u s p e c t
c o m p o n e n t s , a n d t h e n r e p l a y the t r a c k s that
w e r e originally n o i s y . If the n o i s e is g o n e ,
c h e c k the c o m p o n e n t ' s circuit a n d the
component
S p e c i a l tools r e q u i r e d
Diagnostics C D 0 7 A A Z - S O B A 1 0 0

Diagnostics C D 07AAZ-SDBA100
Individual Speaker Test
Sound Balance Test
Do t h i s t e s t to identify a faulty s p e a k e r .
D o t h i s test to identify a faulty c h a n n e l or s p e a k e r .
1. Insert t h e a u d i o d i a g n o s t i c C D (T/N 0 7 A A Z S D B A 1 0 0 ) into t h e a u d i o u n i t
1. Insert t h e a u d i o d i a g n o s t i c C D (T/N 0 7 A A Z S D B A 1 0 0 ) into t h e a u d i o u n i t
2. P l a y track N o . 30 ( s t e a d y 3 0 0 Hz t o n e ) at a n o r m a l ,
or s l i g h t l y h i g h e r t h a n n o r m a l , v o l u m e l e v e l .
2. C o n f i r m the b a s s a n d treble a r e s e t to the c e n t e r

positions.
3. L i s t e n to e a c h s p e a k e r for p o o r s o u n d c o m p a r e d to
t h e o t h e r c h a n n e l s . U s e t h e a u d i o unit's f a d e r a n d
b a l a n c e s e t t i n g s to h e l p i s o l a t e t h e c h a n n e l w i t h t h e
problem.'
3. P l a y track N o . 3 (pink n o i s e ) at a n o r m a l , or slightly

h i g h e r t h a n n o r m a l , v o l u m e level,
4. A static t y p e s o u n d s h o u l d be h e a r d t h r o u g h all
speakers.
* If t h e s o u n d quality p r o d u c e d b y a s p e c i f i c
s p e a k e r is p o o r , s u b s t i t u t e it w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d
s p e a k e r . If t h e p o o r s o u n d quality c o n t i n u e s , g o
to the s o u n d b a l a n c e test ( s e e p a g e 23-107).
* If t h e s o u n d quality is O K , g o to the s o u n d
b a l a n c e test ( s e e p a g e 23-107).
5. Insert the a u d i o d i a g n o s t i c C D (T/N 0 7 A A Z S D B A 1 0 0 ) Into the a u d i o unit of a k n o w n - g o o d

vehicle.
6. S e t t h e b a s s a n d treble to t h e c e n t e r positions.
P l a y t r a c k N o . 3 (pink n o i s e ) all the s a m e level a s
w a s p l a y e d in s t e p 3.
C o m p a r e the s o u n d s m a d e b y the t w o v e h i c l e s .
* If t h e s o u n d d o e s not h a v e a s m u c h b a s s , c h e c k
the s u b w o o f e r a n d c i r c u i t
* ff t h e s o u n d d o e s not h a v e e n o u g h h i s s , c h e c k
the t w e e t e r s a n d their c i r c u i t s .
23-107
Mmclio System
Sound Quality Diagnosis (cont'd)
Special Tools Beqylred
Special tools
Diagnostics C D 07AAZ-SDBA100
Frequency Sweep
Sound Judging
D o t h i s test to find rattles or r e v e r b e r a t i o n s that m a y

c a u s e a p e r c e p t i o n of p o o r s o u n d quality.
Do this test to c o m p a r e o v e r a l l s o u n d quality, i m a g i n g ,

a n d d y n a m i c s b e t w e e n the c u s t o m e r ' s v e h i c l e a n d a
k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e . O n l y u s e a v e h i c l e of the s a m e
m o d e l a n d trim level for t h i s t e s t
1. Insert the a u d i o d i a g n o s t i c C D (T/N G7AAZ--
required
S D B A 1 0 0 ) Into t h e a u d i o u n i t
1. In the c u s t o m e r ' s ' v e h i c l e , s e t the b a s s , t r e b l e , f a d e r ,
2. P l a y track No. 13 ( s w e e p f r o m 500' Hz to 3 5 Hz) at a
level.
3. L i s t e n to e a c h s p e a k e r for p o o r s o u n d quality or
r e v e r b e r a t i o n s c a u s e d by s p e c i f i c f r e q u e n c i e s . U s e
the v o i c e - o v e r to e s t i m a t e t h e f r e q u e n c y that
c a u s e s the v i b r a t i o n . U s e t h e a u d i o u n i t ' s f a d e r a n d
b a l a n c e s e t t i n g s to help i s o l a t e t h e c h a n n e l w i t h t h e
problem.
a n d b a l a n c e s e t t i n g s to t h e c u s t o m e r ' s n o r m a l
s e t t i n g s that w e r e written d o w n before b e g i n n i n g
t h e test.
2. Insert t h e a u d i o d i a g n o s t i c C D (T/N 0 7 A A Z S D B A 1 0 0 ) into t h e a u d i o unit.
3. P l a y t r a c k s No. 7 t o 12 ( s o u n d quality, m i d l a n d ,
- d y n a m i c s , a n d i m a g i n g d e m o n s t r a t i o n t r a c k s ) at a
l e v e l W r i t e d o w n t h e v o l u m e setting b e i n g u s e d .
If v i b r a t i o n s or poor s o u n d quality are h e a r d , g o

to s t e p 4.
* If no v i b r a t i o n s or poor s o u n d quality a r e h e a r d ,
g o to s o u n d j u d g i n g ( s e e p a g e 23-108).
4. C h o o s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e track f r o m No. 14 to 25
( s m a l l r a n g e f r e q u e n c y s w e e p ) or 26 to 5 3 (single
f r e q u e n c i e s ) to recreate the f r e q u e n c y that c a u s e d
t h e p o o r s o u n d quality or v i b r a t i o n w i t n e s s e d in
s t e p 3; t h i s a i d s In d i a g n o s i s of t h e c a u s e .
N O T E : W h e n y o u get to t h e track that r e c r e a t e s the
p r o b l e m , s e l e c t the r e p e a t function o n the a u d i o
unit, t h i s will h e l p y o u i s o l a t e t h e c a u s e .
5. R e p l a c e or Insulate the s o u r c e of t h e vibration or, if
t h e s p e a k e r Is the s o u r c e of the p o o r s o u n d quality,
replace It
4. L i s t e n to a r e a s of the t r a c k t h a t s t a n d out a s b e i n g
either v e r y c l e a r or p o o r e r t h a n other a r e a s of the
track.
5. In a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e , insert the a u d i o
d i a g n o s t i c C D (T/N 0 7 A A Z - S D B A 1 0 0 ) Into the a u d i o
unit."
6. Play the t r a c k s at the s a m e v o l u m e level a n d the
s a m e b a s s , treble, b a l a n c e , a n d f a d e r s e t t i n g s a s
u s e d in s t e p 3 in the c u s t o m e r ' s v e h i c l e .
7. L i s t e n to t h e s a m e a r e a of the track that s t o o d out
a s being either v e r y c l e a r or p o o r e r t h a n other
a r e a s of t h e track.
8. C o m p a r e the c u s t o m e r ' s v e h i c l e ' s s o u n d quality
r e s u l t s the k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e ' s r e s u l t s .
* If the s o u n d quality in t h e c u s t o m e r ' s v e h i c l e i s
c o m p a r a b l e to the s o u n d quality In the k n o w n g o o d v e h i c l e , t h e n the c u s t o m e r ' s v e h i c l e is
operating a s d e s i g n e d .
If the s o u n d quality is not c o m p a r a b l e , c h e c k
t h e s e i t e m s in order.
- L o o s e or I m p r o p e r l y i n s t a l l e d s p e a k e r s or
other h a r d w a r e that m a y c r e a t e i n t e r f e r e n c e f r o m t h e v i b r a t i o n s g e n e r a t e d by t h e s p e a k e r s
- P o o r p o w e r or g r o u n d to the s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r
- Damaged speaker(s)
- Faulty amplifier .
- Faulty a u d i o unit
23-108
Seek Stop Test
D o t h i s t e s t to c h e c k t h e p e r f o r m a n c e of t h e a u d i o unit's
A M a n d F M r e c e p t i o n . R e f e r to s y m p t o m
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g : a u d i o s o u n d w e a k or d i s t o r t e d , or no
s o u n d i s h e a r d f r o m s p e a k e r s ( d i s p l a y is n o r m a l )
( s e e p a g e 23-63) b e f o r e c o n t i n u i n g w i t h this test.
11. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n t h e k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e , a n d
t h e n do s t e p s 4 thru 10 on the k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e .
12. C o m p a r e t h e n u m b e r of s t a t i o n s r e c e i v e d in s t e p s 6
a n d 3 In t h e c u s t o m e r ' s v e h i c l e w i t h t h e n u m b e r of
s t a t i o n s r e c e i v e d In the k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e .
MOTE:
* W i n d o w tint, a f t e r m a r k e t t h e f t - r e c o v e r y d e v i c e s a n d
other a f t e r m a r k e t d e v i c e s m a y affect r e c e p t i o n .
* C h a n g e s in c l o u d c o v e r a n d o t h e r a t m o s p h e r i c
c o n d i t i o n s will affect t h e ability of t h e a u d i o unit to
receive radio signals.
If t h e n u m b e r of s t a t i o n s r e c e i v e d is t h e s a m e , or
w i t h i n 10 % , t h e a u d i o unit's t u n e r p e r f o r m a n c e
Is O K . T h e p r o b l e m m a y be a t m o s p h e r i c
c o n d i t i o n s , multi-path Interference, or other
o b s t r u c t i o n s to t h e r a d i o s i g n a l .
If the c u s t o m e r ' s v e h i c l e r e c e i v e s f e w e r s t a t i o n s
1. Park t h e c u s t o m e r ' s v e h i c l e in a n o p e n a r e a a w a y
f r o m b u i l d i n g s or o t h e r o b s t r u c t i o n s .
by at l e a s t 10 % , g o to s t e p 2 of poor A M or FM
..radio reception or i n t e r f e r e n c e ( s e e p a g e 23-58).
2. P a r k a known-good vehicle ( s a m e year, m o d e l , a n d

t r i m level) n e x t to t h e c u s t o m e r ' s v e h i c l e , f a c i n g t h e
s a m e direction,
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e in the c u s t o m e r ' s v e h i c l e , a n d turn
on the radio.
4. S e t t h e FM r e c e i v e r to 87.7 MHz,
5. P r e s s t h e S e e k 4- button, a n d r e c o r d t h e first
s t a t i o n t h a t t h e a u d i o unit l o c k s onto.
6. P r e s s t h e S e e k + button r e p e a t e d l y , a n d w r i t e
d o w n e a c h s t a t i o n t h a t t h e a u d i o unit l o c k s onto
until t h e station r e c o r d e d in s t e p 5 is r e a c h e d a g a i n ,
7 . S e t the A M r e c e i v e r to 530 kHz.
8. P r e s s t h e S e e k + button, a n d r e c o r d t h e first
s t a t i o n that t h e a u d i o unit l o c k s onto.
9. P r e s s t h e S e e k + button r e p e a t e d l y , a n d w r i t e
d o w n e a c h s t a t i o n that t h e a u d i o unit l o c k s onto
until the s t a t i o n r e c o r d e d in s t e p 8 is r e a c h e d a g a i n .
23-109
Audio .System
Audio Unit Removal/Installation
With Navigation
7. R e m o v e the s e l f t a p p i n g s c r e w s a n d bolts, t h e n pull

out the a u d i o unit (A).
S R S c o m p o n e n t s are l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-21), a n d the
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s (see" p a g e 24-23) before
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d a s h b o a r d a n d related
parts.
* L a y a w o r k s h o p t o w e l u n d e r the parts w h e n w o r k i n g
on t h e m to protect t h e f a c e p a n e l f r o m s c r a t c h e s or
other d a m a g e .
* E j e c t all the d i s c before r e m o v e the a u d i o unit to
p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g t h e C D p l a y e r ' s load m e c h a n i s m .
* If y o u a r e r e p l a c i n g t h e a u d i o unit, w r i t e d o w n t h e
a u d i o p r e s e t s (if p o s s i b l e ) , t h e n e n t e r t h e m into the
n e w a u d i o unit.
1. M a k e s u r e y o u h a v e anti-theft c o d e s for the a u d i o
s y s t e m a n d the navigation s y s t e m .
2. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-146)
a n d the c e n t e r pocket ( s e e p a g e 20-155).
8. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s (B), t h e n r e m o v e the
3. R e m o v e t h e a u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r ( s e e p a g e 23-113).
9. R e m o v e the Interface dial ( s e e p a g e 23-241).
audio unit
4. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r pocket f r a m e ( s e e p a g e 20-175).
10. R e m o v e t h e a u d i o s w i t c h p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 23-112).
5. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s i n n e r d a s h b o a r d trim
11.
(see page 20-154), and p a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d trim

( s e e p a g e 20-160).
6. R e m o v e t h e d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r v e n t ( s e e p a g e
20-164).
23-110
Install the a u d i o unit i n the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal.
* M a k e s u r e all the c o n n e c t o r s a n d the a n t e n n a
lead a r e s e c u r e .
* E n t e r the ants-theft c o d e s for the a u d i o s y s t e m
a n d the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
* G i v e the n e w anti-theft c o d e s to t h e c u s t o m e r If
y o u a r e r e p l a c i n g t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit.
Without Navigation
4. R e m o v e t h e s e l f t a p p i n g s c r e w s a n d bolts, then pull

out t h e a u d i o unit (A),
S R S c o m p o n e n t locations fsee page 24-21), a n d the
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e
doing repairs or service,
NOTE:
parts.
* L a y a s h o p towel under the parts w h e n working on
t h e m to protect t h e f a c e p a n e l f r o m s c r a t c h e s o r o t h e r
damage.
* E j e c t ail t h e d i s c s b e f o r e r e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit to
p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g t h e C D p l a y e r ' s load m e c h a n i s m .
* If y o u a r e r e p l a c i n g t h e a u d i o unit, write d o w n the
a u d i o p r e s e t s (if p o s s i b l e ) , t h e n e n t e r t h e m Into t h e
n e w audio unit
1. M a k e s u r e y o u h a v e ants-theft c o d e s f o r the a u d i o
system.
2. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-146)
a n d t h e d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r p o c k e t ( s e e p a g e 20-155).
3. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s i n n e r d a s h b o a r d t r i m
(see page 20-154), a n d p a s s e n g e r ' s d a s h b o a r d trim
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e
a u d i o unit.
(see page 20-160).
(confd)
23-111
Audio System
Audio Unit Removal/Installation
(cont'd)
Audio Switch Panel Removal/

Installation
6. R e m o v e the c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 8 1 ) .
With Navigation
7. R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g s c r e w s a n d bolts f r o m t h e
a u d i o unit (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit f r o m the
a u d i o s w i t c h panel (B).
NOTE:
parts.
* L a y a w o r k s h o p t o w e l u n d e r t h e parts w h e n w o r k i n g
on t h e m to protect the f a c e p a n e l f r o m s c r a t c h e s or
other d a m a g e .
* D o not w o r k in a d u s t y or dirty p l a c e .
* D i s c h a r g e static electricity f r o m y o u r b o d y b e f o r e a n d
d u r i n g the w o r k .
* Do not t o u c h t h e circuit b o a r d w i t h y o u r b a r e h a n d s .
* Do not w o r k w i t h dirty h a n d s .
* B e c a r e f u l not no fold t h e flat plate c a b l e .
* Do not t o u c h t h e t e r m i n a l c o n n e c t o r of t h e flat plate
c a b l e with y o u r b a r e h a n d s . (If y o u h a v e t o u c h e d it,,
w i p e It off t h o r o u g h l y . )
1. R e m o v e the a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-110).
2. R e m o v e t h e Interface dial ( s e e p a g e 23-241).
3. R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g s c r e w s a n d bolts f r o m t h e
audiounit (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit f r o m t h e
a u d i o s w i t c h p a n e l (B).
8. Install t h e a u d i o unit In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

Make s u r e all the c o n n e c t o r s a n d the a n t e n n a
l e a d are s e c u r e .
E n t e r t h e anti-theft c o d e s for t h e a u d i o s y s t e m .
S e t t h e clock.
G i v e the n e w anti-theft c o d e s to the c u s t o m e r if
y o u a r e r e p l a c i n g the a u d i o unit.
4. Install t h e . a u d i o s w i t c h p a n e l in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
of r e m o v a l .
23-112
Audio Disc Changer Removal/

Installation
Without Navigation
With Navigation
NOTE:
parts.
* L a y a s h o p towel under the parts w h e n working on
t h e m to protect t h e f a c e p a n e l f r o m s c r a t c h e s or o t h e r
damage.
* D o not w o r k In a d u s t y o r dirty p l a c e ,
* D i s c h a r g e static electricity f r o m y o u r b o d y b e f o r e a n d
during the work.
* D o not t o u c h t h e circuit b o a r d w i t h y o u r b a r e h a n d s .
* D o not w o r k w i t h dirty h a n d s ,
* B e c a r e f u l not n o f o l d t h e flat plate c a b l e .
* D o not t o u c h t h e t e r m i n a l c o n n e c t o r of t h e flat plate
c a b l e w i t h y o u r b a r e h a n d s . (If y o u h a v e t o u c h e d St,
w i p e It off t h o r o u g h l y . )
NOTE:
* P u t o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e . d a s h b o a r d a n d related,
parts.
* L a y a s h o p t o w e l u n d e r t h e parts w h e n w o r k i n g o n
t h e m to protect t h e f a c e p a n e l f r o m s c r a t c h e s or other
damage.
* E j e c t all t h e d i s c s b e f o r e r e m o v e t h e a u d i o d i s c
c h a n g e r unit to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g the a u d i o d i s c
c h a n g e r load m e c h a n i s m .
1. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 4 6 )
a n d t h e d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r pocket (see p a g e 20-155).
1. R e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-111), a n d t h e
c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 1 8 1 ) .
2. R e m o v e t h e bolts, t h e n pull out t h e a u d i o d i s c

c h a n g e r unit (A).
2 , R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g s c r e w s a n d t h e a u d i o unit
(A) f r o m t h e a u d i o s w i t c h p a n e l (B).
f
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r ( B ) , t h e n r e m o v e the
audio disc changer unit
4. Install t h e a u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r unit In t h e r e v e r s e
3. Install t h e a u d i o s w i t c h p a n e l in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
of r e m o v a l .
23-113
Audio System
Audio-HVAC Subdisplay Unit
Removal/installation
Audio-HVAC Display Unit Removal/

installation
With Navigation
Without Navigation
NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d a s h b o a r d .
NOTE:
1. R e m o v e the d a s h b o a r d "center v e n t ( s e e p a g e
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d a s h b o a r d .
20-164).
2. R e m o v e the s c r e w s , t h e n pull out the a u d i o - H V A C
1. R e m o v e the a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-110) a n d t h e

c e n t e r d i s p l a y v i s o r ( s e e p a g e 20-158).
s u b d i s p l a y unit (A).
2. R e m o v e the s c r e w s a n d bolts, t h e n pull out the
a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y unit (A).
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d r e m o v e the

audio-HVAC subdisplay unit
3 . D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d r e m o v e the
4. Install the a u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y unit in the
audio-HVAC display unit
"
4. Install the a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y unit In the r e v e r s e
23-114
Stereo Amplifier Removal/

Installation
XM Receiver Removal/Installation
1. O p e n t h e trunk lid, a n d r e m o v e the right trunk s i d e
t r i m p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-123).
With Premium Aydlo S f stem

2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s (A) f r o m the X M
1, R e m o v e t h e g l o v e b o x ( s e e p a g e 20-181)=
r e c e i v e r (B).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s (A).
4-Dor
A
3. R e m o v e t h e bolt IB) a n d l o o s e n t h e bolts (C)
s e c u r i n g t h e s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r ID),
4. L o w e r t h e s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r t h r o u g h t h e f o o t w e l l
area.
5. Install" t h e s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal
A
3. R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g bolt (C) a n d l o o s e n t h e
m o u n t i n g bolts (D), t h e n r e m o v e t h e X M r e c e i v e r .
4. Install t h e X M r e c e i v e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal
23-115
Audio S f stem
Active Noise Cancellation Microf
Front
Rear
1. R e m o v e the roof c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-131).
1. R e m o v e the rear s h e l f ( s e e p a g e 20-119).
2. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e
2. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e
s c r e w s a n d the a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n
s c r e w s a n d the a c t i v e n o i s e c a n c e l l a t i o n ,
m i c r o p h o n e (B).
m i c r o p h o n e (B).
3. Install the m i c r o p h o n e in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
23-1-16.
3. Install the m i c r o p h o n e in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal.
Crossover Network Control Unit Removal/Installation

#
Briwer s Door Speaker Crossover Network

Control Unit
1 . R e m o v e the driver's d a s h b o a r d lower cover
f s e e p a g e 20-153).
2, D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n r e m o v e the
d r i v e r ' s d o o r s p e a k e r c r o s s o v e r n e t w o r k control
unit (B),
Front Passenger's Door Speaker Crossover

Network Control Unit
1. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-146),
t h e n r e m o v e t h e a u d i o pocket ( s e e p a g e 20-155).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e
p a s s e n g e r ' s door speaker c r o s s o v e r network
control unit (B).
3. Install t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r s p e a k e r c r o s s o v e r
n e t w o r k control unit in t h e r e v e r s e order of
removal.
3. Install t h e d r i v e r ' s d o o r s p e a k e r c r o s s o v e r n e t w o r k
control unit in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
23-117
Audio System
Speaker Test/Replacement
Front Door Speaker
Front Door Tweeter (With Premium Audio

System)
1. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l .
1. D e t a c h t h e clip (A) a n d r e m o v e t h e front d o o r
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-16)
t w e e t e r c o v e r (B). T h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r
2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-12)
(C).
2. R e m o v e the bolt. T h e n lift t h e s p e a k e r straight up

to r e l e a s e the l o w e r c l i p s (A).
If y o u pull t h e s p e a k e r out t o o far f r o m t h e

d o o r , y o u will d a m a g e the l o w e r c l i p s .
2. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e front d o o r
t w e e t e r 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2.
T h e r e s h o u l d be a b o u t 3.3
Q.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d r e m o v e t h e
speaker.
No. 1 a n d No. 2. T h e r e s h o u l d be a b o u t 4 Q.
5. If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e d o o r
speaker.
23-118

front d o o r t w e e t e r . R e m o v e t h e front d o o r t w e e t e r
(A) f r o m front d o o r t w e e t e r c o v e r (B).
Front Door Tweeter {Without Premium

Audio System)
3. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the front d o o r

t w e e t e r (A) t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d the o u t s i d e t e r m i n a l
of the c a p a c i t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d be a b o u t 4 Q.
(confd)
23-119
Audio System
Speaker Test/Replacement (cont'd)
Rear Speaker
Sybwoofer
2. R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n tilt the s p e a k e r
2. R e m o v e the four m o u n t i n g bolts f r o m the
f o r w a r d to r e l e a s e the front d i p s (A).
s u b w o o f e r (A).
If y o u pull the s p e a k e r out too far f r o m the

rear b u l k h e a d , y o u will d a m a g e the l o w e r
clips.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d r e m o v e the

subwoofer.
No. 1 a n d No. 2. T h e r e s h o u l d be a b o u t 2 Q.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d r e m o v e the
rear speaker.
" No. 1 a n d No. 2. T h e r e s h o u l d be a b o u t 4 Q.
5. If the r e s i s t a n c e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the rear
speaker.
23-120

subwoofer.
AM/FM Antenna Amplifier

Replacement
Audio Remote Switch Test

1. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l ( s e e p a g e 17-24).
2, R e m o v e t h e a u d i o r e m o t e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 17-25),
1. R e m o v e t h e C-psliar t r i m .
* 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-115)
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-110)
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s (A) f r o m the A M / F M
a n t e n n a a m p l i f i e r (B).
10 11 12
N o , 7 a n d N o , 9 i n e a c h s w i t c h position a c c o r d i n g
B u t t o n held
down
Resistance
N o button
A b o u t 10 kQ
pressed
MODE
A b o u t 3 J kQ
CH
A b o u t 1 7 kQ
(+)
CH(|
About 775 Q
A b o u t 357 Q
2-Door
cvoL.yp)
A b o u t 100 0
(VOLDOWN)
4,
If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the
audio remote switch.
3. R e m o v e the bolt a n d the A M / F M a n t e n n a amplifier.

4. Install t h e unit in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
23-121
Audio System
XM Antenna Replacement
AM/FM Antenna Repair

N O T E : T o m a k e a n effective repair, the broken s e c t i o n
1. R e m o v e t h e h e a d l i n e r ( s e e p a g e 20-131).
m u s t b e no l o n g e r t h a n o n e i n c h .
2. R e m o v e t h e nut (A) f r o m t h e X M a n t e n n a
(B).
1. Lightly rub t h e a r e a a r o u n d the broken s e c t i o n (A)

w i t h fine s t e e l w o o l , t h e n c l e a n It w i t h I s o p r o p y l
alcohol.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (C) a n d r e m o v e the X M

C
antenna.
4. Install t h e X M a n t e n n a i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
2. C a r e f u l l y m a s k a b o v e a n d b e l o w t h e broken portion
of the w i n d o w a n t e n n a w i r e (B) w i t h c e l l o p h a n e
t a p e (C).
3. Mix t h e s i l v e r c o n d u c t i v e paint t h o r o u g h l y . U s i n g a
s m a l l b r u s h , a p p l y a h e a v y c o a t of paint (A)
e x t e n d i n g a b o u t 1/8" o n both s i d e s of the break.
A l l o w 30 m i n u t e s to dry.
4. C h e c k for continuity In t h e r e p a i r e d w i r e .
5. A p p l y a s e c o n d c o a t of paint In t h e s a m e w a y . Let It
dry 3 h o u r s before r e m o v i n g t h e t a p e .
23-122
removal.
Auxiliary Jack Assembly Replacement

1. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 5P c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d c a r e f u l l y p u l l
out t h e a u x i l i a r y j a c k a s s e m b l y ( B ) f r o m the c e n t e r
c o n s o l e box.
3, Install t h e a u x i l i a r y j a c k a s s e m b l y in the r e v e r s e
o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
Navigation System
HFL-NAVIGATIQIM-AWC
MICROPHONE
(Built in the roof console)
page 23-182
AUDIO UNIT
(With Navigation)
page 23-13
page 23-110
AUDIO SWITCH PASTEL
page 23-112
INTERFACE DIAL
page 23-165
page 23-241
NAVIGATION UNIT
page 23-158
page 23-240
ECM/PCM
( V e h i c l e Speed
Poise)
NAVIGATION SERVICE CHECK

CONNECTOR
Forced starting of the display,
page 23-239
NAVIGATION VOICE CONTROL SWITCH

Test, page 23-243
23-124
AUDIO-HVAC SUBDISPLAY UMIT

page 23-34
GPS ANTENNA
DRIVERS DOOR SPEAKER

CROSSOVER NETWORK COMTROL UNIT
Removal/installation, page 23-117
SUBWOOFER
NETWORK COMTROL UNIT

Connector Inputs and Outputs, page 23-33:
Removal/installation, page 23-117
CROSSOVER
X M RECEIVER
23-125
Navigation System
General Operation
T h e following c i r c u m s t a n c e s m a y c a u s e vehicle
positioning errors:
R e f e r to t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m m a n u a l for the
navigation s y s t e m operating procedures.
M o v i n g t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e e n g i n e s t o p p e d a n d the
v e h i c l e s t o p p e d , s u c h a s by ferry or t o w truck, or if
Anti-theft Feature
T h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m a n d a u d i o unit h a v e a c o d e d
theft p r o t e c t i o n circuit. M a k e s u r e y o u h a v e the antitheft s e c u r i t y c o d e before:
the v e h i c l e is s p u n o n a turn table.

* T i r e s l i p p a g e , c h a n g e s in tire rolling d i a m e t e r s , a n d
s o m e d r i v i n g s i t u a t i o n s m a y c a u s e d i s c r e p a n c i e s in
travel d i s t a n c e s . E x a m p l e s of t h i s i n c l u d e :
- C o n t i n u o u s tire s l i p p a g e on a s l i p p e r y s u r f a c e
- Driving w i t h s n o w c h a i n s m o u n t e d
- A b n o r m a l tire p r e s s u r e
- Incorrect tire size
D i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e battery.
D i s c o n n e c t i n g the n a v i g a t i o n unit 8 P c o n n e c t o r .
R e m o v i n g t h e No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e f r o m the u n d e r - h o o d
- Frequent lane c h a n g e s a c r o s s a w i d e highway

- C o n t i n u o u s d r i v i n g o n a straight or gently c u r v i n g
highway
fuse/relay box.
After s e r v i c e , r e c o n n e c t p o w e r to t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit,
a n d turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). E n t e r t h e 4-digit
anti-theft s e c u r i t y c o d e , t h e n s e l e c t D o n e .
- Very bumpy roads

T o l e r a n c e s in the s y s t e m , a n d m a p I n a c c u r a c i e s
s o m e t i m e s limit h o w p r e c i s e l y t h e v e h i c l e ' s p o s i t i o n
is i n d i c a t e d . E x a m p l e s of t h i s i n c l u d e :
If t h e c o d e c a n n o t be f o u n d , u s e t h e Interactive N e t w o r k
(iN) to look-it u p . Y o u c a n - v i e w t h e s e r i a l n u m b e r in o n e
of t h e E C U Info d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n s ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
A l t e r n a t i v e l y , y o u c a n find the s e r i a l n u m b e r o n the
u n d e r s i d e l a b e l w h i c h Is l o c a t e d o n t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit
in t h e trunk.
- Driving on r o a d s not s h o w n o n the m a p ( m a p

m a t c h i n g Is not p o s s i b l e )
W h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit, be s u r e to g i v e t h e
- Driving n e a r a g r a d u a l h i g h w a y exit or t r a n s i t i o n
c u s t o m e r t h e n e w anti-theft s e c u r i t y c o d e .
- D r i v i n g o n o n e of t w o c l o s e p a r a l l e l r o a d s
- M a k i n g m a n y 9-0 d e g r e e t u r n s
- Driving on a r o a d that w i n d s in o n e d i r e c t i o n , s u c h
a s a loop b r i d g e , a n i n t e r c h a n g e , or a s p i r a l p a r k i n g
garage
- Driving on a road w i t h a s e r i e s of s h a r p hair-pin
turns
Symptom Diagnosis
Global Positioning System (GPS) Limitations
C e r t a i n c i r c u m s t a n c e s a n d s y s t e m limitations will result
in o c c a s i o n a l v e h i c l e p o s i t i o n i n g e r r o r s . S o m e
c u s t o m e r ' s m a y think this i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m w i t h t h e
n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m w h e n , in fact, t h e s y s t e m is n o r m a l .
K e e p t h e f o l l o w i n g Items In m i n d w h e n i n t e r v i e w i n g
c u s t o m e r ' s a b o u t s y m p t o m s of t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
T h e G P S c a n n o t detect t h e v e h i c l e ' s position or

elevation during the following instances:
* F o r t h e first 5 to 10 m i n u t e s after r e c o n n e c t i n g the
battery (this p r o c e s s c a n take a s long a s 45 m i n u t e s ) .
W h e n t h e satellite s i g n a l s a r e b l o c k e d by tall
Self-Inertia! Navigation Limitations
b u i l d i n g s , m o u n t a i n s , t u n n e l s , large t r e e s , i n s i d e
parking s t r u c t u r e s or large t r u c k s .
T h e limitations of the self-inertial portion of t h e
* W h e n t h e G P S a n t e n n a is b l o c k e d by m e t a l l i c
n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m (the y a w rate s e n s o r a n d t h e v e h i c l e
w i n d o w tinting or b y a n o b j e c t p l a c e d a b o v e it in t h e
s p e e d signal) can c a u s e d i s c r e p a n c i e s between the
vehicle. The G P S antenna requires a clear
v e h i c l e ' s a c t u a l position a n d t h e I n d i c a t e d v e h i c l e ' s

position ( G P S v e h i c l e position).
u n o b s t r u c t e d v i e w of t h e s k y .
W h e n t h e r e is no satellite s i g n a l output (signal output
is s o m e t i m e s s t o p p e d for satellite s e r v i c i n g ) .
8
W h e n t h e satellite s i g n a l s a r e b l o c k e d by the
o p e r a t i o n of s o m e e l e c t r o n i c a f t e r m a r k e t a c c e s s o r i e s
. i n c l u d i n g , but not limited to n o n - O E M I n - d a s h
e n t e r t a i n m e n t units (radio, C D p l a y e r s / c h a n g e r s ,
r a d a r d e t e c t o r s a n d theft r e c o v e r y s y s t e m s ) a n d c e l l
p h o n e s placed near the navigation s y s t e m .
23-126
T h e a c c u r a c y of t h e G P S is r e d u c e d d u r i n g t h e s e
instances:
S y m p t o m Duplication
* Metallic w i n d o w tinting a b o v e t h e G P S a n t e n n a .
* W h e n o n l y t h r e e or l e s s satellite s i g n a l s a r e r e c e i v e d
( F o u r satellite s i g n a l s a r e r e q u i r e d for a c c u r a t e
positioning),
* W h e n t h e s y m p t o m c a n b e d u p l i c a t e d , verify that it is
not a c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h e s y s t e m . R e v i e w t h e
n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m m a n u a l a n d c o m p a r e it to a
k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e (with the s a m e s o f t w a r e and" d a t a b a s e ) , u n d e r t h e s a m e c o n d i t i o n s . If t h e
s y m p t o m is not t h e s a m e a s the k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e ,
follow the self-diagnostic p r o c e d u r e s a n d the
* W h e n driving near high tension p o w e r lines.

* W h e n t h e satellite c o n t r o l c e n t e r s are. e x p e r i e n c i n g
problems.
' appropriate troubleshooting procedures..
M u t i n g Logic
W h e n e v e r t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m is g i v i n g g u i d a n c e ,
t h e front s p e a k e r s a r e m u t e d . W h e n t h e v o i c e control
s y s t e m i s b e i n g u s e d , all of t h e s p e a k e r s a r e m u t e d . If
t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k Is in u s e , t h e v o i c e control s y s t e m is
unavailable and a m e s s a g e appears onscreen.
LCD Display Unit Limitations

N O T E : T h e s c r e e n Is not t o u c h s e n s i t i v e . U s e t h e
Interface dial a n d b u t t o n s to s e l e c t i t e m s o n t h e s c r e e n .
* In c o l d t e m p e r a t u r e s , t h e d i s p l a y m a y s t a y dark for
t h e first 2 or 3 m i n u t e s until It w a r m s u p .
* W h e n t h e d i s p l a y i s t o o hot b e c a u s e of direct s u m m e r
s u n l i g h t it w i l l r e m a i n d a r k until t h e t e m p e r a t u r e
d r o p s (you m a y s e e an error m e s s a g e displayed
s t a t i n g t h i s fact).
* W h e n t h e h u m i d i t y i s h i g h a n d t h e Interior
t e m p e r a t u r e Is l o w , t h e d i s p l a y m a y a p p e a r c l o u d y .
T h e d i s p l a y w i l l c l e a r up after s o m e u s e .
* Fingerprints on the s c r e e n m a y be noticeable. C l e a n
t h e s c r e e n w i t h a soft, d a m p c l o t h . Y o u m a y u s e a
m i l d c l e a n e r i n t e n d e d for e y e g l a s s e s or c o m p u t e r
s c r e e n s . T o a v o i d s c r a t c h i n g t h e p a n e l , do not rub t o o
h a r d or u s e a b r a s i v e c l e a n e r s or s h o p t o w e l s .
* W h e n t h e s y m p t o m d o e s not r e a p p e a r o r o n l y
r e a p p e a r s intermittently, a s k the c u s t o m e r a b o u t t h e
conditions, w h e n the s y m p t o m - o c c u r r e d .
- A l w a y s a s k the c u s t o m e r to-demonstrate the
problem.
- T r y to e s t a b l i s h p o s s i b l e u s e r e r r o r or
m i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the s y s t e m . -
- T r y t o . e s t a b l i s h If o u t s i d e i n t e r f e r e n c e m a y h a v e
b e e n the c a u s e .
- T r y to- d u p l i c a t i o n the s y m p t o m u n d e r t h e s a m e
conditions the c u s t o m e r e x p e r i e n c e d .
- Vibration, temperature extremes, and moisture
( d e w , h u m i d i t y ) a r e f a c t o r s that a r e difficult to
duplicate.
- I n s p e c t t h e v e h i c l e for after-market e l e c t r o n i c
d e v i c e s (vehicle locators, a m p s , radar detectors,
etc.) that m a y be h i d d e n .
W h e n troubleshooting navigation s y s t e m p r o b l e m s ,
e n s u r e that-the k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e Is t h e s a m e
software version y e a r and model a s the vehicle being
s e r v i c e d . M i x i n g . I n c o m p a t i b l e n a v i g a t i o n D V D s or
other s y s t e m c o m p o n e n t s c a n d e l a y t h e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e s s by c r e a t i n g s y m p t o m s or
i s s u e s c a u s i n g effects u n r e l a t e d to t h e o r i g i n a l p r o b l e m .
(confd)
"
23-127
Navigation
System

Service Precautions
Entering the Security Code
* If y o u n e e d to r e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit, y o u c a n
b a c k - u p t h e navigation data a n d t r a n s f e r it to a n e w
navigation u n i t . S e e S a v e users m e m o r y (see page
23-183)..
.
Any time the navigation s y s t e m loses power, y o u need

to enter t h e 4 - d i g i t anti-theft c o d e o n t h e n a v i g a t i o n '
s y s t e m d i s p l a y . T h i s 4-digit c o d e is l o c a t e d o n a s m a l l
c o d e c a r d that w a s g i v e n to t h e c u s t o m e r . E n t e r t h e 4dsglt c o d e , t h e n s e l e c t D o n e .
* W h e n t h e battery is d i s c o n n e c t e d , the internal G P S

c l o c k r e s e t s is r e s e t t o 0:00. T h e c l o c k r e s e t s to t h e
correct-time after t h e s y s t e m f i n i s h e s G P S
Initialization.
* B e f o r e d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e battery, m a k e s u r e y o u
h a v e the anti-theft c o d e s for t h e a u d i o s y s t e m a n d t h e
n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m , a n d write d o w n t h e a u d i o p r e s e t s .
A l s o obtain a n y P G M - F I or t r a n s m i s s i o n D T C s a n d
f r e e z e f r a m e date { w h i c h a r e lost w h e n t h e E C M / P C M
loses power).
* After r e c o n n e c t i n g t h e battery, y o u h a v e to w a i t to get
the "Initial s i g n a l - f r o m t h e satellite. It will take f r o m 10
to 4 5 m i n u t e s .
* A d j u s t t h e s e t u p c l o c k s e t t i n g s (time z o n e a n d
d a y l i g h t s a v i n g s ) in t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
* B e f o r e returning the v e h i c l e to t h e c u s t o m e r , enter
the anti-theft c o d e s for t h e a u d i o s y s t e m a n d t h e
navigation s y s t e m .
System initialization
If t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m l o s e s p o w e r (like the battery
was disconnected), the navigation s y s t e m requires
initialization. O n c e c o m p l e t e d , y o u r s y s t e m is r e a d y to
use.
T h i s initialization r e q u i r e s t h e f o l l o w i n g :
* E n t e r i n g t h e 4 - d i g i t anti-theft s e c u r i t y c o d e to u n l o c k
the s y s t e m
* G P S initialization ( m a y not b e n e e d e d d e p e n d i n g of
the length of t i m e t h e s y s t e m w a s w i t h o u t p o w e r )
* M a p m a t c h i n g to align t h e G P S to a location o n t h e
map
If t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m anti-theft c o d e is m i s s i n g u s e
the interactive Network (IN) to look i t up. Y o u n e e d t h e
s e r i a l n u m b e r for t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit to d o t h i s .
Y o u c a n v i e w t h e s e r i a l n u m b e r b y e n t e r i n g the
d i a g n o s t i c m o d e . S e l e c t Unit C h e c k f r o m the m a i n
m e n u , t h e n t h e E C U info d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n . T h i s g i v e s
you the serial n u m b e r without removing the navigation
unit. .
T h e IN m a y d i s p l a y m o r e t h a n o n e c o d e for a g i v e n
s e r i a l n u m b e r . T h i s Is b e c a u s e s e r i a l n u m b e r s a r e not.
u n i q u e . Y o u m a y h a v e to try m o r e t h a n o n e 4-digit c o d e .
If no c o d e Is s h o w n , o r if the c o d e ( s ) g i v e n d o not w o r k
In the n a v i g a t i o n unit, c o n t a c t the A u t o m o b i l e W a r r a n t y
d e p a r t m e n t . If t h e c o d e 0000 w o r k s , r e p l a c e the navigation u n i t .
W h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit o r a u d i o unit, m a k e
s u r e y o u g i v e t h e c u s t o m e r t h e n e w anti-theft s e c u r i t y
code.
GPS Initialization
N O T E : Y o u m u s t park t h e v e h i c l e o u t s i d e w i t h a c l e a r
v i e w of t h e s o u t h e r n s k y .
D e p e n d i n g o n t h e length of t i m e the battery w a s
d i s c o n n e c t e d , y o u r s y s t e m m a y require G P S
Initialization. If it d o e s , t h e f o l l o w i n g s c r e e n a p p e a r s :
The navigation system lost power and Is acquiring Its

location from the GPS satellites. This usually takes
less than 10 minutes.
* Start the engine.
* Park t h e vehicle In an open area away from trees,
power lines, and tall buildings,
* Remove loose articles, cell phones, or electrical
accessories located near the OPS antenna.
* If this screen Is displayed repeatedly when starting
the vehicle, see your dealer.
23-128
If t h i s p r o c e d u r e i s not n e c e s s a r y , t h e s y s t e m p r o c e e d s
Obtaining A Navigation DVD
directly to the D i s c l a i m e r s c r e e n . D u r i n g initialization,

t h e s y s t e m s e a r c h e s for all a v a i l a b l e G P S s a t e l l i t e s , a n d
o b t a i n s their orbital i n f o r m a t i o n . D u r i n g t h i s p r o c e d u r e
t h e v e h i c l e s h o u l d be out in t h e o p e n w i t h a c l e a r v i e w
of t h e s k y .
If t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m f i n d s t h e s a t e l l i t e s p r o p e r l y ,
t h i s b o x c l e a r s , a n d c h a n g e s to t h e D i s c l a i m e r s c r e e n . If
w i t h i n TO m i n u t e s t h e s y s t e m f a i l s to locate a sufficient
n u m b e r of s a t e l l i t e s to l o c a t e y o u r p o s i t i o n , t h e
following screen appears,
Something Is interfering with the system's ability to
acquire Its location. Check the following:
* The vehicle must be in an open area with a Sear
view of the sky,
* Remove sources f G P S interference like metallic
window tint above antenna, or electrical items
near entennafsee owner's manual for details).
*
Check G P S antenna cable connection.
* Restart the engine and repeat the OPS acqyire

procedure, If t h e problem persists,, see your dealer.
It t h i s s c r e e n a p p e a r s , t u r n off the e n g i n e , t h e n restart

t h e v e h i c l e a n d m o v e it to a different l o c a t i o n . If the
d i s c l a i m e r s c r e e n a p p e a r s , the G P S initialization is
complete.
NOTE;
* T h e a v e r a g e a c q u i r i n g t i m e i s l e s s t h a n 10 m i n u t e s ,
but it c a n take a s l o n g a s 4 5 m i n u t e s ,
* If t h e s y s t e m is still u n a b l e to a c q u i r e a s i g n a l , f o l l o w
t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s o n t h e s c r e e n , If t h i s s c r e e n a p p e a r s
a g a i n , g o to t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for t h e G P S icon is w h i t e
o r not s h o w n ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 2 6 ) .
* S k i p to a C S F s c r e e n by p u s h i n g t h e M E N U + I N F O
buttons at the s a m e t i m e a n d c a n m o v e to a n S y s t e m
Links s c r e e n .
ftiap
Matching
T h i s part of t h e initialization m a t c h e s t h e G P S
If t h e N a v i g a t i o n D V D Is lost or d a m a g e d , or y o u n e e d a
y e a r l y u p d a t e d D V D , y o u h a v e t w o w a y s to p u r c h a s e
o n e . Y o u c a n e i t h e r call (888) 2 9 1 - 4 6 7 5 , or o r d e r o n l i n e
at w w w . h o n d a n a v l . c o m .
B o t h m e t h o d s r e q u i r e a credit c a r d . T h e D V D for t h i s
m o d e l h a s a w h i t e l a b e l , a n d c a n n o t be o r d e r e d t h r o u g h
t h e parts s y s t e m . T h e f o l l o w i n g D V D s will not w o r k in
this navigation s y s t e m :
* E a r l i e r m o d e l n a v i g a t i o n D V D s (black, o r a n g e , light
blue l a b e l a n d t h e o l d e r v e r s i o n s w i t h a w h i t e label)
* M a p s o f t w a r e p r o g r a m s m a n u f a c t u r e d by other
companies
* D V D m o v i e s , or D V D s c o n t a i n i n g a u d i o r e c o r d i n g s
U p d a t e D V D s a r e a v a i l a b l e for p u r c h a s e u s u a l l y in t h e
fall of e a c h y e a r . T h e y m a y c o n t a i n t h e f o l l o w i n g :
* E n h a n c e d m a p s a n d points of Interest (POI) c o v e r a g e
* F i x e s for m i n o r s o f t w a r e b u g s
* Additional features
NOTE:
* M a p m a t c h i n g m u s t be d o n e a n y t i m e t h e D V D is
r e m o v e d or r e p l a c e d .
* A l w a y s order navigation D V D s on a n a s - n e e d e d basis.
During a typical model year, e a c h color DVD m a y
u n d e r g o a half a d o z e n s o f t w a r e o n l y v e r s i o n
u p g r a d e s to fix m i n o r I s s u e s o n s o m e or all m o d e l s
t h e D V D s u p p o r t s . T h i s Is n o r m a l . U s u a l l y only the '
letter at t h e e n d of the v e r s i o n n u m b e r c h a n g e s ,
while the database (maps and POIs) remain
unchanged.
* N e v e r p r o m i s e y o u r c u s t o m e r future free u p d a t e s .
T h e r e a r e no free p r o g r a m s for u p d a t i n g t h e
navigation DVD. Update D V D s are generally available
for p u r c h a s e e a c h f a l l . T h e o n l i n e D V D o r d e r site
p r o v i d e s i n f o r m a t i o n w h e n a n u p d a t e for a p a r t i c u l a r
c o l o r D V D Is a v a i l a b l e .
* D a m a g e d d i s c s a r e not c o v e r e d b y w a r r a n t y u n l e s s
t h e y h a v e b e e n d a m a g e d b y the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
coordinates with a road on the m a p s c r e e n . T o do this

part of t h e p r o c e d u r e , m a k e s u r e that the n a v i g a t i o n
s y s t e m d i s p l a y s a m a p , a n d d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on a
m a p p e d r o a d s h o w n on t h e m a p s c r e e n . D o not enter a
d e s t i n a t i o n a t this t i m e . W h e n the n a m e of the c u r r e n t
r o a d y o u a r e d r i v i n g o n , a p p e a r s at t h e b o t t o m of t h e
s c r e e n , t h e entire p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e . Y o u r s y s t e m
is n o w r e a d y t o u s e .
(confd)
23-129
Navigation System
Genera!
Troubleshooting Information (confd)
DVD Handing and Cleaning

T o a v o i d d a m a g i n g or l e a v i n g f i n g e r p r i n t s o n the D V D ,
a l w a y s h a n d l e it by t h e e d g e s a n d p l a c e it in a j e w e l
c a s e w h e n e v e r it is o u t s i d e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit. D e e p
s c r a t c h e s or f i n g e r p r i n t s o n the b a c k of the D V D c a n
c a u s e intermittent r e b o o t i n g or other s y s t e m e r r o r s .
Earliest DVD Version Application for Each

Mode!
E a c h n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m D V D c o n t a i n s a m a p / P O l (point
of interest) d a t a b a s e a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m
s o f t w a r e for e a c h m o d e ! that It s u p p o r t s . Inserting a n
o l d e r D V D c a n c a u s e p r o b l e m s s i n c e it lacks t h e
s o f t w a r e to p r o v i d e the s p e c i f i c f e a t u r e s n e e d e d for that
m o d e l . U n f o r t u n a t e l y , the n a v i g a t i o n s o f t w a r e d o e s - n o t
detect or w a r n y o u that t h e v e r s i o n Is o u t d a t e d , a n d It
m a y e v e n a p p e a r to o p e r a t e .
N O T E : Replacing a DVD just b e c a u s e the v e r s i o n
n u m b e r is h i g h e r is not a l w a y s w a r r a n t e d . A h i g h e r
s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n d o e s not n e c e s s a r i l y m e a n it c o n t a i n s
n e w e r s o f t w a r e for y o u r m o d e l . T h e D V D c o n t a i n s
s o f t w a r e for all m o d e l s that u s e t h e s a m e c o l o r D V D ,
a n d a r e v i s e d n u m b e r m a y or m a y not h a v e s o f t w a r e
f i x e s or u p g r a d e s for t h e m o d e l in q u e s t i o n .
T y p i c a l w a r n i n g s y m p t o m s that a n o u t d a t e d D V D is
being u s e d Include:
S m u d g e s a n d fingerprints c a n be c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e d
u s i n g a m i l d c l e a n e r a n d t i s s u e s d e s i g n e d to c l e a n
e y e g l a s s e s . T o c l e a n a D V D , u s e a c l e a n soft cloth. V e r y
g e n t l y w i p e a c r o s s the D V D f r o m t h e c e n t e r to t h e
o u t s i d e e d g e , n e v e r in a c i r c u l a r m o t i o n .
T h e Honda model navigation s c r e e n displays a A c u r a

logo w h i l e booting up.
A n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d m o d e l f e a t u r e or c u r r e n t
a c c e s s o r y m a y not d i s p l a y p r o p e r l y , a n d Extensiondisplays Instead. '
N O T E : E x t e n s i o n m a y be d i s p l a y e d w h e n u s i n g
M u s i c Link, but
s h o u l d n e v e r be d i s p l a y e d w h e n XM.
Is s e l e c t e d .
T h e c u r r e n t street (the street b e i n g d r i v e n on) d o e s
not a p p e a r p r o p e r l y at the -bottom of the m a p s c r e e n
d i s p l a y w h e n the v e h i c l e is d r i v e n o n a m a i n r o a d .
N O T E : If n e c e s s a r y , c o m p a r e the o p e r a t i o n to t h e
n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m of the s a m e m o d e l a n d y e a r
v e h i c l e that h a s a c u r r e n t D V D .
Do not p l a c e stabilizer r i n g s or l a b e l s on t h e D V D .
23-130
H o w t o identify Navigation DVD V e r s i o n s ,

a n d How to i n s p e c t A D V D for D a m a g e
T o d e t e r m i n e t h e n a v i g a t i o n v e r s i o n o n a particular
m o d e l , start t h e e n g i n e , t h e n locate t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit.
O p e n t h e D V D d o o r , a n d p u s h t h e e j e c t button to e j e c t
t h e D V D , H o l d t h e D V D b y t h e e d g e s , a n d c h e c k for
these Items:
* C h e c k a n y official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e f o r m o r e
service information about the navigation D V D s .
* T h e D V D label color.
* R e a d t h e D V D v e r s i o n o n t h e l a b e l , a n d note it o n t h e
repair order. T h e v e r s i o n n u m b e r is near the bottom
of t h e label text (for e x a m p l e , v e r : 4.23A). Y o u will
need this version number:
- T o verify that t h e D V D v e r s i o n is a p p r o p r i a t e for t h e
v e h i c l e , C h e c k a n y official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e
for m o r e s e r v i c e i n f o r m a t i o n .
* Incorrectly c o l o r e d D V D s b e i n g p u t into n a v i g a t i o n
v e h i c l e s . T h i s c a u s e s t h e s y s t e m to e i t h e r d i s p l a y
e r r o r m e s s a g e s , o r c a u s e s s y s t e m m a l f u n c t i o n s that
m i m i c a h a r d w a r e problem:.-This r e s u l t s in t h e
c u s t o m e r l e a v i n g with a m a l f u n c t i o n i n g n a v i g a t i o n
system.
* T h e D V D v e r s i o n p r o v i d e d to t h e c u s t o m e r is out-of
date o r i n c o m p a t i b l e with a particular m o d e l . T h i s
i n c o n v e n i e n c e s your c u s t o m e r by delaying the repair,
or b y c a u s i n g a d d i t i o n a l (and u n n e c e s s a r y ) r e t u r n s to
your dealership.
* T h e c u s t o m e r e x p e r i e n c e s b u g s o r o t h e r i s s u e s that
h a v e a l r e a d y b e e n r e s o l v e d in later v e r s i o n s c u r r e n t l y
a v a i l a b l e at t h e fulfillment d e s k .
If t h e D V D is d e f e c t i v e , or h a s a n y of t h e i s s u e s
m e n t i o n e d a b o v e , return t h e v e h i c l e to y o u r c u s t o m e r
a n d r e c o m m e n d that t h e y o r d e r t h e p r o p e r D V D f r o m
the Honda Disc Fulfillment Center,
- A n y t i m e y o u call T e c h Line regarding a navigation

system issue.
- T o a n s w e r c u s t o m e r inquires concerning update or
coverage Issue.
N O T E : C u s t o m e r s m a y obtain D V D s from s o u r c e s
o u t s i d e t h e n o r m a l o r d e r i n g p r o c e s s , If y o u
d e t e r m i n e t h i s is t h e c a s e , r e c o m m e n d that y o u r
c u s t o m e r p u r c h a s e the appropriate D V D from the
Honda Disc Fulfillment Center fsee O R D E R I N G A
DVD).
N O T E : If It is d e t e r m i n e d that t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit Is
d e f e c t i v e (through t h e a p p r o p r i a t e s e r v i c e m a n u a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e s ) a n d t h e D V D will n o t e j e c t ,
o r d e r a r e p l a c e m e n t n a v i g a t i o n unit, a n d a l s o o r d e r a
D V D from the Honda Disc Fulfillment Center. .
N a v i g a t i o n D V D s . d o not c o m e with r e p l a c e m e n t
n a v i g a t i o n units. If y o u a r e r e p l a c i n g a n a v i g a t i o n unit
b e c a u s e It i s d e f e c t i v e (following a p p r o p r i a t e s e r v i c e
m a n u a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ) , a n d t h e D V D d o e s not eject,
order a D V D from the Disc Fulfillment Center.
- C h e c k t h e u n d e r s i d e of t h e D V D for s i g n s of
mishandling. Deep scratches, or random scratches,
light s w i r l m a r k s , o r f i n g e r p r i n t s c a n c a u s e r a n d o m
lock-ups, reboots, erratic v o i c e r e s p o n s e , erratic
p o s i t i o n i n g e r r o r s , a n d D V D r e a d or f o r m a t e r r o r s .
N O T E : A d a m a g e d D V D i s not c o v e r e d under
w a r r a n t y u n l e s s t h e d i s c is d a m a g e d by t h e
n a v i g a t i o n unit. D a m a g e b y t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit
typically a p p e a r s a s circular scratches c a u s e d by
s o m e t h i n g r u b b i n g a g a i n s t t h e D V D a s It s p i n s . T h e
d a m a g e m a y a p p e a r a s a r c s or c o m p l e t e c i r c l e s o n
the D V D reading surface.
- V e r i f y that t h e u n d e r s i d e of t h e D V D is s i l v e r , a n d
not a c o p y w i t h a b l u e c o l o r . C o p i e s will not w o r k
p r o p e r l y a n d c a n c a u s e o t h e r s y m p t o m s that m i m i c
hardware problems.
(confd)
23-131
Navigation S f stern
How to Answer Customer Questions About
Navigation Coverage
S o m e c u s t o m e r s m a y a s k q u e s t i o n s r e g a r d i n g a city,
a d d r e s s , or POI (point of interest) c o v e r e d by the
n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m , ft is better to verify a c o v e r a g e
q u e s t i o n o n a n actual v e h i c l e t h a n to d i s a p p o i n t y o u r
c u s t o m e r by p r o m i s i n g c o v e r a g e that m a y be
I n c o m p l e t e or m i s s i n g i n their a r e a . T h e f o l l o w i n g
s u g g e s t i o n s c a n be u s e d to a n s w e r c o v e r a g e i n q u i r i e s
from your customer.
How do I find the local address of a business

that is part of a national chain (for example
Starbucks)?
T h e r e a r e t h r e e w a y s to find t h e local a d d r e s s to
businesses:
* If y o u k n o w the p h o n e n u m b e r of t h e b u s i n e s s , s e l e c t
P h o n e N u m b e r a n d e n t e r t h e 10 digit p h o n e n u m b e r
(area c o d e p l u s s e v e n digit n u m b e r ) .
* S e l e c t C a t e g o r y , t h e n R e s t a u r a n t . E n t e r the k e y w o r d
S t a r . T h e resulting list i n c l u d e s all r e s t a u r a n t s that
h a v e t h e letters S t a r a n y w h e r e in the n a m e .
is m y a d d r e s s covered by t h e navigation s y s t e m ?
* S e l e c t N a m e a n d enter S t a r b u c k s . F o r m o r e c o m m o n
b u s i n e s s n a m e s , like M c D o n a l d s , y o u m a y h a v e to
U s i n g a c u r r e n t p r o d u c t i o n v e h i c l e (of t h e s a m e m o d e l ) ,
try a n d enter t h e c u s t o m e r ' s a d d r e s s (street first) to s e e
If their a r e a Is c o v e r e d . A l w a y s e n t e r the street first,
b e c a u s e s o m e t i m e s their city m a y b e i n c l u d e d In a
"neighboring t o w n s h i p , or u n d e r s o m e larger
metropolitan city n a m e . If t h e a d d r e s s is s h o w n in a
v e h i c l e , y o u m i g h t r e c o m m e n d that y o u r c u s t o m e r
p u r c h a s e a n update.
s e a r c h t h r o u g h a list that I n c l u d e s other b u s i n e s s e s
like M c D o n a l d s W e l d i n g , M c D o n a l d s A u t o m o t i v e , etc.
Why are some features different or missing

compared to my previous Aeura vehicle?
Hardware and software continually go through updates
a n d I m p r o v e m e n t s . F e a t u r e s m a y c h a n g e or d i s a p p e a r
o v e r t i m e b a s e d on t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m d e v e l o p m e n t .
Is m y c i t y c o v e r e d b y t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m ?
Precaution n Customer "Sneak Previews"

F o r g e n e r a l q u e s t i o n s a b o u t w h e t h e r a city is c o v e r e d ,
v i e w the m a p c o v e r a g e link o n t h e D V D o r d e r site. O n
the s i t e , s e l e c t a y e a r , a n d s e l e c t a m o d e l , t h e n click o n
t h e C o v e r a g e link. Y o u t h e n s e l e c t a state or p r o v i n c e ,
a n d t h e cities a r e listed. O f c o u r s e , t h i s d o e s not
g u a r a n t e e that the c u s t o m e r ' s r o a d or a d d r e s s Is in t h e
s y s t e m . V e r i f y i n g on a n a c t u a l p r o d u c t i o n v e h i c l e is
a l w a y s t h e best g u a r a n t e e that y o u r information Is
accurate.
T h e g a s station on m y corner is n o w a restayrant. W h y
is it stiSI i n c o r r e c t in t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m ?
F o r POI-related client q u e s t i o n s , e x p l a i n that
b u s i n e s s e s a r e c o n s t a n t l y m o v i n g , a n d t h e r e c a n be a
c o n s i d e r a b l e lag In u p d a t i n g t h e m i l l i o n s of POSs in the
s y s t e m . T h e d a t a b a s e is u p d a t e d a n n u a l l y , a n d the b e s t
w a y to t h e verify w h e t h e r t h e POI is a c c u r a t e is verify
the Inquiry o n a c u r r e n t p r o d u c t i o n v e h i c l e .
Y o u r c u s t o m e r m i g h t r e q u e s t a look (or s n e a k p r e v i e w )
at f e a t u r e s In the latest n a v i g a t i o n s o f t w a r e . Y o u s h o u l d
n e v e r p r e v i e w a n a v i g a t i o n D V D in a c u s t o m e r ' s v e h i c l e .
. Inserting a n e w e r D V D i n s t a l l s the latest s o f t w a r e f r o m
the D V D into the m e m o r y of t h e c u s t o m e r ' s n a v i g a t i o n
s y s t e m . W h e n the original D V D Is r e i n s t a l l e d , t h e n e w e r
s o f t w a r e r e m a i n s in m e m o r y a n d Is often i n c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h t h e c u s t o m e r ' s original D V D M a p a n d POI
d a t a b a s e , or s o f t w a r e .
If y o u r c u s t o m e r w i s h e s to s e e t h e latest n a v i g a t i o n
c o v e r a g e or s o f t w a r e f e a t u r e s , d e m o n s t r a t e It on a n instock v e h i c l e that a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest D V D v e r s i o n .
If, a n e w e r v e r s i o n is l o a d e d e i t h e r by the d e a l e r or t h e
c u s t o m e r , the o n l y r e m e d y Is to e n t e r the n a v i g a t i o n
d i a g n o s t i c m o d e ' s V e r s i o n s c r e e n a n d do a f o r c e d d o w n l o a d . C h e c k a n y official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e for
m o r e Information a b o u t w h a t p a t c h e s m a y n e e d
A n s w e r s to t h e s e a n d o t h e r q u e s t i o n s r e g a r d i n g
c o v e r a g e c a n be f o u n d in t h e s e l o c a t i o n s :
In t h e F r e q u e n t l y A s k e d Q u e s t i o n s s e c t i o n of t h e
navigation s y s t e m m a n u a l .
A t t h e o n l i n e D V D o r d e r s i t e , b y c l i c k i n g o n the F A Q s
link.
23-132
reinstalling.
How to Check Error History
5. S e l e c t H a r d E r r o r .
T h e E r r o r History f e a t u r e is to r e c o r d intermittent
n a v i g a t i o n i s s u e s that o c c u r w h i l e u s i n g t h e s y s t e m .
S o m e t i m e s the customer complaint cannot be
duplicated, T h e error history m a y record the
information n e e d e d t o d i a g n o s e t h e p r o b l e m . T o c h e c k
the e r r o r history:
N O T E : S o f t e r r o r s a r e for factory u s e o n l y /
Return.
Error History
Hard Error,
Soft Error
1, S t a r t the e n g i n e ,
2, P r e s s a n d h o l d t h e
MAP/GUIDE+MENU+CANCEL
buttons for 3 s e c o n d s , or connect the S C S s e r v i c e

c o n n e c t o r to t h e n a v i g a t i o n s e r v i c e c o n n e c t o r
l o c a t e d in the t r u n k fsee p a g e 23-239).
3, W h e n t h e S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s m e n u i s
d i s p l a y e d , s e l e c t Detail Information & S e t t i n g .
Select Diagnosis Items
" Return
Self-Diagnosis Mode
Detail Information & Setting
H a r d w a r e Error History
6. T h e Hard E r r o r s c r e e n d i s p l a y s the f o l l o w i n g
information f o r e a c h error:
* T h e D T C trouble c o d e for t h e error
* A brief d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e D T C c o d e
* T h e date a n d t i m e w h e n t h e error o c c u r r e d .
NOTE:
* T o s e e additional e r r o r s , u s e t h e interface dial to
s e l e c t U P or D O W N .
* S e l e c t C l e a r to delete t h e error history. T h e S a v e
feature is for factory u s e only.
W h e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit h a s h a r d c o d e s , t h e E r r o r
History i c o n a p p e a r s y e l l o w w h e n t h e S e l f
D i a g n o s i s m o d e f S y s t e m links) s c r e e n is d i s p l a y e d .
W h e n n o hard errors are stored, the icon a p p e a r s
g r a y . T o v i e w t h e e r r o r s w i t h their D T C c o d e s ,
s e l e c t t h e e r r o r history i c o n ,
[ System Links]
Help
| \ E x i t Diag j | R e t u r n '
7. U s e the D T C S y m p t o m T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g table to
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e error.
Return
Hard Error
1, [ 2705] [HFL D i a g !
[ 2 0 0 4 : 1 2 : 3 1 -19:15:55]
2. [ 2 7 0 7 ] [ M l D i a g ]
[2004:12:31-13:15:50]
A/C
2. [ 2707 ] [ G P S DIag:Artt@nna]
znz
Display
[2004:12:31 -19:15:12]
fc= MawLECU
Clear
If
Save
0/0
n
Pi-Camera
GPS Ant
Hard 5y
8. C l e a r the D T C s .
9. S e l e c t R e t u r n to exit the error history.
S o f t w a r e Error (Soft error! History
S o f t w a r e e r r o r s a r e not a v a i l a b l e . T h e y a r e for factory
use only.
(confd)
23-133
N a v i g a t i o n . System
H o w to Clear Error History
1. Do the s t e p s in H o w to c h e c k E r r o r History.
3. After s e l e c t i n g C l e a r t h e n s e l e c t i n g Y e s , both Hard

E r r o r history a n d Soft E r r o r history are c l e a r e d at
the s a m e t i m e .
Hard error history clear
2. S e l e c t C l e a r in the e r r o r m e n u .
NOTE:
Hard Error
1 "ftatarn
B y s e l e c t i n g C l e a r , all s o f t w a r e .and h a r d w a r e
e r r o r s s t o r e d in history a r e e r a s e d at the s a m e
Clear Error History ?
time.
* S a v e is for f a c t o r y u s e only.
Yes
No
Hard error history is displayed
Hard Error
Return
Clear
&ave
1. [ 2 7 0 5 ] [ H F L Diag]
[2004:12:31 -19:15:55]
2.
S o f t e r r o r h i s t o r y c l e a r (Soft e r r o r s a r e for f a c t o r y
[2707][MicDiag]
[2004:12:31 -19:15:50]
y s e only)
2 . [ 2 7 0 7 ] [ G P S Diag:Antenna]
Clear
I f Save
Return
Soft Error
[200412:31-19:15:12]
o/o
L A J L 2 J
Clear Error History ?

S o f t e r r o r h i s t o r y is d i s p l a y e d ISoft e r r o r s a r e for
factory y s e only 1
Soft Error
1. [APPLI]
Yes
Return j
[31000001 ] (2004:12:31 -19:15:08)
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 .

2. [APPLI]
[31000001 ] (2007:03:01 -10:53:54)
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000

3. [APPLI]
[12004100] (2004:12:31 -19:15:12)
00000001 00000105 ffffff2c 00000000

Clear
II
Save
1
0/0 L A J L 2 L
23-134
4. P r e s s return to exit.
No
DTC Troubleshooting index

1001
D e s e r f p f Son
FROM system
Info E r r o r
1101
; Media B u s
S e n d Error
1201
D V D High
Circuit
Flash ROM
management
Failure Detection
N a v i g a t i o n unit internal Data
Error.
Page
( s e e p a g e 23-193)
A l s o C h e c k for
L o w or w e a k
Media
condition
N a v i g a t i o n unit internal
Media Error.
( s e e p a g e 23-193)
L o w or w e a k
N a v i g a t i o n unit t e m p e r a t u r e
( s e e p a g e 23-194)
* L o w or w e a k
monitoring
DVD drive
a b o v e the u p p e r limit. F a i l u r e
Temp
* High
temperature
a r o u n d the
navigation unit
in N a v i g a t i o n control unit fancircuit
1202
DVD Low
DVD drive
Temp
N a v i g a t i o n unit t e m p e r a t u r e
( s e e p a g e 23-194)
b e l o w the l o w e r limit.
L o w or w e a k
* L o w temperature
a r o u n d the
n a v i g a t i o n unit.
1301
GPS
G P S Antenna
Error
Antenna
1302
G P S Receiver
Error 1
GPS
Receiver
1303
G P S Receiver
GPS
Error 2
G P S A n t e n n a circuit
Malfunction.
( s e e p a g e 23-195)
L o w or w e a k
G P S A n t e n n a circuit
Malfunction.
-Navigation unit internal G P S
( s e e p a g e 23-196)
L o w or w e a k
( s e e p a g e 23-197)
L o w or w e a k
Navigation unit internal G y r o '"(see p a g e 23-197)

Malfunction.
L o w or w e a k
r e c e i v e r MalfunctionN a v i g a t i o n unit internal G P S

receiver Malfunction.
1304
Gyro Error 1
Receiver
Gyro
1305
G y r o E r r o r 2:
Gyro
N a v i g a t i o n unit internal G y r o
Malfunction.
( s e e p a g e 23-198)
L o w or w e a k
V P S Circuit Malfunction.
( s e e p a g e 23-198)
C h e c k for F - C A N
S c r a t c h e d / D i r t y D V D or N a v i g a t i o n unit internal D V D
R O M drive.
(see page 23-199)
DTCs.
L o w or w e a k
M e c h a n i c a l m a l f u n c t i o n In
the C D C h a n g e r .
( s e e p a g e 23-199)
L o w or w e a k
( s e e p a g e 23-200)
L o w or w e a k
ECU Temp
xx-c
1306
Vehicle Speed
Vehicle
1307
Pulse
DVD Read
Error
S p e e d Pulse
DVD disc
1402
Audio Error 2
CD
1403
Audio Error 3
Display
Internal m a l f u n c t i o n w i t h
navigation display u n i t
1409
Audio ErrorS
XM
X M Antenna/Circuit
Malfunction.
( s e e p a g e 23-200)
L o w or w e a k
1501
Aircon Error
Aircon
Communication Error
b e t w e e n . C l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit
a n d N a v i g a t i o n unit ( o p e n /
short).
( s e e p a g e 23-201)
Low or weak
(confd)
23-135
Navigation System
GPS
Failure Detection
G A - N E T B u s Circuit
Malfunction o p e n / s h o r t .
E C U B u s Circuit Malfunction
open/short.
N a v i g a t i o n D i s p l a y Unit
internal M a l f u n c t i o n .
N a v i g a t i o n D i s p l a y Unit
internal M a l f u n c t i o n .
Malfunction O p e n / S h o r t
Malfunction O p e n / S h o r t . X M
A n t e n n a Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n .
V R A M Malfunction.
D R A M Malfunction.
G P S Antenna Malfunction.
GPS
G P S A n t e n n a Malfunction.
DTC :
2601
Description
D i s p l a y Diag:
Connect
Circyit
Display
2602
Display
2607
D i s p l a y Diag:
ROM
D i s p l a y Diag:
RAM
H/U Diag:
'Connect
X M Diag
XM
2609
V R A M Diag
ECU VRAM
2610
D R A M Diag
ECU DRAM
2701
G P S Diag:
Antenna
G P S Diag:
R e c e i v e r in
Navigation
Unit
A i r c o n Diag
2603
2605
2702
2703
Display
H/U
Aircon
2705
H F L Diag
HFL
2706
G y r o Diag:
ECU'Temp
Gyro
Page
(see p a g e 23-204)
(see p a g e 23-207)
(see p a g e 23-207)
( s e e p a g e 23-208)
( s e e p a g e 23-210)
(see p a g e 23-211)
(see p a g e 23-212)
(see p a g e 23-212)
(see p a g e 23-213)
Communication Error
b e t w e e n C l i m a t e control unit
a n d N a v i g a t i o n unit ( o p e n /
short).
H a n d s F r e e L i n k Control unit
internal Malfunction.
.Navigation unit internal -
Malfunction.
(see p a g e 23-201)
DTCs.
(see p a g e 23-213)
DTCs.
M i c C i r c u i t Malfunction O p e n /
Short
(see p a g e 23-216)
(see p a g e 23-215)
xxc.
2707
23-136
M i c Diag
Mic
A l s o C h e c k for

Symptom
N a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m s t a y s o n the G P S
S y s t e m Initialization { s e e p a g e
initialization s c r e e n
23-128}
A l s o eheck for
Navigation unit
* Internal.defect i n " G P S a n t e n n a
G P S a n t e n n a / c a b l e Is
d i s c o n n e c t e d or d a m a g e d
T h e w r o n g c o l o r D V D or v e r s i o n is
Installed
Vehicle position icon constantly

l e a v e s road,, m o v e s erratically, or is
displayed very far from actual
v e h i c l e position
S y s t e m a l w a y s c o m e s up in in-line
F a c t o r y d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n in L i n e
diagnostic mode
Diag f s e e p a g e 23-174)
( s e e p a g e 23-220)
* T h e D V D Is d a m a g e d or dirty
* Harness/fuses/switches
* N a v i g a t i o n unit
* Internal defect in G P S a n t e n n a
* G P S antenna/cable
* P C M ( s p e e d a n d fuel p u l s e s )
* Ha r n e s s / f u s e s / s w i t c h e s
N a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m w i l l not a c c e p t
security code
N a v i g a t i o n f r e q u e n t l y a s k s for
anti-theft c o d e a n d / o r n e e d s G P S
initialization
G P S i c o n i s w h i t e or not s h o w n
T h e D V D Is d a m a g e d or dirty
(see p a g e 23-236)
* Anti-theft c o d e not m a t c h i n g
* L o s s of v o l t a g e or p o o r g r o u n d
(G651)
*
*
*
*
(see p a g e 23-226)
* Internal defect in G P S a n t e n n a
( s e e p a g e 23-233) Symptom Troubleshooting
S o f t w a r e not up to date
L o w battery v o l t a g e
Harness/fuses/switches
Navigation unit
* Aftermarket a c c e s s o r i e s
c o n n e c t e d to the s y s t e m
V e h i c l e icon w a n d e r s a c r o s s the
m a p w h e n d r i v i n g ( d o e s not f o l l o w a
d i s p l a y e d road) o r m a p or v e h i c l e
ICON spins
Mo picture i s d i s p l a y e d
Picture h a s l i n e s or rolls
* Harness/fuses/switches .
( s e e p a g e 23-232)
(see p a g e 23-218)
*
*
*
.
P C M (speed signal)
Internal defect in G P S a n t e n n a
T h e w r o n g c o l o r D V D or v e r s i o n Is
Installed
*
*
*
*
*
T h e D V D is d a m a g e d or dirty
Navigation unit
N a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit
Ha r n e s s / f u s e s / s w i t c h e s
Aftermarket a c c e s s o r i e s
c o n n e c t e d to t h e s y s t e m
*
*
*
N a v i g a t i o n unit- :
Navigation d i s p l a y unit
T h e w r o n g c o l o r D V D o r v e r s i o n is
( s e e p a g e 23-222)
Picture Is m i s s i n g a c o l o r or t o n e or
is a n o d d c o l o r
( s e e p a g e 23-220)
installed
* T h e D V D is d a m a g e d ' o r dirty
* N a v i g a t i o n - d i s p l a y unit
Aftermarket a c c e s s o r i e s
(confd)
23-137
Navigation System
Symptom
D i s p l a y d a y / n i g h t m o d e d o e s not
N a v i g a t i o n unit
w o r k or d o e s not w o r k p r o p e r l y
( s e e p a g e 23-231)
T h e g a u g e b r i g h t n e s s level is s e t
to High in d a y or night m o d e
* N a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit
G a u g e control m o d u l e ( C A N )
* T h e navigation display brightness
is not s e t to auto m o d e
S y s t e m locks up or f r e e z e s
constantly
fsee p a g e 23-232)
N a v i g a t i o n unit '
* T h e w r o n g c o l o r D V D or v e r s i o n is
installed
V o i c e g u i d a n c e c a n n o t be h e a r d , is
broken up, or t h e r e is static
( s e e p a g e 23-226)
V o l u m e or v o i c e f e e d b a c k setting
(see O w n e r ' s m a n u a l )
* A u d i o unit/amplifier
V o i c e control d o e s not w o r k /
respond
(see p a g e 23-227)
Microphone
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit
Navigation c a n n o t control H V A C by
voice, c o m m a n d
(see p a g e 23-230)
A u d i o unit ( A N C circuit)
installed
W r o n g n a v i g a t i o n unit ( m o d e l
code)
B-CAN DTCs
N a v i g a t i o n c a n n o t control X M radio
( s e e p a g e 23-235)
installed
A u d i o unit
X M receiver
Harness
A u d i o unit
N a v i g a t i o n c a n n o t control a u d i o
system
Interface dial buttons d o not w o r k
Harness
installed
(see p a g e 23-224)
* T h e w r o n g c o l o r D V D or v e r s i o n is
( s e e p a g e 23-235)
installed
* Interface dial
T o d a y ' s D e s t i n a t i o n s button is d i m
T h e c u s t o m e r h a s not e n t e r e d a
a n d not s e l e c t a b l e in t h e E n t e r
g r o u p of l o c a t i o n s for T o d a y ' s
d e s t i n a t i o n by s c r e e n ( g r a y e d - o u t )
D e s t i n a t i o n s . T h i s is n o r m a l . T h e
button is o n l y s e l e c t a b l e sf the
c u s t o m e r is u s i n g t h i s f u n c t i o n .
23-138
S e e Owner's Manual
Symptom
P r e v i o u s D e s t i n a t i o n s button is d i m
a n d not s e l e c t a b l e in t h e E n t e r
d e s t i n a t i o n by s c r e e n ( g r a y e d - o u t )
A d d r e s s c a n n o t be f o u n d or s y s t e m
g i v e s p o o r routing
D i a g n o s t i c procedure
T h e v e h i c l e m a y be n e w , or t h e
c u s t o m e r d e l e t e d the d e s t i n a t i o n .
W i t h o u t a s t o r e d previous,
d e s t i n a t i o n , the s y s t e m c a n ' t route
to a p r e v i o u s d e s t i n a t i o n . E n t e r a
destination, and allow the s y s t e m to
route to It, After the trip, t h e
P r e v i o u s D e s t i n a t i o n s button w i l l b e
selectable,
* Verify proper operation and
s y s t e m limitations u s i n g the
owner's manual.
* See Answering customer
question about Navigation
c o v e r a g e in g e n e r a l
troubleshooting.
D a t a b a s e limitations ( a d d r e s s not
in d a t a b a s e )
W r o n g c o l o r D V D installed
Older database
T h e w r o n g c o l o r e d D V D or m a r k e t
T h e m a p w i l l not d i s p l a y the
S o u t h e r n portion of t h e U . S . o r the
N o r t h e r n p a r t s of C a n a d a
North A m e r i c a n c o v e r a g e is
different for U.S./Canada m a r k e t s .
S e e the version diagnostic s c r e e n
( s e e p a g e 23-189) for details o n
coverage differences.
Navigation display s t a y s on with
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting .
* Ha r n e s s / f u s e s / s w i t c h e s
ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0)
( s e e p a g e 23-234)
* Aftermarket accessories
DVD s c r e e n error m e s s a g e s
( s e e p a g e 23-230)
D V D is installed
* Navigation unit
* T h e w r o n g c o l o r e d D V D or
v e r s i o n installed
N a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m w i l l not g o
b e y o n d the d i s c l a i m e r s c r e e n a n d
d i s p l a y s t h e O K button
A l s o s e e Interface Dial buttons do

not w o r k
* T h e D V D is d a m a g e d or dirty
v e r s i o n installed
* T h e D V D is d a m a g e d or dirty
T h e n a v i g a t i o n anti-theft c o d e c a r d
S e e ants-theft feature ( s e e p a g e
is lost or m i s s i n g
T h e vehicle icon lags behind w h e n
the v e h i c l e t u r n s
23-126)
Navigation s c r e e n is darker than

n o r m a l o r t a k e s t i m e to brighten
w h e n it is c o l d
T h e n a v i g a t i o n c l o c k i s off by 1 to 3
h o u r s after r e p l a c i n g t h e n a v i g a t i o n
unit
S e e L C D unit limitations f s e e p a g e
23-127)
A n e w n a v i g a t i o n D V D is n e e d e d
S e e self-inertiai n a v i g a t i o n
limitations ( s e e p a g e 23-126)
S e e service precautions (see page

23-128)
* Aftermarket a c c e s s o r i e s
c o n n e c t e d to the s y s t e m
C o m p a r e to a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e
* Do m a p matching (see page

23-129)
* Check and adjust the clock
settings
S e e obtaining a n a v i g a t i o n D V D
( s e e p a g e 23-129)
(confd)
23-139
Navigation System
Symptom
T i m e is not c o r r e c t
T h e D V D is s c r a t c h e d or dirty
R e s e t T i m e A d j u s t m e n t in s e t - u p
S e e service precautions (see page
23-128)
S e e DVD Handling and Cleaning
v e r s i o n is i n s t a l l e d
* R e s e t Time. A d j u s t m e n t in s e t - u p
* A d e f e c t i v e G P S r e c e i v e r in t h e
n a v i g a t i o n unit
( s e e p a g e 23-130)
T h e w r o n g DVD w a s installed a n d
n o w the s y s t e m d o e s not function
properly
A POI c a n n o t be f o u n d
S e e Precaution customer Sneak

P r e v i e w s ( s e e p a g e 23-132)
S e e h o w to a n s w e r c u s t o m e r
questions about navigation
* T h e d a t a b a s e m a y be out of date.
C o n f i r m t h e POI e x i s t s in a c u r r e n t
production vehicle
c o v e r a g e ( s e e p a g e 23-132)
A s p e c i f i c city c a n n o t be f o u n d
S e e h o w to a n s w e r c u s t o m e r
questions about navigation
c o v e r a g e ( s e e p a g e 23-132)
A n In L i n e D i a g n o s i s s c r e e n a p p e a r s
e v e r y t i m e v e h i c l e is started
every
T h e A c u r a G l o b e S c r e e n (not t h e
S e e factory d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n In.
Line Diag ( s e e p a g e 23-174)
S y m p t o m troubleshooting
Honda Globe Screen) appears
(see p a g e 23-236)
t i m e the v e h i c l e is started
N a v i g a t i o n unit will not e j e c t or
a c c e p t the navigation D V D
23-140
Install the c o r r e c t v e r s i o n D V D
C h e c k a n y official H o n d a s e r v i c e
w e b s i t e for m o r e s e r v i c e
information about the
T h e d a t a b a s e m a y be out of date.
C o n f i r m the a d d r e s s e x i s t s in a
current production vehicle
A l s o s e e the s y m p t o m the w r o n g
D V D w a s Installed a n d n o w t h e
s y s t e m d o e s not function p r o p e r l y "
S y m p t o m troubleshooting
(see p a g e 23-237)
-.
System Description
Overwiew
T i l e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m is a h i g h l y - s o p h i s t i c a t e d , h y b r i d locating s y s t e m that u s e s satellites a n d a m a p d a t a b a s e to
s h o w y o u w h e r e y o u a r e a n d to h e l p g u i d e y o u to a d e s i r e d d e s t i n a t i o n ,
T h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m r e c e i v e s s i g n a l s f r o m the global p o s i t i o n i n g s y s t e m ( G P S ) , a n e t w o r k of 24 satellites In orbit
a r o u n d the e a r t h . B y r e c e i v i n g s i g n a l s f r o m s e v e r a l of t h e s e s a t e l l i t e s , t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m c a n d e t e r m i n e t h e
latitude, l o n g i t u d e , a n d e l e v a t i o n of t h e v e h i c l e . In a d d i t i o n , s i g n a l s f r o m the s y s t e m ' s y a w rate s e n s o r a n d the P C M
{ v e h i c l e s p e e d p u l s e ) e n a b l e t h e s y s t e m to k e e p track of the v e h i c l e ' s d i r e c t i o n a n d s p e e d of t r a v e l .
T h i s h y b r i d s y s t e m h a s a d v a n t a g e s o v e r a s y s t e m that Is either entirely s e l f - c o n t a i n e d or o n e that relies totally o n the
G P S . F o r e x a m p l e , the s e l f - c o n t a i n e d portion of t h e s y s t e m c a n k e e p track of v e h i c l e position e v e n w h e n satellite
s i g n a l s c a n n o t be r e c e i v e d . W h e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m Is o n , the G P S c a n k e e p track of the v e h i c l e position e v e n
w h e n t h e v e h i c l e i s t r a n s p o r t e d b y ferry.
T h e navigation- s y s t e m a p p l i e s all l o c a t i o n , d i r e c t i o n , a n d s p e e d Information to m a p s a n d c a l c u l a t e s a route to the
d e s t i n a t i o n e n t e r e d . A s y o u d r i v e to that d e s t i n a t i o n , the s y s t e m p r o v i d e s both v i s u a l a n d a u d i o g u i d a n c e .
T h i s n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m a l s o h a s v o i c e r e c o g n i t i o n that a l l o w s v o i c e control of m o s t of the navigation f u n c t i o n s . T h e
N a v i g a t i o n T A L K a n d B A C K buttons o n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l activate the v o i c e c o n t r o l . T h e v o i c e control a l s o a l l o w s
control of the a u d i o a n d c l i m a t e f u n c t i o n s . T h e m a x b r i g h t n e s s s i g n a l Is p a s s e d to the navigation unit t h r o u g h t h e FCAN bus.
T h e i l l u m i n a t i o n s i g n a l { h e a d l i g h t s O N ) is u s e d by the n a v i g a t i o n unit t o a u t o m a t i c a l l y s w i t c h the d i s p l a y b e t w e e n
Night a n d D a y b r i g h t n e s s m o d e s . W h e n t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e b r i g h t n e s s control is s e t to m a x b r i g h t n e s s , t h e
n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m s t a y s in t h e d a y m o d e , e v e n w i t h t h e h e a d l i g h t s o n .
T h e G A - N E T II c o m m u n i c a t i o n b u s p a s s e s i n f o r m a t i o n b a c k a n d forth b e t w e e n the d i s p l a y p a n e l c o n t r o l u n i t the
n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d t h e a u d i o s y s t e m . T h e Information p a s s e d o n t h i s b u s Is a u d i o s e t t i n g s d i r e c t e d by the n a v i g a t i o n
unit.
T h e C o m m . B u s c o n n e c t s t h e H F L , a n d n a v i g a t i o n units. T h i s b u s s u p p o r t s t h e s e f u n c t i o n s :
* T h e n a v i g a t i o n unit s e n d s a POI p h o n e n u m b e r (on the C a l c u l a t e route to s c r e e n ) to the H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit
for d i a l i n g .
* T h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m c o u l d d o w n l o a d the c e l l u l a r p h o n e book a n d c a l l p h o n e n u m b e r s in the book.
* T h e n a v i g a t i o n unit c a n s e n s e t h e s t a t u s of a p h o n e that is p a i r e d to t h e H F L .
'
(confd)
23-141
Navigation S y s t e m
S y s t e m Diagram
FRONTS
(NAVIGATION
VOICE OUTPUT)
CROSSOVER
NETWORK
CONTROL UNITS
CUMATC
CONTROL UNIT
HVACai
AUDIO-HVAC
SUBDISPLAY
UNIT
BACKUP
CAMERA
WAVSGATfON
DISPLAY UNIT
- HFL TAIL/BACK
SWITCH
XM RECEIVER
HFLVOICE&1UTE
GA-NET
COMMBUS
7\
PICTURE/COLOR SIGNAL
APPROVED
BLUETOOTH.
ENABLED
CELL PHONE
XM ANTENNA
(SATELLITE AND
TERRESTRAILi
GA-NET
BUS
GA-NET
BUS
CONTROL UNIT
NAVI
VOICE OUT
MUTE SIGNAL
AUDIO DISC
COM
SIGNAL (B-CAN HI)
SIGNAL (B-CAN LO)

GAUGE CONTROL
IVIODULE
CAN
COMMUNICATION
SIGNAL (F-CAN)
E RELAY
(REVERSE SIGNALS
ECM/PCM
NAVIGATION UNIT
ECM/PCM (VEHICLE
SPEED SIGNAL)
GPS
RECEIVER
SUNLIGHT
SENSOR
23-142
CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT
INTERFACE DIAL
(KNOB AND BUTTONS!
NAVIGATION
TALK/BACK BUTTONS
PJawIgation Function
T h e n a v i g a t i o n system- i s c o m p o s e d of the n a v i g a t i o n u n i t the ECM/PCM ( v e h i c l e s p e e d s i g n a l } , t h e G P S a n t e n n a ,
m i c r o p h o n e , t h e v o i c e c o n t r o l s w i t c h , a u d i o u n i t a n d the a u d i o - H V A C s u b d i s p l a y unit.
Function Diagram
NAVI VOICE
CONTROL SWITCH
MICROPHONE
HandsFreeLink
CONTROL UNIT
HFL
SWITCH
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO-HVAC
SUBDISPLAY UNIT
n trail?
MAViGATiOM DISPLAY UMIT
NAVIGATION UMH
GPSt
ECM/PCM
VOICE
PULSEf
i 9,
Oataproc
LCD
t
Correction of
map matching
seafeofmap
DVD-ROSVl
G A - N e t B u s Configuration
T h e G A - N e t b u s p a s s e s audio a n d navigation c o m m a n d s throughout the navigation and audio c o m p o n e n t s . T h e s e
c o m m a n d s i n c l u d e n a v i g a t i o n audio/Xfvl s e l e c t i o n s by v o i c e , a n d XfVi station a n d m u s i c title n a m e s . B e c a u s e the
entire b u s is i n t e r c o n n e c t e d b e t w e e n c o m p o n e n t s , a n o p e n or s h o r t in t h e G A - N e t b u s h a r n e s s m a y c a u s e a n y or all of
t h e s e f u n c t i o n s to b e c o m e i n o p e r a t i v e .
(confd)
23-143
Navigation System
Vehicle S p e e d Pulse
T h e v e h i c l e s p e e d p u l s e is s e n t by the E C M / P C M . T h e E C M / P C M r e c e i v e s a s i g n a l f r o m the c o u n t e r s h a f t s p e e d s e n s o r ,
t h e n p r o c e s s e s the s i g n a l a n d t r a n s m i t s it to the s p e e d o m e t e r a n d o t h e r s y s t e m s .
NAVIGATION UNIT
ECM/PCM
Sensor power
DISTANCE
DETECTION
CIRCUIT
23-144
Y a w Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor

T h e y a w rate--lateral acceleration, s e n s o r (located in the n a v i g a t i o n unit) d e t e c t s the direction c h a n g e (angular s p e e d ) of
t h e v e h i c l e . T h e s e n s o r is a n o s c i l l a t i o n g y r o built into t h e n a v i g a t i o n u n i t
Sensor Element Structure
T h e s e n s o r e l e m e n t i s s h a p e d like a t u n i n g fork, a n d it c o n s i s t s of t h e p i e z o e l e c t r i c p a r t s , the metal block, a n d the
s u p p o r t pin. T h e r e a r e four p i e z o e l e c t r i c parts: o n e to d r i v e the o s c i l l a t o r s , o n e to m o n i t o r a n d m a i n t a i n the oscillation
at a r e g u l a r f r e q u e n c y , a n d t w o to detect a n g u l a r v e l o c i t y . T h e t w o o s c i l l a t o r s , w h i c h h a v e a 9 0 - d e g r e e twist in the
c e n t e r , a r e c o n n e c t e d at t h e bottom by t h e m e t a l block a n d s u p p o r t e d b y the s u p p o r t pin. A detection piezoelectric part
is a t t a c h e d to t h e t o p of e a c h oscillator. T h e driving piezoelectric part is a t t a c h e d to the bottom: of o n e oscillator, a n d
t h e m o n i t o r i n g p i e z o e l e c t r i c part is a t t a c h e d to the b o t t o m of the other oscillator.
Oscillation G y r o Principles
T h e p i e z o e l e c t r i c p a r t s h a v e e l e c t r i c / m e c h a n i c a I t r a n s f e r c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . T h e y b e n d vertically w h e n v o l t a g e is a p p l i e d
to both s i d e s of t h e p a r t s , a n d v o l t a g e is g e n e r a t e d b e t w e e n both s i d e s of the piezoelectric parts w h e n , t h e y a r e bent by
a n e x t e r n a l f o r c e . T h e oscillation g y r o f u n c t i o n s by utilizing t h i s c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of the piezoelectric parts a n d C o r i o l i s
f o r c e , { C o r i o l i s f o r c e d e f l e c t s m o v i n g o b j e c t s a s a result of the e a r t h ' s rotation.) In the oscillation g y r o , this f o r c e
m o v e s t h e s e n s o r e l e m e n t w h e n a n g u l a r v e l o c i t y is a p p l i e d .
Operation
1. T h e d r i v i n g p i e z o e l e c t r i c part o s c i l l a t e s the o s c i l l a t o r by r e p e a t e d l y b e n d i n g a n d returning w h e n a n A C v o l t a g e of
6 kHz is a p p l i e d to t h e part. T h e monttorlng-ssde oscillator r e s o n a t e s b e c a u s e it Is c o n n e c t e d to-the d r i v i n g - s i d e
o s c i l l a t o r by the m e t a l block.
2. The m o n i t o r i n g p i e z o e l e c t r i c part b e n d s in proportion to the oscillation a n d outputs voltage (the m o n i t o r s i g n a l ) .
T h e n a v i g a t i o n unit control circuit c o n t r o l s t h e drive s i g n a l to stabilize the m o n i t o r s i g n a l .
3. W h e n t h e v e h i c l e is s t o p p e d , the detecting piezoelectric parts o s c i l l a t e right a n d left with the o s c i l l a t o r s , but no
s i g n a l i s output b e c a u s e the parts a r e not bent (no a n g u l a r f o r c e ) .
4. W h e n the v e h i c l e t u r n s to the right, the s e n s o r e l e m e n t m o v e s in a c i r c u l a r m o t i o n w i t h the right o s c i l l a t o r
b e n d i n g f o r w a r d a n d t h e left o s c i l l a t o r b e n d i n g r e a r w a r d . T h e a m o u n t of f o r w a r d / r e a r w a r d b e n d v a r i e s a c c o r d i n g
to t h e a n g u l a r v e l o c i t y of the v e h i c l e .
5. T h e d e t e c t i n g p i e z o e l e c t r i c p a r t s output v o l t a g e (the y a w rate s i g n a l ) a c c o r d i n g to the a m o u n t of b e n d . T h e
a m o u n t of v e h i c l e direction c h a n g e i s d e t e r m i n e d by m e a s u r i n g this v o l t a g e .
E n l a r g e d v i e w of s e n s o r e l e m e n t
METhL
BLOCK
Sensor element top view
PART
(confd)
23-145
Navigation System
Global Positioning S y s t e m (GPS)
T h e global positioning s y s t e m ( G P S ) e n a b l e s the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m to d e t e r m i n e the c u r r e n t position of the v e h i c l e b y
u s i n g the s i g n a l s t r a n s m i t t e d f r o m the satellites in orbit a r o u n d the earth. T h e satellites t r a n s m i t the satellite
identification s i g n a l , orbit i n f o r m a t i o n , t r a n s m i s s i o n t i m e s i g n a l , a n d other information. W h e n the G P S r e c e i v e r

r e c e i v e s a s i g n a l f r o m f o u r or m o r e satellites s i m u l t a n e o u s l y , it c a l c u l a t e s the c u r r e n t position of the v e h i c i e b a s e d on
the d i s t a n c e to e a c h satellite a n d the satellite's position in its r e s p e c t i v e orbit.
Position detection Image w i t h G P S satellite
P r e c i s i o n of G P S
T h e p r e c i s i o n of the G P S v a r i e s a c c o r d i n g to the n u m b e r of satellites f r o m w h i c h s i g n a l s a r e r e c e i v e d a n d the v i e w of
the s k y . T h e a c u r a c y is indicated by the c o l o r of the G P S icon s h o w n on the d i s p l a y .
G P S ICON
COLOR
No G P S icon
-NUMBER O F
SATELLITES
None
CONDITION
DESCRIPTION
Faulty reception
T h e G P S c a n ' t be utilized d u e to a faulty
I m p o s s i b l e to detect v e h i c l e
position
fault or interference.
G P S function is n o r m a l . T h e satellite
s i g n a l s r e c e i v e d by the G P S a r e too f e w to
detect the v e h i c l e position.
G P S r e c e i v e r , o p e n in the w i r e , or other
W h i t e G P S icon
2 or l e s s
G r e e n G P S icon
V e h i c l e position detectable in
2 dimensions
4 or m o r e
V e h i c l e position d e t e c t a b l e in
3 d i m e n s i o n s (elevation
displayed)
T h e longitude a n d latitude of the v e h i c l e

position c a n be d e t e c t e d . ( L e s s p r e c i s e
t h a n detection in t h r e e d i m e n s i o n s ) .
T h e longitude, latitude a n d the altitude of
the v e h i c l e position c a n be d e t e c t e d . ( M o r e
p r e c i s e t h a n detection in t w o d i m e n s i o n s )
G P S Antenna
T h e G P S a n t e n n a a m p l i f i e s a n d t r a n s m i t s the s i g n a l s r e c e i v e d f r o m the satellites to the G P S r e c e i v e r .
G P S Receiver and Clock
T h e G P S r e c e i v e r is built into the n a v i g a t i o n u n i t It c a l c u l a t e s the v e h i c l e position by r e c e i v i n g the s i g n a l f r o m the G P S
a n t e n n a . T h e c u r r e n t t i m e , v e h i c l e position a n d s i g n a l reception condition is t r a n s m i t t e d from' the G P S r e c e i v e r to the
navigation unit to a d j u s t v e h i c l e p o s i t i o n .
23-146
Wavigatloo Unit
T h e n a v i g a t i o n unit c a l c u l a t e s t h e v e h i c l e position a n d g u i d e s y o u to t h e d e s t i n a t i o n . T h e unit p e r f o r m s m a p m a t c h i n g
c o r r e c t i o n , G P S c o r r e c t i o n , a n d d i s t a n c e t u n i n g . It a l s o c o n t r o l s the m e n u f u n c t i o n s a n d the D V D - R O M d r i v e , a n d
interprets v o i c e c o m m a n d s . W i t h c o n t r o l of all t h e s e i t e m s , t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit m a k e s t h e n a v i g a t i o n picture s i g n a l ,
t h e n it t r a n s m i t s the s i g n a l t o t h e d i s p l a y p a n e l c o n t r o l unit a n d a u d i o d r i v i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s to the a u d i o unit.
C a l c u l a t i o n of V e h i c l e P o s i t i o n
T h e n a v i g a t i o n unit c a l c u l a t e s t h e v e h i c l e position (the d r i v i n g direction a n d t h e c u r r e n t position) by r e c e i v i n g the
d i r e c t i o n a l c h a n g e s i g n a l s f r o m t h e y a w rate s e n s o r a n d t h e t r a v e l d i s t a n c e s i g n a l s f r o m v e h i c l e s p e e d p u l s e ( V S P )
s i g n a l of t h e ECM/PCM.
Map
matching
Tuning
T h e m a p m a t c h i n g t u n i n g i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by indicating the v e h i c l e p o s i t i o n o n t h e r o a d s o n t h e m a p , T h e m a p d a t a .
t r a n s m i t t e d f r o m the D V D - R O M is c h e c k e d a g a i n s t t h e v e h i c l e position d a t a , a n d the v e h i c l e position is i n d i c a t e d o n
t h e n e a r e s t r o a d . M a p m a t c h i n g t u n i n g d o e s not o c c u r w h e n t h e v e h i c l e t r a v e l s on a r o a d not s h o w n on t h e m a p , or
w h e n the v e h i c l e p o s i t i o n is far a w a y f r o m a r o a d o n t h e m a p .
G P S Tuning
T h e G P S t u n i n g i s a c c o m p l i s h e d b y indicating t h e v e h i c l e position a s the G P S ' s v e h i c l e p o s i t i o n . T h e n a v i g a t i o n unit
c o m p a r e s its c a l c u l a t e d v e h i c l e p o s i t i o n d a t a w i t h t h e G P S v e h i c l e p o s i t i o n d a t a . If t h e r e is large difference b e t w e e n
the two, the indicated vehicle position is adjusted t o the G P S vehicle position.
Distance Tuning
T h e d i s t a n c e t u n i n g r e d u c e s t h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n t h e t r a v e l d i s t a n c e s i g n a l f r o m the V S P a n d t h e d i s t a n c e data on
t h e m a p . T h e n a v i g a t i o n unit c o m p a r e s its c a l c u l a t e d v e h i c l e position d a t a w i t h the G P S v e h i c l e position data. T h e
n a v i g a t i o n unit t h e n d e c r e a s e s t h e t u n i n g v a l u e w h e n the v e h i c l e p o s i t i o n is a l w a y s a h e a d of t h e G P S v e h i c l e p o s i t i o n ,
a n d it i n c r e a s e s t h e t u n i n g v a l u e w h e n the v e h i c l e position is a l w a y s b e h i n d t h e G P S v e h i c l e p o s i t i o n .
(confd)
23-147
Navigation System
System Description fcont'd)
Route Gyldance
T h e n a v i g a t i o n unit c a n c a l c u l a t e different routes to a s e l e c t e d d e s t i n a t i o n . Y o u h a v e five o p t i o n s :
D i r e c t R o u t e C a l c u l a t e a route that is t h e m o s t d i r e c t
E a s y R o u t e C a l c u l a t e a route that m i n i m i z e s t h e n u m b e r of t u r n s n e e d e d .
M i n i m i z e F r e e w a y s C a l c u l a t e a route that a v o i d s f r e e w a y t r a v e l If that is not p o s s i b l e , k e e p t h e a m o u n t of f r e e w a y
t r a v e l to a m i n i m u m . T h i s is not s e l e c t a b l e (button g r a y e d out) for trips g r e a t e r t h a n 100 m i l e s .
M i n i m i z e Toll R o a d s C a l c u l a t e a route that a v o i d s , or m i n i m i z e s t r a v e l on toll r o a d s . This' is not s e l e c t a b l e (button
g r a y e d out) for trips g r e a t e r t h a n 100 m i l e s .
M a x i m i z e F r e e w a y s C a l c u l a t e a route that u s e s f r e e w a y s a s m u c h a s p o s s i b l e .
Audio Guidance
T h e n a v i g a t i o n unit t r a n s m i t s a u d i o driving i n s t r u c t i o n s before entering a n i n t e r s e c t i o n or p a s s i n g a-junction. T h e
a u d i o i n s t r u c t i o n s c o m e t h r o u g h t h e a u d i o unit to t h e front s p e a k e r s .
N O T E : T h e front s p e a k e r s - a r e m u t e d w h e n e v e r the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m is g i v i n g g u i d a n c e c o m m a n d s , a n d all of t h e
s p e a k e r s w h e n t h e v o i c e control s y s t e m is b e i n g u s e d .
IVtuting S i g n a l L o g i c
T h e a u d i o m u t i n g logic is o r c h e s t r a t e d by t h e a u d i o unit. T h e a u d i o unit d e t e r m i n e s w h a t a u d i o s o u r c e h a s priority to
u s e the s p e a k e r s .
T h e priority of t h e a u d i o s o u r c e s is a s f o l l o w s :
H F L h a s the h i g h e s t priority, f o l l o w e d b y n a v i g a t i o n , a n d finally t h e r a d i o / C D - D V D player. T h e priority is p a s s e d b y
H F L to t h e a u d i o unit by d e d i c a t e d m u t e w i r e s . T h e n a v i g a t i o n m u t e s i g n a l is p a s s e d to t h e s t e r e o a m p l i f i e r .
T h e n a v i g a t i o n unit t e m p o r a r i l y d i s a b l e s t h e v o i c e control b u t t o n s , but a l l o w s g u i d a n c e to be h e a r d . In a d d i t i o n , t h e
a u d i o unit s u p p r e s s e s the output f r o m the a u d i o unit, X M r e c e i v e r , d i s c p l a y e r , or other a u d i o a c c e s s o r i e s .
W h e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m s e n d s out a v o i c e route g u i d a n c e c o m m a n d , the audio.front s p e a k e r is m u t e d , a n d t h e
n a v i g a t i o n v o i c e is h e a r d in t h e front s p e a k e r s .
W h e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n v o i c e control s y s t e m is in u s e , all of the s p e a k e r s a r e m u t e d , a n d the n a v i g a t i o n v o i c e p r o m p t s
a r e h e a r d f r o m the front s p e a k e r s .
Solar Angle
T h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m u s e s t h e - s u n ' s a n g l e , a l o n g w i t h the s u n l i g h t s e n s o r to control the d r i v e r / p a s s e n g e r A / C air
flow.
Off R o a d T r a c k i n g f b r e a d - e r y m b s l
Off r o a d tracking d o t s that c a n be f o l l o w e d o n t h e m a p retrace y o u r route back to a m a p p e d (digitized) r o a d .
Clock and Time Zone
T h e c l o c k s e t up a l l o w s y o u to s e t d a y l i g h t s a v i n g s t i m e , a u t o t i m e z o n e a n d t i m e a d j u s t m e n t
23-148
DVD-ROM
Trie D V D i n c l u d e s :
* M a p Data
* Point of Interest {POI}
* Navigation software
Audio
Unit
T h e a u d i o unit r e c e i v e s t h e v o i c e g u i d a n c e i n s t r u c t i o n s f r o m the n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d t r a n s m i t s the Instructions

t h r o u g h t h e front s p e a k e r e v e n w h e n the a u d i o s y s t e m is in u s e . T h e a u d i o unit a l s o u s e s t h e H F L - n a v i g a t t o n - A N C
m i c r o p h o n e s i g n a l to c h e c k t h e A N C o u t p u t
N O T E : If the n a v i g a t i o n v o l u m e a n d / o r v o i c e f e e d b a c k is t u r n e d off, t h i s f e a t u r e is d i s a b l e d .
Display Unit
T h e d i s p l a y unit u s e s a liquid c r y s t a l d i s p l a y ( L C D ) . T h e L C D is a 8 - i n c h - d i a g o n a l , thin film t r a n s i s t o r ( T F T ) , strip t y p e
w i t h 3 3 6 , 9 6 0 picture e l e m e n t s . T h e c o l o r film a n d f l u o r e s c e n t fight a r e Said out o n the b a c k of the liquid c r y s t a l film.
D I S P L A Y UNIT
(confd)
23-149
Navigation System
M i c r o p h o n e (Mic)
R e c e i v e s v o i c e c o m m a n d s a n d t r a n s m i t s t h e m to t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit or H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit or a c t i v e n o i s e
c a n c e l l a t i o n ( A N C ) for interpretation.
T h e s e s y s t e m s s h a r e the s a m e microphone.
NAVIGATION T A L K Button
A c t i v a t e s t h e v o i c e c o n t r o l s y s t e m in t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit to a c c e p t v o i c e c o m m a n d s .
NAVIGATION B A C K Button
R e t u r n s t h e d i s p l a y to the p r e v i o u s s c r e e n ( s i m i l a r f u n c t i o n a s t h e C A N C E L button).
DISPLAY IVfODE BUTTON

(DAY/WIGHT/OFF)
23-150
Glossary
T h e f o l l o w i n g i s a g l o s s a r y of t e r m s pertaining t o t h e V o i c e R e c o g n i t i o n N a v i g a t i o n S y s t e m .
Item
Address Book
Definition
T h e H F L s y s t e m c a n Import a c o p y of the p h o n e book f r o m a n d a p p r o v e d H F L
c o m p a t i b l e p h o n e a n d d i s p l a y t h e i m p o r t e d p h o n e book on the n a v i g a t i o n
s c r e e n a s t h e a d d r e s s book. S e e t h e O w n e r ' s M a n u a l for m o r e Information.
B-CAN
B o d y C A N B u s (see C A N )
B r e a d - c r u m b s ( W h i t e dots)
Off road" tracking d o t s that c a n be f o l l o w e d o n the m a p to retrace y o u r route -

b a c k to a m a p p e d (digitized) r o a d . T h i s function c a n be t u r n e d on/off in S e t u p
s c r e e n 1.
CAN
C o n t r o l l e r A r e a Network. T h i s c o m m u n i c a t i o n n e t w o r k a l l o w s p r o c e s s o r s in t h e
v e h i c l e to s e n d / r e c e i v e i n f o r m a t i o n . T h e fuel p u l s e s u s e d by the MID trip
c o m p u t e r a r e r e c e i v e d f r o m t h e E C M / P C M u s i n g the F - C A N ( F a s t C o n t r o l l e r
A r e a Network) b u s .
CPU
C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g Unit. T h e m a i n d e v i c e w i t h i n the n a v i g a t i o n unit that

c o o r d i n a t e s t h e r e s t of t h e e l e c t r o n i c f u n c t i o n s .
CSS
C o u n t e r s h a f t "(Output) S p e e d S e n s o r . T h i s s e n s o r r e a d s the output s h a f t s p e e d

at t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a n d p r o v i d e s a s p e e d p u l s e to t h e E C M / P C M .
Database
T h i s c o n s i s t s of t h e M a p d a t a , a n d the POI (Points Of Interest) data s t o r e d on t h e

DVD.
DBW
D r i v e B y W i r e . A l l o w s e l e c t r i c a l control of t h e throttle without the n e e d of a
DCA
m e c h a n i c a l linkage,
D e t a i l e d C o v e r a g e A r e a . M a i n m e t r o p o l i t a n a r e a s in the L o w e r 48 s t a t e s , a n d
C a n a d a a r e m a p p e d to t h i s l e v e l . S e e t h e N a v i g a t i o n O w n e r ' s m a n u a l for a list
of t h e s e a r e a s .
DTC
D i a g n o s t i c T r o u b l e C o d e s . U s e t h e H D S tablet to o b t a i n , a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e
c a u s e of t h e s e c o d e s .
Dead Reckoning
T h e u s e of t h e s p e e d s i g n a l , a n d y a w rate s e n s o r to position the v e h i c l e o n t h e
Digitized R o a d
m a p e v e n w h e n tall b u i l d i n g s , or d r i v i n g in a t u n n e l o b s c u r e s the G P S s i g n a l .
A r o a d that a p p e a r s o n t h e n a v i g a t i o n s c r e e n . T h e r o a d n a m e will a p p e a r at t h e
b o t t o m of t h e n a v i g a t i o n s c r e e n . If the u s e r d r i v e s off r o a d , the n a v i g a t i o n

s y s t e m s Not o n a digitized r o a d , a n d after
Disclaimer Screen
1/2 m i l e , t h e b r e a d c r u m b s will a p p e a r .
S c r e e n c o n t a i n i n g c a u t i o n a r y i n f o r m a t i o n . It is m e a n t to b e r e a d c a r e f u l l y , a n d
a c k n o w l e d g e d by the c u s t o m e r w h e n u s i n g the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
DVD or
DVD-ROM
Digital V e r s a t i l e Disk. T h e n a v i g a t i o n p r o g r a m a n d d a t a b a s e r e s i d e s o n t h i s disk.

S e e t h e N a v i g a t i o n O w n e r ' s M a n u a l for Information on h o w to o r d e r a
r e p l a c e m e n t or a n u p d a t e D V D .
ECM
FAQ
E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e , T y p i c a l l y referred to a s t h e E C M .
F r e q u e n t l y A s k e d Q u e s t i o n s . - S e e the N a v i g a t i o n O w n e r ' s M a n u a l for a list of
t h e c u s t o m e r FAQs,- a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n .
F-CAN
GA-Net
Fast C A N B u s (see C A N )
T h e G A - N e t a l l o w s t h e a u d i o unit to c o m m u n i c a t e with all the a u d i o a n d
n a v i g a t i o n c o m p o n e n t s in a v e h i c l e . If t h e r e is a n o p e n in t h e G A - N e t
c o m p o n e n t s o r t h e entire audio
GPS
and n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m m a y a p p e a r i n o p e r a t i v e .
G l o b a l P o s i t i o n i n g S y s t e m . A n e t w o r k of 2 4 s a t e l l i t e s in orbit a r o u n d the e a r t h .
T h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m c a n s i m u l t a n e o u s l y r e c e i v e s i g n a l s f r o m up to 12'
s a t e l l i t e s to a c c u r a t e l y position the v e h i c l e o n t h e m a p .
(confd)
23-151
Navigation System
Definition
Item
HDS
H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m . A h a n d held tablet P C u s e d for in d i a g n o s i n g v e h i c l e

p r o b l e m s . T h i s d e v i c e c a n be u s e d to obtain D T C c o d e s for d i a g n o s i s of t h e
HFL -
n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m a n d C A N related p r o b l e m s .
H a n d s F r e e L i n k u s e s Bluetooth t e c h n o l o g y a s a w i r e l e s s link b e t w e e n it a n d a n
a p p r o v e d Bluetooth c o m p a t i b l e cell p h o n e . S e e the v e h i c l e O w n e r ' s m a n u a l or
Q u i c k S t a r t G u i d e for m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n .
H/U
H e a d U n i t T h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m d i s p l a y a s s e m b l y in t h e dash..
Initialization
T h i s r e f e r s to t h e p e r i o d n e e d e d to r e - a c q u i r e the G P S satellite orbital
Interface Dial
T h i s c a n take f r o m 10 to 45 m i n u t e s .
T h i s control d e v i c e c o n s i s t s of a rotating knob a n d t h e buttons s u r r o u n d i n g It.
Information w h e n e v e r the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m p o w e r h a s b e e n d i s c o n n e c t e d .
T h i s device, a l l o w s control of the n a v i g a t i o n , a u d i o , a n d c l i m a t e f u n c t i o n s

d i s p l a y e d o n the s c r e e n .
J o g Dial
LCD
Map Matching
S e e interface Dial.
L i q u i d C r y s t a l D i s p l a y (the n a v i g a t i o n s c r e e n )
T h e r e c e i v e d G P S i n f o r m a t i o n a l l o w s t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m to position the
v e h i c l e on t h e m a p . M a p m a t c h i n g h a s o c c u r r e d If the m a p s c r e e n d i s p l a y s the.
c u r r e n t street n a m e In the b o t t o m - s h a d e d a r e a .
Mic
A b b r e v i a t i o n for the m i c r o p h o n e u s e d for r e c e i v i n g v o i c e c o m m a n d s . T h e A N C

unit m a y a l s o u s e it to c h e c k its t u n i n g . St Is l o c a t e d n e a r the m a p light In the
ceiling.
MID
MW
Multi-Information D i s p l a y
M a n e u v e r W i n d o w . W h i l e on-route to a d e s t i n a t i o n , t h i s w i n d o w d i s p l a y s
Information a b o u t the next m a n e u v e r .
Navt
A b b r e v i a t i o n for t h e N a v i g a t i o n S y s t e m .
Off-Road Tracking
See Breadcrumbs
T h i s o c c u r s w h e n the u s e r l e a v e s m a p p e d r o a d s . Off r o a d tracking d o t s
Off Route
( b r e a d c r u m b s ) a r e d i s p l a y e d If the option Is e n a b l e d in t h e s e t u p m e n u . T h e
u s e r c a n u s e t h e m to return to a m a p p e d r o a d . T h e b o t t o m of t h e n a v i g a t i o n
Outlying A r e a s
Paired
PC Card Slot
PCM
PCMCIA
23-152
s c r e e n d i s p l a y s Not o n a digitized r o a d ,
T h e s e a r e rural a r e a s that t y p i c a l l y h a v e o n l y their m a i n r o a d s m a p p e d . AH
other r o a d s a r e s h o w n In light b r o w n for r e f e r e n c e o n l y , s i n c e t h e y h a v e not
been verified.
Linking y o u r cell p h o n e to the H F L
T h e P C C a r d ( P C M C I A , t y p e 11) slot is for factory u s e only. M a k e s u r e that the
s l i d i n g d o o r Is c l o s e d at all I t e m s , if o p e n e d , a n e r r o r m e s s a g e is d i s p l a y e d on
t h e s c r e e n (If e q u i p p e d ) .
P o w e r t r a i n Control M o d u l e . T h i s unit s u p p l i e s t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m s p e e d
s i g n a l , a n d c h a r g e s i g n a l v i a t h e F - C A N network. A l s o referred to a s E C M .
A c o m p u t e r Industry d e f i n e d t e r m referring to the P C C a r d slot s t a n d a r d .
Item
PIN
POI
Definition
P e r s o n a l Identification N u m b e r , a r a n d o m 4 digit n u m b e r c r e a t e d by the
c u s t o m e r to protect p e r s o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n .
Point Of I n t e r e s t T h e s e are t h e b u s i n e s s e s , s c h o o l s , etc. f o u n d u n d e r t h e p l a c e s
option o n t h e m a i n m e n u .
Polygon
C o l o r e d a r e a s o n t h e m a p s c r e e n d e n o t i n g p a r k s , s c h o o l s , e t c . R e f e r to t h e
N a v i g a t i o n S y s t e m M a n u a l D r i v i n g to Y o u r D e s t i n a t i o n for a list of t h e a s s i g n e d
colors.
QWERTY
K e y b o a r d layout r e s e m b l i n g t h e t y p e w r i t e r k e y s . T h e k e y b o a r d l a y o u t c a n be
S C S s e rvice c o n n e c t o r
c h a n g e d to a n a l p h a b e t i c a l layout in t h e S e t u p m o d e .
T h e s e r v i c e c h e c k s i g n a l 2-pin c o n n e c t o r u s e d to put the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m into
the diagnostic m o d e .
Security Code
C o d e n e e d e d to a c t i v a t e t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m . Y o u c a n get the s e c u r i t y c o d e
f r o m the iN by e n t e r i n g the n a v i g a t i o n unit s e r i a l n u m b e r . Y o u c a n find t h e
s e r i a l n u m b e r o n the d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n s (Unit C h e c k , Navs E C U ) or o n t h e
u n d e r s i d e of t h e n a v i g a t i o n u n i t
T o u c h S c r e e n B u t t o n s or T o u c h
A u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y p a n e l h a s 2 l a y e r s of c l e a r f i l m on the s c r e e n p a n e l if y o u
Sensor
t o u c h t h e s c r e e n p a n e l , t h e film l a y e r s e n g a g e a n d t h e d i s p l a y unit d e t e c t s the

touch
point
Tuning
A c o n t i n u a l u p d a t e of Internal n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m s c a l i n g f a c t o r s . S e e t h e
individual s e n s o r t u n i n g d i s c u s s i o n s u n d e r either S y s t e m D e s c r i p t i o n , or
S y s t e m Diagnostic M o d e (see page 23-170).
Unverified Streets
T h e s e s t r e e t s h a v e not b e e n v e r i f i e d for turn r e s t r i c t i o n s , o n e - w a y , etc. T h e y

a p p e a r light b r o w n on t h e m a p . Y o u c a n e n t e r a d d r e s s d e s t i n a t i o n s in t h e s e
a r e a s , but d e p e n d i n g o n y o u r U n v e r i f i e d R o u t i n g c h o i c e in s e t u p , v o i c e
Verified Streets
g u i d a n c e m a y e n d at the last verified street c l o s e s t to y o u r d e s t i n a t i o n .

These" s t r e e t s c o n s i s t of t h e detailed m e t r o p o l i t a n c o v e r a g e a r e a s , a n d ail o t h e r
inter-town c o n n e c t i o n r o a d s . T h e s e r o a d s a r e s h o w n in black on t h e m a p .
VP
V e h i c l e P o s i t i o n . W h e n in m a p m o d e , t h i s c i r c u l a r i c o n s h o w s t h e v e h i c l e
p o s i t i o n o n t h e m a p . T o u c h t h i s icon to s h o w t h e latitude, longitude, a n d
e l e v a t i o n of y o u r c u r r e n t position". -
VR
V o i c e R e c o g n i t i o n . T h i s a l l o w s v o i c e c o n t r o l of m a n y of t h e n a v i g a t i o n
f u n c t i o n s . T h e h a r d w a r e c o n s i s t s of the m i c r o p h o n e , v o i c e control s w i t c h
( n a v i g a t i o n T a l k / B a c k b u t t o n s ) , a n d t h e front s p e a k e r s . S e e t h e o v e r v i e w for
more information.
VSP
XM
Y a w Sensor
"Back buttons), a n d t h e front s p e a k e r s . S e e the o v e r v i e w for m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n .

V e h i c i e S p e e d P u l s e . T h i s p u l s e s i g n a l c o m i n g from- the P C M (via the. C S S ) is
u s e d to u p d a t e t h e V e h i c l e p o s i t i o n o n the m a p . T h e s e p u l s e s do not indicate
d i r e c t i o n (forward or b a c k w a r d ) . W h e n in r e v e r s e , t h e n a v i g a t i o n r e c e i v e s a
' s i g n a l a n d d i r e c t s t h e V P to m o v e b a c k w a r d s on the m a p .
T h i s d e v i c e r e c e i v e s information f r o m t h e X M s a t e l l i t e s and. p a s s e s X M a u d i o
information to t h e a u d i o . u n i t In a d d i t i o n , traffic information is s e n t to the
n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e A c u r a L i n k ) .
T h i s d e v i c e is l o c a t e d in t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d s e n s e s the s i d e - t o - s i d e t w i s t i n g
f o r c e g e n e r a t e d w h e n t h e v e h i c l e t u r n s . S e e a detailed d e s c r i p t i o n of h o w t h i s
s e n s o r w o r k s in t h i s m a n u a l
(confd)
23-153
navigation System
Diagnostic S y s t e m Diagram
T h i s d i a g r a m b e l o w s h o w s alt of t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i a g n o s t i c f e a t u r e s a v a i l a b l e for s y s t e m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . T h e d i a g r a m
s t a r t s at the c e n t e r , a n d w o r k s o u t w a r d in l a y e r s .
A c c e s s to t h e d i a g n o s t i c f e a t u r e s b e g i n s by starting the v e h i c l e . T h i s is n e c e s s a r y s o the s y s t e m c a n c h e c k the other
s y s t e m s c o n n e c t e d by v a r i o u s b u s s e s . After starting the v e h i c l e y o u c a n enter the d i a g n o s t i c m o d e either b y p r e s s i n g
a n d h o l d i n g M E N U + M A P / G U I D E + C A N C E L , or by c o n n e c t i n g the 2-PIN S C S c o n n e c t o r .
T h e main menu screen allows 2 checking m o d e s - one automatic, and one manual:
* T h e a u t o m a t i c d i a g n o s t i c c h e c k s t a r t s w h e n y o u s e l e c t " S E L F D I A G N O S T I C M O D E " . T h e s y s t e m r u n s for s e v e r a l
s e c o n d s , a n d reports a n y I s s u e s w i t h R e d I c o n s . Rotate t h e Interface dial a n d s e l e c t the scon y o u w i s h obtain the
problem details.
* T h e m a n u a l d i a g n o s t i c c h e c k Is s e l e c t e d f r o m the m a i n m e n u by s e l e c t i n g " D E T A I L I N F O R M A T I O N A N D S E T T I N G " .
T h e traditional d i a g n o s t i c m e n u is d i s p l a y e d . T h i s a l l o w s y o u to obtain additional details a s instructed in the
troubleshooting procedures.
NOTE:" Do not c l e a r or c h a n g e s e t t i n g s u n l e s s s p e c i f i e d by either the S e r v i c e M a n u a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e s or b y
the factory. O t h e r w i s e , y o u m a y a c c i d e n t a l l y delete c u s t o m e r I n f o r m a t i o n , or r e m o v e t h e latest f l a s h s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n
Installed by the factory.
23-154
Navigation unit connectors

NAVIGATION UNIT
NAVIGATION UNIT
C O N N E C T O R D (5P)
COOLING FAN
F "
Eg fa
NAVIGATION UNIT
NAVIGATION UNIT
C O N N E C T O R B I32PI
NAVIGATION UNIT
C O N N E C T O R A {BP}
NAVIGATION UNIT
C O N N E C T O R A (8P)
rr
5
U
4
8
NAVIGATION UNIT
NAVIGATION UNIT
C O N N E C T O R B I32PJ
-f
///\A/V'
9 10
17 18 19 20 21 / j z a 24 25 2e
>///
/ A /
m i c r o p h o n e IP
Q]2
AH connectors s h o w w i r e side o f f e m a l e
HFL-NAVIGATION-ANC
z i
NAVIGATION UNIT
NAVIGATION UNIT
C O N N E C T O R D f5P)
8
15 18
Z-7
terminals
mrmebtm
HFL-NAVIGATION-ANC
M I C R O P H O N E 7P C O N N E C T O R
H F L - N A V 1 G A T I 0 N ~ A N C M I C R O P H O N E IP
p
1
n-
11
4
wire side of female
CONNECTOR
terminals
(confd)
23-155
Navigation System
Navigation display u n i t 28P connector
NAVIGATION DISPLAY UNIT

N A V I G A T I O N D I S P L A Y U N I T 28P C O N N E C T O R
5 ,/]17
/ 'a
10
11 12 1 3 ,
' 8 1 9 20 21 22 23 24
/ 'a3

Interface dial S P c o n n e c t o r
I N T E R F A C E D I A L 5P C O N N E C T O R
I N T E R F A C E D I A L 5P C O N N E C T O R
23-156
7s
2'1 28
Navigation Unit Inpyts and Outputs for Connector A |8P}
14 n
6
Turmiirai
Mumba?
Wire Color
Description
Tsffnirtsi Mains
Voltage (about)
+B
Continuous power
source
PUR
ACC
(Accessory)
Power source for . Battery voltage

accessories
at ACCESSORY
(I)
BLK
GND
Ground for
navigation unit
WHT
l+B Power
source)
(Ground)
(G605)
Battery voltage
ov
Symptom
If open: Display picture goes out (display back light
still-on).
NOTE: System will reboot to enter code screen.
If short to ground: Blows fuse No. 15 (10 A) in the
. under-hood fuse/relay box.
ff open: Display picture goes out (display back light
still on).
If short to ground: Blows fuse No. 18 (7.5 A) in the
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box,
If open: No effect on system.
If short to ground: No effect on system.
LT BLU
BACK LT
{Backlight or
reverse signal)
In reverse,
Reverse signal of
battery voltage:
select lever from Otherwise 0 V
Multiplex
Integrated Control
Unit (A/T) or
backup light switch
If open: Navigation never sees reverse.

Diagnostic screen Car Status, Back=0.
BLU
VSP
(Vehicle speed
pulse)
Vehicle speed
pulse signal from
D1AG+
(Diagnostic
positive)
DIAG
(Diagnostic
negative)
Service check
signal for
navigation system
Ground for service
check signal
If open: No vehicle speed pulses.

Diagnostic screen Car Status, VSP Navi-0.
If short to ground: No vehicle speed pulses.
Diagnostic screen Car Status, VSP Navi=0.
If open: No effect on system.
If short to ground: System goes into diagnostic
mode at key ON (!) and (II).
If open: The system will not go into diagnostic
mode when using the SCS jumper,
ff short to pround: No effect on system.
RED
YEL
mm
PCM
0 - 5 V pulses
average 2,5 V
(Depending on
bos traffic)
5-6 V
0V
(confd)
23-157
Navigation System
Navigation Unit Inputs and Outputs for Connector B (32P)
17
18 19 20 21 /
10
23 24 25 26

Navigation Quit Connector B I32P)
Terminal Wire Color Terminal Nam
Description
Number
1
WHT RSIG1 Red color signal
(Red signal)
2
RED
G SIG 1
(Green signal)
Green color signal
GRY*
ORN
GRY
SSG 1
(Shield signal)
AC-SI
(Air conditioner
serial in)
ILL+
(Illumination positive)
Shield for terminal

No. 1,2,17,18,19
Communication
signal for climate
control unit
- Parking light on
signal
WHT
GRY*
SH
CAN-H
(CAN high)
GA-NET SH ECU
BUS (Shield
display bus)
GA-NET ECU
BUS+ (Display
bus positive)
Voltage faboyt)
0,7 V AC
average
0.7 VAC
average in
"RGB color
diagnostic mode
ov
Lights on:
battery voltage,
Lights off: 0 V
F-CAN bus
communication
Pulses 2.5-6 V
average 2.5 V
(depends on
F-CAN
communication
traffic)
Shield for display

bus No. 10, 20
terminal
Data bus+
GA-NET
OV
Symptom
If open: Red color missing (see RGB Color
diagnostic).
If short to ground: Red color missing (see RGB
Color diagnostic).
Sf open: Green color missing (see RGB Color
diagnostic),
if short to ground: Green color missing (see RGB
Color diagnostic).
If open: No change to display.
If short to around: No change to display.
If open/short: HVAC will not respond to navigation
commands.
Sf open: When brightness = Auto, night mode for the
display is inoperative when lights on.
If short to ground: Blows No. 6 (7.5 A) fuse in
passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box.
If open:
1) System Links FI-ECU, and Meter both show NG.
2) F-CAN diagnostic = NG.
3) B-CAN diagnostic = NG.
4) Car-status CHG (CAN) = 0.
5) Functional Setup, Trip info, FUP & Sampled
FL = 0.
If short to ground: Same diagnostic conditions as
when open, and also sets the following DTCs.
B1168 Gauge Control Module loss of Comm.
(Engine)
B1169 Gauge Control Module loss of Comm.
(A/T)
B1178 F-CAN communication Circuit error.
U0073 (F-CAN bus off)
U0155 (F-CAN Gauge control module)
U0121 (F-CAN VSA control)
Sf short to ground: No change to display.
0 - 5 V pulses
If open: Navigation buttons do not work.
average 2.5 V
If short to ground: Navigation buttons do not work.
(depends on bus
traffic)
The shielded wires have a heat-shrink tube insulating the outside of the wire.
The color of the insulating tube, typically black or dark gray, may not match the color of the wire shown on the circuit diagram.
10
23-158
GRN
fâviciatiori Unit Connector B (32?)

Wire Color
Wyraber
17
YEL
BSIG1
(Blue signal)
18
BLK
C StG 1
(Composite
signal)
19
GRN
20
PUR
21
BRN
23
BLU
24
RED
GND StG 1
(Ground Signal)
AC-SO
(Air conditioner
serial out)
AC-CLK
(Air conditioner
clock)
JOG
(Interface dial
JogL
CAN-L
(CAN low)
Voltage (about)
0.2 VAC
average in
RGB color
diagnostic mode
0.2 VAC
Composite video
(verti ca f/honzo nta I) average in
RGB color
Synchronizing
diagnostic mode
signal
Ground for color
0V
signal
Communication
signal for climate
control unit
Check signal for
climate control unit
Blue color signal
Interface dial
operation signal
05 V pulses
F-CAN bus
communication
Pulses 2.56 V
2.5 V average
(depends on
bus traffic)
Symptom
If open: Blue color missing (see RGB Color
diagnostic).
If short to ground: Blue color missing (see RGB
Color diagnostic).
If open: Picture rolls horizontally, colors still visible.
If short to ground: Picture rolls horizon-tally, colors
still visible.
If short to ground: No change to display.
commands.
commands.
If open: You cannot operate navigation system
if short to ground: You cannot operate navigation
system
If open:
1) System Links PCM, and Gauge Control Module
both show NG.
2) F-CAN diagnostic = NG.
3) B-GAN diagnostic = NG.
4) Car status CHG (CAN) = 0.
5) Functional Setup, Trip info, FUP & Sampled
FL = 0.
If short to.ground: Same diagnostic conditions as
when open, and also sets the following DTCs.
* B1168 Gauge Control Module loss of Comm.
(Engine)
* B1169 Gauge Control Module loss of Comm.
(A/T)
* B1178 F-CAN communication Circuit error.
* U0073 (F-CAN bus off)
* UQ155 (F-CAN Gauge control module)
* U0121 (F-CAN VSA control)
SH JOG
Shield for interface
dial signal
(Interface dial
Shield jog)
28
GA-NET ECU
0 - 5 V pulses
RED
Data bus
If short to ground: Hard buttons work OK.
BUS-2.5 V average
(Display bus
(depends on
busttraffic)
negative)
The shielded wires have a heat-shrink tube insulating the outside ofth
of the wire,
The color of the insulating tube, typically black or dark gray, may not: match the color of the wire shown on the circuit diagram.
25
GRY*
(confd)
23-159
Navigation System
Navigation Unit Inputs and Ootputs for Connector C f 16PJ
Ptewlgation Unit Connector C f16P)

Terminal Wire Color Terminal Nam
Mumber
RG L+
BLK
7
(Route guidance
voice left
positive)
uesGripisoti
Left audio signal of Audio signal

voice guidance,
0.004-0.04 V
and Voice
Recognition (VR)
prompts
Microphone output 4-5 V
signal positive
(navigation TALK
button pressed)
GRN
HFL-NAVI MIC+
(HFLmic signal
positive)
12
BRN
STRG SW
(Navigation
remote
switches)
Steering switch
output
13
GRY*
Shield for No. 7,14

terminals
14
WHT
RG L SH
(Route guidance
shield)
RG L GND
(Route guidance
ground)
15
BLK*
16
RED
HFL-NAVI MIC
SH
(HFL mic signal
shield)
HFL-NAVI MIC(HFLmic signal
negative)
Voltage (about)
If open: If voice activated, radio speakers buzz; if

voice off, no effect.
If short to ground: If voice activated, radio speakers
buzz; if voice off, no effect.
If open: microphone signal shown as red in

diagnostic screens: System Links and Functional
Setup Mic Level. ,
if short to ground: microphone signal shown as red
in diagnostic screens: System Links and Functional
Setup Mic Level
4-6V
If open: Steering wheel TALK and BACK buttons do *
(navigation TALK not work.
button pressed)
If short to ground: Steering wheel TALK, and BACK
buttons do not work.
2.5-3 V
(navigation BACK
button pressed)
0V
If open: No effect on voice output.
Sf short to ground: No effect on voice output.
Ground for voice OV

guidance, and
Voice Recognition
(VR) prompts
Shield for No. 8,16 OV
terminals
Ground for
microphone signal
Symptom
OV
If open: No effect on voice output.

Sf short to ground: No effect on voice output.
If open: No effect on voice control.
If short to ground: No effect on voice control.
diagnostics: System Links and Functional Setup Mic
Level.
If short to ground: No effect on voice recognition.
23-160
Wawigatioin Unit inputs and Outputs for Connector D |5P)
n
2
Terminal
Number
Wire Color
Tefifiifisl Maine
Description
Voltage (about)
Symptom
Communication
HFL C0MM3(HFL
Solid red HFL scon In Navi System Link
signal for-HFL
communication 3)
HFL
C0MM4
(HFL
Communication
2
WHT
Solid red HFL scon in Navi System Link
communication 4}
sianal for HFL
Communication
HFL icon in Navi System Link changes between
3
BLK
HFL COM Ml (HFL
signal for HFL
red and green
communication 1}
HFL COMM2 (HFL Communication
HFL Icon In Navi System Link changes between
4
GRN
communication 2)
signal for HFL
red and green
HFLCQMIVISH
Shield for
5
GRY"
(HFL
terminals No.1, 2,
communication
3,4
shield)
* ; The shielded wires have a heat-shrink tube Insulating the outside of the wire,
The color of the Insulating tube,, typically black or dark gray, may not match the color of the wire shown on the circuit diagram.
RED
NawigatioR Unit Inputs and Outputs for Connector E |2P}
Terminal
Uumher
Wire Color
Terminal iame
Description
Voltage (about)
SIG (GPS)
GPS signal
5V
SH (GPS)
Ground for GPS

signal
ov
Symptom
If open: GPS Icon on screen is white, system links
screen ANT shows NG.
If short to body ground: Same as open.
If open: GPS Icon on screen Is white, system links
screen ANT shows NG.
If short to bodv around: No effect on system.
(cont'd)
23-161
Navigation System
HFL-Navigation-ANC Microphone Inputs and Outputs for 7P Connector
n
1
-n
6
n
7

HFL-Navigation-AIMC Microphori I P Cortneetor
Description
Terminal Wire Color Terminal IMsm
Number
Ground for HFLGND (Ground)
1
BLK
navigation
(G501)
microphone
MIC (HFL mic Ground for
2
GRY
signal negative) microphone signal
OV
OV
signal positive)
Microphone output 8V
signal positive
HFL MUTE
HFL MUTE signal
0-5 V
PUR
ACC (Accessory)
Power source for

accessory
WHT
+B (+B Power
source)
Continuous power
source
Battery voltage
at ACCESSORY
(I)
Battery voltage
BRN
LTGRN
6
7
23-162
Voltage (about)
M I C + (HFL
mic
Symptom
If open: You can not operate voice recognition.
- Level
Level
if short to ground: Microphone signal shown as red
in diagnostic screens: System Links and Functional
Setup Mic Level
if open: You can not operate HFL sound.
If short to ground: You can not operate audio sound.
If open: You can not operate voice control.
If open: You can not operate HFL and voice control
If short to ground: Blows fuse No. 15 (10 A) in the
under-hood fuse/relay box.
Navigation Display Unit Inputs and Outputs for 28P Connector
T
2
1
15
17
10
12
11
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 /
13
26 27 28
Terminal
Wire Color
Number
Terminal Mum
Description
+B
H-B power
source)
ACC (Accessory)
Continuous power
source
Battery voltage
Power source for

accessory
Battery voltage
at ACCESSORY
GA-NET B U S +
(GA-NET
bus positive)
Data bus+
GA-Net
Shield for No. 3 17
terminals
Data bus+ GA-Net
GRN
GA-NET BUS SH
(GA-NET)
GA-NET ECU
BUS+ (GA-NET)
(Display bus
positive)
SECURITY+
0 - 5 V pulses
average 2.5 V
depends on bus
traffic
OV
WHT
RSIG1
Red color signal
0.7
VAC
RED
G StG
(Green signal)
Green color signal
0.7
VAC
WHT
PUR
RED
GRY*
GRN
(Red signal)
(I)
Security signal to
rear screen
Symptom
Voltage (about)
05 V pulses
average 2.5 V
depends on bus
traffic
0 V
If open: Screen completely off (no backlight visible).

If short to ground: Blows fuse No. 15 (10 A ) in the
under-hood fuse/relay box.
If open: Display and buttons do not work.
ff short to ground: Blows fuse No. 18 (7.5 A) in the
Sf open: Navigation buttons and touch screen do not

work.
If short to ground: No change to display.
If open: The security system will set, and will not
trip when screen Is removed.
Sf short to ground: The security system will set, and
will not trip when screen is removed.
Sf open: Red color missing (see RGB Color
diagnostic).
If short to ground: Red color missing (see RGB
Color diagnostic).
Sf open: Green color missing (see RGB Color
diagnostic).
If short to ground: Green color missing (see RGB
Color diagnostic).
Sf open: No change to display.
Sf short to ground: No change to display.
GND
Ground for display OV
(Ground)
unit
10
BLK
(confd)
23-183
Navigation System
System Description {cont'd}
Javiaation DIsplav U n i t 28 P C o n n e c t o r
Terminal W i r e C o l o r T e r m i n a l N a m e
Number
C A M E R A SH
ir
GRY*
12*
BLK
13*
WHT
15
OV
CAMERA GND
(Ground camera)
Ground
signal
for camera
OV
CAMERA
Power s o u r c e for
ILL+
(lllumination
positive)
17
GRN
18
GRY*
19
20
21
BLU
22
YEL
23
signal from dash

and c o n s o l e l i g h t s
Data b u s
GA-Net
S H GA-NET ECU
BUS
Shield for display

bus terminal
( D i s p l a y bus
negative)
SECURITY-
GND
SIG 1
( G r o u n d signal)
B SSG 1
8V
Sf s h o r t to g r o u n d : When put into reverse, the

n a v i g a t i o n screen goes black (backlight still
B a t t e r y v o l t a g e if
Sights on:
otherwise 0 V
05 V p u l s e s
a v e r a g e 2.5 V
d e p e n d s on b u s
traffic
CSSG 1
BLK*
SH SSG 1
If o p e n : No c h a n g e to d i s p l a y .
No. 5,19
Data bus
GA-Net
0 - 5 V pulses
average 2.5 V
If open: N a v i g a t i o n b u t t o n s and touch screen do not
Security signal
d e p e n d s on bus
traffic
OV
Ground for color

signal
Blue color signal
C o m p o s i t e video
(vertical/horizontal)
synchronizing
signal
Shield for
(Shield signal)
No. 8,9,21,22, 23
terminals
Video signal f o r
rearview camera
26"
GRN
RC VCC
(Video camera)
27*
RED
RC GND
(Ground camera)
28"
BRN
C A M E R A ADPT
(Adaptive
camera)
* 1: With optional rearview camera
operative).
If open: W h e n b r i g h t n e s s = A u t o , n i g h t mode for the
d i s p l a y is i n o p e r a t i v e w h e n l i g h t s on.
If short to g r o u n d : B l o w s f u s e No. 6 (7.5 A) in the
passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box.
If o p e n : N a v i g a t i o n b u t t o n s d o n o t w o r k .
If s h o r t to g r o u n d : H a r d b u t t o n s w o r k O K .
OV
(Blue signal)
(Composite
signal)
If s h o r t to g r o u n d : No c h a n g e to d i s p l a y .
G r o u n d for
r e a r v i e w camera
signal
C o n t r o l s i g n a l for
r e a r v i e w camera
work.
If s h o r t to g r o u n d : Hard a n d t o u c h b u t t o n s work OK.
If open: The s e c u r i t y
system
will set, and
will
trip when screen is r e m o v e d .
not
If s h o r t to g r o u n d : T h e s e c u r i t y s y s t e m w i l l set, a n d
w i l l n o t t r i p w h e n s c r e e n is r e m o v e d .
OV
0-1 VAC
if s h o r t t o g r o u n d : No c h a n g e to d i s p l a y .
B l u e color m i s s i n g (see RGB Color
diagnostic).
If open:
Sf s h o r t to g r o u n d : Blue color m i s s i n g (see RGB

Color d i a g n o s t i c ) .
0.3 V AC
If open: Picture rolls h o r i z o n t a l l y , c o l o r s still v i s i b l e .

If s h o r t to g r o u n d : Picture rolls h o r i z o n t a l l y , c o l o r s
still v i s i b l e .
0V
Sf s h o r t to g r o u n d : No c h a n g e to d i s p l a y . -
0.3 V
If o p e n : No c h a n g e t o r e a r v i e w c a m e r a i m a g e .
If s h o r t to g r o u n d : No c h a n g e to r e a r v i e w c a m e r a
image.
Sf open: No c h a n g e to r e a r v i e w c a m e r a i m a g e .
Sf s h o r t to g r o u n d : N o c h a n g e to r e a r v i e w c a m e r a
0V
image.
If open: No
c h a n g e to r e a r v i e w c a m e r a image.
If s h o r t to g r o u n d : No c h a n g e to r e a r v i e w c a m e r a
image.
OV
* 2: T h e s h i e l d e d w i r e s h a v e a h e a t - s h r i n k t u b e i n s u l a t i n g t h e o u t s i d e o f t h e w i r e .
The color of the i n s u l a t i n g tube, typically bSack or dark gray, may not match
23-164
If o p e n : No c h a n g e to r e a r v i e w c a m e r a i m a g e .
If s h o r t t o g r o u n d : No c h a n g e to r e a r v i e w c a m e r a
image.
If o p e n : No c h a n g e to r e a r v i e w c a m e r a i m a g e .
' If s h o r t to g r o u n d : No c h a n g e to r e a r v i e w c a m e r a
image.
If open: When put i n t o reverse, the n a v i g a t i o n
screen goes b l a c k ( b a c k l i g h t still o p e r a t i o n )
from CD c h a n g e r
BRN
24
Parking light on
(GA-NET)
GA-NET ECU
BUS
YEL
camera
GABUS-
( S h i e l d ECU bus)
RED
rearview
Symptom
Voltage (about)
S h i e l d for No. 12,

13, 26,27 t e r m i n a l s
(VCC supply)
GRY
Description
(Shield camera)
the
color
of the w i r e
shown
on the circuit diagram.
interface Dial inputs and Outputs for 5P Connector

iterfaceDial'5PConnectoi
Terminal Wire Color Terminal Name
Wunnbuir
WHT
JOG (jog)
Description
Interface dial
operation signal
BLK
SH JOG
(Shield icq)
GND (Ground)
Shield for interface

dial signal .
Ground for
interface dial
PUR
ACC (Accessory)
Power source for

interface dial
BLK
Voltage (about)
Symptom
0 - 5 V pulses
If open: You can not operate navigation system.

If short to ground: You can not operate navigation
system.
0V

If short to ground: You can not operate navigation
system.
driver's under-dash fuse/reSav box.
Battery voltage
at ACCESSORY
.(!)
* : The shielded wires have a heat-shrink tube insulating the outside of the wire.
23-165
Navigation System
Circuit Diagram
23-166
23-167
Navigation System
No, 15 (10 A)
UMER-H0OD
T
gr
OMUS .us G
u
f
:3
US
Y Y
s u a-
is
17
I B9
BIO
i s
JRY*
|A-BUS GA-BUS
AUDIO UNIT
REMOTE
"F
-
23-168
a.
' 'h
YEL
BRN
IG,
&
GI
BLU '
: B26
s -
rll i
GA-BUS GA-BUS GA-BUS
Sb.
RED
Hi
sr
SCTY
h,
ib,
: s
fa,
i,
insulating the outside of the wir.

The color of the insulating false,
CAN tin*
RELAY
VSPO'JT
F-CAN H
(A/T)
F-CAN L
:D3
D4
:m
zrss"------j-----Vr-î
=
"1
| DS
: D I
GRY*
; U
&
S- a
See' i d
C16
^-Jl"_"'"."h*>
i
j CB
BLK*
L L X J...X<> i . T . L
;20
\2\
11
Zt
[8
I 27
Sm
S*
SL.
SJUET
128
S H
FUSS/RELAY 8QX
ii
A3
VSPOUT
* A3
CANH
ECMfKN
* A 4
CANL
30
FAMM
* 29
F-SAML
SAUGECOTOOL
M0DUI
JL
FUSS/BELAY BOX
1.
,.--1"""""" ^
HFIS/JUTE
IT T P T
i
^tr-jV
4
1
23-169
Navigation System
System Diagnostic Mode
Start-up procedure and Diagnostic Menu
T h e r e a r e t w o w a y s to enter t h e d i a g n o s t i c m o d e :
M e t h o d 1:
S t a r t the v e h i c l e . W h e n t h e g l o b e s c r e e n a p p e a r s ,
c o n n e c t the S C S s e r v i c e c o n n e c t o r ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 3 9 ) to
the navigation s e r v i c e c o n n e c t o r l o c a t e d b e h i n d the
n a v i g a t i o n unit in the trunk. T h e s c r e e n c h a n g e s to the
S y s t e m Links screen a n d automatically begins running
t h e self d i a g n o s t i c . S e e the S y s t e m L i n k s s e c t i o n for
m o r e Information.
N O T E : W h e n f i n i s h e d t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , m a k e s u r e to
r e m o v e the S C S s e r v i c e c o n n e c t o r .
| System L i n k s J |
Radio
H e l p " ] | Exit Diagl
XM
A/C
Meter
II
II
I Return |
. II
Display =: 1 Navi.ECU |
n
11
History
GPS Ant. I
Car Status
Hard Key
ECU Info.
DVD
HFL
System Links
1. E n t e r t h i s s c r e e n by c o n n e c t i n g the S C S c o n n e c t o r
or by s e l e c t i n g S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e f r o m the
n a v i g a t i o n s c r e e n m a i n m e n u . T h e m e s s a g e at the
bottom of the s c r e e n f l a s h e s indicating the
d i a g n o s t i c is r u n n i n g . M a k e s u r e y o u enter the
a u d i o anti-theft c o d e .
NOTE:
T h e s y s t e m c a n n o t c o m p l e t e a full d i a g n o s i s
u n l e s s t h e e n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
* D T C 1501 a n d / o r 2 7 0 3 c a n be s t o r e d w h e n the
Ignition s w i t c h Is at A C C E S O R Y (I). W i t h the
ignition s w i t c h Is in A C C E S O R Y (I), the A / C unit is
t u r n e d off a n d the n a v i g a t i o n unit l o s e s
communication and stores DTCs. Therefore,
t h e r e is a possibility that the s y s t e m is n o r m a l
e v e n t h o u g h 2 7 0 3 Is s t o r e d . C h e c k s y s t e m links
with the e n g i n e r u n n i n g , a n d if It a p p e a r s n o r m a l ,
the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e .
[ S y s t e m Links j
Help
j | Exit P l a g | [
Retyrn
A/C
znz
Diapia
M e t h o d 2:
S t a r t the v e h i c l e , a n d at the d i s c l a i m e r s c r e e n u s e the
n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y h a r d buttons a s d e s c r i b e d b e l o w :
M a k e s u r e the battery is in g o o d c o n d i t i o n t h e n p r e s s
a n d hold the t h r e e buttons M A P / G U I D E , M E N U , a n d
C A N C E L , for a b o u t 3 s e c o n d s . T h e d i s p l a y s c r e e n g o e s
directly to the S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s m e n u s h o w n
below.
* S e l f - D i a g n o s i s M o d e ( r u n s t h e a u t o m a t i c d i a g n o s i s of
the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m )
* Detail Information & S e t t i n g ( a l l o w s y o u to m a n u a l l y
d i a g n o s e the navigation s y s t e m )
Self- Diagnosis Mode
Detail I n f o r m a t i o n & S e t t i n g
il Diagnostic screens to confirm
23-170
Return 1
NaviJECU
|cwStatu| |Hardltoy
2. Rotate the interface dial to s e l e c t the icon y o u w a n t

to d i a g n o s e . P u s h in the s e l e c t o r to s e e the details
of that d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n .
T h e S y s t e m Links function runs automatically and d i s p l a y s a f l a s h i n g m e s s a g e at t h e b o t t o m of the

s c r e e n r e m i n d i n g y o u to h a v e the e n g i n e r u n n i n g
for t h e t e s t T h e d i a g n o s t i c t e s t s the f o l l o w i n g :
* M o s t of the w i r e s connecting- the n a v i g a t i o n
E x p l a n a t i o n f e a c h i c o n
E a c h icon c o l o r is e x p l a i n e d in the table.
Icon C o l o r s
Green
c o m p o n e n t s s h o w n In the block d i a g r a m ,
* T h e results from the v a r i o u s c o m p o n e n t s s h o w n
Red
In the block d i a g r a m .
* T h e m i c r o p h o n e Is t e s t e d b y listening to the b o n g
s o u n d p r o d u c e d by the n a v i g a t i o n unit f r o m the
s p e a k e r s w h e n the d i a g n o s t i c is started. T h i s
r e q u i r e s t h a t t h e a u d i o s y s t e m be operating
normally.
the r e s u l t s are O K .
E r r o r s that require r e p l a c e m e n t
of h a r d w a r e or h a r n e s s .
E x a m p l e s a r e c o n n e c t i o n error
or m e m o r y d i a g n o s i s e r r o r s .
T r o u b l e s h o o t for D T C s .
Yellow
E r r o r s that d o e s not require

hardware replacement, such a s
an open display cover, an
Incorrect D V D , leaving t h e
Ignition s w i t c h In A C C E S S O R Y
(1), or b e c a u s e of a m i s s i n g
a c c e s s o r y , like the r e a r v i e w
camera.
White
T h e d i a g n o s i s is r u n n i n g . T h e
W h e n the d i a g n o s t i c f i n i s h e s , t h e i c o n s turn
different c o l o r s b a s e d o n their t e s t s t a t u s . T h e c o l o r
definitions a r e s h o w n b e l o w a n d c a n a l s o be s e e n
by s e l e c t i n g H e l p o n the S y s t e m L i n k s s c r e e n .
T h e Indication o n t h e s c r e e n m a y riot c h a n g e until
y o u exit a n d r e e n t e r the S e l f - D i a g n o s i s m o d e . In
s o m e c a s e s , y o u m a y h a v e to restart the e n g i n e for
the indication to c h a n g e . After y o u repair the
affected c o m p o n e n t or h a r n e s s , r e p e a t t h i s
diagnostic.
Description
T h e s y s t e m run a d i a g n o s i s a n d
s c r e e n f u n c t i o n s are locked out

Gray
while the diagnosis runs.

The s y s t e m cannot
a u t o m a t i c a l l y c h e c k this
function. Y o u h a v e to s e l e c t the
d i a g n o s i s Item a n d m a n u a l l y do
additional t e s t i n g , like c h e c k i n g
the n a v i g a t i o n buttons in the
Hard K e y test. W h e n y o u
c o m p l e t e the Hard K e y test a n d
return to the S y s t e m L i n k s
m e n u , t h e g r a y icon t u r n s g r e e n .
N O T E : B y s e l e c t i n g the H E L P I c o n , y o u c a n s e e a
d e s c r i p t i o n for e a c h c o l o r .
(confd)
23-171
Navigation System
System Diagnostic Mode (cont'd)
Icon Color Information
icn
RED
GREEN
Display
Radio
XM
G P S Ant.
R e s u l t of
Connection
u n d e r the
Display
R e s u l t of
Connection
u n d e r the
Display
diagnosis menu
is O K .
R e s u l t of
Connection
u n d e r the R a d i o
diagnosis menu
is O K .
diagnosis menu
is N G .
R e s u l t of
Connection
u n d e r the R a d i o
diagnosis menu
is N G .
R e s u l t of . Connection
u n d e r the X M
diagnosis menu
Is O K .
R e s u l t of
Connection
u n d e r the X M
diagnosis menu
is N G .
Icon C o l o r
YELLOW
WHITE
E x e c u t i n g (Not
completed)
completed)
All result of
Antenna and
R e c e i v e r in NAVI
E C U is O K .
A n y result of
Antenna and
R e c e i v e r in NAVI
E C U is O K .
R-Camera
-Result of
Connection
u n d e r the
R - C a m era
diagnosis menu
is O K . ( Y O P )
R e s u l t of
Connection
u n d e r the
R - C a m era
diagnosis menu
is N G . ( Y O P )
R e s u l t of the
Connection
u n d e r the
R-Camera
diagnosis menu
is N G . ( Y O P )
A/C
R e s u l t of
Connection
under the A i r c o n
diagnosis menu
is O K w h i l e
Ignition is O N .
R e s u l t of
Connection
u n d e r the A i r c o n
diagnosis menu
is N G w h i l e
Ignition is O N * .
W h i l e Ignition is
OFF.
All result of
F - C A N related
units are O K .
R e s u l t of
A n y result of
F - C A N related
units are N G .
R e s u l t of
completed)
Connection
Connection
completed)
Meter (F-CAN)
HFL
u n d e r the H F L
u n d e r the H F L
diagnosis menu
diagnosis menu
is O K .
is NG*
GRAY
completed)
completed)
completed)
completed)
* : D T C 2 7 0 3 c a n be stored w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is in A C C E S S O R Y (I). W i t h the ignition s w i t c h in

A C C E S S O R Y (I), the c l i m a t e control unit is t u r n e d off a n d the navigation unit l o s e s c o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d
s t o r e s D T C s . It is p o s s i b l e that the s y s t e m is n o r m a l w i t h D T C 2 7 0 3 s t o r e d . C h e c k the s y s t e m links w i t h the
e n g i n e r u n n i n g , a n d if it s h o w s n o r m a l , the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e .
23-172
icon
Mic
E C U Info.
Hard Key
GREEN
The microphone
detects the
s o u n d "PI-PIP o n " at t h e
s y s t e m link
menu.
RED
The microphone
c o u l d not d e t e c t s
the s o u n d "Pi-PiP o n " at t h e
s y s t e m link
menu.
B o t h V - R A M or
D - R A M Is O K ,
a n d all P r o g r a m
F l a s h , S e r i a l No,,
M o d e l is
available, and
t h e D V D lid is
closed.
Either the
V - R A M or DR A M is N G , or
a n y of the
Program Flash,
Serial No.,
M o d e l is
unavailable.
All buttons a r e
pressed and are
detected under
H a r d k e y menu.
A l l buttons a r e
not p r e s s e d or
p r e s s e d but not
detected under
Hard key m e n u ,
or exit f r o m Hard
key m e n u
without the
button not
detected.
E r r o r History
DVD
DVD mechanism
is n o r m a l a n d
the proper DVD
is I n s t a l l e d .
Y a w Sensor
R e s u l t of the
Yaw Sensor
diagnosis menu
is O K .
Car Status
R e s u l t of t h e
Y a w Sensor
"diagnosis m e n u
isNG,
Icon Color
YELLOW
WHITE
GRAY
completed)
D V D lid is
opened
completed) -
Until c h a n g i n g to
H a r d key m e n u ,
H a r d E r r o r or
S o f t E r r o r is
detected under
E r r o r History
menu.
completed)
I m p r o p e r D V D Is
i n s t a l l e d , or D V D
Is not I n s t a l l e d ,
or c a n not
identify s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n f r o m the
D V D or i n t e r n a l '
mechanism
failure.
completed)
R e s u l t of t h e Z e r o Point
O u t p u t u n d e r the
Yaw Sensor
diagnosis menu
is N O C H E C K .
completed)
Hard E r r o r or
S o f t E r r o r Is not
detected under
E r r o r History
menu.
Check these
systems
manually.
(confd)
23-173
Navigation System
System Diagnostic Mode fcont'd)
Factory diagnostic screen In Line Diag
Detailed Information & S e t t i n g s

T h e s e s e c t i o n s a l l o w s y o u to run a s p e c i f i c d i a g n o s t i c
"NOTE: ff the v e h i c l e left the f a c t o r y in the f a c t o r y

d i a g n o s t i c m o d e , or if the n a v i g a t i o n unit is r e p l a c e d
. a n d a l l o w s additional setting c h o i c e s for s o m e s c r e e n s
y o u will s e e this s c r e e n e v e r y t i m e y o u turn o n the
that a r e not s h o w n w h e n s e l e c t i n g a n i c o n f r o m the
ignition.
S y s t e m Links screen.
W h e n a n a v i g a t i o n c o n t r o l unit is p o w e r e d up for the
W h e n y o u s e l e c t t h e . m e n u item Detail Information &
first t i m e at the factory or after r e p l a c e m e n t w i t h a n e w
S e t t i n g m e n u , t h e m a i n d i a g n o s i s m e n u is d i s p l a y e d .
or r e m a n u f a c t u r e d n a v i g a t i o n unit, t h e f a c t o r y
d i a g n o s i s s c r e e n (In L i n e Diag) a p p e a r s . N o r m a l l y the
f a c t o r y d o e s the s t e p s n e c e s s a r y to v e r i f y p r o p e r
operation and terminate the factory diagnostic.
f~Return
Self- Diagnosis Mode
Until the p r o p e r c o n f i r m a t i o n s e q u e n c e is d o n e , the
(Navi will cheek internal f;
s c r e e n a p p e a r s e v e r y t i m e t h e v e h i c l e is s t a r t e d .
Detail Information & Setting
F o l l o w the s t e p s b e l o w to p r e v e n t the s c r e e n f r o m
s h o w i n g up in the future:
P r e s s a n d hold the buttons M E N U , M A P / G U I D E , a n d
C A N C E L for a b o u t 3 s e c o n d s . T h e S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s
stems s c r e e n a p p e a r s .
P r e s s a n d hold the M A P / G U I D E button for
510 s e c o n d s . A s c r e e n w i t h a C o m p l e t e button,
appears.
P r e s s c o m p l e t e , t h e n R e t u r n , a n d t h e n s h u t the key
off for 5 s e c o n d s . Do not d i s c o n n e c t the battery
. d u r i n g t h i s p e r i o d a s the unit is s a v i n g the setting to
the S R A M m e m o r y . T h e In L i n e D i a g s h o u l d not
appear again.
R e s t a r t the v e h i c l e , a n d c o n f i r m n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n by
c o m p l e t i n g the T Q I of the N a v i g a t i o n S y s t e m S e r v i c e
Bulletin.
23-174
Monitor Cheek
O v e r v i e w of d i s p l a y unit
* T h e d i s p l a y unit c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e n a v i g a t i o n
unit o v e r its o w n G A - N e t b u s . I n f o r m a t i o n s e n t b y the
n a v i g a t i o n unit to t h e d i s p l a y unit i n c l u d e s
c o m m a n d s to control the L C D b a c k l i g h t
* T h e security s y s t e m protects the navigation display
unit b y d a i s y - c h a i n i n g the s e c u r i t y s i g n a l t h r o u g h it,
a n d t h e n p a s s i n g t h e s i g n a l to the a u d i o u n i t
R G B Color
T h i s s c r e e n v e r i f i e s that the d i s p l a y unit is r e c e i v i n g the
v i d e o (R, G , B a n d C o m p o s i t e s y n c ) s i g n a l s properly.
T h e t h r e e p r i m a r y c o l o r s s h o u l d all a p p e a r w i t h o u t distortion. T h e c o m b i n a t i o n of all three s h o u l d p r o d u c e
a central w h i t e s e c t i o n . If a n y of the c o l o r s a r e m i s s i n g ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t for the c o l o r s i g n a l ( s e e p a g e 23-220). If
the picture "has Sines in it or s c r o l l s horizontally, or
v e r t i c a l l y , t r o u b l e s h o o t for a C o m p o s i t e s y n c p r o b l e m
( s e e p a g e 23-222).
* T h e i l l u m i n a t i o n input f r o m t h e g a u g e b r i g h t n e s s
c o n t r o l p r o v i d e s b a c k lighting for the buttons
surrounding the screen,
T h e s e s c r e e n s - a H o w y o u to t r o u b l e s h o o t the d i s p l a y
u n i t S e l e c t t h e i t e m y o u w a n t to t r o u b l e s h o o t , a n d
follow the diagnostic instructions.
Monitor Cheek
|
I
RGB Color
Gray Tone
Return
II
Color Pattern
I
||
White Raster
|
1! Monitor Ailiustment 1
Gray Tone
T h i s s c r e e n diagnoses problems with contrast. Y o u
s h o u l d be a b l e to s e e the c h a n g e s f r o m bar to bar
a c r o s s the s c a l e . It Is n o r m a l for the t w o b a r s o n either
s i d e to a p p e a r the s a m e . If y o u c a n ' t s e e c h a n g e s f r o m
bar to bar, r e p l a c e the navigation u n i t
Gray Tone
Return
(confd)
23-175
Navigation System
Black Raster
White Raster
T h i s d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n c h e c k s for p i x e l s that m a y be
s t u c k o n . T h e entire d i s p l a y m u s t be black. If p i x e l s a r e
s t u c k o n , r e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit.
T h i s d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n c h e c k s for p i x e l s that m a y be
d e a d (off). T h e entire d i s p l a y m u s t be w h i t e . If t h e r e a r e
d e a d p i x e l s , r e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit.
Color Pattern
Monitor Adjustment
T h e c h a r t b e l o w s h o w s the c o l o r s b e i n g u s e d for the

m a p a n d m e n u s c r e e n s . T h i s is for f a c t o r y u s e only. T o
c h e c k the c o l o r s i g n a l , u s e t h e R G B C o l o r d i a g n o s t i c
f o u n d u n d e r the M o n i t o r C h e c k .
T h i s a l l o w s y o u to c e n t e r the n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y . U s e
t h e j o y s t i c k to m o v e the picture u p / d o w n or l e f t / r i g h t It
is unlikely that y o u will e v e r n e e d to a d j u s t the m o n i t o r
position. T h e Default button w i l l r e s e t t h e - d i s p l a y
position to factory s p e c i f i c a t i o n s .
Color Pattern
Retyrn
Monitor Adjustment
Retyrn
Settin gfO 0!
#
Default fO, 0)
23-176
Unit Check (Quick Check)

S o m e of t h e t e s t s a n d s c r e e n s that a r e d i s p l a y e d u n d e r
t h e U n i t C h e c k a r e different f r o m the m o r e detailed
c h e c k s listed in other a r e a s of this s e r v i c e m a n u a l .
Display
T h i s d i a g n o s t i c d o e s additional c h e c k s o n t h e
c o m m u n i c a t i o n b u s b e t w e e n the navigation unit a n d
the n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y u n i t In addition, this test c h e c k s
the internal e l e c t r o n i c f u n c t i o n s .
T o start t h e test, s e l e c t t h e item y o u w a n t to c h e c k .
* W h e n the c o n n e c t i o n Is N G , first c h e c k for l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at the n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d t h e d i s p l a y unit
c o n n e c t i o n s . Next c h e c k for a n o p e n or s h o r t In the
Display
Radio
GPS
E C U info.
Rear Camera
P C C a r d Info.
Hard Key
Yaw Sensor
DVD
Aircon
HFL
XM
c o m m u n i c a t i o n line b e t w e e n the n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d

t h e d i s p l a y u n i t Sf the line h a s an o p e n o r s h o r t
r e p l a c e the affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
* If t h e R O M or R A M is N G , r e p l a c e the d i s p l a y unit.
* T h e v e r s i o n r e p r e s e n t s the s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n in the
display.
Display
Connection
Select Check Units

Display
Radi0_
1 Return |
Return
OK
ROM
QIC
RAM
OK
Version
099100
Hard Km
Yaw Sensor
GPS
ECU Info.
Rear Camera
PC Card info
HFL
...XM....
(confd)
23-177
Navigation System
S y s t e m Diagnostic Mode (cont'd)
Radio
Sf N G is i n d i c a t e d , c h e c k for l o o s e a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r s .
N O T E : Sf the X M link a p p e a r s r e d , but the radio link
a p p e a r s g r e e n in the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m link, refer to
audio system symptom troubleshooting.
ECU Info.
T h i s s c r e e n looks for p r o b l e m s in the n a v i g a t i o n unit.
W h e n y o u initiate t h i s d i a g n o s i s , the n a v i g a t i o n unit
m a y freeze or d e l a y up to a m i n u t e w h i l e the d i a g n o s i s
runs.
N O T E : D o not try to e n d this d i a g n o s t i c b y p r e s s i n g O K
or M e m c l e a r before it f i n i s h e s , o t h e r w i s e t h e systemm a y reboot.
If V - R A M or D - R A M is N G , r e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit.
D V D lid d i s p l a y s t h e state of D V D Lid of n a v i g a t i o n
unit.
P r o g r a m F l a s h : D i s p l a y s the v e r s i o n of the navi
s o f t w a r e in m e m o r y .
GPS
Sf G P S i n d i c a t e s N G ( A N T ) , t h e n c h e c k t h e entire G P S
a n t e n n a w i r e f r o m the n a v i g a t i o n unit to the a n t e n n a . If
the w i r e i s c r u s h e d or d a m a g e d , try a k n o w n - g o o d
a n t e n n a . If the d i a g n o s t i c t h e n r e a d s O K , r e p l a c e the
original G P S a n t e n n a . If t h e d i a g n o s t i c still r e a d s N G
( A N T ) , r e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit.
S e l e c t information to s e e t h e G P S satellite details.
P r o g r a m on D V D : ff d i s p l a y e d , t h i s v a l u e r e p r e s e n t s
the v e r s i o n of the navi s o f t w a r e o n the navi D V D .
D V D v e r s i o n r e p r e s e n t s t h e d a t a b a s e v e r s i o n on t h e
D V D . Y o u c a n find t h i s Information in either the S e t u p
S c r e e n V e r s i o n , or in the D i a g n o s t i c S c r e e n V e r s i o n .
S e r i a l No. s h o u l d be t h e s a m e a s t h e s e r i a l n u m b e r
f o u n d on the u n d e r s i d e of the n a v i g a t i o n unit. Y o u
n e e d this n u m b e r to obtain the s e c u r i t y c o d e f r o m the
Interactive N e t w o r k (iN) s y s t e m .
T h e M e m C l r is for f a c t o r y u s e a n d s h o u l d not be
u s e d u n l e s s instructed by t h e factory..
S e l e c t i n g this will c l e a r t h e c u s t o m e r ' s s e t t i n g s ,
p e r s o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n , G P S orbital d a t a , a n d a n y t h i n g
e l s e s t o r e d in m e m o r y .
Return
ECU Info.
V - RAM
OK
DVD Lid
Close
P r o g r a m Flash
1,64.00
D-RAM
OK
(2007.08.31 15:31:28)
P r o g r a m o n D V D 1.64.0000
23-178
DVD Version
4.62
Serial No.
xxxxxxxxxx
Model
TA0A
_
j
Mem Clear
_
|
[ D - R A M Check I
Hear C a m e r a ( O p t i o n a l !
* If t h e optional r e a r v i e w c a m e r a i s c o n n e c t e d , it will
be d i s p l a y e d a s O K ,
P C C a r d info.
T h e r e is n o P C C a r d in the P C s l o t a n d the s c r e e n
s h o u l d d i s p l a y , P C C a r d is not.inserted.
* It d i s p l a y s O F F w h e n the optional r e a r v i e w c a m e r a is
not c o n n e c t e d ,
N O T E : Do not insert a n y c a r d or object into the slot.
Rear C a m e r a
Connection
PC C a r d Information
Return
NG
P C Card Is not Inserted.
If the factory p r o v i d e s a P C c a r d a n d instructs y o u to

insert it, t h e s c r e e n d i s p l a y s the M a n u f a c t u r e r , a n d .
P r o d u c t N a m e a s s h o w n in the f o l l o w i n g s c r e e n .
P C C a r d Information
Manufacturer
KXXMXK
Prodyet N a m e
KKKKXK
(confd)
23-179
Navigation System
Hard K e y
T h i s d i a g n o s t i c t e s t s the interface dial a n d the buttons
that s u r r o u n d it. For t h i s m o d e l t h e interface dial a n d
buttons d o not u s e the G A - N e t b u s for c o m m u n i c a t i o n s .
T o c o m p l e t e the t e s t t o u c h e a c h button o n the v e h i c l e ' s
c o n t r o l - p a n e l , a n d m o v e the Interface dial to e a c h
Indicated position. A s e a c h f u n c t i o n Is t e s t e d , t h e
c o r r e s p o n d i n g button o n t h e d i s p l a y s h o u l d highlight.
T o e x i t p u s h In a n d h o l d t h e s e l e c t o r knob.
N O T E : Y o u c a n n o t u s e t h e o n s c r e e n return button to
exit t h i s function
Return
Hard Key
Keep Poshing to Return.
MAP/GUIDE
23-180
Y a w Sensor
T h i s s c r e e n g i v e s a q u i c k t e s t of t h e y a w s e n s o r
functionality b a s e d o n the t w o v o l t a g e s S e n s o r a n d
Offset. F o r m o r e information s e e the Y a w Rate
Diagnostic.
Y a w Sensor
Zero Point Output
OK
Output V a l u e
x.xxxV
Current Offset
x.xxxV
Temperature in E C U xxG
Return
DVD
T h i s diagnostic tests the navigation DVD reader.
N O T E : If t h i s t e s t f a i l s , r e m o v e t h e n a v i g a t i o n D V D ,
c l e a n it, a n d retest b e f o r e o r d e r i n g a n e w D V D .
Aircon
T h i s diagnostic tests the climate bus connection (AC-SI
a n d A C - S O ) b e t w e e n the n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d c l i m a t e
c o n t r o l unit. M a k e s u r e the e n g i n e is. r u n n i n g for t h i s
test.
DVD
Error Detail
Version
20050404
Maker ID
0x01
Navi Platform
0x01
HFL
T h i s c h e c k s t h e 4 w i r e c o m m u n i c a t i o n b u s b e t w e e n the
H F L a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit.
1 Return 1
hfl
Connection
OK
(cont'd)
23-181
Navigation System
XM
T h i s c h e c k s t h e G A - N E T B u s fine to the X M r e c e i v e r .
* W h e n c o n n e c t i o n is s h o w n w i t h N G , c h e c k the
c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n XM' r e c e i v e r a n d a u d i o u n i t
Functional Setup
S e l e c t the item y o u w a n t to c h e c k .
* Save Users Memory
* Demo Mode
* Mic Level
Functional Setyp
. S a v e U s e r s Memory
D e m o Mode
23-182
Mic Level
[
Save Users Hietnory

W h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit, t h i s function a l l o w s
t h e d e a l e r t o t r a n s f e r t h e c u s t o m e r ' s p e r s o n a l data to
t h e n e w n a v i g a t i o n unit. T h e t r a n s f e r r e d i n f o r m a t i o n
i n c l u d e s their S e t u p s e t t i n g s , a n d p e r s o n a l a d d r e s s e s .
T h e d e a l e r i n s e r t s a P C c a r d to t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit, a n d
then selects the S a v e U s e r s M e m o r y function. T h e t w o
f u n c t i o n s in t h i s d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n a r e E X P O R T a n d
IMPORT. E X P O R T s a v e s t h e c u s t o m e r ' s data to t h e P C
c a r d , a n d I M P O R T m o v e s t h e P C e a r d files to t h e n e w
navigation u n i t
1. S e l e c t t h e E X P O R T button to m o v e t h e c u s t o m e r ' s
d a t a f r o m t h e original n a v i g a t i o n unit to the P C c a r d .
S e l e c t Y E S o n t h e Export. U s e r D a t a C o n f i r m a t i o n
s c r e e n . T h e p r o c e s s t a k e s only a c o u p l e of s e c o n d s .
T h e s y s t e m s t o r e s t w o files o n the c a r d .
N O T E : If t h e E X P O R T button is g r a y e d o u t c h e c k
t h e P C c a r d ' s e d g e c o n n e c t o r , a n d the p i n s I n s i d e
t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit (with a flashlight) f o r d a m a g e .
I
Save Users Memory
[ Return
1
E x p o r t User D a t a ?
Save Users Memory

EXPORT
~ | |
| Return |
IMPORT
Yes
No
2. After installing t h e c u s t o m e r ' s original D V D in t h e

n e w n a v i g a t i o n unit, a l l o w t h e s y s t e m to boot u p .
Insert t h e P C c a r d in t h e n e w n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d
e n t e r t h e S a v e U s e r s M e m o r y in t h e navigation
s y s t e m diagnostic mode.
B e f o r e starting t h i s f u n c t i o n , s e e t h e P C C a r d F A Q s for
i n f o r m a t i o n r e g a r d i n g P C c a r d s , a n d h o w to u s e t h i s
function.
3. S e l e c t t h e I M P O R T button to m o v e t h e t w o files
s t o r e d by t h e E x p o r t p r o c e s s f r o m t h e P C c a r d to
t h e n e w n a v i g a t i o n u n i t S e l e c t Y E S o n t h e Import
U s e r Data C o n f i r m a t i o n s c r e e n . W h e n t h e transfer
is f i n i s h e d (a f e w s e c o n d s ) t h e s y s t e m
a u t o m a t i c a l l y r e b o o t s . After t h e s y s t e m reboots,
remove the PC card from the P C card s l o t
N O T E : If t h e I M P O R T button is g r a y e d o u t c h e c k if
t h e M o d e ! a n d the P r o g r a m F l a s h s h o w n on the
V e r s i o n s c r e e n a r e t h e s a m e for t h e t w o navigation
units.
(confd)
23-183
Navigation System
System Diagnostic Mode (cont'd!
Demo Mode
Mic Level
T h i s s c r e e n Is for f a c t o r y use-only, a n d s h o u l d a l w a y s
b e s e t to O F F . O c c a s i o n a l l y the D E M O setting Is t u r n e d
O N w h e n v e h i c l e s a r e b e i n g u s e d at A u t o S h o w s or
s i m i l a r e v e n t s . T u r n i n g t h i s f e a t u r e o n , a l l o w s the
n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m to a u t o m a t i c a l l y f o l l o w a route to a
d e s t i n a t i o n w h e n the v e h i c l e is s t a t i o n a r y . T h e S p e e d
c h a n g e s the s p e e d of t h e d e m o m o d e .
T h i s d i a g n o s t i c a l l o w s y o u to I n d e p e n d e n t l y test the
microphone and the navigation T A L K a n d B A C K
buttons. T h e y a r e u s e d to a c t i v a t e the v o i c e control
s y s t e m . T h e m i c r o p h o n e is l o c a t e d n e a r the m a p light
In the roof c o n s o l e . T h e m i c r o p h o n e c a n n o w Isolate
t h e d r i v e r ' s v o i c e e v e n w h e n t h e r e Is n o i s e or other
c o n v e r s a t i o n s In the v e h i c l e . T o p r o p e r l y c h e c k the
m i c r o p h o n e s , m a k e s u r e y o u a r e sitting In t h e d r i v e r ' s
seat.
Demo
Return
Mode
Demo
OFF
S p e e d Rate
150 m s
j QU
lirjl
OFF !
P r e s s t h e n a v i g a t i o n T A L K button o n the s t e e r i n g
w h e e l , w a i t unit y o u h e a r a b e e p , a n d in a n o r m a l
v o i c e s a y " t e s t i n g " . T h e T A L K Indicator o n the s c r e e n
s h o u l d m o m e n t a r i l y turn g r e e n , a n d t h e text N o w
R e c o r d i n g . . . s h o u l d a p p e a r In y e l l o w . If t h e talki n d i c a t o r s h o w n o n the s c r e e n d o e s not briefly turn
g r e e n , c h e c k t h e w i r i n g f r o m the s t e e r i n g w h e e l
n a v i g a t i o n T A L K button to the n a v i g a t i o n unit. If t h e r e
Is no M i c L e v e l m o v e m e n t w h e n y o u s p e a k , t h e n y o u
should c h e c k the w i r e s running from the m i c r o p h o n e
in t h e roof c o n s o l e to the H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit
a n d the n a v i g a t i o n u n i t If t h e w i r e s a r e O K , the
m i c r o p h o n e m u s t be faulty; r e p l a c e t h e m i c r o p h o n e
l o c a t e d in roof c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 4 2 ) .
P r e s s t h e n a v i g a t i o n B A C K button on the s t e e r i n g
w h e e l . T h i s s h o u l d c a u s e the C a n c e l Indicator on the
s c r e e n to m o m e n t a r i l y turn g r e e n . If it d o e s not
briefly turn g r e e n , c h e c k t h e w i r i n g f r o m t h e s t e e r i n g
w h e e l n a v i g a t i o n B A C K button t o t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit.
Mic Level
23-184
Steering
Switch
} {
<4
BACK
Return
F-CAN System Link
GPS
F-CAN (Fast Controller A r e a Network) p a s s e s
T h i s s c r e e n s h o w s t h e c u r r e n t s t a t u s of G P S r e c e p t i o n .
T h e c i r c u l a r d i a g r a m s h o w s t h e c u r r e n t location of the
G P S satellites ( y e l l o w n u m b e r s ) a s t h e y w o u l d a p p e a r
in the s k y . T h e o u t e r c i r c l e r e p r e s e n t s the horizon
{0 d e g r e e s e l e v a t i o n ) , T h e m i d d l e and: i n n e r c i r c l e s
r e p r e s e n t s 30 a n d 60 d e g r e e s r e s p e c t i v e l y . T h e v e r y
c e n t e r of t h e d i a g r a m (90 d e g r e e s e l e v a t i o n ) is directly
o v e r h e a d . N e a r b y o b s t r u c t i o n s , like tall b u i l d i n g s will
block s a t e l l i t e s in that direction. T h a t is w h y it is
n e c e s s a r y to be in a n o p e n a r e a to effectively
t r o u b l e s h o o t G P S reception i s s u e s . T h e satellite .
n u m b e r s s h o w n o n t h e d i a g r a m c o r r e s p o n d to t h e P R N
n u m b e r In t h e G P S Details s c r e e n . T h e r e a r e a l w a y s at
least 2 4 a c t i v e G P S satellites i n o r b i t B e c a u s e s a t e l l i t e s
fail, a n d have-to be r e m o v e d f r o m s e r v i c e , s p a r e s a r e
a l w a y s p a r k e d in orbit, r e a d y to be a c t i v a t e d . T h i s is
w h y t h e P R N (satellite ID n u m b e r ) c a n be g r e a t e r t h a n
24.
i n f o r m a t i o n b e t w e e n p r o c e s s o r s on t h e network. T h e
F - C A N n e t w o r k u s e s a c o m m u n i c a t i o n protocol t h a t
t r a n s m i t s d a t a at 5 0 0 K b p s ,
* If t h e d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n b e l o w r e a d s N G w i t h the
ignition s w i t c h i s in O N (If), t h e n d i a g n o s t i c trouble
c o d e s ( D T C s ) for t h e F - C A N c a n b e r e t r i e v e d w i t h the
H D S (Honda Diagnostic S y s t e m ) . T h e data displayed
in t h e ID b o x e s is i r r e l e v a n t .
* F o r m o r e d e t a i l s on t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g t h e F - C A N , refer
to t h e m u l t i p l e x i n t e g r a t e d c o n t r o l s y s t e m and t h e
PGM-FI system.
F- CAW S y s t e m Link
F- CAM
ERROR ACTIVE
Information
UNIT
N O T E : W h e n y o u u s e t h i s s c r e e n for t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
EWG
L324J
METER
[294] [374] [377] [ j 7 8 j
M u s t h a v e engine running for this test.
p a r k t h e v e h i c l e o u t s i d e , a w a y f r o m b u i l d i n g s , tall t r e e s ,
a n d h i g h - t e n s i o n w i r e s for at feast 10 m i n u t e s w i t h the
engine running.
* T h e N u m b e r of S a t e l l i t e s b o x s h o w s t h e n u m b e r of
a c q u i r e d s a t e l l i t e s ( m a x i m u m of 12). It s h o u l d c o n t a i n
t h r e e or m o r e i c o n s . If not, t r o u b l e s h o o t for G P S icon
is w h i t e or not s h o w n ( s e e p a g e 23-226).
* T h e C u r r e n t Position s h o w s latitude, l o n g i t u d e , a n d
e l e v a t i o n (in feet). If t h e r e a r e - l e s s t h a n four s a t e l l i t e s ,
t h e "elevation c a n be g r o s s l y I n a c c u r a t e .
* T h e D a t e / T i m e field s h o w s the c u r r e n t d a t e , a n d a l s o
a t i m e that i n c l u d e s daylight s a v i n g s a n d other
offsets e n t e r e d b y the c u s t o m e r In S e t u p s c r e e n 2
Adjust Time Zone/Clock.
GPS
Information
Return
Wumfeer of Satellites
Current Position
Latitude N >ortof'xx"
Longitude Exxx'fcx'xx "
Elevation KK feet
MMXX.XX.MX
KXIKKIMK
N O T E : P r e s s i n g the m a p / g u i d e button d i s p l a y s t h e
satellite n u m b e r o n e a c h c i r c l e .
(confd)
23-185
Navigation System
GPS Detail
N O T E : T h e table of v a l u e s d e f i n e t h e t e r m s a t t h e top of
the c o l u m n s in the G P S Detail s c r e e n .
B y p r e s s i n g a n d h o l d i n g t h e M E N U button for
2 s e c o n d s , a G P S Detail s c r e e n a p p e a r s . T h i s s c r e e n
d i s p l a y s real t i m e i n c o m i n g satellite positional d a t a
w h e n t h e v e h i c l e Is o u t s i d e in t h e o p e n . T h e
Information s h o w n on t h i s s c r e e n Is for factory u s e .
Column
3D
Description
Active satellites
( Y e l l o w Dot)
N O T E : T h e date s h o w n In a n e x a m p l e only.
SpaedxxKm/h
Direction: JC
3D
PRN
ST
o
o
o
o.
o
o
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
MX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
GPS
AZI
EL
XXX
KXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
Tinrce:xoox
cm
XXX
KMX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
ACC
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
PRN
T h e satellite ID
number
ST
T h e status:
0 = cannot view
or s e a r c h i n g ,
2 = acquiring
1/2
0
AZI
A z i m u t h , the a n g l e
(0360) c l o c k w i s e
f r o m north
EL
E l e v a t i o n f r o m the
* T h e b o x T S / A S a n d H D o p / V D o p Is for factory u s e .
* T h e S p e e d a n d Direction Information Is u p d a t e d in
real t i m e w h e n d r i v i n g .
* T h e D a t e / T i m e Information is t h e s a m e a s in S e t u p
screen 2 Adjust Time Zone/Clock.
* If t h e 3 D Icon is s h o w n a b o v e t h e y e l l o w d o t s , t h i s
i m p l i e s that at least four s a t e l l i t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e for
m a p p o s i t i o n i n g , a n d t h e G P S Indicator o n t h e m a p
s c r e e n w i l l be g r e e n . S e e t h e G l o b a l P o s i t i o n i n g
S y s t e m detailed e x p l a n a t i o n In t h e S y s t e m
Description.
* If t h e r o w of data in t h e table b e l o w b e g i n s w i t h a
y e l l o w dot, the AZS a n d E L f i e l d s c a n be u s e d to locate
e a c h satellite o n t h e c i r c u l a r G P S d i a g r a m ( s e e prior
screen).
23-186
icon-is-white
or not s h o w n
troubleshooting
( s e e p a g e 23-228).
Return
GPS Detail
Problem indication
If 3 D or 2 D is
missing w h e n the
v e h i c l e is p a r k e d
outside, follow
If alio, t h e n , d o
G P S Icon is w h i t e
or not s h o w n
troubleshooting
( s e e p a g e 23-226).
horizon (90 d e g Is
overhead)
C/N
N/A
ACC
A
N/A
S h o w s v i e w of all
satellites i n t w o
s c r e e n v i e w s 1/2 or
2/2
1/2
or
2/2
V
Normal signal i s
49-52, n o s i g n a l :
27-33
a w Rate
S e n s i t i v i t y s t u d y r e p r e s e n t s t h e s t a t u s of the internal
t u n i n g f u n c t i o n . A t initialization, t h i s v a l u e starts at 6
T h i s d i a g n o s t i c c h e c k s t h e y a w rate s e n s o r in t h e
a n d I n c r e a s e s to 10 a s t h e Internal c o r r e c t i o n v a l u e s
n a v i g a t i o n unit. T h i s d e v i c e d e t e c t s w h e n t h e v e h i c l e
become more accurate,
t u r n s , a n d r e p o s i t i o n s t h e v e h i c l e p o s i t i o n scon o n t h e
T h e settings C C W Cal Factor, C W C a l Factor, a n d S e t
m a p screen. F o r m o r e detailed information, s e e the y a w
are for factory use only. T H I S S H O U L D N E V E R B E
rate s e n s o r t h e o r y o f o p e r a t i o n u n d e r S y s t e m
ADJUSTED.
Description (see page 2 3 - 1 4 5 ) .
F o r d e t a i l e d a n a l y s i s of t h e y a w rate s e l e c t t u n i n g .
* S e n s o r i n d i c a t e s t h e v o l t a g e o u t p u t f r o m t h e y a w rate
Yaw Rate
s e n s o r . It s h o u l d i n d i c a t e a b o u t 2 . 5 0 0 V w h e n t h e
v e h i c l e Is s t o p p e d .
* Offset is t h e reference voltage or standard within the
y a w rate s e n s o r , It a l s o s h o u l d i n d i c a t e a b o u t 2.500 V
w h e n the vehicle is stopped.
Sensor
Offset
X.XXXV
x.xxxV
CCW Factor
x.x%
CW Factor
x.x%
* A s e n s o r output voltage L O W E R than the Offset

v o l t a g e i n d i c a t e s t h a t t h e v e h i c l e i s t u r n i n g to t h e
Return
Toning
right
A s e n s o r output voltage H I G H E R than the Offset
v o l t a g e i n d i c a t e s t h a t t h e v e h i c l e is t u r n i n g to t h e left.
* T h e y a w rate o f f s e t a n d s e n s o r s h o u l d both i n d i c a t e
a b o u t 2 . 5 0 0 V w h e n t h e v e h i c l e i s s t o p p e d . If e i t h e r
r e a d s z e r o , or 5.000 V , r e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit.
* T h e y a w rate offset a n d s e n s o r s h o u l d b e w i t h i n
+ / Q . Q 1 V of e a c h o t h e r w h e n t h e v e h i c l e is s t o p p e d .
T h e s e n s o r v a l u e s h o u l d c h a n g e relative to t h e offset
a s t h e v e h i c l e t u r n s w h i l e d r i v i n g . If not, r e p l a c e t h e
E x a m p l e : Vehicle stopped
Abnormal
Offset
2.528 V
Offset
2.526 V
Sensor
2.5162.536 V
Sensor
2.623 V
Example; Vehicle t u r n i n g
Normal
Abnormal
Offset
2.526 V
Offset
2.526 V
Sensor
2.678 V
Sensor
2.623 V
(felt t u r n )
f no c h a n g e o n
2.478 V
turns)
fright turn)
(confd)
23-187
Navigation S y s t e m
Y a w Rate Tuning
Car Status
T h i s d i a g n o s t i c a l l o w s y o u to g r a p h i c a l l y d i s p l a y
U s e this s c r e e n to c o n f i r m that the n a v i g a t i o n unit i s
p r o b l e m s with the y a w rate s e n s o r .
p r o p e r l y r e c e i v i n g Input s i g n a l s . S i g n a l s e q u a l t o (0) a r e
* T h e A N G - D i s p value a c c u m u l a t e s any differences
d i s p l a y d o e s not m a t c h the a c t u a l v e h i c l e s t a t u s , t h e n
O F F , a n d s i g n a l s e q u a l to (1) a r e O N . If the v a l u e o n t h e
b e t w e e n the offset a n d s e n s o r v o l t a g e s ( s e e Y a w
c h e c k the w i r e c a r r y i n g the s i g n a l .
Rate diagnostic). W h e n the s e n s o r functions properly,

the r a n d o m c h a n g e s in t h e s e t w o v o l t a g e s g e n e r a l l y
( C o n n e c t o r A (8P) t e r m i n a l
Is c o n s i s t e n t l y h i g h e r t h a n the other, t h e n the A N G -
a) O F F (0) w h e n - v e h i c l e Is not m o v i n g
b) O N (1) w h e n v e h i c l e is m o v i n g
D I s p v a l u e a c c u m u l a t e s the c o n s t a n t c h a n g e .
* T h e R e s e t button t e m p o r a r i l y c l e a r s the a n g u l a r
a c c u m u l a t i o n ( A N G - D I s p ) , a n d c l e a r s the d i s p l a y dots.
9
VSP-VehlcIe S p e e d Pulse from P C M
c a n c e l s out, s o the v a l u e is 0. H o w e v e r If o n e v o l t a g e
No.6)
T h e V S P c o m e s f r o m the P C M a s a d e d i c a t e d s i g n a l
D o not t o u c h the C C W , C W , o r S e t buttons. T h e s e a r e
Internally, the n a v i g a t i o n unit c o m p a r e s the a c t u a l V P
u s e d for factory s e t u p only.
on the m a p a g a i n s t -street data to a d j u s t t h e p u l s e to

s p e e d s c a l i n g factor. A s t h i s s c a l i n g factor b e c o m e s
T w o t e s t s are e x p l a i n e d . F o r large p r o b l e m s w i t h the

s e n s o r v a l u e s , the s t a t i o n a r y test u s u a l l y c o n f i r m s
w h e t h e r the s e n s o r Is d e f e c t i v e . - F o r y a w rate I s s u e s
related to d r i v i n g , d o the r o a d t e s t d e s c r i b e d .
1. S t a t i o n a r y test: If the V P icon s p i n s In p l a c e a n d the
A N G - D i s p v a l u e s l o w l y i n c r e a s e s o r d e c r e a s e s In
v a l u e , the y a w rate s e n s o r Is d e f e c t i v e . R e p l a c e the
navigation unit.
2. R o a d test: Drive t h e v e h i c l e o n a v e r y straight r o a d .
E n t e r the d i a g n o s t i c m o d e , s e l e c t Y a w rate, a n d
t o u c h the T u n i n g button. W h i l e d r i v i n g d o w n a
straight r o a d , the w h i t e d o t s s h o u l d t r a c e a straight
line a c r o s s the s c r e e n . H o w e v e r , if y o u a r e d r i v i n g
on a straight r o a d , a n d y o u notice the d o t s
c o n s t a n t l y d r o p p i n g d o w n o r h e a d i n g up a s y o u
d r i v e , the n a v i g a t i o n c o n t r o l unit's y a w s e n s o r is
d e f e c t i v e . Y o u c a n t o u c h R e s e t to c l e a r A N G - D I s p ,
a n d dotted l i n e s .
m o r e a c c u r a t e , the L e v e l g r a d u a l l y i n c r e a s e s f r o m 0 to
10 ( s e e the T i r e C a l i b r a t e d i a g n o s t i c s c r e e n ) . B A C K - R e v e r s e indication f r o m taillight r e l a y
( C o n n e c t o r A (8P) t e r m i n a l No.5)
a) O F F (0) w h e n the shift l e v e r is in a n y position other
than reverse
b) O N (1) w h e n the shift l e v e r Is In r e v e r s e
T h e B a c k s i g n a l Is u s e d by the n a v i g a t i o n unit to a l l o w
the m a p s c r e e n to s h o w the V P m o v i n g b a c k w a r d s
w h e n in r e v e r s e . T h i s s i g n a l is n e e d e d b e c a u s e the
S p e e d P u l s e h a s n o direction I n d i c a t i o n .
Car
VSP
BACK
If either test a b o v e f a i l s , p l e a s e e n t e r Y a w rate

s e n s o r d e f e c t i v e for the p r o b l e m d e s c r i p t i o n , o n
t h e N a v i g a t i o n c o r e return f o r m .
N O T E : T h e C C W , C W a n d S e t buttons a r e d i s a b l e d
a n d c a n n o t be a c t i v a t e d .
23-188
Return
Statos
IGNITION
ILL C A N C E L
0l
* I G N I T I O N - l g n i t i o n S w i t c h P o s i t i o n Indication
( C o n n e c t o r A (8P) t e r m i n a l s Mo. 1 a n d 2)
D e t e c t s If t h e e n g i n e is r u n n i n g Is r u n n i n g u s i n g
Information provided over the F - C A N b u s .
a | O F F 10} w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h p o s i t i o n Is
A C C E S S O R Y (!)
b) O N |1) w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h position is O N Of)
* iLL-llluminatioo Indication
( C o n n e c t o r B (32P) t e r m i n a l N o . 5)
a) O F F (0} w h e n p a r k i n g lights, o r h e a d l i g h t s a r e off
b) O N (1) w h e n p a r k i n g lights, o r h e a d l i g h t s a r e o n
Version
T h i s s c r e e n d i s p l a y s t h e c u r r e n t v e r s i o n Information for
t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m s o f t w a r e . In a d d i t i o n , t h i s s c r e e n
a l l o w s t h e l o a d i n g of u p d a t e d s o f t w a r e If r e q u e s t e d by
t h e f a c t o r y , o r Instructed b y a S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n . S o f t w a r e
m a y be loaded from a C D or a P C card.
P r o g r a m F l a s h : D i s p l a y s t h e v e r s i o n of t h e n a v i g a t i o n
s o f t w a r e In m e m o r y .
P r o g r a m D i s c : If d i s p l a y e d , t h i s v a l u e r e p r e s e n t s t h e
v e r s i o n of t h e n a v i g a t i o n s o f t w a r e o n t h e n a v l D V D .
T h e navigation; u s e s t h e s i g n a l to d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r to
put t h e n a v i g a t i o n s c r e e n Into t h e D a y o r Night
N O T E : T h e fast t w o letters of t h e P r o g r a m F l a s h o r
b r i g h t n e s s m o d e . { S e t u p s c r e e n 1)
D V D f i e l d s Indicate w h i c h D V D Is i n s t a l l e d in t h e unit.
T h e letters K A I m p l y that a U n i t e d S t a t e s D V D i s
* ILL C A N C E L
T h i s item d e t e c t s w h e t h e r t h e i l l u m i n a t i o n c a n c e l
I n s t a l l e d , If t h e letters a r e K C , t h e n a C a n a d a D V D is
installed. { S e e c o v e r a g e discussion below.)
f u n c t i o n I s In u s e .
a) O F F (0) if i l l u m i n a t i o n c a n c e l is not s e l e c t e d
b) O N f 1) if I l l u m i n a t i o n c a n c e l i s a c t i v a t e d
I P L , A P L , D B O O T , a n d S y s t e m u C o m , a r e all for
factory use.
M o d e l : F o r t h i s m o d e l , t h e field s h o u l d b e g i n w i t h
T h e i l l u m i n a t i o n c a n c e l f u n c t i o n Is a c t i v a t e d b y
i n c r e a s i n g t h e d a s h b r i g h t n e s s to M A X . T h e F - C A N b u s
p a s s e s t h i s I n f o r m a t i o n f r o m t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e
TAO.
D o w n l o a d : D o not t o u c h , u n l e s s i n s t r u c t e d b y t h e
factory.
to t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit.
C h e c k a n y official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e for m o r e
M O T E : T h i s s e t t i n g i s u n a f f e c t e d by t h e d i s p l a y m o d e
service information about navigation D V D s .
h a r d button l o c a t e d b e l o w a n d to t h e left of t h e
i n t e r f a c e dial..
Version
Program Flash
x.xx.xxKA
Program Diss
APL
IC.MJCM.X50C
-
IPL
DB0OT
X.X.XXX
System yCom
x.xxx.
Model
TAOA
i Rturn t
[pownLoadj
T h e r e a r e t w o n a v i g a t i o n D V D s p r o d u c e d for t h i s m o d e l .
T h e w h i t e D V D l a b e l e d U n i t e d S t a t e s is for t h e U S
m a r k e t a n d c o n t a i n s m a p s for t h e c o n t i g u o u s 4 8 U S
s t a t e s , a n d s o m e s o u t h e r n p o r t i o n s of C a n a d a .
C u s t o m e r s w a n t i n g additional n o r t h e r n c o v e r a g e in
C a n a d a , can purchase a C a n a d a DVD by contacting
t h e D V D fulfillment d e s k .
* T h e g r a y D V D l a b e l e d C a n a d a , is f o r t h e C a n a d a
m a r k e t a n d c o n t a i n s m a p s for all of C a n a d a , p l u s
s o m e of t h e n o r t h e r n US- s t a t e s . If c u s t o m e r s w i t h t h i s
D V D r e q u i r e full U S c o v e r a g e (including s t a t e s like
Florida a n d T e x a s ) , they m a y purchase a United
S t a t e s D V D b y c o n t a c t i n g t h e D V D fulfillment d e s k .
(confd)
23-189
Navigation System
PC Card FAQs
Answer
Question
W h e r e d o w e b u y the f l a s h m e m o r y or
. adaptors, and what do w e ask for?
Y o u n e e d a P C M C I A t y p e IS a d a p t o r a n d a f l a s h m e m o r y c h i p . Y o u c a n
p u r c h a s e d t h e m at a c o m p u t e r , or office s u p p l y s t o r e . T h e c a r d Is the
s a m e s i z e a n d s h a p e a s the P C c a r d in the H D S . A d a p t o r s that a c c e p t
W h a t m e m o r y f l a s h c h i p s will w o r k
multiple f l a s h t y p e s a r e not r e c o m m e n d e d .
T h e f l a s h m e m o r y d e v i c e s that h a v e b e e n t e s t e d I n c l u d e C o m p a c t F l a s h
with what adaptors?
( C F ) , a n d A T A s t y l e (like the c a r d In t h e H D S ) . O t h e r c a r d t y p e s a n d f l a s h
W h a t c a p a c i t y c a r d d o I n e e d for t h i s
A m e m o r y c h i p w i t h c a p a c i t y of 64 M B to 2 G B will w o r k . T h e t w o files
function?
S h o u l d the d e a l e r h a v e a d e d i c a t e d P C
m o v e d to the P C c a r d d u r i n g e x p o r t a r e l e s s t h a n a M e g a b y t e In s i z e .
Y e s , treat t h e P C c a r d a s a d e d i c a t e d s p e c i a l tool that y o u c a n u s e a n y
c a r d for the E x p o r t a n d I m p o r t
t i m e y o u n e e d to t r a n s f e r t h e n a v i g a t i o n p e r s o n a l files to a n e w
m e m o r y c h i p s m a y work,- but h a v e not b e e n t e s t e d .
navigation function?
n a v i g a t i o n unit o n '08 or later v e h i c l e s .
W h a t d e v i c e c a n 1 u s e to m a i n t a i n the
A n y c o m p u t e r s t o r e s e l l s U S B s t y l e c a r d r e a d e r s t h a t a c c e p t the P C c a r d ,
P C c a r d , a n d delete files
a n d a a l l o w y o u to d o file m a i n t e n a n c e o n y o u r P C c a r d . M o s t l a p t o p s
will also accept the P C card.
C a n w e m o v e the c u s t o m e r ' s data to
N o , t h e files a r e m o d e l s p e c i f i c a n d will o n l y l o a d into a n a v i g a t i o n unit
different m o d e l s ?
w i t h t h e s a m e part n u m b e r .
C a n w e m o v e the c u s t o m e r ' s data to
T h e c u s t o m e r ' s files can. o n l y be t r a n s f e r r e d to a new- n a v i g a t i o n -unit If
the s a m e v e h i c l e w i t h a different
the M o d e l a n d t h e P r o g r a m F l a s h s h o w n o n the V e r s i o n s c r e e n a r e the
s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n ? (Like m o v i n g
s a m e . F i l e s c a n n o t be t r a n s f e r r e d to the different m o d e l a n d different
v e r s i o n 4.41 to v e r s i o n 4.51)
versions.
W i l l other files on the P C c a r d like

i m a g e s or m u s i c files p r e v e n t t h e
E x p o r t / I m p o r t function f r o m w o r k i n g ?
N o , t h e s y s t e m s i m p l y a d d s t w o s m a l l files that a r e r e c o g n i z e d by the

n e w n a v i g a t i o n unit w h e n p e r f o r m i n g the i m p o r t f u n c t i o n . H o w e v e r , It
t h e P C c a r d Is full, the E x p o r t f u n c t i o n w o n ' t w o r k c o r r e c t l y .

D o I h a v e to delete t h e f i l e s o n the P C
After t h e t r a n s f e r of p e r s o n a l data to the n e w n a v i g a t i o n unit, the files
c a r d after e a c h t r a n s f e r of t h e
r e m a i n on the P C c a r d . S i n c e t h i s is c o n f i d e n t i a l i n f o r m a t i o n , w e
personal data?
r e c o m m e n d that y o u delete t h e s e files after e a c h u s e . P l e a s e note that
e a c h t i m e y o u e x p o r t n a v i g a t i o n files of the s a m e m o d e l a n d v e r s i o n , the
files a r e o v e r w r i t t e n . O v e r t i m e the P C c a r d a c c u m u l a t e s t w o files for
e a c h v e r s i o n of the 8 or s o H o n d a n a v i g a t i o n P C m o d e l s .
If t h e m e m o r y c a r d n e e d s f o r m a t t i n g ,
ff the P C c a r d n e e d s to be f o r m a t t e d , u s e t h e F A T (file a l l o c a t i o n table)
what format should I use?
file s y s t e m .
I c a n ' t enter the n a v i g a t i o n d i a g n o s t i c
S o m e internal n a v i g a t i o n unit E C U f a i l u r e s m a y m a k e It I m p o s s i b l e to
m o d e to do the E x p o r t / I m p o r t f u n c t i o n . u s e the E x p o r t / I m p o r t f u n c t i o n .
H o w c a n I t r a n s f e r the p e r s o n a l d a t a ?
23-190
Question
W h y w o n t the Export or Import
functions work? W h a t do 1 check a s
part of t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ?
Answer
* T h e c a r d m a y not be fully I n s e r t e d into the slot. E j e c t the P C c a r d , a n d
I n s p e c t for w a r p i n g o r d a m a g e to the e d g e c o n n e c t o r . N e v e r u s e
e x c e s s i v e f o r c e to i n s e r t a P C c a r d . T h i s c a n d a m a g e the p i n s In the
rear of the slot.
* T h e P C c a r d m a y not c o n t a i n files that a r e r e c o g n i z e d by t h e n e w
n a v i g a t i o n unit. N a v i g a t i o n d a t e c a n o n l y be t r a n s f e r r e d b e t w e e n
n a v i g a t i o n units w i t h the s a m e M o d e l c o d e , a n d w i t h the s a m e navi
Program flash version.
* T h e f l a s h m e m o r y c h i p t y p e m a y not be a c c e p t e d by the s y s t e m . O n l y
C o m p a c t Flash and A T A cards have been tested.
* T h e card's P C M C I A adaptor m a y prevent a known-good P C card from
b e i n g r e c o g n i z e d . A v o i d multi-slot t y p e P C M C I A a d a p t o r s t h a t a c c e p t
s e v e r a l different f l a s h m e m o r y t y p e s .
' T h e c a r d m a y be full a n d a s a result the files a r e s t o r e d , but w i t h o u t
a n y d a t a . E x p o r t a n d Import a p p e a r to f u n c t i o n , but m o v e n o t h i n g .
Delete u n u s e d files f r o m t h e P C c a r d .
* T h e r e m a y not b e a n y f i l e s o n t h e P C c a r d . If the P C c a r d h a s a w r i t e
protection s w i t c h , m a k e s u r e It i s t u r n e d off before u s i n g the E x p o r t
function.
* A l t h o u g h f l a s h m e m o r y c h i p s a r e reliable, o c c a s i o n a l l y t h e y d e v e l o p
b a d s e c t o r s or other f o r m a t t i n g e r r o r s that p r e v e n t s t h e m f r o m
a c c e p t i n g files. T h e P C c a r d s h o u l d be reformatted u s i n g the F A T
format.
* T h e P C c a r d m a y h a v e b e e n f o r m a t t e d u s i n g the f o r m a t N T F S . O n l y t h e
F A T f o r m a t is a c c e p t e d by the s y s t e m .
* H a r d D i s c Drive (HDD) c a r d s m a y not w o r k p r o p e r l y In the s y s t e m a n d
c a n o v e r h e a t o r quit f u n c t i o n i n g , particularly In a hot v e h i c l e . T h e y a r e
not r e c o m m e n d e d .
* B e f o r e p e r f o r m i n g the I m p o r t f u n c t i o n , e n s u r e t h a t t h e . o r i g i n a l
n a v i g a t i o n D V D is l o a d e d into t h e n e w n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d w o r k i n g
properly.-
(confd)
23-191
Navigation System
System Diagnostic Mode (cont'd!
Error
Message Table
S c r e e n E r r o r Message
N a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m is u n a b l e to a c q u i r e a
M a k e s u r e t h e r e is nothing on the d a s h b o a r d b l o c k i n g the G P S
proper G P S s i g n a l
antenna.
Solution
If not, m o v e the v e h i c l e to a n o p e n s p a c e a w a y f r o m tall b u i l d i n g s ,

t r e e s , etc.
- A f t e r m a r k e t .metallic w i n d o w tinting a n d other a f t e r m a r k e t d e v i c e s
N a v i g a t i o n unit d o o r Is o p e n or N o D V D
c a n affect t h e G P S r e c e p t i o n .
M a k e s u r e t h e n a v i g a t i o n D V D Is t h e c o r r e c t c o l o r a n d is not
d i s c Installed. P l e a s e c h e c k s y s t e m .
s c r a t c h e d o r d a m a g e d . M a k e s u r e It is Installed with the label s i d e up
No D V D d i s c , p l e a s e c h e c k s y s t e m .
a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit d o o r is s n a p p e d fully c l o s e d .
C h e c k that t h e n a v i g a t i o n D V D is Installed w i t h t h e label s i d e up.
D i s p l a y t e m p Is too h i g h . S y s t e m w i l l s h u t
d o w n until d i s p l a y c o o l s d o w n .
T h i s m e s s a g e a p p e a r s briefly w h e n t h e d i s p l a y t e m p e r a t u r e is too
h i g h , a n d t h e n t h e d i s p l a y t u r n s off until t h e t e m p e r a t u r e c o o l s d o w n .
T h e s y s t e m t u r n s back on w h e n t h e d i s p l a y c o o l s d o w n .
O u t s i d e t e m p e r a t u r e is l o w , s y s t e m w i l l
T h e t e m p e r a t u r e Is b e l o w 30 C a n d the n a v i g a t i o n unit h a s
take a w h i l e to start up.
difficulties r e a d i n g the n a v i g a t i o n D V D . T h e s y s t e m w i l l start up
DVD disc reading error (unformatted),
w h e n t h e t e m p e r a t e w a r m s up.
C h e c k t h e n a v i g a t i o n D V D for t h e c o r r e c t c o l o r a n d s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n .
please consult your dealer.
A l s o c h e c k for d e e p s c r a t c h e s or other d a m a g e . M a k e s u r e y o u a r e
u s i n g a n official H o n d a n a v i g a t i o n D V D (white i n c o l o r ) . T h e s y s t e m
c a n n o t r e a d o t h e r m a p p i n g d a t a b a s e s or v i d e o D V D s . C h e c k a n y
official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e for m o r e s e r v i c e i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t
the navigation s y s t e m .
R o u t e h a s not b e e n c o m p l e t e d . P l e a s e try
a g a i n f r o m a different location*
R o u t i n g to or f r o m a p l a c e ( n e w a r e a ) that is not i n t h e d a t a b a s e . T r y
p l a n n i n g a different route to or f r o m a different location that is
clearly d i s p l a y e d on the m a p (map matched).
No alternate route m e t h o d w a s f o u n d . T h e original route m e t h o d w i l l
No alternate route f o u n d . O r i g i n a l route

will be g u i d e d .
be used.
T h i s destination cannot b e found i n

database.
T h e d e s t i n a t i o n w a s not f o u n d in the d a t a b a s e . T r y a n o t h e r
d e s t i n a t i o n n e a r b y , or s e l e c t t h e d e s t i n a t i o n w i t h t h e interface d i a l .
23-192
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC 1001: FROM System Info Error
DTC 1101: Media Bus Send Error
NOTE:
* C h e c k t h e v e h i c i e battery c o n d i t i o n first.
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t m a k e s u r e to f o l l o w t h e
g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n fsee p a g e
23-126).
NOTE:
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N 111).
2, C h e c k for t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-133).
Is DTC 1001
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240),
b e c a u s e t h e r e i s a n internal p r o b l e m w i t h t h e
Flash-ROM.
C h e c k t h e v e h i c l e battery condition f i r s t
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , m a k e s u r e to f o l l o w the
g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information (see- p a g e
23-126).
1 . C l e a r h a r d error c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n back
to O N (II).
3.. C h e c k f o r t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-133).
is DTC 1101
indicated?
YESReplace t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
tlme.B
NOIntermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
time, a
23-193
N a v i g a t i o n System
DTC 1201: DVD High T e m p
DTC 1202: D V D L o w T e m p
NOTE:
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , m a k e s u r e to f o l l o w t h e
general troubleshooting information (see page
23-126).
T h i s c o d e s e t s w h e n the internal t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e
navigation unit E C U falls b e l o w 4 F (20 C). T h e
unit Is d e s i g n e d to s h u t d o w n to protect the
navigation unit E C U . T h i s is u s u a l l y c a u s e d by v e r y
c o l d exterior t e m p e r a t u r e s . Do t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
w h e n the unit i s w i t h i n t h e a l l o w a b l e t e m p e r a t u r e
range.
general troubleshooting information fsee page
' 23-126).
T h i s c o d e s e t s w h e n t h e internal t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e
n a v i g a t i o n unit E C U r i s e s a b o v e 158 F (70 C). T h e
unit is d e s i g n e d to s h u t d o w n to protect the
n a v i g a t i o n unit E C U . T h i s c o u l d be c a u s e d by a n
i n o p e r a t i v e n a v i g a t i o n unit E C U f a n or if the trunk
t e m p e r a t u r e e x c e e d s t h e m a x i m u m . Do the
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g w h e n t h e unit is w i t h i n t h e a l l o w a b l e
temperature range.
1. C h e c k that the t e m p e r a t u r e is b e l o w 158 F (70 C)
in t h e trunk.
1. C h e c k that t h e t e m p e r a t u r e Is a b o v e 4 F
(20 C) in t h e trunk.
2. C l e a r t h e hard error c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
2. C l e a r t h e h a r d error c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
3. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N (II).
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n back

to O N (II).
4. C h e c k for the h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-133).
4. C h e c k for t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-133).
Is DTC
Is DTC
1201
1202
indicated?
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e navigation unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).

t i m e . Sf t h e unit r e p e a t e d l y c o m e s b a c k w i t h t h e
D T C , replace the navigation unit.B
23-194
time.H
DTC 1301: GPS Antenna Error
NOTE:
t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r E (2P).
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t m a k e s u r e to f o l l o w the
" g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information f s e e p a g e
23-126!.
Make s u r e the vehicle is parked outside a n d a w a y
from buildings.
* Aftermarket electronic d e v i c e s located near the
n a v i g a t i o n unit or G P S a n t e n n a c a n potentially
interfere w i t h t h e o p e r a t i o n of t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
6. C l e a r the h a r d error c o d e .
7. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n back
to O N (II).
8. C h e c k for t h e h a r d error c o d e .
Is DTC
1301
indicated?
1. C l e a r t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e { s e e p a g e 23-134).
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Oh a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N ( I I ) .
time.H
3 . C h e c k for t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-133).
is DTC
1301
indicated?
10. R e p l a c e a k n o w n - g o o d G P S a n t e n n a ( s e e p a g e
23-242).
11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). -
time.H
12. C l e a r t h e h a r d error c o d e .
13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n b a c k
toON(SS).
14. C h e c k for the h a r d error c o d e .
is DTC
1301
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the original G P S antenna,
N O R e p l a c e t h e navigation unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
23 195
Navigation
System

DTC 1302: GPS Receiver Error 1
NOTE:

g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
the n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r E (2P).

6. C l e a r the h a r d error c o d e .
23-126).
* M a k e s u r e the v e h i c l e Is p a r k e d o u t s i d e a n d a w a y
from buildings,
* A f t e r m a r k e t e l e c t r o n i c d e v i c e s l o c a t e d n e a r the
n a v i g a t i o n unit or G P S - a n t e n n a c a n potentially
interfere w i t h the o p e r a t i o n of the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N (II).
8. C h e c k for t h e h a r d error c o d e .
is DTC
1302
indicated?
1. C l e a r the h a r d error c o d e ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 3 4 ) .
2 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N (II).
time.B
3 . C h e c k for the h a r d error c o d e ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 3 3 ) .

Is DTC
1302
indicated?
1 0 . Replace a known-good G P S antenna (see page
23-242).
11. - T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
time.B
12.
C l e a r the h a r d error c o d e .
13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d t h e n b a c k

to O N ( I I ) .
14. C h e c k for the h a r d error c o d e .
is DTC
1301
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the original G P S a n t e n n a . '

N O R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 4 0 ) .
23-196
DTC 1303: GPS Receiver Error 2
DTC 1304: Gyro Error 1
NOTE:
* C h e c k the v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n first,.
general troubleshooting information fsee page
23-126).
* IVlake s u r e t h e v e h i c l e Is p a r k e d o u t s i d e a n d a w a y
from buildings.
n a v i g a t i o n u n i t o r G P S a n t e n n a c a n potentially
Interfere w i t h t h e o p e r a t i o n of t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
NOTE:
C h e c k t h e v e h i c l e battery condition first.
g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information-(see p a g e
23-126).
M a k e s u r e the v e h i c l e is parked o u t s i d e a n d a w a y
from buildings.
Aftermarket electronic d e v i c e s located near the
n a v i g a t i o n unit or GPS a n t e n n a c a n potentially
interfere w i t h t h e o p e r a t i o n of the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
1. C l e a r t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e f s e e p a g e 23-134).
1. C l e a r h a r d e r r o r c o d e f s e e p a g e 23-134).

to O N (II).
to O N (UK
3. C h e c k for t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e f s e e p a g e 23-133).
Is DTC
1303
indicated?
3. C h e c k for the h a r d error c o d e fsee p a g e 23-133).
is DTC 1304
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit f s e e p a g e 23-240).
Y E S R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit fsee p a g e 23-240).
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s OK at this
time.B
NOIntermittent f ailu r e, t h e s y s t e m is OK at t h i s
time.B
23-197
Navigation System
DTC 1305: Gyro Error 2
DTC 1306: Vehicle Speed Pulse
NOTE:
NOTE:
23-126).
M a k e s u r e the v e h i c l e is p a r k e d o u t s i d e a n d a w a y
from buildings.
n a v i g a t i o n unit or G P S a n t e n n a c a n potentially
Interfere w i t h the o p e r a t i o n of the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
Do t h i s test o n l y w h e n the trunk t e m p e r a t u r e Is
b e t w e e n - 4 F ( - 2 0 C) a n d 158 F (70 C).

23-126).
1. C l e a r the h a r d error c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n start
the e n g i n e .
1. C l e a r h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
is DTC
1306
indicated?

to O N (II).
Is DTC
1304
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
time.B
4. Drive the v e h i c l e a n d w a t c h the VSP s i g n a l .
Does

time.B
as you
the
VSP
signal
change
drive?
Y E S R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n
from
unit
[0]
to
[ I]
( s e e p a g e 23-240).
N O D o the s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for v e h i c l e
position icon c o n s t a n t l y l e a v e s r o a d , m o v e s
e r r a t i c a l l y or Is v e r y far f r o m a c t u a l position
( s e e p a g e 23-220).
23-198
DTC 1307: DVD Read Error
DTC 1402: Audio Error 2
NOTE:
NOTE:
C h e c k t h e v e h i c l e battery condition first.
* C h e c k a n y official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e for m o r e
information about the navigation s y s t e m .
23-128).
23-126).
1. C l e a r the h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
* I n s p e c t t h e n a v i g a t i o n D V D for s c r a t c h e s or d a m a g e .
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ( I I ) .
Is there
a DVD
error
message?
Y E S G o to D V D s c r e e n e r r o r m e s s a g e s ( s e e p a g e
. 2 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n b a c k

to O N (II).
3. C h e c k for t h e h a r d error c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-133),
is DTC
1402
indicated?
23-230).
Y E S C h e c k if the a u d i o unit f u n c t i o n s a r e w o r k i n g
p r o p e r l y . If a n y p r o b l e m s a r e f o u n d , g o to affected
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g in a u d i o s e c t i o n .
2 . C l e a r t h e h e a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n back to
O N (II).
time.B
Is DTC
1307
indicated?
time.B
23-199
Navigation System
NOTE:
23-126).
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , m a k e s u r e to f o l l o w the
g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e
23-126).
1. C l e a r the hard error c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n back

to O N (II).
to O N (II).
3. C h e c k for the h a r d error c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-133).
I s DTC 1403
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 4 0 ) .
is DTC 1409
indicated?
Y E S C h e c k the X M e r r o r c o d e s ( s e e p a g e 23-57). If
a n y c o d e s a r e d e t e c t e d , g o to affected
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g in a u d i o ( X M ) s e c t i o n .
time.B
SMOIntermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.B
23-200
DTC 1501: Aircon S y s t e m Error
6. D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B f32P).
DTC 2703: A i r c o n Dlag
7,. C o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B f32P)

t e r m i n a l s N o . 4, N o . 2 0 , a n d N o . 21 w i t h a j u m p e r
wire.
NOTE:
* C h e c k f o r B - C A N D T C s a n d r e s o l v e t h e m before
troubleshooting.
N A V I G A T I O N OMIT C O N N E C T O R B (32P)
23-126).
* D T C 1501 arid/or 2 7 0 3 c a n be s t o r e d w h e n t h e
ignition s w i t c h i s at A C C E S S O R Y (I). W i t h t h e Ignition
s w i t c h i s in A C C E S S O R Y (I), t h e A / C unit i s t u r n e d off
a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit l o s e s c o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d
s t o r e s D T C s . T h e r e f o r e , t h e r e i s a p o s s i b i l i t y that t h e
s y s t e m i s n o r m a l e v e n D T C 1501 a n d / o r 2 7 0 3 is
s t o r e d . C h e c k s y s t e m finks ( s e e p a g e 23-170) with t h e
e n g i n e r u n n i n g , a n d if it s h o w s n o r m a l , the s y s t e m Is
O K at t h i s t i m e . If not, d o t h i s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
A C SI
(ORN)
A C SI
(OEM)
AAAAAA
117 118 [ 19 | 20A|C C2!L|/|
23
|
241 26 | 26 \/\A/\/\AA
K1
/ i s ] 9 fro
AC SOI
(PUR)
JUMPER WIRE
(BRN)
JUMPER WIRE
8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N fll).
1. C l e a r the h a r d e r r o r c o d e f s e e p a g e 23-134).
3. D o t h e H V A C s e l f - D i a g n o s t i c M o d e ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 9 9 ) .
to O N (II).
Are
both HEAT/VENT
remaining
icons
blinking
indicators
solid
with
the
3 . G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t t h e S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e in t h e S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s
m e n u (see page 23-170).
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit (see p a g e 23-240).
4. C h e c k t h e S y s t e m L i n k s .
Is the Aircon
icon
red?
10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K fO), then

d i s c o n n e c t the j u m p e r w i r e .
11. D i s c o n n e c t c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t e r B f 1 2 P ) .
N O i n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.B
(cont'd)
23-201
Navigation System
DTC
Troubleshooting (cont'd)
12. C o n n e c t c l i m a t e control unit c o n n e c t o r B (12P)
t e r m i n a l s No. 7, No. 8, a n d No. 9 w i t h a j u m p e r
n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P) t e r m i n a l s No. 4,
wire.
No. 2 0 , a n d No. 21 i n d i v i d u a l l y .
10
AC SI
(LTGRN)
ACSS
(ORN)n1 | 2 | 3 | 4
12
8| 9
110/ i / l / M / l / f
[ 17ACS01
(18 119 | 20 | 21 |/| 23 [ 24 | 25 | 2 6 1 / | / | / | / | / | /
AC CLK1
(RED)
J U M P E R WIRE
J U M P E R WIRE
I 5 |/j/|
AC CLK1
(BRN)
(PUR)
AC S O I
(BRN)
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n unit

c o n n e c t o r B (32P) t e r m i n a l s No. 4, No. 20, a n d
b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s No. 2 0 a n d No. 2 1 .
Are
there
continuity?
b e t w e e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n control unit a n d the c l i m a t e
~ ~
AC SI
/W
AAA
117 118 119 | 20 | 21 |/| 23 124 125 j 2 6 \ A A A A A /
1 | 2 | T | 4 | B | /
ACS01
(PUR)
A C CLK1
(BRN)
Is there
continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n the
n a v i g a t i o n control unit a n d t h e c l i m a t e control
unitB
23-202
control u n i t . i l
18. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l of
n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e
table.
To terminals
From terminal
B4 (ORN)

n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P) t e r m i n a l s No, 4,
No. 20,. a n d N o . 21 individually.
B 2 0 ( P U R ) , B21 ( B R N )
B21 ( B R N )
820 (PUR)
N A V I G A T I O N OMIT CONNECTOR B (32Pf

.
(ORN)
i |
, |
| 3 i 4 M /
/ 8 | 9 J 1 0
AAAAAA'
117 118 119 j 20 | 21 | / | 23 | 24 | 25 | 2 6 \ A A A / \ A /
| a | 4 | s | / / | 8 | 9 | 1 0
| 1 7 | 1 8 | 1 9 | 20
AC S O I
CPUR1
AAAIAAA'
2l|/l23|24|26|26|/[/|/|/|/l/
AC CLSC1
(BRN)

Is there
continuity?
Is there
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t In t h e w i r e f s ) b e t w e e n t h e
n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d c l i m a t e c o n t r o l u n i t
voltage
above
0,2 V?
t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d t h e c l i m a t e control u n i t
" W O R e p l a c e t h e c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
21-180KB
23-203
Navigation System
DTC 2601: Display Diag: Connect
n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P), a u d i o unit
NOTE:
* C h e c k for B - C A N D T C s a n d r e s o l v e t h e m before
troubleshooting.
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t m a k e s u r e to f o l l o w the
23-126).
2. T u r n t h e Ignition switch-to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n back
to O N (II).
3. G o Into the D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t the S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e In the S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s
m e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
4. C h e c k the S y s t e m L i n k s .
Is the Display
icon
c o n n e c t o r E (14P), a n d X M r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r A
(14P).
Are the connections
YESGo
OK ?
to s t e p 5.
N O R e p a i r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s ,
a n d r e c h e c k the s e l f - d i a g n o s i s m o d e ( s e e p a g e
23-170).
7. D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P) a n d
the n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r .
8. C o n n e c t the n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P)
red?
time.B
ECU B U S +
(GRN)
J U M P E R WIRE
AAAAAA
Â/A/AA
117 [ 18 119 | 20 | 21 | / | 23 | 24 | 25
, |
| 3 | 4 |
| ^ /|8|8|10
ECU B U S -
23-204
9. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y
unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 5 a n d No. 19.
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y

unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 5 a n d No. 19, a n d
b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s No. 3 a n d No. 17.
N A V I G A T I O N DISPLAY UNIT 28P CONNECTOR

N A V I G A T I O N DISPLAY UNIT 28P CONNECTOR
E C U BUS-p
(GRN)
1
5 6
GABUS+
n
9 10
11 [ 12 [ 18 \
17 -18 119 j 20 21 22 23
26 27 28
ECU BU6~
(RED)
n
1
2
15 /
-HI
9p~
11 12 13
/
26 27 28
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 /
GA BUS
(GRN)
E C U B U S (RED)
Is there
continuity?
W O O p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit
Y E S S h o r t In the w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n G A - N E T ( + ) a n d
() w i r e . R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit. R e p l a c e t h e
affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s ,
11, D i s c o n n e c t t h e a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r E (14P) a n d
X M r e c e i v e r A (14P) c o n n e c t o r .
(confd)
23-205
Navigation System
16. C h e c k the S y s t e m L i n k s .
n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
is the Display
N o . 5 a n d No. 19 Individually.
NAVIGATION DISPLAY UNIT 28P CONNECTOR

ECU BUS+
(GRN)
1
2
15 ^
3
17
red?
tlme.il
5
18
icon
6
19
20
8
21
9
22
10
23
11
24
12
~7 26

27
28
ECU B U S (RED)
18. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r E (14P), a n d t h e n

ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
19. G o Into the D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d S e l e c t the S e l f -
D i a g n o s i s M o d e in t h e S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s
M e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
is there
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n
Is the Display
icon
red?
.the n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n u n i t
R e p l a c e the affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
N O I n t e r n a l s h o r t circuit In t h e a u d i o u n i t . H
14. R e c o n n e c t the all c o n n e c t o r s , t h e n turn t h e Ignition

s w i t c h to O N (II).

22. C o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r E (14P).
15. G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t t h e S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e in the S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s

m e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
23. D i s c o n n e c t X M r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r A (14P), a n d
t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
24. G o into the D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d S e l e c t the S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e in t h e S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s
M e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
25. C h e c k the S y s t e m Links.
Is the Display
icon
red?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit ( s e e p a g e
23-241 ) .
N O R e p l a c e t h e X M r e c e i v e r ( s e e p a g e 23-115).
23-206
DTC 2602: Display Diag: ROM
DTC 2603: Display Diag: RAM
NOTE:
NOTE:
troubleshooting,
23-128),
troubleshooting.
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , m a k e s u r e to follow t h e g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
23-126).
1. C l e a r t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134),
2 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n b a c k

to O N (If).
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), and-then b a c k
3. G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t the S e l f -
3. G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t the S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e In the S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s Items

m e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
D i a g n o s i s M o d e In the S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s
m e n u { s e e p a g e 23-170),
4. S e l e c t t h e D i s p l a y ,
is the ROM
NG?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit ( s e e p a g e
23-241 )M
H O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
time.B
to O N (II).
4. S e l e c t the Display..
is the RAM NG?

Y E S R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit ( s e e p a g e
23-241 ) .
time.B
23-207
Navigation System
DTC 2605: H/U Diag: Connect
NOTE:
C h e c k for B - C A N D T C s a n d r e s o l v e t h e m before
troubleshooting.
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t m a k e s u r e to f o l l o w t h e
23-126).
1. C l e a r t h e h a r d error c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
7. C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r E (14P), X M r e c e i v e r
c o n n e c t o r A (14P), a n d n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P
connector.
Are there connections OK?

N O R e p a i r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s ,
and recheck the self-diagnosis m o d e (see page
23-170).
O N (II).
3. C h e c k t h e E r r o r History ( s e e p a g e 23-133).
Is Hard Error 26011ndicated ?
8. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r E (14P), X M
r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r A (14P), a n d n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y
unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r . ,
9. C o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r E (14P) t e r m i n a l s
N o . 9 a n d N o . 10 with a j u m p e r w i r e .
Y E S D o t h e 2601 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
4. G o into t h e D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t t h e S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e In t h e S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s
m e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
5. S e l e c t t h e S y s t e m L i n k s .
Is the Radio icon red?

N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
tlme.B
23-208
AUDIO
UNIT
GA B U S +
(RED)
CONNECTOR
E (14P)
13
14
110 | 11
GA B U S (GRN)
J U M P E R WIRE
10. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n
11. R e p l a c e a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-110).
d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 3 a n d
N o . 17,
13. - C l e a r the h a r d e r r o r c o d e .
-
to O N (II).
"
GA BUS-f
3 P E4 P ) 5
112
15
n8
[ /
10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
26 27 28
GA BUS(GRN)
15. C h e c k for t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 3 4 ) .
i s DTC 2805 indicated?

Y E S R e p l a c e t h e original a u d i o u n i t . f l
MO-Replace the n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit ( s e e p a g e

23-241 ) .
is there
continuity?
N O O p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e a u d i o unit
a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y u n i t R e p l a c e the
affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s ,
23-209
Navigation
System

DTC 2607: XM Diag
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , m a k e s u r e to f o l l o w t h e
g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 23-126).
t h e X M r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r , t h e satellite s i g n a l
a n t e n n a c o n n e c t o r , a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit
28P connector.
1. C l e a r the h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
Are the connections
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n b a c k
OK?
O N (II).
N O R e p a i r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s .
3= C h e c k the E r r o r H i s t o r y ( s e e p a g e 23-133).
Is Hard
Error
2601
indicated?
8. D i s c o n n e c t X M r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r A (14P), the
n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r , a n d a u d i o
unit c o n n e c t o r E (14P).
Y E S D o the 2601 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
9. C o n n e c t XM
4. G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t the S e l f -
r e c e i v e r c o n n e c t o r A (14P) t e r m i n a l s
No. 9 a n d No. 10 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
X M RECEIVER C O N N E C T O R A (14P)
D i a g n o s i s M o d e in the S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s
m e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
Is the XM
icon
red?
V
1
6
9
110
| 11
G A BUS+
GA
(RED)
(GRN)
13 14
B U S -
JUMPER WIRE
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at this
time.H
6 . T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
23-210
10, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y
DTC 2609: VRAM Diag
unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 3 a n d N o . 17.
g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 23-126).
1. C l e a r t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
GA B U S +
1 2
j 15 j /
17
18
n 8 9 n 10
8 /
(RED)
3
4
5
19
2021
11
1213
2 2 2 3 2 4 / 2 6 2 7 2 8
GA BUS
IGRN!
to O N (II).
3. G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t t h e S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e in t h e S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s i t e m s
m e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
4. S e l e c t t h e S y s t e m L i n k s , t h e n s e l e c t t h e E C U Info.
is V-RAM
is there
OK
indicated?
continuity?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
Y E S C h e c k the KM e r r o r c o d e s { s e e p a g e 23-57). If
time, a
a n y c o d e s a r e d e t e c t e d , g o to t h e a p p l i c a b l e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g In a u d i o (XM) s e c t i o n .
N O R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n
d i s p l a y unit a n d XM r e c e i v e r .
23-211
Navigation.
System

DTC 2610: DRAM Diag
DTC 2701: GPS Diag: Antenna
NOTE:'
23-126). '
NOTE:

2. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n back
to O N (ll).
3. G o into the D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t t h e S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e i n the S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s stems
m e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).

B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , m a k e s u r e to f o l l o w the
23-126).
M a k e s u r e the v e h i c l e Is p a r k e d o u t s i d e , a n d a w a y
from buildings.
C h e c k for e l e c t r o n i c a f t e r m a r k e t a c c e s s o r i e s
( p o s s i b l y h i d d e n ) m o u n t e d n e a r the G P S a n t e n n a or
the n a v i g a t i o n unit.
to O N (II).
4. S e l e c t the S y s t e m L i n k s , t h e n s e l e c t the E C U Info,

Is D-RAM OK
indicated?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this
time.B
IMGReplace the n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
3. G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t the S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e In the S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s

m e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
4. S e l e c t t h e S y s t e m . L i n k s , t h e n s e l e c t the G P S A n t .
is Antenna
OK indicated
time.B
6. C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s at n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r E (2P).
Is the connection
OK?
Y E S R e p l a c e the G P S a n t e n n a ( s e e p a g e 23-242).
W O R e p a i r poor c o n n e c t i o n .
23-212
DTC 2702: GPS Dlag: Receiver in Navi ECU
DTC 2705: HFL Diag
NOTE:
g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-126).
general troubleshooting information {see page
1. C l e a r t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 3 4 ) .
23-126).
* M a k e s u r e t h e v e h i c l e is p a r k e d o u t s i d e a n d a w a y
to O N (II).
from buildings,
* C h e c k for e l e c t r o n i c a f t e r m a r k e t a c c e s s o r i e s
( p o s s i b l y h i d d e n ) m o u n t e d n e a r t h e G P S a n t e n n a or
3. G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t t h e S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e In-the S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s I t e m s
the navigation u n i t
m e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
1 . C l e a r t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
4. S e l e c t t h e S y s t e m L i n k s .
2, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n b a c k
is the HFL
to O N (11).
3. G o into t h e D i a g n o s t i c M e n u a n d s e l e c t t h e S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e in t h e S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s i t e m s
m e n u (see page 23-170).
r
icon
red?
WO-Intermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
time.H
4 , S e l e c t the S y s t e m Links, then select the G P S A n t

Is Receiver
in Navi
ECU
OK
indicated?
6. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C ( s e e p a g e 23-253).
Y E S i n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.H
W O R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
to O N (II).
Are
there
any HFL
DTCs
indicated?
Y E S D o t h e H F L D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 11
11. D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r D (5P).
12. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 2 8 P
connector,
(confd)
23-213
Navigation System
13. C o n n e c t H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s No. 6 a n d No. 7 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e , t h e n
c o n n e c t the t e r m i n a l s No. 20 a n d No. 21 w i t h a
jumper wire.'
HANDSFREELINK CONTROL UNIT 28P CONNECTOR

J U M P E R WIRE
WAV
COMM4 (WHT!
WAV
C O M M 3 (RED)

n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r D (5P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e
table.
From terminal
D1 ( R E D )
D2 ( W H T )
D3 ( B L K )
/ \ 11 112 113 | U |
\A/
115 j 16 | IT | IS l^-^l 20 | 21 I / ] / ] / ] 25 | 26 | 271 28
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR D {BP}
1 | 2 | 3
WAV
NAV
C O M M 2 (GRN)
COMM1 (BLK)
To terminals
D2 ( W H T ) , D3 ( B L K ) , D4
(GRN)
D3 ( B L K ) , D4 ( G R N )
D4 (GRN)
In
r J l
1
J U M P E R WIRE
14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n unit
c o n n e c t o r D (5P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2 t h e n
' c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s No. 3 a n d
No. 4.
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR D (5P)
NAV
NAV
COIVIIVI3
(RED)
2
NAV
COMM1
NAV
COMM2
( B L K )
(GRN)
Is there
continuity?
N O O p e n i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the n a v i g a t i o n unit
a n d the H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit. R e p l a c e t h e
affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s . i l
23-214
continuity
Y E S S h o r t In the w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n
unit a n d the H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit. R e p l a c e
the affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s . I I
(WHT)
' 1
Is there
17. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y "between n a v i g a t i o n unit '
DTC 2706: ECU Temp X X C
c o n n e c t o r D (5P) a n d b o d y g r o u n d a c c o r d i n g to t h e
NOTE:
table.
Wire color
connector
D1
RED
WHT
D2
03
BLK
D4
GRN
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR D (BP}
23-126).
.
* D o t h i s t e s t o n l y w h e n the trunk t e m p e r a t u r e i s
b e t w e e n 4 F ( - 2 0 C) a n d 158 F (70 C).
1. C l e a r t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-134).
2.- T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n b a c k
O N (II).
3. C h e c k for t h e h a r d e r r o r c o d e ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 3 3 ) .
1 2
" is DTC
2706
indicated?
- Y E S R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 4 0 ) .
is there
continuity?
time.a
Y E S S h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n
t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l
unit. R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
N O R e p l a c e t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit.
23-215
Navigation System
DTC Troubleshooting
(cont'd)
DTC 2707: MIC Diag

N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , m a k e s u r e to f o l l o w the
g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-126).
Is DTC B1775 or B1776
indicated?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g the i n d i c a t e d D T C . B
to O N (II).
8. S e l e c t the M i c in the S y s t e m L i n k s .
3. G o into the D i a g n o s t i c M e n u , a n d s e l e c t the S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e in t h e S e l e c t D i a g n o s i s i t e m s

m e n u ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
9. P r e s s t h e n a v i g a t i o n T A L K button o n t h e s t e e r i n g
w h e e l s w i t c h , then c h e c k t h e M i c L e v e l ( s e e p a g e
23-182).
4. S e l e c t the S y s t e m L i n k s .
I s the Mic icon red?
I s the microphone level OK?

time.B
N O R e p l a c e the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C m i c r o p h o n e
( s e e p a g e 23-242).
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r , H F L navigation-ANC microphone 7P connector, and
n a v i g a t i o n control unit D (5P) c o n n e c t o r .
11. D i s c o n n e c t the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C m i c r o p h o n e 7 P
connector.
Are the connections OK?

N O R e p a i r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s .
23-216
ill
12, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II).
13= M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e b o d y g r o u n d a n d
15. R e c o n n e c t the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C m i c r o p h o n e 7 P
connector.
HFL-navigation-ANC microphone 7P connector

terminals No. 6 a n d No. 7 individually.

HFL-NAVIGATIOftl-ANC M I C R O P H O N E 7P C O N N E C T O R
17. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e H F L - n a v i g a t i o n A N C microphone 7P connector terminal No. 1 and

body ground.
-fl
n
1
A C C (PUR)
H F L - N A V I G A T I O N - A N C MICROPHONE 7P C O N N E C T O R
+ B (WHT)
1
Is there
battery
2
GND
-n
6
(BLK)
voltage?
Wire side of female
terminals
f y O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e f s k
Is there 0.2 V or less?

Y E S R e p l a c e the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C
P J O R e p a i r o p e n o r high r e s i s t a n c e in the w i r e
between HFL-navigation-ANC microphone 7P .
connector and body ground ( G 5 0 1 ) . H
23-217
Navigation System
Wc> picture is displayed
n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r A (8P) t e r m i n a l s No. 1
Diagnostic Test: Self-Diagnosis Mode

NOTE:
a n d No. 2 Individually.
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNETCOR A (8P)
* C h e c k if
3 button h a s b e e n p r e s s e d , a n d t u r n e d off
t h e d i s p l a y fsee o w n e r ' s m a n u a l for m o r e
information).
terminals.
* B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , m a k e s u r e y o u h a v e the antitheft c o d e for t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
* M a k e s u r e that the c o r r e c t D V D c o l o r a n d v e r s i o n a r e
installed.
* I n s p e c t the D V D for dirt o r d a m a g e .
s e r v i c e Information a b o u t t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
+ B (GRN)
ACC (PUR)
is there
battery
voltage?
1 . C h e c k t h e No. 15 (10 A ) f u s e In t h e u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y box a n d N o . 18 {7.5 A ) f u s e In t h e d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d reinstall t h e f u s e s If
they are OK.
N O I f t h e + B w i r e - d o e s not h a v e v o l t a g e , r e p a i r
a n o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e
Are
the fuses
r e l a y b o x a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit, if the A C C w i r e
OK ?
d o e s not h a v e v o l t a g e , r e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n the u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box a n d the
navigation unit.H
N O R e p l a c e the f u s e a n d r e c h e c k .
2. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to A C C E S S O R Y (I).
3. O p e r a t e the radio a n d listen to the a u d i o .
Can you hear
the
6. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n unit
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR A (8P)
audio?
GND (BLK)
1
n-n
N O C h e c k the A C C circuit o r refer to t h e a u d i o

s y s t e m troubleshooting.
is there
02 V or
less?
N O R e p a i r o p e n o r high r e s i s t a n c e in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n the n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d b o d y g r o u n d
( G 6 5 1 ) 4-door ( s e e p a g e 22-46) 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e
22-48).
23-218
7, D o t h e f o r c e d s t a r t i n g of t h e d i s p l a y ( s e e p a g e
23-239).
M e a s u r e the voltage between body ground and

n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
N o . 1 a n d No. 2 Individually.
Is the diagnosis
menu
of the picture
diagnosis
displayed?
NAVIGATIQU
Y E S - G o into S e l f - D i a g n o s i s m o d e ( s e e p a g e
+ B (WHT)
ACC
D I S P L A Y UNIT
(PUR)
23-170) to c h e c k t h e l i n k s . Ill
1 |
1"
l/l
| 3 | 4 | 5
, | / | a | . 10
1?| 13
/|l7|l6|,9|a| l|22|23|24l/|26| r|28
8. S h i e l d t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit f r o m t h e s u n w i t h
y o u r h a n d , a n d c h e c k t h a t t h e d i s p l a y is b a c k lit
(only b a c k light Is O N . )
Can
you see the tack
light?
Y E S S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d n a v i g a t i o n unit
is there
battery
voltage?
( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 4 0 ) a n d r e t e s t If t h e p r o b l e m g o e s
a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l n a v i g a t i o n u n i t Sf t h e
p r o b l e m Is still p r e s e n t r e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n
d i s p l a y unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 4 1 ) .
N O I f t h e + B w i r e - d o e s not h a v e v o l t a g e , r e p a i r
o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
r e l a y b o x a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P
c o n n e c t o r . Sf the A C C w i r e d o e s not h a v e v o l t a g e ,
repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P
connector.
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n
. d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 10 a n d
body ground.
GMB
(BLK)
10 111 112 113 | / !

h5!/|l7||,9|2|a|22|ffi|*[/|2|27|iB
Is there
less
than 0.2
V?
( s e e p a g e 23-240) a n d retest. If t h e p r o b l e m g o e s
a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original n a v i g a t i o n u n i t If t h e
p r o b l e m is
still
present, replace the navigation
display unst.B
N O R e p a i r o p e n or h i g h r e s i s t a n c e in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit a n d b o d y
g r o u n d ( G 4 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 22-40).
23-219
Navigation System
Vehicle position icon constantly leaves road,
moves erratically, or is displayed very far
from actual vehicle position
NOTE:
* C h e c k that the G P S a n t e n n a is p l u g g e d in.
* T h i s is not the s a m e c o n d i t i o n a s w h e n d r i v i n g offr o a d (or on a fire or l o g g i n g road). T h i s c o n d i t i o n is
c a u s e d by a l o s s of m a p m a t c h i n g f r o m a b a d s e n s o r
input. C h e c k for after m a r k e t w i n d o w tinting or other
o b j e c t s that c a n block t h e G P S s i g n a l . A l w a y s d o the
M a p m a t c h i n g ( s e e p a g e 23-129) b e f o r e p r o c e e d i n g
with the troubleshooting.
* M a k e s u r e that t h e c o r r e c t D V D c o l o r a n d v e r s i o n a r e
Installed.
* I n s p e c t the D V D for dirt or d a m a g e .
service information about the navigation s y s t e m .
* C h e c k the G P S s i g n a l r e c e p t i o n in a n o p e n a r e a .
1. C h e c k t h e G P S icon o n t h e n a v i g a t i o n s c r e e n .
Is the GPS icon white?
Y E S D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for G P S icon is w h i t e
or not s h o w n ( s e e p a g e 23-226), i i
N O G o - t o s t e p 2.
2. G o into t h e S e l f - D i a g n o s i s M o d e , a n d u s e the Y a w
Rate test ( s e e p a g e 23-187) to c h e c k the y a w rate
sensor.
3. G o Into t h e S e l f - D i a g n o s i s M o d e , a n d u s e the C a r
S t a t u s test ( s e e p a g e 23-188) to c h e c k the v e h i c l e
speed pulse.
Are the yaw rate sensor
and vehicie speed
puise
OK?
Y E S T h e c o n d i t i o n m a y be n o r m a l . C h e c k to s e e if
the c o n d i t i o n o c c u r s in the s a m e p l a c e in a k n o w n g o o d v e h i c l e . If it d o e s , the p r o b l e m c o u l d be in the
d a t a b a s e . G o to s t e p 4.
N O I f the p r o b l e m Is t h e y a w rate s e n s o r , r e p l a c e
the n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240). If the
p r o b l e m Is the v e h i c l e s p e e d p u l s e , c h e c k for a n
o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d
the E C M / P C M ( V S P s i g n a l ) . If t h e w i r e is O K ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d retest.
If the p r o b l e m g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original
n a v i g a t i o n u n i t If t h e p r o b l e m is still p r e s e n t , ,
replace the E C M / P C M .
4. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d n a v i g a t i o n unit, a n d
c h e c k to s e e If t h e p r o b l e m o c c u r s in t h e s a m e
place.
Does the problem
occur in the same
place?
Y E S T h e p r o b l e m is In t h e d a t a b a s e . R e p o r t the
p r o b l e m a c c o r d i n g to the N a v i g a t i o n S y s t e m
Manual under Reporting Errors.
N O R e p l a c e the original n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e
23-240).
23-220
Picture is missing a color or tone or is an odd

color
NOTE:
terminals.
installed.
* I n s p e c t t h e D V D for dirt or d a m a g e .
* C h e c k the n a v i g a t i o n s c r e e n s e t t i n g s for b r i g h t n e s s ,
c o n t r a s t , a n d black l e v e l , a n d c h e c k the c o l o r s c r e e n
for m a p c o l o r a n d m e n u c o l o r .
* B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , m a k e s u r e y o u h a v e antitheft c o d e s for t h e a u d i o s y s t e m a n d the n a v i g a t i o n
system.
* After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , e n t e r t h e ants-theft c o d e s for
the a u d i o s y s t e m a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
* C h e c k for a f t e r m a r k e t a c c e s s o r i e s that m a y Interfere
w i t h the- n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
1. G o Into the Detail Information & S e t t i n g s s e l e c t
Monitor C h e c k , and u s e R G B Color test under
M o n i t o r C h e c k ( s e e p a g e 23-175)=
Are the red, green,
shown?
and blue
colored
circles
Y E S T h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e .
3. D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P) a n d
t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r .
4. C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at n a v i g a t i o n unit
c o n n e c t o r B (32P) a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit
28P connector.
Are
there
loose
terminals?
Y E S R e p a i r the t e r m i n a l .
5, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of
n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r 8 ( 3 2 P ) a n d t h e
n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r a c c o r d i n g to
the table.
From terminal
Navigation
Navigation
unit
display unit
24(BLK)
83 (GRY)
T o terminal
Navigation
Navigation
unit
B1 ( W H T )
B2 (RED)
B17 (YEL)
B19CGRN)
| i ! 8 | 4 | 6 | / | / | 8 | 0 | l O
9 (RED)
22 (YEL)
21(BLU)
AAAAAA'
|l7|t8:ioi^'2!!.-1ffi|M|sJ26i/]/ !.-1
/
A.
2
15 /
17 18 19 20
110 11 12 13
21 22 23
24
Navigation
unit
connector 1
Nawlgation
display unit
Blue
Green
(32P)
B17
B2
B1
connector
22
9
8
Red
' l | | | 4 | 5 | / / | 8 | 9 | 1 0
'[/
/ 26 27 28
28P
YEL
RED
WHT
AAAAAA'
117 118 119 | 20 | 21 | / ] 23 j 24 | 26 | 26\AAAAA\A
1 | 2 j 3 | 4 j B6 I / U J 9
10 | 11
112 113 ) / ]
115 [ / ] 17 118 119 | 20 | 21 j 22123 | 24\/\ 28 | 271 28
is there continuity between any of the terminals?
Y E S S h o r t In t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n
unit a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y u n i t R e p l a c e t h e
S W G o t o s t e p 6.
Wire
color
DISPLAY UNIT 28P CONNECTOR
color
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR B ( 3 2 P )
NAVIGATION
Missing
display unit
8 (WHT)
8. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
t e r m i n a l s of n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P) a n d
t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r b a s e d o n
the m i s s i n g color(s).
N O O p e n In t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n
d i s p l a y unit a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n u n i t C h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e n a v i g a t i o n
d i s p l a y unit a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit. If-a p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n or l o o s e t e r m i n a l is f o u n d , r e p l a c e t h e
(cont'd)
23-221
MdVigation System
7. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n the a p p r o p r i a t e
t e r m i n a l s of n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P) a n d
the n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r b a s e d o n
the m i s s i n g color(s).
Picture has lines or rolls

Diagnostic Test: Monitor C h e c k
NOTE:
Missing
color
Blue
Green
Red
Navigation
unit connector
B C32P}
B17
B2
B1
Navigation
d i s p l a y unit
28P connector
10,24
10, 2 4
10, 2 4
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR B |32P)
/I ! !
8
1 0
AAAAAA
h 7 | l | l 9 | 2 0 | 2 l | / | 2 3 | 2 4 | 2 s | 2 6 | / ] / | / ' | / ' | / | /
8
1. C h e c k for e l e c t r o n i c a f t e r m a r k e t a c c e s s o r i e s
( p o s s i b l y hidden)" m o u n t e d n e a r the n a v i g a t i o n
d i s p l a y unit o r the n a v i g a t i o n u n i t
i r
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 56 | / | 8 ! 9
10 | 11
115
| / ] 17
118 119
112 113
* A l w a y s c o m p a r e t h e s c r e e n I m a g e to a k n o w n - g o o d
v e h i c l e . If the s c r e e n looks t h e s a m e , i n f o r m t h e
c u s t o m e r that It Is a c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h e s y s t e m .
* C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
terminals.
* IVlake s u r e that the c o r r e c t D V D c o l o r a n d v e r s i o n a r e
installed.
s e r v i c e I n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
* C h e c k the n a v i g a t i o n s c r e e n s e t t i n g s for b r i g h t n e s s ,
c o n t r a s t a n d black l e v e l , a n d c h e c k the c o l o r s c r e e n
for m a p c o l o r a n d m e n u c o l o r .
* B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , m a k e s u r e y o u h a v e antitheft c o d e s for the a u d i o s y s t e m a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n
system.
the a u d i o s y s t e m a n d the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
|/|
| 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 | / | 26 |
271 28
Are
there
any electronic
accessories?
Y E S D i s a b l e the a c c e s s o r i e s , a n d r e c h e c k . B
Is there
continuity?
2. S t a r t u p the n a v i g a t i o n s c r e e n a n d c h e c k it.
Y E S T h e r e is a s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the circuit
b e t w e e n the n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit a n d t h e
n a v i g a t i o n unit. R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d
harness.
N O R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit. If t h e p r o b l e m i s
still u n r e s o l v e d , r e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit
( s e e p a g e 23-241).
Is the picture
scrolling
right to left)?
(left
to right
or
YES
If the c o l o r is n o r m a l : G o to s t e p 3 .
* If the picture Is s c r o l l i n g w i t h m i s s i n g color: G o to
s t e p 9.
23-222
horizontally
3 . T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
8.- .Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n unit

c o n n e c t o r B (32P) t e r m i n a l N o . 18 a n d n a v i g a t i o n
d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 3 .
5. D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r .
6. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n unit
AAAAAA'
117 118 119 | 20 j 21 |/1 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 \/\AAAAA
1 | 2 | 3 j 4 | 5 \/ ]/ 8 | 9 | 1 0
c o n n e c t o r B (32P) t e r m i n a l N o . 18 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
CSIG
(GRN)
N A V I G A T I O N U N I T CONNECTOR B (32P)
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | / / | 8 | 9 | 1 0
AAAAAA
AAAAAA/
117 j 18 [ 19 j 20 | 21 \ / \ 231 24 j 25 | 2
C BIG
| I S [/\
5 , 6 \ / \ 8 I 9 jlO 1 11 | l 2 | l 3 | / f
17 118 j 19 | 20 | 21 j 221 23 | 24 \/\~2B [ 2 7 ] 28
CSIG
(BRN)

Is there
continuity
t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit.
R e p l a c e the affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s ,
{see p a g e 2 3 - 2 4 0 ) , a n d retest. If t h e p r o b l e m g o e s
a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e original n a v i g a t i o n u n i t If t h e
p r o b l e m still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n
d i s p l a y unit ( s e e p a g e 23-241).
NOGoto step?.
N O O p e n in t h e w l r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n
Is there
continuity?
7, C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n unit
c o n n e c t o r 8 C32P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 18 a n d N o . 3 , a n d
b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s N o . 18 a n d N o . 19 i n d i v i d u a l l y .
N A V I G A T I O N U N I T C O N N E C T O R B (32P)
SH SIG1
I <GRY)
'N
11.
D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r .
fi
\* 1 A AI ho
AAAAAA'
l/^j j 2 * [ 25 AAAAAAA
|2
5
j 17 j 18 ) 19 | 201 21
23
CSfGI
GND SIG1
(BLK)
(GRN)
is there
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e n a v i g a t i o n
affected shielded h a r n e s s . i l
(confd)
23-223
.Navigation System
n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r B (32P) a c c o r d i n g to the
table.
T t e r m i n a l s
From terminal
B1 ( W H T ) , B 2 ( R E D ) , B 1 7
B18CGRN)
(YEL)
| 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | // | 8 | 9 | J
AAAAAA'
j 17 118 119 | 20 j 21 |/1 23 | 24 | 25 | 2 6 \ A A A / W

Is there continuity
Y E S S h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n the n a v i g a t i o n
unit a n d the n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y u n i t R e p l a c e the
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d n a v i g a t i o n unit
( s e e p a g e 23-240), a n d r e t e s t If the p r o b l e m g o e s
a w a y , r e p l a c e the original n a v i g a t i o n u n i t If the
p r o b l e m still p r e s e n t r e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n
d i s p l a y unit (see p a g e 23-241).
13. G o Into the Detail I n f o r m a t i o n & S e t t i n g s , s e l e c t
Monitor Check, and use R G B Color diagnostic
u n d e r Monitor C h e c k ( s e e p a g e 23-175).
Is the picture
missing
a red, green,
or blue
Interface dial buttons do not work

NOTE:
C h e c k the v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n f i r s t
C o n f i r m t h e c o r r e c t D V D c o l o r a n d v e r s i o n d i s c is
installed in the n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-130) a s =
the w r o n g D V D or s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n c a n c a u s e a
hardware malfunction.
terminals.
M a k e s u r e that the c o r r e c t D V D c o l o r a n d v e r s i o n a r e
installed.
I n s p e c t the D V D for dirt or d a m a g e .
B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , m a k e s u r e y o u h a v e antstheft c o d e s for the a u d i o s y s t e m a n d the n a v i g a t i o n
system.
After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , e n t e r the anti-theft c o d e s for
1. Start the v e h i c l e .
2. G o Into the Detail Information & S e t t i n g s s e l e c t
Unit C h e c k , a n d u s e H a r d K e y test u n d e r Unit C h e c k
( s e e p a g e 23-177).
Does
the interface
dial buttons
work
properly?
3. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e Interface dial 5P
color?
INTERFACE DIAL BP CONNECTOR
Y E S D o t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for the picture is m i s s i n g

a c o l o r or t o n e or Is a n o d d c o l o r ( s e e p a g e 23-220).
ACC (PUR)
N O O p e r a t i o n Is n o r m a l at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
loose connections.
Is there battery
voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d t h e i n t e r f a c e dial, n
23-224
4. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n interface dial 5 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d b o d y ground.-
7. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n unit
c o n n e c t o r B (32P) t e r m i n a l s No. 2 3 and- N o . 25.
INTERFACE DIAL 5P CONNECTOR
10
GND
NAVIGATION UNIT CONNENCTOR B (32P)
| 2 | 3 | 4 | B l // > | 9 | 1 0 '
( B L K )
AAAAAA
j 1T 118 119 I 20 I 21 | / - | 23 I 24 I 25 I 28
JOG
is there
0 , 2 V or
less?
l / l / l / l / l / l /
SH J O G (GRY)
is there
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t in t h e w i r e s . R e p l a c e the a f f e c t e d
shielded harness,
MORepair
( B L U )
o p e n o r h i g h r e s i s t a n c e in the w i r e
b e t w e e n t h e i n t e r f a c e dial a n d b o d y g r o u n d ( G 4 0 1 )
( s e e p a g e 22-40).
8,. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d Interface dial ( s e e p a g e
5, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t the
23-241), a n d recheck.
interface- dial 5 P c o n n e c t o r .
is the system
OK ?
c o n n e c t o r B (32P) t e r m i n a l N o . 23 a n d interface dial
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l interface dial ( s e e p a g e
5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o , 1.
23-241 )
NAVIGATION UNIT C O N N E C T O R 8 I32P}

N O R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 4 0 ) .
zT 8 11150' /\AAZ\/\A
117 118 119 ! 20 | 21 | / | 23 | 24 | 2E j 2 6 \ A / \ A / \ A /
j z j s U j E l /
J O G (BLU)
JOG WHT)
INTERFACE DIAL SP CONNECTOR

is there
continuity?
Y E S G o t o step?,
W O O p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e Interface dial
a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n u n i t R e p l a c e t h e affected
shieldedharness.il
23-225
Navigation System
Voice guidance cannot be heard, is broken
up* or there-is static
GPS icon is white or not shown

D i a g n o s t i c T e s t : S e l f - D i a g n o s i s SViode
D i a g n o s t i c T e s t : S e l f - D i a g n o s i s IVfode
SMOTE:
NOTE:
W i t h g o o d r e c e p t i o n , the Icon is n o r m a l l y g r e e n .
M a k e s u r e the G P S a n t e n n a Is p l u g g e d In.
* C h e c k t h e n a v i g a t i o n v o l u m e level ( s e e O w n e r ' s
Check- for a n y a f t e r m a r k e t a c c e s s o r i e s or m e t a l l i c
w i n d o w tinting that m a y be interfering w i t h the G P S
Manual)*
terminals.
signal.
M a k e s u r e t h e v e h i c l e is p a r k e d o u t s i d e a n d a w a y
* If the Hard E r r o r C o d e s t o r e d , c h e c k the H a r d E r r o r

Code troubleshooting first
from buildings.
R e f e r to G P S I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-185) for
* M a k e s u r e t h a t the c o r r e c t D V D c o l o r a n d v e r s i o n a r e
installed.
r e a l t i m e satellite r e c e p t i o n d i s p l a y .
1. C h e c k for a f t e r m a r k e t m e t a l l i c w i n d o w tint o n t h e
rear w i n d o w a n d electronic aftermarket

a c c e s s o r i e s ( p o s s i b l y h i d d e n ) m o u n t e d n e a r the
G P S a n t e n n a or t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit.
system.
* After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , e n t e r t h e anti-theft c o d e s for
the a u d i o s y s t e m a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
Is there
aftermarket
electronic
metallic
window
tint
or
accessories?
' Y E S R e m o v e tint or t h e a c c e s s o r i e s a n d

2. P r e s s the S E T - U P button.
recheck.
3. C h e c k t h e v o l u m e a n d v o i c e f e e d b a c k setting for
t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m in s e t - u p .
is either
set to
OFF?
3. G o into the S e l f - D i a g n o s i s M o d e , a n d u s e the

S y s t e m L i n k s d i a g n o s t i c ( s e e p a g e 23-170) to c h e c k
the G P S a n t e n n a .
Y E S S e t t h e v o i c e f e e d b a c k to O N , a n d s e l e c t a n
a u d i b l e level for t h e v o l u m e .
Is the GPS Ant icon
red?
4. C h e c k the a u d i o s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n .
Y E S C h e c k for a k i n k e d , c r u s h e d , or d i s c o n n e c t e d
G P S a n t e n n a w i r e . If i c o n Is still r e d , r e p l a c e the
G P S antenna (see page 2 3 - 2 4 2 ) .
Can you hear
the
audio?
YESGotostep5.
N O C h e c k t h a t n o t h i n g Is b l o c k i n g the G P S
antenna located under the package shelf and
-recheck. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d G P S a n t e n n a ,
and recheck.
If t h e s y m p t o m Is g o n e , r e p l a c e t h e G P S a n t e n n a .
* If t h e s y m p t o m is still p r e s e n t , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d r e c h e c k . If the
s y m p t o m Is g o n e , r e p l a c e t h e original n a v i g a t i o n
unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
23-226
N O - r T r o u b l e s h o o t audio s y s t e m . i l
5. S e l e c t t h e S e l f - D i a g n o s i s m o d e .
Voice control does not work/respond
6. C h e c k for e r r o r c o d e to the E r r o r History.
Diagnostic Test: Mic Level
is the Hard
Error
Code
in
store?
Y E S R e f e r to t h e H a r d E r r o r C o d e
troubleshooting,
7. S u b s t i t u t e a n d a k n o w n - g o o d a u d i o unit, a n d
recheck.
is the system
OK?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-110). B
W O R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240),
NOTE:
installed.
s e r v i c e information a b o u t the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
* B e f o r e a s s u m i n g that a v o i c e c o m p l a i n t is h a r d w a r e
r e l a t e d , e n s u r e that t h e v o i c e control s y s t e m is b e i n g
operated correctly.
- M a k e s u r e y o u are on the correct s c r e e n w h e n
trying to i s s u e a v o i c e c o m m a n d . F o r i n s t a n c e , t h e
c o m m a n d " F i n d the n e a r e s t Italian R e s t a u r a n t "
o n l y w o r k s o n M a p s c r e e n . ( S e e the N a v i g a t i o n
S y s t e m m a n u a l for a c o m p l e t e list of a l l o w e d v o i c e
c o m m a n d s for the Information being d i s p l a y e d ) .
- Close the w i n d o w s and moonroof.
- S e t the f a n s p e e d to l o w (1 or 2).
- A d j u s t t h e air f l o w f r o m the asr c o n d i t i o n i n g v e n t s
s o that t h e y do not b l o w a g a i n s t the m i c r o p h o n e o n
the c e l l i n g .
- P a u s e after p r e s s i n g t h e n a v i g a t i o n T A L K button,
t h e n g i v e a v o i c e c o m m a n d c l e a r l y in a natural
speaking voice.
If t h e s y s t e m c a n n o t r e c o g n i z e y o u r c o m m a n d ,
speak louder.
- If y o u s p e a k a c o m m a n d w i t h s o m e t h i n g in y o u r
m o u t h , or y o u r v o i c e Is t o o h u s k y , or high p i t c h e d ,
the s y s t e m m a y misunderstand your c o m m a n d .
terminals.
* C h e c k for a l o o s e roof c o n s o l e m i c r o p h o n e ; if it's
l o o s e , tighten It.
* B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , m a k e s u r e y o u h a v e antitheft c o d e s for t h e a u d i o - s y s t e m a n d the n a v i g a t i o n
system.
* After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , enter the anti-theft c o d e s for
t h e a u d i o s y s t e m a n d the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
* D e t e r m i n e if the p r o b l e m o n l y h a p p e n s to o n e p e r s o n ,
or e v e r y o n e w h o u s e s t h e s y s t e m .
* Sf the s y s t e m o n l y h a s a p r o b l e m w i t h o n e p e r s o n ' s
v o i c e , t h i s s h o u l d be c o n s i d e r e d a s y s t e m limitation.
(confd)
23-227
Navigation System
2. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the H F L - n a v l g a t i o n . A N C m i c r o p h o n e 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 6 a n d
No. 7 Individually.
4. G o into the S e l f - D i a g n o s i s M o d e s e l e c t , M i c Icon

M e n u , a n d u s e t h e M i c L e v e l test u n d e r F u n c t i o n a l
S e t u p ( s e e p a g e 23-182) to c h e c k the operation of
the navigation T A L K and B A C K buttons. Are the navigation
HFL-NAVIGATION-ANC MICROPHONE
TALK
and BACK
buttons
operational?
A C C (PUR)
+ B (WHT)
N O C h e c k for a n o p e n or s h o r t to g r o u n d on
1
n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) t e r m i n a l
No. 1 2 . B
5. U s e the M i c L e v e l d i a g n o s t i c u n d e r F u n c t i o n a l
S e t u p ( s e e p a g e 23-182) to c h e c k the o p e r a t i o n of
the m i c r o p h o n e .
Is the microphone operational?

Is there
battery
voltage?
Y E S C h e c k the o p e r a t i o n of the v o i c e c o n t r o l
s y s t e m ( s e e the N a v i g a t i o n S y s t e m M a n u a l ) .
IMOIf the + B w i r e d o e s not h a v e v o l t a g e , repair
o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
relay box and the HFL-navigation-ANC microphone
7 P c o n n e c t o r . If the A C C w i r e d o e s not h a v e v o l t a g e ,
repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the u n d e r - d a s h
fuse/relay box and the HFL-navigation-ANC
microphone 7P connector.
3. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C
m i c r o p h o n e 7 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y
ground.
HFL-NAVIGATION-ANC
2
GND
MICROPHONE
(BLK)
Is there 0.2 V or less?

W O R e p a i r o p e n or high r e s i s t a n c e in the w i r e
b e t w e e n the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C m i c r o p h o n e a n d
b o d y g r o u n d ( G 5 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 22-32). I I
23-228
SMOGo to s t e p 6.
7, D i s c o n n e c t t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit 2 8 P
connector,

c o n n e c t o r C t e r m i n a l N o . 8 t o N o 15 a n d N o . 16,
individually.
8, D i s c o n n e c t the n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P).

N A V I G A T I O N U N I T C O N N E C T O R C (16P)
9, C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P) t e r m i n a l N o . 8
a n d Ho, 1 8 i n d i v i d u a l l y .
MSC S 1 G +
(GRN)
7
N A V I G A T I O N UNIT C O N N E C T O R C I 1 6 P I
/\/\/\ 1 1 1 1
12
13
14
15
16
S H MIC
(BLK)
IVfSC S I G +
(GRN)
MIC S1G(RED)
Wire s i d e of female t e r m i n a l s
is there
continuity?
>
Y E S * R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
N O S u b s t i t u t e k n o w n - g o o d c o m p o n e n t s in t h i s
Is there
o r d e r until t h e p r o b l e m g o e s a w a y :
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
* HFL-navigation-ANC microphone (see page
HQGo
23-242).
* H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit ( s e e p a g e 23-281).
to s t e p 10.
* N a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 4 0 ) .
c o n n e c t o r C (16P) t e r m i n a l s N o , 8 a n d N o . 16.
NAVIGATION U N I T C O N N E C T O R f ISP)
~ H MIC S I G +
I (GRN)
7
1 2
15 [ 14
8
15
18
MIC S ! G {REDJ
is there
continuity
Y E S R e p l a c e the affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
23-229
Navigation System
Navigation cannot control HVAC bf voice
command
DVD screen error messages

Diagnostic Test: Car S t a t u s
NOTE:
* C o n f i r m the c o r r e c t D V D c o l o r a n d v e r s i o n is i n s t a l l e d
in t h e navigation unit ( s e e p a g e 23-130).
* R e f e r to G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for a list of
c o m m o n D V D s c r e e n e r r o r m e s s a g e s a n d the
p r o b a b l e c a u s e s ( s e e p a g e 23-192).
s e r v i c e information a b o u t t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
* G o Into the D i a g n o s t i c m o d e a n d u s e the E C U Info
d i a g n o s t i c ( s e e p a g e 23-177) to c h e c k the s t a t u s of the
DVD cover.
* I n s p e c t the n a v i g a t i o n D V D for s c r a t c h e s or d a m a g e .
* T h e f o l l o w i n g t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is for the e r r o r
m e s s a g e s h o w n o n the e r r o r m e s s a g e s table
( s e e p a g e 23-192).
1. C h e c k the D V D - R O M r e a d i n g s u r f a c e for s c r a t c h e s
a n d finger prints.
Are there any scratches
or finger
DVD-ROM
reading
surface?
prints
on the
Y E S C l e a n or r e p l a c e t h e D V D - R O M ( s e e p a g e
23-239).
NOIf the p r o b l e m o c c u r s o c c a s i o n a l l y w h e n the
s y s t e m is c o l d , t h i s is n o r m a l . If the p r o b l e m o c c u r s
frequently w h e n driving, replace the navigation
unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
23-230
NOTE:
terminals.
C h e c k for a n d r e s o l v e all C A N D T C s before
troubleshooting the navigation s y s t e m .
If the H a r d E r r o r C o d e s t o r e d , c h e c k the H a r d E r r o r
C o d e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g first.
B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , m a k e s u r e the anti-theft
c o d e s for the a u d i o s y s t e m a n d the n a v i g a t i o n
system.
After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , e n t e r t h e anti-theft c o d e s for
Verify that the c o r r e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit Is Installed for
t h i s m o d e l . G o Into the D i a g n o s t i c m o d e a n d u s e
V e r s i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-189).
installed.
C h e c k a n y official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e for m o r e '
1. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C . C h e c k for B - C A N or
F - C A N D T C s In the data list.
Are there any DTCs in the B-CAN or

systems?
F-CAN
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t a n d r e p a i r all C A N related
D T C s , a n d t h e n retest.
Display day/night mode does not work or

does not work properly
3. S e l e c t t h e S e l f - D i a g n o s i s m o d e .
NOTE:
4. C h e c k for e r r o r c o d e in t h e E r r o r History.
Are
there
any Hard
Error
Code
stored?
Y E S R e f e r to the H a r d E r r o r C o d e
troubleshooting.
* V e r i f y that t h e c o r r e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit is i n s t a l l e d for

t h i s m o d e l . G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c m o d e , a n d u s e
Version (see page.23-189).
5. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d c l i m a t e control u n i t
R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , a n d retest.
Does
the symptom
'
* T u r n t h e h e a d l i g h t , o n a n d c h e c k that the d a s h
b r i g h t n e s s setting is not s e t to h i g h .
terminals.
* A l w a y s c h e c k for.and r e s o l v e all C A N D T C s before
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
go
away?
installed.
* C h e c k a n y official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e for-more
s e r v i c e Information a b o u t the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l c l i m a t e c o n t r o l unit
fsee page 21-180KH
1. T u r n the h e a d l i g h t s o n , a n d a d j u s t t h e d a s h
b r i g h t n e s s up and- d o w n , t h e n to t h e m i d d l e r a n g e .
N O R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit f s e e p a g e 23-240).
Does the display
change to day and night
when turning
the headlights
on and
off?
modes
Y E S T h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . B
2. C o v e r the s u n l i g h t s e n s o r o n t h e d a s h , t h e n turn
the h e a d l i g h t s o n a n d off.
Does the navigation
normally?
display
dim and
brighten
N O C h e c k t h e SLL+ circuit for a n o p e n or s h o r t to
g r o u n d b e t w e e n the n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit to t h e
g a u g e control m o d u l e . If O K , s u b s t i t u t e k n o w n g o o d units In this o r d e r a n d r e c h e c k the s y s t e m :
* C l i m a t e control unit
* G a u g e control m o d u l e
23-231
Navigation System
Vehicle icon wanders across the map when
driving (does not follow a displayed road) or
map vehicle ICON spins
System locks up or freezes constantly

NOTE:
A l w a y s c h e c k for a n d r e s o l v e a l l C A N D T C s before
NOTE:
V e r i f y that t h e c o r r e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit Is i n s t a l l e d for

V e r s i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-189).
T h i s is not t h e s a m e - c o n d i t i o n a s w h e n d r i v i n g
off-road (or o n a fire or l o g g i n g road).
installed.
I n s p e c t the D V D for dirt or d a m a g e .
s e r v i c e information a b o u t the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , m a k e s u r e y o u h a v e antitheft c o d e s for the a u d i o s y s t e m a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n
system.
the audio s y s t e m and the navigation s y s t e m .
C h e c k t h e D V D for d a m a g e or s c r a t c h e s .
C h e c k for c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals.
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II)..
2. R e m o v e the D V D , a n d c h e c k t h e D V D r e a d i n g
s u r f a c e for s c r a t c h e s a n d f i n g e r prints.
T h i s c o n d i t i o n Is c a u s e d by a l o s s of m a p m a t c h i n g
f r o m a b a d s e n s o r Input. C h e c k f o r a f t e r m a r k e t or .
other o b j e c t s that c a n block t h e G P S s i g n a l . A l w a y s
p e r f o r m M a p m a t c h i n g ( s e e p a g e 23-129) b e f o r e
proceeding with the troubleshooting.
A l w a y s c h e c k for a n d r e s o l v e all C A N D T C s b e f o r e
Verify that t h e c o r r e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit is i n s t a l l e d for
t h i s m o d e l . G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c m o d e a n d u s e
V e r s i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-189).
Installed.
C h e c k for a f t e r m a r k e t m e t a l l i c w i n d o w tinting.
I n s p e c t t h e D V D for dirt or d a m a g e .
B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , m a k e s u r e y o u h a v e antitheft c o d e s for t h e a u d i o s y s t e m a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n
system.
the

t h e a u d i o s y s t e m a n d the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
Y E S C l e a n o r replace the D V D - R O M (see page
C h e c k the D V D f o r d a m a g e or s c r a t c h e s .
C h e c k for c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals.
A r e there any scratches

or finger
D VD-ROM
reading
surface
?
prints
on
23-239) a n d r e c h e c k . i l
1. C h e c k t h e G P S icon on t h e n a v i g a t i o n s c r e e n .
Is the GPS icon
to O N (II).
Does
the system
reboot,
lock
up, or
white
or
missing?
Y E S D o the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for G P S Icon i s w h i t e

or not s h o w n ( s e e p a g e 23-226).
freeze?
YES-Replace t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).

2. G o into t h e S e l f - D i a g n o s t i c m o d e , a n d u s e the Y a w
R a t e d i a g n o s i s ( s e e p a g e 23-187) to c h e c k t h e y a w
N O T h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . G o into the
rate s e n s o r .
Diagnostic m o d e , a n d u s e the Unit C h e c k d i a g n o s i s

( s e e p a g e 23-177) to c h e c k t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit a n d
Is the yaw
rate sensor
OK?
n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit s t a t u s . If t h e s t a t u s Is N G ,
r e p l a c e the affected u n i t s .
N O R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
23-232
3. G o into t h e D i a g n o s t i c m o d e , a n d u s e t h e C a r
S t a t u s d i a g n o s i s ( s e e p a g e 23-188) to c h e c k t h e
Navigation system will not accept security

code
v e h i c i e s p e e d p u l s e ( V S P ) a n d the B A C K s i g n a l s .
Are the vehicle
speed
puise
and the BACK
signals
OK?
Y E S T h e p r o b l e m m a y b e a c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h e
s y s t e m . C h e c k to s e e if the p r o b l e m o c c u r s in t h e
s a m e p l a c e In a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e . If it d o e s , t h e
p r o b l e m c o u l d be In t h e d a t a b a s e . G o to s t e p 4.
MO
* If t h e p r o b l e m is t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d p u l s e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d s i g n a l circuit. LT
B L U w i r e f o r o p e n o r s h o r t , if O K , s w a p a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M . if t h e p r o b l e m or s y m p t o m g o e s
a w a y , replace the original E C M / P C M .
* If t h e B A C K s i g n a l i s Indicated
O N (I), w h e n in
a n y shift l e v e r p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n r e v e r s e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e b a c k - u p light s w i t c h circuit or
MSCU
(AfT)M
4. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d n a v i g a t i o n unit, a n d
c h e c k to s e e if t h e p r o b l e m o c c u r s In the s a m e
place.
NOTE:
* T h e s y s t e m will not o p e r a t e w i t h o u t t h e 4-digit
s e c u r i t y (anti-theft) c o d e . F o l l o w the t h i s p r o c e d u r e .
(After 10 c o n s e c u t i v e t r i e s , y o u m u s t c y c l e t h e key to
c o n t i n u e trying)
* T h e Navigation S y s t e m Diagnosis and C o r e Return
. F o r m is a v a i l a b l e o n I S I S / u n d e r J o b a i d s , a n d -can be
printed out f o r r e c o r d i n g t h i s Information. T h i s
i n f o r m a t i o n will help the r e m a n facility d e t e r m i n e
w h a t c a u s e d t h e failure.
* A l w a y s c h e c k for a n d r e s o l v e all C A N D T C s b e f o r e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m ,
* Verify that the c o r r e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit is i n s t a l l e d for
V e r s i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-189).
* C h e c k c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals.
* B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , m a k e s u r e you. h a v e antitheft c o d e s for t h e a u d i o s y s t e m a n d the n a v i g a t i o n
system.
Installed.
Does
the problem
occur
in the same
place?
Y E S T h e p r o b l e m is in the d a t a b a s e a n d s h o u l d
b e c o n s i d e r e d a c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h e s y s t e m .
R e p o r t t h e p r o b l e m a c c o r d i n g to t h e N a v i g a t i o n
S y s t e m O w n e r ' s Manual under Reporting Errors
a n d look for i m p r o v e m e n t s in future d a t a b a s e s .
N O R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit f s e e p a g e 23-240).
1. G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c m o d e , a n d u s e t h e E C U Info
u n d e r the U n i t C h e c k d i a g n o s i s ( s e e p a g e 23-177).
A brief d i a g n o s i s r u n s for 20 s e c o n d s , a n d the
s e r i a l n u m b e r is d i s p l a y e d .
Is the serial
number
displayed?
2. R e m o v e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
3. C h e c k t h e s e r i a l n u m b e r on the label o n t h e
u n d e r s i d e of the n a v i g a t i o n unit.
is the serial
the navigation
number
confirmed
on the underside
of
unit?
N O R e p l a c e the navigation unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
(confd)
23-233
Navigation System
4. U s i n g the s e r i a l n u m b e r , look up t h e n a v i g a t i o n
s e c u r i t y c o d e in t h e Interactive Network, (click:
Navigation display stays on with ignition

switch in LOCK (0)
S e r v i c e , V e h i c l e I n f o r m a t i o n , Anti-Theft c o d e
Inquiry, a n d t h e n s e l e c t N a v i g a t i o n f r o m the
NOTE:
product dropdown box). Enter the serial number.
* C h e c k f o r aftermarket a c c e s s o r i e s that m a y Interfere

w i t h the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
Is a 4-digit
terminals.
code
displayed
on the screen?
'
NO-Call the W a r r a n t y D e p a r t m e n t to obtain t h e
c o d e (the t e l e p h o n e n u m b e r Is in the PDI s e r v i c e
bulletin). T h e n g o to s t e p 5.
5. C h e c k that t h e o b t a i n e d c o d e w o r k s to b y p a s s t h e
c o d e s c r e e n In t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m .
Does
the code

system. .
the audio s y s t e m and the navigation s y s t e m ,
* T h e v e h i c l e m a y h a v e b e e n u s e d for a s h o w e v e n t
C h e c k for a s h o r t j u m p e r h a r n e s s In-line with the
n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r C . If a j u m p e r h a r n e s s is
. p r e s e n t , r e m o v e It, a n d return It to T e c h L i n e .
work?
1. R e m o v e t h e key f r o m ' t h e Ignition.
Y E S T h e s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . R e t u r n the
v e h i c l e to t h e c u s t o m e r a n d g i v e t h e m the anti-theft
Does
the navigation
screen
stay
on?
code.il
N0Gotostep6.
N O T h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . I I
6. T r y e n t e r i n g f o u r z e r o s (0000) a s the c o d e .
2. C h e c k for battery v o l t a g e o n n a v i g a t i o n unit
Do the four
zeros
work
to bypass
the code
screen?
Y E S R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit, a n d e n t e r
c o n n e c t o r A (8P) t e r m i n a l No. 2.
Is there
battery
voltage?
S e c u r i t y c o d e is 0 0 0 0 In t h e p r o b l e m d e s c r i p t i o n
field of the c o r e return f o r m . H
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t a s h o r t to battery v o l t a g e on
the A C C c i r c u i t
N O R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit, a n d e n t e r W o n ' t

. take s e c u r i t y c o d e , In t h e " p r o b l e m d e s c r i p t i o n
f i e l d " of the c o r e return f o r m ; ( a s proof, e n c l o s e the
s t i c k e r that c o n t a i n s t h e S e r i a l n u m b e r a n d the
CodehH
23-234
Navigation cannot control audio system
Navigation cannot control XM radio
Diagnostic Test: S f s t e m Links
NOTE:
NOTE:
* C h e c k for a n d r e s o l v e all C A N D T C s b e f o r e
troubleshooting the navigation s y s t e m ,
* V e r i f y that t h e c o r r e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit is I n s t a l l e d for
t h i s m o d e l . G o into t h e D i a g n o s t i c m o d e a n d u s e
V e r s i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-189).
* C h e c k f o r c o n n e c t o r s for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals.
* B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , m a k e s u r e y o u h a v e antitheft c o d e s for t h e a u d i o s y s t e m a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n
system,
C h e c k the v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n f i r s t
Installed.
. C h e c k a n y official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e for m o r e
s e r v i c e Information a b o u t the n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m . .
1. S t a r t t h e v e h i c l e .
2 . M a k e s u r e t h e ants-theft c o d e for the a u d i o s y s t e m
is e n t e r e d .
3. G o into t h e D i a g n o s t i c m o d e , a n d u s e the S y s t e m
L i n k s d i a g n o s i s ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
* After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , e n t e r t h e anti-theft c o d e s for

the audio s y s t e m and the navigation s y s t e m ,
is the XM icon red?
* M a k e s u r e that the correct D V D color and v e r s i o n are

Installed,
Y E S D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for t h e v o i c e
* I n s p e c t t h e D V D f o r dirt or d a m a g e .
g u i d a n c e c a n n o t be h e a r d ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 2 6 ) .
* C h e c k a n y official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e f o r m o r e
service Information about the navigation s y s t e m .
4. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e
23-240).
2. M a k e s u r e t h e anti-theft c o d e f o r t h e a u d i o s y s t e m
Can the navigation system control XM radio?
Is e n t e r e d .
3. G o Into t h e D i a g n o s t i c m o d e , a n d u s e t h e S e l f D i a g n o s i s M o d e ( s e e p a g e 23-170).
is the Radio
icon
N O R e p l a c e t h e X M r e c e i v e r ( s e e p a g e 23-115).
red?
Y E S D o the troubleshooting for the voice

g u i d a n c e c a n n o t b e h e a r d ( s e e p a g e 23-226).
4. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e
23-240), a n d recheck.
Can the navigation
system
control
audio/disc?
N O D o the audio s y s t e m troubleshooting.
23-235
Navigation System
Navigation frequently asks for anti-theft
code and/or needs G P S initialization
NOTE:
* T h i s Is often c a u s e d b y a l o s s of battery p o w e r or a
8
The Aeura Globe Screen (not the Honda

Globe Screen! appears every time the vehicle
is started
N O T E : T h e n a v i g a t i o n D V D a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit a r e
c o r r e c t for t h e v e h i c l e , b u t e a r l i e r a n d p o s s i b l y later
v e r s i o n s of t h e n a v i g a t i o n s o f t w a r e m a y h a v e b e e n
poor ground.
installed. W h e n t h i s h a p p e n s , t h e s o f t w a r e m a y not b e
r e c o g n i z e d by t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit, a n d c o u l d c a u s e t h e
Installed.
n a v i g a t i o n unit to revert to a a n A c u r a model-profile. '

1. R e m o v e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240) a n d
1. C h e c k for a n o p e n o n n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r A
(8P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 1, N o . 2 a n d N o . 4 (ground).
verify that t h e part n u m b e r printed on the

n a v i g a t i o n unit label is t h e c o r r e c t .one for t h e y e a r /
model vehicle y o u are working on.
Are the circuits
OK ?
Is the correct navigation

the part
number?
unit installed
based
on
N O R e p a i r t h e circuits.
N O R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit.with t h e c o r r e c t
unit for t h e y e a r / m o d e l v e h i c l e y o u a r e w o r k i n g
on.H
2. R e i n s t a l l t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit.
23-236
Navigation unit will not eject or accept the

navigation DVD
3. R e m o v e the navigation DVD.

4. N o t e the s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n m a r k e d o n t h e D V D label
a n d verify if it i s t h e c o r r e c t v e r s i o n f o r the v e h i c l e
y e a r / m o d e l y o u are working on by checking a n y
official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e , a n d s e a r c h i n g for
a n y related s e r v i c e information about the
navigation s y s t e m and navigation software.
is the software
version marked on the DVD
iabel
the correct one for the vehicle year/modei
you are
working
on?
1. C h e c k N o . 15 (10 A ) f u s e in the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
r e l a y b o x a n d No. 18 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s
Are the fuses
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the blown fuse(s), a n d recheck.
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit f s e e p a g e 23-240).
3. E j e c t t h e n a v i g a t i o n D V D f r o m the n a v i g a t i o n unit
( s e e p a g e 23-239).
5. O b t a i n t h e c o r r e c t v e r s i o n D V D f s e e p a g e 23-129)
Does
the navigation
DVD
eject?
a n d Install i t
Does the navigation
system
Honda Globe
Screen?
boot-up
with
the
Y E S T h e p r o b l e m Is r e s o l v e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
complete.
N O T h e s y s t e m still s h o w s H o n d a G l o b e S c r e e n .
R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
4. R e i n s e r t t h e n a v i g a t i o n D V D into the n a v i g a t i o n
- unit
Does
the navigation
unit accept
the
navigation
DVD?
Y E S N o p r o b l e m s at t h i s t i m e , the s y s t e m is
n o r m a l . I n s p e c t for l o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at
navigation unit c o n n e c t o r A (8P) t e r m i n a l s No. 1,
N o . 2, a n d No. 4 . B
(confd)
23-237
N a v i g a t i o n System
5. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n unit
6. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n unit
c o n n e c t o r A (8P) t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d N o . 2 to b o d y
ground.
N A V I G A T I O N U N I T C O N N E C T O R A (8P)
N A V I G A T I O N U N I T C O N N E C T O R A (8P)
GND (BLK)
/
7
+ B (WHT!
A C C (PUR)
4
8
\
1
/
7
1
4
Is there less than 0.1 V?
YESGo
Is there battery voltage ?

to s t e p 6 .
N O R e p a i r o p e n o r high r e s i s t a n c e in t h e B L K
w i r e b e t w e e n n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r A (8P) a n d
body g r o u n d ( G 6 5 D . B
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 4 0 ) .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e W H T w i r e b e t w e e n
n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r A (8P) t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d
the N o . 15 (10 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
b o x o r n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r A (8P) t e r m i n a l
No. 2 a n d t h e N o . 18 (7.5 A ) f u s e In t h e d r i v e r ' s
23-238
Forced Starting of Display
DVD-ROM-Replacement
S p e c i a l toIs r e q y i r e d
NOTE:
S C S S e r v i c e C o n n e c t o r G7PAZ-00101GG
* Do not r e p l a c e the D V D - R O M to g i v e a c u s t o m e r a .
p r e v i e w of a n update D V D .
2 . C o n n e c t t h e S C S s e r v i c e c o n n e c t o r (A) to t h e
n a v i g a t i o n s e r v i c e c o n n e c t o r (B) l o c a t e d b e h i n d t h e
navigation unit
2. P u s h t h e o p e n button (A) of t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit
l o c a t e d o n the left s i d e of t h e trunk.
3. P r e s s t h e E J E C T button (B).
07PAZ-0010100
3, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If),
4. C h e c k that t h e d i a g n o s i s m e n u f o r the picture
d i a g n o s i s s t a r t s u p , a n d t h e n c h a n g e s to the
s y s t e m link m e n u ,
N O T E : If t h e d i s p l a y f a i l s to d i s p l a y t h e s y s t e m link
s c r e e n , refer to n o picture is d i s p l a y e d ( s e e p a g e
23-218).
4. R e m o v e the DD-ROfi
5. Insert the n e w D V D - R O M w i t h t h e w h i t e label
facing up.
6. C l o s e t h e front c o v e r . Do not turn t h e Ignition
s w i t c h to L O C K (0); w a t c h the n a v i g a t i o n s c r e e n
until t h e d a t a is d o w n l o a d e d to t h e n a v i g a t i o n u n i t
7. D o t h e M a p M a t c h i n g ( s e e p a g e 23-129).
N O T E : After s e r v i c i n g , the front c o v e r a n d P C c a r d
slot d o o r m u s t be c l o s e d . If y o u start up the
n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m with the front c o v e r or P C c a r d
slot d o o r o p e n , t h e d i s p l a y I n d i c a t e s a n e r r o r
message.
23-239
Navigation System
Navigation Unit Removal/Installation
NOTE:
B e f o r e . y o u r e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit, b a c k - u p the
customer data using s y s t e m diagnostic mode S a v e
U s e r s M e m o r y u n d e r t h e F u n c t i o n a l S e t up { s e e p a g e
23-183).
Sf t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit Is r e p l a c e d or d i s c o n n e c t e d , a
M a p M a t c h i n g m u s t be d o n e ( s e e p a g e 23-129).
11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n reinstall t h e

c u s t o m e r ' s original n a v i g a t i o n D V D , v e r i f y i n g that
t h e D V D is free of s c r a t c h e s or s m u d g e s .
12. C h e c k a n y official H o n d a s e r v i c e w e b s i t e for m o r e
s e r v i c e information a b o u t p a t c h e s for t h e
navigation s y s t e m . Apply any prescribed patches
to t h e n e w n a v i g a t i o n unit.
2. E j e c t the D V D f r o m the original n a v i g a t i o n unit
( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 3 9 ) . T o a v o i d s c r a t c h i n g or d a m a g i n g
t h e D V D , t e m p o r a r i l y p l a c e t h e D V D In a j e w e l c a s e .
N O T E : If t h e D V D d o e s not eject, refer to s y m p t o m
. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g N a v i g a t i o n unit d o e s not eject or
N O T E : S i m p l y transferring the navigation DVD

f r o m the original n a v i g a t i o n unit to the n e w
n a v i g a t i o n unit d o e s not a s s u r e t h e c o r r e c t
s o f t w a r e for the v e h i c l e will be l o a d e d into t h e n e w
n a v i g a t i o n u n i t D o i n g the n a v i g a t i o n D V D t r a n s f e r
without doing software patches m a y c a u s e the n e w
n a v i g a t i o n unit to a p p e a r to be m a l f u n c t i o n i n g .
. accept the navigation DVD.

13. E n t e r t h e n e w n a v i g a t i o n anti-theft c o d e .
14. Park t h e v e h i c l e o u t s i d e , a n d d o t h e G P S
4. R e m o v e t h e four bolts (A) f r o m t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit
Initialization ( s e e p a g e 23-128).
(B).
15. G i v e the n e w n a v i g a t i o n anti-theft c o d e to the
customer.
5. D i s c o n n e c t the n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r s (B).

6. R e m o v e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit (C).
7. Install t h e unit in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
8. Install t h e n a v i g a t i o n D V D , t h e n e n t e r t h e 4-digit
security code.
9. D o the s y s t e m initialization ( s e e p a g e 23-128).
10. G i v e the n e w s e c u r i t y c o d e to t h e c u s t o m e r .
23-240
Navigation Display Unit Removal/

Installation
Interface Dial Removal/Installation

1. R e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-110).
2. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w a n d h a r n e s s c o v e r (A).
1, R e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit ( s e e p a g e 23-110), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e c e n t e r d i s p l a y v i s o r ( s e e p a g e 20-158).
2. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s a n d b o l t s , t h e n pull out t h e
n a v i g a t i o n d i s p l a y unit (A),
3. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s a n d interface dial (A).

N O T E : If t h e h a r d buttons d o not w o r k , but t h e j o g
dial d o e s , r e c h e c k the interface dial c o n n e c t o r (B)
connection.
3. Install t h e unit in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l . B e
c a r e f u l not to d r o p t h e f o r w a r d s c r e w b e h i n d the
dashboard.
4. Install the dial In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
23-241
Navigation System
HFL-Navigation-ANC Microphone
GPS Antenna Removal/installation

1. R e m o v e the rear s h e l f .(see p a g e 20-119).
NOTE:
2, D i s c o n n e c t t h e G P S a n t e n n a c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d
r e m o v e t h e bolt (B).
T a k e c a r e not t o s c r a t c h the d a s h b o a r d a n d related

parts.
L a y a w o r k s h o p t o w e l u n d e r the parts w h e n w o r k i n g
on t h e m to protect t h e f a c e p a n e l f r o m s c r a t c h e s or
other d a m a g e .
1. R e m o v e the roof c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-131).
2, R e m o v e the s c r e w s a n d the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C
m i c r o p h o n e (A).
3. R e m o v e the G P S a n t e n n a (C).
4. Install the a n t e n n a in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
3. ' D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s (B) f r o m the H F L navigation-ANC microphone.

4. Install the m i c r o p h o n e In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.
23-242
Voice Control Switch Test

1. R e m o v e t h e v o i c e c o n t r o l s w i t c h f s e e p a g e 17-25).
Voice Control S w i t c h Replacement

1. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l (see p a g e 17-24).
2. R e m o v e t h e v o i c e control s w i t c h (see p a g e 17-25).
3. Install t h e v o i c e control s w i t c h In the r e v e r s e o r d e r
of r e m o v a l .
2. M e a s u r e the resistance between the No. 2 a n d

N o . 4 t e r m i n a l s in e a c h s w i t c h p o s i t i o n a c c o r d i n g
Resistance
Position
N o button p r e s s e d
A b o u t 10 k Li
Navigation T A L K
A b o u t 2.2 k O
button p r e s s e d
Navigation B A C K
About 700 Q
button p r e s s e d
3. If the r e s i s t a n c e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e
v o i c e control s w i t c h fsee p a g e 23-243).
23-243
Electrical Compass
23-244

Symptom
A z i m u t h i n f o r m a t i o n Is not s h o w n
on the display
No picture i s s h o w n o n t h e d i s p l a y
C o m p a s s s h o w s w r o n g direction
D o t h e Input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 23-251)
Do the audio s y s t e m
D o the c o m p a s s z o n e s e l e c t i o n a n d .
c a l i b r a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 23-249)
C h e c k that t h e e l e c t r i c a l c o m p a s s
unit is p r o p e r l y c o n n e c t e d .
T h e display brightness setting.
C h e c k If the z o n e setting Is c o r r e c t
f o r the v e h i c l e g e o g r a p h i c a l location.'
23-245
Electrical Compass
S f stern Description
Overview
T h e efectricaS c o m p a s s s h o w s t h e a z i m u t h i n f o r m a t i o n in 8 - d i r e c t i o n s ( N , N E , E , S E , S , S W , W , N W ) to t h e a u d i o - H V A C
d i s p l a y unit v i a the a u d i o u n i t .
W h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to A C C E S S O R Y (I), t h e e l e c t r i c a l c o m p a s s unit b e g i n s to c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h the
a u d i o unit. W h e n y o u t u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e s e l f - t e s t m o d e b e g i n s a u t o m a t i c a l l y .
T h e s e l f - t e s t function c h e c k s for the c u r r e n t v o l t a g e , n o n - v o l a t i l e m e m o r y ( N V M ) , a n d R O M s t a t u s in the e l e c t r i c a l
c o m p a s s unit. If the unit d e t e c t s a m a l f u n c t i o n d u r i n g the s e l f - t e s t , It f l a s h e s s e g m e n t s of the c o m p a s s I n f o r m a t i o n
( C A L a n d N W ) in the a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y unit to Indicate a p r o b l e m .
T h e e l e c t r i c a l c o m p a s s unit h a s a s e l f - c a l i b r a t i o n f u n c t i o n . It d e t e c t s a n d c o m p e n s a t e s for m a g n e t i c a n o m a l i e s c a u s e d
by bridges, s u b w a y s , a n d large steel structures. W h e n the vehicle l e a v e s a n area with strong magnetic Interference
(2400 m G or m o r e ) , the e l e c t r i c a l c o m p a s s unit a u t o m a t i c a l l y b e g i n s c a l i b r a t i n g . Sf n e e d e d , y o u c a n m a n u a l l y c a l i b r a t e
t h e c o m p a s s ( s e e p a g e 23-249).
Z o n e s e l e c t i o n is r e q u i r e d to c o m p e n s a t e for the d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n m a g n e t i c North a n d g e o g r a p h i c North. T h i s
d e v i a t i o n is referred to a s d e c l i n a t i o n , a n d t h e c o m p a s s c o m p e n s a t e s for d e c l i n a t i o n w h e n y o u s e l e c t the z o n e w h e r e
t h e v e h i c l e is located ( s e e p a g e 2 3 - 2 4 9 ) .
A U D I O - H V A C DISPLAY U N I T
COIVtPASS DISPLAY
System D
i
a
g
r
a
m
AUD10-HVAC DI SPLAY UN IT
(Azimuth inforiation is displayed)
ELECTRICAL COBPASS UNIT
23-246
UART
AUDIOUNIT
Electrical Compass Unit Connector Inputs and Outputs
Cavity
1
2
Wire
BRN
BLK
3
4
LTBLU
PNK
ORN
RED
C o n n e c t s to
P o w e r s o u r c e for ignition s w i t c h ( I G I )
G a u g e control module (DISP R X + )
G a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( D t S P R X )
G a u g e control m o d u l e ( D I S P T X + )
G a u g e control m o d u l e ( D I S P T X )
23-247
Electrical Compass
Circuit Diagram
F2
243
P9
Electrical Compass Zone Selection and Calibration

3. T u r n t h e s e l e c t o r k n o b (B) to s e l e c t Z O N E .
NOTE:
* Y o u s h o u l d do this procedure a n y time the electrical
c o m p a s s unit i s r e p l a c e d .
* Y o u s h o u l d d o t h i s p r o c e d u r e in a n o p e n a r e a a w a y
from buildings, p o w e r lines, a n d other vehicles.
* if y o u s e e
- " a n d t h e C A L Indicator is s h o w n in
t h e a u d i o - H V A C d i s p l a y , t h e c o m p a s s is self-
::i
mum
CRLimRTION
NW
calibrating.
* T h e c o m p a s s m a y n e e d to be m a n u a l l y c a l i b r a t e d
after e x p o s u r e to a s t r o n g m a g n e t i c field. If t h e
P r e s s t h e s e l e c t o r k n o b (B) to enter y o u r s e l e c t i o n .
c o m p a s s s e e m s to be continually s h o w i n g the w r o n g
T h e display s h o w s the currently selected zone
d i r e c t i o n , a n d Is not s e l f - c a l i b r a t i n g , d o the f o l l o w i n g .
number.
1 . C h e c k t h e N o . 15 (10 A) f u s e In t h e u n d e r - h o o d
N O T E : If n e c e s s a r y , p r e s s the R E T U R N button (C) to
f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d t h e N o . 5 (7.5 A ) a n d N o , 18
return to t h e p r e v i o u s d i s p l a y . P r e s s i n g t h e M E N U
(7.5 A ) f u s e s in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
button (A) c a n c e l s t h e c o m p a s s s e t t i n g m o d e .
box.
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n p r e s s a n d
h o l d t h e M E N U button (A) until it b e e p s (about 2
seconds).
SSIL
ZONE
WW
5. F i n d t h e z o n e for y o u r a r e a o n the m a p . ff the
c o r r e c t z o n e is not s h o w n , turn t h e s e l e c t o r k n o b
(B) to c y c l e the z o n e list up or d o w n .
6. O n c e the c o r r e c t z o n e Is d i s p l a y e d , p r e s s t h e
s e l e c t o r k n o b . T h e d i s p l a y t h e n r e t u r n s to n o r m a l .
(confd)
23-249
Electrical Compass
Electrical Compass Zone Selection and Calibration (cont'd)
7. T u r n the s e l e c t o r k n o b (B) to s e l e c t C A L I B R A T I O N .
>^'3S']
SUL
ZONE
^:rBiinow:::i
WW
8 . P r e s s the s e l e c t o r k n o b (B) to e n t e r y o u r s e l e c t i o n .
T h e display s h o w s P U S H C A L S T A R T .
r"g3wi
NW
9 . P r e s s the s e l e c t o r k n o b (B), t h e c o m p a s s d i s p l a y
w i l l blink a n d the C A L indicator is s h o w n .
10. W h e n the c a l i b r a t i o n is s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d , the
C A L indicator g o e s off a n d t h e c o m p a s s d i s p l a y will
s t o p blinking a n d s h o w a n a c t u a l h e a d i n g .
NOTE:
* W h i l e s e t t i n g , p r e s s i n g the R E T U R N button (C)
returns to the p r e v i o u s d i s p l a y . P r e s s i n g t h e
M E N U button (A) c a n c e l s the c o m p a s s setting
mode.
9
T h e a u d i o s y s t e m is not related to the c o m p a s s

s y s t e m . E v e n if t h e c o m p a s s s y s t e m is
c a l i b r a t i n g , t h e d i s p l a y r e t u r n s to the n o r m a l
d i s p l a y w h i c h y o u s e l e c t e d last.
* Do t h i s p r o c e d u r e in a n o p e n a r e a , a w a y f r o m
b u i l d i n g s , p o w e r l i n e s , a n d other v e h i c l e s .
23-250
Electrical Compass Unit Input Test

1. Remove the rear shelf (see page 20-119).
2, Loosen the bolts (Ah then pull our the electrical-compass unit bracket ( B L
Wire side of
female terminals
3. Disconnect the 6P connector CO from the electrical compass unit ID), and remove the mounting bolt (El then pull out the. electrical
compass unit
4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to make sure they are all making good contact.
* Sf the terminals are bent., loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.
If the terminals look OK, go to step 5,
5. Reconnect the connector to the electrical compass unit. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II) and do the following Input tests at the connectors.
* Sf any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
* Sf all input tests prove OK, the electrical compass unit Is faulty; replace it, and do the compass calibration (see page 23-249).
Cavity
2
Wire
BLK
BRN
LTBLU

There should be about 4 V .
PNK
Measure the voltage to- ground:

There should be about 4 V.
ORIM

RED


There should be less than 0.5 .
Ignition switch ON (Si) Measure the voltage to ground:
Test Condition
Possible cause If result Is not obtained

An open in the wire
* An open In the wire
* Faulty audio unit'.
* A short to around in the wire
* Faulty audio unit
* Faulty audio unit
An open in the wire
* Faulty audio unit
* A short to around in the wire
9
23-251
H i a h d s F r e e L i n k System
r DRIVER'S DOOR TWEETER
(Telephone sound ootpyt)
HFL-NAVIGATION-ANC MICROPHONE
f Built Into the roof console!
NAVIGATION DISPLAY UNIT
HFL VOLUME
(Using audio unit volume knob)
/ DRIVER'S DOOR SPEAKER

CROSSOVER NETWORK CONTROL UNIT
FRONT P A S S E N G E R ' S DOOR SPEAKER

CROSSOVER NETWORK CONTROL UNIT
FRONT PASSENGER'S
DOOR SPEAKER
HANDSFREELINK
CONTROL UNIT
Self-diagnostic Function,
page 23-261
page 23-266
K2M8I
AUDIO UNIT

page 23-13 .
FRONT PASSENGER'S TWEE1 "ER(Telephone sound output!
DRIVER'S DOOR SPEAKER

NAVIGATION UNIT (in trunk)

23-252

Mom to Cheek for DTCs with the HDS
M O T E : C h e c k t h e v e h i c l e battery c o n d i t i o n f i r s t
1. M a k e s u r e t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (OJ.
2 , C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
A
4. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e a n d t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k control u n i t If it d o e s n ' t t r o u b l e s h o o t
t h e D L C c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
5. S e l e c t H a n d s F r e e L i n k in the B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L m e n u ,
6. S e l e c t D T C s In t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k m e n u .
7. C h e c k for D T C s , If a n y D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , w r i t e d o w n t h e D T C s , t h e n g o to t h e Indicated D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Sf
no D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , refer to s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
NOTE:
* After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , c l e a r t h e D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
* F o r s p e c i f i c o p e r a t i o n s , refer to the H D S u s e r ' s m a n u a l .
(confd)
23-253
Genera! Troubleshooting information (cont'd)
Introduction
The HFL s y s t e m w o r k s only with
NOTE:
Honda-approved
B l u e t o o t h - e n a b l e d cell p h o n e s w i t h a h a n d s - f r e e
profile. If y o u a r e not s u r e If a p a r t i c u l a r cell p h o n e is
compatible with the H F L s y s t e m , Honda h a s a
d e d i c a t e d call c e n t e r at 8 8 8 - 5 2 8 - 7 8 7 6 a n d w e b s i t e
h a n d s f r e e l i n k . c o m to a n s w e r y o u r q u e s t i o n s .
T h e H F L s y s t e m a l l o w s y o u to m a k e a n d r e c e i v e h a n d s free c a l l s . It c a n n o t control the p h o n e ' s p e r f o r m a n c e
(call quality a n d s i g n a l s t r e n g t h ) . F o r m o r e
information
a b o u t p e r f o r m a n c e a n d p e r f o r m a n c e p r o b l e m s , refer to
Dropped Calls.
Checking Cell Phone Compatibility

T h e m o s t Important s t e p in t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g H F L i s s u e s
is to identify the m o d e l , s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n , a n d w i r e l e s s
c a r r i e r of the p h o n e In q u e s t i o n . Not all p h o n e s w i t h the
Bluetooth feature a n d a h a n d s - f r e e profile a r e
c c o m p a t s b l e w i t h the H o n d a H F L s y s t e m .
G o to h a n d s f r e e S I n k . c o m , a n d c h e c k if t h e c u s t o m e r
p h o n e is a p p r o v e d to w o r k w i t h t h e H o n d a H F L s y s t e m .
T h e lists of a p p r o v e d , a r c h i v e d , a n d c u r r e n t l y t e s t i n g
phones are constantly changing, s o make sure y o u
v i e w t h e m frequently.
P h o n e s are added a s they are approved.
P h o n e s c a n be r e m o v e d f r o m the a p p r o v e d list if a
s o f t w a r e b u g Is d i s c o v e r e d that m a k e s the p h o n e
I n c o m p a t i b l e . T h e s e p h o n e s c a n be a d d e d b a c k to the
a p p r o v e d list If the p h o n e m a n u f a c t u r e r c o r r e c t s t h e
bug.
If the s o f t w a r e b u g Is c o r r e c t e d , a n e w s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n is c r e a t e d a n d m a y be listed In the S u p p o r t e d
F e a t u r e s s e c t i o n of the p h o n e .
T h e s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n s that a r e a p p r o v e d are a r e n o w
being listed In the S o f t w a r e V e r s i o n field.
If y o u c a n n o t a c c e s s the H o n d a w e b s i t e , call the H F L
call c e n t e r at 8 8 8 - 5 2 8 - 7 8 7 6 for further a s s i s t a n c e .
T h e call c e n t e r is o p e n M o n d a y thru F r i d a y f r o m 6:00
a . m . to 6:00 p.m. C T ; S a t u r d a y f r o m 7:00 a . m . to 6:00
p.m. C T ; a n d S u n d a y f r o m 8:00 a . m . to 6:00 p.m. C T .
Voice Control Tips and Improving Voice

Recognition
T o g i v e a v o i c e c o m m a n d to the H F L s y s t e m , p r e s s a n d
r e l e a s e t h e H F L T A L K button. A l w a y s w a i t for the b e e p ,
t h e n g i v e y o u r c o m m a n d In a c l e a r , natural v o i c e . T h e
H F L m i c r o p h o n e is o n the c e i l i n g by the m a p lights.
If the H F L s y s t e m d o e s n ' t r e c o g n i z e y o u r v o i c e
c o m m a n d , y o u l l h e a r " P a r d o n / ' If y o u r c o m m a n d isn't
recognized a s e c o n d time, you'll hear " P l e a s e r e p e a t "
If y o u r c o m m a n d Isn't r e c o g n i z e d a third t i m e , the H F L
s y s t e m s e n d s y o u to its Help m e n u .
T o h e a r a list of a v a i l a b l e o p t i o n s at a n y t i m e , p r e s s t h e
H F L T A L K button a n d s a y " H a n d s - f r e e h e l p . "
23-254
This page intentionally left blank.
(confd)
23-255
HandsFreeLink S y s t e m
T h e H F L s y s t e m m a y have problems recognizing s o m e
voices. T o improve voice recognition:
PJawigation Through fVienus
S e t the fan s p e e d to l o w (1 or 2) o r off,
T o s k i p a v o i c e p r o m p t , p r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the H F L T A L K
button w h i l e the H F L s y s t e m is s p e a k i n g . T h e s y s t e m
b e i n g s listening for y o u r next v o i c e c o m m a n d .
A d j u s t the airflow f r o m the c e n t e r v e n t s d o w n , s o that

it's not b l o w i n g a g a i n s t t h e m i c r o p h o n e o n the c e i l i n g .
T o go b a c k a s t e p in a v o i c e c o m m a n d s e q u e n c e , p r e s s
C l o s e the w i n d o w s a n d t h e
moonroof.
S p e a k in a c l e a r a n d n a t u r a l v o i c e . If the s y s t e m
c a n n o t r e c o g n i z e y o u r c o m m a n d , try s p e a k i n g l o u d e r ,
in a d e e p e r t o n e .
a n d r e l e a s e the H F L B L A C K button, or p r e s s the H F L

T A L K button a n d s a y " G o b a c k . " If y o u don't s a y
a n y t h i n g w h i l e the H F L s y s t e m is listening for y o u r
If t h e b a c k g r o u n d n o i s e is too l o u d , y o u m a y n e e d to
s p e a k louder.
v o i c e c o m m a n d , it t i m e s out a n d s t o p s v o i c e
If y o u s p e a k w i t h s o m e t h i n g in y o u r m o u t h , or y o u r
v o i c e is too h i g h , the s y s t e m m a y not interpret y o u r
c o m m a n d correctly.
H F L T A L K button, the H F L s y s t e m b e g i n s listening f r o m
F i n d out if the p r o b l e m is w i t h o n e p e r s o n or w i t h
e v e r y o n e w h o u s e s t h e s y s t e m . If the s y s t e m h a s a
p r o b l e m with o n l y o n e p e r s o n ' s v o i c e , this is a
s y s t e m limitation.
M a n y i s s u e s result f r o m the c u s t o m e r not u s i n g the
s y s t e m properly. M a k e s u r e the c u s t o m e r is u s i n g the
H F L buttons a n d not t h e n a v i g a t i o n buttons. W h e n the
H F L T A L K button is p r e s s e d , the c u s t o m e r h e a r s o n e
a u d i b l e t o n e . W h e n t h e H F L B A C K button is p r e s s e d ,
t h e c u s t o m e r h e a r s t w o a u d i b l e t o n e s . M a k e s u r e to
p r e s s the H F L B A C K button to exit the H F L m a i n m e n u
after c o m p l e t i n g a call a n d before g i v i n g a n y n a v i g a t i o n
commands.
T h e H F L s y s t e m m a y e x p e r i e n c e a n u m b e r recognition
i s s u e , s u c h a s w h e n a c u s t o m e r s a y s a s e t of n u m b e r s
in a g r o u p u n r e c o g n i z e d by t h e s y s t e m . T h e H F L s y s t e m
u n d e r s t a n d s p h o n e n u m b e r s in s p e c i f i c b l o c k s of 1, 3, 4,
7, a n d 10 n u m b e r s . F o r e x a m p l e , the s y s t e m
understands:
1234567890
123-456-7890
1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-0
r e c o g n i t i o n . T h e next t i m e y o u p r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the
the point it t i m e d o u t
If y o u ' v e f i n i s h e d or w a n t to s t o p a v o i c e c o m m a n d
s e q u e n c e at a n y t i m e , p r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the H F L B A C K
button, or p r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the H F L T A L K button, w a i t
for the b e e p , a n d s a y " C a n c e l . " T h e next t i m e y o u p r e s s
a n d r e l e a s e the H F L T A L K button, the H F L s y s t e m
b e g i n s f r o m its m a i n m e n u . T o a v o i d k e e p i n g t h e a u d i o
s y s t e m m u t e d , p r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the H F L B A C K button
w h e n you are finished.
N O T E : Y o u c a n s a y m u l t i p l e c o m m a n d s in o n e
s e q u e n c e , like " P h o n e s e t u p - p a i r " after p r e s s i n g the
H F L T A L K button.
Pairing a Cell Phone

Y o u m u s t pair a n a p p r o v e d B l u e t o o t h - c o m p a t i b l e
p h o n e to the H F L s y s t e m b e f o r e y o u c a n m a k e a n d
r e c e i v e c a l l s . F o r a c u r r e n t list of a p p r o v e d p h o n e s a n d
s p e c i f i c p h o n e p a i r i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s for e a c h p h o n e , s e e
Checking Cell Phone Compatibility, g o t o handsfreelink.
c o m , or c a l l (888) 5 2 8 - 7 8 7 6 .
T h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e w o r k s for m o s t p h o n e s . If y o u
c a n n o t p a i r a p h o n e to the H F L s y s t e m w i t h t h i s
p r o c e d u r e , refer to the p h o n e ' s o p e r a t i n g m a n u a l , v i s i t
h a n d s f r e e l i n k . c o m , or call (888) 5 2 8 - 7 8 7 6 .
T h e s y s t e m m a y b e c o m e c o n f u s e d if n u m b e r s a r e
s t a t e d in other b l o c k s , a s f o l l o w i n g :
NOTE:
* Y o u c a n n o t pair a p h o n e w h i l e the v e h i c l e is m o v i n g .
1234-567-890
* Y o u r p h o n e m u s t be in D i s c o v e r y M o d e .
12-34-56-78-90
* A m a x i m u m of s i x B l u e t o o t h - c o m p a t i b l e p h o n e s c a n
12345-67890
123-4567-890
23-256
be p a i r e d to t h e s y s t e m .
1. W i t h the p h o n e o n a n d t h e ignition s w i t c h in
Pairing T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
A C C E S S O R Y (!) or O N (II), p r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the

HFL T A L K button. After the b e e p , s a y " P h o n e s e t u p / '
M a n y pairing i s s u e s a r e r e s o l v e d by altering the
T h e HFL r e s p o n d s , " P h o n e s e t u p o p t i o n s a r e s t a t u s ,
c u s t o m e r ' s phone settings,
pair, edit, d e l e t e , a n d l i s t . "

Bluetooth feature s e t t i n g s m u s t be t u r n e d o n . P h o n e
2 . P r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the H F L T A L K button. After the
b e e p , s a y " P a i r , " T h e H F L r e s p o n d s , " T h e pairing
m a n u f a c t u r e r s s e t the default to d i s a b l e B l u e t o o t h
f e a t u r e s to c o n s e r v e battery life. Ceil p h o n e s m a y
p r o c e s s r e q u i r e s o p e r a t i o n of y o u r m o b i l e p h o n e .
p r o v i d e p r o c e d u r e s to T e m p o r a r y P o w e r O n B l u e t o o t h ,
F o r s a f e t y , o n l y p e r f o r m this f u n c t i o n w h i l e the
or P o w e r O n B l u e t o o t h . T u r n the Bluetooth f e a t u r e o n ,
v e h i c l e is s t o p p e d , S t a t e a four-digit c o d e for
pair the p h o n e to the v e h i c l e , a n d c o n f i r m t h e p h o n e is
p a i r i n g . N o t e t h i s c o d e . It w i l l be r e q u e s t e d by t h e
linked. Do t h i s b y turning the p h o n e off a n d b a c k o n .
phone/"
M a k e or r e c e i v e a call to c o n f i r m t h a t the cell p h o n e is

successfully paired.
3. P r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the H F L T A L K button. After t h e

b e e p , s a y t h e four-digit c o d e y o u w a n t to u s e . T h i s
c a n be a n y four-dig it n u m b e r y o u w a n t . F o r
e x a m p l e , s a y " 1 , 2, 3,- 4 . " T h e H F L r e s p o n d s , " 1 , 2,
3, 4. Is t h i s c o r r e c t ? "
4. P r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the T A L K button. After the b e e p ,
s a y " Y e s . " T h e H F L r e s p o n d s , " H F L is n o w
s e a r c h i n g f o r a Bluetooth p h o n e . IVlake s u r e t h e
W h e n the p h o n e ' s Bluetooth feature is on,.other

h a n d s f ree a c c e s s o r i e s s u c h a s e a r p i e c e s or h e a d s e t s
m a y a u t o m a t i c a l l y r e c o n n e c t to the. p h o n e w h e n - y o u
turn o n the a c c e s s o r y or m o v e it w i t h i n r a n g e of the cell
p h o n e . T h i s r e s u l t s in t h e p h o n e not c o n n e c t i n g to the
H F L s y s t e m w h e n the c u s t o m e r e n t e r s t h e v e h i c l e . Y o u
m u s t unlink the h a n d s - f r e e a c c e s s o r y f r o m the p h o n e
before the H F L s y s t e m c a n r e c o n n e c t .
p h o n e y o u a r e trying to pair is in D i s c o v e r y m o d e . "

If t h e s e s t e p s d o not w o r k o n t h e p h o n e y o u a r e
S o m e p h o n e s h a v e a n A u t o A n s w e r setting that
p a i r i n g , refer to t h e p h o n e ' s o p e r a t i n g m a n u a l .
f u n c t i o n s w i t h a h e a d s e t T h i s setting m u s t be t u r n e d
5. F o l l o w t h e p r o m p t s o n y o u r p h o n e to get it into its
W h e n this setting is o n , it b l o c k s the H F L s y s t e m f r o m
off or the H F L s y s t e m c a n n o t a c c e p t a n y i n c o m i n g c a l l s .
D i s c o v e r y m o d e . T h e p h o n e will s e a r c h for the H F L .
a n s w e r i n g the c a l l , a n d the call g o e s to v o i c e m a i l . T h i s
W h e n it c o m e s u p , s e l e c t H a n d s F r e e L i n k f r o m the
c a n c a u s e the c u s t o m e r to think that the c e l l p h o n e is
list of o p t i o n s d i s p l a y e d o n y o u r p h o n e .
not p a i r e d properly.
8. W h e n a s k e d b y t h e p h o n e , enter the four-digit c o d e

f r o m s t e p 3 into y o u r p h o n e . T h e H F L r e s p o n d s , " A
n e w p h o n e h a s b e e n f o u n d . W h a t w o u l d y o u like to
n a m e this p h o n e ? "
7 , P r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the H F L T A L K button. After the
b e e p , s a y t h e n a m e y o u w a n t to u s e . F o r e x a m p l e ,
s a y " T o m ' s p h o n e . " T h e HFL r e s p o n d s , " T o m ' s
p h o n e h a s b e e n s u c c e s s f u l l y p a i r e d . R e t u r n i n g to
the main
menu"
If t h e H F L s y s t e m h a s s i x p h o n e s paired,--it w i l l not tell

y o u that it h a s r e a c h e d its m a x i m u m , a n d will not a l l o w
y o u to pair a n e w p h o n e . T o c h e c k h o w m a n y p h o n e s
a r e p a i r e d , p r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the H F L T A L K button.
After the b e e p , s a y " P h o n e s e t u p l i s t " T h e H F L - s y s t e m
lists e v e r y a s s i g n e d p h o n e n a m e p a i r e d w i t h it, t h e n
f i n i s h e s b y s a y i n g " T h e entire list h a s b e e n r e a d .
R e t u r n i n g to the m a i n m e n u . " C o u n t the n u m b e r of
p h o n e s listed. If there a r e s i x , y o u m u s t d e l e t e o n e
p h o n e before a d d i n g a n e w o n e .
(cont'd)
23-257
Pairing Checks
A l w a y s c o n f i r m w i t h t h e c u s t o m e r If the n u m b e r of
d r o p p e d c a l l s is h i g h e r w h i l e u s i n g the H F L s y s t e m a s
F o r m o r e information a b o u t p a i r i n g , refer to t h e cell
o p p o s e d to u s i n g the cell p h o n e only. C u s t o m e r s often
p h o n e o w n e r ' s m a n u a l , or g o to h a n d s f r e e l i n k . c o m .
c o n f u s e p r o b l e m s w i t h their p h o n e or c a r r i e r a s a
p r o b l e m w i t h the H F L s y s t e m . T h e H F L s y s t e m c a n n o t
1. Is the cell p h o n e c o m p a t i b l e w i t h t h e H F L ?
control or d e t e r m i n e :
2. Is t h e Bluetooth f e a t u r e t u r n e d o n ?
C e l l u l a r c o n n e c t i o n quality.
Signal strength.
3. Is t h e c u s t o m e r u s i n g t h e H F L buttons, not the

n a v i g a t i o n buttons, w h e n p a i r i n g ?
Cellular coverage.
A m b i e n t w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s that affect c e l l u l a r
signals.
4. Is t h e cell p h o n e battery fully c h a r g e d , a n d Is t h e r e
5. Do a soft r e s e t o n the c e l l p h o n e .
W h e n a customer complains about dropped calls, ask

q u e s t i o n s a b o u t w h e n or w h e r e t h e c a l l s are d r o p p e d ,
such as:
6. Sf the -customer is trying to pair a Blackberry or
Do y o u d r i v e the s a m e route o n a r e g u l a r b a s i s ?
g o o d s i g n a l strength w h e n p a i r i n g ?
P a l m T r e o d e v i c e , m a k e s u r e the c u s t o m e r u s e s
D o e s the call d r o p in t h e s a m e l o c a t i o n ?
t h e shift key w h e n e n t e r i n g t h e p a s s c o d e . If the
W h e r e do y o u keep your cell p h o n e ?
shift key is not p r e s s e d , t h e c u s t o m e r m a y be

e n t e r i n g letters. T h e H F L d o e s not r e c o g n i z e fetters.
H a v e y o u c o m p a r e d the n u m b e r of d r o p p e d c a l l s
u s i n g the H F L v e r s u s m a k i n g c a l l s f r o m the h a n d s e t ?
D o e s y o u r p h o n e h a v e a n a n t e n n a that n e e d s to be
Dropped Calls
C u s t o m e r s m a y perceive dropped calls a s being an HFL
s y s t e m , fault, but m o s t d r o p p e d c a l l s a r e f r o m c e l l
p h o n e a n d cell p h o n e c a r r i e r I s s u e s . T h e H F L s y s t e m
d o e s not directly h a n d l e t h e cell p h o n e s i g n a l . It a l l o w s
the cell p h o n e to t r a n s m i t the c e l l p h o n e a u d i o o v e r t h e
vehicle's audio s y s t e m .
B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for d r o p p e d c a l l s , c o n f i r m the
cell p h o n e settings:
* D i s a b l e A u d i o A n s w e r . If A u t o A n s w e r is e n a b l e d ,
i n c o m i n g - c a l l s a r e routed to v o i c e m a i l .
* D i s a b l e A l w a y s A s k / T r u s t , A u t h o r i z e D e v i c e , or
s i m i l a r s e t t i n g , If t h e s e s e t t i n g s a r e e n a b l e d , e a c h
t i m e the H F L s y s t e m a t t e m p t s to link to t h e p h o n e , t h e
p h o n e will a s k If y o u w a n t to c o n n e c t If y o u d o not
a l l o w t h e c o n n e c t i o n , the H F L will not o p e r a t e . T h e
p h o n e m u s t be s e t to N e v e r A s k , A u t h o r i z e D e v i c e ,
etc. ( b a s e d on the p h o n e m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d c a r r i e r )
for p e r m i s s i o n . R e f e r to the cell p h o n e o w n e r ' s
m a n u a l for m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n .
* D i s a b l e Flip O p e n to A n s w e r . If t h i s setting Is e n a b l e d ,
t h e p h o n e m u s t r e m a i n o p e n In t h e v e h i c l e . If It is
c l o s e d , the i n c o m i n g c a l l s a r e r o u t e d to v o i c e m a i l .
23-258
extended?
M a n y r e a s o n s for a d r o p p e d c a l l a r e not related to t h e

H F L s y s t e m . H e r e a r e s o m e c a u s e s for d r o p p e d c a l l s :
Phone Will Mot Automatically Connect the

HFL
* If the quantity of d r o p p e d c a l l s i s a b o u t the s a m e

w h e n the c u s t o m e r u s e s the H F L s y s t e m v e r s u s the
h a n d s e t , t h e i s s u e is likely d u e to t h e c e l l u l a r p h o n e
or c a r r i e r ,
If a c u s t o m e r c o m p l a i n s that their c e l l p h o n e is not

a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n n e c t i n g to the H F L s y s t e m w h e n t h e y
enter t h e v e h i c l e , d o t h i s :
* If t h e p h o n e i s e q u i p p e d w i t h a retractable a n t e n n a , it
n e e d s to b e e x t e n d e d to m a x i m i z e s i g n a l s t r e n g t h .
1. M a k e s u r e t h e Bluetooth f e a t u r e Is t u r n e d o n In the
cell p h o n e .
* If a c u s t o m e r a l s o n o t i c e s that t h e c a l l s t e n d to d r o p in
the s a m e a r e a s , the H F L s y s t e m m a y be operating
n o r m a l l y , but s o m e t h i n g a b o u t t h e a r e a d i m i n i s h e s
c e l l u l a r c o v e r a g e to a point w h e r e t h e call d r o p s ,
2. M a k e s u r e t h e cell p h o n e Is p r o p e r l y p a i n t e d to t h e
HFL system.
3. Do a soft r e s e t to t h e cell p h o n e .
* Hills or m o u n t a i n s c a n block or Interfere w i t h c e l l u l a r

signals.
* H i g h - r i s e b u i l d i n g s , b r i d g e s , or o t h e r large s t r u c t u r e s
m a y block or Interfere w i t h c e l l u l a r s i g n a l s .
* P l a c i n g the c e l l p h o n e in a p u r s e , in a m e t a l b r i e f c a s e ,
u n d e r the s e a t , in t h e g l o v e b o x , or in the trunk c a n all
affect s i g n a l r e c e p t i o n .
* T h e r e a r e c o v e r a g e g a p s in t h e c e l l u l a r s e r v i c e . W h e n
d r i v i n g , a call is t y p i c a l l y p a s s e d f r o m o n e t o w e r to
a n o t h e r . If t h e c u s t o m e r d r i v e s t h r o u g h a n a r e a
w h e r e t h e r e is a c o v e r a g e g a p b e t w e e n t o w e r s , the
call drops,
* Electrical s t o r m s , heavy rain, or overcast conditions
interfere w i t h s i g n a l s t r e n g t h .
* T h e c e l l p h o n e b a t t e r y ' s s t a t e of c h a n g e c a n affect
s i g n a l r e c e p t i o n . A l o w battery m a y r e d u c e t h e
p h o n e ' s ability t o b o o s t t h e a n t e n n a ' s p o w e r a n d
f u n c t i o n p r o p e r l y , e s p e c i a l l y In l o w s i g n a l s t r e n g t h
a r e a s . S o m e p h o n e m a n u f a c t u r e r s t r a d e off s i g n a l
t r a n s m i s s i o n a n d r e c e p t i o n s t r e n g t h for battery life.
A s the battery w e a k e n s , the s i g n a l s t r e n g t h m a y a l s o
w e a k e n , S o m e cell p h o n e s m a y operate more
effectively t h a n o t h e r s in l o w s i g n a l s t r e n g t h a r e a s ,
e s p e c i a l l y w i t h a partially c h a r g e d battery, a n d
d e p e n d i n g o n w h e t h e r or not t h e retractable a n t e n n a
is fully e x t e n d e d (if a p p l i c a b l e ) * O n t h e s e m o d e l s ,
m a k e s u r e the a n t e n n a is a l w a y s e x t e n d e d to
m a x i m i z e s i g n a l s t r e n g t h a n d e x t e n d battery life.
4. C h e c k if t h e p h o n e h a s a n A u t h o r i z e d C o n n e c t i o n
or T r u s t e d option.
5. C h e c k t h e battery a n d s i g n a l s t r e n g t h o n t h e cell
phone. Pairing a phone requires optimal signal
s t r e n g t h a n d a n e a r l y full battery.
Incoming Calls
If a c u s t o m e r c o m p l a i n s that t h e y c a n n o t r e c e i v e
i n c o m i n g c a l l s t h r o u g h the H F L s y s t e m , s e e If t h e call Is
routing to t h e cell p h o n e I n s t e a d of t h e H F L s y s t e m . A n '
e a s y w a y to k n o w if the c a l l is routed to t h e c e l l p h o n e
is w h e n the c u s t o m e r s a y s , "I c a n ' t h e a r t h e c a l l e r , but
they can hear m e . "
1. M a k e s u r e t h e Bluetooth feature is t u r n e d o n In the
cell p h o n e .
2. M a k e s u r e the cell p h o n e Is p a i r e d to the H F L
s y s t e m a n d linked.
3. M a k e s u r e the a n s w e r s e t t i n g s in the cell p h o n e a r e
s e t to multi-key or a n y - k e y a n s w e r . If the p h o n e is
s e t to flip o p e n to answer,- r e c o m m e n d c h a n g i n g
the setting to A n y K e y or l e a v i n g t h e p h o n e f l i p p e d
o p e n w h e n u s i n g the H F L s y s t e m .
4. M a k e s u r e the A u t o A n s w e r f e a t u r e i s t u r n e d off in
the cell p h o n e .
5. Do a soft r e s e t to t h e p h o n e .
6. M a k e s u r e the battery is fully c h a r g e d a n d t h e r e is
adequate signal strength.
7. A s k t h e c u s t o m e r if t h e y h a v e s e t s p e c i f i c ring
t o n e s or ringer I D s to s p e c i f i c c o n t a c t s . If t h e y h a v e ,
r e c o m m e n d u s i n g o n e s t a n d a r d ring t o n e for all
calls.
8. M a k e s u r e t h e c u s t o m e r is p r e s s i n g the H F L T A L K
button a n d not the H F L B A C K button or t h e
n a v i g a t i o n buttons.
(confd)
23-259
HandsFreeLink S f stern
Genera! Troubleshooting Information (confd)

Outgoing Cells
Clearing the HFL System
If a c u s t o m e r s a y s that t h e y c a n n o t p l a c e a call u s i n g
NOTE:
T h i s operation c l e a r s t h e H F L s y s t e m of all
p a s s c o d e ( s ) , a n y p a i r e d p h o n e s , a n d all n a m e s in the
HFL phonebook.
the H F L s y s t e m , a s k if t h e call w a s initiated t h r o u g h the

H F L s y s t e m or t h e c e l l p h o n e itself.
If the call is p l a c e d by the H F L s y s t e m :
C l e a r i n g the H F L s y s t e m is r e c o m m e n d before s e l l i n g
the v e h i c l e .
1. M a k e s u r e the Bluetooth f e a t u r e is t u r n e d on in the

cell p h o n e .
2. M a k e s u r e the cell p h o n e is p a i r e d to the H F L
s y s t e m a n d linked.
3. M a k e s u r e the c u s t o m e r is p r e s s i n g the H F L T A L K
button before e a c h c o m m a n d a n d g o i n g t h r o u g h
the c a l l i n g p r o c e s s c o r r e c t l y .
4. M a k e s u r e the c u s t o m e r is p r e s s i n g the H F T T A L K
button a n d not the H F L B A C K button or the
navigation buttons.
5. C h e c k if the cell p h o n e h a s a n A u t h o r i z e d
C o n n e c t i o n s or T r u s t e d option.
6. Do a soft r e s e t to the cell p h o n e .
If the s y s t e m is locked a n d the p a s s c o d e is lost or

forgotten, s e e the s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
1. P r e s s a n d r e l e a s e t h e H F L T A L K button. After the
b e e p , s a y " S y s t e m c l e a r " a n d the H F L s y s t e m
r e s p o n d s , " T h i s p r o c e s s will c l e a r all p a i r e d p h o n e ,
c l e a r all e n t r i e s in the p h o n e b o o k , c l e a r the
p a s s c o d e a n d r e s t o r e all d e f a u l t s in the s y s t e m
s e t u p . Is t h i s w h a t y o u w o u l d like to d o ? "
2. P r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the H F L T A L K button. After the
b e e p , s a y " Y e s " a n d the H F L s y s t e m r e s p o n d s ,
" P r e p a r i n g to c l e a r all p a i r e d p h o n e , all p h o n e b o o k
e n t r i e s , the p a s s c o d e . T h i s m a y take up to 2
m i n u t e s to c o m p l e t e " .
3. P r e s s a n d r e l e a s e the H F L T A L K button. After the
b e e p , s a y " O K " to p r o c e e d , or s a y " G o b a c k " or
"Cancel".
If the call is p l a c e d by the cell p h o n e :

T h e call will r e m a i n o n the h a n d s e t until y o u t r a n s f e r it
o v e r to the H F L s y s t e m . T o c o n t i n u e the call o n the H F L
s y s t e m , y o u m u s t u s e t h e T r a n s f e r c o m m a n d by
p r e s s i n g a n d r e l e a s i n g the H F L T A L K button d u r i n g an
active call a n d s a y i n g " T r a n s f e r . " T h e c u s t o m e r c a n
n o w c o n t i n u e the call u s i n g the H F L s y s t e m .
23-260
4. If y o u s a i d " O K " , after a s h o r t period of t i m e , the

HFL s y s t e m responds, " S y s t e m has been cleared.
R e t u r n i n g to the m a i n m e n u , the C l e a r i n g H F L
s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e is n o w c o m p l e t e " .
Glossary of Terms
N O T E : T h i s p r o c e d u r e s h o u l d b e u s e d o n l y if H D S is
unavailable.
Auto A n s w e r
T h i s c e l l p h o n e setting f o r c e s i n c o m i n g c a l l s to
T o run t h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n , d o t h e f o l l o w i n g :
a u t o m a t i c a l l y be a n s w e r e d by the h a n d s e t D i s a b l e t h i s
f e a t u r e o n t h e p h o n e w h e n u s i n g t h e H F L s y s t e m , a s it
m a y interfere w i t h the H F L s y s t e m a n s w e r i n g i n c o m i n g
c a l l s . S e t t h e p h o n e setting to S e n d O n l y , A n y K e y , or
2= P r e s s a n d h o l d t h e H F L B A C K button for m o r e t h a n
5 seconds,
Multi-Key a n s w e r option.
Answer Options
3. W h e n t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k s y s t e m e n t e r s t h e selfdiagnostic function, the following will occur.

* If t h e s y s t e m h a s not c o m p l e t e d t e s t i n g for D T C s ,
the H a n d s F r e e L i n k s y s t e m s a y s " T h e h a n d s free
s y s t e m t e s t is in p r o g r e s s " .
T h e s e c e l l p h o n e s e t t i n g s a l l o w y o u to s e l e c t h o w y o u
w o u l d like to a n s w e r a n i n c o m i n g call o n t h e h a n d s e t .
T h e a n s w e r option in t h e p h o n e c a n affect i n b o u n d c a l l s
on the H F L s y s t e m .
* If t h e r e is no D T C , t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k s y s t e m
s a y s " T h e h a n d s f r e e s y s t e m is O K " ,
A u t h o r i z e d Connection
* If t h e r e is a n y D T C , t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k s y s t e m
s a y s " T h e h a n d s free s y s t e m n e e d s to be
serviced".
NOTE:
T h i s cell p h o n e setting a l l o w s t h e p h o n e to c o n n e c t
a u t o m a t i c a l l y w i t h the H F L s y s t e m w i t h o u t p r o m p t i n g
t h e c u s t o m e r for p e r m i s s i o n to c o n n e c t In s o m e
i n s t a n c e s , it c a n affect the ability of t h e p h o n e to
p r o p e r l y route s o u n d to t h e H F L s y s t e m .
* T h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n c a n o n l y b e initiated
w h i l e t h e H F L is in its idle s t a t e .
Bluetooth Power
* T h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function is c o n s i d e r e d start o n c e
t h e 5 s e c o n d s p r e s s a n d h o l d is d e t e c t e d , a n d e n d s
w h e n t h e units r e t u r n s to idle state,
T h i s cell p h o n e function e n a b l e s or d i s a b l e s t h e
Bluetooth a p p l i c a t i o n . W h e n u s i n g a h a n d s - f r e e d e v i c e
s u c h a s H F L , t h e Bluetooth a p p l i c a t i o n n e e d s to b e
enabled,
Diseovery
Mode
Y o u n e e d to h a v e the cell p h o n e in D i s c o v e r y M o d e to
a l l o w o t h e r d e v i c e s w i t h Bluetooth c a p a b i l i t i e s ( s u c h a s
t h e H F L s y s t e m ) to find the p h o n e d u r i n g the pairing
process.
Downloaded Ringtones
A c u s t o m e r gets these ringtones from an outside
s o u r c e , s u c h a s the internet or a m o b i l e p h o n e s t o r e .
(confd)
23-261
HFL Buttons
Pairing
* H F L B A C K button (A): U s e t h i s button on the s t e e r i n g
A d e s c r i p t i o n for Unking t w o B l u e t o o t h d e v i c e s together.
w h e e l to e n d a call or return to a p r e v i o u s p r o m p t In
I n t h i s c a s e , y o u a r e Unking a c e l l p h o n e w i t h the H F L
t h e H F L m e n u . P r e s s i n g t h e button t w i c e or h o l d i n g It
s y s t e m . After the pairing p r o c e s s Is c o m p l e t e , the
d o w n returns y o u to the H F L m a i n m e n u .
* H F L T A L K button (B): U s e t h i s button o n t h e s t e e r i n g
d e v i c e s a r e a b l e to r e c o g n i z e e a c h o t h e r a n d
c o m m u n i c a t e wirelessly via Bluetooth.
w h e e l to g i v e c o m m a n d s . P r e s s t h e button b e f o r e a
v o i c e c o m m a n d Is g i v e n .
Soft Reset {Cell phone)

T h i s h e l p s to r e s t o r e t h e b a s i c f u n c t i o n s of the p h o n e .
T o d o a soft r e s e t , turn t h e p h o n e p o w e r off, r e m o v e
a n d r e i n s e r t the cell p h o n e battery, t h e n turn the p h o n e
back on.
Software Version
T h i s r e f e r s to t h e s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n l o a d e d in the cell
p h o n e . T h e s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n that w a s t e s t e d a n d
d e t e r m i n e d to be c o m p a t i b l e w i t h t h e H F L s y s t e m m a y
be* listed o n t h e H F L w e b s i t e . Not all s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n s
a r e c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the H F L s y s t e m .
Standard Ringtone
Hard Reset
T h e s e r i n g t o n e s c o m e f a c t o r y - i n s t a l l e d on the cell
H a r d r e s e t s c l e a r the s a v e d s e t t i n g s in t h e c e l l p h o n e
a n d r e s t o r e s It to the f a c t o r y d e f a u l t s . A h a r d r e s e t
s h o u l d be d o n e a s a last r e s o r t ( s e e t h e cell p h o n e
o w n e r ' s m a n u a l for m o r e I n f o r m a t i o n ) .
Linking
T h i s Is w h e n y o u r p a i r e d p h o n e is a c t i v e l y r e a d y to u s e
t h e H F L s y s t e m . Y o u c a n pair up to s i x p h o n e s to the
H F L s y s t e m , but o n l y o n e p h o n e c a n b e linked at a t i m e .
If t w o p a i r e d p h o n e s a r e In the v e h i c l e , o n l y the p h o n e
that is linked c a n u s e t h e H F L s y s t e m a n d f u n c t i o n s . T h e
s e c o n d p h o n e m u s t be u s e d a s a n o r m a l h a n d s e t .
23-262
phone.

HandsFreeLink Control Unit
DTC
Description
B1775
M i c r o p h o n e Input/output s h o r t to p o w e r / o p e n
B1776
M i c r o p h o n e input/output s h o r t to g r o u n d / o p e n
B1779
H F L s w i t c h ( H F L T A L K / H F L B A C K buttons) circuit o p e n /
B1780
B1792
short
H F L s w i t c h ( H F L T A L K / H F L B A C K buttons) circuit s h o r t
H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit internal e r r o r
C o m m u n i c a t i o n b u s line e r r o r
U1280
DTC t y p e
Signal error
Signal error
Signal error
Signal error
Internal e r r o r
Page
( s e e p a g e 23-270)
( s e e p a g e 23-271)
( s e e p a g e 23-273)
( s e e p a g e 23-275)
( s e e p a g e 23-276)
( s e e p a g e 22-135)
23-263
Symptom
The audio-HVAC subdisplay and
H F L digits do not g o a w a y after
p r e s s i n g the H F L B A C K button
T h e Bluetooth icon In the a u d i o H V A C s u b d i s p l a y is g r a y e d - o u t
T h e r e is no H F L - c o m p a t i b l e p h o n e p a i r e d to
t h e v e h i c l e . Pair a n a p p r o v e d H F L c o m p a t l b l e p h o n e to t h e v e h i c l e
C h e c k a n d repair all C A N
related D T C s
* T h e p h o n e m u s t be o n
t h e list of a p p r o v e d
Bluetooth p h o n e s a n d ,
configured correctly. For
a c u r r e n t list of a p p r o v e d .
phones, go to
h a n d s f r e e l i n k . c o m , or
call 8 8 8 - 5 2 8 - 7 8 7 6 for
further a s s i s t a n c e .
* C h e c k the Diagnostic
M e n u and use the Navi
S y s t e m Link
T h e Honda-approved Bluetooth
HFL S y s t e m Troubleshooting fsee page
p h o n e is h a v i n g p r o b l e m s p a i r i n g
23-267}
to t h e v e h i c l e .
T h e p h o n e m u s t be on t h e
list of a p p r o v e d B l u e t o o t h
phones and configured
c o r r e c t l y . F o r a c u r r e n t list
of a p p r o v e d p h o n e s , g o to
h a n d s f r e e l i n k . c o m , or call
888-528-7876 for further
assistance.
p h o n e c a n n o t u s e all Its f u n c t i o n s .
HFL S y s t e m Troubleshooting (see page

23-267}
T h e p h o n e m u s t be on t h e
of a p p r o v e d p h o n e s , g o to
h a n d s f r e e l i n k . c o m , or call
assistance.
p h o n e d o e s not p l a c e o r r e c e i v e
calls using the H F L s y s t e m .
HFL S y s t e m Troubleshooting (see page

23-267)
T h e p h o n e m u s t be o n t h e
of a p p r o v e d p h o n e s , g o t o
h a n d s f r e e l l n k . c o m , or call
assistance.
23-264
Symptom
T h e c u s t o m e r w a n t s the H F L system,
r e s e t {all p h o n e s a n d a d d r e s s
I n f o r m a t i o n c l e a r e d f r o m the H F L
system)
Diagnostic p r o c e d u r e
C l e a r i n g t h e s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 23-260)
S e e the o w n e r ' s m a n u a l for
additional i n f o r m a t i o n .
T h e H F L s y s t e m is locked a n d the
p a s s c o d e h a s b e e n lost o r forgotten
T h e H F L s y s t e m d o e s not r e c o g n i z e
all v o i c e p r o m p t s
T h e H F L s y s t e m s p e a k s in F r e n c h
S e e t h e H F L s e c t i o n In the o w n e r ' s m a n u a l
for C h a n g i n g L a n g u a g e
T h e a d d r e s s book d o e s not t r a n s f e r
T h e r e i s . n o H F L c o m p a t i b l e p h o n e p a i r e d to
t h e v e h i c l e or t h e a p p r o v e d p h o n e d o e s not
s u p p o r t t h e f u n c t i o n . Pair a n a p p r o v e d H F L
c o m p a t i b l e p h o n e to t h e v e h i c l e .
T h e p h o n e m u s t . b e o n the
correctly. F o r a list of
a p p r o v e d p h o n e s , g o to
w w w . h a n d s f r e e l i n k . c o m , or
call the H F L s u p p o r t d e s k at
888-528-7876.
E x c e s s i v e interior n o i s e
(open w i n d o w s , v e n t s
b l o w i n g on m i c r o p h o n e ,
etc.).
f r o m B l u e t o o t h p h o n e to H F L
system
T h e H F L m e s s a g e s c a n n o t be h e a r d
or a r e w e a k
A l s o s e e V o i c e control tips
( s e e p a g e 23-255).
23-265
System Description
HandsFreeLink Control Unit Inputs and Outputs
HAMDSFREELINK C O N T R O L UNIT
2BP C O N N E C T O R
/ /
15 16 17
18
8
21
7> /
11 12 13 14
///
26 27 28
HandsFreeLink Control Unit 28P Connector

Cavity
1
Wire
BRN
LTBLU
LTGRN
WHT
3
6
7
RED
Connects to
G r o u n d (G402) ( G N D )
HFL switch (HFL S T R G S W )
Audio unit HFL-navigation-ANC microphone (HFL M U T E )
N a v i g a t i o n unit (NAVI C O M M 4 )
GRY*
N a v i g a t i o n unit (NAVI COIVIfV! S H )
11
12
GRN
GRY*
YEL
A u d i o unit ( T E L M S I G + )
S h i e l d i n g (MIC S I G S H )
H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C m i c r o p h o n e (SVIIC+)
BRN
WHT
HFL-navigation-ANC microphone (MIC)

16
PUR
17
18
20
21
BLU
PNK
BLK
GRN
RED
GRY*
GRN
RED
A C C (HFL power supply)

B - C A N ( B - C A N H)
N ( B - C A N L)
A u d i o unit ( T E L M S I G )
A u d i o unit ( T E L M S I G S H )
N a v i g a t i o n unit ( H F L - N A V I M I C + )
N a v i g a t i o n unit ( H F L - N A V I M I C )
13
14
15
25
26
27
28
T h e s h i e l d e d w i r e s h a v e a h e a t - s h r i n k t u b e i n s u l a t i n g the o u t s i d e of the w i r e . T h e c o l o r of t h e i n s u l a t i n g t u b e ,
t y p i c a l l y black or dark g r a y m a y not m a t c h t h e c o l o r of t h e w i r e s h o w n on the circuit d i a g r a m .
23-266
HFL System Troubleshooting

NOTE:
* Y o u m u s t be a b l e to d u p l i c a t e t h e c u s t o m e r ' s c o n c e r n to s u c c e s s f u l l y d i a g n o s e the p r o b l e m .
* A l w a y s u s e the c u s t o m e r ' s phone.
* fvlake s u r e t h e p h o n e is a p p r o v e d a n d c o n f i g u r e d c o r r e c t l y . O n l i n e , g o to w w w . h a n d s f r e e l i n k . c o m , or call t h e H F L
s u p p o r t d e s k at 8 8 8 - 5 2 8 - 7 8 7 6 .
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C .
Are
any DTCs
indicated?
Y E S R e p a i r the indicated D T C s and recheck.

4. T r y to d u p l i c a t e t h e p r o b l e m .
Can you duplicate
the
problem?
f O T T h e s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . 9
5. P a i r the p h o n e to a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e ( s a m e m o d e l , y e a r , a n d t r i m ) , a n d try d u p l i c a t e the p r o b l e m .
Does
the phone
have
the same
problem
on the known-good
vehicle?
Y E S C a l l t h e H F L s u p p o r t d e s k at 8 8 8 - 5 2 8 - 7 8 7 6 to m a k e s u r e the p h o n e is c o n f i g u r e d c o r r e c t l y a n d h a s the
c o r r e c t s o f t w a r e . If t h e p h o n e is c o n f i g u r e d c o r r e c t l y , it is e i t h e r a c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h e H F L s y s t e m , or a
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h e p a r t i c u l a r a p p r o v e d p h o n e b e i n g u s e d . E x p l a i n to y o u r c u s t o m e r that t h i s Is a s y s t e m
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c . A n o t h e r p h o n e f r o m t h e a p p r o v e d p h o n e list m a y g i v e m o r e f a v o r a b l e r e s u l t s .
H O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit a n d r e c h e c k . If the p r o b l e m g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e
original HandsFreeLink control unit.H
23-267
Circuit Diagram
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX

BATTERY |
). 1 (MAIN) (100 A)
No. 3 (IG MAIN) (50 A)
F18
^
_
IGNITION SWITCH
!
-WHT
RED
ACC HOT in ACC SI) and ON (II)

>. 15 (10 Ai
F11
m. is
(7,5 A)
NAVIGATION UNIT
WHT
v
1
HFL-NAVI
PUR
RED
HFL-NAVIGATION-ANC
HFL-NAVI
MIGB-CANL
23-268
P13
PUR
WHT
GRN
UNDEH-S5ASH
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
T.
HANDSFREELINK CONTROL UNIT
B-CAN H
HFL-NAVIGATION-ANC
PUR
ACC
HFL
|J^
23-269
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC B1775: Microphone input/Output Short
to Power/Open
9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n H a n d s F r e e L i n k
control unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 13 a n d
body ground.
s u r e to f o l l o w the I n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N s y s t e m
d i a g n o s i s test m o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
MIC+jYEL)
1. C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C .
3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d t h e n b a c k
to O N (II).
Is there
Is DTC
B1775_
voltage?
indicated?
Y E S S h o r t to p o w e r In the w i r e the H a n d s F r e e L i n k
control unit a n d the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C
m i c r o p h o n e . R e p l a c e the affected s h i e l d e d
harness.
time. 8
6. D i s c o n n e c t the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C m i c r o p h o n e 7 P
connector.
7. D i s c o n n e c t the H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 2 8 P
connector.
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n H a n d s F r e e L i n k

control unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 13 a n d H F L navigation-ANC microphone 7P connector terminal
No. 3.
12!
16
18
W^\^\/\A/\
MBC+ (BRN)

Is there
continuity?
YESSubstitute a known-good HandsFreeLink

control unit, t h e n r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m g o e s
a w a y , r e p l a c e the original H a n d s F r e e L i n k control
unit ( s e e p a g e 23-281). ff the s y m p t o m still p r e s e n t ,
r e p l a c e the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C m i c r o p h o n e
( s e e p a g e 23-242). H
N O O p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the H a n d s F r e e L i n k
control unit a n d the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C
m i c r o p h o n e . R e p l a c e the affected s h i e l d e d
harness.
23-270
DTC 81776: Microphone Input/Output Short

to Ground/Open
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s N o . 13 a n d N o . 14,Individually, t h e n
b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s N o . 12 a n d N o . 13.
s u r e to f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N s y s t e m
d i a g n o s i s t e s t m o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
HANDSFREELINK
CONTROL UNIT 28P CONNECTOR

MIC SH
(GRY)
(YEL)
/ [
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), a n d t h e n b a c k
t o O N (II).
11
112 113 114 |
115 116 j 17 118 |/| 20 | 21 l/l/l/l 25 | 26 | 271 28

MIC INCBRN)
Is DTC B1776
indicated?
is there
continuity?
time.B
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C m i c r o p h o n e 7 P
connector,
Y E S S h o r t in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit a n d t h e H F L - n a v i g a t i o n A N C m i c r o p h o n e . R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d
harness.
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 2 8 P
connector.
(confd)
23-271
9 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s s h o w n
11. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n H a n d s F r e e L i n k
of the H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r
c o n t r o l unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 27 a n d
a n d the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C microphone 7P
N o . 28 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
connector.
Wire side of female
terminals
' ' h i ' l / l /
l / l / f IT 1 a | A/\
115 116 117 118 |/| 20 I 2 1 | / J / | / 1
/ \ 11 112 113 114
116 116 117 118 | / | 20 | 21 l / l / l / l
NAVI
2S | 26 | 271 28
(GRN)
MIC+
MICn.
rs
Wire side of female
terminals
HFL-NAVIGATION-ANC MICROPHONE I P CONNECTOR

Wire s i d e of female t e r m i n a l s
t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n
u n i t R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
Y E S G o t o step 1 0 .
N O O p e n in t h e w s r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e
H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit a n d the H F L - n a v i g a t i o n A N C m i c r o p h o n e . R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d
harness.il
10. D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P).
23-272
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s s h o w n
of t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r
a n d n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r C (16P).
HANDSFREELINK C O N T R O L USWT 28F CONNECTOR
1 J2|3|/|/|^7|8L^11||13TM
s u r e to f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s In B - C A N s y s t e m
d i a g n o s i s test m o d e A ( s e e p a g e 22-120).
15 116 117 118 [ / ] 20 | 21 \/\/\/\ 25 | aB | 27 12B

MIC(RED)
<GRN)
DTC B1779: HFL Switch or Voice Control

Switch (HFLTALK/HFL BACK Buttons) Circuit
Open/Short
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C ,
HFL-NAVI
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n start t h e
MIC+ (GRN)
v e h i c l e , a n d t u r n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l b a c k a n d forth
several times.
I7I7I7T
12
13
14
15
18
HFL-NAVI I
IVliC (RED!
is DTC B1779
NAVIGATION UNIT C O N N E C T O R C I 1 S P )
Is there
indicated?
continuity?
YESSubstitute a known-good HandsFreeLink
time.fi
c o n t r o l u n i t t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m g o e s
a w a y , replace the original H a n d s F r e e L i n k control
u n i t If t h e s y m p t o m d o e s not g o a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e
n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).
W G O p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e
6. D o t h e H F L s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e 23-280).
is the switch
OK?
H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e n a v i g a t i o n
u n i t R e p l a c e the affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
N O R e p l a c e t h e H F L - v o i c e control s w i t c h
( s e e p a g e 17-25).
( s e e p a g e 20-153).
8. D i s c o n n e c t H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 28P
connector.
9. D i s c o n n e c t H F L - v o i c e control s w i t c h 5 P c o n n e c t o r .
(cont'd)
23-273
11. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e H F L - v o i c e - c o n t r o l
s w i t c h 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3" and b o d y
ground.
HFL-VOICE C O N T R O L S W I T C H 5P C O N N E C T O R
14. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n H a n d s F r e e L i n k
control unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y
ground.
H A N D S F R E E L I N K CONTROL U N I T 28P CONNECTOR
s
2
HFL STRG S W
HFL STRG S W (BLU)
(LT B L U ) n
1 | 2 | 3 |/V1 6 |
7|8
\ // | 1 1 | 1 2 | 1 3 | 1 4 |
115 ] 18 117 118 [/] 20 | 21 l/l/L/1 26 j 26 | 271 28

Wire side offemale terminals
W i r e side o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Is there
voltage?
Is there
voltage?
E S - ~ R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r on the B L U w i r e .
b e t w e e n the H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit a n d the
H F L - v o i c e control s w i t c h . i l
control unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d H F L v o i c e control s w i t c h 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 .
HANDSFREELINK C O N T R O L U N I T 28P
CONNECTOR

HFT STRG S W
(LT B L U )
16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n H F L - v o i c e control
s w i t c h 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y
ground.
1 |2 [ 3
] 15 116 117 118 [/\
20 | 21
J26J1?7J28
HFL-VOICE C O N T R O L S W I T C H 5 P C O N N E C T O R
r
4
HFL STRG S W (BLU)
5
R E M O T E GND ( B R N )
H F L - V O I C E C O N T R O L S W I T C H BP C O N N E C T O R
W i r e side o ffemale terminals
Is there
continuity?
Wire side O F female terminals
N O R e p a i r o p e n In the B L U w i r e b e t w e e n the
s w i t c h , the c a b l e r e e l , a n d the H a n d s F r e e L i n k
control u n i t . H
Is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e the H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit

(see page 23-281 ) .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the H F L v o i c e control s w i t c h , c a b l e r e e l , a n d the a u d i o
untt.il
23-274
DTC B1780: HFL Switch {HFL TALK/HFL BACK

Buttons) Circuit Short

c o n t r o l unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y
ground.
s u r e to f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s in B - C A N s y s t e m
d i a g n o s i s t e s t m o d e A f s e e p a g e 22-120K
HAWDSFREELW
I K CONTROL UNIT 2SP CONNECTOR
HFL
(LT BLUI
STRG SW
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n start t h e
v e h i c l e , a n d t u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l back a n d forth
several times,

Is DTC
B1780
I2|3
\ / \ /6 | 7 [ 8
J/J11
112 113 114 |
115 116 ] 17 118 \/\ 20 | 21 \/\/\/\ 25 | 26 | 271 28
indicated?
is there
continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e .
IMOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
N O R e p l a c e the H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit
time.B
( s e e p a g e 23-281 ) .
6. D o t h e H F L s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e 23-280).
is the switch
OK?
N O R e p l a c e the c a b l e reel s u b h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e
17-25).
8. D i s c o n n e c t the H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 2 8 P
connector,
9. D i s c o n n e c t the H F L - v o i c e control s w i t c h 5P
connector.
23-275
DTC B1792: HandsFreeLink Control Unit

Internal Error
The aydio-HVAC sybdisplay and HFL digits

d not go away after pressing the HFL BACK
button
.
to O N (II).
to O N (II).
Is DTC
B1792
indicated?
Are
there
any DTCs
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit
( s e e p a g e 23-281 ) .
Y E S R e p a i r the Indicated D T C s . f i
time.B
5. T u r n t h e ignition to L O C K (0).
6. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d H a n d s F r e e L i n k control
unit, t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d
r e c h e c k the a u d i o - H V A C s u b d l s p i a y .
Are
the messages
cleared?
Y E S - R e p l a c e the original H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l
unit ( s e e p a g e 23-281 ) .
N O R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324).
23-276
The HFL s y s t e m does not recognize ail wolce

prompts
1.
The HFL system is locked and the pass code

has been lost or forgotten
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the D L C .
C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C ,
3. F r o m t h e B o d y E l e c t r i c a l m e n u , s e l e c t
HandsFreeLink.
to O N (II).
4. S e l e c t M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t s , t h e n s e l e c t P a s s c o d e
reset.
Are
there
any DTCs
indicated?
5. F o l l o w t h e H D S p r o m p t s to reset t h e p a s s c o d e .
Y E S R e p a i r the i n d i c a t e d D T C s . H
5. C h e c k if t h e p r o b l e m is d u p l i c a t e d .
Can the customer's
problem
be
duplicated?
N O T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . A s k t h e
c u s t o m e r to d e m o n s t r a t e t h e p r o b l e m .
6. C h e c k if t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m c a n r e c o g n i z e v o i c e
prompts,
Can
the voice
prompts
be
recognized?
N O R e f e r to t h e n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m
troubleshooting (see page
23-227).
7. P a i r t h e c u s t o m e r ' s p h o n e to a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e ,
a n d try to d u p l i c a t e the p r o b l e m .
Can you
duplicate
the
problem?
Y E S C a l l t h e H F L s u p p o r t d e s k at 8 8 8 - 5 2 8 - 7 8 7 6 ,
a n d i n q u i r e if t h e r e a r e a n y k n o w n i s s u e s for the
p r o b l e m . If t h e r e a r e n o k n o w n i s s u e s , e x p l a i n to
the c u s t o m e r ' s this is a s y s t e m characteristic a n d
c a n n o t b e i m p r o v e d at t h i s t i m e .
NOSubstitute a known-good HFL-navigationA N C m i c r o p h o n e , Sf t h e p r o b l e m s still p r e s e n t
substitute a known-good H a n d s F r e e L i n k control
u n i t If t h e p r o b l e m g o e s a w a y , r e p l a c e the original
H F L - n a v i g a t i o n - A N C m i c r o p h o n e ( s e e p a g e 23-242).
23-277
The HFL messages cannot be heard r are
weak
6. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n H a n d s F r e e L i n k
control unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 11 a n d
No, 2 5 a n d a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P) t e r m i n a l s
2. C h e c k that t h e a u d i o s y s t e m Is o p e r a t i n g n o r m a l l y
a n d t h e s p e a k e r s o u n d l e v e l s f r o m different a u d i o
HANDSFREELIN1C CONTROL UNIT 28P CONNECTOR

s o u r c e s ( A M / F M , X M , C D , n a v i g a t i o n , etc.).
1
Does the audio system work normally and is the

audio output from the speaker
normal when
playing various audio
sources?
I2|
/>
[/I/
112 113 114 |
115 116 117 118 \ / \ 20 | 21 \ / \ / \ / \ 25 j 26 | 27 | 28
TELM S I G - (RED)
TELM SIG IRED
n.
10
N O R e f e r to t h e a u d i o s y s t e m s y m p t o m
troubleshooting.
Does
the audio system
mute when HFL
16
17
18
19
20
TELM SIG+ (GRN) I

3. P r e s s t h e H F L talk button.
are being
15
13
messages
Is there
continuity?
played?
Y E S G o to s t e p ? .
W O O p e n in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n t h e
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit a n d t h e a u d i o u n i t
R e p l a c e t h e affected h a r n e s s .
7. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
5. D i s c o n n e c t a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P) a n d t h e
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r .
a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 19 a n d
No. 9 i n d i v i d u a l l y .
TELM SIG (RED)
3
0^
10
8
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
TELM SIG+ (GRN)
is there
continuity?
the H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e a u d i o unit.
R e p l a c e t h e affected s h i e l d e d h a r n e s s .
N O ' G o to s t e p 8.
23-278
8. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of a u d i o
unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P) a c c o r d i n g t o t h e t a b l e .
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n H a n d s F r e e L i n k
c o n t r o l unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d a u d i o
unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P) t e r m i n a l N o . 2 0 .
From terminal
T t e r m i n a l
B19
B9, B I O
B9
BIO
H A N D S F R E E L I N K C O N T R O L U N I T 2 8 P CONNECTOR
H F L IVIUTE (LT G R N )
/ |
11 [ 12
113 114 |
115 116 117 118 | / | 20 | 21 \ / \ / \ / \ 25 | 26 | 271 28
1
2
1
11
10
10
14 15
13
14
16
15
17
18
19
16
17
20
18 19 20
H F L IVIUTE ( L T G R N )
A U D I O U N I T C O N N E C T O R B (20P)
is there
Is there
continuity?
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n the
N O R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e a u d i o u n i t
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit a n d t h e a u d i o u n i t
R e p l a c e the appropriate h a r n e s s ,
13. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
MOSubstitute a known-good HandsFreeLink
H a n d s F r e e L i n k control unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
c o n t r o l unit arid r e c h e c k . Sf t h e s y m p t o m g o e s a w a y ,
N o . 3.
r e p l a c e the o r i g i n a l H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l u n i t If
the s y m p t o m d o e s not go a w a y , replace the audio
unit f s e e p a g e 2 3 - 1 1 0 ) ,
HFL M U T E (LT O R N )
9. P r e s s t h e H F L talk button.
Does the audio-HVAC
subdisplay
the HFL
and the subdisplay
show HandsFreeLink
pressing
the HFL talk
button?
menu
when
lllM/
/ |
11
112 113 114 |
115 [ 18 117 118 | / | 20 | 21 | / | / / j 25 | 28 | 27 ! 28
Is there
11, D i s c o n n e c t t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit 2 8 P
c o n n e c t o r a n d a u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r B (20P).
continuity?
b e t w e e n the H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e
audio u n i t .
NOSubstitute a known-good HandsFreeLink
c o n t r o l unit a n d r e c h e c k . If s y m p t o m g o e s a w a y ,
r e p l a c e t h e original H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l u n i t If
t h e s y m p t o m d o e s not g o a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e a u d i o
unit ( s e e p a g e 23-110).
(confd)
23-279
HandsFreeLink
System
HFL Switch Test
1. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205).
15. D i s c o n n e c t the H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit 2 8 P

c o n n e c t o r a n d the H F L - v o i c e control s w i t c h 5 P
connector.
2. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l ( s e e p a g e 17-24).

control unit 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d H F L v o i c e control s w i t c h 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 .
HFL STRG SW (LT BLU i
thn
1
A/
15 16 17 1 6 /
20 21
717x
11 12
2 5 26
13 14
27 28
HFL STRG SW (BLU)

HFL-VOICE CONTROL SWITCH 5P CONNECTOR
Is there
continuity
Y E S D o the H F L S w i t c h T e s t ( s e e p a g e 23-280).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the
H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l unit a n d the H F L - v o i c e
control s w i t c h .
23-280
3. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s N o . 3
a n d N o . 4 in e a c h s w i t c h p o s i t i o n a c c o r d i n g to the
table.
HFLViee C o n t r o l S w i t e h
Position
N o buttons p r e s s e d
H F L T A L K button p r e s s e d
H F L B A C K button p r e s s e d
Resistance
A b o u t 1 kQ
A b o u t 185 Q
A b o u t 47 Q
4. Sf t h e r e s i s t a n c e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e
s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 17-25).
Control Unit Input Test/Replacement

1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r {see p a g e 20-153).
2. R e m o v e t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l u n i t s c r e w s , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e 28P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l u n i t (B).
inals
/
WHT
PUR
\ PNK
BLU
3. i n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s f o r a g o o d p i n f i t t o b e s u r e t h e y a r e a l l m a k i n g g o o d c o n t a c t .
* If t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e b e n t , l o o s e o r c o r r o d e d , r e p a i r t h e m as n e c e s s a r y , a n d r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m ,
* if t h e t e r m i n a l s look O K , g o t o step 4.
4. R e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r , a n d m a k e t h e s e i n p u t t e s t s at t h e c o n n e c t o r .
* If a n y t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , f i n d a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
If a l l t h e I n p u t t e s t s p r o v e O K , g o t o s t e p 5.
Cavity
1
Wire
BLK
Test condition
15
WHT
16
PUR
Ignition switch in
A C C E S S O R Y (I) o r O N (II)

Measure the voltage t o body ground:
T h e r e s h o u l d b e less t h a n 0.5 V .
Measure the voltage to body ground:
M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e to b o d y g r o u n d :
P o s s i b l e c a u s e If r e s y l t Is not o b t a i n e d
* B l o w n N o . 15 (10 A ) f u s e in t h e
under-hood fuse/relay b o x
* B l o w n N o . 18 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e
driver's under-dash fuse/relay b o x
5, D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 8 P c o n n e c t o r a g a i n , a n d m a k e t h i s i n p u t t e s t at t h e c o n n e c t o r .
* If t h e t e s t i n d i c a t e s a p r o b l e m , f i n d a n d c o r r e c t t h e c a u s e , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s y s t e m .
* If t h e i n p u t t e s t p r o v e s O K , t h e H a n d s F r e e L i n k c o n t r o l u n i t is f a u l t y , r e p l a c e i t
Cavity
17
18
Wire
Test condition
BLU
PNK
Passenger's under-dash fuse/

relay b o x c o n n e c t o r A ( 3 8 P )
disconnected
Passengers under-dash fuse/

r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r A (38P)
disconnected
Possible cayse if result Is not obtained
Check f o r continuity between terminal

N o . 17 a n d t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r A (38P)
Check f o r continuity t o b o d y g r o u n d :
A n open in t h e w i r e
Check f o r continuity between terminal

N o . 18 a n d t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r A (38P)
terminal No, 11:
Check f o r continuity t o b o d y g r o u n d :
There s h o u l d be no continuity.
Short to body ground
Short to body ground
23-281
Restraints
Restraints
Special Tools .............
............
.......
24-2
Seat Belts
Component Location index .....
Front Seat Belt Replacement .....
Rear Seat Belt Replacement ......
Inspection ......
...
...
, 24-3
..
24-5
24-14
.
... 24-17
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System}

Component Location Index ..................
.
Precautions and Procedures
............
.
S R S Unit Update
......................................
ODS Unit Initialization
ODS Unit Calibration
.
...
ODS Unit Operation Check ...
.
.........
Driver's Seat Position Sensor Operation Check ........
Symptom Troubleshooting Index .......
......
.....
System Description
............
Circuit Diagram ........... ................
DTC Troubleshooting
.....
Component Replacement/Inspection After
Deployment .
.
.............
............
Driver's Airbag Replacement ......................................
Front Passenger's Airbag Replacement
Side Airbag Replacement
Side Curtain Airbag Replacement
..
*
Airbag and Tensioner Disposal .........
..
Cable Reel Replacement
..
..
.
S R S Unit Replacement
.
Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement ..
Side Impact Sensor (Second) Replacement ..............
Rear Safing Sensor Replacement
Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Replacement .......
ODS Unit Replacement
....
...
Front Impact Sensor Replacement ..........
..........
Driver's Seat Position Sensor Replacement
Passenger's Airbag Cutoff Indicator Replacement ...
24-19
24-23
24-34
24-37
24-38
24-38
24-39
24-40
24-41
24-47
24-48
24-55
24-61
24-198
24-202
24-205
24-206
24-208
24-209
24-215
24-218
24-221
24-223
24-225
24-227
24-228
24-230
24-231
24-232
24-234
Restraints
Special Tools
Qty
1
07HAZ-SG00500
07SAZ-TB4011A
S R S Inflator S i m u l a t o r
070AZ-SNAA100
S R S Simulator Lead J
1
1
07TAZ-001020A
B a c k P r o b e A d a p t e r , 17 m m
070AZ-SNAA200
S R S Simulator Lead K
S R S Simulator Lead L
S R S Short Canceller
1
2
Deployment Tool
070AZ-SNAA300
070AZ-SAA0100
24-2
Description
Tool Number
Ref. N o .
Seat Beits
Component Location Indeic
2-ctoor
PROMT SEAT BELT BUCKLES

24-3
Seat Belts
4-ctoor
SHOULDER ANCHOR ADJUSTER
FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLES

24-4
Front Seat Belt Replacement

Front Seat Belt ~ 2-door
Driver's s e a t belt
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 24-23) before
N O T E : C h e c k t h e front s e a t belts for d a m a g e ( s e e p a g e
24-17), a n d r e p l a c e t h e m if n e c e s s a r y .
1. S l i d e the front s e a t f o r w a r d fully.
2. R e m o v e the s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r .
* D r i v e r ' s s e a t belt: R e m o v e t h e l o w e r a n c h o r c a p
(A), a n d r e m o v e the l o w e r a n c h o r bolt (B).
* P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt: C a r e f u l l y i n s e r t the tip of a
s m a l l s c r e w d r i v e r (C) t h r o u g h t h e h o l e in t h e
b a c k of t h e front s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r c o v e r (D),
a n d into t h e h o l e in t h e front s e a t belt l o w e r
a n c h o r (E). U n l o c k t h e l o w e r a n c h o r by p u s h i n g
in o n t h e s c r e w d r i v e r . R e m o v e t h e s c r e w d r i v e r ,
a n d t h e n d e t a c h t h e front s e a t belt a n c h o r plate
(F) a n d t h e a n c h o r c o v e r f r o m t h e l o w e r a n c h o r .
4. R e m o v e t h e s e Items:
* D o o r sill t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-97)
* R e a r s i d e t r i m p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-118)
(confd)
24-5
Seat Belts
Front Seat Belt Replacement (cont'd)
5, R e m o v e the bolts (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e s e a t belt
g u i d e (B).
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r c o n n e c t o r (A).
R e m o v e t h e u p p e r retractor m o u n t i n g bolt (B) a n d
t h e l o w e r retractor bolt ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e front
s e a t belt (D) a n d retractor (E).
9.8 M-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
6. R e m o v e the u p p e r a n c h o r bolt (A).
24-6
8 . Install t h e belt in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
note t h e s e items:
L o w e r a n c h o r bolt I n s t a l l a t i o n
W A V E WASHER
SPRING WASHER
* A p p l y m e d i u m s t r e n g t h liquid t h r e a d lock to t h e
COLLAR
a n c h o r bolts before reinstallation.

* T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s b y h a n d f i r s t then- tighten t o t h e
specified torque.
* C h e c k that the retractor locking m e c h a n i s m '
f u n c t i o n s f s e e p a g e 24-17).
* A s s e m b l e the w a s h e r s , t h e collars, a n d t h e b u s h i n g s
o n t h e upper a n d t h e lower anchor bolts a s s h o w n .
* Before installing the a n c h o r bolts, m a k e s u r e
t h e r e a r e n o t w i s t s o r k i n k s In t h e s e a t belt.
* M a k e s u r e t h e s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r c o n n e c t o r i s
* P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt: T r i a n g l e m a r k s (A) o n t h e
L O W E R ANCHOR
BOLT
V. . ,
LOWER ANCHOR
t h r e a d lock
t o the threads.
P p ,
TOOTHED
LOCK WASHER
a n c h o r p l a t e I B ) a n d o n t h e l o w e r a n c h o r CC)
m u s t f a c e the s a m e s i d e .
* P a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt: I n s e r t t h e h o o k o n t h e
F r o n t seat b e l t l o w e r a n c h o r installation
a n c h o r plate into t h e l o w e r a n c h o r , a n d b e s u r e
t h a t t h e l o w e r a n c h o r Is l o c k e d s e c u r e l y .
* D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t l o n p r o c e d u r e
(see page 22-89).
Upper anchor bolt installation
UPPER
ANCHOR
BOLT
Apply thread lock

to the threads.
UPPER ANCHOR
COLLAR
TOOTHED
LOCK WASHER
24-7
Seat Belts
Front Seat Beit Replacement (cont'd)
Front Seat Belt - 4-door
2, R e m o v e t h e l o w e r a n c h o r bolt (A).
N O T E : C h e c k the front s e a t belts for d a m a g e ( s e e p a g e
2 4 - 1 7 ) , a n d .replace t h e m if n e c e s s a r y .
1. S l i d e the front s e a t all the w a y f o r w a r d . C a r e f u l l y
pry up o n the b o t t o m of t h e a n c h o r c o v e r (A) to
r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B) a n d the t a b ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e
t h e c o v e r by pulling it u p w a r d .
Driver's seat
7/16-20 UMF
32 N-m (3.3 kgf-m. 24 Ibf-ft)
D o the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
R e m o v e the B-piflar l o w e r t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-107).
R e m o v e the B-pillar u p p e r t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-107).
R e m o v e the u p p e r a n c h o r bolt (A).
Passenger's seat
A
24-8
7 D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r c o n n e c t o r (A),
R e m o v e t h e u p p e r retractor m o u n t i n g bolt CB) a n d
t h e l o w e r retractor bolt (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e front
s e a t belt (D) a n d t h e retractor (El,
8. R e m o v e t h e s h o u l d e r a n c h o r a d j u s t e r (A).
M O T E : I n s p e c t t h e a n c h o r a d j u s t e r for d a m a g e , a n d
"replace it If n e c e s s a r y .
Driver's side
E
7/16-20 UPJF
32 N - m (3.3 kgf.m, 24 Ibf ft!

Passenger's side
7 / 1 6 - 2 0 UPJF
32 N - m
{3,3 kgf.m, 24 Ibf-ft!
(confd)
24-9
Seat Belts
9. Install t h e s e a t belt in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
Front Seat Belt Bookie
* A p p l y m e d i u m s t r e n g t h liquid t h r e a d Sock to the
a n c h o r bolts b e f o r e r e i n s t a l l a t i o n .
* T i g h t e n the bolts b y h a n d first, t h e n tighten to t h e
specified torque.
* C h e c k that the retractor locking m e c h a n i s m
f u n c t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-17).
* A s s e m b l e the w a s h e r , the collars, and the
b u s h i n g on t h e u p p e r a n c h o r bolt a n d t h e
retractor bolt a s s h o w n .
* B e f o r e installing t h e a n c h o r bolts, m a k e s u r e
t h e r e are no t w i s t s or kinks In the s e a t belt.
2. R e m o v e t h e front s e a t ( s e e p a g e 20-181).
3. Lift up t h e front s e a t , t h e n d e t a c h t h e s e a t belt
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d d e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s clip(s)
" (B) and t h e harness holder (C) (on the 4-door
passenger's seat).
2-dr d r i v e r ' s s e a t ( 1 0 - w a y p o w e r s e a t )
M a k e s u r e the s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r c o n n e c t o r Is
p l u g g e d in p r o p e r l y .
* Do the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
during repairs, and clear t h e m .
U p p e r a n c h o r bolt I n s t a l l a t i o n
UPPER A N C H O R
BOLT
Apply thread lock
TOOTHED
LOCK WASHER
R e t r a c t o r bolt i n s t a l l a t i o n
RETRACTOR
24-10
LOCK WASHER
(conf
24-
Seat Belts

4. R e m o v e the c e n t e r a n c h o r bolt (A), a n d d e t a c h the
2-door p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
h a r n e s s c l i p s (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e s e a t belt buckle

(C).
Driver's seat (10-way p o w e r seat)
4-door passenger's seat
24 Ibf-ft)
5. 2 - d o o r p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t : R e l e a s e the h o o k strip (D),
a n d pull back t h e s e a t c u s h i o n c o v e r .
6. Pull the s e a t belt s w i t c h h a r n e s s (E) out t h r o u g h the
s p a c e b e t w e e n t h e s e a t c u s h i o n a n d the s e a t track
( e x c e p t 2 - d o o r p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t ) , or t h r o u g h the
h o l e in the s e a t track (2-door p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t ) .
24-12
7\ Install t h e b u c k l e in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
C e n t e r a n c h o r bolt I n s t a l l a t i o n f4-door d r i v e r ' s
seat)
* A s s e m b l e the w a s h e r s a n d the collar on the

c e n t e r a n c h o r bolt a s s h o w n .
* A p p l y m e d i u m s t r e n g t h liquid t h r e a d lock to t h e
c e n t e r a n c h o r bolt b e f o r e r e i n s t a l l a t i o n .
CENTER ANCHOR
BOLT
Apply thread Sock
to the threads.
WAVE WASHER
* T i g h t e n t h e bolts b y h a n d f i r s t t h e n tighten to t h e
specified torque.
* M a k e s u r e t h e s e a t belt s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r Is
p l u g g e d in p r o p e r l y .
SPRING
WASHER
* D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t f o n p r o c e d u r e
f s e e p a g e 22-89),
* C h e c k f o r a n y D T C s that m a y h a v e b e e n s e t
during repairs, and clear them,
TOOTHED
LOCK WASHER
CENTER ANCHOR
COLLAR
C e n t e r a n c h o r b o l t i n s t a l l a t i o n (2-doorl
CENTER ANCHOR
BOLT
Apply thread lock
to the threads.
LOCATION PLATE
SPRING
WASHER
C e n t e r a n c h o r bolt i n s t a l l a t i o n |4do@r p a s s e n g e r ' s

seat)
WAVE WASHER
SPRING WASHER
CENTER ANCHOR
BOLT
PP|V ^
^
to the threads.
r
l o c k
TOOTHED
LOCK WASHER
CENTER ANCHOR
TOOTHED
LOCK WASHER
CENTER ANCHOR
(confd)
24-13
Seat
Belts
Front Seat Belt Replacement

(cont'd)
2-der Passenger's Seat Beit Lower Anchor
Rear Seat Belt Replacement

NOTE: C h e c k t h e r e a r s e a t belts for d a m a g e ( s e e p a g e
24-17), a n d r e p l a c e t h e m if n e c e s s a r y .
Rear Seat Belt

1. R e m o v e the d o o r sill t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-97).
1. R e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).
2. D e t a c h the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt a n c h o r plate
and the anchor c o v e r from the lower anchor.
2. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r a n c h o r bolt (A).
3. R e m o v e the l o w e r a n c h o r bolt (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e

l o w e r a n c h o r (B).
A
7/16-20 UNF
N-m
(3.3 kgf-m, 2 4 Ibf-ft)
32
4. Install the l o w e r a n c h o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
* 2-door:

l o w e r a n c h o r bolt b e f o r e r e i n s t a l l a t i o n .
- R e a r s e a t - b a c k ( s e e p a g e 20-223)
* A s s e m b l e the w a s h e r s , t h e c o l l a r s , a n d the
b u s h i n g o n the l o w e r a n c h o r bolt a s s h o w n .
- R e a r s h e l f ( s e e p a g e 20-119)
- R e a r s i d e t r i m p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-118)
Lower
TOOTHED
a n c h o r
bolt i n s t a l l a t i o n
24-14
4-door:
- R e a r s e a t s i d e b o l s t e r s , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e
20-225)
BUSHING
LOWER ANCHOR
Apply thread lock

to the threads.
4. 2-door; R e m o v e t h e b o l t s (A) a n d c l i p s ( B ) , t h e n
c a r e f u l l y m o v e t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g (C) a s i d e to
g a i n a c c e s s to t h e retractor bolt
: Bolt, 2
ID).
A p p l y m e d i u m s t r e n g t h liquid t h r e a d lock to the
Fastener Locations
A
6. Install t h e r e a r s e a t belt a n d retractor in t h e r e v e r s e
a n c h o r bolts b e f o r e r e i n s t a l l a t i o n .
B > : Clip, 2
* 2-door: R e p l a c e the r e m o v e d side curtain airbag

m o u n t i n g bolts w i t h n e w o n e s .
* C h e c k t h a t t h e retractor locking m e c h a n i s m
B e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e a n c h o r bolt, m a k e s u r e t h e r e
a r e no t w i s t s or kinks In t h e rear s e a t b e l t
5. R e m o v e t h e r e t r a c t o r m o u n t i n g bolt (A) a n d
retractor bolt ( B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t belt (C)
a n d t h e r e t r a c t o r CD). 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r Is
similar.
B
7/16-2 UMF
32 N-m
( 3 . 3 k g f . m 2 4 Ibf-ft)
A'
6 K 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibfft)
(confd)
24-15
Seat Belts
Rear Seat Belt Replacement (cont'd)
Center S
e
a
t Belt and Seat Belt Buckles
6. R e m o v e the retractor m o u n t i n g t a p p i n g s c r e w (A)

a n d the retractor bolt ( B ) , t h e n r e m o v e the c e n t e r
s e a t belt (C) a n d the retractor (D). 4 - d o o r Is s h o w n ;

2-door is s i m i l a r .
2. R e m o v e the c e n t e r a n c h o r bolts (A), t h e n r e m o v e

t h e right s e a t belt b u c k l e (B), the c e n t e r s e a t belt
b u c k l e (C), a n d the left s e a t belt b u c k l e (D).
A
7/16-20 U N F
32 N-m (3.3 kgf-m, 24 Ibfft)
4 N-m
7. Install the s e a t belt a n d b u c k l e s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
- of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e I t e m s :
3. F o l d the rear s e a t - b a c k d o w n .
A p p l y m e d i u m s t r e n g t h liquid t h r e a d lock to the
4. Pull the c e n t e r s e a t belt out t h r o u g h the slit In t h e
s e a t belt g u i d e .
* 2-door: R e a r s h e l f ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 1 9 )
* 4-door:
- R e a r s e a t s i d e b o l s t e r s , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e
20-225)
- C-pISIar t r i m , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e 20-115)
c e n t e r a n c h o r bolts before reinstallation.

* T i g h t e n t h e bolts b y h a n d first, t h e n tighten to the
specified torque.
C h e c k that.the retractor locking m e c h a n i s m
* A s s e m b l e the w a s h e r o n the c e n t e r a n c h o r bolt
as shown.
B e f o r e installing t h e c e n t e r a n c h o r bolt, m a k e
s u r e t h e r e a r e n o t w i s t s o r kinks in t h e c e n t e r s e a t
belt.
* M a k e s u r e the rear c e n t e r e m e r g e n c y Socking
retractor ( E L R ) is pointing straight f o r w a r d .
C e n t e r anchor bolt installation
CENTER
BOLT
CENTER ANCHOR
( C E N T E R S E A T B E L T r
CENTER SEAT BELT
BUCKLE:
CENTER ANCHOR
(RIGHT S E A T BELT
B U C K L E r L E F T S E A T
BELT BUCKLE)
24-16
ANCHOR
Apply thread lock

to the threads.
TOOTHED
WASHER
LOCK
Inspection
Out of Vehicle
4-door driver's side
F o r front s e a t belt r e t r a c t o r s w i t h s e a t belt t e n s f o n e r s ,

r e v i e w the S R S c o m p o n e n t locations, 2-door (see page
2 4 - 2 1 ) , 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e d o i n g r e p a i r s o r
service.
detractor
1, B e f o r e I n s t a l l i n g t h e retractor, c h e c k that t h e s e a t
belt c a n b e p u l l e d o u t f r e e l y ,
2, M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e s e a t belt d o e s not lock w h e n the
retractor (A) Is l e a n e d s l o w l y u p to 15 f r o m t h e
m o u n t e d p o s i t i o n . T h e s e a t belt s h o u l d lock w h e n
t h e retractor is l e a n e d o v e r 40 * D o not a t t e m p t to
d i s a s s e m b l e the retractor.
2 - d o o r drivers
4-door p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e
11
side
10
(confd)
24-17
Seat Belts
Inspection (cont'd)
Rear
In-vehicle
1. C h e c k t h a t the s e a t belt is not t w i s t e d or c a u g h t on
anything.
2 . After installing t h e a n c h o r s , c h e c k for free
m o v e m e n t on the a n c h o r bolts. If n e c e s s a r y ,
r e m o v e t h e a n c h o r bolts a n d c h e c k that t h e
w a s h e r s a n d o t h e r parts a r e not d a m a g e d or
improperly installed.
3. C h e c k the s e a t belts for d a m a g e or d i s c o l o r a t i o n .
C l e a n w i t h a s h o p t o w e l if n e c e s s a r y . U s e o n l y
s o a p a n d w a t e r to c l e a n the s e a t belts.
N O T E ; Dirt b u i l d - u p in t h e l o o p s of the u p p e r
a n c h o r s c a n c a u s e t h e s e a t belts to retract s l o w l y .
W i p e t h e i n s i d e of the l o o p s w i t h a c l e a n cloth
d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l .
4. C h e c k that the s e a t belt d o e s not lock w h e n p u l l e d
out s l o w l y . T h e s e a t belt is d e s i g n e d to lock o n l y
during a s u d d e n stop or impact.
5. IVlake s u r e that the s e a t belt w i l l retract
automatically w h e n released.
6. F o r e a c h p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt, c h e c k the s e a t belt
3. R e p l a c e the s e a t belt w i t h a n e w a s s e m b l y if t h e r e
retractor locking a u t o m a t i c locking retractor ( A L R )
is a n y a b n o r m a l i t y , Do not d i s a s s e m b l e a n y part of
m e c h a n i s m . T h i s f u n c t i o n is for s e c u r i n g c h i l d
the s e a t belt for a n y r e a s o n .
seats.
-1 Pull the s e a t belt all t h e w a y out to e n g a g e the
A L R . T h e s e a t belt s h o u l d retract, but not
e x t e n d . T h i s is n o r m a l .
-2 T o d i s e n g a g e the A L R , r e l e a s e the s e a t belt a n d
a l l o w it to fully retract, t h e n pull the s e a t belt
out p a r t - w a y . T h e s e a t belt s h o u l d retract a n d
extend normally.
7. R e p l a c e the s e a t belt w i t h a n e w a s s e m b l y if t h e r e
is a n y a b n o r m a l i t y . Do not d i s a s s e m b l e a n y part of
the s e a t belt for a n y r e a s o n .
24-18
SRS
4~Bm
CABLE REEL
DRIVER'S AIRBAG

Disposal, page 24-215
PASSENGER'S AIRBAG
CUTOFF INDICATOR
FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG
ODS UNIT
Initialization, page 24-38
Calibration, page 24-38
Operation Check, page 24-39
OPDS SENSOR/
SEAT-BACK
COVER/PAD
Replacement
page 20-205
FRONT PASSENGER'S
SIDE AIRBAG
Replacement
page 24-208
Disposal,
page 24-215
FRONT PASSENGER'S
SEAT BELT TENSIONER
Replacement
page 24-5
Disposal,
page 24-215
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
(FIRST)
DATA LMK
CONNECTOR <DLC)
Troubleshooting,
page 11-192
WEIGHT SENSORS
SRS UNIT
Update,
page 2 4 - 3 7
Replacement
DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR

Operation, page 24-40
page 2 4 - 2 2 1
DRIVER'S SIDE AIRBAG

Replacement page 2 4 - 2 0 8
Disposal, page 2 4 - 2 1 5
DRIVER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER

LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
(FIRST)
(confd)
24-19
SRS
4-Do@r
REAR SAF1MG SENSOR

24-20
2-Door
CABLE REEL
DRIVER'S AIRBAG
PASSENGER'S ASRBAG
CUTOFF INDICATOR
FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG
ODS UNIT
Initialization, page 24-38
Calibration, page 24-38
Operation Check, page 24-39
OPDS SENSOR/
SEAT-BACK
COVER/PAD
Replacement
page 20-199
FRONT PASSENGER'S
SIDE AIRBAG
Replacement,
page 24-208
Disposal,
page 24-215
FRONT PASSENGER'S
SEAT BELT TENSIONER
Replacement,
page 24-5
Disposal,
page 24-215
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
(FIRST)
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR (DLC)
Troubleshooting
page 11-192
FRONT PASSENGER'S
WEIGHT SENSORS
SRS UNIT
Update,
page 24-37
Replacement
page 24-221
DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR

Operation, page 24-40
LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR

(FIRST)
DRIVER'S SIDE AIRBAG

DRIVER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER

(confd)
24-21
SRS
2-Door
24-22
Precautions a n d Procedures
General Precautions
w h e n t h e battery is d i s c o n n e c t e d . B e f o r e d i s c o n n e c t i n g
t h e battery, refer to B a t t e r y T e r m i n a l D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
Reconnection fsee page 2 2 - 8 9 ) .
Please read the following precautions carefully before
servicing the airbag s y s t e m . O b s e r v e the instructions
d e s c r i b e d in t h i s m a n u a l , o r t h e a i r b a g s c o u l d
accidentally deploy a n d c a u s e d a m a g e or injuries.
* U s e o n l y a digital m u l t i m e t e r to c h e c k the s y s t e m . If It
is not a H o n d a m u l t i m e t e r , m a k e s u r e its output is
10 m A (0.01 A ) or l e s s w h e n s w i t c h e d to t h e - l o w e s t
v a l u e in the o h m m e t e r r a n g e . A t e s t e r w i t h a h i g h e r
output c o u l d c a u s e a c c i d e n t a l d e p l o y m e n t a n d
p o s s i b l e injury.
* D o not put o b j e c t s on t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g .
Steering-Related Precautions
Cable Reel Alignment
* E x c e p t w h e n d o i n g e l e c t r i c a l i n s p e c t i o n s , a l w a y s turn
t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), d i s c o n n e c t t h e
n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery, t h e n watt for
3 m i n u t e s before starting work.
N O T E : T h e S R S m e m o r y is not e r a s e d e v e n if t h e
ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0) or t h e battery
c a b l e s a r e d i s c o n n e c t e d f r o m t h e battery.
* M i s a l i g n m e n t of the c a b l e reel c o u l d c a u s e a n o p e n in
the w i r i n g , making the S R S s y s t e m , remote steering
w h e e l c o n t r o l s , or t h e h o r n i n o p e r a t i v e . C e n t e r t h e
c a b l e reel w h e n e v e r y o u d o t h e f o l l o w i n g ( s e e s t e p 6
o n p a g e 24-220).
- Installation of t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l
- Installation of t h e c a b l e , reel
- Installation of t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n
* U s e r e p l a c e m e n t p a r t s w h i c h a r e m a n u f a c t u r e d to t h e
s a m e s t a n d a r d s a n d quality a s t h e original p a r t s . D o
not install u s e d S R S p a r t s . U s e o n l y n e w parts w h e n
making S R S repairs.
* C a r e f u l l y i n s p e c t a n y S R S part b e f o r e y o u install it.
D o not install a n y part t h a t s h o w s s i g n s of b e i n g
d r o p p e d or i m p r o p e r l y h a n d l e d , s u c h a s d e n t s , c r a c k s
or d e f o r m a t i o n .
. - O t h e r s t e e r i n g - r e l a t e d a d j u s t m e n t o r installation
* D o not d i s a s s e m b l e t h e c a b l e r e e l .
* D o not a p p l y g r e a s e to t h e c a b l e reek
* If t h e c a b l e reel s h o w s a n y s i g n s of d a m a g e , r e p l a c e
it w i t h a n e w o n e . F o r e x a m p l e , if t h e c a b l e reel d o e s
not rotate s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e i t
* B e f o r e d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e S R S unit c o n n e c t o r s ,
a l w a y s d i s c o n n e c t the appropriate S R S parts
connectors.
(confd)
24-23
SRS
Precautions and Procedures (cont'd)
Airbag Handling and Storage
* Never do electrical tests on the airbags, s u c h a s

measuring resistance.
Do not d i s a s s e m b l e a n a i r b a g . ft h a s no s e r v i c e a b l e
parts. O n c e a n a i r b a g h a s b e e n d e p l o y e d , it c a n n o t b e
r e p a i r e d or r e u s e d .
* Do not p o s i t i o n y o u r s e l f In front of the a i r b a g d u r i n g

r e m o v a l , I n s p e c t i o n , or r e p l a c e m e n t
F o r t e m p o r a r y s t o r a g e of a n a i r b a g d u r i n g s e r v i c e ,
observe the following precautions.
* Store the r e m o v e d airbag with the pad surface up.
N e v e r put a n y t h i n g o n t h e a i r b a g .
F o r p r o p e r d i s p o s a l of a d a m a g e d a i r b a g , refer to
a i r b a g d i s p o s a l ( s e e p a g e 24-215).
* T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e a i r b a g , k e e p it a w a y f r o m
a n y oil, g r e a s e , d e t e r g e n t , or w a t e r .
* T h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g m o d u l e a s s e m b l y is a l o n g ,
jointed part c o n t a i n i n g a n Inflator (A), a flexible b a g
(B), a n d b r a c k e t s (C). W h e n r e m o v i n g or installing t h e
side curtain airbag a s s e m b l y , never:
- H a n d l e t h e f l e x i b l e b a g (B).
- D r o p the a i r b a g a s s e m b l y .
- C u t , t e a r , or u n w r a p t h e t a p e s t r i p s .
4-Dor
* S t o r e t h e r e m o v e d a i r b a g o n a s e c u r e , flat s u r f a c e
a w a y f r o m a n y high heat s o u r c e ( e x c e e d i n g 200 F/
9 3 C).
24-24
SRS U n i t Front and Side impact Sensors,

Rear Safing Sensor, Drlwer's Seat Position
Sensor, arid Front Passenger's Weight
Sensors
w h e n t h e battery is d i s c o n n e c t e d . B e f o r e d i s c o n n e c t i n g
t h e battery, refer to B a t t e r y T e r m i n a l D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
* After a c o l l i s i o n w h e r e the front a i r b a g , t h e s i d e

a i r b a g s , t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s , or the s e a t belt
t e n s i o n e r d e p l o y e d , g o to C o m p o n e n t R e p l a c e m e n t /
I n s p e c t i o n after D e p l o y m e n t ( s e e p a g e 24-202). After
a c o l l i s i o n a i r b a g s did not d e p l o y , i n s p e c t for a n y
d a m a g e or a n y d e f o r m a t i o n on t h e S R S unit, t h e front
i m p a c t s e n s o r s , t h e r e a r s a f i n g s e n s o r , a n d the s i d e
i m p a c t s e n s o r s . R e p l a c e all d a m a g e d parts.
R e c o n n e c t i o n f s e e p a g e 22-89).
* T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), d i s c o n n e c t t h e
n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery, t h e n w a i t for 3
m i n u t e s b e f o r e s t a r t i n g installation o r r e p l a c e m e n t of
t h e S R S unit o r d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e c o n n e c t o r s f r o m
t h e S R S unit.
* B e c a r e f u l not to b u m p or i m p a c t t h e S R S unit, t h e
front i m p a c t s e n s o r s , t h e s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r s , or the
r e a r s a f i n g s e n s o r w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is in O N
III), o r for at l e a s t s m i n u t e s after t h e ignition s w i t c h is
t u r n e d to L O C K (0).
* D u r i n g installation o r r e p l a c e m e n t , b e c a r e f u l not to
b u m p (by i m p a c t w r e n c h , h a m m e r , etc.) the a r e a
a r o u n d t h e S R S unit, the front i m p a c t s e n s o r s , t h e
side impact s e n s o r s , or the rear safing sensor. T h e
airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage
or i n j u r y .
* Do not d i s a s s e m b l e t h e S R S unit, t h e front I m p a c t

s e n s o r s , the s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r s , t h e rear s a f i n g
s e n s o r , d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r or t h e front
passenger's weight sensors,
* A l w a y install t h e S R S unit, a n d all i m p a c t s e n s o r s a n d
t h e r e a r s a f i n g s e n s o r s e c u r e l y w i t h n e w T O R X bolts
t o r q u e d t o 9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft).
* Do not spill w a t e r or oil o n t h e S R S unit or a n y of t h e
sensors.
(confd)
24-25
SRS
Precautions and Procedures (cont'd!
Wiring Precautions
Precautions for Electrical Inspections
S o m e of the S R S w i r i n g c a n be identified by a s p e c i a l
* W h e n u s i n g - e l e c t r i c a l test e q u i p m e n t , Insert t h e
y e l l o w - o u t e r c o v e r i n g a n d the S R S c o n n e c t o r s c a n be
p r o b e of t h e t e s t e r Into the w i r e s i d e of the c o n n e c t o r
Identified by t h e i r y e l l o w c o l o r . O b s e r v e the f o l l o w i n g
( e x c e p t w a t e r proof c o n n e c t o r ) . Do not Insert the
Instructions.
p r o b e of the t e s t e r Into- the t e r m i n a l s i d e of t h e

c o n n e c t o r , a n d d o not t a m p e r w i t h the c o n n e c t o r . .
* N e v e r a t t e m p t to m o d i f y , s p l i c e , or repair S R S w i r i n g .
If t h e r e Is a n o p e n or d a m a g e to the S R S w i r i n g ,
replace the h a r n e s s .
B e s u r e to install the h a r n e s s w i r e s s o t h e y d o not get

p i n c h e d or Interfere w i t h other p a r t s .
M a k e s u r e all S R S g r o u n d l o c a t i o n s a r e c l e a n , a n d
* U s e a b a c k p r o b e a d a p t o r 0 7 T A Z - 0 0 1 0 2 0 A . Do not
insert the p r o b e forcibly.
* U s e s p e c i f i e d s e r v i c e c o n n e c t o r s in t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
t h e g r o u n d s a r e s e c u r e l y f a s t e n e d for o p t i m u m
U s i n g i m p r o p e r t o o l s c o u l d c a u s e a d i a g n o s t i c error
metal-to-metal c o n t a c t . P o o r g r o u n d s c a n c a u s e
d u e to poor metal-to-metal c o n t a c t .
Intermittent p r o b l e m s that a r e difficult to d i a g n o s e .

* Do not u s e a n y s i l i c o n e b a s e d c l e a n e r s or l u b r i c a n t s
o n a n y S R S c o n n e c t o r s or t e r m i n a l s .
24-26
S R S Unit Connectors
Water Proof Connectors for S R S System
W h e n d i a g n o s i n g or t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g at a n S R S unit
c o n n e c t o r (A), u s e t h e t e r m i n a l t e s t port (6) b e l o w t h e
t e r m i n a l ( C ) y o u n e e d to c h e c k . G e n t l y insert t h e pin
p r o b e s of t h e t e s t e r o r J u m p e r w i r e at t h e t e r m i n a l t e s t
port f r o m t h e t e r m i n a l s i d e .
W h e n d i a g n o s i s / t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is d o n e at t h e w a t e r
proof c o n n e c t o r (A), u s e t h e t e r m i n a l t e s t port (B) a b o v e
the t e r m i n a l (C) y o u n e e d to c h e c k . G e n t l y c o n t a c t t h e
pin p r o b e of t h e t e s t e r or j u m p e r w i r e at t h e t e r m i n a l
t e s t port f r o m t h e t e r m i n a l s i d e .
NOTE:
* D o not i n s e r t t h e pin p r o b e s of t h e t e s t e r or j u m p e r
w i r e a t t h e t e r m i n a l port a n d S R S s h o r t c a n c e l l e r
t e r m i n a l port (D).
* T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s , d o
not i n s e r t t h e t e s t e q u i p m e n t p r o b e s , p a p e r c l i p s , or
other substitutes a s they c a n d a m a g e the terminals.
D a m a g e d t e r m i n a l s c a u s e a poor connection a n d an
incorrect m e a s u r e m e n t
NOTE:
* Do not i n s e r t t h e pin p r o b e s of t h e t e s t e r or a j u m p e r
w i r e at t h e t e r m i n a l port.
* T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s , d o
not i n s e r t t h e t e s t e q u i p m e n t p r o b e s , p a p e r c l i p s , or
other substitutes a s they c a n d a m a g e the terminals.
D a m a g e d terminals c a u s e a poor connection and an
incorrect m e a s u r e m e n t .
(confd)
24-27
SRS
Lever-Locked Connector
T h e S R S unit c o n n e c t o r s h a v e a l e v e r lock.
S R S Unit Connectors
Disconnecting
T o r e l e a s e the lock, pull t h e Sever {A} w h i l e p u s h i n g the
lock (B) on the o u t s i d e of the c o n n e c t o r , t h e n pull out
t h e c o n n e c t o r (C).
24-28
Connecting
T o r e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r , p u s h In o n the c o n n e c t o r
s l e e v e (D). A s the c o n n e c t o r Is p r e s s e d In, the l e v e r (A)
' m o v e s to the l o c k e d p o s i t i o n .
Spring-Loaded Lock Connector
S i d e Airbag Connector
S o m e S R S s y s t e m connectors have a spring-loaded

lock,
T o r e l e a s e t h e lock, pull the s p r i n g - l o a d e d s l e e v e (A)
Disconnecting
t o w a r d t h e s t o p (B) w h i l e h o l d i n g the o p p o s i t e half of
Front Airbag Connectors
the c o n n e c t o r . T h e n p u l l the c o n n e c t o r h a l v e s apart. B e

s u r e to pull o n the s l e e v e a n d not o n the c o n n e c t o r half.
Disconnecting
T o r e l e a s e t h e lock, pull the s p r i n g - l o a d e d s l e e v e (A)
t o w a r d t h e s t o p IB) w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e o p p o s i t e half of
the c o n n e c t o r . T h e n pulf t h e c o n n e c t o r h a l v e s apart. B e
s u r e to pull o n t h e s l e e v e a n d not o n t h e c o n n e c t o r .
C o n n e c t s rig
H o l d both c o n n e c t o r h a l v e s , a n d p r e s s t h e m f i r m l y
t o g e t h e r until t h e projection (C) of t h e s l e e v e - s i d e
connector clicks.
Connecting
T o reconnect, hold the pawl-side connector, a n d p r e s s
o n the b a c k of t h e s l e e v e - s i d e c o n n e c t o r in the d i r e c t i o n
s h o w n . A s the two connector halves are p r e s s e d
t o g e t h e r , t h e s l e e v e (A) is p u s h e d b a c k b y the p a w l (C).
D o not t o u c h t h e s l e e v e .
(confd)
24-29
SRS
Opening the S R S Unit Shorting Connectors
for Diagnosis
T e r m i n a l n u m b e r s a r e s h o w n f r o m t h e w i r e s i d e of t h e
f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s . Insert t h e s h o r t c a n e e l f e r f s ) into t h e
c a v i t i e s on t h e t e r m i n a l s i d e of t h e c o n n e c t o r . ,

S R S short canceller 0 7 0 A Z - S A A 0 1 0 0
S R S UNIT C O N N E C T O R A (39P)
NOTE:
7IF1
* T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e c o n n e c t o r c a v i t y , i n s e r t
s h o r t c a n c e l l e r straight into t h e c a v i t y f r o m the
\ ie\i7 lp A
/ /
terminal side.
* B e f o r e installing a s h o r t c a n c e l l e r , w a s h it w i t h
2 2 7 28 2i
u
20 /
/. / J /
38 39
e l e c t r i c a l c o n t a c t c l e a n e r , t h e n d r y it w i t h
c o m p r e s s e d air.
* D o not u s e a s h o r t c a n c e l l e r if it is d a m a g e d .
Insert short caneelferfs) here.
* IVlake s u r e to r e m o v e t h e s h o r t c a n c e l l e r before
reconnection.
* S o m e s y s t e m s s t o r e d a t a in m e m o r y that is lost w h e n
t h e battery i s d i s c o n n e c t e d . B e f o r e d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e
battery, refer to Battery T e r m i n a l D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
Reconnection (see page 22-89).
S R S U N I T C O N N E C T O R B (39P)
W h e n S R S unit c o n n e c t o r s A (39P) or B (33P) a r e
Lf
d i s c o n n e c t e d , a s h o r t circuit is a u t o m a t i c a l l y c r e a t e d in
1 \7
t h e c o n n e c t o r b y its o w n f u n c t i o n to p r e v e n t a i r b a g
d e p l o y m e n t . T h e circuit m a y n e e d to be o p e n
s o m e t i m e s w h e n d i a g n o s i n g t h e s y s t e m . Insert a s h o r t
c a n c e l l e r ( 0 7 0 A Z - S A A 0 1 0 0 ) in t h e s p e c i f i e d c a v i t i e s
12
(26) (27)
J ,
/
1^
A /
11
aj
4r
w h e n n e c e s s a r y to k e e p the c i r c u i t o p e n for d i a g n o s i s .
S R S UNIT
Insert short c a n c e l l e r ( s ) here.

Terminal side of
female terminals
S R S Short
C070AZ-SAA010@)
24-30
25
38 39
Seats with Sid Airbags

S e a t s w i t h s i d e a i r b a g s h a v e a " S I D E A I R B A G " label on
the seat-back.
Disconnecting System Connectors

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t the
negative c a b l e f r o m the battery, t h e n w a i t at least 3
minutes.
Driver's Airbag
2. R e m o v e the a c c e s s panel (A) f r o m the s t e e r i n g
w h e e l , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g 4P
c o n n e c t o r (B) f r o m the c a b l e reel.
* C l e a n the s e a t s w i t h a d a m p cloth. Do not s o a k the

s e a t s with liquid. D o not s p r a y s t e a m o n the s e a t s .
* D o not repair a torn or f r a y e d s e a t - b a c k c o v e r .
R e p l a c e the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r if it is d a m a g e d .
* If the side airbag w a s deployed In a c o l l i s i o n , refer to
C o m p o n e n t R e p l a c e m e n t / I n s p e c t i o n After
D e p l o y m e n t ( s e e p a g e 24-202).,
N e v e r put a f t e r m a r k e t a c c e s s o r i e s o n the s e a t s
( c o v e r s , p a d s , s e a t h e a t e r s , lights, etc.).
(confd)
24-31
SRS
Front Passenger's Airbag
3 . . D i s c o n n e c t the g l o v e b o x d a m p e r a n d r e l e a s e t h e
g l o v e box s t o p o n e a c h s i d e f r o m the d a s h b o a r d b y
pushing them Inside (see page 20-161), then
24-32
Side Airbag
4. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s a n d front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e
a i r b a g 2 P c o n n e c t o r s (A) f r o m the S R S floor w i r e
harness.
Seat B e l t Tensioner
7. R e m o v e t h e B-pillar l o w e r t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-107),
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t both S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4P
c o n n e c t o r s (A) f r o m t h e s e a t belt tensioners.
S R S Unit
8, R e m o v e t h e a u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r (with n a v i g a t i o n )
( s e e p a g e 23-113)- or c e n t e r pocket (without
navigation) (see page 20-155), then-disconnect S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r s A a n d B f r o m t h e S R S unit.
24-33
SRS
DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Codes)
Precautions
T h e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function of t h e S R S s y s t e m a l l o w s it
* U s e o n l y a digital m u l t i m e t e r to c h e c k the s y s t e m .
to locate t h e c a u s e s of s y s t e m p r o b l e m s a n d s t o r e t h i s
M a k e s u r e Its output is 10 m A (0.01 A ) or l e s s w h e n
information In m e m o r y . F o r e a s i e r t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , t h i s
s w i t c h e d to t h e s m a l l e s t v a l u e in -the o h m m e t e r r a n g e .
data c a n be retrieved v i a a data link c i r c u i t
A t e s t e r w i t h a h i g h e r output c o u l d d a m a g e the
* W h e n y o u turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), the S R S
a n d p o s s i b l e Injury.
a i r b a g circuit or c a u s e a c c i d e n t a l a i r b a g d e p l o y m e n t
indicator s h o u l d c o m e o n . If It g o e s off after 6
s e c o n d s , the s y s t e m Is n o r m a l , a n d Is not c u r r e n t l y
* W h e n e v e r the ignition s w i t c h Is In O N (SI), or h a s b e e n
detecting a n y a b n o r m a l i t y .
t u r n e d to L O C K (0) for l e s s t h a n 3 m i n u t e s , be c a r e f u l
* If t h e r e Is a n a b n o r m a l i t y , the s y s t e m l o c a t e s a n d
a c c i d e n t a l l y d e p l o y a n d c a u s e d a m a g e or Injuries.
not to b u m p the S R S unit; t h e a i r b a g s c o u l d

d e f i n e s the p r o b l e m , s t o r e s t h i s information In
m e m o r y , a n d t u r n s o n the S R S Indicator. T h e data
* B e f o r e r e m o v i n g t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s or S R S
r e m a i n s in m e m o r y e v e n If t h e Ignition s w i t c h Is
floor w i r e h a r n e s s , d i s c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g
t u r n e d to L O C K (0) or t h e battery Is d i s c o n n e c t e d .
c o n n e c t o r , the front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g c o n n e c t o r ,

both s i d e a i r b a g c o n n e c t o r s , both s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g
* T h e data Is s t o r e d In m e m o r y a s a d i a g n o s t i c trouble
c o n n e c t o r s , a n d both s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r c o n n e c t o r s .
code (DTC).
* M a k e s u r e the battery is fully c h a r g e d . If the battery is
* D T C s a r e either latching o r resetting d e p e n d i n g o n
t h e malfunction.. W i t h resetting D T C s , the S R S
d e a d or low, electrical m e a s u r e m e n t s v a l u e s m a y not

be c o r r e c t .
Indicator g o e s off the n e x t t i m e the Ignition s w i t c h is

t u r n e d to O N (IS) a n d t h e system- Is n o r m a l , but the
* Do not t o u c h a t e s t e r p r o b e to the t e r m i n a l s in the
D T C Is still s t o r e d . W i t h latching D T C s , t h e S R S
S R S unit or h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r s , a n d do not c o n n e c t
Indicator d o e s not turn O F F until the m a l f u n c t i o n Is
the S R S unit t e r m i n a l s or t h e s e n s o r t e r m i n a l s w i t h a
r e p a i r e d a n d the D T C is c l e a r e d .
j u m p e r w i r e . U s e o n l y the b a c k p r o b e s e t a n d t h e
m u l t i m e t e r . B a c k p r o b e s p r i n g - l o a d e d lock t y p e
* W h e n y o u c o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e 1 6 P d a t a link
c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) , y o u c a n retrieve a m o r e detailed
D T C in the H D S " S R S " m e n u .
N O T E ; O n l y r e a d D T C s f r o m the S R S m e n u , not f r o m
S W S m e n u s u n l e s s I n s t r u c t e d to c h e c k S W S D T C s .
S W S ( O D S unit) D T C s a r e s u b c o d e s of S R S unit D T C s .
Only troubleshoot the c o r r e s p o n d i n g S R S D T C s .
After r e a d i n g a n d r e c o r d i n g t h e D T C , p r o c e e d w i t h
the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e for that c o d e .
24-34
connectors correctly.
Reading the DTC

1. M a k e s u r e t h e ignition s w i t c h is in L O C K (0).
Clear the DTC Memory With the HDS

N O T E : M a k e s u r e t h e battery is fully c h a r g e d b e f o r e
you begin.
2. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
(A).
1. M a k e s u r e t h e ignition s w i t c h is in L O C K (0).
(A).
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to ON (II),
a n d t h e S R S unit. If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
5. U s e t h e H D S to c h e c k f o r S R S D T C s .
a n d t h e S R S u n i t If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
6. R e a d a n d r e c o r d t h e D T C .
5. in t h e S R S M E N U of t h e H D S , s e l e c t S R S , t h e n D T C
N O T E : O n l y r e a d D T C s f r o m t h e S R S m e n u , not
from S W S m e n u s u n l e s s instructed to c h e c k S W S
D T C s . S W S ( O D S unit) D T C s a r e s u b c o d e s of S R S
unit D T C s . O n l y t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g
S R S DTCs.
to c l e a r D T C ( s ) .
6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t f o r
10 s e c o n d s .
7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) , t h e n w a i t for
10 seconds,
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S f r o m t h e D L C .
9. D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e for t h e D T C .
(confd)
24-35
SRS
Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures
Checking Seat Weight Sensors After a

Vehicle Collision
Sf t h e r e w a s a m a l f u n c t i o n that s e t s a D T C , but it d o e s
not r e c u r , it will be s t o r e d in the m e m o r y a s a n
intermittent failure, a n d the S R S indicator m a y c o m e on
d e p e n d i n g on the m a l f u n c t i o n d e t e c t e d .
1. Position the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t to the rear m o s t

p o s i t i o n , a d j u s t t h e s e a t - b a c k to the f o r w a r d m o s t
p o s i t i o n . Do not m o v e t h e s e a t f r o m t h i s p o s i t i o n .
NOTE:
2. Drive t h e v e h i c l e , a c c e l e r a t e to 20 m p h (36 k m / h ) ,
* C h e c k the condition of the battery f s e e p a g e 22-88),
t h e n s t o p o n level g r o u n d .
a n d the c h a r g i n g s y s t e m f s e e p a g e 4-27). L o w battery

v o l t a g e m a y c a u s e s o m e intermittent f a i l u r e s .
3. M a k e s u r e the ignition s w i t c h is in L O C K (0).
* A faulty c a b l e reef c a n c a u s e intermittent c o n n e c t i o n s

related to the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g inflator D T C s .

(A).
After c h e c k i n g the D T C , t r o u b l e s h o o t a s f o l l o w s :
1. R e a d the D T C ( s e e R e a d i n g the D T C ) .
2. C l e a r the D T C m e m o r y f s e e C l e a r the D T C M e m o r y ) .
3. S e t the parking b r a k e , t h e n start the e n g i n e , a n d let
it idle. '
4. T h e S R S indicator c o m e s on for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
a n d then g o e s off.
5. S h a k e the related w i r e h a r n e s s e s a n d the
c o n n e c t o r s , a n d look for l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s , poor
pinfits, a n d p o o r g r o u n d s .
6. T a k e a t e s t - d r i v e (quick a c c e l e r a t i o n , q u i c k b r a k i n g ,
a n d c o r n e r i n g ) , turn the s t e e r i n g w h e e l fully left
a n d right, a n d hold It t h e r e for 5 to 10 s e c o n d s . If
the p r o b l e m r e c u r s , t h e S R S indicator will c o m e o n .
7. If y o u c a n n o t d u p l i c a t e the c o n c e r n , a s k the
c u s t o m e r a b o u t t h e c o n d i t i o n s w h e n it o c c u r r e d , or
a s k the c u s t o m e r to d e m o n s t r a t e the c o n c e r n .
8. If y o u c a n n o t d u p l i c a t e t h e intermittent failure, the
s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e .
24-36

a n d the S R S u n i t If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
7. F r o m the S R S i n s p e c t i o n m e n u , s e l e c t S e a t W e i g h t
S e n s o r , t h e n M i s c test, t h e n S E A T O U T P U T C H K
a n d f o l l o w the p r o m p t s until the O D S o p e r a t i o n
check has been completed.
SRS Unit Update

S p e c i a l Tools R e q u i r e d
* H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m ( H D S ) tablet tester
* H o n d a interface m o d u l e ( H I M ) a n d a n IN w o r k s t a t i o n
w i t h H D S a n d CM u p d a t e s o f t w a r e
4. S e l e c t the u p d a t e p r o g r a m , a n d f o l l o w t h e s c r e e n
p r o m p t s to update the S R S unit.
* G N A 6 0 0 a n d a n IN w o r k s t a t i o n w i t h H D S a n d the..
5. If the s o f t w a r e in the S R S unit is the latest,

d i s c o n n e c t the H D S / H I M f r o m the D L C , a n d go back
latest s o f t w a r e
to the p r o c e d u r e that y o u w e r e d o i n g . If the

.Any o n e of the u p d a t e t o o l s a b o v e will w o r k .
s o f t w a r e in the S R S unit Is not the latest, f o l l o w the

i n s t r u c t i o n s o n the s c r e e n .
NOTE:
* U s e t h i s p r o c e d u r e a n y t i m e y o u n e e d to update t h e
N O T E : If y o u run Into a p r o b l e m d u r i n g the u p d a t e

p r o c e d u r e ( p r o g r a m m i n g t a k e s o v e r 15 m i n u t e s ,
S R S unit.
* M a k e s u r e t h e H D S / H I M h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e
s t a t u s bar g o e s o v e r 100 % , D or I m m o b i l i z e r light

f l a s h e s , H D S tablet f r e e z e s , e t c ) , f o l l o w t h e s e s t e p s
version.
* B e f o r e y o u u p d a t e the S R S unit, m a k e s u r e t h e
to m i n i m i z e the c h a n c e of d a m a g i n g t h e S R S u n i t :
battery in t h e v e h i c l e Is fully c h a r g e d ,
* N e v e r t u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO) or A C C (I)
d u r i n g t h e u p d a t e , If t h e r e is a p r o b l e m w i t h the
u p d a t e , l e a v e t h e ignition s w i t c h in O N III).
* T o p r e v e n t S R S unit d a m a g e , d o not o p e r a t e
* L e a v e t h e ignition s w i t c h in the O N (II) p o s i t i o n .

* C o n n e c t a j u m p e r battery (do not c o n n e c t a
battery c h a r g e r ) .
* S h u t d o w n the H D S .
anything electrical (headlights, audio s y s t e m , brakes,
* D i s c o n n e c t the H D S from, the D L C .
A / C p o w e r w i n d o w s , m o o n r o o f (if e q u i p p e d ) , d o o r
* R e b o o t the H D S .
l o c k s , etc.) d u r i n g t h e u p d a t e ,
* R e c o n n e c t t h e H D S to the D L C , a n d try t h e
* T o e n s u r e t h e latest p r o g r a m is i n s t a l l e d , d o a n S R S
update procedure again.
unit u p d a t e w h e n e v e r t h e S R S unit is r e p l a c e d .
* Y o u c a n n o t u p d a t e a n S R S unit w i t h a p r o g r a m it
6. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to LOCK. (0).
a l r e a d y h a s . It w i l l o n l y a c c e p t a n e w p r o g r a m ,
If y o u n e e d to d i a g n o s e t h e HIM b e c a u s e t h e H I M ' s
red ( # 3 ) light c a m e o n or w a s f l a s h e d d u r i n g the

u p d a t e , l e a v e t h e ignition s w i t c h in the O N (II)
position w h e n y o u d i s c o n n e c t the H I M f r o m t h e d a t a
link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) , T h i s will p r e v e n t S R S unit
damage.
1. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C (A).
2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to ON (II), but d o not start

the engine,
24-37
SRS
ODS Unit Calibration
ODS Unit initialization

After a s e a t - b a c k c o v e r , s e a t - b a c k c u s h i o n , a n d / o r O D S
W h e n y o u r e p l a c e the S R S unit, front p a s s e n g e r ' s
unit is r e p l a c e d , initialize the O D S unit by d o i n g t h i s
w e i g h t s e n s o r s , or the O D S unit, c a l i b r a t e t h e O D S unit.
procedure.
W h i l e c a l i b r a t i n g the O D S unit, o b s e r v e t h e s e
N O T E : A n e w (uninitialized) O D S unit I n s t a l l e d w i t h a
precautions:
faulty O P D S s e n s o r c a n c a u s e D T C 85-71 a n d D T C
1. C l e a r the D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
* M a k e s u r e all c o m p o n e n t s of the front p a s s e n g e r ' s

seat are correctly Installed.
* M a k e s u r e n o t h i n g Is o n or u n d e r the front p a s s e n g e r ' s
seat.
2. M a k e s u r e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t Is dry, S e t t h e
* M a k e s u r e t h e r e is n o t h i n g in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
s e a t - b a c k pocket.
85-78.
s e a t - b a c k in a n o r m a l p o s i t i o n , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e r e
* K e e p the w i n d o w s a n d t h e m o o n r o o f c l o s e d .
is nothing on the s e a t .
* Do all c a l i b r a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s , e x c e p t t e s t - d r i v i n g , In
the service bay.
3. M a k e s u r e the Ignition s w i t c h is In L O C K (0).
* M a k e s u r e the v e h i c l e is o n level g r o u n d .
* K e e p the A / C a n d the h e a t e r off.
4. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
* D o not t o u c h the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t until y o u a r e

p r o m p t e d to or w h e n y o u h a v e c o m p l e t e d the .
calibration.
(A).
* Do not e x p o s e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t to s u d d e n

temperature changes.
1. P o s i t i o n the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t to t h e r e a r m o s t
p o s i t i o n , a n d a d j u s t t h e s e a t - b a c k to t h e m o s t
f o r w a r d p o s i t i o n . Do not m o v e t h e s e a t f r o m t h i s
position.
C o n n e c t the H D S to the data Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
(A).

7. F r o m the H D S M a i n M e n u , s e l e c t S R S , t h e n S R S ,
t h e n C a l i b r a t i o n . In t h e C a l i b r a t i o n M e n u , s e l e c t
O D S U N I T I N I T I A L I Z A T I O N . F o l l o w the s c r e e n
p r o m p t s to Initialize t h e O D S unit.
- a n d the S R S
u n i t .
If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
8. - T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
4. Drive t h e v e h i c l e , a n d a c c e l e r a t e to 20 m p h
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S f r o m t h e D L C .
(36 k m / h ) , t h e n s t o p on level g r o u n d .
N O T E : Sf t h e O D S unit f a i l s to Initialize after s e v e r a l
attempts, replace the O P D S sensor/seat-back and
retry. If t h e O D S unit c o n t i n u e s to
fail
to Initialize,
r e p l a c e the O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-230).
5. F r o m the M a i n M e n u , s e l e c t S R S , t h e n C a l i b r a t i o n ,
then MIsc Test, then select S W S INITIALIZATION,
a n d f o l l o w the p r o m p t s until t h e c a l i b r a t i o n Is
complete.
24-38
ODS Unit Operation Check

C h e c k t h e O D S o p e r a t i o n after a n y of t h e s e a c t i o n s :
* R e p l a c e m e n t of front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t c o m p o n e n t ! s )
( e x c e p t O D S unit a n d / o r w e i g h t s e n s o r s )
* S R S unit r e p l a c e m e n t
Pre-Operation Cheek Set-up
* IVlake s u r e all t h e c o m p o n e n t s of t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
seat are correctly installed.
* P o s i t i o n t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t to t h e r e a r m o s t
p o s i t i o n . A d j u s t t h e s e a t - b a c k to the f o r w a r d m o s t
p o s i t i o n . Do not m o v e t h e s e a t f r o m this position.
* IVlake s u r e n o t h i n g is o n or u n d e r t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
seat.
* M a k e s u r e t h e r e is nothing in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s
s e a t - b a c k pocket.
* K e e p the w i n d o w s a n d the moonroof closed.
* D o all c a l i b r a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s , e x c e p t t e s t - d r i v i n g , in
the service bay.
* IVlake s u r e t h e v e h i c l e is o n level g r o u n d .
* T u r n t h e h e a t e r a n d the A / C off.
* D o not t o u c h the p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t d u r i n g t h e
calibration.
* Do not e x p o s e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t to s u d d e n
temperature changes.
* IVlake s u r e all a f t e r m a r k e t d e v i c e s s u c h a s a m p l i f i e r s ,
f l u o r e s c e n t light, air purifiers, C B or H A M r a d i o s , etc.
a r e t u r n e d off.
After R e p l a c i n g F r o n t P a s s e n g e r ' s S e a t C o m p o n e r r t f s !
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r - ( D L C )
(A).
A
a n d the S R S u n i t If It d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
3. D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e , a c c e l e r a t e to 20 m p h (36 k m / h ) ,
t h e n s t o p o n level g r o u n d .
4. F r o m t h e H D S M a i n M e n u , s e l e c t S R S , t h e n
I n s p e c t i o n . In the H D S I n s p e c t i o n M e n u , s e l e c t
S E A T O U T P U T C H K a n d follow the p r o m p t s until
the O D S o p e r a t i o n c h e c k Is c o m p l e t e .
2439
SRS
Driver's Seat Position Sensor Ope
Check
C h e e k the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r after a n y of
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N ( I I ) .
these actions:
D r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r r e p l a c e m e n t
* C o v e r plate (front s i d e of d r i v e r ' s s e a t s l i d e rail)
replacement
1. IVlake s u r e the d r i v e r ' s s e a t Is at its full f o r w a r d
position.
a n d the S R S unit. If i t d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192). 6. F r o m the H D S M a i n M e n u , s e l e c t S R S , t h e n
Parameter Information, then Buckle S w i t c h , S e a t
Position S e n s o r .
2. M a k e s u r e the Ignition s w i t c h Is in L O C K (0).

7. U s i n g a p i e c e of t a p e (A), m a r k the location o n t h e
(A).
s e a t ' s outer c o v e r (B) w h e r e the front riser c o v e r

' m e e t s the s e a t riser (C). T h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t position
s e n s o r s h o u l d read N E A R .
8. M o v e the s e a t back in s m a l l I n c r e m e n t s (about

0.2 In., 5 m m ) until the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r
r e a d s N O T N E A R . T h e s e a t s h o u l d be a b o u t 25 m m
(1 in.) f r o m the front.
N O T E : It t a k e s a f e w s e c o n d s for the H D S to d i s p l a y
c h a n g e s , s o wast for a b o u t 5 s e c o n d s b e t w e e n e a c h
move.
If the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r data d o e s not
w o r k a s d e s c r i b e d a b o v e , c h e c k the d r i v e r ' s s e a t
position s e n s o r or the c o v e r plate for d a m a g e , a n d
r e p l a c e parts a s n e e d e d .
9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d
d i s c o n n e c t the H D S f r o m t h e D L C .
24-40

S R S Unit D T C
11-1x"
11-11 .
11 -3x
11 -8x
11 -9x
11-4x"
11-41
Notes
( s e e p a g e 24-61)
( s e e p a g e 24-63)
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e o r d e c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e In t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g
first inflator
S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g first inflator .
( s e e p a g e 24-66)
S h o r t to g r o u n d in the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g first -inflator

O p e n in t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g s e c o n d inflator
S h o r t to a n o t h e r a i r b a g inflator in t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g s e c o n d Inflator
11 - e x
(4-door)
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e o r d e c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e in t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g
11-Ax
s e c o n d inflator
S h o r t to p o w e r in the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g s e c o n d inflator
11.-Bx
12-lx'
12-11
12-3x
12-8x
12-9x
12-4x*
12-41
12-Sx
12-Ax
12-Bx
#
21-1x
21-11
21-3x
21-8x
21-9x
22-1 x*
22-11
22-3x
22-8x
22-9x
NOTE:
Detection Item
O p e n in t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g first inflator
S h o r t to a n o t h e r a i r b a g inflator in t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g first Inflator
14-door)
S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g s e c o n d inflator
O p e n in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g first inflator
S h o r t to a n o t h e r a i r b a g inflator in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g first
Inflator {4-door}
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e o r d e c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
a i r b a g first inflator
S h o r t to p o w e r In t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g first Inflator
S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g first Inflator
O p e n In t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g s e c o n d inflator
S h o r t to a n o t h e r a i r b a g inflator in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g second..
inflator (4-door)
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e o r d e c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
a i r b a g s e c o n d inflator
S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g s e c o n d inflator
S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g s e c o n d Inflator
O p e n in t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e in t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r (4-door)
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e o r d e c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e in t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt
tensioner
S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
O p e n in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
(4-door)
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e or d e c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e in t h e f r o n t . p a s s e n g e r ' s
s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
( s e e p a g e 24-68)
.(see p a g e 24-70)
( s e e p a g e 24-61)
( s e e p a g e 24-65)
( s e e p a g e 24-66)
(see
(see
-.(see
(see
page
page
page
page
24-68)
24-70)
24-72)
24-73)
( s e e p a g e 24-76)
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
24-78)
24-79)
24-72)
24-74)
( s e e p a g e 24-76)
. (see page
(see page
(see page
(see page
(see page
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
24-78)
24-79)
24-81)
24-82)
24-83)
24-85)
24-86)
24-88)
24-89)
( s e e p a g e 24-90)
( s e e p a g e 24-92)
( s e e p a g e 24-93)
T h e " x " at t h e e n d of e a c h D T C d e n o t e s a n u m e r i c c h a r a c t e r (0 t h r u 9 ) , o r I t e m s w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) (0, 2 thru

9), or a n a l p h a c h a r a c t e r (A t h r u F) that y o u will s e e o n t h e H D S d i s p l a y . T h e c h a r a c t e r Is u n r e l a t e d to y o u r
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ; It d e s i g n a t e s t h e S R S unit m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d other detail u s e d for product a n a l y s i s .
(confd)
24-41
SRS
DTC Troubleshooting index (cont'd)
S R S Unit D T C
31~1x*
Detection Item
O p e n In t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator
Notes
( s e e p a g e 24-95)
31-11
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e in t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator (4-door)
( s e e p a g e 24-96)
31-3x
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e or d e c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e in the d r i v e r ' s s i d e
a i r b a g inflator
( s e e p a g e 24-97)
31-8x
S h o r t to p o w e r in the d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator
( s e e p a g e 24-99)
31-9x
32-1x*
S h o r t to g r o u n d in the d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator
( s e e p a g e 24-100)
( s e e p a g e 24-102)
32-11-
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator

(4-door)
( s e e p a g e 24-103)
32-3x
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e or d e c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
( s e e p a g e 24-104)
32-8x
s i d e a i r b a g inflator
S h o r t to p o w e r in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator
( s e e p a g e 24-106)
S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g Inflator

O p e n in t h e left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g inflator -
( s e e p a g e 24-109)
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e in t h e left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g inflator (4-door)

S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e or d e c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e in the left s i d e curtain
( s e e p a g e 24-110)
(see p a g e 24-111)
32-9x
33-1x*
33-11
33-3x
O p e n in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator
( s e e p a g e 24-107)
a i r b a g inflator
33-8x
33-9x
S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g inflator
S h o r t to g r o u n d in the left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g inflator
(see p a g e 24-113)
( s e e p a g e 24-114)
34~1x*
O p e n in the right s i d e curtain a i r b a g inflator
( s e e p a g e 24-116)
34-11 34-3x "
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e In t h e right s i d e curtain a i r b a g inflator (4-door)
( s e e p a g e 24-117)
S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e or d e c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e In the right s i d e c u r t a i n
a i r b a g Inflator
( s e e p a g e 24-118)
. 34-8x
S h o r t to p o w e r in the right s i d e curtain a i r b a g Inflator
34-9x
S h o r t to g r o u n d in the right s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g Inflator
( s e e p a g e 24-120)
( s e e p a g e 24-121)
N o s i g n a l f r o m the left front i m p a c t s e n s o r

Internal failure of the left front i m p a c t s e n s o r
(see p a g e 24-127)
N o s i g n a l f r o m t h e right front I m p a c t s e n s o r
Internal failure of the right front I m p a c t s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 24-125)
( s e e p a g e 24-127)
41-1x
41-2x
41-3x
' 41-8x
( s e e p a g e 24-123)
41-9x
41-Ax
41-Bx
42-1 x
42-2x
42-3x
42-8x
42-9x
42-Ax
42-Bx
24-42
S R S Unit
DTC
43-1x
43-1 x
43-2x
Motes
Detection Item
Mo s i g n a l f r o m t h e left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first) (4-door)
N o s i g n a l f r o m t h e left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first) .(2-door)
( s e e p a g e 24-128)
( s e e p a g e 24-132)
Internal failure o f t h e left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
( s e e p a g e 24-136)
N o s i g n a l f r o m t h e right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first) (4-door)

N o s i g n a l f r o m t h e right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first) (2-door)
( s e e p a g e 24-130)
( s e e p a g e 24-134)
43-3x
43-8x
43-9x
43-Ax
43-Bx
44-1x
44-1 x
Internal failure of t h e right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
44-2x
44-3x
- ( s e e p a g e 24-136)
44-8x
44-9x
44-Ax
44-Bx
45-1x
45-1x
45-2x
N o s i g n a l f r o m t h e left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) (4-door)
N o s i g n a l f r o m t h e left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) (2-door)
( s e e p a g e 24-137)
( s e e p a g e 24-141)
Internal failure of t h e left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
(see page 24-145)
N o s i g n a l f r o m t h e right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) (4-door)
( s e e p a g e 24-139)
(see p a g e 24-143)
(see p a g e 24-145)
45-3x
45-8x
45-9x
45-Ax
45-Bx
46-1 x
48-Tx
46-2x
N o s i g n a l f r o m t h e right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) (2-door)
Internal failure of t h e right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
46-3x
46-8x
46-9x
46-Ax
46-Bx
NOTE:
T h e " x " a t t h e e n d of e a c h D T C d e n o t e s a n u m e r i c c h a r a c t e r (0 t h r u 9 ) , o r i t e m s w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) ( 0 , 2 t h r u
9 ) or a n a l p h a c h a r a c t e r (A thru F) that y o u will s e e o n t h e H D S d i s p l a y . T h e c h a r a c t e r is u n r e l a t e d to y o u r
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ; it d e s i g n a t e s t h e S R S unit m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d other detail u s e d for product a n a l y s i s .
y
(cont'd)
24-43
S R S
SRS
Unit D T C
B2-1x
B2-1x
B2-2x
Detection Item
No s i g n a l f r o m the rear s a f i n g s e n s o r (4-door)
N o s i g n a l f r o m t h e rear s a f i n g s e n s o r (2-door)
Notes
( s e e p a g e 24-146)
Internal failure of the rear s a f i n g s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 24-148)
( s e e p a g e 24-150)
Internal failure of the S R S unit
( s e e p a g e 24-151)
B2-3x
62-8x
B2-9x
B2-Ax
B2~Bx
51-xx
52-xx
53-xx
54-xx
55-xx
57-xx
58-xx
53-FF
S R S unit p r o g r a m m i n g error
Ex-11
Control operation recorded
Fx-11
56-25
56-31
56-32
Airbags and/or tensioners deployment recorded

L o s t c o m m u n i c a t i o n with the g a u g e control m o d u l e
L o s t c o m m u n i c a t i o n with the E C M / P C M ( P G M - F I s y s t e m )
U n d e f i n e d data r e c e i v e d f r o m t h e E C M / P C M ( P G M - F I s y s t e m )
56-33
61-1x
O p e n In t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt buckle s w i t c h
61-2x
62-1 x
62-2x
71-1x
71-2x
81-4x
81-5x
81-63
81-64
81-61
81-62
81-17
81-78
81-79
24-44
Short
-Open
Short
Open
Short
in
in
in
In
in
the
the
the
the
the
d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt b u c k l e s w i t c h
front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt b u c k l e s w i t c h
front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt b u c k l e s w i t c h
d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r
d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 24-152)
-(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
24-150)
24-151)
24-154)
24-152)
( s e e p a g e 24-153)
( s e e p a g e 24-155)
( s e e p a g e 24-156)
Internal the failure of the O D S unit
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
page
24-157)
24-159)
24-160)
24-161)
24-163)
No s i g n a l f r o m the O D S unit
N o n - s t i p u l a t e d data f r o m the O D S unit
O D S unit not calibrated
(see page 24-166)
Front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r s Initial c h e c k failure
( s e e p a g e 24-167)
S B S Unit D T C
82-1 x
83-2x
82-14
82-18
(4-door)
No s i g n a l f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear inner s i d e )
(4-door)
Motes
( s e e p a g e 24-168)
( s e e p a g e 24-169)
( s e e p a g e 24-172)
83-24
No s i g n a l f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front outer side)

(4-door)
(see p a g e 24-176)
83-26
N o s i g n a l f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear outer s i d e )

(4-door)
( s e e p a g e 24-179)
82-15
Internal failure of the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front i n n e r s i d e )

(4-door)
( s e e p a g e 24-183)
82-17
Internal failure of the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear inner s i d e )

f 4-door)
83-25
internal failure of t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front outer side)

(4-door)
Internal failure of the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear outer s i d e )
(4-door)
83-27
85-4x
Internal failure of the O D S unit
85-5x
85-63
85-64
85-61
No s i g n a l f r o m t h e O D S unit
( s e e p a g e 24-184)
85-62
85-71
N o n - s t i p u l a t e d d a t a f r o m t h e O D S unit
O D S unit not initialized
(see page 24-166)
O P D S Initial c h e c k failure
Faulty O P D S seat-back s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 24-187)
( s e e p a g e 24-188)
85-78
85-79
86-1 x
86-2x
92-1 x
92-2x
A1-1x
A2-1x
A3-1x
A4-1x
NOTE;
'
D e t e c t i o n Stem
No s i g n a l f r o m t h e Inner s i d e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (2-door)
N o s i g n a l f r o m t h e outer s i d e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (2-door)
N o s i g n a l f r o m the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front i n n e r side)
Faulty O P D S s e a t support s e n s o r
S h o r t to p o w e r In t h e - p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff Indicator
Open- or s h o r t to g r o u n d in the p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff indicator
F a u l t y p o w e r s u p p l y ( V A line)
F a u l t y p o w e r s u p p l y (VB line)
S R S c o n n e c t o r A not p r o p e r l y I n s t a l l e d
S R S c o n n e c t o r B not p r o p e r l y i n s t a l l e d
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
(see
page
page
page
page
page
page
24-189)
24-190)
24-191)
24-192)
24-193)
24-194)
T h e " x " at t h e e n d of e a c h D T C d e n o t e s a n u m e r i c c h a r a c t e r (0 thru 9) or an a l p h a c h a r a c t e r (A thru F) that y o u

will s e e on. the H D S d i s p l a y . T h e c h a r a c t e r is u n r e l a t e d to y o u r t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ; it d e s i g n a t e s t h e S R S unit
m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d o t h e r detail u s e d for p r o d u c t a n a l y s i s .
(cont'd)
24-45

O n l y r e a d D T C s f r o m t h e S R S m e n u , not f r o m S W S m e n u s u n l e s s instructed to c h e c k S W S D T C s . S W S ( O D S unit)
D T C s a r e s u b c o d e s of S R S unit D T C s . O n l y t r o u b l e s h o o t the c o r r e s p o n d i n g S R S D T C s .
S W S D T C Index
S R S Unit D T C
81-4x
82-14
SWS
414243-
DTC
xx
xx
xx
Detection Item
Notes
Internal failure of t h e O D S unit
(see p a g e 24-195)
14-11
S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r (front Inner s i d e ) p o w e r circuit
(see p a g e 24-196)
14-12
S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
14-13
s e n s o r (front Inner s i d e ) p o w e r circuit

O p e n in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front
14-14
Inner s i d e ) output circuit

S h o r t to g r o u n d In the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r (front Inner s i d e ) output circuit
82-15
15-3x
82-16
16-11
16-12
Internal failure of t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t

s e n s o r (front Inner s i d e )
S h o r t to p o w e r In the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r (rear Inner s i d e ) p o w e r circuit
S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
(see p a g e 24-198)
(see p a g e 24-196)
s e n s o r (rear inner s i d e ) p o w e r circuit
82-17
83-24
16-13
O p e n In the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear
16-14
inner s i d e ) output circuit

s e n s o r (rear i n n e r s i d e ) output circuit -
17-3x
Internal failure of the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
(see p a g e 24-198)
24-11
s e n s o r (rear i n n e r s i d e )
S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
(see p a g e 24-197)
24-12
24-13
24-14
83-25
25-3x
83-26
26-11
26-12
s e n s o r (front outer s i d e ) p o w e r circuit

S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r (front o u t e r s i d e ) p o w e r circuit
O p e n in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front
outer s i d e ) output circuit
S h o r t to g r o u n d in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r (front outer s i d e ) output circuit
internal failure of the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r (front outer s i d e )
S h o r t to p o w e r in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r (rear outer s i d e ) p o w e r circuit
S h o r t to g r o u n d in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r (rear outer s i d e ) p o w e r circuit
26-13
O p e n in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear
26-14
(see p a g e 24-198)
(see p a g e 24-197)
outer s i d e ) output circuit

s e n s o r (rear o u t e r s i d e ) output circuit
83-27
27--3x
Internal failure of t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
(see p a g e 24-198)
s e n s o r (rear outer s i d e )
81-71
NOTE:
71-xx
Q D S unit not c a l i b r a t e d
(see page 24-195)
T h e " x " at t h e e n d of e a c h D T C d e n o t e s a n u m e r i c c h a r a c t e r (0 thru 9) or a n a l p h a c h a r a c t e r (A t h r u F) that y o u

' will s e e on the H D S d i s p l a y . T h e c h a r a c t e r is u n r e l a t e d to y o u r t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ; it d e s i g n a t e s t h e S R S unit
m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d o t h e r detail u s e d for p r o d u c t a n a l y s i s .
24-46

S R S Indicator d o e s not c o m e o n
Symptom
S y m p t o m T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 24-198}
C o m m u n i c a t i o n with t h e
S R S i n d i c a t o r s t a y s o n , but n o D T C s
HDS
* C h a r g i n g s y s t e m for
u n d e r or o v e r c h a r g i n g
are stored
C o m m u n i c a t i o n with the
HDS
* O D S Initialization
S i d e a i r b a g cutoff i n d i c a t o r is
flashing
C h e c k for D T C s . If a n y D T C is i n d i c a t e d , go to
the D T C troubleshooting
S i d e a i r b a g cutoff i n d i c a t o r s t a y s on
* C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h the"
HDS
S i d e a i r b a g cutoff Indicator d o e s not
S y m p t o m . T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 24-200)
HDS
* O D S Initialization
* C o m m u n i c a t i o n with the
come on
P a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff i n d i c a t o r
is f l a s h i n g
HDS
* C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h the'
HDS
P a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff indicator
S y m p t o m T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , ( s e e p a g e 24-201)
* Initialize t h e O D S unit '

C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h the
s t a y s on or c o m e s on s u d d e n l y
P a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff indicator
d o e s not c o m e on
C h e c k for D T C s . If a n y D T C is i n d i c a t e d , g o to
H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h t h e
S R S unit or t h e v e h i c l e
T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e
11-192)
C h e c k for D T C s . If a n y D T C is indicated,, go to
HDS
HDS
C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h the
HDS
24-47
SRS
System Description
S R S Components
Airbags
T h e S R S is a s a f e t y d e v i c e w h i c h , w h e n u s e d w i t h t h e s e a t belt, is d e s i g n e d to h e l p protect t h e d r i v e r a n d front
p a s s e n g e r in a frontal i m p a c t e x c e e d i n g a c e r t a i n s e t limit. T h e s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of the S R S unit, i n c l u d i n g safsng
s e n s o r a n d I m p a c t s e n s o r (A), the c a b l e reel (B), t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g (C), t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g (D), s i d e a i r b a g s
( E ) , s i d e curtain a i r b a g s (F), s e a t belt t e n s l o n e r s ( G ) , s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r s (first) (H), front I m p a c t s e n s o r s (I), r e a r s a f i n g
s e n s o r ( J ) , a n d s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r s ( s e c o n d ) (K). .
S i n c e t h e d r i v e r ' s a n d front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g s u s e t h e s a m e s e n s o r s , both n o r m a l l y Inflate at the s a m e t i m e .
H o w e v e r , it is p o s s i b l e for o n l y o n e a i r b a g to Inflate. T h i s c a n o c c u r w h e n c o l l i s i o n s e v e r i t y Is n e a r the t h r e s h o l d for
a i r b a g d e p l o y m e n t . In s u c h c a s e , the. S R S s y s t e m will o n l y d e p l o y a i r b a g s w h e n the p r o t e c t i o n p r o v i d e d b y the s e a t
belt is insufficient.
Front Passenger's Weight S e n s o r s
T h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r s (L) a r e part of s e a t b a s e . T h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r s detect t h e w e i g h t
o n t h e s e a t , a n d s e n d the I n f o r m a t i o n to the O D S unit (M). If t h e total w e i g h t i s a b o u t 6 5 l b s (30-kg) or l e s s , the O D S .unit s e n d s a s i g n a l to t h e S R S unit to p r e v e n t t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g f r o m d e p l o y i n g . W h e n the p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g Is
d i s a b l e d , t h e p a s s e n g e r a i r b a g cutoff Indicator o n the c e n t e r p a n e l c o m e s o n to alert the d r i v e r that t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g will not d e p l o y in a f r o n t - e n d c o l l i s i o n .
Driver's S e a t Position S e n s o r
T h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t p o s i t i o n s e n s o r (N) is u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t o n the left s i d e . W h e n t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t i s m o v e d to Its
full f o r w a r d p o s i t i o n , the d e p l o y m e n t of the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g Is m o d e r a t e d to d e c r e a s e its f o r c e of I m p a c t d u r i n g a frontend collision.
4 - d o o r s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is similar.
24-48
Rear Safing Sensor

T h e r e a r s a f i n g s e n s o r is l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n . T h e rear s a f i n g s e n s o r p e r f o r m s t h e s a m e b a s i c function
a s t h e s a f i n g s e n s o r in t h e S R S unit. It m e a s u r e s s i d e w a y s G f o r c e , s u c h a s the f o r c e t h e v e h i c l e w o u l d r e c e i v e in a
s i d e c o l l i s i o n in t h e r e a r , a n d s e n d s that i n f o r m a t i o n to t h e - S R S unit. T h e S R S unit u s e s that i n f o r m a t i o n , a n d t h e
i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m t h e s e c o n d s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r s to d e t e r m i n e the s i d e that is i m p a c t e d a n d t h e f o r c e . Sf t h e t h r e s h o l d
is m e t , t h e S R S unit d e p l o y s t h e s i d e a i r b a g , t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g a n d t h e s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r on that s i d e .
Side Airbag Cutoff indicator/ODS Operation

T h e i n d i c a t o r c o m e s o n w h e n t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t is o c c u p i e d by a s m a l l adult or c h i l d w h o Is l e a n i n g Into t h e
d e p l o y m e n t p a t h , or w h e n a n o b j e c t ( g r o c e r y b a g , b r i e f c a s e , p u r s e , etc.) Is in the s e a t . T h i s i n d i c a t e s t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s
s i d e a i r b a g i s off a n d w i l l not d e p l o y ; t h e r e is no p r o b l e m w i t h the s i d e a i r b a g . If t h e p a s s e n g e r sits upright or -moves
to a n o t h e r s e a t , or y o u r e m o v e t h e o b j e c t f r o m t h e s e a t , t h e light s h o u l d g o off. T h e r e will be s o m e d e l a y b e t w e e n t h e
o c c u p a n t ' s r e p o s i t i o n i n g , a n d w h e n t h e indicator will turn o n or off.
Passenger's Airbag Cutoff Indicator

T h e i n d i c a t o r c o m e s o n if t h e w e i g h t of the front p a s s e n g e r is a b o u t 65 lbs (30 kg) or l e s s . T h i s i n d i c a t e s t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s
front a i r b a g is off a n d w i l l not d e p l o y . T h e front a i r b a g Is s h u t off to r e d u c e the c h a n c e of a i r b a g - c a u s e d i n j u r i e s .
SflS Operation
T h e m a i n c i r c u i t in t h e S R S unit s e n s e s a n d a n a l y z e s the f o r c e of i m p a c t a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , Ignites t h e inflator c h a r g e s .
If battery v o l t a g e is too l o w or p o w e r is d i s c o n n e c t e d d u e to t h e I m p a c t , t h e v o l t a g e regulator a n d t h e b a c k - u p p o w e r
circuit w i l l k e e p v o l t a g e at a c o n s t a n t l e v e l .
F o r t h e SRS
to operate
S e a t Belt Tensioners
( 1 ) A front i m p a c t s e n s o r , s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r , or t h e rear s a f i n g s e n s o r m u s t activate a n d s e n d e l e c t r i c s i g n a l s to t h e
microprocessor,
(2) T h e m i c r o p r o c e s s o r m u s t c o m p u t e the s i g n a l s a n d trigger t h e t e n s t o n e r s .
( 3 ) T h e c h a r g e s m u s t ignite a n d d e p l o y the t e n s i o n e r s .
Driver's and Front Passenger's Airbagfsl
( 1 ) A front I m p a c t s e n s o r m u s t a c t i v a t e / a n d s e n d e l e c t r i c s i g n a l s to the m i c r o p r o c e s s o r .
(2) T h e m i c r o p r o c e s s o r m u s t c o m p u t e t h e s i g n a l s , a n d trigger t h e a i r b a g inflator(s).
|3) T h e t r i g g e r e d inflators that r e c e i v e d s i g n a l s m u s t ignite a n d d e p l o y t h e a i r b a g s .
S i d e Airbagfsl
( 1 ) A s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r m u s t a c t i v a t e , a n d s e n d e l e c t r i c s i g n a l s to t h e m i c r o p r o c e s s o r .
(2) T h e m i c r o p r o c e s s o r m u s t c o m p u t e t h e s i g n a l s a n d trigger t h e s i d e a i r b a g inflator(s). H o w e v e r , t h e m i c r o p r o c e s s o r
d o e s not trigger t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g if the S R S unit d e t e r m i n e s that t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s h e a d is In t h e
d e p l o y m e n t path of t h e s i d e a i r b a g .
(3) T h e t r i g g e r e d inflators t h e s i g n a l m u s t Ignite a n d d e p l o y t h e s i d e a i r b a g s .
S i d e C u r t a i n Alrfeagfs)
( 1 ) A s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r or the rear s a f i n g s e n s o r m u s t activate a n d s e n d electrical s i g n a l s to t h e m i c r o p r o c e s s o r .
(2) T h e m i c r o p r o c e s s o r m u s t c o m p u t e t h e s i g n a l s a n d trigger the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g a n d s i d e a i r b a g inflator(s).
( 3 ) T h e t r i g g e r e d inflators that m u s t ignite a n d d e p l o y the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g a n d s i d e a i r b a g at the s a m e t i m e .
(cont'd)
SRS
4Door
Self-diagnostic S y s t e m
A s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c circuit Is built into the S R S unit; w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II), the S R S i n d i c a t o r c o m e s
o n a n d g o e s off after a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s if the s y s t e m Is o p e r a t i n g n o r m a l l y . If the indicator d o e s not c o m e o n , o r d o e s
not g o off after 6 s e c o n d s , or c o m e s on w h i l e d r i v i n g , It i n d i c a t e s a n a b n o r m a l i t y in t h e s y s t e m . T h e s y s t e m m u s t be
Inspected and repaired a s soon a s possible.
F o r better s e r v i c e a b i l i t y , the S R S unit m e m o r y s t o r e s a D T C s related to t h e c a u s e of t h e m a l f u n c t i o n , a n d t h e unit is
c o n n e c t e d to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) . T h i s i n f o r m a t i o n c a n be r e a d with the H D S w h e n It Is c o n n e c t e d to the D L C
( s e e p a g e 24-34).
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u d i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m the battery for t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , r e v i e w Battery T e r m i n a l
D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d R e c o n n e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-89).
24-50
2-Door
AfHSAG
INFLATOR
LSFT
AIRBAG
INFLATOB
RIGHT
l @ l
vv
"O-O-i
I
s o
W W
LEFT
mmim
W W
IEATBIT
CUB1
PASSENGER?
INFLATOR
(confd)
24-51
SRS
System Description
(cont'd)
S R S Unit Inputs and Outputs at Connector A (39P)
fir
3
28
27
28
29
18
17
18
31
10
20
36
37
38
39
Terminal
Wire Color
Terminal Name
Number
3
4
BRN*
LA1LA1 +
G r o u n d for the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g first Inflator
LTBLU*
BLU*
G r o u n d for the front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g first Inflator
6
7
8
YEL*
PUR*
GRN*
LTBLU*
RA1RA1 +
9
10
LA2. LA2+
RA2-
RA2+
Description
P o w e r s o u r c e for t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g first inflator

P o w e r s o u r c e for t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g first inflator
G r o u n d for the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g s e c o n d Inflator
P o w e r s o u r c e for t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g s e c o n d inflator
G r o u n d for the front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g s e c o n d Inflator
16
LT G R N *
RED*
CAN LO
P o w e r s o u r c e for the front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g s e c o n d Inflator

S e n d s a n d r e c e i v e s c o m m u n i c a t i o n s i g n a l f r o m the g a u g e
17
WHT*
C A N HS
control m o d u l e
S e n d s a n d r e c e i v e s c o m m u n i c a t i o n s i g n a l f r o m the g a u g e
18
LTBLU*
K-LINE
control m o d u l e
S e n d s a n d r e c e i v e s s c a n tool s i g n a l (serial data)
20
26
27
BLU*
YEL*
RED*
BLK*
BLK*
RED*
BRN*
RED*
PIT
VA
VB
P a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff indicator output line

S R S s y s t e m s u b power (common with O D S )
S R S d e d i c a t e d p o w e r ( d e d i c a t e d b o o s t e r circuit)
28
29
31
36
37
38
39
LTBLU*
GRN*
SRSGND1
SRS GND2
WEN
RFS
G r o u n d circuit for the S R S unit ( G 5 0 4 )

G r o u n d circuit for the S R S unit ( G 5 0 4 )
Data link c o n n e c t o r
G r o u n d for the left front I m p a c t s e n s o r
P o w e r s o u r c e for the left front i m p a c t s e n s o r
G r o u n d for the right front I m p a c t s e n s o r
RFS+
P o w e r s o u r c e for the right front I m p a c t s e n s o r
LFS
LFS+
* : W i r e c o l o r s m a y be s u b s t i t u t e d In this table.
24-52
SFtS Unit inputs and Outputs at Connector B | 3 9 P |

4-Oor
Terminal
number
1
Wire Color
6
7
LT B L U *
YEL*
GRN*
9
10
11
PUR'
BLU*"
BRN*
WHT*
12
13
ORN
BLU*
Terminal Name
ODS
LSA
LSA+
S e n d s a n d r e c e i v e s c o m m u n i c a t i o n s i g n a l w i t h t h e O D S unit
RSA
G r o u n d for the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g Inflator
RSA+
LCA.1
LCA1 +
LRP
LRP+
14
GRY*
15
19
21
PNK*
PNK"
WHT"
23
24
25
28
27
32
33
34
35
36
37
PNK
LTGRN*
BRIM'
GRY*
38
ORN*
LBS1 +
RBS1
39
BLU *
RBS1 +
RED*
GRN'
BRN *
RED*
ORN
RED"
PUR*,
Description
RRP
RRP+
FLBC
FRBC
SS+
RCA1
RCA1 +
S S S SSS+
LS!2
LSI2+
RSI2RSI2+
LBS1
G r o u n d for the d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator

P o w e r s o u r c e for the d r i v e r ' s - s i d e a i r b a g Inflator
P o w e r s o u r c e for the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator
G r o u n d for the'left s i d e curtain a i r b a g Inflator .'
P o w e r s o u r c e for the left s i d e curtain a i r b a g Inflator
G r o u n d for the d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
P o w e r s o u r c e for the d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
G r o u n d for the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
P o w e r s o u r c e for the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
D r i v e r ' s s e a t belt b u c k l e s w i t c h
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt buckle s w i t c h
D r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r
G r o u n d for the right s i d e curtain a i r b a g inflator
P o w e r s o u r c e for right s i d e curtain a i r b a g Inflator
G r o u n d for the r e a r s a f i n g s e n s o r
P o w e r s o u r c e for the r e a r s a f i n g s e n s o r
G r o u n d for the left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
P o w e r s o u r c e for t h e left s i d e Impact s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
G r o u n d for the right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
P o w e r s o u r c e for the right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
G r o u n d for the left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
P o w e r s o u r c e for the left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
G r o u n d for t h e right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
P o w e r s o u r c e for the right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
* : W i r e c o l o r s m a y be s u b s t i t u t e d in t h i s table.
(confd)
24-53
SRS
S R S Unit Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (39P)
2-Door
Wire Color
Terminal Name
15
19
21
23
24
25
36
ORN*
LT B L U *
YEL*
GRN*
PUR*
BLU*
BRN*
WHT*
BLU*
GRY*
PNK*
PNK*
WHT*
PNK*
RED*
GRN*
BRN*
ODS
LSALSA+
RSARSA+
LCA1
LCA1 +
LRP
LRP+
RRP
RRP+
FLBC
FRBC
SS+
RCA1
RCA1 +
LBS1-
37
GRY*
LBS1
38
ORN*
RBS1
39
BLU*
RBS1
Terminal
Number
1
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Description
S e n d s a n d r e c e i v e s c o m m u n i c a t i o n s i g n a l w i t h t h e O D S unit
G r o u n d for t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator
P o w e r s o u r c e f o r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator
G r o u n d for t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator
P o w e r s o u r c e for t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator
G r o u n d for t h e left s i d e curtain a i r b a g Inflator
P o w e r s o u r c e f o r the left s i d e curtain a i r b a g Inflator
G r o u n d for t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
P o w e r s o u r c e f o r t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
G r o u n d for t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
P o w e r s o u r c e f o r t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
D r i v e r ' s s e a t belt buckle s w i t c h
F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt buckle s w i t c h
D r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r
G r o u n d for t h e right s i d e curtain a i r b a g inflator
P o w e r s o u r c e for t h e right s i d e curtain a i r b a g Inflator
G r o u n d for t h e left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first), left s i d e I m p a c t
sensor (second)
P o w e r s o u r c e for t h e left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first), left s i d e
impact s e n s o r (second)
G r o u n d for t h e right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first), rear s a t i n g s e n s o r ,
right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
P o w e r s o u r c e for t h e right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first), rear s a t i n g

s e n s o r , right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
* : W i r e c o l o r s m a y be s u b s t i t u t e d in t h i s table.
24-54
Circuit Diagram
4-Door
(confd)
24-55
sis
4-Door
24-56
3 : ssrpjrL,
' : OthersommtiaieationRne
SRS
Circuit Diagram (confd)
2-Door
24-58
(confd)
24-59
SRS
2-Door
24-60
DTC Troubleshooting
D T C 11-1x ("x" c a n be 0 , 2 thru 3 or A thru F):
O p e n In the Driver's Airbag First Inflator
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g 4 P c o n n e c t o r (A)
from the cable reel.
D T C 11-4x ("x" c a n he 0 , 2 thru 9 or A thru F):

O p e n in the Driver's Airbag S e c o n d Inflator
S p e c i a l T o o l s Required
S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A Z - T B 4 0 1 1 A
* S R S simulator lead J 070AZ-SNAA100
NOTE:
* Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review
S R S P r e c a u t i o n s a n d P r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 24-23),
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
2 4 - 3 4 ) , a n d Battery T e r m i n a l D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
R e c o n n e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-89).
* 2-door; B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S u n i t c h e c k t h e S R S
unit software- v e r s i o n w i t h t h e H D S . If t h e s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n is not t h e latest, u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
( s e e p a g e 24-37) a n d retest,
07SAZ-TB4011A
5, C o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r (2 Q
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d - J to t h e c a b l e r e e l .
1. C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
6, R e c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e to t h e battery.
2. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to OH (II), a n d c h e c k that
the S R S i n d i c a t o r c o m e s o n f o r a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
7, C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y .
8, R e a d t h e D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
Does
the SRS indicator
or 11-4x
stay
on, and is DTC
11-1x
indicated?
Is DTC
11-1x or 11~4x
indicated?
t i m e . G o to T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Intermittent F a i l u r e s
f s e e p a g e 24-38), If a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d ,
troubleshoot the DTC,
N O O p e n in t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g first o r s e c o n d
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t t h e
n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery, t h e n w a i t at l e a s t
inflator; r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e
24-205).
9, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t t h e
n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery, t h e n w a i t for
3 minutes.
3 minutes.
(confd)
24-61
SRS
10. R e m o v e t h e c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 6 8 ) , t h e n
15. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t t h e
d i s c o n n e c t the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the c a b l e r e e l .
3 minutes.
16. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) f r o m the
S R S unit ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 24-33).
17. D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r f r o m t h e S R S
s i m u l a t o r l e a d . Do not d i s c o n n e c t t h e s i m u l a t o r
lead f r o m the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
18. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of
both S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d s . T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s
t h a n 1.0
Q.
DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS

4P COWWECTOFt
11. C o n n e c t the S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r (2 Q

c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d the s i m u l a t o r l e a d to the
dashboard wire harness.
12. R e c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e to t h e battery.
13. C l e a r the D T C m e m o r y .
14. R e a d the D T C .
Is DTC
11-1x or 11-4x
indicated?
Is the resistance
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y S R S unit or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at S R S
N O O p e n In t h e c a b l e r e e l ; r e p l a c e the c a b l e reel
c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n the c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit. C h e c k the

( s e e p a g e 24-218).
unit. If t h e c o n n e c t i o n Is O K , r e p l a c e the S R S unit

( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O O p e n In t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
the d a s h b o a r d wire h a r n e s s .
24-62
DTC 11-11: Short to Another Airbag Inflator in

the Driver's Airbag First Inflator (4-door)
N O T E : Before doing this troubleshooting procedure,
review S R S Precautions a n d P r o c e d u r e s (see page
24-23), G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
24-34), a n d Battery T e r m i n a l D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
8.. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s of S R S

unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a c c o r d i n g to the t a b l e . T h e r e
s h o u l d be no continuity.
DTC
12-11
12-41
From terminal
No. 3
No. 4
No. 3
No. 4
T t e r m i n a l
No. 5
No. 6
No. 9
N o . 10
S R S U N I T C O N N E C T O R A (39P).
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n w a i t for 10

seconds,
Is DTC
11-11
>!
3. R e a d t h e D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
/
/ / / /
indicated?
26 27 28 29
J
time. G o to T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Intermittent F a i l u r e s
( s e e p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C i s I n d i c a t e d ,
troubleshoot the D T C .
16 17 18
31
/ /
///
20
/
//
9 10
36
/
38 39
Tj
is there
continuity?
4. R e a d t h e D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35),
Is DTC
12-11 or 12-41 indicated
with
DTC
11-11?
Y E S S h o r t in the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
the d a s h b o a r d wire harness.
N O F a u l t y S R S unit; r e p l a c e the S R S unit
( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
M O G o to step"9.
6. D i s c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m the battery,
t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s .
7. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) f r o m t h e
1 0 . - D i s c o n n e c t t h e negative c a b l e f r o m the battery,

t h e n w a i t at least 3 m i n u t e s .
1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) f r o m t h e
S R S unit ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 24-33).
(confd)
24-63
SRS
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s N o . 3
' a n d N o . 7 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P), a n d
b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s N o . 4 a n d N o . 8, T h e r e
. s h o u l d be n o continuity.
15. R e m o v e t h e c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-188), t h e n
d i s c o n n e c t t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e c a b l e reel.
^7 /
3 I 4 ~ 5~]~6~ 7 | 8
10 Z

16. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s N o . 3
is there
continuity?
a n d N o . 7 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P), a n d
.-
b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s N o . 4 a n d N o . 8. T h e r e
W O F a u l t y S R S unit; r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit
SRS
U N I T C O N N E C T O R A C33P)
(see p a g e 24-221 )
13. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g 4 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m
t h e c a b l e reel ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 24-31).
14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s N o . 3
b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s N o . 4 a n d N o . 8. T h e r e
SRS U N I T CONNECTOR A (39P)
is there
continuity?
Y E S - S h o r t in t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
N O S h o r t in t h e c a b l e r e e l ; r e p l a c e t h e c a b l e reel
(see page 2 4 - 2 1 8 ) .
Is there
continuity?
NO-Faulty d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ; r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s
a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205).
24-64
4
the Driver's Airbag Second Inflator (4-door)
8. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s of S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a c c o r d i n g to the-table. T h e r e
s h o u l d b e no continuity.

review S R S Precautions and Procedures fsee page
DTC
From terminal
T t e r m i n a l
24-23), G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see page
12-11
No. 7
No. 5
No. 8
No. 6
24-34), arid B a t t e r y T e r m i n a l D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
12-41
No. 7
No. 9
No. 8
N o . 10
S R S U N I T C O N N E C T O R A (39P)
seconds,
3. R e a d the D T C (see page 24-35),

is DTC
11-41
// 3
/// /
indicated?
26 27 28 28
4 5
10
31
10
20
17 18
36
// /
37
38 39
( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 3 6 ) . If a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d ,
is there
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t in t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
is DTC
with DTC
11-41?
the d a s h b o a r d wire harness. II

N O F a u l t y S R S unit; r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit
( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O S h o r t in t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
the dashboard wire harness.
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m the battery,
24-65
SRS
DTC 11 -3x ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):
Short to Another Wire or Decreased
Resistance in the Driver's Airbag First Inflator
4. D i s c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g 4 P c o n n e c t o r (A)

f r o m t h e c a b l e reel.
DTC 11-6x ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

Resistance in the Driver's Airbag Second
Inflator
S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A Z - T B 4 0 1 1 A
* S R S s i m u l a t o r lead J G 7 0 A Z - S N A A 1 0 0
NOTE:
Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review
S R S P r e c a u t i o n s a n d P r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23),
07SAZ-TB4O11A
5. C o n n e c t t h e S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r (2 Q
2-door: Before r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k t h e S R S
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d J to t h e c a b l e r e e l .
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h t h e H D S . If t h e s o f t w a r e
( s e e p a g e 24-37) a n d retest.
7. C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y .
2. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k that
the S R S indicator c o m e s o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
Is DTC 11-3x or 11-6x
indicated?
Does the SRS indicator
or 11 Sx
indicated?
stay
on, and is DTC
11-3x
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is. O K at t h i s
( s e e p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C Is I n d i c a t e d ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D T C .
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (()). D i s c o n n e c t t h e
3 minutes.
24-66
N O S h o r t In t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g first or s e c o n d
Inflator; r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e
24-205).
3 minutes.
10. R e m o v e t h e c o l u m n c o v e r f s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 6 8 ) , t h e n
disconnect dashboard w i r e h a r n e s s 4P connector
(A) f r o m the c a b l e r e e l

n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery, t h e n w a i t at least
3 minutes.
17. D i s c o n n e c t the S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r f r o m t h e S R S
lead from the d a s h b o a r d wire h a r n e s s 4P connector.
18. C o n n e c t the S R S s h o r t c a n c e l l e r s ( 0 7 0 A Z - S A A 0 1 0 0 )
. to t h e t e r m i n a l s No. 3 a n d N o . 4 a n d t h e t e r m i n a l s
. No, 7 a n d N o . 8 of S R S . unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P)
f s e e p a g e 24-30).
19. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s of
both S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d s . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n
circuit or at l e a s t 1
MQ.

c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d the s i m u l a t o r l e a d to t h e
'4P CONNECTOR
dashboard wire harness,

14. R e a d t h e D T C .
is DTC
11-3k
or 11~6x
indicated?
' Y E S G o to s t e p 15.
1M0Short in t h e c a b l e r e e l ; r e p l a c e t h e c a b l e reel
( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 1 8 ) . ill
Is the resistance
as
specified?
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d the S R S unit. C h e c k the
c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n the c o n n e c t o r a n d the S R S
u n i t If t h e c o n n e c t i o n is O K , r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit
( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O S h o r t in the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
the dashboard wire harness.
24 67
SRS
DTC11-8x ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):
Short to Power in the Driver's Airbag First
Inflator
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g 4P c o n n e c t o r (A)
f r o m the c a b l e r e e l .
DTC 11-Ax ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

Short to Power in the Driver's Airbag Second
Inflator
S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A Z - T B 4 Q 1 1 A
S R S s i m u l a t o r lead J 0 7 0 A Z - S N A A 1 0 0
NOTE:
G e n e r a l Troubleshooting Information (see page
2 4 - 3 4 ) , a n d Battery T e r m i n a l - D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
R e c o n n e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-89). 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k the S R S
07SAZ-TB4O11A
6. R e c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e to t h e battery.
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k that
8. R e a d the D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
Is DTC
or 11-Ax
indicated?
stay on, and is DTC
11-8x or 11-Ax
( s e e p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d ,
N O S h o r t to p o w e r In t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g first or
s e c o n d inflator; r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g
( s e e p a g e 24-205).
3 minutes.
3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t the

3 minutes.
24-68
indicated?
11-8x
J U H
10, R e m o v e t h e c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 6 8 ) , t h e n
disconnect the dashboard wire harness 4P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e c a b l e r e e l .

n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery, t h e n wast at least
3 minutes.
17. D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S ' i n f l a t o r s i m u l a t o r f r o m t h e S R S
s i m u l a t o r l e a d . D o not d i s c o n n e c t t h e s i m u l a t o r
lead from the dashboard wire h a r n e s s 4P connector.
20. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e a c h t e r m i n a l of t h e
S R S s i m u l a t o r lead a n d b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d
be l e s s t h a n 0.2 V .
11. C o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r (2 Q
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d t h e s i m u l a t o r l e a d to t h e

4P CONNECTOR
14, R e a d t h e D T C .
Is DTC
1 i~8x or 11-Ax
indicated?
Y E S G o to step 1 5 .
N O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e c a b l e r e e l ; r e p l a c e t h e
c a b l e reel ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 1 8 ) .
is the voltage
as specified
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d t h e S R S u n i t C h e c k t h e
connection between the connector and the S R S .
( s e e p a g e 24-221).
N O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e
h a r n e s s ; replace the dashboard wire harness.
24-69
SRS
Short to Ground In the Driver's Airbag First
Inflator
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g 4P c o n n e c t o r (A)
f r o m t h e c a b l e reel.
DTC 11-Bx ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

Short to Ground in the Driver's Airbag
Second Inflator
* S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A Z - T B 4 0 1 1 A
* S R S s i m u l a t o r lead J 0 7 0 A Z - S N A A 1 0 0
NOTE:
* B e f o r e d o i n g this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e , r e v i e w
* 2-door: Before r e p l a c i n g the S R S unit, c h e c k t h e S R S
v e r s i o n is not t h e latest, u p d a t e the S R S unit s o f t w a r e
O7SAZ-TB4011A
5. C o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r (2 Q,
6. R e c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m the battery.
I s DTC
or 11-Bx indicated?
'
stay on, and is DTC
11-9xor
n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery, t h e n watt at l e a s t
3 minutes.
24-70
indicated?
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g first or
s e c o n d Inflator; r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g
( s e e p a g e 24-205).
3 minutes.
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t the

:
11-Bx
11-9x
10, R e m o v e t h e c o l u m n c o v e r f s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 8 8 ) , t h e n
disconnect the d a s h b o a r d wire harness 4P
c o n n e c t o r I A) f r o m t h e c a b l e r e e l .
3 minutes.
1 7 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r f r o m t h e S R S
18.- M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h t e r m i n a l of the S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d a n d b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e
s h o u l d b e a n o p e n circuit o r a t l e a s t 1 M Q .

4P CONNECTOR
1 1 . C o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r (2 Q
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d t h e s i m u l a t o r l e a d to the
is DTC
11~9x or 11-Bx
indicated?
is the resistance
as
specified?
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e c a b l e r e e l ; r e p l a c e t h e
c a b l e reel f s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 1 8 ) .
Y E S F a u l t y S R S unit o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d t h e S R S u n i t C h e c k t h e
connection between the connector a n d the S R S
unit. I f t h e c o n n e c t i o n is O K , r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit
(see page 24-22 ! ) .
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e
h a r n e s s ; replace the dashboard wire harness.
24-71
SRS
DTC 12-1x ("x" can be 0,2 thru 9 or A thru F):
Open In the Front Passenger's Airbag First
Inflator
4. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r g l o v e b o x ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 6 1 ) ,
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g 4 P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s .
DTC 12-4x ("x" can be 0,2 thru 9 or A thru F):

Open in the Front Passenger's Airbag Second
Inflator
SRS s i m u l a t o r lead J 0 7 0 A Z - S N A A 1 0 0
NOTE:
2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g the S R S unit, c h e c k t h e S R S
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h t h e H D S . If the s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n Is not the latest, u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d J to the d a s h b o a r d
wire harness.
t h e S R S Indicator c o m e s o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
Does
the SRS indicator
or 12-4x
stay
on, and is DTC
12-1x
Is DTC
indicated?
12-1x or 12-4x
indicated?
MOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
( s e e p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C is I n d i c a t e d ,
N O O p e n in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g first or

s e c o n d Inflator; r e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s
a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-206).
. 3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t t h e

3 minutes.
24-72

n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery, t h e n wast at l e a s t 3
minutes.
4
S R S unit f s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 24-33).
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r f r o m t h e S R S
12. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s of
both S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d s . T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s
t h a n 1,0 Q .
DASHBOARD WIRE H A R N E S S
DTC12-11: Short to Another Airbag Inflator in

the Front Passenger's Airbag First Inflator (4door)
NOTE:
S R S Precautions a n d Procedures (see page 24-23),
* 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k t h e S R S .
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n with the H D S . If the s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n is not the latest, update t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
2. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n w a i t for 10
seconds.
is DTC
12-11
indicated?
Is the resistance
as
specified?
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P), C h e c k the c o n n e c t i o n ; if t h e
troubleshoot the DTC.
c o n n e c t i o n i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit ( s e e p a g e
24-221KB
NOOpen j
the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
Is DTC
with
DTC
12-11?
5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .
6. D i s c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery,
(confd)
24-73
SRS
" 8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a c c o r d i n g to the t a b l e . T h e r e

the Front Passenger's Airbag Second Inflator
(4-door)
N O T E : B e f o r e d o i n g this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e ,
DTC
F r o m t e r m in a I
T o t e r m i rial
12-11
No. 5
No. 3
review S R S Precautions and Procedures (see page
No. 4
No. 7
24-23), G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see p a g e
12-41
No. 6
No. 5
No. 6
No. 8
SRS UNIT C O N N E C T O R A (39P)
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n w a i t for 10

seconds.
u
// 3
/ ///
26 27 28 29
16 17 18
31
8
20
/ /
9 10
/ / /
36 37 38 39
Is DTC
12-41
indicated?
, s
is there
continuity?

the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s . i l
is DTC
with
DTC
12-41?
(see page 24-221).M
24-74
8, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a c c o r d i n g t o t h e t a b l e . T h e r e
12. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s N o . 5

b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s N o . 6 a n d N o . 10. T h e r e
DTC
From terminal
To terminal
11-11
No. 9
No. 3
N o . 10
No. 4
No. 9
No.1
N o . 10
No. 8
11-41
S R S U N I T C O N N E C T O R A (39P)
7/ 8
/ / / /
S R S UNIT C O N N E C T O R A (39P)
26 27 28 29
16 17 18
31
8
20
/ /
10
/
/ /
37
/
39
.1
/ /*
/ /
2S Zl
28 29
18 17 18
20
51
1 0 /
m 37
38 39
is there
continuity?
Is there
continuity?
( s e e p a g e 24-221 K B
Y E S S h o r t in t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
( s e e p a g e 24-221
10, D i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m the battery,
t h e n w a it at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s .
11, D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) f r o m t h e
(confd)
24-75
SRS
13. D i s c o n n e c t the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4P
c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e
s t e p 3 on p a g e 24-32).
DTC 12-3x ("x" can be 0 thro 9 or A thro F):

Resistance in the Front Passenger's Airbag
First Inflator
14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s No. 5

a n d No. 9 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P), a n d
b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s No. 6 a n d N o . 10. T h e r e

Resistance in the Front Passenger's Airbag
Second Inflator
y/
// /
/ /<
26 27 28 29
,3
./
/ /
/ 20 / ,
' / / / /< 16 37 38 39 1
16 1 7
18
NOTE:
B e f o r e d o i n g this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e , r e v i e w
S R S P r e c a u t i o n s and" P r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23),
Wire side of
female
terminals
2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k the S R S
Is there
continuity?
v e r s i o n is not the latest, u p d a t e the S R S unit s o f t w a r e

(see p a g e 24-37) a n d retest.
the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s . *
N O F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g ; r e p l a c e t h e

front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 0 6 ) .

or 12-&x indicated?
stay on, and is DTC
12-3x
(see p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d ,
3 minutes.
24-76
4. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r g l o v e box ( s e e p a g e 20-161),
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g 4 P

s i m u l a t o r l e a d . Do not d i s c o n n e c t the s i m u l a t o r
l e a d f r o m the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
12. C o n n e c t t h e S R S s h o r t c a n c e l l e r s ( 0 7 0 A Z - S A A 0 1 0 0 )
to t h e t e r m i n a l s No. 5 a n d No.- 6, a n d t h e t e r m i n a l s .
N o . 9 a n d N o . 10 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) '
( s e e p a g e 24-30).
both S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d s . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n
circuit or at l e a s t 1 M Q ,

4P CONNECTOR
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d J to t h e d a s h b o a r d
wire harness,
8. R e a d t h e D T C ( s e e page?24~35).
is DTC
12-3x or 12-6x
indicated?
is the resistance
as
specified?
N O S h o r t in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g first or
s e c o n d inflator; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-206).
9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t t h e
3 minutes,
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit. C h e c k t h e
u n i t If t h e c o n n e c t i o n i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit
( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
24-77
SRS
Short to Power in the Front Passenger's
Airbag First Inflator
4. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r g l o v e b o x ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 6 1 ) ,
then d i s c o n n e c t the front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g 4 P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s .
DTC 12-Ax ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

Short to Power in the Front Passenger's
Airbag Second Inflator
SRS'simulator lead J 0 7 0 A Z - S N A A 1 0 0
NOTE:
B e f o r e doing this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e , r e v i e w
2-door: Before r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k the S R S
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h the H D S . If the s o f t w a r e
( s e e p a g e 24-37) a n d r e t e s t
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d J to the d a s h b o a r d
wire harness.
6. R e c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e to the battery.
the S R S Indicator c o m e s on for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s

or 12-Ax
indicated?
stay
on, and is DTC
12-8x
is DTC
12-8x
or 12-Ax
indicated?
.NOIntermittent failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this

( s e e p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C Is i n d i c a t e d ,
N O S h o r t to p o w e r in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g

first o r s e c o n d Inflator; r e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s
a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-206).

n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m the battery, t h e n w a i t at l e a s t
3 minutes.
24-78

n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m the battery, t h e n w a i t at least
3 minutes.


Short to Ground in the Front Passenger's
Airbag First Inflator
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r f r o m the S R S

l e a d f r o m t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4P c o n n e c t o r .
DTC 12-Bx ("x" can be thru 9 or A thru F):

Airbag Second Inflator
13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N 111),

S R S simulator lead and body ground. There should
b e l e s s t h a n 0.2 V .

4P CONNECTOR
NOTE:
Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, r e v i e w
R e c o n n e c t i o n ( s e e page-22-89).
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n with t h e H D S . If the s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n is not the latest, u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e

or 12-Bx
indicated?
is the voltage as
stay on, and is DTC 12-9x
specified?
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d t h e S R S u n i t C h e c k the
connection between the connector and the S R S
( s e e p a g e 24-221).
h a r n e s s ; replace the d a s h b o a r d wire harness.
3 minutes.
(confd)
SRS
4. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r g l o v e b o x ( s e e p a g e 20-161),
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g 4 P

l e a d f r o m t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4P c o n n e c t o r .
12. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h t e r m i n a l of
the S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d a n d b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e
s h o u l d b e a n o p e n circuit o r at l e a s t 1 M Q .

4P CONNECTOR
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d J to t h e d a s h b o a r d
wire harness.
is the resistance
as
specified?
Is DTC 12-9x or 12-Bx
indicated?
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
a i r b a g first o r s e c o n d inflator; r e p l a c e t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-206).
3 minutes.
24-80
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39 P) a n d t h e S R S u n i t C h e c k t h e
unit. If the c o n n e c t i o n is O K , r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit
(see p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) . B
harness; replace the d a s h b o a r d wire harness. I I
4
DTC 2l-1x { " x " can be 0 , 2 thru 9 o r A t h r u F):
Open in the Driver's Seat Belt Tensioner
4. R e m o v e t h e B-pIHar l o w e r trim ( s e e p a g e 20-107),

t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the S R S floor wire- h a r n e s s 4P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r .

* S R S simulator lead K 07GAZ-SNAA2Q0
* S R S short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100
NOTE:
G e n e r a l Troubleshooting Information {see page
24-34), a n d B a t t e r y T e r m i n a l D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
* 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k t h e S R S
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h the H D S . Sf the s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n i s not t h e latest, u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
2 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k that
a n d t h e n " g o e s off.
Does the SRS
indicated?
indicator
stay on, and is
DTC21-1x
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d K to t h e S R S floor
wire harness.
8. R e a d the D T C ( s e e page.24-35).
NOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
( s e e p a g e 24-36), If a n o t h e r D T C Is I n d i c a t e d ,
3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t the
3 minutes.
is DTC
21 ~1x
indicated?
N O O p e n in the d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r ;
r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt for 4-door ( s e e p a g e
24-8), for 2-door ( s e e p a g e 24-5).
3 minutes.
(cont'd)
24-81
SRS
10. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P)
f r o m the
.11. C o n n e c t the S R S s h o r t c a n c e l l e r s ( 0 7 0 A Z - S A A 0 1 0 0 )
DTC 21-11: Short to Another Wire in the

Driver's Seat Belt Tensioner (4-door)
to the t e r m i n a l s N o . 12 a n d N o . 13 of S R S unit
review S R S Precautions and P r o c e d u r e s (see page
c o n n e c t o r B (39P) ( s e e p a g e 24-30).
12. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s
N o . 12 a n d N o . 13 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be 2 . 0 3 . 0 Q .
seconds.
u
1
/ / /
12 13 14 IB
6
19
8
.21
Is DTC
21-11
indicated?
23 24 25
(32) (33) (84) (35) 36 37 38 39

L
9 10 11
Is the resistance
as
specified?
Is DTC
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d the S R S unit. C h e c k the
indicated
22-11,
with
31-11,
DTC
32-11,
33-11,
or
34-11
21-11?
c o n n e c t i o n ; if the c o n n e c t i o n is O K , r e p l a c e t h e
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O O p e n in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s .
N O S h o r t in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
24-82
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0),
t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s ,
7. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) f r o m t h e
8. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e t a b l e . T h e r e
s h o u l d b e n o continuity.
DTC
22-11
31-11
32-11
From terminal
To terminal
N o . 12
No. 13
No. 14
No. 15
No.
No.
No.
No.
12
13
12
13
No.
No.
No.
No.
6
7
8
9
33-11
N o . 12
No. 10
34-11
N o . 13
N o . 12
N o . 13
N o . 11
No. 24
No. 2 5
S R S UNIT CONNECTOR B |39Pf
DTC 21-3x C x " can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

Resistance in the Driver's Seat Belt Tensioner
SRS simulator lead K G7OAZ-5NAA20G
S R S short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100
NOTE:
General Troubleshooting'Information (see page
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n with t h e H D S . Sf t h e s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n is not t h e latest, update t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
( s e e p a g e 24-37) a n d retest..
- 2 . T u r n - t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d c h e c k that
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC21-3x

indicated?
MOIntermittent failure, t h e - s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
3 minutes.
Y E S S h o r t in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s .
( s e e p a g e 24-221).
(confd)
24-83
SRS
4. R e m o v e the B-pillar l o w e r t r i m { s e e p a g e 20-107),
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r

11. D i s c o n n e c t the s i m u l a t o r l e a d f r o m t h e S R S floor
wire harness.
12. C o n n e c t t h e S R S s h o r t c a n c e l l e r s ( 0 7 0 A Z - S A A Q 1 0 0 )
to t h e t e r m i n a l s N o . 12 a n d N o . 13 of S R S unit
No. 12 a n d N o . 13 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit o r at l e a s t 1 MQ.
SRS UNIT CONNECTOR B (39P)
/ / /
/ /
/ / / /
1
12 13 14 15
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d K t o t h e S R S floor
wire harness.
LF
7ft
/ii.
7 | 8
A-
10
11
23 24 25
(32)|(33) (34)(35) 36 37
38 39
terminals
Is the resistance
as
specified?
Is DTC21-3x
indicated?
N O S h o r t in t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r ;
r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt for 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e
24-8), for 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-5).
3 minutes.
24-84
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d t h e S R S u n i t C h e c k t h e
c o n n e c t i o n ; if the c o n n e c t i o n i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) . B
N O S h o r t in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
D T C 21-8x {"x" can b e 0 thru 3 or A t h r u F):

S h o r t to P o w e r in the Driver's S e a t Belt
Tensioner
4. R e m o v e t h e B-pillar l o w e r trim ( s e e p a g e 20-107),

t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r .
S p e c i a l Tools R e q u i r e d
S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r O 7 S A Z - T B 4 0 1 1 A
SRS simulator lead K 0 7 0 A 2 - S N A A 2 0 0
NOTE:
S R S Precautions a n d Procedures I s e e page 24-23),
* 2 - d o o r : B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k t h e S R S
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n with t h e H D S , If the s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n is riot t h e latest, u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d c h e c k that
t h e S R S i n d i c a t o r c o m e s o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
indicated?
stay
on, and is
DTC21-8x
wire h a r n e s s .
8. R e a d t h e D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35). WO ^ I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
( s e e p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C i s i n d i c a t e d ,
troubleshoot the D T C ,
n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery, t h e n wast at feast
3 minutes.
Is DTC 21-8x
indicated?
W O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt
tensioner; replace the driver's s e a t belt:
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-5)
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 24-8)
3 minutes.
(cont'd)
24-85
SRS

10. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) f r o m the
DTC 21 -9x ("x" can be 0 thru 9 r A thru F):

Short to Ground in the Driver's Seat Belt
Tensioner
11. D i s c o n n e c t the s i m u l a t o r l e a d f r o m the S R S floor

S R S s i m u l a t o r lead K 0 7 0 A Z - S N A A 2 0 0
NOTE:
14. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n
of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P)
and between the terminal No.
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.2

wire harness.
t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 12
and body ground,
13 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
V.
S R S UNIT CONNECTOR B (39P)
wm
W21
2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k t h e S R S
Does
the SRS
indicator
stay
on, and is
DTC21-9x
indicated?
Is the voltage
as
specified?
c o n n e c t i o n ; if t h e c o n n e c t i o n is O K , r e p l a c e t h e
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 Mil
N O - S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
r e p l a c e the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s .
24-86
WOIntermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . G o t o T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Intermittent F a i l u r e s
3 minutes.
4. R e m o v e t h e B-piliar l o w e r t r i m f s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 0 7 ) ,
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r .

11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s i m u l a t o r l e a d f r o m t h e S R S floor
wire harness.
12. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l
No. 12 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d b o d y
g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 13 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit o r at l e a s t
1MQ.
mm
14 15
O70AZ-SNAA2OO
7/7
1 9
(32)(33)(34)(35)
wire harness.
37
3 S 39
is the resistance
as
specified?
8. R e a d t h e D T C f s e e p a g e 24-35).
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit. C h e c k t h e

c o n n e c t i o n ; if t h e c o n n e c t i o n Is O K , r e p l a c e t h e
Is DTC21-9x
indicated?
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221). 11
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e S R S f l o o r w i r e h a r n e s s ;
r e p l a c e t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s .
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt
t e n s i o n e r ; r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt for 4-door
( s e e p a g e 24-8), f o r 2 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 24-5).
3 minutes.
24-87
SIS
DTC-22-1x ("x" can be 0, 2 thru 9 or A thro F):
Open in the Front Passenger's Seat Belt
Tensioner
4. R e m o v e t h e B - p i t l a r l o w e r t r i m ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 0 7 ) ,
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt
tensioner.

:
NOTE:
- S R S P r e c a u t i o n s a n d P r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23),
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h t h e H D S , If t h e s o f t w a r e
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k that
5. C o n n e c t the S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r (2 Q
t h e S R S Indicator c o m e s on for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r lead K to t h e S R S ' f l o o r
wire harness.
Does
the SRS indicator
stay
on and is DTC
s
22-1 x
indicated?
YESGo
to s t e p 3.
(see p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C Is I n d i c a t e d ,
3 minutes.
is DTC
22~1x
indicated?
M O O p e n in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt
t e n s i o n e r ; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt
for 4-door ( s e e p a g e 24-8), for 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e
24-5).
3 minutes.
24-88

DTC 22-11: Short to Another Wire in the Front

Passenger's Seat Belt Tensioner (4-door)
1 1 . C o n n e c t the S R S s h o r t c a n c e l l e r s ( 0 7 0 A Z - S A A 0 1 0 0 )
to the t e r m i n a l s No, 14 a n d N o . 15 of S R S unit
c o n n e c t o r B ( 3 9 P ) ( s e e p a g e 24-30).
N O T E : Before doing this-troubleshooting procedure,

24-23),.General T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
12.
M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s
N o . 14 a n d N o . 15 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B I39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be 2 . 0 3 . 0 Q.
seconds.
S R S UNIT CONNECTOR B I39P)
1
12
18
(27)
//
Y'/ // /
14 11
19
21
(32) (33) (34)
as
to i i
is DTC
22-11
indicated?
23 24 25
m 37 38 39
is the resistance
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f ailu r e, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
terminals
specified?
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit. C h e c k the
c o n n e c t i o n ; if t h e c o n n e c t i o n is O K , r e p l a c e the
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ).
M O O p e n in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
'
Is DTC 21-1131-1132-11,33-11,
indicated
with DTC
22-11?
or 34-11
M O S h o r t in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
(confd)
24-89
SRS
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery,
t h e n wast at least 3 m i n u t e s .
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of S R S

Resistance in the Front Passenger's Seat Belt
Tensioner
S p e c i a l T o o l s Required
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e t a b l e . T h e r e
NOTE:
DTC
21-11
From terminal
31-11
No. 14
To terminal
No. 12
N o . 13
No. 14
No. 15
No.
No.
No.
No.
32-11
33-11
34-11
No. 6
No. 7
15
14
15
14
No. 8
No. 9
N o . 10
No. 15
No. 11
No. 14
No. 24
No. 15
No. 25
LI
' //
26 27
J ,
/ /
/ / /
/ / / 32
14 1 5
19
8
21
10
33 34 35 36 37 38
indicator
stay
on, and is DTC
22-3x
-9
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
24-90
Does the SRS

indicated?
11
23 24 2 5

Is there
12 13

( s e e p a g e 24-36). if a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d ,
3 minutes.
4. R e m o v e t h e B-pillar l o w e r t r i m f s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 0 7 ) ,

S R S unit ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 2 4 - 3 3 ) .

tensioner.
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s i m u l a t o r l e a d f r o m t h e S R S floor
wire harness.
to t h e t e r m i n a l s No. 14 a n d No. 15 of S R S unit
N o . 14 a n d N o . 15 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B <39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n c i r c u i t o r at l e a s t 1
MQ,
/ / / / 6 7JT 9
13
14
12
/ / 19 A* /
(32) (33) (34*36) 36
(26) (27) / / /
J
1
10 11
23
24 25
37 38 39
L
wire harness.
7. C l e a r D T C m e m o r y .
is the resistance
as
specified?
8. R e a d t h e D T C f s e e p a g e 2 4 - 3 5 ) ,
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit- C h e c k t h e
is DTC 22~3x
indicated?
c o n n e c t i o n ; if t h e c o n n e c t i o n Is O K , r e p l a c e t h e
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) .
YESGotostep9.
M O S h o r t In the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
W O S h o r t in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt
t e n s i o n e r ; r e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt

f o r 4 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 2 4 - 8 ) , for 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e
24-5).
3 minutes.
24-91
SRS
Short to Power in the Front Passenger's Seat
Belt T e n s i o n e r
4. R e m o v e the B-pilfar l o w e r t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-107),

tensioner.

NOTE:
2-door: Before r e p l a c i n g the S R S unit, c h e c k the S R S
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d c h e c k that
stay
on, and is DTC
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d K to the S R S floor
wire harness.
22-8x
indicated?
6. R e c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e to the- battery. '

is DTC
22-8x
indicated?
3 minutes.
N O S h o r t to p o w e r in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t

belt t e n s i o n e r ; r e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
belt for 4-door ( s e e p a g e 24-8), for 2-door ( s e e p a g e
24-5).
n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m the battery, then w a i t at least
3 minutes.
24-92

11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s i m u l a t o r lead f r o m t h e S R S floor
wire harness.
13. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N ( I I ) .
14. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 14
of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d b o d y g r o u n d ,
a n d b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 15 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
UNIT C O N N E C T O R 8
SRS

Seat Belt Tensioner
S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d K 070AZ-SNAA200
NOTE:
24-34), a n d Battery T e r m i n a l - D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n with t h e H D S . If t h e s o f t w a r e
- v e r s i o n is not the. latest, update t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
(39P)
J
LJ
1
12
13
(28) (27)
J ,
F77
/
14 1
/V/ / /
/Ito
(32)|(33) (34)
8
21
(35)
/
38
10
1t
23
24
25
37
33
39


indicated?
stay on, and is DTC
22-9x
is the voltage
as
specified?
S R S unit f s e e p a g e 24-221 )
N O S h o r t t o p o w e r in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
3 minutes.
(cont'd)
24-93
SRS ^
4. R e m o v e t h e B-pillar l o w e r t r i m ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 0 7 ) ,
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt
tensioner.

11. D i s c o n n e c t the s i m u l a t o r l e a d from' the S R S floor
wire harness.
12. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l
g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l No. 15 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t
1 MQ.
r-I
SRS
U N I T C O N N E C T O R B (39P)
:x.
,V // /7
12 13 14 1
(26) (27)
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d K t o the S R S floor
wire harness.
//
III!
u
6
19
8
21
10
11
23 24 25
(32) (33) (34) (35) 38 37 38 39
6. R e c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e to the battery.
is the resistance
Y E S F a u l t y S R S unit or poor c o n n e c t i o n at S R S
c o n n e c t i o n ; if the c o n n e c t i o n is O K , r e p l a c e the
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221). II
Is DTC 22-9x indicated
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t

belt t e n s i o n e r ; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
belt for 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-8), for 2-door ( s e e p a g e
24-5).
24-94
specified?
3 minutes.
as
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
4
DTC 31-1x ("x" can be 0 , 2 thru 9 or A thru F):
Open in the Driver's Side Airbag Inflator
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P
c o n n e c t o r (A) from.the d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g (B).

* S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A 2 - T B 4 0 1 1 A
* S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d L 070AZ-SNAA300
NOTE:
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see page "
v e r s i o n is not t h e l a t e s t u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
2. T u r n - t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k that
the S R S I n d i c a t o r c o m e s o n f o r a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d L to t h e S R S floor
wire harness.
Does
the SRS indicator
stay
on, and is DTC
31-1x
indicated?
is DTC 31-1x
indicated?
N O O p e n in t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g inflator;
3 minutes.
r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-208).
n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery, t h e n watt at l e a s t
3 minutes,
(cont'd)
24-95
SRS
11. D i s c o n n e c t the S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r from" S R S
l e a d f r o m the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
13. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s of
t h e black S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A). T h e r e s h o u l d be
l e s s than 1.0 Q.
D T C 31-11: Short to Another Wire in the

Driver's S i d e Airbag Inflator (4-door)
2 4 - 2 3 ) , G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
seconds.
.
SRS FLOOR WIRE H A R N E S S

Is DTC
31-11
indicated?
Is DTC 21-11,
indicated
Is the resistance
as
specified?
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d the S R S unit. C h e c k t h e
c o n n e c t i o n ; if the c o n n e c t i o n i s O K , r e p l a c e the
N O O p e n or I n c r e a s e d r e s i s t a n c e in the S R S floor
w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s .
24-96
22-11, 32-11, 33-11, or 34-11
with DTC
31-11?
N O S h o r t In t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
S R S unit f s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 24-33),
8, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r 8 (39P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e t a b l e , T h e r e
s h o u l d be no c o n t i n u i t y ,
DTC
21-11
T o terminal
No. 12
N o . 13
No. 14
N o . 15
No. 8
No. 9
N o . 10
N o . 11
N o . 24
No, 25
From terminal
No, 6
No.
No,
No.
No,
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
22-11
32-11
33-11
34-11
7
6
7
6
7.6
7
6
7
S R S U M T CONNECTOR B ( 3 9 P )

Resistance in the Driver's Side Airbag inflator
* S R S simulator lead L 0 7 0 A Z - S N A A 3 0 0
NOTE:
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h the H D S . If t h e s o f t w a r e
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ( I I ) , a n d check: that
Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 31~3x

indicated?
11
/
12 13 1 4 15
,28 2 7 /
j ,
99.
-F
10
11
24 25
^19
2 33
34 35 38 3? 38 39
( s e e p a g e 24-36). Sf a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d ,
I s there
continuity?
3 minutes.
t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s . I f
(see page 24-221).a
(confd)
SBS
4. D i s c o n n e c t the floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2P c o n n e c t o r (A)
f r o m the d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g (B).

11. D i s c o n n e c t the S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r f r o m the S R S
s i m u l a t o r l e a d . D o not d i s c o n n e c t the s i m u l a t o r
l e a d f r o m t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
to the t e r m i n a l s No. 6 a n d No. 7 of S R S unit
the black S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A). T h e r e s h o u l d b e
a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t 1 M Q .
S R S FLOOR WIRE HAHWESS
2 P COISSfMECTOR
5 . C o n n e c t the S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r ( 2 Q
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d L to the S R S floor
wire harness.
8. R e a d the D T C f s e e p a g e 24-35).
I s DTC 31-3x
indicated?
N O S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e in the d r i v e r ' s s i d e
a i r b a g inflator; r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g
(see p a g e 24-208).
3 minutes.
24-98
Is the resistance
as
specified?
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
theSRSfIoorwireharness.il
DTC 31-8x ("x" can be 0 t h r u 9 m A thru FJ:

Short to Power in the Driver's Side Airbag
inflator
4, D i s c o n n e c t the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g (B).

* S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A Z - T B 4 0 1 1 A
* S R S simulator lead L 070AZ-SNAA300
NOTE:
* 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k the S R S
v e r s i o n i s not the latest, update the S R S unit s o f t w a r e
f s e e p a g e 24-37) a n d r e t e s t
1 * C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N fit), a n d c h e c k that
wire harness.

indicated?
stay
on, and is DTC
31-Sx
N O i n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
3 minutes.
is DTC
31-8x
indicated?
N O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g
inflator; r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e
24-208).
n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m the battery, t h e n wast at l e a s t
3 minutes.
(cont'd)
24-99
SRS
S R S unit (see s t e p 8 o n p a g e 24-33).
11. D i s c o n n e c t the S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r f r o m t h e S R S
l e a d f r o m the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2P c o n n e c t o r .

Short to Ground in the Driver's Side Airbag
Inflator
SRS s i m u l a t o r lead L 0 7 0 A Z - S N A A 3 0 0

14. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e a c h t e r m i n a l of the ,
black S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A) a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
SRS FLOOR WIRE
HARNESS
NOTE:
v e r s i o n is not the latest, update the S R S unit s o f t w a r e
indicated?
stay on, and is DTC
31~9x
Is the voltage
as
specified?
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d the S R S u n i t C h e c k the
c o n n e c t i o n ; if the c o n n e c t i o n Is O K , r e p l a c e the
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O S h o r t to p o w e r In the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
24-100
NOintermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this

3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t t h e
3 minutes.
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g (B),

the black S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A) a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
T h e r e s h o u l d b e a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t 1 M Q .
S R S FLOOR WIRE H A R N E S S
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d L t o t h e S R S floor
wire harness.
7. C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y ,
is the resistance
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d the S R S u n i t C h e c k t h e
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
is DTC
31-9x
indicated?
as specified
H O S h o r t to g r o u n d in the d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g
inflator; r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g f s e e p a g e
24-208).
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e . S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;

3 minutes.
24-101
SRS
DTC 32-1x ("x" can be 0.2 thru 9 or A thru F):
Open In the Front Passenger's Side Airbag
Inflator
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e
airbag (BL

* S R S s i m u l a t o r lead L 0 7 Q A Z - S N A A 3 0 0
' S R S short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100
NOTE:
* B e f o r e doing this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e , r e v i e w
* 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g the S R S unit, c h e c k the S R S
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n - w i t h the H D S . if t h e s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n Is not t h e latest, u p d a t e the S R S unit s o f t w a r e
( s e e p a g e 24-37) a n d r e t e s t .
Gonnectors) a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d L to the S R S floor

wire harness.
indicated?
stay
on, and is DTC
32-1 x
MOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
3 minutes.
Is DTC
32-1x
indicated?
N O O p e n In t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g
Inflator; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g
( s e e p a g e 24-208).
3 minutes.
24-102

1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r f r o m t h e S R S
DTC 32-11: Short to Another Wire in Front

Passenger's Side Airbag Inflator (4-door)
s i m u l a t o r l e a d , D o not d i s c o n n e c t the s i m u l a t o r
review SRS-Precautions and Procedures (see page
24-23), G e n e r a ! T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
24-34), a n d Battery T e r m i n a l - D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
to the t e r m i n a l s N o . 8 a n d No. 9 of S R S unit

c o n n e c t o r B (39P) f s e e p a g e 24-30).
t h e black S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A), T h e r e s h o u l d b e
l e s s t h a n 1.0
seconds.
0,
SRS FLOOR WIRE H A R N E S S

Is DTC
32-11
indicated?
WOIntermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
Is DTC
indicated
Is the resistance
as
specified?
21-11,
22-11,
with DTC
31-11, 33-11,
or
34-11
32-11?
Y E S G o to s t e p S .
W O S h o r t in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
unit c o n n e c t o r B <39P) a n d the S R S u n i t C h e c k t h e
c o n n e c t i o n ; if t h e c o n n e c t i o n ' i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e
S R S unit f s e e p a g e 24-221),
the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s . M
(confd)
24-103
SRS
6. D i s c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery,
DTC 32-3x ("x" can be 0 t h r u 9 or A t h r u F):

Resistance in the Front Passenger's Side
Airbag Inflator
7. - D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (33P) f r o m the


8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a c c o r d i n g to t h e table. T h e r e
From terminal
DTC
21-11
22-11
31-11
33-11
34-11
No.
No.
No.
No.
8
9
8
9
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
8
9
8
9
8
To terminal
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
12
13
14
15
6
7
No. 10
No. 11
No. 24
12 13 14 15
28 27
0
6
19
21
10
23 24 25
N O F a u l t y S R S unit; r e p l a c e the S R S unit
24-104

indicated?
stay
on, and is DTC
32-3x
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
continuity?
( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
11
Is there

General Troubleshooting Information (see page

// / /
NOTE:
No. 2 5
No. 9
. MOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
troubleshoot the D T C . '
3 minutes.

a i r b a g (B).
l e a d f r o m t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r ,
12. C o n n e c t t h e S R S s h o r t c a n c e l l e r s ( 0 7 0 A 2 - S A A 0 1 0 0 )
to t h e t e r m i n a l s N o . 8 a n d No. 9 of S R S unit
t h e b l a c k S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A). T h e r e s h o u l d b e
a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t 1 M Q .
SRS FLOOR WIRE HARNESS

2P CONNECTOR
c o n n e c t o r s } a n d s i m u l a t o r l e a d L t o t h e S R S floor
wire harness,
7. C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y ,
Is the resistance
is DTC
32-3x
as specified
indicated?
N O S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
s i d e a i r b a g inflator; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
side airbag fsee page 24-208).
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d t h e S R S -unit C h e c k t h e
S R S unit f s e e p a g e - 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) . H
N O S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e in t h e S R S floor w i r e
h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s .
9. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK D i s c o n n e c t t h e
n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery/ t h e n w a i t at l e a s t
3 minutes,
24-105
SRS
DTC 32-8x ( V can be 0 thru 9 r A thru F):
Short to Power in the Front Passenger's Side
Airbag Inflator
a i r b a g (B).

S R S - inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A Z - T B 4 0 1 1 A
S R S s i m u l a t o r lead L 0 7 0 A Z - S N A A 3 0 0
NOTE:
S R S P r e c a u t i o n s a n d P r o c e d u r e s fsee p a g e 24-23),
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (if), a n d c h e c k that
indicated?
stay
on, and is DTC
32-dx
wire harness.
3 minutes.
is DTC
32-8x
indicated?
W O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e
a i r b a g inflator; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e
airbag (see page 2 4 - 2 0 8 ) .
9. T u r n t h e Ignition .switch to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t t h e
3-minutes.
24-106

DTC 32-9x ("x" can b e 0 t h r u 9 o r A t h r u F):

Side Airbag Inflator

* S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A Z - T B 4 0 1 . 1 A
14. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e a c h t e r m i n a l of the
T h e r e s h o u l d be. l e s s t h a n 0.2 V .
NOTE:
R e c o n n e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-89),
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n with the H D S . If t h e s o f t w a r e '
v e r s i o n i s not t h e latest, update t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e

2 P CONNECTOR
07<AZ-SNAA3OO
Does
the SRS. indicator
stay
on, and is DTC
32-9x
indicated?
is the voltage
as specified
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d the S R S unit, C h e c k the
c o n n e c t i o n ; if the connection is O K , r e p l a c e t h e
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
H O S h o r t t o p o w e r in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
3'minutes.
(confd)
24-107
SRS
PTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
4. D i s c o n n e c t the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e

a i r b a g (B).
11. D i s c o n n e c t the S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r f r o m t h e S R S
lead f r o m t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2P c o n n e c t o r .
12. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h t e r m i n a l of
the black S R S s i m u l a t o r lead (A) a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t 1 M Q.
wire harness.
Is the resistance
as
specified?
8. R e a d the D T C (see p a g e 24-35).
Is DTC
32-9x
indicated?
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e
a i r b a g Inflator; r e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e
airbag (see page 2 4 - 2 0 8 ) .
3 minutes.
24-108
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit. C h e c k the
c o n n e c t i o n ; if the c o n n e c t i o n i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221). I I
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
DTC 33-1x C x " can be 0 , 2 thru 9 or A thru F):

Open in the Left Side Curtain Airbag Inflator
4. R e m o v e t h e left s i d e C-pillar t r i m , for 2 - d o o r

(see p a g e 20-110), for 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-115),
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g
* S R S simulator lead L Q7GAZ-SNAA30Q

MOTE:
the S R S i n d i c a t o r c o m e s o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
c o n n e c t o r s ) a n d s i m u l a t o r lead. L to t h e S R S floor
Does
the SRS
indicator
stay
on, and is DTC
33- 1x
wire harness.
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is OK at t h i s
( s e e p a g e 24-38).. If a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d ,
3 minutes.
is DTC
33- 1x indicated
W O O p e n in t h e left s i d e curtain a i r b a g ; r e p l a c e
t h e left s i d e curtain a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-209).
3 minutes.
(confd)
24-109
S R S
DTC Troubleshooting
(cont'd)

lead f r o m the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
to t h e t e r m i n a l s N o . 10 a n d N o . 11 of S R S unit
13. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of
t h e black S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A). T h e r e s h o u l d be
l e s s than 1,0 Q.
DTC 33-11: Short to Another Wire In the Left

Side Curtain Airbag Inflator (4-door)
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n wast for 10
seconds.
2 P CONNECTOR
is DTC
33-11
indicated?
(see p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C Is i n d i c a t e d ,
Is DTC 21-11, 22-11,
indicated
with DTC
Is the resistance
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y S R S unit or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at the
S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d t h e S R S u n i t C h e c k
t h e c o n n e c t i o n ; if t h e c o n n e c t i o n is O K , r e p l a c e the
N O - O p e n In the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s . i l
24-110
31-11, 32-11,
33-11?
or
34-11
N O S h o r t In the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
8, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r B <39P) a c c o r d i n g to the table. T h e r e
From terminal
No. 10
N o . 11
N o , 10
No. 11
N o . 10
No. 11
N o . 10
N o . 11
N o . 10
N o . 11
DTC
21-11
22-11
31-11
32-11
34-11
To terminal
No. 12
No. 13
N o . 14
N o . 15
No. 6
No. 7
No. 8
No. 9
No. 2 4
N o . 25
u
1
26 27
J .
14
/ // /
/ / V
/ / /
6
19
8
21
NOTE:
G e n e r a l " T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
R e c o n n e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-89). 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g the S R S unit, c h e c k the S R S
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h t h e HDS. If t h e s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n is not the latest, update the SRS unit s o f t w a r e

indicated?
stay on, and is DTC
33-3x
9 10 11
23 24 5
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
is there

SRS inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A Z - T B 4 0 1 1 A
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to ON (II), a n d c h e c k that

the SRS indicator c o m e s on for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
S R S UNIT CONNECTOR B |39P)
12 13

Resistance in the Left Side Curtain Airbag
Inflator
continuity?
NOIntermittent failure, the s y s t e m is OK at this
3 minutes.
t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s . H
f s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
(confd)
24-111
SRS
4. R e m o v e the left s i d e C-pillar t r i m , for 2 - d o o r
( s e e p a g e 20-110), for 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-115),
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g

the b l a c k S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A). T h e r e s h o u l d b e
a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t 1 M 0 .
2P CONNECTOR
5 . C o n n e c t the S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r (2 Q
wire harness.
is the resistance
as-specif
led?
Is DTC
333x
indicated?
N O S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e In t h e left s i d e c u r t a i n
a i r b a g inflator; r e p l a c e the left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g
( s e e p a g e 24-209).
3 minutes.
24-112
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e In t h e S R S floor w i r e
DTC 33-8x f x " can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

Short to Power in the Left Side Curtain
Airbag inflator
S p e c i a l Tools Required
S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d L 070AZ-SNAA300
4, R e m o v e t h e left s i d e C-pillar t r i m , for 2 - d o o r

( s e e p a g e 20-110), for 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-11-5),
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g
NOTE:
S R S Precautions-and P r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 3 ) ,
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n fsee p a g e
24-34),-and B a t t e r y T e r m i n a l D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
Reconnection ( s e e p a g e 22-89),
1. C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y f s e e p a g e 24-35).
indicated?
stay on, and is DTC
33-8x
wire harness.
3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK D i s c o n n e c t t h e
3 minutes,
is DTC 33-8x
indicated?
N O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g
inflator; r e p l a c e t h e left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g
(see page 2 4 - 2 0 9 ) .
3 minutes.
(confd)
24-113
SRS
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) f r o m t h e
S R S unit ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 24-33),
s i m u l a t o r lead. D o not d i s c o n n e c t t h e s i m u l a t o r

Short to Ground in the Left Side Curtain
Airbag Inflator
13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to ON (II).
14. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e a c h t e r m i n a l of t h e
black S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A) a n d b o d y g r o u n d ,
NOTE:
G e n e r a l Troubleshooting Information.(see page .
' ( s e e page"24-37) a n d retest.
the S R S Indicator c o m e s o n f o r a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
indicated?
stay
on, and- is DTC
33-9x
Is the voltage as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y S R S unit o r poor c o n n e c t i o n at S R S
N O S h o r t to p o w e r In t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
24-114
3 minutes.
4 . R e m o v e t h e left s i d e C-pillar t r i m , for 2 - d o o r

f s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 1 0 ) , for 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 1 5 ) ,
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e left s i d e curtain a i r b a g
c o n n e c t o r (BK

t h e black S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A) a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t 1 M Q .
wire harness.
Is the resistance
as
specified?
is DTC
33-9x
indicated?
M O S h o r t to g r o u n d in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e left s i d e curtain a i r b a g
inflator; r e p l a c e t h e left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g
f s e e p a g e 24-209).
9 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t the
3 minutes.
24-115
SRS
DTC 34-1x ("x" can be 0, 2 thru 9 or A thru F):
Open in the Right Side Curtain Airbag Inflator
* S R S short canceller 0 7 0 A Z - S A A 0 1 0 0
4. R e m o v e the right s i d e C-pillar t r i m , for 2 - d o o r

( s e e p a g e 20-110), for 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-115),
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the right s i d e curtain a i r b a g
NOTE:
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h the H D S . ff the s o f t w a r e
the S R S Indicator c o m e s o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
indicated?
stay
on, and is DTC
34-1 x
wire harness.
NOIntermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this
3 minutes.
Is DTC
34-1 x
indicated?
N O O p e n in the right s i d e curtain a i r b a g Inflator,
r e p l a c e t h e right s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e
24-209).
3 minutes.
24-116

DTC 34-11: Short to Another Wire in the Right

Side Curtain Airbag Inflator (4-door)
l e a d f r o m t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2P c o n n e c t o r .
24-23), G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e
to t h e t e r m i n a l s N o , 2 4 a n d N o . 25 of S R S unit
t h e black S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A), T h e r e s h o u l d be
l e s s t h a n 1.0 0 .
1. . C l e a r the D T C m e m o r y (see- p a g e 24-35).

seconds.
2F C O N N E C T O R
is DTC
34-11
indicated?
( s e e p a g e 24-36). if a n o t h e r D T C is I n d i c a t e d ,
Is DTC 21-11, 22-11,
indicated
with DTC
is the resistance
as
specified?
unit c o n n e c t o r B <39P) a n d t h e S R S unit. C h e c k the
31-11, 32-11,
34-11?
or
33-11
HOShort
In the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
M O O p e n in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
(confd)
24-117
SRS
(0).
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K


Resistance in the Right Side Curtain Airbag
Inflator


S R S simulator lead L 0 7 0 A Z - S N A A 3 0 0
8 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a c c o r d i n g to the table. T h e r e
DTC
21-11
22-11
From terminal
No. 2 4
No. 2 5
No. 24
No.
No.
No.
No.
31-11
32-11
To terminal
N o . 12
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
25
24
25
24
No. 2 5
No. 2 4
No. 25
33-11
S R S UNIT C O N N E C T O R B
13
14
15
6
7
8
9
10
11
7
1/ / / /
10 11
21
12 13 14 15
1
9
23 24 26
/
/ /
26 27 /
/ 32 33 34 35 36 37 39I
8
2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g the S R S unit, c h e c k the S R S

v e r s i o n is not t h e latest, u p d a t e the S R S unit s o f t w a r e
(39P)
If
NOTE:
Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, r e v i e w

indicated?
stay
on, and is DTC
34-3x
38
ET
Is there
continuity?
Y E S S h o r t in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
24-118
3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t t h e
3 minutes.
4. R e m o v e t h e right s i d e C-pillar t r i m , for 2 - d o o r

f s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 1 0 ) , f o r 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-115),
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e right s i d e curtain a i r b a g

11. D i s c o n n e c t the S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r f r o m the S R S
lead f r o m t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
to t h e t e r m i n a l s No. 24 a n d N o . 2 5 of S R S unit
13. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s of
the b l a c k S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A). T h e r e s h o u l d be
a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t 1
MQ.
2 P CONNECTOR
5, C o n n e c t the S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r (2 Q
wire harness..
7, C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y .
is the resistance as
specified?
8, R e a d t h e D T C f s e e p a g e 24-35).
is D TC 34-3x
indicated ?
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) and" t h e S R S unit. C h e c k the

S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 M I
N O S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e in t h e right s i d e c u r t a i n
a i r b a g inflator; r e p l a c e t h e right s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g
(see p a g e 24-209).
N O S h o r t to a n o t h e r w i r e in t h e S R S floor w i r e
9, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). D i s c o n n e c t t h e
3 minutes.
24-119
SRS
DTC 34-8x ( " x " can be 0 thru 9 o r A thro F):
Short to Power.in the Right Side Curtain
Airbag Inflator
4. R e m o v e t h e right.side C-pillar t r i m , for 2 - d o o r

( s e e p a g e 20-110), for 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-115),
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the right s i d e curtain a i r b a g

* S R S s i m u l a t o r lead L 0 7 0 A Z - S N A A 3 0 0
NOTE:
General Troubleshooting Information (see-page
5 . C o n n e c t the S R S "inflator s i m u l a t o r (2 Q
Does
the SRS indicator
stay on, and is DTC
34-8x
wire harness.
indicated?
3 minutes.
is DTC
34-8x
indicated?.
N O S h o r t to p o w e r i n t h e right s i d e curtain a i r b a g
inflator; r e p l a c e t h e right s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g
( s e e p a g e 24-209).
9. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0); D i s c o n n e c t t h e
3 minutes.
24-120
10. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r 8 (39P) f r o m t h e

s i m u l a t o r l e a d . D o n o t d i s c o n n e c t the s i m u l a t o r
DTC 34-9x ("x" can be thru 9 or A thru F):

Short to-Ground in the Right Side Curtain
Airbag inflator
* S R S simulator lead L 070AZ-SNAA300
1 2 . R e c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e t o t h e battery.
ill).
T h e r e s h o u l d b e l e s s t h a n 0.2 V<
NOTE:
S R S Precautions and Procedures (see page 24-23),
v e r s i o n Is not t h e latest, update t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
1 . C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k that
Does
the SRS
indicator
stay
on, and is DTC
34~9x
indicated?
is the voltage
as
specified?
c o n n e c t i o n ; if t h e c o n n e c t i o n i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e
S R S unit { s e e p a g e 24-221 K B
W O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
3 minutes.
(confd)
24-121
SRS
4. R e m o v e the right s i d e C-pillar t r i m , f o r 2-door
(see p a g e 20-110), f o r 4-door (see p a g e 20-115),
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e right s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g
c o n n e c t o r (R).

12. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h t e r m i n a l of
t h e black S R S s i m u l a t o r l e a d (A) a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
T h e r e .should be. a n o p e n circuit o r at l e a s t 1 M Q.
5. C o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r (2 -Q
wire harness.
Is the resistance
as
specified?
6. R e c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e t o the battery.

c o n n e c t i o n ; If the c o n n e c t i o n Is OK,, r e p l a c e the
Is DTC 34-9x
indicated?
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) .
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e right s i d e curtain
a i r b a g inflator; r e p l a c e t h e right s i d e curtain a i r b a g
( s e e p a g e 24-209).
3 minutes.
24-122
DTC 41-1x ( " x " can be thru 3 or A thru F):

No Signal From the Left Front impact Sensor
S R S unit ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 24-33). .

* S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r O 7 S A Z - T B 4 0 1 1 A
b. D i s c o n n e c t t h e left e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e
h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e left front i m p a c t
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 24-231).
NOTE:
G e n e r a l Troubleshooting Information fsee page
9. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n S R S unit c o n n e c t o r
* 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S u n i t c h e c k t h e S R S
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h t h e H D S J f the s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n i s not t h e l a t e s t u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
A (39P) t e r m i n a l s N o . 3 6 a n d N o . 3 7 . T h e r e s h o u l d b e
a n o p e n circuit o r a least 1 M Q .
SRS UNIT CONNECTOR A(39P)
/ /
/ / V /
28
1. C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y { s e e p a g e 24-35).
27
28
29
16
17
18
31
20
10
V /
36
37
/y
38
39
2. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II), t h e n w a i t for 10

seconds.

Is DTC41-1x
indicated?
is the resistance
as
specified?
M O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at this
f s e e p a g e 24-38). If a n o t h e r D T C i s i n d i c a t e d ,
M O S h o r t in t h e left e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e
h a r n e s s or d a s h b o a r d wire h a r n e s s ; replace the
faulty h a r n e s s .
4, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K { 0 ) .
8, C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n S R S unit c o n n e c t o r
A (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit, b e t w e e n t h e left e n g i n e
compartment wire harness 2P connector and the
left front i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 24-231), a n d at
c o n n e c t o r C 3 0 3 f s e e p a g e 22-30).
Are
the connections
OK?
W O R e pair t h e p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s a n d retest.
(confd)
24-123
SRS
No. 3 6 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d b o d y

g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No. 37 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n open-circuit or at l e a s t
1 MQ.
15. C o n n e c t the S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r ( j u m p e r

c o n n e c t o r ) a n d the b l a c k l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r lead
L to the left e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P
S R S UNIT CONNECTOR A C39P)

u
/ [ /
[ 3 | A
//
28
3
27
5
17
2B\2B
I (3
1B
7 |
-71-7
~7 2 / /
0
'//
i? T I T
/
37
38
39
, 1
07SAZ-TB40T1A
/ s f/?e resistance
as
specified?
070AZ-Si\IAA3CI
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in the left e n g i n e
c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s or d a s h b o a r d w i r e

No. 36 a n d No. 37 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1.0 Q.
h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e t h e faulty h a r n e s s . i l
S R S UNIT CONNECTOR A (39P)
!
LI
/ /
/ / / /
13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n
of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P)
a n d b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No.
T h e r e s h o u l d b e , l e s s t h a n 0.2
t h e t e r m i n a l No. 36
and body ground,
V.
26 27 28 29
16 .17 18
31
9 10
20
/ / /
36 37 38 39
S R S U t W COIMNECTOR A ( 3 9 P )
4
/ /
26
18
2
1 28|29 /
.>
17
18
1 / /
i 10 /7
y / 20 /
'
37
38
38
is the resistance
as
specified?
Y E S - F a u l t y left front I m p a c t s e n s o r or S R S unit;

r e p l a c e t h e left front I m p a c t s e n s o r (see. p a g e
24-231). If the p r o b l e m is still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e the
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O O p e n in t h e left e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e
. Is the voltage
as
specified?
h a r n e s s or d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e t h e
fauityharness.il
N O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e left e n g i n e
c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s or d a s h b o a r d w i r e
h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e the faulty h a r n e s s . B
24-124
DTC 42-1 x ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

No Signal From the Right Front Impact
Sensor
* S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A Z - T B 4 O 1 1 A
* 5 R S simulator lead L 070AZ-SNAA30Q

8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e right e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e
h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e right front i m p a c t
s e n s o r f s e e p a g e 24-231).
NOTE:
No. 3 8 a n d N o . 39 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P).

S R S Precautions a n d P r o c e d u r e s fsee page 24-23),
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information fsee page
T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit or at feast 1 M Q.
* 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S u n i t c h e c k t h e S R S
v e r s i o n i s not t h e l a t e s t u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
SRS UNIT CONNECTOR A
/ T / "alY
]~s
7~[ 8 | 9
110
(39P)
2 , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N fll) t h e n w a i t for 10
seconds.
f
3 , R e a d t h e D T C f s e e p a g e 24-35).
is the resistance
is DTC
42-1 x
as
specified?
indicated?
W O S h o r t in t h e right e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e
M O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
f s e e p a g e 2 4 - 3 6 ) . If a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d ,
faultyharness.fi
t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s ,
6. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n S R S unit c o n n e c t o r
A ( 3 9 P ) a n d t h e S R S u n i t b e t w e e n t h e right e n g i n e
c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s 2P connector a n d the
right front i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 3 1 ) , a n d at
c o n n e c t o r C 2 0 3 f s e e p a g e 22-26),
Are the connections
OK?
YESGotostep7,
W O R e p a i r t h e p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s a n d retest,
(confd)
24-125
SRS
10. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l
N o . 3 8 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d b o d y
g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l No. 3 9 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit o r at l e a s t
1 MO.
15. C o n n e c t t h e S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r ( j u m p e r
c o n n e c t o r ) a n d the b l a c k l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r l e a d
L to t h e right e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P
//j7 4
//
28 7228
J
5 8 1 8 3 10 | /
19 1T i e ,
28
/=
Wire side of female terminate
Is the resistance
as
07SAZ-TB4011A
specified?
70AZ-SNAA300
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e right e n g i n e
c o m p a r t m e n t wire h a r n e s s or d a s h b o a r d wire
No. 3 8 a n d No. 3 9 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1.0 2 .
h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e t h e faulty h a r n e s s .
S R S UNIT C O N N E C T O RA
(39P)

/ /
13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n
of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P)
a n d between the terminal No.
T h e r e s h o u l d b e l e s s t h a n 0.2
the terminal No. 38

and body ground,
V.
/ / / /
26 27
28
29
18 17 18
31
10
/
/ / /
20
36 37 38 39
S R S U N I T CONNECTOR A (39Pf
Is the resistance
as
terminals
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y right front I m p a c t s e n s o r o r S R S unit;

r e p l a c e t h e right front i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
24-231). If t h e p r o b l e m Is still p r e s e n t r e p l a c e t h e
S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) .
N O O p e n in t h e right e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e
Is the voltage
as
specified?
faulty h a r n e s s .
N I O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e right e n g i n e
c o m p a r t m e n t wire h a r n e s s or d a s h b o a r d wire
h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e t h e faulty h a r n e s s .
24-126
DTC 41-2x, 413x 418x, 41-9x, 41-Ax, 41-Bx

( " x " can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F ) :
Internal Failure of the Left Front Impact
Sensor
?
DTC 42-2x, 42~3x, 42-8x, 42-9x, 42-Ax, 42-Bx

( " x " can be 0 t h r u 9 or A thru F ) :
Internal Failure of the Right Front Impact

Sensor
review S R S Precautions and Procedures {see page
24-23). a n d G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information
24-23). a n d G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n
( s e e p a g e 24-34).
f s e e p a g e 24-34).
seconds.
seconds.
Is DTC41-2x
indicated?
41-3x
41-Sx,
41-9x.
41-Ax,
or
41-Bx
is DTC
42-2x,
42-3x,
42-8x,
42-9x,
42-Ax,
or
42-Bx
indicated?
Y E S F a u l t y left front I m p a c t s e n s o r ; r e p l a c e the
Y E S F a u l t y right front i m p a c t s e n s o r ; r e p l a c e t h e
left front i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 24-231).
right front i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 24-231 ) .
(see p a g e 2 4 - 3 6 ) , If a n o t h e r D T C Is I n d i c a t e d ,
24-127
SRS
No Signal From the Left Side Impact Sensor
(first) (4-door)
S p e c i a l T o o l s Fteqyired
c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
( s e e p a g e 24-223).
No. 3 6 a n d N o . 37 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d b e a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t 1 M Q.
24-23), G e n e r a l Troubleshooting Information (see page

S R S U W I T CONNECTOR B (39P)

2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ( I I ) , t h e n w a i t for 10
seconds.
/// /
/ /
/ / / 32
1
12 13 14 15
26 27
7 8 9 10 11
19
21
23 24 25
33 34 35 38 37 38 39
t
Is DTC
43-1 x
indicated?
is the resistance
as
specified?
N O - S h o r t In the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e

B (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit, a n d b e t w e e n the S R S
floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e left s i d e
i m p a c t s e n s o r (first) ( s e e p a g e 24-223).
is the connection
OK?
N O R e p a i r the p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s a n d retest.
24-128
10, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l
N o . 3 8 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d b o d y
g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o , 37 a n d b o d y
ground. T h e r e s h o u l d be an open circuit or a t least
1
MS.
15. C o n n e c t the S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r ( j u m p e r

c o n n e c t o r ) a n d t h e black l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r lead
L to t h e floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
SRS UNIT COMPJECTOR B f39P)
u
1
////
12 IS 14 IS
27
7
19
8
21
10. 11
23 24 25
32 33 34 35 38 37 38 39
07SAZ-TB4011A
07OAZ-SNAA300
is the resistance
as specified
?
N o . 36 a n d No. 37 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).

replace the S R S floor wire h a r n e s s .

S R S UNIT C O N N E C T O R B (39P)
>
13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l N o . 36
of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39 P) a n d b o d y g r o u n d ,
12 13 14
26 27
LT
15
/ 19
10 11
23 24 25
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
"L
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.2 V ,
SRS y WIT CONNECTOR B (39P)
/ / / 7
/
12 13 14 15
26 27
i
19
21
10 11
23 24 25
Is the resistance
as
specified?
32 33 34 35 38 37 38 39
Y E S F a u l t y left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first) or S R S
unit; r e p l a c e t h e left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
( s e e p a g e 24-223). If the p r o b l e m is still p r e s e n t ,
r e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) .

N O O p e n in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
is the voiiage
as specified
N O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
24-129
SRS
DTC 44-1x ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru FJ:
No Signal From the Right Side Impact Sensor
(first) (4-door)
N O T E : B e f o r e doing this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e ,
r e v i e w S R S P r e c a u t i o n s a n d P r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e '
7. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r 8 (39P) f r o m the

c o n n e c t o r f r o m the right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
( s e e p a g e 24-223).
9. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s No. 3 8 a n d No. 3 9 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
S B S UWIT COWNECTOR B (39P)
/ // /
13 14 15
/ / /
27
/ / / / 32
1
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N ( I I ) , then w a i t for 10
12
seconds.
26
J ,
19
21
33 34 35
10
11
23 24 28
36 C7 38 39
Is DTC
44- 1x
indicated?
NOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at this '
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D T C . "
t h e n wast at least 3 m i n u t e s .
6. C h e c k the c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n S R S unit c o n n e c t o r
B (39P) a n d the S R S unit, b e t w e e n the S R S floor
w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r and" the right s i d e
I m p a c t s e n s o r (first) ( s e e p a g e 24-223).
Is the connection
OK?
N O R e p a i r the p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s a n d retest.-
24-130
is the resistance
as specified
N o , 3 8 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d b o d y
g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o , 39 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d b e a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t
1MQ.

15. C o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r ( j u m p e r
c o n n e c t o r ) a n d the black l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r l e a d
L to the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
SRS UNIT CONWECTOR B f39PI

U
1
j ,
12
13
2S
27
14
/ /
15
/ /
/
/
/
/
32
19
33
34
11
23 24 2B
21
35
to
36
37
38 3 9
[-TB4011A
is the resistance
as
070AZ-SNAA300
specified?
16. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s
N o . 38 a n d No. 3 9 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1,0 Q.

12 13 14 15
13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 3 8
a n d b e t w e e n the terminal No. 39 and body g r o u n d .
/ / /
12
13
26
27
14
15
6
19
32
33
11
A /
23
24
25
37
38
38
34
35
38
is the resistance
J .
is the voltage
as specified
8
21
10
Lf
11
23 24
32 33 34 35 38 37 38 39
Lf
10
21
J .
A /
19
26 27
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first) or S R S
unit; r e p l a c e t h e right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
( s e e p a g e 24-223). If t h e p r o b l e m i s still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) . H
H O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
24-131
SRS
(first) (2-door)
N o . 36 a n d N o . 37 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d b e a n o p e n c i r c u i t or at l e a s t 1 M Q .
u
1
NOTE:
* Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, r e v i e w
12 13 14 15
S R S Precautions a n d P r o c e d u r e s (see page 24-23),

26 27
J ,
/ / /
//
19
A /
21
10
11
23 24 25
32 33 34 35 38 37 38 39
* B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k the S R S unit
s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h t h e H D S . If t h e s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n is not t h e l a t e s t u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
Is the resistance as specified?

2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (11), t h e n w a i t for 10
N O S h o r t i n the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
seconds.
I s DTC 43-1 x
indicated?
N o . 36 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d b o d y
g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 37 a n d b o d y
Y E S -
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n c i r c u i t or at l e a s t
If D T C 43-11 Is I n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 4.
* Sf D T C 43-1x e x c e p t 43-11 Is I n d i c a t e d a l o n e , or
1 MQ.
D T C 43-11 a n d 45-11 Is I n d i c a t e d , faulty left s i d e
i m p a c t s e n s o r (first); r e p l a c e t h e left s i d e I m p a c t
s e n s o r (first) ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 4 ) .
12 13 14 15
/ / / /
26 27
J
u
6
19
8
21
10
11
23 24 25
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
t h e n wast at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s .
Is the resistance as specified?
c o n n e c t o r f r o m the left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first)

( s e e p a g e 24-224).
S R S unit ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 2 4 - 3 3 ) .
24-132
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
N o . 3 6 a n d N o . 37 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1.0 Q .

12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 3 6
T h e r e s h o u l d b e l e s s t h a n 0.2 V,
/ / / /
/
12 13 14 15
26 27
S R S U N I T C O N N E C T O H B (39P)
12
13 14 15
28 27
w/
y y
19
/ /
21
10
21
10
11
23 24
25
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
11
32 33 34 35 36 37 30 39
as
23 24 25
is the resistance
is the voltage
19
specified?
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first) or S R S
unit; r e p l a c e t h e left side" I m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
( s e e p a g e 24-224). If t h e p r o b l e m is still p r e s e n t ,
r e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) . B
N O O p e n In t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
M O S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
replace the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s .
1 4 C o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r { J u m p e r
c o n n e c t o r ) a n d t h e b l a c k l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r l e a d
L to t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
078AZ-TB4011A
070AZ-SNAA300
24-133
SRS
DTC 44-1x ("X" can be 0 thru 9 r A thru F):
(first) (2-door)
S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A Z - T B 4 Q 1 1 A
NOTE:
G e n e r a ! T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g the S R S u n i t c h e c k the S R S unit
s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h t h e H D S , If the s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n Is not the l a t e s t u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
No. 3 8 a n d No. 3 9 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be m o r e t h a n I M S .
SRS UNIT C O N N E C T O R B
(39P)
Is the resistance
as
specified?
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), then w a i t for 10
seconds. 3. R e a d the D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
Is DTC 44-1 x
indicated?
YES If D T C 44-11 is I n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 4.
Sf D T C 44-1 x e x c e p t 44-11 is Indicated a l o n e or
D T C 44-11 a n d 46-11 a r e I n d i c a t e d , faulty left s i d e
I m p a c t s e n s o r (first); r e p l a c e t h e left s i d e I m p a c t
s e n s o r (first) ( s e e p a g e 24-224).
If D T C 44-12 a n d B2-11 a r e I n d i c a t e d ,
troubleshoot D T C B2-1x.
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be m o r e t h a n 1 M Q.
S R S UNIT C O N N E C T O R B
(39P)
is the resistance
as
specified?
6. D i s c o n n e c t the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4P
c o n n e c t o r f r o m the right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
( s e e p a g e 24-224).
24-134
15. M e a s u r e "the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s

No. 3 8 a n d N o . 39 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B" (39P).
1 1 . T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
1 2 . M e a s u r e the voltage between the terminal No. 38
a n d b e t w e e n the terminal No. 39 a n d body g r o u n d .
T h e r e s h o u l d be less than 0 . 2 V.
S R S UNIT C O N W E C T O R B (39P)
1 J =
12 13
/ /
A/ / / /
/ / /
/ / / / /
14 15
u
6
19
/
/
21
/'
9 10 11
/
36
23 24 25
37
38
is the resistance
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first) or S R S
unit; r e p l a c e t h e right s i d e -Impact s e n s o r (first)
( s e e p a g e 24-224). If t h e p r o b l e m Is still p r e s e n t ,
is the voiiage
as
r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
specified?
N O O p e n In the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
13, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) ,
1 4 . C o n n e c t t h e S R S Inflator s i m u l a t o r ( j u m p e r
c o n n e c t o r ) a n d t h e black l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r l e a d
L to t h e floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
07SAZ-TB4011A
70AZ-Sf\fAA30O
24-135
SRS
DTC 43-2x, 43-3x, 43-8x, 43-9x, 43-Ax, 43-Bx
( V can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):
Internal Failure of the Left Side Impact
Sensor (first)
DTC 44-2x, 44-3x, 44-8x, 44-9x, 44-Ax, 44-Bx

("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):
Interna! Failure of the Right Side Impact
Sensor (first)
N O T E : Before d o i n g t h i s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e ,

r e v i e w S R S Precautions a n d Procedures (see page
24-23) a n d G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information
(see p a g e 24-34).

24-23) a n d - G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information
( s e e p a g e 24-34).
1.
1.
C l e a r the D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
2. - T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n wast for 10
43-2x,

seconds.
seconds.
is DTC
C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
43-3x,
43-8x
43-9x,
43-Ax,
or
43-Bx
indicated?
is DTC 44-2x,
indicated?
44-3x,
44-8x,
44-Bx,
44-Ax,
or
44-Bx
the left front I m p a c t s e n s o r (first) ( s e e p a g e 24-223).
Y E S F a u l t y right front I m p a c t s e n s o r (first);

r e p l a c e the right front I m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
( s e e p a g e 24-223).
Y E S F a u l t y left front i m p a c t s e n s o r (first); r e p l a c e
24-136
DTC 45-1 x f x " can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

(second) (4-door)
Special Tudis Required
* S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r
07SAZ-TB4011A
* S R S simulator lead L 070AZ-SNAA30Q

r e v i e w S R S P r e c a u t i o n s arid P r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e
24-23), General T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
8. D i s c o n n e c t the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
(see p a g e 24-225).
N o . 3 2 a n d N o . 3 3 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d b e a n o p e n circuit o r a t l e a s t 1 M Q.
1, C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y f s e e p a g e 24-35).
1
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II), t h e n w a i t for 1 0

seconds.
///
12 13 14 15
26 27
19
21
10
11
23 24 25
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
3, R e a d the D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35),
is DTC 45-1 x
indicated?
terminals
is the resistance
t i m e , G o to T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Intermittent F a i l u r e s
(see p a g e 24-36), If a n o t h e r D T C i s i n d i c a t e d ,
as
specified?
4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K CO).
theSRS floor wire harness. '
5, D i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery,
t h e n wait at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s .
B (39P) a n d t h e S R S u n i t b e t w e e n t h e S R S floor
w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e left s i d e i m p a c t
s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) { s e e p a g e 24-225).
is (he connection
OK ?
M O R e p a i r the p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s a n d retest.
(confd)
24-137
SRS
10. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l
N o . 32 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d b o d y
g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No. 3 3 a n d b o d y
1 MS.
14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). ..

15. C o n n e c t the S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r ( j u m p e r
c o n n e c t o r ) a n d the black l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r lead
L to t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2P c o n n e c t o r (B).
S R S UfMfT C O N N E C T O R B (39P)
/ / 7/
13 14 15 / / /
27
/ / / V 32
1
12
26
=*
10 11
19
21
23
Lf
24 28
33 34 35 36 37 38 39
L
07SAZ-TB4011A

07OAZ-SIMAA3O0
is the resistance
as
specified?
No. 32 a n d No. 33 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1.0 Q .
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
SRS
UNIT
C O N N E C T O R B (39P)

u
/ / /

12 13
13. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n
of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P)
a n d b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l N o .
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.2
the t e r m i n a l No. 32
and body ground,
33 and body ground.
V.
26 27
J
14 15
8
19
32
21
10
11
23 24 25
33 34 35 36 37 38 39
S R S UNITCOfMIMECTOR B (39P|
LI
/ / / /
13 14 15
/ /
27
/ / / / 32
1
12
26
J,
19
21
10 11
is the resistance
33 34 35 36 37 38 39
""I
is the voltage
as
specified?
24-138
as
specified?
23 24 25
Y E S F a u l t y l e f t s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) or
S R S unit; r e p l a c e the left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r
( s e c o n d ) ( s e e p a g e 24-225). If the p r o b l e m is still
p r e s e n t r e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 K B
m
D T C 46-1x ( V c a n lie t h r u 3 or A thru F):
No S i g n a l F r o m the Right S i d e Impact S e n s o r
(second) (4-door)
7. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) from, the


* S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r 0 7 S A 2 - T B 4 0 1 1 A
* S R S simulator lead L 070AZ-SWAA300
review S R S Precautions a n d Procedures (see page
c o n n e c t o r f r o m the right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r
( s e c o n d ) ( s e e p a g e 24-225).
N o . 3 4 a n d No. 3 5 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t 1 M Q.
SRS UNIT CONNECTOR B (39'P)
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), t h e n wast for 10
12 13
seconds.
28 27
J.
u
7
/ 7
/y /
/ / / / 32
14 15
(3
19
33 34 38
10
11
23 24
36 37 38 39
Is DTC
46-1 x
indicated?
I s the resistance as specified ?
MO'Short in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
8, C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n S R S unit c o n n e c t o r
8 (39P) a n d t h e S R S u n i t a n d b e t w e e n the S R S
floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d the right s i d e
i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) ( s e e p a g e 24-225).
Are the connections
OK?
M O R e p a i r t h e p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s a n d retest.
(confd)
24-139
SRS
10.
M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l

g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No. 3 5 a n d b o d y
15.
C o n n e c t the S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r ( j u m p e r
c o n n e c t o r ) a n d the b l a c k l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r l e a d
IMS.
L to the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r ( B ) .
y
12 13 14 15
26 27
J.
/
/ /
/ /
/ /
19
21
10 11
23 24 25
32 33 34 36 36 37 38 39
t
07SAZ-TB4011A
Q7OAZ-SIMAA300
is the resistance
as
specified?
16.
M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s
No. 34 a n d No. 3 5 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1.0 S .
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d In the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
r e p l a c e the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s . H
11.
R e c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e to the battery.

1

12
13.
M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 34
13
26 27
14
/ / / /
15
/
32
19
33
/
34
10
11
23
24
25
35 36 37 38
39
21
a n d b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l N o . 3 5 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
/ / / /
12 13 14 15
26 27
J .
/ / /
/// /
W I R E
S I D E
O F
F E M A L E
T E R M I N A L S
u
6
19
8
21
10 11
is the resistance
as
specified?
23 24 25
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
Y E S F a u l t y right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) or
S R S unit; r e p l a c e the right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r
( s e c o n d ) ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 5 ) . If the p r o b l e m is still
p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) . H
Is the voltage
as
specified?
24-140
DTC 4 5 - l x ( " x " can be thru 9 or A thru F ) :

No S i g n a l F r o m t h e Left S i d e Impact S e n s o r
( s e c o n d ) (2-door)
No. 1 a n d N o . 2 of S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P
c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit or at
least I M S .
SRS FLOOR WIRE HARNESS 2 P CONNECTOR
NOTE:
G e n e r a ! T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information f s e e p a g e
* B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S u n i t c h e c k t h e S R S unit
v e r s i o n is n o t the l a t e s t update t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
is the resistance
as
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (It), t h e n w a i t for 10
specified?
seconds.
W O S h o r t In t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
3 . R e a d t h e D T C f s e e p a g e 24-35).
Is DTC 45-1 x
indicated?
YES
* If D T C 45-11 is i n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 4.
If D T C 4 5 - l x e x c e p t 45-11 i s i n d i c a t e d a l o n e ,
faulty left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) ; r e p l a c e
t h e left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) ( s e e p a g e
24-226).
9. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 1
of S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
ground, a n d between the terminal No. 2 a n d body
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d b e a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t
1 M Q.
SRS FLOOR WIRE H A R N E S S 2 P CONNECTOR
WOIntermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at this

f s e e p a g e 24-38). If a n o t h e r D T C i s i n d i c a t e d ,
c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
( s e e p a g e 24-224).
is the resistance
as
specified?
c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
( s e e p a g e 24-226).
W O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
(confd)
24-141
SRS
11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK
12. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 1 of
S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d b e l e s s t h a n 0.2 V .
No. 1- a n d N o . 2 of S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P
c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d b e l e s s t h a n 1.0 Q.
Is the resistance
Is the voltage
as
specified?
c o n n e c t o r ) a n d t h e black l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r l e a d
24-142
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) or
S R S unit; r e p l a c e t h e left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r
( s e c o n d ) ( s e e p a g e 24-226). If t h e p r o b l e m Is still
p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221).
DTC 46-1x l"x" can be thru 3 or A thru F):

(second) (2-door)

* S R S simulator lead L Q70AZ-SNAA300
8. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s .
' N o . 1 a n d No. 2 of S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P '
c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e rear s a f i n g s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
24-227).
c o n n e c t o r . .There s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit or at
least
NOTE:
IMS.
S R S F L O O R W I R E H A R N E S S 2P C O N N E C T O R
* B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k t h e S R S unit
s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h the H D S . If t h e s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n Is not t h e latest, u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e terminals

seconds.
is the resistance
is DTC
46- 1x
indicated?
as
specified?
YES
* If D T C 46-11 i s Indicated a l o n e or D T C 46-11 a n d
B 2 - 1 2 is i n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 4.
* If D T C 48-1x e x c e p t 46-11 is i n d i c a t e d a l o n e ,
faulty left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) ; r e p l a c e
t h e left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) ( s e e p a g e
24-226).
* If D T C 44-11 a n d 46-11 a r e I n d i c a t e d , faulty left
side- i m p a c t s e n s o r (first); r e p l a c e t h e left s i d e
i m p a c t s e n s o r (first) f s e e p a g e 24-224).
* If D T C 46-11 a n d B2-11 a r e I n d i c a t e d , faulty r e a r
s a f i n g s e n s o r ; r e p l a c e the rear s a f i n g s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 24-227),
(see p a g e 24-36), If a n o t h e r D T C is I n d i c a t e d ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D T C ,
9. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l No. 1
of S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit or at least
M O .
Is the resistance
as
specified?
c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r
W O S h o r t to g r o u n d in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
( s e c o n d ) ( s e e p a g e 24-226).
(confd)
24-143
SRS
12. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No. 1 of
S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.2 V.

No. 1 a n d No. 2 of S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P
c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1.0 Q .
SRS FLOOR WIRE HARNESS 2P CONNECTOR
S R S F L O O R W I R E H A R N E S S 2 P COIMIMECTOR
Is the resistance
Is the voltage
as
specified?
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) or
S R S unit; r e p l a c e the right s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r
( s e c o n d ) ( s e e p a g e 24-226). If the p r o b l e m is still
p r e s e n t r e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) . H
IMGShort to p o w e r in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;

c o n n e c t o r ) a n d the black l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r l e a d
24-144
DTC 45-2x, 45-3x, 45-8x, 45-3x, 45-Ax, 45-Bx

( " x " canfoe thru 9 or A thru Fl: Internal
Failure of the Left Side Impact Sensor
(second)
DTC 46-2x, 46-3x, 46-8x, 46-9x, 46-Ax, 46-Bx

( " x " c a n be 0 thru 9 or A thru F): Internal
Failure of the Right Side Impact Sensor
(second)

{ s e e p a g e 24-34).
( s e e p a g e 24-34).
1, C l e a r the D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35),
1. C l e a r the D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35)\
2\ T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n wast for 10
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N .(II), t h e n w a i t for 10

seconds.
seconds.
is DTC 45~2x\ 45-3x
indicated?
45-Bx,
45-9x
45-Ax
or
45-Bx
Y E S F a u l t y left s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) ;
r e p l a c e t h e left s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) for 4d o o r f s e e p a g e 24-225), for 2-door ( s e e p a g e
24-226).
N G i n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
t i m e . G o t o T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Intermittent F a i l u r e s . ,
lsDTC46-2x,
46-3x
46-Bx,
46-9x
46-Ax,
or
46-Bx
indicated?
Y E S F a u l t y right s i d e Impact s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) ;
r e p l a c e the right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) for 4d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-225), for 2-door ( s e e p a g e
24-226).
W O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
..-time. G o to T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Intermittent F a i l u r e s
. ( s e e p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t the D T C .
24-145
SRS
DTC B 2 - 1 x ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):
No Signal From the Rear Safing Sensor
(4-door)

c o n n e c t o r f r o m the r e a r s a f i n g s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
24-227).
No. 26 a n d No. 27 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
SRS U N I T C O N N E C T O R B (39P)
/ / / /
14
/
27
//
1
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n w a i t for 10
12 13
26
seconds.
u
15
32
21
19
10
11
23 24 25
33 34 35 36 37 38 39
Is DTC
B2-1x
indicated?
W I R E
S I D E
O F
F E M A L E
T E R M I N A L S
Is the resistance
as
specified?
6. C h e c k the c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n S R S unit c o n n e c t o r
B (39P) a n d the S R S unit, a n d b e t w e e n the S R S
floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2P c o n n e c t o r a n d the rear s a f i n g
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 24-227).
Are
the connections
OK?
N O R e p a i r t h e p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s a n d retest.
24-146
No. 2 6 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d b o d y
1 MO.

15. C o n n e c t t h e S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r ( j u m p e r
c o n n e c t o r ) a n d the black l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r lead
L t o t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B).
S R S U N I T C O N N E C T O R B !3SPf
Lf
// / /
13 14
/
2?
32
/ /
1
12
8
J ,8
19
10 11
23 24 25
S3 34 3S 3S 37 38 39
t
7SAZ-TB4011A
070AZ-SNAA300
Is the resistance
as
specified?
No. 2 6 a n d No. 2 7 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P).
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
r e p l a c e t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ,
Lf
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N f i l l
7 13 9 10 11
. 1 / 2 3 24 25
12 12 14 1
SRS OMIT CONNECTOR B
s
12
J I
irT
a7 38 38
(39P)
Lf
/ / / /
13 14 15 / / /
2?
/ / / /
1
$ 34 3s
26 2
19-
21
10
11
23 24
is the resistance
as
specified?
25
33 34 35 SB 37 38 39
Y E S F a u l t y rear s a f i n g s e n s o r or S R S unit; r e p l a c e
the rear s a f i n g s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 24-227). If t h e
p r o b l e m Is still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e the S R S unit
( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
Is the voltage
as
specified?
N O S h o r t to p o w e r In the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
24-147
S R S
DTC B2-1x ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):
No Signal From the Rear Safing Sensor
(2-door)
Measure the resistance between the terminals

N o . 2 a n d N o . 3 o f t h e S R S f l o o r w i r e h a r n e s s 4P
c o n n e c t o r (Rear s a f i n g s e n s o r ) . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n
o p e n circuit o r at least 1 M Q .
Special T o o l s R e q u i r e d
S R S FLOOR WIRE H A R N E S S 4 P C O N N E C T O R
(Rear safing sensor)
NOTE:
B e f o r e d o i n g this troubleshooting p r o c e d u r e , review
S R S Precautions a n d Procedures ( s e e p a g e 24-23),
General Troubleshooting Information (see page
24-34), a n d Battery T e r m i n a l Disconnection a n d
* B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S u n i t , c h e c k t h e S R S unit
v e r s i o n is n o t t h e latest, u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
( s e e page 24-37) and r e t e s t .

1. Clear t h e D T C m e m o r y (see p a g e 24-35).
Is the resistance
2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N ( I I ) , t h e n w a i t f o r 10
seconds.
as
specified?
t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s . I I
3. R e a d t h e D T C ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 3 5 ) .
9. M e a s u r e t h e resistance b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 2
I s DTC B 2 - 1 x
indicated?
o f t h e S R S f l o o r w i r e h a r n e s s 4P c o n n e c t o r ( R e a r
safing sensor) a n d body ground, and between the
YES
t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be
If D T C B 2 - 1 1 i s i n d i c a t e d a l o n e o r D T C B 2 - 1 1 a n d
43-12 a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 4.
a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t 1 M Q.
If D T C B 2 - 1 x e x c e p t B2-11 i s i n d i c a t e d a l o n e or
DTC B 2 - 1 1 and 4 6 - 1 1 are i n d i c a t e d , f a u l t y rear
safing sensor; replace t h e rear safing sensor
(see p a g e 24-227).
S R S FLOOR WIRE H A R N E S S 4 P C O N N E C T O R
(Rear safing sensor)
If D T C B 2 - 1 2 a n d 4 6 - 1 1 a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C 46-1 x.
[1|2|3|4|
h
W O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
,1
time. G o t o Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures
troubleshoot t h e DTC.
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e b a t t e r y ,
Is the resistance
as
specified?
6. Disconnect t h e S R S f l o o r w i r e harness 4 P
c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e right s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first)
(see p a g e 24-224).
NOShort t o g r o u n d in t h e S R S floor wire harness;

7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S f l o o r w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P
connector from the rear safing s e n s o r (see page
24-227).
24-148
12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l No. 2 of
t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P c o n n e c t o r ( R e a r
s a f i n g s e n s o r ) a n d b o d y g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n the
t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be
l e s s t h a n 0.2 V.
No. 2 a n d No. 3 of the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P
c o n n e c t o r ( R e a r s a f i n g s e n s o r ) . T h e r e s h o u l d be
l e s s t h a n 1.0 Q.
f R e a r s a f i n g sensor)

fRear safing sensor!
Is the resistance
Is the voltage
as
specified?
as specified
Y E S F a u l t y rear s a f i n g s e n s o r or S R S unit; r e p l a c e
the rear s a f i n g s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 24-227). If t h e
p r o b l e m is still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit
( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O S h o r t to p o w e r in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s ;
14. C o n n e c t the S R S inflator s i m u l a t o r { j u m p e r
c o n n e c t o r ) a n d t h e red l e a d (A) of s i m u l a t o r lead L
to the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4P c o n n e c t o r (B).
RIGHT SIDE I M P A C T
24-149
SRS
DTC B2-2x, B2-3x, B2-8x, B2-9x, B2-Ax, B2-Bx
T x can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F): Internal
Failure of the Rear Safing Sensor
DTC Ex-11 ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

Control Operation Recorded
( s e e p a g e 24-34).
S R S P r e c a u t i o n s a n d P r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23)
a n d G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
24-34).
##
NOTE:
2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g the S R S unit, c h e c k t h e S R S

v e r s i o n i s not the latest, u p d a t e the S R S unit s o f t w a r e
seconds.
Is DTC B2-2x, B2-3x, B2-8x,
B2-Bx
B2-9x,
B2-Ax, or
Indicated?
Y E S F a u l t y rear s a f i n g s e n s o r ; r e p l a c e the rear

s a f i n g s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 24-227).
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to ON (II), t h e n w a i t for 10

seconds.
Is DTC Ex-11
( s e e p a g e 24-36). I f a n o t h e r D T C i s i n d i c a t e d ,
indicated?
Y E S F a u l t y S R S unit; r e p l a c e the S R S unit

( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is OK at this
t i m e . G o to T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g intermittent F a i l u r e s
24-150
DTC Fx-11 |"x" can be thru 9 or A thru F):

Airbags and/or Tensioners Deployment
Recorded
DTC 51-xx,
54xx, 5S=xx, 57xx,
58-xx ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):
Internal Failure of the S R S Unit
NOTE;
NOTE:
B e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g a n y of t h e s e D T C s , c h e c k the
b a t t e r y / s y s t e m v o l t a g e a n d battery c a b l e c o n n e c t i o n s .
If the v o l t a g e Is Sow, repair t h e c h a r g i n g s y s t e m or
r e p l a c e t h e battery before t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g the S R S . If
the b a t t e r y / s y s t e m v o l t a g e is n o w O K , a s k the
c u s t o m e r If the battery e v e r w e n t d e a d or If the
e n g i n e w a s started a n d run with the battery in a l o w
state of c h a r g e . A d e a d battery m a y trigger o n e or
m o r e of t h e s e D T C s .

24-34).
* R e f e r to t h e D T C s s h o w n :
- D T C F 1 - 1 1 : D r i v e r ' s a i r b a g a n d / o r d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt
tensioner deployed,
- D T C F 2 - 1 1 : F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g a n d / o r front
p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r d e p l o y e d .
- D T C F 3 - 1 1 : D r i v e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g , left s i d e curtain
a i r b a g , a n d / o r d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r d e p l o y e d .
- D T C F4-11: F r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g , right s i d e
c u r t a i n a i r b a g , a n d / o r front s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r
deployed.
- D T C F 5 - 1 1 : B o t h or o n l y o n e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g a n d
s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r d e p l o y e d ,
- D T C F 8 - 1 1 : Left s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g or right s i d e
curtain airbag deployed.
24-34).
2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g the S R S unit, c h e c k the S R S
v e r s i o n is not the latest, update the S R S unit s o f t w a r e
W h e n a n y a i r b a g s or t e n s i o n e r s h a v e d e p l o y e d , g o to
C o m p o n e n t R e p l a c e m e n t / I n s p e c t i o n After D e p l o y m e n t
(see page 24-202).

seconds.
3. C h e c k that the S R S Indicator g o e s off.
Does
the SRS
indicator
goes
off?
N O R e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221).
24-151
SRS
DTCS3-FF: S R S Unit P r o g r a m m i n g Error
DTC 56-31: Lost C o m m u n i c a t i o n With the

E C M / P C M (PGM-FI s y s t e m )
NOTE:
* T h i s D T C is Indicated w h e n a S R S unit update is not
- c o m p l e t e d properly.
* Do not turn the Ignition s w i t c h to A C C (I) or L O C K (0)
w h i l e updating the S R S u n i t Sf y o u turn t h e Ignition
s w i t c h to A C C (I) or L O C K (0) before y o u c o m p l e t e the
S R S unit update p r o c e d u r e , t h e S R S unit c a n be
damaged.
24-34).
1. Do the S R S unit u p d a t e p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 24-37).
Is DTC
53-FF
indicated?
NOTE:
S R S Precautions a n d P r o c e d u r e s (see page 24-23),
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e '
* C h e c k for a n y F - C A N a n d B - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n
D T C s , a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e D T C s before d o i n g t h i s
(see p a g e 24-37) a n d r e t e s t
1 . C l e a r the D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35),
" "

seconds.
Y E S R e p f a c e the original S R S unit ( s e e p a g e

24-221 ) .
N O U p d a t e Is c o m p l e t e .
Is DTC
56-31
indicated?
YESGo to step 4.
4. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d s e e if the
m a l f u n c t i o n Indicator l a m p (MIL) c o m e s o n .
Does the MIL come on?

Y E S G o to the P G M - F I S y s t e m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 11-3).
Are any other DTCs
indicated
with
56-31?
N O G o to the P G M - F I S y s t e m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 11-3).
24-152
6, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0),
DTC56-32,56-3-3: Undefined Data Received

F r o m the E C M / P C M (PGM-FI s y s t e m )
8, D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39 P) f r o m t h e
S R S unit f s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 24-33),
9, D i s c o n n e c t ECM/PCM c o n n e c t o r A (49P) f r o m t h e
E C M / P C M (see page 11-6).
10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 1 6 of
S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d t h e t e r m i n a l No. 4
of ECM/PCM c o n n e c t o r A (49P), a n d b e t w e e n the
t e r m i n a l N o , 1 7 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d
t h e t e r m i n a l N o , 3 of t h e E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A
(49P).
Wire side of male terminals
u
y
/ /
/ /
26 27 28
LJ-
-(Ci\
iI
20
29 ,J /
,l h
10
A / / / /
y
36 37 38
15
18
18
34]as [.as / _ / /
42 43 I &
is there
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n w a i t f o r
10 s e c o n d s .
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), t h e n w a i t for 10
seconds,
3. C h e c k that the malfunction.Indicator l a m p (MIL)
comes on.
Does
the MIL come on? .
N O G o to t h e P G M - F I S y s t e m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 11-3)."
ii1>
'y\/
4:
I 17 18
NOTE:
R e c o n n e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-89),.
C h e c k for a n y F - C A N and-B-CAN c o m m u n i c a t i o n .
D T C s , and troubleshoot t h o s e D T C s before doing this
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t for 10
seconds.
6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N <
seconds.
, then w a i t f o r 10
continuity?
7 . R e a d the D T C (see page.24-35).

unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d the S R S u n i t C h e c k the
u n i t If the c o n n e c t i o n is OK, r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit
fsee page 24-221).
N O O p e n in t h e left e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e
h a r n e s s or t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e t h e
faulty h a r n e s s ,
is DTC 56-32
or 56-33
indicated?
Y E S - F a u l t y E C M / P C M ; replace the E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-6).
( s e e p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d , -.
24-153
SRS
DTC 56-25: Lost Communication With the
Gauge Control Module '
8. D i s c o n n e c t g a u g e control m o d u l e c o n n e c t o r (32P)
NOTE:
9. Install a j u m p e r w i r e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s No. 16

a n d No. 17 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P).
24-34),-and Battery T e r m i n a l D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
C h e c k for a n y F - C A N a n d B - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n
D T C s , a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e D T C s before d o i n g t h i s
1. R e l e a s e the parking b r a k e , turn t h e Ignition s w i t c h
to O N III), a n d s e e if t h e b r a k e s y s t e m light c o m e s
on for 2 s e c o n d s a n d t h e n g o e s off.
Does
the brake
system
fight
come
on?
f r o m the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
/ /
/ / / /
26 27 28 29
u
9 10
16 17 18
31
/ / / /
38 37 38 39
I
JUMPER WIRE
.
N O F a u l t y g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e . Do the g a u g e
22-304).
N o . 29 a n d No. 30 of g a u g e control m o d u l e
c o n n e c t o r (32 P). T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1.0 Q .
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR (32P)

seconds.
Is DTC
56-25
p
/|8J9|10
117 j 18 119
r
/ l / l l / l / W
| 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 28 j 27 j 28 | 29 | 30
[/]
32
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure,.the s y s t e m Is O K at this
Is the resistance
as
specified?
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit. C h e c k the

u n i t If the c o n n e c t i o n is O K , r e p l a c e the S R S unit

( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O O p e n b e t w e e n t h e N o . 16 t e r m i n a l of S R S unit
c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d t h e No. 2 9 t e r m i n a l of g a u g e
control m o d u l e c o n n e c t o r (32P), or b e t w e e n t h e N o .
17 t e r m i n a l of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A ( 3 9 P ) a n d t h e
No. 3 0 t e r m i n a l of g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e c o n n e c t o r
(32P); r e p l a c e t h e faulty h a r n e s s .
24-154
DTC 61-1x ( " x " can be 0 t h r u 9 or A thru F):

Open in the Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch
is DTC
MOTE:
S R S P r e c a u t i o n s a n d P r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 24-23}
24-34}.
61-2x
indicated?
N O F a u l t y S R S unit or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at S R S
c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n the c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e S R S
unit. If t h e c o n n e c t i o n Is O K , r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit
( s e e p a g e 24-221 KM
8. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e .
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n w a i t for
10 s e c o n d s .
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt b u c k l e

3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n b u c k l e a n d
switch.
u n b u c k l e t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt s e v e r a l t i m e s .
i s DTC
61-1x
indicated?
f s e e p a g e 2 4 - 3 6 ) , If a n o t h e r D T C is I n d i c a t e d ,
8, Install a j u m p e r w i r e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l No. 19
of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
SRS UNIT CONNECTOR B
/ / /
/
C2T)
/ / / /
1
12
14 IS
/ a
/ t
(32) (i
8
21
|39P)
9 10 11
23 24 25
3)134):Cat) SB 37 38 39
JUMPER WIRE
(confd)
24-155
SMS

2 4 - 2 3 ) and General Troubleshooting Information
/ / /< > 7 8 9
21 /
/ / / i
36
(28) (27) /
(35)
3)
(34)
(32)^
/ / /
1 /
12 13 14 15
10 11
23
24

Short in the Driver's S e a t Belt Buckle S w i t c h
(see p a g e 2 4 - 3 4 ) .
25
87 38 38
2. T u r n the ignition switch to L O C K (0), then wait for

.10 seconds.
3. T u r n the ignition switch to ON (II), then buckle and
unbuckle the d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt several t i m e s .

Is the voltage as
specified?
Is DTC 61-2x
indicated?
NOOpen in the S R S floor w i r e harness; replace

the S R S floor w i r e harness.
NOintermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this

time. G o to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures
(see page 24-36). If another D T C is indicated,
1 3 . Turn the ignition switch to L O C K ( 0 ) .

1 4 . Measure the resistance between the terminal No. 1
of the S R S floor wire harness 2 P connector a n d
body ground. There should be l e s s than 1.0 Q.
S R S FLOOR WIRE HARNESS 2P CONNECTOR
Is resistance
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y driver's seat belt buckle s w i t c h ;

replace the driver's seat belt buckle a s s e m b l y
(see page 2 4 - 1 0 ) . B
N O O p e n in the S R S floor w i r e harness; replace

the S R S floor w i r e harness.
24-156
5. T u r n the ignition switch to L O C K (0).
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt buckle
switch.

Open in the Front Passenger's Seat Belt
Buckle Switch
NOTE:
24-34).
* 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S u n i t c h e c k the S R S
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n with the H D S . If t h e s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n is not the l a t e s t u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n w a i t for
10 s e c o n d s .
3. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n b u c k l e a n d
8> R e a d t h e D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35),
is DTC
61-2X
indicated?
Y E S S h o r t t o g r o u n d In t h e S R S floor w i r e
h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s .
u n b u c k l e the d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt s e v e r a l t i m e s .

Is DTC
62- 1x indicated?
N O F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt b u c k l e s w i t c h ; r e p l a c e
t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt b u c k l e a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
24-10),
( s e e p a g e 24-36). Sf a n o t h e r D T C is I n d i c a t e d ,
6. Install a j u m p e r w i r e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l No. 21
/ / 6 7|8 9
14 15
k / / 19 A*
/ / / / (30 (33) (34) (3 5) 3 8
1
12 13
u
10
11
28 24 25
37 38 39
JUMPER WIRE
W I R E
S I D E
of
F E M A L E
terminals
(confd)
24-157
SRS
12. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l N o . 21
7. R e a d t h e D T C ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 3 5 ) ,
Is DTC 62-2x
indicated?
T h e r e s h o u l d b e m o r e t h a n 10 V .
S R S U N I T CONNECTOR B (3SP)
NO-Faulty S R S unit o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d t h e S R S u n i t C h e c k the
c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d the S R S
unit
(26) (27)
( s e e p a g e 24-221).
12 13 14 15
If t h e c o n n e c t i o n is O K , r e p l a c e the S R S unit
J,
7> /
/ / /
19
/ / / /
(3
10
11
28 24 25
(32) (33) (34) (3 5) 36 37 38 39
8. R e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e .
is the voltage
buckle s w i t c h .
as specified
14. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l No. 1
of t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d
b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1.0
A
SRS
F L O O R W I B E H A R N E S S 2P C O N N E C T O R
Is resistance
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt b u c k l e

s w i t c h ; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt
buckle a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 24-10).
24-153
DTC 62-2x {"x" can b e 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

Short in the Front Passenger's Seat Belt
Buckle Switch
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt
buckle switch.
N O T E ; Before doing this troubleshooting procedure,

(see p a g e 24-34),
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n w a i t for
10 s e c o n d s ,
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (H), t h e n b u c k l e a n d
u n b u c k l e the d r i v e r ' s s e a t belt s e v e r a l t i m e s .
4. R e a d the D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35),
is DTC
62-2x
indicated?
" I s DTC 62-2x

t r o u b l e s h o o t the D T C ,
Indicated?
Y E S S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e S R S f l o o r w i r e
h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s . I I
N O F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s - s e a t belt b u c k l e
s w i t c h ; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t belt

buckle a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 24-10),
24-159
SRS

Open in t h e Driver's Seat Position Sensor
7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), t h e n w a i t f o r
NOTE:
S R S P r e c a u t i o n s a n d P r o c e d u r e s ( s e e - p a g e 24-23)
^ n d G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
24-34).
8. M a n u a l s e a t : R e m o v e t h e r e c l i n e c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
* 2-door: Before r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k t h e S R S

unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h t h e H D S . I f t h e s o f t w a r e
v e r s i o n Is not t h e l a t e s t update t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t for 10
seconds.
Is DTC 71-1x
indicated?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e system" Is O K at t h i s
(see p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C is I n d i c a t e d ,
4. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t
wire h a r n e s s or seat position s e n s o r h a r n e s s 2P
c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 24-232), a n d g r o u n d c o n n e c t i o n a t G 7 0 1
(see p a g e 22-82).
isDTC71-1x
indicated?
24-160
10 s e c o n d s .
20-218).
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t w i r e h a r n e s s or s e a t
position s e n s o r h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e
d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r .
Power seat
10, Install a j u m p e r w i r e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s No. 1

a n d No, 2 of the d r i v e r ' s s e a t w i r e h a r n e s s or s e a t

Short in the Driver's Seat Position Sensor
position s e n s o r h a r n e s s 2P connector.
SEAT WIRE HARNESS OB

SEAT POSITION S E P J S 0 R HARNESS 2P CONNECTOR
DfUUVOTS
NOTE:
* 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g the S R S u n i t c h e c k t h e S R S
v e r s i o n is not t h e l a t e s t update t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
JUMPER WIRE

seconds.
12, M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l
is DTC 71-2x indicated?
No. 2 3 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d b o d y

g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d b e l e s s t h a n 1,0
Q.
/ / /
12 13 14 15
(26)
J .
(27)
/ /
V/
//
/
/
19
Lf
8
21
10
troubleshoot the D T C . .
11
23 24 25
(33) (34) (35) 38 37 as 39
4. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n w a i t for

10 s e c o n d s .
is the resistance
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s s e a t p o s i t i o n s e n s o r or S R S
unit; r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 3 2 ) . If t h e p r o b l e m Is still p r e s e n t ,
r e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221).
W O O p e n In t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s , d r i v e r ' s
s e a t w i r e h a r n e s s , or s e a t p o s i t i o n s e n s o r h a r n e s s ;
r e p l a c e t h e faulty h a r n e s s ,
(confd)
24-161.
SRS
5. M a n u a l s e a t R e m o v e the recline c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
20-218).
Is DTC 71-2x
6. D i s c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s s e a t w i r e h a r n e s s or s e a t
position s e n s o r h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the
d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r .
Power seat
indicated?
NOIntermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
( s e e p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C Is Indicated,
1 MQ.
S R S UNIT CONNECTOR B
(39P)
LJ
1 / / / / 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15/
19/ 21/ 23 24 25
(26)(27)/ / / (32)(33)(34)(36) 86 37|[38 39
J,
Wire side o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Is the resistance as
7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n w a i t for
10 s e c o n d s .
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r or S R S
unit; r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r
8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IE), t h e n w a i t for 10

seconds.

r e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221).
N O S h o r t in the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s , d r i v e r ' s

s e a t w i r e h a r n e s s , or s e a t position s e n s o r h a r n e s s ;
r e p l a c e the faulty h a r n e s s .
24-162
-ft
DTC 81-4x, 81-5x ("x" canfoe0 thru 9 or A
thru FL 8183 81-64: Internal Failure of the
ODS Unit
DTC 81-61: No Signal From the ODS Unit
DTC 81-62: Not-stipulated Data From the ODS

Unit

NOTE:
24-23) a n d G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n
(see page 24-34),

* 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit,, c h e c k t h e S R S
the S R S i n d i c a t o r c o m e o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s a n d
unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h t h e H D S . If t h e s o f t w a r e .
t h e n g o e s off,

Does
81-5x,
the SRS
81-63,
indicator
or 81-64
stay
on, and is DTC
81-4x,
indicated?
Is DTC
81-61
or 81-62
indicated?
f s e e p a g e 2 4 - 3 8 ) . ff a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d ,
troubleshoot the D T C ,
3. Initialize t h e O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-38),
4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k t h a t
( s e e p a g e 24-36). Sf a n o t h e r D T C is I n d i c a t e d ,
t h e S R S I n d i c a t o r c o m e s o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
3. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n t h e O D S unit
h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e O D S unit.

Does
the SRS
indicator
go
off?
N O G o to s t e p 5 ,
5. R e p l a c e t h e O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 3 0 ) .
the S R S Indicator c o m e s o n f o r a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
Does
the SRS
indicator
go
off?
is the connection
OK?
M O R e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) .
N O R e p a i r t h e p o o r c o n n e c t i o n a n d r e t e s t If D T C
81-61 or 8 1 - 6 2 is still p r e s e n t , g o to s t e p 4.
(confd)
24-163
SRS
5. C h e c k the No. 12 (7.5A) f u s e In the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r -
8. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 1 of
the O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be battery v o l t a g e .
ODS UNIT HARNESS 18P CONNECTOR

Is the fuse
OK?
~~l GRN
N O ' R e p l a c e the f u s e , t h e n t u r n the Ignition s w i t c h

12
to O N (II). If the f u s e b l o w s a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t
13
10
14
15
16
11
17
in the No. 12 (7.5 A ) f u s e circuit ( d a s h b o a r d w i r e

h a r n e s s , S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s , or O D S unit
harness).
6. D i s c o n n e c t the O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r (A)

f r o m the O D S u n i t
Is there
battery
voltage?
N O O p e n in the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s , S R S
floor w i r e h a r n e s s , or O D S unit h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
the faulty h a r n e s s .
24-164
10, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l N o . 12 of
O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
T h e r e s h o u l d b e l e s s t h a n 1 . 0 Q.
ODS U N I T HARNESS 18P CONNECTOR
13 14 15
16
8 j 9
12
10 11
t h e n w a i t at-least 3 m i n u t e s .
T h e r e s h o u l d b e a n o p e n circuit o r a t l e a s t 1 M S .
17
YEL
12
18
(26) (27)
is the resistance
as
14
/ /
A A
19
15
/ / A/
(32) (33) ( 8 4 )
21
11
10
23
24
25
37
38
39
(35) 36
specified?
W O O p e n in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s , O D S unit
h a r n e s s , p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at t h e g r o u n d ( G 7 0 2 ) o r
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at the O D S unit h a r n e s s 1 8 P
c o n n e c t o r , a n d O D S unit.- C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s ; if
the c o n n e c t i o n i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e faulty h a r n e s s .
Is the resistance
as specified
N O S h o r t in t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s or O D S
unit h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e t h e faulty h a m e s s . i l
(confd)
24-165
SRS
14, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n S R S unit
c o n n e c t o r B (39P) t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d O D S unit
h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No.7. There s h o u l d
b e l e s s t h a n 1.0 Q.
/
8
12
DTC85-71,85-78: ODS Unit Not Initialized

ODS UNIT H A R N E S S 18P COIMISIEGTOR

.i
BLU I
1
1
DTC 81-71,81-78: ODS Unit Not Calibrated
9
13
10
14
15

24-23) a n d G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information
(see p a g e 24-34).
11
16
2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ( I I ) , t h e n w a i t for 1 0
seconds.
u
/ / / / 6 7 8 9
12 13 14 15
19
21
/
(26) (27)
/
/ / (32) (33) (34) (35) 36
1
10
11
23 24 25
37 38 38
is DTC
81-71
81-78,
85-71,
or 85-78
indicated?

is the resistance
as
specified?
(see p a g e 2 4 - 3 6 ) . I f a n o t h e r D T C is I n d i c a t e d ,
Y E S F a u l t y O D S unit or S R S unit; r e p l a c e t h e O D S
unit ( s e e p a g e 24-230). If the p r o b l e m is still p r e s e n t
r e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O O p e n In the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s or O D S
unit h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e t h e faulty h a r n e s s . i l
4. C a l i b r a t e t h e O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-38) or Initialize
t h e O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-38)..
5 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) , t h e n w a i t for
10 s e c o n d s .
6 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ( I I ) , t h e n w a i t for 1 0
seconds.
is DTC
81-71,
81-78,
85-71,
or 85-78
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-230). If

t h e D T C i s still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit
(see p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) . H
(see p a g e 2 4 - 3 6 ) . I f a n o t h e r D T C i s i n d i c a t e d ,
24-166
D T C 81-79: Front P a s s e n g e r ' s Weight

S e n s o r s initial C h e c k Failure
4. M a k e s u r e n o t h i n g is o n t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t .
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (if), a n d c h e c k that
fsee page 24-34).
Does
1, C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 3 5 ) .
the SRS
indicator
go
off?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS), a n d c h e c k that

a n d t h e n g o e s off,
N O R e m o v e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t a s s e m b l y
Does
the SRS
indicator
stay
on, and is DTC
81-79
( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 3 1 ) , t h e n reinstall It, c a l i b r a t e the
indicated?
O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-38). If the p r o b l e m Is still
s e n s o r for 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 8 ) , for 2 - d o o r
p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t

( s e e p a g e 24-229), a n d If the p r o b l e m Is still p r e s e n t ,
r e p l a c e t h e O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 3 0 ) .
24-167
SIRS

DTC 82-1x ("x" can be thru 9 or A thru F):
No Signal From the Inner S i d e Front
P a s s e n g e r ' s Weight S e n s o r (2-door)
No Signal F r o m the Outer Side Front

P a s s e n g e r ' s Weight S e n s o r (2-door)
( s e e p a g e 24-34).
( s e e p a g e 24-34).
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), then w a i t for 10

seconds.
seconds.
Is DTC
82-1 x
indicated?
is DTC
83-2x
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e I n n e r s i d e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
Y E S - R e p l a c e t h e outer s i d e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
w e i g h t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 24-229).
w e i g h t s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 24-229).
24-168
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is OK at this

DTC 82-14: No S i g n a l F r o m the Front

P a s s e n g e r ' s W e i g h t S e n s o r (front inner side)
(4-door)
5, D i s c o n n e c t t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 3 P c o n n e c t o r (A)
f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front
inner side).

( s e e p a g e 24-34).
1; C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
2, R e a d t h e D T C f s e e p a g e 24-35).
is DTC
82-14
indicated?
Y E S - - G G to s t e p 3 ,
N O i n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
( s e e p a g e 24-36).
is DTC
3, F r o m t h e S R S I N S P E C T I O N m e n u o n the H D S ,
select S W S D T C C H E C K ,
is an SWS
DTC
aiso
indicated?
14-12
indicated?
N O F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front
i n n e r s i d e ) ; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
YES
* D T C 14-11: S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
w e i g h t s e n s o r (front I n n e r s i d e ) p o w e r circuit;
r e p l a c e t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ,
* D T C 14-12: S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r {front inner s i d e )
p o w e r circuit. G o to s t e p 4.
f r a m e i n c l u d i n g all four front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t

s e n s o r s ( s e e p a g e 24-228).
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r (A)
from the O D S u n i t
* D T C 14-13: O p e n In t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t

s e n s o r (front i n n e r s i d e ) output circuit. G o to
s t e p 11.
* D T C 14-14: S h o r t to g r o u n d in the front
p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front i n n e r s i d e )
output circuit. G o to s t e p 19.
RIOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
f s e e p a g e 24-36).
(confd)
24-169
SBS
9. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No. 3
of the O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
1 M Q.

12. S w a p the c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n the front Inner s i d e
front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r a n d the rear i n n e r
side sensor.

RED
1
Is DTC
/
8
12
14
15
16
9
13
6
10
14-13
indicated?
7
11
17
N O F a u I t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front

inner s i d e ) ; r e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
s e n s o r s ( s e e p a g e 24-228).

I s the resistance as
specified?
15. D i s c o n n e c t the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r

(front Inner s i d e ) c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d front
p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear Inner s i d e )
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in the O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
r e p l a c e the O D S unit h a r n e s s .
No. S a n d No. 13 of the O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P
least 1 M Q.
ODS U N I T HARNESS 18P CONNECTOR
RED
1
/
8
12
10
14
13
9
15
16
7
11
17
BLK
Is the resistance
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y O D S unit; r e p l a c e the O D S unit

(see p a g e 2 4 - 2 3 0 ) .
24-170
18, D i s c o n n e c t the O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r (A)
from the O D S u n i t
20. D i s c o n n e c t t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 3 P c o n n e c t o r (A)
f r o m the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front
inner side).
17.. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N 111).

18, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 8 of
the O D S unit h a r n e s s 1 8 P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
21. R e a d t h e D T C
g r o u n d , T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0,2 V .
is DTC
14-14
indicated?
O D S UNIT H A R N E S S 18P CONNECTOR

14
13
10
8
12
15
18
7
11
17
W O F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front

I n n e r s i d e ) ; r e p l a c e t h e s e a t f r a m e i n c l u d i n g all f o u r
front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r s ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 8 ) .
Ill
BUM

Is the voltage
as
f r o m t h e O D S unit.
specified?

fsee page 24-230). I I
HQShort
to p o w e r in t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
(confd)
24-171
SRS
DTC Troubleshooting ( c o n t ' d )
of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 1 8 P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
DTC 82-16: No Signal From the Front

Passenger's Weight Sensor (rear inner side)
(4-door)
Mfi.
12
14
13
15
6
10
11
17
16
24-23) a n d G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information
(see p a g e 24-34).
BRN
is DTC 82-16
indicated?
is the resistance
as
(see p a g e 24-36).
specified?
3. F r o m t h e S R S I N S P E C T I O N m e n u o n the H D S ,
select S W S D T C C H E C K .
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
25.
:
Is an SWS DTC also
Measure the resistance between the terminals
YES D T C 16-11: S h o r t to p o w e r in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
N o . 8 a n d No. 13 of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P

" c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit o r at
indicated?
w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear Inner s i d e ) p o w e r circuit;

r e p l a c e t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s .
least 1 M f i .

BRN
12
10
14
13
15
11
16
p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear Inner s i d e )

D T C 16-13: O p e n In t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r (rear Inner s i d e ) output circuit. G o to
s t e p 11.
p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear inner s i d e )
output circuit. G o to s t e p 19.
BLK
(see p a g e 24-36).
is the resistance
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y O D S unit; r e p l a c e t h e O D S unit
(see p a g e 24-230).
N O S h o r t i n t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e the
O D S unit h a r n e s s .
24-172
5, D i s c o n n e c t t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 3 P c o n n e c t o r (A)
f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear
Inner side),
. of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
O D S UNIT HARNESS 18P CONNECTOR

BLK
1
10
7
11
12 13 14 15 16 17
I

is the resistance as specified ?.

Is DTC 16-12 indicated?
N O F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear
i n n e r s i d e ) ; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
s e n s o r s ( s e e p a g e 24-228). H
M O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
r e p l a c e t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s . f i
N o . 4 a n d No. 14 of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P
c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit o r at
least 1 M Q .
O D S UNIT HARNESS 18P CONNECTOR
from the O D S unit

BLIC
1
/
8
12 13 14
6
10
15
16
7
11
17
'-(^) 1 L T G R N
A
is the resistance as specified?

( s e e p a g e 24-230). 11
W O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
(cont'd)
24-173
SIS
11. T u r n the -Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
12. S w a p the c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n the r e a r i n n e r s i d e
front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r a n d t h e front inner
side sensor.
Is DTC
16-13
indicated?

Inner s i d e ) ; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
f r a m e i n c l u d i n g all f o u r front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r s ( s e e p a g e 24-228).
15. D i s c o n n e c t t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r

(front Inner s i d e ) c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d front
p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear i n n e r s i d e )
18. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No. 9 of

t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.2 V .
10
12 13 14
15
16
11
17
BLU
B
Is the voltage
as
specified?

( s e e p a g e 24-230).
N O S h o r t to p o w e r In the O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
24-174
24. M e a s u r e the" r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 9
of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
20. D i s c o n n e c t t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 3 P c o n n e c t o r (A)

f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear
Inner s i d e ) .
1 MQ.
12 13 14 15
j
11
10
16
BLU
is the resistance
as
specified?
is DTC
18-14
indicated?
M O F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear
I n n e r s i d e ) ; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
25. M e a s u r e the resistance between the terminals
' N o . 9 a n d N o . 14 of the O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P
f r a m e I n c l u d i n g all four front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r s ( s e e p a g e 24-228).
least 1 M Q .
2 3 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r (A)

BLU
3
12 13
10 11
14
15
16 17
LTGRN
Is the resistance
as
specified?
( s e e p a g e 24-230).
N O S h o r t In t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e t h e
24-175
SRS
Passenger's Weight Sensor (front outer side)
(4-door)

f r o m the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front
outer s i d e ) .
N O T E : Before d o i n g this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e ,
( s e e p a g e 24-34).
I s DTC 83-24
indicated?
NOIntermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at this
( s e e page 24-36).

3. F r o m I N S P E C T I O N m e n u on t h e H D S , s e l e c t S W S
DTC CHECK.
I s another DTC also indicated?

YES
D T C 24-11: S h o r t to p o w e r In front p a s s e n g e r ' s
w e i g h t s e n s o r (front outer s i d e ) p o w e r circuit;
D T C 24-12: S h o r t to g r o u n d In t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front outer s i d e )
D T C 24-13: O p e n In t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r (front outer s i d e ) output circuit. G o to
s t e p 11.
D T C 24-14: S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front outer s i d e )
output c i r c u i t G o to s t e p 19.
( s e e p a g e 24-36).
24-176
YESGoto step?.
outer s i d e ) ; r e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
f r a m e in clu d in g all four front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r s ( s e e p a g e 24-228).
f r o m the O D S unit.
of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 1 8 P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
g r o u n d , T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n circuit or at l e a s t
1 MQ.

12. S w a p t h e c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n t h e front outer s i d e
front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r a n d the rear outer
side sensor.
O D S UNIT H A R N E S S 18P C O N N E C T O R
BRN
12
is DTC 24-13
14
15
16
:
13
10
indicated?
6
-ii
17
o u t e r s i d e ) ; r e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t

f r a m e i n c l u d i n g all front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
sensors (see page 2 4 - 2 2 8 ) .
is the resistance
as

(front o u t e r s i d e ) c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d frontp a s s e n g e r ' s weight s e n s o r (rear outer side)
specified?
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
r e p l a c e t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s . i l
N o , 5 a n d N o . 15 of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P
c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d b e a n o p e n c i r c u i t or at
least 1 M Q .
O D S UNIT H A R N E S S 1 8 P C O N N E C T O R
BRN
14
15
16
6
10
12
13
11
17
GRY
is the resistance
as specified
{see page 24-230).
N O S h o r t to- g r o u n d In t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
(cont'd)
24-177
SRS
20. D i s c o n n e c t the O D S unit h a r n e s s 3 P c o n n e c t o r (A)
f r o m t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (front
outer s i d e ) .
17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o O N (if).

18. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l No. 10
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.2 V.
Is DTC
12
14
15
16
1C
13
11
17
24-14
indicated?
outer s i d e ) ; r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
f r a m e I n c l u d i n g all f o u r front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r s ( s e e p a g e 24-228).
BLU

Is the voltage
as
specified?
( s e e p a g e 24-230).
N O S h o r t to p o w e r In the O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
24-178
24, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l
N o , 10 of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d
b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n c i r c u i t o r at
l e a s t 1 M Q.

Passenger's Weight Sensor (rear outer side)
{4-door}
O D S UNIT H A R N E S S 1 8 P CONNECTOR

24-23} a n d G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n
( s e e p a g e .24-34).
As
1
8
IC
13 14 15 16
I
12
11
17
BLU
Is DTC
83-26
indicated?
is the resistance
as
( s e e p a g e 24-36).
specified?
3. F r o m I N S P E C T I O N m e n u o n t h e H D S , s e l e c t S W S
DTC CHECK.
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
r e p l a c e t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s . I I
25, M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the terminals
N o . 10 a n d N o . 15 of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P
c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d b e a n o p e n circuit or at
least 1 M Q .
O D S UNIT H A R N E S S I S P CONNECTOR
is another
DTC
also
indicated?
Y E S * D T C 26-11: S h o r t to p o w e r in front p a s s e n g e r ' s

w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear outer s i d e ) p o w e r circuitr e p l a c e t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s . I I
- p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear outer s i d e )
p o w e r circuit. G o to s t e p 4 . .
* D T C 2 6 - 1 3 : O p e n i n t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
s e n s o r (rear outer s i d e ) output circuit. G o to
3
8
12
9.
C3RY
IC
14 15
13
16
11
"/
s t e p 11.
p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear outer s i d e )
output c i r c u i t G o to s t e p 19.
BLU
( s e e p a g e 24-36).
is the resistance
as
specified?
( s e e p a g e 24-230).
N O S h o r t in t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e the
O D S unit h a r n e s s ,
(confd)
24-179
SRS
f r o m the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r {rear
of the O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
outer side).
1
MQ.
ODS-UNIT H A R N E S S 1 8 P C O N N E C T O R
RED
10
11
12- 13 14 15 16 17
I...
is the resistance
Is DTC 26-12
as
specified?
indicated?
outer s i d e ) ; r e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
s e n s o r s (see page 24-228).
No. 6 a n d N o . 16 of the O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P
least 1 M Q .
O D S U N I T H A R N E S S 18P C O N N E C T O R
f r o m the O D S u n i t
RED
1
/
8
10
7
11
12 13 14 15 16 17
A
is the resistance
as specified

( s e e p a g e 24-230).
24-180

12. S w a p t h e c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n t h e rear outer s i d e

front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r a n d t h e front o u t e r
side sensor.
is DTC 26-13
indicated?
s e n s o r s f s e e p a g e 24-228).
14. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10).
18. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 11
(front o u t e r s i d e ) c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d front
p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear outer s i d e )
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.2 V .
/ 3
4 "5". '6
10 11
12 13 14 15
I
16 17
/
GRN
is the voitage
as
specified?
( s e e p a g e 24-230).
N O S h o r t to p o w e r In t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
(confd)
24-181
SRS

No. 11 of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d

f r o m the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear
b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d b e a n o p e n circuit or at
least 1 M Q .
outer side).
O D S UNIT H A R N E S S 1 BP CONNECTOR
/
8
10
12 13
9
15
11
17
16
I
GRN
Is the resistance
as
specified?
2 1 . R e a d the D T C .
Is DTC 26-14
indicated?
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d i n t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s ;
i\IOFaulty front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r (rear
N o . 11 a n d N o . 16 of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P
f r a m e I n c l u d i n g all four front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t
c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d b e a n o p e n circuit or at
s e n s o r s (see page 24-228).
least 1 M S .

1
/
8
5
10
12 18 14 15
16
7
11
17
I
WHT
GRN
Is the resistance
as
specified?
( s e e p a g e 24-230).
N O S h o r t in the O D S unit h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e the
24-182
DTC 82= 15: Internal Failure of the Front

Passenger's Weight Sensor {front inner side)
(4-door)
DTC 85-4x, 85-5x ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A

thru FL 85-63,85-64: Internal Failure of ODS
Unit
DTC 82-17: Internal Failure of the Front

Passenger's Weight Sensor (rear Inner side)
(4-door)
24-23) a n d G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n
( s e e p a g e 24-34).

{4-door)

14-door)
t h e S R S indicator c o m e s on for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
Does the SRS

( s e e p a g e 24-34).
83-25,
or 83-27
( s e e p a g e 24-36).
3 . Initialize the O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-38).
82-17
go off ?
is DTC82-15,
indicator
indicated?

Y E S - F a u l t y front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r ;
r e p l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t f r a m e i n c l u d i n g
all f o u r front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r s ( s e e p a g e
24-2281
go off?
Y E S T h e s y s t e m is OK.
f s e e p a g e 24-36).
N O R e p l a c e the O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-230) a n d

r e t e s t If the D T C Is still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e the S R S
unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221).
24-183
SRS
DTC 85-61: No Signal From the ODS Unit

DTC 85-62: Non-stipulated Data From the

ODS Unit
R e c o n n e c t i o n (see p a g e 22-89). A
is DTC85-61
or 85-62
Indicated?
6. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l No. 1 of
the O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e - s h o u l d be battery v o l t a g e .
ODS UWIT HARNESS 18P COWWECTOB
IGRN
1
Is the fuse
OK ?
12
13
14
16
15
r
N O R e p l a c e the f u s e , t h e n turn the Ignition s w i t c h

to O N (II). If t h e f u s e b l o w s a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t
in the No. 12 (7.5 A ) f u s e c i r c u i t ( d a s h b o a r d w i r e
h a r n e s s , S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s , o r O D S unit
harness).
10
11
17
Is there
battery
voltage
N O O p e n b e t w e e n the No. 12 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box a n d the terminal
No. 1 of the O D S unit 18P c o n n e c t o r ( d a s h b o a r d
w i r e h a r n e s s , S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s , or O D S unit
h a r n e s s ) ; r e p l a c e t h e faulty h a r n e s s .
24-184
8, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l
N o , 12 of t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d
b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d b e l e s s t h a n 1,0 Q

of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B.(39P) a n d b o d y - g r o u n d .
T h e r e s h o u l d be a n o p e n c i r c u i t or a t l e a s t 1 Mil,
O D S UNIT H A R N E S S 18F CONNECTOR
/ / / /
/ /
/
/ /
1
7
12
10
8 - 9
12
13
14
15-
16
11
13
(26) (27)
14
LJ
6
19
(32) ( 3 3 )
8
21
10
11
23
24
25
(34) (35) 36 3 7 3 8 39
17

is the resistance
as specified
is resistance as specified ?
N O S h o r t to g r o u n d b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 1 of
S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d the t e r m i n a l No. 7
N O O p e n b e t w e e n t h e N o . 12 t e r m i n a l of t h e O D S
unit 18P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y g r o u n d I G 7 0 2 ) o r p o o r
connection at 6 7 0 2 ;
of t h e O D S unit 18P c o n n e c t o r ( d a s h b o a r d w i r e
h a r n e s s , S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s , o r O D S unit
h a r n e s s ) ; r e p l a c e the faulty h a r n e s s .
* 2 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 22-56)
* 4 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 22-54)
9, D i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery,
(cont'd)
24-185
SRS

12. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l No. 1
of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d t h e t e r m i n a l
No. 7 of the O D S unit 18P h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e
s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 1.0 Q .

/(a
12
13
10
14
15

15. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 1 of
S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d b o d y g r o u n d . T h e r e
s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n 0.2 V .
11
" /
16
t: >
1
12 13
14
(26) ( 2 7 ) ,
///
15
/ /
/
/
LI
6
19
<3
12
10
11
21
/23
24 25
as
*4
15
19
21
(32) (33) (34) (35)
10
11
23
24 25
36 37
38
39'
(32) 133) (34] (35) 38 37 38 39

Is the resistance
13
(26) ( 2 7 )
// /
///
// / /
specified?
is there
battery
voltage?
N O O p e n b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l No. 1 of the S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d the t e r m i n a l N o . 7 of the
O D S unit 18P c o n n e c t o r ( d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ,
S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s , or O D S unit h a r n e s s ) ;
r e p l a c e the faulty h a r n e s s .
N O S h o r t to p o w e r b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l N o . 1 of
S R S unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P) a n d t h e t e r m i n a l N o . 7
of the O D S unit 18P c o n n e c t o r ( d a s h b o a r d w i r e
h a r n e s s ) ; r e p l a c e t h e faulty h a r n e s s . 11
16. R e p l a c e the O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-230).
17. C l e a r the D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
Is DTC 85-61 or 85-62
indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .

24-186
DTC 85-79: OPDS initial Check Failure
7. Initialize t h e O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-38).
review S R S Precautions a n d P r o c e d u r e s (see page
24-23} a n d G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
Information
(see page 24-34).

Does
the SRS
indicator
go off ?
Y E S T h e s y s t e m Is O K . f i
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI), a n d c h e c k that
N O R e p l a c e t h e O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-230) a n d
retest. If t h e D T C Is still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e S R S
unitB
Does
the SRS
indicator
go
off?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t i m e . G o t o T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g intermittent F a i l u r e s
( s e e p a g e 24-36),
4. M a k e s u r e n o t h i n g i s o n t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
Does
the SRS
indicator
go
off?
Y E S i n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
( s e e p a g e 24-36).
24-187
SRS
Faulty OPDS Seat-Back Sensor
4. R e p l a c e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t - b a c k c o v e r / p a d :

.
DTC 86-2X ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

Faulty OPDS Seat Support Sensor
* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-199)
4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-205)
5. Initialize the O D S unit (see p a g e 24-38)-.''

. N O T E : B e f o r e doing this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g - p r o c e d u r e ,
(see page'24-34). .
1 . C l e a r the D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
Is DTC
2. ' R e a d t h e - D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
Y E S R e p l a c e the O D S unit ( s e e page" 24-230). If

the p r o b l e m is still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e the S R S unit
(see page 24-221 ) .
Is DTC
85-1 x or 85-2x
indicated?
N O T h e s y s t e m is O K .
' (see p a g e 24-36). If a n o t h e r D T C is indicated,
3. Check the connection at the O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d the s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r s ( B ) .
Are
the connections
OK?
Y E S G o t o step 4 .
N O R e p a i r the poor c o n n e c t i o n , a n d c l e a r the
DTC.B
24-138
86-1 x or 86-2x
indicated?
DTC 92-1x f x " can be 0 t h r u 9 or A t h r u F):

Short to Power in the Front P a s s e n g e r ' s
Airbag Cutoff Indicator
MOTE:
* 2-door; B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g t h e S R S unit, c h e c k t h e S R S
1. C l e a r t h e D T C m e m o r y ( s e e p a g e 24-35),
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n wast f o r 10
seconds,
. of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

II
/ 7
/ / / /
26 27 28 29
u
10 17 18
31
iy
/ 2*/
^ 7
7\
W
v
/ , '/
36[37 38
39
$
terminals
3 . R e a d t h e D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
Is DTC 92-1 x
indicated?
f s e e p a g e 24-38). If a n o t h e r D T C is i n d i c a t e d ,
is the voitage as specified ?

Y E S F a u l t y S R S unit or p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff
Indicator; r e p l a c e t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff
indicator ( s e e p a g e 24-234). If t h e p r o b l e m is still
p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 I s
h a r n e s s ; replace the d a s h b o a r d w i r e harness.
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff Indicator

6 P c o n n e c t o r ( s e e p a g e 24-234).
t h e n w a i t at feast 3 m i n u t e s .
24-189
SRS

DTC 92-2x ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru FJ:
Open or Short to Ground in the Passenger's
Airbag Cutoff Indicator
N o . 20 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d t h e
t e r m i n a l N o . 5 of t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff
Indicator 6 P c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d be l e s s t h a n
NOTE:
1.0
Q.
0Zt
' unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h t h e H D S . Sf t h e s o f t w a r e
f BLU
PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CUTOFF

INDICATOR 6P CONNECTOR
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), t h e n wast f o r 10

seconds.
is the resistance
as
specified?
3. R e a d t h e D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35). Y E S G o t o s t e p 9.
Is DTC
92-2x
Indicated?
N O O p e n in t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
the dashboard wire h a r n e s s .

9. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n e t h e t e r m i n a l
No. 20 of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . T h e r e s h o u l d be m o r e t h a n 1 M S .

4. D i s c o n n e c t the p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff indicator
6P connector (see page 24-234).
/ / 3
/ / / /
26 27 28 29
t h e n wast at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s .
16 17 18
31
9 10
20
/
/ /
36 37 38 39
is the resistance
as
specified?
Y E S F a u l t y S R S unit or p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff

Indicator; r e p l a c e t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff
Indicator ( s e e p a g e 24-234). If t h e p r o b l e m is still
p r e s e n t r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 L B .
h a r n e s s ; replace the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s .
24-190
DTC A1-1x i"x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

Faulty P o w e r S u p p l y (VA line)
MOTE:

S R S P r e c a u t i o n s a n d P r o c e d u r e s (see page 24-23),
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see page
8. D i s c o n n e c t S R S u n i t - c o n n e c t o r A (39P) f r o m the
24-34), and Battery T e r m i n a l Disconnection a n d


v e r s i o n is n o t t h e latest, u p d a t e t h e S R S unit s o f t w a r e
11. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l N o . 26

of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
S R S U N I T CONNECTOR A (39P)
seconds.
u
3 . R e a d t h e D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
Is DTCA1-U
indicated?
V/ 3
/ y/ /
26 27 28 29
Jl
16 17 18
31
20
10
/
/
V/
36 37 38 38
. s
WOIntermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
is the voitage
5. C h e c k t h e N o . 12 (7,5 A) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r -
Y E S F a u l t y S R S - u n i t or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at S R S
d a s h fuse/relay box.
as
specified?
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit; c h e c k t h e

c o n n e c t i o n . I f the c o n n e c t i o n Is O K , r e p l a c e t h e
is the fuse
OK ?
N O O p e n In t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
N O R e p l a c e t h e f u s e , t h e n t u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h
to O N fll). If the f u s e b l o w s a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t
In t h e N o . 12 (7.5 A) f u s e c i r c u i t ( d a s h b o a r d w i r e
harness).
24-191
SRS
DTC A2-1x ("x" can be 0 thro 9 or A thru F):
Faulty Power Supply (VB line)

NOTE:
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 24-34), a n d Battery T e r m i n a l D i s c o n n e c t i o n a n d
R e c o n n e c t i o n (see p a g e 22-89).

11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l No. 27
of S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to 0*N (II), t h e n w a i t for 10
seconds.
Is DTC
A2-1x
indicated?
/ /
/ / /
3 4 5 6 7 3
26 27 28 29
16
31
9 1 0 /
/
/ // / /
/ / / / 38 37 38 39
17 18
20
W i r e s i d e of m a l e t e r m i n a l s
is the voltage
5. C h e c k the No. 11 (10 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit; c h e c k t h e
c o n n e c t i o n . If the c o n n e c t i o n is O K , r e p l a c e t h e
Is the fuse
OK?
as
specified?
N O O p e n in the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s ; r e p l a c e
N O R e p l a c e the f u s e , t h e n turn the ignition s w i t c h

to O N (II). If the f u s e b l o w s a g a i n , c h e c k for a S h o r t
to g r o u n d In the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s or in t h e
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x No. 11 (10 A )
f u s e circuit; r e p l a c e t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s , If
the p r o b l e m Is still t h e r e , r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84). II
24-192
DTC A 3 - 1 x ("x" can be 0 thru 3 or A thru F):

S R S Connector A Not Properly Installed
5. T u r n the; ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

NOTE:
{ s e e p a g e 24-37) a n d retest.
8. C h e c k for bent o r d a m a g e d t e r m i n a l s o n t h e S R S
unit.
Are any terminais
bend or
damaged?
Y E S R e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221).
N O R e p l a c e the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s .
seconds.
Is DTC
A3- 1x indicated
P J 0 I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
4. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n S R S unit c o n n e c t o r
A (39P) a n d t h e S R S unit.
is the connection
OK?
NO P r o p e r l y r e i n s t a l l t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d r e t e s t
If t h e c o n n e c t o r i s d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e
24-193
SRS
DTC A4-1x ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):
S R S Connector B Not Properly Installed
5. T u r n t h e ignition-switch to L O C K (0).
NOTE:
General Troubleshooting Information'(see page
unit-software v e r s i o n w i t h t h e H D S . If the s o f t w a r e
8. C h e c k for bent or d a m a g e d t e r m i n a l s on t h e S R S
unit
Are any terminals
bend
or
damaged?.
Y E S R e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .

N O R e p l a c e the d a s h b o a r d wire h a r n e s s .
seconds.
Is DTC
A4-1x
indicated?
N O - " I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
4. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n S R S unit c o n n e c t o r
B (39P) a n d the S R S u n i t
Is the connection
OK?
N O P r o p e r l y reinstall the c o n n e c t o r and retest.
If t h e c o n n e c t o r Is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e
24-194
DTC 41-xx, 42-xx, 43-xx ("x" can be 0 thru 9

or A thru F): Internal Failure of the ODS Unit
DTC 71-xx ("x" can be 0 thru 9 or A thru F):

ODS Unit Not Calibrated
N O T E : O n l y r e a d D T C s f r o m t h e S R S m e n u , not f r o m
S W S m e n u s u n l e s s i n s t r u c t e d to c h e c k S W S D T C s .
Only troubleshoot the corresponding S R S D T C s .
S W S m e n u s u n l e s s instructed to c h e c k S W S D T C s .
S W S ( O D S unit) D T C s are s u b c o d e s of S R S unit D T C s .
O n l y troubleshoot the corresponding S R S D T C s .
D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f o r S R S unit D T C 8 1 - 4 x
Do the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for S R S unit D T C 81-71
( s e e p a g e 24-183),
( s e e p a g e 24-166).
24-195
SRS
DTC"14-11: Short to Power in the Front
Passenger's Weight Sensor (front inner side)
Power Circuit
DTC 16-11: Short to Power in the Front

Power Circuit
DTC 14-12: Short to Ground in the Front

Power Circuit

Power Circuit
DTC 14-13: Open in the Front Passenger's

Weight Sensor (front inner side) Output
Circuit

Weight Sensor (rear inner side) Output
Circuit

Output Circuit

Output Circuit
N O T E : O n l y read D T C s f r o m the S R S m e n u , not f r o m

S W S CODS unit) D T C s a r e s u b c o d e s of S R S unit D T C s .
O n l y t r o u b l e s h o o t the c o r r e s p o n d i n g S R S D T C s .
N O T E : O n l y r e a d D T C s f r o m the S R S m e n u , not f r o m
S W S m e n u s u n l e s s Instructed to c h e c k S W S D T C s .
D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for S R S unit D T C 82-14
D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for S R S unit D T C 8 2 - 1 6
( s e e p a g e 24-169).
( s e e p a g e 24-172).
24-196
DTC 24-11; Short to Power In the Front

Power Circuit
DTC 26-11: Short to Power in the Front

Power Circuit

Power Circuit

Power Circuit

Weight Sensor (front outer side) Output
Circuit

Weight Sensor (rear outer side) Output :
Circuit
DTC 2414: Short to Ground in the Front

Output Circuit

Output Circuit
S W S { O D S unit) D T C s a r e s u b c o d e s of S R S unit D T C s .
Only troubleshoot the c o r r e s p o n d i n g S R S D T C s .
N O T E : O n l y r e a d D T C s f r o m the S R S m e n u , not f r o m
S W S m e n u s u n l e s s instructed to c h e c k S W S D T C s .
D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for S R S unit D T C 8 3 - 2 4
Do the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for S R S unit D T C 8 3 - 2 6
(see p a g e 24-178).
(see page 24-179).
24-197
SRS
DTC 15-3-x: No Signal from the Front Inner

Side Front Passenger's Weight Sensor
S R S indicator does not come on
DTC 17-3x: No Signal from the Rear Inner

S R S unit s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n w i t h the H D S . If the s o f t w a r e
N O T E : 2-door: B e f o r e r e p l a c i n g the S R S unit, c h e c k t h e

v e r s i o n is not the latest, u p d a t e the S R S '
u n i t
software
DTC 23x: No Signal from the Front Outer

DTC 27-3x: No Signal from the Rear Outer
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t for

10 s e c o n d s .
2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (H), a n d c h e c k that
Does
the SRS indicator
come
on?
Y E S - I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
Do t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for S R S unit D T C 8 2 - 1 5 , 8 2 - 1 7 ,
time.
8 3 - 2 5 , a n d 83-27 ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 1 8 3 ) . .
3. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the d a t a Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
( s e e p a g e 24-35).
5. Do the g a u g e control m o d u l e s e l f d i a g n o s t i c
function, ( s e e p a g e 22-304).
Does
the SRS indicator
come
on?
Y E S F a u l t y S R S unit; r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit
(see page 24-221).a

N O F a u l t y g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e ; r e p l a c e the
g a u g e control module (see page 22-324).
24-198
S R S indicator stays on but no DTCs are

stored
#
6. C h e c k for D T C s In t h e G a u g e M e n u w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
MOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure,

m a k e s u r e the battery is fully c h a r g e d . If t h e battery
v o l t a g e is l o w , S R S i n d i c a t o r m a y s t a y o n .
1. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d s e e if t h e m a l f u n c t i o n
U0151
indicated?
Y E S G o to the D T C U0151 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 22-318).
i n d i c a t o r l a m p (MIL) s t a y s o n ,
Does
the MIL stay
7. D o t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e s e l f d i a g n o s t i c
f u n c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 22-304).
on ?
Y E S G o to the M I L C i r c u i t T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
fsee page 1 1 - 1 9 1 ) .
Does
the SRS
indicator
come
on?
(see page 24-221).B
2. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
f s e e p a g e 24-35).
N O F a u l t y g a u g e control m o d u l e ; r e p l a c e t h e
g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
a n d t h e S R S u n i t If It d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C c i r c u i t f s e e p a g e 11-192).
Are any SRS
DTCs
indicated?
Y E S D o the S R S D T C troubleshooting.
5. S e l e c t B o d y E l e c t r i c a l s t a t u s w i t h t h e H D S .
24-199
SRS

Side airbag cutoff indicator does not come
on
Side airbag cutoff indicator stays on

1. M a k e s u r e nothing is o n t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
2. M a k e s u r e the s e a t - b a c k is d r y .
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS), a n d s e e if the
S R S indicator c o m e s o n .
Does
the SRS Indicator
come
on and stay
on?
NOTE:
* If the S R S indicator a l s o s t a y s o n , g o to S R S indicator
s t a y s o n , but no D T C s a r e s t o r e d ( s e e p a g e 24-199).
Y E S G o to the S y m p t o m T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g " S R S
indicator s t a y o n , but n o D T C s a r e s t o r e d " .
1. T u r n the ignition to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t for 10

seconds.

the s i d e a i r b a g cutoff indicator c o m e s on for a b o u t
6 seconds.
4. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )

( s e e p a g e 24-35).
Does
the side
airbag
cutoff
indicator
come
on?
.and the S R S u n i t If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f ailu r e, the s y s t e m is O K at this

time.
6. S e l e c t B o d y Electrical s t a t u s w i t h the H D S .
NOGoto step3.
7. C h e c k for D T C s in t h e G a u g e M e n u w i t h the H D S .
is DTC
U0151
indicated?
Y E S G o to the D T C U0151 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 22-318).
the side
airbag
cutoff
indicator
flash?
Y E S I n i t i a l i z e t h e O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-38). If
p r o b l e m is still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e O P D S s e n s o r /
s e a t - b a c k for 4-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 9 9 ) , for 2 - d o o r
r e p l a c e t h e S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221 ) .
N O F a u l t y g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e ; r e p l a c e the
24-200
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192)..
5. D o the g a u g e control m o d u l e s e l f d i a g n o s t i c
8. Do the g a u g e control m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c
Does

( s e e p a g e 24-35).
Does
the side
airbag
cutoff
indicator
come
on?
Y E S F a u l t y S R S unit; r e p l a c e the S R S unit

( s e e p a g e 24-221)H
N O F a u l t y g a u g e control m o d u l e ; r e p l a c e t h e
Passenger's a i r b a g cutoff indicator stays on

or comes on suddenly
5. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N m e n u o n the H D S , t h e n
select A F T E R R E P L A C I N G F R O N T P A S S E N G E R ' S
S E A T C O M P O N E N T S ) , and follows the problems.
N O T E : U n d e r t h e f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s , the p a s s e n g e r ' s
a i r b a g cutoff i n d i c a t o r s t a y s o n or c o m e s o n s u d d e n l y .
Does
* W h e n o n e Is sitting t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t , but

t h e r e is a n o b j e c t o n t h e s e a t m o r e t h a n 5 kg (11 lbs).
on?
the passenger's
airbag
cutoff
indicator
* T h e s e a t belt i s b u c k l e d , but n o o n e is sitting on the

front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t .
* S o m e o n e w h o is l e s s t h a n a b o u t 30 kg {65 lbs) Is
W O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e .
stay
sitting o n the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t .

f s e e p a g e 24-37) a n d retest.
6. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N m e n u on t h e H D S , t h e n
select A F T E R A V E H I C L E C O L L I S I O N , and follow
the p r o m p t s .
Does
1. C h e c k f o r t h e s e i t e m s , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s
the passenger's
airbag-cutoff
indicator
stay
on?
a i r b a g cutoff indicator.
* T h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t is Installed c o r r e c t l y .
* N o t h i n g i s / w a s o n t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
* N o t h i n g i s / w a s u n d e r t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t
* N o t h i n g i s / w a s in t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t - b a c k
pocket.
( s e e p a g e 24-221). If the p r o b l e m Is still p r e s e n t ,
r e p l a c e t h e O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-230), a n d t h e n If
t h e p r o b l e m Is still p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e the front
p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r s for 4-door ( s e e p a g e
2 4 - 2 2 8 ) , for 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 9 ) .
* W h o e v e r w a s sitting o n t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s

s e a t w a s sitting in t h e p r o p e r sitting p o s i t i o n .
* S o m e o n e w h o i s m o r e t h a n 30 kg (65 lbs) but is
s u p p o r t i n g s o m e of their b o d y w e i g h t o n their
l e g s , feet, a r m s , or h a n d s , w h i c h m a y be r e s t i n g
o n t h e floor or a n a r m rest. T h e s e a t w e i g h t
s e n s o r s m a y not s e n s e t h e c o r r e c t w e i g h t of t h e
passenger.
Does
on?
the passenger's
airbag
cutoff
indicator
stay
2, C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
( s e e p a g e 24-35).
3, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
24-201
SRS
Component Replacement/Inspection After Deployment
NOTE:
* B e f o r e d o i n g a n y S R S r e p a i r s , c h e c k the D T C s
( s e e p a g e 24-34) for the l e s s o b v i o u s d e p l o y e d
c o m p o n e n t s (seat belt t e n s i o n e r s , front i m p a c t
s e n s o r s , s i d e airbag s e n s o r s , etc.)
Do not r e p l a c e the O D S unit u n l e s s it is p h y s i c a l l y
d a m a g e d or a s p e c i f i c fault w a s f o u n d during D T C
troubleshooting.
After a v e h i c l e .collision, d o the O D S unit operation
c h e c k (see p a g e 24-39).
* After a v e h i c l e c o l l i s i o n , i n s p e c t the front s e a t a c t i v e
h e a d restraints ( s e e p a g e 20-180). e
After a c o l l i s i o n w h e r e t h e s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s
deployed, replace these items:
* S R S unit
* S e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s
* Front impact s e n s o r s
After a c o l l i s i o n w h e r e the front a i r b a g ( s ) d e p l o y e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e s e Items:
* S R S unit
* D e p l o y e d airbag(s)
* S e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s
* Front Impact s e n s o r s
After a c o l l i s i o n w h e r e a s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g h a s
d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e the i t e m s for the s i d e ( s ) that
deployed:
* S R S . unit
* D e p l o y e d s i d e curtain a i r b a g ( s )
S e a t belt t e n s i o n e r ( s )
S i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s ) (first)
* Side impact sensor(s) (second)
* Rear safing s e n s o r
* Roof t r i m
* A-pillar t r i m
* B-pillar u p p e r trim
* C-pIIIartrlm
* Front g r a b h a n d l e
* Rear grab handle
* AH related t r i m c l i p s
* Sunvisor
8
After a m o d e r a t e to s e v e r e s i d e or rear c o l l i s i o n , I n s p e c t
for a n y d a m a g e on the s i d e curtain a i r b a g or other
related c o m p o n e n t s . R e p l a c e t h e c o m p o n e n t s a s
needed.
4-Door
A-Pillar T r i m
After a c o l l i s i o n w h e r e t h e s i d e a i r b a g ( s ) d e p l o y e d ,
replace these items:
* S R S unit
* S i d e Impact s e n s o r ( s ) (first)
* Side impact sensor(s) (second)
* B-pillar l o w e r trim
* Front s e a t a s s e m b l y (Impact s i d e )
2-Door model is same as shown.
24-202
BPiiIa? T r i m
2-Door
B-PillarTrim
C-PIllar T r i m
D u r i n g the repair p r o c e s s , i n s p e c t t h e s e a r e a s :
* I n s p e c t all the S R S w i r e h a r n e s s e s . . R e p l a c e , d o not
repair, a n y d a m a g e d h a r n e s s e s .
* I n s p e c t the c a b l e reel for h e a t d a m a g e . If t h e r e Is a n y
d a m a g e , r e p l a c e the c a b l e r e e l .
After the v e h i c l e Is c o m p l e t e l y r e p a i r e d , t u r n t h e
Ignition s w i t c h to O N (III If the S R S Indicator c o m e s o n
for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s a n d t h e n g o e s off, the S R S Is O K . If
the Indicator d o e s not function p r o p e r l y , u s e the H D S to
r e a d the D T C ( s e e p a g e 24-35). If y o u c a n n o t retrieve a
c o d e , do the S R S S y m p t o m Troubleshooting.
(confd)
24-203
SRS
Component Replacement/Inspection After Deployment (cont'd)
Checking and Adjusting the Headliner/Pillar
Trim OwerSap
T o p r e v e n t t h e s i d e curtain a i r b a g from, d e p l o y i n g a n d
d a m a g i n g the pillar t r i m , t h e o v e r l a p b e t w e e n t h e
h e a d l i n e r a n d p i l l a r t r i m m u s t be l e s s t h e n 8 m m
(0.3 in.). T o c h e c k the o v e r l a p , d o t h i s :
3. R e m o v e t h e pillar t r i m , a n d m e a s u r e t h e h e a d l i n e r
overlap.
If the o v e r l a p Is l e s s t h a n 8 m m (0.3 in.), r e m o v e
t h e t a p e , a n d Install t h e pillar t r i m .
If t h e o v e r l a p is m o r e t h a n 8 m m (0.3 In.), g o to
s t e p 4.
1. Install the h e a d l i n e r (A) a n d t h e p i l l a r t r i m (B).
MASKING TAPE
EDGE OF HEADLIMER
LESS THAW
8 mm (0.3 in.)
This illustration shows the A-pillar,

This Illustration shows the A - p i l l a r .
4. C a r e f u l l y t r i m t h e h e a d l i n e r w i t h a utility knife,
r e d u c i n g t h e o v e r l a p to l e s s t h a n 8 m m (0.3 in.).
2. A p p l y m a s k i n g t a p e to t h e h e a d l i n e r to m a r k the
u p p e r e d g e of e a c h pillar t r i m .
This illustration shows the A-piifar.

This Illustration shows the A-pillar.
24-204
5. R e m o v e the t a p e , a n d install t h e pillar t r i m .
Driwer s Airbag Replacement

#
Installation
Removal
1. D o t h e battery term!rial d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
(see p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 } , t h e n w a i t at feast 3 m i n u t e s
1. P l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g (A) in t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l ,
a n d s e c u r e it w i t h n e w T O R X bolts (B).
b e f o r e starting w o r k .
B
2, R e m o v e t h e a c c e s s p a n e l (A) f r o m t h e s t e e r i n g
w h e e l , then d i s c o n n e c t the driver's airbag 4P
c o n n e c t o r (B) f r o m t h e c a b l e r e e l
9,8 N-m (1,0 k g f - m , 7.2 Ibf-ftl

Replace.
2. C o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g 4P c o n n e c t o r (A) to t h e
c a b l e r e e l 4P c o n n e c t o r , t h e n install t h e a c c e s s
p a n e l CB) o n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l .
3. Do the'battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
(see p a g e 22-89).
A
4. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g (B).
4. C o n n e c t t h e H D S , a n d c l e a r t h e D T C s (see- p a g e
24-35).
5. A f t e r installing the a i r b a g , c o n f i r m p r o p e r s y s t e m
operation:
* T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS); t h e S R S
indicator s h o u l d c o m e o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
a n d t h e n go off,
* IVlake s u r e t h e horn a n d turn s i g n a l s w i t c h e s
work properly.
* IVlake s u r e t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l s w i t c h e s w o r k
properly.
24-205
SRS
Front Passenger's Airbag Replacement
Remowai
before starting w o r k .
2. D i s c o n n e c t the g l o v e box d a m p e r a n d r e l e a s e the
g l o v e box s t o p on e a c h s i d e f r o m the d a s h b o a r d by
p u s h i n g t h e m I n s i d e ( s e e p a g e 20-161),
.' 3. D e t a c h t h e c o n n e c t o r clip (A), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the
d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P c o n n e c t o r (B) f r o m
- f r o n t p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g c o n n e c t o r . R e m o v e the
".nuts.(C).
:
4. R e m o v e the d a s h b o a r d s i d e lid ( s e e s t e p 6 on p a g e
20-162).
24-206
P l a c e the c a r d b o a r d (A) b e t w e e n the c e n t e r d i s p l a y

v i s o r a n d the p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g . U s i n g o n l y y o u r
h a n d s , first lift the right s i d e , t h e n lift t h e left s i d e ,
a n d r e m o v e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g ( B ) f r o m
the d a s h b o a r d .
N O T E : T h e a i r b a g lid h a s p a w l s (C) o n e a c h s i d e
w h e r e it a t t a c h e s to the d a s h b o a r d .
6. C u t t h e f o u r p a r t s of the ltd a s s h o w n . (A), a n d
Installation
d e t a c h the front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g ,

1. P l a c e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g a n d lid a s s e m b l y
MOTE;
(A) into t h e d a s h b o a r d . T o r q u e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
* A l w a y s replace the upper d a s h b o a r d panel
a i r b a g m o u n t i n g nuts (B).
w h e n e v e r you r e m o v e the airbag from the panel.

* R e p l a c e t h e a i r b a g If t h e a i r b a g - m o u n t i n g h o o k s
o r its h o u s i n g i s d a m a g e d .
7. Insert the h o o k s (A) of t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g

h o u s i n g into t h e n e w u p p e r d a s h b o a r d p a n e l , t h e n
i n s e r t the o t h e r h o o k s (B) into t h e p a n e l .
2. C o n n e c t t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P c o n n e c t o r
(A) to t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g c o n n e c t o r , then"
install t h e c o n n e c t o r clip (B). R e i n s t a l l t h e g l o v e
NOTE:
b o x ( s e e p a g e 20-161).
* Make sure there are no objects between the

airbag and the upper p a n e l
* M a k e s u r e t h e a i r b a g i s fully s e a t e d , a n d m a k e
s u r e t h e u p p e r p a n e l is not d e f o r m e d or
d a m a g e d after the a i r b a g Is In p l a c e .
* Do not u s e t o o l s w h e n d e t a c h i n g t h e front
p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g In o r d e r to protect It.
3- R e i n s t a l l t h e d a s h b o a r d s i d e lid.
( s e e p a g e 22-89),
5. C o n n e c t t h e H D S , a n d c l e a r t h e D T C s ( s e e p a g e
24-35).
6. After installing the a i r b a g , c o n f i r m p r o p e r s y s t e m ,
o p e r a t i o n : T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to ON (SI); the
S R S indicator s h o u l d c o m e o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
a n d t h e n g o off.
24-207
SRS
Side Airbag Replacement
Installation
Removal
( s e e p a g e 22-89), t h e n wast at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s
NOTE:
* If the s i d e a i r b a g lid Is s e c u r e d w i t h t a p e , r e m o v e t h e
tape.
* Do not o p e n the lid on the s i d e a i r b a g c o v e r .
2. R e m o v e the s e a t a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 20-181).
* U s e n e w m o u n t i n g n u t s t i g h t e n e d to t h e s p e c i f i e d
3. R e m o v e the s e a t - b a c k c o v e n
* M a k e s u r e that t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r is Installed
torque.
properly. I m p r o p e r Installation m a y p r e v e n t p r o p e r
deployment.
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 0 5 )
* B e s u r e to Install t h e h a r n e s s w i r e s s o that t h e y a r e
not p i n c h e d or interfering w i t h o t h e r parts.

4. R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g nuts (A) a n d the s i d e
1. P l a c e the s i d e a i r b a g on t h e s e a t - b a c k f r a m e (A).
T o r q u e t h e n e w s i d e a i r b a g m o u n t i n g n u t s (B).
a i r b a g (B).
2. Install the s e a t - b a c k c o v e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal:
4-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 0 5 )
* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 9 9 )
3. Install the s e a t a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 20-181), t h e n
c o n n e c t the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
4. M o v e t h e front s e a t a n d t h e s e a t - b a c k t h r o u g h their
full r a n g e s of m o v e m e n t , m a k i n g s u r e t h e h a r n e s s
w i r e s a r e not p i n c h e d or Interfering with other p a r t s .
( s e e p a g e 22-89).'
6. C o n n e c t the H D S , a n d c l e a r t h e D T C s ( s e e p a g e
24-35).
7. After Installing t h e s i d e a i r b a g , c o n f i r m p r o p e r
s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n : T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N
(II); the S R S indicator s h o u l d c o m e o n for a b o u t 8
s e c o n d s a n d t h e n go off.
24-208
Side Curtain Airbag Replacement

Removal
NOTE:
* R e v i e w t h e interior t r i m r e p l a c e m e n t p r o c e d u r e before d o i n g r e p a i r o r s e r v i c e ( s e e p a g e 20-95).
* R e m o v a l of t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g m u s t be d o n e a c c o r d i n g to P r e c a u t i o n a n d P r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 24-23).
* T h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of m a n y c o m p o n e n t s . W h e n t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g h a s b e e n d e p l o y e d , g o
to C o m p o n e n t R e p l a c e m e n t / I n s p e c t i o n After D e p l o y m e n t , a n d r e p l a c e all of the parts listed ( s e e p a g e 24-202).
1, D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-89), t h e n w a i t at least 3 m i n u t e s before starting
work.
2, R e m o v e t h e h e a d l i n e r ( s e e p a g e 20-131).
3 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g .
4-D0r
Left side shown; right side is similar.

2-Door
Left side shown; right side Is similar.
(confd)
24-209
SRS
Side Curtain Airbag Replacement (cont'd!
4. R e m o v e t h e m o u n t n g b o l t s (A) a n d the m o u n t i n g bolts (B) f r o m the b r a c k e t D e t a c h t h e c l i p s ( C L t h e n r e m o v e t h e
s i d e curtain a i r b a g (D).
4-Dr
slips ( C )
24-210
Replace.
Replace.
(confd)
24-211
SRS
Side Curtain Airbag Replacement (cont'd)

Installation
NOTE:
* Installation of t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g m u s t b e d o n e a c c o r d i n g to p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23).
* If t h e a i r b a g is f r a y e d , or h a s a n y other v i s i b l e d a m a g e , r e p l a c e It. Do not a t t e m p t to r e p a i r a n a i r b a g .
* W h e n y o u install t h e a i r b a g , m a k e s u r e It is not t w i s t e d , a n d that it is not c a u g h t b e t w e e n t h e Inflator b r a c k e t by t h e
bracket bolts.
* M a k e s u r e that t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g inflator retainer Is Installed p r o p e r l y . O t h e r w i s e t h e a i r b a g c o u l d I n c o r r e c t l y
d e p l o y a n d c a u s e d a m a g e or I n j u r i e s .
* Sf t h e r e is a n y d a m a g e to t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g , d o not try to repair I t R e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g .
1. P l a c e the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g a s s e m b l y on t h e s i d e of t h e roof. T i g h t e n t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g m o u n t i n g bolts ( A )
a n d m o u n t i n g bolts (B) a n d t h e clip is p u s h e d until s t o p p i n g .
4-Door
Left s i d e s h o w n ; r i g h t s i d e i s s i m i l a r
24-212
(1.0 k g f - m , 7.2 Ibf-ft)

Replace.
2-Door
Replace.
6.0 N-m
10.6 k g f - m , 4 . 0 Ibf-ft)
9 . 8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
Left s i d e s h o w n ; right s i d e Is similar.
(cont'd)
24-213
ms
Side Curtain Airbag Replacement (cont'd)
2. C o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A) to t h e s i d e curtain a i r b a g .
4-Door

3. D o the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-89).
4. C o n n e c t t h e H D S , a n d c l e a r t h e D T C s ( s e e p a g e 24-35).
5. After installing t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g , c o n f i r m p r o p e r s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n : T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS); t h e
S R S i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d c o m e o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s a n d t h e n g o off.
6. " Install all r e m o v e d p a r t s .
7. C o n f i r m p r o p e r h e a d l i n e r / p i l l a r t r i m o v e r l a p ( s e e p a g e 24-204).
24-214
Airbag and Tensioner Disposal

Front P a s s e n g e r ' s Airbag
D e p l o y m e n t tool 0 7 H A Z - S G Q O 5 G 0
B e f o r e s c r a p p i n g a n y a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , s i d e curtain
a i r b a g s , s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s , (including t h o s e in a
w h o l e v e h i c l e to be s c r a p p e d ) , t h e parti's) m u s t be
d e p l o y e d , If the v e h i c l e is still w i t h i n the w a r r a n t y
p e r i o d , t h e H o n d a District P a r t s a n d S e r v i c e M a n a g e r
m u s t g i v e a p p r o v a l a n d / o r s p e c i a l instruction before
d e p l o y i n g t h e part(s). O n l y after t h e part(s) h a v e b e e n
d e p l o y e d ( a s t h e r e s u l t of v e h i c l e c o l l i s i o n , for e x a m p l e ) ,
c a n t h e y be s c r a p p e d .
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e g l o v e b o x d a m p e r a n d r e l e a s e the
g l o v e b o x s t o p o n e a c h s i d e f r o m t h e d a s h b o a r d by
pushing t h e m Inside (see page 20-161), then
d i s c o n n e c t t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g
connector.
A
If t h e p a r t s a p p e a r intact (not d e p l o y e d ) , treat t h e m w i t h

extreme caution, Follow this procedure.
Deploy lug Airbags in the Vehicle

If a n S R S e q u i p p e d v e h i c l e Is to b e entirely s c r a p p e d , Its
a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s , a n d s e a t belt
t e n s i o n e r s s h o u l d b e d e p l o y e d w h i l e still in the v e h i c l e .
T h e s e p a r t s s h o u l d not be c o n s i d e r e d a s s a l v a g e a b l e
p a r t s a n d s h o u l d n e v e r be i n s t a l l e d In a n o t h e r v e h i c l e .
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n
d i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e f r o m t h e battery,
t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s b e f o r e s t a r i n g w o r k .
2. C o n f i r m t h a t e a c h a i r b a g , s i d e a i r b a g , s i d e c u r t a i n
a i r b a g , or s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r Is s e c u r e l y m o u n t e d .
3. C o n f i r m t h a t the d e p l o y m e n t tool is f u n c t i o n i n g
p r o p e r l y b y f o l l o w i n g the c h e c k p r o c e d u r e o n t h e
tool l a b e l .
Driver's Airbag
4. R e m o v e t h e a c c e s s p a n e l (A) f r o m t h e s t e e r i n g
w h e e l then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P
c o n n e c t o r (B) f r o m the c a b l e r e e l .
(confd)
24-215
SRS
Airbag and! Tensioner Disposal (cont'd)
Side Curtain Airbag
9. C u t off e a c h c o n n e c t o r , a n d strip the e n d s of t h e

w i r e s . T w i s t e a c h pair of unlike c o l o r e d w i r e s
7. D i s c o n n e c t the S R S floor w i r e - h a r n e s s . 2 P
together, a n d clip a n alligator clip (A) f r o m the
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g .
d e p l o y m e n t tool to e a c h pair.
4-Door
NOTE:
* P l a c e the d e p l o y m e n t too! at l e a s t 30 ft (10 m)
a w a y f r o m the v e h i c l e .
* T h e driver's and front passenger's airbags have
d u a l inflators. T w i s t e a c h pair of unlike c o l o r e d
w i r e s t o g e t h e r , a n d clip a n alligator clip to e a c h
pair.
2-0oor
3 0 ft
(10 m )
O7HAZ-SGOO500
S e a t Belt Tensioner
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r . Pull t h e
s e a t belt out all t h e w a y a n d c u t it.
3 0 ft
(10 m)
O7HAZ-SGOO5O0
24-216
10. C o n n e c t a 12 V to t h e t o o l .
* If t h e g r e e n light o n t h e tool c o m e s o n , the igniter
Deploying Components Out of the Vehicle

If a n intact a i r b a g o r t e n s i o n e r h a s b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m
circuit Is d e f e c t i v e a n d c a n n o t d e p l o y t h e
a s c r a p p e d v e h i c l e , or h a s b e e n f o u n d d e f e c t i v e or
c o m p o n e n t . G o to D i s p o s a l of D a m a g e d
d a m a g e d d u r i n g t r a n s i t s t o r a g e , o r s e r v i c e , it s h o u l d be
Components,
deployed a s follows:
* If t h e red light o n the tool c o m e s o n , t h e

c o m p o n e n t is r e a d y to be d e p l o y e d .
11. P u s h t h e t o o l ' s d e p l o y m e n t s w i t c h . T h e a i r b a g s a n d
t e n s i o n e r s s h o u l d d e p l o y ( d e p l o y m e n t is both
h i g h l y a u d i b l e a n d v i s i b l e : A loud n o i s e a n d rapid
i n f l a t i o n of t h e b a g , f o l l o w e d by s l o w deflation).
* If t h e c o m p o n e n t s d e p l o y a n d t h e g r e e n light o n
the tool c o m e s o n , c o n t i n u e w i t h t h i s p r o c e d u r e .
* If a c o m p o n e n t d o e s not d e p l o y , a n d the g r e e n
light c o n i e s O N ; its igniter is d e f e c t i v e . G o to
D i s p o s a l of D a m a g e d C o m p o n e n t s .
* D u r i n g d e p l o y m e n t , t h e a i r b a g s c a n b e c o m e hot
e n o u g h to b u m y o u . W a i t for 30 m i n u t e s after
d e p l o y m e n t before t o u c h i n g t h e a i r b a g s .
12. D i s p o s e of the c o m p l e t e a i r b a g . N o part of It c a n be
r e u s e d . P l a c e it In a s t u r d y p l a s t i c b a g (A), a n d s e a l
it s e c u r e l y . D i s p o s e of the d e p l o y e d a i r b a g
a c c o r d i n g to y o u r l o c a l r e g u l a t i o n s .
1. C o n f i r m t h a t the d e p l o y m e n t tool Is f u n c t i o n i n g
p r o p e r l y by f o l l o w i n g the c h e c k p r o c e d u r e
Deploying A i r b a g s In t h e V e h i c l e o n t h e tool label.
2. P o s i t i o n the a i r b a g f a c e up, o u t d o o r s , on flat
g r o u n d , at least 30 ft (10 m) f r o m a n y o b s t a c l e s or
people.
3. F o l l o w s t e p s 9 t h r o u g h 12 of the i n - v e h l c l e
deployment procedure.
N O T E : T h e d r i v e r ' s a n d front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g s
h a v e d u a l inflators. T w i s t e a c h pair of unlike
c o l o r e d w i r e s together, a n d clip a n alligator clip to
e a c h pair.
(confd)
24-217
SRS
Airbag and Tensioner Disposal
(cont'd)
Cable Reel Replacement

Removal
Disposal of Damaged Components
1 . M a k e s u r e the front w h e e l s a r e a l i g n e d straight

ahead.
1. If Installed In a v e h i c l e , f o l l o w the r e m o v a l
p r o c e d u r e for the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205),
front p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-206), s i d e
a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-208), s i d e curtain a i r b a g
(see p a g e 22-89), t h e n w a i t at least 3 m i n u t e s , t h e n
w a i t for 3 m i n u t e s .
(see p a g e 24-209), a n d s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r (see page

24-5).
2. In all c a s e s , m a k e a s h o r t circuit by cutting,
s t r i p p i n g , a n d t w i s t i n g t o g e t h e r the t w o inflator
3. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205).
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the c a b l e r e e l ,
then r e m o v e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l bolt (B).
wires.
N O T E : T h e d r i v e r ' s a n d front: p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g s
h a v e dual inflators. T h e like c o l o r w i r e s g o to the
Individual inflators. T w i s t the like c o l o r e d w i r e s
together.
3. P a c k a g e the c o m p o n e n t in e x a c t l y the s a m e
p a c k a g i n g that the n e w r e p l a c e m e n t part c a m e In.
4. M a r k the o u t s i d e of the box D A M A G E D A I R B A G
NOT DEPLOYED, DAMAGED SIDE AIRBAG NOT
DEPLOYED, DAMAGED SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
N O T D E P L O Y E D , or D A M A G E D S E A T B E L T
T E N S I O N E R N O T D E P L O Y E D s o It d o e s not get
c o n f u s e d with y o u r parts stock.
5. C o n t a c t y o u r H o n d a District Parts a n d S e r v i c e
M a n a g e r for i n s t r u c t i o n s on h o w a n d w h e r e to
return it for d i s p o s a l .
Deployment Tool Check

1. C o n n e c t the y e l l o w c l i p s to both s w i t c h protector
h a n d l e s on the tool.
2. T h e n c o n n e c t the red lead to the positive battery
post a n d the black lead to t h e n e g a t i v e battery post.
3 . P u s h t h e o p e r a t i o n s w i t c h : T h e g r e e n light s h o u l d
c o m e o n , indicating that t h e tool is operating
p r o p e r l y a n d Is r e a d y for u s e . If t h e red Sight s t a y s
o n , the tool Is faulty, a n d a n o t h e r o n e m u s t be u s e d
for t h e p r o c e d u r e .
4. D i s c o n n e c t the tool c l i p s and! c o n n e c t o r s f r o m the
protector h a n d l e s a n d t h e battery.
24-218
5. C o n f i r m that the front w h e e l s point straight a h e a d ,

t h e n r e m o v e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l w i t h a s t e e r i n g
w h e e l puller ( s e e p a g e 17-24).
Do not tap o n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l or s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n shaft w h e n r e m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g w h e e l .
6. R e m o v e t h e c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-168).
7, D i s c o n n e c t t h e d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the c a b l e reel 4P c o n n e c t o r (B),
then disconnect the d a s h b o a r d wire h a r n e s s 20P
c o n n e c t o r (C) f r o m t h e c a b l e reel (D).
installation
1, B e f o r e Installing the s t e e r i n g w h e e l , align the front
w h e e l s straight a h e a d .
2, If not a l r e a d y d o n e , d i s c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e
f r o m t h e battery, t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s .
3, S e t t h e turn s i g n a l c a n c e l i n g s l e e v e (A) s o that the
p r o j e c t i o n s (B) a r e a l i g n e d vertically.
8, R e l e a s e the lock tab (A) u n d e r t h e c a b l e reel

c o n n e c t o r w i t h a 9 0 hook s h a p e d tool (B). S l i d e
the tool b e l o w t h e c a b l e reel c o n n e c t o r j u s t a b o v e
t h e lock tab. R e l e a s e the Sower lock tab (C), a n d
s l i d e t h e c a b l e reel off t h e c o l u m n .
4. C a r e f u l l y install the c a b l e r e e l (A) o n the-steering

c o l u m n shaft. T h e n c o n n e c t 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r (B) to
the c a b l e r e e l , a n d c o n n e c t t h e 4P c o n n e c t o r (C) to
the d a s h b o a r d w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P c o n n e c t o r (D).
(confd)
24-219
SRS
Cable Reel Replacement (cont'd)
5. Install t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e
= 20-108).
8. Install a n d t o r q u e a n e w s t e e r i n g w h e e l bolt (A),

then reconnect the connectors.
6. If n e c e s s a r y , c e n t e r t h e c a b l e reel ( N e w
r e p l a c e m e n t c a b l e r e e l s coime c e n t e r e d . ) . Do this
by first rotating t h e c a b l e reel c l o c k w i s e until it
s t o p s . T h e n rotate it c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (about t h r e e
t u r n s ) until t h e a r r o w m a r k (A) o n t h e c a b l e reel
label points straight u p .
9. Install the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205).

( s e e p a g e 22-89).
11. C o n n e c t the H D S , a n d c l e a r a n y D T C s ( s e e p a g e
24-35).
7. Position t h e t w o t a b s (A) of t h e turn s i g n a l
c a n c e l i n g s l e e v e (B) a s s h o w n , a n d Install t h e
s t e e r i n g w h e e l o n to t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n shaft,
m a k i n g s u r e t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b (C) e n g a g e s
the p i n s (D) of t h e c a b l e reel a n d t a b s of t h e turn
s i g n a l c a n c e l i n g s l e e v e . D o not t a p o n the s t e e r i n g
w h e e l or s t e e r i n g c o l u m n s h a f t w h e n installing t h e
steering wheel.
12. After installing t h e c a b l e r e e l , c o n f i r m p r o p e r

s y s t e m operation:
T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II); t h e S R S
Indicator s h o u l d c o m e o n for a b o u t 8 s e c o n d s
a n d t h e n g o off.
After t h e S R S indicator h a s t u r n e d off, turn t h e
s t e e r i n g w h e e l fully left a n d right to c o n f i r m t h e
S R S Indicator d o e s not c o m e o n .
M a k e s u r e t h e h o r n a n d turn s i g n a l s w i t c h e s
w o r k properly.
M a k e s u r e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l s w i t c h e s w o r k
properly.
24-220
S R S Unit Replacement
Removal
( s e e p a g e 22-891, t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s
before starting w o r k ,
6. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P) a n d S R S
unit c o n n e c t o r B (39P), a n d r e m o v e the T O R X bolts
'(C) u s i n g a T O R X T 3 0 bit,, t h e n pull out the S R S u n i t
2. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r l o w e r c o v e r
and passenger's dashboard center lower cover
( s e e p a g e 20-157).
3. U s i n g a T O R X T 3 0 bit, r e m o v e the T O R X bolt (A).
4. W i t h n a v i g a t i o n : R e m o v e t h e a u d i o d i s c c h a n g e r
(see page 23-113).
5. W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n : R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r pocket
( s e e p a g e 20-155).
(confd)
24-221
SRS
SRS Unit Replacement (cont'd)
Installation
3. Do t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e .
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
1. InstaSS the S R S unit (A) with a n e w T O R X bolt (B),

u s i n g a T O R X T 3 0 bit.
N O T E : B e s u r e the S R S unit is sitting s q u a r e l y
4. F o r 2-door: M a k e s u r e t h e S R S unit h a s t h e latest

s o f t w a r e . If It d o e s not h a v e t h e l a t e s t u p d a t e t h e
s o f t w a r e in t h e S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-37).
a g a i n s t i f s bracket b e f o r e t o r q u i n g the T O R X bolt.

5. C a l i b r a t e t h e O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-38).
A
6. Do the O D S unit o p e r a t i o n c h e c k ( s e e p a g e 24-39).
7. C o n f i r m p r o p e r S R S o p e r a t i o n : T u r n t h e ignition'
s w i t c h O N (II); t h e S R S i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d c o m e o n
for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s a n d t h e n g o off.
2. U s i n g a T O R X T 3 0 b i t Install t h e n e w T O R X bolts
(A), t h e n c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s (B) to the S R S
unit; p u s h t h e m into p o s i t i o n until t h e y click
( s e e p a g e 24-28).
24-222
Side Impact Sensor f First! Replacement

4-Door
Removal
before starting work.
Installation
1. Install the s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first) w i t h a n e w
T O R X bolt (A), t h e n c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e
h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B) to the side. I m p a c t s e n s o r
(first).
2. R e m o v e t h e front s e a t a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 20-181),
3. R e m o v e the l o w e r B-pillar l o w e r t r i m fsee p a g e
20-107).
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first).
9.8N-m
(1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
2. R e i n s t a l l all r e m o v e d parts.
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
4. C o n f i r m p r o p e r S R S o p e r a t i o n : T u r n the ignition
s w i t c h to O N (II); the S R S indicator s h o u l d c o m e on
for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s a n d then g o off.
5. U s i n g a T O R X T 3 0 bit, r e m o v e the T O R X bolt (B),
t h e n r e m o v e t h e s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first) (C).
24-223
SRS
Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement (cont'd)
2-Dor
Removal
1. Do the battery termsnaS d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89), t h e n wast at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s
Installation
1. Install t h e s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first) w i t h a n e w
T O R X bolt (A), t h e n c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e
h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B) to t h e s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r
(first).
2. R e m o v e t h e d o o r sill t r i m f s e e p a g e 20-97).
3. T u r n o v e r the rear portion of t h e c a r p e t a s n e e d e d .
A
S.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m,
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r (first).
7.2 I b f f t )
Replace.
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
3. C o n f i r m p r o p e r S R S o p e r a t i o n : T u r n t h e ignition
s w i t c h to O N (IS); the S R S Indicator s h o u l d c o m e o n
for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s a n d t h e n go off.
5. U s i n g a T O R X T 3 0 bit, r e m o v e t h e T O R X bolt (B),
t h e n r e m o v e the s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r (first) (C).
24-224
Side impact Sensor fSecond) Replacement

installation
4-Door
Removal
1. install t h e s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) with a n e w
T O R X bolt (A) t h e n c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e
( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 ) , t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s
(second).
2, R e m o v e t h e s e a t s i d e b o l s t e r ( s e e p a g e 20-225).
3 , D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
(B).
B
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
s w i t c h to O N (II); t h e S R S i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d c o m e o n
4. U s i n g a T O R X T 3 0 bit,- r e m o v e t h e T O R X bolt (C)
then r e m o v e the side impact s e n s o r (second).
24-225
SRS
Side Impact Sensor ISecond) Replacement (cont'd!
Installation
2-Door
Removal
1. Install the s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) with a n e w

T O R X bolt (A) t h e n c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e
(second).
2. R e m o v e the rear s i d e t r i m p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-118).

A
9.8 M<m
(1.0 kgfini, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d )
(B).
"
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
s w i t c h to O N (IS); t h e S R S indicator s h o u l d c o m e o n
4. U s i n g a T O R X T 3 0 bit, r e m o v e t h e T O R X bolt (C)
t h e n r e m o v e the s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r ( s e c o n d ) .
24-226
Rear Safing Sensor Replacement

R
e
m
o
w
a
l
1., D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
Inst allation
1. Install the rear s a f i n g s e n s o r w i t h a n e w T O R X bolt
(A) t h e n c o n n e c t the S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4 P
c o n n e c t o r (B) to the r e a r s a f i n g s e n s o r (C).
2. R e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).
3 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e S R S floor w i r e h a r n e s s 4P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the r e a r s a f i n g s e n s o r (B).

Replace.
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
4. R e m o v e t h e T O R X bolt (C) u s i n g a T O R X T 3 0 bit,

t h e n r e m o v e the rear s a f i n g s e n s o r .
3* C o n f i r m p r o p e r S R S o p e r a t i o n : T u r n t h e ignition
s w i t c h to O N (II); the S R S i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d c o m e o n
24-227
SRS
Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Replacement
4-Door
Installation
Removal
NOTE:
NOTE: . -
* B e s u r e to install the h a r n e s s w i r e s s o t h e y a r e not

p i n c h e d or interfering w i t h o t h e r parts.
R e m o v a l of the front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r s

m u s t be d o n e a c c o r d i n g to P r e c a u t i o n s a n d
* T h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s h e i g h t s e n s o r are part of t h e

s e a t f r a m e a n d m u s t be r e p l a c e d a s a n a s s e m b l y .
P r o c e d u r e s fsee p a g e 24-23).
T h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r s a r e part of the
s e a t f r a m e a n d m u s t be r e p l a c e d a s a n a s s e m b l y .
1. Install the parts In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

f s e e -page 22-89), t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s
2. R e m o v e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t ( s e e p a g e
20-181).
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
s w i t c h to O N (If); t h e S R S Indicator s h o u l d c o m e o n
for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s a n d t h e n g o off.'
3. R e m o v e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t f r a m e ( s e e p a g e

20-193).
24-228
1
Installation
Removal
NOTE:
NOTE:
B e s u r e to Install the h a r n e s s - w i r e s s o t h e y a r e not
p i n c h e d or Interfere with other p a r t s .
* R e m o v a l of t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r s
m u s t he done a c c o r d i n g to P r e c a u t i o n s a n d
P r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 24-23),
* T h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s w e i g h t s e n s o r a r e part of the
* IVlake s u r e both of t h e h o o k s (A) o n t h e s e a t track a r e

p r o p e r l y s e c u r e d to the front b r a c k e t (B). If t h e h o o k s
a r e not p r o p e r l y secured-, t h e s e a t w e i g h t s e n s o r s will
not p e r f o r m p r o p e r l y .
s e a t rail a n d m u s t be r e p l a c e d a s a n a s s e m b l y .
1. Install a n d t o r q u e the -front.passenger's w e i g h t
( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 ) , t h e n w a i t at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s
b e f o r e starting w o r k .
s e n s o r s w i t h n e w m o u n t i n g bolts (C) u n d e r the s e a t

cushion.
2. R e m o v e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t a s s e m b l y
(see page 20-181).
3. R e m o v e t h e u p p e r rail outer c o v e r a n d u p p e r rail
i n n e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-193).
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r s (A) f r o m t h e O D S
unit h a r n e s s , t h e n r e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts (B)
f r o m w e i g h t s e n s o r s (C).
2. Install the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t ( s e e p a g e 20-181).

( s e e p a g e 22-89).
s w i t c h to O N (ll); the S R S i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d c o m e on
5, D i s c o n n e c t the s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r s (D) f r o m the O D S
unit h a r n e s s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s
weight sensors.
24-229
SRS
ODS Unit Replacement
Removal
2. D i s c o n n e c t the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e a i r b a g
Installation
1. P l a c e the O D S unit (A) o n t h e s e a t - b a c k f r a m e .
Install t h e t w o w a s h e r s a n d n u t s , a n d t o r q u e t h e
t w o nuts (B), a n d c o n n e c t t h e O D S unit h a r n e s s 18P
c o n n e c t o r (C) to t h e O D S unit. R e i n s t a l l t h e c o v e r
(D).
h a r n e s s 2 P . c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 24-32).
3. R e m o v e the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t a s s e m b l y
( s e e p a g e 20-181) a n d s e a t - b a c k c o v e r / p a d :
4-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 0 5 )
* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 9 9 )
4. R e m o v e the c o v e r (A), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e O D S
unit 18P c o n n e c t o r (B) f r o m t h e O D S unit (C).
2. Install t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r :
* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 9 9 )
3. Install the front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t a s s e m b l y
( s e e p a g e 20-187), t h e n c o n n e c t t h e s i d e a i r b a g
h a r n e s s 2P connector.
5. R e m o v e the t w o n u t s a n d w a s h e r s (D) a n d the O D S

unit
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
5. S e t t h e s e a t - b a c k in t h e n o r m a l p o s i t i o n , a n d m a k e
s u r e t h e r e is n o t h i n g o n t h e front p a s s e n g e r ' s s e a t .
6. Initialize the O D S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-38).
s w i t c h to O N (II); t h e S R S i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d c o m e o n
24-230
Front impact Sensor Replacement

Removal
( s e e p a g e 22-89), t h e n w a i t f o r 3 m i n u t e s b e f o r e
starting w o r k ,
Installation
1. Install the front i m p a c t s e n s o r w i t h n e w T O R X bolts
(A), t h e n c o n n e c t the left o r right e n g i n e .
c o m p a r t m e n t w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r (B) to the
front I m p a c t s e n s o r (C).
2, R e m o v e t h e front b u m p e r ( s e e p a g e 20-239).
3, Left s i d e : r e m o v e t h e intake air r e s o n a t o r ( s e e p a g e

11-361 h
4, D i s c o n n e c t t h e left o r right e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t
w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P c o n n e c t o r (A). U s i n g a T O R X T 3 0
bit, r e m o v e t h e T O R X bolts (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e
front i m p a c t s e n s o r ( C ) .
A
9.8 M-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
A
s w i t c h to O N (IS); t h e S R S i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d c o m e o n
24-231
ins
Driver's Seat Position Sensor Replacement
Removal (Power seat)
Installation IPower seat)
NOTE:
NOTE:
R e m o v a l of the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r m u s t be

d o n e a c c o r d i n g to P r e c a u t i o n s a n d P r o c e d u r e s
( s e e p a g e 24-23).
* B e s u r e to Install the h a r n e s s s o it d o e s not p i n c h e d
* Do not turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d d o not

c o n n e c t the battery c a b l e w h i l e r e m o v i n g the d r i v e r ' s
s e a t position s e n s o r .
or Interfere w i t h other parts.

* Do not turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d do not
c o n n e c t the battery c a b l e w h i l e Installing the d r i v e r ' s
1. Install t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t p o s i t i o n s e n s o r w i t h a nut
1. R a i s e the s e a t all the w a y up.,
(A), t h e n c o n n e c t the d r i v e r ' s s e a t w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P

c o n n e c t o r to the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r (B).
9.8 N-m
(1.0 k g f . m , 7.2 Ibf-ft)
3. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s s e a t a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
20-181).
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t w i r e h a r n e s s 2 P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r .
2. R e i n s t a l l the d r i v e r ' s s e a t a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
20-181).
'
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
4. C h e c k t h e o p e r a t i o n of the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position
s e n s o r w i t h the H D S ( s e e p a g e 24-40).
5. R e m o v e the nut (B), t h e n r e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s s e a t
position s e n s o r .
24-232
Removal fManyai seat!
Installation (Manual seat}
NOTE:
NOTE:
* R e m o v a l of t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t p o s i t i o n s e n s o r m u s t be
* B e s u r e to install the h a r n e s s s o It d o e s not pinched"
d o n e a c c o r d i n g to P r e c a u t i o n s a n d P r o c e d u r e s
or Interfere w i t h other parts.

* D o not t u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d d o not
( s e e p a g e 24-23).
* D o not t u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N ( I I ) , . a n d d o not
c o n n e c t t h e battery c a b l e w h i l e r e m o v i n g the d r i v e r ' s
c o n n e c t t h e battery c a b l e w h i l e installing the d r i v e r ' s

seat position s e n s o r ,
1. Install the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r w i t h a n e w
T O R X bolt (A), t h e n c o n n e c t t h e s e a t position
s e n s o r h a r n e s s 2 P . c o n n e c t o r to the d r i v e r ' s s e a t
1 , R a i s e t h e s e a t all the w a y up.
position s e n s o r (B).
2, Do the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
3> R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
20-181),
4* R e m o v e t h e r e c l i n e c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-193).
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e a t p o s i t i o n s e n s o r h a r n e s s 2 P
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r .
B
2. Install the recline c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-193).

3. Install the d r i v e r ' s s e a t a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 20-181).
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
5. C h e c k t h e o p e r a t i o n of the d r i v e r ' s s e a t position
s e n s o r w i t h the H D S ( s e e p a g e 24-40).
6. U s i n g a TORX T 3 0 bit, r e m o v e the T O R X bolt (B),
t h e n r e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s s e a t position s e n s o r .
24-233
SRS
Passenger's Airbag Cutoff Indicator Replacement
1. W i t h n a v i g a t i o n : R e m o v e t h e d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r
vent (see page 20-164).
2. W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n : R e m o v e t h e a u d i o unit
( s e e p a g e 23-110).
3. D i s c o n n e c t the 6 P c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e
p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff Indicator (B).
4. P u s h out the p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g cutoff Indicator

f r o m b e h i n d t h e d a s h b o a r d c e n t e r v e n t / a u d i o unit
(C).
5. R e i n s t a l l t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
24-234
NOTES
NOTES
" Portions of materials contained herein have been reprinted under

license from America Honda Motor Co., Inc. License Agreement AH220 ."

08 09 Honda Accord Manual de Taller en Ingles

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

08 09 Honda Accord Manual de Taller en Ingles

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

08 09 Honda Accord Manual de Taller en Ingles

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INTRODUCTION

- How to Use This Manual

each s e c t i o n is m a r k e d w i t h a black t a b t h a t lines u p w i t h its

corresponding t h u m b index tab o n this page and the back cover.

Y o u can quickly find the first page of each section w i t h o u t

Fuel and Emissions

you don't follow instructions.

figures, and tables.

All Rights Reserved

Specifications apply to U S A and Canada

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g the S R S inoperative, w h i c h c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury or death in the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

Identification Number Locations

Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations .... 1-7

Lift and Support Points

Alabaster Silver Metallic

Vehicle Identification Number

Honda passenger vehicle

INTERIOR COLOR CODE

Vehicle Identification Number

Honda passenger vehicle

INTERIOR COLOR CODE

P o l i s h e d Metal Metallic '

INTERIOR COLOR CODE

Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations

FRONT SEAT BELT

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

Test Group and Evaporative Family

Lift and Support Points

2. R a i s e t h e lift a f e w i n c h e s , a n d rock the v e h i c l e

4, Position the s a f e t y s t a n d s u n d e r the s u p p o r t points,

Wheel Alignment ......

Standards and Service Limits

14.4 m m (0.57 in.)

14.0 m m (0.55 in.)

10.5 m m (0.41 in.)

1.5 m m (0.06 in.)

Brush spring tension

3.2 N (0.33 kgf, 2.4 Ibf)

Commutator mica depth

0.15 m m (0.006 in.)

0.02 m m (0.001 in.) m a x .

0.05 m m (0.002 in.)

27.5 m m (1.08 in.)

11.1 11.5 m m ( 0 . 4 4 0 - 0 . 4 5 3 in.)

4.3 m m (0.17 in.)

930 kPa (9.5 k g f / c m , 135 psi)

Check t h e engine w i t h t h e starter

200 kPa (2.0 k g f / c m , 28 psi)

0,4 m m (0.02 in.)

0,15 m m (0.006 in.)

No. 2,3, 4,5

0,15 m m (0.006 in.)

0,03 m m (0.0012 in,) m a x .

0,04 m m (0.002 in.)

Camshaft-to-holder oil clearance

33.744 m m (1.3285 in.)